Orations (other than the Theological Orations)

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Chapter 2

2.2PG 35:409a–412b

Καὶ ίίνα γε καθʼ ὁδὸν 6 λόγος ἡμῖν προΐῃ, περ τῆς δειλίας προτέρας οὔσης καί διαλέξομαι· οὐδὲ γὰι ἀνέχομαι πλήττεσθαί τινας ἐν ἐμοὶ τῶν πάντα τηρούντων ἐπιμελῶς τὰ ἡμέτερα, εὗ τε καὶ ὡς ὲτέρως ἔχονταʼ ἐπειδή τι τὸ καθʼ ἡμᾶς εἶναι Χριστιανοῖς εὐδόκησεν 6 Θεὸς, καὶ τοὺς ἤδη πεπληγότας, εἵπερ τινὲς εἶσὶ, διὰ τῆς ἀπολογίας ἰάσομαι· καλὸν γὰρ μήτε ἁμαρτάνοντα, μήτε ὑπονοούμενον, ἓως ἃν οἷόν τε ᾖ, καὶ 6 λόγος αἱρῇ, τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τοῖς πολλοῖς ἢ σκάνδαλον· εἷίπερ καὶ τοῖς ἕνα τῶν μικρων σκανδαλίσασιν ἴσμεν ὅπως ἀπαραίτητος καὶ βαρυτάτη παρὰ τοῦ ἀψευδοῦς ἠ τιμωρία. I". Ἐγὼ γὰρ ἔπαθον τοῦτο, ὧ ἄνδρες, οὔτε ὼε ἀπαίδευτος καὶ ἀσύνετος, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον, ’ίνα καὶ μικρόν τι καυχήσωμαι, οὗτε ὡς ὑπερόπτης τῶν θείων νόμων καὶ διατάξεων. ’Ότι καθάπερ ἐν σώματι τὸ μὲν τι ἄρχον ἐστὶ καὶ οἷον προκαθεζόμενον, τὸ δὲ ἀρχόμενον καὶ ἀγόμενον· οὕτω κάν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις διέταξεν 6 Θεὸς ἰσότητος νόμῳ τῆς ἐχούσης τὸ κατʼ ἀξίαν,ἢ καὶ προνοίας, ᾖ τὰ πάντα συνέδησε, τοὺς μὶν ποιμαίνεσθαί τε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι, ὅσοις τοῦτο λυσιτελέστερον, καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔγρῳ πρὸς τὸ δέον ίθυνομένουςʼ τοὺς δὲ εἶναι ποιμένας καὶ διδασκάλους, πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ὅσοι τῶν πολΛῶν εἰσιν ἀνωτέρω κατʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν οἷκείωσιν, λόγον ψυχῆς πρὸς σῶμα, ’ἢ νοῦ πρὸς ψυχήν ἐπέχοντας· ἵνʼ ἀμιρότερα συντεθέντακῶλήλοις καὶ συγκραθὲντα, τό τε ὑπεροῦν καὶ τὰ πλεονάζον, ὥσπερ ἐν μέλεσι, καὶ τῇ ἁρμονίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος συμβιβασθέντα καὶ συνδεθέντα ἓν ἄρτιον ἀποδειχθῇ σῶμα, καὶ αὐτοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἡμῶν ὅντως ἄξιον. Δ. Οὔτε οὖν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀναρχίαν καὶ ἀταξίαν λυσιτελεστέραν οἶδα τάξεως καὶ ἀρχῆς, οὔτε ἀνθρώποις· ἀλλὰ τούτοις καὶ πάντων οὐχ ἥκιστα, ὅσῳ καὶ ΜΞ περὶ μειζόνων αὐτοῖς ὁ κίνδυνος· οἷς μέγα, κᾶν εὶ τὸ πρῶτον τοῦ λόγου μὴ σώζοιεν, to‘ μηδὲν ἁμαρτάνειν, ἀλλὰ τό γε δεύτερον ἐκείνου, τὸ ἀμαρτάνοντας ἐπανάγεσθαι. Ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο καλὸν ἐφάνη καὶ δίκαιον,’ίσον ἐμοὶ κακὸν καὶ ὁμοίως ἄτακτον, πάντας τε ἄρχειν ἐθέλειν, καὶ μηδένα δέχεσθαι· ὡς, εʼί γεʼ πάντες φεύγοιεν ταύτην τὴν εʼίτε λειτουργίαν χρὴ λέγειν, εʼίτε ἡγεμονίαν, χωλεῦοι ἂν τῷ μεγίστῳ μέρει, καὶ οὐδʼ ἂν καλὸν ἔτι μένοι τὸ καλὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πλήρωμα. Ποῦ δʼ ἂν ἔτι καὶ παρᾶ τίνων θρησκεύοιτο ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς τὰ μυστικὰ καὶ ἅνω φέροντα, ὃ δὴ μέγιστόν ἐστι τῶν ἡμετέρων καὶ τιμιώτατον οὐκ ὄντος βασιλέως, οὐδὲ ὄντος ἅρχοντος, οὐδὲ ἱερατείας, οὐδὲ Θυσίας, οὐδʼ ὅσα ὡς μέγιστα ἐπὶ μεγάλοις τοῖς πταίσμασιν, οἱ πάλαι ἀπειθεῖς κατεκρίθη σαν;

Kai iina ge kathʼ hodon 6 logos hēmin proïę̄, per tēs deilias proteras ousēs kai dialexomai; oude gai anechomai plēttesthai tinas en emoi tōn panta tērountōn epimelōs ta hēmetera, heu te kai hōs eterōs echontaʼ epeidē ti to kathʼ hēmas einai Christianois eudokēsen 6 Theos, kai tous ēdē peplēgotas, heiper tines eisi, dia tēs apologias iasomai; kalon gar mēte hamartanonta, mēte hyponooumenon, heōs han hoion te ę̄, kai 6 logos hairę̄, tithenai proskomma tois pollois ē skandalon; heiiper kai tois hena tōn mikrōn skandalisasin ismen hopōs aparaitētos kai barytatē para tou apseudous ē timōria. I". Egō gar epathon touto, hō andres, oute ōe apaideutos kai asynetos, alla mallon, ’ina kai mikron ti kauchēsōmai, houte hōs hyperoptēs tōn theiōn nomōn kai diataxeōn. ’Oti kathaper en sōmati to men ti archon esti kai hoion prokathezomenon, to de archomenon kai agomenon; houtō kan tais Ekklēsiais dietaxen 6 Theos isotētos nomǭ tēs echousēs to katʼ axian,ē kai pronoias, ę̄ ta panta synedēse, tous min poimainesthai te kai archesthai, hosois touto lysitelesteron, kai logǭ kai egrǭ pros to deon ithynomenousʼ tous de einai poimenas kai didaskalous, pros ton katartismon tēs Ekklēsias, hosoi tōn polLōn eisin anōterō katʼ aretēn kai tēn pros ton Theon hoikeiōsin, logon psychēs pros sōma, ’ē nou pros psychēn epechontas; hinʼ amirotera syntethentakōlēlois kai synkrathenta, to te hyperoun kai ta pleonazon, hōsper en melesi, kai tę̄ harmonią tou pneumatos symbibasthenta kai syndethenta hen artion apodeichthę̄ sōma, kai autou Christou tēs kephalēs hēmōn hontōs axion. D. Oute oun tois allois anarchian kai ataxian lysitelesteran oida taxeōs kai archēs, oute anthrōpois; alla toutois kai pantōn ouch hēkista, hosǭ kai MX peri meizonōn autois ho kindynos; hois mega, kan ei to prōton tou logou mē sōzoien, to‘ mēden hamartanein, alla to ge deuteron ekeinou, to amartanontas epanagesthai. Epeidē touto kalon ephanē kai dikaion,’ison emoi kakon kai homoiōs atakton, pantas te archein ethelein, kai mēdena dechesthai; hōs, eʼi geʼ pantes pheugoien tautēn tēn eʼite leitourgian chrē legein, eʼite hēgemonian, chōleuoi an tǭ megistǭ merei, kai oudʼ an kalon eti menoi to kalon tēs Ekklēsias plērōma. Pou dʼ an eti kai para tinōn thrēskeuoito hēmin ho Theos ta mystika kai hanō pheronta, ho dē megiston esti tōn hēmeterōn kai timiōtaton ouk ontos basileōs, oude ontos harchontos, oude hierateias, oude Thysias, oudʼ hosa hōs megista epi megalois tois ptaismasin, hoi palai apeitheis katekrithē san?

[2] And so that my discourse may proceed in order, I shall speak first about my cowardice, since it came first. For I cannot bear that any of those who watch my affairs carefully, whether they go well or otherwise, should take offence at me, since God has been pleased that our affairs should mean something to Christians; and those already offended, if there are any, I will heal by my defence. For it is good, as far as possible and as reason allows, neither by sinning nor by being suspected of it to put a stumbling block or an offence before the many; since we know how inexorable and how very severe is the punishment from the One who does not lie, even for those who cause one of the little ones to stumble. [3] For I did not suffer this, my friends, as one uneducated and without understanding, nor rather (if I may boast a little) as one who despises the divine laws and ordinances. For just as in a body one part rules and, as it were, presides, while another is ruled and led, so also in the churches God has ordained, by a law of equality that has regard to worth, or by the providence by which he has bound all things together, that some should be shepherded and ruled, those for whom this is more profitable, being directed in word and deed toward what is right; and that others should be shepherds and teachers, for the perfecting of the church: those who are above the many in virtue and in nearness to God, holding the place of soul to body, or of mind to soul; so that both, joined and blended together, the deficient and the excessive, as in members, and brought together and bound by the harmony of the Spirit, may be shown to be one perfect body, truly worthy of Christ himself, our head. [4] I know, then, that anarchy and disorder are not more profitable than order and rule for other things, nor for men; but for men least of all, inasmuch as the danger for them concerns greater things. For them it is a great thing, even if they do not keep the first course of reason, not to sin at all, at least to keep the second: when they sin, to be brought back. Since this seemed good and just, it is in my view equally evil and equally disorderly for all to wish to rule and for no one to accept it. For if all were to flee this office, whether one should call it a ministry or a leadership, the church’s fullness would be lame in its greatest part and would no longer remain beautiful. Where, then, and by whom would God still be worshipped among us with the mysteries that lift us upward, which is the greatest and most precious of our possessions, if there were no king, no ruler, no priesthood, no sacrifice, nor any of those things whose loss the disobedient of old were sentenced to as the heaviest penalty for their great offences?

2.5PG 35:412c–413a

Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ξένον τι καὶ ἀπὸ τρόπου τοῖς πολλοῖς τὰ θεῖα φιλοσοφοῦσιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄρχειν ἀναβαίνειν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄρχεσθαι, οὐδὲ ἔξω τῶν νενομισμένων τῆς φιλοσοφίας ὅρων, καὶ φέρον εἰς ὄνειδος* ὣσπερ οὐδὲ ναύτῃ τῶν εὐδοκίμων τὸ πρωρατεῦσαι, καὶ πρωρεῖ καλῶς τοὺς ἀνέμους τηρήσαντι τὸ πιστευθῆναι τοὺς οἵακαςʼ εἰ δὲ βούλει, στρατιώτῃ γενναίῳ τὸ ταξιαρχῆσαι, καὶ ταξιάρχῃ καΛῷ τὰ στρατηγῆσαί τε καὶ πολέμου παντὸς ἠγεμονίαν ἐγχειρισθῆναι. Οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ, ὅπερ ἂν ὑπολάβοι τις ’ἴσως τῶν πάντα ἀτόπων καὶ μοχθηρῶν, οἳ κρίνουσι τὰ τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς οἶκείοις πάθεσιν, ᾖσχῦνθην τοῦ βαθμοῦ τὴν τάξιν ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῆς μείζονοςʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἐγὼ ἢ τοῦ Θείου μεγέθους, ἢ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ταπεινώσεως ἄπειρος, ὡς μὴ μέγα νομίζειν πάσῃ γενητῇ φύσει, καὶ ὁπωσ· οὖν πλησιάζειν Θεῷ τῷ μόνῳ φανοτάτῳ καὶ λαμπροτάτῳ, καὶ ὑπερέχοντι πάσης ὑλικῆς τε καὶ ἀΰλου φύσεως καθαρότητι.

Allʼ oude xenon ti kai apo tropou tois pollois ta theia philosophousin epi to archein anabainein apo tou archesthai, oude exō tōn nenomismenōn tēs philosophias horōn, kai pheron eis oneidos* hōsper oude nautę̄ tōn eudokimōn to prōrateusai, kai prōrei kalōs tous anemous tērēsanti to pisteuthēnai tous hoiakasʼ ei de boulei, stratiōtę̄ gennaiǭ to taxiarchēsai, kai taxiarchę̄ kaLǭ ta stratēgēsai te kai polemou pantos ēgemonian encheiristhēnai. Ou mēn oudʼ, hoper an hypolaboi tis ’isōs tōn panta atopōn kai mochthērōn, hoi krinousi ta tōn allōn tois oikeiois pathesin, ę̄schynthēn tou bathmou tēn taxin epithymią tēs meizonosʼ ouch houtōs egō ē tou Theiou megethous, ē tēs anthrōpinēs tapeinōseōs apeiros, hōs mē mega nomizein pasę̄ genētę̄ physei, kai hopōs; oun plēsiazein Theǭ tǭ monǭ phanotatǭ kai lamprotatǭ, kai hyperechonti pasēs hylikēs te kai aÿlou physeōs katharotēti.

Nor is it anything strange or out of place for most of those who pursue divine philosophy to rise from being ruled to ruling; nor is it outside the accepted bounds of philosophy, nor a matter for reproach; just as it is not for a distinguished sailor to become a bow-officer, and for a bow-officer who has watched the winds well to be entrusted with the helm; or, if you like, for a brave soldier to become a captain, and for a good captain to become a general and be entrusted with the command of a whole war. Nor (as one of those thoroughly perverse and wicked people might perhaps suppose, who judge other people’s affairs by their own passions) was I ashamed of the rank of this degree out of desire for a higher one. I am not so ignorant either of the divine greatness or of human lowliness as not to think it a great thing for any created nature to come near to God in any way at all, who alone is most luminous and most brilliant, and who surpasses all material and immaterial nature in purity.

2.6PG 35:413a–413c

Τί οὖν ἐστιν ’ὁ πέπονθα ; καὶ τίς ὁ λόγος τῆς ἐμῆς ἀπειθείας; Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔδοξα τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐν ἐμαυτῷ τότε μένειν, οὐδʼ εἴναι ὥσπερ ἐγινωσκόμην, ἀλλʼ ἕτερος ἐξ ἑτερου τις γεγονέναι, καὶπλέον ἢ καλῶς εἶχεν ἀντιτείνειν καὶ αύθαδιάζεσθαι. Τούτου δή τὰς αἰτίας ἀκούοιτʼ ἂν ἤδη πάλαι ποθοῦντες. Μάλιστα μὶν τῷ ἀδοκήτῳ πληγεὶς, ὥσπερ οἱ τοῖς αἷφνιδίοις τῶν ψόφων καταπλαγέντες, ού κατέσχον τοὺς λογισμούς· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔλυσα τήν αἰδῶ, πάντα τὸν χρόνον ταύτῃ συνειθισμὲνυς. Ἐπειτά με τις ὑπεισῄει ἔρως τοῦ καλοῦ τῆς ἡσυχίας καί τῆς ἀναχωρήσεως· ἧς ἐραστὴς γενόμενος ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ὡς οὐκ οἶδʼ εἶτις ἄλλος τῶν περὶ λόγους ἐσπουδακότων, καὶ ἦν ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ χαλεπωτάτοις κινδύνοις καθυποσχόμενος τῷ Θεῷ, καί τι καὶ προσαψάμενος ταύτης, ὅσον ἐν προθύροις γενέ.σθαι, καὶ πλείονά μοι τὸν πόθον ἐξαφθῆναι διὰ τῆς πείρας, οὐκ ἤνεγκα τυραννούμενος καὶ εἲς μὲσους τοὺς Θορύβους ὠθούμενος, καὶ οἷον ἀπὸ ἱεροῦ τινος ἀσύλου τοῦ βίου τούτου πρὸς βίαν ἀποσπώη μένος.

Ti oun estin ’ho pepontha ? kai tis ho logos tēs emēs apeitheias? Oude gar edoxa tois pollois en emautǭ tote menein, oudʼ einai hōsper eginōskomēn, allʼ heteros ex heterou tis gegonenai, kaipleon ē kalōs eichen antiteinein kai authadiazesthai. Toutou dē tas aitias akouoitʼ an ēdē palai pothountes. Malista min tǭ adokētǭ plēgeis, hōsper hoi tois haiphnidiois tōn psophōn kataplagentes, ou kateschon tous logismous; kai dia touto elysa tēn aidō, panta ton chronon tautę̄ syneithismenys. Epeita me tis hypeisę̄ei erōs tou kalou tēs hēsychias kai tēs anachōrēseōs; hēs erastēs genomenos ex archēs, hōs ouk oidʼ eitis allos tōn peri logous espoudakotōn, kai ēn en tois megistois kai chalepōtatois kindynois kathyposchomenos tǭ Theǭ, kai ti kai prosapsamenos tautēs, hoson en prothyrois gene.sthai, kai pleiona moi ton pothon exaphthēnai dia tēs peiras, ouk ēnenka tyrannoumenos kai eis mesous tous Thorybous ōthoumenos, kai hoion apo hierou tinos asylou tou biou toutou pros bian apospōē menos.

What then was it that happened to me, and what is the reason for my disobedience? For to many I seemed at that time not to be myself, nor to be as I had been known, but to have become someone else, and to resist and be self-willed more than was right. Hear now the causes of this, which you have long wanted to hear. Most of all, struck by the unexpectedness of it, like those panic-stricken by sudden noises, I did not keep control of my thoughts; and for this reason I let go of the modesty to which I had been accustomed all my life. Then there stole over me a love of the beauty of quiet and withdrawal. I had been a lover of it from the beginning, as much, I think, as anyone who has devoted himself to letters; in the greatest and most severe dangers I had promised it to God; and I had even taken hold of it a little, so far as to stand in its vestibule, and my longing had been kindled the more by the experience. So I could not bear being tyrannized and thrust into the midst of the tumults, and dragged by force, as it were, from this way of life as from some sacred place of asylum.

2.7PG 35:413d–416b

Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐδόκει μοι τοιοῦτον οἷον μύσαντα τὰς αἰσθήσεις, ἔξω σαρκὸς καὶ κόσμου γενόμενον, εἷς ἑαυτὸν συστραφέντα, μηδενὸς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων προσαπτόμενον, δτι μὴ πᾶσα ἀνάγκη, ἑαυτῷ προσλαλοῦντα καὶ τῷ Θεῷ, ζῇν ὑπὲρ τὰ ὁρώμενα, καὶ τὰς θείας ἐμφάσεις ἀεὶ καθαρὰς ἐν ἑαυτῷ φὲρειν ἀμιγεῖς τῶν κάτω χαρακτήρων καὶ πλανωμένων, ὅντως ἔσοπτρον ἀκηλίδωτον Θεοῦ καὶ τῶν θείων καὶ ὃν καὶ ἀεὶ γινόμενον, φωτὶ προσλαμβάνοντα φῶς, καὶ ἀμαυροτέρῳ τρανότερον, ἤδη τὸ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος ἀγαθὸν ταῖς ἐλπίσι καρπούμενον, καὶ συμπεριπολεῖν ἀγγέλοις, ἔτι ὑπὲρ γῆς ὄντα καταλιπόντα τὴν γῆν, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος ἄνω τιθέμενον. Ei’ τις ὑμῶν τούτῳ τῷ ἔρωτι κάτοχος, οἶδεν ὃ λόγω, καὶ τῷ τότε πάθει συγγνώσεταιʼ τοὺς γὰρ πολλούς οὐδʼ ἂν πείσαιμι λέγων ἴσως, ὅσοις καὶ ἐν γέλωτι τὸ πρᾶγμα δοκεῖ, κακῶς διατεθεῖσιν εἴτε ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας αὐτῶν ἀνοίας, εἶτε ὑπὸ τῶν ἀναξίων τοῦ ἐπαγγέλματος οἳ πράγματι καλῷ κακὸν περιτεθείκασιν δίνομα, τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ τὴν κενοδοξίαν, συνεργὸν λαβόντες τὸν φθόνον καί τὴν τῶν πολλῶν κακίαν πρὸς τὸ ’χεῖρον οὖσαν ἑτοιμοτέραν ’ἶνʼ ἓν γέ τι πάντως αὐτοῖς ἁμαρτάνηται, ἢ τὸ κακὸν ἐνεργούμενον, ἢ τὸ καλὸν ἀπιστούμενον.

Ouden gar edokei moi toiouton hoion mysanta tas aisthēseis, exō sarkos kai kosmou genomenon, heis heauton systraphenta, mēdenos tōn anthrōpinōn prosaptomenon, dti mē pasa anankē, heautǭ proslalounta kai tǭ Theǭ, zę̄n hyper ta horōmena, kai tas theias emphaseis aei katharas en heautǭ pherein amigeis tōn katō charaktērōn kai planōmenōn, hontōs esoptron akēlidōton Theou kai tōn theiōn kai hon kai aei ginomenon, phōti proslambanonta phōs, kai amauroterǭ tranoteron, ēdē to tou mellontos aiōnos agathon tais elpisi karpoumenon, kai symperipolein angelois, eti hyper gēs onta kataliponta tēn gēn, kai hypo tou pneumatos anō tithemenon. Ei’ tis hymōn toutǭ tǭ erōti katochos, oiden ho logō, kai tǭ tote pathei syngnōsetaiʼ tous gar pollous oudʼ an peisaimi legōn isōs, hosois kai en gelōti to pragma dokei, kakōs diatetheisin eite hypo tēs idias autōn anoias, eite hypo tōn anaxiōn tou epangelmatos hoi pragmati kalǭ kakon peritetheikasin dinoma, tę̄ philosophią tēn kenodoxian, synergon labontes ton phthonon kai tēn tōn pollōn kakian pros to ’cheiron ousan hetoimoteran ’inʼ hen ge ti pantōs autois hamartanētai, ē to kakon energoumenon, ē to kalon apistoumenon.

For nothing seemed to me so good as to shut the senses, to be outside the flesh and the world, gathered into oneself, touching nothing human except where it is absolutely necessary, speaking with oneself and with God, to live above visible things, and always to carry within oneself the divine reflections pure, unmixed with the impressions here below that lead astray; being, and always becoming, truly an unspotted mirror of God and of divine things, receiving light upon light, the clearer upon the dimmer; already reaping in hope the good of the age to come; going about with angels, still upon earth yet having left the earth, and set on high by the Spirit. If any of you is possessed by this love, he knows what I mean and will forgive what I felt then. For the many I could perhaps not persuade by speaking, those to whom the thing even seems laughable, being badly disposed either by their own folly or by those unworthy of the profession, who have pinned an evil name on a fine thing, the name of vainglory on philosophy, taking as their allies envy and the wickedness of the many, which is readier for the worse; so that in any case they commit at least one sin: either evil is done, or good is disbelieved.

2.8PG 35:416c–417b

Πρὸς δὶ τούτοις πρᾶγμα ἔπαθον, έκλαλήσω γὰρ πρὸς ὑμᾶς πᾶν τὸ ἀπόρῥητον. οὐκ οἶδʼ εἲετε ἄγροικον εἷʼτε ἐλεύθερον, ἔπαθον δʼ οὖν ᾐσχύνθην ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων, ὅσοι, μηδὲν τῶν πολλῶν ὄντες βελτίους, μέγα μὲν οὖν, εἷʼ καὶ μὴ πολλῷ χείρους, ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν, ὃ δὴ λέγεται, καὶ ἀμυήτοις ψυχαῖς τοῖς ἁγιωτάτοις ἑαυτοὺς ἐπεισάγουσι καὶ πρὶν ἄξιοι γενέσθαι προσιέναι τοῖς ἱεροῖς, μεταποιοῦνται τοῦ βήματος, θλίβονταί τε καὶ ὠθοῦνται περὶ τὴν ἁγίαν τράπεζαν, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἀρετῆς τύπον, ἀλλʼ ἀφορμὴν βίου τήν τάξιν ταύτην εἶναι νομίζοντες, οὐδὲ λειτουργίαν ὑπεύθυνον, ἀλλʼ ἀρχὴν ἀνεξέταστον. Καὶ εἶσί σχεδόν τι πλείους κατʼ ἀριθμὸν ἤ ὁπόσων ἄρχουσι· δείλαιοι τῆς εὐσεβείας, καὶ ἄθλιοι τῆς λαμπρότητος ὥστε ἔμοιγε δοκοῦσι, προϊόντος τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τοῦ κακοῦ, μηδὲ ἔχειν λοιπὸν ὧν ἄρξουσι, πάντων διδασκόντων ἀντὶ τοῦ διδακτοὺς εἶναι Θεοῦ, ὥς φησιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία, καὶ πάντων προφητευόντων, ὥστε εἶναικαὶ Σαοὺλ έν προφήταις, κατὰ τὴν παλαιὰν ἱστορίαν καὶ παροιμίαν. Οδὲν γὰρ οὕτω πολὺ κατʼ οὐδένα καιρὸν οὔτʼ ἐστὶν, οὔτʼ ἐγένετο, ἄλλοτε ἄλλων ἀκμασάντων τε καὶ ληξάντων, ὡς νῦν Χριστιανοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ ὀνείδη καὶ ἁμαρτήματα. Ὧν εἰ καὶ στῆσαι τὴν φορὰν κρεῖσσον ἢ καθʼ ἡμᾶς, ἀλλὰ τό γε μισεῖν καὶ αἰσχύνεσθαι μέρος εὐσεβείας οὐ τὸ σμικρότατον.

Pros di toutois pragma epathon, eklalēsō gar pros hymas pan to aporrhēton. ouk oidʼ eiete agroikon heiʼte eleutheron, epathon dʼ oun ę̄schynthēn hyper tōn allōn, hosoi, mēden tōn pollōn ontes beltious, mega men oun, heiʼ kai mē pollǭ cheirous, aniptois chersin, ho dē legetai, kai amyētois psychais tois hagiōtatois heautous epeisagousi kai prin axioi genesthai prosienai tois hierois, metapoiountai tou bēmatos, thlibontai te kai ōthountai peri tēn hagian trapezan, hōsper ouk aretēs typon, allʼ aphormēn biou tēn taxin tautēn einai nomizontes, oude leitourgian hypeuthynon, allʼ archēn anexetaston. Kai eisi schedon ti pleious katʼ arithmon ē hoposōn archousi; deilaioi tēs eusebeias, kai athlioi tēs lamprotētos hōste emoige dokousi, proïontos tou chronou kai tou kakou, mēde echein loipon hōn arxousi, pantōn didaskontōn anti tou didaktous einai Theou, hōs phēsin hē epangelia, kai pantōn prophēteuontōn, hōste einaikai Saoul en prophētais, kata tēn palaian historian kai paroimian. Oden gar houtō poly katʼ oudena kairon outʼ estin, outʼ egeneto, allote allōn akmasantōn te kai lēxantōn, hōs nyn Christianois ta toiauta kai oneidē kai hamartēmata. Hōn ei kai stēsai tēn phoran kreisson ē kathʼ hēmas, alla to ge misein kai aischynesthai meros eusebeias ou to smikrotaton.

Besides this, I felt something (I will speak out the whole secret to you; I do not know whether it was boorish or noble, but I felt it all the same): I was ashamed on behalf of the others, those who, being no better than the many (indeed it is a great thing if they are not much worse), with unwashed hands, as the saying goes, and uninitiated souls, thrust themselves into the holiest things, and before becoming worthy to approach the sanctuary lay claim to the bema, and press and jostle around the holy table, thinking this rank not a pattern of virtue but a means of livelihood, not a ministry subject to account but an office free from scrutiny. And they are almost more in number than those they rule: pitiable in piety and wretched in their splendour; so that it seems to me that, as time and the evil advance, they will soon have no one left to rule, all teaching instead of being “taught by God,” as the promise says, and all prophesying, so that even Saul is among the prophets, according to the ancient history and proverb. For at no time has anything been, or is anything, so prevalent (though different things have flourished and died down at different times) as such reproaches and sins are now among Christians. And if to stop their course is beyond us, yet to hate them and be ashamed of them is not the least part of piety.

2.9PG 35:417b–420c

Ὃ δὲ τελευταῖον καὶ μεῖζον τῶν εἰρημένων, εἶμι γὰρ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἤδη τὸν κολοφῶνα τοῦ λόγου, καὶ οὐ ψεῦσομαιο οὐδὲ γὰρ θέμις τοῖς περὶ τηλικούα των ποιουμένοις τὸν λόγον· οὐκ ᾤμην ἴσον εἶναι, οὐδὲ νῦν οἷόμαι, ποίμνης ἄρχειν ἢ βουκολίου, καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἐπιστατεῖν ψυχαῖς. Ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἐξαρκεῖν, ὅτι παχύτατον καὶ πιότατον ἀποδεῖξαι τὸ βουκόλιον ἢ τὸ ποίμνιον* καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ὁρῶν δ τε βουκόλος καὶ ὁ ποιμὴν τῶν τε χωρίων ἐπισκέψεται τὰ ἔνυδρα καὶ ὲπίνομα, εἰσελάσει τε καὶ ἐξελάσει ἀπό τε νομῶν καὶ ἐπὶ νομὰς, ἀναπαύσει τε καὶ ἀποκινῆσει καὶ ἀνακαλέσει, ὀλίγα μὲν τῇ βακτηρίᾳ, τὰ πολλὰ δὲ τῇ σύριγγι. ’Δλλο δὲ οὐδέν ἔργον εἶναι τῷ ποιμένι ἢ τῷ βουκόλῳ πλὴν ὅσον βραχέα προσπολεμῆσαι τοῖς λύκοις, καὶ ποῦ τι καί ἀρῥωστοῦν έπισκέῴασθαν τὰ πολλά δὲ αὐτῷ μελήσει δρῦς, καὶ σκιὰ, καὶ δόνακες, καὶ ἐν καλῷ τῆς πόας κατακλιθῆναι, καὶ παρᾶ ψυχρὸν ὕδωρ,καὶ ὐπὸ ταῖς αὔραις σχεδιάσαι στιβάδα, καὶ ποῦ τι καὶ ἐρωτνκὸν ᾆσαι μετὰ τοῦ κισσυβίου, καὶ προσλαλῆσαι ταῖς βουσὶν ἢ τῇ ποίμνῃ· καὶ τούτων αὐτῶν θοινήσασθιοι ἢ ἀποδόσθαι τὸ πιότατον. Ἀρετῆς δὲ οὐδείς πω ποιμνίων ἢ βουκολίων ἐφρόντισε. Τίς γὰρ καὶ ἀρετὴ το·5των;ἢ τίς τὸ ἐκείνοις καλὸν πρὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἡδονῆς ὲσκέψατος ιʼ. Ἀτθρώπῳ δὲ χαλεποῦ ὄντος τοῦ εἰδέναι ἄρχε σθαι, κινδυνεύει πολλῷ χαλεπώτερον εἶναι τὸ είδὲναι ἄρχειν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ μάλιστα δὴ ἀρχὴν ταύτην τὴν ἡμετέραν, τὴν ἐν νόμῳ θείῳ, καὶ πρὸς Θεὸν ἄγουσαν, ἧς ὅσον τὸ ὕψος καί τὸ ἀξίωμα, τοσοῦτος καὶ ὁ κίνδυνος τῷ γε νοῦν ἔχοντι. "Ov γε πρῶτον μὲν δεήσει, καθάπερ ἄργυρονῆ χρυσὸν, πανταχόθεν στρεφόμενον, καὶ ὲν παντοίοις καιροῖς καὶ πράγμασι, μηδαμοῦ κίβδηλον ἠχεῖν ἣ ὑπόχαλκον, μηδέ τι φερειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὕλης τῆς χείρονος, καὶ θερμοτέρου πυρὸς ἀξίας· ἢ τοσούτῳ μεῖζον ἔσται κακὸν, ὅσῳ περ ἂν ἄρχῃ πλειόνων· εἶʼπερ καὶ μείζων τῆς περῖ ἕνα ἱσταμένης πονηρίας ἡ είς πολλοὺς ὁδεύουσα.

Ho de teleutaion kai meizon tōn eirēmenōn, eimi gar epʼ auton ēdē ton kolophōna tou logou, kai ou pseusomaio oude gar themis tois peri tēlikoua tōn poioumenois ton logon; ouk ǭmēn ison einai, oude nyn hoiomai, poimnēs archein ē boukoliou, kai anthrōpōn epistatein psychais. Ekei men gar exarkein, hoti pachytaton kai piotaton apodeixai to boukolion ē to poimnion* kai pros touto horōn d te boukolos kai ho poimēn tōn te chōriōn episkepsetai ta enydra kai epinoma, eiselasei te kai exelasei apo te nomōn kai epi nomas, anapausei te kai apokinēsei kai anakalesei, oliga men tę̄ baktērią, ta polla de tę̄ syringi. ’Dllo de ouden ergon einai tǭ poimeni ē tǭ boukolǭ plēn hoson brachea prospolemēsai tois lykois, kai pou ti kai arrhōstoun episkeǭasthan ta polla de autǭ melēsei drys, kai skia, kai donakes, kai en kalǭ tēs poas kataklithēnai, kai para psychron hydōr,kai ypo tais aurais schediasai stibada, kai pou ti kai erōtnkon ąsai meta tou kissybiou, kai proslalēsai tais bousin ē tę̄ poimnę̄; kai toutōn autōn thoinēsasthioi ē apodosthai to piotaton. Aretēs de oudeis pō poimniōn ē boukoliōn ephrontise. Tis gar kai aretē to;5tōn?ē tis to ekeinois kalon pro tēs idias hēdonēs eskepsatos iʼ. Atthrōpǭ de chalepou ontos tou eidenai arche sthai, kindyneuei pollǭ chalepōteron einai to eidenai archein anthrōpōn, kai malista dē archēn tautēn tēn hēmeteran, tēn en nomǭ theiǭ, kai pros Theon agousan, hēs hoson to hypsos kai to axiōma, tosoutos kai ho kindynos tǭ ge noun echonti. "Ov ge prōton men deēsei, kathaper argyronē chryson, pantachothen strephomenon, kai en pantoiois kairois kai pragmasi, mēdamou kibdēlon ēchein hē hypochalkon, mēde ti pherein en heautǭ hylēs tēs cheironos, kai thermoterou pyros axias; ē tosoutǭ meizon estai kakon, hosǭ per an archę̄ pleionōn; eiʼper kai meizōn tēs peri hena histamenēs ponērias hē eis pollous hodeuousa.

But what is last and greater than what has been said (for I come now to the very crown of my discourse, and I will not lie, since it is not right for those who speak about such great matters): I did not think, nor do I think now, that it is the same thing to rule a flock or a herd and to preside over the souls of men. There it is enough to make the herd or the flock as fat and sleek as possible; and with this in view the herdsman and the shepherd will look out for watered and grassy places, will drive them in and out, from pasture and to pasture, will rest them, move them on, and call them back, a little with the staff but mostly with the pipe. And the shepherd or herdsman has no other work except to fight the wolves a little and now and then to tend a sick animal; for the most part his concern will be oak and shade and reeds, lying down on a fine spot of grass by cold water, improvising a bed under the breezes, now and then singing a love song over his cup, chatting with his cattle or his flock, and feasting on or selling the fattest of them. But no one has ever yet cared for the virtue of flocks or herds. For what virtue do these have? Or who has considered their good before his own pleasure? [10] But for a man, since it is hard to know how to be ruled, it is likely far harder to know how to rule men, and above all this rule of ours, which is under divine law and leads to God, whose danger is as great as its height and dignity, at least to anyone with sense. Such a man must first of all, like silver or gold turned every way, in all kinds of times and circumstances, never ring false or alloyed, nor carry in himself anything of the baser matter that deserves a hotter fire; or else the evil will be greater the more people he rules, since wickedness that spreads to many is greater than wickedness confined to one.

2.10PG 35:420c–421b

Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως οὕτε δευσοποιοῦ βαφῆς μεταλαμβάνει ῥᾳδίως ὕφασμα, οὔτε δυσωδίας ἣ τοῦ ἔναντίου τὸ πλησιάσαν, οὔτε νοσερά τις οὕτως εὐκόλως ἀναχεῖται είς τὸν ἀὲρα,καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἀὲρος ὁμιλεῖ τοῖς ζώοις ἀτμῖς, ὃ δὴ λοιμός ἐστί τε καὶ ὁνομάζεται, ὠς φιλεῖ τάχιστα τῆς τοῦ προεστῶτος κακίας ἀναπίμπλασθαι τὸ ὑπήκοον, καὶ πολλῷ γε ῥᾷον ἢτοῦ ἐναντίου, τῆς ἀρετῆς. Τοῦτο γάρ ἔστιν ὃ μάλιστα πλεονεκτεῖ τὴν καλοκαγαθίαν ἡ πονηρία, καὶ ὃ μάλιστα ἐγὼ δυσχεραίνω κατανοῶν, ὅτι εὐζήλωτον μέν τι καὶ πρόχειρον πρᾶγμα ἡ μοχθηρία, καὶ οὐδὲν οὕτω ῥᾴδιον, ὡς τὸ γενέσθαι κακὸν, κᾶν εί μὴ τύχοι πρὸς ταύτην ἡμᾶς ἄγων μηδείς· σπάνιον δὲ ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ κτῆσις καί πρόσαντες, κᾶν εί πολὺ τὸ μεθέλκον εἷὴ καὶ προκαλούμενον. Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν ὅ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ μακαριώτατος ’Δγγαῖος κατανοήσας ἐπὶ τὴν θαυμασίαν, ἐκείνην ἐλθεῖν καὶ ἀληθεστάτην εἰκόνα· Ἐρωτήσατε, ἱερεῖς, νόμον, λέγων· El κρέας ἅγιον ἐν ἱματίῴ βρωτοῦ τινος, ἢ ποτοῦ, ἥ σκεύους ἁψάμενον εὐθὺς ἆγιάσει τὸ πλησιάσαν · τῶν δὲ ἀποφηο σάντων· Ἐρωτήσατε πάλιν εἴ καὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ roniτων τι προσομιλῆσαν, μή παραχρῆμα μετέλαβε τοῦ μιάσματος; ὡς ἐροῦντων γε μεταλαμβάνειν, καὶ μὴ καθαρὸν μένειν τῇ κοινωνίᾳ.

Ou gar houtōs houte deusopoiou baphēs metalambanei rhądiōs hyphasma, oute dysōdias hē tou enantiou to plēsiasan, oute nosera tis houtōs eukolōs anacheitai eis ton aera,kai dia tou aeros homilei tois zōois atmis, ho dē loimos esti te kai honomazetai, ōs philei tachista tēs tou proestōtos kakias anapimplasthai to hypēkoon, kai pollǭ ge rhąon ētou enantiou, tēs aretēs. Touto gar estin ho malista pleonektei tēn kalokagathian hē ponēria, kai ho malista egō dyscherainō katanoōn, hoti euzēlōton men ti kai procheiron pragma hē mochthēria, kai ouden houtō rhądion, hōs to genesthai kakon, kan ei mē tychoi pros tautēn hēmas agōn mēdeis; spanion de hē tou agathou ktēsis kai prosantes, kan ei poly to methelkon heiē kai prokaloumenon. Kai touto estin ho moi dokei kai ho makariōtatos ’Dngaios katanoēsas epi tēn thaumasian, ekeinēn elthein kai alēthestatēn eikona; Erōtēsate, hiereis, nomon, legōn; El kreas hagion en himatiǭ brōtou tinos, ē potou, hē skeuous hapsamenon euthys agiasei to plēsiasan ; tōn de apophēo santōn; Erōtēsate palin ei kai akatharsią ronitōn ti prosomilēsan, mē parachrēma metelabe tou miasmatos? hōs erountōn ge metalambanein, kai mē katharon menein tę̄ koinōnią.

For a fabric does not so readily take a fast dye, nor does what is near take on a stench or its opposite, nor is any diseased vapour so readily poured out into the air and through the air reaches living creatures (which is, and is called, a plague), as subjects are wont very quickly to be filled with the vice of the one set over them, and far more readily than with its opposite, virtue. For this is where wickedness most has the advantage over goodness, and what I find most distressing when I consider it: that badness is something easily imitated and close at hand, and nothing is so easy as to become bad, even if no one happens to lead us to it; while the acquisition of the good is rare and uphill, even if much draws and invites us to it. And this is what, it seems to me, the most blessed Haggai also perceived when he came to that wonderful and most true image: “Ask the priests about the law,” he says, “if holy meat in a garment touches any food or drink or vessel, will it at once sanctify what it touches?” And when they said no, he says: “Ask again whether something that has come into contact with uncleanness has not at once received a share of the defilement,” since they would say that it does receive a share, and does not remain clean through the contact.

2.12PG 35:421b–424a

Τί τοῦτο λέγων ὅπερ ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος· ὅτι δύσληπτον μὲν τὸ ἀγαθὸν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει, ὥσπερ καὶπῦρ ὕλῂ τῇ ὑγροτέρᾳ· ἕτοιμοι δὲ πρὸς τήν τοῦ κακοῦ μετουσίαν οἱ πλεῖστοι καὶ ἐπιτήδειοι, καλάμη τις πρὸς σπινθῆρα, οἶμαι, καὶ ἄνεμον ῥᾳδίως ἐξαπτομένη καὶ δαπανωμὲνη διὰ ξηρότητα· θᾶττον γὰρ civ τις ὀλίγης κακίας μεταλάβοι πλουσίως ἢ ἀρετῆς βαθείας κατὰ μικρόν. Ἐπεὶ καί μὲν· λιτι μὲν μικρὸν ἀψίνθιον ὡς τάχιστα μεναδίδωσι τοῦ πικροῦ· μέλι δὲ οὐδὲ τὸ διπλάσιον ἀψινθίῳ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γλυκύτητος · καὶ μικρὰ μὲν ὑποσπασθεῖσα ψηφὶς ποταμὸν ὅλον ἑλκύσειεν ἂν ἐπὶ τὸ πρανὲς· ἐπισχεῖν δὲ ἤ ἀνακόψαι μόλις ἂν δυνηθείη καὶτὸ καρτερώτατον ἔρυμα. ξ 1Γʼ. Πρῶτον μὲν δὴ τοῦτο, ὧν εἷʼπομεν, ἓ εὐλαβεὶσθαι ἄξιον, μή φαινώμεθα τῆς θαυμασίας ἀρετῆς κακοὶ ζωγράφοι, μᾶλλον δὶ ζωγράφων οὐ φαύλων ἴσως, τῶν δὲ πολλῶν φαῦλον ἀρχέτυπον· ἢτῆς παροιμίας μὴ πόρρω θέωμεν, ἄλλους ἰατρεύειν ἐπιχειροῦντες αὐτοὶ βρύοντες ἕλκεσι.

Ti touto legōn hoper ho emos logos; hoti dyslēpton men to agathon tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei, hōsper kaipyr hylę̄ tę̄ hygroterą; hetoimoi de pros tēn tou kakou metousian hoi pleistoi kai epitēdeioi, kalamē tis pros spinthēra, oimai, kai anemon rhądiōs exaptomenē kai dapanōmenē dia xērotēta; thatton gar civ tis oligēs kakias metalaboi plousiōs ē aretēs batheias kata mikron. Epei kai men; liti men mikron apsinthion hōs tachista menadidōsi tou pikrou; meli de oude to diplasion apsinthiǭ tēs heautou glykytētos ; kai mikra men hypospastheisa psēphis potamon holon helkyseien an epi to pranes; epischein de ē anakopsai molis an dynētheiē kaito karterōtaton eryma. x 1Gʼ. Prōton men dē touto, hōn heiʼpomen, he eulabeisthai axion, mē phainōmetha tēs thaumasias aretēs kakoi zōgraphoi, mallon di zōgraphōn ou phaulōn isōs, tōn de pollōn phaulon archetypon; ētēs paroimias mē porrō theōmen, allous iatreuein epicheirountes autoi bryontes helkesi.

What does he mean by this? Just what my discourse means: that the good is hard for human nature to take hold of, as fire is for moister material; but most people are ready and apt for sharing in evil, like stubble, I think, easily kindled by a spark and a wind and consumed because of its dryness. For one would sooner take on a little vice in abundance than deep virtue little by little. Indeed, a little wormwood very quickly imparts its bitterness to honey, while honey does not impart its sweetness even to twice its quantity of wormwood; and a small pebble pulled away could draw a whole river downhill, while even the strongest dam could hardly check or hold it back. [13] This, then, of the things we have said, is the first thing worth guarding against: that we not appear bad painters of wonderful virtue, or rather, perhaps not bad painters, but a bad original for the many; and that we not come near the proverb, trying to heal others while ourselves teeming with sores.

2.14PG 35:424a–424c

Δεύτερον δὲ, εἰ καί τις ἁγνὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας τηρήσειεν, ἢ ὡς μάλιστα, οὐκ οἶδα μὲν, εἰ καὶ τοῦτο αὔταρκες τῷ μέλλοντι τοὺς ἄλλους παιδεύειν πρὸς ἀρετήν· οὐ γὰρ μὴ κακὸν εἶναι δεῖ μόνον τὸν τοῦτο πεπιστευμένον, τοῦτο μὶν γάρ καὶτῶν ὑπὸ χεῖρα τοῖς πολλοῖς αἴσχιστον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἀγαθῷ διαφέροντα, κατά τὴν, ἐκκλίνειν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν, κελεύουσαν ἐντολήν· οὐδὲ τοὺς φαύλους ἐξαλεῖψαι τῆς ψυχῆς τύπους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἀμείνους ἐγγράψασθαι, ὡς πλέον κατʼ ἀρετὴν προέχειν, ἢ ὁπόσον περίεστιν ἀξιώματι· καὶ μηδὲν μέτρον εἰδέναι τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀναβάσεως, μηδὲ κέρδος μᾶλλον τὸ κρατηθὲν ἢ ζημίαν τὸ διαφεῦγοψ ἀλλʼ ἐπίβασιν ἀεὶ ποιεῖσθαι τὸ ποσὶ τοῦ ἑξῆς· καὶ μὴ μέγα νομίζειν ἂν τῶν πολλῶν διαφέρωμεν, ἀλλὰ ζημίαν ἂν τῆς ἀξίας λειπώμεθα καὶ τῇ ἐντολῇ παραμετρεῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοῖς πέλας, τὸ κατορθούμενον, ἄν τε ὦσι κακοὶ, ἄν τε ἀρετῆς ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἥκοντες· καὶ μή μικροῖς σταθμοῖς ταλαντεύειν τὴν ἀρετὴν,τῷ μεγίστῳ, καὶ παρʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ εἰς ’ὀν τὰ πάντα χρεωστουμένην.

Deuteron de, ei kai tis hagnon heauton apo pasēs hamartias tērēseien, ē hōs malista, ouk oida men, ei kai touto autarkes tǭ mellonti tous allous paideuein pros aretēn; ou gar mē kakon einai dei monon ton touto pepisteumenon, touto min gar kaitōn hypo cheira tois pollois aischiston, alla kai tǭ agathǭ diapheronta, kata tēn, ekklinein apo kakou, kai poiein agathon, keleuousan entolēn; oude tous phaulous exaleipsai tēs psychēs typous monon, alla kai tous ameinous engrapsasthai, hōs pleon katʼ aretēn proechein, ē hoposon periestin axiōmati; kai mēden metron eidenai tou kalou kai tēs anabaseōs, mēde kerdos mallon to kratēthen ē zēmian to diapheugops allʼ epibasin aei poieisthai to posi tou hexēs; kai mē mega nomizein an tōn pollōn diapherōmen, alla zēmian an tēs axias leipōmetha kai tę̄ entolę̄ parametrein, alla mē tois pelas, to katorthoumenon, an te ōsi kakoi, an te aretēs epi poson hēkontes; kai mē mikrois stathmois talanteuein tēn aretēn,tǭ megistǭ, kai parʼ hou ta panta, kai eis ’on ta panta chreōstoumenēn.

Second, even if someone were to keep himself pure from all sin, or as nearly as possible, I do not know whether even this suffices for one who is to train others in virtue. For the one entrusted with this must not only not be bad (for that is most shameful even among the many under his hand), but must excel in good, according to the commandment that bids us “turn away from evil and do good”; and he must not only wipe out the bad impressions from his soul but write in the better ones, so as to stand further ahead in virtue than he does in rank; and he must know no limit to the good and to the ascent, nor count what has been won as gain so much as what escapes him as loss, but always make what he has reached a step to what comes next; and not think it a great thing if we surpass the many, but a loss if we fall short of what is fitting; and measure his achievement by the commandment, not by his neighbours, whether they are bad or have reached some measure of virtue; and not weigh virtue with small weights, since it is owed to the Greatest, from whom and to whom are all things.

2.15PG 35:424c–425a

Μηδὲ τὰ αὑτὰ πᾶσιν ἁρμόζειν δίεσθαι, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἡλικίαι πᾶσιν αἱ αὐταὶ, οὐδὲ προσώπων γαρακτῆρες, οὐδὲ ζώων φύσεις, οὐδὲ γῆς ποιότητες, ούδὲ κάλλη τε καί μεγέθη λαμπτήρων· ἀλλʼ ἡγεῖσθαι ἰδιώτου μὶν εἶναι κακίαν τὸ φαῦλα πράστειν, καὶ ὅσα κολάσεως ἄξια, ὧν καὶ ’ὁ νόμοςʼ βαρὺς δεσπότης- ἄρχοντος δὶ ἢ προεστῶτος τὸ μὴ ὡς ἄριστον εἶναι, καῖ ἀεὶ τῷ καλῷ προβαίνοντα, εʼίπερ μέλλοι τῷ περιόντι τῆς ἀρετῆς ἕλξειν τοὺς πολλοὺς είς τὸ μέτριον, καὶ μὴ βίᾳ κατάρξειν, ἀλλὰ πειθοῖ προσάξεσθαι. Τὸ μὶν γὰρ ἀκούσιον, πρὸς τὸ τυραννικὸν εἶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἐπαινετὸν, οὐδὶ μόνιμον φιλεῖ γὰρ τὸ βιασθὲν, ὥσπερ φυτὸν βίᾳ τὸν βίᾳ χερσὶ μετασπώμενον εἷς ἑαυτὸ πάλιν ἀφεθὶν ἀνατρέχειν τὸ δʼ ἐκ προαιρέσεως ἐννομώτατόν τε ἅμα καὶ ἀσφαλέστατον, εὐνοίας δεσμῷ τηρούμενον. ’Όθεν δὴ καὶ μάλίστα ποιμαίνειν τὸ ποίμνιον ἐκουσίως, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς, ὁ ἡμέτερος διακελεύε· ται νόμος καὶ νομοθέτης.

Mēde ta hauta pasin harmozein diesthai, hōsper oude hēlikiai pasin hai autai, oude prosōpōn garaktēres, oude zōōn physeis, oude gēs poiotētes, oude kallē te kai megethē lamptērōn; allʼ hēgeisthai idiōtou min einai kakian to phaula prastein, kai hosa kolaseōs axia, hōn kai ’ho nomosʼ barys despotēs- archontos di ē proestōtos to mē hōs ariston einai, kai aei tǭ kalǭ probainonta, eʼiper melloi tǭ perionti tēs aretēs helxein tous pollous eis to metrion, kai mē bią katarxein, alla peithoi prosaxesthai. To min gar akousion, pros to tyrannikon einai, kai ouk epaineton, oudi monimon philei gar to biasthen, hōsper phyton bią ton bią chersi metaspōmenon heis heauto palin aphethin anatrechein to dʼ ek proaireseōs ennomōtaton te hama kai asphalestaton, eunoias desmǭ tēroumenon. ’Othen dē kai malista poimainein to poimnion ekousiōs, alla mē anankastōs, ho hēmeteros diakeleue; tai nomos kai nomothetēs.

Nor must he think that the same things suit everyone, just as not all have the same age, nor the same features of face, nor the same animal natures, qualities of land, or beauty and size of the heavenly lights. He must consider that for a private person vice is doing wrong and whatever deserves punishment, for which the law too is a harsh master; but for a ruler or one who presides, vice is not being as excellent as possible and always advancing in good, if he is to draw the many to moderation by the surplus of his virtue, and not to rule them by force but to bring them by persuasion. For what is involuntary, besides being tyrannical, is neither praiseworthy nor lasting: what is forced, like a plant bent by force of hands, tends to spring back to itself when let go; but what is by choice is at once most lawful and most secure, being kept by the bond of good will. Hence our law and lawgiver above all bids us shepherd the flock “willingly, not under compulsion.”

2.16PG 35:425a–425c

Ἀλλʼ ἔστω τις μήτέ κακὸς, καὶ ἀρετῆς ἥκων εἷς τὸ ἀκρότατον· οὐχ ὁρῶ, τινα λαβὼν ἐπιστήμην, ἢ ποίᾳ δυνρίμει πιστεύσας, ταύτην ἃν Θαῤῥοίη τὴν προπασίαν·(“τῷ ὄντι γὰρ αὕτη μοι φαίνεται τέχνη τις εἶναι τεχνῶν, καὶ ἐπιστήμη ἐπιστημῶν, ἅνθρω- ' πον ίᾷγειν, τὸ πολυτροπώτατον ζῶον καὶ ποικιλώτατον. Γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις τῇ τῶν σωμάτων θεραπείᾳ, τὴν τῖιῖντψυχῶν ἰατρείαν ἀντεξετάσαςο καὶ ὅσῳ μὶν ἐργώδης ἐκείνη καταμαθὼν, ὅσῳ δὲ ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἐργωδεστέρα προσεξετάσας, καὶ τῇ φύσει τῆς ὕλης, καὶ τῇ δυνάμει τῆς ἐπιστήμης, καὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς ἐν· εργείας τιμιωτέρα. ἸΙ μὲν γὰρ περὶ σώματα πονεῖται, καὶ τήν ἐπίκηρον ὕλην καὶ κάτω ῥέουσαν, πάντως λυθησομένην καὶ πεισομένην τὸ ἑαυτῆς, · κᾶν νῦν τῇ συμμαχίᾳ τῆς τέχνης κπτακρατήσῃ τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ στάσεως· ἢ γὰρ νόσος ἢ χρόνος ἔλυσεν εἷʼξασαν τῇ φύσει, καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους ὅρους οὐχ ὑπερβαίνουσαν.

Allʼ estō tis mēte kakos, kai aretēs hēkōn heis to akrotaton; ouch horō, tina labōn epistēmēn, ē poią dynrimei pisteusas, tautēn han Tharrhoiē tēn propasian;(“tǭ onti gar hautē moi phainetai technē tis einai technōn, kai epistēmē epistēmōn, hanthrō- ' pon iągein, to polytropōtaton zōon kai poikilōtaton. Gnoiē dʼ an tis tę̄ tōn sōmatōn therapeią, tēn tiiintpsychōn iatreian antexetasaso kai hosǭ min ergōdēs ekeinē katamathōn, hosǭ de hē kathʼ hēmas ergōdestera prosexetasas, kai tę̄ physei tēs hylēs, kai tę̄ dynamei tēs epistēmēs, kai tǭ telei tēs en; ergeias timiōtera. II men gar peri sōmata poneitai, kai tēn epikēron hylēn kai katō rheousan, pantōs lythēsomenēn kai peisomenēn to heautēs, ; kan nyn tę̄ symmachią tēs technēs kptakratēsę̄ tēs en autę̄ staseōs; ē gar nosos ē chronos elysen heiʼxasan tę̄ physei, kai tous idious horous ouch hyperbainousan.

But suppose someone is not bad and has reached the summit of virtue: I do not see what knowledge he could take, or in what power he could trust, to dare this office of presiding. For in truth this seems to me the art of arts and science of sciences: to lead man, the most changeable and complex of living creatures. One may see this by comparing the healing of souls with the treatment of bodies: learning how laborious that is, and considering how much more laborious ours is, and how much more precious, in the nature of its material, in the power of its knowledge, and in the end of its activity. For the one labours about bodies, perishable matter that flows downward, which will certainly be dissolved and suffer its own fate, even if for now, with the help of the art, it overcomes the strife within it; for either disease or time dissolves it as it yields to nature and does not pass its own limits.

2.17PG 35:425c–428c

Τῇ δὶ περι ψυχὴν ἡ σπουδὴ, τήν ἐκ Θεοῦ καὶ θείαν, καὶ τῆς ἄνωθεν εὐγενείας μετέχουσαν, καῖε πρὸς ἐκείνην ἐπειγομένην, εί καὶ τῷ χείρονι συνεδέθη· τάχα μὲν καὶ διʼ ἄλλας αἰτίας, ἃς μόνος οἶδεν ὁ συνδήσας Θεὸς, καὶ εἰ( τις ἐκ Θεοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐσοφίσθη μυστήρια” ὅσον δʼ οὗν ἐμὲ γινώσκειν καὶ τοὺς κατʼ ἐμὲ, δυοῖν ἕνεκεν· ἐνὸς μὶν, ’ίνα διʼ ἀγῶνος καὶ πάλης, τῆς πρὸς τὰ κάτω, τῆς ἅνω δόξης κληρονομήσειεν, ὥσπερ χρυσὸς πυρὶ, τοῖς τῇδε βασανισθεῖσα, καὶ ἀρετῆς ἆθλον, ἀλλὰ μή Θεοῦ δῶρον μόνον ἔχῃ τὰ ἐλπιζόμενα* καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἦν ἄρα τῆς ἄκρας ἀγαθότητος, ποιῆσαι τὸ ἀγαθὸν καί ἡμέτερον, οὗ φύσει μόνον κατασπιιρόμινον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προαιρέσει γεωργούμενον, καὶ τοῖς ιηʼ ἄμφω τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου κινήμασιν· ἑτερου δὶ ὡς ἓν καὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἑλκύσειε πρὸς ἑαυτὴν καὶ ἅνω θείη, λύσασα κατά μικρὸν τῆς παχύτητος·ίνʼ, ὅπερ ἰπὶ Θεὸς ψυχῇ, τοῦτο ψυχὴ σώματι γίνηται παιδαγωγήσασα διʼ ἑαυτῆς τὴν ὑπηρέτιν ὅλην, καὶ οίκιίώσασα Θεῷ τὸ ὁμόδουλον. ΗΓ. Χώρας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἡλικίας, καὶ ὥρας, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ὁ ἰατρὸς ἐπισκέψεται· φαρμακιύσιι τε καὶ διαιτήσει, καὶ τηρήσει τὰ βλαβερὰ, ὡς ἃν μή ἀντιβῆναι τῇ τέχνῃ τὰς τῆς ἀρρωστίας ἐπιθυμίας· καί που καὶ καύσεσι, καὶ τομαῖς, καὶ τοῖς αὖατηροτέροις τῆς θεραπείας, ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ ἐφʼ ὧν χρήσεται· ὧν οὔπω τοσοῦτον οὐδὲν, κᾶν ἐπίπονα σφόδρα καὶ χαλεπᾶ φαίνηται, ὅσον ἤθη, καὶ πάθη, καὶ βίους, καὶ προαιρέσεις, καὶ si’ τι ἄλλο τοιοῦτο τῶν ιν ἡμῖν, κατοπτεῦσαί τε καὶ ἰατρεῦσαι, καὶ παν ὅσον θηριῶδες λαὶ ἄγριον ἐξορίσαντας τῆς συζυγίας τῆς ἡμετέρας, πᾶν ὅσον ἥμερον καὶ Θεῷ φί) ον ἀντεισαγαγεῖν τε καὶ βεβαιώσασθαι, καὶ βραὸεὖσαι δικαίως ψυχῇ τε καὶ σώματι· μὴ τῷ χείρονι τὸ κρεῖττον δυναστεύεσθαι συγχωρήσαντας,ἥπερ ἀδικιῶν ἡ μεγίστη· τῷ δὲ ἄρχοντι καὶ ἡγεμονικῷ τὸ τῇ φύσει δεύτερον ὑποτάξαντας· ὥσπερ δὴ νόμος θεῖος, καὶ κάλλιστα ἔχων ἐπὶ πάσης αὐτοῦ τῆς κτίσεως, ὅση τι ὁρατὴ, καὶ ὅση ὑπὲρ τὴν αἴσθησιν.

Tę̄ di peri psychēn hē spoudē, tēn ek Theou kai theian, kai tēs anōthen eugeneias metechousan, kaie pros ekeinēn epeigomenēn, ei kai tǭ cheironi synedethē; tacha men kai diʼ allas aitias, has monos oiden ho syndēsas Theos, kai ei( tis ek Theou ta toiauta esophisthē mystēria” hoson dʼ houn eme ginōskein kai tous katʼ eme, dyoin heneken; enos min, ’ina diʼ agōnos kai palēs, tēs pros ta katō, tēs hanō doxēs klēronomēseien, hōsper chrysos pyri, tois tę̄de basanistheisa, kai aretēs athlon, alla mē Theou dōron monon echę̄ ta elpizomena* kai touto de ēn ara tēs akras agathotētos, poiēsai to agathon kai hēmeteron, hou physei monon kataspiirominon, alla kai proairesei geōrgoumenon, kai tois iēʼ amphō tou autexousiou kinēmasin; heterou di hōs hen kai to cheiron helkyseie pros heautēn kai hanō theiē, lysasa kata mikron tēs pachytētos;inʼ, hoper ipi Theos psychę̄, touto psychē sōmati ginētai paidagōgēsasa diʼ heautēs tēn hypēretin holēn, kai oikiiōsasa Theǭ to homodoulon. ĒG. Chōras, kai kairous, kai hēlikias, kai hōras, kai ta toiauta ho iatros episkepsetai; pharmakiysii te kai diaitēsei, kai tērēsei ta blabera, hōs han mē antibēnai tę̄ technę̄ tas tēs arrōstias epithymias; kai pou kai kausesi, kai tomais, kai tois auatēroterois tēs therapeias, estin hote kai ephʼ hōn chrēsetai; hōn oupō tosouton ouden, kan epipona sphodra kai chalepa phainētai, hoson ēthē, kai pathē, kai bious, kai proaireseis, kai si’ ti allo toiouto tōn in hēmin, katopteusai te kai iatreusai, kai pan hoson thēriōdes lai agrion exorisantas tēs syzygias tēs hēmeteras, pan hoson hēmeron kai Theǭ phi) on anteisagagein te kai bebaiōsasthai, kai braoeusai dikaiōs psychę̄ te kai sōmati; mē tǭ cheironi to kreitton dynasteuesthai synchōrēsantas,hēper adikiōn hē megistē; tǭ de archonti kai hēgemonikǭ to tę̄ physei deuteron hypotaxantas; hōsper dē nomos theios, kai kallista echōn epi pasēs autou tēs ktiseōs, hosē ti horatē, kai hosē hyper tēn aisthēsin.

But our concern is with the soul, which is from God and divine and shares in the nobility from above, and presses on toward it, even though it has been bound to what is worse. Perhaps this is for other reasons too, which only God who bound them together knows, and anyone instructed by God in such mysteries; but so far as I and those like me can know, it is for two reasons. One is that through struggle and wrestling with what is below it might inherit the glory above, tested by the things here like gold by fire, and might have what it hopes for as a prize of virtue and not only as a gift of God (and this indeed belonged to the supreme goodness: to make the good ours as well, not only sown in us by nature but cultivated by choice and by the movements of free will that can go either way). The other is that it might draw the worse to itself and set it on high, freeing it little by little from its grossness, so that what God is to the soul, the soul may become to the body, training by itself the matter that serves it and making its fellow servant God’s own. [18] Places and times and ages and seasons and such things the physician will examine; he will prescribe drugs and diet and guard against what is harmful, so that the cravings of the sickness may not oppose the art; and at times, in some cases, he will use cautery and surgery and the more severe treatments. But none of these, however laborious and hard they seem, is so great a task as to observe and heal characters and passions and ways of life and wills and anything else of this kind in us; to banish from our compound everything bestial and wild and to bring in and establish in its place everything gentle and dear to God; and to arbitrate justly between soul and body, not allowing the better to be dominated by the worse, which is the greatest of injustices, but subjecting what is second by nature to what rules and leads; as the divine law, which is most excellently in force throughout his whole creation, both what is visible and what is beyond sense, requires.

2.18PG 35:428c–429a

Σκοπῶ δὶ κάκεῖνο, ὅτι ἐκείνων μὶν ἕκαστον ὧν ἀπηριθμησάμην ὡς τῷ θεραπευτῇ τηρουμένων ὅπως ἔχεί φύσεως, οὕτω μὲνει καὶ οὐδὲν ἀντιτεχνᾶται παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ πανούργως, οὔδʼ ἀντισοφίζεται τοῖς παρὰ τῆς τὲχνης προσαγομὲνοις· ἀλλὰ καὶ περιΐστησι μᾶλλον τὴν ὕλην ἡ ἰατρεία· πλὴν εἷʼπου βραχεῖά τις παρεμπέσοι τοῦ κάμνοντος ἀταξία, ἦν καὶ φυλάξαι καὶ ἀνακόψαι εὖ χαλεπόν. Ἡμῖν δὲ ὴ σύνεσις καὶ τὸ φίλαυτον, καὶ τὸ νικᾶσθαι ῥᾳδίως μήτʼ εἰδέναι, μήτʼ ἀνέχεσθαι, με· γιστον πρὸς ἀρετήν ἐστιν ἰμπόδιον, καὶ οἶόν τις παράταεις κατὰ τῶν συμμαχούντων γίνεται· καὶ ὅσην είσφὲριιν ἔδει σπουδὴν γυμνοῦν τήν νόσον τοῖς θεραπεύουσι, τοσαύτην ὥστε τήν ἱατρείαν φεύγειν εἰσφερόμεθα, καί ισμιν ἀνδρεῖοι καθʼ ἑαυτῶν, καὶ κατὰ τῆς ὑγείας ἡμῶν ἐπιστή μονις.

Skopō di kakeino, hoti ekeinōn min hekaston hōn apērithmēsamēn hōs tǭ therapeutę̄ tēroumenōn hopōs echei physeōs, houtō menei kai ouden antitechnatai parʼ heautou panourgōs, oudʼ antisophizetai tois para tēs technēs prosagomenois; alla kai periïstēsi mallon tēn hylēn hē iatreia; plēn heiʼpou bracheia tis parempesoi tou kamnontos ataxia, ēn kai phylaxai kai anakopsai eu chalepon. Hēmin de ē synesis kai to philauton, kai to nikasthai rhądiōs mētʼ eidenai, mētʼ anechesthai, me; giston pros aretēn estin impodion, kai oion tis parataeis kata tōn symmachountōn ginetai; kai hosēn eispheriin edei spoudēn gymnoun tēn noson tois therapeuousi, tosautēn hōste tēn hiatreian pheugein eispherometha, kai ismin andreioi kathʼ heautōn, kai kata tēs hygeias hēmōn epistē monis.

I consider this too: each of the things I enumerated, as the physician observes them, remains as its nature is, and does not cunningly contrive anything against him of itself, nor devise anything against what the art applies; rather, the treatment masters the material, unless perhaps some slight disorder on the patient’s part intervenes, which is not hard to guard against and check. But with us, our own intelligence and self-love, and our neither knowing how nor being willing to be easily overcome, are the greatest hindrance to virtue, and become a kind of battle line against those who fight on our side; and as much zeal as we ought to bring to laying bare the disease to those who treat it, so much do we bring to fleeing the treatment; and we are brave against ourselves and skilled against our own health.

2.20PG 35:429a–432a

Ἣ γὰρ δουλοπριπῶς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκλέψαμεν, ὥσπερ τι πάθος ὕπουλον καὶ κακόηθες ιν τῷ βάθει τῆς ψυχῆς συγκαλύπτοντες, ὡς καὶ τὸν μέγαν λήσοντες ὀφθαλμὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τῆς δίκης, ἂν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους λάθωμεν· ἢ προφασιζόμεθα προφάσεις ιν ἁμαρτίαις, λόγους συνηγόρους τοῖς πάθεσιν ἀνευρίσκοντες· ἢ τὰς ἀκοὰς ἀποφράξαντες ἀσπίδος κωφῆς καὶ τά ὦτα Βυούα-ης τρόπον, μὴ ἀκοῦσαι φωνῆς ὖπᾳδόντων φιλονεικοῦμεν, μηδὶ φαρμακευθῆναι σοφίας φαρμάκοις, οἷς ἀρρωστία ψυχῆς θεραπεύεται· ἢ τὸ τελευταῖον, οἳ γε τολμηρότεροι ἡμῶν καὶ γενναιότεροι, καὶ φανερῶς ἀναισχυντοῦμιν πρός τε τήν ἀμαρτίαν καὶ τοὺς ταύτης θεραπευτὰς, γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, χωροῦντες πρὸς πᾶσαν παρανομίαν· ὣ τῆς παραπληξίας, ἢ εἷʼ τι ἄλλο τῷ τοιούτῳ πάθει κυριώτερον ὅνομαί καὶ οὓς ἀγαπᾷν ὡς εὐεργέτας ἐχρῆνΙ τούτους ὡς ὶχθροὺς ἀμυνόμεθα μισοῦντες ἐν πύλαις ἐλέγχοντας, καὶ λόγον δʼσιαν βδελυσσόμενοι· καὶ οἱόμεθα μᾶλλον πολεμήσειν τους ἡμῖν εὔνους, ἃν ὅτι μάλιστα ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς κακῶς δράσωμεν, ὥσπερ oi τῶν ἰδίων σαρκῶν ἁπτόμενοι τὰς τῶν πιλας δαπανᾷν νομίζοντες. ί ᾭΪΔἍ Ταῦτά ἐστιν, οἷς ἐγὼ τδλν καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἰατρικὴν τῆς περὶ τὰ σώματα ἐργωδεστέραν τίθεμαι ματ κρῷ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τιμιωτέραν καὶ ὅτι ἐκείνῃπιξῖν, θίγοι τῶν ἐν τῷ βάθει κατοτέτευούσῃξ περὶ τὸ (ραίνόλ μενον ἡ πλείων τῆς πραγματείας· ἡμῖν δὲ περὶ τὸν κρυπξρν τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπον ὴ πᾶσα θεραπεία τε ὣ σπουδὴ), καῖγττρὸςΙ τὸν ἔνδοθεν ἧμῖν ἀντιπολιμοῦντα καί ἀντιπαλαίοντα ἡ μάχη, ’ὸς ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ὅπλοις καθʼ ἡμῶν χρώμενος, τὸ δεινότατον Ξῷ τῆς θμαρτίας θανάτῳ … Πρὸς οὖν ταῦτα πολλῆς μὲν καὶ παντελοῦς τῆς πίστεως, μείζονος ὃὶ τῆς παρὰ Θεοῦ συνεργίας, οὐκ ὁλίγης δὲ τῆς ἡμετερας ἀντιτεχνήσεως (ὥς γε ἐμαυτὸν πείθοι), χρεία, τῆς καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ θεωρουμένης . εἰ δεῖ καλῶς ἡμῖν θεραπεύεσθαι καὶ ἀπο· καθαίρεσθαι, κα). ὼς πλείστου ἀξίας εἶναι, τὸ τιμιὼ. τατον ὧν ἔχομεν, τὰς ψυχάς.

Hē gar doulopripōs tēn hamartian eklepsamen, hōsper ti pathos hypoulon kai kakoēthes in tǭ bathei tēs psychēs synkalyptontes, hōs kai ton megan lēsontes ophthalmon tou Theou kai tēs dikēs, an tous anthrōpous lathōmen; ē prophasizometha prophaseis in hamartiais, logous synēgorous tois pathesin aneuriskontes; ē tas akoas apophraxantes aspidos kōphēs kai ta ōta Byoua-ēs tropon, mē akousai phōnēs ypądontōn philoneikoumen, mēdi pharmakeuthēnai sophias pharmakois, hois arrōstia psychēs therapeuetai; ē to teleutaion, hoi ge tolmēroteroi hēmōn kai gennaioteroi, kai phanerōs anaischyntoumin pros te tēn amartian kai tous tautēs therapeutas, gymnę̄ tę̄ kephalę̄, to dē legomenon, chōrountes pros pasan paranomian; hō tēs paraplēxias, ē heiʼ ti allo tǭ toioutǭ pathei kyriōteron honomai kai hous agapąn hōs euergetas echrēnI toutous hōs ichthrous amynometha misountes en pylais elenchontas, kai logon dʼsian bdelyssomenoi; kai hoiometha mallon polemēsein tous hēmin eunous, han hoti malista hēmas autous kakōs drasōmen, hōsper oi tōn idiōn sarkōn haptomenoi tas tōn pilas dapanąn nomizontes. i HǭÏDA Tauta estin, hois egō tdln kathʼ hēmas iatrikēn tēs peri ta sōmata ergōdesteran tithemai mat krǭ, kai dia touto timiōteran kai hoti ekeinę̄pixin, thigoi tōn en tǭ bathei katoteteuousę̄x peri to (rainol menon hē pleiōn tēs pragmateias; hēmin de peri ton krypxrn tēs kardias anthrōpon ē pasa therapeia te hō spoudē), kaigttrosI ton endothen hēmin antipolimounta kai antipalaionta hē machē, ’os hēmin autois hoplois kathʼ hēmōn chrōmenos, to deinotaton Xǭ tēs thmartias thanatǭ … Pros oun tauta pollēs men kai pantelous tēs pisteōs, meizonos hoi tēs para Theou synergias, ouk holigēs de tēs hēmeteras antitechnēseōs (hōs ge emauton peithoi), chreia, tēs kai logǭ kai ergǭ theōroumenēs . ei dei kalōs hēmin therapeuesthai kai apo; kathairesthai, ka). ōs pleistou axias einai, to timiō. taton hōn echomen, tas psychas.

For either we slavishly hide our sin, covering it up in the depth of the soul like some festering and malignant ailment, as though we shall escape the great eye of God and of justice if we escape men; or we “make excuses in sins,” finding arguments to plead for our passions; or, stopping our ears in the manner of the deaf adder that stops its ears, we strive not to hear the voice of the charmers, nor to be charmed by the remedies of wisdom by which sickness of soul is healed; or finally, those of us who are bolder and more high-spirited, we are openly shameless toward sin and toward those who heal it, going bareheaded, as the saying is, into every lawlessness. O what madness, or whatever more proper name there is for such a passion! Those whom we ought to love as benefactors we drive off as enemies, “hating those who reprove in the gates and abhorring holy speech”; and we think we are waging war the more against those who wish us well, the more we harm ourselves, like those who devour their own flesh thinking they are consuming their neighbours’. [21] These are the reasons why I count our healing art far more laborious than the one concerned with bodies, and for this reason more precious: because that one mostly concerns what is seen and seldom touches what lies hidden in the depth, while for us the whole treatment and care concerns “the hidden man of the heart,” and the battle is against the one who fights and wrestles against us from within, who uses us ourselves as weapons against us and, most terrible of all, … to the death of sin. Against these, then, there is need of much and complete faith, of still greater cooperation from God, and of no small counter-skill on our part (so I persuade myself), shown in both word and deed, if we are to be well healed and cleansed and become of the greatest worth in what is most precious of all we have, our souls.

2.22PG 35:432a–438a

Τά γε μὴν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν θεραπειῶν τέλη, τοῦτο γὰρ ἡμῖν είς τὴν ἐξέτασιν ἔτι λείπεται, τῇ μὲν ὑγίειαν, ἢ εὐεξίαν σαρκὸς, ἢ οὖσαν φνλάξαι,ῆ ἀπελθοῦσαν ἀνακαλέσασθαι, ὧν οὔπω δῆλον, εἰ rt συνοίσειτοῖς κεκτημένοις ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ ἐναντία πολλάκις πλείω τοὺς ἔχοντας ὤνησεν, ὥσπερ savia: τε καὶ πλοῦτοι,δξξαι τε καὶ ἀδοξίαι, ταπεινότητες καὶ ιαμπρόπιτες, καὶ ὅσα ἐν μέσῳ κείμενα κατὰ τὴν φύε ςινζ κα). οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τῇδε ἢτῇδε νεύοντα, τῇ χρὴ· σει καὶ τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν κεκτημένων τὸ βέλτιον,ἢ τὸ χεῖρον λα μῦἀνει· τῇ δὲ τὸ προκείμενον πτερῶσαι ψυχὴν, ἁρπάσαι κόσμου, καὶ δοῦναι θεῷ, καὶ τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἢ μένον τηρῆσαι, ἢ κινδυνεῦον χειραγωγῆσαι, ἢ διαρρυὲν ἀνασώσασθαι, alcothσαι τε τὸν Χριστὸν ὲν ταῖς, καρδίαις διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματοςο καὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον, Θεὸν ποιῆσαι, καὶ τῆς ἄνω μακαριότητος, τὸν τῆς ἅνω συντάξεως. Kl". Τοῦτο ἡμῖνό παιδαγωγὸς βούλεται νόμος· τοῦτο οἱ μέσοι Χριστοῦ κα). νόμου προφῆταιο τοῦτοὸ τοῦ πνευματικοῦ νόμου τελειωτὴς καὶ τὸ τέλος Χριστός· τοῦτο ἡ κενωθεῖσα θεότης· τοῦτο ἡ προσληφθεῖσα σάρξ· τοῦτο ὴκαινὴ μίξις, Θεὸς καὶ ἄνθρωπος, ἓν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν, καὶ διʼ ἐνὸς ἀμφότερα. Διὰ τοῦτο Θεὸς σαρκὶ διὰ μέσης ψυχῆς ἀνεκραθη (ι), καὶ συνεδέοη τὰ διεστῶτα τῇ πρὸς ἄμφω τοῦ ς μεσιτεύοντος οἰκειότητι· καὶ πάντα ὑπὲρ πάντων ἦλθεν εἰς ἒν, καὶ ὑπὲρ ὲνὸς τοῦ προπάτοροςσ ἡ ψυχὴ διὰ τὴν παρακούσασαν, ἠ σὰρξ διὰ τὴν ὑπουργήσασαν καὶ συγκατακριθεῖσαν· ἡ μὲν ψυχὴν, ἡ δὲ σάρκα. ὁ Χριστὸς διὰ τὸν Ἀδάμ τὸν γενόμενον ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ό κρείττων ἁμαρτίας καὶ ὑψηλότερος. ΚΝ. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀντεισήχθη τῷ παλαιῷ τὸ νέονο καὶ διὰ πάθους ό παθὼν ἀνεκλήθη, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἑκάστου τῶν ἡμετέρων ἕκαστον τοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς ἀντεδόθηο καὶ γέγονε καινὸν μυστήριονὴ περὶ τὸν πεσόντα διʼ ἀπείθειαν ἐκ φιλανθρωπίας οἰκονομία. Διά τοῦτο γέννησις καὶ Παρθένος· διὰ τοῦτο φάτνη καὶ Βηθλεέμ ἡ γέννησις ὑπὲρ τῆς πλάσεως· ἡ Παρθένος ὑπὲρ τῆς γυναικός· ή Βηθλεὲμ διὰ τὴν Ἐδέμ· ἠ φάτνη διὰ τὸν παράδεισον* τά μικρὰ καὶ φαινόμενα ὑπὲρ τῶν μεγάλων καὶ κρυπτομένων. Διά τοῦτο ἄγγελοι δοξάζοντες τὸν οὐράνιον, εἶτα ἐπίγειονο καὶ ποιμένες δόξαν ὁρῶντες ἐπὶ τῷ άμνῷ καὶ ποιμένι· καὶ ἀστὴρ ἡγουμενος, καὶ μάγοι προσπίπτοντες καὶ δωροφοροῦντες, ἵνʼ ειδωλολατρεία καταλυθῇ. Διά τοῦτο Ἰησοῦς βαπτιζόμενος, καὶ ἄνωθεν μαρτυρούμενος, καὶ νηστεύων, καὶ πειραζόμενος, καὶ νικῶν τὸν νικήσανre. Διὰ τοῦτο δαίμονες ἐλαυνόμενοι, καὶ νόσοι θεραπευόμεναι, καὶ τὸ μέγα κήρυγμα μικροῖς ἐγχειριζόμενον καὶ κατορθούμενον. mi. ταφὴ κατὰ τῆς είς γῆν ἀποστροφῆς, καὶ ἀνάστασις ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀναστάσεως (fl). Ταῦτα πάντα παιδαγωγέα τις ἦν περὶ ἡμᾶς τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀσθενείας ἰατρεία τῆς ἡμετέρας, τὸν παλαιὸν Ἀδὰμ ὃθεν ἐξέπεσεν ἐπανάγουσα, καὶ τῷ ξύλῳ τῆς ζωῆς προσάγουσα, οὗ τὸ ξύλον ἡμᾶς τῆς γνώσεως, οὐ κατὰ καιρὸν, οὐδʼἐπις τῆδείως μεταληφθὲν, ῆλλοτρίωσε.

Ta ge mēn amphoterōn tōn therapeiōn telē, touto gar hēmin eis tēn exetasin eti leipetai, tę̄ men hygieian, ē euexian sarkos, ē ousan phnlaxai,ē apelthousan anakalesasthai, hōn oupō dēlon, ei rt synoiseitois kektēmenois epei kai ta enantia pollakis pleiō tous echontas ōnēsen, hōsper savia: te kai ploutoi,dxxai te kai adoxiai, tapeinotētes kai iampropites, kai hosa en mesǭ keimena kata tēn phye sinz ka). ouden mallon tę̄de ētę̄de neuonta, tę̄ chrē; sei kai tę̄ proairesei tōn kektēmenōn to beltion,ē to cheiron la myanei; tę̄ de to prokeimenon pterōsai psychēn, harpasai kosmou, kai dounai theǭ, kai to katʼ eikona ē menon tērēsai, ē kindyneuon cheiragōgēsai, ē diarryen anasōsasthai, alcothsai te ton Christon en tais, kardiais dia tou Pneumatoso kai to kephalaion, Theon poiēsai, kai tēs anō makariotētos, ton tēs hanō syntaxeōs. Kl". Touto hēmino paidagōgos bouletai nomos; touto hoi mesoi Christou ka). nomou prophētaio toutoo tou pneumatikou nomou teleiōtēs kai to telos Christos; touto hē kenōtheisa theotēs; touto hē proslēphtheisa sarx; touto ēkainē mixis, Theos kai anthrōpos, hen ex amphoin, kai diʼ enos amphotera. Dia touto Theos sarki dia mesēs psychēs anekrathē (i), kai synedeoē ta diestōta tę̄ pros amphō tou s mesiteuontos oikeiotēti; kai panta hyper pantōn ēlthen eis en, kai hyper enos tou propatoross hē psychē dia tēn parakousasan, ē sarx dia tēn hypourgēsasan kai synkatakritheisan; hē men psychēn, hē de sarka. ho Christos dia ton Adam ton genomenon hypo tēn hamartian, o kreittōn hamartias kai hypsēloteros. KN. Dia touto anteisēchthē tǭ palaiǭ to neono kai dia pathous o pathōn aneklēthē, kai hyper hekastou tōn hēmeterōn hekaston tou hyper hēmas antedothēo kai gegone kainon mystērionē peri ton pesonta diʼ apeitheian ek philanthrōpias oikonomia. Dia touto gennēsis kai Parthenos; dia touto phatnē kai Bēthleem hē gennēsis hyper tēs plaseōs; hē Parthenos hyper tēs gynaikos; ē Bēthleem dia tēn Edem; ē phatnē dia ton paradeison* ta mikra kai phainomena hyper tōn megalōn kai kryptomenōn. Dia touto angeloi doxazontes ton ouranion, eita epigeiono kai poimenes doxan horōntes epi tǭ amnǭ kai poimeni; kai astēr hēgoumenos, kai magoi prospiptontes kai dōrophorountes, hinʼ eidōlolatreia katalythę̄. Dia touto Iēsous baptizomenos, kai anōthen martyroumenos, kai nēsteuōn, kai peirazomenos, kai nikōn ton nikēsanre. Dia touto daimones elaunomenoi, kai nosoi therapeuomenai, kai to mega kērygma mikrois encheirizomenon kai katorthoumenon. mi. taphē kata tēs eis gēn apostrophēs, kai anastasis hyper tēs anastaseōs (fl). Tauta panta paidagōgea tis ēn peri hēmas tou Theou, kai tēs astheneias iatreia tēs hēmeteras, ton palaion Adam hothen exepesen epanagousa, kai tǭ xylǭ tēs zōēs prosagousa, hou to xylon hēmas tēs gnōseōs, ou kata kairon, oudʼepis tēdeiōs metalēphthen, ēllotriōse.

[22] As for the ends of the two treatments (for this still remains for our examination): the end of the one is to preserve the health or good condition of the flesh if present, or to recall it if it has gone; and it is not yet clear whether these will benefit those who have them, since their opposites have often helped their possessors more, as poverty and wealth, fame and obscurity, lowliness and brilliance, and whatever things lie in the middle by nature and incline no more this way than that, but take on the better or the worse from the use and choice of those who have them. But the aim of the other is to give wings to the soul, to snatch it from the world and give it to God; to guard what is according to the image if it abides, to take it by the hand if it is in danger, or to restore it if it has been ruined; to make Christ dwell in hearts through the Spirit; and, the sum of it all, to make god, and a sharer in the blessedness above, one who belongs to the company above. [23] This is what the law, our tutor, intends for us; this the prophets, who stand between Christ and the law; this Christ, the perfecter and end of the spiritual law; this the Godhead that emptied itself; this the flesh that was assumed; this the new mingling, God and man, one from both and both through one. For this reason God was blended with flesh through the medium of a soul, and things far apart were bound together by the kinship of the mediator with both; and all things came together into one for the sake of all, and for the sake of the one forefather: the soul for the soul that disobeyed, the flesh for the flesh that served it and was condemned with it, the one for soul, the other for flesh; Christ, who is stronger and higher than sin, for Adam who came under sin. [24] For this reason the new was brought in in exchange for the old, and by suffering he who had suffered was called back, and for each of our things each of his who is above us was given in exchange; and the economy of love for humankind toward the one who fell through disobedience became a new mystery. For this reason, birth and the Virgin; for this reason the manger and Bethlehem: the birth in place of the formation, the Virgin in place of the woman, Bethlehem because of Eden, the manger because of paradise; small and visible things in place of great and hidden ones. For this reason angels glorify the heavenly one, then the earthly; and shepherds see glory over the Lamb and Shepherd; and a star leads, and magi fall down and bring gifts, that idolatry may be destroyed. For this reason Jesus is baptized and has witness borne to him from above, fasts and is tempted, and conquers the conqueror. For this reason demons are driven out and diseases healed, and the great preaching is entrusted to small men and brought to success. [25] … burial against the return to the earth, and resurrection for the sake of the resurrection. All these things were a kind of training of God for us and a healing of our weakness, bringing the old Adam back to the place from which he fell, and bringing him to the tree of life, from which the tree of knowledge estranged us when it was partaken of out of season and unfittingly.

2.23PG 35:438a–438b

Ταύτης ἡμεῖς si; θεραπείας ὗπηρίται καὶ συνεργοὶ, ὅσοι τῶν ἄλλων πφοχαθεζόμεθω οἷς μέγα μὶν τὸ τὰ ἴδιοι πάθη καὶ άῤῥωστήματα καὶ γινώσκιιν καὶ θεραπεύειν μᾶλλον δὲ οὔπω μέγα, πλὴν τοῦτο λέγειν ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν πολλῶν κακία πεποίηκε, τῶν ἰπὶ ταύτης ὄντων τῆς τάξεως πολλῷ δὲ μεῖζον τὸ τὰ τῶν ἱλλων ἰᾶσθαι δύνασθαι καὶ ἀνακαθαίρειν ἐπιστημόη νως, καὶ ὡς ἂν ἀμφοτέροις Αυσιτιλοίη, τοῖς τι τῆς θεραπείας χρῄζουσι καὶ τοῖς ἰατρεύειν πεπιστιυμένοις.

Tautēs hēmeis si? therapeias hypēritai kai synergoi, hosoi tōn allōn pphochathezomethō hois mega min to ta idioi pathē kai arrhōstēmata kai ginōskiin kai therapeuein mallon de oupō mega, plēn touto legein hēmas hē tōn pollōn kakia pepoiēke, tōn ipi tautēs ontōn tēs taxeōs pollǭ de meizon to ta tōn hillōn iasthai dynasthai kai anakathairein epistēmoē nōs, kai hōs an amphoterois Ausitiloiē, tois ti tēs therapeias chrę̄zousi kai tois iatreuein pepistiymenois.

Of this treatment we who preside over others are the servants and fellow workers. For us it is a great thing to know and to heal our own passions and sicknesses; or rather, not yet a great thing, except that the wickedness of the many who hold this rank has made us say so; but it is much greater to be able to heal and cleanse the passions of others skilfully, and in a way that profits both, those who need the treatment and those entrusted with the healing.

2.27PG 35:438c–440a

Εἶτα οἱ μὶν τῶν σωμάτων θεραπευταὶ πόνους τι καὶ ἀγρυπνίας καὶ φροντίδας, ἃς ἴσμεν, ἔξουσν καὶ τὸ ἐπʼ ἀλλοτρίαις συμφοριῖς ἰδίας καρποῦσθαι λύπας, ὼς ἔφη τις τῶν παρʼ ἐκείνοις σοφῶν· καὶ τὰ μὶν αὐτοὶ μοχθοῦντες καὶ ἀνουρίσκοντες, τὰ δὲ παρʼ ἄλλων ἑρανιζόμενοι καὶ συνεισφέροντες προσοίσουσι τοῖς δεομένοις καὶ οόδὶν οὕτω μικρὸν αότοῖς ἢ εὑρεθὲν ἣ διαφυγὸν, οὖδὶ τῶν ἒλαχίσνων, ὡς μὴ μέγα πρὸς τὴν τῆς ὑγιείας ῥοπὴν, ἢ τοῦ κινδύνου τούναντίον ὑποληφθῆναι καὶ ταῦτα ὑπὲρ τίνος; ’ίνʼ ἅνθρωπος ζήσῃ πλείους τὰς ἰπὶ γῆν·ἡμὲρας, καὶ οὗτος οὖδὶ τῶν Emuκῶν ἴσως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν μοχθηροτάτων, ᾦ τὸ πάλαι τεθνάναι ἴσως ἄμεινον ἦν, ὄντι κακῷ, ἵνα τοῦ μεγίστου τῶν ἀρρωστημάτων, τῆς κακίας, ἀπαλλαγῇ. εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν καλῶν θείημεν, ἰπὶ πόσον βιωσομὲνῳ; τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνόν ; ἢ τί τῆς ἐνταῦθα κερδανοῦντι ζωῆς, ἧς τὸ λυθῆναι ζητεῖν, τῶν καλῶν ιὶν ἄγει λόγος, οἱ δι ῥυθμίζονται παραδείγμασι· οἱ μὲν δέονται κέντρων, οἱ δὲ χαλινοῦ. Οἱ μὶν γάρ εἰσι νωθεῖς, καὶ δυσκίνητοι πρὸς τὸ καλὸν, οὓς τῇ πληγῇ τοῦ λόγου διεγερτέον· οἱ δὲ θερμότεροι τοῦ μετρίου τῷ πνεύματι, καὶ δυσκάθεκτοι ταῖς ὁρμαῖς, καθάπερ πῶλοι γενναῖοι πόῤῥω τῆς νύσσης θέοντες, οὓς βελτίους ἃν ποιήσειεν ἄγχων καὶ ἀνακόπτων ὁ λόγος.

Eita hoi min tōn sōmatōn therapeutai ponous ti kai agrypnias kai phrontidas, has ismen, exousn kai to epʼ allotriais symphoriis idias karpousthai lypas, ōs ephē tis tōn parʼ ekeinois sophōn; kai ta min autoi mochthountes kai anouriskontes, ta de parʼ allōn heranizomenoi kai syneispherontes prosoisousi tois deomenois kai oodin houtō mikron aotois ē heurethen hē diaphygon, oudi tōn elachisnōn, hōs mē mega pros tēn tēs hygieias rhopēn, ē tou kindynou tounantion hypolēphthēnai kai tauta hyper tinos? ’inʼ hanthrōpos zēsę̄ pleious tas ipi gēn;hēmeras, kai houtos oudi tōn Emukōn isōs, alla kai tōn mochthērotatōn, ǭ to palai tethnanai isōs ameinon ēn, onti kakǭ, hina tou megistou tōn arrōstēmatōn, tēs kakias, apallagę̄. ei de kai tōn kalōn theiēmen, ipi poson biōsomenǭ? ton hapanta chronon ? ē ti tēs entautha kerdanounti zōēs, hēs to lythēnai zētein, tōn kalōn iin agei logos, hoi di rhythmizontai paradeigmasi; hoi men deontai kentrōn, hoi de chalinou. Hoi min gar eisi nōtheis, kai dyskinētoi pros to kalon, hous tę̄ plēgę̄ tou logou diegerteon; hoi de thermoteroi tou metriou tǭ pneumati, kai dyskathektoi tais hormais, kathaper pōloi gennaioi porrhō tēs nyssēs theontes, hous beltious han poiēseien anchōn kai anakoptōn ho logos.

Then those who treat bodies will have toils and sleepless nights and cares, as we know, and will reap griefs of their own from others’ misfortunes, as one of their wise men said; and, partly by toiling and discovering things themselves, partly by collecting and contributing them from others, they will apply them to those in need; and nothing is so small to them, even of the least things, whether found or missed, as not to be thought of great weight toward health or, conversely, toward danger. And all this for what? That a man may live more days on earth, and he perhaps not even one of the decent but one of the most wicked, for whom it would perhaps have been better to have died long ago, being bad, so as to be rid of the greatest of sicknesses, vice. And if we suppose him one of the good, for how long will he live? For all time? Or what will he gain from the life here, whose dissolution it is the part of the good to seek … reason leads some, while others are regulated by examples; some need the goad, others the bridle. For some are sluggish and slow to move toward the good, and must be roused by the blow of the word; others are hotter in spirit than is moderate and hard to restrain in their impulses, like thoroughbred colts running far from the turning post, whom the word would improve by checking and curbing them.

2.31PG 35:440b

Τοὺς μὶν ἔπαινος ὤνησε, τοὺς δὶς ψόγος, ἀμφότερα μετᾶ τοῦ καιροῦ· ἣ τούναντίον ἔβλαψεν ἔξω τοῦ καιροῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου. Τοὺς μὶν παράκλησις κατορθοῖ, τοὺς δὲ ἐπιτίμησις· καὶ αὕτη, τοὺς μὶν έν τῷ κοινῷ διελεγχομένους, τοὺς δὲ κρύβδην νουθετουμένους. Φιλοῦσι γὰρ οἱ μὲν καταφρονεῖν τῶν ἰδίᾳ νουθετημάτων, πλήθους καταγνώσει σωφρονιζόμενοι· οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῶν ἐλέγχων ἀναισχυντεῖν, τῷ τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως μυστηρίῳ παιδαγωγούμενοι, καὶ ἀντιδιδόντες τῆς συμπαθείας τήν εὐπείθειαν.

Tous min epainos ōnēse, tous dis psogos, amphotera meta tou kairou; hē tounantion eblapsen exō tou kairou kai tou logou. Tous min paraklēsis katorthoi, tous de epitimēsis; kai hautē, tous min en tǭ koinǭ dielenchomenous, tous de krybdēn nouthetoumenous. Philousi gar hoi men kataphronein tōn idią nouthetēmatōn, plēthous katagnōsei sōphronizomenoi; hoi de pros tēn eleutherian tōn elenchōn anaischyntein, tǭ tēs epitimēseōs mystēriǭ paidagōgoumenoi, kai antididontes tēs sympatheias tēn eupeitheian.

Some are helped by praise, others by blame, both applied in season; while their opposite, out of season and without reason, does harm. Some are set right by encouragement, others by rebuke; and this either by being reproved in public or by being admonished in secret. For some tend to despise private admonitions and are brought to their senses by the condemnation of the many; while others grow shameless under the openness of reproof, but are trained by the secrecy of rebuke and repay the sympathy with obedience.

2.32PG 35:440b–441c

Τῶν μὶν πάντα τηρεῖν ἐπιμελῶς ἀναγκαῖον μέχρι καὶ τῶν μικροτάτων, ὅσους τὸ οἴεσθαι λανθάνειν (ἐπειδή τοῦτο τεχνάζουσιν) ὡς σοφωτέρους έφῦσησε· τῶν δʼ ἔστιν ἃ καὶ παρορᾷν ἄμεινον, ὥστε ὁρῶντας μὴ ὁρᾷν,καὶ ἀκούοντας μὴ ἀκούειν, κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν, ’ίνα μή πρὸς ἀπόνοιαν αὐτοὺς ἐρεθίζωμεν, τῷ φιλοπόνῳ τῶν ἐλέγχων κατα· βαπτίζοντες, καί τέλος πρὸς πάντα ποιήσωμεν τολμηροὺς, τὸ τῆς πειθοῦς φάρμακον τήν αἰδῶ διαλόσαντες. Καὶ μέντοι καὶ ὀργιστέον τισὶν, οὐκ ὀργιζομένους· καὶ ὖπεροπτέον, οὐχ ὑπερορῶντας· καὶ ἀπογνωστέον, οὐκ ἀπογινώσκοντας, ὅσων τοῦτο ἡ φύσις ἐπιζητεῖ. Καὶ ἄλλους ἐπιεικείᾳ θεραπευτέον καὶ ταπεινότητι, καὶ τῷ συμπροθυμεῖσθαι δὴ περὶ τὰς χρηστοτέρας ἐλπίδας. Καὶ τοὺς Δμὶν νιιιι κᾷν, τῶν δὲ ἡττᾶσθαι πολλάκις λυσιτελέστερον· καῖ τῶν μὶν εὐπορίαν καὶ δυναστείαν, τῶν δὲ πενίαν δυσπραγίαν, ἢ ἐπαινεῖν ἀπεύχεσθαι. AI". Οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἔχει καὶ τῆς κακίας, τήν μὲν καλλίστην εἶναι καὶ ὠφελιμωτάτην ἀεῖ καὶ πᾶσι, τήν δὶ χειρίστην τε καὶ βλαβερωτάτην· οὕτω καὶ τῆς φαρμακείας τῆς ἡμετέρας, ἓν τι καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑγιεινότατον, ἦ ἐπισφαλέστατον ἀεὶ καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀποδέδεικται ( 4)· οἱον τὸ αὐστηρὸν, ἢ τὸ πρᾶον, ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ὧν ἀπηριθμησάμην ἕκαστον, Ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὶν τοῦτο καλὸν καὶ χρήσιμον, τοῖς δὲ τούναντίον πάλιν, ὅπως ἂν, οἴμαι, συμπίπτωσιν οἳ τε καιροὶ καὶ τὰ πράγματα, καὶ ὁ τῶν θεραπευομένων ἐπιδέχηται τρόπος. Ἃ πάντα μὶν διελέσθαι λόγῳ, καὶ συνιδεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀκριβέστατον, ὥστε καὶ κεφαλαίῳ τὴν θεραπείαν περιλαβεῖν ἀμήχανον, κᾶν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐξίκηται τις ἐπιμελείας τε καὶ συνέσεωςο ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς πείρας αὐτῆς καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων τῷ θεραπευτῇ λόγῳ καὶ ἀνδρὶ καταφαίνεται.

Tōn min panta tērein epimelōs anankaion mechri kai tōn mikrotatōn, hosous to oiesthai lanthanein (epeidē touto technazousin) hōs sophōterous ephysēse; tōn dʼ estin ha kai parorąn ameinon, hōste horōntas mē horąn,kai akouontas mē akouein, kata tēn paroimian, ’ina mē pros aponoian autous erethizōmen, tǭ philoponǭ tōn elenchōn kata; baptizontes, kai telos pros panta poiēsōmen tolmērous, to tēs peithous pharmakon tēn aidō dialosantes. Kai mentoi kai orgisteon tisin, ouk orgizomenous; kai yperopteon, ouch hyperorōntas; kai apognōsteon, ouk apoginōskontas, hosōn touto hē physis epizētei. Kai allous epieikeią therapeuteon kai tapeinotēti, kai tǭ symprothymeisthai dē peri tas chrēstoteras elpidas. Kai tous Dmin niiii kąn, tōn de hēttasthai pollakis lysitelesteron; kai tōn min euporian kai dynasteian, tōn de penian dyspragian, ē epainein apeuchesthai. AI". Ou gar hōsper epi tēs aretēs echei kai tēs kakias, tēn men kallistēn einai kai ōphelimōtatēn aei kai pasi, tēn di cheiristēn te kai blaberōtatēn; houtō kai tēs pharmakeias tēs hēmeteras, hen ti kai to auto hygieinotaton, ē episphalestaton aei kai tois autois apodedeiktai ( 4); hoion to austēron, ē to praon, ē tōn allōn hōn apērithmēsamēn hekaston, Alla tois min touto kalon kai chrēsimon, tois de tounantion palin, hopōs an, oimai, sympiptōsin hoi te kairoi kai ta pragmata, kai ho tōn therapeuomenōn epidechētai tropos. Ha panta min dielesthai logǭ, kai synidein epi to akribestaton, hōste kai kephalaiǭ tēn therapeian perilabein amēchanon, kan epi pleiston exikētai tis epimeleias te kai syneseōso epi de tēs peiras autēs kai tōn pragmatōn tǭ therapeutę̄ logǭ kai andri kataphainetai.

With some it is necessary to watch everything carefully, down to the smallest things: those whom the thought that they are unnoticed (since they contrive this) has puffed up as cleverer than others. With others it is better to overlook some things, so as, in the words of the proverb, “seeing not to see and hearing not to hear,” so that we do not provoke them to desperation by drowning them in the diligence of our reproofs, and in the end make them bold for anything by dissolving their sense of shame, the medicine of persuasion. With some, indeed, we must be angry without being angry, disdainful without disdaining, and despairing without despairing, so far as their nature requires this. Others must be treated with gentleness and humility, and by sharing their eagerness for better hopes. Some it is more profitable to conquer, by others often to be defeated; and as for wealth and power in some cases, and poverty and misfortune in others, either to praise them or to pray them away. [33] For it is not with our medicine as it is with virtue and vice, the one being always the most beautiful and the most beneficial for all, the other the worst and most harmful: one and the same remedy has not been shown always to be the most healthful or the most dangerous, even for the same people, for instance severity, or gentleness, or each of the others I listed. For some this is good and useful, and for others again the opposite, according, I think, as the times and circumstances concur and as the character of those being treated admits. To distinguish all these in words and to survey them with complete precision, so as to sum up the treatment in a summary, is impossible, however far one may attain in care and understanding; but in actual experience and practice they become plain to the man who has the healer’s skill.

2.33PG 35:441c

Καθόλου δὲ ἡμῖν έκεῖνο γνώριμον, ὅτι, καθάπερ τοῖς έπὶ κάλου μετεώρου καὶ ὑψηλοῦ βαίνουσι τῇδε ἦ τῇδε ἀποκλῖναι οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς, οὐδὲ είς μικρὸν φέρουσα ἡ ῥοπὴ, κᾶν μικρὰ φαίνηται, ἀσφάλεια δὲ αὐτοῖς ἡ ίσοῤῥοπία καθίσταται· οὕτω κάν τούτοις ὁποτέρωσε νεύσῃ τις, εἷʼτε διὰ κακίαν, είίτε διʼ ἀμάθειαν, κίνδυνος οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς ἀγομένοις τοῦ τῆς ἁμαρτίας πτώματος, Ἀλλʼ ὁδῷ βασιλικῇ πορευτέον ὅντως, καὶ περισκεπτέον, μήτε εἰς δεξιὰ μήτε εἰς ἀριστερὰ, καθάπερ φασὶν, ἐκκλίνοντας. Οὕτω μὲν δὴ τὰ τῶν παθῶν ἔχει τῶν ἡμετέρων, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἔργον τῷ ἀγαθῷ ποιμένι. τῷ γνωστῶς γνωσομένῳ ψυχὰς ποιμνίου, καὶ ἀφηγησομένῳ κατὰ λόγον ποιμαντικῆς, τῆς γε ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας, καὶ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ ποιμένος ἡμῶν ἀξίας.

Katholou de hēmin ekeino gnōrimon, hoti, kathaper tois epi kalou meteōrou kai hypsēlou bainousi tę̄de ē tę̄de apoklinai ouk asphales, oude eis mikron pherousa hē rhopē, kan mikra phainētai, asphaleia de autois hē isorrhopia kathistatai; houtō kan toutois hopoterōse neusę̄ tis, heiʼte dia kakian, eiite diʼ amatheian, kindynos ouch ho tychōn autǭ te kai tois agomenois tou tēs hamartias ptōmatos, Allʼ hodǭ basilikę̄ poreuteon hontōs, kai periskepteon, mēte eis dexia mēte eis aristera, kathaper phasin, ekklinontas. Houtō men dē ta tōn pathōn echei tōn hēmeterōn, kai tosouton entautha to ergon tǭ agathǭ poimeni. tǭ gnōstōs gnōsomenǭ psychas poimniou, kai aphēgēsomenǭ kata logon poimantikēs, tēs ge orthēs kai dikaias, kai tou alēthinou poimenos hēmōn axias.

In general this is well known to us: that just as for those who walk on a rope stretched high in the air it is not safe to lean this way or that, and the tilt, even if it seems small, does not lead to something small, while their safety consists in balance; so also here, whichever way one leans, whether from vice or from ignorance, there is no slight danger to himself and to those he leads of falling into sin. We must truly walk on the royal road, and take care to turn aside neither to the right nor to the left, as they say. Such, then, is the state of our passions, and so great is the work here for the good shepherd, who is to know well the souls of his flock and to guide them according to the reason of the shepherd’s art, the right and just one, worthy of our true Shepherd.

2.35PG 35:441c–444b

Δῦτήν δὶ τήν τοῦ λόγου διανομὴν, ’ίνα τελευταῖον ιῗπω τὸ πρῶτον τῶν ἡμετέρων, τοῦ θείου λέγω καὶ ὑψηλοῦ, καὶ ’ὀν νῦν πάντες φιλοσοφοῦσιν, ei μέν τις ἄλλος θαῤῥεῖ, καὶ πάσης διανοίας ὑπολαμβάνει, θαυμάζω τοῦτον ἐγὼ τῆς συνέσεως, τίνα μὴ λέγω τῆς εὐηθείας· ἐμοὶ δʼ οὖν πρᾶγμα φαίνιται οὐ τῶν φαυλοτάτων, οὐδὲ ὀλίγου τοῦ πνεύματος, διδόναι κατᾶ καιρὸν δκάστῳ τοῦ λόγου τὸ σιτομέτριον, καὶ οἷʼκονομιῖτ έν κρίσει τήν ἀλήθειαν τῶν ἡμετέρων δογμάτων· ὅσα περὶ κόσμων ἣ κόσμου πεφιλοσόφηται, περῖ ὕλης, περὶ ψυχῆς, περὶ νοῦ, καὶ τῶν νοερῶν φύσεων, βελτιόνων τι καὶ χειρόνων, περί τῆς τὰ πάντα συνδεούσης τε καὶ διεξαγοΰσης προνοίας, ὅσα τε κατὰ λόγον ἀπαντᾷν δοκεῖ, καὶ ὅσα παρὰ λόγον τὸν κάτω καὶ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον.

Dytēn di tēn tou logou dianomēn, ’ina teleutaion iïpō to prōton tōn hēmeterōn, tou theiou legō kai hypsēlou, kai ’on nyn pantes philosophousin, ei men tis allos tharrhei, kai pasēs dianoias hypolambanei, thaumazō touton egō tēs syneseōs, tina mē legō tēs euētheias; emoi dʼ oun pragma phainitai ou tōn phaulotatōn, oude oligou tou pneumatos, didonai kata kairon dkastǭ tou logou to sitometrion, kai hoiʼkonomiit en krisei tēn alētheian tōn hēmeterōn dogmatōn; hosa peri kosmōn hē kosmou pephilosophētai, peri hylēs, peri psychēs, peri nou, kai tōn noerōn physeōn, beltionōn ti kai cheironōn, peri tēs ta panta syndeousēs te kai diexagoÿsēs pronoias, hosa te kata logon apantąn dokei, kai hosa para logon ton katō kai ton anthrōpinon.

As for the distribution of the word (to speak last of the first of our concerns: I mean the divine and lofty word, about which everyone now philosophizes), if anyone else is confident and undertakes it with all his understanding, I admire his intelligence, not to say his simplicity. To me at least it seems no slight matter, and to require no little of the Spirit, to give each his portion of the word in due season, and to dispense with judgment the truth of our doctrines: all that has been philosophized about worlds or the world, about matter, about soul, about mind and the intelligent natures, better and worse, about the providence that binds together and directs all things, both what seems to happen according to reason and what is contrary to reason here below and human.

2.36PG 35:444b–444d

Ἔτι τε ὅσα περὶ τῆς πρώτης ἡμων πλάσεως καὶ τῆς τελευταίας ἁναπλάσιως, τύπων τε καί ἀληθείας, καὶ διαθηκῶν, καὶ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας πρώτης τε καί δευτέρας, σαρκώσεώς τε καὶ παθημάτων, καί ἀναλύσιως, ὅσα τι περὶ ἀναστάσεως, περὶ τέλους, περὶ κρίσεως καὶ ἀνταποδόσεως, σκυθρωποτέρας τε καὶ ένδοξοτέρας, καί τὸ κεφάλαιον ὅσα περὶ τῆς ἀρχικῆς καὶ μακαρίας Τριάδος ὑποληπτέον ὅσπερ δὴ καί κινδύνων μέγιστος τοῖς φωτίζειν πεπιστευμένοις, ὡς μήτε εἷς μίαν ὑπόστασιν συναιριθέντα τὸν λόγον δὲει πολυθείας, ψιλὰ καταλιπεῖν ἡμῖν τὰ ὀνόματα, τὸν αὐτὸν Πατέρα καὶ Υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον Πνιῦμα ὑπολαμβάνουσι· μήτε εἰς τρεῖς, ἢ έκφύλοῦς καὶ ἀλλοτρίας διαιρεθέντα, ἦ ἀτάκτους καὶ ἀνάρχους, καὶ οἷον εἰπεῖν, ἀντιθέους, πρὸς κακὸν ἴσον lx τῶν ἐναντίων μεταπεσεῖν· ὥσπερ φυτοῦ διαστροφῆς ἐπὶ θάτερα πολὺ μετακλινομένης.

Eti te hosa peri tēs prōtēs hēmōn plaseōs kai tēs teleutaias hanaplasiōs, typōn te kai alētheias, kai diathēkōn, kai Christou parousias prōtēs te kai deuteras, sarkōseōs te kai pathēmatōn, kai analysiōs, hosa ti peri anastaseōs, peri telous, peri kriseōs kai antapodoseōs, skythrōpoteras te kai endoxoteras, kai to kephalaion hosa peri tēs archikēs kai makarias Triados hypolēpteon hosper dē kai kindynōn megistos tois phōtizein pepisteumenois, hōs mēte heis mian hypostasin synairithenta ton logon deei polytheias, psila katalipein hēmin ta onomata, ton auton Patera kai Huion kai hagion Pniyma hypolambanousi; mēte eis treis, ē ekphylous kai allotrias diairethenta, ē ataktous kai anarchous, kai hoion eipein, antitheous, pros kakon ison lx tōn enantiōn metapesein; hōsper phytou diastrophēs epi thatera poly metaklinomenēs.

And further, all that concerns our first formation and our final re-formation, types and truth, the covenants, the first and second coming of Christ, his incarnation and sufferings and departure; all that concerns the resurrection, the end, the judgment and the recompense, both the gloomier and the more glorious; and, the sum of all, what is to be thought about the original and blessed Trinity. Here indeed lies the greatest danger for those entrusted with enlightening others: lest, through fear of polytheism, they contract the doctrine into one hypostasis and leave us bare names, supposing the same one to be Father and Son and Holy Spirit; or else divide it into three that are either alien and foreign, or without order and without principle and, so to speak, rival gods, and so fall from the opposite side into an equal evil, like a plant bent far over the other way to correct its warp.

2.37PG 35:444d–445b

Τριῶν γὰρ ὄντων τῶν νῦν περὶ τὴν θεολογίαν ἀρρωστημάτων, ἀθείας, καὶ Ἰουδαϊσμοῦ, καὶ πολυθείας, ὧν τῆς μὲν Σαβέλλιος προστάτης ὁ Λίβυς ἰτένετο,τῆς δὲ ’Ἄρειος ὁ Ἀλιξανδριὺς,τῆς δέ τινες τῶν ἄγαν παρʼ ἡμῖν ὀρθοδόξων. Τίς 6 ἐμὸς λό γος; τῶν τριῶν ὅσον ἐστὶ βλαβερὸν διαφυγόντας, ἰν ὅροις μένειν τῆς εὐσεβείας, καὶ μήτε πρὸς τὴν Σαβελλίου ἀθείαν ἐκ τῆς καινῆς ταύτης ἀναλύσεωςῆ συνθέσεως ὑπαχθῆναι, μὴ μᾶλλον ( 3) ἓν τὰ πάντα ἢ μηδὲν ἕκαστον εἶναι ὁριζομένουςʼ φεύγει γὰρ εἶναι ὅπερ ἐστὶν εἷς ἄλληλα μεταχωροῦντα καὶ μεταβαίνοντα“ ἢ σύνθετόν τινα καὶ ἄτοπον ἡμῖν Θεὸν, ὥσπερ τὰ πυθώδη τῶν ζώων σκιαγραφοῖητας καθ ἀναπλάττοντας· μήτε τὰς φύσεις τὲμνοντιις κατὰ τὴν ’Δρείου καλῶς ὀνομασθεῖσαν μανίαν, εἷς Ἰουδαϊκὴν πενίαν κατακλεισθῆναι, καὶ φθόνον ἐπεισάγειν τῇ θείᾳ φύσει, μόνῳ τῷ ἀγεννήτῳ τὴν θεότητα πιριγράφοντας, ὥσπερ δεδοικότας μὴ διαφθείροιτο ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, Θεοῦ Πατήρ ὢν ἀληθινοῦ καὶ ὀμοτίμου τήν φύσιν· μήτε τρεῖς ἀρχὰς ἀλλήλαις ἀντεπεξάγοντας ἦ συντάσσοντας πολυαρχίαν εἶσάγειν Ἑλληνικὴν, ἣν πεφεύγαμεν.

Triōn gar ontōn tōn nyn peri tēn theologian arrōstēmatōn, atheias, kai Ioudaïsmou, kai polytheias, hōn tēs men Sabellios prostatēs ho Libys iteneto,tēs de ’Areios ho Alixandriys,tēs de tines tōn agan parʼ hēmin orthodoxōn. Tis 6 emos lo gos? tōn triōn hoson esti blaberon diaphygontas, in horois menein tēs eusebeias, kai mēte pros tēn Sabelliou atheian ek tēs kainēs tautēs analyseōsē syntheseōs hypachthēnai, mē mallon ( 3) hen ta panta ē mēden hekaston einai horizomenousʼ pheugei gar einai hoper estin heis allēla metachōrounta kai metabainonta“ ē syntheton tina kai atopon hēmin Theon, hōsper ta pythōdē tōn zōōn skiagraphoiētas kath anaplattontas; mēte tas physeis temnontiis kata tēn ’Dreiou kalōs onomastheisan manian, heis Ioudaïkēn penian katakleisthēnai, kai phthonon epeisagein tę̄ theią physei, monǭ tǭ agennētǭ tēn theotēta pirigraphontas, hōsper dedoikotas mē diaphtheiroito hēmin ho Theos, Theou Patēr ōn alēthinou kai omotimou tēn physin; mēte treis archas allēlais antepexagontas ē syntassontas polyarchian eisagein Hellēnikēn, hēn pepheugamen.

For there are three diseases now affecting theology: atheism, Judaism, and polytheism. Of the first Sabellius the Libyan was the champion, of the second Arius of Alexandria, of the third some of those among us who are excessively orthodox. What is my view? That we should escape what is harmful in all three and remain within the bounds of piety: neither be led into the atheism of Sabellius by this new analysis, or rather synthesis, lest by defining all as one we make each nothing rather than all one (for things that pass into one another and change into one another escape being what they are), or picture for ourselves some composite and absurd God, like the fabulous animals that are painted and modelled; nor, cutting the natures apart according to the well-named madness of Arius, be shut up in Jewish poverty and bring envy into the divine nature, limiting the Godhead to the Unbegotten alone, as though afraid that God would be destroyed for us if he were Father of a true God, equal in honour by nature; nor, setting three principles against one another or ranking them side by side, introduce the Greek polyarchy from which we have fled.

2.38PG 35:445c–492a

Δὲον μήτε οὕτως είνάί τινας φιλοπάτορας, ὣς καὶ τὸ εἶναι Πατέρα περιαιριῖν· τίνος γὰρ ἂν καὶ εἴη Πατὴρ, τοῦ Υίοῦ τήν φύσιν κεχωρισμένοι» καὶ ἀπεξενωμινου μετὰ τῆς κτίσεως; οὐ γὰρ τοῦτο Υἱὸς τὸ ἀλλότριον ἢ συναλειφομένου πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ συγχεομένου, ἴσον δὶ εἰπεῖν, καὶ συγχέοντος· μήτε τοσοῦτον φιλοχρίστους, ὡς μήτε τούτῳ φυλάττειν τὸ εἶναι Υἱῷ· (τίνος γὰρ ἂν καὶ ιῖὴ, μὴ πρὸς ἀρχὴν ἀναφερόμενος τὸν πατὲρα;) μήτε τῷ Πατρὶ τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀξίωμα, τῆς ὡς πατρὶ καὶ γεννήτορι· μικρῶν γὰρ ἂν εἷη καὶ ἀναξίων ἀρχὴ, μᾶλλον δὲ μικρῶς τε καὶ ἀναξίως, μή θεότητος ὢν ἀρχὴ καὶ ἀγαθότητος, τῆς ἐν Υἱῷ καὶ Πνεύματι θεωρουμιενης τῷ μὲν ὡς Υἱῷ καὶ Λόγῳ, τῷ δὲ ὡς προόδῳ καὶ οὗ διαλύτῳ Πνιύματι· ἐπειδή γι ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὸν ’έναι Θεὸν τηριῖν, καὶ τὰς τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις ὁμολογεῖν, καὶ ἑκάστην μετὰ τῆς ἰδιότητος. με AO'. Ταῦτʼ οὐν μακροτέρου μὶν ἦ κατὰ τὸν παρʼ όντα καιρὸν, οἶμαι δὲ καὶ βίον, τοῦ λόγου καὶ νοῆσαι καὶ παραστῆσαι ἱκανῶς τε καί ὅσον ἄξιον· ν μᾶλλον δὲ καῖ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ τοῦ Πνεύματος, ᾦ μόνῳ Θεὸς καὶ νοεῖται καὶ ἑρμηνεύεται καὶ ἀκούεται. Καθαρῴ γὰρ·ψμόνον ἁπτέον τοῦ καθαροῦ καὶ ὡσαύτῴςίὲχοᾲτδς· δʼ εʼίνεκα νῦν ιν ὀλίγῳ διεληλύθαμεν, ’ἶνʼ ἐκεῖνο δηλώσωμεν, ὅτι χαλεπὸν ἐν πλήθει μάλιστα, περί τηλικούτων διαλεγόμενον, ἐκ κπαντοδαπῆς συγκειμένῳ καὶ ἡλικίας καὶ ἕξεως, o‘t‘ov ὀργάνῳ τινὶ πολυχόρδῳ διαφόρων δεομένῳ καὶ τῖον κρουμάτων, εὑρεῖν τινα τὸν πάντας καταρτίσαι δυνάμενον λόγον, καί λαμπρῠναιτῴ φωτὶ τῆς γνώσεωςοη οὐ μόνον ὅτι ἐν τρισὶ τούτοις τοῦ κινδύνου σαλεύοντος, διανοίᾳ καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἀκοῇ, ἀναγκαῖον περὶ ἓν γὲ τι τούτων, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντα, προσπταῖσαι· ἤ γὰρ οὐκ ἐνελάμφθη νοῦς, ἢ λόγος ἠσθάνησεν, ἢ οὐκ ἐχώρησεν ἀκοὴ μὴ κεκαθαρμένη · καὶ ὁμοίιος ἐξ ἰνὸς τούτων καὶ πάντων χωλεύειν ἀνάγκη τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ὃ τοῖς ἄλλο τι διδάσκειν ὑπισχνουμένοις ῥᾷστον ποιεῖ τὸν λόγον καὶ εὐπαράδεκτον, ἡ τῶν ἀκουόντων εὐλάβεια, τοῦτο ἐνταῦθα ἡ ζημία καθίσταται καί ὁ κίνδυνος Μʼ. Ὠς γὰρ περὶ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ μεγίστου τῶν ὅντων ἔχοντες τὸν ἀγῶνα, καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῆς, icui τῆς πρώτης πᾶσιν ἐλπίδος, ὅσῳ τὴν πίστιν εἶσὶ Θερμότεροι, τοσούτῳ προσαντέστεροι τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ προδοσίαν τῆς ἀληθείας, οὐκ εὐσέβειαν τὴν εὐπείθειαν ὑπολαμβάνοντες, πάντα πρόοιντʼ ἂν πρότερον ἣ τοὺς οἴκοθεν λογισμοὺς,, μεθʼ ὧν ἔρ· χονται, καί τῶν δογμάτων οἷς συνανεστράφησαν τὴν συνήθειαν καὶ τοῦτο ἔτι λέγω τῶν μετριωτὲρων καὶ οὐ πάντη κακῶν τὸ πάθος, οἳ κᾶν τῆς ἀληθείας διαμαρτάνωσιν, ἀλλά τῷ γε διʼ εὐλάβειαν τοῦτο πάσχειν, καὶ ζῆλον μὲν ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ οὗ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν, τυχὸν ἔσονται τῶν ού σφόδρα κατακρινομένων, οὐδὲ πολλάς δερομένων, ὡς οἱ διά κακίαν καὶ πονηρίαν τοῦ δεσποτικοῦ θελήματος ἀποπίπτοντες. Καὶ τάχα ἃν οὗτοι μεταπεισθεῖέν ποτε, καὶ μεταβληθεῖεν ὑπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς εὐλαβείας, ὑφʼ ἧς καὶ ἀντέβαινον, εἷʼ τις αὐτῶν ἅψαιτο λόγος,ἢ οἷίκοθεν ἢ ἔξωθεν κρούσας καιρίως, ὥσπερ σίδηρος πυρῖτιν λίθον, τὴν ἐγκύμονα καὶ ἀξίαν φωτὸς διάνοιαν· ἰν καὶ τάχιστα ἂν ἐκ μικροῦ σπινθῆρος ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας πυρσὸς ὲκλάμψειε. MA’. Τί δʼ ἂν εἷʼποι τις περὶ τῶν διά κενοδοξίαν ἢ φιλαρχίαν, ἀδικίαν εἷς τὸ ὕψος λαλούντων, Ἰαννοῦ τινος ἣ Ἰαμβροῦ μεγαληγορίας, οὐ κατά Μωυσέως, τῆς δʼ ἀληθείας ὁπλιζομένων, καὶ τῆς ὑγιαινούσης κατεξανισταμένων διδασκαλίας; ἢ τῆς τρίτης μοίρας τῶν διʼ ἀπαιδευσίαν καὶ τὴν ἑπομένην ταύτῃ θρασύτητα ὁμόσε παντὶ λόγῳ χωρούντων συώδει πάθει, καὶ καταπατούντων τοὺς καλοὺς μαργαρίτας τῆς ἀληθείαςς MB'. Ἢ ὅσοι μηδεμίαν μὲν οἷʼκοθεν ὑπόληψιν φέροντες, μηδέ τινα τύπον τῶν περὶ Θεοῦ λόγων ἣ χείρονα ἣ βεΛτίονα, πᾶσι δὲ ὑποτιθέντες ἓαυτοὺς λόγοις καὶ διδασκάλοις, ὡς ἐξ ἀπάντων έκλεξόμενοι τὸ κρεῖττον καὶ ἀσφαλέστερον, καὶ κριταῖς ού καλοῖς τῆς ἀληθείας σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πιστεύσαντες ἔπειτα ὑπὸ τῆς πιθανότητος ἄλλοτε eam; περιφερόμενοι καὶ στρεφόμενοι, καὶ παντὶ λόγῳ καταπλυνθέντες καὶ πατηθέντας, πολλοὺς ἀμείψαντες διδασκάλους καὶ πολλὰ γράμματα, ὥσπερ χοῦν ἀνέμοις ῥᾳδίως ἀποβαλόντες, τέλος ἀποκαμόντες καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ διάνοιαν, ὣτῆς ἀλογίας l) πρὸς πάντα λόγον ὁμοίως δυσχεραίνουσι, καὶ μοχθηρὸν τύπον έαυτοῖς ἐγγράφουσιν, αὐτῆς καταγελᾷν ἡμῶν καὶ καταφρονεῖν ὡς ἀστάτου καὶ οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς ἐχούσης τῆς πίστεως, μεταβαίνοντες ἀπαιδεύτως ἀπὸ τῶν λεγόντων ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον· ὥσπερ ἃν εἷʼτις τοὺς ὀφθαλμοῦς κακῶς διακείμενος, ἣ τὰ ὦτα διεφθαρμινος, κατηγοροίη τοῦ ἡλίου ἦ τῶν φωνῶν, τοῦ μὶν ὡς ἀμαυροῦ καὶ οὐ στίλβοντος, τῶν δὶ ὡς ικμελῶν καὶ ἆτόνων. MI“. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ῥᾷον ἄρτι καινοτομεῖν ἀλήθειαν ψυχῇ, ὥσπερ κηρὸν οὔπω κεχαραγμένον, fi γράφω κατὰ γραμμάτων, πονηρῶν λέγω διδαγμάτων τι καὶ δογμάτων, εὐσεβῆ λόγον, ὡς συγχεῖσθαι καὶ ἀτακτεῖν τοῖς προτέροις τὰ δεύτερα. Ὀδδν μὶν γὰρ πατεῖν ἄμεινον τὴν λείαν καῖτετριμμὲνην ἣτὴν ἀτριβῆ καὶ τραχεῖαν, καὶ γῆν ἀροῦν ἣν πολλάκις ἄροτρον ἔτεμεν καὶ ἡμέρωσεν· ψυχὴν δὶ γράφειν, ἣν οὔπω λόγος ἐχάραξε μοχθηρὸς, οΰδὶ εἷς βάθος τὰ τῆς κακίας ὶνεσημάνθῃ γράμματα· δύο γὰρ ἂν οὕτω τὰ ἔργα γίνοιντο τῷ θεοσεὸιῖ καλλιγράφῳ, ἐξαλείφειν τε τοὺς προτέρους τύπους, καὶ μετεγγράφειν τοὺς δοκιμωτὲρους τε καὶ τοῦ μένειν ἀξιωτέρους. Τοσοῦτοι μὲν δὴ καὶ κατὰ τὰ λοιπὰ nam καὶ κατᾶ τὸν λόγον αὐτὸν, αἱ πονηροὶ καὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ τύποι καὶ χαρακτῆρες· τοσοῦτον δὶ τὸ ἔργον τῷ ταύτην πεπιστευμένῳ τήν τῶν ψυχῶν παιδαγωγίαν καὶ προστασίαν· καὶ τὰ πλείω παρῆκεν ὁ λόγος, ’ίνα μὴ περιττότερος ᾗ τοῦ δέοντος. MA'. Ὥσπερ οὖν εἷʼ τις θηρίον ἐκ πολλῶν θηρίων συγκείμενονπολιιοιδές καὶ πολύμορφον, μειζόνων τε καὶ μικροτέρων, ἡμερωτέρων τι καὶ ἀγριωτέρων, ἄγειν ἐπιχειροίη καὶ τιθασσεύειν, πάντως ἂν ἦν ἔργον αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐ μικρὸν οὸ ἀγώνισμα, οὕτως ἀνωμάλου καὶ ἀλλοκότου προστατεῖν φύσεως, οὔτε φωναῖς ταῖς αὐταῖς, οὔτε τροφαῖς, οὔτε χειρὸς (ΗῘ ἐπαφαῖς, οὕτε συρίγμασιν, οὔτε τοῖς τῆς ἄλλης ἀγωγῆς τρόποις ἑκάστου τῶν θηρίων χαίροντος, ἅλλων δὶ ἄλλοις ἡδομένων, ἢ ἀχθομίνων, ὡς ἠ φύσις tantum.) καὶ ἠ συνήθεια· καὶ τί ἃν ἔδει ποιεῖν τὸν τοιούτου θηρὸς ἐπιστάτην; τί δʼ ἄλλο γε ἢ πολυειδῆ τε εἶναι καὶ ποικίλον τὴν ima-nium); καὶ κατάλληλον ἑκάστῳ προσάγειν τὴν θεραπείαν, ὡς ἂν ἄγοιτο καλῶς αὐτῷ τὸ θηρίον καὶ διασώζοιτοῖ οὕτως ἐκ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρων καὶ ἠθῶν καὶ λόγῗυν, καθάπερ ἑνὸς ζώου συνθέτου καί ἀνομοίου, τοῦ κοινοῦ τούτου ἧς Ἐκκλησίας συγκειμένου σώματος. πᾶσα ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸν προστάτην ἁπλοῦν τι εἶναι τὸν αὑτὸν κατᾶ τὴν ἐν πᾶσιν ἀρθότητα· καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα παντοδαπὸν καὶ ποικίλον κατά τὴν πρὸς lucum; οἰκείωσιν, καὶ τὰ τῆς ὁμιλίας πρὸς πάντας δπιτήδιιόν τε καὶ πρόσφορον. ιεʼ. Οἱ μὶν γὰρ δέονται γάλακτι τρέφεσθαι, τοῖς ἁπλουστέροις καὶ στοιχειωδεστὲροις τῶν διδαγμάτων, ὅσοι τὴν ἕξιν νήπιοι καὶ ἀρτιπαγεῖς, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, τήν ἀνδρείαν τοῦ λόγου τροφὴν οὗ φιροντιςσ ἣν el προσάγοι τις παρᾶ δύναμιν, τάχα ὃν καταπιεσθὲντις καὶ βαρηθὲντες, οὐκ ἒξαρκούσης τῆς διανοίας, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ τῆς ὕλης τὸ ἰπιισεΛθὸν ἆλκῦσαι καὶ οἰκειώσασθαι, ζημιωθιῖεν ἃν καὶ εἷς τὴν ἀρχαίαν δύναμιψ οἳ δὴ τῆς ὲν τοῖς τιλείοις Ἀαλουμένης σοφίας, χρῄζοντες καὶ ’τροφῆς τῆς ὑψηλοτέρας καὶ περροτέρας, τῷ πρὸς διάκρισιν ἀληθοῦς τι καὶ ψευδοῦς ἱκανῶς γεγυμνάσθαι τὰ αἰσθητήρια, εἴ γάλα ποτίζοιντο καὶ τρίφοιντο λαχάνοις, ἀσθενῶν βρώματι, ὃυσχεραίνοιιν ἄν· καὶ μάλα εἰκότως, οὐ δυναμούμενοι κατὰ Χριστὸν, οὐδὶ αὔξοντες τήν ἐπαινετὴν αὔξησιν, ἣν ἰργάζεται λόγος τελειῶν εἰς ἄνδρα, καὶ εἷς μέτρον ἡλικίας ἄγων πνευματικῆς, τὸν καλῶς τρεφόμενον. νοις εἰς γῆν· ὡς ἃν μάλιστα εὖδοκιμοῖμιν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς, δτι μάλιστα ζημιοῦντες αὐτοὺς, ἢ ᾆπολλύντες, καὶ αἷμα ἀθῶον ἁπλουστέρων ψυχῶν ἐκχέοντες ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἡμῶν ἐκζητηθησόμινον. MZ’. Ἀλλʼ εἰδότες ἑτέροις βέλτιον εἶναι τὰς δαυτῶν ἡνίας ἐνδιδόναι τεχνικωτέροις,ἢ ἄλλων ἡνιόχους εἶναι ἀνεπισνήμονας, καί ἀκοὴν ὑποτιθέναι μᾶλλον εὐγνώμονα, ἢ γλῶσσαν κινεῖν ἀπαίδευτον· ταῦτα διαλεχθέντες ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἴσως οὖ φαύλοις συμβούλοις, εἷ δὲ μή γε, ἀλλʼ οὖν εὔνοις, καὶ τὰ ῥητέα καὶ τὰ πρακτέα μαθεῖν οὐκ εῗδότες, μᾶλλον ἣ διδάσκειν ἀγνοοῦντες, ἐδοκιμάσαμεν. Ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ ὅτῳ κᾶν εἷς βαθὺ γῆρας λόγος ἀφίκοιτο πολιὸς, καὶ ὠφελῆσαι νέαν ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ ψυχὴν δυνάμενος, Ὠς τό γε παιδεύειν ἄλλους ἐπιχειρεῖν, πρὶν αὐτοὺς ἱκανῶς παιδευθῆναι, καὶ ἄν πίθῳ τὴν κεραμεῖα-δ μανθάνειν, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενονλ,Ξν ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων ψυχαῖς ἐκμολετᾷν τὴν εὐσέβειαν, λίαν εἶναί μοι φαίνεται ἀνοήτων ἢ τολμηρῶν· ἀσυνέτων μὲν, εἱ μηδὲ αἰσθάνοιντο τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀμαθείας· θρασέων δὲ, εἱ καὶ συνιέντες, κατατολμῶσι τοῦ πράγματος. ΜΗʼ. Ἑβραίων μὶν οὖν οἱ σοφώτεροι λέγουσιν, ὡς ἄρα ἦν τις πάλαι νόμος Ἑβραίοις, ἰν τοῖς μάλιστα εὖ ἔχων καὶ ἐπαινούμενος, μὴ πᾶσαν ἠλιἲ κίαν πάσῃ Γραφῇ ἐνδίδοσθαν μηδὶ γὰρ εἶναι τοῦτο λυσιτελέστερον, ὅτι μηδὲ πᾶσαν εὖθέως εἶναι παντὶ ληπτὴν, καὶ τὰ μέγιστα ἂν τοὺς πολλοὺς κακῶσαι τῷ φαινομένῳ, τήν βαθυτέραν· ἀλλὰ τὰς μὶν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀνεῖσθαι πᾶσι καὶ εἶναι κοινὰς, ὢν καὶ τὸ σωματικὸν οὐκ ἀδόκιμον· τὰς δὲ μὴ ἄλλοις ἣ τοῖς ὑπὲρ εἰκοστὸν καὶ πέμπτον γεγονόσιν ἔτος πιστεύεσθαι, ὅσαι διʼ εὐτελοῦς τοῦ ἐνδύματος τὸ μυστικὸν κάλλος περικαλύπτουσιν, ἆθλον φιλοπονίας καὶ λαμπροῦ βίου, μόνοις τοῖς κεκαθαρμένοις τὸν νοῦν ὑπαστράπτον καὶ φανταζόμενον, ὡς μόνης δυναμένης τῆς ἡλικίας ταύτης ὑπὲρ τὸ σῶμα γενέσθαι, καὶ ἀναβῆναι καλῶς ἐπὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ἀπὸ τοῦ γράμματος. ΜΘʼ. Ἡμῖν δὶ οὐδεὶς ὅρος τοῦ παιδεύειν καὶ τοῦ παιδεύεσθαι, ὥσπερ οἱ λίθοι πάλαι ταῖς ὐπὶρ τὸν Ἰορδάνην καὶ ταῖς ἐντὸς Ἰορδάνου φυλαῖς· οὐδὲ τισὶ μὲν ἐκεῖνο, τισὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἐπιτρεπτέον· οὐδὶ τις κανὼν τῶν ἕξεων ’ ἀλλʼ οὕτῶ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἔρριπται καὶ συγκέχυται, καὶ οὕτω κακῶς διακείμεθα, ὥστε οἱ πλείους ἡμῶν, ἵνα μὴ λέγω πάντες, πρὶν ἀποθεσθαι σχεδὸν τὴν πρώτην τρίχα καὶ τὸ τὰ παιδικὰ ψελλίζεσΟαι, πρὶν παρελθεῖν sic τὰς Θείας αὐλὰς, πρὶν τῶν ἱερῶν βίβλων γνῶναι κᾶν τὰ ὀνόματα, πρὶν Καινῆς καὶ Παλαιᾶς χαρακτῆρα γνωρίσαι καὶ τοὺς προστατας· οὔπω γὰρ λέγω πρὶν ἢ τὸν βόρβορον ἀποπλύνασθαι, καὶ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αἶʼσχη ὅσα ἡ κακίά ἡμῖν προσεμάξατο, ἂν δύο ἢ τρία ῥήματα τῶν εὐσεβῶν ἐξασκήσωμεν, καὶ ταῦτα ἐξ ἀκοῆς, οὐκ ἐντεύξεως, τῷ Δαβὶδ βραχέα καθομιλήσωμεν, ἦ τὸ τριβώνιον εὖ περιστειλώμεθα, ἢ μεχρι τῆς ζώνης φιλοσοφήσωμεν, εὐσεβείας τι πλάσμα καὶ ὄψιν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς περιχρώσαντες. βαβαὶ τῆς προεδρίας καὶ τοῦ φρονήματοςί Ἱερὸς καὶ ἐκ σπαργάνων 6 Σαμουήλ· εὐθύς ἐσμεν σοφοὶ καὶ διδάσκαλοι, καὶ ὑψηλοὶ.τᾶ θεῖα, καὶ γραμματέων τὰ πρῶτα καὶ νομικῶν, καὶ χειροτονοῦμεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς οὐρανίους, καί καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ανθρώπων ῥαββὶ ζητοῦμεν, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ τὸ γράμμα, καὶ πάντα δεῖ νοηθῆναι πνευματικῶς, καὶ λῆρος πλατὺς τὰ ὀνείρατα· xui ἀγανακτοίημεν ἂν, εἷ μὴ σφόδρα ἐπαινοίμεθα. Τοῦτο ἡμῶν οἳ χρηστότεροι xui ἁπλούσταροι· τί δὶ οἱ πνευματικοὶ μᾶλλον xui γενναιότεροι; Πολλὰ κατακρίναντες ἡμᾶς, ἂν οὕτω δόξῃ, καὶ βασανίςαντες, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ θέντες, ἀπῆλθον, καὶ τήν κοινωνίαν ὡς οὐκ εὐσεβῶν διαπτύσαντες. Νʼ. ’Ἂν δέ τινι αὐτῶν λέγωμεν οὑτωσὶ πράως xui λογικῶς προβιὲάζοντες (ΒΛ)- Εἷπέ μοι, ὦ θαυμάσιε, καλεῖς τι τὸ ὀρχεῖσθαι, τό τε αὐλεῖν ; Πάνυ γε εἷʼποιεν ἄν. Τί δαὶ σοφίαν τε xui σοφὸν εἶναι, 1066' ’ὀ δὴ θείων τε καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων ἐπιστήμην τιθέμεθα ; Καὶ τοῦτο δώσουσι. Πότερον δὲ κρεῖττον εἶναι καὶ ὑψηλότερον, ταῦτα σοφίας, ἦ τούτων μακρῴ τὴν σοφίαν ; Καὶ πάντων εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι φήσουσι· xui μέχρι τούτων εἰσὶν εὐγνώμονες. Ἆρʼ οὗν ὀρχήσεως μὶν καὶ αὐλήσεώς ἐστι διδασκαλία xui μάθησις, xui χρόνου πρὸς τοῦτο δεῖ, καὶ ἱδρώτων συχνῶν καὶ πόνων, καὶ μισθοὺς καταβαλεῖν ἔστιν ὅτε, xui προσαγωγῶν δεηθῆναι, καὶ ἀποδημῆσαι μακρότερα, xui τᾶλλα τὰ μὲν ποιῆσαι πάντα, τὰ δὲ παθεῖν, οἷς ἐμπειρία συλλέγεταν τὴν δὲ σοφίαν, ἢ πᾶσιν ἐπιστατεῖ καὶ πάντα ἐν ἑαυτῇ τὰ καλὰ συλλαβοῦσα ἔχει, ὠς xui τὸν Θεὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἢ τι ἄλλο χαίρειν ἀκούοντα, ἰπειδὴ καλεῖται πολλοῖς ὀνόμασιν, οὕτω κοῦφόν τι xui πεπατημὲνον πρᾶγμα ὁποληψόμεθα, ὥστε θελῆσαι δεῖν μόνον καὶ εἷναι σοφόν ; Πολλῆς τοῦτο τῆς ἀμαθείας. "Av ταῦτα λέγωμεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν τὴν πλάνην ἀνακαθαίρωμεν, ἤ τις ἀλλος τῶν εὐμαθεστέρων καὶ συνετωτέρων, τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο κατὰ πετρῶν σπείρειν, xui λαλεῖν εἷς ὦτα μὴ ἀκουόντων. Οὕτως οὐδʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτό είσι σοφοὶ, τὴν ἑαυτῶν γινώσκειν ἀπαιδευσίαν. Καὶ μοι δοκεῖ καλῶς ἔχειν τὸ τοῦ Σολομῶντος περὶ αὐτῶν είπεῐν· ’Ἐστι πονηρία, ἣν εἶδον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, ἄνδρα δόξαντα παρʼ ἐαυτῷ σοφὸν εἶναι καὶ ὅ τούτου πονηρότερον, παιδεύειν ἄλλους πεπιστευμένον τὸν μηδὲ τῆς οἰκείας ἀμαθείας ἐπαισθανόμενον. ΝΔʼ. Τοῦτο δακρύων μὶν καὶ στεναγμῶν τι ἄλλο, τὸ πάθος ἄξιον· ’ὀ καὶ πολλάκις ἐγὼ κατηλέησα, εὖ εἰδὼς, ὅτι τὸ οἷέσθαι τοῦ εἶναι τὸ πλεῖστον ἀφαιρεῖται, καὶ μέγα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἡ κενοδοξία πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐμπόδιον· ἲάσασθαι δὲ καὶ στῆσαι τήν νόσον Πέτρου ἂν εἷή τινός ἢ Παύλου, τῶν μεγάλων Χριστοῦ μαθητῶν, καί μετὰ τῆς ἐν λόγῳ και ἔργῳ κυβερνήσεως εἰληφότων τὸ χάρισμα, καὶ πᾶσι πάντα γινομένων, *ίνα τοὺς πάντας (θ) κερδήσωσινο ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις μέγα, κᾶν εί καλῶς κυβερνοίμεθα καὶ ἀγοίμεθα πρὸς τῶν ἐπανορθοῦν τά τοιαῦτα καὶ διευθύνειν ξπεπιστευμένων. ΝΒʼ. Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή γε Παύλου καὶ τῶν κατʼ ἐκεῖ· vov ἐμνήσθημεν, ἀφέντες, εί δοκεῖ, τοὺς ἄλλους..,ι ι Α 1 ν 1,ι ἅπαντας, ὅσοι κατὰ νομοθεσίαν, προφητείαν, ἤ στρατηγίαν, ἤ τινα τοιαύτην ἄλλην οἰκονομίαν τοῦ λαοῦ προεβλήθησαν, οἷον τὸν Μωσῆν, τὸν Ἀαρὼν ἐκεῖνον, τὸν Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Ἠλίαν, τὸν Ἐλισσαῖον, τοὺς κριτάς, τὸν Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Δαβὶδ, τῶν προφητῶν τὸ πλῆθος, τὸν Ἰωάννην, τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς τοὺς ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις ὕστερον, οἳ πολλοῖς ἱδρῶσι καὶ πόνοις διεξῆλθον τήν προστασίαν κατᾶ τοὺς ἑαυτῶν χρόνους ’ἔκαστοι- τούτοος ὑπερβάντες ἅπαντας, Παῦλον προστησώμεθα μόνον τοῦ λόγου συνίστορα, κᾶν τούτῳ θεωρήσωμεν, ὅσον ἐστὶ καὶ ψυχῶν ἐπιμέλεια, καὶ εἷ βραχείας τῆς πραγματείας, ἣ μικρᾶς τῆς συνέσεως. Ὠς ἂν δὲ ῥᾷστα τοῦτο γνοίη μεν καὶ κατίδοιμεν, τί Παῦλος αὐτὸς περί Παύλου φησὶ, ἀκούσωμεν. NI". Ἐῶ λέγειν τοὺς πόνους, τὰς ἀγρυπνίας, τοὺς φόβους, ’τάξ ἐν λιμῷ καὶ δίψει κακόπαθείας, τὰς ἐν ψύχει καὶ ἐν γυμνότητι, τοὺς ἔξωθεν ὶπιῦουλεόοντας, τοὺς ἔνδοθεν ἀντιπράττοντας. ’Διρίημι τοὺς διωγμοὺς, τὰ συνέδρια, τά δεσμωτήρια, τὰ δεσμὰ, τοὺς κατηγόρους, τὰ δικαστήρια, τοὺς καθʼ ἡμέραν καὶ ὥραν θανάτους, τὴν σαργάνην, τοὺς λιθασμοὺς, τοὺς ῥαῦδισμοὺς, τήν περίοδον, τοὺς κατὰ γῆν κινδυνους, τοὺς κατὰ θάλασσαν, τὸν βυθὸν, τὰ ναυάγια, κινδύνους ποταμῶν, κινδύνους λῃστῶν, κινδύνους ἐκ γένους, κινδύνους ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις, τὸν ἐκ χειρῶν βίον, τὸ ἀδάπανον Εὐαγγέλιον, ὡς θέατρον ἦν καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις, μέσος Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἱστάμενος · ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν ἀγωνιζόμενος, τῷ δὲ προσάγων καὶ οἷʼκειῶν λαὸν περιοῦσιον, χωρὶς τῶν παρεκτός. Τούτων τίς ἂν ἀξίως διέλθοι τήν καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐπιστασίαν, τήν τῶν καθʼ ἕκαστον κηδεμονίαν, τήν μέριμναν πᾶσῶν τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν, τὸ πρὸς πάντας συμπαθὲς καὶ φιλάδελφον ; Προσέκοπτὲ τις, καὶ Παῦλος ἠσθένει· καὶ ἄλλος ( 7) ἐσκανδαλίζετο, καὶ Παῦλος ἦν ὁ φλεγόμενος ( 8). ΝΔ. Τὸ δὲ τῆς διδασκαλίας φιλόπονον ; τὸ δὲ ποικίλον τῆς Θεραπείας ; ἡ φιλανθρωπία δέ ; τὸ δὲ αῦστηρὸν πάλιν; ἡ δὲ ἐξ ἀμφοτὲρων μίξις καὶ κρᾶσις,· ὡς μήτε τῇ χρηστότητι μαλακίζειν, μήτε τραχύνειν τῇ χαλεπότητι. Νομοθετεῖ δοῦλοις καὶ δεσπόταις, ἄρχουσι καὶ ἀρχομένοις, ἀνδράσι καὶ γυναιξὶ, γονεῦσι καὶ τεκνοις, γάμῳ καὶ ἀγαμίᾳ, ἐγκὲατείᾳ καὶ τρυφῇ, σοφίᾳ καὶ ἀμαθείᾳ, περιτομῇ καὶ ἀκροβυστίᾳ, Χριστῷ καὶ κόσμῳ, σαρκί καὶ πνεύματι. Ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν εὐχαριστεῖ, τῶν δὲ καθάπτεται. Τοὺς μὲν χαρὰν καὶ στέφανον ὀνομάζει, τοῖς δὲ ἄνοιαν ἐγκαλεῖ· τοῖς μὲν συνοδεύει καὶ συμπροθυμεῖται ὀρθοτομοῦσι, τοὺς δὲ ἀνακόπτει κακῶς ὁδεῦοντας. Νῦν ἀφορίζει, νῦν ἀγάπην κυροῖ· νῦν θρηνεῖ· νῦν εὐφραίνεταν νῦν γάλα ποτίζει, νῦν μυστηρίων ἅπτεται· νῦν συγκατέρχεται, νῦν ἑαυτῷ συνυψοῖ ο νῦν ῥάβδον ἀπειλεῖ, νῦν προτείνεται πνεῦμα πραότητος· νῦν ἐπαίρεται τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς, νῦν ταπεινοῦται τοῖς ταπεινοῖςᾶρτι τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐστ ἰν ἐλάχιστος,ἅρτι δοκιμήν ὑπισχνεῖται τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ λαλοῦντος Χριστοῦ· ἄρτι τὴν ἐκδημίαν ποθεῖ καὶ σπένδεται- ἄρτι παραμεῖναι τῇ σαρκὶ διʼ αὐτοις ἀναγκαιότερον δοκιμάζει· οὐ γὰρ ζητεῖ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ, ζητεῖ δὲ τὸ τῶν τέκνων, οὓς ἐν Χριστῷ διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ἐγέννησεν. Οὗτος ὅρος πάσης πνευματικῆς προστασίας, πανταχοῦ τὸ δέοιθʼ ἑαυτὸν ( 4) παρορᾷν πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἄλλων συμφέρον. NE'. Ἐγκαυχᾶται ταῖς ἀσθενείαις καὶ ταῖς Θλίψεσιν· ὡς ἄλλῳ τινὶ κόσμῳ, τῇ Ἰησοῦ νεκρώσει ὲγκαλλωπίζεται· ὑψηλός ἐστι τὰ σαρκικὰ, καὶ τοῖς πνευματικοῖς ἀγάλλεται ο οὐκ ἷδιώτης τήν γνῶσιν, καὶ βλέπειν φησὶ διʼ ἐσόπτρου καὶ ἐν αἰνίγματι. Θαῤῥεῖ τῷ πνεύματι, και ὑποπιαζει τὸ omμα καθαιρῶν ὡς ἀντίπαλον· τί διδάσκων ἡμᾶς ἐν τούτοις, καὶ τί παιδεύων ; μὴ φρονεῖν τοῖς κάτω, μὴ φυσιοῦσθαι τῇ γνώσει, μὴ τὴν σάρκα ἐπεγείρειν τῷ πνεύματι. Πάντων ὑπερμαχεῖ, πάντων ὑπερεύ χεται, ζηλοῖ πάντας, ἀνάπτεται ὑπὲρ πάντων, τῶν ἔξω νόμου, τῶν ὑπὸ νόμον· κῆρυξ ἐθνῶν, Ἰουδαίων προστάτης. Ἐτόλμησέ τι καὶ μεῖζον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ τῶν κατὰ σάρκα, ’ίνα τολμήσω τι καὶ αὐτὸς οὕτω λέγων· ἀντεῖσαχθῆναι τούτους ἑαυτοῦ Χριστῷ διὰ τήν ἀγάπην εὔχεται. ’Ὡ τῆς μεγαλο-, η....,ι -.. Ι..ι... νοίας! ὣ τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος ζέσεωςί Μιμεῖται Χριστὸν, τὸν γενόμενον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάραν, τὸν τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἀναλαῦόντα, καὶ τὰς νόσους βαστάσανταο ἢ, τό γε μετριώτερον εἰπεῖν, παθεῖν τι ὑπερ αὐτῶν, καὶ ὡς ἀσεβὴς, δέχεται, πρῶτος ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ, μόνον εἰ οὗτοι σώζοιντο. Νξ. Καὶ τί λέγω καθʼ ἕκαστον ; ζῶν γὰρ οὐχ ἑαυτῶ, Χριστῷ δὲ καὶ τῷ κηρύγματι, καὶ κόσμον ἑαυτῷ σταυρώσας, καὶ σταυριυθεὶς κόσμῳ καὶ τοῖς ὁρωμένοις, πάντα ἡγεῖται μικρά καὶ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐλάττονα· κᾶν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ πληρώση τὸ Εὐαγγὲλιον, κᾶν ἐπὶ τὸν τρίτον ούρανὸν φθάσῃ διʼ ἁρπαγῆς, κᾶν τοῦ παραδείσου γένηται θεατὴς, κᾶν τῶν ἀρῥητων ἡμῖν ῥημάτων ἀκροατής. Ταῦτα Παῦλος, καὶ εἰ τις κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τῷ πνεύματι. Ἡμεῖς δὲ δεδοίκαμεν ταρά τούτους, μὴ μωροί τινες ὦμεν ἄρχοντες Τάνεως, ἢ πράκτορες καλαμώμενοι, μακαρίζοντες τὸν λαὸν ψευδῶςʼ προσθήσω δὲ, κιιῖ μακαριζόμενοι, καὶ τὴν τρίβον τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν ταράσσοντες· ἐμπαῖκται κυριεύοντες, ἢ νεανίσκοι προστάται καὶ ἀτελεῖς τήν φρόνησιν, μηδʼ ὅσον ἄρτου καὶ ἱματίου πρὸς τὸ καθηγεῖσθαί τινων εὐποροῦντες· προφῆται δ.ἒάσκοντες ἄνομα. ἢ ἄρχοντες ἀπειθοῦντες, καὶ κακῧς ἀκούειν μετᾶ τῶν πατρίων ἄξιοι διὰ λιμοῦ σκληρότητα-ἣ ἱερεῖς τοῦ λαλεῖν εἱς τὴν καρδίαν Ἰερουσαλὴμ πλεῖστον ἀπέχοντες, ’ἀδή πάντα ὁ τῷ Σεραφίμ καὶ τῷ ἄνθρακι καθαρθεὶς Ἠσαίας ὀνειδίζει καλῶς καὶ μαθτῦρεται. ΝΖʼ. ”Αρʼ οὖν τὸ μὲν ἔργον τοσοῦτον, καὶ οὔ· τως ἐπίπονον τῇ αἰσθητικῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ λυπηρᾷ, καὶ ὄντως σὴς ὀστέων τῷ γε νοῦν ἔχοντι. Μικρὸς δὲ 6 κίνδυνος, ἣτὸ πτῶμα εὐκαταφρόνητον ; Ἀλλά μοι πολὺν ἐπανατείνεται φόβον ἔνθεν μὲν 6 μακάριος Ὠσηὲ, πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐἶναι τὸ κρίμα λέγων τοὺς ἱερεῖς καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας. ὅτι παὸῗς ἐγενήθημεν τῇ σκοπιᾷ, καὶ ὡς δίκτυον ἐκτεταμένον ἐπὶ τὸ Ἰταβύριον, '6 καταπεπῆχθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνας ἀγρευόντων ψυχὰς, ἀποθερίζειν (Infit τε τοὺς φαῦλους ἀπειλῶν προφήτας, καὶ πυρὶ καταναλίσκειν τοὺς κριτὰς αὐτῶν, ἐφέξειν τε μικρὸν τοῦ χρίειν βασιλέα καὶ ἄρχοντας· ὅτι ἑαυτοῖς ἐβασίλευσαν, ἀλλʼ οὐ διʼ αὐτοῦ. ΝΗʼ. ’Ἔνθεν δὲ 6 θεῖος Μιχαίας οὐ φέρων οἰκοδομουμένην Σιὼν ἐν αʼίμασιν, ὁποτέροις βούλει, καὶ ἶΙερουσαλὴμ ἐν ἀδικίαις, τῶν ἡγουμένων· αὐτῆς μετᾶ δώρων κρινόντων, καὶ τῶν ἱερέων μισθοῦ ἀποκρινομένων, καῖ τῶν προφητῶν μετὰ ἀργυρίου μαντευομένων· ἀνθʼ ὧν τί γενήσεσθαι ; Σιὼν ὡς ἀγρὸν ἀροτριαθγίσεσθαι, καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ ὡς ὀπωροφυλάκιον ἔσεσθαι, καὶ τὸ ὅρος τοῦ οἴκου είς ἄλσος δρυμοῦ λογισθήσεσθαιο θρηνῶν τε τὴν ἐρημίαν τῶν κατορθούντων, ὡς μόλις που καλάμην ὑπο·λείπεσθαι ἢ έπιιρυλλίδα· ὁπότε καὶ τὸν ἄρχοντα αἴτεῖν, καὶ τὸν κριτὴν λόγους πρὸς χάριν λαλεῖν, καὶ σχεδὸν τὰ αὐτά τῷ μεγάλῳ Δαβὶδ φθεγγόμενοςο Σῶσόν με, Κύριε, λέγοντι, ὅτι ἐκλέλοιπεν ὅσιοςο ἐξ οὗ καὶτὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐπιλείψειν αὐτοὺς, ὡς ὑπὸ σητὸς δαπανώμενα. ΝΘʼ. Ἰωήλ δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ θρῆνον διακελεύεται, καὶ κόπτεσθαι βούλεται τοὺς λειτουργοῦντας τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, λιμοῦ πιέζοντος· τοσοῦτον ἀπέχει τρυφᾷν ἐπιτρέπειν έν τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων κακοῖς· καὶπρὸς τῷ ἁγιάζειν νηστείαν, καὶ κηρύσσειν θεραπείαν, συναγαγεῖν πρεσβυτέρους, νήπια, ἡλικίας ἐλεεινᾶς, σάκκοις, καὶ λίαν ταπεινῶς κατά γῆς ἐρῥιμμένους, διότι τεταλαιπωρήκει πεδία τῇ ἀκαρπίᾳ, καὶ ἐξῆρτο ἐξ οἴειου Κυρίου σπονδή καὶ θυσία, ἕλκειν τῇ ταπεινώσει τὸν ἔλεον. Ξʼ. Τί δαὶ ὁ ’Δμβακούμ; Οὗτος μὲν καὶ θερμοτέρων ἅπτεται λόγων, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀποδυσπετεῖ τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ οἷον καταβοᾷ τοῦ χρηστοῦ δεσπότου διὰ τὴν τῶν κριτῶν ἀδικίαν· "Em; τίνος, Κύριε, κεκράξομαι, λέγων, καὶ οὗ μή εἷʼσακούσεις; βοήσομαι πρὸς σὲ ἀδικούμενος, καὶ οὐ σώσεις; Ἵνα τί μοι ἔδειξας κόπους καὶ πόνους, ἐπιβλέπειν ἐπὶ ταλαιπωρίαν καὶ ἀσέβειαν; Ἐξεναντίας μου γέγονε κρίσις, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς λαμβάνει.. Διὰ τοῦτο διεσκέδασται νόμος, καὶ ού διεξάγεται εἷς τέλος κρίμα. Εἶτα ἡ ’ἀπειλὴ καὶ τὸ. ἐπί τούτοις Ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταὶ, καὶ ἐπιβλέψατε, καὶ θαυμάσατε θαυμάσια, καὶ ἀφαενίσθητε, διότι ἔργον ἐγὼ ἐργάζομαι. Καὶ τί χρὴ πάντα ἐπιφέρειν τὰ τῆς ἀπειλῆς ; Ἀλλὰ μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν· τοῦτο γάρ μοι δοκεῖ βέλτιον εἶναι προσθεῖναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις· πολλοὺς ἀνακαλεσάμενος καὶ ἀποκλαυσάμενος τῶν περὶ τι ἀδίκων καὶ πονηρῶν, τέλος ἀνακαλεῖται καὶ τοὺς τῆς μοχθηρίας ἡγεμόνας καὶ διδασκάλους, ἀνατροπὴν μὶν 4Ἷῖ θολερὰν τήν κακιαν ἀποκαλῶν καὶ τοῦ νοῦ μέθην καὶ πλάνην·ποτίζεσθαι δὲ λέγων τούτοις ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τοὺς πλησίον, ὅπως ἐπιβλέπωσιν ἐπὶ τὸ σκότος αὐτῶν τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ τὰ σπήλαια ἑρπετῶν καὶ θηρίων, λογισμῶν πονηρῶν οἶκητήρια. Οὗτοι μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτοι, καὶ μετά τοιούτων ἡμῖν διαλεγόμενοι τῶν παιδευμάτων. ΞΑʼ. Μαλαχίαν δὶ πῶς παριδεῖν ἄξιον ; νῦν μὲν ἐγκαλοῦντα πικρῶς τοῖς ἱερεῦσι, καὶ ὀνειδίζοντα ὡς τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου φαυλίζουσι · καὶ προστιθέντα ὲν τίσιν, ἐν τῷ προσάγειν πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἄρτους ἠλισγημένους, βρώματα οὐκ ἀπάργματα, καὶ ἃ μηδʼ ἂν τῶν ἡγουμένων τινὶ προσενέγκοιεν, ἢ ἀτιμασθεῖεν ἃν προσενεγκόντες, ταῦτα προσφέρειν τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν ὅλων εὐχὴν εὐξαμένους, χωλὰ, καὶ ἅρῥωστα, καὶ ὃιεσθαρμένα, καὶ βέβηλα παντελῶς, καὶ ἀπὸπτυστα· νῦν δὲ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς Λευίτας τοῦ Θεοῦ διαθήκης ὑπομιμνήσκοντα, (ἡ δὲ ἦν τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης), καὶ φόβῳ φοβεῖσθαι τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ στέλλεσθαι. Νόμος, φησὶν, ἦν ἀληθείας έν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, καί ἀδικία οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ. Ἐν εἰρήνη κατευθύνων ἐπορεύθη μετʼ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ’πολλοὺς ἐπέστρεψεν ἐξ ἀδικίας, ὅτι χείλη ἱερέως φυλάξεται γνῶσιν, καὶ νόμον ἐκζητήσουσιν ἐκ στόματος αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἡ αἰτία ὡς τιμία τε ἅμα καὶ φοβερά ! διότι ἄγγελος Κυρίιου παντοκράτορός ἐστι. Καὶ παραιτοῦ Καὶ παραιτοῦμαι μὲν τῶν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀρῶν τὸ βλάσφημον* φοβοῦμαι δὲ τήν ἀλήθειαν· ἀλλʼ ὃ μέτριόν τε ἅμα εἰπεῖν καὶ συμφέρον · Εἰ ἔτι ἄξιον, φησὶν, ἐπιβλέψαι εἰς θυσίαν ὑμῶν, ἢ λαβεῖν δεκτὸν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν ; ὡςʼ ἂν μάλιστα δνσχεραίνων, καὶ τὴν ἱερουργίαν αὐτῶν διὰ τήν κακίαν ἀποπεμπόμενος. ΞΒʼ. Ζαχαρίου μέν γὰρ ὅτʼ ἂν μνησθῶ, φρίσσω τὸ δρέπανον, ὁμοίως καὶ ἃ κατά τῶν ἱερέων μαρτύρεται οῦτος ἆ μὲν περὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ πάνυ, ἱερέως τοῦ μεγάλου, παραδηλοῖ, ὃν περιδύσας τῷ λόγῳ τήν ῥυπαρὰν ἐσθῆτα καὶ ἀναξίαν, τὴν ἱερατικὴν καὶ λαμπρὰν περιτίθησιν· ὅσα τε ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτῷ λέγων πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐπισκήπτων πεποίηται ταῦτα μὲν, εἷς μείζονα καὶ ὑψηλότερα ἴσως 1 κατᾶ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἱερέας ἀναφερόμενα,· σιωπῂ τιμάσθω· πλὴν ὅτι καὶ τούτου ἐκ δεξιῶν 6 διάβολος ειστήκει τοῦ ἀντικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ · πρᾶγμα ἐμοὶ γοῦν οὐ μέτριον, οὐδὲ ὀλίγου φόβου καὶ φυλακῆς ἄξιον. ΞΓ. "A δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν κατηγορεῖ ποιμένων ὶπι μελῶς καὶ καθάπτεται, τίς οὕτω τολμηρὸς καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀδαμάντινος, ὥστε μὴ τρέμειν ἀκούων, καὶ αὐτὸς Φωνὴ, φησὶ, θρηἑαυτοῦ γίνεσθαι μετριώτερος ; δτι τεταλαιπώρηκεν ἡ μεγανούντων ποι μένων, λοσύνη αὐτῶν ’ φωνὴ ὠρυομένων λεόντων, ὅτι τάδε πεπόνθασι. Μονονοὺ κάκούει τῶν θρήνων ὡς ἤδη παρόντων, καὶ συνθρηνεῖ τοῖς πάσχουσιν. Ἔτι δὲ μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν πληκτικώτερον καὶ Ποιμαίνετε, φησί, τὰ πρόβατα τῆς σφοδρότερον σφαγῆς, ἂ οἱ κτησάμενοι κατέσφαζον, καὶ oi μετεμελοῦντοʼ καὶ οἱ πωλοῦντες αὐτὰ ἔλεγον. Εὐλογητὸς Κύριος, καὶ πεπλουτήκαμεν · καὶ οἱ ποιμένες αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔπασχον οὐδὲν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐ φείσομαι οὐκ ἔτι ἐπὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γὴν, λέγει Κύριος παντοκράτωρ· καὶ πάλιν · Ῥομφαία, έξεγέρθητι ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιμένας, καὶ πατάξατε τοὺς ποιμένας, καὶ έκσπάσατε τὰ πρόβατα· καὶ, ἐπάξω τὴν χεῖρά μου ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιμένας, καὶ ὠργίσθη 6 θυμός μου ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιμένας, καὶ έπὶ τοὺς ἀμνοὺς ἐπισκέψομαι· προστιθεὶς ἤδη τῇ ἀπειλῇ καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τοὺς προὲγοντας. Οὕτω φιλοπόνως προσκαθέζεται τῷ λόγῳ καὶ οὐδὲ ἀπαλλαγῆναι δύναται ῥᾳδίως τῶν οὕτώς. ΞΔ” Ἵνα δὲ τοὺς έν τῷ Δανιὴλ παραδράμωμεν πρεσβυτέρους· καὶ Scip παραδράμοιμεν, καὶ τὸ τῷ δεσπότῃ περὶ αὐτῶν καλῶς εἰρημένον καὶ προηγορευμένον, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἀνομία ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος ἑκ πρεσβυτέρων κριτῶν, οἳ έδόῖ κουν κυβερνᾷν τὸν λαόν πῶς οἷʼσομεν Ἰεζεκιὴλ, τὸν τῶν μεγάλων έπόπτην καὶ ἐξηγητὴν μυστηα ρίων καὶ θεαμάτων; Πῶς μὶν ἃ τοῖς σκοποῖς διακελεῦεται, μὴ κατασιωπᾷν τήν κακίαν, καὶ τὴ ἐπερχομένην ταύτῃ paupertini; ὡς οὔτε αὐτοῖ, τοῦτο λυσιτελοῦν, οὔτε τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι· τοῦ δὲ προῖὃὲσθαι καὶ προκηρῦξαι ἀμφοτέρους ὀνήσοντος, εἷ οἱ μὲν εἷʼποιεν, οι δὲ ἀκούσαιεν, ἣ πάντως γε τοὺς μηνύσαντας. ΞΕʼ. Πῶς δὲ την ἄλλην καταδρομὴν, ἢν ποιεῖται κατᾶ τῶν ποιμαινόντων, νῦν μὶν ἐν τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν· Οὒαὶ ἐπὶ οὐαὶ ἔσται, καὶ ἀγγελία ἐπὶ ἀγγελίαν, καί ἐκζητηθήσεται ὅρασις ἐκ προφήτου, καὶ νόμος ἀπολεῖται ἐξ ἱερέως, καὶ βουλὴ ἐκ πρεσβυτέρων· νῦν δὲ ἐν ἐκείνοις πάλιν· Υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, εἴπον αὐτῇ · Σὺ εἶ γῆ οὐ βρεχομένη, οὐδὲ ὑετὸς ἐγένετο ἐπὶ σὲ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς· ἧς οἱ ἀφηγούμενοι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς, ὡς λέοντες ὠρυόμενοι, ἁρπάζοντες ἁρπάγματα, ψυχᾶς κατεσθίοντες ἐν δυναστείᾳ· καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· Οἱ ἱερεῖς αὐτῆς ἠθέτουν νόμον μου, καὶ ἐβεβήλουν τὰ ἅγιά μου· βεβήλοις τε καὶ ἀγίοις, φησὶν, οὗ διέστελλον, ἀλλά πάντα ἦν αὐτοῖς ἓν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν σαββάτων μου παρεκάλυπτον τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, καὶ ὲβεβηλούμην ἰν μέσῳ αὐτῶν · συντελεῖν τε τὸν τοῖχον, καὶ τοὺς ἀλείφοντας αὐτὸν ἀπειλῶν· ro‘ δέ ἐστι, τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας καὶτοὺς συγκαλύπτονταςʼ ὅπερ εἶναι κακῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ ἱερέων, καὶ πλαγιαζόντων τὸν οἷκον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ κατᾶ τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν τὰς ἀπηλλοτριωμένας ἐν τοῖς ἐπιθυμή μασιν αὐτῶν. Ξζʼ. Καὶ σιωπῶ λέγειν ὅσα περὶτῶν βοσκόντων ἑαυτοὺς διαλέγεται, τὸ γάλα κατεσθιόντων, καὶ τὰ ἔρια περιβαλλομένων, καὶ τὸ παχὺ σφαζόντων, ἀλλὰ μή ποιμαινόντων τὰ πρόβατα, τὸ ἠσθενηκὸς οὐκ ἐνισχυόντων, καὶ τὸ συντετριμμένον οὐ καταδεσμούντων, καὶ τὸ πλανώμενον οὐκ ἐπιστρεφόντων, καὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, οὐκ ἑκζητούντων, καὶ τὸ ἴσχυρὸν οὗ φυλαττόντων, ἀλλὰ μόχθῳ κατεργαζομένων, καὶ κατὰ σπουδὴν ἀπολλύντων· ὡς διεσπάρθαι τὰ πρόβατα κατά παντὸς πεδίου καὶ ὅρους, παρά τό μὴ εἶναι ποιμένας, καὶ γενέσθαι κατάβρωμα πᾶσι πετεινοῖς καὶ θηρίοις, οὐκ ὄντος τοῦ ἐκζητοῢντος καὶ ἐπιστρέφοντος. Εἶτα τί ; Ζῶ ἐγὼ, φησί, λέγει Κύριος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν, καὶ γενέσθαι τὰ πρόβατά μου εἴς προνομὴν, ἴδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιμένας, καὶ ἐκζητήσω τὰ πρόβατά μου ὲκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ μὲν συνάξω καὶ περιποιήσομαιʼ οἱ δὲ τὰ καὶ τὰ πείσονται, ’ὰ τοὺς κακοὺς τοιμένας εἰκός. ΞΖʼ. Ἀλλʼ ’ἶνα μὴ, τὰ πάντων καὶ πάντας ἀπαριθμούμενος τοὺς προφήτας, μακρὸν ἀποτείνω λόγον, ἑνὸς ἐπιμνησθεὶς ἔτι τοῦ πρὸ τῆς πλάσεως ἐγνωσμένου, καὶ έκ μήτρας ἡγιασμένου (Ἱερεμίας ἦν οὗτος), τοὺς λοιποὺς ὑπερβήσομαι. Ζητεῖ μὲν οὗτος ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς ὕδωρ, καὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς πηγὴν δακρύων, ινα κλαύσῃ πρὸς ἀξίαν τὸν Ἱσραήλʼ ὀδύρεται δὲ οὐχ ἧττον καὶ τῶν προεστώτων τήν μοχθηρίαν. ΞΙΓ. Λέγει μὶν αύτῷ διελεγχόμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἱερεῖς ὁ Θεός· Οἱ ἱεραῖς ούκ εἶπαν, ποῦ ἐστι Κύριος; καὶ οἱ ἀντεχόμενοι τοῦ νόμου μου ούκ ἡπίγει δὲ αύτός πάλινξ [Ιοιμένες ήφρονεύσαντο, καὶ τὸν Κύριον οὐκ ἐξεζήτησαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐνόησε πᾶσα ἡ νομὴ, καὶ διεσκορπίσθησαν. Ποιμένες τε, φησὶ, πολλοὶ διέφθειραν τὸν ἀμπελῶνί μου· ἐμόλυναν την μερίδα μου τήν οὖσαν ἐπιθυμητήν, δεδόσθαι εἱς τὴν ἔρημον αβατον. Εἶτα πρὸς αὐτοὺς πάλιν ἀποτείνεται τοὺς ποιμέναςʼ Ὦ, οἱ ποιμένες οἱ ἀπολλύντες καὶ διασκορπίζοντες τὰ πρόβατα τῆς νομῆς μου· διὰ τοῦτο τάδε λέγει Κύριος ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιμαίνοντας τὸν λαόν μουʼ Ὑμεῖς διεσκορπίσατε τὰ πρόβατά μου, καὶ ὲξεώσατε αὐτὰ, καί οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθε αὐτοὶ· ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐκδικῶ ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς, κατὰ τὰ πονηρὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα ὑμῶν. Ἀλαλάζειν τε βούλεται τοὺς ποιμένας, xui κόπτεσθαι τοὺς κριοὺς τῶν προβάτων, διότι ἐπληρώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτῶν εἷς σφαγήν. ΞΘʼ. Καὶ τί μοι τὰ παλαια λέγειν ; Τίς δὶ, τοῖς Παύλου κανόσι καὶ ὅροις ἑαυτὸν παρεκτείνων, οὒς περὶ έπισκόπων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων ἔταξε, νηφαλίους, σώφρονας εἶναι, μή παροίνους, μὴ πλήκτας, διδακτικοὺς, ἀλήπτους ἐν πᾶσι καὶ ἀνεπάφους τοῖς πονηροῖς, ού πολὺ τὸ διαφεῦγον εὑρήσει τήν τῶν κανόνων εὐθύτητα, Τί δαὶ ἃ τοῖς μαθηταῖς Ἰησοῦς ἐπὶ τὸ κήρυγμα πέμπων νομοθετεῖ; ὦν τὸ κεφάλαιον,ίνα μή τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον λέγω, τοιούτους εἶναι τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ οὕτως εὐσταλεῖς καὶ μετρίους, καὶ ἔτι συντόμως εἰπεῖν, οὐρανίους, ὥστε οὐχ ἦττον διὰ τὸν τρόπον αὐτῶν, διὰ τὸν Λόγον τρέχειν τὸ Εὖαγγέλ ιον. O'. Ἐμὲ δὲ φοβοῢσι καὶ ὀνειδιζόμενοι Φαρισαῖοι καὶ γραμματεῖς ἐλεγχόμενον ὧν αἰσχρὸν, εἰ πολὺ περιεῖναι δέ.ον τήν ἀρετὴν, ὡς διατετάγμεθα, εἷʼ τι δεοίμεθα τῆς τῶν ούρανῶν βασιλείας, καὶ τήν κακίαν φαινοίμεθα χείρουςʼ ὥστε καὶ ὄφεις εἷκότως ἂν ἀκοῦσαι, καὶ γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, καὶ ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ, τὸν κώνωπα διυλίζοντες, καὶ τὴν κάμῃλον καταπίνοντες, καὶ τάφοι ῥυπαροὶ τὰ ἔνδον, μετʼ εὐπρεπείας τῆς ἔξωθεν καὶ παροψίδες καθαραὶ τὸ φαινόμενον, καὶ τᾶλλα ὅσα ἐκεῖνοι καὶ εἶσὶ καὶ ἀκούουσι. ΟΑʼ. Τούτοις ἐγὼ σύνειμι καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν τοῖς λογισμοῖςʼ ταῦτα μοι τὸν μυελὸν ἐκτήκει, καὶ δαπανᾷ τὰς σάρκας, καὶ ούκ ἰᾷ θρασὺν εἶναι καί ἄνω βλέποντα ταῦτά μοι _.. ι.....t‘ ς.ταπεινοῖ τήν ψυχὴν, καὶ τὸν νοῦν συστέλλει, καὶ τῇ γλώσσῃ δεσμὸν ἐπιτίθησι, καὶ οὐ περὶ προστασίας εἶναι ποιεῖ τὸν λόγον, οὐδὲ τού κατορθοῦν ἄλλους καὶ διευθύνειν, ὃ πολὶῆς ἐστι τῆς περιουσίας· amr ὅπως ἂν αὐτὸς τήν ἐρχομένην ὀργὴν διαφύγοιμι, καὶ μικρόν τι τοῦ to?) τῆς κακίας ἐμαυ-τὸν ἀποξέσαιμι. Καθαρθῆναι δεῖ πρῶτον, εἶτα καθᾶραι* σοφισθῆναι, καὶ οὕτω σοφίσαι· γενέσθαι φῶς, καὶ φωτίσαιο ἐγγίσαι Θεῷ, καὶ προσαγαγεῖν ἄλλουςʼ ἀγιασθῆναι, καὶ ἀγιάσαι· χειραγωγῆσαι μετὰ χειρῶν, συμβουλεῦσαι μετά συνέσεως. OB. Πότε ουν εσται ταῦτα, φασὶν οἳ ταχεῖς τὰ πάντα, καὶ οὐκ ἀσφαλεῖς, οἱ ῥᾳδίως οἰκοδομοῦντες, καὶ καταλύοντες;Καὶ πηνίκα ὁ λύχνος ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν; Καὶ ποῦ τὸ τάλαντον; οὕτω τὸ χάρισμα λέγοντες. Ταῦτα οἱ θερμότεροι τήν φιλίαν ἢ τήν εύλάβειαν. Πότε ταῦτα, καὶ τίς ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος, ὦ γενναιότατοις Οὐ μακρὰ προθεσμία, οὐδὲ γῆρας τὸ ἔσχατον. Κρείσσων γὰρ πολιὰ μετὰ φρονήσεως ἀπαιδεύτου νεότητος, καὶ λελογισμένη βραδύτης τάχους ἀπερισκέπτου· καὶ ὀλι·,οχρόνιος βασιλεία μακρᾶς τυραννίδος· ὡς καὶ ὀλίγη μερὶς τιμία πολλῆς κτήσεως ἀτίμου καὶ σφαλερᾰς καὶ χρυσὸς ὀλίγος μολύβδου πολυταλάντου, καὶ πολλοῦ σκότους ὀλίγον φῶς. Ol". Τὸ δὲ ταχὺ τοῦτο καὶ σφαλερὸν, καὶ λίαν κατεσπουδασμένον, μὴ τῶν σπερμάτων ἐκείνοις ν, 45. ~31) 19377533084: ῥομφαίαις,.,. ξιξ ἐξιίῖιᾩξῆἇζιῗβζίέξξίξφέᾆῗίὶ γέρλ mss.,..ἐοικὸς ᾖ, ἃ κατά τῶν πετρῶν πεσόντα, καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς, εὐθὺς ἀνακύψαντα, οὐδὲ τὴν πρώτην ἤνεγκε τοῦ ἡλίου θερμότηταο ἢ τῷ κατὰ τῆς ψάμμου τεθέντι θεμελίῳ, μηδὲ ὀλίγον ἀντισχόντι πρὸς τὴν βροχῆν καὶ τὰ πνεύματα. Οὐαί σοι, πόλις, ἧς 6 βασιλεύς σου νεώτερός ἐστι, φησί Σολομῶνʼ καὶ, Μὴ ίσθι ταχὺς ἐν λόγοις, τοῦ αὐτοῦ Σολομῶντος φωνὴ, πρᾶγμά τι ἔλαττον, λέγοντος, τὸ περὶ λόγον τάχος τῆς περὶ πρᾶξιν θερμότητος. Καὶ τίς ἐστι παρὰ ταῦτα 6 τὸ τάχος ἀπαιτῶν πρὸ τῖς ἀσφαλείας καὶ τοῦ συμωέροντος; Τίς 6 πλάττων, καθάπερ αὐθήμερον τοὺς πηλίνους, τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας προστάτην, τὸν μετὰ ἀγγέλων στησόμενον, καὶ μετὰ ἀρχαγγὲλων δοξάσοντα, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄνω θυσιαστήριον ἀναπέμψοντα τὰς Θυσίας, καὶ Χριστῷ συνιερεύσοντα, τὸν ἆναπλάσοντα τὸ πλάσμα, val παραστήσοντα τὴν εἰκόνα, καὶ τῷ ἅνω κόσμῳ δη μιουργήσοντα, καὶ τὸ μεῖζον εἰπεῖν, Θεὸν ἐσόμενον, καὶ θεοποιήσοντα ; ΟΔʼ. Οἶδα τίνος ἐσμὲν λειτουργοὶ, καὶ ποῦ κείμενοι, καὶ ποῖʼ) πέμποντεςο οἴδα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ ὕψος, καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀσθένειαν, καὶ τήν δύναμιν πάλιν· Οὐρανὸς ὑψηλὸς, γῆ δὲ βαθεῖα. Καὶ τίς ἀναβήσεται τῶν ἐρῥιμμένων τῇ ἁμαρτίας Τίς περικείμενος ἔτι τὸν κάτω ζόφον καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς τὴν παχύτητα ὅλῳ vol.“ καθαρῶς ἐποπτεύσει νοῦν ὅλον, καὶ μιγήσεται τοῖς ἑστῶσι καὶ ἀοράτοις ἐν τοῖς ἀστάτοις καὶ ὁρωμὲνοις; Μόλις γὰρ ἄν τις ἐνταῦθα τῶν σφόδρα κεκαθαρμὲνων καὶ εἷʼδωλον τοῦ καλοῦ θεωρήσειεν, ὥσπερ οἱ τὸν ἥλιον ὲν τοῖς ὕδασι. Τίς 6 μετρήσας τῇ χειρὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τόν οὐρανὸν σπιθαμῇ, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν δρακί; Τίς ἔστησε τὰ ὄρη σταθμῷ, καὶ τὰς νάκας ζυγῷ; Τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ τίνι τῶν πάντων ὁμοιωθήσεται; ΟΕʼ. Τίς ὁ ποιήσας τὰ πάντα ἒν λόγῳ, καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ κατασκευάσας ἄνθρωπον, καὶ εἷς ἓν ἀγαγὼν τὰ διεστῶτα, καὶ μίξας τὸν χοῦν τῷ πνεύματι, καὶ συνθεὶς ζῶον ὁρατὸν καί ἀόρατον, πρόσκαιρον καί ἀθάνατον, ἐπίγειον καὶ οὐράνιον, ἁπτόμενον Θεοῦ καὶ οὐ περιδρασσὸμενον, ἑγγίζον καὶ μακρυνόμενον; Εἴποι, σοφισθήσομαι, φησὶν 6 Σολομῶν, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐμακρῦνθη ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ μακρὸν ὑπὲρ ὃ ἦν, τὴν σοφίαν λέγων. Καὶ ὅντως 6 προστιθεὶς γνῶσιν προστίθησιν ἄλγημα· οὐ μᾶλλον εὐφραίνοντος τοῐ εὑρεθέντος ἤ ἀνιῶντος τοῦ διαφεύγοντος. ὅπερ, οἶμαι, φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν τοῖς ἔτι διψῶσιν ἀποσπωμένοις ὕδατος· ἢ κρατεῖν τι οὐ δυναμένοις, ἔχειν νομίζουσιν· ἢ οὓς ἀπῆλθεν εὐθὺς ἀστραπή περιλάμψασα. Οζʼ. Τοῦτό μελιστη κάτω, και ταπεινὸν ἐποίει, καί εἶναι βέλτιον ἔπειθεν ἀκούειν φωνὴν, αἰνέσεως, ἢ ἐξηγητὴν εἶναι τῶν ὑπὲρ δῦναμιν· ἡ μεγαλειότης, καὶ τὸ ὕψος, καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα, καὶ αἱ καθαραὶ φῦσεις μόλις χωροῦσαι Θεοῦ λαμπρότητα, ’ὸν ἄβυσσος καλύπτει, οὗ σκότος ἀποκρυφὴ, φωτὸς ὄντος τοῦ καθαρωτάτου καὶ ἀπροσίτου τοῖς πλείοσιν· ὃς ἐν τῷ παντὶ τῷδε, καὶ τοῦ παντός ἐστιν ἔξω· ὃς καλόν ἐστιν ἅπαν, καὶ ἄνω παντὸς καλοῦ· ’ὸς νοῦν φωτίζει, καὶ διαφεύγει νοῦ τάχος καὶ ὕψος, ὑποχωρῶν ἀεὶ τοσοῦτον, ὅσον καταλαμβάνεται, καὶ ὑπάγων πρὸς τὰ ἄνω τὸν ἐραστὴν τῷ φεύγειν, καὶ τῷ οἷον κρατούμενος κλέπτεσθαι. ΟΖʼ. Τοσοῦτον μὲν δὴ καὶ τοιοῦτον ἡμῦ τὸ ποθούμενον καὶ σπουδαζόμενον· τοιοῦτον δὲ εἶναι χρὴ τὸν νυμφαγωγὸν τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ προμνήστορα. Ἔμοιγε μὴν δέος, μὴ καὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἔξω ῥιφῶ δεθεὶς χεῖρας καί πόδας, ὡς οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένος ἔνδυμα γάμου, ἀλλά τολμηρῶς παρενείρας ἐμαυτὸν τοῖς ἐκεῖσε ἀνακειμένοις· καίτοι προσεκλήθην μὲν ἐκ νεότητος, ’ίνʼ εἶʼπω τι τῶν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀγνοουμένων, καὶ ἔπʼ αὐτὸν ἐπεῤῥίφην ἐκ μήτρας, καὶ ἐδόθην δοτὸς ἐκ μητρικής ὑποσχέσεως, καὶ μετά τοῦτο τοῖς κινδύνοις ἐβεβαιώθην· καὶ ὁ πόθος τυνηυξηθη, καὶ ὁ λογισμὸς συνέδραμε, καὶ πάντα ἔδωκα φέρων τῷ λαχόντι καί σώσαντι, κτῆσιν, περιφάνειαν, εὐεξίαν, τοὺς λόγους αὐτοὺς, ὧν τοῦτο ἀπήλαυσα μόνον, τὸ παριδεῖν καί ἐσχηκέναι ὧν Χριστὸν προετίμησα. Καὶ ἡδόνθη μοι τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγια, ὡς κηρία μέλιτος· καὶ τήν σύνεσιν ἐπεκαλεσάμην, καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ ἔδωκα φωνήν μου. Καὶ τᾶλλα δὴ ταῦτα, οἷον θυμὸν μετρῆσαι, καὶ γλῶσσαν χαλινῶσαι, καὶ ὀφθαλμὸν σωφρονίσαι, καὶ γαστέρα παιδαγωγῆσαι, καὶ δόξαν πατῆσαι τὴν κάτω μένουσαν. Παραφρονῶν λέγω, ἀλλʼ οὖν εἰρήσεται· ταῦτα μὲν οὐ τῶν πολλῶν ἴσως ἐγενόμην φαυλότερος. OH'. Τοῦτο δὲ φιλοσοφῆσαι κρεῖττον ἢ καθʼ ἡμᾶς, δέξασθαι ψυχῶν ἡγεμονίαν καὶ προστασίαν, καὶ μήπω μηδὲ ποιμαίνεσθαι καλῶς μαθόντας ἡμᾶς, μηδὲ καθαρθέντας τὴν ψυχὴν ὅσον ἄξιον, ἔπειτα ποίμνης ἐπιστατεῖν πιστευθῆναι· καὶ ταῦτα έν κατροῖς τοιούτοις, έν οῖς ἀγαπητὸν ὁρῶντα τοὺς ἄλλους ἄνω καὶ κάτω στρεφομένους τε καὶ ταρασσομένους, φυγόντα φυγῇ ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, ὑπὸ σκέπην ἀναχωρήσαντα, λαθεῖν τοῦ πονηροῦ τὴν ζάλην καὶ τὴν σκοτόμςιιιναν ἡνίκα πολεμεῖ μὲν ἀλληλοις τὰ μέλη, οἷίχεται δὲ τῆς ἀγάπης, εἰ καί τι ἦν λείψανον, ὄνομα δὲ κενὸν ἄλλως ὁ ἷερεὺς, ἐκχυθείσης ἐπʼ ἄρχοντας έξουδενώσεως, ὥσπερ εἷʼρηται. ΟΘʼ. Καὶ εἷʼθε κενόν· νυνὶ δὲ τρέποιτο εἷς κεφαλὰς ἀθέων ἡ βλασφημία. Φόβος δὲ ἅπας ἐξώρισται τῶν ψυχῶν· ἀντεισῆκται δὲ ἀναίδειαο τοῦ βουλομένου δὲ ἡ γνῶσις, καί τὰ βάθη τοῖʼ) Πνεύματος πάντες δέ έσμεν εὐσεβεῖς ἐξ ἑνὸς μόνου τοῦ καταγινώσκειν ἄλλων ἀσέβειαν. Χρώμεθα δὲ δικασταῖς τοῖς ἀθέοις, καὶ ῥιπτοῦμεν τὰ ἅγια τοῖς κυσὶ, καὶ βάλλομεν τοὺς μαργαρίτας ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, βεβήλοις ἀκοαῖς καὶ ψυχαῖς τὰ θεῖα δημοσιεύοντεςο καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν εὐχᾶς ἐπιμελῶς έκπληροῦμεν οἱ δείλαιοι, καὶ πορνεύοντες έν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἡμῶν οὐκ αἰσχυνόμεθα. Μωαβῖται δὲ καὶ Ἀμμανῖται, οἷς οὐδʼ ἐξῆν παριέναι εἰς Ἐκκλησίαν Κυρίου, τοῖς ἁγιωτάτοις ἡμῶν ἐμβατεύουσιν. Ἢνοίξαμεν δὲ πᾶσιν ού πύλας δικαιοσύνης, ἀλλὰ θύρας λοιδορίας τε καὶ τῆς κατʼ ἀλλήλων θρασύτητοςʼ καὶ οὗτος ἄριστος ἡμῖν, ούχ ’ὀς ἂν μηδὲ ῥῆμα πρόηται γάργὸν φόβῳ Θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ ὃς ἂν τύχῃ πλεῖστα τὸν πλησίον εἰπὼν κακῶς, ἢ διαρῥγςδην, ἢ έν αἰνίγμασι· καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ στρέφων κόπον καὶ πόνον, ἢ ἱὸν ἀσπίδων, εἰπεῖν οἰκειότερον. Π.Τηροῦμεν δὲ τὰς ἀλλήλων ἁμαρτίας, οὐχ ’ίνα θρηνήσωμεν, ἀλλʼ ’ίνα ὄνειδίσωμεψ οὐδʼίνα Θιραπεύσωμεν, ἀλλʼ ’ίνα προσπλήξωμεν, καὶ ἀπολογίαν ἔχωμεν τῶν ἡμετέρων κακῶν τὰ τῶν πλησίον τραύματα. Κακοὺς δὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὺς οὐχ ὁ τρόπος, ἀλλʼ ἡ διάστασις καὶ ἡ φιλία χαρακτηρίζει” καὶ ἃ σήμερὸν ἐπαινοῦμεν, αὔριον έκακίσαμενʼ καὶ ’ἆ παρʼ ἄλλοις στηλιτεύεται, παρʼ ἡμῖν θαυμάζεται· καὶ πάντα σδγχωρεῖται προθύμως τῷ ἀσεβεῖν. ι Οὕτω τὴν κακίαν ἐσμεν· μεγαλόψυχοιῐ ΠΑʼ. Γέγονε δὲ πάντα ὡς τὸ ἀπαρχῆς, ὅτε οὕπω κόσμος ἦν, οὐδὲ ἡ νῦν εὐταξία καὶ μόρφωσιςο ἀλλά συγκεχυμένον τὸ πᾶν καὶ ἀνώμαλον ἐδεῖτο τῆς εἰδοποιοῦ χειρὸς καὶ δυνάμεως. El βούλει δὲ, ὡς ἐν νυκτομαχίᾳ καὶ σελήνης ἀμυδροῖς φέγγεσιν, ἐχθρῶν ἢ φίλων ὄψεις οὐ διαγινώσκοντες· ἢ ὡς έν ναυμαχίᾳ καὶ ζάλῃ, καὶ πνευμάτων ἐμβολαῖς, καὶ ῥοθίῳ ζέοντι, καὶ κυμάτων ἐπιδρομαῖς, καὶ νηῶν ἀραγμοῖς, καὶ κοντῶν ὠθισμοῖς, καὶ κελευστῶν φωναῖς, καὶ πιπτόντων οἷʼμωγαῖς ὑπερηχούμενοί τε καὶ ἀπορούμενοι, καὶ τῆς ἀνδρείας καιρὸν οὐκ ἔχοντες, φεῦ τοῦ πάθουςῐ ἀλλήλοις περιπίπτομεν, καὶ ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων ἀναλισκόμεθα. UB“ Καὶ οὐχ ὁ λαὸς μὶν οὕτως, ὁ δὲ ἱερεὺς ἑτέρω ἀλλά μοι νῦν έκεῖνο πληροῦσθαι δοκεῖ καθαρῶς, τὸ. Γέγονεν ὁ ἱερεὺς καθὼς ὁ λαός, ἐν κατάρᾳ πάλαι λεγόμενον. Καὶ οὐχ οἱ πολλοὶ μὲν οὕτως, οἱ δὲ ἀδροί τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ προέχοντες ἐναντίωςο ἀλλʼ οὗτοί γε καὶ φανερῶς πολεμοῦσι τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν, ἐφόδιον ἔχοντες εἷς πειθὼ τήν εὐσέβειαν· καὶ ὅσοι μὶν περὶ πίστεως τοῦτο πασχόντων, καὶ τῶν ἀνωτάτω ζητημάτων καὶ πρώτων οὐδʼ ἐγὼ μέμφομαι, ἀλλʼ εἰ δεῖ τάληθὲς εἰπεῖν, καὶ προσεπαινῶ ιαὶ συνήδομαι. Καὶ τούτων εἷς sim: τῶν ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας ἀγωνιζομένων καὶ τῶν ἀπεχθανομένων· μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ εἶναι καυχήσομαι. Κρείττων γὰρ ἐπαινετὸς πόλεμος εἰρήνης χωριζοῦσης Θεοῦο καὶ διὰ 061:0 τὸν πραῢν μαχητήν ὁπλίζει τὸ Πνεῦμα, ὡς καλῶς πολεμεῖν δυνάμενον. HI“ Νῦν δὲ εἶσί τινες οἱ καὶ περὶ μικρῶν πολεμοῦντες, καὶ εἰς οὐδὲν ὄφελος, καὶ κοινωνοὺς, ὅσους ἂν δύνωνται, τοῦ κακοῦ προσλαμβάνοντες, λίαν ἀμαθῶς καὶ θρασέως. Εἶτα ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἡ πίστις, καὶ τοῦτο τὸ σεμνὸν ὄνομα ταῖς ἰδίαις αὐτῶν φιλονεικίαις παρασυρόμενον. Ἐκ δὲ τούτων, ὡς τὸ εἰκὸς, μισούμεθα μὶν έν τοῖς ἔθνεσι, καὶ ’ὀ τούτου χαλεπώτερον, οὐδὲ εἰπεῖν ἔχομεν, ὡς οὐ δικαίως· διαβεβλήμεθα δὲκαὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων τοῖς ἐπιεικεστέροις· οὐδὲν γὰρ θαυμαστὸν εἷʼ τοῖς πλείοσιν, οἳ μόλις ἅν τι καὶ τῶν καλῶν ἀποδέχοιντο. 11Δ Τεκταίνουσι δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν νώτων ἡμῶν o't ἁμαρτωλοίο καὶ ἆ κατʼ ἀλλήλων ἐπινοοῦμεν, κατά πάντων ἔχουσιʼ καὶ γεγόναμεν θέατρον καινὸν, οὐκ ἀγγέλοις καί ἀνθρώποις, οἷον 6 γενναιότατος τῶν ἀθλητῶν Παῦλος, πρὸς τὰς ἀρχᾶς καὶτὰς ἐξουσίας ἀγωνιζόμενος, ἀλλὰ πᾶσι μικροῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς καιροῦ καὶ τόπου, ἐν ἀγοραῖς, ἐν πότοις, ἐν εὐφροσύναις, ἐν πένθεσιν. "Han δὲ προήλθομεν καὶ μέχρι τῆς σκηνῆς, ὃ μικροῦ καὶ δακρύω λέγων, καὶ μετᾶ τῶν ἀσελγεστάτων γελώμεθα · καὶ οὐδὲν οὕτω τερπνὸν τῶν ἀκουσμάτων καὶ Θεαμάτων, ὡς Χριστιανὸς κωμῳδούμενος. ΠΕ Ταῦτα ἡμῖν 6 πρὸς ἀλλήλους πόλεμος· ταῦτα οἱ λίαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ πράου μαχόμενοι· ταῦτα οἱ πλέον ἀγαπῶντες τὸν Θεὸν ἢ ὅσον συμφέρει* καὶ παλαίειν μὲν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἕξω τῶν νενομισμένων, οὐδʼ ἄλλο τι ἀγωνίζεσθαιʼ ἢ καταβοήσεται καὶ ἀτιμασθήσεται, καὶ ἀπολεῖ τήν νίκην 6 ἐκπαλαίων, ἄλλο τι μή καλῶι ἀγωνιζόμενος,μηδὲ κατὰ τοὺς κειμένους ὅρους τῆς ἀγωνίας, κᾶν ὅτι γενναῖος καὶ τεχνικώτατος· ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ δὲ ἀγωνιεῖταί τις οὐ κατά Χριστὸν, ἔπειτα χαριεῖται τῇ εἷρῆνη, πολεμῶν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ὡς οὐκ ἔξεστι; Πζʼ Καὶ οἱ μὲν δαίμονες φρίττουσιν εἷς ἔτι καί νῦν Χριστοῦ καλουμένου, καὶ οὑδὲ ὑπὸ τῆς κακίας ἡμῶν ἐξίτηλος γέγονεν ἡ τοῦ ὀνόματος τούτου δόναιις· ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐκ αἴσχυνόμεθα τὸ σεμνὸν οὕτω καὶ πρᾶγμα καὶ ὄνομα καθυβρίζοντες· καὶ μονονοὺ φανερῶς αὐτοῦ βοῶντος ἀκούοντες καὶ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν· Τὸ γὰρ ὄνομά μου βλασφημεῖται διʼ ὑμᾶς ὲν τοῖς ἔθνεσι.

Deon mēte houtōs einai tinas philopatoras, hōs kai to einai Patera periairiin; tinos gar an kai eiē Patēr, tou Uiou tēn physin kechōrismenoi» kai apexenōminou meta tēs ktiseōs? ou gar touto Huios to allotrion ē synaleiphomenou pros ton Patera, kai syncheomenou, ison di eipein, kai syncheontos; mēte tosouton philochristous, hōs mēte toutǭ phylattein to einai Huiǭ; (tinos gar an kai iiē, mē pros archēn anapheromenos ton patera?) mēte tǭ Patri to tēs archēs axiōma, tēs hōs patri kai gennētori; mikrōn gar an heiē kai anaxiōn archē, mallon de mikrōs te kai anaxiōs, mē theotētos ōn archē kai agathotētos, tēs en Huiǭ kai Pneumati theōroumienēs tǭ men hōs Huiǭ kai Logǭ, tǭ de hōs proodǭ kai hou dialytǭ Pniymati; epeidē gi anankaion kai ton ’enai Theon tēriin, kai tas treis hypostaseis homologein, kai hekastēn meta tēs idiotētos. me AO'. Tautʼ oun makroterou min ē kata ton parʼ onta kairon, oimai de kai bion, tou logou kai noēsai kai parastēsai hikanōs te kai hoson axion; n mallon de kai nyn kai aei tou Pneumatos, ǭ monǭ Theos kai noeitai kai hermēneuetai kai akouetai. Katharǭ gar;psmonon hapteon tou katharou kai hōsautǭsiechoątds; dʼ eʼineka nyn in oligǭ dielēlythamen, ’inʼ ekeino dēlōsōmen, hoti chalepon en plēthei malista, peri tēlikoutōn dialegomenon, ek kpantodapēs synkeimenǭ kai hēlikias kai hexeōs, o‘t‘ov organǭ tini polychordǭ diaphorōn deomenǭ kai tion kroumatōn, heurein tina ton pantas katartisai dynamenon logon, kai lamprynaitǭ phōti tēs gnōseōsoē ou monon hoti en trisi toutois tou kindynou saleuontos, dianoią kai logǭ kai akoę̄, anankaion peri hen ge ti toutōn, ei kai mē panta, prosptaisai; ē gar ouk enelamphthē nous, ē logos ēsthanēsen, ē ouk echōrēsen akoē mē kekatharmenē ; kai homoiios ex inos toutōn kai pantōn chōleuein anankē tēn alētheian; allʼ hoti kai ho tois allo ti didaskein hypischnoumenois rhąston poiei ton logon kai euparadekton, hē tōn akouontōn eulabeia, touto entautha hē zēmia kathistatai kai ho kindynos Mʼ. Ōs gar peri Theou kai tou megistou tōn hontōn echontes ton agōna, kai tēs sōtērias autēs, icui tēs prōtēs pasin elpidos, hosǭ tēn pistin eisi Thermoteroi, tosoutǭ prosantesteroi tǭ logǭ, kai prodosian tēs alētheias, ouk eusebeian tēn eupeitheian hypolambanontes, panta proointʼ an proteron hē tous oikothen logismous,, methʼ hōn er; chontai, kai tōn dogmatōn hois synanestraphēsan tēn synētheian kai touto eti legō tōn metriōterōn kai ou pantē kakōn to pathos, hoi kan tēs alētheias diamartanōsin, alla tǭ ge diʼ eulabeian touto paschein, kai zēlon men echein, allʼ hou katʼ epignōsin, tychon esontai tōn ou sphodra katakrinomenōn, oude pollas deromenōn, hōs hoi dia kakian kai ponērian tou despotikou thelēmatos apopiptontes. Kai tacha han houtoi metapeistheien pote, kai metablētheien hypo tēs autēs eulabeias, hyphʼ hēs kai antebainon, heiʼ tis autōn hapsaito logos,ē hoiikothen ē exōthen krousas kairiōs, hōsper sidēros pyritin lithon, tēn enkymona kai axian phōtos dianoian; in kai tachista an ek mikrou spinthēros ho tēs alētheias pyrsos eklampseie. MA’. Ti dʼ an heiʼpoi tis peri tōn dia kenodoxian ē philarchian, adikian heis to hypsos lalountōn, Iannou tinos hē Iambrou megalēgorias, ou kata Mōyseōs, tēs dʼ alētheias hoplizomenōn, kai tēs hygiainousēs katexanistamenōn didaskalias? ē tēs tritēs moiras tōn diʼ apaideusian kai tēn hepomenēn tautę̄ thrasytēta homose panti logǭ chōrountōn syōdei pathei, kai katapatountōn tous kalous margaritas tēs alētheiass MB'. Ē hosoi mēdemian men hoiʼkothen hypolēpsin pherontes, mēde tina typon tōn peri Theou logōn hē cheirona hē beLtiona, pasi de hypotithentes heautous logois kai didaskalois, hōs ex apantōn eklexomenoi to kreitton kai asphalesteron, kai kritais ou kalois tēs alētheias sphisin autois pisteusantes epeita hypo tēs pithanotētos allote eam? peripheromenoi kai strephomenoi, kai panti logǭ kataplynthentes kai patēthentas, pollous ameipsantes didaskalous kai polla grammata, hōsper choun anemois rhądiōs apobalontes, telos apokamontes kai akoēn kai dianoian, hōtēs alogias l) pros panta logon homoiōs dyscherainousi, kai mochthēron typon eautois engraphousin, autēs katageląn hēmōn kai kataphronein hōs astatou kai ouden hygies echousēs tēs pisteōs, metabainontes apaideutōs apo tōn legontōn epi ton logon; hōsper han heiʼtis tous ophthalmous kakōs diakeimenos, hē ta ōta diephtharminos, katēgoroiē tou hēliou ē tōn phōnōn, tou min hōs amaurou kai ou stilbontos, tōn di hōs ikmelōn kai atonōn. MI“. Kai dia touto rhąon arti kainotomein alētheian psychę̄, hōsper kēron oupō kecharagmenon, fi graphō kata grammatōn, ponērōn legō didagmatōn ti kai dogmatōn, eusebē logon, hōs syncheisthai kai ataktein tois proterois ta deutera. Oddn min gar patein ameinon tēn leian kaitetrimmenēn hētēn atribē kai tracheian, kai gēn aroun hēn pollakis arotron etemen kai hēmerōsen; psychēn di graphein, hēn oupō logos echaraxe mochthēros, oÿdi heis bathos ta tēs kakias inesēmanthę̄ grammata; dyo gar an houtō ta erga ginointo tǭ theoseoii kalligraphǭ, exaleiphein te tous proterous typous, kai metengraphein tous dokimōterous te kai tou menein axiōterous. Tosoutoi men dē kai kata ta loipa nam kai kata ton logon auton, hai ponēroi kai tou ponērou typoi kai charaktēres; tosouton di to ergon tǭ tautēn pepisteumenǭ tēn tōn psychōn paidagōgian kai prostasian; kai ta pleiō parēken ho logos, ’ina mē perittoteros hę̄ tou deontos. MA'. Hōsper oun heiʼ tis thērion ek pollōn thēriōn synkeimenonpoliioides kai polymorphon, meizonōn te kai mikroterōn, hēmerōterōn ti kai agriōterōn, agein epicheiroiē kai tithasseuein, pantōs an ēn ergon autǭ, kai ou mikron oo agōnisma, houtōs anōmalou kai allokotou prostatein physeōs, oute phōnais tais autais, oute trophais, oute cheiros (ĒI epaphais, houte syrigmasin, oute tois tēs allēs agōgēs tropois hekastou tōn thēriōn chairontos, hallōn di allois hēdomenōn, ē achthominōn, hōs ē physis tantum.) kai ē synētheia; kai ti han edei poiein ton toioutou thēros epistatēn? ti dʼ allo ge ē polyeidē te einai kai poikilon tēn ima-nium)? kai katallēlon hekastǭ prosagein tēn therapeian, hōs an agoito kalōs autǭ to thērion kai diasōzoitoi houtōs ek pollōn kai diaphorōn kai ēthōn kai logïyn, kathaper henos zōou synthetou kai anomoiou, tou koinou toutou hēs Ekklēsias synkeimenou sōmatos. pasa anankē kai ton prostatēn haploun ti einai ton hauton kata tēn en pasin arthotēta; kai hoti malista pantodapon kai poikilon kata tēn pros lucum? oikeiōsin, kai ta tēs homilias pros pantas dpitēdiion te kai prosphoron. ieʼ. Hoi min gar deontai galakti trephesthai, tois haplousterois kai stoicheiōdesterois tōn didagmatōn, hosoi tēn hexin nēpioi kai artipageis, hōs an eipoi tis, tēn andreian tou logou trophēn hou phirontiss hēn el prosagoi tis para dynamin, tacha hon katapiesthentis kai barēthentes, ouk exarkousēs tēs dianoias, hōsper ekei tēs hylēs to ipiiseLthon alkysai kai oikeiōsasthai, zēmiōthiien han kai heis tēn archaian dynamips hoi dē tēs en tois tileiois Aaloumenēs sophias, chrę̄zontes kai ’trophēs tēs hypsēloteras kai perroteras, tǭ pros diakrisin alēthous ti kai pseudous hikanōs gegymnasthai ta aisthētēria, ei gala potizointo kai triphointo lachanois, asthenōn brōmati, houscherainoiin an; kai mala eikotōs, ou dynamoumenoi kata Christon, oudi auxontes tēn epainetēn auxēsin, hēn irgazetai logos teleiōn eis andra, kai heis metron hēlikias agōn pneumatikēs, ton kalōs trephomenon. nois eis gēn; hōs han malista eudokimoimin para tois pollois, dti malista zēmiountes autous, ē ąpollyntes, kai haima athōon haplousterōn psychōn ekcheontes ek tōn cheirōn hēmōn ekzētēthēsominon. MZ’. Allʼ eidotes heterois beltion einai tas dautōn hēnias endidonai technikōterois,ē allōn hēniochous einai anepisnēmonas, kai akoēn hypotithenai mallon eugnōmona, ē glōssan kinein apaideuton; tauta dialechthentes hēmin autois, kai isōs ou phaulois symboulois, hei de mē ge, allʼ oun eunois, kai ta rhētea kai ta praktea mathein ouk eïdotes, mallon hē didaskein agnoountes, edokimasamen. Agapēton gar hotǭ kan heis bathy gēras logos aphikoito polios, kai ōphelēsai nean en eusebeią psychēn dynamenos, Ōs to ge paideuein allous epicheirein, prin autous hikanōs paideuthēnai, kai an pithǭ tēn kerameia-d manthanein, to dē legomenonl,Xn tais tōn allōn psychais ekmoletąn tēn eusebeian, lian einai moi phainetai anoētōn ē tolmērōn; asynetōn men, hei mēde aisthanointo tēs heautōn amatheias; thraseōn de, hei kai synientes, katatolmōsi tou pragmatos. MĒʼ. Hebraiōn min oun hoi sophōteroi legousin, hōs ara ēn tis palai nomos Hebraiois, in tois malista eu echōn kai epainoumenos, mē pasan ēlii kian pasę̄ Graphę̄ endidosthan mēdi gar einai touto lysitelesteron, hoti mēde pasan eutheōs einai panti lēptēn, kai ta megista an tous pollous kakōsai tǭ phainomenǭ, tēn bathyteran; alla tas min apʼ archēs aneisthai pasi kai einai koinas, ōn kai to sōmatikon ouk adokimon; tas de mē allois hē tois hyper eikoston kai pempton gegonosin etos pisteuesthai, hosai diʼ eutelous tou endymatos to mystikon kallos perikalyptousin, athlon philoponias kai lamprou biou, monois tois kekatharmenois ton noun hypastrapton kai phantazomenon, hōs monēs dynamenēs tēs hēlikias tautēs hyper to sōma genesthai, kai anabēnai kalōs epi to pneuma apo tou grammatos. MThʼ. Hēmin di oudeis horos tou paideuein kai tou paideuesthai, hōsper hoi lithoi palai tais ypir ton Iordanēn kai tais entos Iordanou phylais; oude tisi men ekeino, tisi de touto epitrepteon; oudi tis kanōn tōn hexeōn ’ allʼ houtō to pragma erriptai kai synkechytai, kai houtō kakōs diakeimetha, hōste hoi pleious hēmōn, hina mē legō pantes, prin apothesthai schedon tēn prōtēn tricha kai to ta paidika psellizesOai, prin parelthein sic tas Theias aulas, prin tōn hierōn biblōn gnōnai kan ta onomata, prin Kainēs kai Palaias charaktēra gnōrisai kai tous prostatas; oupō gar legō prin ē ton borboron apoplynasthai, kai ta tēs psychēs aiʼschē hosa hē kakia hēmin prosemaxato, an dyo ē tria rhēmata tōn eusebōn exaskēsōmen, kai tauta ex akoēs, ouk enteuxeōs, tǭ Dabid brachea kathomilēsōmen, ē to tribōnion eu peristeilōmetha, ē mechri tēs zōnēs philosophēsōmen, eusebeias ti plasma kai opsin hēmin autois perichrōsantes. babai tēs proedrias kai tou phronēmatosi Hieros kai ek sparganōn 6 Samouēl; euthys esmen sophoi kai didaskaloi, kai hypsēloi.ta theia, kai grammateōn ta prōta kai nomikōn, kai cheirotonoumen hēmas autous ouranious, kai kaleisthai hypo tōn anthrōpōn rhabbi zētoumen, kai oudamou to gramma, kai panta dei noēthēnai pneumatikōs, kai lēros platys ta oneirata; xui aganaktoiēmen an, hei mē sphodra epainoimetha. Touto hēmōn hoi chrēstoteroi xui haploustaroi; ti di hoi pneumatikoi mallon xui gennaioteroi? Polla katakrinantes hēmas, an houtō doxę̄, kai basanisantes, kai oudamou thentes, apēlthon, kai tēn koinōnian hōs ouk eusebōn diaptysantes. Nʼ. ’An de tini autōn legōmen houtōsi praōs xui logikōs probieazontes (BL)- Heipe moi, ō thaumasie, kaleis ti to orcheisthai, to te aulein ? Pany ge heiʼpoien an. Ti dai sophian te xui sophon einai, 1066' ’o dē theiōn te kai anthrōpinōn epistēmēn tithemetha ? Kai touto dōsousi. Poteron de kreitton einai kai hypsēloteron, tauta sophias, ē toutōn makrǭ tēn sophian ? Kai pantōn eu oidʼ hoti phēsousi; xui mechri toutōn eisin eugnōmones. Arʼ houn orchēseōs min kai aulēseōs esti didaskalia xui mathēsis, xui chronou pros touto dei, kai hidrōtōn sychnōn kai ponōn, kai misthous katabalein estin hote, xui prosagōgōn deēthēnai, kai apodēmēsai makrotera, xui talla ta men poiēsai panta, ta de pathein, hois empeiria syllegetan tēn de sophian, ē pasin epistatei kai panta en heautę̄ ta kala syllabousa echei, ōs xui ton Theon auton touto mallon ē ti allo chairein akouonta, ipeidē kaleitai pollois onomasin, houtō kouphon ti xui pepatēmenon pragma hopolēpsometha, hōste thelēsai dein monon kai heinai sophon ? Pollēs touto tēs amatheias. "Av tauta legōmen autois, kai kata mikron tēn planēn anakathairōmen, ē tis allos tōn eumathesterōn kai synetōterōn, touto ekeino kata petrōn speirein, xui lalein heis ōta mē akouontōn. Houtōs oudʼ auto touto eisi sophoi, tēn heautōn ginōskein apaideusian. Kai moi dokei kalōs echein to tou Solomōntos peri autōn eipein; ’Esti ponēria, hēn eidon hypo ton hēlion, andra doxanta parʼ eautǭ sophon einai kai ho toutou ponēroteron, paideuein allous pepisteumenon ton mēde tēs oikeias amatheias epaisthanomenon. NDʼ. Touto dakryōn min kai stenagmōn ti allo, to pathos axion; ’o kai pollakis egō katēleēsa, eu eidōs, hoti to hoiesthai tou einai to pleiston aphaireitai, kai mega tois anthrōpois hē kenodoxia pros aretēn empodion; iasasthai de kai stēsai tēn noson Petrou an heiē tinos ē Paulou, tōn megalōn Christou mathētōn, kai meta tēs en logǭ kai ergǭ kybernēseōs eilēphotōn to charisma, kai pasi panta ginomenōn, *ina tous pantas (th) kerdēsōsino hēmin de tois allois mega, kan ei kalōs kybernoimetha kai agoimetha pros tōn epanorthoun ta toiauta kai dieuthynein xpepisteumenōn. NBʼ. Allʼ epeidē ge Paulou kai tōn katʼ ekei; vov emnēsthēmen, aphentes, ei dokei, tous allous..,i i A 1 n 1,i hapantas, hosoi kata nomothesian, prophēteian, ē stratēgian, ē tina toiautēn allēn oikonomian tou laou proeblēthēsan, hoion ton Mōsēn, ton Aarōn ekeinon, ton Iēsoun, ton Ēlian, ton Elissaion, tous kritas, ton Iēsoun, ton Dabid, tōn prophētōn to plēthos, ton Iōannēn, tous dōdeka mathētas tous epʼ ekeinois hysteron, hoi pollois hidrōsi kai ponois diexēlthon tēn prostasian kata tous heautōn chronous ’ekastoi- toutoos hyperbantes hapantas, Paulon prostēsōmetha monon tou logou synistora, kan toutǭ theōrēsōmen, hoson esti kai psychōn epimeleia, kai hei bracheias tēs pragmateias, hē mikras tēs syneseōs. Ōs an de rhąsta touto gnoiē men kai katidoimen, ti Paulos autos peri Paulou phēsi, akousōmen. NI". Eō legein tous ponous, tas agrypnias, tous phobous, ’tax en limǭ kai dipsei kakopatheias, tas en psychei kai en gymnotēti, tous exōthen ipiyouleoontas, tous endothen antiprattontas. ’Diriēmi tous diōgmous, ta synedria, ta desmōtēria, ta desma, tous katēgorous, ta dikastēria, tous kathʼ hēmeran kai hōran thanatous, tēn sarganēn, tous lithasmous, tous rhaudismous, tēn periodon, tous kata gēn kindynous, tous kata thalassan, ton bython, ta nauagia, kindynous potamōn, kindynous lę̄stōn, kindynous ek genous, kindynous en pseudadelphois, ton ek cheirōn bion, to adapanon Euangelion, hōs theatron ēn kai angelois kai anthrōpois, mesos Theou kai anthrōpōn histamenos ; hyper men tōn agōnizomenos, tǭ de prosagōn kai hoiʼkeiōn laon periousion, chōris tōn parektos. Toutōn tis an axiōs dielthoi tēn kathʼ hēmeran epistasian, tēn tōn kathʼ hekaston kēdemonian, tēn merimnan pasōn tōn Ekklēsiōn, to pros pantas sympathes kai philadelphon ? Prosekopte tis, kai Paulos ēsthenei; kai allos ( 7) eskandalizeto, kai Paulos ēn ho phlegomenos ( 8). ND. To de tēs didaskalias philoponon ? to de poikilon tēs Therapeias ? hē philanthrōpia de ? to de austēron palin? hē de ex amphoterōn mixis kai krasis,; hōs mēte tę̄ chrēstotēti malakizein, mēte trachynein tę̄ chalepotēti. Nomothetei doulois kai despotais, archousi kai archomenois, andrasi kai gynaixi, goneusi kai teknois, gamǭ kai agamią, enkeateią kai tryphę̄, sophią kai amatheią, peritomę̄ kai akrobystią, Christǭ kai kosmǭ, sarki kai pneumati. Hyper men tōn eucharistei, tōn de kathaptetai. Tous men charan kai stephanon onomazei, tois de anoian enkalei; tois men synodeuei kai symprothymeitai orthotomousi, tous de anakoptei kakōs hodeuontas. Nyn aphorizei, nyn agapēn kyroi; nyn thrēnei; nyn euphrainetan nyn gala potizei, nyn mystēriōn haptetai; nyn synkaterchetai, nyn heautǭ synypsoi o nyn rhabdon apeilei, nyn proteinetai pneuma praotētos; nyn epairetai tois hypsēlois, nyn tapeinoutai tois tapeinoisarti tōn apostolōn est in elachistos,harti dokimēn hypischneitai tou en autǭ lalountos Christou; arti tēn ekdēmian pothei kai spendetai- arti parameinai tę̄ sarki diʼ autois anankaioteron dokimazei; ou gar zētei to heautou, zētei de to tōn teknōn, hous en Christǭ dia tou Euangeliou egennēsen. Houtos horos pasēs pneumatikēs prostasias, pantachou to deoithʼ heauton ( 4) parorąn pros to tōn allōn sympheron. NE'. Enkauchatai tais astheneiais kai tais Thlipsesin; hōs allǭ tini kosmǭ, tę̄ Iēsou nekrōsei enkallōpizetai; hypsēlos esti ta sarkika, kai tois pneumatikois agalletai o ouk hidiōtēs tēn gnōsin, kai blepein phēsi diʼ esoptrou kai en ainigmati. Tharrhei tǭ pneumati, kai hypopiazei to omma kathairōn hōs antipalon; ti didaskōn hēmas en toutois, kai ti paideuōn ? mē phronein tois katō, mē physiousthai tę̄ gnōsei, mē tēn sarka epegeirein tǭ pneumati. Pantōn hypermachei, pantōn hypereu chetai, zēloi pantas, anaptetai hyper pantōn, tōn exō nomou, tōn hypo nomon; kēryx ethnōn, Ioudaiōn prostatēs. Etolmēse ti kai meizon hyper tōn adelphōn autou tōn kata sarka, ’ina tolmēsō ti kai autos houtō legōn; anteisachthēnai toutous heautou Christǭ dia tēn agapēn euchetai. ’Hō tēs megalo-, ē....,i -.. I..i... noias! hō tēs tou pneumatos zeseōsi Mimeitai Christon, ton genomenon hyper hēmōn kataran, ton tas astheneias hēmōn analauonta, kai tas nosous bastasantao ē, to ge metriōteron eipein, pathein ti hyper autōn, kai hōs asebēs, dechetai, prōtos apo Christou, monon ei houtoi sōzointo. Nx. Kai ti legō kathʼ hekaston ? zōn gar ouch heautō, Christǭ de kai tǭ kērygmati, kai kosmon heautǭ staurōsas, kai stauriytheis kosmǭ kai tois horōmenois, panta hēgeitai mikra kai tēs epithymias elattona; kan apo Ierousalēm kai kyklǭ mechri tou Illyrikou plērōsē to Euangelion, kan epi ton triton ouranon phthasę̄ diʼ harpagēs, kan tou paradeisou genētai theatēs, kan tōn arrhētōn hēmin rhēmatōn akroatēs. Tauta Paulos, kai ei tis katʼ ekeinon tǭ pneumati. Hēmeis de dedoikamen tara toutous, mē mōroi tines ōmen archontes Taneōs, ē praktores kalamōmenoi, makarizontes ton laon pseudōsʼ prosthēsō de, kiii makarizomenoi, kai tēn tribon tōn podōn hymōn tarassontes; empaiktai kyrieuontes, ē neaniskoi prostatai kai ateleis tēn phronēsin, mēdʼ hoson artou kai himatiou pros to kathēgeisthai tinōn euporountes; prophētai d.easkontes anoma. ē archontes apeithountes, kai kakÿs akouein meta tōn patriōn axioi dia limou sklērotēta-hē hiereis tou lalein heis tēn kardian Ierousalēm pleiston apechontes, ’adē panta ho tǭ Seraphim kai tǭ anthraki kathartheis Ēsaias oneidizei kalōs kai mathtyretai. NZʼ. ”Arʼ oun to men ergon tosouton, kai ou; tōs epiponon tę̄ aisthētikę̄ kardią kai lypērą, kai ontōs sēs osteōn tǭ ge noun echonti. Mikros de 6 kindynos, hēto ptōma eukataphronēton ? Alla moi polyn epanateinetai phobon enthen men 6 makarios Ōsēe, pros hēmas einai to krima legōn tous hiereis kai tous archontas. hoti paoïs egenēthēmen tę̄ skopią, kai hōs diktyon ektetamenon epi to Itabyrion, '6 katapepēchthai hypo tōn anthrōpinas agreuontōn psychas, apotherizein (Infit te tous phaulous apeilōn prophētas, kai pyri katanaliskein tous kritas autōn, ephexein te mikron tou chriein basilea kai archontas; hoti heautois ebasileusan, allʼ ou diʼ autou. NĒʼ. ’Enthen de 6 theios Michaias ou pherōn oikodomoumenēn Siōn en aʼimasin, hopoterois boulei, kai iIerousalēm en adikiais, tōn hēgoumenōn; autēs meta dōrōn krinontōn, kai tōn hiereōn misthou apokrinomenōn, kai tōn prophētōn meta argyriou manteuomenōn; anthʼ hōn ti genēsesthai ? Siōn hōs agron arotriathgisesthai, kai Ierousalēm hōs opōrophylakion esesthai, kai to horos tou oikou eis alsos drymou logisthēsesthaio thrēnōn te tēn erēmian tōn katorthountōn, hōs molis pou kalamēn hypo;leipesthai ē epiiryllida; hopote kai ton archonta aitein, kai ton kritēn logous pros charin lalein, kai schedon ta auta tǭ megalǭ Dabid phthengomenoso Sōson me, Kyrie, legonti, hoti ekleloipen hosioso ex hou kaita agatha epileipsein autous, hōs hypo sētos dapanōmena. NThʼ. Iōēl de hēmin kai thrēnon diakeleuetai, kai koptesthai bouletai tous leitourgountas tǭ thysiastēriǭ, limou piezontos; tosouton apechei tryphąn epitrepein en tois tōn allōn kakois; kaipros tǭ hagiazein nēsteian, kai kēryssein therapeian, synagagein presbyterous, nēpia, hēlikias eleeinas, sakkois, kai lian tapeinōs kata gēs errhimmenous, dioti tetalaipōrēkei pedia tę̄ akarpią, kai exērto ex oieiou Kyriou spondē kai thysia, helkein tę̄ tapeinōsei ton eleon. Xʼ. Ti dai ho ’Dmbakoum? Houtos men kai thermoterōn haptetai logōn, kai pros auton apodyspetei ton Theon, kai hoion kataboą tou chrēstou despotou dia tēn tōn kritōn adikian; "Em? tinos, Kyrie, kekraxomai, legōn, kai hou mē heiʼsakouseis? boēsomai pros se adikoumenos, kai ou sōseis? Hina ti moi edeixas kopous kai ponous, epiblepein epi talaipōrian kai asebeian? Exenantias mou gegone krisis, kai ho kritēs lambanei.. Dia touto dieskedastai nomos, kai ou diexagetai heis telos krima. Eita hē ’apeilē kai to. epi toutois Idete, hoi kataphronētai, kai epiblepsate, kai thaumasate thaumasia, kai aphaenisthēte, dioti ergon egō ergazomai. Kai ti chrē panta epipherein ta tēs apeilēs ? Alla mikron emprosthen; touto gar moi dokei beltion einai prostheinai tois eirēmenois; pollous anakalesamenos kai apoklausamenos tōn peri ti adikōn kai ponērōn, telos anakaleitai kai tous tēs mochthērias hēgemonas kai didaskalous, anatropēn min 4Hii tholeran tēn kakian apokalōn kai tou nou methēn kai planēn;potizesthai de legōn toutois hypʼ autōn tous plēsion, hopōs epiblepōsin epi to skotos autōn tēs psychēs, kai ta spēlaia herpetōn kai thēriōn, logismōn ponērōn oikētēria. Houtoi men dē toioutoi, kai meta toioutōn hēmin dialegomenoi tōn paideumatōn. XAʼ. Malachian di pōs paridein axion ? nyn men enkalounta pikrōs tois hiereusi, kai oneidizonta hōs to onoma Kyriou phaulizousi ; kai prostithenta en tisin, en tǭ prosagein pros to thysiastērion artous ēlisgēmenous, brōmata ouk apargmata, kai ha mēdʼ an tōn hēgoumenōn tini prosenenkoien, ē atimastheien han prosenenkontes, tauta prospherein tǭ basilei tōn holōn euchēn euxamenous, chōla, kai harrhōsta, kai hoiestharmena, kai bebēla pantelōs, kai apoptysta; nyn de tēs pros tous Leuitas tou Theou diathēkēs hypomimnēskonta, (hē de ēn tēs zōēs kai tēs eirēnēs), kai phobǭ phobeisthai ton Kyrion, kai apo prosōpou tou onomatos autou stellesthai. Nomos, phēsin, ēn alētheias en tǭ stomati autou, kai adikia ouch heurethē en tois cheilesin autou. En eirēnē kateuthynōn eporeuthē metʼ emou, kai ’pollous epestrepsen ex adikias, hoti cheilē hiereōs phylaxetai gnōsin, kai nomon ekzētēsousin ek stomatos autou. Kai hē aitia hōs timia te hama kai phobera ! dioti angelos Kyriiou pantokratoros esti. Kai paraitou Kai paraitoumai men tōn epi toutois arōn to blasphēmon* phoboumai de tēn alētheian; allʼ ho metrion te hama eipein kai sympheron ; Ei eti axion, phēsin, epiblepsai eis thysian hymōn, ē labein dekton ek tōn cheirōn hymōn ? hōsʼ an malista dnscherainōn, kai tēn hierourgian autōn dia tēn kakian apopempomenos. XBʼ. Zachariou men gar hotʼ an mnēsthō, phrissō to drepanon, homoiōs kai ha kata tōn hiereōn martyretai outos a men peri Iēsou tou pany, hiereōs tou megalou, paradēloi, hon peridysas tǭ logǭ tēn rhyparan esthēta kai anaxian, tēn hieratikēn kai lampran peritithēsin; hosa te ho angelos autǭ legōn pros ton Iēsoun kai episkēptōn pepoiētai tauta men, heis meizona kai hypsēlotera isōs 1 kata tous pollous hiereas anapheromena,; siōpę̄ timasthō; plēn hoti kai toutou ek dexiōn 6 diabolos eistēkei tou antikeisthai autǭ ; pragma emoi goun ou metrion, oude oligou phobou kai phylakēs axion. XG. "A de tōn loipōn katēgorei poimenōn ipi melōs kai kathaptetai, tis houtō tolmēros kai tēn psychēn adamantinos, hōste mē tremein akouōn, kai autos Phōnē, phēsi, thrēeautou ginesthai metriōteros ? dti tetalaipōrēken hē meganountōn poi menōn, losynē autōn ’ phōnē ōryomenōn leontōn, hoti tade peponthasi. Mononou kakouei tōn thrēnōn hōs ēdē parontōn, kai synthrēnei tois paschousin. Eti de mikron emprosthen plēktikōteron kai Poimainete, phēsi, ta probata tēs sphodroteron sphagēs, a hoi ktēsamenoi katesphazon, kai oi metemelountoʼ kai hoi pōlountes auta elegon. Eulogētos Kyrios, kai peploutēkamen ; kai hoi poimenes autōn ouk epaschon ouden epʼ autois. Dia touto ou pheisomai ouk eti epi tous katoikountas tēn gēn, legei Kyrios pantokratōr; kai palin ; Rhomphaia, exegerthēti epi tous poimenas, kai pataxate tous poimenas, kai ekspasate ta probata; kai, epaxō tēn cheira mou epi tous poimenas, kai ōrgisthē 6 thymos mou epi tous poimenas, kai epi tous amnous episkepsomai; prostitheis ēdē tę̄ apeilę̄ kai tou laou tous proegontas. Houtō philoponōs proskathezetai tǭ logǭ kai oude apallagēnai dynatai rhądiōs tōn houtōs. XD” Hina de tous en tǭ Daniēl paradramōmen presbyterous; kai Scip paradramoimen, kai to tǭ despotę̄ peri autōn kalōs eirēmenon kai proēgoreumenon, hoti exēlthen anomia ek Babylōnos hek presbyterōn kritōn, hoi edoi koun kybernąn ton laon pōs hoiʼsomen Iezekiēl, ton tōn megalōn epoptēn kai exēgētēn mystēa riōn kai theamatōn? Pōs min ha tois skopois diakeleuetai, mē katasiōpąn tēn kakian, kai tē eperchomenēn tautę̄ paupertini? hōs oute autoi, touto lysiteloun, oute tois hamartanousi; tou de proioesthai kai prokēryxai amphoterous onēsontos, hei hoi men heiʼpoien, oi de akousaien, hē pantōs ge tous mēnysantas. XEʼ. Pōs de tēn allēn katadromēn, ēn poieitai kata tōn poimainontōn, nyn min en toutois tois rhēmasin; Ouai epi ouai estai, kai angelia epi angelian, kai ekzētēthēsetai horasis ek prophētou, kai nomos apoleitai ex hiereōs, kai boulē ek presbyterōn; nyn de en ekeinois palin; Huie anthrōpou, eipon autę̄ ; Sy ei gē ou brechomenē, oude hyetos egeneto epi se en hēmerą orgēs; hēs hoi aphēgoumenoi en mesǭ autēs, hōs leontes ōryomenoi, harpazontes harpagmata, psychas katesthiontes en dynasteią; kai metʼ oliga; Hoi hiereis autēs ēthetoun nomon mou, kai ebebēloun ta hagia mou; bebēlois te kai agiois, phēsin, hou diestellon, alla panta ēn autois hen, kai apo tōn sabbatōn mou parekalypton tous ophthalmous autōn, kai ebebēloumēn in mesǭ autōn ; syntelein te ton toichon, kai tous aleiphontas auton apeilōn; ro‘ de esti, tous hamartanontas kaitous synkalyptontasʼ hoper einai kakōn archontōn kai hiereōn, kai plagiazontōn ton hoikon tou Israēl kata tas kardias autōn tas apēllotriōmenas en tois epithymē masin autōn. Xzʼ. Kai siōpō legein hosa peritōn boskontōn heautous dialegetai, to gala katesthiontōn, kai ta eria periballomenōn, kai to pachy sphazontōn, alla mē poimainontōn ta probata, to ēsthenēkos ouk enischyontōn, kai to syntetrimmenon ou katadesmountōn, kai to planōmenon ouk epistrephontōn, kai to apolōlos, ouk hekzētountōn, kai to ischyron hou phylattontōn, alla mochthǭ katergazomenōn, kai kata spoudēn apollyntōn; hōs diesparthai ta probata kata pantos pediou kai horous, para to mē einai poimenas, kai genesthai katabrōma pasi peteinois kai thēriois, ouk ontos tou ekzētoÿntos kai epistrephontos. Eita ti ? Zō egō, phēsi, legei Kyrios, anti tou tauta houtōs echein, kai genesthai ta probata mou eis pronomēn, idou egō epi tous poimenas, kai ekzētēsō ta probata mou ek tōn cheirōn autōn, kai ta men synaxō kai peripoiēsomaiʼ hoi de ta kai ta peisontai, ’a tous kakous toimenas eikos. XZʼ. Allʼ ’ina mē, ta pantōn kai pantas aparithmoumenos tous prophētas, makron apoteinō logon, henos epimnēstheis eti tou pro tēs plaseōs egnōsmenou, kai ek mētras hēgiasmenou (Hieremias ēn houtos), tous loipous hyperbēsomai. Zētei men houtos hyper kephalēs hydōr, kai tois ophthalmois pēgēn dakryōn, ina klausę̄ pros axian ton Hisraēlʼ odyretai de ouch hētton kai tōn proestōtōn tēn mochthērian. XIG. Legei min autǭ dielenchomenos pros tous hiereis ho Theos; Hoi hierais ouk eipan, pou esti Kyrios? kai hoi antechomenoi tou nomou mou ouk hēpigei de autos palinx [Ioimenes ēphroneusanto, kai ton Kyrion ouk exezētēsan, kai dia touto ouk enoēse pasa hē nomē, kai dieskorpisthēsan. Poimenes te, phēsi, polloi diephtheiran ton ampelōni mou; emolynan tēn merida mou tēn ousan epithymētēn, dedosthai heis tēn erēmon abaton. Eita pros autous palin apoteinetai tous poimenasʼ Ō, hoi poimenes hoi apollyntes kai diaskorpizontes ta probata tēs nomēs mou; dia touto tade legei Kyrios epi tous poimainontas ton laon mouʼ Hymeis dieskorpisate ta probata mou, kai exeōsate auta, kai ouk epeskepsasthe autoi; idou egō ekdikō ephʼ hymas, kata ta ponēra epitēdeumata hymōn. Alalazein te bouletai tous poimenas, xui koptesthai tous krious tōn probatōn, dioti eplērōthēsan hai hēmerai autōn heis sphagēn. XThʼ. Kai ti moi ta palaia legein ? Tis di, tois Paulou kanosi kai horois heauton parekteinōn, ous peri episkopōn kai presbyterōn etaxe, nēphalious, sōphronas einai, mē paroinous, mē plēktas, didaktikous, alēptous en pasi kai anepaphous tois ponērois, ou poly to diapheugon heurēsei tēn tōn kanonōn euthytēta, Ti dai ha tois mathētais Iēsous epi to kērygma pempōn nomothetei? ōn to kephalaion,ina mē ta kathʼ hekaston legō, toioutous einai tēn aretēn, kai houtōs eustaleis kai metrious, kai eti syntomōs eipein, ouranious, hōste ouch ētton dia ton tropon autōn, dia ton Logon trechein to Euangel ion. O'. Eme de phoboÿsi kai oneidizomenoi Pharisaioi kai grammateis elenchomenon hōn aischron, ei poly perieinai de.on tēn aretēn, hōs diatetagmetha, heiʼ ti deoimetha tēs tōn ouranōn basileias, kai tēn kakian phainoimetha cheirousʼ hōste kai opheis heikotōs an akousai, kai gennēmata echidnōn, kai hodēgoi typhloi, ton kōnōpa diylizontes, kai tēn kamę̄lon katapinontes, kai taphoi rhyparoi ta endon, metʼ euprepeias tēs exōthen kai paropsides katharai to phainomenon, kai talla hosa ekeinoi kai eisi kai akouousi. OAʼ. Toutois egō syneimi kai nyktōr kai methʼ hēmeran tois logismoisʼ tauta moi ton myelon ektēkei, kai dapaną tas sarkas, kai ouk ią thrasyn einai kai anō bleponta tauta moi _.. i.....t‘ s.tapeinoi tēn psychēn, kai ton noun systellei, kai tę̄ glōssę̄ desmon epitithēsi, kai ou peri prostasias einai poiei ton logon, oude tou katorthoun allous kai dieuthynein, ho poliēs esti tēs periousias; amr hopōs an autos tēn erchomenēn orgēn diaphygoimi, kai mikron ti tou to?) tēs kakias emau-ton apoxesaimi. Katharthēnai dei prōton, eita katharai* sophisthēnai, kai houtō sophisai; genesthai phōs, kai phōtisaio engisai Theǭ, kai prosagagein allousʼ agiasthēnai, kai agiasai; cheiragōgēsai meta cheirōn, symbouleusai meta syneseōs. OB. Pote oun estai tauta, phasin hoi tacheis ta panta, kai ouk asphaleis, hoi rhądiōs oikodomountes, kai katalyontes?Kai pēnika ho lychnos epi tēn lychnian? Kai pou to talanton? houtō to charisma legontes. Tauta hoi thermoteroi tēn philian ē tēn eulabeian. Pote tauta, kai tis ho emos logos, ō gennaiotatois Ou makra prothesmia, oude gēras to eschaton. Kreissōn gar polia meta phronēseōs apaideutou neotētos, kai lelogismenē bradytēs tachous aperiskeptou; kai oli;,ochronios basileia makras tyrannidos; hōs kai oligē meris timia pollēs ktēseōs atimou kai sphaleras kai chrysos oligos molybdou polytalantou, kai pollou skotous oligon phōs. Ol". To de tachy touto kai sphaleron, kai lian katespoudasmenon, mē tōn spermatōn ekeinois n, 45. ~31) 19377533084: rhomphaiais,.,. xix exiiiiǬxēaziïbziexxixpheąïii gerl mss.,..eoikos ę̄, ha kata tōn petrōn pesonta, kai dia to mē echein bathos gēs, euthys anakypsanta, oude tēn prōtēn ēnenke tou hēliou thermotētao ē tǭ kata tēs psammou tethenti themeliǭ, mēde oligon antischonti pros tēn brochēn kai ta pneumata. Ouai soi, polis, hēs 6 basileus sou neōteros esti, phēsi Solomōnʼ kai, Mē isthi tachys en logois, tou autou Solomōntos phōnē, pragma ti elatton, legontos, to peri logon tachos tēs peri praxin thermotētos. Kai tis esti para tauta 6 to tachos apaitōn pro tis asphaleias kai tou symōerontos? Tis 6 plattōn, kathaper authēmeron tous pēlinous, ton tēs alētheias prostatēn, ton meta angelōn stēsomenon, kai meta archangelōn doxasonta, kai epi to anō thysiastērion anapempsonta tas Thysias, kai Christǭ syniereusonta, ton anaplasonta to plasma, val parastēsonta tēn eikona, kai tǭ hanō kosmǭ dē miourgēsonta, kai to meizon eipein, Theon esomenon, kai theopoiēsonta ? ODʼ. Oida tinos esmen leitourgoi, kai pou keimenoi, kai poiʼ) pemponteso oida tou Theou to hypsos, kai tēn anthrōpinēn astheneian, kai tēn dynamin palin; Ouranos hypsēlos, gē de batheia. Kai tis anabēsetai tōn errhimmenōn tę̄ hamartias Tis perikeimenos eti ton katō zophon kai tēs sarkos tēn pachytēta holǭ vol.“ katharōs epopteusei noun holon, kai migēsetai tois hestōsi kai aoratois en tois astatois kai horōmenois? Molis gar an tis entautha tōn sphodra kekatharmenōn kai heiʼdōlon tou kalou theōrēseien, hōsper hoi ton hēlion en tois hydasi. Tis 6 metrēsas tę̄ cheiri to hydōr, kai ton ouranon spithamę̄, kai pasan tēn gēn draki? Tis estēse ta orē stathmǭ, kai tas nakas zygǭ? Tis topos tēs katapauseōs autou, kai tini tōn pantōn homoiōthēsetai? OEʼ. Tis ho poiēsas ta panta en logǭ, kai tę̄ sophią kataskeuasas anthrōpon, kai heis hen agagōn ta diestōta, kai mixas ton choun tǭ pneumati, kai syntheis zōon horaton kai aoraton, proskairon kai athanaton, epigeion kai ouranion, haptomenon Theou kai ou peridrassomenon, hengizon kai makrynomenon? Eipoi, sophisthēsomai, phēsin 6 Solomōn, kai autē emakrynthē apʼ emou makron hyper ho ēn, tēn sophian legōn. Kai hontōs 6 prostitheis gnōsin prostithēsin algēma; ou mallon euphrainontos toi heurethentos ē aniōntos tou diapheugontos. hoper, oimai, philei symbainein tois eti dipsōsin apospōmenois hydatos; ē kratein ti ou dynamenois, echein nomizousin; ē hous apēlthen euthys astrapē perilampsasa. Ozʼ. Touto melistē katō, kai tapeinon epoiei, kai einai beltion epeithen akouein phōnēn, aineseōs, ē exēgētēn einai tōn hyper dynamin; hē megaleiotēs, kai to hypsos, kai to axiōma, kai hai katharai physeis molis chōrousai Theou lamprotēta, ’on abyssos kalyptei, hou skotos apokryphē, phōtos ontos tou katharōtatou kai aprositou tois pleiosin; hos en tǭ panti tǭde, kai tou pantos estin exō; hos kalon estin hapan, kai anō pantos kalou; ’os noun phōtizei, kai diapheugei nou tachos kai hypsos, hypochōrōn aei tosouton, hoson katalambanetai, kai hypagōn pros ta anō ton erastēn tǭ pheugein, kai tǭ hoion kratoumenos kleptesthai. OZʼ. Tosouton men dē kai toiouton hēmy to pothoumenon kai spoudazomenon; toiouton de einai chrē ton nymphagōgon tōn psychōn kai promnēstora. Emoige mēn deos, mē kai tou nymphōnos exō rhiphō detheis cheiras kai podas, hōs ouk endedymenos endyma gamou, alla tolmērōs pareneiras emauton tois ekeise anakeimenois; kaitoi proseklēthēn men ek neotētos, ’inʼ eiʼpō ti tōn tois pollois agnooumenōn, kai epʼ auton eperrhiphēn ek mētras, kai edothēn dotos ek mētrikēs hyposcheseōs, kai meta touto tois kindynois ebebaiōthēn; kai ho pothos tynēuxēthē, kai ho logismos synedrame, kai panta edōka pherōn tǭ lachonti kai sōsanti, ktēsin, periphaneian, euexian, tous logous autous, hōn touto apēlausa monon, to paridein kai eschēkenai hōn Christon proetimēsa. Kai hēdonthē moi ta tou Theou logia, hōs kēria melitos; kai tēn synesin epekalesamēn, kai tę̄ sophią edōka phōnēn mou. Kai talla dē tauta, hoion thymon metrēsai, kai glōssan chalinōsai, kai ophthalmon sōphronisai, kai gastera paidagōgēsai, kai doxan patēsai tēn katō menousan. Paraphronōn legō, allʼ oun eirēsetai; tauta men ou tōn pollōn isōs egenomēn phauloteros. OH'. Touto de philosophēsai kreitton ē kathʼ hēmas, dexasthai psychōn hēgemonian kai prostasian, kai mēpō mēde poimainesthai kalōs mathontas hēmas, mēde katharthentas tēn psychēn hoson axion, epeita poimnēs epistatein pisteuthēnai; kai tauta en katrois toioutois, en ois agapēton horōnta tous allous anō kai katō strephomenous te kai tarassomenous, phygonta phygę̄ ek tou mesou, hypo skepēn anachōrēsanta, lathein tou ponērou tēn zalēn kai tēn skotomsiiinan hēnika polemei men allēlois ta melē, hoiichetai de tēs agapēs, ei kai ti ēn leipsanon, onoma de kenon allōs ho hiereus, ekchytheisēs epʼ archontas exoudenōseōs, hōsper heiʼrētai. OThʼ. Kai heiʼthe kenon; nyni de trepoito heis kephalas atheōn hē blasphēmia. Phobos de hapas exōristai tōn psychōn; anteisēktai de anaideiao tou boulomenou de hē gnōsis, kai ta bathē toiʼ) Pneumatos pantes de esmen eusebeis ex henos monou tou kataginōskein allōn asebeian. Chrōmetha de dikastais tois atheois, kai rhiptoumen ta hagia tois kysi, kai ballomen tous margaritas emprosthen tōn choirōn, bebēlois akoais kai psychais ta theia dēmosieuonteso kai tas tōn echthrōn euchas epimelōs ekplēroumen hoi deilaioi, kai porneuontes en tois epitēdeumasin hēmōn ouk aischynometha. Mōabitai de kai Ammanitai, hois oudʼ exēn parienai eis Ekklēsian Kyriou, tois hagiōtatois hēmōn embateuousin. Ēnoixamen de pasin ou pylas dikaiosynēs, alla thyras loidorias te kai tēs katʼ allēlōn thrasytētosʼ kai houtos aristos hēmin, ouch ’os an mēde rhēma proētai gargon phobǭ Theou, allʼ hos an tychę̄ pleista ton plēsion eipōn kakōs, ē diarrhgsdēn, ē en ainigmasi; kai hypo tēn glōssan autou strephōn kopon kai ponon, ē hion aspidōn, eipein oikeioteron. P.Tēroumen de tas allēlōn hamartias, ouch ’ina thrēnēsōmen, allʼ ’ina oneidisōmeps oudʼina Thirapeusōmen, allʼ ’ina prosplēxōmen, kai apologian echōmen tōn hēmeterōn kakōn ta tōn plēsion traumata. Kakous di kai agathous ouch ho tropos, allʼ hē diastasis kai hē philia charaktērizei” kai ha sēmeron epainoumen, aurion ekakisamenʼ kai ’a parʼ allois stēliteuetai, parʼ hēmin thaumazetai; kai panta sdnchōreitai prothymōs tǭ asebein. i Houtō tēn kakian esmen; megalopsychoii PAʼ. Gegone de panta hōs to aparchēs, hote houpō kosmos ēn, oude hē nyn eutaxia kai morphōsiso alla synkechymenon to pan kai anōmalon edeito tēs eidopoiou cheiros kai dynameōs. El boulei de, hōs en nyktomachią kai selēnēs amydrois phengesin, echthrōn ē philōn opseis ou diaginōskontes; ē hōs en naumachią kai zalę̄, kai pneumatōn embolais, kai rhothiǭ zeonti, kai kymatōn epidromais, kai nēōn aragmois, kai kontōn ōthismois, kai keleustōn phōnais, kai piptontōn hoiʼmōgais hyperēchoumenoi te kai aporoumenoi, kai tēs andreias kairon ouk echontes, pheu tou pathousi allēlois peripiptomen, kai hypʼ allēlōn analiskometha. UB“ Kai ouch ho laos min houtōs, ho de hiereus heterō alla moi nyn ekeino plērousthai dokei katharōs, to. Gegonen ho hiereus kathōs ho laos, en katarą palai legomenon. Kai ouch hoi polloi men houtōs, hoi de adroi tou laou kai proechontes enantiōso allʼ houtoi ge kai phanerōs polemousi tois hiereusin, ephodion echontes heis peithō tēn eusebeian; kai hosoi min peri pisteōs touto paschontōn, kai tōn anōtatō zētēmatōn kai prōtōn oudʼ egō memphomai, allʼ ei dei talēthes eipein, kai prosepainō iai synēdomai. Kai toutōn heis sim: tōn hyper alētheias agōnizomenōn kai tōn apechthanomenōn; mallon de kai einai kauchēsomai. Kreittōn gar epainetos polemos eirēnēs chōrizousēs Theouo kai dia 061:0 ton praÿn machētēn hoplizei to Pneuma, hōs kalōs polemein dynamenon. HI“ Nyn de eisi tines hoi kai peri mikrōn polemountes, kai eis ouden ophelos, kai koinōnous, hosous an dynōntai, tou kakou proslambanontes, lian amathōs kai thraseōs. Eita epi pasin hē pistis, kai touto to semnon onoma tais idiais autōn philoneikiais parasyromenon. Ek de toutōn, hōs to eikos, misoumetha min en tois ethnesi, kai ’o toutou chalepōteron, oude eipein echomen, hōs ou dikaiōs; diabeblēmetha dekai tōn hēmeterōn tois epieikesterois; ouden gar thaumaston heiʼ tois pleiosin, hoi molis han ti kai tōn kalōn apodechointo. 11D Tektainousi de epi tōn nōtōn hēmōn o't hamartōloio kai a katʼ allēlōn epinooumen, kata pantōn echousiʼ kai gegonamen theatron kainon, ouk angelois kai anthrōpois, hoion 6 gennaiotatos tōn athlētōn Paulos, pros tas archas kaitas exousias agōnizomenos, alla pasi mikrou tois ponērois, kai epi pantos kairou kai topou, en agorais, en potois, en euphrosynais, en penthesin. "Han de proēlthomen kai mechri tēs skēnēs, ho mikrou kai dakryō legōn, kai meta tōn aselgestatōn gelōmetha ; kai ouden houtō terpnon tōn akousmatōn kai Theamatōn, hōs Christianos kōmǭdoumenos. PE Tauta hēmin 6 pros allēlous polemos; tauta hoi lian hyper tou agathou kai praou machomenoi; tauta hoi pleon agapōntes ton Theon ē hoson sympherei* kai palaiein men ouk exestin hexō tōn nenomismenōn, oudʼ allo ti agōnizesthaiʼ ē kataboēsetai kai atimasthēsetai, kai apolei tēn nikēn 6 ekpalaiōn, allo ti mē kalōi agōnizomenos,mēde kata tous keimenous horous tēs agōnias, kan hoti gennaios kai technikōtatos; hyper Christou de agōnieitai tis ou kata Christon, epeita charieitai tę̄ heirēnē, polemōn hyper autēs hōs ouk exesti? Pzʼ Kai hoi men daimones phrittousin heis eti kai nyn Christou kaloumenou, kai houde hypo tēs kakias hēmōn exitēlos gegonen hē tou onomatos toutou donaiis; hēmeis de ouk aischynometha to semnon houtō kai pragma kai onoma kathybrizontes; kai mononou phanerōs autou boōntos akouontes kai kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran; To gar onoma mou blasphēmeitai diʼ hymas en tois ethnesi.

[38] We must neither be such lovers of the Father as to take away even his being Father (for whose Father would he be, if the Son were separated from him in nature and estranged along with the creation? For what is alien is not a Son; nor is one who is blended with the Father and confused with him, which is the same as saying one who confuses); nor such lovers of Christ as not to keep for him even his being Son (for whose Son would he be, if he were not referred to the Father as his principle?), nor to keep for the Father the dignity of being principle, as Father and begetter. For he would be the principle of small and unworthy things, or rather he would be principle in a small and unworthy way, if he were not the principle of the Godhead and goodness that are contemplated in the Son and the Spirit: in the one as Son and Word, in the other as Spirit who proceeds and is not dissolved. For it is necessary both to keep the one God and to confess the three hypostases, each with its own property. [39] To understand these things and to set them forth adequately and as they deserve needs a longer discourse than the present occasion allows, and, I think, a longer life; or rather, now and always, it needs the Spirit, by whom alone God is understood and interpreted and heard. For only the pure may touch what is pure and always the same. The reason we have now gone through them briefly is to show this: that it is hard, especially in a crowd made up of every age and condition, like an instrument of many strings that needs different strokes, when speaking about such great matters, to find a word able to build up all and to make them shine with the light of knowledge. This is not only because the danger hangs on three things, understanding, speech, and hearing, so that one must stumble in one of them at least, if not in all (for either the mind was not illumined, or the speech was weak, or the hearing, not having been cleansed, did not take it in; and from any one of these, as from all, the truth must go lame), but also because the very thing that makes the word easiest and most acceptable for those who undertake to teach any other subject, the reverence of the hearers, here becomes the source of loss and danger. [40] For since they are contending about God, the greatest of beings, and about salvation itself and the first hope of all, the more fervent they are in faith, the more they resist the word, thinking docility a betrayal of the truth, not piety; and they would give up anything sooner than the reasonings of their own with which they come, and their familiarity with the doctrines among which they were brought up. And this, I say, is the feeling of the more moderate and not wholly bad, who, even if they miss the truth, yet because they suffer this through reverence, and have “a zeal, but not according to knowledge,” will perhaps be among those not severely condemned nor beaten with many stripes, as are those who fall away from the Master’s will through vice and wickedness. And perhaps these might one day be won over and changed by the same reverence by which they resisted, if some word were to touch them, striking at the right moment from within or from without, as iron strikes flint, the mind that is pregnant and worthy of light; and very quickly from a small spark the beacon of truth might blaze out. [41] What could one say about those who through vainglory or love of power “speak unrighteousness on high,” arming themselves with the bombast of some Jannes or Jambres, not against Moses but against the truth, and rising up against sound teaching? Or about the third class, those who through lack of education, and the rashness that follows it, rush headlong at every doctrine with a swinish passion and trample on the fair pearls of truth? [42] Or about those who bring no opinion of their own and no impression of the doctrine of God, worse or better, but submit themselves to all doctrines and teachers, as though to choose out of all what is better and safer, trusting themselves as judges of truth (and not good ones); and then, carried about and turned now this way, now that by plausibility, washed over and trampled by every word, having changed many teachers and many writings and thrown them off as easily as dust to the winds, at last, with hearing and understanding worn out (O what folly!), they are equally disgusted with every doctrine, and engrave on themselves an evil impression: to laugh at and despise our very faith as unstable and having nothing sound, passing in their lack of education from the speakers to the doctrine; as if someone with diseased eyes or damaged ears were to blame the sun or sounds, the one as dim and not shining, the others as unmelodious and weak. [43] And for this reason it is easier to inscribe the truth fresh on a soul, like wax not yet stamped, than to write a pious word over writing, I mean over evil teachings and doctrines, so that the second is confused and thrown into disorder by the first. For it is better to walk a road that is smooth and well trodden than one untrodden and rough, and to plough land that the plough has often cut and tamed; but to write on a soul which no evil word has yet stamped, and in which the letters of vice have not been deeply impressed; for otherwise the godly calligrapher would have two tasks: to wipe out the former impressions and to write in their place those that are more approved and more worthy to remain. So many, then, in other matters and in doctrine itself, are the evil impressions and characters of the evil one, and so great the work for the one entrusted with this training and presidency of souls; and my discourse has passed over most of them, so as not to be longer than it should. [44] Just as, if someone were to undertake to lead and tame a beast composed of many beasts, of many shapes and forms, larger and smaller, tamer and wilder, he would certainly have work and no small contest in presiding over a nature so uneven and strange, since each of the beasts does not delight in the same sounds, nor food, nor strokings of the hand, nor whistlings, nor the other ways of handling, but different ones are pleased or annoyed by different things, as nature and habit dictate; what must the keeper of such a beast do? What else but be manifold and varied in his knowledge, and apply to each the suitable treatment, so that the beast may be well led and kept safe by him? So, since the common body of the church is composed of many different characters and minds, like one animal composite and unlike itself, it is entirely necessary that the one who presides be simple, the same in his uprightness in all things, and yet as manifold and varied as possible in adapting himself to each, and fitting and suitable in his dealings with all. [45] For some need to be nourished with milk, the simpler and more elementary teachings: those who are infants in their condition and, as one might say, newly formed, and cannot bear the manly food of the word; if one offered it to them beyond their strength, they would perhaps be oppressed and weighed down, their understanding not being sufficient (as with matter that cannot draw in and assimilate what enters it), and would lose even their original strength. But those who need the wisdom spoken among the perfect, and the higher and more solid food, having their senses well exercised to discern true and false, if they were given milk to drink and fed with vegetables, the food of the weak, would be annoyed; and very reasonably, since they would not be strengthened according to Christ, nor grow with the praiseworthy growth that the word works, perfecting the well-nourished to a mature man and bringing him to the measure of spiritual stature. … to the ground; so that we might be best thought of among the many by harming them most, or destroying them, and shedding the innocent blood of simpler souls, which will be required at our hands. [47] But knowing that it is better to hand over one’s own reins to others more skilled than to be an unskilled driver of others, and to offer a well-disposed ear rather than move an untaught tongue, having reasoned this out with ourselves, and with counsellors perhaps not bad, or at any rate well-meaning, we judged it better to learn what we did not know of what must be said and done, than to teach it while ignorant. For it is something to be glad of if a word reaches even a hoary old age and is then able to benefit a young soul in piety. But to undertake to teach others before being adequately taught oneself, and to “learn pottery on the wine jar,” as the saying goes, practising piety on other people’s souls, seems to me the part of those who are very foolish or very rash: foolish if they do not even perceive their own ignorance, bold if they are aware of it and yet venture on the task. [48] The wiser of the Hebrews say that there was of old among the Hebrews a law, one of the best and most praised, that not every age should be given every Scripture, since this would not be more profitable, because not every Scripture is immediately intelligible to everyone, and the deeper would do the many the greatest harm by its surface meaning; but that some books were open to all from the beginning and common, those whose bodily sense also is not unworthy, while others were entrusted only to those who had passed their twenty-fifth year: those that veil their mystical beauty under a plain garment, as a prize for diligence and a bright life, flashing out and appearing only to those whose mind has been purified, since only this age is able to rise above the body and to ascend well from the letter to the spirit. [49] But with us there is no boundary between teaching and being taught, such as the stones of old were between the tribes beyond the Jordan and those within the Jordan; nor is one thing entrusted to some and another to others; nor is there any rule of fitness; but the matter has been so thrown away and confused, and we are in so bad a state, that most of us, not to say all, before we have almost shed our first hair and stopped lisping childish things, before we have entered the divine courts, before we know even the names of the sacred books, before we recognize the character and the authors of the New and the Old (I do not yet say, before we have washed off the mire and the shameful stains of the soul that vice has smeared on us), if we have practised two or three phrases of the pious, and those by hearsay, not by reading, if we have spent a little time with David, or wrapped our cloak well about us, or played the philosopher as far as the belt, painting on ourselves some figure and appearance of piety, then (bless me, what presidency and what pride!) Samuel is holy from his swaddling clothes: at once we are wise and teachers and lofty in divine things, the first of scribes and lawyers; we ordain ourselves heavenly, and seek to be called rabbi by men; the letter is nowhere, everything must be understood spiritually, and dreams are broad nonsense; and we should be indignant if we were not highly praised. This is what the better and simpler of us are like. What then of those who are more spiritual and more high-minded? They have condemned us on many counts, if that seems good to them, put us to the test and set us at nought, and gone away, spitting on our communion as on that of impious men. [50] And if we say to one of them, leading him on gently and reasonably, “Tell me, my good sir, do you call dancing something, and flute-playing?” “Certainly,” he would say. “And what of wisdom and being wise, which we define as the knowledge of things divine and human?” This too they will grant. “And is it better and loftier, these things than wisdom, or wisdom far above them?” Above them all, I am sure they will say; so far they are reasonable. “Then is there teaching and learning of dancing and flute-playing, and does it need time for this, and much sweat and toil, and sometimes the paying of fees, and the need for introductions, and long journeys abroad, and doing or suffering everything else by which experience is gathered; while wisdom, which presides over all things and holds all good things gathered together in itself, so that God himself is pleased to be called by this name more than by any other, though he is called by many names, we shall suppose to be so light and trodden a thing that one need only wish it to be wise?” This is the mark of great ignorance. If we say these things to them, or someone else more teachable and intelligent does, and clear away the error little by little, it is just sowing on rocks and speaking into the ears of those who will not hear. So far are they from being wise even in this, in knowing their own lack of education. And it seems to me fitting to say of them the word of Solomon: “There is an evil which I have seen under the sun”: a man wise in his own eyes; and, what is worse than this, a man entrusted with teaching others who does not even perceive his own ignorance. [51] This condition deserves tears and groans if anything does; I have often pitied it, knowing well that seeming takes away most of being, and that vainglory is a great obstacle to virtue for men. To heal and stop the disease would belong to someone like Peter or Paul, the great disciples of Christ, who received the gift of guidance in word and deed along with grace, and became all things to all, that they might gain all; for the rest of us it is a great thing if we are well guided and led by those entrusted with correcting and setting straight such things. [52] But since we have mentioned Paul and those like him, let us, if you agree, pass over all the others who were put forward for the people in lawgiving, prophecy, generalship, or some other such stewardship, such as Moses, the great Aaron, Joshua, Elijah, Elisha, the judges, Joshua [sic], David, the multitude of the prophets, John, the twelve disciples and those who came after them later, who each in his own time went through his presidency with much sweat and toil; passing over all these, let us bring forward Paul alone as witness to our argument, and consider in him how great a thing is the care of souls, and whether it requires little effort or slight understanding. And so that we may most easily learn and see this, let us hear what Paul himself says about Paul. [53] I leave aside the labours, the sleepless nights, the fears, the hardships in hunger and thirst, in cold and nakedness, those plotting from outside, those working against him from within. I pass over the persecutions, the councils, the prisons, the chains, the accusers, the tribunals, the deaths daily and hourly, the basket, the stonings, the beatings with rods, the travels, the dangers by land and by sea, the deep, the shipwrecks, dangers of rivers, dangers of robbers, dangers from his own race, dangers among false brothers, the life by his own hands, the gospel without charge, how he was a spectacle to angels and men, standing between God and men, contending for the one and bringing to the other and making his own a peculiar people: and besides these, the things that are without. Who could worthily describe his daily oversight, his care for each one, the anxiety for all the churches, his sympathy and brotherly love toward all? Someone stumbled, and Paul was weak; another was made to stumble, and it was Paul who burned. [54] And his diligence in teaching? And the variety of his treatment? His kindness? And again his severity? And the mixing and blending of both, so as neither to be softened by gentleness nor made harsh by severity? He gives laws to slaves and masters, rulers and ruled, husbands and wives, parents and children, marriage and celibacy, self-control and indulgence, wisdom and ignorance, circumcision and uncircumcision, Christ and the world, flesh and spirit. For some he gives thanks, others he rebukes. Some he calls his joy and crown, others he charges with folly. With some he travels and shares their eagerness, those who cut the word straight; others he checks when they walk badly. Now he excommunicates, now he confirms his love; now he mourns, now he rejoices; now he gives milk to drink, now he touches on mysteries; now he comes down to others, now he lifts them up with himself; now he threatens with the rod, now he offers a spirit of gentleness; now he is lifted up against the lofty, now humbled with the humble. Now he is the least of the apostles, now he promises a proof of Christ who speaks in him; now he longs for his departure and is poured out as an offering, now he judges it more necessary to remain in the flesh for their sake. For he does not seek his own, but the good of his children, whom he begot in Christ through the gospel. This is the rule of all spiritual presidency: everywhere to overlook one’s own interest for the profit of others. [55] He boasts in his weaknesses and afflictions; he prides himself on the dying of Jesus as on some other adornment; he is lofty in fleshly things and exults in spiritual ones; he is not unskilled in knowledge, and yet says that he sees through a mirror and in a riddle. He is confident in the spirit, and buffets the body, subduing it as an adversary. What is he teaching us by this, and what training us in? Not to set our minds on things below, not to be puffed up by knowledge, not to rouse the flesh against the spirit. He fights for all, prays for all, is jealous over all, is set on fire for all, those outside the law and those under the law: herald of the Gentiles, champion of the Jews. He dared something even greater for his brothers according to the flesh (that I too may dare to speak so): he prays that they might be brought to Christ in his own place, out of love. O what greatness of mind! O what fervour of spirit! He imitates Christ, who became a curse for us, who took up our weaknesses and bore our diseases; or, to put it more moderately, he accepts to suffer something for them, even as one impious, first after Christ, if only they might be saved. [56] And why should I go through them one by one? Living not for himself but for Christ and the preaching, having crucified the world to himself and been crucified to the world and to visible things, he thinks all things small and less than his desire; even if he fully preaches the gospel from Jerusalem and round about as far as Illyricum, even if he reaches the third heaven by being caught up, even if he becomes a spectator of paradise and a hearer of words unspeakable for us. Such is Paul, and anyone who is like him in spirit. But we are afraid that, compared with these, we may be some foolish rulers of Tanis, or exactors who glean, falsely calling the people blessed (I will add, and being called blessed ourselves), and troubling the path of your feet; mockers bearing rule, or youths as leaders, immature in understanding, not having even enough bread and clothing to lead anyone; prophets teaching lawless things, or rulers who disobey and deserve to be spoken ill of along with their fathers for the hardness of famine; or priests very far from speaking to the heart of Jerusalem: all of which Isaiah, purified by the seraph and the coal, rightly reproaches and testifies. [57] Is the work, then, so great, and so laborious for a heart that feels and grieves, and truly a moth in the bones for anyone with sense, while the danger is small or the fall to be despised? But great fear is held over me, on the one side by the blessed Hosea, who says that the judgment is against us priests and rulers, because we have become a snare to the watchtower, and like a net spread over Tabor, fixed by those who hunt men’s souls; and he threatens to cut off the worthless prophets, and to consume their judges with fire, and to refrain a little from anointing king and rulers, because they made kings for themselves and not through him. [58] On the other side the divine Micah, who cannot bear Zion built with bloods (whichever kind you like) and Jerusalem with iniquities, her leaders judging for bribes, her priests answering for hire, and her prophets divining for silver. In return for this, what will happen? Zion will be ploughed as a field, Jerusalem will become a garden-watchman’s hut, and the mountain of the house will be counted as a grove of the forest; and he laments the dearth of upright men, so that scarcely a straw or a gleaning is left, when the ruler asks and the judge speaks words to please; and he says almost the same as the great David, who says, “Save me, O Lord, for the godly man has failed”; from which, he says, good things too will fail them, consumed as by a moth. [59] Joel bids us lament, and wishes those who minister at the altar to beat their breasts when famine presses: so far is he from allowing them luxury amid the misfortunes of others; and besides sanctifying a fast and proclaiming a service, he would gather the elders, the infants, the pitiable ages, in sackcloth and thrown very humbly on the ground, because the plains had been distressed by barrenness and libation and sacrifice had been taken away from the house of the Lord, so as to draw down mercy by humiliation. [60] And what of Habakkuk? He takes up even hotter words and is impatient with God himself, and as it were cries out against the good Master because of the injustice of the judges: “How long, O Lord, shall I cry,” he says, “and you will not hear? Shall I shout to you when wronged, and you will not save? Why have you shown me toils and labours, to look upon wretchedness and impiety? Judgment has come against me, and the judge takes bribes. Therefore the law is scattered, and judgment does not go forth to its end.” Then the threat that follows: “See, you despisers, and look, and wonder marvellously, and vanish, for I am working a work.” And why need I bring in all the details of the threat? But a little before (for this seems to me better to add to what has been said), having called upon and lamented many of the unjust and wicked, he at last calls upon the leaders and teachers of wickedness too, calling vice a turbid overthrow and a drunkenness and wandering of the mind, and saying that they make their neighbours drink of these, so that they may look upon the darkness of their soul, and the caves of reptiles and wild beasts, dwellings of evil thoughts. These, then, are of this kind, and speak to us with such lessons. [61] And how is it right to pass over Malachi? Now he bitterly accuses the priests and reproaches them with despising the name of the Lord, and adds in what way: by bringing polluted bread to the altar, food that is no first-fruits; and what they would not offer to any of their governors, or would be dishonoured if they offered it, this, having vowed a vow, they offer to the King of all: lame and sick and corrupt things, utterly profane and detestable. Now he reminds them of God’s covenant with the Levites (which was one of life and peace), and to fear the Lord with fear and to stand in awe before the face of his name. “The law of truth,” he says, “was in his mouth, and unrighteousness was not found on his lips. He walked with me in peace, going straight, and turned many from unrighteousness; for the lips of a priest shall guard knowledge, and they shall seek the law from his mouth.” And the reason, how honourable and at the same time how fearful! “Because he is the messenger of the Lord Almighty.” I decline to repeat the curses that follow, for their harshness of speech, but I fear their truth. Yet this is moderate to say and profitable: “Is it still worth while,” he says, “to look upon your sacrifice, or to receive anything acceptable from your hands?” as one greatly displeased, and rejecting their priestly service because of their wickedness. [62] As for Zechariah, whenever I remember him I shudder at the sickle, and likewise at what he testifies against the priests: what he indicates about the famous Joshua, the great high priest, whom in the vision he strips of the filthy and unworthy garment and clothes with the bright priestly one; and all that the angel says and charges him in speaking to Joshua. These things, which perhaps refer to greater and loftier matters than the many priests, let them be honoured with silence; except that at his right hand too the devil stood to oppose him: a thing, to me at least, not slight, and worthy of no small fear and watchfulness. [63] And what he accuses the other shepherds of, and how carefully he attacks them, who is so bold and so adamantine of soul as not to tremble on hearing it, and become more moderate himself? “A voice,” he says, “of shepherds lamenting, because their greatness is distressed; a voice of lions roaring,” because they have suffered these things. He almost hears the laments as already present, and laments with the sufferers. And a little before, more sharply and vehemently: “Feed the sheep for slaughter, which their owners slaughtered and did not repent; and those who sold them said, Blessed be the Lord, we have become rich; and their shepherds felt nothing for them. Therefore I will no longer spare those who dwell on the earth, says the Lord Almighty.” And again: “Sword, awake against the shepherds, and strike the shepherds, and draw out the sheep”; and, “I will bring my hand upon the shepherds,” and, “My anger was kindled against the shepherds, and I will visit the lambs”; adding to the threat now those who are foremost among the people. So diligently does he dwell on the subject, and cannot easily leave the threats. [64] And, to pass over the elders in Daniel (and let us pass them over), and the word well spoken and foretold by the Master about them, that “lawlessness went forth from Babylon, from elders who were judges, who seemed to govern the people,” how shall we bear Ezekiel, the beholder and interpreter of great mysteries and visions? How shall we bear what he charges the watchmen: not to keep silent about vice and the sword coming upon it, since this profits neither themselves nor the sinners; whereas to foresee and proclaim beforehand will benefit both, if the one speak and the others hear, or at any rate those who gave the warning? [65] How shall we bear the other invective that he makes against those who shepherd, now in these words: “Woe upon woe shall come, and rumour upon rumour; and a vision shall be sought from the prophet, and the law shall perish from the priest, and counsel from the elders”; and now again in these: “Son of man, say to her, You are a land not rained upon, nor did rain come upon you in the day of wrath; whose leaders in the midst of her are like roaring lions, snatching prey, devouring souls in their power”; and a little later: “Her priests set aside my law and profaned my holy things; between profane and holy,” he says, “they made no distinction,” but all was one to them; “and they hid their eyes from my sabbaths, and I was profaned among them.” And he threatens to bring to an end the wall and those who daub it; that is, the sinners and those who cover them up, which is the work of bad rulers and priests, who lead the house of Israel astray according to their hearts, estranged in their desires. [66] And I am silent about all that he says about those who feed themselves: who eat the milk, clothe themselves with the wool, and slaughter the fat, but do not feed the sheep; who do not strengthen the sick, nor bind up the broken, nor bring back the straying, nor seek the lost, nor guard the strong, but wear them down with toil and destroy them with haste; so that the sheep are scattered over every plain and mountain because there are no shepherds, and become food for all the birds and beasts, since there is no one to seek them and bring them back. Then what? “As I live,” he says, “says the Lord: because these things are so, and my sheep have become a prey, behold, I am against the shepherds, and I will require my sheep at their hands”; and the sheep he will gather and keep safe, while the shepherds will suffer such and such things, as bad shepherds deserve. [67] But so as not to draw out my discourse at length by listing all that all the prophets say, I will mention one more, the one known before he was formed and sanctified from the womb (this was Jeremiah), and pass over the rest. He seeks water for his head and a fountain of tears for his eyes, so as to weep for Israel as it deserves; and he laments no less the wickedness of those who preside. [68] God says to him, reasoning with the priests: “The priests did not say, Where is the Lord? And those who hold to my law did not know me.” And again he himself says: “The shepherds have become foolish and have not sought the Lord; and therefore the whole flock did not understand and was scattered.” And, “Many shepherds,” he says, “have destroyed my vineyard; they have defiled my portion, the desirable one,” and it has been given over to an untrodden wilderness. Then again he turns on the shepherds themselves: “O shepherds who destroy and scatter the sheep of my pasture! Therefore thus says the Lord against those who shepherd my people: You have scattered my sheep and driven them out, and have not visited them; behold, I will take vengeance on you according to your evil doings.” And he would have the shepherds howl and the rams of the flock beat their breasts, because their days for slaughter have been fulfilled. [69] And why should I speak of the ancient things? Who, measuring himself against Paul’s rules and limits, which he laid down for bishops and presbyters, that they be sober, self-controlled, not given to wine, not violent, apt to teach, blameless in all things and beyond the reach of the wicked, will not find much of himself that falls short of the straightness of the rules? And what of the laws Jesus gives his disciples when he sends them out to preach? The sum of them, not to speak of each, is that they should be such in virtue, so unencumbered and moderate, and, to put it briefly, so heavenly, that the gospel should run no less because of their character than because of the Word. [70] And I am frightened too by the Pharisees who are reproached and the scribes who are refuted; for it is shameful, when we must greatly surpass them in virtue, as we are commanded, if we have any need of the kingdom of heaven, that we should appear worse than they in vice; so that we might rightly hear ourselves called serpents and offspring of vipers, and blind guides, straining out the gnat and swallowing the camel, and tombs foul within with seemliness outside, and dishes clean on the surface, and all the other things that they both are and are called. [71] With these thoughts I live night and day: they melt my marrow and consume my flesh, and do not let me be bold or look upward; they humble my soul and contract my mind and put a bond on my tongue, and make me think not about presidency, nor about correcting and directing others, which requires great abundance, but how I myself may escape the wrath to come and scrape off from myself a little of the rust of vice. One must first be cleansed, then cleanse; be made wise, and so make wise; become light, and give light; draw near to God, and bring others near; be sanctified, and sanctify; have hands to lead by the hand, have understanding to give counsel. [72] “When, then, will this be?” say those who are quick in everything and not safe, who build up easily and pull down easily. “And when will the lamp be put on the lampstand? And where is the talent?” meaning by this the gift of grace. So say those who are warmer in friendship than in reverence. When will this be, and what is my answer, my most excellent friends? No term is too long, not even extreme old age. For grey hairs with prudence are better than untaught youth, and considered slowness than inconsiderate haste, and a short reign than a long tyranny; as also a small honourable portion is better than a large possession dishonourable and unsafe, a little gold than many talents of lead, and a little light than much darkness. [73] But this quickness, unsafe and over-hasty, is perhaps like the seeds that fell on the rocks and, because they had no depth of earth, sprang up at once and could not bear even the first heat of the sun; or like the foundation laid on the sand, which could not hold out even a little against the rain and the winds. “Woe to you, O city, whose king is a youth,” says Solomon; and, “Be not quick in words,” is a saying of the same Solomon, who means that quickness in speech is a lesser thing than heat in action. And who, contrary to these, demands quickness before safety and profit? Who fashions, as if in a single day, like clay figures, the champion of the truth: one who is to stand with angels, and give glory with archangels, and send up sacrifices to the altar above, and be a fellow priest with Christ; who is to refashion the creature, and present the image, and build for the world above, and, to say the greatest thing, to be god and to make others god? [74] I know whose ministers we are, and where we are placed, and to where we are sending; I know the height of God and the weakness of man, and again his power. “Heaven is high, and the earth deep”: and who of those cast down by sin shall ascend? Who, still wrapped in the darkness here below and the grossness of the flesh, shall with his whole mind purely behold the whole Mind, and mingle with things stable and invisible amid things unstable and visible? For scarcely could even one of the most purified see here even an image of the Good, as men see the sun in the waters. “Who has measured the water with his hand, and the heaven with a span, and all the earth with a handful? Who has set the mountains in a balance and the valleys in scales? What is the place of his rest, and to which of all things shall he be likened?” [75] Who is he who made all things by a word, and by wisdom fashioned man, and brought into one things far apart, and mingled the dust with the spirit, and composed a living creature visible and invisible, temporary and immortal, earthly and heavenly, touching God and not grasping him, drawing near and kept far off? “I said, I will be wise,” says Solomon, “and it went far from me, farther than it was,” speaking of wisdom. And truly “he who increases knowledge increases pain”; for what is found does not gladden more than what escapes vexes; which, I think, tends to happen to those still thirsty who are dragged away from water, or who cannot keep hold of what they think they hold, or those whom a flash of lightning has left at once after shining around them. [76] This kept me down and made me humble, and persuaded me that it is better to hear the voice of praise than to be an interpreter of things beyond my power: the majesty, the height, the dignity, and the pure natures scarcely able to contain the brightness of God, whom the abyss covers, whose hiding place is darkness, though he is the purest light and inaccessible to most; who is in all this universe and also outside the universe; who is all beauty and above all beauty; who illumines the mind and escapes the mind’s speed and height, always withdrawing as much as he is grasped, and by fleeing drawing the lover upward, and by being, as it were, stolen away when held. [77] Such and so great is what we long for and strive for; and such must be the one who leads souls as brides and makes the betrothal. For my part, I fear that I may be thrown out of the bridal chamber, bound hand and foot, as not wearing a wedding garment, but having boldly thrust myself among those reclining there. And yet I was called from my youth (to tell something unknown to most); I was cast upon him from the womb, and was given as a gift by my mother’s promise, and afterwards confirmed by dangers; and the longing grew with me, and reason ran with it, and I brought and gave everything to him who had received me as his lot and had saved me: property, distinction, health, my very learning, of which I enjoyed only this, to be able to despise it and to have something for which I preferred Christ. And the oracles of God were sweet to me as honeycombs; I called upon understanding and gave my voice to wisdom. And the other things too: to measure anger, to bridle the tongue, to discipline the eye, to train the belly, and to trample on the glory that remains below. I speak as one beside himself, but it shall be said: in these things perhaps I was not worse than the many. [78] But this is a philosophy beyond us: to accept the leadership and presidency of souls, when we have not yet even learned to be shepherded well, nor have our souls been cleansed as they should be, and then to be entrusted with the oversight of a flock; and this in such times as these, when one should be content, seeing others turned up and down and thrown into confusion, to flee from the midst and withdraw under shelter, and so to escape the evil one’s storm and darkness: when the members are at war with one another, love has gone (if there was any trace of it left), and the priest is an empty name besides, since contempt has been poured out on rulers, as it is written. [79] Would that it were only empty! But now (may the blasphemy turn upon the heads of the godless!) all fear has been banished from souls, and shamelessness brought in instead; knowledge and the depths of the Spirit belong to whoever wants them; and we are all pious on one ground alone, that we condemn the impiety of others. We use the godless as judges, and throw holy things to the dogs, and cast pearls before swine, publishing divine things to profane ears and souls; and, wretches that we are, we carefully fulfil the prayers of our enemies, and are not ashamed to go whoring in our own inventions. Moabites and Ammonites, who were not even permitted to enter the assembly of the Lord, intrude into our holiest places. We have opened to all, not the gates of righteousness, but the doors of abuse and of insolence against one another; and the best among us is not the one who for fear of God lets fall not even an idle word, but the one who happens to have spoken most evil of his neighbour, whether openly or in riddles, and who rolls under his tongue toil and trouble, or, to speak more properly, the venom of asps. [80] We watch one another’s sins, not to lament them but to reproach them; not to heal them but to strike them further, and to have our neighbours’ wounds as a defence for our own evils. Bad and good are marked not by character but by enmity and friendship; what we praise today we revile tomorrow; what is pilloried among others is admired among us; and everything is readily forgiven to impiety. So great-souled are we in vice! [81] Everything has become as it was in the beginning, when the world did not yet exist, nor its present order and form, but the whole was confused and unformed and needed the shaping hand and power. Or, if you like, as in a battle by night and in the dim light of the moon, we do not distinguish the faces of enemies from friends; or as in a sea battle in a storm, amid the onsets of the winds, the boiling surf, the rush of waves, the crashing of ships, the thrusting of poles, the shouts of the boatswains, and the groans of the falling, deafened and at a loss, and with no opportunity for courage, we (alas for the calamity!) fall upon one another and are destroyed by one another. [82] And it is not that the people are so and the priest otherwise; but now it seems to me that the word spoken of old in a curse is clearly fulfilled: “The priest has become as the people.” Nor is it that the many are so while the great and leading men of the people are otherwise; these indeed openly war against the priests, having their piety as a means to persuade. Those who suffer this for the faith, about the highest and first questions, I do not blame either; but, if I must tell the truth, I even praise them and rejoice with them. May I be one of those who contend for the truth and incur hatred for it; or rather, I will boast that I am one. For a praiseworthy war is better than a peace that separates from God; and this is why the Spirit arms the gentle warrior, as one able to fight well. [83] But now there are some who fight even about small things and to no profit, and take as partners in the evil as many as they can, very ignorantly and rashly. Then the faith is made the pretext for everything, and this august name is dragged into their private quarrels. From this, as is to be expected, we are hated among the Gentiles, and, what is harder still, we cannot even say that it is unjust; and we are discredited even with the more reasonable of our own people; no wonder, with the majority, who would scarcely accept even any good thing. [84] Sinners build upon our backs, and what we devise against one another they hold against all; and we have become a new spectacle, not to angels and men, as was Paul, the noblest of athletes, contending against principalities and powers, but to almost all the wicked, at every time and place, in market places, at drinking parties, at feasts, in mournings. We have even reached the stage (I almost weep as I say it), and are laughed at with the most licentious; and nothing that is heard or seen is so delightful as a Christian lampooned. [85] This is what our war with one another brings us; this is the work of those who fight too much on behalf of the good and gentle one; this of those who love God more than is profitable. It is not allowed to wrestle outside the accepted rules, nor to contend in any other way; or the one who does so will be shouted down and disgraced, and will lose the victory, contending in some other way than fairly, and not according to the fixed rules of the contest, however noble and skilful he may be. Shall someone, then, contend for Christ not according to Christ, and then please peace by fighting for it in a way that is not allowed? [86] The demons tremble even now when Christ is called upon, and the power of this name has not been blotted out even by our wickedness; while we are not ashamed to insult so august a thing and name, though we all but hear him crying out openly every day: “For my name is blasphemed because of you among the Gentiles.”

2.39PG 35:492a–493b

Καὶ τὸν μὲν ἔξωθεν οὗ δέδοικα πόλεμον, οὐδὲ τὸν νῦν ἐπαναστάντα θῆρα ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις, καὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ τὸ πλήρωμα, κᾶν πῦρ ἀπειλῇ, κᾶν ξίφη, κᾶν θῆρας, κᾶν κρημνοὺς, κᾶν βάραθρα, κᾶν πάντων γένηται τῶν πώποτε μανέντων ἀπανθρωπότατος, κᾶν ταῖς οὔσαις τιμωρίαις προσεξεῦρῃ χαλεπωτέρας. Ἓν ἔχω πρὸς πάντα φάρμακον, μίαν ὁδὸν εἷς νίκην Ἐν Χριστῷ καυχήσομαι, τὸν ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ θάνατον. I'lll' Πρὸς δέ τὸν ἐμὸν πόλεμον οὐκ ἔχω τίς γένωμαι, τίνα συμμαχίαν ἐξεύρω, τίνα λόγον σοφίας, τί χάρισμα, ποίᾳ πανοπλίᾳ πρὸς τὰς τοῦ πὸνηροῦ μεθοδείας ὁπλίσομαι. Τίς νικήσει τοῦτον Μωυσῆς ἐκτείνας τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοῦ ὅρους, τἶνʼ ὁ σταυρὸς ἰσχύσῃ τυποῦμενος καὶ προμηνυόμενος ; Τίς Ἰησοῦς μετᾶ τοῦτον, τῷ ἀρχιστρατήγῳ τῶν θείων παρατάξεων συμπαραταττὸμενος ; Τίς Δαὸὶδ, ψάλλων, ἢ πολεμῶν ἐν σφενδόναις, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ περιεζωσμένος δύναμιν εἷς πόλεμον, καὶ τοὺς δακτύλους εἷς παράταξιν γυμναζόμενος ; Τίς Σαμουὴλ, καὶ προσευχόμενος τοῦ λαοῦ καῖ προθυόμενος, καὶ χρίων εἷς βασιλέα τὸν νικᾷν δυνάμενον ;Τίς θρηνήσει ταῦτα πρὸς ἀξίαν Ἱερεμίας, θρήνους γράφων ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ; ΠΘ Τίς βοήσεται, Φεῖσαι, Κύριε, τοῦ λαοῦ σου, καὶ μὴ δῷς τὴν κληρονομίαν σου εἷς ὄνειδος, τοῦ κατάρξαι αὐτῶν ἔθνη ;Τίς περὶ ἡμῶν προσεύξεται Νῶε, καὶ Ἰὼβ, καὶ Δανιὴλ, οἱ συνευο χόμενοι καὶ συναριθμούμενοι, ’ίνα κοπάσῃ μικρὸν ἡμῖν ὁ πόλεμος, ἵνα γενώμεθα ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, τίνʼ ἀλλήλους ποτὲ γνωρίσωμεν, ’ίνα μηκέτι ὦμεν ἀνθʼ ένὸς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ Ἰούδας καὶ Ἰσραὴλ, μηκέτι εΡοόοᾶμ καὶ Ἱεροβοὰμ, μηκέτι Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ Σαμάρεια, αἱ έν μέρει διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας παραδιδὸο μεναι, καὶ ἐν μέρει θρηνούμεναι ; ιικ Ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἀσθενέστερος εἶναι τοῦ πολέμου τούτου ὁμολογῶ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔδωκα τὰ νῶτα, καλύψας τὸ πρόσωπον ἐν τροπῇ, καὶ καταμόνας καθεσθῆναι, δτι πικρίας ἐνεπλήσθην, ἐζήτησα καὶ σιωπῆσαι, συνιὼν, ὅτι 6 καιρὸς πονηρός ἐστιν· ὅτι ἀπελάκτισαν οἱ ἠγαπημένοι, ὅτι γεγόναμεν υἱοὶ ἀφεστηκότες, ἠ ἄμπελος ἡ εὖκληματοῦσα, ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινὴ, πᾶσα καρποφόρος, ὡραία πᾶσα, καλῶς ταῖς σταγόσι ταῖς ἄνωθεν ἀνατέλλουσα ὅτι ἐστράφη εἰς ἀτιμίαν ἐμοὶ τὸ διάδημα τοῦ κάλλους, τὸ ἀποσφράγισμα τῆς ἐμῆς δόξης, 6 τῆς καυχήσεως στέφανος· εἰδὲ τις πρὸς ταῦτα τολμηρὸς καὶ γενναῖος, μακάριος οὗτος ἐμοὶ 105 θάρσους καὶ τῆς γενναιότητος.

Kai ton men exōthen hou dedoika polemon, oude ton nyn epanastanta thēra tais ekklēsiais, kai tou ponērou to plērōma, kan pyr apeilę̄, kan xiphē, kan thēras, kan krēmnous, kan barathra, kan pantōn genētai tōn pōpote manentōn apanthrōpotatos, kan tais ousais timōriais prosexeurę̄ chalepōteras. Hen echō pros panta pharmakon, mian hodon heis nikēn En Christǭ kauchēsomai, ton hyper Christou thanaton. I'lll' Pros de ton emon polemon ouk echō tis genōmai, tina symmachian exeurō, tina logon sophias, ti charisma, poią panoplią pros tas tou ponērou methodeias hoplisomai. Tis nikēsei touton Mōysēs ekteinas tas cheiras epi tou horous, tinʼ ho stauros ischysę̄ typoumenos kai promēnyomenos ? Tis Iēsous meta touton, tǭ archistratēgǭ tōn theiōn parataxeōn symparatattomenos ? Tis Daoid, psallōn, ē polemōn en sphendonais, kai hypo tou Theou periezōsmenos dynamin heis polemon, kai tous daktylous heis parataxin gymnazomenos ? Tis Samouēl, kai proseuchomenos tou laou kai prothyomenos, kai chriōn heis basilea ton nikąn dynamenon ?Tis thrēnēsei tauta pros axian Hieremias, thrēnous graphōn hyper tou Israēl ? PTh Tis boēsetai, Pheisai, Kyrie, tou laou sou, kai mē dǭs tēn klēronomian sou heis oneidos, tou katarxai autōn ethnē ?Tis peri hēmōn proseuxetai Nōe, kai Iōb, kai Daniēl, hoi syneuo chomenoi kai synarithmoumenoi, ’ina kopasę̄ mikron hēmin ho polemos, hina genōmetha hēmōn autōn, tinʼ allēlous pote gnōrisōmen, ’ina mēketi ōmen anthʼ enos tou Israēl Ioudas kai Israēl, mēketi eRoooam kai Hieroboam, mēketi Ierousalēm kai Samareia, hai en merei dia tas hamartias paradidoo menai, kai en merei thrēnoumenai ? iik Egō men gar asthenesteros einai tou polemou toutou homologō, kai dia touto edōka ta nōta, kalypsas to prosōpon en tropę̄, kai katamonas kathesthēnai, dti pikrias eneplēsthēn, ezētēsa kai siōpēsai, syniōn, hoti 6 kairos ponēros estin; hoti apelaktisan hoi ēgapēmenoi, hoti gegonamen huioi aphestēkotes, ē ampelos hē euklēmatousa, hē ampelos hē alēthinē, pasa karpophoros, hōraia pasa, kalōs tais stagosi tais anōthen anatellousa hoti estraphē eis atimian emoi to diadēma tou kallous, to aposphragisma tēs emēs doxēs, 6 tēs kauchēseōs stephanos; eide tis pros tauta tolmēros kai gennaios, makarios houtos emoi 105 tharsous kai tēs gennaiotētos.

[87] Of the war from outside I am not afraid, nor of the beast who has now risen up against the churches, the fullness of the evil one, though he threaten fire, though swords, though wild beasts, though precipices, though pits, though he prove the most inhuman of all who have ever raged, and invent punishments harsher than those that exist. I have one remedy against them all, one road to victory: I will glory in Christ, namely in death for Christ. [88] But for my own war I do not know what to become, what alliance to find, what word of wisdom, what gift of grace, with what armour to arm myself against the wiles of the evil one. What Moses will conquer him, stretching out his hands on the mountain, so that the cross, typified and foreshown, may prevail? What Joshua after him, drawn up beside the commander of the divine armies? What David, playing the harp or fighting with slings, girded by God with strength for war and training his fingers for battle? What Samuel, praying and sacrificing for the people, and anointing as king one who is able to conquer? What Jeremiah will lament these things as they deserve, writing lamentations for Israel? [89] Who will cry, “Spare your people, O Lord, and do not give your heritage to reproach, that the nations should rule over them”? Who will pray for us, Noah and Job and Daniel, who are named together in prayer and numbered together, that the war may abate a little for us, that we may come to ourselves, that we may at last recognize one another, that we may no longer be, instead of one Israel, Judah and Israel, no longer Rehoboam and Jeroboam, no longer Jerusalem and Samaria, handed over in turn for their sins and lamented in turn? [90] For I confess that I am too weak for this war; and therefore I turned my back, covering my face in the rout, and sought to sit alone, because I was filled with bitterness, and to keep silence, understanding that the time is evil: that the beloved have kicked; that we have become rebellious sons, we, the vine rich in branches, the true vine, all fruitful, all beautiful, springing up well under the drops from above; that the diadem of beauty, the seal of my glory, the crown of boasting, has been turned for me into dishonour. If anyone is bold and noble in the face of these things, I call him blessed for his courage and his nobility.

2.40PG 35:493b–500a

Καὶ οὔπω λὲγω τὸν ἔνδον καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν αὖ· τοῖς, τὸν ἐν τοῖς πάθεσι πόλεμον, ὃν πολεμοιῦμεθα νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς ταπεινώσεως σώματος, τὰ μὲν κρύβδην, τὰ δὲ φανερῶςο καὶ τῆς ἄνω καὶ κάτω κυμαινοόσης ἡμᾶς καὶ στροβοόσης, διά τε aiσθήσεως καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τερπνῶν 10-3 βίου τούτου περιφορᾶς, τοῦ τε πηλοῦ τῆς ἰλύος, ᾧ ἐμπεπηγμεθα, καὶ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀντιστρατευομένου τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ πνεύματος, καὶ διαφθείρειν ἐπιχει- , ροῦντος τὴν βασιλικὴν ἐν ἡμῖν εἰκόνα, καὶ ὅσον τῆς Θείας ἀπορῥοίας ἡμῖν συγκαταβἐβληταν ὡς μόλις ἄν τις ἑαυτὸν ἢ μακρᾷ φιλοσοφίᾳ παιδαγωγήσας, καὶ ἀπορρηγνὺς κατᾶ μικρὸν τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς εὐγενὲς καὶ φωτοειδὲς τοῦ ταπεινοῦ καὶ τῷ σκό- Ι \ ’ν \ υ \ ἱ τει συνεζευγμενου, ἡ Θεου τυχών ιλεω, ὴ και ἄμφω ταῦτα, καὶ μελέτην ὅτι μάλιστα ποιούμενος ἄνω βλέπειν τῆς κατασπώσης ὕλης ἐπικρατήσειε. Πρὶν δὲ ταύτην ὑπερσχεῖν ὅση δύναμις καὶ ἀνακαθᾶραι ἱκανῶς τὴν διάνοιαν, ὑπὲρ τε τοὺς ἄλλους μακρῷ γενέσθαι τῇ πρὸς Θεὸν ἐγγότητι, ἢ ψυχῶν προστασίαν δέξασθαι, ἢ μεσιτείαν Θεοῦ καὶ ἆνθρώπων (τοῦτο γὰρ ἴσως 6 ἱερεὺς), οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι γινώσκω. ιιΒο. Καὶ ὅθεν εἷς τοῦτο ὑπήχθην τὸ δέος ; (ἕνα μή με τοῦ δέοντος δειλότερον ὑπολαμβάνητε, ἀλλὰ ιαὶ σφόδρα ὲπαινῆτε τῆς προμηθείας. Ἀκούω μὲν αὐτοῦ Μωσέως,ἡνίκα ἐχρημάτιζεν αὗτῷ ὁ Θεὸς, ὅτι, πλειόνων εἷς τὸ ὄρος προσκεκλημένων, ὧν εἷς ῆν xui Ἀαρὼν σὺν τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς δύο τοῖς ἱερεῦσι, καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα πρεσβυτέρων τῆς γεʼ ρουσίας, oi μὶν λοιποὶ προσκυνῆσαι πόῤῥωθεν ἐκελεύσθησαν, ἐγγίσαι δὲ Μωσῆς μόνος, οὐ συναναβῆναι δὲ ὁ λαὸς ὡς οὐ πάντων ὄντος Θεοῦ γενέσθαι πλησίον, πλὴν εἷʼ τις κατὰ Μωσέα Θεοῦ χωρῆσαι δόξαν δυνάμενος· καὶ ἔτι πρὸ τούτων ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς νομοθεσίας, τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους σάλπιγγες, καὶ ἀστραπαὶ, καὶ βρονταὶ, καὶ γνόφος, xui ὅλον καπνιξάμενον τὸ ὄρος, καὶ ἀπειλαὶ φρικώδεις, κᾶν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὅρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα δείματα ’ίστη κάτω, καὶ μέγα ἦν αὐτοῖς, μόνης ἀκοῦσαι τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ φωνῆς, εὖ μάλα ἀγνισαμὲνοις· Μωσῆς δὲ xui ἄνεισι, καὶ τῆς νεφέλης εἷʼσω χωρεῖ, καὶ νομοθετεῖται, καὶ δέχεται πλάκαςʼ τοῖς μὶν πολλοῖς τὰς τοῦ γράμματος, τοῖς δὲ ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλοὺς τὰς τοῦ πνεύματος. ῌν. Ἀκοῦω δὲ Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ, δτι, ξὲνῳ πυρὶ θυμιάσαντες μόνον, ξένῳ καὶ ἀνηλώθησαν κολασθέντες διʼ ὦν ἠσέβησαν, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν εὑρόντες τῆς ἀπωλείας, ὃν καὶ τῆς ἀσεβείας καιρὸν καί τόπον· καὶ οὐδὲ Ἀαρὼν ἤρκεσε πρὸς σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς ὁ πατὴρ, ὁ Μωσέως παρὰ Θεῷ δεύτερος, Γινώσκω δὲ xui 0H) κ, εν ς ρ ι ι κ υ ν γ.. ε κει τον ιερεα, και μικρον τιστερον 0.,αν, τον μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν παίδων παρανομίας ἀπαιτηθὲντα δίκην, ἣν ἐτόλμων κατᾶ τῶν θυσιῶν πρὸ καιροῦ τῶν λεβήτων ἀπαρχόμενοι, xui ταῦτα οὐκ ἀποδεχόμενον αὐτῶν τήν ἀσέβειαν, ἀλλὰ πολλᾶ πολλάκις ἑπιτιμήσανταʼ τὸν δε, ὅτι, ψαύσας τῆς κιβωτοῦ μένον περισπασθείσης ὑπὸ τοῦ μόσχου, τὴν μὲν περιεσιῦσατο, αὐτὸς δὲ ἀπώλετο, φυλάσσοντος τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ κιβωτῷ τὸ σεβάσμιον. ιιΔζΟίδα δʼ ἔγωγε μηδὲ τοῦς ἐν τοῖς σώμασι μώμους τῶν ἱερέων, ἢ τῶν θυμάτων ἀνεξετάστους μένοντας, ἀλλὰ τελείους τέλεια προσάγειν νενομισμένον, σύμβολον, οἶμαι, τοῦτο τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀρτιότητος μηδὲ στολῆς τῆς ἱερατικῆς, ἢ σκεύους τινὸς τῶν ἁγίων ψαύειν παντί θεμιτὸν ὅν· μηδὲ τὰς θυσίας αὐτὰς, ὑφʼ ὢν, καὶ ὅτε, καὶ οῦ μὴ καθῆκον ἦν, ἀναλίσκεσθαι μηδὲ τὸ ἔλαιον ἀπομιμεῖσθαι τῆς χρία σεως, μηδὲ τὸ θυμίαμα τῆς συνθέσεως· μηδὲ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσιέναι, ὅστις ἢ ψυχὴν ἢ σῶμα οὐ καθαρὸς, μέχρι καὶ τῶν μικροτάτων· τοσούτου δεῖ εἰς τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων προσφοιτᾷν θαρῥοῦντα, ὧν ἐνὶ καὶ ἅπαξ τοῧ ἐνιαυτοῦ μόνον ἐπιβατὸν ἧν· τοσούτου δεῖ τὸ καταπέτασμα, ἦ τὸ ἱλαστήριον, ἢ τήν κιβωτὸν, τὰ χερουβὶμ, προσβλέπειν εἶναι παντὸς, ἢ προσάπτεσθαι. ιβʼ Ταῦτα οὖν εἰδὼς ἐγὼ, καὶ οτι μηδεις ἄξιος τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ Θεοῦ, καὶ θύματος, καὶ ἀρχιερέως, ὅστις μὴ πρότερον ἑαυτὸν παρέστησε τῷ Θεῷ θυσίαν ζῶσαν, ἀγίαν, μηδὲ τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν εὐάρεστον ἐπεδείξατο, μηδὲ ἔθυσε τῷ Θεῷ θυσίαν αἰνέσεως καὶ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον, ἣν μόνον ὁ πάντα δοὺς ἀπαιτεῖ παρʼ ἡμῶν θυσίαν, πῶς ἔμελλον θαρρῆσαι προσφέρειν αύτῷ την ἔξωθεν, τῆν τῶν μεγάλων μυστηρίων ἀντίτυπον· ἢ πῶς ἱερέως σχῆμα καὶ ὄνομα ὑποδύεσθαι, πρὶν ὁσίοις ἔργοις τελειῶσαι τὰς χεῖρας ; πρὶν τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἐθίσαι βλέπειν ὑγιῶς τήν κτίσιν, καὶ εἷς θαῦμα μόνον τοῦ κτίσαντος, ἀλλά μὴ ζημίαν τοῦ πλάσαντος ; πρὶν τῇ παιδείᾳ Κυρίου ἱκανῶς ἀνοιγῆναι τὰ ὦτα, καὶ προστεθῆναί μοι ὠτίον μὴ βαρέως ἀκούειν δυνάμενον, ἀλλά ἐνώτιον χρυσοῦν σαρδίῳ πολυτελεῖ δεθῆναι, λόγον σοφοῦ εἰς οὖς εύήκοον ; πρὶν τὸ στόμα, τὰ χείλη, τὴν γλῶσσαν, τὸ μὲν ἀνοιγῆναι καὶ έλκῦσαι πνεῦμα, ἢ πλατυνθῆναι καὶ πληρωθῆναι τῷ πνεύματι λαλουμένων μυστηρίων τε καὶ δογμάτων· τὰ δὲ αἰσθήσει θείᾳ, κατά τῆν σοφίαν εἰπεῖν, δεθῆναι, προσθείην δʼ ἂν ὅτι καὶ ἐν καίρῴ λυθῆναι· τήν δὲ πλησθῆναι ἀγαλλιάσεως, καὶ θείας μελῳδίας γενέσθαι πλῆκτρον, ἐξεγειρομένην τῇ δόξῃ, συνεξεγειρομένην ὄρθριον, καὶ μέχρι τοῦ κολληθῆναι τῷ λάρυγγι κάμνουσαν ; πρὶν ἐπὶ πέτραν στῆναι τοὺς πόδας μου, καταρτισθέντας ὡς ἐλάφων, καὶ κατευθυνθῆναί μοι τὰ κατά Θεὸν διαδήματα, μή παρʼ ὀλίγον μηδʼ ὅλως έκχεόμενα ; πρῖν ἅπαν μέλος ὅπλον γενέσθαι δικαιοσύνης, καὶ ἀποθέσθαι πᾶσαν νεκρότητα, καταποθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς, καὶ ὁποχωρήσασαν τῷ πνεύματι ; ιζʼ Τίς μήπω τοῖς ἁγνοῖς καὶ πεπυρωμένοις τοῦ Θεοῦ λογίοις καεὶς τήν καρδίαν ἐν τῷ διανοιγῆναι αὐτῷ τὰς Γραφάς· μηδὲ ἀπογραψάμενος αὐτὰ τρισσῶς ἐπὶ πλάτος τῆς καρδίας, ὥστε νοῦν ἔχειν Χριστοῦ· μηδὲ τῶν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀποκρύφων καὶ ἀοράτων καὶ σκοτεινῶν θησαυρῶν εἷʼσω γενόμενος, ὥστε τὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς κατοπτεῦσαι πλοῦτον, καὶ ἄλλους πλουτίζειν δύνασθαι, πνευματικὰ συγκρίνων πν ευ ματ ικοῖς ; ιβʼ Τίς μήπω θεωρήσας, ὡς θεωρεῖν ἄξιον, τήν τερπνότητα Κυρίου, καὶ ἐπισκεψάμενος τὸν ναὸν αὐτοῦ, μᾶλλον δὲ ναὸς γενόμενος Θεοῦ ζῶντος καὶ ζῶν κατοικητήριον Χριστοῦ ἐν πνεύματι ; τίς μήπω τύπων καὶ ἀληθείας ἐπιγνοὺς συγγένειαν καὶ διάκρισιν, καὶ τῶν μὶν ἀναχωρήσας, τῇ δὲ προσ- Ιέίμενος,1’ίνα citro? ’γράμματος φυγὼν scalari-mra, τῇ καινότητι δουλεύση τοῦ πνεύματος, καί μεταβῇ καθαρῶς ἐπὶ τήν χάριν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου πληρουμένου πνευματικῶς ἐν τῇ καταργήσει τοῦ σώματος;

Kai oupō legō ton endon kai en hēmin au; tois, ton en tois pathesi polemon, hon polemoiymetha nyktos kai hēmeras hypo tou tēs tapeinōseōs sōmatos, ta men krybdēn, ta de phanerōso kai tēs anō kai katō kymainoosēs hēmas kai stroboosēs, dia te aisthēseōs kai tōn allōn terpnōn 10-3 biou toutou periphoras, tou te pēlou tēs ilyos, hǭ empepēgmetha, kai tou nomou tēs hamartias antistrateuomenou tǭ nomǭ tou pneumatos, kai diaphtheirein epichei- , rountos tēn basilikēn en hēmin eikona, kai hoson tēs Theias aporrhoias hēmin synkatabeblētan hōs molis an tis heauton ē makrą philosophią paidagōgēsas, kai aporrēgnys kata mikron to tēs psychēs eugenes kai phōtoeides tou tapeinou kai tǭ sko- I \ ’n \ y \ hi tei synezeugmenou, hē Theou tychōn ileō, ē kai amphō tauta, kai meletēn hoti malista poioumenos anō blepein tēs kataspōsēs hylēs epikratēseie. Prin de tautēn hyperschein hosē dynamis kai anakatharai hikanōs tēn dianoian, hyper te tous allous makrǭ genesthai tę̄ pros Theon engotēti, ē psychōn prostasian dexasthai, ē mesiteian Theou kai anthrōpōn (touto gar isōs 6 hiereus), ouk asphales einai ginōskō. iiBo. Kai hothen heis touto hypēchthēn to deos ? (hena mē me tou deontos deiloteron hypolambanēte, alla iai sphodra epainēte tēs promētheias. Akouō men autou Mōseōs,hēnika echrēmatizen hautǭ ho Theos, hoti, pleionōn heis to oros proskeklēmenōn, hōn heis ēn xui Aarōn syn tois paisi tois dyo tois hiereusi, kai hebdomēkonta presbyterōn tēs geʼ rousias, oi min loipoi proskynēsai porrhōthen ekeleusthēsan, engisai de Mōsēs monos, ou synanabēnai de ho laos hōs ou pantōn ontos Theou genesthai plēsion, plēn heiʼ tis kata Mōsea Theou chōrēsai doxan dynamenos; kai eti pro toutōn en archę̄ tēs nomothesias, tous men allous salpinges, kai astrapai, kai brontai, kai gnophos, xui holon kapnixamenon to oros, kai apeilai phrikōdeis, kan thērion thigę̄ tou horous, lithobolēthēsetai, kai alla toiauta deimata ’istē katō, kai mega ēn autois, monēs akousai tēs tou Theou phōnēs, eu mala agnisamenois; Mōsēs de xui aneisi, kai tēs nephelēs heiʼsō chōrei, kai nomotheteitai, kai dechetai plakasʼ tois min pollois tas tou grammatos, tois de hyper tous pollous tas tou pneumatos. Ę̄n. Akouō de Nadab kai Abioud, dti, xenǭ pyri thymiasantes monon, xenǭ kai anēlōthēsan kolasthentes diʼ ōn ēsebēsan, kai ton auton heurontes tēs apōleias, hon kai tēs asebeias kairon kai topon; kai oude Aarōn ērkese pros sōtērian autois ho patēr, ho Mōseōs para Theǭ deuteros, Ginōskō de xui 0H) k, en s r i i k y n g.. e kei ton ierea, kai mikron tisteron 0.,an, ton men hyper tēs tōn paidōn paranomias apaitēthenta dikēn, hēn etolmōn kata tōn thysiōn pro kairou tōn lebētōn aparchomenoi, xui tauta ouk apodechomenon autōn tēn asebeian, alla polla pollakis hepitimēsantaʼ ton de, hoti, psausas tēs kibōtou menon perispastheisēs hypo tou moschou, tēn men periesiysato, autos de apōleto, phylassontos tou Theou tę̄ kibōtǭ to sebasmion. iiDzOida dʼ egōge mēde tous en tois sōmasi mōmous tōn hiereōn, ē tōn thymatōn anexetastous menontas, alla teleious teleia prosagein nenomismenon, symbolon, oimai, touto tēs kata psychēn artiotētos mēde stolēs tēs hieratikēs, ē skeuous tinos tōn hagiōn psauein panti themiton hon; mēde tas thysias autas, hyphʼ ōn, kai hote, kai ou mē kathēkon ēn, analiskesthai mēde to elaion apomimeisthai tēs chria seōs, mēde to thymiama tēs syntheseōs; mēde eis to hieron eisienai, hostis ē psychēn ē sōma ou katharos, mechri kai tōn mikrotatōn; tosoutou dei eis ta hagia tōn hagiōn prosphoitąn tharrhounta, hōn eni kai hapax toÿ eniautou monon epibaton hēn; tosoutou dei to katapetasma, ē to hilastērion, ē tēn kibōton, ta cheroubim, prosblepein einai pantos, ē prosaptesthai. ibʼ Tauta oun eidōs egō, kai oti mēdeis axios tou megalou kai Theou, kai thymatos, kai archiereōs, hostis mē proteron heauton parestēse tǭ Theǭ thysian zōsan, agian, mēde tēn logikēn latreian euareston epedeixato, mēde ethyse tǭ Theǭ thysian aineseōs kai pneuma syntetrimmenon, hēn monon ho panta dous apaitei parʼ hēmōn thysian, pōs emellon tharrēsai prospherein autǭ tēn exōthen, tēn tōn megalōn mystēriōn antitypon; ē pōs hiereōs schēma kai onoma hypodyesthai, prin hosiois ergois teleiōsai tas cheiras ? prin ton ophthalmon ethisai blepein hygiōs tēn ktisin, kai heis thauma monon tou ktisantos, alla mē zēmian tou plasantos ? prin tę̄ paideią Kyriou hikanōs anoigēnai ta ōta, kai prostethēnai moi ōtion mē bareōs akouein dynamenon, alla enōtion chrysoun sardiǭ polytelei dethēnai, logon sophou eis ous euēkoon ? prin to stoma, ta cheilē, tēn glōssan, to men anoigēnai kai elkysai pneuma, ē platynthēnai kai plērōthēnai tǭ pneumati laloumenōn mystēriōn te kai dogmatōn; ta de aisthēsei theią, kata tēn sophian eipein, dethēnai, prostheiēn dʼ an hoti kai en kairǭ lythēnai; tēn de plēsthēnai agalliaseōs, kai theias melǭdias genesthai plēktron, exegeiromenēn tę̄ doxę̄, synexegeiromenēn orthrion, kai mechri tou kollēthēnai tǭ laryngi kamnousan ? prin epi petran stēnai tous podas mou, katartisthentas hōs elaphōn, kai kateuthynthēnai moi ta kata Theon diadēmata, mē parʼ oligon mēdʼ holōs ekcheomena ? prin hapan melos hoplon genesthai dikaiosynēs, kai apothesthai pasan nekrotēta, katapotheisan hypo tēs zōēs, kai hopochōrēsasan tǭ pneumati ? izʼ Tis mēpō tois hagnois kai pepyrōmenois tou Theou logiois kaeis tēn kardian en tǭ dianoigēnai autǭ tas Graphas; mēde apograpsamenos auta trissōs epi platos tēs kardias, hōste noun echein Christou; mēde tōn tois pollois apokryphōn kai aoratōn kai skoteinōn thēsaurōn heiʼsō genomenos, hōste ton en autois katopteusai plouton, kai allous ploutizein dynasthai, pneumatika synkrinōn pn eu mat ikois ? ibʼ Tis mēpō theōrēsas, hōs theōrein axion, tēn terpnotēta Kyriou, kai episkepsamenos ton naon autou, mallon de naos genomenos Theou zōntos kai zōn katoikētērion Christou en pneumati ? tis mēpō typōn kai alētheias epignous syngeneian kai diakrisin, kai tōn min anachōrēsas, tę̄ de pros- Ieimenos,1’ina citro? ’grammatos phygōn scalari-mra, tę̄ kainotēti douleusē tou pneumatos, kai metabę̄ katharōs epi tēn charin apo tou nomou plēroumenou pneumatikōs en tę̄ katargēsei tou sōmatos?

[91] And I do not yet speak of the war within, in ourselves, the war in our passions, which we wage night and day under the body of our humiliation, partly in secret, partly openly; and of the tossing that heaves and whirls us up and down through the senses and the other pleasures of this life; and of the mire of the deep in which we are stuck; and of the law of sin warring against the law of the spirit and trying to corrupt the royal image in us and whatever of the divine effluence has been deposited in us; so that scarcely could anyone master the matter that drags him down, unless he has trained himself by long philosophy, and little by little has broken away the noble and light-like part of the soul from what is lowly and yoked to darkness, or has found God merciful, or both, and has made it his special study to look upward. Before one has overcome this as far as possible and has sufficiently cleansed his understanding, and far surpassed others in nearness to God, I know that it is not safe either to accept the presidency of souls or the mediation between God and men (for this, perhaps, is what a priest is). [92] And whence was I brought to this fear? (I say this so that you may not suppose me more cowardly than I should be, but may rather greatly praise my foresight.) I hear of Moses himself, when God spoke with him, that though many were called up the mountain, among them Aaron with his two sons the priests, and seventy elders of the council, the rest were commanded to worship from afar, Moses alone to draw near, and the people not to go up with them; since it is not for all to come near God, but only for one who, like Moses, is able to contain the glory of God. And still earlier, at the beginning of the lawgiving, trumpets and lightnings and thunders and darkness, the whole mountain smoking, and fearful threats that if even a beast touched the mountain it would be stoned, and other such terrors kept the rest below; and it was a great thing for them, after thorough purification, only to hear the voice of God. But Moses goes up and enters within the cloud, and receives the law and the tablets: for the many, those of the letter; for those above the many, those of the spirit. [93] I hear of Nadab and Abihu that, merely for burning incense with strange fire, they were destroyed by strange fire, punished by the means by which they had sinned, and finding the same time and place for their destruction as for their impiety; and not even their father Aaron, second to Moses before God, was enough to save them. I know also of Eli the priest, and a little later of Uzzah: the one paid the penalty for his sons’ lawlessness, which they dared against the sacrifices by taking first-fruits from the cauldrons before the time, even though he did not approve their impiety but rebuked them often and severely; the other, because he merely touched the ark when it was tilted by the calf, saved it but himself perished, God guarding the reverence due to the ark. [94] I know that not even the bodily blemishes of priests or of victims went unexamined, but that it was the law that the perfect should offer the perfect, a symbol, I think, of soundness of soul; that it was not lawful for everyone to touch the priestly vestment or any of the holy vessels; nor were the sacrifices themselves to be consumed by those, or at times, or in places where it was not fitting; nor might the anointing oil or the compounded incense be imitated; nor might anyone enter the temple who was not clean in soul or body, down to the smallest things; so far was it from anyone daring to frequent the holy of holies, which was accessible to one man alone, and once a year; so far was it from anyone being permitted to look at or touch the veil, the mercy seat, the ark, or the cherubim. [95] Knowing these things, then, and that no one is worthy of the great God, sacrifice, and high priest who has not first presented himself to God as a living, holy sacrifice, nor shown forth the reasonable, well-pleasing service, nor sacrificed to God a sacrifice of praise and a contrite spirit, the only sacrifice that the giver of all requires of us, how was I to dare to offer him the external sacrifice, the antitype of the great mysteries? Or how was I to put on the garb and name of priest before my hands had been perfected by holy works? Before my eye had been trained to look upon creation soundly, to wonder only at the Creator, and not to the wrong of the One who fashioned us? Before my ears had been sufficiently opened by the instruction of the Lord, and an ear been given me that is not dull of hearing, but a golden earring set with a precious sardius, a wise man’s word in an obedient ear? Before my mouth, my lips, and my tongue: the mouth opened to draw in the Spirit, or enlarged and filled with the Spirit of the mysteries and doctrines that are spoken; the lips bound with divine perception, as Wisdom says (and I would add, loosed in due season); and the tongue filled with exultation and become the plectrum of divine melody, awaking with glory, awaking at dawn, and labouring until it cleaves to the throat? Before my feet were set upon the rock, made perfect like the feet of deer, and my steps directed according to God, not slipping in the least or at all? Before every member had become a weapon of righteousness, and all deadness had been put off, swallowed up by life and having given way to the spirit? [96] Who, if he has not yet been set on fire in his heart by the pure and tried oracles of God as the Scriptures were opened to him; nor written them in threefold form on the breadth of his heart, so as to have the mind of Christ; nor gone within the treasures that are hidden, unseen, and dark to the many, so as to survey the riches in them and be able to enrich others, comparing spiritual things with spiritual? [97] Who, if he has not yet beheld, as is fitting, the delight of the Lord, and visited his temple, or rather become a temple of the living God and a living dwelling of Christ in the Spirit; who, if he has not yet recognized the kinship and the difference between types and truth, and withdrawn from the one and attached himself to the other, so as, fleeing the oldness of the letter, to serve the newness of the spirit, and to pass over cleanly to grace from the law, which is fulfilled spiritually in the abolition of the body?

2.41PG 35:500a–516b

Τίς μήπω διὰ πασῶν ὁδεύσας τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ προσηγοριῶν καὶ δυνάμεων, καὶ ἔργῳ καὶ θεωρίᾳ, τῶν τε ὑψηλοτέρων καὶ πρώτων, καὶ τῶν διʼ ἡμᾶς ταπεινοτέρων καὶ τελευταίων, τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ Υίοῦ, τῆς Εἷκόνος, τοῦ Λόγου, τῆς Σοφίας, τῆς Ἀληθείας, τοῦ Φωτὸς, τῆς Ζωῆς, τῆς Δυνάμεως, τῆς Ἀτμίδος, τῆς Ἀποῤῥοίας, τοῦ ’Δπαυγάσματος, τοῦ Ιίοιητοῦ, τοῦ Βασιλέως, τῆς Κεφαλῆς, τοῦ Νόμου, τῆς Ὁδοῦ, τῆς Θύρας, τοῦ Θεμελίου, τῆς Πὲτθας, τοῦ Μαργαρίτου, τῆς Εἰρήνης, τῆς Δικαιοσύνης, τοῦ Ἀγιασμοῦ, τῆς ’Δπολυτρώσεως, τοῦ ’Δνθρώπου, τοῦ Δούλου, τοῦ Ποιμένος, τοῦ Ἀμνοῦ, τοῦ Ἀρχιερὲως, τοῦ Θύματος, τοῦ Ιῐρωτοτόκου πρὸ κτίσεως, Πρωτοτόκου ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, τῆς Ἀναστάσεωςο τίς τούτων τῶν ὀνομάτων τε καὶ πραγμάτων ἐπακούων εἰκῆ, καὶ μήπω κοινωνήσας τῷ Λόγῳ, μηδὲ μεταλαβὼν αὐτοῦ, καθʼ ’ὁ τούτων ἕκαστόν ἐστί τε καὶ κέκληται ; ῐ.“Θʼ Τίς, μήπω σχολάσας, μηδὲ μαθὼν λαλεῖν Θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην, ἔτι νήπιος ὢν, ἔτι τρεφόμενος γάλακτι, ἔτι τῶν οὐκ ἀριθμουμένων ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, οὐδὲ καταλεγομένων εἷς Θεοῦ παράταξιν, μήπω τὸν Χριστου σταυρὸν ὡς ἀνὴρ αῗρειν δονάμενος, μήπω μηδὲ ἄλλο τι μέλος ὣνῖσως τῶν τιμιωτέρων, ἔπειτα εἷς κεφαλὴν καταστῆναι Χριστοῦ πληρώματος δέξεται χαίρων καὶ προθυμούμενοςς Οὐκ -ἕμοιγε κριτῇ καὶ συμβοιόλῳ ἀλλʼ οὗτος ὁ φόβων. μέγιστος, οὗτος ὁ κινδύνων ἔσχατος παντὶ τῷ. συνιέντι καὶτοῦ κατορθουμένου τὸ μέγεθος, καὶ τῆς ’διαμαρτίας τὸν ὄλεθρον. Ρʼ. ’Ἄλλος μὶν οὖν πλείτω κατʼ ἐμπορίαν, ἔλεγον, καὶ τὰ μακρὰ ὃιαπεραιούσθω πελάγη, καὶ σομφερέσθω τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἀεὶ καὶ τοῖς κύμασι μεγάλα καὶ κερδήσων, ἂν οὕτω τύχῃ, καὶ κινδυνεῦσῶν, ὅστις πλευστικῶτατος ἢ ἐμπορικὼτατος Ιέμοὶ δʼ οὖν αἱρετώτερον ἐπὶ γῆς ἀνέχοντι, βραχεῖαν αὔλακα τέμνοντι-καὶ γλυκεῖαν, πόρῥωθεν ἀσπαζομὲνῳ κερ-δη καὶ ΘάΛασσαν, οὕτως ὅπως ἂν δύνωμαι σὺν ὀλίγῃ καὶ μικρᾷ τῇ μάζῃ, καὶ βίον ἕλκειν ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀκύμαντον, ἢ μακρὸν ἀναρριπτεῖν καὶ μὲγαν ἐπὶ μεγάλοις κέρδεσι κίνδυνον. PA'. Ὑψηλῷ μὲν γὰρ ζημία τὸ μή ἐγχειρεῖν μείζοσι, μηδὲ εἰς πλείους διατείνειν τὴν ἀρετὴν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μικρῶν ἵστασθαι, οἷον μεγάλῳ φωτὶ μικρὸν οἶκον αὐγάζοντα,ἢ πανοπλίᾳ νεανικῇ σῶμα παιδικὸν περισκὲποντα· μικρῷ δὲ ἀσφάλεια μικρά φορτίζεσθαι, ἄλλά μὴ, τοῖς ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἑαυτὸν ὑποτιθέντα, γέλωτά τε ὀφλισκάνειν ὁμοῦ, καὶ προστιθέναι τὸν κίνδυνον* ὥσπερ γε καὶ πύργον οἰκοδομεῖν οὐκ ἄλλῳ τινὶ προσῆκεν ἢ ὃς ἔχει τὰ πρὸς ἀπαρτισμὸν, ὡς ἠκούσαμεν. AB'. ’Ἔχετε τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν ὐπὶρ τῆς φυγῆς, καὶ ἴσως οὐ μετρίαν. ’Ἄ μὶν οὖν με ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἀπήγαγεν ὦ φίλοι καὶ ἀδελφοὶ, λυπηρῶς μὲν ἐμοὶ καὶ ὑμῖν ἴσως, ἀναγκαίως δʼ οὖν, ὡς γοῦν ἐμαυτῷ τότε ἐδόκουν, ταῦτά ιστιν· ἐπανήγαγε δέ με μάλιστα μὲν ὁ πρὸς ὑμᾶς πόθος, καί τὸ ἀντιποθούντων αἰσθάνεσθαι* οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἰσχυρὸν πρὸς ἀγάπην, ὡς ἀντιδιδομὲνη διάθεσις. PI". Δεύτερον δὶ ἡ ἐμὴ φροντὶς, τὸ ἐμὸν ἔργον, ἡ τῶν ἱερῶν γονέων πολιά καὶ ἀσθένεια, ἐπʼ ἐμοὶ πλέον ἢ τῷ ἱερόνῴ καμνόντων, ’Δβραὰμ τοῦδε τοῦ πατριάρχοι), τῆς τιμίας ἐμοὶ κεφαλῆς καὶ μετʼ ἀγγέλων ω... ἀριθμουμένης, κ-ιί Σάρᾖς, τῆς καί meum: κῶς ὼδινούσης ἡμᾶς ἐν τῇ διδασκαλία τῆς πίστεως, ὧν γενέσθαι βακτηρία τῷ γήρᾳ, καὶ ’ὑπέρείδιιν ἆσθάνςιαν, τῶν πρώτων εὐχὴν εὐξάμενος, καὶ μέντοι καὶ πληρώσας ταύτην; ὁπόσα) ’δύναμις (ές καὶ φιλοσοφίας ὑπεριδεῖν αὐτῆς τοῦ πάντων ἐμοὶ τιμιωτάτου κτήματος καῖ ὀνόματος, ἦ τό γε ἀληθέστερον εἰπεῖν, τὸ μὴ φιλοσοφεῖν δέξαι πέῶτον -ίριλοίιοφήσας, οὐκ ἤνεγκα διαπεσεῖν μοι τὸν μόχθον ἐκ μιᾶς. λ. --- ν .,. ι - ὑποθέσεως, οὐδὶ καταλυθῆναι τήν εὖλογίαν,ἢν καὶ κλέψαι τις ἤδη τῶν πάλαι ὁσίων λέγεται, βρώματι τὸν πατέρα καὶ τριχῶν πλάσματι σοφισάμινος, καὶ τὸ καλὸν οὗ καλῶς διʼ ἐπιβουλῆς δηῄσάμῑί νος. Δύο μὲν δὴ ταῦτα τῆς ἐμῆς ἥττης καὶ ἡμερότητος αἴτια. Καὶ ἴσως οὐκ ἂιτοτιόν1 ἀμφοτέροις ἐκείνοις (th) εἶξαι καὶ ὑποχωρῆσαι τοὺς λογισμοὺς, luti καὶ τοῦ νικᾶσθαι καιρὸς, ὥσπερ οἶμαι καὶ παντὸς πράγματοςʼ καὶ κρεῖττον fidebat καλῶς νικᾷν ἐπισφαλῶς καὶ ἀθέσμως. PA’. Τρίτον δὲ ὃ καὶ μέγιστον, καὶ δὴ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἔτι, τὰ λοιπὰ σιωπήαομαιί Ἐμνήαθην ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων, καί πρός τινα τῶν παλαιῶν ἱστοριῶν ἀνα· δραμὼν, ἐκεῖθεν εʼίλκυσα συμβουλὴν ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς τὰ παρόντα· μή γὰρ είκῆ ταῦτα. ’συγγεγράφθαι νομίζωμεν, μηδὲ ὄχλον ἄλλως εἷναι-ῥηγμάτων τε καὶ πραγμάτων, ψυχαγωγίας ἕνεκα τῶν ἀκουόντων συγκείμενα, καὶ οἷον. ἀκοῆς τι δὲλιαρ μέχρι τῆς ἡδονῆς ἱστάμενον. Ταῦτα μὲν παιζόντων ’ μῦθοι καὶ Ἕλληνες οἳ, τῆς ἀληθείας ὀλίγα φροντίζοντες τῷ κομψῷ τῶν πλασμάτων καὶ τῷ λίχνῳ τῶν λέξεων καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ ψυχὴν γοητεύουσιν. PE'. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, οἱ καὶ μέχρι τῆς τυχούσης κε· ραίας καὶ γραμμῆς τοῦ πνεύματος-Ἵτήν ἀκρίβειαν ἕλκοντες, οὔποτέ δεξόμεθαξού γὰρ ὅσιον, οὐδὲ τὰς ἐλαχίστας πράξεις εἰκῆ σπουδααθῆναι τοῖς ἀναγράψασι, καί μέχρι ντοῦ παρόντος μνήμῃ διασωθῆναι· ἀλλʼ 'iv' ἡμεῖς ἔχωμεν ὑπομνήματα καὶ παιδεύματα τῆς τῶν ὁμοίων, εἶʼ ποτε συμπέσοι καιρὸς, διασκέψεως· ὥστε τα μὲν φεύγειν, τὰ δὲ αἱρεῖσθαι, οἷον κανόσι τισὶ xui τύποις, τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν ἑπόμενοι παραδείγμασι. Κζʼ. Τίς οὖν ἠ ἱστορία καὶ πόθεν ἠ συμβουλή; οὐδὲ γὰρ χεῖρον τʼσως ἀσφαλείας ἕνεκεν τῶν πολλῶν διελθεῖν. ’Έφευγε καὶ Ἰωνᾶς ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ, μᾶλλον δὲ φεύγειν ᾤετο· ἀλλά κατελήφθη πελάγει, λαὶ χειμῶνι, xui κλήρῳ, καὶ γαστρὶ κήτους, καὶ τριημὲρῳ ταφῇ, τύπον ἐχούσῃ μυστηρίου μείζονος. Ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνος μὲν, ἵνα μὴ την σκυθρωπὴν xui ἄτοπον ἀγγελίαν ἀγγείλῃ τοῖς Νινευίτατις, xui μετά τοῦτο ψεύστης aia, σωθείσης τῇ μετανοίᾳ τῆς πόλεωςʼ ού γὰρ τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πονηρῶν ἐδυσχέραινεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν διακονίαν τοῦ ψεύδους ᾐσχύνετο, καὶ οἷον ἐζηλοτύπει τῆς προφητείας τὸ ἀξιόπιστον, ὅπερ ἐν αὐτῷ καταλυθῆναι κίνδυνος ἦν, οὐ δυναμένων τῶν πολλῶν συνιδεῖν τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ περὶ ταῦτα οἰκονομίας τὸ βάθος. PZ'. Ὠς δὶ ἐγώ τινος ἤκουσα σοφοῦ περὶ ταῦτα ἀνδρὸς, οὐκ ἀτόπως βοηθοῦντος τῷ φαινομένῳ τῆς ἱστορίας ἀτόπῳ, καὶ ἱκανοῦ καταλαβεῖν ἀνδρὸς προφήτου βαθύτητα, οὐδὲ ταῦτα ἦν ἃ τὸν μακάριον Ἰωνᾶν ἐποίει φυγάδα, καὶ εἰς Ἰόππην ἤγαγε, xui ἐξ ἰόππης ἀνήγαγεν ἐπὶ Θαρσεὶς, πελάγει πιστεύσαντα τήν ἑαυτοῦ κλοπήν· οὔτε γὰρ ἀγνοεῖν τοῦ Θεοῦ τήν ἐπίνοιαν, προφήτην γε ὄντα, εἰκὸς αὐτὸν ἦνʼ ὅτι 8ιά τῆς ἀπειλῆς, τὸ μή παθεῖν τὰ τῆς ἀπειλῆς Νινευΐταις ἐπραγματεύετο κατὰ τὴν μεγάλην αὐτοῦ σοφίαν, καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἀνεξερεύνητα αὐτοῦ κρίματα, καὶ τῶν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἀνεξιχνίαστόν τε καὶ ἀκατάληπτον· οὔτʼ, εἷʼπερ ἠπίστατο, μὴ ἀκολουθῆσαι Θεῷ, διʼ οὗ περ ἐβούλετο τρόπου τήν σωτηρίαν ἐκείνοις μηχανωμένῳ. Τὸ δὲ δὴ καὶ οἶέσθαι, ὡς ἀποκρύψειν ἑαυτὸν τῷ πελάγει ἤλπισεν Ἰωνᾶς, xui τὸν μὲγαν ὀφθαλμὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ διαλήσεσθαι τῇ φυγῇ, μὴ xui παντελῶς ἄτοπον ᾖ καὶ ἀπαίδευτον, καὶ οὐχ ὅπως περὶ προφήτου πιστεύεσθαι δίκαιον, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ περὶ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν νοῦν ἐχόντων, δ καὶ μετρίως αἰσθανομένων Θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ὓπερ PH' Ἀλλʼ ᾔδει μὲν τοῦτο παντὸς μᾶλλον ό Ἰωνᾶς, φησὶν 6 τὸν λόγον εἰπὼν, καὶ ἐγὼ πείθομαι. εἰς 6 τι ἔφερε τοῖς Νινευΐταις τὸ κήρυγμα, καὶ ὅτι, τὸν δρασμὸν βουλεύων, τόπον μὲν ἦμειῦεν Θεὸν δὲ οὐκ ἔφευγεν · οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλος τις ἀνθρώπων, οὐ γῆς ἑαυτὸν κατακρύψας κόλποις, οὖ θαλάσσης βάθε· σιν, οὐ πτεροῖς κουφισθεὶς, εἴ τις ἐπίνοια, καὶ τινας δραμὼν εἰς ἀέρα, οὐχ ᾅδου τοῖς κατωτάτω προσ· ομιλήσας, ού νέφους παχύτητα περιβαλόμενος, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν ἁπάντων οὐδὲν εἰς ἀσφάλειαν τοῦ δρασμοῦ βουλευσάμενος · ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μόνον τῶν πάντων ἀφευκτότατόν τε καὶ ἀμαχώτατον Θεὸς. καταέ σχεῖν καὶ ὑπὸ χεῖρα λαβεῖν θελήσας, φθάνει τοὺς ταχεῖς, σφάλλει τοὺς συνετοὺς, περιτρέπει τοὺς ἰσχυροὺς, συστέλλει τοὺς ὑψηλοὺς, ἡμεροῐ θράσος, PG’ Οὐ τοίνυν ἠγνόει τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα 6 τοῖς ἄλλοις ταύτην ἀπειλῶν Ἰωνᾶς, οὐδὲ ὡς φευξόμενος εἰς ἆπαν διενοεῖτο τὸ θεῖον, μὴ τοῦτο πιστεύσωμεν· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἔκπτωσιν ἑώρα τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ μεταβαίνουσαν είς τὰ ἔθνη τὴν προφητικὴν χάριν ᾐσθάνετο, διὰ τοῦτο ὑποχωρεῖ τῷ κηρύγματι, καὶ ἀναβάλλεται τὸ ἐπίταγμαο καὶ τὴν κατασκοπὴν τῆς χαρᾶς ἀφεὶς, τοῦτο γὰρ Ἑβραίοις ἠ Ἰόππη δύναται, τὸ παλαιὸν ὕψος λέγω καὶτὸ ἀξίωμα, είς τὸ τῆς λύπης ἑαυτὸν ἔρριψε πέλαγος· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο χειμάζεται, καὶ καθεύδει, καὶ ναυαγεῖ, mi. ἐξυπνίζεται, καὶ κληροῦται, καὶ ὁμολογεῖ τὴν φυγὴν,καὶ καταποντίζεται, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κήτους 7.1ταπίνεται μὲν, οὐκ ἀναλίσκεται δέ· ἀλλʼἐκεί τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλεῖται, καὶ, τὸ θαῦμα, Χριστῷ τριήμερος συνεκδίδοται. Ἀλλʼ 6 μὲν περὶ τούτου λόγος ἀναμειέ νάτω, μικρὸν ὕστερον, διν διδῷ Θεὸς, φιλοπο- Pl' Νῦν δὲ ὃ μοι λέγειν ὁ λόγος ὡρμήθη. σκοπεῖν ἔπεισί μοι καὶ ὑπολαμβάνειν, ὅτι ἐκείνῳ μὲν τάχα τι καὶ συγγνώμης ἦν, διʼ ἢν εἶπον αἰτίαν ὀκνοῦντι τὴν προφητείαν ο ἐμοὶ δὲ τίς ἄρα mam fl; ἀπολογίας ύπελείπετο“ τόπος ἐπὶ πλέον ἀφηνιάζοντι, καὶ τὸν οὐκ οἷδʼ εἴτʼ ἐλαφρὸν εἴτε βαι ρὺνέἱπεῖν χρὴ, ἀλλὰ τόν γε τεθέντα ζυγὸν τῆς λειdem ι) τουργίας ἀναινομένῳ;. PIA' Ei γὰρ, ὃ μόνον ἐν τούτοις ἰσχυρόν eam εἰπεῖν τοῦτο δοίη τις, ὅτι πολλῷ κατωτέρω κείμεθα τοῦ ἱερατεύειν Θεῷ, καὶ ὅτι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἄξιον εἶναι χρὴ πρῶτον. εἶτα τοῦ βήματος, καὶ τούτου πρῶτον, εἶτα τῆς προεδρίας · τάχα ἕτερος ἡμᾶς οὐκ ἀφήσει τοῦ τῆς ἀπειθείας ἐγκλήματος. Δεινὴ δὲ ἀπειθείας ἀπειλὴ, καὶ δεινὰ ταύτης τὰ ἐπιτίμια, ὥσπερ γε καὶ τῆς ἑτέρας μερίδος, μηδὲν ὀκνεῖν, μηδὲ ἀναδύεσθαι, μηδὲ, ῶσπερ ό Σαοὺλ ἐκεῖνος, τοῖς σκεύεσιν ὑποκρύπτεσθαι τοῖς πατρικοῖς, κᾶν ὀλίγον καλούμενον (Η) ἐπὶ προστασίαν, ἀλλʼ ὠς ἐπί τι πρᾶγμα κοῦφον καὶ ῥᾷστον χωρεῖν ἑτοίμως, οὗ μηδὲ μεταθέσθαι ἀσφαλὲς, μηδέ βουλῇ δευτέρᾳ θεραπεῦσαι τὴν προλαβοῦσαν. PlB' Διά τοῦτο ἔκαμνον ἐγὼ τοῖς λογισμοῖς τὸ δέον ἁνέρευνὼμενος, καὶ μέσος δύο φόβων ἱστάμενος, τοῦ τε κατασπῶντος καὶτοῦ ἀνάγοντος. Καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον τούτοις ἑναπορήσας, καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν ἐμαυτὸν ταλαντεύσας, ἦ ῶσπερ ῥεῦμα ἀστάτοις πνεύμασι, τῇδε κάκεῖσε μετοικλιθεὶς, τέλος ἐγενόμην τοῦ σφοδροτέρου, καί με νικήσας, ἔχει παρασύρας ὁ φόβος si}; ἀπειθείας. Καὶ σκοπεῖτε ὡς ὀρθῶς καὶ δικαίως ἀσιτῶ τοῖς φόβοις, μήτε τῆς οὐ διδομένης ἐφίεσθαι προστασίας, μήτε ἀπωθεῖσθαι τὴν διδομένην. Τ ὸ μὲν γὰρ εἶναι θρασέων, τὸ δὲ ἀπειθῶν, καὶ ἀπαιδεύτων ἀμφότερα. Καὶ μέσος εἰμί τις τῶν τε ἄγαν τολμηρῶν καὶ τῶν λίαν δειλῶν· τῶν μὲν πάσαις ἐπιπηδώντων δειλότερος, τῶν δὲ φευγόντων πάσας θερσαλεὼτερος. Οὕτως ἐγὼ περὶ τούτων γινώσκω. λειον καταρτίζοντος. τὸν αῦτῷ θαρῥήσαντα, καὶ πάσας θέμενον ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὰς ἐλπίδας· τῷ δὶ κινδύνῳ τῆς ἀπειθείας, οὐκ οἶδα τίς ἔσται ὁ βοηθῶν, ἢ τίς ὁ θαρῥεῖν διακελευόμενος λόγος. Φόβος γὰρ μὴ τοῦτό γε ἀκούσωμεν περὶ ὧν ἑπιστεύθημεν, δτι τὰς ψυχᾶςμξὶ) αὐτῶν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν ἐκζητήσω· καὶ Καθὼς ἀπώσασθὲ με τοῦ εἶναι εἷς ἡγουμένους τοῦ λαοῦ μου καὶ ἄρχοντας, οὕτω κάγὼ ἀπώσομαι ὑμᾶς τοῦ εἶναι ὑμῖν είς βασιλέα· καὶ, Καθὼς οὐκ εἷσηκούσατε τῆς φωνῆς μου, ἀλλʼ ἐδώκατε νῶτον σκληρὸν, καὶ ἠπειθήσατε· οὕτως ἔσται, ὅταν ἐπικαλὲσησθὲ μεʼ ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ ἐπιβλέψω ἐπὶ τήν προσευχὴν ὑμῶν, οὐδʼ είσακοόσομαι. Ταύτας μὴ γένοιτο ἐλθεῖν ἡμῖν παρὰ τοῦ δικαίου κριτοῦ τὰς φωνὰς, ᾦ κᾶν τὸν ἔλεον ᾄδωμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τήν κρίσιν γε πάντως συνᾴδομεν. ’ ΡῐΔʼ. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἱστορίαν φέρομαι, καὶ τῶν παλαιῶν τοὺς εὐδοκιμωτάτους ἀνασκοπῶν, εὑρίσκω ὅσους πώποτε είς ἐπιστασίαν ἢ προφητείαν ἢ χάρις προύβάλετο, τοὺς μὲν εἷʼξαντας προθύμως τῇ κλήσει, τοὺς δὲ ἀναβαλομένους τὸ χάρισμα· καὶ οὐδετέρων μεμπτὴν, οὔτε τῶν ὑποχωρησάντων τὴν δειλίαν,οὕτε τῶν ὁρμησάντων τὴν προθυμίαν. Οἱ μὶν γὰρ τῆς διακονίας τὸ μέγεθος ηὐλαβήθησανο οἱ δὶ τῷ καλοῦντι πιστεύσαντες ἠκολούθησαν. Πρόθυμος ἦν Ἀαρών ἀλλᾶ Μωσῆς ἀπεμάχετο· ὑπήκουσεν Ἠσαίας ἑτοίμως· ἀλλʼ ἐδεδοίκει τὸ νὲον Ἱερεμίας, καὶ οὑ πρότερον τήν προφητείαν ἐθάρρησεν, ἢ παρὰ Θεοῦ λαβεῖν καὶ ὑπόσχεσιν καὶ δύναμιν τῆς ἡλικίας κρείττονα, ΡΙΕʼ. Τούτοις ἐμαυτὸν ἐγὼ κατεπᾴδω τοῖς λογισμοῖς, καί μοι κατά μικρὸν εἶʼκει τε καὶ μαλάσσεται, ὥσπερ σίδηρος, ἡ ψυχῆς· καὶ συνεργὸν λαμβάνω τῶν λογισμῶν τὸν χρόνον,καί συμβουλίαν τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιώματα, οἷς πᾶσαν τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ζωήν κατεπίστευσα. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀπειθῶ, οὐδὲ ἀντιλέγω, φησὶν ὁ ἐμὸς Δεσπότης, οὒκ ἐπὶ προστασίαν καλούμενος, ἀλλʼ ὼς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἀγόμενος· ἀλλὰ καὶ προσπίπτω καὶ ταπεινοῦμαι ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ χεῖρα, καὶ συγγνώμην αἰτοῦμαι τῆς πρὶν ἀργίας καὶ ἀπειθείας, ei’ τί μοι τοῦτο ἕγκλη μα. Ἐσιώπησα μὲν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀεὶ σιωπήσομαι, Ὺπεχώρησα μὲν τι μικρὸν, ὅσον ἐμαυτὸν ἐπισκέψασθαι, καὶ τῇ λύπῃ δοῦναι παράκλησινο ἀλλά νῦν ὑψοῦν αὐτὸν ἒν Ἐκκλησία λαοῦ, καὶ ἐν καθέδρᾳ πρεσβυτέρων αἲνεῖν ἐδεξάμην. Et ἐκεῖνα κατηγορίας, ταῦτα συγγνώμης ἄξια. ΡΙζἌ Τί δεῖ μακροτέρων ἣμῖν τῶν λόγων ; Ἔχετε ἡμᾶς, ὧ ποιμένες καῖ συμποιμὲνες· ἔχετε, ὦ ποίμνιον ἱερὸν καί Χριστοῦ τοῦ ἀρξιποιμὲνος ἄξιον· ἔχεις, ὧ πάτερ, εἷς πάντα νενικημένον, καὶ κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ Χριστοῦ νόμους πλέον ἢ τοὺς ἔξωθεν ὑπεξούσιον. Ἔχεις την εὐπείθείαν, ἀπόδος τήν εὐλογίαν. Χειραγώγησον καὶ σὺ ταῖς εὐχαῖς, ὁδηγησον τῷ λόγῳ, τῷ πνεύματι στήρισον. Εὐλογία πατρὸς στηρίξει οῗὸιους τεκνωνο καὶ στηριχθείημεν ἐγώ τε καὶ 6 πνευματικὸς οἶκος οὗτος, ὃν ᾑρετισάμην, 6'v μοι καὶ γενέσθαι κατάπαυσιν εἷς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος εὔχομαι, ἀπὸ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν Έκκλησίας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκεῖθεν παραπεμφθέντι, καὶ πανήγυριν πρωτοτόκων ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς. PlZ'. Ἱ] μὶν δὴ πρεσβεία τοσαύτη, καὶ οὕτως εὔλογος· 6 δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης, 6 ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν, καί ἀποδοὺς ἡμᾶς ἀλλήλοις, 6 καθίζων βασιλεῖς ἐπὶ θρόνων, καὶ ἀπὸ γῆς ἐγείρων πτωχὸν, καὶ ἀπὸ κοπρίας ἀει-»ᾠῶν πένηταʼ 6 ἐκλεξάμενος εκ \ ο 7 -ι- \ ς ρι κ *η Δαβιο τον δουλον αυτου,και αναλαοων ἐκ,ων ποιμνίων τῶν προβάτιον, ἐλάχιστον ὅτνα ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰεσσαὶ καὶ νεώτατον· 6 διδοὺς ῥῆμα τοῖς εὐαγγελιζομένοις δυνάμει πολλῇ πρὸς τήν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τελείωσιν, αὐτὸς κρατήσειε τῆς χειρὸς ἡμῶν τῆς δεξιᾶς, καὶ ἐν τῇ βουλῇ αὐτοῦ ὁδηγήσειε,καὶ μετὰ δόξης προσλάβοιτο, ποιμαίνων ποιμαίνοντας, καὶ ὁδηγῶν ὁδηγοῦντας· ὡς ἂν ποιμαίνοιμεν τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτοῦ μετʼ ἐπιστήμης, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἐν σκεύεσι ποιμένος ἀπείρου, τὸ μὲν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ, τὸ δὲ ἐν κατάρᾳ τοῖς πάλαι κείμενον αὐτὸς δοίη δύναμιν καὶ κραταίωσιν τῷ Ααῷ αὐτοῦʼ καὶ παραστήσειεν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ λαμπρὰν τήν ποίμνην καὶ ἄσπιλον, καὶ τῆς ἅνω μάνδραις ἀξίαν, ἐν τῇ κατοικία τῶν εὐφραινομένων, ἐν τῇ τῶν ἁγίων λαμπρότητι· ὡς ἂν ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ πάντες λέγωμεν δόξαν, ποίμνη Ἀμήν.

Tis mēpō dia pasōn hodeusas tōn tou Christou prosēgoriōn kai dynameōn, kai ergǭ kai theōrią, tōn te hypsēloterōn kai prōtōn, kai tōn diʼ hēmas tapeinoterōn kai teleutaiōn, tou Theou, tou Uiou, tēs Heikonos, tou Logou, tēs Sophias, tēs Alētheias, tou Phōtos, tēs Zōēs, tēs Dynameōs, tēs Atmidos, tēs Aporrhoias, tou ’Dpaugasmatos, tou Iioiētou, tou Basileōs, tēs Kephalēs, tou Nomou, tēs Hodou, tēs Thyras, tou Themeliou, tēs Petthas, tou Margaritou, tēs Eirēnēs, tēs Dikaiosynēs, tou Agiasmou, tēs ’Dpolytrōseōs, tou ’Dnthrōpou, tou Doulou, tou Poimenos, tou Amnou, tou Archiereōs, tou Thymatos, tou Iirōtotokou pro ktiseōs, Prōtotokou ek tōn nekrōn, tēs Anastaseōso tis toutōn tōn onomatōn te kai pragmatōn epakouōn eikē, kai mēpō koinōnēsas tǭ Logǭ, mēde metalabōn autou, kathʼ ’ho toutōn hekaston esti te kai keklētai ? i.“Thʼ Tis, mēpō scholasas, mēde mathōn lalein Theou sophian en mystēriǭ tēn apokekrymmenēn, eti nēpios ōn, eti trephomenos galakti, eti tōn ouk arithmoumenōn en tǭ Israēl, oude katalegomenōn heis Theou parataxin, mēpō ton Christou stauron hōs anēr aïrein donamenos, mēpō mēde allo ti melos hōnisōs tōn timiōterōn, epeita heis kephalēn katastēnai Christou plērōmatos dexetai chairōn kai prothymoumenoss Ouk -hemoige kritę̄ kai symboiolǭ allʼ houtos ho phobōn. megistos, houtos ho kindynōn eschatos panti tǭ. synienti kaitou katorthoumenou to megethos, kai tēs ’diamartias ton olethron. Rʼ. ’Allos min oun pleitō katʼ emporian, elegon, kai ta makra hoiaperaiousthō pelagē, kai sompheresthō tois anemois aei kai tois kymasi megala kai kerdēsōn, an houtō tychę̄, kai kindyneusōn, hostis pleustikōtatos ē emporikōtatos Iemoi dʼ oun hairetōteron epi gēs anechonti, bracheian aulaka temnonti-kai glykeian, porrhōthen aspazomenǭ ker-dē kai ThaLassan, houtōs hopōs an dynōmai syn oligę̄ kai mikrą tę̄ mazę̄, kai bion helkein asphalē kai akymanton, ē makron anarriptein kai megan epi megalois kerdesi kindynon. PA'. Hypsēlǭ men gar zēmia to mē encheirein meizosi, mēde eis pleious diateinein tēn aretēn, allʼ epi mikrōn histasthai, hoion megalǭ phōti mikron oikon augazonta,ē panoplią neanikę̄ sōma paidikon periskeponta; mikrǭ de asphaleia mikra phortizesthai, alla mē, tois hyper dynamin heauton hypotithenta, gelōta te ophliskanein homou, kai prostithenai ton kindynon* hōsper ge kai pyrgon oikodomein ouk allǭ tini prosēken ē hos echei ta pros apartismon, hōs ēkousamen. AB'. ’Echete tēn apologian tēn ypir tēs phygēs, kai isōs ou metrian. ’A min oun me aphʼ hymōn apēgagen ō philoi kai adelphoi, lypērōs men emoi kai hymin isōs, anankaiōs dʼ oun, hōs goun emautǭ tote edokoun, tauta istin; epanēgage de me malista men ho pros hymas pothos, kai to antipothountōn aisthanesthai* ouden gar houtōs ischyron pros agapēn, hōs antididomenē diathesis. PI". Deuteron di hē emē phrontis, to emon ergon, hē tōn hierōn goneōn polia kai astheneia, epʼ emoi pleon ē tǭ hieronǭ kamnontōn, ’Dbraam toude tou patriarchoi), tēs timias emoi kephalēs kai metʼ angelōn ō... arithmoumenēs, k-ii Sarę̄s, tēs kai meum: kōs ōdinousēs hēmas en tę̄ didaskalia tēs pisteōs, hōn genesthai baktēria tǭ gērą, kai ’hypereidiin asthansian, tōn prōtōn euchēn euxamenos, kai mentoi kai plērōsas tautēn? hoposa) ’dynamis (es kai philosophias hyperidein autēs tou pantōn emoi timiōtatou ktēmatos kai onomatos, ē to ge alēthesteron eipein, to mē philosophein dexai peōton -iriloiiophēsas, ouk ēnenka diapesein moi ton mochthon ek mias. l. --- n .,. i - hypotheseōs, oudi katalythēnai tēn eulogian,ēn kai klepsai tis ēdē tōn palai hosiōn legetai, brōmati ton patera kai trichōn plasmati sophisaminos, kai to kalon hou kalōs diʼ epiboulēs dēę̄samii nos. Dyo men dē tauta tēs emēs hēttēs kai hēmerotētos aitia. Kai isōs ouk aitotion1 amphoterois ekeinois (th) eixai kai hypochōrēsai tous logismous, luti kai tou nikasthai kairos, hōsper oimai kai pantos pragmatosʼ kai kreitton fidebat kalōs nikąn episphalōs kai athesmōs. PA’. Triton de ho kai megiston, kai dē touto eipōn eti, ta loipa siōpēaomaii Emnēathēn hēmerōn archaiōn, kai pros tina tōn palaiōn historiōn ana; dramōn, ekeithen eʼilkysa symboulēn emautǭ pros ta paronta; mē gar eikē tauta. ’syngegraphthai nomizōmen, mēde ochlon allōs heinai-rhēgmatōn te kai pragmatōn, psychagōgias heneka tōn akouontōn synkeimena, kai hoion. akoēs ti deliar mechri tēs hēdonēs histamenon. Tauta men paizontōn ’ mythoi kai Hellēnes hoi, tēs alētheias oliga phrontizontes tǭ kompsǭ tōn plasmatōn kai tǭ lichnǭ tōn lexeōn kai akoēn kai psychēn goēteuousin. PE'. Hēmeis de, hoi kai mechri tēs tychousēs ke; raias kai grammēs tou pneumatos-Hitēn akribeian helkontes, oupote dexomethaxou gar hosion, oude tas elachistas praxeis eikē spoudaathēnai tois anagrapsasi, kai mechri ntou parontos mnēmę̄ diasōthēnai; allʼ 'iv' hēmeis echōmen hypomnēmata kai paideumata tēs tōn homoiōn, eiʼ pote sympesoi kairos, diaskepseōs; hōste ta men pheugein, ta de haireisthai, hoion kanosi tisi xui typois, tois prolabousin hepomenoi paradeigmasi. Kzʼ. Tis oun ē historia kai pothen ē symboulē? oude gar cheiron tʼsōs asphaleias heneken tōn pollōn dielthein. ’Epheuge kai Iōnas apo prosōpou tou Theou, mallon de pheugein ǭeto; alla katelēphthē pelagei, lai cheimōni, xui klērǭ, kai gastri kētous, kai triēmerǭ taphę̄, typon echousę̄ mystēriou meizonos. Allʼ ekeinos men, hina mē tēn skythrōpēn xui atopon angelian angeilę̄ tois Nineuitatis, xui meta touto pseustēs aia, sōtheisēs tę̄ metanoią tēs poleōsʼ ou gar tę̄ sōtērią tōn ponērōn edyscherainen, alla tēn diakonian tou pseudous ę̄schyneto, kai hoion ezēlotypei tēs prophēteias to axiopiston, hoper en autǭ katalythēnai kindynos ēn, ou dynamenōn tōn pollōn synidein tēs tou Theou peri tauta oikonomias to bathos. PZ'. Ōs di egō tinos ēkousa sophou peri tauta andros, ouk atopōs boēthountos tǭ phainomenǭ tēs historias atopǭ, kai hikanou katalabein andros prophētou bathytēta, oude tauta ēn ha ton makarion Iōnan epoiei phygada, kai eis Ioppēn ēgage, xui ex ioppēs anēgagen epi Tharseis, pelagei pisteusanta tēn heautou klopēn; oute gar agnoein tou Theou tēn epinoian, prophētēn ge onta, eikos auton ēnʼ hoti 8ia tēs apeilēs, to mē pathein ta tēs apeilēs Nineuïtais epragmateueto kata tēn megalēn autou sophian, kai kata ta anexereunēta autou krimata, kai tōn hodōn autou to anexichniaston te kai akatalēpton; outʼ, heiʼper ēpistato, mē akolouthēsai Theǭ, diʼ hou per ebouleto tropou tēn sōtērian ekeinois mēchanōmenǭ. To de dē kai oiesthai, hōs apokrypsein heauton tǭ pelagei ēlpisen Iōnas, xui ton megan ophthalmon tou Theou dialēsesthai tę̄ phygę̄, mē xui pantelōs atopon ę̄ kai apaideuton, kai ouch hopōs peri prophētou pisteuesthai dikaion, allʼ oude peri allou tinos tōn noun echontōn, d kai metriōs aisthanomenōn Theou kai tēs hyper PH' Allʼ ę̄dei men touto pantos mallon o Iōnas, phēsin 6 ton logon eipōn, kai egō peithomai. eis 6 ti ephere tois Nineuïtais to kērygma, kai hoti, ton drasmon bouleuōn, topon men ēmeiyen Theon de ouk epheugen ; oude gar allos tis anthrōpōn, ou gēs heauton katakrypsas kolpois, ou thalassēs bathe; sin, ou pterois kouphistheis, ei tis epinoia, kai tinas dramōn eis aera, ouch hądou tois katōtatō pros; omilēsas, ou nephous pachytēta peribalomenos, ouk allo tōn hapantōn ouden eis asphaleian tou drasmou bouleusamenos ; alla touto monon tōn pantōn apheuktotaton te kai amachōtaton Theos. katae schein kai hypo cheira labein thelēsas, phthanei tous tacheis, sphallei tous synetous, peritrepei tous ischyrous, systellei tous hypsēlous, hēmeroi thrasos, PG’ Ou toinyn ēgnoei tou Theou tēn krataian cheira 6 tois allois tautēn apeilōn Iōnas, oude hōs pheuxomenos eis apan dienoeito to theion, mē touto pisteusōmen; allʼ epeidē tēn ekptōsin heōra tou Israēl, kai metabainousan eis ta ethnē tēn prophētikēn charin ę̄sthaneto, dia touto hypochōrei tǭ kērygmati, kai anaballetai to epitagmao kai tēn kataskopēn tēs charas apheis, touto gar Hebraiois ē Ioppē dynatai, to palaion hypsos legō kaito axiōma, eis to tēs lypēs heauton erripse pelagos; kai dia touto cheimazetai, kai katheudei, kai nauagei, mi. exypnizetai, kai klēroutai, kai homologei tēn phygēn,kai katapontizetai, kai hypo tou kētous 7.1tapinetai men, ouk analisketai de; allʼekei ton Theon epikaleitai, kai, to thauma, Christǭ triēmeros synekdidotai. Allʼ 6 men peri toutou logos anameie natō, mikron hysteron, din didǭ Theos, philopo- Pl' Nyn de ho moi legein ho logos hōrmēthē. skopein epeisi moi kai hypolambanein, hoti ekeinǭ men tacha ti kai syngnōmēs ēn, diʼ ēn eipon aitian oknounti tēn prophēteian o emoi de tis ara mam fl? apologias ypeleipeto“ topos epi pleon aphēniazonti, kai ton ouk hoidʼ eitʼ elaphron eite bai ryneipein chrē, alla ton ge tethenta zygon tēs leidem i) tourgias anainomenǭ?. PIA' Ei gar, ho monon en toutois ischyron eam eipein touto doiē tis, hoti pollǭ katōterō keimetha tou hierateuein Theǭ, kai hoti tēs Ekklēsias axion einai chrē prōton. eita tou bēmatos, kai toutou prōton, eita tēs proedrias ; tacha heteros hēmas ouk aphēsei tou tēs apeitheias enklēmatos. Deinē de apeitheias apeilē, kai deina tautēs ta epitimia, hōsper ge kai tēs heteras meridos, mēden oknein, mēde anadyesthai, mēde, ōsper o Saoul ekeinos, tois skeuesin hypokryptesthai tois patrikois, kan oligon kaloumenon (Ē) epi prostasian, allʼ ōs epi ti pragma kouphon kai rhąston chōrein hetoimōs, hou mēde metathesthai asphales, mēde boulę̄ deuterą therapeusai tēn prolabousan. PlB' Dia touto ekamnon egō tois logismois to deon hanereunōmenos, kai mesos dyo phobōn histamenos, tou te kataspōntos kaitou anagontos. Kai epi pleiston toutois henaporēsas, kai amphoterōthen emauton talanteusas, ē ōsper rheuma astatois pneumasi, tę̄de kakeise metoiklitheis, telos egenomēn tou sphodroterou, kai me nikēsas, echei parasyras ho phobos si}? apeitheias. Kai skopeite hōs orthōs kai dikaiōs asitō tois phobois, mēte tēs ou didomenēs ephiesthai prostasias, mēte apōtheisthai tēn didomenēn. T o men gar einai thraseōn, to de apeithōn, kai apaideutōn amphotera. Kai mesos eimi tis tōn te agan tolmērōn kai tōn lian deilōn; tōn men pasais epipēdōntōn deiloteros, tōn de pheugontōn pasas thersaleōteros. Houtōs egō peri toutōn ginōskō. leion katartizontos. ton autǭ tharrhēsanta, kai pasas themenon epʼ auton tas elpidas; tǭ di kindynǭ tēs apeitheias, ouk oida tis estai ho boēthōn, ē tis ho tharrhein diakeleuomenos logos. Phobos gar mē touto ge akousōmen peri hōn hepisteuthēmen, dti tas psychasmxi) autōn ek tōn cheirōn hymōn ekzētēsō; kai Kathōs apōsasthe me tou einai heis hēgoumenous tou laou mou kai archontas, houtō kagō apōsomai hymas tou einai hymin eis basilea; kai, Kathōs ouk heisēkousate tēs phōnēs mou, allʼ edōkate nōton sklēron, kai ēpeithēsate; houtōs estai, hotan epikalesēsthe meʼ egō de ouk epiblepsō epi tēn proseuchēn hymōn, oudʼ eisakoosomai. Tautas mē genoito elthein hēmin para tou dikaiou kritou tas phōnas, ǭ kan ton eleon ądōmen, alla kai tēn krisin ge pantōs synądomen. ’ RiDʼ. Alla gar palin epi tēn historian pheromai, kai tōn palaiōn tous eudokimōtatous anaskopōn, heuriskō hosous pōpote eis epistasian ē prophēteian ē charis proubaleto, tous men heiʼxantas prothymōs tę̄ klēsei, tous de anabalomenous to charisma; kai oudeterōn memptēn, oute tōn hypochōrēsantōn tēn deilian,houte tōn hormēsantōn tēn prothymian. Hoi min gar tēs diakonias to megethos ēulabēthēsano hoi di tǭ kalounti pisteusantes ēkolouthēsan. Prothymos ēn Aarōn alla Mōsēs apemacheto; hypēkousen Ēsaias hetoimōs; allʼ ededoikei to neon Hieremias, kai hou proteron tēn prophēteian etharrēsen, ē para Theou labein kai hyposchesin kai dynamin tēs hēlikias kreittona, RIEʼ. Toutois emauton egō katepądō tois logismois, kai moi kata mikron eiʼkei te kai malassetai, hōsper sidēros, hē psychēs; kai synergon lambanō tōn logismōn ton chronon,kai symboulian ta tou Theou dikaiōmata, hois pasan tēn emautou zōēn katepisteusa. Dia touto ouk apeithō, oude antilegō, phēsin ho emos Despotēs, ouk epi prostasian kaloumenos, allʼ ōs probaton epi sphagēn agomenos; alla kai prospiptō kai tapeinoumai hypo tēn krataian tou Theou cheira, kai syngnōmēn aitoumai tēs prin argias kai apeitheias, ei’ ti moi touto henklē ma. Esiōpēsa men, allʼ ouk aei siōpēsomai, Ypechōrēsa men ti mikron, hoson emauton episkepsasthai, kai tę̄ lypę̄ dounai paraklēsino alla nyn hypsoun auton en Ekklēsia laou, kai en kathedrą presbyterōn ainein edexamēn. Et ekeina katēgorias, tauta syngnōmēs axia. RIzA Ti dei makroterōn hēmin tōn logōn ? Echete hēmas, hō poimenes kai sympoimenes; echete, ō poimnion hieron kai Christou tou arxipoimenos axion; echeis, hō pater, heis panta nenikēmenon, kai kata tous tou Christou nomous pleon ē tous exōthen hypexousion. Echeis tēn eupeitheian, apodos tēn eulogian. Cheiragōgēson kai sy tais euchais, hodēgēson tǭ logǭ, tǭ pneumati stērison. Eulogia patros stērixei oïoious teknōno kai stērichtheiēmen egō te kai 6 pneumatikos oikos houtos, hon hę̄retisamēn, 6'v moi kai genesthai katapausin heis aiōna aiōnos euchomai, apo tēs enteuthen Ekklēsias epi tēn ekeithen parapemphthenti, kai panēgyrin prōtotokōn apogegrammenōn en ouranois. PlZ'. Hi] min dē presbeia tosautē, kai houtōs eulogos; 6 de Theos tēs eirēnēs, 6 poiēsas ta amphotera hen, kai apodous hēmas allēlois, 6 kathizōn basileis epi thronōn, kai apo gēs egeirōn ptōchon, kai apo koprias aei-»ǭōn penētaʼ 6 eklexamenos ek \ o 7 -i- \ s ri k *ē Dabio ton doulon autou,kai analaoōn ek,ōn poimniōn tōn probation, elachiston hotna en tois huiois Iessai kai neōtaton; 6 didous rhēma tois euangelizomenois dynamei pollę̄ pros tēn tou Euangeliou teleiōsin, autos kratēseie tēs cheiros hēmōn tēs dexias, kai en tę̄ boulę̄ autou hodēgēseie,kai meta doxēs proslaboito, poimainōn poimainontas, kai hodēgōn hodēgountas; hōs an poimainoimen to poimnion autou metʼ epistēmēs, alla mē en skeuesi poimenos apeirou, to men en eulogią, to de en katarą tois palai keimenon autos doiē dynamin kai krataiōsin tǭ Aaǭ autouʼ kai parastēseien autos heautǭ lampran tēn poimnēn kai aspilon, kai tēs hanō mandrais axian, en tę̄ katoikia tōn euphrainomenōn, en tę̄ tōn hagiōn lamprotēti; hōs an en tǭ naǭ autou pantes legōmen doxan, poimnē Amēn.

[98] Who, if he has not yet travelled, in action and in contemplation, through all the titles and powers of Christ, both the higher and first and those lower and last that are for our sake: God, Son, Image, Word, Wisdom, Truth, Light, Life, Power, Vapour, Effluence, Radiance, Maker, King, Head, Law, Way, Door, Foundation, Rock, Pearl, Peace, Righteousness, Sanctification, Redemption, Man, Servant, Shepherd, Lamb, High Priest, Victim, Firstborn before creation, Firstborn from the dead, Resurrection; who, if he hears these names and realities idly, and has not yet had communion with the Word nor shared in him according to what each of these is and is called; [99] who, if he has not yet had leisure, nor learned to speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, the hidden wisdom, but is still an infant, still fed on milk, still one of those not numbered in Israel nor enrolled in God’s army, not yet able to take up the cross of Christ like a man, not yet perhaps even any other of the more honourable members: who, I say, will then gladly and eagerly accept to be appointed head of the fullness of Christ? Not if I am judge and counsellor! This is the greatest of fears, this the extreme of dangers, to anyone who understands both the greatness of success and the ruin of failure. [100] Let another, I said, sail for trade and cross the vast seas, and be ever tossed about with the winds and the waves, to gain great things, if it so happens, and to run great risks, whoever is the best sailor and the best merchant. For me it is preferable to stay on land, cutting a short and sweet furrow and greeting gain and sea from afar, and so, as best I can, with a little small barley-cake, to draw out a safe and calm life, rather than to throw a long and great risk for great gains. [101] For to a lofty man it is a loss not to undertake greater things, nor to extend his virtue to more people, but to stop at small things, like a great light lighting up a small house, or a young man’s full armour covering a child’s body; but for a small man it is safety to carry small burdens, and not to put himself under things beyond his strength and so both incur ridicule and add danger; just as building a tower is fitting for no one but the one who has the means to finish it, as we have heard. [102] You have my defence for my flight, and perhaps not an inadequate one. These, then, friends and brothers, are the things that led me away from you, painfully for me and perhaps for you, but necessarily, at least as it seemed to me then. What brought me back was above all my longing for you, and seeing that you long for me in return; for nothing is so strong for love as affection returned. [103] Second, my care, my duty: the grey hairs and weakness of my holy parents, who are more distressed on my account than by their age: this patriarch Abraham, a head honoured by me and numbered with angels, and Sarah, who brings us forth in travail in the teaching of the faith. I had prayed, among my first prayers, to become a staff for their old age and a support for their weakness, and indeed I fulfilled it as far as I could, even to the point of despising, for their sake, philosophy itself, the most precious of all possessions and names to me; or, to say it more truly, having made it my first act of philosophy not to seem a philosopher. I could not bear that my labour should be lost through a single cause, nor that the blessing should be undone which one of the holy men of old is even said to have stolen, having tricked his father with food and a pretence of hair, and having hunted the good, not in a good way, by craft. These two, then, are the causes of my defeat and my gentleness. And perhaps it is not unreasonable that my reasonings yielded and gave way to both of these; for there is a time also to be conquered, as, I think, for every thing; and it is better to be conquered well than to conquer dangerously and unlawfully. [104] Third, and greatest (and having said this I will be silent about the rest): I remembered the days of old, and running back to one of the ancient histories, I drew from it counsel for myself in the present circumstances. For let us not suppose that these things were written at random, nor that they are merely a crowd of words and deeds put together to entertain the hearers, a kind of delight for the ear that stops at pleasure. Such are the myths of those who play, and of the Greeks, who, caring little for truth, bewitch ear and soul with the elegance of their fictions and the daintiness of their diction. [105] But we, who extend the precision of the Spirit to every least stroke and line, will never admit (for it would be impious) that even the smallest deeds were recorded with random zeal by those who wrote them down, and preserved in memory until now; but rather that we might have reminders and lessons for considering similar cases, should such an occasion ever arise, so that we may flee some things and choose others, following earlier examples as rules and patterns. [106] What, then, is the history, and whence the counsel? For it is perhaps not a bad thing to go through it, for the safety of the many. Jonah too fled from the face of God, or rather thought he fled; but he was overtaken by sea and storm and lot and the belly of the whale and a three days’ burial, which holds the type of a greater mystery. He fled, so that he might not bring the gloomy and strange message to the Ninevites and afterwards be a liar when the city was saved by repentance. For he was not displeased at the salvation of the wicked, but was ashamed of the service of falsehood, and was jealous, as it were, for the credibility of prophecy, which was in danger of being undone in him, since the many could not see the depth of God’s economy in these things. [107] But as I heard from a man wise in these matters, who not unreasonably came to the help of what seems unreasonable in the history and was able to grasp the depth of a prophet, it was not these things that made the blessed Jonah a fugitive, brought him to Joppa, and took him on from Joppa toward Tarshish, entrusting his flight to the sea. For it is not likely that he, being a prophet, did not know God’s purpose: that by the threat he was bringing it about, in his great wisdom and according to his unsearchable judgments and the untraceable and incomprehensible character of his ways, that the Ninevites should not suffer what was threatened; nor, if he knew this, that he would not follow God, who was contriving their salvation by whatever means he wished. And to think that Jonah hoped to hide himself in the sea and escape the great eye of God by his flight, is this not wholly absurd and uninstructed, and not right to be believed of a prophet, nor even of anyone else who has sense and perceives, even moderately, God and his supreme … [108] But Jonah knew better than anyone, says the one who gave this explanation, and I am persuaded of it, what the preaching would bring the Ninevites, and that in planning his escape he was changing his place but not fleeing God. For no other man could do so either, neither by hiding himself in the bosom of the earth or the depths of the sea, nor by being lifted on wings, if there were such a device, and running into the air, nor by consorting with the lowest parts of Hades, nor by wrapping himself in a thick cloud, nor by devising anything else at all for the safety of his flight; but this alone of all things is the most inescapable and irresistible: God, when he wishes to seize something and take it in hand, outruns the swift, trips up the wise, overturns the strong, humbles the lofty, tames boldness … [109] Jonah, then, who threatened others with God’s mighty hand, was not ignorant of it, nor did he intend to flee the divine altogether; let us not believe this. But because he saw the falling away of Israel and perceived the prophetic grace passing over to the Gentiles, for this reason he withdrew from the preaching and put off the command; and leaving the watchtower of joy (for this is what Joppa means to the Hebrews: I mean his ancient height and dignity), he threw himself into the sea of grief. And for this reason he is storm-tossed, sleeps, is shipwrecked, is awakened, is chosen by lot, confesses his flight, is cast into the sea, and is swallowed by the whale, but not consumed; and there he calls upon God, and (the wonder of it!) after three days he is given back together with Christ. But let the discussion of this wait a little, to be worked out more carefully, if God grants it. [110] But now, to what my discourse set out to say: it occurs to me to consider and to suppose that for him there was perhaps some ground for pardon, hesitating over the prophecy for the reason I gave; but for me what room for defence would be left if I went on resisting and refused the yoke of the ministry, which I do not know whether to call light or heavy, but which at any rate was laid on me? [111] For if one were to grant us what alone is strong to say in these matters, that we are far beneath serving God as priest, and that one must first be worthy of the church, then of the bema, and first of this, then of the presidency, perhaps another will not acquit us of the charge of disobedience. Dreadful is the threat against disobedience, and dreadful its penalties; as also on the other side, the call not to hesitate at all, nor to shrink back, nor, like Saul of old, to hide among one’s father’s baggage, even when called to presidency only for a little while, but to go readily, as to some light and easy thing, toward a charge where it is not safe even to change one’s mind or to heal the earlier decision with a second. [112] For this reason I laboured in my thoughts, searching out what was right, standing between two fears, the one dragging down, the other leading up. And after being at a loss over these for a very long time and swaying myself to both sides, or turned this way and that like a current by unsteady winds, I finally became the property of the stronger, and the fear of disobedience conquered me and swept me along. And consider how rightly and justly I balance these fears: neither to aim at a presidency not given, nor to reject one that is given. For the one belongs to the bold, the other to the disobedient, and both to the untaught. And I stand somewhere between the very bold and the very timid: more timid than those who leap at every presidency, bolder than those who flee them all. This is my judgment on these matters. … [113] … perfecting the one who has trusted in him and set all his hopes on him; but for the danger of disobedience I do not know who will be our helper, or what word will bid us take courage. For there is fear that we may hear this said about those entrusted to us: “I will require their souls at your hands”; and, “As you have rejected me from being leaders and rulers of my people, so I too will reject you from being king over you”; and, “As you did not listen to my voice, but turned a stubborn back and disobeyed, so it shall be, when you call upon me: I will not look upon your prayer, nor will I hear.” May these words never come to us from the just Judge, to whom, even if we sing of mercy, we surely also sing of judgment. [114] But I am carried back again to history; and looking over the most approved of the ancients, I find that of all whom grace ever put forward for presidency or prophecy, some yielded readily to the call while others put off the gift; and that neither are blamed, neither the timidity of those who withdrew nor the eagerness of those who rushed forward. For the one were reverent before the greatness of the ministry; the others trusted the one who called and followed. Aaron was eager, but Moses resisted; Isaiah obeyed readily, but Jeremiah feared his youth, and did not dare to prophesy until he had received from God both a promise and a power greater than his age. [115] With these thoughts I charm myself, and little by little my soul yields and softens like iron; and I take time as a fellow worker for my thoughts, and the ordinances of God, to which I have entrusted my whole life, as my counsel. For this reason I am not disobedient, nor do I contradict, as my Master says, who was called not to presidency but led as a sheep to the slaughter; but I fall down and humble myself under the mighty hand of God, and ask pardon for my former idleness and disobedience, if this is a charge against me. I kept silence, but I will not always keep silence. I withdrew a little, long enough to examine myself and to give comfort to my grief; but now I have accepted to exalt him in the congregation of the people and to praise him in the seat of the elders. If the former deserved accusation, this deserves pardon. [116] What need of longer words? You have me, O shepherds and fellow shepherds; you have me, O holy flock, worthy of Christ the chief shepherd; you have me, O father, conquered in everything, and more subject to you by the laws of Christ than by those outside. You have my obedience: give your blessing. Lead me by the hand with your prayers, guide me with your word, establish me by the Spirit. “The blessing of a father establishes the houses of children”; and may I be established, and this spiritual house which I have chosen, which I pray may be my rest for ever and ever, when I am sent on from the church here to the church there, the festal gathering of the firstborn enrolled in heaven. [117] Such is my plea, and so reasonable. And may the God of peace, who made both one and gave us back to one another; who sets kings on thrones, and raises up the poor from the earth and lifts the needy from the dunghill; who chose David his servant and took him from the flocks of sheep, though he was the least and youngest among the sons of Jesse; who gives the word to those who preach the gospel with great power for the perfecting of the gospel: may he himself hold our right hand, guide us with his counsel, and receive us with glory, he who shepherds the shepherds and guides the guides; so that we may shepherd his flock with knowledge, and not with the instruments of an unskilled shepherd, the one set as a blessing and the other as a curse for the people of old. May he himself give power and strength to his people; and may he himself present the flock to himself bright and spotless and worthy of the fold above, in the dwelling place of those who rejoice, in the splendour of the saints; so that in his temple we may all, flock … say “Glory.” Amen.

Chapter 3

3.1PG 35:517a

Πῶς βραδεῖς ἐπὶ τὸν ἡμέτερον λόγον,ὧ cpt/tce καὶ ἀδελφοὶ, καίτοι γε ταχεῖς εἰς τὸ τυραννῆσαι, καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀκροπόλεως ἀποσπᾶσαι τῆς ἐρημίας, ἢν ἐγὼ πάντων μάλιᾶτα ἠσπασάμην, καὶ ὡς συνεργὸν καὶ μητέρα τῆς θείας ἀναβάσεως, καὶ Θεοποιὸν, δια· φερόντως ἠγάσθην τε καὶ παντὸς τοῦ βίου προεστησάμην ; Πῶς ὃ λαβεῖν ἐποθεῖτε περιφρονεῖτε λαβόντες, καὶ βελτίους ἐφάνητε ποθεῖν ἀπόντας, ἢ ἀπολαύειν παρόντων, ὥσπερ κρατῆσαί μᾶλλον τῆς ἡμετέρας φιλοσοφῖας ἢ ὄνασθαι ταύτης οελήσαντες; Ἣ καλόν μοι καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν· ἐγενήθημεν ὑμῖν εἰς πλησμονήν,πρῖν γευσθῆναι, καὶ πεῖραν δοῦναι· τὸ παραδοξότατον.

Pōs bradeis epi ton hēmeteron logon,hō cpt/tce kai adelphoi, kaitoi ge tacheis eis to tyrannēsai, kai tēs hēmeteras akropoleōs apospasai tēs erēmias, ēn egō pantōn maliata ēspasamēn, kai hōs synergon kai mētera tēs theias anabaseōs, kai Theopoion, dia; pherontōs ēgasthēn te kai pantos tou biou proestēsamēn ? Pōs ho labein epotheite periphroneite labontes, kai beltious ephanēte pothein apontas, ē apolauein parontōn, hōsper kratēsai mallon tēs hēmeteras philosophias ē onasthai tautēs oelēsantes? Hē kalon moi kai touto eipein; egenēthēmen hymin eis plēsmonēn,prin geusthēnai, kai peiran dounai; to paradoxotaton.

How slow you are to hear our discourse, my friends and brothers, though you were quick to tyrannize over us and to tear us away from our citadel of solitude, which I embraced above all things, and which I admired exceedingly as the fellow worker and mother of the divine ascent and as making men god, and set over my whole life! How is it that what you longed to receive you despise now that you have received it, and have proved better at longing for us when we were absent than at enjoying us when present, as if you had wished to master our philosophy rather than to profit from it? Or is it right for me to say this too: we have become a surfeit to you before you have tasted us or we have given proof of ourselves, which is the strangest thing of all.

3.2PG 35:520a–520b

Καὶ οὐδὲ ὡς ξένους ἡμᾶς συνηγάγητε, ἢ συνήχθητε μεθʼ ἡμῶν, ἵνʼ εἶʼπω τι συμπαθέστεροι, ταύτην, εί μή τι ἄλλο, τὴν ἐντολήν αἰδεσθέντες· οὐδὲ ὡς ἀρχομένους ἐχειραγωγήσατε, οὐδὲ ὡς δειλοὺς ὲθαρσύνατε, οὐδὲ ὡς βιασθέντας παρεκαλέσατε· ἀλλʼ ἀνέορτον ἡμῖν, ὀκνῶ μὲν εἰπεῖν, εἰρήσθω δὲ ὅμως, πεποιήκατε τήν ἑορτήν, καὶ προοιμίοις οὐκ ἀγαθοῖς ἡμᾶς έδεξιώσασθε· καὶ τῇ πανηγύρει κατήφειαν κατεμίξατε, τὸ μέγιστον εἷς ἡδονὴν οὐκ ἐχούσῃ( τοὺς ἐμοὺς νικητὰς ὑμᾶς, οὐ γὰρ ἐραστὰς εἰπεῖν ἀληθές. Οὕτως εὑκαταφρόνητον ἅπαν τὸ ῥᾳδίως νικώμενονο καὶ θεραπεύεται μὶν τὸ ὑψηλὸν, ἀτιμάζεται δὲ τὸ Θεῷ ταπεινούμενον. I". Τί cosmoe; Κριθῶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἦ κριτὴς γένωμαις ἐνέγκω ψῆφον, ἢ δέξωμαι; Καὶ γὰρ νικήσειν ἐλπίζω, κρινόμενος, καὶ καταψηφιεῖσθαι δικαίως ἀποφαινόμενος. Τὸ δὶ ἔγκλημα, δτι μή τοῖς ἴσοις μέτροις ἀμείβεσθε τῆς ἀγάπης ἡμᾶς, μηδὲ τῆς εύπειθείας τήν τιμὴν ἀντιδίδοτε, μηδὲ τὸ μέλλον ἐγγυᾶσθε τῇ νῦν προθυμίᾳ, μόγις καὶ μετὰ ταύτης πιστευθῆναι δυνάμενοψέπειδὴ θερμότερος ἅπας ἆρχόμενος. ’Ἄλλος δὲ ἄλλο τι προτιμότερον τίθεσθε καὶ τοῦ παλαιοῦ καὶ τοῦ νέου ποιμένος, μήτε τήν πολιὰν αἰδούμενοι, μήτε τήν νεότητα προσκαλούμενοι.

Kai oude hōs xenous hēmas synēgagēte, ē synēchthēte methʼ hēmōn, hinʼ eiʼpō ti sympathesteroi, tautēn, ei mē ti allo, tēn entolēn aidesthentes; oude hōs archomenous echeiragōgēsate, oude hōs deilous etharsynate, oude hōs biasthentas parekalesate; allʼ aneorton hēmin, oknō men eipein, eirēsthō de homōs, pepoiēkate tēn heortēn, kai prooimiois ouk agathois hēmas edexiōsasthe; kai tę̄ panēgyrei katēpheian katemixate, to megiston heis hēdonēn ouk echousę̄( tous emous nikētas hymas, ou gar erastas eipein alēthes. Houtōs heukataphronēton hapan to rhądiōs nikōmenono kai therapeuetai min to hypsēlon, atimazetai de to Theǭ tapeinoumenon. I". Ti cosmoe? Krithō pros hymas, ē kritēs genōmais enenkō psēphon, ē dexōmai? Kai gar nikēsein elpizō, krinomenos, kai katapsēphieisthai dikaiōs apophainomenos. To di enklēma, dti mē tois isois metrois ameibesthe tēs agapēs hēmas, mēde tēs eupeitheias tēn timēn antididote, mēde to mellon engyasthe tę̄ nyn prothymią, mogis kai meta tautēs pisteuthēnai dynamenopsepeidē thermoteros hapas archomenos. ’Allos de allo ti protimoteron tithesthe kai tou palaiou kai tou neou poimenos, mēte tēn polian aidoumenoi, mēte tēn neotēta proskaloumenoi.

You did not even gather us in as strangers, or gather with us (to say it more sympathetically), out of respect for this commandment, if nothing else; you did not lead us by the hand as beginners, nor encourage us as timid, nor comfort us as men under constraint; but you have made our feast no feast (I hesitate to say it, but let it be said), and greeted us with no good beginning, and mingled dejection with the festival, which lacked the greatest thing for its pleasure: you, my conquerors (for it would not be true to call you my lovers). So contemptible is everything that is easily conquered: what is lofty is courted, and what humbles itself for God is dishonoured. [3] What shall I do? Shall I be judged before you, or become your judge? Shall I give sentence or receive it? For I hope to win if I am judged, and to condemn you justly if I give judgment. The charge is that you do not repay our love in equal measure, nor return honour for our obedience, nor pledge the future by your present eagerness, which can hardly be trusted even when it is there, since every beginner is warmer. Each of you puts something else before both the old shepherd and the new, neither revering grey hairs nor encouraging youth.

3.4PG 35:520c–521a

Δεῖπνόν ἐστιν έν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις λαμπρὸν, καὶ δεξιὸς ἑστιάτωρ, καὶ φίλοι, καὶ τὸ συμπόσιον ἥδιστον· υἱοῦ γὰρ γάμος. Καὶὸ μὲν συγκαλεῖ, οἳ δὲ ού συνέρχονταιʼ ὁ δὲ ἀγανακτεῖ καὶ παρίημι τὰ ἰν μέσῳ διὰ τὸ δύσφημον ἀλλʼ ’ὀ μέτριον εἰπεῖν , διʼ ἄλλων πληροῖ τὸ συμπόσιον. Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν ἀπευχόμεθαʼ ὑμεῖς δὲ τοσοῦτον ἐκείνων γεγόνατε μοι (πῶς εἷʼπω πράωςς) ὑψηλότεροι ἢ θρασύτεροι, ὅσον οὶ μὶν κεκλημένοι τοῦ δείπνου κατεξανίστανται, καὶ κατὰ τού κεκληκότος ὑβρίζουσιν· ὑμεῖς δὲ, οὗ τῶν ἔξωθεν ὄντες, οὑδὲ τῶν κεκλημένων έπὶ τοὺς γάμους, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ συγκαλέσαντες ἡμᾶς, καὶ τῇ ἱερᾷ ταύτῃ τραπέζῃ προσδήσαντες, καὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος τὴν λαμπρότητα παραδείξαντες, ἔπειτα καταλιπόντες ἡμᾶς τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῶν τὸ γενναιότο τον· ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν ’ίδιον ἀγρὸν, ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ ζεῖ γος τῶν βοῶν τὸ νεώνητον, ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν γυναῖκ τήν νεόνυμφον, ὁ δὲ ἄλλος ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι τῶν μικρᾶ διεσπάρητε καὶ ἀπεπηδησατε, μικρά τοῦ νυμφῶνο καὶ τοῦ νυμφίου φροντίσαντες.

Deipnon estin en tois Euangeliois lampron, kai dexios hestiatōr, kai philoi, kai to symposion hēdiston; huiou gar gamos. Kaio men synkalei, hoi de ou synerchontaiʼ ho de aganaktei kai pariēmi ta in mesǭ dia to dysphēmon allʼ ’o metrion eipein , diʼ allōn plēroi to symposion. Touto men oun apeuchomethaʼ hymeis de tosouton ekeinōn gegonate moi (pōs heiʼpō praōss) hypsēloteroi ē thrasyteroi, hoson oi min keklēmenoi tou deipnou katexanistantai, kai kata tou keklēkotos hybrizousin; hymeis de, hou tōn exōthen ontes, houde tōn keklēmenōn epi tous gamous, allʼ autoi synkalesantes hēmas, kai tę̄ hierą tautę̄ trapezę̄ prosdēsantes, kai tou nymphōnos tēn lamprotēta paradeixantes, epeita katalipontes hēmas touto gar hymōn to gennaioto ton; ho men epi ton ’idion agron, ho de epi to zei gos tōn boōn to neōnēton, ho de epi tēn gynaik tēn neonymphon, ho de allos epʼ allo ti tōn mikra diesparēte kai apepēdēsate, mikra tou nymphōno kai tou nymphiou phrontisantes.

There is in the Gospels a splendid supper, and a gracious host, and friends, and the banquet most delightful, for it is a son’s wedding. He invites, but they do not come; he is angry, and (I pass over what comes in between, because of its ill omen, but to speak moderately) he fills the banquet with others. This we pray may not happen; but you have become, how shall I say it gently, so much loftier or bolder than those men: they were invited to the supper and rose against it and insulted the one who had invited them; but you, who are not outsiders, nor among those invited to the wedding, but have yourselves invited us, bound us to this holy table, and shown us the splendour of the bridal chamber, have then left us (this is your noble deed!), one for his own field, one for his newly bought yoke of oxen, one for his newly married wife, another for some other petty thing; you scattered and leapt away, caring little for the bridal chamber and the bridegroom.

3.5PG 35:521b–521d

Διὰ τοῦτο ἀθυμίας ἐνεπλήσθην καὶ ἀπο.. ρίας ού γὰρ ὃ πέπονθα, σιωπήσομαιʼ καὶ μικρο μὲν ἀνέσχον τὸν λόγον, ’ὸν δωροφορῆσαι διενοούμην τε γάμῳ, τὸ κάλλιστον ὧν εἶχον καὶ τιμιώτατονʼ μι κροῦ δὲ ὑμῖν έπαφῆκα τοῖς ποθουμένοις, ἐπει δή γε ἅπαξ ἐξεβιάσθην* ἅτε δὴ λαμπρᾶς οὔτι λαβόμενος ὑποθέσεως, καὶ τοῦ φίλτρου τὴν γλῶι σαν θήγοντος, ’ὸ δὴ θερμότατον εἷς κατηγορίαν κς εὐπορώτατον, ὃταν γένηται ζῆλος, λύπην ἐκ τί ὑπεροψίας προσλαβὼν ἀπροσδόκητον. Ei’ τις ύμῶ οἷʼστρῳ πληγεὶς ὑπερώφθη, γνωρίζει τὸ πάθος, κο συγγνώσεται τοῦτο παθοῦσι, καὶ ταύτης ἐγγὺς γενο μένοις τῆς ἀπονοίας.

Dia touto athymias eneplēsthēn kai apo.. rias ou gar ho pepontha, siōpēsomaiʼ kai mikro men aneschon ton logon, ’on dōrophorēsai dienooumēn te gamǭ, to kalliston hōn eichon kai timiōtatonʼ mi krou de hymin epaphēka tois pothoumenois, epei dē ge hapax exebiasthēn* hate dē lampras outi labomenos hypotheseōs, kai tou philtrou tēn glōi san thēgontos, ’o dē thermotaton heis katēgorian ks euporōtaton, hotan genētai zēlos, lypēn ek ti hyperopsias proslabōn aprosdokēton. Ei’ tis ymō hoiʼstrǭ plēgeis hyperōphthē, gnōrizei to pathos, ko syngnōsetai touto pathousi, kai tautēs engys geno menois tēs aponoias.

For this reason I was filled with discouragement and perplexity (for I will not keep silent about what I felt); and I nearly withheld the discourse which I had meant to bring as a gift to the wedding, the finest and most precious thing I had; and I very nearly let it loose against you, my longed-for ones, since once I had been forced; for I had got hold of so brilliant a subject, and love was sharpening my tongue, love, which is hottest and most resourceful in accusation when it turns to jealousy and takes on an unexpected grief from being slighted. If any of you, stung by such a passion, has been slighted, he knows the feeling and will pardon those who have suffered it and come near to this madness.

3.7PG 35:524a–532a

Ὑμεῖς δὲ, εἷʼ τι χαρίζεσθέ μοι τὸ ἐμὸν γεώργιον, ἢ ἄμπελος ἡ ἐμὴ, τὰ ἐμὲ σπλάγχνα, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῦ κοινοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν,οὖς οὗτος ἐν Χριστῷ διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ἐγάννησεν αἰδεῖσθε μὲν καὶ ἡμᾶς δίκαιον γὰρ, o'i πάντων ὑμᾶς προετιμήσαμεν· ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες, καὶ οἳ ταύτην ἡμῖν ἐγχειρίσαντες τήν εἴτε ἡγεμονίανβῖετε διακονίαν· καὶ εἷʼ τῷ πλεῖον ἀγαπήσαντι πλέον ὀφείλεται,πῶς μετρήσω τήν ἀγάπην, ἧς ὑποχρέους ὑμᾶς διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς ἔλαβον; αἰδεῖσθε 8t πλέον ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς, καὶ τήν πιστευθεῖσαν εἰκόνα, καὶτὸν πιστεύσαντα, καί τὰ Χριστοῦ πάθη, καὶ τὰς ἐκεῖθεν ἐλπίδας, πίστιν μὲν ἔχοντες ἣν παρειλήφατε, καὶ συνετράφητε, μεθʼ ἧς καὶ σώζεσθε, καὶ σώζειν ἄλλους πιστεύεσθε· οὐ γὰρ πολλῶν, εὖ ἷῖστε, τὸ ὑμέτερον καύχημα. Τὸ δὲ εὐσεβὲς μὴ ἐν τῷ πολλάκις περί Θεοῦ λαλεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ τὰ πλείω σιγᾷν εἶναι τιθὲμενοι- γλῶσσα γὰρ ὄλισθος ἀνθρώποις μή λόγῳ κυβερνωμένη ' καὶ ἀκινδυνοτέραν ἀκοὴν ἀεὶ λόγού νομίζοντες, ὥστε τι μανθάνειν ἥδιον, ἢ διδάσκειν περὶ Θεοῦ· τήν μὶν ἀκριβεστέραν τούτων ἐξὲτασιν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις τοῦ λόγου παραχωροῦντες αὐτοὶ δὶ λόγῳ μὲν εὐσεβοῦντες ὀλίγα, ἔργῳ δὲ πλείονα,καὶ τῇ τηρήσει τῶν νόμων μὰλλον ἣτῷ θαυμάζειν τὸν νομοθέτην τὸ περὶ αὐτὸν φίλτρον ἐπιδεικνύμενοι, φεύγοντες κακίαν, διώκοντες ἀρετὴν, πνεύματι ζῶντες, πνεύματι στοιχοῧντες, τούτῳ τὴν γνῶσιν ἕλκοντες, ἐποικοδομοῦντες τῷ οεμελίῳ τῆς πίστεως, μὴ ξύλον, μηδὲ χόρτον, μηδὶ καλάμην, ὕλην ἀσθενῆ καὶ ῥᾳδίως δαπανωμένην, ἡνίκα ἂν πυρῖ κρίνηται τὰ ἡμέτερα, ἢ καθαίρηται· ἀλλὰ χρυσὸν, ἄργυρον, λίθους τιμίους, τὰ μένοντα καὶ ἱστάμενα. 11‘. Ταῦτα πράσσοιτε, καὶ τούτοις ἡμᾶς δοξάζοιτε εἴτε παρόντες εἶξε ἀπόντες, sifts μεταποιούμενοι τῶν ἡμετέρων λόγων, εἴτε ἄλλο τι προτιμότερον ἄγοντες· καὶ γίνοισθε τέκνα Θεοῦ καθαρᾶ καὶ ἀμώμητα, ἦν μέσῳ γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμινης· καὶ μή περιπλεκοιτο ὑμῖν τὰ τῶν κύκλῳ περιπατούντων ἀσεβῶν σχοινία, μηδὲ σειραῖς τῶν οἱ· κείων ἁμαρτιῶν περισφίγγοισθε, μηδὲ ταῖς βιωτικαῖς μερίμναις συμπνιγοιτο ὑμῖν 6 λόγος, καὶ ἄκαρποι γίνοισθε· ἀλλʼ ὁδῷ πορεύοισθε βασιλικῇ, μὴ ἐκκλίνοντες είς δεξιὰ, μη ’δὲ εἷς ἀριστερὰ, καὶ διὰ τῆς στενῆς ὡς πλατείας ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος ὁδηγούμενοι καὶ τὸ ἡμέτερον εὗ ἕξει νῦν τε καὶ εἷς τὴν ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέτασιν, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν· ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν.

Hymeis de, heiʼ ti charizesthe moi to emon geōrgion, ē ampelos hē emē, ta eme splanchna, mallon de tou koinou Patros hēmōn,ous houtos en Christǭ dia tou Euangeliou egannēsen aideisthe men kai hēmas dikaion gar, o'i pantōn hymas proetimēsamen; hymeis martyres, kai hoi tautēn hēmin encheirisantes tēn eite hēgemonianbiete diakonian; kai heiʼ tǭ pleion agapēsanti pleon opheiletai,pōs metrēsō tēn agapēn, hēs hypochreous hymas dia tēs emēs elabon? aideisthe 8t pleon hymas autous, kai tēn pisteutheisan eikona, kaiton pisteusanta, kai ta Christou pathē, kai tas ekeithen elpidas, pistin men echontes hēn pareilēphate, kai synetraphēte, methʼ hēs kai sōzesthe, kai sōzein allous pisteuesthe; ou gar pollōn, eu hiiste, to hymeteron kauchēma. To de eusebes mē en tǭ pollakis peri Theou lalein, allʼ en tǭ ta pleiō sigąn einai tithemenoi- glōssa gar olisthos anthrōpois mē logǭ kybernōmenē ' kai akindynoteran akoēn aei logou nomizontes, hōste ti manthanein hēdion, ē didaskein peri Theou; tēn min akribesteran toutōn exetasin tois oikonomois tou logou parachōrountes autoi di logǭ men eusebountes oliga, ergǭ de pleiona,kai tę̄ tērēsei tōn nomōn mallon hētǭ thaumazein ton nomothetēn to peri auton philtron epideiknymenoi, pheugontes kakian, diōkontes aretēn, pneumati zōntes, pneumati stoichoÿntes, toutǭ tēn gnōsin helkontes, epoikodomountes tǭ oemeliǭ tēs pisteōs, mē xylon, mēde chorton, mēdi kalamēn, hylēn asthenē kai rhądiōs dapanōmenēn, hēnika an pyri krinētai ta hēmetera, ē kathairētai; alla chryson, argyron, lithous timious, ta menonta kai histamena. 11‘. Tauta prassoite, kai toutois hēmas doxazoite eite parontes eixe apontes, sifts metapoioumenoi tōn hēmeterōn logōn, eite allo ti protimoteron agontes; kai ginoisthe tekna Theou kathara kai amōmēta, ēn mesǭ geneas skolias kai diestramminēs; kai mē periplekoito hymin ta tōn kyklǭ peripatountōn asebōn schoinia, mēde seirais tōn hoi; keiōn hamartiōn perisphingoisthe, mēde tais biōtikais merimnais sympnigoito hymin 6 logos, kai akarpoi ginoisthe; allʼ hodǭ poreuoisthe basilikę̄, mē ekklinontes eis dexia, mē ’de heis aristera, kai dia tēs stenēs hōs plateias hypo tou Pneumatos hodēgoumenoi kai to hēmeteron heu hexei nyn te kai heis tēn ekeithen exetasin, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn; hǭ hē doxa heis tous aiōnas. Amēn.

But you, if you would do me a favour, my tilled field, my vine, my own heart, or rather the heart of our common Father, who begot you in Christ through the gospel: respect us too (for it is just, since we preferred you to everything; you are witnesses, and so are those who entrusted us with this, whether one should call it a leadership or a ministry; and if more is owed to one who has loved more, how shall I measure the love which, through my own, I have taken as owed to me by you?); but respect yourselves still more, and the image entrusted to you, and the One who entrusted it, and the sufferings of Christ, and the hopes that come from them. Hold the faith which you received and in which you were brought up, by which you are saved and are trusted to save others; for not many, you well know, have your boast. Place piety not in speaking often about God, but rather in keeping silence for the most part; for the tongue is a slippery thing for men when it is not steered by reason. Think hearing always less dangerous than speaking, so as to learn something about God more gladly than to teach it; leave the more precise examination of these things to the stewards of the word, and yourselves be pious in word a little, but in deed more, showing your love for the lawgiver by keeping the laws rather than by admiring him; fleeing vice, pursuing virtue, living by the Spirit, walking by the Spirit, drawing knowledge from him; building on the foundation of faith not wood, nor hay, nor stubble, weak material easily consumed when our works are judged or purified by fire, but gold, silver, precious stones, things that remain and stand. [8] May you do these things, and so glorify us, whether we are present or absent, whether you lay claim to our words or prefer something else; and may you become children of God, pure and blameless in the midst of a crooked and perverse generation; may the cords of the ungodly who walk round about not entangle you, nor the chains of your own sins bind you tight, nor the word be choked in you by the cares of life so that you become unfruitful; but may you walk on the royal road, turning aside neither to the right nor to the left, guided by the Spirit through the narrow way as through a broad one; and our affairs too will be well, both now and at the examination there, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory for ever. Amen.

Chapter 4

4.1PG 35:532a–536a

Ἇκούσατε ταῦτα, πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐνωτί σασθε πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν οἰκουμένην· καλῶ γὰρ ἅπαντας, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀπόπτου τινὸς καὶ μεσαιτάτης περιωπῆς, μεγάλῳ καὶ ὑψηλῷ τῷ κηρύγματι ο ἀκούσατε, λαοὶ, φυλαὶ, γλῶσσαι, πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἡλικία πᾶσα, ὅσοι τε νῦν ἐστε, καὶ ὅσοι γενήσεσθε ο καί ἵνʼ μοι μεῖζον τὸ κήρυγμα, πᾶσα δύναμις τῶν οὐρανῶν, πάντες ἄγγελοι, οἷς ἔργον ἡ τοῦ τυράννου κατάλυσις, οὐ τὸν Σηὼν καθελοῦσι τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ἀμορραίων, οὐδὲ τὸν Ὢγ βασιλέα τῆς Βασὰν, μικροὺς δυ· νάστας, καὶ μικρὸν μέρος τῆς οἰκουμένης κακοῦντας τὸν ’ῐσραήλο ἀλλὰ τὸν δράκοντα, τὸν ἀποστάτην. τὸν νοῦν τὸν μέγαν, τὸν Ἀσσύριον, τὸν κοινὸν· ἁπάντων ἐχθρὸν καὶ πολέμιον, τὸν πολλὰ μὲν ἐπὶ γῆς μανέντα καὶ ἀπειλήσαντα, πολλὴν δὲ ἀδικίαν εἰς τὸ ὕψος λαλήσαντά τε καὶ μελετήσαντα. Β. Ἄκουε, οὺρανὲ, καὶ ἐνωτίζου, καιρὸς γάρ μοι τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ μεγαλοφωνοτάτῳ τῶν Ἠσαίᾳ συμφθεγξασθαι. Πλὴν ὅσον ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ἀθετήσαντι ταῦτα καλεῖ καὶ μαρτύρεται· ἆγὼ δὲ ἰπὶ τυράννῳ, καὶ ἀθετήσαντι καὶ πεσόντι πτῶμα τῆς ἀσεβείας ἄξιον. Γ Ἄκουε, καὶ ἡ τοῦ μεγάλου Κωνσταντίου ψυχὴ, εἷʼ τις αἴσθησις, ὅσαι τε πρὸ αὐτοῦ βασιλέων φιΛόχριστοι· τοῦ δί καὶ πάντων μάλιστα, ὅσῳ τῇ Χριστοῦ κληρονομίᾳ συναυξηθεὶς, καὶ αὐξήσας ταύτην εἷς δύναμιν, καὶ χρόνῳ βεβαιωσάμενος, ωστε καὶ πάντων διὰ τοῦτο γενέσθαι τῶν πώποτε βασιλέων ὀνομαστότατος, (ὣ τῆς ἐπηρείας ί71)1) ἀγνόημα ἠγνόησε σφόδρα τῆς οἷίγείας εὐσεβείας ἀνάξιον· ἔλαθεν ἐπιτρέφων Χριστιανοῖς τὸν Χριστοῦ πολέμιον, καὶ τοῦτο μόνον τῶν ἁπάντων ού καλῶς ἐφιλανθρωπεύσατο, καὶ σῶσαι καὶ βασιλεῦσαι. _. Α. ι η κ, ς κ. τὸν κακῶς καὶ σωθέντα xui βασιλεύσαντα· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἂν ἡσθείη, ὥσπερ τῇ καταλύσει τῆς ἀσεβείας, καί τοῖς Χριστιανῶν πράγμασιν εἷς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἰπανελθοῦσιν, οὕτω δὴ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ, Λόγον γάρ ἀναθήσω τῷ Θεῷ χαριστήριον, πάσης ἀλόγου θυσίας ἱερώτερόν τε καὶ καθαρώτερον, οὐ κατὰ τοὺς ἐναγεῖς ἐκείνου λόγους καὶ λήρους, καὶ τὰς ἐναγεστέρας θυσίας, ὧν ἡ περιουσία καί τὸ δυνατὸν ἀσεβείας ἦν δύναμις, καὶ ἅσοφος, τἔνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, σοφία· ἐπεὶ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου δύναμίς τε καὶ παίδευσις ἐν σκότει διαπορευομὲνη, xui τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας φωτὸς πόρῤω πίπτουσαʼ ἐκείνη μὶν δὴ τοιαύτη καί παρά τοιούτοις, xui τοιαύτας ἔχουσα τὰς ἐπικαρπίας, ὡσεὶ χόρτος ταχὺ ἀποζηραινομὲνη, καὶ ὡσεὶ λάχανα χλόης ταχὺ ἀποπίπτουσα, καὶ συναπιοῦσα τοῖς πατράσιν ἀπολλυμένοις μετʼ ἤχου, καὶ περιφαιδεστέροις τήν πτῶσιν ii τήν ἀσέβειαν. κολάζεσθαι ὑπὶρ τῆς εἷς λόγους παρανομίας · ὢν κοινῶν ὅντων λογικοῖς ἅπασιν, ὡς ἰδίων αὐτοῦ, Χριστιανοῗς ἐφθόνησαν, ἀλογώτατα περί λόγων δια- Ionesic, ὁ πάντων, ὡς ᾤετο, λογιώτατος.

Hakousate tauta, panta ta ethnē, enōti sasthe pantes hoi katoikountes tēn oikoumenēn; kalō gar hapantas, hōsper ex apoptou tinos kai mesaitatēs periōpēs, megalǭ kai hypsēlǭ tǭ kērygmati o akousate, laoi, phylai, glōssai, pan genos anthrōpōn, kai hēlikia pasa, hosoi te nyn este, kai hosoi genēsesthe o kai hinʼ moi meizon to kērygma, pasa dynamis tōn ouranōn, pantes angeloi, hois ergon hē tou tyrannou katalysis, ou ton Sēōn kathelousi ton basilea tōn Amorraiōn, oude ton Ōg basilea tēs Basan, mikrous dy; nastas, kai mikron meros tēs oikoumenēs kakountas ton ’israēlo alla ton drakonta, ton apostatēn. ton noun ton megan, ton Assyrion, ton koinon; hapantōn echthron kai polemion, ton polla men epi gēs manenta kai apeilēsanta, pollēn de adikian eis to hypsos lalēsanta te kai meletēsanta. B. Akoue, ourane, kai enōtizou, kairos gar moi ta auta tǭ megalophōnotatǭ tōn Ēsaią symphthenxasthai. Plēn hoson ho men epi tǭ Israēl athetēsanti tauta kalei kai martyretai; agō de ipi tyrannǭ, kai athetēsanti kai pesonti ptōma tēs asebeias axion. G Akoue, kai hē tou megalou Kōnstantiou psychē, heiʼ tis aisthēsis, hosai te pro autou basileōn phiLochristoi; tou di kai pantōn malista, hosǭ tę̄ Christou klēronomią synauxētheis, kai auxēsas tautēn heis dynamin, kai chronǭ bebaiōsamenos, ōste kai pantōn dia touto genesthai tōn pōpote basileōn onomastotatos, (hō tēs epēreias i71)1) agnoēma ēgnoēse sphodra tēs hoiigeias eusebeias anaxion; elathen epitrephōn Christianois ton Christou polemion, kai touto monon tōn hapantōn ou kalōs ephilanthrōpeusato, kai sōsai kai basileusai. _. A. i ē k, s k. ton kakōs kai sōthenta xui basileusanta; kai dia touto malista an hēstheiē, hōsper tę̄ katalysei tēs asebeias, kai tois Christianōn pragmasin heis to archaion ipanelthousin, houtō dē kai tǭ logǭ, Logon gar anathēsō tǭ Theǭ charistērion, pasēs alogou thysias hierōteron te kai katharōteron, ou kata tous enageis ekeinou logous kai lērous, kai tas enagesteras thysias, hōn hē periousia kai to dynaton asebeias ēn dynamis, kai hasophos, tenʼ houtōs onomasō, sophia; epei kai pasa hē tou aiōnos toutou dynamis te kai paideusis en skotei diaporeuomenē, xui tou tēs alētheias phōtos porrō piptousaʼ ekeinē min dē toiautē kai para toioutois, xui toiautas echousa tas epikarpias, hōsei chortos tachy apozērainomenē, kai hōsei lachana chloēs tachy apopiptousa, kai synapiousa tois patrasin apollymenois metʼ ēchou, kai periphaidesterois tēn ptōsin ii tēn asebeian. kolazesthai hypir tēs heis logous paranomias ; ōn koinōn hontōn logikois hapasin, hōs idiōn autou, Christianoïs ephthonēsan, alogōtata peri logōn dia- Ionesic, ho pantōn, hōs ǭeto, logiōtatos.

Hear this, all you nations; give ear, all who dwell in the world; for I call all, as from some lofty and most central watchtower, with a great and high proclamation. Hear, peoples, tribes, tongues, every race of men and every age, all who are now and all who shall be; and, that my proclamation may be greater, every power of the heavens, all you angels, whose work was the overthrow of the tyrant: who have brought down not Sihon king of the Amorites, nor Og king of Bashan, petty rulers who harmed a small part of the world, Israel, but the dragon, the apostate, the great mind, the Assyrian, the common enemy and foe of all, who raged and threatened much upon earth, and spoke and devised much unrighteousness on high. [2] “Hear, O heaven, and give ear,” for it is time for me to cry out the same words with Isaiah, the loudest-voiced of the prophets; except that he calls and testifies about Israel, which had rejected God, and I about a tyrant who both rejected him and has fallen a fall worthy of his impiety. [3] Hear also, O soul of the great Constantius, if you have any perception, and all you souls of the Christ-loving emperors before him; but his above all, inasmuch as he grew up with the inheritance of Christ, increased it in power, and confirmed it with time, so that for this reason he became the most renowned of all emperors that ever were, and yet (O the spite of it!) he made a mistake most unworthy of his own piety: he unwittingly reared the enemy of Christ for Christians; and in this one thing alone of all he showed kindness badly, in saving and making emperor one who was saved and made emperor to no good end. And for this reason he would be especially pleased, as with the overthrow of impiety and the return of Christian affairs to their former state, so also with this discourse. For I will dedicate a discourse to God as a thank-offering, holier and purer than any irrational sacrifice: not like that man’s accursed discourses and drivel and his more accursed sacrifices, whose abundance and power was a power of impiety, and an unwise wisdom, if I may so name it; since all the power and learning of this age walks in darkness and falls far from the light of the truth. That wisdom, then, is of this kind, and among such men, and with such fruits: withering quickly like grass, falling quickly like green herbs, departing with its fathers who perish with a noise, and more conspicuous in their fall … the impiety … to be punished for his lawlessness against letters; for letters, which are common to all rational beings, he begrudged Christians as though they were his own, reasoning most irrationally about reason, he who was, as he thought, the most rational of all.

4.5PG 35:536a–540b

Πρῶτον μὶν, ὅτι κακούργως τὴν προσηγορίαν μετέθηκεν ἐπὶ τὸ δοκοῦν, ὥσπερ τῆς θρησκείας ὄντα τὸν Ἕλληνα λόγον, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῆς γλώσσης· καὶ ’ὀιὰ τοῦτο, ὡς ἀλλοτρίου καλοῦ φῶρας, τῶν λόγων ἡμᾶς ἀπήλασεν· ὥσπερ ἃν εί καὶ τεχνῶν εἴρειν ἡμᾶς, ὅσαι παρʼ ’Ἐλλησιν εὕρηνται, καὶ τοῦτο διαφέρειν αὐτῷ διὰ τήν ὁμωνυμίαν ἐνόμισεν· ἔπειτα, ὅτι λανθάνειν ἡμᾶς ὑπέλαβεν, οὖβ ἀγαθοῦ τινος τῶν πρώτων ἀποστερήσειν μέλλων, oi γι καὶ σφόδρα τούτους περιφρονοῦμεν τοὺς λόγους ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἓλέγχοος τῆς ἀσεβείας φοβούμενος, ὥσπερ έν τῆ κομψείᾳ τῆς λέξεως τήν ἰσχὺν ἔχοντας, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν τῇ γνώσει τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῖς ἐνθυμήμασιν, ὧν ἐπισχεῖν ἡμᾶς ἀδυνατώτερον ἣ τὸν Θεὸν ὁμολοε γιῖν γλῶσσαν ἔχονταςʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτο μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὶερουργοῦμεν τὸν λόγον, ὥσπερ τὰ σώματα, ἡνίκα ἃν καὶ τούτοις ἀγωνίζεσθαι δέῃ περὶ τῆς ἀληθείας· ὥστε ὁ τοῦτο προστάξας Ἀττικίζειν μὶν ἑκών λοσε, τὸ δὲ ἀληθεύειν οὐκ ἔπαυσε· καί τὸ μὶν ἑαυτοῦ σαθρὸν ἤλιγξε, τοὺς tat-mou: δὶ οὐ διέφυγεν* ὅτι μὴ καὶ μᾶλλον τούτοις tolutim ὑποθεὶς ἠγνόησεν, ζʼ. Οὐ γὰρ θςιῤῥοῦντος ἦν οὔτε τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς θρησκείας δικαίοις, οὔτε τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῖς τὸ τοὺς ἡμετέρους έπίσγειν λόγους· ὥσπερ ἂν εἷʼ τις κράτιστον ἑαυτὸν νομίζοι των ἀθλητῶν, καὶ ἀξιοίη κατᾶ πάντων κηρύττεσθαι, μηδένα τῶν γενναίων ἀγωνίῳ ζεσθαι, μηδὲ καταβαίνειν εἷς τὸ στάδιον ἐπιτάξας, ἤ τι τῶν μελῶν περικόψας, ὅπερ ἀνανδρίας μᾶλλον ἥ ῥώμης τεκμήριον. Κατὰ γὰρ τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων, οὐ τῶν ἅνω καθεζομένων οἱ στέφανον καὶ τῶν πάσῃ τῇ· ῥώμῃ χρωμίνων, οὐ τῶν περιῃρημινων τὸ πολὺ τῆς δυνάμεως. Εἰ δὶ ὅλως συμμίξαι καὶ εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ἐφοβήθης, αὖτῷ τούτῳ τήν ἧτταν ἔδειξας, καὶ νικᾷν ὑπῆρξὲ μοι μηδὲ ἠγωνισμένῳ, ὃν ἠγωνίσω μὴ ἀγωνίσασθαι. Ταῦτα μὶν ὁ σοφὸς ἡμῖν βασιλεύς τε καὶ νομοθέτης, ὥσπερʼἰνα μηδὶν αὐτοῦ τῆς τυραννίδος ἄμοιρον ᾗ, καὶ προκηρύξῃ τήν ἀλογίαν ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείας, τυραννήσας πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς λόγους· ἡμῖν δὶ καλὸν καὶ ὑπὶρ τῶν λόγων αὐτῶν ὁμολογεῖν τῷ θεῷ χάριν, τήν ἐλευθερίαν ἀπολαβόν. τωνι καὶ μάλιστα μὲν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τιμᾷν αὐτὸν ἀναθήμασι φειδομένους μηδενὸς, μήτε χρημάτων μήτε κτημάτων, ἆ, τοῦ καιροῦ γενόμενα καὶ τῆς τυραννίδος, ἡ φιλανθρωπία τοῦ Θεοῦ διεσώσατο, τιμᾷν δὶ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς λόγοις, τῇ δικαίᾳ καρποφορίᾳ καὶ κοινῇ πάντων, ὅσοι τῆς χάριτος μετιι. λήφασιν.Δλλʼ ὁ μὶν ὑπὲρ τῶν λόγων λόγος τοι.. σοῦτος τίνα μή, μακρότερον ἀποτείνοντες, ἔξω τοῦ καιροῦ πίπτωμεν, καὶ ἄλλο τι μᾶλλον σπουδάζειν δοκῶμεν ἢ οὗ χάριν συνεληλύθαμεν Z'. Ἤδη δέ μοι πηδᾷ καὶ ’ίεται πρὸς πανηγυρισμὸν ὁ λόγος, καὶ τοῖς ὁρωμένοις συμφαιδρόνεται, καὶ καλεῖ πάντας εἶς χορείαν πνευματικὴν, ὅσοι τε νηστείαις καὶ κλαυθμῷ, καὶ δεήσει προσέκειντο, νυκτὸς καί ἡμέρας αἰτούμενοι λύτρωσιν τῶν κατεχόντων ἀνιαρῶν, καὶ δεξιὸν ἐντοῖς κακοῖς φάρμακον, τὴν οὗ καταισχύνουσαν ἐλπίδα ποιούμενον ὅσοι τε, μεγάλους ἀνατλάντες ἀγῶνας καὶ ἄθλους, ι η.. κ. ι κ -.... καὶ πολλαῖς πληγέντες καὶ χαλεπαῖς τοῦ καιροῦ προσβολαῖς, θέατρον ἐγενήθησαν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἀγγέλοις, καὶ ἀνθρώποις, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ’Δποστόλου φωνήν· καὶτὰ μὲν σώματα κάμνοντες, τὰς δὶ ψυχὰς ἀήττητοι διαμείναντες, καὶ πάντα ἷσχόοντες ἐν τῷ δυναμοῦντι αὐτοὺς Χριστῷ ὅσοι τε, κοσμικὴν ἀποθέμενοι κακίας ὕλην καί δυναστείαν, ἢ τήν ἁρπαγὴν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων μετὰ χαρᾶς προσδεξάμενοι, ἢ τῆς ἑαυτῶν, ’ὁ δὴ λέγεται, φυγαδευθέντες ἀδίκως, ἢ ἀνδρῶν, ἢ γυναικῶν, ἢ γονέων, ἢ τέκνων, ἢ ὅσοις ἄλλοις ὀνόμασι τῆς μικρᾶς οίκειότητος κατεχόμεθα, τούτων πρὸς ὀλίγον διαζευχθέντες, καὶ τῷ Χριστοῦ ιαρποιρορήσαντες αʼίματι τὰ ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ πάθη, νῦν ἂν ἐκεῖνο λέγοιεν καὶ ᾅδοιεν ἐν καιρῷ, τὸ, Ἐπεβίβασας ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡμῶν · διήλθομεν διὰ πυρὸς καὶ ὕδατοςο καὶ ἐξήγαγες ἡμᾶς είς ἀναψυχήν. Η. Καλῶ καὶ τήν ἑτέραν μοῖραν εἷς τὴν πανήγυο ριν, ὅσοι, τὸν μὲν τῶν ὅλων ὁμολογοῦντες Θεὸν, καὶ μέχρι τούτου τοὺς λογισμοὺς ὑγιαίνοντες τοῖς δὲ τῆς προνοίας λόγοις οὐκ ἐμβατεύοντες, ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων πολλάκις τὰ βελτίω διοικουμένης, καὶ χρηστότητι προκαλουμένης τήν ἐπανόρθωσιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ πτωχείαν ψυχῆς καὶ κουφότητα, ἐν τῷ ὑπερηφανεύεσθαι τὸν ἀσεβῆ τοὺς Λογισμοὺς, ἐμπυριζόμενοί τε καὶ ἀναπτόμενοι, καὶ εἲρήνην ἁμαρτωλῶν οὐ φέροντες, ’ὀ δὴ φησὶν 6 ψαλμὸς, οὐδʼ ὑπομένοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν βουλὴν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ πέρας μακροθυμοῦντες· δοῦλοι δὲ ὄντες ἆεί τῶν παρόνντων καὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων, τοῖς τοιούτοις θαύμασι βεβαιοῦνται πρὸς τήν ἀλήθειαν.

Prōton min, hoti kakourgōs tēn prosēgorian metethēken epi to dokoun, hōsper tēs thrēskeias onta ton Hellēna logon, allʼ ou tēs glōssēs; kai ’oia touto, hōs allotriou kalou phōras, tōn logōn hēmas apēlasen; hōsper han ei kai technōn eirein hēmas, hosai parʼ ’Ellēsin heurēntai, kai touto diapherein autǭ dia tēn homōnymian enomisen; epeita, hoti lanthanein hēmas hypelaben, oub agathou tinos tōn prōtōn aposterēsein mellōn, oi gi kai sphodra toutous periphronoumen tous logous alla tous helenchoos tēs asebeias phoboumenos, hōsper en tē kompseią tēs lexeōs tēn ischyn echontas, allʼ ouk en tę̄ gnōsei tēs alētheias kai tois enthymēmasin, hōn epischein hēmas adynatōteron hē ton Theon homoloe giin glōssan echontasʼ epei kai touto meta tōn allōn ierourgoumen ton logon, hōsper ta sōmata, hēnika han kai toutois agōnizesthai deę̄ peri tēs alētheias; hōste ho touto prostaxas Attikizein min hekōn lose, to de alētheuein ouk epause; kai to min heautou sathron ēlinxe, tous tat-mou: di ou diephygen* hoti mē kai mallon toutois tolutim hypotheis ēgnoēsen, zʼ. Ou gar thsirrhountos ēn oute tois hyper tēs thrēskeias dikaiois, oute tois logois autois to tous hēmeterous episgein logous; hōsper an heiʼ tis kratiston heauton nomizoi tōn athlētōn, kai axioiē kata pantōn kēryttesthai, mēdena tōn gennaiōn agōniǭ zesthai, mēde katabainein heis to stadion epitaxas, ē ti tōn melōn perikopsas, hoper anandrias mallon hē rhōmēs tekmērion. Kata gar tōn agōnizomenōn, ou tōn hanō kathezomenōn hoi stephanon kai tōn pasę̄ tę̄; rhōmę̄ chrōminōn, ou tōn perię̄rēminōn to poly tēs dynameōs. Ei di holōs symmixai kai eis cheiras elthein ephobēthēs, autǭ toutǭ tēn hēttan edeixas, kai nikąn hypērxe moi mēde ēgōnismenǭ, hon ēgōnisō mē agōnisasthai. Tauta min ho sophos hēmin basileus te kai nomothetēs, hōsperʼina mēdin autou tēs tyrannidos amoiron hę̄, kai prokēryxę̄ tēn alogian en archę̄ tēs heautou basileias, tyrannēsas pro tōn allōn tous logous; hēmin di kalon kai hypir tōn logōn autōn homologein tǭ theǭ charin, tēn eleutherian apolabon. tōni kai malista men kai tois allois timąn auton anathēmasi pheidomenous mēdenos, mēte chrēmatōn mēte ktēmatōn, a, tou kairou genomena kai tēs tyrannidos, hē philanthrōpia tou Theou diesōsato, timąn di pro tōn allōn tois logois, tę̄ dikaią karpophorią kai koinę̄ pantōn, hosoi tēs charitos metii. lēphasin.Dllʼ ho min hyper tōn logōn logos toi.. soutos tina mē, makroteron apoteinontes, exō tou kairou piptōmen, kai allo ti mallon spoudazein dokōmen ē hou charin synelēlythamen Z'. Ēdē de moi pēdą kai ’ietai pros panēgyrismon ho logos, kai tois horōmenois symphaidronetai, kai kalei pantas eis choreian pneumatikēn, hosoi te nēsteiais kai klauthmǭ, kai deēsei prosekeinto, nyktos kai hēmeras aitoumenoi lytrōsin tōn katechontōn aniarōn, kai dexion entois kakois pharmakon, tēn hou kataischynousan elpida poioumenon hosoi te, megalous anatlantes agōnas kai athlous, i ē.. k. i k -.... kai pollais plēgentes kai chalepais tou kairou prosbolais, theatron egenēthēsan tǭ kosmǭ, kai angelois, kai anthrōpois, kata tēn tou ’Dpostolou phōnēn; kaita men sōmata kamnontes, tas di psychas aēttētoi diameinantes, kai panta hischoontes en tǭ dynamounti autous Christǭ hosoi te, kosmikēn apothemenoi kakias hylēn kai dynasteian, ē tēn harpagēn tōn hyparchontōn meta charas prosdexamenoi, ē tēs heautōn, ’ho dē legetai, phygadeuthentes adikōs, ē andrōn, ē gynaikōn, ē goneōn, ē teknōn, ē hosois allois onomasi tēs mikras oikeiotētos katechometha, toutōn pros oligon diazeuchthentes, kai tǭ Christou iarpoirorēsantes aʼimati ta hyper Christou pathē, nyn an ekeino legoien kai hądoien en kairǭ, to, Epebibasas anthrōpous epi tas kephalas hēmōn ; diēlthomen dia pyros kai hydatoso kai exēgages hēmas eis anapsychēn. Ē. Kalō kai tēn heteran moiran heis tēn panēgyo rin, hosoi, ton men tōn holōn homologountes Theon, kai mechri toutou tous logismous hygiainontes tois de tēs pronoias logois ouk embateuontes, ek tōn enantiōn pollakis ta beltiō dioikoumenēs, kai chrēstotēti prokaloumenēs tēn epanorthōsin, alla dia ptōcheian psychēs kai kouphotēta, en tǭ hyperēphaneuesthai ton asebē tous Logismous, empyrizomenoi te kai anaptomenoi, kai eirēnēn hamartōlōn ou pherontes, ’o dē phēsin 6 psalmos, oudʼ hypomenontes tou Theou tēn boulēn, kai pros to peras makrothymountes; douloi de ontes aei tōn paronntōn kai tōn horōmenōn, tois toioutois thaumasi bebaiountai pros tēn alētheian.

First, that he wickedly transferred the name to suit his purpose, as though Greek speech belonged to the religion and not to the language; and for this reason he drove us away from letters as thieves of another’s good; as if he had also barred us from the arts that were invented among the Greeks, thinking that these too were his because of the shared name. Second, that he supposed we would not notice that he was not going to deprive us of any of the chief goods (we who greatly despise these letters), but was afraid of the refutations of his impiety, as though they had their strength in elegance of diction and not in the knowledge of the truth and in arguments; and it is more impossible to restrain us from these than from confessing God while we have a tongue. For we offer this too, our speech, along with everything else, as we do our bodies, whenever we must contend with these also for the truth. So the man who ordered this stopped our Atticizing, but did not stop our telling the truth; he exposed his own rottenness, but did not escape our refutations; except that, without knowing it, he gave us more cause to use them. [6] For it was not the act of one confident either in the just claims of his religion or in his own letters to restrain our letters; as if someone, thinking himself the strongest of athletes and claiming to be proclaimed victor over all, were to order that none of the brave should compete or come down into the stadium, or were to cut off one of their limbs: a sign of cowardice rather than of strength. For crowns are won against those who compete, not against those who sit above; against those who use all their strength, not against those deprived of most of their power. If you were afraid to meet us and come to blows at all, by that very fact you showed your defeat, and it is mine to conquer without even having fought, since you contended not to contend. Such were the measures of our wise emperor and lawgiver, as if no part of him might be without a share in his tyranny, and he would proclaim his unreason at the beginning of his reign by tyrannizing over letters before other things. But it is good for us to give thanks to God for letters themselves, having recovered our freedom; and above all to honour him with other offerings too, sparing nothing, neither money nor possessions, which, though they had become the prey of the time and of the tyranny, the love of God for mankind preserved; but to honour him before all else with letters, a just offering of fruit, common to all who have shared in the grace. But let this be enough of our discourse on behalf of letters, so that by drawing it out further we may not fall out of season, and seem to be busy with something other than that for which we have assembled. [7] Now my discourse leaps and rushes to celebration, and shines with what it sees, and calls all to a spiritual dance: those who devoted themselves to fasting and weeping and prayer, asking night and day for deliverance from the sorrows that held us, and making the hope that does not put to shame their good remedy in their evils; those who, enduring great struggles and contests and struck by many and hard assaults of the time, became a spectacle to the world, to angels and to men, in the Apostle’s words, weary in body but remaining unconquered in soul, and able to do all things in Christ who strengthened them; and those who, putting off the worldly matter and power of vice, either accepted with joy the plundering of their property, or were unjustly exiled, as the saying is, from their own land, or were parted for a little while from husbands or wives or parents or children, or whatever other names of our small kinship hold us, and offered their sufferings for Christ as fruit to the blood of Christ: these might now say and sing in season, “You set men over our heads; we went through fire and water; and you brought us out into refreshment.” [8] I call to the festival also the other part: those who confess the God of the universe and are sound in their reasonings so far, but do not enter into the reasons of providence, which often orders the better through its opposites and calls to correction by kindness; but through poverty and lightness of soul, when the ungodly is proud, they are inflamed and burned up in their thoughts and cannot bear the peace of sinners, as the psalm says, nor wait for God’s counsel and be patient until the end; but being always slaves of what is present and visible, they are confirmed in the truth by such wonders as these.

4.9PG 35:540b

Καλῶ καὶ τὰς ἐπτοημένας ψυχὰς περὶ τήν τοῦ κόσμου τοῦδε σκηνὴν καὶ τὸ μέγα θέατρον· καί καλῶ γε τοῖς Ἠσαίου ῥήμασι ’ Γυναῖκες ἐρχόμεναι ἀπὸ θέας, δεῦτε, καὶ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμμα ἐκ τῆς ἔξω περιπλεῖν-ήσεως ἐπιστρέψασαι, σχολάσατε καὶ γνῶτε, ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν 6 Θεὸς, ὑψούμενος ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὑψούμενος ἐν τῇ γῇ, ἀεί ποτε ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίησε θαυμασίοις καὶ τέρασι, καὶ τοῖς νῦν ἐναργέστερον.

Kalō kai tas eptoēmenas psychas peri tēn tou kosmou toude skēnēn kai to mega theatron; kai kalō ge tois Ēsaiou rhēmasi ’ Gynaikes erchomenai apo theas, deute, kai to tēs psychēs omma ek tēs exō periplein-ēseōs epistrepsasai, scholasate kai gnōte, hoti autos estin 6 Theos, hypsoumenos en tois ethnesin, hypsoumenos en tę̄ gę̄, aei pote en pasin hois epoiēse thaumasiois kai terasi, kai tois nyn enargesteron.

I call also the souls fluttering about the stage of this world and the great theatre; and I call them with the words of Isaiah: “Women coming from the spectacle, come”; and, turning the eye of the soul back from its wandering outside, “be still and know that he is God,” exalted among the nations, exalted in the earth, always and in all the wonders and signs that he has done, and more clearly in those of the present.

4.10PG 35:540b

Εἴθε μοι τοῦ χοροῦ μέρος ἦν κάκεῖνο τὸ σύστημα, '6, σὺν ἡμῖν τέως τῷ Θεῷ προσᾷδον ού κίβδηλον ᾠδὴν, οὐδὲ ἀδόκιμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς ποτε στάσεως ἀξιούμενον, πιστεύω δὲ, ὅτι καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγον ἀξιωθησόμενον, οὐκ οἶδʼ ’ὁ τι παθὸν, ἐξαίφνης μεθαρμόζεταί τε καὶ μετατάττεται · καὶ οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τῆς κοινῆς εὐφροσύνης, ὃ καὶ θαυμάζω μᾶλλον, εἷς ταυτὸν ἔρχεται· ἀλλʼ ἰδίαν ’ίστησιν οὐκ εὔρυθμόν τινα ταύτην χορείαν, οὐδὲ ἐναρμόνιον· τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἴσως ετπεῖν καί αὐτοὶ δώσουσιν· ἀλλʼ ὁποίαν καὶ τίνα ; εἷ καὶ κινεῖται λέγειν 6 ζῆλος, ἀλλʼ ἡ πίστις κρατεῖ· καὶ καθέξω τοῦ λόγου τὸ ἀηδὲς αἰδοῖ τῆς ἐλπίδος. Ἔτι μου περιέπω τὰ μέλ-ηʼ ἔτι δίδωμι πλέον τῇ πρὶν ἀγάπη τῆς παρούσης ὑπεροψίαςο καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γίνομαι μακροθυμότερος, τίνʼ ὀνειδίσω θερμότερον.

Eithe moi tou chorou meros ēn kakeino to systēma, '6, syn hēmin teōs tǭ Theǭ prosądon ou kibdēlon ǭdēn, oude adokimon, alla kai tēs dexias pote staseōs axioumenon, pisteuō de, hoti kai metʼ oligon axiōthēsomenon, ouk oidʼ ’ho ti pathon, exaiphnēs metharmozetai te kai metatattetai ; kai oude hypo tēs koinēs euphrosynēs, ho kai thaumazō mallon, heis tauton erchetai; allʼ idian ’istēsin ouk eurythmon tina tautēn choreian, oude enarmonion; tosouton gar isōs etpein kai autoi dōsousin; allʼ hopoian kai tina ? hei kai kineitai legein 6 zēlos, allʼ hē pistis kratei; kai kathexō tou logou to aēdes aidoi tēs elpidos. Eti mou periepō ta mel-ēʼ eti didōmi pleon tę̄ prin agapē tēs parousēs hyperopsiaso kai dia touto ginomai makrothymoteros, tinʼ oneidisō thermoteron.

Would that that company too were part of my chorus, which until now sang with us to God a song neither counterfeit nor false, and was once even deemed worthy of the station on the right, and will, I believe, soon be deemed worthy of it again; but, I know not what has happened to it, it suddenly changes its tune and its place, and does not come together with us even under the common gladness, which surprises me more; but it sets up a dance of its own, neither well-measured nor harmonious (so much perhaps they themselves will allow me to say); but of what kind, and what? Though zeal moves me to speak, faith prevails, and I will hold back what is unpleasant in my word out of respect for hope. I still cherish my members; I still give more to the former love than to the present disdain; and for this reason I am more patient, so as not to reproach them more hotly.

4.11PG 35:541a–544c

Μίαν μοῖραν, ἓν ψυχῶν γένος ἀποκηρύττω τῆς πανηγύρεως, στένων μὲν καὶ ἀλγῶν, καὶ οὐδὲ ἐπαῖοντας ’ίσως πενθῶν, οὐδʼ αἰσθανομένους τῆς ἐαυτῶν ἀπωλείας ἀποδυρόμενος· τοῦτο γὰρ τῆς πληγῆς αὐτῶν τὸ ἐλεεινότατον· ἀποκηρύττω δʼ ὅμως, οἳ, σπαρέντες οὐκ ἐπὶ τὴν στερεὰν πέτραν καὶ ἄσειστον, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ξηράν τε καὶ ἄγονον· εἷʼσὶ δὲ οἱ τῷ λόγῳ προσελθόντες ἐπιπολαίως καὶ ὀλιγόπιστοι, καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς, εὐθέως ἐξανατείλαντες, καὶ προκύψαντες, ’ίνα τοῖς πλησίον ἀρέσωσιν, ἔπειτα ὑπὸ βραχείας τοῦ πονηροῦ προσβολῆς καὶ ὀλίγου πειρασμῶν καύσωνος, ἐξηράνθησαν καὶ ἀπέθανον. Καὶ τούτων ἔτι χείρους, καὶ μάλλον ἀποκηρυκτὲοι τῆς πανηγύρεως, ὅσοι μηδὲ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀντέβησαν τῷ καιρῷ, καὶτοῖς τὴν κακὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν ἡμᾶς αίχμαλωτίζουσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀναβάντος εἰς ὕψος, καὶ καλῶς ἡμὰς αἰχμαλωτίσαντος· ἀλλʼ ἐκ περιουσίας ἐφάνησαν πονηροί τε καὶ εὔωνοι, οὐδὲ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀντισχόντες, οὐδὲ γενομένης τινὸς αὐτοῖς θλίψεως, ἢ πειρασμοῦ, διὰ τὸν Λόγον σκανδαλισθέντες, ἀλλά προσκαίρου κέρδους, ἢ θεραπείας, ἢ δυναστείας μικρᾶς, οἱ δείλαιοι τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν ἀπεμπολή σαντες. Βήματι ’ παρὰ γὰρ τῆς θείας καὶ τοῦτο λαμβάνω Γραφῆς ὁ γόνασιν ἀδυνατοῦσι θάρσος περιτιθεὶς, καὶ συντρίβων ἀμαρτωλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ βραχίονας καὶταῦτα παρʼ ἄλλης ᾠδῆς, ὅπως ἂν ἕκαστον inin μνήμῃ, πολλῶν συμπληρούντων μοι τὴν ᾠδὴν, καὶ συνερανιζόντων τὸν χαριστήριον δ διδοὺς ὁρᾶσθαι τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τὰς κὶδρους ἓπαρσιν, καὶ τὴν εἷς τὸ μηκέτι εῖναι καθαίρεσινι ὅταν αὐτοῦ παρελθεῖν δυνηθῶμεν τάχει καὶ ἀσφαλείᾳ ποδὸς τήδ ἆσᾶὄειαν. II“. Τίς ταῦτα πρὸς ἀξίαν ᾅσεται, καὶ διηγήσεται τῶν τὰ θεῖα διηγουμένων ; Τίς λαλήσει τὰς δυ ναστείας τοῦ Κυρίου, ἆκουστὰς ποιήσει πάσας τὰς αἱνὲσεις αὐτοῦ ; τίνα φωνήν, ἢ τίνα λόγου δύναμιν ἐξισώσει τῷ θαύματι; Τίς συνέτριψεν ὅπλον, καὶ ῥομφαίαν, καὶ πόλεμον ςΤίς ωνὲθλασε τὰς κεφαλᾶς τῶν δρακόντων ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕδατος; Τίς ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν βρῶμα λαοῖς, οἷς καὶ παρὲδωκε ; Τίς ἔστησεν εἲς αὔραν καταιγίδα; Τίς εἷπε Θαλάσσῃ, Σιώπα, πεφίμωσο ; καὶ, Ἐν σοὶ συντριβήσεταί σου τὰ κύματα· καὶ μέντοι καὶ συντρίψας, ούκ ἐπὶ πολὺ με· τεωρισθὲντα καὶ ἀνάξεσαντα ; Τίς ἐπάνω ὅφεων καὶ σκορπίων πατεῖν ἐδωρήσατο, οὐκ ἔτι λάθρα τὴν πτερναν τηρούντων, ὡς ἢ κατάκρισις, ἀλλὰ φανερῶς ἐπανισταμένων καὶ δ.αιρόντων,τήν κεφαλήν, ἦν πατεῖσθαι κατεδικάσθησαν ;Τίς ὁ ποιήσας κρῖμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἀδόκητον ; Τίς ὁ μὴ παντελῶς ἐπαφεὶς τήν ῥάβδον τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, ἂρα θαρρῆσαι χρὴ τῷ κλήρῳ τῶν δικαίων εἰπεῖν ;ἧ, ὃ τούτου μετριώτερ ρον, τῷ κλήρῳ αὑτὸν γινωσκόντων;

Mian moiran, hen psychōn genos apokēryttō tēs panēgyreōs, stenōn men kai algōn, kai oude epaiontas ’isōs penthōn, oudʼ aisthanomenous tēs eautōn apōleias apodyromenos; touto gar tēs plēgēs autōn to eleeinotaton; apokēryttō dʼ homōs, hoi, sparentes ouk epi tēn sterean petran kai aseiston, allʼ epi tēn xēran te kai agonon; heiʼsi de hoi tǭ logǭ proselthontes epipolaiōs kai oligopistoi, kai dia to mē echein bathos gēs, eutheōs exanateilantes, kai prokypsantes, ’ina tois plēsion aresōsin, epeita hypo bracheias tou ponērou prosbolēs kai oligou peirasmōn kausōnos, exēranthēsan kai apethanon. Kai toutōn eti cheirous, kai mallon apokērykteoi tēs panēgyreōs, hosoi mēde pros oligon antebēsan tǭ kairǭ, kaitois tēn kakēn aichmalōsian hēmas aichmalōtizousin apo tou anabantos eis hypsos, kai kalōs hēmas aichmalōtisantos; allʼ ek periousias ephanēsan ponēroi te kai euōnoi, oude pros oligon antischontes, oude genomenēs tinos autois thlipseōs, ē peirasmou, dia ton Logon skandalisthentes, alla proskairou kerdous, ē therapeias, ē dynasteias mikras, hoi deilaioi tēn heautōn sōtērian apempolē santes. Bēmati ’ para gar tēs theias kai touto lambanō Graphēs ho gonasin adynatousi tharsos perititheis, kai syntribōn amartōlou kai ponērou brachionas kaitauta parʼ allēs ǭdēs, hopōs an hekaston inin mnēmę̄, pollōn symplērountōn moi tēn ǭdēn, kai syneranizontōn ton charistērion d didous horasthai tou asebous kai tēn hyper tas kidrous heparsin, kai tēn heis to mēketi einai kathairesini hotan autou parelthein dynēthōmen tachei kai asphaleią podos tēd asaoeian. II“. Tis tauta pros axian hąsetai, kai diēgēsetai tōn ta theia diēgoumenōn ? Tis lalēsei tas dy nasteias tou Kyriou, akoustas poiēsei pasas tas haineseis autou ? tina phōnēn, ē tina logou dynamin exisōsei tǭ thaumati? Tis synetripsen hoplon, kai rhomphaian, kai polemon sTis ōnethlase tas kephalas tōn drakontōn epi tou hydatos? Tis edōken auton brōma laois, hois kai paredōke ? Tis estēsen eis auran kataigida? Tis heipe Thalassę̄, Siōpa, pephimōso ? kai, En soi syntribēsetai sou ta kymata; kai mentoi kai syntripsas, ouk epi poly me; teōristhenta kai anaxesanta ? Tis epanō hopheōn kai skorpiōn patein edōrēsato, ouk eti lathra tēn pternan tērountōn, hōs ē katakrisis, alla phanerōs epanistamenōn kai d.airontōn,tēn kephalēn, ēn pateisthai katedikasthēsan ?Tis ho poiēsas krima kai dikaiosynēn adokēton ? Tis ho mē pantelōs epapheis tēn rhabdon tōn hamartōlōn, ara tharrēsai chrē tǭ klērǭ tōn dikaiōn eipein ?hē, ho toutou metriōter ron, tǭ klērǭ hauton ginōskontōn?

One part, one kind of souls, I bar from the festival, groaning and grieving, mourning those who perhaps do not even understand, lamenting those who do not perceive their own destruction (for this is the most pitiable thing in their wound); yet I bar them: those who were sown not upon the firm and unshaken rock but upon the dry and barren ground. These are those who approached the word superficially and with little faith, and because they had no depth of earth sprang up at once and peeped out to please their neighbours, then under a brief assault of the evil one and a little heat of temptations withered and died. And still worse than these, and more to be barred from the festival, are those who did not resist the time even a little, and joined those who take us captive with the evil captivity away from him who ascended on high and took us captive for good; but they showed themselves wicked and cheap to excess, not holding out even a little, not even made to stumble by some affliction or temptation on account of the Word, but selling their own salvation, the wretches, for temporary gain, or court favour, or a little power. … who puts courage into feeble knees, and breaks the arms of the sinner and the wicked (for I take this too from divine Scripture, and this from another song, as each comes to my memory, many filling up my song for me and contributing to the thank-offering); who gives us to see both the ungodly lifted above the cedars and his overthrow so that he is no more, when we could pass by his impiety with swiftness and safety of foot. Who will sing these things worthily, and tell them, of those who tell divine things? “Who shall speak the mighty acts of the Lord, and make all his praises heard?” What voice or what power of speech will match the wonder? Who broke bow and sword and war? Who crushed the heads of the dragons upon the water? Who gave him as food to the peoples to whom he also handed him over? Who made the storm a breeze? Who said to the sea, “Be silent, be muzzled,” and, “In you your waves shall be broken,” and indeed broke them when they had not been lifted up for long and had foamed? Who gave us to tread upon serpents and scorpions, which no longer secretly watch for the heel, as the sentence was, but openly rise up and lift the head that they were condemned to have trodden on? Who executed judgment and unexpected righteousness? Who did not leave the rod of sinners altogether upon (dare I say?) the lot of the righteous, or, to put it more moderately, the lot of those who know him?

4.12PG 35:544c–545b

Ού γὰρ ὡς δίκαιοι παρεδόθημεν, τοῦτο γὰρ ὀλίγοι καὶ ὀλιγάκιςʼ ’ίνʼ, ὡς ἀθληταὶ γενναῖοι, τὸν πειραστήν καταισχύνωσιν· ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀμαρτάνοντες κατεκρίθημεν, εἶτα ἠλεήθημεν κηδεμονικῶς τε καὶ πατρικῶς, ὅσον σωφρονισθῆναι, πληγέντες, καὶ ὅσον πρὸς αύνὸν ἐπιπρέψαι νουθετηη θέντες. ’Πλεγξε μὲν γὰρ, ού τῷ θυμῷ δὲʼ καὶ πεπαίδευκε μὶν, ού ὀργῇ δέ* διʼ ἀμφοτέρων δεικνὺς τὸ φιλάνθρωπον καὶ τῆς ὑπομνήσεως, καὶ τῆς ἀνέσεως. Τίςό ποιήσας ἰκδίκησιν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ll:γμοὺς ἐν τοῖς λαοῖς, Κύριος κραταιὸς καὶ δυνατὸς, Κύριος δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ. διο ῙΕʼ. Μίαν εὑρίσκω φωνὴ), ἓν μέλος, των παρόντων πως ἄξιον, ἣν Ἠσαῒας πρὸ ἡμῶν ἀνεφθέγξατο, σφόδρα τῷ νῦν καιρῷ πρέπουσαν, καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἀμιλλωμένην · Εὐφραινέσθω ὁ οὐρανὸς ἄνωθεν, καὶ αἱ νεφέλαι ρανάτωσαν δικαιοσύνηνʼ ῥηξάτω τὰ ὅρη εὐφροσύνην, καὶ οἱ βουνοὶ ἀγαλλίασινʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ κτίσις πᾶσα, καὶ δυνάμεις of»ράνιοι, καὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ὥς γε δὴ ὁ έμὸς λόγος, συνεπαισθάνονται* οὐ γὰρ συστενάζει μόνον καὶ συνωδίνει δουλεύουσα τῇ φθορᾷ, τοῖς κάτω λέγω γινομένοις τε καὶ ἀπογινομένοις, ἀποκαραδοκοῦσα τὸ τέλος τούτων καὶ τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν, ’ίνα καὶ αὐτὴ τότε τύχῃ τῆς ἐλπιζομένης ἐλευθερίας, ὡς νῦν ἄκουσα τούτοις προσδεδεμένη διὰ τὴν τοῦ δημιουργήσαντος δύναμιν, ἀλλά καὶ συνδοξάζει καὶ συναγάλλεται τοῖς τοῦ Οεοῦ τέκνοις εύφραινομένοις.

Ou gar hōs dikaioi paredothēmen, touto gar oligoi kai oligakisʼ ’inʼ, hōs athlētai gennaioi, ton peirastēn kataischynōsin; allʼ hōs amartanontes katekrithēmen, eita ēleēthēmen kēdemonikōs te kai patrikōs, hoson sōphronisthēnai, plēgentes, kai hoson pros aunon epiprepsai nouthetēē thentes. ’Plenxe men gar, ou tǭ thymǭ deʼ kai pepaideuke min, ou orgę̄ de* diʼ amphoterōn deiknys to philanthrōpon kai tēs hypomnēseōs, kai tēs aneseōs. Tiso poiēsas ikdikēsin en tois ethnesin, ll:gmous en tois laois, Kyrios krataios kai dynatos, Kyrios dynatos en polemǭ. dio IEʼ. Mian heuriskō phōnē), hen melos, tōn parontōn pōs axion, hēn Ēsaïas pro hēmōn anephthenxato, sphodra tǭ nyn kairǭ prepousan, kai tǭ megethei tēs euergesias amillōmenēn ; Euphrainesthō ho ouranos anōthen, kai hai nephelai ranatōsan dikaiosynēnʼ rhēxatō ta horē euphrosynēn, kai hoi bounoi agalliasinʼ epei kai ktisis pasa, kai dynameis of»ranioi, kai tōn toioutōn, hōs ge dē ho emos logos, synepaisthanontai* ou gar systenazei monon kai synōdinei douleuousa tę̄ phthorą, tois katō legō ginomenois te kai apoginomenois, apokaradokousa to telos toutōn kai tēn apokalypsin, ’ina kai autē tote tychę̄ tēs elpizomenēs eleutherias, hōs nyn akousa toutois prosdedemenē dia tēn tou dēmiourgēsantos dynamin, alla kai syndoxazei kai synagalletai tois tou Oeou teknois euphrainomenois.

For we were not handed over as righteous men (this happens to few and seldom), so that, like noble athletes, they might put the tempter to shame; but we were condemned as sinners, and then shown mercy with care and like a father, struck only enough to be chastened, and admonished only enough to turn to him. For he reproved us, but not in wrath; he disciplined us, but not in anger; showing his love for mankind through both, the reminder and the relief. Who is it that executed vengeance among the nations and reproofs among the peoples? “The Lord strong and mighty, the Lord mighty in battle.” I find one voice, one song, somehow worthy of the present, which Isaiah uttered before us, very fitting for the present time and vying with the greatness of the benefit: “Let the heaven rejoice from above, and let the clouds sprinkle righteousness; let the mountains break forth into gladness, and the hills into exultation.” For the whole creation too, and the heavenly powers, share, as I hold, in perceiving such things; for not only does it groan and travail together, being in bondage to corruption (I mean to the things below that come to be and pass away), eagerly awaiting their end and the revelation, so that then it too may obtain the freedom it hopes for, being now bound to these against its will through the power of the One who made it; but it also shares the glory and exults with the children of God when they rejoice.

4.13PG 35:545b

Τοιγαροῦν, οὗ γὰρ ἀφέξομαι θείων φωνῶν θείαν ἐξηγούμενος δύναμιν, ἀγαλλιάσθω ἔρημος, καὶ ἀνθείνω ὡς κρίνον,ἡ χήρα χθὲς καὶ πρώην, ὥς γε ἐδόκει, καὶ ἄνανδρος Ἐκκλησία, καὶ πᾶς ὁ τῷ φθονερῷ καὶ ἀτερπεῖ χειμῶνι τῆς ἀσεβείας τέως συνεσταλμένος· ὅτι ἠλέησε Κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τήν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐγκαταλέλοιπεν ' ὅτι έποίησε θαυμαστὰ πράγματα, βουλὴν ἀρχαίαν ἀληθινήνυ ἡ δὲ ἦν, εὐδοκεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς φοβουμένους αύτὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ τᾲέλεος αὐτοῦ· ὅτι συνέτριψε πύλας χαλκᾶς,λ καὶ μοχλοὺς σιδηροῦς συνέθλασενʼ ὅτι διὰ τὰς ἀνομίας ἡμῶν έταπεινώθημεν, ἀλλʼ ἀνεκλήθημεν, καὶ, τῆς παγίδος συντριβείσης, ἐρρώσθη μεν ἐν χάριτι τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς, καὶ τοὺς ταπεινοὺς τῇ καρδίᾳ παρακαλοῦντος Θεοῦ.

Toigaroun, hou gar aphexomai theiōn phōnōn theian exēgoumenos dynamin, agalliasthō erēmos, kai antheinō hōs krinon,hē chēra chthes kai prōēn, hōs ge edokei, kai anandros Ekklēsia, kai pas ho tǭ phthonerǭ kai aterpei cheimōni tēs asebeias teōs synestalmenos; hoti ēleēse Kyrios ton laon autou, kai tēn klēronomian autou ouk enkataleloipen ' hoti epoiēse thaumasta pragmata, boulēn archaian alēthinēny hē de ēn, eudokein epi tous phoboumenous auton, kai tous elpizontas epi tąeleos autou; hoti synetripse pylas chalkas,l kai mochlous sidērous synethlasenʼ hoti dia tas anomias hēmōn etapeinōthēmen, allʼ aneklēthēmen, kai, tēs pagidos syntribeisēs, errōsthē men en chariti tou kalesantos hēmas, kai tous tapeinous tę̄ kardią parakalountos Theou.

Therefore (for I will not refrain from divine words in expounding divine power), let the desert rejoice and blossom like the lily: the church that only yesterday and the day before was, as it seemed, a widow without a husband, and everyone who until now was shrivelled by the envious and joyless winter of impiety; for the Lord has had mercy on his people and has not forsaken his inheritance; for he has done wonderful things, an ancient and true counsel, which was to take pleasure in those who fear him and hope in his mercy; for he has broken gates of bronze and shattered bars of iron; for we were humbled because of our iniquities, but were called back, and when the snare was broken we were strengthened by the grace of God who called us and comforts the lowly in heart.

4.14PG 35:545b

Ὁρᾶτε ὅπως-πλέκω τὴν ᾠδὴν θείοις καὶ ῥήμασι καὶ διανοήμασι ; καὶ ούκ οἷδʼ ὅπως ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπαίρομαί τε καὶ καλλωπίζομσι, καὶ ὥσπερ ἔνθους ὑφʼ ἡδονῆς γίνομαιʼ ἀτιμάζω δὲ ἅπαν ταπεινὸν και ἀνθρώπινον, ἄλλα ἄλλοις συμβιβἀζων καὶ συναρμόζων, καὶ εἰς ’ἐν ἄγων τὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ Πνεύματος ;

Horate hopōs-plekō tēn ǭdēn theiois kai rhēmasi kai dianoēmasi ? kai ouk hoidʼ hopōs allotriois epairomai te kai kallōpizomsi, kai hōsper enthous hyphʼ hēdonēs ginomaiʼ atimazō de hapan tapeinon kai anthrōpinon, alla allois symbibazōn kai synarmozōn, kai eis ’en agōn ta tou autou Pneumatos ?

Do you see how I weave my song from divine words and thoughts? And somehow I am elated and adorned with the words of others, and become as if inspired with pleasure; I disdain everything lowly and human, fitting and joining different passages together and bringing the words of the same Spirit into one.

4.15PG 35:545b–548b

Πρότερον μὲν οὗν ἐδείκνυ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ θαυμάσια Ἑνὼχ μετατιθέμενος, Ἠλίας ἀντιλαμβανόμενος, Νῶε διασωζόμενος, καὶ διασώζων τὰ σπέρματα τῶν γενῶν, έν μικρῷ ξύλῳ τὸν κόσμον, φυγόντων οἷγουμένης ἐπίκλυσιν, ’ίνʼ ἡ γῆ κοσμηθῂ πάλιν εὐσεβεστέροις οἰκήτορσιν· Ἀβραὰμ καλούμενος, καὶ παιδὶ παρʼ ἡλικίαν τιμώμενος, είς πίστιν ἑτέρου τοῦ ἐπηγγελμένου σπέρματος, καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ προσφέρων θυσίαν πρόθυμον, καὶ ἱερεῖον ξένον ἀντί τοῦ παιδὸς κομιζόμενοςʼ παράδοξος ἀσεβῶν ἀπώλεια, πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ κατακλυσθέντων, εὐσεβῶν κλοπὴ παραδοξοτέρα, στήλη ἁλὸς τὴν πρὸς τὸ κακὸν ἐπιστροφὴν θριαμβεὖουσα· Ἰωσήφ τε πιπρασκόμενος, καὶ ἐρώμενος, καὶ σωφρονῶν, καὶ παρὰ Θεοῦ σοφιζόμενος, καὶ ἐλευθερούμενος, καὶ δυναστεύων, χαιὶ σιτοδοτῶν ἐπʼ οἰκονομίᾳ μείζονι. Μωΰσῆς θεηφςινείας ἀξιούμενος, καὶ νομοθετούμενα( καὶ νομοθετῶν, καὶ Θεὸς Φαραὼ γινόμενος, καὶ πρὸς τήν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ἐξηγούμενος· Αἰγυπτίων τε ἀριθμούμεναι μάστιγες, καὶ σωτηρία τῶν πονουμένων ἐν μέσοις τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις ' θάλασσά τε ὑποχωροῦσα ῥάβδῳ, καὶ συνιοῦσα λόγῳ, καὶτοὺς μὲν ὡς ξηρὰ παραπέμπουσα, τοὺς δὶ κατὰ τήν φύσιν ἑαυτῆς ἐπιρρέουσα.

Proteron men houn edeikny tou Theou ta thaumasia Henōch metatithemenos, Ēlias antilambanomenos, Nōe diasōzomenos, kai diasōzōn ta spermata tōn genōn, en mikrǭ xylǭ ton kosmon, phygontōn hoigoumenēs epiklysin, ’inʼ hē gē kosmēthę̄ palin eusebesterois oikētorsin; Abraam kaloumenos, kai paidi parʼ hēlikian timōmenos, eis pistin heterou tou epēngelmenou spermatos, kai ton monogenē prospherōn thysian prothymon, kai hiereion xenon anti tou paidos komizomenosʼ paradoxos asebōn apōleia, pyri kai theiǭ kataklysthentōn, eusebōn klopē paradoxotera, stēlē halos tēn pros to kakon epistrophēn thriambeuousa; Iōsēph te pipraskomenos, kai erōmenos, kai sōphronōn, kai para Theou sophizomenos, kai eleutheroumenos, kai dynasteuōn, chaii sitodotōn epʼ oikonomią meizoni. Mōÿsēs theēphsineias axioumenos, kai nomothetoumena( kai nomothetōn, kai Theos Pharaō ginomenos, kai pros tēn gēn tēs epangelias tǭ Israēl exēgoumenos; Aigyptiōn te arithmoumenai mastiges, kai sōtēria tōn ponoumenōn en mesois tois Aigyptiois ' thalassa te hypochōrousa rhabdǭ, kai syniousa logǭ, kaitous men hōs xēra parapempousa, tous di kata tēn physin heautēs epirreousa.

In earlier times the wonders of God were shown by Enoch translated, Elijah taken up, Noah preserved and preserving the seeds of the races, the world in a small wooden ark, when they escaped the flooding of the inhabited earth, so that the earth might be adorned again with more pious inhabitants; by Abraham called, and honoured with a child beyond his age, so as to believe in another seed that had been promised, and offering his only son as a willing sacrifice, and receiving a strange victim in place of the child; by the astonishing destruction of the ungodly, deluged with fire and brimstone, and the more astonishing rescue of the godly, and the pillar of salt that makes a show of the turning back toward evil; by Joseph sold and loved and chaste, made wise by God, set free, ruling, and supplying grain for a greater dispensation; by Moses deemed worthy of visions of God, receiving the law and giving it, becoming a god to Pharaoh, and leading Israel to the land of promise; by the plagues of Egypt counted out, and the safety of those who toiled in the midst of the Egyptians; by the sea retreating at a rod and closing again at a word, letting some pass as on dry land and flowing over the others according to its nature.

4.19PG 35:548b–548d

Τᾶλλα τε, ὅσα τούτοις ἐπηκολούθησε, στύλος νεφέλης ἐπισχιάζων ἡμέρας, στύλος πυρὸς φωτί. ζων νυκτὸς, καὶ ὁδηγοῦντες ἀμφότεροι· ἄρτος ὑόμενος ἐν ἐρήμῳ, ὄψον ἐξ οὖροινοῦ πεμπόμενον ό μὶν τῇ χρείᾳ σύμμετρος, τὸ δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τήν χρείαν· ὕδωρ ἐκ πέτροις, τὸ μὲν ἐκδιδόμενον, τὸ δὲ γλυκαινό· μενον· Ἀμαλὴχ εὐχῇ κατα-πολεμούμενος, καὶ χειρῶν ἀπορρήτῳ καὶ μυστικῷ σχήματι- ἥλιός τε ἱστάμενος, καὶ σελήνη κατεχομένη, καὶ Ἰορδάνης ἀνακοπτόμενος τείχη κπασειᾶμενα ἱερέων περιόδῳ, καὶ σαλπίγγων ἤχῳ, καὶ ἀριθμῷ δύναμιν ἔχοντι γῆ καὶ πόκος, ἐναλλὰξ ὑόμενά τε καὶ ἄβροχα διαμένοντα· δύναμις ἐν Θριξὶ, στρατιᾶς ὅλης ἀντίῤῥοπος· λογάδες ὀλίγοι λάπτοντες, καὶ νικᾷν πιστευόμενοι, καὶ νικῶντες, κατὰ τὰς ἐλπίδας, ὁ βραχὺς ἀριθμὸς τὰς πλείονας χιλιάδας. Τί με δεῖ καταριθμεῖν ἕκαστα, ὅσα διʼ αὑτοῦ Χριστοῦ κειτά τὴν σωτήριον αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν καὶ σάρκωσιν, ὅσα μετʼ ἐκεῖνόν τε καὶ διʼ ἐκείνου τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑπηρὲε ταις τοῦ λόγου τεθαυματούργηται; Πόσαι ταῦτα καὶ βίβλοι Aul μνῆμαι φέρουσι;

Talla te, hosa toutois epēkolouthēse, stylos nephelēs epischiazōn hēmeras, stylos pyros phōti. zōn nyktos, kai hodēgountes amphoteroi; artos hyomenos en erēmǭ, opson ex ouroinou pempomenon o min tę̄ chreią symmetros, to de kai hyper tēn chreian; hydōr ek petrois, to men ekdidomenon, to de glykaino; menon; Amalēch euchę̄ kata-polemoumenos, kai cheirōn aporrētǭ kai mystikǭ schēmati- hēlios te histamenos, kai selēnē katechomenē, kai Iordanēs anakoptomenos teichē kpaseiamena hiereōn periodǭ, kai salpingōn ēchǭ, kai arithmǭ dynamin echonti gē kai pokos, enallax hyomena te kai abrocha diamenonta; dynamis en Thrixi, stratias holēs antirrhopos; logades oligoi laptontes, kai nikąn pisteuomenoi, kai nikōntes, kata tas elpidas, ho brachys arithmos tas pleionas chiliadas. Ti me dei katarithmein hekasta, hosa diʼ hautou Christou keita tēn sōtērion autou parousian kai sarkōsin, hosa metʼ ekeinon te kai diʼ ekeinou tois hierois apostolois autou, kai hypēree tais tou logou tethaumatourgētai? Posai tauta kai bibloi Aul mnēmai pherousi?

And the other things that followed these: a pillar of cloud overshadowing by day and a pillar of fire giving light by night, both of them guiding; bread rained in the desert and meat sent from heaven, the one measured to need, the other even beyond need; water from the rock, the one given forth, the other made sweet; Amalek defeated by prayer and by the secret and mystical shape of the hands; the sun standing still and the moon held back, and the Jordan cut off; walls shaken by a circuit of priests, the sound of trumpets, and a number that had power; the ground and the fleece, alternately rained on and remaining dry; strength in hair, a match for a whole army; a few picked men who lapped, trusted to conquer, and conquering, as they hoped, a small number against many thousands. Why must I count up each of the wonders worked through Christ himself in his saving coming and incarnation, and those worked after him and through him by his holy apostles and the ministers of the word? How many books and records contain them?

4.20PG 35:548d–549b

Τὰ δὲ δὴ νῦν, δεῦτε, ἀκούσατε, καὶ διηγήσομαι, πάντες οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν θεὸν, ’ὁπως ἂν γνῷ γενεᾶ ἑτέρα, καὶ διαδοχαὶ γενεῶν, τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ δυναστείας τὰ θαύματα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐχ οἶόν τε ταῦτα δηλῶσαι, μὴ τὸ τοῦ κινδύνου παραστήσαντας μέγεθος · τοῦτο δὲ οὐχ οἷόν τε, μή τὸ τοῦ τρόπου κακόηθες διελέγξαντας, καὶ ἐξ οἵων ἀρχῶν καὶ τῆς κακίας σπερμάτων ἐπὶ τήν κακοδαιμονίαν τοσαύτην ἐξέπεσε, κατὰ μικρὸν τήν ἀσέβειαν συναυξήσας, ὥσπερ τὸν ἷὸν τῶν ἑρπετῶν καὶ τῶν θηρίων ὅσα πικρότατα, πάντα μὶν οῦν ἐκτραγφῳδεῖν τὰ ἐκείνου βίβλοις καὶ ἱστορίαις παρήσομεν· οὐ γὰρ ἡμῖν γε σχολὴ μακρότερα τῆς παρούσης ὑποθέσεως ῥαψῳδεῖν ° αὐτοὶ δὲ ὀλίγα ἐκ πολλῶν διελθόντες, στηλογραφίαν ὣσπερ τινὰ τοῖς μεθʼ ἡμᾶς καταλείψομεν ἐπὶ τὰ κυριώτατα καί περιφανέστατα τῶν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τῷ λόγῳ χωρήσαντες.

Ta de dē nyn, deute, akousate, kai diēgēsomai, pantes hoi phoboumenoi ton theon, ’hopōs an gnǭ genea hetera, kai diadochai geneōn, tēs tou Theou dynasteias ta thaumata. Epei de ouch oion te tauta dēlōsai, mē to tou kindynou parastēsantas megethos ; touto de ouch hoion te, mē to tou tropou kakoēthes dielenxantas, kai ex hoiōn archōn kai tēs kakias spermatōn epi tēn kakodaimonian tosautēn exepese, kata mikron tēn asebeian synauxēsas, hōsper ton hion tōn herpetōn kai tōn thēriōn hosa pikrotata, panta min oun ektragphǭdein ta ekeinou biblois kai historiais parēsomen; ou gar hēmin ge scholē makrotera tēs parousēs hypotheseōs rhapsǭdein ° autoi de oliga ek pollōn dielthontes, stēlographian hōsper tina tois methʼ hēmas kataleipsomen epi ta kyriōtata kai periphanestata tōn katʼ ekeinon tǭ logǭ chōrēsantes.

But as for the things of the present, “come, hear, and I will tell you, all you who fear God,” so that another generation and the successions of generations may know the wonders of God’s power. But since it is not possible to make these known without setting out the greatness of the danger, and this is not possible without exposing the malice of his character, and from what beginnings and seeds of vice he fell into such great misery, increasing his impiety little by little like the venom of the bitterest reptiles and beasts, we will leave it to books and histories to recount all his doings in tragic style, for we have no leisure to string together a tale longer than our present subject; but going through a few things out of many, we will leave a kind of inscribed monument for those after us, proceeding in our discourse to the chief and most conspicuous of his doings.

4.21PG 35:549b

Ἐκεῖνος ἓν μὲν καὶ πρῶτον, ὑπὸ τοῦ μεγάλου Κωνσταντίου σωθεὶς, ἄρτι παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς διαδεξαμένου τὸ κράτος (ἡνίκα τὸ στρατιωτικὸν ἒξωπλίσθη κατὰ τῶν ἐν τὲλει, καινοτομοῦν φόβῳ καινοτομίας. καὶ διὰ νέων προστατῶν καθίστατο τὰ βασίλεια)· καὶ σωθείς γε σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σωτηρίαν ἄπιστον καὶ παράδοξον, οὒτε τῷ Θεῷ χάριν ἔσχε τῆς σωτηρίας, οὕτε τῷ βασιλεῖ, διʼ οὗ σὲσωστῡ· ἀλλʼ ἆμφοτὲροις ὤφθη κακὸς, τῷ μὲν ἀποστασίαν ὠδίνων, τῷ δὲ ἐπανάστασιν. ΚΒ "0 δὲ μοι πρὸ τούτων εἰπεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, διαίτης μὲν καὶ θεραπείας ἕν τινι τῶν βασιλικῶν χωρίων ἠξιοῦντο βασιλικῆς παρὰ τοῦ φιλανθρωποτάτου βασιλέως, ὡς τοῦ γένους λείψανα τῇ βασιλείᾳ τηρούμενοι· ὁμοῦ μὲν ἀπολογίαν ἐπινοοῦτος τῶν νεωτερισθέντων ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς βασιλείας, ὡς ού κατʼ ἐκείνου γνώμην τετολμημένων ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ τὸ μεγαλόψυχον ἐπιδείξασθαι ζητοῦντος τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῆς βασιλείας · καὶ τρίτον, τὴν ἀρχὴν καταστήσασθαι ταῖς προσθήκαις βεβαιοτέραν, ὅπερ ἦν διανοουμὲνου, ρηστότερα ἢ σοφώτερα.

Ekeinos hen men kai prōton, hypo tou megalou Kōnstantiou sōtheis, arti para tou patros diadexamenou to kratos (hēnika to stratiōtikon exōplisthē kata tōn en telei, kainotomoun phobǭ kainotomias. kai dia neōn prostatōn kathistato ta basileia); kai sōtheis ge syn tǭ adelphǭ sōtērian apiston kai paradoxon, oute tǭ Theǭ charin esche tēs sōtērias, houte tǭ basilei, diʼ hou sesōsty; allʼ amphoterois ōphthē kakos, tǭ men apostasian ōdinōn, tǭ de epanastasin. KB "0 de moi pro toutōn eipein anankaion, diaitēs men kai therapeias hen tini tōn basilikōn chōriōn ēxiounto basilikēs para tou philanthrōpotatou basileōs, hōs tou genous leipsana tę̄ basileią tēroumenoi; homou men apologian epinooutos tōn neōteristhentōn en archę̄ tēs basileias, hōs ou katʼ ekeinou gnōmēn tetolmēmenōn homou de kai to megalopsychon epideixasthai zētountos tę̄ koinōnią tēs basileias ; kai triton, tēn archēn katastēsasthai tais prosthēkais bebaioteran, hoper ēn dianooumenou, rēstotera ē sophōtera.

[21] First of all, he was saved by the great Constantius, who had just succeeded his father in power (when the army took up arms against those in office, innovating for fear of innovation, and the palace was being settled under new leaders); and though he was saved with his brother by an incredible and unexpected rescue, he felt no gratitude for his salvation either to God or to the emperor through whom he was saved, but proved bad to both, being in travail with apostasy against the one and insurrection against the other. [22] But what I must say before this: they were thought worthy of royal maintenance and care in one of the imperial estates by the most humane emperor, as remnants of the family kept for the empire. He was at once devising a defence of the revolutionary deeds at the beginning of his reign, as not having been dared by his will; at once seeking to show his magnanimity by sharing the rule; and third, to make the government more secure by additions: which was the intention of one more kind than wise.

4.23PG 35:549b–552b

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦγον ἀπὸ πάντων σχολὴν, τῆς μὲν βασιλείας μελλούσης ἔτι καὶ μελετωμένης, τῆς δὶ ἡλικίας ἅμα καὶτῆς ἐλπίδος ταῖς δευτέραις τῶν ἀρχῶν οὐ προσαγούσης, ἐχρῶντο μὲν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων παιδευταῖς μαθημάτων, πᾶσαν τήν ἐγκύκλιον παίδευσιν ἰκπαιδεύοντος αὐτοὺς τοῦ θείου καὶ βασιλέως· ἐχρῶντο δὲ καὶ τῇ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφίᾳ πλέον, οὐ τῇ περὶ λόγους μόνον, ἀλλʼ ’ὀοη καὶ διὰ τῶνἠθῶν ἠχει τὸ εὐσεβές · ἀνδρῶν τε τοῖς σπονδαιοτάτοις προσομιλοῦντες, καὶ πράξεων ταῖς χαριεστάταις, καὶ πολλὴν ἕχούσαις τῆς ἀρετῆς τὴν ἐπίδειξιν ο τῷ μέν γε κλήρῳ φέροντες ἑαυτοὺς έγκατέλεξαν, ὥστε καὶ τὰς θείας ὑπαναγενώσχειν τῷ λαῷ βίβλους, οὐδενὸς ἓλαττον εἷς δόξαν αὑτοῖς τοῦτο εἶναι ννμιζοντες, ἀλλὰ καί πάντων μεῖζον καλλώπισμα τὴν εὐσέβειαν.

Epei de ēgon apo pantōn scholēn, tēs men basileias mellousēs eti kai meletōmenēs, tēs di hēlikias hama kaitēs elpidos tais deuterais tōn archōn ou prosagousēs, echrōnto men kai tōn allōn paideutais mathēmatōn, pasan tēn enkyklion paideusin ikpaideuontos autous tou theiou kai basileōs; echrōnto de kai tę̄ kathʼ hēmas philosophią pleon, ou tę̄ peri logous monon, allʼ ’ooē kai dia tōnēthōn ēchei to eusebes ; andrōn te tois spondaiotatois prosomilountes, kai praxeōn tais chariestatais, kai pollēn hechousais tēs aretēs tēn epideixin o tǭ men ge klērǭ pherontes heautous enkatelexan, hōste kai tas theias hypanagenōschein tǭ laǭ biblous, oudenos helatton heis doxan hautois touto einai nnmizontes, alla kai pantōn meizon kallōpisma tēn eusebeian.

And since they were at leisure from everything, the empire being still in the future and in preparation, and their age and their hopes not yet bringing them even to the second ranks of office, they had teachers in the other branches of learning, their kinsman and emperor having them educated in the whole circle of general education; and they made still more use of our philosophy, not only the part that concerns words, but all that sounds forth piety through character, associating with the most earnest men and with the most gracious deeds, which give a great display of virtue. They even enrolled themselves in the clergy, so as to read the divine books to the people, thinking this no less a glory for them, and considering piety a greater ornament than anything.

4.24PG 35:552b–553b

Μαρτυρων τε μνήμασι πολυτελεστάτοις, καὶ ἀναθημάτων φιλοτιμίαις, καὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ὁθεῖος φόβος χαρακτηρίζεται, τὸ φιλόσοφον καὶ φιλόχριστον κατεμήνυον ὁ μὲν, καὶ κάτʼ ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβῶν · καὶ ,ᾼᾷρ ἦν, εἴ καὶ τήν φύσιν θερμότερος, ἀλλʼ οὖν γνήσιος είς εὐσέβειαν · ὁ δὲ, τὸν καιρὸν ἐξωνούμενος, καὶ κρύπτων έν ἐπιεικείας πλάσματι τὸ κακόηθες. Τεκμήριον δέ· καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην παραδραμεῇ τὸ συμβὰν θαῦμα, σφόδρα τε δν μνήμης ἄξιον, καί πολλοὺς παιδεῦσαι των ἀσεβῶν δυνάμενον. KE' ’Έκαμνον μὲν τοῖς μάρτυσιν, ὅπερ εἷπον, ἀμφότεροι, καὶ ἀντεφιλοτιμοῦντο λαμπρῶς ἀλλήλοις, καὶ χειρὶ πολλῇ καὶ δαπάνῃ τὸν οἶκον ἐγείροντες · ἐπεὶ δὶ οὐκ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς προαιρέσεως, οὐδὲ εἷς ὅμοιον πέρας προέβαινεν ἀμφοτέροις ὁ πόνος ' τοῦ μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἔργον ἠνύετο, καὶ κατᾶ λόγον ἐχώρει, τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου λέγω τῶν ἀδελφῶν, οἷα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἐπίδοσιν ετοίμως προσιεμένου, κατὰ τήν ’Δβελ θυσίαν, ὀρθῶς καὶ προσενεχθεῖσαν καὶ διαιρεθεῖσαν · καὶ ἦν ᾣσπερ πρωτοτόκου τις καθιέρωσις ἐπιδοσις · τοῦ δὲ, φεῦ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀτιμίας τὰ ἐκεῖθεν μαρτυρομένης καὶ μικροῖς μηνύμασι τὰ μεγάλα προκηρυττούσης, ὥσπερ την Κάῖν θυσίαν ὁ τῶν μαρτύρων Θεὸς ἀπεπέ μπετυ. KC. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐπόνει, ἠ δὲ γῆ τὸ πονηθὲν ἆπεσείετο. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐφιλονείκει μᾶλλον, ἡ δὲ ἀπηξίου δέχεσθαι θεμελίους τοῦ σαθροῦ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν, οἶα βοῶσα τὸν ἐσόμενον ἐξ ἐκείνου σεισμὸν, καὶ τιμῶσα τοὺς μάρτυρας τῇ περί-τὸν ἀσεβέστατον ἀτιμίᾳ. Τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον προφητεία τις ἦν τῆς ὕστερον τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐθαδείας καὶ ἀπονοίας, καὶτῆς εἷς μάρτυρας ἀτιμίας, καὶ περὶ τοὺς ἁγίους οἷβιους παρανομιας· τοὺς μὶν ἄλλους λανθάνουσα, τὸν δὲ διώκτην πόρρωθεν προδιώκουσα, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀσεβείας ἐπίχειρα προση μαίνουσα.

Martyrōn te mnēmasi polytelestatois, kai anathēmatōn philotimiais, kai pasin hois hotheios phobos charaktērizetai, to philosophon kai philochriston katemēnyon ho men, kai katʼ alētheian eusebōn ; kai ,Ąąr ēn, ei kai tēn physin thermoteros, allʼ oun gnēsios eis eusebeian ; ho de, ton kairon exōnoumenos, kai kryptōn en epieikeias plasmati to kakoēthes. Tekmērion de; kai gar ouk an dynaimēn paradrameę̄ to symban thauma, sphodra te dn mnēmēs axion, kai pollous paideusai tōn asebōn dynamenon. KE' ’Ekamnon men tois martysin, hoper heipon, amphoteroi, kai antephilotimounto lamprōs allēlois, kai cheiri pollę̄ kai dapanę̄ ton oikon egeirontes ; epei di ouk ek tēs autēs proaireseōs, oude heis homoion peras proebainen amphoterois ho ponos ' tou men gar to ergon ēnyeto, kai kata logon echōrei, tou presbyterou legō tōn adelphōn, hoia tou Theou tēn epidosin etoimōs prosiemenou, kata tēn ’Dbel thysian, orthōs kai prosenechtheisan kai diairetheisan ; kai ēn hǭsper prōtotokou tis kathierōsis epidosis ; tou de, pheu tēs enteuthen ēdē tōn asebōn atimias ta ekeithen martyromenēs kai mikrois mēnymasi ta megala prokēryttousēs, hōsper tēn Kain thysian ho tōn martyrōn Theos apepe mpety. KC. Kai ho men eponei, ē de gē to ponēthen apeseieto. Kai ho men ephiloneikei mallon, hē de apēxiou dechesthai themelious tou sathrou pros eusebeian, oia boōsa ton esomenon ex ekeinou seismon, kai timōsa tous martyras tę̄ peri-ton asebestaton atimią. Touto to ergon prophēteia tis ēn tēs hysteron tou andros authadeias kai aponoias, kaitēs heis martyras atimias, kai peri tous hagious hoibious paranomias; tous min allous lanthanousa, ton de diōktēn porrōthen prodiōkousa, kai ta tēs asebeias epicheira prosē mainousa.

[24] By most costly shrines of martyrs, by lavish offerings, and by all the things by which the fear of God is marked, they displayed their love of wisdom and of Christ: the one truly in piety (for he was, though rather hot by nature, genuine in his piety), the other buying up the opportunity and hiding his malice under a pretence of decency. Here is proof; for I cannot pass over the wonder that happened, which is most worthy of memory and able to instruct many of the ungodly. [25] Both were labouring, as I said, for the martyrs, and vying splendidly with each other, raising the building with many hands and great expense; but since it was not from the same intention, their labour did not come to a like end for both. The work of the one, I mean the elder of the brothers, advanced and went according to plan, since God readily accepted the gift, as he did Abel’s sacrifice, rightly offered and rightly divided; and the gift was like the consecration of a firstborn. But the other’s (alas for the dishonour of the ungodly, already bearing witness here to what awaits them there, and proclaiming great things by small signs!) the God of the martyrs rejected like Cain’s sacrifice. [26] The one laboured, and the earth shook off what he had laboured on; he strove the harder, and it refused to receive the foundations of one rotten toward piety, as though crying out the earthquake that was to come from him, and honouring the martyrs by the dishonour done to the most impious. This work was a kind of prophecy of the man’s later arrogance and madness, of his dishonour toward martyrs and his lawlessness toward holy shrines: unnoticed by others, but pursuing the persecutor from afar and signifying beforehand the wages of impiety.

4.27PG 35:553b

Ὠ ψυχῆς σοφῆς εἷς τὸ κακοποιῆσαι, τὴν δὲ ΐδίαν οὐ φευγούσης βάσανονί Ὤ Θεοῦ τὸ μέλλον κηρύττοντος, ἵνα ἀνακόψῃ τὴν ἀσέβειαν, ἢ δείξῃ τὴν πρόγνωσινί Ὠ παραδόξου μὲν, ἀληθοῢςῗδὶ πλέον ἢ παραδόξου θαύματοςι ’Ὠ τῆς τῶν μαρτύρων φιλαδελφίας! Οὐκ ἐδέξαντο τιμὴν τοῦ πολλοὺς μάρτυρας ἀτιμάσοντνς. οὐ προσήκαντο δῶρον τοῦ πολλοὺς ἀθλητὰς ἀποδείξοντος, pingi; δὶ φθονήσοντος καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀθλήσεως· ἢ, τό γε ἀληθέστερον εἰπεῖν, οὐκ ἤνεγκαν μόνοι μαρτύρων ὑβρίζεσθαι, τῶν ἄλλων ὁσίαις χερσὶ τεθησομένων τε καὶ θεραπευθησομένων, οὐδὲ δοῦναι τῷ σοφιστῇ τῆς κακίας ταῖς ὕβρεσιν ἐγκαυχήσασθαι τίνα μὴ παρᾶ τῆς αὐτῆς χειρὸς τὰ μὲν ἀνιστῆται μαρτύρων μνήματα, τὰ δὲ καταλύηται · καὶ οἱ μὲν τιμῶνται μάρτυρες, οἱ δὲ ἀτιμάζωνται, μικρὸν φθανούσης τῆς έν σχήματι τιμῆς τὴν ἀληθινὴν ἀτιμίαν · μηδὶ πρὸς τῷ μεγέθει τῆς ὕβρεως καὶ σοφὸς εἶναι νομίσῃ παρʼ ὲαυτῷ, λανθάνων, ὥσπερ ἀνθρώπους, οὕτω καὶ Θεὸν τὸν πάντων ὀξύτατον καὶ σοφώτατον. καὶ δρασσόμενον τοὺς σοφοὺς ιν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὖτῶν, διὰ τοῦ φαινομένου προβλήματος· ἀλλὰ γινώσκῃ νορύμενος, καὶ μὴ ὑπεραίρηται καταλαμβανόμενος.

Ō psychēs sophēs heis to kakopoiēsai, tēn de ïdian ou pheugousēs basanoni Ō Theou to mellon kēryttontos, hina anakopsę̄ tēn asebeian, ē deixę̄ tēn prognōsini Ō paradoxou men, alēthoÿsïdi pleon ē paradoxou thaumatosi ’Ō tēs tōn martyrōn philadelphias! Ouk edexanto timēn tou pollous martyras atimasontns. ou prosēkanto dōron tou pollous athlētas apodeixontos, pingi? di phthonēsontos kai autēs tēs athlēseōs; ē, to ge alēthesteron eipein, ouk ēnenkan monoi martyrōn hybrizesthai, tōn allōn hosiais chersi tethēsomenōn te kai therapeuthēsomenōn, oude dounai tǭ sophistę̄ tēs kakias tais hybresin enkauchēsasthai tina mē para tēs autēs cheiros ta men anistētai martyrōn mnēmata, ta de katalyētai ; kai hoi men timōntai martyres, hoi de atimazōntai, mikron phthanousēs tēs en schēmati timēs tēn alēthinēn atimian ; mēdi pros tǭ megethei tēs hybreōs kai sophos einai nomisę̄ parʼ eautǭ, lanthanōn, hōsper anthrōpous, houtō kai Theon ton pantōn oxytaton kai sophōtaton. kai drassomenon tous sophous in tę̄ panourgią autōn, dia tou phainomenou problēmatos; alla ginōskę̄ norymenos, kai mē hyperairētai katalambanomenos.

O soul wise to do evil, yet not escaping its own torment! O God proclaiming the future, to check impiety or to show his foreknowledge! O wonder, strange, but more true than strange! O brotherly love of the martyrs! They did not accept honour from one who would dishonour many martyrs; they did not admit a gift from one who would make many athletes, and begrudge them even their contest; or, to say it more truly, they alone of the martyrs could not bear to be insulted, while the others would be laid to rest and tended by holy hands; nor would they allow the sophist of vice to boast of his insults, so that by the same hand some martyrs’ shrines would be raised and others pulled down, some martyrs honoured and others dishonoured, the honour in appearance coming a little before the real dishonour; nor that, besides the greatness of the insult, he should think himself wise in his own eyes, escaping the notice, as of men, so of God, the sharpest and wisest of all, who catches the wise in their craftiness, by the screen of his outward show; but that he should know that he was understood, and not be exalted when he was found out.

4.28PG 35:556a–556c

Εἰ γᾷιρ καὶ τὴν ἀσέβειαν οὐκ ἐπέσχεν ὁ τῶν μαρτύρων Θεὸς, οὐδὲ τήν μελετωμένην καὶ κρυπτομένην κακίαν ὥσπερ ῥεῦμα πονηρὸν εὐθὺς ἆνεξῆρανεν, ἀνέκοψεν, οἷς αὐτὸς ἠπίστατο λόγοις, κατὰ τὴν asiam αὐτοῦ σοφίαν τε καὶ κυβερνησιν, καθʼ ἣν καὶ τὰς ’Δμορραίων ἀνομίας ἀναπληρωθῆναι ᾠκονόμει · ἀλλʼ ἔδει τήν τε κακοήθειαν μισηθῆναι, καὶ τήν τιμὴν ἀπωσθῆναι τῶν πολλῶν ἔνεκεν, καὶ δειχθῆναι τοῦ Θεοῦ τήν περὶ πάντα τὰ προσφερόμενα ἶσότητά τε καὶ καθαρότητα, ΚΘʼὉ γὰρ εἰπὼν ἀσεβοῦντι τῷ Ἰσραήλ· Ἐάν προσφέρητε σεμίδαλιν, μάταιον· θυμίαμα βδέλυγμα μοί ἐστιʼ τάς τε Νουμηνίας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ Σάββατα, καὶ ἡμέραν μεγάλην οὐ προσιέμενος · μηδὲγὰρ δεῖσθαι, πλήρης, ὥν, μηδενὸς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων τε καί μικρῶν, ’ίνα χαίρῃ καὶ τοῖς ἀναξίως προσφερομένοις· τήν τε τοῦ ἀνόμου θυσίαν, κᾶν μόσίος, ὡς κυνὸς βδελυττόμενος, καί ὡς βλασφημίαν τὸν λίβανον, καὶ ἄλλαγμα πόρνης ἐξορίζων τοῦ ἰεροῦ καὶ ἀποσειόμενος, μόνην δὲ θυσίαν τιμῶν, ἦν καθαραὶ τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ προσφέρουσι χεῖρες, καί νοῦς ὑψηλός τε καὶ ἡγνισμένος τί θαυμαστὸν, εἷ μηδὲ τήν ἐκείνου τιμήν προσεδέξατο πονηρῶς τε καὶ μετὰ πονηρᾶς τῆς διανοίας προσαγοσ μένην, ὁ μή καθορῶν ὡς ἅνθρωπος, μηδὲ εἷς τὸ φαινόμενον βλέπων, ἀλλʼ είς τὸν κρυπτὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ εἰς τὸ ἔνδον τῆς κακίας ἢ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐργαστήριον ; Τοῦτο μὶν δὴ τοιοῦτο ο καὶ εἴ τις ἀπιστεῖ, τοὺς τεθεαμένους αὐτοὺς ἐπιμαρτυρόμεθά · πολλοὶ δέ εἷʼσιν, οἳ καὶ ἡμῖν καὶ τοῖς ἔπειτα τὸ θαῦμα τοῦτο παρέπεμψάν τε καὶ παραπέμψουσιν.

Ei gąir kai tēn asebeian ouk epeschen ho tōn martyrōn Theos, oude tēn meletōmenēn kai kryptomenēn kakian hōsper rheuma ponēron euthys anexēranen, anekopsen, hois autos ēpistato logois, kata tēn asiam autou sophian te kai kybernēsin, kathʼ hēn kai tas ’Dmorraiōn anomias anaplērōthēnai ǭkonomei ; allʼ edei tēn te kakoētheian misēthēnai, kai tēn timēn apōsthēnai tōn pollōn eneken, kai deichthēnai tou Theou tēn peri panta ta prospheromena isotēta te kai katharotēta, KThʼHo gar eipōn asebounti tǭ Israēl; Ean prospherēte semidalin, mataion; thymiama bdelygma moi estiʼ tas te Noumēnias autōn kai ta Sabbata, kai hēmeran megalēn ou prosiemenos ; mēdegar deisthai, plērēs, hōn, mēdenos tōn anthrōpinōn te kai mikrōn, ’ina chairę̄ kai tois anaxiōs prospheromenois; tēn te tou anomou thysian, kan mosios, hōs kynos bdelyttomenos, kai hōs blasphēmian ton libanon, kai allagma pornēs exorizōn tou ierou kai aposeiomenos, monēn de thysian timōn, ēn katharai tǭ katharōtatǭ prospherousi cheires, kai nous hypsēlos te kai hēgnismenos ti thaumaston, hei mēde tēn ekeinou timēn prosedexato ponērōs te kai meta ponēras tēs dianoias prosagos menēn, ho mē kathorōn hōs hanthrōpos, mēde heis to phainomenon blepōn, allʼ eis ton krypton anthrōpon, kai eis to endon tēs kakias ē tēs aretēs ergastērion ? Touto min dē toiouto o kai ei tis apistei, tous tetheamenous autous epimartyrometha ; polloi de heiʼsin, hoi kai hēmin kai tois epeita to thauma touto parepempsan te kai parapempsousin.

For if the God of the martyrs did not check his impiety, nor at once dry up and cut off, like an evil stream, the vice that was being devised and hidden, it was for reasons he alone knew, according to his wisdom and governance, by which he also arranged that the iniquities of the Amorites should be filled up; but the malice had to be hated and the honour rejected for the sake of the many, and God’s impartiality and purity toward all that is offered to him had to be shown. [29] For he said to Israel when it was impious: “If you bring fine flour, it is vain; incense is an abomination to me”; and he did not accept their new moons and sabbaths and great day (for he needs nothing, being full, of things human and small, so as to delight even in what is offered unworthily); he abhors the sacrifice of the lawless, even if it is a calf, as if it were a dog’s, and the frankincense as blasphemy; he banishes and shakes off from the temple the hire of a harlot; and he honours only that sacrifice which pure hands and a mind lofty and purified offer to the Purest. What wonder, then, if he did not accept that man’s honour either, offered wickedly and with wicked intent, he who does not look as man looks, nor at the appearance, but at the hidden man and the inner workshop of vice or virtue? Such, then, was this; and if anyone disbelieves it, we call as witnesses those who saw it; there are many who have handed this wonder down to us and to those after us, and will hand it down.

4.30PG 35:556c–557a

Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἷς ἄνδρας προϊόντες ἤδη τῶν ἓν φιλοσοφίᾳ δογμάτων ἥψαντο (ὡς μήποτε ὤφελον Ῑ) καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ λόγου προσελάμβανον δύναμιν, ἣτοῖς μὲν ἐπιεικέσιν ἀρετῆς ὅπλον, τοῖς δὲ μοχθηροτέρως κέντρον κακίας γίνεται, οὐκέτι κατέχειν ὅλην τὴν νόσον οἶός τε ἦν, οὐδὲ παντελῶς τὸν τῆς ἀσεβείας δόλον ἐν ἑαυτῷ μόνῳ φιλοσοφεῖν ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ πῦρ ἐμφωλεῦον ὕλῃ. κᾶν μήπω πρὸς φλόγα λαμπρὰν ἀρθῇ, σπινθῆρὲς τινες ἐξάπτοντες ἦ καπνὸς ἐκ βάθους imoσημαίνουσινο εἰ βοῦλει δὲ, τῶν πηγῶν αἶ σήραγγάς τινας ὑποτρέχουσαι μετά πνεύματος, εἶτʼ εὐρυχω- >ίαν οὐκ ἔχουσαι, οὐδὲ διέξοδον ἐλευθέραν, πολλαχοῦ τῆς γῆς ἀναφυσῶσι καὶ ὑπηχοῦσι κάτωθεν, ὑπὸ μὲν τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος ἀνωθούμεναι, ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς ἄνωθεν βίας κατεχόμεναί τε καὶ ἀνακοπτόμεναι ο οὕτω οιαὶ αὐτὸς τὸ μὲν πολὺ τῆς ἀσεβείας κατἔκρυπτεν ὑπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ καῖ τῆς τοῦ κρατοῦντος θʼ ΙΙΧῆἈ 1 ~ παιδαγωγίας, οῦπω γαρ τὸ qvi/5.56); ι ρ,, τ, ασεοε ιν ην ἀσφαλές· ἔστι δέ ὅποι καὶ παρεγύμνου τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἀπόρρητον τοῖς ὀξυτέρως τήν ἀσέβειαν τὴν σύνεσιν · ἓν τε τοῖς πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν λόγοις πλέον ἦ καλῶς εἶχεν, ὑπὲρ Ἑλλήνων διατεινόμενος προφάσει δῆθεν ὡς τὸν ἥττω γυμνάζων λόγον, τὸ δὲ ἦν ὅντως γυμνασία κατά τῆς ἀληθείας), καὶ πᾶσι χαίρων οἷς ἀσεβὴς τρόπος χαρακτηρίζεται.

Epei de heis andras proïontes ēdē tōn hen philosophią dogmatōn hēpsanto (hōs mēpote ōphelon I) kai tēn ek tou logou proselambanon dynamin, hētois men epieikesin aretēs hoplon, tois de mochthēroterōs kentron kakias ginetai, ouketi katechein holēn tēn noson oios te ēn, oude pantelōs ton tēs asebeias dolon en heautǭ monǭ philosophein allʼ hōsper pyr emphōleuon hylę̄. kan mēpō pros phloga lampran arthę̄, spinthēres tines exaptontes ē kapnos ek bathous imosēmainousino ei boulei de, tōn pēgōn ai sērangas tinas hypotrechousai meta pneumatos, eitʼ eurychō- >ian ouk echousai, oude diexodon eleutheran, pollachou tēs gēs anaphysōsi kai hypēchousi katōthen, hypo men tēs tou pneumatos anōthoumenai, hypo de tēs anōthen bias katechomenai te kai anakoptomenai o houtō oiai autos to men poly tēs asebeias katekrypten hypo tou kairou kai tēs tou kratountos thʼ IIChēA 1 ~ paidagōgias, oupō gar to qvi/5.56)? i r,, t, aseoe in ēn asphales; esti de hopoi kai paregymnou to tēs gnōmēs aporrēton tois oxyterōs tēn asebeian tēn synesin ; hen te tois pros ton adelphon logois pleon ē kalōs eichen, hyper Hellēnōn diateinomenos prophasei dēthen hōs ton hēttō gymnazōn logon, to de ēn hontōs gymnasia kata tēs alētheias), kai pasi chairōn hois asebēs tropos charaktērizetai.

When, advancing to manhood, they took up the doctrines of philosophy (would they never had!) and acquired the power that comes from reason, which becomes for the decent a weapon of virtue and for the more wicked a goad to vice, he could no longer contain the whole disease, nor keep the deceit of his impiety entirely to himself; but like fire smouldering in fuel, which, even if it has not yet risen into a bright flame, gives signs from the depth by some sparks that catch or by smoke; or, if you like, like springs that run under caverns with a draught of wind, and then, having no room and no free outlet, blow up and rumble from below in many parts of the earth, pushed up by the force of the wind and held down and checked by the weight from above: so he too hid most of his impiety because of the times and the training given by the ruler (for impiety was not yet safe), but here and there he laid bare the secret of his mind to those who were sharper at perceiving impiety; in his debates with his brother, contending more than was right on behalf of the Greeks, on the pretext, if you please, of exercising the weaker argument (but in reality it was an exercise against the truth), and delighting in everything by which an impious character is marked.

4.31PG 35:557b–557d

Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸν μέν ἀδελφὸν ἡ φιλανθρωπία τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ἀποδείκνυσι βασιλέα, καὶ μέρος οὐκ ὀλίγον ἐγχειρίζεται τῆς οἰκουμένης, τῷ δὲ ὑπῆρχε κατᾶ πολλὴν ἐξουσίαν καὶ ἄδειαν, καὶ λόγων καὶ διδασκάλων τοῖς ὁλεθριωτσὶτοις προσομιλεῖν ’ (Ἀσία δὲ ἦν αὐτῷ τὸ τῆς ἀσεβείας διδασκαλεῖον, ὅση τε περί ἀστρονομίαν καὶ τὰς γενέσεις, καὶ φαντασίαν προγνώσεως τερατεύεται, καὶ τὴν ἑπομένην τούτοις γοητικήν) ἓν ἔτι τὸ λεῖπον ἧν (li), προστε- Οῆναι τῇ ἀσεβείᾳ καὶ δύναμιν. Οὐ πολὺ τὸ ἐν μέσῳ, καὶ ταύτην δίδωσιν αὐτῷ καθʼ ἡμῶν πληθυνοεῖσα τῶν πολλῶν ἀνομία, καὶ ἡ ἐπʼ ἄκρον, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, Χριστιανῶν εὐεξία, τὴν ἐναντίαν ζητοῦσα μεταβολὴν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία καὶ ἡ τιμὴ, καὶ ὁ κόρος διʼ ὃν ὑβρίσαμεν.

Epei de ton men adelphon hē philanthrōpia tou autokratoros apodeiknysi basilea, kai meros ouk oligon encheirizetai tēs oikoumenēs, tǭ de hypērche kata pollēn exousian kai adeian, kai logōn kai didaskalōn tois holethriōtsitois prosomilein ’ (Asia de ēn autǭ to tēs asebeias didaskaleion, hosē te peri astronomian kai tas geneseis, kai phantasian prognōseōs terateuetai, kai tēn hepomenēn toutois goētikēn) hen eti to leipon hēn (li), proste- Oēnai tę̄ asebeią kai dynamin. Ou poly to en mesǭ, kai tautēn didōsin autǭ kathʼ hēmōn plēthynoeisa tōn pollōn anomia, kai hē epʼ akron, hōs an eipoi tis, Christianōn euexia, tēn enantian zētousa metabolēn, kai hē exousia kai hē timē, kai ho koros diʼ hon hybrisamen.

When the emperor’s kindness proclaimed his brother Caesar and entrusted him with no small part of the world, he himself had great licence and freedom to associate with the most pernicious arguments and teachers (Asia was his school of impiety: all the wonder-mongering about astronomy and nativities and the pretence of foreknowledge, and the sorcery that goes with them). One thing was still lacking: that power should be added to his impiety. Not long after, this too was given him, against us, by the lawlessness of the many, which had multiplied, and by the extreme well-being, as one might call it, of Christians, which sought the opposite change, and by our power and honour, and the surfeit through which we became insolent.

4.32PG 35:557d–561d

Τῷ ὄντι γὰρ κινδυνεύει χαλεπώτερον εἶναι τὸ κατασχεῖν τά ἀγαθά τοῦ μὴ παρόντα κτήσασθαι · καὶ ῥᾷον ἀπελθοῦσαν εὐημερίαν ἀνακαλέσασθαι διʼ ἐπιμελείας, τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν διασώσασθαι ’ ιιαι πρὸ μὶν συντριβἦς ἡγεῖται ὕορις, αἱ Παροιμῖα καλῶς φασι, πρὸ δὲ δόξης ταπείνωσις· ἢ, ’ἶνα σαφεστερον εʼίπω ὕβρει μὲν ἕπεται συντριῦἡ, ταπεινώο σει δὲ εὐδοξίαν Κύριος γὰρ ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσι χάριν, καὶ ἀντεισάγεο τὰ ἐναντία τοῖς ἐναντίοις 6 πάντα δικαίως ἐπιμετρῶν. Ταῦτα εἰδὼς καὶ 6 θεῖος Δαόὶδ, ἓν τι τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ τὸ συνεστάλθαι τίθεται· καὶ χάριν ὁμολογεῖ τῷ συστείλαντι, ὡς τοῦ τὰ δικαιώματα μαθεῖν ἐντεῦθεν προσγινομὲνου· καὶ, Πρὸ τοῦ με ταπεινωθῆναι, φησὶν, ἆγὼ ἰπλημμέλησα· διὰ τοῦτο τὸ λόγιόν σου ὶιρύλαξαι μέσην πλημμελείας τε καὶ διορθώσεως τιθεὶς τὴν ταπείνωσιν, ὡς ἐκ μὲν ταύτης γεννωμένην ( 4), τήν δὲ γεννήσασαν· ἀμαρτία μὲν γὰρ ταπεινώσεως μήτηρ, ἐπιστροφῆς, δὲ ταπείνωσις. Ἡμεῖς γοῦν, ὑψωθέντες, ὅτε ἦμεν ἐπιεικεῖς τε καὶ μέτριοι, καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν αὐξηθέντες, ὡς εἷς τόδε τὸ σχῆμα καὶ πλῆθος σῦν χειραγωγία Θεοῦ προελθεῖν, ἡνίκα ἐλιπάνθημεν, ἐσκιρτήσαμεν· καὶ ἡνίκα ἐπλατύνθημεν, ἐστενοχωρήθημεν“ καὶ ἦν ἐν τοῖς διωγμοῖς καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσι συνελεξάμεθα δόξαν καὶ δύναμιν, ταύτην εῦ πράττοντες κατελύσαο μεν · δηλώσει δὲ τὰ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου. Ὃρον μὲν ἡ βασιλεία τῷ Καίσαρι καὶ 6 βίος λαμβάνει· τὰ γὰρ ἐν μὲσῳ σιωπήσομαι φειδοῖ καὶ τοῦ πεποιηκότος καὶ τοῦ πεπονθότος. ὦν ἀμερο·. η,..,η - τέρων αἰδούμενος τὴν εὐσέβειαν, οὐκ ἐπαινῶ τήν θρασύτητα. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἔδει τι καί ἁμαρτεῖν, ὅντας ἀνθρώπους, τοῦτό ἐστιν 6' τάχα ἂν τις ἀμφοτέρων οὐκ ἐπαινέσειεν* εἷʼ μη κάνταῦθα διʼ ὧν τοῦ ἑτέρου κατηγορήσομεν, τὸν ἕτερον αἰτίας ἀφήσομεν. Ὀ δὲ εὐθὺς μὶν κληρονόμος τῆς τοῦ ἁδελφοῦ βασιλείας, ἀλλʼ οὐκ εὐσεβείας μικρὸν δὶ ὕστερον καὶ τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος αὐτὸν γίνεται, τὸ μὲν ἐκόντος, τὸ δὶ βιασθέντος τῷ κοινῷ τέλει, καὶ ἡττηθέντος ἧτταν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ κακὴν καὶ ὀλιθριον. ΛΔᾭ Τί τοῦτο, ὦ θειότατε βασιλέων καὶ φιλοχριστότατε (προάγομαι γὰρ ὡς παρόντι καὶ ἀκούοντι μέμψασθαι, καὶ εἰ πολὺ κρείττονα γινώσκω τῆς ἡμετέρας μέμψεως, μετὰ Θεοῦ ’ τεταγμένον, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ δόξης κληρονομήσαντα, καὶ τοσοῦτι μεταχωρήσαντα, ὅσον μεταθέσθαι τὴν βασιλείαν) τίνα ταύτην ἐβουλεύσω βουλὴν, πάντων συνέσει καί ἀγχιεοίᾳ κατὰ πολὺ διαφέρων, ού τῶν ἐπὶ σοῦ βασιλέων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ; 6 τὸ βαρβαρικὸν ἀνακαθαίρων κύκλῳ, καὶ τοὺς οἶκοι τυράννους χειρούμενος, τοὺς μὶν τοῖς λόγοις, τοὺς δὲ τοῖς ὅπλοις, καὶ τούτων ἑκάτερον ὡς μηδὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου διοχλούμενος · οῦ μεγάλα μὲν τρόπαια τὰ μεθʼ ὅπλων καὶ μάχης, μείζω δὲ καὶ περιφανέστερα τὰ ἀναίμακταʼ πρὸς ὅν καὶ αἱ πανταχόθεν πρεσβεῖαι καί ἱκεσίαι ᾦ τὰ μὲν ὑπήκουε, τὰ δὲ ἔμελλε· πᾶν δὶ ἦν τὸ ἐλπισθὲν ’ίσον τῷ χειρωθέντιο 6 χειρὶ Θεοῦ πρὸς πᾶσαν καὶ βουλὴν καὶ πρᾶξιν ὁδηγούμενος · οῦ μᾶλλον μὲν τῆς χειρὸς ἡ σύνεσις, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς συνέσεως ἠ χεὶρ έθαυμάζετοʼ πλέον δὲ τῆς ἐν ἀμφοτέροις εὖδοκιμήσεως ή εὐσέβεια. ΛΕ. Πῶς οῦν ἐνταῦθα μόνον ἀμαθὴς ἐφάνης καὶ ἀπερίσκεπτοςς Τί τὸ τάχος τῆς ἀπανθρώπου φιλανθρῶπίαςς Τίς συνεισῆλθε δαιμόνων τῷ σκέμματι; Πῶς τὸν μέγαν κλῆρον καὶ τὸ πατρῷον καλλώπισμα, τοὺς ἐπωνύμους Λέγῳ Χριστοῦ, τὸ πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐκλάμψαν ἐθνος, τὸ βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, τὸ πολλῷ πόνῳ καὶ πολλοῖς ἱδρῶσι συναυξηθὶν, οὕτως ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἀκμῇ βραχείᾳ καιροῦ τῷ , κοινῷ παλαμναίῳ φέρων παρέδωκας; Λζ Ἲσως τι καὶ ἀσεβεῖν ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοὶ, φαίνομαι, καὶ ἀγνωμονεῖν έν τοῖς λόγοις τούτοις, καὶ ’ὁτι μὴ ταχὺ τοῖς τῆς κατηγορίας ῥήμασιν ἐπάγω τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας. Καίτοι γε ἱκανῶς ἀπολελόγημαι, καὶ διʼ αὐτῶν ὧν έγκέκληκα, εἷʼ τι τῇ κατηγορίᾳ τὸν νοῦν προσέχετε κάνταῦθα μόνον ἡ κατηγορία τὴν ἄφεσιν ἔχει· χρηστότητα γὰρ εἰπὼν, τὴν ἀπολογίαν ἐδήλωσα. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε καὶ τῶν μετρίως ἐκεῖνον ἐπισταμένων, ὅτι ἓνεκα μὲν εὐσεβείας καὶ τοῦ περὶ ἡμᾶς φίλτρου, καὶ τοῦ βούλεσθαι πᾶν ἡμῖν ἀγαθὸν, μὴ ὅτι ἐκεῖνον παρεῖδεν ἂν, ἢ γένους ὅλου τιμὴν, ἢ προσθήκην τῆς βασιλείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ πάντων τῶν ὄντων, καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς, ἧς οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ τιμιώτερον, τήν ἡμετέραν ἀσφάλειάν τε καὶ σωτηρίαν οὐκ ἂν χαλεπώς ἣλλάξατο ;

Tǭ onti gar kindyneuei chalepōteron einai to kataschein ta agatha tou mē paronta ktēsasthai ; kai rhąon apelthousan euēmerian anakalesasthai diʼ epimeleias, tēn hyparchousan diasōsasthai ’ iiai pro min syntribēs hēgeitai hyoris, hai Paroimia kalōs phasi, pro de doxēs tapeinōsis; ē, ’ina saphesteron eʼipō hybrei men hepetai syntriyē, tapeinōo sei de eudoxian Kyrios gar hyperēphanois antitassetai, tapeinois de didōsi charin, kai anteisageo ta enantia tois enantiois 6 panta dikaiōs epimetrōn. Tauta eidōs kai 6 theios Daoid, hen ti tōn agathōn kai to synestalthai tithetai; kai charin homologei tǭ systeilanti, hōs tou ta dikaiōmata mathein enteuthen prosginomenou; kai, Pro tou me tapeinōthēnai, phēsin, agō iplēmmelēsa; dia touto to logion sou iirylaxai mesēn plēmmeleias te kai diorthōseōs titheis tēn tapeinōsin, hōs ek men tautēs gennōmenēn ( 4), tēn de gennēsasan; amartia men gar tapeinōseōs mētēr, epistrophēs, de tapeinōsis. Hēmeis goun, hypsōthentes, hote ēmen epieikeis te kai metrioi, kai kata mikron auxēthentes, hōs heis tode to schēma kai plēthos syn cheiragōgia Theou proelthein, hēnika elipanthēmen, eskirtēsamen; kai hēnika eplatynthēmen, estenochōrēthēmen“ kai ēn en tois diōgmois kai tais thlipsesi synelexametha doxan kai dynamin, tautēn eu prattontes katelysao men ; dēlōsei de ta hexēs tou logou. Horon men hē basileia tǭ Kaisari kai 6 bios lambanei; ta gar en mesǭ siōpēsomai pheidoi kai tou pepoiēkotos kai tou peponthotos. ōn amero;. ē,..,ē - terōn aidoumenos tēn eusebeian, ouk epainō tēn thrasytēta. Epeidē gar edei ti kai hamartein, hontas anthrōpous, touto estin 6' tacha an tis amphoterōn ouk epaineseien* heiʼ mē kantautha diʼ hōn tou heterou katēgorēsomen, ton heteron aitias aphēsomen. O de euthys min klēronomos tēs tou hadelphou basileias, allʼ ouk eusebeias mikron di hysteron kai tou basileusantos auton ginetai, to men ekontos, to di biasthentos tǭ koinǭ telei, kai hēttēthentos hēttan panti tǭ kosmǭ kakēn kai olithrion. LDǬ Ti touto, ō theiotate basileōn kai philochristotate (proagomai gar hōs paronti kai akouonti mempsasthai, kai ei poly kreittona ginōskō tēs hēmeteras mempseōs, meta Theou ’ tetagmenon, kai tēs ekei doxēs klēronomēsanta, kai tosouti metachōrēsanta, hoson metathesthai tēn basileian) tina tautēn ebouleusō boulēn, pantōn synesei kai anchieoią kata poly diapherōn, ou tōn epi sou basileōn monon, alla kai tōn emprosthen ? 6 to barbarikon anakathairōn kyklǭ, kai tous oikoi tyrannous cheiroumenos, tous min tois logois, tous de tois hoplois, kai toutōn hekateron hōs mēden hypo tou heterou diochloumenos ; ou megala men tropaia ta methʼ hoplōn kai machēs, meizō de kai periphanestera ta anaimaktaʼ pros hon kai hai pantachothen presbeiai kai hikesiai ǭ ta men hypēkoue, ta de emelle; pan di ēn to elpisthen ’ison tǭ cheirōthentio 6 cheiri Theou pros pasan kai boulēn kai praxin hodēgoumenos ; ou mallon men tēs cheiros hē synesis, mallon de tēs syneseōs ē cheir ethaumazetoʼ pleon de tēs en amphoterois eudokimēseōs ē eusebeia. LE. Pōs oun entautha monon amathēs ephanēs kai aperiskeptoss Ti to tachos tēs apanthrōpou philanthrōpiass Tis syneisēlthe daimonōn tǭ skemmati? Pōs ton megan klēron kai to patrǭon kallōpisma, tous epōnymous Legǭ Christou, to pantachou tēs oikoumenēs eklampsan ethnos, to basileion hierateuma, to pollǭ ponǭ kai pollois hidrōsi synauxēthin, houtōs en oligǭ kai akmę̄ bracheią kairou tǭ , koinǭ palamnaiǭ pherōn paredōkas? Lz Isōs ti kai asebein hymin, adelphoi, phainomai, kai agnōmonein en tois logois toutois, kai ’hoti mē tachy tois tēs katēgorias rhēmasin epagō ta tēs alētheias. Kaitoi ge hikanōs apolelogēmai, kai diʼ autōn hōn enkeklēka, heiʼ ti tę̄ katēgorią ton noun prosechete kantautha monon hē katēgoria tēn aphesin echei; chrēstotēta gar eipōn, tēn apologian edēlōsa. Tis gar ouk oide kai tōn metriōs ekeinon epistamenōn, hoti heneka men eusebeias kai tou peri hēmas philtrou, kai tou boulesthai pan hēmin agathon, mē hoti ekeinon pareiden an, ē genous holou timēn, ē prosthēkēn tēs basileias, alla kai autēs tēs basileias, kai pantōn tōn ontōn, kai tēs psychēs autēs, hēs ouden oudeni timiōteron, tēn hēmeteran asphaleian te kai sōtērian ouk an chalepōs hēllaxato ?

[32] For in truth it is perhaps harder to keep good things than to acquire them when they are lacking, and easier to recall by diligence a prosperity that has gone than to preserve it while it lasts. “Before destruction goes pride,” as the Proverbs well say, “and before glory humility”; or, to say it more clearly, destruction follows pride, and good repute humility. For “the Lord resists the proud but gives grace to the humble,” and brings opposites in exchange for opposites, measuring out all things justly. Knowing this, the divine David counts being humbled among the good things, and gives thanks to the one who humbled him, since from this he came to learn the ordinances; and “Before I was humbled,” he says, “I went astray; therefore I kept your word,” setting humiliation between going astray and correction, as born from the one and giving birth to the other: for sin is the mother of humiliation, and humiliation of conversion. We, then, who were exalted when we were decent and moderate, and grew little by little so as to advance, under God’s guidance, to our present state and numbers, when we grew fat, we kicked; when we were enlarged, we were straitened; and the glory and power that we gathered in persecutions and afflictions we destroyed in prosperity; the rest of the discourse will show it. [33] The Caesar’s reign and life come to an end; I shall keep silent about what lay between, sparing both the doer and the sufferer; respecting the piety of both, I do not praise their rashness. Since, being men, they had to err in something, this is what one might perhaps not praise in either of them; unless here too, by the very things for which we shall accuse the one, we shall free the other from blame. And he at once becomes heir of his brother’s rule, though not of his piety, and a little later also of the one who had made him emperor: the first willingly, the second forced by the common end, and defeated with a defeat evil and ruinous for the whole world. [34] What was this, most divine and most Christ-loving of emperors? (For I am led to blame you as though you were present and listening, even though I know that you are far above our blame, ranked with God, having inherited the glory there, and having moved so far as to have exchanged your kingdom.) What counsel was this that you took, you who far surpassed all in understanding and shrewdness, not only the emperors of your own time but those before; who cleared away the barbarians on every side, and subdued the tyrants at home, some by words, some by arms, and each so as not to be hindered at all by the other; whose trophies won by arms and battle were great, but those won without bloodshed greater and more glorious; to whom came embassies and supplications from every side; to whom some things were already subject and others about to be, and all that was hoped for was equal to what was conquered; who was guided by the hand of God in every counsel and deed; whose understanding was admired more than his hand, and his hand more than his understanding, and more than his renown in both, his piety? [35] How then did you appear ignorant and inconsiderate here alone? What was the haste of this inhuman kindness? Which of the demons entered into the deliberation? How did you take the great inheritance and the ancestral ornament (I mean those named after Christ, the nation that has shone out everywhere in the world, the royal priesthood, increased by much toil and many sweats), and in so short a time, in a brief moment, hand it over to the common murderer? [36] Perhaps I seem to you, brothers, to be impious and ungrateful in these words, and because I do not quickly add the words of truth to those of accusation. And yet I have made a sufficient defence through the very things I have charged, if you pay attention to the accusation: here alone the accusation carries acquittal, for in saying “kindness” I declared the defence. For who of those who know him even moderately does not know that for the sake of piety and his love for us, and his wish for every good thing for us, he would have overlooked not only that man, or the honour of a whole family, or an addition to the empire, but the empire itself, and all that exists, and his very soul, than which nothing is more precious to anyone, and would readily have given them in exchange for our safety and salvation?

4.37PG 35:564a

Οὐδενὶ γὰρ οὐδενὸς οὕτω πώποτε πράγματος ἔρως θερμὸς ἐνέσκηψεν, ὡς ἐκείνῳ Χριστιανοὺς αὖ· ξηθῆναι, καὶ εἷς πλεῖστον καὶ δόξης προελθεῖν ni. δυνάμεως· καὶ οὕτε ἔθνη χειρούμεναι, οὕτε τὸ κοινὸν εὐνομοῦμενον, οὐ πλῆθος χρημάτων, οὐ δόξης περιουσία, οὐ τὸ βασιλέα βασιλέων καὶ εἶναι καὶ ὀνομάζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅσοις ἄλλοις ἀνθρώπων εὐδαιμονία γνωρίζεται. οὐδὲν οὕτω τῶν πάντων ἐκεῖνον ηῦφραινεν, ὡς τὸ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ μὲν ἡμᾶς, διὰ δὲ ἡμῶν ἐκεῖνον, καὶ παρᾶ Θεῴ καὶ ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκιμεῖν, καὶ ἀκατάλυτον ἡμῖν εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα γρόνον παραμεῖναι τήν δυναστείανο καὶ γὰρ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐκεῖνο ᾔδει σαφῶς, ὑψηλότερόν τε καὶ βασιλικώτερον κατὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς περὶ τούτων διανοούμενος, ὅτί τοῖς Χριστιανῶν πράγμασι τὰ Ῥωμαίων συνηύξησε, καὶ συνεισῆλθε τῇ ἐπιδημίᾳ Χριστοῦ τὸ κράτος, οῦπω πρότερον τελείως εἱς μοναρχίαν νενικηκός· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πλέον ἐδόκει μοι περιίπειν εὗ ποιῶν τὰ ἡμέτερα· ὃς γε, καὶ ίί τι παρελύπησεν ἡμᾶς, οὐ περιφρονῶν, οὐδὲ ὑβρίζων, οὐδὲ ἄλλοις τισὶ πρὸ ἡμῶν χαριζόμενος, ἀλλʼ ὥστε πάντας ἕν εἶναι, καὶ συμφρονεῖν παρελόπησε, καὶ μὴ διακεκόφθαι, μηδὲ διεστάναι τοῖς σχίσμασιν. ’ AH'. Ἀλλʼ ὅπερ εἶπον, ἀφύλακτον ἡ ἁπλότης, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ σαθροῦ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, καὶ ἣκιστα κακίαν ὑφορᾶται τὸ κακίας ἐλεύθερον· διὰ τοῦτο ἠκριοήθη τὸ μὲλλον, καὶ τὸ πλάσμα οὐκ Equoραθη, καὶ παρεισῆλθε κατὰ μικρὸν ἡ ἀσέβεια, καὶ 3'30 χρηστότητες συνεισῆλθον ἀλλήλαις, ἣ τε περὶ τὸ εὐσεβὲς γένος καί τόν ἀσεβέστατον πάντων καὶ ἆθεώτατον. Ὅς, τί μεμφόμενος Χριστιανοῖς, τί δὲ οὐκ ἐπαινεῖν ἔχων τῶν ἡμετέρων, τί δὲ τῶν νομίσας, καὶ παρʼ Ἕλλησι δογμάτων ὑπερφυὲς δυσκίνητον λόγῳ, ποίῳ δὲ καὶ ἀκολουθῶν ὑποδείγματι, γνωριμώτατον ἒαυτὸν ἐξ ἀσεβείας κατέστησε, καὶ καινότερον τρόπον ἡμιλλήθη τῷ ἀναδείξαντι ; Ἐπειδτί γε ὑπερβάλλειν οὐκ ἦν ἀρετῇ καὶ τοῖς κρείττοσι, διὰ τοῦ ἐναντίου φανῆναι φιλονεικήσας τῆς εἰς δυσσέβειαν ἀμετρίας. καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ χεῖρον φιλοτιμίας. Ἡ μὶν οὖν ὑπὲρ Χριστιανῶν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, καὶ πρὸς Χριστιανοὺς ἀπολογία τοιαύτη, καὶ οὕτω δικαία τοῖς γε νοῦν ἔχουσιν.

Oudeni gar oudenos houtō pōpote pragmatos erōs thermos eneskēpsen, hōs ekeinǭ Christianous au; xēthēnai, kai heis pleiston kai doxēs proelthein ni. dynameōs; kai houte ethnē cheiroumenai, houte to koinon eunomoumenon, ou plēthos chrēmatōn, ou doxēs periousia, ou to basilea basileōn kai einai kai onomazesthai, ouch hosois allois anthrōpōn eudaimonia gnōrizetai. ouden houtō tōn pantōn ekeinon ēuphrainen, hōs to diʼ heautou men hēmas, dia de hēmōn ekeinon, kai para Theǭ kai anthrōpois eudokimein, kai akatalyton hēmin eis ton hapanta gronon parameinai tēn dynasteiano kai gar pros tois allois ekeino ę̄dei saphōs, hypsēloteron te kai basilikōteron kata tous pollous peri toutōn dianooumenos, hoti tois Christianōn pragmasi ta Rhōmaiōn synēuxēse, kai syneisēlthe tę̄ epidēmią Christou to kratos, oupō proteron teleiōs heis monarchian nenikēkos; kai dia touto pleon edokei moi periipein heu poiōn ta hēmetera; hos ge, kai ii ti parelypēsen hēmas, ou periphronōn, oude hybrizōn, oude allois tisi pro hēmōn charizomenos, allʼ hōste pantas hen einai, kai symphronein parelopēse, kai mē diakekophthai, mēde diestanai tois schismasin. ’ AH'. Allʼ hoper eipon, aphylakton hē haplotēs, kai meta tou sathrou to philanthrōpon, kai hēkista kakian hyphoratai to kakias eleutheron; dia touto ēkrioēthē to mellon, kai to plasma ouk Equorathē, kai pareisēlthe kata mikron hē asebeia, kai 3'30 chrēstotētes syneisēlthon allēlais, hē te peri to eusebes genos kai ton asebestaton pantōn kai atheōtaton. Hos, ti memphomenos Christianois, ti de ouk epainein echōn tōn hēmeterōn, ti de tōn nomisas, kai parʼ Hellēsi dogmatōn hyperphyes dyskinēton logǭ, poiǭ de kai akolouthōn hypodeigmati, gnōrimōtaton eauton ex asebeias katestēse, kai kainoteron tropon hēmillēthē tǭ anadeixanti ? Epeidti ge hyperballein ouk ēn aretę̄ kai tois kreittosi, dia tou enantiou phanēnai philoneikēsas tēs eis dyssebeian ametrias. kai tēs peri to cheiron philotimias. Hē min oun hyper Christianōn tou andros, kai pros Christianous apologia toiautē, kai houtō dikaia tois ge noun echousin.

[37] For never did a hot love of anything strike anyone as that man’s longing that Christians should grow and advance to the height of glory and power; and neither the subduing of nations, nor the good order of the commonwealth, nor abundance of money, nor surplus of glory, nor being and being called king of kings, nor anything else by which human happiness is recognized, nothing of all these so gladdened him as that we through him, and he through us, should be in good repute with God and men, and that our power should remain indissoluble for all time. For besides the rest he knew this clearly, since he thought about these things more loftily and royally than most: that the Roman state grew together with Christian affairs, and that its sovereignty came in together with the coming of Christ, never before having fully achieved monarchy; and for this reason, it seemed to me, he was the more eager to do good to our affairs. And if he grieved us at all, it was not through contempt or insult, nor by favouring others before us; but he grieved us so that all might be one and of one mind, and not cut up and divided by schisms. [38] But, as I said, simplicity is unguarded, and kindness goes along with what is unsound, and what is free from vice is least suspicious of vice. For this reason the future was not seen precisely, and the pretence was not detected, and impiety crept in little by little, and two kindnesses came in together: the one toward the pious race and the one toward the most impious and godless of all men. He (finding what fault with Christians? What of ours unable to praise? Thinking what of the doctrines of the Greeks extraordinary and hard to refute by argument? Following what example?) made himself most notorious for impiety, and rivalled in a novel way the one who had raised him up: since it was not possible to surpass him in virtue and in better things, he strove to make himself conspicuous by the opposite, by excess of impiety and ambition for the worse. Such, then, is the defence of the man on behalf of Christians and before Christians, and so just, at least to those who have sense.

4.39PG 35:565a–568c

Ἐπεὶ δέ εἶʼσὶ τινες, οἳ, κᾶν ταύτης ἡμᾶς ἀπολύσωσι τῆς αἰτίας, ἑτέρας οὐκ ἀφιέντες, ἀλλὰ κατηγοροῦντες εὐήθειαν, ὅτι τῷ δυσμενεστάτῳ xui πολεμιωτάτῳ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐνεχείρισε, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἰχθρὸν πρότερον, εἶτα ἰσχυρὸν κατεσκεύασε, τήν μὲν ἔχθραν διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σφαγῆς προκαταβαλὸμενος, τὴν δὲ δύναμιν διὰ τῆς βασιλείας προσθείς· ἀναγκαῖον καὶ περὶ τούτου βραχέα διεξελθεῖν καὶ δεῖξαι μὴ παντάπασιν ἄλογον τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, μηδὲ ἔξω τῆς βασιλικῆς μεγαλονοίας καὶ προμηθείας· καὶ γὰρ ἂν αἰσχυνοίμην, εἰ, τοιαύςης παρʼ αὐτοῦ τυχόντες τιμῆς, καὶ τοσοῦτον αὐτὸν εὐσεβείᾳ διαφὲρειν πεπιστευκότες, μὴ τὰ δίκαια συνηγορ-ιξσαιμεν ’ὀ καὶ τοῖς μηδὲν εὐεργετηκόσιν ὀφείλεται παρʼ ἡμῶν, τῶν Λόγου καὶ Ἀληθείας θεραπευτῶνσ xui ταῦτα μετὰ τήν ἐντεῦθεν ἀπαλλαγὴν, ἡνίκα καί τὸ κολακεύειν δοκεῖν ἐκπεφεύγαμεν, καὶ πονηρᾶς ἐλεύθερος ὑπονοίας 6 λόγος. τί ποτʼ ἄν ein παρʼ ἐκεῖνον ὁ πιστευθείς ; Καὶ εἰτὸ μή προϊδέσθαι τὸν τρόπον ὑπαίτιον, αὐτήν γε τὴν κακίαν ποῦ θήσομεν ; Ἀλλʼ ὄντως ἀσυλλόγιστόν τι πρᾶγμα ἡ πονηρίαʼ καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ᾧ τοὺς μοχθηροὺς ἄν τις βελτίους ποιήσειεν· ὁπότε κάκεῖνος ἐξ ὧν εὐνούστερος φανῆναι δίκαιος ἦν, καὶ εἶʼ τι κακίας εἶχεν ἐμπῦρευμα τοῦτʼ ἀνελεῖν, ἐκ τούτων εἰς μεῖζον ἀνήφθη μῖσος, καὶ ὅπως ἂν ἀμύνηται τὸν εὐεργέτην ἐσκόπει. Ml". Ταῦτα Πλάτωνες αὐτὸν, καὶ Χρύσιπποι, καὶ ὀ λαμπρὸς ΙΙερίπατος καὶ ἡ σεμνὴ Στοὰ, καὶ οἱ τὰ κομψὰ λαρυγγίζοντες ἐξεπαίδευσαν · ταῦτα ἠ τῆς γεωμετρίας ἰσότης, καὶ οἳ περὶ δικαιοσύνης λόγοι, καί τὸ χρῆναι ἀδικεῖσθαι μῖιλλον αἱρεῖσθαι ἧάδικεῖν· ταῦτα οἱ γενναῖοι διδάσκαλοι, καὶτῆς βασιλείας συναγωνισταί τε καὶ νομοθέται, οὓς ἐκ τῶν τριόδων καὶ τῶν βαράθρων ἐαυτῷ συνελέξατο· ὧν οὐ τὸν τρόπον ἐπῄνεσεν, ἀλλὰ την εὐγλωττίαν ἐθαῦμασεʼ καὶ οὐδὲ ταύτην ἴσως, ἀλλὰ ἀσέβειαν μόνην, ὡς σύμβουλον ἱκανὴν καὶ τῶν πρακτέων καὶ μὴ, διδάσκαλον.

Epei de eiʼsi tines, hoi, kan tautēs hēmas apolysōsi tēs aitias, heteras ouk aphientes, alla katēgorountes euētheian, hoti tǭ dysmenestatǭ xui polemiōtatǭ tēn archēn enecheirise, kai ton auton ichthron proteron, eita ischyron kateskeuase, tēn men echthran dia tēs tou adelphou sphagēs prokatabalomenos, tēn de dynamin dia tēs basileias prostheis; anankaion kai peri toutou brachea diexelthein kai deixai mē pantapasin alogon to philanthrōpon, mēde exō tēs basilikēs megalonoias kai promētheias; kai gar an aischynoimēn, ei, toiausēs parʼ autou tychontes timēs, kai tosouton auton eusebeią diapherein pepisteukotes, mē ta dikaia synēgor-ixsaimen ’o kai tois mēden euergetēkosin opheiletai parʼ hēmōn, tōn Logou kai Alētheias therapeutōns xui tauta meta tēn enteuthen apallagēn, hēnika kai to kolakeuein dokein ekpepheugamen, kai ponēras eleutheros hyponoias 6 logos. ti potʼ an ein parʼ ekeinon ho pisteutheis ? Kai eito mē proïdesthai ton tropon hypaition, autēn ge tēn kakian pou thēsomen ? Allʼ ontōs asyllogiston ti pragma hē ponēriaʼ kai ouk estin hǭ tous mochthērous an tis beltious poiēseien; hopote kakeinos ex hōn eunousteros phanēnai dikaios ēn, kai eiʼ ti kakias eichen empyreuma toutʼ anelein, ek toutōn eis meizon anēphthē misos, kai hopōs an amynētai ton euergetēn eskopei. Ml". Tauta Platōnes auton, kai Chrysippoi, kai o lampros IIeripatos kai hē semnē Stoa, kai hoi ta kompsa laryngizontes exepaideusan ; tauta ē tēs geōmetrias isotēs, kai hoi peri dikaiosynēs logoi, kai to chrēnai adikeisthai miillon haireisthai hēadikein; tauta hoi gennaioi didaskaloi, kaitēs basileias synagōnistai te kai nomothetai, hous ek tōn triodōn kai tōn barathrōn eautǭ synelexato; hōn ou ton tropon epę̄nesen, alla tēn euglōttian ethaumaseʼ kai oude tautēn isōs, alla asebeian monēn, hōs symboulon hikanēn kai tōn prakteōn kai mē, didaskalon.

[39] But there are some who, even if they acquit us of this charge, do not let go of others, but accuse him of simplicity, because he handed the rule to his most hostile and inimical enemy, and made the same man first an enemy and then strong, laying the ground for his enmity by the slaughter of his brother and adding power to it through the empire. I must therefore also go briefly through this, and show that his kindness was not wholly unreasonable, nor outside imperial magnanimity and foresight; for I should be ashamed if, having received such honour from him and being convinced that he so excelled in piety, we did not plead his just cause, which we owe even to those who have done us no good, we who are servants of the Word and of the Truth; and this after his departure from here, when we have escaped the appearance of flattery, and our word is free from evil suspicion. … what could the one entrusted with it have been to that man? And if not to have foreseen his character is blameworthy, where shall we place the vice itself? But truly wickedness is a thing beyond reckoning, and there is nothing by which one could make the wicked better; since he too, from the very things by which he ought to have shown himself better disposed and to have removed any spark of malice he had, was kindled to greater hatred and considered how to retaliate against his benefactor. These things he was taught by Platos and Chrysippuses, and the brilliant Peripatos, and the august Stoa, and those who warble elegant phrases; these things by the equality of geometry, and the discourses on justice, and the doctrine that one should choose to be wronged rather than to do wrong; these things by his noble teachers, the fellow champions and lawgivers of his reign, whom he gathered to himself from the crossroads and the pits; whose character he did not praise, but whose eloquence he admired; or perhaps not even this, but only their impiety, as a sufficient counsellor and teacher of what to do and what not to do.

4.44PG 35:568c–569b

Πῶς δὲ οὐ Θαυμάζειν ἀξιον τουτους, οἳ καὶ λόγῳ πλάττουσι πόλεις, τὰς ἔργῳ συστῆναι μή δυναμένας, καὶ τὰς σεμνὰς τυραννίδας μονονοὺ προσκυνοῦσι, καὶ τὸν ὀβολὸν ὑπὲρ τοὺς θεοὺς ἄγουσι μετὰ τῆς ὀφρύος καὶ οἱ μὶν οὐδέ εἶναι Θεὸν τὸ παράπαν, οἱ δὲ οὐ προνοεῖν τῶν τῇδε δογματίζουσιν, ἀλλʼ εἰκῆ καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε τὸ πᾶν φέρεσθαι, οἱ δὲ ἀστράσιν ἄγεσθαι καὶ σχηματισμοῖς ἀνάγκης, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὑπὸ τίνος ἀγομένοις καὶ ὅθεν. οἱ δὲ εἲς ἠδονὴν τὸ πᾶν φέρειν, καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι πέρας ζωῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ὑπολαμβάνουσιν; Ἠ ἀρετή δὲ αὐτοῖς ἄλλως ὄνομα εὐπρεπὲς, καὶ οὐδὲν τοῦ παρόντος βίου μακρότερον, οὐδὲ τις ἐξέτασις τῶν ἐνταόθα βεβιωμένων ὕστερον τὴν ἀδικίαν συστέλλουσα.Ἣ γὰρ οὐ συνεῖδε τις ταῦτα τῶν παρʼ ἐκείνοις σοφῶν, ἀλλὰ βαθεῖ βορβόρῳ, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, καὶ ἀφεγεῖ ζόιρῳ πλανης καὶ ἀγνοίας συνεκαὶύιρθη, μηδʼ ὅσον προσβλέψαι ταῖς τῆς ἀληθείας αὐγαῖς καθαρθεὶς τὴν διάνοιαν, ἀλλὰ περί τὰ κάτω καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ἰλυσπώμενος, καὶ μηδὲν ὑπὲρ τοὺς δαίμονας φαντασθῆναι δυνηθεὶς, καὶ διαρθῆναι τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἀξίως ’ ἢ εἷʼ τις διέβλεψε καὶ μικρὸν, ὡς ὁδηγῷ λόγῳ, καὶ μὴ Θεῷ χρώμενος, ὑπὸ τοῦ πιθανωτέρου παρεσύρη, καὶ τοῦ μᾶλλον τοὺς πολλοὺς ἕλκοντος διʼ ἐγγύτητα.

Pōs de ou Thaumazein axion toutous, hoi kai logǭ plattousi poleis, tas ergǭ systēnai mē dynamenas, kai tas semnas tyrannidas mononou proskynousi, kai ton obolon hyper tous theous agousi meta tēs ophryos kai hoi min oude einai Theon to parapan, hoi de ou pronoein tōn tę̄de dogmatizousin, allʼ eikē kai hōs etyche to pan pheresthai, hoi de astrasin agesthai kai schēmatismois anankēs, ouk oidʼ hypo tinos agomenois kai hothen. hoi de eis ēdonēn to pan pherein, kai touto einai peras zōēs anthrōpinēs hypolambanousin? Ē aretē de autois allōs onoma euprepes, kai ouden tou parontos biou makroteron, oude tis exetasis tōn entaotha bebiōmenōn hysteron tēn adikian systellousa.Hē gar ou syneide tis tauta tōn parʼ ekeinois sophōn, alla bathei borborǭ, to dē legomenon, kai aphegei zoirǭ planēs kai agnoias synekaiuirthē, mēdʼ hoson prosblepsai tais tēs alētheias augais kathartheis tēn dianoian, alla peri ta katō kai tēn aisthēsin ilyspōmenos, kai mēden hyper tous daimonas phantasthēnai dynētheis, kai diarthēnai tou pepoiēkotos axiōs ’ ē heiʼ tis dieblepse kai mikron, hōs hodēgǭ logǭ, kai mē Theǭ chrōmenos, hypo tou pithanōterou paresyrē, kai tou mallon tous pollous helkontos diʼ engytēta.

And how are these men not worthy of wonder, who fashion in words cities that cannot be established in fact, and all but worship august tyrannies, and with lofty brows set the obol above the gods; some of whom teach that there is no God at all, others that he takes no thought for things here, but that everything is borne along at random and by chance, others that things are led by the stars and the configurations of necessity, though led I know not by whom or whence, others that everything tends to pleasure and that this is the end of human life? Virtue is to them merely a fair-seeming name, reaching no further than the present life, nor is there any later examination of the things lived here to restrain injustice. For either none of their wise men saw these things, but was enveloped in deep mire, as the saying goes, and in the lightless darkness of error and ignorance, not cleansed in mind even enough to look at the rays of the truth, but wallowing in things below and in sensation, unable to imagine anything beyond the demons or to be lifted up as befits the Maker; or, if anyone saw through a little, using reason and not God as his guide, he was swept away by what was more plausible and by what draws the many because it is near at hand.

4.45PG 35:569b–572a

Τί οὖν θαυμαστὸν τὸν ἐκ τοιούτων μὲν ὁρμώμενον δογμάτων, ὑπὸ τοιούτων δὲ κυβερνητῶν εὐ· θυνόμενον, οὕτω καὶ τῷ πεπιστευκότι φανῆναι κακὸν τὸν πιστευθέντα, καὶ τῷ τιμήσαντι τὸν τιμηθέντα; Εἰ γὰρ δεῖ τι καὶ διὰ τῆς κατηγορίας ἀπολογήσασθαι, οὐ μοι δοκεῖ τοσοῦτον ὑπεραλγῶν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, δν γε καὶ πολέμιον ἐκ τῆς θρησκείας ἐγίνωσκεν, ὅσον τὰ Χριστιανων οὐ φέρων αὐξανόμενα, καὶ λυσσῶν κατά τῆς εὐσεβείας, τοῖς καθεστηκόσιν ἐπιτολμᾷν, καὶ ζητεῖν ἐλευθερίαν τῇ ἀπονοίᾳ· χρῆναι γὰρ φιλοσοφίαν καὶ βασιλείαν, ὡς ὁ ἐκείνων λόγος, εἷς ταυτὸ συνελθεῖν · οὐκ ’ίνα παύσωνται κακῶν αἱ πόλεις, ἀλλʼ ἵνα πλησθῶσι. Μζ Καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον αὐτῷ τῆς αὐθαδείας καὶ ἀπονοίας ἑαυτὸν ἀναδῆσαι, καὶ τῇ μεγάλῃ προσηγορίᾳ τιμῆσαι οὐχ ἅρπαγμα τύχης, ἀλλʼ ἀρετῆς ἆθλον ἢ χρόνος ἦ ψῆφος βασιλέως χαρίζεται, ἢ τῆς συγκλήτου βουλῆς, ὡς τὸ παλαιὸν, κρίσις), καὶ οὐ ποιεῖται τοῦ μέτρου τῆς τιμῆς κύριον τὸν τῆς βασιλείας· δεύτερον δὲ (καὶ γὰρ ἀναγκαίαν ἑαυτῷ τὴν ἀπόνοιαν ἐκ τῶν ἤδη τετολμημένων ᾔδει πεποιηκὼς), τί διανοεῖται; καὶ ποῖ πρόεισιν ἀσεβειας τε καὶ θρασύτητος; Ὦ τῆς μανι.ἰδους ἐκείνης ψυχῆςῑἘπ αὐτὸν ἐκστρατεύει, καὶ ὶʼἑῆς δύσεως ἀπανπροφάσει μὶν, ὡς ἀπολογησόμεʼ νος ὑπὲρ τοῦ διαδήματος· ἔτι γὰρ ἐδόκει κρύπτειν ἑαυτοῦ τήν ἀπόνοιαν· τὸ δέ ἀληθές, ὡς μεταστήσων εἷς ἑαυτὸν ’ἁπαν τὸ κράτος, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγνωμοο σόνης Θαυμασθτβόμενος· καὶ οὐκ ἐψεύσθη γε τῆς ἐλπίδος.

Ti oun thaumaston ton ek toioutōn men hormōmenon dogmatōn, hypo toioutōn de kybernētōn eu; thynomenon, houtō kai tǭ pepisteukoti phanēnai kakon ton pisteuthenta, kai tǭ timēsanti ton timēthenta? Ei gar dei ti kai dia tēs katēgorias apologēsasthai, ou moi dokei tosouton hyperalgōn tou adelphou, dn ge kai polemion ek tēs thrēskeias eginōsken, hoson ta Christianōn ou pherōn auxanomena, kai lyssōn kata tēs eusebeias, tois kathestēkosin epitolmąn, kai zētein eleutherian tę̄ aponoią; chrēnai gar philosophian kai basileian, hōs ho ekeinōn logos, heis tauto synelthein ; ouk ’ina pausōntai kakōn hai poleis, allʼ hina plēsthōsi. Mz Kai to men prōton autǭ tēs authadeias kai aponoias heauton anadēsai, kai tę̄ megalę̄ prosēgorią timēsai ouch harpagma tychēs, allʼ aretēs athlon ē chronos ē psēphos basileōs charizetai, ē tēs synklētou boulēs, hōs to palaion, krisis), kai ou poieitai tou metrou tēs timēs kyrion ton tēs basileias; deuteron de (kai gar anankaian heautǭ tēn aponoian ek tōn ēdē tetolmēmenōn ę̄dei pepoiēkōs), ti dianoeitai? kai poi proeisin asebeias te kai thrasytētos? Ō tēs mani.idous ekeinēs psychēsiEp auton ekstrateuei, kai iʼheēs dyseōs apanprophasei min, hōs apologēsomeʼ nos hyper tou diadēmatos; eti gar edokei kryptein heautou tēn aponoian; to de alēthes, hōs metastēsōn heis heauton ’hapan to kratos, kai dia tēs agnōmoo sonēs Thaumasthtbomenos; kai ouk epseusthē ge tēs elpidos.

[45] What wonder, then, that one who started from such doctrines and was steered by such pilots should have proved so wicked, the one entrusted toward the one who entrusted him, the one honoured toward the one who honoured him? For if I must make some defence through accusation, it seems to me that he was not so much grieving over his brother (whom he knew to be his enemy because of religion) as unable to bear the growth of Christian affairs, and raging against piety, so that he dared to attack the established order and sought freedom for his madness; for philosophy and kingship, as their saying goes, must come together, not so that cities may cease from evils, but so that they may be filled with them. [46] And the first act of his arrogance and madness was to crown himself and to honour himself with the great title (which is not a prize to be snatched by fortune but a reward of virtue, granted by time, or by the emperor’s vote, or, as of old, by the judgment of the senate), and not to make the lord of the empire master of the measure of honour. And second (for he knew that by what he had already dared he had made his madness necessary for himself), what does he plan? To what lengths of impiety and rashness does he go? O that frenzied soul! He marches against him himself, and sets out from the West, on the pretext of making a defence concerning the diadem (for he still seemed to hide his madness), but in truth to transfer all power to himself and to be admired for his ingratitude; and he was not disappointed of his hope.

4.47PG 35:572a

Μὴ Θαυμαζέτωσαν οἱ τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγων ὑφʼ ὦν τὸ πᾶν φέρεται, τὸ ἀτέκμαρτον μή ἐπιστάμενοι βάθος, καὶ μὴ παραχωροῦντες τῷ τεχνίτῃ τῆς κυβερνήσεως, ἡμῶν γε πάντως συνετωτέρῳ. καὶ ἄγοντι τὸ οἰκεῖον ὅπη καὶ ’ὁπως βούλεται · πάντως δὲ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον καὶ τὴν ἰατρείαν, κᾶν οἱ θεραπευόμενοι δυσχεραίνωσιν ὑφʼ ὧν λόγων κάκεῖνος οὐκ ιπήρθη μέν εἰς τήν κακίαν· ἀναίτιον γὰρ παντάπασι κακῶν τὸ Θεῖον, ἀγαθὸν, τῇ φύσει τυγχάνον, καὶ τοῦ προελομένου τὰ τῆς κακίας οὐ μὴν ἐπεσχέθη γε τῆς ὁρμῆς · ἀλλᾶ τάχει πολλῷ τήν τε οἰκείαν, καὶ τῆς βαρβαρικῆς ὄχθης ἔστιν ἧν διαδραμὼν, καὶ τῷ λαθεῖν μᾶλλον ἣ τῷ κρατῆσαι τὴν πάροδον ἁρπάσας, πλησίον τῖύν βασιλείων γίνεται · ὡς μέν οἱ τὰ ἐκείνου φρονοῦντες, κατᾶ πρόγνωσιν ἐπὶ τήν ἐκστρατείαν ἀρθεὶς, καὶ δαιμόνων κινησιν τὸ μέλλον ὑπισχνουμένων, καὶ μεταβολὴν πρυτανευόντων τοῖς πράγμασιν· ὡς δέ ὂ τῶν ἀληθευόντων λόγος, κατὰ προθεσμίαν παρὼν, ἀλλʼ ἀποῤῥητοτέραν τε καὶ βαθυτέραν, καὶ σπεύδων ἐπὶ θάνατον, οὗ δημιουργὸς αὐτὸς ἦν, κλέψας τινὶ τῶν ἔνδον τήν ἐπιχείρησιν· ὣστε εἷς ναι μὴ πρόγνωσιν, ἀλλὰ γνῶσιν, και πονηρίας ἔργον, ἀλλά μὴ δαιμόνων εὖεργάτημα τὸ γινόμενονο o'i γε πῶς εὔστοχοι τὰ τοιαῦτα, Περσὶς σαφῶς ἔειξε. Καὶ παυσάσθωσαν οἱ τὸ ἐκείνου τάχος τοῖς δαίμοσιν ἐπιφημίζοντες ° εἷ μή γε καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ κακόν εἶναι τούτοις προσθήσομεν.

Mē Thaumazetōsan hoi tōn tou Theou logōn hyphʼ ōn to pan pheretai, to atekmarton mē epistamenoi bathos, kai mē parachōrountes tǭ technitę̄ tēs kybernēseōs, hēmōn ge pantōs synetōterǭ. kai agonti to oikeion hopē kai ’hopōs bouletai ; pantōs de pros to kreitton kai tēn iatreian, kan hoi therapeuomenoi dyscherainōsin hyphʼ hōn logōn kakeinos ouk ipērthē men eis tēn kakian; anaition gar pantapasi kakōn to Theion, agathon, tę̄ physei tynchanon, kai tou proelomenou ta tēs kakias ou mēn epeschethē ge tēs hormēs ; alla tachei pollǭ tēn te oikeian, kai tēs barbarikēs ochthēs estin hēn diadramōn, kai tǭ lathein mallon hē tǭ kratēsai tēn parodon harpasas, plēsion tiyn basileiōn ginetai ; hōs men hoi ta ekeinou phronountes, kata prognōsin epi tēn ekstrateian artheis, kai daimonōn kinēsin to mellon hypischnoumenōn, kai metabolēn prytaneuontōn tois pragmasin; hōs de o tōn alētheuontōn logos, kata prothesmian parōn, allʼ aporrhētoteran te kai bathyteran, kai speudōn epi thanaton, hou dēmiourgos autos ēn, klepsas tini tōn endon tēn epicheirēsin; hōste heis nai mē prognōsin, alla gnōsin, kai ponērias ergon, alla mē daimonōn euergatēma to ginomenono o'i ge pōs eustochoi ta toiauta, Persis saphōs eeixe. Kai pausasthōsan hoi to ekeinou tachos tois daimosin epiphēmizontes ° hei mē ge kai auto to kakon einai toutois prosthēsomen.

Let them not wonder, those who do not know the untraceable depth of the reasons of God by which the universe is borne along, and do not yield to the craftsman of its governance, who is altogether wiser than we, and leads what is his own where and how he wills, but altogether toward the better and toward healing, even if those being treated are annoyed. By these reasons that man was not lifted up into vice (for the divine is wholly guiltless of evils, being good by nature, and vice belongs to the one who chooses it), yet he was not restrained from his impulse; but running with great speed through his own territory and part of the barbarian bank, and seizing the passage by stealth more than by force, he comes near the palace. As his partisans say, he set out on the campaign by foreknowledge, by the prompting of demons who promised the future and presided over a change in affairs; but, as the account of those who tell the truth has it, he arrived at a set time, though a more secret and deeper one, and hastening toward a death of which he himself was the author, having secretly arranged the attempt through someone of the household; so that what happened was not foreknowledge but knowledge, a work of wickedness and not a benefit from demons. How well they hit the mark in such matters Persia clearly showed. And let those cease who ascribe his speed to the demons, unless we are to add this very evil to their account.

4.48PG 35:572a–573d

Ei μέν οὖν μὴ προῦλαβε τὴν ἔφοδον τοῦ τυράννου τὸ τέλος τοῦ βασιλέως, μηδὲ ὁ ἀφανής πόλεμός τῆς φανερᾶς χειρὸς πλεῖον ἴσχυσε, τάχα ἂν ἔγνω κατʼ ἑαυτοῦ ταχύνας ὁ ἀλιτήριος· καὶ πρὶν ὑπό Περσῶν τὴν ἐμπληξίαν σωφρονισθῆναι τῆς ἀπονοίας, ἔδωκεν ἅν δίκην ἐν ὅροις Ῥωμαίων, ὧν κακῶς κατετόλμησε· τεκμήριον δέʼ καὶ γάρ ἓτι προϊὼν καὶ ἀγνοούμενος, ὡς ἐνόμιζεν, ὑπὸ τοῦ γενο ναιοτάτου βασιΛέως στρατίᾳ περιλαμβἀνεται προϋποτεμνούσῃ καὶ τήν φυγὴν, ὡς δῆλον γέγονεν ἐκ τῶν ὕστερον· καὶ γὰρ ἤδη τὸ κράτος ἔχοντι, τὸ κρατῆσαι ταύτης οὐ μικρὸν ἔργον ἐγένετο · νῦν δὲ ὁ μὲν fluat}: ζέων κατά τῆς ἀπονοίας ὁμοῦ καί τῆς ἀσεβείας, καὶ τὸν σοφώτατον ἔχων έν ἄρκυσιν, ὣ τῆς ἡμετέρας κακίαςῙ ἐν ἀκμῇ τῆς ὁδοῦ καταλύει τὸν βίον, πολλὰ καὶ Θεῴ καὶ ἀνθρώποις ὑπὲρ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φιλανθρωπίας ἀπολογησάμενος, καὶ διά τῆς ὁρμῆς δείξας Χριστιανοῖς τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐσεβείας κίν ησιν.

Ei men oun mē proulabe tēn ephodon tou tyrannou to telos tou basileōs, mēde ho aphanēs polemos tēs phaneras cheiros pleion ischyse, tacha an egnō katʼ heautou tachynas ho alitērios; kai prin hypo Persōn tēn emplēxian sōphronisthēnai tēs aponoias, edōken han dikēn en horois Rhōmaiōn, hōn kakōs katetolmēse; tekmērion deʼ kai gar heti proïōn kai agnooumenos, hōs enomizen, hypo tou geno naiotatou basiLeōs stratią perilambanetai proÿpotemnousę̄ kai tēn phygēn, hōs dēlon gegonen ek tōn hysteron; kai gar ēdē to kratos echonti, to kratēsai tautēs ou mikron ergon egeneto ; nyn de ho men fluat}: zeōn kata tēs aponoias homou kai tēs asebeias, kai ton sophōtaton echōn en arkysin, hō tēs hēmeteras kakiasI en akmę̄ tēs hodou katalyei ton bion, polla kai Theǭ kai anthrōpois hyper tēs heautou philanthrōpias apologēsamenos, kai dia tēs hormēs deixas Christianois tēn hyper tēs eusebeias kin ēsin.

If, then, the emperor’s end had not come before the tyrant’s attack, and the invisible war had not prevailed over the visible hand, the wretch would perhaps have learned that he was hastening against himself; and before his folly was chastened by the Persians, he would have paid the penalty within the bounds of Rome for what he had wickedly dared. Here is the proof: while he was still advancing and, as he thought, unnoticed, he was surrounded by an army of the most noble emperor, which had already cut off his retreat, as became clear from later events; for even when he already held power, mastering this army was no small task. But as it was, the emperor, boiling against his madness and his impiety alike, and having the wisest of men in his nets, ends his life (O our wickedness!) in the midst of his march, having made a full defence before God and men for his kindness, and having shown Christians by his zeal how he was moved on behalf of piety.

4.49PG 35:576a

Πῶς μὴ δακρύσω τὸν ἄθλιον πῶς μὴ πλέον μὶν τῶν δεδιωγμένων τοὺς προσδραμόντας; πλὲον δὲ τῶν αὐτομολησάντων εἷς τὴν κακίαν θρηνήσω τὸν συναρπάσαντα; Μᾶλλον δὲ τοῖς μὲν οὐδὲν δεινὸν τὸ ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ παθεῖν, ἀλλᾶ καὶ πάντων μακαριστότατον, οὐ διὰ τὰ ἐκεῖθεν μόνον, ἀλλά καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν εὐδοξίαν καὶ παρρησίαν, ἢν διὰ τῶν κινδύνων ἑαυτοῖς ἐχαρίσαντο· τοῖς δὲ προοίμιον τῶν ἀποκειμένων καὶ ἀπειλουμένων, ἅπερ ἤδη πεπόνθασι · καί βέλτιον ἦν αὐτοῖς, εἴ ἐντεῦθεν μακρότερον ἐκολάσθησαν ἢ τοῖς ἐκεῖ δικαιωτηρίοις ἐταμιεύθησαΨ Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν διὰ τόν νόμον, τὸν τῷ πτώματι τοῦ ὲγθροῦ μὴ ἐπιχαίρειν κελεύοντα, καὶ τὸ συμπαθὲς ἀπαιτοῦντα παρὰ τῶν ιστηκότωνο ἐμοὶ δὲ πάλιν πρὸς αὑτὸν ἐπηακτέον τὸν λόγον.

Pōs mē dakrysō ton athlion pōs mē pleon min tōn dediōgmenōn tous prosdramontas? pleon de tōn automolēsantōn heis tēn kakian thrēnēsō ton synarpasanta? Mallon de tois men ouden deinon to hyper Christou pathein, alla kai pantōn makaristotaton, ou dia ta ekeithen monon, alla kai dia tēn enteuthen eudoxian kai parrēsian, ēn dia tōn kindynōn heautois echarisanto; tois de prooimion tōn apokeimenōn kai apeiloumenōn, haper ēdē peponthasi ; kai beltion ēn autois, ei enteuthen makroteron ekolasthēsan ē tois ekei dikaiōtēriois etamieuthēsaPs Tauta men oun dia ton nomon, ton tǭ ptōmati tou egthrou mē epichairein keleuonta, kai to sympathes apaitounta para tōn istēkotōno emoi de palin pros hauton epēakteon ton logon.

How shall I not weep for the wretch? How shall I not lament, more than those who were persecuted, those who ran over to him; and, more than those who deserted to vice, the one who snatched them away? Or rather, for the one group it is nothing terrible to suffer for Christ, but the most blessed thing of all, not only because of what is there, but also because of the good repute and boldness here which they won for themselves through their dangers; while for the others what they have already suffered is a prelude to what is stored up and threatened; and it would have been better for them to be punished longer here than to be kept for the tribunals there. These things I say because of the law that bids us not rejoice at the fall of an enemy and requires sympathy from those who stand; but I must bring my discourse back again to him.

4.52PG 35:576a

Τίς ἡ τοσαύτη τοῦ κακοῦ φιλονιικία; Τίς ὁ τῆς ἀσεβείας ἔρωςς τίς ὁ δρόμος τῆς ἀπωλείας; Πόθεν οὕτω μισόχριστός ὁ Χριστοῦ μαθητής, ὁ τοσούτοις λόγοις τῆς ἀληθείας προσομιλήσας, καὶ τὰ μὶν εἰπὼν, τὰ δὲ ἀκούσας τῶν φερόντων εἲς σωτηρίαν; Οὐ γὰρ ἔφθη κληρονομήσας τὴν βασιλείαν. καὶ παρρησιάζεται τήν ἀσέβειαν, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ γενέσθαι ποτὶ Χριστιανὸς αἰσχυνόμενος, ἢ μνησικακῶν ὑπὲρ τούτου Χριπιανοῖς, οἷς τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐκοινώνησε. Καὶ τὸ μὶν πρῶτον αύτῴ τῶν τολμημάτων ὡς οἱ τοῖς ἀποῤῥήτοις ἐκείνου καλλωπιζόμενοι (εἰς οἵους ἐμπίπτειν ἀναγκάζομαι λόγους i), αἵματι μὶν οὐχ ὁσίῳ τὸ λουτρὸν ἀποῤῥύπτιται, τῇ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τε· λειώσει τὴν τελείωσιν τοῦ μύσους ἀντιτιθεὶς, ὗς ἐν βορβόρῳ κυλισθεὶς, κατᾶ τήν παροιμίαν· καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ἀφαγνίζεται τῆς ἀναιμάκτου θυσίας ἀποκαθαίρων διʼ ἧς ἡμεῖς Χριστῷ κοινωνοῦμεν, καὶ τῶν παθημάτων καὶ τῆς θεότητος · ἐντόμοις δὲ καὶ θυσίαις καθιστᾷ τὰ βασίλεια, κακοῖς συμβούλοις κακῆς ἀρχῆς χρώμενος.

Tis hē tosautē tou kakou philoniikia? Tis ho tēs asebeias erōss tis ho dromos tēs apōleias? Pothen houtō misochristos ho Christou mathētēs, ho tosoutois logois tēs alētheias prosomilēsas, kai ta min eipōn, ta de akousas tōn pherontōn eis sōtērian? Ou gar ephthē klēronomēsas tēn basileian. kai parrēsiazetai tēn asebeian, hōsper kai to genesthai poti Christianos aischynomenos, ē mnēsikakōn hyper toutou Chripianois, hois tou onomatos ekoinōnēse. Kai to min prōton autǭ tōn tolmēmatōn hōs hoi tois aporrhētois ekeinou kallōpizomenoi (eis hoious empiptein anankazomai logous i), haimati min ouch hosiǭ to loutron aporrhyptitai, tę̄ kathʼ hēmas te; leiōsei tēn teleiōsin tou mysous antititheis, hys en borborǭ kylistheis, kata tēn paroimian; kai tas cheiras aphagnizetai tēs anaimaktou thysias apokathairōn diʼ hēs hēmeis Christǭ koinōnoumen, kai tōn pathēmatōn kai tēs theotētos ; entomois de kai thysiais kathistą ta basileia, kakois symboulois kakēs archēs chrōmenos.

What is this great rivalry in evil? What this love of impiety? What this race to destruction? Whence is the disciple of Christ such a hater of Christ, he who had conversed with so many words of truth, and spoken some and heard others of those that lead to salvation? For no sooner had he inherited the empire than he openly professed his impiety, as if he were ashamed of having once been a Christian, or bore a grudge against Christians on this account, whose name he had shared. And the first of his daring deeds (as those say who pride themselves on knowing his secrets: into what words am I forced to fall!) was that he washes off the bath of baptism with unholy blood, setting the consummation of abomination against our consummation, a pig rolling in the mud, as the proverb says; and he purifies his hands, cleansing them of the bloodless sacrifice through which we share with Christ both in his sufferings and in his Godhead; and he establishes the palace with victims and sacrifices, using evil counsellors for an evil reign.

4.53PG 35:576a–577b

Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή γε ἑντόμων ἐμνήσθην, καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς δεισιδαιμονίας, ἦ κακοδαιμονίας εἰπεῖν οίκειοτερον, οὐκ οἶδα πότερον γραφῇ παραδῶ τὸ θρυλλούμενδν θαῦμα, ἢ ἀπιστήσω τοῖς λέγουσι. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτος ταλαντεύομαι λ τὴν γνώμην, καὶ οὐκ ἔχω ὁποτέρωσε νεύσω, μεμιγμένων τῶν δικαίως ἃν πιστευθὲντων τοῖς οὐκ ἀξίοις πίστεως· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐπισημῆναί τι τῇ τοσαύτῃ τοῦ κακοῦ καινοτομίᾳ καὶ δυσσεβείᾳ τῶν οὐκ ἀπίστων, ἀλλά καὶ πολλάκις ἤδη συμβεβηκότων περὶ τὰς μεγίστας μεταβολάςʼ τὸ δὲ καὶ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον σφόδρα ἐμοὶ γοῦν θαύματος ἄξιον, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς καθαρῶς δηλοῦσθαι τὰ καθαρὰ βουλομένοις τε καὶ νομίζουσι.

Allʼ epeidē ge hentomōn emnēsthēn, kai tēs peri ta toiauta tou andros deisidaimonias, ē kakodaimonias eipein oikeioteron, ouk oida poteron graphę̄ paradō to thrylloumendn thauma, ē apistēsō tois legousi. Kai gar autos talanteuomai l tēn gnōmēn, kai ouk echō hopoterōse neusō, memigmenōn tōn dikaiōs han pisteuthentōn tois ouk axiois pisteōs; to men gar episēmēnai ti tę̄ tosautę̄ tou kakou kainotomią kai dyssebeią tōn ouk apistōn, alla kai pollakis ēdē symbebēkotōn peri tas megistas metabolasʼ to de kai ton tropon touton sphodra emoi goun thaumatos axion, kai pasi tois katharōs dēlousthai ta kathara boulomenois te kai nomizousi.

But since I have mentioned entrails and the man’s superstition in such things (or, to say it more properly, his ill-starred demon-worship), I do not know whether I should commit to writing the wonder that is talked about, or disbelieve those who tell it. For I myself waver in judgment and cannot tell which way to lean, since things that would justly be believed are mixed with things not worthy of belief. That some sign should be given at so great an innovation of evil and impiety is not incredible, but has often happened at the greatest changes; and the manner of it too is very worthy of wonder, to me at least, and to all who wish and think that pure things should be shown purely.

4.54PG 35:577b–580b

Τὸ δʼ οῦν λεγόμενον, ὅτί θυομένῳ τὰ σπλάγχνα τὸν σταυρὸν ἀναδείκνυσι στεφανούμενον, ὅ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις φρίκην παρέσχε, καὶ ἀγωνίαν, καί τοῦ ἡμετερου κράτους συναίσθησιν · τῷ δὶ διδασκάλῳ τῆς ἀσεβείας καὶ θάρσος δῆθεν, ὡς περιγεγραμμένων ἡμῶν καὶ συνειργμένωνʼ οὕτω γὰρ τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ τὸν κύκλον παρεσχεδιάσε. Τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τὸ ἐμὸν θαῦμα· καὶ εἰ μὲν ψευδὲς, αὖραι φέροιεν· εἷ δὲ ἀληθὲς, πάλιν Βαλαὰμ προφηυεύει, καὶ Σαμουὴλ ἕλκεται, ἢ δοκεῖ (Ι Ι), διʼ ἐγγαστριμύθου, καὶ δαίμονες ὁμολογοῦσι τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἄκοντες, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων, ’ίνα καὶ πιστευθῇ μᾶλλον, ἡ ἀλήθεια δείκνυται ’ τυχὸν κάκεῖνον ἐπισχεθῆναι τῆς ἀσεβείας διὰ τούτων ἐπρυτανεύετο ’ πολλὰς γὰρ καὶ παραδόξους ὁδοὺς σωτηρίας οἶδε τὸ Θεῖον καινοτομεῖν, νεῦον πρὸς τὰ φιλάνθρωπον · ὅ δὲ λέγεται ὑπὸ πλειόνων, καὶ πίστεύειν οὐκ ἀπὸ τρόπου. λήρους), τῷ ἀδοκητῳ πληγεὶς, καὶγὰρ ἦν ὀψιμαθὴς τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρὸν καταφεύγει, καὶ τὸ παλαιὸν φάρμακον, καὶ τούτῳ σημειοῦται κατὰ τῶν φόβων, καὶ βοηθὸν ποιεῖται τὸν διωκόμενον καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς φρικωδέστερα. Nq'. ’Ίσχυσεν ἡ σφραγὶς, ἡττῶνται οἳ δαίμονες, λύονται οἳ φόβοι. Εἶτα τί; Ἀναπνεῖ τὸ κακὸν, θρασύνεται πάλιν, αὖθις ὁρμὴ, καὶ οἳ αὐτοὶ φόβοι, καὶ ἡ σφραγὶς πάλιν, καὶ ἠρεμοῦντες οἱ δαίμονες · καί 6 μύστης ἐν ἀπορίᾳ · καὶ 6 μυσταγωγὸς ἐγγύθεν παρεξηγούμενος τὴν ἀληθειαν· Ἐβδελύχθημεν, τὴν λέγων, οὐκ ἐφοβήσαμεν· νικᾷ τὸ χεῖρον · λέγει γὰρ ταῦτα, καὶ εἰπὼν πείθει, καὶ πείσας ἄγει τὸν μαθητὴν ἐπὶ τὸ τῆς ἀπολείας βάραθρον. Καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν · πρόχειρος, γὰρ ἡ πονηρία τῷ κακῷ μᾶλλον ἀκολουθεῖν ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος ἀνακόπτεσθαι. "A μὲν οὖν εἰπὼν, ποιήσας, ἣ ἐξαπατηθεὶς ἀναπέμπεται, εἰδεῖεν ἂν οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα τελοῦντές τε καὶ τελούμενει · ἄνεισι δʼ οὖν καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ δαιμονῶν καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι, καὶ τῷ μανιώδει τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπισημαίνων οὕς ἐθεράπευσεν- εἷ μή γε καὶ ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπλήσθη δαιμόνων, ἀφʼ ἧς οὕτω πονηρᾶ προῦΟετοʼ ἀλλὰ τότε καί περιφανέστερονο ’ίνα μή μάτην κατεληλυθὼς, καὶ τῶν δαιμόνων μετειληφὼς ὃν ἐνθουσιασμὸν ἐκεῖνοι καλοῦσι. μεταποιοῦντες σεμνῶς τὰ ὀνόματα. Τὰ μὲν δὴ πρῶτα τοιαῦτα.

To dʼ oun legomenon, hoti thyomenǭ ta splanchna ton stauron anadeiknysi stephanoumenon, ho tois men allois phrikēn paresche, kai agōnian, kai tou hēmeterou kratous synaisthēsin ; tǭ di didaskalǭ tēs asebeias kai tharsos dēthen, hōs perigegrammenōn hēmōn kai syneirgmenōnʼ houtō gar ton stauron kai ton kyklon pareschediase. Touto men dē to emon thauma; kai ei men pseudes, aurai pheroien; hei de alēthes, palin Balaam prophēueuei, kai Samouēl helketai, ē dokei (I I), diʼ engastrimythou, kai daimones homologousi ton Iēsoun akontes, kai dia tōn enantiōn, ’ina kai pisteuthę̄ mallon, hē alētheia deiknytai ’ tychon kakeinon epischethēnai tēs asebeias dia toutōn eprytaneueto ’ pollas gar kai paradoxous hodous sōtērias oide to Theion kainotomein, neuon pros ta philanthrōpon ; ho de legetai hypo pleionōn, kai pisteuein ouk apo tropou. lērous), tǭ adokētǭ plēgeis, kaigar ēn opsimathēs ta toiauta, epi ton stauron katapheugei, kai to palaion pharmakon, kai toutǭ sēmeioutai kata tōn phobōn, kai boēthon poieitai ton diōkomenon kai ta hexēs phrikōdestera. Nq'. ’Ischysen hē sphragis, hēttōntai hoi daimones, lyontai hoi phoboi. Eita ti? Anapnei to kakon, thrasynetai palin, authis hormē, kai hoi autoi phoboi, kai hē sphragis palin, kai ēremountes hoi daimones ; kai 6 mystēs en aporią ; kai 6 mystagōgos engythen parexēgoumenos tēn alētheian; Ebdelychthēmen, tēn legōn, ouk ephobēsamen; niką to cheiron ; legei gar tauta, kai eipōn peithei, kai peisas agei ton mathētēn epi to tēs apoleias barathron. Kai thaumaston ouden ; procheiros, gar hē ponēria tǭ kakǭ mallon akolouthein ē hypo tou kreittonos anakoptesthai. "A men oun eipōn, poiēsas, hē exapatētheis anapempetai, eideien an hoi ta toiauta telountes te kai teloumenei ; aneisi dʼ oun kai tę̄ psychę̄ daimonōn kai tois pragmasi, kai tǭ maniōdei tōn ophthalmōn episēmainōn hous etherapeusen- hei mē ge kai apʼ ekeinēs tēs hēmeras eplēsthē daimonōn, aphʼ hēs houtō ponēra prouOetoʼ alla tote kai periphanesterono ’ina mē matēn katelēlythōs, kai tōn daimonōn meteilēphōs hon enthousiasmon ekeinoi kalousi. metapoiountes semnōs ta onomata. Ta men dē prōta toiauta.

What is said, then, is this: that as he was sacrificing, the entrails showed the cross with a crown around it; which brought shuddering and anguish to the others, and awareness of our power, but to the teacher of impiety, of course, courage, as though we were circumscribed and hemmed in; for so he improvised an interpretation of the cross and the circle. This is my wonder; and if it is false, let the winds carry it away; but if it is true, Balaam is prophesying again, and Samuel is brought up (or seems to be) through a ventriloquist, and demons confess Jesus against their will, and the truth is shown through its opposites, so that it may be the more believed; perhaps it was even arranged that he should be held back from impiety by these things, for the divine knows how to devise many strange ways of salvation, inclining toward love of mankind. And what is told by more people, and is not unreasonable to believe: … drivel), struck by the unexpected (for he was a late learner in such things), he takes refuge in the cross and the old remedy, and signs himself with it against his fears, and makes the one he was persecuting his helper; and what follows is more fearful still. [56] The seal prevailed; the demons are defeated; the fears are dispelled. Then what? The evil breathes again, grows bold again; again an onset, and the same fears; and the seal again, and the demons are quiet; and the initiate is at a loss; and the mystagogue, standing near, misinterprets the truth. “We disgusted them,” he says; “we did not frighten them; the worse is prevailing.” He says this, and saying it persuades, and having persuaded leads the disciple to the pit of destruction. And there is nothing strange in this; for wickedness is readier to follow evil than to be checked by the better. What he said or did, or by what deception he was sent back up, those who perform and undergo such rites would know; at any rate he comes up possessed by demons both in his soul and in his affairs, and showing by the madness of his eyes whom he had served; unless indeed he was filled with demons from that day on which he devoted himself to such wicked things; but then more conspicuously, so that he might not have gone down in vain, and might receive from the demons what they call “enthusiasm,” solemnly changing the names. Such, then, were the first things.

4.57PG 35:580c–581a

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ ὠδὶς ἐκράτει, καὶ 6 διωγμὸς ἐξερῥήγνυτο, εἷδὲ τι, εἶάʼ οὖν ἀνδρὸς σοφοῦ τὴν κακίαν καὶ περιττοῦ τήν ἀσέβειαν, εʼ.’τʼ οὖν ἐδιδάχθη παρὰ τῶν εἲς ταύτην αὐτὸν ἀλειφόντων. Ὠς τὸ μὶν φανερῶς ἀνελέσθαι τὸν πόλεμον, καὶ προκακεσθῆναι τῆς ἀσεβείας αὐτόχειρα, πρὸς τῷ λίαν εἶναι θρασὺ καὶ ἀπαίδευτον, ἔτι καὶ ἐναντιώτατον τῷ σκοπῷ παντελῶς · φιλονεικοτὲρους γὰρ ἂν ἡμᾶς γε· νὲσθαι βιαζομένους, καὶ ἀντιθήσειν τῇ τυραννίδι τὴν ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας φιλοτιμίαν. Φιλεῖ γὰρ τὰ γενναῖα φρονήματα πρὸς τὸ βίᾳ κρατοῦν αὐθαδιαζεσθαι καὶ γαθάπερ φλὸξ ὑπὸ ἀνέμου ῥιπίζομένη τοςούτῳ μᾶλλον ἀνάπτεσθαι, ὅσῳ περ ἂν σφοδρότερον κατα πνέηται. Καὶ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐκ τῶν λογισμῶν εὕρισκε μόνον, ἀλλᾶ καὶ τοῖς προλαβοῦσι διωγμοῖς εἶχε γινώσκειν. οʼί τιμιώτεάον τὸν Χριστιανισμὸν πεποιήκασι θᾶττον ἢ ἀσθενέστερον, ῥώσαντες τὰς ψυχὰς εἷς εὐσέβειαν, καὶ ὣσπερ σίδηρον θερμὸν ὕδατι, τοῖς κινδύνοις στομώσαντες. Εἰ δὲ μετὰ τῆς τέχνης στρατεύσειε, καὶ τῷ πείθειν τὸ βιάζεσθαι χρώσειιν ἢ καθάπερ χαλκῴ περιβάλλοι δέλεαρ τῇ τυραννίδι τὸ προσηνὲς, σοφόν τε οὕτως ἂν ἃμα καὶ δυνατὸν γενέσθαι αὐτῷ τὸ ἀγώνισμα.

Epei de hē ōdis ekratei, kai 6 diōgmos exerrhēgnyto, heide ti, eiaʼ oun andros sophou tēn kakian kai perittou tēn asebeian, eʼ.’tʼ oun edidachthē para tōn eis tautēn auton aleiphontōn. Ōs to min phanerōs anelesthai ton polemon, kai prokakesthēnai tēs asebeias autocheira, pros tǭ lian einai thrasy kai apaideuton, eti kai enantiōtaton tǭ skopǭ pantelōs ; philoneikoterous gar an hēmas ge; nesthai biazomenous, kai antithēsein tę̄ tyrannidi tēn hyper eusebeias philotimian. Philei gar ta gennaia phronēmata pros to bią kratoun authadiazesthai kai gathaper phlox hypo anemou rhipizomenē tosoutǭ mallon anaptesthai, hosǭ per an sphodroteron kata pneētai. Kai touto ouk ek tōn logismōn heuriske monon, alla kai tois prolabousi diōgmois eiche ginōskein. oʼi timiōteaon ton Christianismon pepoiēkasi thatton ē asthenesteron, rhōsantes tas psychas heis eusebeian, kai hōsper sidēron thermon hydati, tois kindynois stomōsantes. Ei de meta tēs technēs strateuseie, kai tǭ peithein to biazesthai chrōseiin ē kathaper chalkǭ periballoi delear tę̄ tyrannidi to prosēnes, sophon te houtōs an hama kai dynaton genesthai autǭ to agōnisma.

When his travail prevailed and the persecution broke out, he saw something, whether as a man wise in vice and extraordinary in impiety, or because he was taught it by those who anointed him for this contest: that to take up the war openly and to preside personally over impiety, besides being very rash and uncultivated, would also be altogether contrary to his aim; for we would become more contentious if we were forced, and would set our ambition for piety against his tyranny. For noble spirits tend to be stubborn against what rules by force, and, like a flame fanned by the wind, to be kindled the more, the more violently it blows upon them. And this he found not only by reasoning, but could also learn from the earlier persecutions, which made Christianity more honoured rather than weaker, strengthening souls for piety and tempering them by dangers as hot iron is tempered in water. But if he campaigned with art, and coloured force with persuasion, or wrapped his tyranny in gentleness like bait around a bronze hook, his contest would in this way become at once wise and powerful.

4.58PG 35:581a

Kui γὰρ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶτῆς τῶν μαρτύρων τιμῆς ἐφθόνει τοῖς ἀθληταῖςʼ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μηχανᾶται αὐτὸς μὶν καὶ βιάζεσθαι, καίμή δοκεῖν, δὲ καὶ πάσχειν, καὶ μή τιμὴν ἔχειν ὡς ὗπὶρ Χριστοῦ πάσχοντας. ’Ὠ τῆς εὐηθείαςὲ Πρῶτον μὶν εἴ λανθάνειν ἐνόμισεν ὑπὲρ τίνος οἱ κίνδυνοι, καὶ συγκαλύψειν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῖς σοφίσμασιν, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὅσῳ κατὰ τῶν τιμῶν ἐπενόει, τοσουτῳ μείζους αὐτὰς ποιήσειν καὶ λαμπροτέρας.

Kui gar pros tois allois kaitēs tōn martyrōn timēs ephthonei tois athlētaisʼ kai dia touto mēchanatai autos min kai biazesthai, kaimē dokein, de kai paschein, kai mē timēn echein hōs hypir Christou paschontas. ’Ō tēs euētheiase Prōton min ei lanthanein enomisen hyper tinos hoi kindynoi, kai synkalypsein tēn alētheian tois sophismasin, allʼ ouch hosǭ kata tōn timōn epenoei, tosoutǭ meizous autas poiēsein kai lamproteras.

For besides other things he also begrudged the athletes the honour of the martyrs; and for this reason he contrived both to use force and not to seem to, and that they should suffer and yet not have the honour of suffering for Christ. O what simplicity! First, if he thought it would go unnoticed for what cause the dangers were faced, and that he would cover up the truth with sophistries; and did not see that the more he plotted against their honours, the greater and more brilliant he would make them.

4.59PG 35:581a

Δεύτερον δὲ, εἷ δόξης ἐπιθυμίᾳ κινδυνεῦειν ἡμᾶς, ἀλλᾶ μὴ τῆς ἀληθείας, ὑπέλαβε· ταῦτα μὶν παιζέτωσαν παρʼ ἐκείνοις Ἐμπεδοκλεῖς, καὶ Ἀρισταῖοι, καὶ Ἐμπεδότιμοί τινες, καὶ Τροφὼνιοι, καὶ τοιούτων δυστυχῶν ἀριθμός · ὢν ὁ μὲν τοῖς Σικελικοῖς κρατῆρσιν ἑαυτὸν θεώσας, ὡς ᾤετο, καῖ εἷς τὴν κρείττονα λῆξιν ἀφʼ ἡμῶν ἀναπέμψας, τῷ φιλτάτῳ σανδάλῳ κατεμηνύθη παρὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκορασθέντι · καί οὐ Θεὸς ἐδείχθη μετʼ ἅνθρωπον, ἀλλʼ ἄνθρωπος κενόδοξος, καὶ ἀφιλόσοῖιος μετὰ θάνατον, καὶ οὐδὲ τὰ κοινὰ συνετός · οἳ δὲ ἀδύτοις τισὶν ἑαυτοὺς ὲγκρύψαντες ὑπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς νόσου καὶ φιλαυτίας, εἶτʼ ἐκεγχθὲντες, οὐ μᾶλλον ἐκ τῆς κλοπῆς ἐτιμήθησαν ἐκ τοῦ μὴ λαθεῖν καθυβρίσθησαν.

Deuteron de, hei doxēs epithymią kindyneuein hēmas, alla mē tēs alētheias, hypelabe; tauta min paizetōsan parʼ ekeinois Empedokleis, kai Aristaioi, kai Empedotimoi tines, kai Trophōnioi, kai toioutōn dystychōn arithmos ; ōn ho men tois Sikelikois kratērsin heauton theōsas, hōs ǭeto, kai heis tēn kreittona lēxin aphʼ hēmōn anapempsas, tǭ philtatǭ sandalǭ katemēnythē para tou pyros ekorasthenti ; kai ou Theos edeichthē metʼ hanthrōpon, allʼ anthrōpos kenodoxos, kai aphilosoiios meta thanaton, kai oude ta koina synetos ; hoi de adytois tisin heautous enkrypsantes hypo tēs autēs nosou kai philautias, eitʼ ekenchthentes, ou mallon ek tēs klopēs etimēthēsan ek tou mē lathein kathybristhēsan.

Second, if he supposed that we face dangers from desire of glory and not for the truth. Let such games be played among them by Empedocleses and Aristaeuses and Empedotimuses and Trophoniuses and the whole number of such unfortunates: of whom the one, having deified himself, as he thought, in the Sicilian craters, and sent himself away from us to a better lot, was betrayed by his dearest sandal, spat out by the fire; and he was shown to be not a god after being a man, but a vainglorious man, unphilosophical after death, and not sensible even in common matters; while the others, hiding themselves in certain shrines from the same disease and self-love, and then being exposed, were not so much honoured for their stealth as insulted for not escaping notice.

4.60PG 35:581a–664d

Χριστιανοῖς δὲ ἣδιον ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας τὸ πάσχειν, κᾶν πάντας λανθάνωσιν, ἢ ἄλλοις τὸ εὐδοξεῖν μετὰ τῆς ἀσεβείας · τοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἀνθρώποις, ἀρέσκειν βραχὺς ἡμῖν ὅ λόγος ’ τῆς δὲ παρὰ Θεοῦ τιμῆ ἡ πᾶσκ ἔφεσις· μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ ταύτην,’ὁ γε ἀληθῶς φιλόσοφοι καὶ φιλόθεοι, τήν πρὸς τὸ κα- ΤΠ ικῖοιοοι sm λὺν οἰκείωσιν ἀγαπῶντες διʼ αὐτὸ τὸ καλὸν, oi τὰς ἀποκειμένας ἐντεῦθεν τιμάςʼ δευτέρα γὰρ αὕτη τάξις τῶν ἐπαινετῶν, τὸ μισθοῦ τι πράττειν καὶ διʼ ἀντίδοσιν· ῶσπερ τρίτη τῷ φόβῳ κολάσεως φεύγειν τὴν μοχθηρίαν. Τὰ μὲν οὖν ἡμέτερα τοιαῦτα καὶ οὕτως ἔχοντα· καὶ ῥᾴδιον τοῦτο ἐκ πλειόνων imis?- ΞΑʼ. '0 δὲ, ὡς μεγάλης τιμῆς ἀποστερήσειν μέλλων Χριστιανοὺς (κρίνουσι γὰρ οί πολλοὶ τά τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς ἰδίοις πάθεσι), τοῦτο διώκει πρὸ τῶν ἀλλων τὴν εὐδοκίμησιν. Καὶ οὐδὲ μεγαλοψύχως, τοῖς ἄλλοις διώκταις ὁμοίως, ἀπογράφεται τὴν iisiδειαν οὐδʼ, εί μὴ βασιλικῶς, τυραννικῶς γε παντάπασι διανοεῖται περί ἡμῶν, ἵνʼ ᾖ μεγαλοπρεπὲς αὐτῷ τὸ ἀσέὗημα βιάζεσθαι λαὸν οἰκουμένης. καὶ τυραννῆσαι δόγμα πάντων δογμάτων ὑπερ ανεστηκὸςʼ δουλοπρεπῶς δὲ λίαν καὶ ἀγεννῶς κακουργεί τὴν εὐσέβειαν. καὶ τὰς πε ρ). τοὺς λογισμοὺς πλοκὰς καὶ διπλόας τῷ καθʼ ἡμῶν διωγμῴ φέρων ἐπεισήγαγε. Τοιγαροῦν είς δύο ταῦτα διῃρημένου τοῦ κρατεῖν, τὸ πείθειν καὶτὸ βιάζεσθαι. δ μὲν ἦν ἀπανθρωπότερον, δήμοις ἐφῆκεκι πόλεσι τὸ τῆς τυραννίδες, ὧν κα) μᾶλλον ἄληπτος ὴ ἀπόνοια διὰ τὴν ἀλογίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀπερίσκεπτον ἐπὶ πάντα φοράν καὶ τοῦτο οὐ προστάγματι δημοσίῳ. τῷ δὲ μῂ ἀνακόπτειν τὰς ὁρμιὰς ἄγραφον ἰ ΞΒο Ὀ δὲ ἡμερώτερον καὶ βασιλικώτερον, εἰς law τὸν δῆθεν φέρει, τὸ τῆς πειθοῦς· οὺ μὴν εἰς τὸ παν τελὲς τοῦτό γε διεσώσατο · οὐδὲ γάρ εἶχε φύσι) ἢ πάρδαλιν ἀποθέσθαι τὸ κατάστικτον, ἢ Αἰθίοπαῆ μέλαν, ἢ πῦρ τὸ καίειν, ἢ τὸν πονηρὸντῆ μισανθρωπίαν ἀπαρχῆς ἀνθρωποκτόνον τυγχάνονταμ ἦ ἐκεῖνον τὴν πονηρίαν, ἀφʼ ἧς καθʼ ἠ μῶν ὥρμησεν· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τὸν χαμαιλέοντα λόγος παντοῖὀν γίνεσθαι ῥᾳδίως, καὶ πάσας μὶν ἀναλαμβάνειν χρόας, πλὴν μιᾶς τῆς λευκότητος, τὸν γὰρ Ιῐρωτὲα παρίημι τὸν τοῦ μύθου τὸν Αίγύπτιον σοφιστὴν, οὕτω κάκεῖνος πάντα ἦν καὶ ἐγίνετο Χριστιανοῖς, πλὴν ἡμερότητος, καὶ ἦν λίαν ἀπάνθρωπον αὐτῷ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, καὶ τὸ πιθανὸν βίαιον, καὶ ἀπολογία τῆς ἀγριότητος ἡ χρηστότηςʼ ’ίνʼ εἷκότως δοκῇ βιάζεσθαι, τοῦ πείθειν ἀποτυγχάνων. ΞΓ. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον ἐξ ὧν βραχὺ μὲν παρʼ αὐτῷ τὸ τῆς πειθοῦς, πλεῖον δὲ τὸ τῆς βίας εὐθὺς ἑπόμενον ἦν· 'iv‘, ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς θήραις, ἢ ταῖς πάγαις ἁλῶμεν, ἢ τοῖς διώγμασι, καὶ εἴς γε τρόπος πάντως ἡμᾶς χειρώσηται. Οὕτω δὲ διανοηθείς τε καὶ διελόμενος, δεύτερον ἐκεῖνο στρατηγεῖ, καὶ μόνον ἀσφαλῶς, εἶ καὶ ἀσεβῶς λίαν, ἐκ τῶν ἐγγυτάτω καὶτῆς περὶ αὐτὸν χειρὸς, ’ὁ πᾶσι διώκταις σύνηθες, τῆς κακίας ἄρχεται· καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ οἷόν τε τοῖς ἐκτὸς ἐγχειρῆσαι, μὴ τούτων οἷκειωθέντων, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ στρατὸν ἐπάγειν ἐχθροῖς, πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν στασιάζοντα. τες, ἐκ τοῦ βλέπειν είς τὸν ὅφιν τὸν κρεμασθέντα, καὶ καταλυθέντα τοῖς Χριστοῦ πάθεσι* -πολλοῗ μὶν τῶν ἐν δυναστείαις καὶ ὕψεσιν, οῦς xui μᾶλλον εἰκὸς ἦν ἡττηθῆναι xui διὰ φόβον, καὶ διʼ ἐλπίδας· πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν κάτω xui ἀριθμῷ μόνῳ γνωριζομένων, οἷς προσβαλὼν ἀπεκρούσθη, καθάπερ ὑπὸ γενναίου τείχους μηχάνημά τι τῶν οὐ καιρίων. Πλὴν οὐκ ἡνία μᾶλλον τὸ διαφεῦγον ἦ ἐθάρσυνεν, ὡς ἂν λυσσῶντα, τὸ ἂλισκὸμενον· καὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι παρίστη τὸ ἐλπισθὲν ὡς κρατούμενον. Ξξ. Τολμᾷ δὲ ἤδη καὶ κατά τοῦ μεγάλου συνθή ματος, ὃ μετὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ πομπεύει, xui ἄγει τὸν στρατὸν εἷς ὕψος αἱρόμενον, καμάτων λυτήριον ὅν τε xui κατίι Ῥωμαίους ὀνομαζόμενον καὶ βασιλεῦον, ὡς ἂν εἷʼποι τις, τῶν λοιπῶν συνθημάτων· ὅσα τε βασιλέων προσώποις ἀγάλλεται, καὶ πεπετασμένοις ὑφάσμασιν ἐν διαφόροις βαφαῖς xui γράμμασιν, ὅσα τε δρακόντων φοβεροῖς χάσμασιν ἐμπνεόμενα ἐπʼ ἄκρων δοράτων αἱωρουμὲνοις, καί διὰ τῶν ὁλκῶν ῥιπιζόμενα φολίσιν ὑφανταῖς καταστίκτων, ἣδιστόν τε ὁμοῦ καὶ φρικτὸν θέαμα προσπίπτει ταῖς ὄψεσιν. Ὡς δὲ εἶχεν αὐτῷ κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πλησίον, καί τοῦ ἐν χερσὶν, ὡς ᾤετο, κινδύνου κρείττων ἐγένετο, οὕτως ἤδη πειρᾶται xui τῶν ἑξῆς. ΞΖʼ. Εὐηθέστατε, xui ἀσεβέστατε, xui ἀπαιδευτότατε τὰ μεγάλα ί σὺ κατὰ τοσούτου κλήρου xui τῆς οἱκουμενικῆς καρποφορίας, τῆς πάντα διαλαβούσης τὰ πέρατα, διὰ τῆς εὐτελείας τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς μωρίας, ὡς ἂν αὐτοὶ φαίητε, τοῦ κηρύγματος, ὃ σοφοὺς ἐνίκησε, xui δαίμονας ἔπαυσε, καὶ ’χρόνον ὑπερηκόντισε, τὸ αὐτὸ παλαιόν τε ὁμοῦ τυγχάνον καὶ νέον, ὡς ὑμεῖς τῶν θεῶν τινα τερατεύεσθεο τὸ μὲν τοῖς ὀλίγοις, τὸ δὲ τοῖς πολλοῖς καὶ τὸ μὶν τῇ σκιαγραφίᾳ, τὸ δὲ τῇ τελειώσει τοῦ μυστηρίου καιροῖς ἰδίοις ταμιευθέντος ; Σὺ κατὰ τῆς μεγάλης τοῦ Χριστοῦ κληρονομίας ; (ὁ τίς, xui πόσος, xui πόθεν ;) τῆς μεγάλης xui οὐ παυσομένης, οὐδʼ ἃν πλέον ἢ σὺ μανῶσί τινες, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀεὶ βαδιουμένης τε καὶ ἀροησομένης· πιστεύω γὰρ ταῖς προρρήσεσι καὶ τοῖς ὁρωμένοις ἢν ὥς Θεὸν ἐποίησε, καὶ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἐκληρονόμησεν · ἥν νόμος ἐτύπωσε, καὶ χάρις ἐπλήρωσε, καὶ Χριστὸς ἐνεκαίνισεν· ἥν προφῆται συνέπηξαν, καὶ ἀπόστολοι συνέδησαν, καὶ εύαγγελισταὶ κατηρτίσαντο; Ξιι“. Σὺ κατὰ τῆς Χριστοῦ θυσίας τοῖς σοῖς μιάσμασι; Σὺ κατά τοῦ τὸν κόσμον καθήραντος αʼίματος τοῖς σοῖς αʼίμασι ; Σὺ πόλεμον( κατά τῆς εἷʼρήνης; Σὺ χεῖρα κατά τῆς ὑπὲρ σοῦ ἡλωοείσης τε καὶ διὰ σέ; Σὸ κατὰ τῆς χολῆς τὴν σὴν γεῦσιν; κατά τοῦ σταυροῦ τρόπαιον ; κατά τοῦ θανάτου κατάλυσιν; κατά τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐπανάστασιν; κατά τοῦ μαρτυρος οὐδὲ μάρτυρας; μετάἩρώδην διώκτης, καὶ μετά Ἰούδαν προδότης; πλὴν ὅσον ούκ ἀγχόνῃ τὴν μετάνοιαν ἔδειξας ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος· καὶ Χριστοκτόνος μετὰ Πιλᾶτον, καὶ μετά Ἰουδαίους μισόθεος ; ΞΘʼ. Ούκ ᾑδέσθης τὸ ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ σφάγια, οὐδὲ ἐφοβήθης τοὺς μεγάλους ἀγωνιστὰς, τὸν ἰωοὶννην ἐκεῖνον, τὸν Πέτρον, τὸν Παῦλον, τὸν Ἰάκωβον, τὸν Στέφανον, τὸν ἡουκᾶν, τὸν Ἀνδρέαν, τὴν Θέκλαν, τοὺς ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις τε καὶ πρὸ ἐκείνων τῆς ἀληθείας προκινδυνεύσανταςς οʼί πυρὶ, καὶ σ.δηρῳ, καὶ θηρσὶ, καὶ τυράννοις προθύμως ἀντηγωνίσαντο, καὶ παροῦσι κακοῖς καὶ ἀπειλουμένοις, ὣσπερ ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις σώμασιν ἢ ἀσώματοι ; τίνος ἕνεκεν ; ’ἱνα μη προδῶσι μηδὲ μέχρι ῥήματος τὴν εὐσέβειαν. ’δὶν αἱ μεγάλαι τιμαὶ καὶ πανηγύρεις· παρʼ ὧν δαίμονες ἐλαύνονται, καὶ νόσοι θεραπεύονται· ὧν αἱ ἐπιφάνειαι, καὶ ὦ) αἱ προρρήσειςο ὧν καί τα σώματα μόνον ’ίσα δύνανται ταῖς ἁγίαις ψυχαῖς, ἐπαφώμενα, ἢ τιμώμενα · ὧν καὶ ῥανίδες αʼίματος μόνον, καὶ μικόἀ σύμβολα πάθους ’ίσα δρῶσι τοῖς σώμασι. Οʼ. Ταῦτα ού σέβεις, ἀλλʼ ἀτιμάζεις ° ὁ τὴν Ἡρακλέους θαυμάζων πυράν τήν ἐξ ἀτυχήματος, καὶ τῶν περι γυναῖκας ἀδικημάτων· καὶ τὴν Πέλοπος κρεουργέαν, τήν φιλόξενον, ἦ φιλόθεον, ἐξ ἧς ἐπίσημοι Πελοπίδαι παρὰ τῶν ὤμων καὶ τοῦ ἐλέφαντος καὶ τὰς Φρυγῶν ἐκτομὰς, τῶν ὑπʼ αύλοῦ κηλουμένων, καὶ μετά τὸν αύλὸν ὑβριζομένων· καὶ τὰς ἐν Μίθρου βασάνους καὶ καύσεις ἐνδίκους τὰς μυστικάς · καὶ τὴν ἒν Ταύροις ξενοκτονίαν, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ Τροίας θυσίαν τῆς βασιλικῆς κόρης ' καὶ τὸ Μενοικέως ὑπὲρ Θηβῶν αἱμα, καὶ τῶν Σκεδάσου θυγατέρων ἐν Λεύκτροις ὕστερον ὁ τοὺς Λακωνικοὺς ἐπαινῶν ἐφήβους ξαινομένους ταῖς μάστιξι, καὶ τὸ ἐπιβώμιον αἷμα τέρπον Θεὰν ἁγνὴν καί παρθένον· ὁ τὸ Σωκράτους ἐπαίρων κώνειον, καὶ τὸ Ἐπικτήτου σκέλος, καὶ τὸν Ἀναξάρχου θύλακον, ὧν ἀναγκαία μᾶλλον ἣ ἑκούσιος ἁ φιλοσοφία ' καὶ τό Κλεομβρότου κήδημα τοῦ Ἀμ- 6ρακιώτου, τῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς λόγῳ φιλοσοφηθέν · καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν κυάμων Πυθαγορικὴν ἔνστασιν, καὶ θανάτου περιφρόνησιν Θεανοῦς, ἢ οὐκ οἶδʼ οὗτινος τῶν τὰ ἐκείνου τετελεσμένων ἦ φιλοσοφησάντων. OA’. Σὺ δὲ, εί μὴ ἐκεῖνα, τά γε παρόντα θαύμασον,ὦ ριλοσοφώτατε καὶ γενναιότατε, καὶ τυὺς Ἐπαμινώνδας ἐκείνους καὶ Σκιπίωνας τῇ καρτερίᾳ βλέπων ὁ συμβαδίζων τῷ στρατῷ, καὶ σῖτα αἱρούμενος σχέδιά, καὶ τὴν αὐτουργὸν ἐπαινῶν στρατηγίαν. Ἔστι τοι γενναίου καὶ φιλοσόφου ψυχῆς μηδὲ πολεμίων ἀρετὴν ἀτιμάζειν,καὶ πλεῖον νέμειν ἐχθρῶν γενναιότητι ἢ κακίᾳ τῶν οἰκειοτάτων καὶ μαλακίᾳ. Ὁρᾷς τοὺς άβίους τούτους καὶ ἁνεστίους, καὶ ἀσάρκους μικροῦ καὶ ἀναίμονας, καὶ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῖʼ)το πλησιάζοντας; τοὺς ἀνιπτόποδας καὶ χαμαιεύνας, ’ὀ φησιν ὁ σὸς ”Ομηρος, θίνα τινὰ δαιμόνων τιμήσῃ τῷ πλάσματι, τοὺς κάτω καὶ ὑπὲρ τὰ κάτω; τοὺς ἐν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὰ ἁνθρώπινοις τοὺς δεδεμένους, καὶ ἐλευθέρους τοὺς κεκρατημένους, καὶ ἀκρατήτους ; ὧν οὐδέν έν κόσμῳ. καί πάντα τὰ ὑπὲρ κόσμον; ὠν διπλοῦν τὸ ζῇν, τὸ μὲν ὑπερορώμενον, τὸ δέ σπουδαζόμενον; τοὺς διὰ τὴν νέκρωσιν ἀθανάτους, τοὺς διὰ λύσιν Θεῷ συνημμένουςς τοὺς ἕξω πόθου, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ θείου καὶ ἀπαθοῦς ἕρωτος; ὧν ἡ πηγή τοῦ φωτὸς, καὶ ὧν ἤδη τά ἀπαυγάσματα; ὧν αἱ ἀγγελιιιαὶ ψαλμῳδίαι, καὶ ἡ πάννυχος στάσις, καὶ ἡ τοῦ νοῦ πρὸς Θεὸν ἐκδημία προαρπαζομένου; ὧν ἠ κάθαρσις, καὶ ὦν τὸ καθαίρεσθαι, μηδὲν μέτρον εἰδότων ἀναβἑσεως καὶ θεώσεως: ὧν αἱ πέτραι, καὶ ων οἱ οὐρανοί; ὧν τὸ ὶρῥίφθαι, καὶ ὧν οἱ θρόνοι; ὧν ἡ γυμνότης, καὶ ὧν ἀφθαρσίας ἔνδυμας ὢν ἡ ἐρημία, καὶ ὧν ἡ ἐκεῖθεν πανήγυριςς ὧν τὸ τυραννεῖσθαι τὰς ἡδονάς, καὶ ὡν ἡ ἀπόλαυσις ἡ ἄλυτος καὶ ἀνέκφραστος, ὧν τὸ δάκρυον ἁμαρτίας κατακλυσμὸς, κόσμου κασάρσιον; ὧν ἔκτασις χειρῶν φλόγα σβέννυσι, θῆρας κοιμίζει, ἀμβλύνει ξίφη, κλίνει φάλαγγας, ἐπιστομίσει καὶ τήν σήν ἀσέβειαν, εὖ ’ίσΘι, κᾶν πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀρθῇς, καὶ παίξῃς τὸ τῆς ἀσεβείας δρᾶμα μετὰ τῶν σῶν δαιμόνων ; ᾗν Κροῖσος ἤλεγξε τῷ Λυὸίῳ χρυσῷ· καὶ τῆς Σωκρατους φιλοκαλίας· αἰδοῦμαι γὰρ εἷπεῖν παιδεραστίας, κᾶν σεμνοποιῆται ταῖς ἐπινοίαις · καὶ τῆς Πλάτωνος λιχνείας τῆς Σίκελικῆς, διʼ ἣν καὶ πιπράσκεται, καὶ οὐδʼ ὑπό τινος ἐξωνεῖται τῶν αὐτοῦ μαθητῶν, ὅλως ’Ἕλληνος καὶ τῆς Ξενοκράτους ὀψοφαγίςσς · καὶ τῆς Διογένους στωμυλίας, τοῦτὸν πίθον οἷʼκοῦντος, ὑφʼ ἧς τοὺς ξένους ὑπιξίστησι τοῖς τυράννοις ἐκ τῆς τραγῳδίας, τοὺς εὐτελεῖς ἄρτους τοῖς σησαμοῦσι ' καὶ τῆς Ἐπικούρου φιλοσοφίας, οὐδὲν ὑπὲρ τήν ἡδονὴν ἀγαθὸν ὁριζομὲο νης. Μέγας ὑμῖν ὁ Κράτηςʼ καὶ γὰρ ὅντως φιλοσοφον τὸ μηλὸἔοτον ἀφεθῆναι τήν οὐσίαν, καὶ τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῖν φιλοσόφοις ὅμοιον. ’Λλλᾶ πομπεύει τήν ἐλευθερίαν τῷ κηρύγματι, ὡς ἂν τις οὐ φιλόσοφος μᾶλλον φιλόδοξος. Μέγας ὁ, τῆς νηὸς χειμαζομένης, καὶ πάντων ἐκριπτουμὲνων, χάριν ὁμολογῶν τῃ τυχῃ συστελλουσῃ εἰς τὸ τριβώνιον, Μέγας ὁ ’Δντισθὲνης, ὃτι, τὸ πρόσωπον συντριβες ὑπό τινος τῶν ὑβριστων καὶ θρασέων, ἐπιγράφει τῷ μετώπῳ μόνονʼ ὥσπερ ἀνδριάντι δημιουρ· γῶν, τὸν παίσαντα, τίσως ἳνα κατηγορήσῃ θερμότερον. Ἐπαινεῖς τινα καὶ τῶν οὐ πολὺ πρὸ ἡμῶν, ὅτι πανημέριος ἑστὼς τῷ ἡλίῳ προσηύξατοο ’ίσως αὐτὸν τηρήσας καὶ προσγειότερον, ’ίνα καὶ συνἐλῃ τήν εὐχὴν, δυομένῳ συγκαταλύσας· καὶ τὴν ἐν Ποτιδαίᾳ στάσιν, τήν ἐν ’χειμερίῳ τῇ ὥρᾳ, πάννυχον τῇ θεωρίᾳ προσφιλοπονήσαντος ὥστε μηδὲ ἒπαισθάνεσθαι τοῦ κρύους διὰ τὴν ἕκστα σιν· ἢ καὶ τὴν Ὀμήρου φιλομάθειαν περὶ τὸ ’Δρκαδικὸν ζήτημα, καὶ τήν Ἀριστοτέλους φιλοσοφίαν καὶ προσεδρίαν επὶ ταῖς τοῦ Εὐρίπου μεταβολαῖς, ὑφʼ ὧν τεθνήκασι· καὶ τὸ Κλεάνθους φρὲαρ, καὶ τὸν Ἀναξαγόρου ἱμάντα, καὶ τὴν Ἥρακλείτον κατήφειαν. Ol". Πόσοι ταῦτα, καὶ μέχρι τίνος; Τὰς δεπαρʼ ἡμῖν οὐ θαυμάζεις χιλιάδας καὶ μυριάδας ο καὶ ταῦτα καὶ τούτων ἔτι Θαυμασιώτερα φιλοσοφούντων ἐν παντί τῷ βίῳ καὶ κατά πᾶσαν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, τήν οῗκουμένην, ἀνδρῶν τε ὁμοίως καὶ γυναικῶν, εἰς ἀνδρείαν ἁμιλλωμένων, κάνταῦθα μόvov ἐπιλανθανομὲνων τῆς φύσεως, οὗ δεῖ Θεὸε οἰκειοῦσθαι διʼ ἁγνείας καὶ καρτερίας · οὐ τῶν ἀγεννῶν μόνον, καὶ τῷ πονεῖν συνειθισμένων διὰ τὴν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς εὐτέλειαν, ἀλλά καὶ τῶν λίαν ὑψηλῶν ποτε καὶ λαμπρῶν, καὶ περιουσίᾳ, καὶ γένει, καὶ δυναστείᾳ, καινοτομούντων τὸ δυσπαθεῖν διὰ τήν Χριστοῦ μίμησιν ὧν, κᾶν ὁ λόγος μὴ ᾖ (διὰ τὸ μηδʼ ἓν λιίγῳ τίθεσθαι τὴν εὐσέβειαν, καὶ τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος σοφίας βραχὺν εἶναι τὸν καρπῦν, ὡς καὶ τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν τινι ποιητῶν ἔδοξεν), ἀλλὰ τὸ εὒλογον πλεῖον, καὶ ἡ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι παίδευσις. ΟΔʼ. Ἀλλʼ ὅμως, ἃπαντα παριδὼν ταῦτα, καὶ πρὸς ἔν τοῦτο μόνον ἰδὼν, ὅπως ἃν χαρίσαιτο τοῖς κατινεγκοῦσι πολλάκις αὐτὸν ἀξίως δαίμοσι, πρὶν ἄλλο τι καταστήσασθαι τῶν κοινῶν, ἐπὶ Χριστιανοὺς φέρεται. Καὶ δύο μὲν ταῦτα ἦν αὐτῷ τὰ σπουδαζόιενα, Γαλιλαῖοί τε, ὡς αὐτὸς ἐφυβρίζων ἐκάλει, καὶ Πέρσαι τῷ πολέμῳ καρτερῶς παραμένοντες · οὕτω δὲ τὸ ἡμέτερον μεῖζον καὶ περισπουδαστότερον, ὣστε λῆρον καὶ παιδιὰν αὐτῷ τὸ κατὰ Πέρσας νομίζεσθαι. Καὶ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐκφαίνει μὲν, οὐκ κρύπτει δέ ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον ἦν αὐτῷ τὸ περιὸν τῆς μανίας, ὥστε ἀεὶ καὶ πρὸς πάντας ὁμολογῶν οὐκ ἐπαύετο. Καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ’συνεῖδεν ὁ πάντων συνετώτατος καὶ ἄριστος τοῦ κοινοῦ προστάτης, ὅτι τοῖς μὲν προτέροις διωγμοῖς ὀλίγον ἦν τὸ συγχεόμενον καὶ παρακινούμενον, οῧπω τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς δόγματος ἐπὶ πολλοὺς φθάσαντος, ἀλλʼ ἔτʼ ἐν ὀλίγοις ἱσταμένης τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ δεομένης έκλάμψεωςο νῦν δὲ ἤδη τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου χεθέντος, καὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς μάλιστα δυναστεύσαντος, τὸ πειρᾶσθαι τὰ (ριστιανῶν μετατιθέναι καὶ παρακινεῖν, οὐδὲν ἓτερον ἦν ἢ τὴν Ῥωμαίων παρασαλεύειν ἀρχὴν, καἶ τῷ κοινῷ παντὶ κινδυνεύειν, καὶ ὧν οὐδʼ ἂν οἱ ἐχθροὶ χεῖρόν τι καθʼ ἡμῶν εὔξαιντο, ταῦτα πάσχειν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, καί τῆς νέας ταύτης καὶ θαυμαστῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ βασιλείας, ὑφʼ ἧς ἡμεῖς εὐδαίμονες, καὶ πρὸς τὴν χρυσῆν ἐκείνην γενεάν τε καὶ πολιτείαν, ἐπανεληλύθαμεν, τὴν ἀστασίαστόν τε καὶ ἄμαχον. OE'. Ἥ δρόμος μὲν ἀνεκτῶς διοικούμενος, καὶ φόρων ἄνεσις, καὶ ἀρχόντων ἐκλογή, καὶ κλοπῶν ἐπιτίμησις, καὶ τᾶλλα ὅσα τῆς προσκαίρου καὶ ἀκαριαίας μακαριότητος καὶ φαντασίας, μεγάλην ἔμελλε τῷ κοινῷ παρέξειν τήν ὠφέλειαν, καὶ περιθρυλλεῖσοαι ἡμῶν ἔδει τὰ ὦτα τούτων ἐπαινουμένων· δῆμοι δὲ στασιάζοντες καὶ πόλεις, καὶ γένη ῥηγνύμενα, καὶ οἰκίαι διιστάμεναι, καὶ συζυγίαι σχιζόμεναι, ἃ τῷ κακῷ πάντα ἦν εἷκὸς ἀκολουθεῖν ἐκείνῳ, καὶ μέντοι καὶ ἠκολούθησε σφόδρα, ἣπρὸς εὐδοξίαν ἐκείνῳ κάλλιστα εἶχεν, τῷ κοινῷ πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν; Καίτοι τίς οὕτως πρὸς ἀσέβειαν εὔκολος, ἢ τῶν κοινῶν ἔξω λογισμῶν, ’ὀστις ἂν ταῦτα συμφήσειεν; ’Ὠσπερ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν, ἑνὸς μὲν ἢ δυοῖν μελῶν ἀσθενέστερον διακειμένων, οὐ χαλεπῶς ἀναφέρει τὰ λοιπὰ, καὶ συντηρεῖται τὸ τῆς ὑγιείας ἀγαθὸν τῷ πλείονι, ᾦ τάχα ἃ κάκεῖνα πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον ἐπανέλθοι· τοῦ δὲ πλείονος στασιάζοντος καὶ πικρῶς ἔχοντος, οὐδὲ μία μηχανή μὴ τὸ πᾶν ἔχειν κακῶς, καὶ κίνδυνος ἤδη τὸ τοιοῦτο σαφής · οὕτω κάν τοῖς ἀρχομένοις τὰς μὶν καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀρῥωστίας συμβαίνει τῷ κοινῷ κρύπτεσθαι κρεῖσσον ἔχοντι ο τῶν πλειόνων δὲ σαθρῶς ἐχόντων, τῷ παντὶ κίνδυνος. "0 μοι δοκεῖ ἄλλον μὲν ἃν ἰδεῖν, καὶ τῶν σφόδρα μισούντων ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ, καὶ τῇ τοσαύτῃ τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐπιδόσει. Τοῦ δὲ ἡ πονηρία τοῖς λογισμοῖς ὲπεσκότισε · καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μικροῖς τε ὁμοίως καὶ μείζοσι πλέκει τὸν διωγμόν. Οζʼ. Ἐκεῖνο μὲν ουν καὶ σφόδρα μειρακιῶδες καῖ κοῦφον, καὶ οὺχ ὅπως βασιλέως ἀνδρὸς, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἅλλου τινὸς τῶν καὶ μετρίως στιβαρῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, ὃτι, τῇ μεταθέσει τῆς κλήσεως ἕψεσθαι νομίσας τὴν ἡμετέραν διάθεσιν, ἢ αἰσχυνεῖν γε ἡμᾶς ὥσπερ τι τῶν αἰσχίστων ἐγκαλουμένους, εὐθὺς καινοτομεῖ περὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν, Γαλιλαίους ἀντὶ Χριστιανῶν ὀνομάσας τε καὶ καλεῖσθαι νομοθετήσας ἔργῳ δηλῶν, ὅτι μέγιστον εἰς δόξαν καί τιμιώτατον ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ κλῆσις, ἐξ ὧν ἀποστερῆσαι ταύτης ἡμᾶς ἐπενόησεν · ἢ φοβούμενός γε τὴν δύναμιν τῆς προσηγορίας, ὥσπερ οἳ δαίμονες, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μεταβαίνων ἐφʼ ’ἕτερον ὄνομα τῶν ούκ εἰωθότων οὐδὲ γνωρίμων. ΟΖʼ. Ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐ παρακινήσομεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὀνόματα · οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστιν εἰς 8 τι μεναθείημεν ἂν ἄλλο γελοιότερον, τοὺς φαλλοὺς, καὶ τοὺς ἰθυφάλλους, καὶ τοὺς μελαμπύγους, καὶ τοὺς ἀπύγους, καὶ τὸν τραγόπουν, καὶ τὸν σεμνὸν Πᾶνα, τὸν ἐκ πάντων μνηστήρων ἓνα θεὸν, καὶ ὄνομα λαβόντα τὴν ὕβριν, ὥσπερ ἦν ἄξιον. Δεῖ γὰρ ἢάὃικεῖν παρʼ ἐκείνοις εἷς πολλὰς ἕνα καὶ τὸν κράτιστον, ἢ ἐκ πολλῶν γίνεσθαι καὶ τὸν αἴσχιστον · οὐκοῦν φθονήσομεν αὐτοῖς οὕτε τῶν πραγμάτων οὕτε τῶν νομάτων · ἀλλʼ ἀπολαυέτωσαν τῆς ἑαυτῶν εὐηθείας, καὶ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις έγκαλλωπιζέσθωσαν · εἰ βούλοιντο δὲ, καὶ τὸν Βουθοίναν παρήσομεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸν Τριέσπερον, 'ivu καὶ μᾶλλον αὐτοῖς χαρισώμεθα · τὸν καὶ γεννώμενον οὕτω, καὶ γεννῶντα μεγαλοπρεπῶς, καὶ ἆθλον ποιησάμενον τρισκαιδέκατον, ἰν μιᾷ νυκτὶ, τὰς Θεστίου πεντήκοντα θυγατέρας, ἵνʼ ἐκ τούτων ὀνομασθῇ θεόςʼ ἐπεὶ βουλομένοις γε τὰ τοιαῦτα καινοτομεῖν, καὶ πολλαὶ κατʼ ἐκείνου κλήσεις ὲκ τῶν ἐκείνου Χριστιανοῖς αἰσχίους τε ἃμα καὶ οἰκειοτέραι. Τί γὰν ἃν κωλύσειε καὶ ἡμᾶς τῷ βασιλεῖ κατᾶ τὸ ἴσον ἀντιπαίζοντας Ῥωμαίων, ὡς δὶ ᾤετο, καὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης, ήπατημένος τοῖς δαίμοσι, τὸν Εἲδωλιανὸν καλεῖν, καὶ τὸν Πισαῖον, καὶ τὸν Ἀδωναῖον, καὶ τὸν Καυσίταυρον, ὅπερ ιαὶ ἤδη τινὲς αὐτὸν τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν κομψῶν ὠνομά- Ί h ι Ι 1 \ κ \ ε- 1 οι κασιν, ἐπειδὴ ῥᾳστώνη πολλὴ τοῦ πράγματος, ὅσα τε ἄλλα παραποιεῖν ἣ ποιεῖν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθειας, ἡ ἱστορία δίδωσι ; Ουʼ. Πάντων δὶ ἀτοπώτατον, τὸν μὶν Σωτῆρα καὶ Δεσπότην ἁπάντων, τὸν τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς δημιουργόν τε καὶ κυβερνήτην τὸν τοῦ μεγάλου Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱὸν, καὶ Λόγον, καὶ παοσαγωγέα, καὶ ἀρχιερέα, καὶ σύνθρονονʼ τὸν ὑπὶρ ἡμῶν τῶν ἀτιμασάντων αὐτοῦ τήν εἰκόνα, καὶ πρὸς τὸν χοῦν άπενηνεγμένων, καὶ ἀγνοησάντων τὸ μέγα τῆς συζυγίας μυστήριον, μὴ μόνον εἰς δούλου καταβάντα μορφὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρὸν ἀναβάντα, καὶ συναγαγόντα τήν ἐμὴν ἁμαρτίαν τεθνηξομένην ο τοῦτον μέν ’Σαμαρείτην άκούοντα, καὶ ὅ πολλῷ χεῖ· ρον, δαιμονᾷν ἐγκαλούμενον, μήτε αἰσχύνεσθαι, μήτε ἐγκαλεῖν τοῖς ὑβρίζουσιν · ᾧ καὶ ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς παρατάξεσι, καὶ λόγῳ μόνῳ ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς πονηροὺς ῥᾴδιον ἦν ο ἀλλʼ ἡμέρως πάνυ καὶ πραως τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας ἀποπέμπεσθαι, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν σταυρούνο των αὐτὸν ἀφιέναι δάκρυον, ἡμᾶς δὲ οἷέσθαι ἀλγήσειν οὕτω καλουμένους, ἢ αἰσχυνεῖσθαι, ἣ τῆς ὑπὲρ τοῦ καλοῦ φιλοτιμίας διὰ τοῦτο ἀποστήσεσθαι, καί πλείω ποιήσεσθαι λόγον τῶν ὕβρεων τούτων ἦ τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ σωμάτων, ὧν καταφρονεῖν ’ἴσμεν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας Ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὶν, ὅπερ εἷπον, γελοῖον μᾶλλον ἢ λυπηρὸν, καὶ εἰς τὴν σκηνῆν ἀποπεμπόμεθα · πάντως οὕ ποτʼ ἄν ὑπερβαλλοίμεθα τοῦς ῥᾳδίως ἐκεῖ κατά τῆς κόῤῥης τά γε τοιαῦτα παιζομὲνους, καὶ παίζοντας. 06'. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ ἤδη καὶ λίαν πονηρὸν καὶ κακόηθες, ὅτι, τὸ μὲν φανερῶς πείθειν οὐκ ἔχων, τὸ δὲ βιάζεσθαι τυραννικῶς αἰσχυνόμενος, τῇ λεοντῇ τήν κερδαλῆν ἐγκρύπτων, εἰ βούλει δὲ, τῷ Μίνωος προσωπείῳ τὸν ἀδικώτατον (πῶς ἂν εἴποιμι κυρίως;) ἐπιεικῶς ἐβιάζετο. Τὰ μὶν οὖν ἄλλα τοῖς βουλομένοις ἱστορεῖν τε καὶ γράφειν παρήσω, τοῦ λόγου σπεύδοντος· πολλοῖς δὲ οἶμαι σπουδασθήσεσθαι τοῦ τότε καιροῦ τὴν εἴτε τραγῳδίαν χρή λέγειν, εῖίτε κωμῳδίαν, οἷς μέρος εὐσεβείας δοξει λόγῳ βάλλειν τὸν ἀλιτήριονʼ ὡς καὶ τοῖς ἔπειτα παραδοθῆναι πρᾶγμα τοσοῦτον, καὶ ἥκιστα του λαθεῖν ἄξιον· αὐτὸς δὲ ἀντὶ πάντων ἓν ἢ δύο δείγματος ἐρῶ χάριν τοῖς σφόδρα τὰ ἐκείνου θαυμάζουσιν,ίν εἰδῶσι τοῦ· τον ἐπαινεῖν ἀξιοῦντες, οὗ μηδὲ ψόγον ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ἄξιον. ,ν ἐρριμμένων η κτεινομένων (Ιῖ) πολυειδῆ σκιῆς ιτα· φιλοῦσι γὰρ οὐ τὰς ἀληθείας τῶν πραγμάτων ivov ἐφʼ οἷς μέγα φρονοῦσιν, ἀλλά καὶ τὰ IlA'. Ὀ δὲ τί μηχανᾶται ι καὶ τίνα τῶν Χριστιανῶν ῖς στερροτέροις ἵστησι δόλονς Ὠσπερ οἱ τοῖς βρώισι καταμιγνύντες τὰ δηλητήρια. μίξαι ταῖς ἐξ ους τῶν βασιλέων τιμαῖς τὴν ἀσέβειαν, καί είς ἐν ταγεῖν νόμους Ῥωμαίων καὶ εἰδώλων προσκύνησιν· ti. διὰ τοῦτο ταῖς είκόσι συμπαραγράφων τοὺς δαίινας. ὡς δή τινας ἄλλας τῶν ἐξ ἔθους γραφὰς προδ- Οει δήμοις καὶ πόλεσι, καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς τῶν νῶν ἄρχουσι τὰς εἰκόνας, ὡς κακοῦ γέ του πάνυ ις μὴ εἶναι διαμαρτεῖν· ἀλλʼ ἦ τῇ τῶν βασιλέων μῇ τὴν τῶν εἰδώλων συμφέρεσθαι, ἢ τῇ τούτων ιγῇ τοὺς βασιλέας ὑβρίζεσθαι, μικτῆς οῦσης τῆς ιοσκυνησεως. Τοῦτον τὸν δόλον καὶ ταύτην τὴν οῦ- › σοφιστικῶς ἑπινοηθεῖσαν πάγην τῆς ἀσεβείας ίγοι μὲν διέφυγον τῶν εὑλαβεστέρων καὶ συνετωρων, οἳ κα). δίκην ἔδοσαν τῆς συνέσεως· πρό- [ημα μὲν ὡς εἰς τιμὴν βασιλέως παρανομήσανς, τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ βασιλέως ti τοῦ εὐσεβοῦς κινδυνεύσαντες. Πολλοὶ δὲ ἥλω- ,ν τῶν εὐηθεστέρων καὶ ἁπλουστέρων· οἷς καὶ συγκώμη τυχὸν τῆς ἀγνοίας, τέχνῃ συναρπασθείσιν είς ν ἀσέβειαν. Τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτον, ὅ καὶ μόνον ήρκει στηλιτεῦσαι βασιλέως προαίρεσιν· οὐ γὰρ τά τά βασιλεῦσί τε καὶ ίδιώταις πρέπειν ὑπολαμβάο μεν· ὅτι μηδὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀξίας ἀμφότερα. ἰδιώο μὲν γὰρ καὶ τεχνικῶς πράττειν τι συγχωρήσαιιν (ΞΟ) γὰρ τὸ φανερῶς βιάζεσθαι μὴ δυνατὸν, ύτῳ συγγνωστὸν τὸ τῆς περινοίας· βασιλεῖ δὲ, τοῦ νάμει κρατεῖσθαι λίαν αίσχροῦ τυγχάνοντος, ’ αἴσχιον, οἶμαι, καὶ ἀπρεπέστερον τὸ τέχνῃ κλέα HB’. Ἕτερον δὲ ὃ διανοίας μέν ἐστιν καὶ προαιρέο υς τῆς αὐτῆς, τῷ μέτρῳ δὲ πολὺ χεῖρον καὶ ἀσεςτερον, είς πλείους τοῦ κακοῦ φθάνοντος, τοῦπροσθήσω τοῖς εἰρημένοις. Δωρεᾶς βασιλικῆς ἦν έρα, εἴτʼ οῦν ὲτήσιος, είτε τηνικαῦτα τῷ βασιλεῖ εδιασθεῖσα διά τὴν κακουργίαν, καὶ παρεῖναι τὸ οατιωτικδν ἔδει τιμηθησομὲνους, ὼς ἕκαστος ἀξίας [εν ἢ τάξεως. Πάλινὴ τῆς ἀνελευθερίας σκηνή· λιν τὸ δρᾶμα τῆς ἀσεβείας· φαρμαχθῆναι (pila-tv. ωπίᾳ τινὶ τὸ ἀπάνθρωπον, κα) χρήμασι δελεασθῆ- . στρατιωτικὴν ἀλογίαν σὺν ἀπληστίᾳ, μεθʼ ὧν τὰ πολλὰ βιοτεύουσιν. Ο μὲν ουν προύκάθητο, λαμπρῶς πανηγυρίζων κατὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας, καὶ μὲγα φρονῶν τοῖς τεχνάσμασι· Μελάμπους, οἶμαι, εἷς, ἦΙΠρωτεὺς, πάντα καὶ ὧν καὶ γινόμενος, καὶ ῥᾳδίως ἑαυτὸν ὑπαλλάττων τοῖς εἷʼδεσι· τὰ δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν οἷα, καὶ ὅσων ὀδυρμῶν τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν ἄξια,,οὐ τοῖς τότε παροῦσι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς νῦν ἀκοῇ δεχομένοις ἐκεῖνο τὸ θέαμα: Ill". Προῦκειτο χρυσὸς, προῦκειτο λίβανος, ἐγγόθεν τὸ πῦρ, οἱ κελευσταὶ πλησίον· καὶ τὸ σχῆμα ὡς πιθανὸν, βασιλικῆς δωρεᾶς τοῦτον εἶναι δοκεῖν τὸν νόμον, τῆς γε ἀρχαιοτέρας τε καὶ τιμιωτέρας. Εἶτα τίς Θυμιᾷν ἔδει κατὰ τοῦ πυρὸς, καὶ δέχεσθαι παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως τὸν τῆς ἀπωλείας μισθὸν, οὕτως ὀλίγον τοσούτου πράγματος, ψυχῶν ὅλων καὶ τῆς εἰς Θεὸν ἀσεβείας. (In?) τῆς πραγματείαςί φεῦ τῆς ἀντιδόσεωςί Στρατὸς ὅλος ἐνὸς τεχνάσματος ὤνιος καὶ οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην παραστησάμενοι μικρῷ πυρὶ καὶ χρυσίῳ, καὶ διὰ κνίσσης Aelim: ἔπιπτον, οὐδὲ ἓαυτῶν σφαμὴν εἰδότες οἱ πλείους· τοῦτο ἦν τὸ βκρύτατον. ’Παρῂει τις ὡς κερδανών, mro-sae ἑαυτὸν ἐἷχε μετὰ τὸ κέρδος· προσεκύνει,δεξιᾶν βασιλέως, καὶ* τὸν αὐτόχειρα προσκυνῶν οὐκ ἠπίστατο. Τοῖς ᾐδὲ καὶ γινώσκουσιν οὐδὲν ἦν πλέον, ἅπαξ τῷ κακῷ προκατειλημμένοις, καὶ νόμον ἄλυτον ἠγουμὲνοις τήν πρώτην ἄνοιαν. Ποῖαι ταῦτα Περσῶν μυριάδες, ’τίνες τοξόται, τίνες σφενδονῆται κατώρθωσαν, ποῖος σιδηροῦς στρατιώτης καί πανταχόθεν ἄτρωτος, τίνα κατὰ τῶν τειχῶν μηχανή ματα olet χεὶρ μία, καὶ καιρὸς εἷς, καὶ βουλή μιαρὰ καταπράξατο; οὐδενὸς ὄντος αὐτοῖς δεινοῦ, τῇ ψυχροφόρῳ adhue,szστὸν ἀπειπεῖν μετὰ τῆς σφραγῖδος ἅνω βλέψαντας. Τῶν δὲ συσσίτῶν τινὸς θαυμάσαντας, καί · Τί τοῦτο; εἰπόντος, Χριστὸν ἐπικαλεῖσθε μετᾶ τήν ἔρνη· σιν; Πῶς ἡρνῆμεθα; φάναι τοὺς ἡμιθνῆτας, καὶ τί τὸ καινὸν τοῦτο hoccona; Τοῦ δὲ, ’Ὁτι κατα τοῦ πυρὸς ἀθυμιάσατε, φήσαντος, καὶ ρ. τ δίκιί \ ν,ν ι τουτο ειναι ιοαεαντος την αρνησιν, ευθυς ἀναπηδήσαντες τοῦ συμποσίου, καθάπερ ἐκμανεῖς καί παραπλῆγες, ζήλῳ καὶ θυμῷ ζέοντες, διὰ τῆς ἀγορᾶς θέειν βοῶντες καὶ λέγοντεςʼ Χριστιανοὶ, Χριστιανοὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμεῖς· ἀκουέτω πᾶς ἄνθρωπος, καὶ πρὸ πάντων Θεὸς, ᾧ καὶ ζῶμεν καὶ τεθνηξόμεθα. Οὐκ ὲψευσάμεθά σε, Σῶτερ Χριστέο οὐκ ἠρνησάμεθα τήν μακαρίαν ὁμολογίαν. Ei’ τι καὶὴ χεὶρ ἔπταισεν, ἀλλʼ ἡ διάνοιά γε οὐκ ἠκο- Βασιλεῖ κατεσοφίσοημεν, οὐ χρυσοῖ) λούθησεν. τραυματίαι γεγόναμεν. Ἀπεκδυόμεθα τὴν ἀσέβειαν, αἵματι καθαιρόμεθα. Εἶτα τῷ βασιλεῖ προσδραμόντες, καὶ τὸν χρυσὸν προσρίψαντες λίαν νεανικῶς Οὐ δῶρα δεδέγμεθα, βασιλεῦ, βοᾷν, ἀλλᾶ θάνατον κατακεκρίμεθα οὐκ εἰς τιμὴν ἐκλήθημεν, ἀλλʼ ἀτιμίαν κατεψηφίσθημεν. Δὸς χάριν τοῖς σοῖς στρατιώταιςʼ Χριστῷ σφαγέασον ἡμᾶς, ᾦ μόνῳ βασιλευόμεθα· ἀντίδος πῦρ τοῦ πυρός· τέφραν ἀντὶ τῆς τέφρας ἐκείνης ποίησον. Ἀπόκοψον χεῖρας, ἃς κακῶς προύτείναμεν · πόδας, οἶς κακῶς ἐδράμομεν. ’Ἀλλους τῷ χρυσῷ τίμησον, οἷς οὗ μνταμελήσει λαβοῦσιν· ἡμῖν δὲ ἀρκεῖ Χριστὸς, ἃν ἀντὶ πάντων ἔχομεν. Ταῦτα λέγειν τε ὁμοῦ, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις διακεlie-iaceat γνῶναι τὴν ἀπάτην, ἀνανῆψαι τῆς μέθης, ἀπολογγςσασθαι τῷ Χριστῷ διʼ αἳματος ἐφʼ οἷς ἀγανακτήσαντα τὸν βασιλέα, τὸ μὲν φανερῶς κτεῖναι φυγεῖν, ’ἱνα μὴ μάρτυρας ἐργάσηται τοὺς ὅσον τὸ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς μάρτυρας, έξορίᾳ δὲ παραδόντα, οὓτως ἀμύνασθαι, καὶ μεγίστην εὐεργεσίαν ’καταθέσθαι, τὸ πόρρω στήσεσθαι τῶν ἑαυτοῦ μιασμάτων καὶ τεχνασ μάτων. HE'. Καίπερ δὴ οὕτως ἔχων ὁρμῆς, καὶπρὸς πολλὰ τῇ κακονοίᾳ χρησάμενος ὅμως, ού γὰρ εἶχε πῆξιν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἡ διάνοια, οὐδέ τῶν οἰκείων λογισμῶν μᾶλλον ἦν ἢ τῆς φορᾶς τοῦ δαίμονος, ού διεφύλαξεν εἷς τέλος τήν γνώμην, οὐδὲ τὸ τῆς πονηρίας ἀπόρρητον διεσώσατο· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τὸ Αἰτναῖον πῦρ λόγος τοῖς πυθμέσι τῆς Αἴτνης ἑγκρύπτεσθαι, κάτωθεν πλημμυροῦν καὶ βίᾳ κρατούμενον, εἶʼτε τι ἄλλο τοῦτό ἰστιν, εἷʼτε ἆσθμα κολαζομένου γίγαντος, τέως μὲν φοβερὰν ὑπηχεῖν, καὶ καπνὸν τοῦ κακοῦ μήνυμα τῆς κορυφῆς ἀπερεύγεσθαῖ ' εἰ δέ που πλεονάσαν τύχοι καὶ δυσκάθεκτον γένοιτο, τῶν οἰκείων κόλπων ἀποβρασθὲν, ἅνω φερόμενον καὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς κρατῆρας χεόμενον, ἔστιν ἆ καῖ τῆς ὑποκειμένης γῆς φθείρειν ἀπίστῳ καὶ φοβερῷ ῥεύματι· οὕτω κάκεῖνον ἔστιν εὑρεῖν, ἄχρι μέν τινος ἑαυτοῦ κρατοῦντα καὶ τοῦ σοφιστικοῦ δόγματος, ἀπάτῃ τε διατι- Θέντα κακῶς τὰ ἡμέτερα· εἴ δέ που τὸ ἀκρατὲς τῆς ὀργῆς ὖπερὸλύσειε, μηδὲ κρύπτειν δύνασται τὸ κακόηθες, ἀλλὰ γυμνῷ χρῆσθαι τῷ διωγμῷ κατᾶ τοῦ Θείου καὶ εὐσεβοῦς ἡμῶν συντάγματος. ιαὶ ταῦτα ἐργάσασθαι, στρατηγοῦντος τινος ἑνὸς τῶν βασιλικῶν φιλοσόφων, ἑκ τούτων μόνον ὀνομαιθὲντος ; Τίς ἀγνοεῖ τήν Ἠλιουπολιτῶν συστροφήν; τίς τὴν Γαζαίων ἀπόνοιαν, τῶν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου θαυμαζο‹ “ww καὶ τιμωμένων, δτι καλῶς αὐτοῦ τῆς μεγαλοπρεπείας ᾔσθοντο; τίς τὴν Ἀρεθουσίων μανίαν, τῶν τὲως ἀγνοουμένων, ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ τοῦ καιροῦ καὶ λίαν ἐπιγινωσκομὲνων; [Ιοιεῖ γὰρ περιβοήτους οὐ δεξιά πρᾶξις μόνον, ἀλλά καὶ κακία , νικῶσα πονηρῶν εὐδοκίμησιν. flZ'. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ λέγονται, δεῖ γὰρ ἓν ἐκ πολλῶν εἰπεῖν, φρίκης καὶ τοῖς ἀθᾶοις ἀξιον, παρθένους ἁγνὰς moi ὑπερκοσμίους, ἀψαύστους μικροῦ καὶ ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀρρένων, εἰς μέσον προαγαγόντες, καὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτος γυμνώσαντες, ’ίνα τ.τῆ θέᾳ πρότερον ἐνυβρίσωσιν εἶτʼ ἀνακείραντες, καὶ διχάσαντες (ὣ πῶς ἐνέγκω σου, Χρισκέ, τήν τότε μακροθυμίαν l) o't μὲν καὶ ἰδίοις ὀδοῦσι κακῶς ἐστιαθῆναι, καὶτῆς ἑαυτῶν κακοδαιμονίας ἀξίως, ὠμῶν τῶν ἠπάτων ὂμφορηθῆ· ναι, καὶ μετʼ ἐκείνην τὴν τροφὴν ἀλλην προσενέγκασθαι, τήν κοινήν τε καὶ νενομισμένην· οἱ δὲ σπαίρουσιν ἔτι τοῖς σπλάγχνοις συώδη τροφὴν ἐπισπείραντες, καὶ συῶν ἐπαφὲντες τοὺς θερμοτέρους, οἷον ἀγαγεῖν ἐκεῖνο τὸ θέατρον σάρκας ἰδεῖν κριθαῖς συνεσθιομένας, καὶ σπαραττομένας, τροφὴν ἀνάμικτον, καὶ τότε πρῶτον ὀφθεῖσαν καὶ ἀκουσθεῖσαν ἧν θρέψαι μόνον τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ δαίμονας, ὁ τούτων δημιουργὸς ἄξιος ἦν· ὡς μὲν οὖν καὶ καλῶς ἔθρεψεν ἐκ to?) αʼίματος ἐκείνου καὶ τῆς πληγῆς, ἣν κατᾶ τῶν σπλάγχνων ἐδέξατο κᾶν ἀναισθήτως ἔχωσι πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα ol δείλαιοι, καὶ μηῖὲ τὸ φρονεῖν ἐκ τῆς δυσσεὸείας ἔχοντες. IlH'. Τὸ δὲ γε Μάρκου τοὺ θαυμασίου καὶ Ἀριθουσίων, τίς οὓτως ἕξω τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένης, ὣστε ἀγνοεῖν, καῖ μὴ φθάνειν τῇ διηγήσει τὸν μνημονεύοντα; Οὗτος ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου τοῦ πάνυ, κατὰ τὴν τότε δεδομένην ἐξουσίαν Χριστιανοῖς, δαιμόνων τι καθελὼν οἰκητήριον,καὶ πολλοὺς Χριστιανῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς πλάνης μεταστήσας εἷς σωτηρίαν ούχ ἦττον διὰ τὴν τοῦ βίου λαμπρότητα τὴν τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν, ἦν μὶν ἰκ πλείονος ἐν ὀργῇ τοῖς ’Δρεθουσίοις μᾶλλον δὲ Ἀρεθουσίων τοῖς φιλοδαίμοσιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ πράγματα ἐκινήθη Χριπιανοῖς, καὶ τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων φλεγμαίνειν ἤρξατο, τὴν τοῦ καιροῦ δυναστείαν οὐκ ἔφυγε. Φιλοῦσι γὰρ οἱ δῆμοι, κᾶν πρὸς τὸ παρὸν κατάσχωσι τὰς ὀργὰς, ὣσπερ πῦρ ἑμφωλεῦον ὖλαις, ἢ ῥεῦμα βίᾳ κρατούμενον, εἷ καιροῦ λάβοιντο, ἀνάπτεσθαί τε καὶ ἀναῤῥήγνυσθαι. Ὁρῶν οῦν τὴν τοῦ δήμου κίνησιν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, οὐδὲν μέτριον ἰννοούντων, ἢ ἀπειλούντων, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα δρασμὸν βουλεύεται, οὐ διʼ ἀνανδρίαν μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν φεύγειν ἐκ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν κελεύουσαν ἐντολὴν, καὶ ὑποχωρεῖν τοῖς διώκταις· χρῆναι γὰρ μή τὰ ἑαυτῶν σκοπεῖν μόνον Χριστιανοὺς ὄντας, μηδὶ εἰ λίαν εἷεν ἀνδρειότατοί τε καὶ καρτερικώτατοι, ἀλλά καὶ τῶν διωκόντων φείδεσθαι, ὡς, τό γε εἰς αὐτοὺς ἧκον μέρος, μή τῷ κινδύνῳ τι συνεσφὲρειν τῶν πολεμίων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾔσθετο πολλῶν μὲν διʼ αὐτὸν ἑλκομένων καὶ ἀγομένων, πολλῶν δὲ τῶν περί ψυχῆς τρεχόντων διὰ τὴν τῶν διωκόντων ὡμότητα, οὐκ ἠνεσχῑτο τῷ καθʼ ὶαυτὸν ἀσφαλεῖ τοὺς ἄλλους περιορᾷν κινδυνεύοντας καὶ διὰ τοῦτο βουλεύεται βουλὴν ἀρίστην τε καὶ φιλοσοφωτάτην· ἐκ τῆς φυγῆς ἐπάνει- “ σι, καὶ τῷ δήμῳ φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκδίδωσι χρῆσθαι δτι βούλοιντο, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ καιροῦ παρατάσσεται δυσκολίαν. Ἐνταῦθα τί μὲν ἀπῆν τῶν δεινῶν; τί δὲ οὑκ ἰπενοεῖτο βαρύτερον ; ἄλλῶν ἄλλο τι συνεισφερόντων πρός ἰνὸς κακοῦ συλφωνίαν, ούδέ τὸ φιλόσοφον τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αἰδουμένων, εί μή τι ἄλλο, τῶν ἐγκειμένων-διὰ τοῦτο μὶν οὗν καὶ πλέον ἀγανακτούντων, ὅτι περιφρόνησιν αὐτῶν μᾶλλον ἦ ἀνδρείαν πρὸς τοὺς κινδύνους τήν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς παρουσίαν ὶνόμιζον. ΠΘʼ. Ἥγετο γέρων ἱερεὺς, ἀθλητὴςἐθελοντὴς διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως, αἰδέσιμος τὴν ἡλικίαν, τὴν πολι. τείαν αἰδεσιμὼτε ρος, πᾶσι πλὴν τῶν διωκόντων καὶ τυραννούντων· ἤγετο δὲ ἡλικίᾳ πάσῃ καὶ τύχῃ,οῡ τῷ μὲν, τῷ δʼ ού· πᾶσι δὲ ὁμοίως, ἀνδράσι, γυναιξὶ, νέοις, πρεσβύταις, ὅσοι τε τὰ πολιτικά διῴκιυν, καὶ ὅσοι τῶν ἐπʼ ἀξίας. Ἀγὼν δὲ ἦν ἅπασιν figam}. λους ὑπερβαλέσθαι τῇ περὶ τὸν πρεσβύτηο Θρασὺ. τητιο καὶ μέρος εὐσεβείας ἅπασιν ἐνομίζετο, ὅτι πλεῖστα ἐκεῖνον δρᾶσαι κακά, κα). γέροντα νικῆσαι ἀθλητὴν κατὰ πάσης ἀγωνιζόμενον τῆς πόλεως· εῦκετο διὰ πλατειῶν, ὠθεῖτο καθʼ ὑπονόμων· τῶν τριχῶν εἵλκετο, οὑκ ἔστιν ὅτου μὴ μέρους τοῦ σώματος, μιο γνυμένης τῇ αἰκίᾳ τῆς ὕβρεως, παρὰ τῶν ἁξὲωςὲν Μίθρου ταῦτα κολαζομένωψ παισὶν ἐκ παίδων μετέωρος ἀντεπέμπετο, γραφίσιν ὑποδεχομένων τὸ γενναῖον σῶμα, καὶ παίγνιον ποιουμένων τὴν τραγῳδίαν πιέσμασι τὰς κνήμας ὲθλίβετο μέχρις ὀστέων αὑτῶνʼ λίνοις τὰ ὦτα διετέμνετο, καὶτούτων τοῖς στερῤοτάτοις και) λεπτοτάτοις· σαργάνῃ πρὸς ὕψος αἰρόμενος, μέλιτικαὶ γάρῳδιέι6ροχπ σφηξὶ καὶ μελίσσαις ὲξαίνετο μεσούσης ἡμέρας, ἡλίου τὸ φλογῶδες ὲλλάμποντος· καὶτοῦ μὲντέις σάρκας ἐκτήκοντος, τοῖς δὲ θερμοτέραν ποιοῦντος τὴν βρῶσιν τῶν μακαρίων ἐκείνων σαρκῶν, οὐ γάρ ἀθλίων ἂν εἴποιμι. Ἐνταῦθα δὴ λέγεται, ὡς ἂν καὶ τοῦτο ἀξιωθείη γραφῆς, ὁ πρεσβύτης ἐκεῖνος καὶ νέος πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας. (μηδὲ γὰρ ὲν τοῖς δεινοῖς τὸ φαιδρὸν ἀπολιπεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὲντρυφᾷν ταῖς βασάνοις ), τὸ μνημονευόμενον ἐκεῖνο καὶ ᾀδόμενον ἐπειπεῖν· ὡς ἐπαινοίη “rb σύμβολον, ἑαυτὸν μὲν ’ ὑψηλὸν ὁρῶν, ἐκείνους δὲ ταπεινοὺς καὶ κάτω κειμένουςο τοσοῦτον περιῆν τῶν κρατούντων, καὶ οὕτως ’ἦν πόρρω τῶν λυπηρων, ὡς ἄλλῳ παρὼν mδυνεύοντι, καὶ πομπίεν ἀλλʼ οὑ συμωοοάν τὸ miro: ποιούμενος. [ιʼ. Καίτοι ταῦτα τίς οὐκ ἃν ᾐδέσθη τῶν καὶ μετρίως ἐπιεικῶν τε καὶ φιλανθρώπων ; Ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἰκείνους γε εἴασεν ὁ καιρὸς, οὐδὲ ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως ὁρμὴ, τὸ ἀπάνθρωπον ἀπαιτοῦσα καὶ δήμους, καὶ πόλεις, καὶ ἄρχοντας, εἶκαὶ μὴ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐδόκει τῶν ἀγνοούντων τὸ βάθος τῆς ἐκείνου κακοηθείας. Τοιαῦτα ἡμῖν τὰ τοῦ στερῥοῦ γέροντος. Καὶ ταῦτα ὑπὲρ τίνος ;ίνα ’χρυσοῦν ’ἐνα μὴ πρόηται τοῖς βασανισταῖς· ᾧ καὶ δῆλον, ὡς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας διεκαρτὲρει Ἕως μὶν γὰρ, βαρυτάτην ποιησάμενοι τοῦ ναοῦ τὴν ἀποτίμησιν, τὸ πᾶν ᾔτουν χρυσίον, ἢ αὐτόν γε ἀναδείμασθαι τὸν νεὼν ἐκέλευον, ἐδόκει τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ ἐπιτάγματος μᾶλλον ἣ τὸ εὐσεβὲς τῆς ψυχῆς ποιεῖν ἐκείνῳ τὴν ἔνστασιν ἐπεὶ δὶ νικῶν αὐτοὺς κατὰ μικρόν τῇ καρτερίᾳ, καὶ ὑφαιρῶν ἀεί τι τῆς ἀποτιμήσεως, τελευταῖον εἰς τοῦτο κατἑστησιν, ὡς κομιδῆ μικρὸν εἶναιτὸ αἰτούμενον, καὶ ὅσον ῥᾷστον καταβαλεῖν· καὶ ἷσος ἀγὼν ἧν τοῖς μὲν νικῆσαι τῷ καθ ὁτιοῦν λαβεῖν, τῷ δὲ μή κρατηθῆναιτῷ μηδὲ ὅλως καταβαλεῖν, καίτοι πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν καὶ πλεῖον συνεισφέρειν προθυμουμένων οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀνάλωτον καὶ ἀήττητονο τηνικαῦτα ἐδείχθη σαφῶς οὐ περὶ χρημάτων, ἀλλὰ περί τοῦ εὐσεβοῦς τὸν ἀγῶνα τιθέμενος. ιιΑʼ. ’Ἆρʼ οὗν ἐπιεικείας ταῦτα καὶ ἡμερότητος, ἢ τούναντίον θράσους καὶ ἀπανθρωπίας ἐστὶ γνωρίσματα, λεγέτωσαν ἡμῖν 0i τὸν φιλόσοφον βασιλέα θαυμάζοντες. Ἐγὼ μὶν οὑδὲνα τῶν πάντων ἀπορεῖν οἶμαι τῆς δικαίας καὶ ἀληθοῦς ἀποκρίσεως Κ ὅ ἐθ · ὅ “· ό “· αι 0 πω προστ ειιια, τι των σεσωκ των τοι ἐξάγιστον, ἡνίκα τὰ γένος αὐτῷ πᾶν ἐκινδύνευε, καὶ διὰ κλοπῆς ὑπεξαγαγόντων, εἷς οὗτος ἦνʼ ὑπὲρ οὗ τάχα μόνου δικαίως ταῦτα ἔπασχε, καὶ πλείω προσπαθεῖν ἄξιος ἦν, ὅτι κακὸν τοσοῦτο τῇ οἰκουμένῃ πάσῃ σώζων ἐλάνθανε. Φασί τοι διὰ ταῦτα καὶ τὸν τηνιο καῦτα ὕπαρχον (γενέσθαι γὰρ ἄνδρα ’Ἕλληνα μὲν τήν θρησκείαν, τὸν τρόπον δὶ ὑπὲρ Ἕλληνα, καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν πάλαι καὶ νῦν ἐπαινουμένων), ἐκεῖνο πρὸς τὸν βασιλὲα μετά παρρησίας εἰπεῖν, οὐ φίροντοι τὸ πολυειδὲς τῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αἰκίας καὶ καρ· τερίας. Οὐκ αἰσχυνόμεθα, βασιλεῦ, παρά τοσοῦτον ἡττώμενοι πάντων Χριστῖανῶν, ὡς μηδὲ γέροντος ὲνὸς κρατεῖν δυνηθῆναι πάσας διιξεΛθόντος βασάνους ςΚαὶ οὗ κρατῆσαι μὴ μέγα, τούτου πῶσ οὖ τῆς ἒσχάτης συμφορᾶς ἀπελθεῖν ἡττημένους ; Καὶ, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὕπαρχοι μὶν ᾐσχύνοντο, βασιλεῖς δὲ ἐκαλλωπίζοντο. Τούτων τί ἃν γένοιτο τοῖς δρῶσι μᾶλλον ἀθλιώτερον-ἢ τοῖς πάσχουσι ; Τὰ μὶν δὴ τῶν ’Δρεθουσίων τοιαῦτα καὶ οὕτως ἔχοντα, ὡς μικρὰν εἶναι τήν Ἐχὲτου καὶ Φαλάριδος ἀπανθρωπίαν πρὸς τήν ἐκείνων ὠμότητα, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῦ ταῦτα πείθοντος καὶ κατασκευάζοντος· εἷʼπερ τοῦ σπέρματος τὰ βλαστήματα, καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τὰ ναυάγια. liB'. Τᾶλλα δὲ οἶα καὶ ὅσα; Τίς ἄν μοι δοίη τὴν Ἡροδότου καὶ Θουκυδίδου σχολήν τε καὶ γλῶτταν, ἵνα καὶ τῷ μέλλοντι ’χρόνῳ παραδῶ τήν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς πονηρίαν, καὶ στηλιτευθῇ τοῖς μετέπειτα τὰ τοῦ καιροῦ διηγήματα;Eiw1r/,crop.ai τὸν Ὀρόντην καὶ τοὺς νυκτερινοὺς νεκροὺς, οὓς τῷ βασιλεῖ συνέκρυπτεν οὗτος στεινόμενος νεκύεσσι, καὶ κτείνων ἀδήλως· ἔνταῦθα γὰρ τὰ τοῦ ἔπους εἷπεῖν οἰκειότερον. Παραδραμοῦμαι καὶ τῶν βασιλείων 1&onλα καὶ ἀπωτάτω, ὅσα τε ἐν λάκκοις καὶ φρέασι, καὶ διώρνξι κακῶν γέμοντα θησαυρῶν τε καὶ μυστηρίων-οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀνατεμνομένων παίδων τε καὶ παρθένων ἐπὶ ψυχαγωγία καὶ μαντείᾳ, καὶ θυσίαις οὐ νενομισμέναις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας κινδυνευόντων. Συγχωρήσωμεν εἰ δοκεῖ, ταῦτα, οἷς κάκεῖνος ᾐσχύνετο, τοῦτό γε ποιῶν μέτριον· δῆλον δὲ τῷ κρύπτειν ἐπιχειρεῖν, ὡς οὐκ εὐπρεπὲς ὃν τὸ ἄγος δημοσιεύεσθαι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ Καισαρέων τῶν ἡμετέρων, τούτων δὲ τῶν μεγαλοφυῶν καὶ θερμῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν, οὕτως ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ περιεληλαμένων καὶ ὑβρισμένων, ἴσως οὐδὲν ὀνειδίζειν ἄξιοψ ἐδόκει γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῆς τύχης ἐνδίκως ἀγανακτῶν ἐν καιρῷ τῆς εὐτυχίας ἀτυχησάσης, ἐπὶ ταύτην προεληλυθέναι τήν ἀντίδοσιν· ἐπειδὴ δεῖ τι καὶ συγχωρεῖν καὶ ἀδικίᾳ κατακρατούσῃ. ill". Ἀλλὰ τίς ούκ οἶδεν, ὡς, δήμου τινὸς ἐπιμανέντος Χριστιανοῖς, καὶ πολὺν μὲν ἐργασαμένων φόνον, πλείω δὲ ἀπειλούντων, ἐπειδὴ μέσην βαδίζων ὁ τοῦ ἔθνους ἄρχων τοῦ καιροῦ καὶ τῶν νόμων (τῴ μὶν γὰρ δουλεύειν ᾤετο δεῖν, τοὺς δὲ μετρίως ᾐσχύνετο), καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πολλοὺς μὲν ἀπαγαγὼν Χριστιανῶν, ἀλίγοις δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐπιτιμήσας, εἴτʼ ἀναχθεὶς τῷ βασιλεῖ, κατηγορίας γενομένης, ἄτιμος καὶ ἀνάρπαστος περί τούτων ἐκρίνετο· καὶ τοὺς νόμους προύβάλλετο, καθʼ οὓς ἐπιστεύθη δικάζειν, μικροῦ μὲν ἀπήχθῃ τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ τέλος δὲ, φιλανθρωπίας τυχὼν, ἐξορίαν κατακρίνεται ; Καὶ ἡ ἀπόφασις ὡς θαυμασία τε καὶ φιλάνθρωποςί Τί γὰρ μέγα, φησὶν ὁ δίκαιος δικαστὴς, καὶ μὴ διώκων Χριστιανοὺς, εἲ Γαλιλαίους δέκα μία χεὶρ Ἑλληνική κατειργάσατο; Ταῦτα οὐκ ὠμότης περιφανής; ταῦτα ού πρόγραμμα διωγμοῦ, καὶ πολύ γε τῶν δημοσίᾳ προτιθεμένων ἐναργέστερον καὶ φοβερώτερον ; Τί γὰρ διαφέρει τοῦ κίνδυνον προγράψαι Χριστιανοῖς τὸ τοῖς διώκταις Χριστιανῶν ἡδόμενον φαίνεσθαι, καὶ μέγα ἔγκλημα ποιεῖσθαι τὸ μετριάζειν ;τὸ γὰρ βούλεσθαι βασιλέως ἄγραφός ἐστι νόμος, τῷ κράτει συνηγορούμενος, καὶ πολὺ γε τῶν γραπτῶν ἰσχυρότερος, τῶν ού δυναστείᾳ βοηθουμένων. ιιΔι Οῧ, φασὶν οἱ τὰ ἑκείνου σέβοντες, καὶ τὸν νέον ἡμῖν θεὸν ἀναπλάττοντες, τὸν ἡδὺν καὶ φιλάνθρωπονʼ ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὴ δημοσίᾳ, διωκέσθωσαν Χριστιανοὶ, πρού- Θηκε, καὶ πάντα πασχέτωσαν, ὅσα δοκεῖ τοῖς διώκουσιν, ἀφιέντες αὐτὸν τῆς τοῦ διώκειν αἰτίας. Τὴν ὕδραν δὲ οὐδεὶς πώποτε εἶπεν ἥμερον, ὅτι ἐννέα κεφαλὰς ἀντὶ μιᾶς προύβάλλετο, εἷʼ τι τῷ μύθῳ Δῆλον. _Pass. δηλῶν. meréov' οὐδὶ τήν Παταρικήν Χίμαιραν, δεῖ τρεῖς καὶ ἀνομοίους, ὥστε εἶναι φοβερωτέραν ἠ τὸν έν ᾅδου Κέρβερον, ὅτι τοσαύτας τι καὶ ὁμοίας· ἢ τὸ θαλάττιον κακὸν τὴν Σκύλλαν, ὅτι ’ἐξ ἐν κύκλῳ καὶ φευκτοτάταςο καίτοι γε τὰ ἄνοοφασὶν, αὐτῆς χρηστᾶ καὶ φιλάνθρωπα, καὶ εἷς ὄψιν οὐκ ἀηδῆ· κόρη γὰρ ἧν πρὸς ἡμᾶς τι συγγενὶς ἔχουσα· αἱ δὶ ἀπ ” ·’-’ Μ ’ ιο τοο-οδ κυνωοεις κεφαλαι και θηριώδεις οὐδενὸς ἦσαν ἀγαθοῦ, στόλους ὅλους ἁρπάζουσαι, καὶ μηδὲν εἷς κίνδυνον ’διαφέρουσαι ἐἰς ἀντιθέτου Χαρύβδεως. Ἢ καὶ τῶν τοξοτῶν σὺ καὶτῶν σφενδονιτῶν τὰ βέλη καὶ τοὺς λίθους καταιτιάσῃ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοὺς σφενδονῶεντας καὶ τοὺς τοξεύοντας ; ἔτι δὲ τῶν κυνηγετῶν τοὺς κύνας, καὶ τῶν φαρμακέων τὰ δηλητήρια, καὶ τῶν κεραττόντωνμῶ καὶ σπαραττόντων θηρίων τὰ κέρατα καὶ τοὺς ὄνυχας· οἱ δὲ χρώμενοι τούτοις ἐκτὸς στήσονται, καὶ οὐ μεθέξουσί τῆς ὧν τολμῶσιν αἰτίας ; Πολλῆς ταῦτα τῆς ἀλογίας, καὶ ὅντως σοφιστοῦ δεόμενα, τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ συνηγοροῦντος κακοῖς, καὶ τῇ τοῦ λόγου δυι νάμει τὸ ἀληθὲς συγκαλύπτοντος. ’Δλλ“ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἑαυτὸν ἀποκρύψει, οὐδʼ ἂν πολλὰ πραφῇ καὶ παντοῖος γένηται ταῖς ἐπινοίαις, οὐδʼ εἰ τὴν Ἀϊδος κυνέην, ὃ δὴ λέγεται, περιθέμενος, ἢ τῷ δακτυλίῳ Γύγου, καὶ τῇ στροφῇ τῆς σφενδόνης γρησάμενος, ἑαυτὸν ἀποκλέψειε· τούναντίον μὲν οὗν, ὅσῳ φεύγειν ἐπιχειρεῖ καὶ διαδιδράσκειν, τοσούτῳ πλέον ἁλίσκεται παρὰ ἀληθείᾳ δικαζσύσῃ, καὶ τοῖς συνετωτέροις τούτων κριταῖς, ὡς ταῦτα πράττων τε καὶ τολμῶν, οἷς οὐδʼ ἂν αὐτὸς ὡς δικαίως πραττομένοις ἔχη συνηγορεῖν* οὕτως εὐάλωτόν ἐστιν ἡ πονηρία, καὶνπανταχύθεν ἑαυτῇ περιπίίνωυσα. ιβʼ. Καὶ οὐχ ἃ μὶν ἔπραττεν ἤδη, τοιαῦτα καὶ οὕτω πόῤῥω βασιλικῆς ιῦγενείας καὶ μεγαλοπρεπείας· ’ὰ δὲ διενοεῖτο πράξειν, ἡμερώτερά τε καὶ βασιλικώτερα. ΙΙολλοῦ μέντʼ ἂν ἄξιον ἦν, εἰ μὴ πολὺ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀπανθρωπότερα. ’Ὠσπερ γὰρ δράκοντος κινουμένου φολίδες, αἱ μὲν ἤδη φρίσσουσιν, αἱ δὲ ἐπιφρισσουσινη αἱ δὲ μέλλουσι, τὰς δὲ οὐκ ἔστι μὴ κινηθῆναι, κᾶν ἠρεμοῦσαι τέως τογχάνωσινʼ εἰ βούλει δὲ, ὥσπερ κεραυνῷ, τὰ μὲν ἤδη κατέχεται, τὰ δὲ προμελαίνεται, μέχρις ἂν καί ταῦτα ἐπέλθῃ τοῦ κακοῐ δυναστεύοντος, οὕτω κάκείνῳ τὰ μὲν ἤδη παρηνομεῖτο, τὰ δὲ ὑπεγράφετο ταῖς ἐλπίσι καὶ ταῖς καθʼ ἡμῶν ἀπειλαῖς· καὶ ταῦτα οὕτως ἓκτοπα, καὶ πόῤῥω τῶν εἰθισμένων, ὡς τῆς ἐκείνου διανοίας εἶναι μόνης, ταῦτα καὶ βουλεύσασθαι, καὶ εἰς ἔργον ἀγαγεῖν ἐθελῆσαι, καίτοι πολλῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένων διωκτῶν καὶ πολεμίων Χριστιανοῖς. "A γὰρ μήτε Διοκλητιανὸς, ὁ πρῶτος ἐνυόρίσας Χριστιανοῖς, μήτε ὁ τοῦτον ἐκδεξάμενος καὶ ὑπερβαλὼν Μαξιμιανὸς ἐνεθυμήθη πώποτε, μήτε Μαξιμῖνος, ὁ μετʼ ἐκείνους, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνους διώκτης (οὗ τὰ σύμβολα τῆς ἐπὶ τούτῳ πληγῆς αἱ εἰκόνες φέρουσιν ἔτι δημοσίᾳ προκείμεναι, καὶ στηλιτεύουσαι τὴν λώβην τοῦ σώματος), ταῦτα ἐκεῖνος διενοεῖτο μὲν, ὡς οἱ τῶν ἀπορρήτων ἐκείνου κοινωνοὶ καὶ μάρτυρες· ἐπεσχέθη δὲ τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ ιριλανθρωπίᾳ, καὶ τοῖς Χηιστιανῶν δάκρυσιν. ἆ πολλά δὴ καὶ παρὰ πολλῶν ἐχέθη, τοῦτο μόνον ἐχόντων κατὰ τοῦ διώκτου φάρμακον ταῦτα δὶ ἦν πάσης μὲν παρρησίας ἀποστερεῖσθαι Χριστιανοὺς, πάντων δὶ αὐτοὺς εἴργεσθαι συλλόγων, ἀγορῶν, πανηγύρεων, τῶν δικαστηρίων αὐτῶν μὴ γὰρ ἑξεῖναι κεχρῆσθαι τούτοις, ὅστις μὴ κατὰ τῶν βωμῶν θυμιάσειεν ἔμπροσθεν κειμένων, καὶ μισθὸν δοίη μέγαν οὕτω καὶ τοσούτου πράγματος. Ὦ νόμοι, καὶ νομοθέται, καὶ βασιλεῖς, οἲ καθάπερ ούρανοῦ κάλλος, καὶ ἡλίου φῶς, καὶ ἀέρος χύσις, ἅπασι πρόκεινται φιλανθρωπία κοινή τε καὶ ἄφθονος, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὴν τῶν νόμων μετουσίαν προθέντες ἅπασιν ἐλευθέροις, ἴσην τε καὶ ὁμότιμον ! ἧς ἐκεῖνος ἀποστερήσειν διενοεῖτο Χριστιανούς· ὡς μήτε τυραννουμένοις δίκας ἐξεῖναι λαβεῖν, μήτε ζημιουμένοις εἷς χρήματα, μήτε ἄλλο τι πάσχουσι μικρὸν ἢ μεῖζον τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων ἐπικουρεῖσθαι τοῖς νόμοις· ἀλλʼ ἐξορίστους εἶναι, καὶ ἀναιρεῖσθαι, καὶ μικροῦ τῶν ἀνα- εἴργεσθαι· ἃ τοῖς μὶν πάσχουσι πλιίω φιλοτιμίαν εἶχε καὶ τὴν πρὸς Θεὸν παῤῥησίαν, τοῖς δρῶσι δὲ μείζω τήν παρανομίαν καὶ ἀδοξίαν. [μʼ. Καὶ ὁ λόγος ὡς πανσοφος τοῦ φονευτοῧ καὶ προστάτου, καὶ παρανόμου καὶ νομοθέτου, ἢ, ἵν οἰκειότερον εἴπω, τοῦ ἐχθροῦ καὶ ἐκδικητοῦ, ιιαά τὸν ἡμετέρον λόγονʼ εἴναι γὰρ τοῦ ἡμετέρου νόμον μήτε ἀμύνεσθαι, μήτε δικάζεσθαι, μήτε κὲκτῆοοιί τι τήν ἀρχὴν, μήτε νομίζειν ἴδιόν τι ἀλλᾶ ζῇν ἑτέρωθι, καῖ τῶν παρόντων καταφρονεῖν ὡς οόκ ὄντωνʼ κακοῦ δὲ μή ἀντιδιδόναι, μηδὲ ἐξεῖναι, κακόν· μηδὲ τὴν παρειὰν παιομένους φείδεσθαι τῆς ἑτέρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτην ἐμπαρέχειν τῷ παίοντι, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα τῷ ἱματίῳ προσαποδύεσθαι. Προσθήσει δὲ ἴσως, ὅτι καὶ ὑπερεύχεσθαι τῶν ἀδικούντων καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα βούλεσθαι τοῖς διώκουσι. Τί δὲ οὐκ ἔμελλε ταῦτα γινώσκειν ἀκριβῶς ὁ τῶν Θείων ὑπαναγνώστης ποτὲ λογίων, καὶ τῆς τοῖʼ» μεγάλου βήματος ἠξιωμένος τιμῆς, καὶ τοὺς μάρτυρας τιμῶν σηκοῖς τε καὶ τεμένεσιν ; lLlI’. Οὗ τοῦτο πρῶτον θαυμάζω, πῶς τούτοις μὲν ἀκριβῶς καθωμίλησεν, έκεῖνο δὶ οὐκ ἆνὲγνω, ἢ ἑκὼν παρέδραμεν· ὅτι Κακὸς κακῶς ἀπολεῖται ς πᾶς ὁ τὸ Θεῖον ἐξαρνησάμενος, καὶ ὃ τούτου μεῖζόν ἔστι, τοὺς ἐμμένοντας τῇ ὁμολογίᾳ περιωθῶν, καί τοιούτοις κακοῖς περιβάλλων, οἷς αὐτὸς πφιπιπῖν ἦν ἄξιος. Εἰ μὶν οὖν ὥσπερ ἡμᾶς τοιούτους εἶναι νομοθετεῖ, καὶ τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ἐμμένειν, οὕτω δύναται δεῖξαι, καὶ αὐτῷ τὸ κάκιστον ιῖναι προσ-τεταγμένον, ἢ τοῖς αὐτοῦ θεοῖς ἐν καλῷ τοῦτο τυγχάνον καὶ εἰς δύο ταῦτα διῃρημένων τῶν ἕξεων, ἀρετήν τε, φημὶ, καί κακίαν, ἡμῖν μὲν ἀποκεκρίσθαι τὴν κρείσσω μοῖραν, αὒτοῖς δὲ ἀπεῤῥίφθαι τὴν χείρονα λεγέτω τοῦτο, mi οὕτω νικήσομεν ὑπὸ μάρτυσι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, καὶ τοῖς διώκουσι τὰ ἡμέτερα· εἰ δὲ καί αὐτοί τι μεταποιοῦνται κολοκάγαθίας καὶ ἡμερότητος, λόγῳ γοῦν, εί καὶ μὴ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῖς, καὶ οὐχ οὕτως εἰσὶν ἀναίσχυντοι, κᾶν σφόδρα ὦσι κακοὶ (το), καὶ πονηροῖς θεοῖς χαίροντες, ὥστε φάσκειν ὥσπερ ἄλλον τινὰ κλῆρον προσ-ήκειν αὐτοῖς τὴν κακίαν· δειξάτωσαν πῶς ἥ ποῦ δίκαιον ὴ μᾶς μὶν καὶ πάσχοντας καρτερεῖν, αὐτοὺς δὶ μηδὲ φειδομένων φείδεσθαι· σκόπει γὰρ οὕτω. Τῶν μὲν ἡμῖν γεγονότων καιρῶν τοῦ δύνασθαι, τῶν δὶ ὑμῖν ἄλλοτε ἄλλως τούτων περιτρεχόντων τε καὶ μεθισταμένων, τί τοιοῦτο παρᾶ Χριστιανῶν ποτε συνέβη τοῖς ὑμετέροις, οἷα παρʼ ὑμῶν ’πολλάκις Χριπιανοῖς; Ποίας παρῥηο σίας ὐμᾶς ἀπεστερήσαμεν ; Τίσι δήμους ἐπανεστήσαμεν ζέοντας ; τίσι ἄρχοντας, πλείω τῶν ἐπιταττομένων ὑπηρετοῦντας ; Τίσι τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς ἐπηγάγομεν κίνδυνον ; Μᾶλλον δὲ τίνας ἀρχῶν ἀπηλάσαμεν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τιμῶν al τοῖς ἀρίστοις ὀφείλονται ; Καὶ συνελόντα φάναι, τίνι τι τοιοῦτον ἑπενηνύχαμεν, οἷα πολλὰ παρʼ ὑμῶν τὰ μὲν ἐτολμήθη, τὰ δὲ ἠπειλήθη ; Ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἃν αὐτοὶ φαίητε, οἳ τὸ ἥμερον ἡμῖν ἐγκαλοῦντες καὶ τὸ φιλάν θρωπον. '16. Ἔπειτα πῶς ἐκεῖνο οὐ λογίζῃ, ῶ σοφώτατε πάντων καὶ συνετώτατα, ὁ πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἄκρον συγκλείων Χριστιανοὺς, ὅτι τῆς ἡμετέρας νομοθεσίας τὰ μὶν ἀνάγκην ἔχει τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις, ἃ καὶ μὴ φυλάττουσι κίνδυνος· τὰ δὲ οὑκ ἀνάγκην, αʼίρεσιν δέ· ἃ φυλάττουσι μὶν, τιμήν καὶ ἀντίδοσιν,, μὴ φυλάττουσι δὲ, οὐδʼ ὅντινʼ οὗν κίνδυνον ; Ei μὲν γὰρ οἷόν τε ἧν ἅπαντας ἀρίστους εἶναι, καὶ τοῦ ἄκρου τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιβαίνειν, τοῦτʼ ἃν ἧν κράτιστόν τε καὶ τελεώτατον· ἐπεὶ δὲ χωρὶς τὰ θεῖα τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, καὶ τοῖς μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτου μή τῶν καλῶν μέτεστι, τοῖς δὲ μέγα, κᾶν εἰτοῦ μέσου τυγχάνοιεν, τί σοι βούλεται τὸ ταῦτα νομοθετεῖν, ἃ μή τῶν πάντων ἐστὶν, ἣ κατακρίτους εἶναι τοὺς οὐ φυλάσσοντας; ’Ὠσπερ γὰρ ὅστις οὐ κολάσεως ἄξιος, ἤδη καὶ ἀναρρήσεως· οὕτως ὅστις οὐκ ἀναῤῥήσεως, ἤδη καὶ τιμωρίας ἀλλʼ ἰν ὅροις δεῖ μένοντας τῆς ἡμετέρας φιλοσοφίας, καὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης δυνάμεως, οὕτως ἀπαιτεῖν καὶ τὸ κατορθούμενον. λόγουςο οὐ γὰρ φέρω μὴ τουτο πολλάκις ἀνακυκλιῇ καὶ πειρατέον συνηγορῆσαι τούτοις εἰς δύναμιν· ηολλῶν γὰρ καὶ δεινῶν ὅντων, ἐφʼ οἷς ἐκεῖνος μισεῖσθαι δίκαιος, οὐκ ἔστιν 6' τι μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦτο παρανομήσας φαίνεται. Καί μοι συναγανακτείτω πᾶς ὅστις λύγοις χαίρων, καὶ τῇ μοίρᾳ ταύτῃ προσκείμενος ἂν εἶναι καὶ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἀρνήσομαι. Τᾶ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα παρῆκα τοῖς βουλομένοις, πλοῦτον, εὐγένειαν, ὤκλειαν, δυναστείαν, ἃ τῆς κάτω περιφορᾶς ἐστι Ill ὀνειρώόους τέρψεως· τοῦ λόγου δὲ περιέχομαι μόνον καί οὐ μέμφομαι χερσαίοις τι πόνοις καὶ θαλασσίοις, οἳ τούτους μοι συνεπόρισαν. Ἐμοὶ γοῦν εἴη, καὶ ὅστις ἐμοὶ φίλος, τὸ τῶν λόγων κράτος.ὓ πρῶτον μετὰ τὸ πρῶτον ἠσπασάμην τε καὶ ἀσπάζομαι, τὰ θεῖα λέγω, καὶ τὰς ἔξω τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐλπίδας. Ὥστε εἰ τὸ οῗκεῖον πιέζει πᾶν, κανᾶ Πίνδαρον, ἀναγκαῖος ὁ περὶ τούτων ἔμοιγε λόγος· καὶ μάλιστα δίκαιον, ὡς οὐκ οἷδʼ εἷʼ τι τῶν ἆλλων, λόγῳ τὴν ὑπὲρ λόγων χάριν ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς λόγοις. PA’. Πόθεν οὖν ἐπῆλθὲ σοι τοῦτο, ω κουφότατα πάντων καὶ ἀπληστότατε, τὸ λόγων ἀποστερῆσαι Χριστιανούς ;τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ τῶν ἀπειλουμένων ἦν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ’ἥδη νενομοθετημένων. Πόθεν, κάκ τίνος αἰτίας ; Τίς Ἑρμῆς σοι λόγιος, ὡς ἂν αὐτὸς εʼἷποις, τοῦτʼ ἐπὶ νοῦν ἤγαγε; Τινις Τελχῖνες Ἰ i πονηροὶ, καὶ βάσκανοι δαίμονεςς Εἰ βούλει (ὦ), καὶ τούτου τήν αἰτίαν ἡμεῖς παραστήσομαι Ἔδει γάρ σε πολλοῖς ἐγχειροῦντα καὶ παρανόμοις κακοῖς, εἷς τοῦτο ὑπαχθῆναι τελευτῶντα, καὶ σαυτῷ προδήλως περιπεσεῖν· 'tv’ ᾧ μάλίπα φρονεῖν ᾤου δεῖν, τούτῳ μάλιστα λάθῃς ἐνασχημονῶν, καὶ ἀλογίαν κατακρινόμενος. ’Δπόκριναι γάρ· τί σοι τὸ δόγμα βδύλετκι ; καὶ τίς ό λόγος τῆς περὶ λόγους καινοτομίας; Κᾶν τι δίκαιον δόξῃς λέγειν, ἆνιασόμεθα μὶν, οὗ μεμψόμεθα δὲʼ καὶ γὰρ ὥσπερ σὺν λόγῳ νικᾷν, οὕτω καὶ νικᾶσθαι καλῶς μεμαθήκαμεν. PB'. Ἠμὲτεροι, φησὶν, οἱ λόγοι, καὶ τὸ Ἐλληνίζειν, ὧν καὶ τὸ σέβειν θεούς ὑμῶν δὲ ἡ ἀλογία καὶ ἠ ἀγροικία* καὶ οὐδὲν ὑπὲρ τὸ, Πίστευσον, τῆς ὑμετέρας ἐστὶ σοφίας. Οὐκ ἃν μὲν, οἶμαι, τούτου καταγελάσαιεν οἳ παρʼ ὑμῖν τὰ Πυθαγόρου φιλοσοφοῦντες, οἷς τὸ, Αὐτὸς ἔφα, τὸ πρῶτον καί μέγιστόι ἐστι τῶν δογμάτων, καὶ τῶν Χρυσῶν ἐπῶν, εἶτʼ οὖν μολιβῶν αἱρετώτερον. Μετὰ γὰρ τὴν πρώτην καὶ πολυύμνητον τοῖς τὰ ἐκείνου τελουμένοις φιλοσοφίαν τῆς σιωπῆς, ’ίνα λόγου μέτρα τῷ σιωπᾷν ἀσκηθῶσιν, ἔννομον, φησίν, ἧν ὁτιοῦν τῶν δογμάτων ἐρωτωμένοις, ἔπειτʼ ἀποφαινομένοις, ἀπαιτουμένου καὶ λόγου, ἄλλο μὲν μηδὲν ἀποκρίνεσθαι, ὅτι δὲ Πυθαγόρᾳ τοῦτʼ εἷίη δεδογμένονο καὶ λόγον εἶναι τοῦ δόγματος, τὸ παραστὰν ἐκείνῳ, ἀνεύθυνόν τε καὶ ἀβασάνιστον· εἰς ταυτὸν ἥκοντος τοῦ, Αὐτὸς ἔφα, τῷ παρʼ ἡμῖν, -Ι 1 *θλ \ Χ Ἴ ο -ο \ Q 1 Πίστευσον, ἐν ἄλλαις συλλαβαῖς τε καὶ ῥήμασι, κᾶν εἰ μὴ παύοισθε κωμῳδοῦντες τοῦτο καὶ διασύροντες. Βούλεται γὰρ ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος μὴ ἐξεῖναι διαπιστεῖν τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν θεοφόρων ἀνδρῶν εἰρημένοις, ἀλλʼ ἀπόδειξιν εἶναι τοῦ λόγου τό ἐκείνων ἀξιόπιστον, πάσης δυνάμεως λογικῆς καὶ ἀντιλογικῆς ἰσχυρότερον. ΡΓʼ. Ἔστω δὲ καὶ τοῦτο τῶν ἡμετέρων εὐεπηρέαστον ' πῶς δὶ σὺ δείξεις τοὺς λόγους σοι διαφέροντας Εἰ δὲ καὶ σοὺς, πῶς τούτων ἡμῖν οὐ μετὸν κατὰ τὴν σὴν νομοθεσίαν καὶ ἀλογίανς τίνος γὰρ τοῦ Ἐλληνίζειν εἰσὶν οἱ λόγοι, καὶ τοῦ πῶς λεγομένου καὶ νοουμένου ; ’Ίνʼ ἐγώ σοι διέλω τήν τοῦ ὀνόματος δύναμιν, ὤ περὶ τὰς ὁμωνυμίας ἔχων σὺ, καὶ τὰ δηλούμενα, ἢ μιᾷ προσηγορίᾳ διάφορα, ἢ διαφόροις ταυτά, ἣ ἑτέραις ἕτερα· ἢ γὰρ τῆς θρησκειας εἶναι τοῦτο φήσεις, ἢτοῦ ἔθα νους δηλαδὴ, καὶ τῶν πρῶτον εὑρισκομένων τῆς διαλέκτου τὴν δύναμιν. Εἰ μὲν οὖν τῆς θρησκείας, δεῖξον ποῦ καὶ παρὰ τίσι τῶν ἱερέων τὸ Ἑλληνίζειν ἔννομον, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ θύειν ἔστιν ἂ καὶ οἶς τῶν δαιμόνων· οὕτε γὰρ πᾶσι τὰ αὐτὰ, οὕτε ἰνῖ τὰ πάντα οὕτε τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ὡς τοῖς παρʼ ὑμῖν ἱεροφάνταις δοκεῖ, καὶ τοῖς τῶν θυσιῶν τεχνολόγοις. Ποῦ οὲ, ὥσπερ Λινδίοις, εὐσεβὲς τὸ καταρᾶσθαι τῷ Βουθοίνᾳ, καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι θεοῦ τιμὴν, τὰς εἷς αὐτὸν λοιδορίας; ἢ Ταύροις τὸ ξενοκτονεῖν, ἣ Λάκωσι τὸ ἐπιβώμια ξαίνεσθαι, ἥ Φρυξί τὸ κατατέμνεσθαι ὑπʼ αὐλῶν κηλουμένους, καὶ ἀνανδρουμὶvon; ὑφʼ algarum, ἣτὸ παιδεραστεῖν ἅλλοις,ἤτθ πορνεύειν ἑτέροις, ἢ ὅσα τῶν ἄλλων μυστηρίων ἐστὶν, 'L'va μὴ λέγω καθʼ ἕκαστον, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὸ Ἐλληνίζειν ἕκκριτόν τινος θεῶν ἥ δαιμόνωνς Καίτοι κᾶν εί τοῦτʼ ἦν, οῧπω δῆλον, ὡς Έλληνιχὸν ἦν, ἢ τινι τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων τὸ κοινὸν ἀπεκρίθη, ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ τῶνκοινῶν θύειν νενομοθέτηται. PA'. Εἰ δʼ οὐχὶ τοῦτο φήσεις, τῆς γλώσσης δὲ ὡς ὑμετέρας μεταποιήσῃ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πόρῥω Θήσιις ἡμᾶς, ὥσπερ κλήρου πατρικοῦ, καὶ οὐδὲν ἡμῖν διαφέροντος, πρῶτον μὶν οὐχ ὁρῶ τίςὸ λόγος, ἥ πῶς τοῦτο προσάξεις τοῖς δαίμοσιν. Οὐ γὰρ, εἰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τήν τε γλῶσσαν Ἑλληνίζοντας καὶ τήν θρησκείαν εἶναι συμβέβηκεν ἤδη καὶ τῆς θρησκείας oi λόγοι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἂν εἰκότως ἔξω ταύτης ἡμεῖς γραφείημεν · ἀλλᾶ τοῦτό γε καὶ ἀσυλλόγιστον δοκεῖ τοῖς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τεχνολόγοιςι· οὐ γὰρ, sl περὶ ταυτὸν ἆμφω, καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἄμφω ταυτά οὕτω γε, εἰ χρυσοχόον τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ ζωγράφον θείημεν, τὸ χρζσοχοεῖν εἷς τὸ ζωγραφεῖν, ἦ τὸ ζωγραφεῖν εἷς τὸ χρυσοχοεῖν περιστήσεται· πολλῶν ταῦτα τῶν ληρη μάτων. PE'. Ἔπειτα ἐρήσομαί σε, ὦ φιλέλλην σὺ καὶ φιλόλογε, πότεριν παντὸς εἷʼρξεις ἡμᾶς τοῦ Ἑλληνίζειν, οἷον δὴ καὶ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ καὶ πεζῶν τούτων ῥημάτων, καὶ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν χρήσεως ἢ τοῦ κομψοῦ τε καί ὑπεραίροντος, ὡς οὐκ ἄλλοις ἔφηιτοῦ ἢ τοῖς κατὰ παίδευσιν διαφέρουσιν ; εἰ μὲν γὰρ ιι τούτου, τίς ἡ ἀποκλήρωσις, τὸ μὲν σμερδαλέον. καὶ τὸ κοναόίξειν, καὶ τὸ μῶν, καὶ τὸ δήπουθεν, καὶτὸ ἅττα, καὶ τὸ ἀμωσγέπως εῖναι τῆς διαλέκτου μόνης, τᾶλλα δὲ ἀπερῥίφθαι εἷς Κυνόσαργες ὥσπερ το πάλαι τοὺς νόθους ; εἷ δὲ καὶ τὸ εὐτελὲς τοῦ λόγου καὶ ἀκαλλώπιστον ὁμοίως τοῦ Ἐλληνίζειν ἐστὶ, τίμὴ καὶ τούτων ἀποστερεῖτε ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἁπλῶς πάσης Ἑλλάδος φωνῆς, ὀποία πότʼ ἂν ᾖ, καὶ ὡς ἂν ἔχουσα τύχῃ; τοῦτʼ ἂν ἦν ὑμῶν φιλανθρωπότερον καὶ τελείως τῆς ἀμουσίας τῆς ὑμετέρας. Ρζʼ.Ἒχει γὰρ-οὕτως, ’ἱνα σοι φιλοσοφήσω περὶ τούτων, ὑψηλότερόν τε καὶ τελεώτερον · Ei μὲν καὶ θεῖαί τινάς εἰσι φωναὶ φωντ,τικοῖς ὀργάνοις ἐκ· πορευόμεναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἀέρος χεόμεναί τε καὶ ἀκοαῖς εἰσρέουσαι, τῶν ἡμετέρων κρείττους καὶ εὐσημότεραι (γελῶ γὰρ ὑμῶν τῶν σεμνῶν τὸ Μῶλυ,..ΑΨ....,,κι..κ.,...ε η καὶ τὸν Ξάνθον, καὶ τὴν Χαλκίδα), ἧ διὰ γυμνῶν ἀλλήλοις συγγίνονται τῶν ἐννοιῶν καὶ τῶν τυπωμάτων, οὐχ ἡμέτερον λέγειν· τὸ δʼ οὖν ἡμέτερον τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· Οὔτε φωνή τῶν εὐρομένων μόνον ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ πάντων τῶν μετεχόντων οὔτε τέχνη τις ἀλλʼ ἢ ἐπιτήδευσις, ἤν ἃν ἐνθυμηθῆναι θελήσῃς· ὥσπερ ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ τεχνικῇ τε καὶ μουσικῇ ἄλλος μὲν ἦχος ἄλλης τινὸς τῶν νευρῶν συντεταμένος, ἦ ἀνειμένος, πάντα δὲ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἁρμοστοῦ καὶ τεχνίτου, πρὸς ἓν τι κάλλος ἁρμονίας σνντείνοντα οὕτω κάν τούτοις ὁ τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς Λόγος ἄλλον μὶν ἄλλης τινὸς ἐπιτηδεύσεως ἣ τέχνης εὑρετὴν προύστήσατο, πάντα δὲ εἷς μέσον προῦθηκε πᾶσι τοῖς βουλομένοις, τῷ κοινωνικῴ καὶ φιλανθρώπῳ συνδέων τὸν βίον ἡμῖν, καὶ ποιῶν ἡμερώτερον. Βεοῦ nte-reuocat; Σὸν τὸ ’Λττικίζιινς Τὸ πεττεύειν δὲ καὶ ἀριθμεῖν, καὶ λογίζεσθαι δακτύλοις, μέτρα τε καὶ σταθμὰ, καὶ ἔτι πρὸ τούτων, τὰ τακτικᾶ καὶ πολεμικὰ, τίνος; οὐκ Εὐβοέων; εἴπερ Εὐβοεὺς ὁ Παλαμήδης, 5 πολλῶν εὑρετὴς, καῖ διὰ τοῦτο ἔπίφθοτος, καὶ μέντοι, καὶ δίκας τῆς σοφίας ἆπαιτηθεῖς, καὶ κατακριθεὶς τοῖς ἐπὶ Ἰλίου στρατεύσασις Τί οὗν; ἃν Αἰγύπτιοι, καὶ Φοίνικες, Ἐβραῖοί τε, οἷς ἡμεῖς συγχρώμεθα πρὸς τήν ἡμετέραν παίδευσιν, τί δʼ ἂν οἱ τήν νῆσον ἔχοντες Εὔβοιαν μεταποιοῦνται τούτων ὡς αὐτοῖς διαφερόντων, κατὰ τὰς σὰς ὑποθέσεις, τί δράσομεν;ἣτί δικαιολογησόμεθα πρὸς αὐτοὺς, τοῖς οἰκείοις calor κότες νόμοις; Ἤ πᾶσα στέρεσθαι τούτων ἀνάγκη, καὶ τὸ τοῦ κολοιοῦ πάσχειν, γυμνοὺς εἶναιτῶν ἀλλοτρίων περιαιρεθέντας πτερῶν καὶ νας ; ὄείας; αύτο δε ποθεν σοι τὸ μυεῖσθιοι, καὶ τὸ μυεῖν, καὶ τὸ θρησκεύείν; Οὐ παρά Θρᾳκῶν, καὶ ἠ κλῆσις πειθὲτω σε; Τὸ θύείν δὲ ού παρά Χαλδαίων, εἴτʼ οὖν Κυπρίων; Τὸ ἀστρονομεῖν δὲ ού Βα- 6υλώνιον; Τὸ δὲ γεωμετρεῖν οὐκ Αίγύπτιον ς Τὸ δὲ μαγεύειν ού Περσικόν ι Τὴν δῖε διʼ ὀνείρων μαντικήν τίνων ἢ Τελμησέων ἀκούεις; Την οἷωνιστικήν δὲ τίνων ούκ ἄλλων ἢ Φρυγῶν,τῶν πρώτων περιεργασαμινων ὀρνίθων πτῆσίν τε καὶ κινήματα; Καὶ, ’ίνα μη μακρολογῶ, πόθεν σοι τὸ καθʼ ἕκαστον; οὐχ ἓν ἐξ ὶκάστων; ὧν πάντων εἷς ταυτὸ συνελθόντων, ἕν δεισιδαιμονίας συνὲστη μυστήριον; Τί οὗν; δεξόμεθα, πάντων ἀποχωρησάντων εἷς τοὺς πρώτους τε καὶ τοὺς εὑρομένους, μηδὲν ἔχειν ἡμέτερον πλὴν τῆς κακίας, καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ Θεῖον ταύτης καινοτομίας; Πρῶτος γὰρ Χριστιανῶν] ἐπανάστασιν τῷ Δεσπότῃ, καθάπερ ol δοῦλοί ποτε τοῖς Σκύθαις, ὣς φασιν, ἐπενόησας. Πολλοῦ μέντʼ ἂν ἄξιον ἦν, εἴ σοι διελύθη τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο σύνταγμα, κατὰ τοὺς σοὺς ὅρους καὶ νόμους, τίνʼ ἡμεῖς ἦμεν πραγμάτων ἀπηλλαγμένοι, καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχαίας εὐδαιμονίας τὴν Ῥωμαϊκὴν ἀρχὴν ὁρᾷν ὑπῆρχε, πάσης ἀπηλλαγμένην ἐμφυλίου στάσεως· ὅ τοῦ ποιρά τῶν ἔξωθεν πολέμου πολλῷ φευκτότερόν ἐστι καὶ φοβερώτερον, ὅσῳ τὰς οἰκείας ὃαπανᾷν σάρκας τῶν ἀλλοτρίων φευκτότερον. Pl'. Ei δὲ ταῦτά σοι κακουργίας εἶναι δοκεῖ τὸ ἴον ἠμφιεσμένης, καὶ πόῥρω βασιλικῆς μεγαλοπρε- ι-- «in κη. annm-alma καὶ τὰ τούτων ἔτι κιοίας, φέρε, σοι παραστήσω καὶ τὰ τούτων ἔτι κιρ- λεὼτεοα- Ὁρῶν γὰρ τὸν ἡμέτερον λόγον μέγαν λεώτερα. Ὁρῶν γὰρ τὸν ἡμέτερον λόγον μέγαν 21...-,λτρ κυζυηηηι uni τηῖε ἄνωθεν μαρτυρίαις. μὲν ὄντα τοῖς δόγμασι καὶ ταῖς ἄνωθεν μαρτυρίαις, τὸν αὐτὸν παλαιόν τε καί νέον · παλαιὸν μὲν ταῖς προρρήσεσι, καί τοῖς ὑπαστράπτουσι κινήκσι τῆς θεότητος · νέον δὲ τῇ τελευταίᾳ θεσφα- ίη καὶ τοῖς ἐκ ταύτης τε καὶ περὶ ταύτην θαύμαίᾳ, καὶ τοῖς ἐκ ταύτης τε καὶ περὶ ταύτην θαύμα-... ἕ... ἓξ..θίγω vni γνωριμώτερον τοῖς παραδεδομένοις, καὶῖείς τόδε τετηρημένοις τύποις τῆς Ἐν.ξιλησίας· ’ίνα μηδὲ τοῦτο ἀκακούργτ,τον μένῃ, τί μηχανᾶται, καὶ τί ποιεῖ; Μιμεῖται Ῥαψάκην τὸν ζΑσσύριον · ἐστρατήγει δὲ ἄρα τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν ’Δσσυρίιην Σεναχη-ρείμή. (Οὗτος, ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν στρατεύσας, καὶ δυνάμει πολλῇ καὶ χειρὶ τά Ἰεροσόλυμα πολιορκῶν, καὶ τῇ πόλει προσκαθεζόμενος, ἐπειδὴ μήτε ’ δυνάμει παραστήσασθαι τήν πόλιν οἶός τε ἦν, μήτε τι τῶν ἔνδον αὐτῷ παρά τῶν προδοτῶν ἐνεδίδοτο, λόγοις ἠμέροις καὶ ὀμογλώσσοις ὑποποιεῖσθαι τήν πόλιν ἐπιχειρεῖ. ’Ὁ δὴ συνέντας λέγεται τοὺς πολιορκουμένους, τοῦτο παραιτήσασθαι πρῶτον, Συριστὶ λαλεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς. ἀλλὰ μή Ἐβραϊστὶ κελεύσαντας, ὡς τάχα ἂν εἷς δουλείαν κλαπεῖσι τῷ ἣμέρῳ τῆς διαλέξεως. PIA'. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ οὗτος διανοηθεὶς, διδασκαλεῖα μὶν ἱδρύσασθαι κατὰ πᾶσαν πόλιν ἕτοιμος ἦν, βήματά τε καὶ προεδρίας, καὶ ὑφεδρίας, Ἑλληνικῶν τε δογμάτων ἀναγνώσεις καὶ ἀναπτύξεις, ὅσαι τε ἦθος έύθμίζουσι, παὶ ὅσαι τῆς ἐπικρύψεως · εὖ· χῶν τι τύπον ἐν μέρει, καὶ τῆς τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων.. mm ἔοιτὰ μέτρον ἐπιτιμήσεως· προτελείων τι καὶ τελειώσεως, καὶ ὅσα τῆς ἡμετέρας σαφῶς ἐστιν εἰταξίαςʼ ἔτι δὲ καταγώγια πήξασθαι καὶ ξενῶνας, ἆγνευτήριά τε καὶ-παρθενῶνας, καὶ φροντιστήρια, καὶ τὴν εἷς τοὺς δεομένους φιλανθρωπίαν, τήν τε δὶλλην ὁπόση, καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιστολιμαίοις συνθήμασιν, οἷς ’ἡμεῖς ἔθνους είς ἔθνος τοὺς χρῄζοντάς παραπέμποίμεν · ἃ δὴ καὶ μάλιστα τῶν ἡμετέρων εἶχε θαυμάσας. PlB'. Ταῦτα διενοεῖτο μὶν ὁ καινὸς δογματιστής \ - κ η.-Α,...Δ Imma]: κδ «uehendi- ιιγιδὶ εἰς τε καὶ σοφιστής · μὴ 7 ἐπιτελῆδὲ γενέσθαι, μηδὲ εἰς ιίιχθῖῖλναι τοῦῑᾶνδρὸς τὴν ἐγχείρησιν, οὐκ οἷδʼ, εἴτε ἡμῖν κέρδος, τοῖς ἐκείνου τε καὶ τῶν ἐκείνοι θᾶττον ἀπηλλαγμένοις, εἶτε τῷ προελθόντι, μέχρι τῆς ὀνειρώξεως · ἐδείχθη γὰρ ἂν τίνα μὲν ἀνθρώπων κινήματα, τίνα δὲ πιθηκωο μιμήματα. Ἐπεὶ καὶ νῧτοι μιμεῖσθαι μὲν λέγονται τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων τινὰ δελεασμάτων, κακοτέχνως προτιθεμένων · τούτοις μέντοι καί ἁλίσκονται, μὴ δυναμένης ἐξικέσθαι τοῦ ἡμετέρου σοφοῦ τῆς μιμήσεως. Ού γὰρ μᾶλλον ἵππος Θεσσαλικὴ, καὶ γυνὴ Λακεδαιμονία, καὶ ἄνδρες οἱ τῆς Ἀρεθούσης πίνοντες, οἷον δὴ λέγω Σικελιώτας, ὡς ὁ περὶ αὐτῶν χρησμὸς, τὸ ἔκκριτον τῶν ὁμογενῶν ἔχουσιν, Χριστιανοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔθη τε καὶ νομοθετήματα τῶν πρεπωδεστάτων ἐστι· καὶ οἷά ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς ἂν ἄλλου ζηλωθέντα τῶν ἡμῖν ἔπεσθαι βουλομένωνʼ ἐπειδὴ μή ἀνθρωπίναις έπινοίαις μᾶλλον ἢ θείᾳ δυνάμει καὶ χρόνου βειβαιότητι τὰ τοιαῦτα νενίκηκεν. πτίβατινς οὐδὲ γὰρ οἶόν τε εἶναι σοφίας (mixtu (ait. ' σοφῶς ἀναπραφέντας ' τοῖς δὲ οὐκ οἷδʼ ὁπότερον δόξει γελοιότερόν τε καὶ ἀσθενέστερον, οὒκ ἔχουσιν ἐκ θείας ἑπιπνεύσεως τὸ δυνατὸν τοῦ συστήματος, ὥσπερ τῶν ῥιζῶν, αʼί καθʼ ὕδατος ὀχοῦνται, πῆξιν οὐκ ἔχουσαι. Καὶ δὴ βάλωμεν εἷς τὴν (tam. αὖ· τῶν ’ἐνʼ ὀλίγα καὶ αὐτοὶ παίζουσιν αὐτοῖς θολογοῦσιν, ὥσπερ ἰν πολλοῖς τῶν δραμάτων, σομπαίξωμςν · καὶ προστεθείη τῷ χαίρειν μετᾶ χαιρόντων, καί κλαίουσι συνδακρύειν, τὸ καὶ ληραίνουσιισολ· ληρεῖν ἀνέχεσθαι ' καὶ γέλωτα ἐν δακρύοις ποιηταῗ γ ινωσκουσιν. fl ΡΙΑἶ Ἔστω το θέατρον εύτριπὲς · ἢ οὐκ οἷδʼ ὅ τι καὶ καλεῖν τὸν οἶκον αὐτῶν κελεύσουσιν οἱ κήρυκες βοάτωσαν · ὁ λαὸς συνίτω · τήν προεδρίαν ἐχέτωσαν εἴτε οἱ πολίᾳ, καὶ χρόνῳ, οιαὶ τῷ τῆς πολιτείας ἐξειλεγμένῳ προέχοντες, εἷʼτε οἱ γένει καὶ δόξᾳ περίβλεπτοι, καὶ σοφίᾳ τῇ κάτω πλεκομὲνῃ, καὶ πλεῖον ἐχούσῃ τὸ τερπνὸν τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐστὗεῖας · τοῦτο γὰρ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ποιησόμεθα· Τί ποιήσουσι τὰ eam; Αὐτοί τοὺς ἑαυτῶν προέδρους γραψάτωσαν. Ἃλουργὶς αὐτοὺς κοσμήσει, καὶ ταινία, καὶ στεφάνων ἄνθος καὶ κάλλος · ἱπειδὴ πολλαχοῦ τὸ σεμνὸν ἔγνων αὐτοῖς σπουδαζόμενον, καὶ τὸ ὑπεράνω τοῦ ἰδιώτου ' ὡς τοῦ μὲν κοινοῦ καὶ πεζοῦ τὸ εὐκαταφρόνητον ἔχοντος, τοῦ δὶ ὑπερόγκου καὶ δυσεφίκτου τὸ ἀξιόπιστον. "H κάνταῦθα μᾶχρις ἡμῶν καταβήσονται, μή τὸ ἐν τοῖς σχήμασιν ὑψηλὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ ἐν τῷ τρόπῳνπρίπειν αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς, νομίζοντες ; Ἡμῖν γὰρ τοῦ μὶν φαινομένου καὶ γραφομένου (Μ) βραχὺς δ λόγος · ἡ πλείων δὲ πραγματεία περί τὸν ἐντὸς ἄνθρωπον, καὶ μεθὲλκειν τόν θεατὴν ἐπὶ τὸ νοούμενον, ᾧ καὶ μᾶλλον τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐκπαιδεύομεν. PIE'. Ταῦτα μὶν δὴ ταύτῃ ' τί δὲ τὸ ἆντεῦθεν; Παρἔξεις αὐτοῖς ὑποφήτας δηλαδὴ θεοφόρων λογίων, ὡς ἃν αὐτοὶ φαίητε καὶ βίβλους ἀνελίξεις Οεολογικάς τε καὶ ἡθικάς. Τίνας ταύτας, εἰπέ μοι, καὶ τίνωνς Καλὸν προσᾴδεσθαι τὴν Ἡσιόδου Θεογονίαν αὐτοῖς καὶ τοὺς ἐκεῖ πολέμους καὶ κλόνους, τοὺς Τιτᾶνας, τοὺς Γίγαντας, μετά τῶν φοβερῶν ὀνομάτων τε καὶ πραγμάτων; Κότος, Βριάρεως, Γύγης, Ἐγκέλαδος, οὶ δρακοντόποδες ὑμῶν, οἶ κεραυνοφόροι θεοὶ, αἱ τούτοις ἐπαφιέμεναι νῆσοι, βέλη τε ὁμοῦ καὶ τάφοι τοῖς ἀπαντήσασι · τὰ πικρὰ τούτων γεννήματα καὶ προβλήματα, Ὓδραι, Χίμαιραι, Κέρβεροι, Γοργόνες, φιλοτιμία παντὸς κακοῦ Ταῦτα ἔστω τῶν Ἠσιόου καλῶν ταῖς ἀκοαῖς προτιθέμενα. Ὀρφεὺς παρίτω μετά τῆς κιθάρας καὶ τῆς πάντα ἑλκούσης ᾠδῆς, ἐπιβρεμὲτω Διὶ τὰ μεγάλα καὶ ὑπερφυῆ τῆς θεολογίας ῥήματα καὶ νοήματα · Ζεῦ κύδιστε, μὲγιστε θεῶν, εἶλυμένε κόπρῳ, ὅση τε μηλείη, ’ὀση τε ἵππων, ὅση τε ἡμιόνων, ’ίνʼ ἰντεῦθεν, οἶμαι, δειχθῇ τὸ ζωογόνον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ φερέσβιον · οὐ γὰρ ἄλλως οἷόν τε ἧν · καὶ μηδὲ τῆς ἄλλης φείδεσθαι μεγαληγορίας. ’Ὡς είποῦσα θεὰ δοιοὺς ἀνεσύρατο μηρους, ’ίνα τελέσῃ τοὺς ἐραστὰς, ἂ καὶ νῦν ἔτι τελεῖ τοῖς σχήμασιν. Ἐπὶ πᾶσιν 6 Φάνης τε καὶ 6 ’Πρικαπαῖος, καὶ 6 πάντας καταπίνων τοὺς ἄλλους, εἶτʼ ἀναδιδοὺς θεοὺς ’ίνα γένηται πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε. Ταῦτα ἐπεισκυκλείσθω τοῖς θαυμαστοῖς τῆς θεολογίας ἀκροαταῖς, εἶτʼ ἐπινοείσθω τούτοις ἀλληγορήματα καὶ τερατεύματα · καὶ τῶν προκειμένων ἐκ· πίπτων ὁ λόγος εἷς βάραθρα χωρείτω, καὶ κρημνοὺς θεωρίας οὐκ ἐχούσης τὸ στάσιμον. ΡΙζʼ. ’Όμηρον δὲ ποῦ θήσεις, τὸν μεγαν τῶν θεῶν σου κωμῳδιογράιρον, εἰτʼ οὗν τραγῳδοποιόν ; Ἀμςρότερα γὰρ εὑρησεις ἐν τοῖς θαυμασίοις αὐτοῦ ποιήμασι· τὰ μὲν συμφορᾶς, τὰ δὲ γέλωτος ἀξια. Και γὰρ ὅντως ού μικρᾶς τῆς φροντίδος ὲκεῖνο ἰδεῖν, πῶς μὲν Ὠκεανὸς Τηθύϊ καταλλαγήσεται διʼ ’Ἡρας πορνικῶς κοσμουμένης · ἐπειδὴ κίνδυνος τῷ παντί χρόνον τινὰ σωφρονούντων αὐτῶν · εἰτʼ οὖν τὴν ξηρὰν φύσιν καὶ τήν ὑγρὰν καταλλάττεσθαι δέοι, μὴ τῷ πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ἑτέρου τὸ πᾶν συγχεθῇ” εἷίτε τι ἄλλο τούτων ἐπινοεῖς ἀτοπώτερον. Τίς δὲ ἡ θαυμασία Ἠίξις τοῦ νεφεληγερίτου καὶ τῆς σεμνῆς μρας, ἡνίκα ἀσχημονεῖν αὐτὸν ἀναπείθει μεσούσης ἡμέρας. κᾶν oi ποιηταὶ μετὰ τῶν μέτρων αὐτὸν κολακεύωσι, λωτὸν ὑπʼ)στρωννύντες ἑρσήεντα, καὶ κρόκον ἀναφύοντες ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ ὑάκινθον; Πόθεν ταῦτα, καὶ τίς τούτων 6 λόγος; Πῶς δὲ ἡ αὐτὴ καθʼ ὑμᾶς "Hpa, ἡ τοῦ μεγάλου Διὸς ἀδελφὴ καί ὁμόζυγος, νῦν μὲν έν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλαις κρεμαμένη, καὶ σιδηροῖς ἄκμοσι καθελκομένη, καὶ χρυσαῖς τιμωμένη χειροπέδαις, ἡ λευκώλενός τε καὶ ῥοδοδάκτυλος, ὡς μηδὲ τοῖς παραιτεῖσθαι βουλομένοις τῶν θεῶν ἀκίνδυνον εἶναι τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν · νῦν δὲ ὅλον τὸν τῶν ἆρώτων κεστὸν ἐφʼ ἑαυτὴν ἕλκουσα διὰ τῶν πρὸς τὸν Δία καλλωπισμάτων, ὡς καί πάντας ὁμολογεῖσθαι αύτῷ τοὺς ἐπὶ πάσαις ἔρωτας ἑνὸς τούτου παραπολὺ λειπομένους ; Τίς δὰ ὁ φόβος, μὴ τῶν θεῶν κινουμένων ὑπὲρ τῆς Λακαίνης μοιχάδος, καὶ ούρανοῦ σαλπίζοντος, ἀναρρμῇ μὲν γῆς ἔδρα, μεθαρμοσθῇ δὲ θάλασσα, δηποσιευθῇ δὲ ᾆδου βασίλεια, καὶ εἰς τούμφανὶς ἔλθῃ τὰ τῷ μακρῷ χρόνῳ κεκαλυμμένα; Τίς δὲ ἡ τῶν κυανέων ὀφρύων ἔπίνευσις, καί ἡ τῶν ἀμβροσίων τριχῶν στγκίνησις, ὅ) ον Ὄλυμπον κατασείουσα; Τίς δὲ 6 τιτρωσκόμενος ’Δρης, ἢ χαλκῷ κεράμῳ κατακλειόμενος ; 6 τῆς χρυσῆς Ἀφροδίτης ἀφυὴς ἐραστὴς, καὶ μοιχὸς ἃπερίσκεπτος καὶ τῷ ’Δμφιγυήεντι κρατούμενος, καὶ θέατρον τῶν θεῶν ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ συλλέγων ἀσχημονοῦντι, καὶ μικροῖς χρήμασιν ἀφιέμενος ; PIZ'. Ταῦτα πάντα καί πλοιω τούτων οὓτώ σοφῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως συγκείμενα, καὶ παντάπασιν ἔξω τῶν νενομισμένων, τίς οὕτως ύμῖν ὑψηλός τι καὶ μέγας, καὶ ὅντως Διὶ μῆτιν ἀτάλαντος, ὡς εἷς τὸ εὐπρεπὲς ἀγαγεῖν λόγοις θεωρίας ὑπερνεφοῦς, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὰ ἡμέτερα μέτρα τῆς καταλήψεως; Καίτοι ταῦτα εἰ μὲν ἀληθῆ, μήτʼ αἰσχυνέσθωσαν, καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθωσαν, ἣ, ὅτι μὴ αἰσχρὰ, πειθέτωσαν ο καὶ τί δεῖ καταφεύγειν αὐτοὺς ἰπὶ τὸν μῦθον, ὡς τῆς αἰσχύνης (lii) συγκάλυμμα; οὐ γὰρ θαρῥούντων, ἀλλʼ ὑποχωρούντων 6 μῦθος· εἰ δὲ ψευδῆ, πρῶτον μὶν έπιδεικνύτωσαν ἡμῖν τους γυμνοὺς θεολόγους, ἵνʼἶί πρὸς ἐκείνους ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος · ἔπειτα λεγέτωσαν πῶς οὐκ εῧηθες, οἷς ὡς μυθικοῖς αἰσχύνονται, τούτοις ὡς ἰσχυροῖς καλλωπίζεσθαι ο καί ἂ τοὺς πολλοὺς λανθάνειν δυνατὸν ἦν, οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ παίδευσις, ταῦτα δημοσιεύειν ταῖς ἁπάντων ὅψεσιν ἑν πλάσμασί τε καὶ σχήμασι, καὶ τὸ δεινότατον, μεθʼ ,οζι 6ὕ1 ’ὀσης τῆς εἰς χρήματα ζη μίας, ἕν τε ναοῖς καὶ βωμοῖς, καὶ ἰδρύμασι, καὶ ἀναθήμασι, καὶ θυσίαις πολυταλάντοις, καὶ ἀζημίως ἐνὸν εὐσεβεῖν, ἀσεβεῖν αἱρεῖσθαι μετὰ ζημίας ; PIH'. Ei δὲ ταῦτα μὲν ποιητῶν εἶναι φήσουσι πλάσματα καὶ ληρήματα, δύο τούτοις προσχρωμένων εἲς τὸ τερπνὸν τῆς ποιήσεως, μέτρῳ καὶ μύθῳ, καὶ οἶονκαταγλυκαινόντων τούτοις τήν ἀκοὴν, αὐτοῖς δὲ ἀπορῥητότερον εἶναι καὶ βαθύτερον τὸν έναποκείμενον τούτοις νοῦν, καὶ διαβατὸν ὀλίγοις τῶν σοφωτὲρων, σκοπεῖτε, ὠς ἁπλῶς καὶ δικαίως περὶ τούτων ἐγὼ διαλέξομαι. Πρῶτον μὲν πῶς ἐπαινοῦσι τοὺς ὧν σέβουσιν ὑβριστὰς, καὶ μικροῦ τῶν ἰσοθέων ἀξιοῦσι τιμῶν, οἷς τὸ μὴ δοῦναι δίκην τῆς ἀσεβείας l Α ν ν n9 \ υ ν Π [ιιήχ, ι κέρδος αὔταρκες ἦν ; Εἰ γὰρ τοῖς εἷς ἕνα θεὸν αὐτῶν καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ μικρὰ βλασφημήσασι θάνατος ἢ ζημία παρα τῶν νόμων, τί πάσχειν ἔδει τοὺς πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ καὶ δημοσίᾳ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς αἶσχίστοις ἐπαφιέντας τὴν ποίησιν, καὶ μακρῷ χρόνῳ παραδόντας τὴν κωμῳδίαν ;“Έπειτα καὶ τοῦτο λογίζεσθαι ἄξιον· εἰσὶ καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν κατʼ ἐπίκρυψιν λόγοι τινες, οὐκ ἀρνήσομαι, ἀλλὰ τίς ὁ τρόπος αὐτῶν τῆς διπλόης, καὶ τίς ἡ δύναμις ; Οὔτε τὸ φαινόμενον ἀπρεπὲς, καὶ τὸ κρυπτόμενον Θαυμάσιον καὶ ὑπέρλαμπρον τοῖς εὶς τὸ βάθος εἰσαγομένοις, καὶ ὥσπερ τι σῶμα καλὸν itii ἀπρόσιτον, οὐ φαύλῃ τῇ ἐσθῆτι περικαλύπτεται· δεῖ γὰρ, ὡς γοῦν ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, τῶν θείων μηδὲ τὰς ἐνδείξεις, καὶ τὰς ἐμφάσεις ἀπρεπεῖς εἶναι καὶ ἀναξίας τῶν δηλουμένων, μηδὲ οἵαις ἃν καὶ ἅνθρωποι λεγομέναις περὶ αὐτῶν δυσχεραίνοιεν· ἀλλʼ ἢ τὸ κάλλιστον πάντως ἔχειν, ἢ μή τὸ αἷσχιστον,’ίνα τὸ μὲν τοὺς σοφωτέρους εὐφραίνῃ, τὸ δὲ μή βλάπτῃ τοὺς πλείονας. (ενομενον, Ἀλλʼ ὁ μὶν θεωρητικὸς τόπος ‘OIOGTOC, καὶ οὕτω πόρρω τῶν ὑποθέσιων, ὡς πᾶνα τρότερον εἶναι συμβαλεῖν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ dels ἱγαγεῖν τὰ μικρῷ κεχωρισμένα, ἢ ταῦτα συνθεῖναι ιαί συναρμόσαι, καὶ τοῦ αὑτοῦ ἀνδρὸς εἶναι φῆσαι, ῖὰ μυθολογήματα τε λέγω καὶ τὰ σκοπάς PK'. Τί δʼ ἂν εἶʼποις περὶ τοῦ ἠθικοῦ μέρουςαῦτῦνῖ ἶόοεν, καὶ ἐκ τίνων ὁρμώμενοι, καὶ τίσι χρώιενοι λόγοις, πλάττειν αὐτοὺς είς ἆριτήν δυνήσονat, καὶ πλείστου ποιεῖν ἀξίους ταῖς παραινέσισινς Δριστον ὁμόνοια, καὶτὸ συμφρονεῖν ἀλλήλοις πόλεις ιαί δήμους, καὶ οἰκίας, καὶ τοὺς καθʼ ἕκαστον, νόμῳ ιαὶ τάξει φύσεως ἑπομένους, ἢ πάντα διεῖλὲ τι καὶ “genus, καὶτὸ πᾶν τοῦτο κόσμον ἕνα ἐκ πλειόνων πεποίηκε. Τίσι τοῦτο διδάξουσιν ὑποδείγμασιν ;Δρσ. τοὺς πολέμους λέγοντες τῶν θεῶν, καὶ τὰς στάσεις, καὶ τὰς ἐπαναστάσεις, καὶ τῶν κακῶν τὸ πλῆθος, ὢν αὐτοί τε ἔχουσι, καὶ ἀλλήλοις παρὲχουσιν, ἰδίᾳ ιε καὶ δημοσίᾳ, ὧν μικροῦ πᾶσα πεπλήρωται συγγραφή τε καὶ ποίησις; Θᾶττον μὲν τʼ ἂν ἐξ είρηνικῦν μαχίμους, καὶ παραπλῆγας ἀντὶ σοφῶν, ἢ τούναντίον μετρίους καὶ σώφρονας ἀντὶ θρασέων καὶ ἂπαιδεύ των τοῖς τοιούτοις ἂν ἐργάσαιντο παραδείγμασιν. ei); γὰρ καὶ δίχα τῶν εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἑλκόντων χαλεπὸν μεταθεῖναι κακίας, καὶπρὸς τὴν κρείσσω μεταστῆπαι μοῖραν ἀπὸ τῆς χείρονος, τούτους τίς ἂν παίσειεν ἡμέρους εἶναι καὶ καθεκτοὺς, hic χρωμένους ὁδηγοῖς τῶν παθῶν καὶ προστάταις· ἔνθα τὸ κακὸν εἶναικαὶ τίμιον, ὡς θεῶν τινα· προϊστάμενον, οὗ τὸ πάθος ἐστὶ βωμοῖς τε καὶ θυσίαις τιμώμενον, καὶ παρρησίαν εἰληφὸς ἔννομον ;Τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ δεινότατον, ὅτι ἃ τοῖς νόμοις κολάζεται, ταῦτα ὡς θεῖα σέβεται· τοσαύτη τις ὑμῖν τῆς ἀδικίας ἡ περιουσία. ΡΚΑʼ. Δεύτερον αὐτοῖς προκείσθω γονέων αἰδὼς καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ τὸ τὴν πρώτην αἲτίαν τοῦ εἶναι σέβειν μετὰ τὴν πρώτην· τοῦτο καὶ λόγος εἰσηγείσθω, καὶ θεολογία πειθέτω. Πῶς δὶ οὖ πείσει Κρόνος Οὐρανὸν ἐκτεμὼν, ’ἶνʼ ἄγονοςῇθεῶν, καὶ δῷ κύμασιν ἀποτελέσαι θεὸν, ἀφροῦ γέννημα· καὶ Κρόνῳ Ζεὺς ἐπανιστάμενος, κατά μίμησιν τοῦ πατρὸς 6 γλυκὺς λίθος καὶ πικρὸς τυραννοκτόνος · εἷʼτε τι ἄλλο τοιοῦτον αὐτοῖς εἷς τιμὴν τῶν γεννησαμὲνων αἱ βίβλοι φέρουσι. Τρίτον αὐτοῖς ἔστω χρημάτων ὑπεροψίιο, καὶ τὸ μὴ πανταχόθεν κερδαίνειν, μηδὲ τοῦ δυστυχεῖν ἀρραβῶνα, τὸ κακῶς κτᾶσθαι λαμβάνειν. Πῶς οὖν ὁ Κερδῷος αὐτοῖς σταθήσεται, καὶ τὸ σακὲλλιον προβληθήσεται, καὶ ἡ κλεπτική τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμις τιμηθήσεται, καὶ τό ° ’Ἁνευ χαλκοῦ Φοῖβον μή μαντεύεσθαι, μηδὲ εἶναί τι τοῦ ὀβολοῦ τιμιώτερον; Ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτῶν τὰ σεμνὰ καὶ σεβάσμια, ΡΚΒ. Τί Eu; Σωφροσύνην διδασκέτωσαν, ἐγκρατειαν εἷσηγείσθωσαν· καὶ 6 πείθων ἐγγὺς, πάντο γινόμενος διὰ τὰς γυναῖκας, 6 Ζεὺς, καὶΦρυξὶ μειρακίσκοις ἀετὸς ἐραστὴς 6 φίλτατος (ἶνʼ ὡς ἥδιστα συμποσιάζοιεν οἱ θεοὶ, τοῖς Διὸς οἰνοχοούμενοι παιδικοῖς) · καὶ ταῖς πεντήκοντα Θεστίου θυγατράσιν ἐναθλεύων Ἡρακλῆς ἐν μιᾷ νυκτὶ ὁ Τριἐσπερος, καὶ τρισκαιδέκατον ἆθλον τοῦτον ἐπιτελὲσας, οὐκ οἷδʼ ὃπως τοῖς ἄλλοις γε οὐ συναριθμούμενον. Ἐπικοπτὲτω τὸν θυμὸν Ἀρῃς, μέθην Διόνυσος, μισοξενίαν Ἀρτεμις, ἀπάτην ὁ λοξίας αὐτῶν χρησμολόγος, γέλωτος ἀμετρίαν 6 καταχωλεύων θεὸς, τῶν θεῶν λυπουμένων, καὶ ἀραιαῖς ταῖς κνήμαις ἐπιρῥωννύμενος· γαστριμαργίαν 6 Ζεὺς ἐπὶ δαῖτα λιπαρὰν τρέχων μετʼ ἀμύμονας Αἰθιοπῆας σὺν τοῖς λοιποῖς δαίμοσιν· 6 Βουθοίνας, τὸν γεωργὸν τυραννήσας, καὶ τὸν ἀρότην βοῦν λαφύξας, καὶ τὴν κλῆσιν λαβὼν ἐκ τῆς πράξεως, καὶ πάντες ταῖς κνίσσαις καὶ ταῖς λοιβαῖς ἐπιτρέχοντες. PKI'. Καίτοι πῶς ταῦτα τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐγγὺς. οἷς ὅρος μὲν φιλίας αὐτος ἕκαστος, καὶ τὸ ττὶ αὐτὰ βούλεσθαι τοῖς πλησίον ἃ καὶ σφίσιν αὗτοῖς ’ ἔγκλημα δʼ οὗ μόνον τὸ γενέσθαι κακὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ μελλῆσαι μικροῦ, καὶ τῆς ὀργῆς κολαζομένης, ὡς πράξεως · οἷς σωφροσύνη μὲν οὕτω σπουδάζεται, ὥστε καὶ ὀφθαλμὸς ἀναστέλλεται· χεὶρ δὲ φονική τοσοῦτον πόρρωθεν εἷʼργεται ὥστε καὶ θυμὸς σωφρονίζεταιι ἐπίορκον δὲ ὀμόσαι οὕτω δεινὸν καὶ ὑπέρογκον, ὣστε καὶ τὸν ὅρκον μόνοις ἡμῖν τυγχάνειν· ἀπώμοτον; Χρήματα Ξὲ τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς οὐδʼ ἐγένετο· πολλοῖς δὲ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἂν ἦν ἡδέως πλείω καὶ μόνον, ἵνα πλειόνων ὐπερίδωσι, τὸ μηδὲν ἔχειν ἀντὶ παντὸς πλούτου φιλοσοφοῦντες· γαστέρα δὲ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀτεορρίψαντες ὡς πικράν δέσποιναν καὶ ἀπόπτυστον, καὶ πάντων κακῶν μητέρα· οὐ μέγα φῆσαι, ὅτι μηδὲ σάρκες εἶναι βιάζονται, τῷ ἀθανάτῳ τὸ θνητὸν ἀναλίσκοντες· καὶ νόμος εἷς αὐτοῖς ἀρετῆς, τὸ μηδὲ τῶν μικρῶν ἡττᾶσθαι, καὶ πᾶσι τ παρορωμένων. Τὸ γὰρ κάλλιστον, ὅτι, τῶν ἄλλων τά τέλη τιμωρουμένων κατὰ τοὺς νόμους, ἡμεῖς καὶ τὰς ἀρχάς κολάζομεν, ὥσπερ τι ῥεῦμα πονηρὸν καὶ δυσκάθεκτον πόρῤωθεν ἀναστέλλοντες. PKA'. Ποῦ δὲ και παρὰ τίσιν ἀνθρώπων, εὲπέ μοι, τὺ λοιδορουμένους εὐφημεῖν, βλασφημουμένους παρακαλεῖν, ὡς οὺ τῆς κακηγορίας βλαπτούπς μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἀληθείας, διωκομένους ὑποχωρεῖν, γυμνομένόυς προσαπεκδύεσθαι, καταρωμένους ὑπερεύχεσθαι τῶν ἀρωμένωνο ἐνὶ λόγῳ, χρηστότητι νικᾷν θρασύτητα, καὶ βελτίους ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας, οἷς καρτεροῦμεν statum-:53 Καίτοι κᾶν εἰ κακίαν δοίημεν αὐτοὺς κολάζειν ταῖς τοῦ πλάσματος παραινέσεσι, ποῦ τὸ φθάσαι πρὸς τά μέτρα τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀρετῆς καὶ παιδεύσεως, οἷς κα). τὸ μὴ προβαίνειν τῷ καλῷ, μηδὲ νέους ἀντὶ παλαιῶν ἀεὶ γίνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ὲν ταυτῴ μένειν κακία δοκεῖ; Στρόμὸων τὸ πάθος περιτρεχόντων, οὐ προϊόντων, καὶ στάσιμον κινουμένων, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, τῇ βίᾳ τῆς μάστιγος. Καὶ δεῖ τὸ μὲν ἡμῖν ἐξηνύσθαι τῶν καλῶν, τοῦ δὲ ἔχεσθαι, τοῦ δὲ ἐφίεσθαι μέχρι τοῦ τέλους καὶ τῆς θεώσεως, ἐφʼ γεγόναμεν καὶ πρὸς ἢν ἐπειγόμεθα, οῖ γε διαῦατικοὶ τὴν διάνοιανηκαί τι τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ μεγαλονοίας ἐλπίζοντες ἄξιον.

Christianois de hēdion hyper eusebeias to paschein, kan pantas lanthanōsin, ē allois to eudoxein meta tēs asebeias ; tou men gar anthrōpois, areskein brachys hēmin ho logos ’ tēs de para Theou timē hē pask ephesis; mallon de kai hyper tautēn,’ho ge alēthōs philosophoi kai philotheoi, tēn pros to ka- TP ikioiooi sm lyn oikeiōsin agapōntes diʼ auto to kalon, oi tas apokeimenas enteuthen timasʼ deutera gar hautē taxis tōn epainetōn, to misthou ti prattein kai diʼ antidosin; ōsper tritē tǭ phobǭ kolaseōs pheugein tēn mochthērian. Ta men oun hēmetera toiauta kai houtōs echonta; kai rhądion touto ek pleionōn imis?- XAʼ. '0 de, hōs megalēs timēs aposterēsein mellōn Christianous (krinousi gar oi polloi ta tōn allōn tois idiois pathesi), touto diōkei pro tōn allōn tēn eudokimēsin. Kai oude megalopsychōs, tois allois diōktais homoiōs, apographetai tēn iisideian oudʼ, ei mē basilikōs, tyrannikōs ge pantapasi dianoeitai peri hēmōn, hinʼ ę̄ megaloprepes autǭ to aseuēma biazesthai laon oikoumenēs. kai tyrannēsai dogma pantōn dogmatōn hyper anestēkosʼ douloprepōs de lian kai agennōs kakourgei tēn eusebeian. kai tas pe r). tous logismous plokas kai diploas tǭ kathʼ hēmōn diōgmǭ pherōn epeisēgage. Toigaroun eis dyo tauta dię̄rēmenou tou kratein, to peithein kaito biazesthai. d men ēn apanthrōpoteron, dēmois ephēkeki polesi to tēs tyrannides, hōn ka) mallon alēptos ē aponoia dia tēn alogian, kai tēn aperiskepton epi panta phoran kai touto ou prostagmati dēmosiǭ. tǭ de mę̄ anakoptein tas hormias agraphon i XBo O de hēmerōteron kai basilikōteron, eis law ton dēthen pherei, to tēs peithous; ou mēn eis to pan teles touto ge diesōsato ; oude gar eiche physi) ē pardalin apothesthai to katastikton, ē Aithiopaē melan, ē pyr to kaiein, ē ton ponērontē misanthrōpian aparchēs anthrōpoktonon tynchanontam ē ekeinon tēn ponērian, aphʼ hēs kathʼ ē mōn hōrmēsen; allʼ hōsper ton chamaileonta logos pantoion ginesthai rhądiōs, kai pasas min analambanein chroas, plēn mias tēs leukotētos, ton gar Iirōtea pariēmi ton tou mythou ton Aigyption sophistēn, houtō kakeinos panta ēn kai egineto Christianois, plēn hēmerotētos, kai ēn lian apanthrōpon autǭ to philanthrōpon, kai to pithanon biaion, kai apologia tēs agriotētos hē chrēstotēsʼ ’inʼ heikotōs dokę̄ biazesthai, tou peithein apotynchanōn. XG. Kai touto dēlon ex hōn brachy men parʼ autǭ to tēs peithous, pleion de to tēs bias euthys hepomenon ēn; 'iv‘, hōsper en tais thērais, ē tais pagais halōmen, ē tois diōgmasi, kai eis ge tropos pantōs hēmas cheirōsētai. Houtō de dianoētheis te kai dielomenos, deuteron ekeino stratēgei, kai monon asphalōs, ei kai asebōs lian, ek tōn engytatō kaitēs peri auton cheiros, ’ho pasi diōktais synēthes, tēs kakias archetai; kai gar oude hoion te tois ektos encheirēsai, mē toutōn hoikeiōthentōn, hōsper oude straton epagein echthrois, pros ton stratēgon stasiazonta. tes, ek tou blepein eis ton hophin ton kremasthenta, kai katalythenta tois Christou pathesi* -polloï min tōn en dynasteiais kai hypsesin, ous xui mallon eikos ēn hēttēthēnai xui dia phobon, kai diʼ elpidas; polloi de tōn katō xui arithmǭ monǭ gnōrizomenōn, hois prosbalōn apekrousthē, kathaper hypo gennaiou teichous mēchanēma ti tōn ou kairiōn. Plēn ouk hēnia mallon to diapheugon ē etharsynen, hōs an lyssōnta, to aliskomenon; kai to boulesthai paristē to elpisthen hōs kratoumenon. Xx. Tolmą de ēdē kai kata tou megalou synthē matos, ho meta tou staurou pompeuei, xui agei ton straton heis hypsos hairomenon, kamatōn lytērion hon te xui katii Rhōmaious onomazomenon kai basileuon, hōs an heiʼpoi tis, tōn loipōn synthēmatōn; hosa te basileōn prosōpois agalletai, kai pepetasmenois hyphasmasin en diaphorois baphais xui grammasin, hosa te drakontōn phoberois chasmasin empneomena epʼ akrōn doratōn haiōroumenois, kai dia tōn holkōn rhipizomena pholisin hyphantais katastiktōn, hēdiston te homou kai phrikton theama prospiptei tais opsesin. Hōs de eichen autǭ kata noun ta plēsion, kai tou en chersin, hōs ǭeto, kindynou kreittōn egeneto, houtōs ēdē peiratai xui tōn hexēs. XZʼ. Euēthestate, xui asebestate, xui apaideutotate ta megala i sy kata tosoutou klērou xui tēs hoikoumenikēs karpophorias, tēs panta dialabousēs ta perata, dia tēs euteleias tou logou kai tēs mōrias, hōs an autoi phaiēte, tou kērygmatos, ho sophous enikēse, xui daimonas epause, kai ’chronon hyperēkontise, to auto palaion te homou tynchanon kai neon, hōs hymeis tōn theōn tina terateuestheo to men tois oligois, to de tois pollois kai to min tę̄ skiagraphią, to de tę̄ teleiōsei tou mystēriou kairois idiois tamieuthentos ? Sy kata tēs megalēs tou Christou klēronomias ? (ho tis, xui posos, xui pothen ?) tēs megalēs xui ou pausomenēs, oudʼ han pleon ē sy manōsi tines, allʼ epi pleion aei badioumenēs te kai aroēsomenēs; pisteuō gar tais prorrēsesi kai tois horōmenois ēn hōs Theon epoiēse, kai hōs anthrōpos eklēronomēsen ; hēn nomos etypōse, kai charis eplērōse, kai Christos enekainisen; hēn prophētai synepēxan, kai apostoloi synedēsan, kai euangelistai katērtisanto? Xii“. Sy kata tēs Christou thysias tois sois miasmasi? Sy kata tou ton kosmon kathērantos aʼimatos tois sois aʼimasi ? Sy polemon( kata tēs heiʼrēnēs? Sy cheira kata tēs hyper sou hēlōoeisēs te kai dia se? So kata tēs cholēs tēn sēn geusin? kata tou staurou tropaion ? kata tou thanatou katalysin? kata tēs anastaseōs epanastasin? kata tou martyros oude martyras? metaĒrōdēn diōktēs, kai meta Ioudan prodotēs? plēn hoson ouk anchonę̄ tēn metanoian edeixas hōsper ekeinos; kai Christoktonos meta Pilaton, kai meta Ioudaious misotheos ? XThʼ. Ouk hę̄desthēs to hyper Christou sphagia, oude ephobēthēs tous megalous agōnistas, ton iōoinnēn ekeinon, ton Petron, ton Paulon, ton Iakōbon, ton Stephanon, ton hēoukan, ton Andrean, tēn Theklan, tous epʼ ekeinois te kai pro ekeinōn tēs alētheias prokindyneusantass oʼi pyri, kai s.dērǭ, kai thērsi, kai tyrannois prothymōs antēgōnisanto, kai parousi kakois kai apeiloumenois, hōsper en allotriois sōmasin ē asōmatoi ? tinos heneken ? ’hina mē prodōsi mēde mechri rhēmatos tēn eusebeian. ’din hai megalai timai kai panēgyreis; parʼ hōn daimones elaunontai, kai nosoi therapeuontai; hōn hai epiphaneiai, kai ō) hai prorrēseiso hōn kai ta sōmata monon ’isa dynantai tais hagiais psychais, epaphōmena, ē timōmena ; hōn kai rhanides aʼimatos monon, kai mikoa symbola pathous ’isa drōsi tois sōmasi. Oʼ. Tauta ou sebeis, allʼ atimazeis ° ho tēn Hērakleous thaumazōn pyran tēn ex atychēmatos, kai tōn peri gynaikas adikēmatōn; kai tēn Pelopos kreourgean, tēn philoxenon, ē philotheon, ex hēs episēmoi Pelopidai para tōn ōmōn kai tou elephantos kai tas Phrygōn ektomas, tōn hypʼ aulou kēloumenōn, kai meta ton aulon hybrizomenōn; kai tas en Mithrou basanous kai kauseis endikous tas mystikas ; kai tēn en Taurois xenoktonian, kai tēn epi Troias thysian tēs basilikēs korēs ' kai to Menoikeōs hyper Thēbōn haima, kai tōn Skedasou thygaterōn en Leuktrois hysteron ho tous Lakōnikous epainōn ephēbous xainomenous tais mastixi, kai to epibōmion haima terpon Thean hagnēn kai parthenon; ho to Sōkratous epairōn kōneion, kai to Epiktētou skelos, kai ton Anaxarchou thylakon, hōn anankaia mallon hē hekousios ha philosophia ' kai to Kleombrotou kēdēma tou Am- 6rakiōtou, tǭ Peri psychēs logǭ philosophēthen ; kai tēn hyper tōn kyamōn Pythagorikēn enstasin, kai thanatou periphronēsin Theanous, ē ouk oidʼ houtinos tōn ta ekeinou tetelesmenōn ē philosophēsantōn. OA’. Sy de, ei mē ekeina, ta ge paronta thaumason,ō rilosophōtate kai gennaiotate, kai tyys Epaminōndas ekeinous kai Skipiōnas tę̄ karterią blepōn ho symbadizōn tǭ stratǭ, kai sita hairoumenos schedia, kai tēn autourgon epainōn stratēgian. Esti toi gennaiou kai philosophou psychēs mēde polemiōn aretēn atimazein,kai pleion nemein echthrōn gennaiotēti ē kakią tōn oikeiotatōn kai malakią. Horąs tous abious toutous kai hanestious, kai asarkous mikrou kai anaimonas, kai Theǭ kata toiʼ)to plēsiazontas? tous aniptopodas kai chamaieunas, ’o phēsin ho sos ”Omēros, thina tina daimonōn timēsę̄ tǭ plasmati, tous katō kai hyper ta katō? tous en anthrōpois, kai hyper ta hanthrōpinois tous dedemenous, kai eleutherous tous kekratēmenous, kai akratētous ? hōn ouden en kosmǭ. kai panta ta hyper kosmon? ōn diploun to zę̄n, to men hyperorōmenon, to de spoudazomenon? tous dia tēn nekrōsin athanatous, tous dia lysin Theǭ synēmmenouss tous hexō pothou, kai meta tou theiou kai apathous herōtos? hōn hē pēgē tou phōtos, kai hōn ēdē ta apaugasmata? hōn hai angeliiiai psalmǭdiai, kai hē pannychos stasis, kai hē tou nou pros Theon ekdēmia proarpazomenou? hōn ē katharsis, kai ōn to kathairesthai, mēden metron eidotōn anabeseōs kai theōseōs: hōn hai petrai, kai ōn hoi ouranoi? hōn to irrhiphthai, kai hōn hoi thronoi? hōn hē gymnotēs, kai hōn aphtharsias endymas ōn hē erēmia, kai hōn hē ekeithen panēgyriss hōn to tyranneisthai tas hēdonas, kai hōn hē apolausis hē alytos kai anekphrastos, hōn to dakryon hamartias kataklysmos, kosmou kasarsion? hōn ektasis cheirōn phloga sbennysi, thēras koimizei, amblynei xiphē, klinei phalangas, epistomisei kai tēn sēn asebeian, eu ’isThi, kan pros oligon arthę̄s, kai paixę̄s to tēs asebeias drama meta tōn sōn daimonōn ? hę̄n Kroisos ēlenxe tǭ Lyoiǭ chrysǭ; kai tēs Sōkratous philokalias; aidoumai gar heipein paiderastias, kan semnopoiētai tais epinoiais ; kai tēs Platōnos lichneias tēs Sikelikēs, diʼ hēn kai piprasketai, kai oudʼ hypo tinos exōneitai tōn autou mathētōn, holōs ’Hellēnos kai tēs Xenokratous opsophagisss ; kai tēs Diogenous stōmylias, touton pithon hoiʼkountos, hyphʼ hēs tous xenous hypixistēsi tois tyrannois ek tēs tragǭdias, tous euteleis artous tois sēsamousi ' kai tēs Epikourou philosophias, ouden hyper tēn hēdonēn agathon horizomeo nēs. Megas hymin ho Kratēsʼ kai gar hontōs philosophon to mēloeoton aphethēnai tēn ousian, kai tois parʼ hēmin philosophois homoion. ’Llla pompeuei tēn eleutherian tǭ kērygmati, hōs an tis ou philosophos mallon philodoxos. Megas ho, tēs nēos cheimazomenēs, kai pantōn ekriptoumenōn, charin homologōn tę̄ tychę̄ systellousę̄ eis to tribōnion, Megas ho ’Dntisthenēs, hoti, to prosōpon syntribes hypo tinos tōn hybristōn kai thraseōn, epigraphei tǭ metōpǭ mononʼ hōsper andrianti dēmiour; gōn, ton paisanta, tisōs hina katēgorēsę̄ thermoteron. Epaineis tina kai tōn ou poly pro hēmōn, hoti panēmerios hestōs tǭ hēliǭ prosēuxatoo ’isōs auton tērēsas kai prosgeioteron, ’ina kai synelę̄ tēn euchēn, dyomenǭ synkatalysas; kai tēn en Potidaią stasin, tēn en ’cheimeriǭ tę̄ hōrą, pannychon tę̄ theōrią prosphiloponēsantos hōste mēde epaisthanesthai tou kryous dia tēn heksta sin; ē kai tēn Omērou philomatheian peri to ’Drkadikon zētēma, kai tēn Aristotelous philosophian kai prosedrian epi tais tou Euripou metabolais, hyphʼ hōn tethnēkasi; kai to Kleanthous phrear, kai ton Anaxagorou himanta, kai tēn Hērakleiton katēpheian. Ol". Posoi tauta, kai mechri tinos? Tas deparʼ hēmin ou thaumazeis chiliadas kai myriadas o kai tauta kai toutōn eti Thaumasiōtera philosophountōn en panti tǭ biǭ kai kata pasan, hōs eipein, tēn oïkoumenēn, andrōn te homoiōs kai gynaikōn, eis andreian hamillōmenōn, kantautha movov epilanthanomenōn tēs physeōs, hou dei Theoe oikeiousthai diʼ hagneias kai karterias ; ou tōn agennōn monon, kai tǭ ponein syneithismenōn dia tēn apʼ archēs euteleian, alla kai tōn lian hypsēlōn pote kai lamprōn, kai periousią, kai genei, kai dynasteią, kainotomountōn to dyspathein dia tēn Christou mimēsin hōn, kan ho logos mē ę̄ (dia to mēdʼ hen liigǭ tithesthai tēn eusebeian, kai tēs apo tou stomatos sophias brachyn einai ton karpyn, hōs kai tōn parʼ hymin tini poiētōn edoxen), alla to eulogon pleion, kai hē en tois pragmasi paideusis. ODʼ. Allʼ homōs, hapanta paridōn tauta, kai pros en touto monon idōn, hopōs han charisaito tois katinenkousi pollakis auton axiōs daimosi, prin allo ti katastēsasthai tōn koinōn, epi Christianous pheretai. Kai dyo men tauta ēn autǭ ta spoudazoiena, Galilaioi te, hōs autos ephybrizōn ekalei, kai Persai tǭ polemǭ karterōs paramenontes ; houtō de to hēmeteron meizon kai perispoudastoteron, hōste lēron kai paidian autǭ to kata Persas nomizesthai. Kai touto ouk ekphainei men, ouk kryptei de alla tosouton ēn autǭ to perion tēs manias, hōste aei kai pros pantas homologōn ouk epaueto. Kai oude touto ’syneiden ho pantōn synetōtatos kai aristos tou koinou prostatēs, hoti tois men proterois diōgmois oligon ēn to syncheomenon kai parakinoumenon, oÿpō tou kathʼ hēmas dogmatos epi pollous phthasantos, allʼ etʼ en oligois histamenēs tēs alētheias, kai deomenēs eklampseōso nyn de ēdē tou sōtēriou logou chethentos, kai peri hēmas malista dynasteusantos, to peirasthai ta (ristianōn metatithenai kai parakinein, ouden heteron ēn ē tēn Rhōmaiōn parasaleuein archēn, kai tǭ koinǭ panti kindyneuein, kai hōn oudʼ an hoi echthroi cheiron ti kathʼ hēmōn euxainto, tauta paschein hyphʼ hēmōn autōn, kai tēs neas tautēs kai thaumastēs philosophias kai basileias, hyphʼ hēs hēmeis eudaimones, kai pros tēn chrysēn ekeinēn genean te kai politeian, epanelēlythamen, tēn astasiaston te kai amachon. OE'. Hē dromos men anektōs dioikoumenos, kai phorōn anesis, kai archontōn eklogē, kai klopōn epitimēsis, kai talla hosa tēs proskairou kai akariaias makariotētos kai phantasias, megalēn emelle tǭ koinǭ parexein tēn ōpheleian, kai perithrylleisoai hēmōn edei ta ōta toutōn epainoumenōn; dēmoi de stasiazontes kai poleis, kai genē rhēgnymena, kai oikiai diistamenai, kai syzygiai schizomenai, ha tǭ kakǭ panta ēn heikos akolouthein ekeinǭ, kai mentoi kai ēkolouthēse sphodra, hēpros eudoxian ekeinǭ kallista eichen, tǭ koinǭ pros asphaleian? Kaitoi tis houtōs pros asebeian eukolos, ē tōn koinōn exō logismōn, ’ostis an tauta symphēseien? ’Ōsper gar en tois sōmasin, henos men ē dyoin melōn asthenesteron diakeimenōn, ou chalepōs anapherei ta loipa, kai syntēreitai to tēs hygieias agathon tǭ pleioni, ǭ tacha ha kakeina pros to beltion epanelthoi; tou de pleionos stasiazontos kai pikrōs echontos, oude mia mēchanē mē to pan echein kakōs, kai kindynos ēdē to toiouto saphēs ; houtō kan tois archomenois tas min kathʼ hekaston arrhōstias symbainei tǭ koinǭ kryptesthai kreisson echonti o tōn pleionōn de sathrōs echontōn, tǭ panti kindynos. "0 moi dokei allon men han idein, kai tōn sphodra misountōn hēmas en tǭ nyn kairǭ, kai tę̄ tosautę̄ tōn Christianōn epidosei. Tou de hē ponēria tois logismois epeskotise ; kai dia touto mikrois te homoiōs kai meizosi plekei ton diōgmon. Ozʼ. Ekeino men oun kai sphodra meirakiōdes kai kouphon, kai ouch hopōs basileōs andros, allʼ oude hallou tinos tōn kai metriōs stibarōn tēn dianoian, hoti, tę̄ metathesei tēs klēseōs hepsesthai nomisas tēn hēmeteran diathesin, ē aischynein ge hēmas hōsper ti tōn aischistōn enkaloumenous, euthys kainotomei peri tēn prosēgorian, Galilaious anti Christianōn onomasas te kai kaleisthai nomothetēsas ergǭ dēlōn, hoti megiston eis doxan kai timiōtaton hē tou Christou klēsis, ex hōn aposterēsai tautēs hēmas epenoēsen ; ē phoboumenos ge tēn dynamin tēs prosēgorias, hōsper hoi daimones, kai dia touto metabainōn ephʼ ’heteron onoma tōn ouk eiōthotōn oude gnōrimōn. OZʼ. Hēmeis de ou parakinēsomen autois ta onomata ; oude gar estin eis 8 ti menatheiēmen an allo geloioteron, tous phallous, kai tous ithyphallous, kai tous melampygous, kai tous apygous, kai ton tragopoun, kai ton semnon Pana, ton ek pantōn mnēstērōn hena theon, kai onoma labonta tēn hybrin, hōsper ēn axion. Dei gar ēaoikein parʼ ekeinois heis pollas hena kai ton kratiston, ē ek pollōn ginesthai kai ton aischiston ; oukoun phthonēsomen autois houte tōn pragmatōn houte tōn nomatōn ; allʼ apolauetōsan tēs heautōn euētheias, kai tois aischistois enkallōpizesthōsan ; ei boulointo de, kai ton Bouthoinan parēsomen autois, kai ton Triesperon, 'ivu kai mallon autois charisōmetha ; ton kai gennōmenon houtō, kai gennōnta megaloprepōs, kai athlon poiēsamenon triskaidekaton, in mią nykti, tas Thestiou pentēkonta thygateras, hinʼ ek toutōn onomasthę̄ theosʼ epei boulomenois ge ta toiauta kainotomein, kai pollai katʼ ekeinou klēseis ek tōn ekeinou Christianois aischious te hama kai oikeioterai. Ti gan han kōlyseie kai hēmas tǭ basilei kata to ison antipaizontas Rhōmaiōn, hōs di ǭeto, kai tēs oikoumenēs, ēpatēmenos tois daimosi, ton Eidōlianon kalein, kai ton Pisaion, kai ton Adōnaion, kai ton Kausitauron, hoper iai ēdē tines auton tōn parʼ hēmin kompsōn ōnoma- I h i I 1 \ k \ e- 1 oi kasin, epeidē rhąstōnē pollē tou pragmatos, hosa te alla parapoiein hē poiein ek tēs alētheias, hē historia didōsi ? Ouʼ. Pantōn di atopōtaton, ton min Sōtēra kai Despotēn hapantōn, ton toude tou pantos dēmiourgon te kai kybernētēn ton tou megalou Patros kai Huion, kai Logon, kai paosagōgea, kai archierea, kai synthrononʼ ton hypir hēmōn tōn atimasantōn autou tēn eikona, kai pros ton choun apenēnegmenōn, kai agnoēsantōn to mega tēs syzygias mystērion, mē monon eis doulou katabanta morphēn, alla kai epi ton stauron anabanta, kai synagagonta tēn emēn hamartian tethnēxomenēn o touton men ’Samareitēn akouonta, kai ho pollǭ chei; ron, daimonąn enkaloumenon, mēte aischynesthai, mēte enkalein tois hybrizousin ; hǭ kai tais angelikais parataxesi, kai logǭ monǭ amynesthai tous ponērous rhądion ēn o allʼ hēmerōs pany kai praōs tous hybrizontas apopempesthai, kai hyper tōn staurouno tōn auton aphienai dakryon, hēmas de hoiesthai algēsein houtō kaloumenous, ē aischyneisthai, hē tēs hyper tou kalou philotimias dia touto apostēsesthai, kai pleiō poiēsesthai logon tōn hybreōn toutōn ē tōn psychōn kai sōmatōn, hōn kataphronein ’ismen hyper tēs alētheias Alla touto min, hoper heipon, geloion mallon ē lypēron, kai eis tēn skēnēn apopempometha ; pantōs hou potʼ an hyperballoimetha tous rhądiōs ekei kata tēs korrhēs ta ge toiauta paizomenous, kai paizontas. 06'. Ekeino de ēdē kai lian ponēron kai kakoēthes, hoti, to men phanerōs peithein ouk echōn, to de biazesthai tyrannikōs aischynomenos, tę̄ leontę̄ tēn kerdalēn enkryptōn, ei boulei de, tǭ Minōos prosōpeiǭ ton adikōtaton (pōs an eipoimi kyriōs?) epieikōs ebiazeto. Ta min oun alla tois boulomenois historein te kai graphein parēsō, tou logou speudontos; pollois de oimai spoudasthēsesthai tou tote kairou tēn eite tragǭdian chrē legein, eiite kōmǭdian, hois meros eusebeias doxei logǭ ballein ton alitērionʼ hōs kai tois epeita paradothēnai pragma tosouton, kai hēkista tou lathein axion; autos de anti pantōn hen ē dyo deigmatos erō charin tois sphodra ta ekeinou thaumazousin,in eidōsi tou; ton epainein axiountes, hou mēde psogon estin heurein axion. ,n errimmenōn ē kteinomenōn (Ii) polyeidē skiēs ita; philousi gar ou tas alētheias tōn pragmatōn ivov ephʼ hois mega phronousin, alla kai ta IlA'. O de ti mēchanatai i kai tina tōn Christianōn is sterroterois histēsi dolons Ōsper hoi tois brōisi katamignyntes ta dēlētēria. mixai tais ex ous tōn basileōn timais tēn asebeian, kai eis en tagein nomous Rhōmaiōn kai eidōlōn proskynēsin; ti. dia touto tais eikosi symparagraphōn tous daiinas. hōs dē tinas allas tōn ex ethous graphas prod- Oei dēmois kai polesi, kai malista tois tōn nōn archousi tas eikonas, hōs kakou ge tou pany is mē einai diamartein; allʼ ē tę̄ tōn basileōn mę̄ tēn tōn eidōlōn sympheresthai, ē tę̄ toutōn igę̄ tous basileas hybrizesthai, miktēs ousēs tēs ioskynēseōs. Touton ton dolon kai tautēn tēn ou- › sophistikōs hepinoētheisan pagēn tēs asebeias igoi men diephygon tōn heulabesterōn kai synetōrōn, hoi ka). dikēn edosan tēs syneseōs; pro- [ēma men hōs eis timēn basileōs paranomēsans, to de alēthes hyper tou alēthinou basileōs ti tou eusebous kindyneusantes. Polloi de hēlō- ,n tōn euēthesterōn kai haplousterōn; hois kai synkōmē tychon tēs agnoias, technę̄ synarpastheisin eis n asebeian. Touto men dē toiouton, ho kai monon ērkei stēliteusai basileōs proairesin; ou gar ta ta basileusi te kai idiōtais prepein hypolambao men; hoti mēde tēs autēs axias amphotera. idiōo men gar kai technikōs prattein ti synchōrēsaiin (XO) gar to phanerōs biazesthai mē dynaton, ytǭ syngnōston to tēs perinoias; basilei de, tou namei krateisthai lian aischrou tynchanontos, ’ aischion, oimai, kai aprepesteron to technę̄ klea HB’. Heteron de ho dianoias men estin kai proaireo ys tēs autēs, tǭ metrǭ de poly cheiron kai asesteron, eis pleious tou kakou phthanontos, touprosthēsō tois eirēmenois. Dōreas basilikēs ēn era, eitʼ oun etēsios, eite tēnikauta tǭ basilei ediastheisa dia tēn kakourgian, kai pareinai to oatiōtikdn edei timēthēsomenous, ōs hekastos axias [en ē taxeōs. Palinē tēs aneleutherias skēnē; lin to drama tēs asebeias; pharmachthēnai (pila-tv. ōpią tini to apanthrōpon, ka) chrēmasi deleasthē- . stratiōtikēn alogian syn aplēstią, methʼ hōn ta polla bioteuousin. O men oun proukathēto, lamprōs panēgyrizōn kata tēs eusebeias, kai mega phronōn tois technasmasi; Melampous, oimai, heis, ēIPrōteus, panta kai hōn kai ginomenos, kai rhądiōs heauton hypallattōn tois heiʼdesi; ta de peri auton hoia, kai hosōn odyrmōn tois eu phronousin axia,,ou tois tote parousi monon, alla kai tois nyn akoę̄ dechomenois ekeino to theama: Ill". Proukeito chrysos, proukeito libanos, engothen to pyr, hoi keleustai plēsion; kai to schēma hōs pithanon, basilikēs dōreas touton einai dokein ton nomon, tēs ge archaioteras te kai timiōteras. Eita tis Thymiąn edei kata tou pyros, kai dechesthai para tou basileōs ton tēs apōleias misthon, houtōs oligon tosoutou pragmatos, psychōn holōn kai tēs eis Theon asebeias. (In?) tēs pragmateiasi pheu tēs antidoseōsi Stratos holos enos technasmatos ōnios kai hoi tēn oikoumenēn parastēsamenoi mikrǭ pyri kai chrysiǭ, kai dia knissēs Aelim: epipton, oude heautōn sphamēn eidotes hoi pleious; touto ēn to bkrytaton. ’Parę̄ei tis hōs kerdanōn, mro-sae heauton heiche meta to kerdos; prosekynei,dexian basileōs, kai* ton autocheira proskynōn ouk ēpistato. Tois ę̄de kai ginōskousin ouden ēn pleon, hapax tǭ kakǭ prokateilēmmenois, kai nomon alyton ēgoumenois tēn prōtēn anoian. Poiai tauta Persōn myriades, ’tines toxotai, tines sphendonētai katōrthōsan, poios sidērous stratiōtēs kai pantachothen atrōtos, tina kata tōn teichōn mēchanē mata olet cheir mia, kai kairos heis, kai boulē miara katapraxato? oudenos ontos autois deinou, tę̄ psychrophorǭ adhue,szston apeipein meta tēs sphragidos hanō blepsantas. Tōn de syssitōn tinos thaumasantas, kai ; Ti touto? eipontos, Christon epikaleisthe meta tēn ernē; sin? Pōs hērnēmetha? phanai tous hēmithnētas, kai ti to kainon touto hoccona? Tou de, ’Hoti kata tou pyros athymiasate, phēsantos, kai r. t dikii \ n,n i touto einai ioaeantos tēn arnēsin, euthys anapēdēsantes tou symposiou, kathaper ekmaneis kai paraplēges, zēlǭ kai thymǭ zeontes, dia tēs agoras theein boōntes kai legontesʼ Christianoi, Christianoi tas psychas hēmeis; akouetō pas anthrōpos, kai pro pantōn Theos, hǭ kai zōmen kai tethnēxometha. Ouk epseusametha se, Sōter Christeo ouk ērnēsametha tēn makarian homologian. Ei’ ti kaiē cheir eptaisen, allʼ hē dianoia ge ouk ēko- Basilei katesophisoēmen, ou chrysoi) louthēsen. traumatiai gegonamen. Apekdyometha tēn asebeian, haimati kathairometha. Eita tǭ basilei prosdramontes, kai ton chryson prosripsantes lian neanikōs Ou dōra dedegmetha, basileu, boąn, alla thanaton katakekrimetha ouk eis timēn eklēthēmen, allʼ atimian katepsēphisthēmen. Dos charin tois sois stratiōtaisʼ Christǭ sphageason hēmas, ǭ monǭ basileuometha; antidos pyr tou pyros; tephran anti tēs tephras ekeinēs poiēson. Apokopson cheiras, has kakōs prouteinamen ; podas, ois kakōs edramomen. ’Allous tǭ chrysǭ timēson, hois hou mntamelēsei labousin; hēmin de arkei Christos, han anti pantōn echomen. Tauta legein te homou, kai tois allois diakelie-iaceat gnōnai tēn apatēn, ananēpsai tēs methēs, apolongssasthai tǭ Christǭ diʼ haimatos ephʼ hois aganaktēsanta ton basilea, to men phanerōs kteinai phygein, ’hina mē martyras ergasētai tous hoson to epʼ autois martyras, exorią de paradonta, houtōs amynasthai, kai megistēn euergesian ’katathesthai, to porrō stēsesthai tōn heautou miasmatōn kai technas matōn. HE'. Kaiper dē houtōs echōn hormēs, kaipros polla tę̄ kakonoią chrēsamenos homōs, ou gar eiche pēxin tou andros hē dianoia, oude tōn oikeiōn logismōn mallon ēn ē tēs phoras tou daimonos, ou diephylaxen heis telos tēn gnōmēn, oude to tēs ponērias aporrēton diesōsato; allʼ hōsper to Aitnaion pyr logos tois pythmesi tēs Aitnēs henkryptesthai, katōthen plēmmyroun kai bią kratoumenon, eiʼte ti allo touto istin, heiʼte asthma kolazomenou gigantos, teōs men phoberan hypēchein, kai kapnon tou kakou mēnyma tēs koryphēs apereugesthai ' ei de pou pleonasan tychoi kai dyskathekton genoito, tōn oikeiōn kolpōn apobrasthen, hanō pheromenon kai hyper tous kratēras cheomenon, estin a kai tēs hypokeimenēs gēs phtheirein apistǭ kai phoberǭ rheumati; houtō kakeinon estin heurein, achri men tinos heautou kratounta kai tou sophistikou dogmatos, apatę̄ te diati- Thenta kakōs ta hēmetera; ei de pou to akrates tēs orgēs yperolyseie, mēde kryptein dynastai to kakoēthes, alla gymnǭ chrēsthai tǭ diōgmǭ kata tou Theiou kai eusebous hēmōn syntagmatos. iai tauta ergasasthai, stratēgountos tinos henos tōn basilikōn philosophōn, hek toutōn monon onomaithentos ? Tis agnoei tēn Ēlioupolitōn systrophēn? tis tēn Gazaiōn aponoian, tōn hypʼ ekeinou thaumazo‹ “ww kai timōmenōn, dti kalōs autou tēs megaloprepeias ę̄sthonto? tis tēn Arethousiōn manian, tōn teōs agnooumenōn, ex ekeinou de tou kairou kai lian epiginōskomenōn? [Ioiei gar periboētous ou dexia praxis monon, alla kai kakia , nikōsa ponērōn eudokimēsin. flZ'. Hoi men gar legontai, dei gar hen ek pollōn eipein, phrikēs kai tois athaois axion, parthenous hagnas moi hyperkosmious, apsaustous mikrou kai ophthalmois arrenōn, eis meson proagagontes, kai tēs esthētos gymnōsantes, ’ina t.tē theą proteron enybrisōsin eitʼ anakeirantes, kai dichasantes (hō pōs enenkō sou, Chriske, tēn tote makrothymian l) o't men kai idiois odousi kakōs estiathēnai, kaitēs heautōn kakodaimonias axiōs, ōmōn tōn ēpatōn omphorēthē; nai, kai metʼ ekeinēn tēn trophēn allēn prosenenkasthai, tēn koinēn te kai nenomismenēn; hoi de spairousin eti tois splanchnois syōdē trophēn epispeirantes, kai syōn epaphentes tous thermoterous, hoion agagein ekeino to theatron sarkas idein krithais synesthiomenas, kai sparattomenas, trophēn anamikton, kai tote prōton ophtheisan kai akoustheisan hēn threpsai monon tous heautou daimonas, ho toutōn dēmiourgos axios ēn; hōs men oun kai kalōs ethrepsen ek to?) aʼimatos ekeinou kai tēs plēgēs, hēn kata tōn splanchnōn edexato kan anaisthētōs echōsi pros ta toiauta ol deilaioi, kai mēie to phronein ek tēs dysseoeias echontes. IlH'. To de ge Markou tou thaumasiou kai Arithousiōn, tis houtōs hexō tēs kathʼ hēmas oikoumenēs, hōste agnoein, kai mē phthanein tę̄ diēgēsei ton mnēmoneuonta? Houtos epi Kōnstantiou tou pany, kata tēn tote dedomenēn exousian Christianois, daimonōn ti kathelōn oikētērion,kai pollous Christianōn apo tēs Hellēnikēs planēs metastēsas heis sōtērian ouch ētton dia tēn tou biou lamprotēta tēn tou logou dynamin, ēn min ik pleionos en orgę̄ tois ’Drethousiois mallon de Arethousiōn tois philodaimosin. Epei de ta pragmata ekinēthē Chripianois, kai ta tōn Hellēnōn phlegmainein ērxato, tēn tou kairou dynasteian ouk ephyge. Philousi gar hoi dēmoi, kan pros to paron kataschōsi tas orgas, hōsper pyr hemphōleuon ylais, ē rheuma bią kratoumenon, hei kairou labointo, anaptesthai te kai anarrhēgnysthai. Horōn oun tēn tou dēmou kinēsin epʼ auton, ouden metrion innoountōn, ē apeilountōn, ta men prōta drasmon bouleuetai, ou diʼ anandrian mallon ē tēn pheugein ek poleōs eis polin keleuousan entolēn, kai hypochōrein tois diōktais; chrēnai gar mē ta heautōn skopein monon Christianous ontas, mēdi ei lian heien andreiotatoi te kai karterikōtatoi, alla kai tōn diōkontōn pheidesthai, hōs, to ge eis autous hēkon meros, mē tǭ kindynǭ ti synespherein tōn polemiōn. Epei de ę̄stheto pollōn men diʼ auton helkomenōn kai agomenōn, pollōn de tōn peri psychēs trechontōn dia tēn tōn diōkontōn hōmotēta, ouk ēneschito tǭ kathʼ iauton asphalei tous allous periorąn kindyneuontas kai dia touto bouleuetai boulēn aristēn te kai philosophōtatēn; ek tēs phygēs epanei- “ si, kai tǭ dēmǭ pherōn heauton ekdidōsi chrēsthai dti boulointo, kai pros tēn tou kairou paratassetai dyskolian. Entautha ti men apēn tōn deinōn? ti de houk ipenoeito baryteron ? allōn allo ti syneispherontōn pros inos kakou sylphōnian, oude to philosophon tou andros aidoumenōn, ei mē ti allo, tōn enkeimenōn-dia touto min houn kai pleon aganaktountōn, hoti periphronēsin autōn mallon ē andreian pros tous kindynous tēn tou andros parousian inomizon. PThʼ. Hēgeto gerōn hiereus, athlētēsethelontēs dia mesēs tēs poleōs, aidesimos tēn hēlikian, tēn poli. teian aidesimōte ros, pasi plēn tōn diōkontōn kai tyrannountōn; ēgeto de hēlikią pasę̄ kai tychę̄,ou tǭ men, tǭ dʼ ou; pasi de homoiōs, andrasi, gynaixi, neois, presbytais, hosoi te ta politika diǭkiyn, kai hosoi tōn epʼ axias. Agōn de ēn hapasin figam}. lous hyperbalesthai tę̄ peri ton presbytēo Thrasy. tētio kai meros eusebeias hapasin enomizeto, hoti pleista ekeinon drasai kaka, ka). geronta nikēsai athlētēn kata pasēs agōnizomenon tēs poleōs; euketo dia plateiōn, ōtheito kathʼ hyponomōn; tōn trichōn heilketo, houk estin hotou mē merous tou sōmatos, mio gnymenēs tę̄ aikią tēs hybreōs, para tōn haxeōsen Mithrou tauta kolazomenōps paisin ek paidōn meteōros antepempeto, graphisin hypodechomenōn to gennaion sōma, kai paignion poioumenōn tēn tragǭdian piesmasi tas knēmas ethlibeto mechris osteōn hautōnʼ linois ta ōta dietemneto, kaitoutōn tois sterrotatois kai) leptotatois; sarganę̄ pros hypsos airomenos, melitikai garǭdiei6rochp sphēxi kai melissais exaineto mesousēs hēmeras, hēliou to phlogōdes ellampontos; kaitou menteis sarkas ektēkontos, tois de thermoteran poiountos tēn brōsin tōn makariōn ekeinōn sarkōn, ou gar athliōn an eipoimi. Entautha dē legetai, hōs an kai touto axiōtheiē graphēs, ho presbytēs ekeinos kai neos pros tous agōnas. (mēde gar en tois deinois to phaidron apolipein, alla kai entryphąn tais basanois ), to mnēmoneuomenon ekeino kai ądomenon epeipein; hōs epainoiē “rb symbolon, heauton men ’ hypsēlon horōn, ekeinous de tapeinous kai katō keimenouso tosouton periēn tōn kratountōn, kai houtōs ’ēn porrō tōn lypērōn, hōs allǭ parōn mdyneuonti, kai pompien allʼ hou symōooan to miro: poioumenos. [iʼ. Kaitoi tauta tis ouk han ę̄desthē tōn kai metriōs epieikōn te kai philanthrōpōn ? Allʼ ouk ikeinous ge eiasen ho kairos, oude hē tou basileōs hormē, to apanthrōpon apaitousa kai dēmous, kai poleis, kai archontas, eikai mē tois pollois edokei tōn agnoountōn to bathos tēs ekeinou kakoētheias. Toiauta hēmin ta tou sterrhou gerontos. Kai tauta hyper tinos ?ina ’chrysoun ’ena mē proētai tois basanistais; hǭ kai dēlon, hōs hyper eusebeias diekarterei Heōs min gar, barytatēn poiēsamenoi tou naou tēn apotimēsin, to pan ę̄toun chrysion, ē auton ge anadeimasthai ton neōn ekeleuon, edokei to adynaton tou epitagmatos mallon hē to eusebes tēs psychēs poiein ekeinǭ tēn enstasin epei di nikōn autous kata mikron tę̄ karterią, kai hyphairōn aei ti tēs apotimēseōs, teleutaion eis touto katestēsin, hōs komidē mikron einaito aitoumenon, kai hoson rhąston katabalein; kai hisos agōn hēn tois men nikēsai tǭ kath hotioun labein, tǭ de mē kratēthēnaitǭ mēde holōs katabalein, kaitoi pollōn ontōn tōn kai pleion syneispherein prothymoumenōn ou monon dia tēn eusebeian, alla kai dia to tou andros analōton kai aēttētono tēnikauta edeichthē saphōs ou peri chrēmatōn, alla peri tou eusebous ton agōna tithemenos. iiAʼ. ’Arʼ houn epieikeias tauta kai hēmerotētos, ē tounantion thrasous kai apanthrōpias esti gnōrismata, legetōsan hēmin 0i ton philosophon basilea thaumazontes. Egō min houdena tōn pantōn aporein oimai tēs dikaias kai alēthous apokriseōs K ho eth ; ho “; o “; ai 0 pō prost eiiia, ti tōn sesōk tōn toi exagiston, hēnika ta genos autǭ pan ekindyneue, kai dia klopēs hypexagagontōn, heis houtos ēnʼ hyper hou tacha monou dikaiōs tauta epasche, kai pleiō prospathein axios ēn, hoti kakon tosouto tę̄ oikoumenę̄ pasę̄ sōzōn elanthane. Phasi toi dia tauta kai ton tēnio kauta hyparchon (genesthai gar andra ’Hellēna men tēn thrēskeian, ton tropon di hyper Hellēna, kai kata tous aristous tōn palai kai nyn epainoumenōn), ekeino pros ton basilea meta parrēsias eipein, ou phirontoi to polyeides tēs tou andros aikias kai kar; terias. Ouk aischynometha, basileu, para tosouton hēttōmenoi pantōn Christianōn, hōs mēde gerontos enos kratein dynēthēnai pasas diixeLthontos basanous sKai hou kratēsai mē mega, toutou pōs ou tēs eschatēs symphoras apelthein hēttēmenous ? Kai, hōs eoike, tois autois hyparchoi min ę̄schynonto, basileis de ekallōpizonto. Toutōn ti han genoito tois drōsi mallon athliōteron-ē tois paschousi ? Ta min dē tōn ’Drethousiōn toiauta kai houtōs echonta, hōs mikran einai tēn Echetou kai Phalaridos apanthrōpian pros tēn ekeinōn ōmotēta, mallon de tou tauta peithontos kai kataskeuazontos; heiʼper tou spermatos ta blastēmata, kai tou pneumatos ta nauagia. liB'. Talla de oia kai hosa? Tis an moi doiē tēn Hērodotou kai Thoukydidou scholēn te kai glōttan, hina kai tǭ mellonti ’chronǭ paradō tēn tou andros ponērian, kai stēliteuthę̄ tois metepeita ta tou kairou diēgēmata?Eiw1r/,crop.ai ton Orontēn kai tous nykterinous nekrous, hous tǭ basilei synekrypten houtos steinomenos nekyessi, kai kteinōn adēlōs; entautha gar ta tou epous heipein oikeioteron. Paradramoumai kai tōn basileiōn 1&onla kai apōtatō, hosa te en lakkois kai phreasi, kai diōrnxi kakōn gemonta thēsaurōn te kai mystēriōn-ou monon tōn anatemnomenōn paidōn te kai parthenōn epi psychagōgia kai manteią, kai thysiais ou nenomismenais, alla kai tōn hyper eusebeias kindyneuontōn. Synchōrēsōmen ei dokei, tauta, hois kakeinos ę̄schyneto, touto ge poiōn metrion; dēlon de tǭ kryptein epicheirein, hōs ouk euprepes hon to agos dēmosieuesthai; ta men gar Kaisareōn tōn hēmeterōn, toutōn de tōn megalophyōn kai thermōn eis eusebeian, houtōs hypʼ autou perielēlamenōn kai hybrismenōn, isōs ouden oneidizein axiops edokei gar hyper tēs tychēs endikōs aganaktōn en kairǭ tēs eutychias atychēsasēs, epi tautēn proelēlythenai tēn antidosin; epeidē dei ti kai synchōrein kai adikią katakratousę̄. ill". Alla tis ouk oiden, hōs, dēmou tinos epimanentos Christianois, kai polyn men ergasamenōn phonon, pleiō de apeilountōn, epeidē mesēn badizōn ho tou ethnous archōn tou kairou kai tōn nomōn (tǭ min gar douleuein ǭeto dein, tous de metriōs ę̄schyneto), kai dia touto pollous men apagagōn Christianōn, aligois de tōn Hellēnōn epitimēsas, eitʼ anachtheis tǭ basilei, katēgorias genomenēs, atimos kai anarpastos peri toutōn ekrineto; kai tous nomous prouballeto, kathʼ hous episteuthē dikazein, mikrou men apēchthę̄ tēn epi thanatǭ telos de, philanthrōpias tychōn, exorian katakrinetai ? Kai hē apophasis hōs thaumasia te kai philanthrōposi Ti gar mega, phēsin ho dikaios dikastēs, kai mē diōkōn Christianous, ei Galilaious deka mia cheir Hellēnikē kateirgasato? Tauta ouk ōmotēs periphanēs? tauta ou programma diōgmou, kai poly ge tōn dēmosią protithemenōn enargesteron kai phoberōteron ? Ti gar diapherei tou kindynon prograpsai Christianois to tois diōktais Christianōn hēdomenon phainesthai, kai mega enklēma poieisthai to metriazein ?to gar boulesthai basileōs agraphos esti nomos, tǭ kratei synēgoroumenos, kai poly ge tōn graptōn ischyroteros, tōn ou dynasteią boēthoumenōn. iiDi Oÿ, phasin hoi ta hekeinou sebontes, kai ton neon hēmin theon anaplattontes, ton hēdyn kai philanthrōponʼ allʼ hoti mē dēmosią, diōkesthōsan Christianoi, prou- Thēke, kai panta paschetōsan, hosa dokei tois diōkousin, aphientes auton tēs tou diōkein aitias. Tēn hydran de oudeis pōpote eipen hēmeron, hoti ennea kephalas anti mias prouballeto, heiʼ ti tǭ mythǭ Dēlon. _Pass. dēlōn. mereov' oudi tēn Patarikēn Chimairan, dei treis kai anomoious, hōste einai phoberōteran ē ton en hądou Kerberon, hoti tosautas ti kai homoias; ē to thalattion kakon tēn Skyllan, hoti ’ex en kyklǭ kai pheuktotataso kaitoi ge ta anoophasin, autēs chrēsta kai philanthrōpa, kai heis opsin ouk aēdē; korē gar hēn pros hēmas ti syngenis echousa; hai di ap ” ;’-’ M ’ io too-od kynōoeis kephalai kai thēriōdeis oudenos ēsan agathou, stolous holous harpazousai, kai mēden heis kindynon ’diapherousai eis antithetou Charybdeōs. Ē kai tōn toxotōn sy kaitōn sphendonitōn ta belē kai tous lithous kataitiasę̄, allʼ ou tous sphendonōentas kai tous toxeuontas ? eti de tōn kynēgetōn tous kynas, kai tōn pharmakeōn ta dēlētēria, kai tōn kerattontōnmō kai sparattontōn thēriōn ta kerata kai tous onychas; hoi de chrōmenoi toutois ektos stēsontai, kai ou methexousi tēs hōn tolmōsin aitias ? Pollēs tauta tēs alogias, kai hontōs sophistou deomena, tois heautou synēgorountos kakois, kai tę̄ tou logou dui namei to alēthes synkalyptontos. ’Dll“ ouk estin hopōs heauton apokrypsei, oudʼ an polla praphę̄ kai pantoios genētai tais epinoiais, oudʼ ei tēn Aïdos kyneēn, ho dē legetai, perithemenos, ē tǭ daktyliǭ Gygou, kai tę̄ strophę̄ tēs sphendonēs grēsamenos, heauton apoklepseie; tounantion men houn, hosǭ pheugein epicheirei kai diadidraskein, tosoutǭ pleon halisketai para alētheią dikazsysę̄, kai tois synetōterois toutōn kritais, hōs tauta prattōn te kai tolmōn, hois oudʼ an autos hōs dikaiōs prattomenois echē synēgorein* houtōs eualōton estin hē ponēria, kainpantachythen heautę̄ peripiinōysa. ibʼ. Kai ouch ha min epratten ēdē, toiauta kai houtō porrhō basilikēs iygeneias kai megaloprepeias; ’a de dienoeito praxein, hēmerōtera te kai basilikōtera. IIollou mentʼ an axion ēn, ei mē poly tōn eirēmenōn apanthrōpotera. ’Ōsper gar drakontos kinoumenou pholides, hai men ēdē phrissousin, hai de epiphrissousinē hai de mellousi, tas de ouk esti mē kinēthēnai, kan ēremousai teōs tonchanōsinʼ ei boulei de, hōsper keraunǭ, ta men ēdē katechetai, ta de promelainetai, mechris an kai tauta epelthę̄ tou kakoi dynasteuontos, houtō kakeinǭ ta men ēdē parēnomeito, ta de hypegrapheto tais elpisi kai tais kathʼ hēmōn apeilais; kai tauta houtōs hektopa, kai porrhō tōn eithismenōn, hōs tēs ekeinou dianoias einai monēs, tauta kai bouleusasthai, kai eis ergon agagein ethelēsai, kaitoi pollōn pro autou gegenēmenōn diōktōn kai polemiōn Christianois. "A gar mēte Dioklētianos, ho prōtos enyorisas Christianois, mēte ho touton ekdexamenos kai hyperbalōn Maximianos enethymēthē pōpote, mēte Maximinos, ho metʼ ekeinous, kai hyper ekeinous diōktēs (hou ta symbola tēs epi toutǭ plēgēs hai eikones pherousin eti dēmosią prokeimenai, kai stēliteuousai tēn lōbēn tou sōmatos), tauta ekeinos dienoeito men, hōs hoi tōn aporrētōn ekeinou koinōnoi kai martyres; epeschethē de tę̄ tou Theou irilanthrōpią, kai tois Chēistianōn dakrysin. a polla dē kai para pollōn echethē, touto monon echontōn kata tou diōktou pharmakon tauta di ēn pasēs men parrēsias apostereisthai Christianous, pantōn di autous eirgesthai syllogōn, agorōn, panēgyreōn, tōn dikastēriōn autōn mē gar hexeinai kechrēsthai toutois, hostis mē kata tōn bōmōn thymiaseien emprosthen keimenōn, kai misthon doiē megan houtō kai tosoutou pragmatos. Ō nomoi, kai nomothetai, kai basileis, oi kathaper ouranou kallos, kai hēliou phōs, kai aeros chysis, hapasi prokeintai philanthrōpia koinē te kai aphthonos, houtō de kai tēn tōn nomōn metousian prothentes hapasin eleutherois, isēn te kai homotimon ! hēs ekeinos aposterēsein dienoeito Christianous; hōs mēte tyrannoumenois dikas exeinai labein, mēte zēmioumenois heis chrēmata, mēte allo ti paschousi mikron ē meizon tōn apēgoreumenōn epikoureisthai tois nomois; allʼ exoristous einai, kai anaireisthai, kai mikrou tōn ana- eirgesthai; ha tois min paschousi pliiō philotimian eiche kai tēn pros Theon parrhēsian, tois drōsi de meizō tēn paranomian kai adoxian. [mʼ. Kai ho logos hōs pansophos tou phoneutoÿ kai prostatou, kai paranomou kai nomothetou, ē, hin oikeioteron eipō, tou echthrou kai ekdikētou, iiaa ton hēmeteron logonʼ einai gar tou hēmeterou nomon mēte amynesthai, mēte dikazesthai, mēte kektēooii ti tēn archēn, mēte nomizein idion ti alla zę̄n heterōthi, kai tōn parontōn kataphronein hōs ook ontōnʼ kakou de mē antididonai, mēde exeinai, kakon; mēde tēn pareian paiomenous pheidesthai tēs heteras, alla kai tautēn emparechein tǭ paionti, kai ton chitōna tǭ himatiǭ prosapodyesthai. Prosthēsei de isōs, hoti kai hypereuchesthai tōn adikountōn kai ta kallista boulesthai tois diōkousi. Ti de ouk emelle tauta ginōskein akribōs ho tōn Theiōn hypanagnōstēs pote logiōn, kai tēs toiʼ» megalou bēmatos ēxiōmenos timēs, kai tous martyras timōn sēkois te kai temenesin ? lLlI’. Hou touto prōton thaumazō, pōs toutois men akribōs kathōmilēsen, ekeino di ouk anegnō, ē hekōn paredramen; hoti Kakos kakōs apoleitai s pas ho to Theion exarnēsamenos, kai ho toutou meizon esti, tous emmenontas tę̄ homologią periōthōn, kai toioutois kakois periballōn, hois autos pphipipin ēn axios. Ei min oun hōsper hēmas toioutous einai nomothetei, kai tois hōrismenois emmenein, houtō dynatai deixai, kai autǭ to kakiston iinai pros-tetagmenon, ē tois autou theois en kalǭ touto tynchanon kai eis dyo tauta dię̄rēmenōn tōn hexeōn, aretēn te, phēmi, kai kakian, hēmin men apokekristhai tēn kreissō moiran, autois de aperrhiphthai tēn cheirona legetō touto, mi houtō nikēsomen hypo martysi tois echthrois, kai tois diōkousi ta hēmetera; ei de kai autoi ti metapoiountai kolokagathias kai hēmerotētos, logǭ goun, ei kai mē tois ergois autois, kai ouch houtōs eisin anaischyntoi, kan sphodra ōsi kakoi (to), kai ponērois theois chairontes, hōste phaskein hōsper allon tina klēron pros-ēkein autois tēn kakian; deixatōsan pōs hē pou dikaion ē mas min kai paschontas karterein, autous di mēde pheidomenōn pheidesthai; skopei gar houtō. Tōn men hēmin gegonotōn kairōn tou dynasthai, tōn di hymin allote allōs toutōn peritrechontōn te kai methistamenōn, ti toiouto para Christianōn pote synebē tois hymeterois, hoia parʼ hymōn ’pollakis Chripianois? Poias parrhēo sias ymas apesterēsamen ? Tisi dēmous epanestēsamen zeontas ? tisi archontas, pleiō tōn epitattomenōn hypēretountas ? Tisi ton peri psychēs epēgagomen kindynon ? Mallon de tinas archōn apēlasamen, kai tōn allōn timōn al tois aristois opheilontai ? Kai synelonta phanai, tini ti toiouton hepenēnychamen, hoia polla parʼ hymōn ta men etolmēthē, ta de ēpeilēthē ? Allʼ oudʼ han autoi phaiēte, hoi to hēmeron hēmin enkalountes kai to philan thrōpon. '16. Epeita pōs ekeino ou logizę̄, ō sophōtate pantōn kai synetōtata, ho pros to tēs aretēs akron synkleiōn Christianous, hoti tēs hēmeteras nomothesias ta min anankēn echei tois epitattomenois, ha kai mē phylattousi kindynos; ta de houk anankēn, aʼiresin de; ha phylattousi min, timēn kai antidosin,, mē phylattousi de, oudʼ hontinʼ houn kindynon ? Ei men gar hoion te hēn hapantas aristous einai, kai tou akrou tēs aretēs epibainein, toutʼ han hēn kratiston te kai teleōtaton; epei de chōris ta theia tōn anthrōpinōn, kai tois men ouk estin hotou mē tōn kalōn metesti, tois de mega, kan eitou mesou tynchanoien, ti soi bouletai to tauta nomothetein, ha mē tōn pantōn estin, hē katakritous einai tous ou phylassontas? ’Ōsper gar hostis ou kolaseōs axios, ēdē kai anarrēseōs; houtōs hostis ouk anarrhēseōs, ēdē kai timōrias allʼ in horois dei menontas tēs hēmeteras philosophias, kai tēs anthrōpinēs dynameōs, houtōs apaitein kai to katorthoumenon. logouso ou gar pherō mē touto pollakis anakyklię̄ kai peirateon synēgorēsai toutois eis dynamin; ēollōn gar kai deinōn hontōn, ephʼ hois ekeinos miseisthai dikaios, ouk estin 6' ti mallon ē touto paranomēsas phainetai. Kai moi synaganakteitō pas hostis lygois chairōn, kai tę̄ moirą tautę̄ proskeimenos an einai kai autos ouk arnēsomai. Ta men gar alla parēka tois boulomenois, plouton, eugeneian, ōkleian, dynasteian, ha tēs katō periphoras esti Ill oneirōoous terpseōs; tou logou de periechomai monon kai ou memphomai chersaiois ti ponois kai thalassiois, hoi toutous moi syneporisan. Emoi goun eiē, kai hostis emoi philos, to tōn logōn kratos.hy prōton meta to prōton ēspasamēn te kai aspazomai, ta theia legō, kai tas exō tōn horōmenōn elpidas. Hōste ei to oïkeion piezei pan, kana Pindaron, anankaios ho peri toutōn emoige logos; kai malista dikaion, hōs ouk hoidʼ heiʼ ti tōn allōn, logǭ tēn hyper logōn charin apodidonai tois logois. PA’. Pothen oun epēlthe soi touto, ō kouphotata pantōn kai aplēstotate, to logōn aposterēsai Christianous ?touto gar ou tōn apeiloumenōn ēn, alla tōn ’hēdē nenomothetēmenōn. Pothen, kak tinos aitias ? Tis Hermēs soi logios, hōs an autos eʼhipois, toutʼ epi noun ēgage? Tinis Telchines I i ponēroi, kai baskanoi daimoness Ei boulei (ō), kai toutou tēn aitian hēmeis parastēsomai Edei gar se pollois encheirounta kai paranomois kakois, heis touto hypachthēnai teleutōnta, kai sautǭ prodēlōs peripesein; 'tv’ hǭ malipa phronein ǭou dein, toutǭ malista lathę̄s enaschēmonōn, kai alogian katakrinomenos. ’Dpokrinai gar; ti soi to dogma bdyletki ? kai tis o logos tēs peri logous kainotomias? Kan ti dikaion doxę̄s legein, aniasometha min, hou mempsometha deʼ kai gar hōsper syn logǭ nikąn, houtō kai nikasthai kalōs memathēkamen. PB'. Ēmeteroi, phēsin, hoi logoi, kai to Ellēnizein, hōn kai to sebein theous hymōn de hē alogia kai ē agroikia* kai ouden hyper to, Pisteuson, tēs hymeteras esti sophias. Ouk han men, oimai, toutou katagelasaien hoi parʼ hymin ta Pythagorou philosophountes, hois to, Autos epha, to prōton kai megistoi esti tōn dogmatōn, kai tōn Chrysōn epōn, eitʼ oun molibōn hairetōteron. Meta gar tēn prōtēn kai polyymnēton tois ta ekeinou teloumenois philosophian tēs siōpēs, ’ina logou metra tǭ siōpąn askēthōsin, ennomon, phēsin, hēn hotioun tōn dogmatōn erōtōmenois, epeitʼ apophainomenois, apaitoumenou kai logou, allo men mēden apokrinesthai, hoti de Pythagorą toutʼ heiiē dedogmenono kai logon einai tou dogmatos, to parastan ekeinǭ, aneuthynon te kai abasaniston; eis tauton hēkontos tou, Autos epha, tǭ parʼ hēmin, -I 1 *thl \ Ch I o -o \ Q 1 Pisteuson, en allais syllabais te kai rhēmasi, kan ei mē pauoisthe kōmǭdountes touto kai diasyrontes. Bouletai gar hēmin ho logos mē exeinai diapistein tois hypo tōn theophorōn andrōn eirēmenois, allʼ apodeixin einai tou logou to ekeinōn axiopiston, pasēs dynameōs logikēs kai antilogikēs ischyroteron. RGʼ. Estō de kai touto tōn hēmeterōn euepēreaston ' pōs di sy deixeis tous logous soi diapherontas Ei de kai sous, pōs toutōn hēmin ou meton kata tēn sēn nomothesian kai alogians tinos gar tou Ellēnizein eisin hoi logoi, kai tou pōs legomenou kai nooumenou ? ’Inʼ egō soi dielō tēn tou onomatos dynamin, ō peri tas homōnymias echōn sy, kai ta dēloumena, ē mią prosēgorią diaphora, ē diaphorois tauta, hē heterais hetera; ē gar tēs thrēskeias einai touto phēseis, ētou etha nous dēladē, kai tōn prōton heuriskomenōn tēs dialektou tēn dynamin. Ei men oun tēs thrēskeias, deixon pou kai para tisi tōn hiereōn to Hellēnizein ennomon, hōsper kai to thyein estin a kai ois tōn daimonōn; houte gar pasi ta auta, houte ini ta panta houte ton auton tropon, hōs tois parʼ hymin hierophantais dokei, kai tois tōn thysiōn technologois. Pou oe, hōsper Lindiois, eusebes to katarasthai tǭ Bouthoiną, kai touto einai theou timēn, tas heis auton loidorias? ē Taurois to xenoktonein, hē Lakōsi to epibōmia xainesthai, hē Phryxi to katatemnesthai hypʼ aulōn kēloumenous, kai anandroumivon? hyphʼ algarum, hēto paiderastein hallois,ētth porneuein heterois, ē hosa tōn allōn mystēriōn estin, 'L'va mē legō kathʼ hekaston, houtō de kai to Ellēnizein hekkriton tinos theōn hē daimonōns Kaitoi kan ei toutʼ ēn, oÿpō dēlon, hōs Ellēnichon ēn, ē tini tōn parʼ hymin theōn ē daimonōn to koinon apekrithē, hōsper kai alla polla tōnkoinōn thyein nenomothetētai. PA'. Ei dʼ ouchi touto phēseis, tēs glōssēs de hōs hymeteras metapoiēsę̄, kai dia touto porrhō Thēsiis hēmas, hōsper klērou patrikou, kai ouden hēmin diapherontos, prōton min ouch horō tiso logos, hē pōs touto prosaxeis tois daimosin. Ou gar, ei tous autous tēn te glōssan Hellēnizontas kai tēn thrēskeian einai symbebēken ēdē kai tēs thrēskeias oi logoi, kai dia toutʼ an eikotōs exō tautēs hēmeis grapheiēmen ; alla touto ge kai asyllogiston dokei tois kathʼ hymas technologoisi; ou gar, sl peri tauton amphō, kai allēlois amphō tauta houtō ge, ei chrysochoon ton auton kai zōgraphon theiēmen, to chrzsochoein heis to zōgraphein, ē to zōgraphein heis to chrysochoein peristēsetai; pollōn tauta tōn lērē matōn. PE'. Epeita erēsomai se, ō philellēn sy kai philologe, poterin pantos heiʼrxeis hēmas tou Hellēnizein, hoion dē kai tōn en mesǭ kai pezōn toutōn rhēmatōn, kai tēs tōn pollōn chrēseōs ē tou kompsou te kai hyperairontos, hōs ouk allois ephēitou ē tois kata paideusin diapherousin ? ei men gar ii toutou, tis hē apoklērōsis, to men smerdaleon. kai to konaoixein, kai to mōn, kai to dēpouthen, kaito hatta, kai to amōsgepōs einai tēs dialektou monēs, talla de aperrhiphthai heis Kynosarges hōsper to palai tous nothous ? hei de kai to euteles tou logou kai akallōpiston homoiōs tou Ellēnizein esti, timē kai toutōn apostereite hēmas, kai haplōs pasēs Hellados phōnēs, opoia potʼ an ę̄, kai hōs an echousa tychę̄? toutʼ an ēn hymōn philanthrōpoteron kai teleiōs tēs amousias tēs hymeteras. Rzʼ.Echei gar-houtōs, ’hina soi philosophēsō peri toutōn, hypsēloteron te kai teleōteron ; Ei men kai theiai tinas eisi phōnai phōnt,tikois organois ek; poreuomenai, kai dia tou aeros cheomenai te kai akoais eisreousai, tōn hēmeterōn kreittous kai eusēmoterai (gelō gar hymōn tōn semnōn to Mōly,..APs....,,ki..k.,...e ē kai ton Xanthon, kai tēn Chalkida), hē dia gymnōn allēlois synginontai tōn ennoiōn kai tōn typōmatōn, ouch hēmeteron legein; to dʼ oun hēmeteron toiouton estin; Oute phōnē tōn euromenōn monon estin, alla pantōn tōn metechontōn oute technē tis allʼ ē epitēdeusis, ēn han enthymēthēnai thelēsę̄s; hōsper en harmonią technikę̄ te kai mousikę̄ allos men ēchos allēs tinos tōn neurōn syntetamenos, ē aneimenos, panta de tou henos harmostou kai technitou, pros hen ti kallos harmonias snnteinonta houtō kan toutois ho technitēs kai dēmiourgos Logos allon min allēs tinos epitēdeuseōs hē technēs heuretēn proustēsato, panta de heis meson prouthēke pasi tois boulomenois, tǭ koinōnikǭ kai philanthrōpǭ syndeōn ton bion hēmin, kai poiōn hēmerōteron. Beou nte-reuocat? Son to ’Lttikiziins To petteuein de kai arithmein, kai logizesthai daktylois, metra te kai stathma, kai eti pro toutōn, ta taktika kai polemika, tinos? ouk Euboeōn? eiper Euboeus ho Palamēdēs, 5 pollōn heuretēs, kai dia touto epiphthotos, kai mentoi, kai dikas tēs sophias apaitētheis, kai katakritheis tois epi Iliou strateusasis Ti houn? han Aigyptioi, kai Phoinikes, Ebraioi te, hois hēmeis synchrōmetha pros tēn hēmeteran paideusin, ti dʼ an hoi tēn nēson echontes Euboian metapoiountai toutōn hōs autois diapherontōn, kata tas sas hypotheseis, ti drasomen?hēti dikaiologēsometha pros autous, tois oikeiois calor kotes nomois? Ē pasa steresthai toutōn anankē, kai to tou koloiou paschein, gymnous einaitōn allotriōn periairethentas pterōn kai nas ? oeias? auto de pothen soi to myeisthioi, kai to myein, kai to thrēskeuein? Ou para Thrąkōn, kai ē klēsis peithetō se? To thyein de ou para Chaldaiōn, eitʼ oun Kypriōn? To astronomein de ou Ba- 6ylōnion? To de geōmetrein ouk Aigyption s To de mageuein ou Persikon i Tēn die diʼ oneirōn mantikēn tinōn ē Telmēseōn akoueis? Tēn hoiōnistikēn de tinōn ouk allōn ē Phrygōn,tōn prōtōn periergasaminōn ornithōn ptēsin te kai kinēmata? Kai, ’ina mē makrologō, pothen soi to kathʼ hekaston? ouch hen ex ikastōn? hōn pantōn heis tauto synelthontōn, hen deisidaimonias synestē mystērion? Ti houn? dexometha, pantōn apochōrēsantōn heis tous prōtous te kai tous heuromenous, mēden echein hēmeteron plēn tēs kakias, kai tēs peri to Theion tautēs kainotomias? Prōtos gar Christianōn] epanastasin tǭ Despotę̄, kathaper ol douloi pote tois Skythais, hōs phasin, epenoēsas. Pollou mentʼ an axion ēn, ei soi dielythē to ponēron touto syntagma, kata tous sous horous kai nomous, tinʼ hēmeis ēmen pragmatōn apēllagmenoi, kai palin epi tēs archaias eudaimonias tēn Rhōmaïkēn archēn horąn hypērche, pasēs apēllagmenēn emphyliou staseōs; ho tou poira tōn exōthen polemou pollǭ pheuktoteron esti kai phoberōteron, hosǭ tas oikeias hoapanąn sarkas tōn allotriōn pheuktoteron. Pl'. Ei de tauta soi kakourgias einai dokei to ion ēmphiesmenēs, kai porhrō basilikēs megalopre- i-- «in kē. annm-alma kai ta toutōn eti kioias, phere, soi parastēsō kai ta toutōn eti kir- leōteoa- Horōn gar ton hēmeteron logon megan leōtera. Horōn gar ton hēmeteron logon megan 21...-,ltr kyzyēēēi uni tēie anōthen martyriais. men onta tois dogmasi kai tais anōthen martyriais, ton auton palaion te kai neon ; palaion men tais prorrēsesi, kai tois hypastraptousi kinēksi tēs theotētos ; neon de tę̄ teleutaią thespha- iē kai tois ek tautēs te kai peri tautēn thaumaią, kai tois ek tautēs te kai peri tautēn thauma-... he... hex..thigō vni gnōrimōteron tois paradedomenois, kaiieis tode tetērēmenois typois tēs En.xilēsias; ’ina mēde touto akakourgt,ton menę̄, ti mēchanatai, kai ti poiei? Mimeitai Rhapsakēn ton zAssyrion ; estratēgei de ara tǭ basilei tōn ’Dssyriiēn Senachē-reimē. (Houtos, epi tēn Ioudaian strateusas, kai dynamei pollę̄ kai cheiri ta Ierosolyma poliorkōn, kai tę̄ polei proskathezomenos, epeidē mēte ’ dynamei parastēsasthai tēn polin oios te ēn, mēte ti tōn endon autǭ para tōn prodotōn enedidoto, logois ēmerois kai omoglōssois hypopoieisthai tēn polin epicheirei. ’Ho dē synentas legetai tous poliorkoumenous, touto paraitēsasthai prōton, Syristi laleisthai autois. alla mē Ebraïsti keleusantas, hōs tacha an heis douleian klapeisi tǭ hēmerǭ tēs dialexeōs. PIA'. Touto dē kai houtos dianoētheis, didaskaleia min hidrysasthai kata pasan polin hetoimos ēn, bēmata te kai proedrias, kai hyphedrias, Hellēnikōn te dogmatōn anagnōseis kai anaptyxeis, hosai te ēthos euthmizousi, pai hosai tēs epikrypseōs ; eu; chōn ti typon en merei, kai tēs tōn hamartanontōn.. mm eoita metron epitimēseōs; proteleiōn ti kai teleiōseōs, kai hosa tēs hēmeteras saphōs estin eitaxiasʼ eti de katagōgia pēxasthai kai xenōnas, agneutēria te kai-parthenōnas, kai phrontistēria, kai tēn heis tous deomenous philanthrōpian, tēn te dillēn hoposē, kai tēn en tois epistolimaiois synthēmasin, hois ’hēmeis ethnous eis ethnos tous chrę̄zontas parapempoimen ; ha dē kai malista tōn hēmeterōn eiche thaumasas. PlB'. Tauta dienoeito min ho kainos dogmatistēs \ - k ē.-A,...D Imma]: kd «uehendi- iigidi eis te kai sophistēs ; mē 7 epitelēde genesthai, mēde eis iiichthiilnai touiandros tēn encheirēsin, ouk hoidʼ, eite hēmin kerdos, tois ekeinou te kai tōn ekeinoi thatton apēllagmenois, eite tǭ proelthonti, mechri tēs oneirōxeōs ; edeichthē gar an tina men anthrōpōn kinēmata, tina de pithēkōo mimēmata. Epei kai nÿtoi mimeisthai men legontai tōn anthrōpinōn tina deleasmatōn, kakotechnōs protithemenōn ; toutois mentoi kai haliskontai, mē dynamenēs exikesthai tou hēmeterou sophou tēs mimēseōs. Ou gar mallon hippos Thessalikē, kai gynē Lakedaimonia, kai andres hoi tēs Arethousēs pinontes, hoion dē legō Sikeliōtas, hōs ho peri autōn chrēsmos, to ekkriton tōn homogenōn echousin, Christianois ta toiauta ethē te kai nomothetēmata tōn prepōdestatōn esti; kai hoia hypʼ oudenos an allou zēlōthenta tōn hēmin epesthai boulomenōnʼ epeidē mē anthrōpinais epinoiais mallon ē theią dynamei kai chronou beibaiotēti ta toiauta nenikēken. ptibatins oude gar oion te einai sophias (mixtu (ait. ' sophōs anapraphentas ' tois de ouk hoidʼ hopoteron doxei geloioteron te kai asthenesteron, ouk echousin ek theias hepipneuseōs to dynaton tou systēmatos, hōsper tōn rhizōn, aʼi kathʼ hydatos ochountai, pēxin ouk echousai. Kai dē balōmen heis tēn (tam. au; tōn ’enʼ oliga kai autoi paizousin autois thologousin, hōsper in pollois tōn dramatōn, sompaixōmsn ; kai prostetheiē tǭ chairein meta chairontōn, kai klaiousi syndakryein, to kai lērainousiisol; lērein anechesthai ' kai gelōta en dakryois poiētaï g inōskousin. fl RIAi Estō to theatron eutripes ; ē ouk hoidʼ ho ti kai kalein ton oikon autōn keleusousin hoi kērykes boatōsan ; ho laos synitō ; tēn proedrian echetōsan eite hoi polią, kai chronǭ, oiai tǭ tēs politeias exeilegmenǭ proechontes, heiʼte hoi genei kai doxą peribleptoi, kai sophią tę̄ katō plekomenę̄, kai pleion echousę̄ to terpnon tēs alēthous eustyeias ; touto gar epʼ autois poiēsometha; Ti poiēsousi ta eam? Autoi tous heautōn proedrous grapsatōsan. Halourgis autous kosmēsei, kai tainia, kai stephanōn anthos kai kallos ; hipeidē pollachou to semnon egnōn autois spoudazomenon, kai to hyperanō tou idiōtou ' hōs tou men koinou kai pezou to eukataphronēton echontos, tou di hyperonkou kai dysephiktou to axiopiston. "H kantautha machris hēmōn katabēsontai, mē to en tois schēmasin hypsēlon mallon ē to en tǭ tropǭnpripein autois, hōsper hēmeis, nomizontes ? Hēmin gar tou min phainomenou kai graphomenou (M) brachys d logos ; hē pleiōn de pragmateia peri ton entos anthrōpon, kai methelkein ton theatēn epi to nooumenon, hǭ kai mallon tous pollous ekpaideuomen. PIE'. Tauta min dē tautę̄ ' ti de to anteuthen? Parexeis autois hypophētas dēladē theophorōn logiōn, hōs han autoi phaiēte kai biblous anelixeis Oeologikas te kai hēthikas. Tinas tautas, eipe moi, kai tinōns Kalon prosądesthai tēn Hēsiodou Theogonian autois kai tous ekei polemous kai klonous, tous Titanas, tous Gigantas, meta tōn phoberōn onomatōn te kai pragmatōn? Kotos, Briareōs, Gygēs, Enkelados, oi drakontopodes hymōn, oi keraunophoroi theoi, hai toutois epaphiemenai nēsoi, belē te homou kai taphoi tois apantēsasi ; ta pikra toutōn gennēmata kai problēmata, Hydrai, Chimairai, Kerberoi, Gorgones, philotimia pantos kakou Tauta estō tōn Ēsioou kalōn tais akoais protithemena. Orpheus paritō meta tēs kitharas kai tēs panta helkousēs ǭdēs, epibremetō Dii ta megala kai hyperphyē tēs theologias rhēmata kai noēmata ; Zeu kydiste, megiste theōn, eilymene koprǭ, hosē te mēleiē, ’osē te hippōn, hosē te hēmionōn, ’inʼ inteuthen, oimai, deichthę̄ to zōogonon tou theou kai pheresbion ; ou gar allōs hoion te hēn ; kai mēde tēs allēs pheidesthai megalēgorias. ’Hōs eipousa thea doious anesyrato mērous, ’ina telesę̄ tous erastas, a kai nyn eti telei tois schēmasin. Epi pasin 6 Phanēs te kai 6 ’Prikapaios, kai 6 pantas katapinōn tous allous, eitʼ anadidous theous ’ina genētai patēr andrōn te theōn te. Tauta epeiskykleisthō tois thaumastois tēs theologias akroatais, eitʼ epinoeisthō toutois allēgorēmata kai terateumata ; kai tōn prokeimenōn ek; piptōn ho logos heis barathra chōreitō, kai krēmnous theōrias ouk echousēs to stasimon. RIzʼ. ’Omēron de pou thēseis, ton megan tōn theōn sou kōmǭdiograiron, eitʼ houn tragǭdopoion ? Amsrotera gar heurēseis en tois thaumasiois autou poiēmasi; ta men symphoras, ta de gelōtos axia. Kai gar hontōs ou mikras tēs phrontidos ekeino idein, pōs men Ōkeanos Tēthyï katallagēsetai diʼ ’Hēras pornikōs kosmoumenēs ; epeidē kindynos tǭ panti chronon tina sōphronountōn autōn ; eitʼ oun tēn xēran physin kai tēn hygran katallattesthai deoi, mē tǭ pleonasmǭ tou heterou to pan synchethę̄” heiite ti allo toutōn epinoeis atopōteron. Tis de hē thaumasia Ēixis tou nephelēgeritou kai tēs semnēs mras, hēnika aschēmonein auton anapeithei mesousēs hēmeras. kan oi poiētai meta tōn metrōn auton kolakeuōsi, lōton hypʼ)strōnnyntes hersēenta, kai krokon anaphyontes ek tēs gēs kai hyakinthon? Pothen tauta, kai tis toutōn 6 logos? Pōs de hē autē kathʼ hymas "Hpa, hē tou megalou Dios adelphē kai homozygos, nyn men en aitheri kai nephelais kremamenē, kai sidērois akmosi kathelkomenē, kai chrysais timōmenē cheiropedais, hē leukōlenos te kai rhododaktylos, hōs mēde tois paraiteisthai boulomenois tōn theōn akindynon einai tēn philanthrōpian ; nyn de holon ton tōn arōtōn keston ephʼ heautēn helkousa dia tōn pros ton Dia kallōpismatōn, hōs kai pantas homologeisthai autǭ tous epi pasais erōtas henos toutou parapoly leipomenous ? Tis da ho phobos, mē tōn theōn kinoumenōn hyper tēs Lakainēs moichados, kai ouranou salpizontos, anarrmę̄ men gēs edra, metharmosthę̄ de thalassa, dēposieuthę̄ de ądou basileia, kai eis toumphanis elthę̄ ta tǭ makrǭ chronǭ kekalymmena? Tis de hē tōn kyaneōn ophryōn epineusis, kai hē tōn ambrosiōn trichōn stnkinēsis, ho) on Olympon kataseiousa? Tis de 6 titrōskomenos ’Drēs, ē chalkǭ keramǭ katakleiomenos ? 6 tēs chrysēs Aphroditēs aphyēs erastēs, kai moichos haperiskeptos kai tǭ ’Dmphigyēenti kratoumenos, kai theatron tōn theōn ephʼ heautǭ syllegōn aschēmonounti, kai mikrois chrēmasin aphiemenos ? PIZ'. Tauta panta kai ploiō toutōn houtō sophōs kai polytropōs synkeimena, kai pantapasin exō tōn nenomismenōn, tis houtōs ymin hypsēlos ti kai megas, kai hontōs Dii mētin atalantos, hōs heis to euprepes agagein logois theōrias hypernephous, kai hyper ta hēmetera metra tēs katalēpseōs? Kaitoi tauta ei men alēthē, mētʼ aischynesthōsan, kai philotimeisthōsan, hē, hoti mē aischra, peithetōsan o kai ti dei katapheugein autous ipi ton mython, hōs tēs aischynēs (lii) synkalymma? ou gar tharrhountōn, allʼ hypochōrountōn 6 mythos; ei de pseudē, prōton min epideiknytōsan hēmin tous gymnous theologous, hinʼii pros ekeinous hēmin ho logos ; epeita legetōsan pōs ouk eÿēthes, hois hōs mythikois aischynontai, toutois hōs ischyrois kallōpizesthai o kai a tous pollous lanthanein dynaton ēn, ou gar pantōn hē paideusis, tauta dēmosieuein tais hapantōn hopsesin hen plasmasi te kai schēmasi, kai to deinotaton, methʼ ,ozi 6hy1 ’osēs tēs eis chrēmata zē mias, hen te naois kai bōmois, kai idrymasi, kai anathēmasi, kai thysiais polytalantois, kai azēmiōs enon eusebein, asebein haireisthai meta zēmias ? PIH'. Ei de tauta men poiētōn einai phēsousi plasmata kai lērēmata, dyo toutois proschrōmenōn eis to terpnon tēs poiēseōs, metrǭ kai mythǭ, kai oionkataglykainontōn toutois tēn akoēn, autois de aporrhētoteron einai kai bathyteron ton enapokeimenon toutois noun, kai diabaton oligois tōn sophōterōn, skopeite, ōs haplōs kai dikaiōs peri toutōn egō dialexomai. Prōton men pōs epainousi tous hōn sebousin hybristas, kai mikrou tōn isotheōn axiousi timōn, hois to mē dounai dikēn tēs asebeias l A n n n9 \ y n P [iiēch, i kerdos autarkes ēn ? Ei gar tois heis hena theon autōn kai idią kai mikra blasphēmēsasi thanatos ē zēmia para tōn nomōn, ti paschein edei tous pasin homou kai dēmosią, kai epi tois aischistois epaphientas tēn poiēsin, kai makrǭ chronǭ paradontas tēn kōmǭdian ?“Epeita kai touto logizesthai axion; eisi kai parʼ hēmin katʼ epikrypsin logoi tines, ouk arnēsomai, alla tis ho tropos autōn tēs diploēs, kai tis hē dynamis ? Oute to phainomenon aprepes, kai to kryptomenon Thaumasion kai hyperlampron tois eis to bathos eisagomenois, kai hōsper ti sōma kalon itii aprositon, ou phaulę̄ tę̄ esthēti perikalyptetai; dei gar, hōs goun emoige dokei, tōn theiōn mēde tas endeixeis, kai tas emphaseis aprepeis einai kai anaxias tōn dēloumenōn, mēde hoiais han kai hanthrōpoi legomenais peri autōn dyscherainoien; allʼ ē to kalliston pantōs echein, ē mē to haischiston,’ina to men tous sophōterous euphrainę̄, to de mē blaptę̄ tous pleionas. (enomenon, Allʼ ho min theōrētikos topos ‘OIOGTOC, kai houtō porrō tōn hypothesiōn, hōs pana troteron einai symbalein allēlois, kai dels higagein ta mikrǭ kechōrismena, ē tauta syntheinai iai synarmosai, kai tou hautou andros einai phēsai, ia mythologēmata te legō kai ta skopas PK'. Ti dʼ an eiʼpois peri tou ēthikou merousautyni iooen, kai ek tinōn hormōmenoi, kai tisi chrōienoi logois, plattein autous eis aritēn dynēsonat, kai pleistou poiein axious tais parainesisins Driston homonoia, kaito symphronein allēlois poleis iai dēmous, kai oikias, kai tous kathʼ hekaston, nomǭ iai taxei physeōs hepomenous, ē panta dieile ti kai “genus, kaito pan touto kosmon hena ek pleionōn pepoiēke. Tisi touto didaxousin hypodeigmasin ?Drs. tous polemous legontes tōn theōn, kai tas staseis, kai tas epanastaseis, kai tōn kakōn to plēthos, ōn autoi te echousi, kai allēlois parechousin, idią ie kai dēmosią, hōn mikrou pasa peplērōtai syngraphē te kai poiēsis? Thatton men tʼ an ex eirēnikyn machimous, kai paraplēgas anti sophōn, ē tounantion metrious kai sōphronas anti thraseōn kai apaideu tōn tois toioutois an ergasainto paradeigmasin. ei)? gar kai dicha tōn eis to cheiron helkontōn chalepon metatheinai kakias, kaipros tēn kreissō metastēpai moiran apo tēs cheironos, toutous tis an paiseien hēmerous einai kai kathektous, hic chrōmenous hodēgois tōn pathōn kai prostatais; entha to kakon einaikai timion, hōs theōn tina; proïstamenon, hou to pathos esti bōmois te kai thysiais timōmenon, kai parrēsian eilēphos ennomon ?Touto gar to deinotaton, hoti ha tois nomois kolazetai, tauta hōs theia sebetai; tosautē tis hymin tēs adikias hē periousia. RKAʼ. Deuteron autois prokeisthō goneōn aidōs kai timē, kai to tēn prōtēn aitian tou einai sebein meta tēn prōtēn; touto kai logos eisēgeisthō, kai theologia peithetō. Pōs di ou peisei Kronos Ouranon ektemōn, ’inʼ agonosę̄theōn, kai dǭ kymasin apotelesai theon, aphrou gennēma; kai Kronǭ Zeus epanistamenos, kata mimēsin tou patros 6 glykys lithos kai pikros tyrannoktonos ; heiʼte ti allo toiouton autois heis timēn tōn gennēsamenōn hai bibloi pherousi. Triton autois estō chrēmatōn hyperopsiio, kai to mē pantachothen kerdainein, mēde tou dystychein arrabōna, to kakōs ktasthai lambanein. Pōs oun ho Kerdǭos autois stathēsetai, kai to sakellion problēthēsetai, kai hē kleptikē tou Theou dynamis timēthēsetai, kai to ° ’Haneu chalkou Phoibon mē manteuesthai, mēde einai ti tou obolou timiōteron? Tauta gar autōn ta semna kai sebasmia, RKB. Ti Eu? Sōphrosynēn didasketōsan, enkrateian heisēgeisthōsan; kai 6 peithōn engys, panto ginomenos dia tas gynaikas, 6 Zeus, kaiPhryxi meirakiskois aetos erastēs 6 philtatos (inʼ hōs hēdista symposiazoien hoi theoi, tois Dios oinochooumenoi paidikois) ; kai tais pentēkonta Thestiou thygatrasin enathleuōn Hēraklēs en mią nykti ho Triesperos, kai triskaidekaton athlon touton epitelesas, ouk hoidʼ hopōs tois allois ge ou synarithmoumenon. Epikoptetō ton thymon Arę̄s, methēn Dionysos, misoxenian Artemis, apatēn ho loxias autōn chrēsmologos, gelōtos ametrian 6 katachōleuōn theos, tōn theōn lypoumenōn, kai araiais tais knēmais epirrhōnnymenos; gastrimargian 6 Zeus epi daita liparan trechōn metʼ amymonas Aithiopēas syn tois loipois daimosin; 6 Bouthoinas, ton geōrgon tyrannēsas, kai ton arotēn boun laphyxas, kai tēn klēsin labōn ek tēs praxeōs, kai pantes tais knissais kai tais loibais epitrechontes. PKI'. Kaitoi pōs tauta tōn hēmeterōn engys. hois horos men philias autos hekastos, kai to tti auta boulesthai tois plēsion ha kai sphisin hautois ’ enklēma dʼ hou monon to genesthai kakon, alla kai to mellēsai mikrou, kai tēs orgēs kolazomenēs, hōs praxeōs ; hois sōphrosynē men houtō spoudazetai, hōste kai ophthalmos anastelletai; cheir de phonikē tosouton porrōthen heiʼrgetai hōste kai thymos sōphronizetaii epiorkon de omosai houtō deinon kai hyperonkon, hōste kai ton horkon monois hēmin tynchanein; apōmoton? Chrēmata Xe tois men pollois oudʼ egeneto; pollois de dia toutʼ an ēn hēdeōs pleiō kai monon, hina pleionōn yperidōsi, to mēden echein anti pantos ploutou philosophountes; gastera de tois pollois ateorripsantes hōs pikran despoinan kai apoptyston, kai pantōn kakōn mētera; ou mega phēsai, hoti mēde sarkes einai biazontai, tǭ athanatǭ to thnēton analiskontes; kai nomos heis autois aretēs, to mēde tōn mikrōn hēttasthai, kai pasi t parorōmenōn. To gar kalliston, hoti, tōn allōn ta telē timōroumenōn kata tous nomous, hēmeis kai tas archas kolazomen, hōsper ti rheuma ponēron kai dyskathekton porrōthen anastellontes. PKA'. Pou de kai para tisin anthrōpōn, eepe moi, ty loidoroumenous euphēmein, blasphēmoumenous parakalein, hōs ou tēs kakēgorias blaptoups mallon ē tēs alētheias, diōkomenous hypochōrein, gymnomenous prosapekdyesthai, katarōmenous hypereuchesthai tōn arōmenōno eni logǭ, chrēstotēti nikąn thrasytēta, kai beltious poiein tous adikountas, hois karteroumen statum-:53 Kaitoi kan ei kakian doiēmen autous kolazein tais tou plasmatos parainesesi, pou to phthasai pros ta metra tēs hēmeteras aretēs kai paideuseōs, hois ka). to mē probainein tǭ kalǭ, mēde neous anti palaiōn aei ginesthai, allʼ en tautǭ menein kakia dokei? Stromoōn to pathos peritrechontōn, ou proïontōn, kai stasimon kinoumenōn, hinʼ houtōs eipō, tę̄ bią tēs mastigos. Kai dei to men hēmin exēnysthai tōn kalōn, tou de echesthai, tou de ephiesthai mechri tou telous kai tēs theōseōs, ephʼ gegonamen kai pros ēn epeigometha, oi ge diauatikoi tēn dianoianēkai ti tēs tou Theou megalonoias elpizontes axion.

[60] But for Christians it is sweeter to suffer for piety, even if they escape everyone’s notice, than for others to win good repute along with impiety; for pleasing men is of small account with us, and our whole longing is for honour from God; or rather, for those who truly love wisdom and love God, it goes beyond even this: they love their kinship with the good for the sake of the good itself, not for the honours laid up as its reward. For this is the second rank of the praiseworthy, to do something for wages and for a return, as the third is to flee wickedness for fear of punishment. Such, then, is our case, and so it stands; and this is easily shown from many things. [61] But he, as though he were going to deprive Christians of a great honour (for most people judge the affairs of others by their own passions), pursues this before all else: to rob us of good repute. And he does not, with greatness of soul like the other persecutors, openly register his impiety; nor does he think about us, if not royally, at least altogether tyrannically, so that his impious deed might at least have some magnificence: to force the people of the whole world and tyrannize over a doctrine that stands above all doctrines; but very slavishly and ignobly he does evil to piety, and he brought into the persecution against us the twists and duplicities of his reasonings. Since, then, ruling is divided into these two, persuading and forcing, the more inhuman part, that of tyranny, he left to the peoples and cities, whose folly is the harder to restrain because of its unreason and its unconsidered rush at everything; and this not by public decree, but by an unwritten law of not checking their impulses. [62] The milder and more royal part, that of persuasion, he took upon himself, if you please; yet he did not keep even this entirely; for it was not possible by nature for the leopard to put off its spots, or the Ethiopian his blackness, or fire its burning, or the evil one his hatred of man, since he is a murderer from the beginning, or that man the wickedness with which he set out against us. But as they say that the chameleon easily becomes anything and takes on every colour except white (I pass over the Proteus of the myth, the Egyptian sophist), so he too was and became everything to Christians except gentle; and his kindness was most inhuman, his persuasion violent, and his mildness an excuse for his savagery, so that he might seem to use force with reason when he failed to persuade. [63] And this is clear from the fact that with him persuasion was brief, and force, which was greater, followed at once; so that, as in hunting, we might be caught either in the snares or by the chase, and one way or another he might master us. Having thus thought and decided, he next adopts this strategy, the only safe one, though very impious: he begins his wickedness, as all persecutors usually do, with those nearest him and his own guard; for it is not possible to attack those outside unless these have been won over, just as one cannot lead an army against the enemy when it is in revolt against its general. … by looking at the serpent that was hung up and destroyed by the sufferings of Christ: many of those in power and high places, who were more likely to be overcome, both through fear and through hopes; and many of the lowly, known only by their number, against whom he made his assault and was repulsed, like some ineffective engine by a noble wall. But what escaped him did not grieve him as much as what was captured encouraged him in his frenzy; and his desire presented what he hoped for as already won. [66] Now he dares to act even against the great standard that processes with the cross and leads the army, lifted on high, a release from toils, named, and as one might say reigning over the other standards, among the Romans: both those that glory in the faces of emperors and in hangings spread out in various dyes and letters, and those that, breathing into the fearful jaws of dragons hung on the tops of spears, and fanned through their coils of woven, many-coloured scales, present to the eyes a sight at once most pleasant and fearful. And when things near at hand went as he intended, and he had got the better of the danger in hand, as he thought, so now he tries what comes next. [67] Most foolish, most impious, most uninstructed in great things! You, against so great an inheritance, against the fruit-bearing of the whole world that has embraced all the ends of the earth through the plainness of the word and the folly, as you would call it, of the preaching, which conquered the wise, stopped the demons, and outran time, being at once old and new (as you tell marvels about one of your gods): old to the few and new to the many, old in the outline and new in the completion of the mystery, stored up for its own times? You, against the great inheritance of Christ? (You, who, and how great, and from where?) The great inheritance that will not cease, not even if some rage more than you, but will always go forward and be exalted further (for I believe the prophecies and what is seen); which he made as God and inherited as man; which the law sketched, grace fulfilled, and Christ renewed; which prophets fastened together, apostles bound together, and evangelists completed? [68] You, against the sacrifice of Christ with your pollutions? You, against the blood that cleansed the world with your bloods? You, war against peace? You, a hand against the hand that was nailed for you and because of you? You, your tasting against the gall? A trophy against the cross? Overthrow against death? Insurrection against the resurrection? Against the Martyr, not even martyrs? After Herod a persecutor, after Judas a traitor (except that you did not show repentance by a noose, as he did), a Christ-killer after Pilate, and a God-hater after the Jews? [69] Did you not respect the victims slain for Christ, nor fear the great contestants, that John, Peter, Paul, James, Stephen, Luke, Andrew, Thecla, and those who after them and before them faced danger for the truth, who readily contended against fire and sword and beasts and tyrants, and against evils present and threatened, as though in other people’s bodies, or bodiless? For what? So as not to betray piety even by a word. Theirs are the great honours and festivals; by them demons are driven out and diseases healed; theirs are the appearances, and theirs the predictions; whose bodies alone, when touched or honoured, are as powerful as their holy souls; whose very drops of blood and small tokens of their suffering do as much as their bodies. [70] These you do not revere but dishonour, you who admire the pyre of Heracles, which came from misfortune and from wrongs concerning women; and the butchery of Pelops, hospitable, or rather god-loving, from which the Pelopids are famous for their shoulder and the ivory; and the castrations of the Phrygians, charmed by the flute and outraged after the flute; and the tortures in the rites of Mithras and the mystic burnings, which are just; and the slaughter of strangers among the Taurians; and the sacrifice of the royal maiden at Troy; and the blood of Menoeceus for Thebes, and later that of the daughters of Scedasus at Leuctra; you who praise the Spartan youths flayed with whips and the blood on the altar that delights a pure and virgin goddess; who extol the hemlock of Socrates, the leg of Epictetus, and the bag of Anaxarchus, whose philosophy was compulsory rather than voluntary; and the death of Cleombrotus of Ambracia, philosophized from the dialogue On the Soul; and the Pythagorean resistance over beans, and the contempt of death of Theano, or of I know not which of those initiated into his doctrines or philosophizing them. [71] But you, if not those, at least admire the present ones, O most philosophical and most noble, you who look to those Epaminondases and Scipios for endurance, who march with the army, take improvised food, and praise generalship that does its own work. It is the mark of a noble and philosophic soul not to dishonour the virtue even of enemies, and to rate the nobility of foes above the vice and softness of one’s closest friends. Do you see these men without livelihood or hearth, almost without flesh and blood, and drawing near to God by this; with unwashed feet and sleeping on the ground, as your Homer says, so as to honour one of the demons by the fiction; below, and above things below; among men, and above the human; bound, and free; constrained, and unconstrained; who have nothing in the world, and all that is above the world; whose life is double, the one disdained, the other pursued; immortal through mortification, joined to God through their dissolution; without desire, and yet with the divine and passionless love; whose is the source of light, and whose already its radiances; whose are the angelic psalmodies, the all-night standing, and the departure of the mind to God, snatched away beforehand; whose is the purification, and whose the being purified, knowing no measure of ascent and deification; whose are the rocks, and whose the heavens; whose is being cast down, and whose the thrones; whose is nakedness, and whose the garment of incorruption; whose is the desert, and whose the festival there; whose is tyranny over pleasures, and whose the enjoyment that cannot be undone or told; whose tear is a flood upon sin, a purification of the world; whose stretching out of hands quenches flame, lulls beasts, blunts swords, turns back battle lines, and will muzzle your impiety too, be sure of it, even if you are lifted up for a little while and play the drama of impiety with your demons? … which Croesus refuted with his Lydian gold; and of the love of beauty of Socrates (I am ashamed to call it pederasty, even if it is dignified with fine ideas); and of the Sicilian gluttony of Plato, for which he was even sold, and not ransomed by any of his disciples, nor by any Greek at all; and of the fish-eating of Xenocrates; and of the chatter of Diogenes, who lived in the jar, by which he set strangers above the tyrants of tragedy and cheap loaves above sesame cakes; and of the philosophy of Epicurus, which defines no good above pleasure. Great to you is Crates; and indeed it is philosophical to let one’s property be given over to pasture for sheep, and like our own philosophers; but he parades his freedom by proclamation, like one who loves not so much wisdom as glory. Great is he who, when his ship was storm-tossed and everything was thrown overboard, gave thanks to fortune for reducing him to his cloak. Great is Antisthenes, because, when his face was battered by some insolent and bold fellow, he merely wrote the striker’s name on his forehead, as craftsmen do on a statue, perhaps to accuse him the more hotly. You praise one of those not long before us, because he stood all day praying to the sun (perhaps watching it as it sank lower, so as to finish his prayer by ending with its setting); and the standing at Potidaea in the winter season, all night long, labouring at contemplation, so as not even to feel the cold because of his ecstasy; or Homer’s love of learning about the Arcadian riddle, and Aristotle’s philosophy and watching over the changes of the Euripus, by which they died; and the well of Cleanthes, and the strap of Anaxagoras, and the gloom of Heraclitus. [72] How many are these, and how long ago? But do you not admire the thousands and tens of thousands among us, who philosophize these things and things still more wonderful throughout their whole life and, so to speak, throughout the whole world, men and women alike, vying in courage and here alone forgetting their nature, where one must be made God’s own through purity and endurance? Not only the low-born and those used to toil from their poverty at the start, but also those once very lofty and brilliant in wealth, family, and power, who make hardship something new for the imitation of Christ; with whom, even if there is no eloquence (because they do not place piety in words, and think the fruit of the wisdom of the mouth small, as one of your poets also thought), there is more reasonableness, and education in deeds. [74] And yet, overlooking all these things, and looking to this one thing only, how he might gratify the demons who had often brought him down as he deserved, before settling any other public matter he rushes upon the Christians. Two things were his concern: the Galileans, as he insultingly called them, and the Persians, who were holding out mightily in the war; but ours was so much the greater and more eagerly pursued that the Persian matter was thought by him nonsense and child’s play. And this he did not reveal, yet did not hide; but so great was the excess of his madness that he never stopped confessing it always and to everyone. And not even this did the most intelligent of all men and the best protector of the commonwealth see: that in the former persecutions little was confounded and disturbed, since our doctrine had not yet reached many, but the truth still stood among a few and needed to shine forth; whereas now, when the saving word had been poured out and had come to prevail especially among us, to try to change and disturb Christian affairs was nothing else than to shake the Roman empire and endanger the whole commonwealth, and to suffer at our own hands what not even our enemies would pray for worse against us; and to overthrow this new and wonderful philosophy and kingship, by which we are happy and have returned to that golden age and polity, free from strife and war. [75] Or would a tolerably managed public post, relief of taxes, selection of officials, punishment of thefts, and the other things that belong to temporary and momentary happiness and show, have brought great benefit to the commonwealth, so that our ears had to be filled with their praises; while peoples and cities in faction, families torn apart, households divided, and marriages split, all of which were likely to follow that evil, and indeed followed it in full measure, were the things best suited to his good repute and to the safety of the commonwealth? Yet who is so inclined to impiety, or so far outside common reasoning, as to agree to this? For just as in bodies, when one or two members are weak, the rest bear up without difficulty, and the good of health is preserved in the greater part, by which perhaps those members too may return to a better state; but when the greater part is in revolt and in bitter condition, there is no way for the whole not to be ill, and such a state is already a clear danger: so also among subjects, the sicknesses of individuals tend to be hidden by the commonwealth, which is in better health, but when the greater number are unsound, the whole is in danger. This, it seems to me, anyone else would have seen, even of those who hate us most, at the present time and with so great a growth of the Christians; but his wickedness darkened his reasonings, and for this reason he weaves his persecution out of small and great things alike. [76] That was very boyish and frivolous, unworthy not only of an emperor but of anyone even moderately steady of mind: that, thinking our disposition would follow a change of name, or that he would at least shame us as though we were charged with something most shameful, he at once made an innovation in our name, calling us Galileans instead of Christians and legislating that we be so called; showing by his act that the name of Christ is the greatest for glory and the most precious, since he planned to deprive us of it; or else he feared the power of the name, as the demons do, and for this reason passed over to another name, one neither customary nor familiar. [77] But we will not change their names for them; for there is nothing we could change them into more ridiculous than their phalli and ithyphalli, their Black-bottoms and No-bottoms, and the goat-foot, and the august Pan, the one god sprung from all the suitors, who took his name from the outrage, as was fitting. For among them either one, and the strongest, must outrage many, or one, and the most shameful, must come from many. We will not begrudge them either the things or the names; let them enjoy their own simplicity and pride themselves on what is most shameful; and if they wish, we will leave them the Ox-feaster too, and the Three-nights’ one, to gratify them the more: who was both begotten in that way and begot magnificently, and made the fifty daughters of Thestius his thirteenth labour in one night, so as to be named a god from these. For if one wished to make such innovations, there are many names for him from his own deeds, at once more shameful and more fitting for Christians to use. What would prevent us too, playing back on equal terms at the emperor (of the Romans and of the world, as he thought, deceived by the demons), from calling him Idolian, and Pisaean, and Adonaean, and Bull-burner (as some of our wits have already named him, since the thing is very easy), and whatever else history gives us to make up, or to make from the truth? [78] But most absurd of all: the Saviour and Master of all, the maker and governor of this universe, the Son and Word of the great Father, the mediator and high priest and sharer of his throne, who for us, who had dishonoured his image and been carried down to the dust and did not know the great mystery of the union, not only came down to the form of a servant but also went up on the cross and gathered up my sin to put it to death; he, when he was called a Samaritan and, what is much worse, accused of having a demon, was neither ashamed nor brought a charge against those who insulted him, though it was easy for him to repel the wicked with angelic armies or by a word alone; but he very gently and meekly sent away those who insulted him and shed tears for those who crucified him: and we are supposed to be pained at being so called, or ashamed, or to give up our ambition for the good on that account, and to make more of these insults than of our souls and bodies, which we know how to despise for the truth! But this, as I said, is ridiculous rather than painful, and we send it off to the stage; we would never outdo those who there easily make such jokes at the expense of the Maiden and are made the jest. [79] But this was very wicked and malicious: that, unable to persuade openly, and ashamed to use force tyrannically, hiding the fox in the lion’s skin, or, if you like, the most unjust of men (how shall I say it properly?) under the mask of Minos, he used force with a show of gentleness. The rest I will leave to those who wish to record and write history, since my discourse is hastening on; and I think many will be eager to write the tragedy (or should one call it a comedy?) of that time, who will think it a part of piety to pelt the wretch with words, so that so great a matter, least worthy of being forgotten, may be handed down to those who come after; but I myself will tell one or two things instead of all, as a sample, for those who greatly admire his doings, so that they may know that they think fit to praise one whom it is not possible to find worthy even of blame. … thrown out or killed … for they love not only the truths of the things they pride themselves on, but also … [81] And he, what does he contrive, and what snare does he set for the firmer among the Christians? Like those who mix poisons with food, he contrives to mix impiety with the customary honours paid to the emperors, and to rank the laws of the Romans and the worship of idols together; and for this reason he had the demons painted alongside his portraits, as though they were some of the customary depictions, and set out the images to peoples and cities, and especially to the governors of the provinces, so that it would be impossible for some evil not to be incurred: either the honour of the idols would be carried along with the honour of the emperors, or by refusing the idols the emperors would be insulted, since the worship was mixed. This trick, this snare of impiety sophistically devised, a few of the more pious and intelligent escaped, and they even paid the penalty for their intelligence: the pretext was that they had broken the law against the emperor’s honour, but in truth they faced danger for the true King and for piety. But many of the simpler and more guileless were caught, for whom perhaps there is pardon for their ignorance, since they were carried off by craft into impiety. Such, then, was this, which alone would suffice to expose the emperor’s intention; for we do not suppose that the same things befit emperors and private persons, since the two are not of the same dignity. To a private person we might grant that he act by craft (for since open force is not possible for him, his contrivance is pardonable); but for an emperor, since it is very shameful to be overcome by force, it is more shameful, I think, and more unbecoming, to steal by craft. [82] Another thing, which comes from the same mind and intention but is much worse in its extent and more impious, since the evil reached more people, I will add to what has been said. It was the day of the imperial bounty, whether an annual one or one devised by the emperor for his mischief, and the soldiers had to be present to be honoured, each according to his rank or station. Again the stage of meanness, again the drama of impiety: inhumanity was drugged with a show of kindness, and the unreason of soldiers, together with the greed with which they mostly live, was enticed with money. He then sat in state, celebrating splendidly against piety and priding himself on his tricks, a Melampus, I think, or a Proteus, being and becoming everything and easily changing his shapes; and what was around him, and how worthy of lamentation for those of right mind, not only for those then present but also for those who now receive that spectacle by hearing! [83] Gold lay before them, incense lay before them, the fire was near, the officers close at hand; and the arrangement was plausible: this seemed to be the custom of the imperial bounty, an old and honoured one. Then what? One had to burn incense upon the fire and receive from the emperor the wages of destruction, so small a price for so great a thing: whole souls, and impiety toward God. Alas for the transaction! Alas for the exchange! A whole army bought by a single trick; those who had subdued the world fell before a little fire and gold and smoke, most of them not even knowing their own slaughter: this was the most grievous thing. One came forward as though to make a profit, and lost himself along with the gain; he kissed the emperor’s right hand, and did not know that he was kissing his murderer. For those who did know there was nothing more to be done, once they had been seized by the evil, and considered their first folly an unbreakable law. What myriads of Persians achieved this, what archers, what slingers, what soldier clad in iron and invulnerable everywhere, what engines against the walls? … one hand, one moment, and one foul counsel accomplished … over the cold drink, looking upward with the seal. When one of their fellow diners marvelled and said, “What is this? Do you call on Christ after the denial?” “How have we denied him?” said the half-dead men, “and what is this new thing?” And when he said, “Because you burned incense upon the fire,” and explained that this was the denial, at once they leapt up from the banquet like madmen and frenzied, boiling with zeal and anger, and ran through the market place, shouting and saying: “Christians, we are Christians in our souls! Let every man hear, and before all God, for whom we live and for whom we shall die. We have not lied to you, Saviour Christ; we have not denied the blessed confession. If our hand stumbled, our mind did not follow. We were tricked by the emperor; we were not wounded by the gold. We strip off the impiety; we are cleansed with blood.” Then, running to the emperor and throwing the gold down before him very boldly, they cried: “We have not received gifts, O emperor, but we have been condemned to death; we were not called to honour, but sentenced to dishonour. Grant your soldiers a favour: slaughter us for Christ, by whom alone we are ruled; give fire in return for that fire; make ashes in place of those ashes. Cut off the hands that we wickedly stretched out, the feet with which we wickedly ran. Honour others with the gold, who will not repent of taking it; for us Christ suffices, whom we hold in place of all things.” At the same time as they said this they urged the others to recognize the deception, to sober up from the drunkenness, and to make their defence to Christ with blood. At this the emperor, angered, avoided killing them openly, so as not to make martyrs of those who, as far as it lay with them, were martyrs; but he handed them over to exile, and so took his vengeance, and conferred on them the greatest benefit: to stand far away from his pollutions and his tricks. [85] Although he had such an impulse, and used his malice for many things, yet (for the man’s mind had no firmness, nor did it belong more to his own reasonings than to the rush of the demon) he did not keep his resolve to the end, nor preserve the secret of his wickedness. But as they say that the fire of Etna is hidden in the depths of Etna, welling up from below and held down by force (whether it is something else, or the gasping of a giant being punished), and for a time it rumbles fearfully and belches smoke from the summit as a sign of the evil, but if ever it grows too much and becomes hard to restrain, it is thrown up from its own bosom, rises, and pours over the craters, and sometimes destroys part of the land below with an incredible and fearful stream: so one can find him too, for a while mastering himself and his sophistic doctrine, and harming our affairs by deceit; but if ever his uncontrolled anger boiled over, he could not hide his malice, but used open persecution against our divine and pious community. [86] … and these things were done with one of the imperial philosophers as general, who was named from these deeds alone? Who does not know the riot of the people of Heliopolis? Who does not know the madness of the people of Gaza, who were admired and honoured by him because they rightly perceived his magnificence? Who does not know the frenzy of the Arethusians, until then unknown, but from that time very well known? For not only a right deed makes people famous, but also vice, when it outdoes the renown of the wicked. [87] For some are said (I must mention one thing out of many, worthy of a shudder even from the godless) to have brought pure virgins, above the world and almost untouched even by the eyes of men, out into public, and to have stripped them of their clothing, so as first to outrage them by the sight; and then, having cut them open and divided them (O Christ, how shall I bear your long-suffering at that time?), some of them feasted wickedly with their own teeth, worthily of their own misery, gorging themselves on the raw livers, and after that food took another, the common and customary one; while others, scattering pigs’ food over the still-quivering entrails and letting loose the fiercer of the pigs, made that theatre see flesh devoured and torn together with barley, a mixed food, then first seen and heard of, with which only the author of these things deserved to feed his demons; as indeed he fed them well from that blood and from the wound that he received in his own entrails, even if the wretches are insensible to such things and, because of their impiety, have not even understanding. [88] As for the affair of the admirable Mark and the Arethusians, who is so far outside our world as not to know it, and not to anticipate in the telling the one who mentions it? Under Constantius the great, by the licence then given to Christians, he had pulled down a dwelling of demons, and had brought many over from the Greek error to salvation, not less by the brightness of his life than by the power of his word; and for a long time he had been an object of anger to the Arethusians, or rather to the demon-loving among the Arethusians. When affairs turned against the Christians and those of the Greeks began to flare up, he did not escape the power of the time. For peoples tend, even if for the present they restrain their anger, like fire smouldering in timber or a stream held back by force, to be kindled and to break out if they get an opportunity. Seeing, then, the movement of the people against him, since they thought and threatened nothing moderate, at first he planned flight, not from cowardice so much as because of the commandment that bids us flee from city to city and give way to persecutors; for Christians must not consider only their own interests, even if they are very brave and enduring, but must also spare the persecutors, so as, so far as it lies with them, to contribute nothing to their enemies’ danger. But when he perceived that many were being dragged and led off because of him, and many were running for their lives because of the cruelty of the persecutors, he could not bear to overlook others in danger for the sake of his own safety; and for this reason he took a most excellent and philosophical counsel: he returns from his flight, gives himself up to the people to do with him whatever they wished, and sets himself against the hardship of the times. Then what dreadful thing was absent? What heavier thing was not devised? Each contributed something to the harmony of a single evil; those who pressed upon him did not respect even the man’s philosophy, if nothing else, but were rather the more angry on this account, because they thought the man’s presence a contempt of them rather than courage in the face of dangers. [89] An old priest was led, a voluntary athlete, through the middle of the city, venerable in age, more venerable in his way of life, to all except the persecutors and tyrants; and he was led by every age and condition, not by some and not by others, but by all alike, men, women, young, old, those who administered the city and those in office. There was a contest among all to outdo one another in insolence toward the old man; and it was thought by all a part of piety to do him as much evil as possible and to conquer an old athlete contending against the whole city. He was dragged through the streets, thrust into sewers, pulled by the hair and by every part of the body there is, with insult mixed with torture, at the hands of those who deserve to be punished thus in the rites of Mithras; he was tossed in the air from boys to boys, who caught the noble body on their styluses and made the tragedy a game; his legs were crushed in presses down to the very bones; his ears were cut through with threads, the strongest and thinnest; raised aloft in a basket, smeared with honey and fish sauce, he was stung by wasps and bees at midday, while the sun blazed fiercely, melting his flesh and making the more eager for those creatures the eating of that blessed flesh (for I would not call it wretched). Then it is said (let this too be thought worthy of writing) that the old man, young for the contests (for he did not lose his cheerfulness even in terrible things, but even revelled in the tortures), uttered that saying which is remembered and celebrated: that he welcomed the omen, seeing himself on high and them low and lying beneath; so far did he rise above those who held power, and so far was he from the pains, as if he were present at another man’s danger, and making the thing a procession rather than a calamity. [90] Yet who of those even moderately decent and humane would not have respected these things? But the time did not allow them, nor did the emperor’s impulse, which demanded inhumanity from peoples and cities and officials, even if it did not seem so to the many who did not know the depth of his malice. Such were the doings of the steadfast old man. And for what? That he might not give a single gold coin to the torturers; by which it was clear that he endured for piety. For as long as, having assessed the temple at a very heavy price, they demanded the whole sum in gold, or ordered him to rebuild the temple himself, it seemed that the impossibility of the order, rather than the piety of his soul, caused his resistance; but when, conquering them little by little by his endurance and always reducing something of the assessment, he finally brought it to this, that what was asked was quite small and very easy to pay, and the contest was equal, for them to win by taking anything at all, for him not to be overcome by paying nothing at all (though many were eager to contribute even more, not only for piety’s sake but also because of the man’s being uncapturable and unconquered), then it was clearly shown that he made the contest not about money but about piety. [91] Are these, then, marks of decency and gentleness, or, on the contrary, of rashness and inhumanity? Let those who admire the philosopher-emperor tell us. I think no one at all is at a loss for the just and true answer. And I add that of those who saved the accursed man, when his whole family was in danger, and smuggled him away by stealth, this man was one; for which alone, perhaps, he justly suffered these things, and deserved to suffer still more, because without knowing it he saved so great an evil for the whole world. They say, indeed, that for this reason the prefect of that time too (a man Greek in religion but above a Greek in character, like the best of those praised of old and now), unable to bear the varied tortures and the endurance of the man, said this to the emperor with frankness: “Are we not ashamed, O emperor, to be so far defeated by all the Christians that we cannot master even one old man who has gone through every torture? And to master him is no great thing; but how is it not the last misfortune to come away defeated?” And so, it seems, prefects were ashamed of the very things in which emperors prided themselves. What could be more wretched for the doers than these things, or for the sufferers? Such, then, were the affairs of the Arethusians, so that the inhumanity of Echetus and Phalaris is small compared with their cruelty, or rather with the cruelty of the one who persuaded and arranged these things; if indeed the shoots belong to the seed, and the shipwrecks to the wind. [92] And the rest, of what kind and how many? Who would give me the leisure and tongue of Herodotus and Thucydides, so that I might hand down the man’s wickedness to future time also, and the narratives of that time might be inscribed for those who come after? I will pass over the Orontes and the corpses by night which this river hid for the emperor, “crowded with corpses” and killing secretly (for here it is more fitting to quote the epic). I will pass over too the innermost and most remote parts of the palace, and all that was in pits and wells and ditches, full of evil treasures and mysteries: not only of boys and virgins cut open for necromancy and divination and unlawful sacrifices, but also of those who faced danger for piety. Let us concede these things, if you like, since he too was ashamed of them, doing at least this much with moderation; for it is clear from his attempt to hide them that the pollution was not seemly to be made public. As for the affairs of our Caesareans, those great-natured men, hot in piety, who were so harried and insulted by him, perhaps they are not worth reproaching him for; for he seemed, being justly angry on behalf of Fortune, whose temple met misfortune in the time of good fortune, to have proceeded to this retaliation; since one must make some concession even to injustice in power. [93] But who does not know that, when a certain people raged against the Christians, committing much murder and threatening more, the governor of the province, who steered a middle course between the times and the laws (for he thought he must serve the one, and was moderately ashamed before the others), and for this reason arrested many Christians but rebuked a few of the Greeks, was then brought up to the emperor on an accusation, tried dishonoured and seized on these charges; and when he put forward the laws according to which he had been entrusted to judge, was almost led away to death, but at last, obtaining kindness, was condemned to exile? And how wonderful and kind the sentence! “For what great matter is it,” says the just judge, “even for one who does not persecute Christians, if one Greek hand has done away with ten Galileans?” Is this not open cruelty? Is this not a proclamation of persecution, and much more manifest and fearful than those set out publicly? For what difference is there between proclaiming danger to Christians and appearing pleased with the persecutors of Christians and making moderation a great crime? For the will of an emperor is an unwritten law, backed by power, and much stronger than written laws that are not supported by force. [94] “No,” say those who revere his doings and fashion a new god for us, the sweet and kind one, “he did not decree publicly: Let the Christians be persecuted and suffer everything the persecutors please”; and so they acquit him of the charge of persecuting. But no one ever called the hydra gentle because it put forth nine heads instead of one, if the myth is to be believed; nor the Chimaera of Patara, because it had three, and unlike, so as to be more fearful; nor Cerberus in Hades, because his were so many and alike; nor the sea monster Scylla, because hers were six around her and most to be fled; and yet, they say, her upper parts were kind and humane and not unpleasant to see, for she was a maiden with something akin to us, but the dog-shaped and bestial heads that grew from her were of no good, snatching whole fleets and no different in danger from Charybdis opposite. Or will you blame the arrows and stones of archers and slingers, and not the slingers and archers? Or the dogs of hunters, the poisons of poisoners, the horns and claws of beasts that gore and tear, while those who use them stand outside and share no blame for what they dare? These things are full of unreason and truly need a sophist, pleading for his own evils and covering up the truth by the power of speech. But there is no way he will hide himself, not even if he twists much and becomes all sorts in his devices, not even if, putting on the cap of Hades, as the saying is, or using the ring of Gyges and the turn of its bezel, he steals himself away. On the contrary, the more he tries to flee and escape, the more he is caught by the truth, which judges him, and by judges more intelligent than these men, as doing and daring things which he himself could not defend as justly done. So easy to catch is wickedness, ensnaring itself on every side. [95] And it was not that what he was already doing was such, and so far from imperial nobility and magnificence, while what he intended to do was milder and more royal. That would have been worth much, if it were not far more inhuman than what has been said. For just as with the scales of a dragon in motion, some are already bristling, others are beginning to bristle, others are about to, and others cannot fail to be moved, though for the moment they are at rest; or, if you like, as with a thunderbolt, some things are already seized and others are blackened beforehand, until it reaches them too, as the evil prevails: so with him, some things were already being done against the law, and others were sketched out in his hopes and his threats against us; and these so outlandish and so far from what was customary, that it belonged to his mind alone to plan them and to wish to bring them into action, though there had been many persecutors and enemies of Christians before him. For what neither Diocletian, the first to outrage the Christians, nor Maximian, who succeeded and surpassed him, ever thought of, nor Maximinus, the persecutor after them and beyond them (whose images, still set up in public, bear the marks of the blow that struck him for this, and pillory the outrage done to his body), these things he intended, as those who shared and witnessed his secrets say; but he was held back by the love of God for mankind and by the tears of Christians, which were shed in abundance and by many, since they had this as their only remedy against the persecutor. These were his plans: that Christians should be deprived of all freedom of speech, and shut out of all assemblies, markets, festivals, and the law courts themselves; for no one was to be allowed to use these who did not burn incense on the altars set before them, and so pay a great price for so great a thing. O laws and lawgivers and emperors, who, as the beauty of heaven, the light of the sun, and the outpouring of the air are set before all, a common and ungrudging kindness, so have set the sharing of the laws before all free men, equal and of equal honour! Of this he intended to deprive the Christians: so that it should not be lawful for them, when tyrannized, to obtain justice, nor when fined in money, nor when suffering any other forbidden thing, small or great, to be helped by the laws; but that they should be outlaws, and be killed, and be all but barred from the very air … which for the sufferers would have brought more honour and boldness toward God, but for the doers greater lawlessness and disgrace. [97] And how all-wise was the reasoning against our doctrine of the murderer and protector, the lawbreaker and lawgiver, or, to speak more properly, the enemy and avenger! For it is the law of our religion, he says, neither to retaliate, nor to go to law, nor to possess anything at all, nor to consider anything one’s own, but to live elsewhere and despise present things as though they did not exist; not to return evil for evil (it is not even allowed); nor, when struck on the cheek, to spare the other, but to offer it too to the one who strikes, and to strip off the tunic as well as the cloak. He will perhaps add that we must also pray for those who wrong us and wish the best for those who persecute us. And why should he not know these things accurately, he who was once a reader of the divine oracles, and was thought worthy of the honour of the great bema, and honoured the martyrs with shrines and sacred precincts? [98] At this I marvel first: how he studied these things accurately but did not read, or willingly passed over, this: that “the wicked shall perish wickedly,” everyone who has denied the divine, and, what is greater, who drives out those who abide in the confession and throws around them such evils as he himself deserved to fall into. If, then, as he lays down the law that we are such and must abide by our precepts, he can show that the worst has been enjoined on him too, or that this is honourable among his gods, and that, the habits being divided into these two, virtue, I mean, and vice, the better portion has been allotted to us and the worse thrown to them: let him say this, and so we shall win with our enemies and the persecutors of our cause as witnesses. But if they too lay claim to some nobility and gentleness, in word at least if not in deeds, and are not so shameless, however wicked they are and however much they delight in wicked gods, as to claim that vice belongs to them like some special inheritance, let them show how or where it is just that we should endure when we suffer, while they do not spare even those who spare them. For consider it this way: of the times when power has been ours, and when it has been yours, these going round and changing now one way and now another, what such thing ever happened to your people from Christians, as has often happened to Christians from you? Of what freedom of speech did we deprive you? Against whom did we stir up boiling crowds? Against whom governors who did more than they were ordered? On whom did we bring danger of life? Or rather, whom did we drive from offices and from the other honours that are owed to the best? And, to sum up, on whom did we bring any such thing as the many things that were dared or threatened by you? Not even you yourselves would say so, who charge us with gentleness and kindness. [99] Then how do you not reckon this, O wisest and most intelligent of all, you who would confine Christians to the summit of virtue: that of our legislation some things are binding on those to whom they are commanded, and there is danger for those who do not keep them; while others are not binding but a matter of choice, which bring honour and reward to those who keep them, but no danger at all to those who do not? For if it were possible for all to be most excellent and to reach the summit of virtue, that would be the best and most perfect thing; but since divine things are separate from human, and some have a share in every good thing, while for others it is much if they reach the middle, what do you mean by legislating for us things that are not for all, or that those who do not keep them are condemned? For just as whoever does not deserve punishment does not by that alone deserve public proclamation, so whoever does not deserve proclamation does not by that alone deserve punishment; but one must stay within the bounds of our philosophy and of human power, and so require what is to be achieved. … letters; for I cannot bear not to return to this often, and I must try to plead for them as far as I can. For though there are many terrible things for which that man deserves to be hated, there is nothing in which he appears to have acted more lawlessly than in this. And let everyone share my indignation who delights in letters and is devoted to this pursuit, as I myself will not deny that I am. For the other things I have left to those who want them, wealth, noble birth, fame, power, which belong to the round of things below and to dreamlike pleasure; but I cling to letters alone, and do not blame the toils by land and sea that procured them for me. May the power of letters be mine, and that of anyone who is my friend: letters, which I embraced and still embrace first after the first, I mean after divine things and the hopes beyond what is seen. So that if what is one’s own presses on everyone, as Pindar says, it is necessary for me to speak about these; and it is just, more than I know of in anything else, to repay letters with letters for the gift of letters. [101] Whence, then, did this occur to you, most frivolous and insatiable of all, to deprive Christians of letters? For this was not among his threats, but among the things already made law. Whence, and from what cause? What eloquent Hermes, as you would say, put this into your mind? What wicked Telchines and envious demons? If you like, we ourselves will give the cause of this too. You had to, attempting many lawless evils, be led at last into this, and plainly fall into your own trap, so that in the very thing in which you thought you most needed to be wise, you might unwittingly disgrace yourself most and be condemned for unreason. For answer: what does your decree mean? What is the reason for the innovation concerning letters? If you seem to say anything just, we shall be grieved, but we shall not blame you; for as we have learned to conquer with reason, so also to be conquered well. [102] “Ours,” he says, “are letters and Hellenizing, to which also belongs worshipping the gods; yours are unreason and boorishness, and your whole wisdom is nothing beyond: Believe!” Well, I think that those among you who philosophize in the doctrines of Pythagoras would not laugh at this, for whom “He himself said it” is the first and greatest of doctrines, and preferable to the Golden (or rather leaden) Verses. For after the first and much-celebrated philosophy of silence for those initiated into his doctrines, so that by keeping silent they might be trained in the measures of speech, it was lawful, he says, for those asked about any of the doctrines and then stating it, when a reason was demanded, to answer nothing else but that this had been the view of Pythagoras; and what had seemed right to him was the reason for the doctrine, unaccountable and unexamined; so that “He himself said it” comes to the same thing as our “Believe,” in other syllables and words, even if you do not stop mocking and disparaging it. For our doctrine means that it is not permitted to disbelieve what was spoken by God-inspired men, but that their trustworthiness is the proof of the doctrine, stronger than any power of argument and counter-argument. [103] But let this be one of our points that is easy to insult. How will you show that letters belong to you? And if they are yours, how do we have no share in them, according to your legislation and your unreason? For of what Hellenizing are letters, and in what sense is it said and understood? Let me distinguish for you the force of the name, since you are an expert in homonyms and their meanings, different things under one name, or the same things under different names, or different things under different names: you will say that it belongs either to the religion or, clearly, to the nation and to those who first invented the power of the language. If to the religion, show where and among which of the priests Hellenizing is prescribed, as sacrificing is for some, and to some of the demons; for neither are the same things for all, nor all things for one, nor in the same manner, as your hierophants and the experts in sacrifice think. Where, as among the Lindians, is it pious to curse the Ox-feaster, and are insults against him the god’s honour? Or, as among the Taurians, to slay strangers, or among the Spartans to be flayed at the altar, or among the Phrygians to be castrated while charmed by flutes and unmanned …, or for some to practise pederasty and for others fornication, or whatever else belongs to the other mysteries (not to name them one by one), and in this way is Hellenizing set apart for one of the gods or demons? And even if this were so, it is not yet clear that it is Greek, or that this common thing was assigned to one of your gods or demons, as it has been laid down that many other common things be offered in sacrifice. [104] But if you do not say this, but claim the language as yours, and for this reason put us far from it as from an ancestral inheritance in which we have no share, first I do not see what the reason is, or how you will attach this to the demons. For if it happens that the same people Hellenize in language and in religion, it does not follow that letters belong to the religion, and that we should for this reason reasonably be written out of them; this seems unsyllogistic even to your own logicians: for if two things concern the same subject, it does not follow that they are the same as each other; so, if we suppose the same man to be a goldsmith and a painter, goldsmithing will not turn into painting, nor painting into goldsmithing. Such things are full of nonsense. [105] Then I will ask you, you lover of the Greeks and of letters: will you bar us from all Hellenizing, including these middling and prosaic words and the usage of the many, or only from the elegant and surpassing kind, as belonging to none but those who excel in education? If from this, what is the principle of the allotment, that smerdaleon and konabizein and mōn and dēpouthen and hatta and amōsgepōs belong to the dialect alone, while the rest is thrown out into Cynosarges, like bastards of old? But if what is cheap and unadorned in speech belongs equally to Hellenizing, why do you not deprive us of this too, and simply of every Greek sound, whatever it is and however it happens to be? That would have been kinder of you, and more complete in your lack of culture. [106] For it is like this (to philosophize to you about these matters more loftily and more completely): whether there are divine voices, proceeding from vocal organs, poured through the air and flowing into ears, better and more significant than ours (for I laugh at your solemn Moly and Xanthus and Chalcis), or whether divine beings communicate with one another through naked thoughts and impressions, it is not for us to say; but our case is this. A language belongs not only to those who invented it but to all who share in it; and so does any art or pursuit you may wish to consider. As in an artful and musical harmony one sound belongs to one string, tightened or loosened, and another to another, but all belong to the one tuner and artist, and tend to one beauty of harmony; so in these things the artist and maker, the Word, set over one pursuit or art one inventor and over another another, but set all out in common for all who wish, binding our life together by fellowship and kindness and making it gentler. … Is Atticizing yours? And draughts, and counting, and reckoning on the fingers, measures and weights, and before these, tactics and warfare, whose are they? Are they not the Euboeans’, if indeed Palamedes was a Euboean, the inventor of many things, and for this reason envied, and indeed made to pay the penalty for his wisdom and condemned by those who campaigned against Ilium? What then? If Egyptians and Phoenicians and Hebrews, whom we make use of for our education, and those who hold the island of Euboea, were to claim these as belonging to them, on your premises, what shall we do? What plea shall we make against them, caught by our own laws? Must we be deprived of them all and suffer the jackdaw’s fate, stripped naked of our borrowed feathers? And whence do you have initiation, and being initiated, and religious worship? Is it not from the Thracians, as the very name may persuade you? And sacrificing, is it not from the Chaldaeans, or the Cypriots? Astronomy, is it not Babylonian? Geometry, not Egyptian? Magic, not Persian? Divination by dreams, whose do you hear it to be but the Telmessians’? Augury, whose but the Phrygians’, who first studied the flight and movements of birds? And, not to be long, whence did you get each of these? Was it not one from each people, all of which came together and formed one mystery of superstition? What then? Shall we accept that, when everything goes back to its first owners and inventors, we have nothing of our own except vice and this innovation concerning the divine? For you were the first of the Christians to devise an insurrection against the Master, as the slaves once did against the Scythians, as they say. It would indeed have been worth much if this wicked association had been dissolved for you, according to your rules and laws, so that we might be rid of troubles, and it might be possible to see the Roman empire again in its ancient happiness, rid of all civil strife, which is far more to be shunned and feared than war from outside, as much as consuming one’s own flesh is more to be shunned than consuming another’s. [107] But if these things seem to you to belong to a wickedness clothed in poison and far from imperial magnificence, come, I will set before you things still more to your advantage. For seeing that our doctrine is great in its teachings and in its testimonies from above, the same at once old and new, old in its prophecies and in the movements of the Godhead flashing through them, new in the final manifestation of God and in the wonders that came from it and around it, and still better known through the patterns of the church that have been handed down and kept until now, so that not even this might remain unspoiled, what does he contrive and do? He imitates Rabshakeh the Assyrian, who was general for the king of the Assyrians, Sennacherib. He, campaigning against Judaea and besieging Jerusalem with great force and power, and sitting down before the city, since he could neither take the city by force nor was anything inside betrayed to him by traitors, tried to win over the city by gentle words in its own tongue. Perceiving this, the besieged are said first to have refused it, bidding him speak to them in Syrian and not in Hebrew, lest they be stolen into slavery by the gentleness of the speech. [111] Having thought of this, he too was ready to establish schools in every city, with platforms and seats of honour and lower seats, and readings and expositions of Greek doctrines, both those that regulate character and those of the hidden kind; a form of prayers sung in turn, and a measure of rebuke for those who sin; something of preliminary rites and of initiation, and whatever else clearly belongs to our good order; and further to build lodgings and hostels, houses of chastity and houses for virgins and places of meditation, and to practise kindness to the needy, both in other ways and through letters of commendation, by which we send on the needy from nation to nation: the things of ours that he most admired. [112] These things the new dogmatist and sophist intended; but that the man’s undertaking was not accomplished nor came to action, I do not know whether it was a gain for us, who were the sooner rid of him and his schemes, or for him, who advanced no further than dreaming; for it would have been shown which are the movements of men and which the imitations of apes. For apes too are said to imitate some of the lures men set out with evil skill, and by these they are caught; for their imitation cannot reach as far as our wise man’s. For a Thessalian mare, a Spartan woman, and the men who drink of Arethusa (I mean the Sicilians, as the oracle about them says) do not have the choicest qualities of their kind more than such customs and laws are among the things most fitting for Christians, and such as would not be emulated by any of those who wish to follow us; since such things have prevailed not by human devices so much as by divine power and the firmness of time. … for it is not possible … wisely brought up; but for them, I do not know which will seem more ridiculous and weaker, since they do not have the strength of their system from divine inspiration, like roots that float on water and have no firm hold. And let us too cast into the theatre a few things from their own theology, and play along with them, as in many of the dramas; and to rejoicing with those who rejoice and weeping with those who weep, let there be added putting up with talking nonsense along with those who talk nonsense; poets too know of laughter in tears. [114] Let the theatre be well prepared, or whatever they will bid us call their building; let the heralds cry out; let the people assemble; let the front seats be held either by those eminent in grey hairs and age and in the choice of their way of life, or by those conspicuous in family and fame and in the wisdom woven here below, which has more of what is pleasant than of true piety; we shall leave this to them. What will … do? Let them themselves write down their own presidents. Purple will adorn them, and the fillet, and the flower and beauty of crowns; since I know that in many things they are eager for what is august and above the private person, as though what is common and plain had something despicable, while what is exaggerated and hard to reach had something credible. Or will they here too come down to our level, thinking that loftiness in character rather than in costume befits them, as we do? For to us what is visible and painted is of small account; our greater concern is with the inner man, and with drawing the spectator over to what is intelligible, and with this we rather educate the many. [115] So much for this; what next? You will furnish them, of course, with interpreters of God-inspired oracles, as you would say, and unroll books of theology and ethics. Which books, tell me, and whose? Is it fine to sing to them Hesiod’s Theogony and the wars and tumults there, the Titans, the Giants, with their fearful names and deeds: Cottus, Briareus, Gyges, Enceladus, your dragon-footed ones, the thunderbolt-bearing gods, the islands hurled at them, arrows and tombs at once for those they hit; their bitter offspring and productions, Hydras, Chimaeras, Cerberuses, Gorgons, an emulation of every evil? Let these be set before the ears from among the fine things of Hesiod. Let Orpheus come forward with his lyre and his song that draws all things after it, and let him thunder out over Zeus the great and extraordinary words and thoughts of theology: “Zeus most glorious, greatest of gods, wrapped in dung, the dung of sheep, of horses, and of mules,” so that from this, I suppose, the life-giving and life-bearing power of the god may be shown, for it could not be done otherwise; and let him not spare his other grand language either: “So speaking, the goddess drew up her two thighs,” so as to initiate her lovers, which she still does now in images. On top of all, Phanes and Ericapaeus, and the one who swallows all the other gods and then gives them up again, so as to become “father of men and gods.” Let these things be wheeled on for the wonderful hearers of theology, and then let allegories and marvels be devised for them; and let the discourse, falling out of its subject, go off into pits and precipices of a contemplation that has no firm footing. [116] And where will you put Homer, the great writer of comedy, or rather of tragedy, about your gods? For you will find both in his wonderful poems, some things worthy of calamity and others of laughter. And truly it takes no small thought to see how Oceanus is to be reconciled to Tethys through Hera adorned like a harlot, since there is danger for the universe while they remain chaste for some time; or how the dry nature and the wet must be reconciled, lest by the excess of the one the whole be confounded; or whatever else more absurd than this you can think up. And what is that wonderful union of the cloud-gatherer and the august Hera, when she persuades him to disgrace himself at midday, even if the poets flatter him with their metres, spreading dewy lotus beneath them and making crocus and hyacinth grow from the earth? Whence these things, and what is their meaning? And how is the same Hera, according to you, the sister and consort of great Zeus, now hung in the air and the clouds, weighed down with iron anvils, and honoured with golden fetters, the white-armed and rosy-fingered, so that even for the gods who wished to beg her off their kindness was not without danger; and now drawing the whole girdle of loves to herself by her adornments for Zeus, so that he confesses that all his loves for all others fell far short of this one? And what is the fear lest, when the gods are stirred up over the Laconian adulteress and heaven sounds the trumpet, the seat of earth be broken up, the sea be displaced, the realms of Hades be made public, and the things covered for a long time come into view? What is the nod of the dark brows and the stirring of the ambrosial locks that shake all Olympus? What is Ares, wounded, or shut up in a bronze jar; the clumsy lover of golden Aphrodite, an unwary adulterer, caught by the Lame God, gathering a theatre of the gods to watch his disgrace, and let off for a small sum? [117] All these things, and more than these, so wisely and variously put together and wholly outside what is customary: who among you is so lofty and great, and truly equal to Zeus in counsel, as to bring them into seemliness by discourses of a contemplation above the clouds and beyond our measures of comprehension? And yet, if these things are true, let them not be ashamed but be proud of them, or persuade us that they are not shameful; and why must they flee to myth as a cover for their shame? For myth is the refuge not of the confident but of those who retreat. But if they are false, first let them show us their theologians without a covering, so that our discourse may be with them; then let them say how it is not foolish to pride themselves, as on strong arguments, on things of which they are ashamed as mythical; and to publish to the eyes of all, in statues and figures, things that could have escaped the notice of the many (for education is not for all), and, most terrible of all, with what expense of money, in temples and altars, shrines and offerings and sacrifices costing many talents; and, when it was possible to be pious without loss, to choose to be impious with loss? [118] But if they say that these are the fictions and nonsense of poets, who use two things for the pleasure of poetry, metre and myth, and as it were sweeten the hearing with them, while the meaning stored up in them is for themselves more secret and deeper and passable only to a few of the wiser, consider how simply and justly I will discuss these things. First, how do they praise those who insult the gods they worship, and deem them worthy of almost godlike honours, men for whom it would have been gain enough not to pay the penalty for their impiety? For if for those who blasphemed one of their gods in private and slightly there was death or penalty from the laws, what should those have suffered who let loose their poetry against all together, publicly, and in the most shameful things, and handed down the comedy for so long a time? Then this too is worth reckoning: there are among us too some discourses in concealment, I will not deny it; but what is the manner of their double sense, and what its force? It is not that what is visible is unseemly, while what is hidden is wonderful and very brilliant to those led into the depth; but like a fair body that is not to be approached, it is veiled, and with no mean garment. For it is necessary, as it seems to me at least, that the indications and reflections of divine things should not be unseemly and unworthy of what they show, nor such that even men would be annoyed if they were said about them; but they must either have what is altogether most beautiful, or at least not what is most shameful, so that the one may gladden the wiser and the other may not harm the many. But their contemplative region is such, and so far from their subjects, that it would be easier to bring together things far apart than to combine and fit these together and say that they belong to the same man: the mythologies, I mean, and their aims. [120] And what would you say about their ethical part? Whence, and starting from what, and using what words, will they be able to mould their hearers to virtue and make them most worthy by their exhortations? Concord is best, and that cities and peoples and households and individuals should be of one mind with one another, following the law and order of nature, which divided and united all things and made this whole universe one world out of many. By what examples will they teach this? By telling of the wars of the gods, and their factions and insurrections, and the multitude of evils which they both suffer and inflict on one another, in private and in public, with which almost all prose and poetry is filled? They would sooner make warlike men out of peaceful and frantic men out of wise by such examples than, on the contrary, moderate and temperate men out of rash and uneducated. For if even without things drawing to the worse it is hard to change from vice and move from the worse portion to the better, who could persuade these men to be gentle and restrained when they use such guides and patrons of the passions; where evil is even honoured, as having one of the gods for its patron, and its passion is honoured with altars and sacrifices and has received a lawful freedom? For this is the most terrible thing, that what is punished by the laws is revered as divine; so great is your surplus of injustice. [121] Second, let honour and respect for parents be set before them, and reverence for the first cause of our being after the First Cause; let reason introduce this and theology persuade them of it. And how will Cronus not persuade them, castrating Uranus so that he might beget no more gods, and giving it to the waves to produce a goddess, the offspring of foam; and Zeus rising up against Cronus in imitation of his father, the sweet stone and bitter tyrant-slayer; or whatever else of the kind their books offer in honour of parents. Third, let them have contempt of money, and not make profit from every source, nor take evil acquisition as the earnest of misfortune. How then will their god of gain be set up, and the purse be held out, and the thieving power of the god be honoured, and the saying that “without bronze Phoebus does not prophesy,” and that nothing is more precious than the obol? For these are their august and venerable things. [122] What else? Let them teach temperance and introduce self-control; and the persuader is near at hand: Zeus, who becomes everything for the sake of women, and the dearest eagle, lover of Phrygian boys (so that the gods might banquet most sweetly, served their wine by the darlings of Zeus); and Heracles the Three-nights’ one, contending with the fifty daughters of Thestius in one night and accomplishing this thirteenth labour, which somehow is not counted with the others. Let Ares cut short anger, Dionysus drunkenness, Artemis hatred of strangers, their oblique oracle-monger deceit, the lame god excess of laughter (he who limped about when the gods were grieved, propping himself up on his thin legs); let Zeus cut short gluttony, running to a rich feast with the blameless Ethiopians along with the other demons; and the Ox-feaster, who tyrannized the farmer and gobbled up the ploughing ox and took his name from the deed; and all of them running after the savour of sacrifices and libations. [123] And how are these things near ours, for whom the rule of friendship is each person himself, and to wish the same things for one’s neighbours as for oneself; for whom a crime is not only to have done evil but almost even to have intended it, anger being punished as if it were an act; for whom temperance is so pursued that even the eye is restrained, and the murderous hand is kept so far away that even anger is chastened; and swearing falsely is so terrible and monstrous that even the oath is forbidden to us alone? As for money, many never had any; and many would gladly have had more for this reason alone, that they might despise more, philosophizing that having nothing is better than all wealth; and having thrown off the belly as a bitter and detestable mistress and the mother of all evils, it is little to say that they hardly allow themselves to be flesh, spending the mortal on the immortal; and they have one law of virtue, not to be overcome even by small things, and … in all things overlooked. For the finest thing is that, while others punish the ends according to the laws, we punish even the beginnings, checking from afar, as it were, a wicked stream that is hard to hold back. [124] Where, and among what men, tell me, is it the rule to bless when reviled, to entreat when blasphemed, as being harmed not by slander so much as by truth; to give way when persecuted; when stripped, to strip off still more; when cursed, to pray for those who curse; in a word, to conquer rashness by kindness, and to make better those who wrong us, by our endurance? And yet, even if we grant that they punish vice by the exhortations of their fictions, how can they reach the measures of our virtue and education, for whom even not to advance in the good, and not always to become new instead of old, but to stay in the same place, seems vice? It is the experience of tops, which spin round but do not advance, and move while standing still, so to speak, under the force of the whip. And we must have accomplished some good things, hold on to others, and aim at others, until the end and deification, for which we were made and toward which we hasten, those of us who have minds able to cross over and who hope for something worthy of God’s greatness of mind.

Chapter 5

5.2PG 35:665b–668b

Νόσους μὶν δὴ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐνδίκους, καὶ ῥήξεις οὐκ ἀφανεῖς, καὶ πολυτρόπους ἄλλας πληγὰς καὶ μάστιγας οἷς τετολμήκασι παραπλησίας, καὶ θανάτους οὐ κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς χωρήσαντας, καὶ τὰς ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς δεινοῖς ἐξαγορεύσεις καὶ ἀνονήτους μεταμελείας, τάς τε διʼ ὀνειράτων παιδεύσεις, καὶ τὰ καθʼ ὕπαρ φαντάσματα, τίς ἂν ἀξίως ἐκτραγῳδήσειεν; ὅσα τε ἢ περὶ τοὺς θείους θʼίκους παρανομήσασιν, ἦ περὶ τὰς ἱερὰς τραπέζας έξυβρίσασιν ἢ περὶ τοὺς μυστικοὺς κρατῆρας μανεῗσιν, ἢ τῶν σωμάτων ἡμῶν ἀνέδην ἒμωορουμένοις, ἢ τᾶλλα πάντα ὅσα ἰτεειεολμπιςκοισι,Ι νεανιευσαμένοις αὐτοῖς ἀπήντησε, τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ κατὰ τῶν τοιούτων ὀργῆς ἐναργῆ καὶ φανερὰ γνωρίσματα; Ταῦτα μὶν οὖν ἑκὼν ὑπερβήσομαι, οὐκ ἀπιστῶν τοῖς ὁρωμένοις, καὶ λεγομένοις, οὐδὲ, Ι ι - κ ι ι. η ι ς αὐτομάτῳ τινὶ φορᾷ καὶ συντυχίᾳ διδοὺς τὰ συμβαίνοντα, κατά τοὺς εἰκῆ τὰ τοιαῦτα ὑπολαμβάνοντας, ἀλλʼ ’ίνα μή περὶ τὰ μικρὰ διατρίβειν δόξω, παρεὶς τὰ μείζω καὶ ὀνομαστότερα · τὸ δʼ οὖν περιβόητον πᾶσι θαῦμα, καὶ οὐδὲ τοῖς ἀθέοις αὐτοῖς ἀπτστούμενον λέξων ἔρχομαι. τον μανεὶς καὶ πατήσας τὰ ἅγια, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμτῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας. Ὶεροβοὰμ εἰπεῖν οἰκειότερον, ἢ ’Δχαὰβ τὸν Ἰσραηλίτην, τοὺς παρανομιοτάτους, ἦΦαραὼ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον, ἦ Ναβουχοδονόσορ τὸν Ἀο- «ipim, ἢ ταῦτα πάντα συνελόντες, ἵνα καὶτὸν αὐτὸν ὀνομάσομεν ο ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰς πάντων κακίας εἷς ἑαυτὸν συλλεξάμενος φαίνεται, Ἱεροβοὰμ τὴν ἀποστασίαν, Ἀχαὲιβ τήν μιαιφονίαν, Φαραὼ τὴν σκληρότητα, Ναβουχοδονόσορ τήν ἱεροσυλίαν, πάντων ὁμοῦ τὴν ἀσέβειαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντα διεξιλθὼν τᾶλλα, καί πᾶν εἶδος τῆς καθʼ ἡμῶν τυραννίδος, ὡς μικρὸν τι καὶ ἀγεννὲς ἀτιμάσας (οὐ γὰρ ἐγένετο ποριμωτέρα φύσις ἐκείνης εἷς κακῶν εὕρεσιν xxi ἐπίνοιαν), τέλος ἐπαφῆκε καὶ τὸ ’ῐοτβσιίων φῦλον ἡμῖν τὴν παλαιάν τε αὐτῶν κουφότητα, καὶ τὸ καθʼ ἡμῶν ἄνωθεν ὗποσμοχόμενον ἐν αὐτοῖς μῖσος συνερα γὸν λαβὼν τοῦ τεχνάσματος, ἕπιθειάζιον τι δῆθεν ἐκ τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς βίβλων καὶ ἀπορρήτων, ὡς νῦν αὐτοῖς ἀποκείμενον εἴη κατελθεῖν είς τήν hmini? καὶ τὸν νεὼν ἀναδείμασθαι, καὶ τῶν πατρίων τὸ κράτος ἀνανεώσασθαι, καὶ ἀποκρυπτόμενος εὐνοίας πλάσματι τήν ἐπίνοιαν.

Nosous min dē tōn asebōn endikous, kai rhēxeis ouk aphaneis, kai polytropous allas plēgas kai mastigas hois tetolmēkasi paraplēsias, kai thanatous ou kata to eiōthos chōrēsantas, kai tas en autois tois deinois exagoreuseis kai anonētous metameleias, tas te diʼ oneiratōn paideuseis, kai ta kathʼ hypar phantasmata, tis an axiōs ektragǭdēseien? hosa te ē peri tous theious thʼikous paranomēsasin, ē peri tas hieras trapezas exybrisasin ē peri tous mystikous kratēras maneïsin, ē tōn sōmatōn hēmōn anedēn emōoroumenois, ē talla panta hosa iteeieolmpiskoisi,I neanieusamenois autois apēntēse, tēs tou Theou kata tōn toioutōn orgēs enargē kai phanera gnōrismata? Tauta min oun hekōn hyperbēsomai, ouk apistōn tois horōmenois, kai legomenois, oude, I i - k i i. ē i s automatǭ tini phorą kai syntychią didous ta symbainonta, kata tous eikē ta toiauta hypolambanontas, allʼ ’ina mē peri ta mikra diatribein doxō, pareis ta meizō kai onomastotera ; to dʼ oun periboēton pasi thauma, kai oude tois atheois autois aptstoumenon lexōn erchomai. ton maneis kai patēsas ta hagia, kai to Pneumtēs charitos enybrisas. Ieroboam eipein oikeioteron, ē ’Dchaab ton Israēlitēn, tous paranomiotatous, ēPharaō ton Aigyption, ē Nabouchodonosor ton Ao- «ipim, ē tauta panta synelontes, hina kaiton auton onomasomen o epei kai tas pantōn kakias heis heauton syllexamenos phainetai, Hieroboam tēn apostasian, Achaeib tēn miaiphonian, Pharaō tēn sklērotēta, Nabouchodonosor tēn hierosylian, pantōn homou tēn asebeian. Epei de panta diexilthōn talla, kai pan eidos tēs kathʼ hēmōn tyrannidos, hōs mikron ti kai agennes atimasas (ou gar egeneto porimōtera physis ekeinēs heis kakōn heuresin xxi epinoian), telos epaphēke kai to ’iotbsiiōn phylon hēmin tēn palaian te autōn kouphotēta, kai to kathʼ hēmōn anōthen hyposmochomenon en autois misos synera gon labōn tou technasmatos, hepitheiazion ti dēthen ek tōn parʼ autois biblōn kai aporrētōn, hōs nyn autois apokeimenon eiē katelthein eis tēn hmini? kai ton neōn anadeimasthai, kai tōn patriōn to kratos ananeōsasthai, kai apokryptomenos eunoias plasmati tēn epinoian.

The just diseases of the ungodly, the ruptures that were not hidden, and the many other blows and scourges like the deeds they dared; the deaths that did not come in the usual way, the confessions in the midst of their sufferings and the useless repentances, the warnings through dreams and the apparitions while awake: who could worthily tell these in the style of tragedy? And all that befell those who acted lawlessly toward the divine houses, or outraged the holy tables, or raged against the mystic chalices, or glutted themselves without restraint on our bodies, or ran riot in all the other things they dared: clear and manifest signs of God’s wrath against such men? These things I will willingly pass over, not because I disbelieve what is seen and told, nor because I attribute what happens to some spontaneous movement and chance, like those who suppose such things happen at random, but so as not to seem to dwell on small things while passing over the greater and more famous. So I come to tell the wonder that is famous among all and is disbelieved not even by the godless themselves. … raged, and trampled on the holy things, and insulted the Spirit of grace; or, to speak more fittingly, Jeroboam, or Ahab the Israelite, the most lawless of men, or Pharaoh the Egyptian, or Nebuchadnezzar the Assyrian; or, putting all these together, let us call him by all their names, since he appears to have gathered the vices of all into himself: Jeroboam’s apostasy, Ahab’s bloodthirstiness, Pharaoh’s hardness, Nebuchadnezzar’s sacrilege, and the impiety of them all together. When he had gone through everything else and every form of tyranny against us, and despised them as small and ignoble (for there was never a nature more resourceful than his in finding and devising evils), at last he let loose on us the race of the Jews, taking as fellow workers in his scheme their ancient fickleness and the hatred against us that had smouldered in them from of old; pretending, of course, to prophesy from their books and secret writings that the time was now laid up for them to return to their land, rebuild the temple, and renew the power of their ancestral customs, and hiding his design under a pretence of goodwill.

5.3PG 35:668c–672a

Ἐπεὶ δὲταῦτα καὶ διενοήθη καὶ ἔπεισιν (εὔκολον γὰρ εἷς ἀπάτην τὸ πρὸς ἡδονήν ἅπαν), ol ’μὲν ὡς ἀναστήσοντες διενοοῦτο τὸ ἱερὸν, καὶ χειρῖ πολλῇ καὶ προθυμίᾳ περὶ τὸ ἔργον ἐταλαιπώρουν· φασί γὲ τοι καὶ τὰς γοναῖκας αὐτῶν οἱ τὰ ἓκείνων θαυμάζοντες, οὐ μόνον ἅπαντας τοὺς περὶ τὸ σῶμα κόσμους περιελομὲνας ἑτοίμως συνεισφέρειν τῷ ἔργῳ καὶ τοῖς πονουμένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς κόλποις τὸν χοῦν ὶκφεροῦσας, καὶ οὔτε πολυτελοῦς leo-7110c, οὕτε μελῶν ἁπαλότι-,τος ιρειέομένας, ιῦοεὸεἳν οἴεσθαι καὶ πάντα ἐλάττω νομίζειν τοῦ ἐγχειρήματος. Ὡς δὲ ὑπὸ ἀγρίας λαίλαπος καὶ βρασμοῦ γῆς ἄφνω σονελαθὲντες ἒπὶτι τῶν πλησίον ἱερῶν, οἱ μὲν ὡς ἱκετεύσοντεςίέ ὥρμησαν, οἱ δὲ, ὃπερ ἒν τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλεῖ συμ- ’ βαίνειν, τῷ παρόντι χρώμενοι πρὸς βοήθειαν, ol. δὲ ἄλλως τῇ ταραχῇ συμφερόμενοι, καὶ τοῖς θέουσι συνεισπίπτοντες. Εἷσὶ μὲν οτί λέγουσιν, ὡς οὐδὶ τὸ ἱερὸν αὐτοὺς προσεδέξατο, ἀλλʼ ἀναπεπταμέναις προσελθόντις ταῖς πύλαις, ἐπικλεισθείσαις ἒνὲτυχον ἔκ τινος ἀοράτου καὶ ἀφανοῦς δυνάμεως, ἢ τὰ τοιαῦτα τερατουργεῖ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀσεβῶν κατάπληξιν, καὶ τῶν εὐσεβῶν ἀσφαλειαν · ὅ δὲ ἅπαντες ἤδη καὶ λέγουσι καὶ πιστεύουσιν, ὅτι βιαζομένους αὐτοὺς καὶ φιλονεικοῦντας περὶ τὴν εἷʼσοδον, πῦρ ἔστησεν ἀπαντῆσαν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, καὶ τοὺς μὲν κατέφλεξε καὶ ἀνήλωσεν (ὡς ὅμοιόν τι περὶ αὐτοὺς συμβῆναι τοῖς Σοδομιτῶν πάθεσιν, ἦ τῷ περὶ Νάδαβ καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ θαύματι ξένως καὶ θυμιάσασι καὶ κινδυνεύσασι), τοὺς δί τῶν γαιρίων ἀκρωτηριάσαν, στήλην ἀφῆκεν ἔμψυχον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ κατὰ τῶν ἀμαρτωλῶν ἀπειλῆς καὶ κινήσεως. Τοῦτο μὶν δὴ τοιοῦτο, καὶ ἀπιστείτω μηδεὶς, ὅτι μηδὲ ταῖς ἄλλαις τοῦ Θεοῦ δυνάμεσιν ὅ δὲ ἔτι τούτου παραδοξότερον καὶ περιφανέστερον, ἔστη φῶς έν τῷ οὐρανῴ τὸν σταυρὸν περιγράφον, καί τὸ πρότερον ἐπὶ γῆς ἀτιμαζόμενον τοῖς ἀθέοις xui σχῆμα καὶ ὄνομα νῦν ἐν οὐρανῷ δείκνυται πᾶσιν ἐπίσης, καὶγίνεται τρόπαιον τῷ Θεῴ τῆς κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν νίκης, τροπαίου παντὸς ὑψη λότερον. ζ. Ταῦτα μὲν ἰιτῶν οὐρανίων καὶ των ἀνω συμπασχόντων τοῖς ἡμιτὲροιςε κατὰ τήν μεγάλην τοῦ παντὸς ἁρμονίαν τε καὶ οἰκείωσιν· τὰ ὃὶ ἑξῆς ὁ ψαλμὸς συμπληρούτώ μοι · ὅτι Καὶ πόλεις καθεῖλες (ὡς τὰς παλαιὰς ὲκείνας ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀσιβήμασιν), ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς καθʼ ἡμῶν παρανομίαις, τὰς μὲν πελάγεσιν ἐπικλυτθείσας, τὰς δὲ σεισμῷ mενεχθείσας, ὡς μικροῦ καὶ τὸ λειπόμενον ἔχειν ἀπῆν, ὅτι Ἀπώλετο τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν μετʼ ἤχθη καὶ περιβοήτου τῆς ἀπωλείας · τοσαύτη γὰρ autin ἡ πτῶσις, καὶ τοιοῦτο τὸ σύντριμμα, καὶ τῶν δι γειτόνων, καὶ μάλιστα τῇ ἀσεβείᾳ περικαιρόντιυν, ὡς πολλοῦ χρόνου δεῖν αὐταῖς, εἴ τις ἄρα καὶ τολμήσειε τοῦτο πρὸς ὖπανόρθωσιν. Ζι..AP- οὖν γῆ μὲν οὕτω καὶ οὐρανός · ἀὴρ fi οὐκ ἐπισημαίνει τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς, οὖδὶ ἡγιάσθη τότε τοῖς σημείοις τοῦ «mox; Ἐπιδειξάτωσαν ἔτι καὶ νῦν ’τὰς ἐσθῆτας, οἱ τοῦ θαύματος iutvou Θεαταί καὶ μύσται, τὰς τότε κατασημανθείσις τοῖς τοῦ σταυροῦ στίγμασιν. Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ ταῦτα διηγεῖτό τίς, εἴτʼ οὖν τῶν ἡμετέρων, εἴτʼ οὖν τῶν ἔξωθεν, ἢ διηγουμένων ἤκουε, καὶ τὸ θαῦμα ἑώρα παρʼ ἑαυτῷ, ἢ τῷ πλησίον γινόμενον, κατάστερος ὢν, ἢ ἐκεῖνον ὁρῶν τοιοῦτον ἰν τοῖς ἐσθήμασι, πάσης ἱστουργικῆς ψηφῖδος ἣ περιέργου ζωγραφίας (lit) ποικιλώτερον, Ἐκ τούτου τί γίνεταις Toσαύτῃ τῶν ὁρωμένων κατάπληξις, ὡς μικροῦ μὶν ἅπαντας ὥσπερ ἐξ ἐνὸς συνθήματος καὶ μιᾶς φωνῆς τὸν τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἀνακαλεῖσθαι θιὺν, εὖφημίαις τε πολΛαῖς καὶ ἱκεσίαις αὐτὸν ὶξιλάσκξσθαι ” πολλοὺς δὲ οὐκ εἷς ἀναβολὰς, ἀλλὰ παρʼ αὐτὰ τῶν συμβάντων προσδραμόντας τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἡμῶν, καὶ πολλὰ καταδεηθέντας τῆς τε Ἐκκλησίας γενεσθαι μέρος, καὶ μυηθῆναι τὰ τελεώτερα, τῷ ἱερῷ καθαψισθὲννας βαπτίσματι, καὶ διὰ τὸν φόβον ὥφεληθὲντας.

Epei detauta kai dienoēthē kai epeisin (eukolon gar heis apatēn to pros hēdonēn hapan), ol ’men hōs anastēsontes dienoouto to hieron, kai cheiri pollę̄ kai prothymią peri to ergon etalaipōroun; phasi ge toi kai tas gonaikas autōn hoi ta hekeinōn thaumazontes, ou monon hapantas tous peri to sōma kosmous perielomenas hetoimōs syneispherein tǭ ergǭ kai tois ponoumenois, alla kai tois kolpois ton choun ikpherousas, kai oute polytelous leo-7110c, houte melōn hapaloti-,tos ireieomenas, iyoeoein oiesthai kai panta elattō nomizein tou encheirēmatos. Hōs de hypo agrias lailapos kai brasmou gēs aphnō sonelathentes epiti tōn plēsion hierōn, hoi men hōs hiketeusontesie hōrmēsan, hoi de, hoper en tois toioutois philei sym- ’ bainein, tǭ paronti chrōmenoi pros boētheian, ol. de allōs tę̄ tarachę̄ sympheromenoi, kai tois theousi syneispiptontes. Heisi men oti legousin, hōs oudi to hieron autous prosedexato, allʼ anapeptamenais proselthontis tais pylais, epikleistheisais enetychon ek tinos aoratou kai aphanous dynameōs, ē ta toiauta teratourgei pros tēn tōn asebōn kataplēxin, kai tōn eusebōn asphaleian ; ho de hapantes ēdē kai legousi kai pisteuousin, hoti biazomenous autous kai philoneikountas peri tēn heiʼsodon, pyr estēsen apantēsan ek tou hierou, kai tous men katephlexe kai anēlōsen (hōs homoion ti peri autous symbēnai tois Sodomitōn pathesin, ē tǭ peri Nadab kai Abioud thaumati xenōs kai thymiasasi kai kindyneusasi), tous di tōn gairiōn akrōtēriasan, stēlēn aphēken empsychon tēs tou Theou kata tōn amartōlōn apeilēs kai kinēseōs. Touto min dē toiouto, kai apisteitō mēdeis, hoti mēde tais allais tou Theou dynamesin ho de eti toutou paradoxoteron kai periphanesteron, estē phōs en tǭ ouranǭ ton stauron perigraphon, kai to proteron epi gēs atimazomenon tois atheois xui schēma kai onoma nyn en ouranǭ deiknytai pasin episēs, kaiginetai tropaion tǭ Theǭ tēs kata tōn asebōn nikēs, tropaiou pantos hypsē loteron. z. Tauta men iitōn ouraniōn kai tōn anō sympaschontōn tois hēmiteroise kata tēn megalēn tou pantos harmonian te kai oikeiōsin; ta hoi hexēs ho psalmos symplēroutō moi ; hoti Kai poleis katheiles (hōs tas palaias ekeinas epi tois autois asibēmasin), en autais tais kathʼ hēmōn paranomiais, tas men pelagesin epiklyttheisas, tas de seismǭ menechtheisas, hōs mikrou kai to leipomenon echein apēn, hoti Apōleto to mnēmosynon autōn metʼ ēchthē kai periboētou tēs apōleias ; tosautē gar autin hē ptōsis, kai toiouto to syntrimma, kai tōn di geitonōn, kai malista tę̄ asebeią perikairontiyn, hōs pollou chronou dein autais, ei tis ara kai tolmēseie touto pros ypanorthōsin. Zi..AP- oun gē men houtō kai ouranos ; aēr fi ouk episēmainei tois toioutois kairois, oudi hēgiasthē tote tois sēmeiois tou «mox? Epideixatōsan eti kai nyn ’tas esthētas, hoi tou thaumatos iutvou Theatai kai mystai, tas tote katasēmantheisis tois tou staurou stigmasin. Homou te gar tauta diēgeito tis, eitʼ oun tōn hēmeterōn, eitʼ oun tōn exōthen, ē diēgoumenōn ēkoue, kai to thauma heōra parʼ heautǭ, ē tǭ plēsion ginomenon, katasteros ōn, ē ekeinon horōn toiouton in tois esthēmasi, pasēs histourgikēs psēphidos hē periergou zōgraphias (lit) poikilōteron, Ek toutou ti ginetais Tosautę̄ tōn horōmenōn kataplēxis, hōs mikrou min hapantas hōsper ex enos synthēmatos kai mias phōnēs ton tōn Christianōn anakaleisthai thiyn, euphēmiais te polLais kai hikesiais auton ixilaskxsthai ” pollous de ouk heis anabolas, alla parʼ auta tōn symbantōn prosdramontas tois hiereusin hēmōn, kai polla katadeēthentas tēs te Ekklēsias genesthai meros, kai myēthēnai ta teleōtera, tǭ hierǭ kathapsisthennas baptismati, kai dia ton phobon hōphelēthentas.

When he had thought of this and persuaded them (for everything that leads to pleasure is easily turned to deception), they set about rebuilding the temple, and toiled at the work with many hands and much eagerness. Indeed, those who admire their affairs say that their women not only readily stripped off all the ornaments of their bodies and contributed them to the work and to the workers, but even carried out the earth in the folds of their garments, sparing neither costly clothing nor tenderness of limb, and considering everything less than the undertaking. But when, driven together suddenly by a wild whirlwind and an earthquake, they rushed to one of the nearby sanctuaries, some to pray, others, as tends to happen in such cases, using what was at hand for help, and others simply swept along by the confusion and falling in with those who were running, there are some who say that not even the sanctuary received them, but that when they came to the doors, which had been open, they found them shut by some invisible and unseen power, which works such wonders to dismay the ungodly and to keep the godly safe. But what all now say and believe is that, as they forced and struggled at the entrance, fire came out from the sanctuary to meet them and stopped them, and burned and consumed some (so that something happened to them like the sufferings of the Sodomites, or like the wonder of Nadab and Abihu, who offered incense in a strange way and perished), and maimed others in the extremities, leaving a living monument of God’s threat and movement against sinners. So it was; and let no one disbelieve it, since no one disbelieves the other mighty works of God either. But what was still more extraordinary and conspicuous: a light stood in the sky, tracing the cross; and the figure and name that had earlier been dishonoured on earth by the godless was now shown in heaven to all alike, and became a trophy to God of his victory over the ungodly, loftier than any trophy. [6] These things came from the heavens and the things above, which shared in our sufferings according to the great harmony and kinship of the universe; let the psalm complete the rest for me: “You destroyed cities” (like those ancient ones for the same impieties), in the very midst of their lawless acts against us, some flooded by the sea and some brought down by earthquake, so that little was lacking for the rest to be fulfilled too, that “their memory perished with a noise,” with a loud and famous destruction; so great was their fall and such the ruin, even of their neighbours, especially those who most rejoiced in impiety, that much time would be needed to restore them, if anyone should even dare to do so. [7] Earth and heaven, then, were so; did the air not give a sign at such a time, and was it not hallowed then by the signs of the cross? Let those who were spectators and initiates of that wonder show even now their garments, marked at that time with the marks of the cross. For at the very moment when someone, whether one of ours or one of those outside, was telling these things or hearing them told, he saw the wonder on himself or on his neighbour, being covered with crosses like stars, or seeing the other so marked in his clothing, more varied than any woven mosaic or elaborate painting. What came of this? Such was the amazement of those who saw it that almost all, as if at one signal and with one voice, called upon the God of the Christians and propitiated him with many praises and supplications; and many, without delay, but immediately upon what happened, ran to our priests and begged earnestly to become part of the church and to be initiated into the more perfect mysteries, purified by holy baptism, and profiting through their fear.

5.8PG 35:672a–676b

Εἶχε μὲν οὗν οὕτω ταῦτα ” ὸ δδ, ταῖς κατὰ μικρὸν μανίαις οίστρηλατούμενος καὶ δονούμινος, tul αὐτὸ τὸ κεφάλαιον ἀπαντᾷ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ συμφορῶν. Ὠς γὰρ κατὰ νοῦν ἔχειν αὖτῷ τὰ Χριστιανῶν ᾤετο, -καὶ ὸῖξ ἤδη κατείργαστο, τὸ καὶ πᾶν ἁλωτὸν εἶναι θελήσαντι μόνον ἐλπίσας, καί τινα κατὰ τῶν ἑσπερίων βαρβάρων εὐημερίαν ἁρπάσας, μίαν βου- Λεύεται ταύτην βουλὴν συνετωτάτην τε καὶ φιλανθρωποτάτην. Ἀρας διττὸν ἐνθένδε στρατὸν, τὸν μὲν ὁπλιτῶν, τὸν δὲ τῶν ἀγόντων αὐτὸν δαιμόνων, ᾦ καὶ μᾶλλον εἶχε θαῤῥεῖν, ἐπὶ Πέρσας στρατεύει, θράσους ἀλογίᾳ μᾶλλον ἢ ῥώμης ἀσφαλείᾳ πιστεύσας ’ καὶ οὐδʼ έκεῖνο συνιδεῖν δυνηθεὶς ὁ σοφώτατος, ὅτι Θάρσος καὶ θράσος, κᾶν εί τοῖς ὀνόμασι πλησιάζοι, πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων τῇ δυνάμει κεχώρισται, ἀνδρίᾳ τε ἥν φαμὲν καὶ ἀνανδρίᾳ. Τὸ μὶν γὰρ έν τοῖς τολμητέοις θαῤῥεῖν ἀνδρίας ἐστὶν, ὣσπερ τὸ ὑφίεσθαι δειλιας· οὗ δὲ πλείων ὁ κίνδυνος, ὁμόσε χωρεῖν καὶ ὠθίζεσθαι, ἀλλά μὴ κατέχεσθαι, θράσους, ὥσπερ τὸ ὑποχωρεῖν ἀσφαλείας. Καὶ οὐ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου θετέον φυλάξαι τὰ ὄντα, καὶ τῶν οὐκ ὄντων τι προσλαβεῖν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ μάλιστα καὶ πρῶτον τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσι τιμητέον · τὸ δὲ, ἂν μὲν ὑπάρχῃ μετά ῥᾳστώνης, δεκτέον· ἂν δὲ ἀντιπίπτῃ, περιοπτέον. Ὁ δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κτήσασθαί τι τῶν ἐλπιζομένων πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσι κινδυνεύων λίαν ἀνόητος. Καί μοι προσεοικέναι δοκεῖ πύκτῃ κακῷ τὴν τέχνην, πρὶν τήν στάσιν εὖ θέσθαι, προβαλλομένῳ ’ ἢ κυβερνήτῃ λελυμένης αὐτῷ τῆς νηὸς, καὶ οὐ πλοῖμως ἐχούσης, ναῦν καυαδύοντι πολεμίαν, ἢ καταδύειν ἐσπουδακότι. Ὧν μοι δοκεῖ μηδὶν ἐκεῖνος ἐνθυμηθεὶς, ἐγχειρεῖν ἀπερισκέπτως τοῖς ἐγνωσμένοις, ἔτι τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν ὠδινόντων αὐτῷ, καὶ κακῶς διακειμένων τῷ διωγμῷ μάλιστα, τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν περινοῶν, καὶ Σαλμωνεὺς εἶναί τις έκ βύρσης βροντῶν, πρὸς τοὺς Τραῖανοὺς βλέπων ἐκείνους καὶ τοὺς Ἀδριανοὺς, ὧν οὐχ ἧττον τῆς ἀνδρείας τὸ ἀσφαλὲς ἐθαυμάζετο. Τὸν Κάρον δὲ οὐκ ἐνενόει ἐκεῖνον, οὐδὲ τὸν Οὐαλεριανὸν,οʼί δίκας ἔδοσαν ὁρμῆς ἀλογίστου, ’ίν ὅ φησιν ἡ τραγῳδία, μή ὁνειδίζω τὰς τύχας, έν Περσῶν ὃροις, ἐν ἀκμῇ τῆς εὐτυχίας καταλυθέντες. θυσίας τερατείαν είς ἓν ἄγαγὼν, ’ἐνʼ ἰν βραχιῖ πῶυ( καταλυθῇ. Καὶ τὸ καλλιέρημα ὡς μέγα ut ὕπερφυὶς, ὦ Χριστὶ, καὶ Λόγι, καὶ πάθη τοῦ ἀπα- Θοῦς, καὶ κόσμου παντὸς μυστήριονΙ ελον τὰ Χριστιανῶν γένος παραστῆναι τοῖς δαίμοσιν, εί τοῖν προκειμένου κρατήσειε. Τὰ μὲν οὖν πρῶτα τῆς ἔγ.. χειρήσεως αὐτῷ, καί λίαν νεανικὰ, καί πολλοῖς τῶν τὰ ἐκείνου φρονούντων περιβοώμενα ταῦτα. Τὴν γᾶρ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων ὅσην διαρρέων ὁ Εὐφράτης, καὶ τὴν Περσίδα παραμειβόμενος, ἐκεῖσε τῷ Τίγριδι μίγνυται, ταύτην ἑλὼν καὶ τεμὼν, καί τινα τῶν φρουρίων ἐξελὼν κατὰ πολλὴν τοῦ κωλύσοντος (δογίρημίαν, εἴτʼ οὗν λαθὼν διὰ τὸ τῆς ἐφόδου τάχος, siin ὑπὸ Περσῶν οὕτω στρατηγούμενος, καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ὑπαγόμενος εἲς τοῦμπροσθεν (λέγεται γὰρ ἀμφότερα), οὕτω γοῦν προῖὼν, καὶ τῷ στρατῷ παραπορευομὲνῳ, καὶ ταῖς ναυσὶ διὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ σιτηγούσαις τε καὶ σκευαγωγούσαις, οὗ μικρὸν, τὸ ἐν μέσῳ, καὶ Κτησιφῶντι προσβάλλει ἧς καὶ τὸ πλησίον γενέσθαι νίκης μέρος αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν πόθον ἐνομίζετο.

Eiche men houn houtō tauta ” o dd, tais kata mikron maniais oistrēlatoumenos kai donouminos, tul auto to kephalaion apantą tōn heautou symphorōn. Ōs gar kata noun echein autǭ ta Christianōn ǭeto, -kai oix ēdē kateirgasto, to kai pan halōton einai thelēsanti monon elpisas, kai tina kata tōn hesperiōn barbarōn euēmerian harpasas, mian bou- Leuetai tautēn boulēn synetōtatēn te kai philanthrōpotatēn. Aras ditton enthende straton, ton men hoplitōn, ton de tōn agontōn auton daimonōn, ǭ kai mallon eiche tharrhein, epi Persas strateuei, thrasous alogią mallon ē rhōmēs asphaleią pisteusas ’ kai oudʼ ekeino synidein dynētheis ho sophōtatos, hoti Tharsos kai thrasos, kan ei tois onomasi plēsiazoi, pleiston allēlōn tę̄ dynamei kechōristai, andrią te hēn phamen kai anandrią. To min gar en tois tolmēteois tharrhein andrias estin, hōsper to hyphiesthai deilias; hou de pleiōn ho kindynos, homose chōrein kai ōthizesthai, alla mē katechesthai, thrasous, hōsper to hypochōrein asphaleias. Kai ou tou autou logou theteon phylaxai ta onta, kai tōn ouk ontōn ti proslabein. to men gar malista kai prōton tois noun echousi timēteon ; to de, an men hyparchę̄ meta rhąstōnēs, dekteon; an de antipiptę̄, periopteon. Ho de hyper tou ktēsasthai ti tōn elpizomenōn pasi tois hyparchousi kindyneuōn lian anoētos. Kai moi proseoikenai dokei pyktę̄ kakǭ tēn technēn, prin tēn stasin eu thesthai, proballomenǭ ’ ē kybernētę̄ lelymenēs autǭ tēs nēos, kai ou ploimōs echousēs, naun kauadyonti polemian, ē katadyein espoudakoti. Hōn moi dokei mēdin ekeinos enthymētheis, encheirein aperiskeptōs tois egnōsmenois, eti tōn Rhōmaïkōn ōdinontōn autǭ, kai kakōs diakeimenōn tǭ diōgmǭ malista, tēn allotrian perinoōn, kai Salmōneus einai tis ek byrsēs brontōn, pros tous Traianous blepōn ekeinous kai tous Adrianous, hōn ouch hētton tēs andreias to asphales ethaumazeto. Ton Karon de ouk enenoei ekeinon, oude ton Oualerianon,oʼi dikas edosan hormēs alogistou, ’in ho phēsin hē tragǭdia, mē honeidizō tas tychas, en Persōn horois, en akmę̄ tēs eutychias katalythentes. thysias terateian eis hen agagōn, ’enʼ in brachii pōy( katalythę̄. Kai to kallierēma hōs mega ut hyperphuis, ō Christi, kai Logi, kai pathē tou apa- Thous, kai kosmou pantos mystērionI elon ta Christianōn genos parastēnai tois daimosin, ei toin prokeimenou kratēseie. Ta men oun prōta tēs eg.. cheirēseōs autǭ, kai lian neanika, kai pollois tōn ta ekeinou phronountōn periboōmena tauta. Tēn gar tōn Assyriōn hosēn diarreōn ho Euphratēs, kai tēn Persida parameibomenos, ekeise tǭ Tigridi mignytai, tautēn helōn kai temōn, kai tina tōn phrouriōn exelōn kata pollēn tou kōlysontos (dogirēmian, eitʼ houn lathōn dia to tēs ephodou tachos, siin hypo Persōn houtō stratēgoumenos, kai kata mikron hypagomenos eis toumprosthen (legetai gar amphotera), houtō goun proiōn, kai tǭ stratǭ paraporeuomenǭ, kai tais nausi dia tou potamou sitēgousais te kai skeuagōgousais, hou mikron, to en mesǭ, kai Ktēsiphōnti prosballei hēs kai to plēsion genesthai nikēs meros autǭ dia ton pothon enomizeto.

Such were these things; but he, goaded and shaken by his madness little by little, meets the very climax of his misfortunes. For when he thought that Christian affairs were going as he intended and were already conquered, hoping that everything could be taken by him if he only wished it, and having snatched some success against the western barbarians, he takes this one most intelligent and humane counsel. Raising a double army from here, one of hoplites, the other of the demons who led him, in whom he trusted more, he marches against the Persians, relying on the unreason of rashness rather than the safety of strength; and the wisest of men could not even see that boldness and rashness, though close in name, are very far apart in force, like what we call courage and cowardice. For to be bold in what ought to be dared is courage, as to give way is cowardice; but where the danger is greater, to rush to close quarters and push on rather than hold back is rashness, as to withdraw is safety. And to keep what one has and to add something of what one has not are not to be ranked by the same reasoning: the former must be valued most and first by sensible men; the latter, if it comes with ease, may be accepted, and if it meets resistance, disregarded. But the one who risks everything he has to gain something hoped for is very foolish. And he seems to me like a boxer bad at his art who strikes out before setting his stance well; or like a helmsman whose ship is falling apart and unseaworthy, trying to sink an enemy ship, or eager to do so. Considering none of these things, it seems to me, he rashly undertook what he had decided, while Roman affairs were still in travail for him and in a bad state, especially because of the persecution, scheming for others’ land, and being a Salmoneus thundering with a hide, looking to those Trajans and Hadrians, whose safety was admired no less than their courage. But he did not think of Carus, nor of Valerian, who paid the penalty for an unreasoning impulse and (as the tragedy says, that I may not reproach their fortunes) were destroyed within the borders of Persia at the height of their good fortune. … bringing together into one the marvel-mongering of sacrifice, so that it might be destroyed in a short time. And the omen was great and extraordinary (O Christ, and Word, and sufferings of the impassible One, and mystery of the whole world!): to present the race of Christians to the demons, if he mastered what lay before him. Such, then, were the first parts of his undertaking, very bold, and loudly proclaimed by many of his partisans. For taking and cutting through all the land of the Assyrians through which the Euphrates flows, passing by Persia and mingling there with the Tigris, and capturing some of the forts, since there was no one at all to hinder him, whether escaping notice by the speed of his advance or being so led on by the Persians and drawn forward little by little (for both are said), advancing in this way, with the army marching alongside and the ships carrying grain and baggage on the river, after no short interval he attacks Ctesiphon, to come near which was thought by him, because of his longing, to be a part of victory.

5.10PG 35:676b–677c

Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἤδη, ὥσπερ ψάμμου ποδῶν ὑποσπασθείσης, ἢ νηί ζάλης ἀντιπεσούσης, εἷς τούπίσω χωρεῖ τὸ. πράγματα. Ἡ γὰρ Κτησιφῶν φρούριόν ἐστι καρτερὸν καὶ δυσάλωτον, τείχει τε ὀπτῆς πλίνθου, καὶ τάφρῳ βαθείᾳ, καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τοῖʼ) ποταμοῦ τενάγεσιν ὠχυρωμένη. Ποιεῖ δὲ αὐτὴν ὀχυροτξραν καὶ φρούριον ἕτερον, ᾧ προσηγορία Κωχή, μετὰ τῆς ἴση( ἀσφαλείας συγκείμενον ὅση τε φυσική καὶ ὅση χειροποίητος, τοσοῦτον ἑνούμενον, ὡς μίαν πόλιν δοκεῖν ἀμφοτέρας, τῷ ποταμῷ μέσῳ διειργομὲνας ταύτας· οὕτε γὰρ ἐξελεῖν οἶόν τε ἠν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς ἀθρόας, ἢπολιορκίᾳ παραστήσασθαι, οὔτε διεξελάσαι καὶ τῷ ναυτικῷ μάλιστα (κινδυνεῦσαι γὰρ ἂν ἐξ ὀπιρδιξίων,ἆμφοτέρωθεν βαλλόμενον, καὶ εἰργόμενον), κατόπιν ἔαυτοῦ ποιεῖται, καὶ ποιεῖται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον. Τοῦ Εὐφράτου ποταμῶν ὄντος μεγίστου μέρος οὐκ ἐλάχιστον ἀπορρήξας, καὶ περιαγαγὼν, ὅσον ναυσὶν εἶναι πλόϊμον ἐκ διώρυγος (ἦς καῖ ἀρχαῖά ’φασιν ἲχνη φαίνεσθαι), καὶ ταύτῃ τῷ Τίγριδι συμβαλὼν μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν, οὕτω διασώζει τὰς ναῦς ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τῷ ποταμῷ δοθείσας ἓν ἀσφαλείᾳ. Ὧδε μὶν οὖν τὸν ὲκ τῶν φρουρίων τοῦ- Ὡς δὲ προϊόντι Περ-λ των διαδιδράσκει κίνδυνον. σικὴ δύναμις παραφανεῖσα, καὶ ἀεί τις τῆ ούση προσγινομένη, κατᾶ μετώπου μὲν ἵστασθαι, καὶ διακινδυνεύειν οὐκ ᾤετο δεῖν δίχα μεγάλης ἀνάγκης, ἐνὸν ἐκ περιουσίας κρατεῖν· ἐκ δὲ τῶν λόφων καὶ τῶν στενῶν παρείκοι, βάλλουσα καὶ τοξεύουσα, καὶ τὰ καίρια τῆς διόδου προκααλαμτβάνουσα, ῥᾳδίως εἶργε τοῦ πρόσω · τηνικαῦτα ἐν ἀπορίᾳ τε ἦν ἤδη πολλῇ, καὶ ούκ ἔχων ’ὀπη τράπηται λύσιν εύρίσκει πονηρὰν τοῦ βουλεύματος. dIA'. ’Δνήρ γάρ τις τῶν οὐκ ἀδοκίμων ἐν Πὲρσαις. τὸν ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνι πρὸς Κῦρον Ζώπυρον μιμησάμενος, ὡς δή τι τῷ Περσῶν βασιλεῖ, μᾶλλον δὲ μέγιστα καὶ ἐπὶ μεγίστοις προσκεκρουκὼς, καὶ δύσνους μὲν τοῖς ἐκείνου μάλιστα, εὔνους δὲ τοῖς Ῥωμαίων πράγμασι διὰ τοῦτο τυγίάνων, καὶ τὸ πιστεύεσθαι λαβὼν ἐκ τοῦ πλάσματος · Τί ταῦτα, φησίν, ὦ βασιλεῦ; Πῶς οὕτω σαθρῶς ’περὶ τοσούτου βουλεύεσθε πράγματος ; Τίς ὁ νηίτης οὗτός σοι σῖτος καὶ ὁ περιττὸς φόρτος, ὁ τῆς ἀνανδρίας διδάσκαλος; Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω δύσμαχον καὶ φιλόνεικον, ὡς γαστὴρ, καὶ τὸ ἒν χερσὶν ἔχειν τὴν σωτηρίαν. Ἀλλʼ εἷʼ τι ἐμοὶ πείθῃ, τὸ μὲν ναυτικὸν τοῦτο χαίρειν ἰάσεις, καὶ τὴν ἑπομένην ἔκλυσιν τῷ γενναίῳ τούτῳ στρατῷ· αὐτὸς δὶ διʼ ἄλλης ὀδοῦ εὐπορωτὲρας τε καὶ ἀσφαλεστέρας, ἦς ἐγώ σοι καθηγητὴς (ἔμπειρος δὲ εἷʼ τις ἄλλος φημὶ τῆς χώρας εἶναι τῆς Περσικῆς), ἐμβαλεῖς τε εἷς τὴν πολεμίαν, καὶ τῶν κατᾶ Ῥώμην τυχῶν ἐπανήξεις· ἡμᾶς δὲ τηνικαῦτα εὗ ποιήσεις, ἡνίκα ἂν ἔργῳ πεῖραν λάβῃς τῆς ἡμετέρας εὐνοίας καὶ παραινέσεως.

Enteuthen de ēdē, hōsper psammou podōn hypospastheisēs, ē nēi zalēs antipesousēs, heis toupisō chōrei to. pragmata. Hē gar Ktēsiphōn phrourion esti karteron kai dysalōton, teichei te optēs plinthou, kai taphrǭ batheią, kai tois ek toiʼ) potamou tenagesin ōchyrōmenē. Poiei de autēn ochyrotxran kai phrourion heteron, hǭ prosēgoria Kōchē, meta tēs isē( asphaleias synkeimenon hosē te physikē kai hosē cheiropoiētos, tosouton henoumenon, hōs mian polin dokein amphoteras, tǭ potamǭ mesǭ dieirgomenas tautas; houte gar exelein oion te ēn ex epidromēs athroas, ēpoliorkią parastēsasthai, oute diexelasai kai tǭ nautikǭ malista (kindyneusai gar an ex opirdixiōn,amphoterōthen ballomenon, kai eirgomenon), katopin eautou poieitai, kai poieitai ton tropon touton. Tou Euphratou potamōn ontos megistou meros ouk elachiston aporrēxas, kai periagagōn, hoson nausin einai ploïmon ek diōrygos (ēs kai archaia ’phasin ichnē phainesthai), kai tautę̄ tǭ Tigridi symbalōn mikron emprosthen, houtō diasōzei tas naus ek tou potamou tǭ potamǭ dotheisas hen asphaleią. Hōde min oun ton ek tōn phrouriōn tou- Hōs de proïonti Per-l tōn diadidraskei kindynon. sikē dynamis paraphaneisa, kai aei tis tē ousē prosginomenē, kata metōpou men histasthai, kai diakindyneuein ouk ǭeto dein dicha megalēs anankēs, enon ek periousias kratein; ek de tōn lophōn kai tōn stenōn pareikoi, ballousa kai toxeuousa, kai ta kairia tēs diodou prokaalamtbanousa, rhądiōs eirge tou prosō ; tēnikauta en aporią te ēn ēdē pollę̄, kai ouk echōn ’opē trapētai lysin euriskei ponēran tou bouleumatos. dIA'. ’Dnēr gar tis tōn ouk adokimōn en Persais. ton epi Babylōni pros Kyron Zōpyron mimēsamenos, hōs dē ti tǭ Persōn basilei, mallon de megista kai epi megistois proskekroukōs, kai dysnous men tois ekeinou malista, eunous de tois Rhōmaiōn pragmasi dia touto tygianōn, kai to pisteuesthai labōn ek tou plasmatos ; Ti tauta, phēsin, ō basileu? Pōs houtō sathrōs ’peri tosoutou bouleuesthe pragmatos ? Tis ho nēitēs houtos soi sitos kai ho perittos phortos, ho tēs anandrias didaskalos? Ouden gar houtō dysmachon kai philoneikon, hōs gastēr, kai to en chersin echein tēn sōtērian. Allʼ heiʼ ti emoi peithę̄, to men nautikon touto chairein iaseis, kai tēn hepomenēn eklysin tǭ gennaiǭ toutǭ stratǭ; autos di diʼ allēs odou euporōteras te kai asphalesteras, ēs egō soi kathēgētēs (empeiros de heiʼ tis allos phēmi tēs chōras einai tēs Persikēs), embaleis te heis tēn polemian, kai tōn kata Rhōmēn tychōn epanēxeis; hēmas de tēnikauta heu poiēseis, hēnika an ergǭ peiran labę̄s tēs hēmeteras eunoias kai paraineseōs.

From this point, as when sand is pulled from under one’s feet, or a squall strikes a ship, his affairs go backward. For Ctesiphon is a strong fortress and hard to take, fortified with a wall of baked brick, a deep ditch, and the marshes made by the river. Another fortress, called Coche, makes it still stronger, built with equal security, both natural and man-made, and so closely united with it that the two seem to be one city, divided only by the river between them. Since it was possible neither to take it by a sudden assault nor to reduce it by siege, nor to drive past it, especially with the fleet (for the fleet would have been in danger from both sides, shot at and blocked from both), he leaves it behind him, and does so in this way. Cutting off no small part of the Euphrates, the greatest of rivers, and diverting it by a canal so as to be navigable for ships (they say ancient traces of the canal can be seen), and joining it to the Tigris a little further on, he thus saves the ships, handing them from river to river in safety. So he escapes the danger from these fortresses. But when, as he advanced, the Persian force appeared, and was always being added to, it did not think it necessary to stand face to face and risk battle without great necessity, since it could win from its abundance; but shooting and pelting from the hills and narrows, wherever they allowed, and seizing beforehand the vital points of the passage, it easily kept him from going forward. Then he was in great perplexity, and not knowing where to turn, he found a wicked way out of his plan. [11] For a man not without repute among the Persians, imitating Zopyrus with Cyrus at Babylon, as though he had given offence to the Persian king, indeed the greatest offence over the greatest matters, and was therefore most hostile to the king’s affairs and well disposed to those of the Romans, and gaining credit from the pretence, said: “What is this, O emperor? How can you plan so feebly about so great a matter? What is this ship-borne grain of yours, this superfluous cargo, the teacher of cowardice? For nothing is so hard to fight and so quarrelsome as a belly, and having one’s safety in one’s hands. But if you will trust me, you will bid farewell to this fleet and the slackness that goes with it for this noble army; and you yourself, by another road, better supplied and safer, on which I will be your guide (for I claim to know the Persian land as well as anyone), will invade the enemy’s country, obtain your wishes, and return to Rome; and you will reward us then, when you have had proof in deed of our goodwill and our advice.”

5.12PG 35:677c–681c

Ὠς δὲ εἷπε ταῦτα, καὶ εἷʼπὼν ἔπεισεν, siiστιστον γὰρ ἡ κουφότης, καὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ μάλιστα συνελαύνοντος, ἅπαντα ἦν ὁμοῦ τὰ δεινά· τὰς μὲν ναῦς εἶχε τὸ πῦρ, καὶ ὁ σῖτος ούκ ἦν, καὶ προσ-ῆν ὁ γελως αὐτόχειρ γὰρ ἡ σφαγὴ σχεδόψ τὰ δὲ τῶν ἐλπίδων φροῦδα, καὶ ὁ ὁδηγὸς συναπῆλθι ταῖς ὑποσχέσεσιν. Ἐν κύκλῳ δὲ οὶ πολέμιοι, καὶ περιρρέων ὁ πόλεμοςο ἢ τε πρόοδος ού ῥᾳδία, ἡ τροφὴ δὲ ούκ εὕποροςξ ἂν ἀθυμίῃ στρατὸς, καὶ διʼ ὀργῆς εἶχον τὸν βασιλέαο ἐλείπετο δὲ χρηστῆς ἐλπίδος οὐδένʼ μίαδέ ὡς ἐν τοῖς παροῦσιν ἐδόκει μόνη, τὴς πονηρᾶς ἀπαλλαγῆναι βασιλείας καὶ στρατηγίας. Τὰ μὲν δὴ μέχρι τούτου τοιαυταο τὰ δι ι, τεῦθεν οὐχ εἷς λέγεται λόγος, ἄλλος δὲ ἄλλῳ ospes: ρεται κσι) συντίθεται, τῶν τε παρόντων ὁμοίωςῇ pdm. καὶ τῶν ἀπόντων. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ Πέρσης)νέὑῖ τὸν κατηκοντίσθαι φασιν ἀτάκτοις ἐκδρομαῖς (ὃς, χρώμενον, καὶ ἄττοντα τῇδε κάκεῖσε σὺν ἑμπλῃξίᾳ καὶ ὅμοιόν τι περὶ αὐτὸν συμβῆναι τῷ Κύρου τοῦ Παρυσάτιδος, ὃς, τοῖς μυρίοις συνανελθὼν ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὺν Ἀρταξέρξην, καὶ νεανικῶς μαχόμενος, θράσει τὴν νίκην διέφθειρενο οἰ δὲ τοιοῦτόν zenae αὑτῷ διηγοῦνται λόγον ο Ἐπί τινα λόφον τῶν ὑψηλῶν ἀνελθὼν, ὼς ὲκ περιωπῆς τὸν στρατὸν (aps: λαβεῖν, καὶ ὅσος ὑπελείφθη τῷ πολέμῳ μαθεῖν, ἐπειδή οἱ φανῆναι πολὺ τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀφθονώτερον · Ὡς δεινὸν, εἰπεῖν, εὶ πάντας τῇ Ῥωμαίω γῇ τούτους ἐπανάξομεν· ὡς ἄν τις βασκαίνων αὖ· τοίς τῆς σωτηρίας. Ἐφʼ ᾧ τινα τῶν στρατιωτῶν χιλεπῂναντα, καὶ οὑ κατασχόντα τὴν ὀργὴν, ὦσαι κατὰ τῶν σπλάγχνων, ἁλογήσαντα τῆς ἑαυτοῦ dum:ρίας. Ὠς δὲ ἄλλοι, τῶν γελιοιαστῶν βαρβαρων tm τοῦτο τολμῆσαι (οἳ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἕπονται, λᾶε πης τε ψυχαγωγία καὶ πότοις ἥδυσμα). Εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ xz". Σαρακηνῶν τινι τὸ κλέος τοῦτο διδόασι. Πλὴν δέ· χεται πληγὴν καιρίαν ὅντως, καὶ παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ σωτήριον, καὶ μιᾷ τομῇ σφαγέως, πολλῶν σπλάγχνα-ν ἁπαιτεῖται δίκην κακῶς πιστευθέντων. ’Ὀ καὶ θαυμάζω. πῶς, πάντα γινώσκειν ὁ μάταιος ἐντεῦθεν alapam, ἐν τοῦτο τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ σπλάγχνων πληγήν ἠγνόησεν. IA’. ’Ἄξιον δὲ μηδέ τοῦτο παραδραμεῖν τοῦ ἆνδρὸς, μεγίστήν τῆς ἐκείνου κακοδαιμονίας, ἐπὶ πολλοῖς ἕχον ἀπόδειξιν. Ἔκειτο μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ ὄχθῃ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, καὶ πονηρῶς εἶχε τοῦ τραύματος · πολλοὺς δὲ είῦὼς τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ δόξης ἠξιωμένων, ὡς ἂν ύπὶρ ἄνθρωπον νομισθεῖεν, τέχναις τισὶν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀιρανισθέντας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο θεοὺς νομισθέντας ἔρωτι τῆς αὐτῆς δόξης ἑαλωκώς, καὶ ἅμα τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς τελευτῆς διὰ τὸ τῆς ἀβουλίας ἄδοξον αἰσχυνόμενος, τί μηχανᾶται, καὶ τί ποιεῖ; οὐδὲ γὰρ τῷ βίῳ συναναλίσκεται πονηρίαʼ ῥίψαι κατὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ πειρᾶται τὸ σῶμα, καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ἐχρῆτό τισι τῶν πιστῶν ἑαυτοῦ συνεργοῖς καὶ μύσταις τῶν ἀπορῥήτων. Καὶ εἰ μὴ τῶν βασιλικῶν εὖνουχων τις, τὸ πρᾶγμα αἰσθόμενος, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις καταμηνύσας, μίσει τοῦ κακουργήματος τήν ὁρφὴν διεκώλυσε, κᾶν ἐφάνη τις ἄλλος τοῖς ἀνοήτοις θεὸς νὲος ἐξ ἀτυχήματοςο Ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνος οὕτω μὲν βασιλεύσας, οὕτω δὲ στρατηγήσας, οὕτω καὶ καταλύει τὸν βίον.

Ōs de heipe tauta, kai heiʼpōn epeisen, siististon gar hē kouphotēs, kai tou Theou malista synelaunontos, hapanta ēn homou ta deina; tas men naus eiche to pyr, kai ho sitos ouk ēn, kai pros-ēn ho gelōs autocheir gar hē sphagē schedops ta de tōn elpidōn phrouda, kai ho hodēgos synapēlthi tais hyposchesesin. En kyklǭ de oi polemioi, kai perirreōn ho polemoso ē te proodos ou rhądia, hē trophē de ouk heuporosx an athymię̄ stratos, kai diʼ orgēs eichon ton basileao eleipeto de chrēstēs elpidos oudenʼ miade hōs en tois parousin edokei monē, tēs ponēras apallagēnai basileias kai stratēgias. Ta men dē mechri toutou toiautao ta di i, teuthen ouch heis legetai logos, allos de allǭ ospes: retai ksi) syntithetai, tōn te parontōn homoiōsę̄ pdm. kai tōn apontōn. Hoi men gar hypo Persēs)neui ton katēkontisthai phasin ataktois ekdromais (hos, chrōmenon, kai attonta tę̄de kakeise syn hemplę̄xią kai homoion ti peri auton symbēnai tǭ Kyrou tou Parysatidos, hos, tois myriois synanelthōn epi ton adelphyn Artaxerxēn, kai neanikōs machomenos, thrasei tēn nikēn diephtheireno oi de toiouton zenae hautǭ diēgountai logon o Epi tina lophon tōn hypsēlōn anelthōn, ōs ek periōpēs ton straton (aps: labein, kai hosos hypeleiphthē tǭ polemǭ mathein, epeidē hoi phanēnai poly to plēthos, kai tēs elpidos aphthonōteron ; Hōs deinon, eipein, ei pantas tę̄ Rhōmaiō gę̄ toutous epanaxomen; hōs an tis baskainōn au; tois tēs sōtērias. Ephʼ hǭ tina tōn stratiōtōn chilepę̄nanta, kai hou kataschonta tēn orgēn, ōsai kata tōn splanchnōn, halogēsanta tēs heautou dum:rias. Ōs de alloi, tōn gelioiastōn barbarōn tm touto tolmēsai (hoi tois stratiōtais hepontai, lae pēs te psychagōgia kai potois hēdysma). Eisi de hoi xz". Sarakēnōn tini to kleos touto didoasi. Plēn de; chetai plēgēn kairian hontōs, kai panti tǭ kosmǭ sōtērion, kai mią tomę̄ sphageōs, pollōn splanchna-n hapaiteitai dikēn kakōs pisteuthentōn. ’O kai thaumazō. pōs, panta ginōskein ho mataios enteuthen alapam, en touto tēn kata tōn heautou splanchnōn plēgēn ēgnoēsen. IA’. ’Axion de mēde touto paradramein tou andros, megistēn tēs ekeinou kakodaimonias, epi pollois hechon apodeixin. Ekeito men epi tę̄ ochthę̄ tou potamou, kai ponērōs eiche tou traumatos ; pollous de eiyōs tōn pro autou doxēs ēxiōmenōn, hōs an ypir anthrōpon nomistheien, technais tisin ex anthrōpōn airanisthentas, kai dia touto theous nomisthentas erōti tēs autēs doxēs healōkōs, kai hama tǭ tropǭ tēs teleutēs dia to tēs aboulias adoxon aischynomenos, ti mēchanatai, kai ti poiei? oude gar tǭ biǭ synanalisketai ponēriaʼ rhipsai kata tou potamou peiratai to sōma, kai pros touto echrēto tisi tōn pistōn heautou synergois kai mystais tōn aporrhētōn. Kai ei mē tōn basilikōn eunouchōn tis, to pragma aisthomenos, kai tois allois katamēnysas, misei tou kakourgēmatos tēn horphēn diekōlyse, kan ephanē tis allos tois anoētois theos neos ex atychēmatoso Allʼ ekeinos houtō men basileusas, houtō de stratēgēsas, houtō kai katalyei ton bion.

When he had said this and persuaded him (for lightness is very credulous, especially when God drives it on), all the terrors came at once: fire held the ships, there was no grain, and there was laughter besides, for the destruction was almost by his own hand; his hopes were gone, and the guide went off together with his promises. The enemy was all round them, the war flowing about them on every side; advance was not easy, food was not plentiful; the army was dejected and angry with the emperor; nothing was left of good hope; and only one thing seemed possible in the circumstances, to be rid of a wicked reign and command. [13] So far, then, things were such; from this point not one account is given, but different ones are told and put together by different people, both by those who were present and by those who were absent. Some say that he was struck by a Persian javelin in a disorderly sally, as he rushed to and fro in his frenzy; and that something happened to him like what befell Cyrus son of Parysatis, who went up with the Ten Thousand against his brother Artaxerxes, fought boldly, and ruined his victory by rashness. Others tell such a story about him: that he went up on one of the high hills to survey the army as from a watchtower and to learn how many were left after the war; and when the number appeared to him great and more than he had hoped, he said, “How terrible, if we bring all these back to the land of the Romans!”, as though begrudging them their safety; at which one of the soldiers was angered and, unable to restrain his rage, thrust him through the bowels, disregarding his own safety. Others say that one of the barbarian jesters dared this (those who follow the soldiers to divert their idleness and to season their drinking). There are some who give this glory to a certain Saracen. At any rate he receives a blow that was truly mortal, and saving for the whole world; and by one cut of his slayer he pays the penalty for the bowels of many in which he had wickedly trusted. At which I marvel how the vain man, who thought he knew everything from them, did not know this one thing, the blow against his own bowels. [14] It is worth not passing over this either about the man, which gives the greatest proof, among many, of his ill fortune. He lay on the bank of the river, gravely hurt by the wound; and knowing that many of those before him who had been thought worthy of glory had vanished from among men by certain arts, so as to be thought more than human, and for this reason were considered gods, he was seized by love of the same glory, and at the same time ashamed of the manner of his death because of the inglorious folly of it. What does he contrive and do? For wickedness is not used up along with life: he tries to throw his body into the river, and for this used some of his trusted fellow workers and initiates of his secrets. And if one of the imperial eunuchs had not perceived the thing and informed the others, and so prevented the attempt out of hatred for the crime, another new god would have appeared to the foolish, born of misfortune. But he, having reigned so and commanded so, so ends his life.

5.15PG 35:681c–688b

Διαδεξάμενος δὶ τὴν βασιλείαν εὐθὺς μετʼ ἐκεῖνον, ὁ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον ἂναρῥηθεὶς ἐν αύτῷ τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, καὶ τῇ τῶν κινδύνων ἀκμῇ ἀναγκαίως ἐπιζητούσῃ τὸν ἡγησόμενον, ἀνὴρ ἐπιφανὴς τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τήν εὐσέβειαν, καὶτὸ εἶδος, ἀληθῶς τυραννίδος ἄξιος, τὸ μὲν εἰς χεῖρας ἰέναι Πέρσαις, ἢ προϊέναι οὐδαμῶς οἶός τε ἦν, καίτοι γεα 9 δ 1 \ Α Ι ὀὒκ ’ἿΧ Γ ὐ, ἀνδρείας καὶ προθυμίας οὐδὲν ἐλλείπων, τοῦ στρατοῦ παρεικότος τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας, ἐζήτει δὲ τὴν ἀνάζευξιν· καὶ ὅπως ἂν ἀσφαλῶς τύχοι ταύτης ἐσκόπει, ὥσπερ οὐ βασιλείας, ἀλλʼ ἥττης γεγονὼς κληρονόμος. Εἰ μὲν οὗν μὴ Πάρσαι τῇ νίκῃ μετριάζοντες (καὶ γὰρ νόμος οὗτος αὖτοῖς εἰδέναι μετρεῖν εὐπραγίαν [2]), ἢ τι δείσαντες ἄλλο τῶν λεγομενων, εἴς συμβάσεις ἐτράποντο, καὶ ταύτας ἀδοκήτους οὕτω καὶ φιλανθρώπους, οὐδὲν ἐκώλυε μηδὲ πυρφόρον, ὅ δή φασιν, ὑπολειφθῆναι τῷ πρατῷο τοσοῦτον εἶχον αὐτοὺς οἱ Πέρσαι διὰ χειρὸς, ἐν γῇ τε ἰδίᾳ μαχόμενοι, καὶ προσεπηρμὲνοι τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἱκανὸν γὰρ τό τι προσλαβεῖν εὐημερίας, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐλπίδα τοῦ μιλλοντος · νῦν δὲ ὁ μὲν, ὅπερ εἷπον, ἰνὸς ἦν, τοῦ διασώσασθαι τον στρατὸν, καὶ τὰ νεῦρα Ῥωμαίοις ὑπολιπεῖν· νεῦρα γὰρ ἦσαν, καὶ εἰ κακῶς ἔπραξαν ἀβουλίᾳ μᾶλλον τοῦ στρατηγήσαντος ἢ σφῶν αὐτῶν. ἀνανδρίᾳ. υἶ δὲ ἰπὶ ταῖς συνθήκαις ταύταις ww" ἔβησαν, ταῖς οὕτως «tripoli: τε καὶ ἀναξίαις τῆς Ῥωμαίων χειρὸς, ’ἶνʼ εἷʼπω τὸ συντομώτατον· ὧν εἷʼ τις, ἐκεῖνον ἀρεῖς τῆς αἰτίας, τοῦτον καταμέμφοιτο, λίαν ἐστὶν ἀγνώμων ἔμοιγε λογιστὴς τῶν τότε συμβεβηκότων. Οὐ γὰρ τοῦὰμήσαντος ὁ στάχυς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ σπείραντος· οὖόὶ τοῦ κατασβέσαι μὴ δυνηθέντος ὁ ἐμπρησμὸς τοῦ Si ἀνάψαντος- καὶ τὸ τοῦ Ἡροδότου περὶτῆς Σαμίων τυραννίδος καιρὸς εἷπεῖν, ὅτι Τοῦτο τὸ ὑπόδημα μὲν Ἱστιαῖος, ὑπιδύσατο (ll) δὲ ’Δρισταγόρας, ὁ τὰ τοῦ προειληφότος ὑποδε- Β ξάμενος. Ιζ. Τί λοιπὸν ἦν ἢ τὸ σῶμα Ῥωμαίοις ἐπαναχθῆναι τοῦ δυσσεβοῦς, καίπερ οὕτω καταστρὲψαντος; Ἐπεῖ δὲ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐστι νεκρὸς ὁ πρὸ αὐτοῦ καταλύσας τὸν βίον, ἴδῶμεν κάνταῦθα τοῖν βασιλέοιν ἀμεροῖν τὸ διάφορον, οἷʼ τι καὶ τοῦτο φέρει πρὸς εὖδαιμονὶαν ἢ κακοδαιμονίαν τοῖς ἀπελθοῦσιν. ’0 μὲν γε (lli) παραπέμπεται πανδήμοις εὐφημίαις τι καὶ πομπαῖς καὶ τούτοις δὴ τοῖς ἡμετέροις σεμνοῖς, ᾠδαῖς παννύχοις καὶ δᾳδουχίαις, αἶς Χριστιανοὶ τιμᾷν μετάστασιν εὐσεβῆ νομίζομενο καὶ γίνεται πανήγυρις μετὰ πάθους ἡ ἐκχομιδὴ τοῦ σώματος. δέ τῷ πιστὸς ὁ λόγος, καὶ τοῦτο διεδόθη ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν ἀκοαῖς, ὅτι, ἐπειδὴ τὸν Ταῦρον ὑπερβάλλοι τὸ σῶμα πρὸς τήν πατρῴαν αὐτῷ πόλιν δίασωζὸμενον, ταῦτην δὴ τὴν ὁμώνυμον ἆκείνοις καὶ μεγαλώνυμον, φωνη τις ὲκ τῶν ἄκρων ἔστιν οἷς ἰξηκούετο, οἷον ψαλλόντων τι καὶ παραπεμπόντων, ἀγγελικὼν οἶμαι δυνάμεων, γέρας τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐκείνῳ, καὶ ἀντίδοσις ἐπιτάφιος. Καὶ γὰρ εἶ τήν ὀρθὴν δόξαν παρακινεῖν ἔδοξεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο τῆς τῶν ὑποδυναστευόντων σκαιότητος καὶ κακο δοξίας τὸ ἔγκλημα, οἳ, ἁπλῆν καὶ ἀπαγῆ εἷς εὐσέβειαν παραλαβόντες ψυχὴν, ού προορωμένην τὰ βάραθρα, ἀπήγαγον ᾗπερ ἐβούλοντο, καὶ προσχήματι ἀκριβείας τὸν ζῆλον κακίαν εἷʼργάσαντο. lZ. Ἀλλʼ οὖν ἡμεῖς, τὸ κοινότερον, τόν τε πατέρα ἐννοοῦντες τὸν βαλόμενον τὴν κρηπίδα τῆς βασιλικῆς τῷ Χριστιανισμῴ δυναστείας καὶ πίστεως, καὶ τὸν είς αὐτὸν κατελθόντα κλῆρον τοῦ δόγματος, έγεραίρομεν τὰ εἰκότα τὸ σκῆνος τοῦ δικαίᾳ βασιλείᾳ συζήσαντος, καὶ τὸν βίον κατάλύσαντος τῷ ὁσίῳ τέλει, καὶ τὸ κράτος ἡμῖν καταλείψαντος. Ὠς δὲ πλησιάζοι τῇ μεγάλη καὶ Β βασιλίδι πόλει, τί δεῖ λέγειν δορυφορίας τε τοῦ στρατοῦ παντὸς, καὶ τάξιν ἐνόπλιον, ὡς ζῶντι τῷ βασιλεῖ γινομένην, ἢ τῆς λαμπρᾶς πόλεως ἔκχυσιν, ὀνομαστοτάτην τῶν πώποτε γενομένων ἢ ἐσομένων ; Ἀλλʼ ὁ θρασὺς καὶ γεννάδας ἐκεῖνος, καὶ νέᾳ τῇ πορφυρίδι καλλωπιζόμενος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ὡς τὸ εἰκὸς, μέγα φρονῶν, μέρος γίνεται καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκείνῳ τῆς προπομπίου τιμῆς, τήν αὐτὴν καὶ ἀντιδι δοὺς καὶ ἀντιλαμβάνων χάριν, τὸ μέν τι βιασΘεὶς, τὸ δὶ ἑκὼν, ὡς λέγουσιν. '0 γάρ στρατὸς ἅπας, εί καὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἥττητο κράτους, ἀλλʼ οὗν πλεῖόν τῷ κατοιχομένῳ νέμων αἰδοῦς (ἐπειδὴ καὶ πεφύκαμεν εὐνούστεροί πως εἶναι τοῖς ἔτι προσφάτοις πάθεσι, τῷ φίλτρῳ προσπάσχοντες, καὶ τὸν ἔλεον τούτῳ προσάπτοντες), καὶ διὸ, τοῦτο ούκ ἀνεχόμενοι τὸ μὴ οὐχ ὡς βασιλέα τιμηθῆναι τοῦτον, καὶ προσδεχθῆναι πείθουσι τὸν ἀποστάτην, καὶ συναναγκάζουσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ νεκρῷ μετὰ. τοῦ προσήκοντος σχήματος· τὸ δὲ ἦν, ἀποκοσμήσαντα τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ διαδήματος, καί ὑποκύψαντα τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ ιίκότα, οὕτως ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον συμπαραπέμψαι τοῖς ἄγουσι, καὶ τὸν ἀοίδιμον τῶν ’Δποστόλων σηκὸν, οἳ δὴ τὸ ἱερὸν γένος καὶ ὑπεδέξαντο καὶ διαφυλάττουσι, μιι κροῦ τὰ ἴσα γέρα καρπούμενον. Οὕτως ὁ ρος 1Ηʼ. Τῷ δὲ αἰσχρὰ μὲν τὰ τῆς ἐκστρατείας (fixasνετο δήμοις καὶ πόλεσι, καὶ φωναῖς δημοσίαις καὶ δ βωμολόχοις, ὦν ἔτι καὶ νῦν οἱ πολλοὶ μνημονεύουσιν), ἁδοξοτέρα δὶ ἡ ἐπάνοδος. Τίς δὲ ἡ ἀδοξίας Μῖμοι γελοίων ἦγον αὐτὸν, καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς αἶʼσχεσιν ἐπομπεύετο καταυλούμενός τε καὶ κατορχούμενος, καὶ τὴν ἄρνησιν, καὶ τὴν ἧτταν, καί τὸ τέλος ὀνειδιζόμενος. Καὶ τί γὰρ οὖ πάσχων ιακῶν ; τί δὲ οὐκ ἀκούων οἷς οἱ τοιοῦτοι νεανιεύονται, τέχνην τὴν ὕβριν ἔχοντες, ἕως ἦ Ταρσέων αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεται πόλις, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως καὶ ἀνθʼ ὅτου τήν ὕβριν ταύτην κατακριθεῖσα; ’Ένθα δέ οἱ τί· μενος ἄτιμον, καὶ τάφος ἐξάγιστος, καὶ ναὸς ἆπόπτυστος, καί οὐδὲ θεατὸς εὐσεβῶν ὄψεσι. 18. Καὶ ταῦτα διῆΛθον ὡς μέγιστα τῶν ἐκείνου κατηγορημάτων καὶ κυριώτατα, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν, ὅτι δυσὶ μὶν καὶ τρισὶ τῶν περὶ τὰ βασίλεια κολάκων, καὶ τήν ἀσέβειαν ὁμοτίμων (τοὺς γὰρ ἂλλους ἑκὼν παρίημι), τοσρῦτος ἐδόθη τῆς ἀσεβείας μισθὸς, ὥστε οὐδὲν ἐκώλυεν ἐντὸς ὀλίγου χρόνου, πᾶσαν αὐτοὺς ἂν ληίσασθαι τὴν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίοις γῇν τε καὶ θάλασσαν, εί μή θᾶττον πέρας ἐδόθη τοῖς πράγμασι δεξιόν· τοσοῦτον ὑπερέβαλλον λῃστείᾳ καὶ ἀπληστίᾳ tua; πρὶν ὲκατοντάχιιρας· αἱ δὲ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀρχαὶ οὗ τοῖς ἐπιεικεστάτοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀπανθρωποτάτοις ἐνεχειρίζοντο· καὶ μία ψῆφος ἦν th.ἀρχὴν, ἡ παράῦασις, καὶ τὸ τυχεῖν τῶν παρʼ ἐκείνου δωρεῶν, τοὺς τὸ. κάκιστα ’μρὶ ἑαυτῶν βουλευσαμενους.

Diadexamenos di tēn basileian euthys metʼ ekeinon, ho metʼ ekeinon anarrhētheis en autǭ tǭ stratopedǭ, kai tę̄ tōn kindynōn akmę̄ anankaiōs epizētousę̄ ton hēgēsomenon, anēr epiphanēs ta te alla kai tēn eusebeian, kaito eidos, alēthōs tyrannidos axios, to men eis cheiras ienai Persais, ē proïenai oudamōs oios te ēn, kaitoi gea 9 d 1 \ A I ouk ’HiCh G y, andreias kai prothymias ouden elleipōn, tou stratou pareikotos tas cheiras kai tas elpidas, ezētei de tēn anazeuxin; kai hopōs an asphalōs tychoi tautēs eskopei, hōsper ou basileias, allʼ hēttēs gegonōs klēronomos. Ei men houn mē Parsai tę̄ nikę̄ metriazontes (kai gar nomos houtos autois eidenai metrein eupragian [2]), ē ti deisantes allo tōn legomenōn, eis symbaseis etraponto, kai tautas adokētous houtō kai philanthrōpous, ouden ekōlye mēde pyrphoron, ho dē phasin, hypoleiphthēnai tǭ pratǭo tosouton eichon autous hoi Persai dia cheiros, en gę̄ te idią machomenoi, kai prosepērmenoi tois gegonosin hikanon gar to ti proslabein euēmerias, kai pros tēn elpida tou millontos ; nyn de ho men, hoper heipon, inos ēn, tou diasōsasthai ton straton, kai ta neura Rhōmaiois hypolipein; neura gar ēsan, kai ei kakōs epraxan aboulią mallon tou stratēgēsantos ē sphōn autōn. anandrią. ui de ipi tais synthēkais tautais ww" ebēsan, tais houtōs «tripoli: te kai anaxiais tēs Rhōmaiōn cheiros, ’inʼ heiʼpō to syntomōtaton; hōn heiʼ tis, ekeinon areis tēs aitias, touton katamemphoito, lian estin agnōmōn emoige logistēs tōn tote symbebēkotōn. Ou gar touamēsantos ho stachys, alla tou speirantos; ouoi tou katasbesai mē dynēthentos ho emprēsmos tou Si anapsantos- kai to tou Hērodotou peritēs Samiōn tyrannidos kairos heipein, hoti Touto to hypodēma men Histiaios, hypidysato (ll) de ’Dristagoras, ho ta tou proeilēphotos hypode- B xamenos. Iz. Ti loipon ēn ē to sōma Rhōmaiois epanachthēnai tou dyssebous, kaiper houtō katastrepsantos? Epei de kai hēmin esti nekros ho pro autou katalysas ton bion, idōmen kantautha toin basileoin ameroin to diaphoron, hoiʼ ti kai touto pherei pros eudaimonian ē kakodaimonian tois apelthousin. ’0 men ge (lli) parapempetai pandēmois euphēmiais ti kai pompais kai toutois dē tois hēmeterois semnois, ǭdais pannychois kai dądouchiais, ais Christianoi timąn metastasin eusebē nomizomeno kai ginetai panēgyris meta pathous hē ekchomidē tou sōmatos. de tǭ pistos ho logos, kai touto diedothē tais tōn pollōn akoais, hoti, epeidē ton Tauron hyperballoi to sōma pros tēn patrǭan autǭ polin diasōzomenon, tautēn dē tēn homōnymon akeinois kai megalōnymon, phōnē tis ek tōn akrōn estin hois ixēkoueto, hoion psallontōn ti kai parapempontōn, angelikōn oimai dynameōn, geras tēs eusebeias ekeinǭ, kai antidosis epitaphios. Kai gar ei tēn orthēn doxan parakinein edoxen, alla kai touto tēs tōn hypodynasteuontōn skaiotētos kai kako doxias to enklēma, hoi, haplēn kai apagē heis eusebeian paralabontes psychēn, ou proorōmenēn ta barathra, apēgagon hę̄per eboulonto, kai proschēmati akribeias ton zēlon kakian heiʼrgasanto. lZ. Allʼ oun hēmeis, to koinoteron, ton te patera ennoountes ton balomenon tēn krēpida tēs basilikēs tǭ Christianismǭ dynasteias kai pisteōs, kai ton eis auton katelthonta klēron tou dogmatos, egerairomen ta eikota to skēnos tou dikaią basileią syzēsantos, kai ton bion katalysantos tǭ hosiǭ telei, kai to kratos hēmin kataleipsantos. Ōs de plēsiazoi tę̄ megalē kai B basilidi polei, ti dei legein doryphorias te tou stratou pantos, kai taxin enoplion, hōs zōnti tǭ basilei ginomenēn, ē tēs lampras poleōs ekchysin, onomastotatēn tōn pōpote genomenōn ē esomenōn ? Allʼ ho thrasys kai gennadas ekeinos, kai neą tę̄ porphyridi kallōpizomenos, kai dia touto, hōs to eikos, mega phronōn, meros ginetai kai autos ekeinǭ tēs propompiou timēs, tēn autēn kai antidi dous kai antilambanōn charin, to men ti biasTheis, to di hekōn, hōs legousin. '0 gar stratos hapas, ei kai tou parontos hēttēto kratous, allʼ houn pleion tǭ katoichomenǭ nemōn aidous (epeidē kai pephykamen eunousteroi pōs einai tois eti prosphatois pathesi, tǭ philtrǭ prospaschontes, kai ton eleon toutǭ prosaptontes), kai dio, touto ouk anechomenoi to mē ouch hōs basilea timēthēnai touton, kai prosdechthēnai peithousi ton apostatēn, kai synanankazousin hypantēsai tǭ nekrǭ meta. tou prosēkontos schēmatos; to de ēn, apokosmēsanta tēn kephalēn tou diadēmatos, kai hypokypsanta tǭ basilei ta iikota, houtōs epi ton taphon symparapempsai tois agousi, kai ton aoidimon tōn ’Dpostolōn sēkon, hoi dē to hieron genos kai hypedexanto kai diaphylattousi, mii krou ta isa gera karpoumenon. Houtōs ho ros 1Ēʼ. Tǭ de aischra men ta tēs ekstrateias (fixasneto dēmois kai polesi, kai phōnais dēmosiais kai d bōmolochois, ōn eti kai nyn hoi polloi mnēmoneuousin), hadoxotera di hē epanodos. Tis de hē adoxias Mimoi geloiōn ēgon auton, kai tois apo tēs skēnēs aiʼschesin epompeueto katauloumenos te kai katorchoumenos, kai tēn arnēsin, kai tēn hēttan, kai to telos oneidizomenos. Kai ti gar ou paschōn iakōn ? ti de ouk akouōn hois hoi toioutoi neanieuontai, technēn tēn hybrin echontes, heōs ē Tarseōn auton hypodechetai polis, ouk oidʼ hopōs kai anthʼ hotou tēn hybrin tautēn katakritheisa? ’Entha de hoi ti; menos atimon, kai taphos exagistos, kai naos apoptystos, kai oude theatos eusebōn opsesi. 18. Kai tauta diēLthon hōs megista tōn ekeinou katēgorēmatōn kai kyriōtata, ouk agnoōn, hoti dysi min kai trisi tōn peri ta basileia kolakōn, kai tēn asebeian homotimōn (tous gar allous hekōn pariēmi), tosrytos edothē tēs asebeias misthos, hōste ouden ekōlyen entos oligou chronou, pasan autous an lēisasthai tēn hypo Rhōmaiois gę̄n te kai thalassan, ei mē thatton peras edothē tois pragmasi dexion; tosouton hypereballon lę̄steią kai aplēstią tua? prin ekatontachiiras; hai de tōn ethnōn archai hou tois epieikestatois, alla tois apanthrōpotatois enecheirizonto; kai mia psēphos ēn th.archēn, hē parauasis, kai to tychein tōn parʼ ekeinou dōreōn, tous to. kakista ’mri heautōn bouleusamenous.

He who was proclaimed after him in the camp itself succeeded to the empire at once, since the height of the danger necessarily sought a leader: a man distinguished in other respects and in his piety, and in appearance truly worthy of rule. He was quite unable to come to blows with the Persians or to advance, though he lacked nothing in courage and eagerness, since the army had let fall its hands and its hopes; so he sought to withdraw, and considered how he might do so safely, as if he had become heir not of an empire but of a defeat. Had not the Persians, moderate in victory (for this is a law among them, to know how to measure good fortune), or fearing something else among the things that are told, turned to an agreement, and one so unexpected and humane, nothing would have prevented the army from being left without even a fire-bearer, as they say; so completely did the Persians have them in hand, fighting on their own land and elated by what had happened; for gaining some success is enough to give hope for the future too. But as it was, the one, as I said, had one aim: to save the army and leave the Romans their sinews; for they were sinews, and if they fared badly, it was through the folly of their commander rather than their own cowardice. And they came to these terms, so shameful and unworthy of the Roman hand, to put it most briefly. If anyone acquits that man of the blame and finds fault with this one, he is to my mind a very unfair reckoner of what happened then. For the ear of grain belongs not to the reaper but to the sower; nor the fire to the one who could not put it out, but to the one who kindled it. And it is time to quote the saying of Herodotus about the tyranny of the Samians: “This shoe Histiaeus stitched, and Aristagoras put on,” he who took over what his predecessor had prepared. [16] What remained but that the body of the impious man should be brought back to the Romans, though he had ended so? And since we also have a dead man, the one who ended his life before him, let us see here too the difference between the two emperors, if this too bears on the happiness or misery of the departed. The one is escorted with public praises and processions and with these solemn rites of ours, all-night hymns and torch-bearing, with which we Christians think it right to honour a pious departure; and the carrying out of his body becomes a festival mingled with grief. And a story is believed by some, and has spread to the ears of the many, that when the body crossed the Taurus, as it was being brought to his ancestral city (the one named after his family, of great name), a sound was heard by some from the heights, as of people singing and escorting him: angelic powers, I suppose, a reward for his piety and a funeral recompense. For even if he seemed to disturb the right faith, this too is the fault of the boorishness and wrong belief of those who held power under him, who took over a soul simple and inexperienced in piety, which did not foresee the pits, led it wherever they wished, and under a pretence of exactness turned his zeal into vice. [17] But we, in the more general way, thinking of the father who laid the foundation of imperial power and faith for Christianity, and of the inheritance of the doctrine that came down to him, honoured as was fitting the body of one who had lived with a just rule, ended his life with a holy end, and left the empire to us. As he approached the great and royal city, why need I tell of the escort of the whole army, and the armed order, as for the living emperor, or the outpouring of the brilliant city, the most famous of all that ever were or will be? And that bold and noble man, adorned with his new purple and, as is likely, proud of it, himself becomes part of the honour of the escort, giving and receiving the same favour, partly forced and partly willing, as they say. For the whole army, though it had yielded to the present power, still gave more respect to the departed (since we are somehow by nature better disposed to sufferings that are still fresh, being touched by affection and attaching pity to it); and for this reason, not bearing that he should not be honoured as emperor, they persuade and compel the apostate to meet the dead body in fitting dress; and this was, stripping his head of the diadem and bowing to the emperor as was fitting, to escort him with the bearers to the tomb and to the celebrated shrine of the Apostles, who received and guard the holy race, which enjoys almost equal honours. So the one … [18] For the other, the start of the campaign was shameful (he was mocked by peoples and cities, with public and scurrilous shouts which many still remember), and the return more inglorious still. What was the inglory? Mimes of jests led him, and he was paraded with the shameful things of the stage, played at with flutes and danced at, and reproached with his apostasy, his defeat, and his end. And what evil did he not suffer? What did he not hear of the things in which such men run riot, whose art is insult, until the city of Tarsus receives him, condemned I know not how or for what to this outrage? There is his dishonoured precinct, his accursed tomb, his detestable shrine, not even to be seen by pious eyes. [19] I have gone through these things as the greatest and most proper of the charges against him, not ignorant that to two or three of the palace flatterers who equalled him in impiety (I willingly pass over the others) so great a wage of impiety was given that nothing would have prevented them, in a short time, from plundering all the land and sea under the Romans, had not a happy end come to affairs more quickly; so far did they surpass the Hundred-handed ones in robbery and greed. And the governments of the provinces were entrusted not to the most decent but to the most inhuman; and there was one qualification for office, transgression, and for obtaining his gifts, to have taken the worst counsel about oneself.

5.20PG 35:688b–689b

Τί δʼ ἃν εί λέγοιμι δικῶν μεταθέσεις καὶ μετακλίσεις διὰ μέσης νυκτὸς πολλάκις μεταβαλλομένων καὶ περιτρεπομένων, ὥσπερ ἀμπώτιδας· ἐπεὶ καὶ δικάζειν ὁ γεννάδας ἠξίου, πάντα ἑαυτοῦ διὰ φιλοτιμίαν ποιούμενος ; Τάχα ἂν μικρὰ λίαν ἐγκαλεῖν δόξαιμι, καὶ τὰ μέγιστα τοῖς μικροῖς καθυβρίζειν. Πλήν γε ὁμολογείσθω, δτι οὐκ Ἦλυσίων πεδίων ii.sz ταῦτα, οὖδὶ τῆς Ῥαδαμάνθυος ἐκεῖσε δόξης, ἧς μοίρας ἀξιοῦσιν ἐκεῖνον oi. τῆς αὐτῆς φατρίας τε καὶ τάξεως. Ἕν τῶν ἐκείνου θαυμάζειν ἔχωʼ πολλοὺς γαρ τῶν αὖτῷ συνήθων τε καὶ γνωρίμων, ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν διατριβῶν μάλιστα, ἐκάλει μὲν κατὰ πᾶσαν σπουδὴν, ὡς δράσων θαυμάσια, οἶα καὶ ταῖς ἐλπίσιν ἐπτὲρου, μεμνημένους τῶν ὑποσχέσεων ἐπεὶ δὲ παρεῖεν, τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο αἱ τῶν ψήφων κλοπαὶ, καὶ τῶν ὀψεων ἀπάται· τοὺς μὶν τοὺς δὲ -ιὸν τρόπον, τοὺς δὲ τὸν διαπαίζων · ἔστι δὲ οὕς καὶ τραπέζῃ φιλοφρονούμενος, καὶ πολὺ τὸ Ἑταῖρε προπίνων, καὶ λαρυγγίζων ἀντʼ ἄλλου τινὸς δελεάσματος, ἀπράκτους ἀπὶπεμπεν, οὐκ ἔχοντας ὅτῳ μέμφονται πΛέον, ἐκείνῳ τῆς ἀπάτης ἢ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς τῆς κουφότητος.

Ti dʼ han ei legoimi dikōn metatheseis kai metakliseis dia mesēs nyktos pollakis metaballomenōn kai peritrepomenōn, hōsper ampōtidas; epei kai dikazein ho gennadas ēxiou, panta heautou dia philotimian poioumenos ? Tacha an mikra lian enkalein doxaimi, kai ta megista tois mikrois kathybrizein. Plēn ge homologeisthō, dti ouk Ēlysiōn pediōn ii.sz tauta, oudi tēs Rhadamanthyos ekeise doxēs, hēs moiras axiousin ekeinon oi. tēs autēs phatrias te kai taxeōs. Hen tōn ekeinou thaumazein echōʼ pollous gar tōn autǭ synēthōn te kai gnōrimōn, ek tōn kata tēn Asian diatribōn malista, ekalei men kata pasan spoudēn, hōs drasōn thaumasia, oia kai tais elpisin epterou, memnēmenous tōn hyposcheseōn epei de pareien, touto ekeino hai tōn psēphōn klopai, kai tōn opseōn apatai; tous min tous de -ion tropon, tous de ton diapaizōn ; esti de hous kai trapezę̄ philophronoumenos, kai poly to Hetaire propinōn, kai laryngizōn antʼ allou tinos deleasmatos, apraktous apipempen, ouk echontas hotǭ memphontai pLeon, ekeinǭ tēs apatēs ē sphisin autois tēs kouphotētos.

What if I should speak of the changes and reversals of lawsuits, often altered and overturned in the middle of the night, like ebbing tides; since our noble man thought fit to judge too, making everything his own out of ambition? Perhaps I would seem to bring very small charges, and to insult the greatest matters with small ones. But let it at least be agreed that these things do not belong to the Elysian fields, nor to the glory of Rhadamanthys there, the portion of which those of his clan and rank think him worthy. One thing of his I can admire. Many of his acquaintances and friends, especially from his sojourns in Asia, he summoned with all eagerness, as though about to do wonders for them, such as he had made them fly with hopes of, reminding them of his promises; but when they arrived, there it was: tampering with votes and deceptive appearances; he mocked some in one way and others in another; and some he entertained at table, drinking many a toast of “Comrade” and warbling in place of any other bait, and sent them away empty-handed, not knowing whom to blame more, him for the deceit or themselves for their lightness.

5.21PG 35:689b–689c

Ἐκεῖνο δὲ πῶς οὒκ ἐπαινετὸν τῆς τοῦ φιλοσόφου παιδεύσεως, ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἀόργητος ἦν, καὶ τῶν παθῶν ὑψηλότερος, κατά τοὺς πώποτε τῶν βασιλέων ἀτρέπτους καὶ ἀκινήτους, καὶ μηδʼ ἂν, εἴ τι γένοιτο, τοῦ προσώπου τι παρατρέψαντας, ἢ πά· θους ἴχνος ἐπισημαίνονταςʼ ὥσθʼ ὅτι μὲν βοῶν καὶ σεισμῶν ἐπλήρου τὰ βασίλεια δικάζων, ὥσπερ αὐ·τὸς ὥν ὁ τυραννονόμενος καὶ ζημιούμενος, οὐκ ἄλλοις ταῦτα πάσχουσιν, ἐπαμύνων; Ταῦτα μὲν οὐδέ λόγου τινὸς ἀξιώσομεν · τοῦσο δὲ τίς ἀγνοεῖ τῶν ἀπάντων, ὅτι πολλοὺς προσιόντας οἷ δημοσίᾳ καὶ τῶν ἀγροικοτέρων, ὥστε τυχεῖν τινος ὧν ἄνθρωποι βασιλέων δέονται, παίων πὺξ δημοσίᾳ καὶ λὰξ ἐναλλόμενος οὕτω διετίθει κακῶς, ὥστʼ ἀγαπᾷν ἐκείνους τὸ μή τι παθεῖν χαλεπώτερον ;

Ekeino de pōs ouk epaineton tēs tou philosophou paideuseōs, hoti tosouton aorgētos ēn, kai tōn pathōn hypsēloteros, kata tous pōpote tōn basileōn atreptous kai akinētous, kai mēdʼ an, ei ti genoito, tou prosōpou ti paratrepsantas, ē pa; thous ichnos episēmainontasʼ hōsthʼ hoti men boōn kai seismōn eplērou ta basileia dikazōn, hōsper au;tos hōn ho tyrannonomenos kai zēmioumenos, ouk allois tauta paschousin, epamynōn? Tauta men oude logou tinos axiōsomen ; touso de tis agnoei tōn apantōn, hoti pollous prosiontas hoi dēmosią kai tōn agroikoterōn, hōste tychein tinos hōn anthrōpoi basileōn deontai, paiōn pyx dēmosią kai lax enallomenos houtō dietithei kakōs, hōstʼ agapąn ekeinous to mē ti pathein chalepōteron ?

And how is this not praiseworthy in the philosopher’s education: that he was so free from anger and above the passions, like those emperors of old who were unmoved and unshaken, and who, whatever happened, would not change their face at all or show a trace of passion; so that he filled the palace with shouts and quaking when he was judging, as though he himself were the one tyrannized and wronged, and not the defender of others who suffered these things? These things we will not deem worthy even of a word; but who of all men does not know that many who approached him in public, even of the more rustic sort, to obtain something of what men ask of emperors, he so mistreated, striking them with his fist in public and kicking them with his heel, that they were content not to suffer anything worse?

5.22PG 35:689c–696a

Τὰς δὲ φυσῆσεις τε καὶ ἀντιφυσήσεις, ἃς ὅ θαυμάσιος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα διασύρων, τοῖς γραϊδίοις ἀντεπεδείκνυτο, τὸ ἐπιβώμιον πῦρ ἀνάπτων, ποῦ λόγου θήσομεν(; ’Ή καλόν γε τοῦ Ῥωμαίων βασιλέως τὰς γνάθους ὁρᾷν ἀσχημονούσας, καὶ γέλωτα πολὺν παρεχούσας, οὐ τοῖς ἔξωθεν μόνον, ἀλλά καὶ αὐτοῖς, οἷς ταῦτα ποιῶν ἀρέσκειν ᾤετο. Τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν δὲ οὐκ ἤκουε, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θεὸν, δτικαὶ τοῖς αὐλοῖς κατηράσατο, οἷς ἐνασχημονοῦσαν ἑαυτὴν κατεμάνθανεν, ἀντʼ ἐσόπτρου χρησαμένη τῷ ὕδατι. Τὰς δε προπόσεις τε καὶ φιλο- τησίας, ἃς δημοσίᾳ ταῖς πόρναις προῦπινό τι καὶ ἀντιπρούπίνετο, ὑποκλέπτων τὸ ἀσελγὲς μυστηρίου › προσχήματι, πῶς οὐ θαυμάζειν ἅξιονς KI". Ταῦτα τοῖς μὶν ἄλλοις ἡ πεῖρα παρέστησε, καὶ ἡ δυναστεία προλαβοῦσα τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ πόρρωθεν τρόπον τινὰ ἑωρᾶτο, ἐξ οὗ τῷ ἀνδρὶ συνεγενόμην Ἀθήνῃσιν. Ἦλθε γὰρ κάκεῖσε, ὰρτι τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ νεωτερισθᾶντων, τὸν βασιλέα τοῦτο αὐτὸ παραιτησάμενος. Διττὸς ’ὄὶ αὐτοῦ τῆς ἐπιδημίας ὁ λόγος· ὁ μὲν εὐπρεπέστερος. καθʼ ἱστορίαν τής Ἑλλάδος καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖσε παιδευτηρζων “ ὁ ’δὲ ἀπορῥητότερος, καὶ οὐ πολλοῖς γνώριο μος, ὥστε τοῖς ἐκεῖ Θύταις καὶ ἀπατεῶσι περὶ τῶν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν συγγενέσθαι, οὕπω παρρησίαν ξχούσης τῆς ἀσεβείας. Τότε τοίνυν οὗ φαῦλος ὖγὼ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς εἰκαστής οἶδα γενόμενος, καίτοι γε οὐ τῶν εὖ πεφυκότων περὶ ταῦτα εἷς ὥν. Ἀλλʼ ἐποίει με μαντικὸν ἡ τοῦ ἤθους ἀνωμαλίαι, καί τὸ περιττὸν τῆς ἐκστάσεωςʼ εἶʼ-περ μάντις ἄριστος, ὅστις εἰκάζειν οἶδε καλῶς. Οὐδενὸς γὰρ ἐδόκει μοι σημεῖον εἶναι χρηστοῦ αὐχὴν ἀπαγὴς, ὤμοι παλλόμενοι καὶ ἀνασηκούμινοι, ὀφθαλμὸς σοβούμενος καὶ περιφερόμενος, καὶ μανικὸν βλέπων, πόδες inti. τοῦντες καὶ μιτοκλάζοντες, μυκτὴρ ὕβριν πνέων καὶ περῖφρόνησιν, προσώπου σχηματισμοὶ καταγέλαστοι τὸ αὐτὸ φέροντες, γὲλωτες ἀκρατεῖς τε καὶ βρασματώδιις, νεύσεις καὶ ἀνανεύσεις σὺν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ, λόγος ἱστάμενος καὶ κοπτόμενος πνεύματι, ἐρωτήσεις ἄτακτοι καὶ ἀσύνετοι, ἀποκρίσεις οὐδὲν τούτων ἀμείνους, ἀλλήλαις ἐπεμβαίνουσαι καὶ Ουοὶν τουτων αμιινους, αΛΛηΛαις ιπι οαινουι οὐκ εὐσταθεῖς, οὐδὲ τάξει προϊοῦσαι autgenere. ΗΔΖ Τί ἂν τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον γράφοιμι; Τοῦτον πρὸ τῶν ἔργων ἐθεασάμην, ὅν καὶ ἰπὶ τῶν ἔργων ἐγνώρισα. Καὶ εἷʼ μοι παρῆσάν τινες τῶν τηνικαῦτα συνόντων καὶ ἀκουσάντων,οὖ χαλεπῶς ἂν ἐμαρτύρησαν· οἷς, ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα ἐθεασάμην. εόθὺς ἐφθεγξάμην· Οίον κακὸν ἡ Ῥωμαίων τρέφει l καὶ προαγορεύσας καὶ γενέσθαι ψευδόμαντις ἐμαυτοῦ κατευξάμενος. Κρεῖσσον γὰρ ἢ τούτων πλησθῆναιτὴν οἷκουμὲνην κακῶν, καὶ τοιοῦτον ἀναφανῆναι τέρας, οῖον οὒπω πολλῶν μὲν ἐπικλυσμῶν Ορυλλουμὲπρότερον ' νων, πολλῶν δὲ ὲμπρησμῶν, καὶ βρασμῶν γῆς, καὶ χασμάτων, ἔτι δὲ ἀνδρῶν ἀπανθρωποτάτων καὶ Θηρίων ἄλλοκότων τε καὶ συνθέτων, ὧν ἡ φύσις ἰκαινοτόμησε. Ταύτῃ τοι καὶ τέλος ἄξιον ἠνεγκατο τῆς ἀπονοίας. ἐνταῦθα μόνον οὐκ ἀνασχομένου τοῦ Θεοῦ τῆς συνήθους μακροθυμίας, ἔνθα πολλοῖς κακὸν ἦν τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, καὶ πολλὴν μὶν ἔμελλε παρέξειν ἀθυμίαν τοῖς κατορθοῦσι, πολλὴν δὲ τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι καταφρόνησινʼ ὡς οὐκ ἐφορῶντος οὐδενὸς τὰ ἡμέτερα, οὐδὲ οὔσης τινὸς κυβερνήσεως ἢ ἀντιδόσεως, ἀλλά τοῦ αὐτομάτου τὸ πᾶν φεροντός τε καὶ περιτρέποντος · ’ὁ διανοίας ἐστὶ πονηρᾶς καὶ λίαν ἐπισφαλῶς περὶτῶν μεγίστων διακειμένης. πολεμοῦντες Osci; ποῦ αἲ κατὰ Χριστιανῶν μαντεῖαι, καὶ ἀπειλαὶ, καὶ ἡ κατὰ προθεσμίαν κατάλυσις ἡμῶν μέχρις ὀνόματος; Οῗχιται πάντα, διέψευσέοι, διερῥύηκεν, ὄναρ ἐφάνη τῶν ἀσεβῶν τὰ κομπάσματα.

Tas de physēseis te kai antiphysēseis, has ho thaumasios ekeinos, kai ta hēmetera diasyrōn, tois graïdiois antepedeiknyto, to epibōmion pyr anaptōn, pou logou thēsomen(? ’Ē kalon ge tou Rhōmaiōn basileōs tas gnathous horąn aschēmonousas, kai gelōta polyn parechousas, ou tois exōthen monon, alla kai autois, hois tauta poiōn areskein ǭeto. Tēn Athēnan de ouk ēkoue, tēn heautou theon, dtikai tois aulois katērasato, hois enaschēmonousan heautēn katemanthanen, antʼ esoptrou chrēsamenē tǭ hydati. Tas de proposeis te kai philo- tēsias, has dēmosią tais pornais proupino ti kai antiproupineto, hypokleptōn to aselges mystēriou › proschēmati, pōs ou thaumazein haxions KI". Tauta tois min allois hē peira parestēse, kai hē dynasteia prolabousa tēn exousian emoi de kai porrōthen tropon tina heōrato, ex hou tǭ andri synegenomēn Athēnę̄sin. Ēlthe gar kakeise, arti tōn kata ton adelphon autou neōteristhantōn, ton basilea touto auto paraitēsamenos. Dittos ’oi autou tēs epidēmias ho logos; ho men euprepesteros. kathʼ historian tēs Hellados kai tōn ekeise paideutērzōn “ ho ’de aporrhētoteros, kai ou pollois gnōrio mos, hōste tois ekei Thytais kai apateōsi peri tōn kathʼ heauton syngenesthai, houpō parrēsian xchousēs tēs asebeias. Tote toinyn hou phaulos ygō tou andros eikastēs oida genomenos, kaitoi ge ou tōn eu pephykotōn peri tauta heis hōn. Allʼ epoiei me mantikon hē tou ēthous anōmaliai, kai to peritton tēs ekstaseōsʼ eiʼ-per mantis aristos, hostis eikazein oide kalōs. Oudenos gar edokei moi sēmeion einai chrēstou auchēn apagēs, ōmoi pallomenoi kai anasēkouminoi, ophthalmos soboumenos kai peripheromenos, kai manikon blepōn, podes inti. tountes kai mitoklazontes, myktēr hybrin pneōn kai periphronēsin, prosōpou schēmatismoi katagelastoi to auto pherontes, gelōtes akrateis te kai brasmatōdiis, neuseis kai ananeuseis syn oudeni logǭ, logos histamenos kai koptomenos pneumati, erōtēseis ataktoi kai asynetoi, apokriseis ouden toutōn ameinous, allēlais epembainousai kai Ouoin toutōn amiinous, aLLēLais ipi oainoui ouk eustatheis, oude taxei proïousai autgenere. ĒDZ Ti an ta kathʼ hekaston graphoimi? Touton pro tōn ergōn etheasamēn, hon kai ipi tōn ergōn egnōrisa. Kai heiʼ moi parēsan tines tōn tēnikauta synontōn kai akousantōn,ou chalepōs an emartyrēsan; hois, epeidē tauta etheasamēn. eothys ephthenxamēn; Oion kakon hē Rhōmaiōn trephei l kai proagoreusas kai genesthai pseudomantis emautou kateuxamenos. Kreisson gar ē toutōn plēsthēnaitēn hoikoumenēn kakōn, kai toiouton anaphanēnai teras, oion oupō pollōn men epiklysmōn Orylloumeproteron ' nōn, pollōn de emprēsmōn, kai brasmōn gēs, kai chasmatōn, eti de andrōn apanthrōpotatōn kai Thēriōn allokotōn te kai synthetōn, hōn hē physis ikainotomēse. Tautę̄ toi kai telos axion ēnenkato tēs aponoias. entautha monon ouk anaschomenou tou Theou tēs synēthous makrothymias, entha pollois kakon ēn to philanthrōpon, kai pollēn min emelle parexein athymian tois katorthousi, pollēn de tois hamartanousi kataphronēsinʼ hōs ouk ephorōntos oudenos ta hēmetera, oude ousēs tinos kybernēseōs ē antidoseōs, alla tou automatou to pan pherontos te kai peritrepontos ; ’ho dianoias esti ponēras kai lian episphalōs peritōn megistōn diakeimenēs. polemountes Osci? pou ai kata Christianōn manteiai, kai apeilai, kai hē kata prothesmian katalysis hēmōn mechris onomatos? Oïchitai panta, diepseuseoi, dierrhyēken, onar ephanē tōn asebōn ta kompasmata.

And his puffings and counter-puffings, which that wonderful man, while mocking our rites, showed off to old women as he lit the fire on the altar, where shall we put them? Truly a fine thing, to see the cheeks of the Roman emperor disgracing themselves and providing much laughter, not only to outsiders, but to the very people he thought to please by doing it! Did he not hear of Athena, his own goddess, that she cursed the flutes when she saw herself disgraced by them, using the water as a mirror? And the toasts and kisses which he publicly drank to harlots and received from them, slipping licentiousness under the pretext of a mystery, how is this not worthy of wonder? [23] These things experience showed to others, and power, which gave him freedom beforehand; but to me they were seen in a way from afar, from the time I was with the man at Athens. For he came there too, just after the upheaval concerning his brother, having asked the emperor for this very thing. His visit had a double reason: the more seemly, to study Greece and the schools there; the more secret, known to few, to consult the sacrificers and deceivers there about his own affairs, since impiety did not yet have freedom of speech. Then, I know, I proved no bad reader of the man, though I am not one of those well gifted for such things. But the unevenness of his character and the extremity of his excitement made me a prophet, if indeed he is the best prophet who knows how to guess well. For it seemed to me a sign of nothing good: a neck unsteady, shoulders jerking and hunching up, an eye restless and rolling and with a mad look, feet unsteady and shifting, a nostril breathing insolence and contempt, ridiculous contortions of the face expressing the same, laughter unrestrained and convulsive, noddings and shakings of the head for no reason, speech halting and broken off by his breath, questions disorderly and senseless, answers no better than these, tripping over one another, unsteady, and not proceeding in any order. [24] Why should I describe each detail? Such as I saw him before his deeds, such I came to know him in his deeds. And if some of those who were with me then and heard me were present, they would bear witness without difficulty; for when I saw these things I said to them at once: “What an evil the Roman world is rearing!”, having foretold it and prayed that I might prove a false prophet. For it would have been better for the world to be filled with any other evils than these, and for such a monster to appear as never before, though many floods are told of, many conflagrations, earthquakes and chasms, and moreover most inhuman men and strange and composite beasts, which nature produced as novelties. In this way he received an end worthy of his madness, God here alone not keeping to his usual long-suffering, where kindness would have been an evil for many, and would have caused much discouragement to those who do right and much contempt in those who sin, as though no one watched over our affairs, nor was there any governance or recompense, but chance carried and overturned everything; which belongs to a wicked mind, very dangerously disposed about the greatest things. … fighting against God? Where are the oracles against Christians, and the threats, and our destruction by an appointed day, even to the name? All is gone, proved false, flowed away; the boasts of the ungodly have proved a dream.

5.23PG 35:696a–697a

Ὀ μὲν οὖν τοῦ Ἰούδα βασιλεὺς Ἐζεκίας, ἐλθόντος, ἐπʼ αὐτὸν δυνάμει πολλῇ τῶν ἀΛλοφύλων τινὸς βασιλέως, καὶ στρατοπέδῳ κυκλώσαντος τὴν Ίιρουσαλήμ, λόγους τε βλασφήμους καὶ ἀσεβεῖς κατὰ τε τοῦ βασιλέως καὶαύτοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ πικρῶς ἀπορῥίψαντοςν ὡς οὐδʼ ἂν ὁτιοῦν γένηται περισώο σοντος ἐκ τῆς αὐτοῦ δυναστείας τὴν πόλιν,ἒπὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐλθὼν, καὶ τήν ἐσθῆτα περιῤῥηξάμινος, δακρύων τε προχέων πηγὰς, καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εἷς οὐρανὸν ἀνατείνας, τὸν Οεὸν τῆς Σεναχηρεὶμ βλασφημίας ἐπεμαρτύρει-ται, κάλιῐνον ἔκδικον γενέσθαι τῆς τῶν ἀπειλουμένων ὑπερηφανίας ἐπιζητεῖ. Εἶδες, Κύριε, λὲγων, ὅσα ὠνείδισέ σε ὁ ἀλλόφυλος οὗτος τὸν Θεὸν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· εἶδες. Κύριε, μὴ παρασιωπήσῃς καὶ οὐκ ἐψεύσθη γε τῆς αἰτήσεως ” ἀλλʼ ᾔσθετο ἔργῳ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ μανίας ὁ θεομάχος, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἄπρακτος μετὰ τῶν ἀπειλῶν ὑπό τινος ἀοράτου δυνάμεως ἐπιπεσούσης ἄφνω, καὶ τὸ πολὺ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἀποβαλὼν, καὶ ἀγγελίᾳ πικρᾷ μεταναστὰς, ἀδοκήτως λυούσῄ καὶ τήν πολιορκίαν, καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας, Ταῦτα Ἐζεκίας, ὁ τὴν πολλὴν περιὸιῦλημὲνος δύναμιν, ὁ τῆς μεγάλης βασιλεὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ὸτάχα ἂν ἀποκρουσάμενος καὶ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν πολέμιον. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, οἷς μόνον καὶ ὁπλον, καὶ τεῖχος, καὶ ἄλλο πᾶν ἀμυντήριον, ἡ πρὸς ἐἰπέ-βῶν ἄλπὶς ὑπελείπετο, nam ἀνθρωπίνην περιῃρημένοις καὶ περικεκομμὲνοις ἐπικουρίαν παντάπασι, τίνα ἄρα ἓτερον ἢ τῆς εὐχῆς ἀκροατὴν, ἣ κωλυτὴν τῶν ἀπειλουμένων ἕξειν ἐμέλλομεν, ἣ τὸν ὀμνύοντα κατά τῆς ὑπερηφανίας Ἰακὼβ Θεόν; Ὤ τῶν ἀπίστῶν διηγημάτωνί ’Ὠ τῆς τῶν ἐλπιζομένων θρασύτητος l Ἐπηγγέλθημεν ἀντʼ ἄλλου τινὸς ἱερείου τοῖς δαίμοσι* καὶ ἡ μεγάλη τοῦ Θεοῦ κληρονοο μία, τὸ ἅγιον ἔθνος, τὸ βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, μιᾶς ἆθλον ἐλπίδος, καὶ ἰνὸς πολεμου νικητήριον ἔγεν ό μεθα.

O men oun tou Iouda basileus Ezekias, elthontos, epʼ auton dynamei pollę̄ tōn aLlophylōn tinos basileōs, kai stratopedǭ kyklōsantos tēn Iirousalēm, logous te blasphēmous kai asebeis kata te tou basileōs kaiautou tou Theou pikrōs aporrhipsantosn hōs oudʼ an hotioun genētai perisōo sontos ek tēs autou dynasteias tēn polin,epi to hieron elthōn, kai tēn esthēta perirrhēxaminos, dakryōn te procheōn pēgas, kai tas cheiras heis ouranon anateinas, ton Oeon tēs Senachēreim blasphēmias epemartyrei-tai, kaliinon ekdikon genesthai tēs tōn apeiloumenōn hyperēphanias epizētei. Eides, Kyrie, legōn, hosa ōneidise se ho allophylos houtos ton Theon tou Israēl; eides. Kyrie, mē parasiōpēsę̄s kai ouk epseusthē ge tēs aitēseōs ” allʼ ę̄stheto ergǭ tēs heautou manias ho theomachos, kai apēlthen apraktos meta tōn apeilōn hypo tinos aoratou dynameōs epipesousēs aphnō, kai to poly tēs stratias apobalōn, kai angelią pikrą metanastas, adokētōs lyousę̄ kai tēn poliorkian, kai tas elpidas, Tauta Ezekias, ho tēn pollēn perioiylēmenos dynamin, ho tēs megalēs basileus Ierousalēm, otacha an apokrousamenos kai diʼ heautou ton polemion. Hēmeis de, hois monon kai hoplon, kai teichos, kai allo pan amyntērion, hē pros eipe-bōn alpis hypeleipeto, nam anthrōpinēn perię̄rēmenois kai perikekommenois epikourian pantapasi, tina ara heteron ē tēs euchēs akroatēn, hē kōlytēn tōn apeiloumenōn hexein emellomen, hē ton omnyonta kata tēs hyperēphanias Iakōb Theon? Ō tōn apistōn diēgēmatōni ’Ō tēs tōn elpizomenōn thrasytētos l Epēngelthēmen antʼ allou tinos hiereiou tois daimosi* kai hē megalē tou Theou klēronoo mia, to hagion ethnos, to basileion hierateuma, mias athlon elpidos, kai inos polemou nikētērion egen o metha.

Hezekiah king of Judah, when a king of foreigners came against him with a great force and surrounded Jerusalem with his army, and bitterly hurled blasphemous and impious words against both the king and God himself, as though he would by no means save the city from his power, went to the temple, tore his garment, shed fountains of tears, and stretching his hands to heaven called God to witness the blasphemy of Sennacherib, and asked him to become the avenger of the arrogance of his threats: “You have seen, Lord,” he said, “how this foreigner has reproached you, the God of Israel; you have seen, Lord; do not keep silent.” And he was not disappointed of his request; but the God-fighter perceived his madness in deed, and went away with his threats unaccomplished, an invisible power falling suddenly upon him, having lost the greater part of his army, and moving off at a bitter message, which unexpectedly ended both the siege and his hopes. So it was with Hezekiah, who was surrounded by great power, the king of great Jerusalem, who perhaps could have repelled the enemy even by himself. But we, who had only hope in God left us as weapon and wall and every other defence, being wholly stripped and cut off from human help, what other hearer of our prayer or preventer of the threats were we to have, than the God who swears by the pride of Jacob? O incredible tales! O boldness of hopes! We were promised to the demons in place of some other victim; and the great inheritance of God, the holy nation, the royal priesthood, became the prize of a single hope and the trophy of a single war.

5.27PG 35:697a–700a

Ταῦτα Χριστιανοῖς παρὰ σοῦ ἀνθʼ ὧν ἐσώθης διʼ αὐτῶν κακῶς τὰ ἐπίχειρα; Ταῦτα Κυρίῳτῷ Θεῷ σου ἀνταπέὃωκας; Πρότερον μὲν οῦν, ἡνίκα ἔτι ἀνεῖχε καὶ ἀνεβάλλετο τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὀργὴν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ οὕπω πάντα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ζῆλον ἐξέκαυσεν, ἀλλʼ ὑψηλὴν ἔτι κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν εἶχε τὴν χεῖρα, καὶ τὸ τόξον ἐνέτεινε μὶν καὶ ἡτοίμασε, κατεῖχε δὲ βίᾳ, καὶ ὥσπερ τι νόσημα ὓπουλον καὶ κακόηθες ἐκραγῆναι πρότερον ὅλην αὐτοῦ τὴν πονηρίαν ἀνέμενεν, ὣσπερ δὴ Θεοῦ κρίσεως νόμος, ’ίνʼ ἢ σώσῃ τῇ μετανοίᾳ ἢ κολάσηται δικαιότερον τότε μὶν, δυσανασχετοῦντες τοῖς γινομένοις, καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον κάμνοντες (οὗ γὰρ ἐφέρομεν τὴν ἀποκρυπτομένην αὐτοῦ τοῖς οἰκείοις χρηστότητα), ἐκείνας ἠφίεμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν τὰς φωνὰς, τὰ μὶν ὡς δεσπότην ἐπικαλούμενοι, τά δὲ ὡς πρὸς πατέρα χρηστὸν ποτνιώμενοι, τὰ δὲ οἷον ὀνειδίζοντες καὶ δικαιολογούμενοι πρὸς αὐτὸν, οἶα τὰ τῶν ἆλγούντων· Ἵνα ἰί ἀπώσω, ὁ Θεὸς, εἷς τέλος;ὠργίσθη ὁ θυμός σου ἐπὶ πρόβατα νομῆς σου; Καὶ μνήσθητι τῆς συναγωγῆς σου, ἧς ἐκτήσω ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἢν περιεποιήσω τοῖς τοῦ μονογενοῦς Λόγου σου πάθεσιν, ἣν τῆς μεγάλης σου διαθήκης ἠξίωσας, ἣν καὶ εʼίλκυσας εἷς οὐρανοὺς τῷ καινῷ μυστηρίῳ, καὶ τῷ ἀρῥαθῖὦνι τοῦ Πνεύματοςʼ καὶ Ἔπαρον τὰς χεῖράς σου ἐπὶ τὰς ὑπερηφανίας αὐτῶν είς τὲλος, ὑπομιμνήσκοντες ὅσα ἐπονηρεόσαντο κατὰ τῶν ἁγίων σου οἱ ἐχθροὶ καὶ κατά τῶν ἑορτῶν σου ἐκαυχήσαντο· τὴν ῥομφαίαν τε προεκαλούμεθα, καὶτὰς Αἴγυπτιακὰς μάστιγας, καὶ δικάσαι τήν ἑαυτοῦ δίκην ἠξιοῦμεν, καὶ διαναστῆναί ποτε διεκελευόμεθα κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν* Ἕως πότε ἀμαρτωλοῖ Κύριε, λέγοντες, ἕως πότε ἁμαρτωλοὶ καυχήσονται, τόν τε λαόν σου ταπεινώσουσι, καὶ τὴν κληρονομίαν σου κακώσουσι, φθέγξονταί τε ὁμοίως ἀνομίαν καὶ δράσουσι ; καὶ μὴν κάκείνας ἔτι τὰς γοερὰς καὶ τούτων οἰκειοτέρας φωνάς· ’Έθου ἡμᾶς εἷς ἀντιλο- Γίαν καὶ ὓβριν τοῖς γείτοσιν ἡμῶν, παραβολήν τε τοῖς ἔθνεσι, καὶ γέλωτα πᾶσιν ἄνθρώποις” ἅμπιλόν τι τινα ἆλὲγομεν, καὶ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου μιτενηνεγμίνην τῆς οκοτιινῆς ἀθιΐας, καὶ είς κάλλος πίστεως αύξηθιῖσαν καὶ μέγεθος, εἶτα τὸν φραγμὸν περιῃρημὲνην, τὴν φρουροῦσαν ἡμᾶς τὲως ἐπισκοπὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς διοδεύουσιν ὶκκιιμένην πονηροῖς δυνάσταις, καὶ λελυμασμὲνην ἀγρίῳ συῒ τῷ τήν κακίαν ἰδιάζοντι πονηρῷ, καί κακίας βορβόρου γέμοντι.

Tauta Christianois para sou anthʼ hōn esōthēs diʼ autōn kakōs ta epicheira? Tauta Kyriǭtǭ Theǭ sou antapeoōkas? Proteron men oun, hēnika eti aneiche kai aneballeto tēn hyper hēmōn orgēn ho Theos, kai houpō panta ton heautou zēlon exekausen, allʼ hypsēlēn eti kata tōn asebōn eiche tēn cheira, kai to toxon eneteine min kai hētoimase, kateiche de bią, kai hōsper ti nosēma hypoulon kai kakoēthes ekragēnai proteron holēn autou tēn ponērian anemenen, hōsper dē Theou kriseōs nomos, ’inʼ ē sōsę̄ tę̄ metanoią ē kolasētai dikaioteron tote min, dysanaschetountes tois ginomenois, kai pros to mellon kamnontes (hou gar epheromen tēn apokryptomenēn autou tois oikeiois chrēstotēta), ekeinas ēphiemen pros ton Theon tas phōnas, ta min hōs despotēn epikaloumenoi, ta de hōs pros patera chrēston potniōmenoi, ta de hoion oneidizontes kai dikaiologoumenoi pros auton, oia ta tōn algountōn; Hina ii apōsō, ho Theos, heis telos?ōrgisthē ho thymos sou epi probata nomēs sou? Kai mnēsthēti tēs synagōgēs sou, hēs ektēsō apʼ archēs, ēn periepoiēsō tois tou monogenous Logou sou pathesin, hēn tēs megalēs sou diathēkēs ēxiōsas, hēn kai eʼilkysas heis ouranous tǭ kainǭ mystēriǭ, kai tǭ arrhathiōni tou Pneumatosʼ kai Eparon tas cheiras sou epi tas hyperēphanias autōn eis telos, hypomimnēskontes hosa eponēreosanto kata tōn hagiōn sou hoi echthroi kai kata tōn heortōn sou ekauchēsanto; tēn rhomphaian te proekaloumetha, kaitas Aigyptiakas mastigas, kai dikasai tēn heautou dikēn ēxioumen, kai dianastēnai pote diekeleuometha kata tōn asebōn* Heōs pote amartōloi Kyrie, legontes, heōs pote hamartōloi kauchēsontai, ton te laon sou tapeinōsousi, kai tēn klēronomian sou kakōsousi, phthenxontai te homoiōs anomian kai drasousi ? kai mēn kakeinas eti tas goeras kai toutōn oikeioteras phōnas; ’Ethou hēmas heis antilo- Gian kai hybrin tois geitosin hēmōn, parabolēn te tois ethnesi, kai gelōta pasin anthrōpois” hampilon ti tina alegomen, kai ex Aigyptou mitenēnegminēn tēs okotiinēs athiïas, kai eis kallos pisteōs auxēthiisan kai megethos, eita ton phragmon perię̄rēmenēn, tēn phrourousan hēmas teōs episkopēn tou Theou, kai pasi tois diodeuousin ikkiimenēn ponērois dynastais, kai lelymasmenēn agriǭ syï tǭ tēn kakian idiazonti ponērǭ, kai kakias borborou gemonti.

Are these the wages Christians get from you, in return for your being wickedly saved through them? Is this what you repaid to the Lord your God? Before, then, when God still held back and delayed his wrath on our behalf, and had not yet kindled all his zeal, but still kept his hand raised against the ungodly, and had bent and prepared his bow but held it back by force, and was waiting for all that man’s wickedness first to break out like some hidden and malignant disease (as is indeed the law of God’s judgment, that he may either save by repentance or punish more justly): then, vexed by what was happening and weary at what was coming (for we could not bear his kindness, hidden from his own), we sent up to God those cries, partly calling on him as master, partly beseeching him as a kind father, partly as it were reproaching him and pleading our case with him, as people in pain do: “Why, O God, have you cast us off for ever? Has your anger been kindled against the sheep of your pasture? Remember your congregation, which you acquired from the beginning,” which you purchased by the sufferings of your only-begotten Word, which you deemed worthy of your great covenant, which you drew up to heaven by the new mystery and the pledge of the Spirit; and, “Lift up your hands against their pride for ever,” reminding him of all the evil that the enemies had done against his saints and how they had boasted against his feasts; and we called on the sword and the plagues of Egypt, and asked him to judge his own cause, and bade him arise at last against the ungodly: “How long shall sinners, Lord,” we said, “how long shall sinners boast, humble your people and afflict your inheritance, and alike speak and do lawlessness?” And moreover those mournful cries, more fitting still: “You made us a contradiction and a reproach to our neighbours, a byword among the nations, and a laughing-stock to all men.” We spoke of a vine, brought out of Egypt, out of dark godlessness, and grown in beauty and greatness of faith, then stripped of its hedge, the oversight of God that had guarded us until then, and exposed to all the wicked rulers passing by, and ravaged by a wild boar, the evil one who was singular in vice and full of the mire of vice.

5.28PG 35:700a–700d

Ταῦτα μὶν οὖν πρότερον καὶ διενοούμην καὶ ἀνεβόων πρός τὸν Θιύψ νυνὶ δὲ οἵας ἀνθʼ οἵων μοταλαμβάνω φωνάςί Θρηνῶ λοιπὸν τῶν ἀσεβῶν τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ γίνομαι φιλάνθρωπος τοῖς μισοῦσι, καὶ τοιαῦτα φθέγγομαι· Πῶς ἐγένοντο εἷς ἐρήμωσιν; ἐξάπινο ἐξέλιπον, ἀπώλοντο διὰ τὴν ἀνομίαν αὐτῶν, ὡς κονιορτὸς ὅν ὑφείλετο λαίλαψ, ὡς χνοῦς ὑπʼ ἀνέμου διαῤῥιπτούμενος, ὣς ἑωθινὴ δρόσος, ὡς ῥοῖζος πεμφθέντος βέλους, ὡς προσβολὴ βροντῆς, ὡς ἀστραπὴ διᾴττουσα. El μὲν οὖν νῦν μετοιηινιηισθε,ἲ.εν καὶ, τῆς πολλῆς παυσάμενοι πλάνης καὶ μέθης μεταδιώξαιεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, τάχα ἂν τι γένοιτο κερδος αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῦ πτώματος - ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ παιδευθῆναι πολλάκις είς καλὸν τοῖς πάσχουσιν· sl δʼ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς μένοιεν γνώμης, καὶ περιέχοιντο τῶν εἰδώλων ἔτι, μηδὶ, ὃ καὶ τοὺς ἠλιθίους παιδεύει, σωφρονισθεῖν τῇ συμφορᾷ. Τὴν μὲν Ἰερουσαλὴμ βρηνεῖ τοσοῦτον Ἱερεμίας, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἀψύχοις διακελεύεται θρῆνον, καὶ τῶν τειχῶν προκαλεῖται δάκρυον. Τούτοις δὲ τίς εύρεῦήσεται θρῆνος ἐπάξιος; Ἦ τίς PV ὀδύραιτο τὰ παρόντα, ἀφεὶς τὰ τῆς μελλούσης δακρύειν κολάῖ cclcc, ἀνθʼ ὦν ἦφρονεύσαντο, καὶ ἰμακρύνθησαν, καὶ ἰλάτρευπαν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα· οὗ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς λατρεύουσι τῷ Θεῷ ἰπανὲστησαν, καὶ χεῖρα ἐπανετείναντο δυσσεβῆ καὶ τοιούτων κακῶν ἀξίαν ;

Tauta min oun proteron kai dienooumēn kai aneboōn pros ton Thiyps nyni de hoias anthʼ hoiōn motalambanō phōnasi Thrēnō loipon tōn asebōn tēn apōleian, kai ginomai philanthrōpos tois misousi, kai toiauta phthengomai; Pōs egenonto heis erēmōsin? exapino exelipon, apōlonto dia tēn anomian autōn, hōs koniortos hon hypheileto lailaps, hōs chnous hypʼ anemou diarrhiptoumenos, hōs heōthinē drosos, hōs rhoizos pemphthentos belous, hōs prosbolē brontēs, hōs astrapē diąttousa. El men oun nyn metoiēiniēisthe,i.en kai, tēs pollēs pausamenoi planēs kai methēs metadiōxaien tēn alētheian, tacha an ti genoito kerdos autois kai tou ptōmatos - epeidē kai to paideuthēnai pollakis eis kalon tois paschousin; sl dʼ epi tēs autēs menoien gnōmēs, kai periechointo tōn eidōlōn eti, mēdi, ho kai tous ēlithious paideuei, sōphronisthein tę̄ symphorą. Tēn men Ierousalēm brēnei tosouton Hieremias, hōste kai tois apsychois diakeleuetai thrēnon, kai tōn teichōn prokaleitai dakryon. Toutois de tis eureuēsetai thrēnos epaxios? Ē tis PV odyraito ta paronta, apheis ta tēs mellousēs dakryein kolai cclcc, anthʼ ōn ēphroneusanto, kai imakrynthēsan, kai ilatreupan tę̄ ktisei para ton ktisanta; hou monon de, alla kai tois latreuousi tǭ Theǭ ipanestēsan, kai cheira epaneteinanto dyssebē kai toioutōn kakōn axian ?

These things, then, I used to think and cry out to God before; but now what cries I take up in place of those! I now lament the destruction of the ungodly, and become kind to those who hate me, and say such things as these: “How have they become a desolation? Suddenly they failed; they perished because of their lawlessness,” like dust that a whirlwind carried off, like chaff scattered by the wind, like the morning dew, like the whizz of an arrow sent forth, like a clap of thunder, like darting lightning. If, then, they should now repent and, ceasing from their great error and drunkenness, pursue the truth, perhaps there might be some gain for them even from their fall, since being disciplined is often for the good of those who suffer; but if they remain in the same mind and still cling to their idols, not chastened by misfortune, which teaches even fools … Jeremiah laments Jerusalem so much that he even bids lifeless things lament and calls on the walls for tears. But what lament worthy of these men will be found? Or who would mourn the present, leaving aside weeping for the punishment to come, because they became foolish and went far away and served the creature rather than the Creator; and not only this, but rose up against those who serve God and stretched out an impious hand, worthy of such evils?

5.29PG 35:700d–704a

Τοῦτο μὶν οὖν,δπη τῷ Θεῷ φίλον, οὕτως ἐχέτω. Τίς οἶδεν εἰ ὁ λύων τοὺς πεπεδη μένους Θεὸς,καῖ ἀνάγων bc τῶν πυλῶν τοῦ θανάτου τὸν βαρύν τε καὶ κάτω νεύοντα, ὁ μὴ βουλόμενος τοῦ ἀμαρτωλοῦ τὸν θάνατον, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐπάνοδον, ὁ καὶ ἡμᾶς καθημένους ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου φωτίσας καὶ συνετίσας, καὶ τούτους ποτὲ ἀναλήψεται, καὶ ποιμανιῖ τῇ ποιμαντικῇ ῥάβδῳ, τὴν βαρεῖαν καὶ σιδρηρᾶν καταθέμενος ; Ἐμοὶ δὲ πάλιν πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπινίκιον ἀναδραμεῖται 6 λόγοςʼ "Encas Βὴλ, συνετρίβη Δαγὼν, ἓλη ἐγένετο 6 Σαρὼν, κατῃσχύνθη 6 Λίβανος. Οὐκ ἔτι εἷʼπωσι τῷ μωρῷ ἄρχειν,τῷ ἀκινήτῳ καὶ ἀναισθήτῳ τῶν εἰδώλων συντάγματιʼ οὐδὲ ζητήσουσι μυῖαν θεὸν Ἀκκαρὼν, ἢ εἶʼ τι ταύτης ἐστὶ γελοιότερον · ούκ ἔτι τά ἄλση περινοήσουσι καὶ τά ὑψηλὰ, καὶ πᾶν ὅρος εὕκομον καὶ κατάσκιον· οὐκ ἔτι θύσουσι τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας τοῖς δαιμονίοις, ὅπερ πάλαι 6 Ἰσραὴλ ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν ὠνειδίζετο. Ἀλλά τί τούτων ἐμοί ; Πρὸς τά παρόντα καὶ ἡμέτερα τρέψομαι. Οὐκ ἔτι τοῖς ἱεροῖς οἷʼκοις ἡμῶν πονηρὸν ἐμβλέψουσιν· ούκ ἔτι μιανοῦσιν αʼίματι μιαρῷ τὰ τῆς καθαρωτάτης καὶ ἀναιμάκτου θυσίας ἐπώνυμα θυσιαστήρια ' οὐδὲ βωμοῖς ἀθὲοις τὰ ἄβατα καταισχυνοῦσιν · ούκ ἔτι συλήσουσι καὶ βεβηλώσουσιν ἀναθήματα, πλεονεξίαν ἀσεβείᾳ μίξαντες · οὐκ ἔτι καθυβρίσουσι πολιὰν ἱερέων, σεμνότητα διακόνων, ἀἰδῶ παρθένων ’ οὐκ ἔτι σπλάγχνοις ἁγίων ἀνατμηθέντων ἒπαφήσουσι συῶν μιαρίαν, 'iv’ ὁμοῦ τε τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τῶν σπλάγχνων ἐμφορηθῶσιν· οἰκ ἔτι προσάξουσι πῦρ μαρτύρων μνήμασιν, ὡς ἄλλων ἐφὲξοντες ἄθλησιν ταῖς κατʼ αὐτῶν ἀτιμίαις· οὐκ ἔτι πυρὶ καταναλώσουσιν άγίων λείψανα, ὀστοῖς ἀτιμοτάτοις συνατιμάσαντες, καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις δώσουσιν, *ίνα καὶ τῆς ὀφειλομένης τιμῆς τοῖς τοιούτοις ἀποστερήσωσιν · οὐκ ἔτι καθέδραν λοιμῶν συγκροτήσαντες, ταῖς κατʼ ἐπισκόπων, καὶ πρεσβυτέρων, ἔτι δὲ καὶ προφητῶν, καὶ ἀποστόλων, καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ βλασφημίαις ἐντρυφήσουσιν· ούκ ἔτι πανηο γυρίσουσι καθʼ ἡμῶν, νόμῳ τῆς κιβδήλου παιδεύσεως ἀποκλείσαντες, ὡς ὁμοῦ τούτῳ καὶ τὰς γλώσσας ἡμῶν ἐμφράξοντες. roo, καί ψαλμὸν ὀργάνων σου, διακελεύεταί σοι προφήτης ἐμός· ᾀδέτω δὲ αὖθις σὺν ἰλευθερίᾳ Δαόἶδ, ὁτὸν ὑψηλὸν Γολιὰθ λίθοις μυστικοῖς καταδαλὼν, ὁ διὰ τῆς πραότητος νικήσας πολλοὺς, καὶ διὰ τῆς πνιυματικῆς ἁρμονίας θεραπεύσας Σαοὺλ τὸν τῷ πονηρῷ δαίμονι συμπνιγόμενον. Σβεσάτω τὸ πῦρ ὁ δᾳδοῦχος· ἁπτὲτωσαν τῷ νυμφίῳ αἱ φρόνιμοι καὶ ἱεραὶ παρθένοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν λαμπάδας. ἀποθᾶσθω τὴν πορνικῆν ἱεροφάντης στολην· ἱερεῖς ἐνδύσασθε δικαιοσύνην, καὶ καταστολὴν δόξης ἀντὶ πνεύματος ἀκηόίας, καὶ τὸν μέγαν καὶ ἄσπιλον χιτῶνα Χριστὸν , τὸ ἡμέτερον κόσμημα.

Touto min oun,dpē tǭ Theǭ philon, houtōs echetō. Tis oiden ei ho lyōn tous pepedē menous Theos,kai anagōn bc tōn pylōn tou thanatou ton baryn te kai katō neuonta, ho mē boulomenos tou amartōlou ton thanaton, alla tēn epanodon, ho kai hēmas kathēmenous en skotei kai skią thanatou phōtisas kai synetisas, kai toutous pote analēpsetai, kai poimanii tę̄ poimantikę̄ rhabdǭ, tēn bareian kai sidrēran katathemenos ? Emoi de palin pros ton auton epinikion anadrameitai 6 logosʼ "Encas Bēl, synetribē Dagōn, helē egeneto 6 Sarōn, katę̄schynthē 6 Libanos. Ouk eti heiʼpōsi tǭ mōrǭ archein,tǭ akinētǭ kai anaisthētǭ tōn eidōlōn syntagmatiʼ oude zētēsousi muian theon Akkarōn, ē eiʼ ti tautēs esti geloioteron ; ouk eti ta alsē perinoēsousi kai ta hypsēla, kai pan horos heukomon kai kataskion; ouk eti thysousi tous huious autōn kai tas thygateras tois daimoniois, hoper palai 6 Israēl hypo tōn prophētōn ōneidizeto. Alla ti toutōn emoi ? Pros ta paronta kai hēmetera trepsomai. Ouk eti tois hierois hoiʼkois hēmōn ponēron emblepsousin; ouk eti mianousin aʼimati miarǭ ta tēs katharōtatēs kai anaimaktou thysias epōnyma thysiastēria ' oude bōmois atheois ta abata kataischynousin ; ouk eti sylēsousi kai bebēlōsousin anathēmata, pleonexian asebeią mixantes ; ouk eti kathybrisousi polian hiereōn, semnotēta diakonōn, aidō parthenōn ’ ouk eti splanchnois hagiōn anatmēthentōn epaphēsousi syōn miarian, 'iv’ homou te tēs trophēs kai tōn splanchnōn emphorēthōsin; oik eti prosaxousi pyr martyrōn mnēmasin, hōs allōn ephexontes athlēsin tais katʼ autōn atimiais; ouk eti pyri katanalōsousin agiōn leipsana, ostois atimotatois synatimasantes, kai tois anemois dōsousin, *ina kai tēs opheilomenēs timēs tois toioutois aposterēsōsin ; ouk eti kathedran loimōn synkrotēsantes, tais katʼ episkopōn, kai presbyterōn, eti de kai prophētōn, kai apostolōn, kai autou tou Christou blasphēmiais entryphēsousin; ouk eti panēo gyrisousi kathʼ hēmōn, nomǭ tēs kibdēlou paideuseōs apokleisantes, hōs homou toutǭ kai tas glōssas hēmōn emphraxontes. roo, kai psalmon organōn sou, diakeleuetai soi prophētēs emos; ądetō de authis syn ileutherią Daoid, hoton hypsēlon Goliath lithois mystikois katadalōn, ho dia tēs praotētos nikēsas pollous, kai dia tēs pniymatikēs harmonias therapeusas Saoul ton tǭ ponērǭ daimoni sympnigomenon. Sbesatō to pyr ho dądouchos; haptetōsan tǭ nymphiǭ hai phronimoi kai hierai parthenoi tas heautōn lampadas. apothasthō tēn pornikēn hierophantēs stolēn; hiereis endysasthe dikaiosynēn, kai katastolēn doxēs anti pneumatos akēoias, kai ton megan kai aspilon chitōna Christon , to hēmeteron kosmēma.

Let this be as is dear to God. Who knows whether God, who frees those who are fettered and brings up from the gates of death the one who is heavy and sinking down, who does not desire the death of the sinner but his return, who enlightened and gave understanding to us too as we sat in darkness and the shadow of death, will not one day take these men also and shepherd them with the shepherd’s rod, laying aside the heavy rod of iron? But my discourse will run back again to the same victory song: “Bel has fallen, Dagon is broken, Sharon has become a marsh, Lebanon is put to shame.” No longer will they say to the fool, “Rule,” to the motionless and senseless assembly of idols; nor will they seek the fly-god of Ekron, or anything more ridiculous than this; no longer will they seek out groves and high places and every leafy and shady mountain; no longer will they sacrifice their sons and daughters to demons, for which Israel was reproached of old by the prophets. But what are these things to me? I will turn to the present and to our own affairs. No longer will they look with an evil eye on our holy houses; no longer will they defile with foul blood the altars named after the purest and bloodless sacrifice; nor shame the sanctuaries with godless altars; no longer will they plunder and profane offerings, mixing greed with impiety; no longer will they outrage the grey hairs of priests, the dignity of deacons, the modesty of virgins; no longer will they let loose the filth of pigs upon the entrails of saints cut open, so as to glut them with the food and the entrails together; no longer will they bring fire to the shrines of martyrs, as if to put a stop to others’ contests by the dishonour done to these; no longer will they consume with fire the relics of saints, dishonouring them along with the most dishonoured bones, and give them to the winds, so as to deprive such men even of the honour due to them; no longer will they assemble a seat of pestilent men and revel in blasphemies against bishops and presbyters, and also prophets and apostles and Christ himself; no longer will they hold festival against us, shutting us out by their law of counterfeit learning, as though stopping our tongues with it too. [30] … and the music of your instruments, my prophet bids you; but let David sing again in freedom, who struck down the lofty Goliath with mystic stones, who conquered many by gentleness, and by spiritual harmony healed Saul when he was choked by the evil demon. Let the torch-bearer quench his fire; let the wise and holy virgins light their lamps for the bridegroom. Let the hierophant put off his harlot’s robe; you priests, put on righteousness, and a garment of glory in place of a spirit of heaviness, and the great and spotless tunic, Christ, our adornment.

5.31PG 35:704b–704d

Σιγάτω σὸς κῆρυξ τὰ ἄτιμα· φθεγγέσθω κῆρυξ ἐμὸς τὰ ἔνθεα. Ηαῦσόν σου τὰς γοητικᾶς καὶ μαντικὰς βίβλους· αἱ προφητικαὶ δὲ καὶ ἀποστολικαῖ ιόναι ἀνελιττέσθωσαν. Ἐπίσχες σου τὰς αἲσχρᾶς καὶ,,ηι,,. -... σκότους γεμούσας νύκταςο ἀντεγερῶ τὰς ἱερὰς ἐγὼ καὶ λαμπρὰς παννυχίδας. Φρᾶξον τὰ ἄδυτά σοι) καὶ τὰς εἷς ᾅδου φερούσας ὁδούς· ἐγώ τὰς φανερὰς καὶ φερούσας πρὸς οὐρανὸν (di) ἐξηγήσομαι. Πόσαι ταῦτα κατέπραξαν ἂν ὅπλων παρασκευαὶ καὶ μηχανημάτων ἐπίνοιαι ; πόσαι μυριάδες ἀνδρῶν καὶ φάλαγγες, ὅσα ἱκετεύοντες μόνον ἡμιῖς, καὶ Θεὸς βουληθεὶς κατειργάσατο ; Λόγῳ τὸ σκότος ἔλυσε, λόγῳ τὸ φῶς ὑπεστήσατο, ἥδρασε γῆν, ἓγύρωσεν οὐρανὸν, ἀστέρας ἔταξεν, ἔσπειρεν ἀέρα, θάλασσαν ὥρισε, ποταμοὺς εἵλκυσε, ζῶα ἑψύχωσεν, ἄνθρωπον πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐμόρφωσε, κόσμον τοῖς ἅπασι περιέθηκε· λόγῳ καὶ τήν νῦν σκοτόμηναν λύσας, sic φῶς ἅπαντα καὶ τάξιν καὶ ἁρμονίαν τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπανήγαγεν, Οὐκ ἔτι μὲν λίχνοι καὶ ἀπατηλοὶ δαίμονες δυναστεύουσιν· οὐκ ἔτι δὲ καθυβρίζεται κτίσις ἐν σχήματι τιμῆς ἀντὶ Θεοῦ προπυνουμένη. Κατάὸαλε τοὺς Τριπτολέμους σου, καί τοὺς Κελεοὺς, καὶ τοὺς μυστικοὺς δράκοντας· αἶσχύνθητί ποτε ταῖς τοῦ θεολόγου σου βίβλοις Ὀρφέως· δέξαι τοῦ καιροῦ τὸ δῶρον, τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην σοι συγκαλύπτοντος. Εἴ δὶ ταῦτα μῦθοι καὶ ἰἰλοὶσματα ἐγώ σου τὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ἀποκαλύψω μυστήρια.

Sigatō sos kēryx ta atima; phthengesthō kēryx emos ta enthea. Ēauson sou tas goētikas kai mantikas biblous; hai prophētikai de kai apostolikai ionai anelittesthōsan. Episches sou tas aischras kai,,ēi,,. -... skotous gemousas nyktaso antegerō tas hieras egō kai lampras pannychidas. Phraxon ta adyta soi) kai tas heis hądou pherousas hodous; egō tas phaneras kai pherousas pros ouranon (di) exēgēsomai. Posai tauta katepraxan an hoplōn paraskeuai kai mēchanēmatōn epinoiai ? posai myriades andrōn kai phalanges, hosa hiketeuontes monon hēmiis, kai Theos boulētheis kateirgasato ? Logǭ to skotos elyse, logǭ to phōs hypestēsato, hēdrase gēn, hegyrōsen ouranon, asteras etaxen, espeiren aera, thalassan hōrise, potamous heilkyse, zōa hepsychōsen, anthrōpon pros heauton emorphōse, kosmon tois hapasi periethēke; logǭ kai tēn nyn skotomēnan lysas, sic phōs hapanta kai taxin kai harmonian tēn autēn epanēgagen, Ouk eti men lichnoi kai apatēloi daimones dynasteuousin; ouk eti de kathybrizetai ktisis en schēmati timēs anti Theou propynoumenē. Kataoale tous Triptolemous sou, kai tous Keleous, kai tous mystikous drakontas; aischynthēti pote tais tou theologou sou biblois Orpheōs; dexai tou kairou to dōron, tēn aschēmosynēn soi synkalyptontos. Ei di tauta mythoi kai iiloismata egō sou ta tēs nyktos apokalypsō mystēria.

Let your herald be silent about shameful things; let my herald proclaim things inspired by God. Stop your books of sorcery and divination; let the prophetic and apostolic books alone be unrolled. Put an end to your shameful nights full of darkness; I will raise up against them holy and bright vigils. Bar up your shrines and the roads that lead to Hades; I will explain the roads that are open and lead to heaven. How many preparations of arms and devices of engines, how many myriads of men and phalanxes, could have accomplished what we accomplished merely by praying and God by willing? By a word he dissolved the darkness, by a word he established light, founded the earth, rounded the heaven, ordered the stars, spread out the air, bounded the sea, drew out the rivers, gave souls to living things, fashioned man toward himself, and set the world as an adornment upon all; by a word too he dissolved the present dark night and brought all things back to light and to the same order and harmony. No longer do greedy and deceitful demons hold power; no longer is creation outraged, worshipped instead of God under the guise of honour. Cast down your Triptolemuses and Celeuses and mystic serpents; be ashamed at last of the books of your theologian Orpheus; accept the gift of the time, which covers up your indecency. But if these are myths and fictions, I will reveal your mysteries of the night.

5.32PG 35:704d–708a

Οὐκ ἔτι φθέγγεται δρῦς· οὐκ ἔτι λέβης μαντεύεται· οὐκ ἔτι Πυθία πληροῦται, οὐκ οἷδʼὧντινων, πλὴν μύθων καὶ ληρημάτων. Πάλιν ἠ Κασταλία σεσίγηται, καὶ σιγᾷ, καὶ ὕδωρ ἐστὶν οὐ μαντευόμενον, ἀλλὰ γελώμενον- πάλιν ἀνδριὰς ἄφωνος ὃ Ἀπόλλων, πάλιν ἡ Δᾴφνη φυτόν ἐστιν μύθῳ θρηνούι μενον· πάλιν ἀνδρόγυνος 6 Διόνυσος, καὶ χορὸν μεθυόντων ἐξηρτημένος, καὶ τὸ μέγα σου μυστήριον 6 φαλλὸς, καὶ Προσύμνῳ τῷ κακῷ θεὸς παθαινόμενος· πάλιν Σεμέλη κεραυνῷ βάλλεται· πάλιν ἁμφιγυήεις ”Πφαιστος, ἀλλὰ ταχὺς εἰς μοιχῶν εὕρεσιν, καὶ θεὸς κατῃθαλωμένος, εἴ καὶ κλυτοτέχνης, xui Θερσίτης Ὀλύμπιος · πάλιν δεσμώτης ’Ἄρης διὰ μοιχείαν μετὰ τοῦ δείμου, xui τοῦ φόβου, καὶ τῶν κυδοιμῶν, καὶ τραυματίας διὰ θρασύτητα· παλιν Ἀφροδίτη πόρνη γενομένη τε αἴσχρῶς, καὶ γάμων αἰσχρῶν ὑπηρέτις πάλιν Ἀθηνᾶ παρθένος τὲ ἐστι, καὶ τίκτει δράκοντα· πάλιν Ἡρακλῆς μαίνεται, μᾶλλον δὲ μαινόμενος πέπαυται· πάλιν τὰ πάντα γίνεται διʼ ἀσέλγειαν καὶ ἀκαθαρσίαν 6 Ζεὺς, 6 τῶν θεῶν μήστωρ καὶ ὕπατος, καὶ μόνος μὲν πάντας ciw πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσιν ἀνέλκων θεοὺς, αὐτὸς δέ ὑπὸ πάντων οὐ καθεΑκόμενος. Πάλιν τοῦ Διὸς τάφος ἐν τῇ Κρήτῃ δείκνυται. “Av ἴδω σου τὸν Κερδῴον, καὶ τὸν Λόγιον, καὶ τὸν Ἐναγώνιον, συγκρύπτω τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ παρατρέχω σου τὸν θεὸν αἰδοῖ τοῦ θεάματος· σὺ δέ μοι προσκύνει τὸ σύντονον τοῦ λόγου καὶ τὸ σακέλλιον· ἓν σου μόνον αἰδέσιμον, αἱ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις διʼ ἀνδρογύνων τιμαὶ τοῦ Νείλου, αἰί τε Ἰσιδες, καὶ οἱ Μενδήσιοι θεοὶ, xui oi Ἀπιλ δες, τᾶλλά τε ὅσα πλάττεις, ἢ γράφεις, θηρία σύνθετα καὶ ἀλλόκοτα. Γελῶ σου τὸν Πᾶνα, xui τὸν Πρίαπον, καὶ τὸν Ἑρμαφρόδιτον, xui τοὺς ὑπὸ μανίας περικεκομμένους ἦ διεσπασμένους θεούς. Ἀλλά ταῦτα μὲν τῇ σκηνῇ παρήσω, καὶ τοῖς κοσμοῦσιν αὐτοὺς ποιηταῖς· ἐγὼ δὶ εἷς παραίνεσὶν τινα καταλύσω τὸν λόγον. Al". ’Ἄνδρες ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναῖκες, νέοι τε καὶ πρεσβύται, ὅσοι τε εἰς τὸ βῆμα τοῦτο τελεῖτε, καὶ ὅσοι τήν κάτω τέταχθε χώραν, πάντες ὅσους ἐλυτρώσατο Κύριος, πρότερον μὶν ἐκ τῆς πλάνης καὶ τῆς ἀθείας, νυνὶ δὶ τῆς ἐπαναστάσεως τῶν ἐθνῶν, xui τῶν ἤδη γε παρόντων κακῶν καὶ προσδοκωμένων, ἀκούσατε λόγον ἀνδρὸς οὐ μετρίως τὰ τοιαῦτα πεπαιδευμένου, ἔκ τε τῶν ὁσημέραι συμβαινόντων, xui τῶν παλαιῶν ἱστοριῶν, καὶ βίβλων, xui πράξεων. Μέγα μὲν τὸ μηδενὸς πειραθῆναι τῶν δυσχερῶν· ἴσως δὲ οὐδὲ μέγα, εἷʼπερ ἀληθὴς 6 λόγος, ὅτι Ὃν ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται, καὶ οὗ κήδεται. Ἀλλά μέγα μὲν τὸ μηδὲ τήν ἀρχὴν τυχεῖν διαμαρτόντας, ἢ μὴ τὰ μέγιστα· ἐπειδὴ τὸ παντελῶς ἀναμάρτητον ὗπὶρ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ἔταξεν ὁ Θεός · δεύτερον δὲ, ὡς ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, τὸ πταίσαντας τι καὶ παιδευθὲν τας, εἶτα ἔπανεθέντας, tv αἰσθήσει γοῦν διαμεῖναι τῆς παιδαγωγίας, καὶ φεύγειν δευτέραν lu δευτέρας κακίας μάστιγα.

Ouk eti phthengetai drys; ouk eti lebēs manteuetai; ouk eti Pythia plēroutai, ouk hoidʼhōntinōn, plēn mythōn kai lērēmatōn. Palin ē Kastalia sesigētai, kai sigą, kai hydōr estin ou manteuomenon, alla gelōmenon- palin andrias aphōnos ho Apollōn, palin hē Dąphnē phyton estin mythǭ thrēnoui menon; palin androgynos 6 Dionysos, kai choron methyontōn exērtēmenos, kai to mega sou mystērion 6 phallos, kai Prosymnǭ tǭ kakǭ theos pathainomenos; palin Semelē keraunǭ balletai; palin hamphigyēeis ”Pphaistos, alla tachys eis moichōn heuresin, kai theos katę̄thalōmenos, ei kai klytotechnēs, xui Thersitēs Olympios ; palin desmōtēs ’Arēs dia moicheian meta tou deimou, xui tou phobou, kai tōn kydoimōn, kai traumatias dia thrasytēta; palin Aphroditē pornē genomenē te aischrōs, kai gamōn aischrōn hypēretis palin Athēna parthenos te esti, kai tiktei drakonta; palin Hēraklēs mainetai, mallon de mainomenos pepautai; palin ta panta ginetai diʼ aselgeian kai akatharsian 6 Zeus, 6 tōn theōn mēstōr kai hypatos, kai monos men pantas ciw pasi tois ousin anelkōn theous, autos de hypo pantōn ou katheAkomenos. Palin tou Dios taphos en tę̄ Krētę̄ deiknytai. “Av idō sou ton Kerdǭon, kai ton Logion, kai ton Enagōnion, synkryptō tous ophthalmous, kai paratrechō sou ton theon aidoi tou theamatos; sy de moi proskynei to syntonon tou logou kai to sakellion; hen sou monon aidesimon, hai parʼ Aigyptiois diʼ androgynōn timai tou Neilou, aii te Isides, kai hoi Mendēsioi theoi, xui oi Apil des, talla te hosa platteis, ē grapheis, thēria syntheta kai allokota. Gelō sou ton Pana, xui ton Priapon, kai ton Hermaphroditon, xui tous hypo manias perikekommenous ē diespasmenous theous. Alla tauta men tę̄ skēnę̄ parēsō, kai tois kosmousin autous poiētais; egō di heis parainesin tina katalysō ton logon. Al". ’Andres homou kai gynaikes, neoi te kai presbytai, hosoi te eis to bēma touto teleite, kai hosoi tēn katō tetachthe chōran, pantes hosous elytrōsato Kyrios, proteron min ek tēs planēs kai tēs atheias, nyni di tēs epanastaseōs tōn ethnōn, xui tōn ēdē ge parontōn kakōn kai prosdokōmenōn, akousate logon andros ou metriōs ta toiauta pepaideumenou, ek te tōn hosēmerai symbainontōn, xui tōn palaiōn historiōn, kai biblōn, xui praxeōn. Mega men to mēdenos peirathēnai tōn dyscherōn; isōs de oude mega, heiʼper alēthēs 6 logos, hoti Hon agapą Kyrios paideuei, mastigoi de panta huion hon paradechetai, kai hou kēdetai. Alla mega men to mēde tēn archēn tychein diamartontas, ē mē ta megista; epeidē to pantelōs anamartēton hypir tēn anthrōpinēn physin etaxen ho Theos ; deuteron de, hōs emoige dokei, to ptaisantas ti kai paideuthen tas, eita epanethentas, tv aisthēsei goun diameinai tēs paidagōgias, kai pheugein deuteran lu deuteras kakias mastiga.

No longer does the oak speak; no longer does the cauldron prophesy; no longer is the Pythia filled, with I know not what, unless with myths and nonsense. Again Castalia has been silenced and is silent, and is water that does not prophesy but is laughed at; again Apollo is a voiceless statue; again Daphne is a plant lamented in myth; again Dionysus is androgynous and attended by a chorus of drunkards, and your great mystery is the phallus, and a god in passion for the wicked Prosymnus; again Semele is struck by the thunderbolt; again Hephaestus is lame, but quick at finding adulterers, a god blackened with soot, though famed for his craft, an Olympian Thersites; again Ares is a prisoner for adultery, along with Terror and Fear and the Din of battle, and wounded for his rashness; again Aphrodite is a harlot, born shamefully and minister of shameful marriages; again Athena is a virgin and gives birth to a serpent; again Heracles is mad, or rather has stopped being mad; again Zeus becomes everything through licentiousness and impurity, he, the counsellor and highest of the gods, who alone draws up all the gods together with all that exists, but is not himself drawn down by them all. Again the tomb of Zeus is shown in Crete. If I see your god of Gain, and of Eloquence, and of Contests, I hide my eyes and pass by your god out of shame at the sight; but you, worship for me the vigour of his speech and his purse. One thing of yours alone is venerable: the honours paid by the Egyptians to the Nile through androgynous men, the Isises, the Mendesian gods, the Apises, and the other composite and strange beasts that you mould or paint. I laugh at your Pan and Priapus and Hermaphroditus, and at the gods mutilated or torn apart by madness. But these things I will leave to the stage and to the poets who adorn them; I will end my discourse with an exhortation. [33] Men and women alike, young and old, you who are initiated to this bema and you who are ranked in the place below, all whom the Lord has redeemed, formerly from error and godlessness, and now from the uprising of the nations and from the evils already present and expected, hear the word of a man not moderately instructed in such things, both from daily events and from the ancient histories and books and deeds. It is a great thing to experience none of the hardships; but perhaps not even great, if the saying is true that “whom the Lord loves he disciplines, and scourges every son whom he receives” and cares for. But it is a great thing not to fall into sin at all from the beginning, or not in the greatest things, since God placed complete sinlessness above human nature; and the second thing, as it seems to me, is, having stumbled somewhat and been disciplined, and then relieved, at least to remain mindful of the training, and to flee a second scourge for a second vice.

5.34PG 35:708a–708d

Τοιγάρτοι καὶ Ιὴμιῖς ἔργῳ τῆς θείας παιδεύσεως ὲπαισθώμεθα. Δείξωμιν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἆξῐὸυς οὐχ ὧν πρῶτον πεπόνθαμεν, ἀλλὰ ὧν ὕστερον τετυχήκαμεν. ’Δπολογησώμεβἀ τι περὶτῆς κατασχούσης ἡμᾶς συμφορᾶς, ὅτι οὐχ ὡς κακοῦργοι τοῖς ἔθνεσι παρεδόθημεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς παῖδες ἐσωφρονίσθημεν. Hi) ἐπιλαθώμεθα τῆς ζάλης ἐν τῇ γαλήνῃ, μηδὶ τῆς ἀρῥωστίας ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς ὑγιείας, μηδὲ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας, ἀνασωθὲντες εἷς τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, μηδὲ τῆς Αἲγύπτου μετὰ τήν Αῗγύπτονʼ μὴ ποιήσωμεν ἀμείνω τὸν τῖς κακοπαθείας καιρὸν τοῦ τῆς ἀνέσεως· ποιήσομεν δὲ, εἲ φαινοίμεθα τότε μὲν συνεσταλμένοι καὶ μετριάζοντες, καὶ πάσας εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀνατείνοντεςτὰς ἐλπίδας, νυνί δὶ ἐπαιρόμενοι καὶ γ-αυνούμενοι, καὶ πάλιν ιίς τὰς αὐτὰς ἀνατρέχοντις ἁμαρτίας, ἐξ ὧν εἰς τὰς συμπεσούσας ἡμῖν συμφορὰς summa“. Μή οὕτω, τέκνα, μή, λέγει που νουθετῶν ὁ ἱερεὺς Ἠλεὶ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ παῖδας εἰς Θεὸν ἁμαρτάνοντας· ἀλλʼ εἰδότες, ὅτι ῥᾷόν ἐστιν εὗπραγίαν ἀπελθοῦσαν ἀνακαλέσασθαι, ἢ παραγενομένην ἐκ Θεοῦ διασώσασθαι (τὴν μὶν γὰρ τὸ σοφρονεῑν ἐπανάγει, τήν δὲ διαλύει τὸ ῥᾴθυμον) καὶ ὅτι τὰ σώματα κάμνοντι. μὶν ταῖς θεραπείαις ἀναφέρει καὶ ταῖς ἐνδείαιςᾳ ἀνενεγκόντα δὲ ταῖς κατᾶ μικρὸν ἀμελείαις καὶ ταῖς πλησμοναῖς, πάλιν ὑπορρεῖ, καὶ πρὸς τὰς αὐτὰς ἀρλέωστίας ἐπάνεισι. Ταῦτα εἰδότες, καὶ ἀλλήλους διδάσκοντες, γενώμεθα ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ σωφρόνως τὸν καιρὸν διαθώμεθα.

Toigartoi kai Iēmiis ergǭ tēs theias paideuseōs epaisthōmetha. Deixōmin hēmas autous axious ouch hōn prōton peponthamen, alla hōn hysteron tetychēkamen. ’Dpologēsōmeba ti peritēs kataschousēs hēmas symphoras, hoti ouch hōs kakourgoi tois ethnesi paredothēmen, allʼ hōs paides esōphronisthēmen. Hi) epilathōmetha tēs zalēs en tę̄ galēnę̄, mēdi tēs arrhōstias en tǭ kairǭ tēs hygieias, mēde tēs aichmalōsias, anasōthentes heis tēn Ierousalēm, mēde tēs Aigyptou meta tēn Aïgyptonʼ mē poiēsōmen ameinō ton tis kakopatheias kairon tou tēs aneseōs; poiēsomen de, ei phainoimetha tote men synestalmenoi kai metriazontes, kai pasas eis ouranon anateinontestas elpidas, nyni di epairomenoi kai g-aunoumenoi, kai palin iis tas autas anatrechontis hamartias, ex hōn eis tas sympesousas hēmin symphoras summa“. Mē houtō, tekna, mē, legei pou nouthetōn ho hiereus Ēlei tous heautou paidas eis Theon hamartanontas; allʼ eidotes, hoti rhąon estin heupragian apelthousan anakalesasthai, ē paragenomenēn ek Theou diasōsasthai (tēn min gar to sophronein epanagei, tēn de dialyei to rhąthymon) kai hoti ta sōmata kamnonti. min tais therapeiais anapherei kai tais endeiaisą anenenkonta de tais kata mikron ameleiais kai tais plēsmonais, palin hyporrei, kai pros tas autas arleōstias epaneisi. Tauta eidotes, kai allēlous didaskontes, genōmetha hēmōn autōn, kai sōphronōs ton kairon diathōmetha.

Therefore let us too perceive the divine discipline in deed. Let us show ourselves worthy not of what we suffered first, but of what we obtained afterward. Let us make some defence regarding the misfortune that held us: that we were not handed over to the nations as evildoers, but chastened as children. Let us not forget the storm in the calm, nor the sickness in the time of health, nor the captivity when we have been restored to Jerusalem, nor Egypt after Egypt; let us not make the time of affliction better than the time of relief. And we shall do so if we appear to have been humbled and moderate then, lifting all our hopes to heaven, but now elated and puffed up, running back to the same sins from which we fell into the misfortunes that befell us. “Not so, children, not so,” says Eli the priest somewhere, admonishing his sons who were sinning against God. But knowing that it is easier to recall a prosperity that has gone than to preserve it when it comes from God (for prudence brings back the one, and carelessness dissolves the other), and that sick bodies recover through treatment and abstinence, but once recovered, through little neglects and surfeits, slip again and return to the same illnesses: knowing these things and teaching one another, let us come to ourselves and manage the time prudently.

5.35PG 35:708d–713b

Πρωτον μὶν, ἀδελφοι, πανηγυρίσωμεν, μή φαιδρότητι σώματος, μηδὲ ἐσθῆτος ἐξαλλαγαῖς καὶ πολυτελείαις, μηδὲ κώμοις καί μὲθαις, ὧν κοίτας καὶ ἀσελγείας τὸν καρπὸν ἐμάθετε· μηδὲ ἄνθεσι σʼτὲψωμεν ἀγυιὰς, μηδὲ μύρων αἰσχύναις τραπέζας, μηδὲ ποόβυρα καλλωπίσωμεν· μὴ τῷ αἴσθητῷ φωτὶ καταλαμπέσθωσαν αἱ οἰκίαι,pq82=:aw‘au):i:t; Α irai κρότοις περιηχείσθωσαν. οὗτος μὲν γὰρ,Ελφ ληνικῆς ἱερομηνίας ὁ Meg: ' ήιξεῖς δὲ μὴ τούτοις div Θεὸν γεραίρωμεν, μηδὲ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν ἐπαίρωμεν, οἷς ούκ ἄξιος-ἀλλα ψυχῆς καθαρότητα-κα). διανοίας φαιδρότητι, καὶ λύχνοις τοῖς ὅλον τὸ σῶμα φωτίζουσι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, θείοις λέγω θεωρήμασι gat, νοήμασιν, ὲπί τε τὴν ἱερὰν λυχνίαν ἐγειρομένας, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην καταλάμπουσι. Μικρὸν μοι πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ φῶς, πάντα ὅσα ἰδίᾳ τε καί δημοσίᾳ πανηγυρίζοντες ἀνάπτουσιν ἄνθ ’Έχω τινίκαὶ μύρον, ἀλλʼ ᾧ χρίονται μόνον ἱερεῖς τε καὶ βασιλεῖς, ὄντι ποικίλῳ τε καὶ πολυτελεῖ, καὶ διʼ ἡμᾶς κενωθέντι, ἀλλὰ μεγάλου μυρεψοῦ τέχνῃ συγκείμενον. Εἴθε μοι γένοιτο τούτου τοῦ μύρου τὴν προσβαλεῖν τῷ Θεῴἰ Ἐχωνκαὶ τρᾶ- Β πεζαν τὴν πνευματικὴν ταύτηνκαί ἔνθεον, ἣν ἡτοίμασέ μοι Κύριος ἐξεναντίας τῶν θλιβόντων με, ᾖπροσαναπαύομαι καὶ τρυφῶ, καὶ οὐδὲν egυδρίξω διὰ τὸν κόρον, ἀλλὰ καί κοιμίξω πᾶσαν παθῶν ἐπανάστασιν. Ἔχω καὶ ἄνθη, πάντων ἐαρινῶν εὐανθέστερά τε καὶ μονιμώτερα, τοῦ ἀγροῦ τοῦ πλήρους, ὃν εύλόγησε Κύριος, τοὺς ἱεροὺς καὶ εὐώδεις ποιμένας καὶ διδασκάλους, κα). τοῦ λαοῦ ὅσον καθαρόν τε καὶ ἔκκριτον. Τούτοις στεφανωθῆναι βούλομαι καί πομπεύειν, τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν καλὸν ἀγωνισάμενος, καὶ τὸν δρόμον τελέσας, καὶ τὴν πίστιν τηρήσας, κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν Ἀπόστολον. Ἀναλάόωμεν ὕμνους ἀντὶ τυμπάνων,ψαλμῳδίαν ἀντί τῶν αἰσχρῶν λυγισμάτων τε καί ᾀσμάτων, κρότον εὐχαριστήριον ἀντὶ κρότων θεατρικῶν, κα) χειρῶν πρᾶξιν εὔηχον, σύννοιαν ἀντί γέλωτος, ἀντὶ μέθης ἔμφρονα λόγον, ἀντὶ θρύψεως σεμνοπρέπειαν. Εἰ καί ὀρχήσασθαι δεῖ σε, ῶς πανηγυριστὴν καὶ φιλέορτον, ὄρχησαι μὲν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τὴν Ἡρωδιάδος ὀρχησιν τῆς ἀσχήμονος, ἧς ἔργον Βαπτιστοῦ θάνατοςʼ ἀλλὰ τὴν Δαΰίδ ἐπὶ τῇ καταπαύσει τῆς κιβωτοῦ, ἣν ἡγοῦμαι τῆς εὖκινήτου καὶ πολυπρόφου κατὰ Θεὸν πορείας εἶναι μυστήριον. Πρῶτον μὶν δὴ τοῦτο καὶ μέγιστον τῆς ἐμῆς παραινέσεως. AC. Δεύτερον δὲ χαλεπὸν μὲν οἶδα λόγον ἐρῶν καὶ δυσπαράὸεκτον τοῖς πολλοῖς· φιλεῖ γὰρ ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἀντιδρᾷν κακῶς γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος, άλλως τε κᾶν δικαίαν ἔχων τήν ὀργὴν ἐξ ὧν πέπονθεν, ἥκιστα λόγου πείθεσθαι χαλινοῖς τὸν θυμὸν ἁνακόπτοντος· ἀκουσθῆναι δὲ ὅμως καὶ προσδεχθῆναι ἄξιον· Mi, ἀπλήστως χρησώμεθα τῷ καιρῷ, μὴ κατατρυφήσωμεν τῆς ἐξουσίας, μή πικροὶ γενώμεθα τοῖς ἠδικηκόσι, μὴ ὧν κατεγνωμιν, ταῦτα πράξωμεν. ἅλʼ ὅσον φυγεῖν τὰ δεινὰ τῆς μεταβολῆς ἀπολαύσαατες ὅσον εἷς ἀντίδοσιν ἥκει, μισήσωμεν. Αὐτάρκης δίκη τοῖς γε μετρίοις τὸ τῶν λς·λυπηκότιυν δέος, χτῖ τὸ προσδοκῆσαε ταῦτα παθεῖν, ὦν εἰσιν ἁξιοι, καὶ οἰκείῳ συνειδότι βασανισθῆναι· ἃ γάρ τις ὡς πεισόμενος δέδοικε, ταῦτα πέπονθε, κᾶν μή πάθῃ, xxi πλείω παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ τυχὸν, ἣτῶν δρασάντων κολάζεται. Μὴ τοίνυν θελήσωμεν τήν ὀργὴν μετρηθῆναι, μηδὲ φανῶμεν ἐλάττους κολασταὶ τῆς ἀξίας - ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή τὸ πῖιν εἰσπράξασθαι μή δυνάμεθα, τὸ πᾶν συγχωρήσωμεν· γενώμεθα τούτῳ κρείττους τῶν ἠδικηκότων καὶ ὑψηλότεροι· δείξωμεν τί μὲν διδάσκουσιν ἐκεῖνους οἱ δαίμονες, τί δαὶ ἡμᾶς taumatia Χριστὸς, ὅς, οἷς πέπονθε τὸ εὐδόκιμον ἔχον, οὐχ ἦττον νενίκηκεν οἶς δυνάμενος οὐ πεποίηκεν. ἀντιδῶμεν τῷ Θεῷ χαριστήριον αὐξήσωμεν χρηστότητι τὸ μυστήριον· εἰς τοῦτο τῷ καιρῴ χρησώμεθα. ΛΖ. Νικήσωμεν ἐπιεικείᾳ τοὺς τυραννήσαντας, καὶ μάλιστα μὲν φιλανθρωπία ἔστω τὸ συγχωροῦν, καὶ ἡ τῆς ἐντολῆς δύναμις, τήν ἴσην ἀντιδιδοῦσα φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν, ὲν οἷς αὐτοὶ χρῄζομεν · ᾦ γὰρ μέτρῳ μετροῦμεν, ἀντιμετρεῖσθχι γινώσκομεν· si δὶ καὶ λίαν τις πικρῶς ἔχει, ἀφῶμεν Θεῷ τοὺς λελυπηκότας, καὶ τῷ ἐκεῖθεν δικαστηρίῳ · μηδὲν τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς διὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας χειρὸς ἔλαττώσωμεν. Μὴ δήμευσιν ἐννοήσωμεν, μή βήμασι παραστήσω· μεν, μὴ πατρίδος ὑπερορίσωμεν, μὴ μάστιξιν αἰκισώμεθα, μηδέ τι τῶν ὅσα πεπόνθαμεν, ‘iv’ εἷʼπω συν τόμοςΙ δράσωμεν. Ποιήσωμεν κάκείνους ἐπιεικεστάρους, ἂν ἄρα δυνατὸν, τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ὑποδείγματι. εῖτῳ (I, πέπονθεν υἱὸς, εἴ τῳ πατὴρ, εῐ τῳ γυνὴ, cenavi}; (ἓ), φίλος, ἦ ἄλλος τις τῶν τιμίων, πᾶσι τὸ παθεῐν ἔμμισθον καταστήσωμεν, διά τοῦ πεῖσαι φέρειν καρτερῶς ἃ πεπόνθασι · τοῦτο μεῖζον αὐτοῖς sane τι χαριούμεθα (εί). Εἴπω καὶ τὸ μέγιστον ὧν εὖ πάσχομενς δήμοις ικαταβοῶνται καὶ πόλεσιν οί διώξαντες. ἐν θεάτροις, ἐν ἀγοραῖς, ἐν συλλόγοις ° τὰ παλαιά μακαρίζεται, τὰ νέα στηλιτειύεται. καὶ παρʼ αὐτῶν τῶν συνδιωξάντων, ὃ καὶ παράδοξον, αὐτοὶ καθέλκονται παρʼ αὐτῶν μετά πάσης καταβοήσεως ol θεοὶ, ὼς πολὺν αὐτοὺς ἀπατήσαντες χρόνον, καὶ ὀψέ ποτε τῆς ἀπάτης ὲ-ληλεγμένης · -καὶ ὁ χθὲς προσκυνητὴς σήμερον ὑβριστής. Τούτων τί μεῖζον ὲπιζητοῦμενς Νῦν ταῦτα καὶ ἴσως μικρά ἡνίκα ὂψομαι τοὺς τοῖς ἀθλίοις. Ἔσται καιρὸς, ἐμοὺς ὑβριστὰς, καὶ τὸν μέγαν τούτων καθηγητὴν, τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀποκλαιομένους κακίαν, ἡνίκα,ἂν πᾶσα κρίνηται καὶ βασανίζηται πονηρίαι.

Prōton min, adelphoi, panēgyrisōmen, mē phaidrotēti sōmatos, mēde esthētos exallagais kai polyteleiais, mēde kōmois kai methais, hōn koitas kai aselgeias ton karpon emathete; mēde anthesi sʼtepsōmen aguias, mēde myrōn aischynais trapezas, mēde poobyra kallōpisōmen; mē tǭ aisthētǭ phōti katalampesthōsan hai oikiai,pq82=:aw‘au):i:t? A irai krotois periēcheisthōsan. houtos men gar,Elph lēnikēs hieromēnias ho Meg: ' ēixeis de mē toutois div Theon gerairōmen, mēde ton paronta kairon epairōmen, hois ouk axios-alla psychēs katharotēta-ka). dianoias phaidrotēti, kai lychnois tois holon to sōma phōtizousi tēs Ekklēsias, theiois legō theōrēmasi gat, noēmasin, epi te tēn hieran lychnian egeiromenas, kai pasan tēn oikoumenēn katalampousi. Mikron moi pros touto to phōs, panta hosa idią te kai dēmosią panēgyrizontes anaptousin anth ’Echō tinikai myron, allʼ hǭ chriontai monon hiereis te kai basileis, onti poikilǭ te kai polytelei, kai diʼ hēmas kenōthenti, alla megalou myrepsou technę̄ synkeimenon. Eithe moi genoito toutou tou myrou tēn prosbalein tǭ Theǭi Echōnkai tra- B pezan tēn pneumatikēn tautēnkai entheon, hēn hētoimase moi Kyrios exenantias tōn thlibontōn me, ę̄prosanapauomai kai tryphō, kai ouden egydrixō dia ton koron, alla kai koimixō pasan pathōn epanastasin. Echō kai anthē, pantōn earinōn euanthestera te kai monimōtera, tou agrou tou plērous, hon eulogēse Kyrios, tous hierous kai euōdeis poimenas kai didaskalous, ka). tou laou hoson katharon te kai ekkriton. Toutois stephanōthēnai boulomai kai pompeuein, ton agōna ton kalon agōnisamenos, kai ton dromon telesas, kai tēn pistin tērēsas, kata ton hieron Apostolon. Analaoōmen hymnous anti tympanōn,psalmǭdian anti tōn aischrōn lygismatōn te kai ąsmatōn, kroton eucharistērion anti krotōn theatrikōn, ka) cheirōn praxin euēchon, synnoian anti gelōtos, anti methēs emphrona logon, anti thrypseōs semnoprepeian. Ei kai orchēsasthai dei se, ōs panēgyristēn kai phileorton, orchēsai men, alla mē tēn Hērōdiados orchēsin tēs aschēmonos, hēs ergon Baptistou thanatosʼ alla tēn Daÿid epi tę̄ katapausei tēs kibōtou, hēn hēgoumai tēs eukinētou kai polyprophou kata Theon poreias einai mystērion. Prōton min dē touto kai megiston tēs emēs paraineseōs. AC. Deuteron de chalepon men oida logon erōn kai dysparaoekton tois pollois; philei gar en exousią tou antidrąn kakōs genomenos anthrōpos, allōs te kan dikaian echōn tēn orgēn ex hōn peponthen, hēkista logou peithesthai chalinois ton thymon hanakoptontos; akousthēnai de homōs kai prosdechthēnai axion; Mi, aplēstōs chrēsōmetha tǭ kairǭ, mē katatryphēsōmen tēs exousias, mē pikroi genōmetha tois ēdikēkosi, mē hōn kategnōmin, tauta praxōmen. halʼ hoson phygein ta deina tēs metabolēs apolausaates hoson heis antidosin hēkei, misēsōmen. Autarkēs dikē tois ge metriois to tōn ls;lypēkotiyn deos, chti to prosdokēsae tauta pathein, ōn eisin haxioi, kai oikeiǭ syneidoti basanisthēnai; ha gar tis hōs peisomenos dedoike, tauta peponthe, kan mē pathę̄, xxi pleiō parʼ heautou tychon, hētōn drasantōn kolazetai. Mē toinyn thelēsōmen tēn orgēn metrēthēnai, mēde phanōmen elattous kolastai tēs axias - allʼ epeidē to piin eispraxasthai mē dynametha, to pan synchōrēsōmen; genōmetha toutǭ kreittous tōn ēdikēkotōn kai hypsēloteroi; deixōmen ti men didaskousin ekeinous hoi daimones, ti dai hēmas taumatia Christos, hos, hois peponthe to eudokimon echon, ouch ētton nenikēken ois dynamenos ou pepoiēken. antidōmen tǭ Theǭ charistērion auxēsōmen chrēstotēti to mystērion; eis touto tǭ kairǭ chrēsōmetha. LZ. Nikēsōmen epieikeią tous tyrannēsantas, kai malista men philanthrōpia estō to synchōroun, kai hē tēs entolēs dynamis, tēn isēn antididousa philanthrōpian hēmin, en hois autoi chrę̄zomen ; ǭ gar metrǭ metroumen, antimetreisthchi ginōskomen; si di kai lian tis pikrōs echei, aphōmen Theǭ tous lelypēkotas, kai tǭ ekeithen dikastēriǭ ; mēden tēs mellousēs orgēs dia tēs hēmeteras cheiros elattōsōmen. Mē dēmeusin ennoēsōmen, mē bēmasi parastēsō; men, mē patridos hyperorisōmen, mē mastixin aikisōmetha, mēde ti tōn hosa peponthamen, ‘iv’ heiʼpō syn tomosI drasōmen. Poiēsōmen kakeinous epieikestarous, an ara dynaton, tǭ kathʼ hēmas hypodeigmati. eitǭ (I, peponthen huios, ei tǭ patēr, ei tǭ gynē, cenavi}? (he), philos, ē allos tis tōn timiōn, pasi to pathein emmisthon katastēsōmen, dia tou peisai pherein karterōs ha peponthasi ; touto meizon autois sane ti charioumetha (ei). Eipō kai to megiston hōn eu paschomens dēmois ikataboōntai kai polesin oi diōxantes. en theatrois, en agorais, en syllogois ° ta palaia makarizetai, ta nea stēliteiyetai. kai parʼ autōn tōn syndiōxantōn, ho kai paradoxon, autoi kathelkontai parʼ autōn meta pasēs kataboēseōs ol theoi, ōs polyn autous apatēsantes chronon, kai opse pote tēs apatēs e-lēlegmenēs ; -kai ho chthes proskynētēs sēmeron hybristēs. Toutōn ti meizon epizētoumens Nyn tauta kai isōs mikra hēnika opsomai tous tois athliois. Estai kairos, emous hybristas, kai ton megan toutōn kathēgētēn, tēn heautōn apoklaiomenous kakian, hēnika,an pasa krinētai kai basanizētai ponēriai.

[35] First, brothers, let us keep festival, not with brightness of body, nor with changes and costliness of dress, nor with revels and drunkenness, whose fruit, as you have learned, is debauchery and licentiousness. Let us not crown the streets with flowers, nor shame the tables with perfumes, nor adorn our porches; let our houses not be lit with light that the senses perceive, nor resound with … and clapping. For this is the custom of the Greek holy days; but let us not honour God with these things, nor exalt the present time with things of which it is unworthy, but with purity of soul and brightness of mind, and with lamps that light up the whole body of the church, I mean divine contemplations and thoughts, raised upon the holy lampstand and enlightening the whole world. Small to me, beside this light, are all the lights that people kindle at their private and public festivals. I have perfume too, but the one with which only priests and kings are anointed, varied and costly, emptied out for us, compounded by the art of a great perfumer. Would that I might offer God the fragrance of this perfume! I have a table too, this spiritual and divine one, which the Lord prepared for me in the presence of those who afflict me, at which I rest and take my delight, and where I commit no insolence through surfeit, but rather lull to sleep every insurrection of the passions. I have flowers too, more blooming and more lasting than all those of spring, from the full field which the Lord has blessed: the holy and fragrant shepherds and teachers, and all that is pure and choice among the people. With these I wish to be crowned and to walk in procession, having fought the good fight, finished the race, and kept the faith, as the holy Apostle says. Let us take up hymns instead of drums, psalmody instead of shameful writhings and songs, thankful applause instead of theatrical applause, and a harmonious action of the hands; thoughtfulness instead of laughter, sensible speech instead of drunkenness, dignity instead of luxury. If you must dance, as a festive man and lover of feasts, dance; but not the shameful dance of Herodias, whose work was the death of the Baptist, but the dance of David at the resting of the ark, which I consider a mystery of the agile and many-turning walk according to God. This, then, is the first and greatest point of my exhortation. [36] Second, I know that I shall say a hard word, hard for many to accept; for a man who has been badly treated and comes into power to retaliate, especially if his anger is just because of what he has suffered, is least inclined to obey reason when it checks his temper with its bridles; yet it deserves to be heard and accepted. Let us not use the time insatiably, let us not revel in our power, let us not be bitter to those who wronged us, let us not do what we condemned. But, enjoying the change so far as to escape the terrors, let us hate whatever goes as far as retaliation. Sufficient punishment, for the moderate at least, is the fear felt by those who caused us pain, and their expectation of suffering what they deserve, and being tortured by their own conscience; for what one fears one will suffer, one has suffered even if one does not suffer it, and perhaps one is punished more by oneself than by those who might do it. Let us not, then, wish our anger to be measured out, nor appear lesser punishers than is deserved; but since we cannot exact the whole, let us forgive the whole; let us by this become better and loftier than those who wronged us; let us show what the demons teach them, and what Christ teaches us, who, glorious in what he suffered, conquered no less by what he could have done and did not do. Let us render God a thank-offering; let us increase the mystery by kindness; let us use the time for this. [37] Let us conquer by gentleness those who tyrannized over us; and above all let kindness be what forgives, and the power of the commandment, which returns equal kindness to us in the things we ourselves need; for we know that with the measure with which we measure it will be measured back to us. And if anyone feels very bitterly, let us leave those who pained us to God and to the tribunal there; let us not lessen by our own hand any of the wrath to come. Let us not think of confiscation, let us not drag them before tribunals, let us not banish them from their country, let us not torture them with scourges, nor, to put it briefly, do any of the things that we suffered. Let us make them too more decent, if possible, by our example. If anyone has lost a son, or a father, or a wife, or a friend, or anyone else dear to him, let us make the suffering of all bring its reward, by persuading them to bear bravely what they have suffered; this will be a greater favour to them. Shall I tell the greatest of the good things we receive? The persecutors are shouted down by peoples and cities, in theatres, in markets, in assemblies; the old order is called blessed, the new is pilloried; and by their own fellow persecutors (what is most strange) the gods themselves are dragged down with every outcry, as having deceived them for a long time, and their deception exposed at last; and yesterday’s worshipper is today’s insulter. What greater thing than this do we seek? These things are now, and perhaps small for the wretches. There will be a time when I shall see those who insulted me, and their great leader, bewailing their own vice, when all wickedness is judged and tortured.

5.38PG 35:713c–717b

Ἐὧ τὰ θεῖα καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα, καὶτὰς καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἐκεῖθεν ἀποκειμένας μάστιγας· ἀλλά καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς σοὺς ἐλθὲ λόγους καὶ φόβους οὐ ποιηταῖς μόνον (il), [ἀλλά καὶ ἀνδράσι φιλοσόφοις ἀρέσκοντας, τοὺς Πυριφλεγέθοντάς σου, καὶ τοὺς Κωκυτοὺς, καὶ τοὺς Ἀχέροντας, οἷς ἀδικίαν κολάζουσι, Τάνταλος, Τιτυὸς, Ἰξίων. Ἰουλιανὸςταύτης 6 βασιλεὺς ὑμῶν τῆς φρατρίας, μετʼ ἐκείνων ἀριθμηθήσεται, καὶ πρὸ ἐκείνων, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον καὶ ὅρον · οὐ δίψῃ κολαζόμενος ἐν λίμναις ἑπιγενείοις, ἢ κορυφῆς ὑπερτέλλοντα δειμαίνων πέτρον, ὡς τῇ τραγῳδίᾳ δοκεῖ, ἀεὶ μὲν ἀνωθούμενον, ἀεὶ δὲ κατασυρόμενονʼ οὐδὲ ροιζουμένῳ τροχῷ συγκυκλούμενος, οὐδὲ ὄρνισι τὸ ἧπαρ κειρόμενος, οὔποτε λεῖπον, ἀεὶδὲ πληρούμενονο εἴτε ἀλήθεια ταῦτά ἐστιν, εἴτε μῦθος, παραδεικνὺς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὲν τοῖς πλάσμασιν · ἀλλʼ ὀψόμεθα τίσι καὶ οἵοις τηνικαῦτα κολαζόμενος, καὶ ὡς πολὺ τούτων χαλιπωτέροις, εἷʼ-κερ πρὸς μέτρον τῶν ἁμαρτανομένοκ αἱ τίσεις καί ἀντιδόσεις. ν ΛΘʼ. Τοῦτό τοι ἀντὶ ποδὸς ξεινήϊον, ὧ hinc“ καὶ συνετώτατε, ’ίνα σι προσείπω τοῖς σοῖς · ταῦτα οἱ τῶν λόγων ἀποκλεισθέντες ἡμεῖς, κατὰτὴν μεγάλην καὶ θαυμαστήν σου νομοθεσίαν. Ὀρᾷς, ὡς οὐκ εἰς τέλος ἐμέλλομεν σιωπήσεσθαι, οὖδέ ἀλογίαν ιατακριθήσὲσθαι τοῖς σοῖς δόγμασιν, ἀλλὰ φωνήν ἐλευθέραν, καὶ τῆς σῆς ἐλεγκτικὴν uo. γίας; Οὔτε τοὺς Νειλῴους καταρράκτας ἐπισχεῖν μηχανή τις, τοὺς ἀπʼ Αἰθιοπίας ὐπὶρ Αἰγύπτου πίπτοντας, οὗτε ἡλιακὴν ἀκτῖνα, κᾶν πρὸς ὀλίγαν νέφει καλύπτηται · οὔτε Χριστιανῶν γλῶσσαν πεδῆσαι τὰ ὑμέτερα στηλιτεύουσαν. Ταῦτά σοι Βασίλειος κα Γρηγόριος, οἱ τῆς σῆς ἐγχειρήσεως ἀντίθετοι καὶ ἆντίτεχνοι, ὡς αὐτὸς τε ᾤου, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἔπαθες, ἀποσεμνύνων ἡμᾶς οἷς ἠπείλεις, καὶ θήγων πλέον πρὸς τὴν εὐσέβειαν, οὕς καὶ βίῳ, καὶ λόγῳ, καὶ.τῇ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμονοίᾳ περιφανεῖς, καὶ γνωρίμους ἔτʼ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος εἰδὼς, τὴν Κυκλώπειον ἐτίμας τι· μήν, καὶ τελευταίους ἐταμιεύου τῷ διωγμῷ, καίδώρον ἐπινίκιον είσως ἐπενόεις τοῖς δαίμοσι μέγα τι καὶ μεγαλοπρεπὲς, εἷʼ σε ἀπὸ τῆς Περσίδος ὑποδεξώμεθα ἀπανήκοντα, ἢ καὶ συναρπάσιιν πρὸς τὸ σὸν βάραθρον ἤλπισας, κακῶς οῒόμιςνος. Μʼ.οὐ γὰρ ἀγεννέστεροι τῶν νεανίσκων ἐκείνων πμεῖς, τῶν ἐν πυρὶ δροσισθὲντων καὶ θῆρας νικηruivtwv ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ μητρὶ γενναίᾳ, καὶ ἱερεῖ γενναιοτέρῳ προθύμως συγκινδυνιιισάντων διιὲ δειξάντων, ὅτι μόνον τῶν ἁπάντων πίστις ἀνάλωτον‘ ἢ τούτων δὴ τῶν ἐπὶ eoi} vsale, ὧν ὁ μὲν τὴν μητέρα τῶν σῶν θεῶν καθυβρίσας, καὶ βωμὸν διασπείρας, προσήχθη μὲν ὡς κατάκριτος, εἰσῆλθε δὲ ὡς νικηφόρος, καὶ πολλα σου τῆς ἀλουργίδος καὶ τῶν λόγων καταγελάσας, ὡς ψηφολογικῶν καί γελοίων, μετά πλείονος ἐξῆλθε τῆς παρῥη· σίας, ὡς εἷʼ τις ἀπὸ δείπνου ὲπαναστρέφων καὶ λαμπρᾶς ἑστιάσεως · ὀ δὲ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα δορκαλίσι καταξανθείς εἷς βάθος, καὶ μικρᾶ πνέων ἔτι τοῖς τραύμασι, τοσοῦτον ἀπεῖχεν ἐνδιδόναι πρὸς τὰς βασάνους, ἢ δεινόν τι τῶν παρόντων νομίζειν, ὥστε, ἐπειδή τι τοῦ σώματος εἶδεν ἀνεπηρέαστον ταῖς πληγαῖς, καὶ προσῃτιᾶτο τοὺς βασανιστάς ὡς ὑβριστὰς, καὶ οὐ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα τιμήσαντας, ἀλλά τι παρέντας ἄξαντον καὶ ἀνίερον · παραδεικνὺς ἅμα τὴν κνήμην, ὡς μόνην διαφυγοῦσαν τοὺς ὄνυχας, καῖ μηδέ ταύτης φείδεσθαι διακελευόμενος.

Heō ta theia kai ta hēmetera, kaitas kathʼ hēmas ekeithen apokeimenas mastigas; alla kai epi tous sous elthe logous kai phobous ou poiētais monon (il), [alla kai andrasi philosophois areskontas, tous Pyriphlegethontas sou, kai tous Kōkytous, kai tous Acherontas, hois adikian kolazousi, Tantalos, Tityos, Ixiōn. Ioulianostautēs 6 basileus hymōn tēs phratrias, metʼ ekeinōn arithmēthēsetai, kai pro ekeinōn, kata ge ton emon logon kai horon ; ou dipsę̄ kolazomenos en limnais hepigeneiois, ē koryphēs hypertellonta deimainōn petron, hōs tę̄ tragǭdią dokei, aei men anōthoumenon, aei de katasyromenonʼ oude roizoumenǭ trochǭ synkykloumenos, oude ornisi to hēpar keiromenos, oupote leipon, aeide plēroumenono eite alētheia tauta estin, eite mythos, paradeiknys tēn alētheian en tois plasmasin ; allʼ opsometha tisi kai hoiois tēnikauta kolazomenos, kai hōs poly toutōn chalipōterois, heiʼ-ker pros metron tōn hamartanomenok hai tiseis kai antidoseis. n LThʼ. Touto toi anti podos xeinēïon, hō hinc“ kai synetōtate, ’ina si proseipō tois sois ; tauta hoi tōn logōn apokleisthentes hēmeis, katatēn megalēn kai thaumastēn sou nomothesian. Orąs, hōs ouk eis telos emellomen siōpēsesthai, oude alogian iatakrithēsesthai tois sois dogmasin, alla phōnēn eleutheran, kai tēs sēs elenktikēn uo. gias? Oute tous Neilǭous katarraktas epischein mēchanē tis, tous apʼ Aithiopias ypir Aigyptou piptontas, houte hēliakēn aktina, kan pros oligan nephei kalyptētai ; oute Christianōn glōssan pedēsai ta hymetera stēliteuousan. Tauta soi Basileios ka Grēgorios, hoi tēs sēs encheirēseōs antithetoi kai antitechnoi, hōs autos te ǭou, kai tous allous epathes, aposemnynōn hēmas hois ēpeileis, kai thēgōn pleon pros tēn eusebeian, hous kai biǭ, kai logǭ, kai.tę̄ pros allēlous homonoią periphaneis, kai gnōrimous etʼ apo tēs Hellados eidōs, tēn Kyklōpeion etimas ti; mēn, kai teleutaious etamieuou tǭ diōgmǭ, kaidōron epinikion eisōs epenoeis tois daimosi mega ti kai megaloprepes, heiʼ se apo tēs Persidos hypodexōmetha apanēkonta, ē kai synarpasiin pros to son barathron ēlpisas, kakōs oïomisnos. Mʼ.ou gar agennesteroi tōn neaniskōn ekeinōn pmeis, tōn en pyri drosisthentōn kai thēras nikēruivtwv ek pisteōs, kai mētri gennaią, kai hierei gennaioterǭ prothymōs synkindyniiisantōn diie deixantōn, hoti monon tōn hapantōn pistis analōton‘ ē toutōn dē tōn epi eoi} vsale, hōn ho men tēn mētera tōn sōn theōn kathybrisas, kai bōmon diaspeiras, prosēchthē men hōs katakritos, eisēlthe de hōs nikēphoros, kai polla sou tēs alourgidos kai tōn logōn katagelasas, hōs psēphologikōn kai geloiōn, meta pleionos exēlthe tēs parrhē; sias, hōs heiʼ tis apo deipnou epanastrephōn kai lampras hestiaseōs ; o de pan to sōma dorkalisi kataxantheis heis bathos, kai mikra pneōn eti tois traumasi, tosouton apeichen endidonai pros tas basanous, ē deinon ti tōn parontōn nomizein, hōste, epeidē ti tou sōmatos eiden anepēreaston tais plēgais, kai prosę̄tiato tous basanistas hōs hybristas, kai ou pan to sōma timēsantas, alla ti parentas axanton kai anieron ; paradeiknys hama tēn knēmēn, hōs monēn diaphygousan tous onychas, kai mēde tautēs pheidesthai diakeleuomenos.

[38] I leave aside our divine teachings and the scourges laid up there for such men, as we hold; but come also to your own words and terrors, which please not only poets but philosophers too: your Pyriphlegethons and Cocytuses and Acherons, with which they punish injustice, Tantalus, Tityus, Ixion. Julian, the emperor of your clan, will be numbered with them, and before them, by my reckoning and definition; not punished with thirst in lakes up to his chin, nor fearing a stone that looms above his head, as tragedy has it, always pushed up and always rolling down; nor whirled round on a whirring wheel, nor having his liver torn by birds, never failing and always growing again (whether these things are truth, or myth showing the truth in fictions); but we shall see by what and what kind of punishments he will then be punished, and how much harsher than these, if indeed penalties and recompenses are measured to the sins. [39] This is your guest-gift in return for the foot, O wisest and most intelligent of men (to address you in your own words); this we give, we who were shut out from letters by your great and wonderful legislation. Do you see that we were not going to keep silent to the end, nor be condemned of unreason by your decrees, but to have a free voice, refuting your unreason? There is no device to stop the cataracts of the Nile falling from Ethiopia upon Egypt, nor the ray of the sun, even if it is covered by a cloud for a little while; nor to fetter the tongue of Christians that pillories your doings. This Basil and Gregory say to you, the opponents and counter-workers of your undertaking, as you yourself thought and made others think, magnifying us by your threats and sharpening us still more for piety. Knowing us to be distinguished in life and word and in our concord with one another, and known to you since Greece, you honoured us with the Cyclops’ honour and kept us for the last in your persecution; and perhaps you were devising some great and magnificent victory gift for the demons, if we had received you on your return from Persia; or you hoped to sweep us along with you to your pit, in your evil thinking. [40] For we are not more ignoble than those young men who were bedewed in the fire and conquered beasts by faith, and who readily shared danger with a noble mother and a nobler priest and showed that of all things faith alone cannot be captured; nor than these in your own time, of whom the one, having insulted the mother of your gods and scattered her altar, was brought in as one condemned but went in as a victor, and, much laughing at your purple and your words as calculating and ridiculous, came out with greater freedom, like someone returning from dinner and a brilliant feast; while the other, his whole body scraped deep with combs and scarcely breathing through his wounds, was so far from giving in to the tortures or thinking any of the present things terrible, that when he saw a part of his body unharmed by the blows, he even accused the torturers of insult, for not having honoured his whole body but having left some part unscraped and unconsecrated; and at the same time he pointed to his leg, as the only part that had escaped the claws, and bade them not spare this either.

5.41PG 35:717b–717d

Οὗτος ὁ λόγος σοι τῶν Πορφυρίου ψευσμάτων καὶ ληρημάτων, οἷς ὑμεῖς ὡς θείαις φωναῖς ἀγάλλεσθε, ἢ τοῦ σοῦ Μισοπώγωνος, εἶτʼ οὖν Ἀντιοχικοῦ (ἀμφότερα γὰρ ὲπιγράφεις τῷ λόγῳ), οὗ τι Χριστιανοῖς ἀτιμότερον ὅν τότε μὲν ἡ πορφυρὶς μέγαν ἐποίει, καὶ οἱ πάντα τὰ σὰ θαυμάζοντες κόλακες* νῦν δὲ πώγων ἐστὶ περιφερόμενος καὶ περισυράμενος, καὶ τοῖς συμπεπονηκόσιν ὁμοῦ γελώμενος, έν ᾧ σὺ μὲν ἀπερίττῳ τοῦ σώματος, καὶ τῷ μηδεπώποτε τυχεῖν ἀπεπτήσας έξ ἀπληστίας, μέγα φυσᾷς, ὡς δή τι θαυμάσιον λέγων ὅτι δε Χριστιανοὺς ἤλασας οὕτω πικρῶς, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἔθνος καὶ οὕτως ἱερὸν παρανάλωσας, ἑκὼν παρατρέχεις. Καίτοι γε ἑνὸς μὲν ἀνδρὸς ἀπεπτήσαντος, ἢ έρυγάς φυσικὰς ἀφέντος, τί παρά τοῦτο τῷ κοινῷ βλάβος; τοσούτου δὲ διωγμοῦ κινηθέντος, καὶ τοσαύτης καινοτομηθείσης συγχύσεως, πῶς οὐκ ἀνάγκη πᾶσα τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἔχειν κακῶς, ὥσπαρ οὖν καί ἐσχηκότα φαίνεται ;

Houtos ho logos soi tōn Porphyriou pseusmatōn kai lērēmatōn, hois hymeis hōs theiais phōnais agallesthe, ē tou sou Misopōgōnos, eitʼ oun Antiochikou (amphotera gar epigrapheis tǭ logǭ), hou ti Christianois atimoteron hon tote men hē porphyris megan epoiei, kai hoi panta ta sa thaumazontes kolakes* nyn de pōgōn esti peripheromenos kai perisyramenos, kai tois sympeponēkosin homou gelōmenos, en hǭ sy men aperittǭ tou sōmatos, kai tǭ mēdepōpote tychein apeptēsas ex aplēstias, mega physąs, hōs dē ti thaumasion legōn hoti de Christianous ēlasas houtō pikrōs, kai tosouton ethnos kai houtōs hieron paranalōsas, hekōn paratrecheis. Kaitoi ge henos men andros apeptēsantos, ē erygas physikas aphentos, ti para touto tǭ koinǭ blabos? tosoutou de diōgmou kinēthentos, kai tosautēs kainotomētheisēs synchyseōs, pōs ouk anankē pasa ta Rhōmaiōn echein kakōs, hōspar oun kai eschēkota phainetai ?

This is the discourse for you, in place of the lies and drivel of Porphyry, in which you exult as in divine voices, or of your Misopogon, or Antiochicus (for you give the discourse both titles), than which nothing is more dishonourable to Christians; which then your purple made great, along with the flatterers who admired all your doings; but now it is a beard carried around and dragged about, laughed at even by those who toiled on it with you. In it you boast greatly of the frugality of your body and of never having had indigestion from greed, as though saying something wonderful; but that you drove out the Christians so bitterly, and destroyed so great and holy a nation, you willingly pass over. Yet if one man has indigestion or lets out natural belches, what harm is that to the commonwealth? But when so great a persecution was stirred up and so great a confusion devised, how was it not entirely necessary for the affairs of the Romans to fare badly, as indeed they have plainly fared?

5.42PG 35:720a–721a

Δῧτη sm. παρʼ ἡμῶν στήλη, τῶν Ἡραεἴων στηλῶν ὑψηλοτέρα τι καὶ περιφανεστὲρα· μὲν γὰρ ἐφʼ ἐνὸς τόπου πεπήγασι, καὶ μόνοις ri Οεαταῖ ταῖς ἐκεῖσε ἀφικνουμένοτς· τήν δὲ οὐκ τί μὴ πανταχοῦ καὶ πᾶσι γνωρίζεσθαι κινουἕνην, ἣν κκὶ ὁ μέλλων ὑπολήψεται χρόνος, εὗ ’81, τὲ τε καὶ τὰ τὰ στηλιτεύουσαν, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς άκιτκς παιδεύοντα-ι, μή τινα τοιαύτην κατᾶ Θιοῦ υλμᾷν ἐπ1“θάττατι“ι ’ἕνα μή, τὰ ὃμοια δράσαντες, tim ν επὶν ν·

Dÿtē sm. parʼ hēmōn stēlē, tōn Hēraeiōn stēlōn hypsēlotera ti kai periphanestera; men gar ephʼ enos topou pepēgasi, kai monois ri Oeatai tais ekeise aphiknoumenots; tēn de ouk ti mē pantachou kai pasi gnōrizesthai kinouenēn, hēn kki ho mellōn hypolēpsetai chronos, heu ’81, te te kai ta ta stēliteuousan, kai tous loipous akitks paideuonta-i, mē tina toiautēn kata Thiou ylmąn ep1“thattati“i ’hena mē, ta homoia drasantes, tim n epin n;

This is the monument from us, higher and more conspicuous than the pillars of Heracles; for they are fixed in one place and are seen only by those who come there; but this cannot but be carried about, to be known everywhere and by all; and future time, I well know, will receive it, pillorying both you and your doings, and teaching the rest not to dare any such thing against God, lest, having done the like, they suffer the like.

Chapter 6

6.1PG 35:721a–724b

Λύει μου τήν γλῶτταν ἠ προθυμία, καὶ περιφρονῶ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον νόμον διὰ τὸν νόμον τοῦ Πνεύματοςο xui δίδομι τῇ εἰρήνῃ τὸν λόγον, οῧπω πρότερον οὐδενὶ συγχωρήσας. Πρότερον μὲν γὰρ ἡνίκα ἐστασίαζε πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὰ μὲλη, καὶ τὸ μὲγα καὶ τίμιον σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ διῃρεῖτο καὶ διεκόπτετο, ὡς μικροῦ xui διασκορπίζεσθαι τά ὁστᾶ ἡμῶν παρά τὸν ἄδην, οἷον γῆς βάθος ἀρότρῳ ῥηγνύμενον, καὶ κατά γῆς σκεδαννύμενον, xui τὸν ἄτμητον, καὶ ἀμέριστον, καὶ ὑφαντὸν διʼ ὅλου χιτῶνα κατατεμὼν ὁ πονηρὸς ὅλον ἑαυτοῦ πεποίητο, τοῦτο διʼ ἡμῶν δυνηθεὶς, ὅ διὰ τῶν τὸ Χριστὸν σταυρωσάντων οὐκ ἷσχυσεν τότε μὶν δὴ φυλακὴν ἐθέμην τοῖς χείλεσιν, οὐδʼ ἄλλως προθύμοις οὖσι περὶ τὸν λόγον, ὅτι τῇ διʼ ἔργων φιλοσοφίᾳ καθᾶραι πρῶτον ἐμαυτὸν, εἶτα τὸ στόμα τῆς διανοίας ἀνοίξας ἐλκῦσαι πνεῦμα, εἶτα ἐξερεύξασθαι λόγον ἀγαθὸν, xui λαλεῖν Θεοῦ σοφίαν τελείαν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις, ἀκολουθίας εἶναι πνευματικῆς ὖπελάμβανον· ’καὶ ὥσπερ καιρὸς ἐπὶ παντὶ πράγματι καὶ μικρῷ καὶ μείζονι (τὸ γὰρ τοῦ Σολομῶντος εὗ ἔχει καὶ λίαν ἐπεσκεμμένως), οὕτω καὶ λόγου xui σιωπῆς, εἷʼ καί τις ἄλλος, καιρὸν ἐγίνωσκον. Επιτιμήσεις, στεναγμὸς ἐκ βάθους ἀναπεμπόμενος, στάσις πάννυχος, νοῦ πρὸς Θεὸν ἓκδημία, θρῆνος ἐν δεήσει λεπτὸς, φάρμακον τοῖς ἀκούουσι κοτανύξεως, o't ψάλλοντες, οἱ δοξάζοντες, οἱ μελετῶντες τὸν νόμον Κυρίου ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς, οἱ τὰς ὑψώσεις τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τοῖς λάρυγξι φέροντες· καὶ ταῦτα δὴ τὰ καλὰ τοῦ κατὰ Θεὸν βίου προγράμματα καὶ μηνύματα, οἱ σιωπῶντες κήρυκες, αὐχμῶσι καὶ πιναρὰ κόμη, πόδες γυμνοῖ καὶ τοῖς ἆποστολιιοῖς ἑπόμενοι, μηδὲν νεκρὸν φέροντες, κουρᾶ σύμμετρος, περιβολὴ τύφου κολάζουσα, ζώνη τῷ ἁκόσμῳ κοσμία, μικρόν τι τοῦ χιτῶτοςἀναστὲλλουσα, καί ὅσον μή ἀναστέλλειν, βάδισμα εὐσταθὲς, ὀφθαλμὸς οὐ πλανώμενος, μειδίαμα προσηνὲς, μᾶλλον δὲ ὁρμή μειδιάματος, ἀκρασίαν γέλωτος σωφρονίζουσα, λόγος τῷ λὸγῳ κινούμενος, σιωπὴ λὸγου τιμιωτέρα, ἔπαινος ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος, οὗ πρὸς θωπείαν, ἀλλʼ ὁδηγίαν τοῦ κρείττονος, ἑπίπληξις είιφιημίας ποθεινοτέρα, μὲτρα κατηφείας καὶ ἀνέσεως, καὶ ἡ διʼ ἀμφοτέρων μίξις καί κρᾶσις, τὸ ἁπαλὸν τῷ γενναίῳ, τὸ αὐστηρὸν αἰδοῖ σύγκρατον, ὡς μηδʼ ἕτερον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου παραβλάπτεσθαι ἀλλʼ ἀμφότερα διʼ αλλήλων εὐδοκιμεῖν· μέτρα τῆς εἷς τὸ κοινὸν ἐπιμιξίας καὶ ὑποχωρήσεως, τῆς μὲν τοῦς ἄλλους παιδαγωγούσής, τῆς δὲ τῷ Πνεύματι μυσταγωγούσης, καὶ τῆς μὲν ἐν τῷ κοινῷ τὸ ἄκοινον φυλαττούσης, τίς δὲ ἐν τῷ ἀμίκτῳ τὸ φιλάδελφον καὶ φιλάνθρωπον · καὶ ἃ μείζω τούτων ἔτι καί ὑψηλὸτερα, ὁ ἐν πενίᾳ πλοῦτος, ἡ ἐν παροικίᾳ κατάσχεσις, ἡ ιν ἀτιμίᾳ δόξα, ἡ ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ δύναμις, ἡ ἐν ἀγαμίᾳ καλλιτεκνία (εἴπερ κρείττονα τῶν ἀπὸ σαρκὸς ἄρχομὲνων τὰ κατὰ Θεὸν γεννήματα) · οἱ τρυφῶντες τῷ μή τρυφᾷν, οἱ ταπεινοὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν οὖρανίων οἱ μηδὲν ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν κόσμον· οἱ σαρκὸς ἔξω καί ἐν σαρκὶ, ὧν μερὶς Κύριος, οἱ πτωχοὶ διὰ βασιλείαν καὶ διὰ πτωχείαν βασιλεύοντες.

Lyei mou tēn glōttan ē prothymia, kai periphronō ton anthrōpinon nomon dia ton nomon tou Pneumatoso xui didomi tę̄ eirēnę̄ ton logon, oÿpō proteron oudeni synchōrēsas. Proteron men gar hēnika estasiaze pros hēmas ta melē, kai to mega kai timion sōma tou Christou dię̄reito kai diekopteto, hōs mikrou xui diaskorpizesthai ta hosta hēmōn para ton adēn, hoion gēs bathos arotrǭ rhēgnymenon, kai kata gēs skedannymenon, xui ton atmēton, kai ameriston, kai hyphanton diʼ holou chitōna katatemōn ho ponēros holon heautou pepoiēto, touto diʼ hēmōn dynētheis, ho dia tōn to Christon staurōsantōn ouk hischysen tote min dē phylakēn ethemēn tois cheilesin, oudʼ allōs prothymois ousi peri ton logon, hoti tę̄ diʼ ergōn philosophią katharai prōton emauton, eita to stoma tēs dianoias anoixas elkysai pneuma, eita exereuxasthai logon agathon, xui lalein Theou sophian teleian en tois teleiois, akolouthias einai pneumatikēs ypelambanon; ’kai hōsper kairos epi panti pragmati kai mikrǭ kai meizoni (to gar tou Solomōntos heu echei kai lian epeskemmenōs), houtō kai logou xui siōpēs, heiʼ kai tis allos, kairon eginōskon. Epitimēseis, stenagmos ek bathous anapempomenos, stasis pannychos, nou pros Theon hekdēmia, thrēnos en deēsei leptos, pharmakon tois akouousi kotanyxeōs, o't psallontes, hoi doxazontes, hoi meletōntes ton nomon Kyriou hēmeras kai nyktos, hoi tas hypsōseis tou Theou en tois larynxi pherontes; kai tauta dē ta kala tou kata Theon biou programmata kai mēnymata, hoi siōpōntes kērykes, auchmōsi kai pinara komē, podes gymnoi kai tois apostoliiois hepomenoi, mēden nekron pherontes, koura symmetros, peribolē typhou kolazousa, zōnē tǭ hakosmǭ kosmia, mikron ti tou chitōtosanastellousa, kai hoson mē anastellein, badisma eustathes, ophthalmos ou planōmenos, meidiama prosēnes, mallon de hormē meidiamatos, akrasian gelōtos sōphronizousa, logos tǭ logǭ kinoumenos, siōpē logou timiōtera, epainos halati ērtymenos, hou pros thōpeian, allʼ hodēgian tou kreittonos, hepiplēxis eiiphiēmias potheinotera, metra katēpheias kai aneseōs, kai hē diʼ amphoterōn mixis kai krasis, to hapalon tǭ gennaiǭ, to austēron aidoi synkraton, hōs mēdʼ heteron hypo tou heterou parablaptesthai allʼ amphotera diʼ allēlōn eudokimein; metra tēs heis to koinon epimixias kai hypochōrēseōs, tēs men tous allous paidagōgousēs, tēs de tǭ Pneumati mystagōgousēs, kai tēs men en tǭ koinǭ to akoinon phylattousēs, tis de en tǭ amiktǭ to philadelphon kai philanthrōpon ; kai ha meizō toutōn eti kai hypsēlotera, ho en penią ploutos, hē en paroikią kataschesis, hē in atimią doxa, hē en astheneią dynamis, hē en agamią kalliteknia (eiper kreittona tōn apo sarkos archomenōn ta kata Theon gennēmata) ; hoi tryphōntes tǭ mē tryphąn, hoi tapeinoi hyper tōn ouraniōn hoi mēden en kosmǭ, kai hyper ton kosmon; hoi sarkos exō kai en sarki, hōn meris Kyrios, hoi ptōchoi dia basileian kai dia ptōcheian basileuontes.

Eagerness loosens my tongue, and I disregard the human law for the law of the Spirit, and I give my speech to peace, having granted it to no one before. For before, when the members were in revolt against us, and the great and precious body of Christ was divided and cut up, so that our bones were almost scattered at the edge of Hades, like the depth of the earth broken by the plough and scattered over the ground; and when the evil one, cutting the tunic that was uncut and undivided and woven throughout, had made the whole his own, achieving through us what he could not achieve through those who crucified Christ: then I set a guard on my lips, which were not eager to speak in any case, because I thought it to be the spiritual order first to purify myself by the philosophy of deeds, then to open the mouth of the mind and draw in the Spirit, then to utter a good word and to speak the perfect wisdom of God among the perfect; and as there is a time for every matter, small and great (for the saying of Solomon is right and very carefully considered), so I knew, as well as anyone, that there is a time for speech and for silence. … rebukes, a groan sent up from the depth, all-night standing, the departure of the mind to God, a fine lament in prayer, a medicine of compunction for those who hear; those who sing psalms, who glorify, who meditate on the law of the Lord day and night, who carry the high praises of God in their throats; and these fair proclamations and signs of the life according to God, the silent heralds: squalor and unkempt hair, bare feet following those of the apostles, carrying nothing dead; hair cut to measure, a garment that chastens pride, a girdle orderly for one without adornment, drawing up the tunic a little, and only so much as not to draw it up; a steady walk, an eye that does not wander, a gentle smile, or rather the beginning of a smile, chastening unrestrained laughter; speech moved by reason, silence more precious than speech; praise seasoned with salt, not for flattery but for guidance to what is better; rebuke more desirable than praise; measures of gravity and of relaxation, and the mixing and blending of both, the gentle with the noble, the severe blended with modesty, so that neither is harmed by the other, but each wins repute through the other; measures of mixing with the community and of withdrawal, the one training others, the other initiating into the mysteries of the Spirit; the one keeping apartness in the midst of community, the other brotherly love and kindness in solitude; and what is still greater and loftier than these: wealth in poverty, possession in sojourning, glory in dishonour, power in weakness, a fine offspring in celibacy (if indeed offspring according to God are better than those that begin from the flesh); those who delight by not delighting, humble for the sake of heavenly things, who are nothing in the world and above the world, outside the flesh while in the flesh, whose portion is the Lord, poor for the kingdom and reigning through poverty.

6.3PG 35:724b–728d

Οὗτοί με καὶ παρόντες λαμπρὸν ἐποίουν, ἠ ἐμὴ περιουοία, τὸ ἐμὸν ἀγαθὸν ξντρύφημα, καὶ ἀπόντες συνέστελλον. Ταῦτά μοι συνεῖχε τὴν ψυχὴν ταῦτα ἐτάρασσεν. Ἐκ τούτων ἐγὼ πενθῶν καὶ σκυο θρωπάζων ἐπορευόμην διὰ ταῦτα μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τερπνῶν καί τὸν λόγον ἀπεσεισάμην ὅτι ἄπελάκτισαν οἱ ἠγαπημένοι, καὶ ἔστρεψαν ἐπʼ ἰμὶ νῶτα αὐτῶν καὶ οὖ πρόσωπον, καὶ γεγόνασι ποίμνιον ἔλευ- θεριωτερον τοῦ ποιμαίνοντος, ’ίνα μὴ εἴπω νεανικώτερον· ὅτι ἐστραφη εἰς πικρίαν ἐμοὶὴ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινὴ, καῖ τῷ καλῷ γεωργῷ κάλλιστα κεκαθαρμένη, καὶ ταῖς θείαις ληνοῖς γεωργοῦσα τὸ καλὸν γεώργιονο ὅτι o't φίλοι μου καὶ οἱ πληο σίον μου ἐξ ἐναντίας μου ἤγγισαν καὶ ἔστησαν, καὶ οἱ ἔγγιστά μου ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔστησαν· ὅτι διειλόμεθα τὸν Χριστὸν, οἱ λίαν φιλόθεοι καὶ φιλόχριστοι, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀλλήλων κατεψευσάμεθα, καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην μῖσος ὲμελετήσαμεν, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀκρογωνιαίου διελύθημεν, καὶ ύπὶρ τῆς πέτρας ἐσείσθη μενʼ ὅτι πλέον ἢ καλῶς εἶχεν ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐπολεμήσαμεν, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὑψωθέντος ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον κατενηνέγμεθα, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ταφέντος και ἀναστάντος ἔθανατώθημεν. As Πρότερον μὶν ταῦτα· καὶ τί ἂν τις ἐν καιρῴ φαιδρότητος ἀναξαίνοι τὴν ἀηδίαν, ἐνδιατρίβων τοῖς λυπηροῖς, ὧν ἀπευκταῖα μὲν ἡ πεῖρα, φευκτὴ δὶ ἡ μνήμή ; Κρείττων δὲ σιωπὴ λόγου, τὸ συμπεσὸν ἡμῖν θραῦσμα λήθης βάθεσι συγκαλύπτουσα· πλὴν εἷʼ τις διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μόνον ἀνακινοίη τὴν μνήμην τῶν λυπηρῶν, ’ίνα τῷ ύποδείγματι παιδευώμεθα, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς νοσήμασι φεύγωμεν τὰς αἰτίας, ἐξ ὠν εἷς ταῦτα ὑπήχθημεν. Νυνὶ δὲ ἡνίκα ἀπέδρα ὀδύνη, καὶ λύπη, καὶ στεναγμός ἡνίκα γεγόναμεν οἱ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἓν, καὶ οἱ τῆς Τριάδος συμφυεῖς, καὶ ὁμόψυχοι, καὶ ὁμότιμοι ’ οἳ τοῦ Λόγου τῆς ἀλογίας ἐκτός · οἱ τοῦ Πνεύματος ού κατʼ ἅλλήλων, ἀλλὰ σὺν ἀλλήλοις ζέοντες · οἱ τῆς Ἀληθείας τὸ αὐτὸ φρονοῦντες καὶ λέγοντες* οἱ τῆς Σοφίας εύσύνετοι οἱ τοῦ Φωτὸς ὡς ἐν ἡμέρα εὐσχη μονοῦντεςʼ οἱ τῆς Ὀδοῦ πάντες εύθυποροῦντες· οἱ τῆς Θύρας πάντες ἐντός· οἱ τοῦ Προβάτου καὶ τοῦ Ποιμένος πρᾶοι, καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς μάνδρας, καὶ ποιμένος ἑνόςʼ οὐκ ἐν σκεύεσι ποιμένος ξπείρου ποιμαίνοντος, οὐδὲ καταφθείροντος τὰ πρόβατα τῆς νομῆς, οὐδὲ προῖεμένου τοῖς λύκοις καὶ τοῖς κρημνοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν πιριεσκεμμὲνου καὶ ἐπιφτή μονοςʼ ἡνίκα γεγόναμεν οἱ τοῦ παθόντος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν συμπαθεῖς, καὶ ἀλλήλοις τὰ βάρη συνεπικουίζοντεςʼ οἱ τῆς Κεφαλῆς, σῶμα ἐν συναρμολογούμενοι καὶ συμβιβαζόμενοι κατᾶ πᾶσαν συνάφειαν τήν ἐν Πνεύματι· ἡνίκα ὁ ποιων πάντα καὶ μετασκευάζων πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελέστερον ἔστρεψε τὸν κοπεο τὸνήείς χαρὰν ἡμῖν, καὶ τοῦ σάκκου τὴν εὐφροσύνην ἀντέδωκε, τηνικαῦτα στναποδύομαι τοῖς παρελθοῦσι ι τὴν σιωπὴν, καὶ προσάγω τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ uallat? τὸν λόγον, μᾶλλον δὲ τῷ Θεῷ χαριστήριον θυσίαν οἰκειοτάτην, δῶρον χρυσοῦ. καθαρώτερον, λίθων πο. λυτελῶν τιμαλφέστερον, ὑφασμάτων πολυτελέο στερον, Θυσίας νομικῆς ἀγιώτερον, πρωτοτόκων ἀωρχῆς ἱερώτερον, ἀρέσκον Θεῷ ὑπὲρ μόσχον νέον, κέρασι καὶ ὁπλαῖς ἀτελῆ καὶ ἀναίσθητον ὑπὲρ θυμία. μα, ὑπὲρ όλοκαύτωμα ὑπὲρ μυριάδας ἀρνῶν πιόνων, οἷς ό στοιχειόδης νόμος ἐκράτει τὸν ἔτι νήπιον Ἰσραὴλ, ταῖς ὲναίμοις Θυσίαις σκιαγραφῶν E'. Τοῦτο προσφέρω Θεῷ, τοῦτο ἀνατίθημιὸ μόνον ἐμαυτῷ κατέλιπον, ᾧ πλουτῶ μόνῳ. Τά μὲν γὰρ ί ἄλλα παρῆκα τῇ ἐντολῇ καὶ τῷ Πνεύματι · καὶ τὸν πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην πάντων ὧν εἶχόν ποτε ἀντηλλαξάμην, καὶ γέγονα μεγαλέμπορος, μᾶλλον δὲ γενέσθαι διʼ εὐχῆς ἔχω τῶν μικρῶν, καὶ πάντως φθαρησομένων ὠνησάμενος τά μεγάλα καὶ μὴ ludusνά · τοῦ Λόγου δὲ περιέχομαι μόνου, ὼς Λόγου Θεραπευτὴς, καὶ οὐκ ἀν ποτε ἑκὼν τούτου τοῦ κτήματος ἀμελήσαιμιο ἀλλά καὶ τιμῶ, καὶ ἀσπάζομαι, καὶ χαίρω μᾶλλον ἢ πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ τοῖς ἄλλοις, οἷς oi πολλοὶ χαίρουσιν · καὶ ποιοῦμαι παντὸς τοῦ βίου κοινωνὸν, καὶ σύμβουλον ἀγαθὸν καὶ συνόμιλον, καὶ ἡγεμόνα τῆς ἐπὶ τὰ ἀνωι ὁδοῦ, καὶ συναγωνιστὴν πρόθυμον· καὶ ἐπειδὴ πᾶν ἀτιμάξω τερπνόν κάτω μένον, είς τοῦτό μοι πᾶν ὲκενώθη τὸ φίλτρον μετά Θεόν· μᾶλλον δὲ κα) εἰς τοῦτον · ὅτι πρὸς· Θεὸν φέρει μετά ἶ συνέσεως ᾧ δὴ καὶ μόνῳ Θεὸς καταλαμβάνεται γνησίως, καὶ τηρεῖται, καὶ ὲν ἡμῖν αὒξεται. Εἶπον τὴν Σοφίαν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν εἶναι · καὶ ialμησα ταύτην, καὶ περιέλαβον, ὡς ἦν ἐφικτὸν ἐμοί· καὶ ζητῶ τῇ ἐμῇ κεφαλῇ τδν στέφανον τῶν χαρίτων καὶ τῆς τρυφῆς, ἃδὴ σοφίας χαρίσματα, κΞῘΤόγῖ) τοῦ ὲν ἡμῖν τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν καταλάμποντιις, καὶ bis φωτίζοντος ἡμῖν τά κατὰ Θεὸν διαὸήματα.

Houtoi me kai parontes lampron epoioun, ē emē periouoia, to emon agathon xntryphēma, kai apontes synestellon. Tauta moi syneiche tēn psychēn tauta etarassen. Ek toutōn egō penthōn kai skyo thrōpazōn eporeuomēn dia tauta meta tōn allōn terpnōn kai ton logon apeseisamēn hoti apelaktisan hoi ēgapēmenoi, kai estrepsan epʼ imi nōta autōn kai ou prosōpon, kai gegonasi poimnion eleu- theriōteron tou poimainontos, ’ina mē eipō neanikōteron; hoti estraphē eis pikrian emoiē ampelos hē alēthinē, kai tǭ kalǭ geōrgǭ kallista kekatharmenē, kai tais theiais lēnois geōrgousa to kalon geōrgiono hoti o't philoi mou kai hoi plēo sion mou ex enantias mou ēngisan kai estēsan, kai hoi engista mou apo makrothen estēsan; hoti dieilometha ton Christon, hoi lian philotheoi kai philochristoi, kai hyper tēs alētheias allēlōn katepseusametha, kai dia tēn agapēn misos emeletēsamen, kai hyper tou akrogōniaiou dielythēmen, kai ypir tēs petras eseisthē menʼ hoti pleon ē kalōs eichen hyper tēs eirēnēs epolemēsamen, kai hyper tou hypsōthentos epi to xylon katenēnegmetha, kai hyper tou taphentos kai anastantos ethanatōthēmen. As Proteron min tauta; kai ti an tis en kairǭ phaidrotētos anaxainoi tēn aēdian, endiatribōn tois lypērois, hōn apeuktaia men hē peira, pheuktē di hē mnēmē ? Kreittōn de siōpē logou, to sympeson hēmin thrausma lēthēs bathesi synkalyptousa; plēn heiʼ tis dia touto kai monon anakinoiē tēn mnēmēn tōn lypērōn, ’ina tǭ ypodeigmati paideuōmetha, kai hōsper en tois nosēmasi pheugōmen tas aitias, ex ōn heis tauta hypēchthēmen. Nyni de hēnika apedra odynē, kai lypē, kai stenagmos hēnika gegonamen hoi tou henos hen, kai hoi tēs Triados symphyeis, kai homopsychoi, kai homotimoi ’ hoi tou Logou tēs alogias ektos ; hoi tou Pneumatos ou katʼ hallēlōn, alla syn allēlois zeontes ; hoi tēs Alētheias to auto phronountes kai legontes* hoi tēs Sophias eusynetoi hoi tou Phōtos hōs en hēmera euschē monountesʼ hoi tēs Odou pantes euthyporountes; hoi tēs Thyras pantes entos; hoi tou Probatou kai tou Poimenos praoi, kai tēs autēs mandras, kai poimenos henosʼ ouk en skeuesi poimenos xpeirou poimainontos, oude kataphtheirontos ta probata tēs nomēs, oude proiemenou tois lykois kai tois krēmnois, alla kai lian pirieskemmenou kai epiphtē monosʼ hēnika gegonamen hoi tou pathontos hyper hēmōn sympatheis, kai allēlois ta barē synepikouizontesʼ hoi tēs Kephalēs, sōma en synarmologoumenoi kai symbibazomenoi kata pasan synapheian tēn en Pneumati; hēnika ho poiōn panta kai metaskeuazōn pros to lysitelesteron estrepse ton kopeo tonēeis charan hēmin, kai tou sakkou tēn euphrosynēn antedōke, tēnikauta stnapodyomai tois parelthousi i tēn siōpēn, kai prosagō tǭ paronti kairǭ uallat? ton logon, mallon de tǭ Theǭ charistērion thysian oikeiotatēn, dōron chrysou. katharōteron, lithōn po. lytelōn timalphesteron, hyphasmatōn polyteleo steron, Thysias nomikēs agiōteron, prōtotokōn aōrchēs hierōteron, areskon Theǭ hyper moschon neon, kerasi kai hoplais atelē kai anaisthēton hyper thymia. ma, hyper olokautōma hyper myriadas arnōn pionōn, hois o stoicheiodēs nomos ekratei ton eti nēpion Israēl, tais enaimois Thysiais skiagraphōn E'. Touto prospherō Theǭ, touto anatithēmio monon emautǭ katelipon, hǭ ploutō monǭ. Ta men gar i alla parēka tę̄ entolę̄ kai tǭ Pneumati ; kai ton polytimon margaritēn pantōn hōn eichon pote antēllaxamēn, kai gegona megalemporos, mallon de genesthai diʼ euchēs echō tōn mikrōn, kai pantōs phtharēsomenōn ōnēsamenos ta megala kai mē ludusna ; tou Logou de periechomai monou, ōs Logou Therapeutēs, kai ouk an pote hekōn toutou tou ktēmatos amelēsaimio alla kai timō, kai aspazomai, kai chairō mallon ē pasin homou tois allois, hois oi polloi chairousin ; kai poioumai pantos tou biou koinōnon, kai symboulon agathon kai synomilon, kai hēgemona tēs epi ta anōi hodou, kai synagōnistēn prothymon; kai epeidē pan atimaxō terpnon katō menon, eis touto moi pan ekenōthē to philtron meta Theon; mallon de ka) eis touton ; hoti pros; Theon pherei meta i syneseōs hǭ dē kai monǭ Theos katalambanetai gnēsiōs, kai tēreitai, kai en hēmin auxetai. Eipon tēn Sophian emēn adelphēn einai ; kai ialmēsa tautēn, kai perielabon, hōs ēn ephikton emoi; kai zētō tę̄ emę̄ kephalę̄ tdn stephanon tōn charitōn kai tēs tryphēs, hadē sophias charismata, kXITogi) tou en hēmin to hēgemonikon katalampontiis, kai bis phōtizontos hēmin ta kata Theon diaoēmata.

[3] These men made me brilliant when they were present, my abundance, my good delight; and when absent they humbled me. These things gripped my soul, these troubled it. Because of these I went about mourning and gloomy; for these I shook off speech too, along with my other pleasures: because the beloved kicked, and turned their backs to me and not their faces, and became a flock more free than its shepherd, not to say more headstrong; because the true vine was turned to bitterness for me, though most beautifully pruned by the good husbandman, and producing a fine crop for the divine winepresses; because my friends and my neighbours drew near and stood against me, and my nearest stood far off; because we divided Christ, we who are so very God-loving and Christ-loving, and lied against one another for the sake of the truth, and practised hatred for love’s sake, and were broken apart for the sake of the cornerstone, and shaken for the sake of the rock; because we fought for peace more than was right, and were brought down for the sake of him who was lifted up on the tree, and put to death for the sake of him who was buried and rose again. [4] So it was before; and why should anyone, in a time of brightness, scratch open the unpleasantness, dwelling on painful things, whose experience is to be prayed against and whose memory is to be fled? Silence is better than speech, covering the wound that befell us in the depths of forgetfulness; unless one should stir up the memory of painful things for this reason alone, that we may be taught by the example, and, as in diseases, flee the causes that brought us into them. But now, when pain and grief and groaning have fled away; when we who belong to the One have become one, and we who belong to the Trinity are of one nature, one soul, and equal honour; we who belong to the Word, outside unreason; we who belong to the Spirit, boiling not against one another but with one another; we who belong to the Truth, thinking and saying the same; we who belong to Wisdom, of good understanding; we who belong to the Light, walking becomingly as in the day; we who belong to the Way, all going straight; we who belong to the Door, all inside; we who belong to the Lamb and the Shepherd, gentle, of the same fold and of one shepherd, who does not shepherd with the instruments of an unskilled shepherd, nor destroy the sheep of the pasture, nor give them up to wolves and precipices, but is most circumspect and skilled; when we have become sympathetic with him who suffered for us, and bear one another’s burdens; we who belong to the Head, fitted and joined together into one body by every joint in the Spirit; when he who makes all things and transforms them to what is more profitable has turned our mourning into joy for us, and given gladness in place of sackcloth: then I put off silence along with the past, and bring speech to the present time …, or rather to God as a most fitting thank-offering, a gift purer than gold, more precious than costly stones, more valuable than costly fabrics, holier than the sacrifice of the law, more sacred than the first-fruits of the firstborn, more pleasing to God than a young calf putting forth horns and hoofs, senseless as it is, more than incense, more than whole burnt offering, more than ten thousands of fat lambs, by which the elementary law held Israel, still an infant, sketching the truth in bloody sacrifices. [5] This I offer to God, this I dedicate, the one thing I have left for myself, the only thing in which I am rich. For the other things I gave up to the commandment and to the Spirit; I exchanged all I once had for the pearl of great price, and became a great merchant, or rather I pray to become one, having bought with small things, sure to perish, the great things that do not perish. But I cling to the word alone, as a servant of the Word, and would never willingly neglect this possession; I honour it and embrace it and rejoice in it more than in all the other things together in which the many rejoice; and I make it the partner of my whole life, my good counsellor and companion, my guide on the way upward, and my eager fellow contestant. And since I disdain every pleasure that stays below, all my love after God has been poured out on this; or rather on Him, because the word leads to God with understanding, by which alone God is truly grasped, kept, and increased in us. I have said that Wisdom is my sister; and I honoured her and embraced her, as far as was possible for me; and I seek for my head the crown of graces and of delight, which are the gifts of wisdom, illuminating the ruling part in us and enlightening our steps according to God.

6.6PG 35:728d–729b

Τούτῳ χαλινῶ θυμὸν ἐκφερόμενον, τούτῳ κοιμίζω φθόνον τήκοντα, τούτῳ προσαναπαύω λύπην. δεσμὸν καρδίας, τούτῳ σωφρονίζω διάχυσιν ἡδονῆς. τούτῳ μετρῶ μῖσος,νὰλλʼ ού φιλίαν· τό viva}??ι μετρεῖσθαιγδεῖ, τῆς δὲ μηδένα γινώσκειν ὅρον. εὐποροῦντα με ποιεί μέτριον, καὶ πένητα μεγιίιοξ ψυχον οὗτος εύδρομοῦντί με πείθει συντρέχειν, καὶ πίπτοντι χεῖραᾋρέγὲιν, καὶ ἀσθενοῦντι συνασθενεῖν, καὶ ἰσχύοντι συνευφραίνεσθαι. Μετὰ τούτου πατρὶς καὶ ξένη τὸ ἴσον ἐμοὶ, καὶ τόπων μετάστασις ἀλλοτρίων ὁμοίως, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ὲμῶν. Οῦτός μοι διαιρεῖ κόσμους, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀπάγει, τῷ δὲ προστίο θησιν· οὗτός με καὶ διὰ τῶν δεξιῶν ὃπλων διεξάγει τῆς δικαιοσύνης οὐκ ἐπαιρόμενον, κᾶν τοῖς ἀριστεροῖς καὶ τραχυτέροιςʼ συμφιλοσοφεῖ, τὴν ού καταισχύνουσαν ἐλπίδα παραζευγνὺς καὶ τὸ παρὸν κουφίζῷν τῷ μέλλοντι. Τούτῳ καὶ νῦν δεξιοῦμαι τοὺς ἐμοὺς φίλους ml. ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ προτίθημι τράοιέεζαν λογικὴν, καὶ κρατῆρα πνευματικὸν καὶ ἀένο ναον ο ούχ οἷς ὴ κάτω f_ 1) τράπεζα κολακεύει τὴν καταργουμένην γαστέρα, καὶ ἀθεράπευτον.

Toutǭ chalinō thymon ekpheromenon, toutǭ koimizō phthonon tēkonta, toutǭ prosanapauō lypēn. desmon kardias, toutǭ sōphronizō diachysin hēdonēs. toutǭ metrō misos,nallʼ ou philian; to viva}??i metreisthaigdei, tēs de mēdena ginōskein horon. euporounta me poiei metrion, kai penēta megiiiox psychon houtos eudromounti me peithei syntrechein, kai piptonti cheiraĄregein, kai asthenounti synasthenein, kai ischyonti syneuphrainesthai. Meta toutou patris kai xenē to ison emoi, kai topōn metastasis allotriōn homoiōs, allʼ ouk emōn. Outos moi diairei kosmous, kai tou men apagei, tǭ de prostio thēsin; houtos me kai dia tōn dexiōn hoplōn diexagei tēs dikaiosynēs ouk epairomenon, kan tois aristerois kai trachyteroisʼ symphilosophei, tēn ou kataischynousan elpida parazeugnys kai to paron kouphizǭn tǭ mellonti. Toutǭ kai nyn dexioumai tous emous philous ml. adelphous, kai protithēmi traoieezan logikēn, kai kratēra pneumatikon kai aeno naon o ouch hois ē katō f_ 1) trapeza kolakeuei tēn katargoumenēn gastera, kai atherapeuton.

With this I bridle temper when it is carried away, with this I lull the envy that wastes me away, with this I give rest to grief, the bond of the heart, with this I chasten the spreading of pleasure, with this I measure hatred, but not friendship; for the one must be measured, while the other must know no limit. This makes me moderate when I prosper and great-souled when I am poor; this persuades me to run with one who runs well, to stretch out a hand to one who falls, to be weak with the weak and to rejoice with the strong. With this, my fatherland and a foreign land are equal to me, and changes of place are equally strange to me, but nothing of mine. This divides the worlds for me, leading me away from the one and joining me to the other; this leads me through the weapons of righteousness on the right hand without elation, and philosophizes with me in those on the left hand, the harsher ones, joining to them the hope that does not put to shame and lightening the present by the future. With this too I now welcome my friends and brothers, and set before them a table of the word and a spiritual, ever-flowing bowl; not with the things by which the table below flatters the belly, which is being brought to nothing and cannot be cured.

6.7PG 35:729b–729d

Ἐσιώπησα, μὴ καὶ ἀεὶ σιωπὴσομαι; Ἔκαρτέρησα ὡσεὶ τίκτουσα, μὴ καρτερήσω διαπαντός; Τῷ μὲν γὰρ Ζαχαρία λύει τὴν σιωπὴν γεννηθεὶς ὁ Ἰωάννης · καὶ γὰρ ούκ ἔπρεπε τὸν πατέρα. τῆς φωνῆς σιωπᾷν, ταύτης προελθούσης· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἀπιστηθείσα τὴν γλῶσσαν ἔδησεν, οὕτω φανερωθεῖσα δοῦναι τῷ πατρὶ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, καὶνεύηγγελίσθη, καὶ ὶγεννήθη φωνὴ καὶ λύχνος, Λόγου καὶ φωτὸς πρόδρομος ο ἐμοὶ δὲ λύει τὴν γλῶσσαν, καὶ ύψοῖ τὴν φωνὴν, ὡς σάλπιγγος, παροῦσα εὐεργεσία, καὶ τὸ κάλλιστον τοῦτο θέατρον, τά τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ διεσκορπιομένα, συνηγμένα εἰς ἓν, καὶ ὑπὸ τὰς αὐτὰς ἀναπαυόμενα πτέρυγας, καὶ είς τὸν οἷκον τοῦ Θεοῦ πορευόμενα ὲν ὁμονοίᾳ, καὶ μίαν ἁρμονίαν ἡρμοσμένα τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ Πνεύματος ο ὅτε ούκ ἔτι φέρομεν ἀλλήλους καὶ ἄγομεν, τοσοῦτον ὑπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ κλαπέντες, ἥ βιασθέντες, καὶ κατατοξευθέντες (ὃ) δν σκοτομήνῃ τὸν νοῦν, ἥν αὐτὸς ἡμῖν ἐπήγειρεν· καὶ ούκ οἷδʼ δτι χρὴ λέγειν, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἀλλήλων κακοῖς ἐπευφραίνεσθαι, καὶ μὴ νομίζειν τοῦ παντὸς εἶναι ζημίαν τὴν ἀλλήλων κατάλυβινλοὸτε Ἰούδας καὶ Ἰσραὴλ τίθενται ἑαυτοῖς ἀρχὴν μίαν, καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ Σαμάρεια πρὸς μίαν τὴν ἀνω Ἰερουσαλὴμ συνάγονται, καὶ ούκ ἔτι Παύλου, καὶ Ἀπολλὼ, καὶ Κηφᾶ, ὑπὲρ ὧν, καὶ καθʼ ὧν ἡ φυσίωσις, πάντες δὲ Χριστοῦ γεγόναμεν. ἰ)

Esiōpēsa, mē kai aei siōpēsomai? Ekarterēsa hōsei tiktousa, mē karterēsō diapantos? Tǭ men gar Zacharia lyei tēn siōpēn gennētheis ho Iōannēs ; kai gar ouk eprepe ton patera. tēs phōnēs siōpąn, tautēs proelthousēs; allʼ hōsper apistētheisa tēn glōssan edēsen, houtō phanerōtheisa dounai tǭ patri tēn eleutherian, kaineuēngelisthē, kai igennēthē phōnē kai lychnos, Logou kai phōtos prodromos o emoi de lyei tēn glōssan, kai ypsoi tēn phōnēn, hōs salpingos, parousa euergesia, kai to kalliston touto theatron, ta tekna tou Theou dieskorpiomena, synēgmena eis hen, kai hypo tas autas anapauomena pterygas, kai eis ton hoikon tou Theou poreuomena en homonoią, kai mian harmonian hērmosmena tēn tou kalou kai tou Pneumatos o hote ouk eti pheromen allēlous kai agomen, tosouton hypo tou ponērou klapentes, hē biasthentes, kai katatoxeuthentes (ho) dn skotomēnę̄ ton noun, hēn autos hēmin epēgeiren; kai ouk hoidʼ dti chrē legein, hōste kai tois allēlōn kakois epeuphrainesthai, kai mē nomizein tou pantos einai zēmian tēn allēlōn katalybinloote Ioudas kai Israēl tithentai heautois archēn mian, kai Ierousalēm kai Samareia pros mian tēn anō Ierousalēm synagontai, kai ouk eti Paulou, kai Apollō, kai Kēpha, hyper hōn, kai kathʼ hōn hē physiōsis, pantes de Christou gegonamen. i)

I have kept silence; shall I keep silence for ever? I have endured like a woman in labour; shall I endure always? For Zechariah, John at his birth looses the silence; for it was not fitting that the father of the voice should keep silent when the voice had come forth; but as, when disbelieved, it bound his tongue, so, when manifested, it gave the father his freedom; and the voice and lamp, the forerunner of the Word and the light, was announced and born. And for me the present benefit looses the tongue and lifts up the voice like a trumpet, and this most beautiful spectacle: the scattered children of God gathered into one and resting under the same wings, going to the house of God in concord, and tuned to the one harmony of the good and of the Spirit; now that we no longer carry off and drive away one another, as we did when so robbed or forced by the evil one, and shot at in the dark night of the mind which he raised up against us, so that (I do not know what to call it) we even rejoiced at one another’s evils, and did not think the destruction of one another a loss to the whole; now that Judah and Israel appoint for themselves one head, and Jerusalem and Samaria are gathered to the one Jerusalem above, and we are no longer of Paul and Apollos and Cephas, for and against whom there was puffing up, but we have all become Christ’s.

6.8PG 35:732a–732c

Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ κάμὲ, κα) τὸν Αογον Ἔχετε, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης οὐκί ἄκοντα τυραννήσαντες, φθέγξομαι μὲν, εἰ καὶ μόλις, ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο κελεύετε· φθέγξομαι δὲ εὐχαριστίας καὶ νουθεσίας ῥήματα, Ἥ μὲν οὖν εὐχαριστία τοιαύτη. Τίς λαλήσει τὰς δυναστείας τοῦ Κυριόυ; Τίς δὲ πάσαις ἀκοαῖς παραστήσει τὴν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν αἴνεσινς ὅτι γέγονε τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν, καὶτὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ δια. λέλυται· ὅτι ἔπαυσας ἡμᾶς ὂντας παραβολὴν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι, κίνησιν κεφαλῆς ὲν τοῖς λαοῖςο ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἡμᾶς ὲκάκωσας, ὅσον τὸ τῆς εἰρήνης ἀγα. om τῇ διαστάσει γνωρίσαι, καὶ ἀλγεῖν ποιήσας, πάλιν ἀποκατέστησαςʼ ὣ τοῦ παραδόξου τῆς ίατρείαςῐ παιδεύσας εἰς εἰρήνην διὰ τοῦ μίσους iusqθέντος ὠς τάχιστα, καὶ τῷ ἐναντίῳ τὸ ἐναντίον οἰκονομήσας, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἡμᾶς διαζεύξας, ὅσον θερμοτέρους προσδραμεῖν ἀλλήλοις καθάπερ τῶν φυτῶν ἃ. βία χερσὶ μετασπὼμενα, εἶτα ἀφιέμενα. πρὸς ἑαυτὰ πάλιν ἀνατρέχει, καὶ τὴν πρώτην ἑαυτῶν φύσιν, καὶ δείκνυσι τὸ οἰκεῖον, βίᾳ μὲν ἁποκλινὸμενα, οὐ βία δὲ ἀνορθούμενα· ὅτι μηκέτι χεὶρ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν περιφρονεῖ, μηδʼ ὀφθαλμὸς χεῖρα· ὅτι μηκέτι ποδῶν κατεξανίσταται κεφαλὴ, μηδὲ κεφαλῆς ἁλλοτριοῦνται πόδες, οὐ μᾶλλον βλάπτοντες ἢ βλαπτόμενοι τῇ ἀταξία καὶ ἀναρχία, ἢ κα) τοῦ παντός ἐστι σύγχυσις καὶ διάλυσις· ἀλλὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων μεριμνῶσι τὰ μέλη τάξει καὶ θεσμῷ φύσεως, διʼ ἀλλήλων τὰ πάντα συνδήσαντι καὶ φυλάξαντι· καὶ πεφήναμεν ἓν σῶμα καὶ πνεῦμα ἓν, καθὼς καὶ κεκλήμεθα ἑν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως.

Allʼ epeidē kame, ka) ton Aogon Echete, kai dia tēs agapēs ouki akonta tyrannēsantes, phthenxomai men, ei kai molis, epeidē touto keleuete; phthenxomai de eucharistias kai nouthesias rhēmata, Hē men oun eucharistia toiautē. Tis lalēsei tas dynasteias tou Kyriou? Tis de pasais akoais parastēsei tēn epi pasin ainesins hoti gegone ta amphotera hen, kaito mesotoichon tou phragmou dia. lelytai; hoti epausas hēmas ontas parabolēn en tois ethnesi, kinēsin kephalēs en tois laoiso hoti tosouton hēmas ekakōsas, hoson to tēs eirēnēs aga. om tę̄ diastasei gnōrisai, kai algein poiēsas, palin apokatestēsasʼ hō tou paradoxou tēs iatreiasi paideusas eis eirēnēn dia tou misous iusqthentos ōs tachista, kai tǭ enantiǭ to enantion oikonomēsas, kai tosouton hēmas diazeuxas, hoson thermoterous prosdramein allēlois kathaper tōn phytōn ha. bia chersi metaspōmena, eita aphiemena. pros heauta palin anatrechei, kai tēn prōtēn heautōn physin, kai deiknysi to oikeion, bią men hapoklinomena, ou bia de anorthoumena; hoti mēketi cheir ton ophthalmon periphronei, mēdʼ ophthalmos cheira; hoti mēketi podōn katexanistatai kephalē, mēde kephalēs hallotriountai podes, ou mallon blaptontes ē blaptomenoi tę̄ ataxia kai anarchia, ē ka) tou pantos esti synchysis kai dialysis; alla to auto hyper allēlōn merimnōsi ta melē taxei kai thesmǭ physeōs, diʼ allēlōn ta panta syndēsanti kai phylaxanti; kai pephēnamen hen sōma kai pneuma hen, kathōs kai keklēmetha hen mią elpidi tēs klēseōs.

But since you have me, and my word, having tyrannized over me, not unwilling, through love, I will speak, even if with difficulty, since you bid me; and I will speak words of thanksgiving and of admonition. The thanksgiving is this: “Who shall speak the mighty acts of the Lord? Who shall make all his praise heard” in every ear? For both have become one, and the middle wall of the partition has been broken down; you have stopped our being a byword among the nations, a shaking of the head among the peoples; you afflicted us so much as to make known the good of peace through division, and having made us suffer, you restored us again. O the strangeness of the healing! You taught us peace through the hatred, which was very quickly dissolved, and managed opposite by opposite, and parted us so far that we ran to one another the more warmly; as plants forcibly bent aside by hands, when let go, spring back to themselves and to their first nature, and show what is their own, being bent aside by force but straightened again not by force. For the hand no longer despises the eye, nor the eye the hand; the head no longer rises against the feet, nor are the feet estranged from the head, harming no more than they are harmed by the disorder and anarchy, which is the confusion and dissolution of the whole; but the members have the same care for one another by the order and law of nature, which binds and preserves all things through one another; and we have appeared as one body and one spirit, even as we were called in one hope of our calling.

6.9PG 35:732d–733b

Διὰ τοῦτο ὁ λαὸς ὁ πτωχὸς αἰνέσει σε, πλούσιος ἐξ ἀπόρου γενόμενος ὅτι ὲθαυμάστωσας τὰ ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ὲλέη σου, καὶ προστέθειταί τι τοῖς παλαιοῖς διηγήμασιν. Οὗ γὰρ ἐπλεόνασεν ἠ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις · ὅτι, κόκκον καταβαλὼν, στάχυν ἐκομισάμηνο ὅτι, πρόῦατα πενθῶν, ποιμένας προσεκτησάμην· καὶ προσήψομαί γε, εὖ οῖδα, τῶν ποιμένων τὸν τιμιώταο τον, εἰ καὶ λόγοις τισὶ πνευματικοῖς τὴν ποιο, . putati.qu ἀναβάλλεται, πιστευθέντα μὲν τὸ Πνεῦμα καὶ τῶν ταλάντων τὴν ἐργασίαν, καὶ τοῦ “milvi!” τὴν ὲττιμέλειαν, καὶ χρισθέντα τῷ χρίσματι τῆς ἱερωσύνης καὶ τελειώσεως, ἔτι δὲ ἀναβαλλόμενον τὴν ἐπιστασίαν ὑπὸ σοφίας, καὶ τὸν λύε χνον ὑπὸ τῷ μοδίῳ κατέχοντα (ὃν θήσει μετʼ ὀλίγον ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, πᾶσαν τὴν (ΞΗ) τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ψυχὴν περιλάμψοντα, καὶ φῶς ταῖς τρίβοις ἡμῶν ἐσόμενον), ἔτι περισκοποῦντα νάπας, καὶ ὅρη, καὶ νάματα, καὶ τοῖς ἆρπαξι τῶν ψυχῶν λύκοις ἐπινοοῦντα θήρατρα, ἵνʼ ὲν καιρῷ εὐθέτῳ καὶ τὴν βικτηρίαν δέξηται, καὶ συμποιμαίνη τῷ ἀληθινῷ ποιμένι τὸ λογικὸν τοῦτο ποίμνιον, ὲν τόπῳ χλόης κατασκηνῶν τοῖς ἁειθαλέσι τοῦ Θεοῦ λό- Λ”’ 1 ’ Ὗ γοις καὶ ἐκτρέφων ὕδατι ἀναπαύσεως, εἴτουν Πνεύματι. Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν καὶ ἐλπίζομεν καὶ εὐχόμεθα· ἐμοὶ δὲ ἤδη καιρὸς προσθεῖναι τῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ καὶ τὴν παραίνεσιν· ποιήσομαι δὲ κα) ταύτην, ὼς οἷόν τε, βραχυτάτην, ἐπειδὴ τὸ, πλεῖστον τῆς νουθεσίας διὰ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν προειλήφατε καὶ οὗ μακροτέρων δεῖ λόγων τοῖς πείρα πεπαιδευμένοις.

Dia touto ho laos ho ptōchos ainesei se, plousios ex aporou genomenos hoti ethaumastōsas ta ephʼ hēmas eleē sou, kai prostetheitai ti tois palaiois diēgēmasin. Hou gar epleonasen ē hamartia, hypereperisseusen hē charis ; hoti, kokkon katabalōn, stachyn ekomisamēno hoti, prouata penthōn, poimenas prosektēsamēn; kai prosēpsomai ge, eu oida, tōn poimenōn ton timiōtao ton, ei kai logois tisi pneumatikois tēn poio, . putati.qu anaballetai, pisteuthenta men to Pneuma kai tōn talantōn tēn ergasian, kai tou “milvi!” tēn ettimeleian, kai christhenta tǭ chrismati tēs hierōsynēs kai teleiōseōs, eti de anaballomenon tēn epistasian hypo sophias, kai ton lye chnon hypo tǭ modiǭ katechonta (hon thēsei metʼ oligon epi tēn lychnian, pasan tēn (XĒ) tēs Ekklēsias psychēn perilampsonta, kai phōs tais tribois hēmōn esomenon), eti periskopounta napas, kai horē, kai namata, kai tois arpaxi tōn psychōn lykois epinoounta thēratra, hinʼ en kairǭ euthetǭ kai tēn biktērian dexētai, kai sympoimainē tǭ alēthinǭ poimeni to logikon touto poimnion, en topǭ chloēs kataskēnōn tois haeithalesi tou Theou lo- L”’ 1 ’ Hy gois kai ektrephōn hydati anapauseōs, eitoun Pneumati. Touto men oun kai elpizomen kai euchometha; emoi de ēdē kairos prostheinai tę̄ eucharistią kai tēn parainesin; poiēsomai de ka) tautēn, ōs hoion te, brachytatēn, epeidē to, pleiston tēs nouthesias dia tōn ergōn autōn proeilēphate kai hou makroterōn dei logōn tois peira pepaideumenois.

Therefore the poor people shall praise you, made rich out of destitution; for you have made wonderful your mercies toward us, and something has been added to the ancient tales. For where sin abounded, grace superabounded; for I sowed a grain and reaped an ear; mourning for sheep, I have gained shepherds besides. And I will add, I well know, the most precious of the shepherds, even if for certain spiritual reasons he puts off his shepherding: he has been entrusted with the Spirit, with the working of the talents, and with the care of the flock, and anointed with the anointing of priesthood and perfection, yet in his wisdom he puts off the oversight and keeps the lamp under the bushel (which he will soon set on the lampstand, to shine round the whole soul of the church and to be a light for our paths); he is still surveying the glens and mountains and streams, and devising snares for the wolves that snatch souls, so that in due time he may receive the staff and shepherd this rational flock together with the true Shepherd, encamping in a place of green pasture, in the evergreen words of God, and nourishing it by the water of rest, that is, by the Spirit. This, then, we hope and pray; but now it is time for me to add the exhortation to the thanksgiving; and I will make this too as brief as possible, since you have anticipated most of the admonition by your very deeds, and those who have been taught by experience have no need of longer words.

6.10PG 35:733b–736a

Ἔδει μὲν, ἀδελφοὶ, μήτε διαιρεθῆναι τὸ πρῶτον, μήτε τὸ παλαιὸν ἡμῖν καταλυθῆναι ἀξίωμα καὶ καλλώπισμα ν ᾧ, καίτοι μικρὰν οὖσαν ἡμῶν τὴν ποίμνην, καὶ ’μηδʼ ὀνομάζεσθαι ἀξίαν ὲν ποιμνίοις ἀριθμουμένοις, τοῖς μεγίστοις ἐξ ἴσου εἶχον καὶ πλατυτάτοις* ἔστι δʼ ὧν καὶ προετίθουν ὲν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος. Καὶ γὰρ ιῦτως εἶχεν, ἄλλου μὲν ἄλλο τι καλλώπισμα ἢ μικρὸν, ἢ μεῖζον, τῆς δὲ ἡμετέρας ποίμνης ἰδιώτατον ἦν τὸ ἄρρηκτόν τε καὶ ἀστασίαστονο ὥστε δὲ καὶ τὴν Νῶε κιβωτὸν πολλάκις ὀνομασθῆναι, μόνην διαφυγοῦσαν τὴν τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς ἐπίκλυσιν, καὶ τὰ σπέρματα τῆς εὐσεβείας ὲν αὐτῇ διασώζουσαν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἠλέγχθημεν ὄντες ἄνθρωποι, καὶ οὐ πάντη διεφύγομεν τοῦ πονηροῦ τὸν φθόνον, οὐδὲ τῆς πάντα κατεχούσης νόσου κρείττους πεφήναμενή ἀλλὰ τῆς κοινῆς συμ· φορᾶς μέρος, καὶ αὐτοὶ μετειλήφαμεν, καὶ τὴν καλὴν καὶ πατρῴαν κληρονομίαν, τὸ τῆς ὁμονοίας ἀγαθὸν, οὐκ εἰς τέλος διεφυλάξαμεν, οὐ μικρὸν μὲν κάνταῦθα τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπλεονεκτήσαμεν (εἴ τι δεῖ καὶ καυχήσασθαι κατὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἔχθρας Χριστῷ θαρρήσαντας), τὸ καὶ τελευταῖοι ταῦτα παθεῖν, καὶ πρῶτοι διορθωθῆναι. Τδ μὲν γὰρ ἀρρωστῆσαι τῆς [κοινῆς φύσεως, καὶτῆς ἀσθενείας τῆς ἀνθρωπι. νης, ἢ πάντων ἅπτεται, καὶ τῶν λίαν ἰσχυρῶν τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν · τὸ δὲ θεραπευθῆναι, καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπανελθεῖν, τοῦ λογισμοῦ καὶ τῆς χάριτος, ἢ καλῶς ἡμῖν καὶ δικαίως ὲσρά. βευσε, καὶ κρεῖττον ἢ κατὰ τὰς ἡμετέρας εὐχὰς, καὶ τάς τῶν ἄλλων ἐλπίδας.

Edei men, adelphoi, mēte diairethēnai to prōton, mēte to palaion hēmin katalythēnai axiōma kai kallōpisma n hǭ, kaitoi mikran ousan hēmōn tēn poimnēn, kai ’mēdʼ onomazesthai axian en poimniois arithmoumenois, tois megistois ex isou eichon kai platytatois* esti dʼ hōn kai proetithoun en tę̄ dynamei tou Pneumatos. Kai gar iytōs eichen, allou men allo ti kallōpisma ē mikron, ē meizon, tēs de hēmeteras poimnēs idiōtaton ēn to arrēkton te kai astasiastono hōste de kai tēn Nōe kibōton pollakis onomasthēnai, monēn diaphygousan tēn tou kosmou pantos epiklysin, kai ta spermata tēs eusebeias en autę̄ diasōzousan. Epeidē de ēlenchthēmen ontes anthrōpoi, kai ou pantē diephygomen tou ponērou ton phthonon, oude tēs panta katechousēs nosou kreittous pephēnamenē alla tēs koinēs sym; phoras meros, kai autoi meteilēphamen, kai tēn kalēn kai patrǭan klēronomian, to tēs homonoias agathon, ouk eis telos diephylaxamen, ou mikron men kantautha tous allous epleonektēsamen (ei ti dei kai kauchēsasthai kata tēs hēmeteras echthras Christǭ tharrēsantas), to kai teleutaioi tauta pathein, kai prōtoi diorthōthēnai. Td men gar arrōstēsai tēs [koinēs physeōs, kaitēs astheneias tēs anthrōpi. nēs, ē pantōn haptetai, kai tōn lian ischyrōn to sōma kai tēn dianoian ; to de therapeuthēnai, kai pros allēlous epanelthein, tou logismou kai tēs charitos, ē kalōs hēmin kai dikaiōs esra. beuse, kai kreitton ē kata tas hēmeteras euchas, kai tas tōn allōn elpidas.

We ought, brothers, neither to have been divided at all, nor to have had our ancient dignity and ornament destroyed, by which, although our flock was small and not worthy even to be named among the flocks that are counted, I held it equal to the greatest and broadest, and in some cases even set it before them in the power of the Spirit. For so it was: each flock has some ornament of its own, small or greater, but most proper to our flock was its unbroken and peaceful unity; so that it was often called Noah’s ark, which alone escaped the flood of the whole world and preserved the seeds of piety within it. But since we were shown to be men, and did not entirely escape the envy of the evil one, nor prove stronger than the disease that holds all things, but ourselves took part in the common misfortune, and did not keep to the end the fair inheritance of our fathers, the good of concord, we still had no small advantage over the others even here (if we may boast against our enmity, trusting in Christ): that we suffered these things last and were set right first. For to fall ill belongs to our common nature and to human weakness, which touches all, even those very strong in body and in mind; but to be healed and to return to one another belongs to reason and to grace, which arbitrated for us well and justly, and better than our prayers and the hopes of others.

6.11PG 35:736a–736d

Ἡμεῖς τε γάρ τὰς δοθείσας τῷ τμήματι κεφαλάς, ὡς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας καινοτομηθείσας, καὶ είς βοήθειαν τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λόγου κάμνοντος, ἐν χάριτι προσηκάμεθα, καὶ οὐχ ὡς ἐχθροὺς ἀπεστράφημεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀδελφοὺς περιεπτυξάμεθα μικρὸν ὑπὲρ κλήρου πατρικοῦ στασιάσαντας ἀδελφικῶς, ἀλλʼ ω πονηρῶς ο καὶ τῆς μὲν ἔχθρας οὑκ ἐπῃνέσαμεν, wi ζήλου δὲ ἀπεδεξάμεθα· κρείσσων γὰρ ὲμπαθοῦς “ ὁμονοίας ἡ ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας διάστασις καὶ διὰ τοῦτο προσθήκην ἑαυτῶν τὴν ὑφαίρεσιν ποιήμεθα, κλέψαντες ἀγάπῃ τὴν καθʼ ἡμῶν txiνοιαν, καὶ τοσοῦτον τῆς τάξεως ἐναλλάξαντες. ὅσον μὴ τῇ ψήφῳ τὴν χάριν ἀκολουθῆσαι, τὴν δὲ ψῆφον τῇ χάριτι, καὶ χερσὶν ἀλλοτρίαις είς ταύτην προσχρήσασθαι, μικρόν τι προληφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος θ ὑμεῖς τε, τὴν κατά τοῦ γράμματος (ιιι ἀφέντες ὑπόνοιαν, τῷ πνεύματι προσεδράμετεο τῆς μὲν ἁπλότητος οὑκ ἐπαινέσαντες ἐπὶ τῷ φαινομένῳ τῶν ῥημάτων, ἀσέβειαν δὲ οὑκ ὲννοήσαντες· ἀλλʼ εἰδότες, ὅτι άπτωτος παρʼ ἡμῖν ἡ Τριάς καὶ ἀσάλευτος, οὐδέν γε ἦττον ἢ έν αὑτῇ τῇ φύσει, καὶ τὸ περικόψαι τι τῶν τριῶν ἢ ἀποξενῶσαι iam ἡ μίν καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἀνελεῖν, καὶ κατὰ πάσης χωρῆσαι γυμνῇ τε κεφαλῇ τῆς θεότητος. Καὶ ταῦτα παρʼ αὑτὴν ἀλλήλων ὑπεραπολογοὺμεθα τὴν διάστασιν, ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ παρʼ οἷς ἀνθρώπων. ὅπερ δὴ καὶ μέγιστος τῆς ἀληθείας ἐλεγχος. οὑδὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ νικωμένης, οὐδὲ τῆς ἔχθρα-ς παντελῶς τὸν σπινθῆρα τῆς ὲν ἡμῖν ἀγάπης καταλυοὺσης· ὅτι τὸ μέγιστον ὑπῆν ἡμῖν καὶ στασιὰζουσιν ἡὸμοδοξία, καὶ τὸ συνειδέναι μὴ ἑτεροζυγοῦσι περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, μηδʼ ἐναντίως διακειμένοις, ἀλλὰ τῷ αὑτῷ χαρακτῆρι μεμορφωμένοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς πρώτης ἡμῶν ὲλ.

Hēmeis te gar tas dotheisas tǭ tmēmati kephalas, hōs hyper eusebeias kainotomētheisas, kai eis boētheian tou orthou logou kamnontos, en chariti prosēkametha, kai ouch hōs echthrous apestraphēmen, allʼ hōs adelphous perieptyxametha mikron hyper klērou patrikou stasiasantas adelphikōs, allʼ ō ponērōs o kai tēs men echthras houk epę̄nesamen, wi zēlou de apedexametha; kreissōn gar empathous “ homonoias hē hyper eusebeias diastasis kai dia touto prosthēkēn heautōn tēn hyphairesin poiēmetha, klepsantes agapę̄ tēn kathʼ hēmōn txinoian, kai tosouton tēs taxeōs enallaxantes. hoson mē tę̄ psēphǭ tēn charin akolouthēsai, tēn de psēphon tę̄ chariti, kai chersin allotriais eis tautēn proschrēsasthai, mikron ti prolēphthentes hypo tou Pneumatos th hymeis te, tēn kata tou grammatos (iii aphentes hyponoian, tǭ pneumati prosedrameteo tēs men haplotētos houk epainesantes epi tǭ phainomenǭ tōn rhēmatōn, asebeian de houk ennoēsantes; allʼ eidotes, hoti aptōtos parʼ hēmin hē Trias kai asaleutos, ouden ge ētton ē en hautę̄ tę̄ physei, kai to perikopsai ti tōn triōn ē apoxenōsai iam hē min kai to pan anelein, kai kata pasēs chōrēsai gymnę̄ te kephalę̄ tēs theotētos. Kai tauta parʼ hautēn allēlōn hyperapologoumetha tēn diastasin, estin hote kai parʼ hois anthrōpōn. hoper dē kai megistos tēs alētheias elenchos. houde hypo tou kairou nikōmenēs, oude tēs echthra-s pantelōs ton spinthēra tēs en hēmin agapēs katalyousēs; hoti to megiston hypēn hēmin kai stasiazousin hēomodoxia, kai to syneidenai mē heterozygousi peri tēn alētheian, mēdʼ enantiōs diakeimenois, alla tǭ hautǭ charaktēri memorphōmenois tēs pisteōs, kai tēs prōtēs hēmōn el.

For we, on our side, received in grace the heads given to the schism, as having been newly set up for piety’s sake and to help the right doctrine when it was in distress; and we did not turn away from them as enemies, but embraced them as brothers who had quarrelled a little over the ancestral inheritance in a brotherly way, but not in a wicked one. We did not praise the enmity, but we accepted the zeal; for division for the sake of piety is better than a concord that comes from passion; and for this reason we made the loss an addition to ourselves, stealing away by love the design against us, and so far reversing the order that the grace did not follow the vote, but the vote the grace, and we used the hands of others for this, having been a little anticipated by the Spirit. And you, letting go your suspicion of the written words, ran to the spirit, not praising the simplicity shown in the surface meaning of the words, yet not supposing impiety; knowing that with us the Trinity is unfallen and unshaken, no less than in its very nature, and that to cut off any of the three or to make it foreign to us is to destroy the whole, and to go bareheaded against the whole Godhead. And these things we defended on one another’s behalf even in the midst of our division, sometimes even before outsiders; which is indeed the greatest proof of the truth, which was not overcome by the time, nor did the enmity altogether put out the spark of love in us; because the greatest thing remained with us even in our faction: sameness of belief, and the knowledge that we were not unequally yoked concerning the truth, nor contrarily disposed, but shaped by the same stamp of the faith, and of our first …

6.12PG 35:737a–740b

Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἰσχυρὸν είς ὁμόνοιαν τοῖς γνησίοις τὰ πρὸς τδν θεὸν, ὡς ἡ περὶ Θεοῦ συμφωνία· καὶ οὐδὲν οὕτως ἕτοιμον είς διάστασιν, ὼςή περὶ τοῦτο διαφωνία. Καὶ γὰρ ό τὰ ἄλλαὲπιεικέστατος περὶ τοῦτο θερμότατος, καὶ ὁπραῧς ὅντως γίνεται μαχητὴς, ὅταν ἴδῃ μακροθιτιμέᾳιθεὸν ζημιούμενος,, μᾶλλον δὲ Θεὸν ζημιῶν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ πτώματι, τὸν ἡμᾶς πλουτοῦντά τε καὶ πλουτίζοντα. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν, ὅπερ εἶπον, ἡμεῖς καὶ τὴν διάστασιν μετριώτερον ὡς περιφανεστέραν γενέσθαι καὶ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν τῆς διαζεύξεως, καὶ μικροῦ τὸ μέσονκλιιιπῆνοιι τοῖς apemρωθεν δώωςʼ ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ὲξαρκεῖ τὸ τάχος τῆς εἰρήνης πρὸς τὴν ἀσφάλειαν, εί μή τις καὶ λόγος ὀταύτην κρατῶν φανείη, καὶ θεὸς ἔλθοι τῷ λόγῳ σύμμαχος, παρʼ οὗ καλὸν ἅπαν καὶ ἄρχεται, καὶ είς τέλος ἔρχεται · φέρε καὶ διʼ εὐχῶν, καὶ διὰ λογισμῶν βεόαιωσώμεθα ταύτην εἰς δύναμιν ο ἐκεῖνο πρῶτον ἐνθυμηθέντες, ὅτι κάλλιπον μὲν τῶν ὄντων καὶ ὑψηλότατον Θεὸς, εί μὴ τῷ φίλον καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ἀγειν αὐτὸν, ἢὸλον ὲν αὐτῷ τιθέναι τὸ εἶναι, παρʼ οὗ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοιςο δεύτερον δὲ ὅσα ὲκ θεοῦ πρῶτα καὶ περὶ Θεὸν, τάς ἀγγελικὰς λέγω δυνάμεις καὶ οὐρανίους, αἱ, πρῶται σπῶσαι τοῦ πρώτου φωτὸς, καὶ τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας λόγῳ τρανούο μενοι, φῶς είσι καὶ αὑταὶ τελείου φωτὸς ἀπαυγασματαο τούτων δὲ οὐδὲν οὕτως ἴδιονζὼς τὸ ἄμαχόν τε καὶ ἀστασίαστον. Οὔτε γὰρ ὲν θεότητι στάσις, ὅτι μηδὲ λύσις° λύσις γὰρ στάσεως ἔκγονον· ἀλλά τοσοῦτον τὸ τῆς ὁμονοίας καὶ πρὸς ὲαυτὴν, καὶ πρὸς τὰ δεύτερα, ὥστε καὶ προσηγο- ,ρίαν τῷ Θεῷ γενέσθαι μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων, οἷς χαίρει καλούμενος, τοῦτο τὸ πλεονέκτημα. Εἰρήνη γὰρ καὶ ἀγάπη, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ὁνυξιιάζέτσοι, ἡμῖν παρέχων διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων ὡς θεοῦ τούτων μεταποιεῖσθαι τῶν ἀρετῶν. II". Ἀγγέλων δὲ ὁ μὲν στασιάσαι τολμήσας, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀξίαν ἀρθῆναι κατέναντι Κυρίου παντοκράτορος τραχηλιάσας, καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τὰ νέφη καθἕδραν ἐπινοῶν, ὡς ὁ τοῦ προφήτου λόγος, δίκην ἔδωκε τῆς ἀπονοίας ἀξίαν, σκότος ἀντὶ φωτὸς εἶναι κατακριθεὶς, ἦ τό γε ἀληθέστερον εἰπεῖν, ὑφʼ εαυτοῦ γενόμενος· οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ μένουσιν ἐπὶ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀξίας, ἧς πρῶτον τὸ είρηναῖον καὶ detecta. στον, τὸ ἓν εἶναι λαβόντες παρά τῆς ἐπαινετῆς καὶ ἁγίας Τριάδος, παρʼ ἧς καὶ τὴν ἕλλαμψιν. Ἐπεὶ, κάκείνη εἷς Θεός ἐστί τε καὶ εἶναι πιστεύεται, οὐχ ἦττον διὰ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν ἦ τὴν τῆς οὐσίας can—.6: τητα ο ῶστε Θεοῦ μὲν καὶ τῶν θείων ἐγγὺς, ὅσοι τὸ τῆς εἰρήνης ἀγαθὸν ἀσπαζόμενοι φαίνονται, xui-.6; ἐναντίῳ τῇ στάσει ἀπεχθανόμενοί τε καὶ δυσχεραί. νοντες· τῆς δʼ ἀντικειμένης μερίδος ὅσοι πολε. μικοὶ τὸν τρόπον, καὶ τὸ εὐδόκιμον τῷ καινῷ θηρῶ. μενοι, κα), τῇ ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνῃ καλλωπιζόμενοι· ἐπεὶ κάκεῖνος αὑτός τε στασιάζει πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, καὶ τῷ πολυειδεῖ, καὶ τοῖς πάθεσι, κάν τοῖς ἄλλοις, ταυτὸ τοῦτο ἐνεργεῖ, ὼς ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς καὶ μισόκαλοςξῖφ ὲν σκοτομήνῃ κατατιξεύῃ τὸ κοινὸν σῶμα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. τῷ ζόφῳ τῆς στάσεως ἑαυτὸν ὲγκρύπτων, ὥσπερ οἶμαι, καὶ τοῖς καθʼ ἕκαστον πρόσεισι σοφιστικῶς τὰ πολλὰ zz: πανούργως, καὶ οἷον χώραν ὲν ἡμῖν ὑπανοίγιιί ἑαυτῷ διὰ τῆς τέχνης, ἵνʼ ὅλως εἰσπέσῃ, καθὰ περ ἀριστεὺς στρατῷ κατά τὸ παραρρηγνύμενον τοῦ τειχίου ἢ τῆς παρατάξεως.

Ouden gar houtōs ischyron eis homonoian tois gnēsiois ta pros tdn theon, hōs hē peri Theou symphōnia; kai ouden houtōs hetoimon eis diastasin, ōsē peri touto diaphōnia. Kai gar o ta allaepieikestatos peri touto thermotatos, kai hopraÿs hontōs ginetai machētēs, hotan idę̄ makrothitimeąitheon zēmioumenos,, mallon de Theon zēmiōn tǭ heautou ptōmati, ton hēmas ploutounta te kai ploutizonta. Houtō men oun, hoper eipon, hēmeis kai tēn diastasin metriōteron hōs periphanesteran genesthai kai tēn homonoian tēs diazeuxeōs, kai mikrou to mesonkliiipēnoii tois apemrōthen dōōsʼ epei de ouk exarkei to tachos tēs eirēnēs pros tēn asphaleian, ei mē tis kai logos otautēn kratōn phaneiē, kai theos elthoi tǭ logǭ symmachos, parʼ hou kalon hapan kai archetai, kai eis telos erchetai ; phere kai diʼ euchōn, kai dia logismōn beoaiōsōmetha tautēn eis dynamin o ekeino prōton enthymēthentes, hoti kallipon men tōn ontōn kai hypsēlotaton Theos, ei mē tǭ philon kai hyper tēn ousian agein auton, ēolon en autǭ tithenai to einai, parʼ hou kai tois alloiso deuteron de hosa ek theou prōta kai peri Theon, tas angelikas legō dynameis kai ouranious, hai, prōtai spōsai tou prōtou phōtos, kai tǭ tēs alētheias logǭ tranouo menoi, phōs eisi kai hautai teleiou phōtos apaugasmatao toutōn de ouden houtōs idionzōs to amachon te kai astasiaston. Oute gar en theotēti stasis, hoti mēde lysis° lysis gar staseōs ekgonon; alla tosouton to tēs homonoias kai pros eautēn, kai pros ta deutera, hōste kai prosēgo- ,rian tǭ Theǭ genesthai meta tōn allōn, kai pro tōn allōn, hois chairei kaloumenos, touto to pleonektēma. Eirēnē gar kai agapē, kai ta toiauta honyxiiazetsoi, hēmin parechōn dia tōn onomatōn hōs theou toutōn metapoieisthai tōn aretōn. II". Angelōn de ho men stasiasai tolmēsas, kai hyper tēn axian arthēnai katenanti Kyriou pantokratoros trachēliasas, kai tēn hyper ta nephē kathedran epinoōn, hōs ho tou prophētou logos, dikēn edōke tēs aponoias axian, skotos anti phōtos einai katakritheis, ē to ge alēthesteron eipein, hyphʼ eautou genomenos; hoi de loipoi menousin epi tēs heautōn axias, hēs prōton to eirēnaion kai detecta. ston, to hen einai labontes para tēs epainetēs kai hagias Triados, parʼ hēs kai tēn hellampsin. Epei, kakeinē heis Theos esti te kai einai pisteuetai, ouch ētton dia tēn homonoian ē tēn tēs ousias can—.6: tēta o ōste Theou men kai tōn theiōn engys, hosoi to tēs eirēnēs agathon aspazomenoi phainontai, xui-.6? enantiǭ tę̄ stasei apechthanomenoi te kai dyscherai. nontes; tēs dʼ antikeimenēs meridos hosoi pole. mikoi ton tropon, kai to eudokimon tǭ kainǭ thērō. menoi, ka), tę̄ heautōn aischynę̄ kallōpizomenoi; epei kakeinos hautos te stasiazei pros heauton, kai tǭ polyeidei, kai tois pathesi, kan tois allois, tauto touto energei, ōs anthrōpoktonos apʼ archēs kai misokalosxiph en skotomēnę̄ katatixeuę̄ to koinon sōma tēs Ekklēsias. tǭ zophǭ tēs staseōs heauton enkryptōn, hōsper oimai, kai tois kathʼ hekaston proseisi sophistikōs ta polla zz: panourgōs, kai hoion chōran en hēmin hypanoigiii heautǭ dia tēs technēs, hinʼ holōs eispesę̄, katha per aristeus stratǭ kata to pararrēgnymenon tou teichiou ē tēs parataxeōs.

[12] For among those who are genuine in their relation to God nothing is so strong for concord as agreement about God, and nothing so ready to bring division as disagreement about him. For the man who is gentlest in other things is hottest on this, and the meek truly becomes a fighter when he sees God harmed by long-suffering, or rather sees himself harming God by his own fall, God who is rich and makes us rich. So, as I said, we handled even the division more moderately, so that the concord might become more conspicuous than the separation, and the space between almost … ; but since speed in making peace is not enough for its safety, unless some reasoning appears that holds it fast, and God comes as ally to the reasoning, from whom every good thing begins and in whom it comes to its end, come, let us strengthen it by prayers and by reasonings as far as we can. Let us consider first that the most beautiful and loftiest of beings is God, unless one prefers to lead him even beyond being, or to place all being in him, from whom it comes to the others too; and second, those beings that are first from God and around God, I mean the angelic and heavenly powers, which, being the first to draw from the first light and made clear by the reason of the truth, are themselves light and radiances of the perfect light. And nothing is so proper to these as freedom from strife and faction. For there is no faction in the Godhead, since there is no dissolution either, dissolution being the offspring of faction; but so great is its concord, both with itself and with the beings second to it, that among the other names by which God delights to be called, and before them, this excellence has become a name for God. For he is named Peace and Love and the like, giving us through the names to lay claim to these virtues as God’s. [13] Of the angels, the one who dared to revolt, and stiffened his neck to be raised above his dignity against the Lord Almighty, and planned to set his seat above the clouds, as the prophet’s word says, paid a penalty worthy of his madness, condemned to be darkness instead of light, or, to say it more truly, made so by himself; but the rest remain in their own dignity, of which the first part is peace and freedom from faction, having received their being one from the praised and holy Trinity, from which they also have their illumination. For the Trinity too is one God and is believed to be so, no less because of its concord than because of its identity of essence. So those are near God and divine things who appear to embrace the good of peace and, conversely, hate and loathe faction; while of the opposite portion are those who are warlike in character, who hunt for reputation by novelty and pride themselves on their own shame. For he too both revolts against himself, and by his many shapes and by the passions works this same thing in others, being a murderer from the beginning and a hater of the good, so as to shoot down the common body of the church in the dark night, hiding himself in the gloom of faction, I think; and he approaches each person for the most part sophistically and very cunningly, and as it were opens up a space in us for himself by his art, so as to burst in wholly, like a champion into an army through the breach in a wall or battle line.

6.14PG 35:740c–741a

Ἓν μὲν δὴ τοῦτο, καὶ τοσοῦτον εις εὐ· νοίας τε καὶ συμφωνίας ἀνάγκην,ή Θεοῦ καὶ τῶν θείων μίμησις· πρὸς ἃ βλέπειν ἀσφαλὲς μόνα τὴν κατʼ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ γενομένην ψυχὴν, Ηώς μάλιστα τὸ εὐγενὲς αὐτῇ διασὼζηται διὰ τῆς πρὶς αὑτά νεύσεως, καὶ ὡς ἐφικτὸν ὁμοιώσεωςο δεύτερον δὲ ἀναβλέψωμεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἂνω, καὶ εὶς τὴν γῆν κάτω, θείας φωνῆς ἀκούσαντες, καὶ καταμάθωμεν νόμους κτίσεως· ὃτι οὐρανὸς, καὶ γῆ, καὶ θάλασσα, καὶ ὁ σύμπας οὗτος κόσμος, τὺ μέγα τοῦ Θεοῦ στοιχεῖον καὶ περιβόητον, ᾧ καὶ δῃλοῦται Θεὸς σιωπῇ κηρυττόμενος, ἓως μὲν 555:1θεῖ καὶ εἰρηνεύει πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ὅροις μένων τῆς φύσεως, καὶ οὐδὲν τοῦ ἐτέρου κατ· εξανίσταται, οὐδὲ τῶν τῆς εὐνοίας ὲκδαίνει δεσμῶν, οἷς ὁ τεχνίτης Λόγος τὸ πᾶν συνέδησε, κός σμος τέ ἐστιν, ὥσπερ λέγεται, καὶ κάλλος ἀπῴσιτον, καί οὐδὲν μή ποτε τούτου τις ἐπινοήσειε λαμπρύτερον ἢ μεγαλοπρεπέστερον. Ὀμοῦ δὲ τοῦ εἰρηνεύειν πέπαυται, καὶ τοῦ εἶναι κόσμος. Ἦ γὰρ οἱ δοκεῖ σοι οὐρανὸς μὲν εὐτάκτως ἀέρι καὶ γῇ κοινωνῶν, τῷ μὲν φωτὸς, τῇ δὲ ὑετῶν, εὐνοίάς κρατεῖσθαι vdae; γῆ δὲ καί ἀὴρ, ἡ μέν τροφάς, ᾖ δι τὸ ἀναπνεῖν χαριζόμενοι ζώοις ἅπασι, xui 3iu-10610 τὸ ζῇν συνέχοντος, γονέων ἀπομιμεῖσθαι φιλοστοργίαν ;

Hen men dē touto, kai tosouton eis eu; noias te kai symphōnias anankēn,ē Theou kai tōn theiōn mimēsis; pros ha blepein asphales mona tēn katʼ eikona Theou genomenēn psychēn, Ēōs malista to eugenes autę̄ diasōzētai dia tēs pris hauta neuseōs, kai hōs ephikton homoiōseōso deuteron de anablepsōmen eis ton ouranon anō, kai eis tēn gēn katō, theias phōnēs akousantes, kai katamathōmen nomous ktiseōs; hoti ouranos, kai gē, kai thalassa, kai ho sympas houtos kosmos, ty mega tou Theou stoicheion kai periboēton, hǭ kai dę̄loutai Theos siōpę̄ kēryttomenos, heōs men 555:1thei kai eirēneuei pros heauton, en tois idiois horois menōn tēs physeōs, kai ouden tou eterou kat; exanistatai, oude tōn tēs eunoias ekdainei desmōn, hois ho technitēs Logos to pan synedēse, kos smos te estin, hōsper legetai, kai kallos apǭsiton, kai ouden mē pote toutou tis epinoēseie lampryteron ē megaloprepesteron. Omou de tou eirēneuein pepautai, kai tou einai kosmos. Ē gar hoi dokei soi ouranos men eutaktōs aeri kai gę̄ koinōnōn, tǭ men phōtos, tę̄ de hyetōn, eunoias krateisthai vdae? gē de kai aēr, hē men trophas, ę̄ di to anapnein charizomenoi zōois hapasi, xui 3iu-10610 to zę̄n synechontos, goneōn apomimeisthai philostorgian ?

This, then, is one reason, and so great a one, that compels goodwill and agreement: the imitation of God and divine things, to which alone it is safe for the soul made according to the image of God to look, so that its nobility may be best preserved through its inclination toward them and its likeness to them, as far as is attainable. Second, let us look up to heaven above and down to the earth beneath, having heard the divine voice, and let us learn the laws of creation: that heaven and earth and sea and this whole world, the great and famous element of God, by which God is shown, proclaimed in silence, as long as it … and is at peace with itself, remaining within its own bounds of nature, and no part rises against another, nor goes outside the bonds of goodwill by which the artist Word bound the universe together, is a world (kosmos), as it is called, an unsurpassable beauty, and no one could ever conceive anything more brilliant or magnificent than this. But as soon as it ceases to be at peace, it ceases also to be a world. Or does it not seem to you that heaven, sharing in an orderly way with air and earth, giving light to the one and rain to the other, is held fast by goodwill …? And that earth and air, granting food and breath to all living things, and thereby holding their life together, imitate the affection of parents?

6.15PG 35:741a–744a

Ὧραι δὲ ἡμέρως κιρνάμεναιηκαὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ἀλλήλαις ὑπεξιοῦσαι, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἄκρων αὐστηρὸν μεσότητι τιθασσεύουσαι, πρός τε ἡδονὴν ἅμα xui χρείαν ἐπιτηδείως εἰρήνῃ βραβεύεσθαις-Τί δαὶ ἡμέρα καὶ νὺξ, ἰσομοιρίαν πρὸς ἀλλήλας λαχοῦσαι καὶ περιτροπήν ἔμμετρον, καὶ ἡ μὶν εἷς ἔργὸν ἡμᾶς ἐγείρουσα, ἠ δὲ ἀναπαύουσοι; Τί δαὶ ἣλιος, σελήνη, καὶ κάλλος ἀστέρων καὶ πλῆθος, ἐν τοὶξει φαινομένων τε καὶ ὑπανιόντων; Θάλασσα δὲ xui γῆ πράως ἀλλήλαις ἐπιμιγνύμενα, xui Αδιαδιδόντα χρηστῶς, καὶ ἀντιλαμβάνοντα φιλανθρώπως τὸν ἄνθρωπον τρέφει, xui ἀνθρώπῳ τὰ παρʼ ἑαυτῶν χορηγοῦντα πλουσίως καὶ φιλοτίμως; Ποταμοὶ δὲ διʼ ὀρέων xui πεδίων ἑλκόμενοι, καὶ οὐχ ὑπερβαίνοντες, ὅτι μὴ πρὸς τὸ χρήσιμον, οὐδὲ ἐπιστρέφοντες καλῦψαι τὴν γῆν, Στοιγείων δὲ μίξεις xui κράσεις, καὶ μελῶν συμμετρίαι xui συμφωνίαι; ζώων δὲ τροφαὶ, xui γενέσεις, xui οίκήσες μεμερισμέναι; καὶ τὰ κρατοῦντα xui τὰ κρατούμενα, xui τὰ ὑπεζευγμένοι ἡμῖν, xui τὰ έλεύθερα; Ταῦτα πάντα οὕτως ἔχοντα, xui κατά τὰς πρώτας αἰτίας τῆς ἁρμονίας, εἴτʼ 06v συρῥοίας τε καὶ συμπνοίας, εύθυνόμενά τι xui διεξαγόμενα, τί ποτʼ ἐχρῆν δοκεῖν ἕτερον ἢ φιλίας τι xui ὁμονοίας εἶναι κηρύγματα, xui νομοθετεῖν ἀνθρώποις διʼ ἑαυτῶν τὸ ὁμόψυχον; ἰὲ χοροὺς, καὶ στρατοὺς, καὶ οἴκους, καὶ νηῶν πλη. ρώματα, καὶΪ συζυγίας, καὶ ἑταιρείας, ὑπὸ μὲν εἶρξ. νης συνεχομένοις, ὑπὸ δὲ στάσεως καταλυομένας, τὸν Ἰσραὴλ εἶμι τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ τῶν ἐκείνου παθῶν ύπομνήσας ὑμᾶς, καὶ τῆς διασπορᾶς, καὶ τῆς ἄλης, ἦν τε νῦν ἔχουσι, καὶ ἦν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ξξωσι, πείθομαι γὰρ ταῖς περὶ αὐτῶν προρρήσεσιν, ἐπειτᾲ ἐρήσομαι ἀκριβῶς εἰδότας ὑμᾶς, τί τὸ τῶν συμφορῶν τούτων ditior, ἵνα παιδευθὼμεν τοῖς τῶν me»... κοῖς τὴν ὁμόνοιαν.

Hōrai de hēmerōs kirnamenaiēkai kata mikron allēlais hypexiousai, kai to tōn akrōn austēron mesotēti tithasseuousai, pros te hēdonēn hama xui chreian epitēdeiōs eirēnę̄ brabeuesthais-Ti dai hēmera kai nyx, isomoirian pros allēlas lachousai kai peritropēn emmetron, kai hē min heis ergon hēmas egeirousa, ē de anapauousoi? Ti dai hēlios, selēnē, kai kallos asterōn kai plēthos, en toixei phainomenōn te kai hypaniontōn? Thalassa de xui gē praōs allēlais epimignymena, xui Adiadidonta chrēstōs, kai antilambanonta philanthrōpōs ton anthrōpon trephei, xui anthrōpǭ ta parʼ heautōn chorēgounta plousiōs kai philotimōs? Potamoi de diʼ oreōn xui pediōn helkomenoi, kai ouch hyperbainontes, hoti mē pros to chrēsimon, oude epistrephontes kalypsai tēn gēn, Stoigeiōn de mixeis xui kraseis, kai melōn symmetriai xui symphōniai? zōōn de trophai, xui geneseis, xui oikēses memerismenai? kai ta kratounta xui ta kratoumena, xui ta hypezeugmenoi hēmin, xui ta eleuthera? Tauta panta houtōs echonta, xui kata tas prōtas aitias tēs harmonias, eitʼ 06v syrrhoias te kai sympnoias, euthynomena ti xui diexagomena, ti potʼ echrēn dokein heteron ē philias ti xui homonoias einai kērygmata, xui nomothetein anthrōpois diʼ heautōn to homopsychon? ie chorous, kai stratous, kai oikous, kai nēōn plē. rōmata, kaiÏ syzygias, kai hetaireias, hypo men eirx. nēs synechomenois, hypo de staseōs katalyomenas, ton Israēl eimi tǭ logǭ, kai tōn ekeinou pathōn ypomnēsas hymas, kai tēs diasporas, kai tēs alēs, ēn te nyn echousi, kai ēn epi pleiston xxōsi, peithomai gar tais peri autōn prorrēsesin, epeitą erēsomai akribōs eidotas hymas, ti to tōn symphorōn toutōn ditior, hina paideuthōmen tois tōn me»... kois tēn homonoian.

And the seasons, gently blended and passing little by little into one another, and taming the harshness of the extremes by the mean, are they not fittingly arbitrated by peace for pleasure and use at once? What of day and night, which have received equal shares and a measured alternation, the one rousing us to work, the other giving us rest? What of the sun and the moon and the beauty and number of the stars, appearing and withdrawing in order? Do not sea and land, mingling gently with each other, giving out kindly and receiving humanely, nourish man and supply him richly and generously with their own goods? And the rivers, drawn through mountains and plains, which do not overflow except for use, nor turn back to cover the earth? The mixings and blendings of the elements, and the proportions and harmonies of the members? The foods and births and dwellings of animals, divided out among them; and the ruling and the ruled, and those yoked to us and those free? All these things, being so ordered, and directed and governed according to the first causes of harmony, or rather of their flowing and breathing together, what else should one think them but proclamations of friendship and concord, legislating oneness of soul to men by their own example? [16] … choruses and armies and households, and ships’ crews, and marriages and fellowships, which are held together by peace and dissolved by faction, I will come in my discourse to Israel; and reminding you of its sufferings, its dispersion and its wandering, which they have now and will have for a very long time (for I trust the prophecies about them), I will then ask you, who know it accurately, what is the cause of these misfortunes, so that we may be taught concord by the evils of others.

6.17PG 35:744a–756a

Οὐχ νη) εως μεν ειρηνην ε.χον καὶ πρὸς ἀλ. λήλους καὶ πρὸς Θεὸν, Αίγύπτῳ τῇ καμίνῳ τῇ σιδη. ρᾷ πιεζόμενοι, καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς κοινῆς θλίψεως τινα αγὸμενοι (ἔστι γὰρ ὅτε καὶ τοῦτο φάρμακον ἀγαθὸν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἡ θλίψις), λαός τε ἅγιος ἤκουον. καὶ μερὶς Κυρίου, καὶ βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα. Καὶ οὐ τοῖς μὲν ὀνόμασιν οὕτω ἱ), τοῖς δὲ ἔργοις ἑτέρωςʼ am xui. στρατηγοῖς ἡγοντο ἀγομένοις ὑπὸ Θεοῦ, ιίαὶ στύλῳ πυρὸς καὶ νεφέλης ὼδηγοῦντο νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας· καὶ θάλασσα μὲν αὐτοῖς διίστατο φεύγουσι, πεμνῶσι δὲ οὐρανὸς ἐχορήγει τροφὴν, πέτρα δὲ ageam ἐπήγαζε, πολεμοῦσι δὲ χειρῶν ἔκτασις ἀντὶ μυριάδων ἦν, διʼ εὐχῆς ἐγείρουσα τρόπαια, καὶ ὀὼποιοῦσα τὰ ἔμπροσθεν · ποταμοὶ δὲ ὑπεχώρουν τὴν συγγενῆ ptμούμενοι θάλασσαν, καὶ στοιχεῖα ἵστατο, καὶ τείχη σάλπιγξι κατεσείετο. Καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν Amittit.» πληγὰς τούτοις χαριζομένας. καὶ Θεοῦ φωνὰς ἐξ δρους ἀκουομένας, καὶ νομοθεσίαν διπλῆν, τὴν μὲν ἐν γράμματι, τὴν δὲ ἐν πνεύματι, καὶ τᾶλλα οἷς ἐτιμῶντο πάλαι παρὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀξίαν ὁ Ἰσραήλ. Ἐ πε), δὲ νοσεῖν ἤρξαντο, καὶ κατʼ ἀλλήλων ἐμάνησαν καὶ διέστησαν είς μέρη πολλὰ (τοῦ σταυροῦ πρὸς τὴν ἐσχάτην ἀπώλειαν αὐτοὺς συνελαύνοντος, καὶ τῆς ἀπονοίας ἣν κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀπενοήθησαν, τὸν ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ Θεὸν ἀγνοήσαντες). καὶ τὴν ῥάδδον τὴν σιδηρᾶν πόρρωθεν ἀπειλουμένης* αὐτοῖς ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς εἵλκυσαν, τὴν νῦν ἐπικρατοῦσιν ἀρχὴν λέγω καὶ βασιλείαν, τί γίνεται; καὶ τί marivβασις ΙΗ Θρηνεῖ μὲν αὐτοὺς Ἱερεμίας ἐπὶ τοῖς προτέροις πάθεσι, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνα αἰχμαλωσίαν ὀδύρεται· καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὅντως κάκεῖνα θρήνων καὶ ὺδυρμῶν ἆξεν πῶς δὲ οὐ τῶν μεγίστων τείχη κιτεσκαμμένα, πόλις ἡδαφισμένη, ἁγίασμα καθῃρημέ· νον, ἀναθήματα σεσυλημένα, πόδες βέβηλοι καὶχεῖε ρες· οἱ μὲν τοῖς ἀβάτοις ὲμόατεύοντες, al δὲ ιαʼ τῶν ἅψαύστων κατατρυφῶσαι, προφῆται σιγῶντες, ἰερεῖς ἀγόμενοι, πρεσβῦται μὴ ἐλεούμενοι, παρθένοι καθυβριζόμεναι, νεότης πίπτουσα, πῦρ ἀλλότριον καὶ πολέμιον, αʼίματος ποταμοὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁσίου πυρὸς καὶ αʼίματος, Ναζαραῖοι κατασυρόμενοι, θρῆνοι τοῖς ὕμνοις ἀντεγειρόμενοι ’ καὶίνʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἷʼπω τι τῶν Ἱερεμίου Θρήνων, οἱ υἰοί Σιὼν, οἰ τίμιοι καὶ άντιτιθέμενοι χρυσίῳ, οἱ τρυφεροὶ καί κακῶν ἀπαθεῖς, ξένην ὁδὸν ὁδεύοντεςι καὶ ὁδοὶ Σιὼν πενθοῦσαι παρὰ τὸ μὴ εἰναι τοὺς ἑορτάζοντας· καὶ μικρὸν πρὸ τούτων · χεῖρες γυναικῶν οἷʼκτιρμόνων, οὐ τροφὴν ὀρέγουσαι τεκνοις, τῆς πολιορκίας ἐπικρατούσης, ἀλλʼ ἰπὶ τροφὴν ταῦτα σπαράττουσαι καὶ λιμοῦ φάρμακον τὰ ἑαυτῶν ποιούμεναι φίλτατα, Ταῦτα πῶς οὐ δεινὰ καὶ πὲρα δεινῶν, οὗ τοῖς πάσχουσι τότε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ νῦν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν; Ἐγὼ Β γοῦν ὁσάκις ἂν ταύτην ἀναλάβω τὴν βίβλον, καὶ τοῖς Θρήνοις συγγένωμαι, συγγίνομαι δʼ ὁσάκις ἂν εὖ· ημερίαν σωφρονίσαι ἐθελήσω τῷ ἀναγνώσματι, ἐγκόπτομαι τὴν φωνὴν, καὶ συγχέομαι δάκρυσι, καὶ οἷον ὑπʼ ὄψιν μοι τὸ πάθος ἔρχεται, καὶ συνθρηνῶ τῷ θρηνήσαντι. Τὴν δὶ τελευταίαν αὐτῶν πληγήν τε γαὶ μετανάστασιν, καί τὸν νῦν ἐπικείμενον αὖ· τοῖς τῆς δουλείας ζυγὸν, καὶ τὴν περιβόητον ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίοις ταπείνωσιν, ἧς οὐδὶν οὕτως ὡς ἡ στάσις αἴτιον, τίς θρηνήσει πρὸς ἀξίαν τῶν θρήνους γράφειν εἰδότων, καὶ λόγον ἐξισοῦν πάθει; Ποῖαι βίβλοι ταῦτα χωρήσουσι; Μία στήλη τούτοις τῆς συμφορᾶς ἡ οἰκουμένη πᾶσα καθʼ ἧς ἐσπάρησαν, καὶ ἡ λατρεία πεπαυμένη, καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς Ἰεροδσαλήμ τὸ ἔδαφος μόγις γινωσκόμενον, ἧς τοσοῦτον ἐπιβατὸν αὐτοῖς ἐστι μόνον, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπολαύουσι τῆς ποτε αὐτῶν δόξης, ὅσον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ φανέντες θρηνῆ σαι τὴν ἐρημίαν. μένους, οἳ ἂν κακῷ τινι παραμένωσινί ἀλλα τοὺς ῥα. δίως ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα φερομένους xui perufiéoiriui,‘ καθάπερ αθρας μεταπιπτούσας, ἦ μεταβολὰς καί πα. λιῤῥοίας Εὐ ρίπων, ἢ θαλάσσης ἄστατα κύ ματα. Σκοπῶ δέ κάκεῖνο, ὃτι τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς στάσεως μένοντας ἡ γοῦν ἐλπὶς τῆς ὁμονοίας ῥᾴους ποιεῖ, καὶ τὸ πλεῖστον αὐτοῖς ἐπικουφίζει τῆς συμφορᾶς · μεγίστη γὰρʼ ἐπικουρία τοῖς ἀτυχοῦσι μεταβολῆς ἐλπὶς, xui τὸ κρεῖττον ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς κείμενον ° οἱ δὲ πολλάκις μὲν ὁμονοήσαντες, ἀεὶ δέ πρὸς τὴν κακίαν παλινδρομήσαντες, ἀφῄρηνται μετά τῶν ἄλλων xui τοῦ κρείττονος τὴν ἐλπίδα· οὐχ ἦττον τῆς στάσεως δεδοικότες ἀεὶ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν, xui μηδʼ ἑτέρῳ θαρροῦντες, διὰ τὸ sensio- ἐν ἀμφοτέροις εὐκίνητον xui ἀστάθμητον ι Κʼ. Kui μηδεὶς οἰέσθω με λέγειν, ὅτι πᾶσαν είρήο νην ἀγαπητέον · οἶδα γὰρ ὥσπερ στάσιν τινὰ βελτίστην, οὕτω καὶ βλαβερωτάτην ὁμόνοιαν ἀλλὰ τήν γε καλὴν xui ἐπὶ καλῷ xui Θεῷ συνάπτουσαν. Εἰ δὲ δεῖ συντόμως διελέσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, οὕτω γινώσκω (ll). οὐτε νωθέστερον εἶναι τοῦ μετρίου καλὸν, οὐτε θερμότερον, ὡς ἢ διʼ εὐκολίαν πᾶσι συμφέρεσθαι, ἦ διʼ ἀταξίαν πάντων ἀποστατεῖν) ὁμοίως γὰρ xui τὸ νωθὲς ἄπρακτον, καὶ τὸ εὐκίνητον ἀκοινώνητον. Ἀλλʼ οὗ μὲν ἃνῇ πρόδηλα τὰ τῆς ἀσεβείας, καὶ Ι πυρὶ, καὶ σιδήρῳ, xui καιροῖς, καὶ δυνάσταις, xui πᾶσι πρότερον ὁμόσε χωρητέον, ἦ τῆς ζύμης μεθεκτέον τῆς πονηρᾶς, xu‘t συγκαταθετέον τοῖς xm}; ἔχουσι, xui οὐδὲν οὕτω τῶν ἁπάντων φοβητέον (Ii). ὡς ἄλλο τι πρὸ Θεοῦ φοβηθῆναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο προδοῦναι περὶτῆς πίστεως λόγους καὶ τῆς ἀλη· Θείας, ἀληθείᾳ δουλεύοντας · οὐ δὲ τὸ λυποῦν ὑπόνοια xui φόβος ἀνεξέταστος, βελτίων τοῦ τάχουςή μακροθυμία, xui τῆς αὐθαδείας ἡ συγκατάβασις, xui πολλῷ κρεῖττον xui λυσιτελέστερον, ἐν τῷ κοιο νῷ σώματι μένοντας, καταρτίζειν ἀλλήλους ὡς ἀλ· λήλων μέλη, καὶ καταεντίζεσθαι, ἢ προκαταγνόντας διά τῆς ἀποστάσεως, καὶ τὸ ἀξιόπιστον τῷ χωρισμῷ λύσαντας, ἔπειτα ἐξ ἐπιτάγματος, ὥσπερ τυράννους. :on- ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀδελφοὺς, νομοθετεῖν τὴν διόρθωσιν. ι KA'. Ταῦτα εἰδότες, ἀδελφοὶ, περιλάβωμεν ἀλλήλους, περιπυξὼμεθα, γενώμεθα γνησίως ἓν, μιμησὼμεθα τὸν τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ λύσαντα, καὶ διὰ τοῦ αἵματος αὑτοῦ πάντα συναγαγόντα, καὶ είεἴπωμεν τῷ κοινῴ Πατρὶ τούτῳ, τῇ ρηνεύσαντα ο σεμνῇ πολιᾷ, τῷ πράῳ καὶ ἠπίῳ ποιμὲνιʼ Ορᾷς τὰ ἐπίχειρα τῆς ἐπιεικείαςε Ἀρον κύκλῳ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, καὶ ἴδε ἐπισυνηγμένα τὰ τέκνα σου, ὅν τρόπον ἐπόθεις, καὶ ὅ προστεθῆναί σοι μόνον ᾐτοῧ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, (ἶνʼ ὲν γήρᾳ καλῴ καταλύσῃς τὴν παροικίανο ἰδοὺ πάντες ἣκασι πρὸς σὶ, καὶ ὑπὸ τὰς σας ἀναπαύονται πτέρυγας, καὶ τὸ ἒαυτῶν κυκλοῦσι θυσιαστήριον, μετά δακρύων ἀποφοιτήσαντες,καὶ μετʼ εὐφροσύνης προστρέχοντες. Χαῖρε καὶ κατατέρρπου, πατέρων ἄριστε καὶ φιλοτεκνότατε, ὅτι πάντας αὐτοὺς ἐνδέδυσαι καὶ περιβέβλησαι, ὡς κόσμον νύμφη. Φθέγξαι καὶ σὺ πρὸς ἡμᾶς· Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶτὰ παιδία ’ὰ μοι ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεός. Πρόσθες καὶ ἄλλην φωνην δεσποτικὴν καὶ μάλα οἷʼκείανο Οὓς δεδωκάς μοι ἐφύλαξα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπώλεσα ἐξ αὐτων ούδὲνα. ΚΒʼ. Μηδὲ γε ἀπόλοιτο μηδεὶς, ἀλλά πάντες μὲνωμεν ἐν ἐνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες τῇ πίστει τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, σύμψυχοι, τὸ ἓν φρονοῦντες, ὡπλισμένοι τῷ θυρεῷ τῆς πίστεως, περιεζωσμένοι τήν ὀσφὺν ὲν ἀληθείᾳ, ἕνα μόνον εὶδότες τὸν κατά τοῦ πονηροῦ πόλεμον, καὶ τῶν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου στρατηγουμένων, μή φοβούμενοι τοὺς δυναμένους ἀποκτεῖναιτὸ σῶμα, τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς λαβέσθαι μὴ δυναμένους, φοβούμενοι δὶ τὸν καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος Κύριον φυλάσσοντες τὴν καλὴν παρακαταθήκην, ἥν παρά τῶν Πατὲρων εἰλήφαμεν, προσκυνοῦντες [lassρα, καὶ ιʼἱὸν, καὶ ἆγιον Πνεῦμα· ἐν Υἱῷ τὸν Πατέρα, ἐν Πνεύματι τὸν Υἱὸν γινώσκοντες, εἰς ἃ βεβαπτίσμεθα, εἶς ἄ πεπιστεύκαμεν, οἷς συντετάγμεθα, πρὶν συνάψαι διαιρτῦντες, καὶ πρὶν διαιρεῖν συνάπτοντες, οὕτε τὰ τρία ὡς ἕνα (οὗ γὰρ ἀνυπόστατα, ἢ κατά μιᾶς ὑποστάσεως, ὡς εἶναι τὸν πλοῦτον ἡμῖν ἐν ὀνόμασιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ πράγμασι), καὶ τὰ τρία ἔν. Ἑν γὰρ οὐχ ὑποστάσει ἀλλά θεότητι · μονάς ἐν Τριαδι προσκυνουμένη, καὶ Τριάς εἷς μονάδα ἀνακεφαλαιουμένη, πᾶσα προσγυνητή, βασιλική πᾶσα, ὁμόθρονος, ὁλόδοξος, υπερκόσμιος, ὑπέρχρονος, ἅκτιστος, ἀόρατος, ἀναφὴς, ἀπερίληπτος, πρὸς μὲν ὲαυτῆν ὅπως ἔχει τάξεως, αὐτῇ μόνῃ γινωσκομένη, σεπτή δʼ ἡμῖν ὁμοίως καὶ λατρευτή, καὶ μόνη τοῖς Ἃγίοις τῶν ἁγίων ἔμβατεῦουσα, τήν δὲ κτίσιν πᾶσαν ἐκτὸς ἐῶt,_‘t'l‘]v μὲν τῷ πρώτῳ, τὴν δὶ τῷ διυτὲρῳ διειργοἔνην ματαπετάσματι πρώτῳ μὶν τήν οὐράνιον καὶ γγελικὴν ἀπὸ τῆς Θεότητος, δευτέρῳ δὲ τήν ἡμετέιν ἀπὸ τῶν οὐρανίων. Ταῦτα πράσσωμεν, καὶ οὒυς ἔχωμεν, ἀδελφοῖ, καὶ τοὺς ἑτέρως φρονοῦνπι ς λύμην τῆς ἀληθείας, ἕως μεν ἂν ᾖ δυνάὲὸν, πσλὰμόανώμεοι καὶ Θεραπεύωμεν· ἀνιάτως δʼ (ον-τας ἀποπρεφώμεοα, μή τῆς νόσου μεταὶβωμεν πρὶν μεταδοῦναι τῆς ἑαυτῶν ὗγιείαςʼ καὶ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν, τῆς πάντα ὧν ὑπερεχούσης ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν. Α

Ouch nē) eōs men eirēnēn e.chon kai pros al. lēlous kai pros Theon, Aigyptǭ tę̄ kaminǭ tę̄ sidē. rą piezomenoi, kai hypo tēs koinēs thlipseōs tina agomenoi (esti gar hote kai touto pharmakon agathon eis sōtērian hē thlipsis), laos te hagios ēkouon. kai meris Kyriou, kai basileion hierateuma. Kai ou tois men onomasin houtō hi), tois de ergois heterōsʼ am xui. stratēgois hēgonto agomenois hypo Theou, iiai stylǭ pyros kai nephelēs ōdēgounto nyktos kai hēmeras; kai thalassa men autois diistato pheugousi, pemnōsi de ouranos echorēgei trophēn, petra de ageam epēgaze, polemousi de cheirōn ektasis anti myriadōn ēn, diʼ euchēs egeirousa tropaia, kai oōpoiousa ta emprosthen ; potamoi de hypechōroun tēn syngenē ptmoumenoi thalassan, kai stoicheia histato, kai teichē salpinxi kateseieto. Kai ti dei legein Amittit.» plēgas toutois charizomenas. kai Theou phōnas ex drous akouomenas, kai nomothesian diplēn, tēn men en grammati, tēn de en pneumati, kai talla hois etimōnto palai para tēn heautōn axian ho Israēl. E pe), de nosein ērxanto, kai katʼ allēlōn emanēsan kai diestēsan eis merē polla (tou staurou pros tēn eschatēn apōleian autous synelaunontos, kai tēs aponoias hēn kata tou Theou kai Sōtēros hēmōn apenoēthēsan, ton en anthrōpǭ Theon agnoēsantes). kai tēn rhaddon tēn sidēran porrōthen apeiloumenēs* autois ephʼ heautous heilkysan, tēn nyn epikratousin archēn legō kai basileian, ti ginetai? kai ti marivbasis IĒ Thrēnei men autous Hieremias epi tois proterois pathesi, kai tēn epi Babylōna aichmalōsian odyretai; kai gar ēn hontōs kakeina thrēnōn kai ydyrmōn axen pōs de ou tōn megistōn teichē kiteskammena, polis hēdaphismenē, hagiasma kathę̄rēme; non, anathēmata sesylēmena, podes bebēloi kaicheie res; hoi men tois abatois emoateuontes, al de iaʼ tōn hapsaustōn katatryphōsai, prophētai sigōntes, iereis agomenoi, presbytai mē eleoumenoi, parthenoi kathybrizomenai, neotēs piptousa, pyr allotrion kai polemion, aʼimatos potamoi anti tou hosiou pyros kai aʼimatos, Nazaraioi katasyromenoi, thrēnoi tois hymnois antegeiromenoi ’ kaiinʼ ex autōn heiʼpō ti tōn Hieremiou Thrēnōn, hoi uioi Siōn, oi timioi kai antitithemenoi chrysiǭ, hoi trypheroi kai kakōn apatheis, xenēn hodon hodeuontesi kai hodoi Siōn penthousai para to mē einai tous heortazontas; kai mikron pro toutōn ; cheires gynaikōn hoiʼktirmonōn, ou trophēn oregousai teknois, tēs poliorkias epikratousēs, allʼ ipi trophēn tauta sparattousai kai limou pharmakon ta heautōn poioumenai philtata, Tauta pōs ou deina kai pera deinōn, hou tois paschousi tote monon, alla kai nyn tois akouousin? Egō B goun hosakis an tautēn analabō tēn biblon, kai tois Thrēnois syngenōmai, synginomai dʼ hosakis an eu; ēmerian sōphronisai ethelēsō tǭ anagnōsmati, enkoptomai tēn phōnēn, kai syncheomai dakrysi, kai hoion hypʼ opsin moi to pathos erchetai, kai synthrēnō tǭ thrēnēsanti. Tēn di teleutaian autōn plēgēn te gai metanastasin, kai ton nyn epikeimenon au; tois tēs douleias zygon, kai tēn periboēton hypo Rhōmaiois tapeinōsin, hēs oudin houtōs hōs hē stasis aition, tis thrēnēsei pros axian tōn thrēnous graphein eidotōn, kai logon exisoun pathei? Poiai bibloi tauta chōrēsousi? Mia stēlē toutois tēs symphoras hē oikoumenē pasa kathʼ hēs esparēsan, kai hē latreia pepaumenē, kai autēs tēs Ierodsalēm to edaphos mogis ginōskomenon, hēs tosouton epibaton autois esti monon, kai tosouton apolauousi tēs pote autōn doxēs, hoson en hēmerą phanentes thrēnē sai tēn erēmian. menous, hoi an kakǭ tini paramenōsini alla tous rha. diōs epʼ amphotera pheromenous xui perufieoiriui,‘ kathaper athras metapiptousas, ē metabolas kai pa. lirrhoias Eu ripōn, ē thalassēs astata ky mata. Skopō de kakeino, hoti tous men epi tēs staseōs menontas hē goun elpis tēs homonoias rhąous poiei, kai to pleiston autois epikouphizei tēs symphoras ; megistē garʼ epikouria tois atychousi metabolēs elpis, xui to kreitton en ophthalmois keimenon ° hoi de pollakis men homonoēsantes, aei de pros tēn kakian palindromēsantes, aphę̄rēntai meta tōn allōn xui tou kreittonos tēn elpida; ouch ētton tēs staseōs dedoikotes aei tēn homonoian, xui mēdʼ heterǭ tharrountes, dia to sensio- en amphoterois eukinēton xui astathmēton i Kʼ. Kui mēdeis oiesthō me legein, hoti pasan eirēo nēn agapēteon ; oida gar hōsper stasin tina beltistēn, houtō kai blaberōtatēn homonoian alla tēn ge kalēn xui epi kalǭ xui Theǭ synaptousan. Ei de dei syntomōs dielesthai peri autōn, houtō ginōskō (ll). oute nōthesteron einai tou metriou kalon, oute thermoteron, hōs ē diʼ eukolian pasi sympheresthai, ē diʼ ataxian pantōn apostatein) homoiōs gar xui to nōthes aprakton, kai to eukinēton akoinōnēton. Allʼ hou men hanę̄ prodēla ta tēs asebeias, kai I pyri, kai sidērǭ, xui kairois, kai dynastais, xui pasi proteron homose chōrēteon, ē tēs zymēs methekteon tēs ponēras, xu‘t synkatatheteon tois xm}? echousi, xui ouden houtō tōn hapantōn phobēteon (Ii). hōs allo ti pro Theou phobēthēnai, kai dia touto prodounai peritēs pisteōs logous kai tēs alē; Theias, alētheią douleuontas ; ou de to lypoun hyponoia xui phobos anexetastos, beltiōn tou tachousē makrothymia, xui tēs authadeias hē synkatabasis, xui pollǭ kreitton xui lysitelesteron, en tǭ koio nǭ sōmati menontas, katartizein allēlous hōs al; lēlōn melē, kai kataentizesthai, ē prokatagnontas dia tēs apostaseōs, kai to axiopiston tǭ chōrismǭ lysantas, epeita ex epitagmatos, hōsper tyrannous. :on- allʼ ouk adelphous, nomothetein tēn diorthōsin. i KA'. Tauta eidotes, adelphoi, perilabōmen allēlous, peripyxōmetha, genōmetha gnēsiōs hen, mimēsōmetha ton to mesotoichon tou phragmou lysanta, kai dia tou haimatos hautou panta synagagonta, kai eieipōmen tǭ koinǭ Patri toutǭ, tę̄ rēneusanta o semnę̄ polią, tǭ praǭ kai ēpiǭ poimeniʼ Orąs ta epicheira tēs epieikeiase Aron kyklǭ tous ophthalmous sou, kai ide episynēgmena ta tekna sou, hon tropon epotheis, kai ho prostethēnai soi monon ę̄toÿ nyktos kai hēmeras, (inʼ en gērą kalǭ katalysę̄s tēn paroikiano idou pantes hēkasi pros si, kai hypo tas sas anapauontai pterygas, kai to eautōn kyklousi thysiastērion, meta dakryōn apophoitēsantes,kai metʼ euphrosynēs prostrechontes. Chaire kai kataterrpou, paterōn ariste kai philoteknotate, hoti pantas autous endedysai kai peribeblēsai, hōs kosmon nymphē. Phthenxai kai sy pros hēmas; Idou egō kaita paidia ’a moi edōken ho Theos. Prosthes kai allēn phōnēn despotikēn kai mala hoiʼkeiano Hous dedōkas moi ephylaxa, kai ouk apōlesa ex autōn oudena. KBʼ. Mēde ge apoloito mēdeis, alla pantes menōmen en eni pneumati, mią psychę̄ synathlountes tę̄ pistei tou Euangeliou, sympsychoi, to hen phronountes, hōplismenoi tǭ thyreǭ tēs pisteōs, periezōsmenoi tēn osphyn en alētheią, hena monon eidotes ton kata tou ponērou polemon, kai tōn hypʼ ekeinou stratēgoumenōn, mē phoboumenoi tous dynamenous apokteinaito sōma, tēs de psychēs labesthai mē dynamenous, phoboumenoi di ton kai psychēs kai sōmatos Kyrion phylassontes tēn kalēn parakatathēkēn, hēn para tōn Paterōn eilēphamen, proskynountes [lassra, kai iʼhion, kai agion Pneuma; en Huiǭ ton Patera, en Pneumati ton Huion ginōskontes, eis ha bebaptismetha, eis a pepisteukamen, hois syntetagmetha, prin synapsai diairtyntes, kai prin diairein synaptontes, houte ta tria hōs hena (hou gar anypostata, ē kata mias hypostaseōs, hōs einai ton plouton hēmin en onomasin, allʼ ou pragmasi), kai ta tria en. Hen gar ouch hypostasei alla theotēti ; monas en Triadi proskynoumenē, kai Trias heis monada anakephalaioumenē, pasa prosgynētē, basilikē pasa, homothronos, holodoxos, yperkosmios, hyperchronos, haktistos, aoratos, anaphēs, aperilēptos, pros men eautēn hopōs echei taxeōs, autę̄ monę̄ ginōskomenē, septē dʼ hēmin homoiōs kai latreutē, kai monē tois Hagiois tōn hagiōn embateuousa, tēn de ktisin pasan ektos eōt,_‘t'l‘]v men tǭ prōtǭ, tēn di tǭ diyterǭ dieirgoenēn matapetasmati prōtǭ min tēn ouranion kai ngelikēn apo tēs Theotētos, deuterǭ de tēn hēmetein apo tōn ouraniōn. Tauta prassōmen, kai ouys echōmen, adelphoi, kai tous heterōs phronounpi s lymēn tēs alētheias, heōs men an ę̄ dynaeon, pslamoanōmeoi kai Therapeuōmen; aniatōs dʼ (on-tas apoprephōmeoa, mē tēs nosou metaibōmen prin metadounai tēs heautōn hygieiasʼ kai Theos tēs eirēnēs estai methʼ hēmōn, tēs panta hōn hyperechousēs en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn. A

[17] Was it not that, as long as they had peace with one another and with God, oppressed in Egypt, the iron furnace, and drawn together by the common affliction (for sometimes affliction too is a good medicine for salvation), they were called a holy people, the portion of the Lord, and a royal priesthood? And not so in name only and otherwise in deed; but they were led by generals who were led by God, and guided by a pillar of fire and of cloud by night and by day; the sea parted for them as they fled, heaven supplied food when they were hungry, the rock gushed water when they thirsted, and when they fought, the stretching out of hands stood in the place of myriads, raising trophies by prayer and making a way for what lay ahead; rivers gave way, imitating the sea, their kin, and the elements stood still, and walls were shaken by trumpets. And why need I speak of the plagues that served their good, the voices of God heard from the mountain, the double legislation, the one in the letter and the other in the spirit, and the other things by which Israel was honoured of old beyond its worth? But when they began to be sick, and raged against one another and split into many parts (as the cross drove them to final destruction, together with the madness with which they raved against our God and Saviour, not recognizing God in man), and drew upon themselves the iron rod threatened from afar, I mean the rule and kingdom that now prevails over them, what happens? And what … [18] Jeremiah laments them for their former sufferings and bewails the captivity to Babylon; for those things too were truly worthy of laments and mourning; and how not of the greatest? Walls razed, a city levelled, a sanctuary pulled down, offerings plundered, profane feet and hands, the feet trampling the inaccessible places, the hands revelling in the things not to be touched; prophets silent, priests led away, old men not pitied, virgins outraged, youth falling, an alien and hostile fire, rivers of blood instead of the holy fire and blood; Nazirites dragged off, laments raised against the hymns; and, to say something from Jeremiah’s Lamentations themselves: the sons of Zion, precious and valued as gold, delicate and untouched by evils, travelling a strange road; and the roads of Zion mourning because there are none to keep the feasts; and a little before these, the hands of compassionate women, as the siege prevailed, not offering food to their children but tearing them apart for food, and making their dearest a remedy for hunger. How are these things not terrible, and beyond terrible, not only for those who suffered then but also for those who hear now? I at least, whenever I take up this book and keep company with the Lamentations (and I do so whenever I wish to chasten prosperity by the reading), my voice is cut off, I am overwhelmed with tears, the suffering comes as it were before my eyes, and I lament with the one who lamented. But their last blow and removal, the yoke of slavery now lying on them, and their famous humiliation under the Romans, of which nothing is so much the cause as faction: who of those who know how to write laments and match speech to suffering will lament this worthily? What books will contain it? One monument of their misfortune is the whole world, over which they were scattered, and the cessation of their worship, and the very site of Jerusalem, scarcely recognizable, of which only so much is accessible to them, and they enjoy so much of their former glory, as to appear there on one day to lament its desolation. [19] … those who remain in some evil; but those who are easily carried both ways and change, like shifting breezes, or the changes and reversals of the straits of Euripus, or the unstable waves of the sea. I consider this too: that those who remain in faction are at least made easier by the hope of concord, and this lightens most of their misfortune; for the greatest help to the unfortunate is the hope of change and the better thing lying before their eyes; but those who have often agreed and always run back to vice are deprived, with everything else, of the hope of the better too, always fearing concord no less than faction, and trusting neither, because of their mobility and instability in both. [20] And let no one suppose that I am saying that every peace is to be loved; for I know that as there is a faction that is best, so there is a concord that is most harmful; I mean the good peace, which joins us to the good and to God. If I must define these things briefly, this is my view: it is not good to be either more sluggish than is moderate or hotter, so as either to go along with everyone through easiness or to stand apart from all through disorderliness; for sluggishness is equally ineffective and restlessness unsociable. But where impiety is manifest, one must go to close quarters with fire and sword and times and rulers and all things, rather than share in the evil leaven and agree with those who are infected; and nothing of all things is to be feared so much as fearing something before God, and for this reason betraying the doctrines of faith and truth, when we are servants of the truth. But where what pains us is suspicion and unexamined fear, patience is better than haste, and condescension than self-will; and it is much better and more profitable, remaining in the common body, to set one another right as members of one another and to be set right, than, after condemning in advance by separation and destroying our credibility by the division, to legislate correction afterward by command, like tyrants and not brothers. [21] Knowing these things, brothers, let us embrace one another, let us cling to one another, let us become truly one; let us imitate him who broke down the middle wall of the partition and gathered all things together by his blood and made peace; and let us say to this common Father, to his venerable grey hairs, the meek and gentle shepherd: “Do you see the wages of your gentleness? Lift up your eyes round about and see your children gathered together, as you longed, and as you asked night and day that this alone might be added to you, that you might end your sojourning in a good old age. Behold, all have come to you, and rest under your wings, and encircle their own altar, having gone away with tears and running back with gladness. Rejoice and delight, best and most child-loving of fathers, because you have put them all on and clothed yourself with them as a bride with her ornament. Say to us too: Behold I and the children whom God has given me. And add another word too, the Master’s, and most fitting: Those whom you gave me I have kept, and none of them is lost.” [22] And may no one be lost, but may we all remain in one spirit, with one soul striving together for the faith of the gospel, of one soul, minding the one thing, armed with the shield of faith, our loins girded with truth, knowing only one war, against the evil one and those whom he commands; not fearing those who can kill the body but cannot take hold of the soul, but fearing the Lord of both soul and body; guarding the good deposit which we have received from the Fathers, worshipping Father and Son and Holy Spirit; knowing the Father in the Son and the Son in the Spirit, into whom we were baptized, in whom we have believed, with whom we have been enrolled; dividing before we join and joining before we divide; neither taking the three as one (for they are not without hypostasis, nor within one hypostasis, as though our wealth lay in names and not in realities), and yet the three are one. For they are one not in hypostasis but in Godhead: a Monad worshipped in a Triad, and a Triad summed up into a Monad, all worshipful, all royal, of one throne, all-glorious, above the world, above time, uncreated, invisible, untouchable, uncircumscribed; its order within itself known to itself alone, but to us equally venerable and to be worshipped, and alone entering the Holy of Holies, leaving the whole creation outside, the one part separated by the first veil and the other by the second: by the first the heavenly and angelic creation from the Godhead, by the second our creation from the heavenly. Let us act so and be so disposed, brothers; and those who think otherwise, to the ruin of the truth, let us receive and heal as long as possible; but those who are incurable let us turn away from, lest we share their disease before giving them our health; and the God of peace will be with us, of the peace that surpasses all understanding, in Christ Jesus our Lord.

Chapter 7

7.2PG 35:757b–760c

Καισαρίῳ πατέρες μὶν,ίνʼ ἑντεῦθεν ἄρξωμαι ὅθεν ἡμῖν πρεπωδέστατον, οὒς πάντες γινώσκετι, καὶ ὧν τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ ὁρῶντες καὶ ἀκούοντες ζηλοῦτε, καὶ θαυμάζετε, καὶ διηγεῖσθε τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν, εἴπερ τινές εἰσιν ἀνθρώπων, ἄλλος ἅΑλο τι μὲ- “po: ἀπολαβόντες· ἐπεὶ μὴ πάντα τὸν αὑτὸν οἶόν τε, μηδὲ μιᾶς γλώσσης τὸ ἔργον, κᾶν σφόδρα τις ᾗ τῶν φιλοπονωτάτων καί φιλοτίμων· οἷς πολλῶν καὶ μὲγάλων ὑπαρχόντων εἷς εὐφημίαν (εἰ μή τῳ περιττὸς εἶναι δοκῶ τὰ οἰκεῖα Θαυμάζιυν),ἓν μέγιστον ἁπάντων, καὶ ὥσπερ ἄλλο τι ἐπίσημόν ἐστιν ἢ eestβεια· τοὺς σεμνοὺς τούσδε λέγω καὶ πολιοὺς, καὶ οὑ(ἧττον διʼ ἂρεῒήν αἴδεσίμους ἤ διὰ γῆραςʼ ὧν τὰ μὲν σώματα χρόνῳ κέκμηκεν, αἱ ψυχαὶ δὲ Θεῷ νεάζουσιν. ν ›ωμένη Θεῷ, και κλῆρον ἀναγκαῖον οὐκ εἷς ἑαυτή μόνον, ἀλλά καὶ τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς κατάγουσα τήν εὐσέβειαν, ἐξ ἀγίας ἀπαρχῆς ὅντως ἅγιον ιρύραμα τοσοῦτον δὲ αὐτὸ αὐξήσασά τε καὶ πλεονάσασα ὥστεἤδη τισὶ (φθέγξομαιγᾶρ, εἷ xui τολμηρὸς ὁ λόγος), μηδὲ τήν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τελειότητα ἐτέρου τινὸς ἢ ταύτης ἔργον γενέσθαι, πιστευθῆναί τε καὶ ρηθῆναιʼ καὶ, ὣ τοῦ θαύματοςί ἆθλον εὐσεβείας δοθῆναι μείζονα καὶ τελειοτέρανεὐσέβειαν. Φιλόπαιδες ἄμφω xui φιλόχριστοι, τὸ παραδοξότατον, μᾶλλον δὲ φιλόχριστοι πλὲον ἢ φιλόπαιδεςο οἷς γε καὶ τῶν τέκνων μία τις ἀπόλαυσις ἦν, τὸ ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ καὶ γνωρίζεσθαι, καὶ ὀνομάζεσθαι, καὶ εἲς εὸπαιδίας ὅρος ἡ ἀρετὴ, xui ἠ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον οἰκείωσις· εὔσπλαγχνοι, συμπαθεῖς, ἁρπάζοντες τὰ πολλὰ σητῶν, καὶ λῃστῶν, καὶ τοῦ κοσμοκράτορος, ἐκ τῆς παροικίας εἷς τὴν κατοικίαν μετασκευαζόμενοι, καὶ κλῆρον μέγιστον τοῖς παισὶ τὴν ἐκεῖθεν λαμπρότητα θησαυρίζοντες. Οὕτω τοι xui εἰς λιπαρὸν ἔφθασαν γῆρας, ὁμότιμοι καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν, καὶ πλήρεις ἡμερῶν, τῶν τε μενουσῶν ὁμοίως καὶ τῶν λυομένων· παρὰ τοσοῦτον ἑκάτερος οὐκ ἔχων τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς, παρʼ ὅσον ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων εἷς τὸ πρωτεῖον ἐκωλύοντο, καὶ πάσης εὐδαιμονίας μέτρον ἐπλήρωσαν, πλὴν τῆς τελευταίας ταύτης, ὡς ἂν οἷηα θείη τις, siin δοκιμασίας χρή λέγειν, εἴτε οἰκονομίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν, ὡς ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος, τὸν σφαλερώτερον τῶν παίδων διʼ ἡλικίαν προπέμψαντες, οὕτως ἤδη καταλῦσαι τὸν βίον ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ, καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἄνω πανοικεσίᾳ μετατεθῆναι.

Kaisariǭ pateres min,inʼ henteuthen arxōmai hothen hēmin prepōdestaton, ous pantes ginōsketi, kai hōn tēn aretēn kai horōntes kai akouontes zēloute, kai thaumazete, kai diēgeisthe tois agnoousin, eiper tines eisin anthrōpōn, allos haAlo ti me- “po: apolabontes; epei mē panta ton hauton oion te, mēde mias glōssēs to ergon, kan sphodra tis hę̄ tōn philoponōtatōn kai philotimōn; hois pollōn kai megalōn hyparchontōn heis euphēmian (ei mē tǭ perittos einai dokō ta oikeia Thaumaziyn),hen megiston hapantōn, kai hōsper allo ti episēmon estin ē eestbeia; tous semnous tousde legō kai polious, kai hou(hētton diʼ areïēn aidesimous ē dia gērasʼ hōn ta men sōmata chronǭ kekmēken, hai psychai de Theǭ neazousin. n ›ōmenē Theǭ, kai klēron anankaion ouk heis heautē monon, alla kai tous ex autēs katagousa tēn eusebeian, ex agias aparchēs hontōs hagion iryrama tosouton de auto auxēsasa te kai pleonasasa hōsteēdē tisi (phthenxomaigar, hei xui tolmēros ho logos), mēde tēn tou andros teleiotēta eterou tinos ē tautēs ergon genesthai, pisteuthēnai te kai rēthēnaiʼ kai, hō tou thaumatosi athlon eusebeias dothēnai meizona kai teleioteraneusebeian. Philopaides amphō xui philochristoi, to paradoxotaton, mallon de philochristoi pleon ē philopaideso hois ge kai tōn teknōn mia tis apolausis ēn, to apo Christou kai gnōrizesthai, kai onomazesthai, kai eis eopaidias horos hē aretē, xui ē pros to kreitton oikeiōsis; eusplanchnoi, sympatheis, harpazontes ta polla sētōn, kai lę̄stōn, kai tou kosmokratoros, ek tēs paroikias heis tēn katoikian metaskeuazomenoi, kai klēron megiston tois paisi tēn ekeithen lamprotēta thēsaurizontes. Houtō toi xui eis liparon ephthasan gēras, homotimoi kai tēn aretēn kai tēn hēlikian, kai plēreis hēmerōn, tōn te menousōn homoiōs kai tōn lyomenōn; para tosouton hekateros ouk echōn ta prōta tōn epi gēs, parʼ hoson hypʼ allēlōn heis to prōteion ekōlyonto, kai pasēs eudaimonias metron eplērōsan, plēn tēs teleutaias tautēs, hōs an hoiēa theiē tis, siin dokimasias chrē legein, eite oikonomias; hē de estin, hōs ho emos logos, ton sphalerōteron tōn paidōn diʼ hēlikian propempsantes, houtōs ēdē katalysai ton bion en asphaleią, kai pros ta anō panoikesią metatethēnai.

[2] Caesarius’s parents (to begin from where it is most fitting for us) are those whom you all know, whose virtue you emulate as you see and hear it, and admire, and tell to those who do not know it, if there are any such people, each of you having taken up some part of it (since one person cannot do everything, nor is it the work of one tongue, however diligent and ambitious one may be). Though there are many great things in them to praise (if I do not seem superfluous in admiring my own), one is greatest of all and stands out above the rest: piety. I mean these venerable and grey-haired parents, venerable no less for their virtue than for their age, whose bodies are worn by time, but whose souls are young for God. … to God, and handing down piety not only to herself as a necessary inheritance but also to those born of her, truly a holy lump from a holy first-fruit; and she increased and multiplied it so much that some have believed and said (I will say it, even if the word is bold) that even her husband’s perfection was the work of none but her; and (O the wonder!) that a greater and more perfect piety was given to him as the prize of piety. Both of them loved their children and loved Christ, which is most strange; or rather they loved Christ more than their children; for their one enjoyment of their children was that they should be known and named from Christ, and their one measure of good children was virtue and nearness to what is better. They were merciful and sympathetic, snatching most of their goods from moths and robbers and the ruler of this world, moving from their sojourning to their true dwelling, and storing up for their children the brightness there as their greatest inheritance. So too they reached a rich old age, equal in honour both in virtue and in years, and full of days, both of those that remain and of those that pass away; each lacking the first place among those on earth only so far as each was kept from it by the other. And they filled up the measure of all happiness, except this last thing, as one might suppose, whether one should call it a testing or a dispensation: which, in my view, is that, having sent ahead the one of their children who was less safe because of his age, they might now end their life in safety and be taken up above with their whole household.

7.5PG 35:760c–760d

K ’ δ”λθ ’ ἐ ’. αι ταυτα ιη ον, ου τούτους γκωμιασαι βουλόμενος, οὐδὲ ἀγνοῶν, δτι μόλις ἄν τις τῆς ἀξίας ἰφίκοιτο, καὶ ὅλην ὑπόθεσιν λόγου τὸν τούτων ἔπαινον ἐνστησάμενος, ἀλλὰ ’ίνʼ ἐπιδείξαιμι ἐκ πατερων ὀφειλομένην Καισαρίῳ τήν ἀρετὴν, καὶ μή θαυμάζητε, μηδὲ ἀπιστῆτε, εἰ, τοιούτων τυχὼν γεννητόρων, τοιούτων ἑαυτὸν παρέσχεν ἐπαίνων ἄξιον ἀλλὰ τούναντίον, εἶʼ πρὸς ἑτέρους εἶδε, τῶν οἰκείων καὶ τῶν ἐγγύθεν ἀμελήσας ὑποδειγμάτων. Τὰ μὲν δὴ πρῶτα τοιαῦτα,οἷα προσῆκεν εἶναι τοῖς ὅντως εὗ γεγονόσι, καὶ καλῶς βιώσεσθαι μέλλουσιν. Ἵνα δὲ τὰ ἐν μᾶσῳ συντέμω, κάλλος,καὶ μέγεθος, καὶ τήν ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς χάριν, xui ὥσπερ ἐν φθόγγοις εὐαρμοστίαν (ὅτι μηδὲ πρὸς ἡμῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα θαυμάζειν, εί καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐ μικρὰ φαίνεται), πρὸς τὰ ἐφεξῆς βαδιοῦμαι τοῦ λόγου, καὶ ἃ μηδὲ βουλομένῳ παραλιπεῖν ῥᾴδιον.

K ’ d”lth ’ e ’. ai tauta iē on, ou toutous nkōmiasai boulomenos, oude agnoōn, dti molis an tis tēs axias iphikoito, kai holēn hypothesin logou ton toutōn epainon enstēsamenos, alla ’inʼ epideixaimi ek paterōn opheilomenēn Kaisariǭ tēn aretēn, kai mē thaumazēte, mēde apistēte, ei, toioutōn tychōn gennētorōn, toioutōn heauton pareschen epainōn axion alla tounantion, eiʼ pros heterous eide, tōn oikeiōn kai tōn engythen amelēsas hypodeigmatōn. Ta men dē prōta toiauta,hoia prosēken einai tois hontōs heu gegonosi, kai kalōs biōsesthai mellousin. Hina de ta en masǭ syntemō, kallos,kai megethos, kai tēn epi pasi tou andros charin, xui hōsper en phthongois euarmostian (hoti mēde pros hēmōn ta toiauta thaumazein, ei kai tois allois ou mikra phainetai), pros ta ephexēs badioumai tou logou, kai ha mēde boulomenǭ paralipein rhądion.

[5] I have gone through these things, not wishing to praise them, nor unaware that one would scarcely reach their worth even by making their praise the whole subject of a discourse, but to show that virtue was owed to Caesarius from his parents, so that you may not wonder or disbelieve if, having had such parents, he showed himself worthy of such praises; but rather the opposite would be surprising, if he had looked to others and neglected the examples of his own family close at hand. His first years, then, were such as befit those who are truly well born and who are to live well. And to cut short what lies between (his beauty and stature and the man’s grace in all things, and, as it were, a harmony as in musical tones; for it is not for us to admire such things, even if they seem no small matter to others), I will proceed to the next part of my discourse, which it is not easy to leave out even if one wished.

7.7PG 35:761a–772b

Ὑπὸ δὴ τοιούτοιςἤθεσι τραφέντες καὶ παιδευθέντες, καὶ τοῖς ἐνταῦθα μαθήμασιν ἱκανῶς ένασκηθέντες, ἐν οἶς ἱκεῖνος τάχει τε καὶ μεγέθει φύσεως οὐδʼ ἂν εἷʼποι τις ὅσον ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἦνʼ ὧν πῶς ἀδακρυτὶ τήν τούτων παρέλθω μνήμην, καὶ μή με ἀφιλόσοφον ἐλέγξῃ τὸ πάθος παρὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν ! ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή γε ἀποδημίας καιρὸς ἐδόκει, καὶ τότε πρῶτον ἀπʼ ἀλλήλοιν ἐσχίσθημεν· ἐγὼ μὲν τοῖς κατᾶ Παλαιστίνην έγκαταμείνας παιδευτηρίοιςπάνθοῦσι τότε κατά ῥητορικῆς {pango δὶ τήν Ἀλεξάνδρου πόλιν καταλαβὼν, παν· τοίας παιδεύσεως καὶ τότε καὶ νῦν οὖσάν τε καὶ δοκοῦσαν ἐργαστήριον. Τί πρῶτον, ἣ τί μέγιστον εἷʼπω τῶν ἐκείνου καλων; Τί δὶ παρεὶς, μὴ τῷ μεγίστῳ ζημιώσω τὸν λόγον ; Τίς μὶν ἐκείνου διδασκάλοις πιστότερος; Τίς δὲ ἣλίξι προσφιλέστεροςς Τίς μὶν μᾶλλον ἀπέφυγε τὴν τῶν μοχθηρῶν ἑταιρίαν καὶ ὁμελίαν; Τίς δὲ τῇ τῶν βελτίστων ἑαυτὸν προσέθηκε πλειον, ἄλλοις τε καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος τοῖς εὐδοκιμωτάτοις καὶ γνωριμωτάτοις, εἰδὼς οὐδὲ τοῦτο φέρειν μικρὸν εἰς ἣ κακίαν τὰς σονουσίας; Ἐξ ὧν τίς μὲν ἄρχουσιν έκείνου τιμιώτερος; τίς δὲ τῇ πόλει πάσῃ, καίτοι γε (Si) διὰ τὸ μέγεθος πάντων ἰγκρυπτομένων, ἣ ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ γνωριμότεροςἣ ἐπὶ συνέσει περιφανέστερος; θμοῖτο, τὸ πρεσβεῖον ἐν τοῖς δευτέροις φερόμενοί Kal ταῦτα οὐ λόγος ἐστιν ἀμάρτυρος, ἀλλʼ ὲῲα τε ὁμοῦ λῆξις καὶ ἑσπέριος, καί ὅσην ἐκεῖνος ἰπῆλθεν ὕστερον, ἐπίσημοι στῆλαι τῆς ἐκείνου παιδεύ- H'. Ἐπει δὲ, πᾶσαν ἀρετήν τε καὶ μάθησιν ὥσπερ μεγάλη φορτὶς παντοδαπὴν ἐμπορίαν εἷς μίαν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν συλλεξάμενος, ἐπὶ τήν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν ἰστέλλετο, ὡς ἃν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις μεταδοίη τῶν καλῶν ἀγωγίμων τῆς ἑαυτοῦ παιδεύσεως,’ ἐνταῦθά τι καὶ ωνηνὲχθη πρᾶγμιο Θαυμάσιον, οὐδὶν δὲ οἷον, καὶ γὰρ ἐμὲ γε μάλιστα πάντων εὐφραίνει τοῦτο μνημονευθὶν, καὶ ὑμᾶς ἂν ἡδίους ποιήσειεν, ἐν βραχεῖ διηγήσασθαι. Ηῦχετο μὶν ἡ μήτηρ εὐχὴν μητριιιήν τινα καὶ φιλόπαιδα, ὥσπερ ἐξέπεμψεν ἀμφοτέρους, οὕτω καὶ σὺν ἀλλήλοις ἐπανελθόντας ἰδεῖν. Ξυνωρὶς γὰρ ἐδοκοῦμεν τις, καί εί μή τοῖς ἄλλοις, μητρί γʼ οὖν, εὐχῆς καὶ θέας ἀξία, σὺν ἀλλήλοις ὁρώμενοι, ἢ νῦν κακῶς ὑπὸ ’τοῦ φθόνου διαλυθεῖσα · Θεοῦ δὶ οὕτω κινήσαντος, ὃς ἀκούει δικαίας εὐχῆς, καὶ φίλτρον Ιιιμᾷ γονέων εἰς παῖδας εὐγνώμονας, ἐξ οὐδεμιᾶς ἐπινοίας, οὐδὲ συνθήματος, 6 μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀλεξαν- Βρείας, ὀ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον εἷς τὴν αὐτὴν πόλιν ὁ μὶν ἀπὸ γῆς, ὁ δὶ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης κατήραμεν. Ἡ πόλις δὲ ἦν τὸ Βυζάντιον, ἡ νῦν προκαθεζομὲνη τῆς Εὐρώπης πόλις, ἓν ᾗ τοσοῦτον Καισάριος κλὰος οὐ πολλοῦ χρόνου διελθόντος ἠνέγκα- 10, ὥστε δημοσίας τιμὰς αὐτῷ, καὶ γάμον τῶν εὐδοκίμων, καὶτῆς συγκλήτου βουλῆς μετουσίαν προτεθῆναι, καὶ πρὸς βασιλέα πρεσβείαν σταλῆναι, τὸν μέγαν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δόγματος, τὴν πρώτην πόλιν τῷ πρώτῳ λογίῳ κοσμηθῆναί τε καὶ τιμηθῆναι (εἴ. τι μέλειν αὐτῷ τοῦ πρώτην ἀληθῶά εἶναι, καὶ τῇς ἐπωνυμίας ἀξίαν), καὶ τοῦτο προστεθῆναι πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπὶρ αὐτῆς διηγήμασι, τῷ Καισαρίῳ καλε λωπίζεσθαι, καὶ ἰατρῷ, καὶ οἶκήτορι καίτοι γε με· τὰ τῆς ἄλλης λαμπρότητος πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις εὗθυνουμένην ἀνδράσι κατά τε φιλοσοφίαν κατά τε τήν ἄλλην παίδευσινενἋλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ἱκανῶς. Τότε δʼ οὖν τὸ γενόμενον τοῖς μὶν ἄλλοις συντυχία τις ἔδοι ξεν ἄλογος καὶ ἀναίτιος, οἷα φέρει πολλὰ τὸ αὐτόμαά τον ἐν τοῖς ἡμετέροις, τοῖς δὲ φιλοθέοις καὶ λίαν εὒδηλον ἦν μή ἄλλο τι συμβὰν εἶναι ἢ γονέων θεοφιλῶν ἔργον ἐκ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης τοὺς παῖδας συναγόντων εἷς μίαν εὐχῆς ἐκπλήρωσιν. Φέρε μηδὲ τοῦτο τῶν Καισαρίου καλῶν παρέλθιυςλεν, ὅ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἴσως μικρὸν, καὶ οὐδὲ μνημης ἄξιον, ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ τότε καὶ νῦν μέγισνον ἔδοξεν, εἴπερ τῶν ἐπαινετῶν ἡ φιλαδελφία, καὶ οὐ παύσομαι τιθεὶς ἐν πρώτοις, ὁσάκις ἃν τὰ ἐκείνου ἐκδιηγῶμαι. Κατεῖχε μὲν αὐτὸν αῖς εἶπον τιμαῖς ἡ πόλις, καὶ οὐδʼ ἂν εἷʼ τι γένοιτο μεθήσειν ἔφασκεν ’ ἐγὼ δὲ ἀνθέλκων ξʼσχυσα, ὁ πάντα Καισαρίῳ πολὺς καὶ τίμιος, καὶ τοῖς γονεῦσι τὴν εὐχὴν πληρῶσαι. καὶ τῇ πατρῖδι τὸ χρέος, καὶ ἐμαυτῴ τὸν πόθον · λαβὼν τῆς ὁδοῦ κοινωνὸν καὶ συνέμπορον, καὶ προτιμηθεὶς οὐ πόλεων καὶ δήμων μόνον, οὐδὲ τιμῶν καὶ πόρων, οʼί πολλοί καὶ πολλαχόθεν οἱ μὲν συνέρρεον ἐκείνῳ, οἱ δὲ ἠλπίζοντο, ἀλλὰ καί αὐτοῦ βασιλέως σχεδὸν, καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖθεν ἐπιταγμάτων. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐγὼ μὶν φιλοσοφεῖν διέγνων, καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀνω βίον μεθαρμοσθῆναι, ὥσπερ τινὰ βαρὺν δεσπότην καὶ ἀρρώστημα χαλεπὸν, πᾶσαν φιλοτιμίαν ἀποσεισάμενος· μᾶλλονδὲ ὁ μὲν πόθος πρεσβύτερος, ὁ δὲ βίὸς ὒστερος · τὸν δὲ τὰ πρῶτα τῆς παιδεύσεως ἀναθέντα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδι, καὶ θαυμασθέντα τῶν πόνων ἀξίως, μετά τοῦ· το δόξης ἐπιθυμία καὶ τοῦ προστατεύειν τῆς πόλεως, ὠς ἐμέ γε συνέπειθε, τοῖς βασιλείοις δίδωσιν, οὐ πάνυ μὶν ἡμῖν φίλα ποιοῦντα, καὶ κατά γνώμην καὶ γάρ ἀπολογήσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὅτι πολλοστὸν τετάχθαι παρά Θεῷ κρεῖττον εἶναι δοκεῖ τε καὶ ὑψηλότερον ἣ παρὰ τῷ κατω βασιλεῖ τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι, οὐ μὴν ἄξιός γε μέμψεωςε Φιλοσοφεῖν μὲν γὰρ ὅσῳ μέγιστον, τοσούτῳ καὶ χαλεπώτατον, καὶ οὐ πολλῶν τὸ ἐγχείρημα, οὐδʼ ἄλλων ἣ τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς θείας προκικλημένων μεγαλονοίας, ἣ τοῖς προῃρημένοις καλῶς χεῖρα δίδωσιν οὐ μικρὸν δὲ εἷʼτις, τὸν δεύτερον προστησάμενος βίον, καλοκάγαθίας μεταποιοῖτο, καί πλείω λόγον ἔχοι Θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ σωτηρίας ἣ τῆς κάτω λαμπρότητος καὶ τήν μὲν ὡς σκηνὴν προβάλλοιτο, ἥ τι προσωπεῖον τῶν πολλῶν καὶ προσκαίρων, τὸ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου δρᾶμα ὑποκρινόμενος, αὐτὸς δὲ ζῲοι Θεῴ με· τὰ τῆς εἰκόνος, οἶδε παρʼ ἐκείνου λαβὼν καὶ ὀφείλων τῷ δεδωκότιʼ ὅπερ ἀμέλει καὶ Καισάριον διανοηθέντα γινώσκομεν. υς εὐθὺς ἀριθμούμενους, τὰς μεγίστας καρποῐʼ›ται ιάς · ἄμισθον δὲ τήν τῆς τέχνης φιλανθρωπίαν τοῖς τέλει προτίθησιν, εἰδὼς οὐδὲν οὕτως ὡς ετήν καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τοῖς καλλίστοις γινώσκεσθαι οάγειν εἷς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν. Καὶ ὧν τῇ τάξει δεύτερος , τούτων κατᾶ πολὺ περιῆν τῇ δόξῃ ο πᾶσι μὲν ὥν Ξι σωφροσύνην ἐπέραστος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τά τίμια ,στευόμενος, καὶ μηδὲν Ἱπποκράτους 6px:τοῦ προσδεόμενος, ὡς μηδὲν εἶναι καὶ τήν Κράτη- ›ς ἁπλότητα πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνου θεωρουμένην· ἱσι δὲ πλέον κατὰ τήν ἀξίαν αἰδέσιμος, μεγάλων ιν ἀεὶ τῶν παρόντων ἀξιούμενος, μειζόνων δὲ ἄξιος θαι τῶν έλπιζομενων κρινόμενος τοῖς τε βασιλεῦσιν ντοῖς, καὶ ’ὀσοι τά πρῶτα μετʼ ἐκείνους ἔχουσιν · τὸ μέγιστον, ὅτι μήτε ὑπὸ τῆς δόξης μήτε ὑπό τῆς ι μέσῳ τρυφῆς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς εὐγένειαν διεφθάρη ’ ιλά πολλῶν xui μεγάλων ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ, πρῶτον εἷς ἀξίωμα Χριστιανὸν καὶ εἶναικαὶ ὀνομάζεσθαι· :i πάντα ὀμοῦ παιδιά τις ἰκείνῳ xui λῆρος πρὸς ἓν ὖτο κρινόμενα. Τά μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα ὡς ἐπὶ σκηνῆς ri ἅλΑοις παίζεσθαι τάγιστα πηγνυμένης τε καί καιλυομένης, τάχα δὲ φθειρομένης ρᾳον ἣ συνισταἕνης, ὡς εἶναι ἰδεῖν ἐκ τῶν πολλῶν τοῦ βίου μετα- >λῶν, καὶ τῆς ἂνω καὶ κάτω μεταπιπτούσης εὐετηίας ’ μόνον δὲ ἴδιον ἀγαθὸν εἴναι καὶ παραμένου ἀσ- IA'. Ταῦτα Καισαρίῳ ἔφιλοσοφεῖτο κᾶν τῇ λανίδιʼ ταύταις καὶ συνέζησε ταῖς ἐννοίαις, καὶ ›ναπῆΛθε, μείζω τῆς φαινομένης εἰς τὸ κοινὸν ὶσεβείας, Θεῷ γνωρίζων καὶ παριστὰς τὴν κατὰ iv κρυπτὸν ἄνθρωπον. Καί εἷʼ με δεῖ, πάντα παρτα, τὴν προστασίαν τῶν ἐκ γένους ἀτυχησάντων, ιν ὑπεροψίαν τοῦ τύφου, τήν πρὸς τοὺς φίλους ·οτιμίαν, τήν πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας παρῥησίαν, τοὺς τὶρ ἀληθείας ἀγῶνας καὶ λόγους, οὕς πολλοὺς 1i πρὸς πολλοὺς συνεστήσατο, οὐ λογικῶς μόνον. Qu xui λίαν εὐσεβῶς τε xui διακῦρως, ἓν ἀντὶ άντων εἰπεῖν τῶν ἐκείνου τὸ γνωριμώτατον. ἰλλύσσα καθʼ ἡμῶν βασιλεὺς ὁ δυσώνυμος, xui καθʼ 5) ἑαυτοῦ πρῶτον μανεὶς ἐκ τῆς εἷς Χριστὸν ἄθεήσεως, ἀφόρητος ἤδη καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἦν, οὐδʼ ἐν ’ῳ τοῖς λοιποῖς Χριστομὲάχοις μεγαλοψύχως πογραφόμενος εἷς τήν ἀσέβειαν, ἀλλὰ κλέπτων τὸν ,ωγμὸν ἐν ἐπιεικείας πλάσματι · καὶ κατά τὸν σκοιὸν ὅφιν, ὅς τήν ἐκείνου κατέσχε ψυχὴν, παντοίαις ηχαναῖς ὐποσπῶν τοὺς ἀθλίους εἷς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ βάραθρον. Καὶ τὸ μὶν πρῶτον αύτῷ τέχνασμά τε καὶ σόφισμα, ’ἰνα μηδὲ τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄθλοις τιμῆς τυγχάνωμεν (ἐφθόνει γάρ καὶ ταύτης Χριστιανοῖς ὁ γεννάδας), πάσχοντας ὡς Χριστιανοὺς, ὡς κακούργους κολάζεσθαι· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον πειθοῦς ὄνομα προσεῖναι τῷ γινομένῳ, μή τυραννίδος, ὡς ἂν μεῖζον ᾖ τοῦ κινδύνου τὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης, αὐθαιρέτως χωροῦσι πρὸς τήν ἀσέβειαν. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν χρήμασι, τοὺς δὲ ἀξιώμασι, τοὺς δὲ ὑποσχέσεσι, τοὺς δὲ παντοίαις τιμαῖς ὑφελκόμενος, ἂς οὑδὲ βασιλικῶς προσῆγεν, ἀλλᾶ καὶ λίαν δουλοπρεπῶς ἐν ταῖς ἀπάντων ὄψεσι, πάντας δὲ τῇ γοητείᾳ τῶν λόγων καὶ τῷ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ὑποδείγματι, ἐπὶ πολλοῖς πειρᾶται καὶ Καισαρίου. Φεῦ τῆς παραπληξίας καὶ τῆς ἀνοίας, εἰ Καισάριόν τε ὄντα, καὶ ἀδελφὸν ἐμὸν, καὶ νῶν γονέων τούτων συλήσειν ἤλπισεν ί ἂν εἴη παννελῶς τοῖʼ) καιροῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου. Ὠς δὲ πάσας αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις πλοκὰς διαλύσας, καὶ πεῖραν ἅπασαν ἀφανῆ τε καὶ φανερὰν, ὣσπερ τινὰ παιδιὰν παρωσάμενος, μεγάλῃ καὶ λαμπρᾷ τῇ φωνῇ τὸ Χριστιανὸς εἷναί τε καὶ μένειν ἀνεκήρυξεν, οὐδὲ οὕτω μὶν παντελῶς ἀποπέμπεται· καὶ γὰρ δεινὸς ἔρως εἶχε τὸν βασιλέα τῇ Καισαρίου παιδεύσει συνεῖναι καὶ καλλωπίζεσθαι· ἡνίκα καὶτὸ περιβόητον τοῦτο ἐν ταῖς τῶν πάντων ἀκοαῖς ἐφθέγξατο· Ὤ πατρὸς εὐτυχοῦς, ὥ παίδων δυστυχῶνί Ἐπειδή καὶ ἡμᾶς ἠξίωσε τιμῆσαι τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῆς ἀτιμίας, ὧν καὶ τήν παίδευσιν Ἀθήνῃσιν ἔγνω καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν, δευτέρᾳ δὲ εἰσόδῳ ταμιευθεὶς (ἐπείδή γε κατὰ Περσῶν ἐκεῖνον ἡ δίκη καλῶς ἐξώπλισεν [33]), ἐπάνεισι πρὸς ἡμᾶς φυγὰς μακάριος, καὶ τροπαιοῦχος ἀναιμακτος, καὶ περιφα-,. η, η ι ι νὲστερος τήν ἀτιμίαν ἢ τήν καμπρότητα.

Hypo dē toioutoisēthesi traphentes kai paideuthentes, kai tois entautha mathēmasin hikanōs enaskēthentes, en ois hikeinos tachei te kai megethei physeōs oudʼ an heiʼpoi tis hoson hyper tous pollous ēnʼ hōn pōs adakryti tēn toutōn parelthō mnēmēn, kai mē me aphilosophon elenxę̄ to pathos para tēn hyposchesin ! allʼ epeidē ge apodēmias kairos edokei, kai tote prōton apʼ allēloin eschisthēmen; egō men tois kata Palaistinēn enkatameinas paideutērioispanthousi tote kata rhētorikēs {pango di tēn Alexandrou polin katalabōn, pan; toias paideuseōs kai tote kai nyn ousan te kai dokousan ergastērion. Ti prōton, hē ti megiston heiʼpō tōn ekeinou kalōn? Ti di pareis, mē tǭ megistǭ zēmiōsō ton logon ? Tis min ekeinou didaskalois pistoteros? Tis de hēlixi prosphilesteross Tis min mallon apephyge tēn tōn mochthērōn hetairian kai homelian? Tis de tę̄ tōn beltistōn heauton prosethēke pleion, allois te kai tōn ek tēs patridos tois eudokimōtatois kai gnōrimōtatois, eidōs oude touto pherein mikron eis hē kakian tas sonousias? Ex hōn tis men archousin ekeinou timiōteros? tis de tę̄ polei pasę̄, kaitoi ge (Si) dia to megethos pantōn inkryptomenōn, hē epi sōphrosynę̄ gnōrimoterosē epi synesei periphanesteros? thmoito, to presbeion en tois deuterois pheromenoi Kal tauta ou logos estin amartyros, allʼ eǭa te homou lēxis kai hesperios, kai hosēn ekeinos ipēlthen hysteron, episēmoi stēlai tēs ekeinou paideu- H'. Epei de, pasan aretēn te kai mathēsin hōsper megalē phortis pantodapēn emporian heis mian tēn heautou psychēn syllexamenos, epi tēn heautou polin istelleto, hōs han kai tois allois metadoiē tōn kalōn agōgimōn tēs heautou paideuseōs,’ entautha ti kai ōnēnechthē pragmio Thaumasion, oudin de hoion, kai gar eme ge malista pantōn euphrainei touto mnēmoneuthin, kai hymas an hēdious poiēseien, en brachei diēgēsasthai. Ēucheto min hē mētēr euchēn mētriiiēn tina kai philopaida, hōsper exepempsen amphoterous, houtō kai syn allēlois epanelthontas idein. Xynōris gar edokoumen tis, kai ei mē tois allois, mētri gʼ oun, euchēs kai theas axia, syn allēlois horōmenoi, ē nyn kakōs hypo ’tou phthonou dialytheisa ; Theou di houtō kinēsantos, hos akouei dikaias euchēs, kai philtron Iiimą goneōn eis paidas eugnōmonas, ex oudemias epinoias, oude synthēmatos, 6 men apo tēs Alexan- Breias, o de apo tēs Hellados kata ton auton chronon heis tēn autēn polin ho min apo gēs, ho di apo thalassēs katēramen. Hē polis de ēn to Byzantion, hē nyn prokathezomenē tēs Eurōpēs polis, hen hę̄ tosouton Kaisarios klaos ou pollou chronou dielthontos ēnenka- 10, hōste dēmosias timas autǭ, kai gamon tōn eudokimōn, kaitēs synklētou boulēs metousian protethēnai, kai pros basilea presbeian stalēnai, ton megan apo koinou dogmatos, tēn prōtēn polin tǭ prōtǭ logiǭ kosmēthēnai te kai timēthēnai (ei. ti melein autǭ tou prōtēn alēthōa einai, kai tę̄s epōnymias axian), kai touto prostethēnai pasi tois hypir autēs diēgēmasi, tǭ Kaisariǭ kale lōpizesthai, kai iatrǭ, kai oikētori kaitoi ge me; ta tēs allēs lamprotētos pollois kai megalois heuthynoumenēn andrasi kata te philosophian kata te tēn allēn paideusinenAlla touto men hikanōs. Tote dʼ oun to genomenon tois min allois syntychia tis edoi xen alogos kai anaitios, hoia pherei polla to automaa ton en tois hēmeterois, tois de philotheois kai lian eudēlon ēn mē allo ti symban einai ē goneōn theophilōn ergon ek gēs kai thalattēs tous paidas synagontōn heis mian euchēs ekplērōsin. Phere mēde touto tōn Kaisariou kalōn parelthiyslen, ho tois men allois isōs mikron, kai oude mnēmēs axion, emoi de kai tote kai nyn megisnon edoxen, eiper tōn epainetōn hē philadelphia, kai ou pausomai titheis en prōtois, hosakis han ta ekeinou ekdiēgōmai. Kateiche men auton ais eipon timais hē polis, kai oudʼ an heiʼ ti genoito methēsein ephasken ’ egō de anthelkōn xʼschysa, ho panta Kaisariǭ polys kai timios, kai tois goneusi tēn euchēn plērōsai. kai tę̄ patridi to chreos, kai emautǭ ton pothon ; labōn tēs hodou koinōnon kai synemporon, kai protimētheis ou poleōn kai dēmōn monon, oude timōn kai porōn, oʼi polloi kai pollachothen hoi men synerreon ekeinǭ, hoi de ēlpizonto, alla kai autou basileōs schedon, kai tōn ekeithen epitagmatōn. Enteuthen egō min philosophein diegnōn, kai pros ton anō bion metharmosthēnai, hōsper tina baryn despotēn kai arrōstēma chalepon, pasan philotimian aposeisamenos; mallonde ho men pothos presbyteros, ho de bios ysteros ; ton de ta prōta tēs paideuseōs anathenta tę̄ heautou patridi, kai thaumasthenta tōn ponōn axiōs, meta tou; to doxēs epithymia kai tou prostateuein tēs poleōs, ōs eme ge synepeithe, tois basileiois didōsin, ou pany min hēmin phila poiounta, kai kata gnōmēn kai gar apologēsomai pros hymas, hoti polloston tetachthai para Theǭ kreitton einai dokei te kai hypsēloteron hē para tǭ katō basilei ta prōta pheresthai, ou mēn axios ge mempseōse Philosophein men gar hosǭ megiston, tosoutǭ kai chalepōtaton, kai ou pollōn to encheirēma, oudʼ allōn hē tōn hypo tēs theias prokiklēmenōn megalonoias, hē tois proę̄rēmenois kalōs cheira didōsin ou mikron de heiʼtis, ton deuteron prostēsamenos bion, kalokagathias metapoioito, kai pleiō logon echoi Theou kai tēs heautou sōtērias hē tēs katō lamprotētos kai tēn men hōs skēnēn proballoito, hē ti prosōpeion tōn pollōn kai proskairōn, to tou kosmou toutou drama hypokrinomenos, autos de zǭoi Theǭ me; ta tēs eikonos, oide parʼ ekeinou labōn kai opheilōn tǭ dedōkotiʼ hoper amelei kai Kaisarion dianoēthenta ginōskomen. ys euthys arithmoumenous, tas megistas karpoiʼ›tai ias ; amisthon de tēn tēs technēs philanthrōpian tois telei protithēsin, eidōs ouden houtōs hōs etēn kai to epi tois kallistois ginōskesthai oagein heis to emprosthen. Kai hōn tę̄ taxei deuteros , toutōn kata poly periēn tę̄ doxę̄ o pasi men hōn Xi sōphrosynēn eperastos, kai dia touto ta timia ,steuomenos, kai mēden Hippokratous 6px:tou prosdeomenos, hōs mēden einai kai tēn Kratē- ›s haplotēta pros tēn ekeinou theōroumenēn; hisi de pleon kata tēn axian aidesimos, megalōn in aei tōn parontōn axioumenos, meizonōn de axios thai tōn elpizomenōn krinomenos tois te basileusin ntois, kai ’osoi ta prōta metʼ ekeinous echousin ; to megiston, hoti mēte hypo tēs doxēs mēte hypo tēs i mesǭ tryphēs tēn tēs psychēs eugeneian diephtharē ’ ila pollōn xui megalōn hyparchontōn autǭ, prōton heis axiōma Christianon kai einaikai onomazesthai; :i panta omou paidia tis ikeinǭ xui lēros pros hen yto krinomena. Ta men gar alla hōs epi skēnēs ri halAois paizesthai tagista pēgnymenēs te kai kailyomenēs, tacha de phtheiromenēs rąon hē synistaenēs, hōs einai idein ek tōn pollōn tou biou meta- >lōn, kai tēs anō kai katō metapiptousēs euetēias ’ monon de idion agathon einai kai paramenou as- IA'. Tauta Kaisariǭ ephilosopheito kan tę̄ lanidiʼ tautais kai synezēse tais ennoiais, kai ›napēLthe, meizō tēs phainomenēs eis to koinon isebeias, Theǭ gnōrizōn kai paristas tēn kata iv krypton anthrōpon. Kai heiʼ me dei, panta parta, tēn prostasian tōn ek genous atychēsantōn, in hyperopsian tou typhou, tēn pros tous philous ;otimian, tēn pros tous archontas parrhēsian, tous tir alētheias agōnas kai logous, hous pollous 1i pros pollous synestēsato, ou logikōs monon. Qu xui lian eusebōs te xui diakyrōs, hen anti antōn eipein tōn ekeinou to gnōrimōtaton. illyssa kathʼ hēmōn basileus ho dysōnymos, xui kathʼ 5) heautou prōton maneis ek tēs heis Christon atheēseōs, aphorētos ēdē kai tois allois ēn, oudʼ en ’ǭ tois loipois Christomeachois megalopsychōs pographomenos heis tēn asebeian, alla kleptōn ton ,ōgmon en epieikeias plasmati ; kai kata ton skoion hophin, hos tēn ekeinou katesche psychēn, pantoiais ēchanais ypospōn tous athlious heis to heautou barathron. Kai to min prōton autǭ technasma te kai sophisma, ’ina mēde tēs epi tois athlois timēs tynchanōmen (ephthonei gar kai tautēs Christianois ho gennadas), paschontas hōs Christianous, hōs kakourgous kolazesthai; to de deuteron peithous onoma proseinai tǭ ginomenǭ, mē tyrannidos, hōs an meizon ę̄ tou kindynou to tēs aischynēs, authairetōs chōrousi pros tēn asebeian. Kai tous men chrēmasi, tous de axiōmasi, tous de hyposchesesi, tous de pantoiais timais hyphelkomenos, as houde basilikōs prosēgen, alla kai lian douloprepōs en tais apantōn opsesi, pantas de tę̄ goēteią tōn logōn kai tǭ kathʼ heauton hypodeigmati, epi pollois peiratai kai Kaisariou. Pheu tēs paraplēxias kai tēs anoias, ei Kaisarion te onta, kai adelphon emon, kai nōn goneōn toutōn sylēsein ēlpisen i an eiē pannelōs toiʼ) kairou kai tou logou. Ōs de pasas autou tas en tois logois plokas dialysas, kai peiran hapasan aphanē te kai phaneran, hōsper tina paidian parōsamenos, megalę̄ kai lamprą tę̄ phōnę̄ to Christianos heinai te kai menein anekēryxen, oude houtō min pantelōs apopempetai; kai gar deinos erōs eiche ton basilea tę̄ Kaisariou paideusei syneinai kai kallōpizesthai; hēnika kaito periboēton touto en tais tōn pantōn akoais ephthenxato; Ō patros eutychous, hō paidōn dystychōni Epeidē kai hēmas ēxiōse timēsai tę̄ koinōnią tēs atimias, hōn kai tēn paideusin Athēnę̄sin egnō kai tēn eusebeian, deuterą de eisodǭ tamieutheis (epeidē ge kata Persōn ekeinon hē dikē kalōs exōplisen [33]), epaneisi pros hēmas phygas makarios, kai tropaiouchos anaimaktos, kai peripha-,. ē, ē i i nesteros tēn atimian ē tēn kamprotēta.

[6] Brought up and educated in such ways, and sufficiently trained in the learning to be had here, in which he surpassed the many by more than one could say in quickness and greatness of nature (how can I pass over the memory of those days without tears, and not have my emotion convict me of being unphilosophical, against my promise!), when the time seemed to have come to go abroad, then for the first time we were separated from each other: I remained in the schools of Palestine, which were then flourishing in rhetoric, while he reached the city of Alexander, which was then and is now, in fact and in repute, the workshop of every kind of learning. What shall I mention first, or what as greatest, of his good qualities? What shall I omit without defrauding my discourse of what is greatest? Who was more faithful to his teachers than he? Who dearer to his fellow students? Who more avoided the company and conversation of the wicked? Who attached himself more to the best, especially to the most distinguished and best known of those from his homeland, knowing that this too, the company one keeps, contributes no small amount to virtue or to vice? As a result, who was more honoured by the authorities than he? Who in the whole city (though because of its greatness everyone is hidden in it) was better known for his temperance or more conspicuous for his intelligence? … carrying off the first prize among those in the second rank. And this is not a word without witness; but the East and the West, and all the places to which he went later, are notable monuments of his education. [8] But when, having gathered every virtue and every kind of learning into his one soul, like a great merchant ship laden with varied merchandise, he was setting out for his own city, to share with others too the fair cargo of his education, then a wonderful thing happened, which it is fine to tell briefly, for to recall it gladdens me most of all, and would make you happier too. Our mother prayed a mother’s child-loving prayer, that as she had sent us both off, so she might see us return together. For we seemed to be a pair worthy of prayer and of sight, if not to others, at least to our mother, when we were seen together; a pair now wickedly broken up by envy. And God so moving things, who hears a just prayer and honours the love of parents for dutiful children, without any design or arrangement, the one from Alexandria and the other from Greece, at the same time and to the same city, the one by land and the other by sea, we arrived. The city was Byzantium, the city that now presides over Europe, in which Caesarius, after no long time, gained such fame that public honours, a marriage with a lady of distinguished family, and a seat in the senate were offered him, and an embassy was sent by common decree to the emperor, the great one, asking that the first city might be adorned and honoured by the first of the learned (if it cared to be truly first and worthy of its name), and that this might be added to all the tales told about it, that it prided itself on Caesarius as its physician and inhabitant; although, besides its other brilliance, it flourished with many great men in philosophy and in other learning. But enough of this. What happened then seemed to others a chance without reason or cause, such as chance brings about often in our affairs; but to those who love God it was very clear that it was nothing else than the work of God-loving parents, gathering their sons from land and sea into one fulfilment of their prayer. [9] Come, let me not pass over this either among Caesarius’s good qualities, which perhaps seems small to others and not worth remembering, but seemed to me then and seems now very great, if brotherly love is among the things to be praised; and I will never cease setting it among the first whenever I tell of him. The city held him with the honours I mentioned, and declared that it would not let him go whatever happened; but I, pulling the other way, prevailed, I who was everything to Caesarius, great and honoured, and so fulfilled our parents’ prayer, our homeland’s due, and my own longing, taking him as my companion and fellow traveller on the road, and being preferred by him not only to cities and peoples, to honours and revenues, which flowed to him in abundance from many sides or were hoped for, but almost to the emperor himself and his commands. From then on I resolved to philosophize and to be conformed to the life above, shaking off all ambition like a heavy master or a grievous disease; or rather, the longing was older and the life came later. But as for him, who had dedicated the first-fruits of his learning to his homeland and been admired as his labours deserved, after this the desire for glory and for being a protector of his city, as he persuaded me, gave him to the palace. This was not at all to our liking or according to our judgment (for I will confess to you that to be ranked last with God seems to me better and loftier than to hold the first place with the king below); yet he does not deserve blame. For philosophy is as hard as it is great, and the undertaking is not for many, nor for any but those called by the divine magnanimity, which gives its hand to those who choose well; but it is no small thing if one who has chosen the second life lays claim to goodness, and takes more account of God and of his own salvation than of brilliance here below, and treats that brilliance as a stage or a mask for the many and temporary things, playing the drama of this world while himself living for God with the image, which he knows he has received from him and owes to the Giver. And this, indeed, we know Caesarius intended. [10] … he was at once numbered among the emperor’s friends and reaps the greatest honours; but he offers the kindness of his art without fee to those in office, knowing that nothing advances a man so much as virtue and being known for the finest things. And those among whom he was second in rank he far surpassed in glory: lovable to all for his temperance, and for this reason trusted with precious things, and needing nothing of the oath of Hippocrates, so that even the simplicity of Crates was nothing compared with his; more venerable to all than his rank warranted, always thought worthy of great present honours and judged worthy of greater ones in hope, by the emperors themselves and by those who hold the first place after them. And, greatest of all, neither glory nor the luxury around him corrupted the nobility of his soul; but, though many great things belonged to him, the first in dignity was to be and to be called a Christian, and all the rest together was a toy and nonsense to him compared with this one thing. For the other things are played, as on a stage, by others and by oneself, set up very quickly and taken down, perhaps destroyed more easily than established, as one can see from the many changes of life and the prosperity that falls now up and now down; but piety alone is a good of one’s own and abiding … [11] These things Caesarius philosophized even in his court robe; with these thoughts he lived and departed, showing and presenting to God a piety greater than that visible to the public, according to the hidden man. And if I must, passing over everything else (his protection of relatives in misfortune, his disdain of pride, his generosity to his friends, his frankness toward the rulers, his contests and arguments for the truth, many and against many, not only with skill in argument but very piously and fervently), I will tell, instead of all, the best known of his deeds. The emperor of evil name was raging against us, having first raged against himself by denying Christ, and was by now unbearable to others too, not even, like the other enemies of Christ, registering himself for impiety with greatness of soul, but stealing the persecution under a pretence of gentleness; and, like the crooked serpent that held his soul, drawing the wretched down into his pit by all kinds of devices. His first trick and sophism was that we should not even obtain the honour of our contests (for the noble man begrudged Christians even this): that those suffering as Christians should be punished as evildoers. The second was that the name of persuasion, not of tyranny, should be attached to what was done, so that the shame might be greater than the danger for those who went voluntarily over to impiety. And, drawing some by money, others by dignities, others by promises, others by all kinds of honours, which he offered not royally but very slavishly in the sight of all, and all of them by the witchery of his words and by his own example, after many others he tries Caesarius too. Alas for the madness and folly, if he hoped to carry off Caesarius, my brother, the son of these parents! … [13] … it would be altogether out of season and out of place to tell the arguments. But when Caesarius, having undone all the twists of his arguments and pushed aside every trial, hidden and open, like a game, proclaimed with a great and clear voice that he was and remained a Christian, not even then was he altogether sent away; for a terrible longing held the emperor to enjoy Caesarius’s learning and pride himself on it. It was then that he uttered that famous saying in everyone’s hearing: “O happy father, O unhappy sons!”, since he thought fit to honour me too with a share in the dishonour, having known both our learning and our piety at Athens. Kept back for a second hearing (since justice nobly armed the emperor against the Persians), Caesarius returns to us a blessed exile and a bloodless victor, more conspicuous in his dishonour than in his brilliance.

7.9PG 35:772b

Ταύτην ἐγὼ τήν νίκην τῆς πολλῆς ὶκείνου χειρὸς, καὶ τῆς ὑψηλῆς ἀλουργίδος, καὶ τοῦ πολυτελοῦς διαδήματος ὑψηλοτέραν κρίνω μακρῷ καὶ τιμιωτὲραν· τούτῳ τῷ διηγήματι πλέον ἐπαίρομαι, ἦ εἱ πᾶσαν ἐκείνῳ τὴν βασιλείαν ἆπεμερῐσατο. Τοῖς μεν νῦν πονηροῖς ὑποχωρεῖ χρόνοις, καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ τήν ἡμετέραν νομοθεσίαν· ἐνστάντος μὶν καιροῦ διακινδυνεύειν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶμὴ προδιδόναι δειλίᾳ τὴν εὐσέβειαν· ἕως δʼ ἂν ἐξῇ, μή προκαλεῖσθαιτοὺς κινδὺνους κελεύουσαν, εἷʼτε δέει τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν, εἶτε φειδοῖ τῶν ἐπαγόντων τὸν κίνδυνον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὅ ζόφος ἐλύθη, καὶ ὴ ὑπερορία καλῶς ἐδίκασε καὶ ἡ στιλεωθεῖσα ῥομφαία τόν ἀτεβῆ κατέβαλε, καὶ Χριπιανοῖς ἦπανῆλθι τὰ πράγματα, τί δεῖ λέγειν μεθʼ οῗας δόξης τε καὶτιμῆς, ἢ τῶν μαρτυρίων οἵων καὶ iis-inv, καὶ ὡς διδοὺς χάριν μᾶλλον ἣ κομιζόμενος, τοῖς βασιλείοις αὖθις ἁναλαμβάνεται, καὶ διαδέχεται τὴν προὲραν rip-Py ἡ δευτέρη Καὶ βασιλεῖς μὲν ὁ χρόνος παρήμειψε Καισαρίῳ δὲ τὸ τῆς εὐδοξίας ἄλυτον καὶ τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς πρωτείων ’ καὶ ἀγὼν βασιλεῦσιν, ὅστις μᾶλλον Καισάρων οἶκειώσηται, καὶ οὗ μᾶλλον ἐκεῖνος ὀνομασθῇ φίλος καὶ γνώριμος. Τοιαῦτα Καισαρίῳ τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας, καὶ παρὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας. Ἀκουὲτωσαν καὶ νέοι, καὶ ἄνδρες, καὶ διὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀρετῆς πρὸς τήν αὐτὴν ἐπιφάνειαν ἔπειγᾶσθωσαν (Ἀγαθῶο γὰρ πόνων καρπὸς εὐκλεὴς), ὅσοις καὶ τοῦτο διὰ σπουδῆς καὶ μέρος εὐδαιμονίας ὑπολαμβάνεται.

Tautēn egō tēn nikēn tēs pollēs ikeinou cheiros, kai tēs hypsēlēs alourgidos, kai tou polytelous diadēmatos hypsēloteran krinō makrǭ kai timiōteran; toutǭ tǭ diēgēmati pleon epairomai, ē hei pasan ekeinǭ tēn basileian apemerisato. Tois men nyn ponērois hypochōrei chronois, kai touto kata tēn hēmeteran nomothesian; enstantos min kairou diakindyneuein hyper tēs alētheias, kaimē prodidonai deilią tēn eusebeian; heōs dʼ an exę̄, mē prokaleisthaitous kindynous keleuousan, heiʼte deei tōn hēmeterōn psychōn, eite pheidoi tōn epagontōn ton kindynon. Epei de ho zophos elythē, kai ē hyperoria kalōs edikase kai hē stileōtheisa rhomphaia ton atebē katebale, kai Chripianois ēpanēlthi ta pragmata, ti dei legein methʼ oïas doxēs te kaitimēs, ē tōn martyriōn hoiōn kai iis-inv, kai hōs didous charin mallon hē komizomenos, tois basileiois authis hanalambanetai, kai diadechetai tēn proeran rip-Py hē deuterē Kai basileis men ho chronos parēmeipse Kaisariǭ de to tēs eudoxias alyton kai tōn parʼ autois prōteiōn ’ kai agōn basileusin, hostis mallon Kaisarōn oikeiōsētai, kai hou mallon ekeinos onomasthę̄ philos kai gnōrimos. Toiauta Kaisariǭ ta tēs eusebeias, kai para tēs eusebeias. Akouetōsan kai neoi, kai andres, kai dia tēs autēs aretēs pros tēn autēn epiphaneian epeigasthōsan (Agathōo gar ponōn karpos eukleēs), hosois kai touto dia spoudēs kai meros eudaimonias hypolambanetai.

This victory I judge far loftier and more honourable than that man’s great power, his lofty purple, and his costly diadem; I am more elated by this tale than if Caesarius had received from him a share in his whole empire. He withdraws for the present, in those evil times, and this according to our legislation, which bids us, when the moment comes, to face danger for the truth and not betray piety through cowardice, but, as long as it is allowed, not to provoke dangers, whether out of fear for our own souls or to spare those who bring the danger upon us. But when the darkness was dispelled, and the foreign land had judged well, and the gleaming sword had struck down the impious, and affairs returned to the Christians, why need I say with what glory and honour, with what and how great testimonies, and as one bestowing a favour rather than receiving it, he is taken back into the palace, and his second honour succeeds the first? Time changed the emperors, but Caesarius’s good repute and first place with them remained unbroken; and there was a contest among the emperors as to which of them should attach Caesarius more closely, and whose friend and acquaintance he should rather be called. Such were Caesarius’s piety and its rewards. Let young men and grown men hear it, and press on through the same virtue to the same distinction (“for glorious is the fruit of good labours”), all who think this worth pursuing and a part of happiness.

7.15PG 35:772b–773d

Ἀλλʼ οἶον δὴ καὶ τοῦτο τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν Θαυμάτων, ὁμοῦ τε τῆς των γονέων θεοσεβείας καὶτῆς ἐκείνου μεγίστην ἀπόδειξιν ἔχον, Διέτριβε μὲν ἐν τῇ Βιθυνῶν, τὴν οὗ πολλοστὴν ἀπὸ βασιλέως διέπων ἀρχήν · ἡ δή ἦν ταμιεύειν βασιλεῖ τὰ χρήματα, καί τῶν θησαυρῶν ἔχειν τήν ἐπιμέλειαν. Ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ αὐτῷ τὰς μείζους ἀρχὰς βασιλεὺς προοιμιάζεται τοῦ δὲ πρώην συνενέχθὲντος ἐν Νικαίᾳ σεισμοῦ (Η) ὅς ’δὴ χαλεπώτατος τῶν πώποτε μνημονευομένων γιη γονὲναι λέγεται, μικροῦ τοὺς πάντας ἐγκαταλαβόντοςʼ καὶ τῷ τῆς πόλεως κάλλει συναφανίσαντος, μόνος τῶν ἐπιφανῶν, ἢ κομιδῆ σὺν ὀλίγοις, ἐκ τοῦ κινδύνου περισώζεται, καὶ σωτηρίαν ἀπιστουμένην αὐτῷ σκεπασθεὶς τῷ συμπτώματι, καὶ μικρὰ σημεῖα τοῦ κινδύνου φερόμενος, ὅσον τὸν φόβον παιδαγωγὸν λαβεῖν τῆς μείζονος σωτηρίας, καὶ ὅλως τῆς ἄνω γενὲσθαι μοίρας, μεταθέμενος τὴν στρατείαν ἐκ τῶν κινουμένων, καὶ ἀμείψας ἑαυτῷ τὰ βασίλεια, Τοῦτο μὲν οὗν καὶ διενοεῖτο, καὶ κατὰ σπουδὴν ἐαυτῷ συνηύχετο, ὡς πρὸς ἒμὶ γράφων ἔπειθεν, ἁρπάσαντα τὸν καιρὸν εἷς νουθέτησιν · ὅπερ οὐδʼ ἄλλοτε ποιῶν ἐπαυσάμην, ζηλοτυπῶν τὸ ἐκείνου μεγαλοφυὲς στρεφόμενον ἐν τοῖς χείροσι, καὶ τήν φιλόσοφον οὕτω ψυχὴν ἂν τοῖς δημοσίοις καλινδουμένην, καὶ ὥσπερ ἣλιον νέφει συγκαλυπτόμενον. Ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὲν σεισμοῦ κρείττων ἐγένετο, τῆς νόσου δὲ οὐκ ἔτι καὶ γὰρ ἧν ἅνθρωπος. Καὶ τὸ μὶν ξʼδιον ἐκείνου, τὸ δί κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους. Καὶ τὸ μὲν τῆς εὐσεβείας, τὸ δὲ τῆς φύσεως. Καὶ προῦλαβεν ἡ παραμυθία τὸ πάθος, τίνει τῷ θανάτῳ σεισθέντες, τῷ πραδόξῳ τῆς τότε σωτηρίας ἐγκαυχησώμεθα. Καὶ νῦν ἡμῖν ὁ πολὺς Καισάριπ ἀποσέσωσται, κόνις τιμία, νεκρὸς ἆπαινούμενος, ὕμνοις“ἐξμί.ίμνων παραπεμπόμενος, μαρτύρων βήμασι πομπευόμενος, γονέων χερσὶν ὁσίαις τιμώμενος, μητρὸς λαμπροφο ρίᾳ τῷ πάθει τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἀντεισαγούσης, δάκρυσιν ἡττωμένοις φιλοσοφίᾳ, ψαλμῳδίαις κομιζούς σαις τοὺς θρήνους, καὶ τῆς νεοκτίστου ψυχῆς, ῆν τὸ Πνεῦμα διʼ ὕδατος ἁνεμόρφωσεν, ἄξια τὰ γέρα καρπούμενος.

Allʼ oion dē kai touto tōn peri auton Thaumatōn, homou te tēs tōn goneōn theosebeias kaitēs ekeinou megistēn apodeixin echon, Dietribe men en tę̄ Bithynōn, tēn hou pollostēn apo basileōs diepōn archēn ; hē dē ēn tamieuein basilei ta chrēmata, kai tōn thēsaurōn echein tēn epimeleian. Enteuthen gar autǭ tas meizous archas basileus prooimiazetai tou de prōēn synenechthentos en Nikaią seismou (Ē) hos ’dē chalepōtatos tōn pōpote mnēmoneuomenōn giē gonenai legetai, mikrou tous pantas enkatalabontosʼ kai tǭ tēs poleōs kallei synaphanisantos, monos tōn epiphanōn, ē komidē syn oligois, ek tou kindynou perisōzetai, kai sōtērian apistoumenēn autǭ skepastheis tǭ symptōmati, kai mikra sēmeia tou kindynou pheromenos, hoson ton phobon paidagōgon labein tēs meizonos sōtērias, kai holōs tēs anō genesthai moiras, metathemenos tēn strateian ek tōn kinoumenōn, kai ameipsas heautǭ ta basileia, Touto men houn kai dienoeito, kai kata spoudēn eautǭ synēucheto, hōs pros emi graphōn epeithen, harpasanta ton kairon heis nouthetēsin ; hoper oudʼ allote poiōn epausamēn, zēlotypōn to ekeinou megalophyes strephomenon en tois cheirosi, kai tēn philosophon houtō psychēn an tois dēmosiois kalindoumenēn, kai hōsper hēlion nephei synkalyptomenon. Alla tou men seismou kreittōn egeneto, tēs nosou de ouk eti kai gar hēn hanthrōpos. Kai to min xʼdion ekeinou, to di koinon pros tous allous. Kai to men tēs eusebeias, to de tēs physeōs. Kai proulaben hē paramythia to pathos, tinei tǭ thanatǭ seisthentes, tǭ pradoxǭ tēs tote sōtērias enkauchēsōmetha. Kai nyn hēmin ho polys Kaisarip aposesōstai, konis timia, nekros apainoumenos, hymnois“exmi.imnōn parapempomenos, martyrōn bēmasi pompeuomenos, goneōn chersin hosiais timōmenos, mētros lampropho rią tǭ pathei tēn eusebeian anteisagousēs, dakrysin hēttōmenois philosophią, psalmǭdiais komizous sais tous thrēnous, kai tēs neoktistou psychēs, ēn to Pneuma diʼ hydatos hanemorphōsen, axia ta gera karpoumenos.

But of this kind too is one of the wonders about him, which gives the greatest proof both of his parents’ godliness and of his own. He was living in Bithynia, holding an office not much below the emperor: this was to keep the emperor’s money and to have charge of the treasuries; for by this the emperor was preparing greater offices for him. And when the recent earthquake at Nicaea occurred, said to have been the most severe ever recorded, which overtook almost everyone and destroyed them together with the beauty of the city, he alone of the notable men, or with very few, is saved from the danger, sheltered by the falling ruins in a safety beyond belief, and bearing small marks of the danger, enough to take his fear as tutor toward the greater salvation and to become wholly of the portion above, transferring his service from the things that are shaken and exchanging his palace. This he intended, and prayed earnestly for himself, as he assured me in writing, when I had seized the occasion for admonition; which I never ceased doing at other times either, jealous that his great nature was turning about among lesser things, and that so philosophical a soul was rolling in public affairs and covered like the sun by a cloud. But though he overcame the earthquake, he did not overcome disease; for he was a man. The one was his own, the other common to him with others; the one belonged to piety, the other to nature. And the consolation came before the suffering, so that, shaken by his death, we might boast of the strangeness of his safety then. And now our great Caesarius has been restored to us, precious dust, a praised corpse, escorted with hymn upon hymn, carried in procession to the shrines of the martyrs, honoured by the holy hands of his parents, by his mother in bright garments setting piety against grief, by tears overcome by philosophy, by psalmody quieting the laments; receiving honours worthy of his newly created soul, which the Spirit refashioned through water.

7.17PG 35:773d–776d

Τοῦτό σοι, Καισάριε, παρʼ ἐμοῦ τὸ ἐντάφιον* αὗται τῶν ἱμῶν λόγῶν αἱ ἀπαρχαὶ οὓς κρυπτομὲνους πολλάκις πεμψάμενος, ἐπὶ σεαυτὸν γυμνώσειν ἔμελλες. Οὗτος ὁ παρʼ ἐμοῦ κόσμος σοὶ δὲ κόσμου. παντὸς, εὗ οἴδα, φίλτατος, οὗ σηρῶν περιρῥέοντιι, καῖ μαλακὰ νήματα, οἷς οὐδὲ περιὼν ἔχαιρες κατὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς, ἀρετῇ μονῃ κοσμούμενος, ι...- -,, μ,,.,Ἥρη-τ οὐδὲ λίνου διαφανοῦς ὑφᾶσματα, οὐδὲ μύρων nolo-in κίμων ἰπιχῦσεις, ἃ ταῖς γυναικωνίτισιν ἀπεπὲμπου καὶ πρότερον, καὶ ὧν ἡμέρα μία λύει τήν εὐωδίαν, οὐδʼ ἄλλο τι τῶν μικρῶν καὶ τοῖς μικροῖς τιμίων, ἃ πάντα κατέκρυψεν ἃν σήμερον ὁ πικρὸς λίθος οὗτος μετὰ τοῦ καλοῦ σώματος. Ἐῤῥέτωσάν μοι καὶ ἀγῶνες Ἐλληνικοὶ καὶ μῦθοι, δʼ ὧν ἔφηβοι δυστυχεῖς ἐτιμήθησαν, μικρὰ μικρῶν ἀγωνισμάτων προτιθέντες τὰ ἔπαθλα· καὶ ὃσα διὰ χοῶν το καὶ ὰπαργμάτων, ἢ στεμμάτων τε καὶ ἀνθέων νεοδρέπτων. ἀφωσιοῦνται τοὺς ἀπελθόντας ἀνθρώπους, νόμῳ πατρίῳ μᾶλλον καὶ ἀλογίᾳ πά.- Θους) ἣ λόγῳ δουλεύοντες, Τὸ δὲ ἐμὸν δῶρον λόγος, ὅ τάχα καί ὁ μέλλων ὑπολήψεται χρόνος, ἀεὶ κινούμενον καὶ οὐκ ἐὸν εἷς τὸ παντελὲς ἀπελθεῖν τὸν ἔνο θὲνδε μεταχωρήσαντα, φυλάσσον δὲ ἀεί καὶ ἀκοαῖς καὶ ψυχαῖς τὸν τιμώμενον, καὶ πινάκων ἐναργεστέραν προτιθεὶς τήν εἰκόνα τοῦ ποθουμένου. νι.. ν, _ _, ιι. Ta μεν ουν παρ ἡμων τοιαυτα· εἰ 0‘s μικρὰ, καὶτῆς ἀξίας ἐλάττω, καὶ Θεῷ φίλον τὸ κατὰ δύνᾳμιν. Καὶ τὰ μὶν ἀποδεδώκαμεν, τὰ. δὲ δώσομεν, τὰς διʼ ἔτους προσφέροντες τιμάς τι καὶ μνήμας, οἵ γε τῷ βίῳ περιλειπόμενοι. Σὺ δὲ ἡμῖν οὐρανοὺς ἱμβατεῦοις, ὦ θεία καὶ ἱερὰ κεφαλὴ, και ἐν κόλποις Ἀβραὰμ, θʼίτινες δὴ οὗτοί εἰσιν, ἀναπαύσαιο, καὶ ἀγγέλων ἐποπτεύοις χορείαν, καὶ μακαρίων ἆνδρῶν δόξας τε καὶ λαμπρότητας· μᾶλλον δὲ συγχορεύοις καῖ συναγάλλοιο, πάντα διαγελῶν τὰ τῇδε ἀφʼ ὕψους, τούς τε καλουμένους πλούτους, καὶτὰς ἔρῥιμμένας ἀξίας, καὶτὰς ψευδομένας τιμὰς, καὶ τὴν διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων πλάνην, καίτὴν τοῦ βίου τούτου περιφορὰν, καὶ τὴν ὥσπερ ἐν νυκτομαχίᾳ σύγχυσίν τε καὶ ἄγνοιαν, βασιλεῖ τῷ μεγάλῳ περιστάμενος, καὶ τοῦ ἐκεῖθεν φωτὸς πληρούμενος· οὗ μικρὰν ἀπορῥοὴν autem ἃεξάμεονι; ὅσον ἒν ἒσόπτροις φαντάζεσται καὶ αἰνίγμασιν, αὐτῇ τῇ πηγῇ τοῦ καλοῦ μετᾶ nam ἐντύχοιμεν, καθαρῷ νῴ καθαρὰν τήν ἀλήθειαν ἐποπτεύοντες,καὶ τοῦτον μισθὸν εόρισκόμενοι τῆς περὶ τὸ καλὸν ἐνταῦθα φιλοπονίας, τὴν τελεωτέραν ἐκεῖσε τοῦ κοιλοῦ μετουσίαν καὶ θεωρίαν · ὅπερ δὴ τῆς ἡμετέρας τέλος μυσταγωγίας, βίβλοι τι καὶ ψυχαὶ (θεολόγοι θεσπίζουσιν.

Touto soi, Kaisarie, parʼ emou to entaphion* hautai tōn himōn logōn hai aparchai hous kryptomenous pollakis pempsamenos, epi seauton gymnōsein emelles. Houtos ho parʼ emou kosmos soi de kosmou. pantos, heu oida, philtatos, hou sērōn perirrheontii, kai malaka nēmata, hois oude periōn echaires kata tous pollous, aretę̄ monę̄ kosmoumenos, i...- -,, m,,.,Hērē-t oude linou diaphanous hyphasmata, oude myrōn nolo-in kimōn ipichyseis, ha tais gynaikōnitisin apepempou kai proteron, kai hōn hēmera mia lyei tēn euōdian, oudʼ allo ti tōn mikrōn kai tois mikrois timiōn, ha panta katekrypsen han sēmeron ho pikros lithos houtos meta tou kalou sōmatos. Errhetōsan moi kai agōnes Ellēnikoi kai mythoi, dʼ hōn ephēboi dystycheis etimēthēsan, mikra mikrōn agōnismatōn protithentes ta epathla; kai hosa dia choōn to kai apargmatōn, ē stemmatōn te kai antheōn neodreptōn. aphōsiountai tous apelthontas anthrōpous, nomǭ patriǭ mallon kai alogią pa.- Thous) hē logǭ douleuontes, To de emon dōron logos, ho tacha kai ho mellōn hypolēpsetai chronos, aei kinoumenon kai ouk eon heis to panteles apelthein ton eno thende metachōrēsanta, phylasson de aei kai akoais kai psychais ton timōmenon, kai pinakōn enargesteran protitheis tēn eikona tou pothoumenou. ni.. n, _ _, ii. Ta men oun par hēmōn toiauta; ei 0‘s mikra, kaitēs axias elattō, kai Theǭ philon to kata dynąmin. Kai ta min apodedōkamen, ta. de dōsomen, tas diʼ etous prospherontes timas ti kai mnēmas, hoi ge tǭ biǭ perileipomenoi. Sy de hēmin ouranous himbateuois, ō theia kai hiera kephalē, kai en kolpois Abraam, thʼitines dē houtoi eisin, anapausaio, kai angelōn epopteuois choreian, kai makariōn andrōn doxas te kai lamprotētas; mallon de synchoreuois kai synagalloio, panta diagelōn ta tę̄de aphʼ hypsous, tous te kaloumenous ploutous, kaitas errhimmenas axias, kaitas pseudomenas timas, kai tēn dia tōn aisthēseōn planēn, kaitēn tou biou toutou periphoran, kai tēn hōsper en nyktomachią synchysin te kai agnoian, basilei tǭ megalǭ peristamenos, kai tou ekeithen phōtos plēroumenos; hou mikran aporrhoēn autem haexameoni? hoson en esoptrois phantazestai kai ainigmasin, autę̄ tę̄ pēgę̄ tou kalou meta nam entychoimen, katharǭ nǭ katharan tēn alētheian epopteuontes,kai touton misthon eoriskomenoi tēs peri to kalon entautha philoponias, tēn teleōteran ekeise tou koilou metousian kai theōrian ; hoper dē tēs hēmeteras telos mystagōgias, bibloi ti kai psychai (theologoi thespizousin.

This is my funeral gift to you, Caesarius; these are the first-fruits of my words, which you often blamed me for keeping hidden, and which you were to be the first to see laid bare, over yourself. This is the adornment I give you, dearer to you, I know well, than all adornment: not flowing silks and soft threads, in which even in your lifetime you did not delight as most people do, adorned as you were by virtue alone; nor fabrics of transparent linen, nor pourings of costly perfumes, which you used to send off to the women’s quarters even before, and whose fragrance one day dissolves; nor any other of the small things precious to small minds, all of which this bitter stone would have hidden today along with your fair body. Away with Greek contests and myths, by which unhappy youths were honoured, who set small prizes for small contests; and with all the libations and first-fruits, the garlands and freshly plucked flowers, by which they pay their dues to departed men, serving ancestral custom and the unreason of grief rather than reason. My gift is a discourse, which perhaps future time too will receive, always in motion, and not allowing the one who has moved from here to depart altogether, but always keeping the one it honours in ears and in souls, and setting forth an image of the beloved clearer than paintings. Such, then, are our offerings; and if they are small and less than his worth, what is offered according to one’s power is dear to God. Some we have paid, others we shall pay, offering honours and remembrances year by year, we who are left in this life. But may you ascend the heavens, O divine and holy head, and rest in the bosom of Abraham, whatever that is, and behold the dance of the angels and the glories and splendours of the blessed; or rather join in the dance and exult with them, laughing from on high at all things here: the so-called riches, the dignities cast aside, the false honours, the error of the senses, the whirl of this life, and the confusion and ignorance as in a battle by night; standing by the great King and filled with the light there. May we too, who have now received a small effluence of that light, as far as it appears in mirrors and riddles, hereafter meet the very source of the good, beholding the pure truth with a pure mind, and finding this reward for our diligence about the good here: a more perfect share and vision of the good there; which is the end of our initiation, as the books and the souls of the theologians declare.

7.18PG 35:776d–777c

Τί λοιπὸν ἔτι; τὴν ἐκ λόγου θεραπείαν τοῖς ἀλγοῦσι προσενεγκεῖν. Μὲγα δὲ τοῖς πενθοῦσι τὸ παρὰ τῶν συναλγούντων φάρμακον· ’ἶσον τοῦ πάθους ἔχοντες πλέον εἰσὶν εἷς παραμυθίαν τοῖς πάσχουσιν. Μάλιστα μὲν οὗν πρὸς τοιούτους ἐστὶν ἡμῖν 6 λόγος · ὑπὲρ ὧν αἰσχυνοίμην ἂν, εἰ μὴ καθάπερ ἄλλου παντὸς τῶν καλῶν, οὕτω καὶ καρτερίας τὰ πρῶτα φέροιντο. Καὶ γὰρ εί φιλόπαιδες πάντων μᾶλλον, ἀλλά καὶ πάντων μᾶλλον φιλόσοφοι καὶ φιλόχριστοι, καὶ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν μετάοασιν ἐκ πλείονος αύτοί τε μελετήσαντες, καὶ τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν διδάξαντες · μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν βίον ὅλον μελέτην λύσεως ἐνστησάμενοι. Εἰ δὲ ἔτι τὸ πάθος ἐπισκοτεῖ τοῖς λογισμοῖς, καὶ καθάπερ λήμη τις τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ὑπελθοῦσα, καθαρῶς συνιδεῖν οὐκ ἐᾷ τὸ δέονʼ φέρε, δέξαθθε παράκλησιν, οἷ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ νέου, καὶ τοῦ παιδὸς οἱ πατέρες, καὶ τοῦ νουθετεῖσθαι παρὰ τῶν τηλικούτων ὀφείλοντος, οἱ πολλοὺς νουθετήσαντες, καὶ τῷ πολλῷ χρόνῳ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν συλλέξαντες. Θαυμάσητε δέ μηδὲν, εἰ νέος νουθετῶ γέροντας ° καὶ τοῦτο ὑμέτερον, εἴ τι πολιᾶς ἄμεινον συνορᾷν ἔχω. Πόσον ἔτι βιωσώμεθα χρόνον, ὦ τίμιαι πολιαὶ, καὶ Θεῷ πλησιάζουσαι; Πόσον ἐνταῦθα κακοπαθήσωμεν ; Οὐδὲ ὁ πᾶς ἀνθρώπων βίος μακρὸς, ὡς τῇ θείᾳ φύσει καὶ ἀτελευτήτῳ παραβαλεῖν, μή ὅτι τὸ τῆς ζωῆς λείψανον, καὶ ἡ λύσις, ὡς ’ἀν εἷʼποιμεν, τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης πνοῆς, καὶ τοῦ προσκαίρου βίου τὰ τελευταῖα. Πόσον ἡμᾶς ἔφθη Καισάριος; Πόσον ἔτι τὸν ἀπελθόντα πενθήσομεν; Οὐ πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπειγόμεθα μονήν; Οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν ύποδυσόμεθα λίθον αύτίκα; Ούχ ἡ αὐτὴ κόνις μετά μικρὸν ἐσόμεθα; Οὐ τοσοῦτον κερδανοῦμεν ἐν ταῖς μικραῖς ταύταις ἡμέραις, ὅσον πλείω κακὰ, τὰ μὲν ἰδόντες, τὰ δὲ παθόντες, τὰ δὲ καὶ πράξαντες ρίσως, λειτουργῆσαι τῷ τῆς φύσεως νόμῳ τήν κοινὴν εἰσφορὰν καὶ ἀσάλευτον, καὶ τοῖς μὲν έπαπελθεῖν, τῶν δὲ προαπελθεῖν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν κλαῦσαι, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν θρηνηθῆναι, καὶ παρʼ ἄλλων ἀντιλαβεῖν ὅν προεισηνέγκαμεν ἄλλοις τῶν δακρύων ἕρανον;

Ti loipon eti? tēn ek logou therapeian tois algousi prosenenkein. Mega de tois penthousi to para tōn synalgountōn pharmakon; ’ison tou pathous echontes pleon eisin heis paramythian tois paschousin. Malista men houn pros toioutous estin hēmin 6 logos ; hyper hōn aischynoimēn an, ei mē kathaper allou pantos tōn kalōn, houtō kai karterias ta prōta pherointo. Kai gar ei philopaides pantōn mallon, alla kai pantōn mallon philosophoi kai philochristoi, kai tēn enteuthen metaoasin ek pleionos autoi te meletēsantes, kai tous ex autōn didaxantes ; mallon de ton bion holon meletēn lyseōs enstēsamenoi. Ei de eti to pathos episkotei tois logismois, kai kathaper lēmē tis ton ophthalmon hypelthousa, katharōs synidein ouk eą to deonʼ phere, dexaththe paraklēsin, hoi presbyteroi tou neou, kai tou paidos hoi pateres, kai tou noutheteisthai para tōn tēlikoutōn opheilontos, hoi pollous nouthetēsantes, kai tǭ pollǭ chronǭ tēn empeirian syllexantes. Thaumasēte de mēden, ei neos nouthetō gerontas ° kai touto hymeteron, ei ti polias ameinon synorąn echō. Poson eti biōsōmetha chronon, ō timiai poliai, kai Theǭ plēsiazousai? Poson entautha kakopathēsōmen ? Oude ho pas anthrōpōn bios makros, hōs tę̄ theią physei kai ateleutētǭ parabalein, mē hoti to tēs zōēs leipsanon, kai hē lysis, hōs ’an heiʼpoimen, tēs anthrōpinēs pnoēs, kai tou proskairou biou ta teleutaia. Poson hēmas ephthē Kaisarios? Poson eti ton apelthonta penthēsomen? Ou pros tēn autēn epeigometha monēn? Ou ton auton ypodysometha lithon autika? Ouch hē autē konis meta mikron esometha? Ou tosouton kerdanoumen en tais mikrais tautais hēmerais, hoson pleiō kaka, ta men idontes, ta de pathontes, ta de kai praxantes risōs, leitourgēsai tǭ tēs physeōs nomǭ tēn koinēn eisphoran kai asaleuton, kai tois men epapelthein, tōn de proapelthein, kai tous men klausai, hypo de tōn thrēnēthēnai, kai parʼ allōn antilabein hon proeisēnenkamen allois tōn dakryōn heranon?

What remains? To offer the healing of words to those who grieve. Great for mourners is the medicine that comes from those who share their grief; those who have an equal share in the suffering have more to give in consolation to those who suffer. My word, then, is above all to such people; for whom I would be ashamed if, as in every other good thing, they did not carry off the first prize in endurance too. For if they are the most child-loving of all, they are also the most philosophical and Christ-loving of all, having long practised departure from here themselves and taught it to their children; or rather having made their whole life a practice of dying. But if grief still darkens your reasonings, and, like a film creeping over the eye, does not let you see clearly what is right, come, receive comfort, you elders from a young man, you fathers from your son, who ought rather to be admonished by those of your age, you who have admonished many and gathered experience over a long time. And do not wonder if a young man admonishes the old; this too is your doing, if I can see anything better than grey hairs. How much longer shall we live, O precious grey hairs, drawing near to God? How long shall we suffer here? Not even the whole life of men is long, if compared with the divine and endless nature, much less the remnant of life and the dissolution, as we might call it, of human breath, the last moments of this temporary life. How far ahead of us has Caesarius gone? How long shall we still mourn the departed? Are we not hastening to the same dwelling? Shall we not soon go under the same stone? Shall we not shortly be the same dust? And what do we gain in these few days, except that, having seen more evils, suffered some and perhaps done some, we pay to the law of nature the common and unalterable contribution: to follow some and go before others, to weep for some and be lamented by others, and to receive back from others the contribution of tears that we first made to others?

7.19PG 35:777c–780b

Τοιοῦτος ὁ βίος ἡμῶν, ἀδελφοὶ, τῶν ζώντων πρόσκαιρα τοιοῦτο τὸ ἐπὶ γῆς παίγνιον· ούκ ὄντας γενέσθαι, καὶ γενομένους ἀναλυθῆναι. ’Όναρ ἐσμὲν οὐχ ἱστάμενον, φάσμα τι μὴ κρατούμενον, πτῆσις ὀρνέου παρερχομένου, ναῦς ἐπὶ θαλάσσης ἴχνος οὐκ ἔχουσα, κόνις, ἀτμὶς, έωθινή δρόσος, ἄνθος καιρῷ φυόμενον, καὶ καιρῷ λυόμενον. Ἀνθρωπος, ὡσεὶ χόρτος αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ ἄνθος τοῦ ἀγροῦ, οὓτως ἐξανθήσει · καλῶς 6 θεῖος Δαβἰδ περὶ τῆς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἐφιλοσόφησεν καὶ ἐν ἐκείνοις πάλιν τοῖς ῥήμασι ο Τὴν ὀλιγότητα τῶν ἡμερων μου ἀνάγγειλόν μοι· καὶ παλαιστῶν μέτρον τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας ἡμέρας ὁρίζεται, Τί δʼ ἂν εἷʼποις πρὸς Ἱερεμίαν, ὅς καὶ τῇ μητρὶ μέμφεται τῆς γεννήσςως ἀλγῶν, καὶ ταῦτα ἐπʼ ἀλλοτρίοις πταίσμασι; Πάντα εἶδον, φησὶν 6 Ἐκκλησιαα-τής, πάντα ἐπῆλθον λογισμῷ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, πλοῦτον, τρυφὴν δυναστείαν, δόξαν τὴν ἄστατον, σοφίαν τήν ὑποφεύγουσαν πλέον ὁ κρατουμένην · πάλιν τρυφὴν, σοφίαν πάλιν, ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτὰ πολλάκις ἀνα-κυκλούμενος, γαστρὸς ἡδονὰς, παραδείσους, πλῆθος οἰκετῶν, πλῆθος κτημάτων, οἰνοχόους καὶ οἰνοχόας, ᾅδοντας καὶ ᾀδούσας, ὅπλα, δορυφόρους, ἔθνη προσπίπτοντα, φόρους συλλεγομένους, ὀφρὺν βασιλεέας, ὅσα περιττὰ τοῦ βίου, ὅσα τῶν ἀναγκαίων, οἷς ὑπὲρ πάντας ἦλθον βασιλεῖς τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν· καὶ τί ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοκ; Πάντα ματαιότης ματαιοτῆτων, τὰ πάντα ματαιότης, καὶ προαίρεσις πνεύματος, εὖτʼ οὖν ὁρμή τις ψυχῆς ἀλόγιστος, καὶ περισπασμὸς ἀνθρώπου τοῦτο κατακριθέντος, ’ἷσως ἐκ τοῦ παλαιοῦ πτώματος. Ἀλλὰ τέλος λόγου, φησί, τὸ πᾶν ἄκουε· τὸν Θεὸν φοβοῦ · ἐνταῦθα τῆς ἀπορέας 1ἕσταται· καί τοῦτό σοι μόνον τῆς ἐνταῦθα ζωῆς τὸ κέρδος, ὁδηγκ eius". διὰ τῆς ταραχῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων micuisseμένων ἐπὶ τα ἑστῶτα καὶ μή κινούμενα.

Toioutos ho bios hēmōn, adelphoi, tōn zōntōn proskaira toiouto to epi gēs paignion; ouk ontas genesthai, kai genomenous analythēnai. ’Onar esmen ouch histamenon, phasma ti mē kratoumenon, ptēsis orneou parerchomenou, naus epi thalassēs ichnos ouk echousa, konis, atmis, eōthinē drosos, anthos kairǭ phyomenon, kai kairǭ lyomenon. Anthrōpos, hōsei chortos hai hēmerai autou, hōsei anthos tou agrou, houtōs exanthēsei ; kalōs 6 theios Dabid peri tēs astheneias hēmōn ephilosophēsen kai en ekeinois palin tois rhēmasi o Tēn oligotēta tōn hēmerōn mou anangeilon moi; kai palaistōn metron tas anthrōpinas hēmeras horizetai, Ti dʼ an heiʼpois pros Hieremian, hos kai tę̄ mētri memphetai tēs gennēssōs algōn, kai tauta epʼ allotriois ptaismasi? Panta eidon, phēsin 6 Ekklēsiaa-tēs, panta epēlthon logismǭ ta anthrōpina, plouton, tryphēn dynasteian, doxan tēn astaton, sophian tēn hypopheugousan pleon ho kratoumenēn ; palin tryphēn, sophian palin, epi ta auta pollakis ana-kykloumenos, gastros hēdonas, paradeisous, plēthos oiketōn, plēthos ktēmatōn, oinochoous kai oinochoas, hądontas kai ądousas, hopla, doryphorous, ethnē prospiptonta, phorous syllegomenous, ophryn basileeas, hosa peritta tou biou, hosa tōn anankaiōn, hois hyper pantas ēlthon basileis tous emprosthen; kai ti epi pasi toutok? Panta mataiotēs mataiotētōn, ta panta mataiotēs, kai proairesis pneumatos, eutʼ oun hormē tis psychēs alogistos, kai perispasmos anthrōpou touto katakrithentos, ’hisōs ek tou palaiou ptōmatos. Alla telos logou, phēsi, to pan akoue; ton Theon phobou ; entautha tēs aporeas 1hestatai; kai touto soi monon tēs entautha zōēs to kerdos, hodēnk eius". dia tēs tarachēs tōn horōmenōn micuissemenōn epi ta hestōta kai mē kinoumena.

Such is our life, brothers, the life of us who live for a time; such is the game on earth: not to be, and to come into being, and having come into being, to be dissolved. We are a dream that does not stand, an apparition that cannot be held, the flight of a passing bird, a ship on the sea leaving no track, dust, vapour, morning dew, a flower that grows in its season and perishes in its season. “Man, his days are like grass; like a flower of the field, so he will flourish”: so the divine David philosophized well about our weakness; and again in those words: “Declare to me the fewness of my days”; and he defines the days of man by the measure of handbreadths. And what would you say to Jeremiah, who even reproaches his mother for his birth in his pain, and that for the sins of others? “I have seen all things,” says the Preacher; I have gone over in thought all human things: wealth, luxury, power, unstable glory, wisdom that escapes more than it is held; luxury again, wisdom again, coming round often to the same things: pleasures of the belly, gardens, a multitude of servants, a multitude of possessions, men and women cupbearers, men and women singers, weapons, guards, nations falling down before me, tributes collected, royal pride, all that is superfluous in life and all that is necessary, in which I surpassed all the kings before me. And what after all these? “All is vanity of vanities, all is vanity, and a choice of the wind,” that is, an unreasoning impulse of the soul and a distraction of man, condemned to this perhaps from the ancient fall. “But the end of the word,” he says, “hear the whole: fear God”; here he stops his perplexity; and this is the only gain for you of the life here: to be guided through the confusion of things seen and shaken toward the things that stand and are not shaken.

7.20PG 35:780c–785d

Μὴ τοίνυν πενθῶμεν Καισάρων, οἵων ἀπηλλάγη κακῶν εἰδότες, ἀλλʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς, οἵοις ὑπελείφθῂμεν, καὶ οἶα θησαυρίσομεν, ll μὴ, γνησίως θεῷ προσθέμενοι, καῖ παραδραμόντις τὰ παρατρέχοντι, πρὸς τὴν ἅνω ζωὴν ἐπειγοίμεθαυ ἔτι ὗπὶρ γῆς ὅντες, καταλιπόντες τήν γῆν, καὶ τῷ Πνεῦματι φέροντι πρὸς τὰ ἅνω γνησῖωί dicendus-ricam. Ταῦτα καὶ ἀλγεινὰ τοῖς ὀλιγοψῦχοὶς, καὶ κοῧφα τοῖς ἀνδρικοῖς τὴν διάνοιαν. Σχοπῶμεν δὲ οὓτως. Οὔκ ἄρξει Καισάριος; Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀρχθήσεται πρὸς sine». Οὐ φοβήσει ravim; Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ asiae: βαρὺν δεσπότην, πολλάκις τὸν οὐδὲ ἄρχεσθαι ἄξιον. Οὐ συνάξει πλοῦτον; Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ exige-.1: φθόνον, ἢ ψυχὴν ζημιωθήσεται κακῶς συνάγων · καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀεὶ προσλαμβάνειν ζητῶν, ὅσον ἐκτήσατο. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τοῦ πλουτεῖν νόσος, ὅρον τοῦ δεῖσθαι πλείονος οὔκ ἔχουσα, ἀλλὰ τὸ ποτὸν ἀεὶ δῖψους ἔτι ποιουμένη φάρμακον. Οὐκ ἐπιδεῖξεται λόγους Ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ λόγων γε θαυμασθήσεται. Οὐ φιλοσοφήσει τὰ Ἱπποκράτους καὶ Γαλιηνοῦ, καί τῶν ἀντιθέτων ἔκεινοις; ’.ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ κακοπαθήσει νόσοις, ἰδίας ἐπʼ ἀλλοτρίαις συμφοραῖς λύπας καρπούμενος. Οὐκ ἀποδείξει τὰ Εὐκλείδου, καὶ Πτολεμαίου, καὶ “Ηρωνος; Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ᾅλγησει τοῖς ἀπαιδεῦτοις φυσῶσι μείζονα. Οὐ καλλωποιεῖται τοῖς Πλάτωνος, καὶ Ἀριστοτέλους, καὶ Πῦῤῥωνος, καὶ Δημοκρίτοις δή τισι, καὶ Ἠρακλεῑτοις, καὶ Ἀναξαγόραις, Κλεάνθαις τε καὶ Ἐπικούροις, καὶ οὐκ οἷδʼ οἷστισι τῶν ἐκ τῆς σεμνῆς στοᾶς καὶ ἀκαδημίας; Ἀλλʼ οῦδὲ φροντίσω ὅπως διαλῦσῃ τούτων τὰς πιθανότηίῖας. Ti με δεῖ μνημονεύειν τῶν ἄλλῶν ξ Ἀλλᾶ ratde δὴ τὰ τίμια πᾶσι καὶ περισπούδαστα· οὐ παρασῑήσεται γαμετήν; οὐ παῖδας; Ἀλλʼ οὐδε θρηνήσει τοᾷτους,,θρηνηθήσεται ὑπὸ τούτων, ἢ καταλιπὼν ἄλλοις, ἧκαταλειφθεὶς συμφορᾶς ὑπόμνημα.. Οὖ κληρονομήσει χρημάΐων ; Ἀλλά κληρονομηθήσεται ὑφʼ ὧν χρὴσιμώτατον, καὶ ὧν αὐτὸς ἠθέλησεν, ’ἕνα πλούσιος ὲνθὲνδε μεταναστῇ, πάντα μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ φερόμενος. ,Ω τῆς φιλοτιμίαςῐ ὦ τῆς καινῆς παρακλήσεωςῐ ὦ τῆς μεγαλοψυχίας τῶν ἐπιβαλλομένων! Ἠκούσθη κήρυγμα πάσης ἀκοῆς ἄξιον, καὶ μητρὸς πάθος κενοῦται διδ ὑποσχέσεως καλῆς καὶ ὁσίας, δοῦναιτά πάντα τῷ παιδὶ τὸν ἐκείνου πλοῦτον ὗπὶρ ἐκείνου δῶρον ὲντάφιονῶὃ), καὶ μηδὲν ὑπολειφθῆναι τοῖς προσδοκήσασιν. θείσης γῆς, τρόπον ὃν οἶδεν ό ταῦτα συνδήσας καὶ διαλύσας Θεὸς, τούτῳ συγκληρονομεῖ τῆς ἐκεῖθεν δά. ξηςʼ καὶ καθάπερ τῶν μοχθηρῶν αὐτοῦ μετέσχε διὰ τὴν συμφυίαν, οὕτω καὶ τῶν τερπνῶν ἑαυτῆς μεταδίδωσιν, ὅλον είς ἐαυτὴν ἀναλώσασα, καὶ γενομένη σὺν τούτῳ ἒν καὶ πνεῦμα, καλ νοῦς, καὶ θεὸς, καταποθέντος ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ θνητοῦ τε καὶ ῥέοντος. ’Λκουε γοῦν οἷα περὶ συμπήξεως ὀστῶν τε καὶ νεύρων φιλοσοφεῖται τῷ θείῳ Ἰεζεκιήλο ὅσα μετʼ ἐκεῖνον τῷ θείῳ Παύλῳ περὶ σκηνώματος ἐπι γείου, καὶ οἰκίας ἀχειροποιήτου, τοῦ μὲν καταλυθησομένου, τῆς δὲ ἀποκειμένης ὲν οὐρανοῖς· καὶ τὴν μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἐκδημίαν ὲνδημίαν πρὸς τὸν Κύριον εἶναι φάσκοντος, τὴν δὲ σὺν τούτῳ ζωὴν ὡς ἐκδημίαν ὀδυρομένου, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ποθοῦντος καὶ σπεύδοντος τὴν ἀνάλυσιν. Τί μικροψυχῶ περὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας; Τί γίνομαι πρόσκαιρος; Ἀναμένω τὴν τοῦ ἀρχαγγέλου φωνὴν, τὴν ἐσχάτην σάλπιγγα, τὸν οὐρανοῦ μετασχηματισμὺν, τὴν γῆς μεταποίησιν, τὴν τῶν στοιχείων ἐλευθερίαν, τὴν κόσμου παντὸς ἀνακαίνισιν. Τότε Καισάριον αὑτὸν ὂψομαι, μηο κέτι ἐκδημοῦντα, μηκέτι φερόμενον, μηκέτι πενθούμενον, μηκέτι ἐλεούμενον, λαμπρὸν, ἔνδοξον, ὑψηλόν· οἷός μοι καὶ κατʼ ὄναρ ὤφθης πολλάκις, ὦ φίλτατε ἀδελφῶν ἐμοὶ, καὶ φιλαδελφότατε, εἴτε τοῦ βούλεσθαι τοῦτο ἀνατυποῦντος, εἴτε τῆς ἀληθείας. ΚΒʼ. Νυνὶ δὲ, ἀφεὶς τοὺς θρήνους, εἰς ἐμαυτὸν βλέψω, μή τι θρήνων ἄξιον λάθω φέρων, καὶ τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ περισκέψομαι. Υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων, μέτεισι γὰρ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὁ λόγος, ἓως πότε βαρυκάρδιοι, και παχεῖς τὴν διάνοιαν; ἵνα τι ἀγαπᾶτε ματαιότητα, καὶ ζητεῖτε ψεῦδος; μέγα τι τὸν ἐνταῦθα βίον, καὶ τὰς ὀλίγας ταύτας ἡμέρας πολλὰς ὑπολαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν διάζευξιν ταύτην, τὴν ἀσπαστὴν καὶ ἡδεῖαν, ὡς δή τι βαρὺ καὶ φρικῶδες ἀποστρεςό· μενοι; Οὐ γνωσώμεθα ἡμᾶς αύτούςς Οὐ τὶ φαινόμενα ῥίψωμεν ;Ού πρὸς τὰ νοούμενα βλέψωμεν; Οὐκ, εἴ τι καὶ λυπεῖσθαι χρὴ, τούναντίον ἁνιασὼμεθσ τῇ παροικίᾳ μηκυνομένη, κατὰ τὸν θεῖον Δαβἱδ, σκηνώματα σκοτασμοῦ, καὶ τόπον κακώσεως, καὶ ἰλὺν βυθοῦ, καὶ σκιὰν θανάτου τὰ τῇδε ἀποκαλοῦντα“ ὅτι βραδύνομεν ἐν τοῖς τάφοις οἷς περιφέρομεν, ὃτι ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνήσκομεν τὸν τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατον, θεοὶ γεγονότες; ΖΓοῦτόν ἐγεύ- φοβοῦμαι τὸν φόβον, τούτῳ καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν οὖν· ειμι · καὶ οὐκ ἐᾷ με ἀναπνεῖν ἠ ἐκεῖθεν δόξα, καὶτὰ ἐκεῖσε δικαιωτήρια· ὧν τῆς μὲν ἐφίεμαι μέχρι καὶ τοῦ δύνασθαι λέγειν ο Ἐκλείπει είς τὸ σωτήριόν σουή ψυχή μου, τὰ δὲ φρίττω καὶ ἀποστρέφομαι, Ἐκεῖνο δὲ οὒ δέδοικα, μή μοι τὸ σῶμα τοῦτο, διαρρυὲν καὶ διαφθαρὲν, παντελῶς οίχήσηται· ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ πλάσμα τὸ ἔνδοξον (ἔνδοξον γὰρ κατορθοῦν, ὥσπερ ἄτιμον ἁμαρτάνον), ὲν ᾧ λόγος, νόμος, ἐλπὶς. τὴν αὐτὴν τοῖς ἀλόγοις ἀτιμίαν κατακριθῇ, καὶ μηδὲν πλέον μετὰ τὴν διάζευξιν · ὡς ὄφελόν νε τοῖς πονηροῖς, καὶ τοῦ ἐκεῖθεν πυρὸς ἀξίοις. Kl". Είθε νεκρῶσαιμι τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆςε Εἴθε πάντα τῷ πνεύματι δαπανήσαιμι, τὴν στενὴν καὶ ὀλίγοις βατὴν ὁδεύσας, μὴ τὴν πλατεῖαν καὶ ἄνετονί Ὡς τά γε μετὰ τοῦτο λαμπρὰ κα) μεγάλα, καὶ μείζων ἤ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἐλπίς. Τί ἐστιν ἀνθρωττος, ὅτι μιμνήσκῃ αὺτοῦ; Τί τὸ καινὸν τοῦτο περὶ ἐμὲ μυστήριον; Μικρός είμι καὶ μέγας, τα· πεινὸς καὶ ὑψηλὸς, θνητὸς καὶ ἀθάνατος, ἐπίγειος καὶ οὐράνιος. Ἐκεῖνα μετὰ τοῦ κάτω κόσμου, ταῦτα μετὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ο ἐκεῖνα μετὰ τῆς σαρκὸς, ταῦτα μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος. Χριστῷ συνταφῆναί με δεῖ, Χριστῷ σνναναστῆναι, συγκληρονομῆσαι Χριστῷ, υἱὸν γε· νέσθαι Θεοῦ, Θεὸν αὐτόν. Ὁρᾶτε ποῖ προῖὼν ἀνήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος. Μικροῦ καὶ χάριν ὁμολογῶ ’ τῷ πάθει, ᾧ τοιαῦτα ἐφιλοσόφησα, καῖ δῖ.γὸ μᾶλλον ἐραστὴς ἐγενόμην τῆς ἐνθένδε ἀπαναστάσεως. Τοῦτο ἡμῖν τὸ μέγα μυστήριον βούλεται· τοῦτο ἡμῖν ὁ ἑνανθρωπήσας διʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ πτωχεύσας Θεὸς, ἵνα ἀναστήσῃ τὴν σάρκα, καὶ ἀνασώσηται τὴν εἰκόνα, καὶ ἀναπλάσῃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἵνα γενώμεθα οί πάντες ἓν ὲν Χριστῷ γενομένῳ τὰ πάντα ὲν πᾶσιν ἡμῖν τελείως, ὅσα πέρ ἐστιν αὐτὸς, ἵνα μηκέτι ὦμεν ἇρρεν καὶ θῆλυ, βάρβαρος, Σκύθης, δοῦλος, ἐλεύθερος, τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς γνωρίσματα, μόνον δὲ φέρωμεν ὲν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τὸν θεῖον χαρακτῆρα, παρʼ οὗ καὶ είς ὃν γεγόναμεν, τοσοῦτον ἀπʼ αὑτοῦ μορφωθέντες καὶ τυπωθέντες, ὥστε καὶ ἀπὸ μόνου γινώσκεσθαι.

Mē toinyn penthōmen Kaisarōn, hoiōn apēllagē kakōn eidotes, allʼ hēmas autous, hoiois hypeleiphthę̄men, kai oia thēsaurisomen, ll mē, gnēsiōs theǭ prosthemenoi, kai paradramontis ta paratrechonti, pros tēn hanō zōēn epeigoimethau eti hypir gēs hontes, katalipontes tēn gēn, kai tǭ Pneumati pheronti pros ta hanō gnēsiōi dicendus-ricam. Tauta kai algeina tois oligopsychois, kai koÿpha tois andrikois tēn dianoian. Schopōmen de houtōs. Ouk arxei Kaisarios? Allʼ oude archthēsetai pros sine». Ou phobēsei ravim? Allʼ oude asiae: baryn despotēn, pollakis ton oude archesthai axion. Ou synaxei plouton? Allʼ oude exige-.1: phthonon, ē psychēn zēmiōthēsetai kakōs synagōn ; kai tosouton aei proslambanein zētōn, hoson ektēsato. Toiautē gar hē tou ploutein nosos, horon tou deisthai pleionos ouk echousa, alla to poton aei dipsous eti poioumenē pharmakon. Ouk epideixetai logous Allʼ hypo logōn ge thaumasthēsetai. Ou philosophēsei ta Hippokratous kai Galiēnou, kai tōn antithetōn ekeinois? ’.allʼ oude kakopathēsei nosois, idias epʼ allotriais symphorais lypas karpoumenos. Ouk apodeixei ta Eukleidou, kai Ptolemaiou, kai “Ērōnos? Allʼ oude hąlgēsei tois apaideutois physōsi meizona. Ou kallōpoieitai tois Platōnos, kai Aristotelous, kai Pyrrhōnos, kai Dēmokritois dē tisi, kai Ērakleitois, kai Anaxagorais, Kleanthais te kai Epikourois, kai ouk hoidʼ hoistisi tōn ek tēs semnēs stoas kai akadēmias? Allʼ oude phrontisō hopōs dialysę̄ toutōn tas pithanotēiias. Ti me dei mnēmoneuein tōn allōn x Alla ratde dē ta timia pasi kai perispoudasta; ou parasiēsetai gametēn? ou paidas? Allʼ oude thrēnēsei toątous,,thrēnēthēsetai hypo toutōn, ē katalipōn allois, hēkataleiphtheis symphoras hypomnēma.. Ou klēronomēsei chrēmaïōn ? Alla klēronomēthēsetai hyphʼ hōn chrēsimōtaton, kai hōn autos ēthelēsen, ’hena plousios enthende metanastę̄, panta methʼ heautou pheromenos. ,Ō tēs philotimiasi ō tēs kainēs paraklēseōsi ō tēs megalopsychias tōn epiballomenōn! Ēkousthē kērygma pasēs akoēs axion, kai mētros pathos kenoutai did hyposcheseōs kalēs kai hosias, dounaita panta tǭ paidi ton ekeinou plouton hypir ekeinou dōron entaphionōo), kai mēden hypoleiphthēnai tois prosdokēsasin. theisēs gēs, tropon hon oiden o tauta syndēsas kai dialysas Theos, toutǭ synklēronomei tēs ekeithen da. xēsʼ kai kathaper tōn mochthērōn autou metesche dia tēn symphuian, houtō kai tōn terpnōn heautēs metadidōsin, holon eis eautēn analōsasa, kai genomenē syn toutǭ en kai pneuma, kal nous, kai theos, katapothentos hypo tēs zōēs tou thnētou te kai rheontos. ’Lkoue goun hoia peri sympēxeōs ostōn te kai neurōn philosopheitai tǭ theiǭ Iezekiēlo hosa metʼ ekeinon tǭ theiǭ Paulǭ peri skēnōmatos epi geiou, kai oikias acheiropoiētou, tou men katalythēsomenou, tēs de apokeimenēs en ouranois; kai tēn men apo tou sōmatos ekdēmian endēmian pros ton Kyrion einai phaskontos, tēn de syn toutǭ zōēn hōs ekdēmian odyromenou, kai dia touto pothountos kai speudontos tēn analysin. Ti mikropsychō peri tas elpidas? Ti ginomai proskairos? Anamenō tēn tou archangelou phōnēn, tēn eschatēn salpinga, ton ouranou metaschēmatismyn, tēn gēs metapoiēsin, tēn tōn stoicheiōn eleutherian, tēn kosmou pantos anakainisin. Tote Kaisarion hauton opsomai, mēo keti ekdēmounta, mēketi pheromenon, mēketi penthoumenon, mēketi eleoumenon, lampron, endoxon, hypsēlon; hoios moi kai katʼ onar ōphthēs pollakis, ō philtate adelphōn emoi, kai philadelphotate, eite tou boulesthai touto anatypountos, eite tēs alētheias. KBʼ. Nyni de, apheis tous thrēnous, eis emauton blepsō, mē ti thrēnōn axion lathō pherōn, kai ta emautou periskepsomai. Huioi anthrōpōn, meteisi gar pros hymas ho logos, heōs pote barykardioi, kai pacheis tēn dianoian? hina ti agapate mataiotēta, kai zēteite pseudos? mega ti ton entautha bion, kai tas oligas tautas hēmeras pollas hypolambanontes, kai tēn diazeuxin tautēn, tēn aspastēn kai hēdeian, hōs dē ti bary kai phrikōdes apostreso; menoi? Ou gnōsōmetha hēmas autouss Ou ti phainomena rhipsōmen ?Ou pros ta nooumena blepsōmen? Ouk, ei ti kai lypeisthai chrē, tounantion haniasōmeths tę̄ paroikią mēkynomenē, kata ton theion Dabid, skēnōmata skotasmou, kai topon kakōseōs, kai ilyn bythou, kai skian thanatou ta tę̄de apokalounta“ hoti bradynomen en tois taphois hois peripheromen, hoti hōs anthrōpoi apothnēskomen ton tēs hamartias thanaton, theoi gegonotes? ZGouton egeu- phoboumai ton phobon, toutǭ kai nyktōr kai methʼ hēmeran oun; eimi ; kai ouk eą me anapnein ē ekeithen doxa, kaita ekeise dikaiōtēria; hōn tēs men ephiemai mechri kai tou dynasthai legein o Ekleipei eis to sōtērion souē psychē mou, ta de phrittō kai apostrephomai, Ekeino de ou dedoika, mē moi to sōma touto, diarryen kai diaphtharen, pantelōs oichēsētai; alla mē to tou Theou plasma to endoxon (endoxon gar katorthoun, hōsper atimon hamartanon), en hǭ logos, nomos, elpis. tēn autēn tois alogois atimian katakrithę̄, kai mēden pleon meta tēn diazeuxin ; hōs ophelon ne tois ponērois, kai tou ekeithen pyros axiois. Kl". Eithe nekrōsaimi ta melē ta epi tēs gēse Eithe panta tǭ pneumati dapanēsaimi, tēn stenēn kai oligois batēn hodeusas, mē tēn plateian kai anetoni Hōs ta ge meta touto lampra ka) megala, kai meizōn ē kata tēn axian elpis. Ti estin anthrōttos, hoti mimnēskę̄ autou? Ti to kainon touto peri eme mystērion? Mikros eimi kai megas, ta; peinos kai hypsēlos, thnētos kai athanatos, epigeios kai ouranios. Ekeina meta tou katō kosmou, tauta meta tou Theou o ekeina meta tēs sarkos, tauta meta tou pneumatos. Christǭ syntaphēnai me dei, Christǭ snnanastēnai, synklēronomēsai Christǭ, huion ge; nesthai Theou, Theon auton. Horate poi proiōn anēgagen hēmas ho logos. Mikrou kai charin homologō ’ tǭ pathei, hǭ toiauta ephilosophēsa, kai di.go mallon erastēs egenomēn tēs enthende apanastaseōs. Touto hēmin to mega mystērion bouletai; touto hēmin ho henanthrōpēsas diʼ hēmas kai ptōcheusas Theos, hina anastēsę̄ tēn sarka, kai anasōsētai tēn eikona, kai anaplasę̄ ton anthrōpon, hina genōmetha oi pantes hen en Christǭ genomenǭ ta panta en pasin hēmin teleiōs, hosa per estin autos, hina mēketi ōmen harren kai thēly, barbaros, Skythēs, doulos, eleutheros, ta tēs sarkos gnōrismata, monon de pherōmen en hēmin autois ton theion charaktēra, parʼ hou kai eis hon gegonamen, tosouton apʼ hautou morphōthentes kai typōthentes, hōste kai apo monou ginōskesthai.

[20] Let us not, then, mourn Caesarius, knowing from what evils he has been released, but ourselves, for what evils we have been left to and what we shall store up, unless, truly attaching ourselves to God and running past the things that run past, we hasten to the life above, while still on earth having left the earth, and truly following the Spirit who bears us upward. These things are painful to the faint-hearted and light to the manly of mind. Let us consider it this way. Caesarius will not rule? But neither will he be ruled by others. He will not be feared by anyone? But neither will he fear a harsh master, often not even worthy to be ruled. He will not gather wealth? But neither will he incur envy, nor lose his soul by gathering wickedly, always seeking to add as much again as he has acquired. For such is the disease of riches: it has no limit to needing more, but always makes drink the remedy for further thirst. He will not display his learning in speeches? But he will be admired in speeches. He will not philosophize about the doctrines of Hippocrates and Galen and their opponents? But neither will he suffer with diseases, reaping griefs of his own from others’ misfortunes. He will not demonstrate the theorems of Euclid and Ptolemy and Heron? But neither will he be pained by the uneducated who puff themselves up. He will not pride himself on the doctrines of Plato and Aristotle and Pyrrho, and of certain Democrituses and Heraclituses and Anaxagorases, Cleantheses and Epicuruses, and I know not whom of the august Stoa and the Academy? But neither will he take thought how to refute their plausibilities. Why need I mention the rest? But the things precious and eagerly sought by all: will he not have a wife? Children? But neither will he lament them or be lamented by them, either leaving them to others or being left behind as a memorial of misfortune. Will he not inherit property? But he will be inherited by those who are most useful, and whom he himself wished, so that he departs from here rich, carrying everything with him. O the generosity! O the new consolation! O the magnanimity of his heirs! A proclamation worthy of every ear has been heard, and a mother’s grief is emptied by a good and holy promise: to give all her son’s wealth to her son, as a funeral gift on his behalf, and to leave nothing to those who had expected it. [21] … the earth, in the way that God who bound and loosed these things knows, makes it co-heir of the glory there; and just as it shared in the body’s hardships because of their union, so it shares its own delights with the body, having consumed it wholly into itself, and having become with it one spirit and mind and god, the mortal and fleeting being swallowed up by life. Hear, then, what is philosophized by the divine Ezekiel about the joining of bones and sinews, and after him by the divine Paul about the earthly tent and the house not made with hands, the one to be dissolved and the other laid up in heaven; who says that to be away from the body is to be at home with the Lord, and laments life in the body as exile, and for this reason longs and hastens for his departure. Why am I faint-hearted about my hopes? Why do I think only of this present time? I await the voice of the archangel, the last trumpet, the transformation of heaven, the remaking of the earth, the freedom of the elements, the renewal of the whole world. Then I shall see Caesarius himself, no longer exiled, no longer carried to burial, no longer mourned, no longer pitied, but bright, glorious, exalted, as you often appeared to me in dreams, O dearest of brothers to me and most loving of brothers, whether it was my wish that shaped the picture or the truth. [22] But now, leaving laments, I will look to myself, lest I unknowingly carry about something worthy of lament, and I will examine my own state. “Sons of men” (for my discourse now passes to you), “how long will you be heavy of heart” and dull of mind? “Why do you love vanity and seek falsehood?”, thinking the life here something great, and these few days many, and turning away from this separation, so desirable and sweet, as if it were something heavy and dreadful? Shall we not know ourselves? Shall we not cast off what is seen? Shall we not look to what is perceived by the mind? Shall we not, if we must grieve at all, rather be distressed at the lengthening of our sojourning, like the divine David, who calls the things here tents of darkness, a place of affliction, the mire of the deep, and the shadow of death; because we linger in the tombs we carry about, because, having become gods, we die like men the death of sin? This is the fear I fear; with this I live night and day; and the glory there and the tribunals there do not let me breathe: the one I long for, so far as to be able to say, “My soul faints for your salvation,” the others I shudder at and turn from. And I do not fear that this body of mine, flowing away and decaying, will wholly perish; but that the glorious creature of God (for it is glorious when it does right, as it is dishonoured when it sins), in which there is reason, law, hope, may be condemned to the same dishonour as the irrational animals, and be nothing more after the separation, as I could wish for the wicked and for those worthy of the fire there. [23] Would that I might put to death my members that are on earth! Would that I might spend everything on the Spirit, walking the narrow way trodden by few, not the broad and easy one! For what comes after this is bright and great, and the hope is greater than our worth. “What is man, that you are mindful of him?” What is this new mystery concerning me? I am small and great, lowly and lofty, mortal and immortal, earthly and heavenly: the one with the world below, the other with God; the one with the flesh, the other with the Spirit. I must be buried with Christ, rise with Christ, be co-heir with Christ, become a son of God, God himself. See where our discourse has brought us as it advanced. I almost confess gratitude to the suffering by which I have philosophized such things and become more a lover of departure from here. This is what the great mystery means for us; this is the purpose of God, who for us became man and became poor: to raise up the flesh, to restore the image, and to refashion man, so that we may all become one in Christ, who has become perfectly in all of us all that he himself is; so that we may no longer be male and female, barbarian, Scythian, slave, free (the marks of the flesh), but bear in ourselves only the divine stamp, by which and for which we came into being, so shaped and moulded by it as to be known by it alone.

7.21PG 35:785d–789c

Kal εἴη μέν γε ὅπερ ἐλπίζομεν. κατὰ τὴν μεγάλην Θεοῦ τοῦ μεγαλοδώρου φιλανθρωπίαν· ὃς, μικρὰ αἰτῶν, μεγάλα χαρίζεται νῦν τε Et είς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον τοῖς γνησίως αὑτὸν ἀγαπῶσι· πάντα ,στέγον-τες, πάντα ὑπομένοντες διὰ τήν εἰς αὑτὸν ἀγάπην τε καὶ ἐλπίδαο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν εὐχαριστοῦντες δεξιοῖς τε ὁμοίως καὶ ἀριστεροῖς, ἡδέσι λέγω καὶ ἀνιαροῖς, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ταῦτα σωτηρίας ὅπλα πολλάκις οἶδεν ὁ λόγος, αὑτῷ παρακατατιθέμενοι τὰς ἡμετέρας ψυχὰς, τὰς τῶν προκαταλνόντων, ὥσπερ ἐν κοινῇ τῶν ἑτοιμοτέρων. ’U δή καὶ αὑτοὶ ποιήσαντες, ἐνταῦθα τοῦ λόγου λήξωμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑμεῖς τῶν δακρύων, ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον ήδη σπεύδοντες τὸν ὑμέτερον, δν δῶρον παρʼ ὑμῶν ἔχει Καισάριος, λυπηρόν τε καὶ μόνιμον, γονεῦσι μὲν ὲτοιμασθέντα καὶ γήρᾳ κατὰ καιρὸν, παιδὶ δὲ καὶ νεότητι δωρηθέντα παρᾶ τὸ εἰκὸς, καὶ οὑκ ἀπεικὸς τῷ διέποντι τὰ ή μέτε ρα.Ἧ Δέσποτα πάνἢ των καὶ ποιητὰ, καὶ διαφερόντως τοῦδε τοῦ πλάσμα· Ξ τοςὲ Ὦ Θεὲ τῶν σῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ πάτερ, καὶ κυδερνῆταε Ὦ ζωῆς κα) θανάτου Κύριεῑ Ὠ ψυχῶν ἡμετέρων ταμία καὶ εὑεργέταῑ *Ω ποιῶν τὰ πάντα. καὶ μετασκευάζων τῷ τεχνίτῃ Λόγῳ κατὰ καί· ρδν, καὶ ὡς αὑτὸς ἐπίστασαι τῷ βάθει τῆς σής σοφίας καὶ διοικήσεως, νῦν μὲν δὲχοιο Καισαρίαν, ἀπαρχήν τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀποδημίαςʼ εί δὲ τὸν τελευταῖον πρῶτον συγχωροῦμεν τοῖς σοῖς λόγοις οἶςτὺ πᾶν φέρεταιʼ δέχοιο δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς ὕστερον ὲν καιρῷ εὑθὲτῳ, οἰκονομήσας ὲν τῇ σαρκί ἐφʼ ὅσον ἂν σαμφέρον ’ καὶ δέχοιό γε διὰ τὸν σὺν φόόον ἑτοιμασθέντας, καὶ οὑ ταρασσομένους, οὑδὲ ὑποχωροῦντας ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τελευταίᾳ, καὶ βίᾳ τῶν ἐντεῦθεν ἀποσπωμένους. δ τῶν φιλοκόσμων ψυχῶν πάθος καὶ φιλον σάρκων, ἀλλὰ προθύμως πρὸς τήν αὐτόθεν ’ ζωὴν τὴν μακραίωνά τε καὶ μακαρίαν, τὴν ὲν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ιήμῶν, ᾧ ή δόξα είς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν.

Kal eiē men ge hoper elpizomen. kata tēn megalēn Theou tou megalodōrou philanthrōpian; hos, mikra aitōn, megala charizetai nyn te Et eis ton epeita chronon tois gnēsiōs hauton agapōsi; panta ,stegon-tes, panta hypomenontes dia tēn eis hauton agapēn te kai elpidao epi pasin eucharistountes dexiois te homoiōs kai aristerois, hēdesi legō kai aniarois, epeidē kai tauta sōtērias hopla pollakis oiden ho logos, hautǭ parakatatithemenoi tas hēmeteras psychas, tas tōn prokatalnontōn, hōsper en koinę̄ tōn hetoimoterōn. ’U dē kai hautoi poiēsantes, entautha tou logou lēxōmen, alla kai hymeis tōn dakryōn, epi ton taphon ēdē speudontes ton hymeteron, dn dōron parʼ hymōn echei Kaisarios, lypēron te kai monimon, goneusi men etoimasthenta kai gērą kata kairon, paidi de kai neotēti dōrēthenta para to eikos, kai houk apeikos tǭ dieponti ta ē mete ra.Hē Despota panē tōn kai poiēta, kai diapherontōs toude tou plasma; X tose Ō Thee tōn sōn anthrōpōn, kai pater, kai kydernētae Ō zōēs ka) thanatou Kyriei Ō psychōn hēmeterōn tamia kai heuergetai *Ō poiōn ta panta. kai metaskeuazōn tǭ technitę̄ Logǭ kata kai; rdn, kai hōs hautos epistasai tǭ bathei tēs sēs sophias kai dioikēseōs, nyn men dechoio Kaisarian, aparchēn tēs hēmeteras apodēmiasʼ ei de ton teleutaion prōton synchōroumen tois sois logois oisty pan pheretaiʼ dechoio de kai hēmas hysteron en kairǭ heuthetǭ, oikonomēsas en tę̄ sarki ephʼ hoson an sampheron ’ kai dechoio ge dia ton syn phooon hetoimasthentas, kai hou tarassomenous, houde hypochōrountas en hēmerą tę̄ teleutaią, kai bią tōn enteuthen apospōmenous. d tōn philokosmōn psychōn pathos kai philon sarkōn, alla prothymōs pros tēn autothen ’ zōēn tēn makraiōna te kai makarian, tēn en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ iēmōn, hǭ ē doxa eis tous aiōnas. Amēn.

And may what we hope for come to pass, according to the great love for mankind of God, the giver of great gifts, who asks for little and bestows great things, both now and in the time to come, on those who truly love him, bearing all things and enduring all things for love of him and hope in him; giving thanks in all things, on the right hand and on the left alike, I mean the pleasant and the painful, since reason knows that these too are often weapons of salvation; and entrusting to him our own souls and the souls of those who, being readier, have gone to rest before us on the common road. Having done this ourselves, let us end our discourse here, and you your tears, hastening now to your tomb, which Caesarius has as your gift, sorrowful and lasting: prepared in good time for parents and for old age, but given, beyond all expectation, to a son and to youth, though not without reason in the eyes of the One who orders our affairs. O Master and Maker of all things, and especially of this creature of yours! O God of your people, their Father and Pilot! O Lord of life and death! O Steward and Benefactor of our souls! O you who make all things and transform them in due season by your artist Word, as you yourself know in the depth of your wisdom and governance: receive now Caesarius, the first-fruits of our departure; and if the last goes first, we yield to your reasons, by which the universe is borne along; and receive us too afterward, in the acceptable time, having ordered our life in the flesh for as long as is profitable; and receive us prepared by your fear, not troubled, nor shrinking back on the last day, nor torn by force from the things here, which is the experience of souls that love the world and the flesh, but going eagerly to the long and blessed life there, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory for ever. Amen.

Chapter 8

8.1PG 35:789c–793b

Δδελφῄν ἐττοιινῶν τὰ εἷʼκεία θαυμάσομαι· οὐ μὴν ὅτι οἰκεῖα, διὰ τοῦτο ψευδῶς· ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἀληθὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπαινετῶς ο ἀληθῆ δὲ, οὐχ ὅτι δίκαιαt μόνορ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ γινωσκόμενα. Καὶ τὸ πρὸς χάρη ὁῦ συγχωρεῖται, κᾶν ἐθελήσωμεψ ἀλλᾶ μέσος ’ἕστε τᾳι, οἶόν τις βραβευτής ἔντεχνος, τοῦ λόγου xl τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ ἀκροατὴς, οὔτε τὸ παρʼ ἀξίαν ἒκα νῶν, καὶ τὸ κατʼ ἀξίαν ἀπαιτῶν, ὅ γε δίκαιος. "tear οὗ τοῦτον ἐγὼ φοβοῦμαι τὸν φόβον,’μή τι τήν ἀλτ θειαν ὑπερδράμωμεν· ἀλλὰ τούναντίον, μή τι τῆς ἀληθείας ἰλλείπωμεν, καὶ παρᾶ πολὺ τῆς ἀξίας ἐλθόντες, ἒλαττώσωμεν τήν δόξαν τοῖς ἐγκωμίοις· ἐπειδή χαλεπὸν καὶ πρᾶξιν ἐξισῶσαι καὶ λόγον τοῖς ἐκείνης καλοῖς “ μήτε οὖν τι ἀλλότριον ἐπαινείσθω πᾶν, ὅ μὴ δίκαιον μήτε ἀτιμαζέσθω τὸ οἰκεῖον, εἰ τίμιον · ’ἶνα μὴ τῷ μὲν κέρδος ἡ ἀλλοτριότης ᾖ, τῷ δὲ είς ζημίαν περιστῇ τὸ τῆς οίκειότητος, Ἀμφοτέρως γὰρ ἃν ὁ τοῦ δικαίου βλάπτοιτο λόγος, κάκείνων ἐπαινουμένων, καὶ τούτων σιωπωμένων· ἲιρῳ δὲ καὶ κανόνι τῇ ἀλῃθείᾳ χρώμενοι, καὶ πρὸς ta’n‘qs βλέποντες μόνον, ἄλλο δὲ οὐδὲν σκοποῦντες, ὧν οἱ πολλοί τε καὶ εὔωνοι, οὕτω καὶ ἐπαινεσόμεθα καὶ σιωπτλσόμεθα τὰ ἐπαίνων ’1) σιωπῆς αξια. ΒΖ Πάντων δʼ ἀτοπώτατον, εἱ ἀποστερεῖν μὲν τι τοὺς ἰδίους, ἦ λοιδορεῖσθαι, ἢ κατηγορεῖν,ἢ ,νγ.-. η. _ ι ν 1 φο τι αοικειν ἢ μικρον ἢ μειζον, ουκ ευαγὶς εἶναι Θῆσομεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων κάκιστον τὴν κατὰ τῶν οἰκειοτάτων παρανομίαν ' λόγου δὲ ἀποστεροῦντες δ πάντων μάλιστα τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἐστιν ὀφειλόμενον, καὶ ᾧ τήν μνήμην ἂν αὐτοῖς ἀθάνατον καταστήσαιμεν, ἔπειτα δίκαιον τι ποιεῖν οἰησόμεθα, καὶ πλείω λόγον ἕξομεν τῶν πονηρῶν τὸ πρὸς χάριν αἰτιωμένωνῆ τῶν ἐπιεικῶν ἀπαιτούντων τὸ πρὸς ἀξίαν. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν ’ἔξωθεν ἐπαινεῖν οὗ κωλύει τὸ ἄγνωστον καὶ ἀμάρτυρον (καίτοι γε πολλῷ δικαιότερον ἦν), ,τοὺς γινωσκομένους δὲ ἡ φιλία κωλύσει, καὶὸ παρᾶ τῶν πολλῶν φθόνος, καὶ τούτων μάλιστα τοὺς ἐνθένδε ἀπηλλαγμέτους, καὶ οἷς ἄωρον τὸ χαρίζεσθαι καταλιποῦσι μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τοὺς ἐπαινοῦντας ἢ ψέγοντας. Γ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἱκανῶς ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀπολελογήμεθα, καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἀπεδείξαμεν ὄντα τὸν λόγον, φέρε, προσβὦμεν ἤδη τοῖς ἐγκωμίοις, τὸμὲν περὶ τήν λέξιν γλαφυρον καὶ κομψὸν διατι-εὗσαντες (ἐπειδή καὶ ἀκαλλώπιστος ἡ ἐπαινουμένη, καὶ τοῦτο κάλλος αὐτῇ ἄκοσμον), τήν δὶ ἀφιιλομένην ὁσίαν ὡς ἄλλο τι χρέος τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων ἀποπληροῦντες, καὶ ἅμα τοὺς πολλοὺς εἰς ζῆλον καὶ μίμησιν τῆς αὐτῆς ἀρετῆς ἑκπαιδεύοντες, ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο ἡμῖν ἐν παντὶ καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ σπουδάζεται καταρτίζειν οὕς ἐπισθεύθημεν. ’Δλλος μὲν οὖν πατρίδα τῆς ἀπελθούσης ἐπαινείτω καὶ γένος, νόμους ἐγκωμίων αἰδούμενος πάντως δὲ οὐκ ἀπορήσει πολλῶν καὶ καλῶν λόγων, εἰ βούλοιτο ταύτην κοσμεῖν καὶτοῖς ἔξωθεν, ὥσπερ μορφὴν τιμίαν τε καὶ καλὴν χρυσῷ, καὶ λίθοις, καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τέχνης καὶ χειρὸς ὡραίσμασινο ἃ τήν μὲν αἰσχρὰν ἐλέγχει τῇ παραθέσει, τῇ καλῇ δὲ ού προσθήκη κάλλους ἐστὶν ἡττώμενα. Ἐγὼ δὲ τοσοῦτον τῷ περὶ ταῦτα προσχρησάμενος νόμῳ, ὅσον τῶν κοινῶν γονέων ἐπιμνησθῆναι (καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ ὅσιον παραδραμεῖν ἀγαθοῦ τοσούτου γεννήτορας τε καὶ διδασκάλους), ἐπʼ αὐτὴν ὡς τάχιστα τρέψω τὸν λόγον, καὶ ού ζημιώσω τῶν τὰ κείνης ἐπιζητούντων τὸν πόθον.

Ddelphę̄n ettoiinōn ta heiʼkeia thaumasomai; ou mēn hoti oikeia, dia touto pseudōs; allʼ hoti alēthi dia touto epainetōs o alēthē de, ouch hoti dikaiat monor, allʼ hoti kai ginōskomena. Kai to pros charē hou synchōreitai, kan ethelēsōmeps alla mesos ’heste tąi, oion tis brabeutēs entechnos, tou logou xl tēs alētheias ho akroatēs, oute to parʼ axian eka nōn, kai to katʼ axian apaitōn, ho ge dikaios. "tear hou touton egō phoboumai ton phobon,’mē ti tēn alt theian hyperdramōmen; alla tounantion, mē ti tēs alētheias illeipōmen, kai para poly tēs axias elthontes, elattōsōmen tēn doxan tois enkōmiois; epeidē chalepon kai praxin exisōsai kai logon tois ekeinēs kalois “ mēte oun ti allotrion epaineisthō pan, ho mē dikaion mēte atimazesthō to oikeion, ei timion ; ’ina mē tǭ men kerdos hē allotriotēs ę̄, tǭ de eis zēmian peristę̄ to tēs oikeiotētos, Amphoterōs gar han ho tou dikaiou blaptoito logos, kakeinōn epainoumenōn, kai toutōn siōpōmenōn; iirǭ de kai kanoni tę̄ alę̄theią chrōmenoi, kai pros ta’n‘qs blepontes monon, allo de ouden skopountes, hōn hoi polloi te kai euōnoi, houtō kai epainesometha kai siōptlsometha ta epainōn ’1) siōpēs axia. BZ Pantōn dʼ atopōtaton, hei aposterein men ti tous idious, ē loidoreisthai, ē katēgorein,ē ,ng.-. ē. _ i n 1 pho ti aoikein ē mikron ē meizon, ouk euagis einai Thēsomen, alla kai pantōn kakiston tēn kata tōn oikeiotatōn paranomian ' logou de aposterountes d pantōn malista tois agathois estin opheilomenon, kai hǭ tēn mnēmēn an autois athanaton katastēsaimen, epeita dikaion ti poiein oiēsometha, kai pleiō logon hexomen tōn ponērōn to pros charin aitiōmenōnē tōn epieikōn apaitountōn to pros axian. Kai tous men ’exōthen epainein hou kōlyei to agnōston kai amartyron (kaitoi ge pollǭ dikaioteron ēn), ,tous ginōskomenous de hē philia kōlysei, kaio para tōn pollōn phthonos, kai toutōn malista tous enthende apēllagmetous, kai hois aōron to charizesthai katalipousi meta tōn allōn kai tous epainountas ē psegontas. G. Epei de hikanōs hyper toutōn apolelogēmetha, kai anankaion hēmin autois apedeixamen onta ton logon, phere, prosbōmen ēdē tois enkōmiois, tomen peri tēn lexin glaphyron kai kompson diati-heusantes (epeidē kai akallōpistos hē epainoumenē, kai touto kallos autę̄ akosmon), tēn di aphiilomenēn hosian hōs allo ti chreos tōn anankaiotatōn apoplērountes, kai hama tous pollous eis zēlon kai mimēsin tēs autēs aretēs hekpaideuontes, epeidē touto hēmin en panti kai logǭ kai ergǭ spoudazetai katartizein hous epistheuthēmen. ’Dllos men oun patrida tēs apelthousēs epaineitō kai genos, nomous enkōmiōn aidoumenos pantōs de ouk aporēsei pollōn kai kalōn logōn, ei bouloito tautēn kosmein kaitois exōthen, hōsper morphēn timian te kai kalēn chrysǭ, kai lithois, kai tois ek technēs kai cheiros hōraismasino ha tēn men aischran elenchei tę̄ parathesei, tę̄ kalę̄ de ou prosthēkē kallous estin hēttōmena. Egō de tosouton tǭ peri tauta proschrēsamenos nomǭ, hoson tōn koinōn goneōn epimnēsthēnai (kai gar oude hosion paradramein agathou tosoutou gennētoras te kai didaskalous), epʼ autēn hōs tachista trepsō ton logon, kai ou zēmiōsō tōn ta keinēs epizētountōn ton pothon.

In praising my sister I shall be honouring what is my own; yet not falsely because it is my own, but praiseworthily because it is true; and true, not only because it is just, but because it is known. Even if we wished it, favour is not allowed; for the hearer stands in the middle, like a skilled umpire, between my words and the truth, neither accepting what is beyond desert nor failing, if he is just, to demand what is deserved. So the fear I have is not that we may overshoot the truth, but on the contrary that we may fall short of it, and, coming far below her worth, lessen her glory by our praises; since it is hard to match either deed or word to her good qualities. Let nothing that belongs to others be praised if it is not just, nor let what is one’s own be dishonoured if it is honourable, so that being a stranger may not be a gain to the one, and being kin may not turn into a loss for the other. For in both ways the principle of justice would be harmed, if those were praised and these passed over in silence. But using truth as our boundary and rule, looking to it alone and considering nothing else of the things that the many cheap people consider, we will praise what deserves praise and keep silent about what deserves silence. [2] Most absurd of all would be this: if we shall think it impious to deprive our own of anything, or to revile or accuse them, or to wrong them in anything, small or great, and even hold wrongdoing against those closest to us the worst of all; but in depriving them of words, which are owed most of all to the good, and by which we could make their memory immortal, we shall think we are doing something just, and take more account of the wicked who accuse us of favour than of the decent who demand what is deserved. And while their being unknown and unattested does not prevent us from praising outsiders (although it would be much more just to refrain), friendship is to prevent us from praising those we know, together with the envy of the many; and this especially in the case of those who have departed from here, to whom it is too late to show favour, since along with everything else they have left behind those who praise or blame them. [3] But since we have sufficiently defended ourselves on these points, and shown that this discourse is necessary for us, come, let us now approach the praises, setting aside polish and refinement of diction (since the woman we praise was unadorned, and her lack of adornment was her beauty), but paying the due rite as one of the most necessary debts, and at the same time training the many to emulation and imitation of the same virtue, since in every word and deed our concern is to build up those entrusted to us. Let another, then, praise the departed’s homeland and family, out of respect for the rules of encomium; he will certainly not lack many fine words, if he wishes to adorn her with external things too, like a precious and beautiful form adorned with gold and stones and the ornaments of art and hand, which expose the ugly by contrast but add no beauty to the beautiful, being outshone. But I will make use of the rule for these things only so far as to mention our common parents (for it is not holy to pass over those who begot and taught so great a good), and will turn my discourse to her as quickly as possible, and not defraud the longing of those who want to hear about her.

8.4PG 35:793b–796a

Τίς οὗν οὐκ οἶδε τὸν νέον ἡμῶν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ τὴν ἐφʼ ἡμῶν Σάῤῥαν; Γρηγόριον λέγω καὶ Νόνναν, τήν τοῦδε σύζυεγον (καλὸν γὰρ μηδὲ τὰ ὀνόματα παρελθεῖν, ὡς ἀρετῆς παράκλησιν), τὸν πίστει δικαιωθέντα, καὶ τήν τῷ πιστῷ συνοικήσασαν· τὸν πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν παρʼ ἐλπίδα, καὶ τήν πνευματικῶς ὠδίνουσαν · τὸν φυγόντα πατρῴων θεῶν δουλείαν, καὶ τήν θυγατέρα καὶ μητέρα τῶν ἐλευθέρων· τὸν ἐξελθόντα συγγενείας καὶ οἴκου διὰ τὴν γῆν τῆς ἰπαγελίας, καὶ τὴν αἷτίαν τῆς ἐκδημίας (τοῦτο γὰρ ἐκείνῃ μόνον, ’ίνα τι τολμήσω, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν Σάρῥαν)· τὸν παροικήσαντα καλῶς, καὶ τὴν προθύμως συμπαροικήσασαν τὸν τῷ Κυρίῳ προσθέμενον, καὶ τήν κύριον τὸν ἑαυτῆς ἄνδρα καὶ προσαγορεύουσαν καὶ νομίζουσαν, καὶ μέρος τι διὰ τοῦτο δικαιωθεῖσαν · ὧν ἡ ἐπαγγελία, καὶ ὧν 6 Ἰσαὰκ, ὅσον τὸ ἐπʼ αὑτοῖς, καὶ ὧν τὸ δώρημα. λείψανον, καὶ ὅσον ὐπελείφθη τῇ εὖσεοείᾳ, πολλή δὶ ἡ ζωὴ καὶ μακραίων ᾗ προκεκμήκπσιν. Ἐν ἔτι προσδήσω τοῖς περὶ αὐτῶν λόγοις· οἷίαλῶς καὶ δικαίως ἱμφοτέροις τοῖς γένεσιν ἐμερίσθησαν* ὁ μὶν ἀνδρῶν εἶναι κόσμος, ἠ δὲ γυναικῶν, καὶ οὐ κόσμος μόνον, Ξιλλὰ καὶ ἀριτῆς ὑπόδειγμα.

Tis houn ouk oide ton neon hēmōn Abraam, kai tēn ephʼ hēmōn Sarrhan? Grēgorion legō kai Nonnan, tēn toude syzyegon (kalon gar mēde ta onomata parelthein, hōs aretēs paraklēsin), ton pistei dikaiōthenta, kai tēn tǭ pistǭ synoikēsasan; ton patera pollōn ethnōn parʼ elpida, kai tēn pneumatikōs ōdinousan ; ton phygonta patrǭōn theōn douleian, kai tēn thygatera kai mētera tōn eleutherōn; ton exelthonta syngeneias kai oikou dia tēn gēn tēs ipagelias, kai tēn haitian tēs ekdēmias (touto gar ekeinę̄ monon, ’ina ti tolmēsō, kai hyper tēn Sarrhan); ton paroikēsanta kalōs, kai tēn prothymōs symparoikēsasan ton tǭ Kyriǭ prosthemenon, kai tēn kyrion ton heautēs andra kai prosagoreuousan kai nomizousan, kai meros ti dia touto dikaiōtheisan ; hōn hē epangelia, kai hōn 6 Isaak, hoson to epʼ hautois, kai hōn to dōrēma. leipsanon, kai hoson ypeleiphthē tę̄ euseoeią, pollē di hē zōē kai makraiōn hę̄ prokekmēkpsin. En eti prosdēsō tois peri autōn logois; hoiialōs kai dikaiōs himphoterois tois genesin emeristhēsan* ho min andrōn einai kosmos, ē de gynaikōn, kai ou kosmos monon, Xilla kai aritēs hypodeigma.

Who, then, does not know our new Abraham and the Sarah of our own day, Gregory, I mean, and Nonna his wife (for it is good not to pass over even their names, as an encouragement to virtue)? He was justified by faith, she lived with the faithful one; he became father of many nations beyond hope, she brought them forth spiritually; he fled the slavery of his fathers’ gods, she is daughter and mother of the free; he went out from his kindred and his house for the land of promise, she was the cause of his departure (in this alone, if I may be bold, she was even above Sarah); he sojourned well, she eagerly shared his sojourning; he attached himself to the Lord, she both called and considered her husband lord, and was in part justified by this; theirs was the promise, theirs, so far as lay with them, Isaac, and theirs the gift. [5] … remnant, and what was left of them for piety, but long and lasting was the life in which they had laboured. One thing more I will add to my words about them: they were well and justly divided between the two sexes, he being the adornment of men and she of women, and not an adornment only but a pattern of virtue.

8.5PG 35:796a–796c

Παρὰ τούτων Γοργονίᾳ καὶ τὸ alvei, καὶ τὸ ςύδόκιμονʼ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτῇ τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας σπέρματα· παρὰ τούτων καὶ τὸ ζῆσαι καλῶς, καὶ τὺ ἀπελθεῖν the): μετὰ τῶν χρηστοτὲρων ἐλπίδων. Καλᾶ μὲν δὴ καὶ ταῦτα, xxi οἶα μὴ πολλοῖς ῥᾳδίως ὑπάρχει τῶν ἐπʼ εὐγενείᾳ μάγοι κομώντων, καὶ ἄνωθεν ο εἱ δὲ δεῖ φιλοσοφώτεξυσωμὲνων τοῖς ρον καὶ ὑψηλότερον περὶ αὐτῆς διελθεῖν, Γοργονίᾳ πατρὶς μὰν ἀνω Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ἡ μὴ βλεπομένη, vocentur δὲ πόλις, ἐν ᾗ πολιτευόμεθα, καὶ πρὸς ἢν ἐπειγόμεθα “ ἧς πολίτης Χριστὸς, καὶ συμπολῖται πανήγυρις χιὶ Ἐκκλησία πρωτοτόκων ἀπογεγραμν μένων ἰν οὐρανοῖς, καῖ περὶ τὸν μεγαν πολιατὴν ἑορταζόντων τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῆς δόξης, καὶ χορευόντων χορείαν τήν ἀκατάλοτον · εὐγένεια δὶ ἡ τῆς εἰκόνος τήρησις, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἀρχέτω-ιον ἐξομοίωσις, ἣν ἐργάζεται λόγος καὶ ἀρετὴ, καὶ καθαρὸς πόθος, ἀεὶ καὶ μᾶλλον μορφὼν τὰ κατὰ Θεὸν, τοὺς γνησίους τῶν ἅνω μύστας, iui τὸ γιγνώσκειν “es, καὶ τίνες, καὶ εἰς ὅ γεγόναμεν.

Para toutōn Gorgonią kai to alvei, kai to sydokimonʼ enteuthen autę̄ ta tēs eusebeias spermata; para toutōn kai to zēsai kalōs, kai ty apelthein the): meta tōn chrēstoterōn elpidōn. Kala men dē kai tauta, xxi oia mē pollois rhądiōs hyparchei tōn epʼ eugeneią magoi komōntōn, kai anōthen o hei de dei philosophōtexysōmenōn tois ron kai hypsēloteron peri autēs dielthein, Gorgonią patris man anō Ierousalēm, hē mē blepomenē, vocentur de polis, en hę̄ politeuometha, kai pros ēn epeigometha “ hēs politēs Christos, kai sympolitai panēgyris chii Ekklēsia prōtotokōn apogegramn menōn in ouranois, kai peri ton megan poliatēn heortazontōn tę̄ theōrią tēs doxēs, kai choreuontōn choreian tēn akataloton ; eugeneia di hē tēs eikonos tērēsis, kai hē pros to archetō-ion exomoiōsis, hēn ergazetai logos kai aretē, kai katharos pothos, aei kai mallon morphōn ta kata Theon, tous gnēsious tōn hanō mystas, iui to gignōskein “es, kai tines, kai eis ho gegonamen.

From them Gorgonia had both her being and her good repute; from them she had the seeds of piety; from them both to live well and to depart with the better hopes. These things are fine, and such as do not easily belong to many of those who pride themselves greatly on their noble birth and their ancestry from above. But if we must speak of her more philosophically and loftily, Gorgonia’s homeland is the Jerusalem above, which is not seen, … the city in which we have our citizenship and toward which we hasten; whose citizen is Christ, and whose fellow citizens are the festal gathering and church of the firstborn who are enrolled in heaven, keeping festival around the great Citizen in the contemplation of his glory, and dancing the dance that never ends; and her noble birth is the keeping of the image and the likeness to the archetype, which reason and virtue and pure longing bring about, ever more conforming to God those who are true initiates of the things above, and who know whence and who we are and for what we were made.

8.7PG 35:796c–796d

Οὕτως ἐγὼ περὶ τούτων γινώσκω· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εὐγενεστέραν τῶν ἀφʼ ἡλίου ἀνατολῶνιῑὴν ἐκείνης ψυχὴν καὶ οἶδα καὶ ὀνομάζω, κρείττονι ἢ κατὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς εὐγενείας καὶ δυσγενείας κανόνι καὶ στάθμῃ χρώμενος· καὶ οὐχ uiuacis, ἀλλὰ τρόπῳ τινὶ ταῦτα χαρακτηρίζων · οὐδὲ κατὰ φρατρίας apt. νων τοὺς ὶπαινουμένους ἢ ψεγομένως, ἀλλᾶ νῆʼ ἱκαο-τον. Ἐν stridat δὲ ὁ λόγος ὑπὲρ τῶν lutum καλῶν, καὶ ἄλλος ἄλλο τι ουνεισφερὲτω, καὶ βοηθείτω τῷ λόγῳ. Ἐπειδή μή πάντα περιλαβεῖν ἑνὶ Su. νατὸν, μηδὲ τῷ λίαν δυνατῶ καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ διάνοιοιν.

Houtōs egō peri toutōn ginōskō; kai dia touto eugenesteran tōn aphʼ hēliou anatolōniiēn ekeinēs psychēn kai oida kai onomazō, kreittoni ē kata tous pollous eugeneias kai dysgeneias kanoni kai stathmę̄ chrōmenos; kai ouch uiuacis, alla tropǭ tini tauta charaktērizōn ; oude kata phratrias apt. nōn tous ipainoumenous ē psegomenōs, alla nēʼ hikao-ton. En stridat de ho logos hyper tōn lutum kalōn, kai allos allo ti ouneispheretō, kai boētheitō tǭ logǭ. Epeidē mē panta perilabein heni Su. naton, mēde tǭ lian dynatō kai akoēn kai dianoioin.

So I judge these things; and for this reason I know and call her soul nobler than any from the rising of the sun, using a better rule and measure of nobility and lowliness than the many do, marking them not by blood but by character, and judging those who are praised or blamed not by their clans but each one by himself. Let my discourse, then, be about her own good qualities, and let each of you contribute something and help it along; since it is not possible for one person to embrace everything, even one very able in hearing and understanding.

8.8PG 35:797a–797c

Σωφροσύνῃ μέν γε τοσοῦτον διήνεγκε, καὶ τοίσοῦτον ὑπερῆρε τὰς κατʼ αὐτὴν ἁπάσας, ’ίνα μὴ λέγω τὰς παλαιὰς, ὧν ὁ πολὺς ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ λόγος, ὥστε εἷς δύο ταῦτα διῃρημένου πᾶσι τοῦ βίου, γάμου λέγω καὶ ἀγαμίας, καὶ τῆς μὲν οὔσης ὑψηλοτέρας τε καὶ θειοτέρας, ἐπιπονωτέρας δὲ καὶ σφαλερωτέρας, τοῦ δὲ ταπεινοτέρου τε καὶ ἀσφαλεστέρου, ἀμφοτέρων φυγοῦσα τὸ ἀηδὲς, ὅσον κάλλιστόν ἐστιν ἰν ἀμφοτέροις ἐκλέξασθαι, καὶ εἷς ἓν ἀγαγεῖν, τῆς μὲν τὸ ὕψος, τοῦ δὲ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν, καί γενέσθαι σώφρων ἄτυφος, τῷ γάμῳ τὸ τῆς ἀγαμίας καλὸν κεράσασα, καὶ δείξασα, ὅτι μήθʼ ἕτερον τούτων ἢ Θεῷ πάντως, ἣ κόσμῳ συνδεῖ, καὶ διίστησι πάλιν ’ ὣστε εἶναι τὸ μὲν παντί φευκτὸν κατά τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν, τὸ δὲ τελέως ἐπαινετόν ἀλλᾶ νοῦς ἐστιν ὁ καὶ γάμῳ καὶ παρθενίᾳ καλῶς ἐπιστατῶν, καὶ, ὥσπερ ὕλη τις, ταῦτα τῷ τεχνίτῃ Λόγῳ ῥυθμίζεται καὶ δημιουργεῖται πρὸς ἀρετήν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπεὶ σαρκὶ συνήφΘη, διὰ τοῦτο ἐχωρίσθη τοῦ πνεύματος· οὐδʼ ὃτι κεφαλὴν ἔσχε τὸν ἄνδρα, διὰ τοῦτο τήν πρώτην κεφαλὴν ἠγνόησεν· ἀλλʼ ὀλίγα λειτουργήσασα κόσμῳ καὶ φύσει, καὶ ὅσον ὁ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐβούλετο νόμος, μᾶλλον δὲ ὁ τῇ σαρκὶ ταῦτα νομοθετήσας, Θεῷ τὸ πᾶν ἑαυτὴν καθιέρωσεν. Ὅ δὲ κάλλιπον καὶ σεμνότατον, ’ὁτι καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα πρὸς ἑαυτῆς ἐποιήσατο, καὶ οὐ δεσπότην ἄτοπον, (ἀλλʼ ὁμόδουλον ἀγαθὸν προσεκτήσατο· Οὐ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλά καὶ τὸν τοῦ σώματος καρπὸν, τὰ τέκνα λέγω, καὶ τέκνα τέκνων, καρπὸν τοῖʼ) πνεύματος ἐποιήσατο, γένος ὅκον καὶ οἰκίαν ὃλην ἀντὶ μιᾶς ψυχῆς Θεῷ καθαγνίσασα, καὶ ποιήσασα γάμον ἐπαινετὸν διὰ τῆς ἐν γάμῳ εὐαρεστήσεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς ἐντεῦθεν καρποφορίας · ἑαυτὴν μὲν, ἕως ἔζη, ὑπόδειγμα καλοῦ παντὸς τοῖς ἐξ ἑαυτῆς προστήσασα· ἐπεὶ δὲ προσεκλήθη, τὸ θέλημα τῷ οἴκῳ μετʼ αὐτὴν ἐγκαταλιποῦσα σιωπῶσαν παραίνεσιν.

Sōphrosynę̄ men ge tosouton diēnenke, kai toisouton hyperēre tas katʼ autēn hapasas, ’ina mē legō tas palaias, hōn ho polys epi sōphrosynę̄ logos, hōste heis dyo tauta dię̄rēmenou pasi tou biou, gamou legō kai agamias, kai tēs men ousēs hypsēloteras te kai theioteras, epiponōteras de kai sphalerōteras, tou de tapeinoterou te kai asphalesterou, amphoterōn phygousa to aēdes, hoson kalliston estin in amphoterois eklexasthai, kai heis hen agagein, tēs men to hypsos, tou de tēn asphaleian, kai genesthai sōphrōn atyphos, tǭ gamǭ to tēs agamias kalon kerasasa, kai deixasa, hoti mēthʼ heteron toutōn ē Theǭ pantōs, hē kosmǭ syndei, kai diistēsi palin ’ hōste einai to men panti pheukton kata tēn idian physin, to de teleōs epaineton alla nous estin ho kai gamǭ kai parthenią kalōs epistatōn, kai, hōsper hylē tis, tauta tǭ technitę̄ Logǭ rhythmizetai kai dēmiourgeitai pros aretēn. Ou gar epei sarki synēphThē, dia touto echōristhē tou pneumatos; oudʼ hoti kephalēn esche ton andra, dia touto tēn prōtēn kephalēn ēgnoēsen; allʼ oliga leitourgēsasa kosmǭ kai physei, kai hoson ho tēs sarkos ebouleto nomos, mallon de ho tę̄ sarki tauta nomothetēsas, Theǭ to pan heautēn kathierōsen. Ho de kallipon kai semnotaton, ’hoti kai ton andra pros heautēs epoiēsato, kai ou despotēn atopon, (allʼ homodoulon agathon prosektēsato; Ou monon de, alla kai ton tou sōmatos karpon, ta tekna legō, kai tekna teknōn, karpon toiʼ) pneumatos epoiēsato, genos hokon kai oikian holēn anti mias psychēs Theǭ kathagnisasa, kai poiēsasa gamon epaineton dia tēs en gamǭ euarestēseōs, kai tēs kalēs enteuthen karpophorias ; heautēn men, heōs ezē, hypodeigma kalou pantos tois ex heautēs prostēsasa; epei de proseklēthē, to thelēma tǭ oikǭ metʼ autēn enkatalipousa siōpōsan parainesin.

In temperance she so excelled, and so surpassed all the women of her time (not to speak of those of old, whose renown for temperance is great), that, since life for all people is divided into these two, I mean marriage and celibacy, the one higher and more divine but more laborious and more dangerous, the other lower and safer, she escaped what is unpleasant in both, and chose what is finest in both and brought it together into one, the height of the one and the safety of the other; and she became temperate without pride, blending the good of celibacy with marriage, and showing that neither of these entirely binds us to God or to the world, nor again separates us from them; so that the one is not to be fled by everyone because of its own nature, nor is the other wholly praiseworthy; but it is the mind that presides well over marriage and virginity, and these, like some material, are shaped and wrought toward virtue by the artist Word. For she was not separated from the Spirit because she was joined to the flesh; nor, because she had her husband as head, did she ignore her first Head; but having ministered a little to the world and to nature, as much as the law of the flesh required, or rather the One who gave the flesh these laws, she consecrated herself wholly to God. And what is finest and most august: she won her husband to her side, and gained in him not an unreasonable master but a good fellow servant. And not only this, but she also made the fruit of her body, I mean her children and her children’s children, a fruit of the Spirit, consecrating to God a whole family and a whole household instead of one soul, and making marriage praiseworthy through her being well pleasing to God in marriage and through the fine fruit that came from it; while she lived, she set herself before those born of her as an example of every good, and when she was called away, she left her will to the household after her as a silent exhortation.

8.9PG 35:797d–800b

Ὁ μὲν δὴ θεῖος Σολομὼν έν τῇ παιδαγωγικῇ σοφία, ταῖς Παροιμίαις λέγω, ἐπαινεῖ καὶ οἰκουρίαν γυναικὸς καὶ φιλανδρίαν, κατ ἀντιτίοησι τῇ ἔξω περιπλανωμένῃ, καὶ ἀκρατήτῳ. καὶ ἀτίμῳ, καὶ τιμίων ψυχὰς ἀγρευούσῃ ἐν πορνικοῖς καὶ σχήμασι καὶ ὀνόμασι, τὴν ἔσω καλῶς ἀναστρεφομένην, καὶ ἀνδριζομὲνην τὰ γυναικὸς, πρὸς ἄτρακτον μὶν ἀεὶ τὰς χεῖρʼἄς έρείδουσαν, καὶ δισσὰς τῷ ἀνδρὶ χλαίνας παρασκευάζουσαν ’ ὠνουμένην δὲ κατὰ καιρὸν γεώργιον, σιτηγοῦσαν δὲ καλῶς τοῖς οἰκέταις, πλήρει δὲ τραπέζῃ τοὺς φίλους δεξιουμένην, καὶ τᾶλλα ὅσα τήν σώφρονα καὶ φιλεργὸν ἐκεῖνος ἀνύμνηεν. Ἐγὼ δὲ εί ἀπο τουτων επαινοίην τὴν ἀδελ. φὴν, ἀπὸ τῆς σκιᾶς ἂν ἐπαινοίην τὸν ἀνδριάντα, ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνύχων τὸν λέοντα, παρεὶς τὰ μείζω καὶ τελεώτερα. Τίς μὲν ἦν φαίνεσθαι μᾶλλον fila; Τίς δὲ ἧττον ἐφάνη, καὶ ἁπρόσιτον ἐτήρησεν ἑαυτὴν ἀνδρῶν (lapsana; Τίς μᾶλλον ἔγνω μέτρα κατηφείας τε καὶ φαιδρότητος, ὡς μήτε τὸ κατηφὲς ἁπάνθρωπον δοκεῖν, μήτε τὸ καθʼ ἁπαλὸν ἀκόλαστον, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν συνετὸν, τὸ δὲ ἥμερον, καὶ ὅρον τοῦτο εἶναι κοσμιότητος, κραθέντος τοῦ φιλανθρώπου τῷ ἀναστήματις Ἀκούετε τῶν γυναικῶν ὅσαι λίαν ἐπιδεικτικαὶ καὶ ρᾁυμοι, κα) τὸ κάλυμμα τῆς alδοῦς ἀτιμάζουσαι. Τίς μὲν οὕτως ὀφθαλμὸν ἐσωφρόνισεν ; Τίς δὲ τοσοῦτον γέλωτος κατεγέλασεν, ὡς μέγα δοκεῖν ἐκείνῃ καὶ ὁρμὴν μειδιάματος; Τίς μᾶλλον ἀκοῇ θύρας ἐπέθηκεν; τίς δέ τοῖς θείοις λόγοις ἡνέῳξε, μᾶλλον δὲ, τίς νοῦν ἐπέστησεν ἡγεμόνα γλώσσῃ λαλεῖν τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιώματας Τίς τάξιν οὕτως ἐστείλατο χείλεσιν;

Ho men dē theios Solomōn en tę̄ paidagōgikę̄ sophia, tais Paroimiais legō, epainei kai oikourian gynaikos kai philandrian, kat antitioēsi tę̄ exō periplanōmenę̄, kai akratētǭ. kai atimǭ, kai timiōn psychas agreuousę̄ en pornikois kai schēmasi kai onomasi, tēn esō kalōs anastrephomenēn, kai andrizomenēn ta gynaikos, pros atrakton min aei tas cheirʼas ereidousan, kai dissas tǭ andri chlainas paraskeuazousan ’ ōnoumenēn de kata kairon geōrgion, sitēgousan de kalōs tois oiketais, plērei de trapezę̄ tous philous dexioumenēn, kai talla hosa tēn sōphrona kai philergon ekeinos anymnēen. Egō de ei apo toutōn epainoiēn tēn adel. phēn, apo tēs skias an epainoiēn ton andrianta, ē apo tōn onychōn ton leonta, pareis ta meizō kai teleōtera. Tis men ēn phainesthai mallon fila? Tis de hētton ephanē, kai haprositon etērēsen heautēn andrōn (lapsana? Tis mallon egnō metra katēpheias te kai phaidrotētos, hōs mēte to katēphes hapanthrōpon dokein, mēte to kathʼ hapalon akolaston, alla to men syneton, to de hēmeron, kai horon touto einai kosmiotētos, krathentos tou philanthrōpou tǭ anastēmatis Akouete tōn gynaikōn hosai lian epideiktikai kai rąumoi, ka) to kalymma tēs aldous atimazousai. Tis men houtōs ophthalmon esōphronisen ? Tis de tosouton gelōtos kategelasen, hōs mega dokein ekeinę̄ kai hormēn meidiamatos? Tis mallon akoę̄ thyras epethēken? tis de tois theiois logois hēneǭxe, mallon de, tis noun epestēsen hēgemona glōssę̄ lalein ta tou Theou dikaiōmatas Tis taxin houtōs esteilato cheilesin?

The divine Solomon, in his instructive wisdom, I mean the Proverbs, praises a woman’s keeping of her house and love for her husband; and against the woman who wanders outside, unrestrained and dishonoured, hunting precious souls with the dress and words of a harlot, he sets the woman who conducts herself well within and is manly in a woman’s tasks, always setting her hands to the spindle and preparing double cloaks for her husband, buying a field in its season, providing grain well for her servants, receiving her friends at a full table, and all the other things with which he celebrated the temperate and industrious woman. But if I were to praise my sister for these things, I would be praising the statue from its shadow, or the lion from its claws, passing over the greater and more perfect things. Who had more right to be seen? Who was seen less, and kept herself inaccessible to the eyes of men? Who knew better the measures of gravity and cheerfulness, so that her gravity did not seem inhuman nor her gentleness licentious, but the one prudent and the other kind, and this the very bound of decorum, kindness blended with dignity? Hear, you women who are too fond of display and careless, and dishonour the veil of modesty. Who so chastened her eye? Who so laughed laughter to scorn, that even the beginning of a smile seemed a great matter to her? Who more set doors upon her hearing? And who opened it more to divine words; or rather, who set the mind as guide over the tongue to speak the ordinances of God? Who so set her lips in order?

8.10PG 35:800b–805a

Εἴπω καὶτοῦτο βούλεσθε τῶν ἐκείνης καλῶν · a τῇ μὲν ἄξιον οὐδενὸς ἐδόκει, οὐδʼ ὅσαι σώφρονες άληθῶς καὶ κόσμιαι τὸν τρόπον ’ μέγα δὲ δοκεῖν πεποιήκασιν αί λίαν φιλόκοσμοι καὶ φιλόκαλοι καὶ οὐδὲ λόγῳ καθ ο αιρόμεναι τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐκπαιδευόντων. Οὐ χρυσὸς ἐκείνην ἐκόσμησε τέχνῃ πονηθεὶς είς κάλλους περιουσίαν, ού ξανθαὶ πλοκαμίδες διαφαινόμεναί τε καὶ ύποφαινόμεναι, καὶ βοστρύχων ἕλικες, καὶ soφίσματα σκηνοποιούντων τὴν τιμίαν κεφαλὴν ἀτιμότατα, οὐκ ἐσθῆτος περιρῤεούσης καὶ διαφανοῦς πολυτέλεια, ού λίθων αὐγαὶ καὶ χάριτες χρωννῦσαι τὸν πλησίον ἀέρα, καὶ τὰς μορφὰς περιλάμπονσαι ο οὑ ζωγράφων τέχναι καὶ γοητεύματα. καὶ τὸ εὔωνον κάλλος, καὶ ὁ κάτωθεν πλάστης ἂνπδημιουργῶν, καὶ κατακρύπτων τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ πλάσμα ἐπιβούλοις χρώμασι, καὶ διὰ τῆς τιμῆς αἰσχύνων, καὶ προτιθεὶς τὴν θείαν μορφὴν εἴδωλον πορνικὸν λίχνοις ὄμμασιν, ἵνα κλέψῃ τὸ νόθον κάλλος τὴν ςυσικὴν εἰκόνα τηρου μένην Θεῷ καὶτῷ μέλλοντι. Ἀλλά πολλοὺς μὲν ᾔδει καὶ παντοίους γυναικῶν κόσμους τοὺς ἔξωθεν, τιμιώτερον δέ οὐδένα τοῦ ἑαυτῆς τρόπου, καὶ τῆς ἔνδον ἀποκειμένης λαμπρὰτητοςσ Ἐν μὲν ἔρευθος ἐκείνῃ φίλον, τὸ τῆς αἰδοῦς · pia δὲ λευκότης, ἡ παρὰ τῆς ἐγκρατείας. Τὰς δὲ γραφὰς καὶ ὑπογραφὰς, καὶ τοὺς ζῶντας πίνακας, καὶ τήν ῥέουσαν εὐμορφίαν, ταῖς ἐπὶ θεάτρων παρῆκε καὶ τῶν τριόδων, καὶ ὸσαις αἰσχύνη καὶ ὄνειδος τὸ αἰσχύνεσθαι. IA‘. Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα τῆς δὲ φρονήσεως καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις ἂν ἐφίκοιτο λόγος,ἢ πολλὰ ἂν εὐρεθείη τὰ παραδείγματα, πλὴν τῶν ἐκείο νης καὶ κατὰ σάρκα καὶ κατὰ πνεῦμα πατέρων, πρὸς οὕς μόνους ὁρῶσα, καὶ ὧν οὐδὲν ἐλαττουμένη τήν ἀρετὴν, ἐνὶ τούτῳ xui μόνον ἡττᾶτο καὶ πάνυ προθύμως, ὅτι παρʼ ἐκείνων τὸ ἀγαθὸν, κάκείνους ῥίζαν καὶ ᾔδει καὶ ὡμολόγει τῆς εἰκείας ἐλλάμψεως. Τί μὲν τῆς διανοίας ἐκείνης ὀξύτερον, ἢν γε καὶ κοινήν σύμβουλον οὐχ οἱ ἐκ γένους μόνον, οὐδʼ οἱ Β ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τῆς μιᾶς μάνδραις, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύκλῳ δὲ πάντες ἐγίνωσκον, xui νόμον ἄλυτον τὰς ἐκείνης ἐποιοῦντο ὑποθήκας καὶ παραινέσεις; Τί δὲ τῶν Λόγων ἐκείνων εὐστοχώτερον; τί δὲ τῆς σιωπῆς συνετώτερον; Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή γε σιωπῆς ἐμνήσθην, προσθήσω τὸ οἰκειότατον ἐκείνης, καὶ γυναιξὶ πρεπωδέστατον, καὶ τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ χρησιμώτατον. Τίς μὲν ἔγνω τὰ περί,Θεου μᾶλλον ἔκ τε τῶν Θείων λογίων καὶ τῆς οἰκείας συνέσεως Τίς δὲ ἧττον ἐφθέγξατο ἐν τοῖς γυναικείοις ὅροις τῆς εὐσεβείας μείνασα; ’Ὀ δʼ οὖν ὠφείλετο τῇ γε ἀληθῶς εὐσεβεῖν ἐγνωκυίᾳ, καὶ οὗ καλή μόνον ἡ ἀπληστία, τίς μὲν ἀναθήμασιν οὕτω ναοὺς κατεκόσμησεν, ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν οὐκ οἶδʼ εἰ μετʼ ἐκείνην κοσμηθησόμενον; Μᾶλλον δὲ, τίς οὕτω ναὸν ἑαυτὸν τῷ Θεῷ ζῶντα παρέστησεν; Τίς δὲ τοσοῦτον ἐδόξασεν ἱερέας, ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν ἐκείνῃ τῆς εὐσεβείας συναγωνιστὴν καὶ διδάσκαλον, οὗ τὰ καλὰ σπέρματα καὶ ἡ καθιερωμένη τῶν τέκνων τῷ Θεῷ συζυγία ; νοις;Ως ἔγωγε καὶ τὰ τοῦ Ἰὼβ ἂν i1? αὐτὴν Θαρῥήσας καλλωπισαίμην· Θύρα Gl αὐτῆς παπῑ ἐλθόντι ῆνὲῳκτο ' ἔξω δὲ οὐκ ηὐλίζετο ξένος. Ὀφθαλμὸς ἦν τυφλῶν, ποῦς δὲ χωλῶν, μήτηρ δέ ὀρφανῶν. Τῆς δὶ εἲς χήρας εὐσπλαγχνίας τί χρῆ μεῖζον εἰπεῖν, ἢ ὃτι τὸ μὴ χήρα κληθῆναι mtas ήνέγκατο; Κοινὸν μὶν ἦν ἡ ἐκείνης ἱστία τοῖς ταὺμένοις ἀφʼ αἵματος καταγώγιον κοινὰ δὲ τὰ ἔνη πᾶσι τοῖς δεομένοις οὐχ ἧττον ἢ imis-tot: τὰ hui", Ἐσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκε τοῖς πένησι· καὶ διὰ τὸ ἐἰς ἐπαγγελίας ἄπτωτον καὶ ἀψευδέστατον πολΛὰ ταῖς ἐκεῖθεν ληνοῖς ἐναπέθετο, πολλά Χριστὸν καὶ διὰ πολλῶν τῶν εὖ παθόντων ἐδεξιώσατο καὶ τὸ κάλλιστον, ὃτι μὴ τὸ δοκεῖν παρʼ αὐτῇ πλεῖον τῆς ἄληθείας· ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ κρυ-ιι·ιῷ καλῶς ἐγιώργιι τῷ βλέποντι τὰ κρυπτὰ τήν εὐσέβειαν. Πάντα τοῦ κοσμικράτορος ἣρπασεν πάντα μετήνεγκεν εἷς τὰς ἆσμα λεῐς ἀποθήκας. Θύὂὶν ἀφῆκε τῇ πλὴν τοῦ σώματος, Πάντων ἠλλάξατο τὰς ἐκεῖθεν ἐλπίδας ‘ ἕνα τοῖς παισῖ πλοῦτον ἀφῆκε, τήν μίμησιν καί τὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις φʼλοτιμίαν. ll". Καὶ οὐ τὰ μὶν τῆς μεγαλοψυχίας τοιαῦτα καὶ οὕτως ἄπιστα, τὸ δὲ σῶμα παρέδωκε τῇ τρυφῇ, χαὶ ταῖς ἀκαθὲχτοις τῆς γαστρὸς ἡδοναῖς, τῷλυσε σῶντι xcvi καὶ σπαράττοντι, ὡς ἂν οαρῥοῦσα ταῖς εὐποιίαις, ὅπερ πάσχουσιν οἱ πολλοὶ τῆς οἷς τοὺς πό· νητας εὐσπλαγχνίας τὸ τρυφᾷν ἐξωνούμενοι, καὶ οὐ καλῷ τὸ κακὸν ἰώμενοι, καλοῦ δὲ τό φαῦλον ἄντιλαμβάνοντεςί ἦ νηστείαις μὶν τὸν χοῦν κατεπάλαισεν, ἑτέρῳ δὲ τὸ τῆς χαμιιυιας παρῆκε φάρμακον · ἢτοῦτο μὲν ἐξεῦρε τῇ ψυχῇ τὸ βοήθημα, ὕπνῳ δὲ μέτρον ἧττον ἐτέρου τινὸς ἱπίθηιεν· ἣ τοῖιτο μὶν ἐνομοθέτησεν ὥσπερ ἀσώματος, ἐκλίθη δὲ εἰς γῆν, ἑτέρων παννυχιζόντων ἰν ὀρθῷ σώματι, ὃ δὴ μάλιστα φιλοσόφων ἀνδρῶν τὸ ἀγώνισμα· ἢ τοῦτο μὲν οὐ μόνον γυναικῶν, ἀλλὰ ωὶλάνδρὼν ὣφθη τῶν γενναιοτάτών ἓάνῧρικώτερα, ψαλμῳόίας δὲ τόνον ἔμφρονα, ἣ θείων λογίων ἔντευξιν, ἢᾶνάπτυξιν, ἢ μνήμην εὔκαιρον, ἣ κλίσιν γονάτων κατεσκληκότων, ἢ ὥσπερ τῷ ἐδάφει συμπεφυκότων, ἣ δάκρυον ῥύπου καθάρσιον ἐν καρδίᾳ συντετριμμὲνῃ καὶ πνεύματι ταπεινώσεως, ἢ εὐχὴν ἄνω τιθεῖσαν, καὶ νοῖιν ἀπλανῆ καὶ μετάρσιον · ταῦτα πάντα, ἢ τούτων τί ἐστιν ὅστις ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν ἐκείνην ὑπερβεβηκέναι καυχήσαιτο; Ἀλλʼ 1x57.ιο μέγα μὶν εἰπεῖν, ἀληθὶς δὶ, ὅνι τὸ μὶν ἐζήλου τῶν καλῶν, τοῦ δὲ ἦν ζῆλος · καὶ τὸ, μὶν εὗρε, τὸ δὲ ἐνίκησεν. Καῖ εἰ καθʼ ἓν τι τούτων ἔσχε τὸ ἁμιλλώμενον, ἀλλὰ τῷ γε μία τὰ πάντα συλλαβεῖν, πάντων ἐκράτησεν. Οὕτω μὲν τά πάντα κατορθώσασα, ὡς οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἕν καὶ μετρίως · οὕτω δʼ εἰς ἄκρον ἕκαστον, ὥστε καὶ ἀντὶ πάντων ἓν ἐξαρκεῖν καὶ μόνον.

Eipō kaitouto boulesthe tōn ekeinēs kalōn ; a tę̄ men axion oudenos edokei, oudʼ hosai sōphrones alēthōs kai kosmiai ton tropon ’ mega de dokein pepoiēkasin ai lian philokosmoi kai philokaloi kai oude logǭ kath o airomenai tōn ta toiauta ekpaideuontōn. Ou chrysos ekeinēn ekosmēse technę̄ ponētheis eis kallous periousian, ou xanthai plokamides diaphainomenai te kai ypophainomenai, kai bostrychōn helikes, kai sophismata skēnopoiountōn tēn timian kephalēn atimotata, ouk esthētos perirreousēs kai diaphanous polyteleia, ou lithōn augai kai charites chrōnnysai ton plēsion aera, kai tas morphas perilamponsai o hou zōgraphōn technai kai goēteumata. kai to euōnon kallos, kai ho katōthen plastēs anpdēmiourgōn, kai katakryptōn to tou Theou plasma epiboulois chrōmasi, kai dia tēs timēs aischynōn, kai protitheis tēn theian morphēn eidōlon pornikon lichnois ommasin, hina klepsę̄ to nothon kallos tēn sysikēn eikona tērou menēn Theǭ kaitǭ mellonti. Alla pollous men ę̄dei kai pantoious gynaikōn kosmous tous exōthen, timiōteron de oudena tou heautēs tropou, kai tēs endon apokeimenēs lampratētoss En men ereuthos ekeinę̄ philon, to tēs aidous ; pia de leukotēs, hē para tēs enkrateias. Tas de graphas kai hypographas, kai tous zōntas pinakas, kai tēn rheousan eumorphian, tais epi theatrōn parēke kai tōn triodōn, kai osais aischynē kai oneidos to aischynesthai. IA‘. Tauta men dē toiauta tēs de phronēseōs kai tēs eusebeias ouk estin hostis an ephikoito logos,ē polla an euretheiē ta paradeigmata, plēn tōn ekeio nēs kai kata sarka kai kata pneuma paterōn, pros hous monous horōsa, kai hōn ouden elattoumenē tēn aretēn, eni toutǭ xui monon hēttato kai pany prothymōs, hoti parʼ ekeinōn to agathon, kakeinous rhizan kai ę̄dei kai hōmologei tēs eikeias ellampseōs. Ti men tēs dianoias ekeinēs oxyteron, ēn ge kai koinēn symboulon ouch hoi ek genous monon, oudʼ hoi B ek tou autou laou, kai tēs mias mandrais, alla kai hoi kyklǭ de pantes eginōskon, xui nomon alyton tas ekeinēs epoiounto hypothēkas kai paraineseis? Ti de tōn Logōn ekeinōn eustochōteron? ti de tēs siōpēs synetōteron? Allʼ epeidē ge siōpēs emnēsthēn, prosthēsō to oikeiotaton ekeinēs, kai gynaixi prepōdestaton, kai tǭ paronti kairǭ chrēsimōtaton. Tis men egnō ta peri,Theou mallon ek te tōn Theiōn logiōn kai tēs oikeias syneseōs Tis de hētton ephthenxato en tois gynaikeiois horois tēs eusebeias meinasa? ’O dʼ oun ōpheileto tę̄ ge alēthōs eusebein egnōkuią, kai hou kalē monon hē aplēstia, tis men anathēmasin houtō naous katekosmēsen, allous te kai ton ouk oidʼ ei metʼ ekeinēn kosmēthēsomenon? Mallon de, tis houtō naon heauton tǭ Theǭ zōnta parestēsen? Tis de tosouton edoxasen hiereas, allous te kai ton ekeinę̄ tēs eusebeias synagōnistēn kai didaskalon, hou ta kala spermata kai hē kathierōmenē tōn teknōn tǭ Theǭ syzygia ? nois?Ōs egōge kai ta tou Iōb an i1? autēn Tharrhēsas kallōpisaimēn; Thyra Gl autēs papi elthonti ēneǭkto ' exō de ouk ēulizeto xenos. Ophthalmos ēn typhlōn, pous de chōlōn, mētēr de orphanōn. Tēs di eis chēras eusplanchnias ti chrē meizon eipein, ē hoti to mē chēra klēthēnai mtas ēnenkato? Koinon min ēn hē ekeinēs histia tois taumenois aphʼ haimatos katagōgion koina de ta enē pasi tois deomenois ouch hētton ē imis-tot: ta hui", Eskorpisen, edōke tois penēsi; kai dia to eis epangelias aptōton kai apseudestaton polLa tais ekeithen lēnois enapetheto, polla Christon kai dia pollōn tōn eu pathontōn edexiōsato kai to kalliston, hoti mē to dokein parʼ autę̄ pleion tēs alētheias; allʼ en tǭ kry-ii;iǭ kalōs egiōrgii tǭ bleponti ta krypta tēn eusebeian. Panta tou kosmikratoros hērpasen panta metēnenken heis tas asma leis apothēkas. Thyoin aphēke tę̄ plēn tou sōmatos, Pantōn ēllaxato tas ekeithen elpidas ‘ hena tois paisi plouton aphēke, tēn mimēsin kai tēn epi toutois phʼlotimian. ll". Kai ou ta min tēs megalopsychias toiauta kai houtōs apista, to de sōma paredōke tę̄ tryphę̄, chai tais akathechtois tēs gastros hēdonais, tǭlyse sōnti xcvi kai sparattonti, hōs an oarrhousa tais eupoiiais, hoper paschousin hoi polloi tēs hois tous po; nētas eusplanchnias to tryphąn exōnoumenoi, kai ou kalǭ to kakon iōmenoi, kalou de to phaulon antilambanontesi ē nēsteiais min ton choun katepalaisen, heterǭ de to tēs chamiiuias parēke pharmakon ; ētouto men exeure tę̄ psychę̄ to boēthēma, hypnǭ de metron hētton eterou tinos hipithēien; hē toiito min enomothetēsen hōsper asōmatos, eklithē de eis gēn, heterōn pannychizontōn in orthǭ sōmati, ho dē malista philosophōn andrōn to agōnisma; ē touto men ou monon gynaikōn, alla ōilandrōn hōphthē tōn gennaiotatōn heanÿrikōtera, psalmǭoias de tonon emphrona, hē theiōn logiōn enteuxin, ēanaptyxin, ē mnēmēn eukairon, hē klisin gonatōn katesklēkotōn, ē hōsper tǭ edaphei sympephykotōn, hē dakryon rhypou katharsion en kardią syntetrimmenę̄ kai pneumati tapeinōseōs, ē euchēn anō titheisan, kai noiin aplanē kai metarsion ; tauta panta, ē toutōn ti estin hostis andrōn ē gynaikōn ekeinēn hyperbebēkenai kauchēsaito? Allʼ 1x57.io mega min eipein, alēthis di, honi to min ezēlou tōn kalōn, tou de ēn zēlos ; kai to, min heure, to de enikēsen. Kai ei kathʼ hen ti toutōn esche to hamillōmenon, alla tǭ ge mia ta panta syllabein, pantōn ekratēsen. Houtō men ta panta katorthōsasa, hōs oudeis allos hen kai metriōs ; houtō dʼ eis akron hekaston, hōste kai anti pantōn hen exarkein kai monon.

[10] Do you wish me to tell this too among her good qualities, which seemed worth nothing to her, nor to any women truly temperate and orderly in character, but which women very fond of ornament and finery, and not purified even by the words of those who teach about such things, have made seem a great matter? No gold adorned her, worked by art to an excess of beauty; no blonde tresses, showing through and half shown, no spiral curls, no tricks of those who most dishonourably make a stage of the precious head; no costliness of flowing and transparent dress; no gleams and charms of stones, colouring the air around and lighting up the forms; no arts and witchery of painters, and that cheap beauty, and the sculptor from below who rivals creation and hides God’s creature under treacherous colours, shaming it by the very honour he pays it, and setting forth the divine form as a harlot’s idol before lustful eyes, so that a bastard beauty may steal the natural image that is kept for God and for the life to come. Though she knew the many and varied outward adornments of women, she knew none more precious than her own character and the brightness stored up within. One red was dear to her, that of modesty; one white, that which comes from self-control. The paintings and pencillings, the living pictures and the fading comeliness, she left to the women of the theatre and the street, and to those for whom shame is a shame and a reproach. [11] Such, then, were these things; but no word could reach her prudence and her piety, nor could many examples of them be found, except in her fathers according to the flesh and according to the spirit. To these alone she looked, and falling short of them in no point of virtue, she was outdone in this one thing alone, and very willingly: that she had her good from them, and knew and confessed them as the root of her own illumination. What was sharper than her mind, which not only her kin, nor those of the same people and the one fold, but all around knew as a common counsellor, and made her suggestions and advice an unbreakable law? What was more apt than her words? What more intelligent than her silence? But since I have mentioned silence, I will add what was most characteristic of her, most fitting for women, and most useful for the present time. Who knew the things of God better, from the divine oracles and from her own understanding? And who spoke less, keeping within the bounds of piety proper to women? And as was due from one who truly knew how to be pious, in which alone insatiability is good: who so adorned churches with offerings, among them the one I know not whether it will be adorned again after her? Or rather, who so presented herself to God as a living temple? Who so glorified priests, among them the one who was her fellow contestant and teacher in piety, whose are the fine seeds and the pair of children consecrated to God? [12] … So that I would boldly adorn her with the words of Job: “Her door was open to every comer; no stranger lodged outside. She was an eye to the blind, a foot to the lame, a mother to orphans.” And of her compassion toward widows what greater thing need be said than that she won the reward of not being called a widow? Her house was a common lodging for her kin by blood, and her goods were common to all in need, no less than her own. “She scattered, she gave to the poor”; and trusting in the unfailing and unlying promise, she laid up much in the winepresses there; much she welcomed Christ, through many who received her benefits; and finest of all, with her the appearance was not greater than the truth, but in secret she cultivated piety well for him who sees in secret. She snatched everything from the ruler of this world and transferred everything to the safe storehouses; she left nothing to the earth but her body; she exchanged everything for the hopes there; one wealth only she left her children: the imitation of these things and emulation of them. [13] Nor was it that, while her magnanimity was such and so incredible, she gave her body to luxury and to the unrestrained pleasures of the belly, that raging and tearing dog, as though trusting in her good works; as many do, who buy their luxury with their compassion toward the poor, and do not heal evil with good but take back the bad in return for the good. Nor did she wrestle down the dust by fasting and leave to another the remedy of sleeping on the ground; nor, having found this help for the soul, set a less strict measure on sleep than another; nor, having laid down this law as though bodiless, lie down on the ground while others kept vigil all night upright, which is the special contest of philosophers. In these she showed herself more manly not only than women but than the noblest men: in the earnest tone of psalmody, the reading of the divine oracles, their exposition or seasonable recollection, the bending of knees hardened and as it were grown to the ground, the tears that cleanse defilement in a contrite heart and a spirit of humility, the prayer that sets one on high, and the mind unwandering and lifted up. In all these, or in any of them, is there anyone, man or woman, who could boast of having surpassed her? It is a great thing to say, but true: in some of these good things she emulated others, in others she was the one emulated; some she found, others she conquered. And if in some one of them she had a rival, yet by gathering them all into one she prevailed over all. So she achieved all of them, as no one else achieved even one moderately; and each to its summit, so that even one alone would have sufficed instead of all.

8.14PG 35:805a–808a

Ὣ πιναροῦ σώματος καὶ ἐνδύματος, ἀρετῇ μόνον ἀνθοῦντος l Ὤ ψυχῆς διακρατούσης τὸ σῶμα, καὶ δίχα τροφῆς σχεδὸν, ὣσπερ ἅϋλονῐ μᾶλλον δὲ σώματος βιασαμένου νεκρωθῆναι καὶ πρὸ τῆς διαζεύξεως, τίνʼ ἐλευθερίαν λάβῃ ψυχὴ, καὶ μή παραποδίζηται ταῖς αἰσθήσεσινί ’Ώ νυκτῶν ἀΰπνων, καὶ ψαλμῳδίας, καὶ στάσεως ἐξ ἡμέρας εἷς ἡμέραν ἀποληγούσης l ’Ώ Δαβἶδ, ταῖς πισταῖς μόνον ψυχαῖς οὐ μακρὰ μελῳδήσαςί Ὤ μελῶν ἀπαλότητος ἐπὶ γῆς ἐρριμμένων, καὶ παρᾶ τὴν φύσιν τραχυνομένωνί ’Ώ πηγαὶ δακρύων σπειρομένων ἐκ θλίψεως, τίνʼ ἐν ,ἀγαλλιάσει θερίσαιεν! Ὦ βοῆς νυκτερινῆς νεφέλας διερχομένης, καὶ φθανούσης πρὸς τὸν οὖράνιον! Ὦ θερμότητος πνεύματος, κυνῶν κατατολμώσης νυκτερινῶν διʼ ἐπιθυμίαν εὐχῆς, καὶ κρυμῶν, καὶ ὑετῶν, καὶ βροντῶν, καὶ χαλάζης, καὶ ἀωρίαςῐ Ὤ γυναικεία φύσις τὴν ἀνδρείαν νικήσασα διὰ τὸν κοινὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς σωτηρίας, καὶ σώματος διαφοράν οὐ ψυχῆς τὸ θῆλυ καὶ τὸ ἄρρεν ἐΛέγξασαῘ Ὤ τῆς μετᾶ λουτρὸν ἁγνείας, καί τῆς νύμφης Χριστοῦ ψυχῆς ἐν καθαρῷ νυμφῶνι τῷ σώματι l Ὤ πικρά γεῦσις, καὶ Εὕα μῆτερ καὶ γένους καὶάμαρ- I \ Ἰ ς I ι Α ι μ.. γ τίας, καὶ tiret πλάνε καὶ θάνατε, τῇ ἐκείνης έγκραι τείᾳ νενικημέναῐ Ὠ Χριστοῦ κένωσις, καὶ δούλου μορφὴ, καὶ παθήματα, τῇ ἐκείνης νεκρώσεί τετιμη μένα l ΙΕʼ.“ὩῙ πῶς ἢ καταγιθμήσομαι τά ἐκείνης ἅπαντα,ἣ τά π) είω παρεῖς μή ζημιώσω τοὺς ἀγνοciv-cx; Ἀλλά μοι καλὸν ἤδη προσθεῖναιτῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ τά ἐπίχειρα· καὶ γάρ μοι ποθεῖν πάλαι δοκεῖτε καὶ ζητεῖν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, oi. τὰ ἐκείνης καλῶς εἰδότες, οὐ τὰ παρόντα μόνον, οὐδὲ οἷς νῦν ἐκεῖθεν ἀγάλλεται, ἃ κρείττω καὶ διανοίας, καὶ ἀκοῆς ἀνθρωπίνης, καὶ ὅψεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἷς ἐντεῦθεν αὐτὴν ὁ δίκαιος μισθαποδότης ἠμείψατο· ἐπεὶ καὶτοῦτο ποιεῖ πολλάκις εἷς οἰκοδομὴν τῶν ἀπίστων, τοῖς μικροῖς τὰ μεγάλα πιστούμενος, καὶ τοῖς ὁρωμένοις,τὰ καὶ μετρίως αἰσθανομένων Θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ὑπὲρ πάντα δυνάμεως.

Hō pinarou sōmatos kai endymatos, aretę̄ monon anthountos l Ō psychēs diakratousēs to sōma, kai dicha trophēs schedon, hōsper haÿloni mallon de sōmatos biasamenou nekrōthēnai kai pro tēs diazeuxeōs, tinʼ eleutherian labę̄ psychē, kai mē parapodizētai tais aisthēsesini ’Ō nyktōn aÿpnōn, kai psalmǭdias, kai staseōs ex hēmeras heis hēmeran apolēgousēs l ’Ō Dabid, tais pistais monon psychais ou makra melǭdēsasi Ō melōn apalotētos epi gēs errimmenōn, kai para tēn physin trachynomenōni ’Ō pēgai dakryōn speiromenōn ek thlipseōs, tinʼ en ,agalliasei therisaien! Ō boēs nykterinēs nephelas dierchomenēs, kai phthanousēs pros ton ouranion! Ō thermotētos pneumatos, kynōn katatolmōsēs nykterinōn diʼ epithymian euchēs, kai krymōn, kai hyetōn, kai brontōn, kai chalazēs, kai aōriasi Ō gynaikeia physis tēn andreian nikēsasa dia ton koinon agōna tēs sōtērias, kai sōmatos diaphoran ou psychēs to thēly kai to arren eLenxasaI Ō tēs meta loutron hagneias, kai tēs nymphēs Christou psychēs en katharǭ nymphōni tǭ sōmati l Ō pikra geusis, kai Heua mēter kai genous kaiamar- I \ I s I i A i m.. g tias, kai tiret plane kai thanate, tę̄ ekeinēs enkrai teią nenikēmenai Ō Christou kenōsis, kai doulou morphē, kai pathēmata, tę̄ ekeinēs nekrōsei tetimē mena l IEʼ.“HōI pōs ē katagithmēsomai ta ekeinēs hapanta,hē ta p) eiō pareis mē zēmiōsō tous agnociv-cx? Alla moi kalon ēdē prostheinaitēs eusebeias kai ta epicheira; kai gar moi pothein palai dokeite kai zētein en tǭ logǭ, oi. ta ekeinēs kalōs eidotes, ou ta paronta monon, oude hois nyn ekeithen agalletai, ha kreittō kai dianoias, kai akoēs anthrōpinēs, kai hopseōs, alla kai hois enteuthen autēn ho dikaios misthapodotēs ēmeipsato; epei kaitouto poiei pollakis heis oikodomēn tōn apistōn, tois mikrois ta megala pistoumenos, kai tois horōmenois,ta kai metriōs aisthanomenōn Theou kai tēs hyper panta dynameōs.

[14] O squalid body and garment, blooming with virtue alone! O soul holding the body fast, almost without food, as though it were immaterial! Or rather, O body forced to die even before the separation, that the soul might receive its freedom and not be hampered by the senses! O sleepless nights, psalmody, and standing that ended only from one day into the next! O David, whose songs are not long only to faithful souls! O tender limbs, cast on the ground and roughened against nature! O fountains of tears, sown in affliction that they might reap in exultation! O cry by night, piercing the clouds and reaching the heavenly One! O fervour of spirit, daring the dogs of the night for love of prayer, and frosts and rains and thunders and hail and the hours of darkness! O female nature that overcame the male through the common contest for salvation, and proved that female and male are a difference of body and not of soul! O purity after the bath of baptism, O soul, the bride of Christ, in the pure bridal chamber of the body! O bitter taste, O Eve, mother of the race and of sin, O deceitful serpent, O death, overcome by her self-control! O emptying of Christ, form of a servant, and sufferings, honoured by her mortification! [15] O how shall I count up all her deeds, or, passing over most, not defraud those who did not know her? But it is fitting now to add also the rewards of her piety; for you who knew her well seem to me to have long been longing and looking for this in my discourse: not only the present things, nor those in which she now exults there, which surpass the mind and hearing and sight of men, but also those with which the just Rewarder repaid her here; since he often does this for the building up of unbelievers, confirming great things by small ones and the invisible by the visible … of those who perceive, even moderately, God and his power above all things.

8.18PG 35:809a–812d

… ἀπῆλθεν εὐθὺς alaeam τῆς σωτηρίας κούφη καὶ σῶμα, καὶ ψυχὴν, καὶ διάνοιαν, μισθὸν ἆΛπίδος λαβοῦσα τὸ ἐλπιζόμινον, καὶ τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς εὐρωστίᾳ κομισαμινη τήν τοῦ σώματος. Ταῦτα λεγάλα μὲν οὐ ψιυδῆ δι. Τούτοις πιστεύετε ἅπαντες1 καὶ νοσοῦντες, καὶ ὑγιαίνοντες· ἵνʼ οἱ ἔχητε τὴν ὑγίειαν, οἱ δὲ ἀποΛάὸητι Καὶ ὅτι μὴ κόμπος τὸ διήγημα, δῆλον ἐξ ὧν κατπσιγὴσας, νῦν ἐξεκάλυψα· καὶ οὐδʼ ἂν νῦν ἐδημοσίευσα, εὖ ἴστε, εἱ μή τις εσχε με φόβος ecfatus τοσοῦτον κατακρύψαι καὶ πιστοῖς καὶ ἀπίστοις, καὶ τοῖς νῦν καὶ τοῖς ὕστερον, ΙΘʼ. Τά μὲν δὴ τοῦ βίου tomis-ra. καὶ τὰ πλιίω παραλελοίπαμεν διὰ τὴν συμμετρίαν τοῦ λόγου, καὶ τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ἀπλήστως ἔχειν περὶ τὴν εὐφημίαν · τάχα δʼ ἂν ἀδικοίημεν τελευτὴν ὁσίαν καὶ περιῦόητον, εί μή καὶ τῶν ταύτης καλῶν ἱπιμνησθιιίημεν· καὶ ταῦτα οὕτως ἐκείνης ποθουμένης τε καὶ ζητουμένης. Μνησθήσομαι δὲ, ὡς ἃν οἷόν τε ᾔ συντομώτατα. Ἐπόοει μὶν τήν ἀνάλυσιν (καὶ γὰρ εἶχε πολλὴν πρὸς τὸν καλοῦντα τήν παρῥησίαν), καὶ τὸ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι πάντων προετίθει τῶν ὑπὲρ γῆςʼ καί οὖδεὶς οὕτως ἐρᾷ σώματος τῶν λίαν ἰριιγτικῶν τε καὶ δυσκαθέκτων, ὡς ἐκείνη τὰς πέδας ἀπορρίψασαταΰτις, καὶ τήν ἰλὺν ὑπερβᾶσα, μεθʼ ἧς βιωτεύομεν, μετᾲ τοῦ καλοῦ καθαρῶς γενέσθαι, καὶ τὸν Ξρώμςνον ἀπολαβεῖν ὅλον, προσθήσω δʼ ὅτι καὶ τὸν ipsa-civ. οὗ νῦν μικραῖς ἐλλαμπόμεθα ταῖς αὐγαῖς, καὶ ὅσον γινώσκειν, οὗ κεχωρίσμεθα. Διαμαρτάνιι δὲ οὐδὲ ταύτης τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, οὕτως οὔσης “Non καὶ ὕψηλῆς, καὶ ὃ τούτου μεῖζόν tm, προαπολαύει τοῦ καλοῦ διὰ τῆς προγνώσεως καὶ τῆς πολλῆς ἀγρυπνίας. Ταύτην εἷς ὕπνος τῶν ἡδίστων ἀμείβεται, καὶ ὃψις μία προθεσμίᾳ περιλαφεοῦσα τὴν ἔκδημίαν, καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην γνωρίσασα, ὡς ἂν τὸ ἑτοιμασθῆναι καὶ μὴ ταραχθῆναι τοῦ Θιοῦ πρυτανεύοντος.

… apēlthen euthys alaeam tēs sōtērias kouphē kai sōma, kai psychēn, kai dianoian, misthon aLpidos labousa to elpizominon, kai tę̄ tēs psychēs eurōstią komisaminē tēn tou sōmatos. Tauta legala men ou psiydē di. Toutois pisteuete hapantes1 kai nosountes, kai hygiainontes; hinʼ hoi echēte tēn hygieian, hoi de apoLaoēti Kai hoti mē kompos to diēgēma, dēlon ex hōn katpsigēsas, nyn exekalypsa; kai oudʼ an nyn edēmosieusa, eu iste, hei mē tis esche me phobos ecfatus tosouton katakrypsai kai pistois kai apistois, kai tois nyn kai tois hysteron, IThʼ. Ta men dē tou biou tomis-ra. kai ta pliiō paraleloipamen dia tēn symmetrian tou logou, kai tou mē dokein aplēstōs echein peri tēn euphēmian ; tacha dʼ an adikoiēmen teleutēn hosian kai periyoēton, ei mē kai tōn tautēs kalōn hipimnēsthiiiēmen; kai tauta houtōs ekeinēs pothoumenēs te kai zētoumenēs. Mnēsthēsomai de, hōs han hoion te ę̄ syntomōtata. Epooei min tēn analysin (kai gar eiche pollēn pros ton kalounta tēn parrhēsian), kai to syn Christǭ einai pantōn proetithei tōn hyper gēsʼ kai oudeis houtōs erą sōmatos tōn lian iriigtikōn te kai dyskathektōn, hōs ekeinē tas pedas aporripsasataÿtis, kai tēn ilyn hyperbasa, methʼ hēs biōteuomen, metą tou kalou katharōs genesthai, kai ton Xrōmsnon apolabein holon, prosthēsō dʼ hoti kai ton ipsa-civ. hou nyn mikrais ellampometha tais augais, kai hoson ginōskein, hou kechōrismetha. Diamartanii de oude tautēs tēs epithymias, houtōs ousēs “Non kai hypsēlēs, kai ho toutou meizon tm, proapolauei tou kalou dia tēs prognōseōs kai tēs pollēs agrypnias. Tautēn heis hypnos tōn hēdistōn ameibetai, kai hopsis mia prothesmią perilapheousa tēn ekdēmian, kai tēn hēmeran tautēn gnōrisasa, hōs an to hetoimasthēnai kai mē tarachthēnai tou Thiou prytaneuontos.

… she went away at once, feeling her salvation, light in body and soul and mind, receiving as the reward of her hope the thing she hoped for, and recovering the strength of her body through the strength of her soul. These things are great, but not false. Believe them, all of you, both the sick and the healthy, so that some of you may keep your health and others may regain it. And that the story is no boast is clear from the fact that I kept silent about it until now and have now revealed it; and I would not have published it even now, be sure, had not some fear held me lest I hide so great a wonder from believers and unbelievers, from those now living and those to come. [19] These, then, are the things of her life; and we have left out most of them for the sake of proportion in the discourse, and so as not to seem insatiable in praise. But perhaps we would wrong her holy and famous end if we did not mention its good things too, especially since it is so longed for and asked about. I will mention them as briefly as possible. She longed for her departure (for she had great boldness toward the One who called her), and preferred being with Christ to everything on earth; and no one of those most given to lust and least restrained loves the body as she longed to throw off these fetters and rise above the mire in which we live, to be purely with the Beautiful, and to receive wholly her Beloved, and, I will add, her Lover, by whose small rays we are now illumined, and from whom, so far as knowing him goes, we are separated. Nor does she fail of this desire, so great and lofty as it was; and, what is greater still, she enjoyed the good beforehand through foreknowledge and much watchfulness. This was repaid by one of the sweetest sleeps, and by one vision that comprehended the set time of her departure and made known this very day, so that, God presiding, she might be prepared and not troubled.

8.20PG 35:812d–813a

Αὐτῇ μεν ουν υπογυιον τὸ ἧς καθαρπως καὶ τελειώσεως ἧν ἀγαθόν, ἢν κοινὴν δωρεὰν, καὶ ὂῑυτέρου βίου κρηπῖδα παρὰ Θασῦ πάντες λαβόντες ἔχομεν· Μᾶλλον δὲ πᾶς ὁ βίος κάθαρσις ἦν αὐτῇ καὶ τελείωσις· καὶ τὸ μὶν τῆς ἀναγεννήσιως εἶχεν ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος, τὸ διʼ ἀσφαλὲς ταύτης ;κ τῶν προβεβιωμένων. Καὶ μόνῃ σχεδὸν. ἳν εἴπω τολμήσας, σφραγὶς, αλλʼ οὗ χάρισμα ἧν τὸ μυστήριον. ’Ἐν δὲ τοῖς πᾶσι προστεθῆναι ζητοῦσα τὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τελείωσιν (βούλεσθε γράψω τὸν ἄνδρα συντόμως ; ἀνδρὸς ἐκείνης» καὶ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὃ τι χρὴ πλέον εἰπεῖν), ’ἶνʼ ὅλῳ τῷ σώματι Θεῷ καθιερωθῇ, καὶ μὴ ἐξ ἡμισείας ἀπέλθῃ τετελεσμένη, μηδʼ ὑπολείπηταί τι τῶν ἑαυτῆς ἀτελὲς, οὐδὲ ταύτης διαμαρτάνει τῆς δεήσεως παρὰ τοῦ θέλημα τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν ποιοῦντος, καὶ εἰς πέρας ἄγοντος τὰ αἰτή ματα.

Autę̄ men oun ypoguion to hēs katharpōs kai teleiōseōs hēn agathon, ēn koinēn dōrean, kai oiyterou biou krēpida para Thasy pantes labontes echomen; Mallon de pas ho bios katharsis ēn autę̄ kai teleiōsis; kai to min tēs anagennēsiōs eichen ek tou Pneumatos, to diʼ asphales tautēs ?k tōn probebiōmenōn. Kai monę̄ schedon. hin eipō tolmēsas, sphragis, allʼ hou charisma hēn to mystērion. ’En de tois pasi prostethēnai zētousa tēn tou andros teleiōsin (boulesthe grapsō ton andra syntomōs ? andros ekeinēs» kai ouk oidʼ ho ti chrē pleon eipein), ’inʼ holǭ tǭ sōmati Theǭ kathierōthę̄, kai mē ex hēmiseias apelthę̄ tetelesmenē, mēdʼ hypoleipētai ti tōn heautēs ateles, oude tautēs diamartanei tēs deēseōs para tou thelēma tōn phoboumenōn auton poiountos, kai eis peras agontos ta aitē mata.

For her, the good of purification and perfection was recent, which all of us have received from God as a common gift and as the foundation of a second life; or rather, her whole life was purification and perfection for her; and she had the regeneration from the Spirit, and its security from the life she had already lived. And for her almost alone, if I may be bold to say it, the mystery was a seal and not a gift of grace. And seeking, in addition to all this, the perfecting of her husband (do you wish me to describe her husband briefly? He was the husband of that woman, and I do not know what more need be said), so that she might be consecrated to God with her whole body and not depart half perfected, nor leave anything of her own imperfect, she did not fail of this prayer either, from him who does the will of those who fear him and brings their requests to fulfilment.

8.21PG 35:813a–813c

Ὡς δὲ ἃπαντα εἶχεν αὐτῇ κατὰ νοῦν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐνέδει τῶν ποθουμένων, καὶ ἡ κυρία πλησίον, οὕτως ἤδη τῷ θανάτῳ συσκευάζεται καὶ τῇ ἐκδημίᾳ, καὶ πληροῖ τὸν περὶ ταῦτα νόμον διὰ τῆς κατακλίσεως. Ἐπισκῄψασα δὲ καὶ ἀνδρὶ, καί τέκνοις, καὶ φίλοις, ὅσα εἰκὸς τὴν φίλανδρον, καὶ φιλότεκνον, καὶ φιλάδελφον, καὶ λαμπρῶς περὶ τῶν έκεῖθεν φιλοσοφήσασα, καὶ πανηγύρεως ἡμέραν ποιησαμένη τήν τελευταίαν, κοιμᾶται, πλήρης μεν οὐ τῶν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ἡμερῶν, ὃ τι μηδὲ συνηύχετο, ταύτας ἑαυτῇ πονηρὰς εἷδυῖα, καὶ τὰ πολλὰ μετὰ τοῦ χοὸς καὶ τῆς πλάνης, τῶν δὲ κατὰ Θεὸν καὶ λίαν πλήρης, ὡς οὐκ οἷδʼ εἶʼ τις ῥᾳδίως τῶν ἐν πλουσίᾳ τῇ πολίᾳ καταλυσάντων, καὶ πολλὰς έτῶν περιόδους ἀριθμησάντων. Οὕτως ἐκείνη λύεται, ἢ προσλαμβάνεται, κρεῖσσον εἰπεῖν, ἢ ἀφίπταται, ἢ μετοικίζεται, ἢ μικρὸν προαποδημεῖ τοῦ σώματος.

Hōs de hapanta eichen autę̄ kata noun, kai ouden enedei tōn pothoumenōn, kai hē kyria plēsion, houtōs ēdē tǭ thanatǭ syskeuazetai kai tę̄ ekdēmią, kai plēroi ton peri tauta nomon dia tēs katakliseōs. Episkę̄psasa de kai andri, kai teknois, kai philois, hosa eikos tēn philandron, kai philoteknon, kai philadelphon, kai lamprōs peri tōn ekeithen philosophēsasa, kai panēgyreōs hēmeran poiēsamenē tēn teleutaian, koimatai, plērēs men ou tōn kata anthrōpon hēmerōn, ho ti mēde synēucheto, tautas heautę̄ ponēras heiduia, kai ta polla meta tou choos kai tēs planēs, tōn de kata Theon kai lian plērēs, hōs ouk hoidʼ eiʼ tis rhądiōs tōn en plousią tę̄ polią katalysantōn, kai pollas etōn periodous arithmēsantōn. Houtōs ekeinē lyetai, ē proslambanetai, kreisson eipein, ē aphiptatai, ē metoikizetai, ē mikron proapodēmei tou sōmatos.

When everything was as she wished, and nothing she longed for was lacking, and the appointed day was near, she now prepared herself for death and departure, and fulfilled the custom about it by lying down. And having given her charges to her husband, her children, and her friends, as was fitting for one who loved her husband, her children, and her brothers, and having philosophized brilliantly about the things there, and making her last day a day of festival, she fell asleep, full not of days according to man (which she did not even pray for, knowing them to be evil and spent for the most part with dust and error), but very full of days according to God, more so, I think, than anyone easily could be of those who have ended their life in a rich old age and counted many cycles of years. So she was released, or rather, better to say, taken up, or flew away, or changed her dwelling, or departed a little before her body.

8.22PG 35:813c–817d

Ἀλλʼ οἷόν με μικρὸν τῶν ἐκείνης παρέδραμενί τάχα δʼ ἂν οὗ συνεχώρησας, ὧ σὺ πάτερ ἐκείνης πνευματικὶ, ὁ xui τηρήσας ἀκριβῶς τὸ θαῦμα, καὶ ἡμῖν γνωρίσας· μέγα μὲν εἰς φιλοτιμίαν ἐκείνῃ, μέγα δὲ ἡμῖν εἷς ὑπόμνησιν ἀρετῆς, καὶ πόθον τῆς αὐτῆς ἀναλύσεως. Καί με φρίκη τις ὑποτρέχει, καὶ δάκρυον ὁμοῦ, μεμνημένον τοῦ θαύματος. Ἐλύετο μὲν ήδη xui ἆνέπνει τὰ τελευταῖα, καὶ χορὸς περὶ αὐτὴν οἰκείων τε καὶ ξένων χαριζομένων τᾶ προπεμπτήρια· καὶ μητρὸς γηραιᾶς έπίνευσις, καὶ ψυχῆς σπαραγμὸς ζηλοτυπούσης την ἐκδημίαν, καὶ φίλτρον ἁπάντων ἀγωνίᾳ σύγκρατον, τῶν μὲν δ τι ἀκούσωσι ποθοῦντων, μνήμης έμπύρευμα, τῶν δὲ ὅ τι φθέγξονται,τολμῶντος δὲ οὐδενός. Καὶ κωφὰ τὸ. δάκρυα, καὶ ἡ τῆς Λύπης ὠδῖν ἀθεραπευτος (οὐδὲ γὰρ ’ὀσιον ἐδόκει θρήνοις τιμᾷν τὴν οὕτω χωριζομένην), σιγὴ δὲ βαθεῖα, καὶ τελετή τις ὁ θάνατος. Ἠ δὲ ἄπνους τε καὶ hin-me; γος, τὸ φαινόμενον, καὶ ἡ σιωπὴ τοῦ σώματος ω παράλυσις, οἷον ἤδη τῶν φωνηἐικι”ἱ›ν.υόργάν‹ιιυγνωσ-Δ χρωμένων, διὰ τὴν τοῦ κινοῦντος ἐγχώρησιν. Ἠρὲμα δὲ τῶν χειλέων κινουμένων αἱσθόμνδος δ πάντα τηρῶν τὰ ἐκείνης ἐπιμελῶς ποιμὴν διὰ τὸ ἐν πᾶσι θαῦμα, καὶ παραθεὶς τὰ ὦτα τοῖς χείλεσι (τὸ γάς Οαρρεἴν εἶχε καὶ παρὰ τοῦ τρόπουηὶφᾶ τῆς συμπαθείας), αὐτὸς διήγησαι τὸ τῆς nulla: μυστήριον, ὅ τί ποτε ἦν καὶ οἷον· οὐδεὶς ἀπιστήσει σοῦ Λέγοντος, Ψαλμῳδὶα τὸ ὑπολαλούμενον is," καὶ ψαλμῳδίας τὰ ἐξόδια. ῥήματα· sint?" τάληθὲς εἰπεῖν, μαρτυρία τῆς παρῥησίας, ἔξοδος. Καὶ μακάριος Bm: μετʼ ἐκείνων ἀνασειται τῶν ῥημάτων· Ἐν εἷρήνῃ ἰπὶ τὸ αὖεᾶ κοιμηοήσομαι καὶ ὑπνώσω. Ταῦτα καὶ σοι, καλλίστη γυναικῶν, καὶ συνέβαινεν καἱὴ, ςσοι, καλλίστη γυναικῶν, καὶ συνέβαινεν καὶ lupata. τὸ γινόμενον ἦν, καί μετὰ τῆς ἐκδημίας 6 ἐπιτάφιος· ὧ καλῶς ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν εἷρηνεύσαθα, οδ, καὶ τὸν ὀφειλόμενον τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς ὓπνον ἀπολαβοῦσα πρὸς τῷ κοινῷ τῆς κοιμήσεως, ὡς sine: τὴν ad ζήσασαν καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαν ἐν τοῖς τῆς εὐσεβείας ῥήμασιν. ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῷν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τ Harrpl σὺν ἁγίῳ Πνεύμκτι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνα ἓ

Allʼ hoion me mikron tōn ekeinēs paredrameni tacha dʼ an hou synechōrēsas, hō sy pater ekeinēs pneumatiki, ho xui tērēsas akribōs to thauma, kai hēmin gnōrisas; mega men eis philotimian ekeinę̄, mega de hēmin heis hypomnēsin aretēs, kai pothon tēs autēs analyseōs. Kai me phrikē tis hypotrechei, kai dakryon homou, memnēmenon tou thaumatos. Elyeto men ēdē xui anepnei ta teleutaia, kai choros peri autēn oikeiōn te kai xenōn charizomenōn ta propemptēria; kai mētros gēraias epineusis, kai psychēs sparagmos zēlotypousēs tēn ekdēmian, kai philtron hapantōn agōnią synkraton, tōn men d ti akousōsi pothountōn, mnēmēs empyreuma, tōn de ho ti phthenxontai,tolmōntos de oudenos. Kai kōpha to. dakrya, kai hē tēs Lypēs ōdin atherapeutos (oude gar ’osion edokei thrēnois timąn tēn houtō chōrizomenēn), sigē de batheia, kai teletē tis ho thanatos. Ē de apnous te kai hin-me? gos, to phainomenon, kai hē siōpē tou sōmatos ō paralysis, hoion ēdē tōn phōnēeiki”hi›n.yorgan‹iiygnōs-D chrōmenōn, dia tēn tou kinountos enchōrēsin. Ērema de tōn cheileōn kinoumenōn haisthomndos d panta tērōn ta ekeinēs epimelōs poimēn dia to en pasi thauma, kai paratheis ta ōta tois cheilesi (to gas Oarrein eiche kai para tou tropouēipha tēs sympatheias), autos diēgēsai to tēs nulla: mystērion, ho ti pote ēn kai hoion; oudeis apistēsei sou Legontos, Psalmǭdia to hypolaloumenon is," kai psalmǭdias ta exodia. rhēmata; sint?" talēthes eipein, martyria tēs parrhēsias, exodos. Kai makarios Bm: metʼ ekeinōn anaseitai tōn rhēmatōn; En heirēnę̄ ipi to auea koimēoēsomai kai hypnōsō. Tauta kai soi, kallistē gynaikōn, kai synebainen kaiē, ssoi, kallistē gynaikōn, kai synebainen kai lupata. to ginomenon ēn, kai meta tēs ekdēmias 6 epitaphios; hō kalōs apo tōn pathōn heirēneusatha, od, kai ton opheilomenon tois agapētois hypnon apolabousa pros tǭ koinǭ tēs koimēseōs, hōs sine: tēn ad zēsasan kai apelthousan en tois tēs eusebeias rhēmasin. en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmǭn, hǭ hē doxa kai t Harrpl syn hagiǭ Pneumkti eis tous aiōna he

But what a thing of hers I nearly passed over! Perhaps you would not have allowed it, you her spiritual father, who kept the wonder carefully and made it known to us: a great thing for her honour, and a great thing for us as a reminder of virtue and a longing for the same departure. A shudder runs through me, and tears with it, as I remember the wonder. She was already dissolving and drawing her last breaths, and around her was a chorus of kin and strangers rendering the last farewells; her aged mother bending over her, her soul torn in jealousy of the departure; and the love of all mixed with anguish, some longing to hear something to kindle their memory, others to hear what she would say, but no one daring to ask. The tears were silent, and the travail of grief unrelieved (for it did not seem holy to honour with laments one who was parting so), and there was a deep silence, and death was a kind of sacred rite. She was breathless and speechless to all appearance, and the silence of her body was a paralysis, as though the organs of speech had already failed through the withdrawal of the one who moved them. But the shepherd, who watched all her doings carefully because of the wonder in all of them, perceived her lips moving gently, and put his ear to her lips (he had the boldness for it from his character and his sympathy): you yourself tell the mystery of the silence, what it was and of what kind; no one will disbelieve you when you say that it was psalmody that she was murmuring, the closing words of a psalm; or, to speak the truth, a testimony of her boldness was her departure. And blessed is she who rests with those words: “In peace I will lie down and sleep.” These things, fairest of women, both befell you and were fitting for you; what happened was a song, and with your departure came your epitaph: for you were truly at peace from the passions, and received, beyond the common sleep, the sleep owed to the beloved; as befitted one who had lived and departed in the words of piety … in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory with the Father and the Holy Spirit for ever.

Chapter 9

9.1PG 35:820a

Πάλιν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ χρίσμα καὶ Πνεῦμα · καὶ πάλιν ἐγὼ πενθῶν καὶ σκυθρωπάζων πορεύομαι. Θαυμάζετε ’ίσωςʼ καί Ἠσαίας, πρὶν μὲν ἰδεῖν τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου, καὶ τὸν Θρόνον τὸν ὑψηλόν τε καὶ ἐτι-ηρμὲνον, καὶ τὰ περὶ αὐτὸν σεραῳῗμ, οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον φθὲγγεται, οὔτε ducente-ceiγ οὔτε δέδοικεν ” ἆλλά τοῦ μὲν Ἰσραὴλ καταβοᾷ, ἑαυτοῦ δὲ φείδεται καὶ ἀπέχεται, ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπαιτίου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτʼ εἶδε, καὶ τῆς φωνῆς ἤκουσε τῆς ἁγίας καὶ μυστικῆς, ὣσπερ τι μᾶλλον ἑαυτοῦ συναισθόμενος· ’Ὠ τάλας, φησὶν, ἐγὼ, ὅτι κατανένυγμαι, καὶ ὅσα ἐξῆς τοῦ κόγου, ’ίνα φύγω τὴν βλασφημίαν. Εὑρίσκω δὲ καὶ Mam-fi τὸν παλαιὸν ἐκεῖνον ἐν τοῖς κριταῖς, καὶ Πέτρον ὕστερον, τὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἔρεισμα τὸν μὲν, Ἀπολὼλαμεν, ὦ γύναι, λέγοντα, Θεὸν ἒωράκαμεν, ἐπειδὴ κρείττονος ὅψεως ᾗσθετοῆ κατὰ τήν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν καὶ δύναμιν· τὸν δὶ οὐκ ἄνεγκόντα τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐπιστασίαν τι καὶ ἐνέργειαν, ἣν ἐν τῇ ἀλείᾳ τοῖς συμπλέουσιν ἐπεδείξατο, καὶ διὸ. τοῦτο Θαυμάζοντα μὶν, ἀποπέμποντα δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ τὴν αἲτίαν προστεθέντα, ὅτι μὴ εἲίη ἄξιος θείας ἐπιφανείας καὶ ὁμιλίας.

Palin epʼ eme chrisma kai Pneuma ; kai palin egō penthōn kai skythrōpazōn poreuomai. Thaumazete ’isōsʼ kai Ēsaias, prin men idein tēn doxan Kyriou, kai ton Thronon ton hypsēlon te kai eti-ērmenon, kai ta peri auton seraǭïm, ouden toiouton phthengetai, oute ducente-ceig oute dedoiken ” alla tou men Israēl kataboą, heautou de pheidetai kai apechetai, hōs ouden hypaitiou. Epei de tautʼ eide, kai tēs phōnēs ēkouse tēs hagias kai mystikēs, hōsper ti mallon heautou synaisthomenos; ’Ō talas, phēsin, egō, hoti katanenygmai, kai hosa exēs tou kogou, ’ina phygō tēn blasphēmian. Heuriskō de kai Mam-fi ton palaion ekeinon en tois kritais, kai Petron hysteron, to tēs Ekklēsias ereisma ton men, Apolōlamen, ō gynai, legonta, Theon eōrakamen, epeidē kreittonos hopseōs hę̄sthetoē kata tēn heautou physin kai dynamin; ton di ouk anenkonta tēn tou Sōtēros epistasian ti kai energeian, hēn en tę̄ aleią tois sympleousin epedeixato, kai dio. touto Thaumazonta min, apopemponta de tou ploiou, kai tēn aitian prostethenta, hoti mē eiiē axios theias epiphaneias kai homilias.

Again anointing and the Spirit upon me; and again I go about mourning and gloomy. Perhaps you wonder at this. But Isaiah too, before he saw the glory of the Lord, and the throne high and lifted up, and the seraphim around it, says nothing of this kind, nor … nor fears; but he cries out against Israel, while sparing himself and keeping himself apart, as though he were guilty of nothing. But when he saw these things and heard the holy and mystical voice, as if he had become more aware of himself, “O wretched that I am,” he says, “for I am pierced to the heart,” and the rest of the passage, so that I may escape blasphemy. I find also Manoah of old among the Judges, and Peter later, the support of the church: the one saying, “We are lost, wife, we have seen God,” since he had perceived a vision greater than his own nature and power; the other unable to bear the Saviour’s presence and power, which he showed to those who sailed with him in the fishing, and therefore marvelling, yet sending him away from the boat, and adding the reason, that he was not worthy of divine manifestation and converse.

9.2PG 35:820a–825b

Καὶ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου δὲ ὅταν ἀκούω ἐντοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις, τήν μὶν δύναμιν ἀπαιτοῦντος, τήν δὲ παρουσίαν παραιτουμένου, ὡς οὐ χωρούσης αὐτοῦ τῆς στέγης θεῖον ἀξίωμά τι καὶ μέγεθος, οὐκ ἔχω μέμφεσθαι τῆς δειλίας ἐμαυτὸν ταύτης καὶ τῆς σιοθρωπότητος. Ὀφθαλμοῦ μὶν γὰρ ἀτονίαν ἣλιος, ψυχῆς δὲ ἀρρωστίαν ἐλέγχει Θεὸς ἐπιδημῶν. καὶ τοῖς μέν ἐστι φῶς, τοῖς δὲ πῦρ, ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ὓλην τι καὶ ποιότητα. Τί ὑπολαμβάνομεν περῖ τοῦ Σαούλ; Ἐχρίσθη μὲν γὰρ, καὶ μετέσχε τοῦ Πνεύματος, καὶ ἦν τότε πνευματικὸς, οὐδʼ ἃν ἐγὼ περὶ αὐτοῦ φαίην ἑτέρως, ἀλλὰ καὶ προεφήτευσε καὶ οὕτω παρʼ ἐλπίδα καὶ τὸ εἰκὸς, ὣστε καὶ παροιμίαν γενέσθαι τὸ θαῦμα ἐκεῖνο· Εἰ καὶ Σαοὺλ έν προφήταις; εἷς ἔτι καὶ νῦν λεγόμενόν τε καὶ ἀκουόμενον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐχ ὅλον ἐαυτὸν έμπαρέσχε τῷ Πνεύματι, οὐδὲ ἐστράφη καθαρῶς εἷς ἄνδρα ἀλλον, ὡς κεχρημάτιστο, ἀλλʼ ἐνέμεινέ τι τοῦ παλαιοῦ τῆς κακίας σπινθῆρος, καὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ σπέρματος, καὶ ἦν ἰν αὐτῷ μάχη πνεύματος καὶ σαρκός · τί χρή πάντα ἐκτραγῳδεῖν τὰ ἐκείνου; ἷίστε κ θ. ρ. ι ι.,ς ν,κ τὸ ἐναντίον πνεῦμα, καὶ τὸν ψάλτην, ᾦκατεπῄδετο. Πλὴν έκεῖνο κάντεῦθεν γνώριμον, ὃτι,κῖ”ὶν μὴ τῶν ἀναξίων ἡ χάρις ἅπτηται, μηδὲ πονηροῦ καὶ ἀναρμόστου παντελῶς τοῦ ὀργάνου (εἰς γὰρ κακότεχνον ψυχὴν μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι σοφίαν aifρηται καλῶς, κάγὼ πείθομαι), ἀλλὰ φυλάξαι γε τήν ἀξίαν, καὶ τὴν ἁρμονίαν, ὡς ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος, ἔργον οὐκ ἔλαττον, ἢ ἀπαρχῆς ἁρμοσθῆναι καλῶς καί ἀξιωθῆναι, διὰ τὸ τρεπτὸν οιαὶ ἀλλοιωτὸν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἕξεως τε καὶ φύσεως· ᾧ γε καὶ ἡ χάρις αὐτή πολλάκις, ’ἶνʼ εἷʼπω κῶν ἡμετέρων κακῶν τὸ σχετλιώτατόν τε καὶ παραδοξότατον, τύφον έμποιήσασα καὶ μετεωρίσασα, κατήνεγκεν απὸ Θεοῦ τοὺς οὗ καλῶς προσεγγίσαντας, καὶ κατεβλήθη μεν ἂν τῷ ἐπαρθῆναι, ’ίνα γένηται καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἁμαρτία, διά τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον ο - ι I I "l’ " ΙΊἾ καὶ ὑποδείγματι, διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνηῖτῶ ιχ,.. ι. ν ,, η,.-.---..,.,...η δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστῑρῶν, πρὸς ποιμαντικήν εὔθετον,, _. ἀποσπῶσαν κόσμου, προσάξουσονζιδαπανῶσω σῶμα) πνεύματι προσ-τιθεῖσαν, σκότος φεύγουσιν,...ις-ἒ.._'_, Α..... φωτὶ χαίρουσαν, θῆρας ὶλαύνουσαν, ι. τή- ι-ι συνάγουσαν, κρημνοὺς φυλαασομινην καὶ ἐρημίας, 1,-ᾼῄ ι Α.. γ , - ι -ι--η--ννι ὅρεπι καὶ ὕψεσι προσελαύνουσαν. Περὶ a’w pm 2M”? ην] l Α ’ δοκεῖκαὶ ὁ θαυμασιώτατος Μιχαίας λέγειν,Γ ligni; JH,“ η,κ,Ἢ.. ἡμᾶς ἀνέλκων ἐπὶ τὰ ἧξιὲτερα -1 ι ῐ Γ —ll""" ὄρεσιν αἰωνίοις. ’Δνάστσι καὶ πορεύου, ὃτι οὐκ ἔστι σοι αὕτη ἀνάπαυσις, κᾶν δοκῇ τιοιν εἶναι τὰ lupinum καὶ κάτω στρεφόμενα. Δ. Ταύτην με διδάξοντε τήν ποιμαντικὴν, ὤ φίλοι, 7‘ 7 \ ι “ λοιπὸν ἐμοὶ ποιμένες καὶ ουμποιμένες Τὶύτηέ 5/ ι · ν δότε μοι τὰ συνθήματα, σύ,τι ὁΙκοινδςὶηέτὴρ, hu ι ~ ι τ-ολλοὺς τῷ χρόνῳ καταρτίσας καὶ παρᾷμιίψέὲν ν ι ι I ‘ \'_I ποιμένας, σύ τε ὁ τῆς ἐμῆς φιλοσοφίας βασανιπής καὶ κριτής. Ἀλλʼ (ὅπως μοιʼ φιλοέόφῷέ λόγον δυνάμεθα, καὶ ἐν ζάλῃ inparti; ν κ I’ Ι Ι r ί νοι χαὶ περιηχούμενοι, ποιμαίνιιν ἐπιστημόνως, καὶ ι 7 γ Ι \ Γ ” ί ἐκτρέφειν Td ποίμνιονς ὉνφιλανθΡωπιίέᾶἔίΞὼῖ vi ι.,, προβάτοις (εἰ μή μοι δυσλςραίνῖίς ἡννίὶιῖιζῇς ἀλόγου νομῆς μετείχομξέν, itavisse-tv, τῆς πνευματικῆς ἠξιώθημεν. Ἔχεις δʼπῴ θεις, ὑπὸ χεῖρας ἡμᾶς, καὶ νενίχῆκας -τόν ἂήτὲητον· κα ίδοέ μετά καὶ> ubi ξλλων.s maia ιίόὼς ἐπεζήτεις, καὶ ὅν litamina, ἔθαλλις κὴ η- -ε - κ - ν πολλαῖς τῶν σῶν λόγων καὶ πυκναῖς cui; ’νιφά- mm E’. Αλλ ἔχω τι τῆ φιλίᾳ καὶ μέμψασθαι · τίς δικάσει μοι τῶν κοινῶν φίλων; ἢ τίς ἀδέκαστος ἔσται κριτῆς, ἵνα τὴν δικαίαν ἐνέγκῃ ψῆφον, ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸ τῶν πολλῶν πάθῃ, καὶ λάβῃ ἐν κρίσει «posuit-ev ; Εἴπω κελεύεις τὴν μέμψιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔπαφήσεις μοι .. ν ι η πάλιν τὸν λόγον; Ἐγένετό τι καὶ σοὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀπόῤῥητον, ὧ Θαυμάσιε, πρᾶγμα ὅντως ἀῆόρβηζ τόν τε καὶ ἄπιστον, καὶ oti-irin πρὅτέρον His}: ἡμῶν ἀκουσθέν. Οὐκ ἰπείσθημεν, ἀλλʼ ἐβιάσθημεν. ’Ὠ τοῦ θαύματοςί Ὡς γέγονε πάντα καινάί Καὶ ὅσον διέστησεν ἡμᾶς l τί βούλει καὶ εἴπω, τὸν θρόνον, ἢ τὸ τῆς χάριτος μέγεθος; Πλὴν ἡγοῦ, καὶ κατευοὸοῦ, καὶ βασίλευε, καὶ ποίμαινε ἡμᾶς ποιμαίνοντας. Ὣς ἕτοιμοί γε ἡμεῖς ἕπεσθαι, καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς an“: ποιμαντικῆς ψυχῆς ἄγεσθαι τῆς ὑψηλῆς καὶ ἐνθέου εἰρήσεται γὰρ τάληθὲς, εἷʼ τι καὶ παρὰ τὸν νόμον ἒξ ἀγάπης τετολμήκαμεν. Δίδαξον τήν σὴν ἀγάπην περὶ τὰ ποίμνια, τὸ σὸν ἐπιμελές τε ὁμοῦ καὶ εύσύνετον, τὴν ἐπιστασίαν, τὰς ἀγρυπνίας, τὴν τῶν σῶν σαρκῶν ὑποχώρησιν, ἣν τῷ πνεύματι ὐπεχώρησαν, τὸ τοῦ σοῦ χρώματος ἄνθος τῇ ποίμνῃ κάμνοντος, τὸ ἐν πραΰτητι σύντονον, τὸ ἐν τῷ πρακτικῷ γαληνόν τε καὶ ἥμερον (πρᾶγμα οὐκ ἐν πολλοῖς εὑρισκόμενον, οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἔχον τὰ παραδεί- Β γματα), τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς ποίμνης πολέμους, τὰς νίκας ἂς ἐν Χριστῷ σὺ νενίκηκας. ζʼ. Εἲπὲ τίσι τῶν νομῶν προσακτέον, ἐπὶ ποίας πηγὰς ἰτέον, καὶ τίνας φευκτέον, ἢ νομὰς, ἢ νάματαʼ τίνας ποιμαντέον τῇ βακτηρίᾳ, τίνας τῇ σύριγγι· πότε ἀκτέον ἐπὶ νομὰς, καὶ πότε ἀνακλητέον ἀπὸ νομῶν πῶς πολεμητέον τοῖς λύκοις, καὶ πῶς τοῖς ποιμέσιν οὐ πολεμητέον · καὶ μάλιστα ἰν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ, ὅτε ποιμένες ἠφρονεύσαντο, καὶ διέσπειραν τὰ πρόβατα τῆς νομῆς, ἵνα τοῖς ἁγιωτάτοις προφήταις τὰ αὐτὰ συνέδύρωμαι. Πῶς τὸ ἀσθετὲς ἐνισχύσω, καὶ τὸ πεπτωκὸς ἀναστήσω, καὶ τὸ πλανώμενον ἐπιστρέψω, καὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς ἐκζητήσω, καὶ φυλάξω τὸ ἰσχυρόν; Πῶς ταῦτα καὶ μάθω, καὶ φυλάξω κατά τὸν ὀρθὸν τῆς ποιμαντικῆς λόγον, καῖ τὸν ὑμέτερον · ἀλλὰ μὴ γένωμαι κακὸς ποιμὴν, τὸ γάλα κατεσθίων, καὶ τὰ ἔρια περιβαλλόμενος, καὶ τὰ παχύτερα καταςφάζων ἢ ἀπεμπολῶν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα παρεὶς τοῖς θηρίοις καὶ τοῖς κρημνοῖς, ποιμαίνων ὲμαυτὸν, οὐ τὰ πρόβατα, ὅπερ ώνειδίζοντο οἱ πάλαι προεστῶτες τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Ταῦτα διδάσκοιτέ με, καὶ τούτοις στηρίζοιτε τοῖς λόγοις, καὶ μετὰ τούτων ποιμαίνοιτε καὶ συμποιμαίνοιτε τῶν παραγγελμάτων, καὶ σώζοιτε, ὥσπερ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, οὕτω *καί ταῖς εὐχαῖς, έμέ τε καὶ τὸ ἱερὰν τοῦτο ποίμνιον, εἷς ἀσφάλειαν ἐμοὶ, εἷς καύχημα ὑμῖν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιφανείας-καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ, καὶ ἀρχιπολιμένος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, διʼ οῦ καὶ μεθʼ δόξα Πατρὶ παντοκράτορι σὺν τῷ ἁγίῳ καί ’ζωοποιῷ Πνεύματι καὶ νῦν καὶ εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ’Δμήν.

Kai tou hekatontarchou de hotan akouō entois Euangeliois, tēn min dynamin apaitountos, tēn de parousian paraitoumenou, hōs ou chōrousēs autou tēs stegēs theion axiōma ti kai megethos, ouk echō memphesthai tēs deilias emauton tautēs kai tēs siothrōpotētos. Ophthalmou min gar atonian hēlios, psychēs de arrōstian elenchei Theos epidēmōn. kai tois men esti phōs, tois de pyr, hekastǭ kata tēn hypokeimenēn hylēn ti kai poiotēta. Ti hypolambanomen peri tou Saoul? Echristhē men gar, kai metesche tou Pneumatos, kai ēn tote pneumatikos, oudʼ han egō peri autou phaiēn heterōs, alla kai proephēteuse kai houtō parʼ elpida kai to eikos, hōste kai paroimian genesthai to thauma ekeino; Ei kai Saoul en prophētais? heis eti kai nyn legomenon te kai akouomenon. Epei de ouch holon eauton emparesche tǭ Pneumati, oude estraphē katharōs heis andra allon, hōs kechrēmatisto, allʼ enemeine ti tou palaiou tēs kakias spinthēros, kai tou ponērou spermatos, kai ēn in autǭ machē pneumatos kai sarkos ; ti chrē panta ektragǭdein ta ekeinou? hiiste k th. r. i i.,s n,k to enantion pneuma, kai ton psaltēn, ǭkatepę̄deto. Plēn ekeino kanteuthen gnōrimon, hoti,ki”in mē tōn anaxiōn hē charis haptētai, mēde ponērou kai anarmostou pantelōs tou organou (eis gar kakotechnon psychēn mē eiseleusesthai sophian aifrētai kalōs, kagō peithomai), alla phylaxai ge tēn axian, kai tēn harmonian, hōs ho emos logos, ergon ouk elatton, ē aparchēs harmosthēnai kalōs kai axiōthēnai, dia to trepton oiai alloiōton tēs anthrōpinēs hexeōs te kai physeōs; hǭ ge kai hē charis autē pollakis, ’inʼ heiʼpō kōn hēmeterōn kakōn to schetliōtaton te kai paradoxotaton, typhon empoiēsasa kai meteōrisasa, katēnenken apo Theou tous hou kalōs prosengisantas, kai kateblēthē men an tǭ eparthēnai, ’ina genētai kathʼ hyperbolēn hamartōlos hē hamartia, dia tou agathou moi katergazomenē thanaton o - i I I "l’ " III kai hypodeigmati, dia tōn hoplōn tēs dikaiosynēitō ich,.. i. n ,, ē,.-.---..,.,...ē dexiōn kai aristirōn, pros poimantikēn eutheton,, _. apospōsan kosmou, prosaxousonzidapanōsō sōma) pneumati pros-titheisan, skotos pheugousin,...is-e.._'_, A..... phōti chairousan, thēras ilaunousan, i. tē- i-i synagousan, krēmnous phylaasominēn kai erēmias, 1,-Ąę̄ i A.. g , - i -i--ē--nni horepi kai hypsesi proselaunousan. Peri a’w pm 2M”? ēn] l A ’ dokeikai ho thaumasiōtatos Michaias legein,G ligni? JH,“ ē,k,Ē.. hēmas anelkōn epi ta hēxietera -1 i i G —ll""" oresin aiōniois. ’Dnastsi kai poreuou, hoti ouk esti soi hautē anapausis, kan dokę̄ tioin einai ta lupinum kai katō strephomena. D. Tautēn me didaxonte tēn poimantikēn, ō philoi, 7‘ 7 \ i “ loipon emoi poimenes kai oumpoimenes Tiytēe 5/ i ; n dote moi ta synthēmata, sy,ti hoIkoindsiēetēr, hu i ~ i t-ollous tǭ chronǭ katartisas kai parąmiipseen n i i I ‘ \'_I poimenas, sy te ho tēs emēs philosophias basanipēs kai kritēs. Allʼ (hopōs moiʼ philoeophǭe logon dynametha, kai en zalę̄ inparti? n k I’ I I r i noi chai periēchoumenoi, poimainiin epistēmonōs, kai i 7 g I \ G ” i ektrephein Td poimnions HonphilanthRōpiieaeiXōi vi i.,, probatois (ei mē moi dyslsrainiis hēnniiiiizę̄s alogou nomēs meteichomxen, itavisse-tv, tēs pneumatikēs ēxiōthēmen. Echeis dʼpǭ theis, hypo cheiras hēmas, kai nenichēkas -ton aēteēton; ka idoe meta kai> ubi xllōn.s maia iioōs epezēteis, kai hon litamina, ethallis kē ē- -e - k - n pollais tōn sōn logōn kai pyknais cui? ’nipha- mm E’. All echō ti tē philią kai mempsasthai ; tis dikasei moi tōn koinōn philōn? ē tis adekastos estai kritēs, hina tēn dikaian enenkę̄ psēphon, alla mē to tōn pollōn pathę̄, kai labę̄ en krisei «posuit-ev ? Eipō keleueis tēn mempsin, kai ouk epaphēseis moi .. n i ē palin ton logon? Egeneto ti kai soi pros hēmas aporrhēton, hō Thaumasie, pragma hontōs aēorbēz ton te kai apiston, kai oti-irin proteron His}: hēmōn akousthen. Ouk ipeisthēmen, allʼ ebiasthēmen. ’Ō tou thaumatosi Hōs gegone panta kainai Kai hoson diestēsen hēmas l ti boulei kai eipō, ton thronon, ē to tēs charitos megethos? Plēn hēgou, kai kateuooou, kai basileue, kai poimaine hēmas poimainontas. Hōs hetoimoi ge hēmeis hepesthai, kai hypo tēs an“: poimantikēs psychēs agesthai tēs hypsēlēs kai entheou eirēsetai gar talēthes, heiʼ ti kai para ton nomon ex agapēs tetolmēkamen. Didaxon tēn sēn agapēn peri ta poimnia, to son epimeles te homou kai eusyneton, tēn epistasian, tas agrypnias, tēn tōn sōn sarkōn hypochōrēsin, hēn tǭ pneumati ypechōrēsan, to tou sou chrōmatos anthos tę̄ poimnę̄ kamnontos, to en praÿtēti syntonon, to en tǭ praktikǭ galēnon te kai hēmeron (pragma ouk en pollois heuriskomenon, oude polla echon ta paradei- B gmata), tous hyper tēs poimnēs polemous, tas nikas as en Christǭ sy nenikēkas. zʼ. Eipe tisi tōn nomōn prosakteon, epi poias pēgas iteon, kai tinas pheukteon, ē nomas, ē namataʼ tinas poimanteon tę̄ baktērią, tinas tę̄ syringi; pote akteon epi nomas, kai pote anaklēteon apo nomōn pōs polemēteon tois lykois, kai pōs tois poimesin ou polemēteon ; kai malista in tǭ nyn kairǭ, hote poimenes ēphroneusanto, kai diespeiran ta probata tēs nomēs, hina tois hagiōtatois prophētais ta auta synedyrōmai. Pōs to asthetes enischysō, kai to peptōkos anastēsō, kai to planōmenon epistrepsō, kai to apolōlos ekzētēsō, kai phylaxō to ischyron? Pōs tauta kai mathō, kai phylaxō kata ton orthon tēs poimantikēs logon, kai ton hymeteron ; alla mē genōmai kakos poimēn, to gala katesthiōn, kai ta eria periballomenos, kai ta pachytera katasphazōn ē apempolōn, kai ta alla pareis tois thēriois kai tois krēmnois, poimainōn emauton, ou ta probata, hoper ōneidizonto hoi palai proestōtes tou Israēl, Tauta didaskoite me, kai toutois stērizoite tois logois, kai meta toutōn poimainoite kai sympoimainoite tōn parangelmatōn, kai sōzoite, hōsper tę̄ didaskalią, houtō *kai tais euchais, eme te kai to hieran touto poimnion, heis asphaleian emoi, heis kauchēma hymin en hēmerą epiphaneias-kai apokalypseōs tou megalou theou, kai archipolimenos hēmōn Iēsou Christou, diʼ ou kai methʼ doxa Patri pantokratori syn tǭ hagiǭ kai ’zōopoiǭ Pneumati kai nyn kai heis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn, ’Dmēn.

And when I hear in the Gospels of the centurion, who asked for the power but declined the presence, since his roof could not contain the divine dignity and greatness, I cannot blame myself for this cowardice and gloom. For the sun shows up the weakness of the eye, and the coming of God the sickness of the soul; and to some he is light, to others fire, to each according to the matter and quality that underlies. What do we think of Saul? He was anointed and shared in the Spirit, and was then spiritual (I would not say otherwise about him), and he even prophesied, and so beyond hope and expectation that the wonder became a proverb, “Is Saul too among the prophets?”, which is still said and heard today. But since he did not give himself wholly to the Spirit, nor was purely turned into another man, as had been declared, but something of the old spark of vice and of the evil seed remained, and there was in him a battle of spirit and flesh, why must I dramatize all his story? You know the contrary spirit, and the psalmist by whose songs he was charmed. But this much is clear from it: even if grace does not touch the unworthy, nor an instrument that is wholly evil and unfit (for “wisdom will not enter a soul that plots evil,” as is well said, and I am persuaded of it), yet to keep one’s worth and harmony is, in my view, no less a task than to be well tuned and found worthy at the beginning, because of the changeable and alterable character of human condition and nature. Because of this, grace itself often (to tell the most terrible and strangest of our evils) has produced pride and lifted men up, and so brought down from God those who did not draw near to him well; and we were cast down by being lifted up, “so that sin might become exceedingly sinful, working death in me through what is good.” [3] … and by example, through the weapons of righteousness on the right hand and on the left, … for the shepherding that is fitting, drawing away from the world, bringing to God, spending the body … and joining it to the Spirit, fleeing darkness, rejoicing in light, driving away the beasts, gathering the flock, guarding against precipices and deserts, driving it up to the mountains and the heights. Of these, it seems, the most wonderful Micah also speaks, drawing us up to higher things … with the eternal mountains: “Arise and go, for this is not your rest,” even if the things … and turning below seem so to some. [4] Teach me this shepherding, O friends, from now on my shepherds and fellow shepherds; give me the watchwords, you our common father, who over a long time have trained many shepherds and seen them go before you, and you, the tester and judge of my philosophy. … how we … the word, and in a storm … and deafened by the din, can shepherd skilfully and nourish the flock? Since you are kind to sheep (if you will not be annoyed with me), we who shared the pasture of irrational sheep … were thought worthy of the spiritual one. You have us under your hands, and you have conquered the unconquered; and see, … together with others, … whom you sought, and whom … you honoured with the many and thick snowflakes of your words. [5] But I have something to blame in our friendship too: who of our common friends will judge between us? Or who will be an impartial judge, to give a just verdict and not suffer what the many suffer, and respect persons in judgment? Do you bid me tell the complaint, and will you not let loose your speech on me in turn? Something happened from you toward us that is unspeakable, O wonderful man, a thing truly unspeakable and incredible, and never heard of by us before. We were not persuaded, but forced. O the wonder! How all things have become new! And how far it separated us! What do you want me to say: the throne, or the greatness of the grace? Nevertheless, lead, prosper, and reign, and shepherd us who shepherd. For we are ready to follow and to be led by your shepherding soul, lofty and inspired (for the truth shall be told, even if, out of love, we have dared something beyond the law). Teach your love for the flocks, your care and intelligence together, your oversight, your vigils, the wasting away of your flesh, which wasted away for the Spirit, the bloom of your colour worn out for the flock, the intensity in gentleness, the calm and mildness in action (a thing not found in many, nor with many examples), the wars for the flock, the victories you have won in Christ. [6] Tell me to what pastures one must lead, to what springs one must go, and which one must flee, whether pastures or streams; whom to shepherd with the staff and whom with the pipe; when to drive to pasture and when to call back from it; how to fight the wolves, and how not to fight the shepherds; especially in the present time, when shepherds have become foolish and have scattered the sheep of the pasture, that I may lament the same things as the most holy prophets. How shall I strengthen the weak, raise the fallen, bring back the straying, seek out the lost, and guard the strong? How shall I learn these things and keep them according to the right rule of shepherding and according to your rule, and not become a bad shepherd, eating the milk, clothing myself with the wool, and slaughtering or selling the fatter ones, and leaving the rest to the beasts and the precipices, shepherding myself and not the sheep, for which the leaders of Israel of old were reproached? Teach me these things, establish me with these words, shepherd and shepherd together with me by these precepts, and save, by your prayers as by your teaching, both me and this holy flock, for my safety and for your boasting in the day of the appearing and revelation of our great God and chief Shepherd Jesus Christ, through whom and with whom be glory to the Father almighty with the holy and life-giving Spirit, now and for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 10

10.1PG 35:828a

Οὐδὲν ῗσχυρότερον γήρως, καὶ οὐδὲν φιλίας αἱδεσιμώτερον, Ὑπὸ τούτωνἰςχθην ὑμῖν ἐγὼ δέσμιος ἂν Χριστῷ, δεθεὶς ούκ ἁλύσεσι σιδηραῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀλύτοις δεσμοῖς τοῦ Πνεύματος. Τέως δὲ ᾤμην ἰσχυρὸς εἷναί τις καὶ ἀήττητος, καὶ, ὦ τῆς ἀλογίαςί οὐκ ἰδίδουν τοὺς λόγους οὐδὲ τοῖς ὲμοῖς ἐρασταῖς τούτοις καὶ αδελφοῖς, ἵνʼ ἔχω τὴν ἀπραγμοσύνην, καὶ τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, πάντα παρεὶς τοῖς βουλομένοις, ἐμαυτῴ δὲ προσλαλῶν καὶ τῷ Πνεύματι. Ἠλίου περιενόουν τὸν Κάρμηλον, καὶ Ἰωάννου τὴν ἔρημον, καὶτῶν οὕτω φιλοσοφούντων τὸ ὑπιρκόσμιον · xui ζάλην τὰ παρόντα ἐνόμιζον, xui πέτραν τινὰ ἐζήτουν, ἦ κρημνὸν, ἢ τειχίον, ὑφʼ οἷς σκεπασθήσομαι. Ἀλλων, ἔλεγον. ἔστωσαν ui τιμαὶ καὶ oi πόνοι, ἄλλων oi πόλεμοι xui τὰ νικητήριαʼ ἐμοὶ δὲ ἀρκείτω φεύγοντι τοὺς πολέμους, είς ἐμαυτὸν βλέποντι ζῇν οὕτως, ὅπως ἂν δύνωμαι, καθάπερ ἐπὶ Λεπτῆς σχεδίας διαπεραιουμὲνῳ μικρόν τι πέλαγος· καὶ μικρὸν τὴν ἐκεῖθεν μονὴν, τῷ πενιχρῷ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν πολιτείας κατακτωμένῳ. Ταπεινοτέρων ὁ λογισμὸς τίσως, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἀσφαλεστέρων· ’ίσον ἄπἑχειν καὶ ὖψους xui πτώματος.

Ouden ïschyroteron gērōs, kai ouden philias haidesimōteron, Hypo toutōnischthēn hymin egō desmios an Christǭ, detheis ouk halysesi sidērais, alla tois alytois desmois tou Pneumatos. Teōs de ǭmēn ischyros heinai tis kai aēttētos, kai, ō tēs alogiasi ouk ididoun tous logous oude tois emois erastais toutois kai adelphois, hinʼ echō tēn apragmosynēn, kai to philosophein en hēsychią, panta pareis tois boulomenois, emautǭ de proslalōn kai tǭ Pneumati. Ēliou perienooun ton Karmēlon, kai Iōannou tēn erēmon, kaitōn houtō philosophountōn to hypirkosmion ; xui zalēn ta paronta enomizon, xui petran tina ezētoun, ē krēmnon, ē teichion, hyphʼ hois skepasthēsomai. Allōn, elegon. estōsan ui timai kai oi ponoi, allōn oi polemoi xui ta nikētēriaʼ emoi de arkeitō pheugonti tous polemous, eis emauton bleponti zę̄n houtōs, hopōs an dynōmai, kathaper epi Leptēs schedias diaperaioumenǭ mikron ti pelagos; kai mikron tēn ekeithen monēn, tǭ penichrǭ tēs enteuthen politeias kataktōmenǭ. Tapeinoterōn ho logismos tisōs, allʼ oun asphalesterōn; ’ison apechein kai ypsous xui ptōmatos.

Nothing is stronger than old age, and nothing more venerable than friendship. By these I have been brought to you, a prisoner in Christ, bound not with iron chains but with the unbreakable bonds of the Spirit. Until now I thought I was someone strong and unconquerable, and (what folly!) I would not give my words even to these lovers and brothers of mine, so that I might keep my freedom from affairs and pursue philosophy in quiet, leaving everything to those who wanted it and conversing with myself and with the Spirit. I kept turning over in my mind Elijah’s Carmel and John’s desert, and the life above the world of those who practise philosophy in that way; I regarded present things as a storm, and I looked for some rock, or cliff, or wall under which I might be sheltered. “Let honours and labours belong to others,” I said, “and to others wars and the prizes of victory; for me let it be enough to flee wars, to look into myself, and to live as best I can, like one crossing a small sea on a light raft, and to win a small dwelling there by the poverty of my way of life here.” The reasoning of humbler men, perhaps, but of safer ones: to keep equally far from height and from falling.

10.2PG 35:828a–829a

Ταῦτα ἓως ἐξῆν γράφειν ἔτι σκιὰς καὶ ὀνείρατα, καὶ τοῖς ματαίοις ἀναπλασμοῖς ἑστιᾷν τὴν διάνοιανʼ νῦν δὶ τί; Φιλία παρεστήσατό με, xui πολιὰ πατρὸς ὲχειρώσατοʼ γῆρας φρονήσεως, προθεσμία βίου, λιμὴν ἀσφαλὲστερυς, καὶ φιλία πλουτοῢντος Θεῷ, καὶ πλουτίζοντος. Ἤδη γὰρ ἀποπέμπομαι τὴν ὀργήν (ἀκουσάτωσαν πραεῖς, καὶ εύφρανθήτωσαν)’ xui πρὸς τήν χεῖρα ἥμερον βλέπω τὴν τυραννήσασαν, καὶ προσγελῶ τῷ Πνεύματι, καὶ ἡ καρδία καθίσταταί μοι, xui ὁ λογισμός ἐπανέρχεται, xui ἡ φιλία, καθάπερ τις φλὸξ, κατασβεσθεῐσα καί ἀπομαρανθεῖσα, πάλιν ἐκ μικροῦ σπινθῆρος ἀναζῇ καὶ ἀνάπτεται. Ἀπηνήνατο παρακληθῆναι ἡ ψυο χή μου, καὶ ἠκηδίασεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ τὰ πνεῦμᾶ μου· Εἴποι· Ού μὴ προσθῶ ἔτι πιστεῦσαι φιλίᾳ. Καὶ ἵνα τί μοι ἐλπίζειν ἐπʼ ἄνθρωπον; ὃτι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος δολίως πορεύεται, xui πᾶς ἀδελφὸς πτὲρνῃ πτερνιεῖ τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ, xui πάντες ἧμιν τοῦ αὐτοῦ χοὸς καὶ φυραματος, καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ξύλου τῆς κακίας γεγεύμεθα- σκηνὴν δὲ ἄλλος ἄλλην εὐπρεπεστέραν προβάβληται; καὶ τί μοι τῆς φιλίας ἐκείνης ὄφελος, ἔλεγον, τῆς ζηλωτῆς καὶ περιβοήτου, ἀρξαμένης ἀπὸ κόσμου, καὶ προελθούσης εἷς πνεῦμα; Τί δαὶ τῆς μιᾶς στὲγης τε καὶ τραπέζης ἢ τί τῶν κοινῶν παιδευτῶν τε καὶ παιδευμάτων ; τί δαὶ τῆς ὑπὲρ ἀδελφοὺς ἀνακράσεως, ἢ τῆς γνησίας συμπνοίας ὕστερον, εἰ μηδὲ τοσοῦτον ὑπῆρξὲ μοι κάτω μένειν ἐν καιρῷ δυναστείας καὶ ὕψους, ὁπότε τὸ ἐναντίον τοίς πολλοῖς σπουδάζεται καὶ ἐπιτυγχάνεται, τὸ παραδυναστεύειν λέγω, καὶ τῆς τῶν φίλων μετέχειν εὐη μερ ίας;

Tauta heōs exēn graphein eti skias kai oneirata, kai tois mataiois anaplasmois hestiąn tēn dianoianʼ nyn di ti? Philia parestēsato me, xui polia patros echeirōsatoʼ gēras phronēseōs, prothesmia biou, limēn asphalesterys, kai philia ploutoÿntos Theǭ, kai ploutizontos. Ēdē gar apopempomai tēn orgēn (akousatōsan praeis, kai euphranthētōsan)’ xui pros tēn cheira hēmeron blepō tēn tyrannēsasan, kai prosgelō tǭ Pneumati, kai hē kardia kathistatai moi, xui ho logismos epanerchetai, xui hē philia, kathaper tis phlox, katasbestheisa kai apomarantheisa, palin ek mikrou spinthēros anazę̄ kai anaptetai. Apēnēnato paraklēthēnai hē psyo chē mou, kai ēkēdiasen epʼ eme ta pneuma mou; Eipoi; Ou mē prosthō eti pisteusai philią. Kai hina ti moi elpizein epʼ anthrōpon? hoti pas anthrōpos doliōs poreuetai, xui pas adelphos pternę̄ pterniei ton plēsion autou, xui pantes hēmin tou autou choos kai phyramatos, kai tou autou xylou tēs kakias gegeumetha- skēnēn de allos allēn euprepesteran probablētai? kai ti moi tēs philias ekeinēs ophelos, elegon, tēs zēlōtēs kai periboētou, arxamenēs apo kosmou, kai proelthousēs heis pneuma? Ti dai tēs mias stegēs te kai trapezēs ē ti tōn koinōn paideutōn te kai paideumatōn ? ti dai tēs hyper adelphous anakraseōs, ē tēs gnēsias sympnoias hysteron, ei mēde tosouton hypērxe moi katō menein en kairǭ dynasteias kai hypsous, hopote to enantion tois pollois spoudazetai kai epitynchanetai, to paradynasteuein legō, kai tēs tōn philōn metechein euē mer ias?

Such things, while it was permitted, I could still write down as shadows and dreams, and feast my mind on vain imaginings. But now what? Friendship has won me over, and a father’s grey hairs have subdued me: the old age of wisdom, the appointed term of life, a safer harbour, and the friendship of one who is rich toward God and makes others rich. For now I dismiss my anger (let the meek hear and be glad), and I look gently on the hand that played the tyrant, and I smile on the Spirit, and my heart is settled, and my reason returns, and friendship, like a flame that had been quenched and had died away, comes alive again from a small spark and is rekindled. “My soul refused to be comforted, and my spirit grew weary within me.” I would say: “I will never again trust friendship. Why should I hope in man? For every man walks deceitfully, and every brother will trip his neighbour with his heel”; we are all of the same dust and the same lump, and have tasted of the same tree of evil, though one puts forward a more seemly tent than another. “And what profit is there for me,” I said, “in that friendship, so envied and so famous, which began from the world and advanced into the Spirit? What good was the one roof and table, or our common teachers and lessons? What good the blending of our souls, beyond that of brothers, or our genuine breathing together afterwards, if I was not granted even this much, to remain below in a time of power and height, when most people strive for the opposite and attain it, I mean to share in power and in the prosperity of their friends?”

10.3PG 35:829b–836b

Τί μοι πάντα λέγειν τὰ τῆς λʼύπης καὶ τῆς ἆκηδίας, ἢν ζόφον ἐγὼ καλῶ, τοῦ νοῦ εὑρήματα; Καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα, καὶ τούτων ἦν ἀτοπώτερα· κατηγορήσω γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τῆς ἐμῆς εἷʼτε ἀπονοίας εʼίτε ἀνοίας. Ἀλλά νῦν μεταλαμβάνω καὶ μεθαρμόζομαι ὡς πολὺ τούτων καὶ ἀληθέστερα, καὶ ἡμῖν πρεπωδὲστερα. Καὶ ’ίνα εἰδῇς τὸ γνήσιον τῆς ἡμετᾶρας μεταβολῆς, ὦ θαυμάσιε οὐ λύεις μόνον τὴν σιωπήν ἣν ἐμέμψω, καὶ ἧς πολλὰ κατεβόησας, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνηγόρους ἔχεις τοὺς λόγους.Τοῦτο μὲν ἤδη τῆς ἡμετέρας φιλίας καθαρῶς, καὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν Πνεύματος. Ἀλλᾶ τίς ἡ συνηγορία; καὶ εἶʼ τι ἁμαρτανω, αὐτὸς ἐπανόρθου, ὣσπερ καὶ τᾶλλα εἵωθας. Οὐκ ἤνεγκας τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς φιλίας ποιῆσαι δεύτερον· ἐπεὶ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων *ίσως ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμά σοι πολλῷ τι· μιώτερον. Ούκ ἤνεγκας ἐν τῇ γῇ κατακεκρύφθαι καὶ κατωρύχθαι τὸ τάλαντον ο οὐκ ἤνεγκας ἐπὶ πολὺ τὸν λύχνον τῷ μοδίῳ περικαλύπτεσθαι, δτι δὴ τοῦτο τὸ ἐμὸν φῶς, καὶ τήν ἐμὴν ἐργασίαν ὑπολαμβάνεις. Ἐζήτησας τῷ Παύλῳ σοι προστεθῆναι καί τὸν Βαρνάβαν· ἰζήτησας Σιλουανῷ καὶ Τιμοθέῳ προσγενέσθαι καὶ Τίτον, ἳνα σοι τρέχῃ τὸ χάρισμα διὰ τῶν γνησίως ὑπὲρ σοῦ μεριμνώντων, καὶ κύκλῳ ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ πληρώσῃς τὸ Εὐαγγὲλιον. Δʼ. Διά τοῦτο είς μέσον ἄγεις, καὶ ὑποχωροῦντος λαμβάνῃ, καὶ παρὰ σεαυτὸν καθίζεις · τοῦτο τὸ ἐμὸν ἀδίκημα, φαίης ἂν, ’καί κοινωνὸν ποιῇ τῶν φροντίδων καὶ τῶν στεφάνων. Διά τοῦτο χρίεις ἆρχιερέα, καὶ περιβάλλεις τὸν ποδήρη καὶ περι τίθης τὴν κίδαριν, καὶ προσάγεις τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ τῆς πνευματικῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως, καὶ θύεις τὸν μόσχον τῆς τελειώσεως, καὶ τελιιοῖς τὰς χεῖραςτᾷ Πνεύματι, καὶ εἰσάγεις εἰς τὰ ’Ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων οπτεύσοντα, καὶ ποιεῖς λειτουργὸν τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἇλητινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος καὶ, οὔκ ἄνθρωπος. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἄξιον ὑμῶν τε τῶν χριόντων, μὶ ὑπὲρ οὗ, καὶ εἷς ὃν ἡ χρίσις, οἶδε τοῦτο-δ Πατὴρ. τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καὶ ὅντως Χριστοῦ, ’ὸν {vim ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους αὐτοῦ, xplσας τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα τῇ θεότητι, ὥστε ποιῆσαι τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Κύριος» Ἰηοοῦς Χριστὸς, διʼ οὗ τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, 8 ἔθετο ἡμᾶς εἷς τήν διακονίαν ταύτην, ἐν ἧ καὶ ἑστήκαμεν, καί καυχώμεθα ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ’Δ μήν. B" 'Ap’ οὗν ἱκανὰ ταῦτα, xui μετρίως ὑμῖν τὸν ἄνδρα 6 λόγος ἔγραψεν; ’Ἠ δεῖ, καθάπερ τοὺς ἐπιμελεῖς τῶν ζωγράφων, πολλάκις ἐπιβάλλειν τὰ χρώματα, ’ίνοι τελεωτέραν ὑμῖν τὴν τοῦ λόγου γραφὴν παραστήσωμεν; Καὶ δὴ γράψομεν ὑμῖν τελεώτερον τε καὶ σαφεστερον. Τίς νομοθετῶν ἐπιφανέστατος; Μωϋσῆς. Τίς ἱερέων, ἀγιώτατος; Ἀαρών · οὐχ ἦττον ἀδελφοὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἢ τὰ σώματα μᾶλλον δὶ 6 μὲν Θεὸς Φαραὼ, καὶ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ προστάτης xui νομοθέτης, καὶ τῆς νεφέλης εἷʼσω χωρῶν, καὶ θείων μυστηρίων ἒπόπτης τε xui μυσταγωγὸς, καὶ τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς τεχνίτης, ἣν ἔπηξεν 6 Κύριος, καὶ οὐκ ἄνθρωποςʼ ἱερεῖς δὲ ὁμοίως ἀμφότεροι. Μωσῆς γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐν τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν αὐτοῦʼ 6 μὲν ἄρχων ἀρχόντων καὶ ἱερεὺς ἱερὲων, χρώμενος μὲν ’ὃσα γλώσσῃ τῷ Ἀαρὼν, αὐτὸς δὲ τὰ πρὸς Θεὸν ἐκείνῳ γινόμενοςʼ 6 δὲ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον μὶν εὐθὺς, πολὺ δὲ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀξίᾳ τε καὶ τῇ πρὸς Θεὸν ἱγγύτήτι. Ἀμφότεροι βασανίζοντες Αἷγυπτον, θάλασσαν τέμνοντες, τὸν Ἰσραὴλ διεξάγοντες, τοὺς ἐχθροὺς βαπτίζοντες, ἄρτον ἄνωθεν ἕλκοντες, ὕδωρ ἄπιστον ἐν ἐρήμῳ, τὸ μὲν ἐκδιδόντες, τὸ δὲ γλυκαίνοντες ' ἀμφότεροι καταπολεμοῦντες τὸν Ἀμαλήκ ἐκτάσει χειρων ἁγίᾳ, καὶ τύπῳ μυστηρίου μείζονος · ἀπφότεροι πρὸς τὴν γῆς τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, καὶ ὁδηγοῦντες καὶ σπεύδοντες. Μή τι γνωριμώτερον τῆς εἰκόνος ; Οὐ σαφῶς ὑμῖν τὸν ὁμώνυμον ἐμοὶ καὶ ὁμόψυχον 6 ζωγράφος λόγος ἀν ετυπώσατο. I". Τούτώνδ μὲν ἔχρισεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ κρυπτομένους εἷς μέσονἤγαγεν · οὐκ οἷδʼ 6' τι παθὼν, ἣ πῶς κινηθεὶς ἀναξίως τοῦ ἐν αὖτῷ πνεύματοςο καὶ γὰρ εἷ τραχύτερος 6 λόγος, ὅμως εἲρήσεταιο πάντα οἴσει· φιλία καὶ πάσχουσα καὶ ἀκούουσα. Ὁ δὲ παρακαλέσων ἥκει, καὶ συμβιβάσων, καὶ προσημερώσων τῷ Πνεύματι. Μέγα μὲν, ὅτι καὶ νῦν, ἐμοὶ (πῶς δὲ οὗ μέγιστον; ὅς γε παντὸς ὑμᾶς τοῦ βίου προεστησάμην) ο μέμφομαι δὲ, ὅτι τῆς χρείας ὕστερος. Πῶς μετά τὴν ἧτταν καὶ καταδρομὴν ἡ συμμαχία, ὦ φίλων ἄριστε καὶ συμμάχων; xui μετὰ τὴν ζάλην 6 κυβερνήτης, καὶ μετὰ τὴν οὐλὴν τὸ φάρμακον Πότερον ὡς φιλάδελφος ᾐσχύνθης τὴν τυραννίδα; ’Ἠ καὶ αὐτὸς ὡς δυνάστης ἐδυσχέρανας τήν ἀπειθείαν; Ποτέρῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐγκαλεῖς, καὶ πότερον ἀφιεὶς τῆς μὶμψεως; Φθὲγξομαί τι πρὸς σε γινκ · ( των τοῦ Ἰὼβ ῥημάτων, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀλγῶν, καὶ πρὸς φίλον, εἷʼ καὶ μὴ τοιοῦτον, μηδὲ ἐφʼ ὁμοίοις τοῖς πίθεσιν. Ποτὲρῳπρότι-κεισαιη Ἦ τίνι μέλλεις ’Δρʼ οὐχ πίολλὴ ἰσχύς; Οὖχ ᾦπολλὴ καὶ ; Τοῦτο γὰρ ὁρῶ πολλοὺς τῶν νῦν κριτῶν πάσχοντας, οἷʼ ῥᾷον τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς τὰ μέγιστα συγχωρήσαιεν ἢ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς τὰ ἐλάχιστα, Τοῦτο μὶν οὖν αὐτὸς ἂν εἰδείης · οὐ γὰρ ἐμοί τι θέμις περὶ σοὖ τῶν οὐ καλῶν ἀποφαίνεσθαι, ὅς σε καλαῦ πηός ὅρον καὶ κανόνα τίθεμαι · καὶ ἅμα μὴ ταχὺς ιῖναι εἷς κρίσιν, ὑπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς νενουτέθημαι. Ἐγὼ δὲ τὸν λόγον ὑποσχεῖν ἕτοιμος, καί σοι, καὶ παντὶ τῷ βουλομένῳ διὰ φιλίαν, τῆς ἐμῆς, εὕει ἀπειθείας, ὡς ‘ali τινες ὀνομάσαιεν, εἴτε προμηθείας ὡς ἐμαυτὸν πείθω, καὶ (Ξισιραιλείας1 ὡς ἂν εἰδείης μή πάντη ἀτόπῳ φίλῳ χρώμενος καὶ ἀμαθεῖ · ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἃ καὶ συνορᾲν δυναμένῳ τῶν πολλῶν ἄμεινον, καὶ θαρροῦντι μὲν ἃ θαῤῥεῖν ἁξιον,φοὸουμένῳ δὲ οὗ ἐστι ῳὸβος, καὶ ἃ μηδὲ φοβεῖσθαι τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσι φοβερώτερον.

Ti moi panta legein ta tēs lʼypēs kai tēs akēdias, ēn zophon egō kalō, tou nou heurēmata? Kai gar tauta, kai toutōn ēn atopōtera; katēgorēsō gar autos egō tēs emēs heiʼte aponoias eʼite anoias. Alla nyn metalambanō kai metharmozomai hōs poly toutōn kai alēthestera, kai hēmin prepōdestera. Kai ’ina eidę̄s to gnēsion tēs hēmetaras metabolēs, ō thaumasie ou lyeis monon tēn siōpēn hēn emempsō, kai hēs polla kateboēsas, alla kai synēgorous echeis tous logous.Touto men ēdē tēs hēmeteras philias katharōs, kai tou en hēmin Pneumatos. Alla tis hē synēgoria? kai eiʼ ti hamartanō, autos epanorthou, hōsper kai talla heiōthas. Ouk ēnenkas to pneuma tēs philias poiēsai deuteron; epei tōn men allōn *isōs hēmeis, hēmōn de to Pneuma soi pollǭ ti; miōteron. Ouk ēnenkas en tę̄ gę̄ katakekryphthai kai katōrychthai to talanton o ouk ēnenkas epi poly ton lychnon tǭ modiǭ perikalyptesthai, dti dē touto to emon phōs, kai tēn emēn ergasian hypolambaneis. Ezētēsas tǭ Paulǭ soi prostethēnai kai ton Barnaban; izētēsas Silouanǭ kai Timotheǭ prosgenesthai kai Titon, hina soi trechę̄ to charisma dia tōn gnēsiōs hyper sou merimnōntōn, kai kyklǭ apo Ierousalēm mechri tou Illyrikou plērōsę̄s to Euangelion. Dʼ. Dia touto eis meson ageis, kai hypochōrountos lambanę̄, kai para seauton kathizeis ; touto to emon adikēma, phaiēs an, ’kai koinōnon poię̄ tōn phrontidōn kai tōn stephanōn. Dia touto chrieis archierea, kai periballeis ton podērē kai peri tithēs tēn kidarin, kai prosageis tǭ thysiastēriǭ tēs pneumatikēs holokautōseōs, kai thyeis ton moschon tēs teleiōseōs, kai teliiois tas cheirastą Pneumati, kai eisageis eis ta ’Hagia tōn hagiōn opteusonta, kai poieis leitourgon tēs skēnēs tēs halētinēs, hēn epēxen ho Kyrios kai, ouk anthrōpos. Ei de kai axion hymōn te tōn chriontōn, mi hyper hou, kai heis hon hē chrisis, oide touto-d Patēr. tou alēthinou kai hontōs Christou, ’on {vim elaion agalliaseōs para tous metochous autou, xplsas tēn anthrōpotēta tę̄ theotēti, hōste poiēsai ta amphotera hen kai autos ho Theos kai Kyrios» Iēoous Christos, diʼ hou tēn katallagēn eschēkamen, kai to Pneuma to hagion, 8 etheto hēmas heis tēn diakonian tautēn, en hē kai hestēkamen, kai kauchōmetha epʼ elpidi tēs doxēs tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ’D mēn. B" 'Ap’ houn hikana tauta, xui metriōs hymin ton andra 6 logos egrapsen? ’Ē dei, kathaper tous epimeleis tōn zōgraphōn, pollakis epiballein ta chrōmata, ’inoi teleōteran hymin tēn tou logou graphēn parastēsōmen? Kai dē grapsomen hymin teleōteron te kai saphesteron. Tis nomothetōn epiphanestatos? Mōÿsēs. Tis hiereōn, agiōtatos? Aarōn ; ouch ētton adelphoi tēn eusebeian ē ta sōmata mallon di 6 men Theos Pharaō, kai tou Israēl prostatēs xui nomothetēs, kai tēs nephelēs heiʼsō chōrōn, kai theiōn mystēriōn epoptēs te xui mystagōgos, kai tēs skēnēs tēs alēthinēs technitēs, hēn epēxen 6 Kyrios, kai ouk anthrōposʼ hiereis de homoiōs amphoteroi. Mōsēs gar, phēsi, kai Aarōn en tois hiereusin autouʼ 6 men archōn archontōn kai hiereus hiereōn, chrōmenos men ’hosa glōssę̄ tǭ Aarōn, autos de ta pros Theon ekeinǭ ginomenosʼ 6 de metʼ ekeinon min euthys, poly de pro tōn allōn axią te kai tę̄ pros Theon hingytēti. Amphoteroi basanizontes Haigypton, thalassan temnontes, ton Israēl diexagontes, tous echthrous baptizontes, arton anōthen helkontes, hydōr apiston en erēmǭ, to men ekdidontes, to de glykainontes ' amphoteroi katapolemountes ton Amalēk ektasei cheirōn hagią, kai typǭ mystēriou meizonos ; apphoteroi pros tēn gēs tēs epangelias, kai hodēgountes kai speudontes. Mē ti gnōrimōteron tēs eikonos ? Ou saphōs hymin ton homōnymon emoi kai homopsychon 6 zōgraphos logos an etypōsato. I". Toutōnd men echrisen hēmas, kai kryptomenous heis mesonēgagen ; ouk hoidʼ 6' ti pathōn, hē pōs kinētheis anaxiōs tou en autǭ pneumatoso kai gar hei trachyteros 6 logos, homōs eirēsetaio panta oisei; philia kai paschousa kai akouousa. Ho de parakalesōn hēkei, kai symbibasōn, kai prosēmerōsōn tǭ Pneumati. Mega men, hoti kai nyn, emoi (pōs de hou megiston? hos ge pantos hymas tou biou proestēsamēn) o memphomai de, hoti tēs chreias hysteros. Pōs meta tēn hēttan kai katadromēn hē symmachia, ō philōn ariste kai symmachōn? xui meta tēn zalēn 6 kybernētēs, kai meta tēn oulēn to pharmakon Poteron hōs philadelphos ę̄schynthēs tēn tyrannida? ’Ē kai autos hōs dynastēs edyscheranas tēn apeitheian? Poterǭ tōn adelphōn enkaleis, kai poteron aphieis tēs mimpseōs? Phthenxomai ti pros se gink ; ( tōn tou Iōb rhēmatōn, kai autos algōn, kai pros philon, heiʼ kai mē toiouton, mēde ephʼ homoiois tois pithesin. Poterǭproti-keisaiē Ē tini melleis ’Drʼ ouch piollē ischys? Ouch ǭpollē kai ? Touto gar horō pollous tōn nyn kritōn paschontas, hoiʼ rhąon tois hypsēlois ta megista synchōrēsaien ē tois tapeinois ta elachista, Touto min oun autos an eideiēs ; ou gar emoi ti themis peri sou tōn ou kalōn apophainesthai, hos se kalau pēos horon kai kanona tithemai ; kai hama mē tachys iinai heis krisin, hypo tēs Graphēs nenoutethēmai. Egō de ton logon hyposchein hetoimos, kai soi, kai panti tǭ boulomenǭ dia philian, tēs emēs, heuei apeitheias, hōs ‘ali tines onomasaien, eite promētheias hōs emauton peithō, kai (Xisiraileias1 hōs an eideiēs mē pantē atopǭ philǭ chrōmenos kai amathei ; allʼ estin ha kai synorąn dynamenǭ tōn pollōn ameinon, kai tharrounti men ha tharrhein haxion,phoooumenǭ de hou esti ǭobos, kai ha mēde phobeisthai tois noun echousi phoberōteron.

Why should I tell all the inventions of my mind in grief and dejection (which I call gloom)? For there were these things, and things more absurd than these; I will accuse my own madness, or folly, myself. But now I take a different view and readjust myself to things far truer than these and more fitting for us. And that you may know the genuineness of my change, admirable friend: you not only break the silence for which you blamed me and against which you protested so loudly, but you even have my words as your advocates. This is already, purely, the work of our friendship and of the Spirit in us. But what is the advocacy? If I err in anything, correct me yourself, as you are accustomed to do in other matters. You could not bear to make the Spirit second to friendship; for in other things, perhaps, we are something to you, but the Spirit is far more precious to you than we are. You could not bear that the talent should be hidden and buried in the ground; you could not bear that the lamp should be covered for long under the bushel, since you take this to be my light and my work. You sought that Barnabas should be added to you as to Paul; you sought that Titus should be joined to you as to Silvanus and Timothy, so that the gift might run on through those who genuinely care for your concerns, and that you might fulfil the gospel in a circle from Jerusalem as far as Illyricum. [4] For this reason you bring me into the open, lay hold of me as I withdraw, and seat me beside yourself (this is my wrong, you might say), and make me a partner in your cares and your crowns. For this reason you anoint me high priest, clothe me with the long robe and set the mitre on my head, bring me to the altar of the spiritual whole burnt offering, sacrifice the calf of consecration, consecrate my hands by the Spirit, bring me into the Holy of Holies to behold as an initiate, and make me a minister of the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched and not man. Whether this is worthy of you who anoint, and of him on whose behalf and for whom the anointing is, is known to the Father of the true and real Christ, whom he anointed with the oil of gladness above his fellows, anointing the humanity with the deity so as to make both one; and to him who is himself God and Lord, Jesus Christ, through whom we have received the reconciliation; and to the Holy Spirit, who has appointed us to this ministry, in which we also stand and boast in hope of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.

[Oration 11, to Gregory of Nyssa] Are these things, then, sufficient, and has my discourse painted the man for you in moderate measure? Or must I, like careful painters, lay on the colours many times, so as to present you with a more finished portrait in words? Very well, I will paint him for you more fully and clearly. Who is the most illustrious of lawgivers? Moses. Who the holiest of priests? Aaron: brothers no less in piety than in body. Or rather, the one is God to Pharaoh, the leader and lawgiver of Israel, who went within the cloud, beholder and initiator of divine mysteries, and craftsman of the true tabernacle which the Lord pitched and not man; but both alike were priests. For “Moses and Aaron,” it says, “among his priests”: the one ruler of rulers and priest of priests, using Aaron as a tongue and himself becoming for him the things that are toward God; the other next after him, but far before the rest in dignity and nearness to God. Both scourged Egypt, cut the sea, led Israel through, drowned the enemies, drew bread from above, and in the desert, with water beyond belief, brought it forth in one place and sweetened it in another; both warred down Amalek by the holy stretching out of hands, a type of a greater mystery; both guided and hastened toward the land of promise. Is anything more recognizable than the likeness? Has not the painter, my discourse, clearly portrayed for you the one who shares my name and my soul? [3] Of these, the one anointed us and brought us into the open while we were hiding, I do not know with what feelings or how moved, unworthily of the Spirit in him; for even if the word is rather harsh, it will nevertheless be spoken: friendship will bear everything, both in suffering and in hearing. But the other has come to comfort, to reconcile, and to make me gentle toward the Spirit. It is a great thing that he comes to me even now (how could it not be the greatest, since I have set you above everyone all my life?), but I blame him for coming later than the need. How can there be an alliance after defeat and rout, best of friends and allies? A helmsman after the storm, and medicine after the scar? Were you, as one who loves his brother, ashamed of the tyranny? Or were you yourself, as one in power, annoyed at my disobedience? Which of the brothers do you accuse, and which do you acquit of blame? I will utter to you one of Job’s sayings, being in pain myself, and speaking to a friend, though not such a friend as his, nor in sufferings like his: “To whom are you attached, or whom are you going to help? Is it not him who has much strength? Is it not him who has a mighty arm?” For I see this happening to many of today’s judges: they would more readily grant the greatest things to the lofty than the least to the humble. This, then, you yourself would know; for it is not right for me to pronounce anything unfavourable about you, whom I set up as the boundary and rule of what is good; and at the same time I have been warned by Scripture not to be quick to judge. But I am ready to give an account, both to you and to anyone who wishes it out of friendship, of my disobedience, as some might call it, or my forethought, as I persuade myself, and my caution, so that you may know that you are not dealing with an altogether absurd and ignorant friend, but with one who is able to see some things better than the many: who is bold where boldness is warranted, and fears where there is cause for fear, and fears those things which, for people of sense, it would be more fearful not to fear.

Chapter 11

11.4PG 35:836c–837a

Τί οὖν δοκεῖ, καὶ τί βέλτιον; Νῦν ὑπόσχωμεν τὰς εὐθύνας ὑμῖν, τοῦτο κελεύετε, καὶ οὐκ ἀποδοκιμάζιτε τὸν καιρόν; (Ὅ δὲ ἐστι πανήγυρις, ἀλλὀὐ δικαστήριον.’ ’Ἠ τοῦτο μὲν εἷς ἄλλον καιρὸν καὶ σύλλογον ἀποῦώμεθα; Καὶ γάρ ἐστι μακρότερος, ἢ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν ὁ λόγος. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τι φθεγξόμεθα πρὸς ῧμᾶς τῆς πανηγύρεως ἄξιον, ἵνα μή νήστεις ὑμᾶς ἀπολύσωμεν αὐτοὶ, καὶ ταῦτα ὄντες οἱ ἑστιάτορες Ἀγνίσωμιν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς μάρτυσι· μᾶλλον δὲ, ᾧ κάκεῖνοι διʼ αἳματος καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡγνίσθησαν. Ἐλευθερωθῶμεν παντὸς μολυσμοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύματος · νιψώμεθα, κάθαροὶ γενώμεθα· παραστήσωμεν καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰ σώματα ἡμῶν καί τὰς ψυχὰς, θυσίαν ζῶσαν, ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ, τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ταύτην ἡμῶν καὶ ἔντευξιν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω τῷ καθαρῷ τίμιον, ὡς καθαρότης ἢ κάθαρσις. Ἀθλήσωμεν διὰ τοὺς ἀθλητάς · νικήσωμεν διὰ τοὺς νικητάς · μαρτυρήσωμεν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ διὰ τοὺς μάρτυρας. Τοῦτο τοῖς ἄθλοις αὖτῶν χαρισώμεθα, τὸ καὶ αὐτοὶ πεφανῖται γενέσθαι, καὶτῆς αὐτῆς κληρονόμοι δόξης, τῆς τε παρʼ ἡμῶν ὑπαρχούσης αὐτοῖς καὶ τῆς ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἀποκειμένης, ἧς ὑπομνήματα καὶ χαρακτῆρες μικροί τινες τὰ ὁρώμενα. Πρὸς τὰς ἀρχὰς, πρὸς τὰς ἐξουσίας ἀγωνισώμεθα, πρὸς τοὺς ἀφανεῖς διώκτας τε καὶ τυράννους, πρὸς τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, πρὸς τά πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας ἒν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις, καὶ περὶ τὰ οὐράνια πρὸς τὸν ἔνδον καὶ ἒν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τὸν ἐν τοῖς πάθεσι πόλεμον, πρὸς τὰς καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμὲραν τῶν ἔξωθεν συμπιπτόντων ἐπαναστάσεις.

Ti oun dokei, kai ti beltion? Nyn hyposchōmen tas euthynas hymin, touto keleuete, kai ouk apodokimazite ton kairon? (Ho de esti panēgyris, allou dikastērion.’ ’Ē touto men heis allon kairon kai syllogon apouōmetha? Kai gar esti makroteros, ē kata ton paronta kairon ho logos. Hēmeis de ti phthenxometha pros ÿmas tēs panēgyreōs axion, hina mē nēsteis hymas apolysōmen autoi, kai tauta ontes hoi hestiatores Agnisōmin hēmas autous, adelphoi, tois martysi; mallon de, hǭ kakeinoi diʼ haimatos kai tēs alētheias hēgnisthēsan. Eleutherōthōmen pantos molysmou sarkos kai pneumatos ; nipsōmetha, katharoi genōmetha; parastēsōmen kai autoi ta sōmata hēmōn kai tas psychas, thysian zōsan, hagian, euareston tǭ Theǭ, tēn logikēn latreian tautēn hēmōn kai enteuxin. Ouden gar houtō tǭ katharǭ timion, hōs katharotēs ē katharsis. Athlēsōmen dia tous athlētas ; nikēsōmen dia tous nikētas ; martyrēsōmen tę̄ alētheią dia tous martyras. Touto tois athlois autōn charisōmetha, to kai autoi pephanitai genesthai, kaitēs autēs klēronomoi doxēs, tēs te parʼ hēmōn hyparchousēs autois kai tēs en ouranois apokeimenēs, hēs hypomnēmata kai charaktēres mikroi tines ta horōmena. Pros tas archas, pros tas exousias agōnisōmetha, pros tous aphaneis diōktas te kai tyrannous, pros tous kosmokratoras tou skotous tou aiōnos toutou, pros ta pneumatika tēs ponērias en tois epouraniois, kai peri ta ourania pros ton endon kai en hēmin autois ton en tois pathesi polemon, pros tas kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran tōn exōthen sympiptontōn epanastaseis.

What, then, seems right, and what is better? Shall I render my account to you now, if this is what you bid, and do you not object to the occasion? (It is a festival, not a court.) Or shall we put this off to another occasion and assembly? For the discourse is longer than the present occasion allows. But let us say to you something worthy of the festival, so that we may not send you away fasting, and that when we are the hosts. Let us purify ourselves, brothers, for the martyrs; or rather for him by whom they too were purified through blood and truth. Let us free ourselves from every defilement of flesh and spirit; let us wash, let us become clean; let us too present our bodies and souls as a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable to God, this our reasonable service and petition. For nothing is so precious to the Pure One as purity or purification. Let us contend for the sake of the contenders; let us conquer for the sake of the conquerors; let us bear witness to the truth for the sake of the witnesses. Let us make this our gift to their contests: that we too should show ourselves to be of their company, and heirs of the same glory, both the glory they have from us and that laid up in heaven, of which the things we see are small memorials and tokens. Let us wrestle against the principalities, against the powers, against the invisible persecutors and tyrants, against the world rulers of the darkness of this age, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places, and, in the things of heaven, against the war within us and in ourselves among the passions, and against the daily assaults of what befalls us from without.

11.5PG 35:837b–844a

Ἐνέγκωμεν θυμὸν ὦς θηρίον, καὶ γλωσσαν ὡς τομὸν ξίφος, καὶ ἡδονὴν ὡς πῦρ κατασβέσωμεν. Θώμεθα ταῖς ἀκοαῖς θύρας, καλῶς ἀνοιγομένας καὶ κλειομένας· καὶ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν σωφρονίσωμεν ' παιδαγωγήσωμεν ἁφὴν λυσσῶσαν, καὶ γεῦσιν σπαράττουσαν, μὴ Θάνατος ἀναβῇ διὰ τῶν θυρίδων ἡμῶνοὕτω γάρ ἡγοῦμαι καλεῖσθαί τὰ αἶʼσθητήριαʼ καὶ γὲλωτος ἀμετρίας καταγελάσωμεν. Μὴ κάμψωμεν γόνυ τῇ Βαάλ διὰ τήν χρείαν, μηδὲ διὰ φόβον τῇ εἰκόνι τῇ χρυσῆ προσκυνήσωμεν. ’Ἑν φοβηθῶμεν μόνον, τὸ φοβηθῆναί τι Θεοῦ πλέον, καὶ καθυβρίσαι τήν εἰκόνα διὰ κακίας. Ἐν πᾶσι τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀναλάβωμεν, καὶ πάντα τά βὲλη τοῦ πονηροῦ διάφύγωμεν. Καὶ οὗτος δεινὸς ὁ πόλεμος, καὶ αὕτη παράταξις μεγάλη, καὶ τοῦτο μέγα τρόπαιον. Εἰ οὕτως συνεληλύθαμεν,C ἣ συντρέχομεν, ὅντως κατά Χριστὸν ἡ πανήγυρις, ὅντως τοὺς μάρτυρας τετιμήκαμεν, ἣ τιμήσομεν, ὅντῶς χορεύομεν ἐπινίκια. Εἰ δὲ γαστρὸς ἡδοναῖς χαριούμενοι, καί τρυφήσοντες πρόσκαιρα, καὶ εἰσοίσοντες τὰ κενούμενά, καὶ κραιπάλης χωρία ταῦτα, οὐ σωφροσύνης ὑπολαμβάνοντες, καὶ πραγματειῶν καιροὺς καὶ πραγμάτων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀναβάσεως ἢ θεώσεως,’ίνʼ οὕτως εἰπεῖν τολμήσω, ἧς οἱ μάρτυρες μεσιτεύουσι, πρῶτον μὲν οὐδὲ τὸν καιρὸν ἐπιγινώσκει). Τί γὰρ τὰ ἄχυρα πρὸς τὸν σῖτον ; Τί δὲ θρύψις σαρκὸς πρὸς μαρτύρων παλαίσματα; Ἐκεῖνα τῶν θεάτρων, ταῦτα τῶν ἐμῶν συλλόγωνʼ ἐκεῖνα τῶν ἀκολάστων, ταῦτα τῶν σωφρονούντων· ἐκεῖνα τῶν φιλοσάρκων, ταῦτα τῶν λυομένων ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος. Ἔπειτα βούλομαι μὲν εἰπεῖν τι καὶ τολμηρότερον, φείδομαι δὲ τῆς βλασφημίας αἰδοῖ τῆς ἡμέρας* πλὴν οὐ ταῦτα ἀπαιτοῦσι παρʼ ἡμῶν οἳ μάρτυρες· οὕτω γαρ εἰπεῖν ζʼ, Μὴ τοίνυν ἆνάγνως τελῶμεν, ἀδελφοὶ, τὰ ἅγια, μηδὲ τὰ ὑψηλᾶ ταπεινῶς, μηδʼ ἀτίμως τὰ τίμια, μηδὲ, συνελόντα εἰπεῖν, χοῖκῶς τὰ τοῦ πνιῦματος. Πατηγυρίζει καί Ἰουδαῖος, ἀλλὰ κατᾶ τὸ γράμμα· ἑορτάζει καὶ Ἕλλην. ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀρέσκει τοῖς δαίμοσιν, Ἡμῖν δὲ, ὡς πάντα πνευματικὰ, πρᾶξις, κίνημα, βούλημα, λόγος, ἄχρι καὶ βαδίσματος καὶ ἐνδύματος, ἄχρι καὶ νεόματοςῖείς πάντα τοῦ “fit: φθάνοντος καὶ ρυθμίζοντος κατὰ 16v Θεὸν ἄνθρωπον· οὕτω καὶ τὸ πανηγυρίζειν, καὶ τὸ φαιδρύνεσθαι, .,.. ι. ι ν-η- ΒΟὐγὲρ κωλύω τήν ἄνεσιν, ἀλλὰ κολάζωτήν ἀμιτρίαν. 'Av οὕτω συνιῶμεν, καὶ οὕτω πανηγυρίζωμιν, μέγα μὲν, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ τευξόμεθα τῶν αὐτῶν ἄθλων, εἰπεῖν, καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς δόξης κληρονομήσοο μιν · ἃ γὰρ οὒτε ὀφθαλμὸς εἶδεν, οὔτε οὖς ἥκουσιν, οὔτε ἀνθρώπινός ποτε νοῦς ἁνετυπώσατο. κατʼ ἐξουσίακ πλάττων μακαριότητα, ταῦτα νομίζομεν ἀποκεῖσοκι τοῖς καθῃραμίνοις διʼ αἵματος, καὶ τήν Χριστοῦ Θυσίαν μιμησαμένοις · ἀλλὰ τήν γι λαμπρότητα τῶν ὰγίων μαρτύρων ὀψόμεθα, οὐόὶ γὰρ τοῦτο μικρὸν, ὡς ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος, καὶ εἷς τήν χαρὰν τοῦ αὐτοῦ Κυρίου εἷʼσελεοσόμεθα, καὶ τῷ φωτὶ τῆς μακαρίας καὶ ἀρχικῆς Τριάδος, εὖ οἵδʼ ὃτι ἰλλαμφθησόμεθα τρανόνερόν τε καὶκαθαρώτερον, εἷς ἢν πεπιστεύκαμεν, καὶ ᾖ λατρεύομιν, καὶ ἢν ὁμολογοῦμεν ἔμπροσθεν Θεοῦ καὶ ἄνθρώπων, μηδὲν δεδοικότες, μηδὲν αἰσχυνόμενοι, μὴ τοὺς ἔξωθεν ἐχθροὺς, μή τοὺς ινὴμῖν αὐτοῖς ψευδοχρίστους καί πολεμίους τοῦ Πνςόματος. Καὶ δμολογοίη μεν μέχρι τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀναπνοῆς ἒν πολλῇ παρρησίᾳ τὴν καλὴν παρακαταθήκην τῶν ἁγίων [Ia τὲρων τῶν ἐγγυτέρω Χριστοῦ, καὶ τῆς πρώτης πίστεως, τήν σύντροφον ἡμῖν ἐκ παίδων ὁμολογίαν, ἤν πρώτην ἐφθεγξάμεθα, καὶ ᾖ τελευταῖον συναπέλθοιμεν, τοῦτο, εἰ μή τι ἄλλο, ἐντεῦθεν ἀποφερόμενοι, ςὴν εὐσὲὅειαν. Z'. ’0 δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης, ὁ καταλλάξας ἑαυτῷ διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ, διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας πολιμωθέντας · ὁ εὐαγγελισάμενος εἰρήνην τοῖς ιγγὺς, καῖ τοῖς μακρὰν, τοῖς τι ὑπὸ νόμον καὶ τοῖς ἔξω νόμω· ὁ τῆς ἀγάπης πατήρ, ἡ ἀγάπη· ταῦτα γὰρ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων χαίρει καλούμενος, τίνα νομοθετήσῃ καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασι τὸ φιλάδελφον, ὁ τήν καινὴν ἐντολὴν δοὺς ἐν τῷ τοσοῦτον ἀγαπᾷν ἀλλήλους, ὅσον καὶ ἠγαπήμεθα· ὁ δοὺς καὶ τυραννεῖν καλῶς, καὶ τυραννεῖσθαι διὰ τὸν φόβον, καὶ ἀναδύεσθαι σὺν λόγῳ, καὶ θαρρεῖν πάλιν διὰ τὸν λόγονʼ ὁ καὶ τὰ μεγάλα ποίμνια καταρτίζων, καὶ τὰ μικρά μεγαλύνων διὰ τῆς χάριτος, αὐτὸς, κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς ἑαυτοῦ χρηστότητος, ἡμᾶς μὲν παρακαλέσαι παρακλήσει πολλῇ, καὶ εἷς τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἄγοι συμποιμαίνων καὶ διασώζων τὸ ποίμνιονʼ ὑμᾶς δὲ καταρτίσειεν εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, καὶ πνευματικῶς πανηγυρίζειν τοῖς μάρτυσι πείσειε, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖθεν τρυφῆς καταξιώσειεν, ἔνθα πάντων,εὐφραινομένων ἡ κατοικία, καὶ ὀφθέντας ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ δόξης κορέσειεν, ἐποφοείσης ἐν Χριστῴ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾦ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, ὴ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ προσκύνησις εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Enenkōmen thymon ōs thērion, kai glōssan hōs tomon xiphos, kai hēdonēn hōs pyr katasbesōmen. Thōmetha tais akoais thyras, kalōs anoigomenas kai kleiomenas; kai ton ophthalmon sōphronisōmen ' paidagōgēsōmen haphēn lyssōsan, kai geusin sparattousan, mē Thanatos anabę̄ dia tōn thyridōn hēmōnoutō gar hēgoumai kaleisthai ta aiʼsthētēriaʼ kai gelōtos ametrias katagelasōmen. Mē kampsōmen gony tę̄ Baal dia tēn chreian, mēde dia phobon tę̄ eikoni tę̄ chrysē proskynēsōmen. ’Hen phobēthōmen monon, to phobēthēnai ti Theou pleon, kai kathybrisai tēn eikona dia kakias. En pasi ton thyreon tēs pisteōs analabōmen, kai panta ta belē tou ponērou diaphygōmen. Kai houtos deinos ho polemos, kai hautē parataxis megalē, kai touto mega tropaion. Ei houtōs synelēlythamen,C hē syntrechomen, hontōs kata Christon hē panēgyris, hontōs tous martyras tetimēkamen, hē timēsomen, hontōs choreuomen epinikia. Ei de gastros hēdonais charioumenoi, kai tryphēsontes proskaira, kai eisoisontes ta kenoumena, kai kraipalēs chōria tauta, ou sōphrosynēs hypolambanontes, kai pragmateiōn kairous kai pragmatōn, allʼ ouk anabaseōs ē theōseōs,’inʼ houtōs eipein tolmēsō, hēs hoi martyres mesiteuousi, prōton men oude ton kairon epiginōskei). Ti gar ta achyra pros ton siton ? Ti de thrypsis sarkos pros martyrōn palaismata? Ekeina tōn theatrōn, tauta tōn emōn syllogōnʼ ekeina tōn akolastōn, tauta tōn sōphronountōn; ekeina tōn philosarkōn, tauta tōn lyomenōn apo tou sōmatos. Epeita boulomai men eipein ti kai tolmēroteron, pheidomai de tēs blasphēmias aidoi tēs hēmeras* plēn ou tauta apaitousi parʼ hēmōn hoi martyres; houtō gar eipein zʼ, Mē toinyn anagnōs telōmen, adelphoi, ta hagia, mēde ta hypsēla tapeinōs, mēdʼ atimōs ta timia, mēde, synelonta eipein, choikōs ta tou pniymatos. Patēgyrizei kai Ioudaios, alla kata to gramma; heortazei kai Hellēn. allʼ hōs areskei tois daimosin, Hēmin de, hōs panta pneumatika, praxis, kinēma, boulēma, logos, achri kai badismatos kai endymatos, achri kai neomatosieis panta tou “fit: phthanontos kai rythmizontos kata 16v Theon anthrōpon; houtō kai to panēgyrizein, kai to phaidrynesthai, .,.. i. i n-ē- BOuger kōlyō tēn anesin, alla kolazōtēn amitrian. 'Av houtō syniōmen, kai houtō panēgyrizōmin, mega men, hoti kai autoi teuxometha tōn autōn athlōn, eipein, kai tēs autēs doxēs klēronomēsoo min ; ha gar oute ophthalmos eiden, oute ous hēkousin, oute anthrōpinos pote nous hanetypōsato. katʼ exousiak plattōn makariotēta, tauta nomizomen apokeisoki tois kathę̄raminois diʼ haimatos, kai tēn Christou Thysian mimēsamenois ; alla tēn gi lamprotēta tōn agiōn martyrōn opsometha, ouoi gar touto mikron, hōs ho emos logos, kai heis tēn charan tou autou Kyriou heiʼseleosometha, kai tǭ phōti tēs makarias kai archikēs Triados, eu hoidʼ hoti illamphthēsometha tranoneron te kaikatharōteron, heis ēn pepisteukamen, kai ę̄ latreuomin, kai ēn homologoumen emprosthen Theou kai anthrōpōn, mēden dedoikotes, mēden aischynomenoi, mē tous exōthen echthrous, mē tous inēmin autois pseudochristous kai polemious tou Pnsomatos. Kai dmologoiē men mechri tēs eschatēs anapnoēs en pollę̄ parrēsią tēn kalēn parakatathēkēn tōn hagiōn [Ia terōn tōn engyterō Christou, kai tēs prōtēs pisteōs, tēn syntrophon hēmin ek paidōn homologian, ēn prōtēn ephthenxametha, kai ę̄ teleutaion synapelthoimen, touto, ei mē ti allo, enteuthen apopheromenoi, sēn euseoeian. Z'. ’0 de Theos tēs eirēnēs, ho katallaxas heautǭ dia tou staurou, dia tēs hamartias polimōthentas ; ho euangelisamenos eirēnēn tois ingys, kai tois makran, tois ti hypo nomon kai tois exō nomō; ho tēs agapēs patēr, hē agapē; tauta gar pro tōn allōn chairei kaloumenos, tina nomothetēsę̄ kai tois onomasi to philadelphon, ho tēn kainēn entolēn dous en tǭ tosouton agapąn allēlous, hoson kai ēgapēmetha; ho dous kai tyrannein kalōs, kai tyranneisthai dia ton phobon, kai anadyesthai syn logǭ, kai tharrein palin dia ton logonʼ ho kai ta megala poimnia katartizōn, kai ta mikra megalynōn dia tēs charitos, autos, kata to plēthos tēs heautou chrēstotētos, hēmas men parakalesai paraklēsei pollę̄, kai heis ta emprosthen agoi sympoimainōn kai diasōzōn to poimnionʼ hymas de katartiseien eis pan ergon agathon, kai pneumatikōs panēgyrizein tois martysi peiseie, kai tēs ekeithen tryphēs kataxiōseien, entha pantōn,euphrainomenōn hē katoikia, kai ophthentas en dikaiosynę̄ tēs heautou doxēs koreseien, epophoeisēs en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, ǭ hē doxa kai to kratos, ē timē kai hē proskynēsis heis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Let us handle anger as a wild beast, and the tongue as a sharp sword, and let us quench pleasure as a fire. Let us set doors on our ears, rightly opened and closed; let us discipline the eye; let us train raging touch and ravenous taste, lest death come up through our windows (for so I think the senses are called); and let us laugh to scorn immoderate laughter. Let us not bow the knee to Baal out of need, nor worship the golden image out of fear. Let us fear one thing only: to fear anything more than God, and to outrage the image by wickedness. In all things let us take up the shield of faith and escape all the darts of the evil one. This too is a terrible war, and this a great battle line, and this a great trophy. If we have come together, or are gathering, in this way, the festival is truly according to Christ, we have truly honoured the martyrs, or will honour them, we truly dance the victory song. But if we come to gratify the pleasures of the belly, to enjoy short-lived luxury and to refill what has been emptied, supposing these to be places of drunkenness and not of self-control, and occasions for trade and business, and not for ascent or deification (if I may dare to say it), which the martyrs mediate, then, first of all, one does not even recognize the occasion. For what is the chaff to the wheat? And what is the pampering of the flesh to the wrestling of martyrs? Those things belong to the theatres, these to my assemblies; those to the licentious, these to the self-controlled; those to lovers of the flesh, these to those who are being set free from the body. Then I would like to say something even bolder, but I spare the blasphemy out of reverence for the day; only, these are not what the martyrs ask of us; for so I may say it. [6] Let us not, then, celebrate holy things in an unholy way, brothers, nor lofty things in a lowly way, nor precious things without honour, nor, in short, the things of the Spirit in an earthly way. The Jew too keeps festival, but according to the letter; the Greek also celebrates, but as pleases the demons. But for us, since everything is spiritual (action, movement, will, word, even gait and clothing, even a nod, the Word reaching to everything and shaping man according to God), so also is our keeping festival and our rejoicing … For I do not forbid relaxation, but I chastise excess. If we come together in this way and keep festival in this way, it is a great thing, I say, that we ourselves will obtain the same prizes and inherit the same glory; for the things which eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor human mind ever imagined, though free to shape blessedness as it will, these we believe are laid up for those who have been purified through blood and have imitated the sacrifice of Christ. But at the least we shall see the splendour of the holy martyrs (for this is no small thing, in my judgment), and shall enter into the joy of the same Lord, and shall be illumined, I know well, more clearly and purely by the light of the blessed and sovereign Triad, in which we have believed, which we worship, and which we confess before God and men, fearing nothing and ashamed of nothing, neither the enemies outside nor the false christs among ourselves, the enemies of the Spirit. And may we confess to our last breath, with great boldness, the good deposit of the holy fathers who were nearer to Christ, and of the first faith, the confession nurtured with us from childhood, which we uttered first and with which may we depart at the last, carrying this, if nothing else, from here: piety. [7] And may the God of peace, who reconciled to himself through the cross those who had been made enemies through sin; who preached peace to those near and to those far off, to those under the law and to those outside the law; the Father of love, Love itself (for he delights to be called by these names before all others, so that he may legislate brotherly love even by his names); who gave the new commandment, that we love one another as much as we have been loved; who has granted both to exercise tyranny well and to submit to tyranny out of fear, and to draw back with reason and to take courage again for the sake of the Word; who both equips great flocks and makes small ones great by grace: may he himself, according to the multitude of his goodness, comfort us with much comfort and lead us onward, shepherding and saving the flock with us; and may he equip you for every good work, persuade you to celebrate the martyrs spiritually, count you worthy of the delight there, where is the dwelling of all who rejoice, and, when you appear in righteousness, satisfy you with his glory when it appears, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory and might, honour and worship, for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 12

12.1PG 35:844b–845b

Τὸ στόμα μου ἦνοιξα, καὶ εἳλκυσα Πνεῦμα, καὶ δίδωμι τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ πάντα, καὶ ἐμαυτὸν τῷ Ilvatiματι, καὶ πρᾶξιν, καὶ λόγον, καὶ ἀπραξίαν, καὶ σιωπήν· μόνον ἐχέτω με, καὶ ἀγέτω, καὶ κινείτω ut χεῖρα, καὶ νοῦν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, ἐφʼ ἂ δεῖ καὶ βούλιται)- καὶ ἀπαγέτω πάλιν ἀφʼ ὧν δεῖ, καὶ ὧν ἄμεινον. Ὀργανόν εἰμι θεῖον, ὄργανον λογικὸῡί ὄργανον καλῷ τεχνίτῃ τῷ Ιῐνιύματι ἁρμοζόμενον καὶ κρουόμενον. Χθὲς ἐνήργει τὴν σιωήν; τὸ μή λέγειν ἐφιλοσόφουν. Σήμερον κρούει τὸν νοῦν ; ἠχήσω τὸν λόγον, καὶ φιλοσοφήσω τὸ φθέγγεσθαι. Καὶ οὔτε λάο λος οὕτως εἰμὶ, ὡς λέγειν ἐπιθυμίν, τὸ πωπᾷν ὲνεργηύμενος* οὔτε σιωπηλὸς οὕτω ait ἀμαθὴς, ὡς ἐν καιρῷ λόγου τιθέναι φυλακὴν τὸῖς χείλεσιν· ἀλλὰ καὶ κλείω καὶ ἀνοίγω τὴν ἇμήν θύραν Νῷ, καὶ Λόγω, καὶ ΙΙνεύματι, τῇ μιᾷ συμφυΐᾳ τι καὶ θεότητι. ΒΖ Φθέγξομαι μὲν οὖν, ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο κελευομαι, φθέγξομαι δὲ πρός τε τὸν ἀγαθὸν τοῦτον 1·τ‹›ιμ.ένα καὶ τήν ἱερὰν ποίμνην ὑμᾶς, ἅ μοι δοκεῖ βέλτιον εἶναι, ἐμὲ τε εἰπεῖν, καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀκοῦσαι σήμερον. Τί ὅτι τοῦ συμποιμαίνοντος ἐδεήθης ; ’Δπό σοῦ γὰρ ὁ λόγος ἄρξεται, ὦ φίλη καὶ τιμία μοι κεφαλὴ, καὶ τῆς Ἀαρὼν ἐκείνης ἀξία, καθʼ ἧς στάζει τὸ mentu— τικόν τε καὶ ἱερατικὸν ἐκεῖνο μύρον ἄχρι πώγωνος καὶ ἐνδύματος. Τί ὅτι, πολλοὺς στηρίζειν ἔτι καὶ χειραγωγεῖν δυνάμενος, καὶ μέντοι καὶ χειραγωγῶν ἐν τῇ ἱσχὺϊ τοῦ Ιίνεύμτιτος, βακτηρίαν ὑποβάλλῃ τοῖς πνευματικοῐς ἔργοις καὶ ἔρεισμα; Ἦ τοῦτο εἰδὼς καὶ ἀκούων, ὅτι καὶ μετὰ Ἀαρὼν ἐκείνου τοῦ πάνυ ἐχρίσθησαν Ἐλεάζαρ καὶ ἰθάμαρ οἱ υἱοὶ ’Δωρών ; τὸν γὰρ Ναδὰὸ καὶ ’Λβιοὺδ ἐκὼν ὑπερβήσομαι, δέει τῆς place-quiue“ καὶ Μωϋσῆς ἀνθʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀναδείκνυσιν ἔτι ζῶν ἀντὶ νομοθέτου καὶ στρατηγοῦ, τοῖς ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἐπειγομένοις; Καὶ τὸ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ Ἀαρὼν καὶ τοῦ Ὥρ ὑποστηριζὸντων τὰς χεῖρας Μωυσέως ἐπὶ τοῦ ὅρους, ’ἶνʼ ὁ Ἀμα) ἢκ καταπολεμηθῇ τῷ σταυρῷ, πόρρωθεν σκιαγραφουμένῳ καὶ τυπουμένῳ, δοκῶ μοι παρήσειν ἑκὼν, ὡς οὐ σφόδρα οἰκεῖον ἡμῖν καὶ πρόσφορον ’ οὖ γὰρ συννομοθέτας ᾑρεῖτο τούτους Μωυσῆς, ἀλλʼ εὐχῆς βοηθοὺς, καὶ καμάτου χειρῶν ἐρείσματα.

To stoma mou ēnoixa, kai heilkysa Pneuma, kai didōmi ta emautou panta, kai emauton tǭ Ilvatimati, kai praxin, kai logon, kai apraxian, kai siōpēn; monon echetō me, kai agetō, kai kineitō ut cheira, kai noun, kai glōssan, ephʼ a dei kai boulitai)- kai apagetō palin aphʼ hōn dei, kai hōn ameinon. Organon eimi theion, organon logikoui organon kalǭ technitę̄ tǭ Iiniymati harmozomenon kai krouomenon. Chthes enērgei tēn siōēn? to mē legein ephilosophoun. Sēmeron krouei ton noun ? ēchēsō ton logon, kai philosophēsō to phthengesthai. Kai oute lao los houtōs eimi, hōs legein epithymin, to pōpąn energēumenos* oute siōpēlos houtō ait amathēs, hōs en kairǭ logou tithenai phylakēn tois cheilesin; alla kai kleiō kai anoigō tēn hamēn thyran Nǭ, kai Logō, kai IIneumati, tę̄ mią symphyïą ti kai theotēti. BZ Phthenxomai men oun, epeidē touto keleuomai, phthenxomai de pros te ton agathon touton 1;t‹›im.ena kai tēn hieran poimnēn hymas, ha moi dokei beltion einai, eme te eipein, kai hymas akousai sēmeron. Ti hoti tou sympoimainontos edeēthēs ? ’Dpo sou gar ho logos arxetai, ō philē kai timia moi kephalē, kai tēs Aarōn ekeinēs axia, kathʼ hēs stazei to mentu— tikon te kai hieratikon ekeino myron achri pōgōnos kai endymatos. Ti hoti, pollous stērizein eti kai cheiragōgein dynamenos, kai mentoi kai cheiragōgōn en tę̄ hischyï tou Iineumtitos, baktērian hypoballę̄ tois pneumatikois ergois kai ereisma? Ē touto eidōs kai akouōn, hoti kai meta Aarōn ekeinou tou pany echristhēsan Eleazar kai ithamar hoi huioi ’Dōrōn ? ton gar Nadao kai ’Lbioud ekōn hyperbēsomai, deei tēs place-quiue“ kai Mōÿsēs anthʼ heautou ton Iēsoun anadeiknysin eti zōn anti nomothetou kai stratēgou, tois epi tēn gēn tēs epangelias epeigomenois? Kai to men gar tou Aarōn kai tou Hōr hypostērizontōn tas cheiras Mōyseōs epi tou horous, ’inʼ ho Ama) ēk katapolemēthę̄ tǭ staurǭ, porrōthen skiagraphoumenǭ kai typoumenǭ, dokō moi parēsein hekōn, hōs ou sphodra oikeion hēmin kai prosphoron ’ ou gar synnomothetas hę̄reito toutous Mōysēs, allʼ euchēs boēthous, kai kamatou cheirōn ereismata.

I opened my mouth and drew in the Spirit; and I give all that is mine, and myself, to the Spirit: action and word, inaction and silence. Only let him hold me, lead me, and move my hand, mind, and tongue toward what is fitting and what he wills, and draw me back again from what is fitting and better to avoid. I am a divine instrument, a rational instrument, an instrument tuned and struck by that good craftsman, the Spirit. Yesterday did he work silence? I practised philosophy by not speaking. Today does he strike my mind? I will sound forth the word and practise philosophy by speaking. I am neither so talkative as to want to speak when I am being moved to silence, nor so silent and unlearned as to set a guard on my lips in the time for speech; but I both shut and open my door to the Mind, and the Word, and the Spirit, the one connatural Godhead. [2] I will speak, then, since I am bidden to; and I will speak to this good shepherd and to you, the holy flock, what seems to me best for me to say and for you to hear today. Why did you need a fellow shepherd? For the discourse will begin from you, dear and honoured head of mine, worthy of that Aaron down whom flows that princely and priestly ointment to the beard and the garment. Why is it that, though you are still able to support and guide many by the hand, and indeed do guide them in the strength of the Spirit, you put a staff and a prop under your spiritual works? Is it because you know and hear that even after that great Aaron, Eleazar and Ithamar, Aaron’s sons, were anointed? (For I willingly pass over Nadab and Abihu, for fear of an ill omen.) And Moses, while still living, appoints Joshua in his place as lawgiver and general for those hastening to the land of promise. As for Aaron and Hur supporting the hands of Moses on the mountain, so that Amalek might be defeated by the cross, foreshadowed and typified from afar, I think I shall willingly pass that over as not very fitting or appropriate to us; for Moses chose them not as fellow lawgivers but as helpers in prayer and props for weary hands.

12.3PG 35:845b–848c

Σοὶ δὲ τί πάσχει ; τί κάμνειε Τὸ σῶμα; Ὑποστηρίζειν ἓτοιμος· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπεστήριξα, καὶ 9 1 Α ε c ’l ηρ ἳ κν ψηκ-ημμν- _"|_ ἐστηρίχθην, ὡς ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἐκεῖνος, πατρικαῖς εὐλογίαις. Ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα; Τίς ἰσχυρότερος, καὶ θερμότερος, καὶ νῦν· μάλιστα, ὅσῳ τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑποβαίνει καῖ ὑπεξίσταται ὥσπερ φωτὶ, τὸ ἀντιφραττον καὶ ἀντικείμενον, καὶ κωλόον τὴν λαμπηδόνας Φιλεῖ γὰρ ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ἀντιπολεμεῖν ταῦτα ἆλλήλοις καὶ ἀντικαθὲζεσθαιʼ καὶ σῶμα μὲν εὐεκτεῖν, καμνούσης ψυχῆς, ψυχὴν δὲ θάλλειν καὶ ἄνω βλέπειν, τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑποβαινουσῶν καὶ συναπομαραινομὲνων τῷ σώμααι. Σοῦ δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἐθαύμασα τὸ ἀρχαῖκὸν καί γενναῖον, πῶς οὔδε τοῦτο ἔδεισας, σφόδρα τῶν νῦν ὑπάρχον καιρῶν, μή σοι τὸ πνεῦμα πρόφασις νομισθῇ, καὶ σαρκικῶς ταῦτα λαμβάνειν δοκῶμεν τοῖς πολλοῖς, πνευματικῶς προσποιούμενοι. Ἐπειδή μέγα τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ τυραννικὸν, καὶ θαυμασίαν οἵαν ἕχον ἀπόλαυσιν, οἱ πολλοὶ νομίζεσθαι πεποιήκασιν · κᾶν ἔτι στενοτέρας τις ἢ κατὰ ταύτην προστατῇ καὶ ἐξηγῆται ποίμνης, καὶ πλέον φερούσης τῶν ἡδέων τὰ μοχθηρά. Teum μὶν δὴ τῆς σῆς εἴτε ἁπλότητος εἴτε φιλοτεκνίας, ὑφʼ ἧς οὕτε τι τῶν πονηρῶν, οὔτε αὑτὸς παραδὲχῃ, οὕτε περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ῥᾳδίως ὑπολαμβάνεις· (βραδὺ γὰρ εἷς ὑπόνοιαν κακοῦ τὸ πρὸς κακίαν δυσκίνητον·) ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ δεύτερον πρὸς τὸν εἴτε σὸν εἷʼτε καὶ ἐμὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βραχέα διαλεγθῆναι. Ἦ, ραννήμεοα γήρᾳ πατρὸς καὶ φίλου, lvd εἴπω, χρηστότητι. Καί μοι βοηθεῖτε, ὅστις ἃν οἶός ᾖ, καὶ δότε χεῖρα πιεζομὲνῳ, καὶ διελκομένφ ὃπδ ’ η πόθου καὶ πνεύματος” ὁ μὲν εἰσηγεῖται καὶ ὅρη, καὶ ἐρημίας, καὶ ἡσυχίαν ψυχῆς καὶ σώμαι τος, καὶ τὸν νοῦν εἷς ἑαυτὸν ἀναχωρῆσαι, και συιστραφῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθήσεων, ὥστε ὁμιλεῖν ibi}: δώτως Θεῷ, καὶ ταῖς τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐγαῖς Mc ἐναστράπτεσοαι, μηδενὸς ἒπιμιγνυμένου te?! άτῡ καὶ θολερῶν, μηδὲ τῷ θείῳ φωτὶ παριμπίάπωπς, ἓως ἂν ἐπὶ τήν πηγὴν ἔλθωμεν τῶν τῇδε dmumἓως ἂν ἐπὶ τήν πηγὴν ἔλθωμεν τῶν τῇδε ἀπ _ Ἴ - των, καὶ στῶμεν τοῦ πόθου καὶ τῆς testaceum των τῶν ἐσόπτρων τῇ sheets. Βούλεται τδδὶ εἷς μέσον curaui, καὶ καρποφορεῖν τῷ κοινῷ βούληαι, καὶ τοῦτο ὡφελεῖσθαι, τὸ ὠφελεῖν ἀλλήλους, καὶ δη- Δ picata-55w τήν ἔλλαμψιν, καὶ προσάγειν θιῷ laevuριοῦσιον, ἔθνος ἃγιον, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ιν πλείοσι εἰκόνα κεκαθαρμένην, Κρεῖσσον,γὰρ εἶναι καὶ πλεῖον, ὣσπερ φυτοῦ παράδεισον, καὶ ἄτυφος ἑνὸς οὐρανὸν ὅλον σὺν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ κάλλεσι, καὶ ιιι. λους σῶμα, οὕτω καὶ Θεῷ κατορθοῦντος ἑνὸς ὃλην Ἐκκλησίαν κατηρτισμένην ” καὶ χρῆναι μὴ τὸ δωτοῦ μόνον σκοπεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἄλλων. Ἐπεὶ καὶ Χριστὸς οὕτως, ᾦ μένειν ἰξὸν ἐπὶ τῆς {fit τιμῆς καὶ θιόττλτος, οὗ μόνον ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτὸν μέχρι τῆς τοῦ δούλου μορφῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ σταυρὸν ὑπέμεινεν αὶσχύνης καταφρονήσας, 'iv‘ ὲν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ πάθωσιν ἀναλώσῃ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ ἀποκτιίνῃ τῷ θανάτῳ τὸν θάνατον. Ἐκεῖνα μὶν δὴ τῆς minata: τὰ πλάσματα ταῦτα δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματοίξ τὰ διδάγματα. Μὲσος δὲ ὢν πόθου καὶ πνεύματος, an! οὐκ ἔχωνἰξίνι. τὸ πλέον χαρίσομαι, ὅ μοι 86κῶ κάλλιστον εόρηκέναι καὶ ἀσφαλέστατον, κοίνώσομαι καὶ ὑμῖν, ἵνα μοι συθδοκιμάσητε καὶ συλλάῦησθε τοῦ βουλεύματος.

Soi de ti paschei ? ti kamneie To sōma? Hypostērizein hetoimos; alla kai hypestērixa, kai 9 1 A e c ’l ēr hi kn psēk-ēmmn- _"|_ estērichthēn, hōs ho Iakōb ekeinos, patrikais eulogiais. Alla to pneuma? Tis ischyroteros, kai thermoteros, kai nyn; malista, hosǭ ta tēs sarkos hypobainei kai hypexistatai hōsper phōti, to antiphratton kai antikeimenon, kai kōloon tēn lampēdonas Philei gar hōs ta polla antipolemein tauta allēlois kai antikathezesthaiʼ kai sōma men euektein, kamnousēs psychēs, psychēn de thallein kai anō blepein, tōn hēdonōn hypobainousōn kai synapomarainomenōn tǭ sōmaai. Sou de kai allōs ethaumasa to archaikon kai gennaion, pōs oude touto edeisas, sphodra tōn nyn hyparchon kairōn, mē soi to pneuma prophasis nomisthę̄, kai sarkikōs tauta lambanein dokōmen tois pollois, pneumatikōs prospoioumenoi. Epeidē mega to pragma kai tyrannikon, kai thaumasian hoian hechon apolausin, hoi polloi nomizesthai pepoiēkasin ; kan eti stenoteras tis ē kata tautēn prostatę̄ kai exēgētai poimnēs, kai pleon pherousēs tōn hēdeōn ta mochthēra. Teum min dē tēs sēs eite haplotētos eite philoteknias, hyphʼ hēs houte ti tōn ponērōn, oute hautos paradechę̄, houte peri tōn allōn rhądiōs hypolambaneis; (brady gar heis hyponoian kakou to pros kakian dyskinēton;) emoi de kai deuteron pros ton eite son heiʼte kai emon laon touton brachea dialegthēnai. Ē, rannēmeoa gērą patros kai philou, lvd eipō, chrēstotēti. Kai moi boētheite, hostis han oios ę̄, kai dote cheira piezomenǭ, kai dielkomenph hopd ’ ē pothou kai pneumatos” ho men eisēgeitai kai horē, kai erēmias, kai hēsychian psychēs kai sōmai tos, kai ton noun heis heauton anachōrēsai, kai suistraphēnai apo tōn aisthēseōn, hōste homilein ibi}: dōtōs Theǭ, kai tais tou Pneumatos augais Mc enastraptesoai, mēdenos epimignymenou te?! aty kai tholerōn, mēde tǭ theiǭ phōti parimpiapōps, heōs an epi tēn pēgēn elthōmen tōn tę̄de dmumheōs an epi tēn pēgēn elthōmen tōn tę̄de ap _ I - tōn, kai stōmen tou pothou kai tēs testaceum tōn tōn esoptrōn tę̄ sheets. Bouletai tddi heis meson curaui, kai karpophorein tǭ koinǭ boulēai, kai touto hōpheleisthai, to ōphelein allēlous, kai dē- D picata-55w tēn ellampsin, kai prosagein thiǭ laevuriousion, ethnos hagion, basileion hierateuma, in pleiosi eikona kekatharmenēn, Kreisson,gar einai kai pleion, hōsper phytou paradeison, kai atyphos henos ouranon holon syn tois heautou kallesi, kai iii. lous sōma, houtō kai Theǭ katorthountos henos holēn Ekklēsian katērtismenēn ” kai chrēnai mē to dōtou monon skopein, alla kai to tōn allōn. Epei kai Christos houtōs, ǭ menein ixon epi tēs {fit timēs kai thiottltos, hou monon ekenōsen heauton mechri tēs tou doulou morphēs, alla kai stauron hypemeinen aischynēs kataphronēsas, 'iv‘ en tois heautou pathōsin analōsę̄ tēn hamartian, kai apoktiinę̄ tǭ thanatǭ ton thanaton. Ekeina min dē tēs minata: ta plasmata tauta de tou Pneumatoix ta didagmata. Mesos de ōn pothou kai pneumatos, an! ouk echōnixini. to pleon charisomai, ho moi 86kō kalliston eorēkenai kai asphalestaton, koinōsomai kai hymin, hina moi sythdokimasēte kai syllauēsthe tou bouleumatos.

But what is it that ails you? What is weary? The body? I am ready to support it; indeed I have supported it, and have been supported, like Jacob of old, by fatherly blessings. But the spirit? Who is stronger and more fervent, even now, especially as the things of the flesh sink and give way, like whatever blocks, opposes, and hinders the brightness of light? For as a rule these two war against each other and are set against each other: the body thrives when the soul is weary, and the soul flourishes and looks upward when pleasures subside and wither along with the body. But I have admired in you, besides, your old-fashioned nobility: that you did not fear even this, which very much belongs to present times, that the Spirit might be thought a pretext on your part, and that we might seem to many to take these things in a fleshly way while pretending to do so spiritually. For the many have made the office seem a great and lordly thing, offering wonderful enjoyment, even if one presides over and leads a flock still smaller than this one and bringing more hardship than pleasure. That, then, comes from your simplicity or your love for your children, by which you neither admit anything wicked yourself nor readily suspect it of others (for what is hard to move toward evil is slow to suspect evil). But it is for me to speak briefly a second time to this people, whether yours or mine as well. [4] We are tyrannized by the old age of a father and, if I may say so, by the goodness of a friend. Help me, whoever is able, and give a hand to one who is pressed and torn between longing and the Spirit. The one urges mountains and deserts, quiet of soul and body, and the mind withdrawing into itself and drawing back from the senses, so as to converse purely with God and be lit up by the rays of the Spirit, with nothing earthly and turbid mixed in or interfering with the divine light, until we come to the source of the radiances here below, and come to rest from longing … the mirrors … The other wills to bring me into the open, to bear fruit for the common good, and to be helped by this, by helping one another; to proclaim the illumination, and to bring to God a people for his own possession, a holy nation, a royal priesthood, his image cleansed in more people. For it is better and greater, as a garden is better than one plant, and the whole heaven with its beauties than one star, and a body than one member, so also to God a whole Church set in order is better than one person who does right; and one must look not to one’s own interest only, but also to that of others. For so did Christ: though he could remain in his own honour and deity, he not only emptied himself to the form of a servant, but also endured the cross, despising the shame, so that by his own sufferings he might consume sin and kill death by death. Those are the fictions of longing; these the teachings of the Spirit. Being between longing and the Spirit, and not knowing which to choose, I will not give the greater share to either; but what I think I have found best and safest I will share with you too, so that you may approve it with me and help me in the decision.

12.5PG 35:848d–852c

Ἔδοξε μοι κράτιστον εἶναι καὶ ἁκινδύνότατόν, μέσην τινὰ τραπέσθαι τοῦ πόθου καὶ τῆς δειλίας, καὶ τὸ μὲν τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ δοῦναι, τὸ δὲ τῷ πνεύματι · τοῦθ το δὲ ἂν γενέσθαι, μήτε πάντῃ φυγόντος τὴν λειτουρδ γίαν, ὥστε ἀθετῆσαι τὴν χάριν, ὶπισφαλὶς γὰρ, μή· τε μεῖζον ἦ κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἀραμένου ueprius; ρᾶέ ρὺ γὰρ. καὶ τὸ μὲν κεφαλῆς ἄλλοι», τὸ δὲ δονάμεως· μᾶλλον δὲ ἀπονοίας ἀμφότερα. [Quaesitae ὃ εἶναι ἅμα καὶ ἀσφαλείας μετρῆσαι τῇ Gavii“ τὴν λειτουργίαν · καὶ ὣσπερ τροφῆς τήν μὲν κατὰηβόvaiva προσίεσθαι, τήν δὲ Iuntl? ξῦναιίιν- ἀποπεμψασθαι· οὕτω γὰρ σώματι μὲν εὐεξίαν παραγίνεσθαι, ψυχῇ δὲ ἀσφάλειαν τῷ μετριάζειν ἑ ἀμφοτέροις. Διὰ τοῦτο νῦν μὶν δέχομαι τῷ καλῷ πο τρὶ ’συνδιαφέρειν τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, ὥσπερ ἀετῴ μεγε λῳ καί ὑψιπέτη νεοσσὸς οὐκ ἄχρηστος ἐγ γύθεν συμπαριπτάμενος · μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο δώσω τι Πνεύματι τὴν ἐμὴν πτέρυγα φέρειν βούλεται, κε ὡς βούλεται· καί οὐδεὶς ὁ βιασόμενος, οὐδὲ ἀπάξω ἑτέρωθι, μετά τούτου βουλευόμενον. Ἡδὺ μὲν γά πατρὸς πόνοι κληρονομούμενοι, καὶτὸ συνηθέστερο ποίμνιον τοῦ ξένου καὶ ἀλλοτρίου· προσθείην δʼ ἂι ὅτι καὶ Θεῷ τιμιώτερον, εἷ μή με ἀπατᾷ τὸ φίλτρον καὶ κλέπτει τήν αἶʼσθησιν ἡ συνήθεια οῧπω δὲ χρησιμώτερον τοῦ ἑκόντας ἑκόντων ἄρχειν, οὐδ ἀσφαλέστερον ἐπειδὴ μὴ πρὸς βίαν ἄγειν τοῦ ἡμετέ ρου νόμου, μηδὶ ἀναγκαστῶς, ἀλλʼ ἑκουσίως Teii-ro μὶν γὰρ οὐδʼ ἂν ἄλλην ἀρχὴν συστήσειεν ἐπειδὴ φιλεῖ τὸ βίᾳ κρατούμενον ἐλευθεριάζειν ποι τὶ καιροῦ λαβόμενον· τήν δὲ ἡμετέραν οὐκ ἀρ· χὴν, ἀλλά παιδαγωγίαν, καὶ πάντων μάλιστι συντηρεῖ τὸ ἑκούσιον. Βουλομένων γὰρ, οὐ τυραννουμενων, τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον. σῷ μέγα τι ἐχαρίσω,

Edoxe moi kratiston einai kai hakindynotaton, mesēn tina trapesthai tou pothou kai tēs deilias, kai to men tę̄ epithymią dounai, to de tǭ pneumati ; touth to de an genesthai, mēte pantę̄ phygontos tēn leitourd gian, hōste athetēsai tēn charin, ipisphalis gar, mē; te meizon ē katʼ emauton aramenou ueprius? rae ry gar. kai to men kephalēs alloi», to de donameōs; mallon de aponoias amphotera. [Quaesitae ho einai hama kai asphaleias metrēsai tę̄ Gavii“ tēn leitourgian ; kai hōsper trophēs tēn men kataēbovaiva prosiesthai, tēn de Iuntl? xynaiiin- apopempsasthai; houtō gar sōmati men euexian paraginesthai, psychę̄ de asphaleian tǭ metriazein he amphoterois. Dia touto nyn min dechomai tǭ kalǭ po tri ’syndiapherein tēn epimeleian, hōsper aetǭ mege lǭ kai hypsipetē neossos ouk achrēstos eg gythen sympariptamenos ; meta de touto dōsō ti Pneumati tēn emēn pteryga pherein bouletai, ke hōs bouletai; kai oudeis ho biasomenos, oude apaxō heterōthi, meta toutou bouleuomenon. Hēdy men ga patros ponoi klēronomoumenoi, kaito synēthestero poimnion tou xenou kai allotriou; prostheiēn dʼ ai hoti kai Theǭ timiōteron, hei mē me apatą to philtron kai kleptei tēn aiʼsthēsin hē synētheia oÿpō de chrēsimōteron tou hekontas hekontōn archein, oud asphalesteron epeidē mē pros bian agein tou hēmete rou nomou, mēdi anankastōs, allʼ hekousiōs Teii-ro min gar oudʼ an allēn archēn systēseien epeidē philei to bią kratoumenon eleutheriazein poi ti kairou labomenon; tēn de hēmeteran ouk ar; chēn, alla paidagōgian, kai pantōn malisti syntērei to hekousion. Boulomenōn gar, ou tyrannoumenōn, to tēs eusebeias mystērion. sǭ mega ti echarisō,

It seemed to me best and least dangerous to take a middle course between longing and timidity, and to give part to desire and part to the Spirit. This would happen if I neither fled the ministry altogether, so as to set aside the grace (for that is dangerous), nor took up a burden greater than my strength (for it is heavy); the one befits someone else’s person, the other someone else’s strength, or rather both are madness. It belongs to piety and safety alike to measure the ministry by my strength; and as with food, to take what is within one’s strength and to send away what is beyond it; for in this way health comes to the body, and safety to the soul, by moderation in both. Therefore I now accept to share the care with my good father, like a fledgling, not useless, flying close beside a great and high-flying eagle; but after this I will give my wing to the Spirit, to carry it where he wills and as he wills; and no one will force me, nor shall I be drawn elsewhere, if I take counsel with him. For it is sweet to inherit a father’s labours, and the more familiar flock is sweeter than a strange and foreign one; I would add that it is also more precious to God, unless affection deceives me and habit steals my perception. Yet nothing is more useful than to rule the willing willingly, nor safer; since our law does not lead by force or by compulsion, but willingly. Force would not hold together any other rule either, since what is held by force tends to seize its freedom when it gets the chance; but ours, which is not rule but tutelage, preserves above all what is voluntary. For the mystery of piety belongs to those who are willing, not to those who are tyrannized. [6] … you have granted a great thing …

Chapter 18

18.1PG 35:985a

Ἄνθρωπε τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ πιστὶ θεράπον, καὶ οἷκονόμε τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ μυστηρίων, καὶ ἄνερ ἐπιθυμιῶν τῶν τοῦ Ηνεύματος οὕτω γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ καλιῖ τοὺς διαβεβηκότας καὶ ὑψηλοὺς, καὶ ὑπεράνω τῶν ὁρωμένων.Καλῶ δέ σε καὶ Θεὸν Φαραὼ πάσης Αἷγυπτιακῆς καὶ ἀντικειμένης δυνάμεως, καὶ στύλον, καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ Θὲλημα Κυρίου, καὶ φωστῆρα, ἐν κόσμῳ λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντα, καὶ πίστεως ἔρεισμα, καὶ Πνεύματος καταγώγιον. Καὶ τί ἂν πάσας ἀπαριθμοίμην τάς προσηγορίας, ὅσας ἡ ἀρετή σοι πεποίηκεν, ἄλλη τις ἄλλην οἰκειοῦσα τε καὶ προσάγουσα ;

Anthrōpe tou Theou, kai pisti therapon, kai hoikonome tōn tou Theou mystēriōn, kai aner epithymiōn tōn tou Ēneumatos houtō gar hē Graphē kalii tous diabebēkotas kai hypsēlous, kai hyperanō tōn horōmenōn.Kalō de se kai Theon Pharaō pasēs Haigyptiakēs kai antikeimenēs dynameōs, kai stylon, kai hedraiōma tēs Ekklēsias, kai Thelēma Kyriou, kai phōstēra, en kosmǭ logon zōēs epechonta, kai pisteōs ereisma, kai Pneumatos katagōgion. Kai ti an pasas aparithmoimēn tas prosēgorias, hosas hē aretē soi pepoiēken, allē tis allēn oikeiousa te kai prosagousa ?

Man of God, faithful servant, steward of the mysteries of God, and man of desires of the Spirit (for so Scripture calls those who have advanced and are lofty and above visible things): I call you also God to Pharaoh, that is, to every Egyptian and hostile power; pillar and ground of the Church; will of the Lord; a luminary in the world, holding forth the word of life; prop of faith; and lodging of the Spirit. But why should I count up all the titles which virtue has made for you, each form of it claiming and bringing you a different one?

18.2PG 35:985a–988b

Πλὴν εἰπὲ πόθεν «ipsi; καὶ τίς σου ἡ ἐργασία; καὶ τί χαριούμενος ἥκεις ἡμῖν ; Ἐπειδὴ πάντα Β σε σὺν Θεῷ, καὶ παρὰ Θεοῦ κινούμενον ἔγνων, καὶ ἐπʼ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῶν δεχομένων. ’Ἥκεις ἡμᾶς ἢ τὸν ποιμένα ζητήσων, ἢ τὸ ποίμνιον ιποψόμινος; Ἡμᾶς μὶν οὔκ ἔτι ὄντας, ἀλλὰ τῷ πλείστῳ μέρει συναπελθόντας, καὶ τῷ τόπῳ τῆς κακώσεως δυσχεραίνοντες· καὶ νῦν μάλιστα, ἡνίκα τὸν ἐπιστήμονα κυβερνήτην, ἢ τὰν λαμπτῆρα τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν ἀποβεβλήκαμεν, πρὸς δν ἀπηυθυνόμεθα βλέποντες, ἄνωθεν ἡμῖν τήν σωτηρίαν πυρσεύοντα· έκεῖνον μετὰ τοῖʼ) καλοῦ παντὸς έκδη μγίσαντα, καὶ πάσης τῆς ποιμαντικῆς εὐταξίας, ἦν. χρόνῳ μακρῷ συνελέξατο, πλήρης ἡμερῶν τε ὁμοῦ καὶ φρονήσεως, καὶ τῴ τῆς καυχήσεως γήρᾳ, εί δεῖ τὸ τοῦ Σολομῶντος εἰπεῖν, στεφανούμενος. Ποίμνιον ἠπορημένον, καὶ καταβεβλημένον, καὶ ὁρᾷς ὅσης γέμον ἀθυμίας καὶ κατηφείας ' οὐκ ἔτι τόπῳ χλόης έναναπαυόμενον, οιῖδὶ ὕδατι ἀναπαύσεως έκτρεφόμενον· ζητοῦν κρημνοὺς, καὶ έρημίας, καὶ βάραθρα, καθʼ ὧν σπαρήσεται, καῖ διαφθαρήσεται · ἀπιστοῦν εἷʼ ποτε καὶ ἄλλου ποιμένος συνετοῦ ἑπιτεύξεται, ὅτι μὲν ού τοιούτου, καί λίαν πεπεισμέ· νον, ἀγαπῶν διʼ ἂν, καί εί μὴ παραπολὺ χείρονος.

Plēn eipe pothen «ipsi? kai tis sou hē ergasia? kai ti charioumenos hēkeis hēmin ? Epeidē panta B se syn Theǭ, kai para Theou kinoumenon egnōn, kai epʼ euergesią tōn dechomenōn. ’Hēkeis hēmas ē ton poimena zētēsōn, ē to poimnion ipopsominos? Hēmas min ouk eti ontas, alla tǭ pleistǭ merei synapelthontas, kai tǭ topǭ tēs kakōseōs dyscherainontes; kai nyn malista, hēnika ton epistēmona kybernētēn, ē tan lamptēra tēs zōēs hēmōn apobeblēkamen, pros dn apēuthynometha blepontes, anōthen hēmin tēn sōtērian pyrseuonta; ekeinon meta toiʼ) kalou pantos ekdē mgisanta, kai pasēs tēs poimantikēs eutaxias, ēn. chronǭ makrǭ synelexato, plērēs hēmerōn te homou kai phronēseōs, kai tǭ tēs kauchēseōs gērą, ei dei to tou Solomōntos eipein, stephanoumenos. Poimnion ēporēmenon, kai katabeblēmenon, kai horąs hosēs gemon athymias kai katēpheias ' ouk eti topǭ chloēs enanapauomenon, oiidi hydati anapauseōs ektrephomenon; zētoun krēmnous, kai erēmias, kai barathra, kathʼ hōn sparēsetai, kai diaphtharēsetai ; apistoun heiʼ pote kai allou poimenos synetou hepiteuxetai, hoti men ou toioutou, kai lian pepeisme; non, agapōn diʼ an, kai ei mē parapoly cheironos.

But tell me, where do you come from? What is your business? And what favour do you come to bring us? For I know that you are moved in everything with God and by God, and for the benefit of those who receive you. Have you come to visit us, or to seek the shepherd, or to look over the flock? Us you find no longer existing, but for the most part departed with him, and chafing at the place of affliction; and especially now, when we have lost our skilled helmsman, the lamp of our life, toward whom we steered our course, watching him signal salvation to us like a beacon from above. He has departed with everything good, and with all the good order of pastoral care which he gathered over a long time, full of days and of wisdom together, and crowned, if I may use Solomon’s words, with the old age that is a crown of boasting. The flock is bewildered and cast down, and you see how full it is of discouragement and dejection: no longer resting in a place of green pasture, nor nourished by the water of rest, but seeking cliffs, deserts, and pits, over which it will be scattered and destroyed; doubting whether it will ever find another wise shepherd, quite convinced that it will not find such a one, and content with one who is not much worse.

18.3PG 35:988b–989a

Τριῶν δὶ ὄντων, ὅπερ ἔφην, ἃ σοι τήν παρουσσίαν ἀναγκαίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ πάντων ἐξ ἴσης, ἡμῶν, τοῦ ποιμένος, τῆς ποίμνης φέρε, κατὰ τὸ έν σοὶ πνεῦμα τῆς θεραπείας, ἀπόδος ἑκάστῳ τὸ πρόσφορον, καῖ οἰκονόμησον ἐν κρίσει τὸν λόγον, ίνα σε καὶ μᾶλλον τῆς σοφίας θαυμάσωμεν. Οἶκονομήσεις δὲ πῶς; Τὸν μὶν ἐπαινέσας τῆς ἀρετῆς τὰ εἰκότα, οὑ μόνον ’ίνʼ ἐντάφιον τῷ καθαρῷ καθαρὸν ἐπιβάλως τὸν λόγον, ἀλλʼ ’ίνα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐσεβείας χαρακτῆρα, τὴν ἐκείνου προθείης πολιτείαν τε καὶ παραίνεσιν. Ἡμῖν δὲ περὶ ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου βραχέα φιλοσοφήσας, καὶ τῆς κατὰ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν συζυγίας καὶ διαζεύξεως, καὶ τῶν δύο κόσμων, τοῦ τε παρόντος γαὶ οὐχ ἑστῶτος, καὶ τοῦ νοουμένου καὶ μένοντος· καὶ πείσας, τοῦ μὲν περιφρονεῖν τὸ ἀπατηλὸν, καὶ ἄτακτον, καὶ ἀνώμαλον, καὶ, ὥσπερ ἐν κύμασιν, ἄνω καὶ κάτω φέρον τε καὶ φερόμενον· τοῦ δὲ προστίθεσθαι τῷ παγίῳ, καὶ σταθερῷ, καὶ θεοειδεῖ, καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντι, καὶ πάσης ἐλευθέρῳ ταραχῆς καὶ συγχύσεως. Οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἦττον ἀνιῷεν ἡμᾶς οἱ προεκδημήσαντες· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἥδοιεν, εἷ ἐνθένδε ἀπάγων ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος, ἅτω τιθείη, καὶ τὸ παρὸν ἀηδὲς ἐναποκρύπνοι τῷ μέλλοντι, καὶ πείθοι, δτι καὶ αὐτοὶ παρᾶ Δεσπότην ἀγαθὸν ἐπειγόμεθα, καὶ βελτίων ἢ κατοικία τῆς παροικίας · καὶ ὅπερ ἐστὶ τοῖς πλέουσι λιμὴν εὔδιος, τοῦτο τοῖς ἐνταῦθα χειμαζομένοις ἡ ἐκεῖσε μετάστασις καὶ ματάθεσις ’ ἢ ὥσπερ οἱ μακρὰν ὁδὸν προκαταλύσαντες, τῶν ὁδοιπορούντων καὶ μοχθούντῶν ἔτι ῥᾴους καὶ ἀπονώτεροι ο οὕτως οἱ έπιτυχόντες τοῦ ἐκεῖ καταλύμεεος, τῶν ἔτι τήν σκολιὰν xui κρημνώδη τοῦ βίου τούτου τεμνόντων ὁδὸν, ἀμείνους καὶ ἀνεκτότεροι.

Triōn di ontōn, hoper ephēn, ha soi tēn paroussian anankaian poiei, kai pantōn ex isēs, hēmōn, tou poimenos, tēs poimnēs phere, kata to en soi pneuma tēs therapeias, apodos hekastǭ to prosphoron, kai oikonomēson en krisei ton logon, ina se kai mallon tēs sophias thaumasōmen. Oikonomēseis de pōs? Ton min epainesas tēs aretēs ta eikota, hou monon ’inʼ entaphion tǭ katharǭ katharon epibalōs ton logon, allʼ ’ina kai tois allois eusebeias charaktēra, tēn ekeinou protheiēs politeian te kai parainesin. Hēmin de peri zōēs kai thanatou brachea philosophēsas, kai tēs kata sōma kai psychēn syzygias kai diazeuxeōs, kai tōn dyo kosmōn, tou te parontos gai ouch hestōtos, kai tou nooumenou kai menontos; kai peisas, tou men periphronein to apatēlon, kai atakton, kai anōmalon, kai, hōsper en kymasin, anō kai katō pheron te kai pheromenon; tou de prostithesthai tǭ pagiǭ, kai statherǭ, kai theoeidei, kai hōsautōs echonti, kai pasēs eleutherǭ tarachēs kai synchyseōs. Houtō gar an ētton aniǭen hēmas hoi proekdēmēsantes; alla kai hēdoien, hei enthende apagōn hēmas ho logos, hatō titheiē, kai to paron aēdes enapokrypnoi tǭ mellonti, kai peithoi, dti kai autoi para Despotēn agathon epeigometha, kai beltiōn ē katoikia tēs paroikias ; kai hoper esti tois pleousi limēn eudios, touto tois entautha cheimazomenois hē ekeise metastasis kai matathesis ’ ē hōsper hoi makran hodon prokatalysantes, tōn hodoiporountōn kai mochthountōn eti rhąous kai aponōteroi o houtōs hoi epitychontes tou ekei katalymeeos, tōn eti tēn skolian xui krēmnōdē tou biou toutou temnontōn hodon, ameinous kai anektoteroi.

Since there are three things, as I said, that make your presence necessary, and all equally (ourselves, the shepherd, the flock), come, according to the spirit of service in you, give each what is fitting, and dispense your words with judgment, so that we may admire you all the more for your wisdom. How will you dispense them? By praising him with the praise his virtue deserves, not only to lay a pure discourse on the pure man as a funeral tribute, but also to set his life and counsel before others as a pattern of piety. And by speaking to us briefly, as a philosopher, about life and death, the union and separation of body and soul, and the two worlds, the present one which does not stand, and the intelligible one which abides; and by persuading us to despise the one, which is deceitful, disorderly, and uneven, carrying and carried up and down as on waves, and to attach ourselves to the other, which is firm, stable, godlike, always the same, and free from all disturbance and confusion. For so those who have departed before us would grieve us less; indeed they might even give us pleasure, if your discourse, leading us away from here, set us on high, hid the present unpleasantness in what is to come, and persuaded us that we too are hastening to a good Master, that home is better than sojourning; that what a calm harbour is to sailors, departure and removal thither is to those storm-tossed here; or that, as those who have finished a long journey before others are more at ease and less weary than those still on the road and toiling, so those who have reached the lodging there are better off and in a more tolerable state than those still cutting their way along the crooked and precipitous road of this life.

18.4PG 35:989a–989c

Ἠμᾶς μὲν οὕτω παραμυθήσῃ· τήν ποίμνην δὲ πῶς, Πρῶτον μὲν τήν σὴν ὑποσχόμενος ἐπιστασίαν xui ἡγεμονίαν, οὗ πᾶσι καλὸν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας ἀναπαύεσθαι, καὶ οὗ διψῶμεν τῆς φωνῆς μᾶλλον, ἢ πηγῆς τῆς καθαρωτάτης οἱ δίψει κάμνοντες. Δεύτερον δὲ πείσας, ὡς οὐδὲ νῦν ἡμᾶς ἀπολέλοιπεν ὁ Ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς, ὁ τιθεὶς τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὶρ τῶν προβάτωνʼ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάρεστι, καὶ ποιμαίνει, xui ὁδηγεῖ, καὶ γινώσκειτὰ ’ίδια, καὶ γινώσκεται ὐπὸ τῶν ἰδίων · σωματικῶς μὲν οὐχ ὁρώμενος, πνευματικῶς δὲ συγγινόμενος, xui προπολεμῶν τῆς ποίμνης κατὰ τῶν λύκων, καὶ οὐδενί συγχωρῶν διὰ τῆς αὐλῆς ὐπερβαίνοντι λῃστρικῶς τε καὶ ἐπιβούλως, ξένη φωνῆ κατασύρειν xui διακλέπτειν ψυχὰς τῇ ἀληθείᾳ καλῶς ἡγμένας. Πείθομαι δʼ, ὅτι xui τῇ πρεσβείᾳ νῦν μᾶλλον, ἢ πρότερον τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, ὅσῳ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐγγίζει Θεῷ, τὰς σωματικὰς πέδας ἀποσεισάμενος, καὶ τῆς ἐπιθολούσης τὸν vei») ἰλύος ἀπηλλαγμένος καὶ γυμνῷ γυμνὸς ἐντυγχάνων τῷ πρώτῳ καὶ καθαρωτάτῳ νοῒ, τάξεως καὶ παρῥησίας ἀγγελικῆς, εἷʼ μὴ τολμηρὸν τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ἀξιούμενος. Ταῦτα μὲν οὗν αὐτὸς διαθήσεις καὶ φιλοσοφήσεις ἄμεινον ἢ ὡς ἃν αὐτὸς παραδείξαιμι, καὶ λόγου δυνάμει καὶῐπνεύματος. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ διʼ ’ἄγνοιαν τῶν ἐκείνου καλῶν παραπολὺ τῆς ἀξίας ὁ λόγος έλαττωθῇ, βραχέα τῆς εὐφημίας, ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς συνεπίσταμαι τῷ ἀπελθόντι, σκιαγραφήσω, xui προχαράξω, καὶ παραδώσω σοι, τῷ καλῷ τῶν τοιούτων γραφεῖ, τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς ἐκείνου τὸ κάλλος ἀπακριβῶσαι, καὶ παραδοῦναι ταῖς πάντων ἀκοαῖς τε καὶ διανοίαις.

Ēmas men houtō paramythēsę̄; tēn poimnēn de pōs, Prōton men tēn sēn hyposchomenos epistasian xui hēgemonian, hou pasi kalon hypo tas pterygas anapauesthai, kai hou dipsōmen tēs phōnēs mallon, ē pēgēs tēs katharōtatēs hoi dipsei kamnontes. Deuteron de peisas, hōs oude nyn hēmas apoleloipen ho Poimēn ho kalos, ho titheis tēn psychēn hypir tōn probatōnʼ alla kai paresti, kai poimainei, xui hodēgei, kai ginōskeita ’idia, kai ginōsketai ypo tōn idiōn ; sōmatikōs men ouch horōmenos, pneumatikōs de synginomenos, xui propolemōn tēs poimnēs kata tōn lykōn, kai oudeni synchōrōn dia tēs aulēs yperbainonti lę̄strikōs te kai epiboulōs, xenē phōnē katasyrein xui diakleptein psychas tę̄ alētheią kalōs hēgmenas. Peithomai dʼ, hoti xui tę̄ presbeią nyn mallon, ē proteron tę̄ didaskalią, hosǭ kai mallon engizei Theǭ, tas sōmatikas pedas aposeisamenos, kai tēs epitholousēs ton vei») ilyos apēllagmenos kai gymnǭ gymnos entynchanōn tǭ prōtǭ kai katharōtatǭ noï, taxeōs kai parrhēsias angelikēs, heiʼ mē tolmēron touto eipein, axioumenos. Tauta men houn autos diathēseis kai philosophēseis ameinon ē hōs han autos paradeixaimi, kai logou dynamei kaiipneumatos. Hina de mē diʼ ’agnoian tōn ekeinou kalōn parapoly tēs axias ho logos elattōthę̄, brachea tēs euphēmias, ex hōn autos synepistamai tǭ apelthonti, skiagraphēsō, xui procharaxō, kai paradōsō soi, tǭ kalǭ tōn toioutōn graphei, tēs aretēs tēs ekeinou to kallos apakribōsai, kai paradounai tais pantōn akoais te kai dianoiais.

So you will comfort us. And the flock, how? First, by promising your own oversight and leadership, under whose wings all may well rest, and whose voice we thirst for more than those exhausted by thirst long for the purest spring. Second, by persuading them that not even now has the good Shepherd left us, he who lays down his life for the sheep; but he is present, shepherds and guides, knows his own and is known by his own; not seen bodily, but present spiritually, fighting for the flock against the wolves, and allowing no one who climbs over the fold like a robber and plotter to drag away and steal, by a strange voice, souls well led by the truth. And I am persuaded that our father does so now more by his intercession than formerly by his teaching, inasmuch as he draws nearer to God, having shaken off his bodily fetters and been freed from the mud that clouds the mind, and conversing naked with the naked, with the first and purest Mind, being counted worthy of the rank and boldness of an angel, if it is not rash to say so. These things you yourself will set out and treat philosophically better than I could show, by the power of word and of spirit. But lest the discourse fall far short of his worth through ignorance of his excellences, I will sketch and outline briefly his praise, from what I myself know of the departed, and hand it to you, the fine painter of such things, so that you may finish exactly the beauty of his virtue and deliver it to the ears and minds of all.

18.5PG 35:989c–992b

Ἐκεῖνος τοίνυν (ίνα πατρίδα, καὶ γένος, καὶ σώματος εὐφυΐαν, καὶ τὴν ἔξωθεν περιφάνειαν, καὶ τᾶλλα οἶς μέγα φρονοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι, τοῖς τῶν ἐγκωμίων νόμοις παρεὶς, ἐκ τῶν ἡμῖν πρώτων xui οἰκειοτάτων ἀρξωμαι), ῥίζης ἆγένετο βλάστημα οὐκ έπαινετῆς, οὐδὲ εὐφυοῦς εἰς εὐσέβειαν (οὐ γὰρ αἰσχύνομαι τοῖς πρώτοις, τοῖς τελευταίοις θαρρῶν), οὐδὲ,έν τῷ οἷʼκῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ πεφυτευμένης, ἀλλὰ xui λίαν ἀτόπου καὶ ἀλλοκότου, ἐκ δυοῖν τοῖν έναντιωτάτοιν συγκεκραμένης, Ἑλληνικῆς τε πλάνης, xui νομικῆς τερατείας· ὧν ἀμφοτέρων τὰ μέρη φυγὼν, ἐκ μερῶν συνετέθη. Τῆς μὶν γὰρ τὰ εἷʼδωλα καὶ τὰς θυσίας ἀποπεμπόμενοι, τιμῶσι τὸ τῦρ καὶτὰ λύχνα· τῆς δὶ τὸ Σάββατον αἰδούμενοι xui τὴν περὶ τὰ βρώματα ἐστιν ἃ μικρολογίαν,τήν περιτομὴν ἀτιμάζουσιν. ’Υψιστάριοι τοῖς ταπεινοῖς ὄνομα, καὶ 6 Παντοκράτωρ δὴ μόνος αὐτοῖς σεβάσμιος. Καὶ οὕτω διφυής τις ὣν εἷς ἀσέβειαν, ἐκ τίνος τί γίνεται; Οὐκ οἶδα, πότερον τήν καλέσασαν αὐτόν χάριν ἐπαινέσω πλέον, ἢ τήν ἐκείνου προαίρεσιν. Πλήν οὕτω τὸν τῆς διανοίας ὀφθαλμὸν τῆς ἐπικειμένης αὐτῷ λήμης ἀνεκαθάρθη, καὶ τοσούτῳ τάχει τῇ ἀληθείᾳ προσέδραμεν, ὥστε δτι μὲν καὶ μητρὸς, καὶ οὐσίας ἐκπεσεῖν ἄχρι τινὸς, ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἄνω Πατρὸς καὶ τῆς ἀληθινῆς κληρονομίας ἠνέσχετο, καὶ ῥᾷον ἤνεγκε τήν ἀτιμίαν ταύτην, ἢ τὰς μεγίστας τιμὰς ἕτεροι, τοῦτο μὶν ἦττον θαυμάζω, καίτοι λίαν δν θαυμαστόν,Διατί; ’Ότι κοινὸν αὖτῷ πρὸς πολλοὺς ἄλλους τὸ φιλοτίμημα, καὶ πάντας εἷʼσω γενέσθαι δεῖ τῆς μεγάλης τοῦ Θεοῦ σαγήνης, καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀλιέων λόγοις σαγηνευθῆναι, κᾶν οἱ μὲν πρότερον, οἱ δὶ ὕστερον τῷ Εὐαγγιλίῳ περιληφθῶσιν. ’Ὀ δὲ μάλιστά μοι τῶν ἐκείνου θαυμάζειν ἔπεισι, τοῦτο εἰπεῖν ἀναγκαῖον.

Ekeinos toinyn (ina patrida, kai genos, kai sōmatos euphyïan, kai tēn exōthen periphaneian, kai talla ois mega phronousin anthrōpoi, tois tōn enkōmiōn nomois pareis, ek tōn hēmin prōtōn xui oikeiotatōn arxōmai), rhizēs ageneto blastēma ouk epainetēs, oude euphyous eis eusebeian (ou gar aischynomai tois prōtois, tois teleutaiois tharrōn), oude,en tǭ hoiʼkǭ tou Theou pephyteumenēs, alla xui lian atopou kai allokotou, ek dyoin toin enantiōtatoin synkekramenēs, Hellēnikēs te planēs, xui nomikēs terateias; hōn amphoterōn ta merē phygōn, ek merōn synetethē. Tēs min gar ta heiʼdōla kai tas thysias apopempomenoi, timōsi to tyr kaita lychna; tēs di to Sabbaton aidoumenoi xui tēn peri ta brōmata estin ha mikrologian,tēn peritomēn atimazousin. ’Ypsistarioi tois tapeinois onoma, kai 6 Pantokratōr dē monos autois sebasmios. Kai houtō diphyēs tis hōn heis asebeian, ek tinos ti ginetai? Ouk oida, poteron tēn kalesasan auton charin epainesō pleon, ē tēn ekeinou proairesin. Plēn houtō ton tēs dianoias ophthalmon tēs epikeimenēs autǭ lēmēs anekatharthē, kai tosoutǭ tachei tę̄ alētheią prosedramen, hōste dti men kai mētros, kai ousias ekpesein achri tinos, hyper tou anō Patros kai tēs alēthinēs klēronomias ēnescheto, kai rhąon ēnenke tēn atimian tautēn, ē tas megistas timas heteroi, touto min ētton thaumazō, kaitoi lian dn thaumaston,Diati? ’Oti koinon autǭ pros pollous allous to philotimēma, kai pantas heiʼsō genesthai dei tēs megalēs tou Theou sagēnēs, kai tois tōn alieōn logois sagēneuthēnai, kan hoi men proteron, hoi di hysteron tǭ Euangiliǭ perilēphthōsin. ’O de malista moi tōn ekeinou thaumazein epeisi, touto eipein anankaion.

He, then (to leave aside homeland, family, bodily excellence, outward distinction, and the other things men pride themselves on, as the laws of encomium allow, and to begin from what is first and most proper to us), was the shoot of a root not praiseworthy nor well suited to piety (for I am not ashamed of the beginning, since I take confidence in the end), not planted in the house of God, but very strange and unusual, a blend of two utterly opposed things, Greek error and legal marvel-mongering; avoiding parts of each, it was composed of parts of each. For, rejecting the idols and sacrifices of the one, they honour fire and lamps; revering the Sabbath of the other and a certain pettiness about foods, they hold circumcision in dishonour. Hypsistarians is the name of these humble folk, and the Almighty alone, so they say, is to be worshipped by them. Such being his double nature in impiety, from what did he become what? I do not know whether I shall praise more the grace that called him or his own choice. At any rate, he so cleansed the eye of his mind of the rheum that lay on it, and ran to the truth with such speed, that he endured to be deprived for a time of his mother and his property for the sake of the Father above and the true inheritance, and bore this dishonour more easily than others bear the highest honours. This I wonder at less, though it is very wonderful. Why? Because this distinction he shares with many others; all must come inside the great net of God and be caught by the words of the fishermen, even if some are taken by the gospel earlier and others later. But what most moves me to admire in him, I must tell.

18.7PG 35:992b–993b

Ἐκεῖνος καὶ πρὸ τῆς ημετέρας αὐλῆς ἦν ἧμέτεροςο εἰσεποίει γὰρ αὐτὸν ἡμῖν 6 τρόπος. ’Ὠσπερ γὰρ πολλοὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων οὐ μεθʼ ἡμῶν εἰσιν, οὕς 6 βίος ἀλλοτριοῖ τοῦ κοινοῦ σώματος· οὕτω πολλοὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν πρὸς ἡμῶν, ὅσοι τῷ τρόπῳ τὴν πίστιν φθάνουσι, καὶ δίονται τοῦ ὀνόματος, τὸ ἔργον ἔχοντες. Τούτων xui 6 ἐμὸς ἦν πατὴρ, πτόρθος ἀλλότριος, τῷ βιῳ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐπικλίνων. Σοφροσύνῃ μέν γε τοσοῦτον διήνεγκεν, ὥστε ὁ αὐτὸς ἰρασμιώτατός τε ἅμα γενέσθαι xui κοσμιώτατος· ἃ χαλεπὸν ἀμφότερα συνδραμεῖν. Δικαιοσύνης δὲ τί μεῖζον γνώρισμα καὶ περιφανέστερον, ἣ ’ὁτι πολιτείας οὐ τὰ δεύτερα ἐσχηκὼς, οὐδὶ μ.ιᾷ δραχμῇ πλείω τὴν οὐσίαν πεποίηκε καίτοιγε τοὺς ἄλλους ὁρῶν τὰς Βριάρεω ’χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλοντας τοῖς δημοσίοις, καὶ τοῖς κακοῖς πόροις φλεγμαίνονταςς οὕτω γὰρ ἐγὼ καλῶ τὴν ἄδικον εὐπορίαν. Φρονήσεως δί, μικρᾶ μὲν οὐδὲ ταῦτα γνωρίσματα, δηλώσει δὲ τὰ πλείω προϊὼν 6 λόγος. Τούτων καὶ μισθὸν, οἶμαι, τήν πίστιν ἠνέγκατο. Τὸ δὲ ὃπως (οὐδὲγὰρ ἄξιον σιωπᾶσθαι πρᾶγμα τοσοῦτον), αὐτοί παραστήσω μεν Z'. Γυναῖκα μὲν ἀνδρείαν τίς εὑρήσεις τῆς θείας ἤκουσα λεγούσης Γραφῆςʼ καὶ τδ δῶρον θεόθεν ειναι, τὴν ἀγαθὴν παρὰ τοῦ Κυριου συζυγίαν. ἁρμόζεσθαι. Τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ δοκεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν· εἷεπερ ἐκείνων τὸ, Γυναικὸς ἀνὴρ χρῆμʼ οὐδὲν ληίζεται κάλλιον ἐσθλῆς, οὐδὶ χεῖρον τῆς ἐναντίας. Τοῦ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅστις κατά τοῦτο εὐδαιμονέστερος. Οἶμαι γάρ, εἷʼ τις έκ περάτων γῆς, καὶ παντὸς γένους ἀνθρώπων, τὴν ἀρίστην ἁρμόσασθαι συζυγίαν ἐσπούδασεν, οὐκ εἶναι ταύτης εὐρεῖν ἀμείνω καὶ ἀρμοδιωτέραν. Οὕτω γὰρ ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν εἷς ἓν συνῆλθε τὰ κράτιστα, ὥστε οὐχ ἧττον ἀρετῆς ἣ σωμάτων γενέσθαι συζυγίαν τὸν γάμον · ἐπεὶ τῶν ἄλλων κρατοῦντες, ἀλλήλων κρατεῖν οὐκ εἶχον, διὰ τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἰσόρροπον καὶ ὁμότιμον.

Ekeinos kai pro tēs ēmeteras aulēs ēn hēmeteroso eisepoiei gar auton hēmin 6 tropos. ’Ōsper gar polloi tōn hēmeterōn ou methʼ hēmōn eisin, hous 6 bios allotrioi tou koinou sōmatos; houtō polloi tōn exōthen pros hēmōn, hosoi tǭ tropǭ tēn pistin phthanousi, kai diontai tou onomatos, to ergon echontes. Toutōn xui 6 emos ēn patēr, ptorthos allotrios, tǭ biǭ pros hēmas epiklinōn. Sophrosynę̄ men ge tosouton diēnenken, hōste ho autos irasmiōtatos te hama genesthai xui kosmiōtatos; ha chalepon amphotera syndramein. Dikaiosynēs de ti meizon gnōrisma kai periphanesteron, hē ’hoti politeias ou ta deutera eschēkōs, oudi m.ią drachmę̄ pleiō tēn ousian pepoiēke kaitoige tous allous horōn tas Briareō ’cheiras epiballontas tois dēmosiois, kai tois kakois porois phlegmainontass houtō gar egō kalō tēn adikon euporian. Phronēseōs di, mikra men oude tauta gnōrismata, dēlōsei de ta pleiō proïōn 6 logos. Toutōn kai misthon, oimai, tēn pistin ēnenkato. To de hopōs (oudegar axion siōpasthai pragma tosouton), autoi parastēsō men Z'. Gynaika men andreian tis heurēseis tēs theias ēkousa legousēs Graphēsʼ kai td dōron theothen einai, tēn agathēn para tou Kyriou syzygian. harmozesthai. To dʼ auto dokei kai tois exōthen; heieper ekeinōn to, Gynaikos anēr chrēmʼ ouden lēizetai kallion esthlēs, oudi cheiron tēs enantias. Tou de ouk estin eipein, hostis kata touto eudaimonesteros. Oimai gar, heiʼ tis ek peratōn gēs, kai pantos genous anthrōpōn, tēn aristēn harmosasthai syzygian espoudasen, ouk einai tautēs eurein ameinō kai armodiōteran. Houtō gar andrōn kai gynaikōn heis hen synēlthe ta kratista, hōste ouch hētton aretēs hē sōmatōn genesthai syzygian ton gamon ; epei tōn allōn kratountes, allēlōn kratein ouk eichon, dia to tēs aretēs isorropon kai homotimon.

He was ours even before he was within our fold, for his way of life made him one of us. For as many of our own are not with us, whose life estranges them from the common body, so many of those outside are on our side, who anticipate the faith by their character and lack only the name while having the reality. Of these was my father: a foreign branch, but inclining toward us by his life. In self-control he was so outstanding that he was at once most lovable and most modest, two things hard to combine. Of his justice what greater and more conspicuous sign could there be than this: having held a position second to none in civic life, he did not increase his property by a single drachma, though he saw others laying Briarean hands on public funds and swelling with ill-gotten gains (for so I call unjust wealth)? Of his prudence these too are no small signs, but the discourse as it proceeds will show more. As a reward for these, I think, he obtained the faith. How (for so great a thing does not deserve to be passed over in silence), I will now set forth. [7] “A valiant woman, who shall find?” I have heard the divine Scripture say; and that she is a gift from God, and that a good marriage is joined by the Lord. Those outside think the same, if indeed it is their saying that “a man wins no prize better than a good wife, and none worse than the opposite.” But no one can be named who was more fortunate in this than he. For I think that if anyone, from the ends of the earth and from every race of men, had sought to make the best marriage, he could not have found a better or more harmonious one than this. For the best of men and of women so came together into one that their marriage was a union of virtue no less than of bodies; for though they surpassed all others, they could not surpass each other, because their virtue was equally balanced and equally honoured.

18.8PG 35:993b–996a

Καὶτῷ μέν ’Δδάμ ἡ δοθεῖσα κατʼ αὐτὸν βοηθὸς (ἐπειδὴ καλὸν ἦν μῆ μύνον εἶναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον), ἀντὶ συνεργοῦ πολεμία κατέστη, καὶ οὐχ ὁμόζυγος, ἀλλʼ ἀντίθετος · κλέψασα τὸν ἄνδρα διʼ ἡδονῆς, καί τῷ ξύλῳ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ ξύλοῦ τῆς ζωῆς ἀλλοτριώσασα. Τῷ δὲ οὐ συνεργὸς μόνον ἡ παρὰ θεοῦ δοθεῖσα (ἧττον γὰρ τοῦτο θαυμαστὸν), ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρχηγὸς γίνεται,ἔργῳ τε καὶ λόγῳπρὸς τὰ κράτιστα διʼ ἑαυτῆς ἄγουσαʼ καὶ τὰ μὶν ἄλλα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς κρατεῖσθαι νόμῳ συζυγίας ἄριστον εἶναι κρίνουσα, τῆς εὐσεβείας δὲ οὐκ αἰσχυνομένη παρέχειν ἑαυτὴν καὶ διδάσκαλον. "0 θαυμάζειν μὲν ἐκείνης ἄξιον, θαυμάζειν δὲ πλέον τὸν ἰκοντὶ ἡττώμενον. Ἐκείνη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ, τῶν ἄλλων γυναικῶν κάλλει φιλοτιμουμένων καὶ ὑψουμένων, ὅσον τε φυσικὸν καὶ ὅσον ἐπίπλαστον, ἓν ἐπισταμένη κάλλος, τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶτὸ τῆν Θείαν εἰκόνα συντηρεῖν, ἢ ἀνακαθαίρειν εἰς δύναμιν · τοὺς δὲ γραπτοὺς καὶ τεχνητοὺς κόσμους, ταῖς ἐπὶ τῆς σκῆνῆς ἀπορρίψασα. Μίαν δὲ ἀληθινὴν εὐγένειαν γινώσκουσα, τὴν εὐσέβειαν, καὶ τὸ εἷδέναι πόθεν τε γεγόναμεν, καὶ ποῖ καταντήσομεν. Ἕνα δὲ πλοῦτον ἀσφαλῆ τε και ἄσυλον, τὸ ἀποπλουτεῖν Θεῷ, καὶ τοῖς πένησι, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν ἐκ γένους τοῖς ἀπανθήσασιν · οἷς τὸ μὶν ἄχρι τῆς χρείας ἐπαρκεῖν, οὐ λύσιν τῆς συμφορᾶς, ἀλλʼ ὑπόμνησιν ἔχειν ἐνόμιζεν· τὸ δὲ ἐλευθεριώτερον εὖ ποιεῖν, τοῦτο εἶναι τιμῆς βεβαίας καὶ παραμυθίας τελεωτάτης. Καὶ τῶν μὲν τῇ οἶκωφελείᾳ προεχούσῶν, τῶν δὲ τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ (καὶ γὰρ χαλεπὸν ἀμφοτέρων ἐπιτυχεῖν), ἀμφοτέροις ἆπάσας νικήσασα, καὶ τῷ περὶ ἑκάτερον ἄκρῳ, καὶ τῷ μόνη τὰ δύο συναγαγεῖν. Οὖτω μὶν τὸν οἷκον συναύξουσα ταῖς έαυι τῆς ἐπιμελείαις καὶ περινοίαις, κατά τοὺς Σολομῶντος περὶ τῆς ἀνδρείας γυναικὸς ὅρους καὶ νόμους, ὡς εὐσεβεῖν οὐκ εἰδυῖα· οὕτω δὶ προσκειμένη Θεῷ καὶ τοῖς θείοις, ὡς οἰκουρίας πλεῖστον ἀπέχουσα ο καὶ οὐδὶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου παραβλαπτομένη πρὸς θάτερον, ἀμφότερα δὲ διʼ ἀλλήλων κρατύνουσα.

Kaitǭ men ’Ddam hē dotheisa katʼ auton boēthos (epeidē kalon ēn mē mynon einai ton anthrōpon), anti synergou polemia katestē, kai ouch homozygos, allʼ antithetos ; klepsasa ton andra diʼ hēdonēs, kai tǭ xylǭ tēs gnōseōs tou xylou tēs zōēs allotriōsasa. Tǭ de ou synergos monon hē para theou dotheisa (hētton gar touto thaumaston), alla kai archēgos ginetai,ergǭ te kai logǭpros ta kratista diʼ heautēs agousaʼ kai ta min alla tou andros krateisthai nomǭ syzygias ariston einai krinousa, tēs eusebeias de ouk aischynomenē parechein heautēn kai didaskalon. "0 thaumazein men ekeinēs axion, thaumazein de pleon ton ikonti hēttōmenon. Ekeinē gar estin hē, tōn allōn gynaikōn kallei philotimoumenōn kai hypsoumenōn, hoson te physikon kai hoson epiplaston, hen epistamenē kallos, to tēs psychēs, kaito tēn Theian eikona syntērein, ē anakathairein eis dynamin ; tous de graptous kai technētous kosmous, tais epi tēs skēnēs aporripsasa. Mian de alēthinēn eugeneian ginōskousa, tēn eusebeian, kai to heidenai pothen te gegonamen, kai poi katantēsomen. Hena de plouton asphalē te kai asylon, to apoploutein Theǭ, kai tois penēsi, kai malista tōn ek genous tois apanthēsasin ; hois to min achri tēs chreias eparkein, ou lysin tēs symphoras, allʼ hypomnēsin echein enomizen; to de eleutheriōteron eu poiein, touto einai timēs bebaias kai paramythias teleōtatēs. Kai tōn men tę̄ oikōpheleią proechousōn, tōn de tę̄ eusebeią (kai gar chalepon amphoterōn epitychein), amphoterois apasas nikēsasa, kai tǭ peri hekateron akrǭ, kai tǭ monē ta dyo synagagein. Outō min ton hoikon synauxousa tais eaui tēs epimeleiais kai perinoiais, kata tous Solomōntos peri tēs andreias gynaikos horous kai nomous, hōs eusebein ouk eiduia; houtō di proskeimenē Theǭ kai tois theiois, hōs oikourias pleiston apechousa o kai oudin hypo tou heterou parablaptomenē pros thateron, amphotera de diʼ allēlōn kratynousa.

To Adam, the helper given to correspond to him (since it was good that the man should not be alone) became an enemy instead of a fellow worker, not a yoke-fellow but an opponent, beguiling her husband through pleasure and estranging him through the tree of knowledge from the tree of life. But to him the woman given by God became not only a fellow worker (that is less wonderful) but even a leader, drawing him by deed and word to the highest things: judging it best in other matters to be ruled by her husband according to the law of marriage, but not ashamed in piety to offer herself even as his teacher. For this she deserves admiration, but he deserves more admiration for yielding willingly. For she is the one who, while other women vie with one another and pride themselves on beauty, both natural and artificial, knew one beauty, that of the soul, and the preserving or cleansing, as far as possible, of the divine image; and threw away painted and artificial adornments to the women of the stage. She knew one true nobility, piety, and knowing where we have come from and where we shall arrive; one wealth secure and inviolable, to give away one’s wealth to God and to the poor, and especially to relatives who had fallen on hard times. To these, she thought, giving only enough for need brought not a release from misfortune but a reminder of it, while doing good more generously brought secure honour and the most complete consolation. And while some women excel in managing a household and others in piety (for it is hard to attain both), she surpassed all of them in both, by excelling in each and by being the only one to unite the two. She increased the household by her care and forethought, according to Solomon’s definitions and rules for the valiant woman, as if she did not know piety; and she was so devoted to God and divine things as if she were far removed from housekeeping; neither was harmed by the other, but she strengthened both through each other.

18.9PG 35:996a–996c

Τίς μὶν ἔλαθεν ἐκείνην, εὐχῆς ἢ καιρὸς, ἣ τόπος ; ὅ καὶ πρῶτον ἦν αὐτῇ πάντων τῆς ἡμέρας κίνημα. Μᾶλλον δὲ τίς οὕτως ἔχειν ὁμοῦ τῷ αἰτεῖν τὸ αἰτούμενον ῆλπισεν; Τίς δὶ ἱερέων οὕτως ᾐδέσθη χεῖρα καὶ πρόσωπον, ἣ πᾶν εἶδος φιλοσοφίας ἐτίμησεν; Τίς δὲ μᾶλλον νηστείαις καὶ ἀγρυπνίπιις τὰς σάρκας ὑπέσπασεν, ἢ ψαλμῳδίαις ἑαυτὴν ἐστήλωσε παννύχοις τε καὶ ἡμερησίαις; Τίς μὲν παρθενίαν ἠγάσθη πλέον, καίπερ ἀνασχομένη δέσεως; Τίς δὲ ὀρφανῶν καὶ χηρῶν ἀμείνων ἐγένετο παραστάτις; τίς δὲ πενθοῦσι τὰς συμφορὰς οὕτω devexam-Sepias; Καὶ ταῦτα δὴ, τὰ μικρᾶ μὶν ἴσως, τυχὸν δέ τισι καὶ διαπτυόμενα, ὅτι μηδὲ προσιτᾶ ῥᾳδίως τοῖς πλείοσι (τὸ γὰρ οὐκ ἐφικτὸν οὐδὲ πιστόν πως διὰ τον φθόνον), ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ λίαν τιμώμενα, ὅτι πίστεως ἦν εὑρήματα, καὶ πνευματικῆς ζέσεως έγχειρτς ματα. Οἷον τὸ μήποτε φωνὴν αὐτῆς ἐν ἱεροῖς ἀκουσθῆναι συλλόγοις, ἣτόποις, ἔξω τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ μυστικῶν.

Tis min elathen ekeinēn, euchēs ē kairos, hē topos ? ho kai prōton ēn autę̄ pantōn tēs hēmeras kinēma. Mallon de tis houtōs echein homou tǭ aitein to aitoumenon ēlpisen? Tis di hiereōn houtōs ę̄desthē cheira kai prosōpon, hē pan eidos philosophias etimēsen? Tis de mallon nēsteiais kai agrypnipiis tas sarkas hypespasen, ē psalmǭdiais heautēn estēlōse pannychois te kai hēmerēsiais? Tis men parthenian ēgasthē pleon, kaiper anaschomenē deseōs? Tis de orphanōn kai chērōn ameinōn egeneto parastatis? tis de penthousi tas symphoras houtō devexam-Sepias? Kai tauta dē, ta mikra min isōs, tychon de tisi kai diaptyomena, hoti mēde prosita rhądiōs tois pleiosi (to gar ouk ephikton oude piston pōs dia ton phthonon), emoi de kai lian timōmena, hoti pisteōs ēn heurēmata, kai pneumatikēs zeseōs encheirts mata. Hoion to mēpote phōnēn autēs en hierois akousthēnai syllogois, hētopois, exō tōn anankaiōn kai mystikōn.

What time or place for prayer escaped her? This was her first movement of the whole day. Or rather, who hoped so surely to have what she asked at the very moment of asking? Who so revered the hand and face of priests, or honoured every form of the philosophic life? Who wore down her flesh more by fasts and vigils, or stood like a pillar in psalmody night and day? Who admired virginity more, though she herself accepted the bond of marriage? Who was a better protector of orphans and widows? Who so relieved the misfortunes of mourners? These things are small, perhaps, and perhaps even despised by some because they are not easily attainable by most (for what cannot be attained is not even believed, because of envy); but they are highly honoured by me, because they were inventions of faith and undertakings of spiritual fervour. Such as this: her voice was never heard in the sacred assemblies or places except for the necessary responses of the liturgy.

18.10PG 35:996c–1000b

Καὶ εἷʼ μέγα τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ ποτε τὸ μή πέλει κυν ἐπʼ αὐτὸ ἀναβῆναι, μηδὲ ὄφθῆναι, ἢ ἀκουσθῆναι λαξευτήριον (λόγῳ μείζονι, ὡς δέον φυσικὸν καὶ ἄτεχνον εἶναι πᾶν τῷ Θεῷ καθιεροῦμενον), πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνης μέγα, τὸ σιωπῇ τιμᾶσθαι τὰ ἅγια, τὸ μήποτε νῶτα δοθῆναι τῇ σεβασμίῳ τραπέζῃ, μηδέ καταπτυσθῆναι θεῖον ἔδαφος, Td μήποτε δεξιὰν ἐμβληθῆναι χείλη μιγῆναι χερσὶν Ἑλληνικαῖς ἣ χείλεσι μηδὲ τῆς τᾶλλα κοσμιωτάτην, γυναικὸς καὶ οἰκειοτάτης; ἀλλᾶ μηδὲ ἀλῶν κοινωνῆσαι, μὴ ὅτι ἑκοῦσαν, άλΛὰ μηδὲ βιασθεῖσαν, τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς βεβήλου καὶ ἀνάγνου τραπέζης μηδὲ μιαρὸν οἷκον ἣ παρελοθεῖν ποτε, ἢ ἰδεῖν ἆοασχέσθαι, παρᾶ τὴν τοῦ συνειδότος νομοθεσίανʼ μηδὲ διηγήμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς, ᾅσμασι θεατρικοῖς καταμολυνθῆναι τὴν ἀκοὴν, ἣτὴν γλῶσσαν, τήν τὰ θεῖα δεχομένην φθεγγομένην· καὶ ὅ τούτων (οὐδὲν γὰρ ῗεροῖς πρέπειν ἀνίερον)’ θαυμασιώτερον, τὸ μήποτε τοσοῦτον δοῦναι πένθει σωματικῷ, καίτοιγί διαφερόντως καμπτομένην καὶ τοῖς τῶν ξένων πάθεσιν, ὥστεῆ γοεράν ποτε πρὸ τῆς εὐχαριστίας ῥαγῆναι φωνην δάκρυον έκγ πεσεῖν βλεφάρου μυστικῶς σφραγισθέντος, ἦ σχῆμα πένθιμον παραμένειν, καίτοιγε πολλῶν πολλάκις συμπεσόντων αὐτῇ λυπηρῶν, λαμπρᾶς παρούσης ἡμέρας. Ψυχῆς γὰρ εἶναι θεοφιλοῦς ὑποκλίνειν τοῖς θείοις ἅπαν ἀνθρώπινον, IA'. Καὶ σιωπῶ τὰ τούτων ἀποῤῥητότερα, ὧν Θεὸς μάρτυς, καὶ τῶν πιστῶν θεραπαινίδων αἷς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπίστευσε. Τὸ γὰρ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἴσως οὐδὲ μνήμης ἀξιωτέον, ὡς ἀναξίους τοῦ ἐλπισθέντος · εί κάκείνη μέγα τὸ ἐπιχείρημα, ὅτι καὶ πρὸ γενέσεως ἡμᾶς καθυπέσχετο τῷ Θεῷ, μηδὲν τό μέλλον εὖλαβηθεῖσα, καὶ γεννηθέντας εὐθὺς ἀνέθηκε. Θεοῦ δὲ τὸ μὴ πάντη διαμαρτεῖν αὐτὴν τῆς εὐχῆς, μηδὲ ἀπωσθῆναι τὸ καλλιέρημα. Τούτων μὲν οὖν τὰ μὲν παρῆν ἤδη, τὰ δὲ ἔμελλε, ταῖς κατά μέρος προσθήκαις αὐξόμενα. Καὶ καθάπερ ἣλιος ἣδιστον ταῖς έωθιναῖς προσβάλλων ἀκτῖσι, ταῖς μεσημβριναῖς θερμότεροςίστατοιι καὶ φαιδρότερος ο οὕτω καὶ αὕτη, οὐ μικρὰ τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ὑπνιραίνουσα, τῷ τελευταίῳ φωτὶ πλέον ἐξέλαμψε. Τότε δʼ οὖν κέντρον οὐ μικρὸν εὐσεβείας οἷʼκοθεν εἶχεν αὐτὴν ὁ εἷσοικισάμενος, ἄνωθεν μὲν, καὶ ἐκ προγόνων φιλόθεόν τε καὶ φιλοχριστον, καὶ πατρῷον κλῆρον διαδεξαμένην τὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς ° ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκ τῆς ἀγριελαίου, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος, ἐγκεντρισθεῖσαν εἷς καλλιέλαιον, οὐ φέρουσαν δὲ τὸ ὲτεροζυγεῖν διʼ ὑπερβολὴν πίστεως· ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μόνον φιλοσοφῆσαι μὴ δυναμένην, τᾶλλα καρτερικωτάτην οὖσαν γυναικῶν καὶ ἀνδρικωτάτην,, τὸ ἐξ ἡμίσείας ἡνῶσθαι τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τὴν τοῦ τμήματος ἀλλοτρίωσιν, ἀλλὰ μή προστεθῆναι τῇ σωματικῇ συναιρείᾳ τῆν συμρυίαν τοῦ πνεύματοςʼ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο προσπίπτουσαν μὲν τῷ Θεῷ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ τὴν σωτηρίαν τῆς κεφαλῆς αἰτουμένην έν πολλαῖς νηστείαις καὶ δάκρυσι, προσκειμένην δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ φιλοπόνως, καὶ πολυτρόπως αὐτὸν ἐμπορευομένην, ὀνειδισμοῖς, νουθεσίαις, θεραπείαις, ἀλλοτριώσεσι, τὸ μέγιστον, τῷ οἰκείῳ τρόπῳ, καὶ τῷ θερμοτέρῳ περὶ τήν εὐλάβειαν, ᾧ μάλιστα ψυχὴ κάμπτεται καὶ μαλάσσεται, πρὸς ἀρετ-ῆν ἑκουσίως βιαζομένῃ. Ἔμελλε δὲ ἄρα κοιλαίνειν τήν πέτραν ἡ τοῦ ὕδατος ῥανὶς ἀεὶ πλήττουσα, καὶ χρόνῳ διανύσειν τὸ σπουδαζόμενον δηλοῖ δὲ τὰ ἐφεξῆς. IB. Ἡ μὲν καὶ ᾔτει ταῦτα καὶ ἤλπιζειν, ἅτε τῇ πίστει μᾶλλονῆτῇ νεότητι ζὲουσα. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδεὶς οὕτως ἐθάρρει τοῖς παροῦσιν, ὡς αὕτη τοῖς ἐλπισθεῖσι, πείρᾳ μαθοῦσα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ φιλόδωρον. Τῷ δὲ συνείργει μὲν πρὸς σωτηρίαν καὶ 6 λογισμὸς, κατὰ μικρὸν τήν θεραπείαν παραδεχόμενος· συνείργει δὲ xui ὀνειράτων ὄψις, οἷς εὐεργετεῖ πολλάκις Θεὸς ψυχὴν ἀξίαν τοῦ σώζεσθαι. Ἀλλὰ τίς fidit/ig; Ἐνταῦθα μοι καὶ τὸ τοῦ διηγήματος ἣδιστον · ’Ἐδοξεν, ὅ μήπω πρότερον, καίτοι πολλάκις τῆς γυναικὸς ἱκετευούσης καὶ δεομένης, ψάλλειν ἐκ τῶν τοῦ θείου Δαβὶδ ἐκεῖνο τὸ μέρος· Εὐφράνθην ἐπὶ τοῖς εἷρηκόσι μοι· εἷς οἷκον Κυρίου πορευσόμεθα. Καὶ ἡ ψαλμῳδία ξὲνη, καὶ 6 πόθος τῇ συνεισέρχεται. Καὶ ὡς ἤκουσεν ἡ τῆς εὐχῆς ἐπιτυχοῦσα, τὸν καιρὸν ἁρπάζει, ὑποκριναμένη τε τὴν ὄψιν πρὸς τὸ ἣδιστον μετὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ τῇ χαρᾷ δηλοῦσα τῆς εὐεργεσίας τὸ μέγεθος, καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν ἐπιταχύνουσα, μή τι παρεμπεσὸν ἐμποδίσῃ τῇ κλήσει, καὶ λύσῃ τὸ σπουδαζόμενον. Καὶ δὴ συμβὰν τηνικαῦτα πλείους ἀρχιερεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν Νικαίαν σπεύδειν, 'ivu κατὰ τῆς Ἀρείου στῶσι μανίας, ἄρτι τοῦ κακοῦ φυομένου, καὶ τὴν θεότητα τέμνοντος, δίδωσι μὲν ἑαυτὸν τῷ Οεῷ καὶ τοῖς κήρυξι τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ τὸν πόθον ὁμολογεῖ, καὶ ζητεῖ παρʼ αὐτῶν τὴν κοινὴν σωτηρίαν, ὧν εἷς Λεόντιος ἦν 6 πάνυ, 6 τότε τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς μητροπόλεως ἐξηγούμενος. "0 δὲ κάνταῦθα παρὰ τῆς χάριτος ἀπηντησε θαῦμα, σφόδρα ἃν ἀδικοίην τήν χάριν, εἰ σιωπῇ παρέλθοιμι · μάρτυρες δὲ οὐκ ὀλίγοι τοῦ θαύματος · Πλανῶνταί τινα πλάνην πνευματικὴν οἱ τῆς ἀκρι- 6είας διδάσκαλοι, καὶ πρότοποῖἰτὸ μέλλον ἠ χάρις, καὶ τύπος ἱερωσύνης τῇ κατηχήσει μίγνυται. Ὤ τῆς ἀκουσίου μυήσεωςί Ἐπὶ γὰρ γόνυ κλιθεὶς, οὕτω τοῖς λόγοις τῆς κατηχήσεως καταρτίζεται, ὥστε πολλοὺς τῶν παρόντων προφητεῦσαι τὸ μὲλλον, οὐ τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ταπεινοτέρων εἷς σύνεσιν, οὐκ ἀμυδροῖς σημείοις πιπωθέντας πρὸς τὸ ἐσόμενον.

Kai heiʼ mega tǭ thysiastēriǭ pote to mē pelei kyn epʼ auto anabēnai, mēde ophthēnai, ē akousthēnai laxeutērion (logǭ meizoni, hōs deon physikon kai atechnon einai pan tǭ Theǭ kathieroumenon), pōs ouchi kai parʼ ekeinēs mega, to siōpę̄ timasthai ta hagia, to mēpote nōta dothēnai tę̄ sebasmiǭ trapezę̄, mēde kataptysthēnai theion edaphos, Td mēpote dexian emblēthēnai cheilē migēnai chersin Hellēnikais hē cheilesi mēde tēs talla kosmiōtatēn, gynaikos kai oikeiotatēs? alla mēde alōn koinōnēsai, mē hoti hekousan, alLa mēde biastheisan, tois apo tēs bebēlou kai anagnou trapezēs mēde miaron hoikon hē parelothein pote, ē idein aoaschesthai, para tēn tou syneidotos nomothesianʼ mēde diēgēmasin Hellēnikois, hąsmasi theatrikois katamolynthēnai tēn akoēn, hētēn glōssan, tēn ta theia dechomenēn phthengomenēn; kai ho toutōn (ouden gar ïerois prepein anieron)’ thaumasiōteron, to mēpote tosouton dounai penthei sōmatikǭ, kaitoigi diapherontōs kamptomenēn kai tois tōn xenōn pathesin, hōsteē goeran pote pro tēs eucharistias rhagēnai phōnēn dakryon ekg pesein blepharou mystikōs sphragisthentos, ē schēma penthimon paramenein, kaitoige pollōn pollakis sympesontōn autę̄ lypērōn, lampras parousēs hēmeras. Psychēs gar einai theophilous hypoklinein tois theiois hapan anthrōpinon, IA'. Kai siōpō ta toutōn aporrhētotera, hōn Theos martys, kai tōn pistōn therapainidōn hais ta toiauta episteuse. To gar kathʼ hēmas isōs oude mnēmēs axiōteon, hōs anaxious tou elpisthentos ; ei kakeinē mega to epicheirēma, hoti kai pro geneseōs hēmas kathypescheto tǭ Theǭ, mēden to mellon eulabētheisa, kai gennēthentas euthys anethēke. Theou de to mē pantē diamartein autēn tēs euchēs, mēde apōsthēnai to kallierēma. Toutōn men oun ta men parēn ēdē, ta de emelle, tais kata meros prosthēkais auxomena. Kai kathaper hēlios hēdiston tais eōthinais prosballōn aktisi, tais mesēmbrinais thermoterosistatoii kai phaidroteros o houtō kai hautē, ou mikra ta tēs eusebeias apʼ archēs hypnirainousa, tǭ teleutaiǭ phōti pleon exelampse. Tote dʼ oun kentron ou mikron eusebeias hoiʼkothen eichen autēn ho heisoikisamenos, anōthen men, kai ek progonōn philotheon te kai philochriston, kai patrǭon klēron diadexamenēn ton tēs aretēs ° allʼ ouk ek tēs agrielaiou, kathōs ekeinos, enkentristheisan heis kallielaion, ou pherousan de to eterozygein diʼ hyperbolēn pisteōs; alla touto monon philosophēsai mē dynamenēn, talla karterikōtatēn ousan gynaikōn kai andrikōtatēn,, to ex hēmiseias hēnōsthai tǭ Theǭ dia tēn tou tmēmatos allotriōsin, alla mē prostethēnai tę̄ sōmatikę̄ synaireią tēn symruian tou pneumatosʼ kai dia touto prospiptousan men tǭ Theǭ nyktos kai hēmeras, kai parʼ autou tēn sōtērian tēs kephalēs aitoumenēn en pollais nēsteiais kai dakrysi, proskeimenēn de tǭ andri philoponōs, kai polytropōs auton emporeuomenēn, oneidismois, nouthesiais, therapeiais, allotriōsesi, to megiston, tǭ oikeiǭ tropǭ, kai tǭ thermoterǭ peri tēn eulabeian, hǭ malista psychē kamptetai kai malassetai, pros aret-ēn hekousiōs biazomenę̄. Emelle de ara koilainein tēn petran hē tou hydatos rhanis aei plēttousa, kai chronǭ dianysein to spoudazomenon dēloi de ta ephexēs. IB. Hē men kai ę̄tei tauta kai ēlpizein, hate tę̄ pistei mallonētę̄ neotēti zeousa. Kai gar oudeis houtōs etharrei tois parousin, hōs hautē tois elpistheisi, peirą mathousa tou Theou to philodōron. Tǭ de syneirgei men pros sōtērian kai 6 logismos, kata mikron tēn therapeian paradechomenos; syneirgei de xui oneiratōn opsis, hois euergetei pollakis Theos psychēn axian tou sōzesthai. Alla tis fidit/ig? Entautha moi kai to tou diēgēmatos hēdiston ; ’Edoxen, ho mēpō proteron, kaitoi pollakis tēs gynaikos hiketeuousēs kai deomenēs, psallein ek tōn tou theiou Dabid ekeino to meros; Euphranthēn epi tois heirēkosi moi; heis hoikon Kyriou poreusometha. Kai hē psalmǭdia xenē, kai 6 pothos tę̄ syneiserchetai. Kai hōs ēkousen hē tēs euchēs epitychousa, ton kairon harpazei, hypokrinamenē te tēn opsin pros to hēdiston meta tēs alētheias, kai tę̄ charą dēlousa tēs euergesias to megethos, kai tēn sōtērian epitachynousa, mē ti parempeson empodisę̄ tę̄ klēsei, kai lysę̄ to spoudazomenon. Kai dē symban tēnikauta pleious archiereis epi tēn Nikaian speudein, 'ivu kata tēs Areiou stōsi manias, arti tou kakou phyomenou, kai tēn theotēta temnontos, didōsi men heauton tǭ Oeǭ kai tois kēryxi tēs alētheias, kai ton pothon homologei, kai zētei parʼ autōn tēn koinēn sōtērian, hōn heis Leontios ēn 6 pany, 6 tote tēs kathʼ hēmas mētropoleōs exēgoumenos. "0 de kantautha para tēs charitos apēntēse thauma, sphodra han adikoiēn tēn charin, ei siōpę̄ parelthoimi ; martyres de ouk oligoi tou thaumatos ; Planōntai tina planēn pneumatikēn hoi tēs akri- 6eias didaskaloi, kai protopoiito mellon ē charis, kai typos hierōsynēs tę̄ katēchēsei mignytai. Ō tēs akousiou myēseōsi Epi gar gony klitheis, houtō tois logois tēs katēchēseōs katartizetai, hōste pollous tōn parontōn prophēteusai to mellon, ou tōn hypsēloterōn monon, alla kai tōn tapeinoterōn heis synesin, ouk amydrois sēmeiois pipōthentas pros to esomenon.

And if it was once a great thing for the altar that no iron was lifted up on it, nor any chisel seen or heard (for a deeper reason: everything consecrated to God must be natural and unwrought), how is it not also great on her part that holy things were honoured in silence; that she never turned her back on the venerable table, nor spat on the divine floor; that she never grasped the hand nor kissed the lips of a pagan woman, however modest otherwise and however closely related; nor shared salt, I do not say willingly but even under compulsion, with those who came from the profane and impure table; nor ever brought herself to pass by or look at a polluted house, against the law of conscience; nor defiled her ears with pagan tales or theatrical songs, nor the tongue that received and uttered divine things (for nothing unholy befits holy things); and, more wonderful than these, that she never gave way to bodily grief so far, though she was exceptionally moved even by the sufferings of strangers, that a cry of lament broke from her before the thanksgiving, or a tear fell from an eye mystically sealed, or mourning dress remained when a festival day had come, though many sorrows often befell her. For she held that a God-loving soul must subordinate everything human to the divine. [11] I pass over things more secret than these, of which God is witness, and the faithful maidservants in whom she confided such things. What concerns me perhaps does not even deserve mention, since I have proved unworthy of what was hoped; but this too was a great undertaking on her part, that she promised me to God even before my birth, not fearing the future, and dedicated me as soon as I was born. It is God’s doing that she did not altogether fail in her prayer, and that her fair offering was not rejected. Of these things some were already present, others were yet to come, growing by gradual additions. And as the sun, most pleasant when it strikes with its morning rays, is hotter and brighter with its midday ones, so she too, who from the beginning showed no small signs of piety, shone out more brightly in her last light. Then, at any rate, he who had brought her into his house had in her no small goad to piety at home. She came from above and from her ancestors God-loving and Christ-loving, and had received the inheritance of virtue as her father’s lot; not grafted, as he was, from the wild olive into the good olive. She could not bear to be unequally yoked, because of the abundance of her faith; this alone she could not endure with philosophic patience, though in other things she was the most enduring and courageous of women: to be united to God only by half, because of the estrangement of the part of herself joined to her, and that the union of the spirit was not added to the bodily union. And therefore she fell down before God night and day, asking from him the salvation of her head with many fasts and tears; and she applied herself to her husband diligently and won him over in many ways, by reproaches, admonitions, attentions, estrangements, and most of all by her own character and her fervour in devotion, by which a soul is most bent and softened, being willingly forced toward virtue. And the drop of water, always striking, was to hollow the rock and in time accomplish what was striven for, as what follows shows. [12] She asked and hoped for these things, boiling with faith rather than with youth. For no one was so confident about present things as she was about things hoped for, having learned God’s generosity by experience. For him, his reason too worked together toward salvation, gradually accepting the treatment; and a vision in dreams also worked together, by which God often benefits a soul worthy of being saved. What was the vision? Here is the sweetest part of the story for me. He seemed to sing (something he had never done before, though his wife often begged and entreated him) this part of the divine David: “I was glad when they said to me, Let us go into the house of the Lord.” The psalmody was strange to him, and with it longing entered in. And when she who had obtained her prayer heard it, she seized the moment, interpreting the vision as the sweetest of things if it were joined with its reality, showing by her joy the greatness of the benefit, and hastening his salvation, lest anything intervening should hinder the call and undo what was striven for. And as it happened that at that time several bishops were hastening to Nicaea to stand against the madness of Arius (the evil had just sprung up and was dividing the Godhead), he gives himself to God and to the heralds of the truth, confesses his longing, and asks from them the common salvation; among them was the great Leontius, then head of our metropolis. And the marvel that grace accomplished here too I would greatly wrong grace to pass over in silence; and there are not a few witnesses of it. The teachers of exactness fell into a spiritual error, grace foreshadowed the future, and a form of priesthood was mingled with the catechesis. O involuntary initiation! For, bending his knee, he was so formed by the words of the catechesis that many of those present prophesied the future, not only the more lofty in understanding but also the humbler, persuaded by no faint signs of what would be.

18.13PG 35:1000b–1004a

Μικρὸν τὸ ἐν μέσῳ, καὶ τῷ θαύματι θαῦμα συνάπτεται θ παραθήσομαι δὲ πίστῶν ἀκοαῖς τὸν λόγον ’ ψυχαῖς γὰρ βεβήλοις οὐδὶν τῶν καλῶν ἀξιόπιστον. Πρόσεισι μὶν τῇ διʼ ὕδατος ἀναγεννήσει καὶ Πνεύματος, διʼ ἧς ὁμολογοῦμεν Θεῷ τὴν τοῦ κατά Χριστὸν ἀνθρώπου μόρφωσίν τε καὶ τελείωσιν, καὶ τοῦ χοϊκοῦ πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα μετάθεσιν καὶ ἀνάπλασινο καὶ πρόσεισι μετά θερμῆς τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, καὶ λαμπρᾶς τῆς ἐλπίδος, τῷ λουτρῷ προκαθήρας ἰαυτὸν εἷς δύναμιν, καὶ ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι καθαγνίσας πολλῷ μᾶλλον, ἢ οἱ τὰς πλάκας παρὰ Μωϋσὲως δέξασθαι μέλλοντες. Τοῖς μὶν γὰρ μέχρις ἐσθῆτος 6 ἀγνισμὸς, καὶ γαστρὸς μικρά στένωσις, καὶ σωφροσύν-η τις σχὲδιος τῷ δὲ πᾶς 6 ἐν μέσῳ βίος παρασκευὴ τῆς ἐλλάμψεως ἦν, καὶ πρὸτῆς καθάρσεως κάθαρσις ἀσφαλιζομένη τήν δωρεὰν, ’ίνα ἡ τελειότης τῇ καθαρότητι πιστευθῇ, καὶ μή κινδυνεύσῃ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐν ἕξει τολμώσῃ μετὰ τῆς χάριτος. Ἑξελθοντα δὲ αὐτὸν ἆκ τοῦ ὕδατος, φὼς περιαστράπτει καὶ δόξα τῆς διαθέσεως ἀξία, λεθ ἧς προσῆλθε τῷ χαρίσματι τῆς πίστεως· ἔστι μὲν οἷς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπίδηλος, οἳ τότε μὲν σιῶπῇ τὸ θαῦμα κατἑσχον, ἐξειπεῖν οὐ, θαρρήσαντες (καὶ γὰρ αὐτοῦ μόνου ταύτην εἶναι τὴν ὀψιν ἕκαστος ᾤετο), μικρὸν δὲ ὕστερον ἀλλήλοις διέδωκαν · τῷ δὲ βαπτιστῇ καὶ τελειωτῇ τοσοῦτον ἐναργής τε καὶ γνώριμος, ὥστε μηδὲ κατασχεῖν δυνηθῆναι τὸ μυστήῃιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δημοσίᾳ ῥῆξαι φωνὴν, ὅτι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ διάδοχον τῷ πνεύματι χρίσειεν. _ λος. καὶ φωτῖ περιλαμπεται, καί γνωρίζει τὸν διωκόμενον, καὶ τήν μεγάλην διακονίαν πιστεύεται, καὶ πληροῖ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου πᾶσαν ἀκοὴν καὶ διάνοιαν.

Mikron to en mesǭ, kai tǭ thaumati thauma synaptetai th parathēsomai de pistōn akoais ton logon ’ psychais gar bebēlois oudin tōn kalōn axiopiston. Proseisi min tę̄ diʼ hydatos anagennēsei kai Pneumatos, diʼ hēs homologoumen Theǭ tēn tou kata Christon anthrōpou morphōsin te kai teleiōsin, kai tou choïkou pros to pneuma metathesin kai anaplasino kai proseisi meta thermēs tēs epithymias, kai lampras tēs elpidos, tǭ loutrǭ prokathēras iauton heis dynamin, kai psychę̄ kai sōmati kathagnisas pollǭ mallon, ē hoi tas plakas para Mōÿseōs dexasthai mellontes. Tois min gar mechris esthētos 6 agnismos, kai gastros mikra stenōsis, kai sōphrosyn-ē tis schedios tǭ de pas 6 en mesǭ bios paraskeuē tēs ellampseōs ēn, kai protēs katharseōs katharsis asphalizomenē tēn dōrean, ’ina hē teleiotēs tę̄ katharotēti pisteuthę̄, kai mē kindyneusę̄ to agathon en hexei tolmōsę̄ meta tēs charitos. Hexelthonta de auton ak tou hydatos, phōs periastraptei kai doxa tēs diatheseōs axia, leth hēs prosēlthe tǭ charismati tēs pisteōs; esti men hois kai tōn allōn epidēlos, hoi tote men siōpę̄ to thauma kateschon, exeipein ou, tharrēsantes (kai gar autou monou tautēn einai tēn opsin hekastos ǭeto), mikron de hysteron allēlois diedōkan ; tǭ de baptistę̄ kai teleiōtę̄ tosouton enargēs te kai gnōrimos, hōste mēde kataschein dynēthēnai to mystēę̄ion, alla kai dēmosią rhēxai phōnēn, hoti ton heautou diadochon tǭ pneumati chriseien. _ los. kai phōti perilampetai, kai gnōrizei ton diōkomenon, kai tēn megalēn diakonian pisteuetai, kai plēroi tou Euangeliou pasan akoēn kai dianoian.

A short interval, and marvel is joined to marvel. I will entrust the account to the ears of the faithful, for to profane souls nothing good is credible. He comes to the regeneration through water and the Spirit, by which we confess to God the forming and perfecting of the man according to Christ, and the transfer and refashioning of the earthly into spirit; and he comes with warm desire and bright hope, having purified himself beforehand for the washing as far as he could, and sanctified himself in soul and body far more than those who were to receive the tablets from Moses. For their purification extended only to their clothing, a slight restriction of the belly, and a temporary continence; but for him the whole life in between was a preparation for the illumination, a purification before the purification, securing the gift, so that perfection might be entrusted to purity, and the good might run no risk in a disposition that presumed upon grace. And as he came up out of the water, light flashed around him, and a glory worthy of the disposition with which he approached the gift of faith. It was evident to some of the others as well, who at the time kept the marvel to themselves in silence, not daring to speak of it (for each thought the sight was his alone), but shortly afterward shared it with one another; but to the baptizer and initiator it was so clear and plain that he could not even keep the mystery to himself, but burst out publicly that he was anointing his own successor by the Spirit. [14] … is surrounded with light, recognizes the one he was persecuting, is entrusted with the great ministry, and fills every ear and mind with the gospel.

18.15PG 35:1004a–1008a

Τί δεῖ πάντας ἀπαριθμεῖσθαι τοὺς ὑπὸ Θεοῦ προσ-κληθέντας, καὶ τοιούτοις οἰκειωθὲντας θαύμασιν, οἷς κάκεῖνος ἐβεβαιώθη πρὸς τὴν εύσί- 6ειαν; Κποὶ οὐ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα τοιαῦτα, καὶ οὓτως ἄπιστα καὶ παράδοξα, κατῄσχυνε δὲ τι τῶν προϋπηργμένων τοῖς ὕστερον, ὡς ἂν τις τῶν τάχιστα κόρον τοῦ καλοῦ λαμβανόντων, εἶτα τοῦ πρόσω καταφρονούντων, ἣ καὶ παντάπασι πρὸς κακίαν παλινδρομούντωνο οὐγ ἔστι τοῦτο εἰπεῖνʼ ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν saturo?) καὶ τῶν προειληφότων ἔχεται, ὣστε ἀμφότερα συναρμόζειν ἀλλήλοις, τά τε πρὸ τῆς ἱερωσύνης τοῖς ἐκείνης καλοῖς, καὶ τὰ μετʼ αὐτὴν τοῖς πρότερον· καὶ μήτε ἄλλως ἄρξασθαι πρὲπειν ἢ ὡς ἐτελεύτησε, μήτε εἷς ἄλλο προελθεῖν τέλος ἢ οὗ προἤρξατο. Πιστεύεται μέν γε τήν ἱερωσύνην, οὗ κατά τὴν νῦν εὐκολίαν καὶ ἀταξίαν, ἀλλὰ μικρόν τι διαλιπὼν, ὥστε τῇ καθάρσει προστεθῆναι καὶ τὴν τοῦ καθαίρειν ἐμπειρίαν καὶ δύναμιν, ὅσπερ δὴ νόμος ἀκολουθίας πνκυματικῆς. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πιστεύεται, πλέον ἡ χάρις δοξάζεται, ὣσπερ ὅντως Θεοῦ χάρις, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀνθρώπων, οὐδὲ, ὅ φησιν ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς, ὁρμή τις αὐτόνομος, καὶ προαίρεσις πνεύματος. ΙΣ. Παραλαβὼν γὰρ τήν Ἐκκλησίαν ὑλώδη καὶ ἀπηγροικισμένην, ού πεῤῥωθεν μὲν ἐπισκοπῇ ποιμανθεῖσαν, ἀλλʼ ὅσον ἐνὶ τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦʼ κοσμηθῆναι, καὶ τούτῳ θαυμασίῳ μὲν καὶ ἀγγελικῷ τὸν τρόπον, ἀπλουστέρῳ δὲ κατὰ τοὺς νῦν τῶν λαῶν προστάτας* τούτου δὲ τάχιστα προσληφθέντος, ἐπιπολὺ πάλιν ῥᾳθυμηθεῖσάν τε καὶ χερσομανήσασαν ἐξ ἀναρχίας · πρῶτον μὶν τὰ ἤθη τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὗ χαλεπῶς ἰξημὲρωσε λόγοις τε ποιμαντικῆς ἐπιστήμης, καὶ τῷ προθεῖναι τύπον ἑαυτὸν, ὣσπερ ἀνδριάντα πνευματικὸν, είς κάλλος ἀπεξεσμὲνον πάσης ἀρίστης πράξεως. Ἔπειτα τοῖς θείοις λόγοις συντόνως ἐμμελετήσας, καίπερ ὀψιμαθὴς τῶν τοιούτων τυγχάνων, τοσαύτην ἐντὸς ὀλίγου χρόνου σοφίαν συνελέξατο, ὣστε τά τε ἄλλα μηδενὸς λείπεσθαι τῶν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον πεπονηκότων, καὶ χάριν ἐκ Θεοῦ ταύτην λαβεῖν ἐξαίο ρετον, ὀρθονοξίας γενέσθαι πατὴρ καὶ διδάσκαλοςο οὐ κατὰ τοὺς νῦν σοφοὺς τοῖς καιροῖς συγκλινόμενος, οὐδὲ μέσως καὶ τεχνικῶς τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς λόγου προῖοτάμενος, ὡς ἃν o't μή πῆξιν ἔχοντες πίστεως, ἧ καπηλεύοντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν ’ ἀλλʼ ἦν τῶν μέν λόγῳ δυνατῶν εὐσεβέστερος, τῶν ὀρθων δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν λογικώτερος· μᾶλλον δὲ λόγου τὰ δεύτερα φέρων, εὐσεβείᾳ πάντων ἐκράτει. Ἕνα μὲν Θεὸν εἰδὼς ἐν Τριάδι προσκυνούμενον, τρία δὲ εἷς μίαν θεότητα συναγόμεναʼ xui οὔτε τῷ ένὶ Σαβελλίζων, οὐτε τοῖς τρισὶν Ἀρειανίζων, ἢ τῷ συστέλλειν θεότητα καὶ ἀναλύειν ἀθέως, ἢ τῷ κατατέμνειν ἀνίσοις ἀλλοτριότησιν, ἢ μεγέθους, ἣ φύσεως. Οὗ γὰρ ἕκαστον ἀκατάληπτον καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐπίνοιαν, πῶς ὲν- ’ ταῦθα τὸ ὑπεραῖρον ἤ νοηθήσεται, ’ἔξ δογματισθήσεται; Ποῦ δὲ μετρεῖται τὸ ἄπειρον, ’ἶνʼ ὃ τῶν περατουμένων ἐστὶ, τοῦτο πάθῃ θεότης, βαθμοῖς μετρουμένη καὶ ὁποβάσεσιν ; Ἐκκλησιῶν κατασβεσθῆναι, καὶ στῆναι τὴν καταιγίδα εἲς αὔραν, ταῖς ἐκείνου λυθεῖσαν εὐχαῖς τε καὶ παρʼ αινέσεσιν, εἷʼ τι δεῖ καὶ νεανιεύσασθαι, μετʼ ἡμῶν κοινωνῶν καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας, καὶ τῆς ἐνεργείας· οί πρὸς πᾶν ἀγαθὸν αὐτῷ συναιρόμενοι, καὶ οἷον παρομαρτοῦντες καὶ παραθέοντες, ἐνταῦθα πλεῖστον μέρος συνεισενεγκεῖν ἠξιώθημεν. Ἀλλʼ ὁ μὶν περί τούτων λόγος, μικρόν τι προεκδραμὼν, ἐνταῦθα μεινατω.

Ti dei pantas aparithmeisthai tous hypo Theou pros-klēthentas, kai toioutois oikeiōthentas thaumasin, hois kakeinos ebebaiōthē pros tēn eusi- 6eian? Kpoi ou ta men prōta toiauta, kai houtōs apista kai paradoxa, katę̄schyne de ti tōn proÿpērgmenōn tois hysteron, hōs an tis tōn tachista koron tou kalou lambanontōn, eita tou prosō kataphronountōn, hē kai pantapasi pros kakian palindromountōno oug esti touto eipeinʼ alla kai lian saturo?) kai tōn proeilēphotōn echetai, hōste amphotera synarmozein allēlois, ta te pro tēs hierōsynēs tois ekeinēs kalois, kai ta metʼ autēn tois proteron; kai mēte allōs arxasthai prepein ē hōs eteleutēse, mēte heis allo proelthein telos ē hou proērxato. Pisteuetai men ge tēn hierōsynēn, hou kata tēn nyn eukolian kai ataxian, alla mikron ti dialipōn, hōste tę̄ katharsei prostethēnai kai tēn tou kathairein empeirian kai dynamin, hosper dē nomos akolouthias pnkymatikēs. Epei de pisteuetai, pleon hē charis doxazetai, hōsper hontōs Theou charis, allʼ ouk anthrōpōn, oude, ho phēsin ho Ekklēsiastēs, hormē tis autonomos, kai proairesis pneumatos. IS. Paralabōn gar tēn Ekklēsian hylōdē kai apēgroikismenēn, ou perrhōthen men episkopę̄ poimantheisan, allʼ hoson eni tōn pro autouʼ kosmēthēnai, kai toutǭ thaumasiǭ men kai angelikǭ ton tropon, aplousterǭ de kata tous nyn tōn laōn prostatas* toutou de tachista proslēphthentos, epipoly palin rhąthymētheisan te kai chersomanēsasan ex anarchias ; prōton min ta ēthē tōn anthrōpōn hou chalepōs ixēmerōse logois te poimantikēs epistēmēs, kai tǭ protheinai typon heauton, hōsper andrianta pneumatikon, eis kallos apexesmenon pasēs aristēs praxeōs. Epeita tois theiois logois syntonōs emmeletēsas, kaiper opsimathēs tōn toioutōn tynchanōn, tosautēn entos oligou chronou sophian synelexato, hōste ta te alla mēdenos leipesthai tōn epi pleiston peponēkotōn, kai charin ek Theou tautēn labein exaio reton, orthonoxias genesthai patēr kai didaskaloso ou kata tous nyn sophous tois kairois synklinomenos, oude mesōs kai technikōs tou kathʼ hēmas logou proiotamenos, hōs han o't mē pēxin echontes pisteōs, hē kapēleuontes tēn alētheian ’ allʼ ēn tōn men logǭ dynatōn eusebesteros, tōn orthōn de tēn dianoian logikōteros; mallon de logou ta deutera pherōn, eusebeią pantōn ekratei. Hena men Theon eidōs en Triadi proskynoumenon, tria de heis mian theotēta synagomenaʼ xui oute tǭ eni Sabellizōn, oute tois trisin Areianizōn, ē tǭ systellein theotēta kai analyein atheōs, ē tǭ katatemnein anisois allotriotēsin, ē megethous, hē physeōs. Hou gar hekaston akatalēpton kai hyper tēn hēmeteran epinoian, pōs en- ’ tautha to hyperairon ē noēthēsetai, ’ex dogmatisthēsetai? Pou de metreitai to apeiron, ’inʼ ho tōn peratoumenōn esti, touto pathę̄ theotēs, bathmois metroumenē kai hopobasesin ? Ekklēsiōn katasbesthēnai, kai stēnai tēn kataigida eis auran, tais ekeinou lytheisan euchais te kai parʼ ainesesin, heiʼ ti dei kai neanieusasthai, metʼ hēmōn koinōnōn kai tēs eusebeias, kai tēs energeias; oi pros pan agathon autǭ synairomenoi, kai hoion paromartountes kai paratheontes, entautha pleiston meros syneisenenkein ēxiōthēmen. Allʼ ho min peri toutōn logos, mikron ti proekdramōn, entautha meinatō.

Why must I count up all who were called by God and made his own by such marvels as those by which he too was confirmed in piety? And it is not the case that his beginnings were of this kind, so incredible and extraordinary, while he put any of what had gone before to shame by what came later, like those who very quickly grow tired of the good and then disdain further progress, or even run back altogether to vice; this cannot be said. He held fast to what had gone before, so that both fitted each other: his life before the priesthood with its excellences, and his life after it with what had gone before; it was neither fitting for him to begin otherwise than he ended, nor to advance to any other end than that from which he had set out. He is entrusted with the priesthood, not according to the present ease and disorder, but after a short interval, so that to his own purification might be added the experience and power of purifying others; for this is the law of spiritual sequence. And when he was entrusted with it, the grace was glorified the more, as being truly the grace of God and not of men, nor, as the Preacher says, some self-governed impulse and choice of spirit. [16] For he took over a church that was overgrown and run wild, which had not been shepherded by a bishop for long, but only enough to be set in order by one of his predecessors, a man admirable and angelic in character, but simpler than today’s leaders of the people; and since he was very quickly taken away, it had again for a long time been neglected and gone to waste from lack of leadership. First he tamed the people’s ways without harshness, both by words of pastoral knowledge and by setting himself forth as a model, like a spiritual statue polished into the beauty of every excellent action. Then, applying himself intently to the divine words, though he came late to such learning, he gathered so much wisdom in a short time that he fell behind none of those who had laboured on them longest, and received from God this special grace: to become the father and teacher of orthodoxy; not, like the wise men of today, bending to the times, nor presiding over our doctrine in a middling and artful way, like those who have no fixity of faith or who peddle the truth. He was more pious than those powerful in speech, and more skilled in speech than those of right understanding; or rather, though he took second place in speech, he surpassed all in piety. He knew one God worshipped in Triad, and the three brought together into one Godhead; neither Sabellianizing with the one, nor Arianizing with the three, either by contracting and godlessly dissolving the Godhead, or by cutting it up with unequal estrangements of magnitude or nature. For when each is incomprehensible and beyond our conception, how can what surpasses be conceived or defined there? Where is the infinite measured, so that the Godhead should undergo what belongs to finite things, measured by degrees and descents? … of the churches was quenched, and the storm settled into a breeze, dissolved by his prayers and exhortations; and I too, if I may be allowed a youthful boast, shared with him both in piety and in activity. We who joined with him in every good work, accompanying him, as it were, and running beside him, were counted worthy here to contribute a very large share. But let the account of these things, which has run a little ahead, stop here.

18.16PG 35:1008a–1009a

Τίς δʼ ἂν τῶν ἐκείνου καλῶν ἢ τὸ πλῆθος ἐξαριθμήσαιτο, ἣ τὰ πλείω παραδραμεῖν ἐθέλων, μὴ χαλεπῶς εὕροι τὸ παρετέον; Ἀεὶ γὰρ τὸ τήν διάνοιαν ἐπεισιὸν, κρεῖττον τῶν προειληφότων φαίνεται· καὶ μετά τούτου γίνομαι· καὶ πλεῖον ἐμοὶ τοῦ τί χρή παραλιπεῖν, ἣ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἰπαινέταις τοῦ τί χρή λέγειν ἡ ἀπορία· ὥστε μοι τρόπον τινὰ ζημίαν γίνεσθαι τὴν περιουσίαν, καὶ δοκιμάζεσθαι τήν διάνοιαν, τὰ ἐκείνου δοκιμάζειν ἐπιχειροῦσαν καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσαν τὸ νικοῦν εὑρεῖν τοῖς ὁμοτιμοις. ’Όπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν σταθερῶν ὑδάτων ὁρῶμεν συμβαῖνον, ὅταν ψηφὶς ἐμπεσοῦσα κέντρον γένηται, ἄλλοι ἐπʼ ἄλλῳ κύκλος ἐγειρόμενος καὶ συνεχῶς έπιφρίσσων ἀεὶ λόει τὸν ἔξωθεν· τοῦτο καὶ αὖτῷ μοι συμβέβηκεν ἄντικρυς. Τὸ μὶν ἐπὶ νοῦν ἦλθε, τὸ δὲ ἐπεισῆλθε, τὸ δὲ ὑπεχώρησεν· καὶ κάμνω περὶ τὴν αἶʼρεσιν, ἀεὶ τοῦ προκαταλαβόντος ὑπεξισταμένου τῷ έπεισρὲοντι. Κ” Τίς μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνου περὶ τὰ κοινᾶ σπουδαιότερος; τίς δὲ τὰ οἷʼκοι φιλοσοφώτερος, ἐπειδὴ καὶ οἶκον ἐμέρισεν αὐτῷ, καὶ κτῆσιν σύμμετρον, ὁ πάντα καλῶς καὶ ποικίλως οἰκονομῶν Θεός ; Τίς δὲ πένησι,τῷ ἀτιμωτάτῳ μέρει τῆς ὁμοτίμου φύσεως, ἣ τὴν ψυχὴν συμπαθέστερος,ἣ τήν χεῖρα δαψιλέστερος ; τῷ ὄντι γάρ ὡς οἰκονόμος ἀλλοτρίων διενοεῖτο περί τῶν ἰδίων,ἐπικουφίζων τὴν πενίαν εἷς δύναμιν, καὶ δαπανώμενος, οὐ τοῖς περιττοῖς μόνον, ἀλλὰ δὴ καὶ τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις, ἥπερ δὴ σαφεστάτη φιλοπτωχίας ἀπόδειξις, καὶ διδοὺς μερίδα, οὐ τοῖς ἐπτὰ μόνον, κατά τήν τοῦ Σολομῶντος νομοθεσίαν, ἀλλʼ εἷʼ προσέλθοι καὶ ὄγδοος, μηδὲ ἐνταῦθα μικρολογούμενος, ἀλλʼ ἥδιον ἀποκτώμενος, ἣ κτωμένους, ἄλλους γινώσκομεν· ἀναιρῶν σύνδεσμον καί χειροτονίαν (ὅπερ ἐμοὶ δύναται μικρολογίαν καὶ δοκιμασίαν τοῦ Αηψομένου, ὅστις τε ἄξιος,καί ὅστις οὕ), καὶ ῥῆ μα γογγυσμοῦ μετὰ τῆς ἐπιδόσεως. ’Ὸπερ πάσχουσιν οἱ πολλοὶ, διδόντες μὶν, Βτὸ δὶ προθύμως οὐ προστιθέντες· ὅ τοῦ παρέχειν μεῖζόν ἐστι καὶ τελεώτερον. [ΙολΛῷ γὰρ βέλτιον ἴναι διὰ τοὺς ἀξίους ὀρεγειν καὶ τοῖς ἀναξίοις, ἢ τοὺς ἀξίους ἀποστερεῖν δέει τῶν ἀναξίων. Καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι φαίνεται, τὸ χρῆναι πέμπειν τὸ αρτον ἑαυτοῦ καὶ καθʼ ὕδατος, ὡς οὐ παρασυρησόμενον, οὐδὲ ἀπολούμενον τῷ δικαίῳ τούτων ἐξεταστῇ, ἀλλʼ ἐνταῦθα καταντήσοντα, οὗ πάντα κείσεται τὰ ἡμέτερα, καὶ ἀπαντήσονται ἐν καιρῷ, κᾶν ἡμεῖς μὴ τοῦτο νομίζωμεν·

Tis dʼ an tōn ekeinou kalōn ē to plēthos exarithmēsaito, hē ta pleiō paradramein ethelōn, mē chalepōs heuroi to pareteon? Aei gar to tēn dianoian epeision, kreitton tōn proeilēphotōn phainetai; kai meta toutou ginomai; kai pleion emoi tou ti chrē paralipein, hē tois allois ipainetais tou ti chrē legein hē aporia; hōste moi tropon tina zēmian ginesthai tēn periousian, kai dokimazesthai tēn dianoian, ta ekeinou dokimazein epicheirousan kai ouk echousan to nikoun heurein tois homotimois. ’Oper gar epi tōn statherōn hydatōn horōmen symbainon, hotan psēphis empesousa kentron genētai, alloi epʼ allǭ kyklos egeiromenos kai synechōs epiphrissōn aei loei ton exōthen; touto kai autǭ moi symbebēken antikrys. To min epi noun ēlthe, to de epeisēlthe, to de hypechōrēsen; kai kamnō peri tēn aiʼresin, aei tou prokatalabontos hypexistamenou tǭ epeisreonti. K” Tis men gar ekeinou peri ta koina spoudaioteros? tis de ta hoiʼkoi philosophōteros, epeidē kai oikon emerisen autǭ, kai ktēsin symmetron, ho panta kalōs kai poikilōs oikonomōn Theos ? Tis de penēsi,tǭ atimōtatǭ merei tēs homotimou physeōs, hē tēn psychēn sympathesteros,hē tēn cheira dapsilesteros ? tǭ onti gar hōs oikonomos allotriōn dienoeito peri tōn idiōn,epikouphizōn tēn penian heis dynamin, kai dapanōmenos, ou tois perittois monon, alla dē kai tois anankaiois, hēper dē saphestatē philoptōchias apodeixis, kai didous merida, ou tois epta monon, kata tēn tou Solomōntos nomothesian, allʼ heiʼ proselthoi kai ogdoos, mēde entautha mikrologoumenos, allʼ hēdion apoktōmenos, hē ktōmenous, allous ginōskomen; anairōn syndesmon kai cheirotonian (hoper emoi dynatai mikrologian kai dokimasian tou Aēpsomenou, hostis te axios,kai hostis hou), kai rhē ma gongysmou meta tēs epidoseōs. ’Oper paschousin hoi polloi, didontes min, Bto di prothymōs ou prostithentes; ho tou parechein meizon esti kai teleōteron. [IolLǭ gar beltion inai dia tous axious oregein kai tois anaxiois, ē tous axious aposterein deei tōn anaxiōn. Kai touto einai phainetai, to chrēnai pempein to arton heautou kai kathʼ hydatos, hōs ou parasyrēsomenon, oude apoloumenon tǭ dikaiǭ toutōn exetastę̄, allʼ entautha katantēsonta, hou panta keisetai ta hēmetera, kai apantēsontai en kairǭ, kan hēmeis mē touto nomizōmen;

Who could count the multitude of his excellences, or, wishing to pass over most of them, would not find it hard to decide what must be omitted? For what comes into the mind always seems better than what came before, and I am carried along with it; my difficulty is more about what I must leave out than other encomiasts’ difficulty about what to say, so that abundance becomes in a way a loss to me, and my mind is tested in trying to test his qualities, being unable to find which surpasses among things of equal worth. What we see happen in still water, when a pebble falls in and becomes a centre, circle rising upon circle and, continually rippling, always breaking up the one outside it, exactly this has happened to me. One thing came to mind, another came in after it, another withdrew; and I labour over the choice, as what was grasped first always gives way to what flows in. [20] Who was more earnest than he about common affairs? Who more philosophic about domestic ones, since God, who orders all things well and in various ways, allotted him a house and a moderate property? Who was more compassionate in soul or more generous in hand toward the poor, the most dishonoured part of a nature equal in honour? For he truly thought of his own possessions as a steward of what belongs to others, relieving poverty as far as he could, and spending not only from his superfluity but even from his necessities, which is the clearest proof of love for the poor; giving a portion not only to seven, according to Solomon’s law, but, if an eighth came, not being stingy even then, but disposing of his goods more gladly than we know others to acquire them; taking away the bond and the pointing of the finger (which to me means pettiness and scrutiny of the one who will receive, who is worthy and who is not), and the word of grumbling along with the gift. This is what happens to most people: they give, but do not add readiness, which is greater and more perfect than giving. For it is far better, he thought, to give even to the unworthy for the sake of the worthy than to deprive the worthy for fear of the unworthy. And this seems to be the meaning of sending one’s bread even upon the water: it will not be swept away or lost before the just examiner of these things, but will arrive where all our things will be laid up, and will meet us in due time, even if we do not expect it.

18.21PG 35:1009a–1013c

Τὸ ἃ κάλλιστόν τε καὶ μέγιστον, ὅτι τῷ με· γαλοψύχῳ προσῆν καὶ τὸ ἀφιλότιμον. ’Όσον δὲ καὶ οἷον, δηλώσω) ἔρχομαι· Τὰ μὲν γὰρ χρήματα κοινὰ, καὶὴ προθυμία τοῦ παρέχειν, αὐτῷ τε καὶ τῇ ὁμοζύγιμ πρὸς τὸ κάλλιστονʼ ἁμιλλωμένοις· τῆς ἐπιδόσεως δὲ τὸ πλεῖστον τῇ ἐκείνης χειρὶ παρῆκεν, ὡς ἀρίστης οἰκονόμου τῶν τοιούτων καὶ πιστοτάτης. Τίνος δὴ γυναικὸς λέγω, καὶ οἵας, ᾗ μηδὲ τὸ Ἀτλαντικὸν πέλαγος, ἢ εί τι ἄλλο τῶν μεγίστων, ἤρκεσεν ἂν ἀπαντλούμενον; τοσοῦτος ἔρως τοῦ παρέχειν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὕτως ἄμετρος· ἣ τήν Σολομώντειον βδέλλαν εἷς τούναντίον ἐζήλωσε, τῇ περὶτὸ κρεῖττον ἀπληστίᾳ τήν εἷς τὸ χεῖρον νικήσασα, καὶ κόρον οὐκ ἔχουσα τῆς περὶ τὸ εὗ ποιεῖν προθυμίας· ἢ μὴ ὅτι γε τήν οὐσίαν ἅπασαν, ὅση τε ἦν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ὅση προσεγένετο, μικροτέραν ἡγεῖτο τῆς οἰκείας ἐφέσεως· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὴν xui τοὺς παῖδας ἑτοίμως ἀπέδοτο ἂν, εἷʼ πως ἐνῆν, ὃ καὶ πολλάκις αὐτῆς λεγούσης ἤκουσα, ὥστε έκδαπανηθῆναι τοῖς πένησι. Ταύτῃ τὰς ἡνίας ὅλας ἐπαφῆκε τῆς ἐπιδόσεως. Ὃ καὶ παραδείγματος ἐμοὶ γοῦν κρεῖττον ὑπολαμβάνεται. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ εἷς χρήματα μεγαλόψυχον, καὶ παρʼ ἄλλοις οὐ χαλεπῶς εὕροι τις ἂν, ὅσα τε εἰς τὰς κοινὰς καὶ πολιτικὰς ἀπόλλυται φιλοτιμίας, ὅσα τε τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τῶν πενήτων δανείζεται, καὶ μόνα τοῖς ἀναλίσκουσι Θησαυρίζεται· τῆς δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ δόξης, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅντινα παραχωρήσαντα ῥᾳδίως εὑρίσκομεν. Τοῦ μὲν γὰρ δαπανᾷν, καὶ ἡ φιλοδοξία τοῖς πολλοῖς παρέχει τὸ πρόθυμον· οὗ δὲ ἀφανὴς ἡ ἐπίδοσις, ἐκεῖ καὶ τὸ παρέχειν ἀμβλύτερον. KP. Ἦ μὶν οὖν χεῖρ τοσαύτη· καὶ τὰ πλείω τοῖς εἰδόσι παρήσομεν, ὥστε, εἷʼτι xui ἡμῖν μαρτυρεῖται τοιοῦτον, ἐξ ἐκείνης εἶναι τῆς πηγῆς, κάκείνου μοῖραν τοῖʼ» ὁεύματος. Τίς δὲ μετὰ Θεοῦ μᾶλλον, ἢ τῷ ἱήματι προσήγαγεν, ἢ τὰς κατʼ αὐτοῦ ὕβρεις ἐζηλοτύπησεν, ἢ τῶν ἀνιέρων σὺν φόβῳ τήν ἱερὰν ἐκάθηρε τράπεζαν ς Τίς δʼ οὕτως ἀρῥεπεῖ γνώμῃ, καὶ σταθμοῖς δικαιοσύνης, ἣ δίκην ἔκρινεν, ἢ κακίαν ἐμίσησεν, ἢ ἀρετὴν ἐτίμησεν, ἦ τοὺς ἀρίστους προύτίμησεν; Τίς μὲν οὕτω συγγνώμων τοῖς ἀμαρτάναυσιν, ἢ τοῖς εὐδρομοῦσι σύνδρομος; τίς δὲ μᾶλλον ῥάβδου καὶ βακτηρίας καιρὸν ἐπιστάμενος, τῇ βακτηρίᾳ τὸ πλέον ἔνεμεν ; Τίνος δὲ oi ὀφθαλμοὶ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τοὺς πιστους τῆς γῆς, τούς τε ἄλλους, καὶ ὅσοι Θεῷ ζῶσιν ἐν μοναδικῷ βίῳ καὶ eum, γῆν xui τὰ περὶ τήν γῆν ἀτιμάσαντες; KI". Τίς δὲ πλέον, ἣ τῦφον ἐκόλασεν, ἢ ταπεινοφροσύνην ἠγάπησε, καί ταύτην οὐκ ὲπιπλάστως,. οὐδὲ ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς, ὡς οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν νῦν προσποιουμὲνων φιλοσοφεῖν, καὶ κομψοὶ τὸ φαινόμενον, κατὰ τὰς ἀφρονεστάτας τῶν γυναικῶν, αἲ ἀποροῦσαι κάλλους οἰκείου πρὸς τά χρώματα καταφεύγουσι, καὶ εἰσί πως, ὡς ἂν εἴποιμι, κοσμίως θεατριζόμεναι, διʼ εὐσχημοσύνην ἀσχήμονες, καὶ διʼ αἶσχρπ αἱ σχρότεραι ; Οὐ γὰρ ἰν ἐσθῆτι τὸ ταπεινὸν ἦν αὐτῷ, ἀλλʼ ἐν ψυχῆς καταστήματι* οὐδὲ θρύψις αὐχὲ νος, ἢ φωνῆς ὕφεσις, ἢπροσώπου νεῦσις, ἣ βάθος ὑπήνης, ἢ κεφαλῆς ἐν χρῷ κόσμησις, ἢ βαδίσματος ἦθος τὸ ταπεινὸν ὑπεκρίνετο, τὰ πρὸς ὀλίγον τυπούμενα, καὶ τάχιστα ἐλεγχόμενκʼ πᾶν γὰρ ’ὃ προσποιητὸν, οὐδὲ μόνιμον. Ἀλλʼ ἦν ὁ αὒτὸς ὑψηλότατος μὲν τῷ βίῳ, ταπεινότατος δὲ τῷ φρονήματι· καὶ τήν μὲν ἀρετὴν ἀπρόσιτος, τήν συνουσίαν δὲ καὶ λίαν εὐπρόσιτος. Καὶ συνήθης μὲν τὴν ἀμπεχόνην, ἐπίσης φεύγων καὶ τὸ ὑψηλὸν καὶ τὸ ταπεινόν· ὑπὲρ δὲ πολλοὺς τὴν ἔνδον λαμπρότητα. Καὶ γαστρὸς νόσον, καὶ ἀπληστίαν δαμάζων μὲν, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, οὗ δοκῶν δὲʼ τὸ μὲν ’ίνα καθαίρηται τὸ δὲ ’ίνα μή ὑπεφαίρηται, τῷ καινῷ Θηρώμενος τὰ εὐδόκιμον. Πολιτικοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἔργον εῖναι πάντα ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν, ἐξ ὧν εὐδοκιμήσει παρὰ τοῖς ἔξωθεν, ᾧ μηδὲν ἐστι τοῦ παρόντος βίου μακαριώτερον πνευματικοῦ δὲ καὶ τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς, πρὸς ἓν μόνον βλέπειν, τὴν σωτηρίαν, xui ’ὁ μὲν ἄν εἷς τοῦτο φέρῃι μέγα οἴεσθαι, ’ὁδʼ ἃν μή, διαπτύειν ὡς μηδενὸς ἄξιυν· xui διὰ τοῦτο, τὸ μὶν ὁρώμεοον ἀτιμάζειν, ὃπως δʼ ἂν ἐντος κάλλιστα ἔχοι, τοῦτο μόνον σκοπεῖν. καὶ ταῦτα περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι, ἐξ ὧν αὐτός τε πλείστου ἄξιος ἔσται, καὶτοὺς ἄλλους ἕλξει διʼ ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς τὸ βέλτιστον. KA'. ’Ὁ δὲ κάλλιστον τῶν ἐκείνου καὶ ἰδιώτατον, καὶ οὐδὲ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀγνοούμενον, ἡ ἀπλὸτῆς, xui τὸ τοῦ ἤθους ἅὸολόν τε xui ἀμνησίκακον. Ἀλλος μὲν γὰρ ἄλλο τι τῶν παλαιῶν τῶν νὲων κατωρθωκέναι πιστεύεται, ὡς ἕκαστος ἔτυχεν ἐκ Θεοῦ χάριτός τινος ἠξιωμένος. Ἰὼβ, τὸ ἐν τοῖς πάθυσι καρτερικὸν καὶ ἀνάλωτον · Μωσῆς xui Δαῦἶδ, τὸ πρᾶονʼ Σαμουὴλ τὸ χρηματίσαι, βλέπων τὰ ἔμπροσθεν · Φινεὲς τὸν ζῆλον, ἀφʼ οῦ καὶ ὀνομάζεται· 1Ιὲτρος καὶ Παῦλος, τὸ σύντονόν τοῦ κηρύγματος· οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου τὸ μεγαλόφωνον, ὅ καὶ βροντῆς υἱοὺς αὑτοὺς προσηγόρευσεν καὶ τί ἂν καταριθμοίην ἂπαντας; ἐν γὰρ εἱδόκιν ὁ λόγος. Στεφάνου δὲ καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρὸς, οὐδὲν οὕτως ὡς τὸ ἆπόνηρον γνώρισμα, '0 μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ κινδυνεύων ἆμίσει τοὺς βάλλοντας, ἀλλʼ ἐλιθάζετο μὲν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν λιθαζόντων ηὔχετο, ὡς Χριστοῦ μαθητὴς, ὑπὲρ οῦ καὶ τὸ πάσχειν ἦν αὐτῷ, μεῖζον τοῦ θανάτου καρποφορῶν τῷ Θεῷ, τήν μακροθυμίανο τῷ δὲ οὐδὲν μέσον ἦν τῆς ἆπιπλήξεως καὶ τῆς ἀφέσεειρις, ὡς μικροῦ καὶ κλέπτεσθαι τὸ λυποῦν τῷ τάχει τῆς συγχωρήσεως.

To ha kalliston te kai megiston, hoti tǭ me; galopsychǭ prosēn kai to aphilotimon. ’Oson de kai hoion, dēlōsō) erchomai; Ta men gar chrēmata koina, kaiē prothymia tou parechein, autǭ te kai tę̄ homozygim pros to kallistonʼ hamillōmenois; tēs epidoseōs de to pleiston tę̄ ekeinēs cheiri parēken, hōs aristēs oikonomou tōn toioutōn kai pistotatēs. Tinos dē gynaikos legō, kai hoias, hę̄ mēde to Atlantikon pelagos, ē ei ti allo tōn megistōn, ērkesen an apantloumenon? tosoutos erōs tou parechein autę̄, kai houtōs ametros; hē tēn Solomōnteion bdellan heis tounantion ezēlōse, tę̄ perito kreitton aplēstią tēn heis to cheiron nikēsasa, kai koron ouk echousa tēs peri to heu poiein prothymias; ē mē hoti ge tēn ousian hapasan, hosē te ēn autois, kai hosē prosegeneto, mikroteran hēgeito tēs oikeias epheseōs; alla kai heautēn xui tous paidas hetoimōs apedoto an, heiʼ pōs enēn, ho kai pollakis autēs legousēs ēkousa, hōste ekdapanēthēnai tois penēsi. Tautę̄ tas hēnias holas epaphēke tēs epidoseōs. Ho kai paradeigmatos emoi goun kreitton hypolambanetai. To men gar heis chrēmata megalopsychon, kai parʼ allois ou chalepōs heuroi tis an, hosa te eis tas koinas kai politikas apollytai philotimias, hosa te tǭ Theǭ dia tōn penētōn daneizetai, kai mona tois analiskousi Thēsaurizetai; tēs de epi toutǭ doxēs, ouk estin hontina parachōrēsanta rhądiōs heuriskomen. Tou men gar dapanąn, kai hē philodoxia tois pollois parechei to prothymon; hou de aphanēs hē epidosis, ekei kai to parechein amblyteron. KP. Ē min oun cheir tosautē; kai ta pleiō tois eidosi parēsomen, hōste, heiʼti xui hēmin martyreitai toiouton, ex ekeinēs einai tēs pēgēs, kakeinou moiran toiʼ» hoeumatos. Tis de meta Theou mallon, ē tǭ hiēmati prosēgagen, ē tas katʼ autou hybreis ezēlotypēsen, ē tōn anierōn syn phobǭ tēn hieran ekathēre trapezan s Tis dʼ houtōs arrhepei gnōmę̄, kai stathmois dikaiosynēs, hē dikēn ekrinen, ē kakian emisēsen, ē aretēn etimēsen, ē tous aristous proutimēsen? Tis men houtō syngnōmōn tois amartanausin, ē tois eudromousi syndromos? tis de mallon rhabdou kai baktērias kairon epistamenos, tę̄ baktērią to pleon enemen ? Tinos de oi ophthalmoi mallon epi tous pistous tēs gēs, tous te allous, kai hosoi Theǭ zōsin en monadikǭ biǭ kai eum, gēn xui ta peri tēn gēn atimasantes? KI". Tis de pleon, hē typhon ekolasen, ē tapeinophrosynēn ēgapēse, kai tautēn ouk epiplastōs,. oude ex epipolēs, hōs hoi polloi tōn nyn prospoioumenōn philosophein, kai kompsoi to phainomenon, kata tas aphronestatas tōn gynaikōn, ai aporousai kallous oikeiou pros ta chrōmata katapheugousi, kai eisi pōs, hōs an eipoimi, kosmiōs theatrizomenai, diʼ euschēmosynēn aschēmones, kai diʼ aischrp hai schroterai ? Ou gar in esthēti to tapeinon ēn autǭ, allʼ en psychēs katastēmati* oude thrypsis auche nos, ē phōnēs hyphesis, ēprosōpou neusis, hē bathos hypēnēs, ē kephalēs en chrǭ kosmēsis, ē badismatos ēthos to tapeinon hypekrineto, ta pros oligon typoumena, kai tachista elenchomenkʼ pan gar ’ho prospoiēton, oude monimon. Allʼ ēn ho autos hypsēlotatos men tǭ biǭ, tapeinotatos de tǭ phronēmati; kai tēn men aretēn aprositos, tēn synousian de kai lian euprositos. Kai synēthēs men tēn ampechonēn, episēs pheugōn kai to hypsēlon kai to tapeinon; hyper de pollous tēn endon lamprotēta. Kai gastros noson, kai aplēstian damazōn men, ei kai tis allos, hou dokōn deʼ to men ’ina kathairētai to de ’ina mē hypephairētai, tǭ kainǭ Thērōmenos ta eudokimon. Politikou men gar ergon einai panta poiein kai legein, ex hōn eudokimēsei para tois exōthen, hǭ mēden esti tou parontos biou makariōteron pneumatikou de kai tou kathʼ hēmas, pros hen monon blepein, tēn sōtērian, xui ’ho men an heis touto pherę̄i mega oiesthai, ’hodʼ han mē, diaptyein hōs mēdenos axiyn; xui dia touto, to min horōmeoon atimazein, hopōs dʼ an entos kallista echoi, touto monon skopein. kai tauta peri pollou poieisthai, ex hōn autos te pleistou axios estai, kaitous allous helxei diʼ heautou pros to beltiston. KA'. ’Ho de kalliston tōn ekeinou kai idiōtaton, kai oude tois pollois agnooumenon, hē aplotēs, xui to tou ēthous haoolon te xui amnēsikakon. Allos men gar allo ti tōn palaiōn tōn neōn katōrthōkenai pisteuetai, hōs hekastos etychen ek Theou charitos tinos ēxiōmenos. Iōb, to en tois pathysi karterikon kai analōton ; Mōsēs xui Dauid, to praonʼ Samouēl to chrēmatisai, blepōn ta emprosthen ; Phinees ton zēlon, aphʼ ou kai onomazetai; 1Ietros kai Paulos, to syntonon tou kērygmatos; hoi tou Zebedaiou to megalophōnon, ho kai brontēs huious hautous prosēgoreusen kai ti an katarithmoiēn apantas? en gar heidokin ho logos. Stephanou de kai tou emou patros, ouden houtōs hōs to aponēron gnōrisma, '0 men gar oude kindyneuōn amisei tous ballontas, allʼ elithazeto men, hyper de tōn lithazontōn ēucheto, hōs Christou mathētēs, hyper ou kai to paschein ēn autǭ, meizon tou thanatou karpophorōn tǭ Theǭ, tēn makrothymiano tǭ de ouden meson ēn tēs apiplēxeōs kai tēs apheseeiris, hōs mikrou kai kleptesthai to lypoun tǭ tachei tēs synchōrēseōs.

But the finest and greatest thing is that in him freedom from ambition was joined to magnanimity. How great and of what kind it was, I come now to show. Their money was common, and so was their readiness to give, he and his yoke-fellow vying with each other toward what was best; but he left the greatest part of the giving to her hand, as the best and most faithful steward of such things. And what a woman I speak of, and of what kind! Not even the Atlantic Ocean, or any other of the greatest seas, would have sufficed her if drawn upon, so great and so boundless was her love of giving. She emulated Solomon’s leech in the opposite direction, overcoming greed for the worse by greed for the better, and having no surfeit of zeal for doing good. Not only did she consider all their property, both what they had and what was added, too small for her desire, but she would readily have sold herself and her children, had it been possible, to be spent on the poor; I often heard her say so. To her he gave over all the reins of giving. This I at least regard as better than any example. For generosity with money one may find without difficulty in others too, both what is wasted on common and civic displays of ambition and what is lent to God through the poor, which alone is treasured up for those who spend it; but we do not easily find anyone who has given up the glory that goes with it. For love of glory gives most people their readiness to spend; but where the giving is unseen, there giving is duller. [22] Such then was his hand; the rest we will leave to those who know, so that, if anything of the kind is attested of me too, it comes from that source and is a share of that stream. Who brought men to the sanctuary more in accordance with God, or was more jealous at insults against it, or with fear cleansed the holy table of the unholy? Who with such impartial judgment and with scales of justice either decided a case, or hated vice, or honoured virtue, or preferred the best? Who was so forgiving to sinners, or so ready to run with those who run well? Who knew better the time for the rod and for the staff, yet relied more on the staff? Whose eyes were more upon the faithful of the land, both others and those who live for God in the monastic and solitary life, having disdained the earth and the things of earth? [23] Who did more to chasten vanity or to love humility, and that not affectedly nor superficially, like many today who pretend to practise philosophy and are elegant in appearance, like the most foolish of women who, lacking beauty of their own, take refuge in paints and are, so to speak, decorously theatrical, unseemly through their seemliness and uglier through their adornment? For his humility was not in his dress but in the state of his soul; nor did he act humility by a languid neck, a lowered voice, a bowed face, a deep beard, a close-cropped head, or a manner of walking, things put on for a little while and very quickly exposed; for nothing affected is lasting. But the same man was most lofty in life and most lowly in mind; inaccessible in virtue, but very accessible in company. He was ordinary in his dress, equally avoiding the showy and the shabby, but surpassed many in inner brightness. He subdued the disease and insatiability of the belly, if anyone did, but without seeming to, so that the belly might be disciplined and he himself not be puffed up, hunting for reputation by novelty. For he held that it is the work of a politician to do and say everything by which he will win reputation with outsiders, since for him nothing is more blessed than the present life; but that of a spiritual man, and one of us, is to look to one thing only, salvation: to think great whatever tends to this and to spurn as worthless whatever does not; and therefore to disdain what is seen and consider only how he may be best within, and to prize whatever will make him most worthy and will draw others through him to the best. [24] But the finest and most characteristic of his qualities, and not unknown even to the many, was his simplicity, and the guilelessness and freedom from resentment of his character. For among the ancients and the moderns, one is believed to have excelled in one thing, another in another, as each happened to be counted worthy of some grace from God: Job in endurance and invincibility in sufferings; Moses and David in meekness; Samuel in prophesying, seeing what lay ahead; Phinehas in zeal, for which he is named; Peter and Paul in intensity of preaching; the sons of Zebedee in loudness of voice, for which he called them sons of thunder. But why should I count them all? I speak among those who know. Of Stephen and of my father, nothing was so much the mark as freedom from malice. For the one did not hate those who stoned him even in danger, but was stoned and prayed for those stoning him, as a disciple of Christ, for whom he suffered, bearing to God a fruit greater than his death, his long-suffering; and for the other there was no interval between rebuke and forgiveness, so that the pain was almost stolen away by the speed of the pardon.

18.22PG 35:1013c–1017a

Θεοῦ μὲν ὀργῆς τρυγίαν τινὰ καὶ πιστεύομεν καὶ ἅκούομεν, τὸ λεῖμμα τῆς κατὰ τῶν ἀξίων κινήσεως· ἐπειδὴ Θεὸς ὶκδικήσεων Κύριος. Ei γὰρ καὶ κλίνει διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν ἐκ τοῦ ἀποτόμου πρὸς τὸ ἐνδόσιμον, ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντη συγχωρεῖ τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν, ’ἱνα μὴ τῇ γρηστότητι χείρος γίνωνται.Ὁ δὲ οὐδεν ὑπεκράτει τοῖς παροξύνουσι, καίτοιγε οὐδὲ παντάπασιν ἄτρωτος ἦν θυμῷ, κάν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς μάλιστα τῷ ζήλῳ νικώμενος· πλὴν εἷʼ που τύχοι παρεσκευασμένος καὶ ὡπλισμένος, καὶ ὡς πρὸς ἀντίπαλον τὸ λυπῆσον πόρρωθεν παρατεταγμένος. Οὕτω δὲ οὐδʼ ἂν μυριάσι μετεκινήθη, τὸ,δή λεγόμενον, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκείνου γλυκὺ τὸ πάθος. Ὁ μὶν γὰρ θυμὸς ἣν αὐτῷ, ού κατὰ τήν ὁμοίωσιν τοῦ ὄφεως, ἔνδοθεν ὑροσμύχων, καὶ πρὸς ἄμυναν εὐτρεπὴς, οὐδὲ εἷς ὀργὴν φθάνων ἐκ τοῦ πρώτου κινήματος, καὶ ἀντιδόσεως ἔφεσιν, ἀλλᾶ κατά τὸ κέντρον τῆς μείσσης δίχα τοῦ θανατοῦν τὸν πλησσόμενον τὸ ὲ φιλάνθρωπον ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον. Τροχοὶ πολλάκις πειλοῦντο καί μάστιγες, καί οἳ παραστησάμενοι λησίον καὶ ὁ κίνδυνος, ἦν (oth (Ι) θλίψις, ἣ παειῶν ὕβρεις, ἢ πὺξ κατὰ κόρρηςʼ οὕτω τὴν πειλὴν διελύετο. Ἐσθὴς περιηρεῖτε καὶ ὑποδή- .ατα, καὶ κατὰ γῆς ὁ κακοῦργος εἶτα ὁ θυμὸς οὐκ πὶ τὸν ἠδ.κηκότα, τὸν δὶ προθύμως ὑπουργήαντα, ὠς κακῶν ὑπηρέτην. [Ιῶς ἂν τις μᾶλλον ἐφάνη ρηστὸς ὢν, ἣ Θεῷ δῶρα προσφὲσειν ἄξιοςς Οὐνγὰρ φθανε κεκινημένος πολλάκις, καὶ ὑπεραπελογεῖτο οὗ κινήσαντος, ἐρυθριῶν ὡς οἰκείοις, τοῖς ἐκείνου Κζῖ Δρόσος ὑφίσταται μᾶλλον ἡλιακὴν ἀκτῖνα ωθινᾰ βάλλουσαν, ἢ τι παρέμενεν ἐκείνῳ θυμοῦ λείπανον · ’ἀλλʼ ὁμοῦ τε ἐφθέγγετο, καὶ ὁ χόλος ’ τοῖς ήμασι συναπήρχετο, μόνον ἀφεὶς τὸ τριλάγαθον, καί [ίποτε ἡλίου φανεὶς ’μακρότερος · οὐδὲ τήν απολλόουαν καὶ φρονίμους ὀργὴ-ν γεωργήσας, τι τῆς ἑαυοὗ κακίας ἐνσημήνας σώματι, τὸ ’δὲ -γαληνον διαώζων κάν τῷ κινήματι. Τοιγαροῦν συνέβαινειν ἐκείῳττὸ παραδοξότατον, οὐ μόνιρ μὲν ἐπιτιμᾷν, μόνῳ ί ὑπὸ τῶν ἐνκαλουμὲνων. ἀγαπασθαί τε καῖʼθσιυμάζ εσθαι, νικῶντος τοῦ χνηστοῦ τὴν θερμότητα· αὶ ὅντως τιμιώτερον εἶναι τὸ τῷ δικαίῳ παιεόεσθαι, ἢ ’τῷ πονηρῷ καταλείιρεσθαιο τοῦ μὲν γὰρ κὶ τὸ τραχὺ ripae-avt: διὰ τὴν ώφέλειαν, tot”) δὲ καί ὸ χρηστόν Ἶῦποπτον διὰ τὸ κακόηθες. Κανίπερ δὲ οὕως-. ἔλχων ψυχῆς καὶ ἤθους ἀπλοῇῖκοῢ καί θεοειδοὺς, … μως τι τοῖς ὑβρισταῖς καὶ φοβερὸς ἧν διὰ τὴν ἀσέβειάνὶ μᾶλλον δι ὸύδὲ ἄλλο τι τὸ πλῆττον ma, πλότης καταφρονουμένη. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν αὐτόν tux-6:: ατάρας προέσθαι ῥῆμα, καὶ μή τι δοῦναι παραυτία, ἀγαθὸν διαρκὲʼς,’ἤ λυπηρὸν πρόσκαιρώμ τὸ ,ἓν γαρ ἦν ἐκ βάθους, ψυχῆς, δὲ έὲτι χείλεσι μό- ›ν, ’κάξ πάτρικη τις ἐπίπληξις. Πολλοῖςᾟὲ τοι τῶν ελνυπηκότωνι οὐδὲ ὗπερῆμερός ἆπῆντησενΙὴ ἀντίδοις, οὐδὲ ὄπισθόπους ἡ ίῗξκιηίτοῦτο 8υὴ τθ,ποιητιυ κόνο ἆλλᾶ πὰρʼ αὕτᾶ της κινήσεως ἐπλήίησαν, ἐπετράφησαν, προσῆλθον, ἑγονυπὲτησαν, συγγνώμης τυχόν, ἀπῆλθον, ἡττημένοίκαλῶς, ἀμείνους ’ ἐγένοντο, καὶ σωφρονισθέντες, καὶ συγγνωσθὲντες. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ σύγγνωμον πολλάκις μέγα πρὸς σωτηρίαν, αἲδοῖ κατεῖργον τὸν ἀδικήσαντα, καὶ μετάγον είς φίλτρον ἐκ φόβου τήν ἀσφαλεστέραν εύνοιαν. Ἐπαιδεύθησαν δὲ, οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ βοῶν ἀναῤῥιφέντες τῇ ζεύγλῃ τετρυχωμένων, καὶ ἀπαντησάντων ἀθρόως, οὔπω τοῦτο πρότερον πεπονθότων· οἱ δξῖπποις σφενδονηθέντες, καὶ σ)μπατηθέντες, τῶν εύπειθεστάτων τε καὶ ἡμερωτάτων οἱ δὲ πυρετοῖς ἀσχέτοις καταληφθέντες, καὶ φαντασίαις ὧν τετολμήκασιν· 018w)λοι· ἄλλο τι παιδαγωγηθέντες, καὶ μαθόντες τήν ὑπακοὴν ἐξ ὧν ἔπαθον.

Theou men orgēs trygian tina kai pisteuomen kai hakouomen, to leimma tēs kata tōn axiōn kinēseōs; epeidē Theos ikdikēseōn Kyrios. Ei gar kai klinei dia philanthrōpian ek tou apotomou pros to endosimon, allʼ ou pantē synchōrei tois hamartanousin, ’hina mē tę̄ grēstotēti cheiros ginōntai.Ho de ouden hypekratei tois paroxynousi, kaitoige oude pantapasin atrōtos ēn thymǭ, kan tois pneumatikois malista tǭ zēlǭ nikōmenos; plēn heiʼ pou tychoi pareskeuasmenos kai hōplismenos, kai hōs pros antipalon to lypēson porrōthen paratetagmenos. Houtō de oudʼ an myriasi metekinēthē, to,dē legomenon, kai touto ekeinou glyky to pathos. Ho min gar thymos hēn autǭ, ou kata tēn homoiōsin tou opheōs, endothen hyrosmychōn, kai pros amynan eutrepēs, oude heis orgēn phthanōn ek tou prōtou kinēmatos, kai antidoseōs ephesin, alla kata to kentron tēs meissēs dicha tou thanatoun ton plēssomenon to e philanthrōpon hyper anthrōpon. Trochoi pollakis peilounto kai mastiges, kai hoi parastēsamenoi lēsion kai ho kindynos, ēn (oth (I) thlipsis, hē paeiōn hybreis, ē pyx kata korrēsʼ houtō tēn peilēn dielyeto. Esthēs periēreite kai hypodē- .ata, kai kata gēs ho kakourgos eita ho thymos ouk pi ton ēd.kēkota, ton di prothymōs hypourgēanta, ōs kakōn hypēretēn. [Iōs an tis mallon ephanē rēstos ōn, hē Theǭ dōra prosphesein axioss Oungar phthane kekinēmenos pollakis, kai hyperapelogeito hou kinēsantos, erythriōn hōs oikeiois, tois ekeinou Kzi Drosos hyphistatai mallon hēliakēn aktina ōthina ballousan, ē ti paremenen ekeinǭ thymou leipanon ; ’allʼ homou te ephthengeto, kai ho cholos ’ tois ēmasi synapērcheto, monon apheis to trilagathon, kai [ipote hēliou phaneis ’makroteros ; oude tēn apolloouan kai phronimous orgē-n geōrgēsas, ti tēs heauou kakias ensēmēnas sōmati, to ’de -galēnon diaōzōn kan tǭ kinēmati. Toigaroun synebainein ekeiǭtto paradoxotaton, ou monir men epitimąn, monǭ i hypo tōn enkaloumenōn. agapasthai te kaiʼthsiymaz esthai, nikōntos tou chnēstou tēn thermotēta; ai hontōs timiōteron einai to tǭ dikaiǭ paieoesthai, ē ’tǭ ponērǭ kataleiiresthaio tou men gar ki to trachy ripae-avt: dia tēn ōpheleian, tot”) de kai o chrēston Iypopton dia to kakoēthes. Kaniper de houōs-. elchōn psychēs kai ēthous aploę̄ikoÿ kai theoeidous, … mōs ti tois hybristais kai phoberos hēn dia tēn asebeiani mallon di oude allo ti to plētton ma, plotēs kataphronoumenē. Ou gar ēn auton tux-6:: ataras proesthai rhēma, kai mē ti dounai parautia, agathon diarkeʼs,’ē lypēron proskairōm to ,hen gar ēn ek bathous, psychēs, de eeti cheilesi mo- ›n, ’kax patrikē tis epiplēxis. PolloisĘ̄e toi tōn elnypēkotōni oude hyperēmeros apēntēsenIē antidois, oude opisthopous hē iïxkiēitouto 8yē tth,poiētiy kono alla parʼ hauta tēs kinēseōs eplēiēsan, epetraphēsan, prosēlthon, hegonypetēsan, syngnōmēs tychon, apēlthon, hēttēmenoikalōs, ameinous ’ egenonto, kai sōphronisthentes, kai syngnōsthentes. Epei kai to syngnōmon pollakis mega pros sōtērian, aidoi kateirgon ton adikēsanta, kai metagon eis philtron ek phobou tēn asphalesteran eunoian. Epaideuthēsan de, hoi men hypo boōn anarrhiphentes tę̄ zeuglę̄ tetrychōmenōn, kai apantēsantōn athroōs, oupō touto proteron peponthotōn; hoi dxippois sphendonēthentes, kai s)mpatēthentes, tōn eupeithestatōn te kai hēmerōtatōn hoi de pyretois aschetois katalēphthentes, kai phantasiais hōn tetolmēkasin; 018w)loi; allo ti paidagōgēthentes, kai mathontes tēn hypakoēn ex hōn epathon.

We both believe in and hear of certain dregs of God’s anger, the remainder of his movement against those who deserve it, since “God is the Lord of vengeance.” For though he inclines out of love for mankind from severity toward leniency, he does not altogether pardon sinners, lest they become worse through his kindness. But my father bore no grudge against those who provoked him, although he was not altogether immune to anger, and in spiritual matters especially was overcome by zeal; except when he happened to be prepared and armed, and drawn up from afar against what would grieve him as against an adversary. In that way he would not have been moved by ten thousand, as the saying goes, and this was the sweet passion in him. For his anger was not like the serpent’s, smouldering within and ready for defence, nor did it rush from its first movement into wrath and the desire to pay back; but it was like the sting of the bee, without killing the one struck; and his kindness was more than human. Wheels and whips were often threatened, and those who would apply them stood near, and the danger ended in a pinch of the ear, a slap on the cheek, or a blow on the temple; so he dissolved the threat. The offender’s clothes and sandals were stripped off, and he lay on the ground; then the anger turned not against the wrongdoer but against the one who had eagerly carried this out, as a servant of evil. How could anyone appear kinder, or more worthy to offer gifts to God? For often he was not even roused first, but defended the one who had roused him, blushing at that man’s faults as if they were his own. [26] Dew would sooner withstand the sun’s morning ray than any remnant of anger remain in him; but as soon as he spoke, his wrath departed together with his words, leaving only the love of good, and never outlasting the sun; nor did he cultivate the anger that destroys even the prudent, nor imprint any sign of its evil on his body, but preserved calm even when roused. Therefore the most unusual thing happened to him: not that he alone rebuked, but that he alone was loved and admired by those he reproved, his goodness overcoming his heat; and it was truly more prized to be corrected by the righteous man than to be anointed by the wicked; for with the one even roughness is welcome because of the benefit, with the other even kindness is suspect because of the malice. Though he was of a soul and character so simple and godlike … yet he was feared by the insolent because of their impiety; or rather, nothing else struck them but simplicity despised. For it was not possible for him to utter a word of blessing or curse without giving at once either a lasting good or a passing pain; the one came from the depth of his soul, the other was only on his lips, a kind of fatherly rebuke. On many who had grieved him, requital came neither late nor, as the poet’s phrase has it, as vengeance following behind; but at the very moment of their passion they were struck, turned back, came to him, knelt, obtained pardon, and went away nobly defeated, made better by being both chastened and forgiven. For forgiveness too is often a great thing for salvation, restraining the wrongdoer by shame and leading him from fear to love, the safer kind of goodwill. Some were disciplined by being tossed by oxen worn by the yoke, which rushed at them suddenly though they had never done this before; others by being thrown and trampled by the most obedient and gentle horses; others by being seized with unrelenting fevers and with visions of what they had dared; others by being taught in some other way, and learning obedience from what they suffered.

18.25PG 35:1017b–1017c

Ἀρʼ οὗν τὸ μὶν έπιεικές τοσοῦτον αὖτῷ καί οὕτω γνώριμον· ἐντελείας δὲ καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ πρακτέον ἀρετῆς παρῆκεν ἑτέρῳ τὸ πλέον ἔχειν ; Οὐ μὲν οὸν· ἀλλʼ ἦν ὁ αὐτὸς ἥμερος μὶν, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, ἐνεργὸς δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἥμερον. Δύο γὰρ τούτων ὡς τὰ πολλὰ μαχομένων ἀλλήλοις καὶ ἀντικαθισταμένων, ἁπλότητος καὶ τραχύτητος, καὶ τῆς μὶν τὸ ἥμερον ἐχούσης μετὰ τοῦ ἀπράκτου, τῆς δὲ τὸ πρακτικὸν δίχα τοῦ φιλανθρώπου, ἐκείνῳ συνῆλθε θαυμασίως ἀμφότερα· πράττειν μὲν, ὡς αὐστηρῷ μετὰ τῆς ἡμερότητος· ὑφίεσθαι δὲ, ὼς ἀπράκτῳ μετᾶ τῆς έντεΛείας, ἐν προστασίαις, ἐν παῤῥησίαις, έν εἷʼδι παντι κυβερνήσεως. Τὸ γὰρ τοῦ ὄφεως φρόνιμον περὶ τὸ κακὸν τῷ τῆς περιστερᾶς ἀκεραίῳ περῖ τὸ καλὸν ἀναμίξας, οὕτε τὸ φρόνιμον εἷάσε κακοῦργον γενέ· σθαι, οὕτε τὸ άπλοῦν )ἀνόητον“ ἀλλʼ ἓν ἀρετῆς εἶδος, ὡς μάλιστα ἐνῆν, ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἀπηκριβώσατο. Τὸν δὴ τοιοῦτον μὲν γεγονότα, οὕτω δὲ τῆς ἱερωσύνης προστάντα, τοιαύτης δὲ παρά πᾶσι δόξης τετυχηκότα, τί θαυμαστὸν καὶ σημείων ἀξιωθῆναι, οἷς βεβαιοῖ Θεὸς τήν εὐσέβειαν;

Arʼ houn to min epieikes tosouton autǭ kai houtō gnōrimon; enteleias de kai tēs peri to prakteon aretēs parēken heterǭ to pleon echein ? Ou men oon; allʼ ēn ho autos hēmeros min, ei kai tis allos, energos de kata to hēmeron. Dyo gar toutōn hōs ta polla machomenōn allēlois kai antikathistamenōn, haplotētos kai trachytētos, kai tēs min to hēmeron echousēs meta tou apraktou, tēs de to praktikon dicha tou philanthrōpou, ekeinǭ synēlthe thaumasiōs amphotera; prattein men, hōs austērǭ meta tēs hēmerotētos; hyphiesthai de, ōs apraktǭ meta tēs enteLeias, en prostasiais, en parrhēsiais, en heiʼdi panti kybernēseōs. To gar tou opheōs phronimon peri to kakon tǭ tēs peristeras akeraiǭ peri to kalon anamixas, houte to phronimon heiase kakourgon gene; sthai, houte to aploun )anoēton“ allʼ hen aretēs eidos, hōs malista enēn, ex amphoterōn apēkribōsato. Ton dē toiouton men gegonota, houtō de tēs hierōsynēs prostanta, toiautēs de para pasi doxēs tetychēkota, ti thaumaston kai sēmeiōn axiōthēnai, hois bebaioi Theos tēn eusebeian?

Was his gentleness, then, so great and so well known, while he left to another the advantage in vigour and in the virtue of action? Not at all; the same man was gentle, if anyone was, and active in his gentleness. For of these two, simplicity and sternness, which as a rule fight and are set against each other, the one having gentleness with inaction, the other activity without kindness, both came together wonderfully in him: he acted like a stern man, but with gentleness; he yielded like an inactive man, but with vigour, in his patronage, in his freedom of speech, and in every kind of government. Mixing the serpent’s prudence regarding evil with the dove’s innocence regarding good, he let neither prudence become knavery nor simplicity become folly, but worked out from both, as far as was possible, a single form of virtue. Such being the man, so presiding over the priesthood, and so esteemed by all, what wonder if he was also counted worthy of signs, by which God confirms piety?

18.28PG 35:1017c–1020c

Ἔν δὲ τῶν περί ἐκεῖνον θαυμάτων· ’Έκαμνεν ἀρρωστίᾳ, καὶ πονηρῶς εἶχε τοῦ σώματος. Καὶ τί θαυμαστὸν, εί κακοπαθοῦσι καὶ ἅγιοι, εἶʼτε εἲς κάθαρσιν καὶ τῆς μικρᾶς ἰλύος, εἴτε εἰς βάσανον ἀρετῆς καὶ πεῖραν φιλοσοφίας, εἴδετε είς παίδευσιν τῶν ἀσθενεστέρων ἐν ἐκείνοις μανθανόντων τὸ καρτερεῖν, ἀλλὰ μη ἐκκακεῖν τοῖς πάθεσιν ; Ἕκαμνεν οὗν, καὶ ὁ καιρὸς ἦν τὸ ἅγιον Πάσχα καὶ περιβόητον, ἡ βασίλισσα τῶν ἡμερῶν ἡμέρα, καὶ ἡ λαμπρὰ νὺξ λύουσα τὸ σκότος τῆς ἁμαρτίας, καθʼ ἣν ἡμεῖς ὑπὸ πλουσίῳ φωτί τήν σωτηρίαν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἑορτάζομεν, καὶτῷ φωτῖ διʼ ἡμὰς νεκρωθέντι συννεκρωθέντες, καὶ ἀνισταμένῳ συνανιστάμεθα. Ἐνταῦθα μὲν δὴ τοῦ καιροῦ τὸ πάθος· τὸ δὲ ἢν, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ διηγήσασθαι· Πυρετὸς μὲν σφοδρὸς καὶ διακαής πᾶν τὸ βάθος συνέφλεγεν, ἡ δέ δύναμις ἐπελελοίπει, τῶν σιτίων δὲ (ἀποκεκλειστο, ὕπνος δὲ ἀπελήλατο, ἀπορίᾳ δὲ εἴχε- ... iv το, καὶ παλμοῖς συνεκὸπτετο. Τὰ δὶ εἷʼσω τοῦ στόμα- 1 τος ἅπαντα, ἥ τε ὑπερῲα, καὶ ’ὀσον ὑπεραιωρη- _UA Ιιιυι 1 "‘ “ ... ται, τοσούτοις ἕλκεσιν ἐξηνθήκει, καὶ οὕτω πιοὕτε θεραπεία πᾶσα προσαγομένη. I'O μὲν οὖν ἐν τούτοις ἦν, πνέων μικρά καί άπεγνωσμὲνα, καὶ μηδὲ τῶν παρόντων ἐπαισθανόμενος, ἀλλʼ όλοςντῆς μίας ὣν, καὶ τῶν πάλαι ποθουμὲνων αὺτῷ καὶ ηὐτρεπισμένων. Ἡμὰς δὲ εἶχε τὸ ἱερόν, μύστας ὁμοῦ καὶ ἱκέτας (ἐπειδὴ τῶν. ἄλλων. aiebam: μεν ἁπάντων), πρὸς τὸν μέγαν ἱατρὸν καὶ την τῆς νυκτὸς ἐκείνης δύναμιν καταφεύγοντας, καί τήν τελευταίαν ἐπικουρίαν* τί καὶ φῶ ; ἑορτάσοντας, ἢ θρηνήσοντας ; πανηγυρίσονταςῑ, ἣ τιμήσονταςστὸν οὐκέτι ἐνταῦθα τὰ ἑπιτάφια; Ὦ τῶν δακρύων ἐκείνων, ἃ παρὰ παντὸς ἐχήέθη τοῦ λαοῦ τηνικαῦτα ί ὣ φωνῶν, καὶ βοῶν, καὶ ὕμνων ταῖς *ψαλμῳδίαις συγκιρναμένων ! Ἐζήτουν παρά τοῦ ἱεροῦ. τὸν ίερὲα, τ,. ι παρὰ τοῦ μυστηρίου τὸν μυσταγωγὸν, παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν ἄξιον παραστάτηνο καὶ ταῦτα ἧν, ἐξαρχούσης τῆς ἐμῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀνακρουομένηιξυ τὸ τύμπανον, οὺ τὸ ἐπινίκιονίάλλά τὸ ἱκέσιονίκαὶ. τότε πρῶτον ἀναισχυντεῖν μαθούσης ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους, καὶ καταβοώσης τοῦ λαοῦ τε ὁμοίως καὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ· τοῦ μὲν, συναλγεῖν πασχούσῃ, καὶ προσφιλοτιμεῖσθαι τοῖς δάκρυσι τοῦ δὲ, εἰσακούειν τῶν δεομένων, πάντων αὐτὸν τῶν πρὸ τούτου θαυμάτων (καὶ γὰρ θ κ ε ι ι εὐρετικὸν τὸ πάσχειν) ὑπομιμνήσκουσα.

En de tōn peri ekeinon thaumatōn; ’Ekamnen arrōstią, kai ponērōs eiche tou sōmatos. Kai ti thaumaston, ei kakopathousi kai hagioi, eiʼte eis katharsin kai tēs mikras ilyos, eite eis basanon aretēs kai peiran philosophias, eidete eis paideusin tōn asthenesterōn en ekeinois manthanontōn to karterein, alla mē ekkakein tois pathesin ? Hekamnen houn, kai ho kairos ēn to hagion Pascha kai periboēton, hē basilissa tōn hēmerōn hēmera, kai hē lampra nyx lyousa to skotos tēs hamartias, kathʼ hēn hēmeis hypo plousiǭ phōti tēn sōtērian hēmōn autōn heortazomen, kaitǭ phōti diʼ hēmas nekrōthenti synnekrōthentes, kai anistamenǭ synanistametha. Entautha men dē tou kairou to pathos; to de ēn, hōs en brachei diēgēsasthai; Pyretos men sphodros kai diakaēs pan to bathos synephlegen, hē de dynamis epeleloipei, tōn sitiōn de (apokekleisto, hypnos de apelēlato, aporią de eiche- ... iv to, kai palmois synekopteto. Ta di heiʼsō tou stoma- 1 tos hapanta, hē te hyperǭa, kai ’oson hyperaiōrē- _UA Iiiui 1 "‘ “ ... tai, tosoutois helkesin exēnthēkei, kai houtō pioute therapeia pasa prosagomenē. I'O men oun en toutois ēn, pneōn mikra kai apegnōsmena, kai mēde tōn parontōn epaisthanomenos, allʼ olosntēs mias hōn, kai tōn palai pothoumenōn autǭ kai ēutrepismenōn. Hēmas de eiche to hieron, mystas homou kai hiketas (epeidē tōn. allōn. aiebam: men hapantōn), pros ton megan hiatron kai tēn tēs nyktos ekeinēs dynamin katapheugontas, kai tēn teleutaian epikourian* ti kai phō ? heortasontas, ē thrēnēsontas ? panēgyrisontasi, hē timēsontasston ouketi entautha ta hepitaphia? Ō tōn dakryōn ekeinōn, ha para pantos echēethē tou laou tēnikauta i hō phōnōn, kai boōn, kai hymnōn tais *psalmǭdiais synkirnamenōn ! Ezētoun para tou hierou. ton ierea, t,. i para tou mystēriou ton mystagōgon, para tou Theou ton axion parastatēno kai tauta hēn, exarchousēs tēs emēs Marias, kai anakrouomenēixy to tympanon, ou to epinikionialla to hikesionikai. tote prōton anaischyntein mathousēs hypo tou pathous, kai kataboōsēs tou laou te homoiōs kai tou Theou; tou men, synalgein paschousę̄, kai prosphilotimeisthai tois dakrysi tou de, eisakouein tōn deomenōn, pantōn auton tōn pro toutou thaumatōn (kai gar th k e i i euretikon to paschein) hypomimnēskousa.

One of the marvels concerning him: he fell sick and was in poor bodily health. And what wonder if even saints suffer, whether for the cleansing of even a little mud, or as a touchstone of virtue and a test of philosophy, or for the instruction of the weaker, who learn from them to endure and not to lose heart in suffering? He was sick, then, and the time was the holy and famous Pascha, the queen of days, the bright night that dissolves the darkness of sin, on which we celebrate our own salvation in abundant light, dying with the Light that died for us and rising with him as he rises. This was the time of his suffering; what it was I will tell briefly. A violent, burning fever inflamed him to his depths; his strength had failed; he was shut off from food; sleep had been driven away; he was in distress … and was shaken by palpitations. Everything inside his mouth, the palate and all that lies above, had broken out in so many sores … that every remedy applied was of no use. He, then, was in this state, breathing little and hopelessly, not even aware of those present, but wholly absorbed in his departure and in the things long desired by him and made ready. As for us, the sanctuary held us, initiates and suppliants at once (since we had despaired of everything else), fleeing to the great Physician and to the power of that night as our last help. What shall I say? Were we there to keep festival or to lament? To celebrate, or to honour with funeral rites one who was no longer here? O the tears poured out by the whole people then! O the voices and cries and hymns mingled with the psalmody! They sought from the sanctuary its priest, from the mystery its celebrant, from God his worthy minister; and my Miriam led them, striking the timbrel, not of victory but of supplication, learning then for the first time to be bold through suffering, and crying aloud to the people and to God alike: to the people, to share her pain and to vie with her in tears; to God, to hear those who prayed, reminding him of all his wonders before this (for suffering is inventive).

18.29PG 35:1020c–1021c

Τί οὖν ἐνταῦθα ὁ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐκείνης καὶ γ, ε. --. -.η---.- (ωυ) υ μμ νυκιυς, unuqu XO!‘ τοῦ κειμένου Θεός ; Φρίττειν ἐπέρχεταί μοι τοῖς ἑξῆς προσιόντι τοῦ διηγήματοςΠ(φρίττοιτε δὲ ὑμεῖς, οἱ ἀκούοντες, μή ἀπιστόίητεηέὲ· οὗ γὰρ ὅσιον, ἡμῶν καὶ περὶ ἐκείνου διηγουμένων) ίῖαρῆνό τοῦ μυστηρίου καιρὸς, καὶ ἡ σεβάσμιος στάσις, καὶ τάξις, τοῖς τελουμένοις ἐφησυχάζουσα· ὀ δὲπαρά τοῦ ζωοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς καί τῆς ἱερᾶς νυκτὸς δ. -- - κ κ - -ν | ' ' διανίσταται. Μικρὸν ὑποκίνεῖται πρῶτον, εἶτα στερ- ι ι δ λ ῥότερονʼ εἶτα καλέσας τῶν παραμενόντων, τινὰ θεράπευτὴν ἐξ ὀνόματος, μικρά πάνυ καὶ ἀμυδρᾷ τῇ φωνῇ, παρεῖναί τε καὶ ὀρέγειν ἐσθῆτα, καὶ χεῖραυὺπζ ἐχειν ἐκέλευεν. Καὶ ὃς παρῆν μετʼ ἐκπλήξεως, καὶ ὑπηρετει προθύμως· καὶ ὅς ὡς βακτηρίᾳ Tit} χειραγιυγίᾳ χρησάμενος, μιμεῖται τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὅρους Μωυσέα, καὶ τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας εἷς εὐχὴν σχηματίσας, συντελεῖ προθύμως ἢ προτιλεῖ τοῦ λαοῦ τα μυστήρια, ρή μασι μὲν ὀλίγοις καὶ ὅσοις ἔσθενεν, διανοίᾳ δὲ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, καὶ λίαν τελεωτάτη (ὤ τοῦ θαύματος l), ἄνευ βήματος ἐπὶ βήματος, ἄνευ θυσιαστηρίου θύτης, ἱερεὺς πόρρω τῶν τελουμένωνυ καὶ ταῦτα παρῆν αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, αὐτῷ μὶν γινωσκόμενα, τοῖς παροῦσι δὲ οὐχ ὁρώμενα. Εἶτα ἐπειπὼν τὰ τῆς εὐχαριστίας ῥηματα οὕτως, ὡς σύνηθες, καὶ τὸν λαὸν κατευλογήσας, πάλιν τῆς κλίνης γίνεται, τροφῆς τε μικρόν τι προσέμενος, καὶ ὕπνου μεταλαβὼν, ἀνακαλεῖται τὸ πνεῦμαʼ καὶ ταῖς κατά μικρὸν προσθήκαις τῆς ὑγείας συναυξηθείσης, ἡ καινή παρῆν ἡμέ- 1 1* \V‘I’ῚἾ””Ἶ“) Ἶ "wn" ’1 \‘"I ’ΠΕ-’ pa τῆς ἑορτῆς (ἣν οὕτως ὀνομάζομεν πρώτην Κυρια- 1 κήν, μετά τὴν ἀναστάσιμον ταύτην ἕχοντες)’ καὶτὸ ιερὸν καταλαβὼν σὺν παντὶ τῷ τῆς Έκκλησίας πληρώματι έγκαινίζει τὴν σωτηρίαν, καὶ θύει τὰ χαριστήρια. Καί μοί τι τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον τοῦ περὶ τὸν Ἐζεχίαν θαύματος οὐκ ἀτιμότερον· ὅν ἀσθενήσαντα καὶ δεηθέντα, προσθήκῃ ζωῆς ὁ Θεὸς ἐδόξασεν· καὶ τοῦτο ἐγνώρισε τῇ σκιᾷ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν ἐπαναχθείσῃ, κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ σωθέντος αἶʼτησινσ ὑμοῦ τε τῇ χάριτι καὶ τῷ σημείῳ τὸν βασιλέα τιμῶν, καὶ τῇ προσθήκῃ τῆς ἡμέρας τὴν τῶν ἡμερῶν προσθήκην πιστουςιενος.

Ti oun entautha ho tēs nyktos ekeinēs kai g, e. --. -.ē---.- (ōy) y mm nykiys, unuqu XO!‘ tou keimenou Theos ? Phrittein eperchetai moi tois hexēs prosionti tou diēgēmatosP(phrittoite de hymeis, hoi akouontes, mē apistoiēteēee; hou gar hosion, hēmōn kai peri ekeinou diēgoumenōn) iiarēno tou mystēriou kairos, kai hē sebasmios stasis, kai taxis, tois teloumenois ephēsychazousa; o depara tou zōopoiountos tous nekrous kai tēs hieras nyktos d. -- - k k - -n | ' ' dianistatai. Mikron hypokineitai prōton, eita ster- i i d l rhoteronʼ eita kalesas tōn paramenontōn, tina therapeutēn ex onomatos, mikra pany kai amydrą tę̄ phōnę̄, pareinai te kai oregein esthēta, kai cheirauypz echein ekeleuen. Kai hos parēn metʼ ekplēxeōs, kai hypēretei prothymōs; kai hos hōs baktērią Tit} cheiragiygią chrēsamenos, mimeitai ton epi tou horous Mōysea, kai tas pareimenas cheiras heis euchēn schēmatisas, syntelei prothymōs ē protilei tou laou ta mystēria, rē masi men oligois kai hosois esthenen, dianoią de, hōs emoi dokei, kai lian teleōtatē (ō tou thaumatos l), aneu bēmatos epi bēmatos, aneu thysiastēriou thytēs, hiereus porrō tōn teloumenōny kai tauta parēn autǭ para tou hagiou Pneumatos, autǭ min ginōskomena, tois parousi de ouch horōmena. Eita epeipōn ta tēs eucharistias rhēmata houtōs, hōs synēthes, kai ton laon kateulogēsas, palin tēs klinēs ginetai, trophēs te mikron ti prosemenos, kai hypnou metalabōn, anakaleitai to pneumaʼ kai tais kata mikron prosthēkais tēs hygeias synauxētheisēs, hē kainē parēn hēme- 1 1* \V‘I’II””I“) I "wn" ’1 \‘"I ’PE-’ pa tēs heortēs (hēn houtōs onomazomen prōtēn Kyria- 1 kēn, meta tēn anastasimon tautēn hechontes)’ kaito ieron katalabōn syn panti tǭ tēs Ekklēsias plērōmati enkainizei tēn sōtērian, kai thyei ta charistēria. Kai moi ti touto to ergon tou peri ton Ezechian thaumatos ouk atimoteron; hon asthenēsanta kai deēthenta, prosthēkę̄ zōēs ho Theos edoxasen; kai touto egnōrise tę̄ skią tōn anabathmōn epanachtheisę̄, kata tēn autou tou sōthentos aiʼtēsins hymou te tę̄ chariti kai tǭ sēmeiǭ ton basilea timōn, kai tę̄ prosthēkę̄ tēs hēmeras tēn tōn hēmerōn prosthēkēn pistousienos.

What then did the God of that night and of the sick man do here? I shudder to approach what comes next in the story; and you who hear, shudder too, but do not disbelieve, for that would not be holy when it is I who tell it, and about him. The time of the mystery had come, the reverent standing and order, and the hush for the rites; and he, raised up by him who gives life to the dead, and by the holy night, rises. First he stirs a little, then more firmly; then, calling by name one of the servants who had stayed with him, in a very weak and faint voice, he told him to come, to hand him his clothing, and to support him by the hand. The man came in amazement and served him eagerly; and he, using the hand that guided him as a staff, imitates Moses on the mountain, and, forming his feeble hands for prayer, eagerly celebrates the mysteries with his people, or for them, in few words, as many as his strength allowed, but, as it seems to me, with a most perfect intention. O the marvel! Without a sanctuary he was at the sanctuary, without an altar a sacrificer, a priest far from the rites; and these things were present to him from the Holy Spirit, known to him but not seen by those present. Then, having said the words of the thanksgiving as was customary and blessed the people, he goes back to his bed; and taking a little food and getting some sleep, he recovers his spirit. And as his health grew by small additions, the new day of the feast arrived (so we call the first Sunday after the day of the resurrection), and he went to the church with the whole fullness of the congregation, dedicated his recovery, and offered the thank-offering. To me this deed is no less honourable than the marvel concerning Hezekiah, whom, when he was sick and prayed, God glorified by an addition of life, and made this known by the shadow brought back on the steps, at the request of the saved man himself, honouring the king with grace and sign together, and confirming the addition of days by the addition to the day.

18.30PG 35:1021c–1024b

Τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τὴν μητέρα τήν ἐμὴν συνηνέχθη θαῦμα, οὐ μικρὸν ὕστερον* ἄξιον δὲ μηδὲ( τοῦτο παραδραμεῖν ταύτην τε γὰρ τὰ εἰκότα τιμήσομεν, εἶθιτερ τινὰ οὖσαν τιμῆς ἀξίαν, ἐκείνῳ τε γαριούμεθα τήν κοινωνίαν τοῦ διηγήματος. "Amsται κάκείνης ἀρρωστία τῆς πάντα καρτερικῆς, καὶ γενναίας, καὶ ἀνόσου τὸν ἃπαντα χρόνον. Πολλῶν δὲ ὄντων τῶν λυπούντων, τίνα μή μακρὸν ἀποτείνω λόγων, ἡ ἀτροφία τι) βαρύτατον ἦν ἐπὶ συχνὰς ἡμέρας τοῦτο κινδυνευούσῃ, καὶ μηδὲν εὐρισκούσῃ τοῦ κακοῦ φάρμακον. [Ιῶς οὗν τρέφει ταύτην Θεός; Οὐ μάννα βρέξας, ὡς τὸ πάλαι τῷ Ἰσραήλ · ἢ πέραν ῥήξας, ’ίνα πηγάσῃ λαῷ διψῶντι· ἢ κόραξιν ἑστιάσας, ὡς τὸν Ἡλιαν ἐκεῖνον· ἢ προφήτῃ μεταρσίῳ κορέσας, ὡς τὸν Δανιὴλ πρότερον έν λάκκῳ λιμώττοντα. Τίνα δὲ τρόπον; Ἔδοξεν ἐμὲ τὸν αὐτῆ φίλτατον (προετιμᾶτο γάρ ἡμῶν ἄλλος οὐδʼ ἰν ὀνείρῳ), ἀθρόως ἐπιστάντα νυκτὸς, μετὰ κανοῦ, καὶ ἅρτων τῶν λαμπροτάτων, ἐπευξάμενόν τε αὐτοῖς, καὶ σφραγίσαντα, ὥσπερ φίλον ἡμῖν, θρέψαι τε καὶ ῥῶσαι, καί συναγαγεῖν τὴν δύναμιν. Καὶ ἡ τῆς νυκτὸς ὄψις, ἔργον ἧν ἀληθείας · ἐξ ἐκείνου γὰρ ἑαυτῆς γίνεται καὶ τῆς χρηστοτέρας ἐλπίδος· τῷ τοῦτο δῆλον έναργεῖ καὶ φανερῷ γνωρίσματι. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπιλαβούσης, εἰσελθὼν τότε πρὸς αὐτὴν ὄρθριος, πρῶτον μὲν φαιδροτέραν ἢ πρόσθεν ἐθεασάμην· ἔπειτα, πῶς ἠ νὺξ, καὶ ὅτου δέοιτο, τὰ ξυνήθη δὴ ταῦτα ἐπυνθανόμην· Σύ με ἔθρεψας, φησὶν, ὧ τέκνον, μάλα ἑτοίμως καὶ φιλανθρώπως, ἔπειτα ἐρωτᾷς τὸ, πῶς ἔχοιμι; λίαν καλῶς τε καὶ γαληνῶς. Καὶ ἅμα κατένευον αἱ θεραπεῦτριαι πρὸς τοῦτο μὴ ἀντιτείνειν, ἀλλʼ ἑτοίμως δέχεσθαι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν· μὴ ἀθυμίᾳ καταβληθείη, γυμνωθείσης τῆς ἀληθείας. Ἕν ἔτι προσθήσω τῶν κοινῶν ἀμφοτέροις.

To dʼ auto kai peri tēn mētera tēn emēn synēnechthē thauma, ou mikron hysteron* axion de mēde( touto paradramein tautēn te gar ta eikota timēsomen, eithiter tina ousan timēs axian, ekeinǭ te garioumetha tēn koinōnian tou diēgēmatos. "Amstai kakeinēs arrōstia tēs panta karterikēs, kai gennaias, kai anosou ton hapanta chronon. Pollōn de ontōn tōn lypountōn, tina mē makron apoteinō logōn, hē atrophia ti) barytaton ēn epi sychnas hēmeras touto kindyneuousę̄, kai mēden euriskousę̄ tou kakou pharmakon. [Iōs houn trephei tautēn Theos? Ou manna brexas, hōs to palai tǭ Israēl ; ē peran rhēxas, ’ina pēgasę̄ laǭ dipsōnti; ē koraxin hestiasas, hōs ton Hēlian ekeinon; ē prophētę̄ metarsiǭ koresas, hōs ton Daniēl proteron en lakkǭ limōttonta. Tina de tropon? Edoxen eme ton autē philtaton (proetimato gar hēmōn allos oudʼ in oneirǭ), athroōs epistanta nyktos, meta kanou, kai hartōn tōn lamprotatōn, epeuxamenon te autois, kai sphragisanta, hōsper philon hēmin, threpsai te kai rhōsai, kai synagagein tēn dynamin. Kai hē tēs nyktos opsis, ergon hēn alētheias ; ex ekeinou gar heautēs ginetai kai tēs chrēstoteras elpidos; tǭ touto dēlon enargei kai phanerǭ gnōrismati. Epeidē gar tēs hēmeras epilabousēs, eiselthōn tote pros autēn orthrios, prōton men phaidroteran ē prosthen etheasamēn; epeita, pōs ē nyx, kai hotou deoito, ta xynēthē dē tauta epynthanomēn; Sy me ethrepsas, phēsin, hō teknon, mala hetoimōs kai philanthrōpōs, epeita erōtąs to, pōs echoimi? lian kalōs te kai galēnōs. Kai hama kateneuon hai therapeutriai pros touto mē antiteinein, allʼ hetoimōs dechesthai tēn apokrisin; mē athymią katablētheiē, gymnōtheisēs tēs alētheias. Hen eti prosthēsō tōn koinōn amphoterois.

The same marvel happened to my mother too, not long afterward; and it is right not to pass over this either, for we shall give her due honour, since she is worthy of honour, and we shall please him by sharing the story with her. She too, who was so enduring in everything, so noble, and free from sickness all her life, was seized by illness. Of the many things that troubled her, not to stretch out my discourse, the heaviest was her inability to eat, which endangered her for many days, with no remedy found for the trouble. How then does God feed her? Not by raining down manna, as of old for Israel; nor by splitting a rock so that it might gush forth for a thirsty people; nor by feeding her by ravens, like Elijah; nor by satisfying her through a prophet carried through the air, as with Daniel when he was starving in the pit. In what way, then? She dreamed that I, her dearest (for she preferred none of us to me, not even in a dream), stood suddenly by her at night with a basket of the whitest loaves, and that, after praying over them and sealing them with the sign, as is our custom, I fed her, strengthened her, and restored her strength. And the vision of the night was a work of truth; for from then on she came to herself and to better hope. This was shown by a clear and manifest sign. For when day came and I went in to her early, I first saw her more cheerful than before; then I asked, in the usual way, how the night had been and what she needed. “You fed me, my child,” she said, “very readily and kindly, and then you ask how I am? Very well and peacefully.” At the same time her maids nodded to me not to contradict her, but to accept the answer readily, lest she be cast down if the truth were laid bare. I will add one more thing shared by both of them.

18.31PG 35:1024c–1025a

Πλέοντί μοι τὰ Παρθενικὸν πέλαγος ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων, ἐπὶ τὴν Ἐλλάδα· ἔπλεον δὲ παντελῶς ἔξω τῆς ὥρας, οὕτω τοῦ πόθου πείθοντος, ἐπὶ νηὸς Αἰγιναίας· τοῦτο γάρ με καὶ μάλιστα προῦτρεψεν ὡς οἰκείοις προσδραμόντα τοῖς ἄξουσι· πλέοντι δʼ οὗν, ὡς ὀλίγον ἀνήχθημεν, δεινὸς συμπίπτει χειμὼν, καὶν οἷον μήηπολλῶν πρότερον μνημονεόειν εἴ· χον, ὡς ῐφασκον, o't συμπλέοντες. Πάντων δὲ τὸν κοινδν θάνατον δεδοικότων, ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς ἦν ἐμοὶ φοβερώτερος. Ἐκινδῦνευον γὰρ ἅθλιος ἀπελθεῖν καὶ ἀτέλεστος, ποθῶν τὸ πνευματικὸν ὕδωρ ἐν τοῖς φονικοῖς ὕδασι. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐβόων, ἱκέτευον, ἐπόθουν μικρὰν προθεσμίαν· καὶ συνεβόων οἱ συμπλέοντες, καὶ τοῦτο έν τοῖς κοινοῖς κινδύνοις, ὡς οὐδὲ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων τινὲς, ξένοι φιλάνθρωποι, τὸ συναλγεῖν μαθόντες ἐκ τῶν κινδύνων. Τοῦτο ἔπασχον μὲν ἐγὼ, συνέπασχον δὲ οἱ γεννήτορες, διὰ νυκτερινῆς φαντασίας τοῦ κινδύνου μετέχοντες, καὶ ἀπὸ γῆς ἐβοήθουν, τῶν κυμάτων διʼ εὐχῆς κατεπᾴδοντες, ὡς ὕστερον συμβαλόντες ἔγνωμεν τὸν καιρὸν, ἢνίκα ἐπανήλθομεν. Τοῦτο καί ἡμῖν ἐδήλωσεν ὕπνος σωτήριος, ἐπειδή ποτε τοῦτον ἔγνωμεν, μικρόν ὑπανέντος τοῦ κλύδωνος. Ἐριννύος ἰκράτουν ἆγὼ, φοβερὸν βλεπούσης, καὶ ἀπειλούσης τὸν κίνδυνον · ἡμῖν σαφῶς ἡ νὺξ ὑπέγραψεν. ’Ἀλλος ἐδόκει τῶν ἐμπλεόντων (ἦν δὲ παῖς τῶν εὐνουστάτων ἐμοὶ καί φιλτάτων, καὶ ὑπεραγωνιώντων, οὕτως ἔχοντος), τὴν μητέρα τὴν ἐμὴν ἐπιβᾶσαν τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ τῆς νηὸς λαβομένην ἐξέλκειν ταύτην ἐπὶ τήν γῆν, οὐ σὺν πολλῷ τῷ πόνῳ. Καὶ ἡ ὄψις ἐπιστεύετοʼ ἡμεροῦτο γὰρὴ θάλασσα, καὶ Ῥόδος εἶχεν ἡμᾶς αὐτίκα ού πολὺ τὸ ἐν μέσῳ κακοπαθήσαντας. Έκείνου τοῦ κινδύνου καὶ ἡμεῖς δῶρον γεγόναμεν καθυποσχύμενοι, εἷ σωθείημεν, ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ δεδωκότες ὡς ἀπεσώθη μεν.

Pleonti moi ta Parthenikon pelagos apo tēs Alexandreōn, epi tēn Ellada; epleon de pantelōs exō tēs hōras, houtō tou pothou peithontos, epi nēos Aiginaias; touto gar me kai malista proutrepsen hōs oikeiois prosdramonta tois axousi; pleonti dʼ houn, hōs oligon anēchthēmen, deinos sympiptei cheimōn, kain hoion mēēpollōn proteron mnēmoneoein ei; chon, hōs iphaskon, o't sympleontes. Pantōn de ton koindn thanaton dedoikotōn, ho tēs psychēs ēn emoi phoberōteros. Ekindyneuon gar hathlios apelthein kai atelestos, pothōn to pneumatikon hydōr en tois phonikois hydasi. Kai dia touto eboōn, hiketeuon, epothoun mikran prothesmian; kai syneboōn hoi sympleontes, kai touto en tois koinois kindynois, hōs oude tōn epitēdeiōn tines, xenoi philanthrōpoi, to synalgein mathontes ek tōn kindynōn. Touto epaschon men egō, synepaschon de hoi gennētores, dia nykterinēs phantasias tou kindynou metechontes, kai apo gēs eboēthoun, tōn kymatōn diʼ euchēs katepądontes, hōs hysteron symbalontes egnōmen ton kairon, ēnika epanēlthomen. Touto kai hēmin edēlōsen hypnos sōtērios, epeidē pote touton egnōmen, mikron hypanentos tou klydōnos. Erinnyos ikratoun agō, phoberon blepousēs, kai apeilousēs ton kindynon ; hēmin saphōs hē nyx hypegrapsen. ’Allos edokei tōn empleontōn (ēn de pais tōn eunoustatōn emoi kai philtatōn, kai hyperagōniōntōn, houtōs echontos), tēn mētera tēn emēn epibasan tēs thalassēs, kai tēs nēos labomenēn exelkein tautēn epi tēn gēn, ou syn pollǭ tǭ ponǭ. Kai hē opsis episteuetoʼ hēmerouto garē thalassa, kai Rhodos eichen hēmas autika ou poly to en mesǭ kakopathēsantas. Ekeinou tou kindynou kai hēmeis dōron gegonamen kathyposchymenoi, hei sōtheiēmen, hēmas autous tǭ Theǭ, kai dedōkotes hōs apesōthē men.

I was sailing across the Parthenian Sea from Alexandria to Greece (I sailed quite out of season, so did my longing persuade me, on a ship of Aegina; this above all urged me on, since I was hurrying to people I knew who would carry me). As I was sailing, then, when we had put out only a little way, a terrible storm fell upon us, such as not many could remember before, as my fellow passengers said. While all feared the common death, the death of the soul was more fearful to me. For I was in danger of departing wretched and uninitiated, longing for the spiritual water amid the deadly waters. And for this reason I cried out, I begged, I longed for a little respite; and my fellow passengers cried out with me, even in the common danger, as not even some of one’s own friends would do: strangers, but kind, having learned sympathy from danger. This I suffered, and my parents suffered with me, sharing in the danger through a vision at night; and they helped from land, charming the waves with prayer, as we learned afterwards when, after our return, we compared the times. This a saving sleep also showed us, when at last we got it, as the surge eased a little. I seemed to be grappling with a Fury, fearsome to look at and threatening danger; so the night clearly sketched it for us. Another of those on board (he was a boy, one of those most devoted and dear to me, and very anxious for me in my state) thought he saw my mother step onto the sea, take hold of the ship, and draw it to land without much effort. And the vision was believed; for the sea grew calm, and Rhodes soon received us, after we had suffered little in between. Of that danger we too became an offering, having promised ourselves to God if we were saved, and having given ourselves when we were saved.

18.32PG 35:1025a–1033a

Τὰ μὲν δὴ κοινὰ τοιαῦτα. Πάλαι δὲ οἶμαι θαυ- ξ μάζειν τινάς τῶν τὰ ἑκείνου σαφῶς ἐγνωκότων, ὅτι περί μὲν τούτων οὕτω καταγεγόναμεν, ὡς μόνα πρὸς εὐφημίαν ἔχοντες· τῆς δὲ τῶν καιρῶν δυσχερείας τὴν μνήμην ἀνεθὲμεθα, πρὸς οὓς παραταξάμενος ἐκεῖνος φαίνεται, ὥσπερ ἢ ἀγνοήσαντες ταῦτα, ἦ μὴ μεγάλα νομίζοντες. Φέρε οὖν καὶ ταῦτα προσθῶμεν τοῖς εἰρημένοις· ’Πνεγκεν ὁ καθʼ ἡμᾶς καιρὸς πρῶτον κακὸν, οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τελευταῖον, τὸν ἀποστάτην καὶτοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τῶν λογισμῶν βασιλὲω ’ὸς μικρὸν μὶν ἔργον ἡγησάμενος εῖναι Πέρσας χειρώσασθαι, μέγα δὲ τὸ Χριστιανοὺς παραστήσασθαι, καὶ ἅμα τῶν ἀγόντων αὐτὸν δαιμόνων τοῦτο πειθόντων, οὐδὲν εἶδος ἀσεβείας ἐνέλειπε, πείθων, ἀπειλῶν, σοφιζόμενος, ἕλκων πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, οὐ μόνον οἷς ἐτεχνάζετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἷς ἐβιάζετο. Ού μὴν λαθεῖν οἶός τε,ρ κ τ.. -, ν,m ἦν κλέπτων τὸν διωγμὸν σοφιστικαῖς ἐπινοίαις, οὐδὲ μὴν καὶ φανερῶς τῇ δυναστείᾳ χρώμενος· τίνʼ ἑνί γε τῷ τρόπῳ πάντως ἁλῶμεν, ἣ κακουργηθὲντις, ἣ βιασθέντες. Τοῦτον τίς μᾶλλον ἢ περιφρονήσας, ἣ καταλύσας εὑρίσκεται ; Τῆς μὶν οῃν περιφρονήσεως πρὸς πολλοῖς ἄλλοις ἐκεῖνο σημεῖον, οἵ τε τοξόται, καὶ ὁ τούτων στρατηγὸς, οὓς ἐπῆγεν ἐκεῖνος τοῖς ἱεροῖς οἷʼκοις ἡμῶν, ὡς ἣ παραληψόμενος, ἣ καταστρεψόμενος. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πολλοῖς προσβαλὼν ἄλλοις, κάνταῦθα ἧκεν μετὰ τοῦ ἴσου φρονήματος, καί τὸ ἱερὸν ἐζήτει μετὰ τῶν προσταγμάτων, τοσοῦτον ἀποσχέσθαι τοῦ τι καταπράξασθαι ὧν ἐβούλετο, ὥστε, εἷ μὴ θᾶττον ὑπεκλίθη τῷ ἐμῷ πατρὶ, ἣ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ συνεὶς, ἤ τινος συμβουλεύσαντος ἀκούσας, κέὶν τοὺς πόδας ξανθεὶς ἀπηλλάγη, ζὲσαντος ἐπʼ αὐτὸν θυμῷ καὶ ζήλῳ περὶ τοῦ me τοῦ Is— ρὲως. Τὴν κατάλυσιν δὲ πῶς ἄν τις μᾶλλον φανείη πραγματευσάμενος, δημοσίᾳ μὲν εὐχαῖς καὶ δεήσεσι πανῖγξμοις βάλλων τὸν αλτηριον, καὶ οὐδὲ τὸν καιρὸν εὐλαβούμενος· ἰδίᾳ δὲ τήν νυκτερινὴν παράταξιν κατʼ αὐτοῦ προβαλλόμενος, χαμευνίᾳ μὲν τὰς γεραιὰς ὲκείνας καὶ δροσερὰς κατατρύχων σάρκας, δάκρυσι δὲ πηγάζων τὸ ἔδαφος, μικροῦ καί εἷς ἐνιαυτὸν δλονʼ καὶ τοῦτο τῷ τῶν κρυπτῶν ,γνώστῃ μόνῳ φιλοσοφῶν, ἡμᾶς δὶ λανθάνειν ἐπιχειρῶν διὰ τὸ ἀνεπίδεικτον, ὥσπερ ἔφην, τῆς εὐλαβείας; Καὶ λαθὼν ἂν ἦν παντάπασιν, εἱ μὴ ποτε ἁθρόως ἐπεισελθὼν ἐγὼ, καὶ χαμευνίας σύμβολα θεασάμενος, καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν πυθόμενος, τίνα ταῦτʼ ἦν, ἔγνων τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ μυστήριον. Al". ’Έτερον δὲ τοῦ αὐτοῦ καιροῦ καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀνδρίας διήγημα· ἐστασίαζεν ἡ Καισαρέων πόλις περὶ προβολὴν ἀρχιερέως, τοῦ μὶν ὑπεξελθόντος, τοῦ δὲ έπιζητουμὲνου, καὶ ὴ στάσις θερμὴ, καὶ μή ῥᾳδίαν τὴν λύσιν ἔχουσα. Φύσει τε γάρ περὶ τοῦτο μάλιστα στασιώδης ἡ πόλις, διὰ θερμότητα πίστεως, καὶ τὸ τῆς καθέδρας ἐπίδοξον, πλείω τήν φιλονεικίαν εἰργάζετο. Ταῦτα ἦν, καὶ παρῆσαν τῶν ἐπισκόπων τινὲς τὸν ἀρχιερέα δώσοντες· ὡς δὲ εἰς πλείους τοῦ δήμου διαιρεθέντος, καὶ ἄλλων ἄλλον προβαλλομένων, ὅπερ έν τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν, ὡς ἕκαστος ἔτυχεν ἢ φιλίας πρός τινας ἔχων, ἢ πρὸς Θεὸν εὐλαβείας, τέλος συμφρονήσας ὁ δῆμος ἄπας, τῶν πρώτων παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἕνα, βίῳ μὲν ἐξειλεγμένον, οῧπω δὲ τῷ θείῳ βαπτίσματι κατεσφραγισμένον, τοῦτον ἄκοντα συναρπάσαντες, καὶ ἅμα στρατιωτικῆς χειρὸς συλλαβομένης αὐτοῖς τηνικαῦτα ἐπιδημούσης ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα ἔθεσαν, καὶ τοῖς ἐπίσκόποις προσήγαγον, τελεσθῆναί τε ἠξίουν καὶ κηρυχθῆναι, πειθοῖ βίαν ἀναμίξαντες· ού λίαν μὶν εὐτάκτως, λίαν δὲ πιστῶς καὶ διαπύρως. Κάνταῦθα οὐκ ἔστιν εἷπεῖν, ὅντινα εύδοκιμώτερον ἐκείνου καί θεοσεβέστερον διέδειξεν ὁ καιρός. Τί γὰρ γίνεται, καὶ ποῖ προἦλθεν ἡ στάσις ; Ἐὖιάσθησαν, ἥγνισαν, ἀνεκήρυξαν, ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον ἔθεσαν, χειρὶ μᾶλλον ἦ γνώμῃ καὶ διαθέσει πνεύματος· ἐδηλώθη δὲ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα. Ὠς γὰρ ἀπηλλάγησαν ἅσμενοι, καὶ γνώμης ἐγένοντο κύριοι, βουλὴν βουλεύονται σὺν ἀλλήλοις, οὐκ οἶδα μὲν εἱ πνευματικήν, βουλεύονται δʼ ὅμως, μηδὶν κύριον ἡγεῖσθαι τῶν πεπραγμένων, μηδὲ τήν κατάστασιν ἔγκριτονο τήν τε βίαν ἐπικαλοῦντες αὐτῷ, μηδὲν ἦττον βιασθέντι, και ῥημάτων λαμβανόμενοί τινων, ὡς εἰρημένων τηνικαῦτα προπετέστερον ἢ σοφώτερον. Οὐ μὴν ὁ μέγας ἀρχιερεὺς, καὶ δίκαιος τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξεταστὴς, ἢ σζναπήχθη τοῖς ταῦτα βουλευομένοις, ἣ τὴν γνώμην ἐπῄνεσεν ° ἀλλʼ ἔμεινεν νπω.» ἀκλινὴς καὶ ἀηττητος, οὐδὲν γεἧττον ἢ μηδὲ βιασθεὶς ὅλως. Χρῆναι γὰρ, κοινῆς οῧσης τῆς βίας, κατηγοροῦντας ἀντικατηγορεῖσθαι, ἢ ἀφιέντας siqvisσθαι, ἢ τό γε δικαιότερον, μήτʼ ἆφιέντας cipisσθαι. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοὺς εῖναι συγγνώμης ἀξίους, κάκεῖνον πάντως εἰ δὲ μηδαμῶς ἶκεῖνον, σχολῇ γὰρ ἂν αὐτοὺς. Πολλῷ γὰρ βέλτιον εἶναι, τότε κινδυνεύειν καὶ ἀντιτείνειν μέχρι παντὸς, ἢ ὓστερον ἐπιβουλεύειν, κᾶν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ μάλιστα,ἡνίκα καὶ τὰς οὖσας ἓχθρας καταλύειν ἄμεινον ἦν, ἣ τὰς ούκ οὔσας περινοεῖν· εἶχε γὰρ οὕτως. ΛΝ. Παρῆν μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς βρέμων Χριστᾼιανοῖς, διʼ ἀργῆς δὲ ἡ χειροτονία, ἠπειλεῖτο δὲ ὁ προβληθείς ἐπὶ ξυροῦ δὲ ἡ πόλις, ἢ μηκέτʼ εἶναι μετᾶ τήν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην, ἣπερισωθῆναι, καί τινος φιλανθρωπίας τυχεῖν. Προσεγεγόνει γὰρ οἷς παρώξυντο περὶ τῆς Τύχης, ἐν καιρῷ τῆς εὐτυχίας περιλυθείσης, καὶ ἡ περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα καινοτομία, ὡς τῶν δημοσίων σε· συλημένων. Ἐζήτει δὲ ὁ τοῦ ἔθνους ἅρχων ’ὁ τι χαρίσαιτο τῷ καιρῷ, κάκεῖνον τί διαθείη κακὸν, οὐδὲ ἅλλως πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχων ἐπιτηδείως, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἀντιπολιτείας διάφορος ὢν. Ἐκάλει δὶ διʼ ἐπιστολῶν τοὺς χειροτονήσαντας ὡς κατηγορήσοντας, οὔκ ἔτι ἀπραγμόνως, ἀλλʼ ἤδη τι καὶ ἀπειλῆς ωροστιθεὶς,ὡς τοῦτο ἀπαιτοῦντος τοῦ βασιλέως. Τότε τοίνυν καί πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλθούσης ἑπιστοΛῆς, οὐδὲν δείσας, οὐδὲ μικρὸν ἐπισχὼν (σκοπῶμεν τήν παῤῥησίαν, ὅση καὶ μεθʼ ὅσου τοῦ πνεύματος, ἐκ τῶν ἀντεπεσταλμένων), Ἡμεῖς, φησὶν, ὦ κράτιστε ἡγεμὼν, πάντων τῶν πραττομένων ἔχομεν ἐξεταστὴν ἕνα καὶ βασιλέα, τὸν νῦν πολεμούμενον · ἐκεῖνος καὶ τὴν νῦν ἐξετάσει χειροτονίαν, ἦν ἔνθεσμον καὶ φίλην αύτῷ πεποιήμεθα. Ὑμῖν δὲ ἄλλο μέν τι βιάζεσθαι βουλομένοις, καὶ πάνυ ῥᾷστον ° τοῦτο δὲ οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἀφαιρήσεται, τὸ συνηγορεῖν, ὡς ὀρθῶς καὶ δικαίως πεπραγμένοις, τοῖς πεπραγμένοις· εἷ μὴ καὶ τοῦτον θείητε τὸν νόμον, οἷος ού θεμιτὸν παρακύπτειν εἷς τὰ ἡμέτερα. Τοῦτο τὸ γράμμα καὶ αὐτὸς ἐθαύμασεν ὁ δεξάμενος, εἰ καὶ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐχαλέπηνεν, ὡς οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν τὰ ἐκείνου καλῶς γιγνωσκόντῶν ἀπήγγελλον ' τοῦτο καὶ κασιλὲως τὴν ὁρμὴν ἔστησε, καὶ τοῦ κινδύνου τήν πόλιν ἀπήκλαξεν, ού φαύλως 3' ἂν προσθείην, ὅτι καὶ τῆς αἰσχύνης ἡμᾶς. Τούτου τοῦ μικροπολίτου τὸ ἔργον, καὶ τῆς καθέδρας τὰ δεύτερα ἔχοντος.Δρʼ οὑ πολλῷ βέλτιον οὕτω πρωτεᾷειν, ἢ ἀπο τῶν ὑψηλοοέρων θρόνων φθέγγεσθαι, καὶ κρατεῖν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι μᾶλλον τοῖς ὸνο μασιν ; AE'. '0 δὲ τελευταῖον μὲν τῶν ἐκείνου τῇ τάξει, πρῶτον δὲ τῇ δυνάμει καὶ μέγιστον, τίς οὕτως ἔξω τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς οἷʼκουμινης, ὥστε ἀγνοεῖν; Ἐστασίαζε πάλιν ἡ αύτή πόλις ἰπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς, τάχιστα προσληφθέντος τοῦ καλῶς βιασθέντος καὶ πρὸς θεὸν ἐκὸημήσαντος, ὑπὲρ οὗ γενναίως καὶ ἀνδρικῶς ἐν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ἠγωνίσατο. Καὶ ἡ στάσις ἦν, ὃσῳ θερμοτέρα, τοσούτῳ καὶ ἀλογωτέρα. Οὐ γὰρ ἠγνοεῖτο τὸ ὑπεραῖρον, ὣσπερ οὐδʼ ἐν ἀστράσιν ἥλιος· ἀλλά καὶ λίαν ἐπίδηλον ἦν, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι, xui τοῦ λαόὖ μάλιστα τῷ ἐγκρίτῳ τε xui καθαρωτάτῳ, ὅσον τε περὶ τὸ βῆ μᾳ, καὶ ὅσον ἐν τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς Ναζιραίοις· ἐφʼ οἶς ἔδει τὰς τοιαύτας προβολὰς κεῖσθαι, μόνοις, ὅτι μάλιστα, xui οὐδὲν ἃν ἣν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις κακόν· ἀλλὰ μή τοῖς εὐπορωτάνοις τι xui δυνατωτάτοις, ἤ (pop; δήμου καὶ ἀλογίᾳ, xui τούτων αὐτῶν μάλιστα τοῖς εὐωνοτάτοις. Νῦν δὲ κινδυνεύω τὰς δημοσίας ἀρχὰς εὑτακτωτὲρας ὑπολαμβάνειν τῶν ἡμετέρων, αἱς ἡ θεία ’χάρις ἐπιφημίζεται · καὶ βελτίω τῶν τοιούτων διοικητὴν φόβον, ἤ λόγον. Ἐπεὶ τίς ἃν ἐπʼ ἀλλον ἦλθε τῶν εὖ φροτούντων, σὲ παραλιπὼν, ὦ θεία xui ἱερὰ κεφαλὴ, τὸν ἰπὶ τῶν χειρῶν Κυρίου ἐζωγραφημένον, τὸν ἄζυγα, τὸν ἀκτήμονα, τὸν ἄσαρκόν μικροῦ xui ἀναίμονα, τὸν ἓν λόγοις μετὰ τὸν Λόγον, τὸν ἐν φιλοσόφοις σοφὸν, τὸν ἐν κοσμικοῖς ὑπερκόσμιον, τὸν ἐμὸν ἑταῖρον καὶ συνεργὸν, τὸν συμμεριστῂν τῆς ψυχῆς, ἵνʼ εἷʼπω τι τολμηρότερον, xui βίου κοινωνὸν καὶ παιδαύσεως; Ἐβουλόμην ἐλευθερίαν ἔχειν τὸν λόγον, ἐν ἄλλοις σε γραφῶν, ἀλλὰ μὴ παρόντος σου τὰ τοιαῦτα 1:551:quσθαι, καὶ ὑφίεσθαι τὰ πλείω διὰ κολακείας ὑπόνοιαν. Ἀλλʼ ὂ μοι λέγειν ὁ λόγος ὥρμησε, τὸ Πνεῦμα μὲν ᾔδει τὸν ἑαυτοῦ (πῶς γὰρ οὐ ;)·ἀντεστατει δὲ ὁ ιρθόνος τὸ δὲ ὧν, αἰσχύνομαι λέγειν· εἴθε δὲ μηδʼ αλλων λεγόντων ἀκούειν ἦν, xui κωμῳδούντων ἐπιμελῶς τὰ ἡμέτερα. Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν, καθάπερ οἱ ποταμοὶ τῶν πετρῶν τὰς ἐν μὲσῳ τῷ ῥεύματι, παραδράμωμεν, σιωπῇ τιμῶντες τὰ λήθης ἄξιαʼ αὐτοὶ δὲ πρὸς τὰ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου προΐωμεν. Λζʼ. ’ᾘδει τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἀκριβῶς ΙῘνεύματος· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μηδὲν ταπεινὸν φρονεῖν ᾤετο δεῖν, μηδὲ κατά συστάσεις καὶ προλήψεις μάχεσθαι, χάριτι πλέον Θεῷ νέμοντας · ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἓν βλέπειν μόνον, τὸ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ὄφελος, καὶ τήν κοινὴν σωτηρίαν. Διά τοῦτο ἔγραφεν, ἐνουθέτει, συνήρμοζε τὸν λαὸν, τοὺς ἱερέας, τούς τε ἄλλους καὶ ὅσοι τοῦ βήματος, διεμαρτύρετο, ἐψηφίζετο, ἐχειροτόνει καὶ μήπω παρών· ἐδίδου τῇ πολιᾷ τὸ ἐναυθεντεῖν, ὡς οἰκείοις, τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις. Καὶ τέλος, ἐπειδὴ κανονικήν ἔδει γενέσθαι τήν γειροτονίαν αὐτῷ, λείποντος ἐνὸς τῷ ἀριθμῷ τῶν ἀνακηρυξοντων, τοῦ σκίμποδος ἑαυτὸν ἀποσπάσας, γήρᾳ καὶ νόσῳ συντετριμμένος, ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν νεανικῶς *ίεται · μᾶλλον δὲ φέρεται νεκρῷ τῷ σώματι, καὶ μικρά πνέοντι · καλὸν ἐντάφιον αὐτῷ, κᾶν εἷʼτι δέοι παθεῖν, τὴν σπουδὴν ἐκείνην ἔσεσθαι πεπεισμένος. Γίνεται δέ τι κάνταῦθα σημεῖον οὐκ ἀπιστούμενον· Ῥώννυται τῷ πόνῳ, νεάζει τῇ προθυμίᾳ, οἰκονομεῖ, παρατάσσεται, τίθησιν έπὶ τοῦ θρόνου, προπέμπεται, οὐκ ἔτι σορῷ τῷ φορείῳ, κιβωτῷ δὲ θείᾳ χρησάμενος. Ἢν δὲ ἄρτι μακροθυμίαν ἐπαινῶν ἐπαυσάμην, ταύτην έντιοῢθα καὶ πλέον δείκνυσιν. Οὐ γὰρ φερόντων τῶν συλλειτουργῶν τήν αἰσχύνην τῆς ἥττης, καὶ τήν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι τοῦ γέροντος δυναστείαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δυσχεραινόντων αὐτῷ καὶ λοιδορουμένων, ἴσχυσεν οἶς ἐκαρτέρει καὶ τούτων ὑπεράνω γενέσθαι, μέγιστον εὑρὼν εἰς συμμαχίαν τὴν ἐπιείκειαν, καὶ τὸ μὴ ἀντιλοιδορεῖν λοιδορούμενον. Τί γὰρ εἶναι δεινὸν, εί τοῖς πράγμασι νικήσας, φέροι τῇ γλώσσῃ νικώμενος, Τοιγαροῦν οὕτω κάκείνους εἷλε τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ, προσλαόὼν καὶ τὸν χρόνον τῆς γνώμης σύμμαχον, ὥστε ἀπελογοῦντο, προσέπιπτον, μεταβάλλοντες εἷς θαῦμα τήν ἀγανάκτησιν. ᾚσχύνοντο τοῖς προτέροις, ἐχρῶντο πατριάρχῃ, καὶ νομοθέτῃ, καὶ δικαστῇ, τὸ μισεῖν ἀπορρίψαντες.

Ta men dē koina toiauta. Palai de oimai thau- x mazein tinas tōn ta hekeinou saphōs egnōkotōn, hoti peri men toutōn houtō katagegonamen, hōs mona pros euphēmian echontes; tēs de tōn kairōn dyschereias tēn mnēmēn anethemetha, pros hous parataxamenos ekeinos phainetai, hōsper ē agnoēsantes tauta, ē mē megala nomizontes. Phere oun kai tauta prosthōmen tois eirēmenois; ’Pnenken ho kathʼ hēmas kairos prōton kakon, oimai de kai teleutaion, ton apostatēn kaitou Theou kai tōn logismōn basileō ’os mikron min ergon hēgēsamenos einai Persas cheirōsasthai, mega de to Christianous parastēsasthai, kai hama tōn agontōn auton daimonōn touto peithontōn, ouden eidos asebeias eneleipe, peithōn, apeilōn, sophizomenos, helkōn pros heauton, ou monon hois etechnazeto, alla kai hois ebiazeto. Ou mēn lathein oios te,r k t.. -, n,m ēn kleptōn ton diōgmon sophistikais epinoiais, oude mēn kai phanerōs tę̄ dynasteią chrōmenos; tinʼ heni ge tǭ tropǭ pantōs halōmen, hē kakourgēthentis, hē biasthentes. Touton tis mallon ē periphronēsas, hē katalysas heurisketai ? Tēs min oę̄n periphronēseōs pros pollois allois ekeino sēmeion, hoi te toxotai, kai ho toutōn stratēgos, hous epēgen ekeinos tois hierois hoiʼkois hēmōn, hōs hē paralēpsomenos, hē katastrepsomenos. Epeidē gar pollois prosbalōn allois, kantautha hēken meta tou isou phronēmatos, kai to hieron ezētei meta tōn prostagmatōn, tosouton aposchesthai tou ti katapraxasthai hōn ebouleto, hōste, hei mē thatton hypeklithē tǭ emǭ patri, hē parʼ heautou syneis, ē tinos symbouleusantos akousas, kein tous podas xantheis apēllagē, zesantos epʼ auton thymǭ kai zēlǭ peri tou me tou Is— reōs. Tēn katalysin de pōs an tis mallon phaneiē pragmateusamenos, dēmosią men euchais kai deēsesi paninxmois ballōn ton altērion, kai oude ton kairon eulaboumenos; idią de tēn nykterinēn parataxin katʼ autou proballomenos, chameunią men tas geraias ekeinas kai droseras katatrychōn sarkas, dakrysi de pēgazōn to edaphos, mikrou kai heis eniauton dlonʼ kai touto tǭ tōn kryptōn ,gnōstę̄ monǭ philosophōn, hēmas di lanthanein epicheirōn dia to anepideikton, hōsper ephēn, tēs eulabeias? Kai lathōn an ēn pantapasin, hei mē pote hathroōs epeiselthōn egō, kai chameunias symbola theasamenos, kai tōn peri auton pythomenos, tina tautʼ ēn, egnōn tēs nyktos to mystērion. Al". ’Eteron de tou autou kairou kai tēs autēs andrias diēgēma; estasiazen hē Kaisareōn polis peri probolēn archiereōs, tou min hypexelthontos, tou de epizētoumenou, kai ē stasis thermē, kai mē rhądian tēn lysin echousa. Physei te gar peri touto malista stasiōdēs hē polis, dia thermotēta pisteōs, kai to tēs kathedras epidoxon, pleiō tēn philoneikian eirgazeto. Tauta ēn, kai parēsan tōn episkopōn tines ton archierea dōsontes; hōs de eis pleious tou dēmou diairethentos, kai allōn allon proballomenōn, hoper en tois toioutois philei symbainein, hōs hekastos etychen ē philias pros tinas echōn, ē pros Theon eulabeias, telos symphronēsas ho dēmos apas, tōn prōtōn parʼ autois hena, biǭ men exeilegmenon, oÿpō de tǭ theiǭ baptismati katesphragismenon, touton akonta synarpasantes, kai hama stratiōtikēs cheiros syllabomenēs autois tēnikauta epidēmousēs epi to bēma ethesan, kai tois episkopois prosēgagon, telesthēnai te ēxioun kai kērychthēnai, peithoi bian anamixantes; ou lian min eutaktōs, lian de pistōs kai diapyrōs. Kantautha ouk estin heipein, hontina eudokimōteron ekeinou kai theosebesteron diedeixen ho kairos. Ti gar ginetai, kai poi proēlthen hē stasis ? Euiasthēsan, hēgnisan, anekēryxan, epi ton thronon ethesan, cheiri mallon ē gnōmę̄ kai diathesei pneumatos; edēlōthē de tois meta tauta. Ōs gar apēllagēsan hasmenoi, kai gnōmēs egenonto kyrioi, boulēn bouleuontai syn allēlois, ouk oida men hei pneumatikēn, bouleuontai dʼ homōs, mēdin kyrion hēgeisthai tōn pepragmenōn, mēde tēn katastasin enkritono tēn te bian epikalountes autǭ, mēden ētton biasthenti, kai rhēmatōn lambanomenoi tinōn, hōs eirēmenōn tēnikauta propetesteron ē sophōteron. Ou mēn ho megas archiereus, kai dikaios tōn pragmatōn exetastēs, ē sznapēchthē tois tauta bouleuomenois, hē tēn gnōmēn epę̄nesen ° allʼ emeinen npō.» aklinēs kai aēttētos, ouden geētton ē mēde biastheis holōs. Chrēnai gar, koinēs oÿsēs tēs bias, katēgorountas antikatēgoreisthai, ē aphientas siqvissthai, ē to ge dikaioteron, mētʼ aphientas cipissthai. Ei men gar autous einai syngnōmēs axious, kakeinon pantōs ei de mēdamōs ikeinon, scholę̄ gar an autous. Pollǭ gar beltion einai, tote kindyneuein kai antiteinein mechri pantos, ē hysteron epibouleuein, kan toutǭ tǭ kairǭ malista,hēnika kai tas ousas hechthras katalyein ameinon ēn, hē tas ouk ousas perinoein; eiche gar houtōs. LN. Parēn men ho basileus bremōn ChristĄianois, diʼ argēs de hē cheirotonia, ēpeileito de ho problētheis epi xyrou de hē polis, ē mēketʼ einai meta tēn hēmeran ekeinēn, hēperisōthēnai, kai tinos philanthrōpias tychein. Prosegegonei gar hois parōxynto peri tēs Tychēs, en kairǭ tēs eutychias perilytheisēs, kai hē peri ton andra kainotomia, hōs tōn dēmosiōn se; sylēmenōn. Ezētei de ho tou ethnous harchōn ’ho ti charisaito tǭ kairǭ, kakeinon ti diatheiē kakon, oude hallōs pros auton echōn epitēdeiōs, allʼ hōs ex antipoliteias diaphoros ōn. Ekalei di diʼ epistolōn tous cheirotonēsantas hōs katēgorēsontas, ouk eti apragmonōs, allʼ ēdē ti kai apeilēs ōrostitheis,hōs touto apaitountos tou basileōs. Tote toinyn kai pros auton elthousēs hepistoLēs, ouden deisas, oude mikron epischōn (skopōmen tēn parrhēsian, hosē kai methʼ hosou tou pneumatos, ek tōn antepestalmenōn), Hēmeis, phēsin, ō kratiste hēgemōn, pantōn tōn prattomenōn echomen exetastēn hena kai basilea, ton nyn polemoumenon ; ekeinos kai tēn nyn exetasei cheirotonian, ēn enthesmon kai philēn autǭ pepoiēmetha. Hymin de allo men ti biazesthai boulomenois, kai pany rhąston ° touto de oudeis hēmas aphairēsetai, to synēgorein, hōs orthōs kai dikaiōs pepragmenois, tois pepragmenois; hei mē kai touton theiēte ton nomon, hoios ou themiton parakyptein heis ta hēmetera. Touto to gramma kai autos ethaumasen ho dexamenos, ei kai pros oligon echalepēnen, hōs hoi polloi tōn ta ekeinou kalōs gignōskontōn apēngellon ' touto kai kasileōs tēn hormēn estēse, kai tou kindynou tēn polin apēklaxen, ou phaulōs 3' an prostheiēn, hoti kai tēs aischynēs hēmas. Toutou tou mikropolitou to ergon, kai tēs kathedras ta deutera echontos.Drʼ hou pollǭ beltion houtō prōteąein, ē apo tōn hypsēlooerōn thronōn phthengesthai, kai kratein en tois pragmasi mallon tois ono masin ? AE'. '0 de teleutaion men tōn ekeinou tę̄ taxei, prōton de tę̄ dynamei kai megiston, tis houtōs exō tēs kathʼ hēmas hoiʼkouminēs, hōste agnoein? Estasiaze palin hē autē polis ipi tois autois, tachista proslēphthentos tou kalōs biasthentos kai pros theon ekoēmēsantos, hyper hou gennaiōs kai andrikōs en tois diōgmois ēgōnisato. Kai hē stasis ēn, hosǭ thermotera, tosoutǭ kai alogōtera. Ou gar ēgnoeito to hyperairon, hōsper oudʼ en astrasin hēlios; alla kai lian epidēlon ēn, tois te allois hapasi, xui tou laou malista tǭ enkritǭ te xui katharōtatǭ, hoson te peri to bē mą, kai hoson en tois kathʼ hēmas Naziraiois; ephʼ ois edei tas toiautas probolas keisthai, monois, hoti malista, xui ouden han hēn tais Ekklēsiais kakon; alla mē tois euporōtanois ti xui dynatōtatois, ē (pop? dēmou kai alogią, xui toutōn autōn malista tois euōnotatois. Nyn de kindyneuō tas dēmosias archas heutaktōteras hypolambanein tōn hēmeterōn, hais hē theia ’charis epiphēmizetai ; kai beltiō tōn toioutōn dioikētēn phobon, ē logon. Epei tis han epʼ allon ēlthe tōn eu phrotountōn, se paralipōn, ō theia xui hiera kephalē, ton ipi tōn cheirōn Kyriou ezōgraphēmenon, ton azyga, ton aktēmona, ton asarkon mikrou xui anaimona, ton hen logois meta ton Logon, ton en philosophois sophon, ton en kosmikois hyperkosmion, ton emon hetairon kai synergon, ton symmeristę̄n tēs psychēs, hinʼ heiʼpō ti tolmēroteron, xui biou koinōnon kai paidauseōs? Eboulomēn eleutherian echein ton logon, en allois se graphōn, alla mē parontos sou ta toiauta 1:551:qusthai, kai hyphiesthai ta pleiō dia kolakeias hyponoian. Allʼ o moi legein ho logos hōrmēse, to Pneuma men ę̄dei ton heautou (pōs gar ou ?);antestatei de ho irthonos to de hōn, aischynomai legein; eithe de mēdʼ allōn legontōn akouein ēn, xui kōmǭdountōn epimelōs ta hēmetera. Touto men oun, kathaper hoi potamoi tōn petrōn tas en mesǭ tǭ rheumati, paradramōmen, siōpę̄ timōntes ta lēthēs axiaʼ autoi de pros ta hexēs tou logou proïōmen. Lzʼ. ’Ę̄dei ta tou Pneumatos akribōs IIneumatos; kai dia touto mēden tapeinon phronein ǭeto dein, mēde kata systaseis kai prolēpseis machesthai, chariti pleon Theǭ nemontas ; alla pros hen blepein monon, to tōn Ekklēsiōn ophelos, kai tēn koinēn sōtērian. Dia touto egraphen, enouthetei, synērmoze ton laon, tous hiereas, tous te allous kai hosoi tou bēmatos, diemartyreto, epsēphizeto, echeirotonei kai mēpō parōn; edidou tę̄ polią to enauthentein, hōs oikeiois, tois allotriois. Kai telos, epeidē kanonikēn edei genesthai tēn geirotonian autǭ, leipontos enos tǭ arithmǭ tōn anakēryxontōn, tou skimpodos heauton apospasas, gērą kai nosǭ syntetrimmenos, epi tēn polin neanikōs *ietai ; mallon de pheretai nekrǭ tǭ sōmati, kai mikra pneonti ; kalon entaphion autǭ, kan heiʼti deoi pathein, tēn spoudēn ekeinēn esesthai pepeismenos. Ginetai de ti kantautha sēmeion ouk apistoumenon; Rhōnnytai tǭ ponǭ, neazei tę̄ prothymią, oikonomei, paratassetai, tithēsin epi tou thronou, propempetai, ouk eti sorǭ tǭ phoreiǭ, kibōtǭ de theią chrēsamenos. Ēn de arti makrothymian epainōn epausamēn, tautēn entioÿtha kai pleon deiknysin. Ou gar pherontōn tōn sylleitourgōn tēn aischynēn tēs hēttēs, kai tēn en tois pragmasi tou gerontos dynasteian, kai dia touto dyscherainontōn autǭ kai loidoroumenōn, ischysen ois ekarterei kai toutōn hyperanō genesthai, megiston heurōn eis symmachian tēn epieikeian, kai to mē antiloidorein loidoroumenon. Ti gar einai deinon, ei tois pragmasi nikēsas, pheroi tę̄ glōssę̄ nikōmenos, Toigaroun houtō kakeinous heile tę̄ makrothymią, proslaoōn kai ton chronon tēs gnōmēs symmachon, hōste apelogounto, prosepipton, metaballontes heis thauma tēn aganaktēsin. Ę̄schynonto tois proterois, echrōnto patriarchę̄, kai nomothetę̄, kai dikastę̄, to misein aporripsantes.

Such, then, are the things common to both. But I think some of those who know his affairs well have long been wondering that we have dwelt on these things as if they were all we had for praise, while we have put aside the memory of the difficulties of the times, against which he can be seen to have taken his stand, as though we either did not know of these or did not think them great. Come then, let us add these too to what has been said. Our time produced a first evil, and I think also a last: the emperor who apostatized both from God and from reason. Thinking it a small task to subdue the Persians but a great one to subjugate the Christians, and persuaded at the same time by the demons who led him, he left no form of impiety untried: persuading, threatening, using sophistry, drawing people to himself not only by his tricks but also by force. Yet he could not escape notice, whether he disguised the persecution with sophistical devices or openly used his power, so that we might be caught one way or the other, either deceived or forced. Who is found to have despised him or worked for his overthrow more than my father? Of his contempt, among many other signs, there is this: the archers and their commander whom that man sent against our holy houses, either to seize or to overturn them. For when the commander, after attacking many others, came here too with the same arrogance and demanded the church with his orders, he was so far from accomplishing anything he wished that, had he not quickly yielded to my father, whether he understood of himself or listened to someone’s advice, he would have gone away with his legs torn to pieces, so fiercely did the priest boil against him with anger and zeal for the church. And how could anyone more evidently have worked for his overthrow? Publicly he struck the accursed man with prayers and supplications of the whole people, not even fearing the times; privately he drew up the nightly battle line against him, wearing out that aged and tender flesh by sleeping on the ground, and watering the floor with tears, for almost a whole year; and he practised this philosophy before the knower of secrets alone, trying to hide it from us because of the unostentatious character of his piety, as I said. And he would have escaped notice altogether, had I not once come in suddenly, seen the signs of his sleeping on the ground, asked those around him what they were, and learned the mystery of the night. [33] Another story of the same time and the same courage. The city of Caesarea was in tumult over the appointment of a bishop, one having departed and another being sought; and the tumult was hot and not easily settled. For the city is by nature especially contentious in this matter, owing to the fervour of its faith, and the prestige of the see increased the rivalry. So matters stood, and some of the bishops were present to give the city its bishop. The people were divided into many parties, and different people put forward different candidates, as usually happens in such cases, as each happened to have friendship with some or reverence toward God; at last the whole people agreed, and, seizing one of their leading men, chosen for his life but not yet sealed with divine baptism, against his will, and with the help of a military force then stationed there, they set him on the bema, brought him to the bishops, and demanded that he be consecrated and proclaimed, mingling force with persuasion; not very orderly, but very faithfully and fervently. And here one cannot say whom the occasion showed to be more distinguished and more God-fearing than he. For what happens, and how far did the tumult go? The bishops were forced; they purified him, proclaimed him, and set him on the throne, by hand rather than by judgment and disposition of spirit, as was shown by what followed. For when they had gladly got away and were masters of their own judgment, they took counsel together (whether spiritual counsel I do not know, but they took counsel nonetheless) to regard nothing that had been done as valid, nor the installation as approved, alleging the force against him, though he had been forced no less than they, and seizing on certain words as having been spoken at the time more rashly than wisely. But the great high priest and just examiner of affairs neither joined those who took this counsel nor approved their judgment, but remained unbending and undefeated, no less than if he had not been forced at all. For, since the force was common to all, he held that those who accused must be accused in turn, or those who pardoned must be pardoned, or, what was more just, that they could not be acquitted even by acquitting him. For if they deserved pardon, so certainly did he; and if he did not, still less did they. For it was much better to run the risk then and resist to the very end than to plot afterward, and especially at that time, when it was better to end existing enmities than to devise new ones; for this was the situation. [34] The emperor was present, raging against the Christians; the ordination was the object of his anger; the man put forward was threatened; the city stood on a razor’s edge, either to exist no longer after that day, or to be spared and meet with some kindness. For to what had provoked him over Fortune, whose temple had been pulled down in a time of prosperity, there was added the innovation concerning the man, as though public property had been plundered. The governor of the province was seeking how to please the occasion and how to do my father harm, being in any case not well disposed toward him, but at odds with him from political rivalry. He summoned the consecrators by letter, as if to accuse them, no longer quietly, but now adding some threat, as though the emperor demanded it. Then, when a letter came to my father too, he was not afraid at all, and did not hesitate even a little (let us consider his boldness, how great it was and with how much spirit, from what he wrote back): “We, most excellent governor,” he says, “have one examiner and king of all that we do, the one who is now being warred against. He will examine this ordination too, which we have performed lawfully and in a way pleasing to him. As for you, if you wish to force anything else, it is very easy; but this no one will take from us: to defend what has been done as rightly and justly done; unless you lay down this law too, you for whom it is not lawful even to peer into our affairs.” The recipient himself admired this letter, even if he was angry for a little while, as many who knew his affairs well reported; it also checked the emperor’s onslaught and freed the city from danger, and, I would not be wrong to add, freed us from shame. This was the deed of the bishop of a small city, whose see held second rank. Is it not much better to hold first place in this way than to speak from loftier thrones, and to prevail in deeds rather than in titles? [35] But his last deed in order, and first and greatest in power, who is so far outside our world as not to know it? The same city was again in tumult over the same matter, the one who had been so rightly forced having very soon been taken up and departed to God, for whom he had contended nobly and manfully in the persecutions. And the tumult was the more unreasonable the hotter it was. For the man who stood above the rest was not unknown, any more than the sun among the stars; he was very evident both to all the others and especially to the select and purest part of the people, both those of the bema and our Nazirites, with whom alone, as far as possible, such appointments ought to rest, and then there would be no evil in the churches; and not with the wealthiest and most powerful, or with the impulse and unreason of the populace, and especially with the most venal among them. As it is, I am in danger of thinking the public offices better ordered than ours, to which divine grace is ascribed, and fear a better administrator of such things than reason. For who of the right-minded would have gone to another, passing over you, divine and sacred head, inscribed on the hands of the Lord, unmarried, without possessions, almost without flesh and blood, next after the Word in words, wise among philosophers, above the world among the worldly, my companion and fellow worker, sharer of my soul (if I may say something bolder), partner in life and in education? I would have liked my discourse to be free, describing you among others, and not to be forced to say such things in your presence, holding back most of them for fear of being suspected of flattery. But to what my discourse set out to say: the Spirit knew his own (how could he not?), but envy opposed him; and the rest I am ashamed to say; would that I could not even hear others say it and carefully mock our affairs. Let us pass this by, as rivers pass the rocks in the middle of their stream, honouring with silence what deserves oblivion; and let us go on to what follows in the discourse. [36] He knew precisely the things of the Spirit, being himself a man of the Spirit; and therefore he thought it necessary to think nothing low, nor to fight according to factions and prejudices, giving more to favour than to God, but to look to one thing only, the benefit of the churches and the common salvation. For this reason he wrote, admonished, and united the people and the priests, both the others and those of the bema; he testified, voted, and ordained even before he was present; he gave his grey hairs authority over others’ affairs as if they were his own. And finally, since the ordination had to be canonical and one was lacking from the number of those who were to proclaim it, he tore himself from his couch, crushed by old age and disease, and rushes to the city with youthful vigour, or rather is carried there, his body dead and barely breathing, convinced that if he had to suffer anything, that zeal would be a fine burial offering for him. And here too a sign occurs that is not disbelieved: he is strengthened by the toil, grows young with eagerness, manages, marshals, enthrones, and is escorted back, using his litter no longer as a coffin but as a divine ark. And the long-suffering which I just finished praising he showed here even more. For when his fellow ministers could not bear the shame of defeat and the old man’s power in affairs, and for that reason were angry with him and reviled him, he was able by his endurance to rise above them too, finding gentleness his greatest ally, and not reviling in return when reviled. For what was dreadful, he thought, if, having conquered in deeds, he put up with being defeated by the tongue? So by his long-suffering he won them over too, taking time as well as an ally of his judgment, so that they apologized, fell at his feet, and turned their indignation into admiration. They were ashamed of their former conduct, and treated him as patriarch, lawgiver, and judge, casting away their hatred.

18.37PG 35:1033a–1036b

Τοῦ δὲ αὐτοῦ ζήλου καί ἡ κατά τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἔνστασις, ἡνίκα ἐπεστράτευσαν ἡμῖν μετὰ τῆς βασιλικῆς ἀσεβείας, ὡς καταστρεφόμενοι καὶ ἡμᾶς, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις προσθήσοντες,ἤδη σχεδὸν πᾶσι δεδουλωμένοις. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα μικρόν τι μέρος ἡμῖν συνεισήνεγκε, καὶ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ παρʼ ἡμῶν ἷʼσωςʼ οὕς ἐπῆγεν ἱκείνοις, ὡν πικροτάτοις θηρίοις, οὐκ ἀγεννεῖς σκύλακας, γυμνάζων πρὸς τὴν εὐσέβειαν. ’Ἐν ἀμφοτέροις μέμφομαι (καί μοι μηδὲν δυσχεράνητε τῆς παῤῥησίαςο ἐκρήξω γὰρ τὸ -λυξ ποῦν, εἶ καὶ φορτικώτερον), ὅτι με τοῖς τοῦ βίου κακοῖς δυσχεραίνοντα, καὶ τῆς ἐρημίας ἐρῶντα, ὡς οὐκ οἷδʼ εἷʼ τις ἄλλος τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς, καὶ τὴν κοινήν ταύτην ζάλην καὶ κόνιν, ὡς ἔχω τάχους, ἐκκλίνειν φιλονεικοῦντα, καὶ εἰς τὸ ἀσφαλὲς ἀποσώζεσθαι, οὐκ οἷδʼ ὃπως τῇ φορτικῇ καὶ ἐπιβούλῳ τῶν ψυχῶν) ἆγορᾷ ταύτῃ φέροντες παραδεδώκατε, διʼ εὐπρεποῦςῗόνόματος τῆς ἱερωσύνης. Ἐξ ὦν ἤδη μοι τά μὶν συνέβη κακὰ, τὰ δὲ ἐλπίζεται. Τὸ γὰρ ἤδη παθεῖν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον πως δύσελπι κᾶν 3 λογισμὸς ἄλλο τι πείθῃ, τὸ κρεῖττον ὑποτιθέμενος.

Tou de autou zēlou kai hē kata tōn hairetikōn enstasis, hēnika epestrateusan hēmin meta tēs basilikēs asebeias, hōs katastrephomenoi kai hēmas, kai tois allois prosthēsontes,ēdē schedon pasi dedoulōmenois. Oude gar entautha mikron ti meros hēmin syneisēnenke, kai parʼ heautou kai parʼ hēmōn hiʼsōsʼ hous epēgen hikeinois, hōn pikrotatois thēriois, ouk agenneis skylakas, gymnazōn pros tēn eusebeian. ’En amphoterois memphomai (kai moi mēden dyscheranēte tēs parrhēsiaso ekrēxō gar to -lyx poun, ei kai phortikōteron), hoti me tois tou biou kakois dyscherainonta, kai tēs erēmias erōnta, hōs ouk hoidʼ heiʼ tis allos tōn kathʼ hēmas, kai tēn koinēn tautēn zalēn kai konin, hōs echō tachous, ekklinein philoneikounta, kai eis to asphales aposōzesthai, ouk hoidʼ hopōs tę̄ phortikę̄ kai epiboulǭ tōn psychōn) agorą tautę̄ pherontes paradedōkate, diʼ euprepousïonomatos tēs hierōsynēs. Ex ōn ēdē moi ta min synebē kaka, ta de elpizetai. To gar ēdē pathein, kai pros to mellon pōs dyselpi kan 3 logismos allo ti peithę̄, to kreitton hypotithemenos.

From the same zeal came also his resistance to the heretics, when they campaigned against us with the help of the emperor’s impiety, intending to subdue us too and add us to the others, almost all of whom they had already enslaved. Here too he contributed no small share, both by himself and, perhaps, through us, whom he set on those most savage beasts like hounds of good breed, training us for piety. I find fault with you both (and do not be at all annoyed at my frankness; I will burst out with what pains me, even if rather bluntly): that when I was disgusted with the evils of life, and in love with solitude as much as anyone of our time, I think, and striving as fast as I could to escape this common storm and dust and to reach safety, you somehow carried me off and handed me over to this vulgar marketplace that plots against souls, under the fair name of the priesthood. From this some evils have already befallen me, and others are expected; for having suffered already makes one somewhat despondent about the future, even if reason persuades otherwise and suggests what is better.

18.38PG 35:1036c–1037a

Οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ τοῦτο τῶν ἐκείνου καλῶν παρέλθοιμι. Πάντα μὶν ῆν καρτερικὸς, καὶ κρείττων τοῦ περιβλήματοςʼ τῇ τελευταίᾳ δὲ νόσῳ κακοπαθῶν, ῆ τῷ γήρᾳ συνεπέθετο, καὶ ταύτῃ χρονίᾳ καί σφαλερᾷ, τὸ μὲν ἀῤῥωστῆσαι κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἔσχεν ἀνθρώπουςο τοῦτο δὲ, οὐκετι κοινὸν, ἀλλὰ σφόδρα ἐκείνου, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀκόλουθον θαύμασιν. Οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε μή τῷ πάθει στενοχωρούμενος, καὶ πολλάκις γε τῆς ἡμέρας, ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ ὥρας, ὑπὸ μόνης ἐρῥώννυτο τῆς λειτουργίας· καὶ ὑπεχώρει τὸ πάθος, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἐντολῆς φυγαδευόμενον. Ζῆσας δὲ σχεδόν τι περὶ τὰ ἑκατὸν ἔτη, πέρα τῶν Δαυϊδικῶν ὅρων, περὶ τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς χρόνου, καὶ τούτων αὐτῶν έν τῆ ἱερωσύνῃ πέντε καὶ τεσσαράκοντα, μέτρον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς, ἔπειτα έν γήρᾳ καλῷ καταΛύει τὸν βίον. Καὶ τοῦτο, πῶς; ’Ev τοῖς τῆς εὐχῆς μασί τε καὶ σγήμασιν, οὐδὲν μὲν κακίας ἴχνος, πλεῖστα δὶ ἀρετῆς καταλιπὼν ὑπομνήματα. Τοιγαροῦν καὶ τὸ σέβας αὐτῴ πλεῖον ἢ κατά ἅν- Θρωπον, ἐν ταῖς ἁπάντων γλώσσαις καὶ διανοίαις· καὶ οὐκ ἔστι ῥᾳδίως εὑρεῖν, ὅστις ἐκείμου μεμνημένος, οὐχὶ καὶ τὴν φαντασίαν ἀσπάζεται, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ τῆς Γραφῆς, χεῖρα Θεὶς ἐπὶ στόματι. Τοιοῦτος μὶν ὁ βίος αὐτῷ, τοιαύτη δὲ ἡ τοῦ βίου λ συμπλήρωσις καὶ τελείωσις.

Ouk an oude touto tōn ekeinou kalōn parelthoimi. Panta min ēn karterikos, kai kreittōn tou periblēmatosʼ tę̄ teleutaią de nosǭ kakopathōn, ē tǭ gērą synepetheto, kai tautę̄ chronią kai sphalerą, to men arrhōstēsai koinon pros tous allous eschen anthrōpouso touto de, ouketi koinon, alla sphodra ekeinou, kai tois allois akolouthon thaumasin. Ou gar estin hote mē tǭ pathei stenochōroumenos, kai pollakis ge tēs hēmeras, esti de hote kai hōras, hypo monēs errhōnnyto tēs leitourgias; kai hypechōrei to pathos, hōsper ex entolēs phygadeuomenon. Zēsas de schedon ti peri ta hekaton etē, pera tōn Dauïdikōn horōn, peri tou kathʼ hēmas chronou, kai toutōn autōn en tē hierōsynę̄ pente kai tessarakonta, metron tēs anthrōpinēs zōēs, epeita en gērą kalǭ kataLyei ton bion. Kai touto, pōs? ’Ev tois tēs euchēs masi te kai sgēmasin, ouden men kakias ichnos, pleista di aretēs katalipōn hypomnēmata. Toigaroun kai to sebas autǭ pleion ē kata han- Thrōpon, en tais hapantōn glōssais kai dianoiais; kai ouk esti rhądiōs heurein, hostis ekeimou memnēmenos, ouchi kai tēn phantasian aspazetai, touto dē to tēs Graphēs, cheira Theis epi stomati. Toioutos min ho bios autǭ, toiautē de hē tou biou l symplērōsis kai teleiōsis.

Nor would I pass over this among his excellences. He was enduring in everything and stronger than his frame. Suffering from his last illness, which attacked him together with old age, and that a long and dangerous one, he had sickness in common with other men; but this was no longer common, but very much his own, and consistent with his other marvels: there was no time when, though pressed hard by his suffering, often during the day and sometimes every hour, he was not strengthened by the liturgy alone; and the suffering withdrew as if banished by command. Having lived nearly a hundred years, beyond the limits David sets for our time, and forty-five of them in the priesthood, the measure of a human life, he then ends his life in a good old age. And how? In the words and posture of prayer, leaving no trace of vice, but very many memorials of virtue. Therefore the reverence for him on the tongues and in the minds of all is greater than for a man; and it is not easy to find anyone who remembers him and does not also embrace his image, as Scripture says, laying a hand on his mouth. Such was his life, and such the completion and perfection of his life.

18.39PG 35:1037a–1040b

Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ μνημὸσυνον τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλοψυχίας ἔδειτῷ βίῳ καταλειφθῆναι, τί μᾶλλο) ἔδει, ἢ τὸν νεὼν τοῦτον, δν Θεῷ τε ἤγειρε καὶ ἡμῖν, ὀλίγα μὶν τῷ λαῴ προσχρησάμενος, τὰ πλείω δὲ οἴκοθεν εἰσενεγκών; Ἔργον ού σιωπῆς ἀξιον μεγέθει μὲν ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλοὺς, κάλλει δὲ σχεδὸν ὑπὲρ ἃπαντας· ὀκτὼ μὶν ἰσοπλεύροις εὐθείαις εἲς ἑαυτὸν ἀπαντῶντα, κιόνων δὲ καὶ στοῶν κάλλεσι διωρόφων εἷς ὕψος αἰρόμενον, καὶ τοῖς ὑπὶρ αὐτῶν πλάσμασιν οὐ λειπομένοις τῆς φύσεως· ούρανῷ δὲ ἄνωθεν καταστράπτοντα, πηγαῖς δὲ ιρωτὸς πλουσίαις τὰς ὄψεις περιαυγαζοντα, ὥσπερ ἀληθῶς φωτὸς οἰκητήριον · δρὸμοις τε ἀμφιθὲτοις ὕλης τῆς λαμπροτάτης ἴσογωνίοις κυκλούμενον, καὶ πολὺν τὸν ἐν μίσῳ τόπον περιλαμβάνουσι πυλῶν δὲ καί προπυλαίων προλάμποντα χάρισι, καὶ πόρῥωθεν τοὺς προσιόντας δεξιούμενον. Καὶ οὔπω λέγω τὸν ἔξωθεν κόσμον, λίθου τετραπέδου, καὶ εἷς τρίχα συνηρμοσμένου κάλλος καὶ μέγεθος, ὅσος τε καὶ μαρμάρεος (ω) ἰν ἕδραις καὶ κεφαλίσιν αʼί τὰς γωνίας διειλήφασι, καὶ ὅσος ἐπιχώριος μηδὲν τοῦ ξένου λειπόμενος · ζώνας τε πολυειδεῖς καὶ ποικίλας προβεβλημὲνας τε καὶ ἐνυφασμένας, ἀπὸ κρηπῖδος εἰς κορυφὴν, ἢ ζημιοῖ τὸν Θεατήν, τὴν ὄψιν ὁρίζουσα. Πῶς ἂν ὁ λόγος ἔργον τοσούτου χρόνου, καὶ πόνου, καὶ τοσαύτης χειρὸς οὕτως ὲν βραχεῖ παραστήσειενς Ἥ τοσοῦτον εἰπεῖν ἀρκέσει, ὅτι πολλῶν τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις κοσμούντων ἔργων, ἰδίων τε καὶ δημοσίων, τοῦτο καὶ μόνον ἴσχυσε διαβοήτους ἡμᾶς καταστῆσαι τοῖς πλείοσιν. Ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ναὸς οὕτως ἔχων. Ἐπεί δὲ καὶ ἱερέως ἔδει, καὶ τοῦτον οἴκοθεν ἐπιδίδωσιν εἶ μὶν κατὰ τὸν ναὸν, οὐκ ἔχω Λὲγειν, πλὴν ἐπιδίδωσιν. Ἐπεὶ δὶ καὶ θυμάτων ἔδει, καὶ ταῦτα προστίθησι, τὰ πάθη τοῦ παιδὸς, καὶ τήν ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς καρτερίαν · τίνʼ ἔχῃ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Θεὸς ὁλοκάρπωμα λογικὸν, ἱερεῖον πνευματικὸν ἀντὶ νομικοῦ θύματος καλῶς δαπανώμενον. ίμὸχθησας,τὸν sifts προπεμπτήριον, εἵατʼ ἐπιτάφιον τοῦτον ἔπαινον; καὶ δίδως εἷρήνην τῷ λόγῳ, τὸν παλαιὸν τρόπον, κάνταῦθα τυῦτον ὁρίζεις, φεύγων τὸν κόρον, ὡς ἂν εῗὴ σύμμετρος; ἢ τίνα προσθήκην ἔπιζητεῖς; Ὁρίζεις, οἶδʼ δτι · καὶ γὰρ αὐτάρκης. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ προσθεῖναι συγχώρησον· Γνώρισον ἡμῖν ποῦ ποτε εἷ δόξης, καὶ τὸ περὶ σε φῶς, καὶ τὴν σὴν μετʼ ὀλίγον ὁμόζυγα, καὶ τῶν τέκνων, ἃ προκατὲθαψας · κάμὲ ταῖς αὐταῖς δέξαι σκηναῖς,ἧ μηδὲν ἔτι, μικρᾶ τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ κακοπαθήσοντα καὶ πρὸ τῶν σκηνῶν, τῷ γλυκεῖ λίθῳ τούτῳ, ὅν ἀμφοτέροις ἕστησας, τιμῶν κάνταῦθα τὸν σὸν ἱερὸν καὶ ὁμώνυμον· καὶ τοῦ λόγου συγγνώμην ἔχε, τοῦ τε παρεθέντος, καὶ τοῦ προσληφθέντος σὴν χάριν. Καὶ διεξάγοις ἀκινδύνως, μάλιστα μὲν ἃπασαν ποίμνην καί πάντας ἀρχιερέας ὧν ἐκλήθης πατὴρ ἐξαιρέτως δὲ τὸν ὑπὸ σοῦ βιασθέντα, καὶ τυραννηθέντα πατρικῶς τε καὶ πνευματικῶς, ὡς ἂν μὴ πάντα σε μεμφοίμην τῆς τυραννίδο ς.

Epei de kai mnēmosynon tēs ekeinou megalopsychias edeitǭ biǭ kataleiphthēnai, ti mallo) edei, ē ton neōn touton, dn Theǭ te ēgeire kai hēmin, oliga min tǭ laǭ proschrēsamenos, ta pleiō de oikothen eisenenkōn? Ergon ou siōpēs axion megethei men hyper tous pollous, kallei de schedon hyper hapantas; oktō min isopleurois eutheiais eis heauton apantōnta, kionōn de kai stoōn kallesi diōrophōn heis hypsos airomenon, kai tois hypir autōn plasmasin ou leipomenois tēs physeōs; ouranǭ de anōthen katastraptonta, pēgais de irōtos plousiais tas opseis periaugazonta, hōsper alēthōs phōtos oikētērion ; dromois te amphithetois hylēs tēs lamprotatēs isogōniois kykloumenon, kai polyn ton en misǭ topon perilambanousi pylōn de kai propylaiōn prolamponta charisi, kai porrhōthen tous prosiontas dexioumenon. Kai oupō legō ton exōthen kosmon, lithou tetrapedou, kai heis tricha synērmosmenou kallos kai megethos, hosos te kai marmareos (ō) in hedrais kai kephalisin aʼi tas gōnias dieilēphasi, kai hosos epichōrios mēden tou xenou leipomenos ; zōnas te polyeideis kai poikilas probeblēmenas te kai enyphasmenas, apo krēpidos eis koryphēn, ē zēmioi ton Theatēn, tēn opsin horizousa. Pōs an ho logos ergon tosoutou chronou, kai ponou, kai tosautēs cheiros houtōs en brachei parastēseiens Hē tosouton eipein arkesei, hoti pollōn tas allas poleis kosmountōn ergōn, idiōn te kai dēmosiōn, touto kai monon ischyse diaboētous hēmas katastēsai tois pleiosin. Allʼ ho men naos houtōs echōn. Epei de kai hiereōs edei, kai touton oikothen epididōsin ei min kata ton naon, ouk echō Legein, plēn epididōsin. Epei di kai thymatōn edei, kai tauta prostithēsi, ta pathē tou paidos, kai tēn en tois deinois karterian ; tinʼ echę̄ parʼ autou Theos holokarpōma logikon, hiereion pneumatikon anti nomikou thymatos kalōs dapanōmenon. imochthēsas,ton sifts propemptērion, heiatʼ epitaphion touton epainon? kai didōs heirēnēn tǭ logǭ, ton palaion tropon, kantautha tyyton horizeis, pheugōn ton koron, hōs an eïē symmetros? ē tina prosthēkēn epizēteis? Horizeis, oidʼ dti ; kai gar autarkēs. Ekeino de prostheinai synchōrēson; Gnōrison hēmin pou pote hei doxēs, kai to peri se phōs, kai tēn sēn metʼ oligon homozyga, kai tōn teknōn, ha prokatethapsas ; kame tais autais dexai skēnais,hē mēden eti, mikra tǭ biǭ toutǭ kakopathēsonta kai pro tōn skēnōn, tǭ glykei lithǭ toutǭ, hon amphoterois hestēsas, timōn kantautha ton son hieron kai homōnymon; kai tou logou syngnōmēn eche, tou te parethentos, kai tou proslēphthentos sēn charin. Kai diexagois akindynōs, malista men hapasan poimnēn kai pantas archiereas hōn eklēthēs patēr exairetōs de ton hypo sou biasthenta, kai tyrannēthenta patrikōs te kai pneumatikōs, hōs an mē panta se memphoimēn tēs tyrannido s.

And since a memorial of his magnanimity had to be left to the world, what should it be rather than this church, which he raised to God and to us, using a little help from the people but bringing most from his own means? It is a work not worthy of silence: in size beyond most, in beauty beyond almost all. Its eight equal straight sides meet one another; it rises aloft with the beauty of pillars and two-storeyed porticoes, and the sculptures upon them do not fall short of nature; it flashes from above with its vault, and lights up the eyes with rich fountains of light, truly a dwelling place of light; it is encircled by ambulatories of the most splendid material, set at equal angles and enclosing a large space in the middle; and it shines forth with the graces of its gates and porches, welcoming from afar those who approach. And I do not yet speak of the outer ornament: the beauty and size of the squared stone, joined to a hair’s breadth; both the marble in the bases and capitals at the angles, and the local stone, in no way inferior to the foreign; the many and varied bands, projecting and interwoven, from foundation to summit, which, by bounding the sight, rob the beholder. How could words present in brief a work of so much time and labour and so many hands? Or will it suffice to say this much: that while many works, private and public, adorn other cities, this one alone has been able to make us famous to most people? Such, then, is the church. And since a priest was needed too, he provides this too from his own house; whether one worthy of the church I cannot say, but he provides him. And since sacrifices too were needed, he adds these as well: the sufferings of his son and his endurance in hardships, so that God might have from him a rational whole burnt offering, a spiritual victim in place of the sacrifice of the law, well consumed. [40] … for which you laboured …, this praise as a send-off, or rather as a funeral oration? Do you grant peace to the discourse, in the old manner, and set its limit here, avoiding surfeit, so that it may be moderate? Or do you seek some addition? You set the limit, I know, for it is enough. But allow me to add this: make known to us where in glory you are, and the light around you; receive your yoke-fellow shortly, and the children whom you buried before you; receive me too into the same tents, when I have suffered in this life a little more, or nothing more; and before those tents, into this sweet stone which you set up for us both, honouring here too your priest and namesake. And forgive my discourse, both what was left out and what was added for your sake. And may you guide safely, above all, the whole flock and all the bishops, whose father you were called; and especially the one whom you forced and tyrannized over, in a fatherly and spiritual way, so that I may not blame you entirely for the tyranny.

18.41PG 35:1040c

Σοὶ δὶ τί δοκοῦμεν, ὦ κριτὰ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων καὶ κινημάτων; Εἴ μὲν αὐτάρκως διείλεκται ταῦτα, καὶ τῆς σῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἀξίως, τοῦτο ἐπιψήφισον, καὶ δεχόμεθαθ πάντως δὲ Θεοῦ ψῆφος ἡ σή. El δὲ παρὰ πολὺ τῆς ἐκείνου δόξης, καὶ τῆς σῆς ἐλπίδος, ἐγγὺς ὁ σύμμαχος. Ἐπάφες τὴν σὴν φωνην τοῖς ἐκείνου καλοῖς προσδοκωμένην, ὡς ὑετὸν ὥριμον· πάντως δὲ ὑπόχρεων ἔχει σε τῶν μεγίστων, καὶ ὡς ποιμένα ποιμὴν, καὶ ὡς πατὴρ υἱὸν τὸν ἐν χάριτι. Τί θαυμαστὸν, εἷʼ διὰ σοῦ βροντήσας τῇ οἲ“κουμὲνῃ, καὶ αὐτός τι τῆς σῆς φωνῆς ἀπολαύσειεν ; Τί δεῖ λοιπόν ; Τῇ πνευματικῇ Σάρρᾳ, τῇ τοῦ μεγάλου πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁμοζύγῳ, καὶ ίσοχρόνῳ, συμφιλοσοφῆσαι τὰ ἐπικήδια.

Soi di ti dokoumen, ō krita tōn emōn logōn kai kinēmatōn? Ei men autarkōs dieilektai tauta, kai tēs sēs epithymias axiōs, touto epipsēphison, kai dechomethath pantōs de Theou psēphos hē sē. El de para poly tēs ekeinou doxēs, kai tēs sēs elpidos, engys ho symmachos. Epaphes tēn sēn phōnēn tois ekeinou kalois prosdokōmenēn, hōs hyeton hōrimon; pantōs de hypochreōn echei se tōn megistōn, kai hōs poimena poimēn, kai hōs patēr huion ton en chariti. Ti thaumaston, heiʼ dia sou brontēsas tę̄ oi“koumenę̄, kai autos ti tēs sēs phōnēs apolauseien ? Ti dei loipon ? Tę̄ pneumatikę̄ Sarrą, tę̄ tou megalou patros hēmōn Abraam, kai homozygǭ, kai isochronǭ, symphilosophēsai ta epikēdia.

And you, what do you think of us, judge of my words and movements? If these things have been said sufficiently and worthily of your desire, give your vote, and we accept it; your vote is in any case God’s. But if what I have said falls far short of his glory and your hope, the ally is near. Let loose your voice, awaited for his excellences like seasonable rain; in any case he has you in his debt for the greatest things, as one shepherd another, and as a father his son in grace. What wonder if he, who thundered to the world through you, should himself enjoy something of your voice? What remains? To join the spiritual Sarah, the yoke-fellow and contemporary of our great father Abraham, in the philosophy of funeral consolation.

18.42PG 35:1040c–1044a

Οὐχ ἠ αὐτὴ φύσις, ὦ μῆτερ, Θεοῦ καὶ ἄν· θρώπων μᾶλλον δὲ ὅλως τῶν θείων καὶ τῶν ἐπιγείων· Παρʼ ἐκείνοις μὲν τὸ ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀθανατον, αὐτοῦ τε τοῦ εἶναι, καὶ τῶν ὅσα τοῦ εἶναι · τῶν γὰρ παγίων τὰ πάγια. Τὰ δέ ἡμέτερα πῶς ἔχει; Ῥεῖ τε καὶ φθείρεται, καὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλην λαμβάνει μεταβολήν. Ζωὴ γοὺν καὶ θάνατος, ταῦθʼ ἅπερ λέγεται, πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων διαφέρειν δοκοῦντα, είς ἄλληλα περιχωρεῖ πως καὶ ἀντικαθίσταται. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ φθορᾶς ἀρχομένη τῆς μητρὸς ἡμων, καὶ διὰ φθορᾶς ὁδεύουσα τῆς ἀεὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐκστάσεως, είς φθορὰν καταστρέφει τὴν τοῦ βίου τούτου κατάλυσιν · 6 δὲ τῶν ἐνταῦθα κακῶν ἀπαλλαγὴν ἔχων, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἄνω πολλάκις μετάγων ζωὴν, οὐκ οἴδα εἰ κυριως προσαγορεύοιτο Θάνατος, ἐν ὀνόματι μᾶλλον ἣ πράγματι τὸ φοβερὸν ἔχων · καὶ κινδυνεύομεν πάσχειν πως ἄλογον πάθος, ἃ μὲν ἔστιν οὐ φοβερά δεδοικότες, ἃ δὲ φοβεῖσθαι ἄξιον ὡς αἱρετώτερα περιἒποντες. Μία ζωὴ, πρὸς τήν ζωὴν βλέπειν ο εἶς θάνατος, ἡ ἁμαρτία. ψυχῆς γάρ ὄλεθρος. Τὰλλα δὲ, οἶς μέγα φρονοῦσί τινες, ὀνειράτων ὄψις ἐστὶ κατὰ τῶν ὄντων παίζουσα. καὶ ψυχῆς ἀπατηλὰ φάσματα. "Av ciith ἔχωμεν, ὧ μῆτερ, οὕτε τῇ ζωῇ μέγα φρονήσομεν, οὕτε τῷ θανάτῳ λίαν ἀνιασόμεθα. Τί τοίνυν δεινὸν πεπόνθαμεν, εἰ πρὸς τὴο ἀληθινήν ζωήν ἐνθένδε μεταβεοήκαμεν; εἰ στροφῶν, καὶ ἰλίγγων, καὶ κόρων, καὶ τῆς αἰσχρᾶς φορολογίας ἀπηλλαγμένοι, μετά τῶν ἑστώτων καὶ οὐ ῥεόντων ἰσόμεθα φῶτα μικρὰ, φῶς τὸ μέγα περιχορεύοντες ς ΜΓ. Ἀλλά λυπεῖ σε τὸ τῆς διαζεύξεως; ἀλλʼ εὐφραινέτω τὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος. ’Δλλά δεινὸν ἡ χηριία; ἐκείνῳ δὲ οὐ δεινόν. Καὶ ποῦ τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης ἀγαθὸν, ἑαυτῷ τὰ διδόντα, τῷ πλησίον ἀπονεμειν τά προσαντὲστερα; Τί δὲ καὶ δεινὸν ὃλως λυ- Θησομὲνῃ μετά μικρὸν; Ἐγγὺς ἡ προθεσμία, τὸ λυπηρὸν οὐκ ἐπίμονον. Μὴ φορτίζωμεν ἀγεννέσι λογισμοῖς τὰ κουφότατα. Μεγάλων ἐστερήμεθα καὶ γὰρ τετυχήκαμεν · τὰ μὲν στερεῖσθαι, πάντων, τὸ δὲ τυχεῖν, οὐ πολλῶν. Μή τοῦτο καμπτὲτω, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνο παραμυθείσθω. Τὸ γαρ κρεῖττον νικᾷν εὐλογώτερον. ’Ήνεγκας παίδων ἀποβολὴν, τῶν ὡραίων ἔτι, καὶ τῷ ζῇν ἐπιτηδείων, ἀνδρικώτατα καὶ φιλοσοφώτατα· ἔνεγκε καί γηραιοῦ κατάθεσιν σώματος ἤδη τῷ βίῳ κάμνοντος, εί καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀπαθεστάτας ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς τόνος αὖτῷ συνετήρησεν. Ἀλλά δὲῃ τοῦ κηδεμόνος ; ποῦ δὲ 6 σὸς οὗτος Ἰσαὰκ, ὅν ἀντὶ πάντων σοι καταλέλοιπεν; Αἶίτει παρʼ αὐτοῦ τὰ μικρὰ, τὴν χειραγωγίαν, καὶ τὴν δουλείαν ' ἀντίδίδου τὰ μείζονα, τήν μητρικήν εὐλογίαν,καὶ τάς εὐχὰς, καὶ τὴν ἐκεῖθεν ἐλευθερίαν. Ἀγανακτεῖς νουθετουμένης τοῦτο ἐπαινῶ· καὶ γάρ πολλοὺς νενουθὲτηκας, ὅσους ὁ πολὺς χρόνος ὑπὸ τήν σὴν ἤγαγε σύνεσιν. Οὐδὲν 6 λόγος πρὸς σὲ τὴν φιλο- ›φυ)τάτηνʼ ἔστω κοινὸν τοῖς πενθοῦσι παραμυθία( έρμακον, ὡς ἂν εἶδεῖν μί) ἀνθρώπους ἄνθρωποι

Ouch ē autē physis, ō mēter, Theou kai an; thrōpōn mallon de holōs tōn theiōn kai tōn epigeiōn; Parʼ ekeinois men to atrepton kai athanaton, autou te tou einai, kai tōn hosa tou einai ; tōn gar pagiōn ta pagia. Ta de hēmetera pōs echei? Rhei te kai phtheiretai, kai allote allēn lambanei metabolēn. Zōē goun kai thanatos, tauthʼ haper legetai, pleiston allēlōn diapherein dokounta, eis allēla perichōrei pōs kai antikathistatai. Hē men gar ek phthoras archomenē tēs mētros hēmōn, kai dia phthoras hodeuousa tēs aei tou parontos ekstaseōs, eis phthoran katastrephei tēn tou biou toutou katalysin ; 6 de tōn entautha kakōn apallagēn echōn, kai pros tēn anō pollakis metagōn zōēn, ouk oida ei kyriōs prosagoreuoito Thanatos, en onomati mallon hē pragmati to phoberon echōn ; kai kindyneuomen paschein pōs alogon pathos, ha men estin ou phobera dedoikotes, ha de phobeisthai axion hōs hairetōtera periepontes. Mia zōē, pros tēn zōēn blepein o eis thanatos, hē hamartia. psychēs gar olethros. Talla de, ois mega phronousi tines, oneiratōn opsis esti kata tōn ontōn paizousa. kai psychēs apatēla phasmata. "Av ciith echōmen, hō mēter, houte tę̄ zōę̄ mega phronēsomen, houte tǭ thanatǭ lian aniasometha. Ti toinyn deinon peponthamen, ei pros tēo alēthinēn zōēn enthende metabeoēkamen? ei strophōn, kai ilingōn, kai korōn, kai tēs aischras phorologias apēllagmenoi, meta tōn hestōtōn kai ou rheontōn isometha phōta mikra, phōs to mega perichoreuontes s MG. Alla lypei se to tēs diazeuxeōs? allʼ euphrainetō to tēs elpidos. ’Dlla deinon hē chēriia? ekeinǭ de ou deinon. Kai pou to tēs agapēs agathon, heautǭ ta didonta, tǭ plēsion aponemein ta prosantestera? Ti de kai deinon holōs ly- Thēsomenę̄ meta mikron? Engys hē prothesmia, to lypēron ouk epimonon. Mē phortizōmen agennesi logismois ta kouphotata. Megalōn esterēmetha kai gar tetychēkamen ; ta men stereisthai, pantōn, to de tychein, ou pollōn. Mē touto kamptetō, allʼ ekeino paramytheisthō. To gar kreitton nikąn eulogōteron. ’Ēnenkas paidōn apobolēn, tōn hōraiōn eti, kai tǭ zę̄n epitēdeiōn, andrikōtata kai philosophōtata; enenke kai gēraiou katathesin sōmatos ēdē tǭ biǭ kamnontos, ei kai tas aisthēseis apathestatas ho tēs psychēs tonos autǭ synetērēsen. Alla deę̄ tou kēdemonos ? pou de 6 sos houtos Isaak, hon anti pantōn soi kataleloipen? Aiitei parʼ autou ta mikra, tēn cheiragōgian, kai tēn douleian ' antididou ta meizona, tēn mētrikēn eulogian,kai tas euchas, kai tēn ekeithen eleutherian. Aganakteis nouthetoumenēs touto epainō; kai gar pollous nenouthetēkas, hosous ho polys chronos hypo tēn sēn ēgage synesin. Ouden 6 logos pros se tēn philo- ›phy)tatēnʼ estō koinon tois penthousi paramythia( ermakon, hōs an eidein mi) anthrōpous anthrōpoi

The nature of God and of men is not the same, mother; or rather, the nature of things divine and things earthly is altogether different. With them are changelessness and immortality, both of being itself and of all that belongs to being; for what belongs to the firm is firm. But how is it with ours? It flows and perishes, and takes now one change, now another. Life and death, at any rate, as they are called, though they seem to differ most from each other, somehow pass over into each other and take each other’s place. For life, beginning from corruption, our mother, and travelling through corruption, the continual passing away of the present, ends in corruption, the dissolution of this life; while death, bringing release from the evils here and often leading over to the life above, I do not know whether it should properly be called death, since it has its fearfulness in name rather than in fact. And we are in danger of suffering an irrational passion, fearing what is not fearful and pursuing as more desirable what deserves to be feared. There is one life, to look toward Life; one death, sin, for it is the destruction of the soul. The other things on which some pride themselves are a vision of dreams mocking reality, and deceitful phantoms of the soul. If we think so, mother, we shall neither pride ourselves on life nor grieve too much at death. What terrible thing, then, have we suffered, if he has passed from here to the true life? If, freed from turmoil, dizziness, surfeit, and the shameful tribute, we shall be with things that stand and do not flow, small lights dancing around the great Light? [43] But does the separation grieve you? Then let the hope gladden you. Is widowhood dreadful? But not to him. And where is the good of love, if one gives oneself the easier things and assigns to one’s neighbour the harder? And what is dreadful at all for one who will herself be released shortly? The appointed time is near; the grief is not lasting. Let us not weigh down the lightest things with ignoble thoughts. We have lost great things, for we had great things; to lose belongs to all, to have had is given to few. Let not the one bend you, but let the other console you; for it is more reasonable that the better should prevail. You bore the loss of children still in their prime and fit for life most courageously and philosophically; bear also the laying aside of an aged body already weary of life, even if the vigour of his soul kept his senses quite unimpaired. But do you need someone to care for you? Where then is this Isaac of yours, whom he has left you in place of all? Ask of him the small things, the guiding hand and service; give him in return the greater: a mother’s blessing, your prayers, and the freedom that comes from them. Are you indignant at being admonished? This I praise; for you have admonished many, all whom long time has brought under your understanding. The discourse is nothing to you, most philosophic of women; let it be a common consolation for mourners, so that they may know that they are human beings mourning human beings …

Chapter 19

19.2PG 35:1045b

Ἐπειδὴ Λόγῳ τὸν τῶν πολλῶν λόγον ἐπισχεῖν οὐχ οἷός τε ἐγενόμην, καὶ τῆν νῦν κατέχουσαν παντας φορὰν καὶ προθυμίαν, εἰς τὸ διδάσκειν τε καὶ λαλεῖν τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος χωρὶς Πνεύματος ἐτέραν ἦλθον, ὡς ἐμαυτὸν πείθω, βελτίω τι καὶ ἀπονωτὲραν ὁδὸν, παιδεῦσαι πρὸς ἡσυχίαν ἅπαντας τῷ ἀρχετύπῳ τῆς σιωπῆς· εἷ μὲν τι μέγα περὶ ἡμῶν οἴονται, τῆν ὑπεροχήν αἰδουμένους εἰ δὲ μικρόν τε καὶ ὅσον ἄξιον, τῷ ὁμοτίμῳ ωμμετριάζοντας. Οὗτος 6 λόγος τῆς ἐμῆς σιωπῆς τοῦτο τῆς καρτερίας ἡμῶν τὸ μυστήριον.

Epeidē Logǭ ton tōn pollōn logon epischein ouch hoios te egenomēn, kai tēn nyn katechousan pantas phoran kai prothymian, eis to didaskein te kai lalein ta tou Pneumatos chōris Pneumatos eteran ēlthon, hōs emauton peithō, beltiō ti kai aponōteran hodon, paideusai pros hēsychian hapantas tǭ archetypǭ tēs siōpēs; hei men ti mega peri hēmōn oiontai, tēn hyperochēn aidoumenous ei de mikron te kai hoson axion, tǭ homotimǭ ōmmetriazontas. Houtos 6 logos tēs emēs siōpēs touto tēs karterias hēmōn to mystērion.

Since I could not restrain by reason the talk of the many, and the rush and eagerness that now possesses everyone to teach and speak the things of the Spirit without the Spirit, I took another way, a better and less toilsome one, as I persuade myself: to train everyone to quiet by the example of silence; so that, if they think something great of us, they might respect our superiority, and if they think us small and worth only as much as we are, they might show moderation toward one of equal standing. This is the reason for my silence; this is the mystery of our endurance.

19.3PG 35:1045b–1048a

Ἀλλὰ τί adeo); '0 μὲν ἔνθεν, 6 δὲ ἔνθεν διέλκουσιν ἡμᾶς καὶ σπαράττουσι, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐμῶν δικάζονται πόνων, ὣσπερ ἄλλο τι χρέος τὸν Ἰ Ι 9 1 fl Ι ι 9 ς. λόγον ἀπαραιτήτως εἷσπράττοντες, καὶ ἀγαπῶσι μᾶλλον ἢ αὐτὸς ἐμαυτόν· καὶ εἰσὶ πάντες ἐμοῦ σοφώτεροι, πλέον,ἣ ἐγὼ γινώσκοντες καιρὸν λόγου ἦ σιωπῆς · καί φασιν οὐκ ἀνήσειν, ὥσπερ σιδήρῳ πυρῖτιν λίθον, παίοντες ἡμᾶς τοῖς ὀνείδεσιν, ἕως ἂν ἐκ μικροῦ σπινθῆρος τὸν τῶν λόγων πυρσὸν ἀνάῴωσιν. Ἤδη δὲ τινες αὐτῶν καὶ ὑπισχνοῦνται χρηστότερα, καὶ μεγάλα προτιθέασιν ἆθλα τοῖς λόγοις ° πρῶτον μὶν ἑαυτοὺς εὐποιήσειν, δοντες τῷ Θεῷ καὶ ἡμῖν εἷς τὸν λόγον καρποφορῆσαιθ ἔπειτα καὶ τούσδε πάντας, διὰ τῆς ἀπογραφῆς, τὸν ἐμὸν κλῆρον, εἴπερ ἐμὸς 6 πατρικὸς, τὸ ἐμὸν ποίμνιον, οὕς λίαν ἀδικοίην, μή πάντα τρόπον εὐεργετεῖν προθυμούμενος. Τὸ δὲ κάλλιστον, ὅτι, ὃ πολλᾶ πονήσαντας ἔδει κατορθῶσαι τοῖς lci-[3:4, τοῦτο ὑπὶρ τῶν λόγων αὐτῶν εἰσφέρουσιν. Ὠ τῆς καλῆς φιλονεικίας, ἣν ἐμὲ νικῆσαι φιλονεικοῦσιν ! Ὢ τῆς ἐπαινετῆς κᾶπιδόσεως l Ὁρᾶτε πηλίκον τὸ ἔργον τῆς ἐμῆς σιωπῆς · αὐτοὺς ὑμῖν πεποίηκε τοὺς λόγους ποθεινοτέρους. Ὀρᾶτε τὸν καρπὸν τῆς ἀδοξίας τῆς ἡμετέρας Εἴθε τι γένοιτο καὶ τῶν λόγων τοσοῦτον ὄφελος, ὅσον τῆς σιωπῆς.

Alla ti adeo)? '0 men enthen, 6 de enthen dielkousin hēmas kai sparattousi, kai hyper tōn emōn dikazontai ponōn, hōsper allo ti chreos ton I I 9 1 fl I i 9 s. logon aparaitētōs heisprattontes, kai agapōsi mallon ē autos emauton; kai eisi pantes emou sophōteroi, pleon,hē egō ginōskontes kairon logou ē siōpēs ; kai phasin ouk anēsein, hōsper sidērǭ pyritin lithon, paiontes hēmas tois oneidesin, heōs an ek mikrou spinthēros ton tōn logōn pyrson anaǭōsin. Ēdē de tines autōn kai hypischnountai chrēstotera, kai megala protitheasin athla tois logois ° prōton min heautous eupoiēsein, dontes tǭ Theǭ kai hēmin heis ton logon karpophorēsaith epeita kai tousde pantas, dia tēs apographēs, ton emon klēron, eiper emos 6 patrikos, to emon poimnion, hous lian adikoiēn, mē panta tropon euergetein prothymoumenos. To de kalliston, hoti, ho polla ponēsantas edei katorthōsai tois lci-[3:4, touto hypir tōn logōn autōn eispherousin. Ō tēs kalēs philoneikias, hēn eme nikēsai philoneikousin ! Ō tēs epainetēs kapidoseōs l Horate pēlikon to ergon tēs emēs siōpēs ; autous hymin pepoiēke tous logous potheinoterous. Orate ton karpon tēs adoxias tēs hēmeteras Eithe ti genoito kai tōn logōn tosouton ophelos, hoson tēs siōpēs.

But what happens? They pull me this way and that, tear at me, and go to law over my labours, exacting my discourse relentlessly as if it were any other debt; they love me more than I love myself; and they are all wiser than I, knowing better than I the time for speech or silence. They say they will not let go, striking us with reproaches like flint with steel, until from a small spark they kindle the blaze of words. Some of them even promise better things and set great prizes before my discourses: first, to do good to themselves, by giving to God and to us the opportunity to bear fruit for the word; and then also to all these here, through the assessment, who are my portion (if indeed my father’s portion is mine), my flock, whom I would greatly wrong if I were not eager to benefit them in every way. And the finest thing is that what they ought to have achieved with much labour, this they offer in return for the discourses themselves. O the noble rivalry, in which they strive to defeat me! O the praiseworthy gift! See how great is the work of my silence: it has made discourses themselves more desirable to you. See the fruit of our obscurity. Would that discourses might bring as much benefit as silence!

19.4PG 35:1048a–1049b

Οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα δοκεῖ, καὶ νενικήκατε τὸν ἀήττητον, καὶ τρόπαιον ἐστήσατε κατὰ τῆς ἐμῆς φιλοσοφίας, φέρε τι φθέγξωμαι πρὸς ὐμᾶς, τῆς σιωπῆς ἄμεινον. Φθέγξομαι τοιγαροῦν, οὗ μα- Kaxdv τι καὶ ἀναβεβλημένον, οὐδὲ τῆς ἡδίστης τοῖς πολλοῖς ἁρμονίας (οὐδὲ γάρ ἒὶν καλῶς ἀμειβοίμην τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἐραστὰς, οὕτω διαλεγόμενος), ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν ἀνδρικόν τε καὶ σύντονον, καὶ ᾦ τάχα ἃν ἀμείνους γένοισθε, ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἰπὶ τὸ πνεῦμα μετενεχθέντες, καὶ ὐψωθέντες ἱκανῶς τὴν διάνοιαν. Υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἓως πότε βαρυκάρδιοι (προοιμιάσομαι γὰρ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ μεγαλοφωνοτάτου Δαβἰδ); "Ich τί ἀγαπᾶτε ματαιότητα, καὶ ζητεῖτε ψεῦδος, μέγα τι τὸν ἐνταῦθα βίον, καὶ τὴν τρυφήν, καὶ τὸ μικρὸν δοξάριον, καὶ τήν ταπεινὴν δυναστείαν, καὶ τὴν ψευδομένην εὐημερίαν ὑπολαμβάνοντες; "A μή τῶν ἑχόντων μᾶλλόν ἐστιν ἣτῶν ἐλπισάντων, οὐδὲ τούτων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν οὐδὲ προσδοκησάντων · ὥσπερ χοῦς ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἄλλοτε εἰς ἄλλους ῥιπιζόμενά τε καὶ μεταρριπτούμενα, ἣ ὥσπερ καπνὸς διαρῥέοντα, καὶ ὡς ὄναρ παίζοντα, καὶ ὡς σκιὰ μή κρατούμενα οὕτε ἀπόντα δυσέλπιστα τοῖς οὐ κεκτημένοις, οὑτε παρόντα πιστὰ τοῖς ἔχουσιν, Εʼ,Οὖκ ἁναβλέψομεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν eive); οὐκ ἑκνήῲομεν; οὐ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τὴν λήμην περιαιρήσομεν; οὐκ εἰσόμεθα, τίς ὁ ἀληθινός πλοῦτος, καὶ τίς ἡ ὅντως λαμπρότης, καὶ ποῦ τὸ μή διαπῖπτον ἀξίωμα; τίς ἠ ἀπέραντος εὐδαιμονία, καὶ ποῦ τὸ ἀσάλευτον, ἀγαθὸν, μηδὲ μεθιστάμενον, ἣ ἑπιὅουλευόμενον; Οὐ κτησόμεθα ταῦτα πολλοῖς ἱδρῶσι καὶ πόνοις, ἂν οὕτω συμβαίνῃ; οἶίκ, εἷʼτι δεῖ τρυφᾷν ἐκντεῦθεν, έν ταῖς ἐλπίσι τρυφήσομεν, οὐ γνωσόμεθα τοὺς ἁγίους μάρτυρας, τούς τε ἄλλους πάντας, οί πάσαν διειλήςρασί τὴν οἰκουμένην ὥσπερ τινές κοινοὶ σύνδεσμοι, καὶ ὧν ἡ παροῦσα πανήγυρις; ’Υπὶρ τίνος τραῦματα, καὶ δεσμὰ καὶ στρεβλώσεις, καὶ πυρὸς ἀπειλὴν, καὶ ξιφῶν ἀκμὴν, καί θηρῶν ἀγριοτητα, καὶ σκότος, καὶ λιμὸν, καὶ βάραθρα, καὶ χρημάτων άρπιπίξις, καὶ μελῶν ἀποβολάς, καὶ θανάτους τὸ τελευταῖον, καὶ πάντα προθύμως ὑπέστησαν, ὣσπερ ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις ἀγωνιζόμενοι σώμασιν; ’ίνα τί γένωνται, καί τίνα κληρονομήσωσιν, ἢ πᾶσι δῆλα, κᾶν ἡμεῖς μὴ λέγωμενς Οὐ μετὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐλπίδος, ὑπὸ τῷ αὐτῷ βραβευτῇ καὶ ἀγωνοθέτῃ, πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν παραταξόμεθα τύραννον, τὸν πικρὸν καὶ τότε καὶ νῦν τῶν ψυχῶν διώκτην, τὸν ἀόρατον ἐχθρὸν καὶ πολέμιον; Οὐκ ἀνδριούμεθα παραπλησίως ὥσπερ ἐν κοινῷ θεάτρῳ τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ, εἷ καὶ μὴ ἀκμῇ τοῦ κινδύνου ταχεῖαν ἐχούσῃ καὶ τήν ἀπαλλαγὴν, ἀλλά τοῖς γε καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀγωνίσμασι καὶ παλαίσμασιν, ’ίνα καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν στεφάνων ἀξιωθῴμεν, ὅτι ἐγγυτάτω ;

Oukoun epeidē tauta dokei, kai nenikēkate ton aēttēton, kai tropaion estēsate kata tēs emēs philosophias, phere ti phthenxōmai pros ymas, tēs siōpēs ameinon. Phthenxomai toigaroun, hou ma- Kaxdv ti kai anabeblēmenon, oude tēs hēdistēs tois pollois harmonias (oude gar ein kalōs ameiboimēn tous emous erastas, houtō dialegomenos), alla kai lian andrikon te kai syntonon, kai ǭ tacha han ameinous genoisthe, apo tēs sarkos ipi to pneuma metenechthentes, kai ypsōthentes hikanōs tēn dianoian. Huioi anthrōpōn, heōs pote barykardioi (prooimiasomai gar pros hymas ek tou megalophōnotatou Dabid)? "Ich ti agapate mataiotēta, kai zēteite pseudos, mega ti ton entautha bion, kai tēn tryphēn, kai to mikron doxarion, kai tēn tapeinēn dynasteian, kai tēn pseudomenēn euēmerian hypolambanontes? "A mē tōn hechontōn mallon estin hētōn elpisantōn, oude toutōn mallon ē tōn oude prosdokēsantōn ; hōsper chous hypo lailapos allote eis allous rhipizomena te kai metarriptoumena, hē hōsper kapnos diarrheonta, kai hōs onar paizonta, kai hōs skia mē kratoumena houte aponta dyselpista tois ou kektēmenois, houte paronta pista tois echousin, Eʼ,Ouk hanablepsomen eis ton ouranon eive)? ouk heknēǭomen? ou tōn ophthalmōn tēn lēmēn periairēsomen? ouk eisometha, tis ho alēthinos ploutos, kai tis hē hontōs lamprotēs, kai pou to mē diapipton axiōma? tis ē aperantos eudaimonia, kai pou to asaleuton, agathon, mēde methistamenon, hē hepioouleuomenon? Ou ktēsometha tauta pollois hidrōsi kai ponois, an houtō symbainę̄? oiik, heiʼti dei tryphąn eknteuthen, en tais elpisi tryphēsomen, ou gnōsometha tous hagious martyras, tous te allous pantas, oi pasan dieilēsrasi tēn oikoumenēn hōsper tines koinoi syndesmoi, kai hōn hē parousa panēgyris? ’Ypir tinos traumata, kai desma kai streblōseis, kai pyros apeilēn, kai xiphōn akmēn, kai thērōn agriotēta, kai skotos, kai limon, kai barathra, kai chrēmatōn arpipixis, kai melōn apobolas, kai thanatous to teleutaion, kai panta prothymōs hypestēsan, hōsper en allotriois agōnizomenoi sōmasin? ’ina ti genōntai, kai tina klēronomēsōsin, ē pasi dēla, kan hēmeis mē legōmens Ou meta tēs autēs elpidos, hypo tǭ autǭ brabeutę̄ kai agōnothetę̄, pros ton auton parataxometha tyrannon, ton pikron kai tote kai nyn tōn psychōn diōktēn, ton aoraton echthron kai polemion? Ouk andrioumetha paraplēsiōs hōsper en koinǭ theatrǭ tǭde tǭ kosmǭ, hei kai mē akmę̄ tou kindynou tacheian echousę̄ kai tēn apallagēn, alla tois ge kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran agōnismasi kai palaismasin, ’ina kai tōn autōn stephanōn axiōthǭmen, hoti engytatō ?

Since, then, this is your view, and you have conquered the unconquered and set up a trophy over my philosophy, come, let me say something to you better than silence. I will speak, then, not anything soft or relaxed, nor in the harmony most pleasant to the many (for I would not repay my lovers well by speaking so), but something very manly and vigorous, by which you may perhaps become better, carried over from the flesh to the spirit and lifted up sufficiently in mind. “Sons of men, how long will you be heavy of heart?” (for I will begin my address to you from the loud-voiced David). “Why do you love vanity and seek falsehood?”, supposing this present life to be something great, with its luxury, its petty glory, its lowly power, and its false prosperity? These belong no more to those who have them than to those who hoped for them, nor to these more than to those who never even expected them; like dust tossed and scattered by a whirlwind, now to some, now to others; flowing away like smoke, mocking like a dream, and like a shadow that cannot be grasped; neither beyond hope when absent for those who do not possess them, nor reliable when present for those who have them. [5] Shall we not look up to heaven? Shall we not sober up? Shall we not take the rheum from our eyes? Shall we not know what true wealth is, what real splendour is, and where is a dignity that does not fall; what is endless happiness, and where is the good that is unshaken, neither displaced nor plotted against? Shall we not acquire these with much sweat and toil, if so it must be? Shall we not, if we must delight in anything here, delight in our hopes? Shall we not recognize the holy martyrs, both all the others, who are spread throughout the world like common bonds, and those whose festival this is? For what did they endure wounds, chains, and rackings, the threat of fire, the edge of the sword, the savagery of beasts, darkness, hunger, pits, the seizure of goods, the loss of limbs, and finally death, and all eagerly, as though they were contending in other people’s bodies? To become what, and to inherit what? It is clear to everyone, even if we do not say it. Shall we not, with the same hope, under the same judge and president of the games, draw up our ranks against the same tyrant, the bitter persecutor of souls then and now, the invisible enemy and foe? Shall we not show the same courage in this world, as in a common theatre, if not in the peak of danger, which brings a quick release as well, at least in the daily contests and wrestlings, so that we too may be counted worthy of the same crowns, since they are very near?

19.7PG 35:1049b–1052b

Ἐγὼ μὶν παντὶ διακελεύομαι, καὶ ἀνδρῖ καὶ γυναικὶ, καὶ πρεσβύτῃ καὶ νὲῳ, ἀστικῴ τε αὖ καὶ ἀγροίκῳ, ἰδιώτῃ καὶ ἄρχοντι, πλουσίῳ καὶ πένητι (καὶ γὰρ 6 αὐτὸς ἄγὼν καλεῖ πάντας), πρὸς τοῦτον ἀποδύεσθαι προθύμως, καὶ μή μαλακίζεσθαι, μηδὶ μέλλειν, μηδὲ προίεσθαι τὸν καιρὸν, οὗ πάλιν τυχεῖν ἀμήχανον. Ἐργασίας γὰρ 6 παρὼν, 6 δὲ μέλλων ἀνταποδόσεως. Ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν ὲντεῦθεν, ἠκούσατε τοῦ Σωτῆρος λὲγοντος, οὐ μᾶλλόν τι τοὺς τότε μαθητὰς ἐκ τοῦ τόπου τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀπάγοντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ὕστερον ἅπαντας ἐντεῦθεν ἀπανιπάντος, καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὑψούμενον ἕλκοντος, ὡς ἡ ὑπόσχεσις. ’Δκολουθήσωμεν ἀγαθῷ Δεσπότῃ· φύγωμεν τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας, φύγωμεν τὸν πλάνον κόσμον καὶ κοσμοκράτορα, γενώμεθα καθαρῶς τοῦ ποιήσαντος, τιμήσωμεν τὴν εἰκόνα, αἰδεσθῶμεν τὴν κλῆσιν, μεταθώμεθα τὴν ζωήν. Τί ποιοῦμεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ταπεινοὺς, ὑψηλοὶ γεγονότες; Τί τοῖς ὁρωμένοις ὲγκαταμένομεν; ματα, 6 δὲ τὸ μηδὲν ἔχειν· 6 μὲν τὸ προθυμεῖ· σθαι, 6 δὲ τὸ τὸν προθυμσνλρμκιον ἀποδέχεσθαι· 6 μὲν πρᾶξιν ἐπαινετὴν, 6 δὲ Θεωρίαν εὔστοχον · ὁ μὶν λόγον καίριον, 6 δὲ σιωπὴν εὔλογον · 6 μιν τις διδασκαλίαν ἄπταιστον καὶ βίον μη ἀνθιστάμενον, 6 δὲ ἀκοὴν εὺπειθῆ καὶ εὐγνώμονα ’ 6 μὶν παρθενίαν ἁγνὴν καὶ κόσμου παντελῶς ἀποτέμνουσαν, 6 δὲ γάμον σεμνὸν καὶ μὴ πάντη Θεοῦ χωρίζοντα · 6 μὲν νηστείαν ἄτυφον, 6 δὲ ἀπόλαυσιν μὴ ἀκόλαστον · ἄλλος τὸ ἐν προσευχαῖς ἀπερίσπαστον καὶ ὕμνοις πνευματικοῖς, ἄλλος τὸ ἐν προστασίᾳ τῶν δεομένων ’ πάντες δάκρυα, πάντες κάθαρσιν, ἀνάβασιν πάντες καὶ τὸ τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτείνεσθαι.

Egō min panti diakeleuomai, kai andri kai gynaiki, kai presbytę̄ kai neǭ, astikǭ te au kai agroikǭ, idiōtę̄ kai archonti, plousiǭ kai penēti (kai gar 6 autos agōn kalei pantas), pros touton apodyesthai prothymōs, kai mē malakizesthai, mēdi mellein, mēde proiesthai ton kairon, hou palin tychein amēchanon. Ergasias gar 6 parōn, 6 de mellōn antapodoseōs. Egeiresthe, agōmen enteuthen, ēkousate tou Sōtēros legontos, ou mallon ti tous tote mathētas ek tou topou tēs Ioudaias apagontos, alla kai tous hysteron hapantas enteuthen apanipantos, kai pros heauton hypsoumenon helkontos, hōs hē hyposchesis. ’Dkolouthēsōmen agathǭ Despotę̄; phygōmen tas kosmikas epithymias, phygōmen ton planon kosmon kai kosmokratora, genōmetha katharōs tou poiēsantos, timēsōmen tēn eikona, aidesthōmen tēn klēsin, metathōmetha tēn zōēn. Ti poioumen hēmas autous tapeinous, hypsēloi gegonotes? Ti tois horōmenois enkatamenomen? mata, 6 de to mēden echein; 6 men to prothymei; sthai, 6 de to ton prothymsnlrmkion apodechesthai; 6 men praxin epainetēn, 6 de Theōrian eustochon ; ho min logon kairion, 6 de siōpēn eulogon ; 6 min tis didaskalian aptaiston kai bion mē anthistamenon, 6 de akoēn eupeithē kai eugnōmona ’ 6 min parthenian hagnēn kai kosmou pantelōs apotemnousan, 6 de gamon semnon kai mē pantē Theou chōrizonta ; 6 men nēsteian atyphon, 6 de apolausin mē akolaston ; allos to en proseuchais aperispaston kai hymnois pneumatikois, allos to en prostasią tōn deomenōn ’ pantes dakrya, pantes katharsin, anabasin pantes kai to tois emprosthen epekteinesthai.

I urge everyone, man and woman, old and young, townsman and countryman, private person and ruler, rich and poor (for the same contest calls all), to strip eagerly for this contest, and not to grow soft or delay or let slip the moment, which cannot be had again. For the present time is for work, the future for recompense. “Rise, let us go hence,” you have heard the Saviour say, not only leading his disciples of that time away from the place in Judea, but leading away all later disciples too from here, and drawing them to himself as he is lifted up, as the promise says. Let us follow a good Master; let us flee worldly desires; let us flee the deceitful world and its ruler; let us belong purely to him who made us; let us honour the image, revere our calling, and change our life. Why do we make ourselves low, when we have been made lofty? Why do we linger among visible things? … one [offers] …, another having nothing; one his eagerness, another his welcome of the eager; one praiseworthy action, another well-aimed contemplation; one timely speech, another reasonable silence; one teaching without stumbling and a life that does not contradict it, another a docile and well-disposed hearing; one pure virginity that cuts itself off entirely from the world, another honourable marriage that does not separate altogether from God; one fasting without pride, another enjoyment that is not licentious; another undistracted attention in prayers and spiritual hymns, another in protecting those in need; all tears, all purification, all ascent and straining toward what lies ahead.

19.8PG 35:1052b–1053a

Καλή καὶ ἁπλότης καρποφορια, καὶ γελως σωφρονιζόμενος, καὶ Ουμὸς κολαζόμενος, καὶ ὄμμα παιδαγωγούμενον, καὶ νοῦς πλανᾶσθαι μὴ συγχωρούμενος. Οὐδὲν οὕτω μικρὸν τῶν εἰσφερομένων Θεῷ, κᾶν ἰλάχιστον ᾖ, κᾶν παρὰ πολὺ τῆς ἀξίας λειπόμενον, ὅ μὴ προσίεται πάντως καὶ ἀποδέχεται, εἰ καὶ σταθμίζειν οἵδε τῇ δικαίᾳ κρίσει τὸ ἔλεος. Δέχεται καὶ Παύλου τήν φυτείαν, ὡς Παύλου, καὶ Ἀπολλῶ τήν ἀρδείαν, καὶ τὰ δύο λεπτὰ τῆς χήρας, καὶ τοῦ τελώνου τήν ταπείνωσιν, καὶ τοῦ Μανασσῆ τὴν ἐξαγόρευσιν. Μωσῆς ἐπήγνυτο τὴν σκηνήν κάτω, τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων ἀντίτυπον, καί πάντες εἰσέφερον τὸ κηρυχθὶν αὐτοῖς. Oi δὲ καὶ αὐτεπάγγελτοι, οἱ μὲν χρυσὸν, οἱ δὲ ἄργυρον, οἱ δὲ λίθους τιμίους εἷς τὴν ὶπωμίδα · αἱ δὲ βύσσον διακεκλωσμὲνην, αἱ δὲ κόκκινον νενησμὲνον, οἱ δὲ πορφύραν, oi δὲ δέρματα κριῶν ἠρυθροόανωμὲνα · αἳ δὲ καὶ τρίχας αἱγείας είς τὰ κάτεργα τῆς σκηνῆς, τὸ φαυλότατον · οἱ δὲ ὅ τι Exaστος, ἣ ἑκάστη τῦχοιεν ἔχοντες πάντες δὶ ἔφερον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἧν ἂσυντελής, οὐδὲ τῶν πενεστάτων. Οὒτω καὶ ἡμεῖς τῇ μιμίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ σκηνῇ τῆσδε τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ἦν 6 Κύριος επηξε, καὶ οὐκ ἅνθρωπος, ἢ διαφόροις ἀρετῆς συνοικοδομεῖται κάλλεσιν, 6 μὶν μικρὸν, 6 δὲ μεῖζον, πάντες δὲ ὁμοίως εῗσφὲρωμεν είς ἔργον τέλειον, είς κατοικητήριον Χριστοῦ, εἷς ναὸν ἅγιον, συντιθέμενοι, καὶ συναρμολογούμενοι τῇ ἀρχιτεκτονίᾳ τοῦ Πνεῦματος. Πάντως δὲ οὐδὲ εἰσοίσομεν τοσοῦτον, ὅσον είλήφαμεν, κᾶν πάντα είσφὲρωμεν. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ εἶναι ἡμῖν ὲκ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ εἰδέναι Θεὸν, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ἔχειν 6' εἰσενέγκωμεν. Τὸ δὲ κάλλιστον καὶ φιλανθρωπότατον, ὅτι μὴ τῇ ἀξίᾳ τοῦ διδομένου, τῇ δὶ δυνάμει καὶ τῇ διαθέσει τοῦ καρποφοροῦντ.ς, μετρεῖ Θεὸς τὴν ἐπίδοσιν.

Kalē kai haplotēs karpophoria, kai gelōs sōphronizomenos, kai Oumos kolazomenos, kai omma paidagōgoumenon, kai nous planasthai mē synchōroumenos. Ouden houtō mikron tōn eispheromenōn Theǭ, kan ilachiston ę̄, kan para poly tēs axias leipomenon, ho mē prosietai pantōs kai apodechetai, ei kai stathmizein hoide tę̄ dikaią krisei to eleos. Dechetai kai Paulou tēn phyteian, hōs Paulou, kai Apollō tēn ardeian, kai ta dyo lepta tēs chēras, kai tou telōnou tēn tapeinōsin, kai tou Manassē tēn exagoreusin. Mōsēs epēgnyto tēn skēnēn katō, tēn tōn ouraniōn antitypon, kai pantes eisepheron to kērychthin autois. Oi de kai autepangeltoi, hoi men chryson, hoi de argyron, hoi de lithous timious heis tēn ipōmida ; hai de bysson diakeklōsmenēn, hai de kokkinon nenēsmenon, hoi de porphyran, oi de dermata kriōn ērythrooanōmena ; hai de kai trichas haigeias eis ta katerga tēs skēnēs, to phaulotaton ; hoi de ho ti Exastos, hē hekastē tychoien echontes pantes di epheron, kai oudeis hēn asyntelēs, oude tōn penestatōn. Outō kai hēmeis tę̄ mimią tou Theou skēnę̄ tēsde tēs Ekklēsias, ēn 6 Kyrios epēxe, kai ouk hanthrōpos, ē diaphorois aretēs synoikodomeitai kallesin, 6 min mikron, 6 de meizon, pantes de homoiōs eïspherōmen eis ergon teleion, eis katoikētērion Christou, heis naon hagion, syntithemenoi, kai synarmologoumenoi tę̄ architektonią tou Pneumatos. Pantōs de oude eisoisomen tosouton, hoson eilēphamen, kan panta eispherōmen. Epei kai to einai hēmin ek Theou, kai to eidenai Theon, kai auto to echein 6' eisenenkōmen. To de kalliston kai philanthrōpotaton, hoti mē tę̄ axią tou didomenou, tę̄ di dynamei kai tę̄ diathesei tou karpophorount.s, metrei Theos tēn epidosin.

Fine too is the fruit of simplicity, and laughter disciplined, anger restrained, the eye trained, and the mind not allowed to wander. Nothing offered to God is so small, even if it is the least and falls far short of what is due, that he does not entirely accept and welcome it, even though he knows how to weigh mercy with just judgment. He accepts Paul’s planting as Paul’s, and Apollos’s watering; the widow’s two mites, the tax collector’s humility, and Manasseh’s confession. Moses pitched the tabernacle below, the copy of the heavenly things, and all brought what had been proclaimed to them, some even of their own accord: some gold, some silver, some precious stones for the ephod; the women fine twined linen, others spun scarlet, others purple, others rams’ skins dyed red; and the women brought goats’ hair for the works of the tabernacle, the meanest thing; and others whatever each man or woman happened to have. All brought, and no one was without a share, not even the poorest. So also let us, for this copy of God’s tabernacle, this Church, which the Lord pitched and not man, which is built up with various beauties of virtue, one bringing a little, another more, but all alike bring our offerings for a perfect work, for a dwelling place of Christ, for a holy temple, being joined and fitted together by the architecture of the Spirit. Yet we shall never bring as much as we have received, even if we bring everything. For our very being is from God, and our knowing God, and our having anything to bring. But the finest and most loving thing is that God measures the gift not by the worth of what is given, but by the ability and disposition of the one who offers.

19.9PG 35:1053a–1053b

Μή οὗν ἀναμείνῃς γενέσθαι χρηστὸς, ἀλλʼ ἤδη γενοῦ · μηδι δτι τῆς ἀξίας λείπῃ,τὸ πᾶν έλλίπῃς. Ἀλλὰ τὸ μὶν εἰσένεγκε, τὸ δὲ προθυμήθητι, ὑπερ δὲ τοῦ δεήθητι δοθῆναι συγγνώμην τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ. Οὐκ ὀφθήσῃ, φησὶ, κενὸς ἐναντίον μου. Μηδεὶς ἔστω κενὸς, μηδὲ ἄκαρπος, μηδέ τις στεῖρα ψυχὴ καὶ ἄγονος. Ἕκαστος ἐκ τῶν παρόντων καρποφορείτω Θεῷ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων ’ 6 ἁμαρτάνων τὴν μεταβολὴν, 6 καλῶς νρέχων, τὴν εὐτονίαν, 6 νέος τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, ἡ πολιὰ τήν φρόνησιν, ὁ πλούσιος τὴν μετάδοσινίὸ πένης τήν εὐχάριστίανλ έν έξουσίᾳν τήν άτυγίαν, 6 εἰσπράττων τὴν ἡμερότητα. Οἱ ἱερεῖς, ένδόσασθε δικαιοσύνην, ἢ, τό γε ἀληθέστερον εἰπεῖν, ἐνδυσώμεθα. μὴ διασπείρωμεν τὰ πρόβατα τῆς νομῆς, καὶ διαφθείρωμεν, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἔθηκε τὴν ψυχὴν 6 ποιμὴν 6 καλὸς, ὁ γινώσκων τὰ ἴδια, καὶ γινωσκόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων, καί καλῶν κατʼ ὄνομα, καὶ εἰσάγων αὐτὰ, καὶ ἐξάγων ἀπό τε ἀπιστίας εἷς πίστιν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης έπὶ τήν ἐκεῖθεν ἀνάπαυσιν. Φοβηθῶμεν, μὴ ἀφʼ ἡμῶν ἄρξηται τὸ κρῖμα, κα·τὰ τήν ἀπειλήν μὴ λάβωμεν ἐκ χειρὸς Κυρίου διπλᾶ τὰ ἆμαρτήματα, αὑτοί τε οὐκ εἷʼσιόντες, καὶ τοὺς εἰσελθεῖν δυναμένους κωλύοντες.

Mē houn anameinę̄s genesthai chrēstos, allʼ ēdē genou ; mēdi dti tēs axias leipę̄,to pan ellipę̄s. Alla to min eisenenke, to de prothymēthēti, hyper de tou deēthēti dothēnai syngnōmēn tę̄ astheneią. Ouk ophthēsę̄, phēsi, kenos enantion mou. Mēdeis estō kenos, mēde akarpos, mēde tis steira psychē kai agonos. Hekastos ek tōn parontōn karpophoreitō Theǭ, kai ek tōn oikeiōn ’ 6 hamartanōn tēn metabolēn, 6 kalōs nrechōn, tēn eutonian, 6 neos tēn enkrateian, hē polia tēn phronēsin, ho plousios tēn metadosinio penēs tēn eucharistianl en exousiąn tēn atygian, 6 eisprattōn tēn hēmerotēta. Hoi hiereis, endosasthe dikaiosynēn, ē, to ge alēthesteron eipein, endysōmetha. mē diaspeirōmen ta probata tēs nomēs, kai diaphtheirōmen, hyper hōn ethēke tēn psychēn 6 poimēn 6 kalos, ho ginōskōn ta idia, kai ginōskomenos hypo tōn idiōn, kai kalōn katʼ onoma, kai eisagōn auta, kai exagōn apo te apistias heis pistin, kai apo tēs zōēs tautēs epi tēn ekeithen anapausin. Phobēthōmen, mē aphʼ hēmōn arxētai to krima, ka;ta tēn apeilēn mē labōmen ek cheiros Kyriou dipla ta amartēmata, hautoi te ouk heiʼsiontes, kai tous eiselthein dynamenous kōlyontes.

Do not, then, wait to become good, but become so now; and do not, because you fall short of what is due, fall short in everything. Bring part; be eager for part; and for the rest, ask that pardon be given to your weakness. “You shall not appear before me empty,” he says. Let no one be empty or fruitless, nor any soul barren and childless. Let each bear fruit to God from what he has and from what is his own: the sinner his change of life, the one who runs well his vigour, the young his self-control, grey hairs their prudence, the rich man his sharing, the poor man his thanksgiving, the one in authority his freedom from pride, the tax collector his mildness. Priests, clothe yourselves with righteousness; or, to say it more truly, let us clothe ourselves. Let us not scatter and destroy the sheep of the pasture, for whom the good shepherd laid down his life, who knows his own and is known by his own, calls them by name, and leads them in and out, from unbelief to faith, and from this life to the rest there. Let us fear lest judgment begin with us, and lest, as was threatened, we receive from the Lord’s hand double for our sins, by not entering ourselves and by hindering those who could enter.

19.11PG 35:1056a–1060c

Ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ίδίοις ὀψωνίοις, οἱ στρατιῶται, xui μηδὲν ὑπὶρ τὸ διατεταγμένον ἀπαιτεῖτε. Ταῦτα ὑμῖν διακελεύεται μεθʼ ἡμῶν Ἰωάννης, ὁ μέγας τῆς ἀληθείας κῆρυξ, ἡ πρόδρομος τοῦ Λόγου φωνή. Τί λέγων ὀψώνιον; Τὸ βασιλιικὸν σιτηρέσιον δηλονότι, xui τὰς ὖωαρχοῦσας ἐκ νόμου τοῖς ἀξιώμασι δωρεάς. Τὸ δὲ περισσὸν, τίνος; Εγὼ μὲν ὀκνῶ Λέγειν τὸ βλάσφημον ὑμεῖς δὲ, οἶδʼ ὅτι συνίετε, κᾶν έγὼ φείδωμαι. Ἀπόδοτε τά Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῲ Θεῷ · τῷ μὲν τὸ τέλος, τῷ δὲ τὸν φόβον, ὑμεῖς οἱ τῆς πολιτείας έπώνυμοι · φόβον δὲ ὅταν εἶίπω, κωλύω τὴν πλεονεξίαν. Τί οῦν ἡμεῖς κερδανοῦμεν, τάχα ἂν εἷʼποιτε, μέγα; Τὸ πάντων μέο γιστον,γαὶ εἷ βούλεσθε, διʼ ἐμοῦ μεσίτου, τὰς χρηστὰς έλπίδας, καὶ τὰ πρωτεῖα τῆς ἅνω πόλεως, οὗ ῖῆς μικρᾶςʼταύτης καὶ έλαχιστης έν πόλεσιν, ἧς οὖδέ τὸ ἄρχειν, ’ίνα μετρίως εἴπω τιμῶν ὡς Θρεψαμένην, πάνυ τι σεμνὸν καὶ ὑπέρλαμπρον. Ἐκεῖ γενέσθαι πρῶτοι θελήσωμεν · μεταποιηθῶμεν τῆς ἐκεῖθεν λαμπρότητοςο έν κόλποις Ἀβραὰμ, ἀντὶ τῆς έντεῦθεν εὐσπλαγχνίας, ἀναπαυσώμεθαο κρῖμα δίκαιον κρίνωμεν· έξελώμεθα πένητα καὶ πτωχόν · χήραν καὶ ὂρφανὸν έλεήσωμεν έκπριώμεθα κτεινομένους, ἢ τό γε μετριώτατον εἰπεῖν, μὴ αὐτοὶ κτείνωμεν · μὴ παρίδωμεν τὸν δεόμενον ἡμῶν, μέχρι καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ τραπέζης ψιχίων ° xui μὴ παραδράμωμεν τὸν ἡλκωμένον, xui βεβλημένον ἐν τοῖς ἡμετέροις πυλῶσιν· μή τρυφήσωμεν, ἄλλων κακοπαθούντων ο μή βδελυξώμεθα τὸν ὁμόδουλον · μὴ, φίλοι καὶ ἀδελφοὶ, γενώμεθα τῆς τοῦ πλουσίου μερίδος, μηδέ ὀδυνηθῶμεν έν τῇ φλογὶ, μηδὲ τῷ χάσματι διαστῶμεν ἀπὸ τῶν ὁσίων, μηδὲ δεηθῶμεν Λαζάροο τοῦ πένητος, ἄκρῳ δακτύλῳ καταψῦξαι τήν γλῶσσαν ἡμῶν φλεγομένην, xui μηδὲ τοσούτου τυγχάνωμεν. Γενώμεθα χρηστοὶ εὔσπλαγχνοι, συμπαθεῖς · μιμησώμεθα τοῦ Δεσπότου τὴν ἀγαθότητα, ὅς ἀνατέλλει τὸν ἣλιον ἀγαθοῖς καὶ πονηροῖς, καὶ τρέφει τῇ βροχῇ πάντας ὁμοίως. Μὴ δεξώμεθα πλουτεῖν διὰ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων πενίας· μὴ παρὰ τοσοῦτον ἔλθωμεν τῆς θείας ἰσότητοςο μηδὲ μίξωμεν τὸν ἡμέτερον πλοῦτον ἀλλοτρίοις δάκρυσιν, ὑφʼ ὧν ὼς ἰοῦ καὶ σητὸς ἐκδαπανηθήσεται, ἣ, τό γε τῆς Γραφῆς είπεῖν, έξεμεθήσεται. ’ΔΛλὰ ἐσμεν τοῦ δέοντος ἀποπληστότεροι; ἔστι καὶ πλεονεκτῆσαι καλῶς. Δωμέν τι μικρὸν ἐντεῦθεν, ἵνʼ ἐκεῖθεν πλουτή σωμεν., IB'. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἤδη κοινά πρὸς πάντας, οὐ τοὺς έν πολιτείᾳ μόνον, τὰ φαραγγέλματα· κοινᾶ γάρ καί κοινῆς ἀῤῥωστίας τά φάρμακα. Σὺ δὲ ἀπόγραφε δικαίως ἡμᾶς, ὁ τῶν ἡμετέρων φόρων ἀπογραφεύς ἀπόγραφε, μή τοὺς ἰμους λόγους ἐπιμελῶς, ὧν οὐδὲν, ἣ μικρὸν τὸ κέρδος, ἢ εἲς ἀκοῆς χάριν καὶ ἡδονὴν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐμὸν λαὸν ὁσίως καὶ φιλανθρώπως · αἰδεσθεὶς, εἰ μή τι ἄλλο, ἢ τὸν καιρὸν ν ε ν \ ς ς ~ I, ν αυτον, ὁτι και ὁ Σωτηρ ἐν απογραφῃ τικτεται. Εςἦλθε γὰρ δόγμα, φησὶ, παρὰ Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου, τοῦ ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἷʼκοδμένην· καὶ ἀπεγράφετο. ’Δνέβη δὶ καὶ Ἰωσὴφ έν Βηθλεὲμ σὺν Μαριάμ τῇ μεμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ με μνη στευ μένῃ ἀπογράψασθαι, διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν γυναικὶ ἐξ οἳκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαβἰδ. Καὶ τηνικαῦτα ὁ Σωτὴρ τίκτεται, τὸ θαυμάσιον, ὁ πάντων δημιουργὸς καὶ δεσπότης, ἒν φαύλῳ καὶ μικρῷ καταλύματι. Φοβηθῶμεν τὸ μυστήριον · αἶʼδεσθῶμεν τήν olκονομίαν, καὶ αὐτοὶ τῷ καιρῷ τι συνεισενέγκωμεν. Νῦν ἄγγελοι χαίρουσι, νῦν ποιμένες περιαστράπτονται, νῦν ἀστὴρ ἐξ Ἀνατολῶν τρέχει πρὸς τὸ μέγιστον φῶς καὶ ἀπρόσιτον · νῦν μάγοι προσπίπτουσι, καί δωροφοροῦσι, καὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα γινώσκουσι, καὶ καλῶς τῷ ἀστέρι τεκμαίροντι τὸν οὐράνιον· νυνί τε Ἡρώδης μαίνεται, καὶ παιδοφονεῖ, καὶ διὰ τυν έλευθερωτὴν, ἀναιρεῖ τοὺς τῆς ἐλευθερίας τυγχάνειν ὀφείλοντας, Ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς γε μετὰ τῶν προσκυνούντων γενώμεθα, καὶ προσενέγκωμεν τῷ διʼ ἦμᾶς πτωχεύσαντι μέχρι καὶ σώματος, μὴ λίβανον, μηδὲ χρυσὸν, μηδὲ σμύρναν · τὸν μὲν ὡς Θεῷ, τὸν δὲ ὡς βασιλεῖ, τήν δὲ ὡς γευσαμένῳ διʼ ἡμᾶς νεκρότητος ἀλλὰ δῶρα μυστικὰ, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸ φαινόμενον ’ τό γε μηδὲν λαβεῖν, μηδὲ τῷ πλούτῳ τι συγχωρῆσαι κατὰ πενίας, μηδʼ ἀδικῆσαι τὸ πλάσμα διὰ τοῦ πλάσματος. II". Σὺν Χριστῷ γράφεις, σὺν Χριστῷ ταλαντεῦεις, σὺν τῇ κεφαλῇ δοκιμάζεις, μετᾶ τοῦ λόγου λογίζῃ. Χριστὸς ἄρτι γεννᾶταί σοι, καὶ Θεὸς ἐστι, καὶ ἄν· Ορωπος γίνεται, καὶ ἀνθρώποις συναναστρέφεται. Τί τοῦ λόγου δηλοῦντος; Ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, είς νουθεσίαν τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα πιστευομένων, ὅτι ταῖς μεγίσταις τῶν διοικήσεων Θεὸς ἀεὶ συνεισέρχεται. Καὶ ’ίνα μὲν καταιδέσειε τοὺς ἀπογράφοντας, τηνικαῦτα ὁμιλεῖ σαρκὶ καὶ ἀνθρὼποιςʼ ’ἱνα δὲ παραμυθῆσηται τῆς δουλείας ἡμᾶς, καὶ τὴν εὐγνωμοσύνην νομοθετήσῃ (οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο παροπτέον), τελεῖ καὶ άύτὸς τὸ δίδραχμον, xui οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ μόνον, ἀλλά xui Πέτρου τοῦ τιμιωτάτου τῶν μαθητῶν. ἐπεὶ xui ἄνθροπος ἐγένετο διʼ ἡμᾶς, xui δούλου μορφὴν ἀνεδὲξατο, xui ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνομιῶν ἡμῶν ἤχθη εἷς θάνατον. Ταῦτα μὶν 6 Σωτὴρ, xui τῷ θελήματι μόνον, ὡς Θεὸς, σῶσα, δυνάμενος, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ πάντα προστάγματι συνεστήσατοο μεῖζον δὶ καὶ δυσωπητικώτερον εἰσήνεγκεν ἡμῖν, τὴν συμπάθειαν καὶ τὸ ὁμότιμον. Τί δὲ ἡμεῖς oi Χριστοῦ μαθηταὶ τοῦ πράου καὶ φιλανθρώπου, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἡμῖν λειτουργήσαντος; Ού μιμησόμεθα τοῦ Δεσπότου τήν εὐσπλαγχνίαν, οὐκ ἐσόμεθα χρηστοὶ τοῖς ὁμοδούλοις, ’ἱνα τοιούτου τύχωμεν xui αὐτοὶ τοῦ Κυρίου μετροῦντος, ὡς ἄν μετργςσωμεν; ού κτησόμεθα τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς, διὰ τῆς ἡμερότητος Ἀρκεῖ δουλεύειν τοῖς ἐλευθέροις, καὶ τοσοῦτον εἶναι τὸ διάφορον, ὥστε τοῦ αὐτοῦ χοὸς, τὸ μὲν κρατεῖν, τὸ δὲ ἄρχεσθαι καὶ τὸ μὶν τάσσειν φόρους, τὸ δὲ ἀπογράφεσθαι· xui τοῖς μὶν ἀδικεῖν ἐξεῖναι καὶ ποιεῖν κακῶς, τοῖς δὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παθεῖν δεῖσθαι καὶ ἀγωνίζεσθαι* καὶ ταῦτα εἶναι περὶ τὴν μίαν εἰκόνα, xui τὸ ἓν ἀξιωμα, τοὺς τῆς αὐτῆς ζωῆς κληρονόμους· ὑπὲρ ὧν Χριστὸς ὁμοίως ἀπέθανεν. ’Δρκεὶ ταῦτα τοῖς ἐλευθὲροιςο μή βαρυνέσοω δὲ 6 ζυγὸς, μηδὲ τῆς πρώτης ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίας τὸ ἐπιτίμιον.

Arkeisthe tois idiois opsōniois, hoi stratiōtai, xui mēden hypir to diatetagmenon apaiteite. Tauta hymin diakeleuetai methʼ hēmōn Iōannēs, ho megas tēs alētheias kēryx, hē prodromos tou Logou phōnē. Ti legōn opsōnion? To basiliikon sitēresion dēlonoti, xui tas yōarchousas ek nomou tois axiōmasi dōreas. To de perisson, tinos? Egō men oknō Legein to blasphēmon hymeis de, oidʼ hoti syniete, kan egō pheidōmai. Apodote ta Kaisaros Kaisari, kai ta tou Theou tǭ Theǭ ; tǭ men to telos, tǭ de ton phobon, hymeis hoi tēs politeias epōnymoi ; phobon de hotan eiipō, kōlyō tēn pleonexian. Ti oun hēmeis kerdanoumen, tacha an heiʼpoite, mega? To pantōn meo giston,gai hei boulesthe, diʼ emou mesitou, tas chrēstas elpidas, kai ta prōteia tēs hanō poleōs, hou iēs mikrasʼtautēs kai elachistēs en polesin, hēs oude to archein, ’ina metriōs eipō timōn hōs Threpsamenēn, pany ti semnon kai hyperlampron. Ekei genesthai prōtoi thelēsōmen ; metapoiēthōmen tēs ekeithen lamprotētoso en kolpois Abraam, anti tēs enteuthen eusplanchnias, anapausōmethao krima dikaion krinōmen; exelōmetha penēta kai ptōchon ; chēran kai orphanon eleēsōmen ekpriōmetha kteinomenous, ē to ge metriōtaton eipein, mē autoi kteinōmen ; mē paridōmen ton deomenon hēmōn, mechri kai tōn apo trapezēs psichiōn ° xui mē paradramōmen ton hēlkōmenon, xui beblēmenon en tois hēmeterois pylōsin; mē tryphēsōmen, allōn kakopathountōn o mē bdelyxōmetha ton homodoulon ; mē, philoi kai adelphoi, genōmetha tēs tou plousiou meridos, mēde odynēthōmen en tę̄ phlogi, mēde tǭ chasmati diastōmen apo tōn hosiōn, mēde deēthōmen Lazaroo tou penētos, akrǭ daktylǭ katapsyxai tēn glōssan hēmōn phlegomenēn, xui mēde tosoutou tynchanōmen. Genōmetha chrēstoi eusplanchnoi, sympatheis ; mimēsōmetha tou Despotou tēn agathotēta, hos anatellei ton hēlion agathois kai ponērois, kai trephei tę̄ brochę̄ pantas homoiōs. Mē dexōmetha ploutein dia tēs tōn allōn penias; mē para tosouton elthōmen tēs theias isotētoso mēde mixōmen ton hēmeteron plouton allotriois dakrysin, hyphʼ hōn ōs iou kai sētos ekdapanēthēsetai, hē, to ge tēs Graphēs eipein, exemethēsetai. ’DLla esmen tou deontos apoplēstoteroi? esti kai pleonektēsai kalōs. Dōmen ti mikron enteuthen, hinʼ ekeithen ploutē sōmen., IB'. Tauta men oun ēdē koina pros pantas, ou tous en politeią monon, ta pharangelmata; koina gar kai koinēs arrhōstias ta pharmaka. Sy de apographe dikaiōs hēmas, ho tōn hēmeterōn phorōn apographeus apographe, mē tous imous logous epimelōs, hōn ouden, hē mikron to kerdos, ē eis akoēs charin kai hēdonēn, alla ton emon laon hosiōs kai philanthrōpōs ; aidestheis, ei mē ti allo, ē ton kairon n e n \ s s ~ I, n auton, hoti kai ho Sōtēr en apographę̄ tiktetai. Esēlthe gar dogma, phēsi, para Kaisaros Augoustou, tou apographesthai pasan tēn hoiʼkodmenēn; kai apegrapheto. ’Dnebē di kai Iōsēph en Bēthleem syn Mariam tę̄ memnēsteumenę̄ autǭ me mnē steu menę̄ apograpsasthai, dia to einai auton gynaiki ex hoikou kai patrias Dabid. Kai tēnikauta ho Sōtēr tiktetai, to thaumasion, ho pantōn dēmiourgos kai despotēs, en phaulǭ kai mikrǭ katalymati. Phobēthōmen to mystērion ; aiʼdesthōmen tēn olkonomian, kai autoi tǭ kairǭ ti syneisenenkōmen. Nyn angeloi chairousi, nyn poimenes periastraptontai, nyn astēr ex Anatolōn trechei pros to megiston phōs kai aprositon ; nyn magoi prospiptousi, kai dōrophorousi, kai ton pantōn basilea ginōskousi, kai kalōs tǭ asteri tekmaironti ton ouranion; nyni te Hērōdēs mainetai, kai paidophonei, kai dia tyn eleutherōtēn, anairei tous tēs eleutherias tynchanein opheilontas, Allʼ hēmeis ge meta tōn proskynountōn genōmetha, kai prosenenkōmen tǭ diʼ ēmas ptōcheusanti mechri kai sōmatos, mē libanon, mēde chryson, mēde smyrnan ; ton men hōs Theǭ, ton de hōs basilei, tēn de hōs geusamenǭ diʼ hēmas nekrotētos alla dōra mystika, kai hyper to phainomenon ’ to ge mēden labein, mēde tǭ ploutǭ ti synchōrēsai kata penias, mēdʼ adikēsai to plasma dia tou plasmatos. II". Syn Christǭ grapheis, syn Christǭ talanteueis, syn tę̄ kephalę̄ dokimazeis, meta tou logou logizę̄. Christos arti gennatai soi, kai Theos esti, kai an; Orōpos ginetai, kai anthrōpois synanastrephetai. Ti tou logou dēlountos? Emoi dokei, eis nouthesian tōn ta toiauta pisteuomenōn, hoti tais megistais tōn dioikēseōn Theos aei syneiserchetai. Kai ’ina men kataideseie tous apographontas, tēnikauta homilei sarki kai anthrōpoisʼ ’hina de paramythēsētai tēs douleias hēmas, kai tēn eugnōmosynēn nomothetēsę̄ (oude gar touto paropteon), telei kai autos to didrachmon, xui ouch hyper heautou monon, alla xui Petrou tou timiōtatou tōn mathētōn. epei xui anthropos egeneto diʼ hēmas, xui doulou morphēn anedexato, xui hyper tōn anomiōn hēmōn ēchthē heis thanaton. Tauta min 6 Sōtēr, xui tǭ thelēmati monon, hōs Theos, sōsa, dynamenos, epei kai ta panta prostagmati synestēsatoo meizon di kai dysōpētikōteron eisēnenken hēmin, tēn sympatheian kai to homotimon. Ti de hēmeis oi Christou mathētai tou praou kai philanthrōpou, kai tosouton hēmin leitourgēsantos? Ou mimēsometha tou Despotou tēn eusplanchnian, ouk esometha chrēstoi tois homodoulois, ’hina toioutou tychōmen xui autoi tou Kyriou metrountos, hōs an metrgssōmen? ou ktēsometha tas heautōn psychas, dia tēs hēmerotētos Arkei douleuein tois eleutherois, kai tosouton einai to diaphoron, hōste tou autou choos, to men kratein, to de archesthai kai to min tassein phorous, to de apographesthai; xui tois min adikein exeinai kai poiein kakōs, tois di hyper tou mē pathein deisthai kai agōnizesthai* kai tauta einai peri tēn mian eikona, xui to hen axiōma, tous tēs autēs zōēs klēronomous; hyper hōn Christos homoiōs apethanen. ’Drkei tauta tois eleutheroiso mē barynesoō de 6 zygos, mēde tēs prōtēs hēmōn hamartias to epitimion.

“Be content with your wages, soldiers, and demand nothing beyond what is appointed.” John bids you this together with us: the great herald of the truth, the voice that ran before the Word. What does he mean by wages? Clearly the imperial ration and the allowances assigned by law to the various ranks. And the surplus, whose is it? I hesitate to say the blasphemous word; but you understand, I know, even if I spare it. “Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s, and to God the things that are God’s”: to the one tax, to the other fear, you who bear the name of public servants; and when I say fear, I forbid greed. “What great thing, then, shall we gain?” you may perhaps say. The greatest of all, if you wish, through me as mediator: good hopes, and the first places in the city above, not in this small one, least among cities, whose government (to speak moderately, honouring it as the place that reared me) is nothing very grand or splendid. There let us wish to be first; let us lay claim to the splendour there; let us rest in Abraham’s bosom in return for compassion here. Let us judge just judgment; let us rescue the poor and needy; let us have mercy on widow and orphan; let us ransom those being put to death, or, to say the very least, let us not put them to death ourselves. Let us not overlook the one who needs us, even for the crumbs from the table; let us not pass by the one covered with sores and lying at our gates; let us not live in luxury while others suffer; let us not loathe our fellow servant. Let us not, friends and brothers, become of the rich man’s portion, nor be in anguish in the flame, nor be separated by the chasm from the holy ones, nor beg Lazarus the poor man to cool our burning tongue with the tip of his finger, and not obtain even that much. Let us be kind, compassionate, sympathetic; let us imitate the goodness of the Master, who makes his sun rise on the good and the evil, and nourishes all alike with rain. Let us not consent to grow rich through the poverty of others; let us not fall so far short of divine equality; nor mix our wealth with the tears of others, by which it will be consumed as by rust and moth, or, to use Scripture’s word, will be vomited up. But are we greedier than we should be? There is a good kind of greed too: let us give something small here, so that we may be rich there. [12] These precepts, then, are common to all, not only to those in public service; for the remedies of a common sickness are common too. But you, assess us justly, assessor of our taxes: assess not my words carefully, which bring no profit, or little, or only the ear’s pleasure and delight, but my people, piously and humanely, respecting, if nothing else, the season itself, because the Saviour too is born during an enrolment. “For a decree went out,” it says, “from Caesar Augustus, that all the world should be enrolled”; and it was enrolled. “And Joseph also went up to Bethlehem with Mary, who was betrothed to him, to be enrolled, because he was of the house and lineage of David.” And then the Saviour is born (the marvel!), the creator and master of all, in a poor and small lodging. Let us fear the mystery; let us revere the economy; and let us ourselves contribute something to the season. Now angels rejoice; now shepherds are surrounded with light; now a star from the East runs toward the greatest and unapproachable Light; now magi fall down, bring gifts, and recognize the King of all, rightly inferring the heavenly one from the star; and now Herod rages and kills children, and because of the Liberator destroys those who were to receive liberty. But let us at least be with those who worship, and bring to him who became poor for our sake even to the point of taking a body, not frankincense, nor gold, nor myrrh (the first as to God, the second as to a king, the third as to one who tasted death for us), but mystical gifts, beyond what is seen: to take nothing, to give wealth no advantage over poverty, and not to wrong the creature through the creature. [13] You write with Christ, you weigh with Christ, you assess with the Head, you reckon with the Word. Christ is just now born for you; he is God, and becomes man, and lives among men. What does the story show? It seems to me that it serves to admonish those entrusted with such things, that God always enters into the greatest administrations. And to put the assessors to shame, he shares flesh and the life of men at that very time; and to console us in our servitude and to legislate gratitude (for this must not be overlooked either), he himself pays the double drachma, and not for himself alone but also for Peter, the most honoured of the disciples; since he also became man for us, took the form of a servant, and was led to death for our iniquities. These things the Saviour did, though he was able to save by will alone, as God, since he established all things by a command; but he brought us something greater and more compelling, sympathy and equality of honour. And what of us, the disciples of Christ, who is meek and loving and served us so greatly? Shall we not imitate the Master’s compassion? Shall we not be kind to our fellow servants, so that we too may meet with such treatment when the Lord measures to us as we have measured? Shall we not gain our own souls through gentleness? It is enough that the free serve, and that the difference is so great that, of the same clay, one part rules and another is ruled, one imposes taxes and another is enrolled; that some may wrong and do harm, while others must beg and struggle not to suffer it; and this among those who share the one image and the one dignity, heirs of the same life, for whom Christ died alike. This is enough for the free; let not the yoke be made heavier, nor the penalty of our first sin.

19.14PG 35:1060c–1061b

Ὡς ἀπόλοιτο ἡ κακία, καὶ ἡ πρώτη ταύτης καταβολὴ, xui 6 καθεύδουσιν ἡμῖν ὲπισπείρας τὰ ζιζάνια Πονηρὸς, ’ἐνʼ ἀρχὴ τοῦ κακοῦ γένηται τὸ ἀμελῆσαι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, ὥσπερ xui σκότους ἡ τοῦ φωτὸς ὑποχώρησις. Ταῦτα τὸ ξύλον, xui ἡ πικρά γεῦσις, xui 6 βάσκανος ὄφις, xui ἡ παρακοὴ ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου ζῇν κατακρίνασα. Ἐντεῦθεν γυμνὸς ἐγὼ xui ἀσχήμων, xui τὴν γύμνωσιν ἔγνων, xui τὸν δερμάτινον χιτῶνα ἠμφιασάμην, xui τοῦ παραδείσου διέπεσον, ναὶ εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀπεστραφην, ὅθεν ἐλήφθην, ’ἐν τοῦτο ἀντὶ τρυφῆς ἔχων, τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ γινώσκειν κακάʼ xui λύπην κατεκρίθην ἄπαυστον ἀντὶ τῆς μικρᾶς ἡδονῆς, xui πόλεμον πρὸς τὸν φιλωθίντα κακῶς, xui διὰ τῆς γεύσεως ὑποσπάσαντα. Ταῦτα τῆς κακίας ἐμοί τὰ ἐπίχειραο ἐντεῦθεν τὸ γεννᾶσθαι μόχθῳ, καὶ ζῇν, καί Λύεσθαι. Αὕτη μήτηρ χρείας, ἡ δὲ πλεονεξίας, ἡ δὲ πολέμων, πόλεμοι δὲ φόρων πατέρες, oi. δὶ τῆς κατακρίσεως τὸ βαρύτατον. Ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς γι μὴ τὸ πρόστιμον ἐπιτείνωμεν, ὑπὸ τὴν αὐτὴν κείμενοι καταδίκην, μηδὲ ἄλλοις κακοὶ γενώμεθα. Φιλανθριι)πίαν ἡμᾶς τήν εἷς ἀλλήλους ἀπαιτεῖ Θεὸς, κᾶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κολαζώμεθα.

Hōs apoloito hē kakia, kai hē prōtē tautēs katabolē, xui 6 katheudousin hēmin epispeiras ta zizania Ponēros, ’enʼ archē tou kakou genētai to amelēsai tou agathou, hōsper xui skotous hē tou phōtos hypochōrēsis. Tauta to xylon, xui hē pikra geusis, xui 6 baskanos ophis, xui hē parakoē en hidrōti tou prosōpou zę̄n katakrinasa. Enteuthen gymnos egō xui aschēmōn, xui tēn gymnōsin egnōn, xui ton dermatinon chitōna ēmphiasamēn, xui tou paradeisou diepeson, nai eis tēn gēn apestraphēn, hothen elēphthēn, ’en touto anti tryphēs echōn, ta emautou ginōskein kakaʼ xui lypēn katekrithēn apauston anti tēs mikras hēdonēs, xui polemon pros ton philōthinta kakōs, xui dia tēs geuseōs hypospasanta. Tauta tēs kakias emoi ta epicheirao enteuthen to gennasthai mochthǭ, kai zę̄n, kai Lyesthai. Hautē mētēr chreias, hē de pleonexias, hē de polemōn, polemoi de phorōn pateres, oi. di tēs katakriseōs to barytaton. Allʼ hēmeis gi mē to prostimon epiteinōmen, hypo tēn autēn keimenoi katadikēn, mēde allois kakoi genōmetha. Philanthrii)pian hēmas tēn heis allēlous apaitei Theos, kan hypʼ autou kolazōmetha.

Would that vice had perished, and its first foundation, and the Evil One who sowed tares upon us while we slept, so that neglect of the good became the beginning of evil, as the withdrawal of light is the beginning of darkness. From this came the tree, the bitter taste, the envious serpent, and the disobedience that condemned us to live by the sweat of our face. From this I am naked and shameful, and knew my nakedness, and put on the garment of skin, and fell from paradise, and was turned back to the earth from which I was taken, having this one thing in place of delight, to know my own evils; and I was condemned to unceasing grief in place of a little pleasure, and to war with the one who was wrongly befriended and drew me away through the taste. These are the wages of vice for me; from this come birth in toil, life in toil, and dissolution. Toil is the mother of need, need of greed, greed of wars; and wars are the fathers of taxes, which are the heaviest part of the condemnation. But let us not increase the penalty, since we lie under the same sentence, nor become evil to others. God requires of us kindness toward one another, even though we are punished by him.

19.15PG 35:1061b–1064b

Ἔσται καὶ ἄλλη τις ὲγγραφή, καὶ ἄλλος ἀπογραφεύς ' εἷʼ τινα βίβλον ζώντων ἀκούεις, καὶ βίβλον οὐ σωζομένων. Ἐκεῖ πάντες ἐγγραφησόμεθα, μᾶλλον δὲ ἤδη γεγράμμεθα κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν ἐνταῦθα βε- 6ιωμένων ἕκαστος. Οὐ πλοῦτος ἔχει τὸ πλέον ἐκεῖ, οὐ πενία τὸ ἔλαττον, οὐ χάρις, οὐκ ἔχθρα, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἁπάντων, οἷς ἐνταῦθα τὸδίκαιον κλέπτεται. Δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ πάντες γεγράμμεθα, καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ἡμῖν βίβλος έν ἡμέρᾳ ἀποκαλύψεως. Μικρὸς μὶν καὶ μέγας ἐκεῖ ἐστι, καὶ θεράπων ὁμοῦ δεσπότῃ, τὸ Σολομῶντος φθέγξομαι, καί βασιλεὺς ἀρχομένῳ, καὶ ἀπογραφεὺς ἀπογραφομένῳ, καὶ ἢ λαμπρότης ἐγγύθεν. Καὶ τὸ δύσφημον σιωπήσομαιʼ πλὴν οἷα γράφομεν, τοιαῦτα καὶ γραφησόμεθα. Ταότην ποίησον σεαυτῷ τὴν ἐγγραφὴν χρηστοτέραν, ἡμῖν φανεὶς χρηστὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος. κτῆσιν οὐ κρατουμένην, ἀποθανεῖν κόσμῳ, ζῆσαι Χριστῷ, σάρκα κενῶσαι, ψυχὴν ὶλκῦσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος. Τούτων φειδόμενος, ἢ καὶ καθαρῶς ἀποδιδοὺς τῷ Θεῴ τοὺς θεραπεύτὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ μύστας, καὶ τῶν οὐρανίων ἐπόπτας, τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ ἡμετέρου γένους, τὸ ἔρεισμα τοὺς τῆς πίστεως στεφάνους, τοὺς μαργαρίτας τοὺς τιμίους, τοὺς τοῦ ναοῦ λίθους, οῦ θεμέλιος καί ἀκρογωνιαῖος Χριστὸς, τοῦ καλοῦ λέγω τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πληρώματος* καὶ κάλλιστα ἂν καὶ τούτοις, καὶ σεαυτῷ, καὶ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν βουλεύσαιο. Καί σοι εὔχομαι τοῦτον παρʼ ἡμῶν τὸν πλοῦτον γενέσθαι μᾶλλον, ἢ πολλοῦ χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου θησαυροὺς νῦν ὑπάρχοντας, καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγον οὐκ ὶσο μὲνους.

Estai kai allē tis engraphē, kai allos apographeus ' heiʼ tina biblon zōntōn akoueis, kai biblon ou sōzomenōn. Ekei pantes engraphēsometha, mallon de ēdē gegrammetha katʼ axian tōn entautha be- 6iōmenōn hekastos. Ou ploutos echei to pleon ekei, ou penia to elatton, ou charis, ouk echthra, ouk allo ti tōn hapantōn, hois entautha todikaion kleptetai. Daktylǭ Theou pantes gegrammetha, kai anoigēsetai hēmin biblos en hēmerą apokalypseōs. Mikros min kai megas ekei esti, kai therapōn homou despotę̄, to Solomōntos phthenxomai, kai basileus archomenǭ, kai apographeus apographomenǭ, kai ē lamprotēs engythen. Kai to dysphēmon siōpēsomaiʼ plēn hoia graphomen, toiauta kai graphēsometha. Taotēn poiēson seautǭ tēn engraphēn chrēstoteran, hēmin phaneis chrēstos kai philanthrōpos. ktēsin ou kratoumenēn, apothanein kosmǭ, zēsai Christǭ, sarka kenōsai, psychēn ilkysai apo tou sōmatos. Toutōn pheidomenos, ē kai katharōs apodidous tǭ Theǭ tous therapeutas tou Theou kai mystas, kai tōn ouraniōn epoptas, tēn aparchēn tou hēmeterou genous, to ereisma tous tēs pisteōs stephanous, tous margaritas tous timious, tous tou naou lithous, ou themelios kai akrogōniaios Christos, tou kalou legō tēs Ekklēsias plērōmatos* kai kallista an kai toutois, kai seautǭ, kai pasin hēmin bouleusaio. Kai soi euchomai touton parʼ hēmōn ton plouton genesthai mallon, ē pollou chrysiou kai argyriou thēsaurous nyn hyparchontas, kai metʼ oligon ouk iso menous.

There will be another enrolment too, and another assessor, if you hear of a book of the living and a book of those not saved. There we shall all be enrolled, or rather we have already been written, each according to the worth of the life lived here. There wealth has no advantage, nor poverty any disadvantage, nor favour, nor enmity, nor any other of all the things by which justice is cheated here. By the finger of God we have all been written, and the book will be opened to us on the day of revelation. “The small and the great are there,” and the servant together with his master, to quote Solomon, and the king with his subject, and the assessor with the assessed; and that splendour is near. And I will keep silent the ill-omened word; except that as we write, so shall we be written. Make this enrolment better for yourself by showing yourself kind and humane to us. … possession that holds them not, to die to the world, to live to Christ, to empty the flesh, to draw the soul away from the body. If you spare these, or even purely give back to God the servants of God and his initiates, the beholders of heavenly things, the first fruits of our race, its support, the crowns of the faith, the precious pearls, the stones of the temple of which Christ is foundation and cornerstone (I mean the fair fullness of the Church), you would take the best counsel both for them, and for yourself, and for all of us. And I pray that this wealth may come to you from us rather than treasures of much gold and silver, which exist now and in a little while will be no more.

19.17PG 35:1064b

Αὕτη τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων ὑμῖν ἡ καρποφορία, εί xui τῆς ὶλπίδος ἐλάττων, ἀλλὰ κατὰ γε τήν ἡμετέραν δύναμιν. Ὑμεῖς δὲ ἀντιδοίητέ μοι τῆς ἐμῆς εἰσφορᾶς τὸ μεῖζον, τὴν εὐπείθειαν ὡς ἂν τά τε ἄλλα καὶ ἦττον δέησθε τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων, ἀλλήλους κατανοοῦντες εἷς παροξυσμὸν ἀγάπης καὶ καλῶν ἔργων · ὡς ἂν χρηστῆς καὶ φιλανθρώπου τῆς ἰκιῖθεν γραφῆς τυχόντες, καὶ περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα χορεύοντες, ὅ μόνον ἔργον ἐστὶ τοῖς ἐκεῖ γεγραμμὲνοις, λειτουργῶμεν Θεῷ τὴν αἶʼνεσιν, τὴν μίαν Πατρὸς, καὶ Υἱοῦ, καί ἁγίου Πνεύματος, καὶ θεωροῦντες καὶ ἀνυψοῦντες τὴν τῆς θεότητος δόξαν τε καὶ Λαμπρότητα, αότῷ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡτιμὴ, καὶ ἠ προσκύνησις εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Hautē tōn emōn logōn hymin hē karpophoria, ei xui tēs ilpidos elattōn, alla kata ge tēn hēmeteran dynamin. Hymeis de antidoiēte moi tēs emēs eisphoras to meizon, tēn eupeitheian hōs an ta te alla kai ētton deēsthe tōn emōn logōn, allēlous katanoountes heis paroxysmon agapēs kai kalōn ergōn ; hōs an chrēstēs kai philanthrōpou tēs ikiithen graphēs tychontes, kai peri ton pantōn basilea choreuontes, ho monon ergon esti tois ekei gegrammenois, leitourgōmen Theǭ tēn aiʼnesin, tēn mian Patros, kai Huiou, kai hagiou Pneumatos, kai theōrountes kai anypsountes tēn tēs theotētos doxan te kai Lamprotēta, aotǭ hē doxa, kai hētimē, kai ē proskynēsis eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

This is the fruit of my words for you; less than you hoped, perhaps, but at least according to our ability. And may you give me in return for my contribution the greater thing, obedience, so that in other matters too you may need my words less, considering one another to stir up love and good works; so that, obtaining a kind and humane enrolment there, and dancing around the King of all, which is the only work of those enrolled there, we may offer to God the praise, the one praise of Father and Son and Holy Spirit, beholding and exalting the glory and splendour of the Godhead, to whom be glory, honour, and worship for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 20

20.1PG 35:1065a–1068a

Ὅταν ἴδω τὴν νῦν γλωσσαλγίαν, καὶ τοὺς αὖ· θημερινοὺς σοφοὺς, καὶ τοὺς χειροτονητοὺς θεολόγους, οἷς ἀρκεῖ τὸ θελῆσαι μόνον πρὸς τὸ εἴναι σοφοῖςο ποθῶ τήν ἀνωτάτω φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ σταθμὸν ἔσχαυον ἐπιζητῶ, κατὰ τὸν Ἰερεμίαν, καὶ ἐμαυτῷ μόνῳ συγγενέσθαι βούλομαι. Οὐδὲν γάρ μοι δοκεῖ τοιοῦτον, οἷον μύσαντα τὰς αἰσθήσεις, ἔξω σαρκὸς καὶ κόσμου γενόμενον, μηδενὸς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων προσαπτόμενον, ὅτι μή πᾶσα ἀνάγκη, ἑαυτῷ προσλαλοῦντα καί τῷ Θεῷ, ζῇν ὑπὲρ τὰ ὁρώμενα, καὶ ἀεὶ τὰς θείας ἐμφάσεις καθαρὰς ἐν ἑαυτῷ φέρειν ἀμιγεῖς τῶν κάτω χαρακτήρων καὶ πλανωμένων, οἷον ἔσοπτρον ἀκηλίδωτον Θεοῦ καὶ τῶν θείων, καὶ ὃν, καί ἀεὶ γινόμενον,,φωτὶ προσλαμβάνοντα φῶς, καὶ ἀμαυροτερῳ τρανότερον, μέχρις ἂν πρὸς τὴν πηγῆν ἔλθωμεν τῶν τῇδε ἀπαυγασμάτων, καὶ τύχωμεν τοῦ μακαρίου τέλους, λυθέντων τῶν ἰσόπτρων τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ·,ὡς μόλις ἃν τις ἑαυτὸν, ἥ μακρῦ φιλοσοφίᾳ παιδαγωγήσας, καὶ ἀπορῥηγνὺς κατὰ μικρὸν τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς εὐγενὲς, καὶ φωτοειδὲς, τοῦ ταπεινοῦ καὶ σκότῳ συνεζευγμένου, ἢ Θεοῦ τυχὼν ἵλεω, ῆ καὶ ἄμφω ταῦτα, καὶ μελέτην ὅτι μάλιστα ποιούμενος ἅνω βλέπειν, τῆς κατασπώσης ὕλης ἐπικρατήσειε. Πρὶν δὲ ταύτην ὑπερσχεῖν, ὅση δύναμις, καὶ ἀνακαθᾶραι ἱκανῶς τά τε ὦτα καὶ τὴν διά- νοιαν, ἥ ψυχῆς ἐπιστασίαν δέξασθαι, ἢ θεολογιᾳ προσο βαλεῖν, οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι γινώσκω.

Hotan idō tēn nyn glōssalgian, kai tous au; thēmerinous sophous, kai tous cheirotonētous theologous, hois arkei to thelēsai monon pros to einai sophoiso pothō tēn anōtatō philosophian, kai stathmon eschauon epizētō, kata ton Ieremian, kai emautǭ monǭ syngenesthai boulomai. Ouden gar moi dokei toiouton, hoion mysanta tas aisthēseis, exō sarkos kai kosmou genomenon, mēdenos tōn anthrōpinōn prosaptomenon, hoti mē pasa anankē, heautǭ proslalounta kai tǭ Theǭ, zę̄n hyper ta horōmena, kai aei tas theias emphaseis katharas en heautǭ pherein amigeis tōn katō charaktērōn kai planōmenōn, hoion esoptron akēlidōton Theou kai tōn theiōn, kai hon, kai aei ginomenon,,phōti proslambanonta phōs, kai amauroterǭ tranoteron, mechris an pros tēn pēgēn elthōmen tōn tę̄de apaugasmatōn, kai tychōmen tou makariou telous, lythentōn tōn isoptrōn tę̄ alētheią ;,hōs molis han tis heauton, hē makry philosophią paidagōgēsas, kai aporrhēgnys kata mikron to tēs psychēs eugenes, kai phōtoeides, tou tapeinou kai skotǭ synezeugmenou, ē Theou tychōn hileō, ē kai amphō tauta, kai meletēn hoti malista poioumenos hanō blepein, tēs kataspōsēs hylēs epikratēseie. Prin de tautēn hyperschein, hosē dynamis, kai anakatharai hikanōs ta te ōta kai tēn dia- noian, hē psychēs epistasian dexasthai, ē theologią proso balein, ouk asphales einai ginōskō.

When I see the present itch of the tongue, and the wise men made in a day, and the theologians appointed by a show of hands, for whom merely wishing is enough to be wise, I long for the highest philosophy, and seek “a lodging farthest off,” as Jeremiah says, and wish to be with myself alone. For nothing seems to me as good as to close the senses, to be outside flesh and world, to touch nothing human except where it is altogether necessary, conversing with oneself and with God, to live above visible things, and always to carry within oneself the divine impressions pure, unmixed with the forms of things below that lead astray; to be a spotless mirror of God and of divine things, both being and always becoming such, receiving light upon light, a clearer light upon a dimmer, until we come to the source of the radiances here and attain the blessed end, when the mirrors are dissolved by the truth. Hardly could anyone master the matter that drags us down, whether by training himself with long philosophy and gradually breaking away the noble and luminous part of the soul from the lowly part yoked to darkness, or by finding God merciful, or both, while making it his chief study to look upward. And before one has overcome this, as far as possible, and sufficiently cleansed both ears and mind, I know it is not safe either to accept the oversight of souls or to venture upon theology.

20.2PG 35:1068a–1080d

Καὶ ὅθεν εἰς τοῦτο ὑπήχθην τὸ δάος, ’ίνα μή με τοῦ δέοντος δειλότερον ὑπολάβοιτε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπαινῆτε τῆς προμηθείας, ἀκούω μὶν αὐτοῦ Μωῦσὲως ἡνίκα ἐχρημάτιζεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς, δτι πλειόνων εἰς τὸ ὅρος προσκεκλημένων ὧν εἷς ἦν καὶ Ἀαρὼν σῦν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ τοῖς δύο τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν, οἱ μὶν λοιποὶ πάντες προσκυνῆσαι πόῤῥωθεν ἐκελεύσθησαν ἐγγίσαι δὲ Μωϋσῆς μόνος, οὐ συναναβῆναι δὲ ὁ λαός. Καὶ μικρὸν πρὸ τούτων, τοὺς μὶν ἄλλους ἀστραπαὶ, καὶ βρονταὶ, καὶ σάλπιγγες, καὶ ὃλον καπνιζόμενον τὸ ὅρος, καὶ ἀπειλαὶ φρικώδεις, καὶ τοιαῦτα δείματα ἵστη κάτω καὶ μέγα ἧν αὐτοῖς ἀκοῦσαι τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ φωνῆς μόνον, καὶταῦτα εὖ μάλα ἀγνισαμὲνοις. Μωυσῆς δὲ καὶ ἄνεισι, καὶ τῆς νεφέλης εʼίσω χωρεῖ. καὶ Θεῷ συγγίνεται, καὶ δέχεται νόμον, τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς τὸν τοῦ γράμματος, τοῖς δέ ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλοὺς τὸν τοῦ πνεύματος. Γ. Γινώσκω δὲ Ἡλεῖ τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ μικρὸν ὓστερον Ὀζᾶν τινα· τὸν μὶν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν παίδων παρανομίας ἀπαιτηθὲντα δίκην, ἢν ἐτόλμων κατᾶ τῶν θυσιῶν, καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἀποδεχόμενον αὐτῶν τὴν ἀσέβειαν, ἀλλᾶ πολλὰ πολλάκις ἐπιτιμήσαντα· τὸν δὲ, ὅτι τῆς κιβωτοῦ ψαῦσαι τολμήσας μόνον, περισπασθείσης ὑπὸ τοῦ μόσχου, τὴν μἐν περιεσώσατο, αὐτὸς δὲ ἀπώλετο, φυβάσσοντος δηλαδὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ κιβωτῷ τὸ σεβάσμιον. Οἶδα δʼ ἐγὼ μηδὲ τῶν τοίχων 106 ἱεροῦ ψαῦσαι τοῖς πολλοῖς ὃν ἀσφαλὲς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐτέρων ἐδεήθησαν τοίγων τῶν ἔξωθενο μηδὲ τὰς Θυσίας αὐτὰς, ὑφʼ ὦν, καὶ ὅτε, καὶ οὗ μὴ καθῆκον ἦν, ἀναλίσκεσθαι· τοσούτου δεῖν πρὸς τὰ. ’Ἅγια τῶτ ἁγίων προσφοιτᾲν θαρῥοῦντα, ἥ τὸ καταπέτασμα, ἣ τὸ ἱλαστήριον, ἣ τὴν κιβωτὸν, ἢ προσ- 6Λέπειν εἶναι παντὸς, ἣπροσάπτεσθαι. A'. Ταῦτα οὗν εἰδὼς ἐγὼ, καὶ ὃτι μηδεὶς ἄξιος 106 μεγάλου Θεοῦ, καὶ θύματος, καὶ ἀρχιερέως, ὅς μή πρότερον ἑαυτὸν παρέστησε τῷ Θεῷ θυσίαν ζῶσαν, μᾶλλον δὲ, ναὸς, ἅγιος ἆγὲνετο Θεοῦ ζῶντος καὶ ζῶν · πῶς ἢ αὐτὸς προχείρως ἐγχειρήσαιμι τοῖς περὶ Θεοῦ λόγοις, ἢ ἀποδὲξωμαι τὸν ἔγχειροῦντα θρασέως Οὐκ ἐπαινετὸς 6 πόθος · φοβερὸν τὸ ἔγχεερημα. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καθαρτὲον ἑαυτὸν πρῶτον, εἶτα τῷ καθαρῷ προσομιλητὲον · εἱ μή μέλλοιμεν τὸ τοῦ Μανωὲ πείσεσθαι, καὶ λέξειν ἐν φαντασίᾳ Θεοῦ γενόμενοι· Ἀπολώλαμεν, ὧ γύναι, Θεὸν ζωράκαμεν, ἢ, ὡς Πέτρος, ἀποπέμψασθαι τοῦ πλοίου τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὡς οὐκ ἄξιοι τοιαύτης ἐπίδημίας · ἢ, ὡς ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος ἐκεῖνος, τὴν μὲν θεραπείαν ἀπαιτήσειν, τὸν θεραπευτὴν δὲ οὐκ εἰσδέξασθαι. Λεγὲτω τις καὶ ἡμῶν, ἓως ἐστὶν ἑκατόνταρχος, καὶ πλειόνων ἐν κακίᾳ κρατῶν, καὶ ἔτι στρατευόμενος Καίσαρι τῷ κοσμοκράτορι τῶν κάτω συρομὲνων · Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, ’ίνα μου ὑπὸ τήν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς. Ὅταν δὲ Ἰησοῦν θεάσωμαι, καίτοι μικρὸς ὥν τὴν πνευματικὴν ἡλικίαν, ὡς 6 Ζακχαῖος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ὑπερ τήν συκομορὲαν ἀρθῶ, νεκρώσας τὰ μέλη τά ἰπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ μαράνας τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ο τότε καὶ Ἰησοῦν εἰσδέξομαι, καὶ ἀκούσομαι · Σήμερον σωτηρία τῷ οἷόιῳ τούτῳ · καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας τεύξομαι, καὶ φιλοσοφήσω τὰ τελεώτερα, σκορπίζων καλῶς ἃ κακῶς συνήγαγον, εἴτε χρήματα, εἴτε δόγματα. τουμὲνης. Προσκυνοῦμεν οὖν Πατέρα, καὶ ιʼἱὸν, καὶ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, τὰς μὶν ἰδιότητας χωρίζοντες, ἑνοῦντες δὲ τήν θεότητα · καὶ οὕτε εἷς ἓν τά τρία συναλείφομεν, ἵνα μὴ τὴν Σαβελλίου νόσον νοσήσωμεν · οὔτε διαιροῦμεν εἰς τρία ἔκφυλα καὶ ἀλλότρια, ’ἕνα μὴ τά Ἀρείου μανῶμεν. Τί γὰρ δεῖ, καθάπερ φυτὸν-ἑτεροκλινὲς πάντη καμπτόμενον, βίᾳ μετάγειν ἀπὶ τὸ ἓτερον μέρος, διαστροφῇ τὴν διαστροφὴν διορθουμὲνους, ἀλλὰ μὴ πρὸς τὸ μέσον εὐθύνοντας, ἐν ὅροις *ἔστασθαι τῆς θεοσεβείας ; ζʼ. Μεσότητα δὲ ὅταν εἷʼπω, τήν ἀλήθειαν λίγω, πρὸς ἣν βλέπειν καλῶς ἔχομεν μόνην· καὶ τὴν φαύλην συναίρεσιν παραιτούμενοι, καῖτήν ἀτοπωτέραν διαίρεσιν· ὡς μήτε εἰς μίαν ὑπόστασιν συναιρεθέντα τὸν λόγον, δίει πολυθεΐας, ψιλὰ ἡμῖν καταλιπεῖν τὰ ὀνόματα, τὸν αὐτὸν Πατέρα, καὶ Υῖὸν, καὶ Πνεῦμα ἃγιον ὑπολαμβάνουσι, καὶ μὴ μᾶλλον ἰν τὰ πάντα, ἣ μηδὲν ἕκαστον εἶναι ὁριζομένοις (φεύγοι γὰρ ἂν εἶναι ἅπερ ἐστὶν, εἰς ἄλληλα μεταχωροῦντα καὶ μεταβαίνοντα)· μήτε εἷς τρεῖς ἢ ξινας, καὶ ἀνομοίους οὐσίας καὶ ἀπεῤῥηγμὲο νας διαιρεθέντα, κατᾶ τήν ’Δρείου καλῶς ὀνομασθεῖ σαν μανίαν, ἣ ἀνάρχους καὶ ἀτάκτους, και οἷον εἰπεῖν, ἀντιθέους· τῷ μὲν εἰςʼῙουδαϊκήν σμικρολοι γίαν κατακλεισθῆναι, μόνῳ τῷ ἀγεννήτῳ T’D‘W‘ θεάτηῖα περι-γράφοντας · τῲ δὲ sic ἰναντίον μὲν, κακὸν δὲ ἳσον πεσεῖν, τρεῖς ἀρχὰς ὑποτιθεμένους, καὶ τρεῖς Θεοὺς, ὅ τῶν προειρημένων ἀτοπώτερον · δὲον μήτε οὕτως εἷναί τινας φιλοπάτορας, ti): καὶ τὸ εἶναι Πατέρα περιαιρεῖν (τίνος γὰρ ἂν καὶ εἴη Πατὴρ, τοῦ Υἱοδ τήν φύσιν ἀπεξενωμένου καὶ ἀπηλλοτριωμένου μετὰ τῆς κτίσεως;)· μήθʼ οὕτω φιλοχρίστους, ὡς μήτε τοῦτο φυλάττειν, ἐδ εἶναι nev (τίνος γὰρ ἄν καὶ εἵη Υἱὸς, μὴ πρὸς αἶʼτιον ἀναφερόμενος τὸν Πατὲρα;) μήτε τῷ Πατρὶ τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς κατασμικρύνειν ἀξίωμα. τῆς ὠς Πατρὶ καὶ γεννήτορι· μικρῶν γὰρ ἂν εἴη καὶ ἀναξίων ἀρχὴ, μὴ θεότητος ὥν αʼίτιος τῆς ἰν fit]: καὶ Πνεύματι θεωρουμένης. Ἐπειδῆ χρὴ καὶ τὸν ἕνα Θεὸν τηρεῖν, καὶ τὰς τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις ὁμολογεῖν, αἵτʼ οὖν τρία πρόσωπα, καὶ ἑκάστην μετά τῆς {8:317}- Z'. Τηροῖτο δʼ ἃν, ὡς 6 ἐμὸς λόγος, εἷς μὲν Θεὸς, εἷς ἓν αἷίτιον καὶ Υὶοῦ καί Πνεῦματος ἆναφερομὲνων, οὗ συντιθεμένων, οὐδὲ συναλειφομὲνων· καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἓν καὶ ταυτὸ τῆς θεότητος, ἳνα οὕτως ὀνομάσω, κίνημά τε καὶ βούλήμα, καὶ τὴν τῆς οὐ· σίας ταυτότητά. Αἱ δὶ τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις, μηδεμιᾶς ἔπινοουμένης συναλοιφῆς, ἢ ἀναλύσεως, ἢ συγχύσεως, ἵνα μὴ 16 πᾶν καταλυθῇ, διʼ ὧν τὸ ἓν σε· μνύνεται πλέον ἣ καλῶς ἔχει. Ai δὲ ἴδιότητες, Πατρὸς μὶν, καὶ ἇνάρχου, καὶ ἀρχῆς ἐπινοουμὲνου καὶ λεγομένου (ἀρχῆς δὶ, ὡς αἰτίου, καὶ ὡς πηγῆς, καὶ ὡς ἀϊδίου φωτόςʼ Υἱοῢ δὶ,ἇνάρχου μὶν οὐδαμῶς, ἄρχῆς δὶ τῶν δλῶνο ἀρχὴν δὶ ὅταν εἷʼπω, μὴ χρόνον παρενθῇς, μηδέ μὲσσν τι τάξῃς τοῦ γεγεννηκότος καὶ τοῦ γεννήματος, μηδὲ διὲλῃς τήν φύσιν τῷ κακῶς παρεντεθέντι τοῖς συναϊὸίοις καὶ συνημμένοις. Εἴ γὰρ χρόνος Υὶοῦ πρεσβύτερος, ἐκείνου δηλαδὴ π ρώτως ἂν εἷή αἱτιος 6 Ηατήρ. Καὶ πῶς ποιητὴς χρόνων 6 ὑπὸ χρόνον ; Πῶς δὶ καὶ Κύριος πάντων, εἰ ὑπὸ χρόνου προείληπταί τε καὶ κυριεύεται; Ἀναρχος οὖν 6 Πατήρ ο οὐ γὰρ ἐτέρωθεν αὐτῳ, οὐδὲ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὸ εἶναι. '0 δὲ Γὶὸς, ἐὰν μὶν ὡς αἶʼτιον τὸν Πατέρα λαμβάνῃς, οὐκ ἄναρχος ν ἀρχὴ γὰρ Υἱοῦ Πατὴρ ὡς αἷίτιος· ἰὰν δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ χρόνου νοῇς ἀρχὴν, καὶ ἄναρχος ’ οὐκ ἅρχεται γὰρ ὑπὸ χρόνου 6 χρόνων Δεσπότης. τι οὕτω τὰ σώματα. Ὧν γὰρ τὸ εἶναι οὐχ ὅμοιον» οότων οὐδὲ τὸ γεννᾷν ὅμοιον εἶ μὴ καὶ τᾶλλα ῖουλεύσῃ ταῖς ὅλαις, οἷον πάσχων, καὶ λυπούιενος, καὶ πεινῶν, καὶ διψῶν, καὶ ὃσα ἢ σώματος, Ξτοῦ συναμφοτέρου πάθη. Ἀλλᾶ ταῦτα οὐ παραδέεεταί σου 6 νοῦς · περὶ Θεοῦ γὰρ 6 λόγος. Μὴ τοίνυν ιηδὶ τήν γέννησιν ἄλλως, ἢ ὡς θεῖκην παραδὲ- 0'. Ἀλλʼ εἶ γεγεννηται, πῶς γεγέννηται, φησίνὶ Ἀπόκριναί μοι, ὧ διαλεκτικὲ σὺ xui ἅφυκτε. Εἰ ἔκτισται, πῶς ἔκτισταις κάμὲ ἀπαίτει τὸ, Πῶς γε- {évvn'cui; Πάθος περὶ τὴν γέννησιν; Πάθος καὶ περὶ τήν κτίσιν ° ἣ γὰρ οὐ πάθος ἡ ἀνατύπωσις, καὶ ἠ φροντὶς, καὶ ἠ τοῦ νοηθέντος ἀθρόως είς τὸ κατᾶ μέρος έξάπλωσις; Χρόνος περὶ τήν γέννησινς Ἐν χρόνῳ καὶ τὰ κτιζόμενα. Τόπος ἑνταῦθα; Τόπος ἰκεῖ. Ἀποτυχία περὶ τὴν γέννησινς ’Δποτυγία καὶ περὶ τὴν κτίσιν. Ταῦτα ἤκουσα φιλοσοφούντων ὑμῶνʼ ἃγὰρ 6 νοῦς ὑπέγραψε, πολλάκις ταῦτα ἡ χεὲρ οὐκ ἐτέλεσεν. ἈΛλὰ λόγῳ, φησὶ, τὸ πᾶν ὑπέστησε xui βουλήματι. Αὐτὸς γὰρ εἷπε, καὶ ’ἐγενήθησαν αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο, xui ἐκτίσθησαν. ’Όταν εἷʼπῃς τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ πάντα ἰκτίσθαι, οὐ τήν ἀνθρωπίνην κτίσιν εἰσάγεις · οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν λόγῳ πράττει τὰ γινόμενα. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν ἦν ὑψηλότερον ἡμῶν, οὐδὲ ἀπονώτερον, εί τὸ λέγειν ἔργου συμπλήρωσις ἦνʼ ὥστε εἰ καὶ λόγῳ κτίζει Θεὸς τὰ κτιζόμενα, 9 Λ, 1 ν η- \ In Inn\ ιι ττ ς Β ab οὐκ ἀνθρώπινον αὐτῷ τὸ κτίζειν. ’ Η γὰρ δεῖξον καὶ ἄνθρωπος λόγῳ τι πράττονταʼ ἢ δέξαι, ὅτι οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος κτίζει Θεός. Ἐπεὶ διάγραψον βουλήματι πόλιν, καὶ παραστήτω πόλις ' θέλησον γε· νέσθαι σοι υἱὸν, καὶ παραστήτω παῖς · θέλησον ἄλλο τι τῶν πραττομένων, καὶ εἰς ἔργον ἡ βούλησις χωρησάτω. Εἰ δὲ τούτων οὐδὲν ἕπεται τῷ βούλεσθαι, Θεοῦ δὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι πρᾶξίς ἔστιν, ἄλλως μὶν ἅνθρωπος κτίζει ἄλλως δὲ 6 πάντων κτίστης Θεός. Πῶς οὗν κτίζει μὶν οὐκ ἀνθρωπικῶς, γεννᾷν δὲ ἀναγκάζεται ἀνθρωπικῶς; Σὺ μὲν οὐκ ὥν, ἔπειτα ἐγένου, εἶτα γεννᾷς ο διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ὅντα εἷς τὸ εἶναι παράγεις. Ἥ, ’ίνα τι βαθύτερον εἷίπω, τάχα οὖδὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων παράγεις · ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ Λευῒ, φησὶν, ἔτι ἦν τῇ ὀσφύῖ τοῦ πατρὸς ᾖν, πρὶν εἰς τὸ εἶναι παρελθεῖν. Καὶ μηδεὶς έπηρεαζέτω τῷ λόγῳ. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός φημι τὸν Υἱὸν ὑπάρχειν, ὡς ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ πρότερον ὄντα, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο εἷς τὸ εἴναι ὁδεύσαντα· οὖδὶ γὰρ ἀτελῆ πρότερον, εἶτα τέλειον, ὥσπερ νόμος τῆς ἡμετέρας γεννήσεως. l'. Ταῦτα τῶν έπηρεαζόντων ἐστίνʼ ταῦτα τῶν ἐπιπηδώντων προχείρως πᾶσι τοῖς λεγομένοις. Ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτω φρονοῦμεν, οὐχ οὓτω δοξάζομεν ἀ).λῖ ὁμοῦ τῷ τὸν Πατέρα εἶναι ἀγεννήτως (ἀεὶ δὲ ἧν, οὐχ ὁπερπίπτει γὰρ εἷς τὸ μὴ εἶναί ποτε 6 νοῦς), καὶ 6 Υἱὸς ἧν γεννητῶς. Ὥστε συντρέχει τὸ εἶναι τοῦ Πατρὸς τῷ γεγεννῆσθαι τοῦ Μονογενοῦς, ἐξ αύτοῦ τε ὑπάρχοντος, καὶ οὐ μετʼ αὐτὸν, ἐπινοίᾳ μόνῃ τῇ τῆς ἀρχῆς ' ἀρχῆς δὲ, ὡς αἰτίου. Πολλακις γὰρ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀναστρέφω λόγον, τὸ παχύ σου καὶ ὑλικὸν τῆς διανοίας φοβούμενος. Ei δὲ ού πολυπραγμονεῖς τήν τοῦ Υἱοῦ, εἷίτε γέννησιν χρὴ λέγειν, εἷετε ὑπόστασιν, εἴτε τι ἄλλο κυριώτερον τούτων έπινοεῖ (νικᾷ γὰρ τήν ἐμὴν γλῶτταν τὸ νοούμενον καὶ λογόμενον)· μηδὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος περιεργάζου τὴν πρόοδον. Αρκοῦμαι ἀκούειν, ὅτι Υἱὸς, καὶ ὃτι έκ τοῦ Πατρός καὶ ὅτι 6 μὲν Πατὴρ, 6 δὲ Υἱὸς · xui οὐδὲν παρὰ τοῦτο περιεργάζομαι, μὴ ταυτὸ πάθω ταῖς φωναῖς, u'l τῷ ὑπερφωνεῖσθαι παντελῶς διαπίπτουσιν, ἤ τῇ ὄψει τεινούσῃ πρὸς ἡλιακὴν ἀκτῖνα. ’Όσῳ γὰρ ἂν πλεῖον καὶ ἀκριβέστερον ἴδεῖν ἐθέλοι τις, τοσούτῳ τὴν αἴσθησιν παραβλάπτεται, καὶ τὸ ὁπωσοῦν όρᾷν ἀποστερεῖται, διὰ τοῦ πλείονος νικῶντος τήν ὄψιν τοῦ ὁρωμένου ἐὰν ὅλον ἰδεῖν ἐθελήσῃ, xui μὴ ὅσον ὁρᾷν ἀσφαλές. τανοήσεις δὶ ἴσως ποτε, ὃταν ἀπολάβῃς τὸ τὲλειον ’Όψομαι γὰρ, φησὶ, τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, ἔργα τῶν δακτύλων σου· ὡς ὑπονοεῖσθαι τὰ νῦν ὁρώμενα μή εἶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλά τῆς ἀληθείας ίνδάλματα)· εί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἔγνως, ὅστις, εἴ ὁ περὶ τούτων διαλεγόμενος, εί ταῦτα οὐ κατέλαβες, ὧν καὶ ἡ αἶʼσθησις μάρτυς, πῶς Θεὸν ἀκριβῶς, ὅπερ τε καὶ ὅσον ἐστίν, εἰδέναι ὑπολαμβάνειςῖ Πολλῆς τοῦτο τῆς ἀλογίας. IB’. Ἀλλʼ εἶʼ τι ipsi πείθῃ, τῷ μὴ θρασεῖ θεολόγῳ, τὸ μὶν κατέλαβες, τὸ δὲ καταλαμβάνειν δεήθητι. Τὸ μὲν ἀγάπησον ἐν σοὶ μένον, τὸ δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἅνω θησαυροῖς μεινάτω. Διά πολιτείας, ἄνελθε διὰ καθʼ ἄρσεως, κτῆσαι τὸ καθαρόν. Βούλει θεολόγος γενέσθαι ποτὶ, καί τῆς θεότητος ἄξιος τὰς ἐντολὰς φύλασσε διὰ τῶν προσταγμάτων δδευσον πρᾶξις γὰρ ἑπίβασις θεωρίας ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τῇ ψυχῇ φιλοπόνησον. ’Δρά τίς ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς ἀρθῆναι τοσοῦτον δύναται, ὣστε εἷς τὸ Παύλου με· τρον ἐλθεῖν; Ἀλλʼ ὅμως φησὶ βλέπειν διʼ ἐσόπτρου καὶ αἰνίγματος, καὶ εἶναι καιρὸν, ὅτε ὄψεται πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον. Ἀλλου μὲν εί φιλοσοφώτερος ἐν λόγοις, Θεοῦ δὶ πάντως κατώτερος. ’Ἃλλου μὲν τυχὸν συνετώτεροςς τὸ Si ἀληθείας τοσοῦτον λείπῃ, ὅσον τὸ εἶναί σου δεύτερον τοῦ εἶναι Θεοῦ. Ἐχομεν ἐπαγγελίαν γνώσεσθαί ποτε, ὅσον ἑγνώσμεθα. Ei μὴ δυνατὸν tvταῦθα ἔχειν τελείαν τὴν τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν, τί μοι ς κ ν ν... ς....ι,κ., τὸ λειπόμενον ; Τί τὸ ἑλπιζόμενον; Βασιλείαν ουρανῶν, πάντως ἐρεῖς. Ἠγοῦμαι δὲ μὴ ἄλλο τι τοῦτο εἶναι, ἢ τὸ τυχεῖν τοῦ καθαρωτάτου τε και τε- Αεωτάτουο τελεώτατον δὲ τῶν ὄντων, γνῶσις Θεοῦ. Ἀλλᾶ τὸ μὶν κατάσχωμεν, τὸ δὲ καταλάβωμεν, ἕως ἐσμὶν ὑπὶρ γῆς · τὸ δὲ ὶκεῖθεν ταμιευσώμεθα, ’ίνα ταύτην σχῶμεν τῆς φιλοπονίας τὴν ἐπικαρπίαν, δλην τῆς ἀγίας Τριάδος τήν ἴλλαμψιν, ἥτις ἐστὶ, καὶ σʼία, καὶ ὅση, ἀί θέμις τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ἐν αὐτῷ Χριστῷ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾦ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἷώνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Kai hothen eis touto hypēchthēn to daos, ’ina mē me tou deontos deiloteron hypolaboite, alla kai epainēte tēs promētheias, akouō min autou Mōyseōs hēnika echrēmatizen autǭ ho Theos, dti pleionōn eis to horos proskeklēmenōn hōn heis ēn kai Aarōn syn tois paisin autou tois dyo tois hiereusin, hoi min loipoi pantes proskynēsai porrhōthen ekeleusthēsan engisai de Mōÿsēs monos, ou synanabēnai de ho laos. Kai mikron pro toutōn, tous min allous astrapai, kai brontai, kai salpinges, kai holon kapnizomenon to horos, kai apeilai phrikōdeis, kai toiauta deimata histē katō kai mega hēn autois akousai tēs tou Theou phōnēs monon, kaitauta eu mala agnisamenois. Mōysēs de kai aneisi, kai tēs nephelēs eʼisō chōrei. kai Theǭ synginetai, kai dechetai nomon, tois men pollois ton tou grammatos, tois de hyper tous pollous ton tou pneumatos. G. Ginōskō de Hēlei ton hierea, kai mikron hysteron Ozan tina; ton min kai hyper tēs tōn paidōn paranomias apaitēthenta dikēn, ēn etolmōn kata tōn thysiōn, kai tauta ouk apodechomenon autōn tēn asebeian, alla polla pollakis epitimēsanta; ton de, hoti tēs kibōtou psausai tolmēsas monon, perispastheisēs hypo tou moschou, tēn men periesōsato, autos de apōleto, phybassontos dēladē tou Theou tę̄ kibōtǭ to sebasmion. Oida dʼ egō mēde tōn toichōn 106 hierou psausai tois pollois hon asphales, kai dia touto eterōn edeēthēsan toigōn tōn exōtheno mēde tas Thysias autas, hyphʼ ōn, kai hote, kai hou mē kathēkon ēn, analiskesthai; tosoutou dein pros ta. ’Hagia tōt hagiōn prosphoitąn tharrhounta, hē to katapetasma, hē to hilastērion, hē tēn kibōton, ē pros- 6Lepein einai pantos, hēprosaptesthai. A'. Tauta houn eidōs egō, kai hoti mēdeis axios 106 megalou Theou, kai thymatos, kai archiereōs, hos mē proteron heauton parestēse tǭ Theǭ thysian zōsan, mallon de, naos, hagios ageneto Theou zōntos kai zōn ; pōs ē autos procheirōs encheirēsaimi tois peri Theou logois, ē apodexōmai ton encheirounta thraseōs Ouk epainetos 6 pothos ; phoberon to encheerēma. Kai dia touto katharteon heauton prōton, eita tǭ katharǭ prosomilēteon ; hei mē melloimen to tou Manōe peisesthai, kai lexein en phantasią Theou genomenoi; Apolōlamen, hō gynai, Theon zōrakamen, ē, hōs Petros, apopempsasthai tou ploiou ton Iēsoun, hōs ouk axioi toiautēs epidēmias ; ē, hōs ho hekatontarchos ekeinos, tēn men therapeian apaitēsein, ton therapeutēn de ouk eisdexasthai. Legetō tis kai hēmōn, heōs estin hekatontarchos, kai pleionōn en kakią kratōn, kai eti strateuomenos Kaisari tǭ kosmokratori tōn katō syromenōn ; Ouk eimi hikanos, ’ina mou hypo tēn stegēn eiselthę̄s. Hotan de Iēsoun theasōmai, kaitoi mikros hōn tēn pneumatikēn hēlikian, hōs 6 Zakchaios ekeinos, kai hyper tēn sykomorean arthō, nekrōsas ta melē ta ipi tēs gēs, kai maranas to sōma tēs tapeinōseōs o tote kai Iēsoun eisdexomai, kai akousomai ; Sēmeron sōtēria tǭ hoioiǭ toutǭ ; kai tēs sōtērias teuxomai, kai philosophēsō ta teleōtera, skorpizōn kalōs ha kakōs synēgagon, eite chrēmata, eite dogmata. toumenēs. Proskynoumen oun Patera, kai iʼhion, kai hagion Pneuma, tas min idiotētas chōrizontes, henountes de tēn theotēta ; kai houte heis hen ta tria synaleiphomen, hina mē tēn Sabelliou noson nosēsōmen ; oute diairoumen eis tria ekphyla kai allotria, ’hena mē ta Areiou manōmen. Ti gar dei, kathaper phyton-heteroklines pantē kamptomenon, bią metagein api to heteron meros, diastrophę̄ tēn diastrophēn diorthoumenous, alla mē pros to meson euthynontas, en horois *estasthai tēs theosebeias ? zʼ. Mesotēta de hotan heiʼpō, tēn alētheian ligō, pros hēn blepein kalōs echomen monēn; kai tēn phaulēn synairesin paraitoumenoi, kaitēn atopōteran diairesin; hōs mēte eis mian hypostasin synairethenta ton logon, diei polytheïas, psila hēmin katalipein ta onomata, ton auton Patera, kai Uion, kai Pneuma hagion hypolambanousi, kai mē mallon in ta panta, hē mēden hekaston einai horizomenois (pheugoi gar an einai haper estin, eis allēla metachōrounta kai metabainonta); mēte heis treis ē xinas, kai anomoious ousias kai aperrhēgmeo nas diairethenta, kata tēn ’Dreiou kalōs onomasthei san manian, hē anarchous kai ataktous, kai hoion eipein, antitheous; tǭ men eisʼIoudaïkēn smikroloi gian katakleisthēnai, monǭ tǭ agennētǭ T’D‘W‘ theatēia peri-graphontas ; tǭ de sic inantion men, kakon de hison pesein, treis archas hypotithemenous, kai treis Theous, ho tōn proeirēmenōn atopōteron ; deon mēte houtōs heinai tinas philopatoras, ti): kai to einai Patera periairein (tinos gar an kai eiē Patēr, tou Huiod tēn physin apexenōmenou kai apēllotriōmenou meta tēs ktiseōs?); mēthʼ houtō philochristous, hōs mēte touto phylattein, ed einai nev (tinos gar an kai heiē Huios, mē pros aiʼtion anapheromenos ton Patera?) mēte tǭ Patri to tēs archēs katasmikrynein axiōma. tēs ōs Patri kai gennētori; mikrōn gar an eiē kai anaxiōn archē, mē theotētos hōn aʼitios tēs in fit]: kai Pneumati theōroumenēs. Epeidē chrē kai ton hena Theon tērein, kai tas treis hypostaseis homologein, haitʼ oun tria prosōpa, kai hekastēn meta tēs {8:317}- Z'. Tēroito dʼ han, hōs 6 emos logos, heis men Theos, heis hen haiition kai Uiou kai Pneumatos anapheromenōn, hou syntithemenōn, oude synaleiphomenōn; kai kata to hen kai tauto tēs theotētos, hina houtōs onomasō, kinēma te kai boulēma, kai tēn tēs ou; sias tautotēta. Hai di treis hypostaseis, mēdemias epinooumenēs synaloiphēs, ē analyseōs, ē synchyseōs, hina mē 16 pan katalythę̄, diʼ hōn to hen se; mnynetai pleon hē kalōs echei. Ai de idiotētes, Patros min, kai hanarchou, kai archēs epinooumenou kai legomenou (archēs di, hōs aitiou, kai hōs pēgēs, kai hōs aïdiou phōtosʼ Huioÿ di,hanarchou min oudamōs, archēs di tōn dlōno archēn di hotan heiʼpō, mē chronon parenthę̄s, mēde messn ti taxę̄s tou gegennēkotos kai tou gennēmatos, mēde dielę̄s tēn physin tǭ kakōs parentethenti tois synaïoiois kai synēmmenois. Ei gar chronos Uiou presbyteros, ekeinou dēladē p rōtōs an heiē haitios 6 Ēatēr. Kai pōs poiētēs chronōn 6 hypo chronon ? Pōs di kai Kyrios pantōn, ei hypo chronou proeilēptai te kai kyrieuetai? Anarchos oun 6 Patēr o ou gar eterōthen autǭ, oude parʼ heautou to einai. '0 de Gios, ean min hōs aiʼtion ton Patera lambanę̄s, ouk anarchos n archē gar Huiou Patēr hōs haiitios; ian de tēn apo chronou noę̄s archēn, kai anarchos ’ ouk harchetai gar hypo chronou 6 chronōn Despotēs. ti houtō ta sōmata. Hōn gar to einai ouch homoion» ootōn oude to gennąn homoion ei mē kai talla iouleusę̄ tais holais, hoion paschōn, kai lypouienos, kai peinōn, kai dipsōn, kai hosa ē sōmatos, Xtou synamphoterou pathē. Alla tauta ou paradeeetai sou 6 nous ; peri Theou gar 6 logos. Mē toinyn iēdi tēn gennēsin allōs, ē hōs theikēn parade- 0'. Allʼ ei gegennētai, pōs gegennētai, phēsini Apokrinai moi, hō dialektike sy xui haphykte. Ei ektistai, pōs ektistais kame apaitei to, Pōs ge- {evvn'cui? Pathos peri tēn gennēsin? Pathos kai peri tēn ktisin ° hē gar ou pathos hē anatypōsis, kai ē phrontis, kai ē tou noēthentos athroōs eis to kata meros exaplōsis? Chronos peri tēn gennēsins En chronǭ kai ta ktizomena. Topos hentautha? Topos ikei. Apotychia peri tēn gennēsins ’Dpotygia kai peri tēn ktisin. Tauta ēkousa philosophountōn hymōnʼ hagar 6 nous hypegrapse, pollakis tauta hē cheer ouk etelesen. ALla logǭ, phēsi, to pan hypestēse xui boulēmati. Autos gar heipe, kai ’egenēthēsan autos eneteilato, xui ektisthēsan. ’Otan heiʼpę̄s tǭ logǭ tou Theou ta panta iktisthai, ou tēn anthrōpinēn ktisin eisageis ; oudeis gar hēmōn logǭ prattei ta ginomena. Ouden gar an ēn hypsēloteron hēmōn, oude aponōteron, ei to legein ergou symplērōsis ēnʼ hōste ei kai logǭ ktizei Theos ta ktizomena, 9 L, 1 n ē- \ In Inn\ ii tt s B ab ouk anthrōpinon autǭ to ktizein. ’ Ē gar deixon kai anthrōpos logǭ ti prattontaʼ ē dexai, hoti ouch hōs anthrōpos ktizei Theos. Epei diagrapson boulēmati polin, kai parastētō polis ' thelēson ge; nesthai soi huion, kai parastētō pais ; thelēson allo ti tōn prattomenōn, kai eis ergon hē boulēsis chōrēsatō. Ei de toutōn ouden hepetai tǭ boulesthai, Theou di to boulesthai praxis estin, allōs min hanthrōpos ktizei allōs de 6 pantōn ktistēs Theos. Pōs houn ktizei min ouk anthrōpikōs, gennąn de anankazetai anthrōpikōs? Sy men ouk hōn, epeita egenou, eita gennąs o dia touto ouk honta heis to einai parageis. Hē, ’ina ti bathyteron heiipō, tacha oudi autos ex ouk ontōn parageis ; epei kai ho Leuï, phēsin, eti ēn tę̄ osphui tou patros ę̄n, prin eis to einai parelthein. Kai mēdeis epēreazetō tǭ logǭ. Ou gar houtōs ek tou Patros phēmi ton Huion hyparchein, hōs en tǭ Patri proteron onta, meta de touto heis to einai hodeusanta; oudi gar atelē proteron, eita teleion, hōsper nomos tēs hēmeteras gennēseōs. l'. Tauta tōn epēreazontōn estinʼ tauta tōn epipēdōntōn procheirōs pasi tois legomenois. Hēmeis de ouch houtō phronoumen, ouch houtō doxazomen a).li homou tǭ ton Patera einai agennētōs (aei de hēn, ouch hoperpiptei gar heis to mē einai pote 6 nous), kai 6 Huios hēn gennētōs. Hōste syntrechei to einai tou Patros tǭ gegennēsthai tou Monogenous, ex autou te hyparchontos, kai ou metʼ auton, epinoią monę̄ tę̄ tēs archēs ' archēs de, hōs aitiou. Pollakis gar ton auton anastrephō logon, to pachy sou kai hylikon tēs dianoias phoboumenos. Ei de ou polypragmoneis tēn tou Huiou, heiite gennēsin chrē legein, heiete hypostasin, eite ti allo kyriōteron toutōn epinoei (niką gar tēn emēn glōttan to nooumenon kai logomenon); mēde tou Pneumatos periergazou tēn proodon. Arkoumai akouein, hoti Huios, kai hoti ek tou Patros kai hoti 6 men Patēr, 6 de Huios ; xui ouden para touto periergazomai, mē tauto pathō tais phōnais, u'l tǭ hyperphōneisthai pantelōs diapiptousin, ē tę̄ opsei teinousę̄ pros hēliakēn aktina. ’Osǭ gar an pleion kai akribesteron idein etheloi tis, tosoutǭ tēn aisthēsin parablaptetai, kai to hopōsoun orąn apostereitai, dia tou pleionos nikōntos tēn opsin tou horōmenou ean holon idein ethelēsę̄, xui mē hoson horąn asphales. tanoēseis di isōs pote, hotan apolabę̄s to teleion ’Opsomai gar, phēsi, tous ouranous, erga tōn daktylōn sou; hōs hyponoeisthai ta nyn horōmena mē einai tēn alētheian, alla tēs alētheias indalmata); ei sauton ouk egnōs, hostis, ei ho peri toutōn dialegomenos, ei tauta ou katelabes, hōn kai hē aiʼsthēsis martys, pōs Theon akribōs, hoper te kai hoson estin, eidenai hypolambaneisi Pollēs touto tēs alogias. IB’. Allʼ eiʼ ti ipsi peithę̄, tǭ mē thrasei theologǭ, to min katelabes, to de katalambanein deēthēti. To men agapēson en soi menon, to de en tois hanō thēsaurois meinatō. Dia politeias, anelthe dia kathʼ arseōs, ktēsai to katharon. Boulei theologos genesthai poti, kai tēs theotētos axios tas entolas phylasse dia tōn prostagmatōn ddeuson praxis gar hepibasis theōrias ek tou sōmatos tę̄ psychę̄ philoponēson. ’Dra tis estin anthrōpōn, hos arthēnai tosouton dynatai, hōste heis to Paulou me; tron elthein? Allʼ homōs phēsi blepein diʼ esoptrou kai ainigmatos, kai einai kairon, hote opsetai prosōpon pros prosōpon. Allou men ei philosophōteros en logois, Theou di pantōs katōteros. ’Hallou men tychon synetōteross to Si alētheias tosouton leipę̄, hoson to einai sou deuteron tou einai Theou. Echomen epangelian gnōsesthai pote, hoson hegnōsmetha. Ei mē dynaton tvtautha echein teleian tēn tōn ontōn gnōsin, ti moi s k n n... s....i,k., to leipomenon ? Ti to helpizomenon? Basileian ouranōn, pantōs ereis. Ēgoumai de mē allo ti touto einai, ē to tychein tou katharōtatou te kai te- Aeōtatouo teleōtaton de tōn ontōn, gnōsis Theou. Alla to min kataschōmen, to de katalabōmen, heōs esmin hypir gēs ; to de ikeithen tamieusōmetha, ’ina tautēn schōmen tēs philoponias tēn epikarpian, dlēn tēs agias Triados tēn illampsin, hētis esti, kai sʼia, kai hosē, ai themis touto eipein, en autǭ Christǭ tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, ǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous haiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

And why I have been brought to this fear (so that you may not think me more timid than I should be, but may even praise my foresight): I hear of Moses himself that, when God was giving him oracles and many had been called up to the mountain, among them Aaron with his two sons, the priests, all the rest were ordered to worship from afar, and Moses alone to draw near, and the people not to go up with him. And a little before this, lightnings and thunders and trumpets, the whole mountain smoking, terrifying threats, and such terrors kept the others below; and it was a great thing for them merely to hear the voice of God, and that after they had purified themselves thoroughly. But Moses both goes up and enters within the cloud, is with God, and receives the law: for the many, the law of the letter; for those above the many, that of the spirit. [3] I know Eli the priest, and a little later a certain Uzzah: the one was punished for the lawlessness of his sons, which they dared to commit against the sacrifices, even though he did not approve their impiety but often rebuked them; the other, because he merely dared to touch the ark when it was shaken by the calf, saved the ark but perished himself, God evidently guarding the reverence due to the ark. I know that it was not safe for the many even to touch the walls of the temple, and that for this reason they needed other walls outside; nor might the sacrifices themselves be consumed by those, or at a time, or in a place, where it was not fitting; so far was anyone from being allowed to approach the Holy of Holies boldly, or to look at the veil, or the mercy seat, or the ark, let alone touch them. [4] Knowing these things, then, and that no one is worthy of the great God, sacrifice, and high priest who has not first presented himself to God as a living sacrifice, or rather has become a holy temple of the living God, and living, how could I either readily undertake discourses about God myself, or approve one who undertakes them rashly? The longing is not praiseworthy; the undertaking is fearful. For this reason one must first purify oneself, and then converse with the Pure; unless we are to suffer what Manoah suffered, and say when God has appeared to us, “We are lost, wife; we have seen God”; or, like Peter, send Jesus away from the boat as unworthy of such a visit; or, like that centurion, ask for the healing but not receive the healer. Let anyone of us say, while he is a centurion, commanding many in wickedness and still serving as a soldier to Caesar, the world ruler of those dragged downward: “I am not worthy that you should come under my roof.” But when I see Jesus, though I am small in spiritual stature, like Zacchaeus, and am lifted above the sycamore, having put to death my members on earth and withered the body of humiliation, then I shall receive Jesus and hear, “Today salvation has come to this house”; and I shall obtain salvation and practise a more perfect philosophy, scattering well what I gathered badly, whether money or doctrines. … We worship, then, the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, distinguishing the properties and uniting the Godhead; and we neither merge the three into one, so as not to be sick with the disease of Sabellius, nor divide them into three alien and foreign things, so as not to share the madness of Arius. For why must we, like a plant bent wholly to one side, forcibly bend it over to the other side, correcting distortion by distortion, instead of straightening it to the middle and standing within the boundaries of godliness? [6] When I say the middle, I mean the truth, to which alone we do well to look, rejecting both the bad contraction and the still more absurd division. So that neither, by contracting the account into one hypostasis for fear of polytheism, do we leave ourselves mere names, supposing the same one to be Father and Son and Holy Spirit, and defining not so much that all are one as that each is nothing (for they would cease to be what they are by passing over and changing into one another); nor, by dividing them into three foreign, unlike, and broken-off essences, according to the well-named madness of Arius, or into three without beginning and without order and, so to speak, rival gods, do we fall, in the one case, into Jewish narrowness, confining the Godhead to the Unbegotten alone, or, in the other, into the opposite but equal evil, supposing three principles and three gods, which is more absurd than the former. We must neither be such lovers of the Father as to take away even his being Father (for whose Father would he be, if the Son’s nature were estranged and alienated along with creation?), nor such lovers of Christ as not even to preserve this, that he is Son (for whose Son would he be, if he were not referred to the Father as cause?), nor to diminish the Father’s dignity as principle, as Father and begetter; for he would be the principle of small and unworthy things if he were not the cause of the Godhead contemplated in the Son and the Spirit. Since one must both keep the one God and confess the three hypostases, that is, three persons, each with its own property … [7] The one God would be kept, in my account, when the Son and the Spirit are referred to one cause, not compounded or merged; and according to the one and the same movement and will of the Godhead, so to speak, and the identity of the essence. And the three hypostases are kept when no merging, dissolution, or confusion is conceived, lest the whole be destroyed by honouring the one more than is right. And the properties: of the Father, that he is conceived and spoken of both as without beginning and as principle (principle as cause, as source, as eternal light); of the Son, that he is by no means without principle, but is the principle of all things. When I say principle, do not insert time, nor set anything between the begetter and the begotten, nor divide the nature by something wrongly inserted between things coeternal and conjoined. For if time were older than the Son, clearly the Father would first be the cause of time. And how is he the maker of times who is under time? How is he Lord of all, if time has preceded him and is lord over him? The Father, then, is without beginning, for he has his being neither from elsewhere nor from himself. The Son, if you take the Father as cause, is not without beginning, for the Father is the Son’s principle as cause; but if you think of a beginning in time, he is also without beginning, for the Master of times does not begin in time. … so do bodies. For those whose being is not alike do not beget alike either; unless God is also subject to the other things that belong to material beings, such as suffering, grieving, hungering, thirsting, and all the passions of the body or of the composite. But your mind does not admit these, for the discourse is about God. Do not, then, conceive the generation otherwise than as befits God … [9] “But if he was begotten,” he says, “how was he begotten?” Answer me, you inescapable dialectician: if he was created, how was he created? Then ask me, “How was he begotten?” Is there passion in generation? There is passion in creation too; for are not shaping, and planning, and the unfolding of what was conceived all at once into its parts, a passion? Is there time in generation? Created things too are in time. Is there place here? There is place there. Failure in generation? Failure in creation too. These things I have heard you philosophizing about; for often what the mind sketched, the hand did not carry out. “But by a word,” he says, “he established all things, and by will; for he spoke, and they came to be; he commanded, and they were created.” When you say that all things were created by the word of God, you do not bring in human creating; for none of us does what is done by a word. Nothing would be loftier or easier for us than we are, if saying were the completion of the deed. So if God creates created things by a word, his creating is not human. Either show me a man who does something by a word, or admit that God does not create as a man does. Come then, sketch a city by will, and let the city appear; wish a son to be born to you, and let the child appear; wish anything else that is done, and let the wish pass into deed. But if none of these follows from wishing, while God’s willing is action, then man creates in one way and God, the creator of all, in another. How then does he create not in human fashion, but is compelled to beget in human fashion? You did not exist, then came to be, then beget; therefore you bring into being what did not exist. Or, to say something deeper, perhaps you do not even bring it out of nonexistence; for Levi too, it says, was still in his father’s loins before coming into being. And let no one cavil at the statement. For I do not say that the Son exists from the Father in such a way as first being in the Father and afterwards proceeding into being; nor first imperfect and then perfect, as is the law of our birth. [10] These are the arguments of cavillers, of those who rashly pounce on everything said. But we do not think so, nor hold so; but at the same moment as the Father exists unbegottenly (and he always was, for the mind does not fall upon a time when he was not), the Son also was, begottenly. So the being of the Father coincides with the having been begotten of the Only-begotten, who is from him and not after him, except only in the conception of principle, principle, that is, as cause. For I often turn back to the same point, fearing the grossness and materiality of your mind. But if you do not pry into the Son’s generation, or subsistence, or whatever more proper term than these one can conceive (for what is conceived and spoken defeats my tongue), do not busy yourself about the procession of the Spirit either. I am content to hear that he is Son, that he is from the Father, and that the one is Father and the other Son; and beyond this I busy myself with nothing, lest I suffer what happens to voices that fail altogether when strained beyond their pitch, or to the sight when it strains toward the sun’s ray. For the more and the more precisely one wishes to see, the more one damages the sense and is deprived of seeing at all, the object overcoming the sight by its excess, if one wishes to see it whole and not as much as is safe to see. … you will understand perhaps some day, when you receive what is perfect (“For I shall see,” it says, “the heavens, the works of your fingers,” so that we may suppose that the things now seen are not the truth but images of the truth). If you have not known yourself, you who discourse on these things, if you have not grasped these things, to which even sense is a witness, how do you suppose that you know God precisely, what and how great he is? This is great unreason. [12] But if you will be persuaded by me, a theologian who is not rash, hold what you have grasped, and pray to grasp the rest. Love what remains within you, and let the rest remain in the treasuries above. Ascend through your way of life; gain purity through purification. Do you wish one day to become a theologian and worthy of the Godhead? Keep the commandments; walk by the precepts; for action is a stepping stone to contemplation. Labour for the soul through the body. Is there anyone among men who can be lifted up so far as to reach the measure of Paul? Yet he says that he sees through a mirror and in a riddle, and that there will be a time when he will see face to face. You may be more philosophical than another in words, but you are certainly lower than God. You may perhaps be more intelligent than another, but you fall as far short of the truth as your being is second to God’s being. We have the promise that we shall one day know as we are known. If it is not possible to have perfect knowledge of beings here, what remains for me? What is hoped for? The kingdom of heaven, you will surely say. And I think this is nothing other than attaining what is purest and most perfect; and the most perfect of all things is the knowledge of God. But let us hold fast to part and grasp part while we are on earth, and let us store up the rest there, so that we may have this as the fruit of our labour: the whole illumination of the Holy Triad, what it is, of what kind, and how great, if it is lawful to say this, in Christ himself our Lord, to whom be glory and might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 21

21.1PG 35:1088b–1088c

Ἐκεῖνος ἐτράφη μὲν εὐθὺς ιν τοῖς θείοις ἤθεσι καί παιδεύμασιν, ὀλίγα τῶν ἐγκυκλίων φιλοσοφήσας, τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν παντάπασι τῶν τοιούτων ἀπείρως ἔχειν, μηδὲ ἀγνοεῖν ὧν ὑπεριδεῖν ἐδοκίμασεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἠνέσχετο τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς εὐγενὲς καὶ φιλότιμον ἐν τοῖς ματαίοις ἀσχοληθῆναι, οὑδὶ ταυτὸν παθεῖν τῶν ἀθλητῶν τοῖς ἀπείροις, οί τὸν ἀὲρα πλείω παίοντες ἣ τά σώματα, τῶν ἄθλων ἀποτυγχάνουσι. Καὶ πᾶσαν μὲν Παλαιὰν Βίβλον, πᾶσαν δὶ Νέαν ἰκμελετήσας, ὡς οὑδὶ μίαν ἓτερος, πλουτεῖ μὶν θεωρίαν, πλουτεῖ δὶ βίου λαμπρότητα, καὶ πλίκει θαυμασίως ἀμφότερα, τὴν χρυσῆν ὅντως σειρὰν, καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἄπλοκον· βίῳ μὶν ὁδηγῷ θεωρίας, θεωρίᾳ δὲ σφραγῖδι βίου χρησάμενος. ’Δρχή τε γάρ σοφίας φόβος Κυρίου, οἷόν τι πρῶτον σπάργανον· καὶ σοφία τὸν φόβον ὑπερβᾶσα, καὶ είς τὴν ἀγάπην ἀναβιβάσασα, θεοῦ φίλος ἡμᾶς καὶ υἱοὺς ἀντὶ δούλων ἐργάσεται.

Ekeinos etraphē men euthys in tois theiois ēthesi kai paideumasin, oliga tōn enkykliōn philosophēsas, tou mē dokein pantapasi tōn toioutōn apeirōs echein, mēde agnoein hōn hyperidein edokimasen. Oude gar ēnescheto to tēs psychēs eugenes kai philotimon en tois mataiois ascholēthēnai, houdi tauton pathein tōn athlētōn tois apeirois, oi ton aera pleiō paiontes hē ta sōmata, tōn athlōn apotynchanousi. Kai pasan men Palaian Biblon, pasan di Nean ikmeletēsas, hōs houdi mian heteros, ploutei min theōrian, ploutei di biou lamprotēta, kai plikei thaumasiōs amphotera, tēn chrysēn hontōs seiran, kai tois pollois aplokon; biǭ min hodēgǭ theōrias, theōrią de sphragidi biou chrēsamenos. ’Drchē te gar sophias phobos Kyriou, hoion ti prōton sparganon; kai sophia ton phobon hyperbasa, kai eis tēn agapēn anabibasasa, theou philos hēmas kai huious anti doulōn ergasetai.

He was brought up from the first in divine habits and lessons, having studied the general curriculum only a little, so as not to seem altogether inexperienced in such things, nor ignorant of what he had decided to despise. For the nobility and ambition of his soul would not endure being occupied with vain things, nor suffering the fate of unskilled athletes, who beat the air more than bodies and miss the prizes. Having meditated on every book of the Old and of the New Testament as no one else has on a single one, he grew rich in contemplation and rich in the brilliance of his life, and he wove the two together wonderfully, truly the golden chain, which most people cannot weave, using life as the guide of contemplation and contemplation as the seal of life. For “the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom,” like a first swaddling band; and wisdom, passing beyond fear and lifting us up to love, will make us friends of God and sons instead of slaves.

21.7PG 35:1088c–1089a

Τραφεὶς δὲ οὕτω καὶ παιδευθεὶς, ὡς ἔδει γε καὶ νῦν τοὺς λαοῦ προστήσεσθαι μέλλοντας, καὶ τὸ μέγα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σῶμα μεταχειρίζεσθαι, κατὰ τήν μεγάλην τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλήν τε καὶ πρόγνωσιν, ἢ πόῤῥωθεν καταβάλλεται τῶν μεγάλων πραγμάτων τάς ὑποθέσεις, τῳ κεγάλῳ βήματι τούτῳ ἐγκαταλειγεται, καὶ τῶν ἐγγιζόντων εἷς τῳ ἐγγίζοντι Θεῳ γίνεται, καὶ τῆς ἱερᾶς ἀξιοῦνται στάσεώς τε καὶ τάξεως καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν βαθμῶν ἀκολουθίαν διεξελθὼν, ’ίνα τά ἐν μέσῳ συντέμω, τὴν τοῦ λαοῦ προεδρίαν πιστεύεται, ταυτὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν, τῆς οἰκουμένης πᾶσης ἐπιστασίαν. Καὶ οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν, πότερον ἀρετῆς ἆθλον, ἢ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πηγὴν και ζωὴν, τὴν tepuiσύνην λαμβάνει. Ἔδει γὰρ ἰκλείπουσαν ταύτην τῳ δίψει τῆς ἀληθείας, ὥσπερ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ, ποτισθῆναι ἢ, ὥσπερ τὸν Ἦλίαν, ἐκ τοῦ χειμάρρου, κατεψυγμένης ἀνομβρίᾳ τῆς γῆς,ήάναῷόξαιʼ, καὶ μικρὰ πνέουσαν ἆναξωοποιηθῆναι, καὶ σπέρμα ’τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ὑπολειφθῆναι· ’ίνα μὴ γενώμεθα ὡς Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, div περιβόητος μὲν ἡ κακία, περιβοητοτέρα δὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια,ήπυρὶ καὶ θείῳ τκατακλνυσθέντῶν, Διὰ τοῦτο ἠγέρθη κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν ἤδη κειμένοις, καὶ λίθος ἀκρογωνιαῐος, συνδέων ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἡμᾶς, ένεβλήθη κατὰ καιρὸν, ἢ πῦρ καθαρτήριον τῆς φαύλης ὕλης καὶ μοχθηρᾶς, ἢ παῦον γεωργικὸν, ᾧ τὸ κοῦφον τῶν δογμάτωνκαῖ τὸ βαρὺ διακρίνεται, ἣμάχαιρα τὰς τῆς ’κακίας ῥίζας ἰκτέμνουσα· καὶ ὁ Λόγος εὑρίσκει τὸν ἑαυτοῦ σύμμαχον, καὶ τὰ Πνεῦμα καταλαμβάνει τὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πνεύσοντα.

Trapheis de houtō kai paideutheis, hōs edei ge kai nyn tous laou prostēsesthai mellontas, kai to mega tou Christou sōma metacheirizesthai, kata tēn megalēn tou Theou boulēn te kai prognōsin, ē porrhōthen kataballetai tōn megalōn pragmatōn tas hypotheseis, tǭ kegalǭ bēmati toutǭ enkataleigetai, kai tōn engizontōn heis tǭ engizonti Theǭ ginetai, kai tēs hieras axiountai staseōs te kai taxeōs kai pasan tēn tōn bathmōn akolouthian diexelthōn, ’ina ta en mesǭ syntemō, tēn tou laou proedrian pisteuetai, tauton de eipein, tēs oikoumenēs pasēs epistasian. Kai ouk echō legein, poteron aretēs athlon, ē tēs Ekklēsias pēgēn kai zōēn, tēn tepuisynēn lambanei. Edei gar ikleipousan tautēn tǭ dipsei tēs alētheias, hōsper ton Israēl, potisthēnai ē, hōsper ton Ēlian, ek tou cheimarrou, katepsygmenēs anombrią tēs gēs,ēanaǭoxaiʼ, kai mikra pneousan anaxōopoiēthēnai, kai sperma ’tǭ Israēl hypoleiphthēnai; ’ina mē genōmetha hōs Sodoma kai Gomorra, div periboētos men hē kakia, periboētotera di hē apōleia,ēpyri kai theiǭ tkataklnysthentōn, Dia touto ēgerthē keras sōtērias hēmin ēdē keimenois, kai lithos akrogōniaios, syndeōn heautǭ te kai allēlois hēmas, eneblēthē kata kairon, ē pyr kathartērion tēs phaulēs hylēs kai mochthēras, ē pauon geōrgikon, hǭ to kouphon tōn dogmatōnkai to bary diakrinetai, hēmachaira tas tēs ’kakias rhizas iktemnousa; kai ho Logos heuriskei ton heautou symmachon, kai ta Pneuma katalambanei ton hyper autou pneusonta.

Brought up and trained in this way, as those who are to preside over the people and handle the great body of Christ ought to be even now, he was, according to the great counsel and foreknowledge of God, which lays the foundations of great things far ahead, enrolled in this great order of the sanctuary, became one of those who draw near to the God who draws near, and was counted worthy of the sacred station and rank. And having passed through the whole sequence of grades (to cut short what lies between), he is entrusted with the presidency of the people, which is to say, with the oversight of the whole world. And I cannot say whether he received the priesthood as a prize of virtue or as the fountain and life of the Church. For she, fainting with thirst for the truth, had to be given drink, like Israel, or, like Elijah, to be refreshed from the brook when the earth was parched by drought, and, barely breathing, to be brought back to life, and a seed left for Israel, lest we become like Sodom and Gomorrah, whose wickedness is notorious and whose destruction is more notorious, overwhelmed by fire and brimstone. For this reason a horn of salvation was raised up for us when we had already fallen, and a cornerstone, binding us to himself and to one another, was laid in due time; or a fire purifying base and evil matter; or a farmer’s winnowing fan, by which the light and the weighty among doctrines are sifted; or a sword cutting out the roots of wickedness. And the Word finds his ally, and the Spirit takes hold of one who will breathe on his behalf.

21.8PG 35:1089b–1092b

Οὓτω μὶν οὗν καὶ διὰ ταῦτα, ψήφῳ τοῦ λαοῦ παντὸς, οὗ κατὰ τὸν ὓστερον νικήσαντα πονηρὸν τύπον, οὐδὲ φονικῶς τε καὶ τυραννικῶς, ἀλλʼ ιίπόστολικῶς τε καὶ πνευματικῶς, ἐπὶ τὸν Μάρκου θρόνον ἀνάγεται, οὐχ ἧττον τῆς εὐσεβείας, ἢ. τῆςἾπροεδρίας διάδοχοςʼ τῇ μὲν γὰρ ’πολλοστὸς διπ ἰκείνου, τῇ δὲ εὐθὺς μετʼ έκεῖνονΙεὺρίσκεταιο ἣν δὴ καὶ κυρίως ὑποληπτέον διαδοχήν. ΤὸΠμὶν γὰρ itde γνωμον καὶ ὁμόθρονον, τὸ de ἀντίδοξον καίάντίθρονον· καὶ ἡ μὲν προσηγορίαν, ἠ δὶ ἀλήθειαν ἔχει διαδοχῆς. Οὐ γαρ ὁ βιασάμενοςιξάλλ ὁ διάδοχος· οὐδὲ ὁ παρανομήσας, ἀλλʼ ὁ προιβληθεὶς ἐννόμως · οὐδὲ ὁ τᾶναντια (δοξάζων, ἀλλʼ ὁ τῆς nihil; πίστεως · εἷʼ μὴ οὕτω τις λέγοι διάδοχον, ὡς νόσον καὶ συνέσεως ἔκστασιν. ὅ ἔργον χάριτος ἀνθρωπίνης, οὔ τῆς τοῦ Πνεύματος · o't, ὅταν πάντα διεξέλθωσι βιαζόμενοι, τελευταῖον τυραννοῦσι καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ° ὧν οὐχ 6 τρόπος τὸν βαθμὸν, 6 βαθμὸς δε τὸν τρόπον πιστεύεται, παρά πολὺ τῆς τάξεως ἐναλλαττομένης · o'i. πλείους ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν, ἢ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοημάτων, τὰς θυσίας ὀφείλουσι ° και πάντως τῶν δύω τὸ ἕτερον ἁμαρτάνουσιν, ἣ τῷ δεῖσθαι συγγνώμης, ἄμετρα συγγινώσκοντες, ὡς ἂν μήτε ἀνακόπτοιτο κακία, ἀλλά καί διδάποιτο, ἢ τῇ τραχύτητι τῆς ἀρχῆς, τὰ Ξαυτῶν συγκαλύπτοντες. Ὧν οὐδέτερον ἐκεῖνος · ἀλλʼ ἦν ὑψη- Λὸς μὲν τοῖς ἔργοις, ταπεινὸς δὲ τῷ φρονήματι · καὶ τʼέιν μὲν ἀρετὴν ἀπρόσιτος, τὴν ἐντυχίαν δὶ καὶ λίαν εὐπρόσιτος, πρᾶος, ἀόργητος, συμπαθὴς, ἡδὺς τὸν λόγον, ἡδίων τὸν τρόπον, ἀγγελικὸς τὸ εἶδος, ἀγγελικώτερος τὴν διάνοιαν, ἐπιτιμῆσαι γαληνὸς, ἅπαινάσαι παιδευτικός καὶ μηδέτερον τῶν καλῶν τῇ ἀμετρίᾳ λυμήνασθαι, ἀλλὰ. ποιῆσαι καὶ τὴν ὶπιτίμησιν πατρικὴν, καὶ τὸν ἔπαινον ἀρχικόν · μήτε τὸ ἁπαλὸν ἔκλυτον, μήτε στυφὸν τὸ αὐστηρόν · ἀλλᾶ τὸ μεν ἐπιείκειαν, τὸ δὲ φρόνησιν, καὶ φιλοσοφίαν ἀμφότεραξ ἰλάχιστα μὶν λόγου διὰ τὸν τρόπον δεόμενος ἀρκοῦντα πρὸς παιδαγωγίαν ’ ἐλάχιστα δὶ ῥάβδου διὰ τὸν λόγον · ἔτι δὲ ἐλάττω τομῆς, διὰ τήν ῥάβδον μετρίως πλήττουσαν.

Houtō min houn kai dia tauta, psēphǭ tou laou pantos, hou kata ton hysteron nikēsanta ponēron typon, oude phonikōs te kai tyrannikōs, allʼ iipostolikōs te kai pneumatikōs, epi ton Markou thronon anagetai, ouch hētton tēs eusebeias, ē. tēsIproedrias diadochosʼ tę̄ men gar ’pollostos dip ikeinou, tę̄ de euthys metʼ ekeinonIeurisketaio hēn dē kai kyriōs hypolēpteon diadochēn. ToPmin gar itde gnōmon kai homothronon, to de antidoxon kaiantithronon; kai hē men prosēgorian, ē di alētheian echei diadochēs. Ou gar ho biasamenosixall ho diadochos; oude ho paranomēsas, allʼ ho proiblētheis ennomōs ; oude ho tanantia (doxazōn, allʼ ho tēs nihil? pisteōs ; heiʼ mē houtō tis legoi diadochon, hōs noson kai syneseōs ekstasin. ho ergon charitos anthrōpinēs, ou tēs tou Pneumatos ; o't, hotan panta diexelthōsi biazomenoi, teleutaion tyrannousi kai tēn eusebeian ° hōn ouch 6 tropos ton bathmon, 6 bathmos de ton tropon pisteuetai, para poly tēs taxeōs enallattomenēs ; o'i. pleious hyper heautōn, ē tōn tou laou agnoēmatōn, tas thysias opheilousi ° kai pantōs tōn dyō to heteron hamartanousin, hē tǭ deisthai syngnōmēs, ametra synginōskontes, hōs an mēte anakoptoito kakia, alla kai didapoito, ē tę̄ trachytēti tēs archēs, ta Xautōn synkalyptontes. Hōn oudeteron ekeinos ; allʼ ēn hypsē- Los men tois ergois, tapeinos de tǭ phronēmati ; kai tʼein men aretēn aprositos, tēn entychian di kai lian euprositos, praos, aorgētos, sympathēs, hēdys ton logon, hēdiōn ton tropon, angelikos to eidos, angelikōteros tēn dianoian, epitimēsai galēnos, hapainasai paideutikos kai mēdeteron tōn kalōn tę̄ ametrią lymēnasthai, alla. poiēsai kai tēn ipitimēsin patrikēn, kai ton epainon archikon ; mēte to hapalon eklyton, mēte styphon to austēron ; alla to men epieikeian, to de phronēsin, kai philosophian amphoterax ilachista min logou dia ton tropon deomenos arkounta pros paidagōgian ’ elachista di rhabdou dia ton logon ; eti de elattō tomēs, dia tēn rhabdon metriōs plēttousan.

So, then, and for these reasons, by the vote of the whole people (not in the evil manner that prevailed later, nor by bloodshed and tyranny, but in an apostolic and spiritual way), he is raised to the throne of Mark, successor no less to his piety than to his presidency: in the latter he comes long after him, in the former immediately after him; and this, indeed, should properly be regarded as succession. For sameness of mind goes with sameness of throne, while contrary opinion makes a rival throne; and the one has the name of succession, the other its reality. For it is not the one who uses force that succeeds, but the true successor; not the one who breaks the law, but the one lawfully appointed; not the one who holds contrary opinions, but the one of the same faith; unless someone calls him a successor in the way that disease succeeds health, or madness good sense. … which is the work of human favour, not of the Spirit; men who, when they have gone through everything by force, at last tyrannize even over piety; whose rank is not entrusted to them because of their character, but whose character is trusted because of their rank, the order being quite reversed; who owe more sacrifices for themselves than for the people’s sins of ignorance; and they certainly err in one of two ways: either, because they themselves need pardon, they pardon without measure, so that vice is not checked but even taught; or they cover up their own faults by the harshness of their rule. He was neither. He was lofty in deeds and humble in mind; inaccessible in virtue but very accessible in meeting; gentle, free from anger, sympathetic, sweet in speech, sweeter in character, angelic in appearance, more angelic in mind; calm in rebuke, instructive in praise; spoiling neither good by excess, but making his rebuke fatherly and his praise worthy of a ruler; his gentleness not slack, his severity not harsh, but the one gentleness, the other prudence, and both philosophy; needing very little speech, because his character was enough to instruct; very little of the rod, because of his speech; and still less of the knife, because of the rod, which struck with moderation.

21.10PG 35:1092c–1093d

Τί ἂν ὑμῖν ἀναζωγραφοίην τὸν ἄνδρα; Παῦλος προλαβὼν ἔγραψεν τοῦτο μὶν, ἐν οἷς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τὸν μέγαν, τὸν διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὗρανοὺσ ἀνυμνεῖ (τολμήσει γάρ μοι καὶ μέχρι τούτων 6 λόγος, ἐπειδὴ Χριστοὺς οιδε καλεῖν ἡ Γραφή τοὺς ζῶντας κατᾶ Χριστόν)· τοῦτο δὲ, ἐν οἷς Τιμοθέῳ πρὸς αὐτὸν γράφων νομοθετεῖ, τυπῶν τῷ λόγῳ τὸν ἐπισκοπῆς προστησόμενον. Et γὰρ ὡς κανόνα τόν νόμον παραθείης,τῷ ταῦτα ἐπαινουμένῳ, γνώσῃ σαφῶς τήν εὐθύτητα. Δεῦρο δὴ συμπανηγυρίσατὲ μοι περὶ τὸν λόγον κάμνοντι, καὶ τὰ μὲν πλείω παρατρέχειν ἐθέλοντι, ἄλλοτε δὲ ὑπʼ ἄλλου κατεχομένῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἔχοντι τὸ νικῶν εὐρεῖν, ὥσπερ ἐν σώματι πανταχόθεν ἳσῳ τε καὶ καλῷ · ἀεὶ γάρ μοι τὸ προσπεσὸν γάλλιον φαίνεται, καὶ τοῦτο συναρπάζει τὸν λόγον. Δεῦρο οὗν μοι διέλεσθε τὰ ἐκείνου καλὰ, ὅσοι τῶν ἐκείνου ἐπαινέται καὶ μάρτυρες, καὶ ἀγῶνα καλὸν ἀγωνίσασθε πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἄνδρες ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναῖκες, νεανίσκοι καὶ παρθένοι, πρεσβῦται μετὰ νεωτέρων, ἱερεῖς καὶ λαὸς, οἱ μοναδικοὶκαὶ μιγάδες, o't τῆς ἁπλότητος καὶτῆς ἀκριβείας, ὅσοι τῆς Θεωρίας, καὶ ὅσοι τῆς πράξεως. Ὁ μὲν ἕπαινείτω τὸ ἐν νηστείαις καὶ προσευχαῖς, οἷον ἀσώματόν τι καὶ ἄυλον · ὁ δὲ τὸ ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις τε καὶ ψαλμῳδίαις εὕτονόν τε καὶ ἀήντητον · ἄλλος τὸ έν προστασίᾳ τῶν δεομένων, ἄλλος τήν πρὸς τὸ ὑπερέχον ἆντιτυπίαν, ἢ πρὸς τὸ ταπεινόν συγκαταβασιν. Αἱ παρθένοι, τὸν νυμφαγωγόνο αἱ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν, τὸν σωφρονιστήν · ol τῆς νρημίας, τὸν πτερωτήν · οἱ τῆς ἐπιμιξίας, τὸν νομοθέτην · οἱ τῆς ἁπλότητος, τὸν ὁδηγόν · οἳ τῆς θεωρίας, τὸν θεολόγον · οἳ ἐν εὐθυμίαις, τὸν χαλινόν οἱ έν συμφοραῖς, τήν παράκλησιν τὴν βακτηρίαν, ἡ ποΑια· τήν παιδαγωγίαν, ἡ νεότηςο ἠ πενία, τὸν ποριστήν· ἡ εὐπορία, τὰν οἰκονόμον. Δοκοῦσί μοι καὶ χῆραι τὸν προστάτην έπαινέσεσθαι · καί ὀρφανοὶ, τὸν πατέρα · καὶ πτωχοὶ, τὸν φιλόπτωχονʼ καὶ τὸν φιλόξενον, οἳ ξένοι·καὶ ἀδελφοὶ, τὸν φιλάδελφον · οἱ νοσοῦντες, τὸν ἰατρὸν, βούλει νόσον καὶ ἲατρείαν· οἱ ὕγιαίνοντες, τὸν φύλακα τῆς ὑγείας · οἱ πάντες, τὸν πᾶσι πάντα γινόμενον,ίνα κερδαίνῃ τοὺς πάντας, ἣ πλείονας. ηΙΑ, Ταῦτα μὲν οὗν, ὅπερ εἷπον, ἄλλοι θαυμαζέτωσάν τε καὶ ἀνυμνείτωσαν, οίς σχολὴ τὰ μικρὰ τῶν ἐκείνου θαυμάζειν. Μικρά δὶ ὅταν εἷʼπω, αὐτὸν ἑαυτῷ συγκρίνων λέγω, καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου τοῖς ἐκείνου παρεξετάζων (οὐ γὰρ δεδόξασται τὸ δεδοξασμένον, κᾶν λίαν λαμπρὸτ, ἕνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης, ὥσπερ ἡκούσαμεν)· ἐπεὶ καὶ ὀλίγα τῶν τούτου, ἑτέροις αὐτάρκη πρὸς εὐδοκίμησιν. Ἡμῖν δὶ (οὐ γὰρ ἀνεκτδν καταλείπουσι τὸν λόγον. διακονεῖν τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν), ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τὸ κυριώτατον τῶν ἐκείνου τρεπτέον. Θεοῦ δὲ ἔργον, ὑπὲρ οὗ καὶ ὁ λόγος, εἰπεῖν τι τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαληγορίας καὶ ψυχῆς ἄξιον.

Ti an hymin anazōgraphoiēn ton andra? Paulos prolabōn egrapsen touto min, en hois ton archierea ton megan, ton dielēlythota tous houranous anymnei (tolmēsei gar moi kai mechri toutōn 6 logos, epeidē Christous oide kalein hē Graphē tous zōntas kata Christon); touto de, en hois Timotheǭ pros auton graphōn nomothetei, typōn tǭ logǭ ton episkopēs prostēsomenon. Et gar hōs kanona ton nomon paratheiēs,tǭ tauta epainoumenǭ, gnōsę̄ saphōs tēn euthytēta. Deuro dē sympanēgyrisate moi peri ton logon kamnonti, kai ta men pleiō paratrechein ethelonti, allote de hypʼ allou katechomenǭ, kai ouk echonti to nikōn eurein, hōsper en sōmati pantachothen hisǭ te kai kalǭ ; aei gar moi to prospeson gallion phainetai, kai touto synarpazei ton logon. Deuro houn moi dielesthe ta ekeinou kala, hosoi tōn ekeinou epainetai kai martyres, kai agōna kalon agōnisasthe pros allēlous, andres homou kai gynaikes, neaniskoi kai parthenoi, presbytai meta neōterōn, hiereis kai laos, hoi monadikoikai migades, o't tēs haplotētos kaitēs akribeias, hosoi tēs Theōrias, kai hosoi tēs praxeōs. Ho men hepaineitō to en nēsteiais kai proseuchais, hoion asōmaton ti kai aulon ; ho de to en agrypniais te kai psalmǭdiais heutonon te kai aēntēton ; allos to en prostasią tōn deomenōn, allos tēn pros to hyperechon antitypian, ē pros to tapeinon synkatabasin. Hai parthenoi, ton nymphagōgono hai hypo zygon, ton sōphronistēn ; ol tēs nrēmias, ton pterōtēn ; hoi tēs epimixias, ton nomothetēn ; hoi tēs haplotētos, ton hodēgon ; hoi tēs theōrias, ton theologon ; hoi en euthymiais, ton chalinon hoi en symphorais, tēn paraklēsin tēn baktērian, hē poAia; tēn paidagōgian, hē neotēso ē penia, ton poristēn; hē euporia, tan oikonomon. Dokousi moi kai chērai ton prostatēn epainesesthai ; kai orphanoi, ton patera ; kai ptōchoi, ton philoptōchonʼ kai ton philoxenon, hoi xenoi;kai adelphoi, ton philadelphon ; hoi nosountes, ton iatron, boulei noson kai iatreian; hoi hygiainontes, ton phylaka tēs hygeias ; hoi pantes, ton pasi panta ginomenon,ina kerdainę̄ tous pantas, hē pleionas. ēIA, Tauta men houn, hoper heipon, alloi thaumazetōsan te kai anymneitōsan, ois scholē ta mikra tōn ekeinou thaumazein. Mikra di hotan heiʼpō, auton heautǭ synkrinōn legō, kai ta ekeinou tois ekeinou parexetazōn (ou gar dedoxastai to dedoxasmenon, kan lian lamprot, heneken tēs hyperballousēs doxēs, hōsper hēkousamen); epei kai oliga tōn toutou, heterois autarkē pros eudokimēsin. Hēmin di (ou gar anektdn kataleipousi ton logon. diakonein tois elattosin), epʼ auto to kyriōtaton tōn ekeinou trepteon. Theou de ergon, hyper hou kai ho logos, eipein ti tēs ekeinou megalēgorias kai psychēs axion.

Why should I paint the man again for you? Paul has drawn him beforehand: partly where he hymns the great high priest who has passed through the heavens (for my discourse will dare even this far, since Scripture knows how to call those who live according to Christ christs), and partly where, writing to Timothy, he lays down the law, sketching in words the man who is to take charge of the episcopate. For if you apply that law as a rule to the one praised here, you will see clearly how straight he is. Come, then, join me in the festival around this discourse, as I labour, wishing to pass over most things, but held now by one, now by another, unable to find which excels, as in a body equally beautiful everywhere; for whatever strikes me seems always the finer, and carries off my discourse. Come then, divide his excellences among you, all of you who are his praisers and witnesses, and contend a good contest with one another, men and women together, young men and maidens, old men with the younger, priests and people, solitaries and cenobites, the simple and the exact, the contemplative and the active. Let one praise his fasting and prayer, as of someone bodiless and immaterial; another his vigour and tirelessness in vigils and psalmody; another his care for the needy; another his resistance to the powerful, or his condescension to the lowly. Let the virgins praise the one who led them to the Bridegroom; the married, the teacher of self-control; the hermits, the one who gave them wings; the cenobites, the lawgiver; the simple, the guide; the contemplatives, the theologian; those in gladness, the bridle; those in misfortune, the comfort; grey hairs, the staff; youth, the tutor; poverty, the provider; wealth, the steward. Widows too, I think, will praise their protector; orphans their father; the poor the lover of the poor; strangers the hospitable; brothers the lover of brothers; the sick the physician, of whatever disease and cure you like; the healthy the guardian of health; all of them, the one who became all things to all, to win all, or more. [11] These things, as I said, let others admire and extol, who have leisure to admire the small things of his. When I say small, I speak comparing him with himself and measuring his deeds against his own deeds (for what has been glorified has not been glorified, however bright, because of the surpassing glory, as we have heard); since even a few of his deeds would suffice others for renown. But we (for it is not to be borne that the discourse should leave the greatest and serve the lesser) must turn to the most important of his deeds. It is the work of God, for whose sake also the discourse is spoken, to say something worthy of his greatness of speech and soul.

21.12PG 35:1093d–1096b

Ἦν ’ὀτε ἤκμαζε τὰ ἡμέτερα, καὶ καλῶς εἴ· χεν, ἡνίκα τὸ μὶν περιττὸν τοῦτο, καὶ κατεγλωττισμένον τῆς θεολογίας καὶ ἔντεχνον, οὐδὲ πάροδον εἶχεν εἷς τας θείας αὐλὰς, ἀλλὰ ταυτὸν ἦν ψήφοις τε παίζειν, τὴν ὄψιν κλεπτοόσαις τῷ τάχει τῆς μεταθέσεως, ἢ κατορχεῖσθαι τῶν θεατῶν παντοίοις καί ἀνδρογύνοις λυγίσμασι, καὶ περὶ Θεοῦ λέγειν τι καὶ ἆκούειν καινότερον καὶ περίεργον · τὸδὲ ἁπλοῦν τε καὶ εὐγενὲς τοῦ λόγου, εὐσέβεια ινομίζετο. Ἀφʼ οὗ δὲ Σέξτοι, καὶ Πύρῥωνες, καὶ ἡ ἀντίθετος γλῶσσα, ὥσπερ τι νόσημα δεινὸν καί κακόηθες, ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις ἡμῶν εἰσεφθάρηο καὶ ἡ φλυαρία παίδευσις ἔδοξε, καὶ, ὅ φησι περὶ Ἀθηναίων ἡ βίβλος τῶν Πράξεων, εἷς οὐδὲν ἄλλο εὐκαιροῦμεν, ἢ λέγειν τι καὶ ἀκούειν καινότερον. Ὤ τίς Ἱερεμίας ὀδυρεῖται τὴν ἡμετέραν σύγχυσιν καὶ σκοτόμαιναν, ὁ μόνος εἰδὼς ἐξισοῢν θρήνους πάθεσι Ι II". Ταύτης τῆς λύσσης ἤρξατο μὶν Ἄρειος, 6 τῆς μανίας ἐπώνυμος, ὅς καὶ δίκην ἔδωκεν ἀκολάστου γλώσσης, τήν ἐν βεβήλοις τόποις κατάλυσιν, εὐχῆς ἔργον, οὐ νόσου γενόμενος, καὶ τὴν Ἰούδα ῥῆξιν ὑποστὰς, ἐπʼ ἴσῃ προδοσίᾳ τοῦ Λόγου. Διαδεξάμενοι δὶ ἄλλοι τὴν νόσον, τέχνην ἀσεβείας ἐδημιούργησανο οἵ, τῷ ἀγεννήτῳ τήν θεότητα περιγράψαντες, τὸ γεννητὸν, οὐ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐκπορευτὸν ἐξώρισαν τῆς θεότητος, ὀνόματος κοινωνίᾳ μόνον τήν Τριάδα τιμήσαντες, ἢ μηδὶ τοῦτο αὐτῇ τηρήσαντες. Ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁ μακάριος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ὅντως ἅνθρωπος τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ μεγάλη σάλπιγξ τῆς ἀληθείας. Ἀλλʼ εἰδὼς, τὸ μὲν εἷς ἀριθμὸν ἵνα τὰ τρία συστέλλειν, ἀθεότητος δν, καὶ τῆς Σαβελλίου καινοτομίας, ὅς πρῶτος θεότητος συστολὴν ἐπενόησε· τὸ δὲ τὰ τρία διαιρεῖν φύσεσι, κατατομήν θεότητος ἔκφυλον· καὶ τὸ ἔν καλῶς ἐτήρησε, θεότητι γάρ · καὶ τὰ τρία εὐσεβῶς ἐδίδαξεν, ἰδιότησι γάρ ’ οὕτε τῷ ἐνὶ συγχέας, οὔτε τοῖς τρισὶ διαστήσας, ἀλλʼ ἐν ὅροις μείνας τῆς εὐσεβείας, τῷ φυγεῖν τήν ἄμετρον ἐπὶ θάτερα κλίσιν τε καὶ ἀντίθεσιν.

Ēn ’ote ēkmaze ta hēmetera, kai kalōs ei; chen, hēnika to min peritton touto, kai kateglōttismenon tēs theologias kai entechnon, oude parodon eichen heis tas theias aulas, alla tauton ēn psēphois te paizein, tēn opsin kleptoosais tǭ tachei tēs metatheseōs, ē katorcheisthai tōn theatōn pantoiois kai androgynois lygismasi, kai peri Theou legein ti kai akouein kainoteron kai periergon ; tode haploun te kai eugenes tou logou, eusebeia inomizeto. Aphʼ hou de Sextoi, kai Pyrrhōnes, kai hē antithetos glōssa, hōsper ti nosēma deinon kai kakoēthes, tais Ekklēsiais hēmōn eisephtharēo kai hē phlyaria paideusis edoxe, kai, ho phēsi peri Athēnaiōn hē biblos tōn Praxeōn, heis ouden allo eukairoumen, ē legein ti kai akouein kainoteron. Ō tis Hieremias odyreitai tēn hēmeteran synchysin kai skotomainan, ho monos eidōs exisoÿn thrēnous pathesi I II". Tautēs tēs lyssēs ērxato min Areios, 6 tēs manias epōnymos, hos kai dikēn edōken akolastou glōssēs, tēn en bebēlois topois katalysin, euchēs ergon, ou nosou genomenos, kai tēn Iouda rhēxin hypostas, epʼ isę̄ prodosią tou Logou. Diadexamenoi di alloi tēn noson, technēn asebeias edēmiourgēsano hoi, tǭ agennētǭ tēn theotēta perigrapsantes, to gennēton, ou monon de, alla kai to ekporeuton exōrisan tēs theotētos, onomatos koinōnią monon tēn Triada timēsantes, ē mēdi touto autę̄ tērēsantes. Allʼ ouch ho makarios ekeinos, kai hontōs hanthrōpos tou Theou, kai megalē salpinx tēs alētheias. Allʼ eidōs, to men heis arithmon hina ta tria systellein, atheotētos dn, kai tēs Sabelliou kainotomias, hos prōtos theotētos systolēn epenoēse; to de ta tria diairein physesi, katatomēn theotētos ekphylon; kai to en kalōs etērēse, theotēti gar ; kai ta tria eusebōs edidaxen, idiotēsi gar ’ houte tǭ eni syncheas, oute tois trisi diastēsas, allʼ en horois meinas tēs eusebeias, tǭ phygein tēn ametron epi thatera klisin te kai antithesin.

There was a time when our affairs flourished and were in good condition, when this superfluous, glib, and artful kind of theology had no entrance into the divine courts, but it was thought the same thing to play with pebbles that cheat the eye by the speed of their moves, or to dance before spectators with all kinds of effeminate contortions, and to say or hear something novel and curious about God; and simplicity and nobility of speech was considered piety. But since the Sextuses and Pyrrhos and the habit of contradiction, like some terrible and malignant disease, have crept into our churches, and babble passes for education, and, as the book of Acts says of the Athenians, we spend our time in nothing else but saying or hearing something newer, O what Jeremiah will lament our confusion and dizziness, he who alone knew how to match lamentations to sufferings? [13] This madness was begun by Arius, who bears the name of madness, and who paid the penalty for his unbridled tongue by his death in a profane place, the result of prayer, not of disease, suffering the bursting of Judas for a like betrayal of the Word. Others, inheriting the disease, constructed an art of impiety: confining the Godhead to the Unbegotten, they banished from the Godhead not only the Begotten but also the Proceeding, honouring the Triad only by sharing a name, or not even keeping this for it. But not so that blessed man, truly a man of God and great trumpet of the truth. Knowing that to contract the three into one in number is godless, the innovation of Sabellius, who first devised the contraction of the Godhead, and that to divide the three by natures is an alien dismemberment of the Godhead, he both kept the One well, in the Godhead, and taught the three piously, in their properties, neither confusing them in the one nor separating them in the three, but remaining within the bounds of piety by avoiding excessive leaning or opposition to either side.

21.13PG 35:1096b–1101c

Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρῶτον μὲν ἑν τῇ κατὰ Νίκαιαν ἁγίᾳ ταυτῃ συνόδῳ, καὶ τῷ τῶν τρια· κοσίων ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα ἀριθμῷ ἀνδρῶν λογάδων, οὕς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον εἷς ἓν ἤγαγεν ὅσον ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ, τὴν νόσον ἔστησεν· οὔπω μὶν τεταγμένος ἐν ἐπισκόποις, τὰ πρῶτα δὲ τεταγμένος τῶν συνεληλυθότων· καὶ γὰρ ἦν ἀρετῆς οὐχ ἧττον ἢ βαθμῶν ἡ προτίμησις, Ἔπειτα τοῦ κακοῦ ῥιπισθὲντος ἤδη ταῖς αὕραις τοῦ πονηροῦ, καὶτὸ πλεῖον ἐπιλαμβάνοντος (ἐνταῦθά μοι καὶ τὰ δράματα, ὧν πᾶσα μικροῦ πλήρης γῆ τε καὶ θάλασσα), πολὺς μὶν περὶ αὐτὸν ὁ πόλεμος, ὡς γενναῖον προ- 109Ἰ στάτην τοῦ Λόγοῧʼ (πρὸς γὰρ τὸ ἀντιτεῖνον μάλιστα ἡ παράταξις, καὶ ὀίΛΛοθιν ἄλλο τι τῶν δεινῶν περιρῥέονʼ εὑρὲτις γὰρ κακῶν ἡ ἀσέβεια, καὶ λίαν τολμηρὸν εἰς ἐγχείρησιν· πῶς δὲ ἀνθρώπων ἔμελλόν φείδεσθαι, οἱ θεότητος μὴ φεισάμενοι ;) μία δὲ προσὄολῶν καὶ χαλεπωτάτη. Συνεισφέρω τι καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ δράματν ἀλλά μοι παρῃτῆσθω τὸ φίλον ἔδαφος ἡ πατρίς οὐ γὰρ τῆς ἐνεγκοόσης, ἀλλὰ τῶν προελομένων ἡ πονηρία. Ἡ μὶν γὰρ ἱερά τε καὶ πασιν ἐπʼ εὐσεβείᾳ γνώριμος· οἱ δὲ ἀνάξιοι τῆς τεκούσης αὐτοὺς Ἐκκλησίας. Φύεσθαι δὲ καὶ ἐν ἀμπιλῳ βάτον ἠκούσατε· καὶ Ἰούδας, τῶν μαθητῶν εἷς, ὁ προδότης. τὰ μὶν πρῶτα τραπέζης ἀλλοτρίας δοῦλον, καὶ μάζης ὢνιον, πάντα καὶ ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν, ἰπὶ τῇ γαστρί μιμαθηκός· τὰ τελευταῖα δὲ καὶ πολιτείᾳ παρεισφθαρὶν, καὶ πιστευθὲν ταύτης τὰ ἔσχατα, ὀσον ὑείων κρεῶν ὐποδοχὲα γενέσθαι, οἷς τὸ στρατιωτικὸν τρέφεται· ιῖτα κακὸν περὶ τήν πίστιν γενόμενον, καὶ τῇ γαστρὶ πολιτευσάμενον, mea τὸ σῶμα ὑπελείπετο μόνον, δρασμὸν ἐννοεῗ, καὶ ἄλλην ἐξ ἄλλης ἀμείβων χώραν καὶ πόλιν, οἶα τὰ τῶν φυγάδων, τέλος ἐπὶ κακῷ τοῦ κοινοῦ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, οἷόν τις Αἰγυπτιακή πληγὴ, τήν ’Δλιξανδρέων καταλαμβάνιι. Ἐνταῦθα τῆς ἄλης ἵσταται, καὶ τῆς κακουργίας ἄρχεται. Καὶ ἦν τᾶλλα μὲν οὐδενὸς ἄξιος, οὐ λόγων ἐλευθερίων μετεσχηκὼς, οὔ τὴν συνουσίαν στωμύλος, οὐκ εὐλαβείας σχῆμα γοῦν τι καὶ πλάσμα κενὸν περικείμενος, κακουργῆσαι δὲ, καὶ συγχέαι πράματα πάντων διινότατος. τῆς συμφορᾶς τήν γυναῖκα παραμυθουμένην τοῖς χείροσι (πληγῆναι γὰρ ἐφιλονείκει, καὶ τὴν ψυχήν πρὸς τῷ σώματι)’ εἶχε δὲ καὶ τῶν φίλων τοὺς γνησιωτάτους παρακλήτορας κακῶν, ὡς αὐτός φησιν, οὐ θεραπευτάς οἳ τὸ μὲν πάθος ἑώρων, τὸ δὲ τοῦ πάθους ἀγνοοῦντες μυστήριον, οὐ βάσανον ἀρετῆς, ἀλλᾶ κακίας εἶʼσπραξιν, τὴν πληγὴν ὑπελάμβανον. Καὶ οὐκ ἐνόμιζον μόνον, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνοντο τὸ δεινὸν ὀνειδίζοντες, ὁπότε καὶ εἶʼ διὰ κακίαν ἔπασχε, σοφίζεσθαι τὸ λυποῦν ἔδει παραμυθίας ΗΓ. Οὕτω μὶν οὖν 6 Ἰὼβ, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα τῆς περῖ αὐτὸν πραγματείας. Ἀγὼν γὰρ ἦν ἀρετῆς καὶ φθόνου· τοῦ μὲν, ὅπως τοῦ καλοῦ κρατήσῃ, φιλονεικοῦντος τῆς δὲ, ὅπως ἀήττητος διαμείνῃ, πάντα φερούσης καὶ τοῦ μὶν, ὅπως εὖοδὼσῃ κακίαν, ἀγωνιζομένου, διὰ τῆς τῶν κατορθοόντων κολάσεωςʼ τῆς δὲ, ὅπως κατάσχῃ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς, κάν ταῖς συμφοραῖς τὸ πλέον ἔχοντας. Τί δαὶ ὁ πρὸς αὐτὸν χρηματίζων διὰ λαίλαπος καὶ νεφῶν, ὁ βραδὺς εἰς κόλασιν, καὶ ταχὺς είς ἀντίληψιν, ὁ μὴ παντελῶς ἐπαφιεὶς ῥάβδον ἁμαρτωλῶν κλήρῳ δικαίων, ’ίνα μὴ κακίαν δίκαιοι μάθωσιν ; Ἐπὶ τέλει τῶν ἄθλων ἀναγορεύει τὸν ἀθλητὴν λαμπρῷ τῷ κηρύγματι, καὶ γυμνοῖ τῆς πληγῆς τὸ ἀπόρρητον, 0’ίει με ἄλλως σοι κεχρηματικέναι, λέγων, ἢ ’ἱνα ἀναφανῇς δίκαιος ; Τοῦτο τῶν τραυμάτων τὸ φάρμακον, οὗτος τῆς ἀγωνίας 6 στέφανος, αὕτη τῆς ὑπομονῆς ἡ ἀντίδοσις. Τὰ γὰρ ἑξῆς ἴσως καὶ μικρὰ, κᾶν μεγάλα τισὶ δοκῇ, καὶ μικρῶν ἕνεκεν οἷκονομηθέντα, καὶ εί διπλασίῳ τῶν ἀφῃρημένων ἀντιλαμβάνει.

Kai dia touto prōton men hen tę̄ kata Nikaian hagią tautę̄ synodǭ, kai tǭ tōn tria; kosiōn oktō kai deka arithmǭ andrōn logadōn, hous to Pneuma to hagion heis hen ēgagen hoson ēn epʼ autǭ, tēn noson estēsen; oupō min tetagmenos en episkopois, ta prōta de tetagmenos tōn synelēlythotōn; kai gar ēn aretēs ouch hētton ē bathmōn hē protimēsis, Epeita tou kakou rhipisthentos ēdē tais haurais tou ponērou, kaito pleion epilambanontos (entautha moi kai ta dramata, hōn pasa mikrou plērēs gē te kai thalassa), polys min peri auton ho polemos, hōs gennaion pro- 109I statēn tou Logoÿʼ (pros gar to antiteinon malista hē parataxis, kai oiLLothin allo ti tōn deinōn perirrheonʼ heuretis gar kakōn hē asebeia, kai lian tolmēron eis encheirēsin; pōs de anthrōpōn emellon pheidesthai, hoi theotētos mē pheisamenoi ?) mia de prosoolōn kai chalepōtatē. Syneispherō ti kai autos tǭ dramatn alla moi parę̄tēsthō to philon edaphos hē patris ou gar tēs enenkoosēs, alla tōn proelomenōn hē ponēria. Hē min gar hiera te kai pasin epʼ eusebeią gnōrimos; hoi de anaxioi tēs tekousēs autous Ekklēsias. Phyesthai de kai en ampilǭ baton ēkousate; kai Ioudas, tōn mathētōn heis, ho prodotēs. ta min prōta trapezēs allotrias doulon, kai mazēs ōnion, panta kai poiein kai legein, ipi tę̄ gastri mimathēkos; ta teleutaia de kai politeią pareisphtharin, kai pisteuthen tautēs ta eschata, oson hyeiōn kreōn ypodochea genesthai, hois to stratiōtikon trephetai; iita kakon peri tēn pistin genomenon, kai tę̄ gastri politeusamenon, mea to sōma hypeleipeto monon, drasmon ennoeï, kai allēn ex allēs ameibōn chōran kai polin, oia ta tōn phygadōn, telos epi kakǭ tou koinou tēs Ekklēsias, hoion tis Aigyptiakē plēgē, tēn ’Dlixandreōn katalambanii. Entautha tēs alēs histatai, kai tēs kakourgias archetai. Kai ēn talla men oudenos axios, ou logōn eleutheriōn meteschēkōs, ou tēn synousian stōmylos, ouk eulabeias schēma goun ti kai plasma kenon perikeimenos, kakourgēsai de, kai syncheai pramata pantōn diinotatos. tēs symphoras tēn gynaika paramythoumenēn tois cheirosi (plēgēnai gar ephiloneikei, kai tēn psychēn pros tǭ sōmati)’ eiche de kai tōn philōn tous gnēsiōtatous paraklētoras kakōn, hōs autos phēsin, ou therapeutas hoi to men pathos heōrōn, to de tou pathous agnoountes mystērion, ou basanon aretēs, alla kakias eiʼspraxin, tēn plēgēn hypelambanon. Kai ouk enomizon monon, allʼ oude ę̄schynonto to deinon oneidizontes, hopote kai eiʼ dia kakian epasche, sophizesthai to lypoun edei paramythias ĒG. Houtō min oun 6 Iōb, kai ta prōta tēs peri auton pragmateias. Agōn gar ēn aretēs kai phthonou; tou men, hopōs tou kalou kratēsę̄, philoneikountos tēs de, hopōs aēttētos diameinę̄, panta pherousēs kai tou min, hopōs euodōsę̄ kakian, agōnizomenou, dia tēs tōn katorthoontōn kolaseōsʼ tēs de, hopōs kataschę̄ tous agathous, kan tais symphorais to pleon echontas. Ti dai ho pros auton chrēmatizōn dia lailapos kai nephōn, ho bradys eis kolasin, kai tachys eis antilēpsin, ho mē pantelōs epaphieis rhabdon hamartōlōn klērǭ dikaiōn, ’ina mē kakian dikaioi mathōsin ? Epi telei tōn athlōn anagoreuei ton athlētēn lamprǭ tǭ kērygmati, kai gymnoi tēs plēgēs to aporrēton, 0’iei me allōs soi kechrēmatikenai, legōn, ē ’hina anaphanę̄s dikaios ? Touto tōn traumatōn to pharmakon, houtos tēs agōnias 6 stephanos, hautē tēs hypomonēs hē antidosis. Ta gar hexēs isōs kai mikra, kan megala tisi dokę̄, kai mikrōn heneken hoikonomēthenta, kai ei diplasiǭ tōn aphę̄rēmenōn antilambanei.

And for this reason, first, at the holy synod of Nicaea, among the three hundred and eighteen chosen men whom the Holy Spirit gathered into one, he checked the disease as far as it lay with him; not yet ranked among the bishops, but holding first rank among those assembled; for preference went to virtue no less than to rank. Then, when the evil had already been fanned by the breezes of the Evil One and was spreading further (here come the dramas with which almost every land and sea is filled), a great war gathered around him, as the noble champion of the Word (for the battle line is drawn up chiefly against whatever resists, and one dreadful thing after another poured round him from every side; for impiety is inventive of evils and very bold in attack; and how would those spare men who did not spare the Godhead?); but one of these attacks was the most grievous. I too contribute something to this drama; but let my homeland, dear soil, be excused; for the wickedness belongs not to the land that bore him but to those who chose him. She is holy and known to all for her piety; they are unworthy of the Church that bore them. You have heard that even in a vineyard a bramble grows; and Judas the traitor was one of the disciples. … at first the slave of another man’s table, sold for a barley cake, having learned to do and say anything for his belly; and at last having crept into public service and been entrusted with its lowest post, to be receiver of the pork on which the army is fed; then, having proved dishonest in his trust and having served his belly, when only his body was left, he plans flight; and, passing from one land and city to another, as fugitives do, at last, to the harm of the whole Church, like some Egyptian plague, he lays hold of Alexandria. Here he halts his wandering and begins his wickedness. In other respects he was worthless: he had no share in liberal education, was not fluent in conversation, did not wear even some form and empty pretence of piety, but was most skilled at doing evil and confounding all things. … his wife consoling him in his misfortune with worse things (for the trial strove that he be struck in soul as well as in body); and he had his most genuine friends as “miserable comforters,” as he himself says, not healers: they saw his suffering but, not knowing the mystery of the suffering, supposed the blow to be not a test of virtue but the exacting of a penalty for vice. And not only did they think so, but they were not even ashamed to reproach him with his calamity, when, even if he were suffering for vice, they ought to have softened the pain by consolation. [18] Such, then, was Job, and the first part of his story. For it was a contest of virtue and envy: the one striving to overcome the good, the other to remain unconquered, bearing everything; the one contending to make vice prosper by punishing the upright, the other to keep hold of the good, who have the advantage even in misfortune. And what of him who spoke to him through whirlwind and clouds, who is slow to punish and swift to help, who does not let the rod of sinners rest altogether on the lot of the righteous, lest the righteous learn wickedness? At the end of the contest he proclaims the athlete with a splendid proclamation and unveils the secret of the blow, saying, “Do you think I have dealt with you otherwise than that you might be shown righteous?” This was the remedy for the wounds, this the crown of the contest, this the reward of endurance. For what follows is perhaps small, even if it seems great to some, and arranged for the sake of small minds, even though he receives double what had been taken away.

21.19PG 35:1101d–1104b

Οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα θαυμαστὸν, εί Ἀθανασίου πλέον ἔσχε Γεώργιοςʼ ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνό γε θαυμασιώτερον, εἷ μὴ έπυρώθη ταῖς ἐπηρείαις 6 δίκαιος. Οὐδὲ τοῦτο θαυμαστὸν ἄγαν, ἀλλʼ εἷʼ ἐπὶ πλέον αἱ φλόγες ἤρκεσαν. Ἐντεῦθεν 6 μὶν ἦν ἰκ ποδῶν, καὶ τήν φυγαδείαν ὡς κάλλιστα διατίθεται. Τοῖς γὰρ ἱεροῖς καὶ θείοις τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον φροντιστηρίοις φέρων ἑαυτὸν δίδωσιν · οἳ κόσμου νχωρίζοντες ἑαυτοὺς, καὶ τὴν ἔρημον ἀσπαζόμενοι, ζῶσι Θεῷ, πάντων μᾶλλον τῶν στρερομὲνων ἐν σώματι oi μὶν τὸν πάντη μοναδικόν τι xui ἄμικτον διαθλοῢντες βίον, ἑαυτοῖς μόνοις προσλαλοῦντες xui τῷ Θεῷ, xui τοῦτο μόνον κόσμον εἷʼδότες, ὅσον έν τῇ ἐρημίᾳ γνωρίζουσιν· oi δὲ νόμον ἀγάπης τῇ κοινωνίᾳ στέργοντες, έρημικοί τι ὁμοῦ καὶ μιγάδες, τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις τεθνηκότες ἆνθρώποις καὶ πράγμασιν, ὅσα ἐν μέσῳ περιφέρεται, στροβοὖντά τε καὶ στροβοόμενα, καὶ παίζοντα ἡμᾶς ταῖς ἀγχιστρόφοις μεταβολαῖς, ἀλλήλοις δὲ κόσμος ὄντες, καὶ τῇ παραθέσει τὴν ἀρετήν θήγοντες. Τούτοις ὁμιλήσας ὁ μέγας Ἀθανάσιος, ὥσπερ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων μεσίτης καὶ διαλλακτὴς ἦν, τὸν εἶρηνοποιήσαντα τῷ αἵματι τὰ διεστῶτα μιμούμενος· οὕτω καὶ τὸν έρημικὸν βίον τῷ κοινωνικῴ καταλλάττειʼ δεικνὺς, ὅτι ἔστι καὶ ὸερωτύνη, φιλόσοφος, καὶ φιλοσοφία δεομένη μυσταγωγίας.

Oukoun oude entautha thaumaston, ei Athanasiou pleon esche Geōrgiosʼ allʼ ekeino ge thaumasiōteron, hei mē epyrōthē tais epēreiais 6 dikaios. Oude touto thaumaston agan, allʼ heiʼ epi pleon hai phloges ērkesan. Enteuthen 6 min ēn ik podōn, kai tēn phygadeian hōs kallista diatithetai. Tois gar hierois kai theiois tōn katʼ Aigypton phrontistēriois pherōn heauton didōsin ; hoi kosmou nchōrizontes heautous, kai tēn erēmon aspazomenoi, zōsi Theǭ, pantōn mallon tōn streromenōn en sōmati oi min ton pantē monadikon ti xui amikton diathloÿntes bion, heautois monois proslalountes xui tǭ Theǭ, xui touto monon kosmon heiʼdotes, hoson en tę̄ erēmią gnōrizousin; oi de nomon agapēs tę̄ koinōnią stergontes, erēmikoi ti homou kai migades, tois men allois tethnēkotes anthrōpois kai pragmasin, hosa en mesǭ peripheretai, strobounta te kai stroboomena, kai paizonta hēmas tais anchistrophois metabolais, allēlois de kosmos ontes, kai tę̄ parathesei tēn aretēn thēgontes. Toutois homilēsas ho megas Athanasios, hōsper tōn allōn hapantōn mesitēs kai diallaktēs ēn, ton eirēnopoiēsanta tǭ haimati ta diestōta mimoumenos; houtō kai ton erēmikon bion tǭ koinōnikǭ katallatteiʼ deiknys, hoti esti kai oerōtynē, philosophos, kai philosophia deomenē mystagōgias.

So here too it is no wonder if George got the better of Athanasius; it would be more wonderful if the righteous man had not been tried by fire through the insults. Nor is this very wonderful; it would be so if the flames had prevailed further. He then got out of the way and managed his flight in the best possible manner. For he betook himself to the holy and divine retreats of Egypt, whose inmates, separating themselves from the world and embracing the desert, live to God more than all who live in the body: some contending in a life wholly solitary and unmixed, speaking only with themselves and with God, and knowing only so much of the world as they see in the desert; others, cherishing the law of love in community, at once solitaries and in company, dead to other men and to the affairs that go round in our midst, whirling and whirled about and mocking us with their rapid changes, but being a world to one another and sharpening virtue by comparison. Conversing with these, the great Athanasius, as he was mediator and reconciler of all others, imitating him who made peace by his blood between things at variance, so also reconciles the solitary life with the communal, showing that there is a priesthood that is philosophic and a philosophy that needs priestly initiation.

21.20PG 35:1104b–1105c

Οὕτω γὰρ ἀμφότερα συνηρμόσατο, καὶ εἷς ἓν ἤγαγε, καὶ πρᾶξιν ἡσύχιον, καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἔμπρακτον, ὥστε πεῖσαι τὸ μονάζειν έν τῇ εὐσταθείᾳ τοῦ τρόπου μᾶλλον, ἢ τῇ τοῦ σώματος ἀναχωρήσει χαρακτηρίζεσθαι. Καθʼ ’ὁ καὶ Δαβὶδ ὁ μέγας πρακτικώτατός τε ἦν ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ μονώτατος· εἷʼ τῳ τὸ, Καταμόνας εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἕως ἂν παρέλθω, μέγα πρὸς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ λόγου xui ἀξιόπιστον. Διὰ τοῦτο, τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῇ κρατοῦντες, τῆς ἐκείνου διανοίας πλέον ἡττῶντο, ἥ ὅσον ἐκράη τουν τῶν ἄλλων· καὶ ὀλίγα πρὸς ἱερωσύνης τελείω· σιν συνεισφέροντες, πλείω πρὸς φιλοσοφίας συντέλειαν ἀπελάμβανον καὶ τοῦτο ἦν νόμος αὐτοῖς, ὅ τι ἐκείνῳ ἐδόκει· καὶ τοῦτο ἀπώμοτον πάλιν, ’ὀ μὴ ἐδόκει, xui πλάκες Μωϋςέως αὐτοῖς τὰ ἐκείνου δόγματα, καὶ πλεῖον τὸ σέβας, ἦ παρᾶ ἀνθρώπων τοῖς ἁγίοις ὀφείλεται. O'l γε καὶ ἡνίκα παρῆσάν τινες, ὥσπερ θῆρα, τὸν ἅγιον ἀνιχνεόοντες, ἐπειδὴ πανταχοῦ τοῦτον ἀναζητοῦντες οὐχ εὕρισκον, λόγου μὲν οὐδενὸς τοὺς πεμρθέντας ἠξίωσαν· προῦτεινον δὲ τοῖς ξίφεσι τοὺς αὐχένας, ὡς ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ κινδυνεύοντες, xui τὸ παθεῖν τι τῶν ἀνηκέστων ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου μεγίσστην μοῖραν εἰς φιλοσοφίαν νομίζοντες, καὶ πολὺ τῶν μακρῶν νηστειῶν, xui χαμευνιῶν, xui τῆς ἄλλης κακοπαθείας, ἣν ἐκεῖνοι τρυφῶσιν ἀεὶ, ἐνθεώτερόν τε καὶ ὑψηλότερον. ΚΑʼ. ’0 μὲν οὖν ὲν τούτοις ἦν, καὶ τὸτοῦ Σολομῶντος ἐπῄνει, καιρὸν εἶναι παντὶ πράγματι φιλοσοφήσαντος. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπεκρύπτετο μικρὸν, ὅσον τὸν τοῦ πολέμου καιρὸν διαφεύγων, τίνα συναναφανῇ τῷ τῆς εἰρήνης ἥκοντι· ὅπερ οὗν καὶ γίνεται μικρὸν ὕστερον. Ὀ δὲ, κατὰ πολλὴν ἤδη τοῦ κωλύσοντος ἐρημίαν, κατατρέχει μὶν Αἴγυπτον, ληΐζεται δὲ Συρίαν τῷ κράτει τῆς ἀσεβείας· ἐπιλαμβάνεται δὲ καὶ τῆς ἑῴας ὅσον ἐδύνατο, τὸ ἀρρωστοῦν ἀεὶ προσλαμβάνων, ὥσπερ οἱ χείμαῤῥοι τὰ συρῥὲοντα, καὶ τοῖς κουφοτέροις,ἢ δειλοτὲροις ἐπιφυόμενος. Οἷκειοῢται δὶ τὴν βασιλεως ἀπλότηταʼ οὕτω γὰρ ἐγὼ κακῶ τὴν κουφότητα, αἰδούμενος τήν εὐλάβειαν. Καὶ γὰρ ἦν, εἰ δεῖ τάληθὲς, εἰπεῖν, ζῆλον μὲν ἔχων, ἀλλʼ οὐ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν. Ἐξωνεῖται δὲ τῶν ἐν τέλει τοὺς φιλοχρύσους μᾶλλον ἢ φιΛοχρίστους (εὐπορία γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ τὰ τῶν πενήτων, κακῶς δαπανώμενα), καὶ τούτων μάλιστα τοὺς γυναικώδεις τε καὶ ἐν ἀνδράσιν ἀνάνδρους, καὶ ἀμφιβόλους μὲν τὸ γένος, προδήλους δὲ τὴν ἀσέβειαν· οἷς οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως καὶ ὅθεν οἱ Ῥωμαίων βασιλεῖς, τὰ τῶν γυναικῶν πιστευομὲνοις, τὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐγχειρίζουσι. Καὶ ταῦτα ἴσχυσεν ὁ τοῦ πονηροῦ θεράπων, ὁ τῶν ζιζανίων σπορεὺς, ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιχρίστου πρόδρομοςʼ χρώμενος μὲν ’ὀσα γλώσσῃ τῶν τότε λογίων ἐν ἐπισκόποις τῷ πρώτῷ (εἷʼ τῷ λόγιον φίλον καλεῖν τὸν οὐχ οὕτως ἀσεβῆ δογματιστήν, ὅσον ἐχθρὸν καὶ φιλόνεικον ’ τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα ἑκὼν ὑπερβήσομαι) ι αὐτὸς δὶ ἀντὶ χειρὸς ὥν τῷ συστήματι, καὶ παρασύρων τῷ χρυσῴ τήν ἀλήθειαν, ὅν διʼ εὐσεβεὶαν συναγόμενον, ὄργανον ἀσεβείας οὶ πονηροὶ πεποίηνται.

Houtō gar amphotera synērmosato, kai heis hen ēgage, kai praxin hēsychion, kai hēsychian emprakton, hōste peisai to monazein en tę̄ eustatheią tou tropou mallon, ē tę̄ tou sōmatos anachōrēsei charaktērizesthai. Kathʼ ’ho kai Dabid ho megas praktikōtatos te ēn ho autos kai monōtatos; heiʼ tǭ to, Katamonas eimi egō, heōs an parelthō, mega pros apodeixin tou logou xui axiopiston. Dia touto, tōn allōn aretę̄ kratountes, tēs ekeinou dianoias pleon hēttōnto, hē hoson ekraē toun tōn allōn; kai oliga pros hierōsynēs teleiō; sin syneispherontes, pleiō pros philosophias synteleian apelambanon kai touto ēn nomos autois, ho ti ekeinǭ edokei; kai touto apōmoton palin, ’o mē edokei, xui plakes Mōÿseōs autois ta ekeinou dogmata, kai pleion to sebas, ē para anthrōpōn tois hagiois opheiletai. O'l ge kai hēnika parēsan tines, hōsper thēra, ton hagion anichneoontes, epeidē pantachou touton anazētountes ouch heuriskon, logou men oudenos tous pemrthentas ēxiōsan; prouteinon de tois xiphesi tous auchenas, hōs hyper Christou kindyneuontes, xui to pathein ti tōn anēkestōn hyper ekeinou megisstēn moiran eis philosophian nomizontes, kai poly tōn makrōn nēsteiōn, xui chameuniōn, xui tēs allēs kakopatheias, hēn ekeinoi tryphōsin aei, entheōteron te kai hypsēloteron. KAʼ. ’0 men oun en toutois ēn, kai totou Solomōntos epę̄nei, kairon einai panti pragmati philosophēsantos. Kai dia touto apekrypteto mikron, hoson ton tou polemou kairon diapheugōn, tina synanaphanę̄ tǭ tēs eirēnēs hēkonti; hoper houn kai ginetai mikron hysteron. O de, kata pollēn ēdē tou kōlysontos erēmian, katatrechei min Aigypton, lēïzetai de Syrian tǭ kratei tēs asebeias; epilambanetai de kai tēs heǭas hoson edynato, to arrōstoun aei proslambanōn, hōsper hoi cheimarrhoi ta syrrheonta, kai tois kouphoterois,ē deiloterois epiphyomenos. Hoikeioÿtai di tēn basileōs aplotētaʼ houtō gar egō kakō tēn kouphotēta, aidoumenos tēn eulabeian. Kai gar ēn, ei dei talēthes, eipein, zēlon men echōn, allʼ ou katʼ epignōsin. Exōneitai de tōn en telei tous philochrysous mallon ē phiLochristous (euporia gar ēn autǭ ta tōn penētōn, kakōs dapanōmena), kai toutōn malista tous gynaikōdeis te kai en andrasin anandrous, kai amphibolous men to genos, prodēlous de tēn asebeian; hois ouk oidʼ hopōs kai hothen hoi Rhōmaiōn basileis, ta tōn gynaikōn pisteuomenois, ta tōn andrōn encheirizousi. Kai tauta ischysen ho tou ponērou therapōn, ho tōn zizaniōn sporeus, ho tou Antichristou prodromosʼ chrōmenos men ’osa glōssę̄ tōn tote logiōn en episkopois tǭ prōtǭ (heiʼ tǭ logion philon kalein ton ouch houtōs asebē dogmatistēn, hoson echthron kai philoneikon ’ to gar onoma hekōn hyperbēsomai) i autos di anti cheiros hōn tǭ systēmati, kai parasyrōn tǭ chrysǭ tēn alētheian, hon diʼ eusebeian synagomenon, organon asebeias oi ponēroi pepoiēntai.

For he so harmonized both and brought them into one, quiet action and active quiet, as to persuade them that the monastic life is marked by steadiness of character rather than by bodily withdrawal. So the great David too was at once most active and most solitary, if indeed the words “I am alone until I pass by” are a great and trustworthy proof of the point. Therefore those who surpassed others in virtue were more outdone by his understanding than they outdid the others; and contributing little to the perfection of his priesthood, they received more toward the perfection of their philosophy. Whatever he approved was law to them, and whatever he did not approve was forsworn; his doctrines were to them the tablets of Moses, and their reverence for him greater than men owe to the saints. When some came tracking the holy man like a wild beast, and, searching everywhere, could not find him, the monks did not deign to give those sent a word, but stretched out their necks to the swords, as if in danger for Christ, and thinking that to suffer something fatal for his sake was the greatest part of philosophy, far more divine and lofty than the long fasts, sleeping on the ground, and other hardships in which they constantly delight. [21] He, then, was so occupied, and approved the saying of Solomon, who taught that there is a time for every matter. And for this reason he hid himself for a little while, escaping the time of war, so as to reappear with the coming of the time of peace; which indeed happened a little later. But George, with no one left now to hinder him, overruns Egypt, plunders Syria with the force of his impiety, and seizes as much of the East as he could, always taking in whatever was weak, as torrents carry along what flows into them, and fastening on the lighter or more timid. He wins over the emperor’s simplicity (so I call his levity, out of respect for his piety); for he had, to tell the truth, a zeal, but not according to knowledge. He buys up those in office who were lovers of gold rather than lovers of Christ (for the goods of the poor, wickedly spent, gave him plenty), and especially the effeminate, unmanly among men, of doubtful sex but manifest impiety, to whom, I do not know how or why, the Roman emperors, though they entrust them with the women’s quarters, hand over the business of men. And this the servant of the Evil One was able to do, the sower of tares, the forerunner of Antichrist, using as a tongue the first of the eloquent men among the bishops of that time (if one may call eloquent a man who was not so much a teacher of impiety as hostile and contentious; I willingly pass over his name), while he himself acted as the hand of the faction and dragged down the truth with gold, which had been collected for piety and which the wicked have made an instrument of impiety.

21.22PG 35:1105c–1108b

Ταύτης ἀποτέλεσμα τῆς δυναστείας, ἡ πρότερον μὶν τήν τῆς ἀγίας καὶ καλλίπαρθένου 6tκλας Σελεύκειαν, μετά δὲ τοῦτο τήν μεγαλόπολιν ταύτην καταλαβοῦσα σύνοδος, ἂς ἐπὶ τοῖς καλλίστοις τὲως γνωριζομὲνας, ἐπὶ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις ὀνομαστὰς πεποίηκεν εἶτε τὸν Χαλάνης πύργον, ὅς καλῶς τὰς γλώσσας ἐμέρισεν (ὡς ὤφελόν γε κάκείναςῐ ἐπὶ κακῷ γὰρ ἡ συμφωνία), εἴτε τὸ Καῖἀφα συνέδριον, ᾦ Χριστὸς κατακρίνεται, εἶτε τι ἄλλο τοιοῦτο, τὴν σύνοδον ἐκείνην ὀνομαστέον, ἢ πάντα ἀνέτρεψε καὶ συνέχεεν. Τὸ μὲν εὐσεβὲς δόγμα καὶ παλαιὸν, καὶ τῆς Τριὰδος συνήγορον καταλύσασα, τῷ βαλεῖν χάρακα, καὶ μηχανήμασι κατασεῖσαι τὸ ὁμοούσιον τῇ δὲ ἀσεβείᾳ θύραν ἀνοίξασα, διὰ τῆῌς τῶν γεγραμμένων μεσότητος· πρόφασιν μὲν αἷόοῖ τῆς Γραφῆς, καὶ τῆς τῶν ἆγκρίτωνπόνομάτων χρήσεως, τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς, τὸν ἄγραφον Ἀρειανισμὸν ἀντεισάγουσα. Τὸ γὰρ, Ὅμοιον κατὰ τὰς Γραιρᾶς, τοῖς ἁπλουστέροις δέλεαρ ἦν τῷ τῆς ἀσεβείας χαλκῷ περικείμενον, ἡ πρὸς πάντας ὁρῶσα τοὺς παριόντας εἰκὼν, ὁ κοινῆς τῶν ἀμφοτέρων ποδῶν κόθορνος, ἡ κατὰ πάντα ἄνεμον λίκμησις, ἐξουσίαν λαβοῦσα τήν νεόγριφον κακουργίαν, καὶ τὴν κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπίνοιαν. Σοφοὶ γὰρ ἐγένοντο εἲς τὸ κακοποιῆσαι· τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιῆσαι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν. Kl". Ἐντεῦθεν ἡ σοφιστικὴν τῶν αἱρετικῶν κατάκρισις, οὕς λόγῳ μὲν ἀπεκήρυξαν, *ἔνʼ ᾗ πιθανὸν αὐτοῖς τὸ ἐπιχείρημα, ἔργῳ δὲ προήγαγον εἷς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν · οὐδὲ ἀσέβειαν ἀμιτρον, ἀλλὰ συγγραφὴν ἄπληστον ἐγκαλέσαντες. Ἐντεῦθεν οἱ βέβηλοι τῶν ὁσίων κριταὶ, καὶ ἡ καινὴ μίξις, ὅψις δημοσία, καὶ μυστικὰ προβλήματα, καὶ ἠ παράνομος τῶν βεβιωμένων ἐξᾶτασις, καὶ οἱ μισθούμενοι συκοφάνται, καὶ ὴ ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς κρίσις. Καὶ ot μὲν ἐξωθούμενοι τῶν eptiva ἀδίκωςʼ οὶ δὶ ἀντεισαγόμενοι, καὶ τὰ χειρόγραφα τῆς ἀσεβείας ἀπαιτούμενοι, ὣσπερ τι ἄλλο τῶν ἀναγκαίων· καὶ τὸ μέλαν ἕτοιμον, καὶ ὁ συκοφάντης ἐγγύς. ’Ὀ δὴ καὶ ἡμῶν τῶν ἀηττήτων οὶ πλεῖστοι πεπόνθασι, διανοίᾳ μὶν οὐ πεσόντες, γράμματι δὲ ’παρζ αχθέντις, καὶ εἰς ἓν ἐλθόντες τοῖς πονηροῖς κατʼ ἀμφότεραʼ καὶ τοῦ καπνοῦ γι, εί καὶ μὴ τοῦ πυρὸς μετασχόντες. "O πολλάκις ἐδάκρυσα, ὁρῶν τὴν τότε χύσιν τῆς ἀσεβείας, καὶ τὸν νῦν ἱπαναστάντα διωγμὸν τῷ ὀρθῷ λόγῳ παρά τῶν προστατῶν τοῦ Λόγου.

Tautēs apotelesma tēs dynasteias, hē proteron min tēn tēs agias kai kalliparthenou 6tklas Seleukeian, meta de touto tēn megalopolin tautēn katalabousa synodos, as epi tois kallistois teōs gnōrizomenas, epi tois aischistois onomastas pepoiēken eite ton Chalanēs pyrgon, hos kalōs tas glōssas emerisen (hōs ōphelon ge kakeinasi epi kakǭ gar hē symphōnia), eite to Kaiapha synedrion, ǭ Christos katakrinetai, eite ti allo toiouto, tēn synodon ekeinēn onomasteon, ē panta anetrepse kai synecheen. To men eusebes dogma kai palaion, kai tēs Triados synēgoron katalysasa, tǭ balein charaka, kai mēchanēmasi kataseisai to homoousion tę̄ de asebeią thyran anoixasa, dia tēĘ̄s tōn gegrammenōn mesotētos; prophasin men haiooi tēs Graphēs, kai tēs tōn ankritōnponomatōn chrēseōs, to de alēthes, ton agraphon Areianismon anteisagousa. To gar, Homoion kata tas Grairas, tois haplousterois delear ēn tǭ tēs asebeias chalkǭ perikeimenon, hē pros pantas horōsa tous pariontas eikōn, ho koinēs tōn amphoterōn podōn kothornos, hē kata panta anemon likmēsis, exousian labousa tēn neogriphon kakourgian, kai tēn kata tēs alētheias epinoian. Sophoi gar egenonto eis to kakopoiēsai; to de kalon poiēsai ouk egnōsan. Kl". Enteuthen hē sophistikēn tōn hairetikōn katakrisis, hous logǭ men apekēryxan, *enʼ hę̄ pithanon autois to epicheirēma, ergǭ de proēgagon heis to emprosthen ; oude asebeian amitron, alla syngraphēn aplēston enkalesantes. Enteuthen hoi bebēloi tōn hosiōn kritai, kai hē kainē mixis, hopsis dēmosia, kai mystika problēmata, kai ē paranomos tōn bebiōmenōn exatasis, kai hoi misthoumenoi sykophantai, kai ē epi rhētois krisis. Kai ot men exōthoumenoi tōn eptiva adikōsʼ oi di anteisagomenoi, kai ta cheirographa tēs asebeias apaitoumenoi, hōsper ti allo tōn anankaiōn; kai to melan hetoimon, kai ho sykophantēs engys. ’O dē kai hēmōn tōn aēttētōn oi pleistoi peponthasi, dianoią min ou pesontes, grammati de ’parz achthentis, kai eis hen elthontes tois ponērois katʼ amphoteraʼ kai tou kapnou gi, ei kai mē tou pyros metaschontes. "O pollakis edakrysa, horōn tēn tote chysin tēs asebeias, kai ton nyn hipanastanta diōgmon tǭ orthǭ logǭ para tōn prostatōn tou Logou.

The outcome of this power was the synod which first seized Seleucia, the city of the holy and beautiful virgin Thecla, and afterwards this great city, and which made those cities, until then known for the finest things, notorious for the most shameful. Whether that synod should be called the tower of Chalanne, which rightly divided tongues (would that it had divided theirs too, for their agreement was for evil), or the Sanhedrin of Caiaphas, by which Christ is condemned, or anything else of the kind, it overturned and confounded everything. It destroyed the pious and ancient doctrine that defends the Triad, by laying siege to the “of the same essence” and shaking it down with engines; and it opened a door to impiety through the ambiguity of what was written, on the pretext of reverence for Scripture and the use of approved terms, but in truth bringing in instead the unwritten Arianism. For the formula “like according to the Scriptures” was a bait for the simpler, wrapped around the hook of impiety: the portrait that looks at all who pass by, the buskin that fits either foot, the winnowing in every wind, which took its authority from a newly written wickedness and a scheme against the truth. For “they were wise to do evil, but to do good they did not know.” [23] Hence the sophistical condemnation of the heretics, whom in word they disowned, so that their attempt might be plausible, but in deed advanced, charging them not with boundless impiety but with insatiable writing. Hence the profane became judges of the holy; hence the novel mixture, the public spectacle, the mystic questions, the unlawful examination of past lives, the hired informers, and judgments for an agreed price. Some were unjustly thrust from their sees, others brought in instead, and signatures to impiety were demanded as if they were among the necessities: the ink was ready and the informer near. This happened to most even of us who were unconquered: we did not fall in mind but were led astray in writing, and came into agreement with the wicked in both respects, sharing the smoke, if not the fire. Over this I have often wept, seeing the outpouring of impiety at that time, and the persecution now raised against right doctrine by the champions of the Word.

21.24PG 35:1108b–1112a

Τῷ ὖντι γὰρ, Ποιμάνες ἠφρονιύσαντο, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, καὶ ποιμένες πολλοὶ διέφθειραν τὸν ἀμπελῶνά μου, ᾔσχυναν μερίδα ἐπιθυμητὴν, τήν Ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ λὲγω, πολι λ οῖς ἱδρῶσι καὶ σφαγίοις συνειλεγμένην, τοῖς πρὸ Χριστοῦ τε καὶ μετᾶ Χριστὸν, καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς μεγάλοις τοῦ Θεοῦ περὶ ἡμῶν πάθεσι. Πλὴν γὰρ ὁλίγων ἄγαν, καὶ τούτων ὅσοι διὰ σμικρότητα παρερῥίφησαν, ἣ διὰ ἀρετὴν ἀντέβησαν, οὓς έδει σπέρμα καὶ ῥίζαν ὑπολειφθῆναι τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, ’ίνα ἀναθάλῃ πάλιν, καὶ ἀναβιώσῃ ταῖς ἐπιρροίαις τοῦ Ηνεύματος, πάντες τοῦ καιροῦ γενόνασι, τοσοῦτον ἀλλήλων διενεγκόντες, ὅσον τούς μὲν πρότερον, τοὺς δὶ ὕστερον τοῦτο παθεῖν· καὶ τοὺς μὲν προαγω νιστὰς καὶ προστάτας γενέσθαι τῆς ἀσεβείας, τοὺς δὲ ταχθῆναι τὰ δεύτερα, ἢ φόβῳ κατασεισθὲντας, ἧ χρείᾳ δουλωθέντας, ἥ κολακείᾳ δελεασθέντας, ἢ ἀγνοίᾳ κλαπέντας, τὸ μετριώτατον· εἲ τῳ καὶ τοῦτο αὔταρκες είς ἀπολογίαν τῶν λαοῦ προεστάναι πεπιστευμένων. ’Ὠσπερ γὰρ οὐχ αἱ αὐταὶ λεόντων τε καὶτῶν ἄλλων ζώων ὁρμαὶ, οὐδὶ ἀνδρῶν γυναικῶν, ἣ πρεσβυτέρων ὴ νεωτέρων, ἀλλʼ ἔστι καὶ ἡλικιῶν καὶ γενῶν οὐ μικρὸν τὸ διάφοροψ οὕτως οὐδέ ἀρχόντων ἢ ἀρχομένων. Τοῖς μὶν γάρ τοῦ λαοῦ τάχα ἂν καὶ συγγινώσκοιμεν τοῦτο πάσχουσιν, οὓς σώζει πολλάκις τὸ ἀβασάνιστονσ διδασκάλῳ δὲ πῶς τοῦτο δώσομεν, ὃς καὶ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἀγνοίας ἐπανορθοῖ, ἄνπερ μή ψευδώνυμος; Ιιῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἄτοπον, Ῥωμαίων μὲν νόμον μηδενὶ ἀγνοεῖν ἐξεῖναι, μηδʼ ἂν σφόδρα ᾖ τις ἀγροικίας καὶ ἀμαθέστατος, μηδὲ εἶναι νόμον τὸν βοηθοῦντα τοῖς πραττομένοις διʼ ἄγνοιαν· τοὺς δὲ τῆς σωτηρίας ἀγνοεῖν μυσταγωγοὺς τὰς τῆς σωτηρίας ἀρχὰς, κᾶν τᾶλλα τυγχάνωσι τῶν ἁπλονστέρων ὄντες, καὶ μὴ βαθεῖς τὴν διάνοιαν ; Πλὴν ἔστω συγγνώμη τοῖς διʼ ἄγνοιαν κατακολουθήσασι. Τί δʼ ἃν εἷʼποις περὶτῶν ἄλλων, ὅσοι καὶ ἀγχινοίας μεταποιούμενοι, διʼ ἃς εἶπον αἰτίας, τῶν κρατούντων ἡττήθησαν, καὶ τὴν τῆς εὐσεβείας σκηνὴν ἐπὶ πολὺ παίξαντες, ὡς ἐφάνη τι τῶν ἐλεγχόντων, καὶ κατηνέχθη σαν ; (ενημένων ὑπολαμβάνω καθʼ ὃν κινεῖται μὶν ἀφʼ ὴμῶν ὅσον φιλόσοφον καὶ φιλόθεον, καὶ πρὸ καιροῦ τοῖς ἅνω πολιτευόμενον. οι, κᾶν τᾶλλα ὦσιν εἷρηνικοί τι καὶ μέτριοι, τοῦτό γι οὐ φέρουσιν ἐπιεικιῖς εἶναι, θεὸν προδιδόναι διὰ τῆς ἡσυχίας· ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν εἰσὶν ἐνταῦθα πολιμικοί τε καὶ δύσμαχοι (τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ζήλου θερμότης), καὶ Θᾶττον ἄν τι μή δεον παρακινήσαιιν, ἢ δίον παραλίποιεν. Συναπορῥῆγνυται δὲ καὶ τῶν λαῶν οὐκ ἐλάχιστον, ὥσπερ ἐν ὀρνίθων ἀγέλῃ, τοῖς προαναπτᾶσι συναναπτᾲν, καὶ οὐδὲ νῦν ἔτι λήγει συνανιπτάμενον.

Tǭ ynti gar, Poimanes ēphroniysanto, kata to gegrammenon, kai poimenes polloi diephtheiran ton ampelōna mou, ę̄schynan merida epithymētēn, tēn Ekklēsian tou Theou legō, poli l ois hidrōsi kai sphagiois syneilegmenēn, tois pro Christou te kai meta Christon, kai autois tois megalois tou Theou peri hēmōn pathesi. Plēn gar holigōn agan, kai toutōn hosoi dia smikrotēta parerrhiphēsan, hē dia aretēn antebēsan, hous edei sperma kai rhizan hypoleiphthēnai tǭ Israēl, ’ina anathalę̄ palin, kai anabiōsę̄ tais epirroiais tou Ēneumatos, pantes tou kairou genonasi, tosouton allēlōn dienenkontes, hoson tous men proteron, tous di hysteron touto pathein; kai tous men proagō nistas kai prostatas genesthai tēs asebeias, tous de tachthēnai ta deutera, ē phobǭ kataseisthentas, hē chreią doulōthentas, hē kolakeią deleasthentas, ē agnoią klapentas, to metriōtaton; ei tǭ kai touto autarkes eis apologian tōn laou proestanai pepisteumenōn. ’Ōsper gar ouch hai autai leontōn te kaitōn allōn zōōn hormai, oudi andrōn gynaikōn, hē presbyterōn ē neōterōn, allʼ esti kai hēlikiōn kai genōn ou mikron to diaphorops houtōs oude archontōn ē archomenōn. Tois min gar tou laou tacha an kai synginōskoimen touto paschousin, hous sōzei pollakis to abasanistons didaskalǭ de pōs touto dōsomen, hos kai tas tōn allōn agnoias epanorthoi, anper mē pseudōnymos? Iiōs gar ouk atopon, Rhōmaiōn men nomon mēdeni agnoein exeinai, mēdʼ an sphodra ę̄ tis agroikias kai amathestatos, mēde einai nomon ton boēthounta tois prattomenois diʼ agnoian; tous de tēs sōtērias agnoein mystagōgous tas tēs sōtērias archas, kan talla tynchanōsi tōn haplonsterōn ontes, kai mē batheis tēn dianoian ? Plēn estō syngnōmē tois diʼ agnoian katakolouthēsasi. Ti dʼ han heiʼpois peritōn allōn, hosoi kai anchinoias metapoioumenoi, diʼ has eipon aitias, tōn kratountōn hēttēthēsan, kai tēn tēs eusebeias skēnēn epi poly paixantes, hōs ephanē ti tōn elenchontōn, kai katēnechthē san ? (enēmenōn hypolambanō kathʼ hon kineitai min aphʼ ēmōn hoson philosophon kai philotheon, kai pro kairou tois hanō politeuomenon. oi, kan talla ōsin heirēnikoi ti kai metrioi, touto gi ou pherousin epieikiis einai, theon prodidonai dia tēs hēsychias; alla kai lian eisin entautha polimikoi te kai dysmachoi (toiouton gar hē tou zēlou thermotēs), kai Thatton an ti mē deon parakinēsaiin, ē dion paralipoien. Synaporrhēgnytai de kai tōn laōn ouk elachiston, hōsper en ornithōn agelę̄, tois proanaptasi synanaptąn, kai oude nyn eti lēgei synaniptamenon.

For truly “the shepherds have become senseless,” as it is written, and “many shepherds have destroyed my vineyard, they have defiled my desirable portion,” I mean the Church of God, gathered with much sweat and many victims, both before Christ and after Christ, and by the great sufferings of God himself for us. For except for a very few, and of these, those who were overlooked because of their insignificance or who resisted because of their virtue, who were to be left as a seed and root for Israel, that it might flourish again and revive by the inflowing of the Spirit, all became time-servers, differing from one another only in this, that some suffered it earlier and others later; that some became champions and leaders of impiety, while others took second place, whether shaken by fear, enslaved by need, enticed by flattery, or, most excusable of all, deceived by ignorance, if indeed even this is enough to defend those entrusted with leading the people. For just as the impulses of lions and of other animals are not the same, nor those of men and of women, or of old and young, but there is no small difference between ages and kinds, so it is with rulers and ruled. The common people we might perhaps pardon for suffering this, since their lack of testing often saves them; but how shall we grant this to a teacher, whose task is to correct the ignorance of others, unless he bears the name falsely? For is it not absurd that no one is allowed to be ignorant of Roman law, however rustic and unlearned he may be, and that there is no law helping those who act in ignorance, while the initiators into salvation are ignorant of the first principles of salvation, even if in other respects they are among the simpler and are not deep in mind? But let there be pardon for those who followed through ignorance. What would you say of the others, who laid claim to shrewdness and yet, for the reasons I mentioned, were overcome by those in power, and, after long playing the stage part of piety, stumbled and fell as soon as anything appeared to test them? … I suppose …, in which everything philosophic and God-loving among us, everything already living before its time for the things above, is being shaken away from us. These, though in other respects peaceful and moderate, cannot bear to be reasonable in this, to betray God by keeping quiet; here they are very warlike and hard to fight (such is the heat of zeal), and would sooner stir up something they should not than leave undone what they should. And not the smallest part of the people break away with them, as in a flock of birds, flying up with those who fly up first; and they have not even now ceased flying up together.

21.25PG 35:1112b–1113a

Τοῦτο Ἀθανάσιος ἡμῖν, ἕως παρῆν, ὁ a115λος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας· και τοῦτο, ἐπειδή γε ταῖς ιπηρείαις τῶν πονηρῶν ὑπεχώρησεν. ’Ὠσπερ γὰρ at φρούριόν τι τῶν καρτερῶν ἐξελεῖν βουλευθέντεςl ἐπειδὰν ἄλλως ἴδωσι δυσπρόσιτον καὶ δυσάλωτον, ἰπὶ τήν τέχνην χωροῦσιν· εἶτα τίς χρήμασιν, ἢ δόλῳ τὸν φρούραρχον ὑποσπάσαντες, οὕτως ἤδη σὺν οὐδενὶ πόνῳ καὶ τῆς φροῦρᾶς ἐκράτησαν· si. βούλει δὲ, ὥσπερ οἱ τῷ Σαμψὼν ἐπιβουλεύσαντες, τήν κόμην πρότιρον, ἐν τήν ἰσχὺν ῑῖχε, περιελόντες, τηνικαῦτα ὑπὸ χεῖρα τὸν Κριτήν ἔλαβον, εἷτα ἐνέπαιζον ὅσα βουλομένοις ἧν, τῆς πρὶν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς δυναστείας ἀντίῤῥοπω οὕτω καὶ οἱ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἀλλόφυλοι, τὸ ἡμέτερον κράτος ἐκποδὼν ποιησάμενοι, καὶ τήν δόξαν τῆς Ἐπικλησίας ἀποχείραντες, οὕτως ἤδη τοῖς τῆς ἀσεβιίας ἆνετρόφων δόγμασί τε καὶ πράγμασι. Ταύτῃ καὶ μεταλλάττει μὶν τὸν βίον ὁ του ἄντιθὲτου ποιμένος βεβαιωτὴς καὶ προστάτης, κακὸν οὐ κακῇ βασιλείᾳ τὸ κεφάλαιον ἐπιθεὶς, xui ἀνόητα μεταγνοὺς, ὡς φασιν, ἐπὶ ταῖς τελευταία-ις ἀναπνοαῖς, ἡνίκα εὐγνώμων ἕκαστος τῶν ἑαυτοῦ κριτὴς, διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ δικαστήριον. Τρία γὰρ ταῦτά οἱ συνεγνωκᾶναι κακὰ, καὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείας ἀνάξια, τὸν τοῦ γένους φόνον, καὶ τὴν ἀνάρρησιν τοῦ ’Δποστάτου, καὶ τήν καινοτομίαν τῆς πίστεως· καὶ ταύταις συναπελθεῖν λὲι γεται ταῖς φωναῖς. Ἐξουσίαν δὲ αὖθις ὁ τῆς ἀληθιίας λόγος λαμβάνει, καὶ παρρησίαν οἱ βιασθέντες αὐτόνομον, τοῦ ζήλου τὸν θυμὸν θήγοντος. ’Ὀ δὴ καὶ ὁ τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων ἔπαθε δῆμος, οἶος ἰχιῖνος περὶ τοὺς ὑβριστὰς, οὐκ ἂνεγκόντες τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὴν ἀμετρίαν, καὶ Bisi-zon ξένιρ μὲν θανάτῳ που· νηρίαν, ξένῃ δὲ ὕβρει τὸν θάνατον στηλιτεύσαντις. Ἵστε τὴν κάμηλον ἐκείνην, καὶ τὸν ξενον φόρτον, καὶ τὸ καινὸν ὕψος, καὶ τὴν πρώτην περίοδον, οἶμαι δὲ, καὶ μόνην, τὰ μέχρι καὶ νῦν τοῖς ὑβρισταῖς ἀπειλούμενα.

Touto Athanasios hēmin, heōs parēn, ho a115los tēs Ekklēsias; kai touto, epeidē ge tais ipēreiais tōn ponērōn hypechōrēsen. ’Ōsper gar at phrourion ti tōn karterōn exelein bouleuthentesl epeidan allōs idōsi dysprositon kai dysalōton, ipi tēn technēn chōrousin; eita tis chrēmasin, ē dolǭ ton phrourarchon hypospasantes, houtōs ēdē syn oudeni ponǭ kai tēs phrouras ekratēsan; si. boulei de, hōsper hoi tǭ Sampsōn epibouleusantes, tēn komēn protiron, en tēn ischyn iiche, perielontes, tēnikauta hypo cheira ton Kritēn elabon, heita enepaizon hosa boulomenois hēn, tēs prin tou andros dynasteias antirrhopō houtō kai hoi kathʼ hēmas allophyloi, to hēmeteron kratos ekpodōn poiēsamenoi, kai tēn doxan tēs Epiklēsias apocheirantes, houtōs ēdē tois tēs asebiias anetrophōn dogmasi te kai pragmasi. Tautę̄ kai metallattei min ton bion ho tou antithetou poimenos bebaiōtēs kai prostatēs, kakon ou kakę̄ basileią to kephalaion epitheis, xui anoēta metagnous, hōs phasin, epi tais teleutaia-is anapnoais, hēnika eugnōmōn hekastos tōn heautou kritēs, dia to ekei dikastērion. Tria gar tauta hoi synegnōkanai kaka, kai tēs heautou basileias anaxia, ton tou genous phonon, kai tēn anarrēsin tou ’Dpostatou, kai tēn kainotomian tēs pisteōs; kai tautais synapelthein lei getai tais phōnais. Exousian de authis ho tēs alēthiias logos lambanei, kai parrēsian hoi biasthentes autonomon, tou zēlou ton thymon thēgontos. ’O dē kai ho tōn Alexandreōn epathe dēmos, oios ichiinos peri tous hybristas, ouk anenkontes tou andros tēn ametrian, kai Bisi-zon xenir men thanatǭ pou; nērian, xenę̄ de hybrei ton thanaton stēliteusantis. Histe tēn kamēlon ekeinēn, kai ton xenon phorton, kai to kainon hypsos, kai tēn prōtēn periodon, oimai de, kai monēn, ta mechri kai nyn tois hybristais apeiloumena.

This Athanasius was to us while he was present, the pillar of the Church; and this happened when he had withdrawn before the attacks of the wicked. For just as those who plan to take some strong fortress, when they see that it is otherwise hard to approach and capture, resort to craft, and then, having drawn away the commander by money or deceit, master the fortress at once without trouble; or, if you like, as those who plotted against Samson first cut off the hair in which he had his strength, and then got the Judge into their hands and mocked him as they pleased, in return for the man’s former power: so too our foreigners, having put our strength out of the way and shorn off the glory of the Church, then revelled in the doctrines and deeds of impiety. At this point the confirmer and patron of the rival shepherd departs this life, putting a bad head on a reign not bad, and repenting, as they say, of his follies with his last breaths, when everyone is a fair judge of himself because of the tribunal there. For he confessed, it is said, to three evils unworthy of his reign: the murder of his kinsmen, the proclamation of the Apostate, and the innovation in the faith; and with these words he is said to have departed. Then the word of truth gains free scope again, and those who had been oppressed gain freedom of speech, their zeal sharpening their anger. This is what happened to the people of Alexandria too, being what they are toward those who insult them: not bearing the man’s excess, they branded his wickedness with an unusual death and his death with an unusual insult. You know that camel, the strange load, the novel elevation, and the first procession, and I think the only one, which is held over insolent men as a threat even now.

21.27PG 35:1113a–1116b

Ἐπεὶ δὲ 6 τυφὼν τῆς ἀδικίας, 6 τῆς εὐσεβείας φθορεὺς, ὁ τοῦ πονηροῦ πρόδρομος, ταύτην εἰσπράττεται τὴν δίκην, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ἐπαινετὴν (οὗ γάρ ἃ παθεῖν ἐκεῖνον ἐχρῆν, ἀλλʼ ἃ ποιεῖν ἡμᾶς ἔδει σκοπεῖν), εἰσπράττεται δʼ οὗν, ὀργῆς πανδήμου καὶ φορᾶς ἔργον γενόμενος· ἐπάνεισι μὲν ἐκ τῆς καλῆς ἐκδημίας 6 ἀθλητὴς (οὕτω γὰρ ἐγὼ η καλῶ τήν ἐκείνου διὰ τὴν Τριάδα καί μετὰ τῆς Τριάδος φυγὴν). οὕτω δὲ ἀσμένοις προσπίπτει τοῖς ἐν τῇ πόλει, καὶ μικροῦ τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ πάσῃ, καὶ πανταχόθεν εἷς ταυτὸ συνδραμοόσῃ, καῖ ἀπʼ ἄκρου παντὸς,ίνʼ οἱ μὶν φωνῆς Ἀθανασίου μόνης, οἱ δὲ τοῦ εἷʼδους ἐμφορηθῶσιν, οἱ δὲ, ὅ περὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων ήκούσαμεν, τῇ σκιᾷ γοῦν ἀγιασθῶσι μόνῃ, καὶ τῷ κενῷ τύπῳ τοῦ σώματος· ὥστε πολλῶν πολλάκις καὶ πολλοῖς ἤδη γεγενημένων ἐκ τοῦ παντὸς χρόνου τιμῶν τε καί ὑπαντήσεων, οὐκ ἅσχουσι μόνον δημοσίοις καὶ ἱερεῦσιν9 ἀλλὰ καί τῶν οἰκείων τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις, μηδὲ μίαν ταύτης μνημονεύεσθαι πολυανθρωποτέραν καὶ λαμπροτέραν. ’Ἑν δὲ εἶναι ταύτῃ μόνον παραβάλλειν αὐτὸν Ἀθανάσιον, καὶ τήν αὐτῴ προτέραν συντεθεῖσαν ἐπὶ τῇ προτέρᾳ ταύτης εἰσόδῳ τιμὴν, ἡνίκα ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς καὶ ἰπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπανῄει φυγῆς· αι τὸ πλῆθος ἄπειρον, καὶ οἷόν τι πέλαγος οὐχ ὀρίζον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, πρός τινα λέγεται τῶν ἑαυτοῦ συνήθων καὶ φίλων, ὅ φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις, εἰπεῖνʼ ε Εἰπὲ μοι, ὦ βέλτιστε ’Πδη ποτὲ τεθέασαι δῆμον τοσοῦτον καὶ οὕτως ἔμψυχον, ἐφʼ ἐνὸς ἀνθρώπου τιμῇ χυθέντα; -Οὕ, ι φάναι τὸν νεανίαν· ι ἀλλʼ ἐμοὶ μὶν δόξαι, μηδʼ ἂν αὐτὸς ταύτης τυχεῖν Κωνστάντιοςο ›› ὡς τοῦ ἀκροτάτου τῆς τιμῆς δηλουμένου διὰ τοῦ βασιλέως. Καὶ τὸν γελάσαντα μάλα κομψὸν καὶ ἡδὺ. ‹‹ Τί τοῦτο ἔφης, ›› εἰπεῖν, ‹‹ ὡς δή τι λέγων μέγα καὶ Θαυμαστόν ; Μόλις ἂν οἶμαι καὶ Ἀθανάσιον οὕτως εἰσαχθῆναι τὸν μίγαν ' ›› καὶ ἅμα ὅρκον τινὰ προσθεῖναι τῶν ἐπιχωρίων εἷς τὴν τοῦ λόγου βεβαίωσιν. Ἐβούλετο δί ὁ λόγος αὐτῷ, ὅ καὶ ὑμῖν οἶμαι δῆλον, καὶ βασιλέως αὐτοῦ ἔμπροσθεν ἄγειν τὸν νῦν εὐφημούμενον.

Epei de 6 typhōn tēs adikias, 6 tēs eusebeias phthoreus, ho tou ponērou prodromos, tautēn eisprattetai tēn dikēn, emoi men ouk epainetēn (hou gar ha pathein ekeinon echrēn, allʼ ha poiein hēmas edei skopein), eisprattetai dʼ houn, orgēs pandēmou kai phoras ergon genomenos; epaneisi men ek tēs kalēs ekdēmias 6 athlētēs (houtō gar egō ē kalō tēn ekeinou dia tēn Triada kai meta tēs Triados phygēn). houtō de asmenois prospiptei tois en tę̄ polei, kai mikrou tę̄ Aigyptǭ pasę̄, kai pantachothen heis tauto syndramoosę̄, kai apʼ akrou pantos,inʼ hoi min phōnēs Athanasiou monēs, hoi de tou heiʼdous emphorēthōsin, hoi de, ho peri tōn apostolōn ēkousamen, tę̄ skią goun agiasthōsi monę̄, kai tǭ kenǭ typǭ tou sōmatos; hōste pollōn pollakis kai pollois ēdē gegenēmenōn ek tou pantos chronou timōn te kai hypantēseōn, ouk haschousi monon dēmosiois kai hiereusin9 alla kai tōn oikeiōn tois epiphanestatois, mēde mian tautēs mnēmoneuesthai polyanthrōpoteran kai lamproteran. ’Hen de einai tautę̄ monon paraballein auton Athanasion, kai tēn autǭ proteran syntetheisan epi tę̄ proterą tautēs eisodǭ timēn, hēnika ek tēs autēs kai ipi tois autois epanę̄ei phygēs; ai to plēthos apeiron, kai hoion ti pelagos ouch orizon tois ophthalmois, pros tina legetai tōn heautou synēthōn kai philōn, ho philei symbainein en tois toioutois, eipeinʼ e Eipe moi, ō beltiste ’Pdē pote tetheasai dēmon tosouton kai houtōs empsychon, ephʼ enos anthrōpou timę̄ chythenta? -Hou, i phanai ton neanian; i allʼ emoi min doxai, mēdʼ an autos tautēs tychein Kōnstantioso ›› hōs tou akrotatou tēs timēs dēloumenou dia tou basileōs. Kai ton gelasanta mala kompson kai hēdy. ‹‹ Ti touto ephēs, ›› eipein, ‹‹ hōs dē ti legōn mega kai Thaumaston ? Molis an oimai kai Athanasion houtōs eisachthēnai ton migan ' ›› kai hama horkon tina prostheinai tōn epichōriōn heis tēn tou logou bebaiōsin. Ebouleto di ho logos autǭ, ho kai hymin oimai dēlon, kai basileōs autou emprosthen agein ton nyn euphēmoumenon.

When the typhoon of injustice, the destroyer of piety, the forerunner of the Evil One, paid this penalty (not a praiseworthy one in my view, for we ought to consider not what he deserved to suffer but what we ought to do; but he paid it nonetheless, the victim of popular anger and impulse), the athlete returns from his noble exile (so I call his flight for the Triad and with the Triad). And he is welcomed so gladly by those in the city, and by almost all of Egypt, which streamed together from everywhere and from its farthest borders, that some might have their fill of the voice of Athanasius alone, others of his appearance, and others, as we have heard of the apostles, might be sanctified even by his shadow alone and the empty outline of his body. So, though many honours and receptions have often been given to many people throughout all time, not only to public officials and priests but also to the most distinguished of private citizens, not one is remembered more crowded or more splendid than this. One thing only, they say, could be compared with it: Athanasius himself, and the honour paid him at his earlier entry, when he returned from the same exile for the same causes. When the crowd was boundless, like a sea that the eyes cannot bound, someone is said to have said to one of his acquaintances and friends, as often happens on such occasions: “Tell me, my good man, have you ever seen a people so great and so excited poured out to honour one man?” “No,” said the young man; “in my opinion, not even Constantius himself would receive this,” indicating the height of honour by naming the emperor. And the other, laughing very elegantly and pleasantly, said: “Why do you say this, as if you were saying something great and wonderful? I hardly think even the great Athanasius would be brought in like this”; and at the same time he added one of the local oaths to confirm what he said. His words meant, as I think is clear to you too, to set the man now being praised even before the emperor himself.

21.28PG 35:1116c–1120b

Τοσοῦτον ἦν παρᾶ πᾶσι τὸ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τούτου σέβας· καὶ τοσαύτη τῆς μνημονευομινης εἰσόδου νῦν ἠ κατάπληξις. Κατὰ γαρ γένη, καὶ ἡλικίας, καὶ τέχνας διαιρεθέντες, (φιλοῦσι γὰρ μάλιστα ἠ πόλις αὕτη οὕτω διασκευάζεσθαι, ὅταν τινὶ πλὲκωσι τιμὴν δημοσίανʼ πῖον ἂν παραστήσαιμι τῷ λόγῳ τὸ μέγα ἰκιῖνο etapium) ποταμὸς ἦσαν εἷς, ποιητοῦ δὲ ἦν ἄρα καὶ τὸν Νεῖλον εἶπεῖν, τὸν χρυσοῤῥόαν ὄντως καί εἰίσταχυν, ἔμπαλιν ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ τὴν Χαιρέου ῥέοντα, ἡμερησίαν ὁδὸν οἶμαι, καὶ πιραιτὲρω. Δότε μοι μικρὸν ἔτι ἐντρυφῆσαι τῷ διηγήματι. Ἐκεῖσε γὰρ εἶμι, ιιαὶ οὐδὶ ἀπαχθῆναι τὸν λόγον τῆς τελετῆς ἐκείνης ῥᾴδιον. Πῶλος γὲν ἦγεν αὐτὸν (καὶ μή μοι τῆς ἀπονοίας μὲμψησθε),. ὡς μικροῦ τὸν ὶμὸν Ἰησοῦν ὁ πῶλος ἐκεῖνος (εἶτʼ οὗν ὁ ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸς, δν εὖ ποιῶν ἐπιβαίνει. τῶν τῆς ἀγνοίας δεσμῶν Λυόμενον, εἴτε τι ἄλλο βούλεται παραδηλοῦν ὁ λόγος)· κλάδοι δὶ αὐτὸν ὑποδὲχονται, καὶ στρώσεις ἱματίων πολυανθῶν καὶ ποικίλων προῤῥιπτουμένων τι καὶ ὑπορῥιπτουμένωψ ἐνταῦθα μόνον ἀτιμασθέντος τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ καὶ πολυτελοῦς, καὶ τὸ ἴσον μή ἔχοντος. Εἷʼκὼν καὶ αὕτη τῆς ἔπιδη μίας Χριστοῦ, καὶ οἱ προβοῶντες. καὶ οἱ προχορεύοντες πλὴν ὅσον οὐ πα.δων ὅμιλος μόνον τὸ εὐφημοῦν ἦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα σύμφωνος καὶ ἀντίθετος, νικᾷν ἀλλήλους ἐπειγομένων. Ἐὧ γὰρ λέγειν κρότους πανδήμους, καὶ μύρων ἐκχύσεις, καὶ παννυχίδας, καὶ πᾶσαν φωτὶ καταστραπτομὲνην τήν πόλιν, καὶ δημοσίας ἑστιάσεις καὶ οἷκιδίας, καὶ ὅσοις αἱ πόλεις τὸ φαιδρὸν ἐπισημαίνουσιν· ἃ τότε μεθʼ ὑπερβολῆς ἐκείνῳ, καὶ παρὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐχαρίζοντο. Οὕτω τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν ὁ θαυμάσιος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ μετὰ τοιαύτης καταλαμβάνει τῆς πανηγύρεως. τιάζον πρός τι αὐτό καὶ ἑαυτὰ, οὐδενὸς τῶν συναγόντων προσδιηθείς· λύει δέ τοῖς ἠδικημένοις τάς τυραννίδας, οὗδὶν διελὼν τοὺς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ μερίδος, καὶ τῆς ἐναντίας ἀνίστησι ὃὶ πεπτωκότα τὸν λόγων παρρησιάζεται δὲ ἡ Τριὰς πάλιν, ἐπὶ τὴν Λυχνίαν τεθεῖσα, καὶ λαμπρῴ τῷ φωτὶ τῆς μιᾶς θεότητος ταῖς πάντων ψυχαῖς ἐναστράπτουσα Νομοθιτεῖ δὲ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ πάλιν· ἐπιστρέφει δὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν πᾶσαν διάνοιαν, τοῖς μὶν ἐπιστέλλων, τοὺς δὲ καλῶν· ἔστι δὶ οὕς καὶ ἀκλήτους προσιόντας σοφίζων, πᾶσι δὲ νόμον ἕνα προθεὶς τὸ βούλεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο μόνον ἐξήρκει πρὸς ὀδηγίαν τοῦ κριίττ τονος. Ἐν κεφαλαίῳ δὲ εἰπεῖν, δύο λίθων μιμεῖται φύσεις ἐπαινουμένων. Γίνεται γὰρ τοῖς μὶν παίουσιν ἀδάμας, τοῖς δὲ στασιάζουσι μαγνῆιιτις ἆρρητῳ φύσεως βίᾳ τὸν σίδηρον ἕλκουσα, καὶτὸ στερρότατον ἐν ὕλαις οίκειουμὲνη.

Tosouton ēn para pasi to tou andros toutou sebas; kai tosautē tēs mnēmoneuominēs eisodou nyn ē kataplēxis. Kata gar genē, kai hēlikias, kai technas diairethentes, (philousi gar malista ē polis hautē houtō diaskeuazesthai, hotan tini plekōsi timēn dēmosianʼ pion an parastēsaimi tǭ logǭ to mega ikiino etapium) potamos ēsan heis, poiētou de ēn ara kai ton Neilon eipein, ton chrysorrhoan ontōs kai eiistachyn, empalin apo tēs poleōs epi tēn Chaireou rheonta, hēmerēsian hodon oimai, kai piraiterō. Dote moi mikron eti entryphēsai tǭ diēgēmati. Ekeise gar eimi, iiai oudi apachthēnai ton logon tēs teletēs ekeinēs rhądion. Pōlos gen ēgen auton (kai mē moi tēs aponoias mempsēsthe),. hōs mikrou ton imon Iēsoun ho pōlos ekeinos (eitʼ houn ho ex ethnōn laos, dn eu poiōn epibainei. tōn tēs agnoias desmōn Lyomenon, eite ti allo bouletai paradēloun ho logos); kladoi di auton hypodechontai, kai strōseis himatiōn polyanthōn kai poikilōn prorrhiptoumenōn ti kai hyporrhiptoumenōps entautha monon atimasthentos tou hypsēlou kai polytelous, kai to ison mē echontos. Heiʼkōn kai hautē tēs epidē mias Christou, kai hoi proboōntes. kai hoi prochoreuontes plēn hoson ou pa.dōn homilos monon to euphēmoun ēn, alla kai pasa glōssa symphōnos kai antithetos, nikąn allēlous epeigomenōn. Heō gar legein krotous pandēmous, kai myrōn ekchyseis, kai pannychidas, kai pasan phōti katastraptomenēn tēn polin, kai dēmosias hestiaseis kai hoikidias, kai hosois hai poleis to phaidron episēmainousin; ha tote methʼ hyperbolēs ekeinǭ, kai para to eikos echarizonto. Houtō tēn heautou polin ho thaumasios ekeinos, kai meta toiautēs katalambanei tēs panēgyreōs. tiazon pros ti auto kai heauta, oudenos tōn synagontōn prosdiētheis; lyei de tois ēdikēmenois tas tyrannidas, houdin dielōn tous tēs heautou meridos, kai tēs enantias anistēsi hoi peptōkota ton logōn parrēsiazetai de hē Trias palin, epi tēn Lychnian tetheisa, kai lamprǭ tǭ phōti tēs mias theotētos tais pantōn psychais enastraptousa Nomothitei de tę̄ oikoumenę̄ palin; epistrephei di pros heauton pasan dianoian, tois min epistellōn, tous de kalōn; esti di hous kai aklētous prosiontas sophizōn, pasi de nomon hena protheis to boulesthai; kai gar touto monon exērkei pros odēgian tou kriitt tonos. En kephalaiǭ de eipein, dyo lithōn mimeitai physeis epainoumenōn. Ginetai gar tois min paiousin adamas, tois de stasiazousi magnēiitis arrētǭ physeōs bią ton sidēron helkousa, kaito sterrotaton en hylais oikeioumenē.

So great was the reverence for this man among all; and so great now the amazement at the entry we are recalling. Divided by peoples, ages, and trades (for this city especially likes to arrange itself so when it weaves public honour for someone; how could I represent in words that great spectacle?), they were one river; it would take a poet to call it the Nile, truly golden-flowing and rich in grain, flowing back from the city to Chaereu, a day’s journey, I think, and further. Allow me to revel a little longer in the story; for I am there, and it is not easy to draw my discourse away from that celebration. He rode on a colt (and do not blame me for folly), as my Jesus did on that colt (whether it signifies the people from the Gentiles, whom he mounts as a benefactor, freed from the bonds of ignorance, or whatever else the Scripture means to indicate); branches received him, and garments of many colours and patterns were spread before him and beneath him, the high and costly being dishonoured only there, and having no equal. This too was an image of the coming of Christ, as were those who shouted before him and danced before him, except that it was not only a crowd of children that praised him, but every tongue, in harmony and in rivalry, as they hastened to outdo one another. I pass over the applause of the whole people, the pouring out of perfumes, the all-night vigils, the whole city flashing with light, the public and private feasts, and all the ways in which cities show their gladness, which were then lavished on him beyond measure and beyond expectation. So that wonderful man takes possession of his city, and with such a festival. … what was at variance both with him and within itself, without needing anyone to help bring it together; he frees the wronged from tyranny, making no distinction between those of his own party and those of the opposite; he raises up the fallen doctrine; the Triad speaks freely again, set upon the lampstand and shining with the brilliant light of the one Godhead into the souls of all. He legislates again for the world; he turns every mind toward himself, writing to some, summoning others, instructing some who came unbidden, and setting before all one law, willingness; for this alone was enough to guide them to what was better. In short, he imitates the natures of two famous stones: to those who strike him he becomes adamant; to those in faction, a magnet, drawing the iron by an unspeakable force of nature and attaching to itself the hardest of materials.

21.32PG 35:1120b–1121a

Ἀλλʼ οὐ γὰρ ἔμελλε ταῦτα οἶσιιν ὁ φθόνος, οὐδὲ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ὁρῶν ἀνὶξεσθαι πάλιν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς δόξης, καὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς ὑγιείας, τάχιστα τοῖʼ) διεστωτος συννυλωθὲντος, ὣσπερ ὲν σώματι. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐπανίστησιν αὐτῷ τὸν συναποστάτην ἰαυτῷ βασιλάαΙ καὶ τήν κακίαν ὁμότιμον, χρόνῳ μόνῳ λειπόμενον“ ὅς πρῶτος Χριστιανῶν βασιλέων κατὰ Χριστοῦ μανεὶς, καὶ ὅν ὢδινε πόρρωθεν ἒν ἔαυτῷ βασιλίσκων τῆς ἀσεβείας ἀναρρήξας ἀθρόωςι ἒπειδὴ καιρὸν ἔλαβεν, ὁμοῦ τε αὐτοκράτωρ ἀναδείκνυται, καὶ κακὸς μὲν πιρῖ τὸν πιστεύσαντα βασιλέα τὰ βασίλεια γίνιται, κακίων δὶ περῖ τὸν σισωκότα Θεόν· καὶ διωγμὸν ἐννοιῖ τῶν πώποτε γινομένων ἀπανθρωπότατον, ὅσῳ τὸ πιθανὸν τῇ τυραννίδι μίξας (ἐφθόνει γὰρ τοῖς πάσχουσι καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἃθΛοις τιμῆς), ἀμφίβολον ἐποίει καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀνδρείας φιλότιμον· τὰς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις στροφὰς καὶ πλοκὰς ἐπὶ τὸν τρόπον μετενεγκὼν, ἢ, τό γε ἀληθίστιρον εἰπεῖν. ἀπὸ to?) τρόπου, καὶ περὶ ἐκεῖνα σπουδάσας, καὶ τὸν ἔνοικον αὐτῷ πονηρὸν τῆς πολυτιχνίας μιμούμενος. Οὗτος μικρὸν μὶν ἔργον ἐνόμισαν εἶναιτὸ πᾶν τῶν Χριστιανῶν παραστήσασθαι γένος· μέγα δὲ τὸ Ἀθανασίυυ κρατῆσαι, καὶτῆς ἐκείνου περὶ τὸν λόγον ἡμῶν δυνάμεως. Καὶ γὰρ ἑώρα μηδὲν ὃν αὖτῴ πλέον τῆς καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐπινοίας, διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀντιπαράταξιν καὶ ἀντίθεσιν· ἀεὶ τοῦ κινουμένου Χριστιανῶν ἀναπληρουμὲνου, διὰ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς προσθήκης, καὶ τῆς buivou συνισεως, δʼ καὶ παράδοξον. Ταῦτʼ οὖν ἆννοῶν, xui ὁρῶν ὁ δεινὸς ἐκεῖνος παραλογιστὴς καὶ διώκτης, η οὐδὲ ἰπὶ τοῦ πλάσματος ἔτι μένει xui τῆς σοφιστικῆς ἀνελευθερίας· ἀλλᾶ τὴν πονηρίαν γυμνώσας, φανερῶς ὑπερορίζει τὸν ἄνδρα τῆς πόλεως. Ἔδει γὰρ τρισὶ παλαίσμασι τὸν γεννάδαν νικήσαντα, τε· λείας τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναρρήσεως.

Allʼ ou gar emelle tauta oisiin ho phthonos, oude tēn Ekklēsian horōn anixesthai palin epi tēs autēs doxēs, kai tēs palaias hygieias, tachista toiʼ) diestōtos synnylōthentos, hōsper en sōmati. Dia touto epanistēsin autǭ ton synapostatēn iautǭ basilaaI kai tēn kakian homotimon, chronǭ monǭ leipomenon“ hos prōtos Christianōn basileōn kata Christou maneis, kai hon ōdine porrōthen en eautǭ basiliskōn tēs asebeias anarrēxas athroōsi epeidē kairon elaben, homou te autokratōr anadeiknytai, kai kakos men piri ton pisteusanta basilea ta basileia ginitai, kakiōn di peri ton sisōkota Theon; kai diōgmon ennoii tōn pōpote ginomenōn apanthrōpotaton, hosǭ to pithanon tę̄ tyrannidi mixas (ephthonei gar tois paschousi kai tēs epi tois hathLois timēs), amphibolon epoiei kai to tēs andreias philotimon; tas en tois logois strophas kai plokas epi ton tropon metenenkōn, ē, to ge alēthistiron eipein. apo to?) tropou, kai peri ekeina spoudasas, kai ton enoikon autǭ ponēron tēs polytichnias mimoumenos. Houtos mikron min ergon enomisan einaito pan tōn Christianōn parastēsasthai genos; mega de to Athanasiyy kratēsai, kaitēs ekeinou peri ton logon hēmōn dynameōs. Kai gar heōra mēden hon autǭ pleon tēs kathʼ hēmōn epinoias, dia tēn tou andros antiparataxin kai antithesin; aei tou kinoumenou Christianōn anaplēroumenou, dia tēs Hellēnikēs prosthēkēs, kai tēs buivou syniseōs, dʼ kai paradoxon. Tautʼ oun annoōn, xui horōn ho deinos ekeinos paralogistēs kai diōktēs, ē oude ipi tou plasmatos eti menei xui tēs sophistikēs aneleutherias; alla tēn ponērian gymnōsas, phanerōs hyperorizei ton andra tēs poleōs. Edei gar trisi palaismasi ton gennadan nikēsanta, te; leias tychein kai tēs anarrēseōs.

But envy was not going to bear this, nor to see the Church restored to the same glory and her ancient health, with the division quickly scarring over, as in a body. Therefore it raises up against him the emperor who was its fellow apostate and its equal in wickedness, falling short only in time; who was the first of Christian emperors to rage against Christ; who, suddenly bursting out with the little basilisk of impiety which he had long been carrying within him, as soon as he found his opportunity, was proclaimed emperor, became bad toward the emperor who had entrusted him with the empire, but worse toward the God who had saved him; and who devised the most inhuman persecution of any that ever were, inasmuch as, by mixing persuasion with tyranny (for he begrudged the sufferers even the honour of their contests), he made even the glory of courage doubtful, transferring the twists and tricks of argument to his conduct, or, to speak more truly, from his conduct to argument, eager for these, and imitating the many arts of the Evil One who dwelt in him. This man thought it a small task to subdue the whole race of Christians, but a great one to master Athanasius and his power on behalf of our doctrine. For he saw that his schemes against us came to nothing because of the man’s opposing array and resistance, since every loss the Christians suffered was made good by additions from the Greeks and by that man’s understanding, which was also extraordinary. Considering and seeing this, that clever deceiver and persecutor no longer kept to pretence and sophistical meanness, but, laying bare his wickedness, openly banishes the man from the city. For the noble athlete had to win three bouts to receive perfection and the victor’s proclamation.

21.33PG 35:1121a–1124a

Μικρὸν τὸ ἐν μέσῳ, καὶ Πέρσαις μὲν ἡ δίκη δοῦσα τὸν ἀλιτήριον, ἐκεῖ δικάζει· καὶ βασιλέα φιλότιμον παραπέμψασα, νεκρὸν ἐπανάγει, μηδὶ ἐλεούμενον· ὡς δὶ ἐγώ τινός σοι ἤκουσα, μηδὲ τῷ ταφῳ προσλαμβανόμενον, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τῆς σεισθείσης διʼ αὐτὸν γῆς ἀποσειόμενον καὶ ἀναβρασσόμενον· προοίμιον, οἶμαι, τῆς ἐκεῖθεν κολάσεως. Ἀνίσταται δὲ βασιλεὺς ἕτερος, οὐκ ἀναιδὴς τῷ προσώπῳ κατὰ τὸν προειρημένον, οὐδὲ τοῖς πονηροῖς ἔργοις καὶ ἐπιστάταις ἐκθλίβων τὸν Ἰσραὴλ, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν εὐσεβής τε καὶ ἥμερος· ὃς, Ἱνα ἀρίστην ἑαυτῴ καταστήσηται τήν τῆς βασιλείας κρηπῖδα, xui ὅθεν δεῖ , τῆς εὐνομίας ἄρξηται, Λύει μὲν τοῖς ἐπισκόποις, τὴν ἐξορίαν, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι, καὶ πρὸ πάντων τῷ πρὸ πάντων τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ προδήλως ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐσεβείας πολεμηθέντι. Ζητεῖ δὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς πίστεως τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὑπὸ πολλῶν διασπασθεῖσαν καὶ συγχυθεῖσαν, καὶ εἰς πολλὰς δόξας καὶ μοίρας νενεμημένην ὥστε μάλιστα μὲν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, εί οἶόν τε, συμφωνῆσαι, καὶ εἰς ἓν ἐλθεῖν τῇ συνεργίᾳ τοῦ ΙΙνεύματος· εἰ δὲ οὗ, ἀλλʼ αὐτόν γε μετὰ τῆς βελτίστης γενέσθαι, κάκείνῃ παρασχεῖν τὸ κράτος, καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνης ἀντιλαβεῖν, λίαν ὑψηλῶς τε xui μεγαλοπρεπῶς περι τῶν μεγίστων διανοούμενος. Ἔνθα δὴ xui μάλιστα διεδείχθη τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἡ καθαρότης, καὶ τὸ στερέωμα τῆς εἷς Χριστὸν πίστεως. Τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων ἁπάντων, ὅσοι τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς λόγου, τριχῆ νενεμημένων, καί πολλῶν μὲν ὄντων τῶν περὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἀρᾇωστοόντων, πλειόνων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ἔνθα καὶ τὸ ἧττον ἀσεβεῖν εὐσέβεια ἐνομίσθη, ὀλίγου δὲ τῶν κατʼ ἀμφότερα όγιαίνοντος· πρῶτος καὶ μόνος, ἢ κομιδῆ σὺν ὀλίγοις ἀποτολμᾷ τήν ἀλήθειαν σαφῶς οὑτωσί καί διαρρήδην, τῶν τριῶν μίαν θεότητα xui οὐσίαν ἐγγράφως ομολογήσαςʼ καὶ ὃ τῷ πολλῷ τῶν Ματέρων ἇριθμῷ περὶ τὸν Υῖὸν ἐχαρίσθη πρότερον, τοῧτε περὶ τοῦ ᾁγίου ῐΙνεύματος αὐτὸς ἄμπνευσθεὶς ὕσταρον, καὶ δῶρον βασιλικὸν ὅντως καὶ μεγαλοπρεπὲς τῷ βασιλεῖ προσενεγκὼν, ἔγγραφον τήν εὐσέβειαν κατά τῆς ἀγράφου καινοτομίας· ’ίνα βασιλεῖ μὲν βασιλεὺς, λόγῳ δὲ λόγος, γράμματι δὲ γράμμα καταπαλαίηται.

Mikron to en mesǭ, kai Persais men hē dikē dousa ton alitērion, ekei dikazei; kai basilea philotimon parapempsasa, nekron epanagei, mēdi eleoumenon; hōs di egō tinos soi ēkousa, mēde tǭ taphǭ proslambanomenon, allʼ hypo tēs seistheisēs diʼ auton gēs aposeiomenon kai anabrassomenon; prooimion, oimai, tēs ekeithen kolaseōs. Anistatai de basileus heteros, ouk anaidēs tǭ prosōpǭ kata ton proeirēmenon, oude tois ponērois ergois kai epistatais ekthlibōn ton Israēl, alla kai lian eusebēs te kai hēmeros; hos, Hina aristēn heautǭ katastēsētai tēn tēs basileias krēpida, xui hothen dei , tēs eunomias arxētai, Lyei men tois episkopois, tēn exorian, tois te allois hapasi, kai pro pantōn tǭ pro pantōn tēn aretēn, kai prodēlōs hyper tēs eusebeias polemēthenti. Zētei di tēs kathʼ hēmas pisteōs tēn alētheian, hypo pollōn diaspastheisan kai synchytheisan, kai eis pollas doxas kai moiras nenemēmenēn hōste malista men ton kosmon holon, ei oion te, symphōnēsai, kai eis hen elthein tę̄ synergią tou IIneumatos; ei de hou, allʼ auton ge meta tēs beltistēs genesthai, kakeinę̄ paraschein to kratos, kai parʼ ekeinēs antilabein, lian hypsēlōs te xui megaloprepōs peri tōn megistōn dianooumenos. Entha dē xui malista diedeichthē tou andros hē katharotēs, kai to stereōma tēs heis Christon pisteōs. Tōn gar allōn hapantōn, hosoi tou kathʼ hēmas logou, trichē nenemēmenōn, kai pollōn men ontōn tōn peri ton Huion arąōstoontōn, pleionōn de tōn peri to Pneuma to hagion, entha kai to hētton asebein eusebeia enomisthē, oligou de tōn katʼ amphotera ogiainontos; prōtos kai monos, ē komidē syn oligois apotolmą tēn alētheian saphōs houtōsi kai diarrēdēn, tōn triōn mian theotēta xui ousian engraphōs omologēsasʼ kai ho tǭ pollǭ tōn Materōn harithmǭ peri ton Uion echaristhē proteron, toÿte peri tou hągiou iIneumatos autos ampneustheis hystaron, kai dōron basilikon hontōs kai megaloprepes tǭ basilei prosenenkōn, engraphon tēn eusebeian kata tēs agraphou kainotomias; ’ina basilei men basileus, logǭ de logos, grammati de gramma katapalaiētai.

A short interval, and justice, handing the wretch over to the Persians, judges him there; and having sent him out an ambitious emperor, brings him back a corpse, not even pitied; and, as I heard from someone, not even received by the grave, but shaken out and cast up by the earth, which quaked because of him: a prelude, I think, of the punishment there. Another emperor arises, not shameless of face like the former, nor oppressing Israel with evil works and taskmasters, but very pious and gentle; who, to lay the best foundation for his reign and to begin good government where he should, releases the bishops from exile, both all the others and, before all, the one who was before all in virtue and had manifestly been warred against for piety. He seeks the truth of our faith, torn apart and confused by many, and divided into many opinions and parts, so that, above all, the whole world might, if possible, agree and come into one by the cooperation of the Spirit; and if not, that he at least might be with the best, and give it strength and receive strength from it in return, thinking very loftily and magnificently about the greatest things. Here especially was shown the man’s purity and the firmness of his faith in Christ. For when all the others who held our doctrine were divided three ways, many being unsound about the Son, more about the Holy Spirit (on which point to be less impious was thought to be piety), and few sound on both, he first and alone, or with very few, dared the truth clearly and expressly, confessing in writing one Godhead and essence of the three; and what had been granted earlier to the great number of the Fathers concerning the Son, he himself, inspired, later granted concerning the Holy Spirit, offering the emperor a truly royal and magnificent gift, written piety against unwritten innovation, so that king might be overthrown by king, word by word, writing by writing.

21.34PG 35:1124a–1124c

Ταύτην μοι δοκοῦσιν αἰδούμενοι την ὁμολογίαν, o'i τε τῆς ἱσπερίας, καὶ τῆς ὲῲεις, ὅσον βιώσιμον” οἳ μὶν μέχρι διανοίας ἄγειν τὸ εὐσεβὲς, εἴτι λέγουσιν αὐτοῖς πιστευτέον, περαιτάρω δὶ μή προάγειν, ὥσπερ τι νεκρὸν κύημα ταῖς μητράσιν ὲναποθνῆσ-κον· οἱ δὲ μικρὸν ἐξάπτειν, ὥσπερ entvttipac, ὅσον ἀφοσιοῦσθαι τὸν καιρὸν, ἢ τῶν ὀρθοδόξων τοὺς θερμοτέρους, ἢ τῶν λαῶν τὸ φιλόθεον· ol. δὶ καὶ παῤῥησιάζεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἦς ἂν εἶήν ἐγὼ μερίδος· οὐ γὰρ τολμῶ τι πλέον καυχήσασθαι, μηκὲτι τήν ἐμὴν δειλίαν οἰκονομῶν, ὡς δὴ τὴν τῶν σαθροτίρων διάνοιαν (ἱκανῶς γὰρ ᾤκονομησαμεν, μήτε τὸ ἀλλότριον προσλαμβάνοντες, καί τὸ ἡμέτερον φθείροντες, ὅ κακῶν ὅντως ἐστὶν οἰκονόμων)’ ἀλλʼ εἰς φῶς ἄγων τὸν τόκον, καὶ μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐκτρὲφων, καὶ ταῖς ἁπάντων ὄψεσι προτιθεὶς, ἀεὶ τελειού μεν ον.

Tautēn moi dokousin aidoumenoi tēn homologian, o'i te tēs hisperias, kai tēs eǭeis, hoson biōsimon” hoi min mechri dianoias agein to eusebes, eiti legousin autois pisteuteon, peraitarō di mē proagein, hōsper ti nekron kyēma tais mētrasin enapothnēs-kon; hoi de mikron exaptein, hōsper entvttipac, hoson aphosiousthai ton kairon, ē tōn orthodoxōn tous thermoterous, ē tōn laōn to philotheon; ol. di kai parrhēsiazesthai tēn alētheian, ēs an eiēn egō meridos; ou gar tolmō ti pleon kauchēsasthai, mēketi tēn emēn deilian oikonomōn, hōs dē tēn tōn sathrotirōn dianoian (hikanōs gar ǭkonomēsamen, mēte to allotrion proslambanontes, kai to hēmeteron phtheirontes, ho kakōn hontōs estin oikonomōn)’ allʼ eis phōs agōn ton tokon, kai meta spoudēs ektrephōn, kai tais hapantōn opsesi protitheis, aei teleiou men on.

This confession, it seems to me, was respected by those of the West and of the East, as many as were capable of life. Some carried their piety as far as their minds (if we must believe what they say), but no further, like a dead embryo dying in the mother’s womb; others kindled it a little, like sparks, enough to satisfy the times, or the more fervent of the orthodox, or the devout among the people; and others spoke the truth boldly. Of their portion I would be; for I dare boast of nothing more, no longer managing my own timidity, as though out of regard for the opinion of the weaker (for we have managed things enough, neither gaining what was others’ and spoiling what was our own, which is the mark of truly bad stewards), but bringing my offspring to the light, nourishing it eagerly, and setting it before the eyes of all as it grows ever more perfect.

21.35PG 35:1124c–1129a

Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν ἧττον τῶν ὶκείνου θαυμάζειν ἆειον. Ὁ γὰρ ἔργῳ τῆς ἀληθείας προκινδυνεύσας, τί θαυμαστὸν εἴ γράμματι ταύτην καθωμο· λὸγησεν; Ὀ δὲ μοι μάλιστα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς θαυμάζειν « ἔπεισι (καὶ ζημία τὸ σιωπᾷν, διὰ τὸν καιρὸν μάλιστα, πολλὰς φύοντα τὰς διαστάσεις), τοῦτο ἔτι προσθήσω τοῖς εἰρημένοις γένοιτο γὰρ ἄν τι παίδευμα καὶτοῖς νῦν ἡ πρᾶξις, εἰ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον βλέποιμεν. Ὧς γὰρ ὕδατος ἑνὸς τέμνεται οὐ τοῦτο μόνον, ὅσον ἡ χεὶρ ἀφῆκεν ἀρυομένη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσον τῇ χειρὶ περιεσχέθη τῶν δακτύλων ἐκρέον · οὕτω καὶ ἡμῶν οὐχ ὅσον ἀσεβὲς σχίζεται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσον εὗσεβέστερον, οὐ περὶ δογμάτων μόνον μικρῶν καὶ παρορὰσθειι ἀξίων (ἧττον γὰρ ἂν ἧν τοῦτο δεινὸν), ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ περὶ ῥημάτων εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν φερόντων διάνοιαν. Τῆς γὰρ μιᾶς οὐσίας, καὶ τῶν τριῶν ὑποστάσεων λεγομὲνων μὲν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν εὐσεβῶς (τὸ μὶν γὰρ τὴν φύσιν δηλοῖ τῆς θεότητος, τὸ δὲ τὰς τῶν τριῶν ἰδιότητας), νοομένων δὲ καί παρὰ τοῖς ἰταλοῖς ὁμοίως, ἀλλʼ οὐ δυναμένοις διὰ στενότητα τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῖς γλώττης, καὶ ὀνομάτων πενίαν, δι-λ ελεῖν ἆπὸ τῆς οὐσίας τὴν ὑπόστασιν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀντεισαγούσης τὰ πρόσωπα, ’ίνα μὴ τρεῖς οὐσίαι παραδεχθῶσι, τί γίνεται ; Ὠς λίαν γελοῖον, ἢ ἐλεινόν. Πίστεως ἔδοξε διαφορά ἠ περὶ τὸν ἦχον σμικρολογία. Εἶτα Σαβελλισμὸς ἐνταῦθα ἐπενοήθη τνῖς τρισὶ προσώποις, καὶ ’Δρειανισμὸς ταῖς τρισὶν ὑποστάσεσι, τὰ τῆς φιλονεικίας ἀναπλάσματα. Εἶτα τί; ΙΙροστιθεμένου μικροῦ τινος ἀεὶ τοῦ λυποῦντος (ὃ λυπήρὸν ἡ φιλονεικία ποιεῖ), κινδυνεύει συναπορῥαγῆναι ταῖς συλλαβαῖς τὰ πέρατα. Ταῦτʼ οὗν ὁρῶν ἀκούων ὁ μακάριος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄν· θρωπος τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ μέγας τῶν ψυχῶν οἰκονόμος, οῦκ ᾠήθη δεῖν παριδεῖν τὴν ἄτοπον οὕτω καὶ ἄλογον τοῦ Λόγου κατατομήν τὸ δὶ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ φάρμακον ἐπάγει τῷ ἀρῥωστή ματι. Πῶς οῦν τοῦτο ποιεῖ; ι ι ε 1 \ ' ν ‘ Α κ _'_ Προσκαλεσᾶμενος ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη. οὑτωσὶ πράως καί φιλανθρώπως, καὶ τὸν νοῦν τῶν λεγομένω-ν ἀκριβῶς. ἐξετάσας, ἐπειδὴ συμφρονοῦντας εὗρε καὶ οὐδὲν διεστῶτας κατὰ τὸν λόγον,τά ὀνόματα συγχωρήσας, συνδεῖ τοῖς πράγμασιν. ἀποτρόπαιος, πάντα εἴς ἀληθῶς, ὅσα μιμερισμένως τοῖς ἑαυτῶν θεοῖς Ἐλλήνων παῖδες ἑπιφημίζουσι, Προσθήσω δὶ καί ζύγιον, καὶ παρθένιον καὶ εῗρηναῖον, καῖ διαλλακτήριον, καὶ πομπαῖον τοῖς ἐντεῦθεν ἰπειγομένοις. Ὦ πόσας μοι ποιεῖ κλήσεις ἡ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετή πανταχόθεν καλεῖν ἐθέλοντι ! AZ'. Ζήσας Gl οὕτω, καὶ παιδευθεὶς καὶ παιδεύσας, ὣστε ὅρον μὶν ἐπισκοπῆς εἶναι τὸν ἐκείνου βίον καὶ τρόπον, νόμον δὲ ὀρθοδοξίας τὰ ὲκείνου δόγματα , τίνα μισθὸν τῆς εὖσεὸείες rogitato“; οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο παριδεῖν ἄξιον. Ἐν γήρᾳ καλῷ καταλύει τὸν βίον, καὶ προστίθεται τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτοῦ, πωτριάρχαις, καὶ προφήταις, καὶ ἀποστόλοις, καὶ μάρο τυσι, τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἠγωνισμένοις. Καὶ, ἵνα εἴπω τινὰ βραχὺν ἐπιτάφιον, τιμᾶται τῶν εἰσποιδίων τιμῶν τὴν ἐξόδιον πολυτελεστέραν· πολλὰ μὶν κινήσας δάκρυα, μείζονα δὲ τῶν ὁρῳμένων τήν περῖ αὐτοῦ δόξαν ταῖς ἁπάντων διανοίαις ἓναποθέμινος. Ἀλλʼ, ὧ φέλη καὶ ἱερά κεφαλὴ, ὁ καὶ λόγου καὶ οιωέ πῆς μέτρα, μετὰ τῶν ἀλλων σου καλῶν, διαφιρόντως τιμήσας, ἡμῖν μὲν ἇνταῦθα στήσαις τὸν λό‹ γον, εἶʼ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐνδεέστερον, ἀλλᾶ τοῦ γε· πρὸς δύναμιν οὐ λειπόμενον αὐτὸς ὃὶ ἄνωθεν ἡμᾶς ἑποπτεύοις ἵλεως, καὶ τὸν λαὸν τόνδε διεξάγοις τέλειον τελείας τῆς Τριάδος προσκυνητήν, τῆς ἐν Πατρὶ, καὶ Γὶᾦ, καὶ ἁγίῳ Πνιύματι θεωρουμένης καὶ σεβομὶνης καὶ ἡμᾶς, εἲ μὶν εἰρηνικῶς, κατέχοις καὶ συμποιμαίνοις· εἰ δὶ πολεμικῶς, ἆπανάγοιςῆ προσλαμβάνοις, καὶ στήσαις μετᾶ σεαυτοῦ καί τῶν οἶος σὺ κᾶν μέγα τὸ αἷτο”3μενον,ἐν αὐτῷ Χριστῷ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν· πᾶσα δόξαι, τιμὴ, καὶ κράτος εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἂμήν.

Touto men oun hētton tōn ikeinou thaumazein aeion. Ho gar ergǭ tēs alētheias prokindyneusas, ti thaumaston ei grammati tautēn kathōmo; logēsen? O de moi malista tou andros thaumazein « epeisi (kai zēmia to siōpąn, dia ton kairon malista, pollas phyonta tas diastaseis), touto eti prosthēsō tois eirēmenois genoito gar an ti paideuma kaitois nyn hē praxis, ei pros ekeinon blepoimen. Hōs gar hydatos henos temnetai ou touto monon, hoson hē cheir aphēken aryomenē, alla kai hoson tę̄ cheiri perieschethē tōn daktylōn ekreon ; houtō kai hēmōn ouch hoson asebes schizetai monon, alla kai hoson heusebesteron, ou peri dogmatōn monon mikrōn kai parorastheii axiōn (hētton gar an hēn touto deinon), allʼ ēdē kai peri rhēmatōn eis tēn autēn pherontōn dianoian. Tēs gar mias ousias, kai tōn triōn hypostaseōn legomenōn men hyphʼ hēmōn eusebōs (to min gar tēn physin dēloi tēs theotētos, to de tas tōn triōn idiotētas), noomenōn de kai para tois italois homoiōs, allʼ ou dynamenois dia stenotēta tēs parʼ autois glōttēs, kai onomatōn penian, di-l elein apo tēs ousias tēn hypostasin, kai dia touto anteisagousēs ta prosōpa, ’ina mē treis ousiai paradechthōsi, ti ginetai ? Ōs lian geloion, ē eleinon. Pisteōs edoxe diaphora ē peri ton ēchon smikrologia. Eita Sabellismos entautha epenoēthē tnis trisi prosōpois, kai ’Dreianismos tais trisin hypostasesi, ta tēs philoneikias anaplasmata. Eita ti? IIrostithemenou mikrou tinos aei tou lypountos (ho lypēron hē philoneikia poiei), kindyneuei synaporrhagēnai tais syllabais ta perata. Tautʼ houn horōn akouōn ho makarios ekeinos, kai hōs alēthōs an; thrōpos tou Theou, kai megas tōn psychōn oikonomos, ouk ǭēthē dein paridein tēn atopon houtō kai alogon tou Logou katatomēn to di parʼ heautou pharmakon epagei tǭ arrhōstē mati. Pōs oun touto poiei? i i e 1 \ ' n ‘ A k _'_ Proskalesamenos amphotera ta merē. houtōsi praōs kai philanthrōpōs, kai ton noun tōn legomenō-n akribōs. exetasas, epeidē symphronountas heure kai ouden diestōtas kata ton logon,ta onomata synchōrēsas, syndei tois pragmasin. apotropaios, panta eis alēthōs, hosa mimerismenōs tois heautōn theois Ellēnōn paides hepiphēmizousi, Prosthēsō di kai zygion, kai parthenion kai eïrēnaion, kai diallaktērion, kai pompaion tois enteuthen ipeigomenois. Ō posas moi poiei klēseis hē tou andros aretē pantachothen kalein ethelonti ! AZ'. Zēsas Gl houtō, kai paideutheis kai paideusas, hōste horon min episkopēs einai ton ekeinou bion kai tropon, nomon de orthodoxias ta ekeinou dogmata , tina misthon tēs euseoeies rogitato“? oude gar touto paridein axion. En gērą kalǭ katalyei ton bion, kai prostithetai tois patrasin autou, pōtriarchais, kai prophētais, kai apostolois, kai maro tysi, tois hyper tēs alētheias ēgōnismenois. Kai, hina eipō tina brachyn epitaphion, timatai tōn eispoidiōn timōn tēn exodion polytelesteran; polla min kinēsas dakrya, meizona de tōn horǭmenōn tēn peri autou doxan tais hapantōn dianoiais henapotheminos. Allʼ, hō phelē kai hiera kephalē, ho kai logou kai oiōe pēs metra, meta tōn allōn sou kalōn, diaphirontōs timēsas, hēmin men hantautha stēsais ton lo‹ gon, eiʼ kai tēs alētheias endeesteron, alla tou ge; pros dynamin ou leipomenon autos hoi anōthen hēmas hepopteuois hileōs, kai ton laon tonde diexagois teleion teleias tēs Triados proskynētēn, tēs en Patri, kai Giǭ, kai hagiǭ Pniymati theōroumenēs kai sebominēs kai hēmas, ei min eirēnikōs, katechois kai sympoimainois; ei di polemikōs, apanagoisē proslambanois, kai stēsais meta seautou kai tōn oios sy kan mega to haito”3menon,en autǭ Christǭ tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn; pasa doxai, timē, kai kratos heis tous aiōnas. Amēn.

This, then, is less to be admired among his deeds. For what wonder is it that one who had faced danger in deed for the truth should confess it in writing? But what most moves me to admire in the man (and silence would be a loss, especially in these times, which breed many divisions), I will add to what has been said; for his action might be a lesson to people today too, if we looked to him. For as with water, not only is that portion cut off which the hand lets go in drawing, but also what flows out between the fingers of the hand that holds it, so with us not only what is impious is split off, but also what is more pious; and not only over small doctrines that deserve to be overlooked (that would be less dreadful), but now even over words that lead to the same meaning. For while “one essence” and “three hypostases” are said piously by us (the one indicating the nature of the Godhead, the other the properties of the three), and are understood in the same way by the Italians too, who, however, because of the narrowness of their language and the poverty of their terms, cannot distinguish hypostasis from essence, and for this reason introduce “persons” instead, so that three essences may not be accepted, what happens? How very laughable, or pitiable! A petty quibble about a sound seemed a difference of faith. Then Sabellianism was imagined in the “three persons,” and Arianism in the “three hypostases,” fictions of contentiousness. And then what? As something painful was constantly added (and contentiousness makes everything painful), the ends of the earth were in danger of being torn apart along with the syllables. Seeing and hearing this, that blessed man, truly a man of God and a great steward of souls, did not think he should overlook so absurd and irrational a cutting up of the Word, but brought his own remedy to the sickness. How does he do this? He called both parties together, gently and humanely, and examined precisely the sense of what was said; and since he found them of one mind and not at all differing in doctrine, he conceded the names and bound them together by the realities. … averter of evil, truly all those things which the sons of the Greeks ascribe piecemeal to their gods. I will add also: patron of marriage, of virgins, of peace, of reconciliation, and escort of those hastening from here. O how many titles the man’s virtue makes me give him, as I want to name him from every side! [37] Having lived thus, taught and been taught, so that his life and character are the definition of episcopacy and his doctrines the law of orthodoxy, what reward of piety does he receive? For this too is not to be overlooked. He ends his life in a good old age and is gathered to his fathers, the patriarchs, prophets, apostles, and martyrs, who contended for the truth. And, to write a brief epitaph, he was honoured with a departure more splendid than his entries, having moved many tears, and having laid up in the minds of all a glory about himself greater than anything that is seen. But you, dear and sacred head, who honoured above your other excellences the right measures of speech and of silence, may you bring our discourse to a stop here, even if it falls short of the truth, yet not of our ability; and may you look upon us graciously from above, and guide this people as perfect worshippers of the perfect Triad, contemplated and worshipped in Father, Son, and Holy Spirit; and as for us, if the times are peaceful, may you hold us and shepherd with us; if warlike, bring us back, or take us to yourself, and set us beside yourself and those like you, great though the request is, in Christ himself our Lord, to whom be all glory, honour, and might for ever. Amen.

Chapter 22

22.1PG 35:1132a–1132d

Εἰρήνη φίλη, τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ πρᾶγμα καὶ ὄνομα, ὅ νῦν ἔδωκα τῷ Λαῷ καὶ ἀντέλαὸον· οὐκ οἴδα ιι παρὰ πάντων γνησίαν φωνὴν καὶ ἀξίαν τοῦ Πνιύματος, άΛλὰ μὴ δημοσίας συνθήκας ἆθιτουμᾶνας ὑπὸ Θεῷ μάρτυρι, ὥστε καὶ μεῖζον εἶναι ἡμῖν τὸ κατάκριμα. Εἰρήνη φίλη, τὸ ἐμὸν μελέτημα καὶ καλλώπισμι, ἢν Θεοῦ τε εἶναι ἀκούομεν, καὶ ἧς Θεὸν, τὸν Θεὸν καὶ αὖτόθεον, ὡς ἐν ’ζῷʼ Ἦ εῐρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ, '0 Θεὸς τῆς εϊρήνης· καὶ, Δῦτός ἔστιν ἡ εἷρήνη ἡμῶν· καὶ οὐδʼ οὕτως αἱδούμιθα. Εἶρήνη φίλη, τὸ παρὰ πάντων μὲν ἐπαινούμενον ἀγαθὸν ὑπʼ ὀλίγών δὲ φυλασσόμενον, ποῦ ποτι ἀπέλιπες ἡμᾶς, τοσοῦτος ἒξ οὗ χρόνος ἤὸη; καὶ πότι ἐπανήξεις ἡμῖν; Ὡς λίαν σε ποθῶ καὶ drudζομαι διαφερόντως τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων· καὶ παῤοὖσαν περιὲπω καὶ ἀποῦσαν ἀναηλοῦμαι πολλοῖς θρήνοις καὶ δάκρυσιν, θʼίοις οὔτε Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὸν Ἰωσῆφ ἐκεῖνον ὁ πατριάρχης, ὑπὸ μὶν τῶν ἀδελφῶν πεπραμένον, ὑπὸ δὲ θηρίου ἡρπασμὲνον, ὡς ᾤετο οὕτε Δκβὶδ Ἰωνάθαν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ φίλον, ἔργον πολίμου γενόμενον, ἢ τὸν υἱὸν Ἀὗεσσαλὼμ ὕστερον. Ὧν ὁ μὲν σπλάγχνοις πατρικοῖς σπαρασσόμενος, Θηρίον ἣρπασεν, ἐδόα, τὸν Ἰωσὴφ, θηρίον πονηρὸν καὶ ἀνήμερον, καὶ τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἐσθῆτα ᾑμαγμὲνην προθεὶς, ὡς τὰς τοῦ παιδὸς σάρκας περιςπύσσπο, τῷ αὐτῷ καὶ φλεγόμενος καὶ παραμυθούμενος.ο δὲ, νῦν μὶν τοῖς δρεσι καταρᾶται, καθʼ ὧν ὁ πόλεμος, ’Όρη τὰ Γελβουὶ, λέγων, μή πέσοι ὶφ ὑμᾶς ἔπεσι τόμήθʼ ὑετὸς, μήτε δρόσος· καὶ, Πῶς ξον Ἰωνάθαν καὶ δύναμις; Νῦν δʼ ἀπολογεῖται ὡς οὐδὶν ἠδικηκότι τῷ πατροφόνῳ, καὶ τῷ νικρῳ σπένδεται · ’ίσως καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ὑπεραλγῶν τοῦ παιδὸς, ὅτι κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀνετείνατο χεῖρα. Τοιοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὁ πατήρ· δν ὡς ἐχθρὸν ἠμῦνατο πολεμοῦντα, ὡς φίλον ποθεῖ τεθνηκότα ' καὶ νικᾳ τὴν ἔχθραν ἡ φύσις, ἦς οὐδὲν βιαιότερον.

Eirēnē philē, to glyky kai pragma kai onoma, ho nyn edōka tǭ Laǭ kai antelaoon; ouk oida ii para pantōn gnēsian phōnēn kai axian tou Pniymatos, aLla mē dēmosias synthēkas athitoumanas hypo Theǭ martyri, hōste kai meizon einai hēmin to katakrima. Eirēnē philē, to emon meletēma kai kallōpismi, ēn Theou te einai akouomen, kai hēs Theon, ton Theon kai autotheon, hōs en ’zǭʼ Ē eirēnē tou Theou; kai, '0 Theos tēs eïrēnēs; kai, Dytos estin hē heirēnē hēmōn; kai oudʼ houtōs haidoumitha. Eirēnē philē, to para pantōn men epainoumenon agathon hypʼ oligōn de phylassomenon, pou poti apelipes hēmas, tosoutos ex hou chronos ēoē? kai poti epanēxeis hēmin? Hōs lian se pothō kai drudzomai diapherontōs tōn allōn anthrōpōn; kai parousan periepō kai apousan anaēloumai pollois thrēnois kai dakrysin, thʼiois oute Iakōb kai ton Iōsēph ekeinon ho patriarchēs, hypo min tōn adelphōn pepramenon, hypo de thēriou hērpasmenon, hōs ǭeto houte Dkbid Iōnathan ton heautou philon, ergon polimou genomenon, ē ton huion Hauessalōm hysteron. Hōn ho men splanchnois patrikois sparassomenos, Thērion hērpasen, edoa, ton Iōsēph, thērion ponēron kai anēmeron, kai tēn tou paidos esthēta hę̄magmenēn protheis, hōs tas tou paidos sarkas perispysspo, tǭ autǭ kai phlegomenos kai paramythoumenos.o de, nyn min tois dresi kataratai, kathʼ hōn ho polemos, ’Orē ta Gelboui, legōn, mē pesoi iph hymas epesi tomēthʼ hyetos, mēte drosos; kai, Pōs xon Iōnathan kai dynamis? Nyn dʼ apologeitai hōs oudin ēdikēkoti tǭ patrophonǭ, kai tǭ nikrǭ spendetai ; ’isōs kai kata touto hyperalgōn tou paidos, hoti kata tou patros aneteinato cheira. Toiouto gar kai ho patēr; dn hōs echthron ēmynato polemounta, hōs philon pothei tethnēkota ' kai niką tēn echthran hē physis, ēs ouden biaioteron.

Dear peace, sweet both as a thing and as a name, which I have just given to the people and received back: I do not know whether from all as a genuine word worthy of the Spirit, and not as public agreements broken with God as witness, so that our condemnation is the greater. Dear peace, my study and my adornment, which we hear is God’s, and whose God, God himself and very God, is named, as in “the peace of God,” and “the God of peace,” and “he is our peace”; and not even so are we abashed. Dear peace, the good praised by all but kept by few, where have you left us, such a long time now? And when will you return to us? How much I long for you and embrace you, more than other men; when you are present I cherish you, and when you are absent I call you back with many laments and tears, such as neither Jacob the patriarch shed for that Joseph, sold by his brothers and snatched, as he thought, by a beast, nor David for Jonathan his friend, a casualty of war, or later for his son Absalom. The one, torn in his fatherly heart, cried, “A beast has snatched Joseph, an evil and savage beast,” and, setting out the boy’s bloodied garment, embraced it as though it were the boy’s flesh, inflamed and consoled by the same thing. The other now curses the mountains on which the battle was: “Mountains of Gilboa,” he says, “may no rain fall on you, nor dew”; and, “How have Jonathan and power fallen?” And now he defends the parricide as though he had done no wrong, and pours a libation to the dead, perhaps grieving for his son all the more because he had raised his hand against his father. For such is a father: the one he repelled as an enemy when he made war, he longs for as a friend when he is dead; and nature, than which nothing is stronger, conquers enmity.

22.2PG 35:1132d–1133b

Ἐλεεινὸν δὲ καὶ ἡ κιβωτὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων κατεχομένη· καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ. ἠδαφισμὲνη καὶ ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν πατουμένη· καὶ υἱοὶ Σιὼν, οἱ τί· μιοι καὶ ἰσοστάσιοι χρυσίῳ, πορευόμενοι ἰν αἱχμιο λωσίᾳ, καὶ νῦν ἔτι διεσπαρμένοι, καὶ λαὸς ὄντες τῆς οἰκουμένης ξένος καὶ πάροικος. Δεινὸν δε καὶ τὰ νῦν δρώμενά τε καὶ ἀκουόμενα· πατρίδες ἀνιστάμεναι, καὶ μυριάδες πίπτουσα·. καὶ κάμνουσα γῆ τοῖς αʼίμασι καὶ τοῖς πτώμασι, καὶ λαὸς ἀλλόγλωσσος ὡς οἰκείαν διατρὲχων τὴν ἀλλοτρίανʼ ού διʼ ἀνανδρίαν τῶν προμαχομὲνων κατηγορείτω μηδείς · οὗ· τοι γάρ εἰσιν οἰ μικροῦ πᾶσαν τήν οἷʼκουμὲνην παραστησάμενοι· ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν κακίαν, καὶ τήν ἐπικρατοῦσαν κατὰ τῆς Τριάδος ἀσέβειαν. Δεινά ταῦτα, καὶ πὲρα δεινῶν. Τίς ἀντερεῖ τῶν συμφοράς δοκιμάζειν εἰδότων ἐξ ὧν πεπόνθασιν, ἣ συμπεπόνθασιν; Ἀλλʼ οὕπω τοσοῦτον οὐδὲν, ὅσον εἰρήνη δεδιωγμένη, καί ἡ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας εὐπρέπεια περιῃρημένη, καί τὸ παλαιὸν ἀξιωμα καταλελυμένον καὶ παρά τοσοῦτον ἡ τάξις ἀντεστραμμένη, ὣστε πρότερον μὲν ἐξ οὐ λαοῦ λαὸς, καί ἐξ οὐκ ἔθνους ἔθνος γε- Β γόναμεν · νῦν δὲ κινδυνεύομεν ἐκ λαοῦ μεγίστου καὶ ἵθνους, εἰς ού λαὸν πάλιν καὶ οὐκ ἔθνος ὲναλυθὲντες γενὶσθαι, ὡς τὸ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ὅτε οὐκ ἧρξας ἡμῶν, οὐδʼ εἰς ἓν ὄνομα καὶ τάγμα συνεληλύθειμεν. Καὶ ὄντως κινδυνεύει ῥᾷον εἶναι δυσπραγίαν ἰνεγκεῖν,ἣ εὐπραγίαν διασώσασθαιʼ ὁπότε καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἡνίκα ἐπολεμούμεθα, τοῖς διωγμοῖς ῥιυσθὲντες καὶ συναχθέντες, ἡνίκα συνήχθημεν, διελύθημεν. Τίς γάρ οὐκ ἂν ὀδύραιτο εὖ φρονῶν τά παρόντα, Τίς δὲ λόγον εὑρήσει τῇ συμφορᾷ παρισούμενον; Λῃστάς μὶν εἰρηνεύειν, οὕς κακία συνέδησε, καὶ τοὺς τυραννίδι συντεταγμένους, ἤ κλοπῃς κοινωνοὺς, ἦ στάσεως, συνωμότας, ἢ μοιχείας στλλήπτορας, ἔτι δὲ χορῶν συστήματα, καὶ σορατῷν τάγματα, καὶ νηῶν πληρώματα* ὲῶ γάρ λέγειν κλήρους ἐξ ἴσου διαιρουμένους, καὶ πολιτείας ἀντιθέτους, καὶ διαδοχάς λειτουργιῶν καί ἀρχῶν, τάξει προϊούσας καὶ νόμῳ, καὶ τὴν πολυύμνητον δὴ ταύτην σοφιστικὴν, ἢ γραμματικὴν, ’ίνα μὴ λέγω φιλοσοσοφίαν, περί ἦν νεων φιλοτιμία λυσσᾷ τε καί μέμηνεʼ ταύτην μὶν ὀρᾷν ὀλίγα μὲν στασιάζουσαν, τά πλείω δὲ εἰρηνεύουσαν · ἡμᾶς δὲ ἀσυνθέτους εἶναι καὶ ἀσυνδέτους, καὶ μήποτε δύνασθαι εἰς ταυτὸν ἐλθεῖν, μηδέ τινα λόγον φανῆναι τῆς νόσου ταύτης θεραπευτὴν, ἀλλʼ ὣσπερ κακίας μυσταγωγοὺς καί μύστας ὄντας, οὐκ ἀρετῆς, πολλὰ μὶν ποιεῖσθαι τὰ τῆς διαστάσεως ὑπεκκαύματα, μικρά δὶ, ἢ μηδόλως τῆς ὁηονοίας φροντίζειν. Καίτοι τούτων μὲν στασιαζόντων, οὐκ εἰς μέγα ἡ στάσις φέρει τίνάς τε καὶ στασιάζειν ἦ συμφρο νεῖν ἄμεινον τὰς γὰρ ἐπὶ κακῷ συστασεις τίς ἂν ἐπαινέσειεν εὖ φρονῶν ;

Eleeinon de kai hē kibōtos hypo tōn allophylōn katechomenē; kai Ierousalēm. ēdaphismenē kai hypo ethnōn patoumenē; kai huioi Siōn, hoi ti; mioi kai isostasioi chrysiǭ, poreuomenoi in haichmio lōsią, kai nyn eti diesparmenoi, kai laos ontes tēs oikoumenēs xenos kai paroikos. Deinon de kai ta nyn drōmena te kai akouomena; patrides anistamenai, kai myriades piptousa;. kai kamnousa gē tois aʼimasi kai tois ptōmasi, kai laos alloglōssos hōs oikeian diatrechōn tēn allotrianʼ ou diʼ anandrian tōn promachomenōn katēgoreitō mēdeis ; hou; toi gar eisin oi mikrou pasan tēn hoiʼkoumenēn parastēsamenoi; alla dia tēn hēmeteran kakian, kai tēn epikratousan kata tēs Triados asebeian. Deina tauta, kai pera deinōn. Tis anterei tōn symphoras dokimazein eidotōn ex hōn peponthasin, hē sympeponthasin? Allʼ houpō tosouton ouden, hoson eirēnē dediōgmenē, kai hē tēs Ekklēsias euprepeia perię̄rēmenē, kai to palaion axiōma katalelymenon kai para tosouton hē taxis antestrammenē, hōste proteron men ex ou laou laos, kai ex ouk ethnous ethnos ge- B gonamen ; nyn de kindyneuomen ek laou megistou kai hithnous, eis ou laon palin kai ouk ethnos enalythentes genisthai, hōs to apʼ archēs, hote ouk hērxas hēmōn, oudʼ eis hen onoma kai tagma synelēlytheimen. Kai ontōs kindyneuei rhąon einai dyspragian inenkein,hē eupragian diasōsasthaiʼ hopote kai hēmeis, hēnika epolemoumetha, tois diōgmois rhiysthentes kai synachthentes, hēnika synēchthēmen, dielythēmen. Tis gar ouk an odyraito eu phronōn ta paronta, Tis de logon heurēsei tę̄ symphorą parisoumenon? Lę̄stas min eirēneuein, hous kakia synedēse, kai tous tyrannidi syntetagmenous, ē klopę̄s koinōnous, ē staseōs, synōmotas, ē moicheias stllēptoras, eti de chorōn systēmata, kai soratǭn tagmata, kai nēōn plērōmata* eō gar legein klērous ex isou diairoumenous, kai politeias antithetous, kai diadochas leitourgiōn kai archōn, taxei proïousas kai nomǭ, kai tēn polyymnēton dē tautēn sophistikēn, ē grammatikēn, ’ina mē legō philososophian, peri ēn neōn philotimia lyssą te kai memēneʼ tautēn min orąn oliga men stasiazousan, ta pleiō de eirēneuousan ; hēmas de asynthetous einai kai asyndetous, kai mēpote dynasthai eis tauton elthein, mēde tina logon phanēnai tēs nosou tautēs therapeutēn, allʼ hōsper kakias mystagōgous kai mystas ontas, ouk aretēs, polla min poieisthai ta tēs diastaseōs hypekkaumata, mikra di, ē mēdolōs tēs hoēonoias phrontizein. Kaitoi toutōn men stasiazontōn, ouk eis mega hē stasis pherei tinas te kai stasiazein ē symphro nein ameinon tas gar epi kakǭ systaseis tis an epaineseien eu phronōn ?

Pitiable too was the ark held by the foreigners; and Jerusalem razed and trampled by the Gentiles; and the sons of Zion, precious and worth their weight in gold, going into captivity, and still scattered even now, a people foreign and sojourning in the world. Terrible too are the things now done and heard: homelands uprooted, myriads falling, the earth labouring under blood and corpses, and a people of foreign tongue running through a land not its own as if it were its own. Let no one blame the cowardice of those who fight for us, for these are the men who subdued almost the whole world; it is because of our wickedness and the impiety against the Triad that prevails. These things are terrible, and beyond terrible. Who will contradict me among those who know how to judge misfortunes from what they have suffered themselves or shared with others? But nothing yet is so great as peace driven out, the comeliness of the Church stripped away, the ancient dignity dissolved, and order so far reversed that, whereas formerly we became a people from no people, and a nation from no nation, now we are in danger, from a very great people and nation, of being dissolved again into no people and no nation, as at the beginning, when you did not rule over us, and we had not yet come together into one name and rank. And truly it may be easier to bear misfortune than to keep good fortune; for we too, when we were warred against, were strengthened and gathered together by persecution, and when we were gathered together, we fell apart. Who in his right mind would not lament the present state of things? Who will find words equal to the misfortune? Robbers are at peace, whom wickedness has bound together; and those ranged together for tyranny, partners in theft, conspirators in sedition, accomplices in adultery; and also troupes of dancers, ranks of soldiers, and ships’ crews. I pass over inheritances divided equally, opposing factions in civic life, and successions of public duties and offices proceeding in order and by law, and this much-praised sophistic, or grammar, not to say philosophy, over which the ambition of the young rages and runs mad: we see it quarrel a little but mostly keep the peace. But we are disjointed and unbound, never able to come together, and no word appears to heal this disease; rather, as if we were initiators and initiates of vice, not of virtue, we supply many kindlings of division and care little or nothing for concord. And yet when those others quarrel, their quarrel does not lead to anything great, and for some of them it is better to quarrel than to agree; for who in his right mind would praise associations for evil?

22.3PG 35:1133b–1137b

Δʼ. Ἡμᾶς δὲ εἷʼ τις ἐρωτήσειε. Τί τὸ τιμιώμινον ὑμῖν καὶ προσκυνούμενονς πρόχειρον εἴπεῖν· Ἦ ἀγάπη. ‘0 γὰρ Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἠ ἀγάπη ἐστί. Ῥῆσις τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος καὶ τοῦτο χαίρει μᾶλλον ἀκούων, ἣ τι ἄλλο, ὁ Θεὸς. Τί δαὶ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν χεφάλαιον; οὐκ ἄλλο ἤ τοῦτο συγχωρήσειεν ὁ ιύαγγελιοτής ἀποκρίνασθαι. Τί δήποτε οὖν οἱ τῆς ἀγάπης, οὕτω μισοῦμεν τε καὶ μισούμιθας καὶ οἱ τῆς εἰρήνης, πολεμοῦμεν ἀκήρυκτά τε καὶ αχατάλλακτα ; καὶ o't τοῦ ἀκρογωνιαίου, διιστάμιθα; καί οἱ τῆς πέτρας. σειόμεθας καὶ οἱ τοῦ φωτὸς, ἐσκοτίσμεθα; καὶ οἱ τοῦ Λόγου, τοσαύτης ἇσμέν σιγῆς, ἢ ἀλογίας, ἢ παραπληξίας, ἢ, οὐκ οἷδʼ ὅ τι καὶ ὀνομάσω μεστοί· ὥστε τροφῆς μὲν, καὶ ὕπνου, καὶ ᾠδῆς κόρος ἐστὶ, καὶ τῶν αἰσχίστων, ὡς λέγουσιʼ καί πλησμονὴ πάντων, οὐ τῶν ἀλγεινῶν μόνον, ἀλλʼἤδη καὶτῶν ἡδίστων, καὶ πάντα εἰς ἄλληλα περιχωρεῖ τε καὶ πιριτρὲπεταιε ἡμῖν δʼ οὐδεὶς ὅρος τοῦ βάλλειν καὶ βάλλεσθαι, οὗ τοῖς ἑτεροδοξοῦσι μόνον, καί κατὰ τὸν τῆς πίστεως λόγον διεστηκόσιν (ἦττον γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἀλγεινὸν, καὶ ὁ ζῆλος, ἀπολογία πραγμάτων ἐπαινουμένων, ἐὰν ἐν ὅροις ἱστῆται) ἤδη δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὁμοδόξοις, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς, καὶ ὑπὶρ τῶν αὐτῶν στασιάζουσι (τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ μοχθηρότατον, ἤ ἐλεεινότατον. Καὶ Tomiano»: τί; Φιλαρχία τυχὸν, ἤ φιλοχρηματία, ᾗ φθονος, ἥ μῖσος, ἤ ὑπεροψία, ἦ τι τῶν ὅσα μηδὲ τοὺς ἀθέους ὁρῶμεν πάσχοντας καὶ τὸ χάριεν, ἡ των ψήφων μετάθεσις. Ὅταν ἁλῶμεν, εὐσεβεῖς ἐσμεν καὶ ὁρθόδοξοι, καὶ καταφεύγομεν ψευδῶς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὡς ὑπὲρ πίστεως στασιάζοντες· καί τοῦτο μόνον ἐπαινετὸν ποιοῦμεν, ὡς ἒν κακοῖς, εἰ μὴ καὶ λίαν αἰσχρὸν, ὅτι τὴν κακίαν lpuθριῶντες, ἐπὶ σεμνότερον ὄνομα μεταβαίνομεν, τὴν εὐσέβειαν. Έμβρὸντητε καὶ πολύτροπε εἴποιτις ἂν, καί πλάσμα τοῦ Πονηροῦ καὶ τοῦ σοφιστοῦ τῆς κακίας, ὅστις ποτὶ εἶ ὁ τοῦτο πάσχων, ἤ, τό γι ἀληθέστερον εἰπεῖν, ἀνοητότατε· οὗτός σοι χθὲς ἦν εὗσεβἠς, καὶ πῶς ἀσεβὴς σήμερον, μηδὲν προσθεὶς, μηὸὶ ἀφελῶν, μήτι ῥή ματι, μήτε πράγματι, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἱστάμενος· ὃς ἀναπνεῖ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀέρα, καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὄμμασι προσβλέπει τὸν αὐτὸν ἥλιον · εἰ βούλει δὲ, ὡς περὶ ἀριθμῶν ἤ μέτρων ἐρωτηθεὶς, οὐκ ἄλλο τι ἤ ταυτὸν ἀποχρίνεται; Ἀλλὰ καὶ πὸρνος σοι σήμερον, ὸ χθὲς1ωσὴφ(προβαίνει γάρ καὶ μέχρι τούτων ἡ ἔρις, ὥσπερ τις φλὸξ διὰ κα λάμης θέουσα, καὶ τά κύκλῳ περιλαμβάνουσα)· καὶ Ἰούδλς σήμερον, ἢ Καῖάφας, ὁ χθὲς Ἠλίας, ἥ Ἰωάννης, ἤ τις ἄλλος τῶν μετὰ Χριστοῦ τεταγμένων, καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ζώνην περικειμένων, καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἀμπιχομὲνων φαιὸν ἤ μὲλαν τριβώνιον, ὅ σεμνότης βίου προβάλλεται, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν νόμον καὶ λόγον. Καὶ τὸ καλὸν ἄνθος τῶν ὑψηλῶν, τὴν ὠχρότητα, ἤ τὸ τῆς φωνῆς εὔτακτον καὶ ἡσύχιον, ἥ τὰ τοῦ βαδίσλατος ἐμβριθὲς τε καὶ ἥμερον, χθὶς μὲν φιλοσοφίαν, σήμερον δὲ κενοδοξίαν προσηγορεύσαμενο καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν κατά πνευμάτων ἤ νόσων δύναμιν, ποτὶ μὶν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ποτὶ δὲ τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ προσεθήκαμεν, καὶ χρώμεθα τούτων o6 δικαίᾳ στάθμῃ, τῇ φιλονεικίᾳ καὶ τῷ θυμῷ.

Dʼ. Hēmas de heiʼ tis erōtēseie. Ti to timiōminon hymin kai proskynoumenons procheiron eipein; Ē agapē. ‘0 gar Theos hēmōn ē agapē esti. Rhēsis tou hagiou Pneumatos kai touto chairei mallon akouōn, hē ti allo, ho Theos. Ti dai nomou kai prophētōn chephalaion? ouk allo ē touto synchōrēseien ho iyangeliotēs apokrinasthai. Ti dēpote oun hoi tēs agapēs, houtō misoumen te kai misoumithas kai hoi tēs eirēnēs, polemoumen akērykta te kai achatallakta ? kai o't tou akrogōniaiou, diistamitha? kai hoi tēs petras. seiomethas kai hoi tou phōtos, eskotismetha? kai hoi tou Logou, tosautēs hasmen sigēs, ē alogias, ē paraplēxias, ē, ouk hoidʼ ho ti kai onomasō mestoi; hōste trophēs men, kai hypnou, kai ǭdēs koros esti, kai tōn aischistōn, hōs legousiʼ kai plēsmonē pantōn, ou tōn algeinōn monon, allʼēdē kaitōn hēdistōn, kai panta eis allēla perichōrei te kai piritrepetaie hēmin dʼ oudeis horos tou ballein kai ballesthai, hou tois heterodoxousi monon, kai kata ton tēs pisteōs logon diestēkosin (ētton gar an ēn algeinon, kai ho zēlos, apologia pragmatōn epainoumenōn, ean en horois histētai) ēdē de kai tois homodoxois, kai pros tous autous, kai hypir tōn autōn stasiazousi (touto gar to mochthērotaton, ē eleeinotaton. Kai Tomiano»: ti? Philarchia tychon, ē philochrēmatia, hę̄ phthonos, hē misos, ē hyperopsia, ē ti tōn hosa mēde tous atheous horōmen paschontas kai to charien, hē tōn psēphōn metathesis. Hotan halōmen, eusebeis esmen kai horthodoxoi, kai katapheugomen pseudōs epi tēn alētheian, hōs hyper pisteōs stasiazontes; kai touto monon epaineton poioumen, hōs en kakois, ei mē kai lian aischron, hoti tēn kakian lputhriōntes, epi semnoteron onoma metabainomen, tēn eusebeian. Embrontēte kai polytrope eipoitis an, kai plasma tou Ponērou kai tou sophistou tēs kakias, hostis poti ei ho touto paschōn, ē, to gi alēthesteron eipein, anoētotate; houtos soi chthes ēn heusebēs, kai pōs asebēs sēmeron, mēden prostheis, mēoi aphelōn, mēti rhē mati, mēte pragmati, allʼ epi tōn autōn histamenos; hos anapnei ton auton aera, kai tois autois ommasi prosblepei ton auton hēlion ; ei boulei de, hōs peri arithmōn ē metrōn erōtētheis, ouk allo ti ē tauton apochrinetai? Alla kai pornos soi sēmeron, o chthes1ōsēph(probainei gar kai mechri toutōn hē eris, hōsper tis phlox dia ka lamēs theousa, kai ta kyklǭ perilambanousa); kai Ioudls sēmeron, ē Kaiaphas, ho chthes Ēlias, hē Iōannēs, ē tis allos tōn meta Christou tetagmenōn, kai tēn autēn zōnēn perikeimenōn, kai to auto ampichomenōn phaion ē melan tribōnion, ho semnotēs biou proballetai, kata ge ton emon nomon kai logon. Kai to kalon anthos tōn hypsēlōn, tēn ōchrotēta, ē to tēs phōnēs eutakton kai hēsychion, hē ta tou badislatos embrithes te kai hēmeron, chthis men philosophian, sēmeron de kenodoxian prosēgoreusameno kai tēn autēn kata pneumatōn ē nosōn dynamin, poti min tǭ Iēsou, poti de tǭ Beelzeboul prosethēkamen, kai chrōmetha toutōn o6 dikaią stathmę̄, tę̄ philoneikią kai tǭ thymǭ.

[4] But if someone should ask us, “What do you honour and worship?” the answer is ready: “Love.” For “our God is love,” a saying of the Holy Spirit; and God rejoices to hear this more than anything else. And what is the sum of the law and the prophets? The evangelist would allow no other answer than this. Why then do we, the people of love, hate and are hated so? Why do we, the people of peace, wage war without herald and without reconciliation? Why do we, the people of the cornerstone, stand apart? Why are we, the people of the rock, shaken; we, the people of the light, darkened; and we, the people of the Word, full of such silence, or unreason, or madness, or I do not know what to call it? Of food, of sleep, of song, and even of the most shameful things, as they say, there is satiety, and a surfeit of everything, not only of what is painful but even of what is sweetest, and everything passes over and turns into everything else; but for us there is no limit to striking and being struck, not only with those of other opinions who differ in the doctrine of the faith (that would be less painful, and zeal is a defence of praiseworthy things, if it stays within bounds), but now even with those of the same opinion, quarrelling against the same people and for the same things (this is the most wretched, or most pitiable thing of all). And for what? For love of rule, perhaps, or of money, or envy, or hatred, or arrogance, or any of the things that we do not see even the godless suffer from. And the pretty thing is the changing of votes. When we are caught, we are pious and orthodox, and we take refuge falsely in the truth, as if we were quarrelling for the faith; and we do this one praiseworthy thing, as among evils, if it is not utterly shameful: blushing at vice, we pass over to a more venerable name, piety. “Thunderstruck and many-sided creature,” one might say, “creature of the Evil One and sophist of vice,” whoever you are who suffer this, or, to speak more truly, “most senseless one: this man was pious to you yesterday, and how is he impious today, having added nothing and taken nothing away, either in word or in deed, but standing on the same ground? He breathes the same air and looks with the same eyes at the same sun; or, if you like, when asked about numbers or measures, he gives no other answer but the same.” But today he is a fornicator to you, who yesterday was a Joseph (for strife goes even this far, like a flame running through stubble and seizing everything around it); and today he is a Judas or a Caiaphas, who yesterday was an Elijah or a John, or one of the others ranked with Christ, wearing the same girdle and clad in the same grey or black cloak which gravity of life puts on, according to my rule and reasoning. And the fair flower of lofty men, their pallor, or the orderliness and quiet of their voice, or the gravity and gentleness of their gait, yesterday we called philosophy and today vainglory; and the same power over spirits or diseases we have ascribed now to Jesus, now to Beelzebul; and the measure we use for these things is not a just one, but contentiousness and anger.

22.4PG 35:1137b–1137d

Καὶ ὥσπερ ἡ αύτὴ γῆ ἕστηκε μὲν τοῖς ἐρῥωμένοις, καί o6 πεπονθόσι, κινεῖται δὲ τοῖς ΐλιγγιὼσι καὶ περιτρεπομὲνοις, τοῦ τῶν ὀρόντων πάθους ἐπὶ τὸ ὁρώμενον μεταβαῖνον-τος · εἷ βούλει δὲ, ὥσπερ τὸ αὐτὸ τῶν κιόνων διάστημα, πλεῖον μὶν τοῖς ἐγγυτέρω καὶ προσεχέσιν, ἔλαττον δὲ τοῖς πορῥωτέρω φαίνεται, κλιπτομένου τοῦ ἀέρος τῷ διαστήματι, καὶ συναπτούσης τῆς ὅψεως τά παχύτεραʼ οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς ῥᾳδίως ἐξαπατώμεθα διὰ τὴν ἔχθραν, καὶ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν o6 τά αὐτὰ, φίλοι τε ὄντες καὶ μὴ, γινώσκομεν καὶ χειροτονεῖ ῥᾳδίως ἡμῖν πολλοὺς μὲν ἁγίους, πολλοὺς δʼ ἀθέους παρὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ὁ καιρὸς, μᾶλλονδὲ πάντας ἀθλίους· 06 μόνον τῷ πρὸς πονηρὸν παράδειγμα βλέπειν ἡμᾶς (ἐπειδή πρόχειρον ἡ κακία καὶ δίχα τοῦ ἕλκοντος), ἀλλʼ δτι καὶ πᾶσι πάντα συγχωρούμεν ἑτοίμως ὑπὲρ ἐνὸς τοῦ συμμαίνεσθαι Καὶ πρότερον μὲν οὐδὲ ῥῆμα τῶν περιττῶν τι φθέγγεσθαι τῶν ἀκινδύνων ἣν, νῦν δὲ λοιδορούμεθα καὶ τοῖς εύσεβεστάτοις · καὶ ποτὲ μὲν οὐδʼ ἀναγινώσκειν ἕξω νόμον ἐξῆν, ούδὶ ὁμολογίας ἐπικαλεῖσθαι (τὸ δέ ἐστιν, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, τὴν τοῦ λαοῦ συγκατάθεσιν) · νῦν δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀπορῥήτων τοῖς βεβήλοις χρώμεθα διαιτηταῖς, ῥιπτοῦντες τά ἆγια τοῖς κυσὶ, καὶ βάλοντες τοὺς μαργάρίτας ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων. 06 μόνον δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἀκοὰς αὐτῶν ἐπιῶμεν ταῖς κατʼ ἀλλήλων ὕβρεσι· καὶ οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνο δυνάμεθα συνορᾷν, ὃτι οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ὃπλον ἐχθρῷ πιστεύειν, οὐδὲ μισοῦντι Χριστιανοὺς κατά Χριστιανοῦ λόγον. "0 γὰρ σήμερον ὠνειδίσαμιν αὔριον ώνειδίσθημενο καὶ σαίνει τὸ λεγόμενον ὁ ἐχθρὸς, ούκ ὅτι ἐπαινεῖ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι θησαυρίζει πικρῶς, ἵνʼ ἰν καιρῷ τὸν ἰὸν ἐμέσῃ κατὰ τοῦ πιστεύσαντος.

Kai hōsper hē autē gē hestēke men tois errhōmenois, kai o6 peponthosi, kineitai de tois ïlingiōsi kai peritrepomenois, tou tōn orontōn pathous epi to horōmenon metabainon-tos ; hei boulei de, hōsper to auto tōn kionōn diastēma, pleion min tois engyterō kai prosechesin, elatton de tois porrhōterō phainetai, kliptomenou tou aeros tǭ diastēmati, kai synaptousēs tēs hopseōs ta pachyteraʼ houtō kai hēmeis rhądiōs exapatōmetha dia tēn echthran, kai peri tōn autōn o6 ta auta, philoi te ontes kai mē, ginōskomen kai cheirotonei rhądiōs hēmin pollous men hagious, pollous dʼ atheous para to eikos ho kairos, mallonde pantas athlious; 06 monon tǭ pros ponēron paradeigma blepein hēmas (epeidē procheiron hē kakia kai dicha tou helkontos), allʼ dti kai pasi panta synchōroumen hetoimōs hyper enos tou symmainesthai Kai proteron men oude rhēma tōn perittōn ti phthengesthai tōn akindynōn hēn, nyn de loidoroumetha kai tois eusebestatois ; kai pote men oudʼ anaginōskein hexō nomon exēn, oudi homologias epikaleisthai (to de estin, hōs emoi dokei, tēn tou laou synkatathesin) ; nyn de kai tōn aporrhētōn tois bebēlois chrōmetha diaitētais, rhiptountes ta agia tois kysi, kai balontes tous margaritas emprosthen tōn choirōn. 06 monon de, alla kai tas akoas autōn epiōmen tais katʼ allēlōn hybresi; kai oudʼ ekeino dynametha synorąn, hoti ouk asphales hoplon echthrǭ pisteuein, oude misounti Christianous kata Christianou logon. "0 gar sēmeron ōneidisamin aurion ōneidisthēmeno kai sainei to legomenon ho echthros, ouk hoti epainei, allʼ hoti thēsaurizei pikrōs, hinʼ in kairǭ ton ion emesę̄ kata tou pisteusantos.

And as the same earth stands still for the healthy and the unaffected, but moves for the dizzy and the reeling, the condition of those who see passing over to what is seen; or, if you like, as the same interval between columns seems greater to those nearer and close by, and smaller to those farther off, the air being stolen by the distance and the sight joining the thicker parts together: so we too are easily deceived through enmity, and judge differently about the same things according as we are friends or not. And the times readily ordain for us many saints, and many godless men, beyond all reason, or rather make everyone wretched; not only because we look to a bad example (for vice is ready to hand even without anyone drawing us), but because we readily concede everything to everyone for the sake of this one thing, that they join in our madness. Formerly it was not safe to utter even one superfluous word, but now we revile even the most pious. Once it was not lawful even to read outside the rule, nor to call for professions (which means, it seems to me, the assent of the people); but now we use the profane as arbiters even of the ineffable, throwing holy things to the dogs and casting pearls before swine. Not only this, but we also fill their ears with our insults against one another; and we cannot even see that it is not safe to trust a weapon to an enemy, nor a word against a Christian to one who hates Christians. For what we reproached today, we were reproached with tomorrow; and the enemy fawns on what is said, not because he praises it, but because he bitterly stores it up, to vomit his poison in due time against the one who trusted him.

22.7PG 35:1140a–1140c

Τί ταῦτα πάσχομεν ὦ οὗτοι, καὶ μεχρι τίνος; Πότε δὲ τῆς μέθης ἐκνήψομεν, ἤ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τὴν λήμην περιαιρήσομεν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἀληθείας φῶς ἀναβλέψομενς Ποία σκοτόμαινα ταῦτα; τίς νυκτομαχίαις τίς ζάλη, φίλων καὶ πολεμίων ὄψιν οὐ διακρίνουσα; Διατί γεγόναμεν ὄνειδος τοῖς γείτοσιν ἡμῶν, μυκτηρισμός καὶ χλευασμὸς τοῖς x6κλῳ ἡμῶν ; Τίς ἡ φιλοτιμία τοῦ κακοῦ ; Πόθεν οὕτως ἀθάνατα κάμνομεν; μᾶλλον δὶ οὐδὲ κάμνομεν, ἀλλʼ ἒρῥώμεθα τῷ κακῷ, μαινομένων τὸ πάθος, καὶ ἡδόμεθα δαπανώμενοι. Καὶ οὐδαμοῦ λόγος, οὐ φίλος, οὐ σύμμαχος, οὐκ ἰατρὸς, ἤ φαρμακεύων, ἤ ἐκτέμνων τὸ πάθος· οὐ παραστάτης ἄγγελος, οὐ Θεός· ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἀπεκλείσαμεν. Ἵνα τί, Κύριε, ἀφέστηκας μακρόθεν; καὶ πῶς ἀποστρέφῃ είς τὲλος; Καὶ πότε ἐπισκοπὴν ήλῶν ποιήσω καὶ ποῦ προβήσεται ταῦτα καῖ στήσεταις Δέδοικα μὴ καπνὸς τοῦ προσδοκωμένου πυρὸς τὰ παρόντα, μὴ τούτοις ὁ Ἀντίχριστος ἐπιστῇ, καὶ καιρὸν λάβῃ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ δυναστείας τὰ ἡμέτερα πταίσματά τε καὶ ἄρῥωστήματα. Οὐ γὰρ ὑγιαίνουσι προσβαλεῖ τυχὸν, οὐδὲ τῇ ἀγάπῃ πεπυκνωμένοις · ἀλλᾶ δεῖ μερισθῆναι τήν βασιλείαν ἐφʼ ἑαυτὴν, εἶτα πειρασθῆναι καὶ δεθῆναι τὸν ἰσχυρὸν ἐν ἡμῖν λογισμὸν, εἶτα τὰ σκεύη διαρπαγῆʼναι,καὶ ταῦτα παθεῖν ἡμᾶς,ἄ νῦν ὁρῶμεν τὸν ἐχθρὸν παρᾶ Χριστοῦ πάσχοντα.

Ti tauta paschomen ō houtoi, kai mechri tinos? Pote de tēs methēs eknēpsomen, ē tōn ophthalmōn tēn lēmēn periairēsomen, kai pros to tēs alētheias phōs anablepsomens Poia skotomaina tauta? tis nyktomachiais tis zalē, philōn kai polemiōn opsin ou diakrinousa? Diati gegonamen oneidos tois geitosin hēmōn, myktērismos kai chleuasmos tois x6klǭ hēmōn ? Tis hē philotimia tou kakou ? Pothen houtōs athanata kamnomen? mallon di oude kamnomen, allʼ errhōmetha tǭ kakǭ, mainomenōn to pathos, kai hēdometha dapanōmenoi. Kai oudamou logos, ou philos, ou symmachos, ouk iatros, ē pharmakeuōn, ē ektemnōn to pathos; ou parastatēs angelos, ou Theos; alla pros tois allois, kai tēn tou Theou philanthrōpian hēmin autois apekleisamen. Hina ti, Kyrie, aphestēkas makrothen? kai pōs apostrephę̄ eis telos? Kai pote episkopēn ēlōn poiēsō kai pou probēsetai tauta kai stēsetais Dedoika mē kapnos tou prosdokōmenou pyros ta paronta, mē toutois ho Antichristos epistę̄, kai kairon labę̄ tēs heautou dynasteias ta hēmetera ptaismata te kai arrhōstēmata. Ou gar hygiainousi prosbalei tychon, oude tę̄ agapę̄ pepyknōmenois ; alla dei meristhēnai tēn basileian ephʼ heautēn, eita peirasthēnai kai dethēnai ton ischyron en hēmin logismon, eita ta skeuē diarpagēʼnai,kai tauta pathein hēmas,a nyn horōmen ton echthron para Christou paschonta.

Why do we suffer this, my friends, and how long? When shall we sober up from our drunkenness, or take the rheum from our eyes and look up to the light of the truth? What dizziness is this? What night battle? What storm, which cannot tell the faces of friends from those of enemies? Why have we become a reproach to our neighbours, a scorn and derision to those around us? What is this ambition for evil? Whence comes this incurable sickness of ours? Or rather we are not even sick, but strong in evil, with the passion of madmen, and we delight in being consumed. And nowhere is there a word, a friend, an ally, a physician, either to apply medicine or to cut out the disease; no angel at hand, no God; but besides everything else we have shut ourselves out from God’s love for mankind. “Why, O Lord, do you stand far off?” and “Why do you turn away for ever?” And when will you visit us? Where will these things go, and where will they stop? I fear that the present things may be the smoke of the fire that is expected; that Antichrist may come upon them, and take our faults and sicknesses as the occasion for his own power. For perhaps he will not attack the healthy, nor those compacted in love; but the kingdom must be divided against itself, then the strong reason within us be tested and bound, then the goods plundered, and we suffer what we now see the enemy suffering from Christ.

22.8PG 35:1140c–1141a

Διὰ ταῦτα ἐγὼ κλαίω, φησῖν Ἱερεμίας ἐν Θρήνοις, καὶ ζητῶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου πηγὰς δακρύων ἀρκούσας τῷ πάθει, καὶ καλῶ τὰς σοφὰς, ’ίνα τὸν θρῆνον ἐργάσωνται, ἤ συνεργάσωνταιʼ καὶ τὴν κοιλίαν ἀλγῶ, καὶ μαιμάσσω τὰ αἱσθητήρια, καὶ οὐκ ἔχω, πῶς κουφίσω τὸ ἀλγοῦν, καὶ τίσι τοῖς ῥήμασι. Διὰ ταῦτα σιωπᾶται τὰ παλαιὰ, καὶ κωμῳδεῖται τὰ vta (κωμῳδία γὰρ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἡ ἐμὴ τραγῳδία) ο διὰ τοῦτο τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ὀφείλομεν οὐκ ὀλίγον, καὶ τῇ σκηνῇ πράσεθήκαμεν ’ καὶ ναῦτα ἐν τοιαύτῃ πόλει, ἦ σπουδάζει τὸ τὰ εεῖα παίζειν, ὥσπερ τι ἓτερον, καὶ θᾶττον ἂν τι τῶν ἐπαινουμένων γελάσειεν, ἤ παρίδοι τι τῶν γελοίων ἀγέλαστον. Ὢστε θαυμάσαιμι ἃν εἰ μή κάμὲ γελάσαι σήμερον τὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα, τὸν εὐσεβείας ἔπηλυν κήρυκα, καὶ μὴ πάντα γελᾷν, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἃ καὶ σπουδάζειν διδάσκοντα. Καὶ τί γεκᾷν Itym; Θαυμαστὸν, εἰ μὴ καὶ δίκας ἆπαιτηθείην, εὐεργετεῖν βουλόμενος. Τοιαῦτα γὰρ τὰ ἡμέτερα, ὡς ἐμὲ γε οὐ λυποῦσιν, οὔτʼ Ἐκκλησίαι κατεχόμεναι; ὅ τάχα ἂν τις παίθοί τῶν μικροπρεπῶν τήν διάνοιαν, οὔτε χρυσὸς ἄλλοις ῥιων, οὕτε γλῶσσαι πονηραὶ, τὸ ἑαυτῶν ποιοῦσαι, λέγουσαι κακῶς, έπειδή καλῶς οὐκ ἔμαθον.

Dia tauta egō klaiō, phēsin Hieremias en Thrēnois, kai zētō tois ophthalmois mou pēgas dakryōn arkousas tǭ pathei, kai kalō tas sophas, ’ina ton thrēnon ergasōntai, ē synergasōntaiʼ kai tēn koilian algō, kai maimassō ta haisthētēria, kai ouk echō, pōs kouphisō to algoun, kai tisi tois rhēmasi. Dia tauta siōpatai ta palaia, kai kōmǭdeitai ta vta (kōmǭdia gar tois echthrois hē emē tragǭdia) o dia touto tōn Ekklēsiōn opheilomen ouk oligon, kai tę̄ skēnę̄ prasethēkamen ’ kai nauta en toiautę̄ polei, ē spoudazei to ta eeia paizein, hōsper ti heteron, kai thatton an ti tōn epainoumenōn gelaseien, ē paridoi ti tōn geloiōn agelaston. Ōste thaumasaimi han ei mē kame gelasai sēmeron ton tauta legonta, ton eusebeias epēlyn kēryka, kai mē panta geląn, allʼ estin ha kai spoudazein didaskonta. Kai ti gekąn Itym? Thaumaston, ei mē kai dikas apaitētheiēn, euergetein boulomenos. Toiauta gar ta hēmetera, hōs eme ge ou lypousin, outʼ Ekklēsiai katechomenai? ho tacha an tis paithoi tōn mikroprepōn tēn dianoian, oute chrysos allois rhiōn, houte glōssai ponērai, to heautōn poiousai, legousai kakōs, epeidē kalōs ouk emathon.

“For these things I weep,” says Jeremiah in Lamentations; and I seek for my eyes fountains of tears enough for the suffering, and I call the wise women to make the lament, or to join in it; and I am pained in my belly, my senses are in turmoil, and I do not know how to lighten the pain, or with what words. Because of these things the old is passed over in silence and the new is made a comedy (for my tragedy is a comedy to our enemies); because of this we owe the churches no small debt, and have added to the theatre; and that in such a city, which is as eager to make sport of divine things as of anything else, and would sooner laugh at something praiseworthy than pass by anything laughable without laughing. So I would be surprised if they did not laugh at me too today, as I say these things, the newcomer herald of piety, teaching that not everything is to be laughed at, but that some things must be taken seriously. And why do I say laugh? It would be a wonder if I were not even brought to trial for wishing to do good. For such are our affairs. Yet I am not grieved by them: not by churches being held by others (which might perhaps sway the small-minded), nor by gold flowing to others, nor by wicked tongues doing their part, speaking evil because they have not learned to speak well.

22.9PG 35:1141a–1141c

Ού γὰρ δέος, μήποτε τόπῳ περιγράφηται τὸ Θεῖον, ἢ ὢνιον γένηται, ’ἶνʼ ὅλον ᾖ τῶν εὐπορωτέρων, Ἐμέ τε οὐκ ἀμείψουσιν οἷ εὐφημοῦντες, δυσφημοῦντες (ὥσπερ οἱ βορβόρῳ μύρον ἀναμιγνύντες, ἢ μύρῳ βόρβορον, καὶ τὰς ποιότητας τῇ ἐπιμιξίᾳ συγχέοντες), ’ίνα δυσχεραίνω τὰς βλασφημίας ὡς μεθιστάμενος. Ἦ πολλὰ ἂν κατέβαλον χρήματα τοῖς ἐπαινέταις, εἷʼ με βελτίω τοῖς έπαίνοις εἶργάζοντο. Νῦν δὲ οὐχ οὕτω τοῦτο ἔχει, πόθεν ; ἀλλʼ ὅπερ εἰμὶ, τοῦτο μένω, καὶ δυσφημούμενος, καί θαυμαζόμενος. Bpo'coc' διʼ άλλως νήχεται ’ λόγοις, φησίνλιώβ· καὶ ὅσα πέτραν περιῤῥέων ἀφρὸς, ἣ πίτυν αὖραι, ἥ τινα τῶν δασέων καὶ ὑψηλῶν · τοσαῦτα αἱ γλῶσσαί με περιῤῥέουσι, καὶ ἃμα φιλοσοφῶ τι τοιοῦτο πρὸς έμαυτόν · ὡς. Εἰ μὶν ψευδὴς ὁ κατηγορῶν, οὐκ ἐμοῦ μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος, ἤ ἐκείνου τὸ λεγόμενον ἅπτεται, κᾶι ἐμὲ ὀνόματι βλασφημῇ · εἷ δʼ ἀλῆθὴς, ἐμαυτὶν μᾶλλον ἥ τὸν λέγοντα αἰτιάσομαι (παρʼ ἐμοῦ γὰρ ἰκείνῳ τὸ λέγειν, οὐκ ἐμοὶ τὸ εἶναι τοιούτῳ παρὰ τοῦ λέγοντος)· καὶ παραδραμὼν τὰς φωνὰς, ὡς οὐδὲν οὔσας, ἐμαυτοῦ γενήσομαι, τοῦτο μόνον αὐτῶν κερδαίνων τῆς μοχθηρίας, τὸ βιοῦν ἀσφαλέστερον. Τρίτον δʼ, ὅ καὶ μέγιστον ἔχει τι καὶ μεγαλοπρεπὲς, ἡ λοιδορία, ὅτι μετὰ Θεοῦ βλασφημούμεθα· οἱ γὰρ αύτοὶ θεότητά τε ἀθετοῦσι, καί τὸν Θεολόγον ὑβρίζουσιν. Οὐκοῦν τούτων οὐδὲν δεινὸν, κᾶν οἱ πολλοὶ νομίζωσιν· ἀλλʼ δτι μηδείς ἔτι πικτεύεται πιστὸς εἶναι, μηδὶ τήν ἀρειὴν ἄτεχνος καὶ σκηνῆς ἐλεύθερος, μηδʼ ἂν σφόδρα ᾖ τήν ψυχὴν ἐρρωμένος, καὶ γνήσιος εἲς εὐσέβειαν ’ ἀλλʼ ὁ μὶν καὶ φανερῶς γακὸς. ὁ δὲ πλάσμα καί χρῶμα ἔχει τὴν ἐπιείκειαν, ἵνα κλέπτῃ τῷ φαινομένῳ.

Ou gar deos, mēpote topǭ perigraphētai to Theion, ē ōnion genētai, ’inʼ holon ę̄ tōn euporōterōn, Eme te ouk ameipsousin hoi euphēmountes, dysphēmountes (hōsper hoi borborǭ myron anamignyntes, ē myrǭ borboron, kai tas poiotētas tę̄ epimixią syncheontes), ’ina dyscherainō tas blasphēmias hōs methistamenos. Ē polla an katebalon chrēmata tois epainetais, heiʼ me beltiō tois epainois eirgazonto. Nyn de ouch houtō touto echei, pothen ? allʼ hoper eimi, touto menō, kai dysphēmoumenos, kai thaumazomenos. Bpo'coc' diʼ allōs nēchetai ’ logois, phēsinliōb; kai hosa petran perirrheōn aphros, hē pityn aurai, hē tina tōn daseōn kai hypsēlōn ; tosauta hai glōssai me perirrheousi, kai hama philosophō ti toiouto pros emauton ; hōs. Ei min pseudēs ho katēgorōn, ouk emou mallon ho logos, ē ekeinou to legomenon haptetai, kai eme onomati blasphēmę̄ ; hei dʼ alēthēs, emautin mallon hē ton legonta aitiasomai (parʼ emou gar ikeinǭ to legein, ouk emoi to einai toioutǭ para tou legontos); kai paradramōn tas phōnas, hōs ouden ousas, emautou genēsomai, touto monon autōn kerdainōn tēs mochthērias, to bioun asphalesteron. Triton dʼ, ho kai megiston echei ti kai megaloprepes, hē loidoria, hoti meta Theou blasphēmoumetha; hoi gar autoi theotēta te athetousi, kai ton Theologon hybrizousin. Oukoun toutōn ouden deinon, kan hoi polloi nomizōsin; allʼ dti mēdeis eti pikteuetai pistos einai, mēdi tēn areiēn atechnos kai skēnēs eleutheros, mēdʼ an sphodra ę̄ tēn psychēn errōmenos, kai gnēsios eis eusebeian ’ allʼ ho min kai phanerōs gakos. ho de plasma kai chrōma echei tēn epieikeian, hina kleptę̄ tǭ phainomenǭ.

For there is no fear that the Divine may be confined to a place, or become purchasable, so as to belong wholly to the wealthier. Nor will those who praise or blame change me (like people who mix ointment with mud, or mud with ointment, confusing the qualities by mixing them), so that I should be annoyed at their blasphemies as though I were being altered. Otherwise I would have spent much money on those who praise me, if they made me better by their praises. But it is not so (how could it be?); what I am I remain, whether reviled or admired. “A mortal swims in vain words,” says Job; and as foam flowing round a rock, or breezes round a pine or any of the thick and lofty trees, so the tongues flow round me. And at the same time I reason with myself in this way: if the accuser lies, the word touches him rather than me, even if he blasphemes me by name; but if he speaks the truth, I will blame myself rather than the speaker (for he has the matter of his speech from me; I do not have my character from him); and, passing by the voices as nothing, I will attend to myself, gaining from their wickedness only this, that I live more safely. Third, and greatest, the abuse has something magnificent in it: we are blasphemed together with God; for the same people both reject the Godhead and insult the theologian. None of these things, then, is dreadful, though most people think so. What is dreadful is that no one is any longer trusted to be faithful, or genuine and unaffected in virtue, however strong in soul and genuine in piety he may be; but one man is openly bad, while another has a mask and paint of goodness to deceive by appearances.

22.10PG 35:1141c–1144b

Καὶ οἱ μὲν ού δοκοῦσι μέλανες διά τινας τοιούτουςʼ οὺδὶ δυσχενεῖς, ἥ δυσειδεῖς, ἤ ἄνανδροι, ἤ ἀκόλαστοι πλειόνων οὕτως ἐχόντων· ἀλλὰ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἕκαστος κρίνεται, καὶ οὐ κοινοῦται, οὕτε τῶν ψεγομένων οὐδέν, οὕτε τῶν έπαινουμένων. Τὸ δὲ τῆς κακίας εἰς πάντας χεῖται ῥᾳδίως, καὶ κοινὴ κατηγορία τοῦ παντὸς, μὴ ὅτι τὸ τῶν πολλῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τινῶν γίνεται. Καὶ τὸ δεινότατον, δτιμή μέχρις ἡμῶν ’ίσταται μόνον, ἀλλʼ ἰπὶ τὸ μέγα καὶ σεμνὸν ἡμῶν διαβαίνει μυστήριον. Τῶν γὰρ τὰ ἡμέτερα κρινόντων, ὅ πᾶσι μικροῦ συμβαίνει, τοῖς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων κριταῖς, οἱ μὲν έπιεικῶς εῗσιν ἥμεροι καὶ φιλάνθρωποιο οἱ δὲ καὶ λίαν πικροὶ καὶ ἀγνώμονες. Οἳ μὶν γὰρ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς κακίζουσι τῆς μοχθηρίας, ἀφιέντες τὸ δόγμα τῆς μέμψεως ’ οἱ δὲ καταιτιῶνται τὸν νόλον ἀύτὸν, ὡς κακέας διδάσκαλον, καὶ μάλιστα irav πολλοῖς ἐντύχωσι πονηροῖς τῶν προστασίας IA’. Τί rubras ὧ οὗτοι, καὶ μέχρι τίνος; Οὖ σωφρονήσομεν ὀψὲ γοῦν; Οὐκ ἐκνηψομενς Οὐκ αἶʼσχυνοῦμεθῃ Οὐκ, εἰ μή τι ἄλλο, τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν φυλαξόμεθα γλώσσας, αἿ καὶ τὰ ψευδῆ ῥᾳδίως έπηρεάζουσιν; Οὐ παυσόμεθα τῆς ἄγαν φιλονεικίας; Οὑ γνωσόμεθα, τίνα μὲν ἡμῖν ἐφικτὰ τῶν ζητουμένων, xvi μέχρι τίνος · τίνα δὲ ὑπὲρ τήν ἡμετέραν δύναμιν; Καὶ τινα μὶν τοῖʼ) παρόντος καιροῦ, καὶτῆς κάτω συγχύσεως ἐπισκοτούσης τῇ διανοίᾳ ο τίνα δὲ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖθεν ἐλευθερίας ’ἱνα τὰ μὶν στέργωμεν τέως, τοῖς δὲ καθαιρώμεθα, ὡς ὕστερον τελεσθησόμενοι καὶ στησάμενοι τῆς ἐφέσεωςς Οὐ διαιρήσομεν έν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, τίνα μὲν οὐδὲ ζητητέον παντάπασι, τίνα δʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν μετρίως, τίνα δὲ συγχωρητέον καὶ παρετέον τοῖς φιλέρισιν, ὅπως, ἄν ἔχῃ, ὡς οὐδὲν τὸν λόγον ’ἓ μῶν παραβλάπτοντα; Καὶ τίνα μὲν τῇ πίστει δοτέον μόνῃ, τίνα δὲ καὶτοῖς λογισμοῖς; Ὑπὲρ δὲ τίνων καὶ πολεμητέον ἐκθύμως, λογικῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὀπλιτικῶς; Τὸ γὰρ καὶ χεῖρας ἀνταίρειθ, παντελῶς ἔξω τῆς ἡμεστέρας αὐλῆς, καὶ τοῖς μισοῦσιν ἡμᾶς ἀποῤῥιπτέον.

Kai hoi men ou dokousi melanes dia tinas toioutousʼ oudi dyscheneis, hē dyseideis, ē anandroi, ē akolastoi pleionōn houtōs echontōn; alla kathʼ heauton hekastos krinetai, kai ou koinoutai, houte tōn psegomenōn ouden, houte tōn epainoumenōn. To de tēs kakias eis pantas cheitai rhądiōs, kai koinē katēgoria tou pantos, mē hoti to tōn pollōn, alla kai to tinōn ginetai. Kai to deinotaton, dtimē mechris hēmōn ’istatai monon, allʼ ipi to mega kai semnon hēmōn diabainei mystērion. Tōn gar ta hēmetera krinontōn, ho pasi mikrou symbainei, tois tōn allotriōn kritais, hoi men epieikōs eïsin hēmeroi kai philanthrōpoio hoi de kai lian pikroi kai agnōmones. Hoi min gar hēmas autous kakizousi tēs mochthērias, aphientes to dogma tēs mempseōs ’ hoi de kataitiōntai ton nolon auton, hōs kakeas didaskalon, kai malista irav pollois entychōsi ponērois tōn prostasias IA’. Ti rubras hō houtoi, kai mechri tinos? Ou sōphronēsomen opse goun? Ouk eknēpsomens Ouk aiʼschynoumethę̄ Ouk, ei mē ti allo, tas tōn echthrōn phylaxometha glōssas, haI kai ta pseudē rhądiōs epēreazousin? Ou pausometha tēs agan philoneikias? Hou gnōsometha, tina men hēmin ephikta tōn zētoumenōn, xvi mechri tinos ; tina de hyper tēn hēmeteran dynamin? Kai tina min toiʼ) parontos kairou, kaitēs katō synchyseōs episkotousēs tę̄ dianoią o tina de tou mellontos aiōnos, kai tēs ekeithen eleutherias ’hina ta min stergōmen teōs, tois de kathairōmetha, hōs hysteron telesthēsomenoi kai stēsamenoi tēs epheseōss Ou diairēsomen en hēmin autois, tina men oude zētēteon pantapasi, tina dʼ hyper hōn metriōs, tina de synchōrēteon kai pareteon tois philerisin, hopōs, an echę̄, hōs ouden ton logon ’he mōn parablaptonta? Kai tina men tę̄ pistei doteon monę̄, tina de kaitois logismois? Hyper de tinōn kai polemēteon ekthymōs, logikōs, allʼ ouch oplitikōs? To gar kai cheiras antaireith, pantelōs exō tēs hēmesteras aulēs, kai tois misousin hēmas aporrhipteon.

Some people are not thought black because of others who are, nor low-born, nor ugly, nor unmanly, nor licentious, though many are so; each is judged by himself, and neither blame nor praise is shared. But vice spreads easily to everyone, and becomes a common accusation against the whole body, not only when it belongs to many, but even when it belongs to a few. And the most dreadful thing is that it does not stop with us, but passes over to our great and venerable mystery. For of those who judge our affairs (as happens with almost all who judge the affairs of others), some are reasonably mild and humane, while others are very bitter and unfair. The one group blames us for our wickedness, acquitting the doctrine of blame; the other accuses the law itself of teaching vice, especially when they meet many wicked men among those in leadership. [11] What is this, my friends, and how long? Shall we not come to our senses, even late? Shall we not sober up? Shall we not be ashamed? Shall we not, if nothing else, guard against the tongues of our enemies, which readily spread even lies? Shall we not stop our excessive contentiousness? Shall we not learn which of the things we inquire into are within our reach, and how far, and which are beyond our power; which belong to the present time, when the confusion below darkens the mind, and which to the age to come and the freedom there; so that we may be content with the former for the time being and be purified by them, to be perfected later and to rest from our longing? Shall we not distinguish among ourselves which things are not to be inquired into at all, which in moderation, and which are to be conceded and left to the lovers of strife, however they may stand, as doing our doctrine no harm? And which must be given to faith alone, and which to reasoning as well? And for which we must fight eagerly, with reason and not with arms? For to raise our hands as well is altogether outside our fold and must be thrown off to those who hate us.

22.12PG 35:1144c–1145b

Οὐχ ἕνα μὲν ὅρον οὗσεβείας ἡγησόμεθα, προσκυνεῖν Πατέρα, καὶ Υἱὸν, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, τὴν μίαν ἐν τυῖς τρισὶ Θεότητὰ τε καὶ δύναμιν, μηδὲν ὀπερσέβοντες, μηδὲ ὑποσέβοντες (ἱνα μικρόν τι καὶ αὐτὸς μιμήσωμαι τοὺς περί ταῦτα σοφούς τὸ μὲν γᾶιρ ἀδύνατον, τὸ δὲ ἀσεβὲς), μηδὲ μέγεθος ἓν ὀνομάτων καινότησι διακόπτοντεςς Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ μεῖζον, ἢ ἔλαττον. Τούτου γοῦν ὡρισμένου, καὶ τᾶλλα ὁμονοήσομεν, οἱ γοῦν τῆς αὖ· τῆς Τριάὂος, καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σχεδὸν δόγματός τε καὶ σώματοςοτάς τε περιττὰς καὶ ἀχρήστους παραφυάδας καὶ παρεξόδους τῶν νῦν ζητημάτων, ὥσπερ τι νόσημα κοινὸν, ἐκκόψομέν τε καὶ ἀναιρήσομεν. Ἠ οὐκ ἤρκει μοι (τὰ γὰρ ἔτι πόρῥωθεν ἐῶ Mγειν) τὸ Μοντανοῦ πονηρὸν πνεῦμα κατά τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεεόματος, καὶ ἡ Νοβάτου Θρασύτης, εἴτʼ οὖν ἀκάθαρτος καθαρότης, τῇ τοῦ ῥήματος εὐπρεπείᾳ τοὺς πολλοὺς δελεάζουσα · καὶ ἡ Φρυγῶν εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν μανία, τελούντων τε καὶ τελουμένων μικροῦ τοῖς παλαιοῖς παραπλήσια καὶ ἡ Γαλατῶν ἄνοια πλωτοόντων ἐν πολλοῖς τῆς ἀσεβείας ὀνόμασι, καὶ ἡ Σαβελλίου συναίρεσις, καὶ ἠ Ἀρείου διαίρεσις, καὶ ἠ τῶν νῦν σοφιστῶν ἐντεῦθεν ὑποδιαίρεσις, τοσοῦτον διαφερόντων, ὅσον γλῶσσα λάλος τῆς ἀργοτᾶρας ; Ἀλλʼ ἔτι καί ἡμεῖς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς σχεδόν τι διαφερόμεθα, οἱπερὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον ὑγιαίνοντες, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν αὖτῶς καὶν πρὸ τοὺς αὐτοὺς στασιάζοντες.

Ouch hena men horon housebeias hēgēsometha, proskynein Patera, kai Huion, kai to Pneuma to hagion, tēn mian en tuis trisi Theotēta te kai dynamin, mēden opersebontes, mēde hyposebontes (hina mikron ti kai autos mimēsōmai tous peri tauta sophous to men gair adynaton, to de asebes), mēde megethos hen onomatōn kainotēsi diakoptontess Ouden gar heautou meizon, ē elatton. Toutou goun hōrismenou, kai talla homonoēsomen, hoi goun tēs au; tēs Triaoos, kai tou autou schedon dogmatos te kai sōmatosotas te perittas kai achrēstous paraphyadas kai parexodous tōn nyn zētēmatōn, hōsper ti nosēma koinon, ekkopsomen te kai anairēsomen. Ē ouk ērkei moi (ta gar eti porrhōthen eō Mgein) to Montanou ponēron pneuma kata tou hagiou Pneeomatos, kai hē Nobatou Thrasytēs, eitʼ oun akathartos katharotēs, tę̄ tou rhēmatos euprepeią tous pollous deleazousa ; kai hē Phrygōn eiseti kai nyn mania, telountōn te kai teloumenōn mikrou tois palaiois paraplēsia kai hē Galatōn anoia plōtoontōn en pollois tēs asebeias onomasi, kai hē Sabelliou synairesis, kai ē Areiou diairesis, kai ē tōn nyn sophistōn enteuthen hypodiairesis, tosouton diapherontōn, hoson glōssa lalos tēs argotaras ? Allʼ eti kai hēmeis pros hēmas autous schedon ti diapherometha, hoiperi to kephalaion hygiainontes, kai hyper tōn autōs kain pro tous autous stasiazontes.

Shall we not regard this as the one definition of piety: to worship Father, and Son, and Holy Spirit, the one Godhead and power in the three, neither over-worshipping nor under-worshipping (to imitate a little myself those who are wise in these matters; for the one is impossible, the other impious), nor cutting up the one greatness by novelties of names? For nothing is greater or less than itself. With this defined, we shall also agree on the rest, we who are of the same Triad and of nearly the same doctrine and body; and we shall cut out and destroy, as a common disease, the superfluous and useless offshoots and digressions of present-day questions. Or was it not enough for me (I leave aside things farther back) to have the evil spirit of Montanus against the Holy Spirit, and the rashness of Novatus, or rather his unclean purity, enticing many by the fair appearance of the word; and the madness of the Phrygians, which continues even now, as they initiate and are initiated in rites almost like those of old; and the folly of the Galatians, who abound in many names of impiety; and the contraction of Sabellius, and the division of Arius, and the subdivision of the present sophists that comes from it, who differ from one another only as a chattering tongue differs from a lazier one? But still we too almost differ among ourselves, we who are sound on the main point, and quarrel for the same things and against the same people.

22.13PG 35:1145b–1145d

Λέγω δὴ τὴν ἔναγχος ἡμῖν ἐπαναστᾶσαν ζυγομαχίαν ἀδελφικὴν, ἐξ ἦς καὶ Θεὸς ἀτιμάζεται, xui ἅνθρωπος. Ὀ μὲν οὐδὲ γεννηθεὶς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὅλως, οὐδὲ τῷ σταυρῷ προσηλωθείς δῆλον δὲ, ὅτι οὔτε ταφεὶς, οὒτε ἀναστὰς, ὅ τισιν ἔδοξε τῶν κακῶς φιλοχρίστων· ἀλλʼ ἐνταῦθα μόνον τιμώμενος, οὗ τὸ τῆς τιμῆς ἀτιμία καθέστηκε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἷς δύο υἱοὺς τεμνόμενος, ἤ συντιθέμενος · ὁ δὲ οὐ τελέως προσλαμβανόμενος, ἤ τιμώμενος, am τῷ μεγίστῳ παραῤῥιπτούμενος καὶ ἀποξενούμενος, εἷʼπερ μέγιστον ἰν ἀνθρώπου φύσει τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα, καὶ ἡ τοῦ νοῦ δύναμις. Ἐχρῆν γὰρ, ἐπειδὴ θεότης ἥνωται, διαιρεῖσθαι τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα, καί περὶ τὸν νοῦν ἀνοηταίνειν τοὺς τᾶλλα σοφούς · καὶ μή ὅλον με σώζεσθαι, ὅλον πταίσαντα xui κατακριθέντα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου παρακοῆς, xui κλοπ-ῆς τοῦ ἀντικειμένου· ὡς ἐλαττοῦσθαι τῷ μὲν Θεῷ τὴν χάριν, ἡμῖν δὲ τὴν σωτηρίαν. Οὐ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ὑπὶρ ἀνθρώπων ἡμῖν ὁ πόλεμος τοῖς παρᾶ Θεοῦ σεσωσμένοις, xui τοσοῦτον τὸ περιὸν ἡμῖν τοῦ στασιώδους, ὣστε καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων φιλοτιμίαις τοῦτο ἐχρήσαμεν, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀλλοτρίων θρόνων ἰδίας ἔχθρας ἀναιρούμεθα ° δύο τὰ μέγιστα περὶ ἓν ἐξαμαρτάνοντες, ἐκείνων τε τὸ φίλαρχον ὑπεκκαίοντες, καὶ αὐτοὶ τοῦ οἰκείου πάθους ἔρεισμα τοῦτο λαμβάνοντες, καθάπερ oi κρημνιζόμενοι τὰς πλησίον πέτρας. ἤ τῶν θάμνων τὰς στερῥοτὲρας.

Legō dē tēn enanchos hēmin epanastasan zygomachian adelphikēn, ex ēs kai Theos atimazetai, xui hanthrōpos. O men oude gennētheis hyper hēmōn holōs, oude tǭ staurǭ prosēlōtheis dēlon de, hoti oute tapheis, oute anastas, ho tisin edoxe tōn kakōs philochristōn; allʼ entautha monon timōmenos, hou to tēs timēs atimia kathestēke, kai dia touto heis dyo huious temnomenos, ē syntithemenos ; ho de ou teleōs proslambanomenos, ē timōmenos, am tǭ megistǭ pararrhiptoumenos kai apoxenoumenos, heiʼper megiston in anthrōpou physei to katʼ eikona, kai hē tou nou dynamis. Echrēn gar, epeidē theotēs hēnōtai, diaireisthai tēn anthrōpotēta, kai peri ton noun anoētainein tous talla sophous ; kai mē holon me sōzesthai, holon ptaisanta xui katakrithenta ek tēs tou prōtoplastou parakoēs, xui klop-ēs tou antikeimenou; hōs elattousthai tǭ men Theǭ tēn charin, hēmin de tēn sōtērian. Ou monon de, allʼ hoti kai hypir anthrōpōn hēmin ho polemos tois para Theou sesōsmenois, xui tosouton to perion hēmin tou stasiōdous, hōste kai tois tōn allōn philotimiais touto echrēsamen, kai hyper allotriōn thronōn idias echthras anairoumetha ° dyo ta megista peri hen examartanontes, ekeinōn te to philarchon hypekkaiontes, kai autoi tou oikeiou pathous ereisma touto lambanontes, kathaper oi krēmnizomenoi tas plēsion petras. ē tōn thamnōn tas sterrhoteras.

I mean the brotherly fight within the same yoke that has lately risen among us, by which both God and man are dishonoured. The one, as if he were not born for us at all, nor nailed to the cross, and clearly neither buried nor risen, as some of those who love Christ badly have thought; but honoured only there where honour has become dishonour, and for this reason cut into two sons, or composed of them. The other, not perfectly assumed or honoured, but cast aside and estranged in what is greatest, if indeed the greatest thing in human nature is being in the image, and the power of the mind. For forsooth, because the Godhead is united, the humanity must be divided, and those who are otherwise wise must lose their wits about the mind; and I am not to be saved whole, though I fell and was condemned whole through the disobedience of the first-formed man and the theft of the adversary; so that grace is lessened for God and salvation for us. Not only this, but we also have a war over men, we who have been saved by God; and our excess of factiousness is so great that we have put it at the service of others’ ambitions, and take up private enmities for the sake of others’ thrones: committing two very great sins in one, kindling their love of rule, and taking this as a prop for our own passion, like those falling over a cliff who grasp at the nearby rocks or the stronger bushes.

22.14PG 35:1148a–1148b

Δξον κάκείνους ποιεῖν διὰ τῆς ιαυτῶν ἀπραγμοσύνης ἆσθενεστίρους. Οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μᾶλλον αὖτοῖς, ἢ ποΛεμοῦντες, ὑπὶρ αὐτῶν ἰχαριζόμεθα. Νῦν Βὶ oi μὲν συμμαχοῦσι καὶ συμμαχοῦντιιι λίαν ίλεεινῶς, ὡς γοῦν limi δοκεῖ · ὥστι καὶ εἷς δύο μοίper: ἀντιπάλους ἤδη τὸν κόσμον ἀποκριθῆναι, καὶ τοῦτο σὺν πόνῳ μόγις, καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν συναχθάντα, mi πολλῶν αʼίμισιν. Ὅσον δὲ εἰρηνικόν τε καὶ μὲπον, ὑπʼ ἀμφοτέρων πάσχει κακῶς, ἢ καταφρονούμενον, ἢ καῖ πολεμούμενον. Ὧν καὶ ἡμεῖς ὄντες σήμερον oi ταῦτα κατηγοροῦντες, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τήν καθἱδραν ταύτην δεξαμινοι, τήν ἐπίμαχον καὶ irrigat)νον θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν, εί ὑπʼ ἀμφοτέρων ἐκτριβιίημεν, καὶ σταίημεν lx τοῦ μέσον μιτᾶ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἱδρῶτας καὶ πόνους, ’ίνʼ ἐγγύθεν ἀλλήλους βάλλωσι, και παντὶ τῷ Θυμῷ, μηδενὸς ὄντος ἰν μέσῳ διατειχίσματος καὶ κωλύματος. Ταῦτα οὖν ὁρίσαι καὶ στῆσαι μάλιστα μὶν Θιοῦ τοῦ πάντα συνδέοντος ἔπειτα δὶ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ὅσοις τὸ καλὸν διεσπνύδασται, καὶ τὸ τῆς ὁμονοίας ἀγαθὸν γνωρίζεται · ἀπὸ μὶν τῆς Τριάόος ἀρξάμενον, ἧς οὐδὶν · οὕτως ἴδιον ὡς τὸ ἓν τῇ φύσει, καὶ πρὸς δαυτήν εἴρηναῖον· μεταληφθὶν δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγελικῦη καὶ θείων δυνάμεων, αί καὶ πρὸς Θεὸν καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλας εἰρηνικῶς ἔχουσι· προελθὸν δὶ μέχρι πάσης τῆς κτίσεως, ἧς κόσμος τὸ ἀστασίαστον “ ἐν ἡμῖν Si πολιτευσάμενον, κατὰ μὶν ψυχὴν τῇ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀντακολουθήσει καὶ κοινωνίᾳ, κατὰ δὶ σῶμα τῇ τῶν μελῷν ἢ τῶν στοιχείων πρὸς ἁλληλα εὐαρμοστίᾳ καὶ συμμετρίᾳ ὧν τὸ μὶν κάλλος, τὸ δὶ ὖγίεια {fit τι καὶ ὀνομάζεται.

Dxon kakeinous poiein dia tēs iautōn apragmosynēs asthenestirous. Houtō gar an mallon autois, ē poLemountes, hypir autōn icharizometha. Nyn Bi oi men symmachousi kai symmachountiii lian ileeinōs, hōs goun limi dokei ; hōsti kai heis dyo moiper: antipalous ēdē ton kosmon apokrithēnai, kai touto syn ponǭ mogis, kai kata mikron synachthanta, mi pollōn aʼimisin. Hoson de eirēnikon te kai mepon, hypʼ amphoterōn paschei kakōs, ē kataphronoumenon, ē kai polemoumenon. Hōn kai hēmeis ontes sēmeron oi tauta katēgorountes, kai dia touto tēn kathidran tautēn dexaminoi, tēn epimachon kai irrigat)non thaumaston ouden, ei hypʼ amphoterōn ektribiiēmen, kai staiēmen lx tou meson mita tous pollous hidrōtas kai ponous, ’inʼ engythen allēlous ballōsi, kai panti tǭ Thymǭ, mēdenos ontos in mesǭ diateichismatos kai kōlymatos. Tauta oun horisai kai stēsai malista min Thiou tou panta syndeontos epeita di kai anthrōpōn, hosois to kalon diespnydastai, kai to tēs homonoias agathon gnōrizetai ; apo min tēs Triaoos arxamenon, hēs oudin ; houtōs idion hōs to hen tę̄ physei, kai pros dautēn eirēnaion; metalēphthin de hypo tōn angelikyē kai theiōn dynameōn, ai kai pros Theon kai pros allēlas eirēnikōs echousi; proelthon di mechri pasēs tēs ktiseōs, hēs kosmos to astasiaston “ en hēmin Si politeusamenon, kata min psychēn tę̄ tōn aretōn antakolouthēsei kai koinōnią, kata di sōma tę̄ tōn melǭn ē tōn stoicheiōn pros hallēla euarmostią kai symmetrią hōn to min kallos, to di ygieia {fit ti kai onomazetai.

It would be better to make them weaker by our own quietness; for in that way we would do them a greater favour than by fighting for them. But as it is, some fight as allies and are fought for as allies, very pitiably, as it seems to me; so that the world is already split into two hostile parts, and that after being brought together with difficulty, little by little, and with the blood of many. And everything peaceful and moderate suffers at the hands of both, either despised or attacked. We who make these accusations today belong to that group, and for this reason accepted this see, so contested and so envied; no wonder, then, if we are crushed by both and removed from the middle after much sweat and toil, so that they may strike each other at close range and with all their fury, with no wall or barrier between them. To define and settle these things belongs above all to God, who binds all things together, and then to those men who are zealous for the good and know the blessing of concord; beginning from the Triad, of which nothing is so proper as oneness in nature and peace with itself; shared by the angelic and divine powers, which are at peace with God and with one another; extending to the whole creation, whose order is its freedom from strife; and dwelling in us, in the soul by the mutual following and fellowship of the virtues, in the body by the harmony and proportion of the members or elements with one another, of which the one is called beauty and the other health.

22.15PG 35:1148b–1152a

Επαινῶ δὶ ιγωγι καὶ τὸ τοῦ Σολομῶν· τος, ὥσπερ παντὶ πράγματι, οὕτω Si καὶ πολᾶμφ καὶ ιῑρήνῃ νομοθετοῦτος καιρόν. Ἐκεῖνο προσθήσω μόνον ἀμφοτᾶρων μὶν τὸν καιρὸν τηρητέον, ἐπειδὴ καὶ πολεμεῖν ἔστι ποτὲ καλῶς κατὰ τὸν ἑκείνου νόμον καὶ λόγον · ἕως δʼ ἂν ἐξῇ, πρὸς τήν εἰρήνην μᾶλλον ἀποκλιτέον· τοῦτο γὰρ ὕψηλότιρόν τι καὶ θεοειδέστερον. Ὠς ἔστιν ἄτοπον, ἰδίᾳ μὲν ἄριστον ὑπολαμεάνειν τὸ ὁμονοίας, δημοσίᾳ δὲ μή λυσιτιλίστατον. Καὶ οὶκίαν μὶν καὶ πόλιν ταύτην ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι, ἣτις ἂν μηδὲν ἦ ὡς ιλάχιστα στασιάζῃ πρὸς Ξαυτὴν, ἠ τοῦτο πάσχουσα, τάχιστα διτανίῃ καὶ θεραπεύηται· τῷ δὲ κοινῷ τῆς Ἐκπλησίας ἄλλο τι βιλτιον ιῖναι καὶ πρεπωδέστερον. Καὶ αὐτὸν μὶι ἕκαστον, ὅπως ἂν πρὸς εαυτὸν εἲρήνεύῃ, σπουδάζειν (εἰρήνη δὲ τὸ καθʼ ἕκαστον αἱρετὸν, καὶ ὴ κατὰ τῶν παθῶν δεσποτεία)· πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους μή τὸν αὐτὸν φαίνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἡγεῖσθαι δόξαν ἑαυτοῦ, τὴν τοῦ κλησίον κατάλυσιν. Καὶ τὸν μὲν Θεὸν ἀφιέναι κελεύειν καὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν εἰς ἡμᾶς, μὴ ὅτι ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ καί πολλάκις τοσοῦτον, ὡς τοῦ ἀφιέναι τὸ ἀφίεσθαι προξενοῦντος. ἡμᾶς δὲ καὶ τοῖς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦσι προθυμότερον έπ- ’ ηρεάζειν, ἤ παρʼ ἄλλων εὖεργετεῖσθαι. Καὶ τοσαύτην μὶν εἰδέναι τοῖς εὖρηνοποιοῖς ἀποκειμένην μακαριότητα, ὥστε καὶ υἱοὺς Θεοῦ προσαγορεύεσθαι μόνους iv τῇ τάξει τῶυ σωζομένων ο αὐτοὺς δὲ καὶ φιλέχθρως ἔχοντας, ἔπειτα οἷέσθαι καὶ φίλα πράττειν Θεῷ, τῷ παθόντι διʼ ἡμᾶς, ’ἕνα πρὸς ἕαυτὸν εἰρηνεύσῃ, καὶ καταλύσῃ τὸν έν ἡμῖν πόλε- Β μον. τραχυτὲρων, ἐπειδὴ παίδων φείδεσθαι πατρικὸς νόμος. Ἀλλʼ ἵλεω τύχοιτε καὶ εἰρηνικοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου κριτοῦ, νῦν τε καὶ ἒν ἡμέρᾳ ἁνταποδόσιως, ἐν αὐτῷ Χριστῷ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν · ᾧ ἠ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Epainō di igōgi kai to tou Solomōn; tos, hōsper panti pragmati, houtō Si kai polamph kai iirēnę̄ nomothetoutos kairon. Ekeino prosthēsō monon amphotarōn min ton kairon tērēteon, epeidē kai polemein esti pote kalōs kata ton hekeinou nomon kai logon ; heōs dʼ an exę̄, pros tēn eirēnēn mallon apokliteon; touto gar hypsēlotiron ti kai theoeidesteron. Ōs estin atopon, idią men ariston hypolameanein to homonoias, dēmosią de mē lysitilistaton. Kai oikian min kai polin tautēn arista dioikeisthai, hētis an mēden ē hōs ilachista stasiazę̄ pros Xautēn, ē touto paschousa, tachista ditanię̄ kai therapeuētai; tǭ de koinǭ tēs Ekplēsias allo ti biltion iinai kai prepōdesteron. Kai auton mii hekaston, hopōs an pros eauton eirēneuę̄, spoudazein (eirēnē de to kathʼ hekaston haireton, kai ē kata tōn pathōn despoteia); pros de tous allous mē ton auton phainesthai, allʼ hēgeisthai doxan heautou, tēn tou klēsion katalysin. Kai ton men Theon aphienai keleuein kai tois hamartanousin eis hēmas, mē hoti heptakis, alla kai pollakis tosouton, hōs tou aphienai to aphiesthai proxenountos. hēmas de kai tois ouden adikousi prothymoteron ep- ’ ēreazein, ē parʼ allōn euergeteisthai. Kai tosautēn min eidenai tois eurēnopoiois apokeimenēn makariotēta, hōste kai huious Theou prosagoreuesthai monous iv tę̄ taxei tōy sōzomenōn o autous de kai philechthrōs echontas, epeita hoiesthai kai phila prattein Theǭ, tǭ pathonti diʼ hēmas, ’hena pros heauton eirēneusę̄, kai katalysę̄ ton en hēmin pole- B mon. trachyterōn, epeidē paidōn pheidesthai patrikos nomos. Allʼ hileō tychoite kai eirēnikou tou megalou kritou, nyn te kai en hēmerą hantapodosiōs, en autǭ Christǭ tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn ; hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos heis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

I praise also Solomon’s saying, which lays down a time for every matter, and so also for war and for peace. I will add only this: the time for both must be observed, since it is sometimes good to fight, according to his law and word; but as long as it is possible, we must incline rather toward peace, for this is something loftier and more godlike. How absurd it is to think concord best in private but not most profitable in public; to think that the household and the city best governed is the one that quarrels with itself not at all, or very little, or, if it does, is most quickly reconciled and healed, while for the common body of the Church something else is better and more fitting; that each should strive to be at peace with himself (peace within each person, and mastery over the passions, being desirable), but should not show himself the same toward others, but think his neighbour’s ruin his own glory; that God bids us forgive even those who sin against us, not seven times but many times as many, since forgiving procures our being forgiven, while we would more eagerly abuse even those who do us no wrong than receive kindness from others; and that we know so great a blessedness laid up for the peacemakers that they alone, in the ranks of the saved, are called sons of God, while we ourselves are fond of enmity and then think we are doing what is pleasing to God, who suffered for us that he might reconcile us to himself and destroy the war within us. … rather harsh, since sparing children is a father’s law. But may you find the great Judge gracious and peaceful, now and on the day of recompense, in Christ himself our Lord, to whom be glory and might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 23

23.1PG 35:1157b–1168a

ζʼ. Τί οὗν βούλεσθες Πὲπεισθε τοῦτο, καὶ οὐδὲν δεῖ πραγμάτων ἡμῖν, οὐδὶ θεολογίας δευτέρας, καὶ φείδεσθε τῆς ἐμῆς ἀσθενείας, ὑφʼ ἧς ὑμῖν καῖ ταῦτα Β μόλις φθέγγομαις ἢ δεῖ, καθάπερ ταῖς βαρείαις τῶν ἀκοῶν, πολλάκις τὸν αὐτὸν ἐνηχεῖν λόγον, ’ίνα τῷ ἰπιμόνῳ γοῦν τῆς ρωνῆς, εἰς ὦτα λαλήσωμεν ἀκουόντων; δοκεῖτὲ μοι τὸν λόγον προκαλεῖσθαι διὰ τῆς ἡσυχίας. Καὶ γὰρ τὴν σιωπήν συγκατάθεσιν εἶναι, διδάσκει καὶ ἡ παροιμία Οὐκοῦν δέξασθε λόγον άμφοτὲρων, ἐκ μιᾶς ψυχῆς καὶ ἑνὸς στόματος. ’Άχθομαι δὲ, ὅτι μὴ Exi τι ὅρος τῶν ὑψηλῶν ἀνελθὼν, μηδὶ φωνὴν λαβὼν τῆς ἰπιθυμίας ἀξίαν, πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ τοῖς φρονοῦσι κακῶς ταῦτα φθέγγομαι, ὣσπερ ἑν κοινῷ θεάτρῳ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ Υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἱίως πότε βαρυκάρδιοι, ’Ἱνα τί ἀγαπᾶτε ματαιότητα, καὶ ζητεῖτε ψεῦδος, οὗ μίαν, οὐδʼ διπλὴν θεότητος φύσιν εἰσάγοντες, ἀλλʼ ἤτοι τρεῖς ἀπεξενωμένας ἀλλήλων καὶ διεσπασμένας, οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὶ εἰπεῖν, καὶ μακομένας ὑπερβολαῖς καὶ ἆλλείψεσιν ° ἢ μίαν μὶν, μικροπρεπῆ δέ τινα καὶ στενὴν, οὐκ ἔχουσαν τὸ μεγάλων είναι ἀρχὴν, ὥσπερ οὐ δυνηθεῖσαν, ἢ οὐ θελήσασαν καὶ τοῦτο διχῶς, ἤ διὰ φθόνον, ἢ διὰ φόβον τὸ μὶν, ’ίνα μή τι ὁμότιμον συνεισάγηται, τὸ δὲ,ίνα μή ἐχθρὸν καὶ μαχόμενον; Καίτοι ὅσῳ τιμιώτερον Θεδς κτισμάτων, τοσούτῳ μεγαλοπρεπέστερον τῇ πρώτῃ αἰτίᾳ, θεότητος εἶναι ἀρχὴν, ἣ κτισμάτων · καὶ διὰ θεότητος μέσης ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τν κτίσματα, ἣ τούναντίον , τούτων ἕνεκεν ὑποστῆναι θεότητα, ὃ δοκεῖ τοῖς λίαν ὶξεταστικοῖς τε καὶ μετεώροις. οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὸν Πατέρα (δήσεις, οὐδὲ τῆς αἰτίας ἀποξενώσεις, ἀλλʼ ἑκεῐςε ἀνάγεις τὸ καλὸν γέννημα, καί νῆν θαυμασίαν πρόοδον · προσερήσομαί σε ὀλίγον, φιλαγέννητε σὺ καὶ φιλάναρχε, πότερος Θεὸς ἀτιμάζει μᾶλλον, ὁ τοιούτων τιθεὶς ἀρχὴν, οἵων αὐτὸς εἷσάγεις, ἦ ὁ μή τοιούτων, ἀλλʼ ὁμοίων τήν φύσιν, καὶ ὁμοδόξων, καὶ οἷʼων ὁ ἡμέτερος βούλεται λόγοςς Ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν εἷς τιμὴν μέγα καὶ μέγιστον ὁ σὸς υἱὸς, καὶ τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳπερ ἃν τὰ πάντα πατρώζῃ, καὶ χαρακτήρ γνήσιος τοῦ γεννήσαντος, καὶ οὐκ ἂν δέξαιο μυρίων ἀνδραπόδων εἶναι μᾶλλον δεσπότης, ἥ ἰνὸς γεννήτωρ παιδός · τῷ Θιῷ ’δὲ ἄλλο τι μεῖζον, ἦ Υὶοῦ τυγχάιιειν Πατέρα, δ προσθήκη δόξης ἐστὶν, οὐχ teneam, ὡς δὲ καὶ προβολὲα Πνεύματοε; Ἦ ἀγνοεῖς, ὅτι σὺ μὲν κτισμάτων τιθεὶς ἀρχὴν,λὲγω δή Υἱοῦ καὶ [liis-Spartam, οὔτε τήν ἀρχὴν τιμᾷς, καὶ ἀτιμάζεις τὰ ἐξ αὐτῆς ; Τὴν μὲν, ὅτι μικρῶν αἷσάγεις ἀρχὴν, καὶ ἀναξίων Θεότητος · τὰ δὲ, δτι μικρὰ, καὶ μή κτίσματι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων κτισμάτων ποιεῖς ἀτιμότερα · εἰ] γε τούτων ἕνεκεν ὑπέστη, καὶ ποτὲ ὥσπερ ὅργανα τεχνίτῃ πρὸ τῶν τεχνιτῶν πρότερον οὐκ ὅντα, οὐδʼ ἃν ἄλλως γενόμενα, εἰ μή τι κτίται διʼ αὐτῶν ἐβουΛήθη Θεὸς, ὡς οὐκ ἀρκοῦντος τοῦ βούλεσθαι. ΙΙᾶν γὰρ ὅ τινος ἕνεκεν, ἀτιμότερον ἐκείνου διʼ ὅ γεγένηται. H'. Ἐγὼ δὲ θεότητος ἀρχὴν εἰσάγων ἄχρονον, καὶ ἀχώριστον, καὶ ἀόριστον, τήν τε ἀρχὴν τιμῶ, καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐπίσης · τήν μὶν, ὅτι τοιούτων ἁρχὴ · τὰ δὲ, ὅτι οὕτως καὶ τοιαῦτα, κειἲ ix τοιούτου, μήτε τῷ ποτὶ, μήτε τῇ φύσει, μήτε τῷ σεπτῷ διειργόμεναι ἓν ὄντα διῃρημένως, καί διαιρούμενα συνημμένως, εἷ καὶ παράδοξον ’τοῦτο εἰπεῖν · οὐχ ἧττον ἐπαινετὰ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα σχέσεως, ἢ καθʼ ἑαυτὸ ἕκαστον νοούμενόν τε καὶ λαμβανόμενον. Τριάδα τελείαν ἐκ τελείων τριῶν, μονάδος μὲν κινηθείσης διὰ τὸ πλούσιον, δυάδος δὲ ὑπερβαθείσης (ὑπὲρ γὰρ τήν ὕλην καὶ τὸ εἶδος), ἐξ ὧν τὰ σώματα, Τριά- So: δὲ ὁρισθείσης διὰ τὸ τέλειον, πρώτη γὰρ ὑπερβαίνει δυάδος σύνθεσιν,’ίνα μήτε στενή μένῃ ἡ θεότης, μήτε εἷς ἄπειρον χέηται, Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀφιλότιμον, τὸ δὲ ἄτακτον· καὶ τὸ μὶν Ἰουδαϊκὸν παντελῶς, τὸ δὶ Ἐλλην iactv καὶ πολύοεον. Σκοπῶ δὲ κάκεῖνο, καὶ ’ίσως οὐκ ἀπαιδεύτως, οὐδὲ ἀμαθῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν ἐπεσκεμμὲνως, ὅτι σοὶ μὲν κίνδυνος οὐδὲ εἷς γεννητὸν είσάγοντι τὸν Υίόν. Οὐ γὰρ μὴ πάθῃ τι γεννῶν 6 ἀγὲννητος τῶν σωματικῶν τε καὶ ὑλικῶν, ὅτι μηδε σῶμα, καὶ τοῦτο αἱ κοιταὶ περὶ Θεοῦ παραχωροῦσιν ὑπολήψεις. Ὥστε τί φοβνύμεθα φόβον οὗ μὴ ἔστι φόβος, xvi ἀσεβοῦμεν διακενῆς, 6' δὴ λέγεται; Ἐμοὶ δὶ κίνδυνος ζημιωθῆναι θεότητα, εἰ τὸ κτίσμα παραδεχοίμην. Οὐ γὰρ Θεὸς τὸ κτιζὸμενον, οὐδέ δεσποτικὸν τὸ ὁμόδουλον, κᾶν τὰ πρῶτα φέρηται δουλείας καὶ κτίσεως, καὶ τοῦτο μόνον φιλανθρωπεύηται ὑβριζόμενον. Ὀ γὰρ τῆς ὀφειλομένης ἀποστερῶν τιμῆς, οὐ μᾶλλον τιμᾷ τῷ διδομένῳ, ἥ ἀτιμάζει τῷ ἀφαιρουμὲνῳ, xliv προσποίησιν ἔχῃ τιμῆς τὸ γενόμενον. (ὅσον εἰκάσαι τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς τὰ νοητὰ, καὶ τοῖς μικροῖς τὰ μέγιστα, ἐπειδὴ μηδεμία εἷʼκὼν φθάνει πρὸς τήν ἀλήθειαν), αὐτὴν ἑαυτῇ συμβαίνουσαν, ἀεὶ τὴν αὐτὴν, ἀεὶ τελείαν, ἄποιον, ἄποσον, ἄχρονον, ἄκτιστον, ἀπερίληπτον, οὔποτε λείπουσαν ἑαυτῆς, οὔτε λείψουσαν · ζωὰς καὶ ζωὴν, φῶτα καί φῶς, ἀγαξ θὰ καὶ ἀγαθὸν, δόξας καὶ δόξαν, ἀληθινὸν, καί ἀλήθειαν, καὶ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ἅγια καὶ αὐτοαγιό· τητα · Θεὸν ἕκαστον, ἂν θεωρῆται μόνον, τοῦ νοῦ χωρίζοντος τὰ ἀχώρισταο Θεὸν τὰ τρία, μετʼ ἀλλήλων νοούμενα τῷ ταυτῷ τῆς κινήσεως καὶ τῆς φύσεως · οὕτε ὑπὲρ ἑαυτήν τι καταλιποῦσαν, ἤ ὑπερβᾶσαν ἄλλο τι οὐ γὰρ ἦν οὔτε μεθʼ ἑαυτήν τι καταλείψουσαν, ἤ ὑπερβησομένην· οὐκ ἔσται γάρʼ οὔτε μεθʼ ἑαυτῆς τι παραδεχομὲνην ὁμότιμονλ οὐ γᾶρ ἐφικνεῖταί τι τῶν κτιστῶν, καὶ δούλων, καὶ μέτζ εγέῦντων, xxi περιγραπτῶν τῆς ἀκτίστου, καὶ δεσποτςκῆς, καὶ μεταληπτικῆς, καὶ ἀπείρου φύσεως. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ πάντη πόρῥω, τὰ δὲ ποσῶς πλησιάζοντα καὶ πλησιάσοντα καὶ τοῦτο οὐ φύσει, ἀλλὰ μεταλήψει, καὶ πηνίκα, ὃταν τὸ δουλεῦσαι καλῶς Τριάδι, ὑπὲρ τήν δουλείαν γένηται εἷʼπερ μή καὶτοῦτο αὐτὸ ἐλευθερία καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τὸ γνῶναι καλῶς δεφποτείαν, ἀλλά μῆ φ·3ρειν τὰ διεστῶτα, νοῦ ταπεινότητι. Οἷς δὲ τὸ δουλεῦσαι τοσοῦτον, πηλίκη τούτων ἡ δεσποτεία; καὶ εἰ τὸ γνῶναι μακαριότης πηλίκον τὸ γινωσκόμενον ; IB'. Τοῦτο ἡμῖν τὸ μέγα μυστήριον βούλεται τοῦτο, ἡ εἷς Πατέρα, καὶ Υἱὸν, καὶ ἅγιονʼ Πνεῦμα, καὶ τὸ κοινὸν ὄνομα, πίστις καὶ ἀναγέννησις, ἄρνησις ἀθείας καὶ ὁμολογία θεότητος. Τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ κοινὸν ὄνομα. ’Ώστε τὸ ἀτιμάζειν τι τῶν τριῶν ἤ χωρίζειν, ἀτιμάζειν ἐστί τήν ὁμολογίαν, τὸ μὲν τήν ἀναγέννησιν, τὸ δὲ τήν Οετίτητα ” τὸ μὲν τὴν θέωσιν, τὸ,δὲ τὴν ἐλπίδα. Ὁρᾶτε οἷα χαρίζεται ἡμῖν τὸ Πνεῦμα θεολογούμενον, καῗ οἶα ζημιοῖ ἀθετοῦμενον. ’ῐξῶ γάρ λέγειν τὸν φόβον, καὶ τήν ἠπειλημένην ὀργῆν, οὐ τοῖς, τιμῶσιν, ἀ) λὰ τοῖς ἀτιμάζουσιν. Ταῦτα ὡς ἐν βραχέσι πεφιλοσόφηται πρὸς ὑμᾶς δογματικῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀντιλογικῶς ἁλιευτικῶς,ἀλλτούκ Αριστοτελικῶς πνευματικῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐ κακοπραγμοtxfoc'fxxlnqmqtixtbq, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀγοραίως· ὦφέλιιως, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπιδεικτικῶς οίνα γνῶτε τὸ αὐτὸ ippoοῢντας ἡμᾶς, οἱ καθʼ ἡμῶν δημηγοροῦντες, καὶ ἀπανηγυρίζοντες, καὶ τοῦτο μόνον ὁμονοοῦντες, ἓν ἐμπνεομένους, ἕν πνὲονταςʼ καὶ μὴ, καθάπερ οἱ λιμώττοντες, σπερμολογῆτε τὰ μικρᾶ ἡμῶν, εἷʼτε πταίσματα χρὴ λέγειν, εἴτε καὶ παίγνια ὡς · τῆς ἄκρας κακοδαιμονίας, μὴ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ῖσχ (τὸ ἄσφαλὶς ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς ὶτὲρων σα- Θροῖς- 1Γʼ. Ἰδοὺ δεξιὰς δίδομεν ἀλλήλοις ὲν ταῖς ὑμετὲραις ὄψεσιν. Ἰδοὺ τῆς Τριάδος τὰ ἔργα, τῆς ὁμοίιος ἡμῖν δοξαζομένης τε καί προσκυνουμένης. Τοῦτο ὑμᾶς χρηστοτὲρους ποιήσει καὶ ὀρθοδοξοτὲρους. Ὡς ὄφελόν γε καὶ ἀκουσθείημεν, καὶ γένοιτο τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην, ἡμέραν γενέσθαι κλητήν, ἁγίαν, μή ἀντιλογίας, ἀλλʼ εὐρυχωρίας· μὴ πειρασμοῦ μνημόσυνον, ἀλλʼ ἱορτην ἐπινίκιον· ἵνα τὸ ἡμᾶς συμφρονεῖν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ μικροῦ πᾶσαν τήν οἰκουμένην, ἧς τὰ μὲν ὑγιῶς εἶχε, τὰ δὲ νῦν ἀπέλαβε τὴν ὑγίειαν, τὰ δὲ ὑγιαίνειν ἄρχεται, τοῦτο καὶ ὑμῖν αἶίτιον γένηται σωτηρίας, καὶ ἀναπλάσεως. Ὤ Τριᾶς ἁγία, καὶ προσκυνητὴ, καὶ μακρόθυμεῐ μακρόθυμος γὰρ ἡ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἀνασχομένη τῶν at τεμνόντων. Ὠ Τριὰς, ἧς ἐγὼ κατηξιώθην, καὶ λάτρης εἶναι, καὶ κῆρυξ ἐκ πλείονος ἀνυπόκριτοςί Ὧ Τριὰς ἡ πᾶσί ποτε γνωσθησομένη, τοῖς μὲν τῇ ἐλλάμψει, τοῖς δὲ τῇ xoλάσειί Δὲχοιο καὶ τούτους προσκυνητᾶς, τοὺς νῦν ὑβριστὲςο καὶ μηδένα ζημιωθείημεν, μηδὲν τῶν ἐλαχίστων, κᾶν ἐμὲ τι ζημιωθῆναι δέοι τῆς χάριτος· οὐ γὰρ τολμῶ τοσοῦτον ὅσον ὁ Ἀπόστολος φθέγξασθαι. ’ ΙΔʼ. Ἀλλʼ οὐ ταῦτα φίλα ὑμῖν; σπαράσσεται δὲὴ γλῶσσα, καὶ ὠδίνει τήν ἀειτίρῥησιν; ὈψόμεΟα καὶ ταύτην ποτὲ, ἢ οἷς μᾶλλον ἡμῶν σχολὴ περίεστι· γνωσόμεθα καὶ τὰ κομψὰ ὑμῶν γεννήματα, ἢ ἐξαμβλώματα, ἐπειδὰν τὰ ὠὰ τῶν ἀσπίδων ῥήξαντες ἢ συντρίψαντες λόγῳ σκληρῷ καὶ ἀντίτόπῳ, οὔρια καὶ ἀνεμιαῖα ταῦτα ἐλέγξωμεν, καὶ τὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς τῆς ἀσεβείας κρυπτόμενον βασιλίσκον εἷς μέσον ἀγάγωμεν· εἱ καὶ βασιλίσκον, ἀλλὰ νεκρόν τε καὶ ἀτελῆ, καὶ ἀκίνητον, ταῖς ὠδῖσιν ἐναποθανόντα, καὶ πρὶν γεννηθῆναι οὐκ ὄντα, καθʼ ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν, ἳνα τι μικρὸν ὑμῖν καί χαρίσωμαι· οὖ μᾶλλον μισητὸν τῆς συλλήψεως, ἢ ἐλεεινὸν τῆς ἀμβλώσεως. Τοῦτο δώσει ἡμῖν, οἷδʼ ὅτι, ὁ δοὺς ἐπὶ ἀσπίδα καὶ βασιλίσκω ἐπιβαίνειν, καὶ περιπατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων και σκορπίων· ὅς καὶ συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐν τάχει ὐπὲ τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν, εἷʼτε ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοί πεσόντα διὰ τήν παλαιὰν λαμπρότητα, εἷʼτε ὡς ὅφιη φεύγοντα διὰ τήν ὕστερον σκολιότητα, καὶ τήν εἷς τί χαμερπὶς μεταποίησιν, (ίνα μικρόν τι τῶν κακῶε ἀναπνεύσωμεν, ἁποδρασάςης παντελῶς ὀδύνης, καὶ λύπης, καὶ στεναγμοῦ, νῦν τε καὶ ὕστερον,ὲν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν. ᾦ ἠ δόξα καὶ τὺ re, κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνμ τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

zʼ. Ti houn boulesthes Pepeisthe touto, kai ouden dei pragmatōn hēmin, oudi theologias deuteras, kai pheidesthe tēs emēs astheneias, hyphʼ hēs hymin kai tauta B molis phthengomais ē dei, kathaper tais bareiais tōn akoōn, pollakis ton auton enēchein logon, ’ina tǭ ipimonǭ goun tēs rōnēs, eis ōta lalēsōmen akouontōn? dokeite moi ton logon prokaleisthai dia tēs hēsychias. Kai gar tēn siōpēn synkatathesin einai, didaskei kai hē paroimia Oukoun dexasthe logon amphoterōn, ek mias psychēs kai henos stomatos. ’Achthomai de, hoti mē Exi ti horos tōn hypsēlōn anelthōn, mēdi phōnēn labōn tēs ipithymias axian, pasin homou tois phronousi kakōs tauta phthengomai, hōsper hen koinǭ theatrǭ tę̄ oikoumenę̄ Huioi anthrōpōn, hiiōs pote barykardioi, ’Hina ti agapate mataiotēta, kai zēteite pseudos, hou mian, oudʼ diplēn theotētos physin eisagontes, allʼ ētoi treis apexenōmenas allēlōn kai diespasmenas, ou thaumaston di eipein, kai makomenas hyperbolais kai alleipsesin ° ē mian min, mikroprepē de tina kai stenēn, ouk echousan to megalōn einai archēn, hōsper ou dynētheisan, ē ou thelēsasan kai touto dichōs, ē dia phthonon, ē dia phobon to min, ’ina mē ti homotimon syneisagētai, to de,ina mē echthron kai machomenon? Kaitoi hosǭ timiōteron Theds ktismatōn, tosoutǭ megaloprepesteron tę̄ prōtę̄ aitią, theotētos einai archēn, hē ktismatōn ; kai dia theotētos mesēs elthein epi tn ktismata, hē tounantion , toutōn heneken hypostēnai theotēta, ho dokei tois lian ixetastikois te kai meteōrois. ouch hyper ton Patera (dēseis, oude tēs aitias apoxenōseis, allʼ hekeise anageis to kalon gennēma, kai nēn thaumasian proodon ; proserēsomai se oligon, philagennēte sy kai philanarche, poteros Theos atimazei mallon, ho toioutōn titheis archēn, hoiōn autos heisageis, ē ho mē toioutōn, allʼ homoiōn tēn physin, kai homodoxōn, kai hoiʼōn ho hēmeteros bouletai logoss Alla soi men heis timēn mega kai megiston ho sos huios, kai tosoutǭ mallon, hosǭper han ta panta patrōzę̄, kai charaktēr gnēsios tou gennēsantos, kai ouk an dexaio myriōn andrapodōn einai mallon despotēs, hē inos gennētōr paidos ; tǭ Thiǭ ’de allo ti meizon, ē Uiou tynchaiiein Patera, d prosthēkē doxēs estin, ouch teneam, hōs de kai probolea Pneumatoe? Ē agnoeis, hoti sy men ktismatōn titheis archēn,legō dē Huiou kai [liis-Spartam, oute tēn archēn timąs, kai atimazeis ta ex autēs ? Tēn men, hoti mikrōn haisageis archēn, kai anaxiōn Theotētos ; ta de, dti mikra, kai mē ktismati monon, alla kai pantōn ktismatōn poieis atimotera ; ei] ge toutōn heneken hypestē, kai pote hōsper horgana technitę̄ pro tōn technitōn proteron ouk honta, oudʼ han allōs genomena, ei mē ti ktitai diʼ autōn ebouLēthē Theos, hōs ouk arkountos tou boulesthai. IIan gar ho tinos heneken, atimoteron ekeinou diʼ ho gegenētai. H'. Egō de theotētos archēn eisagōn achronon, kai achōriston, kai aoriston, tēn te archēn timō, kai ta ek tēs archēs episēs ; tēn min, hoti toioutōn harchē ; ta de, hoti houtōs kai toiauta, keii ix toioutou, mēte tǭ poti, mēte tę̄ physei, mēte tǭ septǭ dieirgomenai hen onta dię̄rēmenōs, kai diairoumena synēmmenōs, hei kai paradoxon ’touto eipein ; ouch hētton epaineta tēs pros allēla scheseōs, ē kathʼ heauto hekaston nooumenon te kai lambanomenon. Triada teleian ek teleiōn triōn, monados men kinētheisēs dia to plousion, dyados de hyperbatheisēs (hyper gar tēn hylēn kai to eidos), ex hōn ta sōmata, Tria- So: de horistheisēs dia to teleion, prōtē gar hyperbainei dyados synthesin,’ina mēte stenē menę̄ hē theotēs, mēte heis apeiron cheētai, To men gar aphilotimon, to de atakton; kai to min Ioudaïkon pantelōs, to di Ellēn iactv kai polyoeon. Skopō de kakeino, kai ’isōs ouk apaideutōs, oude amathōs, alla kai lian epeskemmenōs, hoti soi men kindynos oude heis gennēton eisagonti ton Uion. Ou gar mē pathę̄ ti gennōn 6 agennētos tōn sōmatikōn te kai hylikōn, hoti mēde sōma, kai touto hai koitai peri Theou parachōrousin hypolēpseis. Hōste ti phobnymetha phobon hou mē esti phobos, xvi aseboumen diakenēs, 6' dē legetai? Emoi di kindynos zēmiōthēnai theotēta, ei to ktisma paradechoimēn. Ou gar Theos to ktizomenon, oude despotikon to homodoulon, kan ta prōta pherētai douleias kai ktiseōs, kai touto monon philanthrōpeuētai hybrizomenon. O gar tēs opheilomenēs aposterōn timēs, ou mallon timą tǭ didomenǭ, hē atimazei tǭ aphairoumenǭ, xliv prospoiēsin echę̄ timēs to genomenon. (hoson eikasai tois aisthētois ta noēta, kai tois mikrois ta megista, epeidē mēdemia heiʼkōn phthanei pros tēn alētheian), autēn heautę̄ symbainousan, aei tēn autēn, aei teleian, apoion, aposon, achronon, aktiston, aperilēpton, oupote leipousan heautēs, oute leipsousan ; zōas kai zōēn, phōta kai phōs, agax tha kai agathon, doxas kai doxan, alēthinon, kai alētheian, kai pneuma tēs alētheias, hagia kai autoagio; tēta ; Theon hekaston, an theōrētai monon, tou nou chōrizontos ta achōristao Theon ta tria, metʼ allēlōn nooumena tǭ tautǭ tēs kinēseōs kai tēs physeōs ; houte hyper heautēn ti katalipousan, ē hyperbasan allo ti ou gar ēn oute methʼ heautēn ti kataleipsousan, ē hyperbēsomenēn; ouk estai garʼ oute methʼ heautēs ti paradechomenēn homotimonl ou gar ephikneitai ti tōn ktistōn, kai doulōn, kai metz egeuntōn, xxi perigraptōn tēs aktistou, kai despotskēs, kai metalēptikēs, kai apeirou physeōs. Ta men gar pantē porrhō, ta de posōs plēsiazonta kai plēsiasonta kai touto ou physei, alla metalēpsei, kai pēnika, hotan to douleusai kalōs Triadi, hyper tēn douleian genētai heiʼper mē kaitouto auto eleutheria kai hē basileia to gnōnai kalōs dephpoteian, alla mē ph;3rein ta diestōta, nou tapeinotēti. Hois de to douleusai tosouton, pēlikē toutōn hē despoteia? kai ei to gnōnai makariotēs pēlikon to ginōskomenon ? IB'. Touto hēmin to mega mystērion bouletai touto, hē heis Patera, kai Huion, kai hagionʼ Pneuma, kai to koinon onoma, pistis kai anagennēsis, arnēsis atheias kai homologia theotētos. Touto gar to koinon onoma. ’Ōste to atimazein ti tōn triōn ē chōrizein, atimazein esti tēn homologian, to men tēn anagennēsin, to de tēn Oetitēta ” to men tēn theōsin, to,de tēn elpida. Horate hoia charizetai hēmin to Pneuma theologoumenon, kaï oia zēmioi athetoumenon. ’ixō gar legein ton phobon, kai tēn ēpeilēmenēn orgēn, ou tois, timōsin, a) la tois atimazousin. Tauta hōs en brachesi pephilosophētai pros hymas dogmatikōs, allʼ ouk antilogikōs halieutikōs,alltouk Aristotelikōs pneumatikōs, allʼ ou kakopragmotxfoc'fxxlnqmqtixtbq, allʼ ouk agoraiōs; ōpheliiōs, allʼ ouk epideiktikōs oina gnōte to auto ippooÿntas hēmas, hoi kathʼ hēmōn dēmēgorountes, kai apanēgyrizontes, kai touto monon homonoountes, hen empneomenous, hen pneontasʼ kai mē, kathaper hoi limōttontes, spermologēte ta mikra hēmōn, heiʼte ptaismata chrē legein, eite kai paignia hōs ; tēs akras kakodaimonias, mē en tois idiois isch (to asphalis echein, allʼ en tois iterōn sa- Throis- 1Gʼ. Idou dexias didomen allēlois en tais hymeterais opsesin. Idou tēs Triados ta erga, tēs homoiios hēmin doxazomenēs te kai proskynoumenēs. Touto hymas chrēstoterous poiēsei kai orthodoxoterous. Hōs ophelon ge kai akoustheiēmen, kai genoito tēn hēmeran tautēn, hēmeran genesthai klētēn, hagian, mē antilogias, allʼ eurychōrias; mē peirasmou mnēmosynon, allʼ hiortēn epinikion; hina to hēmas symphronein allēlois, kai mikrou pasan tēn oikoumenēn, hēs ta men hygiōs eiche, ta de nyn apelabe tēn hygieian, ta de hygiainein archetai, touto kai hymin aiition genētai sōtērias, kai anaplaseōs. Ō Trias hagia, kai proskynētē, kai makrothymei makrothymos gar hē epi tosouton anaschomenē tōn at temnontōn. Ō Trias, hēs egō katēxiōthēn, kai latrēs einai, kai kēryx ek pleionos anypokritosi Hō Trias hē pasi pote gnōsthēsomenē, tois men tę̄ ellampsei, tois de tę̄ xolaseii Dechoio kai toutous proskynētas, tous nyn hybristeso kai mēdena zēmiōtheiēmen, mēden tōn elachistōn, kan eme ti zēmiōthēnai deoi tēs charitos; ou gar tolmō tosouton hoson ho Apostolos phthenxasthai. ’ IDʼ. Allʼ ou tauta phila hymin? sparassetai deē glōssa, kai ōdinei tēn aeitirrhēsin? OpsomeOa kai tautēn pote, ē hois mallon hēmōn scholē periesti; gnōsometha kai ta kompsa hymōn gennēmata, ē examblōmata, epeidan ta ōa tōn aspidōn rhēxantes ē syntripsantes logǭ sklērǭ kai antitopǭ, ouria kai anemiaia tauta elenxōmen, kai ton en autois tēs asebeias kryptomenon basiliskon heis meson agagōmen; hei kai basiliskon, alla nekron te kai atelē, kai akinēton, tais ōdisin enapothanonta, kai prin gennēthēnai ouk onta, kathʼ hymas eipein, hina ti mikron hymin kai charisōmai; ou mallon misēton tēs syllēpseōs, ē eleeinon tēs amblōseōs. Touto dōsei hēmin, hoidʼ hoti, ho dous epi aspida kai basiliskō epibainein, kai peripatein epanō opheōn kai skorpiōn; hos kai syntripsei ton Satanan en tachei ype tous podas hēmōn, heiʼte hōs astrapēn ek tou ouranoi pesonta dia tēn palaian lamprotēta, heiʼte hōs hophiē pheugonta dia tēn hysteron skoliotēta, kai tēn heis ti chamerpis metapoiēsin, (ina mikron ti tōn kakōe anapneusōmen, hapodrasasēs pantelōs odynēs, kai lypēs, kai stenagmou, nyn te kai hysteron,en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn. ǭ ē doxa kai ty re, kratos eis tous aiōnm tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

[7] What, then, do you wish? Are you persuaded of this, so that we need no trouble, nor a second discourse on God, and do you spare my weakness, because of which I can barely utter even these things to you? Or must I, as with the hard of hearing, sound the same word many times, so that by persistence of voice we may speak into the ears of those who hear? You seem to me to call for the discourse by your silence; for the proverb too teaches that silence is consent. Receive, then, the word of both parties, from one soul and one mouth. I am vexed that I have not gone up some high mountain, nor received a voice equal to my desire, to utter these things to all those of evil mind together, as in a common theatre, the world: “Sons of men, how long will you be heavy of heart? Why do you love vanity and seek falsehood,” introducing not one nature of the Godhead, nor even a twofold one, but either three, estranged and torn apart from one another, and, not surprisingly, fighting one another through excesses and defects; or one, but petty and narrow, not able to be the principle of great things, as though unable or unwilling, and that for one of two reasons, envy or fear: envy, lest something of equal honour be brought in alongside it; fear, lest something hostile and warring? And yet, as much as God is more honourable than creatures, so much more magnificent is it for the first cause to be the principle of Godhead than of creatures, and to come to creatures through the Godhead between, than, on the contrary, that the Godhead should have come into being for their sake, as the over-inquisitive and high-flying suppose. … you will not bind them above the Father, nor estrange them from the cause, but you lead the fair offspring and the wonderful procession back to him. I will ask you briefly, you lover of the unbegotten and lover of the unoriginate: which God is dishonoured more, the one who is the principle of such beings as you bring in, or the one who is the principle not of such, but of beings alike in nature and glory, such as our doctrine holds? For to you your son is a great and very great honour, and the more so the more he resembles his father in everything and is the genuine stamp of the one who begot him; and you would not choose to be master of ten thousand slaves rather than father of one child. But to God, is anything greater than to be Father of a Son, which is an addition of glory, not a diminution, and producer of the Spirit as well? Or do you not know that, making him the principle of creatures (I mean of the Son and the Spirit), you neither honour the principle, and dishonour what comes from it? The one, because you make it the principle of small things unworthy of the Godhead; the others, because you make them small, and not only creatures but more dishonoured than all creatures, if indeed they came into being for the sake of creatures, and did not exist once, like instruments for a craftsman before the things made, nor would have come into being otherwise, unless God had wished to create something through them, as though his willing were not enough. For everything that exists for the sake of something is less honourable than that for which it came into being. [8] But I, bringing in a principle of the Godhead that is timeless, inseparable, and unbounded, honour both the principle and what comes from the principle equally: the one, because it is the principle of such beings; the others, because they are so and such, and from such a principle, separated neither by a “when,” nor by nature, nor by worship; one, though distinguished, and distinguished, though conjoined, paradoxical as it is to say; no less praiseworthy in their relation to one another than each conceived and taken by itself. A perfect Triad of three perfect: the Monad moved because of its richness, the Dyad passed beyond (for the Godhead is beyond matter and form, of which bodies consist), the Triad bounded because of its perfection, for it is the first number that passes beyond the composition of the dyad; so that the Godhead neither remains narrow nor is poured out without limit. For the one is ungenerous, the other disorderly; the one altogether Jewish, the other Greek and polytheistic. And I consider this too, perhaps not without education or learning, but after very careful thought: that for you there is no danger at all in bringing in the Son as begotten. For the Unbegotten will suffer nothing bodily or material in begetting, since he is not a body; this the common notions about God concede. So why do we fear where there is no fear, and act impiously in vain, as the saying goes? But for me there is danger that the Godhead may suffer loss, if I were to accept the creature. For what is created is not God, nor is a fellow servant lordly, even if it holds the first place in servitude and creation and is kindly treated only in being insulted. For whoever deprives something of its due honour does not honour it more by what he gives than he dishonours it by what he takes away, even if what is done has a show of honour. … (as far as one may compare intelligible things with sensible ones, and the greatest with the small, since no image reaches the truth), a Godhead in harmony with itself, always the same, always perfect, without quality, without quantity, timeless, uncreated, incomprehensible, never falling short of itself nor ever going to fall short; lives and life, lights and light, goods and good, glories and glory, true and truth and Spirit of truth, holy ones and holiness itself; each God, if contemplated alone, the mind separating what is inseparable; the three God, when conceived with one another, by the identity of their movement and nature; leaving nothing above itself, nor surpassed by anything else, for there was nothing; nor going to leave anything after itself, or to be surpassed, for there will be nothing; nor admitting anything of equal honour with itself, for nothing created, servile, participating, and circumscribed reaches the uncreated, lordly, participated, and infinite nature. For some things are altogether far off, others in some measure approach and will approach, and this not by nature but by participation. And when? When serving the Triad well has become something beyond service; unless this itself is freedom and kingship, to know lordship rightly and not to confuse what is distinct through lowliness of mind. And for those to whom service is so great, how great is their lordship? And if knowing is blessedness, how great is what is known? [12] This is what the great mystery means for us; this is what faith and regeneration into Father and Son and Holy Spirit and the common name mean: the denial of godlessness and the confession of Godhead; for this is the common name. So to dishonour or to separate any of the three is to dishonour the confession, both the regeneration and the Godhead, both the deification and the hope. See what the Spirit grants us when confessed as God, and what loss he brings when rejected; I leave aside the fear and the threatened wrath, not for those who honour him but for those who dishonour him. These things have been set forth to you briefly, as doctrine and not as controversy; in the fishermen’s way, not Aristotle’s; spiritually, not maliciously; in the manner of the Church, not of the marketplace; for profit, not for display; so that you who harangue against us and make a festival of it, and agree only in this, may know that we think the same, are breathed upon by one Spirit and breathe one breath; and that you may not, like the starving, pick up our little things, whether they should be called slips or games. O extreme misfortune, to have one’s security not in one’s own soundness but in the rotten things of others! [13] See, we give one another our right hands before your eyes. See the works of the Triad, glorified and worshipped by us alike. This will make you kinder and more orthodox. Would that we might be heard, and that this day might become a day called holy, not of contradiction but of spaciousness; not a memorial of temptation but a feast of victory; so that our agreement with one another, and that of almost the whole world, part of which was sound, part has now recovered its health, and part is beginning to be healthy, may become for you too a cause of salvation and refashioning. O holy, worshipful, and long-suffering Triad! For long-suffering you are, who have borne so long with those who cut you. O Triad, whom I have been counted worthy both to serve and to herald, unfeignedly, for so long! O Triad, who will one day be known to all, to some by illumination, to others by punishment! May you receive these too as worshippers, who are now insulters; and may we lose no one, not even the least, even if I must lose something of grace myself; for I do not dare to say as much as the Apostle. [14] But are these things not dear to you? Is your tongue convulsed and in labour with contradiction? We shall see this too some day, or others will who have more leisure than we; we shall know your elegant offspring, or rather abortions, when, breaking or crushing the asps’ eggs with a hard and resisting word, we show them to be wind-eggs and empty, and bring out into the open the basilisk of impiety hidden in them: a basilisk, but dead, unformed, and motionless, dying in the birth pangs, and not existing before it is born (to use your way of speaking, so that I may do you a small favour), no more hateful in its conception than pitiable in its miscarriage. This he will give us, I know, who gave us to tread on asp and basilisk and to walk upon serpents and scorpions; who will also crush Satan quickly under our feet, whether falling like lightning from heaven because of his ancient brightness, or fleeing as a serpent because of his later crookedness and his change into a creeping thing; so that we may breathe a little from evils, pain, grief, and sighing having fled away altogether, now and hereafter, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory and might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 24

24.2PG 35:1172b–1172d

Εποθοῦμεν ὑμᾶς, ὦ τέκνα, καὶ ἀντεπεθούμε- Θα τοῖς iam; μέτροις· πείθομαι γάρ. Ὁρᾶτε πατρὸς εὐγνωμοσύνην · καὶ τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ λέγω, καὶ τὸ ὑμέτερον μαρτυρῶ, καί τοσοῦτον διαζευχθέντες ἀκλήη λωο, ὅσον τὸν πόθον γνωρίσαι καὶ δοκιμάσαι τῇ ἀποστάσει, καθάπερ οἱ ζωγράφοι τοὺς πίνακας, πάλιν συνήλβομεν. Ὡς μέγα μνήμης ἐμπῦρευμα, καὶ βραχεῖα συνήθεια φίλων, τοῖς τι ἀγαπητιιγ κοῖς τὸν τρόπον, καὶ Θεοῦ μιμουμένοις φιλανθρωπίανι [Ιῶς δὶ ουᾷ ἐμέλλομεν, οἱ Χριστοῦ μαδηταὶί τοῦ κενωθὲντος διʼ ἡμᾶς μέχρι δοῦλου μορφῆς, καὶ ξένους ὄντας τῶν οὐρανίων πρὸς ἑαυτὸν συναγαγόντος, ἀνθέξεσθαῖ τε καὶ περιέξεσθαι ἀλλήλων, καὶ τηρήσειν τήν ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος ἰν τῷ συνδεσμῷ τῆς εἰρήνης, ἦ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν lem μυστήριον, εἵατʼ οὖν κεφάλαιον.

Epothoumen hymas, ō tekna, kai antepethoume- Tha tois iam? metrois; peithomai gar. Horate patros eugnōmosynēn ; kai to emautou legō, kai to hymeteron martyrō, kai tosouton diazeuchthentes aklēē lōo, hoson ton pothon gnōrisai kai dokimasai tę̄ apostasei, kathaper hoi zōgraphoi tous pinakas, palin synēlbomen. Hōs mega mnēmēs empyreuma, kai bracheia synētheia philōn, tois ti agapētiig kois ton tropon, kai Theou mimoumenois philanthrōpiani [Iōs di ouą emellomen, hoi Christou madētaii tou kenōthentos diʼ hēmas mechri doulou morphēs, kai xenous ontas tōn ouraniōn pros heauton synagagontos, anthexesthai te kai periexesthai allēlōn, kai tērēsein tēn henotēta tou pneumatos in tǭ syndesmǭ tēs eirēnēs, ē nomou kai prophētōn lem mystērion, heiatʼ oun kephalaion.

We longed for you, children, and were longed for in return in equal measure; of that I am persuaded. See a father’s fairness: I speak of my own feeling and bear witness to yours. And having been separated just long enough to recognize and test our longing by the separation, as painters do with their pictures, we have come together again. How great a kindling of memory is even a brief acquaintance between friends, for those of a loving character who imitate God’s love for mankind! How should we not, the disciples of Christ, who was emptied for us even to the form of a servant and gathered us to himself when we were strangers to heavenly things, hold fast to one another and embrace one another, and keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace, which is the mystery, or rather the sum, of the law and the prophets?

24.3PG 35:1172d–1192a

Ἕν μὶν δὴ τοῦτο τῆς εὐεργεσίας καὶ πρῶτον. τὸ ὡς τάχιστα προσδραμεῖν ἀλλήλοις καὶ περιπτύξαrem. Οὐδὲ γὰρ φάρει τὴν ἀναβοΛὴν ὁ ζῆλος · καὶ βίος ἲλος ἠμὶρα μία λιτοῖς πόθῳ κάμνουσιν. Δεύτερον δὶ, ὃ xui μέγιστον, τὸ μη κατόπιν ἑορτῆς δραμεῖν,μηδὶ μαρτύρων μυσταγωγίας ἀπυλειφθῆναιν καὶ τῆς ἐν τεῦθεν ἐγγινομένης ἡμῖν τρυφῆς τε καὶ ἀναψύξεως. Ἐγὼ γὰρ τᾶλλα μὲν ὁμολογῶ παντὸς εἶναι νωθέστεροςʼ καὶ πάντα πόθον ἀπεσεισάμην, ἀφʼ οὗ Χριστῷ συνεταξάμην, καὶ οὐδὲν αἱ,οεῖ με τῶν ὅσα τερπνὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις xui περισπούδαστα· οὐ πλοῦτος ὁ κάτω συρόμενος καὶ περιτρεπόμενος, οὐ γαστρὸς ἡδοναὶ, καὶ κόρος πατὴρ ὕβρεως, οὐκ ἐσθὴς μαλακή τι καὶ περιρρέουσα, οὐ λίθων διαβγειαι xui χάριτες, οὐκ ἀκοή γοητεύουσα, ουκ ὄσφρησις ικθηλύνουσα, οὑ κρότοι δήμων xui θεάτρων ἐκμαίνοντες, ὧν πάλαι τοῖς βουλομένοις παρεχωρήσαμεν· οὐχ ὅσα τῆς πρώτης γεῦσεως (till) ἡμῶν, ἐξ ἧς ἀπολώλαμεν, ἔκγονα · ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὴν εὐήθειαν καταγινώσκω τῶν κρατεῖσθαι τούτοις ἀνεχομένων, καὶ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς εὐγενὶς διαφθείρειν τῇ περῖ ταῦτα μικροπρεπείᾳ, καὶ ὡς ἑστῶσι προστιθεμένων τοῖς φεῦγουσιν. Ἐκείνου δὲ λίαν ἀπλήστως ἔχω καὶ περιέχομαι, καὶ τοῦ πάθους ἐμαυτὸν ἀποδέχομαι· μαρτύρων τιμαῖς ἐπιτέρπομαι, καὶ ἀθλητῶν αʼίμασιν ἐπαγάλλομαιʼ καί ἄλλων μὶν oi ἆθλοι καὶ τὸ κρατεῖν, ἐμοὶ δὲ οἱ στέφανοι. Τοσοῦτον προαρπάζω τήν εὐκοσμίαν, καὶ οὕτως οἷκειοῦμαι τά κατορθώματα l καὶ σοῦ διαφερόντως ἤττημαί τε τῆς ἀρετῆς, καὶ τῇ μνήμῃ κουφίζομαι, καὶ ὥσπερ ἔνθους ὑφʼ ἡδονῆς γίνομαι, καί τινα τρόπον σύνειμί τε τῇ μαρτυρίᾳ, καὶ κοινωνῶ τῆς ἀθλήσεως, καὶ ’ὀλος πρὸς σὶ μετανίσταμαι · τάχα μὲν διὰ τήν τῶν λόγων οἰκείωσιν,οἷς τοσοῦτον τῶν ἀλλων ἐκράτεις, ὅσον τά λογικά τῆς ἀλόγου φύσεως (συνεισέρχεται γὰρ, οὐκ οἷδʼ ὅπως, φίλτρον τοῖς κατά τι συναπτομένοις, οὐχ ἧττον τοῖς λοιποῖς πράγμασιν, ἢ τοῖς περὶ ἀγχιστείαν αʼίματος)· τάχα δὲ διὰ τὸ τῆς μεταβολῆς ἀθρόον τεκαὶ παράδοξον, ὅ κρεῖττον λόγου καὶ παραδείγματος. Ἐπεὶ γλυκὺ μὶν ἣλιος μετά νέφος, ᾧ τέως συνεκαλύπτετο · γλύκιον δέ τὸ ἔαρ, δτι μετᾶ χειμῶνος κατήφειαν· ἡδίων δὲ μειδιῶσα γαλήνη, καὶ θάλασσα ἡπλωμένη, καὶ ταῖς ἀκταῖς προσπαίζουσα μετᾶ πνευμάτων στάσιν, καὶ ὠδίνοντα κύματα. ζʼ. Οὗτος Κυπριανὸς, ὧ ἄνδρες (iv: oi. μὲν εἰδότες, ἡδίους γένησθε τῇ ὑπομνήσει, οἱ δὲ ἀγνοοῦντες, μάθητε τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἡμετέρων διηγημάτων, καὶ τὴν κοινὴν Χριστιανῶν φιλοτιμίαν), οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸ μέγα ποτὲ Καρχηδονίων ὄνομα, νῦν δὲ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀπάσης, ὁ πλούτῳ περιφανὴς, καὶ δυναστείᾳ περίβλεπτος, καὶ γένει γνωριμος (εἷʼ γε μέγιστον είς εὐγενείας ἀπόδειξιν, συγκλήτου βουλῆς μετουσία καὶ προεδρία), τὸ τῆς νεότητος ἄνθος, τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἄγαλμα, τὸ τῶν λόγων κράτος, τῶν τε κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ ὅσοι τῆς ἄλλης παιδεύσεως, καὶ τούτων ὅ βούλει μέρος· ὡς μᾶλλον μὶν τὸ ποικίλον ἢ τὸ ἄκρον έν έκάστῳ θαυμάζεσθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ εὐδόκιμον ἰν ἑκάστῳ τῆς περὶ πάντα πολυμαθίας· ἢ,’ίνα διέλω σαφέστερον, τῶν μὲν τῷ ποικίλῳ,τῶν δὲ τῷ ἄκρῳ, ἔστι δὶ ὧν ἀμφοτέροις, πᾶσι δέ πάντων ἐκράτει. Z'. Τῶν μὶν οῦν λόγων καὶ οἱ λόγοι μαρτυρες, οίίς πολλοὺς καὶ λαμπροὺς ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατεβάλετο, ἐπειδή γε μετήνεγκε Θεοῦ φιλανθρωπιᾳ τὴν παίδευσιν, τοῦ ποιοῦντος τὰ πάντα καὶ μετασκευάζοντος, πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον, καὶτῷ λόγῳ τήν ἀλογίαν ὐπέκλινεν · τὸ δὶ ἐντεῦθεν, οὐκ οἷδʼ ὅπως χρήσωμαι, τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τίς γένωμαιʼ πῶς μὶν μή μακρὸν ἁποτείνω λόγον, καὶ παντελῶς ἔξω τοῦ καιροῦ, πάντων τῶν Κυπριανοῦ μεμνημένος· πῶς δὶ μὴ τὰ μέγιστα ζημιώσω τοὺς παρόντας τοῖς σιωπωμένοις. "lv‘ οῦν μέσην βαδίσω τοῦ καιροῦ, καὶ τοῦ πόθου τῶν ἀκουόντων, οὓτω μοι δοκεῖ ποιητέον εἶναιʼ τὰ μὶν ἄλλα παρεῖναι τοῖς εἰδόσιν, ἐκδιδάσκειν τοὺς ἀγνοοῦντας, εἴπερ εʼίσί τινες, ἵνʼ ἀμφότεροι εὐεργετῶνται ὁμοίως, καὶ οἱ διδάσκοντες τὲ ἐκείνου, καὶ oi μανθάνοντες ιξέπειδή καὶ τὸ μεμνῆσθαι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, ἁγιασμὸς, καὶ λέγιστον εἰς παράκλησιν ἀρετῆς 6 λόγος)’ ἑνὸς δὶ ἢ δύο τῶν ἐκείνου διὰ βραχέων ἐπιμνησθῆναι, xui τούτων ὅσα μηδὲ βουλομένῳ παρελθεῖν δυνατόν, H'. Μνησθήσομαι δὶ τοῦ προτέρου βίου, καὶ ἥτις αὖτῷ γέγονε σωτηρίας ὁδὸς, xui τίς ἡ κλῆσις, xui ἡ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον μετάθεσις. Ἐκεῖνο μέν γε λίαν ἀγεννὲς καὶ μικρόψυχον, ο”εσθαι καθυβηίζεσθαι τὸν ἀθλητὴν τῇ μνήμῃ τῶν σκαιοτέρων. Ἐπεὶ οὕτω καὶ ΙΙαῦλος ἡμῖν οὐκ ἐπαινετὸς ὁ μέγας, καὶ Ματθαῖος ὁτελώνης έν τοῖς κακίστοις, xui Κυπριανὸς αὐτόςʼ 6 μὶν τῶν προτέρων ἑαυτοῦ διωγμῶν μεμνημένος, καί τῆς τοῦ ζήλου μεταθέσεως, ’ἶνʼ ix τοῦ παραλλήλου μᾶλλον δοζᾶσῃ τὸν εὐεργέτην 6 δὲ τὸν Τελώνην ἑαυτῷ προστιθεὶς ἐν τῇ τῶν μαθητῶν ἀπαριθμήσει, ὥσπερ ἄλλο τι τῶν τιμίων ἐπίσημον 6 δὲ xui μακρῷ λόγῳ στηλιτεύων τήν προτέραν ἑαυτοῦ κακίαν, ’ίνα καὶ τοῦτο Θεῷ καρποφορήσῃ, τήν ἐξ· αγόρευσιν, καὶ πολλοῖς ὁδὸς γένηται τῆς χρηστοτέρας ἐλπίδος τῶν ἀπὸ κακίας ἐπιστρεφόντων. Τίς οὖν ἡ κακία, καὶ σκοπεῖτε, ὅση καὶ ἡλίκη τὸ μέγεθος· Δαιμόνων ἦν θεραπευτής, 6 Χριστοῦ μαθητὴς ὕστερον· καὶ διώκτης πικρότατος, 6 μέγας τῆς ἀληθείας ἀγωνιστής καὶ λόγῳ xui ἔργῳ ταράσσων τὴν ἡμετέραν ὁδὸν, διὰ τὸ έν ἀμφοτέροις κράτος, ὀκράτιστος ἀμφότερα μετὰ τοῦτο Χριστιανοῖς. ’Ὀσον κακὸν καὶ γοητεία τούτοις προστιθεμένη, τῶν ἐκείνου τὸ γνωριμώτατονί ὅσῳ δεινότερον καί ἀπληστία σώματος, ἢ xui τοὺς τᾶλλα σοφοὺς ἰκμαίνειν δύναται, και χεῖρον φρονεῖν βιάζεται, καθάπερ ὑβριστὴς πῶλος, τὸν λογισμὸν συναρπάζουσαί 8'. ’Ἡκει δὲ ἡμῖν ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τὸ κεφάλαιον 6 λόγος. Καὶ μή πρὸς τὰ πρῶτά τις ὁρῶν Κοδπριανοῦ, ταῖς ἡδοναῖς έφιέτω· τοῖς δὲ τελευταίοις σωφρονιζέσθω. Παρθένος τις ἦν τῶν εὐπατρίδων, καὶ κοσμίων, Ἀκούετε, παρθένοι, καὶ συναγάλλεσθε, μᾶλλον δὲ καί τῶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ὅσαι σώφρονές τεκαὶ φιλοσώφρονες· κοινὸν γὰρ ἀμφοτέραις καλλώπισμα τὸ διήγημα. Καὶ ἡ παρθένος καλή τῷ εἷʼδει σφόδρα· προσᾳδὲτω ταύτῃ μεθʼ ἡμῶν 6 θεῖος Δαβὶδ, Πᾶσαή δόξα, λέγων, τῆς θυγατρὸς τοῦ βασιλέως ἔσωθεν, νύμφη Χριστοῦ γνησία, κάλλος ἀπόθετον, ἄγαλμα ἔμψυχον, ἀνάθημα ἄσυλον, τέμενος ἀνεπίβατον, κῆπος κεκλεισμένος, πηγὴ ἐσφραγισμένη (προσᾳδέτω γάρ τι καὶ Σολομὼν), μόνῳ Χριστῷ τηρουμένη. Ταύτης 6 μέγας ἥλω Κυπριανὸς, οὐκ οἷδʼ ὅθεν καὶ ὅπως, τῆς πάντα ἀσφαλοῦς καὶ κοσμίας. Ψαύουσι γὰρ ὀφθαλμοὶ λίχνοι καὶ τῶν ἀψαύστων, τὸ προχειρότατον ὀργάνων καὶ ἀπληστότατον. Καὶ οὐχ ἥλω μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπείρα. Ὠ τῆς εὐηθείας, εἰ ταύτην συλήσειν ἤλπιζε, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς ἀναισχυντίας τοῦ τὸ. τοιαῦτα τολμῶντός τε καὶ τολμᾷν πείθοντοςί Ἐκεῖνος καὶ εἰς τὸν παράδεισον ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς παρέδυ κατὰ τοῦ πρώτου πλάσματος· καὶ μέσος ἀγγέλων ’ίσταται τὸν Ἰὼβ ὲξαιτήσων· καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον, κατʼ αὐτοῦ τολμᾷ τοῦ Δεσπότου, τοῦ καταλύσοντος αὐτὸν καὶ θανατώσοντος, καὶ πεῖραν προσάγει τῷ ἀπειράστῳ (ἐπειδή δεύτερον Ἀδὰμ εἶδε τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ φαινόμενον), ὡς καὶ τοῦτον καταπαλαίσων. ’Πγνόει γὰρ, ὅτι περιπεσεῖται θεότητι, προσδραμών άνθρωπότητι. Τί οῦν θαυμαστὸν, εἰ καὶ διὰ Κυπριανοῦ πειρᾶται τῆς ἅγίας ψυχῆς, καὶ τοῦ ἀνεπάφου σώματος ; Γ. Πλὴν 6 μὶν ἐπείρα, καὶ προαγωγῷ χρῆται, ού γυναίῳ τινὶ παλαιῷ τῶν πρὸς ταῦτα ἐπιτηδείων, ἀλλὰ δαιμόνων τινί τῶν φιλοσωμάτων καὶ φιληδόνων· ἐπειδή ταχεῖαι πρὸς τήν τῶν τοιούτων ὑπηρεσίαν αἱ ἀποστατικαὶ δυνάμεις καὶ φθονεραῖ, πολλοὺς κοινωνοὺς ζητοῦσαι τοῦ πτώματος. Καὶ 6 μισθὸς τῆς προαγωγίας, θυσίαι τε καὶ σπονδαὶ, καὶ ἡδι αἱμάτων( καὶ κνίσσης οῗκείωσις· τοιούτους γὰρ ἔδει μισθοὺς εἶναι τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα χαριζομένοις. Ἦ δὲ ὡς ᾔσθετο τοῦ κακοῦ, xui τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ἐγνω (ταχύτεραι γὰρ αἱ καθαραὶ ψυχαὶ καὶ θεοειδεῖς πρὸς θήραν τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος, κᾶν δτι μάλιστα σοφιστικὸς ᾖ καὶ ποικίλος τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν), τί ποιεῖ, καὶ τί ἀντιτεχνᾶται τῷ δημιουργῷ τῆς κακίας; Πάντων ἀπογνοῦσα τῶν ἄλλων, ἐπὶ τὸν Θεὸν καταφεύγει, καὶ προστάτην ποιεῖται κατὰ τοῦ μισητώ πόθου τὸν ὲαυνῆς νυμφίον, ὃς καὶ Σωσάνναν ἰρῥύσατο, καὶ Θέκλαν διέσωσεν · τήν μὲν ἀπὸ πικρῶν πρεσβυτέρων, τὴν δὲ ἀπὸ τυράννου μνηστῆρος, καὶ τυραννιιιωτέρας μητρός Τίνα τοῦτον; Χριστὸν, ii: καὶ πνεύμασιν ἐπιτιμᾷ, καὶ κουφίζει βαπτιζομένους, καὶ πεζεύει πέλαγος, καὶ λεγεῶνα πνευμάτων τῷ βυθῶ δίδωσι· καὶ ῥύεται μεν ἐν λακκιου δίκαιον.. λέουσι προτεθέντα βορὰν, καὶ ’χειρῶν ἐκτάσει τους θῆοας νικήσαντα · ῥύεται ἓὶ ὑπὸ κήτους καταποθέντα φυγάδα προφήτην, κάν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις τήν πίστιν διασωσάμενον · σώζει δέ ’Δσσυρίους ἐν φλογὶ παῖδας, ἀγγέλῳ την πυρὰν καταψύξεις, καὶ τοῖς τρισὶ παραζεύξας τὸν τέταρτον. lA'. Ταῦτα καὶ πλείω τούτων ἐπιφημίζουσα, καὶ την Παρθένον Μαρίαν ἱκετεύουσα βοηθῆσαι παρθένῳ κινδυνευούσῃ, τὸ τῆς νηστείας καὶ χαμευνίας προβάλλεται φάρμακον· ὁμοῦ μὶν τὸ καλλος μαραίνουσα ὡς ἐπίβουλον, ’ἐνʼ ὑποσπασῃ τῆς φλογὸς τήν ὓλην, καὶ δαπανησῃ τὸ τῶν παθῶν ὑπέκκαυμα· ὁμοῦ δὲ τὸν Θεὸν ἱλεουμένη διὰ τῆς πίστεως καί διὰ τῆς ταπεινώσεως· οὐδενὶ γαρ οὕτω τῶν πάντων, ὡς κακοπαθείᾳ, θεραπεύεται Θεὸς, καὶ δάκρυσι τὸ φιλάνθρωπον ἀντιδίδοται. Ποθεῖτε τὰ ἑξῆς, οἶδʼ ὅτι, τοῦ διηγήματος. ’Δγωνιᾶτε γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῆς παρθένου, καὶ τοῦ ἐραστοῦ δὲ οὐχ ἦττον, εἱς κακὸν ἀμφοτέροις ὁ πόθος ἔληξεν. ’Δλλᾶι θαρσεῖτε. Πίστεως γὰρ ὁ πόθος πρόξενος γίνεται· καὶ παρθένον ἑαυτῷ μνηστεύων ὁ ἐραστὴς, ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ μνηστεύεται· καί ἡ μὲν τῶν πόθων (Ol) φλὸξ ἀποσβέννυται, ἡ δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀνάπτεται. Πῶς καὶ τίνα τρὸπον; Ἐνταῦθα μοι τὸ τοῦ διηγήματος ἣδιστον. Νικᾷ ἡ παρθένος, νικᾶται ὁ δαίμων. Ὀ πειραστὴς πρόσεισι τῷ ἐραστῇ, καταμηνύει την ἧτταν· περιφρονεῖται. Δυσχεραίνει τῆς ὑπεροψίας· ἀμύνεται τὸν ὑπερόπτην. Ἠ ἄμυνα δὲ τίς; Εἷς αὐτὸν εἶσοικίζεται τὸν τέως θεραπευτὴν,ίνα κακῷ τὸ κακὸν ἐκκρουσθῇ καὶ λύσσα λύσσης *ίαμα γένηται. Τῆς παρθένου μὲν ἀποκρούεται, καθάπερ τι μηχάνημα τείχους ὀχυροῦ καὶ γενναίου, λόγου φυγὰς καὶ δεήσεως· τῷ πέμ· ψαντι δὲ προσπαλαίει, (ὥ τοῦ θαύματος ί) πρὸς τὸν βαλόντα πάλιν ἄναστραερεῖς, καῖ συμπνίγων, ὥσπερ τινὰ Σαοὺλ δεύτερον. (ανον γὰρ ἅπαν τὸ πιεζόμενον. Τίς ἡ λύσις; Ἑπῖ τὸν τῆς παρθένου καταφεύγει Θεὸν, ὥσπερ Σαοὺλ ἐπὶ τήν κινύραν τοῦ Δαεὶδ καὶ τὰ κρούσματα πρόσεισι τῷ ταύτης Ποιμένι · καθαίρεται, ὥσπερ τοῦ πόθου διὰ τῆς πληγῆς, οὓτω τοῦ πονηροῦ πνεύματος διὰ τῇς είς Χριστὸν πίστεως ' μετατίθεται τὸν πόθον · ἐπὶ πολὺ μὶν ἀπιστούμενος καὶ ἀποπεμπόμενοςο καὶ γαρ ἰδόκει τὸ πρᾶγμα τῶν ἀπίστων εἶναι καὶ θαυμασίων, Κυπριανὸν ἐν Χριπιανοῖς ἀριθμηθῆναί ποτε, εἰ· καὶ πάντες ἄνθρωποι ο μετατίθεται δʼ οὗν, καὶ ἀπόδειξις τῆς μεταβολῆς ἐναργής. Προτίθησι δημοσίᾳ τὰς γοητικάς βίβλους ' θριαμβιύει τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ τήν ἀσθένειαν · κηρύσσει τὴν ἄνοιαν, λαμπρὰν ἐξ αὐτῶν αἶʼρει τήν φλόγα, πυρδαπανᾷ τήν μακράν ἀπάτην, ἢ μιᾷ φλογὶ σαρκὸς οὒκ ἐπήμυνεν · ἀφίσταται τῶν δαιμόνων, οἰκειοῦται Θεῷ. Ὦ τῆς χάριτοςῐὈση Θεὸν εὑρίσκει πονηρῷ πόθῳ καὶ πνεύματι, πρόβατον ἱερὸν τῆς ἱερᾶς γίνεται ποίμνης, ὡς δὶ ἐγώ τινος ἤκουσα, καὶ νεωκόρος, πολλᾶ δεηθεὶς, ’ίνα τιλοσοφήσῃ τὸ ταπεινὸν εἷς κάθαρσιν τῆς «προτέρας ἄλαζονείας. Εἶτα ποιμὴν, καὶ ποιμένων 6 κράτιστός τι καὶ δοκιμώτατος. Οὐ γὰρ τῆς Καρχηδονίων προκαθέζεται μόνον Ἐκκλησίας, οὐδὲ τῆς ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ διʼ ἐκεῖνον περιβοήτου μέχρι νῦν Ἀφρικῆς, άλλά καὶ πάσηςτῆς ἑσπερίου, σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἑῴας αὐτῆς, νοτίου τε καὶ βορείου λήξεως, ἐφʼ ὅσα ἐκεῖνος ἦλθε τῷ θαύματι. Οὕτω Κυπριανὸς ἡ μέτερος γίνεται. ll". Ταῦτά ὁ τῶν σημείων καὶ τῶν τεράτων Θεός ταῦτα, 6 τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἀγαγὼν εἷς Αἷίγυπτον ὢνιον ἓιὰβδελφῶν ἐπηρείας, καὶ ἐν γυναικὶ δοκιμάσας, καὶ ἐν σιτοδοσίᾳ δοξάσας, καί ἐν ἐνυπνίοις σοφίσας, τίνʼ ἰπὶ ξένης πιστευθῇ, καὶ υπὸ Φαραὼ τιμηθῇ, καὶ πατὴρ γένηται πολλῶν μυριάδων διʼ ἃς Αἴγυπτος βασανίζεται, θάλασσα τέμνεται, ἄρτος ὕεται, ἥλιος ἵσταται, γῆ ἑῆς ἐπαγγελίας κληροδοτεῖται. Οἷδε γὰρ πόρρωθεν καταβάλλεσθαι τῶν μεγάλων πραγμάτων ἡ σοφία τὰς ὑποθέσεις, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων τὰ ἐναντία οἰκονομεῖσθαι, ’ίνα καὶ μᾶλλον θαυμάζηται. ’Δπόχρη καὶ ταῦτα τῶν τοῦ Κυπριανοῦ καλῶν είς μέτρον εὖφημίκςς τελειωτάτης. Νὖν δὲ τοσαῦτά ἐστι τὰ λειπόμενα καὶ τοιαῦτα, ὥστε εί καὶ μηδεν αύτῷ τῶν προειρημένων ὑπῆρχεν, εἷς ἔπαινον, ἐξαρκεῖν τοῖς ἑξῆς νικᾷν ἅπαντας. Ἵνα γὰρ τά ἂν μὲσῳ συντέμω, τὴν τῶν χρημάτων περιφρόνησιν, τὴν τοῦ τύφου κατάλυσιν, τήν τοῦ σώματος παιδαγωγίαν καὶ καθαρότητα τῶν προτὲρων ὁρμῶν ἀντίπαλον, τὸ περὶ τὴν ἰσθῆτα φιλόσοφον, τὸ περὶ τὰς ἐντεύξεις ὑψηλόν τε ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλάνθρωπον, ὡς ἴσον ἀπέχειν εὐτελείας καὶ αὐθαδείας* τὰς χαμευνίας, τὰς ἀγρυπνίας, ὅς, καίτοι τῶν τοιούτων ὀψιμαθὴς ὥν, κατά πολὺ τῶν προειληφότων ἱκράτει· τὴν περὶ λόγους φιλοτιμίαν, ἐξ ὧν ἦθος ἅπαν ἐπαίδευσε, καὶ δογμάτων ἀπαιδευσίαν ἱκάθηρε, καὶ ἀνδρῶν βίους ἐκόσμησε, καὶ τῆς ἀρχικῆς καὶ βασιλικῆς Τριάδος τὴν θεότητα τεμνομένην, ἔστι δὶ ὑφʼ ὧν καὶ συναλειφομὲνην, εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐπανήγαγεν, ἐν ὅροις μείνας εὐσεβοῦς ἓνώσεώς τε καὶ συνα- Β ριθμήσεως· ’ἱνα ταῦτα συνέλω διά τὴν ἀμετρίαν, τῇ τοῦ βίου καταλύσει συγ-καταλύσω τὸν λόγον. ΙΔʼ. Ἐμαίνετο καθʼ ἡμῶν Δέκιος, καὶ πάσας ὶδέας κολάσεων ἔπενόει, καὶ τὰ μὶν ἤδη παρῆν τῶν δεινῶν, τά δὶ ἔμελλεν ἷσον δὲ ἀγώνισμα ποιεῖται, καὶ Χριστιανοὺς ἒλεῖν, καὶ τοὺς ηρὸ αὐτοῦ διώκτας ὑπερβαλεῖν, μᾶλλον δε, ἢ Χριστιανοὺς πάντας, ἧ Κυπριανόν μόνον ἑλεῖν τε καὶ παραστήσασθαι. Ὅσῳ γάρ εὐσεβείᾳ τε καὶ δόξῃ διαφὲρειν τὸν ἄνδρα ἐγίνωσκε, τοσούτῳ καὶ τὴν νίκην ἑαυῒῷ περιφανεστέραν ἑώρα καὶ λαμπροτέραν, εἷ τούτου κρατήσειεν. Ἐκείνως μὲν γὰρ Χριστιανῶν μόνον ὑπάρχειν κρατεῖν, οὕτω δὶ καὶ φιλοσοφίας αὐτῆς, καὶ λόγων. Καὶ τήν γλῶσσαν περιελεῖν πρότορον, εἶτα ἀφώνους ἀπαγαγεῖν καὶ ἀλόγους τοὺς ὑπʼ ἰκείνης ἐρειδομένους, ἀρίστης εἶναι στρατηγίας ἐνόμιζεν ούκ ὀρθὼσ μὶν, οὐδὲ εὐσεβῶς ταῦτα διανοούμενος, ού μὴν παντάπασιν ἀλογίστως, πρός γε τήν ἑαυτοῦ βούλησιν καὶ ἰπιχείρησιψ ἔδειξε δὲ τὸ ἔργον. Ἐπειδή γὰρ ἅπασαν προσβολήν τε καὶ πεῖραν ἀνδρικῶς τε καὶ γενναίως ἀποσεισάμενος, ὥσπερ τις πίτρα παράλιος κυμάτων ἰπιδρομάς, τὲλος ἐξορίαν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κατακρίνεταιʼ ού τὸ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἔστερξεν ὁ γεννάδας, οὐδὲ ἠγάπα σωζόμενος· οὐδὲ ἀσφάλειαν τῷ σώματι μᾶλλον τήν ἀτιμίαν ἐνόμιζεν, ἣ ψυχῆς κίνδυνον τήν ἡσυχίαν, καί τὸ περιορᾷν τοὺς ἄλλους τῷ καιρῷ κινδυνεύοντας, ούκ ὄντος τοῦ παιδοτριβοὖντος, καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα θαρῥύνοντος. Οὐ γὰρ μικρὸν δύνασθαι καὶ λόγον εἷς ἀνδρείας προσθήκην τοῖς ἀποδυομένοις πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς IE'. Δια τοῦτο τῷ σώματι μὶν ἀπῆν, τῷ πνεόματι δὲ παρῆν, καὶ τοῖς ἀθλοῦσι συνηγωνίζετο· καὶ τῇ γλώσσῃ μὲν βοηθεῖν οὐκ εἶχεν, βοηθεῖ δὲ τῷ γρά;λ; ματι, ’Πῶς; ’Δλείπτης ὑπερόριος γίνεται, τοὺς προτρεπτικοὺς συγγράφων, καὶ λογογραφῶν τήν εὐσέβειαν, καὶ πλείους ἐκεῖνος σχεδὸν ἐξ ἐπιστολῶν ποιεῖται μάρτυρας μόνος, ἥ πάντες διʼ ἑαυτῶν οἱ παρόντες τοῖς τότε κάμνουσι. Πείθει γὰρ, μὴ πατρίδα, μὴ γένος, μὴ περιουσίαν, μή δυναστείαν, μὴ ἄλλο τι τῶν χαμαὶ κειμένων, ἔμς προσθεν ἄγειν τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ τῶν ἰκεῖθεν ἀποκειμένων ἄθλων τῆς ἀρετῆς, τοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ καλοῦ κινδυνεύουσι. Καὶ ταῦτην εἶναι πραγματειῶν τὴν ἀρίστην, αἳματος ὀλίγου βασιλείαν οὖρανῶν ὠνήσασθαι, καὶ δόξης ἀϊδιότητα τῶν προσκαίρων ἀντιλαβεῖν ἀγαθῶν. Μίαν μὲν γὰρ εἶναι πατρίδα τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς, τὴν νοουμένην Ἰερουσαλὴμ, οὐ τὰς μικροῖς ὁρίοις ἐνταῦθα διειλημμένας, καὶ πολλοῦς ἀμειβοὗσας οἰκήτορας· μίαν δὲ γὲνους λαμπρότητα, τήν τῆς εἰκόνος τήρησιν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀρχέτυπον ἐξομοίωσιν, ὅσον ἐφικτὸν τοῖς σαρκὸς δεσμίοις, καὶ βραχεῖαν ἀπορροὴν τοῦ καλοῦ δέχεσθαι δυναμένοις· μίαν δὲ δυναστείαν, τὸ κατα τοῦ πονηροῦ κράτος, καὶ τὸ τῆς φυγῆς ἀνάλωτον καὶ ἀήττητον ἐν τοῖς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀγῶσιν, ἡνίκα κακία πρὸς ἀρετ-ἡν ἀγωνίζεται, καὶ κόσμος πρὸς κόσμον, ὁ λυόμενος πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα, καὶ πικρὸς ἀγωνοθέτης πρὸς γενναίους ἀγωνιστὰς, καὶ Βελίαρ πρὸς Χριστὸν παρατάσσεται. Δια ταῦτα καταφρονεῖν μὲν ξιφῶν ἀνέπειθε, ψυχρὸν δὲ νομίζειν τὸ πῦρ, ἡμέρους δὲ οἶέσθαι θηρῶν τοὺς ἀγρίωτάτους, λιμὸν δὲ ὐπολαμβάνειν τὴν ἀνωτάτω τρυφὴν, δάκρυα δὲ τῶν οἰκείων, καὶ θρήνους, καὶ οἰμωγὰς παρατρέχειν, ὡς τοῦ πονηροῦ δελεάσματα, καὶ κωλύματα τῆς θείας ὁδοιπορίας. Ταῦτα γὰρ εἶναι ἀνδρικῶν ψυγῶν ‘ Ῑ ‘ τʼ ν ν και γενναιων, και λογισμου σωφρονος. Καὶ τὸ παράδειγμα ἐγγύθεν αὐτὸς ὁ ταῦτα λέγων καὶ γράφων, πάντα ἡγησάμενος σκύβαλα, ’ίνα Χριστὸν κερδήσῃ. Ιζʼ. Οὕτω διανοούμενος Κυπριανδς, καὶ οὕτως ὁπλίζων τοῖς λόγοις πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα, πολλοὺς ἀθλητὰς ἀπειργάζετο. Καὶ τίνα μισθὸν τούτων κομίζεται; Ὡς δαψιλῆ καὶ φιλότιμονί Μάρτυς ἐπὶιί πᾶσιν οἷς προέπεμψε γίνεται, ξίφει τήν κεφαλὴν τμηθεὶς καὶ ταῖς πολλαῖς βασάνοις ταύτην ἐπιτίθησι τὴν κορωνίδα. Οὕτω Χριστῷ προσάγεται, οὕτω πρὸς Χριστὸν μετατιθεται, 6 πολὺς ἐν ἀσεβείᾳ, καὶ αλείων ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ Κυπριανὸς, ὁ μέγας καὶ διώκτης καὶ στεφανίτης, 6 τήν μεταβολὴν οὐχ ἦττον ἤ τὴν ἀρετὴν θαυμάσιος. Οὐ γάρ οὕτω μέγα τύπον ἀγαφοῦ διασώσασθαι, ὡς τὸ καινοτομῆσαι θεοσέβειαν. Τὸ μὲνγαρ τῆς συνηθείας, τὸ δὲ τῆς εὐβουλίας· καὶ τὸ μὲν τῶν πολλοῖς ὑπαρχόντων, τοῦ δὲ ὀλίγα τά παραδείγματα IZ'. Ἀλλʼ οἷον δὴ κάκεῖνο τῶν ἐκείνου Octaui-1 των; Μικρὸν ἔτι τῷ λόγῳ προσκαρτερήσωμεν, ’ἱνα τῷ ἀθλητῇ χαρισώμεθα. Τοιαύτη μὲν ἡ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς πολιτεία, τοιοῦτος δὲ ὁ τῆς ἀθλήσεως τρόπος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καταλύει τὸν βίον (εἰ θέμις τοῦτο είπεῖν. ἀλλὰ μὴ πρὸς Θεὸν ἐκδημίαν ὀνομάσαι τὸ ἐκείνου πρᾶγμα, ἤ πόθου πλήρωσιν, ἤ δεσμῶν λύσιν, ἥ βάρους διάζευξιν), θαυματουργεῖταί τι κάνταῦθα τῶν προειληνρὸτων ἄξιον· τὸ μὲν ὄνομα πολὺ παρὰ πᾶσι Κυπριανοῦ, καὶ οὐ Χριπιανοῖς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς τὴν ἐναντίαν ἡμῖν τεταγμένοις (πᾶσι γὰρ ὁμοίως τὸ καλὸν αἶʼδέσιμον)· τὸ σῶμα δὶ ἀφανὶς ἦν, καὶ 6 Θησαυρὸς παρά τινι γυναίῳ τῶν θερμῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν, καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ μακρόν οὐκ οἷδʼ εἷʼτε τιμῶντος τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν φιλόδιὰ τοῦτο περιεχομένην τοῦ θεον, καὶ μάρτυρος, εἴτε τὸν πόθον ἡμῶν γυμνάζοντος, εἰ μὴ φέροιμεν ζημιούμενοι, καὶ τῶν ἁγίων λειψάνων ἀποστερούμενοι. Έπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἠνέσχετο τὸ πάντων ἀγαθὸν ἶδιον ποιῆσαί τινος 6 τῶν μαρτύρων Θεὸς, οὐδὲ τὸ κοινὸν ζημιῶσαι τῇ πρὸς ἐκείνην χάριτι, δημοσιευει τὸ σῶμα διʼ ἀποκαλύψεως, καὶ ταύτην γυναίῳ τινὶ τῶν ἀξίων τὴν τιμὴν καταθέμενος· ’ἶνʼ ἀγιασθῶσι καὶ γυναῖκες, ὥσπερ τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ τεκοῦσαι τ-ρὸτερον, καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἀπαγγείλασαι μετὰ τήν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν, οὕτω καὶ νῦν Κυπριανὸν, ἡ μὶν παραδείξασα, ἡ δὲ παραδοῦσα τὸ κοινὸν ὄφελος. Τοῦτο τῶν ἐκείνου καλῶν τὸ τελευταῖον. Οὕτως εἰς μέσον ἔρχεται ὁ τοῦ μή λαθεῖν ἄξιος, καὶ οὐ συγχωρεῖται φιλοσοφῆσαι τήν ἑαυτοῦ κλοπὴν, ἐπειδὴ καὶτῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς σώμασι τιμῶν κρείσσων ἐκεῖνος καὶ ὑψηλότερος. IH'. Τὰ μὲν οὗν παρʼ ἡμῶν τοσαῦτα, καὶ οὐκ οἶδʼ, ὅτι δεῖ πλείονα λέγειν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ, εἰ μακρὸν ἀποτείναιμεν λόγον, εἶίποιμεν ἂν τιτῶν ἐκείνῳ προσόντων ἄξιον, καὶ ὧν ἕκαστος περὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ὑπείληφεν, Καὶ ταῦτα, ὅσον ἀφοσιώσασθαι τήν ὀφειλομένην ἐκείνῳ τιμὴν, διήλθομεν τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ παρʼ ὐμῶν αὐτῶν προσθετέον, ’ἱνα τι καὶ αὐτοὶ τῷ μάρτυρι προσενέγκητε, τὴν τῶν δαιμόνων καθαίρεσιν, τὴν τῶν νόσων κατάλυσιν, τὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος πρόγνωσιν ο ἃ πάντα δύναται Κυπριανοῦ καὶ ἡ κόνις μετὰ τῆς πίστεως, ὡς ἴσασιν οἱ πεπειραμένοι, καὶ τὸ Θαῦμα μέχρις ἡμῶν παραπέμψαντες, καὶ τῷ μέλλοντι παραδώσοντες χρόνῳ. Μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ μείζω τούτων προεισενέγκατε, καὶ οἷα τοὺς ὶκεῖνον γνησίως τιμῶντας εἰκὸς, σώματος κένωσιν, ψυχῆς ἀνάβασιν, κακίας ἀποφυγὴν, ἀρετῆς ἐπίδοσινʼ αἱ παρθὲδοι τὴν ἀσαρκίαν, αἱ γυναῖκες τὴν εὐκοσμίαν ἀρετῆς μᾶλλον ἢ σώματος, οἱ νέοι τήν κατά τῶν παθῶν ἀνδρίαν, οἱ πρεσβῦται τὴν εὐβουλίαν, οἱ ἰν δυναστείᾳ τὴν εὐνομίαν, οἳ ἐν στρατηγίᾳ τὴν ἡμερότητα, οἱ ἂν λόγοις τὸ εὔλογον · εἷʼπω τι καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων, οἱ ἱερεῖς τὴν μυσταγωγίαν. οἱ τοῦ λαοῦ τήν εὐπείθειαν, οἱ ἐν πενθει τὴν παράκλησιν, οἱ ἐν εὐημερίᾳ τὸν φόβον, οἳ πλούσιοι τὴν μεταδοσιν, οἳ πένητες τὴν εὐχαριστίαν · πάντες τὴν κατὰ τοῦ πονηροῦ καὶ πικροῦ διώκτον παρέταξεν, φίνιι μὴ φαινόμενος βάλλῃ, μή τοξεύῃ κρυπτόμενος, μή ὡς σκότος πολεμῇ, μή ὡς ἄγγελος φωτὸς παίζῃ, καὶ κλέπτῃ πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἀπωλείας βάραθρον.

Hen min dē touto tēs euergesias kai prōton. to hōs tachista prosdramein allēlois kai periptyxarem. Oude gar pharei tēn anaboLēn ho zēlos ; kai bios ilos ēmira mia litois pothǭ kamnousin. Deuteron di, ho xui megiston, to mē katopin heortēs dramein,mēdi martyrōn mystagōgias apyleiphthēnain kai tēs en teuthen enginomenēs hēmin tryphēs te kai anapsyxeōs. Egō gar talla men homologō pantos einai nōthesterosʼ kai panta pothon apeseisamēn, aphʼ hou Christǭ synetaxamēn, kai ouden hai,oei me tōn hosa terpna tois allois xui perispoudasta; ou ploutos ho katō syromenos kai peritrepomenos, ou gastros hēdonai, kai koros patēr hybreōs, ouk esthēs malakē ti kai perirreousa, ou lithōn diabgeiai xui charites, ouk akoē goēteuousa, ouk osphrēsis ikthēlynousa, hou krotoi dēmōn xui theatrōn ekmainontes, hōn palai tois boulomenois parechōrēsamen; ouch hosa tēs prōtēs geuseōs (till) hēmōn, ex hēs apolōlamen, ekgona ; alla kai pollēn euētheian kataginōskō tōn krateisthai toutois anechomenōn, kai to tēs psychēs eugenis diaphtheirein tę̄ peri tauta mikroprepeią, kai hōs hestōsi prostithemenōn tois pheugousin. Ekeinou de lian aplēstōs echō kai periechomai, kai tou pathous emauton apodechomai; martyrōn timais epiterpomai, kai athlētōn aʼimasin epagallomaiʼ kai allōn min oi athloi kai to kratein, emoi de hoi stephanoi. Tosouton proarpazō tēn eukosmian, kai houtōs hoikeioumai ta katorthōmata l kai sou diapherontōs ēttēmai te tēs aretēs, kai tę̄ mnēmę̄ kouphizomai, kai hōsper enthous hyphʼ hēdonēs ginomai, kai tina tropon syneimi te tę̄ martyrią, kai koinōnō tēs athlēseōs, kai ’olos pros si metanistamai ; tacha men dia tēn tōn logōn oikeiōsin,hois tosouton tōn allōn ekrateis, hoson ta logika tēs alogou physeōs (syneiserchetai gar, ouk hoidʼ hopōs, philtron tois kata ti synaptomenois, ouch hētton tois loipois pragmasin, ē tois peri anchisteian aʼimatos); tacha de dia to tēs metabolēs athroon tekai paradoxon, ho kreitton logou kai paradeigmatos. Epei glyky min hēlios meta nephos, hǭ teōs synekalypteto ; glykion de to ear, dti meta cheimōnos katēpheian; hēdiōn de meidiōsa galēnē, kai thalassa hēplōmenē, kai tais aktais prospaizousa meta pneumatōn stasin, kai ōdinonta kymata. zʼ. Houtos Kyprianos, hō andres (iv: oi. men eidotes, hēdious genēsthe tę̄ hypomnēsei, hoi de agnoountes, mathēte to kalliston tōn hēmeterōn diēgēmatōn, kai tēn koinēn Christianōn philotimian), houtos ekeinos, to mega pote Karchēdoniōn onoma, nyn de tēs oikoumenēs apasēs, ho ploutǭ periphanēs, kai dynasteią peribleptos, kai genei gnōrimos (heiʼ ge megiston eis eugeneias apodeixin, synklētou boulēs metousia kai proedria), to tēs neotētos anthos, to tēs physeōs agalma, to tōn logōn kratos, tōn te kata philosophian, kai hosoi tēs allēs paideuseōs, kai toutōn ho boulei meros; hōs mallon min to poikilon ē to akron en ekastǭ thaumazesthai, mallon de to eudokimon in hekastǭ tēs peri panta polymathias; ē,’ina dielō saphesteron, tōn men tǭ poikilǭ,tōn de tǭ akrǭ, esti di hōn amphoterois, pasi de pantōn ekratei. Z'. Tōn min oun logōn kai hoi logoi martyres, oiis pollous kai lamprous ekeinos hyper hēmōn katebaleto, epeidē ge metēnenke Theou philanthrōpią tēn paideusin, tou poiountos ta panta kai metaskeuazontos, pros to beltion, kaitǭ logǭ tēn alogian ypeklinen ; to di enteuthen, ouk hoidʼ hopōs chrēsōmai, tǭ logǭ kai tis genōmaiʼ pōs min mē makron hapoteinō logon, kai pantelōs exō tou kairou, pantōn tōn Kyprianou memnēmenos; pōs di mē ta megista zēmiōsō tous parontas tois siōpōmenois. "lv‘ oun mesēn badisō tou kairou, kai tou pothou tōn akouontōn, houtō moi dokei poiēteon einaiʼ ta min alla pareinai tois eidosin, ekdidaskein tous agnoountas, eiper eʼisi tines, hinʼ amphoteroi euergetōntai homoiōs, kai hoi didaskontes te ekeinou, kai oi manthanontes ixepeidē kai to memnēsthai tou andros, hagiasmos, kai legiston eis paraklēsin aretēs 6 logos)’ henos di ē dyo tōn ekeinou dia bracheōn epimnēsthēnai, xui toutōn hosa mēde boulomenǭ parelthein dynaton, H'. Mnēsthēsomai di tou proterou biou, kai hētis autǭ gegone sōtērias hodos, xui tis hē klēsis, xui hē pros to kreitton metathesis. Ekeino men ge lian agennes kai mikropsychon, o”esthai kathybēizesthai ton athlētēn tę̄ mnēmę̄ tōn skaioterōn. Epei houtō kai IIaulos hēmin ouk epainetos ho megas, kai Matthaios hotelōnēs en tois kakistois, xui Kyprianos autosʼ 6 min tōn proterōn heautou diōgmōn memnēmenos, kai tēs tou zēlou metatheseōs, ’inʼ ix tou parallēlou mallon dozasę̄ ton euergetēn 6 de ton Telōnēn heautǭ prostitheis en tę̄ tōn mathētōn aparithmēsei, hōsper allo ti tōn timiōn episēmon 6 de xui makrǭ logǭ stēliteuōn tēn proteran heautou kakian, ’ina kai touto Theǭ karpophorēsę̄, tēn ex; agoreusin, kai pollois hodos genētai tēs chrēstoteras elpidos tōn apo kakias epistrephontōn. Tis oun hē kakia, kai skopeite, hosē kai hēlikē to megethos; Daimonōn ēn therapeutēs, 6 Christou mathētēs hysteron; kai diōktēs pikrotatos, 6 megas tēs alētheias agōnistēs kai logǭ xui ergǭ tarassōn tēn hēmeteran hodon, dia to en amphoterois kratos, okratistos amphotera meta touto Christianois. ’Oson kakon kai goēteia toutois prostithemenē, tōn ekeinou to gnōrimōtatoni hosǭ deinoteron kai aplēstia sōmatos, ē xui tous talla sophous ikmainein dynatai, kai cheiron phronein biazetai, kathaper hybristēs pōlos, ton logismon synarpazousai 8'. ’Hēkei de hēmin epʼ auto to kephalaion 6 logos. Kai mē pros ta prōta tis horōn Kodprianou, tais hēdonais ephietō; tois de teleutaiois sōphronizesthō. Parthenos tis ēn tōn eupatridōn, kai kosmiōn, Akouete, parthenoi, kai synagallesthe, mallon de kai tōn hypo zygon hosai sōphrones tekai philosōphrones; koinon gar amphoterais kallōpisma to diēgēma. Kai hē parthenos kalē tǭ heiʼdei sphodra; prosądetō tautę̄ methʼ hēmōn 6 theios Dabid, Pasaē doxa, legōn, tēs thygatros tou basileōs esōthen, nymphē Christou gnēsia, kallos apotheton, agalma empsychon, anathēma asylon, temenos anepibaton, kēpos kekleismenos, pēgē esphragismenē (prosądetō gar ti kai Solomōn), monǭ Christǭ tēroumenē. Tautēs 6 megas hēlō Kyprianos, ouk hoidʼ hothen kai hopōs, tēs panta asphalous kai kosmias. Psauousi gar ophthalmoi lichnoi kai tōn apsaustōn, to procheirotaton organōn kai aplēstotaton. Kai ouch hēlō monon, alla kai epeira. Ō tēs euētheias, ei tautēn sylēsein ēlpize, mallon de tēs anaischyntias tou to. toiauta tolmōntos te kai tolmąn peithontosi Ekeinos kai eis ton paradeison apʼ archēs paredy kata tou prōtou plasmatos; kai mesos angelōn ’istatai ton Iōb exaitēsōn; kai to teleutaion, katʼ autou tolmą tou Despotou, tou katalysontos auton kai thanatōsontos, kai peiran prosagei tǭ apeirastǭ (epeidē deuteron Adam eide tou Theou to phainomenon), hōs kai touton katapalaisōn. ’Pgnoei gar, hoti peripeseitai theotēti, prosdramōn anthrōpotēti. Ti oun thaumaston, ei kai dia Kyprianou peiratai tēs hagias psychēs, kai tou anepaphou sōmatos ? G. Plēn 6 min epeira, kai proagōgǭ chrētai, ou gynaiǭ tini palaiǭ tōn pros tauta epitēdeiōn, alla daimonōn tini tōn philosōmatōn kai philēdonōn; epeidē tacheiai pros tēn tōn toioutōn hypēresian hai apostatikai dynameis kai phthonerai, pollous koinōnous zētousai tou ptōmatos. Kai 6 misthos tēs proagōgias, thysiai te kai spondai, kai hēdi haimatōn( kai knissēs oïkeiōsis; toioutous gar edei misthous einai tois ta toiauta charizomenois. Ē de hōs ę̄stheto tou kakou, xui tēn epiboulēn egnō (tachyterai gar hai katharai psychai kai theoeideis pros thēran tou energountos, kan dti malista sophistikos ę̄ kai poikilos tēn epicheirēsin), ti poiei, kai ti antitechnatai tǭ dēmiourgǭ tēs kakias? Pantōn apognousa tōn allōn, epi ton Theon katapheugei, kai prostatēn poieitai kata tou misētō pothou ton eaunēs nymphion, hos kai Sōsannan irrhysato, kai Theklan diesōsen ; tēn men apo pikrōn presbyterōn, tēn de apo tyrannou mnēstēros, kai tyranniiiōteras mētros Tina touton? Christon, ii: kai pneumasin epitimą, kai kouphizei baptizomenous, kai pezeuei pelagos, kai legeōna pneumatōn tǭ bythō didōsi; kai rhyetai men en lakkiou dikaion.. leousi protethenta boran, kai ’cheirōn ektasei tous thēoas nikēsanta ; rhyetai hei hypo kētous katapothenta phygada prophētēn, kan tois splanchnois tēn pistin diasōsamenon ; sōzei de ’Dssyrious en phlogi paidas, angelǭ tēn pyran katapsyxeis, kai tois trisi parazeuxas ton tetarton. lA'. Tauta kai pleiō toutōn epiphēmizousa, kai tēn Parthenon Marian hiketeuousa boēthēsai parthenǭ kindyneuousę̄, to tēs nēsteias kai chameunias proballetai pharmakon; homou min to kallos marainousa hōs epiboulon, ’enʼ hypospasę̄ tēs phlogos tēn hylēn, kai dapanēsę̄ to tōn pathōn hypekkauma; homou de ton Theon hileoumenē dia tēs pisteōs kai dia tēs tapeinōseōs; oudeni gar houtō tōn pantōn, hōs kakopatheią, therapeuetai Theos, kai dakrysi to philanthrōpon antididotai. Potheite ta hexēs, oidʼ hoti, tou diēgēmatos. ’Dgōniate gar hyper tēs parthenou, kai tou erastou de ouch ētton, heis kakon amphoterois ho pothos elēxen. ’Dllai tharseite. Pisteōs gar ho pothos proxenos ginetai; kai parthenon heautǭ mnēsteuōn ho erastēs, hypo Christou mnēsteuetai; kai hē men tōn pothōn (Ol) phlox aposbennytai, hē de tēs alētheias anaptetai. Pōs kai tina tropon? Entautha moi to tou diēgēmatos hēdiston. Niką hē parthenos, nikatai ho daimōn. O peirastēs proseisi tǭ erastę̄, katamēnyei tēn hēttan; periphroneitai. Dyscherainei tēs hyperopsias; amynetai ton hyperoptēn. Ē amyna de tis? Heis auton eisoikizetai ton teōs therapeutēn,ina kakǭ to kakon ekkrousthę̄ kai lyssa lyssēs *iama genētai. Tēs parthenou men apokrouetai, kathaper ti mēchanēma teichous ochyrou kai gennaiou, logou phygas kai deēseōs; tǭ pem; psanti de prospalaiei, (hō tou thaumatos i) pros ton balonta palin anastraereis, kai sympnigōn, hōsper tina Saoul deuteron. (anon gar hapan to piezomenon. Tis hē lysis? Hepi ton tēs parthenou katapheugei Theon, hōsper Saoul epi tēn kinyran tou Daeid kai ta krousmata proseisi tǭ tautēs Poimeni ; kathairetai, hōsper tou pothou dia tēs plēgēs, houtō tou ponērou pneumatos dia tę̄s eis Christon pisteōs ' metatithetai ton pothon ; epi poly min apistoumenos kai apopempomenoso kai gar idokei to pragma tōn apistōn einai kai thaumasiōn, Kyprianon en Chripianois arithmēthēnai pote, ei; kai pantes anthrōpoi o metatithetai dʼ houn, kai apodeixis tēs metabolēs enargēs. Protithēsi dēmosią tas goētikas biblous ' thriambiyei tou ponērou thēsaurou tēn astheneian ; kēryssei tēn anoian, lampran ex autōn aiʼrei tēn phloga, pyrdapaną tēn makran apatēn, ē mią phlogi sarkos ouk epēmynen ; aphistatai tōn daimonōn, oikeioutai Theǭ. Ō tēs charitosiOsē Theon heuriskei ponērǭ pothǭ kai pneumati, probaton hieron tēs hieras ginetai poimnēs, hōs di egō tinos ēkousa, kai neōkoros, polla deētheis, ’ina tilosophēsę̄ to tapeinon heis katharsin tēs «proteras alazoneias. Eita poimēn, kai poimenōn 6 kratistos ti kai dokimōtatos. Ou gar tēs Karchēdoniōn prokathezetai monon Ekklēsias, oude tēs ex ekeinou kai diʼ ekeinon periboētou mechri nyn Aphrikēs, alla kai pasēstēs hesperiou, schedon de kai tēs heǭas autēs, notiou te kai boreiou lēxeōs, ephʼ hosa ekeinos ēlthe tǭ thaumati. Houtō Kyprianos hē meteros ginetai. ll". Tauta ho tōn sēmeiōn kai tōn teratōn Theos tauta, 6 ton Iōsēph agagōn heis Haiigypton ōnion heiabdelphōn epēreias, kai en gynaiki dokimasas, kai en sitodosią doxasas, kai en enypniois sophisas, tinʼ ipi xenēs pisteuthę̄, kai ypo Pharaō timēthę̄, kai patēr genētai pollōn myriadōn diʼ has Aigyptos basanizetai, thalassa temnetai, artos hyetai, hēlios histatai, gē heēs epangelias klērodoteitai. Hoide gar porrōthen kataballesthai tōn megalōn pragmatōn hē sophia tas hypotheseis, kai dia tōn enantiōn ta enantia oikonomeisthai, ’ina kai mallon thaumazētai. ’Dpochrē kai tauta tōn tou Kyprianou kalōn eis metron euphēmikss teleiōtatēs. Nyn de tosauta esti ta leipomena kai toiauta, hōste ei kai mēden autǭ tōn proeirēmenōn hypērchen, heis epainon, exarkein tois hexēs nikąn hapantas. Hina gar ta an mesǭ syntemō, tēn tōn chrēmatōn periphronēsin, tēn tou typhou katalysin, tēn tou sōmatos paidagōgian kai katharotēta tōn proterōn hormōn antipalon, to peri tēn isthēta philosophon, to peri tas enteuxeis hypsēlon te homou kai philanthrōpon, hōs ison apechein euteleias kai authadeias* tas chameunias, tas agrypnias, hos, kaitoi tōn toioutōn opsimathēs hōn, kata poly tōn proeilēphotōn hikratei; tēn peri logous philotimian, ex hōn ēthos hapan epaideuse, kai dogmatōn apaideusian hikathēre, kai andrōn bious ekosmēse, kai tēs archikēs kai basilikēs Triados tēn theotēta temnomenēn, esti di hyphʼ hōn kai synaleiphomenēn, eis to archaion epanēgagen, en horois meinas eusebous henōseōs te kai syna- B rithmēseōs; ’hina tauta synelō dia tēn ametrian, tę̄ tou biou katalysei syg-katalysō ton logon. IDʼ. Emaineto kathʼ hēmōn Dekios, kai pasas ideas kolaseōn epenoei, kai ta min ēdē parēn tōn deinōn, ta di emellen hison de agōnisma poieitai, kai Christianous elein, kai tous ēro autou diōktas hyperbalein, mallon de, ē Christianous pantas, hē Kyprianon monon helein te kai parastēsasthai. Hosǭ gar eusebeią te kai doxę̄ diapherein ton andra eginōske, tosoutǭ kai tēn nikēn heauïǭ periphanesteran heōra kai lamproteran, hei toutou kratēseien. Ekeinōs men gar Christianōn monon hyparchein kratein, houtō di kai philosophias autēs, kai logōn. Kai tēn glōssan perielein protoron, eita aphōnous apagagein kai alogous tous hypʼ ikeinēs ereidomenous, aristēs einai stratēgias enomizen ouk orthōs min, oude eusebōs tauta dianooumenos, ou mēn pantapasin alogistōs, pros ge tēn heautou boulēsin kai ipicheirēsips edeixe de to ergon. Epeidē gar hapasan prosbolēn te kai peiran andrikōs te kai gennaiōs aposeisamenos, hōsper tis pitra paralios kymatōn ipidromas, telos exorian hypʼ autou katakrinetaiʼ ou to kathʼ heauton esterxen ho gennadas, oude ēgapa sōzomenos; oude asphaleian tǭ sōmati mallon tēn atimian enomizen, hē psychēs kindynon tēn hēsychian, kai to periorąn tous allous tǭ kairǭ kindyneuontas, ouk ontos tou paidotribountos, kai pros ton agōna tharrhynontos. Ou gar mikron dynasthai kai logon heis andreias prosthēkēn tois apodyomenois pros to tēs aretēs IE'. Dia touto tǭ sōmati min apēn, tǭ pneomati de parēn, kai tois athlousi synēgōnizeto; kai tę̄ glōssę̄ men boēthein ouk eichen, boēthei de tǭ gra?l? mati, ’Pōs? ’Dleiptēs hyperorios ginetai, tous protreptikous syngraphōn, kai logographōn tēn eusebeian, kai pleious ekeinos schedon ex epistolōn poieitai martyras monos, hē pantes diʼ heautōn hoi parontes tois tote kamnousi. Peithei gar, mē patrida, mē genos, mē periousian, mē dynasteian, mē allo ti tōn chamai keimenōn, ems prosthen agein tēs alētheias, kai tōn ikeithen apokeimenōn athlōn tēs aretēs, tois hyper tou kalou kindyneuousi. Kai tautēn einai pragmateiōn tēn aristēn, haimatos oligou basileian ouranōn ōnēsasthai, kai doxēs aïdiotēta tōn proskairōn antilabein agathōn. Mian men gar einai patrida tois hypsēlois, tēn nooumenēn Ierousalēm, ou tas mikrois horiois entautha dieilēmmenas, kai pollous ameibousas oikētoras; mian de genous lamprotēta, tēn tēs eikonos tērēsin, kai pros to archetypon exomoiōsin, hoson ephikton tois sarkos desmiois, kai bracheian aporroēn tou kalou dechesthai dynamenois; mian de dynasteian, to kata tou ponērou kratos, kai to tēs phygēs analōton kai aēttēton en tois hyper eusebeias agōsin, hēnika kakia pros aret-hēn agōnizetai, kai kosmos pros kosmon, ho lyomenos pros ton hestōta, kai pikros agōnothetēs pros gennaious agōnistas, kai Beliar pros Christon paratassetai. Dia tauta kataphronein men xiphōn anepeithe, psychron de nomizein to pyr, hēmerous de oiesthai thērōn tous agriōtatous, limon de ypolambanein tēn anōtatō tryphēn, dakrya de tōn oikeiōn, kai thrēnous, kai oimōgas paratrechein, hōs tou ponērou deleasmata, kai kōlymata tēs theias hodoiporias. Tauta gar einai andrikōn psygōn ‘ I ‘ tʼ n n kai gennaiōn, kai logismou sōphronos. Kai to paradeigma engythen autos ho tauta legōn kai graphōn, panta hēgēsamenos skybala, ’ina Christon kerdēsę̄. Izʼ. Houtō dianooumenos Kypriands, kai houtōs hoplizōn tois logois pros ton agōna, pollous athlētas apeirgazeto. Kai tina misthon toutōn komizetai? Hōs dapsilē kai philotimoni Martys epiii pasin hois proepempse ginetai, xiphei tēn kephalēn tmētheis kai tais pollais basanois tautēn epitithēsi tēn korōnida. Houtō Christǭ prosagetai, houtō pros Christon metatithetai, 6 polys en asebeią, kai aleiōn en eusebeią Kyprianos, ho megas kai diōktēs kai stephanitēs, 6 tēn metabolēn ouch ētton ē tēn aretēn thaumasios. Ou gar houtō mega typon agaphou diasōsasthai, hōs to kainotomēsai theosebeian. To mengar tēs synētheias, to de tēs euboulias; kai to men tōn pollois hyparchontōn, tou de oliga ta paradeigmata IZ'. Allʼ hoion dē kakeino tōn ekeinou Octaui-1 tōn? Mikron eti tǭ logǭ proskarterēsōmen, ’hina tǭ athlētę̄ charisōmetha. Toiautē men hē tou andros politeia, toioutos de ho tēs athlēseōs tropos. Epei de katalyei ton bion (ei themis touto eipein. alla mē pros Theon ekdēmian onomasai to ekeinou pragma, ē pothou plērōsin, ē desmōn lysin, hē barous diazeuxin), thaumatourgeitai ti kantautha tōn proeilēnrotōn axion; to men onoma poly para pasi Kyprianou, kai ou Chripianois monon, alla kai tois tēn enantian hēmin tetagmenois (pasi gar homoiōs to kalon aiʼdesimon); to sōma di aphanis ēn, kai 6 Thēsauros para tini gynaiǭ tōn thermōn eis eusebeian, kai touto epi makron ouk hoidʼ heiʼte timōntos tou Theou tēn philodia touto periechomenēn tou theon, kai martyros, eite ton pothon hēmōn gymnazontos, ei mē pheroimen zēmioumenoi, kai tōn hagiōn leipsanōn aposteroumenoi. Epei de ouk ēnescheto to pantōn agathon idion poiēsai tinos 6 tōn martyrōn Theos, oude to koinon zēmiōsai tę̄ pros ekeinēn chariti, dēmosieuei to sōma diʼ apokalypseōs, kai tautēn gynaiǭ tini tōn axiōn tēn timēn katathemenos; ’inʼ agiasthōsi kai gynaikes, hōsper ton Christon kai tekousai t-roteron, kai tois mathētais apangeilasai meta tēn ek nekrōn anastasin, houtō kai nyn Kyprianon, hē min paradeixasa, hē de paradousa to koinon ophelos. Touto tōn ekeinou kalōn to teleutaion. Houtōs eis meson erchetai ho tou mē lathein axios, kai ou synchōreitai philosophēsai tēn heautou klopēn, epeidē kaitōn epi tois sōmasi timōn kreissōn ekeinos kai hypsēloteros. IH'. Ta men houn parʼ hēmōn tosauta, kai ouk oidʼ, hoti dei pleiona legein. Oude gar, ei makron apoteinaimen logon, eiipoimen an titōn ekeinǭ prosontōn axion, kai hōn hekastos peri tou andros hypeilēphen, Kai tauta, hoson aphosiōsasthai tēn opheilomenēn ekeinǭ timēn, diēlthomen ta de loipa parʼ ymōn autōn prostheteon, ’hina ti kai autoi tǭ martyri prosenenkēte, tēn tōn daimonōn kathairesin, tēn tōn nosōn katalysin, tēn tou mellontos prognōsin o ha panta dynatai Kyprianou kai hē konis meta tēs pisteōs, hōs isasin hoi pepeiramenoi, kai to Thauma mechris hēmōn parapempsantes, kai tǭ mellonti paradōsontes chronǭ. Mallon de ta meizō toutōn proeisenenkate, kai hoia tous ikeinon gnēsiōs timōntas eikos, sōmatos kenōsin, psychēs anabasin, kakias apophygēn, aretēs epidosinʼ hai parthedoi tēn asarkian, hai gynaikes tēn eukosmian aretēs mallon ē sōmatos, hoi neoi tēn kata tōn pathōn andrian, hoi presbytai tēn euboulian, hoi in dynasteią tēn eunomian, hoi en stratēgią tēn hēmerotēta, hoi an logois to eulogon ; heiʼpō ti kai tōn hēmeterōn, hoi hiereis tēn mystagōgian. hoi tou laou tēn eupeitheian, hoi en penthei tēn paraklēsin, hoi en euēmerią ton phobon, hoi plousioi tēn metadosin, hoi penētes tēn eucharistian ; pantes tēn kata tou ponērou kai pikrou diōkton paretaxen, phinii mē phainomenos ballę̄, mē toxeuę̄ kryptomenos, mē hōs skotos polemę̄, mē hōs angelos phōtos paizę̄, kai kleptę̄ pros to tēs apōleias barathron.

This is one benefit, and the first: to run to one another as quickly as possible and embrace. For zeal does not bear delay, and a whole life is one day to those who are weary with longing. The second, and the greatest: not to arrive after the festival, nor to miss the mystic rites of the martyrs and the delight and refreshment that come to us from them. For I confess that in other things I am more sluggish than anyone, and that I shook off every desire from the time I enlisted with Christ; nothing attracts me of the things that others find delightful and covet: not wealth, which is dragged below and overturned; not the pleasures of the belly, and satiety, the father of insolence; not soft and flowing clothing; not the brilliance and charm of precious stones; not bewitching sounds, nor effeminating scents; not the applause of crowds and theatres, which drives men mad, and which I long ago conceded to those who want it; nothing of what is the offspring of our first taste, by which we perished. Indeed I condemn as great folly those who allow themselves to be mastered by these things, who destroy the nobility of the soul by pettiness about them and attach themselves to fleeting things as if they stood firm. But for that other thing I am quite insatiable and cling to it, and I approve myself for the passion: I delight in the honours of martyrs and exult in the blood of athletes; others have the contests and the victory, I the crowns. So much do I seize the glory beforehand, and so do I make the achievements my own! And by you, above all, I am overcome in virtue and lightened by your memory, and become as though inspired with pleasure, and in a way I am present at your martyrdom, share in your contest, and pass over wholly to you: perhaps because of our kinship in eloquence, in which you surpassed others as much as rational beings surpass irrational nature (for affection somehow enters into those who are joined in any way, no less in other matters than in kinship of blood); perhaps because of the suddenness and unexpectedness of your change, which is beyond word and example. For the sun is sweet after the cloud that hid it, and spring sweeter because it follows the gloom of winter, and pleasanter is the smiling calm, and the sea spread out and playing with the shores after the uproar of the winds and the labour of the waves. [6] This is Cyprian, my hearers (that those who know may be gladdened by the reminder, and those who do not may learn the finest of our stories and the common pride of Christians); this is he, once the great name of the Carthaginians, now of the whole world; famous for wealth, admired for power, distinguished by family (if indeed the greatest proof of noble birth is membership and presidency in the council of the city); the flower of youth, the ornament of nature, mighty in eloquence, both in philosophy and in the rest of learning, whichever part you like; so that people admired the variety more than the excellence in each, or rather his distinction in each part of a learning that covered everything; or, to distinguish more clearly, he surpassed some by variety, others by excellence, some by both, and all in all things. [7] Of his eloquence his writings are witnesses, which he produced for us in great number and brilliance, after he had turned his learning to the service of God, who makes and refashions all things for the better, and had subjected unreason to the Word. But from here I do not know how to use my discourse, or what to do: how am I not to stretch out a long discourse, quite out of season, by recalling everything about Cyprian? And how am I not to deprive those present of the greatest things by what I pass over in silence? That I may take a middle way between the occasion and the longing of my hearers, this seems to me the right course: to leave the rest to those who know, so that they may teach those who do not, if there are any, and both may be equally benefited, those who teach his deeds and those who learn them (since even the remembrance of the man is sanctification, and the telling of it a very great encouragement to virtue); and to recall briefly one or two of his deeds, those that cannot be passed over even if one wished. [8] I will recall his former life, and what way of salvation came to him, what his call was, and his change for the better. It is very ignoble and small-minded to think that the athlete is insulted by recalling his darker past. For then our great Paul would not be praiseworthy, and Matthew the tax collector would be among the worst, and Cyprian himself as well: the first recalled his former persecutions and the change of his zeal, so that by the comparison he might glorify his benefactor the more; the second added “the tax collector” to his own name in the list of the disciples, as though it were some mark of honour; and the third denounced his former wickedness at length, so that he might offer this fruit too to God, his confession, and might become for many who turn from wickedness a way to better hope. What, then, was his wickedness? Consider how great it was, and of what kind. He was a servant of demons, who was afterwards a disciple of Christ; and a most bitter persecutor, the great champion of the truth; troubling our way by word and deed, because of his power in both, he who afterwards was most powerful for Christians in both. How great an evil, too, was the magic added to these, the best known of his deeds! How much more terrible, too, was the lust of the body, which can drive mad even those who are wise in other things and force them to think worse, seizing reason like an unruly colt! [9] My discourse comes to the main point. And let no one, looking at Cyprian’s beginnings, give himself to pleasures; let him rather be chastened by his end. There was a virgin of noble and modest family. Hear, virgins, and rejoice with me, and so too the married women who are chaste and love chastity; for the story is an ornament common to both. And the virgin was very beautiful in appearance; let the divine David sing to her with us, saying, “All the glory of the king’s daughter is within”: a genuine bride of Christ, a hidden beauty, a living statue, an inviolable offering, an untrodden sanctuary, “a garden enclosed, a fountain sealed” (let Solomon too sing something), kept for Christ alone. By her the great Cyprian was captured, I do not know whence or how, though she was guarded and modest in everything. For greedy eyes touch even what is untouchable, the readiest and most insatiable of instruments. And he was not only captured but also made attempts on her. O the folly of hoping to rob her, or rather the shamelessness of the one who both dares such things and persuades others to dare! It was he who at the beginning slipped into paradise against the first creature; who stands among the angels to demand Job; and who at last dares even against the Master himself, who was to destroy and kill him, and brings temptation to the one who cannot be tempted (since he saw in what was visible of God a second Adam), thinking to wrestle him down too. For he did not know that, rushing at the humanity, he would fall upon the Godhead. What wonder, then, if through Cyprian too he tempts a holy soul and an untouched body? [10] He tempted, then, and used a go-between, not some old woman skilled in such matters, but one of the demons who love bodies and pleasures; for the apostate and envious powers are quick to serve such ends, seeking many partners in their fall. And the wage for the procuring was sacrifices and libations, and the pleasure of blood and the savour of burnt fat; for such had to be the wages of those who grant such favours. But she, when she perceived the evil and recognized the plot (for pure and godlike souls are quicker to catch the one at work, however sophistical and various his attempt), what does she do, and what counter-device does she contrive against the author of wickedness? Despairing of all else, she flees to God and makes her own Bridegroom her protector against the hateful desire, who rescued Susanna and saved Thecla, the one from wicked elders, the other from a tyrannical suitor and a still more tyrannical mother. Who is he? Christ, who rebukes spirits, relieves the baptized, walks on the sea, and gives a legion of spirits to the deep; who rescues the righteous man in the pit, set before lions as food, who overcame the beasts by stretching out his hands; who rescues the fugitive prophet swallowed by the sea monster, who kept his faith in its belly; and who saves the Assyrian youths in the flame, cooling the fire with an angel and joining a fourth to the three. [11] Invoking these and more, and imploring the Virgin Mary to help a virgin in danger, she puts forward the remedy of fasting and sleeping on the ground: at once withering her beauty as a snare, to take away the fuel from the flame and consume the kindling of the passions, and at once propitiating God by faith and humility; for by nothing of all things is God so served as by hardship, and he gives his love for mankind in return for tears. You long, I know, for what follows in the story; you are anxious for the virgin, and no less for the lover, whether the desire ended badly for both. But take courage. The desire becomes the go-between of faith; the lover who would betroth the virgin to himself is betrothed by Christ; and the flame of desire is quenched while that of truth is kindled. How, and in what way? Here is the sweetest part of the story. The virgin conquers; the demon is conquered. The tempter comes to the lover and reports his defeat; he is despised. He is annoyed at the contempt; he takes revenge on the one who despised him. And what is the revenge? He takes up residence in his former servant, so that evil might be driven out by evil and madness become the cure of madness. Repulsed from the virgin like an engine from a strong and noble wall, a fugitive from her word and prayer, he wrestles with the one who sent him (O the marvel!), turning back on the one who had thrown him and choking him, like a second Saul; for everything that is oppressed seeks a way out. What is the release? He flees to the virgin’s God, as Saul to David’s lyre and its music; he approaches her Shepherd; he is cleansed, as of his desire through the blow, so of the evil spirit through faith in Christ. He changes his desire, for a long time disbelieved and sent away (for it seemed incredible and marvellous that Cyprian should ever be numbered among Christians, even if all men were); but he changes nonetheless, and there is clear proof of the change. He displays his books of magic publicly; he makes a triumph of the weakness of the evil treasure; he proclaims his folly; he raises a bright flame from them and consumes with fire the long deceit, which could not help him against one flame of the flesh. He departs from the demons and attaches himself to God. O the grace! What a God he finds through evil desire and an evil spirit! He becomes a sacred sheep of the sacred flock, and, as I heard from someone, even a sacristan, having begged earnestly for it, so that he might practise lowliness to cleanse his former boastfulness. Then he becomes a shepherd, and of shepherds the strongest and most approved. For he presides not only over the church of the Carthaginians, nor only over Africa, famous to this day because of him and through him, but over the whole West, and almost over the East itself, south and north, wherever his fame reached. So Cyprian becomes ours. [12] These things the God of signs and wonders did; these things he did who led Joseph into Egypt, sold through the spite of his brothers, who tested him in the matter of a woman, glorified him in the distribution of grain, and made him wise in dreams, so that he might be trusted in a foreign land, honoured by Pharaoh, and become father of many myriads, for whose sake Egypt is scourged, the sea divided, bread rained down, the sun stands still, and the land of promise is allotted. For wisdom knows how to lay the foundations of great things far ahead, and to bring about contraries through contraries, that it may be the more admired. These things too would suffice, among the excellences of Cyprian, for the measure of a most perfect encomium. But what remains is so great and of such a kind that, even if none of what has been said belonged to him for praise, what follows would be enough for him to surpass all. To cut short the intervening details: his contempt for money, the destruction of pride, the discipline and purity of his body set against his former impulses, the philosophic simplicity of his dress, his manner in meetings, at once lofty and humane, so that he stayed equally far from meanness and arrogance; his sleeping on the ground and his vigils, in which, though he learned such things late, he far surpassed those who had begun before him; his zeal for writing, by which he educated every character, cleansed away ignorance of doctrine, adorned the lives of men, and brought back to its ancient state the Godhead of the sovereign and royal Triad, which was being cut apart and by some merged together, remaining within the bounds of pious unity and enumeration: to sum these up because of their immensity, I will end my discourse with the end of his life. [14] Decius raged against us and devised every form of punishment; some terrors were already present, others impending. He made it an equal contest to seize the Christians and to outdo the persecutors before him; or rather, either to seize all Christians or to seize and subdue Cyprian alone. For the more he knew the man surpassed others in piety and fame, the more conspicuous and brilliant he saw his victory would be if he mastered him. For in the one way he would master only Christians, in this way philosophy itself and eloquence as well. And he thought it the best generalship first to cut out the tongue, and then to lead away, voiceless and wordless, those whom it supported: not thinking rightly or piously, yet not altogether unreasonably with regard to his own wish and design; and the event showed it. For when the noble man had shaken off every attack and attempt manfully and nobly, like a rock by the sea the onrush of the waves, he was finally condemned by him to exile. The noble man was not content with his own safety, nor glad merely to be saved; nor did he consider his dishonour a safety for his body, rather than his quiet a danger to his soul, and the neglect of others endangered by the times, when there was no trainer to encourage them for the contest. For a word can add no small courage to those who strip for the contest of virtue. [15] For this reason he was absent in body but present in spirit, and contended along with the athletes; he could not help them with his tongue, but he helps with his writing. How? He becomes a trainer from abroad, writing exhortations and composing piety in words; and he alone makes almost more martyrs by his letters than all those present with the sufferers of that time did by themselves. For he persuades those who run risks for the good to put neither homeland, nor family, nor property, nor power, nor anything else lying on the ground, before the truth and the prizes of virtue laid up there; and that this is the best of bargains, to buy the kingdom of heaven with a little blood, and to receive eternal glory in exchange for passing goods. For there is one homeland for lofty souls, the intelligible Jerusalem, not those divided here by small boundaries and changing their many inhabitants; one splendour of family, the keeping of the image and likeness to the archetype, as far as is possible for those bound by flesh and able to receive only a small effluence of the good; one power, mastery over the Evil One, and to be neither caught by flight nor conquered in the contests for piety, when vice contends with virtue and world with world, the passing with the abiding, a bitter president of the games with noble contestants, and Belial is drawn up against Christ. Therefore he persuaded them to despise swords, to think fire cold, to suppose the wildest beasts tame, to regard hunger as the highest luxury, and to pass by the tears, laments, and wailing of their families as baits of the Evil One and hindrances to the divine journey. For these, he said, are the marks of manly and noble souls and of sober reason. And the example was near at hand: he himself who said and wrote these things, counting all things as dung that he might gain Christ. [16] So thinking, and so arming them by his words for the contest, Cyprian produced many athletes. And what reward does he receive for these? How lavish and generous! He becomes a martyr after all whom he sent ahead, his head cut off by the sword; and he places this crown on his many trials. So he is brought to Christ, so he passes over to Christ: Cyprian, great in impiety and greater in piety, great both as persecutor and as crowned victor, no less wonderful for his change than for his virtue. For it is not so great to preserve a pattern of goodness as to make a new beginning in godliness; the one is a matter of habit, the other of good counsel; of the one there are many examples, of the other few. [17] But what of that further wonder of his? Let us persevere a little longer in the discourse, that we may please the athlete. Such was the man’s life, and such the manner of his contest. When he ended his life (if it is lawful to say so, and not rather to call what befell him a departure to God, or the fulfilment of longing, or the loosing of bonds, or the laying aside of a burden), here too a wonder was worked, worthy of what went before. The name of Cyprian was great with all, not only with Christians but also with those ranged against us (for the good is alike venerable to all); but his body was hidden, and the treasure was with a certain woman fervent in piety, and that for a long time; I do not know whether God was honouring her love for God and the martyr, or exercising our longing, to see whether we could bear being deprived and robbed of the holy relics. But since the God of the martyrs would not allow the good of all to become the property of one, nor deprive the community through his favour to her, he makes the body public by a revelation, granting this honour too to a certain worthy woman; so that women too might be sanctified, just as they formerly bore Christ and announced the resurrection from the dead to the disciples, so now with Cyprian, the one by showing, the other by handing over the common benefit. This is the last of his excellences. So he comes into the open who deserved not to be hidden, and is not allowed to make a philosophy of his own concealment, since he is greater and loftier even than the honours paid to bodies. [18] These, then, are our offerings, and I do not think more need be said. For even if we stretched out a long discourse, we would say nothing worthy of what belonged to him, or of what each has conceived about the man. We have gone through these things as far as to discharge the honour owed to him; the rest must be added by you yourselves, so that you too may offer something to the martyr: the overthrow of demons, the ending of diseases, the foreknowledge of the future, all of which even the dust of Cyprian can do, together with faith, as those know who have experienced it, who have passed the wonder down to us and will hand it on to future time. Or rather, offer greater things than these first, such as befit those who genuinely honour him: the emptying of the body, the ascent of the soul, flight from vice, growth in virtue; the virgins their freedom from the flesh, wives their decorum of virtue rather than of body, young men their courage against the passions, old men their good counsel, those in power their good government, those in command their gentleness, those in letters their reasonableness; and, to speak of our own, the priests their mystic guidance, the people their docility, those in mourning their consolation, those in prosperity their fear, the rich their sharing, the poor their thanksgiving; and all their battle line against the evil and bitter persecutor, so that he may not strike unseen, nor shoot from hiding, nor fight like darkness, nor sport as an angel of light and steal us away to the pit of destruction.

24.4PG 35:1192a–1193d

Δεινὸν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἁλῶναι, καὶ γλώσσῃ τρωθῆναι, καὶ ἀκοῇ δελεασθῆναι, καὶ διὰ θυμοῦ ζέσαντος ἐμπρησθῆναι, καὶ γεύσει κατενεχθῆναι, καὶ ἆφῇ μαλακισθῆναι, καὶ τοῖς ὅπλοις τῆς σωτηρίας, ὅπλοις Θανάτου χρήσασθαι · δέον τῷ θυρεῷ φραξαμένους τῆς πίστεως, στῆναι πρὸς τὰς μεθοδείας τοῦ Πονηροῦʼ καὶ μετὰ Χριστοῦ νικήσαντας, καὶ μετὰ τῶν μαρτύρων ἀθλήσαντας, τῆς μεγάλης ἐκείνης ἀκοῦσαι φωνῆς · Δεῦτε, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἐπηγγελμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν, ἔνσα εὐφραινομένων πάντων ἡ κατοικία, καὶ χορευόντων χορείαν τὴν ἀκατάλυτον ° ἔνθα ἦχος ἑορταζόντων, καὶ φωνὴ ἀγαλλιάσεως, καὶ θεότητος ἔλλαμψις τελεωτέρα καὶ καθωτέρα, ἧς νῦν ἐν αἰνίγμασι καὶ σκιαῖς ἦ ἀπόλαυσις. Τούτοις Κυπριανὸς χαίρει μᾶλλον τιμώμενος, ἦ πᾶσιν ἔδμοῦ τοῖς ἄλλοις ταῦτα καὶ παρὼν ἐφιλοσόφει τῷ βίῳ, καὶ ἀπὼν πᾶσι διακελεύεται διὰ τῆς ἡμετάρας φωνῆς ° ἢν μηδαμῶς citiμάσητι, εἷʼπερ τι μέλει τῆς ἐκείνου καρτερίας ὑμῖν, καὶ τῶν ἐκείνου περί τῆς ἀληθείας ἀγωνισμάτων, κάμοῦ τοῦ ταῦτα πρεσβεύοντος. Δῦταί σοι τῶν ἐμῶνʼ λόγων αἱ ἀπαρχαὶ, ὦ θεία καί ἱερά κεφαλή. τοῦτᾶ σοι καὶ τῶν λόγων γέρας καὶ τῆς ἀθλήσεως · οὐ κότινος Ὀλυμπιακὸς, οὔτε μῆλα Δελφικὰ παίγνια, οὐδὲ Ἰσθμική πίτυς, οὐδὲ Νεμαίας σέλινα, διʼ ὧν ἔφηβοι δτστυχεῖς ἐτιμήθησαν· ἀλλά λόγος, τὸ πάντων οἴκιιότατον τοῖςΛόγου θεραπευταῖς· εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν oth ἄθλων καὶ λόγων ἄξιον, τοῦ Λόγου τὸ δῶρον· Σὺ δὲ ἡμᾶς έποπτεῦοις ἄνωθεν Ἰλέως, καὶ τὸν ἡμέτερον διεξάγοις λόγον καὶ βίον, καὶ τὸ ῗερὸν τοῦτο ποίμνιον ποιμαίνοις, ἢ συμποιμαίνοις, τά τε ἄλλα εὐθύνων ὦ, οἶόν τε πρὸς τὸ βέλτιστον, καὶ τοὺς βαρεῖς λύκους ἀποπεμπόμενος, τοὺς θηρευτὰς τῶν συλλαβῶν καὶ τῶν λέξεων · καὶ τήν τῆς ἁγίας Τριάδος ἔλλαμψιν, ἧς σὺ νῦν παραστάτης, τελεωτέραν τε καὶ λαμπροτέραν ἡμῖν χαριζόμενος, ἣν προσκυμοῦμεν, ἥν δοξάζομεν, συμπολιτευόμεθα, προσκυνοῦντες Πατέρα ἐν Υίῷ, Υὶὸν ἐν ἁγίῳ five}ματι, καὶ παρασταίημεν ὕστερον εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι, ἧς καὶ μεταλαεοιμιν τέλειοι τεΛείως, ἐν αὖτῷ Χριστῴ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ πᾶσα δόξα, τιμή καὶ κρατος εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Deinon ophthalmois halōnai, kai glōssę̄ trōthēnai, kai akoę̄ deleasthēnai, kai dia thymou zesantos emprēsthēnai, kai geusei katenechthēnai, kai aphę̄ malakisthēnai, kai tois hoplois tēs sōtērias, hoplois Thanatou chrēsasthai ; deon tǭ thyreǭ phraxamenous tēs pisteōs, stēnai pros tas methodeias tou Ponērouʼ kai meta Christou nikēsantas, kai meta tōn martyrōn athlēsantas, tēs megalēs ekeinēs akousai phōnēs ; Deute, hoi eulogēmenoi tou Patros mou, klēronomēsate tēn epēngelmenēn hymin basileian, ensa euphrainomenōn pantōn hē katoikia, kai choreuontōn choreian tēn akatalyton ° entha ēchos heortazontōn, kai phōnē agalliaseōs, kai theotētos ellampsis teleōtera kai kathōtera, hēs nyn en ainigmasi kai skiais ē apolausis. Toutois Kyprianos chairei mallon timōmenos, ē pasin edmou tois allois tauta kai parōn ephilosophei tǭ biǭ, kai apōn pasi diakeleuetai dia tēs hēmetaras phōnēs ° ēn mēdamōs citimasēti, heiʼper ti melei tēs ekeinou karterias hymin, kai tōn ekeinou peri tēs alētheias agōnismatōn, kamou tou tauta presbeuontos. Dytai soi tōn emōnʼ logōn hai aparchai, ō theia kai hiera kephalē. touta soi kai tōn logōn geras kai tēs athlēseōs ; ou kotinos Olympiakos, oute mēla Delphika paignia, oude Isthmikē pitys, oude Nemaias selina, diʼ hōn ephēboi dtstycheis etimēthēsan; alla logos, to pantōn oikiiotaton toisLogou therapeutais; ei de kai tōn oth athlōn kai logōn axion, tou Logou to dōron; Sy de hēmas epopteuois anōthen Ileōs, kai ton hēmeteron diexagois logon kai bion, kai to ïeron touto poimnion poimainois, ē sympoimainois, ta te alla euthynōn ō, oion te pros to beltiston, kai tous bareis lykous apopempomenos, tous thēreutas tōn syllabōn kai tōn lexeōn ; kai tēn tēs hagias Triados ellampsin, hēs sy nyn parastatēs, teleōteran te kai lamproteran hēmin charizomenos, hēn proskymoumen, hēn doxazomen, sympoliteuometha, proskynountes Patera en Uiǭ, Uion en hagiǭ five}mati, kai parastaiēmen hysteron eilikrineis kai aproskopoi, hēs kai metalaeoimin teleioi teLeiōs, en autǭ Christǭ tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ pasa doxa, timē kai kratos heis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

It is dreadful to be captured by the eyes, wounded by the tongue, enticed by hearing, set on fire by boiling anger, brought down by taste, softened by touch, and to use the weapons of salvation as weapons of death; when we ought, fenced with the shield of faith, to stand against the wiles of the Evil One, and, having conquered with Christ and contended with the martyrs, to hear that great voice: “Come, you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom promised to you,” where is the dwelling of all who rejoice and dance an unending dance; where is the sound of those who keep festival, and the voice of exultation, and a more perfect and purer illumination of the Godhead, which we now enjoy only in riddles and shadows. With these things Cyprian rejoices to be honoured more than with all others together; these he taught by his life when he was present, and these, though absent, he urges on all through our voice. Do not dishonour it, if you care at all for his endurance and his contests for the truth, and for me who plead for these things. These are the first fruits of my words for you, divine and sacred head; this is your prize for your words and your contest: not an Olympic olive wreath, nor Delphic apples, mere playthings, nor the Isthmian pine, nor Nemean celery, by which unhappy youths were honoured; but a word, the most fitting of all things for the servants of the Word; and if it is worthy of your contests and words, it is the gift of the Word. And may you look upon us graciously from above, and guide our word and our life, and shepherd this sacred flock, or shepherd it with us, directing all else to the best as far as possible, and driving away the grievous wolves, the hunters of syllables and words; and granting us a more perfect and brighter illumination of the Holy Triad, at whose side you now stand, which we worship, which we glorify, with which we live as citizens, worshipping the Father in the Son and the Son in the Holy Spirit; and may we stand before it at the last sincere and blameless, and share in it perfectly as perfect, in Christ himself our Lord, to whom be all glory, honour, and might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 25

25.1PG 35:1197a–1201a

Τὸν φιλόσοφον ἐπαινέσομαι, καὶ εἰ κάμνω τῷ σώματι· φιλόσοφον γάρ · ἐπαινέσομαι δὲ καὶ λίαν εἰκότως. Ὀ μὲν γὰρ φιλόσοφος, ἐγὼ δὲ σοφίας θεραπευτής ' ὥστε μοι καὶ πρὸς λόγον ὁ ἔπαινος, ’ἔνʼ εἰ μήτι ἄλλο, τοῦτὸ γε φιλοσοφήσω τὸ φαυμάζειν φιλόσοφον. ’Ή γὰρ φιλοσοφητέον, ὡς ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος, ἦ τιμητέον φιλοσοφίαν, εἶʼπερ μή μέλλοιμεν παντελῶς ἔξω τοῦ καλοῦ πίπτειν, μηδὲ ἀλογῖαν κατακριθήσεσθαι λογικοὶ γεγονότες, καὶ διὰ λόγου πρὸς Λόγον σπεύδοντες· Φιλοσοφείτω δὲ ἡμῖν ὡς ἒν τῶν ἄλλοιν ὁ ἀνὴρ, τὸ ἐπαινεῖσθαι, καὶ καρτερείτω τὴν εὐφημίαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἵνα χαρισώμεθα ἐπαινεσόμεθα (ἔσμεν τοῦ φιλοσόφου τὸ ἀφιλότιμον, καὶ πρὸς γε οὐδὲν ἂν ὁ λό- *ξος ποοσθείη τοῖς πράγμασινγσῖὸ), ’ὁτι μὴ καὶτῆς ἀξίας ἐλαττώσῃ διὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ), ἀλλʼ ’ἶνʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ὠφελήσώμεν. Τοῦτο γὰρ οὐκ ἔτι περιφρονήσει φιλοσοφία, ᾖ γε τὸ εὖ ποιεῖν τι τὸν ἡμέτερον βίον, ἔργον καὶ σπούδασμα. Πρώτη δὲ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, τὸ ἐπαινεῖσθαι τὰ καλά. Ζήλου γᾶρ ὁ ἔπαινος πρόξενος ο ζῆλος δὲ, ἀρετῆς · ἀρετή δὲ, μααριότητος ’ ἡ δὲ, τὸ ἄκρον τῶν ἃφετῶν, καὶ πρὸς ὃ τείνει πᾶσα σπουδαίου κίνησις. B’r. Δεῦρο δὴ οὖν, ὦ φιλοσόφων ἄριστε καὶ τελεώτατε · προσθήσω δὲ, ὅτι καὶ μαρτύρων τῆς ἀληθείας. Δεῦρό μοι τῆς νόθου σοφίας ἔλεγχε, τῆς ἐν λόγῳ κειμένης, καὶ διʼ εὐγλωττίας γοητευοῦσης, ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦτο μηδὲν διαρθῆναι, μήτε δυναμένης, μήτε θελούσης· ὁ περιδέξιος τήν ἀρετὴν, ὅση τε θεωρίας, καὶ ὅση πράξεως · ὁ τὰ ἡμέτερα φιλοσοφῶν ἰν ἀλλοτρίῳ τῷ σχήματι τάχα δὲ οὐδὲ ἀλλοτρίῳ εἷʼπερ ἀγγελικὸν, ἡ λαμπρυφορία, καὶ ἡ φαιδρότης, ὅταν τυπῶνται σωματικῶςο σύμβολον, οἶμαι, τοῦτο τῆς κατά τὴν φύσιν αὐτῶν καθαρότητος. Δεῦρό μοι, φιλόσοφε, καὶ σοφὲ, (μέχρι γὰρ τίνος τὸ φιλεῖν σοφίαν, vl μηδαμοῦ σοφία;) καὶ κύων, οὐ τὴν ἆναισχυντίαν, ἀλλὰ τήν παρρησίανο οὐδὲ τὸ γαστρίμαργον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐφήμερον οὐδὲ τὴν ὑλακὴν, ἀλλὰ τήν φυλακήν τοῦ καλοῦ, καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ἄγρυπνον, καὶ τὸ σαίνειν μὲν ὅσον κατʼ ἀρετὴν οἰκεῖον, ὑλακτεῖν δὲ ὅσον ἀλλότριον. Δεῢρό μοι στῆθι τῶν ἰερῶν πλησίον, καὶ τῆς μυστικῆς ταύτης τραπέζης, κάμοῦ τοῦ διὰ τούτων μυσταγωγοῦντος τήν θέωσιν, οἷς σε προσάγει λόγος καὶ βίος, καὶ ἡ διὰ τοῦ παθεῖν κάθαρσις. Δεῦρό σε ἀναδήσω τοῖς ἡμερτέροις στεφάνοις, καὶ ἀνακηρύξω λαμπρᾷ τῇ φωνῇ, οὐκ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ μέσῃ, οὐδὲ ἐν θεάτρῳ μικρῷ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, οὐδὲ ἠγωνισμένον παγκράτιον, ἣπυγμήν, ἦ δίαυλον, ἣ τι τῶν μικρῶν ἀγωνισμάτων, καὶ ἐπὶ μικροῖς τοῖς ἄθλοις, οὐδὲ εἷς τιμὴν ἡρώων τινὸς ἣ δαιμόνων, συμφορᾷ καὶ μύθῳ τετιμημένων (τοιαῦτα γὰρ ἐκείνων τὰ σεμνά τε καὶ τίμια, χρόνον προσ·λαὸὁντα τῆς ἀνοίας ἐπίκουρον, καὶ συνήθειαν ἔννομον)· ἀλλʼ ἰναντίον Θεοῦ, καὶ ἀγγέλων, καὶ παντὸς τοῦ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πληρώματος · καὶ νενικηκότα ψεῦδος αἱρέσεων, εἷς τιμὴν Θεοῦ ζῶντος, καὶ τὸ παθεῖν τοῖς οἰκείοις πάθεσιν έκδιδάσκοντος, καὶ ὧν ἆθλον οὐρανῶν βασιλεία, καὶ Θεὸν γενέσθαι τοῦ παθεῖν ὑψηλότερον.

Ton philosophon epainesomai, kai ei kamnō tǭ sōmati; philosophon gar ; epainesomai de kai lian eikotōs. O men gar philosophos, egō de sophias therapeutēs ' hōste moi kai pros logon ho epainos, ’enʼ ei mēti allo, touto ge philosophēsō to phaumazein philosophon. ’Ē gar philosophēteon, hōs ho emos logos, ē timēteon philosophian, eiʼper mē melloimen pantelōs exō tou kalou piptein, mēde alogian katakrithēsesthai logikoi gegonotes, kai dia logou pros Logon speudontes; Philosopheitō de hēmin hōs en tōn alloin ho anēr, to epaineisthai, kai kartereitō tēn euphēmian. Ou gar hina charisōmetha epainesometha (esmen tou philosophou to aphilotimon, kai pros ge ouden an ho lo- *xos poostheiē tois pragmasingsio), ’hoti mē kaitēs axias elattōsę̄ dia tēs astheneias tēs heautou), allʼ ’inʼ hēmas autous ōphelēsōmen. Touto gar ouk eti periphronēsei philosophia, ę̄ ge to eu poiein ti ton hēmeteron bion, ergon kai spoudasma. Prōtē de tōn euergesiōn, to epaineisthai ta kala. Zēlou gar ho epainos proxenos o zēlos de, aretēs ; aretē de, maariotētos ’ hē de, to akron tōn haphetōn, kai pros ho teinei pasa spoudaiou kinēsis. B’r. Deuro dē oun, ō philosophōn ariste kai teleōtate ; prosthēsō de, hoti kai martyrōn tēs alētheias. Deuro moi tēs nothou sophias elenche, tēs en logǭ keimenēs, kai diʼ euglōttias goēteuousēs, hyper de touto mēden diarthēnai, mēte dynamenēs, mēte thelousēs; ho peridexios tēn aretēn, hosē te theōrias, kai hosē praxeōs ; ho ta hēmetera philosophōn in allotriǭ tǭ schēmati tacha de oude allotriǭ heiʼper angelikon, hē lampryphoria, kai hē phaidrotēs, hotan typōntai sōmatikōso symbolon, oimai, touto tēs kata tēn physin autōn katharotētos. Deuro moi, philosophe, kai sophe, (mechri gar tinos to philein sophian, vl mēdamou sophia?) kai kyōn, ou tēn anaischyntian, alla tēn parrēsiano oude to gastrimargon, alla to ephēmeron oude tēn hylakēn, alla tēn phylakēn tou kalou, kai to hyper tōn psychōn agrypnon, kai to sainein men hoson katʼ aretēn oikeion, hylaktein de hoson allotrion. Deÿro moi stēthi tōn ierōn plēsion, kai tēs mystikēs tautēs trapezēs, kamou tou dia toutōn mystagōgountos tēn theōsin, hois se prosagei logos kai bios, kai hē dia tou pathein katharsis. Deuro se anadēsō tois hēmerterois stephanois, kai anakēryxō lamprą tę̄ phōnę̄, ouk en Olympią mesę̄, oude en theatrǭ mikrǭ tēs Hellados, oude ēgōnismenon pankration, hēpygmēn, ē diaulon, hē ti tōn mikrōn agōnismatōn, kai epi mikrois tois athlois, oude heis timēn hērōōn tinos hē daimonōn, symphorą kai mythǭ tetimēmenōn (toiauta gar ekeinōn ta semna te kai timia, chronon pros;laoonta tēs anoias epikouron, kai synētheian ennomon); allʼ inantion Theou, kai angelōn, kai pantos tou tēs Ekklēsias plērōmatos ; kai nenikēkota pseudos haireseōn, heis timēn Theou zōntos, kai to pathein tois oikeiois pathesin ekdidaskontos, kai hōn athlon ouranōn basileia, kai Theon genesthai tou pathein hypsēloteron.

I will praise the philosopher, even though I am ill in body; for he is a philosopher; and I will praise him with very good reason. For he is a philosopher, and I am a servant of wisdom, so that praise is fitting for me, so that, if nothing else, I may practise this philosophy at least: to admire a philosopher. For, in my view, one must either practise philosophy or honour philosophy, unless we are to fall altogether outside the good and be condemned for unreason, we who have been made rational and hasten through reason to the Word. Let the man practise this philosophy too, among his others, of being praised, and let him endure the praise. For we will not praise him to gratify him (we know the philosopher’s freedom from ambition, and besides, the discourse would add nothing to the facts, except to fall short of their worth through its own weakness), but to benefit ourselves. This philosophy will not despise, since its work and study is to do some good to our life. The first of benefits is that fine things be praised. For praise procures zeal; zeal, virtue; virtue, blessedness; and this is the summit of what is desired, toward which every movement of the earnest tends. [2] Come then, best and most perfect of philosophers, and, I will add, of witnesses to the truth. Come, refuter of bastard wisdom, which lies in words and bewitches by eloquence, but can neither rise above this nor wishes to; you who are skilled with both hands in virtue, both in contemplation and in action; who practise our philosophy in a foreign garb, or perhaps not foreign, if bright clothing and radiance belong to the angels when they are portrayed in bodily form, a symbol, I think, of the purity of their nature. Come, philosopher and wise man (for how long is one to love wisdom, and nowhere attain wisdom?), and dog, not in shamelessness but in frankness; not in gluttony but in living from day to day; not in barking but in guarding the good and keeping watch for souls, fawning on whatever is akin in virtue and barking at whatever is alien. Come, stand near the holy things and this mystic table, and near me, who through them initiate into deification, to which your word and life bring you, and your purification through suffering. Come, let me crown you with our crowns and proclaim you with a loud voice, not in the midst of Olympia, nor in some small theatre of Greece, nor as having competed in the pancration, or boxing, or the double race, or any of the small contests for small prizes, nor in honour of some hero or demon honoured for misfortune and in myth (for such are their solemn and honoured things, which have gained time as an ally of their folly and custom as law); but before God and the angels and the whole fullness of the Church, as having conquered the falsehood of the heresies, in honour of the living God, who teaches suffering by his own sufferings, and whose prize is the kingdom of heaven and becoming god, which is higher than suffering.

25.3PG 35:1201a–1201c

Ἀλλᾶ τίς ἡ ἀνάῤῥησις; Εἰ μὲν τὴν συντομωτέραν ποθεῖτε xxi γνωριμωτέραν · Οὗτος τῆς ἀληθείας ἀγωνιστὴς ἀψευδέστατος, καὶ τῆς Τριάδος ὑπέρμαχος ἄχρις αἵματος, καὶ τῶν διωκόντων τῷ ποιεῖν κακῶς, τῷ πάσχειν προθύμως διώκτης · οὐδέν γὰρ οὕτω νικᾷ τὸν διώκοντα, ὡς προθυμία τοῦ πάσχοντος. Εἰ δὲ τήν τελεωτέραν καὶ πλατυτέραν · Οὗτος ἄριστος μὲν ἐξ ἀρίστων, καὶ ἰξ εὐγενῶν εὐγενέστατος. Εὐγένειαν δὲ λέγω, οὐχ ἢν oi πολλοὶ νομίζουσιν ' ἅπαγεί Οὐ πρὸς ἡμῶν οὕτω θαυμάζειν, οὐδὲ φιλόσοφον, τὴν ἐκ μύθων καὶ τάφων ἐρχομένην καὶ πάλαι σεσηπυίας οφρύοδ· οὐδὲ τήν ἐξ αἱμάτων καὶ γραμμάτων προσ-γινομένην, ἣν νύκτες χαρίζονται, καὶ βασιλέων ’ίσως οὐδὲ εὐγενῶν χεῖρες, προστασσόντων, ὣσπερ ἅλλο τι, τὴν εὐγένειαν · ἀλλʼ ἢν εὐσέβεια χιρακτηρίζει καὶ τρόπος, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸ πρῶτον ἀγαθὸν ἄνοδος, ὅθεν γεγόναμεν. Ταύτής ἀπόδειξις μία τῆς εὐγενείας. Οὐ γὰρ ἀθλητὴς μόνον ἡμῖν ὁ γεννάδας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ μαρτύρων ο ὣστε οίκοθεν αὐτῷ τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς παράδειγμα. Πολίτης δὲ, σοφίᾳ μὲν, τῆς οὶκουμένης ἀπάσης (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀνέχεται μικροῖς ὅροις Κυνικὴ περιγράφεσθαι)’ σώματι δὲ, τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων πόλεως τῆς σὺν ὑμῖν, μεθʼ ὑμᾶς εὐθέως ἀριθμουμένηςʼ ἧς πᾶσι πάντων κρατούσης, θερμότης τὸ ἱδιαίτατον, καὶ ταύτης τὸ κάλλιστον, Χριστιανισμὸς, καὶ ἡ περὶ τοῦτο διάθεσις, ἐκ προαιρέσεως μὲν ἀρχομένη τῇ δὲ φύσει βεβαιουμένη. Τῇ γὰρ εὐσεβείᾳ τὸ θερμὸν προσ. χωρῆσαν, ζῆλος ἐγένετο· ζῆλος δὲ, ἀσφάλεια πίστεως.

Alla tis hē anarrhēsis? Ei men tēn syntomōteran potheite xxi gnōrimōteran ; Houtos tēs alētheias agōnistēs apseudestatos, kai tēs Triados hypermachos achris haimatos, kai tōn diōkontōn tǭ poiein kakōs, tǭ paschein prothymōs diōktēs ; ouden gar houtō niką ton diōkonta, hōs prothymia tou paschontos. Ei de tēn teleōteran kai platyteran ; Houtos aristos men ex aristōn, kai ix eugenōn eugenestatos. Eugeneian de legō, ouch ēn oi polloi nomizousin ' hapagei Ou pros hēmōn houtō thaumazein, oude philosophon, tēn ek mythōn kai taphōn erchomenēn kai palai sesēpuias ophryod; oude tēn ex haimatōn kai grammatōn pros-ginomenēn, hēn nyktes charizontai, kai basileōn ’isōs oude eugenōn cheires, prostassontōn, hōsper hallo ti, tēn eugeneian ; allʼ ēn eusebeia chiraktērizei kai tropos, kai hē pros to prōton agathon anodos, hothen gegonamen. Tautēs apodeixis mia tēs eugeneias. Ou gar athlētēs monon hēmin ho gennadas, alla kai ek martyrōn o hōste oikothen autǭ to tēs aretēs paradeigma. Politēs de, sophią men, tēs oikoumenēs apasēs (oude gar anechetai mikrois horois Kynikē perigraphesthai)’ sōmati de, tēs Alexandreōn poleōs tēs syn hymin, methʼ hymas eutheōs arithmoumenēsʼ hēs pasi pantōn kratousēs, thermotēs to hidiaitaton, kai tautēs to kalliston, Christianismos, kai hē peri touto diathesis, ek proaireseōs men archomenē tę̄ de physei bebaioumenē. Tę̄ gar eusebeią to thermon pros. chōrēsan, zēlos egeneto; zēlos de, asphaleia pisteōs.

But what is the proclamation? If you want the shorter and better known: This is the most truthful contender for the truth, the champion of the Triad even to blood, and persecutor of the persecutors: they by doing evil, he by eagerly suffering; for nothing so conquers the persecutor as the eagerness of the one who suffers. If you want the fuller and more complete: This man is the best born of the best, the most noble of the noble. By nobility I do not mean what most people mean; far from it! It is not our way, nor a philosopher’s, to admire the nobility that comes from myths and tombs and long-rotted pride, nor that which is added by blood and documents, which nights bestow, and the hands of kings, perhaps not noble themselves, who command nobility like anything else; but the nobility marked by piety and character, and by the ascent to the first good, from which we came. Of this nobility there is one proof: our noble man is not only an athlete himself, but also descended from martyrs, so that he has the example of virtue at home. He is a citizen, by wisdom, of the whole world (for the Cynic way does not endure being bounded by small limits); by body, of the city of the Alexandrians, which is reckoned with yours and next after yours; a city which, while it surpasses all in all things, has fervour as its most distinctive mark, and the finest form of this, Christianity and its devotion to it, which begins in choice but is confirmed by nature. For fervour joined to piety became zeal; and zeal is the safeguard of faith.

25.4PG 35:1201c–1205d

Τραφεὶς δὲ οὕτω καὶ παιδευθεὶς, ὡς εἰκὸς τὸν ἐκ τοιούτων γεγονότα καὶ τοιοῦτον ἐσόμενον, ἐπειδὴ βίων αἱρέσεως καιρὸς ἐδόκει (ἣν κρηπῖδα τοῦ πράττειν εὖ ἢ κακῶς ἐγὼ τίθεμαι), εἷδὲ τι μέγα, καὶ νεανικὸν, καὶ τῶν πολλῶν ὑψηλοτέρον. Τρυφήν μὶν ἀτιμάζει καὶ περιουσίαν, καὶ δυναστειαν πλέον, ἢ τοὺς ἄλλους οἳ ταῦτα προέχοντες καὶ τήν μὲν ὡς πρώτην κακοπάθειαν, τήν δὲ ὡς ἐσχάτην πενίαν, τὴν δὶ ὡς ἀσθένειαν τὴν ἀνωτάτω, διαπτύει καὶ ἀποπέμπεται. Οὐδὶν γὰρ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, ὅ μήτε βελτίους ποιεῖ τοὺς κεκτημένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ χείρους ὡς τὰ πολλάσ μήτε διὰ τέλους παραμένει τοῖς ἔχουσι. ψιλοσοφίαν δὲ προΐσταται τήν δέσποιναν τῶν παθῶν καὶ τῷ καλῷ προσβαίνει νεανικῶς, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ὕλης τέ- ινεται, πρὶν διαζευχθῆναι τῆς ὕλης καὶ τῶν δρωμένων κατεξανίσταται, μεγέθει φύσεως καὶ προαιρέσεως εὐγενείᾳ, τοῖς ἑστῶσι προσθέμενος. Ἐπειδὴ οὕτω διενοήθη, τοῦτο μὲν οὐδὲ βουλῆς ἠξίωσε, ποτέραν δεῖ τῶν φιλοσοφιῶν ἑλέσθαι μᾶλλον, τὴν ἔξω καὶ παίζουσαν τὰς τῆς ἀληθείας σκιὰς ἐν τῷ τῆς φιλοσοφίας σχήματι καὶ προβλήματι, ἢ τήν ἡμετέραν καὶ ταπεινὴν μὲν τῷ φαινομένῳ. ὑψηλὴν δὲ τῷ κρυπτομένῳ, καὶ πρὸς Θεὸν ἄγουσαν · ἄλλα πάσαις ψήφοις αἱρεῖται τὴν ἡμετέραν, μηδὲν ’ὀλως ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω παρατραπεῖς τήν διάνοιαν, μηδὲ ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν λόγων κομψείας παρασυρεῖς, μέγα φρονοῦσιν oi. τά Ἑλλήνιον φιλοσοφοῦντες. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ πρῶτον φιλοσοφεῖ, γνῶναι τῶν ἡμετέρων ὁδῶν τήν αἳρετῶτέραν τε καὶ λυσιτελεστέραν ἐπίσης αὐτῷ τε καὶ πᾶσι Χριστιανοῖς. Πάν-ταχοῦ γὰρ τῷ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν καὶτὸν κυινὸν συλλαμβάνειν, ψυχῆς εἶναι τελεωτάτης τε καί φιλοσοφωτάτης ἐνόμιζεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἑαυτῷ γεγενήσθαι μόνυν ῗκαστον ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν, ὅσοι ςῆς αὐτῆς μετέχουσι φύσεως, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ αἰτοῦ, Lai ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς γεγόνασιν. E'. ’Θρῶν δὲ τὸν μὲν ἐρημικὸν βίον καὶ ίδιάζοντα, καὶ τῶν πολλῶν ἔκφυλον καὶ ἀλλότριον, μέγαν μὲν καὶ ὑψηλὸν, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, μέχρις αὐτῶν δὲ μόνων τῶν κατορθούντων ἱστάμενον, καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης κοινωνικὸν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον ἀπαρνούμενον, ἣν ἐν πρώτοις εἶναι τῶν ἐπαινουμένων ὶγίνωέ σκε · πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἀδοκίμαστον, ὡς οὔτε έν τοῖς πράγμασι γυμναζόμενον, οὕτε ἄλλοις παραμετρούμενονο τὸ δὲ κοινωνικὸν καὶ ἐπίμικτον, πρὸς τῇ βασάνῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς, ἔτι καὶ είς τοὺς πολλοὺς διατεῖνον, καὶ θείας οἷʼκονομίας ἐγγὺς, ἢ καὶ πεποίηκε τὸ πᾶν, καὶ φιλίᾳ συνέδησε, καὶ τὸ ἡμέτερον γένος ἐκπεσὸν τοῦ καλοῦ διὰ τὴν ἐπεισελθοῦσαν κακίαν ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐπιμιξίας καὶ ὁμιλίας πάλιν ἀνεκαλέσατο ταῦτα διανοηθείς τε καὶ διελόμενος, καὶ ἅμα τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν τῦφον κολάσαι τῶν καλῶν εἶναι νομίσας, ιίί τῷ τρίβωνι καὶ τῇ ὑπήνῃ τό σεμνὸν ὑποδύονται · τί ποιεῖ, καὶ πῶς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν μεταχειρίζεται; Μέσην τινὰ χωρεῖ τῆς τε ἐκείνων ἀλαζονείας, καὶ τῆς ἡμευέρας σοφίας, καὶ τῶν μὶν τὸ σχῆμα καῖ τὴν σκηνὴν, ἡμῶν δὲ τήν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὸ ὕψος φιλο- 1 2Οὸ ζʼ. Διά τοῦτο Περιπάτους μὶν, καὶ Ἀκαδημίας καὶ τήν σεμνὴν Στοὰν, καὶ τὸ αὐτόματον Ἑπικούρου μετά τῶν ἀτόμων καὶ τῆς ἡδονῆς, ἐρίῳ στέψας, ὥς τις ἐκείνων τὸν ποιητὴν, ὡς πορῥωτάτω πέμπει καὶ ἀποκρούεται. Κυνικῆς δὲ, τὸ μὲν ἄθεον διαπτύσας, τὸ δὶ ἀπέριττον ἐπαινέσας, τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ νῦν ὁρᾶτε, κύων κατά τῶν ὅντως κυνῶν, καὶ φιλόσοφος κατά τῶν ἀσόφων, καί Χριστιανὸς ὑπὲρ πάνυ των, καὶ νικῶν τήν μὲν ἐκείνων αὐθάδειαν τῇ τοῦ σχήματος ὁμοιότητι, τῶν δὲ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἔστιν ὧν τὴν ἀπειροκαλίαν τῇ καινότητι τοῦ ἐνδύματος, δεικνὺς, ὅτι μὴ ἐν μικροῖς τὸ εὐσεβὲς, μηδὲ ἐν τῷ κατηφεῖ τὸ φιλόσοφον, ἀλλʼ ἐν ψυχῆς στερρότητι καὶ διανοίας καθαρότητι, καὶ γνησίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τὸ καλὸν νεύσει, ὅπως ἃν τοῦ σχήματος ἔχωμεν, καὶ οἷστισιν ἂν ὁμιλῶμεν, siit: ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς μόνοις συστέλλοντες τὸν νοῦν ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθήσεων, εἶʼτε τοῖς πολλοῖς τε καὶ ὁμοφύλοις ἰδιάζοντες ἐν τῷ κοινῷ, καὶ φιλοσοφοῦντες ἐν ού φιλοσοφοῦσιν (ὡς ἡ Νῶε κιβωτὸς ἐκείνη, ἐν κατακλυσμῷ κατακλυσμοῦ κουφοτέρου καὶ ἡ τοῦ ὅρους βάτος, ἦν καῖον τὸ πῦρ οὐ κατέκαιε, τὸ μέγα Μωυσέως ὅραμα), οὕτε αὐτοί τι πάσχοντες τοῖς πολλοῖς, οὐ μᾶλλόν γε ἀδάμας τοῖς παίουσι, καὶ διʼ ἑαυτῶν τοὺς ἀλλους βελτίους ποιοῦντες εἲς δύναμιν. Ταύτης καρπὸς τῆς φιλοσοφίας, ού λόγῳ πλαττόμεναι πόλεις (σκινδαψοί τινες, ὡς αύτοί φασι, καὶ τραγέλιιφοι, ἆ γλῶσσα μόνη συντίθησιν) οὐδὲ κατηγορίαι τινὲς, καὶ ἀναλύσεις, καὶ μίξεις· οὐδὶ συμβάματα καὶ παρασυμῧάματα, καὶ ἡ τεχνολογουμένη σοφία· οὐδὲ γραμμαί τινες οὐδαμοῦ κείμεναι, οὐδὲ ἀστέρων πλοκαῖ καὶ σχήματα κατᾶ τῆς Προνοίας ἐπινοούμενα. Ταῦτα μὶν γὰρ αὐτῷ δευτέρου λόγου καὶ πάρεργα, καὶ τοσοῦτον παιζόμενα, ὅσον μή παίζεσθαι παρᾶ τῶν εἰδέναι προσποιουμένων.

Trapheis de houtō kai paideutheis, hōs eikos ton ek toioutōn gegonota kai toiouton esomenon, epeidē biōn haireseōs kairos edokei (hēn krēpida tou prattein eu ē kakōs egō tithemai), heide ti mega, kai neanikon, kai tōn pollōn hypsēloteron. Tryphēn min atimazei kai periousian, kai dynasteian pleon, ē tous allous hoi tauta proechontes kai tēn men hōs prōtēn kakopatheian, tēn de hōs eschatēn penian, tēn di hōs astheneian tēn anōtatō, diaptyei kai apopempetai. Oudin gar agathon einai, ho mēte beltious poiei tous kektēmenous, alla kai cheirous hōs ta pollas mēte dia telous paramenei tois echousi. psilosophian de proïstatai tēn despoinan tōn pathōn kai tǭ kalǭ prosbainei neanikōs, kai apo tēs hylēs te- inetai, prin diazeuchthēnai tēs hylēs kai tōn drōmenōn katexanistatai, megethei physeōs kai proaireseōs eugeneią, tois hestōsi prosthemenos. Epeidē houtō dienoēthē, touto men oude boulēs ēxiōse, poteran dei tōn philosophiōn helesthai mallon, tēn exō kai paizousan tas tēs alētheias skias en tǭ tēs philosophias schēmati kai problēmati, ē tēn hēmeteran kai tapeinēn men tǭ phainomenǭ. hypsēlēn de tǭ kryptomenǭ, kai pros Theon agousan ; alla pasais psēphois haireitai tēn hēmeteran, mēden ’olōs epi ta cheirō paratrapeis tēn dianoian, mēde hypo tēs tōn logōn kompseias parasyreis, mega phronousin oi. ta Hellēnion philosophountes. Ekeino de prōton philosophei, gnōnai tōn hēmeterōn hodōn tēn hairetōteran te kai lysitelesteran episēs autǭ te kai pasi Christianois. Pan-tachou gar tǭ kathʼ heauton kaiton kuinon syllambanein, psychēs einai teleōtatēs te kai philosophōtatēs enomizen. Oude gar heautǭ gegenēsthai monyn ïkaston hēmōn, alla kai pasin, hosoi sēs autēs metechousi physeōs, kai para tou aitou, Lai epi tois autois gegonasin. E'. ’Thrōn de ton men erēmikon bion kai idiazonta, kai tōn pollōn ekphylon kai allotrion, megan men kai hypsēlon, kai hyper ta anthrōpina, mechris autōn de monōn tōn katorthountōn histamenon, kai to tēs agapēs koinōnikon kai philanthrōpon aparnoumenon, hēn en prōtois einai tōn epainoumenōn iginōe ske ; pros de kai adokimaston, hōs oute en tois pragmasi gymnazomenon, houte allois parametroumenono to de koinōnikon kai epimikton, pros tę̄ basanǭ tēs aretēs, eti kai eis tous pollous diateinon, kai theias hoiʼkonomias engys, ē kai pepoiēke to pan, kai philią synedēse, kai to hēmeteron genos ekpeson tou kalou dia tēn epeiselthousan kakian ek tēs pros hēmas epimixias kai homilias palin anekalesato tauta dianoētheis te kai dielomenos, kai hama ton Hellēnikon typhon kolasai tōn kalōn einai nomisas, iii tǭ tribōni kai tę̄ hypēnę̄ to semnon hypodyontai ; ti poiei, kai pōs tēn philosophian metacheirizetai? Mesēn tina chōrei tēs te ekeinōn alazoneias, kai tēs hēmeueras sophias, kai tōn min to schēma kai tēn skēnēn, hēmōn de tēn alētheian kai to hypsos philo- 1 2Oo zʼ. Dia touto Peripatous min, kai Akadēmias kai tēn semnēn Stoan, kai to automaton Hepikourou meta tōn atomōn kai tēs hēdonēs, eriǭ stepsas, hōs tis ekeinōn ton poiētēn, hōs porrhōtatō pempei kai apokrouetai. Kynikēs de, to men atheon diaptysas, to di aperitton epainesas, touto estin ho nyn horate, kyōn kata tōn hontōs kynōn, kai philosophos kata tōn asophōn, kai Christianos hyper pany tōn, kai nikōn tēn men ekeinōn authadeian tę̄ tou schēmatos homoiotēti, tōn de parʼ hēmin estin hōn tēn apeirokalian tę̄ kainotēti tou endymatos, deiknys, hoti mē en mikrois to eusebes, mēde en tǭ katēphei to philosophon, allʼ en psychēs sterrotēti kai dianoias katharotēti, kai gnēsią tę̄ pros to kalon neusei, hopōs han tou schēmatos echōmen, kai hoistisin an homilōmen, siit: hēmin autois monois systellontes ton noun apo tōn aisthēseōn, eiʼte tois pollois te kai homophylois idiazontes en tǭ koinǭ, kai philosophountes en ou philosophousin (hōs hē Nōe kibōtos ekeinē, en kataklysmǭ kataklysmou kouphoterou kai hē tou horous batos, ēn kaion to pyr ou katekaie, to mega Mōyseōs horama), houte autoi ti paschontes tois pollois, ou mallon ge adamas tois paiousi, kai diʼ heautōn tous allous beltious poiountes eis dynamin. Tautēs karpos tēs philosophias, ou logǭ plattomenai poleis (skindapsoi tines, hōs autoi phasi, kai trageliiphoi, a glōssa monē syntithēsin) oude katēgoriai tines, kai analyseis, kai mixeis; oudi symbamata kai parasymÿamata, kai hē technologoumenē sophia; oude grammai tines oudamou keimenai, oude asterōn plokai kai schēmata kata tēs Pronoias epinooumena. Tauta min gar autǭ deuterou logou kai parerga, kai tosouton paizomena, hoson mē paizesthai para tōn eidenai prospoioumenōn.

Brought up and trained in this way, as was fitting for one born of such parents and destined to be such a man, when the time came to choose a way of life (which I regard as the foundation of doing well or badly), he saw something great, youthful, and loftier than most. He despises luxury, wealth, and power more than others prize them, and spurns and sends away the first as the chief misery, the second as the utmost poverty, the third as the greatest weakness. For nothing is good, he held, which neither makes its possessors better (indeed it often makes them worse) nor remains with them to the end. He sets before himself philosophy, the mistress of the passions, approaches the good with youthful vigour, and, before he is separated from matter, he rises up against visible things, attaching himself to what stands firm by greatness of nature and nobility of choice. When he had so resolved, he did not even think it worth deliberating which of the philosophies he should choose, the outside one, which plays with shadows of the truth in the dress and pretext of philosophy, or ours, lowly in appearance but lofty in what is hidden, and leading to God; but by every vote he chooses ours, not turned aside at all in mind toward the worse, nor swept away by the elegance of words on which those who practise the philosophy of the Greeks pride themselves. But this he made the first object of his philosophy: to know which of our ways is preferable and more profitable, equally for himself and for all Christians. For he thought it the mark of a most perfect and philosophic soul to serve the common good everywhere together with one’s own. For each of us is born not for himself alone, but for all who share the same nature and came into being from the same source and for the same ends. [5] He saw that the solitary and private life, alien and foreign to most people, is great and lofty and beyond what is human, but stops with those who achieve it, and denies the communal and humane character of love, which he knew to be among the first of praised things; and, besides, is untested, being neither exercised in affairs nor measured against others. The communal and mixed life, on the other hand, besides testing virtue, also reaches out to the many and is close to the divine economy, which made the universe and bound it together in friendship, and called back our race, fallen from the good through the evil that entered, by mingling and converse with us. Having thought and decided this, and at the same time thinking it right to chastise the pride of the Greeks, who put on solemnity with the cloak and the beard, what does he do, and how does he handle philosophy? He takes a middle course between their arrogance and our wisdom: of theirs he adopts the dress and the stage, of ours the truth and the height. [6] For this reason, crowning with wool the Peripatetics and the Academies and the solemn Stoa, and Epicurus’s chance with its atoms and pleasure, as one of them did the poet, he sends them as far off as possible and repels them. Of the Cynic way, he spat out its godlessness and praised its simplicity; and so he is what you now see: a dog against those who are truly dogs, a philosopher against the unwise, a Christian on behalf of all; conquering their arrogance by the likeness of his dress, and the bad taste of some among us by the novelty of his clothing; showing that piety does not lie in small things, nor philosophy in gloominess, but in firmness of soul, purity of mind, and genuine inclination toward the good, whatever our dress and whomever we associate with; whether withdrawing the mind from the senses into ourselves alone, or keeping ourselves apart in common life among the many of our own kind, practising philosophy among those who do not (like Noah’s ark in the flood, lighter than the flood, and the bush on the mountain which the fire burned but did not consume, the great sight of Moses), neither suffering anything from the many, any more than adamant from those who strike it, and making others better through ourselves as far as we can. The fruit of this philosophy is not cities fashioned in words (some “skindapsoi” and goat-stags, as they themselves say, which only the tongue puts together), nor categories, analyses, and mixtures, nor predicates and quasi-predicates and technical wisdom, nor lines that lie nowhere, nor interweavings and figures of the stars devised against Providence. These are secondary and incidental to him, and played with only so far as not to be played with by those who pretend to know them.

25.7PG 35:1208a–1208c

Τί δὲ τὸ πρῶτον καὶ σπουδαζόμενον ; ’Π πρὸς ἄρχοντας δικαιολογία, ἡ πρὸς βασιλεῖς παῤῥησία, κατά τόν θεῖον Δαβἶδ λαλοῦντα ἐναντίον βασιλέων καὶ μή αἰσχυνόμενον, δή μων ἀλογίαν συστεῖλαι κυμαινομένων, δυναστῶν ἐξουσίαν ἀγριαινόντων, οἷʼκων ἀρρωστίαν στασιαζόντων, ἀπαιδεύτων ἀγροικίαν, πεπαιδευμένων ἀλαζονείαν, πλοῦτον ἐπαιρόμενον, κόρον ύβρίζονττα, πενίαν κακουργοῦσαν, θυμὸν ὲκιρερόμενον καὶ τὸν λογισμὸν ἐκφέροντα, ἡδονῆς ἀμετρίαν, γέλωτος ἀκρασίαν, λύπης ἀδημονίαν παῦσαι, νεότητος ἀνωμαλίαν, γήρως μικροψυχίαν, χηρείας ἐρημίαν, ὀρφανίας ἀπόγνωσιν. Ταῦτα τῶν συλλογισμῶν καὶ τῶν γραμμῶν, καὶ τοῦ κεχηνέναι πρὸς τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἄρʼ ού μακρῷ προτιμήσει τις εὖ φρονῶν ; ἐκεῖνο ἐνθυμηθεὶς, ὅτι συναγόντων μὶν πάντων, ἢ γεωμετρούντων, ἢ ἀστρονομούντων, οὐδὲν ἂν ὁ βίος ἡμῶν παρά τοῦτο ὠφεληθείη, ὅτι μὴ καὶ τὰ πάντα λυθήσεται· τούτων δὲ ὧν εἷπον ἀναιρουμένων, ἀταξία τὸ πᾶν καὶ σύγχυσις. Ταῦτα τῆς Ἀντισθένους ἀλαζονείας, καὶ τῆς Διογὲνους ὀψοφαγίας, καὶ τῆς Κράτητος κοινογαμίας, τί χρὴ λέγειν ὅσῳ κρείττω καὶ ὑψηλότερα; Πλὴν φειδόμεθα κάκείνων αἰδοῖ τῆς προσηγορίας, ’ίνα τι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀπολαύσωσιν. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, ’ίνατά ἐν μέσῳ συνέλωμεν, τὸ σῶφρον, τὸ ἐγκρατὲς, τὸ ἄτυφον, τό ἐπίχαρι, τὸ κοινωνικὸν, τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, τᾶλλα οἷς ὑπερ ἅπαντας ὁ ἀνὴρ, ἐπὶ τὸ τελευταῖον μὶν τῇ τάξει, πρῶτον δὲ τῇ δυνάμει τρεψόμεθα.

Ti de to prōton kai spoudazomenon ? ’P pros archontas dikaiologia, hē pros basileis parrhēsia, kata ton theion Dabid lalounta enantion basileōn kai mē aischynomenon, dē mōn alogian systeilai kymainomenōn, dynastōn exousian agriainontōn, hoiʼkōn arrōstian stasiazontōn, apaideutōn agroikian, pepaideumenōn alazoneian, plouton epairomenon, koron ybrizontta, penian kakourgousan, thymon ekireromenon kai ton logismon ekpheronta, hēdonēs ametrian, gelōtos akrasian, lypēs adēmonian pausai, neotētos anōmalian, gērōs mikropsychian, chēreias erēmian, orphanias apognōsin. Tauta tōn syllogismōn kai tōn grammōn, kai tou kechēnenai pros tous asteras, arʼ ou makrǭ protimēsei tis eu phronōn ? ekeino enthymētheis, hoti synagontōn min pantōn, ē geōmetrountōn, ē astronomountōn, ouden an ho bios hēmōn para touto ōphelētheiē, hoti mē kai ta panta lythēsetai; toutōn de hōn heipon anairoumenōn, ataxia to pan kai synchysis. Tauta tēs Antisthenous alazoneias, kai tēs Diogenous opsophagias, kai tēs Kratētos koinogamias, ti chrē legein hosǭ kreittō kai hypsēlotera? Plēn pheidometha kakeinōn aidoi tēs prosēgorias, ’ina ti tou andros apolausōsin. Hēmeis de, ’inata en mesǭ synelōmen, to sōphron, to enkrates, to atyphon, to epichari, to koinōnikon, to philanthrōpon, talla hois hyper hapantas ho anēr, epi to teleutaion min tę̄ taxei, prōton de tę̄ dynamei trepsometha.

What, then, is first and pursued in earnest? Pleading before rulers, frankness before emperors, after the divine David, who spoke before kings and was not ashamed; checking the unreason of surging crowds, the power of savage potentates, the sickness of households in faction, the boorishness of the uneducated, the arrogance of the educated, wealth that exalts itself, insolent satiety, mischievous poverty, anger that is carried away and carries away reason, immoderate pleasure, unrestrained laughter; and putting a stop to the distress of grief, the instability of youth, the small-mindedness of old age, the desolation of widowhood, the despair of orphans. Will not anyone of sound mind prefer these by far to syllogisms and lines and gaping at the stars, considering that if everyone were drawing conclusions or doing geometry or astronomy, our life would gain nothing from it, except that everything would fall apart; whereas if the things I have named were done away with, all would be disorder and confusion? How much better and loftier are these than the arrogance of Antisthenes, the gourmandise of Diogenes, and the community of wives of Crates, need I say? But we spare these too, out of respect for the name, so that they may profit something from the man. And we, to sum up what lies between (his temperance, his self-control, his freedom from pride, his graciousness, his sociability, his humanity, and the rest in which the man surpasses all), will turn to what is last in order but first in power.

25.8PG 35:1208c–1212b

Ἦν ὅτε γαλήνην εἷʼχομεν ἀπὸ τῶν αἱρέσεων, ἡνίκα Σίμωνες μὲν, καὶ Μαρκίωνες, Οὖαλενυ τῖνοί τὲ τινες, καί Βασιλεῖδαι, καὶ Κέρδωνες, Κήρινθοί τε καὶ Καρποκρατεις, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περὶ ἐκείνους φλυαρία τε καὶ τερατεία, ἐπὶ πλεῖστον τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν τεμόντες, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἀγαθοῦ τῷ Λημιουργῷ πολεμήσαντες, ἔπειτα κατεπόθησαν τῷ ἑαυτῶν βυθῐρ καὶ τῇ σιγῇ παραδοθέντες, ὥσπερ ἦν ἄξιον. Μοντανοῦ δὶ τὸ πονηρὸν πνεῦμα, καὶ τὸ Μανοῦ σκότος, καὶ ἡ Ναυάτου θρασύτης, ἢ καθαρότης, Σαβελλίου τε ἡ κακὴ συνηγορία τῆς μοναρχίας εἶξε, και ὑπεχώρησεν, ἡ μὶν εἷς ἀντίπαλον μοῖραν ἀποκριθεῖσα, ἡ δὲ καὶ πάντη περιφρονηθεῖσα καὶ παραρῥιφεῖσα διὰ τὸ ἀσθενὲς· ἄλλο δὲ οὐδὲν παρελύπει τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν. Οἱ γάρ διωγμοὶ καὶ λαμπροτέραν αὐτὴν ἐποίουν τοῖς πάθεσιν. Οὐ πολὺ τὸ ἐν μὲσῳ, καὶ δευτέρα ζάλη κατὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐγείρεται, ὁ τυφὼν τῆς ἀδικίας, τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς ἀσεβείας, ὁ λεγεὼν τῶν πνευμάτων, ἡ ἀντίχριστος γλῶσσα, ὁ ἀδικίαν εἷς τὸ ὕψος λαλήσας νοῦς, ὴ κατατομή τῆς θεότητος· οὗ δεινὴ μὲν ἡ ἐγχείρησις, δεινοτέρα δὶ ἠ τελευτὴ, καὶ τῆς Ἰούδα προδοσίας ἀξία, ἣν ἐκεῖνος κατά τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐτόλμησεν, Ἄρειος, ὁ καλῶς μετὰ τῆς μανίας ὀνομαζόμενος. Οὗτος άπὸ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων ἀρξάμενος πόλεως, κάκεῖ τὸ δεινὸν ἐκμελετήσας, ἔπειτα, ὥσπερ τις ἀγρία φλὸξ, ἀπὸ μικροῦ τοῦ σπινθῆρος τὸ πολὺ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐπιδραμὼν, ὑπὸ τῶν Ιιατὲρων ἡμῶν καταλύεται, καὶ τοῦ εὐσεβοῦς ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ τότε καταλαβόντος τήν Νίκαιαν, καὶ εἷʼσω περιγραπτῶν ὅρων τε καὶ ῥημάτων τήν θεολογίαν στήσαντος. Περσὶς καλῶς ἡμῖν ἐδίκασε τὸν ἀλιτήριον καταλύσασα, καὶ πολλῶν αἱμάτων εἶσπραξαμὲνη δίκην διʼ ἑνὸς αἳματος· ἄρτι δε 6 ἀπρεπὴς ἄρχεται, καὶ τὸ ἀμύνειν Χριπιανοῖς πρόσχημα ἔχων τῆς ἀσεβείας. τοῖς άληθῶς Χριπιανοῖς ἐπιφύεται· καὶ τοσοῦτον ἐκείνου χαλεπώτερος γίνεται, ὅσῳ τότε μὲν ἡ ἄθλησις περιφανεστὲρα καὶ λαμπροτέρα, νῦν δὶ καὶ τὸ παθεῖν ἀφιλότιμον, παρά γε τοῖς οὐ δικαίοις τῶν παθῶν λογισταῖς. Βούλεσθε δάκρυα τῷ θεάτρῳ κινήσω, καὶ αὐτῷ γε ἴσως τῷ καρτερικωτάτῳ, καὶ τῶν παθῶν κρείσσονι, ἐνὸς τῶν τότε γενομένων ἐπιμνησθείς ; Μάρτυρες δὲ πολλοὶ τοῦ λόγου· καὶ γὰρ καὶ είς πολλοὺς ήλθεν ἡ τραγῳδία τοῦ πάθους· οἶμαι δὲ καὶ 6 μέλλων ὑπολήψεται χρόνος τοῦ καιροῦ τὸ διήγημα. Ναῦς φόρτον ἔχουσα τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἕνα, καί τοῦτον οὐδέ ὑπὲρ κακοῦ τινος, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ πίστεως κινδυνεύοντα, κατὰ πελάγους ἀφίεται, οὐχ ’ίνα σώσῃ τὸν ἐπιβάτην, ἀλλʼ τίνα ἀπολὲση. Καὶ 6 φόρτος πρόθυμος· εὐσεβὴς γάρ. Καὶ πῦρ τῷ φόρτῳ συνὲμπορονʼ καὶ τρυφᾷ τὸ καινὸν τῆς κολάσεως 6 διώκτης. Φεῦ τοῦ θεάματοςί Φεῦ τοῦ δράματοςί Ἠ ναῦς πελάγιος” τὸ θέατρον ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀκταῖς, τῶν μὶν ἐφηδομένων, τῶν δὲ ὀδυρομινων. Πῶς ἂν ἐν ὀλίγῳ τὸ πολὺ παραστήσαιμι; άνάπτεται τὸ πῦρ, δαπανᾶται ἡ ναῦς, συνδαπανᾶται 6 φόρτος, πῦρ ὕδατι μίγνυται, καὶ συντρέχει τὰ ἐναντία εἰς εὐσεβοῦς κόλασιν, καὶ δύο στοιχεῖα ἓν σῶμα μερίζεται, καὶ πυρσὸς ὑπὲρ θαλάσσης αἶʼρεται ξένος.ῼ προσῆλθε μὲν τάχα τις, ὡς ἡμὲρῳ καὶ φιλανθρώπῳ· προσελθὼν δὲ, εὗρε θέαμα ἐλεεινόν τε καὶ ἄπιστον, ἄνευ κυβερνήτου πλοῦν, ἄνευ χειμῶνος ναυάγιον· καὶ 6 πρεσβύτερος κόνις, καὶ οὐδὲ κόνις, σπαρεὶς ἰν τοῖς ὕδασι. Καὶ οὐδὲ τοσοῦτον ἡ ἱερωσύνη ( ), ὅσον τελευτῆς γοῦν εὐσχημονεστέρας τυχεῖν· εί δὲ μή τελευτῆς, ἀλλὰ ταφῆς γε πάντως, ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἀσεβέσιν ὀφείλεται. Τοιοῦτος ὁ τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς στόλος· τοιοῦτον τοῦ εὐσεβοῦς τὸ τὲλοςʼ καὶ οὐδαμοῦ πῦρ ἄνωθεν εὐαγέστερον, οὐδὲ κολαστικὸν τοῦ τοιαῦτα πυρσεύοντος.

Ēn hote galēnēn heiʼchomen apo tōn haireseōn, hēnika Simōnes men, kai Markiōnes, Oualeny tinoi te tines, kai Basileidai, kai Kerdōnes, Kērinthoi te kai Karpokrateis, kai pasa hē peri ekeinous phlyaria te kai terateia, epi pleiston ton tōn holōn Theon temontes, kai hyper tou Agathou tǭ Lēmiourgǭ polemēsantes, epeita katepothēsan tǭ heautōn bythir kai tę̄ sigę̄ paradothentes, hōsper ēn axion. Montanou di to ponēron pneuma, kai to Manou skotos, kai hē Nauatou thrasytēs, ē katharotēs, Sabelliou te hē kakē synēgoria tēs monarchias eixe, kai hypechōrēsen, hē min heis antipalon moiran apokritheisa, hē de kai pantē periphronētheisa kai pararrhipheisa dia to asthenes; allo de ouden parelypei tēn Ekklēsian. Hoi gar diōgmoi kai lamproteran autēn epoioun tois pathesin. Ou poly to en mesǭ, kai deutera zalē kata tēs Ekklēsias egeiretai, ho typhōn tēs adikias, to plērōma tēs asebeias, ho legeōn tōn pneumatōn, hē antichristos glōssa, ho adikian heis to hypsos lalēsas nous, ē katatomē tēs theotētos; hou deinē men hē encheirēsis, deinotera di ē teleutē, kai tēs Iouda prodosias axia, hēn ekeinos kata tou Sōtēros hēmōn etolmēsen, Areios, ho kalōs meta tēs manias onomazomenos. Houtos apo tēs Alexandreōn arxamenos poleōs, kakei to deinon ekmeletēsas, epeita, hōsper tis agria phlox, apo mikrou tou spinthēros to poly tēs oikoumenēs epidramōn, hypo tōn Iiaterōn hēmōn katalyetai, kai tou eusebous arithmou tou tote katalabontos tēn Nikaian, kai heiʼsō perigraptōn horōn te kai rhēmatōn tēn theologian stēsantos. Persis kalōs hēmin edikase ton alitērion katalysasa, kai pollōn haimatōn eispraxamenē dikēn diʼ henos haimatos; arti de 6 aprepēs archetai, kai to amynein Chripianois proschēma echōn tēs asebeias. tois alēthōs Chripianois epiphyetai; kai tosouton ekeinou chalepōteros ginetai, hosǭ tote men hē athlēsis periphanestera kai lamprotera, nyn di kai to pathein aphilotimon, para ge tois ou dikaiois tōn pathōn logistais. Boulesthe dakrya tǭ theatrǭ kinēsō, kai autǭ ge isōs tǭ karterikōtatǭ, kai tōn pathōn kreissoni, enos tōn tote genomenōn epimnēstheis ? Martyres de polloi tou logou; kai gar kai eis pollous ēlthen hē tragǭdia tou pathous; oimai de kai 6 mellōn hypolēpsetai chronos tou kairou to diēgēma. Naus phorton echousa tōn presbyterōn hena, kai touton oude hyper kakou tinos, allʼ hyper pisteōs kindyneuonta, kata pelagous aphietai, ouch ’ina sōsę̄ ton epibatēn, allʼ tina apolesē. Kai 6 phortos prothymos; eusebēs gar. Kai pyr tǭ phortǭ synemporonʼ kai tryphą to kainon tēs kolaseōs 6 diōktēs. Pheu tou theamatosi Pheu tou dramatosi Ē naus pelagios” to theatron epi tais aktais, tōn min ephēdomenōn, tōn de odyrominōn. Pōs an en oligǭ to poly parastēsaimi? anaptetai to pyr, dapanatai hē naus, syndapanatai 6 phortos, pyr hydati mignytai, kai syntrechei ta enantia eis eusebous kolasin, kai dyo stoicheia hen sōma merizetai, kai pyrsos hyper thalassēs aiʼretai xenos.Ǭ prosēlthe men tacha tis, hōs hēmerǭ kai philanthrōpǭ; proselthōn de, heure theama eleeinon te kai apiston, aneu kybernētou ploun, aneu cheimōnos nauagion; kai 6 presbyteros konis, kai oude konis, spareis in tois hydasi. Kai oude tosouton hē hierōsynē ( ), hoson teleutēs goun euschēmonesteras tychein; ei de mē teleutēs, alla taphēs ge pantōs, ē kai tois asebesin opheiletai. Toioutos ho tou asebous stolos; toiouton tou eusebous to telosʼ kai oudamou pyr anōthen euagesteron, oude kolastikon tou toiauta pyrseuontos.

There was a time when we had calm from the heresies, when the Simons and Marcions, the Valentinuses, Basilideses, Cerdons, Cerinthuses, and Carpocrateses, and all their nonsense and marvel-mongering, which cut up the God of all to the utmost and warred on behalf of the Good against the Creator, were afterwards swallowed up in their own Depth and given over to Silence, as they deserved. The evil spirit of Montanus, the darkness of Mani, the rashness, or purity, of Novatus, and Sabellius’s evil advocacy of the monarchy gave way and withdrew, the one separated off into an opposing party, the other altogether despised and cast aside for its weakness; and nothing else grieved the Church. For the persecutions even made her more brilliant through her sufferings. Not much time passed, and a second storm rose against the Church: the typhoon of injustice, the fullness of impiety, the legion of spirits, the antichrist tongue, the mind that spoke injustice on high, the dismemberment of the Godhead; whose attempt was dreadful, and his end more dreadful, worthy of the betrayal that Judas dared against our Saviour: Arius, well named for his madness. He began from the city of the Alexandrians and practised the evil there; then, like a wild flame from a small spark, running over most of the world, he is overthrown by our Fathers, the pious number that assembled at Nicaea and set theology within defined boundaries and words. … Persia judged the wretch well for us, destroying him and exacting the penalty for much blood by one man’s blood. But just now the unseemly one begins, and, using the defence of Christians as a pretext for his impiety, he fastens on the true Christians; and he becomes as much harsher than that one, as then the contest was more conspicuous and brilliant, whereas now even suffering brings no honour, at least with those who reckon sufferings unjustly. Do you want me to move the theatre to tears, and perhaps even this most enduring man himself, superior to suffering, by recalling one of the things that happened then? There are many witnesses of the story, for the tragedy of that suffering reached many; and I think future time too will take up the account of these days. A ship carrying as its cargo one of the presbyters, and he in danger not for any wrong but for the faith, is set adrift on the sea, not to save its passenger but to destroy him. And the cargo was willing, for it was pious. And fire sailed with the cargo as a fellow merchant; and the persecutor delights in the novelty of the punishment. Alas for the spectacle! Alas for the drama! The ship was on the open sea; the theatre on the shores, some rejoicing, others lamenting. How can I present so much in a few words? The fire is kindled, the ship consumed, the cargo consumed with it; fire mingles with water, opposites run together for the punishment of a pious man, two elements divide one body, and a strange beacon is raised over the sea. Someone perhaps approached it, as though it were gentle and kindly; approaching, he found a pitiable and incredible sight: a voyage without a pilot, a shipwreck without a storm, and the presbyter turned to dust, and not even dust, scattered on the waters. And the priesthood did not avail him even so far as to obtain a more seemly death; or if not death, at least burial, which is owed even to the impious. Such was the fleet of the impious; such the end of the pious; and nowhere was there fire from above, more holy, to punish the one who kindled such beacons.

25.11PG 35:1212b–1213c

Ἀλλᾶ τί μοὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν; Ἐπʼ ὰύτήν ἤδη βαδιστέον τὴν σὴν ἄθλησιν, καὶ τοὺς σοὺς ὑπερ εὐσεβείας ἀγῶνας, οὓς πᾶσι τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν, ὥσπερ τινὰ σφραγῖδα καλὴν, ὶπὲθηκας. ἽΙκμαζε μὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ πόλει τὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης κακὸν, ’ὀθεν καὶ ἤρξατο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸν μὲν ἁγιώτατον τῆς οἰκουμένης ὀφθαλμὸν, καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῶν ἱερέων, τὸν τῆς σῆς ὁμολογίας κηθηγητήν καὶ διδάσκαλον τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ περὶ τῆς εύσεβἥας ἀγῶσι, τὴν μεγάλην φωνήν, τὸ τῆς πίστεως ἔρεισμα, τὸν δεύτερον Χριστοῦ λύχνον καὶ πρόδρομον, εἱ θέμις τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ἐν γήρᾳ καλῷ κοιμηθέντα, καὶ πλήρη τῶν κατά Θεὸν ἡμερῶν, μετὰ tio συκοφαντίας, μετὰ τοὺς ἄθλους, μετὰ τήν περιβόητον χεῖρα, μετὰ τοὺς ζῶντας νεκροὺς, ἡ Τριὰς πρὸς ἑαυτὴν μετατίθησιν, συνέζησε, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἧς, ἐλινδύνευσεν (Ἀθανάσιον οἶδʼ ὅτι πάντες ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἀνέγνωτε)· δευτέρα δὲ τις Αἰγύπτου πληγὴ καὶ μάστιξ ἑαυτὸν ἐπεισάγει τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας προδότης, 6 τῶν λύκων ποιμὴν, 6 διὰ τῆς αὐλῆς ὑπερβαίνων λῃστὴς, 6 δεύτερος Ἄρειος, ἠ θολερᾶ καὶ ἄποτος ἀνατροπὴ, 6 τῆς ἀθὲου πηγῆς δαψιλεστερος ποταμός ὀκνῶ μὲν τὰς τότε παρανομίας εἰπεῖν καὶ μιαιφονίας, μεθʼ ὧν τὸν ἅγιον καταλαμβάνει θρόνον 6 θὴρ, καί τῆς πονηρᾶς εἰσόδου τὰ, προτελὲσματα· ὀδύρομαι δʼ ὅμως ὀλίγα ἐκ πολλῶν (ἃ καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀδύρεσθέ τε καὶ προωδύρασθε), τῷ θείῳ Δαβὶδ συγχρησάμενος· Ὀ θεὸς, ἤλθοσαν ἔθνη εἷς τὴν νληρονομίαν σου, ἐμίαναν τὸν ναὸν τὸν ἅγιόν σου, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοιςο Ἐθεντο τὰ θνησιμαῖα τῶν δούλων σου, πετεινῶν βρώματα, καὶ Θηρίων σπαράγματα. Προσθήσω δὲ παρ αὐτοῦ κάκεῖνα ἐξ ἄλλου θρήνου καὶ ἐτέρας ᾠδῆς. Ὀσα ἐτοντ,ρεύσατο 6 ἐχθρὸς ὲν τῷ ἁγίῳ σου, καὶ ἰνεκαυχγςσαντο οἳ μισοῦντές σε ἐν μέ.σῳ τῆς ἑορτῆς σου. Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἐνεκαυχήσαντο; πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἐμίαναν τὸν ναὸν τὸν ἅγιόν σου συμφοραῖς πολυτρόποις καὶ παντοίοις κακοῖς ;

Alla ti moi tōn exōthen? Epʼ autēn ēdē badisteon tēn sēn athlēsin, kai tous sous hyper eusebeias agōnas, hous pasi tois prolabousin, hōsper tina sphragida kalēn, ipethēkas. HiIkmaze men en tę̄ sę̄ polei to tēs haireseōs tautēs kakon, ’othen kai ērxato. Epei de ton men hagiōtaton tēs oikoumenēs ophthalmon, kai archierea tōn hiereōn, ton tēs sēs homologias kēthēgētēn kai didaskalon tois heautou peri tēs eusebēas agōsi, tēn megalēn phōnēn, to tēs pisteōs ereisma, ton deuteron Christou lychnon kai prodromon, hei themis touto eipein, en gērą kalǭ koimēthenta, kai plērē tōn kata Theon hēmerōn, meta tio sykophantias, meta tous athlous, meta tēn periboēton cheira, meta tous zōntas nekrous, hē Trias pros heautēn metatithēsin, synezēse, kai hyper hēs, elindyneusen (Athanasion oidʼ hoti pantes en tois logois anegnōte); deutera de tis Aigyptou plēgē kai mastix heauton epeisagei tę̄ Ekklēsią ho tēs alētheias prodotēs, 6 tōn lykōn poimēn, 6 dia tēs aulēs hyperbainōn lę̄stēs, 6 deuteros Areios, ē tholera kai apotos anatropē, 6 tēs atheou pēgēs dapsilesteros potamos oknō men tas tote paranomias eipein kai miaiphonias, methʼ hōn ton hagion katalambanei thronon 6 thēr, kai tēs ponēras eisodou ta, protelesmata; odyromai dʼ homōs oliga ek pollōn (ha kai hymeis odyresthe te kai proōdyrasthe), tǭ theiǭ Dabid synchrēsamenos; O theos, ēlthosan ethnē heis tēn nlēronomian sou, emianan ton naon ton hagion sou, kai ta epi toutoiso Ethento ta thnēsimaia tōn doulōn sou, peteinōn brōmata, kai Thēriōn sparagmata. Prosthēsō de par autou kakeina ex allou thrēnou kai eteras ǭdēs. Osa etont,reusato 6 echthros en tǭ hagiǭ sou, kai inekauchgssanto hoi misountes se en me.sǭ tēs heortēs sou. Pōs gar ouk enekauchēsanto? pōs de ouk emianan ton naon ton hagion sou symphorais polytropois kai pantoiois kakois ?

But why do I speak of outside matters? I must now go to your own contest and your struggles for piety, which you set on all that went before like a fine seal. The evil of this heresy was flourishing in your city, where it had also begun. When the most holy eye of the world, the high priest of priests, the guide and teacher of your confession by his own contests for piety, the great voice, the prop of the faith, the second lamp and forerunner of Christ, if it is lawful to say so, had fallen asleep in a good old age and full of days lived according to God, after the slanders, after the contests, after the famous hand, after the living dead man, the Triad took him to itself, with whom he had lived and for whom he had run risks (Athanasius, I know, you have all recognized in my words). Then a second plague and scourge of Egypt brought himself into the Church: the betrayer of the truth, the shepherd of wolves, the robber who climbs over the fold, the second Arius, the muddy and undrinkable overflow, the river more abundant than its godless source. I hesitate to tell the lawlessness and bloodshed of that time, with which the beast seized the holy throne, and the preliminary rites of his evil entry; yet I will lament a few things out of many (which you too lament and lamented before), using the words of the divine David: “O God, the nations have come into your inheritance; they have defiled your holy temple,” and what follows: “They have given the dead bodies of your servants as food to the birds,” and to be torn by beasts. I will add from him those words of another lament and another song: “How much evil the enemy has done in your holy place, and those who hate you have boasted in the midst of your feast.” For how did they not boast? How did they not defile your holy temple with disasters of every kind and evils of every sort?

25.12PG 35:1213c–1224c

Ἐστρατήγει μὲν ἀνὴρ ἄθεος καὶ παράνομος, οὐδὲ ὄνομα Χριστιανοῦ περικείμενος (τοῦτο γὰρ τῆς ῧὸρεως τὸ δεινότατον), ἀλλʼ ἐκτῶν εἰδώλων ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ναὸν ἐπειγόμενος, ἐκ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων αἱμάτων ἐπὶ τὰ μυσαρώτερά τε καὶ βδελυκτότερα, καὶ τοῦτο ἱερουργων ’ίσως τὴν καθʼ ἡμῶν ὕβριν τοῖς δαίμοσι παρετάσσετο δὲ δύναμις θυμῷ ζέουσα, στρατὸς ἀλλόκοτος καὶ ἀνήμερος κατὰ τῶν ἀόπλων καὶ ἀπολεμων. Ἐξωθεῖτο μὶν 6 τοῦ ἁγίου διάδοχος ἱερεὺς, ὁ νόμῳ καὶ τάξει Πνεύματος κεχρισμὲνός, καὶ πολιᾷ καὶ φρονήσει τετιμημένοςʼ ἐβασίλευε 8t Ταβεήλ, ὁκληρονόμος τῶν ἀλλοτρίων. Κατά τῶν ἀγίων ὅπλα, κατά τῶν ἀσύλων μιαραὶ χεῖρες, κατᾶ τῶν ᾠδῶν σάλπιγγες. Σκόπει μοι τὰ τούτοις ἑπόμενα, πίπτοντας ἄνδρας ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, συμπατουμένας γυναῖκας, ἔστιν ἃς καὶ μετά to?) φόρτου τῆς φύσεως, τοὺς προώρους τόκους καὶ ἀτόκους, εἰπεῖν οἰκειότερος· διελκομένας παρθένους οἷκτρῶς αἰκιζομένας αἷσχὸτερον (αἰσχύνομαι καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ ἄνδρας εἰπεῖν τὸν τρόπον, καὶ γυμνῶσαι τῷ λόγῳ τὰ κρυπτά τῆς αἰσχύνης, οἷς καὶ τότε γυμνωθεῖσιν αίσγύνομαι), τὰς μὲν κατά φρεάτων φερομένας τῶν ἔνδον τοῦ ἱεροῦ, τὰς δὲ έκ των ὑπερῴων κρημνιζομένας ἐπὶ τῇ ἀτοπίᾳ τῶν ὁρωμένων, τὰς δὲ ταῖς κειμέναις ἐπισωρευομένας· τους ἐπὶ τοῖς φόνοις φόνους, τὰ ἐπὶ τοῖς πτώμασι πτώματα, πατούμενα βεβήλοις ποσὶ τὰ ἅγια, θυσιαστήρια ωθυβριζὸμενα σχήμασιν ἀσελγέσι καὶ ᾅσμασιν, ὡς δὲ ἀκούώ, (τί τοῦτο ἡ τολμηρά γλῖςσσα φθέγξεται ς) καὶ τοῖς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ὀρχήμασι καὶ λυγίσμασι· δημηγορούσας ἐπὶ τῶν ἰερῶν θρόνων γλώσσας βλασφήμους, μυστήρια κωμῳδούμενα, σιωπωμένας ψαλμῳδίας, οἰμωγὰς ἀντεγειρομένας, αἷμάτω ὀχετοὺς, δακρύων πηγὰς, ἱερεῖς ἀγομένους, μονοτρόπους σπαρασσομένους, πᾶσαν τῆς Ἀσσυρίων καταδρομῆς τὴν εἰκόνα, ἥν ποτε τὴν ἁγίαν Ἰερουσαλὴμ κατέδραμονο ἦν μήτε λόγος ἀξίως παραστῆσαι, μήτε ἀκοὴ χωρῆσαι δύναται, μόνης δὲ τῆς Ἱερεμίου καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ φωνῆς πρὸς ἀξίαν ὂδύρασθαμ ὃς καὶ πηγὰς δακρύων ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ ἐκ τειχῶν προκαλεῖται θρῆνον ἐπὶ τοιούτοις πάθεσι, καὶ ὁδοῖς Σιὼν ἐπιβάλλει πένθος, οὐκ ἀγούσαις τοὺς ἑορτάζοντας. II". Τοῦτο τὸ δρᾶμα εἶδε μὲν ἑῴα λῆξις, ὲθρήνησε δὲ καὶ ἐσπὲριος, ᾖ τὰ σύμβολα τῆς ἀπονοίας ὁφυγάς ἱερεὺς ἐθριάμβευσε. Τίνα τρόπον; Προυθηκε τῇ Ἐκκλησία Ῥωμαίων, ἀντὶ τῶν νεκρῶν, τήν ᾑμαγμένην ἐσθῆτα, καὶ κινεῖ πάνδημα δάκρυα διὰ τῆς σιωπώσης κατηγορίας, ’ίνα καὶ παρεστήσῃ τὸ πάθος, καὶ τῶν δεινῶν ἐπίκουρον λάβῃ, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ εἰληφότα ἔγνωμεν ἐπειδή φιλεῖ μάλιστα κάμπτεσθαι τὸ προέχον πρὸσ τὸ ἀσθενὲς, καὶ διʼ εὐνοίας ἑκουσίου τῷ ἐλαττουμένῳ προστίθεσθαι. Τοῦτο ἤνεγκε μὲν οὐδὲ τῶν ἄΛλων εὐσεβῶν οὐδὲ εἷς· σὲ δὲ κινεῖ καί πλέον, ὅσῳ καὶ τὸν λόγον τελεύταρος, καὶ τὸν ζῆλον θερμότερος. Διὰ τοῦτο πολεμιῖς μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ Λόγου, πολεμῇ δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀσεβείας· καὶ πρὸς πολλοῖς ἄλλοις, οἷς ὑπὲρ τοῦ καλοῦ πράττων καὶ λέγων ἠγώνισαι, διδάσκων, νουθετῶν, ἐξαιρούμενος, ἰλέγχων, ἐπιτιμῶν, συγχέων. ἰδιώτας, ἄρχοντας, ἷδίᾷ, δημοσίᾳ, κατὰ πάντα καιρὸν καὶ τόπον · τέλος, μανίᾳ συναρπασθεὶς δυσσεβοῦς ἔξουσίας, τῆς εὐγενοῦς συμφορᾶς ί ὥ τῶν ἱερῶν σου τραυμάτων ί) ξαίνῃ μὲν τὸν καλὸν σῶμα ταῖς μάστιξιν, ὥσπερ δὲ ἄλλου Θεατής πάσχον· τος · καὶ κάμπτῃ μὲν τὸ ὁρώμενον, οὐ καταβάλλῃ δὲ τὸ νοούμενον · στηκιτεύεις τήν ἀνδρείαν ἐν ταῖς ἀπάντων ὄψεσι· γίνῃ δὲ καὶ σιγῶν τῆς καρτερίας διδάσκαλος, ἐπειδή γε ἡ γλῶσσα παρῆκε τὸ φθέγγεσθαι. _ IA'. Εἶτα τί; Τῆς πατρίδος ὑπερορίζῃ, 6 μηδεμίαν εἰδὼς οἰκείαν καὶ ἀλλοτρίαν, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ’ίνα καὶ ἄλλοι παιδευθῶσι διὰ σοῦ τὴν εὐσέβειανο Ὄασίς σοι τὸ φυγαδευτήριον, ἡ ἀπάνθρωπος ἐρημία, τὸ διὰ σε λοιπὸν εὐαγὲς χωρίον. Μετάδος ἡμῖν καὶ τῶν τῆς ὑπερορίας σου καλῶν, ἐπειδὴ γε τῶν τῆς ἐπανόδου μετέδωκας. Ποίησον ἡμῖν θὲατρον τὴν ἐπάνοδον. Τίνας ἐκεῖ φιλοσοφεῖν ἐδίδαξας; τίνας ἐκάθηρας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ὑπολήψεων; τίνας τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ προσήγαγες Ὀρᾲν μοι δοκῶ τὸ ἐκεῖ παιδευτήριον, τήν περί σὲ τελετὴν καί πανήγυριν. Εἰπὲ καὶ τοῦτο ’ Εἷχές τινα παραμυθίαν τοῖς λειψάνοις τοῦ σώματος; καὶτήν πενίαν ἐφιλοσόφεις; Εῖχὲς τινας κοινωνοὺς τῆς ἀθλήσεωςςῖ καὶ τοῦοο πενόμενος ἤνεγκας Ἐπόθεις τὰς ἀδελφὰς. τὰς κοινωνούς σοι καὶ τῆς ἁγνείας, καὶ τῆς καʼρτερίας; ἢ καὶ τῆς τούτων συνηθείας ἧς ὑψηλότερος; Ἑκαμπτέ σε γηραιᾶς μητρὸς ἐρημία; ἢ καὶ λίαν ἐθάρῥεις, ὡς μέγιστον εἷς ἀσφάλειαν καταλιπὼν αὐταῖς τὴν εὐσέβειαν; Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή γε καλῶς ποιῶν ἐπανήκεις ἡμῖν, καί σε τοῖς ποθοῦσι ποθοῦντα πάλιν ἀπέδωκεν 6 δοξάζων τοὺς δοξάζοντας αὐτὸν, καὶ παραζηλῶν τοὺς παραζηλοῦντας, 6 θέλημα τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν ποιῶν, καὶ τοῖς νεκροῖς ἐμπνέων ἀνάστασιν· 6 Λάζαρον μὲν τετραήμερον, σὲ δὲ τετραετῆ ζωοποιῶν παρʼ ἐλπίδας, καὶ συνάγων ὀστᾶ πρὸς ὁστᾶ καὶ, ἁρμονίαν πρὸς ἁρμονίαν, τῆν Ἰεζεχιὴλ ὄψιν, τοῦ προφητῶν θαυμασιωτάτου καὶ ὑψηλοτάτου· ἔχου μοι πάλιν τῆς αὐτῆς ἐργασίας, καὶ παρρησίας, ἳνα μὴ δόξῃς ἐγκεκόφθαι τοῖς πάθεσι, μηδὲ προδιδόναι δειλίᾳ τήν φιλοσοφίαν. lE'. Σύγχει μὲν καὶ τὴν Ἐλλήνων δεισιδαιμονίαν, ὡς πρότερον, καὶ τὴν πολύθεον αὐτῶν ἀθεῖαν, καὶ τους παλαιοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς νέους, καὶ τοὺς αἰσχροὺς μύθους, καὶ τὰς αἶʼσχροτὲρας θυσίας πηλῷ πηλὸν καθαιρόντων, ὡς αὐτῶν τινος λέγοντος ἤκουσα, λέγω δὴ σώμασι σώματα τοῖς τῶν ἀλόγων ζώων τὰ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τὰ σεμνὰ πλάσματα, καὶτᾶ ἀσχήμονα τερατεύματα οἷς εἰ μὲν τὸ Θεῖον ὁρίζονται, τῆς κακοδαιμονίας εἰ δὲ παραδεικνύουσι, τῆς εύηβείας. Διδασκὲτωσαν γὰρ, τίς ὁ λόγος, καὶ τί τὸ τῆς ἀσχημοσύνης τῆς περὶ ταῦτα μυστήριον; δεῖ γὰρ μηδὲ τὰς ἐμφάσεις τῶν καλῶν, τὸ αἷσχφὸν ἔχειν· Εἰ δὲ ἄλλο τι παρά ταῦτα εἶναι φασι, τί τοῦτο, πειθέτωσαν, καὶ ἐκ ποίων λόγων, ἢ Θεολογων. Σύγχει δὲ καὶ τὰς τῶν αἰρέσεων ἐπαναστάσεις, καί τοσούτῳ Θερμότερον, ὅσῳ προπέπονθας. Γενναιότερον γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ παθεῖν τὸ φιλόσοφον, ὥσπερ ψυχρῷ σίδηρος ἴμπυρος, οὕτω τοῖς κινδύνοις στομούμενον. Ὀρίζου δὲ καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν εὐσέβειαν, διδάσκων ἓνα μὲν εἶδέναι Θεὸν ἀγέννητον, τὸν Πατέρα* ἕνα δὲ γεννητὸν Κύριον, τὸν Υἱόνο Θεὸν μὲν, ὅταν καθʼ ἑαυτὸνιλέγηται, προσαγορευόμενονʼ Κύριον δὲ ’ὁταν μετὰ Πατρὸς ὀνομάζηται ° τὸ μὲν διὰ τήν φύσιν, τὸ δὲ διὰ τὴν μοναρχίαν. Ἕν δὲ Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, προελθὸν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ προϊόνʼ Θεὸν, τοῖς νοητὼς νοοῦσι τὰ παρακείμεναο τοῖς μὲν ἀσεβέσι καὶ πολεμούμενον, τοῖς δὲ ὑπὲρ τούτους νοούμενον, τοῖς πνευματικωτὲροις δὲ καὶ λεγόμενον. Μήτε ὑπὸ ἀρχὴν ποιεῖν τὸν Πατὲρα, τίνα μή τοῦ πρώτου τι πρῶτον εἰσαγάγωμεν, ἐξ οὗ καὶ τὸ εἶναι πρώτῳ περιτραπησεταιο μήτε ἄναρχον τὸν Υἱὸν ἣ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ’ἶνα μή τὸ ῖΪατρὸςἷδιον περιὲλωμεν. Οὐκ ἅναρχα γὰρ, καὶ ἄναρχά πωςʼδ καὶ παράδοξον, Οὐκ ἄναρχοι μὲν γὰρ τῷ αἰτίῳ ἐκ Θεοῦ γὰρ, εἰ καὶ μὴ μετʼ αὐτὸν, ὡς ἐξ ἡλίου φῶς. ἄναρχα δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ. Οὐ γὰρ ὑπὸ χρόνον, τίνα μὴ τὸ ῥέον ᾖ τῶν ἑστώτων πρεσβύτερον, καὶ τῶν οὐσιῶν τὸ ανουσιον., Ιζʼ. Μήτε ἀρχὰς τρεῖς, ἰτα μὴ Ἑλληνικὸν, ἣ τὸ πολύθεον μήτε μίαν μὶν, Ἰουδαῖκὴν δὲ στενήν τινα, καῖ φθονερὰν, καὶ ἀδύνατον· ἢ τῷ ἀναλίσκειν εἷς ἑαυτὴν θεότητα, ὅ τοις προάγουσι μὲν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς τὸν Υἱὸν, εἷς αὐτὸν δὲ πάλιν ἀναλόουσιν ἤρεσεν · ἢ τῷ κακαβαλλειν τὰς φύσεις, καὶ ἀλλοτριοῦν θεότητος, ὅ τοῖς νῦν ἀρέσκει σοφοῖς, ὣσπερ δεδοικυῖαν μή ἀντεξἀγωνται-, ἢ μηδὲν δυναμένην ὑπὲρ τᾶ καίσματα. Μήτε ἀγέννητον τὸν Υἱὸν, εἷς γὰρ ὁ Πατήρ · μήτε Υῖον τὸ Πνεῦμα, εἰ γὰρ ὁ Μονογενής ’ ’ἱνα καὶ τοῦτο θεϊκὸν ἔχωσι τὸ μοναδικὸν, ὁ μὲν τῆς υἱότητος, τὸ δὲ τῆς προόδου, καὶ οὐχ υἱότητος, Ἀληθῶς πατέρα τὸν ῙΙατὲρα, καὶ πολὺ γε τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀληθέστερον, ὅτι μόνως, ἰδιοτρόπως γὰρ, καὶ οὐχ ὡς τὰ σώματα· καὶ μόνος, οὐ γὰρ μετὰ συζυγίας· καὶ μόνου, Μονογενοῦς γάρ· καὶ μόνον, οὐ γὰρ Υἱὸς πρότερον· καὶ ὅλον Πατὴρ, καὶ ὅλου, τὸ γὰρ ἡμέτερον ἄδηλον · καὶ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, οὗ γὰρ ὕστερον. Ἀληθῶς υἱὸν τὸν Υἱὸν, ὅτι μόνος, καὶ μόνου, καὶ μόνως, καὶ μόνον · οὐ γὰρ καὶ Πατὴρ, καὶ ὃλον Υἱὸς, καὶ ὅλου, καὶ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, οὔποτε τοῦ εἶναι Υἱὸς ἡργμένοςʼ οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μεταμελείας ἡ θεότης, οὐδὲ ὶκ προκοπῆς ἡ θὲωσις, ’ἶνα λείπῃ ποτὲ. τῷ μὲν τὸ εἶναι Ηατρὶ, τῷ δὲ τὸ εἶναι Υἳῷ. ’Δληθῶς ἅγιον τὸ [Ινεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον.οὐ γὰρ καὶ ἄλλο τοιοῦτον, οὐδὲ οὕτως, οὐδέ ἐκ προσθήκης ὁ ἀγιασμὸς,ἀλλʼ αὖτοαγιότης οὐδὶ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον, οὐδὶ ἀρξάμενον χρονικῶς, ἢ παυσόμενον. Κοινὸν γὰρ Πατρὶ μὲν καὶ Υἱῲ καὶ ἁγίῳ υνεύματι, τὸ μή γε· γονὲναι, καί ἡ θεότης· Υἱῷ δὲ καὶ ἁγίῳ Πνεόματι, ’ τὸέκ τοῦ Πατρός. Ἵδιον δὲ Πατρὸς μὲν, ἡ ἀγγεννησία· Υἱοῦ δὲ, ἡ γέννησις· Πνεόματος δὲ, ἡ ἔκπεμψις. Εἰ δὲ τὸν τρόπον ἐπιζητεῖς, τί καταλείψεις τοῖς μόνοις γινώσκειν ἄλληλα, καὶ γινώσκεσθαι ὑπ ἀλλήλων μαρτυρομένοις, ἢ καὶ ἡμῶν τοῖς ἐκεῖ· Θεν ἐλλαμφθησομένοις ὕστερον; Θεὸς, εἰ γέγονε, μὴ Θεῷ συνηγορῶν διακενῆς, Θεὸν ι ἀνέλῃς, ὁμόδουλον ποιῶν τὸ ὁμόθεον, ὅ καὶ σε τῆς δουλείας ἐλευθεροῖ, ἂν γνησίως ὁμολογῇς δεσποτείαν. Μή φοβηθῇς τὴν πρόοδον · οὗ γὰρ ἀνάγκην ἔχει Θεὸς, ἣ μὴ προβάλλειν, ἢ προβάλλειν ὁμοίως. ὁ πάντα πλούσιος· φοβήθητι δὲ τήν ἀλλοτρίωσιν, καὶ τῆν κειμένην ἀπειλὴν. οὐ τοῖς θεολογοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς βλασφημοῦσι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. IH'. Μήτε τήν μοναρχίαν κακῶς τιμήσῃς, συναιρῶν ἣ περικόπτων θεότητα · μήτε τὸν τῆς τριθείας ἔγκλημα αἰσχυνθῇς, ἕως ἂν καὶ ἄλλος κινδυνεύῃ τὴν διθείαν. Ἤ γὰρ συνέλυσας, συνηπόρησας, ἢὸ μὲν έναυάγησε μετά τῶν λογισμῶν καὶ θεότητα, σοὶ δὲ παρέμεινε θεότης. Καὶ εί ὁ λόγος ἠσθένησε, κρεῖσσον καμεῖν ἐν τοῖς λογισμοῖς μετὰ τῆς ὁδηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος, ἢ προχείρως ἀσεβῆσαι τῆν ῥᾳστώνην διώκοντα. Διάπτυέ μοι τὰς ἐνστάσεις, καὶ τὰς ἀντιθέσεις, καὶ τὴν νέαν εὐσέβειαν, καὶ τήν μικρολόγον σοφίαν “ καὶ διάπτυε πλέον ἢ τὰ τῶν ἀραχνίων νήματα, μυίας μὲν κρατοῦντα, σφηξὶ δὲ ρηγνύμενα, οὔπω λέγω δακτύλοις, οὐδὲ ἄλλῳ τινι τῶν βαρυτέρων σωμάτων. Ἕν δίδασκε φοβεῖσθαι μόνον, τὸ λύειν τῆν πίστιν έν τοῖς σοφίσμασιν. Ob δεινὸν ἡττηθῆναι λόγῳ, οὐ γὰρ πάντων ὁ λόγος· δεινὸν δὲ ζημιωθῆναι θεότητα, πάντων γὰρ ἡ ἐλπίς. Ταῦτα μὶν οὖν καὶ κατὰ σεαυτὸν φιλοσοφήσειν, οἵδʼ ὅτι, προθυμότερόν τε καὶ τελεώτερονʼ ὶγγυᾶταί μοι τὰ σὰ τραύματα, καὶ τὸ σὸν σῶμα ὑπὲρ εὖ· σεβείας πεπονηκός ’ καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ συμφιλοσοφήσομεν, ὅση δύναμις.

Estratēgei men anēr atheos kai paranomos, oude onoma Christianou perikeimenos (touto gar tēs ÿoreōs to deinotaton), allʼ ektōn eidōlōn epi ton tou Theou naon epeigomenos, ek tōn akathartōn haimatōn epi ta mysarōtera te kai bdelyktotera, kai touto hierourgōn ’isōs tēn kathʼ hēmōn hybrin tois daimosi paretasseto de dynamis thymǭ zeousa, stratos allokotos kai anēmeros kata tōn aoplōn kai apolemōn. Exōtheito min 6 tou hagiou diadochos hiereus, ho nomǭ kai taxei Pneumatos kechrismenos, kai polią kai phronēsei tetimēmenosʼ ebasileue 8t Tabeēl, hoklēronomos tōn allotriōn. Kata tōn agiōn hopla, kata tōn asylōn miarai cheires, kata tōn ǭdōn salpinges. Skopei moi ta toutois hepomena, piptontas andras en tois hagiois, sympatoumenas gynaikas, estin has kai meta to?) phortou tēs physeōs, tous proōrous tokous kai atokous, eipein oikeioteros; dielkomenas parthenous hoiktrōs aikizomenas haischoteron (aischynomai kai gynaikas kai andras eipein ton tropon, kai gymnōsai tǭ logǭ ta krypta tēs aischynēs, hois kai tote gymnōtheisin aisgynomai), tas men kata phreatōn pheromenas tōn endon tou hierou, tas de ek tōn hyperǭōn krēmnizomenas epi tę̄ atopią tōn horōmenōn, tas de tais keimenais episōreuomenas; tous epi tois phonois phonous, ta epi tois ptōmasi ptōmata, patoumena bebēlois posi ta hagia, thysiastēria ōthybrizomena schēmasin aselgesi kai hąsmasin, hōs de akouō, (ti touto hē tolmēra glisssa phthenxetai s) kai tois hyper autōn orchēmasi kai lygismasi; dēmēgorousas epi tōn ierōn thronōn glōssas blasphēmous, mystēria kōmǭdoumena, siōpōmenas psalmǭdias, oimōgas antegeiromenas, haimatō ochetous, dakryōn pēgas, hiereis agomenous, monotropous sparassomenous, pasan tēs Assyriōn katadromēs tēn eikona, hēn pote tēn hagian Ierousalēm katedramono ēn mēte logos axiōs parastēsai, mēte akoē chōrēsai dynatai, monēs de tēs Hieremiou kai psychēs kai phōnēs pros axian odyrastham hos kai pēgas dakryōn epizētei, kai ek teichōn prokaleitai thrēnon epi toioutois pathesi, kai hodois Siōn epiballei penthos, ouk agousais tous heortazontas. II". Touto to drama eide men heǭa lēxis, ethrēnēse de kai esperios, ę̄ ta symbola tēs aponoias hophygas hiereus ethriambeuse. Tina tropon? Prouthēke tę̄ Ekklēsia Rhōmaiōn, anti tōn nekrōn, tēn hę̄magmenēn esthēta, kai kinei pandēma dakrya dia tēs siōpōsēs katēgorias, ’ina kai parestēsę̄ to pathos, kai tōn deinōn epikouron labę̄, hōsper oun kai eilēphota egnōmen epeidē philei malista kamptesthai to proechon pros to asthenes, kai diʼ eunoias hekousiou tǭ elattoumenǭ prostithesthai. Touto ēnenke men oude tōn aLlōn eusebōn oude heis; se de kinei kai pleon, hosǭ kai ton logon teleutaros, kai ton zēlon thermoteros. Dia touto polemiis men hyper tou Logou, polemę̄ de hypo tēs asebeias; kai pros pollois allois, hois hyper tou kalou prattōn kai legōn ēgōnisai, didaskōn, nouthetōn, exairoumenos, ilenchōn, epitimōn, syncheōn. idiōtas, archontas, hidią, dēmosią, kata panta kairon kai topon ; telos, manią synarpastheis dyssebous exousias, tēs eugenous symphoras i hō tōn hierōn sou traumatōn i) xainę̄ men ton kalon sōma tais mastixin, hōsper de allou Theatēs paschon; tos ; kai kamptę̄ men to horōmenon, ou kataballę̄ de to nooumenon ; stēkiteueis tēn andreian en tais apantōn opsesi; ginę̄ de kai sigōn tēs karterias didaskalos, epeidē ge hē glōssa parēke to phthengesthai. _ IA'. Eita ti? Tēs patridos hyperorizę̄, 6 mēdemian eidōs oikeian kai allotrian, emoi dokein, ’ina kai alloi paideuthōsi dia sou tēn eusebeiano Oasis soi to phygadeutērion, hē apanthrōpos erēmia, to dia se loipon euages chōrion. Metados hēmin kai tōn tēs hyperorias sou kalōn, epeidē ge tōn tēs epanodou metedōkas. Poiēson hēmin theatron tēn epanodon. Tinas ekei philosophein edidaxas? tinas ekathēras tōn asebōn hypolēpseōn? tinas tę̄ eusebeią prosēgages Orąn moi dokō to ekei paideutērion, tēn peri se teletēn kai panēgyrin. Eipe kai touto ’ Heiches tina paramythian tois leipsanois tou sōmatos? kaitēn penian ephilosopheis? Eiches tinas koinōnous tēs athlēseōssi kai touoo penomenos ēnenkas Epotheis tas adelphas. tas koinōnous soi kai tēs hagneias, kai tēs kaʼrterias? ē kai tēs toutōn synētheias hēs hypsēloteros? Hekampte se gēraias mētros erēmia? ē kai lian etharrheis, hōs megiston heis asphaleian katalipōn autais tēn eusebeian? Allʼ epeidē ge kalōs poiōn epanēkeis hēmin, kai se tois pothousi pothounta palin apedōken 6 doxazōn tous doxazontas auton, kai parazēlōn tous parazēlountas, 6 thelēma tōn phoboumenōn auton poiōn, kai tois nekrois empneōn anastasin; 6 Lazaron men tetraēmeron, se de tetraetē zōopoiōn parʼ elpidas, kai synagōn osta pros hosta kai, harmonian pros harmonian, tēn Iezechiēl opsin, tou prophētōn thaumasiōtatou kai hypsēlotatou; echou moi palin tēs autēs ergasias, kai parrēsias, hina mē doxę̄s enkekophthai tois pathesi, mēde prodidonai deilią tēn philosophian. lE'. Synchei men kai tēn Ellēnōn deisidaimonian, hōs proteron, kai tēn polytheon autōn atheian, kai tous palaious theous kai tous neous, kai tous aischrous mythous, kai tas aiʼschroteras thysias pēlǭ pēlon kathairontōn, hōs autōn tinos legontos ēkousa, legō dē sōmasi sōmata tois tōn alogōn zōōn ta heautōn kai ta semna plasmata, kaita aschēmona terateumata hois ei men to Theion horizontai, tēs kakodaimonias ei de paradeiknyousi, tēs euēbeias. Didasketōsan gar, tis ho logos, kai ti to tēs aschēmosynēs tēs peri tauta mystērion? dei gar mēde tas emphaseis tōn kalōn, to haischphon echein; Ei de allo ti para tauta einai phasi, ti touto, peithetōsan, kai ek poiōn logōn, ē Theologōn. Synchei de kai tas tōn aireseōn epanastaseis, kai tosoutǭ Thermoteron, hosǭ propeponthas. Gennaioteron gar ek tou pathein to philosophon, hōsper psychrǭ sidēros impyros, houtō tois kindynois stomoumenon. Orizou de kai tēn hēmeteran eusebeian, didaskōn hena men eidenai Theon agennēton, ton Patera* hena de gennēton Kyrion, ton Huiono Theon men, hotan kathʼ heautonilegētai, prosagoreuomenonʼ Kyrion de ’hotan meta Patros onomazētai ° to men dia tēn physin, to de dia tēn monarchian. Hen de Pneuma hagion, proelthon ek tou Patros, kai proïonʼ Theon, tois noētōs noousi ta parakeimenao tois men asebesi kai polemoumenon, tois de hyper toutous nooumenon, tois pneumatikōterois de kai legomenon. Mēte hypo archēn poiein ton Patera, tina mē tou prōtou ti prōton eisagagōmen, ex hou kai to einai prōtǭ peritrapēsetaio mēte anarchon ton Huion hē to Pneuma to hagion, ’ina mē to iÏatrosidion perielōmen. Ouk hanarcha gar, kai anarcha pōsʼd kai paradoxon, Ouk anarchoi men gar tǭ aitiǭ ek Theou gar, ei kai mē metʼ auton, hōs ex hēliou phōs. anarcha de tǭ chronǭ. Ou gar hypo chronon, tina mē to rheon ę̄ tōn hestōtōn presbyteron, kai tōn ousiōn to anousion., Izʼ. Mēte archas treis, ita mē Hellēnikon, hē to polytheon mēte mian min, Ioudaikēn de stenēn tina, kai phthoneran, kai adynaton; ē tǭ analiskein heis heautēn theotēta, ho tois proagousi men ek tou Patros ton Huion, heis auton de palin analoousin ēresen ; ē tǭ kakaballein tas physeis, kai allotrioun theotētos, ho tois nyn areskei sophois, hōsper dedoikuian mē antexagōntai-, ē mēden dynamenēn hyper ta kaismata. Mēte agennēton ton Huion, heis gar ho Patēr ; mēte Uion to Pneuma, ei gar ho Monogenēs ’ ’hina kai touto theïkon echōsi to monadikon, ho men tēs huiotētos, to de tēs proodou, kai ouch huiotētos, Alēthōs patera ton IIatera, kai poly ge tōn parʼ hēmin alēthesteron, hoti monōs, idiotropōs gar, kai ouch hōs ta sōmata; kai monos, ou gar meta syzygias; kai monou, Monogenous gar; kai monon, ou gar Huios proteron; kai holon Patēr, kai holou, to gar hēmeteron adēlon ; kai apʼ archēs, hou gar hysteron. Alēthōs huion ton Huion, hoti monos, kai monou, kai monōs, kai monon ; ou gar kai Patēr, kai holon Huios, kai holou, kai apʼ archēs, oupote tou einai Huios hērgmenosʼ ou gar ek metameleias hē theotēs, oude ik prokopēs hē theōsis, ’ina leipę̄ pote. tǭ men to einai Ēatri, tǭ de to einai Huiǭ. ’Dlēthōs hagion to [Ineuma to hagion.ou gar kai allo toiouton, oude houtōs, oude ek prosthēkēs ho agiasmos,allʼ autoagiotēs oudi mallon kai hētton, oudi arxamenon chronikōs, ē pausomenon. Koinon gar Patri men kai Huiǭ kai hagiǭ yneumati, to mē ge; gonenai, kai hē theotēs; Huiǭ de kai hagiǭ Pneomati, ’ toek tou Patros. Hidion de Patros men, hē angennēsia; Huiou de, hē gennēsis; Pneomatos de, hē ekpempsis. Ei de ton tropon epizēteis, ti kataleipseis tois monois ginōskein allēla, kai ginōskesthai hyp allēlōn martyromenois, ē kai hēmōn tois ekei; Then ellamphthēsomenois hysteron? Theos, ei gegone, mē Theǭ synēgorōn diakenēs, Theon i anelę̄s, homodoulon poiōn to homotheon, ho kai se tēs douleias eleutheroi, an gnēsiōs homologę̄s despoteian. Mē phobēthę̄s tēn proodon ; hou gar anankēn echei Theos, hē mē proballein, ē proballein homoiōs. ho panta plousios; phobēthēti de tēn allotriōsin, kai tēn keimenēn apeilēn. ou tois theologousin, alla tois blasphēmousi to Pneuma to hagion. IH'. Mēte tēn monarchian kakōs timēsę̄s, synairōn hē perikoptōn theotēta ; mēte ton tēs tritheias enklēma aischynthę̄s, heōs an kai allos kindyneuę̄ tēn ditheian. Ē gar synelysas, synēporēsas, ēo men enauagēse meta tōn logismōn kai theotēta, soi de paremeine theotēs. Kai ei ho logos ēsthenēse, kreisson kamein en tois logismois meta tēs hodēgias tou Pneumatos, ē procheirōs asebēsai tēn rhąstōnēn diōkonta. Diaptye moi tas enstaseis, kai tas antitheseis, kai tēn nean eusebeian, kai tēn mikrologon sophian “ kai diaptye pleon ē ta tōn arachniōn nēmata, muias men kratounta, sphēxi de rēgnymena, oupō legō daktylois, oude allǭ tini tōn baryterōn sōmatōn. Hen didaske phobeisthai monon, to lyein tēn pistin en tois sophismasin. Ob deinon hēttēthēnai logǭ, ou gar pantōn ho logos; deinon de zēmiōthēnai theotēta, pantōn gar hē elpis. Tauta min oun kai kata seauton philosophēsein, hoidʼ hoti, prothymoteron te kai teleōteronʼ ingyatai moi ta sa traumata, kai to son sōma hyper eu; sebeias peponēkos ’ kai hēmeis de symphilosophēsomen, hosē dynamis.

A godless and lawless man was in command, who did not even bear the name of Christian (this was the most dreadful part of the outrage), but hastened from the idols to the temple of God, from unclean blood to things more abominable and loathsome, perhaps offering his outrage against us as a sacrifice to the demons; and a force boiling with anger was drawn up, an outlandish and savage army against the unarmed and unwarlike. The priest who was the holy man’s successor, anointed by the law and order of the Spirit and honoured for grey hair and wisdom, was driven out; and Tabeel reigned, the heir of what belonged to others. Arms against the holy, polluted hands against the inviolable, trumpets against hymns. Consider what followed: men falling in the holy places; women trampled, some even with the burden of nature, births premature or, to speak more properly, stillborn; virgins dragged off and outraged pitifully and more shamefully still (I am ashamed, both before the women and the men, to tell the manner, and to lay bare in words the hidden things of shame, which then, when they were bared, made me ashamed); some thrown into the wells inside the church, others hurling themselves from the upper floors at the outrage of what they saw, others heaped on those already lying there; murders upon murders, corpses upon corpses; holy things trampled by profane feet; altars outraged by licentious postures and songs, and, as I hear (what will my bold tongue utter?), even by dances and contortions on top of them; blasphemous tongues haranguing from the sacred thrones; mysteries mocked; psalmody silenced; wailing raised in its place; streams of blood, fountains of tears; priests led away; monks torn apart; the whole picture of the Assyrian invasion that once overran holy Jerusalem, which no word can worthily present nor any hearing contain, but only the soul and voice of Jeremiah can worthily lament, who seeks fountains of tears, calls forth lament from the walls at such sufferings, and lays mourning on the roads of Zion, which no longer bring the festival crowds. [13] This drama the East saw, and the West lamented, where the priest in flight displayed the tokens of their madness. How? He set before the church of the Romans, in place of the dead, the bloodstained garment, and moved the whole people to tears by that silent accusation, so as both to present the suffering and to gain a helper against the terrors, as indeed we know he did; for the stronger is especially inclined to bend toward the weak and to attach itself by voluntary goodwill to the one who suffers loss. None of the other pious could bear this; but it moved you all the more, as you are more perfect in word and more fervent in zeal. For this reason you fight for the Word and are fought against by impiety; and besides many other things in which you contended for the good in deed and word, teaching, admonishing, rescuing, refuting, rebuking, confounding, private persons and rulers, in private and in public, at every time and place, at last, seized by the madness of an impious authority (O noble misfortune! O your sacred wounds!), you are torn in your fair body by scourges, as though you were the spectator of another’s suffering; what is seen is bent, but what is understood is not cast down; you display your courage before the eyes of all; and even in silence you become a teacher of endurance, since your tongue has given up speaking. [14] Then what? You are banished from your homeland, you who know no land as your own or foreign, so it seems to me, so that others too might be taught piety through you. Oasis is your place of exile, the inhuman desert, a place now holy because of you. Share with us the good things of your exile, since you have shared those of your return. Make your return a spectacle for us. Whom did you teach philosophy there? Whom did you cleanse of impious opinions? Whom did you bring to piety? I seem to see the school there, the rite and the festival around you. Tell us this too: did you have some consolation for the remnants of your body? Did you practise philosophy in your poverty? Did you have companions in your contest, or did you bear this too alone in your want? Did you long for your sisters, your companions in chastity and endurance, or were you above even your attachment to them? Did the desolation of your aged mother bend you, or were you full of confidence, having left them piety as their greatest safety? But since you have happily returned to us, and he has given you back, longing, to those who long for you, he who glorifies those who glorify him and provokes to jealousy those who provoke him, who does the will of those who fear him and breathes resurrection into the dead; who gave life to Lazarus after four days, and to you, beyond hope, after four years; who joins bone to bone and joint to joint, the vision of Ezekiel, most wonderful and loftiest of the prophets: hold to the same work again and the same frankness, so that you may not seem to have been checked by your sufferings, nor to betray philosophy through cowardice. [15] Confound, as before, the superstition of the Greeks and their polytheistic godlessness, the old gods and the new, the shameful myths, and the more shameful sacrifices of those who cleanse mud with mud, as I heard one of them say, I mean bodies with bodies, their own with those of irrational animals; and their solemn images and their unseemly monstrosities. If they define the Divine by these, it is wretchedness; if they only hint at it, it is folly. Let them teach what the reason is, and what the mystery of the shamefulness in these things; for not even the representations of fine things should have anything shameful. If they say that there is something else besides these, let them show us what it is, and from what words or theologians. Confound also the uprisings of the heresies, and the more warmly the more you have suffered. For philosophy becomes nobler through suffering, tempered by dangers as red-hot iron by cold water. And define our piety, teaching us to know one unbegotten God, the Father, and one begotten Lord, the Son, called God when spoken of by himself, and Lord when named together with the Father, the one because of his nature, the other because of the monarchy; and one Holy Spirit, who proceeded and proceeds from the Father, God to those who understand intelligently what lies before them; fought against by the impious, understood by those above them, and openly spoken of by the more spiritual. Neither place the Father under a principle, lest we bring in something prior to the First, by which his being first would be overturned; nor make the Son or the Holy Spirit without principle, lest we take away what is proper to the Father. For they are not without principle, and yet in a way they are without beginning, paradoxical as it is: they are not without principle as regards cause, for they are from God, even if not after him, as light is from the sun; but they are without beginning as regards time. For they are not under time, lest what flows be older than what stands, and the non-substantial than substances. [16] Neither three principles, lest the doctrine be Greek and polytheistic; nor one, but a Jewish one, narrow, envious, and impotent, either by absorbing the Godhead into itself, as pleased those who bring the Son forth from the Father and then resolve him back into him again, or by casting down the natures and estranging them from the Godhead, as pleases the wise men of today, as though it feared they might be set up against it, or could do nothing beyond creatures. Neither the Son unbegotten, for the Father is one; nor the Spirit a Son, for the Only-begotten is one; so that they too may have this divine singularity, the one of sonship, the other of procession, not sonship. The Father truly Father, and much more truly than those among us: because uniquely, in his own manner, and not as bodies are; and alone, for without a consort; and of one alone, for of the Only-begotten; and only Father, for he was not first a son; and wholly Father, and of one who is whole, for ours is uncertain; and from the beginning, for not later. The Son truly Son, because he alone is Son, of one alone, uniquely, and only Son, for he is not also a father; and wholly Son, and of one who is whole, and from the beginning, never having begun to be Son; for the Godhead does not come from a change of mind, nor the deification from progress, so that there was ever a time when the one was not Father and the other not Son. The Holy Spirit truly holy, for there is no other such, nor in such a way; nor is his sanctification by addition, but he is holiness itself; nor is he more or less holy, nor did he begin in time, nor will he cease. For common to Father, Son, and Holy Spirit are not having come into being and the Godhead; to the Son and the Holy Spirit, being from the Father; proper to the Father, unbegottenness; to the Son, generation; to the Spirit, sending forth. If you seek the manner, what will you leave to those who alone are attested to know one another and be known by one another, or to those of us who will later be illumined from there? [17] God, if he came into being? Do not, by defending God in vain, destroy God, making him who shares the Godhead a fellow servant, he who frees you too from servitude, if you genuinely confess his lordship. Do not fear the procession; for God, who is rich in all things, is under no necessity either not to produce or to produce alike; but fear estrangement, and the threat laid down not for those who confess the Holy Spirit as God but for those who blaspheme him. [18] Neither honour the monarchy wrongly, contracting or cutting off the Godhead, nor be ashamed of the charge of tritheism, while another runs the risk of ditheism. For either you solved the problem together or shared the perplexity; or he made shipwreck of the Godhead along with his reasonings, while the Godhead remained yours. And if the argument proved weak, it is better to labour in reasoning with the Spirit’s guidance than readily to be impious in pursuit of ease. Spit on the objections and antitheses, the new piety and the petty wisdom; spit on them more than on spiders’ threads, which hold flies but are broken by wasps, not to speak of fingers or any other heavier body. Teach men to fear one thing only, to dissolve the faith in sophistries. It is not dreadful to be defeated in argument, for argument is not for everyone; but it is dreadful to suffer the loss of the Godhead, for hope belongs to everyone. These things, I know, you will set forth by yourself more eagerly and perfectly; your wounds assure me of it, and your body that laboured for piety; and we too will join in this philosophy as far as we can.

25.13PG 35:1224d–1228a

Σὺ δὲ ὅταν ἐκδημήσῃς τήν καλὴν ἐκδημίαν, μέμνησό μοι τῆς Τριάδος ἐν σκηναῖς κατοικούσης, εἷʼπερ ὅλως ἐν χειροποιήτοις οἰκεῖ Θεὸς, καὶ τοῦ μικροῦ τούτου θέρους, οὐκ ἐκ μικρῶν μὲν τῶν τῆς εὐσεβείας σπερμάτων, πλὴν ἔτι μικροῦ τε καὶ πενιχροῦ, καὶ κατʼ ὀλίγον συναγομένου. Ἐγενήθημεν γὰρ ὡς συνάγοντες καλάμην έν ἀμήτῳ, ιί δεῖ τὸ τοῦ Προφήτου εἰπεῖν έν καιρῷ, καὶ ὡς ἑπι…

Sy de hotan ekdēmēsę̄s tēn kalēn ekdēmian, memnēso moi tēs Triados en skēnais katoikousēs, heiʼper holōs en cheiropoiētois oikei Theos, kai tou mikrou toutou therous, ouk ek mikrōn men tōn tēs eusebeias spermatōn, plēn eti mikrou te kai penichrou, kai katʼ oligon synagomenou. Egenēthēmen gar hōs synagontes kalamēn en amētǭ, ii dei to tou Prophētou eipein en kairǭ, kai hōs hepi…

And when you depart on your fair departure, remember me, and the Triad dwelling in tents, if God dwells at all in things made with hands, and this small harvest, sown from no small seeds of piety, yet still small and poor and gathered little by little. For we have become like those gathering straw at harvest, if I may use the prophet’s word in season, and like …

Chapter 26

26.1PG 35:1228a–1229a

Ἐπόθουν ὑμᾶς, ὧ τέκνα, καὶ ἀντεποθούμην τοῖς ἴσοις μέτροις. ΙΙείθομαι γὰρ, εί δεῖ καὶ πίστιν προσθεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ, Ναὶ νὴ τήν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν, ἀδελφοὶ, ἣν ἔχω ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κνρέῳ ἡμῶν. Τοῦτον γάρ μοι πεποίηκε τὸν ὅρκον τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ᾧ πρὸς ὑμᾶς κεκινήμεθα, ’ίνα κατασκευάσωμεν Κυρίῳ λαὸν περιούσιον. Σκοπεῖτε τὴν πίστιν ὅση· καὶ τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ πείθω, καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διατείνομαι. Καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν. Ὧν γὰρ κοινὸν τὸ Πνεῦμα, κοινὸν καί τὸ πάθος· οἷς δὲ τὸ πάσχειν τίσον, ἴσον καὶ τὸ πιστεύειν· Ὅ γὰρ μή τις πέπονθεν, οὐδʼ ἂν ἑτέρῳ πιστεύ σειεν ὁ δὲ παθὼν, εἷς συγκατάθεσιν ἑτοιμότερος, μάρτυς ἀόρατος ἀοράτου πάθους, μορφῆς ἁλλοτρίας οίκεῖον ἔσοπτρον. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἠνεσχόμην ἀποφοιτῆσαι ὑμῶν μακρότερα, καίτοιγε ἱκανῶς τοῖς ἐνταῦθα δυσχεραίνων τε καὶ ἀχθόμενος ο οὐχ οἷς αἱ πόλεις φέρουσι μόνον (δήμοις, θορύβοις, ἀγοραῖς, θεάτροις, πλησμοναῖς, ὕβρεσιν, ἄγουσι καὶ ἀγομένοις, ζημιοῦσι καὶ ζημιουμένοις, πενθοῦσι καὶ πενθούμενοις, κλαίουσι, χαίρουσι, γαμοῦσι, θάπτουσιν, sier,μουμὲνοις, βλὰσφημουμὲνοις, ὕλῃ κακίας, κόσμου βράσματι, ταῖς ἀγχιστρόφοις μεταβολαῖς, ὥσπερ ἐν Εὐρίπῳ καὶ πνεύμασιν), ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτοις ἤδη τοῖς σεμνοτέροις καὶ τιμιωτέροις, τοῖς περὶ τὸ βῆμα τοῦτο Λέγω, καὶ τὴν ἁγίαν τράπεζανο ὧν ἡμεῖς τὸ κράτος ἔχειν δοκοῦντες, καὶ τῶν ἐγγιζόντων ὄντες Θεῷ, δέδοικα μὴ κακῶς ἐγγίζωμεν, καὶ, ὡς καλάμη πυρὶ, πῦρ οὐ φέροντες.

Epothoun hymas, hō tekna, kai antepothoumēn tois isois metrois. IIeithomai gar, ei dei kai pistin prostheinai tǭ logǭ, Nai nē tēn hymeteran kauchēsin, adelphoi, hēn echō en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Knreǭ hēmōn. Touton gar moi pepoiēke ton horkon to Pneuma to hagion, hǭ pros hymas kekinēmetha, ’ina kataskeuasōmen Kyriǭ laon periousion. Skopeite tēn pistin hosē; kai to emautou peithō, kai to hyper hymōn diateinomai. Kai thaumaston ouden. Hōn gar koinon to Pneuma, koinon kai to pathos; hois de to paschein tison, ison kai to pisteuein; Ho gar mē tis peponthen, oudʼ an heterǭ pisteu seien ho de pathōn, heis synkatathesin hetoimoteros, martys aoratos aoratou pathous, morphēs hallotrias oikeion esoptron. Dia touto oude ēneschomēn apophoitēsai hymōn makrotera, kaitoige hikanōs tois entautha dyscherainōn te kai achthomenos o ouch hois hai poleis pherousi monon (dēmois, thorybois, agorais, theatrois, plēsmonais, hybresin, agousi kai agomenois, zēmiousi kai zēmioumenois, penthousi kai penthoumenois, klaiousi, chairousi, gamousi, thaptousin, sier,moumenois, blasphēmoumenois, hylę̄ kakias, kosmou brasmati, tais anchistrophois metabolais, hōsper en Euripǭ kai pneumasin), alla kai toutois ēdē tois semnoterois kai timiōterois, tois peri to bēma touto Legō, kai tēn hagian trapezano hōn hēmeis to kratos echein dokountes, kai tōn engizontōn ontes Theǭ, dedoika mē kakōs engizōmen, kai, hōs kalamē pyri, pyr ou pherontes.

I longed for you, children, and was longed for in return in equal measure. For I am persuaded of it, if I must add an oath to my word: “Yes, by my boasting in you, brothers, which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord.” For the Holy Spirit made this oath for me, by whom we were moved toward you, that we might prepare for the Lord a people for his own possession. See how great the confidence is: I am sure of my own feeling and I vouch for yours. And it is no wonder. For those who have the Spirit in common have their feelings in common; and those whose experience is equal are equal in believing. For what someone has not experienced he would not believe from another; but the one who has experienced it is readier to assent, an invisible witness of an invisible feeling, a familiar mirror of another’s form. For this reason I could not bear to stay away from you any longer, though I am quite annoyed and vexed with things here: not only with what cities bring (crowds, uproar, markets, theatres, surfeit, insults, people leading and led, fining and fined, mourning and mourned, weeping, rejoicing, marrying, burying, praised, blasphemed, the stuff of vice, the seething of the world, its rapid changes, as in a Euripus and its winds), but also with these more solemn and venerable things, I mean those around this sanctuary and the holy table. Over these we seem to have authority, and we are among those who draw near to God; but I fear that we may draw near badly and, like straw to fire, not bear the fire.

26.2PG 35:1229a–1232c

Ιιλήν ἐπανῆλθον ὑμῖν, βίᾳ μὲν ἀποδραμὼν, οὗ βίᾳ δὲ προσδραμὼν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μάλα προθύμως, καὶ αὐτομάτοις ποσὶ, τὸ τοῦ λόγου, τοῦ Πνεύματος οὕτως ἄγοντος, καθάπερ τι ῥεῦμα, πρὸς μὲν τὸ ἄναντες βιαζόμενον, εἰς δὲ τὸ πρανὲς ἐπειγόμενον. "0vτως ἡμέρα μία, βίος ὅλος ἀνθρώπου, τοῖς πόθῳ κάμνουσιν. Τὸ γάρ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἑτέρως ἔχειν μοιΒ φαίνεται· ’ὸς ἔτη δεκατέσσαρα δουλεύων τῷ Σύρῳ Λαβαν ὑπὲρ τῶν δύο παρθένων οὐκ ἔκαμνεν· Ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῷ, φησὶν, αἱ πᾶσαι ἡμέραι, ὡς ἡμέρα μία, διά τὸ ἀγαπᾷν αὐτάς. Ἰσως ὅτι ἐν ὄψεσιν ἧν τὸ ποθούμενον, ἢ ὅτι κοῦιρον τὸ κάμνειν ἔρωτι, κᾶν ἡ ἀναβολή τὸ λυπηρὸν ἔχῃ. Οὕτως τὸ ἕτοιμον εἰς ἐξουσίαν, ἀργὸν είς ἐπιθυμίαν, ὥς τις ἔφη τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν. Ἐγὼ γοῦν ἡνίκα μὲν παρήμην, ἐλάχιστα τοῦ πάθους ἐπαισθανόμενος, ἥνίκα δὲ ἐχωρίσθη-ι, ἔγνων τὸν πόθον τὸν γλυκὺν τύραννον· καινὸν δὲ οὐδέν. Εἰ γὰρ τοσοῦτον ὀδύρεται καὶ βουκόλος μόσχον τῆς ἀγέλης ἀποφοιτήσαντα, καὶ ποιμὴν πρόβατον ἐλλεῖψαν δεκάδι, καὶ ὄρνεον νοσσιὰν, ἣν πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀπέλιπεν, ὥστε οἱ μὲν τὰς σύριγγας λαβόντες, ἐπί τινα σκοπιάν ἀνελθόντεςηπληροῦσι τῆς ἀθυμίας τοὺς δόνακας, καὶ ἀνακαλοῦνται, ὡς λογικὰ, τὰ πλανώμενα· κᾶν ὑπακούσωσι, χαίρουσι μᾶλλον ἢ πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὧν οὐκ ἐφρόντισαν· τὸ δὲ τρύζον ἐπὶ τήν καλιὰν ἵεται, καί τρύζουσι προσπίπτει τοῖς νεοσσοῖς, καὶ περιέπει ταῖς πτέρυξι· πηλίκον ἂν εἶίη δεξιῷ ποιμένι λογικά θρέμματα, καὶ ὧν τι προεκινδύνευσεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτο τῷ φίλτρῳ προστίθησιν ; ἐπειδὴ τὰς ἀκαιρίας τηροῦσι, τό φανερῶς ἰσχύειν οὐκ ἔχοντες. Δέὂοικα δὲ τοὺς ληστὰς καὶ κλέπτας, μή διὰ τῆς αὐλῆς ὑπερβάντες, ἢ ἀναιδείᾳ συλήσωσιν, ἢ διʼ ἀπάτης κλέψωσιν, ὥστε θῦσαι, καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ ἀπολέσαι, ἁρπάζοντες ἁρπάγματα, ψυχὰς κατεσθῖοντες, ὥς τις ἔφη τῶν προφητῶν. Δέδοικα δὲ τὴν παράθορον, μή τις ἄκλειστον εὑρὼν τῶν χθὲς ἡμετέρων καὶ πρώην, εἶτα ὡς ἴδιος εἰσελθὼν, ἐπιβουλεύσῃ ὡς ἀλλότριος. ΙΙολλαὶ γὰρ καὶ ποικίλαι τοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐνεργοῦντος αἱ μεθοδεῖαι· καὶ οὐδεὶς οὕτως ἀρχιτέκτων οὐδενὸς τῶν ποικίλων, ὡς σοφιστὴς κακίας ὁ ἀντικείμενος. Δέδοικα δὲ ἤδη καὶ κύνας, ποιμένας εἶναι βιαζομένους, καὶ τὸ παράδοξον, οὐδὲν εἷς ποιμαντικήν εἰσενεγκόντας, ἢ τὸ κεῖραι κόμας, ἃς κακῶς ἤσκησαν · οἳ μήτε κύνες ἔμειναν, μήτε ποιμένες γεγόνασι, πλὴν τοῦ σπαράξαι, καὶ διασπεῖραι, καὶ διαλῦσαι κόπον ἀλλότριον. Ἐπειδὴ ῥᾷον ἀεὶ τὸ διαφθείρειν τοῦ συντηρεῖν· καὶ γεννᾶται μὲν ἅνθρωπος κόπῳ, φησὶν ὁ Ἰὼῦ, καὶ ναυπηγεῖται ναῦς, καὶ οἰκία συνίσταται· ἀποκτεῖναι δὲ, ἢ καταλῦσαι, ἢ ἐμπρῆσαι, τοῦ βουλομένου παντός. Ὥστε μηδὲ νῦν μέγα φρονείτωσαν οἱ τῇ ποίμνῃ τοὺς κύνας ἐπαναστήσαντες, οἵ πρόβατον μὲν ἕν οὐκ ἂν ἔχοιεν εἰπεῖν, ὡς προσήγαγον, ἦ διέσῶσαν οὐ γὰρ ἔμαθον καλὸν ποεῖιν, πονηρίαν ἄσκήσαντες. Εἰ δὲ τὴν ποίμνην ταράσσουσι, τοῦτο καὶ ζάλῃ μικρὰ, τοῦτο καὶ νόσος ὀλίγη, τοῦτο καὶ θηρίον ἓν ἀθρόως ἐπιπεσόν. Στήτωσαν οὖν οἱ τῇ ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνῃ μεγαλαυχούμενοι ο καὶ παυσάμενοι τῆς κακίας, ἃν ἄρα δύνωνται, προσκυνησάτωσαν, κιοὶ προσπεσέτωσαν, καὶ κλαυσάτωσαν ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ ποιήσαντος αὐτοὺς, καί τῇ ποίμνῃ μιχθήτωσαν, ὒσοι μὴ παντελῶς ἀνίατοι.

Iilēn epanēlthon hymin, bią men apodramōn, hou bią de prosdramōn, alla kai mala prothymōs, kai automatois posi, to tou logou, tou Pneumatos houtōs agontos, kathaper ti rheuma, pros men to anantes biazomenon, eis de to pranes epeigomenon. "0vtōs hēmera mia, bios holos anthrōpou, tois pothǭ kamnousin. To gar tou Iakōb heterōs echein moiB phainetai; ’os etē dekatessara douleuōn tǭ Syrǭ Laban hyper tōn dyo parthenōn ouk ekamnen; Ēsan gar autǭ, phēsin, hai pasai hēmerai, hōs hēmera mia, dia to agapąn autas. Isōs hoti en opsesin hēn to pothoumenon, ē hoti kouiron to kamnein erōti, kan hē anabolē to lypēron echę̄. Houtōs to hetoimon eis exousian, argon eis epithymian, hōs tis ephē tōn pro hēmōn. Egō goun hēnika men parēmēn, elachista tou pathous epaisthanomenos, hēnika de echōristhē-i, egnōn ton pothon ton glykyn tyrannon; kainon de ouden. Ei gar tosouton odyretai kai boukolos moschon tēs agelēs apophoitēsanta, kai poimēn probaton elleipsan dekadi, kai orneon nossian, hēn pros oligon apelipen, hōste hoi men tas syringas labontes, epi tina skopian anelthontesēplērousi tēs athymias tous donakas, kai anakalountai, hōs logika, ta planōmena; kan hypakousōsi, chairousi mallon ē pasin homou tois allois, hōn ouk ephrontisan; to de tryzon epi tēn kalian hietai, kai tryzousi prospiptei tois neossois, kai periepei tais pteryxi; pēlikon an eiiē dexiǭ poimeni logika thremmata, kai hōn ti proekindyneusen, epei kai touto tǭ philtrǭ prostithēsin ? epeidē tas akairias tērousi, to phanerōs ischyein ouk echontes. Deooika de tous lēstas kai kleptas, mē dia tēs aulēs hyperbantes, ē anaideią sylēsōsin, ē diʼ apatēs klepsōsin, hōste thysai, kai apokteinai, kai apolesai, harpazontes harpagmata, psychas katesthiontes, hōs tis ephē tōn prophētōn. Dedoika de tēn parathoron, mē tis akleiston heurōn tōn chthes hēmeterōn kai prōēn, eita hōs idios eiselthōn, epibouleusę̄ hōs allotrios. IIollai gar kai poikilai tou ta toiauta energountos hai methodeiai; kai oudeis houtōs architektōn oudenos tōn poikilōn, hōs sophistēs kakias ho antikeimenos. Dedoika de ēdē kai kynas, poimenas einai biazomenous, kai to paradoxon, ouden heis poimantikēn eisenenkontas, ē to keirai komas, has kakōs ēskēsan ; hoi mēte kynes emeinan, mēte poimenes gegonasi, plēn tou sparaxai, kai diaspeirai, kai dialysai kopon allotrion. Epeidē rhąon aei to diaphtheirein tou syntērein; kai gennatai men hanthrōpos kopǭ, phēsin ho Iōy, kai naupēgeitai naus, kai oikia synistatai; apokteinai de, ē katalysai, ē emprēsai, tou boulomenou pantos. Hōste mēde nyn mega phroneitōsan hoi tę̄ poimnę̄ tous kynas epanastēsantes, hoi probaton men hen ouk an echoien eipein, hōs prosēgagon, ē diesōsan ou gar emathon kalon poeiin, ponērian askēsantes. Ei de tēn poimnēn tarassousi, touto kai zalę̄ mikra, touto kai nosos oligē, touto kai thērion hen athroōs epipeson. Stētōsan oun hoi tę̄ heautōn aischynę̄ megalauchoumenoi o kai pausamenoi tēs kakias, han ara dynōntai, proskynēsatōsan, kioi prospesetōsan, kai klausatōsan enantion Kyriou tou poiēsantos autous, kai tę̄ poimnę̄ michthētōsan, ysoi mē pantelōs aniatoi.

Yet I have returned to you, having run away under compulsion, but having run back not under compulsion but very eagerly, with feet that moved of themselves, as the saying goes, the Spirit leading me like a stream, forced uphill but hastening downhill. So one day is a whole human life to those weary with longing. Jacob’s case seems to me to have been different: serving the Syrian Laban fourteen years for the two maidens, he did not grow weary; for “all the days,” it says, “were to him as one day, because he loved them.” Perhaps because what he longed for was before his eyes, or because toil is light to love, even if the delay brings grief. So what is at hand is slow to desire, as one of those before us said. I at least, when I was present, scarcely felt the passion; but when I was separated, I came to know longing, that sweet tyrant. Nothing new in this. For if a herdsman so laments a calf that has strayed from the herd, and a shepherd a sheep missing from the ten, and a bird the nest it left for a little while, so that the herdsmen and shepherds take their pipes, climb some lookout, fill the reeds with their dejection, and call back the strays as though they were rational; and if they obey, they rejoice over them more than over all the others, about whom they did not worry; while the bird, twittering, darts back to its nest, falls upon its twittering chicks, and covers them with its wings: how precious must rational flocks be to a skilful shepherd, especially those for whom he has run risks, since this too adds to his affection? … since they watch for unguarded moments, being unable to prevail openly. I fear the robbers and thieves, lest, climbing over the fold, they either plunder by shamelessness or steal by deceit, so as to sacrifice, kill, and destroy, seizing their prey and devouring souls, as one of the prophets said. I fear the side door, lest someone of those who were ours yesterday and the day before, finding it unlocked and entering as one of our own, should plot against us as a stranger. For many and various are the wiles of the one who works such things, and no architect of anything intricate is so skilled as the adversary, the sophist of vice. I fear now even dogs that force themselves to be shepherds, and (the paradox!) bring nothing to shepherding except cutting off the hair they cultivated so badly; who neither remained dogs nor became shepherds, except to tear, scatter, and undo the labour of others. For destroying is always easier than preserving: a man is born with labour, says Job, and a ship is built and a house constructed with labour; but to kill, or destroy, or burn is in the power of anyone who wishes. So let those who set the dogs against the flock not be proud now; they could not name a single sheep that they brought in or saved; for they did not learn to do good, having practised wickedness. If they trouble the flock, so does a small storm, so does a slight disease, so does a single wild beast falling on it suddenly. Let them stop, then, who glory in their own shame; and, ceasing from their wickedness, if they can, let them worship and fall down and weep before the Lord who made them, and mingle with the flock, as many as are not altogether incurable.

26.3PG 35:1232c–1233b

Ταῦτα ὁ δειλὸς ἐγὼ ποιμὴν καὶ περιεσκεμμενος, καὶ διὰ. τοῦτο τὴν ἀσφάλειαν ὡς ῥᾳθυμίαν ἰγκαλούμενος, Οὐ γάρ εἶμι ποιμήν ἐκείνων τις τῶν τὸ γάλα κατεσθιόντων, καὶ τὰ ἔρια περιβαλλομένων, καὶ τὸ παχὺ σφαζόντων, καί μόχθῳ κατεργαζομένων, ἣ ἀπεμπωλούντων καὶ λεγόντων· ἘύΑογητὸς Κύριος, καὶ πεπλουτήκαμεν· ποιμαινόντων ἑαυτοὺς, οὗ τὰ πρόβατα, εἷʼ τι τῶν προφητικῶν φωνῶν μέμνησθε, διʼ ὧν ἐκεῖνοι τοὺς κακοὺς ποιμένας ἐλαύνουσιψ ἀλλʼ ἐκείνων μᾶλλον τῶν δυναμὲνων εἰπεῖν μετὰ. Παύλου· Τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐμή πόρωἂσθενῶ; σις, ἢ φροντίς; Οὐ γὰρ ζητῶ τὰ ὑμῶν, ἀλλʼ ὑμᾶς. Καὶ Ἐγενόμην συγκαιόμενος τῷ καῦσωνι τῆς ἡμέρας, καὶ τῷ παγετῴ τῆς νυκτὸς πιεζόμενος· πατριάρχου φωνή ποιμένος, οὗ τά ἐπίσημα πρόβατα, καὶ ταῖς ἐκεῖθεν ληνοῖς ἐγκισσᾷν μελετήσαντα. Οὕτω μὶν οὗν, καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἐπέστην ὑμῖν, καὶ οὕτως ἔχουσιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπέστην, δῶμεν λόγον ἀλλήλοις, ὧν μεταξὺ κατωρθώσαμιν. Ἐπειδὴ καλὸν μὴ ῥήματος μόνον καὶ πράξεως, ἀλλά καὶ καιροῦ παντὸς, καὶ ὥρας αὐτῆς τοῦ ἀκαριαίου καὶ λεπτοτάτου ἄξεσθαι λόγον ἀπαιτεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς. Ὑμεῖς μὲν ἀπαγγείλατὲ μοι τὴν ἐργασίαν τὴν ὑμετέρανο ἐγὼ δὲ εἷς μίσον θήσω, ἃ καθʼ ἡσυχίαν ἐμαυτῷ συγγενόμενος ἐφιλοσόφησα. Ε Τίνα μὲν θεωρίαν τῶν ὑψηλῶν, ἤ παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαβόντες ἐφυλάξατε, ἢ παρʼ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν εἶσηνέγκατε, περὶ θεολογίας, ἢ περὶ τῶν ἀλλων δογμάτων, ἅ πολλά καὶ πολλάκις ὑμῖν παρεθέμην ; Ζητῶ γὰρ οὐ τὸ δάνειον μόνον, ἆλλα καὶ τὸν τόκον· οὐ τὸ τάλαντον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τήν ἐργασίαψ μή τις κατακρύψας καὶ καταχώσας τό πιστευθὲν, ἔτι καὶ καταψεύδηται τοῦ πιστεύσαντος, ὡς σκληροῦ τε καὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμοῦντος. Τίνα δὲ πρᾶξιν τῶν ἐπαινουμένων, ἢ μηδὲ τῆς ἀριστερᾶς γινωσκοῦσης, ἐκαρποφοργςσατε, ὥστε λάμπειν τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθριέ›πιι›ν·ἳνʼ ἐκ τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ δένδρον δειχθῇ, καὶ διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν ὁ διδάσκαλος γνωρισθῇ, καὶ εἴπῃ τις τῶν ἐποπτευόντων τὰ ἡμέτερα (πολλοὶ δέ εἰσιν, οἳ. μὲν διʼ εὐδοκίαν, οἳ δέ καὶ περιέργως), ὅτι ὅντως ὁ θεὸς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν, οὐ κηρυσσόμενος ὑγιῶς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ λατρευόμενοςς Ὡς γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι χωρὶς πίστεως πρᾶξις ἔγκριτος (ἐπειδὴ καὶ δόξης ἕνεκεν οἱ πολλοὶ τὸ καλὸν ἐπιτηδεύουσι, καὶ φύσεως οὕτως ἔχοντες)· οὕτω καὶ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρά. Καὶ μή τις ὑμᾶς ἀπατάτω κενοῖς λόγοις τῶν πάντα συγχωρούντων ἐτοίμως, ὑπὲρ ἐνὸς τοῦ ἀσεβεῖν ἐν τοῖς δόγμασι, καὶ φαῦλον καταβαλλόντων μισθὸν φαύλου πράγματος. Δείξατε οὗν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων τὴν πίστιν, τῆςχώρας ὑμῶν τὸ γόνιμον, εἰ μὴ εἷς κενὸν ἐσπείραμεν, εἷʼ δράγμα τι ἐν ὑμῖν, τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἄλευρα ἰσχὺν ἔχον, καὶ ἀποθηκῶν ἄξιον, ’ἶνα καὶ προθυμότερον ὑμᾶς γεωργήσωμεν, Τίς εἷς ἑκατὸν καρποτοκεῖ, τίς εἷς ἐξήκοντα, τίς τὸ τελευταῖον κᾶν εἰς τριάκοντα · τίς ἔμπαλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριάκοντα εἰς τὸν ἐξήκοντα προελθὼν (ἔχομεν γὰρ καὶ ταύτην ἐν τοῖς ’Χῦαγγελίοις τὴν τάξιν), εἰς τὸν ἑκατὸν ἐτελεύτησεν ’ἵνα προβαίνων, ὡς ὁ Ἰσαὰκ, μέγας γένηται, πορευόμενος ἐκ δυνάμεως εἷς δύναμιν, καὶ τὰς ᾠδὰς τῶν Ἀναβαθμῶν ᾅδων, καὶ ἀναβάσεις, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τιθέμενος ;

Tauta ho deilos egō poimēn kai perieskemmenos, kai dia. touto tēn asphaleian hōs rhąthymian inkaloumenos, Ou gar eimi poimēn ekeinōn tis tōn to gala katesthiontōn, kai ta eria periballomenōn, kai to pachy sphazontōn, kai mochthǭ katergazomenōn, hē apempōlountōn kai legontōn; EuAogētos Kyrios, kai peploutēkamen; poimainontōn heautous, hou ta probata, heiʼ ti tōn prophētikōn phōnōn memnēsthe, diʼ hōn ekeinoi tous kakous poimenas elaunousips allʼ ekeinōn mallon tōn dynamenōn eipein meta. Paulou; Tis asthenei, kai ouk tis skandalizetai, kai ouk emē porōasthenō? sis, ē phrontis? Ou gar zētō ta hymōn, allʼ hymas. Kai Egenomēn synkaiomenos tǭ kausōni tēs hēmeras, kai tǭ pagetǭ tēs nyktos piezomenos; patriarchou phōnē poimenos, hou ta episēma probata, kai tais ekeithen lēnois enkissąn meletēsanta. Houtō min houn, kai dia tauta epestēn hymin, kai houtōs echousin. Epei de epestēn, dōmen logon allēlois, hōn metaxy katōrthōsamin. Epeidē kalon mē rhēmatos monon kai praxeōs, alla kai kairou pantos, kai hōras autēs tou akariaiou kai leptotatou axesthai logon apaiteisthai hēmas. Hymeis men apangeilate moi tēn ergasian tēn hymeterano egō de heis mison thēsō, ha kathʼ hēsychian emautǭ syngenomenos ephilosophēsa. E Tina men theōrian tōn hypsēlōn, ē parʼ emou labontes ephylaxate, ē parʼ hymōn autōn eisēnenkate, peri theologias, ē peri tōn allōn dogmatōn, ha polla kai pollakis hymin parethemēn ? Zētō gar ou to daneion monon, alla kai ton tokon; ou to talanton monon, alla kai tēn ergasiaps mē tis katakrypsas kai katachōsas to pisteuthen, eti kai katapseudētai tou pisteusantos, hōs sklērou te kai tōn allotriōn epithymountos. Tina de praxin tōn epainoumenōn, ē mēde tēs aristeras ginōskousēs, ekarpophorgssate, hōste lampein to phōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrie›pii›n;hinʼ ek tou karpou to dendron deichthę̄, kai dia tōn mathētōn ho didaskalos gnōristhę̄, kai eipę̄ tis tōn epopteuontōn ta hēmetera (polloi de eisin, hoi. men diʼ eudokian, hoi de kai periergōs), hoti hontōs ho theos en hymin estin, ou kēryssomenos hygiōs monon, alla kai latreuomenoss Hōs gar ouk esti chōris pisteōs praxis enkritos (epeidē kai doxēs heneken hoi polloi to kalon epitēdeuousi, kai physeōs houtōs echontes); houtō kai hē pistis chōris ergōn nekra. Kai mē tis hymas apatatō kenois logois tōn panta synchōrountōn etoimōs, hyper enos tou asebein en tois dogmasi, kai phaulon kataballontōn misthon phaulou pragmatos. Deixate houn ek tōn ergōn tēn pistin, tēschōras hymōn to gonimon, ei mē heis kenon espeiramen, heiʼ dragma ti en hymin, tou poiēsai aleura ischyn echon, kai apothēkōn axion, ’ina kai prothymoteron hymas geōrgēsōmen, Tis heis hekaton karpotokei, tis heis exēkonta, tis to teleutaion kan eis triakonta ; tis empalin apo tou triakonta eis ton exēkonta proelthōn (echomen gar kai tautēn en tois ’Chyangeliois tēn taxin), eis ton hekaton eteleutēsen ’hina probainōn, hōs ho Isaak, megas genētai, poreuomenos ek dynameōs heis dynamin, kai tas ǭdas tōn Anabathmōn hądōn, kai anabaseis, en tę̄ kardią tithemenos ?

These things I say, a timid and circumspect shepherd, and therefore accused of indolence for my caution. For I am not one of those shepherds who eat the milk, clothe themselves with the wool, slaughter the fat ones, and work them hard or sell them, saying, “Blessed be the Lord, we have become rich”; who feed themselves, not the sheep, if you remember any of the prophetic words by which the prophets drive out the bad shepherds; but rather one of those who can say with Paul: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who is made to stumble, and it is not my burning and care?” “For I seek not what is yours, but you.” And: “I was consumed by the heat by day and pinched by the frost by night”: the voice of a patriarch shepherd, whose sheep were marked, and trained to conceive at the watering troughs there. So, then, and for these reasons, I have come back to you, and to you in this state. And since I have come, let us give an account to one another of what we have accomplished in the meantime. For it is good that we be required to give account not only of word and deed, but of every moment, and of the very hour, however brief and slight. You report to me your work; I will set out what I pondered in quiet, conversing with myself. What contemplation of lofty things, either received from me and kept, or contributed from yourselves, about theology or about the other doctrines that I set before you many times? For I seek not only the loan but the interest; not only the talent but the trading with it; lest anyone, having hidden and buried what was entrusted to him, should also lie against the one who entrusted it, as though he were hard and covetous of what belongs to others. What praiseworthy action have you borne as fruit, without even your left hand knowing it, so that your light shines before men; that the tree may be shown by its fruit, and the teacher known through his disciples; and that one of those who watch our affairs (and they are many, some out of goodwill, others out of curiosity) may say that truly God is among you, not only soundly preached but also worshipped? For as there is no approved action without faith (since many pursue the good for glory’s sake, or because they are so by nature), so faith without works is dead. And let no one deceive you with empty words, those of people who readily concede everything for the sake of this one thing, impiety in doctrine, and so pay a bad wage for a bad deed. Show, then, your faith by your works, the fertility of your land: whether we have not sown in vain, whether there is among you a sheaf strong enough to make flour and worthy of the barns, so that we may cultivate you more eagerly. Who bears fruit a hundredfold, who sixtyfold, who at least thirtyfold; who, in the reverse order, advancing from thirty to sixty (for we have this order too in the Gospels), has ended at a hundred; so that, advancing like Isaac, he may become great, going from strength to strength, singing the Songs of Ascents and setting ascents in his heart?

26.7PG 35:1236a–1240c

Ζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν, Ὑμέτερον γὰρ, οὐκ ἐμόν, τὸ κέρδος· εἱδὶ καὶ ἡμέτερον, ’ὁτι ὑμέτερον, ἀντιστρεφούσης τῆς ὡφελείας aetna»; εἰς ἡμᾶς, ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς αΰγαῖς τῶν ἀνταναχλάσεων. Εἰ ἐπτωχοτροφήσατε, si. ἐξενο- Sor/pate, εἰ ἁγίων πόδας ἐνίψατε, εἰ τρυφῶντες καταργουμένῃ γαστρὶ (δεδόσθω γὰρ), καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐτρυφήσατε; ὡς οὐχ ἔστι ταύτης τρυφή τις ἀμείνων, οὐδὲ μονιμωτέρα τοῖς τρυφᾳν ἐθέλουσιν. Εἷ τινας τῶν λειτουργούντων τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, καὶ καλῶς πενομένι-,ν (δότε γάρ μοι καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν), εἰς δύναμιν ἀνεπαύσατε, ἵνʼ ἀπερισπάστως μᾶλλον τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεδρεύωσι, καὶ μεταλαμβάνοντες τῶν ὑμετέρων, τὰ παρʼ ἱαυτῶν ἀντιισφᾶρ‹ι›σιν; ὡς αἰσχρὸν ταῦτα καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀπαιτεῖν, καὶ μή παρέχειν ὑμᾶς. Οὔκ ἐνουθέτησα δὶ ταῦτα, ἵνα οὕτως ἐν ἐμοὶ γένηται (καλὸν γὰρ μοι μᾶλλον ἀποθινεῖν, ἢ κενωθῆναί μου τὸ καύχημα, καὶ ἄμισθόν μοι γενέσθαι τὸ Εὑαγγὲλιον ἐνταῦθα καρπωσαμένῳ. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ εὐαγγελίσασθαι, τῆς ἀνάγκης ’ ἠ φιλοτιμία δὲ, τὸ ἀδάπανον)· ἀλλ”ιν1 ὑμεῖς μάθητε Χριστὸν εὖ ποιεῖν, διὰ τοῦ καὶ τῷν μικρῶν τινα εὗ ποιεῖν. Ἐπειδὴ, ὡς πάντα ὅσα ἐγὼ, πλήν ἁμαρτίας, ἐγένετο διʼ ἐμὲ “ οὕτω καὶ τὰ ἐλάχιστα τῶν ἐμῶν sic ἑαυτὸν ἀναδέχεταυ κᾶν στέγης μπαδῷς κᾶν ἐνδύματος, κᾶν ἐν φυλαχῇ ἐπισκέψῃ, κᾶν ἁρῤωστοῦντα ἴδῃς ’ τὸ φαυλότατον, κᾶν ποτηρίῳ ψυχροῦ μόνῳ καταψυξῃς γλώσαν πιεζομένου ὥσπερ ἐδεῖτο Λαζάρου τοῦ πένητος ὁ κάμνων ἰν τῃ φλογὶ πλούσιος, καί τι τῆς ἑντηιυθα τρυφῆς ἀντιλαόὼν, καὶ τοῦ περιορᾷν Λάζαρον πεινῶντα καὶ ἡλκωμᾶνον τὸ ἐκεῖθεν δεῖσθαι Λαζάρου, καὶ μὴ τδγχανειν. Z’“A μὶν οὖν ὑμᾶς ἀπαιτοῦμεν, ταῦτά ἔστι. καὶ οἵδʼ, ὅτι αὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε, οὕτε παρʼ ῆμῶν ἀπαιτούμενοι λόγον, οὕτε παρὰ τῆς τελιυταίας ἡμέρας, εἷς ἢν πάντα συνάγεται τὰ ἡμέτεραι, κατᾶ 123Ἷ τὸ εἰρημένονο Κάγὼ ἔρχομαι τά βουλεύματα κε τάς πράξεις ὑμῶν συναγαγεῖν καὶ, Ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ μισθὸς αὖτοῦ μετʼ αὐτοῦ. Τά δὲ ἡμέτερα, καὶ ἃ παρά τῆς ἐρημίας ὑμῖν κομίζομεν. Ἐπειδή καὶ Ἠλίας ἡδέως ἑνεφιλοσόφει τῷ Καρμήλῳ, καὶ Ἰωάννης τῃ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς, τάς μὲν πράξεις τοῖς ὄχλοις, τάς εὐχὰς δὶ τῇ σχολῇ καὶ ταῖς ἐρημίαις, ὡς τὰ πολλὰ, προσένεμεν. Τί νομοθετῶν; Ὡς οἶμαι, τὸ χρῆναί τι καὶ ἡσυχάζειν, ὥστε ἀθολώτως προσομιλεῖν τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ μικρὸν ἐπανάγειν τὸν νοῦν ἀπὸ τῶν πλανωμένων. Ού γὰρ αὐτὸς έδεῖτο ἀναχωρήσεως (οὐδὲ γάρ εἶχεν εἱς ὅ τι συσταλῇ, Θεὸς ὥν, καὶ πάντα πληρῶν), ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ἡμεῖς μάθωμεν καί πράξεως καιρὸν, καὶ ἀσχολίας ὑψηλοτέρας. Τίνα οὖν τά τῆς ἐμῆς ἐρημίας Βούλομαι γάρ, ὡς ἀγαθὸς ἔμπορος καὶ πανταχόθεν κερδαίνων, κάντεῦθέν τι προσενεγκεῖν ὑμῖν ἀγώγιμον. ἰλιγγιάσας, ὅ καὶ νῦν πέπονθα) οὐ παρέργως ἐδεξάμην τὸ ὁρώμενον ” καὶ μοι τὸ θέαμα παίδευμα γίνεται. Ἣ γὰρ οὐκ ἓιρην ἐγὼ θάλασσα μὲν ὁ ἡμέτερος βίος καὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα (πολῦ γὰρ κᾶν τούτῳ τὸ ἁλμυρὸν καὶ ἄστατον), πνεύματα δὲ οἱ προσπίπτοντες πειρασμοὶ καὶ ὕσα τῶν ἀδοκήτων ; "0 μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ θαυμασιώτατος Δαβἶδ κατανοήσας, Σῶσόν με, Κύριε, λέγειν, ὃτι εἰσήλθοσαν ὕδατα ἕως ψυχῆς μου· καὶ, Ῥὖσαί με ἐκ τῶν βαθοων τῶν ὑδάτων· Ἦλθον δὲ εἷς τὰ βάθη τῆς θαλάσσης) καὶ καταιγὶς κατεπόντισε με. Τῶν δὲ πειραζομὲνων οἱ μὶν ἐδόκουν μοι ὡς ti κουφότατα καὶ ἅπνοκ παρασύρεσθαι, καὶ οὖδέ μικρὸν ἀντέχειν πρὸς τὰς ἐπηρείας · οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στερρότητα, καὶ βάρος λογισμοῦ σώφρονος, καὶ τοῖς προσπίπτουσιν ἁντίβαίνοντος · οἱ δὲ εἶναι πέτρα, τῆς πέτρας ἐκείνης ἄξιοι, ἐφʼ ἧς βεβήκαμεν, καὶ ᾖ λατρεύομεν, ὅσοι φιλοσόφῳ χρώμενοι λόγῳ, καὶ ὑπεραναόεβηκότες τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ταπεινότητα, πάντα φέρουσιν ασείστως καὶ ἅτινάκτως, καὶ διαγελῶσι μὲν )65), ἢ ἐλεοῦσι τοὺς σειομὲνους (τὸ μὲν ὑπὸ φιλοσοφίας, τὸ δὲ ὑπὸ φιλανθρωπίας)· αὐτοὶ δὲ τῶν αἰσχρῶν τίθενται, ἀπόντα μὲν τὰ δεινὰ περιφρονεῖν, μᾶλλον δὲ μηδὲ δεινὰ δίεσθαι παρόντων δὲ ἡττᾶσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα, τίνων; τῶν παρερχομένων, ὡς ἱσταμένων · καὶ τοῦ καιροῦ μὶν ἔξω φιλοσοφεῖν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς χρείαις ἀφιλοσόφους φαίνεσθαι ὥσπερ ἓν εἶʼτις ἄριστιυν ἑαυτὸν νομίζοι τῶν ἀθλητῶν, μηδὲ καταβαίνων εἰς στάδιον· ἢ κυβερνήτην τῶν εὐδοκίμων, έν μετ ταῖς εὐδίαις τῇ τέχνῃ μέγα φρονοῦντα, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ζάλαις μεθιὲντα τοὺς οἶίακας.

Zētō ton karpon pleonazonta eis logon hymōn, Hymeteron gar, ouk emon, to kerdos; heidi kai hēmeteron, ’hoti hymeteron, antistrephousēs tēs hōpheleias aetna»? eis hēmas, hōsper en tais aÿgais tōn antanachlaseōn. Ei eptōchotrophēsate, si. exeno- Sor/pate, ei hagiōn podas enipsate, ei tryphōntes katargoumenę̄ gastri (dedosthō gar), kai dia tōn entolōn etryphēsate? hōs ouch esti tautēs tryphē tis ameinōn, oude monimōtera tois tryphąn ethelousin. Hei tinas tōn leitourgountōn tǭ thysiastēriǭ, kai kalōs penomeni-,n (dote gar moi kai touto eipein), eis dynamin anepausate, hinʼ aperispastōs mallon tǭ thysiastēriǭ paredreuōsi, kai metalambanontes tōn hymeterōn, ta parʼ hiautōn antiisphar‹i›sin? hōs aischron tauta kai hēmas apaitein, kai mē parechein hymas. Ouk enouthetēsa di tauta, hina houtōs en emoi genētai (kalon gar moi mallon apothinein, ē kenōthēnai mou to kauchēma, kai amisthon moi genesthai to Heuangelion entautha karpōsamenǭ. To men gar euangelisasthai, tēs anankēs ’ ē philotimia de, to adapanon); all”in1 hymeis mathēte Christon eu poiein, dia tou kai tǭn mikrōn tina heu poiein. Epeidē, hōs panta hosa egō, plēn hamartias, egeneto diʼ eme “ houtō kai ta elachista tōn emōn sic heauton anadechetau kan stegēs mpadǭs kan endymatos, kan en phylachę̄ episkepsę̄, kan harrōstounta idę̄s ’ to phaulotaton, kan potēriǭ psychrou monǭ katapsyxę̄s glōsan piezomenou hōsper edeito Lazarou tou penētos ho kamnōn in tę̄ phlogi plousios, kai ti tēs hentēiytha tryphēs antilaoōn, kai tou periorąn Lazaron peinōnta kai hēlkōmanon to ekeithen deisthai Lazarou, kai mē tdnchanein. Z’“A min oun hymas apaitoumen, tauta esti. kai hoidʼ, hoti auk aischynesthe, houte parʼ ēmōn apaitoumenoi logon, houte para tēs teliytaias hēmeras, heis ēn panta synagetai ta hēmeterai, kata 123Hi to eirēmenono Kagō erchomai ta bouleumata ke tas praxeis hymōn synagagein kai, Idou anthrōpos, kai to ergon autou, kai ho misthos autou metʼ autou. Ta de hēmetera, kai ha para tēs erēmias hymin komizomen. Epeidē kai Ēlias hēdeōs henephilosophei tǭ Karmēlǭ, kai Iōannēs tę̄ erēmǭ, kai Iēsous autos, tas men praxeis tois ochlois, tas euchas di tę̄ scholę̄ kai tais erēmiais, hōs ta polla, prosenemen. Ti nomothetōn? Hōs oimai, to chrēnai ti kai hēsychazein, hōste atholōtōs prosomilein tǭ Theǭ, kai mikron epanagein ton noun apo tōn planōmenōn. Ou gar autos edeito anachōrēseōs (oude gar eichen heis ho ti systalę̄, Theos hōn, kai panta plērōn), allʼ hinʼ hēmeis mathōmen kai praxeōs kairon, kai ascholias hypsēloteras. Tina oun ta tēs emēs erēmias Boulomai gar, hōs agathos emporos kai pantachothen kerdainōn, kanteuthen ti prosenenkein hymin agōgimon. ilingiasas, ho kai nyn pepontha) ou parergōs edexamēn to horōmenon ” kai moi to theama paideuma ginetai. Hē gar ouk heirēn egō thalassa men ho hēmeteros bios kai ta anthrōpina (poly gar kan toutǭ to halmyron kai astaton), pneumata de hoi prospiptontes peirasmoi kai hysa tōn adokētōn ? "0 moi dokei kai ho thaumasiōtatos Dabid katanoēsas, Sōson me, Kyrie, legein, hoti eisēlthosan hydata heōs psychēs mou; kai, Rhysai me ek tōn bathoōn tōn hydatōn; Ēlthon de heis ta bathē tēs thalassēs) kai kataigis katepontise me. Tōn de peirazomenōn hoi min edokoun moi hōs ti kouphotata kai hapnok parasyresthai, kai oude mikron antechein pros tas epēreias ; oude gar echein en heautois sterrotēta, kai baros logismou sōphronos, kai tois prospiptousin hantibainontos ; hoi de einai petra, tēs petras ekeinēs axioi, ephʼ hēs bebēkamen, kai ę̄ latreuomen, hosoi philosophǭ chrōmenoi logǭ, kai hyperanaoebēkotes tēn tōn pollōn tapeinotēta, panta pherousin aseistōs kai hatinaktōs, kai diagelōsi men )65), ē eleousi tous seiomenous (to men hypo philosophias, to de hypo philanthrōpias); autoi de tōn aischrōn tithentai, aponta men ta deina periphronein, mallon de mēde deina diesthai parontōn de hēttasthai, kai tauta, tinōn? tōn parerchomenōn, hōs histamenōn ; kai tou kairou min exō philosophein, en de tais chreiais aphilosophous phainesthai hōsper hen eiʼtis aristiyn heauton nomizoi tōn athlētōn, mēde katabainōn eis stadion; ē kybernētēn tōn eudokimōn, en met tais eudiais tę̄ technę̄ mega phronounta, en de tais zalais methienta tous oiiakas.

I seek the fruit that increases to your credit. For the gain is yours, not mine; and if it is ours too, it is because it is yours, the benefit reflecting back to us as in rays that are reflected. Have you fed the poor, entertained strangers, washed the feet of the saints? Have you, while enjoying yourselves with a belly that will be brought to nothing (let that be granted), also enjoyed yourselves through the commandments? For there is no better or more lasting enjoyment than this for those who wish to enjoy. Have you given rest, as far as you could, to some of those who serve the altar and are rightly poor (let me say this too), so that they may attend the altar more free from distraction, and, sharing in what is yours, may give in return what is theirs? For it is shameful that we should have to demand this, and that you should not provide it. I have not admonished you about this so that it may be done in my case (for it would be better for me to die than that my boasting should be emptied and the gospel become without reward for me by my profiting from it here; for preaching the gospel is a necessity, but the honour lies in making it free of charge); but so that you may learn to do good to Christ by doing good to one of the least. For as he became for my sake all that I am, except sin, so he takes upon himself even the least of mine; whether you give shelter or clothing, or visit in prison, or look in on one who is sick, the smallest thing, or cool with only a cup of cold water a tongue that is suffering, as the rich man suffering in the flame begged of Lazarus the poor man, receiving, in return for his luxury here and for overlooking Lazarus hungry and covered with sores, this: to beg of Lazarus there and not obtain it. [8] This, then, is what we require of you; and I know that you are not ashamed to be asked for an account either by us or by the last day, into which all our things are gathered, according to what is said: “And I come to gather your counsels and your deeds,” and, “Behold the man, and his work, and his reward with him.” Now for our own things, which we bring you from the solitude. For Elijah too gladly practised philosophy on Carmel, and John in the desert; and Jesus himself assigned his actions to the crowds, but his prayers, for the most part, to leisure and solitude. What was he legislating? To my mind, that one must also be quiet, so as to converse with God undisturbed and to draw the mind back a little from wandering things. For he himself did not need to withdraw (for he had nowhere to contract himself into, being God and filling all things), but he did it so that we might learn that there is a time for action and a time for loftier leisure. What, then, are the fruits of my solitude? For I wish, like a good merchant who profits everywhere, to bring you some merchandise from there too. … having grown dizzy (which I suffer now too), I took in the sight not idly, and the spectacle became a lesson to me. For did I not say to myself that our life and human affairs are a sea (for there is much salt and instability in these too), and that the temptations that fall upon us and all unexpected things are the winds? This, it seems to me, the most wonderful David perceived when he said, “Save me, O Lord, for the waters have come in to my soul,” and, “Rescue me from the depths of the waters; I came into the depths of the sea, and the storm overwhelmed me.” Of those tempted, some seemed to me to be swept away like the lightest and lifeless things, not resisting the assaults even a little, for they had in themselves no firmness and no weight of sober reason to oppose what falls upon them; others seemed to be rock, worthy of that Rock on which we stand and whom we worship, all those who use the reason of philosophy and have risen above the lowliness of the many, and bear all things unshaken and unmoved, and laugh at those who are shaken, or pity them (the one out of philosophy, the other out of humanity). And they count it among shameful things to despise terrors when they are absent, or rather not even to think them terrors, but to be defeated by them when they are present, and by what? By things that pass, as though they stood firm; and to practise philosophy out of season, but to appear unphilosophic in time of need; as if someone thought himself the best of athletes without even going down into the stadium, or an approved pilot who prides himself on his skill in fair weather but lets go of the rudder in storms.

26.10PG 35:1240c–1244b

Ἑπεῖ δὲ ἅπαξ εἷς τούτους κατέστην τοὺς λόγους, καὶ πρὸς ὲτὲραν ἦλθον εἰκόνα, σφόδρα τοῖς παροῦσι συμβαίνουσαν. Τάχα με γέροντα καὶ μυθολόγον νομίσετε, ἂν καὶ ὑμῖν ταύτην γνωρίσω- γνωριστέον δʼ οὖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τήν Γραφὴν οἶδα πολλάκις τοιούτοις χρωμένην εἰς σαφεστέραν διήγησιν. ’Ἐστι τι μόοῳ φυτὸν,ὅ θάλλει τεμνόμενον, καὶ πρὸς τὸν σίδηρον ἀγωνίζεται · καὶ εἰ δεῖ παραδόξως εἰπεῖν περί παραδόξου πράγματος, θανάτῳ ζῇ, καὶ τομῇ φύεται, καὶ αὔξεται δαπανώμενον. … Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν 6 μῦθος, καὶ ἡ αὖτονομία τοῦ πλάσματος· ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ σαφῶς τοιοῦτον εἷναί τι ὁ φιλόσοφος. Εύδοκιμεῖ τοῖς πάθεσι καὶ ὕλην ἀρετῆς ποιεῖται τὰ λυπηρὰ, καὶτοῖς ἐναντίοις ἒγκαλλωπίζεται ” μήτε τοῖς δεξιοῖς ὅπλοις τῆς δικαιοσύνης αἰρόμενος, μήτε τοῖς ἀριστεροῖς καμπτόμενος · ἀλλʼ ὁ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀεὶ διαμένων, ἢ καὶ δοκιμώτερος, ὥσπερ ἐν καμίνῳ χρυσὸς, εύρισκὸμενος. Σκοπῶμεν δὲ οὕτως · Εὐπατρίδης ἐστίνς ἀντεπιδείξεται τήν εὐτροπίαν τῷ αʼίματι · ὥστε διχόθεν εὐδοκιμεῖν, καὶ γενεαλογούμενος, καὶ ὁρώμενος. Δυσγενὴς τὸν ἀνδριάντα καὶ τὸν πηλὸν (εἷʼπερ τι μέγα πηλὸς πηλοῦ διαφέρει); ἀντεισοίσει τήν νοουμένην εύγένειαν, καὶ ἥν ἕκαστος ἑαυτὸν διαπλάττει πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον ἢ βέλτιον · τήν δὲ ἄλλην παρα-γράψεται), ’ὸσῃ σπείρεται ἢ γράφεται, ὡς οὐδενὸς ἀξίαν καὶ κίβδηλον. Ἐστι γάρ τι γένος τρισσόν · τὸ ἱ μὲν ἄνωθεν ἠργμένον, 6' πάντες ἐσμὲν εύγενεῖς ἐπʼ ἴσης ἐπεὶ κατʼ εἶʼκόνα Θεοῦ γεγόναμεν· τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ σαρκὸς ἐργόμενον, οὐκ οἶδʼ εἷʼ τις εὐγενὴς, τοῦτο φθορᾷ συνιστάμενον ο τὸ δὶ ἀπὸ κακίας ἀρετῆς γνωριζόμενον, οὗ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον μεταλαμβάνομεν ὅσον ἂν, οἶμαι, τηρήσωμεν την εἷʼκὸνα, ἢ διαφθείρωμεν. Ταύτην ἀγαπήσει τήν εὐγένειαν ὅγε ἀληθῶς σοφὸς καὶ φιλόσοφος. Τὸ γὰρ τέταρτον γένος, τότε ἀξιώσω λόγου, τὸν ἐν γράμμασι καὶ προστάγμασιν, ’ὀταν καὶ κάλλος ἀποδέξωμαι τὸ ἐν χρώμασι, καὶ πίθηκον αἰδεσθῶ λέοντα εἶναι κεκελευσμέν ον. IA'. _Néoq ἐστί; Κατά τιῖίν παθῖύν ἀνδρισθήσεται, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπολαύσει τῆς νεότητος, τὸ μὴ τὰ νέων παθεῖν, ἀλλά δεῖξαι πρεσβυτικὴν φρόνησιν ἐν ἀκμαίῳ τῷ σώματι καὶ χαιρήσει τῇ νίκῃ πλέον ἣ οἱ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ στεφανούμενον νικήσει γὰρ ἐν κοινῷ θεάτρῳ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ, καὶ νίκην ἄπρατον. Νεύει πρὸς γῆρας ; Ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ γηράσει καὶ τήν ψυχήν· δέ· ξεται τήν διάλυσιν, ὡς προθεσμίαν ἀναγκαίας ἐλευθερία· ῆδέως πρὸς τὰ ἑξῆς μεταβήσεται, ἔνθα οὐκ ἔστιν ἄωρος, οὐδὲ πρεσβύτης, ἀλλὰ πάντες τήν πνευματικὴν ἡλικίαν τέλειοι. Ὥρας ἔλαχέν; Ἀντιστίνψὲι τὸ κάλλος τῷ κάλλει, τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς τῷ τοῦ σώματος. Παρῆλθε τὸ ἄνθος ἀνεπηρέαστον ; νεύει πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, οὐδὲ οἶδεν ὁρώμενος. Αἰσχρὸς τὸ φαινόμενον; ἀλλʼ εὐφυὴς τὸ κρυπτόμενον, ὥσπερ ἰν κάλυκι ῥόδον ἀνθηρὸν οὐκ ἀνθηρᾷ καὶ ἆνὸδμῳ τὸ εὐωδέστατον. Ὠραῖος κάλλει παρᾶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων; οὐδὲ καιρὸν δίδωσι τὸ ἐκτὸς καθορᾶσθαι, μεταστρέφων τὸν θεατὴν πρὸς τὸν ἐντὸς ἅνθρωπον. Εόεκτεῖς Χρήσεται τῇ ὑγιείᾳ πρὸς τὸ βέλτιστον· νουθετήσει, πλήξει, λόγῳ παῤῥησιάσεται, ἀγρυπνήσει, χαμευνήσει, νηστεύσει, κενώσει τήν ὕλην, θεωρήσει τὰ ἐπίγεια καὶ τὰ οὐράνια, κατὰ πᾶσαν σπουδὴν μελετήσει τὸν θάνατον. ’Δῤῥωστήσει; Μαχήσεται ἂν δὲ ἡττηθῇ, νικήσει λαβὼν τὸ μηκέτι μάχεσθαι. Πλούσιός ἐστι; Φιλοσοφήσει τὸ ἀποπλουτεῖν, μεταδώσει τῷ δεομένῳ τῶν ὄντων, ὡς οἰκονόμος τῶν ἀλλοτρίων· τἶνʼ ἐκεῖνός τε εὗ πάθῃ τῆ μετα-. λήψει. καὶ αὐτοὺς πρὸς Θεὸν συναχθῆ, μηδὲν ἔχων πλὴν τοῦ σταυροῦ καὶ τοῦ σώματος. Πένεται; Πλουτήσει Θεὸν, καὶ τὸ καταγελᾷν τῶν ἐχόντων, ὡς ἀεῖ μὲν κτωμένων, ἀεὶ δὲ πενομένων, τῷ δεῖσθαι τοῦ πλείονος, καὶ πινόντων ’ἱνα πλέου διψήσωσιν.

Hepei de hapax heis toutous katestēn tous logous, kai pros eteran ēlthon eikona, sphodra tois parousi symbainousan. Tacha me geronta kai mythologon nomisete, an kai hymin tautēn gnōrisō- gnōristeon dʼ oun, epei kai tēn Graphēn oida pollakis toioutois chrōmenēn eis saphesteran diēgēsin. ’Esti ti mooǭ phyton,ho thallei temnomenon, kai pros ton sidēron agōnizetai ; kai ei dei paradoxōs eipein peri paradoxou pragmatos, thanatǭ zę̄, kai tomę̄ phyetai, kai auxetai dapanōmenon. … Tauta men oun 6 mythos, kai hē autonomia tou plasmatos; emoi de dokei saphōs toiouton heinai ti ho philosophos. Eudokimei tois pathesi kai hylēn aretēs poieitai ta lypēra, kaitois enantiois enkallōpizetai ” mēte tois dexiois hoplois tēs dikaiosynēs airomenos, mēte tois aristerois kamptomenos ; allʼ ho autos ouk en tois autois aei diamenōn, ē kai dokimōteros, hōsper en kaminǭ chrysos, euriskomenos. Skopōmen de houtōs ; Eupatridēs estins antepideixetai tēn eutropian tǭ aʼimati ; hōste dichothen eudokimein, kai genealogoumenos, kai horōmenos. Dysgenēs ton andrianta kai ton pēlon (heiʼper ti mega pēlos pēlou diapherei)? anteisoisei tēn nooumenēn eugeneian, kai hēn hekastos heauton diaplattei pros to cheiron ē beltion ; tēn de allēn para-grapsetai), ’osę̄ speiretai ē graphetai, hōs oudenos axian kai kibdēlon. Esti gar ti genos trisson ; to hi men anōthen ērgmenon, 6' pantes esmen eugeneis epʼ isēs epei katʼ eiʼkona Theou gegonamen; to de apo sarkos ergomenon, ouk oidʼ heiʼ tis eugenēs, touto phthorą synistamenon o to di apo kakias aretēs gnōrizomenon, hou mallon kai hētton metalambanomen hoson an, oimai, tērēsōmen tēn heiʼkona, ē diaphtheirōmen. Tautēn agapēsei tēn eugeneian hoge alēthōs sophos kai philosophos. To gar tetarton genos, tote axiōsō logou, ton en grammasi kai prostagmasin, ’otan kai kallos apodexōmai to en chrōmasi, kai pithēkon aidesthō leonta einai kekeleusmen on. IA'. _Neoq esti? Kata tiiin pathiyn andristhēsetai, kai touto apolausei tēs neotētos, to mē ta neōn pathein, alla deixai presbytikēn phronēsin en akmaiǭ tǭ sōmati kai chairēsei tę̄ nikę̄ pleon hē hoi en Olympią stephanoumenon nikēsei gar en koinǭ theatrǭ tę̄ oikoumenę̄, kai nikēn apraton. Neuei pros gēras ? Allʼ ouchi gērasei kai tēn psychēn; de; xetai tēn dialysin, hōs prothesmian anankaias eleutheria; ēdeōs pros ta hexēs metabēsetai, entha ouk estin aōros, oude presbytēs, alla pantes tēn pneumatikēn hēlikian teleioi. Hōras elachen? Antistinpsei to kallos tǭ kallei, to tēs psychēs tǭ tou sōmatos. Parēlthe to anthos anepēreaston ? neuei pros heauton, oude oiden horōmenos. Aischros to phainomenon? allʼ euphyēs to kryptomenon, hōsper in kalyki rhodon anthēron ouk anthērą kai anodmǭ to euōdestaton. Ōraios kallei para tous huious tōn anthrōpōn? oude kairon didōsi to ektos kathorasthai, metastrephōn ton theatēn pros ton entos hanthrōpon. Eoekteis Chrēsetai tę̄ hygieią pros to beltiston; nouthetēsei, plēxei, logǭ parrhēsiasetai, agrypnēsei, chameunēsei, nēsteusei, kenōsei tēn hylēn, theōrēsei ta epigeia kai ta ourania, kata pasan spoudēn meletēsei ton thanaton. ’Drrhōstēsei? Machēsetai an de hēttēthę̄, nikēsei labōn to mēketi machesthai. Plousios esti? Philosophēsei to apoploutein, metadōsei tǭ deomenǭ tōn ontōn, hōs oikonomos tōn allotriōn; tinʼ ekeinos te heu pathę̄ tē meta-. lēpsei. kai autous pros Theon synachthē, mēden echōn plēn tou staurou kai tou sōmatos. Penetai? Ploutēsei Theon, kai to katageląn tōn echontōn, hōs aei men ktōmenōn, aei de penomenōn, tǭ deisthai tou pleionos, kai pinontōn ’hina pleou dipsēsōsin.

Since I have once entered on these themes, I came to another image, very apt to the present. Perhaps you will think me an old man and a teller of tales if I make it known to you too; but it must be told, since I know that Scripture often uses such things to explain more clearly. There is in a myth a plant which flourishes when it is cut and contends with the iron; and, to speak paradoxically about a paradoxical thing, it lives by death, grows by cutting, and increases by being consumed. … So runs the myth, with the freedom of fiction; but to me the philosopher clearly seems to be something of this kind. He wins approval through sufferings, makes painful things the material of virtue, and prides himself in adversity; neither lifted up by the weapons of righteousness on the right, nor bent by those on the left; but the same, though not always in the same circumstances, or even found more approved, like gold in the furnace. Let us consider it this way. Is he well born? He will show a good character to match his blood, so as to be approved on both counts, by his genealogy and by what is seen. Is he low born in his statue and clay (if indeed clay differs much from clay)? He will set against it the nobility of the mind, which each fashions in himself for worse or better, and will strike out the other kind, which is sown or written, as worth nothing and counterfeit. For birth is threefold: one begins from above, by which we are all equally noble, since we have come into being in the image of God; one comes from the flesh, and I do not know whether anyone is noble by it, since it consists in corruption; and one is recognized by virtue as against vice, in which we share more or less, I think, as we keep the image or corrupt it. This nobility the man who is truly wise and a philosopher will love. As for the fourth kind, that which consists in documents and decrees, I will think it worth mentioning when I accept beauty in paint, and revere an ape that has been ordered to be a lion. [11] Is he young? He will be manly against the passions, and he will have this enjoyment from his youth: not to suffer what the young suffer, but to show an old man’s prudence in a body in its prime; and he will rejoice in the victory more than those crowned at Olympia, for he will conquer in a common theatre, the world, and win a victory that cannot be bought. Is he nearing old age? He will not grow old in soul; he will accept dissolution as the appointed term of a necessary freedom; he will gladly pass on to what follows, where no one is untimely or old, but all are perfect in spiritual stature. Has he been given beauty? He will set beauty against beauty, that of the soul against that of the body. Has his bloom passed without abuse? He turns to himself and does not know that he is looked at. Is he ugly in appearance? But he is well formed in what is hidden, like the sweetest fragrance of a rose in full bloom within a bud that is neither blooming nor fragrant. Is he beautiful beyond the sons of men? He gives no occasion for the outside to be gazed at, turning the beholder toward the inner man. Is he healthy? He will use his health for the best: he will admonish, rebuke, speak freely, keep vigil, sleep on the ground, fast, empty out matter, contemplate things earthly and heavenly, and practise death with all zeal. Will he fall ill? He will fight; and if he is defeated, he will conquer by gaining release from the fight. Is he rich? He will practise the philosophy of giving away his wealth; he will share what he has with the needy, as a steward of what belongs to others, so that the other may be benefited by the sharing and he himself may be gathered to God having nothing but the cross and his body. Is he poor? He will be rich in God, and in laughing at those who have, since they are always acquiring and always poor, needing more, and drinking only to thirst the more.

26.12PG 35:1244b–1245a

Πεινᾷ; Μετᾶ τῶν ὀρνέων τραφήσεται, οἷς 6 βίος ἄσπορος καὶ ἀνήροτος · μετὰ Ἡλίου ζήσεται παρα τῆ Σαραφθίᾳʼ Ὁ καμψάκης τοῦ ἐλαίου ούκ ἐκλείψει, καὶ ἡ ὑδρία τοῦ ἀλεύρου οὐκ ἐλαττονήσει θ 6 μὲν ἀεὶ πηγάσει, ἡ δὲ γεωργήσει πλουσίως, ’ίνα τιμηθῇ χήρα φιλόξενος, καὶ τρέφῃ τὸν τρέφοντα. Διψήσει; Κρῆναι τούτῳ καὶ ποταμοὶ τὸ ποτὸν, ποτὸν οὖ μεθύσκον, οὖδέ μετρούμενον· ἂν πάντα ἐπιλίπῃ διʼ ἀνομβρίαν, χειμάρρῳ τυχὸν ποτισθήσεται. Ῥιγώσει; Τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλος, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πόσον; Ἐστι τι καὶ πέτρας ἔνδυμα · πειθέτω σε 6 Ἰὼβ λέγων · Παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν αὐτοὺς σκέπην, πετραν περιεβάλοντο. Σκόπει μοι καὶ τὰ τελεώτερα, Λοιδορηθήσεται; νικήσει τῷ μή ἀντιλοιδορεῖσθαι. Διωχθήσεται; ἀνέξεται. Βλασφημηθήσεται; παρακαλέσει. Διαβληθήσεται; προσεύξεται Τὴν δεξιὰν ῥαπισθήσεται σιαγόνα; παρέξει καὶ τήν ἑτέραν εἰ τρίτην εἶχε, καὶ ταύτην ἂν προεβάλετοΑνα μᾶλλον διδάξῃ μακροθυμεῖν τὸν παίοντα, ἔργῳ παιδεύων, ἃ μὴ λόγῳ δυνατὸς ᾖν.’ονειδισθήσεται; τοῦτο καὶ 6 Χριστός· τιμηθήσεται τῆ κοινωνίᾳ τοῦ πάθους. Κᾶν Σαμαρείτης ἀκούσῃ, κᾶν δαιμονᾷν ἐγκληθῆ. μετά Θεοῦ πάντα δέξεται. Πολλὰ ἔτι θινος, σκῆπτρον καλάμινον, χλαμὺς κοκκίνη,σταυρὸς, ἧλοι, λῃσταὶ συσταυρούμενοι, παριόντες ὀβρίζοντες. Δεῖ γὰρ πλέον ἔχειν Θεὸν, ἐν τῷ πλεῖοι φὲρειν ἀτιμαζόμενον.

Peiną? Meta tōn orneōn traphēsetai, hois 6 bios asporos kai anērotos ; meta Hēliou zēsetai para tē Saraphthiąʼ Ho kampsakēs tou elaiou ouk ekleipsei, kai hē hydria tou aleurou ouk elattonēsei th 6 men aei pēgasei, hē de geōrgēsei plousiōs, ’ina timēthę̄ chēra philoxenos, kai trephę̄ ton trephonta. Dipsēsei? Krēnai toutǭ kai potamoi to poton, poton ou methyskon, oude metroumenon; an panta epilipę̄ diʼ anombrian, cheimarrǭ tychon potisthēsetai. Rhigōsei? Touto kai Paulos, allʼ epi poson? Esti ti kai petras endyma ; peithetō se 6 Iōb legōn ; Para to mē echein autous skepēn, petran periebalonto. Skopei moi kai ta teleōtera, Loidorēthēsetai? nikēsei tǭ mē antiloidoreisthai. Diōchthēsetai? anexetai. Blasphēmēthēsetai? parakalesei. Diablēthēsetai? proseuxetai Tēn dexian rhapisthēsetai siagona? parexei kai tēn heteran ei tritēn eiche, kai tautēn an proebaletoAna mallon didaxę̄ makrothymein ton paionta, ergǭ paideuōn, ha mē logǭ dynatos ę̄n.’oneidisthēsetai? touto kai 6 Christos; timēthēsetai tē koinōnią tou pathous. Kan Samareitēs akousę̄, kan daimonąn enklēthē. meta Theou panta dexetai. Polla eti thinos, skēptron kalaminon, chlamys kokkinē,stauros, hēloi, lę̄stai systauroumenoi, pariontes obrizontes. Dei gar pleon echein Theon, en tǭ pleioi pherein atimazomenon.

Is he hungry? He will be fed with the birds, whose life knows neither sowing nor ploughing; he will live with Elijah at the house of the widow of Zarephath: “The jar of oil shall not fail, and the pitcher of flour shall not run low”; the one will ever flow and the other yield richly, so that a hospitable widow may be honoured and may feed the one who feeds her. Will he thirst? Springs and rivers are his drink, a drink that neither intoxicates nor is measured out; and if all fail through drought, perhaps he will be given drink from a brook. Will he be cold? So was Paul; but for how long? There is a clothing even of rock; let Job persuade you, who says, “Because they had no shelter, they wrapped themselves in the rock.” Consider also the more perfect things. Will he be reviled? He will conquer by not reviling in return. Persecuted? He will endure. Blasphemed? He will entreat. Slandered? He will pray. Struck on the right cheek? He will offer the other too; and if he had a third, he would present that as well, so as to teach the one who strikes him patience, instructing him by deed in what he could not teach by word. Reproached? So was Christ; he will be honoured by sharing his suffering. Even if he hears himself called a Samaritan, even if he is accused of having a demon, he will accept everything together with God. Many things still: … a reed for a sceptre, a scarlet cloak, a cross, nails, robbers crucified with him, passers-by insulting him. For God must have the advantage in bearing more dishonour.

26.13PG 35:1245a–1248d

Οὐδὲν ἀναλωτότερον φιλοσοφίας, οὐδὲν ἄληπτότερον. Πάντα ἐνδώσει πρότερον, φιλόσοφος. Ὀνος ἐστὶν ἄγριος ἐν ἐρήμῳ, φησὶν ὁ Ἰὼβ, ἄνετος καὶ ἐλεύθερος, καταγελῶν πολυοχλίας πόλεως, μεμψιν φορολόγου μὴ ἀκούων. Μονὸκερώς ἐστι, ζῶον αὐτόνομον. Ei βουλήσεταί σοι δουλεῦσαι, εἰ δήσεις αὐτὸν ἐπὶ φάτνης, εἷ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἀχθήσεται; Ὅταν πάντων ἐξείργηται τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς, κατεσκεύασται αὐτῷ πτέρυγες ὥσπερ ἀετοῦ, ἐπιστρὲψει εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ προεστηκότος αὐτοῦ, πρὸς Θεὸν ἀναπτήσεται. Εἴπω τι κεφάλαιον. Δύο ταῦτα δυσκράτητα, Θεὸς καὶ ἅγγελος· καὶ τὸ τρίτον φιλόσοφος, ἄυλος ἐν ὕλῃ, ἐν σώματι ἀπερίγραπτος, ἐπὶ γῆς οὐράνιος, ἐν πάθεσιν ἀπαθὴς, πάντα ἡττώμενος πλὴν φρονήματος, νικῶν τῷ νικᾶσθαι τοὺς κρατεῖν νομίζοντας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸν φιλόσοφον ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος ἔγραψεν, ὅθεν εἶπον, ἀρξάμενος, φερε, παρὰ τοῦτον τά ἡμέτερα θεωρήσωμεν (δοκῶ γὰρ κάγὼ Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ ἔχειν, καὶ εἷʼ τινι τούτων τρωτὸς ἐγὼ καὶ ἁλώσιμος) · “ίνʼ εἰ μετ ἡττώμενον εὑρίσκοιεν οἳ μισοῦντες καὶ πολεμοῦντες, συγγινώσκοιντο γοῦν τῆς ἐγχειρήσεως, εἰ καὶ μὴ τῆς προαιρέσεως εἰ δὲ κρείττονα τῶν πολεμούντων καὶ ὑψηλότερον, ἤ τῆς κακίας ἀπαλλαγεῖεν, ἣ καινοτέραν ὁδὸν τῆς ἀδικίας ἐπινοησαιεν, ὡς τῆς παρούσης καταφρονουμένης, καὶ μὴ πρὸς τῇ κακίᾳ καὶ ἄνοιαν ἐγκαλοὶντο, ὡς ἀνομοῦντες διακενῆς, καὶ οὐδὲ εἰδότες ἀδικεῖν 6' σπουδάζουσιν. χιτῶνα τοῦτον ὡς τάχιστα ’ίνα λάβω κουφότερον. Φυγόπατριν ἀποκαλάσουσιν; ὡς μικρᾶ φρονοῦσι περὶ ἡμῶν ὅντως ὑβρισταὶ μισόξενοιί Ἔστι γάρ μοι πατρὶς, ὧ οὗτοι, περιγραπτὸς, ᾦ πᾶσα πατρὶς, καὶ ο·38εμία; Σὺ δὲ οὗ ξένος καὶ παρεπίδημοςς Οὗχ ἐπαινῶ σου τήν κατοικίαν, ἃν οὓτως ἔχῃς, μὴ τῆς ἀληθινῆς πατρίδος ἐκπέσῃς, εἷς ἦν ἀποτίθεσθαι χρή τὸ πολίτευμα. Γῆρας δὲ οὖν ὀνειδίσαις ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ vom-uase; οὐχ ὅλον τοῦτο τῆς ὕλης καὶ τῆς φύσεως, ’ίνα εἰδῇς τι τῶν ἐμῶν ἀπορῥήτων· ἔστιν ὅ καὶ ὁ λογισμὸς ἐδαπάνησεν, ’ἕνα μικρόν τι καυχήσωμαι. Οὐδὲ σὺ σφριγῶν μοι καὶ σαρκοτροφῶνν ἧδυ θέαμα ΕἷὉε τι καὶ πολίᾶς ἐπήνθει σοι καὶ ὠχρότητος, ’ίνα πιστευθῇς γοῦν εἶναι συνετὸς καὶ φιλόσοφος. Τί Eri; Θρόνιον καθαιρήσουσιν; Τίνων ἄρʼ ὦν ἡδέως ἐπέβην, ἦ νῦν, ἢ πρότερον, μακαρίζω δὶ τοὺς ἐπιβαίνοντας, Σὺ δέ μοι τούτους ἡδεῖς ποιεῖς, οὕτως ἐπιβαίνων ἀναξίως; Οὖδὶ τὰ πρώην συμβάντα τήν ἐμὴν γνώμην ὑμῖν ἐδήλωσεν; ἢ κᾶκῑῖνα θρύψις τις ἦν, καὶ το] πόθου δοκιμασίας Πάντα ἃν οἱ τεχνικοῖ περὶ ἄλλων, τὰ ἑαυτῶν, ’ιά μὶν ὠπονοήσαιεν, τὰ δὲ εἶποιεν. Τί δαὶ ἦ συντριβή (ll); τί δαὶ αἱ ἀραὶ, δίς δημοσίᾳ καθʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν πεποιήμεθας τί δαὶ τὰ δάκρυα, καὶ τὸ ἐλεεινοὺς γενέσθαι ὑμῖν μικροῦ, καὶ μισουμένους διὰ τήν ἔνστασιν, Προεδρίας ἀποστερήσουσινς ἦν πότε καὶ τίς τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ἐθαύμασες νῦν δὲ καὶ τὸ φεύγειν, ὡς γοῦν ὶμοὶ δοκεῖ, πρῶτον συνέσεως· διʼ ἦν πάντα δονεῖται καὶ σείεται τὰ ἡμέτερα· διʼ ἣν τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης ὲν ὑποψίᾳ, καὶ πολέμῳ κωφῷ τινι καὶ οὐδὲ ὄνομα ἔχοντι · διʼ ἣν κινδυνεύομεν ἆνο θρώπων εἶναι, παρὰ Θεοῦ γεγονότες, καὶ τὸ μέγα καὶ ’καινὸν ἀποβαλεῖν ὄνομα. Ὠς ὄφελόν γε μηδὲ ἧν προεδρία, μηδέ τις τόπου προτίμησις, καὶ τυραννική προνομίαί ἶνʼ ἐξ ἀρετῆς μόνης ἐγινωσκόμεθα. Νῦν δὲ τὸ δεξιὸν τοῦτο, καὶ τὸ ἀριστερὸν, καὶ τὸ μέσον, καὶ τὸ ὑψηλότερον, καὶ τὸ χθαμαλώτερον, καὶ τὸ προβαδίζιιν ἢ συμβαδίζειν, πολλᾶ πεποίηκε τὰ συντρίμματα ἡμῶν διακενῆς, καὶ πολλοὺς εἰς βόθρον ὦσε, καὶ εἷς τὴν τῶν ἐρίφων χώραν ἀπήγαγενι οὐ τῶν κάτω μόνον, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ τῶν ποιμένων o'i διδάσκαλοι τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ὅντες· ταῦτα ἣγνάη σειν.

Ouden analōtoteron philosophias, ouden alēptoteron. Panta endōsei proteron, philosophos. Onos estin agrios en erēmǭ, phēsin ho Iōb, anetos kai eleutheros, katagelōn polyochlias poleōs, mempsin phorologou mē akouōn. Monokerōs esti, zōon autonomon. Ei boulēsetai soi douleusai, ei dēseis auton epi phatnēs, hei hypo zygon achthēsetai? Hotan pantōn exeirgētai tōn epi gēs, kateskeuastai autǭ pteryges hōsper aetou, epistrepsei eis ton oikon tou proestēkotos autou, pros Theon anaptēsetai. Eipō ti kephalaion. Dyo tauta dyskratēta, Theos kai hangelos; kai to triton philosophos, aulos en hylę̄, en sōmati aperigraptos, epi gēs ouranios, en pathesin apathēs, panta hēttōmenos plēn phronēmatos, nikōn tǭ nikasthai tous kratein nomizontas. Epei de ton philosophon hēmin ho logos egrapsen, hothen eipon, arxamenos, phere, para touton ta hēmetera theōrēsōmen (dokō gar kagō Pneuma Theou echein, kai heiʼ tini toutōn trōtos egō kai halōsimos) ; “inʼ ei met hēttōmenon heuriskoien hoi misountes kai polemountes, synginōskointo goun tēs encheirēseōs, ei kai mē tēs proaireseōs ei de kreittona tōn polemountōn kai hypsēloteron, ē tēs kakias apallageien, hē kainoteran hodon tēs adikias epinoēsaien, hōs tēs parousēs kataphronoumenēs, kai mē pros tę̄ kakią kai anoian enkalointo, hōs anomountes diakenēs, kai oude eidotes adikein 6' spoudazousin. chitōna touton hōs tachista ’ina labō kouphoteron. Phygopatrin apokalasousin? hōs mikra phronousi peri hēmōn hontōs hybristai misoxenoii Esti gar moi patris, hō houtoi, perigraptos, ǭ pasa patris, kai o;38emia? Sy de hou xenos kai parepidēmoss Houch epainō sou tēn katoikian, han houtōs echę̄s, mē tēs alēthinēs patridos ekpesę̄s, heis ēn apotithesthai chrē to politeuma. Gēras de oun oneidisais hēmin kai to vom-uase? ouch holon touto tēs hylēs kai tēs physeōs, ’ina eidę̄s ti tōn emōn aporrhētōn; estin ho kai ho logismos edapanēsen, ’hena mikron ti kauchēsōmai. Oude sy sphrigōn moi kai sarkotrophōnn hēdy theama HeiOe ti kai polias epēnthei soi kai ōchrotētos, ’ina pisteuthę̄s goun einai synetos kai philosophos. Ti Eri? Thronion kathairēsousin? Tinōn arʼ ōn hēdeōs epebēn, ē nyn, ē proteron, makarizō di tous epibainontas, Sy de moi toutous hēdeis poieis, houtōs epibainōn anaxiōs? Oudi ta prōēn symbanta tēn emēn gnōmēn hymin edēlōsen? ē kakiina thrypsis tis ēn, kai to] pothou dokimasias Panta han hoi technikoi peri allōn, ta heautōn, ’ia min ōponoēsaien, ta de eipoien. Ti dai ē syntribē (ll)? ti dai hai arai, dis dēmosią kathʼ hēmōn autōn pepoiēmethas ti dai ta dakrya, kai to eleeinous genesthai hymin mikrou, kai misoumenous dia tēn enstasin, Proedrias aposterēsousins ēn pote kai tis tōn eu phronountōn ethaumases nyn de kai to pheugein, hōs goun imoi dokei, prōton syneseōs; diʼ ēn panta doneitai kai seietai ta hēmetera; diʼ hēn ta perata tēs oikoumenēs en hypopsią, kai polemǭ kōphǭ tini kai oude onoma echonti ; diʼ hēn kindyneuomen ano thrōpōn einai, para Theou gegonotes, kai to mega kai ’kainon apobalein onoma. Ōs ophelon ge mēde hēn proedria, mēde tis topou protimēsis, kai tyrannikē pronomiai inʼ ex aretēs monēs eginōskometha. Nyn de to dexion touto, kai to aristeron, kai to meson, kai to hypsēloteron, kai to chthamalōteron, kai to probadiziin ē symbadizein, polla pepoiēke ta syntrimmata hēmōn diakenēs, kai pollous eis bothron ōse, kai heis tēn tōn eriphōn chōran apēgageni ou tōn katō monon, allʼ ēdē kai tōn poimenōn o'i didaskaloi tou Israēl hontes; tauta hēgnaē sein.

Nothing is harder to capture than philosophy, nothing harder to seize. Everything else will give way before the philosopher does. “He is a wild ass in the desert,” says Job, “let loose and free, laughing at the crowds of the city, not hearing the tax collector’s reproach.” He is a unicorn, an animal that is its own master. “Will he be willing to serve you? Will you bind him at a manger? Will he be brought under the yoke?” When he is shut out from everything on earth, wings are made ready for him like an eagle’s; “he will return to the house of his master”; he will fly up to God. Let me state the sum of it. These two are hard to master, God and angel; and the third is the philosopher: immaterial in matter, uncircumscribed in the body, heavenly on earth, impassible in sufferings, defeated in everything except his mind, and conquering, by being conquered, those who think they prevail. Since my discourse has portrayed the philosopher for us, beginning from where I said, come, let us look at our own affairs beside his (for I think that I too have the Spirit of God, even if in some of these things I am vulnerable and can be captured); so that, if those who hate and war against us find me defeated, they may at least be pardoned for their attempt, if not for their intention; but if they find me superior to those who war against me and loftier, they may either be freed from their wickedness or devise some newer way of injustice, since the present one is despised, and may not be charged with folly in addition to wickedness, as acting lawlessly in vain and not even knowing how to do the wrong they are eager for. … this tunic as quickly as possible, so that I may take a lighter one. Will they call me a deserter of my homeland? How little they think of us, truly insolent haters of strangers! Do I, my friends, have a homeland with boundaries, I to whom every land is homeland and none is? And are you not a stranger and a sojourner? I do not praise your settled dwelling, if you are so disposed, lest you fall away from the true homeland, in which one must deposit one’s citizenship. Will you reproach us with old age and sickness? Not all of this comes from matter and nature (so that you may know one of my secrets); some of it reason too has consumed, if I may boast a little. Nor are you, swelling and nourishing your flesh, a pleasant sight to me. Would that some grey hair and pallor had bloomed on you too, so that you might at least be believed to be intelligent and a philosopher. What else? Will they depose me from my throne? Which throne did I ever mount gladly, now or before? Do I count those who mount them blessed? Or do you make thrones pleasant to me, mounting them so unworthily? Did not what happened recently show you my mind? Or was that too an affectation, and a test of the people’s longing? Artful people may suspect or say of others anything that belongs to themselves. What of my crushing grief? What of the curses that I twice pronounced publicly against myself? What of the tears, and my becoming almost pitiable to you, and hated for my resistance? Will they deprive me of the presidency? Which of the right-minded ever admired it? Now even to flee from it is, to my mind at least, the first mark of understanding. Because of it all our affairs are shaken and tossed; because of it the ends of the world are in suspicion and in a kind of deaf war that has not even a name; because of it we are in danger of belonging to men, though we came into being from God, and of losing the great and new name. Would that there were no presidency, no preference of place and tyrannical prerogative, so that we might be known by virtue alone! But as it is, this right and left, this middle, this higher and lower, this walking ahead or walking together, have caused us many breaches in vain, thrust many into the pit, and led them away to the place of the goats; and not only those below, but even some of the shepherds, who, though teachers of Israel, did not know these things.

26.16PG 35:1248d–1249d

Θυσιαστηρίων εἴρξουσινς Ἀλλʼ οῖδα καῖ ἄλλο θυσιαστήριον, οὗ τύποι τὰ νῦν 6ρώμιναʼ ἐφʼ ὅ λαξευτήριον οὐκ ἀναβέβηκεν, οὗδὶ χεὶρ, οὐδὲ ἠκούσθη σίδηρος, ἢ τι τῶν τεχνιτῶν καὶ ποικίλων, ἀλλʼ (ὅλον τοῦ νοῦ τὸ ἔργον, καὶ διὰ θεωρίας ἡ ἀνάβασις. Τούτῳ παραστήσομαι, τούτῷ θύσω δεκτά, Θυσίαν, καὶ προσφορὰν, καὶ ὁλο· καυτώματα, κρείττονα τῶν νῦν προσαγομένων, ὅσῳ κρεῖττον σκιᾶς ἀλήθεια · περὶ οὗ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ Δαὸὶδ 6 μέγας φιλοσοφεῖν, λέγων· Καὶ είσελέύσομαι πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ εὐφραίνοντος τὴν πνευματικήν μου νεότητα. Τούτου μὲν οὐκ ἀπάξει με τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου πᾶς 6 βουλόμενος. Πόλεως ἀπἐλάσουσιν; ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ καὶ τῆς ἅνω κειμένης, Τοῦτο δυνηθήτωσαν οἱ μισοῦντες ἡμᾶς, καὶ ὅντως πεπολεμήκασιν ἕως δʼ ἂν μή τοῦτο δύνωνται, ῥανίσι βάλλουσιν, ἢ αὔραις παίουσιν, ἢ παίζουσιν ὲνύπνιαʼ οὕτως αὐτῶν ἐγὼ βλέπω τὸν πόλεμον. Χρημάτων περιαιρήσουσιν; Τίνων; Ei’ μὶν τῶν ἐμῶν, καὶ τῶν πτερύγων περικοπτὲτωσαν, ὧν οὐκ ἐπιβέβλημαι · εἰ δὲ τῶν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, τοῦτὸ ἔστιν ὑπὶρ οὗ πᾶς ὁ πόλεμος ' διʼ ἃ ζηλοτυπεῖ τὸ γλωσσόκομον 6 κλέπτης, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν προδίδωσι τριάκοντα ἀργυρίων, τὸ δεινότατον. Τοσούτου γὰρ, οὐχ 6 προδιδόμενος, ἀλλʼ 6 προδιδοὺς ἄξιος. ΙΖ. Οἶκίας ἀποκλείσουσι; Τρυφᾶς περικόψούσι; Φίλους ἀλλοτριώσουσι; Πάνυ γὰρ, ὡς ὁρᾷς, πλείστων κατεναρκήσαμεν, καίτοιγε προκαλου· μὲνωυ (ού γὰρ ἀχαριστήσομεν) · εἰ δὲ καὶ κατεναρκή σαμεν, τῷ φείδεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ προσίεσθαι. Τὸ δὲ αʼίτιον, οἶκός τις ἀνέπαυσεν ἡμᾶς εὐσεβὴς καὶ φιλόθεος, καὶ οἷος τὸν Ἐλισσαῖον 6 τῆς Σουναμίτιδος, συγγενῶν υὸ σῶμα, συγγενῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, πάντα φιλότιμος· παρʼ οἷς καὶ 6 λαὸςγοῦτος ἐπάγηίκλὲπτων ἔτι τήν 6m)κομὲνην εὐσεβειαν, ούκ ἀδεῶς οὐδὲ ἀκινδύνως. Ἀντιμετρήσαι αὐτῷ Κύριος ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἇνταποδόσεωςί Τρυφὴς δὶ εί διώκομεν, τρυφήσαιεν καθʼ ἡμῶν οἳ μισοῦντες ἡμᾶς ’ οὐ γὰρ ἄλλο τι μεῖζον ἐμαυτῷ καταράσομαι, Φίλων δὲ, οἱ μὲν οὐδὲ πάσχοντες κακῶς, εὖ οἴδα, φεύξονται ἡμᾶς (τὸ γὰρ συναδικεῖσθαι, καὶ συναλγεῖν πεποίηκε)· τῶν δὲ ἤδη γεγυμνάσμεθα καὶ ὑπερορώμενοι φέρειν τήν ὑπεροψίαν. Τῶν γὰρ φίλων καὶ τῶν πλησίον, οἳ μὶν καὶ φανερῶς ἐξ ἐναντίαςἤγγισαν καὶ ἕστησαψ οἱ δὶ, τὸ otλανθρωπότατον, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔστησαν, καὶ ἰν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ πάντες ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν. Μικροῦ καὶ Πέτρος ἠρνήσατό μεʼ καὶ τυχόν οὐδὲ κλαίει πικρῶς, ’ἕνα θεραπεύσῃ τήν ἁμαρτίαν.

Thysiastēriōn eirxousins Allʼ oida kai allo thysiastērion, hou typoi ta nyn 6rōminaʼ ephʼ ho laxeutērion ouk anabebēken, houdi cheir, oude ēkousthē sidēros, ē ti tōn technitōn kai poikilōn, allʼ (holon tou nou to ergon, kai dia theōrias hē anabasis. Toutǭ parastēsomai, toutǭ thysō dekta, Thysian, kai prosphoran, kai holo; kautōmata, kreittona tōn nyn prosagomenōn, hosǭ kreitton skias alētheia ; peri hou moi dokei kai Daoid 6 megas philosophein, legōn; Kai eiseleusomai pros to thysiastērion tou Theou, tou euphrainontos tēn pneumatikēn mou neotēta. Toutou men ouk apaxei me tou thysiastēriou pas 6 boulomenos. Poleōs apelasousin? allʼ ouchi kai tēs hanō keimenēs, Touto dynēthētōsan hoi misountes hēmas, kai hontōs pepolemēkasin heōs dʼ an mē touto dynōntai, rhanisi ballousin, ē aurais paiousin, ē paizousin enypniaʼ houtōs autōn egō blepō ton polemon. Chrēmatōn periairēsousin? Tinōn? Ei’ min tōn emōn, kai tōn pterygōn perikoptetōsan, hōn ouk epibeblēmai ; ei de tōn tēs Ekklēsias, touto estin hypir hou pas ho polemos ' diʼ ha zēlotypei to glōssokomon 6 kleptēs, kai ton Theon prodidōsi triakonta argyriōn, to deinotaton. Tosoutou gar, ouch 6 prodidomenos, allʼ 6 prodidous axios. IZ. Oikias apokleisousi? Tryphas perikopsousi? Philous allotriōsousi? Pany gar, hōs horąs, pleistōn katenarkēsamen, kaitoige prokalou; menōy (ou gar acharistēsomen) ; ei de kai katenarkē samen, tǭ pheidesthai mallon ē tǭ prosiesthai. To de aʼition, oikos tis anepausen hēmas eusebēs kai philotheos, kai hoios ton Elissaion 6 tēs Sounamitidos, syngenōn yo sōma, syngenōn to pneuma, panta philotimos; parʼ hois kai 6 laosgoutos epagēikleptōn eti tēn 6m)komenēn eusebeian, ouk adeōs oude akindynōs. Antimetrēsai autǭ Kyrios en hēmerą hantapodoseōsi Tryphēs di ei diōkomen, tryphēsaien kathʼ hēmōn hoi misountes hēmas ’ ou gar allo ti meizon emautǭ katarasomai, Philōn de, hoi men oude paschontes kakōs, eu oida, pheuxontai hēmas (to gar synadikeisthai, kai synalgein pepoiēke); tōn de ēdē gegymnasmetha kai hyperorōmenoi pherein tēn hyperopsian. Tōn gar philōn kai tōn plēsion, hoi min kai phanerōs ex enantiasēngisan kai hestēsaps hoi di, to otlanthrōpotaton, apo makrothen estēsan, kai in tę̄ nykti tautę̄ pantes eskandalisthēsan. Mikrou kai Petros ērnēsato meʼ kai tychon oude klaiei pikrōs, ’hena therapeusę̄ tēn hamartian.

Will they shut me out from the altars? But I know another altar, of which the things now seen are types; on which no chisel has gone up, nor hand, nor has iron been heard, nor any of the tools of craftsmen and decorators; but it is wholly the work of the mind, and the ascent to it is through contemplation. At this I will stand; on this I will offer acceptable things: sacrifice, offering, and whole burnt offerings, better than those now offered, as much as truth is better than shadow. About this altar, I think, the great David too speaks as a philosopher, saying, “And I will go in to the altar of God, who gladdens my spiritual youth.” From this altar no one who wishes will lead me away. Will they drive me from the city? But not from the city above. Let those who hate us be able to do this, and they will truly have made war; but as long as they cannot, they pelt us with raindrops, strike us with breezes, or play with dreams; so I regard their war. Will they take away my possessions? Which? If mine, let them cut off my wings too, which I have not put on. If those of the Church, this is what the whole war is about; for this the thief covets the money box and betrays God for thirty pieces of silver, the most dreadful thing of all; for it is not the betrayed but the betrayer who is worth so much. [17] Will they shut me out of houses? Cut off my luxuries? Estrange my friends? For, as you see, I have been a burden to a great many, though they invited me (for I will not be ungrateful); and if I was a burden to anyone, it was by sparing them rather than by accepting from them. The reason is that a pious and God-loving house gave us rest, like that of the Shunammite to Elisha, kin to me in body, kin in spirit, generous in everything; with whom this people too took root, while still having to steal the piety that was being persecuted, not without fear or danger. May the Lord repay them on the day of recompense! If we pursue luxury, may those who hate us luxuriate over us; for I will call down no greater curse on myself. As for friends, some will not flee us, I know well, even if they suffer nothing (for sharing the wrong has made them share the pain); but with others we have already been trained to bear being overlooked when we are overlooked. For of our friends and neighbours, some openly drew near from the opposite side and stood against us; others, and this was the kindest thing, stood far off; and all were made to stumble on this night. Peter too almost denied me; and perhaps he does not even weep bitterly, to heal his sin.

26.18PG 35:1252a–1252d

Μόνος τολμηρὸς ἐγὼ, καὶ θράσους γέμων, ὡς ἔοικε· μόνος εῧελπις ἐν τοῖς φοβεροῖς, μόνος καρτερικὸς, καὶ δημοσίᾳ προτιθέμενος, καὶ ῗδίᾳ καταφρονούμενος, καὶ Ἀνατολῇ καὶ Δύσει τῷ πολεμεῖσθαι γνωριζόμενος. Τῆς ἀπονοίαςί Ἐὰν παρατάξηται ἄπʼ ἒμὶ παρεμβολὴ, οὑ φοβηθήσεται ἡ καρδία μου · ἐὰν ἐπαναστῇ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ πόλεμος, ἐν ταύτῃ ἐγὼ ἐλπίζω. Τοσοῦτον ἀπέχω τοῦ φοβερὸν ἡγεῖσθαί τι τῶν παρόντων, ώστε τό κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἀφεὶς, θρηνῶ τοὺς λυπήσαντας. Μὲλη Χριστοῦ ποτε, μέλη τίμια ἐμοὶ, εί καὶ νῦν διεφθαρμένα, μέλη τῆς ποίμνης ταύτης, ἢν προδεδώκατε μικροῦ, καὶ πρὶν συναχθῆναι. Πῶς διεσπάσθητε χαὶ διεσπάσατε, ὡς βοίδια δεσμῶν ἀνειμένα; πῶς θυσιαστηρίῳ θυσιαστήριον ἀντηγείρατε, πῶς ἐγένεσθε είς ἐρήμωσιν isti-ima; πῶς καὶ αὐτοὶ νενέκρωσθε τῇ τομῇ, γαὶ ἡμᾶς ἀλγεῖν machina-rs; πῶς ἁπλότητι ποιμενων εἷς ποίμνης διάΑυσιν κατεχρήσασθε, Οὖδὶ γὰρ ἐκείνους μέμφομαι τῆς ἀπειρίας, ἀλλʼ ὑμᾶς αἶτιοὶσομαι τῆς κακίας. Τῇ διαφθορᾷ σου, Ἰσραὴλ, τίς βοηθήσειε Τί φάρμακον εὕρωμαι συνουλωτικόν; ποῖον ἐπίδεσμον; πῶς συνάψω τὰ ductarem; τίσι δάκρυσι, τίσι λόγοις, τίσιν εὐχαῖς θεραπεύσω τὸ σύντριμμα ; ἢ τάχα τὸν τοῦτον τρόπον ; ΙΘ. Τριάς άγία, καὶ προσκυνητὴ, καὶ τελεία, καὶ καλῶς ὑφʼ ἡμῶν συνάγομὲνη τε καὶ σεβομένη, σὸν τὸ ἔργον, σὸν τὸ κατόρθωμα. Σὺ τούτους τε πάλιν ἀποκαταστήσαις ἡμῖν, τοσοῦτον διαστάντας, ὅσον παιδευθῆναι τῷ χωρισμῷ πρὸς ὁμόνοιαν· καὶ ἡμῖν τῶν ἐντεῦθεν μόχθων ἀντιδοίης τὰ ὲπουράνιά τε καὶ ἀστασίαστα. Τῶν δέ ἐστι τὸ πρῶτον καὶ μὲγιστον, ἐλλαμφθῆναί σοι τελεώτερόν τε καὶ καθαρώτερον, πῶς ἡ αὒτὴ, καὶ μονὰς νοῇ καὶ Τριὰς εὐρίιηιῃ · πῶς τὸ ἀγέννητον, καὶ τὸ γεννητὸν, καὶ τὸ προϊον, μία φύσις, τρεῖς ἰδιότητες, Εἷς Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπὶ πάντων, καί διὰ πάντων, καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν. οὔτε ὑπερτιθέμενος {35), οὕτε μετατιθέμενος, οὕτε μειούμενος, οὕτε τεμνόμενος· τὸ μὲν ἄρτι χαταλμβαδόμενος, τὸ δὲ ζητούμενος, ποτὶ δὲ, ὅσον εἴ, τυχὸν καταληφθησόμενος τοῖς ἐνταῦθα καλῶς ζητήσασι διὰ βίου καὶ θεωρίας· ᾧ πᾶσα δόξα, τιμὴ, κράτος ἲς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν.

Monos tolmēros egō, kai thrasous gemōn, hōs eoike; monos eÿelpis en tois phoberois, monos karterikos, kai dēmosią protithemenos, kai ïdią kataphronoumenos, kai Anatolę̄ kai Dysei tǭ polemeisthai gnōrizomenos. Tēs aponoiasi Ean parataxētai apʼ emi parembolē, hou phobēthēsetai hē kardia mou ; ean epanastę̄ epʼ eme polemos, en tautę̄ egō elpizō. Tosouton apechō tou phoberon hēgeisthai ti tōn parontōn, ōste to katʼ emauton apheis, thrēnō tous lypēsantas. Melē Christou pote, melē timia emoi, ei kai nyn diephtharmena, melē tēs poimnēs tautēs, ēn prodedōkate mikrou, kai prin synachthēnai. Pōs diespasthēte chai diespasate, hōs boidia desmōn aneimena? pōs thysiastēriǭ thysiastērion antēgeirate, pōs egenesthe eis erēmōsin isti-ima? pōs kai autoi nenekrōsthe tę̄ tomę̄, gai hēmas algein machina-rs? pōs haplotēti poimenōn heis poimnēs diaAusin katechrēsasthe, Oudi gar ekeinous memphomai tēs apeirias, allʼ hymas aitioisomai tēs kakias. Tę̄ diaphthorą sou, Israēl, tis boēthēseie Ti pharmakon heurōmai synoulōtikon? poion epidesmon? pōs synapsō ta ductarem? tisi dakrysi, tisi logois, tisin euchais therapeusō to syntrimma ? ē tacha ton touton tropon ? ITh. Trias agia, kai proskynētē, kai teleia, kai kalōs hyphʼ hēmōn synagomenē te kai sebomenē, son to ergon, son to katorthōma. Sy toutous te palin apokatastēsais hēmin, tosouton diastantas, hoson paideuthēnai tǭ chōrismǭ pros homonoian; kai hēmin tōn enteuthen mochthōn antidoiēs ta epourania te kai astasiasta. Tōn de esti to prōton kai megiston, ellamphthēnai soi teleōteron te kai katharōteron, pōs hē autē, kai monas noę̄ kai Trias euriiēię̄ ; pōs to agennēton, kai to gennēton, kai to proïon, mia physis, treis idiotētes, Heis Theos, ho epi pantōn, kai dia pantōn, kai en pasin. oute hypertithemenos {35), houte metatithemenos, houte meioumenos, houte temnomenos; to men arti chatalmbadomenos, to de zētoumenos, poti de, hoson ei, tychon katalēphthēsomenos tois entautha kalōs zētēsasi dia biou kai theōrias; hǭ pasa doxa, timē, kratos is tous aiōnas. Amēn.

I alone am bold and full of rashness, it seems; I alone am hopeful amid fearful things, I alone enduring, both set forth in public and despised in private, and known to East and West by being warred against. What madness! “Though an army encamp against me, my heart shall not fear; though war rise against me, in this I will hope.” So far am I from thinking anything present fearful that, leaving my own case aside, I lament those who have grieved me. Members of Christ once, members precious to me, even if now corrupted, members of this flock, which you almost betrayed even before it was gathered! How were you torn apart, and how do you tear apart, like calves let loose from their bonds? How did you raise altar against altar? How did you become a desolation …? How have you yourselves been deadened by the cutting, and made us grieve? How did you misuse the simplicity of shepherds for the breaking up of the flock? For I do not blame them for inexperience, but I will accuse you of wickedness. “For your destruction, Israel, who will help?” What healing medicine shall I find? What bandage? How shall I join what is broken? With what tears, what words, what prayers shall I heal the breach? Or perhaps in this way? [19] O holy Triad, worshipful and perfect, rightly brought together and revered by us, yours is the work, yours the achievement. May you restore these to us, separated only so far as to be taught concord by the separation; and give us in return for our labours here the things of heaven, which know no strife. Of these the first and greatest is to be illumined by you more perfectly and purely: how the same is conceived as Monad and found as Triad; how the unbegotten, the begotten, and the proceeding are one nature, three properties; one God, who is over all, through all, and in all; neither exceeded, nor changed, nor diminished, nor divided; grasped in part now, sought in part, and some day perhaps to be grasped, as far as he is, by those who have sought well here through life and contemplation; to whom be all glory, honour, and might for ever. Amen.

Chapter 32

32.1PG 36:173b–176a

A'. Ἐπειδὴ συνεληλύθατε προθύμως, καὶ πολυάνθρωπος ἠ πανήγυρις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα καιρδς ἐργασίας (ti), φέρε τι δῶμεν ὑμῖν ὲμπόρευμα, εἰ καὶ μὴ τῆς προθυμίας ἄξιον τῆς κοινῆς, ἀλλά γε τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς ἡμετέρας μὴ ἐνδεέστερον. Ἦ μὲν γὰρ ἀπαιτεί τὰ μείζω, ἡ δὲ εἰσφέρει τὰ μέτριαο καὶ κρεῖσσον τὸ κατὰ δύναμιν εἰσενεγκεῖν, ἢ τὸ πᾶν ἐλλείπειν. Οὺ γὰρ ὁ μὴ δυνηθεὶς τὰ τοιαῦτα ὑπεύθυνος, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὴ βουληθεὶς ὑπαίτιος, κᾶν τοῖς θείοις ὁμοίως, κᾶν τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις πράγμασιν. Εἰμὶ μὲν ποιμὴν ὀλίγος καὶ πένης, καὶ οὔπω τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀρέσκων ποιμέσινο οὕτω γὰρ εἰπεῖν μέτριον, εἴτε τὴν εὐδοκίαν καὶ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον, εἴτε διὰ μικροψυχίαν καὶ ἔριν, οὐκ οἶδα τοῦτο · '0 Θεὸς οἵδε, φησὶν ὁ θεῖος ἰδιπόσττλλος, καὶ δηλώσει σαφῶς ἡ της ἀποκαλύψεως ἡμέρα, καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον πῦρ, ᾧ πάντα κρίνεται ἢ καθαίρεται τὰ ἡμέτερα. Πειράσομαι δʼ ὅμως είς δύναμιν μὴ κατακρύπτειν τὸ χάρισμα, μηδʼ ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τιθέναι τὸν λύχνον, μηδὲ καταχωννύειν τὸ τάλαντον (ἃ πολλάκις 1ἥκουσα παρʼ ὑμῶν τὴν ἀργίαν ὀνειδιζόντων, καὶ δυσχεραινόντων τὴν σιωπὴν), ἀλλὰ λόγοις ἀληθείας ὲκπαιδεύειν καὶ συναρμόζειν τῷ Πνεύματι.

A'. Epeidē synelēlythate prothymōs, kai polyanthrōpos ē panēgyris, kai dia touto malista kairds ergasias (ti), phere ti dōmen hymin emporeuma, ei kai mē tēs prothymias axion tēs koinēs, alla ge tēs dynameōs tēs hēmeteras mē endeesteron. Ē men gar apaitei ta meizō, hē de eispherei ta metriao kai kreisson to kata dynamin eisenenkein, ē to pan elleipein. Ou gar ho mē dynētheis ta toiauta hypeuthynos, allʼ ho mē boulētheis hypaitios, kan tois theiois homoiōs, kan tois anthrōpinois pragmasin. Eimi men poimēn oligos kai penēs, kai oupō tois allois areskōn poimesino houtō gar eipein metrion, eite tēn eudokian kai ton orthon logon, eite dia mikropsychian kai erin, ouk oida touto ; '0 Theos hoide, phēsin ho theios idiposttllos, kai dēlōsei saphōs hē tēs apokalypseōs hēmera, kai to teleutaion pyr, hǭ panta krinetai ē kathairetai ta hēmetera. Peirasomai dʼ homōs eis dynamin mē katakryptein to charisma, mēdʼ hypo ton modion tithenai ton lychnon, mēde katachōnnyein to talanton (ha pollakis 1hēkousa parʼ hymōn tēn argian oneidizontōn, kai dyscherainontōn tēn siōpēn), alla logois alētheias ekpaideuein kai synarmozein tǭ Pneumati.

Since you have come together eagerly, and the festival is crowded, and so this is above all a time for work, come, let us give you some merchandise, even if it is not worthy of the common eagerness, at least not short of our ability. For the one demands greater things, while the other contributes moderate ones; and it is better to contribute according to one’s ability than to fall short altogether. For it is not the one who is unable to do such things who is accountable, but the one who is unwilling who is to blame, both in divine and in human affairs. I am a small and poor shepherd, and not yet pleasing to the other shepherds (to put it moderately), whether through my good repute and right doctrine, or through pettiness and strife, I do not know: “God knows,” says the divine apostle; and the day of revelation will show it clearly, and the last fire, by which all our affairs are judged or purified. Yet I will try, as far as I can, not to hide the gift, nor to put the lamp under the bushel, nor to bury the talent (things I have often heard from you, as you reproached my idleness and were displeased with my silence), but to educate you with words of truth and to fit you together in the Spirit.

32.2PG 36:176b–176c

Πόθεν οὗνᾶρξομαι καταρτίζειν ὑμᾶςμο), ἁδελφοί ; Καὶ τίσι Λόγοις τιμήσω τοὺς ἀθλητὰς, ὧν ἦ παροῦσα πανηγυριςξ Τί πρῶτον εἴπω (ἀκμή τί μέγιστον; Τί μάλιστα συμφέρον ταῖς ὑμετέραις ψυχαῖς; Ἦ τί τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ χρησιμώτατον; Γνοίημεν δʼ ἂν οὕτω· Τί τοῦ ἡμετέρου (id) λόγου το κάλλιστον; Ἡ εἰρήνη · προσθήσω δʼ, ὃτι καὶ τὸ λυσιτελέστατον. Τί δαὶ τὸ αἴσχιστον καὶ τὸ βλαβερώτατον ; Ἠ διχόνοια. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἠρώτησα, καὶ ἀπεκρινάμην, προσερήσομαι καὶ τὸ δεύτερον· Τί τὸ μάλιστα λῦσαν ὲκείνηνς Kal τί τὸ ταύτην είσαγαγόν;

Pothen hounarxomai katartizein hymasmo), hadelphoi ? Kai tisi Logois timēsō tous athlētas, hōn ē parousa panēgyrisx Ti prōton eipō (akmē ti megiston? Ti malista sympheron tais hymeterais psychais? Ē ti tǭ paronti kairǭ chrēsimōtaton? Gnoiēmen dʼ an houtō; Ti tou hēmeterou (id) logou to kalliston? Hē eirēnē ; prosthēsō dʼ, hoti kai to lysitelestaton. Ti dai to aischiston kai to blaberōtaton ? Ē dichonoia. Epei de touto ērōtēsa, kai apekrinamēn, proserēsomai kai to deuteron; Ti to malista lysan ekeinēns Kal ti to tautēn eisagagon?

Where, then, shall I begin to set you in order, brothers? And with what words shall I honour the athletes whose festival this is? What shall I say first? What is greatest? What is most beneficial to your souls, or most useful for the present time? We might find it out in this way. What is the finest thing in our doctrine? Peace; and I will add that it is also the most profitable. And what is most shameful and most harmful? Discord. Since I have asked this and answered, I will ask the second question: What most dissolved the former, and what brought in the latter?

32.3PG 36:176c–177d

ὥσπερ ὲν τοῖς νοσήμασι, τὰ αἴτια πε ptκόψαντες, καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν παθῶν ἐμφράξαντες, ἦ ἀποξηράναντες, οὕτω καὶ τά ἐκεῖθεν ῥεύματα καὶ ἀποτελέσματα συνεκκόψωμεν. Οὑδὲ γὰρ οἷόν τε γνῶναίτι περὶ τῆς τελευτῆς καλῶς, μὴ περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὀρθῶς σκεψαμένους. Βούλεσθε οὖν ὑμεῖς τὴν αἰτίαν εἰπεῖν καὶ γνωρίσαι,Ἦ ἐμοὶ τῷ θεραπευτῇ παραχωρεῖτε, καὶ δηλῶσαι ταύτην, καὶ διορθώσασθαι ; Καὶ γὰρὶείπεῖν βουλομένων ἕτοιμος, καὶ ἀκούειν λεγόντων ἑτοιμότερος. Παραχωρεῖτε μὲν, εὖ οἷδʼ ὅτι· καὶ γάρ οὑφαύλους ἰατροὺς ἡμᾶς τῶν τοιούτων ἴσως ὑπολαμβάνετε, οὐδʼ ἀμαθεῖς θεραπείας ψυχῶν ’ εἴτε οὖν φαύλως, εἴτε ὀρθῶς τοῦτο ὑπολαμβάνοντες. Μὴ θαυμάσητε δὲ, εί παράδοξον ἐρῶ λόγον· καὶ γάρ ἐστι παράδοξος μὲν, ἀληθὴς δὲ, ὡς ἔγωγέ φημι, καὶ ὑμεῖς συμφήσετε, ἂν διά τέλους μαθεῖν ἀναμείνητε, ἀλλὰ μὴ, ὃ ἐγκαλῶ, πάθητε, καὶ προεξαναστῆτε τοῦ λόγου διά θερμότητα. ἀμαθίᾳ, καὶ, τῷ ταύτης ἐκγόνῳ κακῷ, θράσει θράσος γὰρ ἀμαθίας ἔκγονον, Αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀσθενεῖς, καὶ πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ πρὸς κακίαν δμοίως νωθετς καὶ δυσκίνητοι, καὶ οὐδʼ ἑτέρωσε μέγα νεύουσαι, οἷα τὰ τῶν ναρκώντων κινήματα. Αἰ γενναῖαι δὲ, λόγου μὲν αὐτὰς παιδαγωγοῦντος καὶ διευθύνοντος, μέγα τι χρῆμα πρὸς ἀρετήνʼ ἐπιλειπούσης δὲ επιστημης καὶ λόγου, τὸ ἴσον εἷς κακίαν εὑρίσκονται. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ’ίππον θυμοειδῆ μὲν εἶναι χρὴ καὶ γενναῖον, τὸν ἰσόμενον νικηφόρον, εἴτε πολεμιστήριον (ΞΞ), εἴτε ἁμιλλητήριονʼ εἴη δʼ ἄν ὁ αδτὸς οὗδὲν ἀγαθοῦ, μὴ χαλινῷ παιδευθεὶς, καὶ γυμνασίᾳ φιλοπονωτέρᾳ μαθὼν ἡμερότητα.

hōsper en tois nosēmasi, ta aitia pe ptkopsantes, kai tas pēgas tōn pathōn emphraxantes, ē apoxēranantes, houtō kai ta ekeithen rheumata kai apotelesmata synekkopsōmen. Houde gar hoion te gnōnaiti peri tēs teleutēs kalōs, mē peri tēs archēs orthōs skepsamenous. Boulesthe oun hymeis tēn aitian eipein kai gnōrisai,Ē emoi tǭ therapeutę̄ parachōreite, kai dēlōsai tautēn, kai diorthōsasthai ? Kai garieipein boulomenōn hetoimos, kai akouein legontōn hetoimoteros. Parachōreite men, eu hoidʼ hoti; kai gar houphaulous iatrous hēmas tōn toioutōn isōs hypolambanete, oudʼ amatheis therapeias psychōn ’ eite oun phaulōs, eite orthōs touto hypolambanontes. Mē thaumasēte de, ei paradoxon erō logon; kai gar esti paradoxos men, alēthēs de, hōs egōge phēmi, kai hymeis symphēsete, an dia telous mathein anameinēte, alla mē, ho enkalō, pathēte, kai proexanastēte tou logou dia thermotēta. amathią, kai, tǭ tautēs ekgonǭ kakǭ, thrasei thrasos gar amathias ekgonon, Hai men gar astheneis, kai pros aretēn kai pros kakian dmoiōs nōthets kai dyskinētoi, kai oudʼ heterōse mega neuousai, hoia ta tōn narkōntōn kinēmata. Ai gennaiai de, logou men autas paidagōgountos kai dieuthynontos, mega ti chrēma pros aretēnʼ epileipousēs de epistēmēs kai logou, to ison heis kakian heuriskontai. Epei kai ’ippon thymoeidē men einai chrē kai gennaion, ton isomenon nikēphoron, eite polemistērion (XX), eite hamillētērionʼ eiē dʼ an ho adtos houden agathou, mē chalinǭ paideutheis, kai gymnasią philoponōterą mathōn hēmerotēta.

… so that, as in diseases, having cut off the causes and blocked or dried up the springs of the passions, we may cut off also the streams and effects that flow from them. For one cannot know anything well about the end without considering the beginning rightly. Do you, then, wish to state and make known the cause yourselves, or do you leave it to me, the physician, both to show it and to correct it? For I am ready to speak if you wish, and readier still to listen if you speak. You leave it to me, I know well; for perhaps you think us not bad physicians of such things, nor unskilled in the healing of souls, whether you think so wrongly or rightly. Do not be surprised if I say something paradoxical; for it is paradoxical, but true, as I say and as you will agree, if you wait to learn to the end, and do not suffer what I am blaming, rising up before the discourse is finished out of heat. … ignorance, and its offspring, the evil of rashness; for rashness is the offspring of ignorance. Weak souls are equally sluggish and hard to move toward virtue and toward vice, inclining much in neither direction, like the movements of the benumbed. But noble souls, when reason trains and directs them, are a great thing for virtue; and when knowledge and reason are lacking, they are found equally great for vice. So too a horse that is to win must be spirited and noble, whether for war or for racing; but the same horse would be good for nothing unless trained by the bridle and taught gentleness by laborious exercise.

32.5PG 36:180a–180d

Τοῦτό ἱστιν ὅ πολ λὰ εἶναι μέρη τὴν-,μίν Ἐκλιισίαν πεποίηκε, καὶ ditamur, 03x- εἰς ἔνι Ι]ξῦον, ἢ ᾲΚηφᾶν, ἦ ΑʼΛπολλὼνῇλτον Est-va-qtftwt-‘qv, η τὸν δεῖνι-ξ nosin' πολλοὺς-δε ἐνέδειξε. 11:6ους, καὶ Ἀπολλὼς, καὶ Κηφᾶς, ἀφʼ ὤνʼ-ἒντὲ Χριτοῦ καλούμεθα. τὺ μέγα καὶ ννχαινὺν- ὃνομπ, αἱ ὦν εἶναι λεγόμεθι· καὶ εἴθε τοσοῦτον κίχον εἱξεῖν· ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλοὺς (ὅ φρίττω λέγων) Χριστοὺς »θʼ me, τὸν γεννώμενον, τὸν Ατιζόμινον, xxi τὸν ςπὸ Μαρίας ἀρχόμενον, “tibi. ξνιλύοντι ὃθεν εἰς δ εἶναι προῆλθε, καὶτὸν ἔνωνι ἂνθρωποζιὶίκιιὶ τον ’ντα, ιιι τὸν φαινόμενον. Ὠς δὶ καὶ πολλᾶ Evt-5— trra, τὸ ἅκτιστον καὶ τὸ atticus, sui τὸ ὀμιότιμον, καὶ τὸ ἰνίργημι, xii τὸ tanta”. Δέον v1 Θεὸν Πατέρα γινώσκειν, ἔνιρχον, καὶ ἀγέννητον, .zi ιʼίὸν ἕνα γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πιτρὸς, καὶ ἕνα γεγεννημένον ἐκ Ινεέμι ἕν ἐκ Θεοῦ τὴν ῧπιρξιη ἕχον, παραχωρῶν lzrp‘t μὲν ἀγενντηίας, Γἱῴ δὲ γίννήσνειιιιέ τὰ δὲ ἱλλᾷ συμφυὲς, xxi σύνθρονον, λιτὶ ὁμόδοξον καὶ μότιμον ταῦτα ιίδὶναι, ταῦτι ὁμολογεῖν, μέχρι τούτων ἴστισβιι, τὴν δὲ πολλὴν φλυιρίαν,ιιαὶ τὰς ιεὸἤλους κενοφωνίας τῶν λόγων, τοῖς σχολὴν ἄγουιιν ἆποπὲμπεπθιι. Τί τὸ uin: πάνυ κεκινηιός ; Θερμότης χωρὶς-λόγου xxi ἰπιστήμης ἄσχετος, αἱ πίστεως πλοῦς ἃχυὸέρνητος

Touto histin ho pol la einai merē tēn-,min Ekliisian pepoiēke, kai ditamur, 03x- eis eni I]xyon, ē ąKēphan, ē AʼLpollōnę̄lton Est-va-qtftwt-‘qv, ē ton deini-x nosin' pollous-de enedeixe. 11:6ous, kai Apollōs, kai Kēphas, aphʼ ōnʼ-ente Chritou kaloumetha. ty mega kai nnchainyn- honomp, hai ōn einai legomethi; kai eithe tosouton kichon heixein; alla kai pollous (ho phrittō legōn) Christous »thʼ me, ton gennōmenon, ton Atizominon, xxi ton spo Marias archomenon, “tibi. xnilyonti hothen eis d einai proēlthe, kaiton enōni anthrōpoziiikiii ton ’nta, iii ton phainomenon. Ōs di kai polla Evt-5— trra, to haktiston kai to atticus, sui to omiotimon, kai to inirgēmi, xii to tanta”. Deon v1 Theon Patera ginōskein, enirchon, kai agennēton, .zi iʼion hena gegennēmenon ek tou Pitros, kai hena gegennēmenon ek Ineemi hen ek Theou tēn ÿpirxiē hechon, parachōrōn lzrp‘t men agenntēias, Giǭ de ginnēsneiiiie ta de hillą symphyes, xxi synthronon, liti homodoxon kai motimon tauta iidinai, tauti homologein, mechri toutōn istisbii, tēn de pollēn phluirian,iiai tas ieoēlous kenophōnias tōn logōn, tois scholēn agouiin apopempepthii. Ti to uin: pany kekinēios ? Thermotēs chōris-logou xxi ipistēmēs aschetos, hai pisteōs plous hachyoernētos

This is what has made the one Church into many parts, and divided us: “I am of Paul, or of Cephas, or of Apollos,” or of so-and-so; and it has shown us many Pauls, Apolloses, and Cephases, instead of Christ, from whom we are named, the great and new name, whose we are said to be; and would that it had stopped there! But it has also shown many Christs (I shudder to say it): the one born, the one created, the one beginning from Mary, the one dissolving back into that from which he came forth into being; and the one a man, and the one existing, and the one appearing. And so also many Spirits: the uncreated and the created, the one of equal honour, and the operation, and … Whereas we should know one God, the Father, without beginning and unbegotten; and one Son, begotten of the Father; and one Spirit, having existence from God, yielding to the Father unbegottenness and to the Son begottenness, but in all else of the same nature, sharing the throne, equal in glory and in honour: to know these things, to confess these, to stop here, and to send away the great nonsense and the profane empty babbling of words to those who have leisure. What, then, has stirred us up so much? Fervour without reason and knowledge, unrestrained, and a voyage of faith without a pilot.

32.6PG 36:180d–181a

Τοῦτο οὖν εἰδότες, ἀδιλφοὶ, μήτε νωθεις ὦμεν πρὸς τὸ κιὶὸν, ἀλλὰ τῷ Πνιύμιτι ζὲωμεν, latim ιπώσωμεν κηʼ ὀλίγον εἰς θάνατον, ἢ, uiuida-ortv … ἡμῖν, ὲπισπείρῃ τὰ πονηρὰ σπέριξατικὸιεχορόςψῗοἐπαινεῒ τὸ δεξιὸν, καὶ ἀπάγει πάλιν to") δεξιοῦ ; Τούτου δηλαδὴ τοῦ φαινομένου δεξιοῦ, καὶ οὒκ θντος. Πρὸς 8 βλέπων ἑτέρωθι, Μῆ γίνου δίκαιος πολὺ, φησὶ, μηδέ σοφίζου περισσά. Τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνην, καὶ περῖ σοφίαν πάθος, θερμότης περὶ πρᾶξιν καὶ λόγον, ἔξω τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς διʼ ὑπερβολὴν πίπτουσα, Ἠ καὶ τὸ ἐνδέον καὶ τό ὑπερβάλλον ὁμοίως λυμαίνεται, ὥσπερ καὶ τῷ κανόνι πρόσθεσις ἢ ὑφαίρεσις.

Touto oun eidotes, adilphoi, mēte nōtheis ōmen pros to kiion, alla tǭ Pniymiti zeōmen, latim ipōsōmen kēʼ oligon eis thanaton, ē, uiuida-ortv … hēmin, epispeirę̄ ta ponēra sperixatikoiechorospsïoepaineï to dexion, kai apagei palin to") dexiou ? Toutou dēladē tou phainomenou dexiou, kai ouk thntos. Pros 8 blepōn heterōthi, Mē ginou dikaios poly, phēsi, mēde sophizou perissa. To gar auto kai peri dikaiosynēn, kai peri sophian pathos, thermotēs peri praxin kai logon, exō tou kalou kai tēs aretēs diʼ hyperbolēn piptousa, Ē kai to endeon kai to hyperballon homoiōs lymainetai, hōsper kai tǭ kanoni prosthesis ē hyphairesis.

Knowing this, then, brothers, let us neither be sluggish toward the good, but be fervent in the Spirit, … lest he sow his evil seeds among us, he who praises the right and leads us away from the right again; I mean this apparent right, which is not truly right. Looking to this, Scripture says elsewhere, “Do not be very righteous, nor be overwise.” For the same passion concerns righteousness and wisdom: fervour in action and in word, falling outside the good and virtue through excess; for both deficiency and excess alike spoil it, as addition or subtraction spoils a rule.

32.7PG 36:181b–181c

Μηδεὶς οὖν ἔστω πλέον ἢ καλῶς ἔχει σοφὸς, Ε μηὲὶ τοῦ νόμον νομιμώτερος, μῆδὲ λαμπρότερος τοῦ φωτὸς, μηδέ τοῦ κανόνος εὑθύτερος, μηδέ τῆς ἐντολῆς ὑψηλότερος. ’Ἔσται δὲ τουτο πῶςς Ἐὰν εἰδῶμεν κόσμον, καὶ ἱπαινῶμεν φύσεως νόμον, καὶ ἱπώμεθα λὸγῳ, καὶ μὴ ἀτιμάζωμεν εὑταξίαν. Ἐμόλέψατε εἷς τὸν οὖρανὸν ἂνω, καὶ εἰς τὴν γῆν κάτω, καὶ ἐννοήσατε, πῶς συνίστη τὸ πᾶν, καὶ ὅθεν, καὶ τί πρὸ τῆς διακοσμήσεως ἦν, καὶ τί νῦν ὄνομα τῷ παντί. ταξει τὰ πάντα διεκοσμήθη, καὶ, ὁ διακοσμήσας Λόγοςʼ καίτοιγε ὡς ἕν τὰ πάντκ καὶ ἀθρόως ὑποστῆναι δυνατὸν ῆν (ὁ γὰρ 142) τοῖς οὒκ οὖσι τὸ εἶναι δοῦς, καὶ τοῖς γενομένοις τὰς ἰδέας καὶ τά σχήματα, οὔδʼ ὁμοῦ τὸ πᾶδ ἀναδεῖξαι καὶ διακοσμῆσαι ἀσθενὴς ἧν)· ἀλλά διά τοῦτο πρῶτόν τι καὶ( δεύτερον ἀριθμεῖται. καὶ τρίτον, καὶ τΞι ἰξῆς, ἵνα τάξις εὖθὸς συνιισέλθῃ τοῖς κτίσμασι.

Mēdeis oun estō pleon ē kalōs echei sophos, E mēei tou nomon nomimōteros, mēde lamproteros tou phōtos, mēde tou kanonos heuthyteros, mēde tēs entolēs hypsēloteros. ’Estai de touto pōss Ean eidōmen kosmon, kai hipainōmen physeōs nomon, kai hipōmetha logǭ, kai mē atimazōmen heutaxian. Emolepsate heis ton ouranon anō, kai eis tēn gēn katō, kai ennoēsate, pōs synistē to pan, kai hothen, kai ti pro tēs diakosmēseōs ēn, kai ti nyn onoma tǭ panti. taxei ta panta diekosmēthē, kai, ho diakosmēsas Logosʼ kaitoige hōs hen ta pantk kai athroōs hypostēnai dynaton ēn (ho gar 142) tois ouk ousi to einai dous, kai tois genomenois tas ideas kai ta schēmata, oudʼ homou to pad anadeixai kai diakosmēsai asthenēs hēn); alla dia touto prōton ti kai( deuteron arithmeitai. kai triton, kai tXi ixēs, hina taxis euthos syniiselthę̄ tois ktismasi.

Let no one, then, be wiser than is right, nor more lawful than the law, nor brighter than the light, nor straighter than the rule, nor higher than the commandment. How will this be? If we know order, praise the law of nature, follow reason, and do not dishonour good order. Look up to the heaven above and down to the earth below, and consider how the universe was constituted, and from what, and what there was before its ordering, and what name the universe now has. … by order all things were set in order, and by the Word who set them in order; although it was possible for all things to come into being as one and all at once (for he who gave being to things that were not, and forms and shapes to the things that came to be, was not too weak to bring forth and order the whole at once); but for this reason something is counted first, and second, and third, and so on, so that order might at once come in together with created things.

32.8PG 36:181c–184b

Ταξις οὖν τὸ πᾶν συνεστήσατο. Τάξις σονἐχει καὶ τὰ ἐπουράνια καὶ τὰ ἐπίγεια· τάξις ἓν νοητοῖς· τάξις ἐν αἰσθητοῖς· τάξις ἓν ἀγγέλοιςο τάξις ἑν ἄστροις, καὶ κινήσει, καὶ μεγέθει, καὶ σχέσει τῇ πρὸς ἄλληλα, καὶ λαμπρότητι. ’Ἄλλη δὸξα ἡλίου, καὶ ἄλλη δδξα σελήνης, καὶ ἀλλη δὸξα ἀστέρων· ἀστὴρ γαρ ἀστέρος διαφέρει ἶ» δὸξῃ· τάξις ἰν ὢραις καὶ καιροῖς. ὲν κόσμῳ προῒοῦσί τε καὶ ὑπαπιοῦσι, καὶ διὰ τῆς μεσὸτητος τὸ αὑστη-, ρον τιθασσεύουσι· τάξις ἒν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς μέολ τροις, καὶ διαστήμασι Τάξις ἒν στοιχείοις, ἐξ ὧν τὰ σώματα· τάξις περιήγαγεν οὖρανὸν, ἥπλωσεν ἀέρα, γῆν ὑπέθηκεν, ἦ καὶ ὑπερέθηκε, φύσιν ὑγρὰν ἔχει καὶΙσυνή-ίαγεν, ἀνέμους ἀφῆκε, καὶ οὒκ ἐπαιρῆκεν, sed? ’ἔδησεν ἓν νειρέλαις. καὶ οὖ κατ· «ἴσχεν, ἀλλʼ ἔσπειρεν ἐπὶ πρὸσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς, εὔτακτως καὶ ὁμοτίμους· καὶ ταυτα οῦκ ἄπʼ ὀλίγον, οὐδὲ εἷς ἕνα καιρὸν ἢχρόνον, ἀλλʼ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς εἰς τέλος, τὴν αῦτην ὁδὸν εὔθυνὸμενα καὶ περιπορευόμενα, πεπηγότι τε καὶ κινούμενα, τὰ μὲν τῷ Λόγῳ, τὸ δὲ τῆ ῥεύσει· ’Ἔστησεν αὕτα εἰς τὸν αἱιῦνα, καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος· πρόσταγμα ἔθετο, καὶ οὗ παρελεύσεται, Τοῦτο τῆς πήξεως· καὶ εἴ τι γέγονεν, ἦ γεννήσεται, τοῦτο τσῦ ῥεύματος. Καὶ τάξεως μὲν ἐπικρατούσης, κόσμος, τὸ Πᾶν, καὶ τὸ κάλλος ἀκίνητον. Ἀταξία δὲ καὶ ἀκοσμία, ἐν μὲν ἀέρι τοὺς σκηπτοὺς, ἒν δί γῇ τοὺς σεισμοὺς, ἓν δὲ θαλάσσῃ τας ἐπικλύσεις, ὲν Ξὶ πόλεσι καὶ οἴκοις πολέμους, ἐν δὲ τοῖς σώμασι τας ἁρῤωστὶας, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ψυχαῖς τας ἁμαρτίας, ἐκαινοοτόμησεν. Ταῦτα πάντα οὗ τάξεως, οῦδὲ εἰρήνης, ἀλλὰ ταραχῆς καὶ ἀταξίας ὀνόματα. Καὶ την θρυλλουμένην δὲ φθορὰν καὶ προσδοκωμένην, μὴ ἄλλο τι, ἀδελφοὶ, ἦ πλεονασμὸν ὰταξέας εἶναι νομίζωμεν, Συνδιϊ μὶν γὰρ τάξις, λύει δί ἀταξία, ὅταν λύσαι τὸ πᾶν ἦ μεταποιῆσαι παραστῇ τῶ συνδῆο σαντι.

Taxis oun to pan synestēsato. Taxis sonechei kai ta epourania kai ta epigeia; taxis hen noētois; taxis en aisthētois; taxis hen angeloiso taxis hen astrois, kai kinēsei, kai megethei, kai schesei tę̄ pros allēla, kai lamprotēti. ’Allē doxa hēliou, kai allē ddxa selēnēs, kai allē doxa asterōn; astēr gar asteros diapherei i» doxę̄; taxis in ōrais kai kairois. en kosmǭ proïousi te kai hypapiousi, kai dia tēs mesotētos to haustē-, ron tithasseuousi; taxis en hēmeras kai nyktos meol trois, kai diastēmasi Taxis en stoicheiois, ex hōn ta sōmata; taxis periēgagen ouranon, hēplōsen aera, gēn hypethēken, ē kai hyperethēke, physin hygran echei kaiIsynē-iagen, anemous aphēke, kai ouk epairēken, sed? ’edēsen hen neirelais. kai ou kat; «ischen, allʼ espeiren epi prosōpon pasēs tēs gēs, eutaktōs kai homotimous; kai tauta ouk apʼ oligon, oude heis hena kairon ēchronon, allʼ apʼ archēs eis telos, tēn autēn hodon euthynomena kai periporeuomena, pepēgoti te kai kinoumena, ta men tǭ Logǭ, to de tē rheusei; ’Estēsen hauta eis ton haiiyna, kai eis ton aiōna tou aiōnos; prostagma etheto, kai hou pareleusetai, Touto tēs pēxeōs; kai ei ti gegonen, ē gennēsetai, touto tsy rheumatos. Kai taxeōs men epikratousēs, kosmos, to Pan, kai to kallos akinēton. Ataxia de kai akosmia, en men aeri tous skēptous, en di gę̄ tous seismous, hen de thalassę̄ tas epiklyseis, en Xi polesi kai oikois polemous, en de tois sōmasi tas harrōstias, en de tais psychais tas hamartias, ekainootomēsen. Tauta panta hou taxeōs, oude eirēnēs, alla tarachēs kai ataxias onomata. Kai tēn thrylloumenēn de phthoran kai prosdokōmenēn, mē allo ti, adelphoi, ē pleonasmon ataxeas einai nomizōmen, Syndiï min gar taxis, lyei di ataxia, hotan lysai to pan ē metapoiēsai parastę̄ tō syndēo santi.

Order, then, constituted the universe. Order holds together the things of heaven and of earth; there is order among intelligible beings, order among sensible things; order among the angels; order among the stars, in their motion, magnitude, relation to one another, and brightness: “one glory of the sun, another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars; for star differs from star in glory”; order in the hours and seasons, which advance and withdraw in the world and tame harshness by their mean; order in the measures and intervals of day and night; order in the elements, from which bodies are made. Order rolled the heaven around, spread out the air, laid the earth beneath, or rather set it above the waters; it gathered and holds the liquid nature; it let loose the winds and yet did not let them loose entirely; it bound water in the clouds and did not hold it back, but scattered it over the face of the whole earth, in good order and evenly; and these things not for a little while, nor for one season or time, but from beginning to end, directed along and going round the same course, both fixed and moving, the former by the Word, the latter by flux. “He established them for ever and for ever and ever; he set a decree, and it shall not pass away.” This belongs to the fixity; and whatever has come or will come into being belongs to the flux. And while order prevails, the universe is a cosmos and its beauty undisturbed. But disorder and the absence of order brought in thunderbolts in the air, earthquakes on land, floods at sea, wars in cities and households, diseases in bodies, sins in souls. All these are names not of order or peace, but of disturbance and disorder. And the destruction that is so much talked of and expected, brothers, let us think it nothing other than an excess of disorder. For order binds and disorder dissolves, when it pleases the one who bound the universe to dissolve or transform it.

32.9PG 36:184c–185a

Τάξις καὶ τοῖς ζώοις ἅπασι γένεσιν, καὶτρηο φην, καὶ τὰς καταλλήλσιυς ἑκάστῳ χώρας ξνομοθέτησε, Καὶ οὗτε δελφῖνά τις εἶδεν αὔλακα τὲμνοντι, οὔτε per». διʼ ὕδατος ὀλισθαίνοντα ὥσπερ οὔδʼ ἥλιον ἐν νυκτὶ μειούμενον, ἧ πληρούμενον οὔτε σελήνην ἓν ἡμέρα πυρσεύουσαν· ὅρη τα ὑψηλὰ ταῖς ἐλάφοις, πέτρα καταφυγὴ τοῖς λαγωοῖς Ἐποίησε σελήνην εἷς καιρούς· ὁ ἥλιος ἔγνω τὴν δύσιν αὑτοῦ· νὺξ, καὶ ἅνθρωπος ὕπνῳ συστέλλεται, καὶ τὰ θηρία πιῤῥησιᾶξεται, καὶ ζητεῖ τροφὴν ἕκαστον τὴν διδομένην παρὰ τοῦ κτίσαντος· ἡμέρα, καὶ τὰ θηρία συνάγεται, καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἰπὶ τὴν ὶργασίαν ὶπείγεο ται* καὶ ἀλλήλοις ὑποχωροῦμεν iv τάξιι, νομῳ καὶ λόγῳ φύσεως. Προσθήσω τὸ μέγιστόν τε καὶ οἰκειὸτατον. τάξις ὲκ λογικοῦ τε καὶ ἀλόγου κράματος, τὸν ἂνθρωπον, ζῶον λογικδν, συνεστήσατο· καὶ συνέδησε μυστικῶς τε καὶ ἆῤῥήτως τὸν χοῦν τῷ νοὶ, καὶ τὸν νοῦν τῷ πνεύματι, Καὶ ’ἕνα θαυματουργήσῃ τι μεῖζον ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ ιτλᾶτματι, τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ διεσώσατο, καὶ διέλυσε. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐπεισήγαγε, τὸ δί δπεξηγαγεν, ὥσπερ ἐν ῥεύματι, καὶ τῷ θνητῷ τὴν ἀθανασίαν ἐπραγματεύσατο διὰ λὺσεως, Αὕτη καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ἡμᾶς διέστησε, καὶ πόλεις ᾤκισε, καὶ νόμους ἰθετο, κα ἀρετὴν ἐτίμησε, καὶ κακίαν ἐκόλασε, καὶ τέχνα‹ εὕρετο, καὶ συζυγίαν ἡρμὸσατο, καὶ τῷ περὶ τὲ γεννώμενα φίλτρῳ τὸν βίον ἡμέρωσε, καὶ μεῖζον τ τοῦ καῖτω πόθου καὶ τοῦ σσρκικοῦ, τὸν περ Θεὸν ἐνιδρύσατο,

Taxis kai tois zōois hapasi genesin, kaitrēo phēn, kai tas katallēlsiys hekastǭ chōras xnomothetēse, Kai houte delphina tis eiden aulaka temnonti, oute per». diʼ hydatos olisthainonta hōsper oudʼ hēlion en nykti meioumenon, hē plēroumenon oute selēnēn hen hēmera pyrseuousan; horē ta hypsēla tais elaphois, petra kataphygē tois lagōois Epoiēse selēnēn heis kairous; ho hēlios egnō tēn dysin hautou; nyx, kai hanthrōpos hypnǭ systelletai, kai ta thēria pirrhēsiaxetai, kai zētei trophēn hekaston tēn didomenēn para tou ktisantos; hēmera, kai ta thēria synagetai, kai anthrōpos ipi tēn irgasian ipeigeo tai* kai allēlois hypochōroumen iv taxii, nomǭ kai logǭ physeōs. Prosthēsō to megiston te kai oikeiotaton. taxis ek logikou te kai alogou kramatos, ton anthrōpon, zōon logikdn, synestēsato; kai synedēse mystikōs te kai arrhētōs ton choun tǭ noi, kai ton noun tǭ pneumati, Kai ’hena thaumatourgēsę̄ ti meizon en tǭ heautou itlatmati, to auto kai diesōsato, kai dielyse. To men gar epeisēgage, to di dpexēgagen, hōsper en rheumati, kai tǭ thnētǭ tēn athanasian epragmateusato dia lyseōs, Hautē kai tōn alogōn hēmas diestēse, kai poleis ǭkise, kai nomous itheto, ka aretēn etimēse, kai kakian ekolase, kai techna‹ heureto, kai syzygian hērmosato, kai tǭ peri te gennōmena philtrǭ ton bion hēmerōse, kai meizon t tou kaitō pothou kai tou ssrkikou, ton per Theon enidrysato,

Order also laid down for all animals their birth, their food, and the places suited to each. No one has seen a dolphin cutting a furrow, nor an ox gliding through the water; nor the sun waning or waxing at night, nor the moon blazing by day. “The high mountains are for the deer, the rock is a refuge for the hares. He made the moon for seasons; the sun knows its going down.” Night comes, and man withdraws into sleep, and the beasts grow bold, and each seeks the food given it by the Creator; day comes, and the beasts gather in, and man hastens to his work; and we give way to one another in order, by the law and reason of nature. I will add the greatest and most fitting thing. Order constituted man, a rational animal, from a blend of the rational and the irrational, and bound the dust to the mind and the mind to the spirit, mystically and ineffably. And to work a greater wonder in his own creature, he both preserved and dissolved the same; for he brought the one in and led the other out, as in a stream, and procured immortality for the mortal through dissolution. Order set us apart from the irrational animals, founded cities, laid down laws, honoured virtue, punished vice, invented the arts, joined marriage together, tamed life by love for offspring, and established, greater than earthly and fleshly longing, the longing for God.

32.10PG 36:185a–185b

Καὶ τί δεῖ καθʼ ἕκαστον λέγεινς Τάξις, τῶν ὄντων ἐστὶ μήτηρ καὶ ἀσφάλεια ο καὶ τὸ τοῦ Λόγου1 μόνη καλῶς ἂν εἴποι, τοῦ πάντα δημιουργήσαντος, εἴ γε λάβοι φωνήν. ιὈτε τὸ πᾶν οὖσιοῠτο te} Θεῳ καὶ ὑφίστατο, ἐγὼ ἤμην παρʼ αὒτῷ ἁρμόζουσα ἡνίκα ἡτοίμαζε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Θρόνον ἐπʼ ἀνέμων, κα ἰσχυρᾶ ἐποίει τὰ ἅνω νέφη · ἧνίκα ἑθεμελίου τὴς γῆν, καὶ ὡς ἀσφαλεῖς ἒτίθει πηγὰς τὰς ὑπʼ οὐρα·

Kai ti dei kathʼ hekaston legeins Taxis, tōn ontōn esti mētēr kai asphaleia o kai to tou Logou1 monē kalōs an eipoi, tou panta dēmiourgēsantos, ei ge laboi phōnēn. iOte to pan ousiouto te} Theǭ kai hyphistato, egō ēmēn parʼ autǭ harmozousa hēnika hētoimaze ton heautou Thronon epʼ anemōn, ka ischyra epoiei ta hanō nephē ; hēnika hethemeliou tēs gēn, kai hōs asphaleis etithei pēgas tas hypʼ oura;

And why speak of each thing? Order is the mother and safety of all that exists; and it alone could fittingly speak the word of Wisdom, the Creator of all, if it were given a voice: “When the universe was being given essence and existence by God, I was beside him, setting it in harmony; when he prepared his throne upon the winds and made strong the clouds above; when he laid the foundations of the earth and set firm the springs under heaven …”

32.11PG 36:185b–188b

καὶ τῷ Πνεύματι του στὸματος αὖτοῦ πᾶσαν δύνάμιν ἐχαρίσατο, Ἀλλʼ (οὗ χάριν ταῦτα πᾴντα διῆλθον, καὶ πρὸς ὃ πάλαι ὁ λόγος ἠπείγετο) τάξις κᾶν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις, τὸ μὲν εἴναι τι ποίμνιον1 τὸ δὲ ποιμένας δῖώρισε καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄρχειν, τὸ δὲ ἄρχεσθαι · καὶτὸ μὲν οἷον εἶναι κεφαλὴν, τὸ δὲ πόδας, τὸ δὲ χεῖρας, τὸ δὲ ὀφθαλμὸν, τὸ δὲ ἄλλο τι τῶν μελῶν τοῦ σώματος, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ παντὸς εὐαρμοστίαν καὶ τὸ συμφέρον, ἢ προεχομένων, ἢ προεχόντων καὶ, ὥσπερ ἦν τοῖς σώμασιν, οὕτε ἀπέρρηκται ἆλλήλων τὰ μέλη, ἀλλʼ ἓν σῶμα τὸ πᾶν ἐστιν ἐκ δια· φὸρων συγκείμενον οὔτε ταυτὸ πάννων ἐνέργημα, εἰ καί ταυτὸ τὸ χρῄζειν ἀλλήλων εἷς ἀνάγκην εὐνοίας τε καὶγ-συννεύσεως καὶ οὔτε ὀφθαλμὸς βαδίζει, ἀλλʼ ὁδηγεῖ οὕτε ποὺς προβλέπει1 ᾇλλὰ μεταβαίνει, καὶ μετατίθησιν ° οὔτε γλῶσσα δέχεται φωνὰς, ἆκοῆς γάρ ' οὔτε ἀκοὴ φθέγγεται γλώσσης γάρ καὶ ῥὶς μὲν, ὀδμῶν αἰσθητήριον έ λάρυξ δὲ σῖτα γεύεται, φησὶν ὁ Ἰώῖὸ χεὶρ δὲ τοι διδόναι καὶ τοῦ λαμβάνειν ὄργανον νοῦς δὲ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἡγεμὼν, παρʼ οὗ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι, καὶ είς δν i αἴσθησις. Οὕτω καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν, τῷ κοινῷ Χριστο1 ιία διεστηκόσν καν τοῖς αγουσι τὸ διάφορον ὅσον· καὶ πνεύματα προφητῶν προφήταις ὑποτάσσεται, Παύλου λέγοντος, μὴ ἀμφίβαλλε. Καὶ οὓς μὶν ἔθετο, φησὶν, 6 Θεὸς έν τῇ Ἐκκλησία, πρῶτον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον ποιμένας καὶ διδασκάλους πρῶτον διὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, δεύτερον διὰ τὴν σκιὰν, τρίτον διὰ τὸ μέτρον τῆς ὡφελείας, καὶτῆς ἐλλάμψεως, Καὶ τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα ἓν, τὸ χαρίσματα δὲ οὒκ ἶσα, ἔτι μηδέ τα δοχεῖα τοῦ πνεύματος. ’ᾳ μὲν γὰρ διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος σοφίας καὶ Θεωρίας, ἄλλῳ δέ λόγος γνώσεως ἢ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἄλλῳ 168) πίστις βεβαία καὶ ἀνενδοίαστος ἄλλῳ δὲ ἰνιργήματα δυνάμεων καὶ θαυμάτων ὑψηλοτέρων, ἄλλῳ στασίαι, κυβερνήσεις, εἶʼτουν πτιδαγωγίαι σαρκὸς, γένη γλωσσῶν, ἑρμηνεῖαι γλωσσῶν, τὰ μείζω χαρίσματα, καὶ τὰ δεύτερα, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως.

kai tǭ Pneumati tou stomatos autou pasan dynamin echarisato, Allʼ (hou charin tauta pąnta diēlthon, kai pros ho palai ho logos ēpeigeto) taxis kan tais Ekklēsiais, to men einai ti poimnion1 to de poimenas diōrise kai to men archein, to de archesthai ; kaito men hoion einai kephalēn, to de podas, to de cheiras, to de ophthalmon, to de allo ti tōn melōn tou sōmatos, pros tēn tou pantos euarmostian kai to sympheron, ē proechomenōn, ē proechontōn kai, hōsper ēn tois sōmasin, houte aperrēktai allēlōn ta melē, allʼ hen sōma to pan estin ek dia; phorōn synkeimenon oute tauto pannōn energēma, ei kai tauto to chrę̄zein allēlōn heis anankēn eunoias te kaig-synneuseōs kai oute ophthalmos badizei, allʼ hodēgei houte pous problepei1 hąlla metabainei, kai metatithēsin ° oute glōssa dechetai phōnas, akoēs gar ' oute akoē phthengetai glōssēs gar kai rhis men, odmōn aisthētērion e laryx de sita geuetai, phēsin ho Iōio cheir de toi didonai kai tou lambanein organon nous de tois pasin hēgemōn, parʼ hou to aisthanesthai, kai eis dn i aisthēsis. Houtō kai parʼ hēmin, tǭ koinǭ Christo1 iia diestēkosn kan tois agousi to diaphoron hoson; kai pneumata prophētōn prophētais hypotassetai, Paulou legontos, mē amphiballe. Kai hous min etheto, phēsin, 6 Theos en tę̄ Ekklēsia, prōton apostolous, deuteron prophētas, triton poimenas kai didaskalous prōton dia tēn alētheian, deuteron dia tēn skian, triton dia to metron tēs hōpheleias, kaitēs ellampseōs, Kai to men pneuma hen, to charismata de ouk isa, eti mēde ta docheia tou pneumatos. ’ą men gar dia tou Pneumatos didotai logos sophias kai Theōrias, allǭ de logos gnōseōs ē apokalypseōs, allǭ 168) pistis bebaia kai anendoiastos allǭ de inirgēmata dynameōn kai thaumatōn hypsēloterōn, allǭ stasiai, kybernēseis, eiʼtoun ptidagōgiai sarkos, genē glōssōn, hermēneiai glōssōn, ta meizō charismata, kai ta deutera, kata tēn analogian tēs pisteōs.

… and by the Spirit of his mouth he granted all their power. But (and it is for this that I have gone through all these things, and toward this that my discourse has long been hastening) order in the churches too has distinguished that some are flock and others shepherds; that some rule and others are ruled; that some are as it were the head, others the feet, others the hands, others the eye, others some other member of the body, for the harmony and benefit of the whole, whether they are led or lead. And as in bodies the members are not torn from one another, but the whole is one body composed of different members, nor is the operation of all the same, though needing one another is the same, so as to require goodwill and agreement: the eye does not walk, but guides; the foot does not look ahead, but moves and carries; the tongue does not receive sounds, for that belongs to hearing; nor does hearing speak, for that belongs to the tongue; the nose is the organ of smell; “the throat tastes food,” says Job; the hand is the instrument of giving and taking; and the mind is the leader of all, from which comes sensation and to which sensation returns. So too with us, in the common body of Christ, … the difference between those who lead and those who are led; and “the spirits of prophets are subject to prophets,” as Paul says; do not doubt it. “And God has appointed some in the Church,” he says, “first apostles, second prophets, third shepherds and teachers”: first because of the truth, second because of the shadow, third because of the measure of benefit and illumination. And the Spirit is one, but the gifts are not equal, since the vessels of the Spirit are not equal either. For to one is given through the Spirit a word of wisdom and contemplation, to another a word of knowledge or revelation, to another firm and unhesitating faith, to another workings of powers and loftier miracles, to another helps, governings, that is, disciplines of the flesh, kinds of tongues, interpretations of tongues, the greater gifts and the secondary, according to the proportion of faith.

32.12PG 36:188b–192b

Ταύτην αἷὸώμεθα τὴν τάξιν, ἀδελφοί, ταύτην φυλάττωμεν, Ὀ μὲν ἔστω τις ἀκοὴ, 6 δί γλῶττα, 6 δί χεὶρ, 6 δὲ ἄλλο τι τούτων. ιΟ μὶν διδασκέτω, 6 δὲ μανθανέτω· δʼ δὲ ἰργαζέσθω τὸ ἀγαθὸν ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν εἷς μετάδοσιν τοῦ δεομένου καὶ χρῇζοντος. ὀ μὶν ἀρχέτω καὶ προβεβλήσθω 6 δὲ δικαιο·3σθω δια τῆς ὑπουργίας · καὶ 6 διδάσκων ἐγχλίσμως. Προφῆται γὰρ δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος, καὶ εἷς διερμηνευέτω, "Anon δὶ τριανωθέντος, 6 πρῶτος ὑποχωρείτω. Καί 6 μανθάνων, ἓν εὒπειθείᾳ καὶ 6 χορηγῶν, ὶν ἱλαρότητι καὶ 6 ὑπουργῶν, tv προθυμίᾳ, Μὴ πάντες ὡμεν γλῶσσα, τὸ ἑτοιμότατον ο μὴ πάντες ἀπόστολοι, μὴ πάντες προφῆται, μὴῖπαντες διερμηνεόωμεν, Μέγα τί» περὶ Θεοῦ λαλεῖν, Ἀλλὰ μεῖζον τὸ ἰαυτὸν καθαίρειν Θεῷ ὶπειδή είς κακότεχνον ψυχὴν σοιρία οὒκ εἰσελεύσεται, Καὶ σπείρειν ἰχελεύσθημεν εἰς δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τρυγᾷν καρπὸν ζωῆς, ’ίνα καὶ φωτισθῶμεν τῷ φωτὶ τῆς γνώσεως. Καὶ Παῦλος, διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπᾷν ἡμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ὑπὸ Κυρίου γινώσκεσθαι βούλεται, δια δί τοῦ γιγνώσκεσθαι, τὸ διδάσκεσθαι, καὶ ταύτην ὁδὸν βελτίονα οἶδεν είς γνῶσῖν, τῆς φυσιούσης οἰήσεως, ll". Μέγα τὸ διδάσκειν ς Ἀλλᾶ τὸ μανθάνειν ἀκίνδυνον. Ti cuuth ποιεῖς ποιμένα, πρόβατον ὥν ς Τί γίνῃ κεφαλὴ , ποὺς τυγχάνων ; Τί στρατηγεῖν έπιχειρεῖς, τεταγμένος io στρατιώταις ς Τί τα μεγάλα καὶ οὐκ ἄσφαλῆ κέρδη τῆς θαλάσσης ἆπιειώχεις, ινὸν ἀκινδύνως γεωργεῖν γῆν, εἰ καὶ κερδαίνοις ἐλάσσονας Καὶ εί μὶν ἀνὴρ εἴ κατὰ Χριστὸν, κα) γεγύμνασταί σοι τὰ αἰσθητήρια, καὶ λαμπρόν σοι τὸ φῶς τῆς γνώσεως, λάλει Θεοῦ σοφίαν τὴν λαλουμένην ἐν τοῖς τελείοις, καὶ τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην ἐν μυστηρίῳ καὶ ταύτην, ὅταν καιρὸν λάβῃς, καὶ πιστευθῇς, Τί γὰρ ἔχεις παρὰ σεαυτοῦ, ’ὃ μή δέδοται, μηδὲ εἴληφας ς Ei δὲ ’ἐτι νήπιος εἴ, καὶ χαμερπὴς τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ τοϊς ὑψηλοτέροις προσβαίνειν οὔχ ἱκανὸς, γενοῦ Κορίνθιος, γάλακτι τράφηθι. Τί χρῄζεις στερεωτέρας τροφῆς, ἢν οὒκ ἀναλίσκει τὰ μέλη, καὶ ποιεῖ τροφὴν διʼ ἀσθένειανς Φθέγγου μὲν, εἴ τι κρεῖττον σιωπῆς ἔχεις (καὶ γὰρ τὸ τάξιν στείλασθαι χείλεσιν ἐπαινούμενον, ἔγνως) ἀγάπα δὲ ἡσυχίαν, ἔνθα κρεῖττον λόγου τὸ σιωπᾷν · καὶ τὰ μὲν εἰπεῖν, τὰ δὲ ἀκοῦσαι καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐπαινέσαι, τὰ δὲ μὴ πικρῶς ἀποπέμψασθαι. φθόνον, φῶς ἅπαν, κᾶν ὑπέρλαμπρον φαίνηται ἀλλʼ ὁρᾷς, γνόφον πατεῖ τὸν ἡμέτερον, καὶ ἔθετο σκότος ἀποκρυφὴν αὺτοῦ, μέσον αὖτοῦ τι καὶ ἡμῶν θεὶς, ὥσπερ καὶ Μωυσῆς πάλαι τὸ κάλυμμα ἑαυτοῦ τε καὶ τῆς πωρώσεως Ἰσραὴλ, ἵνα μὴ ῥᾳδίως ἴδῃ σκοτεινή φύσις τὸ ἀπόθετον κάλλος, καὶ ὀλίγων ἄξιον, μηδὲ ῥαδίως ἐπιτυχὸν ῥᾳδίως καὶ ἀποβάλῃ διὰ τὴν εὐκολίαν τῆς κτήσεως · φῶς δὲ ὁμιλήσῃ φωτὶ, ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ ὕψοςἕλκοντι διὰ τῆς lapiσεως, και νοῦς πλησιάσῃ τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ κεκαθαρμένος, καὶτὸ μὲν ἄρτι φανῇ, τὸ δὲ ὕστερον, ἆθλον ἀρετῆς καὶτῆς ἐντεῦθεν πρὸς αὖτό νεύσεως, εἴτουν ἱξομοιώσεως. Βλέπομεν γὰρ ἄρτι, φησὶ, διʼ ἐσόπτρου καὶ ἐν αἰνίγματι, τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον · ἄρτι γινώσκω ἐκ μέρους, τότε δὲ ὶπιγνώσομαι καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην. Καὶ τὸ ταπεινὸν ἡμῶν ὅσον ! καὶ ἡ ἐπαγγελία πηλίκηε γνῶναι Θεὸν τοσοῦτον, ὅσον ὶγνώσμεθα. Ταῦτα Παῦλος 6 μέγας κῆρυξ τῆς ἀληθείας, 6 τῶν ἐθνῶν ἂν πίστει διδάσκαλος, 6 τὸν πολὺν κύκλον τοῦ Εὖαγγελίου πληρώσας, ὃ μὴ ἄλλοι) τινὶ ζῶν, ἥ Χριστῷ, ὁ μέχρι οὺρανοῦ τρὶτο) φθάσας, 6 τοῦ παραδείσου θεατὴς, 6 ποθῶν διὰ τὴν τελειότητα τὴν ἀνάλυσιν,

Tautēn haioōmetha tēn taxin, adelphoi, tautēn phylattōmen, O men estō tis akoē, 6 di glōtta, 6 di cheir, 6 de allo ti toutōn. iO min didasketō, 6 de manthanetō; dʼ de irgazesthō to agathon tais idiais chersin heis metadosin tou deomenou kai chrę̄zontos. o min archetō kai probeblēsthō 6 de dikaio;3sthō dia tēs hypourgias ; kai 6 didaskōn enchlismōs. Prophētai gar dyo ē treis laleitōsan kai ana meros, kai heis diermēneuetō, "Anon di trianōthentos, 6 prōtos hypochōreitō. Kai 6 manthanōn, hen eupeitheią kai 6 chorēgōn, in hilarotēti kai 6 hypourgōn, tv prothymią, Mē pantes hōmen glōssa, to hetoimotaton o mē pantes apostoloi, mē pantes prophētai, mēipantes diermēneoōmen, Mega ti» peri Theou lalein, Alla meizon to iauton kathairein Theǭ ipeidē eis kakotechnon psychēn soiria ouk eiseleusetai, Kai speirein icheleusthēmen eis dikaiosynēn, kai trygąn karpon zōēs, ’ina kai phōtisthōmen tǭ phōti tēs gnōseōs. Kai Paulos, dia tou agapąn hēmas ton Kyrion, hypo Kyriou ginōskesthai bouletai, dia di tou gignōskesthai, to didaskesthai, kai tautēn hodon beltiona oiden eis gnōsin, tēs physiousēs oiēseōs, ll". Mega to didaskein s Alla to manthanein akindynon. Ti cuuth poieis poimena, probaton hōn s Ti ginę̄ kephalē , pous tynchanōn ? Ti stratēgein epicheireis, tetagmenos io stratiōtais s Ti ta megala kai ouk asphalē kerdē tēs thalassēs apieiōcheis, inon akindynōs geōrgein gēn, ei kai kerdainois elassonas Kai ei min anēr ei kata Christon, ka) gegymnastai soi ta aisthētēria, kai lampron soi to phōs tēs gnōseōs, lalei Theou sophian tēn laloumenēn en tois teleiois, kai tēn apokekrymmenēn en mystēriǭ kai tautēn, hotan kairon labę̄s, kai pisteuthę̄s, Ti gar echeis para seautou, ’ho mē dedotai, mēde eilēphas s Ei de ’eti nēpios ei, kai chamerpēs tēn dianoian, kai toïs hypsēloterois prosbainein ouch hikanos, genou Korinthios, galakti traphēthi. Ti chrę̄zeis stereōteras trophēs, ēn ouk analiskei ta melē, kai poiei trophēn diʼ astheneians Phthengou men, ei ti kreitton siōpēs echeis (kai gar to taxin steilasthai cheilesin epainoumenon, egnōs) agapa de hēsychian, entha kreitton logou to siōpąn ; kai ta men eipein, ta de akousai kai ta men epainesai, ta de mē pikrōs apopempsasthai. phthonon, phōs hapan, kan hyperlampron phainētai allʼ horąs, gnophon patei ton hēmeteron, kai etheto skotos apokryphēn autou, meson autou ti kai hēmōn theis, hōsper kai Mōysēs palai to kalymma heautou te kai tēs pōrōseōs Israēl, hina mē rhądiōs idę̄ skoteinē physis to apotheton kallos, kai oligōn axion, mēde rhadiōs epitychon rhądiōs kai apobalę̄ dia tēn eukolian tēs ktēseōs ; phōs de homilēsę̄ phōti, aei pros to hypsoselkonti dia tēs lapiseōs, kai nous plēsiasę̄ tǭ katharōtatǭ kekatharmenos, kaito men arti phanę̄, to de hysteron, athlon aretēs kaitēs enteuthen pros auto neuseōs, eitoun hixomoiōseōs. Blepomen gar arti, phēsi, diʼ esoptrou kai en ainigmati, tote de prosōpon pros prosōpon ; arti ginōskō ek merous, tote de ipignōsomai kathōs kai epegnōsthēn. Kai to tapeinon hēmōn hoson ! kai hē epangelia pēlikēe gnōnai Theon tosouton, hoson ignōsmetha. Tauta Paulos 6 megas kēryx tēs alētheias, 6 tōn ethnōn an pistei didaskalos, 6 ton polyn kyklon tou Euangeliou plērōsas, ho mē alloi) tini zōn, hē Christǭ, ho mechri ouranou trito) phthasas, 6 tou paradeisou theatēs, 6 pothōn dia tēn teleiotēta tēn analysin,

Let us revere this order, brothers; let us guard it. Let one be the hearing, another the tongue, another the hand, another something else. Let one teach and another learn; let another work what is good with his own hands, to share with the one in need and want. Let one rule and preside, and let another be justified through service; and let the one who teaches do so in good order. “Let two or three prophets speak, and in turn, and let one interpret”; and “if a revelation comes to another, let the first give way.” And let the learner learn in docility, the giver give in cheerfulness, and the one who serves serve with eagerness. Let us not all be tongue, the readiest of members; let us not all be apostles, not all prophets, not all interpreters. It is a great thing to speak about God, but greater to purify oneself for God, since “wisdom will not enter a deceitful soul.” We have been bidden to “sow for righteousness and reap the fruit of life,” so that we may also be illumined with the light of knowledge. And Paul wishes that, through loving the Lord, we may be known by the Lord, and through being known, may be taught; and he knows this as a better way to knowledge than the conceit that puffs up. [13] Is teaching a great thing? But learning is free from danger. Why do you make yourself a shepherd, when you are a sheep? Why do you become the head, when you are a foot? Why do you try to be a general, when you are ranked among the soldiers? Why do you pursue the great but unsafe gains of the sea, when you can farm the land in safety, even if you profit less? If you are a man in Christ, and your senses have been trained, and the light of knowledge shines brightly in you, speak the wisdom of God that is spoken among the perfect, the wisdom hidden in a mystery; and do so when you have the occasion and are entrusted with it. For what do you have of yourself that has not been given to you and that you have not received? But if you are still an infant and low in mind, and unable to approach loftier things, become a Corinthian, be fed with milk. Why do you need more solid food, which your members cannot digest, and which cannot become nourishment because of your weakness? Speak, if you have something better than silence (for you know that setting a guard on one’s lips is praised); but love quiet where silence is better than speech; and say some things, and listen to others; praise some things, and do not reject others harshly. … envy, every light, even if it seems surpassingly bright; but, you see, he treads upon our darkness, and made darkness his hiding place, setting it between himself and us, as Moses formerly set the veil between himself and the hardness of Israel; so that darkened nature might not easily see the hidden beauty, which few deserve, nor, having attained it easily, easily throw it away because it was acquired so easily; but that light might converse with light, which always draws us upward through longing, and that mind, purified, might approach the Purest, and part might appear now and part later, as the prize of virtue and of our inclination toward him here, that is, of our likeness to him. For “now,” he says, “we see through a mirror and in a riddle, but then face to face; now I know in part, but then I shall know fully, even as I have been fully known.” How great is our lowliness! And how great the promise: to know God as much as we are known! These things says Paul, the great herald of the truth, the teacher of the Gentiles in faith, who completed the great circle of the gospel, who lived for no one but Christ, who reached as far as the third heaven, the beholder of paradise, who longed for his departure because of its perfection …

32.16PG 36:192c–193a

Καὶ Minuci; μὶν μόλις εἶδε Θεοῦ τὰ ὀπίσθια διὰ τῆς πέτρας (ἅτινα ταῦτα ὶστι, καὶ ἥτις ἡ πέτρα), καὶ ταῦτα πολλὰ δεηθεὶς καὶ τυχὼν ὑποσχέσεως πλὴν δτι μὴ, ὅσον ἰπόθησεν, εἶδεν, ἀλλὰ πλέον τοῦ φαντασθέντος ᾖν ὃ διέφυγεν · Μωυσῆς, 6 τοῦ Φαραὼ Θεὸς, 6 τοσοῦτον ἄγων λαὸν, 6 τηλιγαύτην σημείων ἐπιδειξάμενος δύναμιν. Σὺ δέ, τίνας ἔθρεψας ἐξ οπόρανοῦς Ποῖον εδωρ ἐκ πέτρας δέδωκας ; Ποίαν ἕρῤηξας θάλασσαν ῥάβδῳ ς Τίνα λαὸν διήγαγες ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς τῆς ὑγρᾶς ; Τίνας ιχθροὺς κατεπόντισαςς Τίνας στόλῳ πυρὸς καὶ νεφέλης ὡδήγησας ; Τίνα καιεπολέμησας ’Λμαλήκ εὐχῇ, καὶ χειρῶν ἐκτάσει, ιιαὶ τῷ σταυρῷ προτυπουμένῳ πόρῤωθεν μυστικῶς, ’ἶνʼ ᾗ σοι συμφορὰ τὸ μὴ τελείως καταλαβεϊν Θεὸν, καὶ διὰ τοὸτο πάντα δονῆται, καὶ ἅνω καὶ κάτω φέρηται ς ἐπεὶ δὲ Minucio); ἐμνήσθην, οὐκ ἔμαθες ἐντεῦθεν χαρίσματος ἃκολο·.θίαν καὶ νόμον τάξεως ; Εἰ μὶν εί Μωῦσῆς, ιαὶ τῆς νεφέλης εἴσω χώρησον, καὶ λάλει Θεῷ, καὶ φωνῆς ἄκουε, καὶ δέξαι νόμον, νομοθέτησον. Ei δὲ Ἀαρὼν, συνανάβηθι μὲν, ἀλλὰ τῆς. νεφέλης ἔξω στῆθι πλησίον. Εἰ δὲ Ἰθάμαρ τις, ἥ Ἐλεάζαρ, καὶ, τρίτος ἀπὸ Μωϋσὲως, ἢ τῆς γερουσίας τις καὶ τῶν Ἐὸδομήκοντα, ἔτι πόρῤωθεν στῆθι, κᾶν τῇ στάσει τὸ τρίτον ἔχων, Ei δὲ τοῦ λαού καὶ τῶν πολλῶν εἷς, οὗ προσίεταί σε τὸ ὅρος, οὗ κᾶν θηρίον θίγῃ, λιθοβοληθήσεται, Κάτω μεῖνον, καὶ μόνης ἄκουε τῆς φωνῆς, καὶ ταύτης, ἁγνίσας σεαυτὸν καὶ καθάρας, ὡς ὂιατὲταξαι,

Kai Minuci? min molis eide Theou ta opisthia dia tēs petras (hatina tauta isti, kai hētis hē petra), kai tauta polla deētheis kai tychōn hyposcheseōs plēn dti mē, hoson ipothēsen, eiden, alla pleon tou phantasthentos ę̄n ho diephygen ; Mōysēs, 6 tou Pharaō Theos, 6 tosouton agōn laon, 6 tēligautēn sēmeiōn epideixamenos dynamin. Sy de, tinas ethrepsas ex oporanous Poion edōr ek petras dedōkas ? Poian herrēxas thalassan rhabdǭ s Tina laon diēgages hōs dia xēras tēs hygras ? Tinas ichthrous katepontisass Tinas stolǭ pyros kai nephelēs hōdēgēsas ? Tina kaiepolemēsas ’Lmalēk euchę̄, kai cheirōn ektasei, iiai tǭ staurǭ protypoumenǭ porrōthen mystikōs, ’inʼ hę̄ soi symphora to mē teleiōs katalabeïn Theon, kai dia tooto panta donētai, kai hanō kai katō pherētai s epei de Minucio)? emnēsthēn, ouk emathes enteuthen charismatos hakolo;.thian kai nomon taxeōs ? Ei min ei Mōysēs, iai tēs nephelēs eisō chōrēson, kai lalei Theǭ, kai phōnēs akoue, kai dexai nomon, nomothetēson. Ei de Aarōn, synanabēthi men, alla tēs. nephelēs exō stēthi plēsion. Ei de Ithamar tis, hē Eleazar, kai, tritos apo Mōÿseōs, ē tēs gerousias tis kai tōn Eodomēkonta, eti porrōthen stēthi, kan tę̄ stasei to triton echōn, Ei de tou laou kai tōn pollōn heis, hou prosietai se to horos, hou kan thērion thigę̄, lithobolēthēsetai, Katō meinon, kai monēs akoue tēs phōnēs, kai tautēs, hagnisas seauton kai katharas, hōs oiatetaxai,

Moses scarcely saw the back parts of God through the rock (what these are, and what the rock is), and that after much entreaty and after receiving a promise; except that he did not see as much as he longed for, but what escaped him was more than what was shown him: Moses, God to Pharaoh, the leader of so great a people, who displayed such power in signs. And you, whom have you fed from heaven? What water have you given from the rock? What sea have you split with a rod? What people have you led through the waters as on dry land? What enemies have you drowned? Whom have you guided with a column of fire and cloud? What Amalek have you defeated by prayer and the stretching out of your hands, and by the cross foreshadowed mystically from afar, that it should be a disaster to you not to comprehend God perfectly, and that for this reason everything should be shaken and carried up and down? And since I have mentioned Moses, have you not learned from this the sequence of grace and the law of order? If you are a Moses, go within the cloud, speak to God, hear his voice, receive the law, and legislate. If you are an Aaron, go up with him, but stand near, outside the cloud. If you are an Ithamar or an Eleazar, third from Moses, or one of the elders and the Seventy, stand still further off, holding the third place in station. If you are one of the people and the many, the mountain does not admit you; even a beast that touches it will be stoned. Stay below and hear only the voice, and that after sanctifying and purifying yourself, as you have been commanded.

32.17PG 36:193b–196b

Καὶ ἴνα σε παιδεύσω διὰ πλειόνων, τίς τῶν ἱερέων ἓτελείου τὰς χεῖρας; Μωῦσῆς. Τίς τῶν τελειουμένων ὁ πρῶτος, Ἀαρών. Καὶ ἐτι πρὸ τούτων, τίς τὰ πρὸς Θεὸν ἧν ς Καὶ τίς ἀντὶ φωνῆς τῷ λαῷ ; Εἷς δὲ τὰ ”Αγια τῶν ἁγίων εἰσῄει τίς, πλην ἑνός; Ἀεὶ δὲ οὖτοςς Οὐδαμῶς ο ἀλλʼ ἅπαξ τοῦ ἰνιαυτου, καὶ ἦν 61s. "Ecpspov δὲ τὴν σκηνὴν τίνες, πλὴν τῶν Δευϊτῶνζ Καὶ οὗτοι, καθὼς διετέτακτο, οἱ μὶν τὰ τιμιώτερα ταύτης, οἱ δὲ τὰ δεύτερα, καθὼς ἡ τῶν φερόντων ἀξία; Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ φυλάσσεσθαι ταύτην ἔδει, ἰφύλασσον τίνες, καὶ πῶς ; Ol μὶν τόδε τὸ κλίτος, οἱ δὶ τόδε ο καὶ οὐδὲ ἀόριστον, οὒδὲ ἄτακτον, οὐδὲ τῶν ἔλαχίστων, Ἠμιτς δὲ ἂν μικροῦ δοξαρίου τύχωμεν, ἢ οὒδὲ τούτου πολλάκις, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἔτυχεν, ἢ δύο, ἢ τρία ῥήματα τῆς Γραφῆς ἕκμελετάσωμιν, καὶ ταῦτα περικεκομμένως καὶ ἀνοήτως (τοῦτο ἇκεῖνο, ἡ αὖθημερινὴ σοφία, καὶ 6 ἐν Χαλάνῃ πύργος, ὃς καλῶς τας γλώσσας ἐμέρισεν) · καὶ ἄπονοηθῆναι δεῖ κατὰ Μωυσέως, καὶ γενέσθαι Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρὼν τοὺς ὑβριστὰς καὶ ἀθέους. Ὧν φύγω-ο μεν τὴν αὐθάδειαν, καὶ μηδὲ τὴν ἀπὸνοιαν μιμησώμεθα, μηδὲ τὸ τέλος δεξώμεθα. ιρὸν πρὸ τοῦ πάθους, καὶ εὖχομὲνῳ, τίνες ; Oi αὖτοὶ πάλιν, Αὕτη μὶν ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ προτίμησις, Ἠ λοιπή δὲ εὖκοσμία καὶ τάξις, ὅσης τὸ μὲν Πέτρος ἐρωτᾷ, τὸ δὲ Φίλιππος, τὸ δὶ Ἰούδας, τὸ δὲ Θωμᾶς, τὰ Ei ἄλλος τις, καὶ οὐδὲ τὸ αὒτὸ πάντες, οῦδὲ τὰ πάντα εἷς, ἀλλʼ ἕκαστος ἐν μέρει, καὶ καθʼ ἓν. (ιῦπερ ἕκαστος ἔχρῃζεν, εἷπε-ις ἄν ς Ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνο γε, τί σοι φαὲνεταις Βοὺὶεταί τι Φῖλιππος εἰπεῖν, καὶ οὔ Οιρῥεῒ μόνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀνδρέαν προσλαμβάνει. Χρῄζει πυθέσθαι τι Πέτρος, καθ ἰωᾶννην προβάλλεται διὰ νεύματος. Ποῦ τὸ αὐστηρὸν ἕνταῦθη Ποῦ δὲ τὸ φίλαρχον ; Ιιῶς ἂν μᾶλλον ἔδειξαν ὄντες p107.ταὶ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ πράου καὶ ταπεινοῦ τὴν mea», καὶ δούλου διʼ ἡμᾶς τοὺς αὒτοῦ δούλους, καὶ πᾶσαν τῷ fingi τὴν δόξαν ἰν πᾶσιν ἀναπέμποντος, ἵνʼ ἡμῖν δῷ τύπον εὒταξίας καὶ μετριοτητοςς ’Ἦν τοσοῦτον τιμᾷ-ι ἀπέχομεν, ὥστε ἀγαπῴην ἂν, εἰ μιὶ xxiii,”σύτεροι πάντων εἴημεν, οἵ γε περι μεγίστων κᾶν τοῖς μεγίστοις ταύτην ἐπιδεικνύμεθα.

Kai ina se paideusō dia pleionōn, tis tōn hiereōn heteleiou tas cheiras? Mōysēs. Tis tōn teleioumenōn ho prōtos, Aarōn. Kai eti pro toutōn, tis ta pros Theon hēn s Kai tis anti phōnēs tǭ laǭ ? Heis de ta ”Agia tōn hagiōn eisę̄ei tis, plēn henos? Aei de outoss Oudamōs o allʼ hapax tou iniautou, kai ēn 61s. "Ecpspov de tēn skēnēn tines, plēn tōn Deuïtōnz Kai houtoi, kathōs dietetakto, hoi min ta timiōtera tautēs, hoi de ta deutera, kathōs hē tōn pherontōn axia? Epei de kai phylassesthai tautēn edei, iphylasson tines, kai pōs ? Ol min tode to klitos, hoi di tode o kai oude aoriston, oude atakton, oude tōn elachistōn, Ēmits de an mikrou doxariou tychōmen, ē oude toutou pollakis, allʼ hōs etychen, ē dyo, ē tria rhēmata tēs Graphēs hekmeletasōmin, kai tauta perikekommenōs kai anoētōs (touto hakeino, hē authēmerinē sophia, kai 6 en Chalanę̄ pyrgos, hos kalōs tas glōssas emerisen) ; kai aponoēthēnai dei kata Mōyseōs, kai genesthai Dathan kai Abeirōn tous hybristas kai atheous. Hōn phygō-o men tēn authadeian, kai mēde tēn aponoian mimēsōmetha, mēde to telos dexōmetha. iron pro tou pathous, kai euchomenǭ, tines ? Oi autoi palin, Hautē min hē tou Christou protimēsis, Ē loipē de eukosmia kai taxis, hosēs to men Petros erōtą, to de Philippos, to di Ioudas, to de Thōmas, ta Ei allos tis, kai oude to auto pantes, oude ta panta heis, allʼ hekastos en merei, kai kathʼ hen. (iyper hekastos echrę̄zen, heipe-is an s Allʼ ekeino ge, ti soi phaenetais Bouietai ti Philippos eipein, kai ou Oirrheï monos, alla kai Andrean proslambanei. Chrę̄zei pythesthai ti Petros, kath iōannēn proballetai dia neumatos. Pou to austēron hentauthē Pou de to philarchon ? Iiōs an mallon edeixan ontes p107.tai Christou, tou praou kai tapeinou tēn mea», kai doulou diʼ hēmas tous autou doulous, kai pasan tǭ fingi tēn doxan in pasin anapempontos, hinʼ hēmin dǭ typon eutaxias kai metriotētoss ’Ēn tosouton timą-i apechomen, hōste agapǭēn an, ei mii xxiii,”syteroi pantōn eiēmen, hoi ge peri megistōn kan tois megistois tautēn epideiknymetha.

And to instruct you by more examples: who consecrated the hands of the priests? Moses. Who was the first of those consecrated? Aaron. And still earlier, who represented the people before God, and who was a voice for him to the people? Who entered the Holy of Holies, except one? And did this one enter always? By no means; but once a year, and at a fixed time. Who carried the tabernacle, except the Levites? And these, as had been ordered, some carried its more precious parts, others the secondary ones, according to the rank of the bearers. And since it also had to be guarded, who guarded it, and how? Some this side, others that; and nothing was left undefined or disordered, not even in the smallest things. But we, if we gain a little reputation, or often not even that, but by chance, or have studied two or three words of Scripture, and those piecemeal and without understanding (this is that wisdom made in a day, and the tower in Chalanne, which rightly divided the tongues), must rebel against Moses and become Dathan and Abiram, the insolent and godless. Let us flee their arrogance, and not imitate their madness, nor receive their end. … before his passion, and when he prayed, who were with him? The same again. Such was Christ’s preference. And as for the rest of their good order and rank: Peter asks one thing, Philip another, Judas another, Thomas another, or someone else; not all the same thing, nor one all things, but each in turn, one thing each. … what each needed, you would say? But what of this, what do you make of it? Philip wishes to say something, and does not dare alone, but takes Andrew along with him. Peter needs to ask something, and puts John forward by a nod. Where is harshness here? Where is love of rule? How could they have shown more clearly that they were disciples of Christ, meek and lowly in heart, who became a servant for us his servants, and referred all glory to the Father in everything, to give us a pattern of good order and moderation? From this we are so far removed that I would be content if we were not the most foolish of all, we who display this lack of order about the greatest things and in the greatest matters.

32.19PG 36:196b–196d

Οὔκ οἶσθα, ὄτι τὸ ταπεινὸν, οὐκ ἑν τοῖς μί· ιροῖς κρίνεται τοσοῦτον (γένοιτο γὰρ ἂν καὶ διʼ ἶνδειξιν καὶ ψευδῆ μόρφωσιν ἀρετῆς), ὅσον ὲν τοῖς μείζοσι Sumite-cat; Καὶ ταπεινόφρων Ἐμοὶ, οὔχ ὅστις περὶ εαυτοῦ μικρὰ διαλέγεται, καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς ὀλίγους, καὶ ὀλιγάκις, οὐδʼ ὅστις ταπεινῶς προσάγει· ρεύει τὸν ἀτιμότερον, ἀλλʼ ὅστις μετρίως περὶ Θεοῦ φθέγγεται ο καὶ τά μέν εἰπεῖν οἶδε, τὰ δέ κατέχειν, τῶν δέ ὁμολογεῖν τήν ἄγνοιαν, καὶ φαραχωρεϊ τοῦ λόγοτ τῷ πιστευθέντι, καὶ εἷναί τινα rvmpanκώτερον δέχεται, καὶ διαβεβηκότα μᾶλλον ἐν Θεωρίς. Αἰσχρὸν γὰρ ἐσθῆτος μέν καὶ διαίτης, μὴ τὴν ὑψηλοτέραν αἱρεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὴν εὖτελεστέραν, καὶ τύλοις γονάτων, καὶ δακρύων πηγαῖς, ἔτι δέ νηστείαις, καὶ ἀγρυπνίαις, καὶ χαμευνίαις, κόπῳ καὶ πᾶσιν ὓπωπιασμοῐς τὸ ταπεινὸν ὶπιδείκνυσθαιι καὶ τὴν τῆς ἰδίας ἀσθενείας συναίσθησιν · αὐτοκρατορα δέ εἴναι τύραννον ἐν τοῖς περὶ Θεοῦ λόγοις, καὶ μηδενὶ τὸ παράπαν ὑφίεσθαι, καὶ τὴν ὀφρὺν αἴρειν ὺπέρ πάντα νομοδιδάσκαλον ἔνθα τὸ ταπεινὸν μιτά τῆς εὐδοξίας ἔχει καὶ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν,

Ouk oistha, oti to tapeinon, ouk hen tois mi; irois krinetai tosouton (genoito gar an kai diʼ indeixin kai pseudē morphōsin aretēs), hoson en tois meizosi Sumite-cat? Kai tapeinophrōn Emoi, ouch hostis peri eautou mikra dialegetai, kai touto pros oligous, kai oligakis, oudʼ hostis tapeinōs prosagei; reuei ton atimoteron, allʼ hostis metriōs peri Theou phthengetai o kai ta men eipein oide, ta de katechein, tōn de homologein tēn agnoian, kai pharachōreï tou logot tǭ pisteuthenti, kai heinai tina rvmpankōteron dechetai, kai diabebēkota mallon en Theōris. Aischron gar esthētos men kai diaitēs, mē tēn hypsēloteran haireisthai, alla tēn eutelesteran, kai tylois gonatōn, kai dakryōn pēgais, eti de nēsteiais, kai agrypniais, kai chameuniais, kopǭ kai pasin hypōpiasmois to tapeinon ipideiknysthaii kai tēn tēs idias astheneias synaisthēsin ; autokratora de einai tyrannon en tois peri Theou logois, kai mēdeni to parapan hyphiesthai, kai tēn ophryn airein yper panta nomodidaskalon entha to tapeinon mita tēs eudoxias echei kai tēn asphaleian,

Do you not know that humility is judged not so much in small things (for it might come about from display and a false semblance of virtue) as it is tested in greater things? And to my mind the humble-minded man is not the one who speaks of himself in small terms, and that to few and seldom, nor the one who humbly addresses the more lowly, but the one who speaks with moderation about God; who knows what to say and what to keep back, and confesses his ignorance of some things, and yields the word to the one entrusted with it, and accepts that someone else is more spiritual and further advanced in contemplation. For it is shameful to choose not the loftier but the cheaper in clothing and food, and to display humility and awareness of one’s own weakness by calloused knees, fountains of tears, fasts, vigils, sleeping on the ground, toil, and every kind of bodily discipline, but to be an absolute tyrant in discourses about God, yielding to no one at all, and raising one’s brow above every teacher of the law, in the very place where humility brings safety together with good repute.

32.20PG 36:196d–197b

Τί οὖν; σιωπησόμεθα περὶ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦτο κελεύεις (ὑπέκρουε τις τῶν θερμοτέρων); Καὶ περί τὶνος μᾶλλον, ἧ τούτου φθεγξόμεθα; Καὶποῦ βήσομεν τὸ, Διά παντὸς ἡ αἴνεσις αὑτοῦ ἒν τῷ στόματι μου· καὶ, Εὗλογήσω τὸν Κύριον ἐν παντὶ Ἀλήειαν μετελήσει ὁ λάρυγξ καιρῷ καὶ, μου ’ καὶ, Ἰδοὺ, τὰ χείλη μου ού μὴ κωλύσω καὶ τοιαῦτα ἐρεῖ μεμελετημένα, καὶ ὡρισμένα ῥήματα; Πρὸς ’ὃν δει πράως καὶ μὴ χαλεπῶς ἀπαντῆσαι τοῖς λόγοις, ἐντεῦθεν διδὰσκοντας εὐταξίαν. Ob σιωπᾷν διακελεύομαι, ὦ σοφώτατε, ἀλλὰ μὴ φιλονείκως ἴστασθαι ‘ οὒ κρύπτειν τὴν ἆλήθειαν, ἀλλὰ μὴ διδάσκειν παρὰ τὸν νόμον. Ἐγὼ πρῶτος τῶν ἰπαινούντων εἰμὶ σοφίαν, κᾶν τοῖς θείοις λόγοις ἀσχολουμένων, ἢ ἇσχολεῖσθαί γε βουλομένων καί μὴ ποτε πρὸ ταύτης τι θείην τῆς ἀσχολίας, μηδὲ ταλαίπωρος ὑπʼ αὐτῆς ἀκούσαιμι τῆς Σοφίας, ὼς σοφίαν καὶ παιδείαν ὲξουθενῶν, Φεύγω δʼ ὅμως τὸ ἄμετρον, καὶ κολάζω τὴν ἂπληστίαν · καὶ ἀργὸς εἶναι μᾶλλον τοῦ δέοντος, ἢ περίεργος δέχομαι, ἂν μὴ bppéttpa διαφεύγειν biit, Ι καὶ. τοῦ ’μετρίουτυγχανειν καὶ δειλότερος μᾶλλον τοῦ δέοντος, ἢ θρασύτερος, Σὺ δὲ ποιεῖς παραπλήσιον, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ κωλύοντά με τροφῆς ἀμετρίαν, καὶ καθόλου τροφὴν κωλύειν κατῃτιῶ ἢ καὶ τυφλότητα ἐπαινεῖν, σωο· φρόνως όρᾷν εἰσηγούμενον.

Ti oun? siōpēsometha peri Theou, kai touto keleueis (hypekroue tis tōn thermoterōn)? Kai peri tinos mallon, hē toutou phthenxometha? Kaipou bēsomen to, Dia pantos hē ainesis hautou en tǭ stomati mou; kai, Heulogēsō ton Kyrion en panti Alēeian metelēsei ho larynx kairǭ kai, mou ’ kai, Idou, ta cheilē mou ou mē kōlysō kai toiauta erei memeletēmena, kai hōrismena rhēmata? Pros ’hon dei praōs kai mē chalepōs apantēsai tois logois, enteuthen didaskontas eutaxian. Ob siōpąn diakeleuomai, ō sophōtate, alla mē philoneikōs istasthai ‘ ou kryptein tēn alētheian, alla mē didaskein para ton nomon. Egō prōtos tōn ipainountōn eimi sophian, kan tois theiois logois ascholoumenōn, ē hascholeisthai ge boulomenōn kai mē pote pro tautēs ti theiēn tēs ascholias, mēde talaipōros hypʼ autēs akousaimi tēs Sophias, ōs sophian kai paideian exouthenōn, Pheugō dʼ homōs to ametron, kai kolazō tēn aplēstian ; kai argos einai mallon tou deontos, ē periergos dechomai, an mē bppettpa diapheugein biit, I kai. tou ’metrioutynchanein kai deiloteros mallon tou deontos, ē thrasyteros, Sy de poieis paraplēsion, hōsper an ei kōlyonta me trophēs ametrian, kai katholou trophēn kōlyein katę̄tiō ē kai typhlotēta epainein, sōo; phronōs orąn eisēgoumenon.

“What then? Shall we be silent about God? Is this what you command?” (one of the more fervent interrupted). “And about whom rather than him shall we speak? Where shall we put ‘His praise shall continually be in my mouth,’ and ‘I will bless the Lord at all times,’ and ‘My throat shall meditate on truth,’ and ‘Behold, I will not restrain my lips’?” And he will say such well-practised and fixed phrases. To such a man one must reply gently and not harshly, teaching good order from these very words. I do not command you to be silent, most wise friend, but not to take a contentious stand; not to hide the truth, but not to teach contrary to the law. I am the first of those who praise wisdom, and those who occupy themselves with divine words, or wish to; and may I never put anything before this occupation, nor hear myself called wretched by Wisdom herself as one who despises wisdom and instruction. Yet I flee excess and chastise insatiability; and I would rather be more idle than I should than meddlesome, if I cannot escape both and attain the mean; and more timid than I should rather than rasher. But you act as if, when I forbade excess in food, you accused me of forbidding food altogether, or of praising blindness when I recommended seeing with moderation.

32.21PG 36:197b–200a

Εἰ ἔστι σοι λόγος συνέσεως, ἀποκρίθητι, φησὶ, καὶ oblisi; ό κωλύσων εὶ δὲ μὴ, δετοῦτο τοῖς εἷς τὸ διδάσκειν ἑτοίμοις ς Et μὲν ἔστι σοι καιρὸς, δίδαξον εί δὲ μὴ, την γλῶσσαν πεδήσας. λῦσον τὴν ἀκοήν, Μελέτα μέν ὲν τοῖς θείοις, ἀλλʼ εἵσω τῶν ὅρων μένων. Φθέγγου μὲν τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος, καὶ, εί δυνατὸν, μηδʼ ἄλλο τι καὶ φθέγγου μᾶλλον ἣ ἀνάπνει (καλὸν γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ ἔνθεον, τῇ μνήμῃ τῶν θείων, ἀεὶ κεντρίζεσθαι πρὸς Θεόν), ἀλλʼ ἂ προσετάχθης διανοούμενος. Μὴ περιεργάζου [ἰατρὸς φύσιν, Υἱοῦ μονογενοῦς οὐσίωσιν, ῐΙνεύματος δόξαν καὶ δύναμιν, τὴν μίαν ἐν τοῖς τρισὶ θεότητα καὶ λαμπρότητα, τὴν ἀμέριστον καὶ φύσιν, καὶ ὁμολογίαν, καὶ δόξαν( καὶ τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐλπίδα, ’Ἐχου τῶν συντρόφων ῥημάτων · ὁ λόγος ἴστω τῶν σοφωτέρων. Ἀρκεῖ σοι τὸν θεμέλιον ἔχειν · ἆποικοδομείτω δὲ ὁ τεχνίτης. Ἀρκεῖ τῷ ἄρτῳ τὴν καρδίαν στηρίζεσθαι · τὰ ὄψα δὲ τοῖς πλουσίοις σαγχώρησον. Οὐδεὶς κρίνει σε, μὴ τρέφοντα πολυτελῶς, τῶν νοῦν ἑχόντων ‘ ἀλλʼ ἐὰν μὴ παραθῇς ἄρτον, μηδᾶ ποτίσῃς ὕδωρ, εἵτουν μαθητὴν Χριστοῦ, εἴτε ἄλλον τινὰ μέχρι τούτων δυνάμενος. Μὴ ῗσθι ταχὺς ἰν λόγοις, ἡ, ibet: διαγελεύεταί σοιʼ μὴ συμπανρη εκτείνου, πένης ὢν, πλουσίῳ, μηδέ ζητει τῶν σοφῶν εἶναι σουρωτερος. Σοφία, καὶτὸ γινώσκειν ιαῦτὸν, me. μὴ ὑπεραίρεσθαι, μηδὶ ταυτὸν ταῖς φωναῖς vrriσχειν, αʼἱ παντελῶς ὶκλείπουσιν, ἰὰν ὕπερφωνῶνται διʼ ἓιμετρίαν. Κρεϊττον ὄντα σοφὸν, ὑφίεσθαι διʼ ὄπιείκειαν, ἧ ἆμαθῶς ἔχοντα διὰ θράσος ὑπερεκτείνεσθαι. Τὸ τάχος ἴστω σοι μέχρι τῆς ὁμολογίας, εἴ ποτε ταύτην ἆπαιτηθείης · τὸ δί δπὲρ ταύτην εἶναι δειλότερος. Ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἡ βραδυτης, ινταύοα δὲ ἡ ταχυτὴς ἔχει τὸν κίνδυνον.

Ei esti soi logos syneseōs, apokrithēti, phēsi, kai oblisi? o kōlysōn ei de mē, detouto tois heis to didaskein hetoimois s Et men esti soi kairos, didaxon ei de mē, tēn glōssan pedēsas. lyson tēn akoēn, Meleta men en tois theiois, allʼ heisō tōn horōn menōn. Phthengou men ta tou Pneumatos, kai, ei dynaton, mēdʼ allo ti kai phthengou mallon hē anapnei (kalon gar touto kai entheon, tę̄ mnēmę̄ tōn theiōn, aei kentrizesthai pros Theon), allʼ a prosetachthēs dianooumenos. Mē periergazou [iatros physin, Huiou monogenous ousiōsin, iIneumatos doxan kai dynamin, tēn mian en tois trisi theotēta kai lamprotēta, tēn ameriston kai physin, kai homologian, kai doxan( kai tōn pepisteukotōn elpida, ’Echou tōn syntrophōn rhēmatōn ; ho logos istō tōn sophōterōn. Arkei soi ton themelion echein ; apoikodomeitō de ho technitēs. Arkei tǭ artǭ tēn kardian stērizesthai ; ta opsa de tois plousiois sanchōrēson. Oudeis krinei se, mē trephonta polytelōs, tōn noun hechontōn ‘ allʼ ean mē parathę̄s arton, mēda potisę̄s hydōr, heitoun mathētēn Christou, eite allon tina mechri toutōn dynamenos. Mē ïsthi tachys in logois, hē, ibet: diageleuetai soiʼ mē sympanrē ekteinou, penēs ōn, plousiǭ, mēde zētei tōn sophōn einai sourōteros. Sophia, kaito ginōskein iauton, me. mē hyperairesthai, mēdi tauton tais phōnais vrrischein, aʼhi pantelōs ikleipousin, ian hyperphōnōntai diʼ heimetrian. Kreïtton onta sophon, hyphiesthai diʼ opieikeian, hē amathōs echonta dia thrasos hyperekteinesthai. To tachos istō soi mechri tēs homologias, ei pote tautēn apaitētheiēs ; to di dper tautēn einai deiloteros. Ekei men gar hē bradytēs, intauoa de hē tachytēs echei ton kindynon.

“If you have a word of understanding, answer,” it says, “and who will hinder you?” But if not, put your hand on your mouth; this to those who are ready to teach. If you have the occasion, teach; if not, fetter your tongue and loose your hearing. Meditate on divine things, but remain within the bounds. Speak the things of the Spirit, and if possible nothing else; and speak of them more often than you breathe (for this is good and godly, to be constantly spurred toward God by the remembrance of divine things), but keeping in mind what you have been commanded. Do not busy yourself about the nature of the Father, the subsistence of the only-begotten Son, the glory and power of the Spirit, the one Godhead and splendour in the three, the undivided nature, confession, and glory, and the hope of those who have believed. Hold to the words you were brought up with; let argument belong to the wiser. It is enough for you to have the foundation; let the craftsman build on it. It is enough for the heart to be strengthened with bread; leave the delicacies to the rich. No one of sense will judge you for not feeding people lavishly; but he will if you do not set out bread, nor give water to drink, whether to a disciple of Christ or anyone else, when you are able to do as much as that. Do not be quick in words, Wisdom bids you; do not stretch yourself to match the rich when you are poor, nor seek to be wiser than the wise. Wisdom is also to know oneself, not to be puffed up, nor to suffer what happens to voices, which fail altogether when strained beyond their pitch through immoderation. It is better, being wise, to give way through gentleness than, being ignorant, to overreach through rashness. Let your quickness go as far as confessing the faith, if ever this is demanded of you; but beyond that be more timid. For there slowness carries the danger, here quickness.

32.22PG 36:200b–200d

τί σοι δεινὸν, ὶὰν μὴ πᾶσι λόγοις Momms. σης, καὶ τὴν προεδρίαν ἔχης ἐπὶ παντὸς προβλήματος, ἧ ζητήματος, ἀλλʼ ἓτεροὶ σου φανῶσιν, ἦ σοφώτεροι, ἢ θρασύτεροι ; Τῷ Θεῷ χάρις, ὅτι καὶ τὰ lia!ρετα δίδωσι, καὶ διὰ τῶν κοινῶν, σώζειν ἐπίσταται, Καὶ τούτο οὑ περὶ λόγους μόνον τὸ θαῦμα, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὴν δημιουργίαν αὐτὴν, εἴ ποτε κατενόησας, Οὔτε ἂν τοῖς κτίσμασι τὰ πρωτεῖά τινών ἑστιν, ἀλλὰ πάντων, καὶ κοινη χάρις τοῦ ἑνὸς πλάσματος · οὔτε ιν τῇ πίστει τὰ σώζοντα τῶν δὲνατωτέρων, ἀλλὰ τῶν βουλομένωι. Τί κάλλιον ἀέρος, πυρὸς, ὕδατος, γῆς, ὑετῶν, καρπῶν ἡμέρων τε καὶ ἀγρίων, στέγης, ἐνδύματος ς Τούτων ἡ μετουσία κοινὴ, τῶν μὲν καὶ παντάπασι, τῶν δὲ μετρίως ’ καὶ οὐδεὶς οὕτω τύραννος, ὥστε μόνος ἀπδλαιὲσαι τῆς κοινῆς χάριτος, Ἀνατέλλει τδν ἥλιον ὁμοτίμως, βρέχει πλουσίοις καὶ πένησι · κοινὴ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἑναλλαγὴ, κοινὸν δῶρον ὑγίεια, κοινὸς ὅρος ζωῆς, κοινὸν μέτρον αεὶ χάρις σώματος, κοινὸν αἰσθήσεων δύναμις · τάχα δὲ καὶ πλεῖον ὁ πένης ἔχει, τὸ ἐπὶ τούτοις πλεῖον εύχαριστεῐν, καὶ ἀπολαύειν ἥδιον τῶν κοινῶν, ἢ τῶν ἐκ περιουσίας οἱ δυνατώτεροι. Ταῦτα μὶν οὖν κοινὰ, καὶ ὁμότιμα, καὶ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνης γνωρίσματα ' δ χρυσὸς δὲ, καὶ oi διαφανεῖς λίθοι καὶ ἀγαπώμενοι, καὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτος ὅση μαλακὴ καὶ περίεργος, καὶ ἡ φλεγμαίνουσα καὶ ἰκμαίνουσα τράπεζα, καὶ τὰ περιττὰ τῆς κτήσεως, ὁ πόνος τῶν κεκτημένων, ὀλίγων ἐστὶν ὶγκαλλωπίσματα.

ti soi deinon, ian mē pasi logois Momms. sēs, kai tēn proedrian echēs epi pantos problēmatos, hē zētēmatos, allʼ heteroi sou phanōsin, ē sophōteroi, ē thrasyteroi ? Tǭ Theǭ charis, hoti kai ta lia!reta didōsi, kai dia tōn koinōn, sōzein epistatai, Kai touto hou peri logous monon to thauma, alla kai peri tēn dēmiourgian autēn, ei pote katenoēsas, Oute an tois ktismasi ta prōteia tinōn hestin, alla pantōn, kai koinē charis tou henos plasmatos ; oute in tę̄ pistei ta sōzonta tōn denatōterōn, alla tōn boulomenōi. Ti kallion aeros, pyros, hydatos, gēs, hyetōn, karpōn hēmerōn te kai agriōn, stegēs, endymatos s Toutōn hē metousia koinē, tōn men kai pantapasi, tōn de metriōs ’ kai oudeis houtō tyrannos, hōste monos apdlaiesai tēs koinēs charitos, Anatellei tdn hēlion homotimōs, brechei plousiois kai penēsi ; koinē nyktos kai hēmeras henallagē, koinon dōron hygieia, koinos horos zōēs, koinon metron aei charis sōmatos, koinon aisthēseōn dynamis ; tacha de kai pleion ho penēs echei, to epi toutois pleion eucharistein, kai apolauein hēdion tōn koinōn, ē tōn ek periousias hoi dynatōteroi. Tauta min oun koina, kai homotima, kai Theou dikaiosynēs gnōrismata ' d chrysos de, kai oi diaphaneis lithoi kai agapōmenoi, kai tēs esthētos hosē malakē kai periergos, kai hē phlegmainousa kai ikmainousa trapeza, kai ta peritta tēs ktēseōs, ho ponos tōn kektēmenōn, oligōn estin inkallōpismata.

… what harm is it to you if you do not excel in every argument, nor have precedence in every problem or inquiry, but others appear wiser or bolder than you? Thanks be to God that he both gives special gifts and knows how to save through common ones. And this wonder concerns not only words but creation itself, if you have ever considered it. Neither among created things do the first prizes belong to some, but to all, and the grace of the one creation is common; nor in the faith do the things that save belong to the more powerful, but to the willing. What is finer than air, fire, water, earth, rain, fruits both cultivated and wild, shelter, clothing? The sharing of these is common, of some entirely, of others in measure; and no one is so much a tyrant as to enjoy the common grace alone. He makes the sun rise on all equally and rains on rich and poor; common is the alternation of night and day, common the gift of health, common the limit of life, common the measure of bodily grace, common the power of the senses; and perhaps the poor man has more, in that he gives more thanks for these things and enjoys the common goods more sweetly than the powerful enjoy what comes from their abundance. These, then, are common and equal, tokens of God’s justice; but gold, transparent and coveted stones, soft and elaborate clothing, the table that inflames and maddens, and superfluous possessions, the toil of those who own them, are the adornments of the few.

32.23PG 36:200d–201a

Τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐγὼ θεωρῶ. Κοινὰ, νόμος, προφῆται, Διαθῆκαι, λόγια Διαθηκῶν, χάρις, παιδαγωγία, τελείωσις, πάθη Χριστοῦ, καινὴ κτίσις. ἀπόστολοι, Εὗαγγέλια, διαμονὴ Πνεύματος, πίστις, ἐλπὶς, ἀγάπη εἰς Θεόν τε καὶ ἐκ Θεοῦ, ait οὗ πρὸς μέτρον, ὡς ἡ τοῦ μάννα ποτέ δωρεὰ τῷ ἀχαρίστῳ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἀγνώμονι· ἀλλὰ καθʼ ὅσον ἕκασστος βούλεται, ἀνάβασις, ἕλλαμψις, ὀλίγη μὲνὴ ἐντεῦθεν, τρανοτὲρα δὲ ἡ ἒλπιζομὲνη τὸ μέγιστον, ἡ Πατρὸς, καὶ Υἱοῠ, καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἒπίγνωτις, καὶ ὁμολογία τῆς πρώτης ἡμῶν ἐλπίδος. Τούτων τί μεῖζον ς τί δαὶ κοινότερον ; Τὰ δὲ ὒπὲρ ταῦτα, κᾶν τῷ σπανίῳ τὸ τιμιώτερον ἔχῃ, ἀλλὰ τῷ γε ἀναγκαίῳ τὸ δεύτερονσ ὧν γὰρ ἄνευ τὸ εἶναι Χριστιανὸν οὐχ οἷόν τε, ταῦτα τῶν ὀλίγοις ἓφικτῷν χρησιμώτερα.

Touto kai peri tēn pistin egō theōrō. Koina, nomos, prophētai, Diathēkai, logia Diathēkōn, charis, paidagōgia, teleiōsis, pathē Christou, kainē ktisis. apostoloi, Heuangelia, diamonē Pneumatos, pistis, elpis, agapē eis Theon te kai ek Theou, ait hou pros metron, hōs hē tou manna pote dōrea tǭ acharistǭ Israēl kai agnōmoni; alla kathʼ hoson hekasstos bouletai, anabasis, hellampsis, oligē menē enteuthen, tranotera de hē elpizomenē to megiston, hē Patros, kai Huiou, kai hagiou Pneumatos epignōtis, kai homologia tēs prōtēs hēmōn elpidos. Toutōn ti meizon s ti dai koinoteron ? Ta de yper tauta, kan tǭ spaniǭ to timiōteron echę̄, alla tǭ ge anankaiǭ to deuterons hōn gar aneu to einai Christianon ouch hoion te, tauta tōn oligois hephiktǭn chrēsimōtera.

This I observe in the faith too. Common to all are the law, the prophets, the covenants, the oracles of the covenants, grace, tutelage, perfection, the sufferings of Christ, the new creation, the apostles, the Gospels, the abiding presence of the Spirit, faith, hope, love toward God and from God, not by measure, as once the gift of manna to ungrateful and unfeeling Israel, but as much as each wishes; ascent; illumination, small here, but clearer the illumination hoped for; and, greatest of all, the knowledge of the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, and the confession of our first hope. What is greater than these? What is more common? Things beyond these, even if they are more precious for their rarity, are second in necessity; for the things without which it is impossible to be a Christian are more useful than those attainable by few.

32.24PG 36:201b–201c

ὀ μέν τις πλουτεῖ θεωρίᾳ, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλοὺς αἴρεται, καὶ πνευματικὰ συγκρίνει πνευματικοῖς, καὶ ἀπογράφεταιτρισσώς, ἐπὶ τὸ πλατος τῆς καρδίας, τὸν πάντας οἰκοδομοῦντα λόγον, καὶ τὸν πολλοὺς, καὶ τὸν τινὰς ἀντὶ πλειόνων ἢ πάντων, καὶ οὐκ ἀνέχεται πένης ὤν, καὶ ἔμβατεύει τοῖς βάθεσιν, Ἀνίτω, καὶ ὁδηγείσθω, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ φερέσθω, καὶ, εί βούλεται, μέχρις ούρανοῦ τρίτου, κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον· μόνον σὺν λόγῳ καὶ ἶεπιστήμῃ, mi μὴ καταπιπτὲτω διὰ τὴν ἔπαρσιν, μηδὲ πτεροῤῥυείτω διὰ τὸ ὕψος τῆς πτήσεως. Τίς φθόιος ἐπαινετῆς ἀναβάσεως ς Καὶ τί πτῶμα τοιοῦτο, οἷον ὲπάρσει περιπαρῆναι, καὶ μὴ γνῶναι τῆς ἀνθρωᾳ πίνης ἀνανεύσεως τὴν ταπείνωσιν, καὶ ὅσον ἔτι λείπεται τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ ὕψους ὁ πάντων ἀνώτατος ;

o men tis ploutei theōrią, kai hyper tous pollous airetai, kai pneumatika synkrinei pneumatikois, kai apographetaitrissōs, epi to platos tēs kardias, ton pantas oikodomounta logon, kai ton pollous, kai ton tinas anti pleionōn ē pantōn, kai ouk anechetai penēs ōn, kai embateuei tois bathesin, Anitō, kai hodēgeisthō, kai hypo tou nou pheresthō, kai, ei bouletai, mechris ouranou tritou, kata ton Paulon; monon syn logǭ kai iepistēmę̄, mi mē katapiptetō dia tēn eparsin, mēde pterorrhyeitō dia to hypsos tēs ptēseōs. Tis phthoios epainetēs anabaseōs s Kai ti ptōma toiouto, hoion eparsei periparēnai, kai mē gnōnai tēs anthrōą pinēs ananeuseōs tēn tapeinōsin, kai hoson eti leipetai tou alēthinou hypsous ho pantōn anōtatos ?

Someone is rich in contemplation and rises above the many, compares spiritual things with spiritual, and writes threefold on the breadth of his heart the word that builds up all, the word that builds up many, and the word that builds up some in place of more or all; and he cannot bear being poor, and enters into the depths. Let him ascend, let him be guided and carried by his mind, and, if he wishes, as far as the third heaven, like Paul; only with reason and knowledge, and let him not fall through being puffed up, nor shed his feathers through the height of his flight. What envy is there of a praiseworthy ascent? And what fall is like being pierced by pride, and not knowing how lowly is the upward gaze of man, and how far short of the true height even the highest of all still falls?

32.25PG 36:201c–204a

Ὀ δὲ ὁλίγος ἐστὶ τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ πένης τὴν γλῶτταν, καὶ οὐκ οἶδε λόγων στροφὰς, ῥήσεις τε σοξῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα, καὶ τὰς Πύῤῥωνος ἐνστάσεις, ἢ ἐφέξεις, ἢ ἀντιθέσεις, καὶ τῶν Χρυσίππου συλλογισμῶν τὰς διαλύσεις, ἢ τῶν Ἀριστοτέλους τεχνῶν τὴν κακοτεχνίαν, ἦ τῆς Πλάτωνος εὔγλωττίας τὰ γοητεύματα, οἵ κακὼς εἷς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἡμῶν εἱσὲφησαν, ὥσπερ Αίγυπτιακαί τινες μάστιγες. ’Ἔχει καὶ οὗτος ὅθεν σωθῇ. Καὶ διᾷ τίνων ῥημάτων ; Οὐδὲν τῆς χάριτος πλουσιώτερον. 06- 3;» δεῖ σοι, φησὶν, εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνελθεῖν, ’ἶνʼ ἐκεῖθεν ἑλκύσης Χριστόν· οὐδὲ εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον κατελθεῖν, ἶνʼ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτὸν ἔκ νεκρῶν ἀνασπάσᾳς, ἢ τὴν πρώτην πολυπραγμονῶν φύσιν, ἥ τὴν τελευταίαν οἰκονομίαν. Ἐγγύς σοῦ, φησί, τὶ ῥῆμά ἔστινʼ ἦ διάνοια τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν θησαυρὸν, καὶ ἦ γλῶσσαν μὲν πιστεύονσα, ἡ δὲ ὁμολογουσα, Τί τούτου συντομώτερον τονδὶ-πλούτου ; τί ταύτης τῆς δωριᾶς ιῦκολώτιρον ;’ομολόγησον Ἰησοῦν Χριζ στὸν, καὶ πίστευσον, ὅτι ἐκ νεκρῶν ἑγήγιρ.

O de holigos esti tēn dianoian, kai penēs tēn glōttan, kai ouk oide logōn strophas, rhēseis te soxōn kai ainigmata, kai tas Pyrrhōnos enstaseis, ē ephexeis, ē antitheseis, kai tōn Chrysippou syllogismōn tas dialyseis, ē tōn Aristotelous technōn tēn kakotechnian, ē tēs Platōnos euglōttias ta goēteumata, hoi kakōs heis tēn Ekklēsian hēmōn heisephēsan, hōsper Aigyptiakai tines mastiges. ’Echei kai houtos hothen sōthę̄. Kai dią tinōn rhēmatōn ? Ouden tēs charitos plousiōteron. 06- 3?» dei soi, phēsin, eis ton ouranon anelthein, ’inʼ ekeithen helkysēs Christon; oude eis tēn abysson katelthein, inʼ enteuthen auton ek nekrōn anaspasąs, ē tēn prōtēn polypragmonōn physin, hē tēn teleutaian oikonomian. Engys sou, phēsi, ti rhēma estinʼ ē dianoia touton echei ton thēsauron, kai ē glōssan men pisteuonsa, hē de homologousa, Ti toutou syntomōteron tondi-ploutou ? ti tautēs tēs dōrias iykolōtiron ?’omologēson Iēsoun Chriz ston, kai pisteuson, hoti ek nekrōn hegēgir.

Another is small in mind and poor in speech, and does not know the twists of argument, the sayings and riddles of the wise, the objections, suspensions of judgment, and antitheses of Pyrrho, the solutions of Chrysippus’s syllogisms, the bad art of Aristotle’s arts, or the charms of Plato’s eloquence, which have wickedly entered our Church like Egyptian plagues. This man too has the means to be saved. And by what words? Nothing is richer than grace. “You need not,” it says, “ascend into heaven to bring Christ down from there, nor descend into the abyss to bring him up from the dead,” busying yourself either with his first nature or with the final economy. “The word is near you,” it says; the mind holds this treasure, and the tongue, the one believing, the other confessing. What is shorter than this wealth? What easier than this gift? Confess Jesus Christ, and believe that he was raised from the dead,

32.26PG 36:204a–204d

καὶ σωθήσῃ, Δικαιοσύνη μὲν γαρ, διιῖ τὸ πιπεῦσσι μόνον· σωτηρία δὲ παντελής (ll), τὸ ιαὶ ὁμολογῆσαι, καὶ προσθεῖναι τῇ ἀπιγιὼσιι τὴν παῤῥησίαν, Σὺ μεῖζόν τι σωτηρίας ζητετς (η), τὴν ἐκεῖθεν δόξαν τι καὶ λαμπρότητα· ἐμοὶ καὶ τὸ σωθῆναι μέγιστον, καὶ τὰς ἕκαθεν φυγεῖν βασάνους. Σὺ βαδίζεις τὴν ἀτριβῆ καὶ ἀπρόσιτον· ιγὼ τήν τετριμμένην, καὶ ἢ πολλούς ἔσωσεν, Κςη οδδὶν ἂν ἧι τῆς πίστεως ἡμῶν, asa-90:, ἀδικώτερον, εἴ γι sic τοὺς σοφοὺς ἔπιπτε μόνον, και τοὺς περιττοὺς ἒν λόγῳ, καὶ ταῖς λογιχατς ἄπο- Βδείξεσιʼ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἃνέδιι, καθάπερ χρυσοῦ. καὶ ἀργύρου, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὁπόσα τίμια κάτω, καὶ περισποωαστα τοῖς πολλοῖς, οὕτω δὴ καὶ tatiτης ἀποτυγχάνειν· καὶτὸ μὲν ὑψηλόν τε καὶ sic ὀλίγους φθάνον, φίλιν ἦν Θιῷ καὶ οἰκιτον· τὸ δὲ ιγ για-πὲρι», καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς ξφιχτὸν, ἀπόπτυστον xz! ἀπόβλητον. 063i γὰρ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ μετριώτεροι τοῦτο πάθοιεν ἄν, ὢστι μὴ τὰς κατὰ δύναμιν hut τεῖν τιμᾶς, ἀλλὰ χαίρειν μόνον ταῖς προεχούσαις, μήτιγε δὴ Θεὸς· οὗ πολλῶν ὄντων ἔφʼ οἷς θαυμάζεται, οὐδὲν οὕτως, ὡς τὸ πάντας εὐεργετεῖν, ἰδιώτατον, Μὴ ἀτίμαζι τὸ ιῖωθὸς, μὴ θήρευε τὸ καινὸν, ’ἶνʼ εὖ δοκιμήσῃς ὲν τοῖς πλείοσι. Κρείσσων μικρὰ μερὶς μετὰ ἀσφαλείαις, ἥ μεγάλη μετᾶ σαθράτητος, παιδιυέτω σε τῇ συμβουλῇ Σολομών· καὶ, Κρεὶσσων ἄπορος πορευόμινος ἑν ἁπλότητι αὖτοῦίμία καὶ αὕτη τῶν παροιμιῶν σοφῶς ἔχουσα), ὁ πένης ἰν λόγῳ καὶ γνώσει, καὶτοῖς ἁπλοῖς ρήμα σιν ὶπερειδόμενος, καὶ im τούτων ὥσπιρ ἐπὶ λιπτῆς σχεδίας διασωζόμινος, ὑπὲρ στρεβλόχιιλόν ἄφρονα, τὸν ἂποδιίξιι λόγου θαρῤοὗντα σὺν ἀμαθίᾳ, καὶ κενοῦντα τὸν σταυρὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, πρᾶγμά τιλόγου κρεῖττον, διὰ τῆς ἄν λόγοις δονάμεως, ἔνθα τὸ agona; τῆς ἀποδείξεως, τῆς ἀληθείας ἔστὶν ἐλάτ-

kai sōthēsę̄, Dikaiosynē men gar, diii to pipeussi monon; sōtēria de pantelēs (ll), to iai homologēsai, kai prostheinai tę̄ apigiōsii tēn parrhēsian, Sy meizon ti sōtērias zētets (ē), tēn ekeithen doxan ti kai lamprotēta; emoi kai to sōthēnai megiston, kai tas hekathen phygein basanous. Sy badizeis tēn atribē kai aprositon; igō tēn tetrimmenēn, kai ē pollous esōsen, Ksē oddin an hēi tēs pisteōs hēmōn, asa-90:, adikōteron, ei gi sic tous sophous epipte monon, kai tous perittous en logǭ, kai tais logichats apo- Bdeixesiʼ tous pollous hanedii, kathaper chrysou. kai argyrou, kai tōn allōn, hoposa timia katō, kai perispoōasta tois pollois, houtō dē kai tatitēs apotynchanein; kaito men hypsēlon te kai sic oligous phthanon, philin ēn Thiǭ kai oikiton; to de ig gia-peri», kai tois pollois xphichton, apoptyston xz! apoblēton. 063i gar tōn anthrōpōn hoi metriōteroi touto pathoien an, ōsti mē tas kata dynamin hut tein timas, alla chairein monon tais proechousais, mētige dē Theos; hou pollōn ontōn ephʼ hois thaumazetai, ouden houtōs, hōs to pantas euergetein, idiōtaton, Mē atimazi to iiōthos, mē thēreue to kainon, ’inʼ eu dokimēsę̄s en tois pleiosi. Kreissōn mikra meris meta asphaleiais, hē megalē meta sathratētos, paidiyetō se tę̄ symboulę̄ Solomōn; kai, Kreissōn aporos poreuominos hen haplotēti autouimia kai hautē tōn paroimiōn sophōs echousa), ho penēs in logǭ kai gnōsei, kaitois haplois rēma sin ipereidomenos, kai im toutōn hōspir epi liptēs schedias diasōzominos, hyper streblochiilon aphrona, ton apodiixii logou tharrounta syn amathią, kai kenounta ton stauron tou Christou, pragma tilogou kreitton, dia tēs an logois donameōs, entha to agona? tēs apodeixeōs, tēs alētheias estin elat-

and you will be saved. For righteousness comes through believing alone; but full salvation is also to confess, and to add boldness to knowledge. You seek something greater than salvation, the glory and splendour there; for me even to be saved is the greatest thing, and to escape the torments there. You walk the untrodden and inaccessible road; I the beaten road, which has saved many. Nothing would be more unjust in our faith than if it fell only to the wise and to those who excel in speech and logical demonstrations, while the many failed to obtain it, as they fail to obtain gold and silver and the other things that are precious below and sought after by the many; and if what is lofty and reaches only a few were dear and proper to God, while what is common and within reach of the many were to be spat on and rejected. For not even the more moderate among men would act so, refusing honours offered according to ability and rejoicing only in the outstanding ones; much less God, of whose many marvels nothing is so characteristic as that he benefits all. Do not despise what is customary, do not hunt for novelty, so that you may be approved among the many. “Better a small portion with safety than a great one with rottenness,” let Solomon teach you by his counsel; and “Better a poor man walking in his simplicity” (this too is one of the wise proverbs), the man poor in speech and knowledge, who leans on simple words and is saved on them as on a light raft, than the crooked-lipped fool, confident in his demonstrations of argument along with his ignorance, and emptying the cross of Christ, a thing beyond reason, by the power of words, where the weakness of the demonstration is a lessening of the truth.

32.27PG 36:204d–208a

Τί πρὸς οὖρανὸν ὰνίπτασαι, πιζὸς ὤνς τε πύργον οἶκοδομεϊς, τᾶ πρὸς ἀπαρτισμὸν οὒκ Extant; Ιὶν καὶ σὺ μετρετς τῆ χειρὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ππιθαμῇ, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν δραχὶ, στοιχεῖα μιπίλα, καὶ μόνῳ μετρητὰ τῷ ποιήσαντι ; Γνῶθι σαυτὶν πρῶτον· τὰ ἓν χερσὶ κατανόησον· τὶς ιτ, καὶ πῶς ἒπλάσθης, καὶ πῶς emitr-mc, ἵνʼ abuit» ῇς καὶ τῷ χείρον συνδεθῇς, καὶ τί τὸ κινῆσάν Θεοῦ, σε, τίς ἡ περὶ σὲ σοφία καὶ τί τῆς φύσεως τὸ μυστή· ριον πῶς μετρῇ τόπῳ, καὶ νοῦς οὔχ ὁρίζεται, ἀλλʼ ἒν ταύτῷ μένων πάντα ἐπέρχεται πῶς ὅψις ὀλίγη, καὶ ἓπιπλεῗστον φθάνουσα, καὶ πότερον παο ραδοχή τίς ἐστι τοῦ ὸφθὲντος, ἢ πρὸς ἐκεῖνο διάβασις· πῶς τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ κινεῖ, καὶ κινεῖται, διὰ βουλήσεως κυβερνωμενον· τίς δαὶ παῦλα κινήσεως. τίς ὁ τῶν αἰσθήσεων μερισμὸς, καὶπῶς δια τούτων ὃ νοῦς ὁιιιλεϊ τοῖς ἕξω, καὶ τὰ ἔξωθεν παραδέχεται· πῶς ἀναλαμβάνει τὰ εἴδη· καὶ τίς ἡ τήρησις τοῦ ἀναληφθέντος, ἢ μνήμη· καὶ τίς ἡ τοῦ ἀπελ- Θόντος ἀνάληψις, ἢ ἀνάμνησις· πῶς λόγος νοῦ γέννημα, καὶ γεννᾷ λόγον ἓν ἄλλῳ νοΐ, καὶ πῶς λόγῳ νόημα διαδίδοται· πῶς τρέφεται διὰ ψυχῆς σῶμα, καὶ πῶς ψυγὴ διὰ σώματος κοινωνεῖ πάθους· πῶς πήγνυσε φόβος, καὶ λύει θάρσος, καὶ συστέλλει λύπη, καὶ διαχεῖ ἡδονὴ, καὶ τήκει φθόνος, καὶμετεωρίζει τῦφος, καὶ κουφίζει ἐλπίς· πῶς ἐκ· μαίνει θυμὸς, καὶ αἰδὼς ἐρυθραίνει διʼ αἵματος, ὃ μὲν ζέσαντος, ἡ δα ἂναχωρήσαντος· καὶπῶς οἱ χαρακτῆρες τῶν παθῶν ἐν τοῖς σώμασι· τίς ἧ τοῦ λογισμοῦ προεδρία, καὶπῶς πᾶσι τούτοις ἐπιστατεῖ καὶ ἡμεροϊ τὰ τῶν παθῶν κινήματα· πῶς αʼἰματι κρατεῖται καὶ πνοῇ τὸ ἀσώματον* καὶ πῶς ἡ τούτων ἕκλειψις, ψυχῆς ἐστιν ἀναχώρησις. Ταῦτα, ἣ τοίτων τι κατανόησον, ὦ ἄνθρωπε· οὕπω γὰρ λέγω φύσιν, ἢ κίνησιν οὖρανοῠ, καί τάξιν ἀστέρων, καὶ μίξιν στοιχείων, καὶ ζώων διαφορὰς, καὶ δυνάμεων οὗρανίων ὑποβασεις καὶ ὑπερθέσεις, καί πάντα εἰς ὅσα ὁ δημιουργικὸς λὸγος καταμερίζεται, καὶ λόγους προνοίας καὶ διοικήσεως· καὶ τότε οῧπω λέγω, Θάρρησον· ἀλλʼ, ’Ἔτι φοβήθητι προσβῆναι τοϊς ὑψηλοτέροις, καὶ τοῖς μᾶλλον ὑπὲρ τὴν σὴν ’δύναμιν, νόσον ἀδυνατεῖς, ταῦτα μελέτα, ἂν τούτοις ἴσθι κεναῦσθω σοι τὸ φιλότιμον ὲν τοῖς ἀκιν δύο νοις,

Ti pros ouranon aniptasai, pizos ōns te pyrgon oikodomeïs, ta pros apartismon ouk Extant? Iin kai sy metrets tē cheiri to hydōr, kai ton ouranon ppithamę̄, kai pasan tēn gēn drachi, stoicheia mipila, kai monǭ metrēta tǭ poiēsanti ? Gnōthi sautin prōton; ta hen chersi katanoēson; tis it, kai pōs eplasthēs, kai pōs emitr-mc, hinʼ abuit» ę̄s kai tǭ cheiron syndethę̄s, kai ti to kinēsan Theou, se, tis hē peri se sophia kai ti tēs physeōs to mystē; rion pōs metrę̄ topǭ, kai nous ouch horizetai, allʼ en tautǭ menōn panta eperchetai pōs hopsis oligē, kai hepipleïston phthanousa, kai poteron pao radochē tis esti tou ophthentos, ē pros ekeino diabasis; pōs to auto kai kinei, kai kineitai, dia boulēseōs kybernōmenon; tis dai paula kinēseōs. tis ho tōn aisthēseōn merismos, kaipōs dia toutōn ho nous hoiiileï tois hexō, kai ta exōthen paradechetai; pōs analambanei ta eidē; kai tis hē tērēsis tou analēphthentos, ē mnēmē; kai tis hē tou apel- Thontos analēpsis, ē anamnēsis; pōs logos nou gennēma, kai genną logon hen allǭ noï, kai pōs logǭ noēma diadidotai; pōs trephetai dia psychēs sōma, kai pōs psygē dia sōmatos koinōnei pathous; pōs pēgnyse phobos, kai lyei tharsos, kai systellei lypē, kai diachei hēdonē, kai tēkei phthonos, kaimeteōrizei typhos, kai kouphizei elpis; pōs ek; mainei thymos, kai aidōs erythrainei diʼ haimatos, ho men zesantos, hē da anachōrēsantos; kaipōs hoi charaktēres tōn pathōn en tois sōmasi; tis hē tou logismou proedria, kaipōs pasi toutois epistatei kai hēmeroï ta tōn pathōn kinēmata; pōs aʼimati krateitai kai pnoę̄ to asōmaton* kai pōs hē toutōn hekleipsis, psychēs estin anachōrēsis. Tauta, hē toitōn ti katanoēson, ō anthrōpe; houpō gar legō physin, ē kinēsin ouranou, kai taxin asterōn, kai mixin stoicheiōn, kai zōōn diaphoras, kai dynameōn houraniōn hypobaseis kai hypertheseis, kai panta eis hosa ho dēmiourgikos logos katamerizetai, kai logous pronoias kai dioikēseōs; kai tote oÿpō legō, Tharrēson; allʼ, ’Eti phobēthēti prosbēnai toïs hypsēloterois, kai tois mallon hyper tēn sēn ’dynamin, noson adynateis, tauta meleta, an toutois isthi kenausthō soi to philotimon en tois akin dyo nois,

Why do you fly up to heaven when you go on foot? Why do you build a tower when you do not have the means to finish it? Do you too measure the water in your hand, the heaven with a span, and all the earth with a handful, great elements measurable only by the one who made them? Know yourself first; consider what lies in your hands: who you are, how you were formed, and how you were compounded, so as to be the image of God and to be bound to what is worse; what moved you, what wisdom is in you, and what is the mystery of your nature; how you are measured by place, while the mind is not bounded but, remaining in the same place, goes over all things; how the sight is small and yet reaches very far, and whether it is a reception of what is seen or a passing over to it; how the same being moves and is moved, governed by will; what the cessation of motion is; what the distribution of the senses is, and how through them the mind converses with things outside and receives what comes from outside; how it takes up forms; what the keeping of what has been taken up is, that is, memory; and what the taking up again of what has departed is, that is, recollection; how a word is the offspring of the mind and begets a word in another mind, and how a thought is passed on by a word; how the body is nourished through the soul, and how the soul shares in suffering through the body; how fear congeals, boldness relaxes, grief contracts, pleasure diffuses, envy melts, vanity lifts up, and hope lightens; how anger maddens, and shame reddens through the blood, the one when it boils, the other when it retreats; and how the marks of the passions appear in bodies; what the presidency of reason is, and how it presides over all these and tames the movements of the passions; how the incorporeal is held fast by blood and breath, and how their failure is the departure of the soul. Consider these, or some of them, O man; I do not yet speak of the nature or motion of heaven, the order of the stars, the mixture of the elements, the differences of the animals, the ranks of the heavenly powers, lower and higher, and all the things among which the creative Word is distributed, and the principles of providence and government. And even then I do not yet say, “Take courage,” but “Still fear to approach loftier things.” As for what is more beyond your power, as long as you are unable, study these things, stay with them, and let your ambition spend itself on what is safe.

32.29PG 36:208a–208c

Οὔ δέχῃ τοῦτο, οῦδὲ ἡ γλῶσσά σου χαλινὸν ἔχει, οῦδὲ κρείττων ετ τῆς φορᾶς, δεῖ δὲ ἀπονοεῖσθαι πάντως, καὶ ταῖς,πρώταις δυνάμεσι μὴ ίεσθαι, εἴπερ μὴ κάκείναις μέτρον lati τῆς (vd):stle πλέον εῖναι μέγαν, ἢ ὅσον συμφέρον· σὺ δὲ μὴ κατακρίνῃς τὸν ἀδελφὸν, μηδὲ τὴν δειλίαν ἀσέβειαν ὁνομάσῃς, μηδὲ ἀπέλθῃς προἥ ἀπογνοὺς, ὁ τὴν ἒπιεί κετῶς καταχνοῦς, Ἀλλ1 ἕνταῦθά μοι φάνηθι η κειαν ὑπισχνούμενος, ταπεινὸς, ἕως ἔξεστιν· ενταῦθα τὸν ἀδελφὸν προτίμησον, μὴ μετὰ τῆς σεαυτοῦ βλάβης, ἔνθα τὸ κατακρῖναε καὶ ἀτιμάσαι, ὶκόαλεϊν ἐστι Χριστοῦ καὶ τῆς μόνης ἐλπίδος, καὶ τὸν λανθάνοντα σῖτον, καὶ σῖτον ἴσως σου τιμιώτερον συνεκκόψαι τοῖς ζιζανίοις. Ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν, ἐκεῖνον διόρθωσαι, καὶ τοῦτο πράως καὶ φιλανθρώπως, μη ὡς ἐχθρὸς, μηδὲ ὡς ἀπότομος ἱατρὸς, μηδὲ ὼς ἵν τοῦτο μόνον εἱδὼς την καυσιν καὶ τὴν τομὴν· τὸ δὲ, σεαυτοῦ κατᾶγνωθι. καὶ τῆς ασθενείας τῆς σῆς, Τί γὰρ εἰ μημῶν. ἦ ἄλλο τι πάσχων τὰς ὄψεις, ἀμυδρὸν βλέπεις τὸν ἣλιον ς Τί δαὶ εί στρέφεσθαί σοι τὸ πᾶν δοκεῖ, ναυτιῶντι τυχὸν, ἢ μεθύοντι, καὶ την σὴν ἄγνοιαν ἑτέρων ὑπολαμβάνεις ς Πολλὰ δεῖ στρα, iam καὶ παθεῖν, πρὶν ἂλλου καταγνῶναι δυσσέοο 6ειαν.

Ou dechę̄ touto, oude hē glōssa sou chalinon echei, oude kreittōn et tēs phoras, dei de aponoeisthai pantōs, kai tais,prōtais dynamesi mē iesthai, eiper mē kakeinais metron lati tēs (vd):stle pleon einai megan, ē hoson sympheron; sy de mē katakrinę̄s ton adelphon, mēde tēn deilian asebeian honomasę̄s, mēde apelthę̄s proē apognous, ho tēn epiei ketōs katachnous, All1 hentautha moi phanēthi ē keian hypischnoumenos, tapeinos, heōs exestin; entautha ton adelphon protimēson, mē meta tēs seautou blabēs, entha to katakrinae kai atimasai, ikoaleïn esti Christou kai tēs monēs elpidos, kai ton lanthanonta siton, kai siton isōs sou timiōteron synekkopsai tois zizaniois. Alla to men, ekeinon diorthōsai, kai touto praōs kai philanthrōpōs, mē hōs echthros, mēde hōs apotomos hiatros, mēde ōs hin touto monon heidōs tēn kausin kai tēn tomēn; to de, seautou katagnōthi. kai tēs astheneias tēs sēs, Ti gar ei mēmōn. ē allo ti paschōn tas opseis, amydron blepeis ton hēlion s Ti dai ei strephesthai soi to pan dokei, nautiōnti tychon, ē methyonti, kai tēn sēn agnoian heterōn hypolambaneis s Polla dei stra, iam kai pathein, prin allou katagnōnai dysseoo 6eian.

You do not accept this; your tongue has no bridle, and you are not stronger than your impulse, but you must by all means be mad and not yield to the first powers, unless they too have the measure of being greater than is useful; but at least do not condemn your brother, nor call timidity impiety, nor go away condemning him … But show yourself humble here, as long as it is allowed; here prefer your brother, not to your own harm, where condemning and dishonouring him means falling away from Christ and the only hope, and cutting out, along with the tares, the hidden wheat, perhaps more precious than you. Rather correct him, and that gently and humanely, not as an enemy, nor as a harsh physician, nor as one who knows only cautery and the knife; and condemn yourself and your own weakness. For what if, being blear-eyed or suffering some other trouble in your eyes, you see the sun dimly? What if everything seems to you to be turning round, perhaps when you are seasick or drunk, and you attribute your own ignorance to others? One must pray much and suffer much before condemning another of impiety.

32.30PG 36:208c–209a

Οὔκ ἔστιν ἴσον φυτὸν ἰκτεμεῖν, ἢ ἄνθος τι τῶν προσκαίρων, καὶ ἄνθρωπον. Εἶκὼν εἴ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰκόνι Θεοῦ διαλέγῃ, καὶ κρίνη αὐτὸς δ ιφί.. νων καὶ κρίνεις ἀλλοτριον οἰκέτην, καὶ ὃνό ἄλλος οἶκυνομεῖ. Οὕτω δοκίμαζε τὸν ἀδελφὸν σου, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς μέτροις κρινόμενος. Διὰ τοῦτο μη ταχέως τέμῃς, μηδι ἂλλοτριώσῃς τὸ μέλος, ἄδηλον, εἰ μὴ διὰ τούτου προσλυμανῇ τι τῷ ὑγιαίνοντι ἀλλὰ νουθέτησον, ἐπιτίμησον, παρακάλεσον. ’Ἔχεις ἰατρείας κακόνα. Χριστοῦ μαθητὴς εἷ, τοῦ πράου καὶ φιλανθρώπου, καί τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν βαστάσαντος. Κᾶν τὸ πρῶτον ἂντιβᾖ, μακροοθύμησονο κᾶν τὸ δεύτερον, μὴ ἀπελπίσης. in και- ›ὸς θεραπείας κᾶν τὸ τρίτον γενοῦ φιλάνθρωπος γεωργός ἔτι τοῦ Δεσπότου δεήθητι, μὴ ἐκκόψαι, μηδέ μισῆσαι τὴν ἄκαρπον συκῆν καὶ ἀνόνητον ἀλλʼ ἐπιστρέψαι, καὶ θφαπεῦσαι, καὶ περιβαλεῖν κόπρια, τὴν διʼ ἐξαγορεύσεως, καὶ τῆς εἷς τό φανερὸν αἰσχύνης, καὶ ἀτιμοτέρας ἂγωγῆς, ἒπανόρθωσιν. Τίς οἶδεν, εί μεταβαλεῖ, καὶ καρποφυα ρήσει, καὶ θρέψει τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας ἐπανερχόμενον ;

Ouk estin ison phyton iktemein, ē anthos ti tōn proskairōn, kai anthrōpon. Eikōn ei Theou, kai eikoni Theou dialegę̄, kai krinē autos d iphi.. nōn kai krineis allotrion oiketēn, kai hono allos oikynomei. Houtō dokimaze ton adelphon sou, hōs kai autos en tois autois metrois krinomenos. Dia touto mē tacheōs temę̄s, mēdi allotriōsę̄s to melos, adēlon, ei mē dia toutou proslymanę̄ ti tǭ hygiainonti alla nouthetēson, epitimēson, parakaleson. ’Echeis iatreias kakona. Christou mathētēs hei, tou praou kai philanthrōpou, kai tas astheneias hēmōn bastasantos. Kan to prōton antibę̄, makroothymēsono kan to deuteron, mē apelpisēs. in kai- ›os therapeias kan to triton genou philanthrōpos geōrgos eti tou Despotou deēthēti, mē ekkopsai, mēde misēsai tēn akarpon sykēn kai anonēton allʼ epistrepsai, kai thphapeusai, kai peribalein kopria, tēn diʼ exagoreuseōs, kai tēs heis to phaneron aischynēs, kai atimoteras agōgēs, epanorthōsin. Tis oiden, ei metabalei, kai karpophya rēsei, kai threpsei ton Iēsoun apo Bēthanias epanerchomenon ?

It is not the same to cut down a plant, or some short-lived flower, and a man. You are the image of God and you are speaking with the image of God; you who judge will yourself be judged; and you are judging another’s servant, whom another manages. So test your brother as one who will yourself be judged by the same measures. Therefore do not quickly cut off or estrange the member, since it is uncertain whether by doing so you may not also harm what is healthy; but admonish, rebuke, exhort. You have a rule of healing. You are a disciple of Christ, who is meek and loving, and who bore our weaknesses. If he resists the first time, be patient; if the second time, do not despair, there is still time for healing; if the third time, become the kindly farmer: beg the Master still not to cut down or hate the fruitless and useless fig tree, but to turn it, tend it, and put manure around it, that is, correction through confession, public shame, and a humbler way of life. Who knows whether it will change and bear fruit, and feed Jesus as he returns from Bethany?

32.31PG 36:209a–209c

”Ενεγκὲ τι τῆς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ δυσωδίας, ἢ ούσης, ἢ δοκούσης, ὁ τῷ πνευματικῷ μύρῳ συγκεχρισμένος, τῷ συντεθειμένῳ τέχνῃ μυρεψικῇ, ἵνα μεταδῷς τούτῳ τῆς σῆς εὐωδίας. Οὐκ ἔστιν ἐχίδνης ἰὸς ἡ κακία, ἵνʼ ὁαοῧ τῳ πληγῆναι περιβληθῇς ὀδύναις, ἢ καὶ διαφθαρῇς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ᾗ σοι συγγνώμη φεύγοντι τὸ θηρίον, ἢ ἀποκτείνοντι, Ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν εἳ δυνατὸς, κάκεῖνον θεράπευσον εἰ δέ μὴ, τό γε ἀσφαλὲς ἔχεις, ἰν τῷ μηδὲν αὐτὸς τῆς μοχθηρίας μεταλαβεῖν. Ὀσμή τίς ἐστιν ἀηδὴς τὸ ὲκείνὸυ πάθος, ἣν ὴπελάσει τυχὸν τὸ σὸν εὑῶδες δπερνικῆσαν, Ταχὺ ἄν ἐδέξω τι τοιοῦτον ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὁμοδούλου καὶ συγγενοῧς, οἷον Παῦλος ὁ ζηλωτὴς, καὶ διανοηθῆναι, καὶ εἰπεῖν ἐτὸλμησεν, ἑαυτοῦ, εἷ οἷον τε, τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἀντεισαχθῆναι Χριστῷ, διὰ τὸ συμπαθέςο ὅς γε καὶ ἐξ ὗπονοίας πολλάκις μόνης, ἀποτέμνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν ”Ον ἴσως ἐκέρδανας ἄν τῇ χρηστότητι, τοῦτον ἆπολλύεις τῇ θρασὸτητι, τὸ σὸν μέλος, ὑπερ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν, Εὶ τοίνυν καὶ ἰσχυρὸς εἴ, φησὶν ὃ Παῦλος περὶ βρωμάτων διαλεγὸμενος, καὶ θαῤῥετς τῷ λόγῳ καὶτῷ γενναίῳ τῆς πίστεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ὰδελφρν οἱκοδόμησον, Μὴ τῷ βρώματί σον κατάλυε τὸν ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ τῷ κοινῴ πάθει τετιμημένον, Καὶ γὰρ εί τὸ πρᾶγμ» ἓτερον ἀλλʼ ὅ γε τῆς παραινέσεως λόγος ὁμοίως χρήσιμσς.

”Enenke ti tēs tou adelphou dysōdias, ē ousēs, ē dokousēs, ho tǭ pneumatikǭ myrǭ synkechrismenos, tǭ syntetheimenǭ technę̄ myrepsikę̄, hina metadǭs toutǭ tēs sēs euōdias. Ouk estin echidnēs ios hē kakia, hinʼ hoaoÿ tǭ plēgēnai periblēthę̄s odynais, ē kai diaphtharę̄s, kai dia touto hę̄ soi syngnōmē pheugonti to thērion, ē apokteinonti, Allʼ ei men hei dynatos, kakeinon therapeuson ei de mē, to ge asphales echeis, in tǭ mēden autos tēs mochthērias metalabein. Osmē tis estin aēdēs to ekeinou pathos, hēn ēpelasei tychon to son heuōdes dpernikēsan, Tachy an edexō ti toiouton hyper tou homodoulou kai syngenoÿs, hoion Paulos ho zēlōtēs, kai dianoēthēnai, kai eipein etolmēsen, heautou, hei hoion te, ton Israēl anteisachthēnai Christǭ, dia to sympatheso hos ge kai ex hyponoias pollakis monēs, apotemneis ton adelphon ”On isōs ekerdanas an tę̄ chrēstotēti, touton apollyeis tę̄ thrasotēti, to son melos, hyper hou Christos apethanen, Ei toinyn kai ischyros ei, phēsin ho Paulos peri brōmatōn dialegomenos, kai tharrhets tǭ logǭ kaitǭ gennaiǭ tēs pisteōs, alla kai ton adelphrn hoikodomēson, Mē tǭ brōmati son katalye ton hypo Christou tǭ koinǭ pathei tetimēmenon, Kai gar ei to pragm» heteron allʼ ho ge tēs paraineseōs logos homoiōs chrēsimss.

Bear something of your brother’s foul smell, whether real or apparent, you who are anointed with the spiritual ointment compounded by the perfumer’s art, so that you may share your fragrance with him. Vice is not a viper’s poison, that as soon as you are struck you should be overwhelmed with pains or even destroyed, and so be pardoned for fleeing the beast or killing it. But if you are able, heal him too; and if not, you at least have the safety of sharing nothing of his wickedness yourself. His passion is a kind of unpleasant smell, which your fragrance may perhaps overcome and drive away. Would you be quick to accept for your fellow servant and kinsman anything like what zealous Paul dared to think and to say, that he himself, if it were possible, should be exchanged for Israel and cut off from Christ, out of sympathy? You, who often cut off your brother on mere suspicion! The one whom you might perhaps have won by kindness you destroy by rashness: your own member, for whom Christ died. “If, then, you are strong,” says Paul, discussing foods, and confident in reason and in the nobility of your faith, yet build up your brother too. Do not by your food destroy the one whom Christ honoured with his suffering, common to all. For even if the subject is different, the word of exhortation is equally useful.

32.32PG 36:209d–213a

Χρῆν δὲ καὶ νόμον κεῖσθαι παρʼ ἡμῖν, καθάπερ τοῖς πάλαι σοφοῖς Ἐβραίων, ἔστιν ἃς τῶν ἱερῶν βίβλων μὴ ἅνεϊσθαι τοῖς νέοις, ὡς ού λυσιτελούσας ταις ἆστηρίκτοις ἔτι καὶ ἆπαλωτὲραις ψυχαϊςʼ οὕτω καὶ μηδὲ παντὶ, μηδὲ πάντοτε,ἆλλʼ ἔστιν ὅτε, καὶ οἷς, τὸν περὶ πίστεως συγχωρεῖσθαι λόγον, τοῖς μὴ παντελῶς ὁλιγώροις λέγω, καὶ νωθροϊς τὴν διάνοιαν, ἦ τοῖς μὴ λίαν ἀπλήστοις, καὶ φιλοτίμοις, καὶ θερμοτέροις τοῦ δέοντος εἷς εὐσέβειαν καὶ τοὺς μὲν τάττειν ἐνταῦθα. οὒ μήτε αυτοὺς βλάψωσι, μήτε ἄλλους ταττόμενοι· καὶ τὴν ὲν λόγοις ἐλευθερίαν ἔχειν τοὺς μετρίους ἐν λόγῳ, καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς κοσμίους καὶ σώφρονας” τοὺς πολλοὺς δὲ ἁπάγειν τῆς ὁδοῦ ταύτης, καὶ τῆς νῦν κατεχούσης ιριλολαλιᾶς καὶ ἀρρωστίας, καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι τρέπειν ἀρετῆς εἶδος inmota-16:59“, ἔνθα καὶ τὸ ὀλίγωρον ἦττον βλαβερὸν,καὶ τὸ ἄπληστον εὖσεόἐστερον. AI". El μὲν γὰρ, ὥσπερ εἶς Κύριος, μία πίστις. ἓν βάπτισμα, εἷς Θεὸς, ὁΠατὴρ πάντων, καὶ δια παντων, καὶ ἓν πᾶσιν, οὕτω καὶ μία τις ἦν σωτηρίας ὁδὸς, ἡ διὰ λόγου καὶ θεωρίας, καὶ ταύτης ἐκπεσόντας, ἔδει τοῦ παντὸς ἁμαρτεῖν, καὶ ἄπορῥιφθῆναι Θεοῦ, καὶ τῆς ὶκεῑθεν ἐλπίδος· ὠδὶν ἄν ἧν, οὔτε τοῦ συμβουλεύειν τα το.αῦτα, οὔτε τοὺ πείθεσθαι σφαλερώτερον, El δὲ, ὥσπερ ὲν τοῖς ἆιθοωπίνοις, πολλαὶ διαφοραὶ βίων καὶ προαιρέσεων,μειζόνω·ι τε καὶ ἡττόνων, λαμπροτέρων καὶ ἀρανεστέρων, οὕτω κᾶν τοῖς θείοις, οὔχ ἓν τι τὸ σὼξόν ἐστιν, οὐδὲ μία της ἀρετῆς ὁδὸς, ἀλλὰ πλείονες, καὶ τοῦ πολλὰς εἶναι μονὰς παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ, τούτου ὁὶ 10509:»).λουμὲνου. κὰν ταῖς πάντων κειμένου γλώσσαις, οὒκ ἄλλο τι ἢ τοῦτο αἴτιον, τὸ πολλὰς εἶναι τὰς ὶκεῐσε φερούσας ὁδοὺς, τὰς μὲν ἐπικινδυνοτέρας τε καὶ λαμπροτέρας, τὰς δὲ ταπεινοτέρας τε καὶ ἀσφαλεο στέρας· τί τὰς ἀσφαλεστέρας ἐφέντες, ἐπὶ μίαν ταύτην τρεπόμεθα, τὴν οῧτως ἐπισφαλῆκαὶ ὀλισθηραν. καὶ οὐκ ότδ* ὅποι φέρουσαν ς ’Ἡ τροφὴ μὲν οὔχ ἡ αὕτη πᾶσι κατάλληλος, ἄλλῳ δὲ. ἄλλη κατὰ τὴν διαφορὰν καὶ τῶν ἡλικιῶν καὶτῶν ἕξεων· βίος δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς πᾶσι συμφέρων, ἢ λόγοςς Οὔκ ἔγωγε τοῦτο εἴποιμʼ ἄν, οὔδε προσθοίμην τοῖς λέγουσιο, Εἴ τι οὖν ἐμοὶ πείθεσθε, νέοι καὶ γέροντες, ἄρχοντες λαὼν καὶ ἀρχόμενοι, μοινασταὶ καὶ μιγάδες, τὰς μὲν περιττὰς καὶ ἀχρήστους φιλοτιμίας χαίρειν ἑάσατεʼ αὖτοὶ δὲ διὰ βίου, καὶ πολιτείας, καὶ λόγων τῶν ἀκινδυνοτέρων τῷ Θεῷ πλησιάζοντες, τεύξεσθε τῆς εκεϊθεν ἁληθείας κοὶ θεωρίας, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίὼ ἡμῶν, ᾦ ἡ δόξα εἷς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμην,

Chrēn de kai nomon keisthai parʼ hēmin, kathaper tois palai sophois Ebraiōn, estin has tōn hierōn biblōn mē haneïsthai tois neois, hōs ou lysitelousas tais astēriktois eti kai apalōterais psychaïsʼ houtō kai mēde panti, mēde pantote,allʼ estin hote, kai hois, ton peri pisteōs synchōreisthai logon, tois mē pantelōs holigōrois legō, kai nōthroïs tēn dianoian, ē tois mē lian aplēstois, kai philotimois, kai thermoterois tou deontos heis eusebeian kai tous men tattein entautha. ou mēte autous blapsōsi, mēte allous tattomenoi; kai tēn en logois eleutherian echein tous metrious en logǭ, kai hōs alēthōs kosmious kai sōphronas” tous pollous de hapagein tēs hodou tautēs, kai tēs nyn katechousēs irilolalias kai arrōstias, kai epʼ allo ti trepein aretēs eidos inmota-16:59“, entha kai to oligōron ētton blaberon,kai to aplēston euseoesteron. AI". El men gar, hōsper eis Kyrios, mia pistis. hen baptisma, heis Theos, hoPatēr pantōn, kai dia pantōn, kai hen pasin, houtō kai mia tis ēn sōtērias hodos, hē dia logou kai theōrias, kai tautēs ekpesontas, edei tou pantos hamartein, kai aporrhiphthēnai Theou, kai tēs ikeithen elpidos; ōdin an hēn, oute tou symbouleuein ta to.auta, oute tou peithesthai sphalerōteron, El de, hōsper en tois aithoōpinois, pollai diaphorai biōn kai proaireseōn,meizonō;i te kai hēttonōn, lamproterōn kai aranesterōn, houtō kan tois theiois, ouch hen ti to sōxon estin, oude mia tēs aretēs hodos, alla pleiones, kai tou pollas einai monas para tǭ Theǭ, toutou hoi 10509:»).loumenou. kan tais pantōn keimenou glōssais, ouk allo ti ē touto aition, to pollas einai tas ikeise pherousas hodous, tas men epikindynoteras te kai lamproteras, tas de tapeinoteras te kai asphaleo steras; ti tas asphalesteras ephentes, epi mian tautēn trepometha, tēn oÿtōs episphalēkai olisthēran. kai ouk otd* hopoi pherousan s ’Hē trophē men ouch hē hautē pasi katallēlos, allǭ de. allē kata tēn diaphoran kai tōn hēlikiōn kaitōn hexeōn; bios de ho autos pasi sympherōn, ē logoss Ouk egōge touto eipoimʼ an, oude prosthoimēn tois legousio, Ei ti oun emoi peithesthe, neoi kai gerontes, archontes laōn kai archomenoi, moinastai kai migades, tas men perittas kai achrēstous philotimias chairein heasateʼ autoi de dia biou, kai politeias, kai logōn tōn akindynoterōn tǭ Theǭ plēsiazontes, teuxesthe tēs ekeïthen halētheias koi theōrias, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriō hēmōn, ǭ hē doxa heis aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn,

There ought to be a law among us, as there was among the wise men of the Hebrews of old, that some of the sacred books are not to be given to the young, as not profitable to souls still unsettled and tender; so too that discourse about the faith should be permitted neither to everyone nor always, but at certain times and to certain people: I mean to those who are neither altogether careless and sluggish in mind, nor too insatiable, ambitious, and more fervent than they should be for piety. The latter should be set where they will harm neither themselves nor others; those who are moderate in speech, truly orderly and sober, should have freedom in discourse; and the many should be led away from this road, and from the loquacity and sickness that now prevail, and turned to some other form of virtue, where carelessness is less harmful and insatiability more pious. [33] For if, as there is one Lord, one faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all, through all and in all, so there were one way of salvation, that through reason and contemplation, and those who fell from it had to miss everything and be cast away from God and the hope there, nothing would be more dangerous than either to give such advice or to follow it. But if, as in human affairs there are many differences of lives and choices, greater and lesser, more brilliant and more obscure, so also in divine things the means of salvation is not one, nor is there one way of virtue, but more; and if the much-repeated saying on everyone’s tongue, that there are many dwelling places with God, has no other cause than that there are many roads leading there, some more dangerous and more brilliant, others humbler and safer: why do we leave the safer roads and turn to this one alone, so precarious and slippery, which leads I know not where? Is the same food not suitable for all, but different food for different people according to their differences of age and condition, while the same life or the same discourse benefits all? I would not say so, nor agree with those who say it. If, then, you will be persuaded by me, young and old, rulers of peoples and ruled, monks and those living in the world, bid farewell to superfluous and useless ambitions; and drawing near to God through your life, your conduct, and safer words, you will attain the truth and contemplation there, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 33

33.1PG 36:213b–216b

Ποῦ ποτὲ εἰσιν οἱ τὴν πενιαν ἡμῖν ὀνειδίζοντες, καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον κομπάζοντες. Οἱ πλήθει rip Ἐκχλησίαν ὁρίζοντας, καὶ τὸ βραχὺ διαπτύοντες ποίμνιον ς οἱ καὶ θεότητα μετροῦντες, καὶ λαὸν σταθμῖζοντεςς οἱ τὴν ψᾶμμον τιμῶντες καὶ τοὺς φωστῆρας ὕὸρῖζοντες; οἱ τοὺς κὰχληκας θησαυρίο ζοντες, καὶ τοὶς μαργαρίτας ὑπερορῶντες; Οὗ γὰρ ἴσασιν, ὅτι οὒ τοσοῦτον ψέμμος ἀστέρων ἀῖθονωτέρα, καὶ λίθων διαυγῶν κάχληκες, ὅσον ταῦτα ὲκείνων καθαρώτερά τε καὶ τιμιώτερα. Πάλιν ἄγαναχτεϊςς πάλιν ὁπλίζτς ; πάλιν ὑβρίζει-ς; ἡ καινὴ} πίστις ς Μικρὸν ἐπίσχες τὴν ἀπειλὴν, ’ἵνα φθέγξωμαι. Οὖχῦὅρίσομεν, ἀλλʼ ὲλέγξομεν” οὐκ ἁπειλήσομεν, ἀλλʼ ὀνειδὶσομεν οὖ πλήξομεν, ἀλλʼ ἱατρεύσομεν. οὝβρις σοι γαὶ τοῦτο δοκεῖς Τῆς ὑπερηφινὲας ἵ Κάνταῦθα δοῦλον ποιεῖς τὸν ὁμότιμον; Εἰ δὲ μὴ, δέξαι μου τὴν παρῥησὶαν. Καὶ ἆόελφὸς ἀδελφὸν ἐλέγχει πλεονεκτούμενος-

Pou pote eisin hoi tēn penian hēmin oneidizontes, kai ton plouton kompazontes. Hoi plēthei rip Ekchlēsian horizontas, kai to brachy diaptyontes poimnion s hoi kai theotēta metrountes, kai laon stathmizontess hoi tēn psammon timōntes kai tous phōstēras hyorizontes? hoi tous kachlēkas thēsaurio zontes, kai tois margaritas hyperorōntes? Hou gar isasin, hoti ou tosouton psemmos asterōn aithonōtera, kai lithōn diaugōn kachlēkes, hoson tauta ekeinōn katharōtera te kai timiōtera. Palin aganachteïss palin hoplizts ? palin hybrizei-s? hē kainē} pistis s Mikron episches tēn apeilēn, ’hina phthenxōmai. Ouchyorisomen, allʼ elenxomen” ouk hapeilēsomen, allʼ oneidisomen ou plēxomen, allʼ hiatreusomen. hoUbris soi gai touto dokeis Tēs hyperēphineas hi Kantautha doulon poieis ton homotimon? Ei de mē, dexai mou tēn parrhēsian. Kai aoelphos adelphon elenchei pleonektoumenos-

Where are those who reproach us with our poverty and boast of their wealth? Who define the Church by numbers and spurn the little flock? Who measure the Godhead and weigh out the people? Who honour the sand and insult the luminaries? Who treasure pebbles and despise pearls? For they do not know that sand is not so much more plentiful than stars, nor pebbles than transparent stones, as the latter are purer and more precious than the former. Are you angry again? Arming yourselves again? Insulting again, you new faith? Hold back your threat a little, so that I may speak. We will not insult, but refute; not threaten, but reproach; not strike, but heal. Do you think this too an insult? What arrogance! Here too do you make a slave of one who is your equal? If not, accept my frankness. Even a brother rebukes a brother when he is wronged.

33.2PG 36:216b–216c

Βούλει σοι τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραὴλ φθέγξομαι (Η), τραχηλιῶντα καὶ σκληρυνόμενονὲ Λαός μου, τίέποῖησᾶ om, ἧ τῖἠδίχησά σε, ἢ τί παρηνώχληεά σοι ς Μᾶλλον δὲ, πρὸς σί μοι τὸν ὒόριστὴν ὁ λόγος. Κακῶς μὲν τοὺς ἀλλήλων ἐπιτηροῦμεν καιροὺς, καὶ τὸ «cpe-.10» τῷ ἑτεροδόξῳ λύσαντες, μικροῦ καὶ τῶν νῦν πολεμούντων ἡμῖν βαρβάρων, οὕς ἣτριᾶς λυομένη συνέστη·

Boulei soi ta tou Theou pros ton Israēl phthenxomai (Ē), trachēliōnta kai sklērynomenone Laos mou, tiepoiēsa om, hē tiēdichēsa se, ē ti parēnōchlēea soi s Mallon de, pros si moi ton yoristēn ho logos. Kakōs men tous allēlōn epitēroumen kairous, kai to «cpe-.10» tǭ heterodoxǭ lysantes, mikrou kai tōn nyn polemountōn hēmin barbarōn, hous hētrias lyomenē synestē;

Do you want me to speak to you the words of God to Israel, stiff-necked and hardened? “My people, what have I done to you, or how have I wronged you, or how have I troubled you?” Or rather, my word is to you, the insolent one. It is a bad thing that we watch for opportunities against one another, and, having dissolved our concord through difference of opinion, [have become worse] almost than even the barbarians who are now warring against us, whom the Triad, divided by us, has banded together …

33.3PG 36:216c–220c

Γεγόναμεν ἀλλήλοις ἆπανθρωπότεροι καὶ θρασύτεροι πλὴν ὅσον οὗ ξένοι βάλλομεν ξένους, οῦδὲ Ξιλλογλώσσους ἀλλόγλωσσοι (ὅν καὶ βραχεῖα παραιμυθέα τῆς συμφορᾶς), ἀλλήλους δὲ, καὶ οἷον οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς οἶκίας, φέρομέν τε καὶ ἄγομεν· εἰ βούλει δὲ, τὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σώματος μέλη δαπανῶμεν καὶ δαπανώμεθκ· Αρὶ οὒχὶ τοῦτὸ που δεινὸν, καίπερ ὃν τηλικοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ προσθήκην νομίζομεν τὴν ὑφαίρεσιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὕτως ἔχομεν, καὶ μετὰ τῶν καιρῶν πιστεύομεν, ἀντιθῶμεν τοὺς καιροὺς ἁλλήο λοιῖ σὺ τὸν σὸν βασιλέα, κάγὼ τοῦδ ἐμούς· σύ τὸν Ἀχαᾶὸ, ἑγὼ-τὸν Ἰῶσίαν, Δνιήγησαί μοι τὴν σὴν ἐπιείκειαν, κάγὼ τὴν ἐμὴν θρασύτητα- Μᾶλλον δὲ, τὴν μὲν τὴν, πολλαὶ καὶ βίβλοι mi γλῷσσαιᾼ φέρουσιν, ἃς καὶ ὁ μέλλων ὒπολήψεται χρόνος, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ἡ ἀθάνατος στήλη τῶν πράξεων ε Ιεγὼ δὲ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ διηγήσομαι, 1". Τίνα δῆμον ἐπτςγαγόν σοι θράσει φερόμενονς Τίνας ὁπλίτας παρέταξα; Τινα στρατηγὸν θυμιξ ζὲοντα, καὶ τῶν ἐπιτασσόντων θρασύτερονε καὶ τοῦτον οὑδὲ Χριστιανὸν, ἀλλʼ οἷκεὶαν θρησκεὶαπ προσάγοντα τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ δαὶμοσι, τὴν καθʼ ἡμῶν ἀσέβειαν; Τινας εὐχομένους ἓπολιόρκησα, καὶ τὰς χετρας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν αʼἕροντας; Τινας ψαλμφδιας σάλπιγξιν ἔστησα; Τὶνων μυστικὸν αἷμα φονικοῖς οιῗμασιν ἕμιξα, Τινων οἰμωγὰς θρήνοις ἔπαυσα, πνευματικάς ὄλεθρὶοις, καὶ δάκρασι τραγῳδὶας, δάκρυα κατανύξεωςς Ποῖον προσευχῆς οἶκοι πεποιηκα πολυάνδριον; Ποῖα λειτουργικὰ σκεύη, καῖ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἅψαόστα, χερσὶν ἀνόμων ἐξέδωκα, *ἲ Ναβουζαρδάν τῷ ἀρχιμαγείραρ, ἢ Βαλτάσαρ τῷ κακῶς εν τοῖς ἁγίοις τρυφήσαντι, καὶ μέντοι καὶ δίκας εἰσπραχθέντι τῆς ἀπονοίας ἀξίας; Θυσιαστήρια ἠγαπημένοι, ὥς φησιν ἡ θεία Γραφη, νυνὶ δὲ καθυβρισμένα ὅμῶν δὲ ποῖον (Ἡ) διʼ ἡμᾶς κατωρχήσατο μειράκιον ἀσελγὲς, αἰσχρὰ λυγιζόμενον, καὶ καμπτόμενον ; μᾶλλον δὲ. διὰ τίνος ἐγὼ τοιού του τὸ μέγα μυστήριον καὶ θετον ἑδρχησάμην; Καθεδρα τιμία, καὶ τιμίων ἀνδρῶν ἵδρυμα καὶ ἀνάπαυμα, καὶ πολλοὺς εὐσεβεῖς ἀμείψασα ιερὲας, ἄνωθεν τὰ θεῖα μυςταγωγήσαντας ἐπὶ δὲ σὲ τίς. ἀνέβη δημηγόρος ΗΕλλην, καὶ γλῶσσα πονηρά, τὰ Χριστιανῶν στηλιτεύουσας Παρθένων αἰὸὼς καὶ σεμνότης, ὄψεις ἀνδρῶν μηδὲ σωφρόνων φέρουσα, σὲ δὲ τις ἡμῶν ᾔσχυνε καὶ καθύβρισε μὲχρι τῶν ἀθεάτων, καὶ ἀσεβῶν ὄψεσι προῦθηκε θέαν ἐλεεινὴν, καὶ τοῦ Σοδομιτικοῦ πυρὸς digium; Ἐὦ γὰρ θανάτους λέγειν τῆς αἰσχύνης ἀνεκτοτέ- ,ηδε τῇ κοινωνίᾳ χρανθῆναι, ἢν ᾡς ἱὸν φώγομεν, of. σῶμα βλάπτουσαν, τὰ δὲ βάθη μελαίνουσαν τῆς ψυχῆς ς τίσι καὶ τὸ θάψαι νεκροὺς ἰγκλτιμι γέγονεν, οὓς καὶ θῆρες ᾐδέσθησαν ς καὶ τὸ ἴγκλτ,μσ πόσον ς ’Άλλου Θεάτρου καὶ θηρῶν ἄλλων ἄξιον, Τίνων ἓπιτκιέπων γηραιαὶ σάρκες τοῖς ὄνυξι κατεξάνοησιιν παρόντῶν τῶν μυηθέντων καὶ βοηθεῖν οὒκ ἑχόντων, πλὴν τοῦ δακρύειν· μετὰ Χριστοῦ κρεαασθετσαι, τῷ πιθεῖν νικήαασαι, καὶτῷ τιμίιρ αῗματι τὸν λαὸν ῥαπίσασαι, καὶ τέλος inuri}!σαι τὸν ἐπὶ θάνατον, Χριστῷ καὶ συσταυρωθησόμεναι, καὶ συνταφησόμεναι, καὶ συνδοξασθησόμιναι, Χριστῷ τῷ τὸν κόσμον νικήσαντι διὰ τοιούτων σφαγίων τε καὶ θυμάτωνς Τίνας πρεσβυτέρως ὶνανο τίαι φύσεις, ὕδωρ καὶ πῦρ, ἐμερίσαντο, πυρσὸν ἄραν- :1< ξένον ἐπὶ θαλάσσης, κιὶ timid-sp.φλεχθέντας ἐφʼ ἧς ἀνήχθησαν ς Τίνες (Ἵνα τὰ πλιίω συγκαλύψω τῶν ἡμετέρων κακῶν) καὶ ὑπʼ αὖ· τῶν τῶν ἀρχόντων ἀπανθρωπίαν ἕνεκλήθησαν, τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα χαριζομένων ; Καὶ γὰρ ai ταῖς ὶπιθυμίαις ὑπηρέτουν, ἆλλ οὖν ἐμίσουν τῆς προαιρέσεως τὸ ὠμόν, Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἧν τνῦ καιροῦ, τὸ δὲ τοῦ λογισμοῦ καὶ τὸ μὶν τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως παρανομίας, τὸ δὲ τῆς τῶν νόμων, οἶς δικάζειν ἐχρῆν, συναισθήσεως,

Gegonamen allēlois apanthrōpoteroi kai thrasyteroi plēn hoson hou xenoi ballomen xenous, oude Xilloglōssous alloglōssoi (hon kai bracheia paraimythea tēs symphoras), allēlous de, kai hoion hoi tēs autēs oikias, pheromen te kai agomen; ei boulei de, ta tou autou sōmatos melē dapanōmen kai dapanōmethk; Ari ouchi touto pou deinon, kaiper hon tēlikouton, allʼ hoti kai prosthēkēn nomizomen tēn hyphairesin. Epei de houtōs echomen, kai meta tōn kairōn pisteuomen, antithōmen tous kairous hallēo loii sy ton son basilea, kagō toud emous; sy ton Achaao, hegō-ton Iōsian, Dniēgēsai moi tēn sēn epieikeian, kagō tēn emēn thrasytēta- Mallon de, tēn men tēn, pollai kai bibloi mi glǭssaiĄ pherousin, has kai ho mellōn ypolēpsetai chronos, emoi dokein, hē athanatos stēlē tōn praxeōn e Iegō de tēn emautou diēgēsomai, 1". Tina dēmon eptsgagon soi thrasei pheromenons Tinas hoplitas paretaxa? Tina stratēgon thymix zeonta, kai tōn epitassontōn thrasyterone kai touton houde Christianon, allʼ hoikeian thrēskeiap prosagonta tois heautou daimosi, tēn kathʼ hēmōn asebeian? Tinas euchomenous hepoliorkēsa, kai tas chetras pros ton Theon aʼherontas? Tinas psalmphdias salpinxin estēsa? Tinōn mystikon haima phonikois oiïmasin hemixa, Tinōn oimōgas thrēnois epausa, pneumatikas olethriois, kai dakrasi tragǭdias, dakrya katanyxeōss Poion proseuchēs oikoi pepoiēka polyandrion? Poia leitourgika skeuē, kai tois pollois hapsaosta, chersin anomōn exedōka, *i Nabouzardan tǭ archimageirar, ē Baltasar tǭ kakōs en tois hagiois tryphēsanti, kai mentoi kai dikas eisprachthenti tēs aponoias axias? Thysiastēria ēgapēmenoi, hōs phēsin hē theia Graphē, nyni de kathybrismena homōn de poion (Hē) diʼ hēmas katōrchēsato meirakion aselges, aischra lygizomenon, kai kamptomenon ? mallon de. dia tinos egō toiou tou to mega mystērion kai theton hedrchēsamēn? Kathedra timia, kai timiōn andrōn hidryma kai anapauma, kai pollous eusebeis ameipsasa iereas, anōthen ta theia mystagōgēsantas epi de se tis. anebē dēmēgoros ĒEllēn, kai glōssa ponēra, ta Christianōn stēliteuousas Parthenōn aioōs kai semnotēs, opseis andrōn mēde sōphronōn pherousa, se de tis hēmōn ę̄schyne kai kathybrise mechri tōn atheatōn, kai asebōn opsesi prouthēke thean eleeinēn, kai tou Sodomitikou pyros digium? Eō gar thanatous legein tēs aischynēs anektote- ,ēde tę̄ koinōnią chranthēnai, ēn hǭs hion phōgomen, of. sōma blaptousan, ta de bathē melainousan tēs psychēs s tisi kai to thapsai nekrous inkltimi gegonen, hous kai thēres ę̄desthēsan s kai to inklt,ms poson s ’Allou Theatrou kai thērōn allōn axion, Tinōn hepitkiepōn gēraiai sarkes tois onyxi katexanoēsiin parontōn tōn myēthentōn kai boēthein ouk hechontōn, plēn tou dakryein; meta Christou kreaasthetsai, tǭ pithein nikēaasai, kaitǭ timiir aïmati ton laon rhapisasai, kai telos inuri}!sai ton epi thanaton, Christǭ kai systaurōthēsomenai, kai syntaphēsomenai, kai syndoxasthēsominai, Christǭ tǭ ton kosmon nikēsanti dia toioutōn sphagiōn te kai thymatōns Tinas presbyterōs inano tiai physeis, hydōr kai pyr, emerisanto, pyrson aran- :1< xenon epi thalassēs, kii timid-sp.phlechthentas ephʼ hēs anēchthēsan s Tines (Hina ta pliiō synkalypsō tōn hēmeterōn kakōn) kai hypʼ au; tōn tōn archontōn apanthrōpian heneklēthēsan, tōn ta toiauta charizomenōn ? Kai gar ai tais ipithymiais hypēretoun, all oun emisoun tēs proaireseōs to ōmon, To men gar hēn tny kairou, to de tou logismou kai to min tēs tou basileōs paranomias, to de tēs tōn nomōn, ois dikazein echrēn, synaisthēseōs,

we have become more inhuman and rasher toward one another; except that it is not strangers striking strangers, nor people of foreign speech striking those of another tongue (which would be some small consolation in our misfortune), but we carry off and plunder one another, like members of the same household; or, if you like, we consume and are consumed, members of the same body. And this is not the dreadful thing, great as it is, but that we think the loss a gain. Since this is our state, and we believe according to the times, let us set the times against each other: you your emperor, and I mine; you Ahab, and I Josiah. Tell me of your moderation, and I will tell you of my rashness. Or rather, yours is told by many books and tongues, which future time too will take up, I think, an immortal monument of your deeds; but I will tell my own. [3] What mob did I bring against you, carried away by rashness? What soldiers did I draw up? What general, boiling with anger and bolder than those who gave him his orders, and he not even a Christian, but offering to his own demons his impiety against us as a private act of worship? Whom did I besiege while they were praying and lifting up their hands to God? Whose psalmody did I stop with trumpets? Whose mystic blood did I mix with the blood of murder? Whose wailing did I silence with lamentations, spiritual lament with deadly, and tears of compunction with tears of tragedy? What house of prayer did I make a common grave? What liturgical vessels, untouchable to the many, did I hand over to the hands of the lawless, a Nebuzaradan, the chief cook, or a Belshazzar, who wickedly revelled in the holy things and paid the penalty his madness deserved? “Beloved altars,” as the divine Scripture says, but now outraged: what lewd youth danced upon yours because of us, twisting and bending shamefully? Or rather, through whom did I mock so great and divine a mystery? Venerable throne, seat and resting place of venerable men, which has had a succession of many pious priests who initiated the people from above into divine things: what pagan demagogue mounted you, what wicked tongue denouncing the things of Christians? Modesty and dignity of virgins, which cannot bear the gaze even of chaste men: which of us shamed and outraged you, even to what should not be seen, and set before the eyes of the impious a pitiable spectacle, worthy of the fire of Sodom? I pass over deaths, which are more bearable than shame. … to be defiled by communion, which we flee as poison, not because it harms the body but because it blackens the depths of the soul? For whom has burying the dead become a crime, the dead whom even beasts respected? And how great a crime? One worthy of another theatre and other beasts. Whose aged flesh, the flesh of bishops, did I tear with claws, while their initiates stood by unable to help except by weeping: flesh hung up with Christ, conquering by suffering, sprinkling the people with its precious blood, and at last hastening to death, to be crucified with Christ, buried with him, and glorified with him, with Christ, who conquered the world through such victims and sacrifices? What presbyters did opposite elements, water and fire, divide between them, raising a strange beacon over the sea, burned up in the ship on which they had put out? Who (to cover the greater part of our sufferings) were accused of inhumanity even by those rulers who granted them such favours? For even if the rulers served their desires, they hated the cruelty of their choice; the one belonged to the times, the other to reason; the one to the emperor’s lawlessness, the other to their own awareness of the laws by which they were bound to judge.

33.5PG 36:220c–224a

’,Η ’ἕνα τὰ, παλαιότερα λέγωμεν καὶ ταῦτι γὰρ τῆς αὺτῆς φρατρίας), τινας περιελὼν χεῖρας, ἢ τι· θνηκότων, ἢ ζώντων ἁγίων, κατεψευσάμην, ’ἵνα τὴν πίστιν πολεμήσω διὰ τῆς ἑπηρείας; Τίνων ἔξορίας ὡς εὔεργεσίας summa, καὶ οὑδὲ φιλοσόφων ἱερῶν ἠδέσθην ἱερᾶ συστήματα, ὅθεν τοὺς ἱκέτας {:16τουν, Τπιῦνιντίον μὲν οὖν, κάκείνους ἐποίησα μάρτυρας, ὑπὲρ τοῦ καλοῦ κινδυνεύοντας. Τίσιν ἑπιισήγαγον πόρνας ἂσάρκοις μικροῦ καὶ ἀναίμοσι, τὴν περὶ τῶν λόγων ἀσέλγειαν ἐγκαλούμενος; Τίνας τῶν εὐσεβῶν τῆς πατρίδος ὑπερορίοις, ἀνδρῶν h6μων χερσὶ παρέδωκα, ’ἶνʼ ὡς θῆρες εἱρχθέντες ἐν ἀφεγγέσιν οἴκοις, καὶ,ἀλλήλων διαζευχθέντες (τοῦτο γὰρ δὴ τὸ τῆς τραγῳδίας βαρύτατον), λιμῷ καὶ δίψει κακοπαθήσωσι, τροφὴν μετρούμενοι, καὶ ταύτην διὰ στενῶν τῶν πόρων, καὶ οὐδὲ τοὺς συκιαλγοῦντας ἐρᾷν ἰώμενοι; Καὶ ταῦτα, τίνες; Ὠν οὖκῆν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος. Οὕτω τιμᾶτε πίστιν ὑμεῖς ; οὕτω ξενίζετε ; Ἀγνοεϊτε τὰ πλείω τούτων · καὶ λίαν εἷκόο τως, διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὁραμάτων, καὶτῆς ἐν τῷ ποιεῖν τρυφῆς · ἀλλὰ τὸ πάσχον μνημονικώτερον. Τί μοι τὰ πόῤῥω λέγειν ; Ἀλλά τινες καὶ τοῦ καιροῦ γε· γόνασι βιαιότεροι, καθάπερ οἱκατὰ φραγμῶν ὠθούμενοι σύες. Ζητῶ μου τὸ χθὲς ὑμῶν σφάγιον, τὸν γέροντα, καὶ Ἀβραμιαϊον πατέρα, ὃν ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας ἀχθέντα, λίθοις ἐδεξιώσασθε, μεσούσης ι Ι 9 ρ ΙΝ.-. h‘ ι \, ἡμέρας, ἐν μέσῃ πόλει. Ἠμεῖς δὲ καὶ τοὺς φονεῖς, εἰ μὴ φορτικὸν εἰπεῖν, ἐζητησάμεθα κινδυνεύοντας, Ποῖα τούτων ἵλεως ἔσομαί σοι ς φησι που τῆς Γραφῆς ὁ Θεός. Τί τούτων ἐπαινέσω ; μᾶλλον δὲ, ὲκ ποίων ὑμᾶς ἆναδήσομαι ; πλήθουσα, καί δῆμος κυμαίνων, καὶ ἀνδρῶν ei)» γενῶν συνέδριον ἐπαινούμενον.

’,Ē ’hena ta, palaiotera legōmen kai tauti gar tēs autēs phratrias), tinas perielōn cheiras, ē ti; thnēkotōn, ē zōntōn hagiōn, katepseusamēn, ’hina tēn pistin polemēsō dia tēs hepēreias? Tinōn exorias hōs euergesias summa, kai houde philosophōn hierōn ēdesthēn hiera systēmata, hothen tous hiketas {:16toun, Tpiynintion men oun, kakeinous epoiēsa martyras, hyper tou kalou kindyneuontas. Tisin hepiisēgagon pornas asarkois mikrou kai anaimosi, tēn peri tōn logōn aselgeian enkaloumenos? Tinas tōn eusebōn tēs patridos hyperoriois, andrōn h6mōn chersi paredōka, ’inʼ hōs thēres heirchthentes en aphengesin oikois, kai,allēlōn diazeuchthentes (touto gar dē to tēs tragǭdias barytaton), limǭ kai dipsei kakopathēsōsi, trophēn metroumenoi, kai tautēn dia stenōn tōn porōn, kai oude tous sykialgountas erąn iōmenoi? Kai tauta, tines? Ōn oukēn axios ho kosmos. Houtō timate pistin hymeis ? houtō xenizete ? Agnoeïte ta pleiō toutōn ; kai lian heikoo tōs, dia to plēthos tōn horamatōn, kaitēs en tǭ poiein tryphēs ; alla to paschon mnēmonikōteron. Ti moi ta porrhō legein ? Alla tines kai tou kairou ge; gonasi biaioteroi, kathaper hoikata phragmōn ōthoumenoi syes. Zētō mou to chthes hymōn sphagion, ton geronta, kai Abramiaïon patera, hon ek tēs hyperorias achthenta, lithois edexiōsasthe, mesousēs i I 9 r IN.-. h‘ i \, hēmeras, en mesę̄ polei. Ēmeis de kai tous phoneis, ei mē phortikon eipein, ezētēsametha kindyneuontas, Poia toutōn hileōs esomai soi s phēsi pou tēs Graphēs ho Theos. Ti toutōn epainesō ? mallon de, ek poiōn hymas anadēsomai ? plēthousa, kai dēmos kymainōn, kai andrōn ei)» genōn synedrion epainoumenon.

Or, to speak of older things (for these too are of the same family), whose hands, of dead or of living saints, did I cut off and falsely allege, to war against the faith by slander? Whose exiles did I count as benefits, not even respecting the sacred communities of holy philosophers, from which I demanded the suppliants who had fled there? On the contrary, I counted them martyrs too, since they ran risks for the good. Against whom, men almost fleshless and bloodless, did I bring harlots, I who am accused of licentiousness in my words? Whom of the pious did I hand over, beyond their homeland, to the hands of savage men, so that, shut up like beasts in lightless houses and separated from one another (this the heaviest part of the tragedy), they might suffer hunger and thirst, their food measured out to them, and that through narrow openings, not even allowed to see those who shared their grief? And who were they? Those of whom the world was not worthy. Is this how you honour faith? Is this how you welcome strangers? You do not know most of these things, and very naturally, because of the multitude of such sights and your delight in doing them; but the one who suffers remembers better. Why should I speak of distant things? Some have been more violent even than the times, like swine pushing against fences. I ask you for yesterday’s victim of yours, the old man, an Abrahamic father, whom, when he was brought back from exile, you welcomed with stones at midday in the middle of the city. But we even begged off the murderers when they were in danger, if it is not tiresome to say so. “For which of these shall I be merciful to you?” God says somewhere in Scripture. Which of these shall I praise? Or rather, with which shall I crown you? … a teeming city, and a surging people, and an assembly of noble men that is praised.

33.7PG 36:224a–224c

Πῶς δὲ οὐ λέγεις καὶ θέσεως εὐκαιρίαν, καὶ γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν, ὥσπερ ἁμιλλωμένας, ποτέρας ἂν εἴη μᾶλλον ἡ πόλις, καὶ τοῖς παρʼ ἑαυτῶν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν βασιλίδα δεξιουμένας; Τοῦτο οὖν ἀδικοῦμεν, ὅτι με·γάλοι μὲν ὑμεῖς καὶ ὑπέρλαμπροι, μικροὶ δὲ ἡμεῖς καὶ ὲκ μικρῶν ἥκοντες; Πολλοὶ καὶ ἄλλοι τοῦτο ἀδικοῦσιν ὑμᾶς, μᾶλλον δε πάντες ὧν ὑπεραίρετε ο καὶ δεῖ τεθνάναι ἡμᾶς, ὅτι μὴ πόλιν ἡγείραμεν, μηδὲ τείχη περιεβαλλὸμεθα (δι), μηδὲ ἱππικοῖς μεγαλαυο ίοῦμεν, μηδὲ σταδίοις τε καὶ κυνηγεσίοις, καὶ ταῖς περὶ ταῦτα μανίαις, μηδὲ λουτρῶν χάρισι καὶ λαμπρότησι, καὶ μαρμάρων πολυτελείαις, καὶ γραφαῖς καὶ κεντήσεσι χρυσαυγέσι τε καὶ πολυειδέσι μικροῦ μιμουμέναις τὴν catis-tv; Θάλασσαν (Fili) δὲ οὔπω περιερῤήξαμεν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲ τὰς ὥρας ἐκερασὰμεθα (ὃ σὺ δηλαδὴ πεποίηκας, ὁ νέος δημιουργὸς), ἵνʼ ὡς ἣδιστά τε ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀσφαλέστατα βιοτεύοιμεν. Πρόσθες, εί βούλει, καὶ ἄλλας κατηγορίας, ὁ λέγωνʼ Ἐμόν ἐστι τὸ ἀργύριον, καὶ ἐμόν ἐστι τὸ γρυο (flor, τὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ ςωνὰς. Ἡμεῖς οὔτε πλούτῳ μέγα φρονοῦμεν, ῥέοντι μὴ προστίθεσθαι, τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐστὶ νομοθεσίας, οεδὲ προσόδους ἄριθμοῦμεν ἐτησίας τε καὶ ἡμερησίας, οὔτε τραπέζης ὖγκῳ cptλοτιμούμεθα, καὶ φαρμακείαις τῆς ἀναισθήτου γαστρός. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπαινοῦμέν τι τῶν μετὰ τὸν λαιμὸν ὁμοτίμων, μᾶλλον δὲ, ἀτίμων ὁμοίως καὶ ἀπο· βλήτων · ἀλλὰ ζῶμεν οὕτως ἁπλῶς καὶ σχεδίως, καὶ μικρόν τι τῶν θηρίων, οἷς ὀ βίος ἄσκευος καὶ ἀνεπιτήδευτος, διαφέροντες.

Pōs de ou legeis kai theseōs eukairian, kai gēn kai thalassan, hōsper hamillōmenas, poteras an eiē mallon hē polis, kai tois parʼ heautōn agathois tēn basilida dexioumenas? Touto oun adikoumen, hoti me;galoi men hymeis kai hyperlamproi, mikroi de hēmeis kai ek mikrōn hēkontes? Polloi kai alloi touto adikousin hymas, mallon de pantes hōn hyperairete o kai dei tethnanai hēmas, hoti mē polin hēgeiramen, mēde teichē perieballometha (di), mēde hippikois megalauo ioumen, mēde stadiois te kai kynēgesiois, kai tais peri tauta maniais, mēde loutrōn charisi kai lamprotēsi, kai marmarōn polyteleiais, kai graphais kai kentēsesi chrysaugesi te kai polyeidesi mikrou mimoumenais tēn catis-tv? Thalassan (Fili) de oupō perierrēxamen hēmin autois, oude tas hōras ekerasametha (ho sy dēladē pepoiēkas, ho neos dēmiourgos), hinʼ hōs hēdista te homou kai asphalestata bioteuoimen. Prosthes, ei boulei, kai allas katēgorias, ho legōnʼ Emon esti to argyrion, kai emon esti to gryo (flor, tas tou Theou sōnas. Hēmeis oute ploutǭ mega phronoumen, rheonti mē prostithesthai, tēs hēmeteras esti nomothesias, oede prosodous arithmoumen etēsias te kai hēmerēsias, oute trapezēs ynkǭ cptlotimoumetha, kai pharmakeiais tēs anaisthētou gastros. Oude gar epainoumen ti tōn meta ton laimon homotimōn, mallon de, atimōn homoiōs kai apo; blētōn ; alla zōmen houtōs haplōs kai schediōs, kai mikron ti tōn thēriōn, hois o bios askeuos kai anepitēdeutos, diapherontes.

And why do you not also mention the convenience of its site, and land and sea as if competing which of them the city belongs to more, and welcoming the imperial city with their own goods? Is this our wrong, that you are great and very splendid, and we small and coming from small places? Many others wrong you in the same way, or rather all whom you surpass; and must we die because we did not build a city, nor surround ourselves with walls, nor pride ourselves on horse races, stadia, and hunts, and the madness about these, nor on the charm and splendour of baths and costly marbles, and paintings and mosaics, gold-gleaming and many-coloured, almost imitating nature? We have not yet broken back the sea around ourselves, nor blended the seasons (as you have done, you new creator), so that we might live as pleasantly and as safely as possible. Add other charges too, if you like, you who say, “Mine is the silver, and mine is the gold,” the words of God. We neither pride ourselves on wealth (not to set one’s heart on it when it flows in is part of our law), nor count yearly and daily revenues, nor vie with one another in the bulk of our tables and the arts of cookery for the senseless belly. For we praise nothing of what, once past the throat, is all of equal honour, or rather equally without honour and to be cast away; but we live simply and from day to day, differing little from the beasts, whose life is without equipment or contrivance.

33.8PG 36:224d–229b

Ἥ καὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτός μου τὸ τρύχινον uiritim, καὶ τοῦ προσώπου τὴν θέσιν (iii) οὐκ εὐφυῶς ἔχουσαν; ἐπεὶ καὶ τούτοις ὁρῶ τινας τῶν λίαν ταπεινῶν αἰρομένους. Τὴν κεφαλὴν δὲ ἀφήσεις, καὶ οὐκ ἐπισκώψεις ὃ. καὶ τὸν Ἐλισσαῖον oi παῖδες; τὸ γὰρ ἑξῆς σιωπήσομαι. ’Λπαιδευσίαν δὲ οὐκ ἐγκαλέσεις, ἢ ὅτι τραχύ σοι δοκῶ καὶ ἄγροικον φθέγγεσθαι ; Τὸ δὲ μὴ στωμύλον εἶναι, ποῦ στήσεις (οδ), μηδὲ γελοιαστήν τινα, καὶ τοῖς συνοῦσι κεχαρισμένον, μηδὲ ἀγοράζειν τὰ πολλὰ, μηδὲ λαλεῖν τε καὶ πιριλαλεϊν οἷς ἔτυχε, καὶ ὡς ἔτυχεν, ὥστε ποιῆσαι φορτικοὺς καὶτοὺς λόγους, μηδὲ την νέαν ’ἱερουσαλήμ, τὸν Ζεύξιππον, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι, μηδὲ οἰκίαν ἐξ οἰκίας ἀμείβειν Θωπεύοντά τε καὶ γαστριζόμενον ἀλλʼ οἴκοι τὰ πολλὰ μένειν κατηρῆ τε καὶ σκυθρωπάζοντα, καὶ καθʼ ἡσυχίαν ἐμαυτῷ συγγενόμενον, τῷ γνησίῳ τῶν πραττομένων ἒξεταστῇ, καὶ τοῦ δεθῆναι τυχὸν ἀξίῳ διὰ τὸ δύσχρηστον ς Πῶς ταῦτα συγχωρεῖς ἡμῖν, καὶ οὒκ ἐγκαλεῖς ; Ὠς ἡδὺς εἰ καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Ξ 8'. Ἐγὼ δὲ οὕτως ἀρχαίως ἔχω καὶ φιλοσόφως, ὥστε ἕνα μέν οὖρανδν, καὶ κοινὸν ἅπασι τὸν αὑτὸν, ὑπολαμβάνω, κοινὴν δὲ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης περίοδον, κοινὴν δὲ ἆσσέρων τάξιν καὶ θέσιν, κοινὴν δὲ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἰσομοιρίαν καὶ εὐχρηστίαν ἔτι δὲ ὥρων ἀλλαγὰς, καὶ ὑετοὺς, καὶ καρποὺς, καὶ ἀέρος ζωτικῆν (ἾΙ) δύναμιν ἕλκεσθαι δὲ ποταμοὺς, πᾶσιν ὁμοίως τὸν κοινὸν πλοῦτον καὶ ἄφθονον· μίαν δὲ καὶ τὴν aut-iw εἶναι γῆν, μητέρα καὶ τάφον, EE ᾗς ἐλήφθημεν, καὶ εἶς ἢν ἀποστραφησόμεοα, μηδὲν πλέον ἀλλήλων ἔχοντεςο καὶ ἔτι πρὸ τούτων, κοινὸν λόγον, νόμον, προφήτας, αὐτὰ τὰ Χριστοῦ πάθη, διʼ ὧν ἀνεπλάσθημεν, οὑχ ὁ μὲν, ὃ δʼ οὒ, πάντες δὲ οἱ τοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἀδὰμ μετασχόντες, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄφεως παραλογισθέντες, καὶ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ Θανατωθέντες, οιαὶ διὰ τοῦ ἐπουρανίου Ἀδὰμ ἀνασωθέντες, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς ἐπαναχθέντες, διὰ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ἀτιμίας, ὅθεν ἂποπεπτώκαιʼ. Ἠπείτα δέ με καὶ ἡ τοῦ Σαμουὴλ ’Δρμα- Oar'tp. (Ἠ), ἡ μικρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου πατρὶς, οὐκ ἀτιμάσασα τὸν προφήτην, οδδέ παρʼ ἑαυτῆς μᾶλλον, ἢ παρʼ ἐκείνου γενομένη τιμιωτέρα ο ἐξ ἧς ἐκεῖνος οὗ· δὲν summa, καὶ θεῷ δοθῆναι πρὸ γενέσεως, καὶ χρηματίσαι βλέπων τὰ ἔμπροσθεν · οὒ μόνον δὲ, ἂλλὰ καὶ χρίειν βασιλέας καὶ ἱερέας, καὶ κρίνειν τοὺς ἔτι τῶν λαμπρῶν πόλεων, Περὶ δὲ τοῦ Σαοὺλ ἤκουον, ὅτι τὰς ὅνους τοῦ πατρὸς ζητῶν, βασιλείαν εὕρατο. Καὶ Δαβὶδ αὐτὸς ἐκ τῶν ποιμνιῶν τῶν προξάτων ἀναλαμβάνεται, καὶ,ποιμαίνει τὶν Ἰσραήλ. Τί δαὶ Ἀμώς ; οὒκ αἰπόλος ὢν, καὶ κνίζων συκάμινα, προφήτειαν πιστεύεται; Καὶ πῶς τὸν Ἰωσήφ καὶ πατὴρ πολλῶν μυριάδων, αἳ τῷ ἶγύπτου, Ἀβραὰμ προηγγέλθησαν; Ἀβραὰμ δὲ, ἵνʼ εἴπω τὸ μεῖζον, οὗ μετανάστης; Μωυσῆς δὲ, ούκ ἔκθετος πρότερον, εἶτα νομοθέτης, καὶ στρατηγος τῶν πρὸς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἐπειγομένων, οὗ τὰ μεγάλα καὶ θαυμαστὰ διηγήματα ς Ἦπάτα με καὶ ὁ Κάρμηλος Ἡλίου, τὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀρμα δεξάμενος καὶ ἡ μηλωτη Ἐλισσαίου, πλείω δυνηθεῖσα, ἢ τὰ σηρὼν νήματα, καὶ ὸ βιασθεὶς εἷς ἐσθῆτα χρυσός, Ἠπάτα ut: καὶ ἡ ἕρημος Ἰωάννου, τὸν μέγιστοι ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν ἔχουσα, μετά τῆς τροφῆς ἐκείνης, καὶτῆς ζώνης, καὶ τοῦ ἐσθήματος, Ἐτόλμησά τι καὶ ὑπὲρ ταυτα, Θεὸν εὗρον τῆς ἐμῆς ἀγροικίας συνήγορον, Μετὰ Βηθλεὲμ ταχθήσομαι, μετὰ τῆς φάτνης ἀτιμασθήσομαι, διʼ ἣν σὺ Θεὸν ἀτιμάζων, τι θαυμαστὸν, εί ἐκ τῆς αὖτῆς αἰτίας περιφρονετς καὶ τὸν κήρυκα ; Προσοίσω σοι καὶ τοὺς ἀλιετς, γαὶ τοὺς εὐαγγελιζομένους πτωχοὺς, πολλῶν πλουσίων προτιμηθέντας, Παύση ποτέ ταῖς πόσι λεσιν ἐπαιρόμενοςς αἱδεσθήσῃ ποτὲ τὴν ἀπόπτυστόν σοι καὶ ἄτιμον ἐρημίαν ; Οὔπω λέγω χρυσόν ἐν ψάμμοις τικτόμενον, καὶ λίθους διαφανεῖς, πετρῶν προβλήματα καὶ δωρήματα · οἷς εἰ ἀντιθείην καὶ ὅσα ἐν πόλεσιν ἄτιμα, τάχα ἂν οὒκ εἷς καλὸν τῆς παρρησίας ἀπολαύσαιμι, διʼ. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ξένος ἡμῖν ὁ κῆρυξ καὶ ὑπερόριος, τάχα ἂν εἴποι τις τῶι σφόδρα περιγραπτῶν τε καὶ φιλοσάρκων, Οἱ ἀπόστολοι δὲ, οὗ ξένοι τῶν πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τε καὶ πόλεων, εἷς ἃς ἐμερίσθησαν, ’ἕνα πανταχοῦ δράμῃ τὸ Εὗαγγέλιον, ἵνα μηδὲν ἀλαμπὲς ᾗ τοῦ τρισσοῠ φωτὸς, καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀφώτιστον, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἐν σκότῳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανᾴτου καθημένοις λυθῆναι τὴν νύκτα της ἀγνωσίας ς ’“ινʼ ἡμεῖς μὲν, φησὶν, εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἷς την περιτομὴν, ἤκουσας Παύλου λέγοντος, ’Ἔστω Πέτρου ἦ Ἰουδαία ο τι Παύλῳ κοινὸν πρὸς τὰ ἔθνη, Δουκᾷ πρὸς Ἀχαίαν, Ἀνδρέᾳ πρὸς τὴν ”Ππειρον, Ἰωάννῃ πρὸς ”Εφεσον, Θωμᾷ πρὸς Ἰνδικὴν, Μάρκῳ πρὸς ἰταλιαν, τι δαὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσιν,’ίνα μὴ τὰ καθʼθΓ ἕκαστον λέγω, πρὸς τοὺς οἷς ἐπεδήμησαν ς "um, ἢ κάκείνοις ἐπιτίμησον, ἢ κάμοὶ συγχώρησον, ἦ δεῖξον, ὅτι τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον πρεσβεύων, ἐπηρεαζη τὴν φλυαρίαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ιιικροπρεπῶς διελέχθην σοι περὶ τούτων, φέρε, φιλοσοφήσω καὶ μεγαλοπρεπέστερον, ηιξ. Πᾶσι μία τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς πατρὶς, ὦ οὗτος, ἡ ἅνω Ἰερουσαλὴμ, εἷς ἣν ὰποτιθέμεὸα τὸ πολίτευμα, Πᾶαι γένος ἓν, εὶ μὲν τα κάτω βούλει σκοπεῖν, ὁ χοῦς εἰ δὲ τὰ ὑψηλότερα, τὸ ἐμφῦσημα, οὕ μετειλήφαμεν, καὶ ὃ τηρεῖν ἐκελεύσθημεν, καὶ μεθʼ οὗ παραστῆναί με δεῖ λόγον ὑφέξοντα τῆς ἄνωθεν εὖγενείας καὶ τῆς εἰκόνος. Πᾶς μὲν οὖν εὐγενὴς, ὃ τοῦτο φυλάξας ἐξ ἀρετῆς, καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀρχέτυπον νεύσεως ’ δυσγενὴς δὲ ἅπας, ὁ τῇ κακίᾳ συγχέας, καὶ μορφὴν ἑτέραν ἐπιβαλὼν ἐαυτῷ, τὴν τοῦ ὀέρεως. Αἱ δὲ κάτω πατρίδες αὗται, καὶ τὰ γένη ταῦτα, τῆς προσκαίρου ζωῆς καὶ σκηνῆς ἡμῶν γέγονε παίγνια. Πατρίς τε γὰρ, ἢν προκατέλαβεν ἕκαστος, ἢ τυραννήσας, ἢ δυστδχήσας, ἧς πάντες ὁμοίως ξένοι καὶ πάροικοι, κᾶν ἐπὶ πολὺ τὰ ὀνόματα παίξωμεν. Καὶ γένος εὖγενὲς μὲν, ἢ τὸ πάλαι πλούσιον, ἢ τὸ νῦν φυσώμενον δυσγενὲς δὲ, τὸ πενήτων πατέρων, ἢ διὰ σ1μφορὰν, ἥ διʼ ἐπιείκειαν. Ἐπεὶ πῶς ἄνωθεν εὐγενὲς, οὗ τὸ μὲν ἄρχεται νῦν, τὸ δὲ καταλύεται· καὶ τοῖς μὲν οὔ δίδοται, τοῖς δὲ γράφε-ται ; Οἷῖτως ἐγὼ περὶ τούτων ἔχω. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, σὲ μὲν ἀφίημι τοϊς τάφοις μεγαλοφρονεῖν, ξς τοῖς μύθοις, Ἐγὼ δὲ πειρῶμαι, ὡς οἶόν τε, ἀνακαθαίρειν ἆματτὸν τῆς ἀπάτης, ἵνʼ ἥ φυλέξω τὴν εὒγένειαν, ἦ ἆνακαλὲσωμαι,

Hē kai tēs esthētos mou to trychinon uiritim, kai tou prosōpou tēn thesin (iii) ouk euphyōs echousan? epei kai toutois horō tinas tōn lian tapeinōn airomenous. Tēn kephalēn de aphēseis, kai ouk episkōpseis ho. kai ton Elissaion oi paides? to gar hexēs siōpēsomai. ’Lpaideusian de ouk enkaleseis, ē hoti trachy soi dokō kai agroikon phthengesthai ? To de mē stōmylon einai, pou stēseis (od), mēde geloiastēn tina, kai tois synousi kecharismenon, mēde agorazein ta polla, mēde lalein te kai pirilaleïn hois etyche, kai hōs etychen, hōste poiēsai phortikous kaitous logous, mēde tēn nean ’hierousalēm, ton Zeuxippon, episkeptesthai, mēde oikian ex oikias ameibein Thōpeuonta te kai gastrizomenon allʼ oikoi ta polla menein katērē te kai skythrōpazonta, kai kathʼ hēsychian emautǭ syngenomenon, tǭ gnēsiǭ tōn prattomenōn exetastę̄, kai tou dethēnai tychon axiǭ dia to dyschrēston s Pōs tauta synchōreis hēmin, kai ouk enkaleis ? Ōs hēdys ei kai philanthrōpos X 8'. Egō de houtōs archaiōs echō kai philosophōs, hōste hena men ourandn, kai koinon hapasi ton hauton, hypolambanō, koinēn de hēliou kai selēnēs periodon, koinēn de asserōn taxin kai thesin, koinēn de hēmeras kai nyktos isomoirian kai euchrēstian eti de hōrōn allagas, kai hyetous, kai karpous, kai aeros zōtikēn (II) dynamin helkesthai de potamous, pasin homoiōs ton koinon plouton kai aphthonon; mian de kai tēn aut-iw einai gēn, mētera kai taphon, EE hę̄s elēphthēmen, kai eis ēn apostraphēsomeoa, mēden pleon allēlōn echonteso kai eti pro toutōn, koinon logon, nomon, prophētas, auta ta Christou pathē, diʼ hōn aneplasthēmen, houch ho men, ho dʼ ou, pantes de hoi tou autou Adam metaschontes, kai hypo tou opheōs paralogisthentes, kai tę̄ hamartią Thanatōthentes, oiai dia tou epouraniou Adam anasōthentes, kai pros to xylon tēs zōēs epanachthentes, dia tou xylou tēs atimias, hothen apopeptōkaiʼ. Ēpeita de me kai hē tou Samouēl ’Drma- Oar'tp. (Ē), hē mikra tou megalou patris, ouk atimasasa ton prophētēn, odde parʼ heautēs mallon, ē parʼ ekeinou genomenē timiōtera o ex hēs ekeinos hou; den summa, kai theǭ dothēnai pro geneseōs, kai chrēmatisai blepōn ta emprosthen ; ou monon de, alla kai chriein basileas kai hiereas, kai krinein tous eti tōn lamprōn poleōn, Peri de tou Saoul ēkouon, hoti tas honous tou patros zētōn, basileian heurato. Kai Dabid autos ek tōn poimniōn tōn proxatōn analambanetai, kai,poimainei tin Israēl. Ti dai Amōs ? ouk aipolos ōn, kai knizōn sykamina, prophēteian pisteuetai? Kai pōs ton Iōsēph kai patēr pollōn myriadōn, hai tǭ igyptou, Abraam proēngelthēsan? Abraam de, hinʼ eipō to meizon, hou metanastēs? Mōysēs de, ouk ekthetos proteron, eita nomothetēs, kai stratēgos tōn pros tēn gēn tēs epangelias epeigomenōn, hou ta megala kai thaumasta diēgēmata s Ēpata me kai ho Karmēlos Hēliou, to tou pyros arma dexamenos kai hē mēlōtē Elissaiou, pleiō dynētheisa, ē ta sērōn nēmata, kai o biastheis heis esthēta chrysos, Ēpata ut: kai hē herēmos Iōannou, ton megistoi en gennētois gynaikōn echousa, meta tēs trophēs ekeinēs, kaitēs zōnēs, kai tou esthēmatos, Etolmēsa ti kai hyper tauta, Theon heuron tēs emēs agroikias synēgoron, Meta Bēthleem tachthēsomai, meta tēs phatnēs atimasthēsomai, diʼ hēn sy Theon atimazōn, ti thaumaston, ei ek tēs autēs aitias periphronets kai ton kēryka ? Prosoisō soi kai tous aliets, gai tous euangelizomenous ptōchous, pollōn plousiōn protimēthentas, Pausē pote tais posi lesin epairomenoss haidesthēsę̄ pote tēn apoptyston soi kai atimon erēmian ? Oupō legō chryson en psammois tiktomenon, kai lithous diaphaneis, petrōn problēmata kai dōrēmata ; hois ei antitheiēn kai hosa en polesin atima, tacha an ouk heis kalon tēs parrēsias apolausaimi, diʼ. Alla kai xenos hēmin ho kēryx kai hyperorios, tacha an eipoi tis tōi sphodra perigraptōn te kai philosarkōn, Hoi apostoloi de, hou xenoi tōn pollōn ethnōn te kai poleōn, heis has emeristhēsan, ’hena pantachou dramę̄ to Heuangelion, hina mēden alampes hę̄ tou trissou phōtos, kai tēs alētheias aphōtiston, hōste kai tois en skotǭ kai skią thanątou kathēmenois lythēnai tēn nykta tēs agnōsias s ’“inʼ hēmeis men, phēsin, eis ta ethnē, autoi de heis tēn peritomēn, ēkousas Paulou legontos, ’Estō Petrou ē Ioudaia o ti Paulǭ koinon pros ta ethnē, Douką pros Achaian, Andreą pros tēn ”Ppeiron, Iōannę̄ pros ”Epheson, Thōmą pros Indikēn, Markǭ pros italian, ti dai tois allois pasin,’ina mē ta kathʼthG hekaston legō, pros tous hois epedēmēsan s "um, ē kakeinois epitimēson, ē kamoi synchōrēson, ē deixon, hoti ton alēthē logon presbeuōn, epēreazē tēn phlyarian. Epei de iiikroprepōs dielechthēn soi peri toutōn, phere, philosophēsō kai megaloprepesteron, ēix. Pasi mia tois hypsēlois patris, ō houtos, hē hanō Ierousalēm, heis hēn apotithemeoa to politeuma, Paai genos hen, ei men ta katō boulei skopein, ho chous ei de ta hypsēlotera, to emphysēma, hou meteilēphamen, kai ho tērein ekeleusthēmen, kai methʼ hou parastēnai me dei logon hyphexonta tēs anōthen eugeneias kai tēs eikonos. Pas men oun eugenēs, ho touto phylaxas ex aretēs, kai tēs pros to archetypon neuseōs ’ dysgenēs de hapas, ho tę̄ kakią syncheas, kai morphēn heteran epibalōn eautǭ, tēn tou oereōs. Hai de katō patrides hautai, kai ta genē tauta, tēs proskairou zōēs kai skēnēs hēmōn gegone paignia. Patris te gar, ēn prokatelaben hekastos, ē tyrannēsas, ē dystdchēsas, hēs pantes homoiōs xenoi kai paroikoi, kan epi poly ta onomata paixōmen. Kai genos eugenes men, ē to palai plousion, ē to nyn physōmenon dysgenes de, to penētōn paterōn, ē dia s1mphoran, hē diʼ epieikeian. Epei pōs anōthen eugenes, hou to men archetai nyn, to de katalyetai; kai tois men ou didotai, tois de graphe-tai ? Hoiitōs egō peri toutōn echō. Kai dia touto, se men aphiēmi toïs taphois megalophronein, xs tois mythois, Egō de peirōmai, hōs oion te, anakathairein amatton tēs apatēs, hinʼ hē phylexō tēn eugeneian, ē anakalesōmai,

Or will you also find fault with the shabbiness of my clothing and the ungainly set of my face? For I see some very lowly people priding themselves on these things. Will you leave my head alone and not mock it, as the children did Elisha? What followed I will pass over in silence. Will you not charge me with lack of education, or say that I seem to you to speak roughly and rustically? And where will you put the fact that I am not glib, nor a jester who pleases company, nor much about the market, nor given to chattering and gossiping with anyone and anyhow, so as to make even talk tiresome; that I do not visit the new Jerusalem, the Zeuxippus, nor go from house to house, flattering and gorging; but stay at home for the most part, downcast and sombre, communing quietly with myself, the genuine examiner of my actions, and perhaps deserving to be locked up for my uselessness? How is it that you pardon us for these things and do not accuse us? How sweet and kind you are! [9] But I am so old-fashioned and philosophic as to suppose that there is one heaven, the same and common to all; common the circuit of sun and moon, common the order and position of the stars, common the equal share and use of day and night, and also the changes of the seasons, the rains, the fruits, and the life-giving power of the air; that the rivers flow as a common and abundant wealth to all alike; and that the earth too is one, mother and tomb, from which we were taken and to which we shall return, none having more than another; and, still before these, that reason is common, and the law, the prophets, and the very sufferings of Christ, by which we were refashioned, not one of us and not another, but all who shared in the same Adam, were deceived by the serpent and put to death by sin, and were saved by the heavenly Adam and brought back to the tree of life, from which we had fallen, by the tree of shame. [10] Samuel’s Ramathaim too deceived me, the small homeland of the great man, which did not dishonour the prophet, but was honoured more through him than through itself; nothing prevented him, coming from it, from being given to God before his birth, from prophesying and seeing what lay ahead, and not only that, but from anointing kings and priests and judging men from splendid cities. And of Saul I heard that, seeking his father’s asses, he found a kingdom. David himself is taken from the flocks of sheep and shepherds Israel. And what of Amos? Was he not, though a goatherd and a scraper of sycamore figs, entrusted with prophecy? And how could I pass over Joseph, … and father of many myriads, which had been foretold to Abraham? And Abraham, to say the greater thing, was he not an emigrant? And Moses, was he not first exposed, and then lawgiver and general of those hastening to the land of promise, whose story is great and wonderful? The Carmel of Elijah too deceived me, which received the chariot of fire, and the sheepskin of Elisha, which had more power than silken threads and gold forced into garments. The desert of John too deceived me, which held the greatest among those born of women, with that food, that girdle, and that clothing. I dared something beyond these too: I found God himself the advocate of my rusticity. I will be ranked with Bethlehem; I will share the dishonour of the manger; since you dishonour God because of it, what wonder if for the same reason you also despise his herald? I will bring before you also the fishermen, and the poor who have the gospel preached to them, preferred before many rich. Will you ever stop priding yourself on your cities? Will you ever respect the desert that you spurn and dishonour? I do not yet speak of gold born in the sands, and transparent stones, products and gifts of the rocks; and if I set against these all that is dishonourable in cities, perhaps I would not use my frankness to good purpose. [11] “But the herald is a stranger to us and from outside,” one of the very narrow and flesh-loving might say. And the apostles, were they not strangers to the many nations and cities among which they were distributed, so that the gospel might run everywhere, that nothing might be without the light of the threefold Light and unilluminated by the truth, and that for those sitting in darkness and the shadow of death the night of ignorance might be dissolved? “That we should go to the Gentiles,” he says, “and they to the circumcision”: you have heard Paul say it. Let Judea be Peter’s; but what had Paul in common with the Gentiles, Luke with Achaia, Andrew with Epirus, John with Ephesus, Thomas with India, Mark with Italy, and, not to speak of each one, all the others with those among whom they sojourned? Either rebuke them too, or pardon me too, or show that you, pleading for the true word, are being wronged by nonsense. But since I have talked with you about these things in a petty way, come, let me speak as a philosopher more magnificently. [12] There is one homeland for all lofty souls, my friend, the Jerusalem above, in which we deposit our citizenship. There is one race for all: if you wish to look at what is below, the dust; if at what is higher, the inbreathing, which we have received, which we were commanded to keep, and with which I must stand to give account of my nobility from above and of the image. Everyone, then, is noble who has kept this by virtue and by inclining toward the archetype; and everyone is ignoble who has confounded it by vice and put on another form, that of the serpent. These homelands below and these races are playthings of our passing life and of our stage. For a homeland is whatever each has first occupied, by tyranny or by misfortune, a land in which all are equally strangers and sojourners, however long we play with the names. And a noble race is one that was rich long ago or is puffed up now; an ignoble one, that of poor fathers, whether through misfortune or through decency. For how is that noble from above which begins now in some and ends in others, and is not given to some but is written down for others? This is what I think of these things. And therefore I leave you to pride yourself on tombs and myths; but I try, as far as I can, to cleanse myself of deceit, so that I may either keep my nobility or recover it.

33.13PG 36:229c

Οὕτω μὲν οὖν καὶ διὰ. ταῦτα, ἐπέστην ὑμῖν ὁ μικρὸς ἐγὼ καὶ κακόπατρις, καὶ τοῦτο, οὐχ ἑκὼν, οὐδʼ αὐτεπάγγελτος, κατὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν νῦν ἐπιπηδώντων, ταῖς προστασίαις, ἀλλὰ κληθεὶς, καὶ βιασθεὶς, καῖ κατακολουθήσας φόβῳ καὶ Πνεύματι, ’Ἠ μακρότερα πολεμηθείην ἐνταῦθα διακενῆς, καὶ μηδένα τῆς πλάνης ἓλευθερώσαιμι, ἄλλʼ οἱ ἀτεχνίαν τῆς ἐμῆς κατευχόμενοι ψυχῆς ἐπιτύχοιεν, εἷ ψευδὴς ὁ λόγος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦλθον, καί ἴσως οὗ μετὰ φαύλης τῆς ἐξ· ουσίας (ἵνα μικρόν τι καυχήσωμαι τῶν τῆς ἀφροσύνης), τίνα τῶν ἂπλήστων ἐμιμησάμην ; τί τοῦ καιροὺ παρεζήλωσα, καίτοιγε τοιαῦτα ἔχων τὰ ὑποδείγματα, ὧν καὶ δίχα, μὴ κακὸν εἶναι τῶν χαλεπῶν καὶ σπανίων ; Τίνων Ἐκκλησιῶν ὑμῖν ἠμφιτβητήσαμεν ; Ποίων χρημάτων, καίτοιγε τοῖς ἀμφότερα πλουτοῦσιν ὑπὲρ τὴν χρείαν, οἱ δὲ ἐνδεεῖς ἀμφότερα ; Ποῖον βασιλικὸν δόγμα διαπτυσθὲν ἐζηλοτυπήσαμεν; Τίνας ἂρχόντων ἐθεραπεύσαμεν καθʼ ὑμῶν ς Τίνων θρασύτητα κατεμηνόσαμεν; Τὰ δὲ εἷς ἐμὲ, τίνα;

Houtō men oun kai dia. tauta, epestēn hymin ho mikros egō kai kakopatris, kai touto, ouch hekōn, oudʼ autepangeltos, kata tous pollous tōn nyn epipēdōntōn, tais prostasiais, alla klētheis, kai biastheis, kai katakolouthēsas phobǭ kai Pneumati, ’Ē makrotera polemētheiēn entautha diakenēs, kai mēdena tēs planēs heleutherōsaimi, allʼ hoi atechnian tēs emēs kateuchomenoi psychēs epitychoien, hei pseudēs ho logos. Epei de ēlthon, kai isōs hou meta phaulēs tēs ex; ousias (hina mikron ti kauchēsōmai tōn tēs aphrosynēs), tina tōn aplēstōn emimēsamēn ? ti tou kairou parezēlōsa, kaitoige toiauta echōn ta hypodeigmata, hōn kai dicha, mē kakon einai tōn chalepōn kai spaniōn ? Tinōn Ekklēsiōn hymin ēmphitbētēsamen ? Poiōn chrēmatōn, kaitoige tois amphotera ploutousin hyper tēn chreian, hoi de endeeis amphotera ? Poion basilikon dogma diaptysthen ezēlotypēsamen? Tinas archontōn etherapeusamen kathʼ hymōn s Tinōn thrasytēta katemēnosamen? Ta de heis eme, tina?

So, then, and for these reasons, I came to you, small as I am and from a poor homeland, and that not willingly nor self-invited, like many of those who now leap at positions of leadership, but called and compelled, following fear and the Spirit. Otherwise may I be warred against here still longer in vain, and free no one from error, and may those who pray that my soul be childless have their wish, if what I say is false. And since I came, perhaps not with mean authority (if I may boast a little, in the manner of folly), which of the insatiable did I imitate? In what did I emulate the times, though I had such examples, without which it is among the difficult and rare things not to be bad? Which churches did we dispute with you? What money, though you are rich in both beyond need, and we are needy in both? What imperial decree spurned did we resent? Which rulers did we court against you? Whose rashness did we denounce? And as for what was done to me, what was it?

33.14PG 36:232a–232c

pts, μὴ στίζσιις αυτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ταύτην, Lai. τότε εἷπον (ἐμνήσθην γὰρ ιν καιρῷ τῶν Eugiκου ῥημάτων), καὶ νῦν προσεύχομαι. Λοιδορούμενοι ,ὑλογοῦμιν, διωκόμενοι ἀνεχόμεθα · βλασφημούιενοι παρακαλοῦμεν, ωʼ. Ei εὶ, ὅτι τυραννούμενος φέρω, τοῦτο ἆόιιῶ, χαρίσασθέ μοι τὴν ἂδικὶαν ταύτην, καὶ ὑπʼ ἄλλων ἤνεγκα τυραννούμενος καὶ χάρις, ὅτι τὴν ἑπιείκιιαν, ἐνεκλήθην, ὡς ἄνοιαν, Λογίζομαι γὰρ οὕτω, λίαν ὑψηλοτέροις ἥ καθʼ ὑμᾶς λογισμοῖς χρώμενος Πόσον (ὅ) μέρος ταῦτα τῶν ἑμπιυσμάτων Χριποῦ καὶ ῥαπισμάτων, ὑπὲρ οὗ καὶ διʼ ὃν οἱ κίνδυνοι ; Ἐνὸς οὗ τιμῶμαι πάντα τοῦ ἆκανθίνου στεφάναι, ὃς τὸν νιγητὴν ἡμῶν ἆπεστεφάνωσι, διʼ οὗ καὶ μανθάνω τοῦ βίου τραχύτητι στεφανούμενος · ἐνὸς τοῦ καλάμου, δι οὖ τὸ σαθρὸν κράτος ἐπαύσατο ’ μιᾶς τῆς χωλῆς, ἐνὸς ῢξους, διʼ ὤν ’τὴν πικρὰν γεῦσιν ὶθιραπεύθημῑι · μιᾶς τὴν ἰν τῷ πάθαι μακροθυμίας. ’ Av Rtkrflpgu προδοθῇ. ὶλέγχει μὲν, οὗ πλήττει δέ. ’Ᾰν ἄφνω συλληφθῇ, ὀνειδίζει μὲν, ἕπεται δέ· κᾶν μαχαίρᾳ Μάλχου τέμνῃς (Η) τὸ ὠτίον διὰ ζῆλον, ἀγανακτήσει, καὶ ἀποκαταστήσει · κᾶν ἐν σινδόνι (ίῖ) τ·‹ φεύγῃ, περιπολεῖ · κᾶν πύρ αἰτήσῃς Σοδομιτικὺν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄγοντας, οὐκ ἐπικλύσει · κᾶν ληστὴν λάβῃ διὰ κακίαν κρεμάμενονν εἰς τὸν παράδεισον εἱσάγει διὰ χρηστότητα, Πάντα ’έστω τὰ τοῦ φιλανθρώπου φιλανθρωπα, ὡς δὲ καὶ τῶν Χριστοῦ πανημάτων, οἷς τί τῶν μειζόνων ἂν δοίημεν, εἱ Θεοῦ καὶ θανατωθέντος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, αὐτοὶ τοῖς ὁμοίοις ιηδὲ τὰ σμικρὰ συγχωρήσαιμεν ;

pts, mē stizsiis autois tēn hamartian tautēn, Lai. tote heipon (emnēsthēn gar in kairǭ tōn Eugikou rhēmatōn), kai nyn proseuchomai. Loidoroumenoi ,hylogoumin, diōkomenoi anechometha ; blasphēmouienoi parakaloumen, ōʼ. Ei ei, hoti tyrannoumenos pherō, touto aoiiō, charisasthe moi tēn adikian tautēn, kai hypʼ allōn ēnenka tyrannoumenos kai charis, hoti tēn hepieikiian, eneklēthēn, hōs anoian, Logizomai gar houtō, lian hypsēloterois hē kathʼ hymas logismois chrōmenos Poson (ho) meros tauta tōn hempiysmatōn Chripou kai rhapismatōn, hyper hou kai diʼ hon hoi kindynoi ? Enos hou timōmai panta tou akanthinou stephanai, hos ton nigētēn hēmōn apestephanōsi, diʼ hou kai manthanō tou biou trachytēti stephanoumenos ; enos tou kalamou, di ou to sathron kratos epausato ’ mias tēs chōlēs, enos ÿxous, diʼ ōn ’tēn pikran geusin ithirapeuthēmii ; mias tēn in tǭ pathai makrothymias. ’ Av Rtkrflpgu prodothę̄. ilenchei men, hou plēttei de. ’An aphnō syllēphthę̄, oneidizei men, hepetai de; kan machairą Malchou temnę̄s (Ē) to ōtion dia zēlon, aganaktēsei, kai apokatastēsei ; kan en sindoni (ii) t;‹ pheugę̄, peripolei ; kan pyr aitēsę̄s Sodomitikyn epi tous agontas, ouk epiklysei ; kan lēstēn labę̄ dia kakian kremamenonn eis ton paradeison heisagei dia chrēstotēta, Panta ’estō ta tou philanthrōpou philanthrōpa, hōs de kai tōn Christou panēmatōn, hois ti tōn meizonōn an doiēmen, hei Theou kai thanatōthentos hyper hēmōn, autoi tois homoiois iēde ta smikra synchōrēsaimen ?

“Lord, do not lay this sin to their charge,” I said then (for I remembered Stephen’s words in time), and I pray it now. “Reviled, we bless; persecuted, we endure; blasphemed, we entreat.” If I do you wrong in bearing tyranny, forgive me this wrong; I have borne tyranny from others too; and thanks be that I was charged with gentleness as if it were folly. For I reason thus, using reasonings far loftier than yours: what small part are these of the spittings and blows of Christ, for whom and because of whom these dangers come? I value them all less than the one crown of thorns, which uncrowned our conqueror, and through which I learn to be crowned with the roughness of life; than the one reed, through which a rotten power was ended; than the one gall, the one vinegar, through which we were healed of the bitter taste; than the one long-suffering in his passion. If he is betrayed with a kiss, he rebukes but does not strike. If he is suddenly seized, he reproaches but follows; and if you cut off Malchus’s ear with a sword out of zeal, he will be indignant and restore it; and if someone flees in a linen cloth, he protects him; and if you ask for the fire of Sodom on those who lead him away, he will not rain it down; and if he takes a robber hanging for his wickedness, he brings him into paradise for his goodness. Let everything of the lover of mankind be loving, as are Christ’s sufferings; to which what greater thing could we offer, if, when God was even put to death for us, we would not pardon even small things to our equals?

33.15PG 36:232d–236a

Πρὸς δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ἐλογιζόμην τε καὶ λογίζοιαι, καὶ σκοπεῖτε, εὶ μὴ καὶ λίαν ὀρθῶς, ἃ καὶ πολ- \a'txtc ὑμῖν ἒφιλοσόφησα. ’Ἒχουσιν οὗτοι τοὺς οἴκους ἡμεῖς τὸν ἕνοικον οὗτοι τοὺς ναοὺς, ἡμεῖς τὸν Θεόν uti τὸ ναοὶ γενέσθαι Θεοῦ ζῶντος καὶ ζῶντες, ἱερεῖα ἱμψυχα, ὸλογαυτώματα λογικὰ, θύματα τέλεια, Ιεοὶ διὰ Τρίαδος προσκυνουμένης. Οὗτοι δήμους, ἡμεῖς ἀγγέλους ο οὗτοι θράσος, πίστιν ἡμεῖς· οὖτοιτὸ ἀπειλεῖν, ἡμεῖς τὸ προσεύχεσθαι· οὗτοι τὸ βάλλειν, ἡμεῖς τὸ φέρειν · οὗτοι χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον, ἡμεῖς λόγον κεκαθαρμένον. Ἑποίησας σεαυτῷ διώροφα καὶ τριώροφα (γνῶθι τὰ ῥήματα τῆς Γ ραιρῆς), οἷκον ριπιστὸν, διεσταλμένον θυρίσιν; ἀλλʼ οῢπω ταῦτα τῆς ἐμῆς πίστεως ὑψηλότερα, καὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν πρὸς οὓς φέρομαι. Μικρόν μοι τὸ ποίμνιονς Ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπὶ κρημνῶν φερόμενον. Στενή μοι ἡ μάνδρα,πλὴν λύκοις ἀνεπίβατος, πλὴν ού παραδεχομένη λῃστὴν,ούδὲ ὑπερβαινομένη κλέπταις καὶ ξένοις. Ὀψομαι ταύτην, εὖ οἶδα, καὶ πλατυτέραν. Πολλοὺς τῶν νῦν λύκων, ὲν προβάτοις ἀριθμῆσαι με δεῖ, τυχὸν καὶ ποιμέσιν. Τοῦτο εὐαγγελίζεταί μοι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς, διʼ ὃν ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων. Οὐ φοβοῦμαι τὸ iure?» ποίμνιον, εὐσύνοπτον γάρ· ὅτι γι· li νώτκω τὰ ἐμὰ, καὶ γινώσκομαι ὑπὸ τῶν ὲμῶν. Τοιαῦτα τὰ θεὸν γινώσκοντα, καὶ Θεῷ γινωσκόμενα. Τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούει, ἧς ἥκουσα παρά τῶν θείων λογίων, ἣν ἐδιδάχθην παρά τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων, ἦν ἐδίδαξα κατά πάντα καιρὸν ὁμοίως, ού συμμορφούμενος τοῖς καιροῖς, καὶ διδάσκων οὐ παύσομαι, μεθʼ ἦς ἐγεννήθην, καὶ συναπέρχομαι. τρίωσιν, καὶ τὸν καινὸν Ἰουδαϊσμὸν, μόνῳ τῷ ἀγεννήτῳ τὴν θεότητα περιγράφοντος Φωτεινοῦ τὸν κάτω Χριστὸν, καὶ ἀπὸ Μαρίας ἀρχόμενον. Δύ τοὶ δὲ προσκυνοῦσι τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ τὸν Υῑδν, καὶ τὸ ἇγιον Πνεῦμα, μίαν θεότηταο Θεὸν τὸν Πατέρα, Θεὸν τὸν Υἱδν, Θεὸν, εἰ μὴ τραχύνῃ, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, μίαν φύσιν ἐν τρισὶν ἰδιότησι, νοεραῖς. τελείαις, καθʼ ἑαυτὰς ὑφεστώσαις, ἀριθμῷ διαιρεταῖς, καὶ ού διαιρεταῖς θεότητι.

Pros de kai tauta elogizomēn te kai logizoiai, kai skopeite, ei mē kai lian orthōs, ha kai pol- \a'txtc hymin ephilosophēsa. ’Echousin houtoi tous oikous hēmeis ton henoikon houtoi tous naous, hēmeis ton Theon uti to naoi genesthai Theou zōntos kai zōntes, hiereia himpsycha, ologautōmata logika, thymata teleia, Ieoi dia Triados proskynoumenēs. Houtoi dēmous, hēmeis angelous o houtoi thrasos, pistin hēmeis; outoito apeilein, hēmeis to proseuchesthai; houtoi to ballein, hēmeis to pherein ; houtoi chryson kai argyron, hēmeis logon kekatharmenon. Hepoiēsas seautǭ diōropha kai triōropha (gnōthi ta rhēmata tēs G rairēs), hoikon ripiston, diestalmenon thyrisin? allʼ oÿpō tauta tēs emēs pisteōs hypsēlotera, kai tōn ouranōn pros hous pheromai. Mikron moi to poimnions Allʼ ouk epi krēmnōn pheromenon. Stenē moi hē mandra,plēn lykois anepibatos, plēn ou paradechomenē lę̄stēn,oude hyperbainomenē kleptais kai xenois. Opsomai tautēn, eu oida, kai platyteran. Pollous tōn nyn lykōn, en probatois arithmēsai me dei, tychon kai poimesin. Touto euangelizetai moi ho poimēn ho kalos, diʼ hon egō tithēmi tēn psychēn hyper tōn probatōn. Ou phoboumai to iure?» poimnion, eusynopton gar; hoti gi; li nōtkō ta ema, kai ginōskomai hypo tōn emōn. Toiauta ta theon ginōskonta, kai Theǭ ginōskomena. Ta probata ta ema tēs phōnēs mou akouei, hēs hēkousa para tōn theiōn logiōn, hēn edidachthēn para tōn hagiōn Paterōn, ēn edidaxa kata panta kairon homoiōs, ou symmorphoumenos tois kairois, kai didaskōn ou pausomai, methʼ ēs egennēthēn, kai synaperchomai. triōsin, kai ton kainon Ioudaïsmon, monǭ tǭ agennētǭ tēn theotēta perigraphontos Phōteinou ton katō Christon, kai apo Marias archomenon. Dy toi de proskynousi ton Patera, kai ton Uidn, kai to hagion Pneuma, mian theotētao Theon ton Patera, Theon ton Huidn, Theon, ei mē trachynę̄, to Pneuma to hagion, mian physin en trisin idiotēsi, noerais. teleiais, kathʼ heautas hyphestōsais, arithmǭ diairetais, kai ou diairetais theotēti.

Besides this, I have reasoned, and still reason, in this way (consider whether not very rightly), as I have often taught you. They have the houses, we the one who dwells in them; they the temples, we God; and besides, we have become temples of the living God, and living ones, living victims, rational burnt offerings, perfect sacrifices, gods through the Triad that is worshipped. They have the crowds, we the angels; they rashness, we faith; they threatening, we praying; they striking, we bearing; they gold and silver, we a purified word. “You have made yourself houses of two and three storeys” (recognize the words of Scripture), “a house panelled, with windows set apart”? But these are not yet loftier than my faith and the heavens to which I am borne. Is my flock small? But it is not carried over cliffs. Is my fold narrow? But it is inaccessible to wolves, it does not admit a robber, nor is it climbed over by thieves and strangers. I shall see it wider, I know well. Many of the present wolves I must number among the sheep, perhaps even among the shepherds. This the good Shepherd announces to me, for whose sake I lay down my life for the sheep. I do not fear for the small flock, for it is easily surveyed; I know my own, and I am known by my own. Such are those who know God and are known by God. “My sheep hear my voice,” the voice that I heard from the divine oracles, that I was taught by the holy Fathers, that I have taught alike at every time, not conforming to the times, and that I will not cease to teach; the voice with which I was born and with which I depart. [16] … and the new Judaism that confines the Godhead to the unbegotten alone; nor the Christ of Photinus, a Christ from below, beginning from Mary. But they worship the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit, one Godhead: God the Father, God the Son, God, if you will not be angry, the Holy Spirit; one nature in three properties, intelligent, perfect, subsisting by themselves, divided in number, and not divided in Godhead.

33.17PG 36:236a–239a

Τούτων παραχωρεὶτω μοι τῶν φωνῶν πᾶς ὁ ἀπειλῶν σήμερον· τῶν δὲ ἄλλων μεταποιείσθωσαν οἱ βουλόμενοι. Ούκ ἀνέχεται Πατὴρ Υἰδν ζημιούμενος, οὐδὲ Υἱὸς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ο ζημιοῦται δὲ,εἰ ποτὲ, καὶ εἰ κτίσματα.οὐ γὰρ Θεδς τὸ κτιζόμενον. Ού φέρω ζημιούμενος, οὐδὲ ἐγὼ τὴν τε· λείωσιν. Εἷς Κύριος, μία πίστις, ἓν βάπτισμα. El τούτο ἀκυρωθείη μοι, παρὰ τινος ἔξω τὸ δεύτερον; Τί φατὲ, οἱ καταβαπτίζοντες, ἢ ἁναδαπτίζοντεςς Ἔστιν εἶναι πνευματικὸν δίχα Πνεύματοξς Μετὲχει δὲ Πνεύματος ό μὴ τιμῶν τὺ lli/stipa; Τιμᾷ δὲ ὁ εἰς κτίσμα καὶ ὁμόδουλον βαπτιζόμενοςς Οὐκ ἐστιν. οὑχ οὕτω, πολλὰ ὲρεῖς. Oi» ψεύσομαι σε, Πάτερ ἄναρχε· οὺ ψεύσομαι σε, μονογενὲς Λόγε οὐ ψεύσομαι σε, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Οἶδα τίνι ὡμολόγησα, καὶ τίνι ἀπταξάμην, καὶ τίνι συνεταξάμην. οὐ δέχομαι τὰς πιστοῦ φωνὰς διδαχθῆναι, καὶ μαθεῖν ἀπίστους ὁμολογῆσαι ἀλήθειαν, καὶ γενέσθαι μετὰ τοῦ ψεύ- 509; ὡς τελειούμενος κατελθεῖν, καὶ ἀνελθεῖν ἀτελέστερος· ὡς ζησόμενος βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ ὲννεκρωθῆναι τῷ ὕδατι, καθάπερ τὰ ταῖς ὠδῖσιν ὲναποθανόντα κυήματα, καὶ σύνδρομον λαβόντα τῇ γεννήσει τὸν θάνατον. Τί με ποιεῖς μακάριον ἐν ταυτῷ καὶ ἄθλιον, νεοφώτιστον καὶ ἀφώτιστον, θεῖον καὶ ἄθεον, ἵνα ναυαγὴσω καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς ὰναπλάο σεωςς Βραχὺς ό λόγος· μνήσθητι τῆς ὁμολογίας. Εἰς τί ὲὸαπτίσθης, εἰς Πατέρα; Καλῶς πλὴν, Ἰουο δαῖκὸν ἔτι. Εἰς Υἱόν ; Καλῶς· οὐκ ἔτι μὲν ’1ουδαῖκὸν, οὔπω δὲ τέλειον. Εἰς τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμσς ’Υπέρευγε· τοῦτο τέλειον. Ἆρʼ οὖν ἁπλῶς εἰς ταῦτα, ἢ καί τι κοινὸν τούτων ὅνομα; Ναὶ κοινόν. ι Τί τοῦτο; Δηλαδὴ τὸ τού Θεοῦ. El; τοῦτο τὸ κοινὸν στιν, οὐχ οὕτωηκᾶννπολλὰ διαιρῆς · ὄνομα πίστευε, καὶ κατευοδοῦ, καὶ βασίλεδε, καὶ μει ταβτςσῃ ἐντεῦθεν εἷς τὴν ἐκεῖθεν μακαριότητα, Ἠ δέ ἐστιν, ὡς ἐμοί γε δοκεῖ, ἡ τούτων αὖτῶν ἐκτυπωτὲρα κατάληψις· εἷς ἣν φθάσωμεν καὶὴμεϊς, ἐκ αότῷ Χριστῷ τῷ Θεηῷ ἡμῶν, ᾦὴ δόξα καὶ τί κράτος, σὺν τῷ ἀνάρψῳ Πττρὶ, καὶ {morrth Πνεύμκτι, νόν καὶ ἀεὶ, καὶ εἷς τοὺς ait-3w: τῶν αἰώνων.

Toutōn parachōreitō moi tōn phōnōn pas ho apeilōn sēmeron; tōn de allōn metapoieisthōsan hoi boulomenoi. Ouk anechetai Patēr Uidn zēmioumenos, oude Huios to Pneuma to hagion o zēmioutai de,ei pote, kai ei ktismata.ou gar Theds to ktizomenon. Ou pherō zēmioumenos, oude egō tēn te; leiōsin. Heis Kyrios, mia pistis, hen baptisma. El touto akyrōtheiē moi, para tinos exō to deuteron? Ti phate, hoi katabaptizontes, ē hanadaptizontess Estin einai pneumatikon dicha Pneumatoxs Metechei de Pneumatos o mē timōn ty lli/stipa? Timą de ho eis ktisma kai homodoulon baptizomenoss Ouk estin. houch houtō, polla ereis. Oi» pseusomai se, Pater anarche; ou pseusomai se, monogenes Loge ou pseusomai se, to Pneuma to hagion. Oida tini hōmologēsa, kai tini aptaxamēn, kai tini synetaxamēn. ou dechomai tas pistou phōnas didachthēnai, kai mathein apistous homologēsai alētheian, kai genesthai meta tou pseu- 509? hōs teleioumenos katelthein, kai anelthein atelesteros; hōs zēsomenos baptisthēnai, kai ennekrōthēnai tǭ hydati, kathaper ta tais ōdisin enapothanonta kyēmata, kai syndromon labonta tę̄ gennēsei ton thanaton. Ti me poieis makarion en tautǭ kai athlion, neophōtiston kai aphōtiston, theion kai atheon, hina nauagēsō kai tēn elpida tēs anaplao seōss Brachys o logos; mnēsthēti tēs homologias. Eis ti eoaptisthēs, eis Patera? Kalōs plēn, Iouo daikon eti. Eis Huion ? Kalōs; ouk eti men ’1oudaikon, oupō de teleion. Eis to hagion Pneumss ’Ypereuge; touto teleion. Arʼ oun haplōs eis tauta, ē kai ti koinon toutōn honoma? Nai koinon. i Ti touto? Dēladē to tou Theou. El? touto to koinon stin, ouch houtōēkannpolla diairēs ; onoma pisteue, kai kateuodou, kai basilede, kai mei tabtssę̄ enteuthen heis tēn ekeithen makariotēta, Ē de estin, hōs emoi ge dokei, hē toutōn autōn ektypōtera katalēpsis; heis hēn phthasōmen kaiēmeïs, ek aotǭ Christǭ tǭ Theēǭ hēmōn, ǭē doxa kai ti kratos, syn tǭ anarpsǭ Pttri, kai {morrth Pneumkti, non kai aei, kai heis tous ait-3w: tōn aiōnōn.

Let everyone who threatens me today leave me these words; let those who wish lay claim to the rest. The Father does not tolerate the Son’s loss, nor the Son the Holy Spirit’s; and they would suffer loss if they were ever creatures, for what is created is not God. Nor do I bear the loss of my own perfection. “One Lord, one faith, one baptism.” If this were made void for me, from whom shall I have a second? What do you say, you who baptize to ruin or rebaptize? Can one be spiritual without the Spirit? Does one share in the Spirit who does not honour the Spirit? And does one honour him who is baptized into a creature and a fellow servant? It is not, it is not so, however much you say. I will not lie to you, unoriginate Father; I will not lie to you, only-begotten Word; I will not lie to you, Holy Spirit. I know to whom I made my confession, whom I renounced, and to whom I enlisted myself. I do not accept being taught the words of the faithful, and learning to confess the truth as unbelievers do, and becoming one with the lie; going down to be perfected and coming up less perfect; being baptized to live and being killed in the water, like embryos that die in the birth pangs and receive death together with birth. Why do you make me blessed and wretched at once, newly enlightened and unenlightened, divine and godless, so that I make shipwreck even of the hope of refashioning? The word is short: remember your confession. Into what were you baptized? Into the Father? Good, but that is still Jewish. Into the Son? Good; no longer Jewish, but not yet perfect. Into the Holy Spirit? Excellent; this is perfect. Then simply into these, or also into some common name of them? Yes, a common one. What is it? Clearly, that of God. Believe in this common name, however much you divide; prosper and reign, and pass from here to the blessedness there, which is, as it seems to me, the more distinct apprehension of these very things; to which may we too attain, in Christ himself our God, to whom be glory and might, with the unoriginate Father and the life-giving Spirit, now and always and for ever and ever.

Chapter 34

34.1PG 36:241a–241c

Τοὺς ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου προσφθέγξομαι, δίκαιον γάρο ιπειδὴ καὶ προθύμως συνεληλύθασι, τῷ ζήλῳ τὸν φθόνον νικήσαντες, Αἰγύπτου ταύτης, ἣν πλουτίζει μὲν ποταμὸς ἐκ γῆς ὕων, καὶ πελαγίζων ὥρια ἳνα καὶ αὐτὸς μικρόν τι μιμήσωμαι τοὺς περὶ ταῦτα κομψοὺς· πλουτίζει δὲ Χριστὸς 6 ἐμὸς, πρότερον μὲν εἰς Αἴγυπτον φυγαδευόμενος, νυνὶ δὲ ’ ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου χορηγοὺμενος τότε μὲν, ἐκ τῆς Ἡρώδου παιδοφονῖας, νύν δὲ, ἐκ τῆς τῶν πατέρων φιλοτεκνίας· Χριστος, ἡ καινὴ τροφὴ τῶν καλῶς πεινώντων, ἡ μείζων σιτοδοσία πάσης τῆς ἱστορουμένης τε καὶ πιστευομένης ὁᾶρτος, 6 ἐκ τοῦ οὖρα.. νοῦ καταβαίνων, καὶ ζωήν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, τὴν ἆνόλεθρόν τε καὶ ἀκαταλύτον, περὶ οὗ καί νῦν ἀκούειν δοκῶ μοι λέγοντος τοῦ Πατρός Ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν ιʼἱόν μου.

Tous apʼ Aigyptou prosphthenxomai, dikaion garo ipeidē kai prothymōs synelēlythasi, tǭ zēlǭ ton phthonon nikēsantes, Aigyptou tautēs, hēn ploutizei men potamos ek gēs hyōn, kai pelagizōn hōria hina kai autos mikron ti mimēsōmai tous peri tauta kompsous; ploutizei de Christos 6 emos, proteron men eis Aigypton phygadeuomenos, nyni de ’ apʼ Aigyptou chorēgoumenos tote men, ek tēs Hērōdou paidophonias, nyn de, ek tēs tōn paterōn philoteknias; Christos, hē kainē trophē tōn kalōs peinōntōn, hē meizōn sitodosia pasēs tēs historoumenēs te kai pisteuomenēs hoartos, 6 ek tou oura.. nou katabainōn, kai zōēn didous tǭ kosmǭ, tēn anolethron te kai akatalyton, peri hou kai nyn akouein dokō moi legontos tou Patros Ex Aigyptou ekalesa ton iʼhion mou.

I will address those from Egypt, for it is right, since they have come together eagerly, overcoming envy by zeal: from this Egypt which a river enriches, raining up from the earth and becoming a sea in its season (that I too may imitate a little those who are clever in such matters); but my Christ enriches it too, once a fugitive into Egypt, but now supplied from Egypt; then because of Herod’s murder of children, now because of the fathers’ love for their children: Christ, the new food of those who hunger rightly, a greater distribution of grain than any recorded and believed; the bread that comes down from heaven and gives life to the world, a life imperishable and indestructible; about whom I seem to hear even now the Father saying, “Out of Egypt I called my son.”

34.2PG 36:241c–245a

Ἀφʼ ὑμῶν γὰρ ἐξήχηται 6 λόγος εἷς πάντας ἀνθρώπους, ὑγιῶς πιστευόμενός τε καί κηρυσσὸμενος. καὶ ὑμεῖς ἄριστοι καρποδόται πάντων, μάλιστα τῶν νῦν ὀρθῶς πιστευόντων, ὅσα ἐμὲ γινώσκειν, τὸν τῆς τοιαύτης τροφῆς, οὐκ ἐραστὴν μὸνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ χορηγὸν, καὶ οὒκ ἔνδημον μὸνον, ἀλλʼ ἢδη καὶ ὑπερὸριον. ἰʼμεῒς γὰρ τρέφετε μὲν σωματικῶς δήμους καὶ πὸλεις, ἐφʼ ὅσον ἐξικνεῖται ὑμῶν το φιλάνθρωπονʼ τρέφετε δέ πνευματικῶς, οὗ τὸν δεῖνα δῆμον, οὔδε τήνδε, ἢ τήνδε τὴν πόλιν μικροῖς ὁρίοις περιγραφομένην, κᾶν φρονῶσιν ὑπέρλαμπρον, ἀλλὰ μικροῦ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, Καὶ θεραπεύετε, οξ λιμὸν ἄρτου, ούδὲ δίψαν ὕδατος, ἅ καὶ λιμώττειν οἱ μέγα, καὶ μὴ λιμώττειν ρᾳδιονο ἀλλὰ λιμὸν τοῐ ικοῦσαι λόγου Κυρίου, ὅν καὶ πάσχειν ἐλεεινόι τατον, καὶ θεραπεύειν νῦν ἑργωδὲστατονο ἔπειδη ἐπληθύνθη ἡ ἀνομία, καὶ ὀλίγους εὕρίσκω τοὺς γνηriouc ταύτης θερ απευτάς. l“. Γοιοῦτος Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ὑμέτερος σιτομὲτρης, ταυτὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν καὶ ἡμέτερος, ὅς καὶ προβλέπειν ᾔδει λιμὸν ὑπὸ σοφίας ὑπερβαλλούσης, καὶ θε.. ›απεύειν λόγοις οἰκονομίας, ταῖς καλαῖς τῶν βοῶν ιαὶ πίοσι, τὰς αἰσγράς καὶ ἀκρόφους ἰώμενος. Καὶ Ἰωσὴφ ὁπότερον βούλει λαμβάνειν, εʼῗτε τὸν τῆς ἀθανασίας ἐραστὴν, καὶ δημιουργὸν, καὶ ἐπώνυμον (βἓγ εἴτε τὸν ὶκείνου καὶ θρόνῳ, καὶ λόγῳ, καὶ πολιᾷ διάδοχον, τὸν νέον Πέτρον ἡμῖν, οὐχ ἧττον τὴν . ι. κ -.. τ. ι ν ι ι ιρετην, ὴ την κλησινουφ ων το μεσον ὲςεκοπη και ινύνετρὶβη, κᾶν ἔτι σπαίρη 163) μικραί τε καὶ ἀσθενῆ, ιαθάπερ τὸ ούρατον διακοπέντος τοῦ ὄφεως ὧν ὁ ιέν ἐν γήρᾳ καλῷ καταλύσας τὸν βίον ἰπὶ πολλοές τοῖς ἀγωνίσμασι καὶ ἀθλήμασιν, ἄνωθεν ἐποπτεύει, :5 οῖδα, νῦν τὰ ἡμέτερα, καὶ χεῖρα όρὲγει τοῖς ὑπὲρ εοῦ καλοῦ κάμνουσι, καὶ τόσῳ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ τῶν ῖεσμῶν ἐστιν ἐλεύθερος· δ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν αὗτῆν κατάλυτιν (GH, ἢ ἀνάλυσιν, ἐπὶ τοῖς αὒτοτς ἄθλοις ;πείγεται, καὶ πλησιάζει μὲν ἢδη τοῖς ἅνω, τοσοῦεον δὲ μετὰ τῆς σαρκός ἐστιν ἔτι, ὅσον βοηθῆσαι τῷ ιόγῳ τὰ τελευταῖα, καὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ γενέσθαι μετά δαον ινιλεστέρων τῶν ἐφοδίων. A’. Τούτων ὑμεῖς θρέμματα καὶ προβλήματα τῶν ιεγάλων, καὶ δογματιστῶν, καὶ ἀγωνιστῶν τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ νικητῶν· οὖς ού γαιρὸς, οὗ δυνάστης, οὗ λόγος, οὗ φθόνος, οὗ φόβος, οὗ κατήγορος, οὗ συκοφλντης, ού φανερῶς πολεμῶν, οὗ λαθραίως ἐπιβουλεύων, οὔχ ἡμέτερος τῷ δοκεῖν, οὐκ ἀλλότριος, ού χρυσὸς, ὁ ἀφανὴς τύραννος, ᾧ νῦν τὰ πολλά μεταρῥίπτεται καὶ πεττεύεται, ού θεραπεῖαι, οὸκ ἀπειλαὶ, οὐκ ἐξορίαι μακραί τε καὶ ἀριθμούμεναι (δημεύσει γὰρ οὒκ ἐγένοντο μὸνον ἁλωτοὶ, διὰ τὸν μέγαν πλοῦτον, τὴν ἀκτημοσύνην) οὒκ ἂλλο οὐδὲν τῶν ἁπάντων, ὶ τῶν παρόντων, ἣ τῶν προσδοκωμένων ἒπῆρεν οὐδὲ ινέπεισε χείρους γενέσθαι, καὶ προδοῦναί τι τῆς Γριάδος, καὶ ζημιωθῆναι θεότητα. Τοῦναντίον ιὲν οὖν ἐῤῥώσθησαν τοῖς κινδύνοις, καὶ φιλο-ιμότειοι γεγόνασιν εἰς εὐσέβειαν, Τοιοῦτο γὰρ τὸ παθενν ιπὲρ Χριστοῦ, τῷ φίλτρσρ προστίθησι, καί οῖσν ἆῤιαβὼν γίνεται τῶν ἒξῆς ἄθλων τοῖς μεγαλόφροσι, θαύματα.

Aphʼ hymōn gar exēchētai 6 logos heis pantas anthrōpous, hygiōs pisteuomenos te kai kēryssomenos. kai hymeis aristoi karpodotai pantōn, malista tōn nyn orthōs pisteuontōn, hosa eme ginōskein, ton tēs toiautēs trophēs, ouk erastēn monon, alla kai chorēgon, kai ouk endēmon monon, allʼ ēdē kai hyperorion. iʼmeïs gar trephete men sōmatikōs dēmous kai poleis, ephʼ hoson exikneitai hymōn to philanthrōponʼ trephete de pneumatikōs, hou ton deina dēmon, oude tēnde, ē tēnde tēn polin mikrois horiois perigraphomenēn, kan phronōsin hyperlampron, alla mikrou pasan tēn oikoumenēn, Kai therapeuete, ox limon artou, oude dipsan hydatos, ha kai limōttein hoi mega, kai mē limōttein rądiono alla limon toi ikousai logou Kyriou, hon kai paschein eleeinoi taton, kai therapeuein nyn hergōdestatono epeidē eplēthynthē hē anomia, kai oligous heuriskō tous gnēriouc tautēs ther apeutas. l“. Goioutos Iōsēph ho hymeteros sitometrēs, tauton de eipein kai hēmeteros, hos kai problepein ę̄dei limon hypo sophias hyperballousēs, kai the.. ›apeuein logois oikonomias, tais kalais tōn boōn iai piosi, tas aisgras kai akrophous iōmenos. Kai Iōsēph hopoteron boulei lambanein, eʼïte ton tēs athanasias erastēn, kai dēmiourgon, kai epōnymon (beg eite ton ikeinou kai thronǭ, kai logǭ, kai polią diadochon, ton neon Petron hēmin, ouch hētton tēn . i. k -.. t. i n i i iretēn, ē tēn klēsinouph ōn to meson esekopē kai inynetribē, kan eti spairē 163) mikrai te kai asthenē, iathaper to ouraton diakopentos tou opheōs hōn ho ien en gērą kalǭ katalysas ton bion ipi polloes tois agōnismasi kai athlēmasin, anōthen epopteuei, :5 oida, nyn ta hēmetera, kai cheira oregei tois hyper eou kalou kamnousi, kai tosǭ mallon, hosǭ tōn iesmōn estin eleutheros; d de epi tēn hautēn katalytin (GH, ē analysin, epi tois autots athlois ?peigetai, kai plēsiazei men ēdē tois hanō, tosoueon de meta tēs sarkos estin eti, hoson boēthēsai tǭ iogǭ ta teleutaia, kai tēs hodou genesthai meta daon inilesterōn tōn ephodiōn. A’. Toutōn hymeis thremmata kai problēmata tōn iegalōn, kai dogmatistōn, kai agōnistōn tēs alētheias, kai nikētōn; ous ou gairos, hou dynastēs, hou logos, hou phthonos, hou phobos, hou katēgoros, hou sykophlntēs, ou phanerōs polemōn, hou lathraiōs epibouleuōn, ouch hēmeteros tǭ dokein, ouk allotrios, ou chrysos, ho aphanēs tyrannos, hǭ nyn ta polla metarrhiptetai kai petteuetai, ou therapeiai, ook apeilai, ouk exoriai makrai te kai arithmoumenai (dēmeusei gar ouk egenonto monon halōtoi, dia ton megan plouton, tēn aktēmosynēn) ouk allo ouden tōn hapantōn, i tōn parontōn, hē tōn prosdokōmenōn epēren oude inepeise cheirous genesthai, kai prodounai ti tēs Griados, kai zēmiōthēnai theotēta. Tounantion ien oun errhōsthēsan tois kindynois, kai philo-imoteioi gegonasin eis eusebeian, Toiouto gar to pathenn iper Christou, tǭ philtrsr prostithēsi, kai oisn ariabōn ginetai tōn exēs athlōn tois megalophrosi, thaumata.

For from you the word has sounded forth to all men, soundly believed and preached; and you are the best bearers of fruit of all, especially of those who now believe rightly, as far as I know, who am not only a lover of such food but also its supplier, and not only at home but now abroad as well. For you feed peoples and cities bodily, as far as your kindness extends; and you feed spiritually not this or that people, nor this or that city bounded by small limits, however splendid they think themselves, but almost the whole world. And you cure not hunger for bread nor thirst for water, which it is no great thing to suffer and easy not to suffer, but a famine of hearing the word of the Lord, which is most pitiable to suffer and now most laborious to cure, since lawlessness has multiplied, and I find few genuine healers of it. [3] Such was your Joseph, the measurer of grain, which is to say ours too, who knew how to foresee famine by surpassing wisdom and to cure it by words of good management, healing the ugly and lean cows with the fair and fat ones. And take whichever Joseph you like: either the lover, maker, and namesake of immortality, or his successor in throne, in word, and in grey hairs, our new Peter, no less in virtue than in name; by whom the middle position was cut off and crushed, even if it still writhes a little, feebly, like the tail of a snake cut in two. Of these, the one, having ended his life in a good old age after many contests and struggles, now looks down on our affairs from above, I know well, and stretches out a hand to those who labour for the good, all the more as he is free from bonds; the other is hastening to the same end, or departure, after the same contests, and is already near the things above, but is still in the flesh just enough to help the word with his last efforts, and to set out on his journey with more abundant provisions. [4] Of these you are the nurslings and the offspring, of these great teachers, contenders, and victors for the truth; whom no time, no potentate, no argument, no envy, no fear, no accuser, no slanderer, no open enemy, no secret plotter, no one who seemed to be ours, no stranger, no gold, the invisible tyrant by which most things are now tossed about and played like dice, no flattery, no threats, no long and repeated exiles (for they could not even be caught by confiscation, because of their great wealth, their lack of possessions), nor anything else at all, present or expected, lifted up or persuaded to become worse, to betray anything of the Triad, or to cause the Godhead loss. On the contrary, they were strengthened by dangers and became more zealous for piety. For such is suffering for Christ: it adds to love, and becomes for the great-minded a sort of pledge of further contests … wonders.

34.3PG 36:245a–245b

Σὺ δέ μοι τοὺς τράγους ὶπῄνεις τοὺς Μενδησίους, καὶ τὸν Μεμφιτην ’Λπιν, μόσχον σιτευτὸν τινα καὶ πολύσαρκον, καὶ τὰς ’Ἴσιδος τελετὰς, καὶ τοὺς Ὀσίριδος σπαραγμοὺς, καὶτὸν σεμνόν σου Σάραπιν ξύλον προσκυνούμενον μετὰ μύθου, καὶ χρὸνου, καὶ τῆς τῶν προσκυνούντων ἀνοίας, ὡς ὕλην ἂγνωστόν τινα καὶ οὒράνιον, πλὴν ὕλην, κᾶν βοηθῆται τῷ φεύ· δειο καὶ τὰ ἔτι τούτων αἰσχρότερα, κνωδλίλων τινῶν καὶ ἑρπετῶν πολυειδὴ πλάσματα, ὧν πάντων ὑπερἧρε Χριστὸς, καὶ οἱ Χριστοὺ κήρυκες· ἄλλοι τε ἅλλως κατὰ τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστοι χρόνους ἐκλάμψαντες καὶ δὴ καὶ οἱ νῦν μνημονευθέντες Πατέρες· ἀφʼὦν σὺ γινώσκῃ μᾶλλον, ὦ θαυμασία, σήμερον, ἥ παντων ὁμοῦ πάντες, καὶ παλαιῶν καὶ νέων διηγημάτων.

Sy de moi tous tragous ipę̄neis tous Mendēsious, kai ton Memphitēn ’Lpin, moschon siteuton tina kai polysarkon, kai tas ’Isidos teletas, kai tous Osiridos sparagmous, kaiton semnon sou Sarapin xylon proskynoumenon meta mythou, kai chronou, kai tēs tōn proskynountōn anoias, hōs hylēn agnōston tina kai ouranion, plēn hylēn, kan boēthētai tǭ pheu; deio kai ta eti toutōn aischrotera, knōdlilōn tinōn kai herpetōn polyeidē plasmata, hōn pantōn hyperēre Christos, kai hoi Christou kērykes; alloi te hallōs kata tous heautōn hekastoi chronous eklampsantes kai dē kai hoi nyn mnēmoneuthentes Pateres; aphʼōn sy ginōskę̄ mallon, ō thaumasia, sēmeron, hē pantōn homou pantes, kai palaiōn kai neōn diēgēmatōn.

But you, Egypt, used to praise to me the goats of Mendes, and the Apis of Memphis, a fattened and fleshy calf, and the rites of Isis, and the tearing apart of Osiris, and your solemn Serapis, a block of wood worshipped with myth and age and the folly of his worshippers, as some unknown and heavenly matter, but matter nonetheless, even if falsehood comes to its aid; and things still more shameful than these, the many-shaped images of crocodiles and reptiles. All these Christ has surpassed, and the heralds of Christ, who shone forth each in his own time, and especially the Fathers just mentioned; through whom you are better known today, wonderful Egypt, than through all your stories, old and new, put together.

34.4PG 36:245b

Διὰ ταῦτά σε περιπτύσσομαι καὶ ἆσπάζομαις λαῶν ἄριστε, καὶ φιλοχριστότατε, καὶ θερμότατε τὴν εὖσὲὄειαν, καὶ τῶν ὰγόντπν ἂξιεʼ οὺ γὰρ ἔχω τι τούτου μεῖζον εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲ ᾧ μᾶλλον ἄν ὑμᾶς ξενίσαιμι· καὶ δεξιοῦμαι, ὀλίγα μὲν γλώσσῃ, τὰ πολλὰ δὲ διανοίας κινήμασι, Λαὸς ἐμός· ἓμὸν γὰρ ὀνομάζω, τὸν ὁμόφρονα καὶ ὁμόδοξον, καὶ παρὰ τῶν αὐτῶν Πατὲρων, καὶ τῆς αὖτῆς Τριάδος προσκυνητήν. Λαὸς ἐμός ἐμὸς γὰρ, κᾶν μὴ δοκῇ τοῖς βασκαίνουσιο καὶ, ἴνα πληγῶσι μᾶλλον οἱ τοῦτο πάσχοντες, ἰδοὺ διδωμι δεξιὰς κοινωνίας ἐπὶ τοσούτων μαρτύρων, ὁρατῶν τε καί ἆορὰτωνʼ καὶ ἀπωθοῦμαι παλαιὰν διαβολὴν νέᾳ χρηστότητι, Λαὸς ἐμός· ἐμὸς γὰρ, εἰ καὶ τὸν μέγιστον ὁ μικρότατος σφετερίζομαι. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τοῦ Πνεύματος χάρις· ὁμοτίμους ποιεῖ τοὺς ὁμόφρονας. Λαὸς ἐμός· ἐμὸς γὰρ, εἰ καὶ πόρρωθεν ὅτι θιϊκῶς συναπτόμεθα, καὶ τρόπον ἂλλον, ἢ ὃν αἱ ’πει χύτητες. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ σώματα τόπῳ συνάπτεται, ψυχαὶ δὲ Πνεύματι συναρμόζονται, Λαὸς ἐμὸς, ὁ πρότερον μὲν φιλοσοφῶν τὸ πάσχειν ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ, νῦν δὲ τὸ μὴ ποιεῖν, ἐάν ἐμοὶ πείθησθε, ἀλλʼ αὒταρκες κέρδος τίθεσθαι τὴν τοῦ ποιεῖν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ τηγετσθλι Χριστῷ λατρείαν εἰσφέρειν, ὣσπερ τότε τὴν καρτερῖ.;ν, οὕτως ἒν τῷ παρόντι τὴν ἐπιείκειαν, Λαὸς, ἂρʼ ὅν παρατέτακται ὁ Κύριος τοῦ εὖ ποιῆσαι, ὥσπερ τοῦ κακοποιῆσαι τοὺς ἐναντίους, Λαὸς, ὅν ἒξ·ελὲξαξν ἑαυτῷ Κύριος ἐκ πάντων ὧν προσεκαλέσατο.

Dia tauta se periptyssomai kai aspazomais laōn ariste, kai philochristotate, kai thermotate tēn euseoeian, kai tōn agontpn axieʼ ou gar echō ti toutou meizon eipein, oude hǭ mallon an hymas xenisaimi; kai dexioumai, oliga men glōssę̄, ta polla de dianoias kinēmasi, Laos emos; hemon gar onomazō, ton homophrona kai homodoxon, kai para tōn autōn Paterōn, kai tēs autēs Triados proskynētēn. Laos emos emos gar, kan mē dokę̄ tois baskainousio kai, ina plēgōsi mallon hoi touto paschontes, idou didōmi dexias koinōnias epi tosoutōn martyrōn, horatōn te kai aoratōnʼ kai apōthoumai palaian diabolēn neą chrēstotēti, Laos emos; emos gar, ei kai ton megiston ho mikrotatos spheterizomai. Toiautē gar hē tou Pneumatos charis; homotimous poiei tous homophronas. Laos emos; emos gar, ei kai porrōthen hoti thiïkōs synaptometha, kai tropon allon, ē hon hai ’pei chytētes. Ta men gar sōmata topǭ synaptetai, psychai de Pneumati synarmozontai, Laos emos, ho proteron men philosophōn to paschein hyper Christou, nyn de to mē poiein, ean emoi peithēsthe, allʼ autarkes kerdos tithesthai tēn tou poiein exousian, kai tēgetsthli Christǭ latreian eispherein, hōsper tote tēn karteri.?n, houtōs en tǭ paronti tēn epieikeian, Laos, arʼ hon paratetaktai ho Kyrios tou eu poiēsai, hōsper tou kakopoiēsai tous enantious, Laos, hon ex;elexaxn heautǭ Kyrios ek pantōn hōn prosekalesato.

For these reasons I embrace and greet you, best of peoples, most Christ-loving and most fervent in piety, and worthy of your leaders (for I can say nothing greater than this, nor anything with which I could better entertain you as guests); and I welcome you, a little with my tongue, but much more with the movements of my mind. My people! For I call mine those who are of one mind and one faith with me, worshippers of the same Triad taught by the same Fathers. My people! Mine, even if it does not seem so to the envious; and, so that those who feel so may be struck all the more, see, I give you the right hand of fellowship before so many witnesses, visible and invisible, and I drive away an old slander by new kindness. My people! Mine, even if I, the least, claim the greatest as my own; for such is the grace of the Spirit: it makes those of one mind equal in honour. My people! Mine, even if from afar, because we are joined divinely, and in another way than those who are near. For bodies are joined by place, but souls are fitted together by the Spirit. My people, who formerly practised the philosophy of suffering for Christ, and now that of not doing harm, if you will listen to me, but count the power to do it a sufficient gain, and think that you offer worship to Christ, as then by endurance, so now by gentleness. A people over whom the Lord stands ready to do good, as he stands ready to do harm to their opponents. A people whom the Lord has chosen for himself out of all whom he called.

34.5PG 36:245b

ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν Κυρίου ἒζωγραρημὲνος, ᾧ, Σὺ γὴρ εἴ θέλημα ἐμὸν, λέγει Κύριος· καὶ, Αἱ πύλαι σου γλύμμαο καὶ ὅσα τοῖς σωζομένοις ὕστερον.

ho epi tōn cheirōn Kyriou ezōgrarēmenos, hǭ, Sy gēr ei thelēma emon, legei Kyrios; kai, Hai pylai sou glymmao kai hosa tois sōzomenois hysteron.

… inscribed on the hands of the Lord; to whom it is said, “For you are my will, says the Lord,” and, “Your gates are carved work,” and all that is said to those who are saved hereafter.

34.6PG 36:245b–248a

καὶ μή με θαυμάσητε τῆς ἀπληστίας, εἰ] πολλάκις ὑμᾶς ἀναστρέφοιο κατατρυφῶ γὰρ ὑμῶν τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς κλήσεως, ὥσπερ οἱ θεαμάτων τινῶν, ἢ _<’zxouopa’zr_mv_ ἀπλήστως ἐμφορούμενοι.

kai mē me thaumasēte tēs aplēstias, ei] pollakis hymas anastrephoio katatryphō gar hymōn tę̄ synecheią tēs klēseōs, hōsper hoi theamatōn tinōn, ē _<’zxouopa’zr_mv_ aplēstōs emphoroumenoi.

… and do not wonder at my insatiability if I often turn back to you; for I revel in calling you again and again, like those who fill themselves insatiably with spectacles or music.

34.7PG 36:248a

Ἀλλʼ, ὦ Θεοῦ λαὸς, καὶ ἡμέτερος, καλὴ μὲν ὑμῶν καὶ ἡ πρώην πανήγυρις, ἢν επὶ τῆς θα·λάσσης ἆστήσασβε, καὶ εἴπερ ἄλλη τις ὀφθαλμῶν xci:

Allʼ, ō Theou laos, kai hēmeteros, kalē men hymōn kai hē prōēn panēgyris, ēn epi tēs tha;lassēs astēsasbe, kai eiper allē tis ophthalmōn xci:

But, people of God, and ours too, fine also was your festival the other day, which you held on the sea, and delightful, if anything was, to the eyes …

34.8PG 36:248a–248d

ἡνίκα εἶδον νδενδρουμὲνην τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ χειροποιήτῳ νέφει κεκαλυμμένην, καὶ κάλλος νηῶν, καὶ τάχος, ὥσπερ εἰς πομπήν ἐσταλμένων, καὶ πνεῦμα μέτριον κατὰ πρύμναν ἱστάμενον, ὤσπερ δορυφοροῦν ἐξεπίτηδες. καὶ παραπέμπον τῇ πόλει πάλιν πελάγιον· καλλίων δὲ ἡ νῦν ὁρωμένη καὶ μεγαλοπρεπεστέρα, Οὔ γὰρ τοῖς πολλοῖς φέροντες ὑμᾶς αὖτοὺς ὰνεμῖξατε, οὒδέ πλήθει τὴν εὗσέβειαν ἐμετρήσατε, οὐδὲ δῆμος γενέσθαι μᾶλλον ὀχλώδης ἡνἐσχεσθε, ἥ λαὸς Θεοῦ λόγῳ κεκαθαρμένος· ἀλλʼ ὅσον εἰκὸς, Καίσαρι τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος εἰσενεγκόντες, τῷ Θεῷ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ προσενείματεο τῷ μὲν τὸ τέλος, τῷ δὲ τὸν φόβον καὶτὸν δῆμον τοῖς ὑμετέροις θρέοψαντες, ἣκετε καὶ αὖτοὶ παρʼ ἡμῶν τραφησόμενοι. Σιτοδοτοῦμεν γὰρ καὶ ἡμεῖς, καὶ σιτοδοσίαν ’ἴσως τῆς ὑμετέρας οὐ φαυλοτέραν, Δευτε, φάγετε τὸν ἐμὸν ἄρτον, καὶ πίετε οϊνον, ὅν κεκέρακα ὑμῖν· καλῶ μετὰ τῆς σοφίας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἰμὴν τράπεζαν, Ἐπαινῶ γὰρ τῆς εὒγῗνωμ-οσύνης, καὶ προστρέχω τῇ προθυμίᾳ, ὅτι ὡς ἐπὶ λιμένα ἴδιον ἡμᾶς κατηντήσατε, τῷ ὁμοίῳ προσδρσμὸντες, καὶ τό συγγενὲς τῆς πίστεως ἐτιμήσατε, καὶ τῶν ἀτόπων ὶνομίσατε, τοὺς μὲν ὑβριστὰς τῶν ἂνω συμφρονεῖν ἀλλήλοις καὶ συναρμόζεσθαι, καὶ τὸ καθʼ ἕκαστον σαθρὸν οἴεσθαι διορθοῦσθαι τῷ κοινῷ τῆς συστάσεως, καθάπερ τῶν σχοινίων τὰ τῇ πλοκῇ δυναμούμενα, αὐτοὶ δὲ μὴ συν. ιέναι, μηδὲ συνδεϊσθαι τοϊς ὸμογνώμοσιν, οἷς γε εἰκὸς μᾶλλον· αὖτοὶ γὰρ συνάγομεν καὶ θεότητα. Καὶ ἵνα γε εἰδῆτε, μή μάτην προσδραμόντες ἡμῖν, μηδὲ ὡς ξένοις καὶ ἀλλοτρίοις, ἀλλʼ ἒν ὑμετὲροις καταχθέντες, καὶ καλῶς ὸδη Γηθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βραχέα περὶ Θεοῦ φιλοσοφήσομεν ὑμῖν, Καὶ γνώρίσατε τὰ ὑμέτερα, ὥσπερ οἱ τσϊς ἐπισήμοις τῶν ὅπλων τὸ οἰκεῖον διαγινώσκοντες.

hēnika eidon ndendroumenēn tēn thalassan, kai cheiropoiētǭ nephei kekalymmenēn, kai kallos nēōn, kai tachos, hōsper eis pompēn estalmenōn, kai pneuma metrion kata prymnan histamenon, ōsper doryphoroun exepitēdes. kai parapempon tę̄ polei palin pelagion; kalliōn de hē nyn horōmenē kai megaloprepestera, Ou gar tois pollois pherontes hymas autous anemixate, oude plēthei tēn heusebeian emetrēsate, oude dēmos genesthai mallon ochlōdēs hēneschesthe, hē laos Theou logǭ kekatharmenos; allʼ hoson eikos, Kaisari ta tou Kaisaros eisenenkontes, tǭ Theǭ ta tou Theou proseneimateo tǭ men to telos, tǭ de ton phobon kaiton dēmon tois hymeterois threopsantes, hēkete kai autoi parʼ hēmōn traphēsomenoi. Sitodotoumen gar kai hēmeis, kai sitodosian ’isōs tēs hymeteras ou phauloteran, Deute, phagete ton emon arton, kai piete oïnon, hon kekeraka hymin; kalō meta tēs sophias hymas eis tēn imēn trapezan, Epainō gar tēs eugïnōm-osynēs, kai prostrechō tę̄ prothymią, hoti hōs epi limena idion hēmas katēntēsate, tǭ homoiǭ prosdrsmontes, kai to syngenes tēs pisteōs etimēsate, kai tōn atopōn inomisate, tous men hybristas tōn anō symphronein allēlois kai synarmozesthai, kai to kathʼ hekaston sathron oiesthai diorthousthai tǭ koinǭ tēs systaseōs, kathaper tōn schoiniōn ta tę̄ plokę̄ dynamoumena, autoi de mē syn. ienai, mēde syndeïsthai toïs omognōmosin, hois ge eikos mallon; autoi gar synagomen kai theotēta. Kai hina ge eidēte, mē matēn prosdramontes hēmin, mēde hōs xenois kai allotriois, allʼ en hymeterois katachthentes, kai kalōs odē Gēthentes hypo tou Pneumatos, brachea peri Theou philosophēsomen hymin, Kai gnōrisate ta hymetera, hōsper hoi tsïs episēmois tōn hoplōn to oikeion diaginōskontes.

… when I saw the sea turned into a forest and covered with a cloud made by hands, and the beauty and speed of the ships, as if arrayed for a procession, and a moderate wind standing at the stern as if escorting them on purpose and conveying the sea-borne city once more; but finer and more magnificent is what is seen now. For you did not mingle yourselves with the many, nor measure piety by numbers, nor consent to become a mob rather than a people of God purified by the word; but having brought, as is fitting, to Caesar the things of Caesar, you rendered to God the things of God, to the one tax, to the other fear; and having fed the people with your goods, you have come to be fed by us yourselves. For we too distribute grain, and grain perhaps not inferior to yours. “Come, eat my bread and drink the wine that I have mixed for you”; with Wisdom I call you to my table. For I praise your good sense and run to meet your eagerness, that you have put in with us as at your own harbour, hastening to those who are like you; that you have honoured the kinship of faith, and have thought it absurd that those who insult the things above should agree and be fitted together with one another, and should think to mend the rottenness of each by the common bond, like strands strengthened by being twisted together, while you yourselves did not come together and bind yourselves to those of the same mind, as is far more fitting; for we also bring the Godhead together. And that you may know that you did not hasten to us in vain, nor as to strangers and foreigners, but have put in among your own and been well guided by the Spirit, we will speak to you briefly about God. And recognize your own, like those who recognize their own side by the insignia on their arms.

34.9PG 36:248d–249c

Δύο διαφορὰς ἐν τοῖς οὖσι γινώσκω τὰς ἀνωτάτω, δεσποτείαν τε καὶ δουλείαν* οὐχ ἅς παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἢ τύραννις ἔτεμεν, ἣπενία διέστησεν, ἀλλʼ ἅς φύσις διώρισεν, εἴ τῳ φίλον οὕτω καλεῖν, Τὸ γὰρ πρῶτον, και ὑπὲρ τὴν φύσιν. Τούτων δὲ, ἡ μὲν ποιητική τέ ἔστι, καὶ ἀρχικὴ, καὶ ἅκίνητος· ἡ δὲ πεποιημένη, καὶ ὑπὸ χεῖρα, καὶ μεταπίπτουσα, Καὶ ’ἐτι συντομώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἡ μὲν ὑπὲρ χρόνον, ἡ δὲ ὑπὸ χρόνον. Καλεϊται δὲ ἡ μὲν, Θεὸς, καὶ ἐν τρισὶ τοῖς μεγίστοις ἵσταται, αἰτίῳ, καὶ δημιουργῷ, καί τελειοποιῳ · Πατρί λέγω, τῷ Υἱῷ, γαί τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεόματι, ”Λ μήτε οὕτως ἀλλήλων ἀπήρτηται, ὡς φύσει τεο μνεσθαι · μήτε οὕτως ἐστὲνωται, ὡς εἷς ἓν προσωπον περιγράφεσθαιʼ τὸ μὲ γὰρ τῆς Ἀρειανῆς μανίας, τὸ δξ τῆς Σαβελλιανικῆς ἀθεΐας ἔστινʼ ἀλλʼ ἔστι, τῶν μὲν φάντη διαιρετῶν ἐνικωτέρα, τῶν δὲ τελείως μοναδικῶν ἀφθονωτέρα, Ἦ δὲ μεθʼ ἡμῶν τέ ἐστι, καὶ καλεῖται κτίσις, κὲίν ἅλλα ἄλλων ὑπεραίρῃ, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ἐγγύτητος, βʼ. Τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, ὅτῳ μεν ἡ καρδία πρὸς Κύριον, ’ίτω μεθʼ ἡμῶν, καὶ προσκυνῶμεν τὴν μίαν ἐν τοῖς τρισὶ θεότητα, μηδὲν ταπεινότητος ὅνομα τῇ ἀπροσίτῳ δόξῃ προσάγοντες, ἀλλὰ τὰς ὑψώσεις τοῦ ἐνὸς Θεοῦ ἐν τοῖς τρισὶ διαπαντὸς ἓν τῷ λάρυγγι φέροντες. Ἠς γὰρ οὐδὲ μέγεθος φύσεως κυρίως ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, διὰ τὸ ἄπειρον καὶ ἀόριστον, πῶς ταύτῃ ταo σν ει ς τι πεινοτητα ὲπεισαςομεν; Οστις δε ἀλλοτρίως εχει Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τέμνει τὴν μίαν καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ὄντα οὒσίαν εἰς ἀνισότητα φύσεων, θαυμαστὸν, εὶ μη τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τμηθήσεται, καὶ τὸ μερός αὖ)τοῦ μετά τῶν ἀπίστων τεθήσεται, πονηρὸν δρεπομένου πονηρᾶς δόξης καρπὸν, καὶ νῦν καὶ ὕστερον.

Dyo diaphoras en tois ousi ginōskō tas anōtatō, despoteian te kai douleian* ouch has parʼ hēmin, ē tyrannis etemen, hēpenia diestēsen, allʼ has physis diōrisen, ei tǭ philon houtō kalein, To gar prōton, kai hyper tēn physin. Toutōn de, hē men poiētikē te esti, kai archikē, kai hakinētos; hē de pepoiēmenē, kai hypo cheira, kai metapiptousa, Kai ’eti syntomōteron eipein, hē men hyper chronon, hē de hypo chronon. Kaleïtai de hē men, Theos, kai en trisi tois megistois histatai, aitiǭ, kai dēmiourgǭ, kai teleiopoiǭ ; Patri legō, tǭ Huiǭ, gai tǭ hagiǭ Pneomati, ”L mēte houtōs allēlōn apērtētai, hōs physei teo mnesthai ; mēte houtōs estenōtai, hōs heis hen prosōpon perigraphesthaiʼ to me gar tēs Areianēs manias, to dx tēs Sabellianikēs atheïas estinʼ allʼ esti, tōn men phantē diairetōn enikōtera, tōn de teleiōs monadikōn aphthonōtera, Ē de methʼ hēmōn te esti, kai kaleitai ktisis, kein halla allōn hyperairę̄, kata tēn analogian tēs pros Theon engytētos, bʼ. Toutōn de houtōs echontōn, hotǭ men hē kardia pros Kyrion, ’itō methʼ hēmōn, kai proskynōmen tēn mian en tois trisi theotēta, mēden tapeinotētos honoma tę̄ aprositǭ doxę̄ prosagontes, alla tas hypsōseis tou enos Theou en tois trisi diapantos hen tǭ laryngi pherontes. Ēs gar oude megethos physeōs kyriōs estin eipein, dia to apeiron kai aoriston, pōs tautę̄ tao sn ei s ti peinotēta epeisasomen? Ostis de allotriōs echei Theou, kai dia touto temnei tēn mian kai hyper panta ta onta ousian eis anisotēta physeōn, thaumaston, ei mē tę̄ rhomphaią tmēthēsetai, kai to meros au)tou meta tōn apistōn tethēsetai, ponēron drepomenou ponēras doxēs karpon, kai nyn kai hysteron.

I recognize two highest distinctions among beings, lordship and servitude: not those which among us tyranny has cut or poverty has divided, but those which nature has distinguished, if one likes to call it so; for the First is beyond nature. Of these, the one is creative, originating, and unmoved; the other made, subject, and changing. Or, to put it still more briefly, the one is above time, the other under time. The first is called God, and subsists in three greatest ones, the Cause, the Creator, and the Perfecter: I mean the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit; who are neither so detached from one another as to be divided in nature, nor so contracted as to be circumscribed in one person; the former belongs to the Arian madness, the latter to the Sabellian godlessness; but the Godhead is more unitary than things wholly divided, and more abundant than things completely singular. The other is with us and is called creation, even if some created things surpass others according to the measure of their nearness to God. [9] This being so, whoever has his heart toward the Lord, let him come with us, and let us worship the one Godhead in the three, attributing no name of lowliness to the unapproachable glory, but always carrying in our throats the exaltations of the one God in three. For of him whose very greatness of nature one cannot properly speak of, because of his infinity and boundlessness, how shall we assert lowliness? But whoever is estranged from God, and therefore cuts the one essence that is above all beings into an inequality of natures, it would be a wonder if he were not cut in two by the sword, and his portion appointed with the unbelievers, reaping the evil fruit of an evil opinion, now and hereafter.

34.10PG 36:249c–252a

Περὶ μὲι γὰρ τοῦ Πατρὸς, τί χρὴ καὶ λέγειν, οὗ καί τὸ παρὰ πάντων συγκεχωρηκὸς φείδεσθαι ταῖς φυσικαῖς ’ἐννοίαις προκατειλημμένων; Εἰ καὶ τῆς ἀτιμίας τὰ πρῶτα ἡνέγκατο, πρῶτος τμηθεὶς εἷςʼΛγαθὸν καὶ Δημιουργὸν παρὰ τῆς ἀρχαίας καινοτομίας, Περὶ δὲ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεόματος, σκοπεῖτε ὡς ἁπλῶς καὶ συντόμως διαλεξώμεθα. Εἰ μέν τις ἔχοι τούτων τι λέγειν τρεπτὸν ἢ ἀλλοιωο τὸν, ἢ χρόνῳ, ἢ τόπῳ, ἢ δυνάμει, ἢ ἐνεργείᾳ μετρούμενον, ἢ οὒ (postrch ἀγαθὸν, ἢ οὒκ αὐτοκίνητον, ἢ οὒκ αὒτεξούσιον, ἢ λειτουργὸν, ἢ ὑμνῳδὸν, ἢ φοβούμενον, ἢ ὲλευθεροόμενον, ἢ οὒ συναριθμοόμενον ο δεικνύτω τοῦτο, καὶ ἡμεῖς στέρξομεν, συνδούλων σεμνότητι δαξαξόμενοι, εἰ καὶ Θεὸν (ζημιούμεθα. Εἰ αῑτίας πάντα δί ὅσα τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Ilvatiματος, πλὴν τῆς υἱότητος, καὶ τῶν ὅσα σωματικῶς περὶῗαῦτοῦ λέγεται διὰ τὸν ἰμὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν σωτηρίαν, ’ίνα τὸ ἐμὸν λαβὼν, τὸ ἑαυτοῦ χαρίσηται διὰ τῆς καινῆς ἀνακράσεως παύσασθε παραληροῦντες ὀψὲ γοῦν ὧ σοφισταὶ κενῶν ῥημάτων, αὺτοῦ πιπτόντων. Καὶ ’ίνα τί ἂποθνήσκετε, οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ, ἵνʼ ὲκ τῆς Γ ραφῆς ὑμᾶς ὀδύρωμαις

Peri mei gar tou Patros, ti chrē kai legein, hou kai to para pantōn synkechōrēkos pheidesthai tais physikais ’ennoiais prokateilēmmenōn? Ei kai tēs atimias ta prōta hēnenkato, prōtos tmētheis heisʼLgathon kai Dēmiourgon para tēs archaias kainotomias, Peri de tou Huiou, kai tou hagiou Pneomatos, skopeite hōs haplōs kai syntomōs dialexōmetha. Ei men tis echoi toutōn ti legein trepton ē alloiōo ton, ē chronǭ, ē topǭ, ē dynamei, ē energeią metroumenon, ē ou (postrch agathon, ē ouk autokinēton, ē ouk autexousion, ē leitourgon, ē hymnǭdon, ē phoboumenon, ē eleutheroomenon, ē ou synarithmoomenon o deiknytō touto, kai hēmeis sterxomen, syndoulōn semnotēti daxaxomenoi, ei kai Theon (zēmioumetha. Ei aitias panta di hosa tou Huiou, kai tou Ilvatimatos, plēn tēs huiotētos, kai tōn hosa sōmatikōs periïautou legetai dia ton imon anthrōpon, kai tēn emēn sōtērian, ’ina to emon labōn, to heautou charisētai dia tēs kainēs anakraseōs pausasthe paralērountes opse goun hō sophistai kenōn rhēmatōn, autou piptontōn. Kai ’ina ti apothnēskete, oikos Israēl, hinʼ ek tēs G raphēs hymas odyrōmais

About the Father, what need is there to speak, since what all concede spares him, as people are preoccupied by natural notions? Though even he bore the first dishonour, being the first to be cut into a Good God and a Creator by the ancient innovation. About the Son and the Holy Spirit, see how simply and briefly we shall discourse. If anyone can say that either of these is changeable or alterable, or measured by time, or place, or power, or operation, or not naturally good, or not self-moved, or not free, or a minister, or a singer of hymns, or one who fears, or one who is set free, or not to be numbered with the Father, let him show it, and we shall be content, glorified by the dignity of our fellow servants, even if we lose God. But if … except causation, and all that belongs to the Son belongs also to the Spirit, except sonship and the things said of the Son bodily because of my humanity and my salvation, so that, taking what is mine, he might give what is his by the new mingling: then stop talking nonsense, at least now, late as it is, you sophists of empty words, which fall of themselves. “And why will you die, house of Israel?”, that I may lament over you in the words of Scripture.

34.11PG 36:252a–252b

Ὠς ἔγωγε αἱδοῦμαι μὲν τὰς τοῦ Λόγου προσηγορίας, τοσαύτας τε γοῦσας, καὶ οὕτως ὑψήλὰς καὶ-μενάλας, ἃς καὶ δαίμονες* ὶνετράτησαν · αἱδοῦμαι δὲ ’τὴν ίμοτῡιμίαν τοῦ. Πνεύματος · ’φοβοῦμαι δὲ τὴν ὡρισμένην ἀπειλὴν τοῖς εἰς αὒτὸ βλασφήμοῦσι. Βλασςρημία δὲ, οὔχ ἡ θεολογία, τὸ δὲ ἀλλοτριοέη τῆς θεότητος, Καὶ τηρητέον ἐνταῦθα, ὅτι τὸ μὶν βλασφημούμενον, ὁ Κύριος ἦν · τὸ δὲ ἔκδικούμενον, τὸ Πνέὗμα έδ ἅγίον, sine» ὡς Κύριος. οι sep... {92) ἀφώτιστος εἶναι μετὰ τὸ φώτισμα, παραχαράσσων τι τών τριῶν, εἱς-ἂ βεβαπτίσμαι, καὶ δʼῥτυλῖωδ) ἔνταφῆναι τῷ ὕδατι, οὒκ εἰς ἀναγέννησιν, ἀλλʼ εἷς νέκρωσιν τελειούμενος.

Ōs egōge haidoumai men tas tou Logou prosēgorias, tosautas te gousas, kai houtōs hypsēlas kai-menalas, has kai daimones* inetratēsan ; haidoumai de ’tēn imotuimian tou. Pneumatos ; ’phoboumai de tēn hōrismenēn apeilēn tois eis auto blasphēmousi. Blassrēmia de, ouch hē theologia, to de allotrioeē tēs theotētos, Kai tērēteon entautha, hoti to min blasphēmoumenon, ho Kyrios ēn ; to de ekdikoumenon, to Pneuma ed hagion, sine» hōs Kyrios. oi sep... {92) aphōtistos einai meta to phōtisma, paracharassōn ti tōn triōn, heis-a bebaptismai, kai dʼrhtyliōd) entaphēnai tǭ hydati, ouk eis anagennēsin, allʼ heis nekrōsin teleioumenos.

For my part, I revere the titles of the Word, so many, so lofty and great, which even demons respected; I revere the equal honour of the Spirit; and I fear the threat laid down for those who blaspheme against him. And blasphemy is not to confess him as God, but to estrange him from the Godhead. And one must observe here that what was blasphemed was the Lord, but what avenged it was the Holy Spirit, clearly as Lord. … to be unenlightened after the enlightenment, falsifying any of the three into whom I have been baptized, and to be truly buried in the water, perfected not for regeneration but for death.

34.12PG 36:252b–253a

Τολμῶ τι φθέγξασθαι, ὦ Τριᾶς ο καὶ συγγνώμη τῇ ἀπονοίᾳ ’περὶ ψυχῆς γὰρ ὁ κίνδυνος. έῖκών εἶμι καὶ αὐτὸς Θεοῧ, τῆς* ἄνω. δόξης, εἰ καὶ κάτω σέθειμαι. 06 πείθομαι τῷ ὁμοτίμῳ σώζεσθαι. Ei μὴ θεὸς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, θεωτήτω πρῶτον, καὶ ›ῧτω θεούτω με τὸν ὁμότιμον. Νῦν δὲ τις ὴ ἀπάτη τῆς χάριτος, μᾶλλον δὲ, τῶν διδόντων τὴν χάριν, ὡς εἷς Θεὸν πιστεῦσαι, καὶ ἀνελθεῖν ἅθεονς ἄλλο καθομολογῆσαι, καὶ ἄλλο διδάσκεσθαι ς οῗαι τῶν λόγων αἱ κλοπαὶ καὶ ἀπάται, διʼ ἄλλης ἐρωτήσεως καὶ ὁμολογίας, εἷς ἄλλο φέρουσαι ; Οῗμοι τῆς λαμ πρότητος, εἰ μετὰ τὸν λουτρὸν μεμελάνωμαι, ε λαμπροτέρους ὂρὼ τοὺς οῧπω κεκαθαρμένους, εἰ τῇ τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ κακοδοξίᾳ κυβεύομαι, εὶ ζητῶ Πνεῦμα κρεῖττον, καὶ οὔχ εὑρίσκωί Δός μοι λουτρὸν δεύτερον, καὶ περὶ τοῦ πρώτου κακῶς ἑννόησον. Τί μοι φθονεῖς τῆς τελείας ἀνα-γεννήσεως, τί με ποιεῖς, ναὸν ὄντα τοῦ Πνε.’ματο; ὥς Θεοῦ, κατοικηεήριον κτίσματος ;τι τὸ μὶν τιμᾷς τῶν Ep.th, τὸ δὲ ἀτιμάζεις κακῶς θεότητι διαιτῶν, ’ἶνʼ ἐμοὶ τέιῃς τὸ χάρισμα, μᾶλλον δὲ, αὐτὸν εμὲ τῷ χαμίσματι ; ’ Η τὸ πᾶν τίμησον, ὦ καινέ θεολόᾖε, ἢ τὸ πᾶν ὰτίμασον, ἵνα, κᾶν ἂσεβᾖς, ἀλλὰ σεαυτῷ γε ἀκόλουθος ᾗς, μὴ κρίνων ἀνίσως φύσιν ὁμότιμον-

Tolmō ti phthenxasthai, ō Trias o kai syngnōmē tę̄ aponoią ’peri psychēs gar ho kindynos. eikōn eimi kai autos Theoÿ, tēs* anō. doxēs, ei kai katō setheimai. 06 peithomai tǭ homotimǭ sōzesthai. Ei mē theos to Pneuma to hagion, theōtētō prōton, kai ›ÿtō theoutō me ton homotimon. Nyn de tis ē apatē tēs charitos, mallon de, tōn didontōn tēn charin, hōs heis Theon pisteusai, kai anelthein hatheons allo kathomologēsai, kai allo didaskesthai s oïai tōn logōn hai klopai kai apatai, diʼ allēs erōtēseōs kai homologias, heis allo pherousai ? Oïmoi tēs lam protētos, ei meta ton loutron memelanōmai, e lamproterous orō tous oÿpō kekatharmenous, ei tę̄ tou baptistou kakodoxią kybeuomai, ei zētō Pneuma kreitton, kai ouch heuriskōi Dos moi loutron deuteron, kai peri tou prōtou kakōs hennoēson. Ti moi phthoneis tēs teleias ana-gennēseōs, ti me poieis, naon onta tou Pne.’mato? hōs Theou, katoikēeērion ktismatos ?ti to min timąs tōn Ep.th, to de atimazeis kakōs theotēti diaitōn, ’inʼ emoi teię̄s to charisma, mallon de, auton eme tǭ chamismati ? ’ Ē to pan timēson, ō kaine theoloę̄e, ē to pan atimason, hina, kan asebę̄s, alla seautǭ ge akolouthos hę̄s, mē krinōn anisōs physin homotimon-

I dare to say something, O Triad, and pardon my rashness, for the danger concerns my soul. I too am an image of God, of the glory above, even if I am set below. I am not persuaded that I am saved by one of equal rank with me. If the Holy Spirit is not God, let him first be made god, and so make me god, his equal. But as it is, what a deception of grace, or rather of those who give grace, to believe into God and come up godless; to confess one thing and be taught another! What thefts and deceptions of words, leading through one question and confession to something else! Alas for my brightness, if after the washing I have been blackened, if I see those not yet cleansed brighter than myself, if I am gambled away by the baptizer’s false belief, if I seek a better Spirit and do not find him! Give me a second washing, and think badly of the first. Why do you begrudge me perfect regeneration? Why do you make me, who am a temple of the Spirit as of God, the dwelling place of a creature? Why do you honour one of my objects of worship and dishonour the other, judging wrongly about the Godhead, so as to cut the gift off from me, or rather me off from the gift? Either honour the whole, you new theologian, or dishonour the whole, so that, even if you are impious, you may at least be consistent with yourself, and not judge unequally a nature equal in honour.

34.13PG 36:253a–253d

Κεφάλαιον δὲ τοῦ λόγου ο Μετὰ τῶν χερουβἰμ δόξασον, συναγόντων τὰς τρεῖς ἁγιότητας εἷς μίαν κυριότητα, καὶ τοσοῦτον παραδεικνύντων τῆς πρώτης οὗσίας, ὅσον ὑπανοίγουσι τοῖς φιλοπόνοις αἱ πτέρυγες. Μετὰ Δαβὶδ φωτίσθητι, πρὸς τὸ φῶς λέγοντος Ἐν τῷ φωτί σου ὀψόμεθα φῶς, οἶον ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τὸν Υἱόν οὗ τί ἂν γένοιτο τηλαυγέστερονς Μετὰ Ἰωάννου βρόντησον, τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς βροντῆς, μηδὲν περὶ Θεοῦ ταπεινὸν ἠχῶν, μηδʼ ἀπὸ γῆς, ἀλλʼ ὑψηλὸν καὶ μετέωρον (τὸν ἒν ἀρχῇ τε ὄντα, καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὅντα, καὶ Θεὸν Λόγον, Θεὸν γινώσκων, καὶ Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐξ ἀληθινοῦ Πατρὸς, ἀλλʼ οὗ σόνδουλον ἀγαθὸν, υἷοῦ προσηγορίᾳ μόνῃ τετιμημένον ' καὶ τὸν ἄλλον Παράκλητον, δηλαδή ἄλλον τοῦ λέγοντος Θεοῦ δὲ ὁ Λόγος) καὶ ὅταν μὲν, Ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἓν ἐσμεν, ἆναγινωσκης, τὸ συναφὲς τῆς οὐσίας ἑνοτριζόμενος ο ὅταν δὲ Πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρʼ ποιησόμεθα, τὸ διῃρημένον τῶν ὑποστάσεων λογιζόμενος · ὅταν δὲ, τὸ Πατρός, καὶ Υἱοῦ, καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος ὄνομα, τὰς τρεῖς ἰδιότητας, lA’. Μετὰ Λουκᾶ ἐμπνεόσθητι, ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων προσομιλῶν. Τί μετὰ ’Λνανίου τάττῃ καὶ Σαπφείρας τῶν καινῶν νοσφιστῶν (εἴ γε καινὸν ὅντως ἡ τῶν ἰδίων κλοπὴ), καὶ ταῦτα νοσφιζόμενος, οὒκ ὰγρόριον, οὐδʼ ἄλλο τι τῶν ειῦτελῶν κα) μικρῶν, οῖον γλῶσσαν χρυσῆν, ἢ ψιλὴν, διδραχμον, ὡς ποτε στρατιώτης ἄπληστος, ἀλλʼ αὐτὴν κλέπτων θεό τητα, καὶ ψευδόμενος, οὒκ ἁνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ Θεὸν, ὅπερ ἤκουσας, Τίς Μηδὲ τὴν ἐξουσίαν αἱδῇ του Πνεύματος, ἐφʼ οὓς θέλει, καὶ ἡνίκα, καὶ ὅσον πνέοντος ; Ἐπιδημεϊ τοῖς περὶ Κορνήλιον πρὸ τοὺ βαπτίσματος, ἄλλοις μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων, ’Ὥστε ἆμφοτὲρωθεν, ἕκγτε ὧν ἒπιφοιτᾷ δεσποτικῶς, ἀλλʼ οὔ ἕουλικῶς, καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἐπιζητεϊται πρὸς τὴν τελείωσιν, τὴν θειότητα μαρτυρεῖσθαι τοῦ Πνεόματος.

Kephalaion de tou logou o Meta tōn cheroubim doxason, synagontōn tas treis hagiotētas heis mian kyriotēta, kai tosouton paradeiknyntōn tēs prōtēs housias, hoson hypanoigousi tois philoponois hai pteryges. Meta Dabid phōtisthēti, pros to phōs legontos En tǭ phōti sou opsometha phōs, oion hōsper en tǭ Pneumati ton Huion hou ti an genoito tēlaugesterons Meta Iōannou brontēson, tou huiou tēs brontēs, mēden peri Theou tapeinon ēchōn, mēdʼ apo gēs, allʼ hypsēlon kai meteōron (ton en archę̄ te onta, kai pros ton Theon honta, kai Theon Logon, Theon ginōskōn, kai Theon alēthinon ex alēthinou Patros, allʼ hou sondoulon agathon, huiou prosēgorią monę̄ tetimēmenon ' kai ton allon Paraklēton, dēladē allon tou legontos Theou de ho Logos) kai hotan men, Egō kai ho Patēr hen esmen, anaginōskēs, to synaphes tēs ousias henotrizomenos o hotan de Pros auton eleusometha, kai monēn parʼ poiēsometha, to dię̄rēmenon tōn hypostaseōn logizomenos ; hotan de, to Patros, kai Huiou, kai hagiou Pneumatos onoma, tas treis idiotētas, lA’. Meta Louka empneosthēti, tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn prosomilōn. Ti meta ’Lnaniou tattę̄ kai Sappheiras tōn kainōn nosphistōn (ei ge kainon hontōs hē tōn idiōn klopē), kai tauta nosphizomenos, ouk agrorion, oudʼ allo ti tōn eiytelōn ka) mikrōn, oion glōssan chrysēn, ē psilēn, didrachmon, hōs pote stratiōtēs aplēstos, allʼ autēn kleptōn theo tēta, kai pseudomenos, ouk hanthrōpon, alla Theon, hoper ēkousas, Tis Mēde tēn exousian haidę̄ tou Pneumatos, ephʼ hous thelei, kai hēnika, kai hoson pneontos ? Epidēmeï tois peri Kornēlion pro tou baptismatos, allois meta to baptisma dia tōn apostolōn, ’Hōste amphoterōthen, hekgte hōn epiphoitą despotikōs, allʼ ou heoulikōs, kai ex hōn epizēteïtai pros tēn teleiōsin, tēn theiotēta martyreisthai tou Pneomatos.

The sum of my discourse: glorify him with the cherubim, who join the three holinesses into one lordship, and show as much of the first essence as their wings uncover to the diligent. Be illumined with David, who says to the Light, “In your light we shall see light,” that is, the Son in the Spirit; and what could be more radiant than this? Thunder with John, the son of thunder, sounding nothing low or earthly about God, but what is lofty and sublime: knowing him who was in the beginning, and was with God, and is God the Word, as God, and true God from the true Father, and not a good fellow servant honoured only with the title of Son; and knowing the other Paraclete, clearly other than the one who speaks, who is God the Word; and when you read “I and the Father are one,” having your ear filled with the oneness of essence; and when “we will come to him and make our dwelling with him,” reckoning the distinction of the hypostases; and when the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, the three properties. [14] Be inspired with Luke, conversing with the Acts of the Apostles. Why do you range yourself with Ananias and Sapphira, those strange embezzlers (if indeed theft of one’s own property is strange), and that embezzling not silver, nor anything else cheap and small, like a golden tongue or a bare double drachma, as a greedy soldier once did, but stealing the Godhead itself, and lying not to man but to God, as you have heard? What? Do you not even respect the authority of the Spirit, who breathes on whom he wills, and when, and as much as he wills? He comes upon Cornelius and those with him before baptism, upon others after baptism through the apostles; so that from both sides, from his coming as master and not as servant, and from his being sought for perfection, the deity of the Spirit is attested.

34.15PG 36:253d–256d

Μετὰ Παύλου θεολόγησον, τοῦ πρὸς τρίτον οὗορανὸν ἀναχθέντος ποτὲ μὲν συναροθμοῦντος τὰς τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις, καὶ τοῦτο ἐνηλλαγμένως, οὒ τετηρτιμένως ααῖς τάξεσι, προαριθμοῠντος, ἐναριθμοῦντος, ὑπαριθμοῦντος τὸ αὐτό. "iv: τι ; Δηλώσῃ τὴν ἰσοτινμίάν τῆς φοόσιως. flori δί τίῖιν τριῶῦ ps; μνημένου ποτὲ δὲ τινῶν, ἢ τινος, ὡς ὶπομένου πάντως τοῦ λείποντος καὶ ποτὶ μὲν τὴν ὲνέργειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Πνεύματι διδόντος. ὼς οὐδὲν διαφὲρον· τος · ποτὶ δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ Πνιύμιτος, τὸν Χριστὸν ἑπιφέροντος · καὶ ὅτε μὲν διαιρεῖ τὰς ὑποστάσεις, sic Θεὸς, λέγοντος, ἕξ οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ ἡμεῖς εἷς αὒτόν καὶ εἷς Κὺριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, δι οὗ τὰ πάνυ, καὶ ἠμῖς διʼ αὒτοῠ. ’Ότι δὲ συνάγιι τὴν μίαν Oritur: ' διέι {Eu-3:013, καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ, ἰαὶ εὶς ait?” τὰ πάντα, δηλαδή Stin τοῦ ἁγίου [lambinτος, ὡς πολλαχοῦ ὶείκζνυταί τῆς Γ pay-5'34. Mitti; ὴ δόξᾶ εἷς τοὺς alii)?“ τῶν αἰώνων. "Ainfiv.

Meta Paulou theologēson, tou pros triton houoranon anachthentos pote men synarothmountos tas treis hypostaseis, kai touto enēllagmenōs, ou tetērtimenōs aais taxesi, proarithmountos, enarithmountos, hyparithmountos to auto. "iv: ti ? Dēlōsę̄ tēn isotinmian tēs phoosiōs. flori di tiiin triōy ps? mnēmenou pote de tinōn, ē tinos, hōs ipomenou pantōs tou leipontos kai poti men tēn energeian tou Theou tǭ Pneumati didontos. ōs ouden diapheron; tos ; poti de, anti tou Pniymitos, ton Christon hepipherontos ; kai hote men diairei tas hypostaseis, sic Theos, legontos, hex hou ta panta kai hēmeis heis auton kai heis Kyrios Iēsous Christos, di hou ta pany, kai ēmis diʼ autou. ’Oti de synagii tēn mian Oritur: ' diei {Eu-3:013, kai diʼ autou, iai eis ait?” ta panta, dēladē Stin tou hagiou [lambintos, hōs pollachou ieikznytai tēs G pay-5'34. Mitti? ē doxa heis tous alii)?“ tōn aiōnōn. "Ainfiv.

Speak of God with Paul, who was caught up to the third heaven; who sometimes numbers the three hypostases together, and that in varying order, not keeping their order fixed, putting the same one now first, now in the middle, now last. To what end? To show the equality of honour of the nature. Sometimes he mentions two of the three, sometimes one, since the one remaining certainly follows; sometimes he ascribes the operation of God to the Spirit, as being no different; sometimes he puts Christ in place of the Spirit; and when he distinguishes the hypostases, he says, “One God, from whom are all things, and we for him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, through whom are all things, and we through him”; but when he gathers together the one Godhead, “For from him and through him and to him are all things,” that is, clearly, through the Holy Spirit, as is shown in many places of Scripture; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 35

35.1PG 36:257a–257c

Τί τοσοῦτον ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅσον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς Τίς δὲ λόγος τῶν φαινομένων πάρεστι βλέπειν ; ἀγαθῶν ἷσοστάσιοςς Ἰδοὺ πρόκειται τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν τὸ ἀπιστούμενον θέαμα ὃ καὶ ἶδεῖν μὲν πολλάκις ηὐξάμεθα κρεῖττον δὲ ἧν ἢ κατʼ εὐχὴν τὸ ποθούμενον, Πάλιν ἐνταῦθα μαρτύρων τιμαὶ πολὺν ἤδη τὸν πρὸ τούτου χρόνον ἀμεληθεῖσαι πάλιν ἱερέων Θεοῦ συνδρομαί ’ πάλιν χοροστασίαι καὶ πανηγύρεις πνευματικαί. Ὀ σύλλογος πολυὰνθρωπος ἑορτάζειν, οὐχ ὁπλομαχεῖν προθυμούμενος. ’Ὠ τοῦ θαύματος ο ἕρῤιπται τῶν χειρῶν τὰ ὅπλα, λέλυται ἡ παρατάξις, ἀμελεῖται ὁ πόλεμος. Ούκ ἔτι αἱ φωναὶ τῶν ἀλαλαζόντων ἀκούονται ' ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων ἑορταὶ, καὶ εὐφροσύναι, καὶ εἰρηνικαὶ θυμηδίαι τὴν πόλιν πᾶσαν περιχορεύοοσι ° τὴν πάλαι μὲν οὖσαν τῶν μαρτύρων μητέραʼ πολὺν δὲ τὸν ἓν τῷ μέσῳ χρόνον, ἄμοιρον γενομένην τῆς ἐπι τοῖς τέκνοις τιμῆς, Ἀλλὰ νῦν ὰπέχει πάντα καὶ περισσεύει, καθώς φησιν ὁ Ἀπόο στολος. Εὖγε, ὦ μάρτυρες ὑμέτερος καὶ οὗτος ὁ ἆθλος ὑμεῖς νενικήκατε τὸν πολὺν π ῗλεμον, εὗ οἶδα, Mdv: καὶ ταῦτα (ἓΟ) τῶν ὑμετέρων ἱόρώτων τὰ κατορθώματα. 1Υμεῒς ἠγείρατε τῇ εἰρήνῃ τὸ τρόπαιον, ιΥμεϊς τοὺς ἱερέας τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἐφειλκύσασθε· ’Υμετς τοὺς χορευτὰς τοῦ ὄιγίου Πνεύματος τῷ συλλόγῴ τούτῳ προεστήσασθε, ’κέλ πόσην πεπόνθασι τὴν ζημίαν, οἷς ὁ χρόνος τῆς ζωῆς μέχρι τοῦ νῦν οὗ διήρκεσε θεάματος, ’ίνα τῶν σκυθρωπῶν εἷς κόρον ἕλθόντες τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῆς εἰρήνης ἀπελαύσειεν I

Ti tosouton estin eipein, hoson tois ophthalmois Tis de logos tōn phainomenōn paresti blepein ? agathōn hisostasioss Idou prokeitai tois ophthalmois hēmōn to apistoumenon theama ho kai idein men pollakis ēuxametha kreitton de hēn ē katʼ euchēn to pothoumenon, Palin entautha martyrōn timai polyn ēdē ton pro toutou chronon amelētheisai palin hiereōn Theou syndromai ’ palin chorostasiai kai panēgyreis pneumatikai. O syllogos polyanthrōpos heortazein, ouch hoplomachein prothymoumenos. ’Ō tou thaumatos o herriptai tōn cheirōn ta hopla, lelytai hē parataxis, ameleitai ho polemos. Ouk eti hai phōnai tōn alalazontōn akouontai ' anti de toutōn heortai, kai euphrosynai, kai eirēnikai thymēdiai tēn polin pasan perichoreuoosi ° tēn palai men ousan tōn martyrōn mēteraʼ polyn de ton hen tǭ mesǭ chronon, amoiron genomenēn tēs epi tois teknois timēs, Alla nyn apechei panta kai perisseuei, kathōs phēsin ho Apoo stolos. Euge, ō martyres hymeteros kai houtos ho athlos hymeis nenikēkate ton polyn p ïlemon, heu oida, Mdv: kai tauta (heO) tōn hymeterōn hiorōtōn ta katorthōmata. 1Ymeïs ēgeirate tę̄ eirēnę̄ to tropaion, iYmeïs tous hiereas tou Theou ephʼ heautous epheilkysasthe; ’Ymets tous choreutas tou oigiou Pneumatos tǭ syllogǭ toutǭ proestēsasthe, ’kel posēn peponthasi tēn zēmian, hois ho chronos tēs zōēs mechri tou nyn hou diērkese theamatos, ’ina tōn skythrōpōn heis koron helthontes tōn agathōn tēs eirēnēs apelauseien I

What can be said that is as great as what the eyes see? What word equals the good things that are present to our sight? Behold, the spectacle we could hardly believe lies before our eyes, which we often prayed to see; but what we longed for has proved better than our prayers. Here again are honours to the martyrs, long neglected before this; again assemblies of the priests of God; again choirs and spiritual festivals. The assembly is crowded, eager to keep festival, not to fight. O the marvel! The weapons have been thrown from their hands, the battle line is broken up, the war is forgotten. No longer are the voices of those raising war cries heard; instead, feasts, gladness, and peaceful joys dance around the whole city, which of old was the mother of martyrs, but for a long time in between had no share in the honour of her children. But now she has received everything and abounds, as the Apostle says. Well done, martyrs! This prize too is yours: you have won the long war, I know well, and these achievements come from your sweat. You raised the trophy for peace. You drew the priests of God to yourselves. You set the choir-leaders of the Holy Spirit over this assembly. How great a loss have those suffered whose life did not last until this spectacle, so that, after having their fill of gloom, they might enjoy the blessings of peace!

35.2PG 36:257c–261a

Οῗχεται μὲν, καὶ ἠφάνισται τῆς αἱρέσεως ἀπάτη, οἶόν τις ὁμίχλη, ὐπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος σκεδασθεῖσα · καθαρὰ δὲ διέλαμψεν ἡ τῆς εἰρήνης αἰθρία, καὶ διαφαίνονται κατʼ αὐτὴν οἱ to; ἄστεως ἰν λαμπρῷ τῆς ἀληθείας φωτὶ μαρμαρύσσοντες ἀστέρες, οὐχὶ νυκτὶ ἀποκεκληρωμένοι καὶ σκότῳ, ἀλλʼ ἡμεροφανεϊς οἱ πάντες, τῷ ἀληθινῷ φωτὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἀναλάμψαντες, Καὶ ἓπειδὴ, καθᾶ φησιν ἓ Ἀπὸστολος, ἡ νὺξ προέκοψε, μᾶλλον δὲ, τὸ παράπαν ἠφάνισται, τῷ δὲ φωτὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἅπαπ καταφαιδρύνεται, φεύγει μὲν τα νυκτονόμα τῶν θηριίων, καὶ συνελαύνονται πρὸς τοὺς δρυμοῦ καὶ τὰς σπήλυγγας ’ φεύγουσι δὲ νυκτερίδες αἱρετικα τρύζουσαι, καὶ πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἀληθείας φῶς ἀμβλυώπτουσαι, καὶ εἷς τὰς τρώγλας τῶνπετρῶν καταδύονται, ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν αλλήλων ἐχόμεναι. Πέπαυται ἰια τὴς ἡμέρας ταύτης τὰ τῶν κωμαστῶν καὶ τῶν μεθυόντων συντάγματα. Δωποδύται, καὶ τοιχῶρύχοι, καὶ κλέπται, καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τῆς νυκτὸς ἔργον ἔστι, τοῦ φωτὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἐπανατείλαντος, κέκρυπται. ’Ἕως δὲ ἧν ἡ νὺξ ἐκείνη τῷ τῆς ἁπάτης γνόφῳ τὰ πάντα κατασκοτίζουσα, οἷα ἧν τὰ πραττόμενα ; Λήθης ἄξια καὶ βαθείας σιγῆς, ὡς ἂν μὴ μνήμῃ τῶν ἀηδεστέρων, ἡ παροῦσα χάρις καταμολύνοιτο. Πῶς γὰρ ἄν τις εἴποι τὰ κατʼ αὐτῆς κακά, Πῶς δὲ. ἄν τις καὶ σιωπήσειες τί πάθος ἐκ τραγῳδίας τοιοῦτον; τις μῦθος συμφορὰς ἀναπλάσσων; τίς ποιητὴς δραμάτων τοιοῦτον ἐπὶ σκηνῆς πάθος ἐβόησεν; ’Υπὲρ λόὑπὲρ τὴν δύναμιν τῶν διηγουμένων γον ἡ συμφορά · τα πάθη. Ι Γʼ. Ὀρμητήριον ἦν τοῦ διαβόλου ί, χορός. Ἐνταῦθα τὸ στρατόπεδον ἑαυτῴ κατεστήσατο, ιαὶ τοὺς ἰδίους ὑπασπιστὰς ἐν αὐτῴ καθιδρύσατο. Ἐνταῦθα ὁ στατὸς τοῦ ψεύδους, οἱ τῆς ἀπάτης πρόμαχοι, η τῶν δαιμόνων ὲκστρατεία, αἱ λεγεῶνες τῶν ἀκαθάρτων πνευμάτων · εἶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν ὀνομάτων εἰπεῖν, ἐντεῦθεν ὁ πονηρὸς τῶν δαιμόνων ὲριννύων στρατὸς κατὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐκώμασεν. Οὕτω γὰρ ὀνομάζειν τὰς γυναῖκας προάγομαι, αἴ ὑπὲρ τὴν φύσιν εἷς τό κακὸν ἠνδρίζοντο. Μία ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλιοῦὴ Ἰεζάβελ, κατὰ τῶν προφητῶν τοῦ Κυρίου φονῶσα, καὶ στελιτεύει αὖτην ἡ θεόπνευστος ἱστορία, ὡς ἂν οἶμαι, τῆ μνήμῃ του ἀκολάστου γυναίου, πᾶς ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα βίος παιδεύοιτο, Τοσαῦται τοίνυρ κατὰ τὴν Ἰεζάβελ ἒκείνην, ὥσπερ τι κώνειον, ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἀθρόως ἐβλάστησαν, νικῶσαι τὴν μνημονευθεῐσαν τῇ τῆς πικρίας ὑπερβολῇ. Εἰ δὲ ἀπιστεῖς τῷ λόγῳ, τὴν ἱστορίαν ἒπίσκεψαι. Ἐκείνη τὴν ἄμπελον τοῦ Ναβουθαὶ τῷ ἐκλύτῳ Ἀχαὰβ ἑχαρίζεο το, ’ίνα ποιήσῃ κῆπον τὴν ἄμπελον, τρυφῆς ἐγκαλλώπισμα, γυναικείαν χλιδήν αὗται τὴν ζῶσαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄμπελον, τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν λέγω, εἰς παντελῆ ἀφανισμὸν μετενεγκεῖν ἐβιάσαντο, αὗται διʼ ἑαυτῶν τὸ κακὸν ἐνεργούσας.. Ποῖον εὕρω τοῦ λόγου παράδειγμα, τίνα τῆς κακίας ταύτης ἐπινοήσω εἱκόνας Εἶδον ἐπὶ κονιάματος τοίχου τοιαύτην γρασρήν ’ καὶ μου βαστάσατε τὴν καρδίαν τῇ τῶν κακῶν μνήμῃ περιοιδαίνουσαν μᾶλλον δὲ, τῷ πόνῳ καὶ ὑμεῖς συναλγήσατε ἡμέτερα γὰρ, καὶ οὒκ ἀλλότρια διηγούμεθα πάθη · τις τοίνυν ἡ γραφὴ, ἢν προσεικάζω τοῖς πράγμασι, χορεία τις ἦν γυναικῶν ἀσχημονοῦσα, ἄλλης κατʼ ἄλλο τι σχῆμα ὀρχηστικὸν ἑαυτὴν διαστρεβλούσης, Μαινάδας οἱ μῦθοι τὰς τοιαύτας γυναῖκας καλοῦσιν. Κόμαι ταῖς αὕραις ἀνασοβούμεναι, βλέμμα μανίας πάροδον, πυρσοὶ διὰ χειρῶν φερόμενοι, καὶ φλόγες ἐκ τούτων τῇ περιστροφῇ τῶν σωμάτων ἐνειλισσόμεναι ' αὖρα ὲν κόλποις τὴθ εὐσχημοσύνην τῶν πέπλων λυμαινομένη. πόδες ἀκροβατοῦντες καί ὕφαλλόμενοι · αἰδὼς εὐσχήμων οὐδενὸς τῶν γινομένων ἐφαπτομένη,

Oïchetai men, kai ēphanistai tēs haireseōs apatē, oion tis homichlē, ypo tou hagiou Pneumatos skedastheisa ; kathara de dielampsen hē tēs eirēnēs aithria, kai diaphainontai katʼ autēn hoi to? asteōs in lamprǭ tēs alētheias phōti marmaryssontes asteres, ouchi nykti apokeklērōmenoi kai skotǭ, allʼ hēmerophaneïs hoi pantes, tǭ alēthinǭ phōti tēs dikaiosynēs analampsantes, Kai hepeidē, katha phēsin he Apostolos, hē nyx proekopse, mallon de, to parapan ēphanistai, tǭ de phōti tēs hēmeras hapap kataphaidrynetai, pheugei men ta nyktonoma tōn thēriiōn, kai synelaunontai pros tous drymou kai tas spēlyngas ’ pheugousi de nykterides hairetika tryzousai, kai pros to tēs alētheias phōs amblyōptousai, kai heis tas trōglas tōnpetrōn katadyontai, epi kephalēn allēlōn echomenai. Pepautai iia tēs hēmeras tautēs ta tōn kōmastōn kai tōn methyontōn syntagmata. Dōpodytai, kai toichōrychoi, kai kleptai, kai ei ti allo tēs nyktos ergon esti, tou phōtos tēs eirēnēs epanateilantos, kekryptai. ’Heōs de hēn hē nyx ekeinē tǭ tēs hapatēs gnophǭ ta panta kataskotizousa, hoia hēn ta prattomena ? Lēthēs axia kai batheias sigēs, hōs an mē mnēmę̄ tōn aēdesterōn, hē parousa charis katamolynoito. Pōs gar an tis eipoi ta katʼ autēs kaka, Pōs de. an tis kai siōpēseies ti pathos ek tragǭdias toiouton? tis mythos symphoras anaplassōn? tis poiētēs dramatōn toiouton epi skēnēs pathos eboēsen? ’Yper louper tēn dynamin tōn diēgoumenōn gon hē symphora ; ta pathē. I Gʼ. Ormētērion ēn tou diabolou i, choros. Entautha to stratopedon heautǭ katestēsato, iai tous idious hypaspistas en autǭ kathidrysato. Entautha ho statos tou pseudous, hoi tēs apatēs promachoi, ē tōn daimonōn ekstrateia, hai legeōnes tōn akathartōn pneumatōn ; ei de kai tōn exōthen onomatōn eipein, enteuthen ho ponēros tōn daimonōn erinnyōn stratos kata tēs Ekklēsias ekōmasen. Houtō gar onomazein tas gynaikas proagomai, ai hyper tēn physin heis to kakon ēndrizonto. Mia ēn en tais hēmerais Ēliouē Iezabel, kata tōn prophētōn tou Kyriou phonōsa, kai steliteuei autēn hē theopneustos historia, hōs an oimai, tē mnēmę̄ tou akolastou gynaiou, pas ho meta tauta bios paideuoito, Tosautai toinyr kata tēn Iezabel ekeinēn, hōsper ti kōneion, ek tēs chōras athroōs eblastēsan, nikōsai tēn mnēmoneutheisan tę̄ tēs pikrias hyperbolę̄. Ei de apisteis tǭ logǭ, tēn historian episkepsai. Ekeinē tēn ampelon tou Nabouthai tǭ eklytǭ Achaab hecharizeo to, ’ina poiēsę̄ kēpon tēn ampelon, tryphēs enkallōpisma, gynaikeian chlidēn hautai tēn zōsan tou Theou ampelon, tēn Ekklēsian legō, eis pantelē aphanismon metenenkein ebiasanto, hautai diʼ heautōn to kakon energousas.. Poion heurō tou logou paradeigma, tina tēs kakias tautēs epinoēsō heikonas Eidon epi koniamatos toichou toiautēn grasrēn ’ kai mou bastasate tēn kardian tę̄ tōn kakōn mnēmę̄ perioidainousan mallon de, tǭ ponǭ kai hymeis synalgēsate hēmetera gar, kai ouk allotria diēgoumetha pathē ; tis toinyn hē graphē, ēn proseikazō tois pragmasi, choreia tis ēn gynaikōn aschēmonousa, allēs katʼ allo ti schēma orchēstikon heautēn diastreblousēs, Mainadas hoi mythoi tas toiautas gynaikas kalousin. Komai tais haurais anasoboumenai, blemma manias parodon, pyrsoi dia cheirōn pheromenoi, kai phloges ek toutōn tę̄ peristrophę̄ tōn sōmatōn eneilissomenai ' aura en kolpois tēth euschēmosynēn tōn peplōn lymainomenē. podes akrobatountes kai hyphallomenoi ; aidōs euschēmōn oudenos tōn ginomenōn ephaptomenē,

Gone and vanished is the deceit of heresy, like a mist scattered by the Holy Spirit; the clear sky of peace has shone out, and in it the stars of the city appear, sparkling in the bright light of truth, not allotted to night and darkness, but all visible by day, shining with the true light of righteousness. And since, as the Apostle says, the night is far spent, or rather has vanished altogether, and everything is brightened by the light of day, the beasts that roam by night flee and are driven together into the thickets and caves; the heretical bats flee, squeaking and dim-sighted before the light of truth, and slip into the holes of the rocks, clinging to one another’s heads. From this day the bands of revellers and drunkards have ceased. Clothes-thieves, housebreakers, thieves, and every other work of the night have hidden themselves, since the light of peace has risen again. But while that night darkened everything with the gloom of deceit, what deeds were done? Deeds worthy of oblivion and deep silence, lest the present grace be defiled by the memory of unpleasant things. For how could anyone tell the evils of that night? And how could anyone keep silent about them? What tragedy has such suffering? What myth invents such disasters? What playwright cried out such suffering on the stage? The disaster is beyond words, the sufferings beyond the power of those who tell them. [3] The base of the devil was … a chorus. Here he pitched his camp and stationed his own shield-bearers. Here was the army of falsehood, the champions of deceit, the expedition of the demons, the legions of unclean spirits; or, to use outside names, from here the wicked army of demonic Furies rioted against the Church. For so I am led to name the women who, beyond their nature, played the man for evil. There was one Jezebel in the days of Elijah, murderous against the prophets of the Lord, and the God-inspired history pillories her, so that, I think, all later life might be taught by the memory of that licentious woman. So many like that Jezebel sprang up suddenly from the land, like hemlock, surpassing the one I have mentioned in the excess of their bitterness. If you disbelieve what I say, examine the history. She gave Naboth’s vineyard to the slack Ahab, so that he might turn the vineyard into a garden, an ornament of luxury, a woman’s indulgence; these women tried by force to bring the living vineyard of God, I mean the Church, to utter destruction, carrying out the evil themselves. What example shall I find for my discourse? What image shall I devise for this wickedness? I saw a picture of this kind on a plastered wall; and hold up my heart, swelling at the memory of these evils; or rather, share my pain, for I am telling sufferings that are ours, not others’. What, then, is the picture to which I compare these events? It was a shameless chorus of women, each twisting herself into some dancing posture. The myths call such women Maenads. Their hair was tossed by the breezes, their look was madness, torches were carried in their hands, and the flames from them whirled with the turning of their bodies; a breeze in the folds of their robes spoiled their seemliness; their feet tiptoed and leapt; modesty and decorum touched nothing of what was done.

35.4PG 36:261a–263a

Διά μέσου δὲ τῆς τοιαύτης χορείας, ἀνδρὸς εἴδωλον τοιοῦτον. μιξόθηλύ τις, καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἀμφίβολος, καὶ θηλυδρίας τὸ εἶδος, ἐν μεθορίῳ τʼἷς φύσεως κείμενος, λελυμένος τῷ σχήματι, οἷόν τινι κώματι καὶ μέθη παράφορος. Οὗτος ἐπί τινος ἀπήνης ἐξυπτιάζων, διὰ τοῦ χοροῦ τῶν Μαινάδων ὑπὸ θηρῶν ἐκομίζετο. Πολὺς δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν ἐκ κρατῆρος 6 ἄκρατος, καί τινες λάλοι, τὴν φύσιν ἀλλόκοτοι, περὶ τὸ εἴδωλον ἦσαν, τὰ πρόσωπα λάσιοι,γέπὶσκελῶν τραγιίων περισκιρτῶντες τὸ εἴδωλον. Τοιαῦτα τῆς νυκτὸς ὶκείνης τὰ διηγήματα, Γυναῖκες ἐπʼ ἀτιμίᾳ γνωρισθεῖσαι τοῦ γένους, κοινῆ κατηγορίᾳ τῆς φύσεως τὴν νενομισμένην ἐν γυναιξὶν εὐκοσμίαν ἐξορχησάμεναι, πομπὴν ἦγον διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως, θεατρίζουσαι διʼ ἑαυτῶν ἀσχημονούσαν τὴν φύσιν, λίθοις τὰς χεῖρας ἀντὶ θυρεῶν ὀπλίσασαι, φόνιον βλέπουσαι, ἀναιδεῖ τῇ τῶν ὀμμάτων βολῇ, ἐντὸς τῶν θείων περιβόλων γενόμεναι, ἐπὶ τῆς ιερᾶς καθέδρας ἀνέθηκαν έαυτῶν τὸν Κορύβαντα. Εἶτα μέθη, καὶ ἄκρατος, καὶ οἱ ix τῶν ἀσκητηρίων Πᾶνες, καὶ νὺξ, καὶ διαγωγὴ συμμιγὴς, καὶ πάντα ὅσα κωλύει 6 Ἀποστολος λέγειν, εἰπὼν, ὅτι Τὰ κρυφῇ ὑπʼ αὖ· τῶν γινόμενα, αἰσχρόν ἱστι καὶ λέγειν. Τίς γὰρ ἂν μετὰ ἀκριβείας διεξέλθοι τῷ λόγῳ τὸ πῦρ, τοὺς λίθους, τὰς σφαγὰς, τὰ τραύματα ; υ(ὶπων ἐκ βάθρων ἀνατρέψαι τοὺς τῶν ἱερῶν οἴκων θεραπευτὰς ἐφιλονείκησανς ιΟς διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως ζηλωτήν τινα τῆς ἀληθείας ῥοπάλοις διεχειρίσαντο, καὶ τὸν 37) ἀληθῆ φόνον 6 ὑπονοηθεὶς φόνος ἐκώλυσεν ς Ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ οἶδα, πῶς τῆς πρεπούσης ἡδονῆς ἀπερῤύη ὁ λόγος, έμφιλοχωρήσας τοῖς γηίνοις διηγήμασιν, Οὖκοῧν ἐπανιτέον ὅθεν ἒξέβημεν, ὥστε γλυκεῖ καὶ ποτίμῳ τῷ λόγῳ την ἁλμυρὰν ἐκείνην ἀκοὴν ἀποκλύσασθαι. Ἐν γὰρ ἡμέρᾳ, ιρησὶν, εὐφροσύνης ἀμνηστία κακῶν ο πάλιν τοίνυν ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπανέρχομαι λογον, ὅτι ἡ νὺξ ἐκείνη καὶ 6 γνόφος ἠφάνισται, αἱ δὲ τῆς εἰρήνης ἀκτῖνες διὰ καθαρᾶς τῆς αἰθρίας τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας φωτὶ περιλάμπουσιν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐκβέβληται μὲν τῶν θείων περιβόλων πᾶν ὅ τι δυσῶδες καὶ βέβηλον · ἀντεισῆκται δὲ πάσης εὐφροσύνης τῶν εὐσεβούντων οἷ οἶκοι, καὶ λείπει πρὸς εὖφροσύνην οὐδέν ο οἱ δαιτυμόνες, οἱ ἑστιάτορες, ἦτοϊς ἀγαθοῖς ἐδωδίμοις πλήθουσα τράπεζα,

Dia mesou de tēs toiautēs choreias, andros eidōlon toiouton. mixothēly tis, kai tēn physin amphibolos, kai thēlydrias to eidos, en methoriǭ tʼhis physeōs keimenos, lelymenos tǭ schēmati, hoion tini kōmati kai methē paraphoros. Houtos epi tinos apēnēs exyptiazōn, dia tou chorou tōn Mainadōn hypo thērōn ekomizeto. Polys de peri auton ek kratēros 6 akratos, kai tines laloi, tēn physin allokotoi, peri to eidōlon ēsan, ta prosōpa lasioi,gepiskelōn tragiiōn periskirtōntes to eidōlon. Toiauta tēs nyktos ikeinēs ta diēgēmata, Gynaikes epʼ atimią gnōristheisai tou genous, koinē katēgorią tēs physeōs tēn nenomismenēn en gynaixin eukosmian exorchēsamenai, pompēn ēgon dia mesēs tēs poleōs, theatrizousai diʼ heautōn aschēmonousan tēn physin, lithois tas cheiras anti thyreōn oplisasai, phonion blepousai, anaidei tę̄ tōn ommatōn bolę̄, entos tōn theiōn peribolōn genomenai, epi tēs ieras kathedras anethēkan eautōn ton Korybanta. Eita methē, kai akratos, kai hoi ix tōn askētēriōn Panes, kai nyx, kai diagōgē symmigēs, kai panta hosa kōlyei 6 Apostolos legein, eipōn, hoti Ta kryphę̄ hypʼ au; tōn ginomena, aischron histi kai legein. Tis gar an meta akribeias diexelthoi tǭ logǭ to pyr, tous lithous, tas sphagas, ta traumata ? y(ipōn ek bathrōn anatrepsai tous tōn hierōn oikōn therapeutas ephiloneikēsans iOs dia mesēs tēs poleōs zēlōtēn tina tēs alētheias rhopalois diecheirisanto, kai ton 37) alēthē phonon 6 hyponoētheis phonos ekōlysen s Alla gar ouk oida, pōs tēs prepousēs hēdonēs aperryē ho logos, emphilochōrēsas tois gēinois diēgēmasin, Oukoÿn epaniteon hothen exebēmen, hōste glykei kai potimǭ tǭ logǭ tēn halmyran ekeinēn akoēn apoklysasthai. En gar hēmerą, irēsin, euphrosynēs amnēstia kakōn o palin toinyn epi ton auton epanerchomai logon, hoti hē nyx ekeinē kai 6 gnophos ēphanistai, hai de tēs eirēnēs aktines dia katharas tēs aithrias tǭ tēs alētheias phōti perilampousin. Dia touto ekbeblētai men tōn theiōn peribolōn pan ho ti dysōdes kai bebēlon ; anteisēktai de pasēs euphrosynēs tōn eusebountōn hoi oikoi, kai leipei pros euphrosynēn ouden o hoi daitymones, hoi hestiatores, ētoïs agathois edōdimois plēthousa trapeza,

In the middle of this chorus was an image of a man of this sort: half-female, ambiguous in nature, effeminate in appearance, lying on the border between the sexes, loose in his posture, as if carried away by stupor and drunkenness. Sprawling on a carriage, he was drawn by beasts through the chorus of Maenads. Much unmixed wine from a mixing bowl was around him, and some chattering creatures of strange nature surrounded the image, hairy-faced, leaping around it on goats’ legs. Such were the stories of that night. Women known for the dishonour of their sex, a common reproach to their nature, danced away the decorum customary among women and led a procession through the middle of the city, making a show of their nature disgracing itself; arming their hands with stones instead of shields, looking murder with the shameless glance of their eyes, they got inside the divine precincts and set their Corybant on the sacred throne. Then came drunkenness and unmixed wine, the Pans from the hermitages, night, promiscuous living, and all the things the Apostle forbids us to speak of, saying, “The things done by them in secret it is shameful even to speak of.” For who could go through precisely in words the fire, the stones, the slaughters, the wounds? Whom of the servants of the holy houses did they strive to overturn from their foundations? Which zealot for the truth did they beat to death with clubs in the middle of the city, so that the suspected murder prevented the real one? But I do not know how my discourse slipped away from the pleasure that is fitting, lingering over earthly stories. Let us return, then, to where we left off, so as to wash away that briny hearing with sweet and drinkable words. For “on a day of gladness,” it says, “there is forgetfulness of evils.” I return, then, to the same point: that night and gloom have vanished, and the rays of peace shine all around through the clear sky with the light of truth. Therefore everything foul and profane has been cast out of the divine precincts, and in their place the houses of the pious have been brought in, full of every gladness, and nothing is lacking for joy: the guests, the hosts, the table full of good foods …

Chapter 36

36.1PG 36:265a–268c

Ἐγὼ θαυμάζω, τί ποτέ ἔστιν 8 πρὸς τοὺς ὶμοὺς πεπόνθατε λόγους, καὶ πόθεν τοσοῦτον ἣττησθε ίτῆς ἡμετέρας φωνῆς, τῆς ὑπερορίου καὶ μικρᾶς ἴσως, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐχούσης ἐράσμιον, ὥστε ταυτὸν μοι δοκεῖτε πρὸς ἡμᾶς πεπονθέναι, ὅ πρὸς τὴν μαγνῆτιν λίθον τὰ σιδήρια, Ἐμοῦ τε γὰρ κριὲ μασθε, καί ἀλλήλων εἷς τοῦ ἐνὸς ἐχόμενοι, καὶ Θεοῦ πάντες, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ εἷς ὅν τὰ πάντα. ’Ὢ τῆς θαυμασίας ἁλύσεως, ἣν πλήκει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον δεσμοῖς ἀλύτοις συνηρτισμένην ε Τὸ ἑὲ αἴτιον, οὕτε τι οἴδα ἐγὼ τῶν ἄλλων σοφώτερον, ὃσα ἐμαυτῷ συνεπίσταμαι· εἰ μή τις τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἒμὴν σοφίαν ὑπολαμβάνει τδ εἰδέναι, ὅτι μὴ σοφὸς εἴην, μηδὲ τῆς ἁληθινῆς καὶ πρώτης σοφίας ὶγγύς ὅ πολλῷ δέουσι περὶ ἑαυτῶν ὑπολαμ- 6ἁνειν οἱ νῦν σοφοίο ἐπειδὴ ῥᾷστον ἑαυτὸν ἀπατᾷν, καὶ οἴεσθαι εἷναί τι, οὐδὲν ὄντα, ὑπὸ τῆς κενῇς δόξης φυσώμενον. Οὔτε πρῶτος ὑμῖν τὸν τῆς ὁρθοδοξίας λόγον ἑκήρυξα, οὗ μάλιστα περιέχεσθε, ἴχνεσι δὲ ἀλλοτρίοις ἑπηκολούθησα, καὶ τούτοις ὑμετέροις· εἰρήσεται γὰρ τᾶληθές εἴπερ ὑμεῖς Ἀλεξανδρου μαθηταὶ τοῦ πάνυ, τοῦ μεγάλου τῆς Τριάδος ἂγωνιστοῦ τε καὶ κήρυκος, καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ την ἀσέβειαν ἐξορίσαντος. Μέμνησθε γὰρ τῆς Ἀποστολικῆς ἐκείνης εὐχῆς, 'fi τὸν ἀρχηγὸν “nitenduβείας κατέλυσεν ἒν τόποις ἀξίοις τῶν τῆς γλώσσης ἀμαρευμάτων, ’ἰν ὕβρις ὕβριν ἀμύνηται, καὶ στηλιτευθῇ Θανάτῳ δικαίῳ Θάνατος ψυχῶν ἄδικος, ἐγὼ, καὶ οἷος κολακείᾳ κλέπτειν τὴν εὖνοιαν σ οἴους ὁρῶ πολλοὺς τῶν νῦν ἱερατεύειν ὑπισχνουμένων, οἶ τὴν ἁπλῆν καὶ ἄτεχνον ἡμῶν εὐσέὸειαν, ἔντεχνον πεποιήκασι, καὶ ’πολιτικῆς τι καινὸν εἶδος ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγορᾶς είς τὰ ἅγια μετενηνεγμένης. καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν θεάτρων ἐπὶ τὴν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀθέατον μυσταγωο γίαν ο ὡς εἶναι δύο σκηνὰς, εί δεῖ τολμήσαντα τοῦτο είπεῖν, τοσοῦτον ἀλλήλων διαφερούσας. ὅσον τὴν μὲν πᾶσιν ἀνεῖσθαι, τὴν δὲʼτισίο καὶ τὴν μὲν γελᾶσθαι, τὴν δὲ τιμᾶσθαι ο καὶ τὴν μὲν θεατρικὴν, τὴν δὲ πνευματικὴν ὀνομάζεσθαι. Ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες, καὶ ό Θεὸς, φησὶν ό θεῖος Ἀπόστολος, ὡς οὐ ταύτης ἡμεῖς τῆς μερίδος, ἀλλʼ οἷοι σκαιότητος ἂν θᾶττον καὶ ἀγροικίας, ἢ θωπείας καὶ ἀνελευθερίας ἔγκλημα δέξασθαιο οἵ γε καὶ πρὸς τοὺς λίαν ἀντεχομένους ἡμῶν ἔστιν ὅτε κα) ὅπου φαινόμεθα τραχυνόμενοι, ἀν τι μὴ κατὰ λόγον ἡμῖν ποιεῖν νομίζωνται. Καὶ τοῦτο ἔδειξεν ἡ πρώην γενομένη περὶ ὴ μᾶς καινοτομία. ἡνίκα ζήλῳ καὶ θυμῷ ζέσαντες ὑμεῖς ὁ λαὸς, βοῶντας τε καὶ ὀδυρομένους ὲπὶ τὸν θρόνον τοῦτον ὲθήκατε, τὸν οὐκ οἷδʼ εἴτε τυραννικὸν χρὴ λέγειν, εἴτε ἀρχιερατικόνʼ ἐθήκατε δʼ οὖν, διὰ τὸν πόθον παρανομὴσαντες. Ἔνθα τοσοῦτόν τισι τῶν θερμοτέρων ἐδυσχεράναμεν, ὥστε ἀπεπήδησαν ἡμῶν, τὸ φίλτρον είς ἔχθραν τρέψαντες. Οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ὧν χαριούμεθα σκοποῦμεν μᾶλλον, ἡ ἐξ ῶν ὠφελήσομεν.

Egō thaumazō, ti pote estin 8 pros tous imous peponthate logous, kai pothen tosouton hēttēsthe itēs hēmeteras phōnēs, tēs hyperoriou kai mikras isōs, kai ouden echousēs erasmion, hōste tauton moi dokeite pros hēmas peponthenai, ho pros tēn magnētin lithon ta sidēria, Emou te gar krie masthe, kai allēlōn heis tou enos echomenoi, kai Theou pantes, ex hou ta panta, kai heis hon ta panta. ’Ō tēs thaumasias halyseōs, hēn plēkei to Pneuma to hagion desmois alytois synērtismenēn e To hee aition, houte ti oida egō tōn allōn sophōteron, hosa emautǭ synepistamai; ei mē tis touto auto emēn sophian hypolambanei td eidenai, hoti mē sophos eiēn, mēde tēs halēthinēs kai prōtēs sophias ingys ho pollǭ deousi peri heautōn hypolam- 6hanein hoi nyn sophoio epeidē rhąston heauton apatąn, kai oiesthai heinai ti, ouden onta, hypo tēs kenę̄s doxēs physōmenon. Oute prōtos hymin ton tēs horthodoxias logon hekēryxa, hou malista periechesthe, ichnesi de allotriois hepēkolouthēsa, kai toutois hymeterois; eirēsetai gar talēthes eiper hymeis Alexandrou mathētai tou pany, tou megalou tēs Triados agōnistou te kai kērykos, kai logǭ kai ergǭ tēn asebeian exorisantos. Memnēsthe gar tēs Apostolikēs ekeinēs euchēs, 'fi ton archēgon “nitendubeias katelysen en topois axiois tōn tēs glōssēs amareumatōn, ’in hybris hybrin amynētai, kai stēliteuthę̄ Thanatǭ dikaiǭ Thanatos psychōn adikos, egō, kai hoios kolakeią kleptein tēn eunoian s oious horō pollous tōn nyn hierateuein hypischnoumenōn, oi tēn haplēn kai atechnon hēmōn euseoeian, entechnon pepoiēkasi, kai ’politikēs ti kainon eidos apo tēs agoras eis ta hagia metenēnegmenēs. kai apo tōn theatrōn epi tēn tois pollois atheaton mystagōo gian o hōs einai dyo skēnas, ei dei tolmēsanta touto eipein, tosouton allēlōn diapherousas. hoson tēn men pasin aneisthai, tēn deʼtisio kai tēn men gelasthai, tēn de timasthai o kai tēn men theatrikēn, tēn de pneumatikēn onomazesthai. Hymeis martyres, kai o Theos, phēsin o theios Apostolos, hōs ou tautēs hēmeis tēs meridos, allʼ hoioi skaiotētos an thatton kai agroikias, ē thōpeias kai aneleutherias enklēma dexasthaio hoi ge kai pros tous lian antechomenous hēmōn estin hote ka) hopou phainometha trachynomenoi, an ti mē kata logon hēmin poiein nomizōntai. Kai touto edeixen hē prōēn genomenē peri ē mas kainotomia. hēnika zēlǭ kai thymǭ zesantes hymeis ho laos, boōntas te kai odyromenous epi ton thronon touton ethēkate, ton ouk hoidʼ eite tyrannikon chrē legein, eite archieratikonʼ ethēkate dʼ oun, dia ton pothon paranomēsantes. Entha tosouton tisi tōn thermoterōn edyscheranamen, hōste apepēdēsan hēmōn, to philtron eis echthran trepsantes. Ou gar ex hōn charioumetha skopoumen mallon, hē ex ōn ōphelēsomen.

I wonder what it is that you feel toward my words, and why you are so captivated by my voice, a foreign voice, perhaps a small one, and with nothing lovable about it, that you seem to me to feel toward us what iron feels toward the magnet. For you hang upon me, and upon one another, held by the one, and all upon God, from whom are all things and to whom are all things. O the wonderful chain, which the Holy Spirit weaves, fitted together with unbreakable bonds! As for the cause, I know nothing wiser than others, as far as I am aware; unless someone thinks this my wisdom, to know that I am not wise, nor near the true and first wisdom; which the wise men of today are far from supposing of themselves, since it is very easy to deceive oneself and think oneself something when one is nothing, puffed up by vainglory. Nor was I the first to preach to you the doctrine of orthodoxy, to which you cling most of all, but I followed in the footsteps of others, and those yours (for the truth shall be told), since you are disciples of the great Alexander, the great champion and herald of the Triad, who banished impiety by word and deed. For you remember that apostolic prayer, which destroyed the leader of impiety in a place worthy of the sins of his tongue, so that outrage might repay outrage, and the unjust death of souls be pilloried by a just death. Nor am I one to steal goodwill by flattery, as I see many of those who now profess the priesthood do, who have made our simple and artless piety artful, a new kind of statecraft transferred from the market place to holy things, and from the theatres to the mystery that the many do not see; so that there are two stages, if one may dare to say so, differing from one another as much as the one is open to all and the other to few, the one laughed at and the other honoured, the one called theatrical and the other spiritual. “You are witnesses, and God,” says the divine Apostle, that we are not of this portion, but such as would sooner accept a charge of clumsiness and rusticity than of flattery and servility; we who sometimes appear harsh even to those who are most attached to us, if they seem to act unreasonably. And the recent innovation concerning us showed this, when you, the people, boiling with zeal and anger, set us, shouting and lamenting, on this throne, which I do not know whether to call tyrannical or high-priestly; you set us there, at any rate, breaking the law out of longing. On that occasion we were so displeased with some of the more fervent that they broke away from us, turning their affection into enmity. For we look not to what will please more than to what will benefit.

36.2PG 36:268c–269b

Τίς οὖν ἡ αἰτία τοῦ τοσούτου περὶ ἡμᾶς πόθου, καὶ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς ἡμετέρους, αὐτοὶ βούλεσθε δτηλῶσαι ταύτην καὶ παραστῆσαι, καὶ τὸ ὑμέτερον πάθος αὐτοὶ γνωρίσαι, ἢ διʼ ἡμῶν πῦτο δημοσιεῦσαι, ὡς καὶτῶν ἄλλων ἡμῖν χρῆσθε προθύμως ἐξηγηταῖς; Ἦμέτερον οἷδʼ ὅτι ποιεῖσθε τὸν λόγον, ὅσον ἐκ τῆς ἡσυχίας τεκμαίρομαι. Οὐκοῦν ἀκούσατε, j καὶ σκοπεῖτε, μὴ φαῦλος ἐγὼ τῶν τοιούτων εἰκαστής. Ἐμοὶ δοκεῖτε μάλιστα μὲν, ὡς αὐτοὶ καλέσαντες ἡμᾶς, οἰκείᾳ βοηθεῖν κρίσει, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο περιέπιν τὸ ὑμέτερον θήραμα. Φύσις δὲ αὕτη πρὸς τὸ οίκεῖον ἅπαν εὐμενῶς ἔχειν, εἴτε κτῆμα, εἴτε γέννημα, εἴτε λόγον, καὶ δι εὐνοίας ἑκουσίου χειροῦσθαι τοῖς ἑαυι τῶν προβλήμασιν. Δεύτερον δὲ, οὐδὲν οὕτως αίι δεῖσθαι, ὡς τὸ μὴ ἰταμὸν ἡμῶν. μήτε βίαιον, μήτε θεατρικόν τε καὶ πανηγυρικὸν, ἀλλʼ ὑποχωρητικόν τε καὶ μέτριον, καὶ οἷον ἀκοινον ὲν τῷ κοινῷ, καὶ μονότροπον, καὶ, συντομώτερον εἰπεῖν ἔτι, φιλόσοφον· οὐδὲ αὐ τὸ τεχνικῶς, καὶ πολιτικῶς ἡμῖν ἀνευρημένον, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς καὶ πνευματικῶς τετιμηο μένον. Οὐ γὰρ, ῖνα ζητηθῶμεν, ἀποκρυπτόμεθα, οὐδʼ ἵνα πλείονος ἄξιοι δόξωμεν τιμῆς, ὥσπερ oi τὰς ὥρας μικρὸν προφαίνοντες, εἶθʼ ὑποστέλλοντεςʼ ἀλλʼ ἴνα τὸ φεύγειν τὰς προεδρίας, καὶ μὴ μεταποιεῖσθαι τῶν τοιούτων τιμῶν, τῷ ἠσυχίῳ δείξω μεν. Τρίτον, ὁρῶντες ἡμᾶς οἷα πάσχομεν ὑπό τε τῶν ἔξωθεν πολεμούντων, καὶ τῶν ἔνδοθεν ἐπιβουλευόντων· ἐπειδὴ, κατὰ τὸν Δανιὴλ, ἐξῆλθεν ἀνομία ἐκ πρεσβυτέρων ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος, οἳ ἐδόκουν κρίνειν τὸν Ἰσραήλσ σχετλιάζειν μὲν καὶ δυσχεραίνειν, καὶ οὐκ ἔχειν ὅπως ὲπαμύνητε τυραννουμένῳ, μόνον δὲ ἀντὶ πάντων εἰσφέρειν τὸν ἔλεον. '0 οὖν οἶκτος τῇ αἰδοῖ συγκραθεὶς φίλτρον ἐγένετο. Καὶ τοῦτο τῆς περὶ ἐμὲ τιμῆς τὸ μυστήριον.

Tis oun hē aitia tou tosoutou peri hēmas pothou, kai tous logous tous hēmeterous, autoi boulesthe dtēlōsai tautēn kai parastēsai, kai to hymeteron pathos autoi gnōrisai, ē diʼ hēmōn pyto dēmosieusai, hōs kaitōn allōn hēmin chrēsthe prothymōs exēgētais? Ēmeteron hoidʼ hoti poieisthe ton logon, hoson ek tēs hēsychias tekmairomai. Oukoun akousate, j kai skopeite, mē phaulos egō tōn toioutōn eikastēs. Emoi dokeite malista men, hōs autoi kalesantes hēmas, oikeią boēthein krisei, kai dia touto periepin to hymeteron thērama. Physis de hautē pros to oikeion hapan eumenōs echein, eite ktēma, eite gennēma, eite logon, kai di eunoias hekousiou cheirousthai tois heaui tōn problēmasin. Deuteron de, ouden houtōs aii deisthai, hōs to mē itamon hēmōn. mēte biaion, mēte theatrikon te kai panēgyrikon, allʼ hypochōrētikon te kai metrion, kai hoion akoinon en tǭ koinǭ, kai monotropon, kai, syntomōteron eipein eti, philosophon; oude au to technikōs, kai politikōs hēmin aneurēmenon, allʼ haplōs kai pneumatikōs tetimēo menon. Ou gar, ina zētēthōmen, apokryptometha, oudʼ hina pleionos axioi doxōmen timēs, hōsper oi tas hōras mikron prophainontes, eithʼ hypostellontesʼ allʼ ina to pheugein tas proedrias, kai mē metapoieisthai tōn toioutōn timōn, tǭ ēsychiǭ deixō men. Triton, horōntes hēmas hoia paschomen hypo te tōn exōthen polemountōn, kai tōn endothen epibouleuontōn; epeidē, kata ton Daniēl, exēlthen anomia ek presbyterōn ek Babylōnos, hoi edokoun krinein ton Israēls schetliazein men kai dyscherainein, kai ouk echein hopōs epamynēte tyrannoumenǭ, monon de anti pantōn eispherein ton eleon. '0 oun oiktos tę̄ aidoi synkratheis philtron egeneto. Kai touto tēs peri eme timēs to mystērion.

What, then, is the cause of so great a longing for us and for our words? Do you wish to show it and set it out yourselves, and make your own feeling known, or to publish it through us, as you eagerly use us as interpreters of other things too? You leave the word to us, I know, as far as I can judge from your silence. Hear, then, and see whether I am a poor guesser of such things. You seem to me, first of all, since you called us yourselves, to be supporting your own judgment, and so to cherish your own catch. It is natural to be well disposed toward everything that is one’s own, whether possession, offspring, or word, and to be won over by a voluntary goodwill toward one’s own productions. Second, nothing is so respected as our not being forward: not violent, nor theatrical and showy, but retiring and moderate, as it were apart in the common life, solitary, and, to put it more briefly, philosophic; not, again, contrived by art and statecraft, but honoured simply and spiritually. For we do not hide in order to be sought, nor to be thought worthy of greater honour, like those who show their beauty a little and then withdraw it; but to show by our quietness that we flee presidencies and do not lay claim to such honours. Third, seeing what we suffer both from those who war against us from outside and from those who plot against us from within (since, as in Daniel, “lawlessness came forth from Babylon, from elders who seemed to judge Israel”), you are indignant and distressed, and, having no way to help one who is tyrannized, you offer pity in place of everything else. And pity mingled with respect has become affection. This is the mystery of the honour paid to me.

36.3PG 36:269b–272c

Ἐπεὶ δὲ oi λόγοι τὸ πολεμούμενον, καὶ ἡ περιττή καὶ ἐπίφθονος αὕτη γλῶττα, ἦν ὲν τοῖς ἔξωθεν παιδευθεῖσαν λόγοις. τοῖς θείοις ὲξευγενίσαμενγη), καὶ τὴν πικρὰν καὶ ἄποτον Μερρὰν τῷ τῆς ζωῆς ξύλῳ κατεγλυκάναμεν, πεπόνθατέ τι πάθος ἱκανῶς ἐλευθέριον · τοῦτο στέργετε, διʼ ὃ πολεμούμεθα. Τί γὰρ οὐ τὴν κωφὴν ἡσπασάμεθα παίδευσιν; τί δὲ οὐ τὴν ξηράν τε καὶ κάτω βαίνουσαν; τί δαὶ ταύτῃ χαίροντας τοὺς πολλοὺς ὁρῶντες, ὲφιλοσοφοῦμεν ξένα καὶ ἔκφυλα, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀντιθέτους γλώσσας ίστάμεθα; δέον θρασύτητι φξ ύγειν τοὺς λογισμοὺς, καλ πίστιν ὀνομάζειν τὴν ἀλογίαν, ἢν ἠγάπησα ἂν καὶ αὑτὸς, εὖ ἴστε, ἁλιεὺς ὢν · ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο πρόχειρον τοῖς πολλοῖς είς ἀπολογίαν τῆς ἀμαθίαςο εἰ λόγον εἶχον τῶν σημείων τβῄν δύναμιν. Ὠς ἀπόλοιτο ἐξ ἀνθρὼπων ὁ φθόνος, ἡ δαπάνη τῶν ἐχόντων, ὁ τῶν πασχόντων ίὸς, τὸ μόνον τῶν παθῶν ἀδικώτανόν τε ἅμα καὶ δικαιότατον θ τὸ μὲν, ὅτι πᾶσι διοχλεί τοῖς καλοῖςο τὺ δὲ, ὃτι τήκει τοὺς ἔχοντας. Οὐ γὰρ τοῖς πρώτως ὲπαινέσασιν ήμᾶς καταράσομαιʼ οὐ γὰρ ᾔδεισαν τῶν ἐπαίνων τὸ τέλος · ᾡς τάχα ἄν τι καὶ λοιδορίας προσέθηκαν, ἴνα τὸν φθόνον ἐπίσχωξιφοκτόνον ἰποίησεν, οὒκ ἐνεγκόντα θυσίαν ὁσιωτίραν. Οὖτὸς καὶ ὕδατι κόσμον ἐκάλυψεν ἂκοσμοῡν τα, καὶ Σοδομίτας πυρὶ κατέκλυσεν. Οὗτος καὶ Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀὖειρὼν κατέχωσε κατὰ Μωσέως μανέντας, καὶ Μαριὰμ ἐλέποωσε κατὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μόνον γογγύσασαν. Οὗτος καὶ προφητῶν αἴμασιή τὴν γῆν ἐμίανε, καί Σολομῶντα γυναιξὶ κατέσεισε τὸν σοφώτατον, Οὗτος καὶ Ἰούδαν προδότην ἀνέδειξεν, Δἄργυρίῳ μικρῷ κλαπέντα, τὸν ἀγχόνης ἄξιον· καὶ Ἠρώδην παιδοφόνον, καὶ Χριστοκτὸνον Πιλᾶτον ἐδημιούργησεν. Οὗτος καὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἰλίκμησε καὶ διέσπειρεν, ἑξ ἧς οῧπω καὶ νῦν ἆναπεύουσιν ἁμαρτίας. Οὗτος καὶ τὸν ἀποστάτην ἡμῖν ὶπανὲστησε τύριννον, οὗ καὶ νῦν ἔτι παραλυποῦσιν οἱ ἄνθρακες. εἰ καὶ τὴν φλὸγα διαπεφεύγαμεν. Οὗτος καὶ τὸ καλὸν ισῶμα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας κατέτεμεν, είς διαφορους καὶ ἀντιπάλους σπουδὰς μερίσας. οὗτος καὶ ἡμῖν τὸν ἰεροβοᾶμ ἔπανέστησε τὸν δοῦλον τῆς ἄμαρτίας, καὶ τῇ γλώσσῃ δεσμὸν ἐπιτίθησιν οὒ γὰρ φέρει τὴν Τριάδα λομπρυνομένην, καί ὅλῃ θεὸτητι λάμπουσαν, καὶ τιμίους ποιοῦσαν ὑμῖν τοὺς γνησίως ἑαυτῆς κήρυκας. ’Λρα «φλυαρεῖν ὗμϊθ δοκοῦμεν, οὗτως εἰκάζοντες ; ἢ καὶ λίαν ὀρθῶς τοῦ πὸθου τὰς αίτίας ὁ γραφεὺς Αὸγος ἆνεζωγρᾶφησεν ς Περὶ μὲν δὴ τούτων οὕτω γινώσκω.

Epei de oi logoi to polemoumenon, kai hē perittē kai epiphthonos hautē glōtta, ēn en tois exōthen paideutheisan logois. tois theiois exeugenisamengē), kai tēn pikran kai apoton Merran tǭ tēs zōēs xylǭ kateglykanamen, peponthate ti pathos hikanōs eleutherion ; touto stergete, diʼ ho polemoumetha. Ti gar ou tēn kōphēn hēspasametha paideusin? ti de ou tēn xēran te kai katō bainousan? ti dai tautę̄ chairontas tous pollous horōntes, ephilosophoumen xena kai ekphyla, kai pros tas antithetous glōssas istametha? deon thrasytēti phx ygein tous logismous, kal pistin onomazein tēn alogian, ēn ēgapēsa an kai hautos, eu iste, halieus ōn ; epeidē touto procheiron tois pollois eis apologian tēs amathiaso ei logon eichon tōn sēmeiōn tbę̄n dynamin. Ōs apoloito ex anthrōpōn ho phthonos, hē dapanē tōn echontōn, ho tōn paschontōn ios, to monon tōn pathōn adikōtanon te hama kai dikaiotaton th to men, hoti pasi diochlei tois kaloiso ty de, hoti tēkei tous echontas. Ou gar tois prōtōs epainesasin ēmas katarasomaiʼ ou gar ę̄deisan tōn epainōn to telos ; hǭs tacha an ti kai loidorias prosethēkan, ina ton phthonon epischōxiphoktonon ipoiēsen, ouk enenkonta thysian hosiōtiran. Outos kai hydati kosmon ekalypsen akosmoun ta, kai Sodomitas pyri kateklysen. Houtos kai Dathan kai Aueirōn katechōse kata Mōseōs manentas, kai Mariam elepoōse kata tou adelphou monon gongysasan. Houtos kai prophētōn aimasiē tēn gēn emiane, kai Solomōnta gynaixi kateseise ton sophōtaton, Houtos kai Ioudan prodotēn anedeixen, Dargyriǭ mikrǭ klapenta, ton anchonēs axion; kai Ērōdēn paidophonon, kai Christoktonon Pilaton edēmiourgēsen. Houtos kai ton Israēl ilikmēse kai diespeiren, hex hēs oÿpō kai nyn anapeuousin hamartias. Houtos kai ton apostatēn hēmin ipanestēse tyrinnon, hou kai nyn eti paralypousin hoi anthrakes. ei kai tēn phloga diapepheugamen. Houtos kai to kalon isōma tēs Ekklēsias katetemen, eis diaphorous kai antipalous spoudas merisas. houtos kai hēmin ton ieroboam epanestēse ton doulon tēs amartias, kai tę̄ glōssę̄ desmon epitithēsin ou gar pherei tēn Triada lomprynomenēn, kai holę̄ theotēti lampousan, kai timious poiousan hymin tous gnēsiōs heautēs kērykas. ’Lra «phlyarein hymïth dokoumen, houtōs eikazontes ? ē kai lian orthōs tou pothou tas aitias ho grapheus Aogos anezōgraphēsen s Peri men dē toutōn houtō ginōskō.

And since what is warred against is my words, and this superfluous and envied tongue, which, trained in outside learning, we have ennobled with divine words, sweetening the bitter and undrinkable Marah with the tree of life, you have felt a thoroughly generous feeling: you love the very thing for which we are warred against. For why did we not embrace a mute education? Why not one that is dry and keeps to the ground? Why, seeing that the many delight in such, did we teach strange and unfamiliar things and stand against the contradicting tongues, when we should have fled from reasonings with rashness and called unreason faith? I too would have loved this, you know well, if I had been a fisherman, since this is ready to hand for most people in defence of their ignorance, if I had possessed the power of signs in place of words. Would that envy might perish from among men, the consumption of those who have it, the poison of those who suffer it, the one passion that is at once most unjust and most just: unjust because it troubles everything good, just because it wastes away those who have it. I will not curse those who first praised us, for they did not know where praise would end; otherwise they might perhaps have added some reviling, to check envy. … made a fratricide, since he could not bear a holier sacrifice. Envy covered with water a world that had become disordered, and flooded the Sodomites with fire. Envy buried Dathan and Abiram, who raged against Moses, and made Miriam leprous for merely murmuring against her brother. Envy defiled the earth with the blood of prophets and overthrew Solomon, the wisest, with women. Envy made Judas a traitor, bought for a little silver, worthy of the noose; and fashioned Herod the child-killer and Pilate the Christ-killer. Envy winnowed and scattered Israel, from which sin they have not yet recovered even now. Envy raised up against us the apostate tyrant, whose coals still trouble us, even if we have escaped the flame. Envy cut apart the fair body of the Church, dividing it into different and opposing parties. Envy raised up Jeroboam against us, the slave of sin, and puts a bond on the tongue; for it cannot bear the Triad made brilliant and shining with the whole Godhead, and making its genuine heralds precious to you. Do we seem to you to talk nonsense in surmising so? Or has the painter, my discourse, depicted the causes of your longing quite rightly? This, at any rate, is what I think of these things.

36.6PG 36:272c–273b

Ἐπεὶ fidi καὶ ταῖς ὕβρεσιν 6ch) τινος δυσχιρςί.. νοντας, καὶ συμφορὰν ἑαυτῶν ποιουμένους, τὴν ἀτιμίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν, φίρε, καὶ περὶ ταύτης βραχέα φιλυσοφήσωμεν. Ἐγώ γὰρ, εί.- μιν ἀνθρώπινον τι καὶ μικρὸν ἰννοών, ἢ τῆς καθέδρας ταύτης praenatat?μενος, ἢ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπέστην ὑμῖν μετὰ τῆς πολιᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τῶν ὲῤῥικνωμένων τούτων καὶ χρὸνῳ καὶ νὸσῳ μελῶν, ἢ νῦν ταύτας φέρω τὰς ἄτιplac, αἰσχυνοίμην μὲν ἂν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ την γῆν, ἅ καὶ τοῖς παλαιοῖς ἔθος μαρτύρεσθαν αἰσχυνοίμην δʼ ἂν τὴν καθέδραν ταύτην, καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦτο συν.. ἑδριον, καὶ τὸν ἅγιον τοῦτον καὶ νεοπαγῆ λαὸν, ἐν 8ν τοσαύτη τῶν πονηρῶν δσνάμεωτ ἡ παράταξις, ἵνα πρίν συστῆναι Αυθῇ, καὶ πρὶν γεννηθῆναι νεκρωῠῇ, κατὰ Χριστὸν ἤδη μορφώμενος. Αἰσχυνοίμην, δʼ ἄν τοὺς ἐμοὺς καμάτους καὶ, πονους, καὶ τὸ ἔσθημα τοῦτο τὸ τρόχινον, καὶ τὴν ὶρημίαν καὶ τὴν ἀναχώ. ρησιν ᾗ σονεζήσαμεν, καὶ τὸν ἄσκευον βίον, καὶ τὴν εὐτεγῆ τράπεζαν, μικρὸν τῶν πτηνῶν ἀποδέουσαν, Ἀληθευὲτωσαν δι καὶ τινες περὶ ἡμῶν, ὅτι γυναικὸς ἀλλοτρίας ἐπεθυμήσαμεν, οί μηδὲ ἰδία· ᾕειν θελήσαντες. Ἐχέτωσαν δὲ ἡμῶν xstl. Γαβαωνῖται πλέον, οὓς οὐδὲ εἰς ξυλοκόπους καὶ ὑδροφόρους οἷδʼ ὅτι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἆγιον παραδέχεται, μέχρις ἂν προσίωσι τοῖς ἱεροῖς μετὰ τοιούτων τοῦ βίου καὶ τοῦ λόγου στιγμάτων. Εἰ δὲ τῷ λόγῳ συνηγορήσοντες ἥκομεν, καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ. καὶ τῇ ἀνάνδρῳ τέως Ἐκκλησία τά δυνατὰ συνεισοίσοντες, οἷόν τινες ἐπίτροποι καὶ κηδεμόνες, ἄλλῳ νυμφαγωγήσοντες, ὃς ἐὰν ἄξιος τοῦ κάλλους φανῇ, καὶ πλείονα (δῖ) τὰ ἐξ ἀρετῆς ἕδνα προσενέγκῃ τῇ βασιλίδι, πάτερον, ὲπαινετοὶ τῆς προθυμίας, ἢ ψεκτοὶ τῆς ὑπονοίας; ὅτι τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις κρινόμεθα πάθεσιν. Ὡς δὴ σύ γε, ὦ βέλτιστε, καὶ εί νηῒ χειμαζομέντ χεῖρα όρέγομεν ἢ πολιορκουμένῃ πόλει, ἢ ὐπέ nixi; δαπανωμένῃ, ἦ σκάφεσι βοηθοῦντες, ἢ ιὰλαγξιν, ἦ σῦεστηρίοις ὀργάνοις, πάντως δινῆ καλ ταττοντιστᾶις ἡμᾶς ὡνόμασας,ἢ τῆςπόλεως, τῆς εικίας ἐραστὰς, ἀλλʼ οὐ προστάτας καὶ κηδεμόνας.

Epei fidi kai tais hybresin 6ch) tinos dyschirsi.. nontas, kai symphoran heautōn poioumenous, tēn atimian tēn hēmeteran, phire, kai peri tautēs brachea philysophēsōmen. Egō gar, ei.- min anthrōpinon ti kai mikron innoōn, ē tēs kathedras tautēs praenatat?menos, ē tēn archēn epestēn hymin meta tēs polias tautēs, kai tōn errhiknōmenōn toutōn kai chronǭ kai nosǭ melōn, ē nyn tautas pherō tas atiplac, aischynoimēn men an ton ouranon kai tēn gēn, ha kai tois palaiois ethos martyresthan aischynoimēn dʼ an tēn kathedran tautēn, kai to hieron touto syn.. hedrion, kai ton hagion touton kai neopagē laon, en 8n tosautē tōn ponērōn dsnameōt hē parataxis, hina prin systēnai Authę̄, kai prin gennēthēnai nekrōyę̄, kata Christon ēdē morphōmenos. Aischynoimēn, dʼ an tous emous kamatous kai, ponous, kai to esthēma touto to trochinon, kai tēn irēmian kai tēn anachō. rēsin hę̄ sonezēsamen, kai ton askeuon bion, kai tēn eutegē trapezan, mikron tōn ptēnōn apodeousan, Alētheuetōsan di kai tines peri hēmōn, hoti gynaikos allotrias epethymēsamen, oi mēde idia; hę̄ein thelēsantes. Echetōsan de hēmōn xstl. Gabaōnitai pleon, hous oude eis xylokopous kai hydrophorous hoidʼ hoti to Pneuma to agion paradechetai, mechris an prosiōsi tois hierois meta toioutōn tou biou kai tou logou stigmatōn. Ei de tǭ logǭ synēgorēsontes hēkomen, kai tę̄ chērą. kai tę̄ anandrǭ teōs Ekklēsia ta dynata syneisoisontes, hoion tines epitropoi kai kēdemones, allǭ nymphagōgēsontes, hos ean axios tou kallous phanę̄, kai pleiona (di) ta ex aretēs hedna prosenenkę̄ tę̄ basilidi, pateron, epainetoi tēs prothymias, ē psektoi tēs hyponoias? hoti tois allotriois krinometha pathesin. Hōs dē sy ge, ō beltiste, kai ei nēï cheimazoment cheira oregomen ē poliorkoumenę̄ polei, ē ype nixi? dapanōmenę̄, ē skaphesi boēthountes, ē ialanxin, ē syestēriois organois, pantōs dinē kal tattontistais hēmas hōnomasas,ē tēspoleōs, tēs eikias erastas, allʼ ou prostatas kai kēdemonas.

And since I see some of you annoyed at the insults against us, and making our dishonour your own misfortune, come, let us speak a little about this too as philosophers. For if, intending something human and petty, or aiming at this throne, I either came to you in the first place with these grey hairs and these limbs shrivelled by time and disease, or now endure these insults, I would be ashamed before heaven and earth, which the ancients were accustomed to call to witness; I would be ashamed before this throne, this sacred assembly, and this holy and newly formed people, against which so great an array of evil powers was drawn up, that it might be broken up before it was constituted and killed before it was born, though it was already being formed according to Christ. I would be ashamed before my labours and toils, this ragged clothing, the solitude and retirement in which we lived, the unequipped life, and the frugal table, falling little short of the birds’. Let some speak the truth about us, then, that we coveted another man’s wife, we who did not wish to have even one of our own. Let the Gibeonites have more of us, whom, I know, the Holy Spirit does not accept even as woodcutters and water-carriers, as long as they approach the holy things with such brands on their life and doctrine. But if we came to defend the word, and to contribute what we could to a widowed Church, without a husband until now, like guardians and protectors, to lead her as a bride to another, whoever might appear worthy of her beauty and bring more bridal gifts of virtue to the queen, are we to be praised for our eagerness or blamed on suspicion, because we are judged by the passions of others? As if you, my good man, when we stretch out a hand to a ship in a storm, or a besieged city, or a house being consumed by fire, helping with boats, or troops, or fire-fighting tools, would by all means call us lovers of the ship, the city, or the house, and not protectors and guardians.

36.7PG 36:273b–276c

Ἀλλʼ οὐχ οὕτω, φησὶ, δοκεῖ τοῖς πολλοῖς. Τί δέ μοι διαφέρει, ᾧ τοῦ εἶναι πλεῖον ὁ λόγος, μαλλον δὲ πᾶς; Τοῦτο γάρ, ἢ κατέκρινεν,ἦ ἐδικαίωσεν ο ἢ ἄθλιον πεποίηκεν,ἢ μακάριον. Τὸ δὲ δοκεῖν, οὐδὲν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ὄναρ ἀλλότριον. Οὐχ οὕτω, φησὶ, δοκεῖς τοῖς πολλοῖς, ἄνθρωπε. Ἡ γῆ δὲ δοκεῖ τοῖς ίλιγγιῶσιν ἑστάναι; τοῖς δὲ μεθύουσι νήφειν οἱ νήφοντες, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν βαδίζειν, ἤπεριτρέπεσθαι; τὸ μέλι δὲ, οὐ πικρόν ἐστιν, ὅτε καὶ οἷς νομίζεται, νοσοῦσί τε καὶ κακῶς διακειμένοις Ἀλλʼ οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο τά πράγματα οὕτως ἔχει, ὡς δοκεί τοῖς πάσχουσιν. Δεῖξον οὖν ὑγιαίνοντας τοὺς οὕτως ὑπειληφότας, καὶ τότε ἡμῖν παραίνεσσν μετατίθεσθαι· ἢ καταγίνωσκε, μὴ πειθομένων, άλλʼ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἱσταμένων κρίσεως. Οὐχ οὕτω δοκῶ τοῖς πολλοῖς, Θεῷ δὲ οὕτω ’ καὶ οὐ δοκῶ, πεφανέρωμαι δὲ τῷ εἰδότι τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν, τῷ πλάσσοντι καταμόνας τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν, τῷ συνιέντι εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν, τά κινήματα, καὶ τά διανοήματα, μεθʼ ὧν τά πραττόμένα, δν λανθάνει τῶν ὄντων οὐδὲν, οὐδὲ λαβεῖν δύναται, ὃς ἑτέρως ὁρᾷ τά ἡμέτερα, ἢ ὡς ὁρῶσιν άνθρωποι. Ἀνθρωπος μὲν γάρ εἰς πρόσωπον, ό δὲ )εδς εἰς καρδίαν. Eme: τῆς λεγούσης, καὶ πίστευε. οὗ φροντιστέον μᾶλλον, ἡ πάντων ὁμοῦ τῶν ἄλλων, τοῖς γε νοῦν ἔχουσιν, ’Ἦ δύο μὶν ἀνθρώποις περὶ τῶ αὐτοῦ πράγματος συμβούλοις χρώμενος, συνιτωτέρῳ τε καὶ ἇμαθισςίρῳ, οὒκ ἄν εὖ φρονεῖν ιόοξας, εί τὸν συνετώτερον παρεὶς, τῷ tanta” κιτηιιολούθησαςς οὒιῆ γὰρ ὃ Ῥοεοὰμ tmen, δτι τὴν βουλὴν τῶν πρισςιπέρων ἀτιμάσας, τὴν τῶν νεωτέρων ἵστησι. θεοῦ δὲ καὶ ἀνθρωπων ἂξιταζοιιένων, προτιμήσειε τὰ τῶν ἆνθρώπωνς (ὶῦ σύ γε, ἄν ἐμοὶ πείθῃ, καὶ φρονῇς ἂμεινον. t H'. Ἀλλʼ αἰσχυνόμεθα σου, φησὶ, ταῖς ὕβρεσιν, Ἐγὼ δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι αἰσχύνεσθε, EI μὲν γὰρ ὀρθῶς ταῦτα πάσχομεν, αἰσχυντέον ἡμῖν μᾶλλον, ἢ ὑμῖν ιγʼ ἡμῖνʼ υῦχ ὅτι ἀτιμαζόμεθα μᾶλλον, ἢ ὃτι ἔσμεν ἀτιμίας ἄξιοι· εἰ δὲ ἀδίκως, τῶν ὑβριζόντων τὸ ἔγκλημα, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων μᾶλλον, ἢ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἆτανακτητέον· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ οἱ κακῶς πάσχοντες. BI δέ με ὄντα κακὸν, ἄριστον ὑπελάμβανες, τί με ποιεῖν ἐχρῆν ς Εἶναι μᾶλλον κακδν, ’ἱνα πλέον ἀρέσκω col; Οὔκ ἂν τοῦτο ἐμαυτῷ συνεβούλευσα, Οὕτως ονῖιόὶ, εἰ κατορθοῦντα με πταίειν ὑπολαμβάνεις, τοῦ κατ·ορθοῦν διὰ σὲ μεταθήσομαι. Ῑῶ γαρ, οὗ σοι μᾶλλον ἢ ἐμαυτῷ· καὶ σύμβουλον ἔχω περὶ πάντων τὸν λόγον, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιώματα, ὑφʼ ὧν ἀλίσκομαι μὶν πολλάκις, οὐδενὸς κατηγοροῦντος· ἆφίεμαι δὲ, πολλῶν κατακρινόντων. Καὶ τοῦτο μόνον οὒκ ἔστι διαφυγεῖν, τὸ ἔνδον καὶ ιν ἡμῖν abut: δικαστήριον, πρὸς ὃ βλέποντας μόνον, τὴν εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν ἰτέον. Τὸ δοκεῖν δὲ, ἃν μὲν ὑπάρχῃ, δεξόμεθα, ἵνʼ εἴπω τι καὶ ἀνθρώπινον· ὄιν δὲ ἀντιπίπτῃ, χαίρειν ἐάσομεν, καί οὐδὲν τοῦ εἶναι διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν dextρήσομεν.

Allʼ ouch houtō, phēsi, dokei tois pollois. Ti de moi diapherei, hǭ tou einai pleion ho logos, mallon de pas? Touto gar, ē katekrinen,ē edikaiōsen o ē athlion pepoiēken,ē makarion. To de dokein, ouden pros hēmas, hōsper oude onar allotrion. Ouch houtō, phēsi, dokeis tois pollois, anthrōpe. Hē gē de dokei tois ilingiōsin hestanai? tois de methyousi nēphein hoi nēphontes, allʼ ouk epi kephalēn badizein, ēperitrepesthai? to meli de, ou pikron estin, hote kai hois nomizetai, nosousi te kai kakōs diakeimenois Allʼ ou para touto ta pragmata houtōs echei, hōs dokei tois paschousin. Deixon oun hygiainontas tous houtōs hypeilēphotas, kai tote hēmin parainessn metatithesthai; ē kataginōske, mē peithomenōn, allʼ epi tēs autēs histamenōn kriseōs. Ouch houtō dokō tois pollois, Theǭ de houtō ’ kai ou dokō, pephanerōmai de tǭ eidoti ta panta prin geneseōs autōn, tǭ plassonti katamonas tas kardias hēmōn, tǭ synienti eis panta ta erga hēmōn, ta kinēmata, kai ta dianoēmata, methʼ hōn ta prattomena, dn lanthanei tōn ontōn ouden, oude labein dynatai, hos heterōs horą ta hēmetera, ē hōs horōsin anthrōpoi. Anthrōpos men gar eis prosōpon, o de )eds eis kardian. Eme: tēs legousēs, kai pisteue. hou phrontisteon mallon, hē pantōn homou tōn allōn, tois ge noun echousin, ’Ē dyo min anthrōpois peri tō autou pragmatos symboulois chrōmenos, synitōterǭ te kai hamathissirǭ, ouk an eu phronein iooxas, ei ton synetōteron pareis, tǭ tanta” kitēiiolouthēsass ouiē gar ho Rhoeoam tmen, dti tēn boulēn tōn prissiperōn atimasas, tēn tōn neōterōn histēsi. theou de kai anthrōpōn axitazoiienōn, protimēseie ta tōn anthrōpōns (iy sy ge, an emoi peithę̄, kai phronę̄s ameinon. t H'. Allʼ aischynometha sou, phēsi, tais hybresin, Egō de hymin, hoti aischynesthe, EI men gar orthōs tauta paschomen, aischynteon hēmin mallon, ē hymin igʼ hēminʼ yych hoti atimazometha mallon, ē hoti esmen atimias axioi; ei de adikōs, tōn hybrizontōn to enklēma, kai hyper ekeinōn mallon, ē hyper hēmōn atanaktēteon; ekeinoi gar hoi kakōs paschontes. BI de me onta kakon, ariston hypelambanes, ti me poiein echrēn s Einai mallon kakdn, ’hina pleon areskō col? Ouk an touto emautǭ synebouleusa, Houtōs oniioi, ei katorthounta me ptaiein hypolambaneis, tou kat;orthoun dia se metathēsomai. Iō gar, hou soi mallon ē emautǭ; kai symboulon echō peri pantōn ton logon, kai ta tou Theou dikaiōmata, hyphʼ hōn aliskomai min pollakis, oudenos katēgorountos; aphiemai de, pollōn katakrinontōn. Kai touto monon ouk esti diaphygein, to endon kai in hēmin abut: dikastērion, pros ho blepontas monon, tēn eutheian hodon iteon. To dokein de, han men hyparchę̄, dexometha, hinʼ eipō ti kai anthrōpinon; oin de antipiptę̄, chairein easomen, kai ouden tou einai dia to dokein dextrēsomen.

“But it does not seem so to the many,” he says. And what difference does it make to me, whose concern is more with being, or rather wholly with being? For it is this that condemns or justifies, that makes one wretched or blessed. Seeming is nothing to us, any more than another man’s dream. “You do not seem so to the many, man,” he says. And does the earth seem to stand still to those who are dizzy? Do the sober seem sober to the drunk, and not to be walking on their heads or turning round? Is honey not bitter, when and to whom it seems so, to the sick and those in a bad state? But things are not, for that reason, as they seem to those who are so affected. Show, then, that those who think so are healthy, and then advise us to change; or else condemn me if I am not persuaded but stand by the same judgment. I do not seem so to the many, but I seem so to God; and I do not merely seem, I am manifest to him who knows all things before they come into being, who alone fashions our hearts, who understands all our works, the movements and the thoughts with which deeds are done; from whom nothing that exists is hidden or can be, who sees our affairs differently from the way men see them. For man looks on the face, but God on the heart. Hear the Scripture that says so, and believe; for those who have sense must care for him more than for all others together. Or, if you consulted two men about the same matter, one more intelligent and the other more ignorant, would you be thought sensible if you passed over the more intelligent and followed the more ignorant? Nor did Rehoboam do well when he despised the counsel of the elders and adopted that of the younger men. And when God and men are compared, would anyone prefer the things of men? Not you, if you will listen to me and think better. [8] “But we are ashamed,” he says, “at the insults against you.” And I am ashamed for you, that you are ashamed. For if we suffer these things justly, it is we, rather than you on our behalf, who ought to be ashamed, not because we are dishonoured but because we deserve dishonour; but if unjustly, the charge belongs to those who insult us, and one ought to be indignant for them rather than for us; for it is they who are suffering harm. If, when I was bad, you thought me excellent, what should I have done? Become worse, so as to please you more? I would not have advised myself so. So too, if you think that I err when I do right, I will not change from doing right because of you. For I live not for you rather than for myself; and I have as my counsellor in everything reason and the ordinances of God, by which I am often convicted when no one accuses me, and acquitted when many condemn me. And this alone cannot be escaped, the tribunal within us and in us; looking to it alone, one must go the straight way. As for seeming, if it is ours, we will accept it, to speak in a human way; but if it goes against us, we will let it go, and lose nothing of being through seeming.

36.8PG 36:276c–277a

Καὶ γὰρ οὕτως ἔχει· ὁ μέν τινος ἕνεκεν τὸ καλὸν ἐπιτηόεὖων, οὐ βέβαιος είς ἀρετήν. ὀμσῦ τε γὰρ παρῆλθεν ἐκεῖνο, καὶ του καλῶ στήσεται· ὥσπερ ὸκέρδους ἓνεκεν πλέων, τοῦ πλεῖν, ἄν μὴ παρῇ τὸ κερδαίνειν. Ὀ δὲ αὐτὴ διʼ ἑαυτὸ τιμῶν τε καὶ περιέπων, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ἑστῶτος ἐρᾷ, ἑστῶσαν ἔχει καὶ τὴν περὶ auro προθυμίαν um: θετόν τι πασχων, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ δύνασθαι λέγεινʼ Ἐγὼ δὲ, ὁ αὒτός εἰμι, καὶ οὒκ ἠλλοίωμαι, Οὔκουν μεταποιηθήσεται, οὺδέ μετατεθήσεται, οὐδὲ σομμεταπεπῖται τοῖς καιροῖς καὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν, ἄλλοτε ἄλλος γινόμενος, καὶ πολλὰς μεταλαμβάνων χρόας, ὥσπερ τὰς τῶν πετρῶν οἱ πολύποδες, αἶς ἤν ὁμιλήσωσιν μενεῖ δὶ αὑτὸς ἀεὶ, πάγιος ἓν οῦ πεπηγόσι, καὶ ἒν στρεφομένοις ἄστροφος· πέτρα τις, οἶμαι, πρὸς ὲμβολᾶς ανέμων τε καὶ κυμάτων, οὔτε τινασσομένη, καὶ δαπανῶσα περὶ ἑαυτὴν τὰ προσπίπτοντα, Ταῦτα μὲν είς τοσοῦτον οῦδὲ γὰρ μοι σχολὴ ταῖς γλώσσαις μάσ χεσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα ’ίσως πλείω τοῦ δέοντος.

Kai gar houtōs echei; ho men tinos heneken to kalon epitēoeuōn, ou bebaios eis aretēn. omsy te gar parēlthen ekeino, kai tou kalō stēsetai; hōsper okerdous heneken pleōn, tou plein, an mē parę̄ to kerdainein. O de autē diʼ heauto timōn te kai periepōn, epeidē tou hestōtos erą, hestōsan echei kai tēn peri auro prothymian um: theton ti paschōn, kai to tou Theou dynasthai legeinʼ Egō de, ho autos eimi, kai ouk ēlloiōmai, Oukoun metapoiēthēsetai, oude metatethēsetai, oude sommetapepitai tois kairois kai tois pragmasin, allote allos ginomenos, kai pollas metalambanōn chroas, hōsper tas tōn petrōn hoi polypodes, ais ēn homilēsōsin menei di hautos aei, pagios hen ou pepēgosi, kai en strephomenois astrophos; petra tis, oimai, pros embolas anemōn te kai kymatōn, oute tinassomenē, kai dapanōsa peri heautēn ta prospiptonta, Tauta men eis tosouton oude gar moi scholē tais glōssais mas chesthai, kai tauta ’isōs pleiō tou deontos.

For so it is: whoever pursues the good for the sake of something else is not firm in virtue; for as soon as that thing has passed, he will stop doing good, like one who sails for gain, who will stop sailing if gain is not at hand. But whoever honours and cherishes the good for its own sake, since he loves what stands firm, has a standing eagerness for it, experiencing something divine, and is able to say the word of God, “I am the same, and I have not changed.” So he will not be remade, nor moved, nor change along with times and affairs, becoming now one thing and now another and taking on many colours, as octopuses take on those of the rocks they cling to; but he will always remain himself, fixed among things that are not fixed, and unturning among things that turn; a rock, I think, against the onsets of winds and waves, unshaken, and breaking upon itself whatever strikes it. So much for these things; for I have no leisure to fight with tongues, and this has perhaps been more than necessary.

36.9PG 36:277a

"fibri 8:" μοι πρὸς ὑμᾶς δʼλόγος, τὰ ἐμὸν ποίμνιον.

"fibri 8:" moi pros hymas dʼlogos, ta emon poimnion.

But this is my word to you, my flock:

36.10PG 36:277a

μεϊς γένεσθέ μοι, cina-iv δ infla“:

meïs genesthe moi, cina-iv d infla“:

Become for me …

36.11PG 36:277a–277d

_ ni χοιρᾶ, καὶ. ’καοχξήσεως στέφανοθ 5μεῖς ἀπολογία τοῖς ἐμὲ ἀνακρίνουσιν ἵνʼ, ὥσπερ τοῖς τεκτονικοῖς ἦ γραφικοῖς ἀπαιτουμένοις λόγρν, ῙΓῖξιτιρκεῖ δείξασι τὸ hiemes, ἢ γραφὲν ἀπληλαχθαι πραγμάτων (ἕργοι γὰρ λόγου, φησίν, ἴσχυρξῖτερον), οὕτως* διαὶ αὐτος ὑμεῖς ἐπιδείξας, ὓπερἐξω τὰς λοιδορίας. ’Υπερέξω δὲ πῶς; Πρῶτον μὲν, ἐὰν τὴν εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ Υἱὸν, καὶ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ὁμολογίαν ἀκλινῆ καὶ βεβαίαν φυλάττητε, μηδὲν προστιθέντες, μηδὲ ἀφαιροῦντες, μήδὶ σμικρύνοντες τῆς μιᾶς Θεότητος (τὸ γὰρ ἐλαττωθὲν, τοῦ παντός ἔστιν ἑλάττωσις)“ τοὺς δὲ ἄλλο τι φρονοῦντας, ἢ λέγοντας, ἤ φύσεων μέτροις τὸ ἔν διχλύοντας, ἦ διατειχίζοντας, ὡς λύμην τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἰὸν, ἆποπέμποισθε, μὴ μισοῦντες, ἀλλʼ ἱλεοῦντις τοῦ πτωματος. Δεύτερον δὲ, εἰ τὴν πολιτείαν ᾇκόλουθον τῷ ὀρθῷ λόγῳ παρέχοιτε, ἵνʼ ἦτε περιδέξιοι τὴν ἀρετὴν, ἀλλᾶ μὴ τῷ ἑτέρῳ λείποντες. Μʼ. Οἱ βασιλεῖς, αἰδεῖσθε τὴν ἁλουργίδα· νομοθετήσει γὰρ καὶ νομοθέταις ὁ λόγος. Γινώσκετε ὅσον τὸ πιστευθὲν ὑμῖν, καὶ τί τὸ μέγα περὶ ὑμᾶς μυστήριον* Κόσμος ὅλος ὑπὸ χεῖρα τὴν ὑμετέραν, διαδήματι μικρῷ καὶ βραχεῖ ῥακίῳ κρατούμενος, Τὰ μὲν ἂνω, μόνου Θεοῦ τὰ κάτω δὲ, καὶ ὑμῶν. Θεοὶ γένεσθε τοῖς ὑφʼ ὑμᾶς, ἵνʼ εἴπω τι καὶ τολμηρότερον. Καρδία βασιλέως ἐν χειρὶ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἴρηται, καὶ πιστεύεται. Ἐνταῦθα ’έστω τὸ κράτος ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῷ χρυσῷ καὶ ταῖς φάλαγξιν. Οἱ περὶ τὰ βασίλεια καὶ τοὺς θρόνους, μὴ σφόδρα ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐπαίρεσθε, μηδὲ ἀθάνατα διανοεῖσθε περὶ τῶν οῦκ ἀθανάτων, Πιστοὶ μένετε τοῖς βασιλεῦσι, Θεῷ δὲ πρότερον, διʼ ὄν καί τούτοις οἷς ἐπεστεύθητε, καὶ οἷς παραδὲδοσθε. Οἱ τὸ γένος κομπάζοντες, τὸν τρόπον ὲξευγενίσατει ἧ φθέγξομαί τι τῶν ἀηδῶν μὲν, εὖγενῶν δέ. Τότε γὰρ ἀληθὲς (Η) εὐγενέστατον ἦν ἄν τι τὸ ὑμέτεροι, εἰ μὴ καὶ δέλτοι τοὺς δυσγενεῖς ὑμῖν ἰνέγραιρον.

_ ni choira, kai. ’kaochxēseōs stephanoth 5meis apologia tois eme anakrinousin hinʼ, hōsper tois tektonikois ē graphikois apaitoumenois logrn, IGixitirkei deixasi to hiemes, ē graphen aplēlachthai pragmatōn (hergoi gar logou, phēsin, ischyrxiteron), houtōs* diai autos hymeis epideixas, hyperexō tas loidorias. ’Yperexō de pōs? Prōton men, ean tēn eis Patera, kai Huion, kai hagion Pneuma homologian aklinē kai bebaian phylattēte, mēden prostithentes, mēde aphairountes, mēdi smikrynontes tēs mias Theotētos (to gar elattōthen, tou pantos estin helattōsis)“ tous de allo ti phronountas, ē legontas, ē physeōn metrois to en dichlyontas, ē diateichizontas, hōs lymēn tēs Ekklēsias, kai tēs alētheias ion, apopempoisthe, mē misountes, allʼ hileountis tou ptōmatos. Deuteron de, ei tēn politeian hąkolouthon tǭ orthǭ logǭ parechoite, hinʼ ēte peridexioi tēn aretēn, alla mē tǭ heterǭ leipontes. Mʼ. Hoi basileis, aideisthe tēn halourgida; nomothetēsei gar kai nomothetais ho logos. Ginōskete hoson to pisteuthen hymin, kai ti to mega peri hymas mystērion* Kosmos holos hypo cheira tēn hymeteran, diadēmati mikrǭ kai brachei rhakiǭ kratoumenos, Ta men anō, monou Theou ta katō de, kai hymōn. Theoi genesthe tois hyphʼ hymas, hinʼ eipō ti kai tolmēroteron. Kardia basileōs en cheiri Theou, kai eirētai, kai pisteuetai. Entautha ’estō to kratos hymin, alla mē tǭ chrysǭ kai tais phalanxin. Hoi peri ta basileia kai tous thronous, mē sphodra tais exousiais epairesthe, mēde athanata dianoeisthe peri tōn ouk athanatōn, Pistoi menete tois basileusi, Theǭ de proteron, diʼ on kai toutois hois epesteuthēte, kai hois paradedosthe. Hoi to genos kompazontes, ton tropon exeugenisatei hē phthenxomai ti tōn aēdōn men, eugenōn de. Tote gar alēthes (Ē) eugenestaton ēn an ti to hymeteroi, ei mē kai deltoi tous dysgeneis hymin inegrairon.

… my joy and crown of boasting; you are my defence to those who examine me; so that, just as it is enough for carpenters or painters, when asked to account for themselves, to show the building or the painting to be rid of trouble (for deed, it is said, is stronger than word), so I, by showing you yourselves, may rise above the reproaches. And how shall I rise above them? First, if you keep the confession in Father, Son, and Holy Spirit unswerving and firm, adding nothing, taking nothing away, diminishing nothing of the one Godhead (for to lessen any part is to lessen the whole); and if you send away those who think or say anything else, or who dissolve the one by measures of natures, or wall it off, as a plague of the Church and a poison of the truth, not hating them but pitying their fall. Second, if you show a way of life consistent with right doctrine, so that you may be skilled with both hands in virtue and not fall short in either. Emperors, respect your purple; for the word will lay down the law even for lawgivers. Know how great is what has been entrusted to you, and how great a mystery surrounds you. The whole world is under your hand, held by a small diadem and a short cloak. The things above are God’s alone; the things below are yours too. Be gods to those under you, if I may say something bolder. “The heart of the king is in the hand of God,” it is said and believed. Let your power lie there, not in gold and armies. You who are about the palaces and the thrones, do not be too elated by your authority, nor think immortal thoughts about things that are not immortal. Remain faithful to the emperors, but first to God, and for his sake also to those to whom you have been entrusted and handed over. You who boast of your birth, ennoble your character; or I will say something unpleasant, but noble: your nobility would be truly the noblest if registers did not also enrol low-born men among you.

36.12PG 36:280a–280d

Οἱ σοφοὶ, καὶ φιλόσοφοι, καὶ σεμνοὶ τὴν ὑπήνην καὶ τὸ τριβώνιον, οἱ σοφισταὶ, καὶ γραμματισταὶ, καὶ τῶν δημοσίων Θηρευταὶ κρότων, οὒκ οἴδα πῶς ἄν σοφοὶ κληθείητε, τὸν πρῶτον λόγον οὒκ ἔχοντες. Οἱ περὶ τὸν πλοῦτον, ἀκούσατε τοῦ λέγοντος· Πλοῦτος ἰὰν ῥέῃ, μὴ προστίθεσθε καρδιᾳ· "me θαῤῥοῦντες ἀβεβαίῳ πράγματι. Ἀποφόρτισαί τι τῆς νηὸς, ’ίνα πλέης κουφότερος, Ἐχθροῠ τι τυχὸν ὑφαιρήσεις, εἰς ὅν τὰ σὰ περιστήσεται. Οἱ περὶ τὴν τρυφὴν) ὑφέλετέ τι τῆς γαστρὸς, δότε τῷ πνεύματι. Ἐγγὺς ὁ πένης τῇ νόσῳ βοήθησον εἷς τοῦτον ἀπέρευξαί τι τῶν περιττῶν. Τί καὶ σὺ κάμνεις ἀπεπτῶν, καὶ οὗτος πεινῶν; καὶ σὺ κραιπαλῶν, καὶ οὗτος ὑδεριῶν ; καὶ σὺ κόρῳ κόρον βαρύνων, καὶ οὗτος περιτρεπόμενος νόσῳ ; Μὴ παρίδης τὸν σὺν Λάζαρον -ὶνταίιθαζ μη σε ποιησῖῃ τὸν inid-sv πλούσιον. ’Υμετς ἡ ’μεγάλη πόλισ, oi πρῶτοι μετὰ την πρώτην εὐθέως, ἤ μηδὲ τοῦτο παραχωροῦντες, φάνητέ μοι πρῶτοι, μὴ τὴν κακίαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀρετήνʼ μὴ τὴν ἔκλυσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν εὐνομίαν, Ὠς ἔστιν αἰσχρὸν, τῶν μὲν πόλεων κρατεῖν, τῶν δὲ ἡδονῶν ἡττᾶσθαι· ἢ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα σωφρονεῖν, περὶ δὲ τοὺς ἱππικοὺς, καὶτὰ Θέατρα, καὶ τὰ στάδια, καὶ τὰ κυνηγέσια τοσοῦτον μεμηνέναι, ὣστε ταῦτα ποιεῖσθαι βίον, καὶ πόλιν εἶναι παιζόντων τὴν πρώτην ἐν πόλεσιν, ἣν καὶ ταῖς ἂλλαις τύπον εἶναι καλοῦ παντὸς πρεπωδέστερον. Ταῦτα διαπτύοιτι (ΞΟ), Θεοῦ πόλις εἴητε. ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ζωγραφηθιίητε, καὶ παραπήσαισθε σὺν ἡμῖν τῷ μεγαλῳ πολιστῇ λαμπροὶ λαμπρῶς ὕστερον. Τοῦτο ὑμᾶς smγελίζομαι ὲν αὒτῷ Χριστῷ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν· ᾧ ἡ δόξα, τιμὴ, κράτος είς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμὴν.

Hoi sophoi, kai philosophoi, kai semnoi tēn hypēnēn kai to tribōnion, hoi sophistai, kai grammatistai, kai tōn dēmosiōn Thēreutai krotōn, ouk oida pōs an sophoi klētheiēte, ton prōton logon ouk echontes. Hoi peri ton plouton, akousate tou legontos; Ploutos ian rheę̄, mē prostithesthe kardią; "me tharrhountes abebaiǭ pragmati. Apophortisai ti tēs nēos, ’ina pleēs kouphoteros, Echthrou ti tychon hyphairēseis, eis hon ta sa peristēsetai. Hoi peri tēn tryphēn) hyphelete ti tēs gastros, dote tǭ pneumati. Engys ho penēs tę̄ nosǭ boēthēson heis touton apereuxai ti tōn perittōn. Ti kai sy kamneis apeptōn, kai houtos peinōn? kai sy kraipalōn, kai houtos hyderiōn ? kai sy korǭ koron barynōn, kai houtos peritrepomenos nosǭ ? Mē paridēs ton syn Lazaron -intaiithaz mē se poiēsię̄ ton inid-sv plousion. ’Ymets hē ’megalē polis, oi prōtoi meta tēn prōtēn eutheōs, ē mēde touto parachōrountes, phanēte moi prōtoi, mē tēn kakian, alla tēn aretēnʼ mē tēn eklysin, alla tēn eunomian, Ōs estin aischron, tōn men poleōn kratein, tōn de hēdonōn hēttasthai; ē ta men alla sōphronein, peri de tous hippikous, kaita Theatra, kai ta stadia, kai ta kynēgesia tosouton memēnenai, hōste tauta poieisthai bion, kai polin einai paizontōn tēn prōtēn en polesin, hēn kai tais allais typon einai kalou pantos prepōdesteron. Tauta diaptyoiti (XO), Theou polis eiēte. epi tōn cheirōn tou Kyriou zōgraphēthiiēte, kai parapēsaisthe syn hēmin tǭ megalǭ polistę̄ lamproi lamprōs hysteron. Touto hymas smgelizomai en autǭ Christǭ tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn; hǭ hē doxa, timē, kratos eis tous aiōnas. Amēn.

You wise men and philosophers, solemn in beard and cloak, you sophists and grammarians and hunters of public applause: I do not know how you could be called wise, when you do not have the first Word. You who are about wealth, hear him who says, “If wealth flows in, do not set your heart on it”; know that you are trusting in an unstable thing. Lighten the ship a little, so that you may sail lighter. Perhaps you will take something away from an enemy, to whom your goods will pass. You who are about luxury, take something from the belly and give it to the spirit. The poor man is near: help him in his sickness; belch out to him something of your excess. Why do you suffer from indigestion and he from hunger? You from drunkenness and he from dropsy? You weighing down surfeit with surfeit, and he overthrown by disease? Do not overlook your Lazarus here, lest he make you the rich man there. You, the great city, first immediately after the first, or not even yielding this: show yourself first to me, not in vice but in virtue, not in dissoluteness but in good order. How shameful it is to rule cities and be ruled by pleasures; or to be sober in other things, but so mad about horse races, theatres, stadia, and hunts as to make these your life, so that the first among cities becomes a city of players, when it would more fittingly be a model of every good thing for the others. If you spit on these things, may you be a city of God, may you be inscribed on the hands of the Lord, and may you stand with us before the great Founder of the city, bright and brightly, hereafter. This good news I announce to you in Christ himself our Lord, to whom be glory, honour, and might for ever. Amen.

Chapter 37

37.1PG 36:281b–284b

'0 τοὺς ἁλιεῖς προελόμενος Ἰησοῦς, καὶ αὑ. ὡς σαγηνεύει, καὶ τόπους ὲκ τόπων ἀμείβει. Τίνος ἐνεκενς Οὐ μόνον ἵνα κερδάνῃ πλείονας τῶν φιλοθέων διὰ τῆς ὲπιφοιτὴσεως, ἀλλʼ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, ἵνα καὶ τόπους ἁγιάσῃ πλείονας. Γίνεται τοῖς Ιουδαίοις ὡς Ἰουδαῖος, ἵνα Ἰουδαίους κερδάνγ, ο τοῖς ὑπὸ νόμον, ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον, ἵνα τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον ἐξαγοράσῃ ’ τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν, ὡς ἀσθενὴς, ἵνα τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς σώσῃ, Γίνεται πάντα πᾶσιν, ἵνα τους πάντας κερδάνῃ, Τί δί λέγω, ταῖς πᾶσι πάντα ; ’.Ο μηδὲ Παῦλος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἧνέσχετο είπεῐν, τοῦτο εὑρίσκω τὸν Σωτῆρα πάσχοντα, 0-3 γὰρ Ἰουδαῖος γίνεται μόνον, οὐδʼ ὃσα τῶν ἀτόπων καὶ μοχθηρῶν ὀνομάτων εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναδέχεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃ τούτων πάντων ἀτοπώτερον, καὶ αὐτοέ αμαρτία καὶ αὖτοκατάρα ' οὐκ ἔστι μὲν, ἀκούει δέ. Πῶς γὰρ ἁμαρτία, ὁ καὶ ἡμᾶς τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐλευθερῶν ; πῶς δὲ κατάρα, ὁ ἐξαγοράζων ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου Ἀλλʼ ’ἱνα καὶ μέχρι τούτων τὸ ταπεινὸν ἐπιδείξηται, τυπὼν ἡμᾶς εἰς ταπείνωσιν τὴν ὕψους πρόξενον. ’Ὅπερ 06v εἶπον, ἁλιεὺς γίνεται, πᾶσι συγκαταβαίνει, σαγηνεύει, τάντα στέγει, ’ἴθʼ ἐκ βάθους τὸν ἰχθὺν ἀνενέγγη, ςὸν νηχόμενον ἐν τοῖς άστάτοις καὶ ἁλμυροῖς τοῦ Ξίου κύμασιν ἄνθρωπον,

'0 tous halieis proelomenos Iēsous, kai hau. hōs sagēneuei, kai topous ek topōn ameibei. Tinos enekens Ou monon hina kerdanę̄ pleionas tōn philotheōn dia tēs epiphoitēseōs, allʼ emoige dokei, hina kai topous hagiasę̄ pleionas. Ginetai tois Ioudaiois hōs Ioudaios, hina Ioudaious kerdang, o tois hypo nomon, hōs hypo nomon, hina tous hypo nomon exagorasę̄ ’ tois asthenesin, hōs asthenēs, hina tous astheneis sōsę̄, Ginetai panta pasin, hina tous pantas kerdanę̄, Ti di legō, tais pasi panta ? ’.O mēde Paulos peri heautou hēnescheto eipein, touto heuriskō ton Sōtēra paschonta, 0-3 gar Ioudaios ginetai monon, oudʼ hosa tōn atopōn kai mochthērōn onomatōn eis heauton anadechetai, alla kai ho toutōn pantōn atopōteron, kai autoe amartia kai autokatara ' ouk esti men, akouei de. Pōs gar hamartia, ho kai hēmas tēs hamartias eleutherōn ? pōs de katara, ho exagorazōn hēmas ek tēs kataras tou nomou Allʼ ’hina kai mechri toutōn to tapeinon epideixētai, typōn hēmas eis tapeinōsin tēn hypsous proxenon. ’Hoper 06v eipon, halieus ginetai, pasi synkatabainei, sagēneuei, tanta stegei, ’ithʼ ek bathous ton ichthyn anenengē, son nēchomenon en tois astatois kai halmyrois tou Xiou kymasin anthrōpon,

Jesus, who chose the fishermen, himself also casts the net like them, and moves from place to place. For what reason? Not only that he may gain more of those who love God by his visit, but also, it seems to me, that he may sanctify more places. He becomes to the Jews as a Jew, that he may gain Jews; to those under the law as under the law, that he may redeem those under the law; to the weak as weak, that he may save the weak. He becomes all things to all, that he may gain all. But why do I say “all things to all”? What not even Paul ventured to say of himself, this I find the Saviour undergoing. For he not only becomes a Jew, and takes upon himself all the strange and vile names, but also what is stranger than all of them: he is called sin itself and curse itself. He is not these, but he is called so. For how is he sin, who frees us from sin? How is he a curse, who redeems us from the curse of the law? But he does it that he may display his humility even to this extent, shaping us towards humility, which brings exaltation. As I said, then, he becomes a fisherman, he comes down to all, he casts the net, he bears all things, that he may draw up from the deep the fish, man, who swims in the unstable and bitter waves of life, …

37.2PG 36:284c–285a

Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν, ὅτε ἐτέλεσε τοὺς tdyouc τούτους, μετῆρεν ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ιαὶ ἦλθεν εὶς τὰ ὅρια τῆς Ἰουδαίας πέραν τοῦ Ἰορ- Ξάνου. Γαλιλαίας ἐπιδημεῖ καλῶς, ἵνα ὁ λαὸς, ὁ καθἠμενος ἐν σκότει, ἴδῃ φῶς μέγα. Είς τὴν ἰου- Βαίαν μεθίσταται, ἵνα τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ γράμματος ἐξαναστάντας, ἀκολουθῆσαι τῷ πνεύματι, Νῦν μὲν ἐπʼ ὅρους διδάσκει, νῦν δὲ ἐν πεδίοις διαλέγεται, νῦν δὲ εἱς πλοῖον μεταβαίνει, νῦν δὲ ἐπιτιμᾷ ζάλαις. Τάχα καὶ ὕπνον δέχεται, ’ίνα καὶ ὕπνον εὖλογήση τάχα καὶ κοπιᾷ, ’ίνα καὶ τὸν τόπον ἁγιάσῃ τάχα καὶ δακρύει, ἵνα τὸ δάκρυον ἐπαινετὸν ἀπεργάσηται. Μεταβαίνει τόπον ἐκ τόπου ὁ μηδενὶ τόπῳ χωροόμενος, ὁ ἄχρονος, '0 ἀσώματος, 6 ἀπερίληπτος, Ὀ αὖτὸς, καὶ ἦν, καὶ γίνεται καὶ ὑπὲρ χρόνον ἧν, καὶ ὑπὸ χρόνον ἔρχεται · καὶ ἀόρατος ἦν, καὶ δρᾶται. ,Εν ἀρχῇ ἧν, καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἦν, καὶἰ Θεὸς ἦν. Τρίτον τὸ, ἦν, τῷ ἀριθμῷ βεβαιούμενον. ’0 ἧν ἐκένωσε, καὶ ὃ μὴ ἦν προσέλαβεν οὗ δύο γεʼνόμενος, ἀλλʼ ἓν ἐκ τῶν δύο γενέσθαι ἀνασχόο μενος, Θεὸς γὰρ ἀμφότερα, τό τε προσλαβὸν, ml. τὸ προσληφθέν δύο φύσεις είς ἓν συνδραμοῦσαι, οὐχ υἱοὶ δύο» μὴ καταψευδέσθω ἡ σύγκρασις. Οὗτος ὁ τηλικοῦτος, ὁ τοσοῦτος ο ἀλλὰ τί πέπονθα ; Πάλιν ἒμπέπτωκα εἱς ἀνθρώπινα ῥήματα. Πῶς γὰρ τὸ ἁπλοῦν τοσοῦτον ; πῶς δὲ τὸ ἄποσον τηλικοῦτον ς Ἀλλὰ δότε συγγνώμην τῷ λόγῳ ο ὀργάνῳ βραχεῖ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων φθέγγομαι. Καὶ τοῦτο οἴσει ὁ πολὺς, ὁ μακρόθυμος, ἡ ἀνείδεος φύσις καὶ ἀσώματος, νοὸς ὡς περὶ σώματος καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας λόγους ἀσθενεστέρους. Εἰ γὰρ σάρκα ἐδέξατο, καὶ τὸν τοιοῦτον φέρεται λόγον.

Dia touto kai nyn, hote etelese tous tdyouc toutous, metēren apo tēs Galilaias, iai ēlthen eis ta horia tēs Ioudaias peran tou Ior- Xanou. Galilaias epidēmei kalōs, hina ho laos, ho kathēmenos en skotei, idę̄ phōs mega. Eis tēn iou- Baian methistatai, hina tous ek tou grammatos exanastantas, akolouthēsai tǭ pneumati, Nyn men epʼ horous didaskei, nyn de en pediois dialegetai, nyn de heis ploion metabainei, nyn de epitimą zalais. Tacha kai hypnon dechetai, ’ina kai hypnon eulogēsē tacha kai kopią, ’ina kai ton topon hagiasę̄ tacha kai dakryei, hina to dakryon epaineton apergasētai. Metabainei topon ek topou ho mēdeni topǭ chōroomenos, ho achronos, '0 asōmatos, 6 aperilēptos, O autos, kai ēn, kai ginetai kai hyper chronon hēn, kai hypo chronon erchetai ; kai aoratos ēn, kai dratai. ,En archę̄ hēn, kai pros ton Theon ēn, kaii Theos ēn. Triton to, ēn, tǭ arithmǭ bebaioumenon. ’0 hēn ekenōse, kai ho mē ēn proselaben hou dyo geʼnomenos, allʼ hen ek tōn dyo genesthai anaschoo menos, Theos gar amphotera, to te proslabon, ml. to proslēphthen dyo physeis eis hen syndramousai, ouch huioi dyo» mē katapseudesthō hē synkrasis. Houtos ho tēlikoutos, ho tosoutos o alla ti pepontha ? Palin empeptōka heis anthrōpina rhēmata. Pōs gar to haploun tosouton ? pōs de to aposon tēlikouton s Alla dote syngnōmēn tǭ logǭ o organǭ brachei peri tōn megistōn phthengomai. Kai touto oisei ho polys, ho makrothymos, hē aneideos physis kai asōmatos, noos hōs peri sōmatos kai tēs alētheias logous asthenesterous. Ei gar sarka edexato, kai ton toiouton pheretai logon.

For this reason too, now, “when he had finished these sayings, he departed from Galilee and came to the borders of Judaea beyond the Jordan.” He rightly sojourns in Galilee, that “the people who sat in darkness may see a great light.” He moves into Judaea, that he may make them rise up from the letter and follow the Spirit. Now he teaches on a mountain, now he discourses on the plains, now he crosses into a boat, now he rebukes storms. Perhaps he also accepts sleep, that he may bless sleep too; perhaps he grows weary, that he may sanctify weariness too; perhaps he weeps, that he may make tears praiseworthy. He passes from place to place who is contained by no place, the timeless, the bodiless, the uncircumscribed, the same who both was and comes to be; he was above time and comes under time, he was invisible and is seen. “In the beginning he was, and he was with God, and he was God.” The “was” is made firm by being said three times. What he was he emptied; what he was not he assumed; not becoming two, but enduring to become one out of the two. For both are God, that which assumed and that which was assumed: two natures meeting in one, not two sons. Let the blending not be falsely represented. He who is so great, so vast… but what has happened to me? I have again fallen into human words. For how is the simple so vast? How is what has no quantity so great? But pardon my speech: I speak of the greatest things with a small instrument. And this too the great and long-suffering nature, without form and without body, will bear: words about it as about a body, and words weaker than the truth. For if it accepted flesh, it also bears such speech.

37.3PG 36:285b–285c

Καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὒτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ, ἔνθα πλείων ἠ ἐρημία. Εἰ επὶ τῆς ἰδίας ἔμεινε περιωπῆς, εἰ μὴ συγκατέβη τῇ ἆσθενείᾳ, εἰ ὅπερ ἧν ἕμεινειν, ἀπρόσιτον ἑαυτὸν φυλάττων ιιαὶ ἀπερίληπτον, ὀλίγοι ἂν ἠκολούθησαν τυχόν οὒκ οἶδα δὲ, εἰ καὶ ὀλίγοι, τάχα μόνος Μωυσῆς, καὶ οὗτος τοσοῦτον ὥστε μόλις ἰδεῖν Θεοῦ τὰ ὀπίσθια. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ νεφέλην διέσχεν, ἔξω τοῦ σωο ματικοῦ βάρους γενόμενος, ἦ συσταλεὶς ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθήσεων · Θεοῦ δὲ λεπτότητα, ἣ ἆσοματότητα, ἢ οὒκ οἶδα ὅπως ἄν τις ὀνομάσειε, πῶς ἂν ἐθεάσατο σῶμά τε ὣν, καὶ αἰσθητοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς προσβάλλωνς Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ κενοῦται διʼ ἡμᾶς, ἔπειδή κατέρχεται (κένωσιν δὲ λέγω τὴν τῆς δόξης οἷον ὕφεσίν τε καὶ ὶλάττωσιν), διὰ τοῦτο χωρητὸς γίνεται,

Kai ēkolouthēsan autǭ ochloi polloi, kai etherapeusen autous ekei, entha pleiōn ē erēmia. Ei epi tēs idias emeine periōpēs, ei mē synkatebē tę̄ astheneią, ei hoper hēn hemeinein, aprositon heauton phylattōn iiai aperilēpton, oligoi an ēkolouthēsan tychon ouk oida de, ei kai oligoi, tacha monos Mōysēs, kai houtos tosouton hōste molis idein Theou ta opisthia. Tēn men gar nephelēn dieschen, exō tou sōo matikou barous genomenos, ē systaleis apo tōn aisthēseōn ; Theou de leptotēta, hē asomatotēta, ē ouk oida hopōs an tis onomaseie, pōs an etheasato sōma te hōn, kai aisthētois ophthalmois prosballōns Allʼ epeidē kenoutai diʼ hēmas, epeidē katerchetai (kenōsin de legō tēn tēs doxēs hoion hyphesin te kai ilattōsin), dia touto chōrētos ginetai,

“And great crowds followed him, and he healed them there,” where the wilderness was greater. If he had stayed on his own height, if he had not come down to weakness, if he had remained what he was, keeping himself unapproachable and incomprehensible, perhaps few would have followed him; I do not know whether even few, perhaps only Moses, and he only so far as barely to see the back parts of God. For he passed through the cloud, having got outside the weight of the body or withdrawn from the senses; but the subtlety of God, or his incorporeality, or however one might name it, how could he have beheld it, being a body and looking with bodily eyes? But since he empties himself for us, since he comes down (by emptying I mean the lowering, as it were, and lessening of his glory), for this reason he becomes able to be contained, …

37.4PG 36:285c–288b

. Δότε δέ μοι συγγνώμην μεταξὺ, και πάθος τι ἀνθρώπινον πάλιν πάσχοντι, Θυμοὸ πληροῦμαι καὶ λύπης ἐπὶ τῷ ἐμῷ Χριστῷ, συμπάσχοιτε δὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ἴδω διὰ τοῦτο ἀτιμαζομενόν μου τόν Χριστὸν, διʼ ὃ μάλιστα τιμᾶσθαι δίκαιος ἦν. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ ἄτιμος, εἰπέ μοι, ὅτι διὰ σὲ ταπεινός ; Διὰ τοῦτο κτίσμα, ὅτι τοῦ κτίσματος κήδεται ; Διὰ τοῦτο ὑπὸ χρόνον, ὅτι τοὺς ὑπὸ χρόνον ἐπισκέπτεται; Ill-ilquvu φέρει, πάντα δέχεται. Καὶ τί θαυμαστόν; ’ῥαπίσματα ἤνεγκεν, νέμπτυσμὰτων ἠνέσχετο, χολῆς ἐγεύσατο διὰ τὴν ὲμὴν γεῦσιν. Φέρει καὶ νῦν λιθαζόμενος, οὗ μόνον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμπηρεαζόντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τῶν εὐσεβεῖν δοκούντων, Τὸ γὰρ περὶ ἀσωμάτου διαλεγόμενον, σωματικοῖς κεχρῆσθαι ὀνόμάσι, τυχὸν ἐπηρεαζόντων ἆστὶ καὶ λιθαζόντων · ἀλλὰ συγγνώμη, πάλιν λέγω, τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ. Λιθάςομεν γὰρ οὐχ ἑκόντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ φθέγγεσθαι ἄλλως οὐκ ἔχοντες, ᾦ δὲ ἔχομεν χρώμενοι, Λόγος ἀκούεις, καὶ ὑπὲρ λόγον εἴ ὑπὲρ φῶς εἴ, καὶ φῶς ὀνομάζῃ · πῦρ ἀκούεις, οὔκ αἰσθητὸς ὤν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τξν κούφην καὶ μοχθηρὰν ἀνακαθαίριις ὕλην μάχαιρα, ὅτι τέμνεις τὸ χεῖρον ἀπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος · πύον, ὅτι ἀνακαθαίρεις τὴν ἅλω, καὶ ὅσον κοῦφόν τε καὶ ἀνεμιαῖον ἀποπεμπόμενος, ὅσον βαρὺ καὶ πλῆρες luti τὰς ἀποθήκας τὰς ἅνω ἒναποτίθεσαι· ἔξίνη, ὅτι τὴν ἄκαρπον ξκκὸπτεις σλκῆν ἐπὶ πολὺ μακροθυμήσας, ὅτι» τὰς ῥίζας ἰκτέμνεις τῆς πονηρίας θύρα, διὰ τὴν εἰσαγωγήν ο ὁδὸς, ὅτι εὖθυποροῠμεν πρόβατον, ὅτι θῦμα ἀρχιερεὺς, ὅτι προσφέρεις τὸ σῶμα · Υἱὸς, ὄτι [ἰατρὸς. Πάλιν κινῶ τὰς γλώσσας · πάλιν κατὰ Χριστοῦ τινες μαίνονται, μᾶλλον δὲ, κατʼ ὶμοῦ, ὃς ἠξιώθην τοῦ Λόγου γενέσθαι κῆρυξ. Ὠς Φωνὴ βοῶντος iv ὶρήμ-ῳο Ἰωάννης γίνομαι ἰρήμῳ ποτὶκαὶ ἀνύδρῳ, νῦν δὲ καὶ λίαν διξαὶ.

. Dote de moi syngnōmēn metaxy, kai pathos ti anthrōpinon palin paschonti, Thymoo plēroumai kai lypēs epi tǭ emǭ Christǭ, sympaschoite di kai hymeis, hotan idō dia touto atimazomenon mou ton Christon, diʼ ho malista timasthai dikaios ēn. Dia touto gar atimos, eipe moi, hoti dia se tapeinos ? Dia touto ktisma, hoti tou ktismatos kēdetai ? Dia touto hypo chronon, hoti tous hypo chronon episkeptetai? Ill-ilquvu pherei, panta dechetai. Kai ti thaumaston? ’rhapismata ēnenken, nemptysmatōn ēnescheto, cholēs egeusato dia tēn emēn geusin. Pherei kai nyn lithazomenos, hou monon hypo tōn empēreazontōn, alla kai hyphʼ hēmōn autōn tōn eusebein dokountōn, To gar peri asōmatou dialegomenon, sōmatikois kechrēsthai onomasi, tychon epēreazontōn asti kai lithazontōn ; alla syngnōmē, palin legō, tę̄ astheneią. Lithasomen gar ouch hekontes, alla to phthengesthai allōs ouk echontes, ǭ de echomen chrōmenoi, Logos akoueis, kai hyper logon ei hyper phōs ei, kai phōs onomazę̄ ; pyr akoueis, ouk aisthētos ōn, allʼ hoti txn kouphēn kai mochthēran anakathairiis hylēn machaira, hoti temneis to cheiron apo tou kreittonos ; pyon, hoti anakathaireis tēn halō, kai hoson kouphon te kai anemiaion apopempomenos, hoson bary kai plēres luti tas apothēkas tas hanō enapotithesai; exinē, hoti tēn akarpon xkkopteis slkēn epi poly makrothymēsas, hoti» tas rhizas iktemneis tēs ponērias thyra, dia tēn eisagōgēn o hodos, hoti euthyporoumen probaton, hoti thyma archiereus, hoti prosphereis to sōma ; Huios, oti [iatros. Palin kinō tas glōssas ; palin kata Christou tines mainontai, mallon de, katʼ imou, hos ēxiōthēn tou Logou genesthai kēryx. Ōs Phōnē boōntos iv irēm-ǭo Iōannēs ginomai irēmǭ potikai anydrǭ, nyn de kai lian dixai.

But pardon me in passing if I again suffer a human feeling. I am filled with anger and grief for my Christ (and may you share my feeling) when I see my Christ dishonoured on account of the very thing for which he most deserved to be honoured. Is he without honour, tell me, because for your sake he is humble? Is he a creature because he cares for the creature? Is he under time because he visits those under time? He bears all things, he accepts all things. And what is wonderful in that? He bore blows, he endured spitting, he tasted gall because of my tasting. Even now he bears being stoned, not only by those who insult him but also by us ourselves who seem to be devout. For to use bodily names in speaking about the incorporeal is perhaps the part of those who insult and stone; but, I say again, pardon our weakness. For we stone not willingly, but because we have no other way of speaking, using what we have. You are called Word, and you are above word; you are above light, and you are named light; you are called fire, not as perceptible, but because you purge away the light and worthless matter; sword, because you cut the worse from the better; winnowing fan, because you cleanse the threshing floor, sending off all that is light and windblown and laying up all that is heavy and full in the barns above; axe, because you cut down the fruitless fig tree after long patience, because you cut out the roots of wickedness; door, because of the leading in; way, because we travel straight; sheep, because you are the victim; high priest, because you offer the body; Son, because you are from the Father. Again I set tongues moving; again some rage against Christ, or rather against me, who was thought worthy to be the herald of the Word. As “the voice of one crying in the wilderness” I become John, in a wilderness once also waterless, but now all too thickly peopled.

37.5PG 36:288b–289c

Πλὴν ὅπερ ἔλεγον, ἵνα πρὸς τὸν ἀμὸν ἀναδράμω λόγον, διὰ τοῦτο ἠκολούθουν αὖτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ, ὅτι ταῖς ἀσθενείαις συγκαταβαίνει ταῖς ἡμετέραις. Εἶτα τίς Καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ, φησὶν, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες Εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνθρώπῳ κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν ἀπολῦσαι τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ; Πάλιν Φαρισαῖοι πειράζωσιο πάλιν οἱ τὸν νόμον ἀναγινώσκοντες, τὸν νόμον οὗ γινώσκουσι ' πάλιν οἱ ἐξηγηταὶ τού νόμου τυγχάνοντες, ἄλλων διδασκάλων δέονται. Οὔκ ἤρκεσαν Σαδδουκαῖοι πειράζοντες περὶ ἀναστάσεως, καὶ νομικοι πυνθανόμενοι- περὶ τελειότητος, καὶ Ἡρωδιανοὶ περὶ κήνσου, καὶ περὶ ἔξουσίας ἕτεροι. Ἀλλά καὶ περὶ γάμου τις πάλιν ἐρωτᾷ τὸν ἀπείραστον, τὸν κτίστην τῆς συζυγίας, τὸν ἐκ τῆς πρώτης αἰτίας τὸ. πᾶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος τοῦτο συστησάμενον. Ὀ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ‘ Οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ἄρριν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὖτούςς Οἵδε τινὰς μὲν-’τῶν ἐρωτήσεων διαλύειν, τινάςδὲ ἔπισίομίζειν. u01:: ἔρως τᾶται, Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσία ταῦτα ποιεῖς; διὰ τὸ ἄγαν ἀπαίδευτον τῶν ἐρωτησλᾶντων, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνευ ερωτᾷ Τὸ βάπτισματὸ ἰωέννου, ἓξ οὗ· ρανοῦ ἧν, ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ξ. Καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν συμποδίζει τοὺς ἆρωτῶντας υΩστε δυνάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς μιμούμενοι Χριστὸν, ἔστιν ὅτε τοὺς περιέργως ἡμῖν διαλεγομένους ὶπιστομίζειν, γαὶ ἀτοπωτέροις ἀντερωτήμασι λύειν τὴν ἀτοπίαν τῶν ἓρωτήσεωνξ Ἐσμὲν καὶ ἡμεῖς σοφοὶ τὰ μάταια ἔστιν ὅτε, ἵνα τά ’τῆς ἀφροσύνης καυχήσωμαι. ’Ὅτε δὲ ἐρώτησιν ὁρᾷ λονισμοῦ δεομένην, τότε οὐκ ἀπαξιοῖ τοὺς ἱρωτῶντας συνετῶν ἀποκρίςʼ Τὸ ἐρώτημα, ὃ ὶρώτησας, τοῦτο σωφροσύνην τιμᾷν μοι δοκεῖ, καὶ ἀπύκρισιν ἀπαιτεῖν φιλάνθρωπον ' σωφροσύνην, περὶ ἢν τοῖος πολλοὺς κακῶς διακειμένους, καὶτὸν νόμον αὐτῶν ἄνισον, καὶ ἀνώμιλονο τί δήποτε γὰρ, ea μὲν θῆλυ ἑκολασαν, τὸ δι. ἄῤῥεν ἐπέτρεψαν Καὶ γυνὴ μὲν κακῶς βουλευδαμέντι περὶ κιοίτηῆ ἀνδρὸς. μοιχᾶται, καὶ πικρά ἔντεῠθεν τὰ τῶν νόμων ἐπιτίμια ο ἀνὴρ δὲ καταπορνεύων γυναικὸς, ἀνεύθυνος ς Οὔ δέχομαι ταύτην τὴν νομοθεσίαν, οὐκ ὶπαινῶ τὴν συνήθειαν, ’Ἄνδρες ἦσαν οἱ νομοθετοῦντες, διὰ τοῦτο κατά γυναικῶν ἢ νομοθεσία επεὶ καὶτοῖς πατράσιν ὑπʼ ἐξουσίαν δεδώκασι τὰ τέκνα, τὸ δὲ ἀσθενέστερον, ἀθεράπευτοι εἴασαν. Θεὸς δὲ οὗ) οὕτως · ἀλλά, Τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἓντολὴ πρώτη, ’ίνα εὖΔ σοι γίνηται, ἐν ἰπαγγελίαις κειμένη.

Plēn hoper elegon, hina pros ton amon anadramō logon, dia touto ēkolouthoun autǭ ochloi polloi, hoti tais astheneiais synkatabainei tais hēmeterais. Eita tis Kai prosēlthon autǭ, phēsin, hoi Pharisaioi, peirazontes auton kai legontes Ei exestin anthrōpǭ kata pasan aitian apolysai tēn gynaika autou? Palin Pharisaioi peirazōsio palin hoi ton nomon anaginōskontes, ton nomon hou ginōskousi ' palin hoi exēgētai tou nomou tynchanontes, allōn didaskalōn deontai. Ouk ērkesan Saddoukaioi peirazontes peri anastaseōs, kai nomikoi pynthanomenoi- peri teleiotētos, kai Hērōdianoi peri kēnsou, kai peri exousias heteroi. Alla kai peri gamou tis palin erōtą ton apeiraston, ton ktistēn tēs syzygias, ton ek tēs prōtēs aitias to. pan tōn anthrōpōn genos touto systēsamenon. O de apokritheis eipen autois ‘ Ouk anegnōte, hoti ho poiēsas ex archēs, arrin kai thēly epoiēsen autouss Hoide tinas men-’tōn erōtēseōn dialyein, tinasde episiomizein. u01:: erōs tatai, En poią exousia tauta poieis? dia to agan apaideuton tōn erōtēslantōn, kai autos aneu erōtą To baptismato iōennou, hex hou; ranou hēn, ē ex anthrōpōn x. Kai amphoterōthen sympodizei tous arōtōntas yŌste dynametha kai hēmeis mimoumenoi Christon, estin hote tous periergōs hēmin dialegomenous ipistomizein, gai atopōterois anterōtēmasi lyein tēn atopian tōn herōtēseōnx Esmen kai hēmeis sophoi ta mataia estin hote, hina ta ’tēs aphrosynēs kauchēsōmai. ’Hote de erōtēsin horą lonismou deomenēn, tote ouk apaxioi tous hirōtōntas synetōn apokrisʼ To erōtēma, ho irōtēsas, touto sōphrosynēn timąn moi dokei, kai apykrisin apaitein philanthrōpon ' sōphrosynēn, peri ēn toios pollous kakōs diakeimenous, kaiton nomon autōn anison, kai anōmilono ti dēpote gar, ea men thēly hekolasan, to di. arrhen epetrepsan Kai gynē men kakōs bouleudamenti peri kioitēē andros. moichatai, kai pikra enteuthen ta tōn nomōn epitimia o anēr de kataporneuōn gynaikos, aneuthynos s Ou dechomai tautēn tēn nomothesian, ouk ipainō tēn synētheian, ’Andres ēsan hoi nomothetountes, dia touto kata gynaikōn ē nomothesia epei kaitois patrasin hypʼ exousian dedōkasi ta tekna, to de asthenesteron, atherapeutoi eiasan. Theos de hou) houtōs ; alla, Tima ton patera sou kai tēn mētera sou, hētis estin hentolē prōtē, ’ina euD soi ginētai, en ipangeliais keimenē.

But, to run back to my subject as I was saying, for this reason great crowds followed him, because he comes down to our weaknesses. What next? “And the Pharisees came to him,” it says, “testing him and saying, Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife for every cause?” Again Pharisees test him; again those who read the law do not know the law; again those who are the interpreters of the law need other teachers. It was not enough that Sadducees tested him about the resurrection, and lawyers asked about perfection, and Herodians about the tribute, and others about authority; someone must again ask about marriage him who cannot be tested, the Creator of wedlock, who from the first cause established this whole race of men. “And he answered and said to them, Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning made them male and female?” He knows how to solve some questions and to silence others. When he is asked, “By what authority do you do these things?” because of the great ignorance of the questioners, he himself asks in return, “The baptism of John, was it from heaven or from men?” And he entangles the questioners on both sides. So we too, imitating Christ, may sometimes silence those who dispute with us officiously, and undo the absurdity of their questions with more absurd counter-questions; for we too are sometimes wise in vanities, if I may boast of folly. But when he sees a question that needs reasoning, then he does not refuse the questioners a sensible answer. The question you have asked seems to me to honour chastity and to call for a humane answer: chastity, about which I see most people badly disposed, and their law unequal and inconsistent. For why did they punish the woman but give licence to the man? A woman who plots evil against her husband's bed commits adultery, and the penalties of the laws for this are bitter; but a man who commits sexual immorality against his wife goes unpunished? I do not accept this legislation; I do not approve the custom. The lawgivers were men; that is why the legislation is against women, since they also placed children under the authority of their fathers and left the weaker sex uncared for. But God does not do so; rather: “Honour your father and your mother,” which is the first commandment with a promise, “that it may be well with you.”

37.6PG 36:289c–292a

Ὀ κακολογῶν πατέρα-ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. Ὀμοίως καὶ το ἀγαθὸν enim“,, καὶ τὸ κακὸν ἆκόλασεν. Καὶ, Εὖλογία πατρὸς στηρίζει οἴκους τέκνων κατάρα δὲ μητρὸς ὶκριζοῖ θεμέλια. Ὀρᾶτε τὸ ἴσον τῆς νομοθεσίας. Εἷς ποιη· τὴς ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς, εἷς χοῦς ἀμφότεροι1 εἰκὼν μία, νόμος εἷς, θάνατος εἷς, ἀνάστασις pla. Ὀμοίως ἐξ ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς γεγύναμεν ἓν χρέος παρὰ τῶν τέκνων τοῖς γονεῦσιν ὀφείλεται. ol δύο, φησὶν, εἱς σάρκα μίαν καὶ ἦ μία·71) σὰρ ἐχέτω τὸ ὁμότιμον, Παῦλος δὲ καὶ τῷ ὑποδείγματι τὴν σωφροσύνην νομοθετεῖ. Πῶς, καὶ τίνα τρόπον; Τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο μέγα ἐστίν· ἑγὼ δὲ λέγω εἷς Χριστὸν καὶ εἰς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, Καλὸν τῇ γυναικὶ Χριστὸν αἰδεῖσθαι διὰ τώ ἀνδρὸς καλὸν κα τῷ ἀνδρὶᾼτὴν Ἐκκλησίαν μὴ ἀτιμάζειν διὰ τῆς γυο ναικὸς.) Ἠ γυνὴ, τησὶν, ἵνα φοβῆται τὸν ἄνδρα · καὶ Χριστὸν γὰρ. Ἀλλᾶ καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ, ἵνα περιέπῃ τὴν γυναῖκα · καὶ γὰρ Χριοτὸς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, Μᾶλλον δʼ ἔτι καὶ προσξιλοπονήσωμεν τῷ ρητῷ.

O kakologōn patera-ē mētera, thanatǭ teleutatō. Omoiōs kai to agathon enim“,, kai to kakon akolasen. Kai, Eulogia patros stērizei oikous teknōn katara de mētros ikrizoi themelia. Orate to ison tēs nomothesias. Heis poiē; tēs andros kai gynaikos, heis chous amphoteroi1 eikōn mia, nomos heis, thanatos heis, anastasis pla. Omoiōs ex andros kai gynaikos gegynamen hen chreos para tōn teknōn tois goneusin opheiletai. ol dyo, phēsin, heis sarka mian kai ē mia;71) sar echetō to homotimon, Paulos de kai tǭ hypodeigmati tēn sōphrosynēn nomothetei. Pōs, kai tina tropon? To mystērion touto mega estin; hegō de legō heis Christon kai eis tēn Ekklēsian, Kalon tę̄ gynaiki Christon aideisthai dia tō andros kalon ka tǭ andriĄtēn Ekklēsian mē atimazein dia tēs gyo naikos.) Ē gynē, tēsin, hina phobētai ton andra ; kai Christon gar. Alla kai ho anēr, hina periepę̄ tēn gynaika ; kai gar Chriotos tēn Ekklēsian, Mallon dʼ eti kai prosxiloponēsōmen tǭ rētǭ.

“He who speaks evil of father or mother, let him die the death.” Likewise it honoured the good and punished the evil. And, “The blessing of a father establishes the houses of children, but the curse of a mother uproots foundations.” See the equality of the legislation. One Maker of man and woman, one dust both, one image, one law, one death, one resurrection. We are born alike of man and woman; one debt is owed by children to parents. … [7] “The two,” it says, “into one flesh”; so let the one flesh have equal honour. And Paul legislates chastity also by the example. How, and in what way? “This mystery is great, but I speak with reference to Christ and the church.” It is good for the wife to reverence Christ through her husband; good also for the husband not to dishonour the church through his wife. “Let the wife,” it says, “see that she fears her husband,” for so she fears Christ; but also let the husband cherish his wife, for so Christ cherishes the church. But let us labour still further over the saying.

37.8PG 36:292b–292d

’Ἄμελγε γάλα, καὶ ίσται βιδύτυρον ἐξέταζει καῖ τυχὸν ἂν εὕροις τι ἐν αὐτῷ τροφιμώτερον. Δοκεῖ μοι γὰρ παραιτεῖσθαι τὴν διγαμίαν ἐνταῦθα ὁ λόγος, Et μὲν γὰρ δύο Χριστοὶ, δύο καὶ ἄνδρες, δύο καὶ γυναῖκες ο εἰ δὶ εἷς Χριστὸς, μία κεφαλὴ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ μία σάρξ ’ ἡ δευτέρα δὲ ἆποπτυέσθω. Τὸ δεύτερον δὲ ἂν κωλύσῃ, τοῦ τρίτου τίς λόγος ; Τὸ πρῶτον νὸμος, τὸ δεύτερον συγχώρησις, τὸ τρίτον παρανομία. Ὀ δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦτο, χοιρώδης, οἷος οὒδὶ πολλὰ ἔχων τῆς κακίας τὰ παραδείγματα. Ὀ μὲν νόμος κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν τὸ ἀποστάσιον δίδωσι · Χριστὸς δὲ οὗ κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν ἀλλὰ συγχωρεῖ μὲν μόνον χωρίζεσθαι τῆς πόρνης, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα πάντα φιλοσοφεῖν κελεύει. Καὶ τὴν πόρνην, ὅτι νοθεύει τὸ γένος τὰ δʼ ἄλλα πάντα καρτερῶμεν καὶ φιλοσορῶμεν· μᾶλλον δὲ καρτερεϊτε καὶ φιλοσοφεῖτε, ὅσοι τὸν τοῦ γάμου ζυγὸν ἐδέξασθε. Ἐὰν ἐπιγραφὰς ἴδῃς ἣ ὑπογραφὰς, ἂποκόσμησον κᾶν γλῶσσαν προπετῆ, σωφρονισον ἂν γέλωτα πορνικὸν, κατηφῆ ποίησον ἐὰν οαπᾶνην, ἢ ποτὸν ἄμετρον, σύστειλονʼ ἐὰν προόδους ἀκαίρους, πέδησον · ἐὰν ὀφθαλμὸν μετέωρον, κόλασον. Μὴ τέμῃς δὲ προπετῶς, μὴ χωρίσῃς. ”Αδηλον, τί κινδυνεύει, τὸ τεμνὸν,ἢ τὸ τεμο νόμενον. Ἠ πηγὴ, φησὶ, τοῦ ὕδατος ἔστω σοι ἰδία, καὶ μηδεὶς ἀλλότριος μετασχέτω σοι· καὶ, Πῶλος σῶν χαρίτων, καὶ ἔλαφος σῆς φιλίας ὁμιλείτω σοι. Σὺ τοίνυν μὴ γίνου ποταμὸς ἀλλὸτριος, μηδὲ ἄλλαις ἄρέσκειν σπούδαζε μᾶλλον, ἢ τῇ σῇ γυναικί. Et δὲ ἄλλαχοῦ φέρῃ, καὶ τῷ σῷ μέλει νομοθετεῖς τὴν ἀσέλγειαν, Οὕτω μὶν ὁ Σωτήρ.

’Amelge gala, kai istai bidytyron exetazei kai tychon an heurois ti en autǭ trophimōteron. Dokei moi gar paraiteisthai tēn digamian entautha ho logos, Et men gar dyo Christoi, dyo kai andres, dyo kai gynaikes o ei di heis Christos, mia kephalē tēs Ekklēsias, kai mia sarx ’ hē deutera de apoptyesthō. To deuteron de an kōlysę̄, tou tritou tis logos ? To prōton nomos, to deuteron synchōrēsis, to triton paranomia. O de hyper touto, choirōdēs, hoios oudi polla echōn tēs kakias ta paradeigmata. O men nomos kata pasan aitian to apostasion didōsi ; Christos de hou kata pasan aitian alla synchōrei men monon chōrizesthai tēs pornēs, ta de alla panta philosophein keleuei. Kai tēn pornēn, hoti notheuei to genos ta dʼ alla panta karterōmen kai philosorōmen; mallon de kartereïte kai philosopheite, hosoi ton tou gamou zygon edexasthe. Ean epigraphas idę̄s hē hypographas, apokosmēson kan glōssan propetē, sōphronison an gelōta pornikon, katēphē poiēson ean oapanēn, ē poton ametron, systeilonʼ ean proodous akairous, pedēson ; ean ophthalmon meteōron, kolason. Mē temę̄s de propetōs, mē chōrisę̄s. ”Adēlon, ti kindyneuei, to temnon,ē to temo nomenon. Ē pēgē, phēsi, tou hydatos estō soi idia, kai mēdeis allotrios metaschetō soi; kai, Pōlos sōn charitōn, kai elaphos sēs philias homileitō soi. Sy toinyn mē ginou potamos allotrios, mēde allais areskein spoudaze mallon, ē tę̄ sę̄ gynaiki. Et de allachou pherę̄, kai tǭ sǭ melei nomotheteis tēn aselgeian, Houtō min ho Sōtēr.

“Milk the milk, and there will be butter.” Examine it, and perhaps you will find something more nourishing in it. For the passage seems to me here to reject second marriage. For if there were two Christs, there would be two husbands and two wives; but if there is one Christ, one head of the church, there is also one flesh, and let a second be refused. But if it forbids the second, what is to be said of the third? The first is law, the second concession, the third transgression of the law. And he who goes beyond this is swinish, as one who does not even have many examples of the vice. The law gives the bill of divorce for every cause; but Christ not for every cause: he permits separation only from the unchaste woman, and commands that all else be borne with philosophy. He makes the unchaste woman the exception because she corrupts the offspring; in all else let us endure and be philosophers, or rather, endure and be philosophers, all you who have taken up the yoke of marriage. If you see painted lines on her face or under her eyes, take that adornment away; if a forward tongue, make it sober; if a harlot's laugh, make it grave; if extravagance or excessive drinking, curb it; if untimely outings, fetter them; if a roving eye, correct it. But do not cut rashly; do not separate. It is unclear which is endangered, the one who cuts or the one who is cut. “Let the fountain of water,” it says, “be your own, and let no stranger share it with you”; and, “Let the colt of your favours and the fawn of your love keep company with you.” Do not then become a stranger's river, nor be eager to please others more than your own wife. But if you are carried elsewhere, you lay down licentiousness as a law for your own member too. So the Saviour.

37.9PG 36:293a–293b

Τί δὲ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι; Τραχὺς τούτοις 6 λόγοςι φαίνεται, Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἄλλα τῶν καλῶς ἐχόντων ἀπορέσκει, καὶ τοῖς τότε Φαρισαίοις, καὶ τοῖς νῦν Φαρισαίοις. Φαρισαῖον γὰρ, οὗ τὸ γένος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ 6 τρόπος ἐργάζεται, Οὕτω καὶ Ἀσσύριον οἰδα, καὶ Αίγύπτιον, τὸν τῇ προαιρέσει μετᾶ τούτων ταττόμενον. Τί οὖν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ς Εἰ οὕτω, φασὶν, ἰστὶν ἡ αἰτία μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς, οὗ συμφέρει γα·μῆσαι. Νῦν δὲ τοῦτο καταμανθάνεις, ὦ Φαρισαῖε, τὸ, Οὐ συμφέρει γαμῆσαις πρότερον δὲ οὐκ ἠπίστασο, ἡνίκα τὰς χηρείας ἑώρας, καὶ τὰς ὀρφανίας, καὶ τσὺς ἀώρους θανάτους, καὶ τὰ διάδοχα τῶν κρότων πένθη, καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς θαλάμοις τάφους, καὶ τὰς ἀτεκνίας, καὶ τὰς κακοτεκνίας, καὶ τοὺς ἀτελεῖς τόκους καὶ ἆμήτορας, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν περὶ ταῦτα κειότατον. Συμιρέριι γαμῆσαι ; κάγὼ δέχομαι Τί·μιος γὰρ 6 γάμος, καὶ ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος συμφέρει δὲ τοῖς μετρίοις, οὖ τοῖς ἅπλήστοις, καὶ πλέον ἢ δεῖ τὴν σάρκα τιμᾷν βουλομένοις. ιὈταν τοῦτο μόνον 6 γάμος ᾗ, ἢ γάμος, καὶ συζυγία, καὶ παίδων διαδοχῆς meopte, καλὸς 6 γάμος · πλείονας γὰρ εἰσάγει τοὺς εὖαρεστοῦντας Θεῷ. "Orcivi δὲ ὕλην ἐξάπτῃ, καὶ ταῖς ἀκάνθαις περιβάλλῃ, καὶ οἷον κακίας ὁδὸς εὑρίσκηται, τότε κάγὼ φθέγγομαι· Οὐ συμερέρει γαμῆσαι.

Ti de hoi Pharisaioi? Trachys toutois 6 logosi phainetai, Kai gar kai alla tōn kalōs echontōn aporeskei, kai tois tote Pharisaiois, kai tois nyn Pharisaiois. Pharisaion gar, hou to genos monon, alla kai 6 tropos ergazetai, Houtō kai Assyrion oida, kai Aigyption, ton tę̄ proairesei meta toutōn tattomenon. Ti oun hoi Pharisaioi s Ei houtō, phasin, istin hē aitia meta tēs gynaikos, hou sympherei ga;mēsai. Nyn de touto katamanthaneis, ō Pharisaie, to, Ou sympherei gamēsais proteron de ouk ēpistaso, hēnika tas chēreias heōras, kai tas orphanias, kai tsys aōrous thanatous, kai ta diadocha tōn krotōn penthē, kai tous epi tois thalamois taphous, kai tas ateknias, kai tas kakoteknias, kai tous ateleis tokous kai amētoras, kai pasan tēn peri tauta keiotaton. Symirerii gamēsai ? kagō dechomai Ti;mios gar 6 gamos, kai hē koitē amiantos sympherei de tois metriois, ou tois haplēstois, kai pleon ē dei tēn sarka timąn boulomenois. iOtan touto monon 6 gamos hę̄, ē gamos, kai syzygia, kai paidōn diadochēs meopte, kalos 6 gamos ; pleionas gar eisagei tous euarestountas Theǭ. "Orcivi de hylēn exaptę̄, kai tais akanthais periballę̄, kai hoion kakias hodos heuriskētai, tote kagō phthengomai; Ou symererei gamēsai.

What of the Pharisees? To them the saying seems harsh. For other things too that are right displease both the Pharisees of that time and the Pharisees of today. For it is not only descent but also way of life that makes a Pharisee; so too I know an Assyrian and an Egyptian, the man who by his choice ranks himself with them. What then do the Pharisees say? “If such is the case of a man with his wife, it is not expedient to marry.” Do you only now learn this, Pharisee, that “it is not expedient to marry”? Did you not know it before, when you saw the widowhoods and the orphanhoods, the untimely deaths, the mourning that follows close on the applause, the tombs beside the bridal chambers, the childlessness and the bad children, the births unfinished and the infants left motherless, and all the … that goes with these? Is it expedient to marry? I too accept it: “for marriage is honourable and the bed undefiled”; but it is expedient for the moderate, not for the insatiable and those who wish to give the flesh more honour than is due. When marriage is only this, marriage and union and the desire for a succession of children, marriage is good, for it brings in more people who are pleasing to God. But when it kindles matter and surrounds itself with thorns and becomes, as it were, a road of vice, then I too say: “It is not expedient to marry.”

37.10PG 36:293b–296b

Καλὸν 6 γάμος ἀλλʼ οὔκ ἔχω λέγειν, ὅτι καὶ ὑψηλότερον παρθενίας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἦν τι μέγα ἡ παρθενία, μὴ καλοῦ καλλίων τυγχάνουσα. Μὴ c δὴ χαλεπαίνετε, ὅσαι ὑπὸ ζυγόν, Πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ Θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις. Πλὴν ἀλλήλαις συνδεσμεῖσθε, καὶ παρθένοι, καὶ γυναῖκες, καὶ ἔν ἐστε ἰν Κυρίῳ, καὶ ἀλλήλων κιλλώπισμα. Οὸκ ἂν ἧν ἄγαμος, εἰ μὴ γάμος. Πόθεν γὰρ εἷς τοῦτον παρῆλθε τὸν βίον παρθένος ; Οὔκ ἂν ἠν γάμος σεμνὸς, εἰ μὴ παρθένον καρποφορῶν καί τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῷ βίῳ. Τίμησον καὶ σὺ τὴν μητέρα τὴν σὴν, ἐξ ἧς γέγονας. Τίμησοπ καὶ σὺ τὴν ἐκ μητρὸς, καὶ μητέρα. Μήτηρ μὲν οὒκ ἔστι, Χριστοῦ δὲ νύμφη ἐστι. Ti μέν φαινόμενον κάλλος οὔ κρύπτεται ' τὸ δῖ ἀφανὲς Θεῶ βλέπεται. Πᾶσα ἡ δόξα τῆς θυγατρὸς toi Βασιλέως ἔσωθεν, ἐν κροσσωτοῖς χρυσοῖς περιβεβλημένη, πεποικιλμένη, εἴτʼ οὖν πράξεσιν, εἴτε κα θεωρήμασιν. Καὶ ἡ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ιστωτι Χριστοῠο καὶ ἣπαρθένος ὅλη Χριστοῦ. Ἠ μὶν μὴ παντελῶς ἱνδετ ιμείσθω κόσμιρ Α ὴ, δὲ μηδʼ ἅλιος γινέσθω τοῦ ιόσμου, ’“Ο γάρ ἔστι τῇ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν τὸ μέρος, τοῦτο παντελὲς τῇ παρθένῳ.) Ἀγγέλῌων ἆπανῄρτρσαι πολιτείαν ; μετὰ τῶν ἆζύγων ὶτάχθης ς μὴ κατενειθῇς εἰς σάρκα, μὴ κατενεχθῇς είς ὕλην μὴ τῇ ὕλῃ γαμηθῇς, κᾶν ἄλλως ἄγαμος μένῃς. Ὀφθαλμὸς πορνεύων οὗ φυλάσσει τήν παρθενίαν, γλῶττα πορνεύουσα τῷ πονηρῷ μίγνυται. Πόδες ἄτακτα βαίνοντες ἐγκαλούντοι νόσον, ἢ κίνδυνον. Παρθενευέτω καὶ ἡ διάνοια μὴ ρεμεέσθω, μὴ πλανάσθω, μὴ τύπους ιν ούτῇ φερέτω πονηρῶν πραγμάτων. καὶ ὁ τύπος μέρος πορνείας ἐστί · μὴ εἰδωλοποιείτω ψυχῇ τὰ μισούμενα.

Kalon 6 gamos allʼ ouk echō legein, hoti kai hypsēloteron parthenias. Oude gar an ēn ti mega hē parthenia, mē kalou kalliōn tynchanousa. Mē c dē chalepainete, hosai hypo zygon, Peitharchein dei Theǭ mallon ē anthrōpois. Plēn allēlais syndesmeisthe, kai parthenoi, kai gynaikes, kai en este in Kyriǭ, kai allēlōn killōpisma. Ook an hēn agamos, ei mē gamos. Pothen gar heis touton parēlthe ton bion parthenos ? Ouk an ēn gamos semnos, ei mē parthenon karpophorōn kai tǭ Theǭ kai tǭ biǭ. Timēson kai sy tēn mētera tēn sēn, ex hēs gegonas. Timēsop kai sy tēn ek mētros, kai mētera. Mētēr men ouk esti, Christou de nymphē esti. Ti men phainomenon kallos ou kryptetai ' to di aphanes Theō blepetai. Pasa hē doxa tēs thygatros toi Basileōs esōthen, en krossōtois chrysois peribeblēmenē, pepoikilmenē, eitʼ oun praxesin, eite ka theōrēmasin. Kai hē hypo zygon istōti Christouo kai hēparthenos holē Christou. Ē min mē pantelōs hindet imeisthō kosmir A ē, de mēdʼ halios ginesthō tou iosmou, ’“O gar esti tę̄ hypo zygon to meros, touto panteles tę̄ parthenǭ.) AngelĘ̄ōn apanę̄rtrsai politeian ? meta tōn azygōn itachthēs s mē kateneithę̄s eis sarka, mē katenechthę̄s eis hylēn mē tę̄ hylę̄ gamēthę̄s, kan allōs agamos menę̄s. Ophthalmos porneuōn hou phylassei tēn parthenian, glōtta porneuousa tǭ ponērǭ mignytai. Podes atakta bainontes enkalountoi noson, ē kindynon. Partheneuetō kai hē dianoia mē remeesthō, mē planasthō, mē typous in outę̄ pheretō ponērōn pragmatōn. kai ho typos meros porneias esti ; mē eidōlopoieitō psychę̄ ta misoumena.

Marriage is good, but I cannot say that it is higher than virginity. For virginity would be nothing great if it were not better than something good. Do not be angry, you women who are under the yoke: “we must obey God rather than men.” But be bound to one another, virgins and wives, and be one in the Lord, and each other's ornament. There would be no unmarried person if there were no marriage; for where did a virgin come from into this life? Marriage would not be revered if it did not bear virgins as fruit both for God and for life. You too, then, honour your mother, from whom you were born; and you too honour her who is from a mother, though not a mother herself. A mother she is not, but she is a bride of Christ. Visible beauty is not hidden; the invisible is seen by God. “All the glory of the king's daughter is within, clothed in golden fringes, embroidered,” whether with deeds or with contemplations. She who is under the yoke is in part Christ's; the virgin is wholly Christ's. Let the one not be wholly bound to the world; let the other not belong to the world at all. For what is a part for her who is under the yoke is the whole for the virgin. Have you chosen the angels' way of life? You have been ranked with the unwedded; do not be brought down into the flesh, do not be brought down into matter, do not be wedded to matter, even though otherwise you remain unmarried. An eye that commits fornication does not keep virginity; a tongue that commits fornication has union with the evil one; feet that walk disorderly accuse of disease or danger. Let the mind too be virgin; let it not roam, not wander, not carry within it images of evil deeds, for the image too is a part of fornication; let the soul not form idols of what is hateful.

37.11PG 36:296b–296d

’0 δὲ εἰπεῖν αὖτοτς ο Ού πάντες χωροῦσι τὶν λόγον, ἀλλʼ οἷς δέδοται. Ορᾶτε τού πράγματος τὸ ὑψηλόν ς Μικροῦ καὶ ἄχώρητον εὑρίσκεται. Πῶς γὰρ οὗ κρεῖττον σαρκὸς, τὸ ὲκ σαρκὸς γενόμενον μὴ γεννᾷν εὶς σάρκα ; [Ιῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἀγγελικὸν τὸ σαρκὶ συνδεδεμένην μὴ κατὰ σάρκα ζῇν, ἀλλʼ εἶναι τῆς φύσεως ὑψηλοτέραν ς Ἠ σὰρξ τῷ κόσμῳ προσέδησεν, ἀλλʼ ὁ λοχισμὸς πρὸς Θεὸν ἀνήγαγεν ο ἡ σὰρξ ὶβάρησεν, ἀλλʼ ὃ λογισμὸς ἕπτέρωσεν ἡ σὰρξ ἔδησεν, ἀλλʼ ὁ πόθος ἔλυσεν, ’Ὀλῃ τέτασο πρὸς Θεὸν, ὦ παρθένε, τῇ ψυχῇ ο τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτὸ καὶ ἀνδράσι νομοθέτῶ καὶ γυναιξί· καὶ οὑ μή τί σοι φανῇ τῶν ἄλλων καί λὸν, ὅσα τοῖς πολλοῖς · οὗ γένος, οὗ πλοῦτος, οὗ θρόνος, οὒ δυναστεία, οὒ τὸ ἓν εὐχροίᾳ καὶ συνθέσει μελῶν φανταζόμενον κάλλος, χρόνου καὶ νόσου παίγνιον. Ei ὅλην ἐκένωσας πρὸς Θεὸν τοῦ φίλτρου τὴν Ιδύναμιν, εί μὴ δύο σοι εἴη τὰ ποθούμενα, καὶ τὸ ῥέον, mi τὸ ἀόρατον ' ἄρα τοσοῦτον ἐτρώθης τῷ ἔκλεκτῷ Βέλει, καὶ τοῦ νυμφίου τὸ κάλλος κατέμαθες, ὥστε καί δόνασθαι λέγειν ὲκ to; νυμφικοῦ δράματός τε καὶ ᾄσματος, ὅτι Γλυκασμδς εἴ, καὶ ὅλος (ς) imθυμία. ε

’0 de eipein autots o Ou pantes chōrousi tin logon, allʼ hois dedotai. Orate tou pragmatos to hypsēlon s Mikrou kai achōrēton heurisketai. Pōs gar hou kreitton sarkos, to ek sarkos genomenon mē gennąn eis sarka ? [Iōs gar ouk angelikon to sarki syndedemenēn mē kata sarka zę̄n, allʼ einai tēs physeōs hypsēloteran s Ē sarx tǭ kosmǭ prosedēsen, allʼ ho lochismos pros Theon anēgagen o hē sarx ibarēsen, allʼ ho logismos hepterōsen hē sarx edēsen, allʼ ho pothos elysen, ’Olę̄ tetaso pros Theon, ō parthene, tę̄ psychę̄ o touto gar auto kai andrasi nomothetō kai gynaixi; kai hou mē ti soi phanę̄ tōn allōn kai lon, hosa tois pollois ; hou genos, hou ploutos, hou thronos, ou dynasteia, ou to hen euchroią kai synthesei melōn phantazomenon kallos, chronou kai nosou paignion. Ei holēn ekenōsas pros Theon tou philtrou tēn Idynamin, ei mē dyo soi eiē ta pothoumena, kai to rheon, mi to aoraton ' ara tosouton etrōthēs tǭ eklektǭ Belei, kai tou nymphiou to kallos katemathes, hōste kai donasthai legein ek to? nymphikou dramatos te kai ąsmatos, hoti Glykasmds ei, kai holos (s) imthymia. e

But he said to them, “Not all receive this saying, but those to whom it is given.” Do you see the loftiness of the thing? It is found almost beyond receiving. For how is it not higher than flesh, that one born of flesh should not beget for the flesh? How is it not angelic, that one bound to flesh should not live according to the flesh, but be higher than nature? The flesh bound her to the world, but reason led her up to God; the flesh weighed her down, but reason gave her wings; the flesh fettered, but longing set free. Be wholly stretched out towards God in your soul, virgin (and this very thing I lay down as law for men and women alike), and let nothing else appear beautiful to you of the things the many find beautiful: not family, not wealth, not throne, not power, not the beauty that makes a show in a fine complexion and the composition of the limbs, the plaything of time and disease. If you have emptied the whole power of love towards God, if you do not have two objects of desire, the transient and the invisible, then you have been so wounded by the chosen arrow and have so learned the beauty of the Bridegroom that you can say with the bridal drama and song: “You are sweetness, and altogether desire.”

37.12PG 36:296d–297b

Ὀρᾶτε τὰ ἑμπεριλαμὸανόμενα τοῖς μολιβδίνοις ὀχετοῖς ῥεύματα, ὅτι τῷ λίαν στενχωρεϊσθαι, ιαὶ προς ἓν φέρεσθαι, τοσοῦτον ἐκβαίνει τὴν ὕδατος πολλάκιςφύσιν, ὥστε καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄνω χωρεῖν ἀεὶ tbi κατόπιν ὠθούμενον Οὕτως ἑὰν σφίγξῃς τὸν πόο θον, καὶ ὅλη Θεῷ συναφθῇς, ἅνω χωρίσῃς, οὔ μὴ κάτω πέσῃς, οὐ μὴ διαχυθῇς, ὅλη Χριστοῦ με· νετς, μέχρις ἄν καὶ Χριστὸν ἴδῃς τὸν σὸν νυμφίον. Ἀπρόσιτον ἑαυτὴν φύλαττε, καὶ λόγῳ, καὶ ἔργῳ, καὶ βίῳ, καὶ διανοήματι, καὶ κινήματι. Πανταχόθεν ὁ Πονηρὸς περιεργάζεταί σε, πάντα κατασκοπεϊ, ποῦ βάλῃ, ποῦ τρώσει, μή, τι παραγυμδούμενον εὕρῃ καὶ πρὸς πληγὴν (ἕτοιμον. ’Ὁσῳ καθαρωτέραν ὁρᾷ, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον σπιλῶσαι φιλονεικεῖσ καὶ γὰρ ἐσθῆτος λαμπρᾶς cl σπίλοι περιφανέστεροι. Μὴ ὀφθαλμὸς ὀφθαλμὸν ἐλκὲτω, μὴ γέλως γέλωτα, μὴ συνήθεια νύκτα, μὴ νὺξ ἀπώλειαν, Τὸ γὰρ κατὰ μέρος ὑφελκόμενον καὶ κλεπτόμενον, ἀνεπαίσθητον μὲν τὴν πρὸς· τὸ παρὸν ἔχει βλάβην. εἰς τὸ κεφάλαιον δὲ τῆς κακίας ἀπαντᾷ.

Orate ta hemperilamoanomena tois molibdinois ochetois rheumata, hoti tǭ lian stenchōreïsthai, iai pros hen pheresthai, tosouton ekbainei tēn hydatos pollakisphysin, hōste kai pros to anō chōrein aei tbi katopin ōthoumenon Houtōs hean sphinxę̄s ton poo thon, kai holē Theǭ synaphthę̄s, hanō chōrisę̄s, ou mē katō pesę̄s, ou mē diachythę̄s, holē Christou me; nets, mechris an kai Christon idę̄s ton son nymphion. Aprositon heautēn phylatte, kai logǭ, kai ergǭ, kai biǭ, kai dianoēmati, kai kinēmati. Pantachothen ho Ponēros periergazetai se, panta kataskopeï, pou balę̄, pou trōsei, mē, ti paragymdoumenon heurę̄ kai pros plēgēn (hetoimon. ’Hosǭ katharōteran horą, tosoutǭ mallon spilōsai philoneikeis kai gar esthētos lampras cl spiloi periphanesteroi. Mē ophthalmos ophthalmon elketō, mē gelōs gelōta, mē synētheia nykta, mē nyx apōleian, To gar kata meros hyphelkomenon kai kleptomenon, anepaisthēton men tēn pros; to paron echei blabēn. eis to kephalaion de tēs kakias apantą.

Look at the streams enclosed in lead pipes: because they are so tightly confined and driven towards one point, they often go so far beyond the nature of water as even to move upward, always pushed from behind. So, if you compress your longing and are joined wholly to God, you will move upward; you will not fall down, you will not be scattered; you will remain wholly Christ's, until you see Christ, your Bridegroom. Keep yourself unapproachable in word, in deed, in life, in thought and in movement. On every side the evil one busies himself about you; he spies out everything, where he may strike, where he may wound, in case he finds something uncovered and ready for a blow. The purer he sees you, the more eager he is to stain you; for on a bright garment stains are more conspicuous. Let not eye draw eye, nor laughter laughter, nor familiarity night, nor night ruin. For what is drawn away and stolen little by little does harm unnoticed for the present, but it ends in the sum of vice.

37.13PG 36:297b–300a

Οὒ πάντες, φησὶ, χωροῦσι τὸν λόγον τοῦ· τον, ἀλλʼ οἱς δέδοται. Τὸ, δέδοται, ὅταν ἀκούσῃς, μηδὲν αἱρετικὸν πάθῃς, μὴ τὰς φύσεις είσαγάγῃς, μὴ τοὺς χοϊκοὺς, καὶ τοὺς πνευματικοὺς, καὶ τοὺς μέσους. Εἰσὶ γὰρ οὕτω τινὲς διακείμενοι κα·κῶς, ὥστε οἴεσθαι, τοὺς μὲν πάντη ἀπολλυμένης ι12) εἶναι φύσεως, τοὺς δὲ σωζομὲνης, τοὺς δὲ οὕτως ἔχειν, ὅπως ἄν ἡ προαίρεσις ἄγῃ πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον, ἦ βελτιον. Ἐπιτηδειότητα μὲν γὰρ ἄλλον ἃλλου μᾶλλον, ἢ ἔλαττον ἔχειν, κάγὼ δέχομαι· οὒκ ἀρκεῖν δὲ μόνην τὴν ἐπιτηδειότητα πρὸς τελείωσιν· λογισμδν δὲ εἶναι τὸν ταὺτήν ἰκκαλούμενον, τίναι ἡ φύσις εἰς ἔργον προέλθῃ, καθάπερ λίθος πυρίτης σιδήρῳ κρουσθεὶς, καὶ οὕτω πῦρ γένηται, ’Ὅταν ἀκούσῃς, Οἷς δέδοται, πρόσθες, δέδοται μὴν τοῖς καλολμένοις καὶ τοῖς οὕτω νεύουσι. Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν ἀκούσῃς, οὗ τοῦ Θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἱλεοῦντος Θεοῦ, σύμβουλεύω σοι ταυτὸν ὑπολαβεῖν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰο εἰσί τινες οἱ τοσοῦτον μεγαλοφρονοῦντες ἐπὶ τοῖς κατορθώμασιν, ὥστε τὸ πᾶν ἑαυτοῖς διδόναι, καὶ μηδὲν τῷ ποιήσαντι, καὶ σοφίσαντι, καὶ χορηγῷ τῶν καλῶν, δικάσκεί τούτους ὁ λόγος, ὅιι καὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι καλῶς, δεῖται τῆς παρὰ Θεοῦ βοηθείας μάλλον δὲ, abte τὸ προαιρεῖσθαι τὰ δέοντα, θετόν τι καὶ ἐκ Θεοῦ δῶρον φιλανθρωπίας. δεῖ γὰρ, καὶτὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ ἐκ Θεοῦ σώζεσθαι. Διᾶ τοῦτό φησινʼ Οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος τοῦτʼ ἔστιν, οὒ μόνὸν τοῦ θέλοντος, οῦδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος μόνον, ἄλλα καὶ τοῦ ἐλεοῦντος Θεοῦ. Εἶτα, ὶπειδὴ καὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι παρὰ Θεοῦ, τὸ πᾶν εἰκότως ἀνέθηκε τῷ Θεῷ, ’ Οσον ἄν δρὰμῃς, ὅσον ἄν ἀγωνίσῃ, χρῄζης τοῦ διδόντος τὸν στέφανον, Ἐὰν μὴ Κύριος οἰκοδομήσῃ οτκον, εἷς μάτην ἐκοπίασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες αὐτόν. Ἐὰν μὴ Κύριος φυλάξῃ πόλιν, εἱς μάτην ἠγρύπνησαν οἱ φυλᾶσσοντες αὐτὴν. Οϊδα, φησὶν, ὅτι οὐ τοῖς κούφοις ὀ δρόμος, οὐδὲ τοῖς δυνατοῖς ὁ πόλεμος, οὒδέ τῶν μαχομένων ἡ νίκη, οὔτε τῶν εὖπλούντων οἱ λιμένες ἄλλα Θεοῦ, καὶ νίο κην ἀπεργάσασθαι, καὶ είς λιμένας ἀποσῶσαι τὸ σκάφος.

Ou pantes, phēsi, chōrousi ton logon tou; ton, allʼ hois dedotai. To, dedotai, hotan akousę̄s, mēden hairetikon pathę̄s, mē tas physeis eisagagę̄s, mē tous choïkous, kai tous pneumatikous, kai tous mesous. Eisi gar houtō tines diakeimenoi ka;kōs, hōste oiesthai, tous men pantē apollymenēs i12) einai physeōs, tous de sōzomenēs, tous de houtōs echein, hopōs an hē proairesis agę̄ pros to cheiron, ē beltion. Epitēdeiotēta men gar allon hallou mallon, ē elatton echein, kagō dechomai; ouk arkein de monēn tēn epitēdeiotēta pros teleiōsin; logismdn de einai ton tautēn ikkaloumenon, tinai hē physis eis ergon proelthę̄, kathaper lithos pyritēs sidērǭ kroustheis, kai houtō pyr genētai, ’Hotan akousę̄s, Hois dedotai, prosthes, dedotai mēn tois kalolmenois kai tois houtō neuousi. Kai gar hotan akousę̄s, hou tou Thelontos, oude tou trechontos, alla tou hileountos Theou, symbouleuō soi tauton hypolabein. Epeidē gao eisi tines hoi tosouton megalophronountes epi tois katorthōmasin, hōste to pan heautois didonai, kai mēden tǭ poiēsanti, kai sophisanti, kai chorēgǭ tōn kalōn, dikaskei toutous ho logos, hoii kai to boulesthai kalōs, deitai tēs para Theou boētheias mallon de, abte to proaireisthai ta deonta, theton ti kai ek Theou dōron philanthrōpias. dei gar, kaito ephʼ hēmin einai, kai to ek Theou sōzesthai. Dia touto phēsinʼ Ou tou thelontos toutʼ estin, ou monon tou thelontos, oude tou trechontos monon, alla kai tou eleountos Theou. Eita, ipeidē kai to boulesthai para Theou, to pan eikotōs anethēke tǭ Theǭ, ’ Oson an dramę̄s, hoson an agōnisę̄, chrę̄zēs tou didontos ton stephanon, Ean mē Kyrios oikodomēsę̄ otkon, heis matēn ekopiasan hoi oikodomountes auton. Ean mē Kyrios phylaxę̄ polin, heis matēn ēgrypnēsan hoi phylassontes autēn. Oïda, phēsin, hoti ou tois kouphois o dromos, oude tois dynatois ho polemos, oude tōn machomenōn hē nikē, oute tōn euplountōn hoi limenes alla Theou, kai nio kēn apergasasthai, kai eis limenas aposōsai to skaphos.

“Not all,” it says, “receive this saying, but those to whom it is given.” When you hear “to whom it is given”, do not fall into a heretical notion; do not bring in the natures, the earthly, the spiritual and the intermediate. For some are so badly disposed as to think that some people are of a nature wholly perishing, others of a nature being saved, and others so constituted that their choice leads them to worse or better. That one person has more aptitude than another, or less, I too accept; but aptitude alone is not enough for perfection: reason is what calls it out, so that nature may come into act, as a flint struck with iron, and so fire is produced. When you hear “to whom it is given”, add: it is given to those who are called and who incline in this direction. For when you hear, “not of him who wills, nor of him who runs, but of God who shows mercy”, I advise you to understand the same. For since there are some so proud of their achievements as to ascribe all to themselves and nothing to him who made them and gave them wisdom and supplies good things, the word teaches them that even to will well needs help from God; or rather, that even to choose what is right is something divine and a gift of God's love for man. For there must be both: that it is in our power, and that salvation is from God. That is why it says “not of him who wills”, that is, not of him who wills alone, nor of him who runs alone, but also of God who shows mercy. Then, since willing too is from God, it rightly ascribed the whole to God. However much you run, however much you contend, you need him who gives the crown. “Unless the Lord builds the house, they labour in vain who build it; unless the Lord guards the city, they watch in vain who guard it.” “I know,” it says, “that the race is not to the swift, nor the battle to the strong,” nor victory to those who fight, nor harbours to those who sail well; it belongs to God both to bring about victory and to bring the ship safe into harbour.

37.14PG 36:300b–300c

Καὶ τοῦτο ἀλλαχοῦ λεγόμενον καὶ νοούμενον, καὶ ἴσως ἀναγκαῖον προσθεῖναι καὶ τὸ ἐπελθὸν τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἵνα τὸν ἐμὸν πλοῦτον καὶ ὑμῖν χαρίσωμαι. ῌτησεν ἡ μήτηρ τῶν οίῶν Ζεβεδαίου φιλότεκόν τι παθοῦσα, καὶ τὸ μέτρον ἀγνοοῦσα τῶν αἰτουμένων, πλὴν συγγνωστὰ διʼ ὑπερβολὴν φίλτρου, καὶ ὀφειλομένην εὔνοιαν τέκνοις. Οὐδὲν γὰρ μητρὸς εύσπλαγχνότερον· καὶ τοῦτο λέγω, ἵνα τιμᾶσθαι νομοθετησω τὰς μητέρας, ’ᾙτησεν οῦν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἢ μήτηρ ἐκείνων, ἓνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καθίσαι, καὶ ἕνα, ἒξ ἆριστερων. Ἀλλὰ τί ὁ Σωτήρ; Ἐρωτᾷ τὸ πρῶτον, εἰ τὸν ποτήριον δύνανται πιεῖν, ὅ αὐτὸς πίνειν ἤμελλεν. Ὠς δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ὡμολογήθη, καὶ '0 Σωτὴρ ἐδέξατο (ᾔδει γὰρ κᾶκείνους τῷ αὐτῷ τελειουμένυυς, ’.ἄλλον δὲ, τελεωθήσεσθαι μέλλοντας), τὶ φησι ς Γὸ μὲν ποτήριον πίονται, τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ix δεξιῶν μου καὶ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν, οὒκ ἔστιν ὶμὸν, φησὶ, οῦτο δοῦναι, ἀλλʼ οἷς δέδοται. Ούδὲν οὗν ὁ ἡγειὼν νοῦς ; οὐδὲν ὁ πόνος; οὐδὲν ὁ λόγος ς οὐδὲν ἡ φιοσοφία ; οὐδὲν τὸ νηστεῦσαι ς οὐδὲν τὸ ἀγρυπνῆσαι ς ὀ χαμευνῆσαις τὸ πηγὰς στάξαι δακρύων,ί Τούτων ὒδὶν, ἀλλὰ γαεά τινα ἂποκλήρωσιν, καὶ Ἱερεμίας γιὰζεται, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐκ μήτρας ἆλλοτριοῦνται ς

Kai touto allachou legomenon kai nooumenon, kai isōs anankaion prostheinai kai to epelthon tois eirēmenois, hina ton emon plouton kai hymin charisōmai. Ę̄tēsen hē mētēr tōn oiōn Zebedaiou philotekon ti pathousa, kai to metron agnoousa tōn aitoumenōn, plēn syngnōsta diʼ hyperbolēn philtrou, kai opheilomenēn eunoian teknois. Ouden gar mētros eusplanchnoteron; kai touto legō, hina timasthai nomothetēsō tas mēteras, ’Hę̄tēsen oun ton Iēsoun ē mētēr ekeinōn, hena ek dexiōn kathisai, kai hena, ex aristerōn. Alla ti ho Sōtēr? Erōtą to prōton, ei ton potērion dynantai piein, ho autos pinein ēmellen. Ōs de kai touto hōmologēthē, kai '0 Sōtēr edexato (ę̄dei gar kakeinous tǭ autǭ teleioumenyys, ’.allon de, teleōthēsesthai mellontas), ti phēsi s Go men potērion piontai, to de kathisai ix dexiōn mou kai ex aristerōn, ouk estin imon, phēsi, outo dounai, allʼ hois dedotai. Ouden houn ho hēgeiōn nous ? ouden ho ponos? ouden ho logos s ouden hē phiosophia ? ouden to nēsteusai s ouden to agrypnēsai s o chameunēsais to pēgas staxai dakryōn,i Toutōn ydin, alla gaea tina apoklērōsin, kai Hieremias giazetai, kai alloi ek mētras allotriountai s

This is also said and understood elsewhere, and perhaps it is necessary to add to what has been said what has occurred to me, that I may share my wealth with you too. The mother of the sons of Zebedee, moved by a mother's love, made a request without knowing the measure of what she asked, but pardonably, through the excess of her affection and the goodwill owed to children. For nothing is more tender-hearted than a mother; and I say this that I may lay down a law that mothers be honoured. Their mother, then, asked Jesus that one might sit at his right hand and one at his left. But what of the Saviour? He first asks whether they can drink the cup that he himself was about to drink. And when this was professed and the Saviour accepted it (for he knew that they too were being perfected by the same, or rather that they would be perfected), what does he say? “The cup you will drink; but to sit at my right hand and at my left is not mine to give, but it is for those to whom it has been given.” Is the ruling mind, then, nothing? Nothing the labour? Nothing the reasoning? Nothing the philosophy? Nothing the fasting? Nothing the keeping of vigil, the sleeping on the ground, the shedding of fountains of tears? Is it for none of these, but by some kind of lot, that a Jeremiah is sanctified and others are estranged from the womb?

37.15PG 36:300d–301a

Φοβοῦμαι μὴ καὶ ἄτοπός τις εἰσέλθῃ λογισμὸς, ης τῆς ῴυχῆς ἀλλαχοῦ πολιτευσαμένης, εἶτα τῷ ύματι τούτῳ ἱνδεθεὶσης ααὶ ἐκ τῆς ἐκεῖθεν ολιτείας, τῶν μὲν λαβόντωτ τήν προφητείαν, τῶν δί ιτακρινομένων, ὅσοι κακῶς βεβιώκασιν. Ἀλλʼ ἔπεια i τοῦτο δπολαβετν λίαν ἄτοπον, καὶ οὐκ ὶκκλησιαστιiv (ἄλλοι μὶν γὰρ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων δογμάτων αιζέτωσαν, ἡμῖν Ῠδὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα παίζειν οὐκ ἀσφαἐς), κᾶκετ τῷ, Καὶ οίς δέδοται, πρόσθες τὸ, τοῖς ἱσιν ἀξίοις· οἵ τὸ εἶναι τοιοῦτοι, οὗ μόνον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρδς εἰλήφασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτοῖς δεδώκα· σιν.

Phoboumai mē kai atopos tis eiselthę̄ logismos, ēs tēs ǭychēs allachou politeusamenēs, eita tǭ ymati toutǭ hindetheisēs aai ek tēs ekeithen oliteias, tōn men labontōt tēn prophēteian, tōn di itakrinomenōn, hosoi kakōs bebiōkasin. Allʼ epeia i touto dpolabetn lian atopon, kai ouk ikklēsiastiiv (alloi min gar peri tōn toioutōn dogmatōn aizetōsan, hēmin Ydi ta toiauta paizein ouk asphaes), kaket tǭ, Kai ois dedotai, prosthes to, tois hisin axiois; hoi to einai toioutoi, hou monon para tou Patrds eilēphasin, alla kai heautois dedōka; sin.

I fear that some absurd reasoning may also creep in, as though the soul had lived elsewhere and had then been bound to this body, and as though it is because of that former life that some received prophecy while others, those who had lived badly, are condemned. But since to suppose this is quite absurd and not according to the church's teaching (let others play with such doctrines; for us it is not safe to play with such things), there too add to “and to whom it is given” the words “to those who are worthy”: those who have not only received from the Father to be such, but have also given it to themselves.

37.16PG 36:301a

Εἰσὶ γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες iw. κοιλίας μη τρὸς εὐνουχίσθησαν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, Σφόδρα ὲβουλὸμην ἀνδρικὸν τι περὶ τῶν εὐνούχων ἔχειν εἰπεῖν, Μὴ μέγα φρονεῖτε, οἱ ἐκ φύσεως εὖνοῦχοι. T6 γὰρ τῆς σωρροσύνης, ’ίσως ἀκούσιον, Οὐ γὰρ ἦλθεν εἷς βασανον, οῦδὲ τὸ σωφρονεῖν ἐδοκιμάσθη διὰ τῆς πείρας. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ φύσεως ἀγαθὸν, ἀδόκιμονο τὸ δʼ ἑκ προαιρέσεως, ἐπαινετὸν, Τίς πυρὶ χάρις τοῦ καίειν ; τὸ γὰρ καίειν ἔκ φύσεως ἐχει. Τίς ὕδατι τοῦ κάτω φέρεσθαις τοῦτο γὰρ ἔχει παρὰ τοῦ δημιοῦργτςσαντος. Τίς χιὸνι τῆς ψυχρὸτητος χάρις Hi τῷἡλίῳ τοῦ φαίνειν ς Φαίνει γὰρ κᾶν μὴ βούληται. 1 Χαρίζου μοι τὸ βούλεσθαι τὰ βελτίονα, Χαρίζη δέ,’ ἆὰν σὰρξ γενὸμενος, πνευματικὸς γένῃ· ἑὰν τῇ μολίβδι τῇς σαρκὸς ἑλκὸμενος, πτερωθῖκ ὑπὸ τοῦ λδγου ἰὰν οὗράνιος εʼ)ρεθῇς, ταπεινὸς γεγονώςʼ ἰὰν σαρκὶ σῦνδεθεὶς, ὑπὲρ σάρκα φανῇς

Eisi gar eunouchoi, hoitines iw. koilias mē tros eunouchisthēsan, kai ta hexēs, Sphodra eboulomēn andrikon ti peri tōn eunouchōn echein eipein, Mē mega phroneite, hoi ek physeōs eunouchoi. T6 gar tēs sōrrosynēs, ’isōs akousion, Ou gar ēlthen heis basanon, oude to sōphronein edokimasthē dia tēs peiras. To men gar ek physeōs agathon, adokimono to dʼ hek proaireseōs, epaineton, Tis pyri charis tou kaiein ? to gar kaiein ek physeōs echei. Tis hydati tou katō pheresthais touto gar echei para tou dēmiourgtssantos. Tis chioni tēs psychrotētos charis Hi tǭēliǭ tou phainein s Phainei gar kan mē boulētai. 1 Charizou moi to boulesthai ta beltiona, Charizē de,’ aan sarx genomenos, pneumatikos genę̄; hean tę̄ molibdi tę̄s sarkos helkomenos, pterōthik hypo tou ldgou ian houranios eʼ)rethę̄s, tapeinos gegonōsʼ ian sarki syndetheis, hyper sarka phanę̄s

“For there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs from their mother's womb,” and so on. I should very much like to have something manly to say about the eunuchs. Do not be proud, you who are eunuchs by nature. For your chastity is perhaps involuntary: it has not come to the test, nor has your self-control been proved by experience. For good that comes from nature is unproved; good that comes from choice is praiseworthy. What thanks does fire get for burning? It has burning by nature. What thanks does water get for flowing downward? It has this from its Maker. What thanks does snow get for its coldness, or the sun for shining? It shines even if it does not wish to. Give me the willing of what is better. You give it if, being flesh, you become spiritual; if, dragged down by the lead of the flesh, you are given wings by reason; if, having been made lowly, you are found heavenly; if, bound to flesh, you show yourself above flesh.

37.17PG 36:301a–304c

Ἐπειδή οῦν τὰ σωματικὰ φρονεῖν οὒκ ἰπαινετὸν, ἄλλο τι αίτῶ τοὺς εὐνούχους, Μὴ πορνεύσητε περὶ θεὸτητα. Χριστῷ συζευχοέντες, Χριστὸν μὴ ἀτιμάσητε. ’Υπὸ τοῦ Ηνεύματος τελειούμενοι, μὴ ὃμὸτιμον ἑαυτοῖς τὸ Πνεῦμα ποιήσητε. Εἰ ἔτι ἂνθρῶο ποις ἤρεσκον, 6 Παῦλος φησι, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἄν ἢμην, ΕΙ κτίσματι ἐλάτρεὺον, οῦκ ἄν Χριστιαιιὸς ὠνομαζὸμην, Εἷς τί γὰρ ὁ Χριστιανὸς τίμιον ;‹ Οῦχ ὅτι Θεὸς 6 Χριστὸς ς Εἰ μή τοῦτσὼς ἅνθρωπος πάθω, φιλίᾳ πρὸς αὐτὸν συγ-κεκραμένος. Καίτοι καὶ Πέτρον τιμῶ, ἀλλʼ οὒκ ἀκούω Πετριανός καὶ Παῦλον, Παυλιανὸς δέ οὒκ ἤκουσα. Οὐ δέχομαι παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ὀνομάζεσθαι, παρᾶ Θεοῦ γεγονώς. Οὕτως εἰ μὲν,ὅτι Θεὸν ὑπειληφας, δῖὰ τοῦτο καλῇ Χριστιανὸς, καὶ καλοτο, καὶ μένοις ἐν »ᾧ ὀνόματι, ἢ τῷ πράγματι. Εἰ δὲ, ὅτι στέργεις Χριστὸν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐξ αὑτοῦ καλῇ, οὐδὲ) πλέον νέμεις αῦτῷ τῶν ἄλλων κλήσεων, αἵ ἀπό τινος ἐπιτηδεύματος ἥ πράγμακος τίθενται. Ὀρᾷτε τοὺς περῖ τὰς ἱπποδρομίας ἐσπουδακότιδς τούτους. 0’ί ὰπὸ τῶν χρωμάτων ὀνομάζονται, καὶ τῶν μερίδων, αἶς συνεστήκασιν. ’Υμεῖς δὲ ’ίστε τὰ ὀνόματα, κᾶν ἑγὼ μὴ λέγω. ΕΙ οὓτως ἀκούεις Χριστιανὸς, μικρά λίαν ἡ προσηγορία, κᾶν ἐπʼ αὐτῇ καλλωπίζῃ· εἰ δὲ, ὅτι καὶ Θεὸν ὑπείληφας, δεῖξον τοῖς ἔργοις ὡς ὑπείληφας.Εἰ κτίσμα ὁ rte»;, ἔτι καὶ νῦν λατρεύεις τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίστην. Εί κτίσμα τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, μάτην εβαπτίσθης, καὶ τοῖς μὶν δυσὶ μέρισιν ὑγιαίνεις, μᾶλλονδὲ οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις* τῷ δὲ ἐνὶ, παντελῶς κινδυνεύεις. ιΥπιίθου μαργαρίτην ἕνα εἶναι τὴν Τριάδα, πανταχᾶθεν ὅμοιον, καὶ ’ίσον στίλβοντα. ’Ο τι ἀν πάθῃ τοῦ μαργαρίτου, ἡ πᾶσα τοῦ λίθου χάρις ἠφάνισται, Οὔτως ὅταν ἀτιμάζῃς Υἰὸν. ἵνα τιμήσῃς Πατέρα, οὗ δέ· χεταί σου τὴν τιμὴν, Ἐπʼ ἀτιμίᾳ τοῦ Υιοῦ ὁ Πατὴρ οὗ δοξάζεται. Εἰ σοφὸς υἱὸς εὖφραίνει πατέρα, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἡ τοῦ Υίοῡ τιμὴ, τιμὴ τοῦ Πατρὸς τί· vincat; Ei ABE καὶ τοῦτο δέξῃ· Τὸ τεκνον, μὴ δοξάζω ἐπʼ ἀτιμίᾳ Πατρόσ“ οὕτως οὒδᾶ Πατὴρ επ ἀτιμίᾳ τοῦ Υἶοῦ δοξάζεται, El ἀτιμάζεις τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, οὗ δέχεταί σου τὴν τιμὴν ὃ Υἱός. ΕΙ γὰρ καὶ μή ὼς Υἱὸς ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἀλλʼ οὖν εκ τοῦ αὖ· τοῦ Πατρός. ’Ἦ τὸ πᾶν τίμησον, ἢ τὸ ὅλον ἀτίμασον, ’ἱνα ἀκόλουθος νοῦς σεαυτῷ τυγχάνῃς. Οὔ δὲχομαί σου τὸ ιξ ἡμισείας εὐσεβές, ’Ὄλον εὗ·σεβἧ μὲν εἷναί σε βούλομαι, ἀλλὰ καθὼς βούλομαι. Σύγγνωθι τῷ πάθει. Ἀλγῶ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν μισούντων. Μελος ἧς ἐμὸν, καὶ εἱ νῦν ἀποτέμνῃο μᾶλςς καὶ γε· νήσῃ τυχόν διὰ τοῧτο καὶ φιλάνθρωπα φθέγγομαι, Ταῦτα) διὰ τοὺς εὖνούχους, ’ίνα περὶ βιότητα σωφροο νωσιν.

Epeidē oun ta sōmatika phronein ouk ipaineton, allo ti aitō tous eunouchous, Mē porneusēte peri theotēta. Christǭ syzeuchoentes, Christon mē atimasēte. ’Ypo tou Ēneumatos teleioumenoi, mē homotimon heautois to Pneuma poiēsēte. Ei eti anthrōo pois ēreskon, 6 Paulos phēsi, Christou doulos ouk an ēmēn, EI ktismati elatreuon, ouk an Christiaiios ōnomazomēn, Heis ti gar ho Christianos timion ?‹ Ouch hoti Theos 6 Christos s Ei mē toutsōs hanthrōpos pathō, philią pros auton syg-kekramenos. Kaitoi kai Petron timō, allʼ ouk akouō Petrianos kai Paulon, Paulianos de ouk ēkousa. Ou dechomai para anthrōpōn onomazesthai, para Theou gegonōs. Houtōs ei men,hoti Theon hypeilēphas, dia touto kalę̄ Christianos, kai kaloto, kai menois en »hǭ onomati, ē tǭ pragmati. Ei de, hoti stergeis Christon, dia touto ex hautou kalę̄, oude) pleon nemeis autǭ tōn allōn klēseōn, hai apo tinos epitēdeumatos hē pragmakos tithentai. Orąte tous peri tas hippodromias espoudakotids toutous. 0’i apo tōn chrōmatōn onomazontai, kai tōn meridōn, ais synestēkasin. ’Ymeis de ’iste ta onomata, kan hegō mē legō. EI houtōs akoueis Christianos, mikra lian hē prosēgoria, kan epʼ autę̄ kallōpizę̄; ei de, hoti kai Theon hypeilēphas, deixon tois ergois hōs hypeilēphas.Ei ktisma ho rte»?, eti kai nyn latreueis tę̄ ktisei para ton ktistēn. Ei ktisma to Pneuma to hagion, matēn ebaptisthēs, kai tois min dysi merisin hygiaineis, mallonde oude ekeinois* tǭ de eni, pantelōs kindyneueis. iYpiithou margaritēn hena einai tēn Triada, pantachathen homoion, kai ’ison stilbonta. ’O ti an pathę̄ tou margaritou, hē pasa tou lithou charis ēphanistai, Outōs hotan atimazę̄s Uion. hina timēsę̄s Patera, hou de; chetai sou tēn timēn, Epʼ atimią tou Uiou ho Patēr hou doxazetai. Ei sophos huios euphrainei patera, posǭ mallon hē tou Uiou timē, timē tou Patros ti; vincat? Ei ABE kai touto dexę̄; To teknon, mē doxazō epʼ atimią Patros“ houtōs ouda Patēr ep atimią tou Uiou doxazetai, El atimazeis to Pneuma to hagion, hou dechetai sou tēn timēn ho Huios. EI gar kai mē ōs Huios ek tou Patros, allʼ oun ek tou au; tou Patros. ’Ē to pan timēson, ē to holon atimason, ’hina akolouthos nous seautǭ tynchanę̄s. Ou dechomai sou to ix hēmiseias eusebes, ’Olon heu;sebē men heinai se boulomai, alla kathōs boulomai. Syngnōthi tǭ pathei. Algō kai hyper tōn misountōn. Melos hēs emon, kai hei nyn apotemnę̄o malss kai ge; nēsę̄ tychon dia toÿto kai philanthrōpa phthengomai, Tauta) dia tous eunouchous, ’ina peri biotēta sōphroo nōsin.

Since, then, to set the mind on bodily things is not praiseworthy, I ask something else of the eunuchs: do not commit fornication against the Godhead. Joined to Christ, do not dishonour Christ. Being perfected by the Spirit, do not make the Spirit of equal honour with yourselves. “If I were still pleasing men,” Paul says, “I should not be a servant of Christ.” If I worshipped a creature, I should not be named a Christian. For why is the name Christian precious? Is it not because Christ is God? Unless I feel this way merely as a man, bound to him by friendship. And yet I honour Peter too, but I do not hear “Petrian”; and Paul, but I have not heard “Paulian”. I do not accept being named after men, since I was born of God. So if you are called a Christian because you have taken him to be God, may you be so called and may you remain in the name and in the reality. But if you are called after him because you are fond of Christ, you give him no more than the other names that are taken from some pursuit or affair. [18] Look at these people who are devoted to the horse races: they are named after the colours and the factions they belong to; you know the names even if I do not say them. If you hear “Christian” in this sense, the title is very small, even if you pride yourself on it; but if it is because you have taken him to be God, show by your works that you have. If the Son is a creature, even now you worship the creature instead of the Creator. If the Holy Spirit is a creature, you were baptized in vain; you are sound in two parts, or rather not even in those, and in the one you are in complete danger. Suppose the Trinity to be one pearl, alike on every side and shining equally: whatever happens to a part of the pearl, the whole beauty of the stone is destroyed. So when you dishonour the Son in order to honour the Father, he does not accept your honour; the Father is not glorified by the dishonour of the Son. If “a wise son gladdens a father”, how much more is the honour of the Son the honour of the Father! And if you accept this too, “My child, do not glorify yourself in your father's dishonour”, so neither is the Father glorified in the dishonour of the Son. If you dishonour the Holy Spirit, the Son does not accept your honour. For even if he is not from the Father as the Son is, yet he is from the same Father. Either honour the whole or dishonour the whole, so that you may be consistent with yourself. I do not accept your half-piety. I want you to be wholly pious, but as I wish. Forgive my feeling: I grieve even for those who hate me. You were my member, even if you are now cut off; and perhaps you will become so again; that is why I speak kindly. This I say for the eunuchs, that they may be chaste regarding the Godhead.

37.18PG 36:304c–304d

Οὐ γὰρ ἡ περὶ σῶμα μόνον ἀμαρτία, πορνεία καὶ μοιχεία λέγεται, ἀλλά καὶ ὁτιοῦν ἦμαρτες, καὶ μάλιστα ἡ περὶ τὸ θετον παρανομία, Πόθεν παράσχωμεν; τοῦτο τυχὸν ἀπαιτεῖς- Ἐπόρνευσαιν, φησὶν, ἰν τοῖς δπιτηδεόμασιν αὒτῶν, Ὀρᾷς καὶ πρᾶξιν πορνείας ἀναίσχυντον;

Ou gar hē peri sōma monon amartia, porneia kai moicheia legetai, alla kai hotioun ēmartes, kai malista hē peri to theton paranomia, Pothen paraschōmen? touto tychon apaiteis- Eporneusain, phēsin, in tois dpitēdeomasin autōn, Orąs kai praxin porneias anaischynton?

For it is not only sin concerning the body that is called fornication and adultery, but any sin whatever, and above all transgression against the divine. Where can we show this? Perhaps you demand it. “They committed fornication,” it says, “in their practices.” Do you see a shameless act of fornication too?

37.19PG 36:304d–305a

Ἔμοιχῶντο, φησιν, εν τῷ ξύλῳ. ὀρᾷς καὶ θρησκείαν τινὰ μοιχαλίδα ς Μὴ τοίνυν μοιχεύσῃς κατά ψυχὴν, σωφρονῶν τῷ σώματι μὴ δείξαις τὸ ἀκουσίως τῇ σαρκὶ σωφρονεῖν ἐξ ὧν οὗ σωφρονεῖς, ἔν οἷς πορνεύειν δυνατὸς εἴ. Τί πεποιήκατε τὴν ἆσέ, βειαν ὑμετέραν; Τί πάντες ἰπὶ τὸ χεῖρον φέρεσθε· ὣς τωτὸν εἶναι λοιπὸν, ἢ εὐνοῦχον, ἢ ἀσεόῆκαλεῖ- Γίνεσθε μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ὀψὲ γοῦν ἀνδρικόν σθαι ; τι φρονήσατε, φύγετε τὰς γυναικωνίτιδας, μὴ προστεθήτω τῷ αἰσχρῷ τοῦ ὀνόματος τό αἰσχρὸν τοῦ κηρύγματος. Βούλεσθε μικρὸν ἔτι τῷ λόγῳ προσε κιρτηρήσωμεν ;”Η κόρον ἔχει τὰ εἰρημένας Πλὴν τιμηθήτωσαν καὶ oi εὐνοῦχοι τοῖς ὲξῆςο ἓπαινετὸς γὰρ ὁ λόγος.

Emoichōnto, phēsin, en tǭ xylǭ. orąs kai thrēskeian tina moichalida s Mē toinyn moicheusę̄s kata psychēn, sōphronōn tǭ sōmati mē deixais to akousiōs tę̄ sarki sōphronein ex hōn hou sōphroneis, en hois porneuein dynatos ei. Ti pepoiēkate tēn ase, beian hymeteran? Ti pantes ipi to cheiron pheresthe; hōs tōton einai loipon, ē eunouchon, ē aseoēkalei- Ginesthe meta tōn andrōn, opse goun andrikon sthai ? ti phronēsate, phygete tas gynaikōnitidas, mē prostethētō tǭ aischrǭ tou onomatos to aischron tou kērygmatos. Boulesthe mikron eti tǭ logǭ prose kirtērēsōmen ?”Ē koron echei ta eirēmenas Plēn timēthētōsan kai oi eunouchoi tois exēso hepainetos gar ho logos.

“They committed adultery,” it says, “with the wood.” Do you see an adulterous kind of worship too? Do not, then, commit adultery in the soul while being chaste in body; do not show that your chastity of the flesh is involuntary by being unchaste where you are able to commit fornication. Why have you made impiety your own? Why are you all carried towards the worse, so that it is now the same thing to be called a eunuch or impious? Be with the men; think something manly at last; flee the women's quarters; let the shame of what you proclaim not be added to the shame of the name. Do you want us to persevere in the discourse a little longer? Or have you had enough of what has been said? But let the eunuchs also be honoured by what follows, for the passage is laudatory.

37.20PG 36:305a–305c

Εἰσὶ γὰρ εὖνοῦχοι, φησὶν, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτωςʼ καὶ εἰσὶν ιῦνοῦχοι οὛτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἰαυτοὺς διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν ντῶν οὕρανῶν, Ὀ δυνὰμενος χωρεῖν, χωρείτω. Δοκεῖ μοι 1τιῖὗν σωμάτων ἀποστὰς ὁ λόγος, τυποῦν διὰ τῶν σωμάτων τὰ ὑψηλότερα. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ μέχρι τῶν σωματικῶν εὖνούχων στῆσαι τὸν λόγον, τυχὸν μικρόν τε καὶ λίαν ἀσθενὲς καὶ ἀνάξιον λόγου· δεῖ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἰπινοῆσαί τι τοῦ Πνεύματος ἂξιον. Δοκοῦσι τοίνυν οἱ μὲν ἐκ φύσεως νεύειν πρὸς τό ἀγαθόν, Φύσεως δὲ ὅταν εἴπω, οὒκ ὰτιμέζωλ τὴν προαίρεσιν, ἄλλʼ ἀμφότερα τίθημι, τὴν τε πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ἰπιτηδειότητα, καὶ τὴν εἷς ἔργον ἄγουσαν τὸ ἐκ φύσεως ἐπιτήδειον. ’Ἔτεροι δὲ εἰσί τινις, οὖς ὁ λόγος καθαίρει, τῶν παθῶν ἐκτέμνων. Τούτους ἡγοῦμαι εἶναι τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὖνουχιζομίνους, ὅταν ὁ διδασκαλικὸς λόγος διελὼν τὸ κρεῖττον ἀπὸ τοῦ χείρονος, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀποπεμψάμενος, τὸ δὶ νομοθετήσας (ὡς τὸ, ’Ἐκκλινον ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθὸν), τὴν πνευματικὴν ou)— φροσύνην δημιουργήσῃ, Ἐπαινῶ καὶ τοῦτον τὸν εὖ· νουχισμδν, καὶ λίαν ἑπαινῶ τοὺς τε διδασκάλους ὁμοίως καὶ τοῖις διδασκομένους, ὅτι οἱ μὲν καλῶς ἑξέτεμοι, οἱ δὲ κάλλιον ἒξετμήθησαν,

Eisi gar eunouchoi, phēsin, hoitines ek koilias mētros egennēthēsan houtōsʼ kai eisin iynouchoi hoUtines eunouchisthēsan para tōn anthrōpōn kai eisin eunouchoi, hoitines eunouchisan iautous dia tēn basileian ntōn houranōn, O dynamenos chōrein, chōreitō. Dokei moi 1tiiyn sōmatōn apostas ho logos, typoun dia tōn sōmatōn ta hypsēlotera. To men gar mechri tōn sōmatikōn eunouchōn stēsai ton logon, tychon mikron te kai lian asthenes kai anaxion logou; dei de hēmas ipinoēsai ti tou Pneumatos axion. Dokousi toinyn hoi men ek physeōs neuein pros to agathon, Physeōs de hotan eipō, ouk atimezōl tēn proairesin, allʼ amphotera tithēmi, tēn te pros to kalon ipitēdeiotēta, kai tēn heis ergon agousan to ek physeōs epitēdeion. ’Eteroi de eisi tinis, ous ho logos kathairei, tōn pathōn ektemnōn. Toutous hēgoumai einai tous hypo tōn anthrōpōn eunouchizominous, hotan ho didaskalikos logos dielōn to kreitton apo tou cheironos, kai to men apopempsamenos, to di nomothetēsas (hōs to, ’Ekklinon apo kakou, kai poiēson agathon), tēn pneumatikēn ou)— phrosynēn dēmiourgēsę̄, Epainō kai touton ton eu; nouchismdn, kai lian hepainō tous te didaskalous homoiōs kai toiis didaskomenous, hoti hoi men kalōs hexetemoi, hoi de kallion exetmēthēsan,

“For there are eunuchs,” it says, “who were born so from their mother's womb; and there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men; and there are eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom of heaven. He who is able to receive it, let him receive it.” The passage seems to me to leave bodies behind and to figure higher things through bodies. For to stop the passage at bodily eunuchs would perhaps be petty, very weak, and unworthy of the word; we must conceive something worthy of the Spirit. Some, then, seem to incline to the good by nature. When I say nature, I do not dishonour choice, but I posit both: the aptitude for the good, and that which brings the natural aptitude into act. Others there are whom the word purifies by cutting away the passions. These I take to be the ones made eunuchs by men, when the teaching word, separating the better from the worse, sending away the one and enjoining the other (as in “Turn away from evil and do good”), produces spiritual chastity. I praise this eunuchry too, and I greatly praise teachers and taught alike, because the former cut well and the latter were cut still better.

37.21PG 36:305c–308a

Καὶ εἰσὶν, οἵτινες ἑαυτοὺς εὐνοὺχισαν διὰ τὴν βασιλεὶαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. ’Ἄλλοι διδασκάλων μὶν οὒκ ἆπέτυχον, ἑαυτῶν δὲ γεγόνασιν ἐπαινετοὶ διδάσκαλοι. Οὔκ ἐδίδαξὲ σε μὴτηρ τὸ δέον, οὒκ ὶδίδαξέ σε πατὴρ, οὖ πρεσβύτερος, οὒκ ἐπίσκοπος, οὐκ ἄλλος τις τῶν τὸ διδάσκειν πεπιστευμένων, Ἀλλὰ τὸν ἒν σοὶ λόγον κινήσας, ἀλλᾶ τὸν σπινθῆρα τοῦ καλοῦ διὰ τῆς προαιρέσεως ἀνάψας σαυτὸν ε·5νούχισας,τὴν ῥίζαν ἐξὲτεμες, τὰ ὄργανα τῆς κακίας ἐξώρισας, τοσαύτην ἔΕιν ἒκτήσω τῆς ἀρετῆς, ὥστε καί σχεδὸν ἀδύνατόν ao} γενέσθαι τὴν περὶ τὰ χείρω φοράν, Διᾶ τοῦτο ἐπαινῶ καἶ τοῦτον τὸν εὖνουχισμὸν, καὶ τυχὸν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων. Ὀ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν, χωρείτω. ’Ἢν βούλει δέξαι μερίδα, ἢ ὲπακολούθησον τῷ διδασκάλῳ, ἢ γενοῦ σαυτοῦ διδάσκαλος, ’Ἒν αἰσχρὸν μονον, μὴ τμηθῆναι τὰ πάθη. Περὶ δὲ τοῖʼ) τμηθῆναι τὰ πάθη, μηδὲν διαφέρου. Καὶ ὑ διδάσκων, πλάσμα Θεοῦ, καὶ σὺ γέγονας Ιικεῒθεν κᾶν τε ὁ διδάσκαλος ἁρπάσῃ τὴν χάριν, κᾶν ;ε γένηται σὸν τὸ καλὸν, καλὸν ὁμοίως ὶστί.

Kai eisin, hoitines heautous eunouchisan dia tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. ’Alloi didaskalōn min ouk apetychon, heautōn de gegonasin epainetoi didaskaloi. Ouk edidaxe se mētēr to deon, ouk ididaxe se patēr, ou presbyteros, ouk episkopos, ouk allos tis tōn to didaskein pepisteumenōn, Alla ton en soi logon kinēsas, alla ton spinthēra tou kalou dia tēs proaireseōs anapsas sauton e;5nouchisas,tēn rhizan exetemes, ta organa tēs kakias exōrisas, tosautēn eEin ektēsō tēs aretēs, hōste kai schedon adynaton ao} genesthai tēn peri ta cheirō phoran, Dia touto epainō kai touton ton eunouchismon, kai tychon mallon tōn allōn. O dynamenos chōrein, chōreitō. ’Ēn boulei dexai merida, ē epakolouthēson tǭ didaskalǭ, ē genou sautou didaskalos, ’En aischron monon, mē tmēthēnai ta pathē. Peri de toiʼ) tmēthēnai ta pathē, mēden diapherou. Kai hy didaskōn, plasma Theou, kai sy gegonas Iikeïthen kan te ho didaskalos harpasę̄ tēn charin, kan ?e genētai son to kalon, kalon homoiōs isti.

“And there are those who made themselves eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom of heaven.” Others did not meet with teachers, but became praiseworthy teachers of themselves. No mother taught you what is right, no father, no presbyter, no bishop, nor anyone else entrusted with teaching; but, stirring up the reason within you, kindling the spark of the good by your choice, you made yourself a eunuch: you cut out the root, you banished the instruments of vice, you acquired such a habit of virtue that a movement towards the worse became almost impossible for you. Therefore I praise this eunuchry too, and perhaps more than the others. He who is able to receive it, let him receive it. Choose whichever portion you wish: either follow the teacher or become your own teacher. One thing alone is shameful: that the passions not be cut off. As for how they are cut off, make no distinction. The one who teaches is God's creature, and you too came from there; whether the teacher carries off the credit or the good becomes your own, it is equally good.

37.22PG 36:308a–308c

Μόνον ἰκτέμνωμεν ἑαυτοὺς τῖὀν παθῶν, μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ Μόνον ἂκολοῦθῶμεν τῇ εἰκόνι, μόνον αἰδώμεθα τὸ ἀρχέτυπον. ’Ἒκτεμνε τὰ σωματικὰ πάθη, ἕκτεμνε καί τὰ ψυχικά. ιΟςῐῳ γὰρ ψυχὴ τιμιώτερον σώματός, τοσούτῳ τιμιώτερον καθᾶραι ψυχὴν, ἥ σῶμα. Εἰ δὲ ἦ τοῦ σώματος καθαρσις τῶν ἱπαινετῶν, σκόπει μοι πόσον ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς μείζων τε καὶ ὑψηλοτέρα. ’Ἔκτεμνε τὴν Ἀρειανὴν ἀσέβειαν, ἓκτεμνε τὴν Σαβελλίου κακοδοξίαν. Μήτι συνάψῃς πλέον ἢ γαλῶς ἔχει, μήτε διέλῃς κακῶς, μήτε είς ἓν πρόσωπον συ·νέλῃς τὰ τρία, μήτε ἒργᾶσῃ τρεῖς ἀλλοτριότητας φύσεων. Καὶ τὸ ἔν ἔπαινετὸν, καλῶς νοούμενον, καὶ τὰ τρία καλῶς διαιρούμενα, ὅταν προσώπων, ἀλλὰ αη θεότητος, ἡ διαίρεσις. Ταῦτα καὶ λαʼίκοῖς νομοθετῶ, ταῦτα καὶ πρεσβυτέροις ἐντέλλομαι, ταῦτα καὶτοῖς ἄρχειν πε·πιστευμένοις, Βοηθήσατε τῷ λόγῳ πάντες ὅσοις τὸ δύνασθαι βοηθεῖν ἐκ Θεοῦ. Μέγα φόνον ἐπισχεῖν, καὶ μοιχείαν κολάσαι, καί κλοπὴν σωφρονίσαι (θῖιγ πολλῷ μᾶλλον εῦσέὃειαν νομοθετῆσαι, καὶ ὑγιῆ λόο γον χαρίσασθαι. Οὐ τοσοῦτον ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος δυνήσεται πολεμῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁγίας Τριάδος, ὅσον τὸ πρόσταγμα, ἐὰν ἐπιστομίζῃς τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας, ἐὰν βοηθῇς τοῖς διωκομένοις, ἐὰν τοὺς φονευτὰς ἐπέχῃς, εὰν κωλύῃς τὸ φονεύεσθαι. Λέγω δὲ, οὗ τὸν σωματικὸν μόνον, ἅλλὰ καὶ τὸν ψυχικόν, Πᾶσα γὰρ ἁμαρτία, θάνατός ἐστι ψυχῆς, Μέχρι τούτων δ λόʼ γος στήτω.

Monon iktemnōmen heautous tion pathōn, mē tis rhiza pikrias anō phyousa enochlę̄ Monon akolouthōmen tę̄ eikoni, monon aidōmetha to archetypon. ’Ektemne ta sōmatika pathē, hektemne kai ta psychika. iOsiǭ gar psychē timiōteron sōmatos, tosoutǭ timiōteron katharai psychēn, hē sōma. Ei de ē tou sōmatos katharsis tōn hipainetōn, skopei moi poson hē tēs psychēs meizōn te kai hypsēlotera. ’Ektemne tēn Areianēn asebeian, hektemne tēn Sabelliou kakodoxian. Mēti synapsę̄s pleon ē galōs echei, mēte dielę̄s kakōs, mēte eis hen prosōpon sy;nelę̄s ta tria, mēte ergasę̄ treis allotriotētas physeōn. Kai to en epaineton, kalōs nooumenon, kai ta tria kalōs diairoumena, hotan prosōpōn, alla aē theotētos, hē diairesis. Tauta kai laʼikois nomothetō, tauta kai presbyterois entellomai, tauta kaitois archein pe;pisteumenois, Boēthēsate tǭ logǭ pantes hosois to dynasthai boēthein ek Theou. Mega phonon epischein, kai moicheian kolasai, kai klopēn sōphronisai (thiig pollǭ mallon euseoeian nomothetēsai, kai hygiē loo gon charisasthai. Ou tosouton ho emos logos dynēsetai polemōn hyper tēs hagias Triados, hoson to prostagma, ean epistomizę̄s tous kakōs echontas, ean boēthę̄s tois diōkomenois, ean tous phoneutas epechę̄s, ean kōlyę̄s to phoneuesthai. Legō de, hou ton sōmatikon monon, halla kai ton psychikon, Pasa gar hamartia, thanatos esti psychēs, Mechri toutōn d loʼ gos stētō.

Only let us cut ourselves off from the passions, lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble us. Only let us follow the image, only let us reverence the archetype. Cut off the passions of the body; cut off those of the soul too. For as the soul is more precious than the body, so it is more precious to purify the soul than the body. If the purifying of the body is praiseworthy, consider how much greater and loftier is that of the soul. Cut off the Arian impiety; cut off the false doctrine of Sabellius. Neither join more than is right nor divide wrongly; neither contract the three into one person nor make three natures alien to one another. Both the one is praiseworthy, rightly understood, and the three, rightly distinguished, when the division is of persons and not of Godhead. [23] These things I lay down as law for laypeople, these I enjoin on presbyters, these on those entrusted with rule. Help the word, all you who have from God the power to help. It is a great thing to restrain murder, to punish adultery, to correct theft; much greater to establish piety by law and to bestow sound doctrine. My word, fighting for the Holy Trinity, will not have as much power as your decree, if you silence those who are ill-disposed, if you help the persecuted, if you restrain the murderers, if you prevent killing; I mean not only of the body but also of the soul. For every sin is death of the soul. Let the word stop here.

37.24PG 36:308d–312a

Λοιπὸν δὲ ἔστω ὑπὲρ τῶν συνεληλυθότων εὐχή, ’Ἄνδρες ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναῖκες, ἀρχόμενοί τε καὶ ἄρχοντες, πρεσβῦται καὶ νεανίσκοι μετὰ παρθένων, πᾶν γένος ἡλικίας, πᾶσαν μὲν φέρετε ζημίαν, τὴν εἰς χρήματα, τὴν είς σώματαʼ ἕν δὲ μὴ δέξησθε μόνον, τὴν θεότητα ζημιούμενοι, Προσκυνῶ Πατέρα, προσκυνῆ τὸν rte», προσκυνῶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον μᾶλλον δὲ προσκυνοῦμεν, ἐγὼ καὶ πρὸ πὰντων, ὁ ταυτα λέγων, ἐγὼ καὶ μετὰ πάντας καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν, ἒν αῦτῴ τῷ Κυρίῳ τῷ Χριστῷ ὖιμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καί τὸ κράτος εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν,

Loipon de estō hyper tōn synelēlythotōn euchē, ’Andres homou kai gynaikes, archomenoi te kai archontes, presbytai kai neaniskoi meta parthenōn, pan genos hēlikias, pasan men pherete zēmian, tēn eis chrēmata, tēn eis sōmataʼ hen de mē dexēsthe monon, tēn theotēta zēmioumenoi, Proskynō Patera, proskynē ton rte», proskynō to Pneuma to hagion mallon de proskynoumen, egō kai pro pantōn, ho tauta legōn, egō kai meta pantas kai syn pasin, en autǭ tǭ Kyriǭ tǭ Christǭ uimōn, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos heis tous aiōnas. Amēn,

For the rest, let there be a prayer for those who have come together. Men and women together, ruled and rulers, old men and young men with virgins, every age: bear every loss, of money and of body; only one thing do not accept, the loss of the Godhead. I worship the Father, I worship the Son, I worship the Holy Spirit; or rather, we worship, I first before all, who say this, and I after all and with all, in Christ our Lord himself, to whom be the glory and the might for ever. Amen.

Chapter 38

38.1PG 36:312a–313c

Χριστὸς γεννᾶται,ρ δοξάσιτε· Χριστὸς ἒξ οὐ·κινῶν, ἆπαντήσατε· Χριστὸς ἐπὶ γῆς, ὕψώθητξ, ᾋσατε τῷ Κυρίῳ, πᾶσα ἡγῆ· καὶ,ίνʼ ἀμφότερα τυνελὼν εἷ”πω Εὖφραινὲσθωσαν οἱ οὗρανοὶ, καὶ ὶγαλλιάσθω ἡ ’γῆἱ διὰ τόν ἓπουρὶνιον, εἶτα ἐπίγειον, Χριστὸς ἐν σαρκὶ, τρόμῳ καὶ χαρᾷἂτγαλλιᾶσθε · ψτρόμῳ, διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν χαρᾷ, διὰ τὴ· ἒλπίδα. Χριστὸς ἐκ Παρθένου · γυναῖκες παρθενεύετε, ἵνα Χριστοῦ γένησθε μητέρες. Τίς οὗ προσκυνεῖ τὸν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς; τίς οὔ δοξάζει τὸν τελε)τα τον: Πάλιν τὸ σκότος λύεται, πάλιν τὸ φῶς ὑφίσταται, πάλιν Αἴγυπτος σκότῳ κολάζεται, πάλιν Ἰσραὴλ στόλῳφωτίζεται, Ὀ λαὸς, 6 καθήμενος ἐν σκότει τῆς ἀγνοίας, ἰδέτω φῶς μέγα τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως. Τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν · ἰδοὺ γέγονε τὰ πάντα καινά. Τὸ γράμμα ὑποχωρεῖ, τὸ πνεῦμα πλεονεκτεῖ, αἱ σκιαὶ παρατρέχουσιν, ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐπεισέρχεται. Ὀ Μελχισεδὲκ συνάγεται 6 ἀμήτωρ, ἀπάτωρ γίνεται ἀμήτωρ τὸ πρότερον, ἀπάτωρ τὸ δεύτερον. Νόμοι φύσεως καταλύονται. Πληρωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν ἅνω κόσμον, Χριστὸς κελεύει μὴ ἀντιτείνωμεν, Πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, κρατήσατε χεῖρας, ὅτι παιδίον ὲγεννήθη ἡμῖν, υίὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ (τῷ γὰρ σταυρῷ συνιπαίρεται), καὶ καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, μεγάλης βουλῆς, τῆς τοῦ Πατρὸς, ”Αγγελος. Ἰωάνα νης βοάτω Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου. Κάγὼ βοήσομαι τῆς ἧμέρας τὴν δύναμιν · Ὀ ἄσαρκος σαρκοῦται, 6 Λόγος παχύνεται, 6 ἂόρατος ὁρᾶται, 6 ἀναφὴς ψηλαφᾶται, 6 ἄχρονος ἄρχεται, 6 Υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου γίνεται, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, χθὲς καὶ σήμερον, 6 αὐτὸς καί εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ἰουδαϊοι σκανδαλιζέσθωσαν, ’Έλληνες διαγελάτωσαν, αἱρετικοὶ γλωσσαλγείτωσαν, Τοτε πιστεύσουσιν, ὅταν ἴδωσιν εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀνερχόμενον · εἰδὲ μὴ τοτε, ἀλλʼ ὅταν ἐξ οὖρανιῖη ἐρχόμενον, καὶ ὡς κριτὴν γαθεζόμενον.

Christos gennatai,r doxasite; Christos ex ou;kinōn, apantēsate; Christos epi gēs, hypsōthētx, Hąsate tǭ Kyriǭ, pasa hēgē; kai,inʼ amphotera tynelōn hei”pō Euphrainesthōsan hoi houranoi, kai igalliasthō hē ’gēi dia ton hepourinion, eita epigeion, Christos en sarki, tromǭ kai charąatgalliasthe ; pstromǭ, dia tēn hamartian charą, dia tē; elpida. Christos ek Parthenou ; gynaikes partheneuete, hina Christou genēsthe mēteres. Tis hou proskynei ton apʼ archēs? tis ou doxazei ton tele)ta ton: Palin to skotos lyetai, palin to phōs hyphistatai, palin Aigyptos skotǭ kolazetai, palin Israēl stolǭphōtizetai, O laos, 6 kathēmenos en skotei tēs agnoias, idetō phōs mega tēs epignōseōs. Ta archaia parēlthen ; idou gegone ta panta kaina. To gramma hypochōrei, to pneuma pleonektei, hai skiai paratrechousin, hē alētheia epeiserchetai. O Melchisedek synagetai 6 amētōr, apatōr ginetai amētōr to proteron, apatōr to deuteron. Nomoi physeōs katalyontai. Plērōthēnai dei ton hanō kosmon, Christos keleuei mē antiteinōmen, Panta ta ethnē, kratēsate cheiras, hoti paidion egennēthē hēmin, uios kai edothē hēmin, hou hē archē epi tou ōmou autou (tǭ gar staurǭ synipairetai), kai kaleitai to onoma autou, megalēs boulēs, tēs tou Patros, ”Angelos. Iōana nēs boatō Hetoimasate tēn hodon Kyriou. Kagō boēsomai tēs hēmeras tēn dynamin ; O asarkos sarkoutai, 6 Logos pachynetai, 6 aoratos horatai, 6 anaphēs psēlaphatai, 6 achronos archetai, 6 Huios tou theou Huios anthrōpou ginetai, Iēsous Christos, chthes kai sēmeron, 6 autos kai heis tous aiōnas, ioudaïoi skandalizesthōsan, ’Ellēnes diagelatōsan, hairetikoi glōssalgeitōsan, Tote pisteusousin, hotan idōsin eis ouranon anerchomenon ; eide mē tote, allʼ hotan ex ouraniiē erchomenon, kai hōs kritēn gathezomenon.

Christ is born: give glory. Christ from heaven: go to meet him. Christ on earth: be lifted up. “Sing to the Lord, all the earth”; and, to say both in one, “Let the heavens rejoice and let the earth be glad”, because of him who is heavenly, then earthly. Christ in the flesh: rejoice with trembling and with joy; with trembling because of sin, with joy because of hope. Christ from a virgin: women, live as virgins, that you may become mothers of Christ. Who does not worship him who is from the beginning? Who does not glorify him who is the last? [2] Again darkness is dispersed, again light is established; again Egypt is punished with darkness, again Israel is lit by a pillar. Let the people who sat in the darkness of ignorance see the great light of knowledge. “The old things have passed away; behold, all things have become new.” The letter withdraws, the Spirit gains the advantage; the shadows run past, the truth comes in. Melchizedek is completed: he who was without mother becomes without father; without mother the first time, without father the second. The laws of nature are dissolved; the world above must be filled. Christ commands; let us not resist. “All you nations, clap your hands, for a child is born to us and a son is given to us, whose government is upon his shoulder” (for it is lifted up with the cross), “and his name is called Angel of great counsel”, that of the Father. Let John cry, “Prepare the way of the Lord.” I too will cry out the power of the day: the fleshless is made flesh, the Word becomes thick, the invisible is seen, the intangible is touched, the timeless begins, the Son of God becomes Son of man, “Jesus Christ, the same yesterday and today and for ever”. Let Jews be offended, let Greeks mock, let heretics wag their tongues. They will believe when they see him ascending into heaven; and if not then, when they see him coming from heaven and sitting as judge.

38.3PG 36:313c–316b

Ταῦτα μὲν ὕστερον. Τὰ δὲ νῦν Θεοφάνια, ἡ πανήγυρις, εἵτουν Γεθέθλια ' λέγεται γὰρ ἀμφότερα, δύο κειμένων προσηγοριῶν ἐνὶ πράγματι. Ἐφένη γὰρ Θεὸς ἂνθρώποις διὰ γεννήσεως τὸ μὲν ὢν, καὶ ἀεὶ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ ἀεὶ ὄντος, ὑπὲρ αἰτίαν καὶ λόγον (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἧν τοῦ Λόγου λόγος ἂνώτερος) τὸ δὲ, διʼ ἡμᾶς γενόμενος ὕστερον, ’ἶνʼ 6 τὸ εἶναι δοὺς, καὶ τὸ εὖ εἶναι χαρίσηται ο μᾶλλον δὲ, ῥεύσαντα( ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ εὖ εἶναι διὰ κακίαν, πρὸς αὐτὸ πάλιν ἐπαναγάγῃ διὰ σαρκώσεως. ’Ὄνομα δὲ, τῷ φανῆναι μὲν, Θεοφάνιαλ τῷ δὲ γεννᾶσθαι, Γενέθλια. Τοῦτο ἐστιν ἡμῖν ἡ πανήγυρις, τοῦτο ἑορτάζομεν σήμερον, ἐπιδημίαν Θεοῦ πρὸς ἀνθρώπο›ς, ἵνα πρὸς Θεὸν ἐνδημήσωμεν, ἢ ἐπανέλθωμεν (οὕτω γὰρ εἰπεῖν οἰκειότερον), *ίνα τὶν παλαιὸν ἄν· θρωπον ἀποθέμενοι, τὸν νέοι ἐνδυσώμεθα · καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀπεθάνομεν, οὕτως ἓν τῷ Χριστῷ ζήσωμεν, Χριστῷ καὶ συγγεννώμενοι, καὶ συσταυο ρούμενοι, καὶ συνθαπτόμενοι, καὶ συνανιστάμενοι, Δεῖ γάρ με παθεῖν τὴν καλὴν ἀντιστροφήν · καὶ ὥσπερ ἑκ τῶν χρηστοτὶρων, ἦλθε τὰ λυπηρὰ, οὕτως ἐκ τῶν λυπηρῶν, ἒπανελθεϊν τὰ χρηστότερα. Οὖ γὰρ ὲκπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσσεν ἡ χάρις· καὶ εἱ ἡ γεῦσις κατέκρινε, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ Χριστὸν παθεῖν ἐδικαίωσεν, Τοιγαροῦν ἑορτάζωμεν, μὴ πανηγυρικῶς, ἀλλὰ θεϊκῶς ’ μὴ κόσμικῶς, αλλʼ ὑπερκοσμίως ’μὴ τὰ ἡμέτερα, τὰ τοῦ ἡμετέρου, μᾶλλον δὲτὰ τοῦ Δεσπότου μὴ τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῆς ἰατρείας ο μὴ τὰ τῆς πλάσεως, ἄλλα τὰ τῆς ἆναπΛάσεως.

Tauta men hysteron. Ta de nyn Theophania, hē panēgyris, heitoun Gethethlia ' legetai gar amphotera, dyo keimenōn prosēgoriōn eni pragmati. Ephenē gar Theos anthrōpois dia gennēseōs to men ōn, kai aei ōn ek tou aei ontos, hyper aitian kai logon (oude gar hēn tou Logou logos anōteros) to de, diʼ hēmas genomenos hysteron, ’inʼ 6 to einai dous, kai to eu einai charisētai o mallon de, rheusanta( hēmas apo tou eu einai dia kakian, pros auto palin epanagagę̄ dia sarkōseōs. ’Onoma de, tǭ phanēnai men, Theophanial tǭ de gennasthai, Genethlia. Touto estin hēmin hē panēgyris, touto heortazomen sēmeron, epidēmian Theou pros anthrōpo›s, hina pros Theon endēmēsōmen, ē epanelthōmen (houtō gar eipein oikeioteron), *ina tin palaion an; thrōpon apothemenoi, ton neoi endysōmetha ; kai hōsper en tǭ Adam apethanomen, houtōs hen tǭ Christǭ zēsōmen, Christǭ kai syngennōmenoi, kai systauo roumenoi, kai synthaptomenoi, kai synanistamenoi, Dei gar me pathein tēn kalēn antistrophēn ; kai hōsper hek tōn chrēstotirōn, ēlthe ta lypēra, houtōs ek tōn lypērōn, epaneltheïn ta chrēstotera. Ou gar ekpleonasen hē hamartia, hypereperisseussen hē charis; kai hei hē geusis katekrine, posǭ mallon to Christon pathein edikaiōsen, Toigaroun heortazōmen, mē panēgyrikōs, alla theïkōs ’ mē kosmikōs, allʼ hyperkosmiōs ’mē ta hēmetera, ta tou hēmeterou, mallon deta tou Despotou mē ta tēs astheneias, alla ta tēs iatreias o mē ta tēs plaseōs, alla ta tēs anapLaseōs.

These things later. The present feast is the Theophany, or Birthday; for it is called both, two names being given to one thing. For God appeared to men through birth: on the one hand being, and ever being, from him who ever is, beyond cause and reason (for there was no reason higher than the Word); on the other hand, coming to be later for our sake, that he who gave being might also bestow well-being; or rather, that when we had flowed away from well-being through vice, he might bring us back to it again through his incarnation. The name Theophany comes from his appearing, Birthday from his being born. [4] This is our festival, this we celebrate today: the coming of God to men, that we may go to dwell with God, or rather return (for so it is more proper to say); that, putting off the old man, we may put on the new; and as we died in Adam, so we may live in Christ, being born with Christ, crucified with him, buried with him and rising with him. For I must undergo the beautiful reversal: as painful things came from the better, so from the painful the better must return. “For where sin abounded, grace superabounded”; and if the tasting condemned, how much more did Christ's suffering justify! Therefore let us keep the feast, not as a public festival but divinely; not in a worldly way but above the world; not our own things, but the things of him who is ours, or rather of the Master; not the things of weakness, but those of healing; not those of the creation, but those of the re-creation.

38.5PG 36:316b–316d

’Ἔσται δὲ τοῦτο πῶς ; Μὴ πρόθυρα στεφανώσωμεν, μὴ χοροὺς συστησώμεθα, μὴ κοσμήσωμεν ἀγυιὰς, μή ὀφθαλμὸν ἑστιὰσωμεν, μὴ ἀκοὴν καταυλήσωμεν, μὴ ὄσφρησιν ἑκθηλύνωμεν, μὴ γεῦσιν καταπορνεύσωμεν, μὴ άσρῇ χαρισώμεθα, ταῖς προχείροις εἷς κακίαν ὁδοῖς, καὶ εἰσόδοις τῆς ἁμαρτίας, μὴ ἐσθῆτι μαλακισθῶμεν, ἁπαλῇ τε καὶ περιρῤεούσῃ, καὶ ἧς τὸ κάλλιστον ἀχρηστία, μὴ λίθων διαυγείαις μὴ χρυσόὗ περιλὰμψεσι, μὴ χρωμάτων σοφίσμασι ψευδομένων τὸφυσικὸν κάλλος, κατὰ τῆς εἰκόνος ἐξευρημένων ' μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, οἷς κοίτας καὶ ἀσελγείας οἶδα συνεζευγμένας ἓπειδὴ κακῶν διδασκάλων κατὰ τὰ μαθήματα, μᾶλλον δὲ πυνηρῶν σπερμάτων πονηρᾶ τὰ γεώργια. Μὴ στιβάδας ὑψηλὰς πηξώμεθα σκηνοποιουντες τῇ γαστρὶ τὰ τῆς θρύψεως. Μὴ τιμήσωμεν οἴνων τοὺς ἀνθοσμίας, ὀψοποιῶν μαγγανείας, μύρων πολυτελείας. Μὴ γῆ καὶ θάλασσα τὴν τιμίαν ἡμῖν κόπρον δωροφορείτωσαν οὕτω γὰρ ὶγὼ τιμᾷν οἶδα τρυφήν. Μὴ ἄλλος ἄλλον ἀκρασίᾳ νικᾷν σπουδάζωμεν. Ἀκρασία γὰρ ὶμοὶ, πᾶν τὸ περιττὸν καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν χρείαν · καὶ ταῦτα πεινώντων ἄλλων καὶ δεομένων, τών ὶκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ πηλοῦ τε καὶ κράματος.

’Estai de touto pōs ? Mē prothyra stephanōsōmen, mē chorous systēsōmetha, mē kosmēsōmen aguias, mē ophthalmon hestiasōmen, mē akoēn kataulēsōmen, mē osphrēsin hekthēlynōmen, mē geusin kataporneusōmen, mē asrę̄ charisōmetha, tais procheirois heis kakian hodois, kai eisodois tēs hamartias, mē esthēti malakisthōmen, hapalę̄ te kai perirreousę̄, kai hēs to kalliston achrēstia, mē lithōn diaugeiais mē chrysou perilampsesi, mē chrōmatōn sophismasi pseudomenōn tophysikon kallos, kata tēs eikonos exeurēmenōn ' mē kōmois kai methais, hois koitas kai aselgeias oida synezeugmenas hepeidē kakōn didaskalōn kata ta mathēmata, mallon de pynērōn spermatōn ponēra ta geōrgia. Mē stibadas hypsēlas pēxōmetha skēnopoiountes tę̄ gastri ta tēs thrypseōs. Mē timēsōmen oinōn tous anthosmias, opsopoiōn manganeias, myrōn polyteleias. Mē gē kai thalassa tēn timian hēmin kopron dōrophoreitōsan houtō gar igō timąn oida tryphēn. Mē allos allon akrasią nikąn spoudazōmen. Akrasia gar imoi, pan to peritton kai hyper tēn chreian ; kai tauta peinōntōn allōn kai deomenōn, tōn ik tou autou pēlou te kai kramatos.

How will this be? Let us not wreathe the doorways, nor organize dances, nor adorn the streets; let us not feast the eye, nor enchant the ear with pipes, nor make the sense of smell effeminate, nor prostitute the taste, nor gratify the touch, those ready roads to vice and entrances of sin. Let us not grow soft in clothing that is delicate and flowing, whose finest feature is its uselessness; nor with the sparkle of gems, nor the gleam of gold, nor the artifices of colours that falsify natural beauty and were invented against the image; nor with revelling and drunkenness, to which I know that debauchery and licentiousness are yoked, since the lessons of evil teachers are evil, or rather the crops of evil seeds are evil. Let us not set up high couches, making tents of luxury for the belly. Let us not prize the bouquet of wines, the tricks of cooks, the costliness of perfumes. Let not land and sea bring us as gifts the precious dung, for that is how I know to value luxury. Let us not strive to outdo one another in intemperance. For to me intemperance is everything superfluous and beyond need, and this while others are hungry and in want, who are of the same clay and the same composition.

38.6PG 36:316d–318c

Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὶν ’Ἕλλησι παρῶμεν, καὶ Ἑλληνικοϊς κόμποις, καὶ παεηγύρεσιν · οἶ και Osci»; ὀνομάζουσι κνίσσαις χαίροντας, καὶ ἀκολούθως τὸ θετον τῇ γαστρὶ θεραπεύουσι, πονηροὶ πονηρῶν δαιμόνων, καὶ πλάσται, καὶ μυσταγωγοὶ, καὶ μόσται τυγχάνοντες. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, οἷς Λόγος τὸ προσκυνούμενον, κᾶν τι δέῃ τρυφᾷν, ιν λόγῳ της ·

Alla tauta min ’Hellēsi parōmen, kai Hellēnikoïs kompois, kai paeēgyresin ; oi kai Osci»? onomazousi knissais chairontas, kai akolouthōs to theton tę̄ gastri therapeuousi, ponēroi ponērōn daimonōn, kai plastai, kai mystagōgoi, kai mostai tynchanontes. Hēmeis de, hois Logos to proskynoumenon, kan ti deę̄ tryphąn, in logǭ tēs ;

But let us leave these things to the Greeks, and to Greek pomp and festivals; they give the name of gods to beings who delight in the savour of sacrifices, and consistently worship the divine with the belly, being evil makers, initiators and initiates of evil demons. But we, for whom the Word is the object of worship, if we must have some luxury, let it be in word …

38.7PG 36:318d–320a

εἰπερ μηδὲ τοῖς συνθέτοις, μόνον τδ εἶναι συν-

eiper mēde tois synthetois, monon td einai syn-

… since not even for composite things is mere being …

38.8PG 36:320a–320c

Διχῆ δὲ τοῦ ἀπείρου θεωρουμένου, κατά τε ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος (τὸ γὰρ ὑπὲρ ταῦτα, καὶ μὴ ὲν τοὺτοις, ἄπειρον), ὅταν μὲν εἰς τὸν ἄνω βυθὸν6 νοῦς ἀποβλέψῃ. οὐκ ἔχων ὅποι στῇ καὶ ἀπερείσηται ταῖς περὶ Θεοῦ φαντασίαις, τὸ ἐνταῦοα ἄπειρον καὶ ἀνέκὸατον, ἄναρχον προηγόρευσεν· ὅταν δὲ είς τὰ κάτω καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀνώλεθρον· ὅταν δὲ συνέλῃ τὸ πᾶν, αἰώνιον. Αίὼν γὰρ, οὔτε χρόνος, οὔτε χρόνου τι μέρος οὐδὲ γὰρ μετρητόν ἀλλʼ ὄπε ρ ἡ μῖνό χρόνος, ἡλίου φορᾷ μετρούμενος, τοῦτο τοῖς ἀϊδίοις, αἰὼν, τὸ συμπαρεκτεινόμενον τοῖς οὖσιν, οἶόν τι χρονικὸν κίνημα, καὶ διάστημα, Ταῦτά μοι περὶ Θεοῦ πεφιλοσοερήςοω τανῦν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὲρ ταῦτα καιρὸς, ὅτι μὴ θεολογία. τὸ προκείμενον ἡμῖν, ἀλλʼ οἰκονομία. Θεοῦ δὲ ὅταν εἴπω, λέγω Πατρὺς, καὶ Υῐοῦ, καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος· οὔτε ὑπὲρ ταῦτα τῆς θεότητος χεομένης, ἵνα μὴ δῆμον θεῶν εἰσαγάγωμεν· οὔτε ἐντὸς τούτων ὁριζομένης, ἵνα μὴ πενίαν θεότητος κατακριθῶμεν, ἢ διὰ τὴν μοναρχίαν Ἰουδαῖςοντες, ἦ διὰ τὴν ἀφθονίαν Ἐλληνίζοντες. Τὸ γὰρ κακὸν ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ὅμοιον, κᾶν ὲν τοῖς ὲναντίοιξ εὑρίσκηται. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν τὰ ’Ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων, ἃ. καὶ τοῖς σεραφὶμ συγκαλύπτεται, καὶ δοξάζεται τρισὶν ἀγιασμοίς, είς μίαν συνιοῦσι κυριότητα καὶ θεότητα · ὃ καὶ ἄλλῳ τινὶ τῶν πρὸ νὴμῶν πεφιλοσόφηται κάλλιστά τε καὶ ὑψηλότατα.

Dichē de tou apeirou theōroumenou, kata te archēn kai telos (to gar hyper tauta, kai mē en toutois, apeiron), hotan men eis ton anō bython6 nous apoblepsę̄. ouk echōn hopoi stę̄ kai apereisētai tais peri Theou phantasiais, to entauoa apeiron kai anekoaton, anarchon proēgoreusen; hotan de eis ta katō kai ta hexēs, athanaton kai anōlethron; hotan de synelę̄ to pan, aiōnion. Aiōn gar, oute chronos, oute chronou ti meros oude gar metrēton allʼ ope r hē mino chronos, hēliou phorą metroumenos, touto tois aïdiois, aiōn, to symparekteinomenon tois ousin, oion ti chronikon kinēma, kai diastēma, Tauta moi peri Theou pephilosoerēsoō tanyn. Oude gar hyper tauta kairos, hoti mē theologia. to prokeimenon hēmin, allʼ oikonomia. Theou de hotan eipō, legō Patrys, kai Uiou, kai hagiou Pneumatos; oute hyper tauta tēs theotētos cheomenēs, hina mē dēmon theōn eisagagōmen; oute entos toutōn horizomenēs, hina mē penian theotētos katakrithōmen, ē dia tēn monarchian Ioudaisontes, ē dia tēn aphthonian Ellēnizontes. To gar kakon en amphoterois homoion, kan en tois enantioix heuriskētai. Houtō men oun ta ’Hagia tōn hagiōn, ha. kai tois seraphim synkalyptetai, kai doxazetai trisin agiasmois, eis mian syniousi kyriotēta kai theotēta ; ho kai allǭ tini tōn pro nēmōn pephilosophētai kallista te kai hypsēlotata.

The infinite is considered in two ways, with respect to beginning and to end (for what is beyond these and not within them is infinite). When the mind looks into the depth above, having nowhere to stand and rest in its imaginings about God, it calls the infinite and unapproachable there “without beginning”; when it looks into what is below and what follows, “immortal” and “imperishable”; and when it gathers the whole together, “eternal”. For eternity is neither time nor any part of time, since it is not measurable; but what time is for us, measured by the course of the sun, that eternity is for everlasting beings: something extended together with the things that are, like a kind of temporal motion and interval. Let this be enough of my philosophy about God for now. There is no occasion for more, since our subject is not theology but the economy. When I say God, I mean Father, Son and Holy Spirit: the Godhead neither spreading beyond these, lest we bring in a mob of gods, nor confined within less than these, lest we be condemned for a poverty of Godhead, either Judaizing because of the monarchy or Hellenizing because of the abundance. For the evil is alike in both, though found in opposites. Such, then, is the Holy of Holies, which is veiled even by the seraphim and glorified with three “holies”, meeting in one lordship and Godhead; this has been expounded most beautifully and loftily by another before us.

38.9PG 36:320d–321a

Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἤρκει τῇ ἀγαθότητι τοῦτο, τὸ κινεῖσθαι μόνον τῇ ἑαυτῆς θεωρίᾳ, ἀλλʼ ἔδει χεθῆναι τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ὁδεῦσαι, ὡς πλείονα εἶναι τὰ εὐεργετούμενα (τοῦτο γὰρ τῆς ἄκρας ἦν ἀγαθότητος), πρῶτον μὲν ὲννοεῖ τὰς ἀγγελικὰς δυνάμεις καὶ οὐρανίους· καὶ τὸ ἐννόημα ἔργον ἦν, Λόγῳ συμπληρούμενον, καὶ Πνεύματι τελειούμενονξ Καὶ οὕτως ὑπέστησαν λαμπρότητες δεύτεραι, λειτουργοὶ Ti]; πρώτης λαμπρότητος· εἴτε νοερὰ πνεύματα, ιῖτε πῦρ οἷον ἄῦλον καὶ ἀσώματον, εἴτε τινὰ φύσιν ἄλλην, ὃτι ἐγγυτάτω τῶν εἰρημένων, ταύτας ὑποληπτέον. Βούλομαι μὲν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἀκινήτους πρὸς τὸ κακὸν, καὶ μόνην ἐχούσας τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ κὶνησιν, ἐὶτε περὶ Θεὸν οὔσας, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἐκ Θεοῦ λαμπομένας ‘ τὰ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα, δευτέρας ἒλλάμψεως, Πείθει δέ με, μὴ ἀκινήτους, ἀλλὰ δυσκινήτους, καὶ ὓπολαμβάνειν ταύτας, καὶ λέγειν, ὁ διὰτὴν λαμπρότητα Ἐωσφόρος, σκότος διὰ τὴν ἔπαρσιν καὶ γενόμενος, καὶ λεγόμενος, αἵ τε ὑπʼ αὐτὸν ἀποστατικαὶ δυνάμεις, δημιουργοὶ τῆς καικίας τῇ τοῦ καλοῦ φυγῇ, καὶ ἡμῖν ρόξενοι.

Epei de ouk ērkei tę̄ agathotēti touto, to kineisthai monon tę̄ heautēs theōrią, allʼ edei chethēnai to agathon kai hodeusai, hōs pleiona einai ta euergetoumena (touto gar tēs akras ēn agathotētos), prōton men ennoei tas angelikas dynameis kai ouranious; kai to ennoēma ergon ēn, Logǭ symplēroumenon, kai Pneumati teleioumenonx Kai houtōs hypestēsan lamprotētes deuterai, leitourgoi Ti]? prōtēs lamprotētos; eite noera pneumata, iite pyr hoion aulon kai asōmaton, eite tina physin allēn, hoti engytatō tōn eirēmenōn, tautas hypolēpteon. Boulomai men eipein, hoti akinētous pros to kakon, kai monēn echousas tēn tou kalou kinēsin, eite peri Theon ousas, kai ta prōta ek Theou lampomenas ‘ ta gar entautha, deuteras ellampseōs, Peithei de me, mē akinētous, alla dyskinētous, kai hypolambanein tautas, kai legein, ho diatēn lamprotēta Eōsphoros, skotos dia tēn eparsin kai genomenos, kai legomenos, hai te hypʼ auton apostatikai dynameis, dēmiourgoi tēs kaikias tę̄ tou kalou phygę̄, kai hēmin roxenoi.

But since it was not enough for goodness to be moved only in the contemplation of itself, but the good had to be poured out and go forth, so that the objects of its benefaction might be more (for this belonged to the highest goodness), he first conceives the angelic and heavenly powers; and the conception was a deed, fulfilled by the Word and perfected by the Spirit. And so second splendours came to be, ministers of the first splendour: whether we should think of them as intelligent spirits, or as a kind of immaterial and bodiless fire, or as some other nature as near as possible to those named. I would like to say that they are immovable towards evil and have only the movement of the good, being around God and the first to be illumined from God (for things here have a second illumination); but I am persuaded to suppose and say that they are not immovable but hard to move, because of him who for his splendour was called Lucifer, but who through his pride both became and is called darkness, and the apostate powers under him, makers of evil by their flight from the good, and its promoters for us.

38.10PG 36:321a–321c

Οὕτω μὲν οὖν ὃ νοητὸς αὐτῷ, καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ὑπέστη κόσμος, ὡς ἐμὲ γοῦν περὶ τούτων φιλοσοφῆσαι) μικρῷ λόγῳ τὰ μεγάλα σταθμώμενον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ πρῶτα καλῶς εἶχεν αὐτῷ, δεύτερον ἒννοεϊ κόσμον ὑλικὸν καὶ ὁρώμενον καὶ οὗτος ὶστι τὸ ἐξ οὑρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, καὶ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ σόστημά τε καὶ σύγκριμα, ἐπαινετὸν μὲν τῆς καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀφυΐας, ἁξιεπαινετώτερον δὲ τῆς ἐξ ἁπάντων εὐαρμοστίας καὶ συμφωνίας, ἄλλου πρὸς ἄλλο τι καλῶς ἔχοντος, καὶ πάντων πρὸς ἅπαντα, εἷς ἑνὸς κόσμου συμπλή· Ρωσιν ’ ἵνα δείξῃ, μὴ μόνον οἰκείαν ἑαυτῷ φύσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντη ξένην ὑποστήσασθαι δυνατὸς ὤν. Οίκεῐον μὲν γὰρ θεότητος, αἱ νοεραὶ φύσεις, καὶ νῷ μόνῳ ληπταί ’ ξένον δὲ παντάπασιν, ὅσαι ὗπδ τὴν αʼίσθησιν, καὶ τούτων αὐτῶν ἔτι πορῤωτέρω, ὅσαι παντελῶς ἄψυχοι καὶ ἀκίνητοι Ἀλλὰ τί τούτωγ ἡμῖν, τάχα ἂν εἴποι τις τῶν λίαν φιλεόρτων καὶ θερμοτέρωνς Κέντει τὸν πῶλον περὶ τὴν νύσσαν. Τὰ τῆς ἑορτῆς ἡμῖν φιλοσόφει, καὶ οἷς προκαδεξόμεθα σήμερον. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ποιήσω, καὶ εἰ μικρὸν ἄνωθεν ἠρξάμην, οὕτω τοῦ πόθου καὶ τοῦ λόγου βιασαμένων.

Houtō men oun ho noētos autǭ, kai dia tauta hypestē kosmos, hōs eme goun peri toutōn philosophēsai) mikrǭ logǭ ta megala stathmōmenon. Epei de ta prōta kalōs eichen autǭ, deuteron ennoeï kosmon hylikon kai horōmenon kai houtos isti to ex houranou kai gēs, kai tōn en mesǭ sostēma te kai synkrima, epaineton men tēs kathʼ hekaston aphyïas, haxiepainetōteron de tēs ex hapantōn euarmostias kai symphōnias, allou pros allo ti kalōs echontos, kai pantōn pros hapanta, heis henos kosmou symplē; Rōsin ’ hina deixę̄, mē monon oikeian heautǭ physin, alla kai pantē xenēn hypostēsasthai dynatos ōn. Oikeion men gar theotētos, hai noerai physeis, kai nǭ monǭ lēptai ’ xenon de pantapasin, hosai hypd tēn aʼisthēsin, kai toutōn autōn eti porrōterō, hosai pantelōs apsychoi kai akinētoi Alla ti toutōg hēmin, tacha an eipoi tis tōn lian phileortōn kai thermoterōns Kentei ton pōlon peri tēn nyssan. Ta tēs heortēs hēmin philosophei, kai hois prokadexometha sēmeron. Touto dē kai poiēsō, kai ei mikron anōthen ērxamēn, houtō tou pothou kai tou logou biasamenōn.

So, then, the intelligible world came to be for him, and for these reasons, so far as I at least can philosophize about these things, weighing great things with a small word. And since his first works were good, he conceives a second world, material and visible: this is the system and compound of heaven and earth and what lies between, praiseworthy for the fine nature of each part, still more praiseworthy for the harmony and concord of the whole, each part fitting well with another and all with all, to complete one world; that he might show that he was able to give being not only to a nature akin to himself but also to one wholly alien. For the intelligent natures, grasped by mind alone, are akin to the Godhead; wholly alien are those that fall under sense, and, still further removed among these, those that are wholly soulless and motionless. “But what is this to us?” perhaps one of the very festive and more eager might say. “Spur the colt to the turning post; philosophize to us about the feast and the things for which we have taken our seats today.” That I will do, even if I began a little far back, compelled by love and by the subject.

38.11PG 36:321c–324b

Νοῦς μὲν οὖν ἤδη καὶ αἴσθησις, οὕτως ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων διακριθέντα, τῶν ἰδίων ὅρων ἐντὸς εἱστήκεισαν, καὶ τὸ τοῦ δημιουργώ Λόγου μεγαλεῖον iv ἑαυτοῖς ἔφερον, σιγῶντες ἐπαινέται τῆς μεγαλουργίας, καὶ διαπρύσιοι κήρυκες. Οὔπω δὲ ἦν κρᾶμα ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων, οὐδέ τις μίξις τῶν ἐναντίων, σοφίας μείζονος γνώρισμα, καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰς φύσεις πολυτελείας ο οὐδὲ ὁ πᾶς πλοῦτος τῆς ἆγαθότητος γνώριμος. Τυῦτο δὲ βουληθεὶς ὁ τεχνίτης ἐπιδείξασθαι Λόγος, καὶ ζῶον ἓν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων, ἀοράτου τε λέγω καὶ ὁρατῆς φύσεως, δημιούργετ τὸν ἅνθρω“ πον καὶ παρὰ μὲν τῆς ὕλης λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα ἤδη προϋποστᾶσαν, παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ δὲ πνοὴν ἐνθεὶς, ἣ δὴ νοερὰν ψυχὴν καὶ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ οἶδεν ὁ λόγος), οἷόν τινα κόσμον δεύτερον, ἰν μικρῷ μέγαν, επὶ τῆς γῆς ἴστησιν, ἄγγελον ἄλλον, προσκυνητην μικτὸν, έπόπτην τῆς ὁρατῆς κτίσεως, μύστην τῆς νοουμένης, βασιλέα τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς, βασιλευόμενον ἄνωθεν, ἐπίγειον καὶ ούρανιον, πρόσκαιρον καὶ ἀθάνατον, ὁρατὸν καὶ νοούμενον, μέσον μεγέθους καὶ ταπεινότητος· τὸν αὒτὸν, πνεῦμα καὶ σάρκα ' πνεῦμα διὰ τὴν χάριν, σάρκα διὰ τῆν ἔπαρσιν ’ τό μὲν, ἵνα μένῃ καὶ δοξάζῃ τὸν εὐεργέτην τὸ δὲ, ἵνα πάσχῃ, καὶ πάο σχων ὑπομιμνήσκηται καὶ παιδεύηται τῷ μεγέθει φιλοτιμούμενος ζῶον ἐνταῦθα οἰκονομούμενοι, καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ μεθιστάμενον, καὶ πέρας τοῦ μυστηρίου τῇ πρὸς Θεὸν νεύσει θεούμενυν. Εἲς τοῦτο γὰρ ἐμοὶ φέρει τὸ μέτριον ένταῠθα φέγγος τῆς ἀληθείας, λαμπρότητα Θεοῦ καὶ ἰδεῖν καὶ παθεῖν, ἀξίαν τοὺ καὶ συνδήσαντος, καὶ λύσοντος, καὶ αὖθις συνδήσοντος ὑψηλότερον.

Nous men oun ēdē kai aisthēsis, houtōs apʼ allēlōn diakrithenta, tōn idiōn horōn entos heistēkeisan, kai to tou dēmiourgō Logou megaleion iv heautois epheron, sigōntes epainetai tēs megalourgias, kai diaprysioi kērykes. Oupō de ēn krama ex amphoterōn, oude tis mixis tōn enantiōn, sophias meizonos gnōrisma, kai tēs peri tas physeis polyteleias o oude ho pas ploutos tēs agathotētos gnōrimos. Tyyto de boulētheis ho technitēs epideixasthai Logos, kai zōon hen ex amphoterōn, aoratou te legō kai horatēs physeōs, dēmiourget ton hanthrō“ pon kai para men tēs hylēs labōn to sōma ēdē proÿpostasan, parʼ heautou de pnoēn entheis, hē dē noeran psychēn kai eikona Theou oiden ho logos), hoion tina kosmon deuteron, in mikrǭ megan, epi tēs gēs istēsin, angelon allon, proskynētēn mikton, epoptēn tēs horatēs ktiseōs, mystēn tēs nooumenēs, basilea tōn epi gēs, basileuomenon anōthen, epigeion kai ouranion, proskairon kai athanaton, horaton kai nooumenon, meson megethous kai tapeinotētos; ton auton, pneuma kai sarka ' pneuma dia tēn charin, sarka dia tēn eparsin ’ to men, hina menę̄ kai doxazę̄ ton euergetēn to de, hina paschę̄, kai pao schōn hypomimnēskētai kai paideuētai tǭ megethei philotimoumenos zōon entautha oikonomoumenoi, kai allachou methistamenon, kai peras tou mystēriou tę̄ pros Theon neusei theoumenyn. Eis touto gar emoi pherei to metrion entautha phengos tēs alētheias, lamprotēta Theou kai idein kai pathein, axian tou kai syndēsantos, kai lysontos, kai authis syndēsontos hypsēloteron.

Mind, then, and sense, thus distinguished from one another, stood within their own bounds and bore in themselves the magnificence of the Creator Word, silent praisers and loud heralds of his mighty work. But there was not yet a mixture of both, nor any blending of opposites, a token of greater wisdom and of lavishness about the natures; nor was the whole wealth of his goodness yet known. Wishing to display this, the Word, the artist, creates man, one living being out of both, I mean the invisible and the visible nature. Taking the body from the matter that already existed, and placing in it breath from himself, which the word knows as the intelligent soul and the image of God, he sets him on the earth as a kind of second world, great in little, another angel, a worshipper of mixed nature, fully initiated into the visible creation, partly initiated into the intelligible, king of all on earth but ruled from above, earthly and heavenly, temporary and immortal, visible and intelligible, midway between greatness and lowliness; the same being spirit and flesh: spirit because of grace, flesh because of the elevation; the one that he may remain and glorify his Benefactor, the other that he may suffer, and by suffering be reminded and disciplined when he is ambitious about his greatness; a living being cared for here and transferred elsewhere, and, as the end of the mystery, deified by his inclination towards God. For to this, I think, the moderate light of truth here leads me: to see and to experience the splendour of God, worthy of him who both bound us together and will loose us, and will bind us again in a loftier way.

38.12PG 36:324b–324d

Τοῦτον ἔθετο μὲν έν τῷ παραδείσῳ, ὅστις ποτὲ ῆν ὁ παράδεισος οὗτος, τῷ αὐτεξουσίιῇ τιμήσας, ’ἶνʼ ἦ τοῦ ἑλομένου τὸ ἀγαθὸν οὐχ ἧττον ἢ τοῦ παρασχόντος τὰ σπέρματα, φυτῶν ἀθανάτων γεωργὸν, θείων ἐννοιῶν ἴσως, τῶν τε ἁπλουστέρων καὶ τῶν τελεωτέρων, γυμνὸν καὶ ἁπλότητι καὶ ζωῇ ἀτέχνῳ, καὶ δίχα παντὸς έπικαλύμματος καὶ προβλήματος. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἔπρεπεν εῖναι τὸν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς. Καὶ δίδωσι νόμον, ὕλην τῷ αὖτεξουσίῳ. Ὀ δὲ νόμος ἧν ἐντολὴ, ὧν τε μεταληπτέον αὒτῷ φυτῶν, καὶ οὗ μὴ προσαπτέον. Τὸ δὲ ἦν τὸ ξύλον της γνώσεως, οὕτε φυτευθὲν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κακῶς, οὔτε ἀπαγορευθὲν φθονερῶς (μὴ πεμπέτωσαν ἐκεῖ τὰς γλώσσας οἱ θεομάχοι, μηδὲ τὸν ὅφιν μιπείσθωσαν) ἀλλὰ καλὸν μὲν εὒκαίρως μεταλαμβανόμενον (θεωρία γὰρ ἦν τὸ φυτὸν, ὡς ἡ ἐμὲ θεωρία, ῆς μόνοις ἐπιβαίνειν ἀσφαλὲς τοῖς τὴν ἕξιν τελεωτέροις), ού καλὸν δὲ τοτς ἁπλουστέροις ἔτι, καὶ τὴν ἔφεσιν λιχνοτέροις, ὥσπερ ούδὲ τροφὴ τελεία λυσιτελὴς τοῖς ἀπαλοις ἔτι καὶ δεομένοις γάλακτος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ φθόνῳ διαβόλου, καὶ γυναικὸς ἔπηρείᾳ, ἢν τε ἔπαθεν ὡς ἁπαλωτέρα, καὶ ἢν προσήγαγεν ὡς πιθανωτέρα (φεῦ τῆς ἐμῆς ἀσθενείαςί ἒμή γὰρ ἡ τοῦ προπάτορος), τῆς μὲν ἐντολῆς ἐπελάθετο τῆς δοθείσης, καὶ ἡττήθη τῆς πικρᾶς γεύσεως ° ὁμοῦ δὲ τοῦ τῆς ζωῆς ξύλου, καὶ τοῦ παραδείσω, καὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, διὰ τὴν κακίαν ἐξόριστος γίνεται, καὶ τοὺς δερματίνους ἀμφιέννυται χιτῶνας, ἴσως τῆν παχυτέραν σάρκα, καὶ θνητὴν, καὶ ἀντίτυπον · καὶ τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκει τὴν ἰδίαν αἰσχύνην, καί ἀπὸ Θεοῦ κρύπτεται, Κερδαίνει μέν τι κάνταῦθα ' τὸν θάνατον, καὶ τὸ διακοπῆναι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ’ίνα μὴ ἀθάνατον ᾖ τὸ κακόν καὶ γίνεται φιλανθρωπία ἡ τιμωρία. Οὕτω γὰρ ἐγώ πείθομαι κολάζειν Θεον.

Touton etheto men en tǭ paradeisǭ, hostis pote ēn ho paradeisos houtos, tǭ autexousiię̄ timēsas, ’inʼ ē tou helomenou to agathon ouch hētton ē tou paraschontos ta spermata, phytōn athanatōn geōrgon, theiōn ennoiōn isōs, tōn te haplousterōn kai tōn teleōterōn, gymnon kai haplotēti kai zōę̄ atechnǭ, kai dicha pantos epikalymmatos kai problēmatos. Toiouton gar eprepen einai ton apʼ archēs. Kai didōsi nomon, hylēn tǭ autexousiǭ. O de nomos hēn entolē, hōn te metalēpteon autǭ phytōn, kai hou mē prosapteon. To de ēn to xylon tēs gnōseōs, houte phyteuthen apʼ archēs kakōs, oute apagoreuthen phthonerōs (mē pempetōsan ekei tas glōssas hoi theomachoi, mēde ton hophin mipeisthōsan) alla kalon men eukairōs metalambanomenon (theōria gar ēn to phyton, hōs hē eme theōria, ēs monois epibainein asphales tois tēn hexin teleōterois), ou kalon de tots haplousterois eti, kai tēn ephesin lichnoterois, hōsper oude trophē teleia lysitelēs tois apalois eti kai deomenois galaktos. Epei de phthonǭ diabolou, kai gynaikos epēreią, ēn te epathen hōs hapalōtera, kai ēn prosēgagen hōs pithanōtera (pheu tēs emēs astheneiasi emē gar hē tou propatoros), tēs men entolēs epelatheto tēs dotheisēs, kai hēttēthē tēs pikras geuseōs ° homou de tou tēs zōēs xylou, kai tou paradeisō, kai tou Theou, dia tēn kakian exoristos ginetai, kai tous dermatinous amphiennytai chitōnas, isōs tēn pachyteran sarka, kai thnētēn, kai antitypon ; kai touto prōton ginōskei tēn idian aischynēn, kai apo Theou kryptetai, Kerdainei men ti kantautha ' ton thanaton, kai to diakopēnai tēn hamartian, ’ina mē athanaton ę̄ to kakon kai ginetai philanthrōpia hē timōria. Houtō gar egō peithomai kolazein Theon.

He placed him in paradise, whatever this paradise was, honouring him with free will, so that the good might belong to the one who chose it no less than to the one who provided its seeds: a cultivator of immortal plants, perhaps of divine thoughts, both the simpler and the more perfect; naked in his simplicity and artless life, without any covering or screen; for such it was fitting that he should be who was from the beginning. And he gives him a law, as material for his free will. The law was a commandment, which plants he might partake of and which he might not touch. This was the tree of knowledge, neither planted evilly from the beginning nor forbidden out of envy (let the enemies of God not wag their tongues in that direction, nor imitate the serpent), but good when partaken of at the right time; for the tree was, in my view, contemplation, which it is safe to undertake only for those of more perfect habit, but not good for those still simple and greedy in their desire, just as solid food is not profitable for those still tender and in need of milk. But when, through the envy of the devil and the injury done by the woman, which she suffered as the more tender and brought upon him as the more persuasive (alas for my weakness! for my forefather's weakness is mine), he forgot the commandment that had been given and was overcome by the bitter tasting, he became at once, through his wickedness, an exile from the tree of life, from paradise and from God; and he puts on the coats of skin, perhaps the coarser flesh, mortal and resistant; and now for the first time he knows his own shame and hides from God. Yet he gains something even here: death, and the cutting short of sin, so that evil might not be immortal; and the punishment becomes an act of love for man. For this, I am persuaded, is how God punishes.

38.13PG 36:325a–325d

Πολλοις δὲ παιδευθεὶς πρότερον, ἀντὶ πολλῶν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ὧν ἡ τῆς κακίας ῥίζα ὶβλάστησ κατὰ διαφόρους αἰτίας καὶ χρόνους, λόγῳ νόμῳ, προφήταις, εὒεργεσίαις, ἀπειλαῖς, πληγαῖς ὕδασιν, ἐμπρησμοτς, πολέμοις, νίκαις, ἥτταις, σηο μείοις ἐξ οὑρανοῦ, σημείοις ἒξ ἂὲρος, ἔκ γῆς. ἐκ θαλάττης, ἀνδρῶν, πόλεων, ἐθνῶν ἀνελπίστοις μεταβολαῖς, ὑφʼ ὧν ἒκτριβἦναι τὴν κακίαν τὸ σπουδαζόμενον ἧν, Τέλος ἰσχυροτέρου δεῖται φαρμάκου ἐπὶ δεινοτέροις τοῖς ἀρρωστήμασιν, ἀλληλοφθνίαις, μοιχείαις, ἐπιορκίαις, ἀνδρομανίαιςι τὸ πάντων ἔσχατον τῶν κακῶν καὶ πρῶτον, εἰδω· λολατρείαις, καὶ τῇ μεταθέσει τῆς προσκυνήσεως ἆπὸ τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἐπὶ τὰ κτίσματα. Ταῦτα ἐπειὸῧ μείζονος ἐδεῖτο τοῦ βοηθήματος, μείζονος καὶ τογʼ χάνει. Τὸ δὲ ᾖν αὐτὸς τοῦΘεουΛὸγης,’ί προαιώνιος, ὸ ἀόρατος, ὃ ἀπερίληπτος, ὁ ἀσώματος, ί δκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀρχὴ, τὸ ἐκ τοῦ φωτός φῶς, ἡ πηγῦ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τῆγςη ἀθανασίας, τδ ἐκμανετον τοῦ ἁρχετύπου γάλλους, ἠ μὴ κινουμένη σφραγὶς, ἢ ἀπαράλλακτος εἰκὼν, ὁ του Πατρὸς ὅρος καὶ λόγος· ὶῗτῖ τὴν ἶδίαν εἰκονα χωρεῖ, καὶ σάρκα φορεῖ διὰ τὴν σάρκα, καὶ ψυχῇηνοερᾷ διὰ τὴν ὲμῆτ ψυχῆκ μίγνυται, τῷ ὁμοίῳ τὸ ὅμοιον ἆνακαθαίρων. Κατ πάντα γίγνεται, πλὴν τῆς ἁμαρτίας, avo?” πος κυηθεὶς μὲν ὲκ τῆς Παρθένου, καὶ ψυχὴν mi σάρκα προκαθαρθείσης τῷ Πνεύματι (ἔδει γὰρ καῖ γέννησιν τιμηθῆναι, καὶ παρθενίαν προτιμηθῆναι) προελθὼν δὲ Θεὸς μετὰ τῆς προσλήψεως, ἔν ἐκδύο τῶν ἐναντίων, σαρκὸς καὶ Πνεύματος ὧν. τὸ μὲν ἒθέωσε,,τὸ δέ ὶθεώθη. ’Ὠ τῆς καινῆς μίξεωςί ὣ τῆς παραδόξου κράσεωςξ ὁ ὢν γίνεται, καὶ ὃ ἄκτιστος κτίζεται, καὶ δ ἀχώρητος χωρεϊται, διὰ μέσης ψυχῆς νοερᾶς μεσιτευούσης θεόετητι, καὶ σαρκὸς παχύτητι. Καὶ ὁ πλουτίζων, πτωχεύει πτωο χιύει γὰρ τὴν ὶμήν σάρκα, ἴδʼ εγὼ πλουτήσω τὴν αἰ)τοῦ θεότητα. Καὶ ὁ πλήρης, κενοῦται κενοῦται γὰρ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ δόξης ἐπὶ μικρὸν, ἵνʼ ἐγὼ τῆς ἒκείνου μεταλάβοι) πληρώσεως. Τίς δέ πλοῦτος τῆς ἀγαθότητος ; Τί πρὸ περὶ ἐμὲ τοῦτο μυστήριον; μετέλαβον τῆς εἰκόνος, καὶ οὐκ ἐφύλαξα ο μεταλαμβάνει τῆς ὶμῆς σαρκὸς, ’ίνα καὶ ’τὴν εἰκόνα σώσῃ, καὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀθανατίσῃ, Δευτέραν κοινωνεῖ κοινωνίαν, πολὺ τῆς προτέρας παραδοξοτέραν ὅσῳ τοτε μὲν τοῦ κρείττονος μετέδωκε, νῦν δὲ μεταλαμβάνει τοῦ χείρονος. Τουτο τοῦ προτέρου θεοειδέστερον τοῦτο τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσιν ὑψηλότερον.

Pollois de paideutheis proteron, anti pollōn tōn hamartēmatōn, hōn hē tēs kakias rhiza iblastēs kata diaphorous aitias kai chronous, logǭ nomǭ, prophētais, euergesiais, apeilais, plēgais hydasin, emprēsmots, polemois, nikais, hēttais, sēo meiois ex houranou, sēmeiois ex aeros, ek gēs. ek thalattēs, andrōn, poleōn, ethnōn anelpistois metabolais, hyphʼ hōn ektribēnai tēn kakian to spoudazomenon hēn, Telos ischyroterou deitai pharmakou epi deinoterois tois arrōstēmasin, allēlophthniais, moicheiais, epiorkiais, andromaniaisi to pantōn eschaton tōn kakōn kai prōton, eidō; lolatreiais, kai tę̄ metathesei tēs proskynēseōs apo tou pepoiēkotos epi ta ktismata. Tauta epeioÿ meizonos edeito tou boēthēmatos, meizonos kai togʼ chanei. To de ę̄n autos touTheouLogēs,’i proaiōnios, o aoratos, ho aperilēptos, ho asōmatos, i dk tēs archēs archē, to ek tou phōtos phōs, hē pēgy tēs zōēs kai tēgsē athanasias, td ekmaneton tou harchetypou gallous, ē mē kinoumenē sphragis, ē aparallaktos eikōn, ho tou Patros horos kai logos; iïti tēn idian eikona chōrei, kai sarka phorei dia tēn sarka, kai psychę̄ēnoerą dia tēn emēt psychēk mignytai, tǭ homoiǭ to homoion anakathairōn. Kat panta gignetai, plēn tēs hamartias, avo?” pos kyētheis men ek tēs Parthenou, kai psychēn mi sarka prokathartheisēs tǭ Pneumati (edei gar kai gennēsin timēthēnai, kai parthenian protimēthēnai) proelthōn de Theos meta tēs proslēpseōs, en ekdyo tōn enantiōn, sarkos kai Pneumatos hōn. to men etheōse,,to de itheōthē. ’Ō tēs kainēs mixeōsi hō tēs paradoxou kraseōsx ho ōn ginetai, kai ho aktistos ktizetai, kai d achōrētos chōreïtai, dia mesēs psychēs noeras mesiteuousēs theoetēti, kai sarkos pachytēti. Kai ho ploutizōn, ptōcheuei ptōo chiyei gar tēn imēn sarka, idʼ egō ploutēsō tēn ai)tou theotēta. Kai ho plērēs, kenoutai kenoutai gar tēs heautou doxēs epi mikron, hinʼ egō tēs ekeinou metalaboi) plērōseōs. Tis de ploutos tēs agathotētos ? Ti pro peri eme touto mystērion? metelabon tēs eikonos, kai ouk ephylaxa o metalambanei tēs imēs sarkos, ’ina kai ’tēn eikona sōsę̄, kai tēn sarka athanatisę̄, Deuteran koinōnei koinōnian, poly tēs proteras paradoxoteran hosǭ tote men tou kreittonos metedōke, nyn de metalambanei tou cheironos. Touto tou proterou theoeidesteron touto tois noun echousin hypsēloteron.

He was first disciplined in many ways, because of the many sins which the root of evil put forth for various causes and at various times: by word, by law, by prophets, by benefits, by threats, by plagues, by floods, by fires, by wars, by victories, by defeats, by signs from heaven, signs from the air, from the earth, from the sea, by unexpected changes in men, cities and nations, by which the aim was to wipe out evil. At last he needs a stronger remedy for more terrible diseases: mutual slaughter, adulteries, perjuries, lust for males, and that last and first of all evils, idolatry, and the transfer of worship from the Maker to the creatures. Since these needed a greater help, they also obtain a greater. This was the very Word of God, the pre-eternal, the invisible, the incomprehensible, the bodiless, the beginning from the beginning, the light from light, the source of life and immortality, the impress of the archetypal beauty, the unmoved seal, the unchanging image, the Father's definition and word: he comes to his own image, and bears flesh for the sake of flesh, and is mingled with an intelligent soul for the sake of my soul, cleansing like by like; and he becomes man in all things except sin. He was conceived of the Virgin, who had first been cleansed in soul and flesh by the Spirit (for birth had to be honoured, and virginity honoured more), and he came forth God with what he had assumed, one out of two opposites, flesh and Spirit, of which the one deified and the other was deified. O new mingling! O strange blending! He who is comes to be, and the uncreated is created, and the uncontained is contained, through the mediation of an intelligent soul standing between the Godhead and the coarseness of flesh. And he who makes rich becomes poor: for he becomes poor in my flesh, that I may become rich in his Godhead. And he who is full is emptied: for he is emptied of his own glory for a little while, that I may share in his fullness. What is this wealth of goodness? What is this mystery concerning me? I received the image and did not keep it; he receives my flesh, to save the image and to make the flesh immortal. He enters into a second communion, far stranger than the first, inasmuch as then he gave a share in the better, while now he takes a share in the worse. This is more godlike than the first; this is loftier for those who have understanding.

38.14PG 36:328a–328c

Πρὸς ταῦτα τί φασιν ἡμῖν οῑ συκοφάνται, οἱ πικροὶ τῆς Θεότητος λογισταὶ, οἱ κατήγοροι ᾳ τῷν ἐπαινουμένων, οἱ σκοτεινοὶ περὶ τὸ φῶς, οἱ περὶ τὴν σοφίαν ἀπαίδευτοι, ὅπερ ὧν Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέβανε, τὰ ἀχάριστα κτίσματα, τὰ τοῦ Πονηροῦ πλάο σματα, Τυῦτο ἐγκαλεῖς Θεῷ, τὴν εὐεργεσίανς Διά τοῦτο μικρός, ὅτι διὰ σὲ ταπεινὸς; ’Οτι ἕπὶ τὸ πλάνώμενον ἦλθεν ὃ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς, ὁ τιθεὶς τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων, ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρη καὶ τοὺς βουνοὺς, ἐφʼ ὦν ὲθυσίαζες, καὶ πλανώμενον εὗρε · καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων ἀνέλαβεν, ἐφʼ ὧν καὶ τὸ ξύλον ' καὶ λαβὼν, ἐπανήγαγεν επὶ τὴν ἅνω ζωήν · καὶ ἀναγαγὼν, τοῖς μένουσι συνηρίθμησεν; " Οτι λύχνον ἧψε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σάρκα, καὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ὲσάρωσε, τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὸν ιιόσμον ἀποκαθαίρων, καὶ τὴν δραχμὴν ὶζήτησε, τὴν βασιλικὴν είκόνα συγκεχωσμένην. τοῖς πάθεσι, ui συγκαλεῖ τὰς φίλας αὐτῷ δυνάμεις ἐπιστῇ τῆς δραχμῆς εὑρέσει, καὶ κοινωνοὺς ποιεῖται τῆς εὐφροσύνης,,ἃς καὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας μύστιδας πεποίητο ς- ’ Οτι τῷ προδρόμω λύχνῳ τὸ φῶς ἀκολοίιθεϊ τὸ ὑπέρλαμπρον, καὶ τῇ φωνῇ ὁ Λόγος, κα τῷ νυμφαγωγῷ ὁ νυμφίος, κατασκευάζοντι Κυρίῳ λαὸν περιούσιον, καὶ προκαθαίροντι ἐπὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα διὰ τοῦέἱδατος Ταῦτα ιἐγκαλεῖς τῷ Θεῷ; ΔΓιὰ ταῦτα ὑπολαμβάνεις χείρονα, ὅτι λεντίῳ διαζώννυται, καὶ νίπτει τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν, καὶ δείκνυσιν ἀρίστην ὁδὸν ὑψώσεως, τὴν ταπείνωσινς ’Ὂτι διὰ τὴν συγκύπτουσαν χαμαὶ ψυχὴν ταπεινούται, ἵνα καὶ στνανυψώσῃ τὸ κάτω νεῦον ὒπο τῆς ἀμαρτίαςς Ἐκεῖνο δὲ πῶς οὗ κατηγορεῖς, ὅτι καὶ μετὰ τελώνων ἐσθίει, nni παρᾶ τελώναις, καὶ μαθητεύει τελώνας, ’ίνα καὶ αὐτὸς τι κερδάνῃς Τί τοῦτος Τὴν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν σωτηρίαν εὶ μὴ καὶ τὸν ἰατρὸν αἰτιῷτό τις, ὅτι σδγκύπτει ἐπὶ τὰ πάθη, καὶ δυσωδίας ἀνέχεται, ἵνα δῷ τὴν ὑγίειαν τοῖς κάμνουσι ’ καὶ τὸν ἔπικλινόμενον βοθρῳ διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν, ἵνα τὸ ἐμπεπτωκὸς κτῆνος, κατὰ τὸν νόμον, ἀνασώσηται.

Pros tauta ti phasin hēmin oi sykophantai, hoi pikroi tēs Theotētos logistai, hoi katēgoroi ą tǭn epainoumenōn, hoi skoteinoi peri to phōs, hoi peri tēn sophian apaideutoi, hoper hōn Christos dōrean apebane, ta acharista ktismata, ta tou Ponērou plao smata, Tyyto enkaleis Theǭ, tēn euergesians Dia touto mikros, hoti dia se tapeinos? ’Oti hepi to planōmenon ēlthen ho poimēn ho kalos, ho titheis tēn psychēn hyper tōn probatōn, epi ta horē kai tous bounous, ephʼ ōn ethysiazes, kai planōmenon heure ; kai heurōn, epi tōn ōmōn anelaben, ephʼ hōn kai to xylon ' kai labōn, epanēgagen epi tēn hanō zōēn ; kai anagagōn, tois menousi synērithmēsen? " Oti lychnon hēpse tēn heautou sarka, kai tēn oikian esarōse, tēs hamartias ton iiosmon apokathairōn, kai tēn drachmēn izētēse, tēn basilikēn eikona synkechōsmenēn. tois pathesi, ui synkalei tas philas autǭ dynameis epistę̄ tēs drachmēs heuresei, kai koinōnous poieitai tēs euphrosynēs,,has kai tēs oikonomias mystidas pepoiēto s- ’ Oti tǭ prodromō lychnǭ to phōs akoloiitheï to hyperlampron, kai tę̄ phōnę̄ ho Logos, ka tǭ nymphagōgǭ ho nymphios, kataskeuazonti Kyriǭ laon periousion, kai prokathaironti epi to Pneuma dia toueidatos Tauta ienkaleis tǭ Theǭ? DGia tauta hypolambaneis cheirona, hoti lentiǭ diazōnnytai, kai niptei tous podas tōn mathētōn, kai deiknysin aristēn hodon hypsōseōs, tēn tapeinōsins ’Oti dia tēn synkyptousan chamai psychēn tapeinoutai, hina kai stnanypsōsę̄ to katō neuon ypo tēs amartiass Ekeino de pōs hou katēgoreis, hoti kai meta telōnōn esthiei, nni para telōnais, kai mathēteuei telōnas, ’ina kai autos ti kerdanę̄s Ti toutos Tēn tōn hamartōlōn sōtērian ei mē kai ton iatron aitiǭto tis, hoti sdnkyptei epi ta pathē, kai dysōdias anechetai, hina dǭ tēn hygieian tois kamnousi ’ kai ton epiklinomenon bothrǭ dia philanthrōpian, hina to empeptōkos ktēnos, kata ton nomon, anasōsētai.

To this what do the slanderers say to us, the bitter reckoners of the Godhead, the accusers of what is praiseworthy, those dark about the light, uninstructed about wisdom, for whom Christ died in vain, ungrateful creatures, the evil one's handiwork? Do you charge God with this, his benefaction? Is he small because he humbled himself for you? Because the good shepherd, who lays down his life for the sheep, came to the straying one, upon the mountains and hills where you used to sacrifice, and found the straying one; and having found it, took it on his shoulders, on which he also bore the wood; and having taken it, brought it back to the life above; and having brought it back, numbered it with those who had stayed? Because he lit a lamp, his own flesh, and swept the house, cleansing the world of sin, and sought the coin, the royal image buried under the passions, and calls together his friends, the powers, at the finding of the coin, and makes them sharers of his joy, whom he had also made initiates of the economy? Because the surpassingly bright light follows the forerunning lamp, and the Word the voice, and the bridegroom the bridegroom's friend, who prepared for the Lord a people of his own and cleansed them beforehand by water for the Spirit? Do you charge God with these things? Do you think him lesser for this, because he girds himself with a towel and washes his disciples' feet and shows that the best way to exaltation is humility? Because he humbles himself for the sake of the soul bent down to the ground, that he may lift up with himself what is bowed down by sin? And how is it you do not accuse him of this too, that he eats with tax collectors and at tax collectors' tables, and makes tax collectors his disciples, that he too may gain something? Gain what? The salvation of sinners. Unless one should blame a physician for stooping over sores and putting up with bad smells to give health to the sick; or one who out of compassion leans over a pit to save, as the law commands, the beast that has fallen into it.

38.15PG 36:328d–332a

Ἀπεστάλη μὲν, ἀλλʼ ὠς ἅνθρωπος διπλοῦς γὰρ ἧν ' ἐπεὶ καὶ ἑκοπίασε, καὶ ἓπείνησε, καὶ ἐδίψησε, καὶ ἠγωνίασε, καὶ ἐδάκρυσε νόμῳ σώματος · εί δὲ καὶ ὧς Θεὸῖ, τί τοῦτο ; εὒδοκίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἀποστολὴν εἶναι νόμισον,’ὶφʼ ὃν ἀναφέρει ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ὡς ἀρχὴν τιμῶν ἄχρονον, καὶ τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν εἶναι ἀντίθεος, Ἐπεὶ καὶ παραέ δεδόσθαι λέγεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὸν παραδεδωκέναι γέγραπται ο καὶ ὲγηγέρθαι παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἀνειλῆφθαι, αλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἀνεστακέναι, καὶ ἆνεληλυθέναι πόλιν. ὲκετνα τῆς εὖδοκέαςίταῦτα τῆς ἐξουσίας, Σὺ δὲ τὰ μὲν ἐλαττοῦντα λέγεις, τὰ ὑψοῦντα δὶ παρατρέχειις καὶ ὅτε μὲν ἔπιθε, λογίζῃ· ὅτι δὲ ἑκὼν, 7 οι) προσθίθης. Οἴα πάσχει καὶ νῦν ὁ Λόγος Ξ ’Υπὸ μὲν τῶν, ὡς Θεὸς, τιμᾶται καὶ συναλείφεται ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν, ὡς σὰρξ, ἀτιμάζξται καὶ χωρίζεται, Τίσιν ὀργισθῇ πλέον ;Μᾶλλον δὲ τίσιν ἀφῇς Τοῖς συναιροῦσι κακῶς, ἥ τοῖς τέμνουσι; Καὶ γὰρ κάκείνους διαιρεῖν ἔδει, καὶ τούτους συνάπτειν τοὺς μὲν τῷ ἀριθμῷ, τοὺς δὲ τῇ θεότητι, Προσκόπτεις τῇ σαρκί ς Τοῦτο καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι, ’Η καὶ Σαμαρείτην ἀποκαλεῖς, καὶ τὸ ῑιξῆς σιω- ’κτήσομαιΔ Ἀπιστεϊς τῇ θεότητι; Τοῦτο οὐδὲ οἱ δαίμονες, 'u δαιμόνων ὰπιστότερε, καὶ Ἰουδαίων ἀγνωμονέστερα l Ἐκεῖνοι τὴν τοῦ rio?) προσηγορίαν, ὁμοτιμίας φωνὴν ὶνόμισανο οὗτοι τὸν ὶλαύνοντα Θεὸν ᾔδεσαν. Ἐπείθοντο γὰρ ἒξ ῶν ἔπασχον. Σὺ δὲ, οὒδὲ τὴν ἰσότητα δέχῃ, οὐδὲ ὁμολογεῖς τὴν θεόιςήτα. Κρεϊττον ἧν σοι περιτετμῆσθαι καὶ δαιμονᾷν, 'iv’ εἴπω τι καί γελοίως, ἢ ἰν ἀκροβυστίᾳ καὶ ὑγιείᾳ διακεῖσθαι πονηρῶς καὶ ἀθέως, λτὲμ τίμησον τὴν μικρὰν, ἢ σε πρὸς τὸν παράδεισον ἐπανήγαγε· κιὶ τὴν φάτνην προσκὸνησον, διʼ ἢν ἄλογος ὤν, ἐτράφης ὑπὸ τοῦ Λόγου. Γνῶθι, ὡς βοῦς, τὸν κτησάμενον, Ἠσαίας διακελεύεταί σοι, καὶ, ὡς ὄνος, αὴν φάτνην τοῦ κυρίου αὒτοῦ εἴτε τῶν καθαρῶν τις εἴ, καὶ ὁπὸ τὸν νόμον, καὶ μηρυο κισμὸν ἀναγόντων τοῦ λόγου, καὶ πρὸς θυσίαν ἐπιτηδείων· εἴτε τῶν ἀκαθάρτων τέως, καὶ ἀβρώτων, καὶ ἀθύτων, καὶ τῆς ἐθνικῆς μερίδος. Μετὰ τοῦ ἀστέρος δράμε, καὶ μετὰ Μάγων δωροφόρησον, χρυσόν, καὶ λίβανον, καὶ σμύρναν, ὡς βασιλεῖ, καὶ ὡς Θεῷ, καὶ ὡς διὰ σὲ νεκρῷ, Μετᾶ ποιμένων δόξασον, μετὰ ἀγγέλων ὕμνησον, μετᾶ ἀρχαγγέλων χόο ρευσον. ’ Εστω κοινὴ πανήγυρις οὖρανίωδ καὶ imγείων δυνάμεων, Πείθομαι γὰρ κάκείνας συναγάλλεσθαι καὶ συμπανηγυρίζειν ’σήμερονο εἴπερ ἐἰσὶ φιλάνθρωποι καὶ φιλόθεοι, ὥσπερ ἅς Δαβὶδ εἰσάγει μετὰ. τὸ πάθος συνανιούσας Χριστῷ, καὶ προσυπαντώσας, καὶ διακὶλευομένας ἀλλήλαις τὴν τῶν πυλῶν ἓπαρσιν.

Apestalē men, allʼ ōs hanthrōpos diplous gar hēn ' epei kai hekopiase, kai hepeinēse, kai edipsēse, kai ēgōniase, kai edakryse nomǭ sōmatos ; ei de kai hōs Theoi, ti touto ? eudokian tou Patros, apostolēn einai nomison,’iphʼ hon anapherei heautou, kai hōs archēn timōn achronon, kai tou mē dokein einai antitheos, Epei kai parae dedosthai legetai, alla kai heauton paradedōkenai gegraptai o kai egēgerthai para tou Patros, kai aneilēphthai, alla kai heauton anestakenai, kai anelēlythenai polin. eketna tēs eudokeasitauta tēs exousias, Sy de ta men elattounta legeis, ta hypsounta di paratrecheiis kai hote men epithe, logizę̄; hoti de hekōn, 7 oi) prosthithēs. Oia paschei kai nyn ho Logos X ’Ypo men tōn, hōs Theos, timatai kai synaleiphetai hypo de tōn, hōs sarx, atimazxtai kai chōrizetai, Tisin orgisthę̄ pleon ?Mallon de tisin aphę̄s Tois synairousi kakōs, hē tois temnousi? Kai gar kakeinous diairein edei, kai toutous synaptein tous men tǭ arithmǭ, tous de tę̄ theotēti, Proskopteis tę̄ sarki s Touto kai Ioudaioi, ’Ē kai Samareitēn apokaleis, kai to iixēs siō- ’ktēsomaiD Apisteïs tę̄ theotēti? Touto oude hoi daimones, 'u daimonōn apistotere, kai Ioudaiōn agnōmonestera l Ekeinoi tēn tou rio?) prosēgorian, homotimias phōnēn inomisano houtoi ton ilaunonta Theon ę̄desan. Epeithonto gar ex ōn epaschon. Sy de, oude tēn isotēta dechę̄, oude homologeis tēn theoisēta. Kreïtton hēn soi peritetmēsthai kai daimonąn, 'iv’ eipō ti kai geloiōs, ē in akrobystią kai hygieią diakeisthai ponērōs kai atheōs, ltem timēson tēn mikran, ē se pros ton paradeison epanēgage; kii tēn phatnēn proskonēson, diʼ ēn alogos ōn, etraphēs hypo tou Logou. Gnōthi, hōs bous, ton ktēsamenon, Ēsaias diakeleuetai soi, kai, hōs onos, aēn phatnēn tou kyriou autou eite tōn katharōn tis ei, kai hopo ton nomon, kai mēryo kismon anagontōn tou logou, kai pros thysian epitēdeiōn; eite tōn akathartōn teōs, kai abrōtōn, kai athytōn, kai tēs ethnikēs meridos. Meta tou asteros drame, kai meta Magōn dōrophorēson, chryson, kai libanon, kai smyrnan, hōs basilei, kai hōs Theǭ, kai hōs dia se nekrǭ, Meta poimenōn doxason, meta angelōn hymnēson, meta archangelōn choo reuson. ’ Estō koinē panēgyris ouraniōd kai imgeiōn dynameōn, Peithomai gar kakeinas synagallesthai kai sympanēgyrizein ’sēmerono eiper eisi philanthrōpoi kai philotheoi, hōsper has Dabid eisagei meta. to pathos synaniousas Christǭ, kai prosypantōsas, kai diakileuomenas allēlais tēn tōn pylōn heparsin.

He was sent, but as man, for he was twofold; since he also grew weary, and hungered and thirsted and was in agony and wept, by the law of the body. But if he was sent as God too, what of it? Consider the sending to be the good pleasure of the Father, to whom he refers his own actions, both honouring the timeless principle and so as not to seem to be opposed to God. For he is said to have been given up, but it is also written that he gave himself up; and that he was raised by the Father and taken up, but also that he raised himself and ascended again: the former belong to the good pleasure, the latter to the authority. But you speak of what lessens him and pass over what exalts him; you take account of his suffering but do not add that it was willing. What the Word suffers even now! By some he is honoured as God and confused; by others he is dishonoured as flesh and severed. With which will he be more angry? Or rather, which will he forgive: those who wrongly confuse, or those who cut apart? For the former should have divided, and the latter united: the former in number, the latter in Godhead. Do you stumble at the flesh? So did the Jews. Or do you call him a Samaritan too, and the rest, which I will pass over in silence? Do you disbelieve his Godhead? Not even the demons did this, O you more unbelieving than demons and more senseless than Jews! The Jews took the title “Son” as an expression of equal honour; the demons knew that he who drove them out was God, for they were convinced by what they suffered. But you neither accept the equality nor confess the Godhead. It would have been better for you to be circumcised and possessed by a demon, if I may say something even laughable, than to be uncircumcised and healthy but in a wicked and godless state. … [17] … Honour little Bethlehem, which has led you back to paradise; worship the manger, through which you, who were without reason, were fed by the Word. “Know, like the ox, your owner,” Isaiah bids you, “and, like the ass, the manger of your Lord”; whether you are one of the clean, under the law, chewing the cud of the word and fit for sacrifice, or one of those until now unclean, not to be eaten or sacrificed, of the gentile portion. Run with the star, and bring gifts with the Magi, gold and frankincense and myrrh, as to a king, as to God, and as to one who died for you. Glorify with the shepherds, sing with the angels, dance with the archangels. Let it be a common festival of the heavenly and earthly powers. For I am persuaded that they too rejoice and keep festival with us today, since they love man and love God, like those whom David brings in going up with Christ after the passion, coming to meet him and bidding one another lift up the gates.

38.16PG 36:332a–336a

’Ἔν μίσησον τῶν περὶ τὴν Χριστοῦ γένναν, τὴν Ἠρώδου παιδοκτονίαν μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ταύτην αἰδεσθητι. τὴν ἡλικιῶτιν Χριστοῦ θυσίαν, τοῦ καινοῦ σφαγίου προθυομένην, "Av εἱς Αἴγυπτον φεύγῃ, προθύμως συμφυγαδεύθητι. Καλὸν τῷ Χριστῷ συμφεύγειν διωκομένῳ. "Av ἐν Αίγύπτῳ βραδύνῃ, κάλεσον αὐτὸν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, καλῶς εκεῖ προσκυνούμενον, Διά πασῶν ὅδωσον ἀμέμπτως τῶν ἠλικιιῦν Χριστοῦ καὶ δυνάμεων, ὡς Χριστοῦ μαθητής. Ἀγνίσθητι, περιτμήθητι, περιελοῦ τὸ ἀπὸ γενέσεως κάλυμμα, Μετὰ τοῦτο δίδαξον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, τοὺς θεοκαπήλοις άπέλασον· λιθάσθητι,ἂιο τοῦτο δέῃ παθεῖν· λήσῃ τοὺς βάλλοντας, εὖ οἶδα, φεύξῃ καὶ διὰ μέσου αὑτῶν, ὡς Θεός. Ὀ Λόγος γὰρ οὗ λιθάζεται. "Av Ἠρώδη προσαχθῇς, μηδὲ ἆποκριθῇς τὰ πλείω, Αἰδεσθήσεταί σο.) καὶ τὴν σιωπὴν πλέον ἢ ἄλλων τοὺς μακρῶς λόγους. "Av φραγελλωθῇς, κα τὰ λειπόμενα ζήτησον. Γεῦσαι χολῆς, διὰ τὴν γεῦσιν ὅξος ποτίσθητι, ζήτησον ἐμπτύσματα, δέεα ῥαπίσματα, κολαφίσματα· ἀκάνθαις στεφανώθητι τῷ τραχεῖ τοῦ κατὰ Θεὸν βίου· περιβαλσῦ τὸ κόκκινον, δέξαι κάλαμον, προσκυνήθητι παρὰ τῶν παιζόντων τὴν ἀλήθειαν τέλος συσταυρώθητι, συννεκρώθητι, συντάφηθι προθύμως, 'va καὶ συναντιστῆς, καὶ συνδοξασθῇς, καὶ συμβισιλεύσῃς, Θεὸν ὁρῶν ὅσον ἓστὶ, καὶ ὁρώμενος, τὸν ἓν Τριάδ προσκυνούμενόν τε καὶ δοξαζόμενον, ὅν καὶ νῦπ τρανοῦσθκι ἡμῖν εὐχόμεθα, θεῖον ἐφικτὸν τοῖς δέσμίοις τῆς σαρκός, ἐν-- Χρισαὲᾦ Ἰησοεῖ τῷ Κυρίιε ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξαι εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνπις. Ἀμήν.

’En misēson tōn peri tēn Christou gennan, tēn Ērōdou paidoktonian mallon de kai tautēn aidesthēti. tēn hēlikiōtin Christou thysian, tou kainou sphagiou prothyomenēn, "Av heis Aigypton pheugę̄, prothymōs symphygadeuthēti. Kalon tǭ Christǭ sympheugein diōkomenǭ. "Av en Aigyptǭ bradynę̄, kaleson auton ex Aigyptou, kalōs ekei proskynoumenon, Dia pasōn hodōson amemptōs tōn ēlikiiyn Christou kai dynameōn, hōs Christou mathētēs. Agnisthēti, peritmēthēti, perielou to apo geneseōs kalymma, Meta touto didaxon en tǭ hierǭ, tous theokapēlois apelason; lithasthēti,aio touto deę̄ pathein; lēsę̄ tous ballontas, eu oida, pheuxę̄ kai dia mesou hautōn, hōs Theos. O Logos gar hou lithazetai. "Av Ērōdē prosachthę̄s, mēde apokrithę̄s ta pleiō, Aidesthēsetai so.) kai tēn siōpēn pleon ē allōn tous makrōs logous. "Av phragellōthę̄s, ka ta leipomena zētēson. Geusai cholēs, dia tēn geusin hoxos potisthēti, zētēson emptysmata, deea rhapismata, kolaphismata; akanthais stephanōthēti tǭ trachei tou kata Theon biou; peribalsy to kokkinon, dexai kalamon, proskynēthēti para tōn paizontōn tēn alētheian telos systaurōthēti, synnekrōthēti, syntaphēthi prothymōs, 'va kai synantistēs, kai syndoxasthę̄s, kai symbisileusę̄s, Theon horōn hoson hesti, kai horōmenos, ton hen Triad proskynoumenon te kai doxazomenon, hon kai nyp tranousthki hēmin euchometha, theion ephikton tois desmiois tēs sarkos, en-- Chrisaeǭ Iēsoei tǭ Kyriie hēmōn, hǭ hē doxai heis tous aiōnpis. Amēn.

One thing among the events of Christ's birth you must hate: Herod's slaughter of the children. Or rather, revere this too, the sacrifice of those of Christ's own age, offered before the new victim. If he flees into Egypt, gladly share his flight: it is a fine thing to flee with Christ when he is persecuted. If he lingers in Egypt, call him out of Egypt, where he is worshipped well. Pass blamelessly through all the ages and powers of Christ, as Christ's disciple. Be purified, be circumcised, strip off the veil that has been on you from your birth. After this, teach in the temple, drive out those who traffic in divine things; be stoned, if you must suffer this: you will escape those who throw, I know well, and pass through the midst of them, as God; for the Word is not stoned. If you are brought before Herod, do not answer for the most part: he will respect your silence more than the long speeches of others. If you are scourged, ask for what they leave out. Taste gall for the sake of the tasting; be given vinegar to drink; seek spitting, accept blows and buffets; be crowned with thorns, the harshness of the life according to God; put on the scarlet robe, accept the reed, be worshipped by those who mock the truth; finally, be crucified with him, die with him, be buried with him gladly, that you may also rise with him and be glorified with him and reign with him, seeing God as far as he is, and being seen by him, who is worshipped and glorified in the Trinity, whom we pray may even now be made clear to us, as far as is attainable by those bound by the flesh, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be the glory for ever. Amen.

Chapter 39

39.1PG 36:336a–336b

Πάλιν ἰησοὸς ὃ ἐμὸς, καὶ πάλιν μυστήριον Ἐλμυστήριον οὒκ ἀπατηλὸν οὔδʼ ἄκοσμον, οὖδὲ τῆς ληνικῆς πλάνης, καὶ μέθης (οὕτω γὰρ ἐγὼ καλῦ τὰ ἐκείνων σεμνα, οἶμαι δὲ, καὶ τῶν εὖφρονούντων ’ἑκαστος), ἀλλὰ μυστήριον ὑψηλόν τε καὶ Θεϊον, καὶτῆς ἂνω λαμπρότητος πρόξενον. Ἠ γὰρ ἅγία τῶν Φώτων ἡμέρα, εἰς ἢν ἀφίγμεθα, καὶ ἣν ἑορτάζειν ἠξιώμεθιι σήμερον, ἀρχὴν μὲν τὸ τοῦ ἕμοῦ Χριστοῦ βάπτισμα λαμβάνει τεῦ ἂληθινοῦ φωτὸς. τοῦ φωτίζοντος πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἷς τὸν κόσμον· ὶνεργεϊ δὲ τὴν ἐμὴν κάθαρσιν, καὶ βοηθεῖ τῷ φωτὶ, ὅ παρʼ αὒτοῦ λαβόντες ἄνωθεν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, bs τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὲξοφώσαμέν τε καὶ συνεχᾶαμεν.

Palin iēsoos ho emos, kai palin mystērion Elmystērion ouk apatēlon oudʼ akosmon, oude tēs lēnikēs planēs, kai methēs (houtō gar egō kaly ta ekeinōn semna, oimai de, kai tōn euphronountōn ’hekastos), alla mystērion hypsēlon te kai Theïon, kaitēs anō lamprotētos proxenon. Ē gar hagia tōn Phōtōn hēmera, eis ēn aphigmetha, kai hēn heortazein ēxiōmethii sēmeron, archēn men to tou hemou Christou baptisma lambanei teu alēthinou phōtos. tou phōtizontos panta anthrōpon erchomenon heis ton kosmon; inergeï de tēn emēn katharsin, kai boēthei tǭ phōti, ho parʼ autou labontes anōthen apʼ archēs, bs tēs hamartias exophōsamen te kai synechaamen.

Again my Jesus, and again a mystery: a mystery not deceitful nor disorderly, not of the Bacchic error and drunkenness (for so I call their solemnities, and so, I think, does every sensible person), but a mystery lofty and divine, which brings us the splendour above. For the holy day of the Lights, to which we have come and which we have been thought worthy to celebrate today, takes its beginning from the baptism of my Christ, the true light that enlightens every man coming into the world; and it effects my purification and helps the light which we received from him from above at the beginning, and darkened and confused through sin.

39.2PG 36:336b–336d

Τοιγαροῦν ἀκούσατε θείας φωνῆς, ἐμο μὲν καὶ λίαν σφοδρῶς ὲνηχούσης, τῷ μύστῃ καὶ μυσταγωγῷ τῶν τοιούτων, εἴη δὲ καὶ ὑμῖν Ἐγώ εἶμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, Προσέλθετε πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ φωτίσθητε, καὶ τὰ πρόσωπα ὑμῶν οὗ· μὴ καταισχυνθῇ, τῇ ἀληθινῷ φωτὶ σημειούμενα. Καορὸς ἀναγεννήσεως γεννηθῶμεν ἀνωθεν, Καιρὸς ἀναπλάσεως· τὸν πρῶτον Ἀδὰμ auriamμεν, Μὴ μείνωμεν ὅπερ ὶσμὲν, ἀλλʼ ὅπερ ἦμεν γενώμεθα. Τὸ ιρῶς ἓν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, τῷ τούτῳ, καὶ τῷ σαρκίῳ· καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς σκοτίας διώκεται μὲν, οὒ καταλαμβάνεται δὲ, τῆς ἀντικειμένης λέγω δυνάμεως, τῷ φαινομένῳ μὶν Ἀδὰμ. ripamδώσης ιε ἀναιδείας, τῷ Θεῷ δί περιπιπτούσης καὶ ἦττωμὲνης· ’ἶνʼ ἡμεῖς τὸ σκότος ἀποθέμενοι, τῷ φωτὶ πλησιάζωμεν, εἶτα καὶ φῶς γενώμεθα τέλειον, τελείου φωτὸς γεννήματα. Ὀρᾶτε τῆς ἡμέρας τὴν χάριν ; ὁρᾶτε τοῦ μυστηρίου τὴν δύναμιν ; Οὔκ ἀπὸ γῆς ἧρθητε; οὒκ ἂνω τέθεισθε σαφῶς ὑψωθίντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἡμετέρας φωνῆς καὶ ἀναγωγῆς; Καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον τεθήσεσθε, ἱπειδὰν meum τὸν λόγον ὁ Λόγος.

Toigaroun akousate theias phōnēs, emo men kai lian sphodrōs enēchousēs, tǭ mystę̄ kai mystagōgǭ tōn toioutōn, eiē de kai hymin Egō eimi to phōs tou kosmou. Kai dia touto, Proselthete pros auton, kai phōtisthēte, kai ta prosōpa hymōn hou; mē kataischynthę̄, tę̄ alēthinǭ phōti sēmeioumena. Kaoros anagennēseōs gennēthōmen anōthen, Kairos anaplaseōs; ton prōton Adam auriammen, Mē meinōmen hoper ismen, allʼ hoper ēmen genōmetha. To irōs hen tę̄ skotią phainei, tǭ toutǭ, kai tǭ sarkiǭ; kai hypo tēs skotias diōketai men, ou katalambanetai de, tēs antikeimenēs legō dynameōs, tǭ phainomenǭ min Adam. ripamdōsēs ie anaideias, tǭ Theǭ di peripiptousēs kai ēttōmenēs; ’inʼ hēmeis to skotos apothemenoi, tǭ phōti plēsiazōmen, eita kai phōs genōmetha teleion, teleiou phōtos gennēmata. Orate tēs hēmeras tēn charin ? horate tou mystēriou tēn dynamin ? Ouk apo gēs hērthēte? ouk anō tetheisthe saphōs hypsōthintes hypo tēs hēmeteras phōnēs kai anagōgēs? Kai eti mallon tethēsesthe, hipeidan meum ton logon ho Logos.

Listen, therefore, to a divine voice, which resounds very strongly in me, the initiate and initiator of such things, and may it resound in you too: “I am the light of the world.” And therefore, “Come to him and be enlightened, and your faces shall not be ashamed,” being marked with the true light. It is a time of new birth: let us be born from above. It is a time of re-creation: let us take back the first Adam. Let us not remain what we are, but become what we were. “The light shines in the darkness,” in this life and in the flesh, and is pursued by the darkness but not overtaken: I mean the opposing power, which shamelessly assaults the visible Adam but meets God and is defeated; so that we, putting off the darkness, may draw near to the light, and then become perfect light, the offspring of perfect light. Do you see the grace of the day? Do you see the power of the mystery? Have you not been lifted from the earth? Have you not plainly been set on high, exalted by our voice and our guidance upward? And you will be set higher still when the Word prospers my word.

39.3PG 36:336d–337a

Μὴ τις τοιαύτη κάθαρσις νομικῆ καὶ σκιώδης, προσκαίροις ραντίσμασιν ὠφελοῦσα, καὶ σποδῷ δαμά. λεως ῥαντίζουσα τοὺς κεκοινωμένους ; μῆ τι τοιοῦτο μυσταγωγοῦσιν ’Ἕλληνες ς ὧν λῆρος ἐμοὶ πᾶσα τελετὴ καὶ μυστήριον, δαιμόνων εὕρημα σκοτεινὸν, καὶ διανοίας ’ἀνάπλασμα κακοδαίμονος, χρόνῳ βοηθούμενον, καὶ μύθῳ κλεπτόμενον. "A γὰρ ὣς ἀληθῆ προσκυνοῦσιν, ὡς μυθικὰ συγκαλύπτουσινʼ δέον, εἰ μὲν ἀληθῆ, μὴ μύθους ὀνομάζεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ὃτι μὴ αἰσχρὰ δείκνυσθαι· εἰδὲ ψευδῆ, μὴ· θαυμάζεσθαι, μηδʼ οὕτως ἰταμῶς ἐναντιωτάτας ἔχειν δόξας περὶ τοῦ αῦτοῦ πράγματος· ὥσπερ ὲν ἀγορᾷ μειρακίων παίζοντας, ἦ ἀνδρῶν κακοδαιμόνων ὡς ἀληθῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀνδράσι διαλεγομένους νοῦν ἔχουσι, καὶ Λόγου προσκυνηταϊς* κᾶν τὴν ἔντεχνον ταύτην, καὶ ῥυπαρὰν πιθανότητα διαπτύωσιν,

Mē tis toiautē katharsis nomikē kai skiōdēs, proskairois rantismasin ōphelousa, kai spodǭ dama. leōs rhantizousa tous kekoinōmenous ? mē ti toiouto mystagōgousin ’Hellēnes s hōn lēros emoi pasa teletē kai mystērion, daimonōn heurēma skoteinon, kai dianoias ’anaplasma kakodaimonos, chronǭ boēthoumenon, kai mythǭ kleptomenon. "A gar hōs alēthē proskynousin, hōs mythika synkalyptousinʼ deon, ei men alēthē, mē mythous onomazesthai, allʼ hoti mē aischra deiknysthai; eide pseudē, mē; thaumazesthai, mēdʼ houtōs itamōs enantiōtatas echein doxas peri tou autou pragmatos; hōsper en agorą meirakiōn paizontas, ē andrōn kakodaimonōn hōs alēthōs, allʼ ouk andrasi dialegomenous noun echousi, kai Logou proskynētaïs* kan tēn entechnon tautēn, kai rhyparan pithanotēta diaptyōsin,

Is this some purification of the law, a shadowy one, profiting by temporary sprinklings and sprinkling the defiled with the ashes of a heifer? Do the Greeks initiate into anything of the kind? To me all their rites and mysteries are nonsense, a dark invention of demons and a fiction of an ill-starred mind, helped along by time and concealed by myth. For what they worship as true they cover up as mythical; whereas, if it is true, it ought not to be called myth but shown not to be shameful; and if it is false, it ought not to be admired, nor ought they so boldly to hold the most contrary opinions about the same thing, as if they were playing with boys in the marketplace, or with men truly ill-starred, and not conversing with men of sense and worshippers of the Word, who spurn this artful and filthy plausibility.

39.4PG 36:337b–340a

ΟὒϋΔιὸς ταῦτα γοναὶ καὶ κλοπαὶ, τοῦ Κρητὼν τυράννου, κέἱν ’Ἕλληνες ἂπαρέσκωνται οὒ·δὲ Κουρήτων ἦχοι, καὶ κρότοι, καὶ ὀρχήσεις ἕνοπλοι, Θευῦ κλαίοντος ἧχὴν συγκαλύπτουσαι, ἵνα πατέρα λάθῃ ημισότεκνον· δεινὸν γὰρ ἧν ὡς παιδίον κλαυθμυρὶζεσθαι, τὸν ὡς λίθον καταποθένταο οῦδὲ Φρυγῶν ἐκιομαὶ, καὶ αὐλοὶ, καὶ Κορύβαντες, καὶ ὅσα περὶ τὴν Ῥέαν ἅνθοωποι μαίνονται, τελοῦντες τῇ μητρὶ τῶν θεῶν, καὶ τελούμενοι, ὅσα τῇ μητρὶ τῶν τοιούτων εἴκοςʼ οὐδὲ κόρη τις ῖιυ-ῗν ἀρπάζεται, καὶ Δημήτηρ πλανᾶται, καὶ Κελεούς τινας ὶπιισάγει, καὶ Τριπτολέμους, καὶ δράκοντας, καὶ τὰ μὶν ποιεῖ, τὰ δὲ πάσχει. Αἰσχύνομαι γὰρ ἡμέρᾳ δοῦναι τὴνʼ νυκτὸς-τελετὴν, καί , ποιεῖν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην μυστήριον. Οἶδεν Ἐλευσὶς ταῦτα, καὶ οἱ τῶν σιωπωμένων, καὶ σιωπῆς ὅντως ἀξίων ἐπόπται. Οἶιδὲ Διόνυσος ταῦτα, καὶ μηρὸς” ὠδίνων ἀτελὲς κύημα, ὥσπερ ἄλλο τι κεφαλὴ πρότερονο γαὶ θεὸς ἀνδρόγυνος, καὶ χορὸς μεθυόντων, καὶ στρατος ἔκλυτος, καὶ Θηβαίων ἄνοια τοῦτον τιμῶσα, καὶ Σεμέλης κεραυνὸς προσκυνούμενος. ΟἨΞ Ἀφροδίτης πορνικὰ μυστήρια, τῆς αἰσχρῶς, ὡς αὒτοὶ λέγουσι, καὶ γεννωμένης καὶ τιμωμένης. Οὗδὲ Φαλλοὶ τινες καὶ ἰθύφαλλοι, αἰσχροὶ καὶτοῖς σχήμασι καὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν· οὐδὲ Ταύρων ξενοκτονίαι, καὶ Λακωνικῶν ἐφήβων ἐπιβώμιον αἷμα, Μύοῳ κλεπτόμενον. ξαινομένων ταῖς μάστιξι, καὶ τοῦτο μόνον κακῶς ινδριζομένων οἷς τιμᾶται θεὰ, καὶταῦτα παρθένος. )ί γὰρ adtul, καὶ μαλακίαν ἐτίμησαν, καὶ θρασύτητα σεβάσθησαν,

OuÿDios tauta gonai kai klopai, tou Krētōn tyrannou, kein ’Hellēnes apareskōntai ou;de Kourētōn ēchoi, kai krotoi, kai orchēseis henoploi, Theuy klaiontos hēchēn synkalyptousai, hina patera lathę̄ ēmisoteknon; deinon gar hēn hōs paidion klauthmyrizesthai, ton hōs lithon katapothentao oude Phrygōn ekiomai, kai auloi, kai Korybantes, kai hosa peri tēn Rhean hanthoōpoi mainontai, telountes tę̄ mētri tōn theōn, kai teloumenoi, hosa tę̄ mētri tōn toioutōn eikosʼ oude korē tis iiy-ïn arpazetai, kai Dēmētēr planatai, kai Keleous tinas ipiisagei, kai Triptolemous, kai drakontas, kai ta min poiei, ta de paschei. Aischynomai gar hēmerą dounai tēnʼ nyktos-teletēn, kai , poiein tēn aschēmosynēn mystērion. Oiden Eleusis tauta, kai hoi tōn siōpōmenōn, kai siōpēs hontōs axiōn epoptai. Oiide Dionysos tauta, kai mēros” ōdinōn ateles kyēma, hōsper allo ti kephalē proterono gai theos androgynos, kai choros methyontōn, kai stratos eklytos, kai Thēbaiōn anoia touton timōsa, kai Semelēs keraunos proskynoumenos. OĒX Aphroditēs pornika mystēria, tēs aischrōs, hōs autoi legousi, kai gennōmenēs kai timōmenēs. Houde Phalloi tines kai ithyphalloi, aischroi kaitois schēmasi kai tois pragmasin; oude Taurōn xenoktoniai, kai Lakōnikōn ephēbōn epibōmion haima, Myoǭ kleptomenon. xainomenōn tais mastixi, kai touto monon kakōs indrizomenōn hois timatai thea, kaitauta parthenos. )i gar adtul, kai malakian etimēsan, kai thrasytēta sebasthēsan,

These are not the births and thefts of Zeus, the tyrant of the Cretans, even if the Greeks are displeased; nor the din and clapping and armed dances of the Curetes, drowning the cry of a weeping god, that he might escape his child-hating father; for it would have been dreadful for one who had been swallowed as a stone to wail like a baby. Nor are they the castrations of the Phrygians, and pipes, and Corybantes, and all the madness of men about Rhea, initiating and being initiated for the mother of the gods in rites that befit such a mother. Nor is some maiden carried off, and Demeter wanders and brings in Celeuses and Triptolemuses and serpents, and does some things and suffers others: for I am ashamed to bring the night's rite into the day and to make indecency a mystery. Eleusis knows these things, and the beholders of what is kept silent and is truly worthy of silence. Nor is it Dionysus, and the thigh in labour with an unfinished embryo, as earlier a head with another; and a hermaphrodite god, and a chorus of drunkards, and a dissolute army, and the folly of the Thebans who honour him, and the thunderbolt of Semele worshipped. Nor the harlot mysteries of Aphrodite, who, as they themselves say, was both born and is honoured shamefully. Nor certain phalluses and ithyphalli, shameful in their shapes and in their deeds; nor the slaughter of strangers among the Taurians, and the blood of Laconian youths on the altar, torn by the whips and showing their courage wrongly in this alone, they who honour a goddess, and she a virgin. For the same people both honoured effeminacy and revered boldness.

39.5PG 36:340a–340d

Ποῦ δὲ θησεις τὴν Πέλοπος κρεουργίανζ πεινῶντας θεοὺς ἑστιῶσαν, καὶ φιλοξενίαν πικρὰν καὶ ind-.Bpumov; ποῦ δὲ Ἐκᾶτης. τὰ φοβερὰ καὶ πκοτεινὰ φάσματα, καὶ Τροφωνίου κατὰ γῆς παί- (νια καὶ μαντεύματα, ἤ Δωδωναίας δρυὸς λτιρῆο u'cz, ἦ τρίποδος Δελφικοῡα) σοφίσματαὶ ἢ Κασταῖ lla; μαντικὸν πόμα ς Τώτο μόνον of: μαντευσαὶ ιενα, τὴν ἑαυτῶν σιωπήν, Οὗδέ Μάγων θυτικὴ, ιαὶ πρόγνωσις ἓντομος· καὶ Χαλδαίωθ ἀστρονοιία καὶ γενεθλιαλογία, τῇ τῶι οὐρανίων κινήσει συμφέρουσα τὰ ἡμέτερα, τῶν μηδὲ ὲαυ εοζὶδ τί ποre εἰσιν, ἢ ἔσονται, γνῶναι δυναμένων· οὖδὲ Θρᾳκιῦν ὶργια ταῦτα, παρʼ ῶν καὶ τὸ θρησκεύειν, ὡς Λότος οὐδὲ Ὀρφέως τελεταὶ καὶ μυστήρια, ὅν τοσοῦτον Ἐλληνες ἰπὶ σοφίᾳ ἐθαύμασαν, ὥστε καὶ λύραν αὖ· τῷ ποιοῦσι, πάντα τοῖς κρούμασιν ἕλκουσαν οὔδε Μίθρου κόλασις ἔνδικος, κατὰ τῶν μυεῖσθαι τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀνεχομένων* οὐδὲ Ὀσίριδος σπαραγμοὶ, ἄλλη συμφορὰ τιμωμένη παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις οὐδὲ ’Ἴσιδος ἀτυχήματα, καὶ τράγοι Μενδησίων αὶδεσιμώτεροι, καὶ ’Ἄπιδος φάτνη, μόσχου κατατρυφῶντος τῆς Ηεμφιτῶν εὗηθείαςʼ οὐδʼ ὅσα τὸν Νεῖλον ταῖς τι- Lach καθοόρίζουσι, τὸν καρποδότην, ὡς ἀνυμνοῐκτιν αὐτοὶ, καὶ εῧσταχυν, καὶ μετροῦντα τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν τοῖς πήχεσιν.

Pou de thēseis tēn Pelopos kreourgianz peinōntas theous hestiōsan, kai philoxenian pikran kai ind-.Bpumov? pou de Ekatēs. ta phobera kai pkoteina phasmata, kai Trophōniou kata gēs pai- (nia kai manteumata, ē Dōdōnaias dryos ltirēo u'cz, ē tripodos Delphikoua) sophismatai ē Kastai lla? mantikon poma s Tōto monon of: manteusai iena, tēn heautōn siōpēn, Houde Magōn thytikē, iai prognōsis hentomos; kai Chaldaiōth astronoiia kai genethlialogia, tę̄ tōi ouraniōn kinēsei sympherousa ta hēmetera, tōn mēde eau eozid ti pore eisin, ē esontai, gnōnai dynamenōn; oude Thrąkiyn irgia tauta, parʼ ōn kai to thrēskeuein, hōs Lotos oude Orpheōs teletai kai mystēria, hon tosouton Ellēnes ipi sophią ethaumasan, hōste kai lyran au; tǭ poiousi, panta tois kroumasin helkousan oude Mithrou kolasis endikos, kata tōn myeisthai ta toiauta anechomenōn* oude Osiridos sparagmoi, allē symphora timōmenē parʼ Aigyptiois oude ’Isidos atychēmata, kai tragoi Mendēsiōn aidesimōteroi, kai ’Apidos phatnē, moschou katatryphōntos tēs Ēemphitōn heuētheiasʼ oudʼ hosa ton Neilon tais ti- Lach kathoorizousi, ton karpodotēn, hōs anymnoiktin autoi, kai eÿstachyn, kai metrounta tēn eudaimonian tois pēchesin.

Where will you put the butchery of Pelops, feasting hungry gods, a bitter and inhuman hospitality? Where the fearful and dark apparitions of Hecate, and the underground tricks and oracles of Trophonius, or the babbling of the oak of Dodona, or the sophistries of the Delphic tripod, or the prophetic draught of Castalia? This alone they did not prophesy: their own silence. Nor is it the sacrificial art of the Magi and their divination from entrails, and the astronomy and casting of nativities of the Chaldeans, who bind our affairs to the movement of the heavenly bodies, which cannot know even what they themselves are or will be; nor the orgies of the Thracians, from whom, as the story goes, comes even the word “worship”; nor the rites and mysteries of Orpheus, whom the Greeks so admired for wisdom that they gave him a lyre that drew all things with its strains; nor the tortures of Mithras, justly inflicted on those who submit to initiation into such things; nor the dismemberments of Osiris, another misfortune honoured among the Egyptians; nor the misfortunes of Isis, and goats more venerable than the Mendesians, and the stall of Apis, a calf that lives in luxury on the simplicity of the people of Memphis; nor all the honours with which they insult the Nile, the giver of fruit, as they sing, and of fine ears of corn, who measures their happiness by cubits.

39.6PG 36:340d–341b

Ἐῶ γὰρ λέγειν ἑρπετῶν καὶ κνωδάλων τιμὰς ιαὶ τὸ τῆς ἀσχημοσύνης φιλότιμον· ῶν καθʼ ἕκαστον δία τις τελετῑε καὶ πανήγυρις, καὶ κοινὸν τὸ τῇς κακοδαιμονίας ἔφʼ ἅπασιν· ὡς εἴπερ ἀσεβεῖν aito ἔδει πάντως, καὶ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ δόξης ἀποπεσεῖν,ι εἴδωλα κατενεχθέντα( καὶ τέχνης ἔργα, καὶ χειρί πλάσματα, μὴ ἂν ἄλλο τι κατʼ αὐτῶν εὔξασθαι τε γε νοῦν ἕχο θτας, ἢ τοιαῦτα σεβασθῆναι, καὶ οὕτω τ μῆσαι, ἵνα τήν ἀντίμισθίαν, ἦν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης, ι φησι Παῦλος, ἀπολαμβάνωσιν, ἒν οἷς σέβονται· μᾶλλον τιμῶντες, ἢ διʼ ἐκείνων ἀτιμαζόμενι Βδελυκτοὶ τῆς πλάνης, βδελυκτότεροι τῆς εὐτελεί τῶν προσκυνουμένων καὶ σεβομένων, ἵνα καὶ α τῶν τῶν τιμωμένων ὦσιν ἀναισθητότεροι, τοσοῦι ὑπερβάλλοντες ἀνοίᾳ, ὅσον εὐτελείᾳ τὰ προσκυνο

Eō gar legein herpetōn kai knōdalōn timas iai to tēs aschēmosynēs philotimon; ōn kathʼ hekaston dia tis teletie kai panēgyris, kai koinon to tę̄s kakodaimonias ephʼ hapasin; hōs eiper asebein aito edei pantōs, kai tēs tou Theou doxēs apopesein,i eidōla katenechthenta( kai technēs erga, kai cheiri plasmata, mē an allo ti katʼ autōn euxasthai te ge noun hecho thtas, ē toiauta sebasthēnai, kai houtō t mēsai, hina tēn antimisthian, ēn edei tēs planēs, i phēsi Paulos, apolambanōsin, en hois sebontai; mallon timōntes, ē diʼ ekeinōn atimazomeni Bdelyktoi tēs planēs, bdelyktoteroi tēs eutelei tōn proskynoumenōn kai sebomenōn, hina kai a tōn tōn timōmenōn ōsin anaisthētoteroi, tosoui hyperballontes anoią, hoson euteleią ta proskyno

I pass over the honours paid to reptiles and vermin, and the zeal for indecency: for each of them there is a special rite and festival, and common to all is the wretchedness. So that, if they had to be impious at all and fall from the glory of God, sinking down to idols and works of art and things fashioned by hand, men of sense could not pray for anything else against them than that they should worship such things and honour them in this way, so that they might receive in the things they worship “the recompense which was due for their error”, as Paul says, being dishonoured by them rather than honouring them: abominable for their error, more abominable for the cheapness of what they worship and revere, so that they are even more senseless than the objects of their honour, surpassing them in folly as far as the objects of their worship surpass in cheapness …

39.7PG 36:341b–345b

Ταῦτα μὲν οὗν παιζέτωσαν Ἐλλήνων παῖδες, 1 καὶ δαίμονες, παρʼ ὧν ἐκείνοις ἡ ἄνοια, τὴν τοῦ Θε τιμὴν εἷς ἑαυτοὺς μεθελκὸντων, καὶ ἄλλους ἄλλα κατατεμνόντων εἰς αἰσχρὰς δόξας καὶ φαντασίας, ἀ‹ οὗ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς ἐκβαλόντες ἡμᾶς, τῷ Εύλ τῆς γνώσεως οὗ κατὰ καιρὸν, οὔδʼ ἐπιτηδείως μετς ληφθείσης, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρους ἤδη κατέδραμον τὸν ἢγεμόνα νοῦν συναρπάσαντες, καὶ τοῖς πάθει θύραν ἀνοίξαντες. Οὔ γὰρ ἔφερον, φύσις ὄντες φθο νερὰ καὶ μισάνθρωπος, μᾶλλον δὲ διὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶ κακίαν γενόμενοι, τοὺς κάτω τῶν ἅνω τυχεῖν, αὖτι πεσόντες ἐπὶ γῆς ἀνωθεν, οὗδέ τοσαύτην μετάστασι γενέσθαε τῆς δόξης, καὶ τῶν πρώτων φύσεων. Τοῦτ ἐστιν ὁ διωγμὸς to; πλάσματος διὰ τοῦτο ἡ εἰκὼ τοῦ Θεοῦ καθυβρίσθη· καῖ καθὼς οὒκ ἒδοκιμάσαμε φυλάξαι τὴν ἐντολὴν, ’παρεδόθημεν τῇ αὐτονομίᾳ τῆ πλάνης* καί καθὼς ἐπλανήθημεν, ἠτιμάσθημε ἒν οἷς ἐσεβάσθημεν, Οὔ γὰρ τοῦτο μόνον δεινὸν, τὲ πεποιημὰιους ἐπʼ ἀγαθοῖς ἔργοις, εἷς δόξαν κα ἔπαινον τοῦ πεποιηκότος, καὶ Θεοῦ μίμησιν, ὅσοι ἐφικτὸν, ὁρμητήριον γενέσθαι παντοίων παθῶν, βο· σκομὲνων κακῶς καὶ δαπανώντων τὸν ἐντὸς ἀνθρω· πονο ἀλλᾶ τὸ καὶ θεοὺς στήσασθαι συνηγόρους τοῖς πάθεσιν, ’ἕνα μὴ μόνον ἀνεύθυνοε τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεῖον νομίζηται, εἷα τοιαύτην καταφεῦγον ἀπολογίαν, τὰ προσκυνού· ιν δέ, ὅθεν Σολομὼν ἡμῖν ενομοθέτησενο Ἀρχὴ σθʼ ας, φησὶ, κτησαι σοφίαν· τί τοῦτο λέγων ἀρχὴν »φίας ; Τὸν φόβον. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ θεωρίας ἀρξαμένους. ς φόβον χρὴ καταλήγειν (θεωρίο γὰρ ὰχαλίνωτος ἱχα ἄν καὶ me κρημνῶν ὥσεισὴ· ἀλλὰ στοιφ ειουμένους, καὶ καθαιρομένους, καὶ, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, ιπτυνομένους, είς ὕψος αἴρεσθαι. Οὖ γὰρ φόβος, ιτολῶν τήρησις· οὗ δὲ ξντολῶν τήρησις, σαρκὸς ἱθαρσις, τοῦ έπιπροσθοῦντος τῇ ψ.)λῇ νέφους, καὶ ix ἐῶντος καθαρῶς ῐδετν τὴν θείαν ἀκτῖνα* οὗ δὲ άθαρσις, ἴλλαμψῳ ἕλλαμψις δε, πόθου πλήρωσις, ης τῶν μεγίστων, ἢ τοῦ μεγίστου, ἢ ὑπὲρ τὸ βʼ. Διὰ τοῦτο καθαρτέον ἑαυτὸν πρῶτον, εἶτα ᾦ καθαρῷ προσομιλητέον· εἴπερ μὴ μέλλοιμεν τ), οὗ,ισραὴλ πείσεσθαι, μὴ φέροντος τὴν δόξαν τοῦ προσώπου Μωσέως, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δεομένου καλύμιατος* ἢ τὸ τοῦ Μανωὲ, καὶ πεισεσθαι, καὶ λέξειν· Απολώλαμεν, ὦ γῦναι, Θεὸν ἑωράκαμεν,,ἐν φαν- [ησοῦν ἀποπέμψασθαι, ὡς οὒκ ἄξιοι τοιαύτης ἒπιημίας. Πέτρον δέ ὅταν εἴπω, τίνα λέγω; Τὸν κατὰ κυμάτων πεζεύσαντα. ’Η, ὡς Παῦλος, τὴν ὀψιν πληιήσεσθαι. πρὶν καθαρθῆναι τῶν διωγμῶν, τῷ διωκοιένῳ προσομιλήσας, μᾶλλο) δὶ βραχείᾳ τοῦ μεγάο κου φωτὸς λαμπηδόνιο ἢ,ὼς ὃ ἑκατόνταρχος, ἰὴν μὲν θεραπείαν ἒπιζητήσειν, τῇ οἷκῃ δὲ τὸν θεραπευτὴν οὒκ εἰσδέξασθαι διὰ δειλίαν ἐπαινουμέθην, Λεγέτω τις καὶ ἡμῶν, ἕως οὔπω καθαίρεται, ιλλ ἔστιν ἑκατόνταρχοτ ἔτι, πλειόνων ἒν κακίᾳ κρα- :é'w, καὶ στρατεύεται Καίσαρι, τῷ κοσμοκράτορι τῶν κάυω συρομένων· ρῦκ εἶμί ἱκανὸς, ἳνα μου ὑπὸ εην στέγην εἰσέλθῃς, ’“οταν“ δὲ ἰησοῦν θεὰσησαι, ιαίτοι μικρὸς ὥν τὴν πνευματικὴν ἡλικίαν, ὡς ὁ ιακχαϊος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ὑπὲρ την συκομωραίαν ἀρθῇ, οεκρώσας τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑπεραναόἓις εὖ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως, τότε καὶ εἷο-δεχέσθω τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἀκουέτω Σήμερον σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τού·τῳ, καὶ λαμβανέτω τὴν σωτηρίαν, καὶ καρποφορείτω τὰ τελεώτερα, σκοόπίζων καὶ διαχέων καλῶς, εἴ κα- Γ. Ὀ γὰρ αὐτὸς Λόγος, καὶ φοβερὸς τοῖς οὒκ ἀξίοις διὰ τὴν φύσιν, καὶ χωρητὸς διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν τοῖς ιῧτως ηὐτρεπισμένοιςʼ ὅσοι τὸ ἀκάθαρτον mi ὑλικὸν πνεῦμα τῶν ψυχῶν ἀπελπίσαντες, καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς τῇ ἐπιγνώσει σαρώααντες καὶ κοσμήσνντες, psi-.82 dig-(ip), μηδὶ ἄπρακτον εἴασαν, ὥστε μετα πλεὲονος τῆς παρασκευῇς, αὖθις κλταλγροῖινλι ὕπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ τῆς κακίας πνευμάτων, ὅσα καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀπηρίθμηται (τὸ γὰρ δυσμαχώτερον, περισπουδαστότερον) ἀλλὰ πρὸς τῷ φεύγειν τὴν κακίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔργάζονται, ὅλον τὸν Χριστὸν, ἢ ὅτι μάλιστα, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσοικίσαντες, ὥστε μηδενὶ κενῴ τὴν πονηρὰν δύναμιν ὁμιλήσασαν, ἐαυτῆς πάλιν πληρῶσαι, καὶ γενέσθαι τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων, διὰ τὸ τῆς καταδρομῆς σφοδρότερον, καὶῌτὸ τῆς φρουρᾶς ἀσφαλέστερον καὶ δυσαλωτότερον. υΟτσιν δέ πάσῃ ξρυλακῇ τηρήσαντες τὴν ἑαυτῶν ψυχὴν, καὶ ἀναβάσεις ἐν τῇεκαρδίᾳ διαθέμενοι, καὶ νεώσαντες ἑαυτοῖς νεώματα, καὶ σπείραντες εἰς δικαιοσύνην, ὼε Σηλομῶντι, καὶ Δαβὶδ, καὶ Ἱερεμίᾳ δοκεῖ, φωτίσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς έρῶς γνώσεωςί τηνικαῦτα λαλῶμεν Θευῦ σοφίαν ὲν μυστηρίῳ την ἀποκεκρυμμένην, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔκλάμπωμεν. Τέως δὲ καθαιρώμεθα καὶ προτελώμεθαν τῷ Λόγῳ, ἵνʼ ὄτι μάλιστα αὖτοὺς ἡμᾶς εὖεργετῶμεν, θεοειδεῖς ἰργαζόμενοι, καὶ ἥκοντα τὸν Λόγον ὑποδεχόμενον οὒ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ κρατοῦντες, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις προφαίνοντες.

Tauta men houn paizetōsan Ellēnōn paides, 1 kai daimones, parʼ hōn ekeinois hē anoia, tēn tou The timēn heis heautous methelkontōn, kai allous alla katatemnontōn eis aischras doxas kai phantasias, a‹ hou tou xylou tēs zōēs ekbalontes hēmas, tǭ Eul tēs gnōseōs hou kata kairon, oudʼ epitēdeiōs mets lēphtheisēs, hōs asthenesterous ēdē katedramon ton ēgemona noun synarpasantes, kai tois pathei thyran anoixantes. Ou gar epheron, physis ontes phtho nera kai misanthrōpos, mallon de dia tēn heautō kakian genomenoi, tous katō tōn hanō tychein, auti pesontes epi gēs anōthen, houde tosautēn metastasi genesthae tēs doxēs, kai tōn prōtōn physeōn. Tout estin ho diōgmos to? plasmatos dia touto hē eikō tou Theou kathybristhē; kai kathōs ouk edokimasame phylaxai tēn entolēn, ’paredothēmen tę̄ autonomią tē planēs* kai kathōs eplanēthēmen, ētimasthēme en hois esebasthēmen, Ou gar touto monon deinon, te pepoiēmaious epʼ agathois ergois, heis doxan ka epainon tou pepoiēkotos, kai Theou mimēsin, hosoi ephikton, hormētērion genesthai pantoiōn pathōn, bo; skomenōn kakōs kai dapanōntōn ton entos anthrō; pono alla to kai theous stēsasthai synēgorous tois pathesin, ’hena mē monon aneuthynoe to hamartanein, alla kai theion nomizētai, heia toiautēn katapheugon apologian, ta proskynou; in de, hothen Solomōn hēmin enomothetēseno Archē sthʼ as, phēsi, ktēsai sophian; ti touto legōn archēn »phias ? Ton phobon. Ou gar apo theōrias arxamenous. s phobon chrē katalēgein (theōrio gar achalinōtos hicha an kai me krēmnōn hōseisē; alla stoiph eioumenous, kai kathairomenous, kai, hinʼ houtōs eipō, iptynomenous, eis hypsos airesthai. Ou gar phobos, itolōn tērēsis; hou de xntolōn tērēsis, sarkos hitharsis, tou epiprosthountos tę̄ ps.)lę̄ nephous, kai ix eōntos katharōs idetn tēn theian aktina* hou de atharsis, illampsǭ hellampsis de, pothou plērōsis, ēs tōn megistōn, ē tou megistou, ē hyper to bʼ. Dia touto katharteon heauton prōton, eita ǭ katharǭ prosomilēteon; eiper mē melloimen t), hou,israēl peisesthai, mē pherontos tēn doxan tou prosōpou Mōseōs, kai dia touto deomenou kalymiatos* ē to tou Manōe, kai peisesthai, kai lexein; Apolōlamen, ō gynai, Theon heōrakamen,,en phan- [ēsoun apopempsasthai, hōs ouk axioi toiautēs epiēmias. Petron de hotan eipō, tina legō? Ton kata kymatōn pezeusanta. ’Ē, hōs Paulos, tēn opsin plēiēsesthai. prin katharthēnai tōn diōgmōn, tǭ diōkoienǭ prosomilēsas, mallo) di bracheią tou megao kou phōtos lampēdonio ē,ōs ho hekatontarchos, iēn men therapeian epizētēsein, tę̄ hoikę̄ de ton therapeutēn ouk eisdexasthai dia deilian epainoumethēn, Legetō tis kai hēmōn, heōs oupō kathairetai, ill estin hekatontarchot eti, pleionōn en kakią kra- :e'w, kai strateuetai Kaisari, tǭ kosmokratori tōn kauō syromenōn; ryk eimi hikanos, hina mou hypo eēn stegēn eiselthę̄s, ’“otan“ de iēsoun theasēsai, iaitoi mikros hōn tēn pneumatikēn hēlikian, hōs ho iakchaïos ekeinos, kai hyper tēn sykomōraian arthę̄, oekrōsas ta melē ta epi tēs gēs, kai hyperanaoeis eu sōma tēs tapeinōseōs, tote kai heio-dechesthō ton logon, kai akouetō Sēmeron sōtēria tǭ oikǭ tou;tǭ, kai lambanetō tēn sōtērian, kai karpophoreitō ta teleōtera, skoopizōn kai diacheōn kalōs, ei ka- G. O gar autos Logos, kai phoberos tois ouk axiois dia tēn physin, kai chōrētos dia philanthrōpian tois iÿtōs ēutrepismenoisʼ hosoi to akatharton mi hylikon pneuma tōn psychōn apelpisantes, kai tas heautōn psychas tę̄ epignōsei sarōaantes kai kosmēsnntes, psi-.82 dig-(ip), mēdi aprakton eiasan, hōste meta pleeonos tēs paraskeuę̄s, authis kltalgroiinli hypo tōn hepta tēs kakias pneumatōn, hosa kai tēs aretēs apērithmētai (to gar dysmachōteron, perispoudastoteron) alla pros tǭ pheugein tēn kakian, kai tēn aretēn ergazontai, holon ton Christon, ē hoti malista, heautois eisoikisantes, hōste mēdeni kenǭ tēn ponēran dynamin homilēsasan, eautēs palin plērōsai, kai genesthai ta eschata cheirona tōn prōtōn, dia to tēs katadromēs sphodroteron, kaiĘ̄to tēs phrouras asphalesteron kai dysalōtoteron. yOtsin de pasę̄ xrylakę̄ tērēsantes tēn heautōn psychēn, kai anabaseis en tę̄ekardią diathemenoi, kai neōsantes heautois neōmata, kai speirantes eis dikaiosynēn, ōe Sēlomōnti, kai Dabid, kai Hieremią dokei, phōtisōmen heautois erōs gnōseōsi tēnikauta lalōmen Theuy sophian en mystēriǭ tēn apokekrymmenēn, kai tois allois eklampōmen. Teōs de kathairōmetha kai protelōmethan tǭ Logǭ, hinʼ oti malista autous hēmas euergetōmen, theoeideis irgazomenoi, kai hēkonta ton Logon hypodechomenon ou monon de, alla kai kratountes, kai tois allois prophainontes.

Let the children of the Greeks, then, play with these things, and their demons, from whom their folly comes, who draw the honour of God to themselves and divide men among various shameful opinions and fancies; who, having cast us out from the tree of life by the tree of knowledge, which was not taken at the right time nor fittingly, overran us as now weaker, seizing the ruling mind and opening a door to the passions. For, being envious and hating man by nature, or rather having become so through their own wickedness, they could not bear that those below should attain to things above, when they themselves had fallen from above to earth, nor that so great a change of glory and of the first natures should take place. This is the persecution of the creature; for this the image of God was outraged; and as we did not see fit to keep the commandment, we were handed over to the self-rule of error; and as we went astray, we were dishonoured in the things we worshipped. For not only is this dreadful, that those made for good works, for the glory and praise of their Maker and for the imitation of God as far as possible, should become a base for all kinds of passions, which feed wickedly on the inner man and consume him; but also that they should set up gods as advocates for the passions, so that sinning might be not only beyond account but even thought divine, taking refuge in such a defence, the objects of their worship. [8] … whence Solomon laid down the law for us: “The beginning of wisdom,” he says, “acquire wisdom.” What does he call the beginning of wisdom? Fear. For we must not begin from contemplation and end in fear (unbridled contemplation might perhaps push us over cliffs), but, being grounded, purified and, so to speak, made light, be lifted to the heights. For where there is fear, there is keeping of the commandments; where there is keeping of the commandments, there is cleansing of the flesh, of the cloud that blocks the soul and does not let it see the divine ray purely; where there is cleansing, there is illumination; and illumination is the fulfilment of desire for those who long for the greatest things, or the greatest thing, or what is beyond the greatest. [9] Therefore we must first purify ourselves, then converse with the pure; unless we are to suffer what Israel suffered, who could not bear the glory of Moses' face and so needed a veil; or to suffer and say what Manoah said: “We are lost, wife, we have seen God”; … send Jesus away from the boat, as unworthy of such a visit. And when I say Peter, whom do I mean? The one who walked upon the waves. Or, like Paul, be struck in the eyes before being cleansed of his persecutions, having conversed with the one he persecuted, or rather with a brief flash of the great light. Or, like the centurion, seek the healing, yet, through a praiseworthy fear, not receive the healer into the house. Let each of us too say, while he is not yet cleansed but is still a centurion, commanding many in wickedness and serving in the army of Caesar, the world-ruler of those who are dragged down: “I am not worthy that you should come under my roof.” But when he has seen Jesus, though he is small in spiritual stature, like that Zacchaeus, and has been lifted up on the sycamore, having put to death his members that are on earth and having risen above the body of humiliation, then let him receive the Word and hear, “Today salvation has come to this house”; and let him take hold of salvation and bear more perfect fruit, scattering and distributing well … [10] For the same Word is both fearful, by his nature, to those who are unworthy, and through his love for man accessible to those who are thus prepared: those who, having driven the unclean and material spirit out of their souls and having swept and adorned their souls with knowledge, have not left them idle and unoccupied, to be seized again with greater force by the seven spirits of wickedness, as many as are counted of virtue (for what is harder to overcome is the more eagerly sought), but who, besides fleeing vice, also practise virtue, making the whole Christ, or as much as possible, dwell in themselves, so that the evil power, finding nothing empty, cannot fill it again with itself and make the last state worse than the first, because of the more violent assault and the stronger, harder-to-capture garrison. But when we have kept our soul with all watchfulness, and set ascents in our heart, and broken up fallow ground for ourselves and sown for righteousness, as Solomon and David and Jeremiah advise, let us light for ourselves the light of knowledge; then let us speak the wisdom of God hidden in a mystery and shine upon others. Meanwhile let us be purified and initiated beforehand by the Word, that we may do ourselves the greatest good, making ourselves godlike and receiving the Word when he comes; and not only that, but holding him fast and showing him forth to others.

39.8PG 36:345c–348a

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀνεκαθήραμεν τῷ λόγῳ τὸ θέατρον, φέρε τι περὶ τῆς ἐορτῆς ἤθη φιλοσοφήσωμεν, καὶ συνεορτάσωμεν ταῖς φιλεόρτοις καὶ φιλοθέοις ψυχαῖς. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κεφάλαιον ἑορτῆς μνήμη Θεοῦ, Θεοῦ μνημονεύσωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ τὸν ἐκεῖθεν τῶν ἑορταζόντων ἧχον, ἔνθα εὐφραινομένων πάντων ἡ κατοικία, οὖα. ἄλλο τι ἢ τοῦτο εἶναι νομίζω, Θεὸν ὺμνούμενόν τε καὶ δοξαζόμενον τοῖς τῆς ἓκεισε πολιτείας ἠξιωμένοις, Kl δέ τι τῶν ἤδη προειρημένων ὁ νῦν ἔξει λόγος, θαυμαζέτω μηδείς, Οὔ γὰρ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ φθέγξομαι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν, φρίττων καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ νοῦν, καὶ διάνοιαν, ὅταν περὶ Θεοῦ φθέγγωμαι καὶ ὑμῖν ταυτό τοῦτο συνευχόμενος τὸ ἐπαινετὸν πάθος καὶ μακάριον. Θεοῦ δὲ ὅταν εἴπω, ἒθῖ φωτὶ περιαστράφθηεε οιαὶ τρισί τρισὶ μὲν, κατὰ τὰς ἰδιότητας, εἴτουν ὑποστάσεις, εἴ τινι φίλον καλεῖν, εἴτε πρόσωπα, (οὒδὲν γὰρ περὶτῶν ’ ὀνομάτων ζυγομαχήσομεν, ἕως ἂν πρὸς σὴν αὐτὴν ’ἑννοιαν αἱ συλλαβαὶ φέρωσιν) ’ ἐνὶ δὲ, κατὰ τὸν τʼῖις οὐσίας λόγον, εἵτουν θεότητος. Διαιρεῖται γὰρ ἀδιαιρὲτως, ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, καὶ συνάπτεται διῃρημένως. ’Ἔν γὰρ ἓν τρισὶν ἡ θεότης, καὶ τὰ τρία ἓν. τὰ ἓν οἷς ἡ θεότης, ἢ, τό γε ἀκριβέστερον εἰπεῖν, ἂ ἡ θεότης. Τὰς δὲ ὑπερβολὰς καὶ ἐλλείψεις ἐλλείψωμεν · οὕτε τὴν ἕνωσιν σύγχυσιν ἆργαζόμευ νοι, οὕτε τὴν διαίρεειν, ἀλλοτρίωσιν Ἀπέστω γὰρ

Epei de anekathēramen tǭ logǭ to theatron, phere ti peri tēs eortēs ēthē philosophēsōmen, kai syneortasōmen tais phileortois kai philotheois psychais. Epei de kephalaion heortēs mnēmē Theou, Theou mnēmoneusōmen. Kai gar ton ekeithen tōn heortazontōn hēchon, entha euphrainomenōn pantōn hē katoikia, oua. allo ti ē touto einai nomizō, Theon ymnoumenon te kai doxazomenon tois tēs hekeise politeias ēxiōmenois, Kl de ti tōn ēdē proeirēmenōn ho nyn exei logos, thaumazetō mēdeis, Ou gar ta auta kai phthenxomai monon, alla kai peri tōn autōn, phrittōn kai glōssan, kai noun, kai dianoian, hotan peri Theou phthengōmai kai hymin tauto touto syneuchomenos to epaineton pathos kai makarion. Theou de hotan eipō, ethi phōti periastraphthēee oiai trisi trisi men, kata tas idiotētas, eitoun hypostaseis, ei tini philon kalein, eite prosōpa, (ouden gar peritōn ’ onomatōn zygomachēsomen, heōs an pros sēn autēn ’hennoian hai syllabai pherōsin) ’ eni de, kata ton tʼiis ousias logon, heitoun theotētos. Diaireitai gar adiairetōs, hinʼ houtōs eipō, kai synaptetai dię̄rēmenōs. ’En gar hen trisin hē theotēs, kai ta tria hen. ta hen hois hē theotēs, ē, to ge akribesteron eipein, a hē theotēs. Tas de hyperbolas kai elleipseis elleipsōmen ; houte tēn henōsin synchysin argazomeu noi, houte tēn diaireein, allotriōsin Apestō gar

Since we have cleansed the theatre by our discourse, come, let us now philosophize a little about the feast and keep festival with the souls that love feasts and love God. And since the chief point of a feast is the remembrance of God, let us remember God. For the sound of those who keep festival there, where is the dwelling of all who rejoice, I think is nothing other than this: God hymned and glorified by those counted worthy of the citizenship there. If what I now say contains something said before, let no one wonder. For I will not only utter the same things, but about the same things, trembling in tongue and mind and thought whenever I speak of God; and I pray that you too may share this praiseworthy and blessed feeling. When I say God, be illumined by one light and by three: three according to the properties, or hypostases, if one likes to call them so, or persons (for we will not quarrel about names, so long as the syllables convey the same meaning); one according to the principle of essence, that is, of Godhead. For it is divided indivisibly, if I may so speak, and joined dividedly. For the Godhead is one in three, and the three are one: those in whom the Godhead is, or, to speak more exactly, who are the Godhead. Let us leave aside excesses and defects, neither making the union a confusion nor the division an alienation. For far be it …

39.10PG 36:348a

… Σαβελλίου συναιρεσις, και η Ἀρείου διαίρεσις, τὰ ἐκ διαμέτρου κακὰ, καί ὁμότιμα τὴν ἀσέβειαν ο τί γὰρ δεῖ Θεὸν, ἢ συναλείφειν κακῶς, ἢ κατατέμνειν εἷς ἀνισότητας

… Sabelliou synairesis, kai ē Areiou diairesis, ta ek diametrou kaka, kai homotima tēn asebeian o ti gar dei Theon, ē synaleiphein kakōs, ē katatemnein heis anisotētas

… Sabellius' contraction and Arius' division, evils diametrically opposed and equal in impiety. For why must God either be wrongly confused or cut up into inequalities?

39.12PG 36:348a–348c

Ἠμτν δὲ, εἷς Θεὸς 6 Πατὴρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ εἷς Κύριος νἸησοῦς Χριστός, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα, η ἑ ~ ’ί ι, ν ν καὶ εν Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐν ῳ τα παντα του ἐξ ου, καὶ διʼ οὗ, καὶ ἐν ᾧ, μὴ φύσεις τεμνόντων (οῦδὲ γὰρ ἂν μετέπιπτον αἱ προθέσεις, ἢ αἱ τάξεις τῶν ὀνομάτων), ἀλλὰ χαρακτηριζόντων μιᾶς καὶ ἆσυχύτοο φύσεως ἰδιότηταςξ Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον, ἓξ ὦν εἰς ἓν σῦνἀγονται πάλιν, εἶ τῷ μὴ παρέργως έκεῖνο ἀναγινώσκεται παρὰ τῷ αὐτῷ ἀποστόλῳ, τὸ, ἘΞ ιιῦτοῦ καὶ διʼ-αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἷς αὔτὸν τὰ πάνταο αύτῷ ἡ δόξα εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν. Πατήρ 6 πατὴρ καὶ ἄναρχος · οῦ γὰρ ἔκ τινος. ιʼἱὸς ὁ υἱὸς, καὶ οῦκ ἄναρχος ’ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γάρ, Ei δὲ τὴν ὰπὸ χρόνου λαμβάνοις ἀρχὴν, καὶ ἄναρχος · ποιητὴς γὰρ χρόιων, οὑχ ὑπὸ χρόνον, Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἀληθῶς τὸ πνεῦμα, προϊὸν μὲν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς, οὔχ ὑϊκώς δὲ, ούδέ γὰρ γεννητιῖκ, ἀλλʼ ἐκπορευτῶς εἰ δεῖ τι καὶ καινοτομῆσαι περὶ τὰ ὀνόματα σαφηνοίας ἕνεκεν. Οὔτε τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκστάντος τῆς ἂγεννησίας, διότι γεγέννηκεν ο οὕτε τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς γεννήσεως, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἆγεννήτου. Πῶς γαρς οὔτε τοῦ Πνεύματος, ἢ εἰς Πατέρα μεταπίπτοντος, fi εἱς rte», ὅτι ἐκπεπόρευται, καὶ ὅτι Θεὸς, κᾶν μὴ δοκῃ τοῖς ἀθέοις · ἡ γὰρ ἷδιότης ἀκίνητος.

Ēmtn de, heis Theos 6 Patēr, ex hou ta panta, kai heis Kyrios nIēsous Christos, diʼ hou ta panta, ē he ~ ’i i, n n kai en Pneuma hagion en ǭ ta panta tou ex ou, kai diʼ hou, kai en hǭ, mē physeis temnontōn (oude gar an metepipton hai protheseis, ē hai taxeis tōn onomatōn), alla charaktērizontōn mias kai asychytoo physeōs idiotētasx Kai touto dēlon, hex ōn eis hen synagontai palin, ei tǭ mē parergōs ekeino anaginōsketai para tǭ autǭ apostolǭ, to, EX iiytou kai diʼ-autou, kai heis auton ta pantao autǭ hē doxa heis tous aiōnas. Amēn. Patēr 6 patēr kai anarchos ; ou gar ek tinos. iʼhios ho huios, kai ouk anarchos ’ ek tou Patros gar, Ei de tēn apo chronou lambanois archēn, kai anarchos ; poiētēs gar chroiōn, houch hypo chronon, Pneuma hagion alēthōs to pneuma, proïon men ek tou Patros, ouch hyïkōs de, oude gar gennētiik, allʼ ekporeutōs ei dei ti kai kainotomēsai peri ta onomata saphēnoias heneken. Oute tou Patros ekstantos tēs agennēsias, dioti gegennēken o houte tou Huiou tēs gennēseōs, hoti ek tou agennētou. Pōs gars oute tou Pneumatos, ē eis Patera metapiptontos, fi heis rte», hoti ekpeporeutai, kai hoti Theos, kan mē dokę̄ tois atheois ; hē gar hidiotēs akinētos.

But for us there is one God, the Father, from whom are all things, and one Lord Jesus Christ, through whom are all things, and one Holy Spirit, in whom are all things: the “from whom” and “through whom” and “in whom” not dividing natures (for then the prepositions or the order of the names would never be interchanged), but characterizing the properties of one unconfused nature. And this is clear from the fact that they are brought together into one again, if one reads with care that saying in the same apostle: “From him and through him and to him are all things; to him be the glory for ever. Amen.” The Father is Father and without beginning, for he is not from anyone. The Son is Son and not without beginning, for he is from the Father. But if you take beginning in the sense of time, he too is without beginning, for he is the maker of times, not under time. The Holy Spirit is truly Spirit, proceeding from the Father, not as a son, for not by generation, but by procession, if one must coin a term for the sake of clarity. Neither does the Father depart from being unbegotten because he has begotten, nor the Son from being begotten because he is from the unbegotten (for how could he?), nor does the Spirit change into the Father or into the Son because he has proceeded and because he is God, even though the godless do not think so. For the property is immovable.

39.13PG 36:348c–352b

Ἦ πῶς ἂν ἰδιότης μένοι, κινοῦμένη καὶ μεταπίπτουσας Οἱ δὲ τήν ὰγεννησίαν, καὶ τὴν γέννησιν φύσεις Θεῶν ὁμωνύμων τιθέμενοι, τάχα ἂν καὶ τὸν Ἀδὰμ, καὶ τὸν Σηθ,ὃτι 6 μὲν οὒκ ἀπὸ σαρκός πλάσμα γάρ ’ 6 δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ’Λδὰμ καὶ τῆς Εὖας) ἀλλήλων κατὰ τὴν φύσιν ἆλλοτριώσουσιν. Εἰς οὖν Θεὸς ἒν τρισὶ, καὶ τὴ τρία ἓν, ὥσπερ ἔφαμεν, II". Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὕτω ταῦτα, ἣ τοῦτο, ἔδει δὲ μὴ τοῖς ἆνω μόνον τὴν προσκύνησιν περιγράφεσθαι, ἀλλʼ εἷο ναί τινας καὶ κάτω προσκυνητὰς, ’ἶνα πληρωθῃ τὰ πάντα δόξης Θεοῦ, ἐπεὶ καὶ Θεοῦ ’ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κτίζεται ἅνθρωπος, χειρὶ Θεοῦ τιμηθεὶς καὶ εἰκόνι, Τοῦτον δὲ φθόνῳ διαβόλου, καὶ πικρᾷ γεύσει τῆς ἁμαρτίας, Θεοῦ τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἐλεεινῶς χωριζόμενον παριδεῖν, οὗ Θεοῦ. Τί γίνεται; καὶ τί τὸ μέγα περὶ ἡμᾶς μυστήριονς Καινοτομοῦντσι φύσεις, καὶ Θεὸς ἅνθρωπος γὲνεται καὶ 6 ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν τοῦ ούρανοῦ κατὰ ἂνατολὰς τῆς ἰδία δόξης τε καὶ λαμπρότητος, ἐπὶ δυσμῶν δοξάζεται τῆς ἡμετέρας εὐτελείας καὶ ταπεινότητος, καὶ 6 Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δέχεται καὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου γενέσθαι τε καὶ κληθῆναι οὒγ ὅ ἦν μεταβαλὼν (ἄτρεπτον γὰρ), ἀλλʼ ὃ οὒκ ἦν προσλαβὼν (φιλάνθρωπος γὰρ), ἵνα χωρηθῇ 6 ἁχωρητος, ἐιὰ μέσης σαρκὸς, ὁμιλήσας ἡμῖν, ὡς παραπετάσματος ἐπειδὴ καθαρὰν αὐτοῦ τὴν θεότητα φέρειν, οὐ τῆς ἐν γενέσει καὶ φθορᾷ φύσεως. Διὰ τοῦτο τὰ ἄμικτα μίγνυται ο οὐ γενέσει μόνον Θεὸς, οὖδέ σαρκὶ νοῦς, οὐδὲ χρόνῳ τὸ ἄχρονον, οὐδὲ μέτρῳ τὸ ἆπερίγραπτον ἀλλὰ καὶ παρθενίᾳ γέννησις, καὶ ἀτιμίᾳ τῷ καὶ τιμῆς ἀπάσης ὑψηλοτέρῳ, καὶ πάθει τὸ ἀπαθὲς, καὶ τῷ φθαρτῴ τὸ ἀθάνατον. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ᾣετο ἀήττητος εἶναι τῆς κακίας 6 σοφιστὴς, θεότητος ἐλπίδι δελεάσας ἡμᾶς, σαρκὺς προβλήματι δελεάζεται ’ἔνʼ ὡς τῷ Ἀδὰμ προσόαλὼν, τῷ Θεῷ περιπέσῃ, καὶ οὕτως ὁ νέος Ἀδὰμ τὸν παλαιὸν ἀνασώσηται, καὶ λυθῇ τὸ κατάκριμα τῆς σαρκὸς, σαρκὶ τοῦ θανάτου θανατωθένχαριζομὲνους, διὰ τῆς εἰς τὸ καλὸν ἕξεως, Καὶ γὰρ εί ἄφεσιν ἔχει τῶν παρελθόντων τὸ χάρισμα (χάρισμα γὰρ), ἀλλὰ τότε μᾶλλον εὒλαόείας ἄξιον, μὴ πρὸς τὸν αὺτὸν ἔμετον ἐπανέλθωμεν. Τοῦτο, πρὸς τοὺς ἐπαιρομένους κατὰ τῶν οἰκονόμων τοῦ μυστηρίου, ἂν ἀξίᾳ τινὶ προέχωσιν, Τὸ τρίτον πρὸς τοὺς θαρροῦντας νεότητι, καὶ πάντα καιρὸν οἰομένους εἶναι διδασκαλίας, ἢ προεδρίας. Ἰησοῦς καθαίρεται ' καὶ σὸ καταφρονεῖς τῆς καθάρσεως; ἰʼπὸ Ἰωάννου καὶ σὺ διατεξανίστασωι τοῦ σοῦ κήρυκος, Τριακονταέτης ὤν καὶ σὺ πρὸ τῆς γενειάδος διδάσκεις τοὺς γέροντας, ἢ τὸ διδάσκειν πιστεύεις, οῖτε παρὰ τῆς ἡλικίας, οὔτε παρὰ τοῦ τρόπου τυχὸν ’έχων τὸ αἱδέειμονς Εἶτα ὁ Δανιὴλ ἐνταῦθα, καὶ ὁ δεῖνα, νέοι κριταὶ, καὶ τὰ παραδείγματι ἐπὶ γλώσσης. llic γὰρ ἀδικῶν εἱς ἀπολογίαν ἕτοιμος, Ἀλλʼ οὖ νόμος Ἐκκλησίας, τὸ σπάνιον εἴπερ μηδὲ μία χελιδὼν ἔαρ ποιεῖ, μηδὲ γραμμὴ μία τὸν γεωμέτρην, ἢ πλοῦς είς τὸν θαλάττιον.

Ē pōs an idiotēs menoi, kinoumenē kai metapiptousas Hoi de tēn agennēsian, kai tēn gennēsin physeis Theōn homōnymōn tithemenoi, tacha an kai ton Adam, kai ton Sēth,hoti 6 men ouk apo sarkos plasma gar ’ 6 de apo tou ’Ldam kai tēs Euas) allēlōn kata tēn physin allotriōsousin. Eis oun Theos en trisi, kai tē tria hen, hōsper ephamen, II". Epei de houtō tauta, hē touto, edei de mē tois anō monon tēn proskynēsin perigraphesthai, allʼ heio nai tinas kai katō proskynētas, ’ina plērōthę̄ ta panta doxēs Theou, epei kai Theou ’ kai dia touto ktizetai hanthrōpos, cheiri Theou timētheis kai eikoni, Touton de phthonǭ diabolou, kai pikrą geusei tēs hamartias, Theou tou pepoiēkotos eleeinōs chōrizomenon paridein, hou Theou. Ti ginetai? kai ti to mega peri hēmas mystērions Kainotomountsi physeis, kai Theos hanthrōpos genetai kai 6 epibebēkōs epi ton ouranon tou ouranou kata anatolas tēs idia doxēs te kai lamprotētos, epi dysmōn doxazetai tēs hēmeteras euteleias kai tapeinotētos, kai 6 Huios tou Theou dechetai kai huios anthrōpou genesthai te kai klēthēnai oug ho ēn metabalōn (atrepton gar), allʼ ho ouk ēn proslabōn (philanthrōpos gar), hina chōrēthę̄ 6 hachōrētos, eia mesēs sarkos, homilēsas hēmin, hōs parapetasmatos epeidē katharan autou tēn theotēta pherein, ou tēs en genesei kai phthorą physeōs. Dia touto ta amikta mignytai o ou genesei monon Theos, oude sarki nous, oude chronǭ to achronon, oude metrǭ to aperigrapton alla kai parthenią gennēsis, kai atimią tǭ kai timēs apasēs hypsēloterǭ, kai pathei to apathes, kai tǭ phthartǭ to athanaton. Epeidē gar hǭeto aēttētos einai tēs kakias 6 sophistēs, theotētos elpidi deleasas hēmas, sarkys problēmati deleazetai ’enʼ hōs tǭ Adam prosoalōn, tǭ Theǭ peripesę̄, kai houtōs ho neos Adam ton palaion anasōsētai, kai lythę̄ to katakrima tēs sarkos, sarki tou thanatou thanatōthencharizomenous, dia tēs eis to kalon hexeōs, Kai gar ei aphesin echei tōn parelthontōn to charisma (charisma gar), alla tote mallon eulaoeias axion, mē pros ton auton emeton epanelthōmen. Touto, pros tous epairomenous kata tōn oikonomōn tou mystēriou, an axią tini proechōsin, To triton pros tous tharrountas neotēti, kai panta kairon oiomenous einai didaskalias, ē proedrias. Iēsous kathairetai ' kai so kataphroneis tēs katharseōs? iʼpo Iōannou kai sy diatexanistasōi tou sou kērykos, Triakontaetēs ōn kai sy pro tēs geneiados didaskeis tous gerontas, ē to didaskein pisteueis, oite para tēs hēlikias, oute para tou tropou tychon ’echōn to haideeimons Eita ho Daniēl entautha, kai ho deina, neoi kritai, kai ta paradeigmati epi glōssēs. llic gar adikōn heis apologian hetoimos, Allʼ ou nomos Ekklēsias, to spanion eiper mēde mia chelidōn ear poiei, mēde grammē mia ton geōmetrēn, ē plous eis ton thalattion.

For how could a property remain if it moved and changed? Those who make unbegottenness and begottenness the natures of gods who merely share a name might perhaps also make Adam and Seth alien to one another in nature, because the one was not from flesh (for he was formed) and the other was from Adam and Eve. There is, then, one God in three, and the three are one, as we said. [13] Since this is so, or rather since it is so, and worship was not to be confined to those above, but there were to be some worshippers below as well, that all things might be filled with the glory of God, since they are God's too, man is created for this purpose, honoured by God's hand and by the image. And it was not like God to overlook him when he was pitiably separated from God his Maker by the envy of the devil and the bitter taste of sin. What happens? And what is the great mystery concerning us? Natures are made new, and God becomes man; and he who rides upon the heaven of heavens towards the east of his own glory and splendour is glorified in the west of our lowliness and humility; and the Son of God accepts both to become and to be called son of man, not changing what he was (for he is unchangeable), but assuming what he was not (for he loves man), so that the uncontainable might be contained, conversing with us through the medium of the flesh as through a veil, since it was not for a nature subject to birth and corruption to bear his Godhead unveiled. Therefore what cannot be mixed is mixed: not only God with birth, mind with flesh, the timeless with time, the uncircumscribed with measure; but also birth with virginity, dishonour with him who is higher than all honour, the impassible with suffering, and the immortal with the corruptible. For since the deceiver thought himself unconquerable in wickedness, having beguiled us with the hope of Godhead, he is himself beguiled by the screen of the flesh, so that, attacking as though Adam, he might encounter God; and thus the new Adam might save the old, and the condemnation of the flesh be loosed, death being put to death by flesh. [14] … by the habit of good. For even if the gift brings the remission of past sins (for it is a gift), it is then all the more worthy of reverence, lest we return to the same vomit. This is for those who are lifted up against the stewards of the mystery, if they excel in some rank. The third point is for those who are confident in their youth and think every time suitable for teaching or presiding. Jesus is purified, and do you despise purification? By John: and do you rise up against your herald? Being thirty years old: and do you, before your beard has grown, teach the elders, or trust yourself to teach, perhaps having neither age nor character to command respect? Then Daniel is brought up here, and so-and-so, young judges, and the examples are on the tongue; for every wrongdoer is ready with a defence. But what is rare is not the law of the church, since one swallow does not make spring, nor one line a geometer, nor one voyage a sailor.

39.15PG 36:352b–353b

Πλὴν Ἰωάννης βαπτίζει, πρόσεισιν Ἰησοῦς ἁγιάσων τυχὸν μὲν καὶ τὸν βαπτιστήν τὸ δὲ πρόδηλον, πάντα τὸν παλαιὸν Ἀδὰμ, ’ἶνʼ eam τῷ ὕδατι πρὸ δὲ τούτων καὶ διὰ τούτους, τὸν Ἰορδάνην ὥσπερ ἦν πνεῦμα καὶ σὰρξ, οὕτω [πνεύματι τελειῶν καὶ ὕδατι. Οὐ δέχεται ὁ βαπτιστής ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀγωνίζεται ο Ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω υπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, ὁ λύχνος τῷ Ἡλίῳ φησὶν, ἡ φωνὴ τῷ Λόγῳ, ὁ φιλος τῷ Nugas-Im, ὁ ἓν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν ὑπὲρ ἅπαντας, τῷ Πρωτοτόχῳ πάσης κτίσεως, ἱ» προκιρτήεας ἀπὸ γαστρὸς, τῷ ἐν γαστρὶ προστιυνηθέντι, ὁ προδραμὼν καὶ προδραμομούμενος, τῷ φανέντι καὶ φανησομένῳ. Ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι· πρόσθες καὶ reflui? σοῦ. "Hae: γὰρ τῷ μαρτυρίῳ βαπτισθησόμενος ° ἢ, ὡς Πέτρος, μη τοὺς πόδις μόνον καθαρθησὸμενος, Καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς pi; Καὶ τοῦτο προφητικόν, ’ῌδεί γὰρ ὡς μετὰ Ἠρώδην, Πιλᾶτον μανησόμενον, οὕτως αὐτῷ προαπελθόντι Χριστὸν ἑψόμενον. Τί δὲ Ἰησοῦς ;Αιρες ἄρτι τοῦτο γὰρ ἡ οἰκονομία. ’ῌδει γὰρ μετʼ ὀλίγον, αὖ· τὸς βαπτίσων τὸν Βαπτιστήν. Τί δὲ τὸ πτύον ; Ἠ κάθαρσις. Τί δὲ τὸ πῦρ; Ἠ τοῦ κούφου δαπάνη, καὶ ἡ ζέσις τοῦ Πνεύματος. Τί δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη; Τῆς ἀθιαρπεύτου ψυχῆς ἡ ἐπιτομὴ, καὶ μετὰ τὴν κόπρον. Τί δὲ ἡ μάχαιρα, Ἠ τομὴ τοῦ Λόγου, ἦ διαιροῦσα τὸ χεῖρον ἀπὸ το) κρείττονος, καὶ διχοτομοῦσα τὸν πιστὸν καἶ τὸν ἄπιστον, καὶ ἐπεγείρουσα τὸν υἱὸν, καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ τὴν νύμφην, τῷ πατρὶ, καί τῇ μητρὶ, καὶ τῇ πενθερᾷ, τὰ νέα καὶ πρόσφατα τοῖς πᾶλαιοῖς καὶ σκιώδεσι. Τίν δὲ 6 σφαιρωτὴρ τοῦ ὑποδήματος, ὃν οὐ λύεις 6 βαπτίζων Ἰησοῧν, 6 τῆς ἐρημίας καὶ ἄτροφος, 6‘ νέος Ἠλίας, 6 προφήτου περισσηότερος, ὅσῳ καὶ τὸν προφητευόμενον εῖδες, 6 Παλαιᾶς καὶ Νέας μεσίτηςς Τί τοῦτο; Τυχὸν ὁ, τῆς ἐπιδημίας λόγος καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς, οὗ μηδὲ 16 ἀκρότατον εὐδιάλυτον, μὴ ὅτι τοῖς σαρκικοῖς ἔτι, καὶ νηπίοις ἒν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῖς κατὰ Ἰωάννην τῷ Πνεύματι.

Plēn Iōannēs baptizei, proseisin Iēsous hagiasōn tychon men kai ton baptistēn to de prodēlon, panta ton palaion Adam, ’inʼ eam tǭ hydati pro de toutōn kai dia toutous, ton Iordanēn hōsper ēn pneuma kai sarx, houtō [pneumati teleiōn kai hydati. Ou dechetai ho baptistēs ho Iēsous agōnizetai o Egō chreian echō ypo sou baptisthēnai, ho lychnos tǭ Hēliǭ phēsin, hē phōnē tǭ Logǭ, ho philos tǭ Nugas-Im, ho hen gennētois gynaikōn hyper hapantas, tǭ Prōtotochǭ pasēs ktiseōs, hi» prokirtēeas apo gastros, tǭ en gastri prostiynēthenti, ho prodramōn kai prodramomoumenos, tǭ phanenti kai phanēsomenǭ. Egō chreian echō hypo sou baptisthēnai; prosthes kai reflui? sou. "Hae: gar tǭ martyriǭ baptisthēsomenos ° ē, hōs Petros, mē tous podis monon katharthēsomenos, Kai sy erchę̄ pros pi? Kai touto prophētikon, ’Ę̄dei gar hōs meta Ērōdēn, Pilaton manēsomenon, houtōs autǭ proapelthonti Christon hepsomenon. Ti de Iēsous ?Aires arti touto gar hē oikonomia. ’Ę̄dei gar metʼ oligon, au; tos baptisōn ton Baptistēn. Ti de to ptyon ? Ē katharsis. Ti de to pyr? Ē tou kouphou dapanē, kai hē zesis tou Pneumatos. Ti de hē axinē? Tēs athiarpeutou psychēs hē epitomē, kai meta tēn kopron. Ti de hē machaira, Ē tomē tou Logou, ē diairousa to cheiron apo to) kreittonos, kai dichotomousa ton piston kai ton apiston, kai epegeirousa ton huion, kai tēn thygatera, kai tēn nymphēn, tǭ patri, kai tę̄ mētri, kai tę̄ pentherą, ta nea kai prosphata tois palaiois kai skiōdesi. Tin de 6 sphairōtēr tou hypodēmatos, hon ou lyeis 6 baptizōn Iēsoÿn, 6 tēs erēmias kai atrophos, 6‘ neos Ēlias, 6 prophētou perissēoteros, hosǭ kai ton prophēteuomenon eides, 6 Palaias kai Neas mesitēss Ti touto? Tychon ho, tēs epidēmias logos kai tēs sarkos, hou mēde 16 akrotaton eudialyton, mē hoti tois sarkikois eti, kai nēpiois en Christǭ, allʼ oude tois kata Iōannēn tǭ Pneumati.

But John is baptizing, and Jesus comes to him, perhaps to sanctify the baptizer too, but certainly to bury the whole old Adam in the water; and before these and for their sake, to sanctify the Jordan; for as he was spirit and flesh, so he perfects by Spirit and water. The Baptist does not accept; Jesus contends. “I need to be baptized by you,” says the lamp to the Sun, the voice to the Word, the friend to the Bridegroom, he who is above all among those born of women to the Firstborn of all creation, he who leapt in the womb to him who was worshipped in the womb, he who was and will be forerunner to him who has appeared and will appear. “I need to be baptized by you”: add, “for your sake”. For he knew that he would be baptized by martyrdom, or, like Peter, that he would be cleansed not only in his feet. “And do you come to me?” This too was prophetic. For he knew that after Herod, Pilate would rage, and that, as he had gone before Christ, so Christ would follow him. And what does Jesus say? “Let it be so now”; for this is the economy. For he knew that shortly he himself would baptize the Baptist. What is the winnowing fan? The cleansing. What is the fire? The consuming of what is light and chaff, and the fervour of the Spirit. What is the axe? The cutting down of the soul that bears no fruit, even after the manure. What is the sword? The cutting of the Word, which divides the worse from the better, which separates the believer from the unbeliever, and stirs up the son and the daughter and the bride against the father and the mother and the mother-in-law, the new and fresh against the old and shadowy. What is the thong of the sandal which you do not loose, you who baptize Jesus, you of the desert who did not eat, the new Elijah, more than a prophet, inasmuch as you saw him who was foretold, the mediator between the Old and the New? What is it? Perhaps the account of his coming and of his flesh, of which not even the least point is easy to undo, not only for those who are still fleshly and infants in Christ, but not even for those who are like John in the Spirit.

39.16PG 36:353b–356b

Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄνεισιν Ἰησοῦς ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος. Συναναφέρει γὰρ ἑαυτῷ τὸν κόσμον, κιαὶ- ὁρᾷ σχιζομένέους τρὶις, οὖραναὺς, οὒς ὁ ἔκλεψεν ἐειδτῷ τι γαὶ τοῖς, μετʼ αὐτὸν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἰιῇ φλοηίνῖι ῥομφαίᾳ τὸν παράδεισον. Καὶ 16 Πνεῦμα μαρτυρεῖ τὴν θεότητας τῷ γὰρ ὁμοίῳ προστρέχει καὶ-ἡ ἐξ οὐραινεῖι· φωνή ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ὁ μαρτυρούμενος. καὶ ὡς περιστερᾶ, τιμᾷ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτο τῇ θεώσει Θεὸς, σωματικῶς ὁρωμένη. Καὶ ἅμα πόῤῥωθεν εἴ· θισται περιστερὰ κατακλυσμώ λύσιν εὐαγγελίζεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ ὄγκοις καὶ σταθμοῖς κρίνεις θεότητλ, κα διὰ τοῦτο μικρόν σοι τὸ Πνεῦμα, ὅτι ἐν εἴδει περιστε- Ρᾶςι ὦ μικρόλογι περὶ τὰ μέγιστα, ὢρα σοι καὶ βασιλείαν οὖραιῶν ἀτιμάζειν, ὅτι κόκκῳ σινάπεως ἀπεικάζεται καὶ τῆς ἰησοῦ μεγαλειότητος ὕπερ· αίρειν τὸν ἀντικείμενον, ὅτι 6 μὲν ὅρος μέγα καλεῖται, καὶ λευῒαθὰν, καὶ βασιλεὺς τῶν ἓν τοῖς ὕδασιν· 6 δὲ ἀμνὸς, καὶ μαργαρίτης, καὶ σταγὼν, καὶ τε τοιαῦτα προσαγορεύεται.. υρίου καὶ αἵματος, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸς Χριστὸς ἑδαπτίraro, καὶ πολύ γε τῶν ἄλλων αἰδεσιμώτερον, ὅσῳ ῖευτέροις ῥύποις οὗ μολύνεται. Οἶδα καὶ πέμπτον ἔτι, τὸ τῶν δακρύων ἀλλʼ ἐπιπονώτερον, ὡς ὁ λούων καθʼ ἑκάστην νύκτα τὴν κλίνην αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν στωμνὴν τοῖς δύκρυσιν, ᾧ τῆς κακίας προσιέἢξεσαν καὶ οἱ μώλωπες ὃς πενθῶν καὶ σκυθρωπὰζων πορεύεται, καὶ ὃς μιμεῖται τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν Μανασσῆ, καὶ τὴν τῶν Νινευῒτῶν ἠλεημένην ταπείνωσιν ῦς φθέγγεται τὰς τοῦ τελώο νου φωνὰς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ δικαιοῦται παρὰ τὸν μεγάλαυχον Φαρισαῖον ὃς συγκύπτει κατὰ τὴν Χαναναίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ φιλανθρωπίαν, καὶ ψίχας, κυνὸς προφὴν ἄγαν λιμώποντος.

Alla kai aneisin Iēsous ek tou hydatos. Synanapherei gar heautǭ ton kosmon, kiai- horą schizomeneous triis, ouranaus, ous ho eklepsen eeidtǭ ti gai tois, metʼ auton, hōsper kai iię̄ phloēinii rhomphaią ton paradeison. Kai 16 Pneuma martyrei tēn theotētas tǭ gar homoiǭ prostrechei kai-hē ex ouraineii; phōnē ekeithen gar ho martyroumenos. kai hōs peristera, timą gar to sōma, epei kai touto tę̄ theōsei Theos, sōmatikōs horōmenē. Kai hama porrhōthen ei; thistai peristera kataklysmō lysin euangelizesthai. Ei de onkois kai stathmois krineis theotētl, ka dia touto mikron soi to Pneuma, hoti en eidei periste- Rasi ō mikrologi peri ta megista, ōra soi kai basileian ouraiōn atimazein, hoti kokkǭ sinapeōs apeikazetai kai tēs iēsou megaleiotētos hyper; airein ton antikeimenon, hoti 6 men horos mega kaleitai, kai leuïathan, kai basileus tōn hen tois hydasin; 6 de amnos, kai margaritēs, kai stagōn, kai te toiauta prosagoreuetai.. yriou kai haimatos, ho kai autos Christos hedaptiraro, kai poly ge tōn allōn aidesimōteron, hosǭ ieuterois rhypois hou molynetai. Oida kai pempton eti, to tōn dakryōn allʼ epiponōteron, hōs ho louōn kathʼ hekastēn nykta tēn klinēn autou kai tēn stōmnēn tois dykrysin, hǭ tēs kakias prosieēxesan kai hoi mōlōpes hos penthōn kai skythrōpazōn poreuetai, kai hos mimeitai tēn epistrophēn Manassē, kai tēn tōn Nineuïtōn ēleēmenēn tapeinōsin ys phthengetai tas tou telōo nou phōnas en tǭ hierǭ, kai dikaioutai para ton megalauchon Pharisaion hos synkyptei kata tēn Chananaian, kai zētei philanthrōpian, kai psichas, kynos prophēn agan limōpontos.

But Jesus also goes up out of the water; for he carries up the world with him; and he sees the heavens torn open, which Adam had shut for himself and for those after him, just as he had shut paradise by the flaming sword. And the Spirit bears witness to his Godhead, for he runs to his like; and so does the voice from heaven, for from there is he to whom witness is borne. And in the form of a dove, for he honours the body, since this too is God by deification, by being seen in bodily form; and besides, the dove has long been accustomed to announce the end of the flood. But if you judge Godhead by bulk and weight, and so the Spirit seems small to you because he came in the form of a dove, O you who are petty about the greatest things, it is time for you to despise the kingdom of heaven too, because it is likened to a grain of mustard seed, and to rank the adversary above the greatness of Jesus, because the one is called a great mountain and Leviathan and king of those in the waters, while the other is called a lamb and a pearl and a drop and such names. … [17] … of martyrdom and blood, with which Christ himself was baptized; and this is far more venerable than the others, inasmuch as it is not defiled by later stains. I know a fifth too, that of tears; but it is more laborious, like his who washes his bed and his couch every night with his tears; whose bruises stink because of his wickedness; who goes mourning and with a sad face; who imitates the conversion of Manasseh and the humility of the Ninevites, which found mercy; who utters the words of the tax collector in the temple and is justified rather than the boastful Pharisee; who stoops like the Canaanite woman and asks for mercy and crumbs, the food of a very hungry dog.

39.18PG 36:356b–357a

Ἐγὼ μὶν οὖν (ἄνθρωπος εἶναι γὰρ ὁμολογῶ, ζῶον τρεπτὸν καὶ ῥευστῆς φύσεως), καὶ δέχομαι τοῦτο πρθύμως, καὶ προσκυνῶ τὸν δεδωκότα, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις μεταδίδωμι, καὶ προεισφέρω τοῦ ἐλέου τὸν ἔλεον, Οἶδα γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀσθένειαν περικείμενος, καὶ ὡς ἂν μετρήσω, μετρηθησόμενος. Σὺ δὲ τι λέγεις, τί νομοθετεῖς, ὦ νέε Φαρισαῖε, καὶ καθαρὲ τὴν προσηγορίαν, οὐ τὴν προαίρεσιν, καὶ φυσιῖιν ἡμῖν τὰ Ναοάτου μετᾶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀσθενείας Οὒ δέχῃ μετάνοιαν, οὗ δίδως ὀδρυμοῖς χώρανς ού δακρύεις δάκρυονς Μὴ σύ γε τοιούτου κριτοῦ ,τύχωςʼ Οὔκ αἰδῃ τὸ Ἰησοῦ φιλάνθρωπον, τοῦ τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν λαβόντος, καὶ τὰς νόσους βαστάσαντος, τοῦ μὴ δικαίοις ἐλθόντος, ἀλλʼ ἀμαρτωλοτς εἷς μετάνοιαν, τοῦ ἔλεον θέλοντος μᾶλλον ἢ θυσίαν, τοῦ ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἐπτὰ συγχωροῦντος τὰ ἀμαρτηματας (Ως. μακάριόν σου τὸ εἰ καθαρότης ἧν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῦφος, νομοθετῶν ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον, καὶ λύων τῷ ἀπογνώσει τὴν ἐπανόρθωσιν. Ὀμοίως γάρ ἔστι κακὸν, καὶ ἄνεσις ὰσυκρρόνιστος, καὶ κατάγνωσις ἀσυγχώρητος ’ ἡ μὲν ὅλην ἐφιετσα τὴν ἡνίαν, ἡ δὲ τῷ σφοδρῷ κατάγχουσα. Δεῖξόν μοι τὴν καθαρότητα, καὶ δέχομαί σου τὴν θρασύτητα. Νῦν δὲ δέδοικα, μὴ βρύων ἕλκεσιν, εἰσάγῃς τὰ ἀνιάτρευτον. Οὖδὲ τὸν Δαβὶδ δέχῃ μετανοοῦντα, ᾦ καὶ τὸ προφητικὸν χάρισμα ἡ μετάνοια συνετήρησεν; Οὐδὲ Πέτρον τὸν μέγαν παθόντα τι ἀνθρώπινον περὶ τὸ σωτήριον πάθος ;Ἰησοῦς δὲ ἒδέξατο, καὶ τῷ τρισσῷ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως καὶ τῆς. ὁμολογίας, τὸ τρισσὸν τῆς ἀρνήσεως ἐθεράπευσεν. Ἠ οὔδε τελειωθέντα δέχῃ διʼ αʼίματος; ’Εστι γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο τῆς σῆς ἀπὸ. νοίας. Οίξδὶ τὸν Α ἐν Κορίνθῳ πσρανομήσαντα ;. Παὺλος δὲ καὶ ἀγάπην ἐκύρωσεν, ἐπειδὴ τὴν διόρθωσιν εἶδε· καὶ τὸ αἴτιονο (Ἰνα μὴ τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος, βαρηθεὶς τῆ ἀμετρίᾳ τῆς ἓπιπλήξεως, Οὐδὲ τὰς νέας γαμίζεις χήρας, διὰ τὸ τῆς ἡλικίας εὐάλωτον ; Παυλος δὲ τοῦτο ἐτόλμησεν, οὗ σὺ δηλαδὴ διδάσκαλος, ὡς ἐπὶ τέταρτον οὐρανὸν φθάσας, καὶ ἄλλον παράδεισον, καὶ ἀποῤῥητοτέρων ἀκούσας ῥημάτων, καὶ μείζονα κύκλον τῷ Εὖαγγελίῳ περιλαβών.

Egō min oun (anthrōpos einai gar homologō, zōon trepton kai rheustēs physeōs), kai dechomai touto prthymōs, kai proskynō ton dedōkota, kai tois allois metadidōmi, kai proeispherō tou eleou ton eleon, Oida gar kai autos astheneian perikeimenos, kai hōs an metrēsō, metrēthēsomenos. Sy de ti legeis, ti nomotheteis, ō nee Pharisaie, kai kathare tēn prosēgorian, ou tēn proairesin, kai physiiin hēmin ta Naoatou meta tēs autēs astheneias Ou dechę̄ metanoian, hou didōs odrymois chōrans ou dakryeis dakryons Mē sy ge toioutou kritou ,tychōsʼ Ouk aidę̄ to Iēsou philanthrōpon, tou tas astheneias hēmōn labontos, kai tas nosous bastasantos, tou mē dikaiois elthontos, allʼ amartōlots heis metanoian, tou eleon thelontos mallon ē thysian, tou hebdomēkontakis epta synchōrountos ta amartēmatas (Ōs. makarion sou to ei katharotēs hēn, alla mē typhos, nomothetōn hyper anthrōpon, kai lyōn tǭ apognōsei tēn epanorthōsin. Omoiōs gar esti kakon, kai anesis asykrronistos, kai katagnōsis asynchōrētos ’ hē men holēn ephietsa tēn hēnian, hē de tǭ sphodrǭ katanchousa. Deixon moi tēn katharotēta, kai dechomai sou tēn thrasytēta. Nyn de dedoika, mē bryōn helkesin, eisagę̄s ta aniatreuton. Oude ton Dabid dechę̄ metanoounta, ǭ kai to prophētikon charisma hē metanoia synetērēsen? Oude Petron ton megan pathonta ti anthrōpinon peri to sōtērion pathos ?Iēsous de edexato, kai tǭ trissǭ tēs erōtēseōs kai tēs. homologias, to trisson tēs arnēseōs etherapeusen. Ē oude teleiōthenta dechę̄ diʼ aʼimatos? ’Esti gar kai touto tēs sēs apo. noias. Oixdi ton A en Korinthǭ psranomēsanta ?. Paulos de kai agapēn ekyrōsen, epeidē tēn diorthōsin eide; kai to aitiono (Ina mē tę̄ perissoterą lypę̄ katapothę̄ ho toioutos, barētheis tē ametrią tēs hepiplēxeōs, Oude tas neas gamizeis chēras, dia to tēs hēlikias eualōton ? Paulos de touto etolmēsen, hou sy dēladē didaskalos, hōs epi tetarton ouranon phthasas, kai allon paradeison, kai aporrhētoterōn akousas rhēmatōn, kai meizona kyklon tǭ Euangeliǭ perilabōn.

For my part (for I confess that I am a man, a changeable creature of unstable nature), I both accept this gladly and worship him who gave it, and I share it with others, and I offer mercy in advance in return for mercy. For I know that I too am beset with weakness, and that with the measure I measure it will be measured to me. But you, what do you say, what law do you lay down, O new Pharisee, pure in name but not in purpose, puffing at us the views of Novatus with the same weakness? Do you not accept repentance? Do you give no place to lamentation? Do you shed no tear? May you not meet with such a judge! Do you not respect the love for man of Jesus, who took our weaknesses and bore our diseases, who came not for the righteous but to call sinners to repentance, who desires mercy rather than sacrifice, who forgives sins seventy times seven? How blessed your loftiness would be, if it were purity and not conceit, laying down laws beyond man and destroying correction by despair! For licence without correction and condemnation without pardon are equally evil: the one lets go the whole rein, the other strangles by its violence. Show me your purity, and I will accept your boldness. But as it is, I fear that, teeming with sores yourself, you introduce what cannot be healed. Do you not accept even David in his repentance, whose prophetic gift repentance preserved? Nor the great Peter, who suffered something human at the time of the saving passion? But Jesus accepted him, and by the threefold question and confession healed the threefold denial. Or do you not accept him even when he was perfected by blood? For this too belongs to your folly. Nor the man in Corinth who transgressed? But Paul confirmed love to him when he saw his amendment, and gave the reason: “lest such a one be swallowed up by excessive sorrow”, weighed down by the immoderate rebuke. Nor do you let young widows marry, because their age is easily overcome? But Paul ventured this, whose teacher you evidently are, as one who has reached a fourth heaven and another paradise, and heard more unspeakable words, and taken in a wider circle with the gospel.

39.19PG 36:357b–360b

Ἀλλξ οὗ μετᾷ,τὸ βάπτισμα ταῦτα.1 Τίςὴ ἀπόδειξις ; ἢ δεῖξον, ἢ μὴ κατάκρινε. Εἰ δὲ ἅμφίβολον, νικάτω τό φιλάνθρωπον. Ἀλλʼ Νευάτος, φησὶν, οὒκ ἐδέξατο τοὺς iv τῷ διογμῷ παραπεσόντας. Τί τοῦτο; Εἰ μὲν οὖ μεταγνόντας, δικαίως οὒδέ ἐγὼ δέχομαι τοὺς, ἢ μὴ καμπτομένους, ἢ μὴ ἀξίως, μηδὲ ἇντισηκοῦντας τῷ κακῷ τὴν διόρθωσιν ο καὶ ὅταν δέξωμαι, τὴν προσήκουσαν αὐτοῖς ἀπονέμω χώραν, Εἰ δὲ τοὺς ἔκτακέντας τοῖς δάκρυσιν, οὒ μιμήσομαι. Καὶ τίς μοι νόμος ὴ Ναυάτου μισανθρωπία, ὃς πλεονεξίαν μὲν οὒκ ἐκόλασε, τὴν δευτέραν εἰδωλολατρείαν · πορνείαν δὲ οὓτω πικρῶς κατεδίκασεν, ὡς ἄσαρκος καὶ ἀσώματος Τί φατε ; Πείομεν ὑμᾶς τοῖς λόγοις causam; Δεῦρο, στῆτε μεθʼ ἡμῶδ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Μεγαλύνωμεν ἅμα τὸν Κύριον. τιςο ὑμῶν εἰπεῖν τολμήσῃ, μηδέ εἱ λίαν ἑαυτῴ τεθάῤῥηκε Μή μου ἅπτου, καθαρὸς γάρ εἰμι, καὶ τις οὕτως ὥσπερ ἐγώ ς μετάδοτε καὶ ἡμῖν τῆς λαμπρότητος. Ἀλλʼ οὗ πείθομεν, καὶ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν δακρόσομεν. Οὗτοι μὲν οὖν, εἰ μὲν βούλοιντο, τὴν ἡμετέραν ὁδὸν κεὶ Χριστοῦ, εἰ δὲ μὴ, τὴν tantth πορευέσθωσαν. Τυχὸν btet τῷ πυρὶ βαπτισθήσονται, τῷ τελευταίῳ βαπτίσματι, τῷ ἔπιπονοτέρῳ τε καὶ μακροτέρῳ, ὃ ἐσθίει ὡς χόρτον τὴν ὕλην, καὶ δαπανᾷ πάσης κακίας κουφότητα, δῦδενῖ τοσοῦτον χαίρει Θεὸς, ὅσον ἀνθρώπου διορθώσιι καὶ σωτηρίᾳ, ὑπὲρ οὗ λόγος ἄπας καὶ ἅπαν μυστήριον “ ἵνα γένησθε ὡς ςυστ-ἦρος ἰν κόσμῳ, ζῳτιδιὴ τοϊς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις δύναμις, ’ἕνα φῶτα τέλεια τῷ μεγάλῳ φωτὶ παραστάντες, καὶ τὴνᾹέιδῐσι μυηθῆτε φωταγωγῶν, ἑλλαμπόμινοι τῇ τριάδι ξςδαρώτερονῖ ιιιιὶγτρεινότιι ον, ἧς νῦν μετρίως 75m“διχθι τὴν μίαν αὐγὴν ἱχ μιᾶς τίς θιάτητος, ἐνʼὶριστῷηησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἦ δόξα, καὶ τὸ κράτος τις τοὺς αἱῷνις τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Allx hou metą,to baptisma tauta.1 Tisē apodeixis ? ē deixon, ē mē katakrine. Ei de hamphibolon, nikatō to philanthrōpon. Allʼ Neuatos, phēsin, ouk edexato tous iv tǭ diogmǭ parapesontas. Ti touto? Ei men ou metagnontas, dikaiōs oude egō dechomai tous, ē mē kamptomenous, ē mē axiōs, mēde hantisēkountas tǭ kakǭ tēn diorthōsin o kai hotan dexōmai, tēn prosēkousan autois aponemō chōran, Ei de tous ektakentas tois dakrysin, ou mimēsomai. Kai tis moi nomos ē Nauatou misanthrōpia, hos pleonexian men ouk ekolase, tēn deuteran eidōlolatreian ; porneian de houtō pikrōs katedikasen, hōs asarkos kai asōmatos Ti phate ? Peiomen hymas tois logois causam? Deuro, stēte methʼ hēmōd tōn anthrōpōn. Megalynōmen hama ton Kyrion. tiso hymōn eipein tolmēsę̄, mēde hei lian heautǭ tetharrhēke Mē mou haptou, katharos gar eimi, kai tis houtōs hōsper egō s metadote kai hēmin tēs lamprotētos. Allʼ hou peithomen, kai hyper hymōn dakrosomen. Houtoi men oun, ei men boulointo, tēn hēmeteran hodon kei Christou, ei de mē, tēn tantth poreuesthōsan. Tychon btet tǭ pyri baptisthēsontai, tǭ teleutaiǭ baptismati, tǭ epiponoterǭ te kai makroterǭ, ho esthiei hōs chorton tēn hylēn, kai dapaną pasēs kakias kouphotēta, dydeni tosouton chairei Theos, hoson anthrōpou diorthōsii kai sōtērią, hyper hou logos apas kai hapan mystērion “ hina genēsthe hōs syst-ēros in kosmǭ, zǭtidiē toïs allois anthrōpois dynamis, ’hena phōta teleia tǭ megalǭ phōti parastantes, kai tēnAeidisi myēthēte phōtagōgōn, hellampominoi tę̄ triadi xsdarōteroni iiiiigtreinotii on, hēs nyn metriōs 75m“dichthi tēn mian augēn hich mias tis thiatētos, enʼiristǭēēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ ē doxa, kai to kratos tis tous haiǭnis tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

“But these things were not after baptism.” What is the proof? Either prove it, or do not condemn. And if it is doubtful, let love for man prevail. “But Novatus,” he says, “did not receive those who fell in the persecution.” What of it? If they did not repent, rightly; I too do not receive those who either do not bend or do not do so worthily, and who do not make amends equal to the evil; and when I do receive them, I assign them their proper place. But if he did not receive those who were wasted away with tears, I will not imitate him. And why should the inhumanity of Novatus be law for me, who did not punish covetousness, the second idolatry, but condemned fornication so harshly, as though he himself were without flesh and body? What do you say? Do we persuade you by these words? Come, stand with us men. Let us magnify the Lord together. Let none of you dare to say, even if he is very confident in himself, “Do not touch me, for I am pure; and who is like me?” Give us too a share of your splendour. But if we do not persuade you, we will weep for you. These, then, if they will, let them walk our way, which is Christ's; if not, their own. Perhaps there they will be baptized with fire, the last baptism, more painful and longer, which eats up matter like grass and consumes the lightness of all wickedness. [20] … (for in nothing does God rejoice so much as in the correction and salvation of man, for whom is every word and every mystery), that you may become as lights in the world, a life-giving power to other men; that you may stand as perfect lights beside the great light and be initiated into the illumination there, illumined by the Trinity more purely and clearly, whose single ray from the one Godhead you have now received in measure, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 40

40.1PG 36:360b–360d

Χθὲς τῇ λαμτξρᾷ τῶν Φώτων ἡμέρᾳ πανηγυρίσαντις (ut γὰρ lupam χαρμόσυνα θέσθαι τῆς σωτηρίας τῆς ἡμετέραις, καὶ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἢ γαμήλια, ιιιῖ γενέθλια, καὶ ὀνομαστήριι, τοῖς σαρκὸς φίλοις, κουρόσυνά τι iui κατοικίσαι, καὶ {uicta, ὅσα τι ἄλλα πανηγυρίζουσιν ἄνθρωποι), σήμερον περὶ τοῦ βαπτίσματος βραχέα διαλεξόμεθι, καὶ τῆς ivtan ἡμῖν ὑπαρχούσης ιῦεργεσίας · εἱ καὶ χθὲς ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος πιρὲδριμε, τῆς ὥραις κατιπιιγούσης, καὶ ἅμα τοῦ λόγου τὸν κόρον φεύγοντος. Κόρος δὲ λόγου πολέμιος ἀκοαῖς, ὡς δπιρβάλλουσα τροφὴ σώμασι. Προσδὲ ξειον τοῖς λεγομένοις, καὶ μὴ παρέργως, ἀλλὰ προθύμως τὸν περὶ τηλικούτων δέξασθαι λόγον · btudit καὶ τοῦτο ἐστι φωτισμὸς, τὺ γνῶνιι τοῦ μυστηρίου την δύναμιν.

Chthes tę̄ lamtxrą tōn Phōtōn hēmerą panēgyrisantis (ut gar lupam charmosyna thesthai tēs sōtērias tēs hēmeterais, kai pollǭ mallon ē gamēlia, iiii genethlia, kai onomastērii, tois sarkos philois, kourosyna ti iui katoikisai, kai {uicta, hosa ti alla panēgyrizousin anthrōpoi), sēmeron peri tou baptismatos brachea dialexomethi, kai tēs ivtan hēmin hyparchousēs iyergesias ; hei kai chthes hēmas ho logos piredrime, tēs hōrais katipiigousēs, kai hama tou logou ton koron pheugontos. Koros de logou polemios akoais, hōs dpirballousa trophē sōmasi. Prosde xeion tois legomenois, kai mē parergōs, alla prothymōs ton peri tēlikoutōn dexasthai logon ; btudit kai touto esti phōtismos, ty gnōnii tou mystēriou tēn dynamin.

Yesterday we kept festival on the bright day of the Lights; for it was fitting for us to hold a feast of joy for our salvation, much more than men hold wedding feasts, birthdays, name-days, feasts of first haircutting, house-warmings, and whatever else they celebrate for friends of the flesh. Today we shall speak briefly about baptism and the benefit that comes to us from it, even though yesterday our discourse ran quickly past it, because the hour pressed and the discourse wished to avoid satiety. For satiety of speech is an enemy to the ears, as excessive food is to bodies. It is worth attending to what is said, and receiving the discourse about such great things not carelessly but eagerly; for this too is illumination, to know the power of the mystery.

40.2PG 36:360d–361b

Τρισσὴν γέννησιν ἡμῖν οἶδεν ὃ Λόγος· τὴν ἐκ σωμάτων, τὴν ἔτι βαπτίσμιτος, καὶ τὴν ΞΕ ἂναστάσιως. Τούτων δὲ, ἡ μὲν νδκτερινή τέ itm, καὶ δούλη, καὶ tumea; ' ἡ δὶ ἡμερινὴ, καὶ ἄλω- Θέρα, aui λυτικὴ παθῶν, πᾶν τὸ ἀπὸ γενέσεως χάλυμμα περιτέμνουσα, ml πρὸς τὴν ἄνω ζωὴν Exn. ἄγουσα ἡᾼ δὲ φοβερῶτέρα καὶ συντομωτέρα, πᾶν τὸ πλάσμα συνάγουσα ἒν βραχεῖ τῷ πλάστῃ παραστησόμενον, καὶ λόγον ὑφέξων τῆς ἐνταῦθα δου λείας, καί πολιτείας, εἴτε τῇ σαρκί μόνον ἐπηκολούθησεν, εἴτε τῷ Πνεύματι συνανῆλθε, καὶ τὴν χάριν ᾐδέσθη τῆς ἀναπλάσεως. Ταύτας δὴ τὰς γεννήσεις ἁπάσας παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ τιμήσας δ ἐμὶς Χριστὸς φαίνεται· τὴν μὲν, τῷ ἐμφυσήματι τῷ πρώτῳ καὶ ζωτικῷʼ τὴν δὲ, τῇ σαρκώσει, καὶ τῷ βαπτίσματι, ὅπερ αὒτὸς ἐβαπτίσατοʼ τὴν δὲ, τῇ ἀναστάσει, ἧς αὐτὸς ἀπήρξατο ὡς ἐγένετο πρωτότοκος ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, οὕτω κοὶ πρωτότοκος ἐκ νεκρῶν γενέσθαι καταξιώσας.

Trissēn gennēsin hēmin oiden ho Logos; tēn ek sōmatōn, tēn eti baptismitos, kai tēn XE anastasiōs. Toutōn de, hē men ndkterinē te itm, kai doulē, kai tumea? ' hē di hēmerinē, kai alō- Thera, aui lytikē pathōn, pan to apo geneseōs chalymma peritemnousa, ml pros tēn anō zōēn Exn. agousa hēĄ de phoberōtera kai syntomōtera, pan to plasma synagousa en brachei tǭ plastę̄ parastēsomenon, kai logon hyphexōn tēs entautha dou leias, kai politeias, eite tę̄ sarki monon epēkolouthēsen, eite tǭ Pneumati synanēlthe, kai tēn charin ę̄desthē tēs anaplaseōs. Tautas dē tas gennēseis hapasas parʼ heautou timēsas d emis Christos phainetai; tēn men, tǭ emphysēmati tǭ prōtǭ kai zōtikǭʼ tēn de, tę̄ sarkōsei, kai tǭ baptismati, hoper autos ebaptisatoʼ tēn de, tę̄ anastasei, hēs autos apērxato hōs egeneto prōtotokos en pollois adelphois, houtō koi prōtotokos ek nekrōn genesthai kataxiōsas.

The Word recognizes three births for us: that from bodies, that from baptism, and that from the resurrection. Of these, the first is of the night, servile and subject to passion; the second is of the day, free, a release from passions, cutting away the whole veil of our birth and leading us up to the life above; the third is more fearful and shorter, gathering all the creature in a moment to stand before its Creator and give account of its service and conduct here, whether it followed the flesh alone or rose up with the Spirit and revered the grace of the re-creation. All these births my Christ is seen to have honoured in himself: the first by the first and life-giving inbreathing; the second by his incarnation and by the baptism with which he himself was baptized; the third by the resurrection, of which he himself was the firstfruits; as he became the firstborn among many brothers, so he also deigned to become the firstborn from the dead.

40.3PG 36:361b–361d

Περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν δύο γεννήσεων, τῆς πρώτης τέἶ φημι, καὶ τῆς τελευταὶας, φιλοσοφεῖν, οὐ τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ περὶ δὲ τῆς μέσης, καὶτῆς νῦν ἡμῖν ἀναγκαίας, ἧς ἒπώνομος ἡ τῶν φώτων ἡμέρα, φιλοσοφήσωμεν Τὸ φώτισμα, λαμπρότης ἐστὶ ψυψῶν, βίου μετάθεσις, ἐπερώτημα τῆς εἷς Θεὸν συνειδήσεως· τὸ φώτισμα, βοήθεια τῆς ἀσθενείας τῆς ἡμετέρας· τὸ φώτισμα, σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις, Πνεὺματος ἀκολούθησις, Λόγου κοινωνία, πλάσματος ἐπανόρθωσις, χατακλυσμδς ἁμαρτίας, φωτὸς μετουσία, σκότοΑς κατάλυσις· τὸ φώτισμα, ὄχημα πρὸς Θεὸν, συνεκδημία Χριστοῦ, ἔρεισμα πίστεως, νοῦ τελείωσις, κλεὶς οόρανῶν βασιλείας, ζωῆς ἡμειψις, δουλείας ἀναίρεσις, δεσμῶν ἔκλυσις, συνθέσεως μεταποίησις· τὸ udi-nepa- (τί δεῖ πλείω καταριθμεῖν), τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ- δώρων (il) τὸ κάλλιστον καὶ μεγαλοπρεπέστατον. “nemp ἡγὰρ ’Αγια ἁγίων καλεῖτεί τινα, καὶ ’ᾼσματα ᾀσμάτων (ἐμπεριεκτικώτερα· γάρ ἔστι καὶ κυριώτερα) ὦτω καὶ αὐτὸ παντὸς ἄλλου τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν φωτισμιῃν ὄν ἄγιώτερον,

Peri men dē tōn dyo gennēseōn, tēs prōtēs tei phēmi, kai tēs teleutaias, philosophein, ou tou parontos kairou peri de tēs mesēs, kaitēs nyn hēmin anankaias, hēs epōnomos hē tōn phōtōn hēmera, philosophēsōmen To phōtisma, lamprotēs esti psypsōn, biou metathesis, eperōtēma tēs heis Theon syneidēseōs; to phōtisma, boētheia tēs astheneias tēs hēmeteras; to phōtisma, sarkos apothesis, Pneumatos akolouthēsis, Logou koinōnia, plasmatos epanorthōsis, chataklysmds hamartias, phōtos metousia, skotoAs katalysis; to phōtisma, ochēma pros Theon, synekdēmia Christou, ereisma pisteōs, nou teleiōsis, kleis ooranōn basileias, zōēs hēmeipsis, douleias anairesis, desmōn eklysis, syntheseōs metapoiēsis; to udi-nepa- (ti dei pleiō katarithmein), tōn tou Theou- dōrōn (il) to kalliston kai megaloprepestaton. “nemp hēgar ’Agia hagiōn kaleitei tina, kai ’Ąsmata ąsmatōn (emperiektikōtera; gar esti kai kyriōtera) ōtō kai auto pantos allou tōn parʼ hēmin phōtismię̄n on agiōteron,

To philosophize about two of these births, I mean the first and the last, is not for the present occasion; but let us philosophize about the middle one, which is now necessary for us, and from which the day of the Lights takes its name. Illumination is the splendour of souls, the change of life, the pledge of the conscience towards God; illumination is help for our weakness; illumination is the putting off of the flesh, the following of the Spirit, communion with the Word, the setting right of the creature, the deluge of sin, participation in light, the dissolution of darkness; illumination is a carriage to God, a journeying abroad with Christ, a prop of faith, perfection of the mind, the key of the kingdom of heaven, the exchange of life, the removal of slavery, the loosing of bonds, the remodelling of our composite being; illumination (why need I list more?) is the most beautiful and magnificent of God's gifts. As certain things are called the holy of holies and the Song of Songs, as being more comprehensive and more excellent, so this is holier than every other illumination among us.

40.4PG 36:361d–364a

Καλετται δε, ὥσπερ Χριστὸς ὃ τούτοις δοτὴρ· πολλοῖς καὶ διαφοροις ὀνόμασιν, οὕτω δὲ καὶτὸ δώο ρημα· εἴτε διὰ τὸ περιχαρὲς τοῦ πράγματος τοῦτο παθόντων ἡμῶν (ψιλοῧσι γὰρ οἱ σφόδρα περὶ τι ἐρωετιλιὼς διακείμενοι, ἡδέως συνετται καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν), εἴτε τού πόλυειδοῦς τῆς εὐεργεσίας πολλὰς καὶτὰς κλήσεις ἡμῖν δημιουργήσαντος. Δῶρον καλοῦμεν, χάρισμα, βάπτισμα, χρίσμα, φώτισμα, ἀφθαρσίας ’λόυτρδν ’πάλιξῇνεσίάῆσιρραίγῒέαι, 1r.&vl8 τι τίμιον· δῶρον μὲν, ὡς καὶ μηδὲν προεισενεγκοῦσι Eiddpsvov-‘r χάρισμα δὲ, ὡς καὶ ὀφείλουσι· βάπτισμα δὲ, ὡς συνθαπτομινης τῷ ὕδατι τῆς ἁμαρτίας χρίσμα δὲ, ὥς ἱερὸν καὶ βασιλικὸν (ταῦθ ταιΔ [1 Ἰ] ἧν τὰ-“χριόμενα)· (ρώτισμαλδέ, ὡς λαμπρότητα“ ἔνδυμα δὲ, ὡς αἰσχόνης κάλυμμα· λουτρὸν δὲ, ὡς ἶκπλυσινο σφραγῖδα δὲ, ὡς συντήρη. σιν, καὶτῆς δεσποτείας σημείωσιν. Τούτῳ συγχαίρουσιν οὖρανοί· τουτο δοξάζουσιν ἄγγελοι, διὰ τὸ συγγενὲς τῆς λαμπρότητος· τοῦτο εἰκὼν τῆς buten μακαριότητος* τοῦτο ἡμεῖς ἠξυμνεῐν βουλόμεθα μὲν, οὒ δυνάμεθα δὲ ὅσον ἄξιον,

Kalettai de, hōsper Christos ho toutois dotēr; pollois kai diaphorois onomasin, houtō de kaito dōo rēma; eite dia to perichares tou pragmatos touto pathontōn hēmōn (psiloÿsi gar hoi sphodra peri ti erōetiliōs diakeimenoi, hēdeōs synettai kai tois onomasin), eite tou polyeidous tēs euergesias pollas kaitas klēseis hēmin dēmiourgēsantos. Dōron kaloumen, charisma, baptisma, chrisma, phōtisma, aphtharsias ’loutrdn ’palixę̄nesiaēsirraigïeai, 1r.&vl8 ti timion; dōron men, hōs kai mēden proeisenenkousi Eiddpsvov-‘r charisma de, hōs kai opheilousi; baptisma de, hōs synthaptominēs tǭ hydati tēs hamartias chrisma de, hōs hieron kai basilikon (tauth taiD [1 I] hēn ta-“chriomena); (rōtismalde, hōs lamprotēta“ endyma de, hōs aischonēs kalymma; loutron de, hōs ikplysino sphragida de, hōs syntērē. sin, kaitēs despoteias sēmeiōsin. Toutǭ synchairousin ouranoi; touto doxazousin angeloi, dia to syngenes tēs lamprotētos; touto eikōn tēs buten makariotētos* touto hēmeis ēxymnein boulometha men, ou dynametha de hoson axion,

And as Christ, its giver, is called by many and various names, so too is the gift: either because of our great joy in it (for those who are passionately fond of something gladly dwell even on its names), or because the manifold nature of the benefit has produced many titles for us. We call it gift, grace, baptism, anointing, illumination, garment of incorruption, bath of regeneration, seal, everything precious. Gift, because it is given to those who brought nothing beforehand; grace, because it is given even to debtors; baptism, because sin is buried with it in the water; anointing, as priestly and royal, for these were the ones anointed; illumination, as splendour; garment, as covering of shame; bath, as washing; seal, as preservation and the mark of ownership. In it the heavens rejoice; angels glorify it because of the kinship of its splendour; it is an image of the blessedness above; we wish to hymn it, but cannot do so as it deserves …

40.5PG 36:364b–364c

μέν ὶστι-ιρῶς τὸ ἀκρότατον, καὶ ἀπρόσιτον, καὶ ἄῤῥητον, οὔτε σιῷ καταληπτὸν, οὔτε λόγῳ ῥητὸν, πάσης quantbe λογικῆς φύσεως. Τοῦτο ἐν νοητοῖς, ὃπιρ ἓν αἰσθητοῖς ἣλιος· ὅσον ἂν καθαιρώμεθα, φανταζόμενον· καὶ ὅσον ἄν parur σθῶμεν ἀγαπώμενον· καὶ ὅσον ἄν ἀγαπήσωμεν, αὖθις νοούμενονʼ αὒτὸ Βαυτοῦ θεωρητικὸν τε κκῖ καταληπτικὸν, ὀλίγα τοῖς ἔξω χεόμενον. Φῶς δὲλέγω, τὸ ἐν Πατρῖ, καὶ Γὶᾦ, καὶ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι θεωρούι μενον· ὧν πλοῦτός ἰστιν ἡ συμφυῖα, καὶτὸ ἓν ἔξαλμα τῆς λαμπρότητος. Δεύτερον δὲ φῶς ἄγγελος. τοῦ πρώτου φωτὸς ἆποῤῥοή τις, ἦ μετουσία, τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸ νεύσει καὶ ὑπουργία τὸν φωτισμὸν ἔχουσα· 0:37. οῖδα, εἴτε τῇ τάξει τῆς στάσεως μεριζομένη φοηισμὸν, εἴτε τοὶς μέτροις τοῦ φωτισμώ τὴν ταξιν -.λιαμβάμουτω Τρίτον φῶς ἅνθρωπος, δ καὶτοῖς έξφ saxa. ἔστι. la? is} Rvfipomov όνομάζουσι. δια. τὴν Δ τοῦΔ δν ἡμῖν λόγου δύναμιν καὶ ἡμῶν αὑτῶν πέλω oi θεοειδέστεροι, καὶ μᾶλλον Θεῷ πλῶσιάζοντες. Οἶδα καὶ ἄλλο φῶς, ᾦ τὸ ἀρχέγονον ἠλάθη σκότος, ἤ διεκόπη, πρῶτον ὑποστὰν τῆς ὁρατῆς κτίσεως, τήν :s κυκλικὴντῶν ἀστέρων πορίοδον, καὶ τὴν Mn ρρυκτωρίαν, κόσμον ᾲόλον αὐγάζουσαν,

men isti-irōs to akrotaton, kai aprositon, kai arrhēton, oute siǭ katalēpton, oute logǭ rhēton, pasēs quantbe logikēs physeōs. Touto en noētois, hopir hen aisthētois hēlios; hoson an kathairōmetha, phantazomenon; kai hoson an parur sthōmen agapōmenon; kai hoson an agapēsōmen, authis nooumenonʼ auto Bautou theōrētikon te kki katalēptikon, oliga tois exō cheomenon. Phōs delegō, to en Patri, kai Giǭ, kai hagiǭ Pneumati theōroui menon; hōn ploutos istin hē symphuia, kaito hen exalma tēs lamprotētos. Deuteron de phōs angelos. tou prōtou phōtos aporrhoē tis, ē metousia, tę̄ pros auto neusei kai hypourgia ton phōtismon echousa; 0:37. oida, eite tę̄ taxei tēs staseōs merizomenē phoēismon, eite tois metrois tou phōtismō tēn taxin -.liambamoutō Triton phōs hanthrōpos, d kaitois exph saxa. esti. la? is} Rvfipomov onomazousi. dia. tēn D touD dn hēmin logou dynamin kai hēmōn hautōn pelō oi theoeidesteroi, kai mallon Theǭ plōsiazontes. Oida kai allo phōs, ǭ to archegonon ēlathē skotos, ē diekopē, prōton hypostan tēs horatēs ktiseōs, tēn :s kyklikēntōn asterōn poriodon, kai tēn Mn rryktōrian, kosmon ąolon augazousan,

… is light, the highest, unapproachable and ineffable, neither grasped by the mind nor uttered in speech, … of every rational nature. It is in the world of thought what the sun is in the world of sense: presenting itself to our minds as far as we are purified, loved as far as it is pictured, and known again as far as we love; contemplating and comprehending itself, and pouring out a little of itself to what is outside. I mean the light contemplated in the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, whose wealth is their unity of nature and the one outleaping of their splendour. The second light is the angel, a kind of outflow of the first light or participation in it, having its illumination by inclining towards it and serving it; I do not know whether it receives its illumination according to the order of its station, or its order according to the measure of its illumination. The third light is man, as is clear even to those outside; for they call man phōs, because of the power of the word in us; and more especially those of us who are more godlike and draw nearer to God. I know also another light, by which the primeval darkness was driven away or cut through, the first thing to exist of the visible creation: the circling course of the stars, and the beacon above that lights up the whole world.

40.6PG 36:364d–365b

Φῶς μὲν ἧν καὶ ὴ τῷ πρωτογόνῳ δοθεῖσα πρωτ όγονος μὲντολὴ (ἐπειδὴ, Λύχνος ἐντολὴ νόμω καὶ ὦςʼκαὶ διότιῄ [21],Δ Φῶς τὰ προστάγματα σου πὶ τῆς fiebat! καὶ τὸ φθονερὸν σκότος hmini-0o»: ὴν κακίαν ἐδημιούργησεν φῶς δὲ τυπικδν καὶ σύμ· ,ετρον τοῖς ὑποδεχομένοις, ὁ γραπτὸς νόμος, σκια- Ραφῶν in; -.ἀλήθειανη καὶ τὸ τοῦ μεγάλου ωτὸς μυστήριον εἴπερ καὶ τὸ “multo: ούτῳ δοξάζεται, Καὶ ’ἳνα πλείονα φῶτα δῶμεν τῷ

Phōs men hēn kai ē tǭ prōtogonǭ dotheisa prōt ogonos mentolē (epeidē, Lychnos entolē nomō kai ōsʼkai diotię̄ [21],D Phōs ta prostagmata sou pi tēs fiebat! kai to phthoneron skotos hmini-0o»: ēn kakian edēmiourgēsen phōs de typikdn kai sym; ,etron tois hypodechomenois, ho graptos nomos, skia- Raphōn in? -.alētheianē kai to tou megalou ōtos mystērion eiper kai to “multo: outǭ doxazetai, Kai ’hina pleiona phōta dōmen tǭ

Light also was the firstborn commandment given to the first-formed man, since “the commandment of the law is a lamp and a light”, and “your ordinances are a light upon the earth”, even though the envious darkness slipped in and produced wickedness. A light, typical and proportioned to those who received it, was the written law, sketching in shadow the truth and the mystery of the great light; since the face of Moses too is glorified by it. And that we may give more lights by our discourse …

40.7PG 36:365c–368d

… βάθος ἐμπεσόντες, ὅ δὴ λέγεται, καταφρονῶμεν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ oi μακρὰν ὁδὸν τέμνοντες, καταλύματι τοὺς πόνους διαναπαύσαντες, οὕτω τὸ ἑξῆς τῆς ὁδοῦ νεαροὶ καὶ πρόθυμοι διανὺσωμεν. Αὕτη μὲν ἡ τοῦ βαπτίσματος χάρις καὶ δύναμις, οὖ κόσμου κατα·ιλυσμὸν ὡς πάλαι, τῆς δὲ τοῦ καθʼ ’ἕκαστον ἀμαρτίας κάθαρσιν ἔχουσα, καὶ παντελῆ ρύψιν τῶν ἀπὸ κακίας ἐπεισελθόντων συγχωσμάτων ἢ μολυθʼ. Διττῶν δὲ ὄντων ἡμῶν, ἔκ ψυχῆς λέγω κα σώματος, καὶ τῆς μὲν ὁρατῆς, τῆς δὲ ἀοράτου φύσι σεως· διττεῦ καὶ ἡ κάθαρσις, διʼ ὕδατός τέ φημι καὶ Πνεύματος, τοῦ μὲν θεωρητώς τε καὶ σωματικῶς λαμβανομένου, τοῦ δὲ ἀσωμάτως καὶ ἀθεωρήτως συντρέχοντος· καὶ τοῦ μὲν τυπικοῦ, τοῦ δὲ ἀληθινοῦ, καὶ τὰ βάθη καθαίροντος· ὅ τῆς πρώτης γενέσεως έπικουρία τυγχάνον, καινοὺς ἀντὶ παλαιῶν, ml θεοειδεῖς ἀντὶ τῶν νῦν ὄντων ἐργάζεται, χωρὶς πυρὸς ἀναχωνεύον, καὶ ἀνακτίζον δίχα συντρίψεως. Et γὰρ δεῖ συντόμως εἰπεῖν, συνθήκας πρὸς Θεὸν δευτέρου βίου καὶ πολιτείας καθαρωτέρας, ὓποληπτέον τὴν τοῦ βαπτίσματος δύναμιν. "9 δὴ καὶ μάλιστα φοβητέον, καὶ πάσῃ φυλακῇ τηρητέον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἕκαστον, μὴ ψεῦσται τῆς ὁμολογίας ταύτης φαινώμεθα. Εἰ γὰρ τὰς πρὸς ἀνθρώπως ὁμολογίας ἰμπεδοῖ est; μέσος παραληφθεὶς, πόσσς ὃ κίνδυνος, ὧν πρὸς αὒτὸν ἐθέμεθα τὸν Θεὸν Cavenκῶν, τούτων παραβάτας εδρίσκεσθαι· καὶ μὴ μόνον τῶν ἄλλων ἁμαρτημάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ψεύδους ὑποδίκους εἶναι τῇ ἀληθείας Καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ οὔσης δευτέρας ἂναγεννήσεως, οὒδὶ ἂναπλάσεως, οὐδὲ εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἀποκαταστάσεως, κᾶν ὅτι μᾶλιστα έπιζητῶμεν ταύτην ιν πολλοῖς στεναγμοῖς τε καὶ δάκρδσιν, ἑξ ὦν συνούλωσις μὲν ἱρχεται μόγις κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν ὅρον καῖ νόμον (ἒρχεται γὰρ καὶ πιστεύομεν εἱ δὲ καὶ τὰς οὐλὰς ἐξαλείψωμεν, ἀγαπῴην ἃν, ὶπειὸἧ καὶ αὐτὸς χρῄζω φιλανθρωπίας). πλὴν μὴ δευτέρας δεηθῆναι καθάρσεως, ἀλλὰ στῆναι μέχρι τῆς πρώτης ἄμεινον, ἢν κοινὴν οἶδα πᾶσι καὶ Epid-{OM ita; ὁμότιμον, όούλοις, δεσπόταις, πένησι, πλουσίοις, ταπεινοῖς, ὑψηλοῖς, εὐγενεστέροις, ἆγενεστὲροις, ὀφείλουσιν, οὒκ ὀφείλουσιν, ὠς ἀέρος πνεῦσιν, καὶ φωτὸς χύσιν, καὶ ὡρῶν ἀλλαγὰς, καὶ κτίσεως θέαν, τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ κοινοῦ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν ἱντῳφήματος, καὶ ὶοομοιρέαν πίστεως.

… bathos empesontes, ho dē legetai, kataphronōmen, allʼ hōsper oi makran hodon temnontes, katalymati tous ponous dianapausantes, houtō to hexēs tēs hodou nearoi kai prothymoi dianysōmen. Hautē men hē tou baptismatos charis kai dynamis, ou kosmou kata;ilysmon hōs palai, tēs de tou kathʼ ’hekaston amartias katharsin echousa, kai pantelē rypsin tōn apo kakias epeiselthontōn synchōsmatōn ē molythʼ. Dittōn de ontōn hēmōn, ek psychēs legō ka sōmatos, kai tēs men horatēs, tēs de aoratou physi seōs; ditteu kai hē katharsis, diʼ hydatos te phēmi kai Pneumatos, tou men theōrētōs te kai sōmatikōs lambanomenou, tou de asōmatōs kai atheōrētōs syntrechontos; kai tou men typikou, tou de alēthinou, kai ta bathē kathairontos; ho tēs prōtēs geneseōs epikouria tynchanon, kainous anti palaiōn, ml theoeideis anti tōn nyn ontōn ergazetai, chōris pyros anachōneuon, kai anaktizon dicha syntripseōs. Et gar dei syntomōs eipein, synthēkas pros Theon deuterou biou kai politeias katharōteras, hypolēpteon tēn tou baptismatos dynamin. "9 dē kai malista phobēteon, kai pasę̄ phylakę̄ tērēteon tēn heautou psychēn hekaston, mē pseustai tēs homologias tautēs phainōmetha. Ei gar tas pros anthrōpōs homologias impedoi est? mesos paralēphtheis, posss ho kindynos, hōn pros auton ethemetha ton Theon Cavenkōn, toutōn parabatas edriskesthai; kai mē monon tōn allōn hamartēmatōn, alla kai autou tou pseudous hypodikous einai tę̄ alētheias Kai tauta ouk ousēs deuteras anagennēseōs, oudi anaplaseōs, oude eis to archaion apokatastaseōs, kan hoti malista epizētōmen tautēn in pollois stenagmois te kai dakrdsin, hex ōn synoulōsis men hirchetai mogis kata ge ton emon horon kai nomon (erchetai gar kai pisteuomen hei de kai tas oulas exaleipsōmen, agapǭēn han, ipeioē kai autos chrę̄zō philanthrōpias). plēn mē deuteras deēthēnai katharseōs, alla stēnai mechri tēs prōtēs ameinon, ēn koinēn oida pasi kai Epid-{OM ita? homotimon, ooulois, despotais, penēsi, plousiois, tapeinois, hypsēlois, eugenesterois, agenesterois, opheilousin, ouk opheilousin, ōs aeros pneusin, kai phōtos chysin, kai hōrōn allagas, kai ktiseōs thean, tou megalou kai koinou pasin hēmin hintǭphēmatos, kai ioomoirean pisteōs.

… and, having fallen into the depth, as the saying goes, despise him; but that, like those who travel a long road and rest from their labours at an inn, we may finish the rest of the journey fresh and eager. This, then, is the grace and power of baptism: not a deluge of the world, as of old, but a cleansing of the sin of each one, and a complete washing away of the mud and stains that have come in through wickedness. [8] And since we are twofold, I mean of soul and body, the one visible and the other invisible nature, the cleansing too is twofold, I mean by water and Spirit: the one received visibly and bodily, the other concurring invisibly and incorporeally; the one typical, the other true and cleansing the depths. This, coming to the aid of our first birth, makes us new instead of old and godlike instead of what we now are, recasting us without fire and re-creating us without breaking. For, to put it briefly, the power of baptism is to be understood as a covenant with God for a second life and a purer conduct. Therefore we must above all fear, and each must guard his own soul with all watchfulness, lest we be found liars to this confession. For if God, called in as mediator, confirms the agreements made with men, how great is the danger of being found transgressors of the covenants we have made with God himself, and of being answerable to the truth not only for our other sins but for the lie itself! And this when there is no second regeneration, no re-creation, no restoration to the former state, even though we seek it with ever so many groans and tears, through which a scarring over comes, though with difficulty, at least by my rule and measure (for it does come, and we believe it; and if we could also wipe out the scars, I would be glad, since I too need mercy). Yet it is better not to need a second cleansing but to stand by the first, which I know is common to all and of equal honour for slaves and masters, poor and rich, lowly and exalted, nobler and less noble, debtors and those who owe nothing, like the breathing of the air, the pouring out of light, the changes of the seasons, the sight of creation, the great delight common to all of us, and the equal share in faith.

40.9PG 36:369a–372b

Δεινδν γὰρ ἀντὶ ίατρείας ἀπονωτέρας, τὴν ἐπιπονωτέραν ἐργάσασθαι ι, καὶ ἀπορρίψαντας χάριν οἴκτου χρεωστετν κόλασιν, καὶ ἀντιμετρετν ἁμαρτία διόρθωσιν. Πόσον γὰρ εἰσοίσομεν δάκρυον, ἵνʼ ἀντισωθῇ τῇ πηγῆ τοῦ βαπτίσματος ; τίς δὲ ὁ ἐγγυητὴς, ὅτι μενεῖ τήν θεραπείαν τὸ τέλος, ἀλλʼ οὒκ ὀφείλοντας ἡμᾶς ’ἐτι τὸ κριτήριον ὑποδέξεται, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖσε δεομένους πυρώτεως ς Σὺ μέν δεήσῃ τοῦ Δεσπόο του τυχὸν, ὁ καλὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος γεωργὸς, ’ἐτι φείσασθαι τῆς συκῆς, καὶ μήπω ταύτην ἰκτεμετν έγκαλουμένην τὸ ἄκαρπον, ἀλλὰ συγχωρηθῆναι περιβαλεῖν κόπρια, δάκρυα, στεναγμοὺς, ἀνακλήσεις, χαμευδίσς, ἀγρυπνίας, τῆξιν ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος, τὴν διʼ ὲξαγορεύσειης, καὶ ἄτιμοτέρας ἀγωγῆς ἔπανο όρθωσινʼ ἄδηλον δὲ, εἰ φείσεται ταύτης ὁ Δεσπότης, ὡς κατειργούσης τὸν τόπον, ἄλλου δεομένου υιλανθρωπίας, καὶ γινομένου χείρονος ὲκ τῆς εἷς τοῦτον μακροθυμίας, Συνταφῶμεν οὗν Χριστῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος, ἵνα καὶ συναδαστῶμεν· συγκατἔλθωμεν, ’ίνα καὶ συνυψωθῶμεν· συνανέλθωμεν, ἵνα καῖ συνδοξασθῶμεν. μησὶν, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὖτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ ἰπὶ χειρῶν ὰροῦσί σε. Ὠ σογιστᾶ τῆς κακίασ πῶς τὸ ἑξῆς ὑπικράτηοας; Πάνυ γὰρ νοῶ τοῦτο, κᾶν αὐτὸς ἆποσιωπήσῃς ὃτι ὶπὶ τὴν ἀσπίδα σε καὶ τὸν βασιλίσκον ἐπιβήσομαι, καὶ καταπατήσω ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων, si, Τριάδι τετειχισμένος, Ἐὰν ἐξ ἀπληστίας καταπαλαίῃ σε, πάσας ὑποδεικνύων τὰς βασιλείας, ὡς αὒτῷ διαφερούσας, ἐν μιᾷ καιροῦ τε καὶ ὅψεως, ἀπαιτῶν τὴν προσκύνησιν· ὡς πένητος καταφρόνησον, Εἰπὲ, τῇ σφραγῖδι θαῤῥήσαςʼ Είκών εἰμι καί αὐτὸς Θεοῦ· τῆς ἄνω δόξης οῧπω διʼ ἔπαρσιν, ὥσπερ σὺ, καταβέβλημαιο Χριστὸν ἐνδέδυμαυ Χριστὸν μεταπιποίημαι τῷ βαπτίσματισ σύ με προσκύνησον. Ἀπελεύσεται, σαφῶς οἶδα, τούτοις ἢττημένος καὶ ᾐσχεμμὲνος, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ τοῦ πρώτου φωτὸς, οὕτω τῶν ἀπʼ ἐπʼ ἱκείνου πεφωτισμένων. Τοιαῦτα τὸ λουτρὸν τοῖς ᾗσθημὲνοις αὺτοῦ χαρίζεταιʼ τοιαύτην ποοτείνει τοῖς καλῶς πεινιῦτι τὴν πανδαισίαν.

Deindn gar anti iatreias aponōteras, tēn epiponōteran ergasasthai i, kai aporripsantas charin oiktou chreōstetn kolasin, kai antimetretn hamartia diorthōsin. Poson gar eisoisomen dakryon, hinʼ antisōthę̄ tę̄ pēgē tou baptismatos ? tis de ho engyētēs, hoti menei tēn therapeian to telos, allʼ ouk opheilontas hēmas ’eti to kritērion hypodexetai, kai tēs ekeise deomenous pyrōteōs s Sy men deēsę̄ tou Despoo tou tychon, ho kalos kai philanthrōpos geōrgos, ’eti pheisasthai tēs sykēs, kai mēpō tautēn iktemetn enkaloumenēn to akarpon, alla synchōrēthēnai peribalein kopria, dakrya, stenagmous, anaklēseis, chameudiss, agrypnias, tēxin psychēs kai sōmatos, tēn diʼ exagoreuseiēs, kai atimoteras agōgēs epano orthōsinʼ adēlon de, ei pheisetai tautēs ho Despotēs, hōs kateirgousēs ton topon, allou deomenou uilanthrōpias, kai ginomenou cheironos ek tēs heis touton makrothymias, Syntaphōmen houn Christǭ dia tou baptismatos, hina kai synadastōmen; synkatelthōmen, ’ina kai synypsōthōmen; synanelthōmen, hina kai syndoxasthōmen. mēsin, hoti tois angelois autou enteleitai peri sou, kai ipi cheirōn arousi se. Ō sogista tēs kakias pōs to hexēs hypikratēoas? Pany gar noō touto, kan autos aposiōpēsę̄s hoti ipi tēn aspida se kai ton basiliskon epibēsomai, kai katapatēsō epanō opheōn kai skorpiōn, si, Triadi teteichismenos, Ean ex aplēstias katapalaię̄ se, pasas hypodeiknyōn tas basileias, hōs autǭ diapherousas, en mią kairou te kai hopseōs, apaitōn tēn proskynēsin; hōs penētos kataphronēson, Eipe, tę̄ sphragidi tharrhēsasʼ Eikōn eimi kai autos Theou; tēs anō doxēs oÿpō diʼ eparsin, hōsper sy, katabeblēmaio Christon endedymau Christon metapipoiēmai tǭ baptismatis sy me proskynēson. Apeleusetai, saphōs oida, toutois ēttēmenos kai ę̄schemmenos, hōsper apo Christou tou prōtou phōtos, houtō tōn apʼ epʼ hikeinou pephōtismenōn. Toiauta to loutron tois hę̄sthēmenois autou charizetaiʼ toiautēn pooteinei tois kalōs peiniyti tēn pandaisian.

For it is a terrible thing, instead of an easier remedy, to bring about a more painful one, and having thrown away the grace of pity to become liable to punishment, and to have to measure out amendment against sin. For how many tears shall we shed to equal the fountain of baptism? And who is the guarantor that the end will wait for the healing, and that the judgment will not receive us while we still owe, and need the fire there? You, perhaps, the good and kind gardener, will beg the Master still to spare the fig tree and not yet to cut it down when it is accused of being fruitless, but to let you put manure around it: tears, groans, prayers, sleeping on the ground, vigils, wasting of soul and body, and amendment by confession and a humbler way of life. But it is uncertain whether the Master will spare it, since it uselessly occupies the ground while another needs mercy and grows worse through his patience with this one. Let us then be buried with Christ through baptism, that we may also rise with him; let us go down with him, that we may also be exalted with him; let us go up with him, that we may also be glorified with him. [10] … “It is written,” he says, “that he will give his angels charge concerning you, and on their hands they will bear you up.” O sophist of wickedness, why did you suppress what follows? For I know it well, even if you keep silent: “I will tread on the asp and the basilisk, and trample on serpents and scorpions,” walled about by the Trinity. If he tries to throw you down through greed, showing you all the kingdoms in one moment of time and sight as though they belonged to him, and demanding worship, despise him as a beggar. Say, trusting in the seal: “I too am an image of God; I have not yet been cast down from the glory above through pride, as you have; I have put on Christ; I have been transformed into Christ by baptism: you worship me.” He will depart, I know well, defeated and put to shame by these words; as from Christ the first light, so from those who have been illumined by him. Such gifts the bath bestows on those who understand it; such a banquet it sets before those who are rightly hungry.

40.10PG 36:372b–373b

Βαπτισθῶμεν οὖν, ἶνα νικήσωμεψμετεὶσχωο μιν καθαρσίων ὑδάτων, ὑσσώπου ῥυπτικωτέρωο, αʼίματος νομικοῦ καθαρωτέρων, σποδοῦ δαμάλεως ἱερωτὲρων, ῥαντιζούσης τοὺς κεκοινωμένοις, καὶ πρόσκαιρον ἰχοὺσης σώματος κάθαρσιν, οὗ παντελῆ si: ἁμαρτίας ἀναίρεσιν, Τί γὰρ ἔδει καθαίρεσίηι τοὺς ἅπαξ κεκαθαρμένουςς Βαπτισθῶμεν σήμερον, ’ίνα μὴ αῧριον βιασθῶμεν. Καὶ μὴ ἀναβαλώο μεθα τὴν εὐεργεσίαν, ὡς ἀδικίαν· μηδὲ ἀναμείνωμιν πλεῖον γενέσθαι κιικοὶ ἵνα πλεῖον συγχωρηθῶμεν μηδὲ γενώμεθα Χριστοκάπηλοι καὶ Χριστὴιποροι· μηδὲ φορτισθιίιμεν πλὲόν (δῦ) ἥ δυνάμεθα φέρειν, ἵνα μὴ αὖτάνδρῳ τῇ νηὶ-βαπτισθῶμεν, καὶ, τὸ χάρισμα να›αγήσιι›μεν, ἀνθʼ ᾦν τὸ πλεῖον ἠλπίσαμεν τὸ πᾶν ἀπολέσαντες. ’Ἕως ἔτι τῶν λογισμῶν κύριος εἶ πρόσδραμι τῷ δωρήματιο ἕως οὔπω vocet; καὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν, ἢ δοκεῖς οὕτω τοῖς παροῦσι, κᾶν σωφρονῇςο ἕως οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄλλοις κεῖται τὸ σὸν ἀγαθὸν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς εἴ τούτου κύριος· ἕως οὗ παράφορος ἡ γλῶσσα, οὐδὲ κατεψυγμένη, οὐδὲ ζημιοῦται, ’ἵνα μη πλεῖόν τι λέγω, τὰ οῆς μυσταγωγίας ῥήματα· ἕως δύνασαι γενέσθαι πιστὲς, οὸκ είκαζόμενος, ἀλλʼ ὀμολογούυ μενος· οὒκ ἐλεούμενος, ἀλλὰ μακαριζόμενος· ἕως δῆλόν σοι τὸ δῶρον, ἀλλʼ οὒκ ἆμφίόολον· καὶ τοῦ βάθους ἦ χάρις ἅπτεται, ἀλλʼ οὗ τὸ σῶμα ἂπιτάφια λοὺεται* ἕως οὗ δάκρυα περὶ σὲ τῆς ἐξόδου μηνύματα, καὶ ταῦτα εἰς σὴν χάριν τρχόν ἱπεχόμενα, καὶ γυνὴ, vui παῖδεςτὴν ἱλδημίαν μεθέλκοντας ΠΟ), καὶ ζητοῦντες ἒξὸδια ῥήματα· ἕως οὒκ ἰατρὸς ἄτεχνος περὶ σὲ, ὥρας σοι χαριζόμενος ὧν οὐκ ἔστι κύριος, καὶ νεύματι ταλαντεύων τὴν σωτηρίαν, καὶ φιλοσοφῶν περὶ τῆς νόσου μετὰ τὸν θάνατον, ἢ τοὺς μισθοὺς βαρύνων ταῖς ὑποχωρήσεσιν, ἢ τὴν ἀπόγνωσιν αἰνιττόμενος ἕως οῦ μάχη βαπτιστοῦ καί χρηματιοτοῦ, τοῦ μὲν, ὅπως ἐφοδιάσῃ φιλονεικοῦντος, τοῦ δὲ, ὅπως γραφῇ κληρονὸμος, ἆμφότερα τοῦ καιροῦ μὴ συγχωροῦντος.

Baptisthōmen oun, ina nikēsōmepsmeteischōo min katharsiōn hydatōn, hyssōpou rhyptikōterōo, aʼimatos nomikou katharōterōn, spodou damaleōs hierōterōn, rhantizousēs tous kekoinōmenois, kai proskairon ichousēs sōmatos katharsin, hou pantelē si: hamartias anairesin, Ti gar edei kathairesiēi tous hapax kekatharmenouss Baptisthōmen sēmeron, ’ina mē aÿrion biasthōmen. Kai mē anabalōo metha tēn euergesian, hōs adikian; mēde anameinōmin pleion genesthai kiikoi hina pleion synchōrēthōmen mēde genōmetha Christokapēloi kai Christēiporoi; mēde phortisthiiimen pleon (dy) hē dynametha pherein, hina mē autandrǭ tę̄ nēi-baptisthōmen, kai, to charisma na›agēsii›men, anthʼ ǭn to pleion ēlpisamen to pan apolesantes. ’Heōs eti tōn logismōn kyrios ei prosdrami tǭ dōrēmatio heōs oupō vocet? kai to sōma kai tēn dianoian, ē dokeis houtō tois parousi, kan sōphronę̄so heōs ouk epʼ allois keitai to son agathon, allʼ autos ei toutou kyrios; heōs hou paraphoros hē glōssa, oude katepsygmenē, oude zēmioutai, ’hina mē pleion ti legō, ta oēs mystagōgias rhēmata; heōs dynasai genesthai pistes, ook eikazomenos, allʼ omologouy menos; ouk eleoumenos, alla makarizomenos; heōs dēlon soi to dōron, allʼ ouk amphioolon; kai tou bathous ē charis haptetai, allʼ hou to sōma apitaphia louetai* heōs hou dakrya peri se tēs exodou mēnymata, kai tauta eis sēn charin trchon hipechomena, kai gynē, vui paidestēn hildēmian methelkontas PO), kai zētountes exodia rhēmata; heōs ouk iatros atechnos peri se, hōras soi charizomenos hōn ouk esti kyrios, kai neumati talanteuōn tēn sōtērian, kai philosophōn peri tēs nosou meta ton thanaton, ē tous misthous barynōn tais hypochōrēsesin, ē tēn apognōsin ainittomenos heōs ou machē baptistou kai chrēmatiotou, tou men, hopōs ephodiasę̄ philoneikountos, tou de, hopōs graphę̄ klēronomos, amphotera tou kairou mē synchōrountos.

Let us then be baptized, that we may conquer; let us share in the cleansing waters, more purging than hyssop, purer than the blood of the law, holier than the ashes of a heifer sprinkling the defiled, which gives a temporary cleansing of the body, not a complete removal of sin. For why should those once cleansed need cleansing? Let us be baptized today, that we may not be compelled tomorrow. Let us not put off the benefit as though it were an injury, nor wait to become more wicked so that more may be forgiven us; let us not become Christ-hucksters and Christ-traders, nor load ourselves beyond what we can bear, lest we go down with ship and crew and make shipwreck of the gift, losing everything when we hoped for more. While you are still master of your thoughts, run to the gift; while you are not yet sick in body and mind, nor seem so to those present, even if you are of sound mind; while your good does not lie in the hands of others but you yourself are its master; while your tongue is not faltering, nor chilled, nor, to say no more, failing in the words of initiation; while you can become a believer, not by conjecture but by confession, not pitied but called blessed; while the gift is clear to you and not doubtful, and the grace touches the depths and it is not a body washed for burial; while there are not tears around you announcing your departure, and those perhaps held back for your sake, and wife and children delaying your going and seeking your last words; while there is not an unskilled doctor at your side, granting you hours of which he is not master, weighing your salvation with a nod, philosophizing about the disease after your death, or raising his fees by withdrawing, or hinting at despair; while there is not a struggle between the baptizer and the man of business, the one striving to give you provisions for the journey, the other that he may be written in as heir, and time permitting neither.

40.12PG 36:373b–376b

Τί πυρετὸν ἀναμένεις εὗεργέτην, ἀλλʼ οὗ Θεὸνς Τί καιρὸν, ἀλλʼ οὗ λογισμόν ς Τί φίλον ὶπίβωλον, ἀλλʼ οῦ πόθον σωτήριο-ςῐί μὴ τὴν sinuin, ἀλλὰ τὴν βίανς Τί μὴ τὴν ὶλευθερίαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν στενοχωρίαν; l‘l παρʼ ἄλλου δὲῃ μαθεῖν τὴν ἔξοδον, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς ᾔδη παρούσης διανοήσῃ ; Τί φάρμακα ὶπιζητετς, τὰ μηδὲν ὀνήσοντα; Τί κριτικὸν ἱδρῶτα, ’ἴσως παρεστῶτος τσῦ ἒξεδίυυ; Σαυτὸν πρὸ τῆς ἀνάγκης ίάτρευσον· σαυτὸν ὶλέησον, τὸν γνήσιον τῆς ἀσθενείας θεραπευτήνʼ σαυτῷ προσάγαγε τὸ σωτήριον ὄντως φάρμακον, ’Ἕως ἐξ οὖρίας πλεῖς, (pag-hθητι τὸ ναυάγιον· καὶ ἧττον ναυαγήσεις, τῇ δ-ιλίᾳ βοηθῷ χρώμενος. Πανηγυρισθήτω τὸ δῶρον, ἀλλὰ μὴ θρηνηθήτω· ὶπεργασθήτω τό τάλαντον, ἄλλα μὴ συγχωσθήτω.,Γενέσθω τι μέσον, τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς ἀναλύσεως, ’ίνα μὴ ἐξαλειφθῇ τὰ πονηρὰ γράμματα μόνον, ἀλλὰ vati μετεγγραφῇ τὰ βελτίονα· ἵνα μὴ τὸ χᾶρισμα μόνον ἓχῃς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀντίδοσιν· ’ἵνα μὴ τὸ πῦρ φύγῃς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς δόξης κληρονομήσῃς, ἦν τὸ ἐπεργάσασθαι τῷ δώρῳ χαρίζεται, ’Ἔστι γὰρ τοῖς μὲν μικροψύχοις μέγα, τὸ φυγεῖν βάσανον· τοῖς δὲ μεγαλοψύχοις, τὸ καὶ τυχεῖν ἀντιδόσεως. Τρεῖς γὰρ οῖδα τάξεις τῶν σωζομένων, δουλείαν, μισθαρνίαν, υἱότητα. Εἰ δουλος ετ, τὰς πληγὰς φοβήθητυ εἶ μισθωτὸς, πρὸς τὸ λαβεῖν βλέπε μόνον. Εἰ δὲ ὑπὲρ τούτους, καὶ υἱὸς, ὡς πατέρα αἰδέσθητι, ’Ἔργασαι τὰ καλὸν, ὅτι καλὸν τῷ πατρὶ πείθεσθαι, κέν εἴ σοι μηδὲν ἔσεσθαι μέλλοι, Τοῦτο «att μισθὸς, τὸ τῷ πατρὶ χαρίζεσθαι, Ὧν ἡμεῖς μὴ καταφρονωντες φαινοιμεθα Ὠς ἔστιν ἄτοπον, χρήματα μὲν προαρπὰζειν, ὕγειαν δὲ ἀναβάλλεσθαιʼ καὶ σώματα μὶν προκαθαίρειιν ψυχῆς δὲ κᾶθαρσιν ταμιεύεσθαι· καὶ τῆς μὲν κάτω δουλείας ἐλευθερίαν ζητεῖν, τῆς ἄνω δὲ μὴ ἐφίεσθαυ καὶ ὅπως μὲν οἰκήσεις μεγαλοπρεπῶς, ἡ ἀμφιὲσῃ, πᾶσαν ποιεῖσθαι σπουδὴν, ὅπως δὲ αύνὸς πλείστου ἄξιος ἔσῃ, μηδὲν φροντίζειν· καὶ ἄλλους μὲν εὖ ποιεῖν πρόθυμον εί θαι, σαυτὸν δὲ μὴ βούλεσθαι. Καὶ εἱμέν ὢνιον ἦν σοι τὸ ἁγαθδν, μηδενὸς ἄν φείδεσθαι χρήματος· εί δὲ πρόκειται τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, καταφρονεῖς τῷ ἑτοίμῳ τῆς ιῦποιῖας. Πᾶς σοι καιρὸς ἕκπλύσεως, ἐπειδὴ πᾶς ἀναλύσεως. Μετὰ Παύλου βοῶ σοι, τῆς μεγάλης φωνῆς ἰδυὺ νῦν καιρὸς εὐπρόσδεκτος, ἰδοὺ νῦν ἡμέρα σωτηρίας· οὔχ ἕνα καιρὸν, ἀλλὰ πάντα του Νῦν ὁρίζοντος. Καὶ πάλιν ”Εγειραι, ὃ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν δεκρῶν, καὶ ἔπσφαύσει om 'o Χριστὸς, λύων τὴν νύκτα τῆς ὖμαρτίας· ἐπειεὴ, Ἐν νυκτὶ ἐλπὶς πονηρὰ, κατὰ τὸν Ἠσαίαν, καὶ τῷ πρωί ληφθῆναι λυσιτελὲστερον.

Ti pyreton anameneis heuergetēn, allʼ hou Theons Ti kairon, allʼ hou logismon s Ti philon ipibōlon, allʼ ou pothon sōtērio-sii mē tēn sinuin, alla tēn bians Ti mē tēn ileutherian, alla tēn stenochōrian? l‘l parʼ allou deę̄ mathein tēn exodon, allʼ ouch hōs ę̄dē parousēs dianoēsę̄ ? Ti pharmaka ipizētets, ta mēden onēsonta? Ti kritikon hidrōta, ’isōs parestōtos tsy exediyy? Sauton pro tēs anankēs iatreuson; sauton ileēson, ton gnēsion tēs astheneias therapeutēnʼ sautǭ prosagage to sōtērion ontōs pharmakon, ’Heōs ex ourias pleis, (pag-hthēti to nauagion; kai hētton nauagēseis, tę̄ d-ilią boēthǭ chrōmenos. Panēgyristhētō to dōron, alla mē thrēnēthētō; ipergasthētō to talanton, alla mē synchōsthētō.,Genesthō ti meson, tēs charitos kai tēs analyseōs, ’ina mē exaleiphthę̄ ta ponēra grammata monon, alla vati metengraphę̄ ta beltiona; hina mē to charisma monon hechę̄s, alla kai tēn antidosin; ’hina mē to pyr phygę̄s monon, alla kai tēs doxēs klēronomēsę̄s, ēn to epergasasthai tǭ dōrǭ charizetai, ’Esti gar tois men mikropsychois mega, to phygein basanon; tois de megalopsychois, to kai tychein antidoseōs. Treis gar oida taxeis tōn sōzomenōn, douleian, mistharnian, huiotēta. Ei doulos et, tas plēgas phobēthēty ei misthōtos, pros to labein blepe monon. Ei de hyper toutous, kai huios, hōs patera aidesthēti, ’Ergasai ta kalon, hoti kalon tǭ patri peithesthai, ken ei soi mēden esesthai melloi, Touto «att misthos, to tǭ patri charizesthai, Hōn hēmeis mē kataphronōntes phainoimetha Ōs estin atopon, chrēmata men proarpazein, hygeian de anaballesthaiʼ kai sōmata min prokathaireiin psychēs de katharsin tamieuesthai; kai tēs men katō douleias eleutherian zētein, tēs anō de mē ephiesthau kai hopōs men oikēseis megaloprepōs, hē amphiesę̄, pasan poieisthai spoudēn, hopōs de aunos pleistou axios esę̄, mēden phrontizein; kai allous men eu poiein prothymon ei thai, sauton de mē boulesthai. Kai heimen ōnion ēn soi to hagathdn, mēdenos an pheidesthai chrēmatos; ei de prokeitai to philanthrōpon, kataphroneis tǭ hetoimǭ tēs iypoiias. Pas soi kairos hekplyseōs, epeidē pas analyseōs. Meta Paulou boō soi, tēs megalēs phōnēs idyy nyn kairos euprosdektos, idou nyn hēmera sōtērias; ouch hena kairon, alla panta tou Nyn horizontos. Kai palin ”Egeirai, ho katheudōn, kai anasta ek tōn dekrōn, kai epsphausei om 'o Christos, lyōn tēn nykta tēs ymartias; epeieē, En nykti elpis ponēra, kata ton Ēsaian, kai tǭ prōi lēphthēnai lysitelesteron.

Why do you wait for a fever to be your benefactor, and not God? Why for the hour, and not for reason? Why for a treacherous friend, and not for saving desire? Why not free choice, but force? Why not freedom, but constraint? Why must you learn of your departure from another, and not think of it as already at hand? Why seek medicines that will do no good? Why the critical sweat, when perhaps the departure is at hand? Heal yourself before necessity; have pity on yourself, the true healer of your weakness; apply to yourself the truly saving medicine. While you sail with a fair wind, fear shipwreck; and you will be less likely to be wrecked if you have fear as your helper. Let the gift be celebrated with festivity, not mourned with lamentation; let the talent be traded with, not buried. Let there be some interval between the grace and the departure, that not only may the evil writing be blotted out, but better be written in its place; that you may have not only the gift but also the reward; that you may not only escape the fire but also inherit the glory which working with the gift bestows. For to the small-souled it is a great thing to escape torment; to the great-souled, to gain a reward as well. [13] For I know three ranks among the saved: slavery, hired service, sonship. If you are a slave, fear the blows; if a hireling, look only to receiving your wage; if you are above these, a son, revere God as a father. Do good because it is good to obey your father, even if nothing is to come of it for you; this itself is the reward, to please the father. Let us not be seen to despise these things. How absurd it is to snatch at money beforehand but put off health; to cleanse bodies beforehand but store up the cleansing of the soul; to seek freedom from slavery here below but not to desire freedom above; to make every effort to be magnificently housed or clothed, but to take no thought how you yourself may be of the greatest worth; to be eager to do good to others, but not to wish to do it to yourself! If the good were for sale, you would spare no money; but when kindness is set before you, you despise it because it is ready to hand. Every time is your time for washing, since every time is a time for departure. With Paul I cry to you with that great voice: “Behold, now is the acceptable time; behold, now is the day of salvation”: not one time, but every time, the “now” defining it. And again: “Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead, and Christ will give you light,” dispelling the night of sin. For “in the night hope is evil”, according to Isaiah, and it is more profitable to be taken in the morning.

40.13PG 36:376b–377a

Σπετρε μὲν ὅτε καιρὸς, καὶ ωγκὸρ μιζε, καὶ λύε τας ἀποθήκας, ὅτε τούτου καιρὸς, καὶ φύτευε καθʼ φραν, καὶ κειρέσθω σοι βότρυς ὥριμος, καὶ ἀνάγου θαῤῥήσας ἔαρι, καὶ ἂνελκε τὴν ναῦν πάλιν ἀρχομένου χειμῶνος, καὶ τῆς Θαλάσσης ἀγριουμένης. Καὶ πολέμου καιρὸς ἔστω σοι, καὶ εἶρήνης, καὶ γὰμου, καὶ τῶν οδ γάμου, καὶ φιλίας, καὶ διαστάσεως, ἄν ταύτης δεὴσῃ, καὶ παντὸς ὅλως πράγματος, εἴ τι τῷ Σολομῶντι πειστέον, Πειστὲον δέ· καὶ γὰρ ὠφέλιμος ἧπαραίνεσις, Ἀεὶ δὲ τὴν σωτηρίαν ὶργάζου, καὶ πᾶ) ἔστω σοι καιρὸς τοῦ βαπτίσματος ὅρος, Ἐὰν ἀεὶτὸ σὴμερον παρατρέχων, ἐπιτηρῇς τὸ εἷς αὔριον, λανθάνεις ταῖς κατᾶ μικρὸν ἀναβολαῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πονηροῦ κλεπτὸμενος, ὥσπερ ἐκείνου τρόπος, Ἐμοὶ δὸς τὸ παρὸν, Βεῴ τὸ μὲλλονο ἐμοὶ τὴν νεότητα, Θεῴ τογῆρας· ἐμοὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς, ἓκείνῳ τὴν ἀχρηστίαν. "Osos ὁ περὶ σὲ κίνδυνος ὅσα τὰ παρʼ ἐλπίδα συμπτώsata! ’Ἤ πόλεμος παρανάλωσεν, ἢ σεισμὸς συνἐχωσεν, ἤ θάλασσα ὑπεδέξατο, ἧ θηρίον ἥρπασεν, νόσος ἀπώλεσεν, ἢ ψὶξ παραδραμοῦαα, τὸ φαυtdutov (τί γὰρ τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν ἄνθρωπον εὐκολώτερον, κᾶν μέγα Ῡρονῄς τῇ εἰκόνι ;), ἢ πότος πλεονάσας, ἢ ἄνεμος κρημνίσας, ἢ ’ίππος συναρπάσας, ἢ φάρμακον έκ προνοίας ἐπιβουλεῦσαν, τυχὸν δὲ καί ἀντὶ σωτηρίου φανὲν δηλητήριον, ἢ δικαστὴς ἀπάνθρωπος, ἣ δήμιος ἀπαραίτητος, ἤ τι τῶν ὅσα ταχίστην ποιεῖ τὴν μετάστασιν, καὶ βοηθείας ίσχυροτέραν,

Spetre men hote kairos, kai ōnkor mize, kai lye tas apothēkas, hote toutou kairos, kai phyteue kathʼ phran, kai keiresthō soi botrys hōrimos, kai anagou tharrhēsas eari, kai anelke tēn naun palin archomenou cheimōnos, kai tēs Thalassēs agrioumenēs. Kai polemou kairos estō soi, kai eirēnēs, kai gamou, kai tōn od gamou, kai philias, kai diastaseōs, an tautēs deēsę̄, kai pantos holōs pragmatos, ei ti tǭ Solomōnti peisteon, Peisteon de; kai gar ōphelimos hēparainesis, Aei de tēn sōtērian irgazou, kai pa) estō soi kairos tou baptismatos horos, Ean aeito sēmeron paratrechōn, epitērę̄s to heis aurion, lanthaneis tais kata mikron anabolais hypo tou Ponērou kleptomenos, hōsper ekeinou tropos, Emoi dos to paron, Beǭ to mellono emoi tēn neotēta, Theǭ togēras; emoi tas hēdonas, hekeinǭ tēn achrēstian. "Osos ho peri se kindynos hosa ta parʼ elpida symptōsata! ’Ē polemos paranalōsen, ē seismos synechōsen, ē thalassa hypedexato, hē thērion hērpasen, nosos apōlesen, ē psix paradramouaa, to phautdutov (ti gar tou apothanein anthrōpon eukolōteron, kan mega Yronę̄s tę̄ eikoni ?), ē potos pleonasas, ē anemos krēmnisas, ē ’ippos synarpasas, ē pharmakon ek pronoias epibouleusan, tychon de kai anti sōtēriou phanen dēlētērion, ē dikastēs apanthrōpos, hē dēmios aparaitētos, ē ti tōn hosa tachistēn poiei tēn metastasin, kai boētheias ischyroteran,

Sow when it is the time, and gather, and open your barns when it is time for that; plant in season, and let the ripe grape be cut for you; put to sea boldly in spring, and draw your ship up again when winter begins and the sea grows wild. And let there be for you a time for war and for peace, for marrying and for refraining from marriage, for friendship and for separation, if need be, and in short for every matter, if we are to trust Solomon; and we must trust him, for the advice is useful. But work at your salvation always, and let every time be the season for your baptism. If you always pass over today and watch for tomorrow, you will be robbed unawares by the evil one through little postponements, for that is his way: “Give me the present, God the future; me youth, God old age; me the pleasures, him the uselessness.” How great is the danger that surrounds you! How many are the unexpected accidents! War has consumed, or an earthquake buried, or the sea swallowed, or a beast snatched away, or a disease destroyed, or a crumb going down the wrong way, the most trivial thing (for what is easier than for a man to die, however proud you are of the image?); or excessive drinking, or a wind hurling down, or a horse running away, or a poison deliberately plotted, or perhaps a deadly drug given instead of a saving one, or an inhuman judge, or an inexorable executioner, or any of the things that make the passing away most swift and stronger than any help …

40.15PG 36:377b–380c

Εἰ δὲ προκαταλάβοις σεαυτὸν τῆ σφραγῖδι, καὶ τὸ μέλλον ἀσφαλίσαιο τῷ καλλίστῳ τῶν βοηθημάτων καὶ σαεῤῥοτάτῳ, σημειωθεὶς καί ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα, τῷ χρίσματι καὶ τῷ Πεδεόματι, ὡς ὑ Ἰσραὴλ πάλαι τῷ νυκτερινῷ καὶ φυλακτικῷ τῶν πρωτοτόκων αἵματι τί σοι συμβήσεται, καὶ τί σοι πεπραγμάτευταις Τῶν Παροιμιῶν ἄκουσον Ἐὰν γὰρ κάθῃ, φησὶν, ἄφοβος ἔσῃ · Ἐὰν δὲ καθεύδῃς, ὴδέως ὑπνώσεις. Καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Δαᾶδ εὐαγγελίσθητι Οζ φοβηθήσῃ ἀπὸ φόβου νυκτερινοῦ, ἀπὸ συμπτώματος, καὶ δαιμονίου μεσημβρινοῦ. Τοῦ·τό σοι καί ζῶντι μέγιστον εἰς ἀσφάλειαν. Πρόβατον γὰρ ἐσφραγισμένων οὒ ῥᾳδίως ἐπιβουλεύεται, τὸ δὲ ἀσήμαντον κλέπταις εὐάλωτον καὶ ἀπελθόντι δεξιὸν ἰντάφιον, ἐσθῆτος Λαμπρότερον, χρυσοῦ τιμιώτερον, τάφου μεγαλοπρεπέστερον, ἀγόνων χοῶν εὐσεβέστερον, ἀπαργμάτων ὡρίων καιριώτερον, ὧν τοῖς νεκροῖς οἱ νεκροὶ χαρίζονται, νόμον ποιησάμενοι τὴν συνήθειαν. Πάντα οἰχέσθω σοι, πάντα διαρπαζέσθω, χρήματα, κτμήατα, θρόνοι, λαμπρότητες, ὅσα τῆς σὺ δὲ κατάλυσον ἐν ἀσφαλείας κάτω περιφορᾶς τὸν βίον, μηδὲν ζημιωθεὶς τῶν ἐκ Θεοῦ σοι δοθέντων είς σωτηρίαν βοηθημάτων, Καὶ γίνεται σύμβουλος ὡς χρηστὸς, ὢν πονηρός “ ἵνʼ ἑνίγε τῷ τρόπιν πάντως loliis-9, καὶ μηδαμόθεν αὺτοῦ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν διαιρύγωμιν. ’Ὅπιρ οὖν κάνταῦθα σαφῶς τεχνάζεται. Τὸ γὰρ φανερῶς καταφρονιῖν τοῦ βαπτίσματος πείθειν οὒκ 310w" ζημιοῖ σι διὰ τῆς πλαστῆς ἀσφαλείας, ’ἶνʼ ὃ φοβῇ γε, τοῦτο λάθῃς παθὼν διὰ τοῦ φόβου · καὶ τὸ φθεῖραι τὴν δωρεὰν διδοικὼς, αὐτῷ τούτῳ τῆς δωρεᾶς ἰκπέσῃς. Ὀ μὶν οὖν τοιοῦτός tem, καὶ οὔποτε παύσεται τῆς ἑαυτοῦ διπλόης, ἕως ἂν βλέπῃ πρὸς οὒρανὸν ἐπειγομένους ἡμᾶς, ὅθεν αὐτὸς ἰκπέπτωκιν. Σὺ δὲ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε τινῦ Θεοῦ, γνῶθι τὴν ὶπιὸουλῆν τοῦ ἇντικιιμένω. Πρὸς γὰρ τὸν ἔχοντα, καὶ ὒπὶρ τῶν μιγίστων, ἦ μάχη. Μὴ λάβῃς σύμβουλον τὸν ἐχθρόν · μὴ καταφρονήσῃς τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι καὶ γενέσθαι πιστός. ’Ἐως ιῖηκατηχούμενος, ἐν προθύροις ετ τῆς Ibuὅείας, Εἵσω γενέσθαι σε δεῖ, τὴν αὐλὴν διαβῆναι, τᾶ ἅγια κατοπτεῦσαι, εἰς τὰ ’Ἅγια τῶι ἁγίων παρακύψαι, μετὰ τῆς Τριάδος γενέσθαι. Μιγέλα εστὶν ὑπὲρ ὦν πολεμῇ μεγάλης δεῖ σοι καὶ τῆς ἀσφαλείας, Προβαλοῦ τὸν θυριὸν τῆς πίστεως. Φοόιῖταί σι μετὰ τοῦ ὅτιλοῦ μαχόμενον · καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γυμνοῖ σε τοῦ χαρίσματος, ’ίνα κρατήσῃ ρᾆν σου ὰόπλου καὶ ἀφυλάκτου. Πάσης ἡλικίας ἅπτεται, πάσης ἰδέας βίου. Διὰ πάντων ἀποκρουσθήτω,

Ei de prokatalabois seauton tē sphragidi, kai to mellon asphalisaio tǭ kallistǭ tōn boēthēmatōn kai saerrhotatǭ, sēmeiōtheis kai psychēn kai sōma, tǭ chrismati kai tǭ Pedeomati, hōs hy Israēl palai tǭ nykterinǭ kai phylaktikǭ tōn prōtotokōn haimati ti soi symbēsetai, kai ti soi pepragmateutais Tōn Paroimiōn akouson Ean gar kathę̄, phēsin, aphobos esę̄ ; Ean de katheudę̄s, ēdeōs hypnōseis. Kai para tou Daad euangelisthēti Oz phobēthēsę̄ apo phobou nykterinou, apo symptōmatos, kai daimoniou mesēmbrinou. Tou;to soi kai zōnti megiston eis asphaleian. Probaton gar esphragismenōn ou rhądiōs epibouleuetai, to de asēmanton kleptais eualōton kai apelthonti dexion intaphion, esthētos Lamproteron, chrysou timiōteron, taphou megaloprepesteron, agonōn choōn eusebesteron, apargmatōn hōriōn kairiōteron, hōn tois nekrois hoi nekroi charizontai, nomon poiēsamenoi tēn synētheian. Panta oichesthō soi, panta diarpazesthō, chrēmata, ktmēata, thronoi, lamprotētes, hosa tēs sy de katalyson en asphaleias katō periphoras ton bion, mēden zēmiōtheis tōn ek Theou soi dothentōn eis sōtērian boēthēmatōn, Kai ginetai symboulos hōs chrēstos, ōn ponēros “ hinʼ henige tǭ tropin pantōs loliis-9, kai mēdamothen autou tēn epiboulēn diairygōmin. ’Hopir oun kantautha saphōs technazetai. To gar phanerōs kataphroniin tou baptismatos peithein ouk 310w" zēmioi si dia tēs plastēs asphaleias, ’inʼ ho phobę̄ ge, touto lathę̄s pathōn dia tou phobou ; kai to phtheirai tēn dōrean didoikōs, autǭ toutǭ tēs dōreas ikpesę̄s. O min oun toioutos tem, kai oupote pausetai tēs heautou diploēs, heōs an blepę̄ pros ouranon epeigomenous hēmas, hothen autos ikpeptōkin. Sy de, ō anthrōpe tiny Theou, gnōthi tēn ipiooulēn tou hantikiimenō. Pros gar ton echonta, kai ypir tōn migistōn, ē machē. Mē labę̄s symboulon ton echthron ; mē kataphronēsę̄s tou akousai kai genesthai pistos. ’Eōs iiēkatēchoumenos, en prothyrois et tēs Ibuhoeias, Heisō genesthai se dei, tēn aulēn diabēnai, ta hagia katopteusai, eis ta ’Hagia tōi hagiōn parakypsai, meta tēs Triados genesthai. Migela estin hyper ōn polemę̄ megalēs dei soi kai tēs asphaleias, Probalou ton thyrion tēs pisteōs. Phooiitai si meta tou hotilou machomenon ; kai dia touto gymnoi se tou charismatos, ’ina kratēsę̄ rąn sou aoplou kai aphylaktou. Pasēs hēlikias haptetai, pasēs ideas biou. Dia pantōn apokrousthētō,

But if you were to forestall all this with the seal, and secure the future with the best and strongest of aids, being signed in soul and body with the anointing and the Spirit, as Israel of old was with the blood by night that guarded the firstborn, what will happen to you, and what will have been secured for you? Hear the Proverbs: “If you sit down,” it says, “you will be without fear; and if you sleep, you will sleep sweetly.” And receive the good news from David: “You will not be afraid of the terror by night, of mischance, and of the noonday demon.” This is the greatest safeguard for you while you live; for a sheep that is sealed is not easily plotted against, while the unmarked one is easily caught by thieves. And when you depart, it is a fine shroud, more splendid than clothing, more precious than gold, more magnificent than a tomb, more pious than fruitless libations, more timely than seasonal firstfruits, which the dead offer to the dead, making custom into law. Let everything go from you, let everything be plundered, money, possessions, thrones, splendours, all that belongs to the revolving world here below; but you end your life in safety, having lost none of the aids God has given you for salvation. [16] … And he becomes a counsellor as if he were good, though he is evil, so that by some means or other he may prevail, and we may nowhere escape his plotting. This he plainly contrives here too. For since he cannot persuade you openly to despise baptism, he harms you through a false security, so that through your fear you may unwittingly suffer the very thing you fear, and, being afraid of spoiling the gift, may through that very fear fall from the gift. Such is he, and he will never cease from his duplicity while he sees us hastening towards heaven, from which he himself has fallen. But you, man of God, recognize the plot of the adversary; for the battle is against one who is strong, and about the greatest things. Do not take the enemy as your counsellor; do not disdain to be called and to become one of the faithful. As long as you are a catechumen, you are in the porch of religion: you must come inside, cross the court, look upon the holy things, gaze into the Holy of Holies, be with the Trinity. Great are the things you are fighting for; you need great security too. Hold up the shield of faith. He fears you when you fight with that weapon; and that is why he strips you of the gift, that he may more easily overcome you when you are unarmed and unguarded. He lays hold of every age and every form of life: let him be repelled by all.

40.17PG 36:380c–381a

Νέας εἷς Στῆθι κατὰ τῶν παθῶν μιτὰ τῆς euplpa-Llac, είς Θιοῦ παράταξιν ὰριθμήθητι ἁρίστευσον κατὰ τοῦ ramo, λάβε τὰς χιλιάδας ἢ τὰς μυριάδας. Οὕτω τῆς ἡλικίας ἆπόλαυσον ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀνάσχῃ μαρινθῆναί σου τὴν νεότητα, τῷ ἆτιλιῖ τῆς πίστεως νεκρωθικσαν. Γηραιὸς εἷ, καὶτῆς ἀναγκαίας ἒγγῖλς προθεσμίας ; τὴν πολιὰν αἷδέσθητι · δὶς ἣν ἀπαιτῇ φρόνησιν, ἀνθʼ ἧς νῦν ’ἔχεις diconνείας ταῖς ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις βοήθησον · πίστευσον τῷ γήρᾳ τὴν κάθαρσιν. Τί φοβῇ τὰ Istis-nr“ ἒν βαθεῖ γήρα, καὶ ταῖς ’ἐσχάταις άναπνοαῖς ; ’Ἠ καὶ σο μὲνεις, νεκρὸς λουθῆναι, οὺ μᾶλλον ἐλεούμενος, μισούμενος Π, ’Ἠ ποθεῖς τῶν ἡδονῶν τὰ λείψανα,βίου λείψανον ὤν ; Αἰσχρέη τὴν μὲν ἡλικίαν παρακμάσαι, μὴ παρακμάσαι δὲ τὴν ὶσέλγειαν “ ἀλλʼ ἢ πάσχιιν τοῦτο, ἦ δοκεῖν, διαμέλλοντα πρὸς τὴν κάθαρσιν. Νήτιιον ἔστι σοι ; Μὴ λαβέτω καιρὸν ἡ κακία lx βρέφους ἁγιασθήτω, ὲΞ ὀνύχων καθιερωθήτω τῷ Πνεύματι. Σὺ δέδοικας τὴν σφραγῖδι διὰ τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἀσθενὲς ὡς μικρόφυχος ἦ μήτηρ, καὶ ὀλιγόπιστος ! ’Β ’Ἅννα 82,151 πρὶν ἢ γεννηθῆναι τὸν Σαμουὴλ, καθυπέσχετο τῷ θεῷ, καὶ γεννηθέντα, ἱερὸν εὐθὺς ποιεῖ, καὶ ἱερατικῇ στολῇ συν· ανέτρεψεν, οὐ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον φοβηθεῖσα, τῷ δὲ Θεῷ πιστεύσασα. Οὒδὲ δεῖ σοι περιαμμάτων καὶ ἐπασματων, οἷς 6 πονηρὸς συνεισέρχεται, κλέπτων εἱς ἑαυο, τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ σέβας, ἐν τοῖς κουφοτέροις. Δὸς αὖτῷ τὴν Τριάδα, τὸ μέγα καὶ καλὸν φυλακτήριον.

Neas heis Stēthi kata tōn pathōn mita tēs euplpa-Llac, eis Thiou parataxin arithmēthēti haristeuson kata tou ramo, labe tas chiliadas ē tas myriadas. Houtō tēs hēlikias apolauson alla mē anaschę̄ marinthēnai sou tēn neotēta, tǭ atilii tēs pisteōs nekrōthiksan. Gēraios hei, kaitēs anankaias engils prothesmias ? tēn polian haidesthēti ; dis hēn apaitę̄ phronēsin, anthʼ hēs nyn ’echeis diconneias tais oligais hēmerais boēthēson ; pisteuson tǭ gērą tēn katharsin. Ti phobę̄ ta Istis-nr“ en bathei gēra, kai tais ’eschatais anapnoais ? ’Ē kai so meneis, nekros louthēnai, ou mallon eleoumenos, misoumenos P, ’Ē potheis tōn hēdonōn ta leipsana,biou leipsanon ōn ? Aischreē tēn men hēlikian parakmasai, mē parakmasai de tēn iselgeian “ allʼ ē paschiin touto, ē dokein, diamellonta pros tēn katharsin. Nētiion esti soi ? Mē labetō kairon hē kakia lx brephous hagiasthētō, eX onychōn kathierōthētō tǭ Pneumati. Sy dedoikas tēn sphragidi dia to tēs physeōs asthenes hōs mikrophychos ē mētēr, kai oligopistos ! ’B ’Hanna 82,151 prin ē gennēthēnai ton Samouēl, kathypescheto tǭ theǭ, kai gennēthenta, hieron euthys poiei, kai hieratikę̄ stolę̄ syn; anetrepsen, ou to anthrōpinon phobētheisa, tǭ de Theǭ pisteusasa. Oude dei soi periammatōn kai epasmatōn, hois 6 ponēros syneiserchetai, kleptōn heis heauo, ton apo tou Theou to sebas, en tois kouphoterois. Dos autǭ tēn Triada, to mega kai kalon phylaktērion.

Are you young? Stand against the passions with this alliance; be enrolled in God's army; win glory against Goliath; take your thousands or your ten thousands. So enjoy your youth; but do not allow your youth to wither, deadened by the imperfection of your faith. Are you old, and near the necessary end? Revere your grey hairs; help your few days with the wisdom that age requires of you instead of your present senselessness; entrust your cleansing to old age. Why do you fear youthful things in deep old age and with your last breaths? Or are you waiting to be washed as a corpse, not so much pitied as hated? Or do you long for the remnants of pleasures, being yourself a remnant of life? It is shameful that your age has passed its prime but not your licentiousness; yet either you are in this state, or seem to be, if you delay your cleansing. Have you an infant? Let not wickedness get an opportunity: let him be sanctified from infancy, consecrated to the Spirit from the cradle. Do you fear the seal because of the weakness of nature? What a small-souled and faithless mother! Hannah promised Samuel to God even before he was born, and when he was born she made him holy at once and brought him up in the priestly robe, not fearing anything human but trusting God. Nor do you need amulets and incantations, with which the evil one creeps in, stealing to himself the reverence due to God among the more light-minded. Give the child the Trinity, that great and fine safeguard.

40.18PG 36:381b–388b

Tii’t'tt ; Παρθενίαν dasset: ; Τῇ καθάρσει σφραγίσθητι ταύτὴν ποίησαι τοῦν βίου κοινωνὸν, καὶ συνόμιλον · αὕτη ῥυθμιζέτω σοι, καὶ βίην, καὶ λόγον, πᾶν μέλος, πᾶν κίνημα, πᾶσιν aifσθησιν. Τίμησον αὐτὴν, ἵνα σε κοσμήσῃ, ἵνα δῷ τῇ σῇ κεφαλῇ στέφανον χαρίτων, στεφάνῳ δὲ τρυφῆς ὒπερασπίσῃ σου. Δέδεσαι γάμῳ ; Καὶ τῇ σφΡὙτ δι συνδεθητι · ταύτην συνοίκισον σεαυτῷ τῆς σωφροσύνης φύλακα ' πόσων εὐνούχων οἴει, πόσων θυρώρῶι οὖσαν ἄσφαλεστὲρανς Οῧπω σαρκὶ συνεζεύχθης ε μὴ φοβηθῇς τὴν τελείωσιν. Καθαρὸς εἴ, καὶ μετὰ τὸν γάμον ἐμὸς 6 κίνδυνος, ἐγὼ τούτου συναρμοστὴς, ἐγὼ νυμφοστόλος, Οὔ γὰρ, ἐπεὶ ἦ παρθενίσ τιμιωτέρα, ἐν τοῖς ἀτίμοις ὁ γάμος, Μιμήσομαι Χριστὸν, τὸν καθαρὸν νυμφαγωγόν, καὶ νυμφίον, ὃς καὶ θαυματουργεῗ γᾶμη, ν καὶ τιμᾷ συζυγίαν τῇ παρουσίᾳ. Μόνον ἔστω γάμος καθαρὸς, καὶ πόθοις ῥυπαροῖς ἀνεπίμικτος, ’Ἐν αἷτὼ μόνον· λάβε παρὰ τοῦ δώρου τὴν ἀσφάλειαν, καὶ δὸς τῷ δώρῳ τήν ἄγνείαν κατὰ καιρὸν, ἕως εὐχῆς πρόκειται προθεσμία, καὶ ἀσχολίας τιμιωτέρα, καὶ ταύτην ἐκ κοινῆς ὁμολογίας καὶ συναινέσεως. 06 γὰρ νομοθετοῦμεν, ἀλλᾶ παραινοῦμεν, καὶ τῶν σῶν τι λαβεῖν ὑπὲρ σοῦ βουλόμεθα, καὶ τῆς κοινῆς ὑμῶν ἀσφαλείας ἕηκεν. Ἐν κεφαλαίῳ δὲ εἱπεῐν, οὐκ ἔστιν οὒ βίος, οὒκ ἐπιτήδευμα, ᾧ μὴ τοῦτο λυσίτελέστερον. Δέξαι, 6 ἐν ἔξουσίᾳ, τὸν χαλινόν ’ 6 ἒν δουλείᾳ, τὴν ἰσοτιμίαν 6 ἀθυμῶν, τὴν παραμυθίαν 6 ἓν εὖ· θυμίᾳ, τὴν παιδαγωγίαν, ὀ πένης, τὸν ἄσυλον πλοῦτον ὀ εὔπορῶν, τὴν καλὴν ὧν ἔχεις οἰκονομίαν. Μηδὲν σοφίσῃ, μηδὲν τεχνάσῃ κατὰ τῆς σεαυτοῦ σωτηρίας.’ίίᾶν γὰρ ’τοὺς ἄλλους παραλογιζώμεθα, ἡμᾶς γε αὐτοὺς οὐ δυνησόμεθα ὡς τό γε καθʼ ἐαυτοῦ παίζειν, λίαν ἐπισφαλὲς καὶ ἀνόητον, 13'. Ἀλλʼ ἓν μέσῳ στρέφῃ, καὶ μολύνῃ τοῖς δημοσίοις ' καὶ δεινὸν, εἴ σοι δαπανηθήσεσθαι τὸ ψιλίν- Ἀπλοῦς ὃ λόγος El μὲν οἶόν τε, φύγε καὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν μετὰ τῆς καλῆς συνοδίας, πτέρυγάς ἀετοῦσε·’ ‘ " πρ “” ’ ' _ amp περιθεις. η περιστείλας, ιν οικειοτερον εἴπω (τί γὰρ σοι καὶ Καίσαρι, ἢ τοῖς Καίσαρος ἱ)έἘως οὖ καταπαύτῃς, οὗ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία, μηδὲ μελάνωσις, μηδὲ δάκνων ὄφις ἐφʼ ὁδοῦ, κωλύων του τὰ κατα Θεὸν διαβήματα, ’Ἃπρασον τὴν σεαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου φύγε Σόδομα φύγε τὸν ἐμπρησμόν · ὅδευσον ἀμεταστρεπτὶ, μὴ παγῇς λίθος ἁλός · εἷς τὸ ὃρος σώζου, μὴ συαπαραληφθῇς. ΕΙ δὲ προκατέχῃ καὶ δέδεσαι δεσμοῖς ἀναγκαίοις, ἐκεῖνο σεαυτῷ διαλέχθητι, μᾶλλον δὲ σοὶ αὑτὸς διαλεχθήσομαι Κρεῖσσον μὲν καὶ τυχεῖν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, καὶ φυλάσσειν τὴν κάθαρσιν εἰδὲ ἆμφότερα μὲν ἐνδέχεται, κρεῖσσόν πυτε μικρᾶ μολυνθῆναι τοῖῖ σοῖς δημοσίοις, ἢ παντάπασιν ἐκπεσεῖν τῆς χάριτος ὥσπερ, οἶμαι, κρεῖσσον ἐπιτιμηθῆναί τι παρὰ πατρὸς καὶ δεσπότου, ἢ ἀπωσθῆναι · καὶ μικρὸν αὐγάζεσθαι, ἢ παντελῶς σκοτίζεσθαι. Σωφρόνων δὲ, ὡσπερ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὰ μείζω καὶ τελεώτερα, οὕτω καὶ τῶν- κακῶν αἱρεῖσθαι τὰ ὶλάττω τε κιιἶ κουρότερα, Διὰ τοῦτο μὴ λίαν φοβηθῇς τὴν κάθαρσιν. Κρίνεται γὰρ ἀεὶ μετᾶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τὸ κατορθούμενον, παρὰ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ φιλανθρώπου τῶν ἡμετέρων κριτου. Καὶ μικρὸν κατορθώσας πολλάκις ὁ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, πλέον ἔσχε τοῦ ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ μὴ τὸ πᾶν κατορθώσαντος ὥσπερ, οἶμαι, παραδοξότερον ἐν πέδαις μικρὰ προβαίνειν, ἢ τρέχειν μηδενὶ βαρού· μενον · καὶ διὰ βορβόρου μικρὰ ραντίζεσθαι, ἢ mea: ρὸν εῖναι διὰ καθαρᾶς ὁδοῦ φερόμενον. Τεκμήριον δὲ τοῦ λόγου, καὶ Ῥαὰβ τὴν πόρνην ἓν ἐδικαίωσε μόῗ νον, ἡ φιλοξενία, τᾶλλαούκ ἐπαινουμένηνξμκαὶ τὸν τελώνην ὕψωσεν, ἦ ταπείνωσις, οὐδὲν ἄλλο μαρτυρηθέντα · ’ἱνα σὺ μάθῃς, σεαυτοῦ μὴ ῥεῖʼ δίως ἀπογινώσκειν, ιςʼ. Ἀλλὰ τί μοι- πλέον, φησὶ, προκατασχεθέντ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος, καὶ τὸ τερπνὸν τοῦ ζῇν ἐμαυτῷ διὰ τοῦ -τάχους ἀπογκλείσαντι, ἐνὸν ἐξεῖναι ταῖς ἠδυναῖς, καὶτηνικαῦτα τυχεῖν τῆς χάριτοςς γὰρ τοῖς ἐκ τῷ ἀμπελῶνι νπροκεκμηκόσιν ὑπῆρξέ τι πλέονιζ ileon τοῦ μισθοὗ δοθέντος καὶ τοῖς τελευταίοις, λπήλλαξας ἡμᾶς πραγμάτων, ὅστις ποτὶ εἷ, δʼ ταῦτα λέγων, μόγις τῆς -ἀναεολῆξ ἐξειπὼν τὸ ἀπόῤῥητον καί σε ’τῆς κακουργίας οὒκ ἐπαινῶν, ἐπαίνῶ τῆς ἐξαγορεύσεως. ΪΑλλᾶ δεῦρο, καὶ τὴν παραβολήι ἐρμηνεύθητι, ὡς ἂν μὴ βλάπτῃ τοῖς γεγραμμένοις εξ ἀπειρίας, Πρῶτον- μὲν, 1013. περὶ τοῦ ’βαπτίσματος ινταῦθα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ περὶτῶν κατὰ διαφόρους καιροὺς πιστευόντων, καὶ εἷς τὸν καλὸν ἀμπελῶνα εἷσερχομενων, τὴν Ἐκκλησὶαν, Ἀφʼ ἧς γὰρ ἡμέρας καὶ ὥρας ἐπίστευσεν ἕκαστος, ἀπʼ ἐκείνης ἐωξὶ ἀπαιτιιται τὴν-ὶργασίαν. ”Επειτα, εί καὶτῷ μέτρῳ τοῦ μόχθουὲμθ), πλεῖον εἰσήνεγκαν οἱ προεισελθόντες, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ καὶ τῷ μέτρῳ τῆς προαιρέσεως ’ καὶ τυχὸν τοῖς τελευταίοις, ἐκ) ταύτης καὶ πλεῖον ὠφείλετο, εί καὶ παράδοξός πως ὁκλόγος, Τοῦ μὲν γαρ ὕστερον εἰσελθεῖν, τὸ καὶ ὕστερον κληθῆναι πρὸς τὴν ἀμπελουργίαν αῗτιον ' τῶν ἄλλων δὲ τὸ διάιροο ρον ὅσον, ἐπισκεψώμεθα· Οἱ μὲν οὒ πρότερον ἐπίστευσαν, οὐδὲ εἰσῆλθον, πρὶν συμφωνηθῆναι αυτοῖς τον μισθόν ’ oi δὲ ἀσύμφωνοι τῇ ἐργασίᾳ προσῆλθον, 8 μείζονός ἐστι γνώρισμα πίστεως. καὶ oi μὲν φθονερὰ, καὶ γογγυστικῆςεὑρέθησαν ὄντες φύσεως· οἱ δὲ οὐδὲν ἐγκαλοῦντα-τοιοῦτον. Καὶ τοῖς μὲν μισθὸς ἦν τὸ διδόμενον, καίπερ οὖσι πονηροῖς, τοῖς δὲ ἡ χάρις ὥστε καὶ ἄνοιαν ἐγκληθέντες, εἰκότως τοῦ πλείονος ἐστερήθησαν. Τί δʼ ἃν καὶ αὐτοῖς όψισθετσιν ὶγένετο, καταμάθωμεν τὸ ἴσον τοῦ μισθοῦ δηλονόνι, Πῶς οὖν αἰτιῶνται τὸν ὲργοδότην, ὡς διὰ τὸ τῆς ἰσότητος ἄνισον ; Ταῦτα πάντα τὴν τοῦ ἱδρῶτος ὑφαιρεῖ χάριν τοῖς πρώτοις, καί εἰ προκεκμήκασιν. Ἐξ ὧν συμβαίνει val δικαίαν εἶναι τὴν τοῦ ἴσου διαμονὴν, ἀντιμετρουμὲνης τῷ πό·νῳ τῆς προαιρέσεως. ίαμβάνιιν τοὺς ὶργάτας, οὗ διαμαρτόντας τοῖʼ» λῶνος · ὅ σοι παθεῖν, κίνδυνος. "aut: sl μὲν ἦν δῆλον, ὅτι τεύξῃ τῆς δωρεᾶς, οὕτω φρονῶν, καὶ ὑποκριτῶν τι κακούργως τῆς ὶργασίεις, συγγνωστὸν ἦν σοι πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους καταφιύγοντι λογισμοῦς, καὶ παρακιρδαίιειν τι βουλομένῳ τῆς τοῦ Δεσπότοο φιλανορωπίας ’ ’ίνα μὴ λέγω, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ καμεῖν πλέον, πλείων μισθὸς τῷ μὴ πάντη καπηλικῷ τὴν διάνοιαν. Εἰ δὲ κίνδυνος σοι, τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος παντελῶς ἐκπεσεῖν διὰ τῆς ὶμπορίας, καὶ είς τὸ υφάλαιον ζημιοῖ τὰ μικρὰ παρικλὲγων · φέρε, τοῖς ἰμοτς πείσθητι λόγοις ἀφεὶς τὰς τοιαύτας παρεξηγήσεις καὶ ἀντιθέσεις, ἀσυλλογίστως τῷ δώρῳ πρόσελθε, μὴ προιναρπασθῇς τῶν ἑλπεδωιν, καί κατὰ σαυτοῦ λάθῃς τὰ τοιαῦτα σοφιζόμενος.

Tii’t'tt ? Parthenian dasset: ? Tę̄ katharsei sphragisthēti tautēn poiēsai toun biou koinōnon, kai synomilon ; hautē rhythmizetō soi, kai biēn, kai logon, pan melos, pan kinēma, pasin aifsthēsin. Timēson autēn, hina se kosmēsę̄, hina dǭ tę̄ sę̄ kephalę̄ stephanon charitōn, stephanǭ de tryphēs yperaspisę̄ sou. Dedesai gamǭ ? Kai tę̄ sphRYt di syndethēti ; tautēn synoikison seautǭ tēs sōphrosynēs phylaka ' posōn eunouchōn oiei, posōn thyrōrōi ousan asphalesterans Oÿpō sarki synezeuchthēs e mē phobēthę̄s tēn teleiōsin. Katharos ei, kai meta ton gamon emos 6 kindynos, egō toutou synarmostēs, egō nymphostolos, Ou gar, epei ē parthenis timiōtera, en tois atimois ho gamos, Mimēsomai Christon, ton katharon nymphagōgon, kai nymphion, hos kai thaumatourgeï gamē, n kai timą syzygian tę̄ parousią. Monon estō gamos katharos, kai pothois rhyparois anepimiktos, ’En haitō monon; labe para tou dōrou tēn asphaleian, kai dos tǭ dōrǭ tēn agneian kata kairon, heōs euchēs prokeitai prothesmia, kai ascholias timiōtera, kai tautēn ek koinēs homologias kai synaineseōs. 06 gar nomothetoumen, alla parainoumen, kai tōn sōn ti labein hyper sou boulometha, kai tēs koinēs hymōn asphaleias heēken. En kephalaiǭ de heipein, ouk estin ou bios, ouk epitēdeuma, hǭ mē touto lysitelesteron. Dexai, 6 en exousią, ton chalinon ’ 6 en douleią, tēn isotimian 6 athymōn, tēn paramythian 6 hen eu; thymią, tēn paidagōgian, o penēs, ton asylon plouton o euporōn, tēn kalēn hōn echeis oikonomian. Mēden sophisę̄, mēden technasę̄ kata tēs seautou sōtērias.’iian gar ’tous allous paralogizōmetha, hēmas ge autous ou dynēsometha hōs to ge kathʼ eautou paizein, lian episphales kai anoēton, 13'. Allʼ hen mesǭ strephę̄, kai molynę̄ tois dēmosiois ' kai deinon, ei soi dapanēthēsesthai to psilin- Aplous ho logos El men oion te, phyge kai tēn agoran meta tēs kalēs synodias, pterygas aetouse;’ ‘ " pr “” ’ ' _ amp peritheis. ē peristeilas, in oikeioteron eipō (ti gar soi kai Kaisari, ē tois Kaisaros hi)eEōs ou katapautę̄s, hou estin hamartia, mēde melanōsis, mēde daknōn ophis ephʼ hodou, kōlyōn tou ta kata Theon diabēmata, ’Haprason tēn seautou psychēn ek tou kosmou phyge Sodoma phyge ton emprēsmon ; hodeuson ametastrepti, mē pagę̄s lithos halos ; heis to horos sōzou, mē syaparalēphthę̄s. EI de prokatechę̄ kai dedesai desmois anankaiois, ekeino seautǭ dialechthēti, mallon de soi hautos dialechthēsomai Kreisson men kai tychein tou agathou, kai phylassein tēn katharsin eide amphotera men endechetai, kreisson pyte mikra molynthēnai toii sois dēmosiois, ē pantapasin ekpesein tēs charitos hōsper, oimai, kreisson epitimēthēnai ti para patros kai despotou, ē apōsthēnai ; kai mikron augazesthai, ē pantelōs skotizesthai. Sōphronōn de, hōsper tōn agathōn ta meizō kai teleōtera, houtō kai tōn- kakōn haireisthai ta ilattō te kiii kourotera, Dia touto mē lian phobēthę̄s tēn katharsin. Krinetai gar aei meta tōn epitēdeumatōn to katorthoumenon, para tou dikaiou kai philanthrōpou tōn hēmeterōn kritou. Kai mikron katorthōsas pollakis ho en tǭ mesǭ, pleon esche tou en eleutherią mē to pan katorthōsantos hōsper, oimai, paradoxoteron en pedais mikra probainein, ē trechein mēdeni barou; menon ; kai dia borborou mikra rantizesthai, ē mea: ron einai dia katharas hodou pheromenon. Tekmērion de tou logou, kai Rhaab tēn pornēn hen edikaiōse moï non, hē philoxenia, tallaouk epainoumenēnxmkai ton telōnēn hypsōsen, ē tapeinōsis, ouden allo martyrēthenta ; ’hina sy mathę̄s, seautou mē rheiʼ diōs apoginōskein, isʼ. Alla ti moi- pleon, phēsi, prokataschethent dia tou baptismatos, kai to terpnon tou zę̄n emautǭ dia tou -tachous aponkleisanti, enon exeinai tais ēdynais, kaitēnikauta tychein tēs charitoss gar tois ek tǭ ampelōni nprokekmēkosin hypērxe ti pleoniz ileon tou misthou dothentos kai tois teleutaiois, lpēllaxas hēmas pragmatōn, hostis poti hei, dʼ tauta legōn, mogis tēs -anaeolēx exeipōn to aporrhēton kai se ’tēs kakourgias ouk epainōn, epainō tēs exagoreuseōs. ÏAlla deuro, kai tēn parabolēi ermēneuthēti, hōs an mē blaptę̄ tois gegrammenois ex apeirias, Prōton- men, 1013. peri tou ’baptismatos intautha ho logos, alla peritōn kata diaphorous kairous pisteuontōn, kai heis ton kalon ampelōna heiserchomenōn, tēn Ekklēsian, Aphʼ hēs gar hēmeras kai hōras episteusen hekastos, apʼ ekeinēs eōxi apaitiitai tēn-irgasian. ”Epeita, ei kaitǭ metrǭ tou mochthouemth), pleion eisēnenkan hoi proeiselthontes, allʼ ouchi kai tǭ metrǭ tēs proaireseōs ’ kai tychon tois teleutaiois, ek) tautēs kai pleion ōpheileto, ei kai paradoxos pōs hoklogos, Tou men gar hysteron eiselthein, to kai hysteron klēthēnai pros tēn ampelourgian aïtion ' tōn allōn de to diairoo ron hoson, episkepsōmetha; Hoi men ou proteron episteusan, oude eisēlthon, prin symphōnēthēnai autois ton misthon ’ oi de asymphōnoi tę̄ ergasią prosēlthon, 8 meizonos esti gnōrisma pisteōs. kai oi men phthonera, kai gongystikēseurethēsan ontes physeōs; hoi de ouden enkalounta-toiouton. Kai tois men misthos ēn to didomenon, kaiper ousi ponērois, tois de hē charis hōste kai anoian enklēthentes, eikotōs tou pleionos esterēthēsan. Ti dʼ han kai autois opsisthetsin igeneto, katamathōmen to ison tou misthou dēlononi, Pōs oun aitiōntai ton ergodotēn, hōs dia to tēs isotētos anison ? Tauta panta tēn tou hidrōtos hyphairei charin tois prōtois, kai ei prokekmēkasin. Ex hōn symbainei val dikaian einai tēn tou isou diamonēn, antimetroumenēs tǭ po;nǭ tēs proaireseōs. iambaniin tous irgatas, hou diamartontas toiʼ» lōnos ; ho soi pathein, kindynos. "aut: sl men ēn dēlon, hoti teuxę̄ tēs dōreas, houtō phronōn, kai hypokritōn ti kakourgōs tēs irgasieis, syngnōston ēn soi pros tous toioutous kataphiygonti logismous, kai parakirdaiiein ti boulomenǭ tēs tou Despotoo philanorōpias ’ ’ina mē legō, hoti kai auto to kamein pleon, pleiōn misthos tǭ mē pantē kapēlikǭ tēn dianoian. Ei de kindynos soi, tou ampelōnos pantelōs ekpesein dia tēs imporias, kai eis to yphalaion zēmioi ta mikra pariklegōn ; phere, tois imots peisthēti logois apheis tas toiautas parexēgēseis kai antitheseis, asyllogistōs tǭ dōrǭ proselthe, mē proinarpasthę̄s tōn helpedōin, kai kata sautou lathę̄s ta toiauta sophizomenos.

What then? Are you practising virginity? Be sealed with this cleansing; make it the companion and partner of your life; let it regulate for you your life and speech, every limb, every movement, every sense. Honour it, that it may adorn you, that it may give to your head a crown of graces and shield you with a crown of delight. Are you bound by marriage? Be bound also by the seal; make it dwell with you as the guardian of chastity, safer, do you not think, than many eunuchs and doorkeepers? Not yet joined to the flesh? Do not fear the perfecting: you are pure even after marriage. The risk is mine; I will join you together, I will lead the bride. For it is not because virginity is more honourable that marriage is among the dishonoured. I will imitate Christ, the pure leader of the bride and the Bridegroom, who both works a wonder at a wedding and honours wedlock with his presence. Only let marriage be pure and unmixed with filthy desires. This alone I ask: receive safety from the gift, and give the gift chastity in its season, when the appointed time for prayer comes, which is more honourable than business, and this by mutual agreement and consent. For we do not legislate but advise; and we wish to take something of yours for your own sake and for the common safety of you both. In short, there is no life, no occupation, to which this is not more profitable. You who are in authority, receive the bridle; you who are in slavery, equality of honour; you who are downcast, consolation; you who are cheerful, discipline; you who are poor, the riches that cannot be robbed; you who are wealthy, the good stewardship of what you have. Do not use sophistry, do not contrive anything against your own salvation. For even if we deceive others, we cannot deceive ourselves; to play against oneself is very dangerous and senseless. [19] “But you move in the midst of things, and are defiled by public affairs; and it would be terrible for the mercy to be spent in vain on you.” The answer is simple. If possible, flee even the marketplace with good company, putting on the wings of an eagle, or, to speak more properly, of a dove (for what have you to do with Caesar or the things of Caesar?), until you come to rest where there is no sin, no blackness, no serpent biting on the road and hindering your steps towards God. Snatch your soul from the world; flee Sodom, flee the burning; travel without turning back, lest you be fixed as a pillar of salt; escape to the mountain, lest you be swept away with them. But if you are already held fast and bound by necessary bonds, say this to yourself, or rather I will say it to you: it is better both to obtain the good and to keep the cleansing; but if both are not possible, it is better to be stained a little by your public affairs than to fall from grace altogether; just as, I think, it is better to be rebuked a little by father or master than to be cast out, and to shine a little than to be wholly darkened. It is the part of the prudent, as among goods to choose the greater and more perfect, so among evils to choose the lesser and lighter. Therefore do not fear the cleansing too much. For what is achieved is always judged together with one's circumstances by the just and loving Judge of our affairs. And often one who lives in the midst of affairs and has achieved a little has gained more than one who lives in freedom and has not achieved everything; just as, I think, it is more wonderful to advance a little in fetters than to run with no burden, and to be spattered a little going through mud than to be clean travelling a clean road. A proof of what I say: Rahab the harlot was justified by one thing alone, her hospitality, though she is not praised for the rest; and the tax collector was exalted by his humility, with nothing else to his credit; so that you may learn not to despair of yourself lightly. [20] “But what advantage is it to me,” someone says, “to be forestalled by baptism and to cut myself off by haste from the pleasure of life, when I could give myself to pleasures and then obtain the grace? For those who toiled earlier in the vineyard had no advantage, the same wage being given to the last as well.” You have relieved us of trouble, whoever you are who say this, by having at last spoken out the secret of your delay; and though I do not praise your knavery, I praise your confession. But come, hear the parable explained, that you may not be harmed by Scripture through inexperience. First, the passage here is not about baptism but about those who believe at different times and enter the good vineyard, the church. For from the day and hour that each believed, from then his work is required of him. Next, even if those who entered first contributed more by the measure of their labour, they did not by the measure of their choice; and perhaps more was even owed to the last on this account, though the saying is paradoxical. For the cause of their entering later was that they were called later to work the vineyard; but let us consider how great the difference was in other respects. The first did not believe or enter before their wage had been agreed; the others came to the work without an agreement, which is a sign of greater faith. And the first were found to be of an envious and grumbling nature; the others are charged with nothing of the kind. To the first what was given was a wage, wicked though they were; to the others, grace; so that the first, being charged with folly, were justly deprived of more. What would have happened to them if they had come late? Let us learn: clearly, an equal wage. How then do they blame the employer as unequal because of his equality? All this takes away from the first the merit of their sweat, even though they toiled earlier; from which it follows that the equal distribution is just, the choice being weighed against the labour. [21] … the labourers who receive the wage are those who have entered the vineyard, not those who have missed it, which is what you are in danger of suffering. If it were certain that you would obtain the gift while thinking thus and knavishly shirking some of the work, you would be pardonable for taking refuge in such reasonings and wishing to profit a little from the Master's kindness; not to say that, to one who is not wholly mercenary in mind, labouring more is itself a greater reward. But if you are in danger of falling from the vineyard altogether through your trading, and of losing the capital while gathering small gains, come, be persuaded by my words: give up such misinterpretations and objections and come to the gift without calculating, lest you be snatched away before your hopes are fulfilled and find you have been reasoning cleverly against yourself.

40.19PG 36:388b–389a

Τί δαί; Οὐχὶ φιλάνθρωπον, φησὶ, τὸ Θεῐον ; Kal γνωστικὸν γὰρ ἑννοιῶν, δοκιμώζιι τι τὴν ἔφην, καὶ ἀντὶ βαπτίσματος, ποιεῖται τὴν ὁρμὴν τοῦ βιπτίσματος. Αἷνίγματι λέγεις ὅμοιον, εἰ πεφωτισμένος ἐστὶ Θεῷ, διὰ. τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, ὁ ἀφώτιστος, ἢ καὶ τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐντὸς ὁ ταύτης τυχεῖν σπουδάζων, δίχα 106 πράττειν τὰ τῆς βλσιλείας. Ἐγὼ δὲ, ὡς ἔχω περὶ τούτων εἰπεῖν θιῤῥήσω · οἶμαι δὲκαὶ τῶν ἄλλων σωθήσεσθαι τοὺς νοὺν ἱχοντπς. Τῶν τυχόντων τῆς δωρεᾶς, οἱμὲν παντελῶς ἦσαν ἀλλότριοι τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας πᾶν εἶδος κακίας διεξελθόντες, καὶ εἶναι κακοὶ σπουὄζοντες · οἱ δὲ ἡμιμόχθηροι πως, καὶ μέσως ἔχοντες ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας ’ οἳ τὸ μέ κακὸν ἔπραξαν, τῷ πραττομένῳ δὲ οὖ συνῄνεσαν, καθέπερ οι πυρέττοντες τῷ ἑαυτῶν ἀῤῥωστήματι. Ol δὲ καὶ πρὸ τῆς τελειώσεως ἦσαν Ξπαινετοί οἰ μὲν ἐκ φύσεως, οἱ δὲ κατὰ σπουδὴν προκιθαίροντες ἑτονοὺς τῷ βαπτίσματι καὶ μετὰ τὴν τελειότητα πεφήνασι κριίττους καὶ ἀσφαλέστεροι ' τὸ μὲν, ἵνα τύχωσι 106 ἀγαθοῦ, τὸ δὲ, ’ίνα φυλάξωσιν. Ἕν τούτοις, βελτίους μὲν τῶν παντάπασι πονηρῶν, ot τῆς κακίας τι ὑφιέμενοι· βελτίους δὲ τῶν μικρόν τι ὑφιεμένων, οἱ σπουδαιιοτιροι καί προσαρώσπινττς ἑαυτοὺς τοῦ βαπτίσματος ' ἔχουσι γάρ τι πλέον, τὴν ἱργασίαν. οὗ γὰρ, ὥσπερ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ὶξάλειψιν ἔχει τὸ λουτρὸν, οὕτω καὶ τῶν κατορθωμάτων ἀναίρεσιν, Τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν βελτίους, οἱ καὶ γεωργοῦντες τὸ χάρισμα, καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα είς κάλλος ἐαντοίις ἆποξέοντες.

Ti dai? Ouchi philanthrōpon, phēsi, to Theion ? Kal gnōstikon gar hennoiōn, dokimōzii ti tēn ephēn, kai anti baptismatos, poieitai tēn hormēn tou biptismatos. Hainigmati legeis homoion, ei pephōtismenos esti Theǭ, dia. to philanthrōpon, ho aphōtistos, ē kai tēs basileias tōn ouranōn entos ho tautēs tychein spoudazōn, dicha 106 prattein ta tēs blsileias. Egō de, hōs echō peri toutōn eipein thirrhēsō ; oimai dekai tōn allōn sōthēsesthai tous noun hichontps. Tōn tychontōn tēs dōreas, hoimen pantelōs ēsan allotrioi tou Theou kai tēs sōtērias pan eidos kakias diexelthontes, kai einai kakoi spouozontes ; hoi de hēmimochthēroi pōs, kai mesōs echontes aretēs kai kakias ’ hoi to me kakon epraxan, tǭ prattomenǭ de ou synę̄nesan, katheper oi pyrettontes tǭ heautōn arrhōstēmati. Ol de kai pro tēs teleiōseōs ēsan Xpainetoi oi men ek physeōs, hoi de kata spoudēn prokithairontes hetonous tǭ baptismati kai meta tēn teleiotēta pephēnasi kriittous kai asphalesteroi ' to men, hina tychōsi 106 agathou, to de, ’ina phylaxōsin. Hen toutois, beltious men tōn pantapasi ponērōn, ot tēs kakias ti hyphiemenoi; beltious de tōn mikron ti hyphiemenōn, hoi spoudaiiotiroi kai prosarōspintts heautous tou baptismatos ' echousi gar ti pleon, tēn hirgasian. hou gar, hōsper tōn hamartēmatōn ixaleipsin echei to loutron, houtō kai tōn katorthōmatōn anairesin, Toutōn de autōn beltious, hoi kai geōrgountes to charisma, kai hoti malista eis kallos eantoiis apoxeontes.

“What then? Is not the Divine loving?” someone says. “For, knowing our thoughts, it approves the desire, and instead of baptism it counts the eagerness for baptism.” You are saying something like a riddle: that one who is not illumined is illumined before God because of his love for man, or that one who strives to obtain the kingdom of heaven is within it without doing the things of the kingdom. For my part I will speak boldly about these things as I think; and I think that others with sense will side with me. Of those who obtain the gift, some were wholly estranged from God and from salvation, having gone through every form of vice and striving to be wicked; others were half-wicked in a way, in a middle state between virtue and vice, who did evil but did not consent to what they did, as feverish people do not consent to their illness; others were praiseworthy even before their perfecting, some by nature, others purifying themselves beforehand for baptism by effort; and after their perfecting they have shown themselves better and more secure, the first in order to obtain the good, the second in order to keep it. Among these, better than the wholly wicked are those who give up something of their vice; and better than those who give up a little are the more zealous who purify themselves beforehand for baptism, for they have something more: the work. For the bath does not destroy good deeds as it erases sins. And better than these are those who also cultivate the gift and polish themselves into beauty as far as they can.

40.20PG 36:389a–389d

’Ὥστε καὶ τῶν ἀποτυγχανόντων, οί μὲν είσὶ παντελῶς κτηνώδεις, ἢ θηριώδεις, ὡς ἃν ἀνοίας ἦ πονηρίας ἔχωσιν ° οἷς μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων κακῶν, οὐδὲ τὸ χάρισμα, οἶμαι, σγόδρα αἰδέσιμον, ἀλλʼ ὅντως χάρισμα ’ εί μὲν δοθείη, στεργόμενον ο εἶ δὲ μὴ δοθείη, περιφρονούμενον. Oi δὲ γινώσκοῦσι μὲν, καὶ τιμῶσι τὴν δωρεάν ' ἀναβάλλονται δὲ, ol μὲν διὰ ῥᾳθυμίαν, οἱ δὲ διʼ ἀπληστίαν. Οἱ δὲ οὗδὲ εἰσιν ἒν δυνάμει τοῦ δέξασθαι, ἦ διὰ νηπιότητα τυχὸν, ἤ τινα τελέως ἀκούσιον περιπέτειαν, ἐξ ἧς οὐδὲ βουλομένοις αὐτοῖς ὑπᾶρχει τυχεῖν τοῦ χαρίσματος, ’Ὠσπερ οὖν ἓν ἆκείνοις πλείστην δια ιρορὰν εὕρομεν, οὕτω κᾶν τούτοις, Χείρους μὶν oi παντάπασι καταφρονηταὶ τῶν ἀπληστοτὲρων ἥρᾳθυμοτὲρων · χείρους δὲ οὗτοι, τῶν ἐξ ἀγνοίας καί τυραννίδος ἀποπιπτόντων τῆς δωρεᾶς. Τυραννὶς γὰρ οὒκ ἄλλο τι, ἥ ἀκούσιος διαμαρτία. Καὶ ἡγοῦμαι, τοὺς μὲν καὶ δίκας ὑφέξειν, ὥσπερ καὶ τῆς ἄλλης πονηρίας. οὕτω καὶ τῆς του λουτροῦ περιφρονήσεως τοὺς δί ὑφέξειν μὲν, ἧττον δὲ, ὅτι μὴ κακίᾳ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνοίᾳ τητ ἆποτυχίαν είργάσαντο τοὺς δὲ, μήτε δοξασθήσεσθαι, μήτε κολασθήσεσθαι παρὰ τοῦ δικαίου κριτοῦ, ὡς ἆσφραγίστους μὲν, ἆπονήρους δὲ, ἀλλὰ παθόντας μᾶλλον τὴν ζημίαν, ἥ δράσαντας. Οὐ γὰρ ὅστις οὒ κολάσεως ἄξιος, ἤδη καὶ τιμῆς ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ὅστις οὗ τιμῆς, ἤδη ναὶ κολάσεως. Σκοπῶ δι κάκεῖνο ' Εἰ κρίνεις φόνου τὸν φοκικὸν ἐκ μόνου τοῦ βούλεσθαι, καὶ δίχα τοῦ φόνου, βεβαπτίσθαι σοι καὶ ὁ θελὴσας τὸ βάπτισμα, δίχα τοῦ βαπτίσματος · εί δὲ οὒκ ἐκεῖνο, πῶς τοῧτο, συνιδεῖν οὒκ ἔχω, Εἰ βούλει δὲ οὕτωςʼ εί ἀρκεῖ σοι πρὸς δύναμιν τοῦ βαπτίσματος ὁ πό θος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δικάζῃ περὶ τῆς δόξης, ἀρ. κείτω σοι καὶ πρὸς δόξαν, ἧτῆς δόξης ἓπιθδμία. Καὶ τίς σοι βλάβη, τὸ μὴ τυχεῖν ταύτης, τὴν ἔφεσιν ἰχοντι ;

’Hōste kai tōn apotynchanontōn, oi men eisi pantelōs ktēnōdeis, ē thēriōdeis, hōs han anoias ē ponērias echōsin ° hois meta tōn allōn kakōn, oude to charisma, oimai, sgodra aidesimon, allʼ hontōs charisma ’ ei men dotheiē, stergomenon o ei de mē dotheiē, periphronoumenon. Oi de ginōskousi men, kai timōsi tēn dōrean ' anaballontai de, ol men dia rhąthymian, hoi de diʼ aplēstian. Hoi de houde eisin en dynamei tou dexasthai, ē dia nēpiotēta tychon, ē tina teleōs akousion peripeteian, ex hēs oude boulomenois autois hyparchei tychein tou charismatos, ’Ōsper oun hen akeinois pleistēn dia iroran heuromen, houtō kan toutois, Cheirous min oi pantapasi kataphronētai tōn aplēstoterōn hērąthymoterōn ; cheirous de houtoi, tōn ex agnoias kai tyrannidos apopiptontōn tēs dōreas. Tyrannis gar ouk allo ti, hē akousios diamartia. Kai hēgoumai, tous men kai dikas hyphexein, hōsper kai tēs allēs ponērias. houtō kai tēs tou loutrou periphronēseōs tous di hyphexein men, hētton de, hoti mē kakią mallon ē anoią tēt apotychian eirgasanto tous de, mēte doxasthēsesthai, mēte kolasthēsesthai para tou dikaiou kritou, hōs asphragistous men, aponērous de, alla pathontas mallon tēn zēmian, hē drasantas. Ou gar hostis ou kolaseōs axios, ēdē kai timēs hōsper oude hostis hou timēs, ēdē nai kolaseōs. Skopō di kakeino ' Ei krineis phonou ton phokikon ek monou tou boulesthai, kai dicha tou phonou, bebaptisthai soi kai ho thelēsas to baptisma, dicha tou baptismatos ; ei de ouk ekeino, pōs toÿto, synidein ouk echō, Ei boulei de houtōsʼ ei arkei soi pros dynamin tou baptismatos ho po thos, kai dia touto dikazę̄ peri tēs doxēs, ar. keitō soi kai pros doxan, hētēs doxēs hepithdmia. Kai tis soi blabē, to mē tychein tautēs, tēn ephesin ichonti ?

So also of those who fail to receive it, some are altogether brutish or bestial, according to their folly or wickedness; to them, along with their other evils, even the gift is, I think, not greatly venerable, but merely a gift: welcome if it is given, disregarded if it is not. Others know and honour the gift but put it off, some through carelessness, others through greed. Others are not even in a position to receive it, perhaps because of infancy, or some wholly involuntary circumstance, through which they cannot obtain the gift even if they wish. As we found a great difference among the former, so also among these. Those who utterly despise it are worse than the greedier or more careless; and these are worse than those who miss the gift through ignorance or compulsion; for compulsion is nothing other than an involuntary failure. And I think that the first will be punished, for their contempt of the bath as for their other wickedness; that the second will be punished too, but less, because they brought about their failure not so much by wickedness as by folly; and that the third will be neither glorified nor punished by the just Judge, as unsealed but not wicked, having suffered the loss rather than caused it. For not everyone who is not worthy of punishment is thereby worthy of honour, just as not everyone who is not worthy of honour is thereby worthy of punishment. And I consider this too: if you judge the would-be murderer guilty of murder from his will alone, without the murder, then reckon as baptized one who wished for baptism without baptism. But if not the former, I cannot see how the latter. Or, if you prefer, put it thus: if desire suffices you for the power of baptism, and on that ground you judge about glory, let the desire for glory suffice you for glory too. And what harm is it to you not to obtain it, if you have the longing?

40.21PG 36:392a–393a

Τοιγαροῦν, ἔπειδὴ τούτων ἠκούσατε τῶν φωνῶν, Προσελθετε πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ φωτίσθητε, καὶ τὰ πρόσωπα ὑμῶν οὗ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ, διαμαρτόντα τῆς χάριτος. Καὶ δέξασθε τὸν φωτισμὸν ἕως καιρὸς, ’ίνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταδιώξῃ, καὶ καταλάβῃ χωρίσασα τοῦ φωτίσματος ’Ἔρχεται νὺξ, ὅτε οὗδεὶς ὃὸναται ἑργασάσθαι, μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγήν. Ἐκείνη Δαβὶδ ἡ φωνή αὕτη τοῦ ἆληυ θινεῦ φωτὸς, τοῦ φωτίζοντος πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον. Οῗεσθε δὲ καὶ τὸν Σολομῶντα πικρῶς ὑμῖν ὀνειδίζειν τοῖς ἀργοτέροις ἢ νωθεστέροις · ’Ἐως πότε, ὁγνηρί, κατάπεισαι, λέγοντας Πότε δὲ ὶξ ὕπνου avecti/.61.}; Τὸ καὶ τὸ σκήπτῃ, καὶ προφασίζῃ προφάσεις ἐν ἁμαρτίαις, Μίνω τὰ Φῶτα τὸ Πάσχα μοι τιμιώτερον την Πεντηεοστήν ὶκδὲξομαι ιριστῷ συμφωτισθῆναι βέλτιον Χριστῷ συναναστῆναι κατὰ τὴν ἀναστάσιμον ἠμέραν ’,τοῦ Πνεύματος τιμῆσαι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν, Εἶτα τί ς "Bisi τὸ τέλος ἰξαίφνης ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, ᾗ οὗ προσδοκᾷς, καὶ ὲν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὗ γινώσκεις εἶτα παραγίνεααί σοι, ὥσπερ κακός ὀδοιπόρος, ἡ πενία τῆς χάριτος, καὶ λιμώξεις ἔν τοσούτῳ πλούτῳ τῆς ἀγαθότητος δέον τὰ ἰναντία τῷ ἐναντίῳ καρποῦσθαι, τῷ ἀόκνῳ τὸν ἄμητον, καὶ τῇ πηγῇ τὴν ἀνάψυξιν, ὥσπερ τὸν διψητικώτατον ἔλαφον, σπουδῇ ταῖς πηγαῖς προστρέχοντα, καὶ σβεννύντα τὸν τοῦ δρόμου κόπον τῷ ὕδατι ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ παθεῖν, ἀνυδρίᾳ ξηραίνεσθαι ἢ τὸ τοῦ μύθου ἂν μέση πηγῇ δίψῃ κολάζεσθαι, Δεινὸν παρελθεῖν πανήγυριν, καὶ τηνικαῦτα τὴν πραγματείαν ἱπιζητετν. Δεινὶιν τὸ μάννα παραδραμεῖν, καὶ τηνικαῦτα τροφῆς ἐφίεσθαι, Δεινὸν ὒστεροβουλία, καὶ τὸ τηνικαῦτα τῆς ζημίας αἰσθάνεσθαι, ὅτε οὐκ ἔστι λύσις ζημίας, μετᾶ τὴν ἰντεῦθεν ἔκδημίαν, καὶ τὸν πικρὸν συγκλεισμὸν τῶν ἑκάστῳ βεβιωμένων, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν κόλασιν, καὶ τὴν τῶν κεκαθαρμένων λαμπρότητα. Διὰ τοῦτο μὴ μέλλετε πρὸς τὴν χάριν ἀλλʼ ἐπείγεσθε, μὴ λῃστὴς δμᾶς προλάβη, μὴ μοιχὸς παραδράμῃ, μὴ ἄπληστος πλεονεκτήση, μὴ γονεὺς προαρπάσῃ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, μὴ τελώνης, μὴ πόρνος, μή τις τῶν βιαστῶν τῆς βασιλείας καὶ ἀρπακτῶν. Βιάζιται γὰρ ἱκοῦσα, καὶ τυραννεῖται διʼ ἆγαθότητα.

Toigaroun, epeidē toutōn ēkousate tōn phōnōn, Proselthete pros auton kai phōtisthēte, kai ta prosōpa hymōn hou mē kataischynthę̄, diamartonta tēs charitos. Kai dexasthe ton phōtismon heōs kairos, ’ina mē skotia hymas katadiōxę̄, kai katalabę̄ chōrisasa tou phōtismatos ’Erchetai nyx, hote houdeis hoonatai hergasasthai, meta tēn enthende apallagēn. Ekeinē Dabid hē phōnē hautē tou alēu thineu phōtos, tou phōtizontos panta anthrōpon erchomenon eis ton kosmon. Oïesthe de kai ton Solomōnta pikrōs hymin oneidizein tois argoterois ē nōthesterois ; ’Eōs pote, hognēri, katapeisai, legontas Pote de ix hypnou avecti/.61.}? To kai to skēptę̄, kai prophasizę̄ prophaseis en hamartiais, Minō ta Phōta to Pascha moi timiōteron tēn Pentēeostēn ikdexomai iristǭ symphōtisthēnai beltion Christǭ synanastēnai kata tēn anastasimon ēmeran ’,tou Pneumatos timēsai tēn epiphaneian, Eita ti s "Bisi to telos ixaiphnēs en hēmerą, hę̄ hou prosdokąs, kai en hōrą hę̄ hou ginōskeis eita paragineaai soi, hōsper kakos odoiporos, hē penia tēs charitos, kai limōxeis en tosoutǭ ploutǭ tēs agathotētos deon ta inantia tǭ enantiǭ karpousthai, tǭ aoknǭ ton amēton, kai tę̄ pēgę̄ tēn anapsyxin, hōsper ton dipsētikōtaton elaphon, spoudę̄ tais pēgais prostrechonta, kai sbennynta ton tou dromou kopon tǭ hydati alla mē to tou Israēl pathein, anydrią xērainesthai ē to tou mythou an mesē pēgę̄ dipsę̄ kolazesthai, Deinon parelthein panēgyrin, kai tēnikauta tēn pragmateian hipizētetn. Deiniin to manna paradramein, kai tēnikauta trophēs ephiesthai, Deinon ysteroboulia, kai to tēnikauta tēs zēmias aisthanesthai, hote ouk esti lysis zēmias, meta tēn inteuthen ekdēmian, kai ton pikron synkleismon tōn hekastǭ bebiōmenōn, kai tēn tōn hamartōlōn kolasin, kai tēn tōn kekatharmenōn lamprotēta. Dia touto mē mellete pros tēn charin allʼ epeigesthe, mē lę̄stēs dmas prolabē, mē moichos paradramę̄, mē aplēstos pleonektēsē, mē goneus proarpasę̄ to agathon, mē telōnēs, mē pornos, mē tis tōn biastōn tēs basileias kai arpaktōn. Biazitai gar hikousa, kai tyranneitai diʼ agathotēta.

Therefore, since you have heard these words, “Come to him and be enlightened, and your faces shall not be ashamed” by missing the grace, receive the illumination while there is time, that darkness may not pursue you and overtake you, cutting you off from the illumination. “The night comes when no one can work,” after our departure from here. That is the voice of David; this is the voice of the true light that enlightens every man coming into the world. And think that Solomon too reproaches you sharply, you who are lazier or more sluggish: “How long will you lie, sluggard? When will you rise from sleep?” You allege this and that, and make excuses in sins: “I am waiting for the Lights; Easter is more precious to me; I will wait for Pentecost; it is better to be illumined with Christ, to rise with Christ on the day of the resurrection, to honour the manifestation of the Spirit.” And then what? The end will come suddenly, on a day you do not expect and in an hour you do not know; and then the poverty of grace will come upon you like a bad traveller, and you will starve amid so great a wealth of goodness, when you should reap the opposite by the opposite, the harvest by diligence and refreshment from the spring, like the very thirsty hart that runs eagerly to the springs and quenches the toil of its race with water; and not suffer what Israel suffered, to be parched by drought, or what the myth tells, to be punished by thirst in the middle of a spring. It is a terrible thing to let the fair go by and then look for trade; terrible to pass by the manna and then long for food; terrible is wisdom after the event, and to perceive the loss only when there is no remedy for it, after the departure from here, the bitter shutting up of each one's life, the punishment of sinners, and the splendour of the purified. Therefore do not delay in coming to the grace, but hasten, lest a robber get there before you, an adulterer outrun you, a greedy man take it first, a parricide snatch the good before you, or a tax collector, a fornicator, or one of the violent who seize the kingdom. For it suffers violence willingly, and submits to force through its goodness.

40.23PG 36:393d–396a

… πλουτεῖν αἱ τοῦ πίνεσθαι· [nauem δὲ, δ προθυμότερος, πλουσιώτερος.

… ploutein hai tou pinesthai; [nauem de, d prothymoteros, plousiōteros.

… [25] … between wealth and poverty; but here the more eager is the richer.

40.26PG 36:396a–396d

Μηδὲν ἐπιχέω) σε,τοῦ πρόσω· μηδὲν ἀνθελκέτω σου τὴν προθυμίαν. ιἘως σφοδρὸς ὃπόθος, λαβοῦ τοῦ ποθουμένου· ἕως θερμὸς ὁ σίδηρος, τῷ ψυχρῷ στομωθήτω, μὴ τι παρεμπέσῃ μέσον, κιὶ διακόψῃ τὸν πόθον. Φίλιππός εἶμι· γενοῦ Κσνῖάκης. Εἷπὲ iul αὐτός· Ἰδοὺ τὸ ὕδωρ· τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆνιις ’Ἅρπασον τὸν καιρόν τῷ ἀγαθῷ περιχάρηθι καὶ εἰπὼν, βαπτίσθητι, καὶ βιπτισθεὶς σώθητι κᾶν ᾗς Αἰθίοψ τὸ σῶμα, τὴν ψυχὴν λευκάνθητι. Τύχε τῆς σωτηρίας, ἧς οὒδὲν ὑψηλότερον, οὖδέ τιpudnapov τοῖς γε νοῦν ἔχουσι. Μὴ ιῗπης· Ἐπίσκοπος βαπτισάτω με, καὶ οὗτος μητροπολίπης, ἥ Ἱεροσολυμίτης (οὔ γὰρ τόπων ἦ χάρις, ἀλλὰ τοῦ “vetituτος), καὶ οὗτος τῶν εὖ γεγονότων, Δεινδν γὰρ, εί τῷ βαπτιστῇ τὸ εὐγενές μου καθυβρισθήσετιιι· ἢ πρεσβύτερος μὲν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οὗτος τῶν ἀγάμων, καὶ οὗτος τῶν ὶγκριιτῶν καὶ ἀγγελικῶν τὴν πολιτείαν amb. γὰρ, εί iv καιρῷ καθάρσεως ῥυπωθήσομιι. Μὴ ζήτει ἀξιοπιστίαν τοῦ κηρύσσοντος, μηδὲ τοῦ βαπτίζοντος. ’Ἄλλος ὸ τούτων κριτὴς, κιὶ τῶν ἀφανεστέρων δοκιμιστής· ἱπειδὴ, ἅνθρωπος μὲν εἰς πρόσωπον, Θεὸς δὲ είς κειρδίςιν. Σοὶ δὲ πᾶς ἀξιόπιστος είς τὴν κάθαρσιν· μόνον ἔστω τις τῶν ἒγκρίτων, καὶ μὴ τῦν προδήλως κατεγνωσμένων, μηδὲ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀλλότριος. Μὴ κρῖνε τοὺς κριτὰς, ὃ χρῄζων τῆς ἰατρείας· μηδὲ φιλοκρίνει (li) μοι τὰς ἀξίας τῶν οὶ καθιιρόντων, μηδὲ διακρίνοι.) πρὸς τοὺς “vv-410px. ’Ἄλλος μιν ἄλλου κρείττων, ἥ τππεινότερος· σοῦ δὶ πᾶς ὑψηλότερος. Σκόπει δὶ οὕτως· ’Ἔστω χρυσὸς, ἴστω σίδηρος, δακτύλιοι δὲ ἀμφότεροι, καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἒγκεχαράχθωσαν εἰκόνι βασιλικὴν. εἴτε κηρὸν ivtuπούτωσαν· τί διοίσειὴ σφραγὶς αὕτη τῆς σφραγῖδος ικείνης ; Οὖδέν. Ἐπίγνωθι την ὓλην ἂν τῷ κηρῷ, κᾶν ᾖς σοφώτατος· εἰπὲ, τί μὲν τοῦ σιδήρου, τί δὶ τυῦ χρυσοῦ τὸ ιιισφράγισμα, καὶ πῶς ἕν ἐστι· τῆς γὰρ ὕλης τὸ διάφορον, οὗ τοῦ χαρακτῆρος, οὖτως ἓστω σοι πῖις βαπτιστής. Κᾶι τῇ πολιτείᾳ προέχῃ, ἀλλʼ ἣ γε τοῦ βαπτίσματος δύναμις ἴση· καὶ τελειοποιός σοι πᾶς ὁμοίως, ὁ τῇ αὒτῇ πίστει μεμορ-

Mēden epicheō) se,tou prosō; mēden anthelketō sou tēn prothymian. iEōs sphodros hopothos, labou tou pothoumenou; heōs thermos ho sidēros, tǭ psychrǭ stomōthētō, mē ti parempesę̄ meson, kii diakopsę̄ ton pothon. Philippos eimi; genou Ksniakēs. Heipe iul autos; Idou to hydōr; ti kōlyei me baptisthēniis ’Harpason ton kairon tǭ agathǭ pericharēthi kai eipōn, baptisthēti, kai biptistheis sōthēti kan hę̄s Aithiops to sōma, tēn psychēn leukanthēti. Tyche tēs sōtērias, hēs ouden hypsēloteron, oude tipudnapov tois ge noun echousi. Mē iïpēs; Episkopos baptisatō me, kai houtos mētropolipēs, hē Hierosolymitēs (ou gar topōn ē charis, alla tou “vetitutos), kai houtos tōn eu gegonotōn, Deindn gar, ei tǭ baptistę̄ to eugenes mou kathybristhēsetiii; ē presbyteros men, alla kai houtos tōn agamōn, kai houtos tōn inkriitōn kai angelikōn tēn politeian amb. gar, ei iv kairǭ katharseōs rhypōthēsomii. Mē zētei axiopistian tou kēryssontos, mēde tou baptizontos. ’Allos o toutōn kritēs, kii tōn aphanesterōn dokimistēs; hipeidē, hanthrōpos men eis prosōpon, Theos de eis keirdisin. Soi de pas axiopistos eis tēn katharsin; monon estō tis tōn enkritōn, kai mē tyn prodēlōs kategnōsmenōn, mēde tēs Ekklēsias allotrios. Mē krine tous kritas, ho chrę̄zōn tēs iatreias; mēde philokrinei (li) moi tas axias tōn oi kathiirontōn, mēde diakrinoi.) pros tous “vv-410px. ’Allos min allou kreittōn, hē tppeinoteros; sou di pas hypsēloteros. Skopei di houtōs; ’Estō chrysos, istō sidēros, daktylioi de amphoteroi, kai tēn autēn enkecharachthōsan eikoni basilikēn. eite kēron ivtupoutōsan; ti dioiseiē sphragis hautē tēs sphragidos ikeinēs ? Ouden. Epignōthi tēn hylēn an tǭ kērǭ, kan ę̄s sophōtatos; eipe, ti men tou sidērou, ti di tyy chrysou to iiisphragisma, kai pōs hen esti; tēs gar hylēs to diaphoron, hou tou charaktēros, outōs hestō soi piis baptistēs. Kai tę̄ politeią proechę̄, allʼ hē ge tou baptismatos dynamis isē; kai teleiopoios soi pas homoiōs, ho tę̄ autę̄ pistei memor-

Let nothing hold you back from going forward; let nothing drag back your eagerness. While desire is strong, take hold of what you desire; while the iron is hot, let it be tempered in cold water, lest something intervene and cut off the desire. I am Philip; become Candace's eunuch. Say yourself too: “See, here is water; what prevents me from being baptized?” Seize the opportunity; rejoice greatly in the good; and having spoken, be baptized, and having been baptized, be saved; even if you are an Ethiopian in body, be made white in soul. Obtain the salvation than which nothing is higher, nor more precious to those who have sense. Do not say: “Let a bishop baptize me, and he a metropolitan or a bishop of Jerusalem (for grace is not of places but of the Spirit), and one of good family; for it would be terrible if my noble birth were insulted by the baptizer.” Or: “A presbyter, yes, but one of the unmarried, of the continent and angelic in their way of life; for it would be terrible to be defiled at the moment of cleansing.” Do not look for the trustworthiness of the preacher or of the baptizer. Another is their judge, the examiner of what is hidden; since man looks on the face, but God on the heart. For you, everyone is trustworthy for your cleansing; only let him be one of those approved, and not of those openly condemned, nor a stranger to the church. Do not judge your judges, you who need healing; do not be fastidious about the rank of those who cleanse you, nor discriminate between those who beget you. One is better or lower than another, but every one is higher than you. Consider it thus: let one ring be gold and the other iron, but let both be engraved with the same royal image, and let them both press it into wax. How will this seal differ from that? Not at all. Find out the material in the wax, if you are very clever; say which impression is from the iron and which from the gold, and how they are one. For the difference is in the material, not in the stamp. So let every baptizer be for you. Even if one excels in his way of life, the power of baptism is equal; and every one who is formed in the same faith is equally able to perfect you …

40.27PG 36:396d–400a

Μὴ ἀπαξιώσ-ῃς συμβαπτισθῆνσι πένητι, πλούσιος ὢν, ὁ εὐπατρίδης τῷ δυσγενεῐ, ὁ δεσπότης τῷ δούλῳ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν. Οὔπω τοσοῦτον ταπεινοφρονήσεις, ὅσον Χριστὸς, ᾧ σὺ βαπτίζῃ σήμερον, ὅς διὰ σὲ. καὶ δούλου μορφὴν ἐδέξατο. Ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας μεταποιῇ, πάντε. εἶξαν οἱ παλαιοί χαρακτῆρες· μιᾷ μορφῇ πᾶσι Χριστὸς ἐπιτέθειται. Μὴ ἀπαξιώσῃς ἐξαγορεῦσαί σου τὴδ ἁμαρτίαν, εἰδὼς ὃπως Ἰωάννης ἐβάπτισεν, ἵνα τὴν ὲκεῖθεν αἰσχύνην τῇ ἐνταῦθα φύγῃς (ἐπειδὴ μέρος καὶ τοῦτο τῆς ἐκεῖσε κολάσεως), καὶ δείξῃς, ὅτι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ὄνητως μεμίσηκας, παραδειγματίσας αὐτὴν καὶ θριαμβεύσας, ὡς ἀξίαν ὕβρεως. Μὴ διαπτύσῃς ἐξορκισμοῦ θεραπείαν, μηδὲ πρὸς τὸ μῆκος ταύτης ἆπαγορεύσης. Βάσανός ἔστι καὶ αὕτη τῆς περὶ τὸ χάρισμα γνησιότητος, Τί τοσοῦτον πονήσεις, οἷον ἠ τῶν Αἰθιόπων βασίλισσα, ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀπαναστᾶσι, ’ίνα ἴδῃ τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶντος ; Καὶ ἰδοὺ πλεῖον Σολομῶντος -ὧδε, παρὰ τοῖς τελείως λογιζομένοις. Μὴ κατοκνήσῃς, μὴ ί)δοῦ μῆκος, μὴ μέτρα θαλάσσης, μὴ πῦρ, εἶκαὶ τοῦτο πρόκειται, μὴ ἄλλο μηδὲν, ἢ μικρὸν, ἦ μεῖζον τῶν κωλυμάτων, ὥστε τυχεῖν τοῦ χαρίσματος. Εἷδὲ σοι μηδὲν πονήσαντι, μηδὲ πραγματευσαμένῳ, τυχεῖν ἕξεστι τοῦ ποθουμένου, πόσης εὐηθείας τὴν δωρεὰν ἀναβάλλεσθαις Ol διψῶντες, φησὶ, πορεύεσθε ἔφʼ ὕδωρ (Ἠσαίας διακελεύεταί σοι)’ καὶ ὅσοι μὴ ἕχετε ἀργύριου, βαδίσαντες ἀγοράσατε, καὶ πίεσθε οἶνον, ἂίνευᾏργυρίου τιμῖίς. ’ΧΩ ’τοῦ τάχους τῆς φιλανθρωπίας 1 "tt τῆς εὐκολίας τοῦ συναλλάγματοςί "uvth σοι τοῦτο τοῦ Θελῆσαι μονον τὸ ἀγαθόν αὐτὴν τὴν ὁρμὴν ἀντὶ τοῦ μεγάλου τιμήματος δέχεται, Διψᾷ τὸ διψᾶσθαι· ποτίζει τοὺς πιεῖν ὲθέλοντας· εὐεργετεῖται, τὴν εὐεργεσίαν αἱτούμενος πρόχειρός ἐστι μεγαλόδωροςʼ δίδωσιν ἣδιον, ἦ λαμβάνουσιν ἕτεροι. Μόνον μὴ μικρολογίαν καταγνωσθώμεν τοῦ μικρὰ αἰτεῖν, καὶ του διδόντος ἀνάξια, Μακάριος, ὅν αἰτεῖ πόμα Χριστὸς, ὡς τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν ἐκείνην, Καὶ δίδωσι πηγὴν ὕδατος ἀλλομὲνου εἷς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Μακάριος ὁ σπείρων ἐπὶ πᾶν ὕδωρ, καὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν, αὔριον ἀρουμένην καὶ ἀρδομένην, ἢν βους καὶ ὄνος πατεῖ σήμερον, χέρσον τε οὖσαν καὶ ἄνυδρον, καὶ ἀλογίᾳ πιεζομένην, Μαι· κάριος, ὅς κάν χειμάῤῥους ᾗ σχοίνων, ἐξ οἴκου Κυρίου ποτίζεται, καὶ γίνεται σιτοφόρος ἀντὶ σχοινοφόρου, καὶ γεωργεῖ τροφὴν ἀνθρωπίνην, ἀλλʼ οὐ τραχεῖάν τε- καὶ ἀνόνητον, ’Υπὲρ οὗ πᾶσαν εἰσενεκτὲον σπουδὴν, ὥστε μὴ διαμαρτεῖν τῆς κοινῆς χάριτος. ’Ἔστω ταῦτα, φησὶ, περὶ τῶν ἐπιζητούντων r‘orfiémwpz. Τί δʼ ἄν εἴποις περὶτῶν ἔτι νηπίων, καὶ τῆς ζημίας ὶπαισθανομένων, μήτε τῆς χά- Pt‘tOC‘; Δἢ καὶταῦτα βαπτίσομεν ;’ Πάν.» γε, εἴπερ τις ἐπείγοι κίνδυνος. Κρεϊσσον γὰρ ἀναισθήτωξ ἁγιασθῆναι, ἥ ἀπελθεῖν ὰσιρράγιστακαὶ ἀτέλεστα.

Mē apaxiōs-ę̄s symbaptisthēnsi penēti, plousios ōn, ho eupatridēs tǭ dysgenei, ho despotēs tǭ doulǭ mechri tou nyn. Oupō tosouton tapeinophronēseis, hoson Christos, hǭ sy baptizę̄ sēmeron, hos dia se. kai doulou morphēn edexato. Aphʼ hēs hēmeras metapoię̄, pante. eixan hoi palaioi charaktēres; mią morphę̄ pasi Christos epitetheitai. Mē apaxiōsę̄s exagoreusai sou tēd hamartian, eidōs hopōs Iōannēs ebaptisen, hina tēn ekeithen aischynēn tę̄ entautha phygę̄s (epeidē meros kai touto tēs ekeise kolaseōs), kai deixę̄s, hoti tēn hamartian onētōs memisēkas, paradeigmatisas autēn kai thriambeusas, hōs axian hybreōs. Mē diaptysę̄s exorkismou therapeian, mēde pros to mēkos tautēs apagoreusēs. Basanos esti kai hautē tēs peri to charisma gnēsiotētos, Ti tosouton ponēseis, hoion ē tōn Aithiopōn basilissa, ek tōn peratōn tēs gēs apanastasi, ’ina idę̄ tēn sophian Solomōntos ? Kai idou pleion Solomōntos -hōde, para tois teleiōs logizomenois. Mē katoknēsę̄s, mē i)dou mēkos, mē metra thalassēs, mē pyr, eikai touto prokeitai, mē allo mēden, ē mikron, ē meizon tōn kōlymatōn, hōste tychein tou charismatos. Heide soi mēden ponēsanti, mēde pragmateusamenǭ, tychein hexesti tou pothoumenou, posēs euētheias tēn dōrean anaballesthais Ol dipsōntes, phēsi, poreuesthe ephʼ hydōr (Ēsaias diakeleuetai soi)’ kai hosoi mē hechete argyriou, badisantes agorasate, kai piesthe oinon, aineuĄrgyriou timiis. ’ChŌ ’tou tachous tēs philanthrōpias 1 "tt tēs eukolias tou synallagmatosi "uvth soi touto tou Thelēsai monon to agathon autēn tēn hormēn anti tou megalou timēmatos dechetai, Dipsą to dipsasthai; potizei tous piein ethelontas; euergeteitai, tēn euergesian haitoumenos procheiros esti megalodōrosʼ didōsin hēdion, ē lambanousin heteroi. Monon mē mikrologian katagnōsthōmen tou mikra aitein, kai tou didontos anaxia, Makarios, hon aitei poma Christos, hōs tēn Samareitin ekeinēn, Kai didōsi pēgēn hydatos allomenou heis zōēn aiōnion. Makarios ho speirōn epi pan hydōr, kai pasan psychēn, aurion aroumenēn kai ardomenēn, ēn bous kai onos patei sēmeron, cherson te ousan kai anydron, kai alogią piezomenēn, Mai; karios, hos kan cheimarrhous hę̄ schoinōn, ex oikou Kyriou potizetai, kai ginetai sitophoros anti schoinophorou, kai geōrgei trophēn anthrōpinēn, allʼ ou tracheian te- kai anonēton, ’Yper hou pasan eisenekteon spoudēn, hōste mē diamartein tēs koinēs charitos. ’Estō tauta, phēsi, peri tōn epizētountōn r‘orfiemwpz. Ti dʼ an eipois peritōn eti nēpiōn, kai tēs zēmias ipaisthanomenōn, mēte tēs cha- Pt‘tOC‘? Dē kaitauta baptisomen ?’ Pan.» ge, eiper tis epeigoi kindynos. Kreïsson gar anaisthētōx hagiasthēnai, hē apelthein asirragistakai atelesta.

Do not disdain to be baptized with a poor man, if you are rich; the well-born with the low-born; the master with one who until now has been his slave. You will not yet humble yourself as much as Christ, into whom you are baptized today, who for your sake took even the form of a slave. From the day you are transformed, all the old marks have given way: Christ has been put upon all in one form. Do not disdain to confess your sin, knowing how John baptized, that by the shame here you may escape the shame there (since this too is part of the punishment there), and that you may show that you truly hate sin by making an example of it and triumphing over it as deserving contempt. Do not spurn the healing of exorcism, nor give up because of its length: this too is a test of your sincerity towards the gift. What labour will you have like that of the queen of the Ethiopians, who rose up and came from the ends of the earth to see the wisdom of Solomon? And behold, a greater than Solomon is here, in the judgment of those who reckon rightly. Do not shrink from length of road, nor distance by sea, nor fire, if this too lies before you, nor any other hindrance, small or great, so that you may obtain the gift. But if you can obtain what you desire without labour or trouble, how foolish it is to put off the gift! “You who thirst,” it says, “go to the water” (Isaiah urges you), “and you who have no money, go and buy, and drink wine without price of money.” O the swiftness of his love for man! O the ease of the bargain! This good is for sale to you for the mere willing; he accepts the very impulse in place of a great price. He thirsts to be thirsted for; he gives drink to those who want to drink; he counts it a kindness to be asked for a kindness; he is ready and generous; he gives more gladly than others receive. Only let us not be condemned for meanness by asking for small things, unworthy of the giver. Blessed is he of whom Christ asks a drink, as he asked that Samaritan woman, and gives him a spring of water welling up to eternal life. Blessed is he who sows beside all waters, and upon every soul, to be ploughed and watered tomorrow, which ox and ass tread today while it is barren and waterless and oppressed by unreason. Blessed is he who, though he be a torrent of rushes, is watered from the house of the Lord, and becomes corn-bearing instead of rush-bearing, and produces food for man, not what is rough and useless. For this reason every effort must be made not to miss the common grace. [28] “Let this be so,” someone says, “for those who seek baptism; but what would you say about those who are still infants, and perceive neither the loss nor the grace? Shall we baptize them too?” Certainly, if any danger presses. For it is better to be sanctified without perceiving it than to depart unsealed and uninitiated.

40.28PG 36:400a

τούτου λόγος ἡμῖν, ἡ ὀκταήμερος περιτομὴ, τυπική τις οὖσα σφραγὶς, καὶ ἀλογίστοις ἔτι προσαγοι ὡς,δὲ καὶ ἡ τῶν φλιὼν χρίσις, διὰ τῶν ἀναισθήτων φυλάττουσα τὰ πρωτότοκα, Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλ·λων δίδωμι γνώμην, τήνῆ τριετίαν ἀναμείναντας, ἢ μικρὸν ἐντὸς τούτου, ἣ ὑπὲρ τοῦτο (ἡνίκα καὶ ἆκοῦσαὶ τι μυστικὸν, καὶ ἀποκρίνεσθαι δυνατὸν, εἰ καὶ μή ρυνιέντα τελέως, ἀλλʼ οὗν ’τυπούμεναλν οὕτως ἀγιάζειν καὶ ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα τῷ μεγάλῴ puemρίῳ τῆς τελειώσεως. Καὶ γὰρ οὕτως ἔχειʼ Τοῦ μὶν βίον τὰς ερθύνας τηνικαῦτα ιιῖ›ιιτέχεινʼὢ εἴργονται, ἡνίκα ὅτε Λόγος συμπληρωθῘῇ καὶτὸ μῦτήριον (τῶν γὰρ ἐξ ἀγνοίας *ἁμαρτημάτων τῇς ’ἡλικίαςαὐτοῖς τὸ ἀνεύθυνον τετειχίσθαι δὲ *τῷ λουτρῷ, παντὶ λόγῳ λυσιτελέστερον, διὰ τὰς. ἐξαίφνης συμπιπτούσας ἡμῖν προσβολὰς τῶν κινδύνων, καί βοηθείας ἰσχυροτέρας.

toutou logos hēmin, hē oktaēmeros peritomē, typikē tis ousa sphragis, kai alogistois eti prosagoi hōs,de kai hē tōn phliōn chrisis, dia tōn anaisthētōn phylattousa ta prōtotoka, Peri de tōn al;lōn didōmi gnōmēn, tēnē trietian anameinantas, ē mikron entos toutou, hē hyper touto (hēnika kai akousai ti mystikon, kai apokrinesthai dynaton, ei kai mē rynienta teleōs, allʼ houn ’typoumenaln houtōs agiazein kai psychas kai sōmata tǭ megalǭ puemriǭ tēs teleiōseōs. Kai gar houtōs echeiʼ Tou min bion tas erthynas tēnikauta iii›iitecheinʼō eirgontai, hēnika hote Logos symplērōthIę̄ kaito mytērion (tōn gar ex agnoias *hamartēmatōn tę̄s ’hēlikiasautois to aneuthynon teteichisthai de *tǭ loutrǭ, panti logǭ lysitelesteron, dia tas. exaiphnēs sympiptousas hēmin prosbolas tōn kindynōn, kai boētheias ischyroteras.

A proof of this for us is the circumcision on the eighth day, which was a kind of typical seal and was applied to those still without reason; so too the anointing of the doorposts, which guarded the firstborn through things without sense. As for the others, I give my opinion: wait until the third year, or a little before or after it, when they can hear something of the mystery and answer, even if they do not understand it fully, yet are being formed by it; and then sanctify them, souls and bodies, with the great mystery of perfection. For this is how it is: they begin to be answerable for their life when their reason has matured and they have learned the mystery (for of sins of ignorance their age keeps them unaccountable); but to be fortified with the bath is in every way more profitable, because of the sudden assaults of danger that fall upon us, stronger than any help.

40.29PG 36:400a

Ἀλλὰ Χριστὸς, φησι, τριακοηαάτης βαπτίζεται, καὶ ταῦτα Θεὸς ὤνʼ καὶσὺ κελεύεις ἱπισπεύδειν τὸ βαπτισμα ; Θεὸν εἰπὼν, λέλυκας τὸ ζητούμενον. Ὀ μὲν γάρ αὖτοκάθαρσιξ ἦν, καὶ οὐκ) ἐδεῖτο καθάρσεως· am σοὶ καθαίρεται, ὥσπερ καὶ σάρκα φορεῖ σοὶ, ἃσαρκος ὤν. Οὐδὲ τις κίνδυνος ἦν ἀι».

Alla Christos, phēsi, triakoēaatēs baptizetai, kai tauta Theos ōnʼ kaisy keleueis hipispeudein to baptisma ? Theon eipōn, lelykas to zētoumenon. O men gar autokatharsix ēn, kai ouk) edeito katharseōs; am soi kathairetai, hōsper kai sarka phorei soi, hasarkos ōn. Oude tis kindynos ēn ai».

“But Christ,” someone says, “was baptized at thirty, and that though he was God; and do you bid us hasten baptism?” By saying “God” you have solved the question. For he was purity itself and did not need cleansing; but he is cleansed for you, as he also bears flesh for you, though he is without flesh. Nor was there any danger for him …

40.30PG 36:400a

»Δ τὸ ῌβάπτισμα παρατείνοντν αὐτὸς γὰρ καὶ τοῦ παθεῖν ἧν- ἑαυεῷ ταμίας, ὥσπερ καὶ) τῆς γεννῇ..

»D to Ę̄baptisma parateinontn autos gar kai tou pathein hēn- heaueǭ tamias, hōsper kai) tēs gennę̄..

… in putting off baptism; for he was himself the steward of his suffering, as of his birth too.

40.31PG 36:400a–401b

Σοὶ δὲ, οὐδὲ περὶ μικρῶν ὁ κίνδυνος, εἰ *ἀπέλθοις τῇ, φθορᾷ ’γεννηθεὶς μὸνῃ, καὶ μὴ τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν αμφιεσεέμενος. Σκοπῶ δὲ κάκεῖνο, ὁτι ι μὲν ἀναγκαῖος ἦν οὗτος ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ βαπτίσματος· δὲ οὐχ ὁ. adeo: λόγος. Ἀνεδείχθη μὲν γᾶρ τριακοστὸν γεγονὼς ἔτος, οδ πρότερον, τοῦ τε μὴ δοκεῖν ἐπιδεικτικὸς εἶναὶ τις (τῶν γὰρ ἀπειροκάλων τὸ πάθος), καὶ ὡς τελεὶαν ἀρετῆς, καὶτοῦ διδὰσκειν καιρὸν ταὸτης ἐχούσης τῆς ἡλικίας, Ἐπεὶ- 8%- παθεῖν ἔξει τὸ τοῦ κόσμου σωτήριον πᾶθος, ταντα σρνξραμεῐν ἔδει πρὸς τὸ πὰθος ὅσα τοῦ πὰθους, τῂν ανὰδειξιν, τὸ βαπτισμα, ᾇνωθεν μαρτυρίαν, τὸ κήρυγμα, τὴν συνδρομήν to; πλὴθους, τᾶ om cummi ᾦσπερ ’ἔν σῶμα γενέσθαι, μὴ διεσπασμένον, μηδὲ ἀπεῤῥηγμένον τοῖς διαστὴμασιν. Ἐκ μὲν τοῦ βαπτίσματος καὶ τοῦ κηρύγματος, ὁ τῶν συντρεχόντων σεισμὸς (οὕτω γὰρ ἡ Γραιφή καλεῖ τὸν atat ρὸν εκεῖνον), ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πλήθους, ἡ τῶν σημείων ἐπίβειξις, καὶ τὰ θαύματα τῷ Εὗαγγελίῳ προσέγοντα Ἐκ εὶ τούτων, ὁ φθόνοςʼ ὲκ δὲ τούτου, τὸ, μῖσος· Et δὲ τοῦ μίσους, 1b τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς, καὶ τῆς προδοσίας ἐκ τούτου δὲ, ὁ σταυρὸς, καὶ ὃσοις σεσώσμεθα. ΤΞ μὲν δὴ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τοιαῦτα, καὶ οὕτως ἔχοντα, ὅσοι ἡμῖν ἐφικτόν· τάχα δʼ ἄν τις καὶ ἄλλος εῦρεθείη λόγος τούτων ἀποῤῥητότερος. Σοὶ δὲ τίς ἀνάγκη, τοῖς ὑπὲρ σὲ ὑποδείγμασιν ἑπομένῳ, κακῶς βουλεύεσθαι· ἒπεὶ καὶ ἄλλα πολλὲ τῶν τηνικαῦτα ἱστορουμένων ἑτέρως ἢ ὡς τὰ νῦν ’έχοντα φαίνεται, καὶ οὒ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς temporc;

Soi de, oude peri mikrōn ho kindynos, ei *apelthois tę̄, phthorą ’gennētheis monę̄, kai mē tēn aphtharsian amphieseemenos. Skopō de kakeino, hoti i men anankaios ēn houtos ho kairos tou baptismatos; de ouch ho. adeo: logos. Anedeichthē men gar triakoston gegonōs etos, od proteron, tou te mē dokein epideiktikos einai tis (tōn gar apeirokalōn to pathos), kai hōs teleian aretēs, kaitou didaskein kairon taotēs echousēs tēs hēlikias, Epei- 8%- pathein exei to tou kosmou sōtērion pathos, tanta srnxramein edei pros to pathos hosa tou pathous, tę̄n anadeixin, to baptisma, hąnōthen martyrian, to kērygma, tēn syndromēn to? plēthous, ta om cummi ǭsper ’en sōma genesthai, mē diespasmenon, mēde aperrhēgmenon tois diastēmasin. Ek men tou baptismatos kai tou kērygmatos, ho tōn syntrechontōn seismos (houtō gar hē Graiphē kalei ton atat ron ekeinon), ek de tou plēthous, hē tōn sēmeiōn epibeixis, kai ta thaumata tǭ Heuangeliǭ prosegonta Ek ei toutōn, ho phthonosʼ ek de toutou, to, misos; Et de tou misous, 1b tēs epiboulēs, kai tēs prodosias ek toutou de, ho stauros, kai hosois sesōsmetha. TX men dē tou Christou toiauta, kai houtōs echonta, hosoi hēmin ephikton; tacha dʼ an tis kai allos euretheiē logos toutōn aporrhētoteros. Soi de tis anankē, tois hyper se hypodeigmasin hepomenǭ, kakōs bouleuesthai; epei kai alla polle tōn tēnikauta historoumenōn heterōs ē hōs ta nyn ’echonta phainetai, kai ou symbainonta tois temporc?

But for you the danger concerns no small matter, if you should depart born only to corruption and not clothed with incorruption. And I consider this too: for him this was the necessary time for baptism, but for you the reason is not the same. For he was manifested when he had reached his thirtieth year, not before, both so as not to seem to be making a display (for that is the weakness of the vulgar), and because this age contains the perfection of virtue and the time for teaching. And since he was to suffer the saving passion of the world, all that belonged to the passion had to come together towards the passion: the manifestation, the baptism, the witness from above, the preaching, the concourse of the multitude, the miracles, as one body, not torn apart or broken up by intervals. From the baptism and the preaching came the commotion of those who flocked together (for so Scripture names that time); from the multitude, the display of signs and the miracles that led people to the gospel; from these, envy; from this, hatred; from hatred, the plotting and the betrayal; and from this, the cross, and all by which we have been saved. Such, then, are the things of Christ, and so they stand, as far as we can reach; perhaps another reason, more secret than these, might be found. [30] But what need is there for you, following examples that are above you, to take bad counsel? For many other things recorded of that time are seen to be otherwise than as they are now, and do not agree with the times …

40.32PG 36:401b–404c

ὶνήστευσε μικρὸν πρὸτῆς πείρας, ἡμεῖς πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχαʼ 1b μὲν τῶν νηστειῶν ἓν, 06 μικρὸν δὲ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν καιρῶν τὸ διάστημα. Ὀ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τῶν πειρασμῶν ταύτας προβάλλεται* ἡμῖν δὲ τὴν σδννέκρωσιν Χριστοῦ τοῦτο δύναται, καὶ κάθαρσίς ἐστι προεὸρτιος Καὶ ὀ μὲν νηστεύει τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας (Θεὸς γὰρ ἦν), ἡμεῖς δὲ τῇ δυνάμει τοῦτο συνεμετρήσαμεν, εἰ καί τινας ᾅττειν ὁ ζῆλος πείθει καὶ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν, Πάλιν μυσταγωγεῖ τὸ Πάσχα τοὺς μαθητὰς ἰν ὑπερῴῳ, καὶ μετὰ τὸ δεῖπνον, καὶ πρὸ μιᾶς τοῦ παθεῖν ἡμέρας· ἡμεῖς ἐν προσευχῆς οῗκοις, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ δείπνου, καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἅνάστασιν. Ἀνίσταιαι τριήμερος, ἡμεῖς μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον· καῖ οὕτε ἆπὲῥρηκται τῶν ἐκείνου τοί ἡμέτερα, οὔτε συνἔζευκται χρονικῶς ἀλλʼ ὅσον τύπος τις εἶναι τῶι ἡμετέρων παραδοθέντα, 1b πάντη παραπλήσιον διαπέφευγεν. Τί οὖν θαυμαστὸν, καὶ 1b βάπτισμα παρειλῆφθαι μὲν διʼ ἡμᾶς, τῷ χρόνῳ δὲ διαφέρειν ς ”Ο σύ μοι δοκεῖς ὡς μέγα τι καὶ θαυμαστὸν οἷον προβάλλεσθαι κατὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ σωτηοίαι, προσιυχαὶ δάκρυον, οικτος τῶν διαμένων, με· εάδοσις. Τοῦτό σοι γενάσθω, ὧν τετύχηκας, εῦχαριστήριόν τε ἅμα καὶ φυλακτήριον. ’Ἔχεις πολλῶν ἱντολῶν ὑπόμνημα, τὴν εὒεργεσίαν· μὴ παραδράιιῃς. Πένῃς «pos-mlh; μνήσθητι πόσον πτωο χεύων, πόσον ἐπλούτησας. ’Ἄρτου δεόμενος, ἢ πόματος, Λάζαρος ἳσως τις ἄλλος τοῖς σοῖς πυλῶσι προσιῤῥιμμένος ς Αἶδᾶσθητι τὴν μυστικὴν τράπεζαν, ᾗ προσῆλθιςʼ τὸν ἄρτον, οῦ μετείληφας· τὸ ποτήριον, οὗ κεκοινώνηκας τοῖς Χριστοῦ «eam τελειούμενος. Ξένος πρόσίπισεν, ἄοικος, παρεπίδημος ; Tito- 5εξαι διὰ τοότου τὸν διὰ σὲ ξενιτεύσαντα, καὶταῦτα iv τοῖς ἰδίοις, καὶ εἶσοικισθέντα σοι διὰ τῆς χάριτος, καὶ πρὸς την ἂνω κατοικίαν ἑλκύσαντα. Faveo Ζακχαῖος, ὁ χθὲς τελώνης, καὶ σήμερον μεγαλόψυχος πςίντα τῇ εἰσόδῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καρποφόρησον, ἵνα μέγας ἀναφανῇς. κὰν μικρὸς ᾔς σωματικὴν ἡλικὶαν, καλῶς Χριστὸν θεασὰμενος. ’Ὰῤῥωστος πρόκειαι καὶ τραυματὶας ς τὴν σὴν ὑγίειαν αἰδέσθητι, καὶ τὰ τραύματα, ὤν σε Χριστὸς ἠλευθὲρωσεν, Ἐὰν ἴδῃς γυμνὸν, περίβαλε, τὸ σὸν τιμῶν Ενδυμα τῆς ἀφθαρσίας· Χριστὸς δὲ τοῦτό ἐστινο Ἐπειδὴ ὅσοι εἱς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθημεν, Χριστὸν ἒνδεδύμεθα. Ἐὰν χρεωφειλέτην λάβῃς προσπίπτοντα, πᾶσαν συγγραφὴν ἄδικον και δικαίαν διάσπασον. Μνήσθητι τῶν μυρίων ταλάντων, ὦν σοι Χριστος ἐχαρίσατο. Μὴ γένῃ πράκτωρ πικρὸς τοῦ ἐλάττονος χρέους. Καὶ ταῦτα τίσις Τοτς ὁμοδούλοις, ὁ τὸ πλέον παρὰ του Δεσπότου συγχωρηθεὶς, μὴ καὶ τῆς ἰκείνου φιλανθρωπίας ὑπόσχῃς δίκην, ἢν οῦκ ἰμιμήσω λαβὼν ὒπόδειγμα.

inēsteuse mikron protēs peiras, hēmeis pro tou Paschaʼ 1b men tōn nēsteiōn hen, 06 mikron de amphoterōn tōn kairōn to diastēma. O men gar kata tōn peirasmōn tautas proballetai* hēmin de tēn sdnnekrōsin Christou touto dynatai, kai katharsis esti proeortios Kai o men nēsteuei tessarakonta hēmeras (Theos gar ēn), hēmeis de tę̄ dynamei touto synemetrēsamen, ei kai tinas hąttein ho zēlos peithei kai hyper dynamin, Palin mystagōgei to Pascha tous mathētas in hyperǭǭ, kai meta to deipnon, kai pro mias tou pathein hēmeras; hēmeis en proseuchēs oïkois, kai pro tou deipnou, kai meta tēn hanastasin. Anistaiai triēmeros, hēmeis meta polyn chronon; kai houte aperhrēktai tōn ekeinou toi hēmetera, oute synezeuktai chronikōs allʼ hoson typos tis einai tōi hēmeterōn paradothenta, 1b pantē paraplēsion diapepheugen. Ti oun thaumaston, kai 1b baptisma pareilēphthai men diʼ hēmas, tǭ chronǭ de diapherein s ”O sy moi dokeis hōs mega ti kai thaumaston hoion proballesthai kata tēs heautou sōtēoiai, prosiychai dakryon, oiktos tōn diamenōn, me; eadosis. Touto soi genasthō, hōn tetychēkas, eucharistērion te hama kai phylaktērion. ’Echeis pollōn hintolōn hypomnēma, tēn euergesian; mē paradraiię̄s. Penę̄s «pos-mlh? mnēsthēti poson ptōo cheuōn, poson eploutēsas. ’Artou deomenos, ē pomatos, Lazaros hisōs tis allos tois sois pylōsi prosirrhimmenos s Aidasthēti tēn mystikēn trapezan, hę̄ prosēlthisʼ ton arton, ou meteilēphas; to potērion, hou kekoinōnēkas tois Christou «eam teleioumenos. Xenos prosipisen, aoikos, parepidēmos ? Tito- 5exai dia tootou ton dia se xeniteusanta, kaitauta iv tois idiois, kai eisoikisthenta soi dia tēs charitos, kai pros tēn anō katoikian helkysanta. Faveo Zakchaios, ho chthes telōnēs, kai sēmeron megalopsychos psinta tę̄ eisodǭ tou Christou karpophorēson, hina megas anaphanę̄s. kan mikros ę̄s sōmatikēn hēlikian, kalōs Christon theasamenos. ’Arrhōstos prokeiai kai traumatias s tēn sēn hygieian aidesthēti, kai ta traumata, ōn se Christos ēleutherōsen, Ean idę̄s gymnon, peribale, to son timōn Endyma tēs aphtharsias; Christos de touto estino Epeidē hosoi heis Christon ebaptisthēmen, Christon endedymetha. Ean chreōpheiletēn labę̄s prospiptonta, pasan syngraphēn adikon kai dikaian diaspason. Mnēsthēti tōn myriōn talantōn, ōn soi Christos echarisato. Mē genę̄ praktōr pikros tou elattonos chreous. Kai tauta tisis Tots homodoulois, ho to pleon para tou Despotou synchōrētheis, mē kai tēs ikeinou philanthrōpias hyposchę̄s dikēn, ēn ouk imimēsō labōn ypodeigma.

He fasted a little before the temptation, we before Easter; the fasting is the same, but the interval between the two times is not small. For he puts up his fasts as a defence against temptations; for us this signifies dying with Christ, and it is a cleansing before the feast. And he fasts forty days, for he was God; we have measured this to our strength, even if zeal persuades some to leap beyond their strength. Again, he initiates his disciples into the Passover in an upper room, after supper and one day before his passion; we in houses of prayer, before supper and after the resurrection. He rises on the third day, we after a long time. And our observances are neither broken off from his nor joined to them in time; but, in so far as they were handed down as a pattern for ours, they have avoided being in every way the same. What wonder, then, if baptism too was received for our sake, but differs in its time? … that which you seem to me to put forward against your own salvation as something great and wonderful … [31] … prayers, tears, compassion for those in need, sharing. Let this be for you both a thank-offering for what you have received and a safeguard. You have the benefit as a reminder of many commandments: do not pass it by. Has a poor man come to you? Remember how poor you were, and how rich you have become. Is someone in need of bread or drink, some other Lazarus perhaps, cast down at your gates? Revere the mystical table to which you came, the bread of which you partook, the cup in which you shared, being initiated into the sufferings of Christ. Has a stranger fallen at your feet, homeless, a sojourner? Receive through him the one who became a stranger for your sake, and that among his own, and who made his dwelling in you through grace and drew you to the dwelling above. Be Zacchaeus, yesterday a tax collector and today great-souled: bear all your fruit at Christ's entrance, that you may appear great, even if you are small in bodily stature, having beheld Christ well. Does a sick and wounded man lie before you? Respect your own health and the wounds from which Christ set you free. If you see a naked man, clothe him, honouring your own garment of incorruption, which is Christ: for as many of us as were baptized into Christ have put on Christ. If you find a debtor falling at your feet, tear up every bond, unjust or just. Remember the ten thousand talents which Christ forgave you; do not be a harsh exactor of a smaller debt. And from whom? From your fellow servants, you who were forgiven more by the Master; lest you pay the penalty for his love for man, which you did not imitate though you received it as an example.

40.33PG 36:404c–408a

Γενέσθω σοι τὸ λουτρὸν, μὴ τοῦ σώματος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς εἰκόνοςο μὴ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἕκπλυσις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ τρόπου διόρθωσις μὴ τὸν προλαβόντα βόρβορον ἆποκλυζέτω μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πηγὴν καθαιρέτω· μὴ τὸ καλῶς κτᾶσθαι τυπούτω μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καλως ἀποκτᾶσθαι, ἢ, τό γε κουφότατον, τὸ κακῶς κτηθὶν ἀποτίθεσθαι, Τίιίγὰρ ὄφελος σοὶ μὲν συγχωρηθῆναι τὴν ἆμαρτίαν, τῷ δὲ ἠδικημένῳ μὴ λυθῆναι τὴν παρὰ σοῦ ζημίαν· δύο σοι κακῶν ὄντων, τοῦ τε κτήσασθ.ι μὴ δικαίως, καὶ τοῦ τὸ κτηθὲν κατέχεσθαι ς Τοῦ μὲν ἄφεσιν ἔλαβες, τʼ) δὲ σήμερον ἀδικεῖς. Σήμερον γάρ ἑστι παρὰ σοὶ τὸ ἀλλότριον* καὶ οὒκ ἀνῃρέθη τὸι ἁμάρτημα, τῷ χρόνῳ δὲ διεκόπη. Τὸ μὲν πρὸ τού βαπτίσματος τολμηθὲν, τὸ δὲ μένον μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα· τῶν γὰρ ἡμαρτημένων, οὔ τῶν ἁμαρτανομένων τὸ λουτρόν ἔχει ωγχώρησιν. Δεῖ δὲ μὴ σοφισθῆναι τὸν καθαρμὸν, ἀλλι ἐνσημανθῆναι λαμπρυνθῆναί σε τελείως, ἀλλὰ μὴ χρωσθῆναιʼ μηδὲ ἐπικάλυψιν τῶ) ἁμαρτιῶν, ἀλλʼ ἀπαλλαγὴν ἔχειν τὸ χάρισμα.Μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἂνομίαιʼ τοῦτο τῆς παντελοῦς καθάρσεως· καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἆμαρτίαν τοῦτο τῶν οὔπω τὸ βάθος καθηραμένωι. Μακάριος ανὴρ, ᾧ οὗ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίανο τρίτη τις αὕτη τάξις τῶν ἁμαρτανομένων ὧν ἡ μὲν πρᾶξις οὒκ ἐπαινετὴ, τὸ δὲ τῆς γνώμης ἀνεύκατοικούντων ὲν τάφοις, μηδὲ κατασφιγγῇς ταῖς σειραῖς τῶν οίκείων ἁμαρτημάτων· ἄδηλον ὃν, εί πάλιν ἐξαναστήσῃ τῶν τάφων, μέχρι τῆς τελευταίας καὶ κοινῆς ἀναστάσεως, ἢ πᾶν τὸ ποίημα ἄξει είς κρίσιν, οὐ θεραπευθησόμενον, ἀλλά κριθησόμενον, καὶ λόγον ὑφέξον, ὧν εὖ ἢ κακῶς ὲθησαύρισεν.

Genesthō soi to loutron, mē tou sōmatos monon, alla kai tēs eikonoso mē tōn hamartēmatōn hekplysis monon, alla kai tou tropou diorthōsis mē ton prolabonta borboron apoklyzetō monon, alla kai tēn pēgēn kathairetō; mē to kalōs ktasthai typoutō monon, alla kai to kalōs apoktasthai, ē, to ge kouphotaton, to kakōs ktēthin apotithesthai, Tiiigar ophelos soi men synchōrēthēnai tēn amartian, tǭ de ēdikēmenǭ mē lythēnai tēn para sou zēmian; dyo soi kakōn ontōn, tou te ktēsasth.i mē dikaiōs, kai tou to ktēthen katechesthai s Tou men aphesin elabes, tʼ) de sēmeron adikeis. Sēmeron gar hesti para soi to allotrion* kai ouk anę̄rethē toi hamartēma, tǭ chronǭ de diekopē. To men pro tou baptismatos tolmēthen, to de menon meta to baptisma; tōn gar hēmartēmenōn, ou tōn hamartanomenōn to loutron echei ōnchōrēsin. Dei de mē sophisthēnai ton katharmon, alli ensēmanthēnai lamprynthēnai se teleiōs, alla mē chrōsthēnaiʼ mēde epikalypsin tō) hamartiōn, allʼ apallagēn echein to charisma.Makarioi, hōn aphethēsan hai anomiaiʼ touto tēs pantelous katharseōs; kai hōn epekalyphthēsan hai amartian touto tōn oupō to bathos kathēramenōi. Makarios anēr, hǭ hou mē logisētai Kyrios hamartiano tritē tis hautē taxis tōn hamartanomenōn hōn hē men praxis ouk epainetē, to de tēs gnōmēs aneukatoikountōn en taphois, mēde katasphingę̄s tais seirais tōn oikeiōn hamartēmatōn; adēlon hon, ei palin exanastēsę̄ tōn taphōn, mechri tēs teleutaias kai koinēs anastaseōs, ē pan to poiēma axei eis krisin, ou therapeuthēsomenon, alla krithēsomenon, kai logon hyphexon, hōn eu ē kakōs ethēsaurisen.

Let the bath be for you a bath not of the body only but of the image; not only a washing away of sins but also a correction of character; let it not only wash away the mud that came before, but also cleanse the source; let it not only shape you to acquire honestly, but also to part honestly with what you have, or at the least to give up what you acquired dishonestly. For what good is it that your sin is forgiven you, if the loss you inflicted on the one you wronged is not undone? There are two evils: to have acquired unjustly, and to keep what was acquired. Of the one you received remission; the other you commit today. For today the property of another is in your hands; and the sin has not been taken away, but only divided by time: the one was dared before baptism, the other remains after baptism. For the bath grants pardon for sins that have been committed, not for sins that are being committed. The cleansing must not be counterfeited but stamped upon you; you must be made bright wholly, not coloured over; the gift must bring not a covering of sins but a release from them. “Blessed are those whose iniquities are forgiven”: this belongs to complete cleansing; “and whose sins are covered”: this to those not yet cleansed in the depths. “Blessed is the man to whom the Lord will not reckon sin”: this is a third class of sinners, whose action is not praiseworthy, but whose intention is blameless. [33] … with those who dwell in tombs; do not bind yourself tight with the chains of your own sins; since it is uncertain whether he will raise you from the tombs again before the last and common resurrection, which will bring every work into judgment, not to be healed but to be judged, and to give account of what it has stored up, well or ill.

40.34PG 36:408a–408d

Ei λέπραν ἔβρυες τέως τὴν ἄμορφον πονηρίαν, ἀπεξέσθης δὲ τῆς κακῆς ὕλης, καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα σώαν ἀπέλαβες, δεῖξον ἐμοὶ τῷ ίερεῖ σου τὴν κάθαρσιν, ἴνα γνῶ, πόσον τῆς νομικῆς αὕτη τιμιωτέρα. Γενοῦ μὴ τῶν ἐννέα τῶν ἀχαρίστων, ἀλλά τὸν δέκατον μίμησαι· καὶ γὰρ εἰ Σαμαρείτης ἦν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἄλλων εὐγνωμονέστερος. Ἀσφάλισαι, μὴ πάλιν κακῶς ὲξανθήσῃς, καὶ δυσθεράπευτον ἔξεις τὴν ἀνωμαλίαν τοῦ σώματος. Πρώην ὲξήραινέ σου τὴν χεῖρα μικρολογία καὶ φειδωλίαʼ σήμερον ὲκτεινάτω μετάδοσις καὶ φιλανθρωπία. Καλὴ θεραπεία χειρὸς ἀρρωστούσης, σκορπίζειν, διδόναι τοῖς πένησιν, ἐξαντλεῖν ὧν ἔχομεν δαψιλῶς, μέχρις ἂν καὶ τοῦ πυθμένος ἁψώμεθα (ἴσως καὶ οὗτος πηγὰσει σοι τροφὴν, καθάπερ τῇ Σαραφθίᾳ, καὶ μάλιστα εί τύχοις Ἠλίαν τρέφουσα), καλὴν εὐπορίαν εἰδέναι, τὸ διὰ Χριστὸν ἀπορεῖν, τὸν διʼ ἡμᾶς πτωχεύσαντα. Ei κωφὸς ἦσθα καὶ ἄλαλος, ὁ Λόγος ἐν· ηχησόιτω σοι· μᾶλλον δὲ κάτασχε τὸν ἐνηχήσαντα. Μὴ κλείσῃς τὰ ὦτα πρὸς παιδείαν Κυρίου καὶ νουθεσίαν, ὡς ἀσπὶς πρὸς ὲπᾴσματα. Et τυφλὸς καὶ ἀφώτιστος. φώτισον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σουι μή ποτε ὁπνώσης είς θάνατον. Ἐν τῷ φωτὶ Κυρίου θέασαι φῶς, ὲν τῷ Πνεύματι τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν Υίὸν αὺγάσθητι, τὸ τρισσὸν φῶς καὶ ἀμέριστον. Ἐὰν ὅλον είσδέξῃ τὸν Λόγον,ν πάσας τὰς Χριστοῦ θεραπείας ἐπὶ τὴν σεαυτοῦ συνάξεις ψυχὴν, ἃς κατά μέρος ἕκαστος τεθεράπευται. Μόνον μὴ ἀγνοήσῃς τὸ μέτρον τῆς χάριτος· μόνον μὴ καθεύδοντί σοι καὶ ἀμεριμνοῦντι κακῶς ἑπισπείρῃ ό ἐχθρὸς τὰ ζιζάνιαο μόνον ἐπίφθονος τῷ πονηρῷ γεγονὼς διὰ τὴν καθαρότητα, μὴ πάλιν σεαυτὸν ἐλεεινὸν καταστήσῃς διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ’ μόνον μὴ τῷ ἀγαθῷ περιχαρεὶς, καὶ ὑψωθεὶς ἄμετρα, καταπέσῃς ὲν τῷ ἐπαρθῆναι · μόνον ἀεί φιλοπόνει υτὴν κάθαρσιν, ἀναβάσεις ὲν τῇ καρδίᾳ τιθέμεο νος° καὶ, ἦς ἔτυχες κατά δωρεὰν ἀφέσεως. ταύτην ἐπιμελείᾳ συντήρησοψ ἵνα τὸ μὲν ἀφεθῆναί σοι παρά Θεοῦ, τὸ δὲ συντηρηθῆναι, καὶ παρὰ σοῦ γένηται.

Ei lepran ebryes teōs tēn amorphon ponērian, apexesthēs de tēs kakēs hylēs, kai tēn eikona sōan apelabes, deixon emoi tǭ ierei sou tēn katharsin, ina gnō, poson tēs nomikēs hautē timiōtera. Genou mē tōn ennea tōn acharistōn, alla ton dekaton mimēsai; kai gar ei Samareitēs ēn, alla tōn allōn eugnōmonesteros. Asphalisai, mē palin kakōs exanthēsę̄s, kai dystherapeuton exeis tēn anōmalian tou sōmatos. Prōēn exēraine sou tēn cheira mikrologia kai pheidōliaʼ sēmeron ekteinatō metadosis kai philanthrōpia. Kalē therapeia cheiros arrōstousēs, skorpizein, didonai tois penēsin, exantlein hōn echomen dapsilōs, mechris an kai tou pythmenos hapsōmetha (isōs kai houtos pēgasei soi trophēn, kathaper tę̄ Saraphthią, kai malista ei tychois Ēlian trephousa), kalēn euporian eidenai, to dia Christon aporein, ton diʼ hēmas ptōcheusanta. Ei kōphos ēstha kai alalos, ho Logos en; ēchēsoitō soi; mallon de katasche ton enēchēsanta. Mē kleisę̄s ta ōta pros paideian Kyriou kai nouthesian, hōs aspis pros epąsmata. Et typhlos kai aphōtistos. phōtison tous ophthalmous soui mē pote hopnōsēs eis thanaton. En tǭ phōti Kyriou theasai phōs, en tǭ Pneumati tou Theou ton Uion augasthēti, to trisson phōs kai ameriston. Ean holon eisdexę̄ ton Logon,n pasas tas Christou therapeias epi tēn seautou synaxeis psychēn, has kata meros hekastos tetherapeutai. Monon mē agnoēsę̄s to metron tēs charitos; monon mē katheudonti soi kai amerimnounti kakōs hepispeirę̄ o echthros ta zizaniao monon epiphthonos tǭ ponērǭ gegonōs dia tēn katharotēta, mē palin seauton eleeinon katastēsę̄s dia tēs hamartias ’ monon mē tǭ agathǭ perichareis, kai hypsōtheis ametra, katapesę̄s en tǭ eparthēnai ; monon aei philoponei ytēn katharsin, anabaseis en tę̄ kardią tithemeo nos° kai, ēs etyches kata dōrean apheseōs. tautēn epimeleią syntērēsops hina to men aphethēnai soi para Theou, to de syntērēthēnai, kai para sou genētai.

If until now you teemed with leprosy, that shapeless wickedness, but have been scraped clean of the evil matter and have received back the image whole, show me, your priest, your cleansing, that I may know how much more precious it is than the legal one. Do not be one of the nine ungrateful, but imitate the tenth; for though he was a Samaritan, he was more grateful than the rest. Take care that you do not break out in evil again, and find the disorder of the body hard to heal. Formerly meanness and stinginess withered your hand; today let generosity and kindness stretch it out. A fine cure for a sick hand is to scatter, to give to the poor, to draw lavishly on what we have until we touch the bottom (perhaps this too will spring up with food for you, as for the widow of Zarephath, especially if you happen to be feeding an Elijah), to know the fine abundance of being in want for Christ, who became poor for us. If you were deaf and dumb, let the Word sound in your ears; or rather, hold fast to him who sounded. Do not shut your ears to the instruction and admonition of the Lord, like an asp against charms. If you were blind and unenlightened, lighten your eyes, lest you ever sleep in death. In the light of the Lord see light; in the Spirit of God be illumined by the Son, the threefold and undivided light. If you receive the whole Word, you will gather into your own soul all the healings of Christ, which each received in part. Only do not be ignorant of the measure of grace; only let not the enemy sow tares while you sleep and take no care; only, having become an object of envy to the evil one through your purity, do not make yourself pitiable again through sin; only do not, rejoicing in the good and lifted up beyond measure, fall through your exaltation; only labour always at your cleansing, setting ascents in your heart; and the remission you obtained as a free gift, keep with care, so that the forgiveness may be from God, and the keeping from you as well.

40.35PG 36:409a–409c

Γενήσεται δὲ πῶς ; ’Λεὶ τῆς παραβολῆςέκεί-Λ νης μέμνησο, καὶ σεαυτῷ βοηθήσεις ἄριστά τε καὶ τελεώτατα, Ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ σοῦ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον καὶ ὖλικὸν πνεῦμα, διωχθὲν τῷ βαπτίσματι. Οὒ φέρει τὸν διωγμόν οὖ δέχεται ἄοικον εἶναι καὶ ἀνέστιον. Πορεύεται διʼ ἀνύδρων τόπων, καὶ ξηρῶν θείας ἐπιρῤοῆς · ἐκεῖ φιλοχωρῆσαι βούλεται πλανᾶται ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν, οὐχ εὖρίσκει βεβαπτισμέναις ἐντυγχάνει ψυχαῖς, ὧν τὴν κακίαν τὸ λουτρὸν ἒξέκλυσεν φοβεῖται τὸ ὕδωρ έμπνίγεται τῇ καθάρσει, καθάπερ ὁ Λεγεὼν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. Πάλιν ὑποστρέφει πρὸς τὸν οἷκον, ὅθεν ανεχώρησεν. Ἀναίσχυντόν ἐστι, φιλόνεικόν έστι, προσβανλλει πάλιν, πειρᾶται πάλιν. Ἐὰν μὲν εὕρῃ Χριστὸν ἔσοικισθέντα, καὶ πληρώσαντα τὴν χώραν ἢν αὒτὸς ἐκένωσεν ο ἀπεκρούσθη πάλιν, ἀπῆλθεν ἄπρακτον, ἒλεεινὸν ἐγένετο τῆς περιπλανήσεως. Ἐὰν δὲ σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον τὸν ἐν σοὶ τόπον ὥρῃ, κενὸν καὶ ἄπρακτον, ἕτοιμον ἐπίσης πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν τοῦδε ἢ τοῦδε τοῦ προκαταλαβόντος, εἰσεπήδησεν, εἶσῳκίσθη μετᾶ πλείοΑος τῆς παρασκευῆς, καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν προτέρων, ὅσῳ τότε μὲν ἐλπὶς ἦν διορθώσεως τε καὶ ἀσφαλείας νῦν δὲ πρόδηλος ἡ κακία, τῇ φυγῇ τοῦ καλοῦ τὸ πονηρὸν ἕλκουσα καὶ διὰ τοῦιο βεβαιοτέρα τῷ οἶκήτορι ὴ κατάσχεσις.

Genēsetai de pōs ? ’Lei tēs parabolēsekei-L nēs memnēso, kai seautǭ boēthēseis arista te kai teleōtata, Exēlthen apo sou to akatharton kai ylikon pneuma, diōchthen tǭ baptismati. Ou pherei ton diōgmon ou dechetai aoikon einai kai anestion. Poreuetai diʼ anydrōn topōn, kai xērōn theias epirroēs ; ekei philochōrēsai bouletai planatai zētoun anapausin, ouch euriskei bebaptismenais entynchanei psychais, hōn tēn kakian to loutron exeklysen phobeitai to hydōr empnigetai tę̄ katharsei, kathaper ho Legeōn tę̄ thalassę̄. Palin hypostrephei pros ton hoikon, hothen anechōrēsen. Anaischynton esti, philoneikon esti, prosbanllei palin, peiratai palin. Ean men heurę̄ Christon esoikisthenta, kai plērōsanta tēn chōran ēn autos ekenōsen o apekrousthē palin, apēlthen aprakton, eleeinon egeneto tēs periplanēseōs. Ean de sesarōmenon kai kekosmēmenon ton en soi topon hōrę̄, kenon kai aprakton, hetoimon episēs pros hypodochēn toude ē toude tou prokatalabontos, eisepēdēsen, eisǭkisthē meta pleioAos tēs paraskeuēs, kai ginetai ta eschata cheirona tōn proterōn, hosǭ tote men elpis ēn diorthōseōs te kai asphaleias nyn de prodēlos hē kakia, tę̄ phygę̄ tou kalou to ponēron helkousa kai dia touio bebaiotera tǭ oikētori ē kataschesis.

How will this be? Always remember that parable, and you will help yourself best and most perfectly. The unclean and material spirit has gone out of you, driven out by baptism. It does not bear being driven out; it does not accept being homeless and without a hearth. It goes through waterless places, dry of the divine stream; there it wishes to make its haunt. It wanders seeking rest and does not find it. It meets baptized souls, whose wickedness the bath has washed out; it fears the water; it is choked by the cleansing, as Legion was in the sea. Again it returns to the house from which it went out. It is shameless, it is contentious; it attacks again, it tries again. If it finds Christ dwelling there and filling the place it had left empty, it is repulsed again and goes away without success, and becomes pitiable in its wandering. But if it sees the place in you swept and adorned, empty and idle, equally ready to receive this one or that, whichever comes first, it leaps in and settles there with greater force, and the last state becomes worse than the first; for then there was hope of correction and safety, but now the wickedness is manifest, drawing evil to itself by flight from the good, and for this reason the occupation is more secure for the one who dwells there.

40.36PG 36:409c–412b

Πάλιν ὑπομνήσω σε τῶν φωτισμῶν, καὶ πολλάκις ἐκ τῶν θείων λογίων τούτους ἀναλεγόμενος. Αὒτός τε γάρ ἡδίων ἔσομαι τῇ τούτων μνήμῃ, (τί γὰρ φωτὸς ὴδύτερον, τοῖς φωτὸς γευσαμένοις ς) καὶ σὲ περιαστράψω τοῖς λεγομένοις, Φῶς μὲν ὰνέτειλε τῷ δικαίῳ, καὶ ἡ τούτου σύζυγος εὔφροσύνη Φῶς δέ δικαίοις διὰ παντός. Φωτίζεις δὲ σὺ θαυμαστῶς ἀπὸ ὀρέων αἰωνίων, πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν λέγεται ° ἀγγελικῶν, οἶμαι, δυνάμεων, αἳ συνεργοῦσιν ἡμῖν πρὸς τὰ κρείττονα, Κύριος δὲ φωτισμός μου, παὶ σωτήρ μουλ τίνα φοβηθήσομαι; Τοῦ Δαβὶδ ἤκουσας λέγοντος καὶ ποτὲ μὲν αἱτοῦντος ἒξαποσταλῆναι τὸ φῶς αὒτῷ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν- ποτὶ θέ εὐχαριστοῦντος, ὅτι καὶ τούτου μετείληφεν, ἒν τῷ σημειωθῆναι τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ φῶς ἔπʼ αὐτὸν, τουτέστιν ένσηοέ μανθῆναι καὶ γνωρισθῆναι τὰ σημεῖα τῆς δεδομένης ὶλλάμψεως. ’Ἔν μόνον φῶς φεύγωμεν, τὸ τοῦ πικροῦ πυρὸς ἔκγονον, Μὴ πορευθῶμεν τῷ φωτὶ τοῦ πυρὸς ἡμων, καὶ τῇ φλογὶ ᾗ ἐξεκαύσαμεν, Οἶδα γὰρ πύρ καθαρτήριον, ὃΧριστὸς ἦλθε βαλεῖν επὶ τῆς γῆς, πῦρ καὶ αὑτὸς ἀναγωγῆς λόγοις καλούμενος. ’Λναλωτικδν τοῦτο τῆς ὕλης καὶ τῆς πονηρᾶς ἔστὶν ἱξιως, ὃ καὶ ἀναφθῆναι τάχιστα βούλεται. Ποθιῐ γὰρ τῆς εὐεργεσίας τδ τάχος · ἐπεὶ καὶ πυρὸς ἅώρακας δίδωσιν ἡμῖν εἰς βοήθειαν. Οἶδα καὶ πῦρ οὗ καθαρτήριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κολαστήριον · εἴτε καὶ Σοδομιτικδν, ὃ πᾶσιν ἂμαρτωλοϊς ὶπιὸρέχιι θείῳ καὶ καταιγίδι μιγνύμε. νον ’ εἴτε τὸ ἢτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὑτοῦ · εἴτε ὃ πρὸς προσσώπου Κυρίου ποριύεται, καὶ φλογιεῖ κύκλῳ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὖτοῦ καὶ τὸ τούτων ἔτι φοβερώτερον ’ ὃ τῷ ἃκοιμήτῳ σκώληκι συντέτακται, μὴ σῦεννόμενὸν, ἁλλὰ διαιωνίζον τοῖς πονηροῖς. Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τῆς ἂφανιστικής ἐστι δυνάμεως ' εἰ μή τῷ φίλον κᾶνταῦθα νοεῖν τοῦτο φιλανθρωπότερον, καὶ τοῦ κολάζοντος ἐπαξίως,

Palin hypomnēsō se tōn phōtismōn, kai pollakis ek tōn theiōn logiōn toutous analegomenos. Autos te gar hēdiōn esomai tę̄ toutōn mnēmę̄, (ti gar phōtos ēdyteron, tois phōtos geusamenois s) kai se periastrapsō tois legomenois, Phōs men aneteile tǭ dikaiǭ, kai hē toutou syzygos euphrosynē Phōs de dikaiois dia pantos. Phōtizeis de sy thaumastōs apo oreōn aiōniōn, pros ton Theon legetai ° angelikōn, oimai, dynameōn, hai synergousin hēmin pros ta kreittona, Kyrios de phōtismos mou, pai sōtēr moul tina phobēthēsomai? Tou Dabid ēkousas legontos kai pote men haitountos exapostalēnai to phōs autǭ kai tēn alētheian- poti the eucharistountos, hoti kai toutou meteilēphen, en tǭ sēmeiōthēnai to tou Theou phōs epʼ auton, toutestin ensēoe manthēnai kai gnōristhēnai ta sēmeia tēs dedomenēs illampseōs. ’En monon phōs pheugōmen, to tou pikrou pyros ekgonon, Mē poreuthōmen tǭ phōti tou pyros hēmōn, kai tę̄ phlogi hę̄ exekausamen, Oida gar pyr kathartērion, hoChristos ēlthe balein epi tēs gēs, pyr kai hautos anagōgēs logois kaloumenos. ’Lnalōtikdn touto tēs hylēs kai tēs ponēras estin hixiōs, ho kai anaphthēnai tachista bouletai. Pothii gar tēs euergesias td tachos ; epei kai pyros haōrakas didōsin hēmin eis boētheian. Oida kai pyr hou kathartērion, alla kai kolastērion ; eite kai Sodomitikdn, ho pasin amartōloïs ipiorechii theiǭ kai kataigidi mignyme. non ’ eite to ētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ kai tois angelois hautou ; eite ho pros prossōpou Kyriou poriyetai, kai phlogiei kyklǭ tous echthrous autou kai to toutōn eti phoberōteron ’ ho tǭ hakoimētǭ skōlēki syntetaktai, mē syennomenon, halla diaiōnizon tois ponērois. Panta gar tauta tēs aphanistikēs esti dynameōs ' ei mē tǭ philon kantautha noein touto philanthrōpoteron, kai tou kolazontos epaxiōs,

Again I will remind you of the illuminations, gathering them often from the divine oracles. For I myself shall be the happier for remembering them (what is sweeter than light to those who have tasted light?), and I shall shine around you with my words. “Light has dawned for the righteous,” and its partner, gladness. “Light for the righteous always.” “You give light wonderfully from the everlasting mountains,” is said to God; of the angelic powers, I think, who work with us towards better things. “The Lord is my light and my saviour; whom shall I fear?” You have heard David saying this, and sometimes asking that the light and the truth be sent out to him, sometimes giving thanks that he had shared in it, in that the light of God was signed upon him, that is, the signs of the illumination given were impressed and made known. One light alone let us flee, the offspring of the bitter fire. Let us not walk in the light of our fire and in the flame which we have kindled. For I know a cleansing fire, which Christ came to cast upon the earth, he himself being called fire in the language of figurative interpretation. This consumes matter and evil habit, and he wishes it to be kindled as quickly as possible; for he longs for speed in doing good, since he also gives us coals of fire for our help. I know also a fire that is not cleansing but punishing: whether that of Sodom, which he rains upon all sinners mixed with brimstone and tempest; or that prepared for the devil and his angels; or that which goes before the face of the Lord and burns up his enemies round about; and, more fearful still than these, that which is ranked with the sleepless worm, not quenched but lasting for ever for the wicked. For all these belong to the destroying power; unless someone prefers to understand this too more humanely, and in a way worthy of him who punishes.

40.37PG 36:412b–416b

’Ὥσπερ δὲ πῦρ οἶδα διπλοῦν, οὕτω καὶ φῶς · τὸ μὲν, τὴν τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ λαμπάδα, κατιυθῦνον ἡμῖν τὰ κατὰ Θεὸν διαδήματα “ τὸ δὲ, ἀπατηλὸν καὶ περίεργον, καὶ τοῦ ἆληθινοῦ φωτὸς ἀντίθετον, έκεῖνο εἶναι ὑποκρινόμενον, ’ἕνα κλέπτῃ τῷ qut. νομένῳ τοῦτο καὶ σκοτία ἐστὶ, καὶ μεσημβρία δοκεῖ, τί) τοῦ φωτὸς ἀκμαιότατον. Οὕτως ἀκούω τοῖς διαπαντὸς ἦν μεσημβρινῇ σκοτίᾳ φεύγουαι. τοῦτο καὶ νύξ εστι, καὶ φωτισμὸς νομίζεται τοῖς ὑπὸ τῇς τρυφῆς διεφθαρμένοις, Τί γὰρ φησιν ὁ Δαβίδς Νὺξ ἦν περὶ ἐμὲ τὸν δείλαιον καὶ ἠγνόουν ” φωτισμδν γὰρ εἶναι τὴν τρυφὴν δπελιίμβανον. Ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν τοιοῦτοι, καὶ οὕτως ἶχοντες “ ἡμεῖς δὲ φωτίσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς φῶς γνώσεως · ἔσται δὲ τοῦτο, ἐκ τοῦ σπείρειν είς δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τρυγᾷν καρπὸν ζωῆς (πρᾶξις γὰρ, θεωρίας πρόξενος), ἳνα τά τι ἄλλα καὶ τοῦτο μάθωμεν, τί μὶν τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῖὁς, τί δὲ τὸ ψευδόμενον, καὶ μὴ λάθωμεν περιπεσόντες, ὡς καλῷ, τῷ χείρον.. Γενώμιθα φῶς, ὥσπερ oi μα·θηταὶ παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου Φωτδς ἤκουσαν, ’Υμετς ἔστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου, λέγοντος. Γενώμιθα φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ, λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες, τουτέστι ζωτικὴ τοῖς ἅλλοιςξ δύναμις. Λαβὢμεθα θεότητος, λαβώμεθα τοῦ πρώτου καὶ ἆκραιφνεστάτου Φωτός. Ὀδεύσωμεν πρὸς τὴν λάμψιν αὐτοῦ, πρὸ τοῦ προσκόψαι τοέλς πόδας ἡμῶν ὶίιτίὸρη σκοτεινὰ καὶ πολέμια, ’Ἕως ἡμέρα εστὶν, ὥς ἒν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν, μὴ κώμιοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοίταις καὶʼ dsslyslztcpdi νυκτός ἑστι κλέμματα, ΑΠʼ. Πᾶν μέλος καθαρισθῶμεν, ἀδελφοὶ, πᾶσανί ἀγνίσωμεν αἴσθησιν ο μηδὲν ἀτελὲς ἡμῖν ἔστω, μηδὲ τῆς πρώτης γενέσεως, μηδὲν ἀφώτιστον καταλείπωμεν Φωτισθῶμεν τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν, ἵνʼ ὀρθὰ βλέπωμεν, καὶ μηδὲν εἴδωλον πορνικὸν ἂν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς φέρωμεν ἐκ φιλοπόνου θέας καὶ περιέργου. Κάν γὰρ τῷ πάθει μὴ προσκυνήσωμεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἒμολόνθημεν, Εἴ τις δοκὸς tv ἡμῖν, εἰ τι κάρφος, ἀνακαθαίρωμεν ’ίνα καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὁρᾷν δυνώμεθα. Φωτισθῶμεν ἀκοήν, φωτισθιῖῳεν γλῶσσαν ’ ’ἵνα ἀκούσωμεν, τί λαλήσει Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ ἀκουστὸν ἡμῖν γένηται τὸ πρωινὸν ἕλεος, καὶ ἀκουτισθῶμεν ἀγαλλίασιν καὶ εὐφροσύνην, ἀκοαῖς θείαις ἒνηχουμένην ’ ’ίνα μὴ ὦμεν μάχαιρα ὀξεῖα, μηδὲ ξυρὸν ἠκονημένον, μηδὲ ὑπὸ τὴν γλῶσσαν στρέφωμεν κόπον καὶ πόνον, ἀλλά λαλῶμεν Θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ, τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην, τὰς πυρίνας γλώσσας αἳδούμενοι.“ ἰαθῶμεν ὄσφρησιν, ἵνα μὴ θηλυνώμεθα, μηδὲ ἀντὶ ὀσμῆς ἡδείας κονιορτώμεθα · ἀλλʼ ὀσφραινώμεθα (li), τοῦ ἑκκενωθέντος διʼ ἡμᾶς μύρου mcuματικῶς ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἐξ αὖτοῦ ποιούμενοι καθ μεταποιούμενοι, ὥστε καὶ αὐτῶν ἡμῶν ὀσφραίνεσθαι ὀσμὲν εὒωδίας. Καθαρθῶμεν ἀφῆν, γεῦσεν, λάρυγγα, μὴ μαλακῶς ἐπαφώμενοι, καὶ λειότησι χαίροντες, ἀλλά τὸν σαρκωθὲντα διʼ ἡμᾶς Λόγον ψηλαφῶντες, ὡς ἄξιον, καὶ Θωμᾶν κατὰ τοῦτο μιμούμενοι ’ μὴ χυμοῖς καὶ ὄψοις γαργαλιζόpum, τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς τῶν πικροτέρων γαργαλισμῶν, ἀλλὰ γευόμενοι καὶ γινώσκοντες, ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος τὴν κρείττω γεῦσιν καὶ μένουσαν · μηδὲ μικρά 4) τὸν πικρὸν καὶ ἀχάριστον ἀγωγὸν ἀναψύχοντες, τὸν παραπέμποντα, καί οὗ κατέχοντα τὸ διδόμενον, ἀλλά τοῖς γλυκυτέροις μέλιτος λόγοις τοῦτον εὐφραίνοντες. αἰρόμενον. Καλὸν καὶ τὰς χεῖρας τελειοῦσθαι, καὶ τοὺς πόδας τὰς μὲν, ὼς ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ ὁσίας αἴρεσθαι, καὶ δράσσεσθαι τῆς Χριστοῦ παιδείας, μή ποτε ὁργισθῇ Κύριος καὶ πιστεύεσθαι λόγον διὰ τοῦ πρακτικοῦ, ὡς τὸν ἒν τῇ χειρὶ τοῦδε τοῦ προφήτόυ δεδομένον · τοὺς δὲ, μὴ ὀξεῖς εἶναι πρὸς τὸ ἐκχέειν αἷμα, μηδὲ εἷς κακίαν τρέχοντας ἀλλʼ έτοίμους εἰς τὸ Εὔα-(γέλων, καὶ πρὸς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἅνω κλήσεως, καὶ Χριστὸν ύπονὶπτοντα καὶ καθαίροντα δέχεσθαι. Εἴ τις ἰστὶ καὶ κοιλίας κάθαρσις, χωρητικῆς καὶ ἀναδοτικῆς τῶν ὲκ τοῦ Λόγου τροφῶν (ΞΟ), καλὸν καὶ ταύτην μὴ θεοποιεῖν ἐκ τρυφῆς καὶ τῆς καταργουμένης βρώσεως ἄλλα γαθαίρειν ὅτι μάλιστα, καὶ ποιεῖν λεπτοτέραν, ὥστε τὸν μόγον Κυρίου έν μέση δέχεσθαι, καὶ ἀλγεῖν καλῶς ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ πταίοντος. Εὑρίσκω καὶ τὴν καρδὶαν καὶ τα ἐντὸς, τιμῆς ἀξιούμενα. Πείθει με τοῦτο Δαόὶδ, καρδίαν καθαρὰν ζητῶν ἐν ἑαυτῷ κτίζεσθκι, καὶ Πνεῦμα εὒθές ὲν τοῖς ἒγκάτοις ἑγκαινίἱξεσθαι. Τὸ διανοητικὸν, οἶμαι, τούτῳ δηλῶν καὶ τὰ τούτου κινήματα, ἢ διανοήματι.

’Hōsper de pyr oida diploun, houtō kai phōs ; to men, tēn tou hēgemonikou lampada, katiythynon hēmin ta kata Theon diadēmata “ to de, apatēlon kai periergon, kai tou alēthinou phōtos antitheton, ekeino einai hypokrinomenon, ’hena kleptę̄ tǭ qut. nomenǭ touto kai skotia esti, kai mesēmbria dokei, ti) tou phōtos akmaiotaton. Houtōs akouō tois diapantos ēn mesēmbrinę̄ skotią pheugouai. touto kai nyx esti, kai phōtismos nomizetai tois hypo tę̄s tryphēs diephtharmenois, Ti gar phēsin ho Dabids Nyx ēn peri eme ton deilaion kai ēgnooun ” phōtismdn gar einai tēn tryphēn dpeliimbanon. Allʼ ekeinoi men toioutoi, kai houtōs ichontes “ hēmeis de phōtisōmen heautois phōs gnōseōs ; estai de touto, ek tou speirein eis dikaiosynēn, kai trygąn karpon zōēs (praxis gar, theōrias proxenos), hina ta ti alla kai touto mathōmen, ti min to alēthinon phios, ti de to pseudomenon, kai mē lathōmen peripesontes, hōs kalǭ, tǭ cheiron.. Genōmitha phōs, hōsper oi ma;thētai para tou megalou Phōtds ēkousan, ’Ymets este to phōs tou kosmou, legontos. Genōmitha phōstēres en kosmǭ, logon zōēs epechontes, toutesti zōtikē tois halloisx dynamis. Labōmetha theotētos, labōmetha tou prōtou kai akraiphnestatou Phōtos. Odeusōmen pros tēn lampsin autou, pro tou proskopsai toels podas hēmōn iiitiorē skoteina kai polemia, ’Heōs hēmera estin, hōs en hēmerą euschēmonōs peripatēsōmen, mē kōmiois kai methais, mē koitais kaiʼ dsslyslztcpdi nyktos hesti klemmata, APʼ. Pan melos katharisthōmen, adelphoi, pasani agnisōmen aisthēsin o mēden ateles hēmin estō, mēde tēs prōtēs geneseōs, mēden aphōtiston kataleipōmen Phōtisthōmen ton ophthalmon, hinʼ ortha blepōmen, kai mēden eidōlon pornikon an hēmin autois pherōmen ek philoponou theas kai periergou. Kan gar tǭ pathei mē proskynēsōmen, alla tēn psychēn emolonthēmen, Ei tis dokos tv hēmin, ei ti karphos, anakathairōmen ’ina kai ta tōn allōn horąn dynōmetha. Phōtisthōmen akoēn, phōtisthiiǭen glōssan ’ ’hina akousōmen, ti lalēsei Kyrios ho Theos, kai akouston hēmin genētai to prōinon heleos, kai akoutisthōmen agalliasin kai euphrosynēn, akoais theiais enēchoumenēn ’ ’ina mē ōmen machaira oxeia, mēde xyron ēkonēmenon, mēde hypo tēn glōssan strephōmen kopon kai ponon, alla lalōmen Theou sophian en mystēriǭ, tēn apokekrymmenēn, tas pyrinas glōssas haidoumenoi.“ iathōmen osphrēsin, hina mē thēlynōmetha, mēde anti osmēs hēdeias koniortōmetha ; allʼ osphrainōmetha (li), tou hekkenōthentos diʼ hēmas myrou mcumatikōs antilambanomenoi, kai tosouton ex autou poioumenoi kath metapoioumenoi, hōste kai autōn hēmōn osphrainesthai osmen euōdias. Katharthōmen aphēn, geusen, larynga, mē malakōs epaphōmenoi, kai leiotēsi chairontes, alla ton sarkōthenta diʼ hēmas Logon psēlaphōntes, hōs axion, kai Thōman kata touto mimoumenoi ’ mē chymois kai opsois gargalizopum, tois adelphois tōn pikroterōn gargalismōn, alla geuomenoi kai ginōskontes, hoti chrēstos ho Kyrios tēn kreittō geusin kai menousan ; mēde mikra 4) ton pikron kai achariston agōgon anapsychontes, ton parapemponta, kai hou katechonta to didomenon, alla tois glykyterois melitos logois touton euphrainontes. airomenon. Kalon kai tas cheiras teleiousthai, kai tous podas tas men, ōs en panti topǭ hosias airesthai, kai drassesthai tēs Christou paideias, mē pote horgisthę̄ Kyrios kai pisteuesthai logon dia tou praktikou, hōs ton en tę̄ cheiri toude tou prophētou dedomenon ; tous de, mē oxeis einai pros to ekcheein haima, mēde heis kakian trechontas allʼ etoimous eis to Eua-(gelōn, kai pros to brabeion tēs hanō klēseōs, kai Christon yponiptonta kai kathaironta dechesthai. Ei tis isti kai koilias katharsis, chōrētikēs kai anadotikēs tōn ek tou Logou trophōn (XO), kalon kai tautēn mē theopoiein ek tryphēs kai tēs katargoumenēs brōseōs alla gathairein hoti malista, kai poiein leptoteran, hōste ton mogon Kyriou en mesē dechesthai, kai algein kalōs hyper tou Israēl ptaiontos. Heuriskō kai tēn kardian kai ta entos, timēs axioumena. Peithei me touto Daoid, kardian katharan zētōn en heautǭ ktizesthki, kai Pneuma euthes en tois enkatois henkainiixesthai. To dianoētikon, oimai, toutǭ dēlōn kai ta toutou kinēmata, ē dianoēmati.

As I know a twofold fire, so also a twofold light: the one is the lamp of our ruling faculty, directing our steps according to God; the other is deceptive and meddlesome, opposed to the true light and pretending to be it, so as to steal in by its appearance. This is darkness and seems to be noonday, the height of light. So I hear of those who always flee in darkness at noon. This is night, and is thought to be illumination by those corrupted by luxury. For what does David say? “Night was about me, wretch that I was, and I did not know”, for I took luxury to be illumination. But they are such, and so it is with them; let us, however, light for ourselves the light of knowledge. This will come from sowing for righteousness and reaping the fruit of life (for action is the procurer of contemplation), so that, among other things, we may learn this too, what is the true light and what the false, and may not unawares fall into the worse as though it were good. Let us become light, as the disciples heard from the great Light, who said, “You are the light of the world.” Let us become lights in the world, holding forth the word of life, that is, a life-giving power to others. Let us lay hold of the Godhead, lay hold of the first and purest Light. Let us walk towards its radiance before our feet stumble on the dark and hostile mountains. While it is day, let us walk decently as in the day, not in revelling and drunkenness, not in debauchery and licentiousness, which are the thefts of the night. [38] Let us be cleansed in every member, brothers, let us purify every sense; let nothing in us be imperfect or of the first birth; let us leave nothing unilluminated. Let us be illumined in the eye, that we may see rightly and carry in ourselves no harlot's image from curious and busy gazing; for even if we have not worshipped the passion, yet we have defiled the soul. If there is any beam in us, or any splinter, let us clean it out, that we may be able to see those of others as well. Let us be illumined in hearing, illumined in tongue, that we may hear what the Lord God will speak, and that his mercy in the morning may be made audible to us, and that we may be made to hear joy and gladness resounding in godly ears; that we may not be a sharp sword nor a whetted razor, nor roll trouble and toil under the tongue, but speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, the hidden wisdom, revering the tongues of fire. Let us be healed in smell, that we may not become effeminate, nor be covered with dust instead of a sweet odour; but let us smell, perceiving spiritually the ointment that was poured out for us, and being so formed and transformed by it that a sweet fragrance is smelt even from ourselves. Let us be cleansed in touch, in taste, in throat, not touching softly and delighting in smoothness, but handling, as is fitting, the Word made flesh for us, imitating Thomas in this; not tickled by juices and dainties, the brothers of more bitter ticklings, but tasting and knowing that the Lord is good, the better and lasting taste; not refreshing for a short time that bitter and ungrateful passage which sends on and does not keep what is given, but delighting it with words sweeter than honey. [39] … It is good for the hands too to be perfected, and the feet: the hands, that they may be lifted up holy in every place, and lay hold of the instruction of Christ, lest the Lord be angry, and that the word may be entrusted to them through action, like the word given into the hand of a certain prophet; the feet, that they may not be swift to shed blood nor run to wickedness, but be ready for the gospel and for the prize of the upward calling, and to receive Christ washing and cleansing them. If there is also a cleansing of the belly, which receives and digests the food of the Word, it is good not to make it a god through luxury and food that perishes, but to cleanse it as much as possible and make it finer, so as to receive the word of the Lord within it, and to feel pain rightly for Israel when it stumbles. I find the heart and the inward parts also counted worthy of honour. David persuades me of this, asking that a pure heart be created in him and a right spirit renewed within him, meaning by this, I think, the thinking faculty and its movements, or thoughts.

40.40PG 36:416c–417a

Τί δέ ἦ ὀσφύς; Τί δὲ οἱ νεφροί; Μηδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο παρέλθωμεν. Ἀπτέσθω καὶ τούτων ἡ κάθαρσις ’έστωσαν ἡμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι, καὶ ἀνεσταλμέναι διʼ ἐγκρατείας, ὥσπερ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ πάλαι, κατὰ τὸν νόμον, τοῦ πάσχα μεταλαμβάνοντι. Οὗδεὶς γὰρ καθαρῶς Αἴγυπτον tata.ται οὐδὲ φεύγει τὸν ὀλοθρεύοντα μὴ ταῦτα παιδαγωγήσας. Οἱ δὲ τὴν καλὴν ἀλλοίωσιν ἂλλοιούσθωσαν, ὅλον τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν πρὸς Θεὸν μεταφέροντες, ὥστε δύνασθαι λέγειν Κύριε, ἐναντίον σου πᾶσα ἡ ἐπιθυμία μου καὶ, Ἠμέραν ἄνθρώπου οὒκ ἰπεθύμησα. Εεῖ γὰρ γενέσθαι ἄνδρα ἐπιθυμιῶν τῶν τοῦ Πνεύματος. Οὕτως ἂν ἡμῖν καὶ ὂ τὸ πλεῖστον τῆς ἰσχύος ἐπὶ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ τῆς ὀσφύος φέρων δράκων καταλυθείη, τῆς περὶ ταῦτα δυναστείας αὐτῷ νεκρωθείσης. Μὴ θαυμάσῃς δὲ, εί καὶ τοῖς ἀσχήμοσιν ἡμῶν, τιμὴν περισσοτέραν τίθημι, λόγῳ νεκρῶν ταὺτα καὶ σωφρονίζων, καὶ κατὰ τῆς ὕλης ἱστάμενος, Πάντα δῶμεν Θεῷ τὰ μέλη ὶπί τῆς γῆς, πάντα καθιερώσωμεν, Μὴ λοβὸν ἥπατος, μηδὲ νεφροὺς μετὰ τῆς πιμελῆς, μηδὲ τὸ μέρος τνῦ σώματοςς μηδὲ τό καὶ τό. Διὰ τί γὰρ τὰ ἄλλα ἡμῖν ἀτιμαστέα ς υΟλους δὲ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἂνενέγκωμεν γενώμεθα ὁλοκαυτώματα λογικά, θύματα τέλεια μηδὲ τὸν βραχίονα μόνον μηδὲ τὸ στηθύνιον μόνον, ἂφαίρεμα ἱερατικὸη ποιώμεθα (μικρὸν γὰρ τοῦτο) ο ἀλλʼ ὅλους δι· δόντες ἡμᾶς αὖτοὺς, ὅλους ἆντιλαμβάνωμεν · ἔπειδί τοῦτό ἐστι λαβεῖν καθαρῶς, τὸ τῷ Θεῷ δοθῆναι, κα ἱεροῦργῆσαι τὴν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν σωτηρίαν.

Ti de ē osphys? Ti de hoi nephroi? Mēde gar touto parelthōmen. Aptesthō kai toutōn hē katharsis ’estōsan hēmōn hai osphyes periezōsmenai, kai anestalmenai diʼ enkrateias, hōsper tǭ Israēl palai, kata ton nomon, tou pascha metalambanonti. Houdeis gar katharōs Aigypton tata.tai oude pheugei ton olothreuonta mē tauta paidagōgēsas. Hoi de tēn kalēn alloiōsin alloiousthōsan, holon to epithymētikon pros Theon metapherontes, hōste dynasthai legein Kyrie, enantion sou pasa hē epithymia mou kai, Ēmeran anthrōpou ouk ipethymēsa. Eei gar genesthai andra epithymiōn tōn tou Pneumatos. Houtōs an hēmin kai o to pleiston tēs ischyos epi tou ophthalmou kai tēs osphyos pherōn drakōn katalytheiē, tēs peri tauta dynasteias autǭ nekrōtheisēs. Mē thaumasę̄s de, ei kai tois aschēmosin hēmōn, timēn perissoteran tithēmi, logǭ nekrōn tauta kai sōphronizōn, kai kata tēs hylēs histamenos, Panta dōmen Theǭ ta melē ipi tēs gēs, panta kathierōsōmen, Mē lobon hēpatos, mēde nephrous meta tēs pimelēs, mēde to meros tny sōmatoss mēde to kai to. Dia ti gar ta alla hēmin atimastea s yOlous de hēmas autous anenenkōmen genōmetha holokautōmata logika, thymata teleia mēde ton brachiona monon mēde to stēthynion monon, aphairema hieratikoē poiōmetha (mikron gar touto) o allʼ holous di; dontes hēmas autous, holous antilambanōmen ; epeidi touto esti labein katharōs, to tǭ Theǭ dothēnai, ka hierourgēsai tēn hēmōn autōn sōtērian.

What of the loins? What of the kidneys? Let us not pass over these either: let the cleansing touch them too. Let our loins be girded and restrained by self-control, as Israel's were of old when, according to the law, they partook of the Passover. For no one comes out of Egypt cleanly or escapes the destroyer without having disciplined these. Let the kidneys undergo the good change, transferring the whole desiring faculty to God, so as to be able to say, “Lord, all my desire is before you,” and, “I have not desired the day of man.” For one must become a man of desires, the desires of the Spirit. So also the dragon, who carries the greatest part of his strength in the navel and the loins, might be destroyed for us, his dominion over these being put to death. Do not wonder if I give more abundant honour to our less presentable parts, mortifying and chastening them by reason and standing against matter. Let us give to God all our members on the earth, let us consecrate them all; not the lobe of the liver, nor the kidneys with the fat, nor this part of the body or that; for why should we dishonour the rest? Let us offer ourselves wholly; let us become rational whole burnt offerings, perfect sacrifices; let us not make only the shoulder or only the breast a priestly portion (that is small), but, giving ourselves wholly, let us receive ourselves wholly back; for this is to receive purely: to be given to God and to offer our own salvation as a sacred act.

40.41PG 36:417a–417c

Ἐπὶ πᾶσι, καὶ πρό πάντων, φύλασσέ μοι τὴν καλὴν παρακαταθήκην, ᾗ ζῶ καὶ πολιτεύομαι1 ἢν καὶ συνέκδημον λάβοιμι, μεθʼ ἧς καὶ ἁλγεινὲ πάντα φέρω, καὶ τερπνὸν ἅπαν διαπτύω, τὴ· εἷς Πατέρα, καὶ Υἶὸν, καὶ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ὁμολογίαν Ταύτην πιστεύω σοι σήμερον· ταύτῃ καὶ σομβαπτίσιι καὶ συνανάξω σε. Ταύτην δίδωμι παντὸς τοῐ βίου κοινωνὸν καὶ προστάτιν, τὴν μίαν θεότητε τε καὶ δύναμιν ἐν τοῖς τρισὶν εὑρισκομένην ἑνικῶς καὶ τὰ τρία συλλαμβάνουσαν μεριστῶς οὔτε ἀνώμαλον οὐσίαις ἥ φύσεσιν, οὗτε αὐξομένην, ἰ μειουμένην ὑπερβολαῖς καί ὑφέσεσι, πάντοθεν ἴσηνἸ τὴν αὑτὴν πάντοθεν, ὡς ἓν οὓρανοῦ κάλλος καὶ μέγε· θος τριῶν ἀπείρων ἄπειρον σομφυΐαν, Θεὸν ἕκαστοε ακθʼ ἑαυτὸ θεωρούμενον, ὡς Πατέρα καὶ ria», ὡς Υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, φυλασσομένης ἑκὰστιε τῆς ἰδιότητος. Θεὸν τὰ τρία σὺν ἀλλήλοις νοούμεναἸ ἐκεῖνο δνὰ τὴν ὀμοουσιότητα, τοῦτο διὰ τὴν μονιῑρ χίαν. 06 φθάνω τὸ ἓν νοῆσαι, καὶ τοῖς τρισὶ περιλάμπομαι · οὒ φθάνω τὰ τρία διελεῖ), καὶ εἷς τί ἓν ἀναφέρομαι ’Ὅταν-ἓν τι τῶν τριῶν φαντασθῶ, τοῦτο νομίζω τὸ πᾶν, καὶ τὴν ὄψιν πεπλήρωμαι, καὶ τὸ πλεῖον διέφυγεν. Οὔκ ’έχω τὸ μέγεθος τούτου καταλαβεῖν, ’ίνα δῶ τὸ πλεῖον τῷ λειπομένῳ. ’Ὂταν τὰ τρία συνέλω τῇ θεωρίᾳ, μίαν ὁρῶ λαμι πᾶδα, οὒκ ’έχων διελεῖν ἦ μετρῆσαι τὸ φῶς ἔνιζόμει

Epi pasi, kai pro pantōn, phylasse moi tēn kalēn parakatathēkēn, hę̄ zō kai politeuomai1 ēn kai synekdēmon laboimi, methʼ hēs kai halgeine panta pherō, kai terpnon hapan diaptyō, tē; heis Patera, kai Uion, kai hagion Pneuma homologian Tautēn pisteuō soi sēmeron; tautę̄ kai sombaptisii kai synanaxō se. Tautēn didōmi pantos toi biou koinōnon kai prostatin, tēn mian theotēte te kai dynamin en tois trisin heuriskomenēn henikōs kai ta tria syllambanousan meristōs oute anōmalon ousiais hē physesin, houte auxomenēn, i meioumenēn hyperbolais kai hyphesesi, pantothen isēnI tēn hautēn pantothen, hōs hen houranou kallos kai mege; thos triōn apeirōn apeiron somphyïan, Theon hekastoe akthʼ heauto theōroumenon, hōs Patera kai ria», hōs Huion kai to hagion Pneuma, phylassomenēs hekastie tēs idiotētos. Theon ta tria syn allēlois nooumenaI ekeino dna tēn omoousiotēta, touto dia tēn moniir chian. 06 phthanō to hen noēsai, kai tois trisi perilampomai ; ou phthanō ta tria dielei), kai heis ti hen anapheromai ’Hotan-hen ti tōn triōn phantasthō, touto nomizō to pan, kai tēn opsin peplērōmai, kai to pleion diephygen. Ouk ’echō to megethos toutou katalabein, ’ina dō to pleion tǭ leipomenǭ. ’Otan ta tria synelō tę̄ theōrią, mian horō lami pada, ouk ’echōn dielein ē metrēsai to phōs enizomei

Above all, and before all, keep for me the good deposit, by which I live and conduct my life, which I would take with me as the companion of my departure, with which I bear all that is painful and despise every pleasure: the confession of the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit. This I entrust to you today; with this I will baptize you and raise you up. This I give you as the partner and protector of your whole life: the one Godhead and power, found singly in the three and comprising the three distinctly; not unequal in essences or natures, not increased or diminished by superiorities or inferiorities; equal on every side, the same on every side, as the beauty and greatness of heaven is one; the infinite coalescence of three infinites; each God when considered by himself, as the Father, so the Son, so the Holy Spirit, each keeping his property; the three one God when considered together: the former because of the sameness of essence, the latter because of the monarchy. No sooner do I conceive the one than I am illumined by the three; no sooner do I distinguish the three than I am carried back to the one. When I picture one of the three, I think it the whole, and my sight is filled, and the greater part escapes me. I cannot grasp the greatness of that one, so as to attribute more to the rest. When I gather the three together in contemplation, I see one torch, unable to divide or measure the united light …

40.42PG 36:417d

Φοβῂ- σὺ- γέννησιν, ’ίνα μή τι πᾶθῃ Θεὸς, ὁ μὴ πάσχων; Ἐγὼ φοβοῦμαι τὴν κτίσιν, ’ίνα μαὲ Θεὸν ἀπολέσω διὰ τῆς ὕβρεως, καὶ τῆς ἀδίκου, κατατομῆς, ἥ τὸν ιʼἱὸν τέμνων ἀπὸ 106 Παη τρὸς, ἥ ἀπὸ 106 Υἱοῦ τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος. Τὸ γὰρ παράδοξον, ὅτι μὴ κτίσις έπᾶγετα μόνον Θεῷ παρὰ τοῖς κακῶς θεότητα ταλαντεύου·

Phobę̄- sy- gennēsin, ’ina mē ti pathę̄ Theos, ho mē paschōn? Egō phoboumai tēn ktisin, ’ina mae Theon apolesō dia tēs hybreōs, kai tēs adikou, katatomēs, hē ton iʼhion temnōn apo 106 Paē tros, hē apo 106 Huiou tēn ousian tou Pneumatos. To gar paradoxon, hoti mē ktisis epageta monon Theǭ para tois kakōs theotēta talanteuou;

Do you fear the word “begetting”, lest God, who cannot suffer, should suffer something? I fear the word “creation”, lest I lose God through insult and unjust division, either cutting the Son off from the Father, or the essence of the Spirit from the Son. For the strange thing is that not only is creation brought into God by those who weigh the Godhead wrongly in the balance …

40.43PG 36:417d–421a

ἀλλὰ καί αὐτὴ πάλιν ἡ κτίσις εἷς ἑαυτὴν τέμνε· αι. ’Ὥσπερ τοῦ [ἰατρὸς ὑποστέλλεται ὃ Υίὸς οῖς ταπεινοῖς καὶ κάτω κειμένοις, οὕτως ὑποστελομένης πάλιν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ὄιξίας τοῦ [νεύματος ὡς ἂν καὶ Θαὶς, καὶ κτίσις ὑβρίζηται ᾖ καινῇ ταύτῃ θεολογίᾳ. Οὖδὲν τῆς τριάδος, i οὗτοι, δοῦλον, οὺδὶ κτιστὸν, οὐδὲ ἐπείσακτον, ,κουσα τῶν σοφῶν τινος λέγόντος. EI ἔτι ινθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὒκ ἂν ,pnv, φησὶν ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος. EI ἔτι κτίσματι προσεκύνουν, ἢ εἷς κτίσμα ὶβαπτιζὸμην, οὔκ ἂν θεούμην, οὖδέ τὴν πρώτην μετεποιούμην γέννησινκ Γί φήσω πρὸς τοὺς τὴν Ἀστάρτην προσκυνοῦντας, ἰ τὸ Χαμὼς βδέλυγμα Σιδωνίων, ἢ τοῦ ἄστρου τὸν ώπον, τοῦ μικρὸν ὑπὲρ ταῦτα Θεοῦ τοῖς είδωλολάεραις, πλὴν κτίσματος καὶ ποιήματος αὐτὸς, ἢ μὴ προσκυνῶν τὰ δύο, εἷς ἂν συμβεόάπτισμαι, ἢ προσκυ »ὧν τὰ ὓμόδουλα; Ὀμόδουλα γὰρ, καὶ είᾼμιιρὸν τιμιώτερα imi καὶ ἒν ὁμοδούλοις ἐστί τις διαφορὰ καὶ προτίμησις. Θέλω τὸν Πατέρα μείζω εἰπεῖν, ἐξ οὗ καὶ τὸ ἴσοις εἶναι, τοῖς ἴσοις ἐστὶ, κάὶ τὸ εἶναι. Τοῦτο γὰρ παρὰ πάντων δοθήσεται. Καὶ δέδοικα τὴν ἆρχὴν,νμη ἐλαττόνων ἀρχὴν ποιήσω, καὶ καθυβρίσω διὰ τῆς προτιμήσεως οὐ γὰρ δὸξα τῷ ἐξ οὗ ἡ τῶν ἒξ αὐτοῦ ταπείνωσις. Πρὸς δὲ καὶ ὑφορῶμαι τὴν σὴν ἀπληστίαν, μὴ τὸ μεῖζον λαβὼν διχοτομήσῃς τὴν φύσιν, κατὰ πάντα τῷ μείζονι χρώμενος, Οὐ γὰρ uti: τὴν φύσιν τὸ μεῖζον, τὴν αἰτίαν δέ, Οὗδέν γὰρ τῶν ὁμοουσίων τῇ οὐσίᾳ μεῖζον ἢ ἔλαττον. Θέλω τὸν Υίὸν προτιμῆσαι τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὡς Υιόν · καὶ 05 συγχωρεῖ τὸ βάπτισμα τελειοῦν με διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος. Ἀλλὰ δέδοικας, μὴ τριθείαν ἂνειδισθῇς ς ’Ἔχε σὺ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, τὴν ιν τοῖς τρισὶν ἕνωσιν· ἐμοὶ τὴν μάχην παράπεμψον. ’Ἒασόν με ναυπηγὸν εἶναι, σὺ χρῶ τῇ νηί. Καὶ εἰ ναυπηγός ἰστιν ἔτερος, ἐμὲ λάβε τῆς οἰκίας ἀρχιτέκτονα ° σὺ ταύτην οἴκει μετὰ ἀσφαλείας, καὶ εί μηδὲν ἆμόχθηαας. Οὖχ ιἧττον εὖπλοήσεις, ἢ οἰκήσεις τὴν οἰκίαν, ὶμοῦ τοῦ εαῦτα κατασκευάσαντος, εί καὶ μηδὲν περὶ ταῦτα πεφιλοπόνηκας. Ὀρᾷς τὴν εὐγνωμοσύνην ὅση ς δρᾷς εοῦ Πνεύματος τὴν χρηστότητα; Ἐμὸς ὁ πόλει· ιος, ἔστω σὸν τὸ ἐκνίκημα, Ἐγὼ βαλλοίμην, σὺ δὲ ιὶρήνευε, τῷ πραπολεμοῦντι συνευχόμενος · χεῖρα δίδου διὰ τῆς πίστεως. δἘχω τρεῖςΔ λίθους οἷς τφενδονήσω τὸν ἀλλόφυλον. ’Ἐχω τρεῖς ἐμπνεύσεις, ιιατὰ τοῦ υιοῦ τῆς Σαραφθίας, αῖς ζωοποιήσω νενεκρωμένους. "Exin τρεῖς ἐπικλύσεις κατὰ τῶν σχιδάκων, αῖς καθιερώσω τὴν θυσίαν, ὕδατι πῦρ ὶγείρων, τὰ παραδοξότατον ο καὶ τοὺς προφήτας καταβαλῶ τῆς αἰσχύνης, μυστηρίου δυνάμει χρώμενος.

alla kai autē palin hē ktisis heis heautēn temne; ai. ’Hōsper tou [iatros hypostelletai ho Uios ois tapeinois kai katō keimenois, houtōs hypostelomenēs palin kai apo tou Huiou tēs oixias tou [neumatos hōs an kai Thais, kai ktisis hybrizētai ę̄ kainę̄ tautę̄ theologią. Ouden tēs triados, i houtoi, doulon, oudi ktiston, oude epeisakton, ,kousa tōn sophōn tinos legontos. EI eti inthrōpois ēreskon, Christou doulos ouk an ,pnv, phēsin ho theios apostolos. EI eti ktismati prosekynoun, ē heis ktisma ibaptizomēn, ouk an theoumēn, oude tēn prōtēn metepoioumēn gennēsink Gi phēsō pros tous tēn Astartēn proskynountas, i to Chamōs bdelygma Sidōniōn, ē tou astrou ton ōpon, tou mikron hyper tauta Theou tois eidōlolaerais, plēn ktismatos kai poiēmatos autos, ē mē proskynōn ta dyo, heis an symbeoaptismai, ē prosky »hōn ta hymodoula? Omodoula gar, kai eiĄmiiron timiōtera imi kai en homodoulois esti tis diaphora kai protimēsis. Thelō ton Patera meizō eipein, ex hou kai to isois einai, tois isois esti, kai to einai. Touto gar para pantōn dothēsetai. Kai dedoika tēn archēn,nmē elattonōn archēn poiēsō, kai kathybrisō dia tēs protimēseōs ou gar doxa tǭ ex hou hē tōn ex autou tapeinōsis. Pros de kai hyphorōmai tēn sēn aplēstian, mē to meizon labōn dichotomēsę̄s tēn physin, kata panta tǭ meizoni chrōmenos, Ou gar uti: tēn physin to meizon, tēn aitian de, Houden gar tōn homoousiōn tę̄ ousią meizon ē elatton. Thelō ton Uion protimēsai tou Pneumatos, hōs Uion ; kai 05 synchōrei to baptisma teleioun me dia tou Pneumatos. Alla dedoikas, mē tritheian aneidisthę̄s s ’Eche sy to agathon, tēn in tois trisin henōsin; emoi tēn machēn parapempson. ’Eason me naupēgon einai, sy chrō tę̄ nēi. Kai ei naupēgos istin eteros, eme labe tēs oikias architektona ° sy tautēn oikei meta asphaleias, kai ei mēden amochthēaas. Ouch hiētton euploēseis, ē oikēseis tēn oikian, imou tou eauta kataskeuasantos, ei kai mēden peri tauta pephiloponēkas. Orąs tēn eugnōmosynēn hosē s drąs eou Pneumatos tēn chrēstotēta? Emos ho polei; ios, estō son to eknikēma, Egō balloimēn, sy de iirēneue, tǭ prapolemounti syneuchomenos ; cheira didou dia tēs pisteōs. dEchō treisD lithous hois tphendonēsō ton allophylon. ’Echō treis empneuseis, iiata tou uiou tēs Saraphthias, ais zōopoiēsō nenekrōmenous. "Exin treis epiklyseis kata tōn schidakōn, ais kathierōsō tēn thysian, hydati pyr igeirōn, ta paradoxotaton o kai tous prophētas katabalō tēs aischynēs, mystēriou dynamei chrōmenos.

… but the creation itself is again cut up against itself. As the Son is put below the Father among the lowly and those beneath, so again the dignity of the Spirit is put below the Son, so that both God and the creation are insulted by this new theology. Nothing in the Trinity, my friends, is servile, nothing created, nothing brought in from outside: so I heard one of the wise say. “If I were still pleasing men, I would not be a servant of Christ,” says the divine apostle. If I still worshipped a creature, or were baptized into a creature, I would not be deified, nor would my first birth be transformed. What shall I say to those who worship Astarte, or Chemosh the abomination of the Sidonians, or the figure of the star, a god a little above these to idolaters, but still himself a creature and a work, I who either do not worship the two into whom I have been baptized, or worship fellow servants? For they are fellow servants, even if a little more honourable; since among fellow servants too there is some difference and precedence. [43] I would like to call the Father greater, from whom the equals have both their equality and their being (for this will be granted by all); but I fear the word “principle”, lest I make him a principle of inferiors and insult him by the precedence; for the lowering of those who are from him is no glory to him from whom they are. Besides, I suspect your greed, lest, taking hold of “greater”, you cut the nature in two, using “greater” in every respect. For “greater” refers not to the nature but to the cause; for among things of the same essence nothing is greater or less in essence. I would like to honour the Son above the Spirit, as the Son; but baptism does not allow it, perfecting me through the Spirit. But are you afraid of being reproached with tritheism? Keep the good thing, the union in the three, and leave the battle to me. Let me be the shipbuilder, and you use the ship. And if someone else is the shipbuilder, take me as the architect of the house, and live in it safely, even if you have not toiled at all. You will sail no less well, nor live in the house any less, because I built them, even if you have taken no pains over them. Do you see how great the goodwill is? Do you see the kindness of the Spirit? Mine be the war, yours the victory. Let me be pelted; you be at peace, praying with the one who fights for you; lend a hand by your faith. I have three stones with which I will sling at the Philistine. I have three breathings upon the son of the widow of Zarephath, with which I will give life to the dead. I have three pourings upon the wood, with which I will consecrate the sacrifice, kindling fire with water, most wonderful of all; and I will overthrow the prophets of shame, using the power of the mystery.

40.44PG 36:421a–421d

Τί μοι δεῖ μακροτέρων λόγων; Διδασκαλίας γὰρ 6 καιρὸς, οὒκ ἀντιλογίας. Μαρτῦρομαι ἓν· ώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων, μετὰ ταύτης βαπτισθήσῃ τῆς πίστεως. Εἰ μὶν ἄλλως ἐγγέγραψαι, ἢ ὡς 6 ἐμὸς ἀπαιτεῖ λόγος, δεῦρο, καὶ μετεγγράφηθι. Ἐγὼ τούτων οὒκ ἀφυὴς καλλιγράφος, γράφων ἃ γέγραμμαι, καὶ διδάσκων ἅ καὶ μεμάθηκα, καὶ τετήρηκα ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἷς τήνδε την πολιᾶν. Ἐμὸς ὁ κίνδυνος, ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ γέρας, τοῦ τῆς σῆς ψυχῆς οἱκονόμου, καὶ τελειοῦντός σε διὰ τοῦ βαπτίο σματος, Εἰ δὲ οὕτως ἔχεις, καὶ καλοῦς ἑνεσηιιάνθης τοῖς γράμμασι, φύλασσέ μοι τὰ γεγραμμένα, ἒν καιροῖς τρεπτοϊς ἄτρεπτος μένων περὶ ἂτρὲπτου πράγματος. Μίμησαι τὸν Πιλᾶτον ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον, κακῶς γράφοντα, καλῶς. γεγραμμένος *, Εἰπέ τοῖς μεταπείθουσί σε μΟ γέγραφα, γέγραφα. Καὶ γὰρ ἂν αἰσχυνοίμην, εί, τοῦ κακοῦ μένοντος ἀκλινοῡς, τὸ καλὸν ῥᾷστα μετακλίνοιτο δέον εὐμετακινήτους μὲν εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἀπὸ τοῦ χείρονος, ἀκινήτους δὲ πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον ἀπὸ τοῦ βελτίονος, Εἰ οὕτως βαπτίζῃ, καὶ κατὰ ταύτην τὴν μαθητείαν, Ἰδοὺ τὰ χείλη μου οὗ μὴ κωλύσω, ἰδοὺ κίχρημι τὰς χεῖρας τῷ Πνεύματι, Ταχύνωμεν τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἀναστῶμεν ἰπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα σφάζει τὸ Πνεῦμα, πρόθυμος 6 τελειωτής, τὸ δῶρον ἕτοιμον. Εἰ δὲ σκάζεις ἔτι, καὶ μὴ καταδέχο τὸ τέλειον τῆς θεὸτητος, ζήτει ίί σὺν βαπτιστῆν, ἦ ἔιέταδαπτιστήν· Ἐμοὶ δὲ ὠὛλή τέμνειν θεότητα, καὶ νεκρόν σε ποιεῖν ἐν καιρῷ τῆς ἄναγεννήσεως ἵνα μήτε τὸ χάρισμα ἔχῃς, μήτε τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς χάριτος, ἓν ὀλίγῶ ναυαγήσας τὴν σωτηρίαν. Ὠς ὃ τι ἂν ὑφέλῃς τῶν τριῶν τῆς θεότητος, τὸ πᾶν ἴση καθῃρηκὼς, καὶ σεαυτῷ τὴν τελείωσιν.

Ti moi dei makroterōn logōn? Didaskalias gar 6 kairos, ouk antilogias. Martyromai hen; ōpion tou Theou kai tōn eklektōn angelōn, meta tautēs baptisthēsę̄ tēs pisteōs. Ei min allōs engegrapsai, ē hōs 6 emos apaitei logos, deuro, kai metengraphēthi. Egō toutōn ouk aphyēs kalligraphos, graphōn ha gegrammai, kai didaskōn ha kai memathēka, kai tetērēka ex archēs heis tēnde tēn polian. Emos ho kindynos, emon kai to geras, tou tēs sēs psychēs hoikonomou, kai teleiountos se dia tou baptio smatos, Ei de houtōs echeis, kai kalous henesēiianthēs tois grammasi, phylasse moi ta gegrammena, en kairois treptoïs atreptos menōn peri atreptou pragmatos. Mimēsai ton Pilaton epi to kreitton, kakōs graphonta, kalōs. gegrammenos *, Eipe tois metapeithousi se mO gegrapha, gegrapha. Kai gar an aischynoimēn, ei, tou kakou menontos aklinous, to kalon rhąsta metaklinoito deon eumetakinētous men einai pros to kreitton apo tou cheironos, akinētous de pros to cheiron apo tou beltionos, Ei houtōs baptizę̄, kai kata tautēn tēn mathēteian, Idou ta cheilē mou hou mē kōlysō, idou kichrēmi tas cheiras tǭ Pneumati, Tachynōmen tēn sōtērian, anastōmen ipi to baptisma sphazei to Pneuma, prothymos 6 teleiōtēs, to dōron hetoimon. Ei de skazeis eti, kai mē katadecho to teleion tēs theotētos, zētei ii syn baptistēn, ē eietadaptistēn; Emoi de hōYlē temnein theotēta, kai nekron se poiein en kairǭ tēs anagennēseōs hina mēte to charisma echę̄s, mēte tēn elpida tēs charitos, hen oligō nauagēsas tēn sōtērian. Ōs ho ti an hyphelę̄s tōn triōn tēs theotētos, to pan isē kathę̄rēkōs, kai seautǭ tēn teleiōsin.

What need have I of longer words? It is the time for teaching, not for controversy. I testify before God and the elect angels: with this faith you will be baptized. If you have been written otherwise than my word requires, come and be written anew. I am no unskilled calligrapher of these things, writing what I myself have been written, and teaching what I have learned and kept from the beginning to these grey hairs. Mine is the danger, mine also the reward, as the steward of your soul who perfects you through baptism. But if you are so, and have been stamped well with the letters, keep for me what is written, remaining unchanged in changing times about an unchangeable matter. Imitate Pilate for the better, you who are well written, as he wrote badly: say to those who would persuade you otherwise, “What I have written, I have written.” For I would be ashamed if, while evil stays unbending, good should be bent most easily; whereas we ought to be easily moved from worse to better, and immovable from better to worse. If you are baptized thus, and according to this teaching, behold, I will not restrain my lips; behold, I lend my hands to the Spirit. Let us hasten our salvation; let us rise up for baptism. The Spirit is eager, the perfecter is ready, the gift is prepared. But if you still limp and do not accept the perfection of the Godhead, look for someone else to baptize you, or rather to drown you; I have no leisure to cut up the Godhead and make you dead at the time of your regeneration, so that you have neither the gift nor the hope of grace, having made shipwreck of salvation in a short time. For whatever you take away from the Godhead of the three, know that you have overthrown the whole, and your own perfection with it.

40.45PG 36:421d–425a

Ἀλλʼ οὔπω τύπος οὐδεὶς ἐν τῇ σῇ ψυχῇ, οὔτε χείρονος γράμματος, οὐδὲ βελτίονος σήμερον δέ σε γραφῆναι δεήσει, καὶ παρʼ ἡμῶν τυπωθῆναι πρὸς τελειότητα ς Εῗσω τῆς νεφέλης χωρήσωμεν δός μοι τὰς πλάκας τῆς σῆς καρδίαςʼ γίνομαι σοι Μωσῆς, εἰ καὶ τολμηρὸν εἰπεῖν ’ ἒγγράφω δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ νέαν δεκάλογον ο ἒγγράφω σύντομον σωτηρίαν. El. δέ τι θηρίον αἱρετικὸν καὶ ἀλόγιστον, κάτωᾲμεινατω ἥ κινδυνεύσει λιθοβολσύμενον τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας. Βαπτίσω σε μαθητεύων, εἷς ὄνομα Πατρὸς, καὶ Υὶοῦ, καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. ’Ὄνομα δὲ κοινὸν τῶν τριῶν ἕν, ἡ θεότης, Γνώσῃ καὶ τοῖς σχήμασι καὶτοῖς ῥήμασιν, ὡς ὅλην ἀποπέμπῃ τὴν ἆθεΐαν, οὕτως ὅλῃ θεότητι συντασσόμενος. Πίστευε, τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον, ὅσος τε ὁρατὸς, καὶ ὅσος ἀόρατος, ἐξ οὒκ ὄντων παρὰ Θεοῦ γενόμενον, καὶ προνοίᾳ τοῦ ποιήσαντος διοικούμενον, δέξασθαι τὴν εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον μεταβολήν. Πίστευε, μὴ οὖσίαν εῖναί τινα τοῦ κακοῦ, μήτε βασιλείαν,ἢᾶναρχον, ἢ παρʼ ἑαυτῆς ὑποστᾶσαν, ἢ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ γενομένην, ἀλλʼ ὴμέτερον ἔργον εἶναι τοῦτο καὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ, ὲκ σῆς ἀπροσεξίας ἐπισελθὸν ἡμῖν, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ τοῦ κτίσαντος. ΙΙίστευε, τόν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸν προαιώνιον Λόγον, τὸν γεννηθέντα εκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀχρόνως καὶ ἀσωμάτως, τοῦτον ἔπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἠμερῳν, γεγενῆσθαι διὰ σὲ καὶ Υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου, lx τῆς Παρθένου προελθόντα Μαρίας, ἀῤῥήτως καὶ ἆρυπάρως (ούδὶν γὰρ ῥυπαρὸν οὗ Θεὸς, καὶ διʼ οὗ σωτηρία), ὅλον ἄνθρωπον, τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ Θεὸν, ὑπὲρ ὅλου τοῦ πεπονθότος, ἵνα ὅλῳ σοι τὴν σωτηρίαν χαρίσηται, ὅλον τὸ κατάκριμα λύσας τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀπαθῆ θεότητι, παθητὸν τῷ προσλήμματι τοσοῦτον ἄνθρωπον διὰ σε, ὅσον σὺ γίνῃ διʼ ἒκεῖνον Θεός τοῦτον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνομιῶν ἦχθαι είς θάνατον, σταυρωθέντα τε καὶ ταφέντα, ὅσον θανάτου γεύσασθαι, καὶ ἀναστρντα τριήμερόν, ἀνεληλυθέναι εἷς τοὺς οὒρανοὺς, ἴνα σε συναγαγῃ κάτω κείμενον ἥξειν τε πάλιν μετὰ τῆς ἐνδόξου αὐτοῦ παρουσίας, κρίνοντά ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς οὒκ ἔτι μὲν σάρκα, οὒκ ἀσώματον δὲ, οἷς αύτὸς οἶδε λόγοις, θεοειδεστέρου σώματος, ’ίνα καὶ ὀφθῇ ὑπὸ τῶν έκκεντησάντων, καὶ μείνῃ Θεὸς ἔξω παχύτητος. Δέχου πρὸς τούτοις ἀνάστασιν, κρίσιν, ἀνταπόδοσιν τοῖς δικαίοις τοῦ Θεοῦ σταθμοῖς. Ταύτην δὲ εἶναι φῶς τοῖς κεκαθαρμένοις τὴν διάνοιαν, τουτέστι Θεὸν ὁρώμενόν τε καὶ γινωσκόμενον, κατᾶ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς καθαρότητος, ὃ δὴ καὶ βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν ὀνομάζομεν σκότος δὲ τοῖς τυφλώττουσι τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν, τουτέστιν ἀλλοτρίωτιν Θεοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἄναλογίαν τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ἀμβλυωπίας, Δέκατον, ἐργάζου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὶπὶ τούτῳ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν δογμάτων ὶπειδὴ, Πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρὰ, ὡς ἔργα δίχα πίστεως. ’Ἔχεις του μυστηρίου τα ἔκφορα, καὶ ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν ἆκοαῖς οὐκ ἆπόῤῥητα. Τὰ δὲ ἄλλα εἵσω μαθήσῃ, τῆς Τριάδος χαριζομένης, ἅ καὶ κρύψεις παρὰ σεαυτῷ σφραγῖδι κρατούμενα.

Allʼ oupō typos oudeis en tę̄ sę̄ psychę̄, oute cheironos grammatos, oude beltionos sēmeron de se graphēnai deēsei, kai parʼ hēmōn typōthēnai pros teleiotēta s Eïsō tēs nephelēs chōrēsōmen dos moi tas plakas tēs sēs kardiasʼ ginomai soi Mōsēs, ei kai tolmēron eipein ’ engraphō daktylǭ Theou nean dekalogon o engraphō syntomon sōtērian. El. de ti thērion hairetikon kai alogiston, katōąmeinatō hē kindyneusei lithobolsymenon tǭ logǭ tēs alētheias. Baptisō se mathēteuōn, heis onoma Patros, kai Uiou, kai hagiou Pneumatos. ’Onoma de koinon tōn triōn hen, hē theotēs, Gnōsę̄ kai tois schēmasi kaitois rhēmasin, hōs holēn apopempę̄ tēn atheïan, houtōs holę̄ theotēti syntassomenos. Pisteue, ton sympanta kosmon, hosos te horatos, kai hosos aoratos, ex ouk ontōn para Theou genomenon, kai pronoią tou poiēsantos dioikoumenon, dexasthai tēn eis to kreitton metabolēn. Pisteue, mē ousian einai tina tou kakou, mēte basileian,ēanarchon, ē parʼ heautēs hypostasan, ē para tou Theou genomenēn, allʼ ēmeteron ergon einai touto kai tou ponērou, ek sēs aprosexias episelthon hēmin, allʼ ouchi tou ktisantos. IIisteue, ton Huion tou Theou, ton proaiōnion Logon, ton gennēthenta ek tou Patros achronōs kai asōmatōs, touton epʼ eschatōn tōn ēmerǭn, gegenēsthai dia se kai Huion anthrōpou, lx tēs Parthenou proelthonta Marias, arrhētōs kai aryparōs (oudin gar rhyparon hou Theos, kai diʼ hou sōtēria), holon anthrōpon, ton auton kai Theon, hyper holou tou peponthotos, hina holǭ soi tēn sōtērian charisētai, holon to katakrima lysas tēs hamartias apathē theotēti, pathēton tǭ proslēmmati tosouton anthrōpon dia se, hoson sy ginę̄ diʼ ekeinon Theos touton hyper tōn anomiōn ēchthai eis thanaton, staurōthenta te kai taphenta, hoson thanatou geusasthai, kai anastrnta triēmeron, anelēlythenai heis tous ouranous, ina se synagagę̄ katō keimenon hēxein te palin meta tēs endoxou autou parousias, krinonta zōntas kai nekrous ouk eti men sarka, ouk asōmaton de, hois autos oide logois, theoeidesterou sōmatos, ’ina kai ophthę̄ hypo tōn ekkentēsantōn, kai meinę̄ Theos exō pachytētos. Dechou pros toutois anastasin, krisin, antapodosin tois dikaiois tou Theou stathmois. Tautēn de einai phōs tois kekatharmenois tēn dianoian, toutesti Theon horōmenon te kai ginōskomenon, kata tēn analogian tēs katharotētos, ho dē kai basileian ouranōn onomazomen skotos de tois typhlōttousi to hēgemonikon, toutestin allotriōtin Theou kata tēn analogian tēs enteuthen amblyōpias, Dekaton, ergazou to agathon ipi toutǭ tǭ themeliǭ tōn dogmatōn ipeidē, Pistis chōris ergōn nekra, hōs erga dicha pisteōs. ’Echeis tou mystēriou ta ekphora, kai tais tōn pollōn akoais ouk aporrhēta. Ta de alla heisō mathēsę̄, tēs Triados charizomenēs, ha kai krypseis para seautǭ sphragidi kratoumena.

But is there not yet any imprint on your soul, neither of worse writing nor of better, and must you be written today, and stamped by us for perfection? Let us go inside the cloud: give me the tablets of your heart. I become Moses for you, though it is bold to say; I write with the finger of God a new decalogue; I write a concise salvation. If there is any heretical and irrational beast, let it stay below, or it will be in danger of being stoned by the word of truth. I will baptize you, making you a disciple, into the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit; and the common name of the three is one, the Godhead. You will know, both by the gestures and by the words, that as you renounce all godlessness, so you are enrolled with the whole Godhead. Believe that the whole world, all that is visible and all that is invisible, was made by God out of nothing, is governed by the providence of its Maker, and will receive a change for the better. Believe that evil has no essence and no kingdom, neither without beginning, nor self-existent, nor made by God; but that it is our work and the evil one's, coming in upon us through our carelessness, and not from the Creator. Believe that the Son of God, the pre-eternal Word, begotten of the Father timelessly and incorporeally, in the last days became for your sake also Son of man, coming forth from the Virgin Mary ineffably and without defilement (for nothing is defiled where God is, and through which salvation comes); whole man and the same also God, for the sake of the whole of man who suffered, that he might bestow salvation on the whole of you, having destroyed the whole condemnation of sin; impassible in his Godhead, passible in what he assumed; as much man for your sake as you become God for his. Believe that he was led to death for our iniquities, crucified and buried, so far as to taste death; that he rose on the third day and ascended into heaven, to bring you up with him who lay below; and that he will come again with his glorious appearing, to judge the living and the dead; no longer flesh, yet not bodiless, but, by reasons known to himself, with a more godlike body, that he may be seen by those who pierced him and yet remain God, free from grossness. Accept besides these the resurrection, the judgment, the recompense by the just scales of God. And believe that this recompense is light for those purified in mind, that is, God seen and known in proportion to their purity, which we also call the kingdom of heaven; and darkness for those blinded in their ruling faculty, that is, estrangement from God in proportion to their dimness of sight here. Tenth, work what is good upon this foundation of doctrines; since faith without works is dead, as are works without faith. You have the parts of the mystery that may be spoken, and that are not secret from the ears of the many. The rest you will learn within, the Trinity granting it; and these you will keep hidden in yourself, guarded by the seal.

40.46PG 36:425a–425d

Πλὴν ἐκεῖνο εὐαγγελίζομαί σοι. Ἠ στάσις, ἢν αὔτικα στήσῃ μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα πρὸ τοῦ μεγάλου βήκιατος, τῆς ἐκεῖθεν δόξης ἐστὶ προχάραγμα, Ἠ ψαλμσμδια, μεθʼ ἧς δεχθήσῃ, τῆς ἐκεῖ· θεν ὑμνῳδίαις προοίμιον, Αἱ λαμπάδες, ἅσπερ ἂν·q’zq’ctc,’ τῆς cast-tisi: φωταγωγίας μυστήριον, μεθʼ ἧς ἀπαντήσομεν τῷ νυμφίῳ φαιδραὶ καὶ παρθένοι ψυχαὶ, φαιδραῖς ταῖς λαμπάσι τῆς πίστεως, μήτε καθεὺδουσαι διὰ ρᾳθυμίαν, ἵνα μὴ λάθῃ παρών ἀδοκήτως ὁ προσδοκώμενος, μήτε ἄτροφοι, καὶ ἀνέλαιοι, καὶ καλῶν ἔργων ἐπιδεεῖς, ἵνα μὴ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐκπέσωμεν. Ὀρῶ γᾶρ τὸ πάθος, ὡς ἐλεεινόν. (ὁ μὲν παρέσται, ἀπαιτούσης τῆς κραυγῆς τὴν ἀπάντησιν· αἱ δὲ ἀπαντήσονται, ὃσαι φρόνιμοι, μετὰ λαμπροῦ τοῦ φωτὸς, καὶ δαψιλεστέρας τῆς τούτου τροοξδῇς αἶ δὲ ταραχθήσονται ζητοῦσαι τὸ ἔλαιον οὒκ ἐν καιρῷ παρὰ τῶν ἐχόντων. ’0 δὲ εἰσελεύσεται δρομαῖος· αἱ Σιὶ συνεισελεύσονται· αἱ δὲ ἀποκλεισθήσονται, τὸν τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν καιρὸν εἰς τὸ παρασκευάσασθαι δαπανήσασαι, καὶ πολλὰ μετακλαύσονται, ὀψὲ μαθοῦσαι τὴν ζημίαν τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας, ὅταν μηκέτι ὁ νυμφὼν αὖταῖς εἰσιτητὸς ἦ, καὶ πολλὰ δεομέναις, ὃν κακῶς ἑαυταῖς ἀπέκλεισανʼ ἂλλον τρόπον μιμησάμεναι τοὺς ὑστεροῦντας τοῦ γάμου, ὄν ὃ καλὸς πατὴρ ἐστιᾷ τῷ καλῷ νυμφίῳ, διὰ τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν νεόνυμφον, ἢ διὰ τὸν ἀγρὸν τὸν νεώνητον, ἢ τὸ ζεῦγος τῶν βοῶν ἃ κακῶς ἐκτήσαντο, διὰ τῶν μικρῶν τὰ μείζονα ζημιούμενοι, Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐκεῖ τῶν ὑπεροπτικιῖη καὶ ῥᾳθύμων, οὐδὲ τῶν ῥυπαρῶς, ἀλλʼ οὒ νυμφικῶς ἐστολισμὲνων, κάν ἐντεῦθεν ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώσῃ τῆςε ἐκεῖθεν λαμπροφορίας, καὶ λαθὼν ἑαυτὸν. παρενείρῖιν κεναῖς ὲλπξσιν ξιξαπατώμενος. Εἶτα τί ;’“Οταν γενώμεθα, τότε οἶδεν ὁ νυμφίος ἅ διδάξει, καὶιᾶ συν-λ ἐσται ταῖς συνεισελθούσαις ψυχαῖς. Συνέσται δὲ, ὡς οἶμαι, διδάσκων τὰ τελεώτερά τε καὶ καθαρώτερα· ὦν καὶ ἡμεῖς μεταλάβοιμεν, οἵ τε διδάσκοντες ταῦτα καὶ οἱ μανθάνοντες, ἐν αὐτῷ Χριστῷ. “cfp Κυρίῳ ἡμὼτν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἷς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν.

Plēn ekeino euangelizomai soi. Ē stasis, ēn autika stēsę̄ meta to baptisma pro tou megalou bēkiatos, tēs ekeithen doxēs esti procharagma, Ē psalmsmdia, methʼ hēs dechthēsę̄, tēs ekei; then hymnǭdiais prooimion, Hai lampades, hasper an;q’zq’ctc,’ tēs cast-tisi: phōtagōgias mystērion, methʼ hēs apantēsomen tǭ nymphiǭ phaidrai kai parthenoi psychai, phaidrais tais lampasi tēs pisteōs, mēte katheudousai dia rąthymian, hina mē lathę̄ parōn adokētōs ho prosdokōmenos, mēte atrophoi, kai anelaioi, kai kalōn ergōn epideeis, hina mē tou nymphōnos ekpesōmen. Orō gar to pathos, hōs eleeinon. (ho men parestai, apaitousēs tēs kraugēs tēn apantēsin; hai de apantēsontai, hosai phronimoi, meta lamprou tou phōtos, kai dapsilesteras tēs toutou trooxdę̄s ai de tarachthēsontai zētousai to elaion ouk en kairǭ para tōn echontōn. ’0 de eiseleusetai dromaios; hai Sii syneiseleusontai; hai de apokleisthēsontai, ton tou eiselthein kairon eis to paraskeuasasthai dapanēsasai, kai polla metaklausontai, opse mathousai tēn zēmian tēs rhąthymias, hotan mēketi ho nymphōn autais eisitētos ē, kai polla deomenais, hon kakōs heautais apekleisanʼ allon tropon mimēsamenai tous hysterountas tou gamou, on ho kalos patēr estią tǭ kalǭ nymphiǭ, dia tēn gynaika tēn neonymphon, ē dia ton agron ton neōnēton, ē to zeugos tōn boōn ha kakōs ektēsanto, dia tōn mikrōn ta meizona zēmioumenoi, Oudeis gar ekei tōn hyperoptikiiē kai rhąthymōn, oude tōn rhyparōs, allʼ ou nymphikōs estolismenōn, kan enteuthen heauton axiōsę̄ tēse ekeithen lamprophorias, kai lathōn heauton. pareneiriin kenais elpxsin xixapatōmenos. Eita ti ?’“Otan genōmetha, tote oiden ho nymphios ha didaxei, kaiia syn-l estai tais syneiselthousais psychais. Synestai de, hōs oimai, didaskōn ta teleōtera te kai katharōtera; ōn kai hēmeis metalaboimen, hoi te didaskontes tauta kai hoi manthanontes, en autǭ Christǭ. “cfp Kyriǭ hēmōtn, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos heis tous aiōnas. Amēn.

But this good news I announce to you. The standing in which you will stand immediately after baptism before the great sanctuary is a foreshadowing of the glory there. The psalmody with which you will be received is a prelude of the hymnody there. The lamps that you will light are a mystery of the procession of lights there, with which we shall go out to meet the Bridegroom, bright and virgin souls with the bright lamps of faith, neither sleeping through carelessness, lest he who is expected should come unexpectedly without our noticing, nor without food and oil and lacking good works, lest we be shut out of the bridal chamber. For I see how pitiable the plight is. He will be there, the cry demanding that we go out to meet him; and those who are wise will meet him with bright light and a more abundant supply for it; but the others will be in confusion, seeking oil out of season from those who have it. And he will enter swiftly, and the wise will enter with him; but the others will be shut out, having spent the time for entering in getting ready; and they will weep much afterwards, learning too late the loss caused by carelessness, when the bridal chamber is no longer open to them, though they beg earnestly, having wrongly shut themselves out of it. In another way they will be like those who stayed away from the wedding which the good Father gives for the good Bridegroom, because of a newly married wife, or a newly bought field, or a yoke of oxen, which they acquired to their harm, losing the greater for the sake of the small. For none of the arrogant and careless is there, nor any of those dressed in filthy and not wedding clothes, even if here he thought himself worthy of the splendid clothing there and slipped in unawares, deceived by empty hopes. Then what? When we have come there, the Bridegroom knows what he will teach, and how he will be with the souls that have entered with him. He will be with them, I think, teaching more perfect and purer things; of which may we too partake, both we who teach these things and you who learn them, in Christ himself our Lord, to whom be the glory and the might for ever. Amen.

Chapter 41

41.1PG 36:428a–432b

Περὶ τῆς ἑορτῆς βραχέα φιλοσοφήσωμεν. ἵνα πνευματικῶς ὲορτάσωμεν. ’Λλλη μὲν γὰρʼ ἄλλῳ … λόγων ὃ τῷ καιρῷ προσφορώτατος. Καὶ οὐδὲν οὕτως εὐφραίνει καλὸν τῶν φιλοκάλων οὒδένα, ὡς τὸ πανηγυρίζειν πνευματικῶς τὸν φιλέορτον, Σκοπῶμεν δὲ οὕτωςʼ Ἐορτάζει καὶ Ἰουδαῖος, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ γράμμα τὸν γὰρ σωματικὸν διώκων νόμον, εἷς τὸν πνευματικὸν νόμον οὒκ ἔφθασεν. Ἐορτᾶζει καὶ ”Ελλην, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ θεούς τε καὶ δαίμονας ὦν οἱ μὲν εἶσὶ παθῶν δημιουρφοί κατʼ αὖτοὺς ἐκείνους, 0i δὲ εκ παθτῦν ἐτιμήθησαν, Διὰ τοῦτο ἐμπαθὲς alitth καὶ τὸ ἑορτάζειν· ἵνʼ ᾗ τιμὴ Θεοῦ τὸ ἀμαρτάνειν, πρὸς ὅν καταφεύγει τὸ πάθος, ὡς σεμνοο λόγημα, Ἐορταίζομεν καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἀλλʼ ὡς δοκεῖ τῷ Πνεύματι. Δοκεῖ δὲ, ἢ λέγοντάς τι τῶν δεόντων, ἢ πράττοντας. Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἑορτάζειν ἡμῶν, ψυχῇ τι θησαυρίσαι τῶν ἑστώτων καὶ κρατουμένων, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῶν ὑποχωρούντων καὶ λυομένων, καὶ μικρὰ σαινόντων τὴν αἴσθησιν, τὰ πλείω δὲ, λυμαινομένων τε ml βλαπτόντων, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον. Ἀρκετὸν γὰρ τῷ σώματιὴ κακία αὐτοῦ. Τί δὲ δεῖ τῇ φλογὶ πλείονος ὕλης, ἢ τῷ θηρίῳ δαψίλεστέρας τροφῆς, ἵνα μᾶλλον 809mbεκτον γένηται, καὶ τοῦ λογισμοῦ βιαιότερον ς ἡμερῶν, τὸ Σάββατον, τοῦτο δηλοῖ τὸ συνεχῶς Ι παρʼ αὐτοῖς τιμώμενον, καθὸ καὶ ἡ τῆς ζύμης ἄρ· σις ἰσάριθμοςο ἡ δὲ τῶν ἑτῶν, 6 ἑβδοματικὸς ἑνιαυτὸς τῆς ἀφέσεως. Kal οὒκ ὲν ἑβδομάσι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑν ἑβδομάσιν ἑβδομάδων, ὁμοίως έν τε ἡμέραις καὶ ἔτεσιν. Αἱ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἑβδομάδες γεννῶσι τὴν Πεντηκοστὴν, κλητὴν ἁγίαν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἡμέρανο αἱ δὲ τῶν ἑτῶν, τὸν Ἰωβυλαῖον παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὀνομαζόμενον, ὁμοίως γῆς τε ἄφεσιν έχοντα, καὶ δούλων* ἐλευθερίαν, καὶ κτήσεων ὠνητῶν ἀναχώρησιν. Καθιεροῦσι γὰρ, οὐ γεννημάτων μόνον, οὐδὲ προτοτόκων, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ ἡμερῶν καὶ ἑτων ἀπαρχὰς τῷ Θεῷ τοῦτο τὸ γένος. Οὕτως 6 ἑπτὰ τιμώμενος ἀριθμὸς τὴν τιμὴν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς συνεισήγαγεν. '0 γὰρ ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ ἑαυτὸν συντιθέμενος, γεννᾷ τὸν πεντήκοντα, μιᾶς δεούσης ἡμέρας, ἢν ἑκ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος προσειλήφαμεν, ὀγδόην τε οὖσαν τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ πρώτην, μᾶλλον δὲ μίαν καὶ ἀκατάλυτον. Δεῖ γὰρ ἑκεῖσε καταλῆξαι τὸν ἐνταῦθα Σαββατισμδν τῶν ψυχῶν, ὡς δοθῆναι μερίδα, τοῖς ἑπτὰ (Ι), καί γε τοῖς ὀκτὼ, καθὼς ἤδη τινὲς τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν τὸ Σολομώντειον ἑξειλήφασι.

Peri tēs heortēs brachea philosophēsōmen. hina pneumatikōs eortasōmen. ’Lllē men garʼ allǭ … logōn ho tǭ kairǭ prosphorōtatos. Kai ouden houtōs euphrainei kalon tōn philokalōn oudena, hōs to panēgyrizein pneumatikōs ton phileorton, Skopōmen de houtōsʼ Eortazei kai Ioudaios, alla kata to gramma ton gar sōmatikon diōkōn nomon, heis ton pneumatikon nomon ouk ephthasen. Eortazei kai ”Ellēn, alla kata to sōma, kai tous heautou theous te kai daimonas ōn hoi men eisi pathōn dēmiourphoi katʼ autous ekeinous, 0i de ek pathtyn etimēthēsan, Dia touto empathes alitth kai to heortazein; hinʼ hę̄ timē Theou to amartanein, pros hon katapheugei to pathos, hōs semnoo logēma, Eortaizomen kai hēmeis, allʼ hōs dokei tǭ Pneumati. Dokei de, ē legontas ti tōn deontōn, ē prattontas. Kai touto esti to heortazein hēmōn, psychę̄ ti thēsaurisai tōn hestōtōn kai kratoumenōn, alla mē tōn hypochōrountōn kai lyomenōn, kai mikra sainontōn tēn aisthēsin, ta pleiō de, lymainomenōn te ml blaptontōn, kata ge ton emon logon. Arketon gar tǭ sōmatiē kakia autou. Ti de dei tę̄ phlogi pleionos hylēs, ē tǭ thēriǭ dapsilesteras trophēs, hina mallon 809mbekton genētai, kai tou logismou biaioteron s hēmerōn, to Sabbaton, touto dēloi to synechōs I parʼ autois timōmenon, katho kai hē tēs zymēs ar; sis isarithmoso hē de tōn hetōn, 6 hebdomatikos heniautos tēs apheseōs. Kal ouk en hebdomasi monon, alla kai hen hebdomasin hebdomadōn, homoiōs en te hēmerais kai etesin. Hai men oun tōn hēmerōn hebdomades gennōsi tēn Pentēkostēn, klētēn hagian parʼ autois hēmerano hai de tōn hetōn, ton Iōbylaion parʼ autois onomazomenon, homoiōs gēs te aphesin echonta, kai doulōn* eleutherian, kai ktēseōn ōnētōn anachōrēsin. Kathierousi gar, ou gennēmatōn monon, oude prototokōn, allʼ ēdē kai hēmerōn kai hetōn aparchas tǭ Theǭ touto to genos. Houtōs 6 hepta timōmenos arithmos tēn timēn tēs Pentēkostēs syneisēgagen. '0 gar hepta epi heauton syntithemenos, genną ton pentēkonta, mias deousēs hēmeras, ēn hek tou mellontos aiōnos proseilēphamen, ogdoēn te ousan tēn autēn kai prōtēn, mallon de mian kai akatalyton. Dei gar hekeise katalēxai ton entautha Sabbatismdn tōn psychōn, hōs dothēnai merida, tois hepta (I), kai ge tois oktō, kathōs ēdē tines tōn pro hēmōn to Solomōnteion hexeilēphasi.

Let us philosophize briefly about the feast, that we may keep it spiritually. For different people keep festival in different ways, … and of discourses, the one most suited to the occasion. And nothing so delights any lover of the beautiful as for a lover of feasts to keep festival spiritually. Let us consider it thus. The Jew too keeps festival, but according to the letter; for, pursuing the bodily law, he has not attained to the spiritual law. The Greek too keeps festival, but according to the body, and in honour of his own gods and demons, some of whom are makers of passions by their own account, while others were honoured for their passions; therefore their keeping of feasts is also full of passion, so that sinning is honour to the god, to whom passion flees as a dignified excuse. We too keep festival, but as it seems good to the Spirit. And it seems good to him when we either say or do something fitting. And this is our keeping of festival: to store up in the soul something of what stands and is held fast, not of what passes away and is dissolved, which flatters the senses a little, but for the most part ruins and harms, at least in my view. For the body's own wickedness is sufficient for it. Why does the flame need more fuel, or the beast more abundant food, so that it becomes harder to hold and more violent than reason? … [2] … of days, the Sabbath, which is continually honoured among them, as the removal of leaven is of the same number; and of years, the seventh year, the year of release. And not only in sevens, but also in sevens of sevens, both of days and of years. The sevens of days produce Pentecost, a day called holy among them; the sevens of years produce what they call the Jubilee, which likewise has release of the land, freedom of slaves, and the return of purchased possessions. For this people consecrates to God firstfruits not only of produce and of firstborn, but also of days and years. So the honoured number seven brought with it the honour of Pentecost. For seven multiplied by itself produces fifty, less one day, which we have taken over from the age to come, being both the eighth and the first, or rather the one day that does not end. For the sabbath rest of souls here must end there, so that a portion may be given to seven and even to eight, as some before us have interpreted the saying of Solomon.

41.3PG 36:432c–433a

Τῆς δὲ τοῦ ἑπτὰ τιμῆς, πολλὰ μὲν τὰ μαρτύρια, ὀλίγα δὲ ἑκ πολλῶν ἡμῖν ἀρκέσει. Ὠς ἑπτὰ μὲν ὀνομαζόμενα τίμια Πνεύματα. Τὰς γὰρ ἐνεργείας. οἶμαι, τοῦ Πνεύματος, Πνεύματα φίλον τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ καλεῖν. Κεκαθαρμένα δὲ τὰ λόγια τοῦ Κυρίου, κατὰ τὸν Δαβὶδ, έπταπλασίως. Καὶ 6 μὲν δίκαιος, ἑξάκις μὲν ἑξ ἀναγκῶν ἐξαιρούμενος, ἑν δὲ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ μηδὲ πλησσόμενος. Ὀ δὲ ἁμαρτωλὸς, οὐχ ἑπτάκις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ’ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτὰ συγχωρούμενος. Καὶ μέντοι πάλιν ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων (ἐπαινετὴ γὰρ καὶ ἡ τῆς κακίας κόλασις), Κάϊν μὲν ἑκδικούμενος ἑπτά-ο κις, τουτέστι δίκας εἰσπραττόμενος τῆς ἀδελφοκτονίας· 6 δὲ Λάμεχ ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτὰ, ὅτι φονεὺς ἦν μετὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ τὸ κατάκριμα. ΟΞ δὲ πονῖηροὶ γείτονες ἑπταπλασίονα είς τὸν Γκόλπον αὐτῶν ἀπολαμβάνοντες· ἑπτὰ δὲ στύλοις ὁτῆς Σοφίας οἶκος ὑπερειδόμενος· τοσούτοις δὲ ὀφθαλμοῖς 6 τοῦ Ζοροβάβελ λίθος κοσμούμενος. Ἑπτάκις δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ὁ Θεὸς αἰνούμενος. Καὶ μὴν καὶ στεῖρα τίκνουσα ἑπτα, τὸν τέλειον ἄριθμδν, ἡ τῆς ἀτελοῦς tv τέκνοις ὰντίθετος.

Tēs de tou hepta timēs, polla men ta martyria, oliga de hek pollōn hēmin arkesei. Ōs hepta men onomazomena timia Pneumata. Tas gar energeias. oimai, tou Pneumatos, Pneumata philon tǭ Hēsaïą kalein. Kekatharmena de ta logia tou Kyriou, kata ton Dabid, eptaplasiōs. Kai 6 men dikaios, hexakis men hex anankōn exairoumenos, hen de tǭ hebdomǭ mēde plēssomenos. O de hamartōlos, ouch heptakis monon, alla kai ’hebdomēkontakis hepta synchōroumenos. Kai mentoi palin ek tōn enantiōn (epainetē gar kai hē tēs kakias kolasis), Kaïn men hekdikoumenos hepta-o kis, toutesti dikas eisprattomenos tēs adelphoktonias; 6 de Lamech hebdomēkontakis hepta, hoti phoneus ēn meta ton nomon kai to katakrima. OX de poniēroi geitones heptaplasiona eis ton Nkolpon autōn apolambanontes; hepta de stylois hotēs Sophias oikos hypereidomenos; tosoutois de ophthalmois 6 tou Zorobabel lithos kosmoumenos. Heptakis de tēs hēmeras ho Theos ainoumenos. Kai mēn kai steira tiknousa hepta, ton teleion arithmdn, hē tēs atelous tv teknois antithetos.

Of the honour of seven the testimonies are many, but a few out of many will suffice us. Seven honoured Spirits are named; for Isaiah likes, I think, to call the activities of the Spirit spirits. The words of the Lord are purified sevenfold, according to David. The righteous man is delivered from six troubles, and in the seventh is not even struck. The sinner is forgiven not seven times only, but seventy times seven. And again from the opposite side (for the punishment of wickedness is praiseworthy too): Cain is avenged sevenfold, that is, pays the penalty for killing his brother; and Lamech seventy times seven, because he was a murderer after the law and the condemnation. The wicked neighbours receive sevenfold into their bosom; the house of Wisdom is supported on seven pillars; the stone of Zerubbabel is adorned with as many eyes. God is praised seven times a day. And the barren woman bears seven, the perfect number, in contrast with her who is imperfect in children.

41.4PG 36:433a–436a

El δὲ δεῖ καὶ τὰς παλαιὰς ἱστορίας σκοπεῖν, ἐννοῶ μὲν τὸν ἕβδομον ἐν προγόνοις Ἑνὼχ, μεταθέσει τετιμημένον, Ἐννοῶ δὲ τὸν εἰκοστὸν πρῶτον Ἀβραὰμ, τῇ πατριαρχίᾳ δεδοξασμένον, μυστηρίου προσθήκῃ μείζονος. Τρισσουμὲνη γὰρ ἦ ἑβδόμας τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦτον ἐργάζεται, Τολτ μήσειε, δʼ ἓν τις τῶν πάντα νεανικῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν νέον Ἀδὰμ ἐλθεῖν, τὸν Θεόν μου καὶ Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἀπὸ τοῦ παλαιοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν Ἀδὰμ, ἑβδομηκοστὸν ἕβδομον ἀριθμούμενον, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Λουκᾶ γενεαλογίαν ἁναποδίζουσαν. Ἐννοῶ δὲ καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγας ἰησοῦ τοῦ Nemi}, mi περιόδους τοσαύτας, καὶ ἠμέρας, καὶ ἱερέας, ἐξ ὧν τὰ Ἰεριχούνιτια τείχη κατασείεταε, Ὠς δὲ γαὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην ἀναστροφὴν (Η), ὥσπερ δὲ μυστικὴν τὴν τρισσὴν ἐμφύσησιν Ἠλίου τοῦ προφήτου, τῷ τῆς Σαραέ φθίας χήρας υἷῷ τὸ ζῇν ἐμπνεύσασαν, καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰσάριθμον κατὰ τῶν σχιδάκων ἐπίκλυσιν, ἡνίκα πυρὶ θεοπέμπτῳ τὴν θυσίαν ἆνήλωσε, καὶ τοὺς τῆς αἰσχύνης προφήτας κατ·ἐκρινε, τὸ ἴσον οὐ δυνηθέντας ἐκ τῆς προκλήσεως. Οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην κατασκοπὴν τοῦ νέφους τῷ παιδαρίῳ προστεταγμένην, Ἐλισσαίου τε τὴν ’ίσην διάκαμψιν ἐπὶ τὸν παῖδα τῆς ξουναμίτιδος- (Νὴ-τὴν πνοὴν-Δζωπυρίσασαν Τοῦ δὲ αὐτοῦ, οἶμαι, δόγματος (ἵνα μὴ λέγω τὴν ἐπτάκαυλον καὶ ἐπτάλυχνον τοῦ ναοῦ λυχνίαν) ἐν ἑπτὰ μὲν ἡμέραις 6 ἱερεὺς τελειούμενος, ἐν ἑπτὰ δὲ 6 λεπρὸς καθαιρόμενος, ἐν τοσαύταις δὲ 6 ναὸς ἐγκαινιζόμενος. Ἐβδομηιιοστῴ δὲ ἔτει 6 λαὸς ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἐπαναγόμενος, ἵνʼ ὅπερ ἔστὶν ἐν μονάσι, τοῦτο ἓν δεκάσι γένηται, καὶ ἀριθμῷ τελεωτέρῳ τὸ τῆς ἑβδομάδος τιμηθῇ μυστήριον. Τί μοι τὰ πόῤῥω λέγεινς Ἰησοῦς αὒτὸς, ἡ καθαρὰ τελειότης, οἶδε τρέφειν μὲν ἓν ἐρημίᾳ καὶ πέντε ἄρτοις πεντακισχιλίους, οἵδε δὲ καὶ ἐπτὰ πάλιν τετρακισχιλίους. Καὶ τὰ τοῦ κόρου λείψανα, ἐκεῖ μὶν δώδεκα κόφινοι, ἐνταῦθα δὲ σπυρίδες ἑπτά · νῦδέτερον ἀλόγως, οἶμαι, οὐδὲ ἀναξίως τοῦ Πνεύ ματος. Καὶ σὺ δʼ ἂν κατά σαυτὸν ἀναλεγόμενος, πολλοὺς τηρήσαις ἀριθμοὺς, ἔχοντας τι τοῦ φαινομὲνου βαθύτερον. ’0 δὲ τῷ παρόντι καιρῴ χρησιμώτατον, ὅτι κατά τούτους ’ἴσως τοὺς λόγους, ἢ ὅτι ἐγγύτατα, τούτων, ἦ καὶ θειοτέρους τινὰς, τιμῶσι μὲν Ἐὄρατοι τὴν Πεντηκοστῆν ἠμέραν, τιμῶμεν δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς ὥσπερ ἐστὶ καὶ ἄλλα τινά τῶν Ἐβραϊκῶν, τυπικῶς γμέν παρʼ ἐκεί·νοις τελούμενα, μυστικῶς δὲ ἡμῖν ἀποκαθιστάμενα, Τοσαῦτα περὶ τῆς ἡμέρας προδιαλεχθέντες, Earl τὸ ἐξῆς του λόγου προΐωμεν,

El de dei kai tas palaias historias skopein, ennoō men ton hebdomon en progonois Henōch, metathesei tetimēmenon, Ennoō de ton eikoston prōton Abraam, tę̄ patriarchią dedoxasmenon, mystēriou prosthēkę̄ meizonos. Trissoumenē gar ē hebdomas ton arithmon touton ergazetai, Tolt mēseie, dʼ hen tis tōn panta neanikōn, kai epi ton neon Adam elthein, ton Theon mou kai Kyrion Iēsoun Christon, apo tou palaiou kai tou hypo tēn hamartian Adam, hebdomēkoston hebdomon arithmoumenon, kata tēn tou Louka genealogian hanapodizousan. Ennoō de kai tas hepta salpingas iēsou tou Nemi}, mi periodous tosautas, kai ēmeras, kai hiereas, ex hōn ta Ierichounitia teichē kataseietae, Ōs de gai tēn hebdomēn anastrophēn (Ē), hōsper de mystikēn tēn trissēn emphysēsin Ēliou tou prophētou, tǭ tēs Sarae phthias chēras huiǭ to zę̄n empneusasan, kai tou autou tēn isarithmon kata tōn schidakōn epiklysin, hēnika pyri theopemptǭ tēn thysian anēlōse, kai tous tēs aischynēs prophētas kat;ekrine, to ison ou dynēthentas ek tēs proklēseōs. Houtō de kai tēn hebdomēn kataskopēn tou nephous tǭ paidariǭ prostetagmenēn, Elissaiou te tēn ’isēn diakampsin epi ton paida tēs xounamitidos- (Nē-tēn pnoēn-Dzōpyrisasan Tou de autou, oimai, dogmatos (hina mē legō tēn eptakaulon kai eptalychnon tou naou lychnian) en hepta men hēmerais 6 hiereus teleioumenos, en hepta de 6 lepros kathairomenos, en tosautais de 6 naos enkainizomenos. Ebdomēiiostǭ de etei 6 laos ek tēs aichmalōsias epanagomenos, hinʼ hoper estin en monasi, touto hen dekasi genētai, kai arithmǭ teleōterǭ to tēs hebdomados timēthę̄ mystērion. Ti moi ta porrhō legeins Iēsous autos, hē kathara teleiotēs, oide trephein men hen erēmią kai pente artois pentakischilious, hoide de kai epta palin tetrakischilious. Kai ta tou korou leipsana, ekei min dōdeka kophinoi, entautha de spyrides hepta ; nydeteron alogōs, oimai, oude anaxiōs tou Pneu matos. Kai sy dʼ an kata sauton analegomenos, pollous tērēsais arithmous, echontas ti tou phainomenou bathyteron. ’0 de tǭ paronti kairǭ chrēsimōtaton, hoti kata toutous ’isōs tous logous, ē hoti engytata, toutōn, ē kai theioterous tinas, timōsi men Eoratoi tēn Pentēkostēn ēmeran, timōmen de kai hēmeis hōsper esti kai alla tina tōn Ebraïkōn, typikōs gmen parʼ ekei;nois teloumena, mystikōs de hēmin apokathistamena, Tosauta peri tēs hēmeras prodialechthentes, Earl to exēs tou logou proïōmen,

If we must also look at the ancient histories, I think of Enoch, the seventh among the forefathers, honoured by being taken up; I think of Abraham, the twenty-first, glorified with the patriarchate, by the addition of a greater mystery, for the seven tripled makes this number. And one of the very bold might even venture to come to the new Adam, my God and Lord Jesus Christ, numbered seventy-seventh from the old Adam who was under sin, according to Luke's genealogy reckoned backwards. I think too of the seven trumpets of Joshua the son of Nun, and as many circuits and days and priests, by which the walls of Jericho were shaken; and so too the seven circuits of the city; as also, as mystical, the threefold breathing of Elijah the prophet, which breathed life into the son of the widow of Zarephath, and his pouring of water of the same number upon the wood, when he consumed the sacrifice with fire sent by God and condemned the prophets of shame, who could not do the same in answer to his challenge; so too the seventh looking out for the cloud, commanded to the servant, and Elisha's equal number of bendings over the son of the Shunammite woman, which rekindled his breath. Of the same doctrine, I think (not to mention the lampstand of the temple with seven branches and seven lamps), the priest is consecrated in seven days, the leper is cleansed in seven, and the temple is dedicated in as many. In the seventieth year the people is brought back from captivity, that what exists in units may come to be in tens, and the mystery of the seven be honoured by a more perfect number. Why speak of distant things? Jesus himself, the pure perfection, knows how to feed five thousand in the desert with five loaves, and again four thousand with seven; and the remnants of the abundance were there twelve baskets, here seven hampers; neither, I think, without reason, nor unworthily of the Spirit. And you too, gathering them for yourself, might observe many numbers that have something deeper than appears. But what is most useful for the present occasion is this: it is perhaps for these reasons, or reasons very near to them, or for some more divine ones, that the Hebrews honour the day of Pentecost; and we honour it too, as there are other Hebrew observances which they performed in figure and which are restored to us in mystery. Having said this much beforehand about the day, let us go on to what follows in our discourse.

41.5PG 36:436b–437a

Πεντηκοστὴν ἑορτάζομεν, καὶ ΙΙνεόματος ἑπιδημίαν, καὶ προρεσμίαι ἐπαγγελίας, καὶ ἐλπίδος συμπλήρωσιν. Καὶ τὸ μυστήριον ὅσονε ὡς μέγα τε καὶ σεβάσμιον1 Τά μέν δὴ σωματικὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ πέρας ἔχει, μᾶλλον δὲ τά τῆς σωματικῆς ἰνδημίας · όκνῶ γὰρ εὶπειν τά τοῦ σώματος, ἕως ἅν μηδεὶς πείθῃ με λόγος, ὅτι κάλλιον ἀπεσκευάσθαι τοῦ σώματος. Τὰ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἄρχεο ται. Τίνα δὲ ἦν ta τοῦ Χριστοῦ ς Παρθένος, γέννησις, φάτνη. σπαργάνωσις, ἄγγελοι δοξάζοντες, ποιμένες προστρέχοντες, ἀστέρος δρόμος, μάγων προσκύνησλῑς-καὶ δωροφορία, Ἡρώδου παιδοφονία, φεύγων ἰησοῦς είς Αἴγυπτον, ἐπανιὼν ἐζ Αἰγύπτου, περιτεμνόμενος, βαπτιζόμενος, μαρτυρούμενος ἄνωθεν, πειραζόμενος, λιθαζόμενος διʼ ἡμᾶς. οἷς τύπον ἕδει δοθῆναι τῆς ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόγου κακοπαθείας, προ ειδόμενος, προσηλούμενος, θαπτόμενος, ἀνιστάμενος, ἀνερχόμενος, ὧν καὶ νῦν πάσχει πολλά παρά μέν τῶν μισοχρίστων, τὰ τῆς ἀτιμίας καὶ φέρει (μακρόθυμος γάρ) ' παρὰ δὲ τῶν φιλοχρίστων, τά τῆς ἐπιτιμίας, Καὶ ἀναβάλλεται, ὥσπερ ἐκείνοις τὴν ὀργὴν οὕτως ἡμῖν τὴν χρηστότητα τοῖς μὲν ’ἴσως μετανοίας διδοὺς καιρὸν, ἡμῶν δὲ δοκιμάζων τὸν πόθον, εἰ μὴ ἐκκακοῦμεν ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσι καὶτοῖς δπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀγῶσιν ° ὥσπερ ἄνωθεν θείας οἰκονομίας λόγος, καὶ τῶν ἀνεφίκτων αὐτοῦ χριμάτων, οἷς εὐθύ·νει σοφῶς τὰ ἡμέτερα. Τὰ μὲν δὲ Χρισιοῦ τοιαῦτα · καὶτά ὲξῆς ὀψόμεθα ἐνδοξότερα, καὶ ὀφθείημεν. Τὰ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, παρέστω μοι τὸ Πνεῦμα, καὶ διδότω λόγον, ὅσον καὶ βούλομαι εἰ δὲ μὴ τοσοῦτον, ἱλλ ὅστις γε τῷ καιρῷ σύτῖμετρος. Πάντως δὲ παρέσται δεσποτικῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐ δουλικῶς, οὐδὲ ἀναμένον ἐπίταγμα, ὥς τινες οἴονται. Πνεῖ γὰρ ὅπου θείλει1 καὶ ἐφʼ οῧς βούλεται, καὶ ἡνίκα, καὶ ὅσον. Oilτως ἡμεῖς καὶ νοεῖν καὶ λέγειν ἑμπνεόμεθα περὶ] τοῦ Πνεύματος.

Pentēkostēn heortazomen, kai IIneomatos hepidēmian, kai proresmiai epangelias, kai elpidos symplērōsin. Kai to mystērion hosone hōs mega te kai sebasmion1 Ta men dē sōmatika tou Christou peras echei, mallon de ta tēs sōmatikēs indēmias ; oknō gar eipein ta tou sōmatos, heōs han mēdeis peithę̄ me logos, hoti kallion apeskeuasthai tou sōmatos. Ta de tou Pneumatos archeo tai. Tina de ēn ta tou Christou s Parthenos, gennēsis, phatnē. sparganōsis, angeloi doxazontes, poimenes prostrechontes, asteros dromos, magōn proskynēslis-kai dōrophoria, Hērōdou paidophonia, pheugōn iēsous eis Aigypton, epaniōn ez Aigyptou, peritemnomenos, baptizomenos, martyroumenos anōthen, peirazomenos, lithazomenos diʼ hēmas. hois typon hedei dothēnai tēs hyper tou logou kakopatheias, pro eidomenos, prosēloumenos, thaptomenos, anistamenos, anerchomenos, hōn kai nyn paschei polla para men tōn misochristōn, ta tēs atimias kai pherei (makrothymos gar) ' para de tōn philochristōn, ta tēs epitimias, Kai anaballetai, hōsper ekeinois tēn orgēn houtōs hēmin tēn chrēstotēta tois men ’isōs metanoias didous kairon, hēmōn de dokimazōn ton pothon, ei mē ekkakoumen en tais thlipsesi kaitois dper eusebeias agōsin ° hōsper anōthen theias oikonomias logos, kai tōn anephiktōn autou chrimatōn, hois euthy;nei sophōs ta hēmetera. Ta men de Chrisiou toiauta ; kaita exēs opsometha endoxotera, kai ophtheiēmen. Ta de tou Pneumatos, parestō moi to Pneuma, kai didotō logon, hoson kai boulomai ei de mē tosouton, hill hostis ge tǭ kairǭ sytimetros. Pantōs de parestai despotikōs, allʼ ou doulikōs, oude anamenon epitagma, hōs tines oiontai. Pnei gar hopou theilei1 kai ephʼ oÿs bouletai, kai hēnika, kai hoson. Oiltōs hēmeis kai noein kai legein hempneometha peri] tou Pneumatos.

We keep the feast of Pentecost, the coming of the Spirit, the appointed time of the promise, and the fulfilment of hope. And how great, how great and venerable, is the mystery! The bodily things of Christ have come to an end, or rather the things of his bodily sojourn (for I hesitate to say “of the body”, until some argument persuades me that it is better for him to have laid aside the body); and the things of the Spirit begin. What were the things of Christ? The virgin, the birth, the manger, the swaddling, the angels glorifying, the shepherds running, the course of the star, the worship and gifts of the Magi, Herod's slaughter of the children, Jesus fleeing into Egypt and returning from Egypt, being circumcised, baptized, witnessed to from above, tempted, stoned for our sake, to whom a pattern of suffering for the word had to be given, betrayed, nailed, buried, rising, ascending; and even now he suffers much of this: from the haters of Christ, dishonour, and he bears it, for he is long-suffering; from the lovers of Christ, honour. And he puts off, as his wrath for them, so his goodness for us; perhaps giving them time for repentance, and testing our desire, whether we lose heart in afflictions and in the struggles for piety; as is the age-old principle of the divine economy and of his inscrutable judgments, by which he wisely directs our affairs. Such are the things of Christ; and what follows we shall see more glorious, and may we be seen. As for the things of the Spirit, may the Spirit be present with me and give me speech, as much as I wish; or if not so much, at least as much as fits the occasion. He will certainly be present as Master, not as servant, nor waiting for a command, as some think. For he blows where he wills, upon whom he wills, and when, and as much as he wills. So we are inspired both to think and to speak about the Spirit.

41.6PG 36:437b–440a

Τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον οἱ μὲν είς κτίσμα κατἀγοντες, ὑβρισταὶ, καὶ δοῦλοι κακοὶ, xui xuxd'r κάκιστοι. Δούλων γὰρ κακῶν, ἀθετεῖν δεσποτείαν, xui ἐπανίστασθαι κυριότητι, καὶ ὁμόδουλον ποιεῖν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἐλεύθερον, Oi δὲ Θεὸν νομίζοντες, ἔνθεοι xui λαμπροὶ τὴν διάνοιαν, Oi δὲ καὶ ὀνομάζοντες, εί μὲν ενόγνῶμοσιν, ὑψηλοίʼ εἱ δὲ ταπεινοῖς, οὒκ οἰκονομικοί* πηλῷ μαργαρίτην πιστεύοντες, καὶ ἀκοῇ σαθρᾷ βροντῆς ἦχον, καὶ ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις ἥλιον, καὶ τροφὴν στερεὰν τοῖς ἔτι γάλα ποτιζομένοις δέονΔ κατα μικρὸν προάγειν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν, καὶ προβιόάζειν τοῖς ὑψηλοτέροις, φωτὶ φῶς χαριζομένους, καὶ ἀληθείᾳ πφοξενοῦντας ἀλήθειαν· διὸ καὶ ἡμεῖς τὸν τελεώτερον τέως ἀφέντες λόγον (οῧπω γὰρ καιρὸς), οὕτως οὒτοῖς διαλεξόμεθα. ογήσατε τὴν φύσιν ὲν ἄλλαις φωναῖς, αἷς αἰδεῖσθε μᾶλλον · καὶ ὡς ἀσθενεῖς ὑμᾶς ίατρεύσομεν· ἐστιν ἃ καὶτῶν πρὸς ἡδονὴν παρακλέψαντες. Aiaxpr μὲν γὰρ, αἰσχρὸν, καὶ ἱκανῶς ἄλογον, κατὰ ψυχὴν ἐρρωμένους, μικρολογεῖσθαι περὶ τὸν ἦχον, καὶ κρύπτειν τὸν θησαυρὸν, ὥσπερ ἄλλοις βασκαίνοντας, ἢ μὴ καὶ τὴν γλῶσσαν ἁγιάσητε δεδοικόταςο αἴσχιον δὲ ἡμῖν ὃ ἐγκαλοῦμεν παθεῖν, καὶ μικρολογίαν καταγινώσκοντας, αὐτοὺς μικρολογεῖσθαι περὶ τὰ γράμματα.

To Pneuma to hagion hoi men eis ktisma katagontes, hybristai, kai douloi kakoi, xui xuxd'r kakistoi. Doulōn gar kakōn, athetein despoteian, xui epanistasthai kyriotēti, kai homodoulon poiein heautois to eleutheron, Oi de Theon nomizontes, entheoi xui lamproi tēn dianoian, Oi de kai onomazontes, ei men enognōmosin, hypsēloiʼ hei de tapeinois, ouk oikonomikoi* pēlǭ margaritēn pisteuontes, kai akoę̄ sathrą brontēs ēchon, kai ophthalmois asthenesterois hēlion, kai trophēn sterean tois eti gala potizomenois deonD kata mikron proagein autous eis to emprosthen, kai probioazein tois hypsēloterois, phōti phōs charizomenous, kai alētheią pphoxenountas alētheian; dio kai hēmeis ton teleōteron teōs aphentes logon (oÿpō gar kairos), houtōs outois dialexometha. ogēsate tēn physin en allais phōnais, hais aideisthe mallon ; kai hōs astheneis hymas iatreusomen; estin ha kaitōn pros hēdonēn paraklepsantes. Aiaxpr men gar, aischron, kai hikanōs alogon, kata psychēn errōmenous, mikrologeisthai peri ton ēchon, kai kryptein ton thēsauron, hōsper allois baskainontas, ē mē kai tēn glōssan hagiasēte dedoikotaso aischion de hēmin ho enkaloumen pathein, kai mikrologian kataginōskontas, autous mikrologeisthai peri ta grammata.

Those who bring the Holy Spirit down to the rank of a creature are insolent, wicked servants, and the worst of the wicked. For it is the part of wicked servants to reject lordship, to rise up against dominion, and to make him who is free their fellow servant. Those who think him God are inspired and illumined in mind. Those who also call him so are lofty if they speak to the well-disposed, but, if to the lowly, not prudent stewards: they entrust a pearl to clay, the sound of thunder to weak hearing, the sun to weaker eyes, and solid food to those still drinking milk; whereas they ought to lead them forward little by little and bring them up to higher things, bestowing light upon light and procuring truth for truth. Therefore we too, leaving aside for now the more perfect discourse (for it is not yet the time), will speak to them as follows. [7] … Confess the nature in other words, which you respect more; and we will heal you as sick people, slipping in also some things that please. For it is shameful, shameful and quite unreasonable, for those who are strong in soul to be petty about the sound and to hide the treasure, as though begrudging it to others, or afraid of sanctifying your tongue too; but it is more shameful for us to suffer what we accuse others of, and, while condemning pettiness, to be petty ourselves about letters.

41.8PG 36:440b–440d

Μιᾶς Θεότητος, ὧοῦτοι, τὴν Τριάδα ὁμολογήσατε, εί δὲ βούλεσθε, μιᾶς φύσεως ο καὶ τὴν Θεὸς φωνὴν παρὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ὑμῖν αἰτήσομεν. Δὼσει γὰρ, εὗ οἶδα, ὁ τὸ πρῶτον δοὺς, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον, καὶ μάλιστα, εἰ δειλία τις εἴη πνευματικὴ, καὶ μὴ ἔνστασις διαβολικὴ, τὸ μαχόμενον. Ἔτι σαφέστερον εἴπω καὶ συντομώτερον ’ Μήτε ὑμεῖς ἡμᾶς εὐθύνητε τῆς ὑψηλοτέρας φωνῆς (φθόνος γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἀναβάσεως ), οὔτε ἡμεῖς τὴν ὲφικτὴν τέως ὑμῖν ἐγκαλέσομεν, ἓως ἂν καὶ διʼ ἄλλης ὁδοῦ πρὸς τὸ αὐτὸ φέρησθε καταγώγιον. Οὐ γὰρ νικῆσαι ζητοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ προσλαβεῖν ἀδελφοὺς, ὧν τῷ χωρισμῷ σπαρασσόμεθα. Ταῦτα ὑμῖν, παρʼ οἷς τι καὶ ζωτικὸν εὑρίσκομεν, τοῖς περὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ὑγιαίνουσιν · ὧν τὸν βίον θαυμάζοντες, οὐκ ἐπαινοῦμεν πάντη τὸν λόγον ι οἱ τὰ τοῦ Πνεύ ματος ἔχοντες, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα προσ·λάβετε, ἵνα μὴ ὰθλῆτε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ νομίμως, ἐξ οῦ κα). ὁ στέφανος. Οὗτος ὑμῖν δοθείη τῆς πολιτείας μισθὸς, ὁμολογῆσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα τελείως, καὶ κηρύξαι σὺν ἡμῖν τε καὶ πρὸ ἡμῶν ὅσον ἄξιον. Τολμῶ τι καὶ μεῖζον ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, τὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου φθέγξασθαι. Τοσοῦτον ὑμῶν περιέχομαι, καὶ τοσοῦτον ὑμῶν αἰδοῦμαι τὴν εὔκοσμον ταύτην στολὴν, καὶ τὸ χρῶμα τῆς ἐγκρατείας, καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ ταῦτα συστήματα, καὶ τὴν σεμνὴν παρθενίαν καὶ κάθαρσιν, καὶ τὴν πάννυχον ψαλμῳδίαν, καὶ τὸ φιλόπτωχον, καὶ φιλάδελφον, καὶ φιλόξενον, ὥστε καὶ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ, κα). παθεῖν τι, ὡς κατάκριτος, δέχομαι ” μόνον εἰ σταίητε μεθʼ ἡμῶν, καὶ κοινῇ τὴν Τριάδα δοξάσαιτε.

Mias Theotētos, hōoutoi, tēn Triada homologēsate, ei de boulesthe, mias physeōs o kai tēn Theos phōnēn para tou Pneumatos hymin aitēsomen. Dōsei gar, heu oida, ho to prōton dous, kai to deuteron, kai malista, ei deilia tis eiē pneumatikē, kai mē enstasis diabolikē, to machomenon. Eti saphesteron eipō kai syntomōteron ’ Mēte hymeis hēmas euthynēte tēs hypsēloteras phōnēs (phthonos gar oudeis anabaseōs ), oute hēmeis tēn ephiktēn teōs hymin enkalesomen, heōs an kai diʼ allēs hodou pros to auto pherēsthe katagōgion. Ou gar nikēsai zētoumen, alla proslabein adelphous, hōn tǭ chōrismǭ sparassometha. Tauta hymin, parʼ hois ti kai zōtikon heuriskomen, tois peri ton Huion hygiainousin ; hōn ton bion thaumazontes, ouk epainoumen pantē ton logon i hoi ta tou Pneu matos echontes, kai to Pneuma pros;labete, hina mē athlēte monon, alla kai nomimōs, ex ou ka). ho stephanos. Houtos hymin dotheiē tēs politeias misthos, homologēsai to Pneuma teleiōs, kai kēryxai syn hēmin te kai pro hēmōn hoson axion. Tolmō ti kai meizon hyper hymōn, to tou Apostolou phthenxasthai. Tosouton hymōn periechomai, kai tosouton hymōn aidoumai tēn eukosmon tautēn stolēn, kai to chrōma tēs enkrateias, kai ta hiera tauta systēmata, kai tēn semnēn parthenian kai katharsin, kai tēn pannychon psalmǭdian, kai to philoptōchon, kai philadelphon, kai philoxenon, hōste kai anathema einai apo Christou, ka). pathein ti, hōs katakritos, dechomai ” monon ei staiēte methʼ hēmōn, kai koinę̄ tēn Triada doxasaite.

Confess the Trinity, my friends, to be of one Godhead; or, if you prefer, of one nature; and we will ask the Spirit for the word “God” for you. For he who gave the first will give the second too, I know well, especially if what resists is a spiritual timidity and not a devilish obstinacy. Let me say it still more plainly and briefly: neither call us to account for the loftier word (for there is no envy of ascent), nor will we accuse you for the one attainable for now, so long as you are carried by another road to the same lodging. For we do not seek to conquer, but to win brothers, by whose separation we are torn apart. This we say to you, in whom we find something living, who are sound regarding the Son, whose life we admire, though we do not wholly praise your doctrine: you who have the things of the Spirit, receive the Spirit too, that you may not only strive but strive lawfully, from which comes the crown. May this be given you as the reward of your way of life: to confess the Spirit perfectly, and to proclaim him with us and even before us as he deserves. I dare to say something greater on your behalf, the Apostle's word: so much do I cling to you, and so much do I revere this orderly dress of yours, the colour of continence, these holy communities, the venerable virginity and purity, the all-night psalmody, the love of the poor, of brothers and of strangers, that I would accept even to be accursed from Christ, and to suffer something as one condemned, if only you would stand with us and glorify the Trinity together.

41.9PG 36:440d–441a

τῶν ἄλλων, τί χρὴ καὶ λέγειν, σαφῶς τεθνηκότων ( οὓς Χριστοῦ μόνου ἐγεῖραι, τοῦ ζωοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν), οἳ κακῶς τῷ τόπῳ χωρίζονται, τῷ λόγῳ συνδεδεμένοι, καὶ τοσοῦτον πρὸς ἀλλήλους ζυ γομαχοῦσιν, ὅσον ὀφθαλμοὶ διάστροφοι, τὸ ἓν βλέποντες, καὶ o3 τῇ ὄψει, τῇ θέσει δὲ στασιάζοντες εἴ γε καὶ διαστροφὴν αὐτοῖς ἐγκλητέον, ἀλλὰ μὴ τυφλωσινς Ἐπεὶ δὲ μετρίως ἐθέμην τὰ πρὸς ὑμᾶς.

tōn allōn, ti chrē kai legein, saphōs tethnēkotōn ( hous Christou monou egeirai, tou zōopoiountos tous nekrous kata tēn hautou dynamin), hoi kakōs tǭ topǭ chōrizontai, tǭ logǭ syndedemenoi, kai tosouton pros allēlous zy gomachousin, hoson ophthalmoi diastrophoi, to hen blepontes, kai o3 tę̄ opsei, tę̄ thesei de stasiazontes ei ge kai diastrophēn autois enklēteon, alla mē typhlōsins Epei de metriōs ethemēn ta pros hymas.

… As for the others, what need is there even to speak, since they are plainly dead (only Christ, who gives life to the dead by his own power, can raise them), who are wrongly separated by place while bound together in doctrine, and quarrel with one another as much as squinting eyes, which see one thing and differ not in sight but in position, if indeed we should charge them with squinting and not with blindness. And since I have set out in measure what concerns you, …

41.10PG 36:441a

καὶ πρὸς τὸ Πνεῦμα πάλιν ἐπανέλθωμεν οἶμαι δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἤδη συνέψεσθε.

kai pros to Pneuma palin epanelthōmen oimai de kai hymeis ēdē synepsesthe.

… let us return again to the Spirit; and I think that you too will now follow.

41.11PG 36:441b–444a

Τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἢν μὲν ἀεὶ, καὶ ἔστι, καὶ ἕσται, οὔτε ἀρξάμενον, οὔτε παυσόμενον, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ Πατρὶ καὶ Υἷῳ συντεταγμένον, καὶ συναριθμοῦμενον οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔπρεπεν ἐλλείπειν ποτὲ, ἢ Υἱὸν Πατρὶ, ἢ Πνεῦμα Γὶᾦ, Τῷ μεγίστῳ γὰρ ἃν ἦν ἄδοξος ἦ θέάττις, ὥσπερ ἐκ μεταμελείας ἐλθοῦσα εἷς συμπλήρωσιν τελειότητος. Ἠν οὖν ἀεὶ μεταληπτὸν, οὗ μεταληπτικὸνο τελειοῦν, οὒ τελειούμενονο πληροῦν, υῦ πληρούμενον ’ ἁγιάζον, οὐχ ἁγιαζόμενον θεοῦν, οὔ θεοῦμενον αὐτὸ ἐαυτῷ ταυτὸν ἀεὶ, καὶ οἷς συντέτακται ἀόρατον, ἄχρονον, ἀχώρητον, ἀναλλοίωτον, ἄποιον, ἅποσον, ἀνείδεον, ἀναφὲς, αὐτοκίνητον, ἀεικίνητον, αὐτεξούσιον, αὖτοδύναμον, παντοδύναμον (εί καὶ πρὸς τήν πρώτην αἰτίαν, ὥσπερ τὰ τοῦ Μονογενοῦς ἅπαντα, οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὰ τοῦ Πνεῦματος ἀναπέμπεται) ζωὴ, καθ ζωοποιόν · φῶς, καὶ χορηγὸν φωτός αὐτοαγαθὸν, καὶ πηγὴ ἀγαθότητος Πνεῦμα εῦθές, ἡγεμονικὸν, κύριον, ἀποστέλλον, ἀφορίζον, ναοποιοῦν ἐαυτῷ, ὁδηγοῦν, ἐνεργοῦν ὼς βούλεται, διαιροῦν χαρίσματα Πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας, ἁληθείας, σοφίας, συνέσεως, γνώσεως, εὐσεβείας, βουλῆς, ἰσχύος, φόβου, τῶν ἁπηριθμημένων διʼ οὗ Πατὴρ γινώσκεται, καὶ ιἰὸς δοξάζεται, καὶ παρʼ ὧν μόνων γινώσκεται, μία σύνταξις, λατρεία μία, προσκύνησις, δύναμις, τελειότης, ἆγιασμός. Τί μοι μακρολογεϊνς Πάντα ὅσα ὁ Πατὴρ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, πλὴν τῆς ἁγεννησίας, Πάντα ὅσα ὁ Υἱὸς, τοῦ Πνεῦματος, πλὴν τῆς γεννήσεως. Ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ οὖσίας ἀφορίζει, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, περὶ οὐσίαν δὲ . … Σήμερον δογματίσωμεν, αὔριον τεχνολογήσωμεν· σήμερον ἑορτάσωμεν,

To Pneuma to hagion ēn men aei, kai esti, kai hestai, oute arxamenon, oute pausomenon, allʼ aei Patri kai Huiǭ syntetagmenon, kai synarithmoumenon oude gar eprepen elleipein pote, ē Huion Patri, ē Pneuma Giǭ, Tǭ megistǭ gar han ēn adoxos ē theattis, hōsper ek metameleias elthousa heis symplērōsin teleiotētos. Ēn oun aei metalēpton, hou metalēptikono teleioun, ou teleioumenono plēroun, yy plēroumenon ’ hagiazon, ouch hagiazomenon theoun, ou theoumenon auto eautǭ tauton aei, kai hois syntetaktai aoraton, achronon, achōrēton, analloiōton, apoion, haposon, aneideon, anaphes, autokinēton, aeikinēton, autexousion, autodynamon, pantodynamon (ei kai pros tēn prōtēn aitian, hōsper ta tou Monogenous hapanta, houtō dē kai ta tou Pneumatos anapempetai) zōē, kath zōopoion ; phōs, kai chorēgon phōtos autoagathon, kai pēgē agathotētos Pneuma euthes, hēgemonikon, kyrion, apostellon, aphorizon, naopoioun eautǭ, hodēgoun, energoun ōs bouletai, diairoun charismata Pneuma huiothesias, halētheias, sophias, syneseōs, gnōseōs, eusebeias, boulēs, ischyos, phobou, tōn hapērithmēmenōn diʼ hou Patēr ginōsketai, kai iios doxazetai, kai parʼ hōn monōn ginōsketai, mia syntaxis, latreia mia, proskynēsis, dynamis, teleiotēs, agiasmos. Ti moi makrologeïns Panta hosa ho Patēr tou Huiou, plēn tēs hagennēsias, Panta hosa ho Huios, tou Pneumatos, plēn tēs gennēseōs. Tauta de ouk ousias aphorizei, kata ge ton emon logon, peri ousian de . … Sēmeron dogmatisōmen, aurion technologēsōmen; sēmeron heortasōmen,

The Holy Spirit always was, and is, and will be, neither beginning nor ending, but always ranked and numbered with the Father and the Son. For it was not fitting that the Son should ever be lacking to the Father, or the Spirit to the Son. For then the Godhead would have been most inglorious, coming as if by a change of mind to the completion of its perfection. He was always, then, participated, not participating; perfecting, not perfected; filling, not filled; sanctifying, not sanctified; deifying, not deified; always the same as himself and as those with whom he is ranked; invisible, timeless, uncontained, unchangeable, without quality, without quantity, without form, intangible, self-moved, ever-moving, self-determining, self-powerful, all-powerful (although, as all that belongs to the Only-begotten, so all that belongs to the Spirit is referred back to the first cause); life and life-giving; light and giver of light; goodness itself and source of goodness; the right Spirit, the princely Spirit, the Lord; sending, setting apart, building himself a temple, guiding, working as he wills, distributing gifts; Spirit of adoption, of truth, of wisdom, of understanding, of knowledge, of piety, of counsel, of might, of fear, those that are enumerated; through whom the Father is known and the Son glorified, and by whom alone he is known; one rank, one worship, adoration, power, perfection, sanctification. Why should I speak at length? All that the Father has belongs to the Son, except being unbegotten; all that the Son has belongs to the Spirit, except being begotten. These do not mark off essences, in my view, but are distinctions about the essence. [10] … Today let us teach doctrine, tomorrow we may argue technicalities; today let us keep the feast,

41.12PG 36:444a

αὔριον ἀσχημονήσωμεν. Ταῦτα μυετικῶς, ἐκεῖνα θεατρικῶς · ταῦτα ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις, ἐκεῖνα ταῖς ἆγοραῖς ’ ταῦτα τοῖς νήφουσιν, ἐκεῖνα τοϊς μεθύουσιν ταῦτα σπουδαζόντων, ἐκεῖνα παιζόντων κατὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπεσκευασάμεθα τὸ ἀλλότριον, φέρε,ῌκαταρτίσωμεν τὸ ὴμὲτερον.

aurion aschēmonēsōmen. Tauta myetikōs, ekeina theatrikōs ; tauta tais ekklēsiais, ekeina tais agorais ’ tauta tois nēphousin, ekeina toïs methyousin tauta spoudazontōn, ekeina paizontōn kata tou Pneumatos. Epei de apeskeuasametha to allotrion, phere,Ę̄katartisōmen to ēmeteron.

tomorrow we may behave unseemly. These things belong to the mysteries, those to the theatre; these to the churches, those to the marketplaces; these to the sober, those to the drunken; these to those who are in earnest, those to those who make sport of the Spirit. And since we have cleared away what is foreign, come, let us set in order what is ours.

41.13PG 36:444a–448a

Τοῦτο ἐνήργει, πρότερον μέν ἐν ταῖς ἀγγελικαῐς καὶ οὐρανίοις δυνάμεσι, καὶ ὅσαι πρῶται μετὰ Θεὸν, καὶ περὶ Θεόν, Οὔ γὰρ ἄλοθεν αὖταϊς ἡ τελείωσις καὶ ἦ ἔλλαμψις, καὶ τὸ πρὸς κακίαν δυσκίνητον, ἢ ἀκίνητον, ἢ παρὰ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. ’Ἔπειτα ἐν τοῖς Πατράσι, καὶ ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, ὧν οί μὲν ἐφαντάσθησαν Θεὸν, ἢ ἔγνωσαν, οἱ δὲ καὶ τὸ ιὲλΑον προέγνωσαν τυπούμενοι τῷ Πνεύματι τὸ ἠγεμονικὸν, καὶ ὼς παροῦσι συνόντες τοῖς ὲσομένοις. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τοῦ [Ινεόματος δύναμις. ’Ἐπειτα ἐν τοῖς Χριστοῦ μαθηταῖς (ἐῶ γὰρ Χριστὸν εἰπεῖν, ᾧ παρῆν, οὖγ ὡς ἓνεργοῦν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ὁμοτίμῳ συμπαρομαρτῶν) ' καὶ τούτοις τρισσῶς, καθʼ ὅσον οἷοί τε ἦσαν χωρεῖν, καὶ κατα κα·ροὺς τρεῖς πρὶν δοξασθῆναι Χριστὸν τῷ Πάθει · μετὰ τὸ ὁοξασθῆναι τῇ Ἀναστάσειʼ μετὰ τὴν εἷς οὗ· ρανοὺς Ἀνάβασιν, ἢ ἆποκατάστασιν, ἢ ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν. Δηλοῖ δὲ ἡ πρώτη τῶν νόσων, καὶ ἡ τῶν πνευμάτων κάθαρσις, οὐκ ἄνευ Πνεύματος δηλαδὴ γενομένη ° ιαὶ τὸ μετὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐφόσημα, σαφῶς ὃν ’έμτνευσις θειότερα καὶ ὁ νῦν μερισμὸς τῶν πυρίνων {lwo’atbv, 8);th πανηγυρίζομεν, Ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν τρῶτον, ἀμυδρῶς τὸ δὲ δεύτερον, ἐκωπώτερον τὸ :2. νῦν, τελεώτερον, οὒκ ἐτι ἐνεργείᾳ παρὸν, ὡς τρότερον, οὖσιωδῶς δὲ, ὡς ἄν εἴποι τις, συγγινόμεένόν τε καὶ συμπολιτευόμενον. ’Επρεπε γὰρ, Υἱοῡ ῖωματικῶς ἡμῖν ὁμιλήσαντος, καὶ αὐτὸ φανῆναι σωιατικῶς καὶ Χριστοῦ προς ἑαυτὸν ἐπανελθόντος, κεῖνο πρὸς ἡμᾶς κατελθεῖν · ἐρχόμενον μὲν ὡς Κύνιον, πεμπόμενον δὲ ὡς οὐκ ἀντίθεον. Al γὰρ τοιαῦαι φωναὶ οὔχ ἦττον τὴν ὁμόνοιαν δηλοῦσιν, ἢ φύσεις χωρίζουσιν. Διὰ τοῦτο, μετὰ Χριστὸν μὲν, ἵνα Παράκλητος ἡμῖν μὴ λείπῃ · ’Ἄλλος δὲ, ’ίνα σὺ τὴν ὁμοτιο μίαν ἑνθυμηθῇς. Τὸ γὰρ, ἄλλος, ἄλλος οἷος ἐγὼ, καθίσταται. Τοῦτο δὲ συνδεσποτείας, ἀλλʼ οὗ ἀτιμίας ὄνομα. Τὸ γὰρ, ἄλλος, οὒκ ἓπὶ τῶν ἄλλο· τρίων, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῶν ὁμοοδσίων οἶδα λεγόμενον. Ἐ γλῶσσαι) δὲ, διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Λόγον οίκείωσιν, Πυρίναις δὲ, ζητῶ πότερον διὰ τὴν κάθαρσιν (οἶδε γὰρ ὁ λόγος ἡμῶν καὶ πῦρ καθαρτήριον, ὡς πανταχόθεν βουλομένοις ὑπάρχει μαθεῖν) ἥ διὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, Πῦρ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ πῦρ καταναλίσκον τῆν μοχθηρίαν, κᾶν πάλιν ἀγανακτῇς τῷ ὁμοουσίῳ στενοχωρούμενος, Μεριζομέναις δέ, διὰ τὸ τῶν χαρισμάτων διάφορον καθεζομέναις δὲ, διὰ τὸ βασιλικὸν, καὶ τὴν ἒν τοῖς ἁγίοις. ἀνάπαυσιν ἐπεὶ καὶ Θεοῦ θρόνος τὰ χερουβίμ. Ἐν ὑπερῴῳ δὲ, (εί μή τῷ περιεργότερος εἶναι δοκίυ τοῦ δέοντος), διὰ τὴν ἀνάβασιν τῶν δεξομένων, καὶ τὴν χαμόθεν ἔπαρσιν · ἐπεὶ καὶ ὕδασι θείοις ὑπερῷα τινα στεγάζεται, διʼ 6'» ὑμνεῖται Θεὸς. Καὶ Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς ἒν ὑπερῴῳ τοῦ μυστηρίου κοινωνεῖ τοῖς τὰ ὑψηλότερα τελουμένοις, ’ίνα έκεῖνο παραδειχθῇ, ὅτιτὸ μέν τι καταβῆναι δεῖ Θεὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὃ καὶ πρότερον ἐπὶ Μωυσέως οἶδα γενόμενον, τὸ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀναβῆναι, καὶ οὕτω γενέσσθαι κοινωνίαν Θεοῦ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, τῆς ἀξίας συγκιρναμένης ’Ἕως δʼ ἂν ἑκάτερον επὶ. τῆς ἰδίας μένῃ, τὸ μὲν περιωπῆς, τὸ δὲ ταπεινώσεως, ἄμικτος ἡ ἁγαθότης, καὶ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον ἀκοινώνηο τον καὶ χάσμα ἐν μέσῳ μέγα καὶ ἂδιάβατον, ὠ τὸν πλούσιον τοῦ Λαζάρου μόνον, καὶ τῶν ὀρεκτῶν Ἀβραὰμ κόλπων διεῖργον, τῆν δὲ γεννητὴν φάσιν καὶ ῥέουσαν, τῆς ἆγενῆτου καὶ ἑστηκυίας. ’δηλαδὴ τὴν πιστεύουσαν), καὶ ἰπὶ τοὺς uiuit)

Touto enērgei, proteron men en tais angelikais kai ouraniois dynamesi, kai hosai prōtai meta Theon, kai peri Theon, Ou gar alothen autaïs hē teleiōsis kai ē ellampsis, kai to pros kakian dyskinēton, ē akinēton, ē para tou hagiou Pneumatos. ’Epeita en tois Patrasi, kai en tois prophētais, hōn oi men ephantasthēsan Theon, ē egnōsan, hoi de kai to ielAon proegnōsan typoumenoi tǭ Pneumati to ēgemonikon, kai ōs parousi synontes tois esomenois. Toiautē gar hē tou [Ineomatos dynamis. ’Epeita en tois Christou mathētais (eō gar Christon eipein, hǭ parēn, oug hōs henergoun, allʼ hōs homotimǭ symparomartōn) ' kai toutois trissōs, kathʼ hoson hoioi te ēsan chōrein, kai kata ka;rous treis prin doxasthēnai Christon tǭ Pathei ; meta to hooxasthēnai tę̄ Anastaseiʼ meta tēn heis hou; ranous Anabasin, ē apokatastasin, ē ho ti chrē legein. Dēloi de hē prōtē tōn nosōn, kai hē tōn pneumatōn katharsis, ouk aneu Pneumatos dēladē genomenē ° iai to meta tēn oikonomian ephosēma, saphōs hon ’emtneusis theiotera kai ho nyn merismos tōn pyrinōn {lwo’atbv, 8)?th panēgyrizomen, Alla to men trōton, amydrōs to de deuteron, ekōpōteron to :2. nyn, teleōteron, ouk eti energeią paron, hōs troteron, ousiōdōs de, hōs an eipoi tis, synginomeenon te kai sympoliteuomenon. ’Eprepe gar, Huiou iōmatikōs hēmin homilēsantos, kai auto phanēnai sōiatikōs kai Christou pros heauton epanelthontos, keino pros hēmas katelthein ; erchomenon men hōs Kynion, pempomenon de hōs ouk antitheon. Al gar toiauai phōnai ouch ētton tēn homonoian dēlousin, ē physeis chōrizousin. Dia touto, meta Christon men, hina Paraklētos hēmin mē leipę̄ ; ’Allos de, ’ina sy tēn homotio mian henthymēthę̄s. To gar, allos, allos hoios egō, kathistatai. Touto de syndespoteias, allʼ hou atimias onoma. To gar, allos, ouk hepi tōn allo; triōn, allʼ epi tōn homoodsiōn oida legomenon. E glōssai) de, dia tēn pros ton Logon oikeiōsin, Pyrinais de, zētō poteron dia tēn katharsin (oide gar ho logos hēmōn kai pyr kathartērion, hōs pantachothen boulomenois hyparchei mathein) hē dia tēn ousian, Pyr gar ho Theos hēmōn, kai pyr katanaliskon tēn mochthērian, kan palin aganaktę̄s tǭ homoousiǭ stenochōroumenos, Merizomenais de, dia to tōn charismatōn diaphoron kathezomenais de, dia to basilikon, kai tēn en tois hagiois. anapausin epei kai Theou thronos ta cheroubim. En hyperǭǭ de, (ei mē tǭ periergoteros einai dokiy tou deontos), dia tēn anabasin tōn dexomenōn, kai tēn chamothen eparsin ; epei kai hydasi theiois hyperǭa tina stegazetai, diʼ 6'» hymneitai Theos. Kai Iēsous autos en hyperǭǭ tou mystēriou koinōnei tois ta hypsēlotera teloumenois, ’ina ekeino paradeichthę̄, hotito men ti katabēnai dei Theon pros hēmas, ho kai proteron epi Mōyseōs oida genomenon, to de hēmas anabēnai, kai houtō genessthai koinōnian Theou pros anthrōpous, tēs axias synkirnamenēs ’Heōs dʼ an hekateron epi. tēs idias menę̄, to men periōpēs, to de tapeinōseōs, amiktos hē hagathotēs, kai to philanthrōpon akoinōnēo ton kai chasma en mesǭ mega kai adiabaton, ō ton plousion tou Lazarou monon, kai tōn orektōn Abraam kolpōn dieirgon, tēn de gennētēn phasin kai rheousan, tēs agenētou kai hestēkuias. ’dēladē tēn pisteuousan), kai ipi tous uiuit)

He was at work first in the angelic and heavenly powers, all that are first after God and around God. For from no other source than the Holy Spirit comes their perfection and illumination, and their being hard to move or immovable towards evil. Then in the patriarchs and the prophets, of whom some pictured God or knew him, and others also foreknew the future, their ruling faculty being moulded by the Spirit, and being with things to come as though present; for such is the power of the Spirit. Then in the disciples of Christ (I pass over Christ, with whom he was present, not as working, but as accompanying his equal); and in them in three ways, as far as they could receive him, and at three times: before Christ was glorified by the passion, after he was glorified by the resurrection, and after his ascension into heaven, or restoration, or whatever one should call it. The first is shown by the cleansing of diseases and spirits, which clearly did not happen without the Spirit; the second by the breathing after the economy, plainly a more divine inspiration; the third by the present distribution of the tongues of fire, which we are celebrating. The first was indistinct, the second more expressive, the present more perfect: no longer present by his activity, as before, but present essentially, as one might say, being with us and dwelling with us. For it was fitting that, as the Son had conversed with us bodily, the Spirit too should appear bodily; and that, when Christ had returned to himself, the Spirit should come down to us: coming as Lord, sent as not opposed to God. For such expressions show agreement no less than they distinguish persons. [12] Therefore after Christ, that a Paraclete might not be lacking to us; and “another”, that you may consider his equal honour. For “another” stands for “another such as I”. This is a name of joint lordship, not of dishonour; for “another”, I know, is said not of things alien but of things of the same essence. In tongues, because of his kinship with the Word. Of fire: I ask whether because of the cleansing (for our discourse knows also a cleansing fire, as those who wish may learn from many places) or because of the essence. For our God is fire, and a fire consuming wickedness, even if you are again annoyed at being hemmed in by the “same essence”. Divided, because of the diversity of gifts; sitting, because of his royal dignity and his rest in the saints, since the cherubim too are the throne of God. In an upper room (if I do not seem to anyone more curious than I should), because of the ascent of those who were to receive him and their elevation from the ground; since certain upper rooms too are roofed with divine waters, by which God is hymned. And Jesus himself, in an upper room, gives communion in the mystery to those who were being initiated into higher things, that this might be shown: that God must in some way come down to us, as I know happened before with Moses, and we must go up, and so there comes to be communion of God with men, the dignity being blended. As long as each remains in its own place, the one in its height, the other in its lowliness, the goodness remains unmingled and the love for man incommunicable, and there is a great and impassable gulf between, separating not only the rich man from Lazarus and the longed-for bosom of Abraham, but the created and flowing nature from the uncreated and stable. [13] … (that is, upon all who believe), and upon your sons …

41.14PG 36:448a–449a

και ἐπὶ τὰς ὼγατέρας ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰ ὲξῆς »πὸ δὲ Ἰησοῦ καὶ ὕστερον, δοξαζομένου τε καὶ ἀνειδοξάζοντος, ὡς τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός. (αἱ ἡ ιπαγγελίαʼ ὡς δαψιλὴς, συνδιαιωνίζειν Lati συμπαραμενετν, εἷʼτουν νῦν τοῖς κατά καιρὸν ιξίοις, εʼἶτε ὕστερον τοῖς τῶν ἐκεῖσε ἀξιουμένοις, ἰταν ὁλόκληρον αὐτὸ τῇ πολιτείᾳ φυλάξωμεν, ἀλλᾶ ιὴ τοσοῦτον ἀποβάλωμεν, καθʼ ὅσον ἂν ἁμαρτάνω·- Μʼ. Τοῦτο τὸ Πνεῡμᾶ συνδημιοτργετ μὲν Υἱῷ ιαὶ τὴν κτίσιν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, Καὶ πειθέτω σε τί), Τῷ Αογῳ Κυρίου oi οὗρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν, ι ι.- ι -. - ι ιαὶ τῷ Πνεῦματι τοῦ στόματος αὖτοῦ πᾶσα ἡ ἶύναμις αὒτῶν · Πνεῦμά τε θετον τὸ ποιῆσάν με Γινοὴ δὲ παντοκράτορος ἡ διδάσκουσά με ο καὶ πάiw ' Ἐξαποστελεϊς τὸ Πνεῦμά σου, καὶ κτισθήσονται, καὶ ἀνακαινιεῐς τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, Δημιουργεῖ δὲ τὴν πνευματικὴν ἀηγέννησιψ ιαὶ πειθέτω σε τὸ, Μηδένα δύνασθαι τὴν βασιtsizv ἱδεῐν ἦ λαβεῖν, ὅς τις μὴ ἄνωθεν ἐγεννήθη Πνεεᾶματι, καὶ τὴν προτέραν ἐκαθαρίσθη γέννησιν, ῖνυκτός ἐστι μυστήριον, ἧμερινῇ καὶ φωτεινῇ διαπλάσει, ἦν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἕκαστος διαπλάττεται, Γοῦτο τὸ Πνεῦμα (σοφώτατον γὰρ καὶ φιλανθρωπότατον), ἂν ποιμένα λάβῃ, ψάλτην ποιεῖ, πνευμάτων πονηρῶν κατεπᾴδοντα, καὶ βασιλέα τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἀναἴείκνυσιν. Ἐὰν αίπόλον συκάμινα κνίζοντα, προφήτην ἱξρίάζεται. Τὸν Δαβὶδ xui ’τὸν Ἀμως ἐνί ῠυμήθητι. Ἐὰν μειράκιον εὐφυὲς λάβῃ, πρεσβυτέ- ›ων ποιεῖ κριτὴν καὶ παρʼ ἡλικίαν Μαρτυρεῖ Δαριῆλ, ὁ νικήσας ἐν λάκκῳ λέοντας. Ἐὰν ἀλιὲας εὕρῃ, ταγηνεύει Χριστῷ, γόσμον ὅλον τῇ τώ λόγου πλοκῇ τυλλαμβάνοντας. Πέτρον λάβε μοι, καὶ Ἀνδρέαν, ἀὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς βροντῆς, τὰ πνευματικά βροντήἀντας. Ἐὰν τελώνας, εἷς μαθητείαν κερδαίνει, καὶ ξελῶνης, καὶ σῄμερον εὐαγγελιστὴς. Ἐὰν ’διώκτας ιερμοὺς,, τὸν ζῆλον μετατίθησι, καὶ εποιεῖ Παύλους η.,,,. -.,. η. ὶντὶ Σαύλων, καὶ τοσοῦτον εἰς ειῦσᾶὃειαν, ὅσον είς -...-!_......-.'\..E-., ωλι--...Α n-.-.~:--1. 2--. _-_.'__. τος ο καί παροξύνεται τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν. Τοιγαροῦν πειραθῶμεν ὡς πράου), καὶ μὴ ὀργίλου, την ἀξίαν τειραυωμεν ως πραου, και μη ο γιΛου, την αςιαν ιμολογοῡντες, καί τὸ βλάσφημον φεύγοντες, καὶ .:,"ssgt.o'e.;.;zé.;; aggessi. κῖέξέγίεᾎέτέῑτεοέῖέ ιᾶμέ ποιεῖ σήμερον ὑμὶν τολμηρὸν κῖιξρτκα · εὶ μὶν οὗν οὖδὲν πεισόμενον, τῷ χάρις εἰ δὲ πεισύμενον, καὶ οὕτω χάρις τὸ μὶν, ’ἱνα φείσηται τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς ο τὸ δέ, ’ἶνʼ ἡμᾶς ἁγιάσῃ, μισθὸν τοῦτον λαβόντας τῆς ἱερουργίας τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, τὸ τελειωθῆναι διʼ αἵματος.

kai epi tas ōgateras hymōn, kai ta exēs »po de Iēsou kai hysteron, doxazomenou te kai aneidoxazontos, hōs ton Patera, kai hypo tou Patros. (hai hē ipangeliaʼ hōs dapsilēs, syndiaiōnizein Lati symparamenetn, heiʼtoun nyn tois kata kairon ixiois, eʼite hysteron tois tōn ekeise axioumenois, itan holoklēron auto tę̄ politeią phylaxōmen, alla iē tosouton apobalōmen, kathʼ hoson an hamartanō;- Mʼ. Touto to Pneuma syndēmiotrget men Huiǭ iai tēn ktisin kai tēn anastasin, Kai peithetō se ti), Tǭ Aogǭ Kyriou oi houranoi estereōthēsan, i i.- i -. - i iai tǭ Pneumati tou stomatos autou pasa hē iynamis autōn ; Pneuma te theton to poiēsan me Ginoē de pantokratoros hē didaskousa me o kai paiw ' Exaposteleïs to Pneuma sou, kai ktisthēsontai, kai anakainieis to prosōpon tēs gēs, Dēmiourgei de tēn pneumatikēn aēgennēsips iai peithetō se to, Mēdena dynasthai tēn basitsizv hidein ē labein, hos tis mē anōthen egennēthē Pneeamati, kai tēn proteran ekatharisthē gennēsin, inyktos esti mystērion, hēmerinę̄ kai phōteinę̄ diaplasei, ēn kathʼ heauton hekastos diaplattetai, Gouto to Pneuma (sophōtaton gar kai philanthrōpotaton), an poimena labę̄, psaltēn poiei, pneumatōn ponērōn katepądonta, kai basilea tou Israēl anaieiknysin. Ean aipolon sykamina knizonta, prophētēn hixriazetai. Ton Dabid xui ’ton Amōs eni yymēthēti. Ean meirakion euphyes labę̄, presbyte- ›ōn poiei kritēn kai parʼ hēlikian Martyrei Dariēl, ho nikēsas en lakkǭ leontas. Ean alieas heurę̄, tagēneuei Christǭ, gosmon holon tę̄ tō logou plokę̄ tyllambanontas. Petron labe moi, kai Andrean, ai tous huious tēs brontēs, ta pneumatika brontēantas. Ean telōnas, heis mathēteian kerdainei, kai xelōnēs, kai sę̄meron euangelistēs. Ean ’diōktas iermous,, ton zēlon metatithēsi, kai epoiei Paulous ē.,,,. -.,. ē. inti Saulōn, kai tosouton eis eiysaoeian, hoson eis -...-!_......-.'\..E-., ōli--...A n-.-.~:--1. 2--. _-_.'__. tos o kai paroxynetai tois hamartanousin. Toigaroun peirathōmen hōs praou), kai mē orgilou, tēn axian teirauōmen ōs praou, kai mē o giLou, tēn asian imologountes, kai to blasphēmon pheugontes, kai .:,"ssgt.o'e.?.?ze.?? aggessi. kiexegieĄeteiteoeie iame poiei sēmeron hymin tolmēron kiixrtka ; ei min houn ouden peisomenon, tǭ charis ei de peisymenon, kai houtō charis to min, ’hina pheisētai tōn misountōn hēmas o to de, ’inʼ hēmas hagiasę̄, misthon touton labontas tēs hierourgias tou Euangeliou, to teleiōthēnai diʼ haimatos.

… and upon your daughters, and so on. … and later by Jesus, when he was glorified and glorifying in return, as he glorified the Father and was glorified by him. And how abundant the promise: to abide for ever and to remain, whether now with those who are worthy at each time, or hereafter with those counted worthy of the things there, if we keep him whole by our way of life and do not cast him off in proportion to our sins. [14] This Spirit creates together with the Son both the creation and the resurrection. Let this convince you: “By the word of the Lord the heavens were established, and by the Spirit of his mouth all their power”; and, “The divine Spirit made me, and the breath of the Almighty teaches me”; and again, “You will send forth your Spirit and they will be created, and you will renew the face of the earth.” And he creates the spiritual regeneration. Let this convince you: that no one can see or receive the kingdom who has not been born again from above by the Spirit and cleansed from the former birth, which is a mystery of the night, by a formation of the day and of light, by which each is formed individually. This Spirit, being most wise and most loving, if he takes a shepherd, makes him a psalmist, charming away evil spirits, and declares him king of Israel; if a goatherd scraping sycamore fruit, he makes him a prophet: remember David and Amos. If he takes a gifted youth, he makes him a judge of elders even beyond his years: Daniel bears witness, who conquered the lions in the den. If he finds fishermen, he nets them for Christ, catching the whole world in the meshes of the word: take Peter and Andrew, and the sons of thunder, thundering spiritual things. If tax collectors, he wins them for discipleship and makes them merchants of souls: witness Matthew, yesterday a tax collector, today an evangelist. If ardent persecutors, he changes the direction of their zeal and makes Pauls instead of Sauls, as devoted to piety as … [he found them to wickedness]; and he is the Spirit of meekness, and yet he is provoked by those who sin. Let us therefore experience him as gentle and not wrathful, confessing his dignity and fleeing blasphemy, … he it is who has made me bold to you today; if, then, I am to suffer nothing, thanks be to God; and if I do suffer, thanks even so: in the one case, that he spares those who hate us; in the other, that he sanctifies us, who receive this reward for the priestly service of the gospel, to be perfected through blood.

41.15PG 36:449b–449d

Ἐλάλουν μξν οὖν ξέναις γλώσσαις, καὶ οὗ πατρίοις, καὶ τὸ θαῦμα μέγα, λόγος ὑπὸ τῶν ού μαθόντων λαλούμενος · καὶ τὸ σημεῖον τοῖς ἀπίστοις, οὒ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ἵνʼ ἦ τῶν ἀπίστων κατήγορον, καθὼς γέγραπται ’Ὀτι ἂν ἑτερογλώσσοις, καὶ ἒν χείλεσιν ἑτέροις, λαλήσω τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ, καὶ οὐδ οὕτως εἰσακούσονταί μου, λέγει Κύριος. ’Ἤκουον δέ, Μικρὸν ἐνταῦθα έττίσχες, καὶ διατιόρησον, πῶς διαιρήσεις τὸν λόγον.) ’Ἔχει γάρ τι -ὰμο φίβολον λέξις, τῇ στιγμῇ διαιρούμενον, Ἀρα γὰρ ἤκουον ταῖς ἑαυτῶν διαλέκτοις ἕκαστος, ὡς φέρε εἰπεῖν, μίαν μὲν ἑξηχεϊσθαι φωνὴν, πολλὰς δὲ ἀκούεσθαι, οὕτω κτυπουμένου τοῦ ἀέρος, καὶ, ἵνʼ εἴπω σαφέστερον, τῆς φωνῆς φωνῶν γινομένων ἢ τὸ μὲν, ”Ηκουον, ἇναπαυστέον, τὸ δὲ, Λαλούντων ταῖς ἰδίαις φωναῖς, τῷ ἑξῆς προσθετέον, ἵνʼ ᾖ, Λαλούντων φωναῖς, ταῖς ἰδίαις τῶν ἀκουόντων, ὅπερ γίνεται, ἀλλοτριαις καθὰ καὶ μᾶλλον τίθεμαι, Ἐκείνως μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἀκουόντων ἂν εἴη μᾶλλον, ἢ τῶν λεγόντων, τὸ θαῦμα οὕτω δὲ ιῶν λεγόντων οἳ καὶ μέθην καταγινώσκονται, δῆλον ὡς αὐτοὶ θαυματουργοῦντες περὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῷ Πνεύματι.

Elaloun mxn oun xenais glōssais, kai hou patriois, kai to thauma mega, logos hypo tōn ou mathontōn laloumenos ; kai to sēmeion tois apistois, ou tois pisteuousin, hinʼ ē tōn apistōn katēgoron, kathōs gegraptai ’Oti an heteroglōssois, kai en cheilesin heterois, lalēsō tǭ laǭ toutǭ, kai oud houtōs eisakousontai mou, legei Kyrios. ’Ēkouon de, Mikron entautha ettisches, kai diatiorēson, pōs diairēseis ton logon.) ’Echei gar ti -amo phibolon lexis, tę̄ stigmę̄ diairoumenon, Ara gar ēkouon tais heautōn dialektois hekastos, hōs phere eipein, mian men hexēcheïsthai phōnēn, pollas de akouesthai, houtō ktypoumenou tou aeros, kai, hinʼ eipō saphesteron, tēs phōnēs phōnōn ginomenōn ē to men, ”Ēkouon, hanapausteon, to de, Lalountōn tais idiais phōnais, tǭ hexēs prostheteon, hinʼ ę̄, Lalountōn phōnais, tais idiais tōn akouontōn, hoper ginetai, allotriais katha kai mallon tithemai, Ekeinōs men gar tōn akouontōn an eiē mallon, ē tōn legontōn, to thauma houtō de iōn legontōn hoi kai methēn kataginōskontai, dēlon hōs autoi thaumatourgountes peri tas phōnas tǭ Pneumati.

They spoke, then, in foreign tongues and not in their native ones; and great was the wonder, a language spoken by those who had not learned it. And the sign is for unbelievers, not for believers, that it might be an accusation against the unbelievers, as it is written: “With other tongues and with other lips I will speak to this people, and not even so will they listen to me, says the Lord.” “And they heard”: stop here a moment and consider how you will divide the sentence; for the expression has an ambiguity, which is settled by the punctuation. Did each hear in his own dialect, so that, for example, one sound was uttered but many were heard, the air being struck in this way, and, to put it more clearly, one voice becoming many voices? Or should one pause after “they heard”, and attach “speaking in their own voices” to what follows, so that it means “speaking in voices that were the hearers' own”, that is, foreign to the speakers? This I prefer. For in the former way the wonder would belong rather to the hearers than to the speakers; but in this way it belongs to the speakers, who are even accused of drunkenness, plainly because they themselves were working wonders with their voices by the Spirit.

Chapter 42

42.1PG 36:457a–457d

Πῶς ὑμῖν τὰ ἡμετὲρά, ὦ φίλον ποιμένες καὶ συμποιμένες ° ὧν ὡραῖοι μέν οἱ πόδες, εὐαγγελιζοο μένων εἰρήνην καὶ ἀγαθὰ, μεθʼ ὧν ἐληλύθατε ὼρατοι δὲ τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς, οἷς εἰς καιρὸν ἐληλύθατε, οὐχ ἵνα πρόβατον πλανώμενον ἐπιστρέψητε. ἀλλʼ ἵνα ποιμένα ἔκδημον ἐπισκὲψησθες Πῶς τὰ τῶς Ιικδημίας ὑμῖν ’ἔχει τῆς ἡμετέρας ; καὶ τίς ὀ ταύτης καρπὸς, μᾶλλον δὲ, τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν Πνεύματος, ᾧ κινούμεθά τε ἀεὶ, κοὶ νῦν νκεκινήμεθα, μηδὲν λʼδιον ἔχει) ἐπιθυμοῦντες, μήτʼ ἴσως ἔχοντες, Ἀρά γε-συνίετε παρ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ καταμανθάνετε, καὶ λογισταὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐστὶ χρηστότεροι; ii δεῖ, καθαπερ τοὺς στρατηγίας, ἦ δημιουργίας, ἢ διοικήσεως χρημάτων λόγον ἀπαιτουμένους, δημοσίᾳ καὶ αὐτοὺς ὑποσχεῖν ὑμῖν τὰς εὒθύνας, ὠν διῳκήκαιιεν; Οὐ γὰρ αἶσχυνόμεθα κρινόμενοι, ὅτι καὶ κρίνομεν ἐν τῷ μέρει, καὶ μετὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀγάπης ἀμφότερα. Παλαιὸς δὲ ὁ νόμος ἐπεὶ καὶ Παῦλος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ἐκοινοῦντο τὸ Εὐαγγὲλιον · οὐχ ἵνα φιλοτιμήσηται (πόρῥω γὰρ τὸ Πνεῦμα πάσης φιλοτιμίας), ἀλλʼ Ἰν, ἢ βεβαιωθῇ τὸ κατορθούμενον, ἢ διορθωθῇ τὸ ὺπερούμενον, εἰ ἄρα τι καί τοιοῦτον ἦν ἐν τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐκείνου λεγομὲο νοις, ἢ πραττουμένοις, ὡς αὐτὸς παραδηλοῖ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ γράφων · Ἐπειδὴ καὶ πνεύματα προφητῶν προφήταις ὑποτάσσεται, κατὰ τὴν εὐταξίαν τοῦ πάντα καλῶς οἶκονομοῦντος καὶ διαιροῦντος Πνεύματος. Εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἰδίᾳ καὶ τισιν, ἐγὼ δὲ δημοσίᾳ καὶ πᾶσιν ὸπὲχω λόγον, μηδὲν θαυμάσητε. litati γὰρ χρῄζω μᾶλλον ὠφεληθῆναι τῇ τῶν ἐλέγχων ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἤπερ ἐκεῖνος, εἴ τι φαινοίμην ἐλλείπων τοῦ δέοντος, μή πως εἷς κενὸν τρέχω, ἢ ἔδραμον Καὶ οὒκ ἔστιν ἄλλως ἀπολογήσασθαι, ἢ ἐν εἰδόσι τοὺς λόγους ποιούμενον,

Pōs hymin ta hēmetera, ō philon poimenes kai sympoimenes ° hōn hōraioi men hoi podes, euangelizoo menōn eirēnēn kai agatha, methʼ hōn elēlythate ōratoi de ta pros hēmas, hois eis kairon elēlythate, ouch hina probaton planōmenon epistrepsēte. allʼ hina poimena ekdēmon episkepsēsthes Pōs ta tōs Iikdēmias hymin ’echei tēs hēmeteras ? kai tis o tautēs karpos, mallon de, tou en hēmin Pneumatos, hǭ kinoumetha te aei, koi nyn nkekinēmetha, mēden lʼdion echei) epithymountes, mētʼ isōs echontes, Ara ge-syniete par hymōn autōn, kai katamanthanete, kai logistai tōn hēmeterōn esti chrēstoteroi? ii dei, kathaper tous stratēgias, ē dēmiourgias, ē dioikēseōs chrēmatōn logon apaitoumenous, dēmosią kai autous hyposchein hymin tas euthynas, ōn diǭkēkaiien? Ou gar aischynometha krinomenoi, hoti kai krinomen en tǭ merei, kai meta tēs autēs agapēs amphotera. Palaios de ho nomos epei kai Paulos tois apostolois ekoinounto to Euangelion ; ouch hina philotimēsētai (porrhō gar to Pneuma pasēs philotimias), allʼ In, ē bebaiōthę̄ to katorthoumenon, ē diorthōthę̄ to yperoumenon, ei ara ti kai toiouton ēn en tois hypʼ ekeinou legomeo nois, ē prattoumenois, hōs autos paradēloi peri heautou graphōn ; Epeidē kai pneumata prophētōn prophētais hypotassetai, kata tēn eutaxian tou panta kalōs oikonomountos kai diairountos Pneumatos. Ei de ekeinos men idią kai tisin, egō de dēmosią kai pasin opechō logon, mēden thaumasēte. litati gar chrę̄zō mallon ōphelēthēnai tę̄ tōn elenchōn eleutherią, ēper ekeinos, ei ti phainoimēn elleipōn tou deontos, mē pōs heis kenon trechō, ē edramon Kai ouk estin allōs apologēsasthai, ē en eidosi tous logous poioumenon,

How do you find my affairs, my friends, shepherds and fellow shepherds, whose feet are beautiful as they bring the good news of peace and good things, with which you have come; beautiful also in your dealings with us, to whom you have come in season, not to turn back a straying sheep, but to visit a shepherd who is abroad? How do you find my sojourn abroad? And what is its fruit, or rather the fruit of the Spirit in us, by whom we are always moved and now have been moved, desiring nothing of our own, and perhaps having nothing? Do you understand by yourselves and observe, and are you kinder reckoners of our affairs? Or must we, like those called to account for generalship, or public works, or the management of money, ourselves give you a public account of what we have administered? For we are not ashamed to be judged, since we too judge in our turn, and both with the same love. The law is an ancient one: Paul too communicated his gospel to the apostles, not to gain honour (for the Spirit is far from all ambition), but that what was done well might be confirmed, or what fell short be corrected, if there was anything of the kind in what he said or did, as he himself indicates in writing about himself; since the spirits of prophets are subject to prophets, according to the good order of the Spirit, who administers and distributes all things well. If he did it privately and to a few, but I give account publicly and to all, do not wonder. For I need, more than he did, to be helped by the freedom of reproof, if I appear to fall short of what is right, lest I should be running or should have run in vain. And there is no other way to make a defence than by speaking among those who know.

42.2PG 36:457d

Τίς οὖν ἡ ἀπολογία ; Καὶ εἰ μὲν ψευδὴς, ἐλέγ.

Tis oun hē apologia ? Kai ei men pseudēs, eleg.

What, then, is the defence? If it is false, refute it …

42.3PG 36:457d–461a

εἰ δὲ ἀληθὴς, μαρτυρήσατε ὑμεῖς, ὑπὲρ ὧν1 καὶ ὲν οῖς ὁ λόγος. ’Υμετς γάρ μοι καί ἀπολογία, καῖ … ἀξίως τῶν ἐντολῶν σου ἀναστραφῆναι ἀλλʼ ὀπίσω τῆς διανοίας ἡμῶν τῆς πονηρᾶς πορευθῆναι. Διὰ τί γὰρ ἕτερον ἀνδράσιν ἀδικωτάτοις καὶ πονηροτάτηις παρὰ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν; Ὀ πρῶτος Ναβουχοδονόσορ ἐξὲθλίψεν ἡμᾶς, ὁ μετὰ Χριστὸν κατὰ Χριστοῦ μανεὶς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μισήσας Χριστὸν, ὅτι διʼ αεῖιτοῦ σέσωστο καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν βίβλων τὰς ἀθέους θυσίης ἀντιλαβὼν. Κατἐφαγέ με, ἐμερίσατό με, nexuve με σκότος λεπτὸν, ἵνα μὴ ἀποστῶ, μηδὲ θρηνῶν, τῆς Γραφῆς.

ei de alēthēs, martyrēsate hymeis, hyper hōn1 kai en ois ho logos. ’Ymets gar moi kai apologia, kai … axiōs tōn entolōn sou anastraphēnai allʼ opisō tēs dianoias hēmōn tēs ponēras poreuthēnai. Dia ti gar heteron andrasin adikōtatois kai ponērotatēis para pantas tous katoikountas tēn gēn? O prōtos Nabouchodonosor exethlipsen hēmas, ho meta Christon kata Christou maneis, kai dia touto misēsas Christon, hoti diʼ aeiitou sesōsto kai tōn hierōn biblōn tas atheous thysiēs antilabōn. Katephage me, emerisato me, nexuve me skotos lepton, hina mē apostō, mēde thrēnōn, tēs Graphēs.

… but if it is true, bear witness, you for whom and among whom I speak. For you are my defence, and … [3] … to conduct ourselves worthily of your commandments, but we walked after our evil mind. For why else were we delivered to the most unjust and most wicked men, beyond all who dwell on the earth? The first Nebuchadnezzar afflicted us, he who after Christ raged against Christ, and hated Christ for this very reason, that he had been saved through him, and who took up godless sacrifices in exchange for the sacred books. He devoured me, he divided me, he covered me with thin darkness; for I would not depart from Scripture even in my lament.

42.4PG 36:461a–464b

t μὴ ὅτι Κύριος ἐβοήθησέ μοι, καὶ χερσὶν ἃνόμων δικαίως αὐτὸν παρέδωκεν, ἐκτοπίσας εἰς Πέρσας, (οἶα τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ κρίματα Ξ) καὶ ὑπὲρ αἱμάτων ἂνοσίὼν αἷμα ἐχέθη δίκαιον, ἐνταῦθα μόνον οὐδὲ μακροθυμῖψαι άνασχομὲΪης Τῆς δίκης, παραβραχὺ παρῴκησι τῷ ᾄδῃ ἡ ψυχή μου. Ὀ δεύτερος, οὐδὲν ἐκείνου ξφιλανθρωπότερος, ὅτι μὴ καὶ βαρύτερος, ὅσῳ τοῦ Χριστδῦ φέρων ὄνομα, ψευδόχριστος ἧν, καὶ Χριστιανοϊς βάρος ὁμοῦ τε καῖ ὄνειδος, οἷς καὶ τδ ποιεῖν ἄθεον, καὶ τὸ πάσχειν ἄδοξον τῷ μηδὲ ἀδικεῖσθαι δοκεῖν, μηδὲ τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνομα τῷ πάσχειν προσεῖναι τὴν μαρτυρίαν, ἁλλὰ κάνταῦθα κλέπτεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, πά· σχοντας ὥς Χριστιανοὺς, ὡς ἀσεβεῖς κολάζεσθαι, Οἴμοι, ὅτι ἒπλουτήσαμεν ’cv τοῖς κακοῖς, ὅτι πῦρ κατέφαγε τὰ ὡραῖα τῆς οἱκουμὲνης. Τὰ κατάλοιπα τῆς κάμπης κατέφαγεν ἡ ἆκρὶς, καὶ τὰ κατάλοιπα τῆς ἀκρίδος κατέφαγεν ἡ ἐρυσίβη εἷια ὁ βροῦχος, εἶτα σῦκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι πρὸς τούτοις1 καὶ ἄλλο ἐπʼ ἄλλῳ κακῳ φυόμενον, Τί ἄν τις ἓκτραγῳδοίη πάντα τὰ τοῦ καιροῦ κακὲ, καὶ τὴι εἴτε δοκιμασίαν καὶ πύρωσινς Πλὴν ὅτι διήλθομε. διὰ πυρὸς καὶ ὕδατος, καὶ προήλθομεν εἷς ἀναψυχὴι εὐδοκία τοῦ σώζοντος Θεοῦ. Ἀλλʼ ὅ μοι λέγειν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς δ λόγος ὥρη μητο τοῦτο τὸ γεώργιον ἦν, ὅτε μικρόν τε καὶ πενι‹ χρὸν ἦν, καὶ οὒκ ὅπως Θεοῦ, τοῦ τὸν κόσμοι ὅλον γεωργήσαντος τε καὶ γεωργοῦντος τοῖς καλοῖς τῆς εὐσεβείας σπέρμασί τε καὶ δόγμασιν, ἀλλʼ οῦδέ πένητος ἰνὸς τῶν ὲνδεῶδ καὶ μετρίων, ὤς γε ἐδόκει ι ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ γεώργιον ὅλως, οὐδὲ ἀποθηκῶν, οὒδέ ἅλω τυχὸν, οῦδέ ὃρεπάνης ἄξιον οὒδέ θημὼν1 οῦδὲ δράγματα, ἣ δράγματα μικοά τε καὶ ἄωρα, καὶ οἷα τά ἐκ δωμάτων, μήτε χεῖρα πληροῦντα τοῦ τιν, 12. θερίζοντος, μητε τῶν παριόντων εὐλογίαν προς καλούμενα. Τοιοῦτον ἡμῶν τὸ γεώργιον, τοσοῦτον τὸ θέρος μέγα μὲν, καὶ εὕσταχυ, καὶ πῖον τῷ θεωρητῇ τῶν κρυπτῶν, καὶ τοιούτου γεωργοῦ πρέπον εἶναι, ὃ πληθύνουσι κοιλάδες ψυχῶν καλὼς τῷ λόγῳ γεωροβ γουμένων · οὒ μὴν γνωριζὸμενον τοῖς πολλοῖς, οὐδὲ εἰς ἓν συναγόμενον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ μικρὸν συλλεγόμενον, ὡς καλάμη ἐν ἀμήτῷ, καὶ ὡς ὶπιφυλλὶς ὲν τρυγητῷ, μὴ ὑπάρχοντος βότρυος, Προσθήσειν μοι δοκῶ κάκεῖνα, καὶ λίαν κατὰ καιρὸν, ὡς συί κῆν ἐν ἐρήμῳ εὖρον σὺν Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ὡς ῥάγα μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ὥριμον ἐν ἆώρῳ τῷ βότρυῖ, εὖλογίαν μὲν Κυρίου τετηρημένην, καὶ ἀπαρχὴν καθιερουμένην, πλὴν ὀλίγην ἔτι καὶ σπάνιον, καὶ οὗ πληροῦσαν στόμα ἔσθοντος καὶ ὡς σημείαν ἰπὶ βουνοῦ, καὶ ὡς ἱστὸν ἐπʼ ὅρους, ἢ εἴ τι ἄλλο τῶν μοναδικῶν τε καὶ οὒ πλείοσι θεωρουμένων. Ταῦτα μὲν τὰ τῆς προτέρας πενίας καὶ κατηφείας,

t mē hoti Kyrios eboēthēse moi, kai chersin hanomōn dikaiōs auton paredōken, ektopisas eis Persas, (oia ta tou Theou krimata X) kai hyper haimatōn anosiōn haima echethē dikaion, entautha monon oude makrothymipsai anaschomeÏēs Tēs dikēs, parabrachy parǭkēsi tǭ ądę̄ hē psychē mou. O deuteros, ouden ekeinou xphilanthrōpoteros, hoti mē kai baryteros, hosǭ tou Christdy pherōn onoma, pseudochristos hēn, kai Christianoïs baros homou te kai oneidos, hois kai td poiein atheon, kai to paschein adoxon tǭ mēde adikeisthai dokein, mēde to megaloprepes onoma tǭ paschein proseinai tēn martyrian, halla kantautha kleptesthai tēn alētheian, pa; schontas hōs Christianous, hōs asebeis kolazesthai, Oimoi, hoti eploutēsamen ’cv tois kakois, hoti pyr katephage ta hōraia tēs hoikoumenēs. Ta kataloipa tēs kampēs katephagen hē akris, kai ta kataloipa tēs akridos katephagen hē erysibē heiia ho brouchos, eita syk oidʼ ho ti pros toutois1 kai allo epʼ allǭ kakǭ phyomenon, Ti an tis hektragǭdoiē panta ta tou kairou kake, kai tēi eite dokimasian kai pyrōsins Plēn hoti diēlthome. dia pyros kai hydatos, kai proēlthomen heis anapsychēi eudokia tou sōzontos Theou. Allʼ ho moi legein apʼ archēs d logos hōrē mēto touto to geōrgion ēn, hote mikron te kai peni‹ chron ēn, kai ouk hopōs Theou, tou ton kosmoi holon geōrgēsantos te kai geōrgountos tois kalois tēs eusebeias spermasi te kai dogmasin, allʼ oude penētos inos tōn endeōd kai metriōn, ōs ge edokei i allʼ oude geōrgion holōs, oude apothēkōn, oude halō tychon, oude horepanēs axion oude thēmōn1 oude dragmata, hē dragmata mikoa te kai aōra, kai hoia ta ek dōmatōn, mēte cheira plērounta tou tin, 12. therizontos, mēte tōn pariontōn eulogian pros kaloumena. Toiouton hēmōn to geōrgion, tosouton to theros mega men, kai heustachy, kai pion tǭ theōrētę̄ tōn kryptōn, kai toioutou geōrgou prepon einai, ho plēthynousi koilades psychōn kalōs tǭ logǭ geōrob goumenōn ; ou mēn gnōrizomenon tois pollois, oude eis hen synagomenon, alla kata mikron syllegomenon, hōs kalamē en amētǭ, kai hōs ipiphyllis en trygētǭ, mē hyparchontos botryos, Prosthēsein moi dokō kakeina, kai lian kata kairon, hōs sui kēn en erēmǭ euron syn Israēl, kai hōs rhaga mian ē deuteran hōrimon en aōrǭ tǭ botrui, eulogian men Kyriou tetērēmenēn, kai aparchēn kathieroumenēn, plēn oligēn eti kai spanion, kai hou plērousan stoma esthontos kai hōs sēmeian ipi bounou, kai hōs histon epʼ horous, ē ei ti allo tōn monadikōn te kai ou pleiosi theōroumenōn. Tauta men ta tēs proteras penias kai katēpheias,

… had not the Lord helped me, and justly delivered him into the hands of the lawless, removing him to the Persians (how wonderful are God's judgments!), and for unholy blood righteous blood was shed (here alone justice did not wait in long-suffering), my soul would almost have dwelt in Hades. The second was no kinder than he, except that he was even more oppressive, inasmuch as, bearing the name of Christ, he was a false Christ, at once a burden and a reproach to Christians; for them it was godless to act, and inglorious to suffer, since they did not even seem to be wronged, nor did the splendid name of martyrdom attach to their suffering; but even here the truth was stolen, as those who suffered as Christians were punished as impious. Alas, that we grew rich in evils, that fire devoured the beauties of the world! What the caterpillar left, the locust ate; what the locust left, the mildew ate; then the cankerworm; then I know not what besides, one evil springing up after another. Why should one recount in tragic style all the evils of that time, whether trial or refining by fire? Except that we went through fire and water and came out into refreshment, by the good pleasure of God who saves. [4] But what my discourse wished to tell from the beginning is this: this husbandry was once small and poor, and not worthy, I do not say of God, who has cultivated and cultivates the whole world with the fair seeds and doctrines of piety, but not even, as it seemed, of one poor man among the needy and modest; not even a farm at all, nor worthy of barns, nor perhaps of a threshing floor, nor of a sickle; neither sheaves nor handfuls, or only small and unripe handfuls, like the grass on the housetops, neither filling the hand of the reaper nor calling for the blessing of passers-by. Such was our husbandry, such the harvest: great indeed, full in the ear and rich to him who beholds hidden things, and fitting for such a husbandman, multiplied by valleys of souls well cultivated by the word; but not known to the many, nor gathered into one, but collected little by little, like straw in the harvest and like a gleaning in the vintage, when there is no cluster. I think I will add this too, and very timely: as I found Israel like a fig in the desert, and like one or two ripe grapes in an unripe cluster, a blessing of the Lord preserved and firstfruits consecrated, but still small and rare, and not filling the mouth of one who eats; and like a beacon on a hill and a mast on a mountain, or anything else that stands alone and is seen by few. These were the circumstances of our former poverty and dejection.

42.5PG 36:464b–465a

Ἀφʼ οὒ δὲ δ πτωχίζων καὶ πλουτίζων Θεὸς, ὃ θανατῶν καὶ ζωογονῶν, ὃ ποιῶν πάντα καὶ μετασκευάζων μόνῳ τῷ βούλεσθαι, ό ποιῶν ἐκ μὲν νυκτὸς ἡμέραν, ἐκ δὲ χειμῶνος ἔαρ, ἐκ δὲ ζάλης γαλήνην, ἐκ δὲ αὐχμῶν ἐπομβρίαν καὶ τοῦτο διʼ ἐνὸς δικαίου πολλάκις εὐχὴν ἐπὶ πολὺ διωχθέντος ὁ ἀναλαμβάνων πραεῖς εἰς ὕψος, καὶ ταπεινῶν ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἕως γῆς, ἐκεῖνο πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν Ἰδὼν εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ οὔ μὴ προσθῶσιν ἔτι τῷ πηλῷ καὶ τῇ πλινθείᾳ ταλαιπωρεῖν καὶ είπὼν, ἐπεσκέψατο, καὶ ἐπισκεψάμενος ἔσωσε, καὶ ἐξήγαγε, τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν χειρὶ κραταιῷ (βλ), καὶ ὲνῗβρκχίονι ὑψηλῷ ἐν χειρὶ Μωσῆ καὶ Ἀαρὼν τῶν ξκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ, Τί γίνεται, καὶ τί θαυμπουργετται ς ‘A βίβλοι καὶ μνῆμαι φέρουσιν. Ἐκτὸς κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν θαυμασίων, καὶ τῆς μέγάλης ἐκείνης βομόήσεως, ἵνʼ εἴπω τι συντομώτατον, Ἰωσὴφ εἷς Αἴγυπτον εἰς, καὶ μυριάδες ἐξήκοντα μετʼ ὀλίγον ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, Τί τούτου θαυμασιώτερον, ἣ μεῖζον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ μεγαλονοίας τεκμήριον, ὅταν ὲκ τῶν ἀπόρων θέλῃ πόρον δουναι τοῖς πράγμασι ; καὶ γῆ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας κληροδοτεϊται διʼ ἑνὸς μισηθέντος, καὶ ὁ πραθεὶς ἔθνη μεθίστησι, καὶ εἰς ἔθνος καθίσταται μέγα, καὶ ἡ μικρὰ παραφυὰς ἐκείνσ, ἄμπελος εὐιληματοῦσα γίνεται, καὶ τοσαότη, ὥς ἐπεμβαίνειν ιὲν ποταμοῖς, ἒκτείνεσθαι δὲ μέχρι θαλάσσης, ἐξ ὁρίων εἷς ὅρια πλατυνομένην, καλύπτειν δὲ ὄρει τῷ ῧψιι τῆς δόξης, κέδρων δὲ ὁπεραίρεσθαι, καὶ τ-αὕτα τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἅτινα δὴ τὰ ὅρη ταῦτα) καὶ ἅστινας τὰς κέρδους ὑποληπτέον.

Aphʼ ou de d ptōchizōn kai ploutizōn Theos, ho thanatōn kai zōogonōn, ho poiōn panta kai metaskeuazōn monǭ tǭ boulesthai, o poiōn ek men nyktos hēmeran, ek de cheimōnos ear, ek de zalēs galēnēn, ek de auchmōn epombrian kai touto diʼ enos dikaiou pollakis euchēn epi poly diōchthentos ho analambanōn praeis eis hypsos, kai tapeinōn hamartōlous heōs gēs, ekeino pros auton eipen Idōn eidon tēn kakōsin tou Israēl kai ou mē prosthōsin eti tǭ pēlǭ kai tę̄ plintheią talaipōrein kai eipōn, epeskepsato, kai episkepsamenos esōse, kai exēgage, ton laon autou en cheiri krataiǭ (bl), kai enïbrkchioni hypsēlǭ en cheiri Mōsē kai Aarōn tōn xklektōn autou, Ti ginetai, kai ti thaumpourgettai s ‘A bibloi kai mnēmai pherousin. Ektos kata tēn hodon thaumasiōn, kai tēs megalēs ekeinēs bomoēseōs, hinʼ eipō ti syntomōtaton, Iōsēph heis Aigypton eis, kai myriades exēkonta metʼ oligon ex Aigyptou, Ti toutou thaumasiōteron, hē meizon tēs tou Theou megalonoias tekmērion, hotan ek tōn aporōn thelę̄ poron dounai tois pragmasi ? kai gē tēs epangelias klērodoteïtai diʼ henos misēthentos, kai ho pratheis ethnē methistēsi, kai eis ethnos kathistatai mega, kai hē mikra paraphyas ekeins, ampelos euilēmatousa ginetai, kai tosaotē, hōs epembainein ien potamois, ekteinesthai de mechri thalassēs, ex horiōn heis horia platynomenēn, kalyptein de orei tǭ ÿpsii tēs doxēs, kedrōn de hoperairesthai, kai t-hauta tōn tou Theou hatina dē ta horē tauta) kai hastinas tas kerdous hypolēpteon.

But since God, who makes poor and makes rich, who kills and gives life, who makes all things and transforms them by his will alone, who makes day out of night, spring out of winter, calm out of storm, rain out of drought, and that often through the prayer of one righteous man long persecuted, who lifts up the meek on high and humbles sinners to the ground, said that word to himself: “I have surely seen the affliction of Israel,” and, “they shall no longer toil at the clay and the brickmaking”; and, having said it, visited them, and having visited them, saved them, and brought his people out with a mighty hand and an uplifted arm, by the hand of Moses and Aaron his chosen ones: what happens, and what wonders are wrought? Those that books and records report. Besides the wonders on the way and that great proclamation, to put it most briefly: Joseph went into Egypt one man, and a short time after sixty myriads came out of Egypt. What is more wonderful than this, or a greater proof of God's magnanimity, when he wishes to give a way through to affairs out of impasses? And the land of promise is allotted through one who was hated, and he who was sold removes nations and is made a great nation; and that small offshoot becomes a flourishing vine, so great that it spreads over rivers, stretches to the sea, widened from border to border, and covers mountains with the height of its glory, and rises above the cedars, even those of God, whatever we are to understand by these mountains and these cedars.

42.6PG 36:465a–465c

’. Τοιοῦτόν ποτε τοῦτο τὸ ποιμνιον, καὶ τοιοῦτον νῦν, οὕτως εὖεκτοῠν τε καὶ πλατυνόμενον · εἰ δὲ μήπω τελείως ἀλλʼ εἰς τοῦτό γι ταῖς κατὰ μέρος ὁδεῦον προσθήκαις προφητεύω δὲ, ὅτι καὶ ὁδεῦσοιο. Τοῦτο μοι τὸ Πνεῦμα προλέγει τὸ ἅγιον, εἴ, τι προφητικὸς ἐγὼ, καὶ βλέπων τὰ ἔμπροσθεν· {ul ἅμα τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν ἔχω θαῤῥεῖν, καὶ λογισμῷ γινώσκειν, ὡς λόγου-*σύντροφοςο Πολῦ γὰρ παραδοξότερον, ἐξ γὲκείνου τοσαύτην γενέσθαι, ἦ τὴν νῦν οὖσαν εἰς ἄκη ον προελθεῖν λαμπρότητος. Ἐξ 0'3 γὰρ συνάγεσθαι ἤρξατο παρὰ τοῦ ζωογονοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς, ὀστᾶ πρὸς ὀστᾶ, καὶ ἁρμονία πρὸς ἁρμονίαν, καὶ τοῖς ξηροῖς ἐδὸθη Πνεῦμα ζωῆς καὶ παλιγγενεσίας, πᾶσιν, εὗ οἶδα, πληρωθῆναι δεῖ τὴν ἀνάστασιν · ὥστε μὴ ὕψούσθωσαν έν ἑαυτοῖς οἷ παραπικραίνοντες ‘ μηδὲ σκιὰν κρατοῦντες, ἦ ἐνʼ ύπνιον ἐξεγειρομένων, ίῖ αὔρας διαπνεούσαςθ ἥ γηὺς ’ίχνη καθʼ ὕδατος, ἔχειν τι νομιζέτωσαν, Ὀλολʼδζέτω πίτυς, ὅτιʼπέπτωκε κέδρος. Τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων κακοῖς παιδευέσθωσαν, καὶ μανθανέτωσαν, ὅτι οὒκ εἰς τέλος έπιλησθησεται ὁ πτωχός οδδὲ ἅνέξε· ται, μὴ έν ἐκστάσει διακόψαι κεφαλὰς δυναστῶν, ὡς ὁ Ἀμβρακούμ φησιν, ἡ διακοπτομένη θεότης, καὶ διαιρουμένη κακῶς εἵς τε τὸ ἄρχον καὶ τὸ ἀρχόμενον ’ ὡς ἂν μάλιστα καὶ θεότης ὑβρίσθείη καταγοο μένη, καὶ βαρηθείη κτίσις ὁμοτιμία θεότητος.

’. Toiouton pote touto to poimnion, kai toiouton nyn, houtōs euektoun te kai platynomenon ; ei de mēpō teleiōs allʼ eis touto gi tais kata meros hodeuon prosthēkais prophēteuō de, hoti kai hodeusoio. Touto moi to Pneuma prolegei to hagion, ei, ti prophētikos egō, kai blepōn ta emprosthen; {ul hama tois prolabousin echō tharrhein, kai logismǭ ginōskein, hōs logou-*syntrophoso Poly gar paradoxoteron, ex gekeinou tosautēn genesthai, ē tēn nyn ousan eis akē on proelthein lamprotētos. Ex 0'3 gar synagesthai ērxato para tou zōogonountos tous nekrous, osta pros osta, kai harmonia pros harmonian, kai tois xērois edothē Pneuma zōēs kai palingenesias, pasin, heu oida, plērōthēnai dei tēn anastasin ; hōste mē hypsousthōsan en heautois hoi parapikrainontes ‘ mēde skian kratountes, ē enʼ ypnion exegeiromenōn, ii auras diapneousasth hē gēus ’ichnē kathʼ hydatos, echein ti nomizetōsan, Ololʼdzetō pitys, hotiʼpeptōke kedros. Tois tōn allōn kakois paideuesthōsan, kai manthanetōsan, hoti ouk eis telos epilēsthēsetai ho ptōchos odde hanexe; tai, mē en ekstasei diakopsai kephalas dynastōn, hōs ho Ambrakoum phēsin, hē diakoptomenē theotēs, kai diairoumenē kakōs heis te to archon kai to archomenon ’ hōs an malista kai theotēs hybristheiē katagoo menē, kai barētheiē ktisis homotimia theotētos.

Such was this flock once, and such it is now, so healthy and widening; and if not yet perfectly, yet advancing to this by additions little by little; and I prophesy that it will advance. This the Holy Spirit foretells to me, if I am at all a prophet and see what lies ahead; and I can be confident from what has gone before, and know by reasoning, as one nurtured on reason. For it was far more wonderful that from that state it should become so great, than that what now is should come to the height of splendour. For since it began to be gathered by him who gives life to the dead, bone to bone and joint to joint, and the Spirit of life and regeneration was given to the dry bones, the resurrection, I know well, must be completed for all; so that let not those who provoke be exalted in themselves, nor think they hold anything, holding a shadow, or the dream of those who awake, or breezes blowing past, or the track of a ship upon the water. Let the pine howl, for the cedar has fallen. Let them be instructed by the misfortunes of others, and learn that the poor man will not be forgotten for ever, nor will the Godhead, which is cut up and wrongly divided into ruler and ruled, endure without cutting off in amazement the heads of the mighty, as Habakkuk says; so that the Godhead would especially be insulted by being brought down, and the creation burdened by an equal honour with the Godhead.

42.7PG 36:465c–468b

Δοκῶ μοι κάκείνης ἄκούειν τῆς φωνῆς, παρὰ τοῦ συνάγοντος τοὺς συντετριμμένους, καὶ τοὺς πε·πιεσμένους εἰσδεχομένου Πλάτυνον τὰ σχοινίσματά σου ἔτι ἐκπέτασον εἷς τὰ δεξιὰ καὶ είς τὰ ἄριστερά πῆξον, τῶν αὑλαιῶν μὴ φείσῃ. Ἐγὼ παραδέδωκα σε, καὶ ἐγὼ βοηθήσω σοι. Ἐν θυμῷ μικρῷ έπάταξά σε, καὶ liv ἐλέῳ αἰωνίῳ δοξάσω σε. Μεῖζον τὸ μέτρον τῆς φιλανθρωπίας, ὑπὲρ τὸ μέτρον τῆς παιδαγωγίας. Ἐκεῖνα, διὰ τὴν πονηρίαν · ταῦτα, διὰ τὴν Τριάδα προσκυνουμένην, Ἐκεῖνα, διὰ τὴν κάθαρσιν ταῦτα, διὰ την ἐμὴν δόξαν* ὃς Δοξάζω τοὺς δοξάζοντας, καὶ παραζηλὼ τοὺς παραζηλοῦντας. Ἰδοὺ ταῦτα ἔσφράγισται παρʼ ἐμοὶ, καὶ οὗτος ἄλυτος νόμος ἀντιμετρήσεως, Σὺ δέ μοι περιείχου τῶτ τοίχων, καὶτῶν πλαίῶν, καὶ … κομψευμένης ψηφῖδος, καὶ τῶν μακρῶν δρόμων καὶ περιδρόμων, καὶ χρυσῷ εατελάμπου καὶ περιελάμπου, τὸν μὲν, ὡς ὕδωρ ἔσπειρες, τὸν δὲ, ὡς ἄμμον ἐθησαύριζες ἀγνοῶν, ὅτι κρείσσων ὕπαιθρος πίστις πολυτελοῦς ἀσεβείας, καὶ πλέους Θεῷ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι ἒν ὀνόματι ξςυρίου, πολλῶν μυριάδων ἀρνουμένων θεότητα.,‘Η καὶ τοὺς Χαναναίους ἄπαντας προτιμήσεις ἐνὸς τοδ ’Λβραὰμ ; ἢ καὶτοὺς Σοδομίταις ἐνὸς τοῦ Λώτ ς ἢ καὶ Μαδιηναίους Μωσέως, τῶν παροίκων καὶ ξένων; Τί δαὶ τοὺς μετὰ Γεδεὼν τριακοσίους, τοὺς λάμψάντας ἀνδριιῶςΓ, τῶν ἀποστρτφεισών χιλιάδων; τί δαὶ τοὺς οἰκογενεῖς Ἀβραὰμ, τοὺς μικρὸν ὑπὲρ τούτους τῷ ἀριθμῷ τών πολλῶν βασιλέων, καὶ τῶν τοῦ στρατοῦ μυριάδων, ἃς, καίπερ ὅντες ὀλίγοι, κατεδίωξαν καὶ ἐτρέψαντο; ἐκεῖνο δὲ πῶς νοεῖς, ὅτι Ἐὰν γένηται 6 ἀριθμὸς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ κατάλειμμα σωθήσεται, τί δαί τὸ, Κατέλιπον ὶμαδτῷ ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας, oinνες οὒκ ἔκαμψαν γόνυ σῇ Βάαλ; οὒκ ἔστι τοῦτο, οὒκ ἔστιν. Οὔκ ἐν τοῖς πλείοσιν εὐδόκησεν 6 Θεός,

Dokō moi kakeinēs akouein tēs phōnēs, para tou synagontos tous syntetrimmenous, kai tous pe;piesmenous eisdechomenou Platynon ta schoinismata sou eti ekpetason heis ta dexia kai eis ta aristera pēxon, tōn haulaiōn mē pheisę̄. Egō paradedōka se, kai egō boēthēsō soi. En thymǭ mikrǭ epataxa se, kai liv eleǭ aiōniǭ doxasō se. Meizon to metron tēs philanthrōpias, hyper to metron tēs paidagōgias. Ekeina, dia tēn ponērian ; tauta, dia tēn Triada proskynoumenēn, Ekeina, dia tēn katharsin tauta, dia tēn emēn doxan* hos Doxazō tous doxazontas, kai parazēlō tous parazēlountas. Idou tauta esphragistai parʼ emoi, kai houtos alytos nomos antimetrēseōs, Sy de moi perieichou tōt toichōn, kaitōn plaiōn, kai … kompseumenēs psēphidos, kai tōn makrōn dromōn kai peridromōn, kai chrysǭ eatelampou kai perielampou, ton men, hōs hydōr espeires, ton de, hōs ammon ethēsaurizes agnoōn, hoti kreissōn hypaithros pistis polytelous asebeias, kai pleous Theǭ treis synēgmenoi en onomati xsyriou, pollōn myriadōn arnoumenōn theotēta.,‘Ē kai tous Chananaious apantas protimēseis enos tod ’Lbraam ? ē kaitous Sodomitais enos tou Lōt s ē kai Madiēnaious Mōseōs, tōn paroikōn kai xenōn? Ti dai tous meta Gedeōn triakosious, tous lampsantas andriiōsG, tōn apostrtpheisōn chiliadōn? ti dai tous oikogeneis Abraam, tous mikron hyper toutous tǭ arithmǭ tōn pollōn basileōn, kai tōn tou stratou myriadōn, has, kaiper hontes oligoi, katediōxan kai etrepsanto? ekeino de pōs noeis, hoti Ean genētai 6 arithmos tōn huiōn Israēl hōs hē ammos tēs thalassēs, to kataleimma sōthēsetai, ti dai to, Katelipon imadtǭ heptakischilious andras, oinnes ouk ekampsan gony sę̄ Baal? ouk esti touto, ouk estin. Ouk en tois pleiosin eudokēsen 6 Theos,

I seem to hear also that voice from him who gathers the broken and receives the oppressed: “Enlarge the place of your tent; spread out to the right and to the left; fix your stakes; do not spare your curtains. I delivered you up, and I will help you. In a little wrath I struck you, and with everlasting mercy I will glorify you.” The measure of his love for man is greater than the measure of his discipline. Those things were for wickedness; these are for the Trinity that is worshipped. Those were for cleansing; these for my glory, for “I glorify those who glorify me”, and provoke to jealousy those who provoke me. Behold, these things are sealed up with me, and this is the unbreakable law of requital. But you clung to walls and porches and … of the elaborate mosaic, and long colonnades and circuits, and you glittered and gleamed with gold, scattering the one like water and storing up the other like sand, not knowing that faith in the open air is better than costly impiety, and that three gathered in the name of the Lord are worth more to God than many myriads denying the Godhead. Or will you prefer all the Canaanites to Abraham alone? Or the Sodomites to Lot alone? Or the Midianites to Moses, the sojourner and stranger? What of the three hundred with Gideon, who shone so manfully, compared with the thousands who turned back? What of Abraham's household servants, a little more than these in number, compared with the many kings and the myriads of their army, whom, though few, they pursued and routed? And how do you understand this: “Though the number of the sons of Israel be as the sand of the sea, the remnant will be saved”? And this: “I have left for myself seven thousand men who have not bowed the knee to Baal”? It is not so, it is not. God did not take pleasure in the many.

42.8PG 36:468b–468d

Σὺ μὲν ἀριθμεῖς τὰς μυριάδας, Θεὸς δὲ τοὺς σωζομένους καὶ σὺ μὲν τὸν ἀμέτρητον χοῦν, ἐγὼ δὲ τὰ σκεύη τῆς ἐκλογῆς. Ov’as‘av γὰρ οὕτω Θεῷ μιγαλοπρεπές ὡς λόγος κεκαθαρμένος,,καὶ ψυχὴ τελεία τοῖς τῆς ἀληθείας δόγμασιν, γ”Αξιον μέν γὰρ ούδέν iam 10-3 τὰ πάντα πεποιηκότος, καὶ παρʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ εἷς ὃν τὰ πάντα, δοῦναι Θεῷ καὶ προσενεγκεῖν μὴ ὅτι μιᾶς χειρὸς ἔργον ἢ περιουσίας, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ εί πᾶσάν τις τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὖ* πορίαν ἥ χεῖρα εἷς ἓν συνενεγκὼν, τιμῆσαι θελήσειεν, Ούχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ την γῆν ἑγὼ πληρῶ; λέγει Κύριος καὶ, Ποῖον οἷκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι ; ἥ τις τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου; επεὶ δὲ τῆς ἀξίας διαμαρτεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, 6 δεύτερόν ἐστιν, αἰτῶ παρʼ ὑμῶν τὴν εὐσέβειαν, τὸν κοινὸν πλοῦτον ἐμοὶ καὶ ὁμότιμον, ἒσ ᾦ τυχὸν ὑπερβαλεῖται καὶ τὸν λίαν λαμπρὸν 6 πάνυ πένης, ἂν ᾗ μεγαλόψυχος. Προαιρέσεως γὰρ, οὒκ εὐπορίας ἡ τοιαύτη φιλοτιμία. Λήψομαι μὲν καὶ ταῦτα ὲκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν, εὗ ἴστε. Πατεῖν τὴν αὐλήν μου οὗ προσθήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ πατήσουσιν αὐτὴν πόδες πραέων, τῶν ἐπεγνωκότων ἐμὲ, καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ μου Λόγον, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον δγιῶς καὶ γνησίως, Μέχρι τίνος κληρονομήσετε τὸ ὅρος τὸ ἅγιον μου; μέχρι τίνος ἡ κιβωτὸς παρὰ τοῖς ἀλλοφύλοιςς Νῦν δὲ μικρὸν ἔτι ἔντρυφήσατε τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις, καὶ τοῦ βούλεσθαι ἀπολαύσαντε. ιὈειτι ὃν τρόπον ἐβουλεύσασθε τοῦ ἀπώσασθαί με, κάγὼ ἀπώσομαι ὑμᾶς, λέγει Κύριος παντοκράτωρ.

Sy men arithmeis tas myriadas, Theos de tous sōzomenous kai sy men ton ametrēton choun, egō de ta skeuē tēs eklogēs. Ov’as‘av gar houtō Theǭ migaloprepes hōs logos kekatharmenos,,kai psychē teleia tois tēs alētheias dogmasin, g”Axion men gar ouden iam 10-3 ta panta pepoiēkotos, kai parʼ hou ta panta, kai heis hon ta panta, dounai Theǭ kai prosenenkein mē hoti mias cheiros ergon ē periousias, allʼ oudʼ ei pasan tis tēn en anthrōpois eu* porian hē cheira heis hen synenenkōn, timēsai thelēseien, Ouchi ton ouranon kai tēn gēn hegō plērō? legei Kyrios kai, Poion hoikon oikodomēsete moi ? hē tis topos tēs katapauseōs mou? epei de tēs axias diamartein anankaion, 6 deuteron estin, aitō parʼ hymōn tēn eusebeian, ton koinon plouton emoi kai homotimon, es ǭ tychon hyperbaleitai kai ton lian lampron 6 pany penēs, an hę̄ megalopsychos. Proaireseōs gar, ouk euporias hē toiautē philotimia. Lēpsomai men kai tauta ek tōn cheirōn hymōn, heu iste. Patein tēn aulēn mou hou prosthēsesthe, alla patēsousin autēn podes praeōn, tōn epegnōkotōn eme, kai ton monogenē mou Logon, kai to Pneuma to hagion dgiōs kai gnēsiōs, Mechri tinos klēronomēsete to horos to hagion mou? mechri tinos hē kibōtos para tois allophyloiss Nyn de mikron eti entryphēsate tois allotriois, kai tou boulesthai apolausante. iOeiti hon tropon ebouleusasthe tou apōsasthai me, kagō apōsomai hymas, legei Kyrios pantokratōr.

You count the myriads, but God those who are saved; you the immeasurable dust, but I the vessels of election. For nothing is so magnificent to God as pure doctrine and a soul perfect in the doctrines of truth. For nothing is worthy to give and offer to God, who made all things, from whom are all things and to whom are all things; not the work of one hand or one fortune, nor even if one gathered into one all the wealth or the handiwork among men and wished to honour him with it. “Do I not fill heaven and earth? says the Lord”; and, “What house will you build for me? Or what is the place of my rest?” But since we must needs fall short of what is worthy, I ask for the second best: I ask from you piety, the wealth common to me and equal in honour, in which perhaps the very poor man will surpass the very splendid, if he is great-souled; for such generosity belongs to the will, not to wealth. “These too I will receive from your hands, know it well. You shall no longer tread my court; but the feet of the meek shall tread it, those who have known me and my only-begotten Word and the Holy Spirit soundly and genuinely. How long will you inherit my holy mountain? How long will the ark be among the foreigners? Now revel a little longer in what belongs to others, and enjoy your will. As you planned to thrust me away, so I too will thrust you away, says the Lord Almighty.”

42.9PG 36:469a–469d

Ταῦτα καὶ ἀκούειν λέγοντος ἐδόκουν, καὶ ποιοὖντος αἰσθάνεσθαι ο καὶ ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις, πρὸς μὲν τὸν λαὸν βοῶντος, τὸν ἐξ ὀλίγου πολὺν ἤδη, κα) συγκείμενον ἱκανῶς ὲκ διεσπαρμένου, καὶ ἐξ ὲλεουτ μένου τυχὸν καὶ ἐπίφθονον. Πορεύεσθε διὰ τῶν πυλῶν μου, καὶ πλατύνεσθε. Μῆ διαπαντὸς δεῖ κάμνειν ὑμᾶς ὲν σκηναῖς κατοικοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς Θλίὸοντας ὑμᾶς ὑπερευφραίνεσθαι; Πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἐφεστῶτας ἀγγέλους (πείθομαι γὰρ ἄλλους ἄλλης προστατεῖν Ἐκκλησίας, ὡς Ἰωάννης διδάσκει με διὰ τῆς ἀποκαλύψεως) · Ὀδοποιήσατε τῷ λαῷ μου, καὶ τοὺς λίθους ἐκ τῆς ὀδοῦ διαρῤίψατε, ἵνα μηδὲν σκῶλον, μηδὲ κώλυμα τῷ λαῷ τῆς θείας ὁδοῦ καὶ εἰσόδου νῦν μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ χειροποίητα, μικρὸν δὲ ὕστερον ἐπὶ τὴν ἄνω Ἰερουσαλὴμ, κα). τὰ ἐκεῖσε ’Ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων, ἃ τέλος οἶδα τῆς ἐνταῦθα κακοπαθείας κα). συντονίας τοῖς καλῶς ὁδεύουσιν. Ἐν οἷς em καὶ ὑμεῖς, κλητοὶ ὅιγιοι, λαὸς περιούσιίς, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, σχοίνισμα Κυρίου τὸ κράτιστον, ἀπὸ σταγόνος ποταμὸς ὅλος, ἀπὸ σπινθῆρος λαμπὰς οὐράνιος, ἀπὸ κόκκου νάπυος δένδρον, πτηνῶν ἀνάπαυμα.

Tauta kai akouein legontos edokoun, kai poiountos aisthanesthai o kai eti pros toutois, pros men ton laon boōntos, ton ex oligou polyn ēdē, ka) synkeimenon hikanōs ek diesparmenou, kai ex eleout menou tychon kai epiphthonon. Poreuesthe dia tōn pylōn mou, kai platynesthe. Mē diapantos dei kamnein hymas en skēnais katoikountas, kai tous Thlioontas hymas hypereuphrainesthai? Pros de tous ephestōtas angelous (peithomai gar allous allēs prostatein Ekklēsias, hōs Iōannēs didaskei me dia tēs apokalypseōs) ; Odopoiēsate tǭ laǭ mou, kai tous lithous ek tēs odou diarripsate, hina mēden skōlon, mēde kōlyma tǭ laǭ tēs theias hodou kai eisodou nyn men epi ta cheiropoiēta, mikron de hysteron epi tēn anō Ierousalēm, ka). ta ekeise ’Hagia tōn hagiōn, ha telos oida tēs entautha kakopatheias ka). syntonias tois kalōs hodeuousin. En hois em kai hymeis, klētoi hoigioi, laos periousiis, basileion hierateuma, schoinisma Kyriou to kratiston, apo stagonos potamos holos, apo spinthēros lampas ouranios, apo kokkou napyos dendron, ptēnōn anapauma.

These things I seemed to hear him say and to see him doing; and besides, crying to the people, which from few has now become many, and is well united after being scattered, and has perhaps passed from being pitied to being envied: “Go through my gates and be enlarged. Must you always toil dwelling in tents, and those who afflict you exult over you?” And to the angels set over us (for I am persuaded that different angels preside over different churches, as John teaches me through the Apocalypse): “Make a way for my people and throw the stones out of the way, that there may be no stumbling block or hindrance to the people on the divine way and entrance,” now to the temples made with hands, but shortly to the Jerusalem above and the Holy of Holies there, which I know to be the end of the labour and strain here for those who travel well. Among them are you too, called saints, a special people, a royal priesthood, the best portion of the Lord, a whole river from a drop, a heavenly torch from a spark, a tree from a mustard seed, a resting place for the birds.

42.11PG 36:472a–472b

τΛρον κύκλῳ τούς ὀφθαλμούς σου, καὶ ἴδε, πᾶς ὁ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων ἐξεταστὴς. Ἴδε τὸν στέφανον τὸν πλακέντα τῆς δόξης, ἀντὶ τῶν μισθωτῶν Ἐφραῗμ, καὶ τοῦ στεφάνου τῆς ὕβρεως. Ἴδε πρεσβυτέρων συνέδριον, πολιᾷ καὶ συνέσει τετιμημένων, διακόνων εὐταξίαν, οὐ πόρρω τοῦ αὐτοῦ Πνεύματος, ἀναγνωστῶν εὐκοσμίαν, λαοῦ φιλομάθειαν, ὅσον ἐν ἀνδράσιν, ὅσον ἐν γυναιξὶ, τὴν ἀρετὴν ὁμοτίμοιςο καὶ ἀνδρῶν, ὅσον ἐν φιλοσόφοις, ὅσον ἐν ἁπλουστέροις, πᾶσι σοφοῖς τὰ θεῖα ο ὅσον ἐν ἄρχουσιν, ὅσον ἐν ἀρχομένοις, ἐνταῦθα πᾶσι καλῶς ἀρχομένοις · ὅσον ἐν. στρατιώταις, ὅσον ἐν εὐγενέσιν, ὅσον ἐν λόγοις καὶ περὶ λόγους, πᾶσι Θεοῦ στρατιώταις, ἡμέροις τᾶλλα, πολεμικοῖς ὑπὲρ Πνεύματος, πᾶσι τὴν ἄνω τιμῶσι σύγκλητον (είς ἦν οὐ τὸ γράμμα εἰσάγει τὸ πεζὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ζωοποιοῦν Πνεῦμα), ἅπασι λογίοις ὠς ἀληθῶς, καὶ τοῦ ὅντως Λόγου θεραπευταῖς ο καὶ γυναικῶν, ὅσον ὑπὸ ζυγὸν, Θεῷ μᾶλλον ἦ ο σαρκὶ συνδεδεμένον, ὅσον ἄζυγον καὶ ἐλεύθερον, Θεῷιτὸ πᾶν καθιερωμένον ο ὅσον ἐν νέοις, ὅσον ἐν γέρουσιν, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἐπὶ γῆρας καλῶς ὁδεύει, τὸ δὲ βιάζεται μεῖναι ἀθάνατον, ταῖς κρείττοσι τῶν ἐλπίδων ἀνακαινούμενον.

tLron kyklǭ tous ophthalmous sou, kai ide, pas ho tōn emōn logōn exetastēs. Ide ton stephanon ton plakenta tēs doxēs, anti tōn misthōtōn Ephraïm, kai tou stephanou tēs hybreōs. Ide presbyterōn synedrion, polią kai synesei tetimēmenōn, diakonōn eutaxian, ou porrō tou autou Pneumatos, anagnōstōn eukosmian, laou philomatheian, hoson en andrasin, hoson en gynaixi, tēn aretēn homotimoiso kai andrōn, hoson en philosophois, hoson en haplousterois, pasi sophois ta theia o hoson en archousin, hoson en archomenois, entautha pasi kalōs archomenois ; hoson en. stratiōtais, hoson en eugenesin, hoson en logois kai peri logous, pasi Theou stratiōtais, hēmerois talla, polemikois hyper Pneumatos, pasi tēn anō timōsi synklēton (eis ēn ou to gramma eisagei to pezon, alla to zōopoioun Pneuma), hapasi logiois ōs alēthōs, kai tou hontōs Logou therapeutais o kai gynaikōn, hoson hypo zygon, Theǭ mallon ē o sarki syndedemenon, hoson azygon kai eleutheron, Theǭito pan kathierōmenon o hoson en neois, hoson en gerousin, hōn to men epi gēras kalōs hodeuei, to de biazetai meinai athanaton, tais kreittosi tōn elpidōn anakainoumenon.

Lift up your eyes round about and see, every examiner of my words. See the crown of glory woven in place of the hirelings of Ephraim and the crown of pride. See the council of presbyters, honoured by grey hairs and understanding; the good order of the deacons, not far from the same Spirit; the decorum of the readers; the love of learning among the people, both men and women, equal in virtue; and of the men, philosophers and simpler folk alike, all wise in divine things; rulers and ruled, all here well ruled; soldiers, nobles, those in letters and those who study letters, all soldiers of God, gentle in other things but warlike for the Spirit, all honouring the senate above (into which it is not the written roll that brings the commoner, but the life-giving Spirit), all truly learned and servants of the true Word; and of the women, those under the yoke, bound to God rather than to the flesh, and those unyoked and free, wholly consecrated to God; young and old, of whom the old travel well towards old age, and the young strive to remain immortal, renewed by the better hopes.

42.12PG 36:472b–472c

Τούτου τοῦ στεφάνου (δ λαλῶ, οὐ κατὰ Κύ‹ ριον λαλῶ, λαλήσω δὲ ὅμως) κάγώ τι συνεβαλόμην τοῖς πλέκουσι. Τούτων τις καὶ τῶν ἐμῶνʼ λόγων ἔργον, οὐχ οὓς ἐρρίψαμεν, ἁλλόὒς ἠγαπήσαμεν οὐδὲ τῶν πορνικῶν, ὣς τις ἔφη διασύρων ἡμᾶς τῶν πύρνων καὶ λόγον καὶ τρόπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν σωφρόη νων. Τούτων τις καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ Πνεύματος γέννημα καὶ καρπὸς, ὡς γεννᾷν οἶδε Πνεῦμα τοὺς ἀπανισταμένους σώματος. Μαρτυρήσουσιν, εὖ οἷδʼὄτι,καὶ ὑμῶν οἱ εὐγνώμονες, ἢ καὶ πάντες, ἐπεὶ καὶ πάντας ἐγεωργήσαμεν · καὶ μισθὸς, ήόμολογία μόνη. Οὐ γὰρ· ἄλλο τι ἐπιζητοῦμεν, ἢ ἐζητήσαμεν. Ἀμισθος γάρ ἡ ἀρετὴ, ἵνα καὶ ἁρετὴ μείνῃ, πρὸς τὸ καλὸν μόνον βλέπου σα.

Toutou tou stephanou (d lalō, ou kata Ky‹ rion lalō, lalēsō de homōs) kagō ti synebalomēn tois plekousi. Toutōn tis kai tōn emōnʼ logōn ergon, ouch hous erripsamen, hallous ēgapēsamen oude tōn pornikōn, hōs tis ephē diasyrōn hēmas tōn pyrnōn kai logon kai tropon, alla kai lian sōphroē nōn. Toutōn tis kai tou emou Pneumatos gennēma kai karpos, hōs gennąn oide Pneuma tous apanistamenous sōmatos. Martyrēsousin, eu hoidʼoti,kai hymōn hoi eugnōmones, ē kai pantes, epei kai pantas egeōrgēsamen ; kai misthos, ēomologia monē. Ou gar; allo ti epizētoumen, ē ezētēsamen. Amisthos gar hē aretē, hina kai haretē meinę̄, pros to kalon monon blepou sa.

To this crown (what I say I do not say according to the Lord, but I will say it nevertheless) I too contributed something with those who wove it. Some of these are the work of my words, not of words we threw away but of words we loved; not harlot's words, as someone said, disparaging both our speech and our manner as harlots', but very chaste ones. Some of these are also the offspring and fruit of my spirit, as the spirit knows how to beget those who withdraw from the body. The fair-minded among you will bear witness, I know well, or rather all of you, since we cultivated all; and our only reward is your acknowledgement. For we seek nothing else, nor have we sought it. For virtue is unpaid, that it may remain virtue, looking to the good alone.

42.13PG 36:472c–475c

Βούλεσθε προσθῶμέν τι καὶ νεανικώτερονὲ Ὁρᾶτε τὰς ἐναντίας γλώσσας ήμερουμένας, καὶ τούς θεότητι πολεμοῦντας ἡμῖν ἡσυχάζοντας; Καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ Πνεύματος, καὶ τοῦτο τῆς γεωργίας τῆς ἡμετέρας. Οὐ ’γάρ ἀπαιδεύτως παιδεύομεν, οὐδέ ταῖς ῦβρεσι βάλλομεν, ὅπερ πάσχουσιν οἱ πολλοὶ, μὴ τῷ λόγῳ μαχόμενοι, τοῖς δὲ λέγουσι, καὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν ἐστιν ὅτε τῶν λογισμῶν ταῖς ὕβρεσι συγκαλύπτοντες · ὥσπερ τὰς σηπίας λόγος ἐμεῖν τὺ μέλαν πρὸ ἑαυτῶν, ἵνα τοὺς θηρεύοντας διαφύγωσιν, ἢ τῷ λανθάνειν θηράσωσιν. Ἀλλὰ τὸ περὶ Χριστοῦ πολεμεῖν δείκνυμεν, ὲν τῷ μάχεσθαι κατὰ Χριστὸν, τὸν εἰρηνικόν τε καὶ πρᾶον, καὶ τὰς ἀσθενείας ὴ μῶν βαστάσαντα, Οὔτε είρηνεύομεν κατὰ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἁληθεὶας, ὑφιέντες τι διὰ δόξαν ἐπιεικείας · οὐ γὰρ κακῶς τὸ καλὸν θηρεύομεν· καὶ είρηνεύομεν ἐννόμως μαχόμενοι, καὶ εἴσω τῶν ἡμετέρων ὅρων, καὶ κανόνων τοῦ Πνεύματος. Περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων οὕτω γινώσκω, καὶ νόμον τίθημι πᾶσι τοῖς ψυχῶν οἰκονόμοις, καὶτοῦ λόγου ταμίαις · μήτε τῷ σκληρῷ τραχύνειν, μήτε τῷ ὑπεσταλμένῳ κατεπαίρειν · ἀλλʼ εὐλόγους εἶναι περὶ τὸν λόγον, μηδετέρῳ τὸ μέτρον ὑπερβαίνοντας.

Boulesthe prosthōmen ti kai neanikōterone Horate tas enantias glōssas ēmeroumenas, kai tous theotēti polemountas hēmin hēsychazontas? Kai touto tou Pneumatos, kai touto tēs geōrgias tēs hēmeteras. Ou ’gar apaideutōs paideuomen, oude tais ybresi ballomen, hoper paschousin hoi polloi, mē tǭ logǭ machomenoi, tois de legousi, kai tēn astheneian estin hote tōn logismōn tais hybresi synkalyptontes ; hōsper tas sēpias logos emein ty melan pro heautōn, hina tous thēreuontas diaphygōsin, ē tǭ lanthanein thērasōsin. Alla to peri Christou polemein deiknymen, en tǭ machesthai kata Christon, ton eirēnikon te kai praon, kai tas astheneias ē mōn bastasanta, Oute eirēneuomen kata tou logou tēs halētheias, hyphientes ti dia doxan epieikeias ; ou gar kakōs to kalon thēreuomen; kai eirēneuomen ennomōs machomenoi, kai eisō tōn hēmeterōn horōn, kai kanonōn tou Pneumatos. Peri men oun toutōn houtō ginōskō, kai nomon tithēmi pasi tois psychōn oikonomois, kaitou logou tamiais ; mēte tǭ sklērǭ trachynein, mēte tǭ hypestalmenǭ katepairein ; allʼ eulogous einai peri ton logon, mēdeterǭ to metron hyperbainontas.

Do you want us to add something bolder? Do you see the hostile tongues tamed, and those who fight against us over the Godhead quiet? This too is the work of the Spirit, and of our husbandry. For we do not instruct uninstructedly, nor pelt with insults, as most do, fighting with those who speak not by argument, and sometimes covering the weakness of their reasonings with insults, as cuttlefish are said to spew out their ink before them, that they may escape their hunters or hunt by being hidden. But we show that we fight for Christ by fighting as Christ did, the peaceable and gentle, who bore our weaknesses. Nor do we make peace against the word of truth, yielding something for a reputation for moderation, for we do not hunt the good by evil means; and we keep peace while fighting lawfully, within our own bounds and the rules of the Spirit. On these matters this is my judgment, and I lay it down as a law for all stewards of souls and dispensers of the word: neither to exasperate by harshness, nor to make people conceited by submissiveness, but to be reasonable in teaching the word, exceeding the measure in neither direction.

42.15PG 36:477a–477b

-ἕν τε ὀνόμασι καὶ πράγμασιν (οἶδας ὁ μυηθείς)· ἄρνησις ὅν ἆθεῖας, καὶ ὁμολογία θεότητος, καὶ οὕτω καταρτιζόμεθα τὸ μὲν ἔν, τῇ οὐσίᾳ γινώσκοντες, καὶ τῷ ἀμερίστῳ τῆς προσκυνήσεως τὰ δὲ τρία,ταϊς ὒποστάσεσιν, εἴτουν προσώποις, ὃ τισι φίλον, Μηδὲ γὰρ οἱ περὶ ταῦτα ζυγομαχοῦντες ἄσχημονείτωσαν, ὥσπερ ἐν ὀνόμασι κειμένης ἡμῖν τῆς εὐσεβείας, ἀλλʼ οὒκ ἐν πράγμασι. Τί γάρ φατε οἱ τὰς τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις εἰσφέροντες ς μὴ τρεῖς οὐσίας ὑπολαμβάνοντες τοῦτο λέγετε; Μέγα οἶδʼ, ὅτι βοήσετε χυτὰ τῶν οὕτως ὑπειληφότων. Μίαν γὰρ καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τῶν τριῶν δογματίζετε Τί δαὶ οἱ τὰ πρόσωπα ; μὴ ἔν, οἷόν τι σύνθετον, ἀναπλάσσετε, καὶ τριπρόσωπον, ἢ ἀνθρωπόμορφον ὅλως ς ’Λπαγε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἂντιὸοήσετε, μηδὲ πρόσωπον, ὅ τί ποτέΒ ἔστιν. ἴδοι Θεοῦ, ὅς οὕτως ἔχει, Τί οὖν ἡμῖν αἱ ὑποστάσεις βούλονται, ἢ ὑμῖν τα πρόσωπας προσερήσομαι γάρ. Τὸ τρία εἶναι τὰ διαιρούμενα, οὒ φόσεσιν, ἀλλʼ ἰδιότησιν. ’Υπὲρευγε· Πῶς ἄν τινες συμφρονοῖεν μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ αὗτὸ λέγοιεν, 08τως ἔχοντες, κᾶν ταῖς συλλαβαῖς διαφέρωσιν ; Ὀρᾶτε οῖος ἐγὼ διαλλακτὴς ὑμῖν, πρὸς τὸν νοῦν ἄγων ἀπὸ τοῦ γράμματος, ὥσπερ τὴν Παλαιὰν καὶ τὴν Νέαν,

-hen te onomasi kai pragmasin (oidas ho myētheis); arnēsis hon atheias, kai homologia theotētos, kai houtō katartizometha to men en, tę̄ ousią ginōskontes, kai tǭ ameristǭ tēs proskynēseōs ta de tria,taïs ypostasesin, eitoun prosōpois, ho tisi philon, Mēde gar hoi peri tauta zygomachountes aschēmoneitōsan, hōsper en onomasi keimenēs hēmin tēs eusebeias, allʼ ouk en pragmasi. Ti gar phate hoi tas treis hypostaseis eispherontes s mē treis ousias hypolambanontes touto legete? Mega oidʼ, hoti boēsete chyta tōn houtōs hypeilēphotōn. Mian gar kai tēn autēn tōn triōn dogmatizete Ti dai hoi ta prosōpa ? mē en, hoion ti syntheton, anaplassete, kai triprosōpon, ē anthrōpomorphon holōs s ’Lpage, kai hymeis antiooēsete, mēde prosōpon, ho ti poteB estin. idoi Theou, hos houtōs echei, Ti oun hēmin hai hypostaseis boulontai, ē hymin ta prosōpas proserēsomai gar. To tria einai ta diairoumena, ou phosesin, allʼ idiotēsin. ’Ypereuge; Pōs an tines symphronoien mallon kai to hauto legoien, 08tōs echontes, kan tais syllabais diapherōsin ? Orate oios egō diallaktēs hymin, pros ton noun agōn apo tou grammatos, hōsper tēn Palaian kai tēn Nean,

… both in names and in realities (you know it, who have been initiated): a renunciation of godlessness and a confession of the Godhead; and so we are perfected, knowing the one in the essence and in the undivided worship, and the three in the hypostases, or persons, as some prefer. Let not those who quarrel about these words behave unseemly, as though our piety lay in names and not in realities. For what do you mean, you who bring in three hypostases? Do you say this supposing three essences? I know that you will cry out loudly against those who think so, for you teach that the essence of the three is one and the same. And what of you who say persons? Do you imagine one thing, a kind of composite, three-faced, or entirely in human form? Away with it, you too will cry back; may he not see the face of God, whatever that is, who thinks so. What then do the hypostases mean to us, or the persons to you? I will ask you. That the three are distinguished not by natures but by properties. Excellent! How could people agree more, and say the same thing, being so minded, even if they differ in syllables? You see what a reconciler I am for you, leading you from the letter to the sense, as one does with the Old and the New …

42.17PG 36:477c–477d

Ἀλλʼ ἐπανιτέον μοι πάλιν πρὸς τὸν αὒνὸν λόγον. Τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀγέννητον, καὶ τὸ γεννητόν, καὶ τὸ ἑκπορευτὸν λεγέσθω τε καὶ νοείσθω, εἴ τῳ φίλον δημιουργεῖν ὀνόματαʼ οὗ γὰρ δείσομεν, μή ποτε νοῆται σωματικῶς τὰ ἀσώματα, ᾇπερ δοκεῖ τοῖς ὲπηρεασταῖς θεότητος. Κτίσμα δὲ, Θεοῦ μὶν λεγέσθω· μέγα γὰρ ὴμῖν καὶ τοῦτο· Θεὸς δὲ, μηδαμῶς. ’Ἦ τότε δέξομαι κτίσμα εἶναι Θεὸν, ὅταν κάγὼ γένωμαι κυρίως Θεός. ’Ἔχει γὰρ οὕτως, Εἰ μὲν Θεὸν, οὗ κτίσμα μεθʼ ἡμῶν γὰρ τὸ κτίσμα, τῶν οῦ θεῶν. Εἰ κτίσμα δὲ, οὗ Θεόςʼ ἤρξατο γὰρ χρονικῶς.Ο δὲ ἤρξατο, ἧν ὅτε οῦκ ἧν. Οὗ δὲ πρεσβύτερον τὸ οὐκ ἦν, τοῦσο οὗ κυρίως ὅν. Τὸ δὲ μὴ κυρίως ὄν, πῶς Θεός; Οὔτε οὖν κτίσμα τῷν τριῶν, 63‘ ” θ ὑ ὅ ’ ‘ ' ο ο ε εν 0 τε, τουτου χεῖρον, δι ἔμε γενομενον ἵνα μὴ κτίσμα ᾗ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καί ἡμῶν ἀτιμότερον, Εἱ γὰρ ἐγὼ μὲν είς δόξαν Θεοῦ, τοῦτο δὲʼδιʼ ἐμὲ (ἦ πυράγρα διὰ τὴν ἅμαξαν, ἡ ὁ πρίων διὰ τὴν θύραν)’ νικῶ αἰτίᾳ. ’Ὂσω γὰρ κτισμάτων Θεὸς

Allʼ epaniteon moi palin pros ton aunon logon. To men oun agennēton, kai to gennēton, kai to hekporeuton legesthō te kai noeisthō, ei tǭ philon dēmiourgein onomataʼ hou gar deisomen, mē pote noētai sōmatikōs ta asōmata, hąper dokei tois epēreastais theotētos. Ktisma de, Theou min legesthō; mega gar ēmin kai touto; Theos de, mēdamōs. ’Ē tote dexomai ktisma einai Theon, hotan kagō genōmai kyriōs Theos. ’Echei gar houtōs, Ei men Theon, hou ktisma methʼ hēmōn gar to ktisma, tōn ou theōn. Ei ktisma de, hou Theosʼ ērxato gar chronikōs.O de ērxato, hēn hote ouk hēn. Hou de presbyteron to ouk ēn, touso hou kyriōs hon. To de mē kyriōs on, pōs Theos? Oute oun ktisma tǭn triōn, 63‘ ” th hy ho ’ ‘ ' o o e en 0 te, toutou cheiron, di eme genomenon hina mē ktisma hę̄ monon, alla kai hēmōn atimoteron, Hei gar egō men eis doxan Theou, touto deʼdiʼ eme (ē pyragra dia tēn hamaxan, hē ho priōn dia tēn thyran)’ nikō aitią. ’Osō gar ktismatōn Theos

But I must return again to the same subject. Let “unbegotten”, “begotten” and “proceeding” be said and thought, if anyone likes to coin names; for we shall not fear that incorporeal things may be thought of in a bodily way, as the slanderers of the Godhead suppose. “Creature”, however, let it be said of what belongs to God (for this too is great for us); but “God”, never. Or I will accept that a creature is God when I too become properly God. For so it is: if he is God, he is not a creature, for the creature is ranked with us, who are not gods; and if he is a creature, he is not God, for he began in time; and what began, there was when it was not; and that to which not-being is prior is not properly being; and how is what is not properly being God? So none of the three is a creature, nor, what is worse than this, made for my sake …, so that it would be not only a creature but even less honourable than we are. For if I exist for the glory of God, and it exists for my sake (as the tongs exist for the wagon, or the saw for the door), I surpass it in respect of purpose. For as much as God … of creatures …

42.18PG 36:480a–481a

Πρὸς ταῦτα, Μοαβίταις μὲν καὶ Ἀμμωνίταις ,ηδε εἰσιτητὸν εἷς Ἐκκλησίαν ἔστω Θεοῦ, λόγοις διαεκτικοϊς τε καὶ κακοπράγμοσιν, οʼί γέννησιν Θεοῦ ολυπραγμονοῦντες, καὶ πρόοδον ἂῤῥητον, κατεξανττανται τολμηρῶς θεότητος· ὡς δέον, ἡ ἐφικτᾶ μόοις εἶναι τὰ ὑπὲρ λόγον, ἤ μηδὲ εἶναι, ὃτι μὴ αὖ· οὶ κατειλήφασινξ Ἠγμιῖς δὲ ταῖς θείαις Γραφατς πόμενοι, καὶ τὰ ἐγκείμεναι σκώλα τοῖς τυφλώττουσι idovmq, τῆς σωτηρίας ἑξόμεθα, πάντα τολμῶντες πρότερον,η κατὰ Θεοῦ τι νεανιεύεσθαι. Τὰς μὲν ἰὴ μαρτυρίας ἄλλοις παρήσομεν, πολλοῖς τε λογονραερηθείσας ἤδη πολλάκις, καὶ ἡμῖν οὒ παρέργως, Καὶ ἅμα λίαν αἰσχρὸν ἕμόὶ γοῦν νῦν τὰς πίστεις τυλλέγειν τῶν πάλαι πεπιστευμένων, Τάξις γὰρ οὒκ ίρίστη διδάσκειν πρότερον, εἶτα μανθάνειν μὴ ὅτι τὰ θεῖα καὶ τηλικαῦτα τὸ μέγεθος, ἀλλʼ 063E. ἂλλο ξι τῶν μικρῶν καὶ τοῦ μηδενὸς ἀξίων. Καὶ τὰ ἐγ τῆς ’ραφῆς προσκόμματα λύειν καὶ διαρθροῦν, οὒ :06 παρόντος καιροῦ, σπουδῆς δὲ τελειοτέρας καὶ ιείζονος, ἢ κατὰ τὴν παρουσαν ὁρμὴν τῆς ὑποθέιεως. Ὀ δʼ 06v λόγος ἡμῶν, ὡς ἐν κεφαλαίῳ περιλαἶεϊν, ἔστιν οὗτος. Καὶ ταῦτα διῆλθον, οὐχ ’i'v’ ἀγωνίτωμαι πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιθέτους (πολλάκις γὰρ ἢδη δι·ηγωνισάμεθα, εἰ καὶ μετρίως), ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ὑμῖν ἐπι- Ξείξω τόν χαρακτῆρα τῶν ἐμῶν διδαγμάτων, εἰ μὴ τῶν ὑμετέρων ἐγὼ συναγωνιστὴς, καὶ κατὰ τῶν αὒle'. Οὗτος ὑμῖν, ὥ ἄνδρες, ὁ τῆς ἐμῆς ἆπόλογος παρουσίας· εί μὲν ἐπαινετῶς ἔχων, τῷ Θεῴ χάρις, Lai ὑμῖν τοῖς καλέσασινʼ εἰ δὲ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἐνδεέστε- 30v, καὶ οὕτω χάρις. O6 γὰρ πάντη ψεκτῶς, εὖ οῖδα, ui' ὑμῖν οὐκ ἀπιστιῦ λέγουσιν, Μή τι τὸν λαὸν 1:06. εον ἐπλεονεκτήσαμενς μή τι τῶν ἡμετέρων ῲκονο-ε ιήσαμεν, ὅ τοὺς πολλοὺς ὁρῶ πάσχοντας ; μή τι τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν παρελυπήσαμεν ; ’Ἄλλους μὲν ἴσως, οἷς ἐρήμην ἡμᾶς ᾑρηκέναι νομίζουσι, ἡμέτερον ἷιντεστήσαμεν λόγονʼ ὑμᾶς δέ οὐδὲν, ὅσα ἐμαυτῷ. _. η -...,Α ι.. τυνεπίσταμαι. 0-3 βοζν ὑμῶν εἴληφα, φησὶ Σαμουὴλ ὁ μέγασ, πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ὑπὲρ τοῦ βασιλέωςι οὗ ψυχῶν ὑμῶν ἐξίλασμα, διαφερόμενος· μάρτυς Κύριος ἐν ὑμῖν οὗ τὸ καὶτὸ, πλείονα λέγων1 ἵνα μὴ αὐτὸς ἀπαριθμῶμαι καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀλλὰ καθαρὰν καὶ ἀκίβδηλον τὴν ἱερωσύνην ἐφύλαξα. Εἰ δὲ δυναστείαν ἠγάπησα, ἤ θρόνων ὕψος, ἢ βασιλέων πατεϊν αὐλὰς, μηδὲ ἄλλο τι λαμπρὸν ἔχοιμι, ἢ ῥίψαιμι κεκτημένος.

Pros tauta, Moabitais men kai Ammōnitais ,ēde eisitēton heis Ekklēsian estō Theou, logois diaektikoïs te kai kakopragmosin, oʼi gennēsin Theou olypragmonountes, kai proodon arrhēton, katexanttantai tolmērōs theotētos; hōs deon, hē ephikta moois einai ta hyper logon, ē mēde einai, hoti mē au; oi kateilēphasinx Ēgmiis de tais theiais Graphats pomenoi, kai ta enkeimenai skōla tois typhlōttousi idovmq, tēs sōtērias hexometha, panta tolmōntes proteron,ē kata Theou ti neanieuesthai. Tas men iē martyrias allois parēsomen, pollois te logonraerētheisas ēdē pollakis, kai hēmin ou parergōs, Kai hama lian aischron hemoi goun nyn tas pisteis tyllegein tōn palai pepisteumenōn, Taxis gar ouk iristē didaskein proteron, eita manthanein mē hoti ta theia kai tēlikauta to megethos, allʼ 063E. allo xi tōn mikrōn kai tou mēdenos axiōn. Kai ta eg tēs ’raphēs proskommata lyein kai diarthroun, ou :06 parontos kairou, spoudēs de teleioteras kai ieizonos, ē kata tēn parousan hormēn tēs hypotheieōs. O dʼ 06v logos hēmōn, hōs en kephalaiǭ perilaieïn, estin houtos. Kai tauta diēlthon, ouch ’i'v’ agōnitōmai pros tous antithetous (pollakis gar ēdē di;ēgōnisametha, ei kai metriōs), allʼ hinʼ hymin epi- Xeixō ton charaktēra tōn emōn didagmatōn, ei mē tōn hymeterōn egō synagōnistēs, kai kata tōn aule'. Houtos hymin, hō andres, ho tēs emēs apologos parousias; ei men epainetōs echōn, tǭ Theǭ charis, Lai hymin tois kalesasinʼ ei de tēs elpidos endeeste- 30v, kai houtō charis. O6 gar pantē psektōs, eu oida, ui' hymin ouk apistiy legousin, Mē ti ton laon 1:06. eon epleonektēsamens mē ti tōn hēmeterōn ǭkono-e iēsamen, ho tous pollous horō paschontas ? mē ti tēn Ekklēsian parelypēsamen ? ’Allous men isōs, hois erēmēn hēmas hę̄rēkenai nomizousi, hēmeteron hiintestēsamen logonʼ hymas de ouden, hosa emautǭ. _. ē -...,A i.. tynepistamai. 0-3 bozn hymōn eilēpha, phēsi Samouēl ho megas, pros ton Israēl hyper tou basileōsi hou psychōn hymōn exilasma, diapheromenos; martys Kyrios en hymin hou to kaito, pleiona legōn1 hina mē autos aparithmōmai kathʼ hekaston alla katharan kai akibdēlon tēn hierōsynēn ephylaxa. Ei de dynasteian ēgapēsa, ē thronōn hypsos, ē basileōn pateïn aulas, mēde allo ti lampron echoimi, ē rhipsaimi kektēmenos.

Against these things, let neither Moabites nor Ammonites enter the church of God: the dialectical and mischievous arguments of those who busy themselves about God's generation and his ineffable procession, and rise up boldly against the Godhead; as though what is above reason must either be attainable by them alone, or not exist at all because they have not grasped it. But we, following the divine Scriptures and removing the stumbling blocks lying in the way of the blind, will hold fast to salvation, daring anything rather than to be insolent towards God. The testimonies we will leave to others, since they have been discussed often by many already, and by us not carelessly; and besides, it would be very shameful, for me at least, to collect now the proofs of what has long been believed. For it is not the best order to teach first and then to learn, not only in things divine and so great, but in any of the small and worthless things. And to resolve and set right the stumbling blocks in Scripture is not for the present occasion, but for a more thorough and greater effort than the present impulse of the subject allows. Our doctrine, then, to sum it up, is this. And I have gone through these things, not to contend with opponents (for we have often contended already, if in measure), but to show you the character of my teaching, whether I am your fellow combatant, and against the same adversaries. [19] This, gentlemen, is the defence of my sojourn among you: if it is praiseworthy, thanks be to God and to you who called me; if it falls short of what was hoped, thanks even so. For it is not wholly blameworthy, I know well, and you will not disbelieve me when I say so. Have we taken advantage of the people in anything? Have we managed anything for our own benefit, as I see most people do? Have we grieved the church in anything? Others perhaps we have, those who think they have won against us by default, since we opposed them with our doctrine; but you in nothing, so far as I am conscious. “I have not taken an ox of yours,” says the great Samuel to Israel when disputing about the king, “nor a ransom for your souls; the Lord is witness among you”; not mentioning this and that besides, so that I may not myself enumerate each thing. But I have kept the priesthood pure and unadulterated. If I have loved power, or the height of thrones, or treading the courts of kings, may I have no other glory, or may I throw away what I have.

42.20PG 36:481a–481d

Γί οὖν ἐστιν ὅ φημι ; Οὐ γὰρ ἄμισθος ἐγὼ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐργάτης, οὐδʼ είς τοσοῦτον ἀρετῆς ἀφικόμην. Δότε μοι τῶν πόνων μισθόν. Τίνα τοῦτονς Οὖχ ὅν ἄν τινες ὑπολάβοιεν τῶν πάντα ρᾳδίωνο ἄλλʼ ὅν ἐμοὶ (nun ἀσφαλές, Ἀναπαύσατε τῶν μακρῳν πόνων ἡμᾶςʼ αἰδέσθητε τὴν πολιὰν ταύτην· τιμήσατε τὴν ξενιτείανʼ ἂλλον ἀντεισαγάγετε, τὸν ὺπέρ ὑμῶν διωκόμενον, ὅστις καθαρὸς χεῖρας, ὅστις φωνὴν οὐκ ἀσύνετος, ὅστις ἱκανὸς τὰ πάντα ὑμῖν χαρίζεσθαι καὶ συνδιαφέρων τὰς ἐκκλησιαστικας φροντίδας ἐπειδὴ τούτων μάλιστα νῦν ὁ καιρός. Ἐμοὶ δὲ ὁρᾶτε καὶ τὸ σῶμα ὡς ἔχει τοῦτο, καὶ χρόνῳ καὶ νόσῳ καὶ πόνῳ δαπανηθέν. Τί δεῖ γέροντος ὑμῖν δειλοῦ, καὶ Ξννςὶνδρου καὶ καθʼ ἕκάστην, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἀποθνήσκοντος τὴν ἡμέραν, οὗ τῷ σώματι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς φροντίσιν ὅς μόλις καὶταῦτα ὑμῖν διαλέγομαι; Μὴ ἀπιστήσητε φωνῇ διδασκάλου· καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἠπιστήσατε πώποτε. Κέκμηιιια1 τὴν ἐπιείκειαν ἐγκαλούμενος. Κὲκμηκα, καὶ λόγῳ1 καὶ φθόνῳ μαχόμενος, καὶ πολεμίοις, καὶ ἡμετέροις. Oi. μὲν τὰ στέρνα παίουσι, καὶ ἧττον ἐπιτυγχάνουσι· τὸ γὰρ προδήλως ἐχθρὸν, εὐφύλακτον, Οἱ δὲ, τὰ νῶτα τηροῦσι, καὶ μάλλόν εἱσι λυπηροί τὸ γὰρ ἀνύποπτον1 οιαιριώτερον, Ei δὲ καὶ κυβερνήτης ἧν, καὶ τῶι λίαν ἐπιστημόνων εἶτα πολλή μὲν ἧν περὶ ἡμᾶςῆ θάλασσα, καὶ περὶ τὴν ναῦν ζέιυσαο πολλὴ δὲ τῶν ἐμπλεόντων ἡ στάσις, ἄλλων περὶ ἄλλου ζυγομαχούντων. καὶ ἆντικτυπούντων ἀλληλοις τε κα ’τοῖς κύμασι, πόσον συντέσχον ἂν ἐπὶ τῶδ οἰάκων καθ· ήμινος, ὥστε καὶ θαλάσσῃ καὶτοῖς ἐμπλέουσι μάχεσθαι, καὶ διασώζειν ἀκινδύνως την ναῦν ἐκ διπλοέ τοῦ κλύδωνοςς Ὠν γὰρ παντὶ τρόπῳ συναγωνιζομέι νων, χαλεπὸν ἦν τὸ τῆς σωτηρίας, τούτων πῶς οἷόι τι ἀνταγωνιζομένων μὴ καταδύεσθαι;

Gi oun estin ho phēmi ? Ou gar amisthos egō tēs aretēs ergatēs, oudʼ eis tosouton aretēs aphikomēn. Dote moi tōn ponōn misthon. Tina toutons Ouch hon an tines hypolaboien tōn panta rądiōno allʼ hon emoi (nun asphales, Anapausate tōn makrǭn ponōn hēmasʼ aidesthēte tēn polian tautēn; timēsate tēn xeniteianʼ allon anteisagagete, ton yper hymōn diōkomenon, hostis katharos cheiras, hostis phōnēn ouk asynetos, hostis hikanos ta panta hymin charizesthai kai syndiapherōn tas ekklēsiastikas phrontidas epeidē toutōn malista nyn ho kairos. Emoi de horate kai to sōma hōs echei touto, kai chronǭ kai nosǭ kai ponǭ dapanēthen. Ti dei gerontos hymin deilou, kai Xnnsindrou kai kathʼ hekastēn, hōs eipein, apothnēskontos tēn hēmeran, hou tǭ sōmati monon, alla kai tais phrontisin hos molis kaitauta hymin dialegomai? Mē apistēsēte phōnę̄ didaskalou; kai gar oude ēpistēsate pōpote. Kekmēiiia1 tēn epieikeian enkaloumenos. Kekmēka, kai logǭ1 kai phthonǭ machomenos, kai polemiois, kai hēmeterois. Oi. men ta sterna paiousi, kai hētton epitynchanousi; to gar prodēlōs echthron, euphylakton, Hoi de, ta nōta tērousi, kai mallon heisi lypēroi to gar anypopton1 oiairiōteron, Ei de kai kybernētēs hēn, kai tōi lian epistēmonōn eita pollē men hēn peri hēmasē thalassa, kai peri tēn naun zeiysao pollē de tōn empleontōn hē stasis, allōn peri allou zygomachountōn. kai antiktypountōn allēlois te ka ’tois kymasi, poson synteschon an epi tōd oiakōn kath; ēminos, hōste kai thalassę̄ kaitois empleousi machesthai, kai diasōzein akindynōs tēn naun ek diploe tou klydōnoss Ōn gar panti tropǭ synagōnizomei nōn, chalepon ēn to tēs sōtērias, toutōn pōs hoioi ti antagōnizomenōn mē katadyesthai?

What then am I saying? I am not an unpaid labourer in virtue, nor have I reached such a height of virtue. Give me the wage of my labours. What is it? Not what some of those who think everything easy might suppose, but what is safe for me. Give us rest from our long labours; respect these grey hairs; honour my sojourn as a stranger; bring in another in my place, one who will be persecuted for you, pure of hands, not unskilled in speech, able to please you in all things and to share the burden of the church's cares; for now especially is the time for such men. As for me, you see how this body is, worn out by time, disease and labour. What need have you of a timid old man, frail and dying, so to speak, every day, not only in body but also in cares, who can scarcely say even these words to you? Do not disbelieve the voice of your teacher; for you have never disbelieved it. I am weary of being accused for my moderation. I am weary of fighting both with words and with envy, with enemies and with our own. The former strike at the breast and succeed less, for what is openly hostile is easily guarded against; the latter watch for the back and are more painful, for what is unsuspected is more deadly. If I were a pilot, and one of the very skilled, and the sea around us were great and boiling about the ship, and the strife among those on board were great, some quarrelling about one thing and others about another, and dashing against one another and against the waves, how long could I have held out sitting at the helm, so as to fight both the sea and those on board, and bring the ship safely through the double storm? For where salvation would be hard even with all working together, how could one not sink when they work against one another?

42.21PG 36:484a–488c

ὥσπερ καὶ βαρβαρικός, Πῶς συνάψω, καὶ η ἕν αγάγω τοὺς ἁντκαθεζομένους τούτους καὶ ἆνποιμαίνοντας, καὶ τὸν ωναπερῥωγότα τούτοις ιὸν καὶ ἀντίθετονο ὥσπερ εν τοῖς χάσμασι τῶν ισμῶν, τὰ γειτονοῦντα καὶ πλησιάζονταʼ ἢ ταῖς διμικατς νόσοις τοὺς θεραπευτὰς καὶ οἰκείους, ἄλης ἐπʼ ἄλλων διαδιδομένης εὐκόλως τῆς ἆῤῥωο τίαςʼ οὗ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης τμήατα συμπεπονθότα τοῖς στασιάζουσιν, ὥστε καὶ εἰς οτίπαλον μοῖραν ἁπσκριθῇναι τότε Ἐᾠον καὶ τὸ Ἐσπέ- .ον, καὶ κινδυνεύειν τῆς γνώμης οὐχ ἧττον ἢ τῶν ερατων ταῦτα γενέσθαι τμήματα ;Μέχρι τίνος γὰρ ἐμὸς καὶ 6 σὸς, καὶ 6 παλαιὸς καὶ 6 νέος, 6 λογιώερος ἦ 6 πνευματικώτερος, ὃ εὐγενέστερος ἣ 6 δυσγεέστερος, 6 τῷ πλήθει πλουσιώτερος ἢ 6 πενέστεροςς .ίσχύνομαι τὸ γῆρας, ἄλλων καλούμενος, ὑπὸ KB'. Οὔ φέρω τοὺς ἱππικοὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰ θέατρα, καὶ τὴν ἀντίῤῥιοπον ταύτην μανίαν ἕν τε δαπανήμασι ui σπουδάσμασε, Μεταζεύγνυμεν, ἀντιζεύγνυμεν, Ξιντιφρυασσόμεθα, μικροῦ καὶ τὸν ἀέρα παίομεν, ὧσπερ ἐκεῖνοι, ὲαὶ βάλλομεν κόνιν είς οὐρανὸν, ει ιν \ ο ε ν 7r ωσπερ οἱ εςεστηκὸτις και υπ αλλοις προσωποις τὰς ἡμετέρας έκπληροῦμεν φιλονεικίας, κακοὶ γινόμεθα τῇς φιλοτιμίας διαιτηταὶ, καὶ κριταὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀγνώμονες. Σήμερον σύνθρονοι καὶ ὁμόδοξοι, ἂν οὕτω φέρωσιν ἡμᾶς oi ἄγοντες, 16pm; ἀντίθρονοι καὶ ἀντίδοξοι, ἐὰν ἀντιπνεύσῃ εδ πνεῦμα, Μετὰ τῆς ἔχθρας καὶτῆς φιλίας, ιαὶ τὰ ὗνόματασ καὶ, τὸ δεινότατον, οὒκ αἰσχυνόμεθα ιοϊς αὐτοῖς χρώμενοι τῶν ἓναντίωι ἆκροαταϊςο οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῶν αὖτῶν βεβήκαμεν, ἇὶλλοτε ἄλλους ποιούσης ἡμᾶς τῆς φιλονεικίας, Εὖρίπων μεταβολαί τινες, ἧ ἀμπώτιδες, ’Ὥσπερ οὖν εἰ μειρακίων ἂν ἀγορᾷ παιζόντων ἐν μέσῳ καί παιζομένων, αἰσχρὸν ἄν ἧν λίαν καὶ οὐχ ἡμῶν, καταλιπόντας τὰς οἰκείας διατριβὰς, ἐκείνοις συμφέρεσθαι (οὔ γὰρ ὡραῖον γήρᾳ, παίδων ἀθύρματα) οὕτως οὔδʼ εἰ, φερισπων καὶ φερουμένων τῶν ἄλλων, αὐτός τι βέλλον τῶν πολλῶν γινώσκων, δεξαίμην ἄν ἐκείνων εἷς εἶναι μᾶλλον, ἢ, ὅπερ εἰμὶ, μετὰ τῆς ἄφανίας ἐλεύθερος. Πρὸς γὰρ αὖ τοῖς ἄλλοις πάσχω τι καὶ τοιοῦτον, οὗ τὰ πολλα συμφέρομαι τοῖς πολλοῖς, οὐδὲ τὴν αὐτὴν βα. πάσχω δʼ οὖν ὅμως, Ἀνιᾷ με τὰ τῶν ἄλλων τερπνὰ, καὶ τέρπομαι τοῖς ἑτέρων ἀνιαροῖς, "ttat: οὐκ ἄν Θαυμάσαιμι οὐδὲτοῦτο, εἶκαὶ δεθείην, ὡς δύσχρη·’ στος, καὶ ἀνοηταίνειν δὸξαιμι τοῖς πολλοῖς, ὅ τις λέγεται τῶν παρʼ ’Ἕλλησι φιλοσοφησάντων παθεῖν, ἐγκληθεὶς ὼς μανίαν τὴν σωφροσύνην, ὅτι διεγέλα τὰ πάντα, γέλωτος ὁρῶν ἂξια τὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς σπουδαζόμεναʼ ἢ καὶ γλεύκους νομισθείην εἶναι μεστὸς, ὡς ὕστερον οἱ Χριστοῦ τὶαοηταὶ τῷ λαλεῖν γλώσσαις· ἀγνοηθέντες, ὅτι Πνεύματος δύναμις ἧν, οὒ φρενῶν ἔκστασις. ν Kl", Σκοπιιτε γὰρ καὶ ἡμῶν τὰ ἐγκλήματα. Τοσσῦτος χρόνος, φησὶν, ἐξ οὗ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἄγεις, μετὰ τῆς τοῦ καιροῦ ῥοπῆς, καὶ τῆς τοῦ κρατοῦντος ὁρμῆς, τοσούτου πράγματος· τί τῆς μεταβολῆς ἡμῖν ἱπεσήμηνες Πόσοι καθʼ ἡμῶν ἔμπροσθεν γεγόνασιν ὑβρισταί ; Τί δεινὸν οὗ πεπόνθαμεν ; Οὐχ ῧβρεις ; Οὔκ ἀπειλάς ; Ού φυγάς ; Οὐ χρημάτων ἁρπαγάςς 0-3 δημεύσειςς Οὒ πρεσβυτέρων ἐμπρησμοὺς Θαλαττίους; Οὔ ναοὺς βεβηλωμένους ἁγίων αʼίμασι, καὶ γενομένους ἀντὶ ναῶν πολυάνδρια ; Οὔ πρεσβυτὲσ ρων ἐπισκόπων, οἰκειότερον δὲ πατριαρχῶν εἰπεῖν, σφαγὰς δημοσίας ς Οὐ τὸ πάντα τόπον ἄβατον εἶναι τοῖς εύσεβέσι μὸνοις:, Οὐχ ὃ τι ἄν εἴποι τις τῶν δεισ ν ‘V ι ν - ' 9 ἢ σε ο κ νων, Ων τι τοῖς πεποιηκόσιν αντιοεοωκαμεν, ἐπειοὴ τὸ ἐξεῖναι ποιεῖν εὖ ποιοόν ἀντεστράφη, καί παιδεύειν ἔδει τοὺς ὑβριστάς, Ἐὦ τᾶλλα” τὰ δὲ ἡμέτερα, ἵνα μὴ τὰ σὰ λέγωμεν, οὔ δεδιώγμεθα ; Οὐχ ὺβρίσμεθας Οὔκ ἀπεληλάμεθα ἒκκλησιῶν, οἰκιῶν, ἐρήμων (ῃ) αὐτῶν, τὸ δεινότατον· Οὔκ ἠνέγκαμεν δῆμον μαινόμενον; ὑπάρχους ὓβρίζονταςς Βασιλέας ὑβριζομένους, καὶ μετὰ τῶν προσταγμάτων ; Εἶτα τί ς Γεγόναμεν ἰσχυρότεροι, καὶ διαπεφεύγασιν οἱ διώο κοντες. Τοῦτο γάρ· αὐτάρκης ἐμοὶ τιμωρία κατὰ τών ἀδικούντων (Ἱιί), ἡ τοῦ ἀντιδρᾳν ἐξουσία, Τοῖς δὲ οὒχ οὕτω δοκεῖʼ λίαν γάρ εἰσιν ἐντελεῖς καὶ δικαιοι περὶ τὴν ἀντίδοσιν· καὶ διὰ 103:0 ἂπαιτοῦσι τὰ τοῦ καιροῦ. Τίς ὕπαρχος, φησὶν, ὶζημίωται ; Τίς δῆο μσς σεσωφρόνισται, Τίνες δήμων ἆνάπται; Τίνα γὸβον ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ἐχαρισάμεθα. τὸ δὲ τῆς ἐσθῆτος αἰδέσιμον, αἱ δὲ πρόοδοι, τὸ δὲ σοβαρὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας. Ἦγνόουν γὰρ, δτι πρὸς ὑπάτους ἡμῖν καὶ ὑπάρχους ἡ ἅμιλλα, καὶ στρατηγῶν τοὺς εύδοκιμωτάτους, οἳ μὴ ἔχουσιν, ὅποι τὰ ἑαυτῶν Nabataeum). Καὶ δεῖ περιστένειν μὲν ἡμῖν τὴν γαστέρα κατατρυφῶσι τῶν πτωχικῶν, ὡς δὲ εἰς τὰ περιττὰ κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις, καὶτῶν θυσιαστηρίων κατερεύγεσθαι. Ἵπποις δὲ φέρεσθαι τρυφεροῖς, καὶ δίφρων ύπεραῐρεσθαι περιλάμπρως, προπομπεύεσθαι τε καὶ περιποππύζεσθαι, καὶ πάντας ὑποχωρεῖν ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ θηρίοις, καὶ περισχίξεσθαι, ἦ καὶ πόρρωθεν εἶναι δήλους suamμένους. El ταῦτα δεινὰ γέγονε, παρελήλυθε· χαρίι σασθέ μοι τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην. ’ξΑλλον προστήσασθε τὸν ἀρέσονται τοῖς πολλοῖς· ἐμοὶ δὲ 66τε τὴν ἐρημίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀγροικίαν, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν, ᾧ μόνῳ, καὶ διὰ τῆς εὐτελείας, ἁρέσομενηὸᾎλΔεινὺν, εί στερησόμεθα λόγων, καὶ συλλόγων, καὶ παι νηγύρεων, καὶ τῶν κρότων τούτων ὑφʼ ὧν πτερούο μεθα, καὶ οἰκείων, καὶ φίλων, καὶ τιμῶν, καὶ κάλ· λους πόλεως καὶ μεγέθους, καὶ τῆς πανταχόθεν πει ριλαμπούσης ἀστραπῆς τοὺς πρὸς αὐτὰ {innovτας, ἀλλὰ μὴ εἴσω συννενευκότας · ’ἀλλʼ οῦπω τοσοῦτον ὅσον εἰ θορυβήσομαι xui. χρανθήσομαι τοῖς ὲν μέσῳ ταράχοις καὶ βράσμασι, καὶ ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς μετακλίσεσιν. Οὐ γὰρ ζητοῦσιν ἱερεῖς, ἀλλά ῥήτορας· οὐδὲ ψυχῶν οἰκονόμους, ἀλλὰ χρημάτων φύλακας· οὐδὲ θύτας καθαροὺς, ἀλλὰ προστάτας εσχυρούς. Ἀπολογήσομαί τι περὶ αὐτῶν ° οὕτως ἡμεῖς αὐτοὺς ἐπαιδεύσαμεν, οἳ πᾶσι πάντα γινόμεθα, οὐκ οἶδα πότερον, ἵνα σώσωμεν πάντας, ἦ ἀπωλὲσωμεν.

hōsper kai barbarikos, Pōs synapsō, kai ē hen agagō tous hantkathezomenous toutous kai anpoimainontas, kai ton ōnaperrhōgota toutois ion kai antithetono hōsper en tois chasmasi tōn ismōn, ta geitonounta kai plēsiazontaʼ ē tais dimikats nosois tous therapeutas kai oikeious, alēs epʼ allōn diadidomenēs eukolōs tēs arrhōo tiasʼ hou monon de, alla kai ta tēs oikoumenēs tmēata sympeponthota tois stasiazousin, hōste kai eis otipalon moiran hapskrithę̄nai tote Eǭon kai to Espe- .on, kai kindyneuein tēs gnōmēs ouch hētton ē tōn eratōn tauta genesthai tmēmata ?Mechri tinos gar emos kai 6 sos, kai 6 palaios kai 6 neos, 6 logiōeros ē 6 pneumatikōteros, ho eugenesteros hē 6 dysgeesteros, 6 tǭ plēthei plousiōteros ē 6 penesteross .ischynomai to gēras, allōn kaloumenos, hypo KB'. Ou pherō tous hippikous hymōn, kai ta theatra, kai tēn antirrhiopon tautēn manian hen te dapanēmasi ui spoudasmase, Metazeugnymen, antizeugnymen, Xintiphryassometha, mikrou kai ton aera paiomen, hōsper ekeinoi, eai ballomen konin eis ouranon, ei in \ o e n 7r ōsper hoi esestēkotis kai yp allois prosōpois tas hēmeteras ekplēroumen philoneikias, kakoi ginometha tę̄s philotimias diaitētai, kai kritai tōn pragmatōn agnōmones. Sēmeron synthronoi kai homodoxoi, an houtō pherōsin hēmas oi agontes, 16pm? antithronoi kai antidoxoi, ean antipneusę̄ ed pneuma, Meta tēs echthras kaitēs philias, iai ta hynomatas kai, to deinotaton, ouk aischynometha ioïs autois chrōmenoi tōn henantiōi akroataïso oude epi tōn autōn bebēkamen, haillote allous poiousēs hēmas tēs philoneikias, Euripōn metabolai tines, hē ampōtides, ’Hōsper oun ei meirakiōn an agorą paizontōn en mesǭ kai paizomenōn, aischron an hēn lian kai ouch hēmōn, katalipontas tas oikeias diatribas, ekeinois sympheresthai (ou gar hōraion gērą, paidōn athyrmata) houtōs oudʼ ei, pherispōn kai pheroumenōn tōn allōn, autos ti bellon tōn pollōn ginōskōn, dexaimēn an ekeinōn heis einai mallon, ē, hoper eimi, meta tēs aphanias eleutheros. Pros gar au tois allois paschō ti kai toiouton, hou ta polla sympheromai tois pollois, oude tēn autēn ba. paschō dʼ oun homōs, Anią me ta tōn allōn terpna, kai terpomai tois heterōn aniarois, "ttat: ouk an Thaumasaimi oudetouto, eikai detheiēn, hōs dyschrē;’ stos, kai anoētainein doxaimi tois pollois, ho tis legetai tōn parʼ ’Hellēsi philosophēsantōn pathein, enklētheis ōs manian tēn sōphrosynēn, hoti diegela ta panta, gelōtos horōn axia ta tois pollois spoudazomenaʼ ē kai gleukous nomistheiēn einai mestos, hōs hysteron hoi Christou tiaoētai tǭ lalein glōssais; agnoēthentes, hoti Pneumatos dynamis hēn, ou phrenōn ekstasis. n Kl", Skopiite gar kai hēmōn ta enklēmata. Tossytos chronos, phēsin, ex hou tēn Ekklēsian ageis, meta tēs tou kairou rhopēs, kai tēs tou kratountos hormēs, tosoutou pragmatos; ti tēs metabolēs hēmin hipesēmēnes Posoi kathʼ hēmōn emprosthen gegonasin hybristai ? Ti deinon hou peponthamen ? Ouch ÿbreis ? Ouk apeilas ? Ou phygas ? Ou chrēmatōn harpagass 0-3 dēmeuseiss Ou presbyterōn emprēsmous Thalattious? Ou naous bebēlōmenous hagiōn aʼimasi, kai genomenous anti naōn polyandria ? Ou presbytes rōn episkopōn, oikeioteron de patriarchōn eipein, sphagas dēmosias s Ou to panta topon abaton einai tois eusebesi monois:, Ouch ho ti an eipoi tis tōn deis n ‘V i n - ' 9 ē se o k nōn, Ōn ti tois pepoiēkosin antioeoōkamen, epeioē to exeinai poiein eu poioon antestraphē, kai paideuein edei tous hybristas, Eō talla” ta de hēmetera, hina mē ta sa legōmen, ou dediōgmetha ? Ouch ybrismethas Ouk apelēlametha ekklēsiōn, oikiōn, erēmōn (ę̄) autōn, to deinotaton; Ouk ēnenkamen dēmon mainomenon? hyparchous hybrizontass Basileas hybrizomenous, kai meta tōn prostagmatōn ? Eita ti s Gegonamen ischyroteroi, kai diapepheugasin hoi diōo kontes. Touto gar; autarkēs emoi timōria kata tōn adikountōn (Hiii), hē tou antidrąn exousia, Tois de ouch houtō dokeiʼ lian gar eisin enteleis kai dikaioi peri tēn antidosin; kai dia 103:0 apaitousi ta tou kairou. Tis hyparchos, phēsin, izēmiōtai ? Tis dēo mss sesōphronistai, Tines dēmōn anaptai? Tina gobon hēmin autois pros to mellon echarisametha. to de tēs esthētos aidesimon, hai de proodoi, to de sobaron pros tous entynchanontas. Ēgnooun gar, dti pros hypatous hēmin kai hyparchous hē hamilla, kai stratēgōn tous eudokimōtatous, hoi mē echousin, hopoi ta heautōn Nabataeum). Kai dei peristenein men hēmin tēn gastera katatryphōsi tōn ptōchikōn, hōs de eis ta peritta kechrēsthai tois anankaiois, kaitōn thysiastēriōn katereugesthai. Hippois de pheresthai trypherois, kai diphrōn yperairesthai perilamprōs, propompeuesthai te kai peripoppyzesthai, kai pantas hypochōrein hēmin, hōsper thēriois, kai perischixesthai, ē kai porrōthen einai dēlous suammenous. El tauta deina gegone, parelēlythe; charii sasthe moi tēn adikian tautēn. ’xAllon prostēsasthe ton aresontai tois pollois; emoi de 66te tēn erēmian, kai tēn agroikian, kai ton Theon, hǭ monǭ, kai dia tēs euteleias, haresomenēoĄlDeinyn, ei sterēsometha logōn, kai syllogōn, kai pai nēgyreōn, kai tōn krotōn toutōn hyphʼ hōn pterouo metha, kai oikeiōn, kai philōn, kai timōn, kai kal; lous poleōs kai megethous, kai tēs pantachothen pei rilampousēs astrapēs tous pros auta {innovtas, alla mē eisō synneneukotas ; ’allʼ oupō tosouton hoson ei thorybēsomai xui. chranthēsomai tois en mesǭ tarachois kai brasmasi, kai tais pros tous pollous metaklisesin. Ou gar zētousin hiereis, alla rhētoras; oude psychōn oikonomous, alla chrēmatōn phylakas; oude thytas katharous, alla prostatas eschyrous. Apologēsomai ti peri autōn ° houtōs hēmeis autous epaideusamen, hoi pasi panta ginometha, ouk oida poteron, hina sōsōmen pantas, ē apōlesōmen.

[21] … as there is also a barbarian one: how shall I join and bring into one these who sit on rival thrones and shepherd against one another, and the people torn apart with them and set against each other, as in the clefts of earthquakes what is neighbouring and close, or as in pestilential diseases the attendants and the household, the sickness passing easily from some to others? And not only so, but even the regions of the world have shared the sufferings of the factions, so that East and West have now been divided into opposing parts, and are in danger of becoming divided no less in opinion than in boundaries. For how long “mine” and “yours”, the old and the new, the more learned and the more spiritual, the nobler and the lowlier, the richer in followers and the poorer? I am ashamed for my old age, being called, after being saved by Christ, by the names of others. [22] I cannot bear your horse races and your theatres, and this evenly balanced madness in expenditure and zeal. We change teams, we yoke against each other, we neigh at each other, we almost beat the air like them and throw dust towards heaven, like men beside themselves, and under other persons we satisfy our own rivalries, becoming bad umpires of ambition and unfair judges of affairs. Today sharing the same thrones and the same opinions, if those who lead us carry us that way; tomorrow on rival thrones and with rival opinions, if the wind blows the other way. With enmity and friendship the names change too; and, most terrible of all, we are not ashamed to use the same words before hearers of opposite views; nor do we stand on the same ground, our love of contention making us now one thing, now another, like the changes of the Euripus or the ebb tides. As, then, if boys were playing in the middle of the marketplace, it would be very shameful and unworthy of us to leave our own pursuits and join in with them (for children's toys do not become old age), so neither, while the others are carried hither and thither, would I, who know something better than the many, choose to be one of them rather than to be, as I am, free in obscurity. For besides other things I feel this too: I do not for the most part go along with the many, nor walk the same road … I feel it nevertheless: the pleasures of others grieve me, and I take pleasure in what grieves others. So I would not wonder even at this, if I were put in bonds as a nuisance and thought foolish by the many, as one of the Greek philosophers is said to have suffered, being charged with madness for his good sense, because he laughed at everything, seeing that what the many take seriously is worthy of laughter; or I might be thought full of new wine, as Christ's disciples later were, when they spoke in tongues, people not knowing that it was the power of the Spirit, not a derangement of mind. [23] Consider the charges against us too. “So long a time,” someone says, “since you have led the church, with the turn of the times and the zeal of the ruler in your favour, so great an advantage: what sign of the change have you given us? How many have insulted us in the past? What terrible thing have we not suffered? Not insults? Not threats? Not exiles? Not plunder of money? Not confiscations? Not presbyters burnt at sea? Not temples defiled with the blood of saints and turned into charnel houses instead of temples? Not the public slaughter of aged bishops, or, more properly, patriarchs? Not every place made inaccessible to the pious alone? Not everything terrible one could name? And which of these have we returned to those who did them, though the power to act was turned round, and the insulters ought to have been disciplined? I pass over the rest; but as for ourselves, not to speak of you, have we not been persecuted? Not insulted? Not driven out of churches, houses, even the deserts themselves, which is most terrible of all? Did we not bear a raging populace? Insulting prefects? Emperors insulted, edicts and all? And then what? We have become stronger, and the persecutors have escaped.” For me the power to retaliate is sufficient punishment of wrongdoers; but they do not think so, for they are very exact and just about requital, and so they demand what the times allow. “What prefect,” it says, “has been fined? What people chastised? What instigators of the people? What fear have we secured for ourselves for the future?” [24] … and the dignity of dress, the processions, the haughtiness towards those who meet us. For I did not know that our rivalry was to be with consuls and prefects and the most illustrious generals, who do not know where to throw away their wealth; and that we must make our bellies groan, revelling on the goods of the poor, using necessities for superfluities, and belching over the altars; ride on fine horses, be lifted up splendidly in carriages, be escorted and applauded, with everyone making way for us as for wild beasts and parting on either side, or that we must be seen from afar as we come. If these have been terrible omissions, they are past: forgive me this injustice. Set over yourselves another who will please the many; but give me solitude and the countryside and God, whom alone I shall please even by my plainness. It is a terrible thing to be deprived of speeches and assemblies and festivals and these applauses that give us wings, and of relatives and friends and honours, and of the beauty and greatness of the city, and of the brilliance that flashes on every side on those who gaze at such things and do not look within; but not so terrible as to be troubled and defiled by the disturbances and tossings in the midst, and by bending to the many. For they do not seek priests but orators; not stewards of souls but guardians of money; not pure sacrificers but powerful patrons. I will make one defence for them: we ourselves have trained them so, becoming all things to all, I do not know whether to save all or to destroy them.

42.22PG 36:488d–492d

Τί φατε; Πείσομεν ὑμᾶς τοῖς λόγοις τούτοις, καὶ νενικήκαμεν ; Ἦ δεῖ καὶ στερῤοτέρων λόγων ἡμῖν πρὸς τὸ πείθειν; Ναὶ, πρὸς τῆς Τριάδος αὐτῆς, ἦν πρεσβεύομεν καὶ πρεσβεύετε, πρὸς τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν ἐλπίδος, καὶ τῆς τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦδε συμπήξεωςν δότε μοι τὴν χάριν ταύτηνο μετὰ εὐχῶν ἡμᾶς ἀπο πέμψατεʼ αὕτη γενέσθω μοι τῆς ἀθλήσεως ἡ ἀνάρρησις · δότε μοι τὸ γράμμα τῆς ἀφέσεως. ὥσπερ τοῖς στρατιωτικοῖς οἱ βασιλεῖςο καὶ, εὶ βούλεσθε, μετὰ δεξιᾶς τῆς μαρτυρίας, ἵνʼ ἔχω τὸ ἐπιτίμιονο εί δὲ μὴν ὅπως βούλεσθε· οὐδὲν περὶ τούτου διοίσομαι, ἕως ἂν Θεὸς ’ἰδῃ ἒ)λτὰ ἡμέτερα ὅπως ἂν ἔχῃ. ίῐίνα οὖν ἀντεισάξομενς ”Οψεται ἑαυτῷ Κύριος ποιμένα είς-προοτασίαν, ὡς πρόβατον εἶδεν εἰς ὀλοκάρπωσιν. ’Ἐν τουτο ἐπιζητῶ μόνον, τῶν φθονουμένων ’ἐστω τις, μὴ τῶν ἐλεουμὲνων μὴ τῶν πάντα πᾶσι χαριζομένων, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἃ καὶ προσκρούειν είδότων ὑπὲρ τοῦ βελτίονος τὸ μὲν γάρ ἐνταῦθα ἥδιστον, τὸ δὲ ἐκεῖθεν λυσιτελέστατον. ’Υμεϊς μὲν οὖν τοὺς προπεμπτηρίους ἡμῖν μελετήσατε λόγους ἐγὼ δὲ ὑμῖν ἀποδώσω τὸν συντακτήριον. κζʼ. Χαίροις, Ἀναστασίανμοι τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐπε-Β ώνυμε, Σὺ γὰρ τὸν λόγον ἡμῖν ἐξανέστησας ’ἐτι καταφρονούμενον ' τὸ τῆς κοινῆς νίκης χωρίον, ἡ νέα Σηλὼμ, ἐν ᾗ πρῶτον τὴν σκηνὴν ἐπήξαμεν τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη περιφερομένην ἒν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ πλανωμένην. Σύ τε ὁ μέγας ναὸς οὗτος καὶ πε·ριβόητος, ἡ νέα κληρονομία, τὸ νῦν μέγας εἶναι παρὰ τοὺ Λόγου λαβὼν, ὗν Ἰεβοὖς πρότερον ὄντα, Ἰερουσαλὴμ πεποιήκαμεν ὑμεῖς τε ὅσοι μετὰ τοῦτον εὒθὺς τοῖς κάλλεσιν, ἄλλος ἄλλο τι τῆς πόλεως μέρος διειληφότες, ὥσπερ σύνδεσμοι τινες καὶ τὸ γειτονοῦν οἰκειούμενοι οὓς μετὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας ταύτης, οὐχ ἡμεῖς,ἡ χάρις δὲ σὺν ἡμῖν ἐπλήρωσε τοῖς ἀπεγνωσμένοις. Χαίρετε, ἀπόστολοι, ἡ καλὴ μετοικία, οί ἐμοὶ διδάσκαλοι τῆς ἀθλήσεως, εἷ καὶ μὴ πολλάκις ὑμῖν ἒπανηγύρισα, ἴσως τὶν τοῦ ὑμετέρου Παύλου Σατᾶν περιφέρων ἐν sip σώματι πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον, διʼ ὃν νὺν ὑμῶν ἆποικίζομαι. Χαῖρε μοι, ὧ καθέδρα, τὸ ἐπίφθονον ὕψος τοῦτο καὶ ἐπικίνδυνον, ἀρχιερέων συνέδριον, ἱερέων αἰδοῖ καὶ χρόνῳ τετιμημένον, ὅσον τε ἄλλο περὶ τήν ἱερὰν τράπεζαν λειτουργικὸν θεοῦ, καὶ ἐγγίζον Θεῷ τῷ ὶτγίζοντι. Χαίρετε, Ναζαραίων χοροστασίαι, ψαλμῳδιῶν ἁρμονίαι, στάσεις πάννυχοι, παρθένων σεμνότης, γυναικῶν εὐκοσμία, χηρῶν, ὀρφανων συστήματα, πτωχῶν ὀφθαλμοὶ, πρὸς Θεὸν καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς βλέποντες. Χαίρετε, οἶκοι φιλόξενοι καὶ ιλόχριστοι, καὶ τῆς ιμῇς ἀσθενιίας ἀντιλήπτορεςαίρεττ, τῶν ipsis! λόγων· ὶρασταὶ, καὶ δρόμοι, καὶ υνδρομαὶ, καὶ metas; φανεραὶ καὶ λανθάοὖσαι, καὶ ἦ βιαζομένη γιγκλὶς, τοῖς περῖ τὸν όγον ὠθιζομένοις. Χαίρετε, ὦ βασιλεῖς, καὶ βασί- »εια, ὅσον τε περὶ τὸν βασιλέα Θερατιευτικὸν -καὶ »ixl8t0v ' si μὲν καὶ βασιλέϊ πιστὸν, οξῦκ οἶδα Θεῷ ἷὲ τὸ πλεῖον ἄπιστον. Κροτῆσατι χεῖρας, δξὺ loica“, ἄρατε εἰς ὕψος αὸν ῥήτορα bini". Σετίγηκεν ὁμϊν ἡ πονηρὰ γλῶασα καὶ-λάλος 0-5 μὴν ἰγήσεται παντάπασινῑὲ) ο μαχήσεται γὰρ διὰ (ειρὸς καὶ μέλανος ο τὸ ν δʼ παρὸν* interflu- KZ’. Χαῖρε, ὦ μεγαλόπολι καὶ φιλόχριστε (μαρτυniam-7&9 τάληθῆ,καὶ:ι μὶ, κατʼ ἐπίγνωσινὝὸ ζῆλος. πεποίηκε Ᾱχρηστοτέρους ἡμᾶς ἡ νδιάζιυξις). Πρόσιτε ἀληθείᾳ- Δμετασκειδάζιςιπθι ὀψὲ γοῦν ’ τιμψήσατε Θεὸν, πλέον τῆς συνηθείας. Οὔκ ἡ μετάθεσις τὸ κίσχρὸν ἔχει, ἀλλʼ ἡ τοῦ κακοῦ τήρηαις τὴν ἆπὂλειαν. Χαίροις, Ἀνατολὴ καὶ Λύσις,ῖῦπὲρ ὧν, καὶ iu’ ιῖιν πολεμούμιθα μάρτυς ὁ εἰρηνειίσων Sps; “6), ivbllyov pip-domata: τὴν ἐμὴν-ὑποχώρησιν. Οὔ γάρ ταὶ τὸν. β-ιὸν-ἀπλοῦσιν οἱ τῶν θρόνων- ίτταραχιιιιρτςςιλνὲ εες, ἀλλʼ ἕξουσι τὴν ἄνω καθέδραν, ἢ τούτων ἑοτὶν δψηλοτέρα τε καί ἀσφαλεστέρα. Ἐπὶ πᾶσι τε [17) καὶ πρὸ πάντων βοήσομαι· Χαὶρέτε, ἄγγελοι, τῆσδε τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἔφοροι, καὶτῆς ἐμῆς παρουσίας καὶ ἐκδημίας, εἴπερ ἐν χειρὶ Θεοῦ τὰ ἡμέτερα. Χατρὲ μοι, Τριὰς, τὸ ἐμὸν μελέτημα καὶ καλλώπισμαʼ ιαὶ σώζοιο τοῖσδε, καὶ σώζοις τούσδε τὸν ἐμὸν λαὸν [ἐμὸς γάρ, κῆν ἃʼλλωος οἱκονομώμεθα) ' καὶ ἀγγέλοιό μοι διαπαντὸς ὑψουμένη, καί αὖξουμένη, ιαὶ λόγῳ καὶ πολιτείᾳ. Τεκνία, φυλάσσοιτέ μοι τὴν παρακαταθήκην ’ μέμνησθέ μου τῶν λιθασμῶν, Ἠ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων

Ti phate? Peisomen hymas tois logois toutois, kai nenikēkamen ? Ē dei kai sterroterōn logōn hēmin pros to peithein? Nai, pros tēs Triados autēs, ēn presbeuomen kai presbeuete, pros tēs koinēs hēmōn elpidos, kai tēs tou laou toude sympēxeōsn dote moi tēn charin tautēno meta euchōn hēmas apo pempsateʼ hautē genesthō moi tēs athlēseōs hē anarrēsis ; dote moi to gramma tēs apheseōs. hōsper tois stratiōtikois hoi basileiso kai, ei boulesthe, meta dexias tēs martyrias, hinʼ echō to epitimiono ei de mēn hopōs boulesthe; ouden peri toutou dioisomai, heōs an Theos ’idę̄ e)lta hēmetera hopōs an echę̄. iiina oun anteisaxomens ”Opsetai heautǭ Kyrios poimena eis-prootasian, hōs probaton eiden eis olokarpōsin. ’En touto epizētō monon, tōn phthonoumenōn ’estō tis, mē tōn eleoumenōn mē tōn panta pasi charizomenōn, allʼ estin ha kai proskrouein eidotōn hyper tou beltionos to men gar entautha hēdiston, to de ekeithen lysitelestaton. ’Ymeïs men oun tous propemptērious hēmin meletēsate logous egō de hymin apodōsō ton syntaktērion. kzʼ. Chairois, Anastasianmoi tēs eusebeias epe-B ōnyme, Sy gar ton logon hēmin exanestēsas ’eti kataphronoumenon ' to tēs koinēs nikēs chōrion, hē nea Sēlōm, en hę̄ prōton tēn skēnēn epēxamen tessarakonta etē peripheromenēn en tę̄ erēmǭ kai planōmenēn. Sy te ho megas naos houtos kai pe;riboētos, hē nea klēronomia, to nyn megas einai para tou Logou labōn, hyn Iebous proteron onta, Ierousalēm pepoiēkamen hymeis te hosoi meta touton euthys tois kallesin, allos allo ti tēs poleōs meros dieilēphotes, hōsper syndesmoi tines kai to geitonoun oikeioumenoi hous meta tēs astheneias tautēs, ouch hēmeis,hē charis de syn hēmin eplērōse tois apegnōsmenois. Chairete, apostoloi, hē kalē metoikia, oi emoi didaskaloi tēs athlēseōs, hei kai mē pollakis hymin epanēgyrisa, isōs tin tou hymeterou Paulou Satan peripherōn en sip sōmati pros to sympheron, diʼ hon nyn hymōn apoikizomai. Chaire moi, hō kathedra, to epiphthonon hypsos touto kai epikindynon, archiereōn synedrion, hiereōn aidoi kai chronǭ tetimēmenon, hoson te allo peri tēn hieran trapezan leitourgikon theou, kai engizon Theǭ tǭ itgizonti. Chairete, Nazaraiōn chorostasiai, psalmǭdiōn harmoniai, staseis pannychoi, parthenōn semnotēs, gynaikōn eukosmia, chērōn, orphanōn systēmata, ptōchōn ophthalmoi, pros Theon kai pros hēmas blepontes. Chairete, oikoi philoxenoi kai ilochristoi, kai tēs imę̄s astheniias antilēptoresairett, tōn ipsis! logōn; irastai, kai dromoi, kai yndromai, kai metas? phanerai kai lanthaousai, kai ē biazomenē ginklis, tois peri ton ogon ōthizomenois. Chairete, ō basileis, kai basi- »eia, hoson te peri ton basilea Theratieutikon -kai »ixl8t0v ' si men kai basileï piston, oxyk oida Theǭ hie to pleion apiston. Krotēsati cheiras, dxy loica“, arate eis hypsos aon rhētora bini". Setigēken homïn hē ponēra glōasa kai-lalos 0-5 mēn igēsetai pantapasinie) o machēsetai gar dia (eiros kai melanos o to n dʼ paron* interflu- KZ’. Chaire, ō megalopoli kai philochriste (martyniam-7&9 talēthē,kai:i mi, katʼ epignōsinYo zēlos. pepoiēke Achrēstoterous hēmas hē ndiaziyxis). Prosite alētheią- Dmetaskeidazisipthi opse goun ’ timpsēsate Theon, pleon tēs synētheias. Ouk hē metathesis to kischron echei, allʼ hē tou kakou tērēais tēn apoleian. Chairois, Anatolē kai Lysis,iyper hōn, kai iu’ iiin polemoumitha martys ho eirēneiisōn Sps? “6), ivbllyov pip-domata: tēn emēn-hypochōrēsin. Ou gar tai ton. b-ion-aplousin hoi tōn thronōn- ittarachiiiirtssilne ees, allʼ hexousi tēn anō kathedran, ē toutōn heotin dpsēlotera te kai asphalestera. Epi pasi te [17) kai pro pantōn boēsomai; Chairete, angeloi, tēsde tēs Ekklēsias ephoroi, kaitēs emēs parousias kai ekdēmias, eiper en cheiri Theou ta hēmetera. Chatre moi, Trias, to emon meletēma kai kallōpismaʼ iai sōzoio toisde, kai sōzois tousde ton emon laon [emos gar, kēn haʼllōos hoikonomōmetha) ' kai angeloio moi diapantos hypsoumenē, kai auxoumenē, iai logǭ kai politeią. Teknia, phylassoite moi tēn parakatathēkēn ’ memnēsthe mou tōn lithasmōn, Ē charis tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou meta pantōn

What do you say? Shall we persuade you by these words, and have we won? Or do we need stronger words to persuade you? Yes, by the Trinity itself, which we honour and you honour, by our common hope and the unity of this people: grant me this favour; send me away with your prayers; let this be the proclamation of my contest; give me the letter of discharge, as emperors give it to soldiers; and, if you will, with a testimony in my favour, that I may have that honour; but if not, as you wish. I will make no difficulty about this, until God sees how my affairs stand. Whom, then, shall we bring in instead? The Lord will provide for himself a shepherd for leadership, as he provided a sheep for a whole burnt offering. This one thing alone I ask: let him be one of the envied, not one of the pitied; not one who pleases everybody in everything, but one who knows how to give offence too for the sake of what is better; for the one is sweetest here, the other most profitable there. You, then, prepare your speeches of send-off for me, and I will give you my farewell. [26] Farewell, my Anastasia, named for piety; for you raised up our doctrine when it was still despised; the place of our common victory, the new Shiloh, where we first pitched the tabernacle that had been carried about and wandering for forty years in the wilderness. Farewell, you too, this great and renowned temple, our new inheritance, which has now received its greatness from the Word; you were Jebus before, and we made you Jerusalem. And you others next to it in beauty, each occupying a different part of the city, like ligaments binding the neighbouring parts together, which, in spite of my weakness, not we but grace with us filled when they had been despaired of. Farewell, Apostles, fine settlers here, my teachers in the contest, even if I have not often kept festival with you, carrying about in my body, perhaps for my good, the Satan of your Paul, because of which I am now removed from you. Farewell, my throne, this envied and dangerous height; council of high priests, honoured by the dignity and age of the priests; and all the rest who minister to God around the holy table and draw near to God who draws near. Farewell, choirs of Nazirites, harmonies of psalmody, all-night vigils, modesty of virgins, decorum of women, companies of widows and orphans, eyes of the poor turned towards God and towards us. Farewell, hospitable and Christ-loving houses, helpers of my weakness. Farewell, lovers of my discourses, and the running and the crowding, and the pens visible and hidden, and this railing pressed by those who thrust forward to hear the word. Farewell, emperors and palace, and all the court and household of the emperor: whether faithful to the emperor I do not know, but for the most part unfaithful to God. Clap your hands, shout aloud, lift your orator on high: the wicked and talkative tongue has fallen silent for you. Yet it will not be wholly silent, for it will fight with hand and ink; but for the present it is silent. [27] Farewell, great and Christ-loving city (for I will bear witness to the truth, even though your zeal is not according to knowledge; our separation makes us kinder). Draw near to the truth; be changed, if only late; honour God more than custom. Change has nothing shameful in it; but holding on to evil brings destruction. Farewell, East and West, for whom and by whom we are fought against; he is witness who will make peace among you, if a few imitate my withdrawal. For those who withdraw from thrones do not lose God as well, but will have the seat above, which is much higher and safer than these. Last of all and before all I will cry: Farewell, angels, guardians of this church, and of my presence and my departure, if indeed our affairs are in the hand of God. Farewell, O Trinity, my meditation and my glory; may you be kept by these, and may you keep them, my people (for they are mine, even if I am otherwise disposed of); and may I always hear that you are exalted and increased, both in doctrine and in life. My little children, keep for me the deposit; remember my stonings. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all.

Chapter 43

43.1PG 36:493a–497a

’Ἐμελλεν ἄρα, πολλὰς ἡμῖν ὑποθέσεις τῶν λόγων ἀεὶ προτιθεὶς ὁ μέγας Βασίλειος (καὶ γὰρ ἐφιλοτιμεῖτο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, ὡς οὔπω τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ τῶν πάντων οὐδεὶς) ἑαυτὸν νῦν ἡμῖν προθήσειν ὕπόθεσιν ἀγώνων μεγίστην τοῖς περὶ λόγους ἐσπουδακόσιν, Οἶμαι γὰρ εἴ τις τῆς ἰν λόγοις δυνάμεως πεῖραν ποιούμενος, ἔπειτα πρὸς μέτρον κρῖναι ταύτην θελήσειε, μίαν ἐκ πασῶν ὑπόθεσιν προστησάμενος, καθάπερ οἱ ζωγράφοι τοὺς ἀρχετύπους πίνακας, ταύτην ἂν ὑφελὼν μόνην ὠς λόγου κρείττονα, τῶν) ἄλλων ἑλέσθαι τὴν πρώτην, Τοσοῦτον ἔργον ἡ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς εὔφημία, μὴ ὅτι γε ἡμῖν τοῖς πάλαι πᾶν τὸ φιλότιμον καταλύσασιν · ἀλλὰ καὶ οἷς βίος ἐστὶν λόγος, ἓν τοῦτο ἐσπουδακόσι καὶ μόνον, ταῖς τοιαύταις ὶνωδοκιμεϊν ὑποθέσεσιν. "Exin μὲν οὕτω περὶ τούτων, καὶ, ὡς ἑμαυτδν πείθω, λίαν Οὐκ οἶδα δὲ, εἷς ὃ τι ἂν ἄλλο χρησαίμην τοῖς λόγοις, μὴ νῦν χρησάμενος ἦ ὅ τί ποτʼ ἂν μᾶλλον ἢ ἰμαυτῷ χαρισαίμην, ἢ τοῖς ἀρετῆς ἐπαινέταις, ἢτοτς λόγοις αὐτοῖς, ἢ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον θαυμάσας. Ἐμοί τε γὰρ ἔσται τοῦτο χρέος ἱκανῶς ἀφωσιωμένων. Χρέος δὲ, εἴπερ ἄλλο τι, τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς τά τε ἄλλα καὶ περὶ τὸν λόγον, ὅ λὸγος. Ἐκείνοις θʼ ἅμα μὲν ἡδονὴ γένοιτο, καὶ ἅμα παράκλησις εἰς ἀρετὴν, ὁ λόγος. Ων γὰρ τοὺς ἰπαίνοδς οἶδ», τούτων σαφῶς καὶτὰς ἑπιδόσεις · ἐπʼ οὐδενὸς οὖν τῶν ἁπάντωδ, οὒκ ’ἐστιν ιφʼ ὅτῳ οὐχὶ τῶν ἁπάντων. Τοῖς τε λόγοις αὐτοῖς ἀμφοτέρωθεν ἂν ἔχοι τὸ πρᾶγμα καλῶς, Εἰ μὲν ἐγγὺς ἔλθοιεν τῆς ἀξίας, τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἐπιδεδειγμένοις δύναμιν εἰ δὲ πλεῖστον ἀπολειφθεῖεν (ὃ πᾶσα παθεῖν ἀνάγκη τοῖς ἐκεῖνον ἐγκωμιάζουσιν), ἔργῳ δεδηλωκόσι τὴν ἧτταν, καὶ τὸ κρεῖττον ἢ κατὰ λόγηυ δύναμιν εἶναι τὸν εὐφημούμενον. Br. ’Ἄ μὲν οὗτ πεποίηκέ μοι τὸν λόγον, καὶ διʼ ἃ τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦτον ἐνεστησάμην, ταότά ἐστιν, Εἰ δὲ τοσοῦτον ἀπήντηκα τοῦ καιροῦ δευτέρος, καὶ μετὰ τοσούτους ἐπαινέτας, ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ δημοσίᾳ τὰ ἐκείνου σεμνύναντας, μηδεὶς θαυμαζέτω. Ἀλλὰ συγγινωσκέτω μὲν ἡ θεία ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ πάντʼ ἐμοὶ σεβασμία καὶ νῦν καὶ πρότερον. Πάντως δὲ ὡς σὺν ἡμῖν ὒν, ὶπηνώρθου πολλὰ τῶν ἐμῶν, ὅρῳ τε φιλίας καὶ νόμῳ κρείττονι (οὗ γὰρ αἱσχύνομαι τοῦτο λέγειν, ὅτι καὶ πᾶσι νόμος ἦν ἀρετῆς) · οὕτω καὶ ὒπέρ ἡμᾶς γενόμενος, συγγνώμων ἔσται τοῖς ἡμετέροις, Συτγινωσκὲτωσαν δὲκαὶ ὅμῶν ὅσοι θερμότεροι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐπαινέται εἴπερ τις ἐστιν ἄλλου θερμότερος, ἀλλὰ μὴ τουτο μόνον πάντες ὁμότιμοι τὴν τοῦ ἆνδρὸς εὐφημίαν. Οὐ γὰρ ὀλιγωρίᾳ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐνελίπομεν · μή ποτε τοσοῦτον ἂμελήσαιμεν, ἢ ἀρετῆς, ἢ τοῦ φιλικοῦ καθήκοντος · οὐδὲ τῷ νομίζειν ἄλλοις μᾶλλον ἡμῶν προσήκειν τὸν ἔπαινον. Ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν ὤκνουν τὸν λόγον, εἰρήσεται γὰρ τᾶλην. θὲς, ὥσπερ οἱ τοῖς ἱεροῖς προσιόντες, πρὶν καθαρθῆναι καὶ φωνὴν καὶ διάνοιαν. ”Επειτα, οὐκ ἀγνοοῦντας μὲν, ὑπομνήσω δʼ οὖν ὅμως, ὧν μιταξὺ περὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον ἠσχολήμεθα κινδυνεύοντα, καλῶς βιασθέντες, καὶ κατὰ Θεὸν ἴσως ἔκ- δημοι γεγονότες, καὶ οὐδʼ ἀπὸ γνώμης ἐκείνῳ τᾷ γενναίῳ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀγωνιστῇ, καὶ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἀναπνεύσαντι, ὅτι μὴ λόγον εὐσεβῆ καὶ κόσμου παντὸς σώτῆριον. Τὰ γὰρ τοῦ σώματος ’ίσως οὐδὲ θαῤῥῆσαι χρὴ λέγειν ἀνδρὶ γενναίῳ καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸ σῶμα, πρὶν ἐνθένδε μεταναστῇ, καὶ μηδὲν ἀξιοῦντι τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς καλῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ παραβλάπτε·

’Emellen ara, pollas hēmin hypotheseis tōn logōn aei protitheis ho megas Basileios (kai gar ephilotimeito tois emois logois, hōs oupō tois heautou tōn pantōn oudeis) heauton nyn hēmin prothēsein hypothesin agōnōn megistēn tois peri logous espoudakosin, Oimai gar ei tis tēs in logois dynameōs peiran poioumenos, epeita pros metron krinai tautēn thelēseie, mian ek pasōn hypothesin prostēsamenos, kathaper hoi zōgraphoi tous archetypous pinakas, tautēn an hyphelōn monēn ōs logou kreittona, tōn) allōn helesthai tēn prōtēn, Tosouton ergon hē tou andros euphēmia, mē hoti ge hēmin tois palai pan to philotimon katalysasin ; alla kai hois bios estin logos, hen touto espoudakosi kai monon, tais toiautais inōdokimeïn hypothesesin. "Exin men houtō peri toutōn, kai, hōs hemautdn peithō, lian Ouk oida de, heis ho ti an allo chrēsaimēn tois logois, mē nyn chrēsamenos ē ho ti potʼ an mallon ē imautǭ charisaimēn, ē tois aretēs epainetais, ētots logois autois, ē ton andra touton thaumasas. Emoi te gar estai touto chreos hikanōs aphōsiōmenōn. Chreos de, eiper allo ti, tois agathois ta te alla kai peri ton logon, ho logos. Ekeinois thʼ hama men hēdonē genoito, kai hama paraklēsis eis aretēn, ho logos. Ōn gar tous ipainods oid», toutōn saphōs kaitas hepidoseis ; epʼ oudenos oun tōn hapantōd, ouk ’estin iphʼ hotǭ ouchi tōn hapantōn. Tois te logois autois amphoterōthen an echoi to pragma kalōs, Ei men engys elthoien tēs axias, tēn heautōn epidedeigmenois dynamin ei de pleiston apoleiphtheien (ho pasa pathein anankē tois ekeinon enkōmiazousin), ergǭ dedēlōkosi tēn hēttan, kai to kreitton ē kata logēu dynamin einai ton euphēmoumenon. Br. ’A men hout pepoiēke moi ton logon, kai diʼ ha ton agōna touton enestēsamēn, taota estin, Ei de tosouton apēntēka tou kairou deuteros, kai meta tosoutous epainetas, idią te kai dēmosią ta ekeinou semnynantas, mēdeis thaumazetō. Alla synginōsketō men hē theia hē psychē, kai pantʼ emoi sebasmia kai nyn kai proteron. Pantōs de hōs syn hēmin yn, ipēnōrthou polla tōn emōn, horǭ te philias kai nomǭ kreittoni (hou gar haischynomai touto legein, hoti kai pasi nomos ēn aretēs) ; houtō kai yper hēmas genomenos, syngnōmōn estai tois hēmeterois, Sytginōsketōsan dekai homōn hosoi thermoteroi tou andros epainetai eiper tis estin allou thermoteros, alla mē touto monon pantes homotimoi tēn tou andros euphēmian. Ou gar oligōrią to eikos enelipomen ; mē pote tosouton amelēsaimen, ē aretēs, ē tou philikou kathēkontos ; oude tǭ nomizein allois mallon hēmōn prosēkein ton epainon. Alla prōton men ōknoun ton logon, eirēsetai gar talēn. thes, hōsper hoi tois hierois prosiontes, prin katharthēnai kai phōnēn kai dianoian. ”Epeita, ouk agnoountas men, hypomnēsō dʼ oun homōs, hōn mitaxy peri ton alēthē logon ēscholēmetha kindyneuonta, kalōs biasthentes, kai kata Theon isōs ek- dēmoi gegonotes, kai oudʼ apo gnōmēs ekeinǭ tą gennaiǭ tēs alētheias agōnistę̄, kai mēden heteron anapneusanti, hoti mē logon eusebē kai kosmou pantos sōtērion. Ta gar tou sōmatos ’isōs oude tharrhēsai chrē legein andri gennaiǭ kai hyper to sōma, prin enthende metanastę̄, kai mēden axiounti tōn tēs psychēs kalōn hypo tou desmou parablapte;

So it was to be: the great Basil, who always offered me many subjects for discourses (for he took pride in my discourses as no one ever did in his own), was now to set himself before me as the greatest subject of contest for those devoted to oratory. For I think that, if someone were testing his power in oratory and then wished to judge it by a standard, setting up one subject out of all, as painters set up their model pictures, he would set aside this one alone as beyond speech and choose the first of the others. So great a task is the praise of this man, not only for us, who long ago gave up all ambition, but even for those whose life is oratory and who have devoted themselves to this one thing alone, to win fame in such subjects. This is my view of the matter, and very rightly, as I persuade myself. But I do not know for what else I would use eloquence, if not now; or how I could better gratify myself, or the praisers of virtue, or eloquence itself, than by admiring this man. For me this will be a debt sufficiently discharged; and a debt, if anything is, owed to good men, in other things and especially in eloquence, is eloquence. For them the discourse would be at once a pleasure and an exhortation to virtue; for where I know the praises, I clearly know the progress also … And for eloquence itself the matter would turn out well either way: if it came near his worth, it would have shown its own power; if it fell far short (which all who praise him must needs suffer), it would have shown by the deed its defeat, and that the one praised is beyond the power of speech. [2] These, then, are the reasons that have moved me to speak, and for which I have entered this contest. If I have come so late for the occasion, and after so many who have extolled him in private and in public, let no one wonder. But let that divine soul forgive me, venerable to me in all things, now as before. For as, when he was with us, he corrected much of mine by the rule of friendship and a higher law (for I am not ashamed to say this, since he was a law of virtue to all), so too, now that he is above us, he will be indulgent to what is ours. And let those of you also forgive who are more ardent praisers of the man, if anyone is more ardent than another and not all equal in this one thing, his praise. For it was not from negligence that we fell short of what was fitting (may we never so neglect either virtue or the duty of friendship), nor from thinking that his praise belonged to others more than to us. But first, I shrank from the discourse (for the truth shall be told), like those who approach holy things before being purified in voice and mind. Next, I will remind you, though you know it, how in the meantime we were occupied with the true doctrine, which was in danger, rightly compelled, and perhaps by God's will away from home, and not against the mind of that noble champion of the truth, who breathed nothing but pious doctrine, saving for the whole world. For of the things of the body perhaps one should not even dare to speak to a man noble and above the body, before he departed from here, who thought none of the goods of the soul harmed by its bond …

43.2PG 36:497a–497b

Τὰ μὲν δὴ τῆς ἀπολογίας ἐνταῦθα κείσθω. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ μακροτέρας οἶμαι ταύτης δεήσειν ἡμῖν, πρὸς ὲκετνόν γε ποιουμένοις τὸν λόγον, καὶ τοὺς εἰδότας σαφῶς τά ἡμὲτερα. ’Ἤδη δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν ἡμῖν ἰτέον τὴν εὖφημίαν, αὐτὸν προστησαμένοις τοῦ λόγου τὸν ἐκείνου Θεόν μὴ καθυβρίσαι τὶν ἄνδρα τοῖς ἐγκωμίοις, μηδὲ πολὺ δεύτερον τῶν ἄλλων ἐλθεῖν· κᾶν ἐκείνου πάντες ἴσον ἀπολειπώμεθα, καθάπερ ούρανοῦ καὶ ἡλιακῆς ἀκτῖνος, οἱ πρὸς αύτὰ βλέποντες.

Ta men dē tēs apologias entautha keisthō. Kai gar oude makroteras oimai tautēs deēsein hēmin, pros eketnon ge poioumenois ton logon, kai tous eidotas saphōs ta hēmetera. ’Ēdē de pros autēn hēmin iteon tēn euphēmian, auton prostēsamenois tou logou ton ekeinou Theon mē kathybrisai tin andra tois enkōmiois, mēde poly deuteron tōn allōn elthein; kan ekeinou pantes ison apoleipōmetha, kathaper ouranou kai hēliakēs aktinos, hoi pros auta blepontes.

Let the defence, then, rest here. For I do not think we shall need a longer one, speaking as we do to him and to those who know our affairs clearly. Now we must turn to the praise itself, setting his God before our discourse, that we may not insult the man by our praises, nor come far behind the others; even if we all fall equally short of him, as those who look at the heaven and the sun's ray fall short of them.

43.3PG 36:497b–497d

Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐώρων αὐτὸν γένει καὶτοῖς ἐκ γένους φιλοτιμούμενον, ἥ τινι τῶν μικρῶν ὅλως, καὶ οἷς οἱ χαμαὶ βλέποντες, ἄλλος ἂν ἡρώων ὤφθη κατάλογος. ’Ὅσα τῶν ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνον τοῖς χρόνοις ἐκείνῳ συνεισενεγκεῖν εἴχομενι Καὶ οὐδʼ ἀν ταῖς ἱστον ρίαις παρήκαμεν ἔχειν τι πλέον ἡμῶν ἐκεῖνό γε πλέον ἔχοντες πάντως, τὸ μὴ πλάσμασι, μηδὲ μύθοις, αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς πράγμασι κολλωπίζεσθαι, καὶ ὧν πολλοὶ μάρτυρες, Πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ ὁ Πόντος ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς προβάλλει τὰ διηγήματα, καὶ ούδενὸς ἐλάττω τῶν πάλαι περὶ αὐτὸν θαυμάτων, ὧν πλήν· ρης πᾶσα συγγραφὴ τε καὶ ποίησις πολλὰ δὲ τὸ ἐμὸν ἔδαφος τοῦτο, οἱ σεμνοὶ Καππαδόκαι, τὸ μηδὲν ἧττον κουροτρόφον, ἢ εὕϊππον, ’Ὅθεν τῷ πατρῴῳ γένει τὸ μητρῷον ἡμεῖς ἀντανίσχομεν. Στρατηγίαι τε καί δημαγωγίαι, καὶ κράτος ἐν βασιλείοις αὒλαϊς ἔτι δὲ, περιουσίαι, καὶ θρόνων ὄψῃ, καὶ τιμαὶ δημόσιαι, καὶ, λόγων λαμπόότητες, τίνων, ἢ πλείους, ἢ μείζους, 12v νὴμϊν εἰ βουλομένοις εἰπεῖν ἐξῆν, οὒδὲν ἂν ἦσαν ἡμῖν οἱ Πελοπίδαι, καὶ Κεκροπίδαι, καὶ οἱ Ἀλκμαίωνες, Αἰακίδαι

Ei men oun eōrōn auton genei kaitois ek genous philotimoumenon, hē tini tōn mikrōn holōs, kai hois hoi chamai blepontes, allos an hērōōn ōphthē katalogos. ’Hosa tōn hyper ekeinon tois chronois ekeinǭ syneisenenkein eichomeni Kai oudʼ an tais histon riais parēkamen echein ti pleon hēmōn ekeino ge pleon echontes pantōs, to mē plasmasi, mēde mythois, autois de tois pragmasi kollōpizesthai, kai hōn polloi martyres, Polla men gar ho Pontos hēmin ek tou patros proballei ta diēgēmata, kai oudenos elattō tōn palai peri auton thaumatōn, hōn plēn; rēs pasa syngraphē te kai poiēsis polla de to emon edaphos touto, hoi semnoi Kappadokai, to mēden hētton kourotrophon, ē heuïppon, ’Hothen tǭ patrǭǭ genei to mētrǭon hēmeis antanischomen. Stratēgiai te kai dēmagōgiai, kai kratos en basileiois aulaïs eti de, periousiai, kai thronōn opsę̄, kai timai dēmosiai, kai, logōn lampootētes, tinōn, ē pleious, ē meizous, 12v nēmïn ei boulomenois eipein exēn, ouden an ēsan hēmin hoi Pelopidai, kai Kekropidai, kai hoi Alkmaiōnes, Aiakidai

If I saw him priding himself on his family and on what comes from family, or on any of the small things valued by those who look at the ground, another catalogue of heroes would appear. How many things of those before him in time could we contribute to his honour! And we would not concede to the histories any advantage over us, having this advantage at least, that we take pride not in fictions or myths but in facts themselves, of which there are many witnesses. For Pontus offers us many stories from his father's side, no less than any of the ancient wonders about that country, with which all history and poetry is full; and so does this land of mine, the noble Cappadocians, no less a nurse of youths than of good horses; so that we can match his mother's family against his father's. Generalships and governorships, and power in imperial courts; and besides, wealth, lofty thrones, public honours, splendour of eloquence: if we wished to speak of them, more and greater than any, the Pelopidae and Cecropidae and Alcmaeonidae and Aeacidae …

43.4PG 36:497d–500b

καὶ ’Ἡρακλεῖδαι, καὶ ὧν οὐδὲν ὑψηλότερον· ιῖτινες ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων φανερῶς εἶπεϊν οὒκ ἔχοντες, πὶ τὸ ἀφανὲς καταφεύγουσι, δαίμονας δή τινας, καὶ leobc, καὶ μύθους τοῖς προγονοις ἐπιφημίζοντες, ὧν :6 σεμνότατον ἀπιστία, καὶ ὕβρις τὸ πιστευόμενον. Ἐπειδή δὲ ὑπὲρ ἀνδρὸς ἡμῖν 6 λόγος, κατʼ ἅν·δρα κρίνεσθαι τὴν εὐγένειαν ἀξιοῦντος, καὶ μὴ, τὰς μὲν μορφὰς, καὶτὰς χρόας ἐξ ἑαυτῶν δοκιμάζεσθαι, καὶ τῶν ἵππων τοὺς εὐγενεστάτους ἢ ἀτιμοτάτους, ἡμᾶς δὲ ζωγραφεῖσθαι τοῖς ἔξωθεν, ἓν δύο τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ, καὶ ταῦτα οἰκεῖα τῷ ἐκείνου βίῳ, καὶ οἷς ἂν μάλιστα ἡσθείη λεγομέautc, εἰπὼν, ἐπʼ αὑτὸν καὶ δὴ τρέψομαι. ’Αλλου μὲν οὖν ἄλλο τι γνώρισμα καὶ διήγημα, καὶ γένους, καὶ τοῦ καθέκαστον, ἢ μικρὸν ἢ μεῖζον, καθάπερ τις κλῆρος πατρῷος, ἢ πόῤῥωθεν, ἢ ἐγγύθεν ηργμένος, κάτεισιν εἷς τοὺς ὕστερον · τούτῳ δὲ γενοϊν τοῖν ἀμφοτέροιν τὸ εὐσεβὲς ἐπίσημον, δηλώσει δὲ νῦν 6 λόγος,

kai ’Hērakleidai, kai hōn ouden hypsēloteron; iitines ek tōn oikeiōn phanerōs eipeïn ouk echontes, pi to aphanes katapheugousi, daimonas dē tinas, kai leobc, kai mythous tois progonois epiphēmizontes, hōn :6 semnotaton apistia, kai hybris to pisteuomenon. Epeidē de hyper andros hēmin 6 logos, katʼ han;dra krinesthai tēn eugeneian axiountos, kai mē, tas men morphas, kaitas chroas ex heautōn dokimazesthai, kai tōn hippōn tous eugenestatous ē atimotatous, hēmas de zōgrapheisthai tois exōthen, hen dyo tōn ex archēs hyparchontōn autǭ, kai tauta oikeia tǭ ekeinou biǭ, kai hois an malista hēstheiē legomeautc, eipōn, epʼ hauton kai dē trepsomai. ’Allou men oun allo ti gnōrisma kai diēgēma, kai genous, kai tou kathekaston, ē mikron ē meizon, kathaper tis klēros patrǭos, ē porrhōthen, ē engythen ērgmenos, kateisin heis tous hysteron ; toutǭ de genoïn toin amphoteroin to eusebes episēmon, dēlōsei de nyn 6 logos,

… and Heraclidae, and those than whom nothing is higher, would be nothing to us; who, having nothing they can speak of openly from their own, take refuge in the obscure, ascribing demons and gods and myths to their ancestors, of which the most venerable part is unbelievable and what is believed is an insult. [4] But since our discourse concerns a man who held that nobility should be judged man by man, and that, while shapes and colours, and the noblest or meanest of horses, are tested by themselves, we should not be painted by external things, I will mention one or two of the things that belonged to him from the beginning, and these proper to his life, which he would most delight to hear told, and then turn to himself. One man has one distinction and story of his family or of himself, small or great, which, like a paternal inheritance, beginning from far or near, passes down to those who come after; but for him piety was the distinction of both his families, as my discourse will now show.

43.5PG 36:500b–500d

Διωγμὸςῆν, καὶ διωγμῶν 6 φρικωδέστατος καδ βαρύτατος εἱδόσι λέγω τὸν Μαξιμίνου, ὃς πολλεῒς τοῖς ἐγγύθεν γενομένοις ἐπιφυεὶς, πάντας φιλανθρώπους ἀπέδειξε, θράσει τε πολλῷ ῥέων, καὶ φιλονεικῶν τὸ τῆς ἀσεβείας κράτος ἀναδήσασθαι. Γοῦτον πολλοὶ μὶν ὑπερέσχον τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀγωνιστῶν, καὶ μέχρι θανάτου διηγωνισμένοι, καὶ πρὸ θανάτοδ μικρόν · τοσοῦτον ἀπολειφθέντες, ὅσον ἐπιβιῶναι τῇ νίκῃ, καὶ μὴ συναπελθετν τοῖς παλαίσμασιν, ἀλλʼ ὑπολειφθῆναι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀλεῖπται τῆς ἀρετῆς, ζῶντες μάρτυρες, ἕμπνοοι στῆλαι, σιγῶντα κηρύγματα, σὺν πολλοῖς δὲ τοῖς ἀριθμουμένοις καὶ οἱ πρὸς πατρὸς τούτῳ πατέρες, οἷς πᾶσαν ἀσκήσασιν εὐσεβείας ὁδὸν, καλὴν ὶπήνεγκεν 6 καιρὸς ἐκεῖνος τὴν κορωνίδα. Παρασκευῆς μὲν γὰρ οῧτως εἶχον καί γνώμης, ὡς πάντα ῥαδίως οἴσοντες, ἐξ ὧν στεφανοῖ Χριστὸς τοὺς τὴν ἐκείνου μιμησαμένους ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἄθλησιν,

Diōgmosēn, kai diōgmōn 6 phrikōdestatos kad barytatos heidosi legō ton Maximinou, hos polleïs tois engythen genomenois epiphyeis, pantas philanthrōpous apedeixe, thrasei te pollǭ rheōn, kai philoneikōn to tēs asebeias kratos anadēsasthai. Gouton polloi min hypereschon tōn hēmeterōn agōnistōn, kai mechri thanatou diēgōnismenoi, kai pro thanatod mikron ; tosouton apoleiphthentes, hoson epibiōnai tę̄ nikę̄, kai mē synapelthetn tois palaismasin, allʼ hypoleiphthēnai tois allois aleiptai tēs aretēs, zōntes martyres, hempnooi stēlai, sigōnta kērygmata, syn pollois de tois arithmoumenois kai hoi pros patros toutǭ pateres, hois pasan askēsasin eusebeias hodon, kalēn ipēnenken 6 kairos ekeinos tēn korōnida. Paraskeuēs men gar oÿtōs eichon kai gnōmēs, hōs panta rhadiōs oisontes, ex hōn stephanoi Christos tous tēn ekeinou mimēsamenous hyper hēmōn athlēsin,

There was a persecution, of persecutions the most terrible and severe (I speak to those who know): that of Maximin, who, coming upon those shortly before him, made them all seem humane, flowing with great boldness and eager to bind on himself the crown of impiety. Many of our champions overcame him, contending even to death, or to a little short of death, left behind only so far as to survive the victory and not depart with their struggles, but to remain for others as trainers in virtue, living martyrs, breathing monuments, silent proclamations. Among the many who are counted were also his father's parents, on whom, having practised every way of piety, that time set a fine crowning. For they were so prepared and minded as to bear easily all those things for which Christ crowns those who imitate his contest for us.

43.6PG 36:500d–501b

Ἐπεὶ ’τὲ νόμιμον αὐτοῖς ἔδει καὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα γενέσθαι (νόμος δὲ μαρτυρίας, μήτε ἐθελοντὰς πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα χωρεῖν, φειδοῒ τῶν διωκόντων καὶ τῶν ἀσθενεστέρων, μήτε παρόντας ἀναδύεσθαι· τὸ μὲν γὰρ θράσους, τὸ δὲ ἀνανδρίας ἐστίν καὶ τός. τούτῳ τιμῶντες ἐκεῖνοι τὸν νομοθέτην), τι μηχανῶν- ·τσιι; Μᾶλλον δὲ, πρὸς τί φέρονται παρά τῆς πάντα τὰ ἐκείνων ἀγούσης προνοίας ; Ἐπί τινα τῶν Ποντικῶν ὀρῶν λόχμην (πολλαὶ δὲ αὗται παρʼ αὑτοῖς εἶσι καὶ βαθεῖαι, καὶ ἐπιπλεῖστον διήκουσαι) καταφεύγουσι, λίαν ὀλίγοις χρώμενοι, καὶ τῆς φυγῆς συνεροίοῖς, καὶ τῆς τροφῆς ὑπηρέταις. ’Ἀλλοιμὲν οὖν θαυμαζέτωσαν τὸ τοῦ χρόνου μῆκος (καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον αὒτοῖς, ὥς φασι, τὸ τῆς φυγῆς παρετάθη, ἔτος που ἕβδομον, καὶ μικρόν τι πρὸς), τό τε τῆς διαίτης σώμασιν εὖ γεγονόσι στενόν τε καὶ παρηλλαγμένον, ὡς τὸ οἰκός ο καὶ τὸ ὑπαιθρίοις κρυμοῖς, καὶ θάλπεσι, καὶ ὄμβροις ταλαιπωρεῖν · ἧ τε ἐὲφιλος ἐρημία, καὶ τὸ ἀκοινώνητόν τε καὶ ἄμικτον δέον εἶςικακοπάθειαν τοῖς ὑπόπολλῶν δορυιρορουμένοις καὶ τιμωμένοις ; Ἐγὼ δὲ, ὃ τούτων μεῖζόν ἔστι καὶ παραδοξότερον, λέξων ἔρχομαι ἀπιστήσει δʼ οὒἢ \ ' 9 \ ' ν \ ι \ - οεις, ἢ ὅστις ουδεν ειεγα οιεται τους υπερ Χριστου διωγμοὺς καὶ κινδύνους, κακῶς γινώσκων καὶ λίαν ἐπικινδύνως.

Epei ’te nomimon autois edei kai ton agōna genesthai (nomos de martyrias, mēte ethelontas pros ton agōna chōrein, pheidoï tōn diōkontōn kai tōn asthenesterōn, mēte parontas anadyesthai; to men gar thrasous, to de anandrias estin kai tos. toutǭ timōntes ekeinoi ton nomothetēn), ti mēchanōn- ;tsii? Mallon de, pros ti pherontai para tēs panta ta ekeinōn agousēs pronoias ? Epi tina tōn Pontikōn orōn lochmēn (pollai de hautai parʼ hautois eisi kai batheiai, kai epipleiston diēkousai) katapheugousi, lian oligois chrōmenoi, kai tēs phygēs syneroiois, kai tēs trophēs hypēretais. ’Alloimen oun thaumazetōsan to tou chronou mēkos (kai gar epi pleiston autois, hōs phasi, to tēs phygēs paretathē, etos pou hebdomon, kai mikron ti pros), to te tēs diaitēs sōmasin eu gegonosi stenon te kai parēllagmenon, hōs to oikos o kai to hypaithriois krymois, kai thalpesi, kai ombrois talaipōrein ; hē te eephilos erēmia, kai to akoinōnēton te kai amikton deon eisikakopatheian tois hypopollōn doruiroroumenois kai timōmenois ? Egō de, ho toutōn meizon esti kai paradoxoteron, lexōn erchomai apistēsei dʼ ouē \ ' 9 \ ' n \ i \ - oeis, ē hostis ouden eiega oietai tous yper Christou diōgmous kai kindynous, kakōs ginōskōn kai lian epikindynōs.

And since their contest too had to be lawful (and the law of martyrdom is neither to go to the contest of one's own accord, out of consideration for the persecutors and for the weaker, nor to shrink back when one is present; for the one is rashness and the other cowardice; and in this too they honoured the lawgiver), what do they contrive? Or rather, whither are they carried by the providence that guided all their affairs? They flee to a thicket on the mountains of Pontus (there are many such there, deep and extending very far), with very few companions of their flight and servants for their food. Let others admire the length of time (for their flight was prolonged, they say, very long, to about the seventh year and a little more), and the narrow and unaccustomed way of life, as one would expect, for well-born bodies, and the hardship of frost and heat and rain in the open air, and the solitude in the wilderness, without fellowship or company, for those who had been escorted and honoured by many. I am coming to tell what is greater and more wonderful than these; and no one will disbelieve it except someone who thinks persecutions and dangers for Christ nothing great, judging wrongly and very dangerously.

43.7PG 36:501b–504a

Ἐπόθουν τι καὶ τῶν πρὸς-ἡδονὴν οἷ γεννάδαι, τῷ χρόνῳ κάμνοντες, καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ὄντες ἐπικορεῖς ° καὶ τὰ μὲν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἐφθέγξαντο (οὔ γὰρ ἦσαν γογγυσταὶ κατα τοὺς ἐκείνους ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταλαιπωροῦντας μετὰ τὴν ἐξ Αίγύπτου φυγὴν, ὡς Ξὶρα βελτίων Αἴγυπτος αὐτοῖς εἴη τῆς ἐρημίας, πολλὴν τῶν λεβήτων καὶ τῶν κρεῶν χορηγοῦσα τὴν ἀφθονίαν, τῶν τε ἄλλων, ὅσα ἐκεῖσε ἀπέλιπον ἡ γὰρ πλινθεία καὶ ὃ πηλὸς οὒδὲν ἐν αὐτοῖς τότε διὰ τὴν ἄνοιαν), ἄλλα δὲ ὡς εὐσεβέστερα, καὶ πιστότερα. Τί γάρ ἐστι, ἕλεα γον, τῶν ἀπίστων, εἰ ὁ τῶν Θαυμασίων Θεὸς, ὁ θρέη ψας πλουσίως ἐν ἐρήμῳ ξένον λαον, καὶ φυγάδα, ὥστε καὶ ἄρτον ὁμβρῆσαι, καὶ βλύσαι ὄρνιθας, τρέφων οὐ τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς περιττοῖς εί ὁ τεμὼν θάλασσαν, xxi στήσας ἥλιον, καὶ ποταμὸν ἀνακόψας, καὶ τᾶλλα δὴ ὑπειπόντες, ὅσα πεποίηκε (φιλεῖ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ιριλιστορεῖν ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ πολλοῖς θαύμασιν ἀνυμνεῖν τὸν Θεόν) · οὗτος, ἐπ. ἦγον, καὶ ἡμᾶς θρέψειε σήμερον τοῖς τῆς τρυφῆς τοὺς τῆς εὗσεβείας ἀγωνιστάς; Πολλοὶ μὲν θῆρες τὰς τῶν πλουσίων διαφυγόντες τραπέζας, ἅπερ ἦν ποτε καὶ ὴμῖν, τοῖς ὄρεσι τούτοις ἐμφωλεύουσι · πολλοὶ δὲ ὄρνιθες τῶν ἐδωδίμων τοὺς ποθοῦντας ἡμᾶς ὑπερίπτανται, ὧν τί μὴ θηράσιμόν σοι θελήσαντι μόνον ς Ταῦτʼ ἔλεγον, καὶ ἡ θήρα παρῆν, ὄψον αὗτοματον, ἀπραγμάτευτος πανδαισία, ἔλαφοι τῶν λόφων ποθὲν ὑπερφανέντος ἁθρόως. Ως μὲν ιῦμιγέθειςε ὡς δὲ πίονεςί ὡς δὲ πρόθυμοι πρὸς σφαγήνε Μονονουχὶ καὶ τοῦτο ιίκάζειν ἦν, ὅτι μὴ τάχιον ἐκλήθησαν, ἐδυσχέραινον, Οἱ μὲν εἷλκον τοῖς νεύμασιν, οἱ δὲ ἤγοντο. Τίνος διώκοντος ἧ συναναγκάζοντος; Οὐδενός. τίνων ίππέων; Ποίων κυνῶνς Τίνος ὑλακῆς, ἤ κραυγῆς, ἥ νέων προκαταλαβόντων τὰς διεξόδους τοῖς θήρας νόμοις ς Εὒχῆς δέσμιοι καὶ δικαίας αἰτήσεως. Τίς ἔγνω τοιοῦτον θήραμα τῶν νῦν ἦ τῶν πώποτε;

Epothoun ti kai tōn pros-hēdonēn hoi gennadai, tǭ chronǭ kamnontes, kai tōn anankaiōn ontes epikoreis ° kai ta men tou Israēl ouk ephthenxanto (ou gar ēsan gongystai kata tous ekeinous en tę̄ erēmǭ talaipōrountas meta tēn ex Aigyptou phygēn, hōs Xira beltiōn Aigyptos autois eiē tēs erēmias, pollēn tōn lebētōn kai tōn kreōn chorēgousa tēn aphthonian, tōn te allōn, hosa ekeise apelipon hē gar plintheia kai ho pēlos ouden en autois tote dia tēn anoian), alla de hōs eusebestera, kai pistotera. Ti gar esti, helea gon, tōn apistōn, ei ho tōn Thaumasiōn Theos, ho threē psas plousiōs en erēmǭ xenon laon, kai phygada, hōste kai arton hombrēsai, kai blysai ornithas, trephōn ou tois anankaiois monon, alla kai tois perittois ei ho temōn thalassan, xxi stēsas hēlion, kai potamon anakopsas, kai talla dē hypeipontes, hosa pepoiēke (philei gar en tois toioutois irilistorein hē psychē, kai pollois thaumasin anymnein ton Theon) ; houtos, ep. ēgon, kai hēmas threpseie sēmeron tois tēs tryphēs tous tēs heusebeias agōnistas? Polloi men thēres tas tōn plousiōn diaphygontes trapezas, haper ēn pote kai ēmin, tois oresi toutois emphōleuousi ; polloi de ornithes tōn edōdimōn tous pothountas hēmas hyperiptantai, hōn ti mē thērasimon soi thelēsanti monon s Tautʼ elegon, kai hē thēra parēn, opson hautomaton, apragmateutos pandaisia, elaphoi tōn lophōn pothen hyperphanentos hathroōs. Ōs men iymigetheise hōs de pionesi hōs de prothymoi pros sphagēne Mononouchi kai touto iikazein ēn, hoti mē tachion eklēthēsan, edyscherainon, Hoi men heilkon tois neumasin, hoi de ēgonto. Tinos diōkontos hē synanankazontos? Oudenos. tinōn ippeōn? Poiōn kynōns Tinos hylakēs, ē kraugēs, hē neōn prokatalabontōn tas diexodous tois thēras nomois s Euchēs desmioi kai dikaias aitēseōs. Tis egnō toiouton thērama tōn nyn ē tōn pōpote?

The noble ones longed for something pleasant, wearied by the length of time and sated with bare necessities. They did not utter the words of Israel (for they were not grumblers like those who suffered in the wilderness after the flight from Egypt, as though Egypt were better for them than the wilderness, supplying abundance of pots and meat and the other things they had left there; for the brickmaking and the clay counted for nothing with them then in their folly), but other words, more pious and faithful. “What is unbelievable,” they said, “if the God of wonders, who fed a strange and fugitive people richly in the desert, so as to rain bread and pour out birds, feeding them not only with necessities but also with luxuries; who divided the sea and stopped the sun and cut off a river”—and they added the other things he had done (for in such matters the soul loves to recount history and to hymn God with many wonders)—“this God,” they said, “should feed us too today, the champions of piety, with delicacies? Many beasts that have escaped the tables of the rich, such as we once had, lurk in these mountains; many edible birds fly over us who long for them: which of them could not be caught, if only you will?” So they spoke, and the game was there, a meal that came of itself, a feast without effort: deer appearing all at once from somewhere over the hills. How large! How fat! How ready for slaughter! One could almost guess that they were annoyed at not having been called sooner. Some drew others by signs; others followed. Who chased them or forced them? No one. What horsemen? What dogs? What barking or shouting, or young men seizing the outlets according to the laws of hunting? They were bound by prayer and a just request. Who has known such a catch, of those now or of any time?

43.8PG 36:504b–504c

"Ὢ τοῦ θαύματοςί Αὐτοὶ τοῦ θηράματος ἦσαν ταμίαι. ’Ὅσον φίλοι, εἴχετο θελήμασι μόλον ὸσον περιττὸν, ἀπεπέμφθη ταῖς λόχμαις εἰς δευτέραν τράπεζαν. οἱ ὀψοποιοὶ σχέδιοι, τὸ δεῖπνον εὐπρεπὶς, οἱ δαιτύμονες εὖψάριστοι, προοίμιον ἔχοντες ἤδη τῶν ἐλπιζομένων, τὸ παρὸν θαῦμα. Ἐξ vi και πρὸς τὴν ἄθλησιν, ὑπὲρ ἧς ταῦτα ἦν αὐτοῖς, ἐγίνοντο προθυμότεροι. Τοιαῦτα τὰ ἐμὰ διηγήματα, Σὺ δέ μοι λέγει τὰς Ἐλαφηβόλους σου, καὶ τοὺς ἰὶρίωνας, καὶ τοὺς Ἀκταίωνας, τούς κακοδαίμονας θηρευτὰς, ὁ ἐμὸς διώκτης, ὁ τοὺς μύθους θαυμάζων, καὶ τὴν ἀντιδοθεῖσαν ἔλαφον τῆς παρθένου, εἴ τι τοσοῦτον εἰς φιλοτιμίαν ἔστι σοι, κᾶν δώμεν μη μῦθον εἶναι τὸ ίστορουμὲνον. ἐὶς τά γε ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου, καὶ λίαν αἰσχρά. Τί γὰρ ὄφελος τῆς ἀντιδόσεως, εἷ σώζει παρθένον, ’ίνα ξενοκτονεῖν διδαχθῇ, ἀπανθρωο πίαν μαθοῦσα φιλανθρωπίας ἀντίδοσιν; Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν τοσοῦτον ἐκ πολλῶν ἓν, καὶ ἄντι πολλῶν, ὡς ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος, Καὶ τοῦτο διῆλθον, οὐχ Γἔνʼ ἐκείνῳ προσθῶ τι τῆς εὔδοξίας (οὕτε γὰρ θαλασσα δεῖται τῶν εὶσριόντων εἷς αὐτὴν ποταμῶν, κᾶν εισρέωσιν ὁτι πλεῖστοι καὶ μέγιστοι, οὔτε τῶν εἶαοισόντων τι πρὸς εὐφημίαν, ὁ νῦν ἐπαινούμε·ιος)· ἀλλʼ ’ίν ἐπιδεί- Ξαιμι, οῗων αὖτῷ τῶν ἐξαρχῆς ὑπαρχόντων, καὶ πρὸς ὅ παράδειγμα βλέπων, ὅσον ὑπερηκόντισεν. El γὰρ μέγα τοῖς ἄλλοις τὸ προσλαβεῖν τι παρὰ τῶν ἄνωθεν εἷς φιλοτιμίαν, μεῖζον ἐκείνῳ τῷ προσθεῖναι τοῖς ἄνω παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ, καθάπερ ῥεύματος ἀνατρέχοντος.

"Ō tou thaumatosi Autoi tou thēramatos ēsan tamiai. ’Hoson philoi, eicheto thelēmasi molon oson peritton, apepemphthē tais lochmais eis deuteran trapezan. hoi opsopoioi schedioi, to deipnon euprepis, hoi daitymones eupsaristoi, prooimion echontes ēdē tōn elpizomenōn, to paron thauma. Ex vi kai pros tēn athlēsin, hyper hēs tauta ēn autois, eginonto prothymoteroi. Toiauta ta ema diēgēmata, Sy de moi legei tas Elaphēbolous sou, kai tous iiriōnas, kai tous Aktaiōnas, tous kakodaimonas thēreutas, ho emos diōktēs, ho tous mythous thaumazōn, kai tēn antidotheisan elaphon tēs parthenou, ei ti tosouton eis philotimian esti soi, kan dōmen mē mython einai to istoroumenon. eis ta ge hexēs tou logou, kai lian aischra. Ti gar ophelos tēs antidoseōs, hei sōzei parthenon, ’ina xenoktonein didachthę̄, apanthrōo pian mathousa philanthrōpias antidosin? Touto men oun tosouton ek pollōn hen, kai anti pollōn, hōs ho emos logos, Kai touto diēlthon, ouch Genʼ ekeinǭ prosthō ti tēs eudoxias (houte gar thalassa deitai tōn eisriontōn heis autēn potamōn, kan eisreōsin hoti pleistoi kai megistoi, oute tōn eiaoisontōn ti pros euphēmian, ho nyn epainoume;ios); allʼ ’in epidei- Xaimi, oïōn autǭ tōn exarchēs hyparchontōn, kai pros ho paradeigma blepōn, hoson hyperēkontisen. El gar mega tois allois to proslabein ti para tōn anōthen heis philotimian, meizon ekeinǭ tǭ prostheinai tois anō parʼ heautou, kathaper rheumatos anatrechontos.

O the wonder! They themselves were the stewards of the catch: as much as was enough was taken at will; what was over was sent back to the thickets for another meal. The cooks were improvised, the dinner fitting, the guests grateful, having already in the present wonder a prelude of what they hoped for. And from this they became more eager for the contest for which these things were granted them. Such are my stories. But you, my persecutor, who admire myths, tell me of your huntress goddess and your Orions and Actaeons, those ill-fated hunters, and the deer substituted for the maiden, if you have anything so great to boast of, even granting that the story is not a myth. For what follows in the tale is very shameful. What good was the substitution, if it saves a maiden only that she may be taught to kill strangers, learning inhumanity as the return for humanity? This, then, is one story out of many and in place of many, as I see it. And I have told it, not to add anything to his glory (for neither does the sea need the rivers that flow into it, however many and great, nor does the one now praised need anything contributed to his praise), but to show what he had from the beginning, and how far he outstripped the example he looked to. For if it is a great thing for others to receive some distinction from their forebears, it is greater for him to add something of his own to those before him, like a stream flowing back upward.

43.9PG 36:504c–508b

Τῆς δὲ τῶν πατέρων συζυγίας, οὐχ ἦττον κατὰ τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς ὅμότιμον, ἥ καὶ τὰ σώματα, πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα- γνωρίσματα, πτωχοτροφίαι, ξενοδοχίαι, ψυχῆς κάθαρσις ἐξ ἱγκρατείας, ἀπόμοιρα κτήσεως Θεῷ καθιερωθείσης (πρᾶγμα οὸπω τότε πολλοῖς σπουδαζόμενον, ὥσπερ νῦν αὐξηθέν τε καὶ τιμηθὲν ἑκ τῶν πρώτων ὑποδειγμάτων), τά τε ἄλλα, ὅσα Πόντῳ καὶ Καππαδόκαις μερισαμένοις ἣρκεσε πολλῶν πληροῦν ἀκοάς· ἐμοὶ δὲ μέγιστον δοκεῖ καὶ περιφανέστατον ἡ εὐτεκνία, Τοὺς γὰρ αὐτοὺς πολύπαιδας καὶ καλλίπαιδας, μῦθοι μὲν ἴσως ἔχουσιν ἡμῖν δὲ τουτους ἡ πεῖρα παρέστησε, τοιούτους μὲν αὐτοὺς γεγονότας, ὥστε εἰ καί μὴ τοιούτων ἦσαν πατέρες, ἑαυτοῖς εἷς εἰδοξίαν ἀρκεῖν· τοιούτων δὲ πεφηνότες πατέρες, ὥστε εἰ καὶ μὴ αὐτοὶ τοσοῦτον ἦσαν είς ἀρετὴν, πάντας ὑπεραίρειν τῇ εὐτεκνίᾳ. ηΕνα μὲν γὴρ ἢ δύο γενέσθαι τῶν ἐπαινουμένων, κᾶν τῇ φύσει δοίη τις ἡ δὲ διὰ πάντων ἀκρότης, σαφὲς τῶν ἀγαγόντων ἐγκώμιον. Δηλοῐ δὲ ὁ μακαριστὸς τῶν ἱερέων καὶτῶν παρθένων ἀριθμὸς, καὶ τῶν ἒν γάμῳ, μηδὲν τῇ συζυγίᾳ βλαβῆναι βιασαμένων, πρὸς τὴν ἵσην τῆς ἀρετῆς εὖδοκίμησιν, ἀλλά βίων αἱρέσεις μᾶλλον, ἢ πολιτείας ταῦτα ποιησαμένων. υ φωνῆς ἐκεῖνον ἀγκωμιάζουσιν. Ὀ γὰρ αὑτὸς τόθεσίς τε λαμπρὰ τοῖς ὶπαινοῦσι, καὶ μόνος τῇ >6 λόγου δυνάμει τῆς ὑποθέσεως ἄξιος. Κάλλους ὲν δὴ, καὶ ῥώμης, καὶ μεγέθους, οἷς τοὺς πολab: ὁρῶ χαίροντας, τοῖς βουλομένοις παραχωρήσοεν οὐχ ὃτι κᾶν τούτοις ἔλαττόν τινος ἠνέγκατο ὦν μικρολόγων, καὶ περὶ τὸ σῶμα καλινδουμένων, υς ἦν ἔτι νέος, καὶ οὔπω φιλοσοφίᾳ τῶν σαρκῶν ατεκράτησενο ἀλλʼ ’ἕνα μὴ ταυτὸν πάθω τοῖς ιπειροτὲροις τῶν ἀθλητῶν, οῗ τὴν ἰσχὺν ἒν τοὶς εἱκῆ ταλαιομὲνοις καὶ παρέργοις κενώσαντες, ἥττους ν τοῖς καιρίοις εὑρίσκονται, καὶ τοῖς ἐξ ὧν τὸ νικᾷν πάρκει, καὶ στεφανίτας ἀναγορεύεσθαι, ’Ἀ δὲ οὖδαιὼς ἄν εἰπὼν οἶμαι περιττὸς δόξειν, ουδὲ ’ἐξω IS τοὺ σκοποῦ βάλλειν τὸν λόγον, ταῦτʼ ὶπαινὲσομαι.

Tēs de tōn paterōn syzygias, ouch ētton kata to tēs aretēs homotimon, hē kai ta sōmata, polla men kai alla- gnōrismata, ptōchotrophiai, xenodochiai, psychēs katharsis ex hinkrateias, apomoira ktēseōs Theǭ kathierōtheisēs (pragma oopō tote pollois spoudazomenon, hōsper nyn auxēthen te kai timēthen hek tōn prōtōn hypodeigmatōn), ta te alla, hosa Pontǭ kai Kappadokais merisamenois hērkese pollōn plēroun akoas; emoi de megiston dokei kai periphanestaton hē euteknia, Tous gar autous polypaidas kai kallipaidas, mythoi men isōs echousin hēmin de toutous hē peira parestēse, toioutous men autous gegonotas, hōste ei kai mē toioutōn ēsan pateres, heautois heis eidoxian arkein; toioutōn de pephēnotes pateres, hōste ei kai mē autoi tosouton ēsan eis aretēn, pantas hyperairein tę̄ euteknią. ēEna men gēr ē dyo genesthai tōn epainoumenōn, kan tę̄ physei doiē tis hē de dia pantōn akrotēs, saphes tōn agagontōn enkōmion. Dēloi de ho makaristos tōn hiereōn kaitōn parthenōn arithmos, kai tōn en gamǭ, mēden tę̄ syzygią blabēnai biasamenōn, pros tēn hisēn tēs aretēs eudokimēsin, alla biōn haireseis mallon, ē politeias tauta poiēsamenōn. y phōnēs ekeinon ankōmiazousin. O gar hautos tothesis te lampra tois ipainousi, kai monos tę̄ >6 logou dynamei tēs hypotheseōs axios. Kallous en dē, kai rhōmēs, kai megethous, hois tous polab: horō chairontas, tois boulomenois parachōrēsoen ouch hoti kan toutois elatton tinos ēnenkato ōn mikrologōn, kai peri to sōma kalindoumenōn, ys ēn eti neos, kai oupō philosophią tōn sarkōn atekratēseno allʼ ’hena mē tauton pathō tois ipeiroterois tōn athlētōn, oï tēn ischyn en tois heikē talaiomenois kai parergois kenōsantes, hēttous n tois kairiois heuriskontai, kai tois ex hōn to nikąn parkei, kai stephanitas anagoreuesthai, ’A de oudaiōs an eipōn oimai perittos doxein, oude ’exō IS tou skopou ballein ton logon, tautʼ ipainesomai.

Of his parents' union, joined no less by equality in virtue than by their bodies, there are many other marks: care of the poor, hospitality to strangers, purity of soul through self-control, a portion of their property consecrated to God (a thing not yet much practised then, as it is now, grown and honoured since those first examples), and the other things which, shared between Pontus and Cappadocia, were enough to fill many ears. But to me the greatest and most conspicuous seems their good fortune in children. That the same people should have many and fine children is perhaps to be found in myths; but experience has shown us these, who were themselves such that, even if they had not been parents of such children, they would have sufficed for their own glory; and who were shown to be parents of such children that, even if they had not been so outstanding in virtue themselves, they would surpass all by their children. For that one or two children should be praised one might credit to nature; but excellence in all is a clear tribute to those who brought them up. This is shown by the blessed number of priests and virgins, and of those in marriage who did not allow their wedlock to hinder them from equal renown in virtue, but made the difference one of manner of life rather than of conduct. [10] … they praise him with … voice. For he himself is both a splendid subject for those who praise him, and alone worthy of the subject by the power of his eloquence. Beauty, strength and stature, in which I see most people delight, I will concede to those who wish; not that he fell short of anyone in these, among the petty who wallow in the body, while he was still young and had not yet subdued the flesh by philosophy; but so that I may not suffer the same as inexperienced athletes, who spend their strength in random and incidental bouts and are found weaker in the decisive contests from which victory comes and crowns are proclaimed. What no one, I think, would consider superfluous to mention, or wide of the mark, that I will praise.

43.10PG 36:508b–509a

Οἶμαι δὲ πᾶσιν ἀνωμολογῆσθαι τὸν νοῦν ἑχόντων, παίδευσιν nov παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀγαθῶν εἶναι τὸ πρῶτον· οὒ ταύτην μόνην τὴν εὐγενεστέραν, καὶ ἧμετέραν, ἢ πᾶν τὸ ἐν λόγοις κομψὸν καὶ φιλοτιιον ἀτιμάουσα, μόνης ἔχεται τῆς σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦ κάλλους τῶν νοουμένων ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἔξωθεν, ζν οἱ πολλοὶ Χριστιανῶν διαπτύουσιν, ὼς ὶπίβουιον καὶ σφαλερὰν, καὶ Θεοῦ πόρῥω βάλλουσαν, καιὼς εἰδότες. ’Ὥσπερ γὰρ οὐρανὸν, καὶ γῆν, καὶ ἀέρα, καὶ ὅσα τούτων, οὒκ ἐπειδή κακῶς τινες ἰξειλήφασιν, imi Θεοῦ τὰ τοῦ Θεου σέβοντες, διὰ τοῦτο περιφονητέον ἀλλʼ ὅσον χρήσιμον αὖτὼν καρπούμενοι πρός ξε (cum: xui ἀπόλαυσιν, ὅσον ἒπικίνδυνον διαφεύγοιεν οὔ τῷ Κτίστῃ τὴν κτίσιν ἐπανιστάντες κατὰ τοὶς ἄφρονας, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν δημιουργημάτων τὸν Δηιιουργὸν καταλαμβάνοντες, καὶ, 6' φησιν ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος, αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς Χριστόν· bc δὲ καὶ πυρὸς, καὶ τροφῆς, καὶ σιδήρου, καὶ τῶν ίλλων, οὐδὲν καθʼ ἑαυτὸ χρησιμώτατον ἴσμεν, ἢ βλαβερώτατον, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἄν- δοκῇ τοῖς χρωμένοις· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ και των ἐρπυστικων θηριων εστιν, α τοῖς πρὸς σωτηρίαν φαρμάκοις συνεκεράσαμεν· οὕτω ιαὶ τούτων, τό μὲν ἐξεταστικόν τε καὶ θεωρητικὸν, ἐδεξάμεθα· ὅσον δὲ εἰς δαίμονας φέρει, καὶ τλάνην, καὶ ὰπωλείας βυθὸν, διεπτυσαμεν· ὁτι μὴ ιὰκ τούτων πρὸς θεοσέβειαν ὠφελήμεθα, ἐκ τοῦ (είρονος τὸ κρεῖττον καταμαθόντες, καὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν ἱκείνων, ἰσχὺν τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς λόγου πεποιημένοι. Οὔκουν ἀτιμαστέον τὴν παίδευσιν, ὅτι τοῦτο δοκεῖ τισιν· ἀλλὰ σκαιούς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους δποληπτέον τοὺς οὕτως ἔχοντας, οἵ βούλονιτʼ ἅν ἅπαντας εἶναι καθʼ ἐαυτοῦς, ’ἔνʼ ἐι τῷ κοινῷ τὸ κατʼ αὐτοὺς κρύπτηται, καὶ τοὺς τῆς ἀπαιδευσίας ἐλέγχους διαδιδράσκωσιν, Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο ὑπεθέμεθα καὶ ἆνωμολογησάμεθα, φέρε, τὰ κατʼ αὕτὸν θεωρήσωμεν.

Oimai de pasin anōmologēsthai ton noun hechontōn, paideusin nov parʼ hēmin agathōn einai to prōton; ou tautēn monēn tēn eugenesteran, kai hēmeteran, ē pan to en logois kompson kai philotiion atimaousa, monēs echetai tēs sōtērias, kai tou kallous tōn nooumenōn alla kai tēn exōthen, zn hoi polloi Christianōn diaptyousin, ōs ipibouion kai sphaleran, kai Theou porrhō ballousan, kaiōs eidotes. ’Hōsper gar ouranon, kai gēn, kai aera, kai hosa toutōn, ouk epeidē kakōs tines ixeilēphasin, imi Theou ta tou Theou sebontes, dia touto periphonēteon allʼ hoson chrēsimon autōn karpoumenoi pros xe (cum: xui apolausin, hoson epikindynon diapheugoien ou tǭ Ktistę̄ tēn ktisin epanistantes kata tois aphronas, allʼ ek tōn dēmiourgēmatōn ton Dēiiourgon katalambanontes, kai, 6' phēsin ho theios Apostolos, aichmalōtizontes pan noēma eis Christon; bc de kai pyros, kai trophēs, kai sidērou, kai tōn illōn, ouden kathʼ heauto chrēsimōtaton ismen, ē blaberōtaton, allʼ hopōs an- dokę̄ tois chrōmenois; allʼ hōsper kai tōn erpystikōn thēriōn estin, a tois pros sōtērian pharmakois synekerasamen; houtō iai toutōn, to men exetastikon te kai theōrētikon, edexametha; hoson de eis daimonas pherei, kai tlanēn, kai apōleias bython, dieptysamen; hoti mē iak toutōn pros theosebeian ōphelēmetha, ek tou (eironos to kreitton katamathontes, kai tēn astheneian hikeinōn, ischyn tou kathʼ hēmas logou pepoiēmenoi. Oukoun atimasteon tēn paideusin, hoti touto dokei tisin; alla skaious kai apaideutous dpolēpteon tous houtōs echontas, hoi boulonitʼ han hapantas einai kathʼ eautous, ’enʼ ei tǭ koinǭ to katʼ autous kryptētai, kai tous tēs apaideusias elenchous diadidraskōsin, Epei de touto hypethemetha kai anōmologēsametha, phere, ta katʼ hauton theōrēsōmen.

I think it is agreed by all men of sense that education is the first of our goods; not only this nobler education, which is ours, and which, disdaining all the elegance and ambition of eloquence, holds only to salvation and the beauty of what is contemplated, but also that from outside, which many Christians spurn as treacherous and dangerous and leading far from God; wrongly. For as we must not despise heaven and earth and air and all that is in them because some have wrongly understood them, worshipping the things of God instead of God, but, reaping from them what is useful for life and enjoyment, we avoid what is dangerous, not setting the creation against the Creator, as the foolish do, but apprehending the Maker from his works, and, as the divine Apostle says, taking every thought captive to Christ; and as we know that of fire, food, iron and the rest, nothing by itself is most useful or most harmful, but as it seems good to those who use it; and as we have mixed even things from reptiles into saving medicines: so also from these studies we have received what serves inquiry and contemplation, but have spat out all that leads to demons and error and the depth of destruction. Indeed, we have been helped by them towards piety, learning the better from the worse and making their weakness the strength of our doctrine. Education, then, is not to be dishonoured because some think so; rather, those so disposed must be considered boorish and uneducated, who would like everyone to be as they are, so that their own condition may be hidden in the general one and they may escape exposure for their lack of education. Since we have posited and agreed on this, come, let us look at his life.

43.12PG 36:509b–512d

Τὰ μὲν δὴ πρῶτα τῆς ἡλικίας ὑπὸ τῷ μεγάλῳ πατρὶ, ὄν κοινὸν παιδευτὴν ἀρετῆς ὁ Πόντος τηνικαῦτα προύβάλλετο, σπαργανοῠται καὶ διαπλάττεται.. ηρ...... -.,ς πλὲσιν τὴν ἀρίστην τε καὶ καθαρωτάτην, ἢν ἠμερινήν ὁ θεῖος Δαβὶδ καλῶς ὀνομάζει, καὶ της νυκτερινῆς ἀντίθετον, ἰʼπὸ δη τούτῳ, καὶ βίον καὶ λόγον συναυξανομένους τε καὶ συνανιόντας ἀλλήλοις, ὁ θαυμάσιος ἑκπαιδεόεται* ού Θετταλικόν τι καὶ ὅρειον ἄντρον αὐχῶν, ὡς ἀρετῆς ἐργαστήριον, οὐδὲ τινα Κένταυρον ἀλαζόδα τῶν κατʼ αύτὸν ἡρώων διδάσκαλον, οὒδὶ πτῶκας βάλλειν, ἤκατατρέχειν νεβρῶν, ἥ θηρεύειν ἐλάφους ὑπʼ αύτοῦ διδασκόμενος, ἢ τὰ πολεμικὰ αράτιστος εἶναι, ἤ πωλοδαμνεῖν ἄριστα, τῷ αύτῷ πώλῳ καί διδασκάλῳ χρώμενος, ἢ μυελοῖς ελάφων τε καὶ λεόντων τοῖς μυθικοῖς ἔκτρεο φάμενος· ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐγκύκλιον παίδετσιν παιδευόμενος, καὶ θεοσέβειαν ἐξασκούμενος, καὶ, συνελόντι φάναι, πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ’τελειύτητα διὰ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς μαθημάτων ἀγόμενος. Οἱ μέν γὰρ, ἢ βίον μόνον, ἢ λόγον κατωρθωκότες, τῷ ἕτέρῳ δὲ λείποντες, οὒδὲν τῶν ἑτεροφθάλμων ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν δια· φέρουσιν, οἷς μεγάλη ’μὲν ἡ ζημία, μεῖζον δὲ τὸ αἶσχος ὁρῶσι καὶ ὁρωμένοις, Οἷς δὲ κατʼ ἀμφότερα εὐδοκιμεῖν ὑπάρχει, καὶ εῖναι περιδεξίοις, τούτοις καὶ τὸ εῖναι τελείοις, καὶ βιοτεύειν μετὰ τῆς ἐκεῖθεν μακαριότητος, ’Ὅπερ οὖν ἐκείνῳ συμβέβηκεν εὖ ποιοῦν οἴκοθεν ἔχοντι τῆς ἀρετης τὸ παράδειγμα, πρὸς ὅβλέπων eum»; ἄριστος ἦν. "sla-rte? τοὺς πώλους καὶ τοὺς μόσχους ὁρῶμεν, ὁμοῦ τῇ γενέσει ταῖς μητράσιν ἐαυυῶν παρασκαίρονταςδ οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ πατρὶ παραθέων ἐγγύθεν ἐν πωλικῷ τῷ τρυάγιιατι, καὶ τῶν ἄκρων τῆς ἀρετῆς κινημάτων, οὒ παραπολὺ λειπόμενοςʼ εἰ βούλει δὲ, σκιαγραφίᾳ τὸ μέλλον τῆς ἀρετῆς κάλλος ὑποσημαίνων, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς ἀκριβείας, τὰ τῆς ἀκριβείας προχαρασσόμενος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἱκανῶς εἶχε τῆς ἔνταῦθα παιδεύσεως ἔδει δʼ αὐτὸν μηδὲν τῶν καλῶν διαφυγεῖν, μηδέ τῴ φιλοπόνῳ τῆς μελίσσης ἀπολειφθῆναι, συλλεγούσης ἐκ παντὸς ἄνθους τὰ χρησιμώτατα, ἐπὶ τὴν Καισαρέων πόλιν ἐπείγεται, τῶν τῇδε μεθέξων παιδευτηρίων· ταύνην δὲ λέγω τὴν περιφανῆ τε καὶ ἠμετέραν (ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων αὕτη καθηγεμὼν καὶ διδάσκαλος), τὴν οὔχ ἧττον λόγων μητρόπολιν, ἢ τῶν πόλεων ὧι ὑπέρκειται, καὶ καθʼ ὧν ἔχει τὴν δυ·ναστείαν· ἣν εἴ τις τοῦ εν λόγοις κράτους ἀποστερήσειεν, ἀφῃρηκὼς ἔσται αὒτὸ τὸ κάλλιστόν τε καὶ ἰδικώτατον, ’Αλλαι μὲν γὰρ τῶν πόλεων ἄλλοις ἀγάλλονται καλλωπίσμασιν, ἡ παλαιοῖς, ἢ νέοις, ὅπως ἄν οἶμαι, τῶν διηγημάτων ἔχωσιν, ἥ τῶν ὁρωμέων· τῇ δὲ, λόγοι τὸ γνώρισμα, ὥσπερ ὲν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἢ τοῖς δράμασι τὰ ἐπίσημα, Τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς αότοὶ διηγείσθωσαν, οἱ καὶ πατδεὸσαντες τον ἄνδρα παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ τῆς παιδεύσεως ἀπολαύσαντες ὅσος μὶν ἦν διδασκάλοις, ὅσος δὲ ἥλιξι, τοῖς μὲν παρεκτεινόμενος, τοὺς δὲ ὑπεραίρων κατὰ πᾶν εἶδος παιδεύσεως ὅσον κλέος ἐντὸς ὀλίγου χρόνου παρὰ πᾶσιν ἠνέγκατο, καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ δήμου, καὶ τοῖς πρωτοις τῆς πόλεως· μείζω μὲν τῆς ἡλικίας τὴν παίδευσιν, μείζω δὲ τῆς παιδεύσεως τὴν τοῦ ἤθους πῆξιν ὶπιδευινύμενος· ῥήτωρ ἐν ῥήτορσι, κιὶῗπρὸ, τῶν σοφιστικιῦν θρόνωνʼ φιλόσοφος εν φιλοσόφοις, xei προ τῶν ὲν φιλοσοφίᾳ δογμάτων· τὶ μέγιστον, ἱερεὺς Χριστιανοῖς, καὶ πρὸ της ἱερωσύνης· τοσοῦτον ἦν αὐτῷ τὸ παρὰ πάντων συγκεχωρηκὸς ἐν ἅπασιν. Τῷ δὲ λόγοι μὲν τὸ πάρεργον ἦσαν, τοσοῦτον ἑξ ιῦτῶν δρεπομένῳ, ὅσον εἷς τὴν καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφίαν συνεργοὺς ἔχειν* ἔπειδὴ δεῖ καὶ τῆς Ea τούτοις δυνάμεως πρὸς τὴν τῶν νοουμένων δήλωσιν· κίνημα γὰρ ναρκώντων ἐστὶ, νοῦς ἁνεκλάλητος. Φιλοσοφία δὲ ἦ σπουδὴ, καὶ τὸ ῥαγῆναι κὸσμου, καὶ μετὰ Θεοῦ γενέσθαι τοῖς κάτω τὰ ἄνω πραγματευόμενον, καὶ τοῖς ἀστάνοις καὶ ῥέουσι τὰ ἑστῶτα καὶ μένοντα κατακτώμενον,

Ta men dē prōta tēs hēlikias hypo tǭ megalǭ patri, on koinon paideutēn aretēs ho Pontos tēnikauta prouballeto, sparganoutai kai diaplattetai.. ēr...... -.,s plesin tēn aristēn te kai katharōtatēn, ēn ēmerinēn ho theios Dabid kalōs onomazei, kai tēs nykterinēs antitheton, iʼpo dē toutǭ, kai bion kai logon synauxanomenous te kai synaniontas allēlois, ho thaumasios hekpaideoetai* ou Thettalikon ti kai horeion antron auchōn, hōs aretēs ergastērion, oude tina Kentauron alazoda tōn katʼ auton hērōōn didaskalon, oudi ptōkas ballein, ēkatatrechein nebrōn, hē thēreuein elaphous hypʼ autou didaskomenos, ē ta polemika aratistos einai, ē pōlodamnein arista, tǭ autǭ pōlǭ kai didaskalǭ chrōmenos, ē myelois elaphōn te kai leontōn tois mythikois ektreo phamenos; alla tēn enkyklion paidetsin paideuomenos, kai theosebeian exaskoumenos, kai, synelonti phanai, pros tēn mellousan ’teleiytēta dia tōn ex archēs mathēmatōn agomenos. Hoi men gar, ē bion monon, ē logon katōrthōkotes, tǭ heterǭ de leipontes, ouden tōn heterophthalmōn emoi dokein dia; pherousin, hois megalē ’men hē zēmia, meizon de to aischos horōsi kai horōmenois, Hois de katʼ amphotera eudokimein hyparchei, kai einai peridexiois, toutois kai to einai teleiois, kai bioteuein meta tēs ekeithen makariotētos, ’Hoper oun ekeinǭ symbebēken eu poioun oikothen echonti tēs aretēs to paradeigma, pros hoblepōn eum»? aristos ēn. "sla-rte? tous pōlous kai tous moschous horōmen, homou tę̄ genesei tais mētrasin eauyōn paraskairontasd houtō kai autos tǭ patri paratheōn engythen en pōlikǭ tǭ tryagiiati, kai tōn akrōn tēs aretēs kinēmatōn, ou parapoly leipomenosʼ ei boulei de, skiagraphią to mellon tēs aretēs kallos hyposēmainōn, kai pro tou kairou tēs akribeias, ta tēs akribeias procharassomenos. Epei de hikanōs eiche tēs entautha paideuseōs edei dʼ auton mēden tōn kalōn diaphygein, mēde tǭ philoponǭ tēs melissēs apoleiphthēnai, syllegousēs ek pantos anthous ta chrēsimōtata, epi tēn Kaisareōn polin epeigetai, tōn tę̄de methexōn paideutēriōn; taunēn de legō tēn periphanē te kai ēmeteran (epei kai tōn emōn logōn hautē kathēgemōn kai didaskalos), tēn ouch hētton logōn mētropolin, ē tōn poleōn hōi hyperkeitai, kai kathʼ hōn echei tēn dy;nasteian; hēn ei tis tou en logois kratous aposterēseien, aphę̄rēkōs estai auto to kalliston te kai idikōtaton, ’Allai men gar tōn poleōn allois agallontai kallōpismasin, hē palaiois, ē neois, hopōs an oimai, tōn diēgēmatōn echōsin, hē tōn horōmeōn; tę̄ de, logoi to gnōrisma, hōsper en tois hoplois ē tois dramasi ta episēma, Ta de hexēs aotoi diēgeisthōsan, hoi kai patdeosantes ton andra parʼ heautois, kai tēs paideuseōs apolausantes hosos min ēn didaskalois, hosos de hēlixi, tois men parekteinomenos, tous de hyperairōn kata pan eidos paideuseōs hoson kleos entos oligou chronou para pasin ēnenkato, kai tois ek tou dēmou, kai tois prōtois tēs poleōs; meizō men tēs hēlikias tēn paideusin, meizō de tēs paideuseōs tēn tou ēthous pēxin ipideuinymenos; rhētōr en rhētorsi, kiiïpro, tōn sophistikiyn thronōnʼ philosophos en philosophois, xei pro tōn en philosophią dogmatōn; ti megiston, hiereus Christianois, kai pro tēs hierōsynēs; tosouton ēn autǭ to para pantōn synkechōrēkos en hapasin. Tǭ de logoi men to parergon ēsan, tosouton hex iytōn drepomenǭ, hoson heis tēn kathʼ hēmas philosophian synergous echein* epeidē dei kai tēs Ea toutois dynameōs pros tēn tōn nooumenōn dēlōsin; kinēma gar narkōntōn esti, nous haneklalētos. Philosophia de ē spoudē, kai to rhagēnai kosmou, kai meta Theou genesthai tois katō ta anō pragmateuomenon, kai tois astanois kai rheousi ta hestōta kai menonta kataktōmenon,

The first years of his life were swaddled and shaped under his great father, whom Pontus then put forward as a common teacher of virtue; … the best and purest formation, which the divine David well calls “of the day”, the opposite of that of the night. Under him, then, the wonderful man was educated, his life and his speech growing and advancing together; not boasting of some Thessalian mountain cave as a workshop of virtue, nor of some boastful Centaur as teacher of the heroes of his time, nor being taught by him to shoot hares, or run down fawns, or hunt deer, or to be best at war, or to break colts, using the same creature as colt and teacher, or being nourished on the mythical marrow of deer and lions; but being trained in the general education and practising piety, and, in short, being led by his first lessons towards the perfection to come. For those who have succeeded in life only or in speech only, and fall short in the other, seem to me no different from the one-eyed, whose loss is great, but whose shame is greater, both when they look and when they are looked at. But those who excel in both and are skilled with either hand have perfection and live with the blessedness of the world to come. This was his lot, who had at home a good example of virtue, looking to which he was at once excellent. As we see colts and calves skipping beside their mothers from their birth, so he too ran close beside his father with a colt's frisking, not far behind the highest movements of his virtue; or, if you like, sketching in outline the future beauty of his virtue, and tracing the features of exactness before the time for exactness. [13] When he had had enough of the education here, since he was to miss none of the good things nor be outdone by the industry of the bee, which gathers the most useful from every flower, he hastened to the city of Caesarea to share in its schools; I mean this illustrious city of ours (for it was the guide and teacher of my own eloquence too), no less a metropolis of letters than of the cities which it surpasses and over which it rules; and if one deprived it of its power in letters, one would have taken away its finest and most distinctive glory. For other cities pride themselves on other ornaments, old or new, according to the stories or sights they have; but its mark is letters, as devices are on arms or in plays. Let those tell what follows who educated the man among them and enjoyed his learning: how great he was to his teachers and how great to his companions, keeping pace with the former and surpassing the latter in every kind of learning; what fame he won in a short time with all, with the common people and with the first of the city; displaying a learning beyond his age, and a firmness of character beyond his learning; an orator among orators even before the sophist's chair; a philosopher among philosophers even before the doctrines of philosophy; and, the greatest thing, a priest to the Christians even before the priesthood: so much did everyone concede to him in all things. Letters were for him a side-work, from which he gathered only so much as to have them as helpers for our philosophy; since power in these too is needed to express what is thought, for a thought that cannot be uttered is the movement of the paralysed. But philosophy was his pursuit: to break away from the world and to be with God, gaining the things above by means of those below, and acquiring what stands and abides by means of what is unstable and flowing.

43.14PG 36:513a–513c

Ἐντεῦθεν ἰπὶ τὸ Βυζάντιον, τὴν προκαθίζομένην τῆς Ἐῷας πόλιν (καὶ γὰρ ηῦδοκίμει σοφιστῶν τε καὶ φιλοσόφων τοτς τελεωτάτοις, ὧν ἐν βραχεῖ χρόνῳ τὰ κράτιστα συνελέξατο τάχει τε καὶ μεγέθει φύσεως)’ ἐντεῦθεν, ἐπὶ τό τῶν λόγων ἔθα-ρος τὰς Ἀθήνας ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ πέμπεται, καὶ τῆς καλῆς περὶ τὴν παίδευσιν ἀπληστίας· Ἀθήνας τὰς χρυσᾶς ὅντως ἐμοὶ, καὶ τῶν καλῶν προξένους, εἴπερ τινί, Ἐυιετναι γὰρ μοι τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἐγνώρισαν τε· λεώτιρον, οὐδὲ πρὶν ἀγνοούμενον καὶ λόγους ἐπιζητῶν, εὐδαιμονίαν ὲκομισάμην* καὶ τρόπον ἕτερον ταυτὸ πέπονθα τῷ Σαοὺλ, ὁς τὰς ὄνους τοῦ πατρὸς ἕπιζητῶν, βασιλείαν εὕρατο, μεῖζον τοῦ ἔργου τὸ πάρεργον ἐμπορευσάμενος, Τὸ μὲν δὴ μέχρι τούτων κεδδρομος ἡμῖν ὃ λόγος, καὶ διὰ λείας τῆς ὀδοῦ φέρων, καὶ ἄγαν εῦπόρου, καὶ βασι·λικῆς ὅντως τῶν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐγκωμίων τὸ δʼ ἐντεῦθεν, οὐκ οἷδʼ ὂ τι τῷ λόγῳ χρήσωμαι, καὶ ποῖ τράπωμαι“ ἔχει γὰρ νι καὶ πρόσαντες ἡμῖν ὃ λό γος. Ποθῶ μὲν γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τοῦ λόγου γενόμενος, καὶ τοῦ καιροῦ τούτου λαβόμενος, καὶ τῶν κατʼ ἐμαυτόν τι προσθεῖναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις, καὶ μικρόν τι προσδιαο τρῖψαι τῷ διηγήματι, ὅθεν τε καὶ ’ὁπως ἡμῖν, κάκ τίνος τῆς ἀρχῆς συνέστη τὸ τῆς φιλίας, εἵτουν συμπνοίας καὶ συμφυίας, εἰ χρὴ προσειπεῖν οἰκειότερον, Φιλεϊ γὰρ οὕτε ἅψις ῥᾳδίως ἀναχωρεῖν τῶν τερπνῶν θεαμάτων, κᾶν ἀφέλκῃ τις βίᾳ, πρὸς αὐτὰ πάλιν φέρεσθαν οὔτε λόγος τῶν ἡδίστων διηγημάτων. Δέδοικα δὲ τὸ φορτικὸν τῆς ἐγχειρήσεως, Πειράσομαι μὶν οὖν, ὡς οἷόν τε μετρίως, τοῦτο ποιεῖν. "Av δʼ ἄρα τι καί βιαζώμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ πόθου, συγγνώμη τῷ πάθει πάντων παθῶν ὃντι δικαιοτάτῳ, καὶ ὅ μὴ παθεῖν ἡ ζημία τοῖς γε νοῦν ἔχουσιν,

Enteuthen ipi to Byzantion, tēn prokathizomenēn tēs Eǭas polin (kai gar ēudokimei sophistōn te kai philosophōn tots teleōtatois, hōn en brachei chronǭ ta kratista synelexato tachei te kai megethei physeōs)’ enteuthen, epi to tōn logōn etha-ros tas Athēnas hypo tou Theou pempetai, kai tēs kalēs peri tēn paideusin aplēstias; Athēnas tas chrysas hontōs emoi, kai tōn kalōn proxenous, eiper tini, Euietnai gar moi ton andra touton egnōrisan te; leōtiron, oude prin agnooumenon kai logous epizētōn, eudaimonian ekomisamēn* kai tropon heteron tauto pepontha tǭ Saoul, hos tas onous tou patros hepizētōn, basileian heurato, meizon tou ergou to parergon emporeusamenos, To men dē mechri toutōn keddromos hēmin ho logos, kai dia leias tēs odou pherōn, kai agan euporou, kai basi;likēs hontōs tōn tou andros enkōmiōn to dʼ enteuthen, ouk hoidʼ o ti tǭ logǭ chrēsōmai, kai poi trapōmai“ echei gar ni kai prosantes hēmin ho lo gos. Pothō men gar entautha tou logou genomenos, kai tou kairou toutou labomenos, kai tōn katʼ emauton ti prostheinai tois eirēmenois, kai mikron ti prosdiao tripsai tǭ diēgēmati, hothen te kai ’hopōs hēmin, kak tinos tēs archēs synestē to tēs philias, heitoun sympnoias kai symphuias, ei chrē proseipein oikeioteron, Phileï gar houte hapsis rhądiōs anachōrein tōn terpnōn theamatōn, kan aphelkę̄ tis bią, pros auta palin pheresthan oute logos tōn hēdistōn diēgēmatōn. Dedoika de to phortikon tēs encheirēseōs, Peirasomai min oun, hōs hoion te metriōs, touto poiein. "Av dʼ ara ti kai biazōmetha hypo tou pothou, syngnōmē tǭ pathei pantōn pathōn honti dikaiotatǭ, kai ho mē pathein hē zēmia tois ge noun echousin,

From there he went to Byzantium, the city that presides over the East (for it was renowned for its most accomplished sophists and philosophers, from whom in a short time he gathered the best by the quickness and greatness of his nature); from there he was sent by God and by his fine greed for learning to Athens, the home of letters: Athens, truly golden to me, and the procurer of good things, if it was to anyone. For it made me know this man more fully, who was not unknown to me before; and seeking letters, I gained happiness; and in another way I had the same experience as Saul, who, looking for his father's asses, found a kingdom, gaining more by the side-work than by the work. Up to this point our discourse has run easily, carried along a smooth and easy road, truly a royal road of the man's praises; but from here I do not know how to use my speech or where to turn, for the discourse meets something steep. For having come to this point and taken hold of this occasion, I long to add to what has been said something of my own, and to linger a little over the story of whence and how and from what beginning our friendship arose, or rather our harmony and union of nature, if I must speak more properly. For neither does the eye easily withdraw from pleasant sights, but even if one drags it away by force it turns back to them, nor does speech from the sweetest stories. But I fear the vulgarity of the attempt. I will try, then, to do it as moderately as I can; and if I am at all overcome by longing, forgive the feeling, the most just of all feelings, and not to feel which is a loss to those who have sense.

43.15PG 36:513c–516a

Εἶχον ἡμᾶς Ἀθῆναι, καθάπερ τι ῥεῦμα ποτάμιον, ἀπὸ μιᾶς σχισθέντας πηγῆς τῆς πατρῗδος, εἰς διάφορον ὒπερορίαν κατʼ ἔρωτα τῆς παιδεύσεως,καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ συνελθόντας, ὤσωερ ἀπὸ συδθήματος, οὕτω Θεοῦ κινήσαντος, Εἶχον δὲ μικρῷ μὲν ἐμὲ πρότερον τὸν δʼ εὒθῦς μετʼ ἐμὲ, μετὰ πολλῆς προσδεχθέντα καὶ περιφανοῦς τῆς ἐλπίδος. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν πολλῶν γλώσσαις ἔκειτο πρὶν ἐπιστῇ· καὶ μέγα ἑκάστοις ἧν προκαταλαβεῖν τὸ σπουδαζόμενονʼ Οὐδὲν δὲ οἷον καὶ ἥδυσμά τι προσθεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ μετ κρὸν ἀφηγημα, τοϊς μὲν εἰδόσιν, ὑπόμνησιν, τοῖς δὲ ἀγνοοῦσι, διδασκαλίαν. Σοφιστομανοῦσιν Ἀθήνῃσι τῶν νέων οἱ πλεῖστοι καί ἀφρονέστεροιο οὐ τῶν ἀγεννῶν μόνον καὶ τῶν ἀνωνύμων, ἀλλʼ ἢδη καὶτῶν οῦ γεγονὸτων καὶ περιφανεστέρων, ἅτε πλῆθος σύμμικτον ὄντες, ιιαὶ νέοι, καὶ δυσκάθεκτοι ταῖς ὁρμαῖς. ’Ὅπερ οὖν πάσχοντας ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, περὶ τὰς κάμονας· πηδῶσι, βοῶσιν, οὖρανῷ πέμπουσι κὸνιν, ’ἰπἧνιοχοῦσι καθήμενοι, παίουσι τὸν ἀέρα, τούς ’ἰπτὲωέ δὴ τοῖς δακτύλοις, ὡς μάστιξι, ξευῖνξςρτ..

Eichon hēmas Athēnai, kathaper ti rheuma potamion, apo mias schisthentas pēgēs tēs patrïdos, eis diaphoron yperorian katʼ erōta tēs paideuseōs,kai palin eis to auto synelthontas, ōsōer apo sydthēmatos, houtō Theou kinēsantos, Eichon de mikrǭ men eme proteron ton dʼ euthys metʼ eme, meta pollēs prosdechthenta kai periphanous tēs elpidos. Kai gar en pollōn glōssais ekeito prin epistę̄; kai mega hekastois hēn prokatalabein to spoudazomenonʼ Ouden de hoion kai hēdysma ti prostheinai tǭ logǭ met kron aphēgēma, toïs men eidosin, hypomnēsin, tois de agnoousi, didaskalian. Sophistomanousin Athēnę̄si tōn neōn hoi pleistoi kai aphronesteroio ou tōn agennōn monon kai tōn anōnymōn, allʼ ēdē kaitōn ou gegonotōn kai periphanesterōn, hate plēthos symmikton ontes, iiai neoi, kai dyskathektoi tais hormais. ’Hoper oun paschontas estin idein, peri tas kamonas; pēdōsi, boōsin, ouranǭ pempousi konin, ’ipēniochousi kathēmenoi, paiousi ton aera, tous ’ipteōe dē tois daktylois, hōs mastixi, xeuinxsrt..

Athens received us like the stream of a river, divided from one source, our homeland, into different foreign lands by the love of learning, and coming together again into one, as if by agreement, God so moving us. It received me a little before, and him immediately after me, welcomed with great and splendid hopes. For he was on many tongues before he arrived, and it was a great thing for each to secure first the one so much sought after. There is nothing like adding a little story as a relish to the discourse, a reminder to those who know and instruction to those who do not. Most of the young men at Athens, and the more foolish of them, are mad about sophists; not only the low-born and nameless, but even the well-born and conspicuous, being a mixed crowd, young and hard to restrain in their impulses. What one can see happen with those who are passionate about horses and the races: they leap, they shout, they send dust up to heaven, they drive while sitting down, they beat the air, they whip the horses with their fingers as with whips …

43.16PG 36:516a–517b

μεταζευγνύουσιν, οὐδενὸς ὄντες κύριοι· amatamσιν αλλήλοις ῥᾳδίως ἡνιὸχους, ἵππους, ἱπποστασίπς Οἱ πένητες πολλάκις ιρατηγούς. Καὶ ταῦτα river;..ξ Σ-λ-λ. νηὶ,μηδʼ ἓν εἷς σίι ἄποροι, καὶ μηδʼ ἄν εἰςίμίαν ἡμέραν τροφῆς εὗ-, ι sua--- κιαι. --.”.--..-}...ἠ-αιʼ ιπᾶανουσιυ ἀπέγνω( ορήσαντες· τοῦτο καὶ αὐτοί πάσχουσιν ἀτέχνως.-ι..λῖν tamam διδασκάλωε- καὶ ἀντιτὲγνους, ερὶ τοὺς ἑαυτῶν διδασκάλους, καὶ ἀντιτέχνους, ---υ Ad...” η fama αέιτοὶ. κάκείνους εὐπορωτέρους κάκείνους εὐπορωτέρους πως πλείους τε ὦσιν αὐτοὶ, --.“.-. ἒ) Σκ-ισρῖιυ ustrina-Eu γ ςοιῶσι διʼ ἑαυτῶν σπουδὴν ἓχοντες· καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμά --.-. z-.-....-:..,οη-ηυδε. νηὶ Sal-nimim, Προκαταλαιιβἆστιν ἐπιεικῶς ἄτοπον καὶ δαιμὸνιον, Προκκτκλαμβἆ- κς mea \---.'..-- 1-3... ἓν... κροκίαν Em”ονται πὸλεις. ὁδοὶ, λιμένες, ὁρῶν ἄκρα, πεδία, ἐσχα- --s,λιλη ἔ ρ...ὃς «Ti.- ’Δττυιῗιε ιιέοος- ἢ τῆ( λοιιαὶ, οὒδὲν ὅ τι μὴ τῆς Ἀττικῆς μέρος, ἢ τῆς λοι- ~ - τμη ω-- -).-.τ......τι-ι ΙΛΤι ηῗν-ητληων οἱ πλεῖστον ἦς”Ελλάδος, αὐτῶν τῶν οἶκητὸρων οἱ πλεῖστον καὶ γὰρ τούτους μεμερισμένους ταῖς σπουδαῖς ἔχουιςʼ. Ἐπεὶ δʼ ἄν οὖν τις ἐπιστῇ τῶν νέων, γαὶ ἓν χερσὶ γένηται τῶν eam...» (γίνεται δὲ, ἢ βιασθεὶς, ἑκὼν), νὸμος οὗτὸς ἐστιν αὐτοῖς Ἀττι- _ _, _ α κ κός ’, xai'n1t5tc“: σπουδῇ σύμμικτος· Πρῶτον μὲν ξεναγὶϊται παρά τινι τῶν προειληφότων, ἢ φίλων, ἢ συγγενῶν, ἢ ’τῶν ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς πατρίδος, ἢ τῶν ὅσοι.. ι ν η. Ι I ι - περιττοὶ τὰ σοφιστικὰ, καὶ προσαγωγοὶ τῶν λημμά- Α· λ ι - 'I ι, ν ς ι τιον, κάντεῦθεν μάλιστα διὰ τιμῆς ἐκείνοις* ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτο μισθὸς ἔστιν αὐτοῖς τῶν σπουδαστῶν τυγχά- ’Ἔπειτα ἐρεσχελετται παρὰ τοῦ βουλομένειν (ο)ἐ νου παντὸς βούλεται δὲ αὐτοῖς, οἶμαι, τοῦτο τῶν ει ιι»--. _.--.'n.... (Rh φλ mnino-nin καὶ ὑπὸ veto: νεηλύδων συστέλλειν τὸ φρὸνημα, ὑπὸ χεῖρα σφιῖιν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἄγειν. ΔἸΞριισχελιξϊταιι δὲ, παρὰ μὲν «in, θρασύτερον. παρὰ δὲ τὼν, λογικώτερον, ὃπως ἄν ἆγροικίας, ἢ ἀστειότητος ἔχῃ. Ι [iui τὸ πρᾶγμα, τοῖς ’μὲν ὰῇοοῦσι λίαν φοβερον καὶ. ανήμιρον, τοῖς δὲ προειδόσι καὶ μᾷλα ἡδὺ καὶ φιλάνθρωπον. Πλείων γάρ ἔστιν ἡ ’ἐνδειξιςλῆ το ἔργον τῶν ἀπειλουμένοιεοίʼἜπειτα πομπεύει ν διὰ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, ἐπὶ τὺ λουτρὸν προαγομενος. Ἠ πομιπὴ. δέʼ Διατάξαντες ἑαυτοὺς στόιχῆέὸν κατὰ συζυγίαν ἐκ διαστήματος. οἱ τελοῦντες τιἙρ νέῳ τὴν τρόοδον, ἐπὶ τὸ λουτρὸν προπέμπουσιν. ”Επειδὰν δὶή πλησιάσωσι, βοῇ τε πολλῇ καὶ ἑξάλμασι χρώμενοι, καθάπερ ἐνθουσιῶντες κελεύει δὶ ἡ βοὴ, προβαίνειν. ἆλκ”ἰστασθαι, ὡς Ἐλόντων. τοῦ λουτροῧ σφᾶς οὖ παραδεχομένου)’ καὶ ἅμα τῶι θυρῶν ἀρασσομένων, πατάγῳ τὸν νέον φοβήσαντες, εἶτα τὴν εʼἱσοδον συγχωρήσαντες, οὕτως ἢδη τὴν έλευθερίαν διδόασιν, ὁμοτιμον ἐκ τοῦ λουτροῦ, ναὶ ὡς αὐτῶν ἕνα δεχόμενοι καὶ τοῦτο ἐστιν αὐτοῖς τῆς τε· λετῆς τὸ τερπνότατον, ἡ ταχίστη τῶν λυπούνοι των ἀπαλλαγὴ καὶ κατάλυσις, Τότε τοίνυν εγὼ τὸν ἐμὸν καὶ μέγαν Βασίλειον, οὔκ αὐτὸς διʼ αἰδοῦς ἦγον μόνον, τό τε τοῦ ἤθους στάσιμον καθορῶν, καὶ τὸ ἐν λόγοις ’καίριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ’ἐπειθον ὁμοιως ἔχειν, ὅσοι τῶν νέων ἂγνοοῦντες τὸν ἂνδρα ἒτύγχανον. Τοῖς γὰρ πολλοῖς εὐθὺς αἰδέσιμος ἧν, ἀκοῇ προκατειλημμένος. Ἐξ οὗ τί γίνεται ς Μόνος σχεδὸν τῶν ἐπιδημούντων, τὸν κοινὸν διέφυγε νόμον, κρείττονος ἢ κατὰ νέηλυν ἀξιωθεὶς τῆς τιμῆς.

metazeugnyousin, oudenos ontes kyrioi; amatamsin allēlois rhądiōs hēniochous, hippous, hippostasips Hoi penētes pollakis iratēgous. Kai tauta river?..x S-l-l. nēi,mēdʼ hen heis sii aporoi, kai mēdʼ an eisimian hēmeran trophēs heu-, i sua--- kiai. --.”.--..-}...ē-aiʼ ipaanousiy apegnō( orēsantes; touto kai autoi paschousin atechnōs.-i..lin tamam didaskalōe- kai antitegnous, eri tous heautōn didaskalous, kai antitechnous, ---y Ad...” ē fama aeitoi. kakeinous euporōterous kakeinous euporōterous pōs pleious te ōsin autoi, --.“.-. e) Sk-isriiy ustrina-Eu g soiōsi diʼ heautōn spoudēn hechontes; kai to pragma --.-. z-.-....-:..,oē-ēude. nēi Sal-nimim, Prokatalaiibastin epieikōs atopon kai daimonion, Prokktklamba- ks mea \---.'..-- 1-3... hen... krokian Em”ontai poleis. hodoi, limenes, horōn akra, pedia, escha- --s,lilē e r...hos «Ti.- ’Dttuiïie iieoos- ē tē( loiiai, ouden ho ti mē tēs Attikēs meros, ē tēs loi- ~ - tmē ō-- -).-.t......ti-i ILTi ēïn-ētlēōn hoi pleiston ēs”Ellados, autōn tōn oikētorōn hoi pleiston kai gar toutous memerismenous tais spoudais echouisʼ. Epei dʼ an oun tis epistę̄ tōn neōn, gai hen chersi genētai tōn eam...» (ginetai de, ē biastheis, hekōn), nomos houtos estin autois Atti- _ _, _ a k kos ’, xai'n1t5tc“: spoudę̄ symmiktos; Prōton men xenagiïtai para tini tōn proeilēphotōn, ē philōn, ē syngenōn, ē ’tōn ek tēs autēs patridos, ē tōn hosoi.. i n ē. I I i - perittoi ta sophistika, kai prosagōgoi tōn lēmma- A; l i - 'I i, n s i tion, kanteuthen malista dia timēs ekeinois* epei kai touto misthos estin autois tōn spoudastōn tyncha- ’Epeita ereschelettai para tou boulomenein (o)e nou pantos bouletai de autois, oimai, touto tōn ei ii»--. _.--.'n.... (Rh phl mnino-nin kai hypo veto: neēlydōn systellein to phronēma, hypo cheira sphiiin apʼ archēs agein. DIXriischelixïtaii de, para men «in, thrasyteron. para de tōn, logikōteron, hopōs an agroikias, ē asteiotētos echę̄. I [iui to pragma, tois ’men aę̄oousi lian phoberon kai. anēmiron, tois de proeidosi kai mąla hēdy kai philanthrōpon. Pleiōn gar estin hē ’endeixislē to ergon tōn apeiloumenoieoiʼEpeita pompeuei n dia tēs agoras, epi ty loutron proagomenos. Ē pomipē. deʼ Diataxantes heautous stoichēeon kata syzygian ek diastēmatos. hoi telountes tiEr neǭ tēn troodon, epi to loutron propempousin. ”Epeidan diē plēsiasōsi, boę̄ te pollę̄ kai hexalmasi chrōmenoi, kathaper enthousiōntes keleuei di hē boē, probainein. alk”istasthai, hōs Elontōn. tou loutroÿ sphas ou paradechomenou)’ kai hama tōi thyrōn arassomenōn, patagǭ ton neon phobēsantes, eita tēn eʼhisodon synchōrēsantes, houtōs ēdē tēn eleutherian didoasin, homotimon ek tou loutrou, nai hōs autōn hena dechomenoi kai touto estin autois tēs te; letēs to terpnotaton, hē tachistē tōn lypounoi tōn apallagē kai katalysis, Tote toinyn egō ton emon kai megan Basileion, ouk autos diʼ aidous ēgon monon, to te tou ēthous stasimon kathorōn, kai to en logois ’kairion, alla kai tous allous ’epeithon homoiōs echein, hosoi tōn neōn agnoountes ton andra etynchanon. Tois gar pollois euthys aidesimos hēn, akoę̄ prokateilēmmenos. Ex hou ti ginetai s Monos schedon tōn epidēmountōn, ton koinon diephyge nomon, kreittonos ē kata neēlyn axiōtheis tēs timēs.

… they change teams, though they are masters of nothing; they easily exchange charioteers, horses, stables, generals with one another; and often the poor, who have not the means for even one day's food … This is what these men suffer, quite simply, about their own teachers and the rival teachers, eager that they themselves may be more numerous and make their teachers richer. The thing is quite absurd and demonic. Cities, roads, harbours, mountain tops, plains, frontiers are seized beforehand; there is nothing that is not a part of Attica or of the rest of Greece, and most of the inhabitants themselves, for they have these too divided among their factions. [16] Whenever a newcomer arrives and falls into the hands of those who seize him (and this happens by force or willingly), they have this Attic custom, mixing play with earnest. First he is entertained by one of those who got him first, friends or relatives or fellow countrymen, or those who are outstanding in sophistry and bring in fees, and who are therefore especially honoured by the masters; for this too is a reward for them, to win pupils. Then he is teased by anyone who wishes; and this, I think, they wish, to humble the pride of newcomers and bring them under their hand from the start. He is teased, by some more boldly, by others more wittily, according to their rusticity or urbanity. To those who do not know it the thing seems very frightening and savage, but to those who know it beforehand very pleasant and humane; for there is more show than deed in the threats. Then he is led in procession through the marketplace to the bath. The procession is this: arranging themselves in pairs at intervals, those who are performing the rite for the young man escort him to the bath. When they draw near, with loud shouts and leaps, as if frenzied (and the shouting bids them stop and not advance, as though the bath would not admit them), and with the doors being battered at the same time, they frighten the young man with the din, then allow him to enter, and so give him his freedom, receiving him from the bath as an equal and as one of themselves; and this is the most pleasant part of the rite for them, the quickest release and end of the vexations. At that time, then, I not only myself treated my great Basil with respect, seeing the steadiness of his character and the maturity of his speech, but also persuaded the others to do the same, those of the young men who did not know the man; for to most he was at once venerable, his reputation having gone before him. What came of it? He was almost the only one of the newcomers to escape the common law, being thought worthy of greater honour than befits a newcomer.

43.17PG 36:517b

Τοῦτο ὑμῖν τῆς φιλίας προοίμιον· έντεῦθεν ὁ τῆς συναφείας σπινθήρ· οὕτως ἐπʼ ἀλλήλοις έτρώθημεν. ’Ἐπειτα συνηνέχθη τι xai10t0310v' οὐδὲγὰρ τοῦτο παραλιπεῖν ἄξιον. Οὐχ ἁπλοόν γένος εὕρισκω τοὺς Ἀρμενίους, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν κρυπτάν τι καὶ ὕφαλον. Τότε τοίνυν τῶν ἐκ πλείονος αὒτῷ συνήθων καὶ φίλων τινὲς, ἔτʼ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς ἄνωθεν ἑταιρίας (καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνης τῆς διατριβῆς ὀντες έτύγχανον), προσιὸντες αὐτῷ μετὰ φιλικοῦ πλάσμαι· τος (φθόνος δὲ ἦν, οὐκ εὔνοια τὸ προσάγον), ἐπηρώτων τε αώτὸν, φιλονείκως μᾶλλον ἡ λογικῶς, καὶ ὑποκλίνειν ἑαυτοῖς ἐπειρῶντο διὰ τῆς πρώτης ἑπιχειρήσεως, τήν νε ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς εὐφυΐαν εἰδότες, καὶ τὴν τότε τιμὴν εὖ φέροντες. Δεινὸν γὰρ εἴ·

Touto hymin tēs philias prooimion; enteuthen ho tēs synapheias spinthēr; houtōs epʼ allēlois etrōthēmen. ’Epeita synēnechthē ti xai10t0310v' oudegar touto paralipein axion. Ouch haploon genos heuriskō tous Armenious, alla kai lian kryptan ti kai hyphalon. Tote toinyn tōn ek pleionos autǭ synēthōn kai philōn tines, etʼ ek tou patros kai tēs anōthen hetairias (kai gar ekeinēs tēs diatribēs ontes etynchanon), prosiontes autǭ meta philikou plasmai; tos (phthonos de ēn, ouk eunoia to prosagon), epērōtōn te aōton, philoneikōs mallon hē logikōs, kai hypoklinein heautois epeirōnto dia tēs prōtēs hepicheirēseōs, tēn ne anōthen tou andros euphyïan eidotes, kai tēn tote timēn eu pherontes. Deinon gar ei;

This was the prelude to our friendship; from this came the spark of our union; thus we were wounded with love for each other. Then something else happened; for it is not right to pass this over either. I find the Armenians not a simple race, but very secretive and underhand. At that time some of his longer-standing acquaintances and friends, from his father's time and from their earlier companionship (for they belonged to that school), came to him with a pretence of friendship (it was envy, not goodwill, that brought them), and questioned him, more contentiously than reasonably, and tried to make him yield to them at the first attempt, knowing the man's natural talent of old and not bearing the honour he then had. For it was terrible …

43.18PG 36:517b–520d

εἰ προειληφότες τοὺς τρίβωνας, καὶ λαρυγγίζειν προμελετήσαντες, μὴ πλέον ἔχοιεν τοῦ ξένου τε καὶ νεήλυδος. Ἐγὼ δὲ ὁ φιλοθήναιος καὶ μάταιος (οὗ γὰρ ᾖσθομην τοῦ φθὸνου, πιστεύων τῷ πλάσματι), ἢδη κλινομένων αὐτῶν, καὶτὰ νῶτα μεταβαλλὸντων (καὶ γὰρ ἐζηλοτύπουν τὸ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν κλέος έν ἐκείνοις καταλυθῆναι, καὶ τάχιστα περιφρονηθῆναι), ὑπήρειδόν τε τοὺς νεανίας ἐπανάγων τὸν λόγον, καὶ τὴν παρʼ ἐμαυτοῦ ῥοπήν χαριζόμενος (δύναται δὲ καὶ ἡ μικρὰ προσθὴκη τί) πᾶν ἐν τοιούτοις), ’ίσας ὑσμίνῃ τὰς κεφαλὰς, τὸ τοῦ λόγου κατ-ἓ έστησα, Ὠς δὲ τὸ τῆς διαλέξεως ἔγνων ἀπόρρητον, οὐδὲ καθεκτὸν ἔτι τυγχάνον, ἀλλὰ σαφῶς ἤδη παραγυμνούμενον, ἐξαίφνης μεταβαλὼν, πρύμναν τι kxpooadpm, ἐκείνῳνθέμενος, καὶ ἑτεραλκέα τὴν vii xqv ἐποίησα, Ὀ δὶ ἥσθη τε αὔτικα τῷ γε· νομένῳ (καὶ γὰρ ἦν ἀγχίνους, tt χαίτις ἄλλος), καί προθυμίας πλησθεὶς, ἴνα τελέως αὐτὸν 11:0anρίσω, ἔφεπε. κλονέων τῷ λόγῳ τοὺς γεννάδας ἐκεινους, καὶ παίων συλλογισμοῖς, οὗ πρὶν ἆνῆχεν, ἢ τιλέως τρέψασθαι, καὶ τὸ κράτος καθαρῶς ἀναδήσασθαι. Οὗτος δεύτερος ἧμῖν τῆς φιλίας, οὒκ "ait. σπινθὴρ, ἀλλʼ ἢδη πυρσὸς ἆνάπτεται περιφανὴς καὶ αεριος, lfl’. Οἱ μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἀπῆλθον ἄπρακτοι, πολλᾶ μὲν τῆς προπετείας ἑαυτοῖς καταμεμψάμενοι, πολλὰ δὲ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς ἐμοὶ δυσχεράναντες, ὡς καὶ φανερὰν ’ἔχθραν ὁμολογῆσαι, καὶ προδοσίαν ἐπικαλεῖν, οὒκ ἐκείνων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὒτῶν Ἀθηνῶν· ὡς ὃ.ὰ τῆς πρώτης πείρας ἐληλεγμένων, καὶ ᾖσχυμμένων ὑφʼ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς, καὶ ταῦτα μηδὲ τοῦ θαῤῥεῖν καιρὸν ἔχοντος. Ὀ δὲ (καὶ γὰρ ἀνθρώπινον τὸ πάθος, ὅτι μεγάλα ἐλπίσαντες ἀθρόως τοῖς ἐλπισσθεῖσιν (Ἠ) ἐντύχωμεν, ἐλάττω τῆς δοξης ὸρᾷν τὰ φαινόμενα), τοῦτο καὶ αὐτος πάσχων, ἐσκυθρώπαζεν, ἐδυσφόρει, τῆς ἐπιδημίας ἑαυτὸν ἐπαινεῖν οὐκ εἶχεν, Ἐζήτει τὸ- ἐλπισθέν- κενὴν μακαρίαν τὰς Ἀθήνας ὠνόμαζεν· "0 μὲν δὴ ταῦταʼ ἐγὼ δὲʼτῆς λύπης ὰφῇρουν τὸ πλεῖστον, καὶ λογικῶς συγγινομινος, ιαὶ κατεπᾴδων τοῖς λογισμοῖς· καὶ, ὅπερ ἦν ἀληθὲς, οὔτε ἦθος ἀνδρὸς εὐθὺς ἁλωτὸν εἶναι, λέγων, ὅτι μὴ χρόνῳ πολλῷ καὶ συνουσίᾳ τελεωτέρᾳ, οῧτε παίδευσιν τοῖς πειρωμέτοις, ἐξ ὀλίγων τε καὶ ἒν ὀλίγῳ γνωρίζεσθατ. ’Ὅθεν ἐπανῆγον αὑτὸν εἰς τὸ εὔθυμον, καὶ πεῖραν διδοὺς καὶ λαμβάνων, πλέον ἐμαυτῷ συνέδησα.

ei proeilēphotes tous tribōnas, kai laryngizein promeletēsantes, mē pleon echoien tou xenou te kai neēlydos. Egō de ho philothēnaios kai mataios (hou gar ę̄sthomēn tou phthonou, pisteuōn tǭ plasmati), ēdē klinomenōn autōn, kaita nōta metaballontōn (kai gar ezēlotypoun to tōn Athēnōn kleos en ekeinois katalythēnai, kai tachista periphronēthēnai), hypēreidon te tous neanias epanagōn ton logon, kai tēn parʼ emautou rhopēn charizomenos (dynatai de kai hē mikra prosthēkē ti) pan en toioutois), ’isas hysminę̄ tas kephalas, to tou logou kat-he estēsa, Ōs de to tēs dialexeōs egnōn aporrēton, oude kathekton eti tynchanon, alla saphōs ēdē paragymnoumenon, exaiphnēs metabalōn, prymnan ti kxpooadpm, ekeinǭnthemenos, kai heteralkea tēn vii xqv epoiēsa, O di hēsthē te autika tǭ ge; nomenǭ (kai gar ēn anchinous, tt chaitis allos), kai prothymias plēstheis, ina teleōs auton 11:0anrisō, ephepe. kloneōn tǭ logǭ tous gennadas ekeinous, kai paiōn syllogismois, hou prin anēchen, ē tileōs trepsasthai, kai to kratos katharōs anadēsasthai. Houtos deuteros hēmin tēs philias, ouk "ait. spinthēr, allʼ ēdē pyrsos anaptetai periphanēs kai aerios, lfl’. Hoi men oun houtōs apēlthon apraktoi, polla men tēs propeteias heautois katamempsamenoi, polla de tēs epiboulēs emoi dyscheranantes, hōs kai phaneran ’echthran homologēsai, kai prodosian epikalein, ouk ekeinōn monon, alla kai autōn Athēnōn; hōs ho.a tēs prōtēs peiras elēlegmenōn, kai ę̄schymmenōn hyphʼ henos andros, kai tauta mēde tou tharrhein kairon echontos. O de (kai gar anthrōpinon to pathos, hoti megala elpisantes athroōs tois elpisstheisin (Ē) entychōmen, elattō tēs doxēs orąn ta phainomena), touto kai autos paschōn, eskythrōpazen, edysphorei, tēs epidēmias heauton epainein ouk eichen, Ezētei to- elpisthen- kenēn makarian tas Athēnas ōnomazen; "0 men dē tautaʼ egō deʼtēs lypēs aphę̄roun to pleiston, kai logikōs synginominos, iai katepądōn tois logismois; kai, hoper ēn alēthes, oute ēthos andros euthys halōton einai, legōn, hoti mē chronǭ pollǭ kai synousią teleōterą, oÿte paideusin tois peirōmetois, ex oligōn te kai en oligǭ gnōrizesthat. ’Hothen epanēgon hauton eis to euthymon, kai peiran didous kai lambanōn, pleon emautǭ synedēsa.

… if they, who had put on the philosopher's cloak before him and practised their throat-gargling eloquence, should not have the advantage over a stranger and newcomer. And I, the lover of Athens and foolish as I was (for I did not perceive the envy, trusting the pretence), when they were already giving way and turning their backs (for I was jealous that the fame of Athens should be undone in them and be very quickly despised), supported the young men, renewing the argument and giving them my own weight (and in such matters even a small addition can do everything), and made the argument even, “with heads equal in the fight”. But when I learned the secret of the discussion, which could no longer be held in but was now plainly exposed, I suddenly changed and backed water, taking my stand with him, and made the victory one-sided. He was at once delighted at what had happened (for he was quick-witted, if anyone was), and, filled with eagerness, that I may describe him fully in Homer's words, he pressed on, routing those noble fellows with his argument and striking them with syllogisms, and did not let up until he had completely turned them and bound on the victory cleanly. This was the second torch of our friendship, no longer a spark, kindled conspicuous and on high. [18] They then went away unsuccessful, much blaming themselves for their rashness and much annoyed with me for my stratagem, so that they avowed open enmity and charged me with treachery, not only to them but to Athens itself, as having been refuted at the first trial and put to shame by one man, and he one who had not even had time to gain confidence. And he (for it is a human feeling, that when we have hoped for great things and suddenly meet what we hoped for, what we see appears less than its fame), he too felt this: he was downcast, impatient, could not congratulate himself on his coming. He sought what he had hoped for; he called Athens an empty blessedness. So he; but I removed most of his grief, conversing with him reasonably and charming him with arguments, and saying what was true: that neither is a man's character quickly caught, except by long time and closer acquaintance, nor is learning known to those who test it from a few things and in a short time. In this way I brought him back to good cheer, and, giving and receiving proof, bound him more closely to myself.

43.19PG 36:520d–524a

Ὠς δὶ, πρᾶίὸντο τοῦ χρὸνου, τὸν πὸθον ἂλλήλοις καθωμολογήσαμεν, καὶ φιλοσοφίαν εἶναι τὸ σπουδαζὸμενον, τηνικαῦτα ἤδη τὴ πάντα ἧμιν ἀλλήλοις δμὸστεγοι, ὁμοδίαιτοι, συμφυεῖς τὸν ἔν ξ Ξλὲποντες, ἀεὶ τὸν πὸθον ἀλλήλοις συναύξοντες itppbzspbvrs καὶ βεβαιὸτερον (Τί), Οἱ μὲν γὰρ τῶν σωμάτων ἔρωτες, tunsa ῥεὸντων εἱσὶ, καὶ ῥέουσιν ἵνα καὶ ἦρινοῖ) ἄνθεσιν. Οὔτε γὰρ φλὸξ μένει, τῆς ὅλης δαπανηθείσης, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀνάπτοντι συναπέρχεται, οῧτε πόθος ὑφίσταται, μαραινομένου τοῦ ὑπεκκαύματος. O't δέ κατὰ Θεόν τε καὶ σώφρονες· ἒπειδὴ πράγματος ἐστῶτός εἶσι, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μονιμώτεροι, καὶ ὅσῳ πλέον αὐτοῖς τὸ κάλλος φαντάζεται, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἔαυτῷ τε καὶ ἂλλήλοις συνδεῖ τοὺς τῶν αιότῶδ ὶραστάς. Οὗτος τοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς ἔρωτος νόμος, Αἶσθάνομαι μὲν οὖν ἔξω τοῦ καιροῦ καὶ τοῦ μέτρου φερόμενος, καὶ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως εἷς τούτους ἐμπίπτω τοὺς λόγους, οὐκ ἔχω δʼ ὃπως ἐμαυτὸν ἐπίσχω τοῦ διηγήματος. Ἀεὶ γὰρ μοι τὸ παρεθέν ἀναγκαῖον φαίνεται, καὶ κρεῖττον τοῦ προληφθέντος. Κέίν μέ τις ἀπάγῃ τοῦ πρόσω τυραννικῶς, τὸ τῶν πολυπόδων πείσομαι, ὤν τῆς θαλάμης ὲξελκομένων, προσέξονται ταῖς κοτύλαις αἱπέτραι, καὶ οὗ πρὶν ἀφεθήσονται, ἤ παρʼ ἀλλήλων τι προσλαβεῖν ἐκ τῆς βίας. Εἰ μὲν οὗν συγχωρήσοι τις, ἔχω τὸ ζητούμενον· εἷ δὲ μὴ, παρʼ ἰμαυτοῦ λήψομαι, αβεϊν, ἢ ἀρετῆς μεταδοῦναιο ἐπεὶ καὶ νόσου μεταχεϊν μᾶλλον, ἣ ὑγίειαν χαρίσασθαι. Μκθημάων δὲ οὗ τοῖς fiatut:th πλέον, ἧ τοῖς καλλίστοις χαίρομεν ἐπειδὴ κάντεῦθεν ἔστιν, ἢ πρὸς ἀρετὴν

Ōs di, praionto tou chronou, ton pothon allēlois kathōmologēsamen, kai philosophian einai to spoudazomenon, tēnikauta ēdē tē panta hēmin allēlois dmostegoi, homodiaitoi, symphyeis ton en x Xlepontes, aei ton pothon allēlois synauxontes itppbzspbvrs kai bebaioteron (Ti), Hoi men gar tōn sōmatōn erōtes, tunsa rheontōn heisi, kai rheousin hina kai ērinoi) anthesin. Oute gar phlox menei, tēs holēs dapanētheisēs, alla tǭ anaptonti synaperchetai, oÿte pothos hyphistatai, marainomenou tou hypekkaumatos. O't de kata Theon te kai sōphrones; epeidē pragmatos estōtos eisi, dia touto kai monimōteroi, kai hosǭ pleon autois to kallos phantazetai, tosoutǭ mallon eautǭ te kai allēlois syndei tous tōn aiotōd irastas. Houtos tou hyper hēmas erōtos nomos, Aisthanomai men oun exō tou kairou kai tou metrou pheromenos, kai ouk oidʼ hopōs heis toutous empiptō tous logous, ouk echō dʼ hopōs emauton epischō tou diēgēmatos. Aei gar moi to parethen anankaion phainetai, kai kreitton tou prolēphthentos. Kein me tis apagę̄ tou prosō tyrannikōs, to tōn polypodōn peisomai, ōn tēs thalamēs exelkomenōn, prosexontai tais kotylais haipetrai, kai hou prin aphethēsontai, ē parʼ allēlōn ti proslabein ek tēs bias. Ei men houn synchōrēsoi tis, echō to zētoumenon; hei de mē, parʼ imautou lēpsomai, abeïn, ē aretēs metadounaio epei kai nosou metacheïn mallon, hē hygieian charisasthai. Mkthēmaōn de hou tois fiatut:th pleon, hē tois kallistois chairomen epeidē kanteuthen estin, ē pros aretēn

When, as time went on, we confessed our longing to each other, and that philosophy was what we pursued, then we were all things to each other: sharing a roof, sharing a table, joined in nature, looking to one goal, always increasing our longing for each other more warmly and more firmly. For bodily loves, being for things that flow, flow away like spring flowers. For neither does a flame remain when its fuel is consumed, but departs with what kindles it; nor does desire persist when its tinder has withered. But loves that are according to God and chaste, since they are for something that stands, are for that reason more lasting; and the more their beauty appears to them, the more it binds to itself and to one another those who love the same beauty. This is the law of the love that is above us. I feel that I am being carried beyond the occasion and the measure, and I do not know how I fall into these words; but I cannot restrain myself from the story. For always what has been passed over seems necessary and better than what was chosen first. And if anyone drags me forward tyrannically, I shall suffer what octopuses suffer, which, when dragged out of their holes, cling to the rocks with their suckers and are not let go until they have taken something from them by force. If, then, anyone allows me, I have what I seek; if not, I will take it from myself. … [20] … to receive vice than to impart virtue, since it is easier to pass on disease than to bestow health. Of studies we delighted not in the most pleasant but in the finest, since from these too there is formation towards virtue …

43.21PG 36:524a–524d

Δύο μὲν ἔγνωρίζοντο ἡμῖν ὁδοί· ἣ μὶν πρώςη καὶ τιμιωτέρα, ἡ δὲ δευτέρα auio") τοῦ ’ἴσου λὸrota“ ii τε πρὸς τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἡμῶν οἴκους, καὶτοὺς κεῖσε διδκσκάλους φέρουσα, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ἕξωιν παιδευτάς, Τὰς ἄλλας δὲ τοῖς βουλομένοις παρςκαμεν, ἑορτὰς, θέατρα, πανηγύρεις, συμποσια. Οὗῖὲν γὰρ, οἶμαι, τίμιον, ὃ μὴ πρὸς ἄρετὴν φέρει, ιηδξ nam βελτίους τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸ σπουδάζοντις, υΑλλοις μὶν οὗν ἄλλαι προσηγορίαι τινές εἰσιν, i, πατρόθεν, ἥ οἴκοθεν, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ἢ πράξεων· ἡμῖν δὲ τὸ μέγα πρᾶγμα καὶ ἔνομα, Χριστιανοὺς καὶ sint, καὶ ὀνομάζεσθαι· ᾣ πλέον ἐφρονοῦμεν, ἢ τῇ στροφῇ τῆς σφενδόνης ὁ Γύγης, αἴπερ μὴ μῦθος ἧν, ἐξ ἧς Λυδῶν ἔτυ- >ἇννησενο ἤ τῷ χρυσῷ ποτε Μίδας,διʼ ὃν ὶπώλετο ἐπιτυχὼν τῆς εύχῆς, καὶ πάντα χρυσὸν ιτησάμενος ἄλλος ούτος Φρύγιος μῦθος, Τὸν γὰρ Ἀβέριδος ὀϊστὸν τί ἄν λέγοιμι τοὺ Ὑπερβοsieo, ἢ τὸν Ἀργεῖον Πήγασον, οῖς οὗ τοσοῦτον ειν τὸ διʼ ἀέρος φέρεσθαι, ὅσον ἡμῖν τὸ πρὸς Θεὸν ιʼἰρεσθκι διʼ ἀλλήλων, καί σὺν ἀλλήλοις, Εἴπω τι ιυντομώτερον· Βλαόεραὶ μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἀθῆραι, τὰ εἷς ψυχὴν (οὗ γὰρ φαύλως τοῦτο ὕπολαμβάνιται τοῖς ε·5σε6εστέροις)· καὶ γὰο πλουτοῦσι τὸν ιακὸν πλοῦτον, εἴδωλα, μᾶλλον τῆς ἄλλης Ἐλ.. ιάόος, καὶ χαλεπὸν μὴ συναρπασθῆναι τοῖς τούτων ιπαινέτειις καὶ συνηγόροις· ἡμῖν δʼ οὖδιμῑα παρᾶ ίούτων ζημία, τὴν διάνοιαν πεπυκνωμένοις καὶ περρκγμὲνοις. Γούναντίον μὲν οὖν, s’.‘ τι χρὴ καὶ πα- >άδοξον εἰπεῖν, εἷς τὴν πίστιν ἐντεῦθεν ἐβεβαιώθηtsv, καταμαθὸντες αὐτῶν τὸ ἀπατηλὸν καὶ κίβδηιον, ἐνταῦθα δαιμὸνων καταφρονήσαντες, οὗ θαυμαίζονται δαίμονες. Καὶ εἴ τίς ἔστιν, ’ἵ πιστεύεται ποταμὸς (Ι), διʼ ἅλμης ῥέων γλυκὺς, ζῶον ἐν πυρὶ mat'tpov, ᾧ τὰ πάντα ἁλίσκεται, τοῦτο ἦμεν

Dyo men egnōrizonto hēmin hodoi; hē min prōsē kai timiōtera, hē de deutera auio") tou ’isou lorota“ ii te pros tous hierous hēmōn oikous, kaitous keise didkskalous pherousa, kai hē pros tous hexōin paideutas, Tas allas de tois boulomenois parskamen, heortas, theatra, panēgyreis, symposia. Houien gar, oimai, timion, ho mē pros aretēn pherei, iēdx nam beltious tous peri auto spoudazontis, yAllois min houn allai prosēgoriai tines eisin, i, patrothen, hē oikothen, ek tōn idiōn epitēdeumatōn, ē praxeōn; hēmin de to mega pragma kai enoma, Christianous kai sint, kai onomazesthai; hǭ pleon ephronoumen, ē tę̄ strophę̄ tēs sphendonēs ho Gygēs, aiper mē mythos hēn, ex hēs Lydōn ety- >hannēseno ē tǭ chrysǭ pote Midas,diʼ hon ipōleto epitychōn tēs euchēs, kai panta chryson itēsamenos allos outos Phrygios mythos, Ton gar Aberidos oïston ti an legoimi tou Hyperbosieo, ē ton Argeion Pēgason, ois hou tosouton ein to diʼ aeros pheresthai, hoson hēmin to pros Theon iʼiresthki diʼ allēlōn, kai syn allēlois, Eipō ti iyntomōteron; Blaoerai men tois allois Athērai, ta heis psychēn (hou gar phaulōs touto hypolambanitai tois e;5se6esterois); kai gao ploutousi ton iakon plouton, eidōla, mallon tēs allēs El.. iaoos, kai chalepon mē synarpasthēnai tois toutōn ipaineteiis kai synēgorois; hēmin dʼ oudimia para ioutōn zēmia, tēn dianoian pepyknōmenois kai perrkgmenois. Gounantion men oun, s’.‘ ti chrē kai pa- >adoxon eipein, heis tēn pistin enteuthen ebebaiōthētsv, katamathontes autōn to apatēlon kai kibdēion, entautha daimonōn kataphronēsantes, hou thaumaizontai daimones. Kai ei tis estin, ’hi pisteuetai potamos (I), diʼ halmēs rheōn glykys, zōon en pyri mat'tpov, hǭ ta panta halisketai, touto ēmen

Two roads were known to us: the first and more precious, the second not of equal worth; the one leading to our sacred houses and the teachers there, the other to the teachers outside. The others we left to those who wished: feasts, theatres, assemblies, banquets. For nothing, I think, is precious that does not lead to virtue and make better those who pursue it. Others have other names, from their fathers or their families, or from their own pursuits or deeds; but for us the great thing and the great name was to be and to be called Christians. On this we prided ourselves more than Gyges on the turning of his ring (if that was not a myth), by which he became tyrant of the Lydians; or Midas on his gold, by which he perished when his prayer was granted and he turned everything into gold, another Phrygian myth. For why should I speak of the arrow of Abaris the Hyperborean, or the Argive Pegasus, for whom it was not so great to be carried through the air as it was for us to be raised up to God through one another and with one another? To say it briefly: Athens is harmful to others in what concerns the soul (and this is not lightly supposed by the more pious), for it is rich in the evil wealth, idols, more than the rest of Greece, and it is hard not to be carried away by their praisers and advocates; but to us there was no harm from them, our minds being closed and fortified. On the contrary, if I may say something paradoxical, we were confirmed in the faith there, learning their deceit and falseness, and there we despised demons where demons are admired. And if there is, as is believed, a river that flows sweet through the brine, or a creature that leaps about in the fire by which all things are consumed, that is what we were …

43.22PG 36:525a–525c

Καὶ τὸ κάλλιστον, ὅτι καὶ φρατρία τις περῖ ἡμᾶς οὐκ ἀγεννὴς ἦν, ὑπʼ ὶκείνῳ καθηγεμόνι παι·δευομὲνη καὶ ἀγομένη, καὶτοῖς αὐτοῖς χαίρουσαν εἰ καὶ πεζοὶ παρὰ Λύδιον ἅρμα ἐθέομεν, τὸν ἐκείσ νου δρόμον καὶ τρόπονʼ ἐξ ὧν ὑπῆρχεν ἡμῖν ἐπισήμοις μέν εἶναι παρα τοῖς ἡμετέροις παιευταϊς καὶ συμπράκτορσιν, ἒπισήμοις δὲ παρὰ τῇ Ἐλλάδι πασῃ, καὶ ταύτης μάλιστα τοϊς γνωριμωτάτοις, ’Ἤδη δὲ καὶ μέχρι τῆς ὑπερορίας προήλθομεν, ὡς σαφὲς γέγονεν ἐκ πλειόνων τῶν ταῦτα διηγουμένων. Παρὰ τοσούτοις μὲν γὰρ οἱ ἡμέτεροι παιδευταὶ, παρʼ ὀσοις Ἀθῆναιʼ παρὰ τοσούτοις δὲ ἡμεῖς, παρʼ ὅσοις οἱ παιδευταὶ, συνακουὸμενοί τε ἀλλήλοις καί συλλαλούμενοι, καὶ ξυνωρὶς οὒκ ἀνώνυμος, καὶ ὄντες παρʼ αὒτοῖς, καὶ ἀκούοντες. Οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον αὐτοῖς οἱ Ὀρέσται καὶ οἷ Πυλάδαιʼ οὐδὲν οἱ Μολιονίδαι, τῆς Ὀμηρικῆς δέλτου τὸ θαῦμα, οὕς κοινωνία συμφορῶν ἐγνώρισε, καὶ τὸ καλῶς ἂρμα ἐλαύνειν, μεριζομένους ἐν ταυτῷ ἡνίας καὶ μάστιγας, Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἔλαθον ἐμαυτὸν, εἰς τοὺς ἐμοὺς ὑπαχθεὶς ἔπαίνους, ὁ μηδὲ παρʼ ἑτέροιο ποτὲ τοῦτο δεξάμενος. Καὶ Θαυμαστὸν ούδὲν, εἰ κάντλῦθα τῆς ἐκείνου φιλίας τι παραπέλαυσα. ὥσπερ ζῶντος εἷς ἀρετὴν, οὕτω μεταστάντος εἷς εὐφημίαν, Ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὴν νύσσαν ἐπαναγέσθω πάλιν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος.

Kai to kalliston, hoti kai phratria tis peri hēmas ouk agennēs ēn, hypʼ ikeinǭ kathēgemoni pai;deuomenē kai agomenē, kaitois autois chairousan ei kai pezoi para Lydion harma etheomen, ton ekeis nou dromon kai troponʼ ex hōn hypērchen hēmin episēmois men einai para tois hēmeterois paieutaïs kai sympraktorsin, episēmois de para tę̄ Elladi pasę̄, kai tautēs malista toïs gnōrimōtatois, ’Ēdē de kai mechri tēs hyperorias proēlthomen, hōs saphes gegonen ek pleionōn tōn tauta diēgoumenōn. Para tosoutois men gar hoi hēmeteroi paideutai, parʼ osois Athēnaiʼ para tosoutois de hēmeis, parʼ hosois hoi paideutai, synakouomenoi te allēlois kai syllaloumenoi, kai xynōris ouk anōnymos, kai ontes parʼ autois, kai akouontes. Ouden toiouton autois hoi Orestai kai hoi Pyladaiʼ ouden hoi Molionidai, tēs Omērikēs deltou to thauma, hous koinōnia symphorōn egnōrise, kai to kalōs arma elaunein, merizomenous en tautǭ hēnias kai mastigas, Alla gar elathon emauton, eis tous emous hypachtheis epainous, ho mēde parʼ heteroio pote touto dexamenos. Kai Thaumaston ouden, ei kantlytha tēs ekeinou philias ti parapelausa. hōsper zōntos heis aretēn, houtō metastantos heis euphēmian, Allʼ epi tēn nyssan epanagesthō palin hēmin ho logos.

And the finest thing was that there was around us a not ignoble company, educated and led under his guidance and rejoicing in the same things, even if we ran on foot beside a Lydian chariot, his course and manner of life. Through this we came to be conspicuous among our teachers and fellow students, conspicuous throughout all Greece, and especially among its most distinguished men. We had already become known even beyond its borders, as became clear from many who reported it. For our teachers were known wherever Athens was known, and we wherever our teachers were known, heard of and spoken of together, a pair not without a name, both among those with us and among those who heard of us. The Oresteses and Pyladeses were nothing like this to them, nor the Molionidae, the wonder of Homer's page, whom shared misfortunes and good chariot-driving made famous, dividing between them the same reins and whips. But I have been led unawares into my own praises, I who never accepted this from others. And it is no wonder if even here I have reaped some fruit of his friendship, profiting from him in death for praise, as in life for virtue. But let our discourse return again to the turning post.

43.23PG 36:525c–528d

Τίς μὲν οὕτω πολιὸς ἦν τὴν σύνεσιναι) καὶ πρὸ τῇς πολιᾶς ; ἐπειδὴ τούτῳ καὶ Σολομὼν τὸ γῆρας ὁρίζεται. Τίς δὲ οὕτως αἰδέσιμος, ἢ παλαιοϊς, ἦ νέοις, μὴ ὅτι τῶν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν ἡμῖν χρόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πλεῖστον προειληνρύτωνς τίς μέν ἧττον ἐδεῖτο λόγων, διὰ τὸν τρόπον;τίς δὲ μᾶλλον μετέσχε λόγου καὶ μετὰ τοῦ τρόπου; ποῖον μὲν εἶδος οὒκ ἐπῆλθε παιδαύσεως ς μᾶλλον δὲ, ποῖον οὐ μεθʼ ὑπερβολῆς ὡς μόνον ς Οὸτω μὲν ἅπαντα διελθὼν, ὡς οὐδεὶς ἓν· οὕτω δὲ εἱς ἄκρον ἕκαστον, ὡς τῶν ἄλλων οὐδέν. Σπουδὴ γὰρ εὐφυΐᾳ συνέδραμεν, ἐξ ὦν ἐπιστῆμαι καί τέχναι τὸ κράτος ἔχουσιν. ’Ἦκιστα μὲν τάχους φύσεως διὰ τόνον δεόμενος, ἥκιστα δὲ τόνου διὰ τάχοςʼ οὕτω δʼ ἀμφότερα συλλαβὼν, καὶ εἷς ἔν ἀγαγὼν, ὥστε ἄδηλον εἶναι, ποτέρῳ τούτων ἐκεῖνος) θαυμασιώτερος. Τίς μὲν ῥητορικὴν τοσοῦτος, τὴν πυρὸς μένος πνείουσαν Δ, εί καὶ τὸ ἦθος αὖτῷ μὴ κατὰ ῥήτορας ἦν ; τίς δὲ γραμματικὴν, ἢ γλῶσσαν ἑξελληνίζει, καὶ icto; ρίαν συνάγει, καὶ μέτροις ξπιστατετ, καὶ νομοθετεῖ ποιήμασιν, τίς δὲ φιλοσοφίαν, τὴν ὄντως ὑψηλὴν τε καὶ ἄνω βαίνουσαν, ὅση τε πρακτικὴ καί θεωρητική, ὃση τε περὶ τας λογικὰς ἀποδείξεις καὶ ἀντιθέσεις ἔχει καὶ τὰ παλαῦσματα, ἣν δὴ διαλεκτικὴν ὀνομάζουσιν ὠς ῥᾷον εὕναι τοὺς λαβυρίνθους διεξελθεῖν, ἢ τὰς ἐκείνου τῶν λόγων ἄρκυς διαφογεϊν, εἰ τούτου δεήσειεν, Ἀστρονομίας δὲ, καὶ γεω. μετρίας, καὶ ἀριθμῶν ἀναλογίας τοσοῦτον λαβών, ὅσον μὴ κλονεῖσθαι τοῖς περὶ ταῦτα κομψοῖς· τὸ περιττὸν διέπτυσεν, ὡς ἄχρηστον τοῖς εὐσεβεῖν ἰθέλουσινο ὥστε μᾶλλον μὲν τό αἱρεθὲν τοῦ παρεθέντος ἐξεῖναι θαυμάζειν, μᾶλλον δὲ τοὺ αἱρεθέντος τὸ παρεθέν, Ἰατρικὴν μὶν γὰρ καὶ ἦ τοῦ σώματος ἆῤῥωστία, καὶ νοσοκομία, φιλοσοφίας καὶ φιλοπονίας οὖσαν καρπὸν, ἀναγκαίαν αὒτῷ πεποιήκασιν· ὅθεν ἀρξάμενος, εἷς ἕξιν τῆς τέχνης ἀφίκετο· καὶ ταύτης, οὔχ ὃση περὶ τὸ φαινόμενον ἔχει καὶ κάτω κείμενον, ἀλλʼ ὅσον ὁογματικὸν καὶ φιλόσοφον. Ἀλλὰ τί ταῦτα, καίπερ τηλικαῦτα τυγχάνοντα, πρὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ ἤθει τοῦ ἀνδρὸς παίδευσιν ς Λῆρος τοῖς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς πεπειραμένυις ὁ Μίνως εκεϊνος, καὶ ό Ῥαδάμανθυς, οὓς ἆσφοδελῶν λειμώνων καὶ Ἠλυσίων πεδίων ἠξίωσαν ”Ελληνες, ἐν φανταιίᾳ τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς παραδείσου γενόμενοι, εκ τῶν Μωσαϊκῶν, οἶμαι, βιβλίων καὶ ἡμετέρων, εἱ ιαὶ περὶ τὴν κλῆσίν τι διηνέχθησαν, ἑν ἄλλοις δνόιασι τούιο παραδηλώσαντες. Εἶχε μὲν οὖν οὕτω ταῦτα, καὶ πλήρης παιδεύσεως ἡ φορτὶς, ὡς γοῦν ἐφικτὸν ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει (τὸ γὰρ ἒπέκεινα Γαδείρων οὗ πιρα..

Tis men houtō polios ēn tēn synesinai) kai pro tę̄s polias ? epeidē toutǭ kai Solomōn to gēras horizetai. Tis de houtōs aidesimos, ē palaioïs, ē neois, mē hoti tōn kata ton auton hēmin chronon, alla kai tōn pleiston proeilēnrytōns tis men hētton edeito logōn, dia ton tropon?tis de mallon metesche logou kai meta tou tropou? poion men eidos ouk epēlthe paidauseōs s mallon de, poion ou methʼ hyperbolēs hōs monon s Ootō men hapanta dielthōn, hōs oudeis hen; houtō de heis akron hekaston, hōs tōn allōn ouden. Spoudē gar euphyïą synedramen, ex ōn epistēmai kai technai to kratos echousin. ’Ēkista men tachous physeōs dia tonon deomenos, hēkista de tonou dia tachosʼ houtō dʼ amphotera syllabōn, kai heis en agagōn, hōste adēlon einai, poterǭ toutōn ekeinos) thaumasiōteros. Tis men rhētorikēn tosoutos, tēn pyros menos pneiousan D, ei kai to ēthos autǭ mē kata rhētoras ēn ? tis de grammatikēn, ē glōssan hexellēnizei, kai icto? rian synagei, kai metrois xpistatet, kai nomothetei poiēmasin, tis de philosophian, tēn ontōs hypsēlēn te kai anō bainousan, hosē te praktikē kai theōrētikē, hosē te peri tas logikas apodeixeis kai antitheseis echei kai ta palausmata, hēn dē dialektikēn onomazousin ōs rhąon heunai tous labyrinthous diexelthein, ē tas ekeinou tōn logōn arkys diaphogeïn, ei toutou deēseien, Astronomias de, kai geō. metrias, kai arithmōn analogias tosouton labōn, hoson mē kloneisthai tois peri tauta kompsois; to peritton dieptysen, hōs achrēston tois eusebein ithelousino hōste mallon men to hairethen tou parethentos exeinai thaumazein, mallon de tou hairethentos to parethen, Iatrikēn min gar kai ē tou sōmatos arrhōstia, kai nosokomia, philosophias kai philoponias ousan karpon, anankaian autǭ pepoiēkasin; hothen arxamenos, heis hexin tēs technēs aphiketo; kai tautēs, ouch hosē peri to phainomenon echei kai katō keimenon, allʼ hoson hoogmatikon kai philosophon. Alla ti tauta, kaiper tēlikauta tynchanonta, pros tēn en tǭ ēthei tou andros paideusin s Lēros tois tou andros pepeiramenuis ho Minōs ekeïnos, kai o Rhadamanthys, hous asphodelōn leimōnōn kai Ēlysiōn pediōn ēxiōsan ”Ellēnes, en phantaiią tou kathʼ hēmas paradeisou genomenoi, ek tōn Mōsaïkōn, oimai, bibliōn kai hēmeterōn, hei iai peri tēn klēsin ti diēnechthēsan, hen allois dnoiasi touio paradēlōsantes. Eiche men oun houtō tauta, kai plērēs paideuseōs hē phortis, hōs goun ephikton anthrōpinę̄ physei (to gar epekeina Gadeirōn hou pira..

Who was so grey in understanding, even before grey hairs? For by this Solomon too defines old age. Who was so venerable to old and young, not only of those in our own time, but even of those who lived long before us? Who needed learning less, because of his character? Who had more learning, together with his character? What kind of learning did he not go through? Or rather, which did he not go through to excess, as though it were the only one? He went through all as no one goes through one, and each to its height as though there were no other. For diligence concurred with natural talent, the two from which sciences and arts get their strength. He hardly needed quickness of nature, because of his application, and hardly needed application, because of his quickness; but he so combined both and brought them into one that it was unclear in which of the two he was more wonderful. Who was so great in rhetoric, which breathes the might of fire, even if his character was not that of the rhetoricians? Who in grammar, which makes the tongue pure Greek, collects history, presides over metres and lays down laws for poems? Who in philosophy, the truly lofty and upward-moving, both practical and contemplative, and that part of it concerned with logical demonstrations, antitheses and contests, which they call dialectic, so that it was easier to find a way out of labyrinths than to escape the nets of his arguments, if he had need of them? Of astronomy, geometry and the proportions of numbers he took so much as not to be confounded by the clever in these matters; the excess he spat out as useless to those who wish to be pious; so that one might admire what he chose more than what he passed over, or what he passed over more than what he chose. Medicine, the fruit of philosophy and industry, was made necessary for him by the weakness of his body and his care of the sick; starting from these he came to a mastery of the art, and of this not the part concerned with what is visible and lowly, but the part that is systematic and philosophical. But what are these, great as they are, compared with the education of the man's character? Minos and Rhadamanthys are nonsense to those who knew the man, those whom the Greeks thought worthy of the meadows of asphodel and the Elysian fields, having formed the picture of our paradise from the books of Moses, I think, which are ours, even if they differed somewhat in the naming and indicated it by other names. [24] So it was, then, and the cargo was full of learning, as far as is attainable by human nature (for beyond Gades there is no passage) …

43.24PG 36:528d–532c

ἔδει δι λοιπὸν ὶπανόδου καὶ βὶου τελεωτξρου oi τοῦ λαβέσθαι τῶν ἐλπιζομένων ἠιιϊν καὶ συγκειἐνων, Παρῆν ἡ τῆς ἐκδημίαις ἡμέρα, καὶ ὅσα τῆς ἱκδημίας, ἓξιτήριοι λόγοι, προπόμπιοι, ἀνακλήσεις, οἰμωγαὶ, περιπλοκαὶ, δάκρυα. Οὖδὲν γὰρ οὕτως οὐ· ὃενὶ λυπηρὸν, ὡς τοῖς ἐκεῖσε συννόμοις, Ἀθηνών, καὶ ἀλλήλων τέμνεεθαι. Γίνεται δὴ τότε θέαμά τι ἐλεεινὸν καὶ ἱστορίας ἀξιον. Περιστάντες ἡμᾶς ὁ τῶν ἑταίρων καὶ ἡλίκων χορὸς, ἔστι δὲ ὦν καὶ διδασκαλων, οὐδʼ ἀν, εἴ τι γένοιτο, μεθήσειν ἔφασκον, ἀντιβολοῦντες, βιαζόμενοι, πείθοντες* τί γὰρ οὗ λέγοντες ; τί δʼ οὗ πράττοντες, ὧν τοὺς ἀλγοῦντες εἰκός ; Ἐνταῦθά τι κατηγορήσω μὲν ἐμαυ τοῦ, κατηγορήσω δὲ τῆς θείας ἀκείνης καὶ ἀλήπτου ψυχῆς, εί καὶ τολμηρόν, Ὀ μὲν γὰρ, τὰς αἰτίας εἰπὼν τῆς περὶ τὴν ἐπάνοδον φιὲονεικίας, κρείττων ὤφθη τῶν κατεχόντων· καὶ βίᾳ μὲν, συνεχωρήθη δʼ οὖν ὅμως τὴν ἐκδημίαν, Ἐγὼ δὲ ὑπελείφθην Ἀθήνῃσιο τὸ μέν τι μαλακισθεὶς (εἰρήσεται γάρ τάληθὲς), τὸ δὲ τι προδοθεὶς παρʼ ἐκείνου, πεισθέντος ἀφεῖναι μὴ ἀφιέντα, καὶ παραχωρῆσαι τοῖς ἕλκουσι. Πρᾶγμα, πρὶν γε.·ἐσθαι, μὴ πιστευόμενον γίνεται γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐνὸς σώματος εἷς δύο τομη, καὶ ἀμφοτὲρων νέκρωσιςʼ ἢ μόσχων συντρόφων καὶ ὁμοζύγων διάζευξις, γοερὸν, μυκωμένων ἔπʼ ἀλλήλοις, καὶ οὗ φερόντων τὴν ἀλλοτρίωσιν, Οὐ μὴν μακρότερόν μοι τὸ τῆς ζημίαςʼ οὒ γὰρ ἠνειχόμην ἐπιπλεϊον ἐλεεινὸς ὁρᾶσθαι, mi’ πᾶσι λόγον ὑπέχειν τῆς διαστάσεως ἀλλʼ ὶπιμείναντά με ταῖς Ἀθηναις χρόνον οὗχὶ συχνὸν, ποιεῖ τὸν Ὀμηρικὸν ἵππον ὁ πόθος· καὶ τὸ δεσμά ῥήξας τῶν κατεχόντων, κροαίνω κατά πεδίων, καὶ πρὸς τὸν σύννομον ἔφερόμην. ού καλῶς μὲν ἴσως, οὗδὲ δικαίως ἆπὴγαγε δʼ οὖν. Σκοπῶ δὲ, εἷ μὴ κᾶντεῦθέν μοι πᾶσα ἡ περὶ τὸν βίον ἀνωμαλία καὶ δυσκολία σονέπεσε, καὶ τὸ πρὸς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν οὒκ εὔοδον, οὖδέ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας καὶ τῆς ὑποθέσεως ἄξιον. Τά μὲν οὖν ἡμέτερα, ὅπη τῷ Θεῴ φίλον, ἀγέσθω ἂγοιτο δὲ ταῖς ἐκείνου πρεσβείαις ἄμεινον. Τὸν δὲ, ἡ πολύτροπος τοῦ Θεοῦ φιλανθρωπία, καὶ περὶ τὸ ἡμέτερον γένος οίκονρμία, διὰ πολλῶν τῶν ἐν μέσῳ γνωρίσασα, καὶ ᾀεὶ λαμπρότερον ἀποδείξασα, λαμπτῆρα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας προτίθησι περιφανῆ τε καὶ περιβόητον, τοῖς ἱεροῖς τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου θρόνοις τέως ἱγκαταλέξασα, καὶ, διὰ μιᾶς τῆς Καισαρέων πόλεως, τῇ οἰκουμένῃ πάσῃ πυρσεύουσα. Καὶ τίνα τρόπον ; Οὔ σχεδιάσασα τὸν βαθμὸν, οὐδὲ ὁμοῦ τε πλύκαὶ σοφίσασα, κατᾶ τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν νῦν τῆς προστασίας ἐφιεμένων·ἀλλὰ τάξει καὶ νόμῳ πνευματικῆς ἀναβάσεως, τῆς τιμῆς ἀξιώσασα. Οὔκ ἐπαινῶ γὰρ ἐγὼ τὴν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀταξίαν καὶ ἀκοσμίαν, ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ ἐρʼ ῶν προεδρενᾶντων ἓν βήμασιν. Οὔ γὰρ ἁπάντων τολμήσω κατηγορεῖν, οὐδὲ δίκαιον, Ἐπαινῶ τὸν νηίτην νόμον, ὃς τὴν κώπην πρότερον ἐγχειρίσας τῷ νῦν κυβερνήτῃ, κάκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τὴν πρώραν αγαγὼν, καὶ πιστεύσας τα ἔμπροσθεν, οὕτως ἰπὶ τῶν οἰάκων καθίζει, μετὰ τὴν πολλὴν τυφθεῖσαν θάλασσαν, καὶ τήν τῶν ἀνέ μων διάσκεψιν, ιὨς δὲ κᾶν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς -ἔγειο στρατιώτης, ταξίαρχος, στρατηγός. Αὕτη ἡ τέξις ἀρίστη καὶ λυσιτελεστάτη τοῖς ἀρχομένοις. Τὸ δʼ ἡμέτερον, πολλου ἄν ᾖν ἄξιον, εἶ οὕτως εἶχε. Νῦν δὲ κινδυνεύει, τὸ παντων ἁγιώτατον τάγμα, τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν πάντων εἶναι καταγελαστότατον. Οὔ γὰρ ἓξ ἁρετῆς μᾶλλον, ἥ κακουργίας, ἡ προεδρία (ὅθʼ οὒδὲ τῶν ἆξιωτέρων, ἀλλὰ τῶν δυνατωτέρων, οἱ θρόνοι. Σαμουὴλ ἐν προφήταις 6 τὰ ἔμπροσθεν βλέπων·

edei di loipon ipanodou kai biou teleōtxrou oi tou labesthai tōn elpizomenōn ēiiïn kai synkeienōn, Parēn hē tēs ekdēmiais hēmera, kai hosa tēs hikdēmias, hexitērioi logoi, propompioi, anaklēseis, oimōgai, periplokai, dakrya. Ouden gar houtōs ou; hoeni lypēron, hōs tois ekeise synnomois, Athēnōn, kai allēlōn temneethai. Ginetai dē tote theama ti eleeinon kai historias axion. Peristantes hēmas ho tōn hetairōn kai hēlikōn choros, esti de ōn kai didaskalōn, oudʼ an, ei ti genoito, methēsein ephaskon, antibolountes, biazomenoi, peithontes* ti gar hou legontes ? ti dʼ hou prattontes, hōn tous algountes eikos ? Entautha ti katēgorēsō men emau tou, katēgorēsō de tēs theias akeinēs kai alēptou psychēs, ei kai tolmēron, O men gar, tas aitias eipōn tēs peri tēn epanodon phieoneikias, kreittōn ōphthē tōn katechontōn; kai bią men, synechōrēthē dʼ oun homōs tēn ekdēmian, Egō de hypeleiphthēn Athēnę̄sio to men ti malakistheis (eirēsetai gar talēthes), to de ti prodotheis parʼ ekeinou, peisthentos apheinai mē aphienta, kai parachōrēsai tois helkousi. Pragma, prin ge.;esthai, mē pisteuomenon ginetai gar hōsper enos sōmatos heis dyo tomē, kai amphoterōn nekrōsisʼ ē moschōn syntrophōn kai homozygōn diazeuxis, goeron, mykōmenōn epʼ allēlois, kai hou pherontōn tēn allotriōsin, Ou mēn makroteron moi to tēs zēmiasʼ ou gar ēneichomēn epipleïon eleeinos horasthai, mi’ pasi logon hypechein tēs diastaseōs allʼ ipimeinanta me tais Athēnais chronon houchi sychnon, poiei ton Omērikon hippon ho pothos; kai to desma rhēxas tōn katechontōn, kroainō kata pediōn, kai pros ton synnomon epheromēn. ou kalōs men isōs, houde dikaiōs apēgage dʼ oun. Skopō de, hei mē kanteuthen moi pasa hē peri ton bion anōmalia kai dyskolia sonepese, kai to pros tēn philosophian ouk euodon, oude tēs epithymias kai tēs hypotheseōs axion. Ta men oun hēmetera, hopē tǭ Theǭ philon, agesthō agoito de tais ekeinou presbeiais ameinon. Ton de, hē polytropos tou Theou philanthrōpia, kai peri to hēmeteron genos oikonrmia, dia pollōn tōn en mesǭ gnōrisasa, kai ąei lamproteron apodeixasa, lamptēra tēs Ekklēsias protithēsi periphanē te kai periboēton, tois hierois tou presbyteriou thronois teōs hinkatalexasa, kai, dia mias tēs Kaisareōn poleōs, tę̄ oikoumenę̄ pasę̄ pyrseuousa. Kai tina tropon ? Ou schediasasa ton bathmon, oude homou te plykai sophisasa, kata tous pollous tōn nyn tēs prostasias ephiemenōn;alla taxei kai nomǭ pneumatikēs anabaseōs, tēs timēs axiōsasa. Ouk epainō gar egō tēn parʼ hēmin ataxian kai akosmian, estin hote kai erʼ ōn proedrenantōn hen bēmasin. Ou gar hapantōn tolmēsō katēgorein, oude dikaion, Epainō ton nēitēn nomon, hos tēn kōpēn proteron encheirisas tǭ nyn kybernētę̄, kakeithen epi tēn prōran agagōn, kai pisteusas ta emprosthen, houtōs ipi tōn oiakōn kathizei, meta tēn pollēn typhtheisan thalassan, kai tēn tōn ane mōn diaskepsin, iŌs de kan tois polemikois -egeio stratiōtēs, taxiarchos, stratēgos. Hautē hē texis aristē kai lysitelestatē tois archomenois. To dʼ hēmeteron, pollou an ę̄n axion, ei houtōs eiche. Nyn de kindyneuei, to pantōn hagiōtaton tagma, tōn parʼ hēmin pantōn einai katagelastotaton. Ou gar hex haretēs mallon, hē kakourgias, hē proedria (hothʼ oude tōn axiōterōn, alla tōn dynatōterōn, hoi thronoi. Samouēl en prophētais 6 ta emprosthen blepōn;

… and there remained the return home and the more perfect life, and the taking hold of what we had hoped and agreed upon. The day of departure came, and all that goes with departure: farewell speeches, escorts, entreaties to stay, lamentations, embraces, tears. For nothing is so painful to anyone as for those who have been companions at Athens to be cut off from Athens and from each other. Then a pitiable sight took place, worthy of record. The company of our comrades and age-mates, and some of our teachers too, surrounded us and declared that they would never let us go, whatever happened; begging, forcing, persuading; what did they not say, what did they not do of the things that grieving people do? Here I will accuse myself, and I will accuse that divine and blameless soul too, bold though it is. For he, stating the reasons for his eagerness to return, proved stronger than those holding him back, and, though by force, was still allowed to depart. I was left behind at Athens, partly through my own softness (for the truth shall be told), partly betrayed by him, who was persuaded to leave one who would not leave him and to yield to those who were dragging me. It was a thing unbelievable before it happened; for it was like the cutting of one body into two and the death of both; or like the parting of calves reared and yoked together, a piteous thing, as they low for one another and cannot bear the separation. Yet my loss did not last long; for I could not bear any longer to be seen as pitiable, and to give account to everyone of our separation. After staying at Athens for no long time, longing made me the Homeric horse: breaking the bonds of those who held me, I galloped over the plains and was carried to my companion. [25] … drew me away from him: not well, perhaps, nor justly; but it drew me away. I consider whether from this there did not come upon me all the unevenness and difficulty of my life, and a way to philosophy not prosperous nor worthy of my desire and purpose. But let my affairs be led as God pleases; and may they be led better by his intercession. Him, the manifold love of God for man and his providence for our race, having made him known through many intervening stages and shown him ever more brilliant, sets forth as a lamp of the church, conspicuous and renowned, enrolling him meanwhile on the sacred thrones of the presbyterate, and through the one city of Caesarea making him a beacon to the whole world. And in what way? Not improvising his rank, nor making him wise and promoting him at the same moment, as is the case with many who now aspire to leadership, but granting him the honour by the order and law of spiritual ascent. [26] For I do not praise the disorder and lack of discipline among us, sometimes even among those who preside at the sanctuary; for I will not dare to accuse all, nor would it be just. I praise the law of sailors, which first puts the oar into the hand of the future pilot, then brings him to the prow and entrusts him with the lookout, and only so seats him at the helm, after he has beaten through much sea and studied the winds. So too in war: soldier, captain, general. This order is the best and most profitable for those who are ruled. Ours would be worth much if it were so. But as it is, the most holy order of all is in danger of being the most ridiculous of all among us. For presidency comes rather from villainy than from virtue, and the thrones belong not to the more worthy but to the more powerful. Samuel, the seer of what is to come, was among the prophets;

43.25PG 36:532d–533a

καὶ Σαοὺλ, 6 ἀπόβλητος, Ῥοβοὰμ ἐν βασιλεῦσιν, 6 Σολομῶντος· ἀλλὰ κα( Ἰεροβοὰμ, 6 δοῦλος καὶ ἄπο-ξ στάτης. Καὶ ἰατρὸς μεν οὐδεὶς, οὒδὲ ζωγράφος,ὅστις 0") φύσεις ἂῤῥωστημάτων ἒσκέψατο πρότερον, ἢ πολλὰ χρώματα συνεκέρασεν, ἥ ἐμόρφωσενσ 6 δὲ πρόεδρος εὑρίσκεται ῥᾳδίως, μὴ πονηθεὶς, καὶ πρόσφατος τὴν ἀξίαν, ὁμοῦ τε σπαρεὶς καὶ ἁναδοθεὶς, ὡς ὁ μῦθος ποιεῖ τοὺς γίγαντας. Πλάττομεν αὗθνιμερὸν τοὺς ἁγίους. καὶ σοφοὺς εἶναι κελεύομεν τοὺς οὐδὲν σοφισθέντας, οὑδὲ τοῦ βαθμοῦ προεισενεγκόνταε τι, πλῆ τοῦ βούλεσθαι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν στέργει τὴν κάτω χώραν, καὶ ταπεινῶς ἕστηκεν, 6 τῆς ὑψητ.

kai Saoul, 6 apoblētos, Rhoboam en basileusin, 6 Solomōntos; alla ka( Ieroboam, 6 doulos kai apo-x statēs. Kai iatros men oudeis, oude zōgraphos,hostis 0") physeis arrhōstēmatōn eskepsato proteron, ē polla chrōmata synekerasen, hē emorphōsens 6 de proedros heurisketai rhądiōs, mē ponētheis, kai prosphatos tēn axian, homou te spareis kai hanadotheis, hōs ho mythos poiei tous gigantas. Plattomen hauthnimeron tous hagious. kai sophous einai keleuomen tous ouden sophisthentas, houde tou bathmou proeisenenkontae ti, plē tou boulesthai. Kai ho men stergei tēn katō chōran, kai tapeinōs hestēken, 6 tēs hypsēt.

and so was Saul, the rejected. Rehoboam, Solomon's son, was among the kings; but so was Jeroboam, the slave and apostate. And no one is a physician or a painter who has not first studied the natures of diseases, or mixed many colours and drawn figures; but the president is found easily, without toil, fresh in his dignity, sown and springing up at once, as the myth makes the giants. We fashion saints in a day, and bid those be wise who have learned nothing and brought nothing to their rank beforehand except the wish for it. And the one loves the lower place and stands humbly, though worthy of the high,

43.26PG 36:533a

λῆς ἄξιος, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν τοῖς θείοις λόγοις ἐμμελετήσας, πολλὰ δὲ τῇ σαρκὶ νομοθετήσας εἷς ὑποταγὴν πνεύματος 6 δὲ σοβαρῶς προκαθέζεται, καὶ τὴν ἀφρόν αἴρει κατὰ τῶν βελτιόνων, καὶ οὒκ ἒπιτρέμει τοῖς Θρόνοις, οὐδὲ φρίσσει τὴν ὄψιν, τὸν ἐγκρατῆ κάτω βλέπων ἀλλʼ ἱ)μοῦ τῷ κράτει, καὶ σοφώτερον ἑαυτδν ὑπολαμβάνει, κακῶς εἰδὼς, καὶ τὸ φρονεῖν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐξουσίας ἀφῃρημένος.

lēs axios, kai polla men tois theiois logois emmeletēsas, polla de tę̄ sarki nomothetēsas heis hypotagēn pneumatos 6 de sobarōs prokathezetai, kai tēn aphron airei kata tōn beltionōn, kai ouk epitremei tois Thronois, oude phrissei tēn opsin, ton enkratē katō blepōn allʼ hi)mou tǭ kratei, kai sophōteron heautdn hypolambanei, kakōs eidōs, kai to phronein hypo tēs exousias aphę̄rēmenos.

having long practised the divine words and long disciplined the flesh into subjection to the spirit; while the other sits haughtily in front, raises his brow against his betters, does not tremble at his throne nor shudder at the sight, seeing the self-controlled man below him; but, together with power, he supposes himself wiser too, knowing badly, and deprived of good sense by his authority.

43.27PG 36:533b–533c

Ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁ πολὺς οὕτω καὶ μέγας Βασίλειος · ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, οὕτω καὶ τοῦ περὶ ταῦτά κόσμου, τοϊς πολλοῖς τύπος καθίσταται. Τὰς γὰρ ἱερὰς πρότερον ὕπαναγινώσκων τῷ λαῷ βίβλους, ὃ τούτων ἐξηγητὴς, καὶ ταύτην οὒκ ἀπαξιώσας τὴν τάξιν τοῦ βήματος, οὓτως ἐν καθέδρᾳ πρεσβυτέρων, οὕτως ἒν ἐπισκόπων αἰνεῖ τὸν Κύριον, οὔ κλέψας τὴν ἐξουσίαν, οὐδʼ ἀρπάσας, οὐδὲ διώξας τὴν τιμὴν, ἀλλʼ ιʼ)πό τῆς τιμῆς διωχθεὶς, οὐδʼ ἀνθρωπίνην χάριν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ Θεοί) καὶ Θείαν δεξάμενος, Ὀ μὲν οὖν τῆς προεδρίας λόγος ἀναμεινάτω τῷδέ τῆς ὒφεδρίας μικρόν τι προσδιατρίψωμεν. Οἶον γάρ με γαὶ τοῦτο μικροῦ παρέδραμεν, έν μέσῳ τῶν εἰρημένων κείμενον Ξ

Allʼ ouch ho polys houtō kai megas Basileios ; allʼ hōsper tōn allōn hapantōn, houtō kai tou peri tauta kosmou, toïs pollois typos kathistatai. Tas gar hieras proteron hypanaginōskōn tǭ laǭ biblous, ho toutōn exēgētēs, kai tautēn ouk apaxiōsas tēn taxin tou bēmatos, houtōs en kathedrą presbyterōn, houtōs en episkopōn ainei ton Kyrion, ou klepsas tēn exousian, oudʼ arpasas, oude diōxas tēn timēn, allʼ iʼ)po tēs timēs diōchtheis, oudʼ anthrōpinēn charin, allʼ ek Theoi) kai Theian dexamenos, O men oun tēs proedrias logos anameinatō tǭde tēs yphedrias mikron ti prosdiatripsōmen. Oion gar me gai touto mikrou paredramen, en mesǭ tōn eirēmenōn keimenon X

But not so the great Basil; but as in all else, so also in the order of these things he became a pattern for the many. For first reading the sacred books to the people, he, their interpreter, not disdaining this rank at the sanctuary, so praised the Lord in the seat of the presbyters, and so in that of the bishops; not stealing authority nor seizing it, nor pursuing honour, but pursued by honour, and receiving a favour not human but divine and from God. Let the account of his presidency wait, then; let us spend a little more time on his subordinate position. For this almost escaped me, though it lies in the middle of what has been said.

43.28PG 36:533c–536a

Ἐγένετο τις πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα διαφορὰ τῷ πρὸ τούτου καθηγεμόνι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας (τὸ μὲν ὅθεν, καὶ ὅπως, σιωπᾷν ἄμεινον, πλὴν ἒγένετο), ἀνδρὶ τᾶξλλα μὲν οὐκ ἀγεννεῖ, καὶ θαυμαστῷ τὴν εὖτέ- 6ειαν, ὡς ἔδειξεν ὁ τότε διωγμὸς, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔνστασις, ὅμως δέ τι παθόντι πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἀνθρώπινον, "Amant γὰρ οὒ τῶν πολλῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀρίστων 6 μῶμος, ὡς μόννν ἂν εἶναι τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ παντελῶς ἄπταιστον καὶ ἀνάλωτον πάθεσι. Κινετται οὖν ἔπʼ αὐτὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὅσον ἔκκριτον καὶ σοφώτερον ' εἴπερ σοφώτεροι τῶν πολλῶν, οἶ κόσμου χωρίσαντες ἑαυτοὺς, καὶ τῷ Θεῴ τὸν βίον καθιερώσαντες. Λέγω δὲ τοὺς καΘ” ἡμᾶς Ναζιραίους, καὶ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα μάλιστα ἐσπουδανότας οἵ δεινον ποιησάμενοι τὸ σφῶν κράστος ωαριδεϊν περιυβρισμένον καὶ ἀπωσμένον, πρᾶγμα τολμῶσιν ἰπικινδυνότατον. Ἀπόστασιν ἒννοοῦσι καὶ ῥῆξιν τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἀστασιάστου τῆς Ἐκκλησίας σώματος, οὒκ ὀλίγην καὶτοῦ λαοῦ μοῖραν παρατεμόμενοι, ὅση τε τῶν κάτω, καὶ ὅση τῶν tn' ἀξίαις. Ῥᾷστον δὲ τοῦτο ἦν ἐκ τριῶν τῶν ἰσχυροτάτων, ”Ο τε γὰρ ἀνὴρ αἰδέσιμος, ὡς οὐκ οἷδʼ εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσόφων, καὶ ἱκανὸς θάρσος παρασχεῖν, εἴπερ ἐβούλετο, τῷ συστήματι. Τόν τε λυποῦντα διʼ ὑποψίας εἶχεν ἡ πόλις, ἐκ τῆς περὶ τὴν κατάστασιν ταραχῆς, ὡς οὒκ ἱννομον, οὸδέ κανονικῶς μᾶλλον, ἢ τυραννικῶς τὴν προστασίαν δεξάμενον. Καὶ παρῆσαν τῶν δοτικῶν ἀρχιερέων τινὲς, μεθέλκοντες πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὅσον ὀρθόδοξον.

Egeneto tis pros ton andra diaphora tǭ pro toutou kathēgemoni tēs Ekklēsias (to men hothen, kai hopōs, siōpąn ameinon, plēn egeneto), andri taxlla men ouk agennei, kai thaumastǭ tēn eute- 6eian, hōs edeixen ho tote diōgmos, kai pros auton enstasis, homōs de ti pathonti pros ekeinon anthrōpinon, "Amant gar ou tōn pollōn monon, alla kai tōn aristōn 6 mōmos, hōs monnn an einai tou Theou to pantelōs aptaiston kai analōton pathesi. Kinettai oun epʼ auton tēs Ekklēsias hoson ekkriton kai sophōteron ' eiper sophōteroi tōn pollōn, oi kosmou chōrisantes heautous, kai tǭ Theǭ ton bion kathierōsantes. Legō de tous kaTh” hēmas Naziraious, kai peri ta toiauta malista espoudanotas hoi deinon poiēsamenoi to sphōn krastos ōarideïn periybrismenon kai apōsmenon, pragma tolmōsin ipikindynotaton. Apostasin ennoousi kai rhēxin tou megalou kai astasiastou tēs Ekklēsias sōmatos, ouk oligēn kaitou laou moiran paratemomenoi, hosē te tōn katō, kai hosē tōn tn' axiais. Rhąston de touto ēn ek triōn tōn ischyrotatōn, ”O te gar anēr aidesimos, hōs ouk hoidʼ ei tis allos tōn kathʼ hēmas philosophōn, kai hikanos tharsos paraschein, eiper ebouleto, tǭ systēmati. Ton te lypounta diʼ hypopsias eichen hē polis, ek tēs peri tēn katastasin tarachēs, hōs ouk hinnomon, oode kanonikōs mallon, ē tyrannikōs tēn prostasian dexamenon. Kai parēsan tōn dotikōn archiereōn tines, methelkontes pros heautous tēs Ekklēsias hoson orthodoxon.

A disagreement arose between him and the man who presided over the church before him (whence and how, it is better to keep silent; but it arose), a man not ignoble in other respects and admirable for his piety, as the persecution of that time and his resistance to it showed, yet who suffered something human towards him. For censure touches not only the many but even the best, so that only God is wholly without stumbling and unconquered by passions. So all that was select and wiser in the church was stirred up against him; if indeed those are wiser than the many who have separated themselves from the world and consecrated their life to God. I mean our Nazirites, who are especially zealous about such things; and they, thinking it terrible to overlook their champion insulted and rejected, venture on a most dangerous thing. They plan a secession and a rending of the great and unbroken body of the church, cutting off no small part of the people, both of the lower ranks and of those in office. And this was very easy for three very powerful reasons. For the man was venerable as I think no other of our philosophers was, and able to give courage to the group if he wished; the city held under suspicion the one who had grieved him, because of the disturbance at his installation, as having received the leadership not lawfully or canonically but rather by force; and some of the bishops from the West were present, drawing to themselves all that was orthodox in the church.

43.29PG 36:536a

Τί οὖν ὃ γεννάδας ἐκεῖνος, καὶ τοῦ είρηνικοῦ μαθητής Οὔτε γὰρ ἀντιτείνειν εἶχε πρὸς τοὺς ὑβριστὰς, ἢ τοὺς σπουδαστὰς, οὐδὲ πρὸς αὒτοῦ τὸ μάχεσθαι, ἢ διαεπᾷν τὸ σῶμα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ ἄλλως πολεμουμένης, καὶ σφαλερῶς διακειμένης, υπὸ τῆς τότε τῶν αἱρετικῶν δυναστείας. Καὶ ἅμα συμβούλοις ἡμῖν περὶ τούτου χρησάμενος καὶ παραινέταις γνησίοις, φυγὰς ἐνθένδε σὺν ἡμῖν πρὸς τὸν Πόντον με·ταχωρετ, καὶ τοῖς ὲκετσε φροντιστηρίοις ἐπιστατεῖ, αὐτὸς δὲ καθιστᾷ τι μνήμης ἄξιον, καὶ τὴν ἔρημον ἀςπάζεται μετὰ Ἠλίου καὶ Ἰωάννου, τῶν πάνυ φιλοσόφων τοῦτο λυσιτελεῖν αὖτῴ μᾶλλον ἡγούμενος, ἦ τι διανοηθῆναι περὶ τῶν παρόντων τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φιλοσοφίας ἆνάξιον, καὶ διαφθείρειν ὲν ζάλῃ τὴν ἒν γαλήνῃ τῶν λογισμῷν κυβέρνησιν. Καίπερ δὲ οὕτω φιλοσόφου καὶ θαυμασίας οὔσης τῆς ἀναχωρήσεως, κρείττω καὶ θα›μασιωτέραν εὑρήσομεν τὴν ἰπάνοδον. ’Ἔσχε γὰρ οὕτως

Ti oun ho gennadas ekeinos, kai tou eirēnikou mathētēs Oute gar antiteinein eiche pros tous hybristas, ē tous spoudastas, oude pros autou to machesthai, ē diaepąn to sōma tēs Ekklēsias, kai allōs polemoumenēs, kai sphalerōs diakeimenēs, ypo tēs tote tōn hairetikōn dynasteias. Kai hama symboulois hēmin peri toutou chrēsamenos kai parainetais gnēsiois, phygas enthende syn hēmin pros ton Ponton me;tachōret, kai tois eketse phrontistēriois epistatei, autos de kathistą ti mnēmēs axion, kai tēn erēmon aspazetai meta Ēliou kai Iōannou, tōn pany philosophōn touto lysitelein autǭ mallon hēgoumenos, ē ti dianoēthēnai peri tōn parontōn tēs heautou philosophias anaxion, kai diaphtheirein en zalę̄ tēn en galēnę̄ tōn logismǭn kybernēsin. Kaiper de houtō philosophou kai thaumasias ousēs tēs anachōrēseōs, kreittō kai tha›masiōteran heurēsomen tēn ipanodon. ’Esche gar houtōs

What then did that noble man do, the disciple of the Peacemaker? He could neither resist those who insulted him nor those who were zealous for him, nor was it his way to fight or to tear apart the body of the church, already at war otherwise and in a dangerous state under the power of the heretics at that time. Using us as counsellors in this matter and as genuine advisers, he withdrew from here as a fugitive with us to Pontus, and presided over the monasteries there; he himself founded something worthy of memory, and embraced the desert with Elijah and John, those great philosophers, thinking this more profitable for him than to entertain any thought about the present situation unworthy of his philosophy, and to wreck in a storm the steering of his thoughts in calm. But though his withdrawal was so philosophical and admirable, we shall find his return better and more admirable. It happened thus.

43.30PG 36:536a–540c

Ἐν τούτοις ὄντων ἡμῶν, ἐξαίφνης ἐφίσταται νέφος χαλάζης πλῆρες καὶ τετριγὸς ὀλέθριον, πᾶσαν ἐκτρῖψαν Ἐκκλησίαν, καθʼ ἧς έῤῥάγη, καὶ ὅσην tut).ch ' βασιλεὺς ὁ φιλοχρυσότατος, καὶ μισοχριστότατος, καὶ δύο τὰ μέγιστάνταῦτα νοσῶν ἳ ἀπληστίαν καὶ βλασφημίαν ο ὁ μετά τὸν διώκτην, διώκτης, καὶ μετά τὸν ἀποστάτην, οὒκ ἀποστάτης μὲν, οὐδὲν δὲ ἀμείνων Χριστιανοϊς, μᾶλλον δὲ Χριστιανῶν τῷ εὗσεβεστάτῳ μέρει, καὶ καθαρωεάτῳ, καὶ προσκυνητῇ τῆς Τριάδος, ἣν δὴ μόνην εὐσέβειαν ἐγὼ καλῶ, καὶ δόξαν σωτήριον, Οὗ γὰρ θεοτητα ταλαντεύομεν, οὐδὲ τὴν μίαν καὶ ἀπρόσιτον φύσιν ἀποξενοῡμεν ἑαυτῆς, ἐκφύλοις ἀλλοτριότησιδ, οὐδὲ κακῷ τὸ κακὸν ἱώμεθα, τὴν ἄθεον Σαβελλίου συναίρεσιν ἀσεβεστέρα διαιρέσει καὶ κατατομῇ λύοντες ἢν Αρειος νοσήσας, ὁ τῆς μανίας ἐπώνυμος, τὸ πολὺ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας διέσειε καὶ διέφθειρεν ° οὔτε ὶιζηνκν βλ τῶν ἀνίσων βαθμῶν τῆς Θεότητος, Ἀλλά μίαν μὲν δόξαν Πατρὸς γινώσκομεν, την ὁμοτιμίαν τοῦ Μονογενοῦ. μίαν δὲ ιἰοῦ, τὴν τοῦ Πνεύματος, Καὶ ὅ τι ἂν τῶν τριῶν κάτω Θῶμεν, τὶ πᾶν καθαιρεῖν νομίζομεν τρία μὲν ταῖς ἰδιότησιν, ἓν δὲ τῇ θεότητι σέβοντες καὶ γινώσκοντες, Ὧν οὐδὲν ἐννοῶν ἐκεῖνος, οὐδὲ ἅνω βλέπειν δυνάμενος, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγόντων αὐτὸν ταπεινούμενος, συνταπεινοῦν ἒτόλμησεν ἑαυτῷ καὶ φύσιν θεότητος καὶ κτίσμα γίνεται πονηρὸν εἷς δουλείαν κατάγων τὴν δεσποτείαν, καὶ μετὰ τῆς κτίσεως τιθεὶς τὴν ἄκτιστον φύσιν καὶ ὕπέρχρονον, ιαῖ τεχνίτην ὓπὶρμαχον ιν δυνέμιι λόγουκαὶ 11νεῦματος. Τί οὖν ἡ γενναία καὶ μεγαλόφρων ἐκείνη ψυχίν, καὶ ὄντως φιλόχριστοςς Οὐδὲ πολλῶν ἐδεήθη λόγων πρὸς τὸ παρεῖναι καὶ συμμαχεῖν · ἀλλʼ ὁμοῦ τε εἶδεν ἡμᾶς πρεσβεύοντας (κοινὸς γὰρ ἦν ὸ ἀγὼν ἀμφοτέροις ὡ τʼρῦ λόγου 484) προβεβλημένοις), καὶ τῆς πρεσβείας ἡττήθη · καὶ διελὼν ἄριστα παρʼ ἐαυτῷ καὶ φιλοτνφώτατα τοῖς τοῦ Πνεύματος λογισμοῖς, ἄλλον μὲν εἶναι μικροψυχίας καιρὸν (εἴ τι καὶ τοιοῦτον ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν τῆς ἀδείας), ἄλλον δὲ μακροθυμίας, τῖιν τῆς ἀνάγκης · εὖθὺς τοῦ Πόντου μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἀπανίσταται, καὶ ζηλοτυπεῖ τὴν ἀλήθειαν κινδυνεύουσαν, καὶ γίνεται σύμμαχος ἐθελοντὴς, καὶ τῇ μητρὶ φέρων ἑαυτὸν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ δίδωσιν. Ἆρʼ οὖν προεθυμήῦη μὲν οὕτως, ἧγώνιυ an: δὲ τῆς πρηθυμίας ἔλαττον ; ἦ διαγωνίζεται μὲν fliam-3:. ὠ συνετῶς δὲ; ἢ πεπαιδευμένως μὲν, ἀκινδύνως δέ ; ἢ πάντα μὲν ταῦτα τελείως καὶ ὑπὲρ δέ τι τῆς μικροψυχίας ἐν ἐαυτῷ λόγον, διπλόη-πετο λείψανον ; Οὒδχειὼς. Ἀλλʼ ὁμοῦ τὰ πάντα καταλλάττεται, βουλεύεται, παρατάττεται · λύει τὰ ἒν τῷ μέσῳ sub): καὶ προσκόμματα, καὶ οἷς ἐκεῖνοι θαρροῦντες καθʼ ἡμῶν ἒστρατεύτιντθ(, Τὸ μὲν προσλαμβάνει, τὺ δὲ κατέχει, τὸ δὲ ἀποκρούεται, Γίνεται τοῖς μὲν τεῖχος ὀχυρὸν καί χαράκωμα “ τοτς δὲ πέλεκυς κόπτων πέτραν, ἢ πῦρ ἐν ἀχάνθαις,ὅ φησιν ἡ θεία (istoito; ἀναλίσκον τούς φρυγανώόεις κα Γραφή, τῆς Θεότητος, Et δέ τι καὶ Βαρνάβας, ὁ [1 αύλῳ συνηγωνίσατο, ταῦτα λέγων καὶ γράφων, lli",le χάρις τῶ προελομένῳ, καὶ συνεργὸν ποιησαμένῳ τ.υῦ ἀγωνίσματος.

En toutois ontōn hēmōn, exaiphnēs ephistatai nephos chalazēs plēres kai tetrigos olethrion, pasan ektripsan Ekklēsian, kathʼ hēs errhagē, kai hosēn tut).ch ' basileus ho philochrysotatos, kai misochristotatos, kai dyo ta megistantauta nosōn hi aplēstian kai blasphēmian o ho meta ton diōktēn, diōktēs, kai meta ton apostatēn, ouk apostatēs men, ouden de ameinōn Christianoïs, mallon de Christianōn tǭ heusebestatǭ merei, kai katharōeatǭ, kai proskynētę̄ tēs Triados, hēn dē monēn eusebeian egō kalō, kai doxan sōtērion, Hou gar theotēta talanteuomen, oude tēn mian kai aprositon physin apoxenoumen heautēs, ekphylois allotriotēsid, oude kakǭ to kakon hiōmetha, tēn atheon Sabelliou synairesin asebestera diairesei kai katatomę̄ lyontes ēn Areios nosēsas, ho tēs manias epōnymos, to poly tēs Ekklēsias dieseie kai diephtheiren ° oute iizēnkn bl tōn anisōn bathmōn tēs Theotētos, Alla mian men doxan Patros ginōskomen, tēn homotimian tou Monogenou. mian de iiou, tēn tou Pneumatos, Kai ho ti an tōn triōn katō Thōmen, ti pan kathairein nomizomen tria men tais idiotēsin, hen de tę̄ theotēti sebontes kai ginōskontes, Hōn ouden ennoōn ekeinos, oude hanō blepein dynamenos, allʼ hypo tōn agontōn auton tapeinoumenos, syntapeinoun etolmēsen heautǭ kai physin theotētos kai ktisma ginetai ponēron heis douleian katagōn tēn despoteian, kai meta tēs ktiseōs titheis tēn aktiston physin kai hyperchronon, iai technitēn hypirmachon in dynemii logoukai 11neumatos. Ti oun hē gennaia kai megalophrōn ekeinē psychin, kai ontōs philochristoss Oude pollōn edeēthē logōn pros to pareinai kai symmachein ; allʼ homou te eiden hēmas presbeuontas (koinos gar ēn o agōn amphoterois hō tʼry logou 484) probeblēmenois), kai tēs presbeias hēttēthē ; kai dielōn arista parʼ eautǭ kai philotnphōtata tois tou Pneumatos logismois, allon men einai mikropsychias kairon (ei ti kai toiouton edei pathein ton tēs adeias), allon de makrothymias, tiin tēs anankēs ; euthys tou Pontou methʼ hēmōn apanistatai, kai zēlotypei tēn alētheian kindyneuousan, kai ginetai symmachos ethelontēs, kai tę̄ mētri pherōn heauton tę̄ Ekklēsią didōsin. Arʼ oun proethymēuē men houtōs, hēgōniy an: de tēs prēthymias elatton ? ē diagōnizetai men fliam-3:. ō synetōs de? ē pepaideumenōs men, akindynōs de ? ē panta men tauta teleiōs kai hyper de ti tēs mikropsychias en eautǭ logon, diploē-peto leipsanon ? Oudcheiōs. Allʼ homou ta panta katallattetai, bouleuetai, paratattetai ; lyei ta en tǭ mesǭ sub): kai proskommata, kai hois ekeinoi tharrountes kathʼ hēmōn estrateutintth(, To men proslambanei, ty de katechei, to de apokrouetai, Ginetai tois men teichos ochyron kai charakōma “ tots de pelekys koptōn petran, ē pyr en achanthais,ho phēsin hē theia (istoito? analiskon tous phryganōoeis ka Graphē, tēs Theotētos, Et de ti kai Barnabas, ho [1 aulǭ synēgōnisato, tauta legōn kai graphōn, lli",le charis tō proelomenǭ, kai synergon poiēsamenǭ t.yy agōnismatos.

While we were thus engaged, suddenly a cloud full of hail came upon us, roaring destructively, crushing every church on which it burst and which it caught: an emperor most fond of gold and most hostile to Christ, sick with the two greatest diseases, greed and blasphemy; a persecutor after the persecutor, and after the apostate not an apostate, but no better to Christians, or rather to the most pious and purest part of the Christians, the worshippers of the Trinity, which alone I call piety and saving doctrine. For we do not weigh the Godhead in the balance, nor estrange the one unapproachable nature from itself by foreign alienations, nor cure evil with evil, undoing the godless contraction of Sabellius by a more impious division and cutting up, the disease of Arius, who is named for madness, by which he shook and corrupted most of the church; nor do we accept unequal ranks in the Godhead. But we know one glory of the Father, the equal honour of the Only-begotten; and one glory of the Son, that of the Spirit. And whichever of the three we place lower, we consider that we destroy the whole; worshipping and knowing three in properties, one in Godhead. Understanding none of this, and unable to look up, but humbled by those who led him, he dared to humble with himself the nature of the Godhead too; and he becomes a wicked creature, bringing lordship down to servitude and ranking the uncreated and timeless nature with the creation. [31] … to contend for them with the power of the Word and the Spirit. What then did that noble and great-minded and truly Christ-loving soul do? He did not need many words to come and fight with us; but as soon as he saw us interceding (for the contest was common to both of us, set forth for the sake of the doctrine), he yielded to our intercession; and distinguishing very well within himself, and most wisely, by the reasonings of the Spirit, that there is one time for small-mindedness (if such a man had to feel anything of the kind), when there is security, and another for long-suffering, when there is necessity, he at once left Pontus with us, was zealous for the truth in danger, became a volunteer ally, and gave himself to his mother the church. [32] Was he, then, so eager, but did he fight less than his eagerness? Or did he fight well, but unwisely? Or wisely, but not without danger? Or did he do all these perfectly, but keep within himself some remnant of small-mindedness about his grievance? By no means. At once he reconciles all, counsels, arrays for battle; he removes the obstacles and stumbling blocks in between, and the things trusting in which they had campaigned against us; one he takes up, another he holds fast, another he repels. To some he becomes a strong wall and rampart; to others an axe cutting rock, or fire among thorns, as the divine Scripture says, consuming the brushwood-like blasphemers of the Godhead. And if Barnabas, who says and writes these things, also fought somewhat alongside Paul, thanks be to him who chose him and made him his fellow worker in the contest.

43.31PG 36:540c–541a

Οἱ μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἀπῆλθον ἄπρακτοι, καὶ και κοῖ κακῶς τέτε πρῶτον αἰσχυνθέντες καὶ ἡττηθέντες, καὶ μαθόντες μὴ ῥᾳδίως Καππαδοκῶν καταφρονεῖν, εἰ καὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων ' ὡν οὒδὲν οὕτως ἴδιον, ὣς τὸ τῆς πίστεως ὰῤῥαγὲς, καὶπρὸς τὴν Τριάδα πιστὸν καὶ γνήσιον · παρʼ ἧς καὶτὸ ἡνῶσθαι καὶ τὸ ἰσχύειν αὺτοῖς, ἂ βοηθοῦσι βοηθουμένοις, μᾶλλον δὲ, πολλῷ κρείττω καὶ ἰσχυρότερα. Τῷ δέ τι δεύτερον ἔργον χαί σπούδασμα γίνεται, θεραπεύειν τὸν πρόεδρον, λύειν τὴν ὑποψίαν, πεὶθειν πάντας ἀνθρώπους, ὼς ἃ μὲν λελύπητο, πεῖρα τις ἦν τοῦ πονηροῦ καὶ πάλη ταῖς εἷς τὸ καλὸν ὶιμονοίαις βασκαίνοντας · αυτὸς δὲ ᾔδει νόμους εὐπειθείας καὶ πνευματικῆς τάξεως. Διὰ τοῦτο παρῆν, ὶσόφιζιν, ὑπήκουεν, ἕνουθέτει, πάντα ἧν αὐτῷ, σύμβουλος ἀγαθὸς, παραστάτης δεξιὸς, τῶν θείων ἐξηγητὴς, τῶν πρακτέων καθηγητὴς, γήρως βακτηρία. πίστεως ἔρεισμα, τῶν ’ένδον ὁ πιστότατος, τῶν ἐκτὸς ὅ πρακτικώτατος ἑνὶ λόγῳ, τοσοῦτος εἷς εὔνοιαν, ὃσος εἷς ἔχθραν τὸ πρὶν ἐνομίζετο, Ἐντεῦθεν αʼ)τῷ περιῆν καὶ τὸ κράτος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, εἰ καὶ τῆς καθέδρας εἶχε τὰ δεύτερα, Τὴν γὰρ εὔνοιαν εἰσφέρων, τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἆντελάμβανε καὶ ἧν θαυμαστή τις ἡ συμφω- ·

Hoi men oun houtōs apēlthon apraktoi, kai kai koi kakōs tete prōton aischynthentes kai hēttēthentes, kai mathontes mē rhądiōs Kappadokōn kataphronein, ei kai pantōn anthrōpōn ' hōn ouden houtōs idion, hōs to tēs pisteōs arrhages, kaipros tēn Triada piston kai gnēsion ; parʼ hēs kaito hēnōsthai kai to ischyein autois, a boēthousi boēthoumenois, mallon de, pollǭ kreittō kai ischyrotera. Tǭ de ti deuteron ergon chai spoudasma ginetai, therapeuein ton proedron, lyein tēn hypopsian, peithein pantas anthrōpous, ōs ha men lelypēto, peira tis ēn tou ponērou kai palē tais heis to kalon iimonoiais baskainontas ; autos de ę̄dei nomous eupeitheias kai pneumatikēs taxeōs. Dia touto parēn, isophizin, hypēkouen, henouthetei, panta hēn autǭ, symboulos agathos, parastatēs dexios, tōn theiōn exēgētēs, tōn prakteōn kathēgētēs, gērōs baktēria. pisteōs ereisma, tōn ’endon ho pistotatos, tōn ektos ho praktikōtatos heni logǭ, tosoutos heis eunoian, hosos heis echthran to prin enomizeto, Enteuthen aʼ)tǭ periēn kai to kratos tēs Ekklēsias, ei kai tēs kathedras eiche ta deutera, Tēn gar eunoian eispherōn, tēn exousian antelambane kai hēn thaumastē tis hē symphō- ;

They, then, went away unsuccessful, shamed and badly defeated then for the first time, and having learned not to despise Cappadocians lightly, least of all men; for nothing is so characteristic of them as their unbroken faith and their faithfulness and genuineness towards the Trinity, from which comes their unity and strength; they help those by whom they are helped, or rather they give much more and stronger help. His second task and effort was to care for the bishop, to dissolve suspicion, and to persuade everyone that what had grieved him was a temptation of the evil one, and the wrestling of those who envy agreement in the good, while he himself knew the laws of obedience and spiritual order. Therefore he was at hand, he advised, he obeyed, he admonished; he was everything to him: a good counsellor, a skilful assistant, an interpreter of divine things, a guide in what was to be done, a staff for his old age, a prop of the faith, the most faithful of those within, the most practical of those outside; in a word, as much for goodwill as he had previously been thought to be for enmity. From this the power in the church came to him, though he held the second seat. For in return for the goodwill he brought, he received authority; and there was a wonderful harmony …

43.32PG 36:541a–541b

καὶ ἡ πλοκὴ τοῦ δύνασθαι. Ὀ μὲν τὸν λαὸν ἦγεν, ὃ δὲ τὸν ἄγοντα καὶ οἷον λεοντοκόμος τις ἦν, τέχνῃ τιθασσεύων τὸν δυναστεύοντα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐδεῖτο, νεωστὶ λ ἐ \ \ 1 \ ιι ἢκ ν ι μιν πι την καθέδραν τεθεις, ετιοε της κοσμιfit: ὕλης τι πνέων, οῧπω δὲ κατηρτισμένος ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Πνεύματος, πολλοῦ δὲ τοῦ κλύδωνος περιζέοντος, καὶ τῶ) ἐπικειμένων τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἰχθρῶν, τοῦ χειραγωγοῦντος καὶ ὑπερείδοντος, Διᾶ τοῦτο καὶ τήν συμμαχίαν ἠγάπα, καὶ κρατοῦντος ἐκείνου, κρατεῖν αὖτὸς ὑπελάμβανε.

kai hē plokē tou dynasthai. O men ton laon ēgen, ho de ton agonta kai hoion leontokomos tis ēn, technę̄ tithasseuōn ton dynasteuonta. Kai gar edeito, neōsti l e \ \ 1 \ ii ēk n i min pi tēn kathedran tetheis, etioe tēs kosmifit: hylēs ti pneōn, oÿpō de katērtismenos en tois tou Pneumatos, pollou de tou klydōnos perizeontos, kai tō) epikeimenōn tēs Ekklēsias ichthrōn, tou cheiragōgountos kai hypereidontos, Dia touto kai tēn symmachian ēgapa, kai kratountos ekeinou, kratein autos hypelambane.

… and combination of power. The one led the people, the other the leader; and he was like a lion-tamer, taming the ruler by art. For the bishop needed it, having lately been placed on the throne, still breathing something of the world, and not yet trained in the things of the Spirit, while a great storm boiled around him and the enemies of the church pressed upon him: he needed someone to guide him by the hand and support him. Therefore he loved the alliance, and when Basil prevailed, he thought that he prevailed himself.

43.34PG 36:541c–544a

Τἧς δὲ περὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς κηδεμονίας καὶ προστασίας, πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα γνωρίσματα παῤῥησία πρὸς ἄρχοντας, τοῦς τε ἄλλους, καὶ τοὺς δυνατωτάτους τῆς πόλεως · διαφορῶν lu» σεις οὒκ ἀπιστούμεναι, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκείνου φωνῆς τυπούμεναι, νόμῳ τῷ τρόπῳ χρώμεναι ’ προστασίαι τῶν δεομένων, αἱ μὲν πλείους πνευμαο τικαὶ, οὒκ ὀλίγαι δὲ καὶ σωματικαὶ (καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο πολλάκις εἷς ψυχὴν φέρει διʼ εὔνοίας δουλούμενον) ’ πτωχοτροφίαι, ξενοδοχίαι, παρθενοκομίαι· νυμοθεσίαι μοναστῶβ, ἔγγραφοί τε καὶ ἄγραφον εὐχῶν διατάξεις, εὖκοσμίαι τοῦ βήματος, τὰ ἄλλα οἷς ἂν ὁ άληθῶς ἅνθρωπος τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ μετὰ Θεοῦ τεταγμένος, λαὸν ὠφελήσειεν ἓν δὲ, ὃ μέγιστόν τε καὶ γνωριμώτατον. Διμὸς ἧν, καὶτῶν πώποτε μνημονευομένων ὁ χαλεπώτατος ἔκαμνε δὲ ἡ πόλις, ἔπικΨΡία δʼ ἧν οὖδαμόθεν, οῦδὲ τι φάρμακον τῆς κακώσεως, Al μὲν γὰρ παραλίαι τὰς τοιαύτας ἒνδεεας οὗ χαλεπῶς ἀναφέρουσι, διδοῦσαι τὰ παρʼ ἑαυτῶν, καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῆς Θαλάσσης δεχόμεναι τοῖς δʼ ἠπειρώταις ἡμῖν, καὶ τὸ περιττεῦον ἀνόνητον, Numa:- Βθε- κάν ὑ‹ῖ>τιγτιτ)ᾶςκαὶ τὸ ὶνδέον ἀνεπινόητον, οῦκ ἔχουσιν ὅπως, ἢ διαθώμεθά τι τῶν ὅντων, ἢ τῶν οῦκ ὄντων εἰσκομισόμεθα ' καὶ ὃ χαλεπώτατόν ἐστιν ἰν τοῖς τοιούτοις, ἡ τῶν ἑχόντων ἀναλγησία καὶ ἀπληστία. Τηροῦσι γὰρ τοὺς καιροὺς, καὶ καταπραγματεύονται τῆς laδείας:9), καὶ γεωργοῦσι τὰς συμφοράςʼ οὔτε, τῷ Κυρίῳ δανείζειν τὸν ἐλεοῦντα πτωχοὺς, ἀκούοντες οὐδʼ ὅτι ὃ συνέχων σῖτον δημοκατάρατος οὔτʼ ἄλλο οὐδὲν τῶν ἢ τοῖς φιλανθρώποις ἐπηγγελμένων, ἢ τοῖς ἀπανθρώπως ἠπειλημένων. Ἀλλʼ εἶσὶ τοῦ δέοντος ἀπληστότεροι, καὶ φρονοῦσι κακῶς· ἐκείνοις μὲν τὰ ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς δὲτὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ σπλάγχνα κλείοντος, οῦ καὶ μᾶλλον χρῄζοντες ἀγνοοῦσιν, ἢ αὐτῶν ἕτεροι. Ταῦτα μὲν oi σιτῶναι καὶ σιτοκάπηλοι, και μήτε τὸ συγγενὲς αἰδούμεμενοι, μήτε περὶ τὸ Θετον εὐχάριστοι, παρʼ οῦ τὸ ἔχειν αὐτοῖς, ἄλλων πιεζομένων.

Tēs de peri tēn Ekklēsian tou andros kēdemonias kai prostasias, polla men kai alla gnōrismata parrhēsia pros archontas, tous te allous, kai tous dynatōtatous tēs poleōs ; diaphorōn lu» seis ouk apistoumenai, allʼ hypo tēs ekeinou phōnēs typoumenai, nomǭ tǭ tropǭ chrōmenai ’ prostasiai tōn deomenōn, hai men pleious pneumao tikai, ouk oligai de kai sōmatikai (kai gar kai touto pollakis heis psychēn pherei diʼ eunoias douloumenon) ’ ptōchotrophiai, xenodochiai, parthenokomiai; nymothesiai monastōb, engraphoi te kai agraphon euchōn diataxeis, eukosmiai tou bēmatos, ta alla hois an ho alēthōs hanthrōpos tou Theou, kai meta Theou tetagmenos, laon ōphelēseien hen de, ho megiston te kai gnōrimōtaton. Dimos hēn, kaitōn pōpote mnēmoneuomenōn ho chalepōtatos ekamne de hē polis, epikPsRia dʼ hēn oudamothen, oude ti pharmakon tēs kakōseōs, Al men gar paraliai tas toiautas endeeas hou chalepōs anapherousi, didousai ta parʼ heautōn, kai ta para tēs Thalassēs dechomenai tois dʼ ēpeirōtais hēmin, kai to peritteuon anonēton, Numa:- Bthe- kan hy‹i>tigtit)askai to indeon anepinoēton, ouk echousin hopōs, ē diathōmetha ti tōn hontōn, ē tōn ouk ontōn eiskomisometha ' kai ho chalepōtaton estin in tois toioutois, hē tōn hechontōn analgēsia kai aplēstia. Tērousi gar tous kairous, kai katapragmateuontai tēs ladeias:9), kai geōrgousi tas symphorasʼ oute, tǭ Kyriǭ daneizein ton eleounta ptōchous, akouontes oudʼ hoti ho synechōn siton dēmokataratos outʼ allo ouden tōn ē tois philanthrōpois epēngelmenōn, ē tois apanthrōpōs ēpeilēmenōn. Allʼ eisi tou deontos aplēstoteroi, kai phronousi kakōs; ekeinois men ta heautōn, heautois deta tou Theou splanchna kleiontos, ou kai mallon chrę̄zontes agnoousin, ē autōn heteroi. Tauta men oi sitōnai kai sitokapēloi, kai mēte to syngenes aidoumemenoi, mēte peri to Theton eucharistoi, parʼ ou to echein autois, allōn piezomenōn.

Of his care and leadership of the church there are many other marks: boldness towards the authorities, both others and the most powerful in the city; settlements of disputes, not distrusted, but sealed by his word, his character serving as law; protection of the needy, mostly spiritual, but not a little bodily too (for this too often leads to the soul, winning it by goodwill); feeding of the poor, hospitality to strangers, care of virgins; written and unwritten rules for monks; ordering of prayers; good order of the sanctuary; and the other things by which a true man of God, ranked with God, would benefit a people. But one thing above all, the greatest and best known. There was a famine, the most severe ever remembered. The city was suffering, and there was no help from anywhere, nor any remedy for the distress. For coastal places bear such shortages without difficulty, giving what they have and receiving what comes by sea; but for us inland people even a surplus is useless and a need cannot be relieved, since we have no way either to dispose of what we have or to bring in what we lack. And the most grievous thing in such times is the insensibility and greed of those who have. For they watch for their opportunities, trade on the scarcity, and reap a harvest from misfortunes, not heeding that he who has pity on the poor lends to the Lord, nor that he who holds back grain is cursed by the people, nor any other of the promises to the humane or the threats to the inhuman. But they are greedier than they ought to be, and they think badly, shutting their hearts to the poor, and God's heart to themselves, though they need his more than others need theirs. So the grain buyers and grain dealers, neither respecting kinship nor grateful to the Divine, from whom they have what they have, while others were oppressed.

43.35PG 36:544a–545a

Ὀ δὲ ὕειν μὲν οὒκ εʼίχεν ἄρτον ἐξ οὗρανοῦ δι εῦχῆς, καὶ τρέφειν ἐν ἐρήμῳ λαὸν φυγάδα, οὒδὶ πυθμέσι πηγαὶζειν τροφὴν ἀδλπανον (Η) κενώσει πληρουμένοις, ὃ καὶ παράδοξον, ’ίνα τρέφῃ τρέφουσαν εἷς φιλοξενίας ἀντίδοσιν · οῦδέ πέντε ἄρτοις ἒστιᾷν χιλιάδας, ὧν καὶ τὰ λείψανα πολλῶν τραπεζῶν ἄλλη δύναμις. Ταῦτα γὰρ Μωϋσέως ἦν, καὶ Ἠλίου, καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ Θεοῦ, παρʼ οὗ κάκείνοις τὸ ταῦτα δύνασθαι, ’Ίσως δὲ καὶ τῶν καιρῶν ἐκείνων, καὶτῆς τότε καταστάσεως · ἐπειδὴ τὰ σημεῖα τοῖς ἀπίστοις, οὖ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ’Ἄ δί τούτοις ἔστὶν ἀκόλουθα, καὶ εἰς ταυτὸν φέρει, ταῦτα καὶ διενοήθη καὶ κατεπράξατο μετά τῆς αὒτῆς πίστεως. Λόγῳ γὰρ τὰς τῶν ἐχόντων ἀποθήκας ἀνοίξας γαὶ παραινέσεσι, ποιεῖ τὸ τῆς Γραφῆς · Διαθρύπιει πεινῶσι τροφὴν, καὶ χορτάζει πτωχοὺς ἄρτων}, καὶ διατρέφει αὖτοὺς ἂν λιμῷ, καὶ ψυχὰς πεινώσας ἒμπίμπλησιν ἀγαθῶν, Καὶ τίνα τρόπον ; οῦδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο μικρὸν εἷς προσθήκην. Συναγαγὼν γὰρ ἑν ταυτῴ τοὺς λιμοῦ τραυματίας, ἔστι δὲ οὓς καὶ μικρὸν ἀναπνέοντας, ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας, νηπίους, γέροντας, πᾶσαν ἡλικίαν ὶλεεινὴν, πᾶν εἶδος τροφῆς ἐρανίζων, ὅση τυγχάνει λιμοῦ βοήθεια, ’ἐτνους τε πλήρεις προθεὶς λέβητας, καὶ τοῦ ταριχευτοῦ παρ ἡμῖν ὄψου, καὶ πένητας τρίʼ φοντος. ’Ἔπειτα τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ διακονίαν μιμούμενος, ὃς, καὶ λεντίῳ διαξωννύμενος, οῦκ ἀπηξίου νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ παισὶν, εἴτουν συνδούλοις, πρὸς τοῦτο συνεργοῖς χρώμενος, ἐθεράπευε μὲν τὰ σώματα τῶν δεομένων, ἐθεράπευε δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς, ωμπλέκῶν τῇ χρείᾳ τὸ τῆς τιμῆς, καὶ ῥᾴους ποιῶν ἀμφοτέρωθεν.

O de hyein men ouk eʼichen arton ex houranou di euchēs, kai trephein en erēmǭ laon phygada, oudi pythmesi pēgaizein trophēn adlpanon (Ē) kenōsei plēroumenois, ho kai paradoxon, ’ina trephę̄ trephousan heis philoxenias antidosin ; oude pente artois estiąn chiliadas, hōn kai ta leipsana pollōn trapezōn allē dynamis. Tauta gar Mōÿseōs ēn, kai Ēliou, kai tou emou Theou, parʼ hou kakeinois to tauta dynasthai, ’Isōs de kai tōn kairōn ekeinōn, kaitēs tote katastaseōs ; epeidē ta sēmeia tois apistois, ou tois pisteuousin, ’A di toutois estin akoloutha, kai eis tauton pherei, tauta kai dienoēthē kai katepraxato meta tēs autēs pisteōs. Logǭ gar tas tōn echontōn apothēkas anoixas gai parainesesi, poiei to tēs Graphēs ; Diathrypiei peinōsi trophēn, kai chortazei ptōchous artōn}, kai diatrephei autous an limǭ, kai psychas peinōsas empimplēsin agathōn, Kai tina tropon ? oude gar touto mikron heis prosthēkēn. Synagagōn gar hen tautǭ tous limou traumatias, esti de hous kai mikron anapneontas, andras kai gynaikas, nēpious, gerontas, pasan hēlikian ileeinēn, pan eidos trophēs eranizōn, hosē tynchanei limou boētheia, ’etnous te plēreis protheis lebētas, kai tou taricheutou par hēmin opsou, kai penētas triʼ phontos. ’Epeita tēn tou Christou diakonian mimoumenos, hos, kai lentiǭ diaxōnnymenos, ouk apēxiou niptein tous podas tōn mathētōn, kai tois heautou paisin, eitoun syndoulois, pros touto synergois chrōmenos, etherapeue men ta sōmata tōn deomenōn, etherapeue de tas psychas, ōmplekōn tę̄ chreią to tēs timēs, kai rhąous poiōn amphoterōthen.

He could not rain bread from heaven by prayer and feed a fugitive people in the desert, nor make food spring unfailing from the bottoms of jars, filled by being emptied (which is wonderful), to feed the woman who fed him, in return for her hospitality; nor feast thousands with five loaves, whose very remnants were another supply for many tables. For these belonged to Moses and Elijah and my God, from whom they too had the power for them; and perhaps also to those times and that state of affairs, since signs are for unbelievers, not for believers. But what follows from these and leads to the same end, these he both devised and accomplished with the same faith. For by his word and exhortations opening the storehouses of those who had, he did what Scripture says: “He breaks bread for the hungry,” “and satisfies the poor with bread,” “and nourishes them in famine,” “and fills hungry souls with good things.” And in what way? For this too is no small addition. Gathering into one place those wounded by the famine, some of them barely breathing, men and women, infants, old men, every pitiable age, and collecting every kind of food that helps against famine, he set out cauldrons full of pea soup and of our salted meat, the food of the poor. Then, imitating the ministry of Christ, who girded himself with a towel and did not disdain to wash his disciples' feet, and using his own servants, or rather fellow servants, as helpers in this, he cared for the bodies of the needy, and cared for their souls, combining honour with provision and so bringing them relief on both sides.

43.36PG 36:545a–545c

Τοιοῦτος ἦν ὁ νέος σιτοδότιις ἡμῖν, καὶ δεύτερος Ἰωσήφ πλὴν ὅτι καὶ πλέον τι λέγειν ἔχομεν, Ὀ μὲν γὰρ καταπραγματεὸεται τοῦ λιμοῦ, καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ξξωνεϊται τῷ φιλανθρώπῳ, τὸν τῆς ἀφθονίας καιρὸν εἷς τὸν τοῦ λιμοῦ διαθέμενος, καὶτοῖς Ιετέρωη ὀνείροις εἰς τοῦτο διαταττόμε-ιοςσ ὁ δὲ προῖκα χρηστὸς ἦν, καὶ τῆς σιτοδείας ἐπίκουρος ἀπραγμάτευτος, η πρὸς ἓν ἱρῶν, τῷ φιλανθρώπῳ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον κτήσασθαι, καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖθεν τυχεῖν ἀγαθῶν ἵ, διὰ τῆς ἐνταῦθα σιτομετρίπς. Ταῦτα μετὰ τῆς τοῦ λόγου τροτρῆς, καὶ τῆς τελεωτέρας εὐεργεσίας καὶ διαδόσεως, τῆς ὅντως οὐρανίου καὶ ὑψηλῆς· εἴπερ ἄρτος ἀγγέλων λόγος, ᾦ ψυχαὶ τρέφονται καὶ ποτίζονται Θεον πεινῶσαι, καὶ ζητοῦσαι τροφὴν οὐ ῥέουσαν, οὐδ ἀπιοῦσαν, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ μένουσαν ἧς σιη τοδότης ἦν ἱκετνος, καὶ μάλα πλούσιος, ὁ πενέστατος ὧν ἴσμεν καὶ ἀπορώτατος, οὐ λιμὸν ἄρτων, οὐδὶ ὃίψαν ὓδατος ὶξιώμενος, λόγου δὲ πόθον, τοῦ ἀληθῶς ζωτικοῦ καὶ τροφίμου, καὶ εἰς αὔξησιν ἄγοντος πνευματικῆς ἡλικίας τὸν καλῶς τρεφόμενον,

Toioutos ēn ho neos sitodotiis hēmin, kai deuteros Iōsēph plēn hoti kai pleon ti legein echomen, O men gar katapragmateoetai tou limou, kai tēn Aigypton xxōneïtai tǭ philanthrōpǭ, ton tēs aphthonias kairon heis ton tou limou diathemenos, kaitois Ieterōē oneirois eis touto diatattome-ioss ho de proika chrēstos ēn, kai tēs sitodeias epikouros apragmateutos, ē pros hen hirōn, tǭ philanthrōpǭ to philanthrōpon ktēsasthai, kai tōn ekeithen tychein agathōn hi, dia tēs entautha sitometrips. Tauta meta tēs tou logou trotrēs, kai tēs teleōteras euergesias kai diadoseōs, tēs hontōs ouraniou kai hypsēlēs; eiper artos angelōn logos, ǭ psychai trephontai kai potizontai Theon peinōsai, kai zētousai trophēn ou rheousan, oud apiousan, allʼ aei menousan hēs siē todotēs ēn hiketnos, kai mala plousios, ho penestatos hōn ismen kai aporōtatos, ou limon artōn, oudi hoipsan hydatos ixiōmenos, logou de pothon, tou alēthōs zōtikou kai trophimou, kai eis auxēsin agontos pneumatikēs hēlikias ton kalōs trephomenon,

Such was our new giver of grain, a second Joseph; except that we can say something more. For Joseph made a business of the famine and bought up Egypt with his kindness, setting aside the time of plenty for the time of famine, and directed to this by the dreams of others; but this man was good freely, a helper in the scarcity without trading, looking to one thing only: to win love for love, and to obtain the good things there through his distribution of grain here. He did these things together with the nourishment of the word and that more perfect benefaction and distribution, truly heavenly and lofty; if indeed the word is the bread of angels, by which souls are fed and given drink when they hunger for God and seek a food that neither flows away nor departs but always remains. Of this he was the giver, and very rich, though the poorest and most destitute of men we know; relieving not a famine of bread nor a thirst for water, but a longing for the word, truly life-giving and nourishing, which leads to growth in spiritual stature the one who is well fed.

43.37PG 36:545c–548a

Ἐκ δὴ τούτων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων (τί γὰρ δεῖ πάντα λέγοντα διατρίβειν;) ἄρτι τοῦ φερωιιύμου τῆς εὐσεβείας μετατεθέντος, καὶ ταῖς ἐκείνου χερσὶν ἡδέως ἐναποψύξαντος, ἐπι τὸν ὐφηλὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς θρόνον ἀνάγεται· οὐκ ἀμογητὶ μὲν, οὐδὲ ἄνευ βασκανίας καὶ πάλης τῶν τε τῆς πατρίδος προεδρευόντων, καὶ τῶν πονηροτάτων τῆς πόλεως ἱκείνοις συντεταγμένων, Πλὴν ἔδει νικῆσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· καὶ μέντοι καὶ νικᾷ πολλῇ τῇ περιοδισίᾳ, Κινετ γὰρ ἒκ τῆς ὅπερορίας τοὺς χρίσοντας, ἂνδρας ἔπʼ εὐσεβείᾷ γνωρίμους καί ζηλωτὰς, καὶ μετὰ τούτων τὸν νέον Ἀβραὰμ καὶ πατριάρχην ἠμέτερον, τὸν ἰμὸκ λέγω πατέρα, περὶ ὃν τι καὶ συμβαίνει θαυμάσιον, Οὐ γὰρ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἑτῶν μόνον ἒκλελοιπὼς, ἀλλά καὶ νόσῳ τετρυχωμένος, καὶ πρὸς ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἀναπνοαῖς ὡν, κατατολμᾷ τῆς θδοῦ, βοηθῄσων ψήσῳ, καὶ-θαρσὴσας τῷ Πνεύματι. Keil τί σύντομον φθέγξομαι, νεκρὰς ἔντεθιὶς ὡς τάφῳ τινὶ τῷ φορείῲ, νέος ἐπάνεισιν, εὐσθενὴς, ἄνω βλέπων, ῥωσθεὶς ἐκ ιῆς χειρὸς καὶ τῆς χρίσεως, οὗ πολὺ δὲ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι καί τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῦ χρισθέντος. Τοῦτο προσκείσθω τοῖς παλαιοῖς διηγήμασιν, ὅτι πόνος ὑγείαν χαρίζεται, καὶ προθυμία νεκροὺς ἀνίστησι, καὶ πηδᾷ γῆρας χρισθὲν τῷ Πνεύματι.

Ek dē toutōn kai tōn toioutōn (ti gar dei panta legonta diatribein?) arti tou pherōiiymou tēs eusebeias metatethentos, kai tais ekeinou chersin hēdeōs enapopsyxantos, epi ton yphēlon tēs episkopēs thronon anagetai; ouk amogēti men, oude aneu baskanias kai palēs tōn te tēs patridos proedreuontōn, kai tōn ponērotatōn tēs poleōs hikeinois syntetagmenōn, Plēn edei nikēsai to Pneuma to hagion; kai mentoi kai niką pollę̄ tę̄ periodisią, Kinet gar ek tēs hoperorias tous chrisontas, andras epʼ eusebeią gnōrimous kai zēlōtas, kai meta toutōn ton neon Abraam kai patriarchēn ēmeteron, ton imok legō patera, peri hon ti kai symbainei thaumasion, Ou gar tǭ plēthei tōn hetōn monon ekleloipōs, alla kai nosǭ tetrychōmenos, kai pros tais eschatais anapnoais hōn, katatolmą tēs thdou, boēthę̄sōn psēsǭ, kai-tharsēsas tǭ Pneumati. Keil ti syntomon phthenxomai, nekras entethiis hōs taphǭ tini tǭ phoreiǭ, neos epaneisin, eusthenēs, anō blepōn, rhōstheis ek iēs cheiros kai tēs chriseōs, hou poly de eipein, hoti kai tēs kephalēs tou christhentos. Touto proskeisthō tois palaiois diēgēmasin, hoti ponos hygeian charizetai, kai prothymia nekrous anistēsi, kai pēdą gēras christhen tǭ Pneumati.

From these and similar deeds (for why spend time telling everything?), when the one named for piety had just been taken away and had gladly breathed his last in his arms, he was raised to the high throne of the episcopate; not without toil, nor without envy and struggle from the presiding bishops of the region and the most wicked men of the city who were ranged with them. But the Holy Spirit had to conquer; and indeed it conquers with great abundance. For it moves from abroad those who were to anoint him, men known and zealous for piety, and with them the new Abraham and our patriarch, I mean my father, concerning whom something wonderful happened. For, not only failing through the number of his years but also worn out by disease, and at his last breath, he ventured on the journey to help with his vote, trusting in the Spirit. And, to say it briefly, placed as a corpse in his litter as in a tomb, he came back young and strong, looking upward, strengthened by the laying on of hands and the anointing, and it is not too much to say, by the head of the anointed one. Let this be added to the ancient stories: that toil gives health, eagerness raises the dead, and old age leaps when anointed by the Spirit.

43.38PG 36:548a–548c

Οὕτω δὲ τῆς προεδρίας aetatem, ὡς, τοὺς τοιούτους μὲν γεγονότας, τοιαὺτης δὲ χάριτος τετυχηκότας, οὕτω δέ ὁπειλημμένους, εἰκός* οὗ κατῄσχυνεν οὐδενὶ τῶν ἑξῆς, ἢ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φιλοσοφίαν, ἢ τὰς τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐλπίδας· ἀλλὰ τοσαῦτον ἑαυτὸν ὑπερβάλλων ἀεὶ. ὅσον πρὸ τούτου τοὺς ἄλλως ἐδείο κνυτο, κάλ) ιστά τε καὶ φιλοσοφώτατα περὶ τού-ων διανοούμενος, Ἠγεῖτο γὰρ, ἰδιώτου μὲν ἀρετὴν εἶναι, τὸ μὰ κακὸν εἶναι, τι καὶ ποσῶς ἀγαθὸν, ’Ἄρχον τος δὲ καὶ προστάτου κακίαν, καὶ μάλιστα τὴν τοιαύτην ἀρχὴν, τὸ μὴ πολυ τῶν πολλων προέχειν, μηδέ ἀεὶ κρείττω φαίνεσθαι, μηδέ συμμετρεῖν τῇ ἀξίᾳ καὶ τῷ θρόνῳ τὴν ἀρετὴν. Μόγις γὰρ εἶναι τῷ ἄκρῳ τοῦ μέσου κατατκγχάνειν, καὶ τῷ περιόντι τῆς ἀρετῆς ἕλξειν τοὺς πολλοὺς εἰς τὸ μέτριον μᾶλλον δὲ, ’ἱνα τι φιλοσοφήσω περὶ τούτων ἄμεινον. ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐγὼ θεωρῶ, οἶμαι δὲ γαὶ τῶν σοφωτέρων ἕκαστος, ἡνίκα μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἐγένετο, pomθεὶς τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἡμέτερον, τοῦτο κάντιῦθα συμβεβηκέναι λογίζομαι, Ἐκεῖνός τε γὰρ προέκοπτε, φησὶν, ὥσπερ ἡλικίᾳ, οὕτω δὴ καὶ σοφία καὶ χάραν οῦ τῷ ταῦτα λαμβάνειν αὔξησιν, (τί γὰρ τοῦ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τελείου γένοιτʼ ἄν τελεώτερον ;) ἀλλὰ τῷ κατὰ μικρὸν ταῦτα παααγυμνοῦσθαι καὶ παρεκφαίνεσθαι· Τὴι τε τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὴν, οὒχὶ προσθήκην, ἀλλʼ ἐργασὶαν οἶμαι μείζω τηνικαῦτα λαμβάνειν, ὕλῃ πλείονι τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ χρωμένην,

Houtō de tēs proedrias aetatem, hōs, tous toioutous men gegonotas, toiautēs de charitos tetychēkotas, houtō de hopeilēmmenous, eikos* hou katę̄schynen oudeni tōn hexēs, ē tēn heautou philosophian, ē tas tōn pepisteukotōn elpidas; alla tosauton heauton hyperballōn aei. hoson pro toutou tous allōs edeio knyto, kal) ista te kai philosophōtata peri tou-ōn dianooumenos, Ēgeito gar, idiōtou men aretēn einai, to ma kakon einai, ti kai posōs agathon, ’Archon tos de kai prostatou kakian, kai malista tēn toiautēn archēn, to mē poly tōn pollōn proechein, mēde aei kreittō phainesthai, mēde symmetrein tę̄ axią kai tǭ thronǭ tēn aretēn. Mogis gar einai tǭ akrǭ tou mesou katatknchanein, kai tǭ perionti tēs aretēs helxein tous pollous eis to metrion mallon de, ’hina ti philosophēsō peri toutōn ameinon. hoper epi tou Sōtēros egō theōrō, oimai de gai tōn sophōterōn hekastos, hēnika methʼ hēmōn egeneto, pomtheis to hyper hēmas kai hēmeteron, touto kantiytha symbebēkenai logizomai, Ekeinos te gar proekopte, phēsin, hōsper hēlikią, houtō dē kai sophia kai charan ou tǭ tauta lambanein auxēsin, (ti gar tou apʼ archēs teleiou genoitʼ an teleōteron ?) alla tǭ kata mikron tauta paaagymnousthai kai parekphainesthai; Tēi te tou andros aretēn, ouchi prosthēkēn, allʼ ergasian oimai meizō tēnikauta lambanein, hylę̄ pleioni tę̄ exousią chrōmenēn,

Having thus been counted worthy of the presidency, as was fitting for one who had become such a man, received such grace and been so regarded, he did not put to shame in anything that followed either his own philosophy or the hopes of those who had trusted in him; but he always surpassed himself as much as before he had been seen to surpass others, thinking most nobly and philosophically about these matters. For he held that it is the virtue of a private person not to be bad, or to be good in some measure; but that it is the vice of a ruler and leader, especially in such a rule, not to be far above the many, not always to appear better, and not to make his virtue match his rank and his throne. For one at the top can hardly attain the mean, and draw the many to moderation by the surplus of his virtue. Or rather, to philosophize better about these things: what I observe in the Saviour (and I think every wiser person does), when he was with us, formed in what is above us and in what is ours, I reckon happened here too. For he advanced, it says, in wisdom and favour as in stature; not by receiving growth in these (for what could be more perfect than what was perfect from the beginning?), but by revealing and displaying them little by little. So too the man's virtue received then, I think, not an addition but a greater field of action, having more material in his authority.

43.39PG 36:548c–549b

Πρῶτον μὲν ἐκεῖνο πᾶσι ποιεῖ φανερὸν,ὠς οὒκ ἀνθρωπίνης χάριτος ἧν αῦτῷ· ἔργον, ἀλλὰ Θεοῦ δῶρον τὸ δεδομένονο δηλώσει δὲ καὶ τὸ ἡμέτερον. Οἷα γάρ μοι φιλοσοφοῦντι περὶ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον aovεφιλοσόφειέ Τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων ἁπλντων οἰομένων καὶ προσδραμεῖσθαί με τῷ γεγονότι, καὶ περιχαρήσεσθαι ζὸπερ ἐτέρου καὶ παθεῖν ἵσως ἦν), καὶ συνδιανεμεῖσθαι τὴν ἀρχὴν μᾶλλον ἦ παραδυναστεύειν, καὶ τῇ φιλίᾳ τοῦτο τεκμαιρομένων ἐπειδὴ τὸ φορτικὸν φεύγων ἐγὼ, καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἅπασιν, εἴπερ ἄλλος τις, καὶ ἅμα τοῦ καιροῦ τὸ ἐπίφθονον, ἄλλως τε καὶτῶν κατʼ αὐτὸν ὡδινόντων ἔτι καὶ ταρασσομένων, οἴκοι κατέμεινα, βίᾳ χαλινώσας τὸν πόθον. Μέμφεται μὲν, συγγινώσκει δέ. Καὶ μετᾶ τςῦτο ἐπιστάντα μὲν, τὴν δὲ τῆς καθέδρας τιμὴν οὗ δεξάμενον, τῆς αὐτῆς ἕνεκεν αἰτίας, οὒδὲ τὴν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων προτίμηο σιν, οὔτε ἐπέμψατο, καὶ προσεπῄνεσεν, εὖ ποιῶν τῦφον κατηγορηθῆναι μᾶλλον ὑπʼ ὀλίγων ἐλόμενος, τῶν ταύτην ἀγνοησάντων τὴν οἰκονομίαν, ἥ τι πρᾶξαι τῷ λογῳ καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ βουλεύμασιν ἐναντίον. Καίτοι, πῶς ἂν μᾶλλον ἔδειξεν ἅνθρωπος πάσης Otoπείας καὶ κολακείας κρείττω τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχων, καὶ πρὸς ἓν μόνον βλέπων, τὸν τοῦ καλοῦ νόμον, ἥ περὶ ἡμῶν οὕτω διανοηθεὶς, οὖς ἒν πρώτοις τῶν ἑαυτου φίλων καὶ συνήθων ἐγνώρισεν ;

Prōton men ekeino pasi poiei phaneron,ōs ouk anthrōpinēs charitos hēn autǭ; ergon, alla Theou dōron to dedomenono dēlōsei de kai to hēmeteron. Hoia gar moi philosophounti peri ton kairon ekeinon aovephilosopheie Tōn gar allōn haplntōn oiomenōn kai prosdrameisthai me tǭ gegonoti, kai pericharēsesthai zoper eterou kai pathein hisōs ēn), kai syndianemeisthai tēn archēn mallon ē paradynasteuein, kai tę̄ philią touto tekmairomenōn epeidē to phortikon pheugōn egō, kai gar en hapasin, eiper allos tis, kai hama tou kairou to epiphthonon, allōs te kaitōn katʼ auton hōdinontōn eti kai tarassomenōn, oikoi katemeina, bią chalinōsas ton pothon. Memphetai men, synginōskei de. Kai meta tsyto epistanta men, tēn de tēs kathedras timēn hou dexamenon, tēs autēs heneken aitias, oude tēn tōn presbyterōn protimēo sin, oute epempsato, kai prosepę̄nesen, eu poiōn typhon katēgorēthēnai mallon hypʼ oligōn elomenos, tōn tautēn agnoēsantōn tēn oikonomian, hē ti praxai tǭ logǭ kai tois autou bouleumasin enantion. Kaitoi, pōs an mallon edeixen hanthrōpos pasēs Otopeias kai kolakeias kreittō tēn psychēn echōn, kai pros hen monon blepōn, ton tou kalou nomon, hē peri hēmōn houtō dianoētheis, ous en prōtois tōn heautou philōn kai synēthōn egnōrisen ?

First, he made it plain to all that what had been given him was not the work of human favour but the gift of God. Our own case will show it. How he showed his philosophy towards me when I was showing mine at that time! For when everyone else thought that I would run to the event and rejoice exceedingly (as another perhaps would have done), and that I would share the rule rather than act as a power behind it, inferring this from our friendship, I, fleeing vulgarity in everything, if anyone ever did, and at the same time the envy of the moment, especially as those around him were still in travail and in turmoil, stayed at home, curbing my longing by force. He blamed me, yet forgave. And afterwards, when I came but did not accept the honour of the seat, for the same reason, nor precedence among the presbyters, he did not blame me but praised me, and rightly, choosing to be accused of pride by a few who did not understand this arrangement rather than do anything contrary to reason and his own counsels. And yet how could a man show more clearly that he had a soul above all fawning and flattery, looking to one thing only, the law of the good, than by thinking thus about us, whom he counted among the first of his friends and intimates?

43.40PG 36:549b–549d

”Επειτα, τὸ στασιάζον πρὸς ἒαυτὸν μαλάσσει, καὶ θεραπεύει λόγοις ἰατρικῆς μεγαλόφρονος. Οὔ γὰρ θωπευτικῶς, οὐδὲ ἀνελευθέρως τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν νεανικῶς καὶ μεγαλοπρεπῶς, ὡς ἄν τις οὔ τὸ παρὸν σκοπῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν μέλλουσαν εὐπείθειαν οἰκονομῶν, Ὀρῶν γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἁπαλὸν, ἔκλυτον καί μαλακίζον, τὸ δὲ αὐστηρὸν, τραχῦνον καὶ ἆπαυθαδιάζον, ἀμφοτέροις βοηθεῖ διʼ ἀλλήλων · ἐπιεικείᾳ μὲν τὸ ἀντιτυπὲς, στεῤῥότητι δὲ τὸ ἀπαλέιν κερασάμενος ὀλίγα μὲν λόγου προσδεηθεὶς, ἔργῳ δὲ τὰ πλείω δυνηθεὶς πρὸς τὴν θεραπείαν οὗ τέχνῃ δουλούμενος, ἀλλʼ εὐνοίᾳ σφετεριζόμενος οὒ δυναστείᾳ προσχρώμενος, ἀλλὰ τῷ δύνασθαι μὲν, φείδεσθαι δὲ προσαγόμενος, Τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, τῷ πάντας ἡττᾶσθαι τῆς αὒτου διανοίας, καὶ ἀπρόσιτον εἰδέναι τὴν ἀρετήν καὶ μίαν μὲν ἑαυτοῖς σωτη. ρίαν ἡγεῖσθαι, τὸ μετʼ ἐκείνου τε καὶ ὑπʼ ἐκείνῳ τετάγθαι, ἓνα δὲ κίνδυνον, τὸ προσκρούειν ἐκείνῷ, καὶ ἀλλοτρίωσιν ἀπὸ Πεοῦ νομίζειν τὴν ἀπʼ ἑκείνου διάστασιν οὕτως ἑκόντες ὑπεχώρησαν καὶ ἡττήθησαν, καὶ ὡς ἤχῳ βροντῆς ὑπεκλίθησαν, ἄλλος ἄλλον εἷς ἂπολογὶαν προφθάνοντες, κιλῖ τὸ μέτρον τῆς ἀπεχθείας εἷς μέτρον μετενεγκόντες Edwin, καὶ τῆς εἷς ἀρετὴν ἐπιδόσεως, ἥν δὴ μόνην ἀπολογίαν ισχυροτάτην ηὕρισκονʼ ωλὴν εἴ τις διὰ κακίαν ἀνίατον ἠμελήθη καὶ παρεῤῥίφη, ἵνʼ αὐτὸς ἰν ἑαυτῷ συντριβῇ καὶ καταναλωθῇ, καθάπερ ἰὸς σιδήρῳ συνδαπανώμενος.

”Epeita, to stasiazon pros eauton malassei, kai therapeuei logois iatrikēs megalophronos. Ou gar thōpeutikōs, oude aneleutherōs touto poiei, alla kai lian neanikōs kai megaloprepōs, hōs an tis ou to paron skopōn monon, alla kai tēn mellousan eupeitheian oikonomōn, Orōn gar to men hapalon, eklyton kai malakizon, to de austēron, trachynon kai apauthadiazon, amphoterois boēthei diʼ allēlōn ; epieikeią men to antitypes, sterrhotēti de to apalein kerasamenos oliga men logou prosdeētheis, ergǭ de ta pleiō dynētheis pros tēn therapeian hou technę̄ douloumenos, allʼ eunoią spheterizomenos ou dynasteią proschrōmenos, alla tǭ dynasthai men, pheidesthai de prosagomenos, To de megiston, tǭ pantas hēttasthai tēs autou dianoias, kai aprositon eidenai tēn aretēn kai mian men heautois sōtē. rian hēgeisthai, to metʼ ekeinou te kai hypʼ ekeinǭ tetagthai, hena de kindynon, to proskrouein ekeinǭ, kai allotriōsin apo Peou nomizein tēn apʼ hekeinou diastasin houtōs hekontes hypechōrēsan kai hēttēthēsan, kai hōs ēchǭ brontēs hypeklithēsan, allos allon heis apologian prophthanontes, kili to metron tēs apechtheias heis metron metenenkontes Edwin, kai tēs heis aretēn epidoseōs, hēn dē monēn apologian ischyrotatēn hēuriskonʼ ōlēn ei tis dia kakian aniaton ēmelēthē kai parerrhiphē, hinʼ autos in heautǭ syntribę̄ kai katanalōthę̄, kathaper ios sidērǭ syndapanōmenos.

Next, he softened the party that had opposed him, and healed them with words of magnanimous healing. He did this not obsequiously or servilely, but very boldly and nobly, as one who looked not only to the present but also arranged for their future obedience. Seeing that the soft is slack and weak, while the austere is harsh and self-willed, he helped both by means of each other, tempering the obstinate with gentleness and the soft with firmness; needing few words, but achieving most by deeds for their healing; not enslaving them by craft but winning them by goodwill; not using his power, but drawing them by being able to act and yet sparing. The greatest thing was that all were overcome by his intelligence and knew his virtue to be unapproachable; and they thought there was one salvation for them, to be ranked with him and under him, and one danger, to offend him, and they considered separation from him to be estrangement from God. So they willingly gave way and were overcome, and bowed as at the echo of thunder, each anticipating the other in apology, and turning the measure of their enmity into a measure of goodwill and of progress in virtue, which they found the only and strongest apology; unless one, through incurable wickedness, was left alone and cast aside, that he might be crushed and consumed in himself, as rust is consumed together with the iron.

43.41PG 36:552a–552b

περινοετ τι τῇ διανοίᾳ μεῖζον καὶ ὑψηλότερον. Τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων ἁπάντων τό ἐν ποσὶ μόνον δρώντων, καὶ τὸ κατʼ αὖτοὺς ὅπως ἀσφαλῶς ἕξει λογιζομένων, εἴπερ τοῦτο ἀσφαλὲς, παραιτέρω δʼ οὔ προϊόντων, ούδέ τι μέγα καὶ νεανικὸν, ἢ ἐννοῆσαι, ἧ καταπράξασθαι δυναμένων ’ καίτοι τᾶλλα μέτριος ὢν, ἐν τούτοις οὗ μετριάζει ’ ἀλλʼ ὑψοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν διάρας, καὶ κύκλῳ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμμα περιαγαγὼν, πᾶσαν εἴσω ποιεῖται την οἰκουμένην, ὅσην ὁ σωτήριος λόγος ἐπέδραμεν. Ὀρῶν δὲ τὸν μέγαν τοῦ Θεοῦ γλῆρον, καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ λόγοις, καὶ νόμοις, καὶ πάθεσι περιποιηθέντα, τὸ ἅγιον ἔθνος, τὸ βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, κακῶς διακείμενον, εἷς τε μυρίας δόξας καὶ πλάνας διεσπασμένον ’ καὶ τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου μετηρμένην καὶ μεταπεφυτευμὲνην ἄμπελον, ἐκ τῆς ἀθέου καὶ σκοτεινῖκ ἀγνοίας εἷς κάλλος τε καὶ μέγεθος ἄπειρον προελθοῦσαν, ὡς καλύψαι πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, καὶ ὁρῶν καὶ κέδρων ὑπερεκτείνεσθαι ταύτην πονηρῷ καὶ ἀγρίῳ συῒ, τῷ διαβόλῳ, λελυμασμένην ο οὒκ αὔταρκες ὑπολαμβάνει θρηνεῖν ἠσυχῆ τὸ πάθος, καὶ πρὸς Θεὸν μόνον αἴρειν τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνου τῶν κατεχόντων κακῶν λύσιν ζητεῖν, αὐτὸς δέ καθεύδειν ο ἀλλά τι καὶ βοηθεῖν, καὶ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ συνεισφέρειν ᾤετο δεῖν. Τί γὰρ εἶναι ’τῆς ωμφορᾶς ταύτης ἀνιαρότερον, ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ κοινοῦ χρῆναι μᾶλλον σπουδάζειν τὸν ἄνω βλέποντα ; Ἐνὸς μὲν γὰρ εὖ πράττοντος, ἢ κῃκῶς, οὐδὲν τῷ κοινῷ τοῦτο ἐπισημαίνειν · τοῦ κοινοῦ δὲ οὕτως ἢ ἐκείνως ἔχοντος, καὶ τὸν καθʼ ἕκαστον ὁμοίως ἒχειν, πᾶσαν εἶναι ἀνάγκην.

perinoet ti tę̄ dianoią meizon kai hypsēloteron. Tōn gar allōn hapantōn to en posi monon drōntōn, kai to katʼ autous hopōs asphalōs hexei logizomenōn, eiper touto asphales, paraiterō dʼ ou proïontōn, oude ti mega kai neanikon, ē ennoēsai, hē katapraxasthai dynamenōn ’ kaitoi talla metrios ōn, en toutois hou metriazei ’ allʼ hypsou tēn kephalēn diaras, kai kyklǭ to tēs psychēs omma periagagōn, pasan eisō poieitai tēn oikoumenēn, hosēn ho sōtērios logos epedramen. Orōn de ton megan tou Theou glēron, kai tois autou logois, kai nomois, kai pathesi peripoiēthenta, to hagion ethnos, to basileion hierateuma, kakōs diakeimenon, heis te myrias doxas kai planas diespasmenon ’ kai tēn ex Aigyptou metērmenēn kai metapephyteumenēn ampelon, ek tēs atheou kai skoteinik agnoias heis kallos te kai megethos apeiron proelthousan, hōs kalypsai pasan tēn gēn, kai horōn kai kedrōn hyperekteinesthai tautēn ponērǭ kai agriǭ syï, tǭ diabolǭ, lelymasmenēn o ouk autarkes hypolambanei thrēnein ēsychē to pathos, kai pros Theon monon airein tas cheiras, kai parʼ ekeinou tōn katechontōn kakōn lysin zētein, autos de katheudein o alla ti kai boēthein, kai parʼ heautou syneispherein ǭeto dein. Ti gar einai ’tēs ōmphoras tautēs aniaroteron, hyper de tou koinou chrēnai mallon spoudazein ton anō bleponta ? Enos men gar eu prattontos, ē kę̄kōs, ouden tǭ koinǭ touto episēmainein ; tou koinou de houtōs ē ekeinōs echontos, kai ton kathʼ hekaston homoiōs echein, pasan einai anankēn.

… he conceives in his mind something greater and loftier. For while all others saw only what lay at their feet, and reckoned how their own affairs might be secure, if that is security, and went no further, unable to conceive or accomplish anything great and bold, he, though moderate in other things, was not moderate in these; but raising his head on high and turning the eye of his soul around, he took in the whole world over which the saving word has run. Seeing God's great inheritance, acquired by his words and laws and sufferings, the holy nation, the royal priesthood, in a bad state and torn apart into countless opinions and errors; and the vine brought out of Egypt and transplanted, which from godless and dark ignorance had grown to a boundless beauty and size, so as to cover the whole earth and spread beyond mountains and cedars, ravaged by an evil wild boar, the devil; he did not think it enough to lament the calamity quietly and to lift his hands to God alone and ask him for release from the evils that held us, while he himself slept; but he thought he must also help and contribute something of his own. [42] For what, he thought, is more grievous than this misfortune? And he who looks above must be all the more zealous for the common good. For when one person fares well or badly, this indicates nothing for the common good; but when the common good is in this or that state, each individual must necessarily be in a like state.

43.42PG 36:552b

οὗν ἐννοῶν καὶ σκοπῶν ἐκεῖνος, ὁ τοῦ κοινοῦ κηδεμὼν καὶ προστάτης (ἐπειδὴ σὴς ὀστέων καρδία αἰσθητικὴ, ὡς Σολομῶντι καὶ τῇ ἂληθείᾳ δοκεῖ ο καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀνάλγητον, εὔθυμον · τὸ δὲ συμπαθὲς, λυπηρόν καὶ τῆξις καρδίας, ἕμμονὸς Λογισμὸς), διὰ τοῦτο ἐσφάδαζεν, ἠνιᾶτο, κατετιτρώσκετο, ἔπασχε τὸ Ἰωνᾶ, τὸ Δαβὶδ, ἂπελέγετο τὴν ψυχὴν, οὖν ἐδίδου ὕπνον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, οὐδὲ νυσταγμὸν τοῖς βλεφάροις · προσεδαπάνα τὸ λειπόμενον τῶν σαρκῶν τατς ξειροντίσιν, ἕως εύρη τοῦ κακοῧ λύσιν ἐπιζητεῖ θείαν βοήθειαν, ἦ ἀνθρωπίνην, Ττις στήσει τὸν κοινὸν ἐμπρησμὸν, καὶ τὴν ἐπέχουσαν ἡμᾶς σκοτόμαιναν.

houn ennoōn kai skopōn ekeinos, ho tou koinou kēdemōn kai prostatēs (epeidē sēs osteōn kardia aisthētikē, hōs Solomōnti kai tę̄ alētheią dokei o kai to men analgēton, euthymon ; to de sympathes, lypēron kai tēxis kardias, hemmonos Logismos), dia touto esphadazen, ēniato, katetitrōsketo, epasche to Iōna, to Dabid, apelegeto tēn psychēn, oun edidou hypnon tois ophthalmois, oude nystagmon tois blepharois ; prosedapana to leipomenon tōn sarkōn tats xeirontisin, heōs eurē tou kakoÿ lysin epizētei theian boētheian, ē anthrōpinēn, Ttis stēsei ton koinon emprēsmon, kai tēn epechousan hēmas skotomainan.

Thinking and considering this, he, the guardian and champion of the common good (since “a feeling heart is a moth in the bones”, as Solomon and the truth hold; and insensibility is cheerful, but sympathy is painful, and constant thought is a wasting of the heart), was therefore in agony, grieved, wounded; he suffered what Jonah and David suffered; he despaired of his life, gave no sleep to his eyes nor slumber to his eyelids; he spent what remained of his flesh on his cares, until he should find a remedy for the evil; he sought divine help or human, which would stop the common conflagration and the darkness that held us.

43.43PG 36:552b–556b

Ev μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖνο ἐπινοεῖ καὶ λίαν σωτήρ ριον Συναγὰγὼν ἑαυτὸν, ὡς οἶόν τε ἦν, καὶ συγτῷ πνιύματι, καὶ πάντας μὶν ἀνθρωπίνως λογισμοὺς κινήσας, πᾶν ὂὶ τῶν Γραφῶν βάθος ἂνιλιξᾶμινος, λογογριγετ τὴν ιῦσέβιιαν, iui ἄντιθέτοις πὰλαις καὶ μάχαις τὸ πολὺ τῶν αῑριτυιῶν ἂπωιρούιτςιι θράσος· τοὺς μὲν καὶ εἰς χιϊρας ἰόντας, ἀγχεμάχοις ὅπλοις τοτς ἀπὸ γλώσοης “camps-stipsνοςο τοὺς δὲ πόρρωθιν, βάλλων τοξιύμισι τοῖς lx μέλινος, οὐδὲν νάτιμοτὲοω τῶν ἄν ταῖς πλαξὶ χαραγμιίτων· οὐδὲ lvi τῆς Ἰουδιίπς εθνιι, sui μικρῷ τούτῳ, νομοθετοῦντος περὶ βρωμάτων, καὶ πωμάτων, διιὶ προσκιίρων θυσιῶν, καὶ stagno: καθειρσίων ἀλλὰ παντὶ (ὃδὶ γένει καὶ μέρει si: οἰκουμένης, περὶ τοὺ λόγου τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐξ οὗ καὶ τὸ σώζεσθαι supr-rivum. Δεύτιρον δὲ (καὶ γὰρ ὁμοίως ἀτελὲς ἄλογος πρᾶξις, iui Λόγος ἄπρακτος), προσιτίθῑι τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὴν ιιι τοῦ πράττειν ἇπιχουρίαν· τοῖς μὲν imas-umbo, πρός δὲ τοὺς πρεσβιύων, τοὺς ὂὶ χαλῶν, νουθιτῶν, ἐλέγχων, ἐπιτιμῶν, ἀπαιλῶν, ὀνειδίζων, προπολιμῶν ἐθνῶν, πόλιων, τῶν καθʼ ἔχιστον, πᾶν εἶδος ίπινοῶν σωτηρίας, «fluxoθεν ἰώμινος· ὃ Βεσελιὴλ lmine, ὃ τῆς θείας ἁρχιο τέκτων σκηνῆς, πάσῃ πρὸς τὸ ἔργον ὕλῃ καὶ τέχνῃ χρώμενος, καὶ πάντα πλέγων εἰς κάλλους ἑνὸς περιουσίαν καὶ ἁρμονίαν. Τί τᾶλλα χρὴ λέγιιν ς Ἀλλʼ iist.301.: ἡμῖν ὁ χριστομάχος βασιλεὺς, καὶ τῆς πίστεως τύραννος, μετὰ πλιίονος τῆς ἀσεβείας καὶ θερμοτᾶps: τῆς παρατάειως, ὡς πρὸς ἀνταγωνιστὴν ἴσχυρότιρον ὄντος αὐτῷ τοῦ λόγου, κατὰ τὺ ἀκάθαρτον ικιῖνο πνεῦμα καὶ πονηρὸν, ὅ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λυθὲν καὶ πιριπλανηθὶν, πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν ἀναστρέφει μιτᾶ πλιιόνων πνωμάτων ιῖσοικιεθησόμιινον, {iis-mp ὶν τοῖς Εὖαγγιλίοις ἧιιούσαμιν. τούτου γῑνιται μιμητὴς ἆιιῖνος, ὁμοῦ τε τὴν προτέραν ἧτταν ὰνικιλισόμινος, καὶ προσθήσων τι τοῖς πρώτοις (βο) παλαίσμαοι. Διινδν γὰρ εἶναι καὶ σχέτλιον, πολλῶν μὶν ἐθνῶν ἕπᾶρχοντι, πολλῆς Si δόξης ἠξιωμέο νον, πάντος δὲ τοὺς κύκλῳ καταστριψᾶμινον τῷ κράτει τῆς (inflatu, mai χιιρωσάμινον πᾶν τὸ προστυχὸν, ἰνὸς ἀνδρὸς, καὶ μιᾶς πόλεως ἢττω ὀφθῆο ναι, καὶ γέλωτα ὃφλιιν, οὗ τοῖς ἅγουυι μόνον αὑτὸν προστάταις τῆς scitu, ἀλλᾶ ιιι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις Ib" ὑπελάμβανε Ἰ Ι ν κεʼ. τὸν μὶν δὴ Πιρσῶν Basili: φασιν, ιπιιδιί ποτε κατᾶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος lupinus, πᾶν μὲι γένος ἀνθρώπων ιτ( αὖτοὺς ἰλάύνων, παντὶ δὶ ζᾶω· θυμῷ καὶ φρονήματι, οὗ ’ταύτῃ μόνον ιπαίρισθαι ιαὶ ἄμετρον εἶναι ταῖς ἄπειλατς· ἀλλʼ ὼς ἂν μᾶλλον αὖτοὺς καταπλήξειε, φοβερὸν ἰσυτὸν ποιεῖν, καὶ ταῖς κατᾶ τῶν στοιχείων καινοτομίαις, Γῆ τις ἠκούετο ξένη, καὶ Θάλασσα τοῦ νέου δημιουργοῦ, καὶ στρατὸς ἤπειρον πλέων, καὶ πεζεύων πέλαγος, νῆσοί τε ἁρπαζόμεναι, καὶ θάλασσα μαστιζομένη, καὶ ὃσα τῆς ἰμπλήκτου σαφῶς ἦν στρατιᾶς καὶ στρατηγίας, κατάπληξις μὶν τοῖς ἀγεννεστέροις, γέλως εἰ τοῖς ἆνδρικωτὲροις καὶ στεῤῥοτάροις τὸ φρόνημα. Ὀ δὲ τοιούτου μὶν οὖδενὸς ἂδεῐτο καθʼ ἡμῶν ετρατεύωνο ὅ δὶ ἧν ἰκείνων χεῖρον καὶ βλαβερώτερον, τοῦτο ποιῶν καὶ λέγων ἠκούετο. "eam εἷς οὗορσνὸν τὰ στόμα αὑτοῦ. βλασφημίαν λαλῶν εἷς τὸ ὕψος, καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αύτοῠ διῆλθεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Kaλώς γὰρ αὐτὸν ὃ θεῖος Δαβἰδ πρὸ ἡμῶν ὶστηλίτευσε, τὸν οὗρανὸν εἷς γῆν κλίναντα, καὶ μετὰ τῆς κτίσεως ἀριθμοῦντα φύσιν τὴν ὑπερκόσμιον, ἣν οὖδὶ χωρεῖν ἡ κτίσις δύναται, κΞν μεθʼ ἡμῶν τι γέ.. νητιι λόγῳ φιλανθρωπίας, ἵνʼ ἡμᾶς ἰλκύσῃ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν χαμαὶ κειμένους.

Ev men oun ekeino epinoei kai lian sōtēr rion Synagagōn heauton, hōs oion te ēn, kai sygtǭ pniymati, kai pantas min anthrōpinōs logismous kinēsas, pan oi tōn Graphōn bathos anilixaminos, logogriget tēn iysebiian, iui antithetois palais kai machais to poly tōn airituiōn apōirouitsii thrasos; tous men kai eis chiïras iontas, anchemachois hoplois tots apo glōsoēs “camps-stipsnoso tous de porrōthin, ballōn toxiymisi tois lx melinos, ouden natimoteoō tōn an tais plaxi charagmiitōn; oude lvi tēs Ioudiips ethnii, sui mikrǭ toutǭ, nomothetountos peri brōmatōn, kai pōmatōn, diii proskiirōn thysiōn, kai stagno: katheirsiōn alla panti (hodi genei kai merei si: oikoumenēs, peri tou logou tēs alētheias, ex hou kai to sōzesthai supr-rivum. Deutiron de (kai gar homoiōs ateles alogos praxis, iui Logos apraktos), prositithii tǭ logǭ kai tēn iii tou prattein hapichourian; tois men imas-umbo, pros de tous presbiyōn, tous oi chalōn, nouthitōn, elenchōn, epitimōn, apailōn, oneidizōn, propolimōn ethnōn, poliōn, tōn kathʼ echiston, pan eidos ipinoōn sōtērias, «fluxothen iōminos; ho Beseliēl lmine, ho tēs theias harchio tektōn skēnēs, pasę̄ pros to ergon hylę̄ kai technę̄ chrōmenos, kai panta plegōn eis kallous henos periousian kai harmonian. Ti talla chrē legiin s Allʼ iist.301.: hēmin ho christomachos basileus, kai tēs pisteōs tyrannos, meta pliionos tēs asebeias kai thermotaps: tēs parataeiōs, hōs pros antagōnistēn ischyrotiron ontos autǭ tou logou, kata ty akatharton ikiino pneuma kai ponēron, ho tou anthrōpou lythen kai piriplanēthin, pros ton auton anastrephei mita pliionōn pnōmatōn iisoikiethēsomiinon, {iis-mp in tois Euangiliois hēiiousamin. toutou ginitai mimētēs aiiinos, homou te tēn proteran hēttan anikilisominos, kai prosthēsōn ti tois prōtois (bo) palaismaoi. Diindn gar einai kai schetlion, pollōn min ethnōn heparchonti, pollēs Si doxēs ēxiōmeo non, pantos de tous kyklǭ katastripsaminon tǭ kratei tēs (inflatu, mai chiirōsaminon pan to prostychon, inos andros, kai mias poleōs ēttō ophthēo nai, kai gelōta hophliin, hou tois hagouui monon hauton prostatais tēs scitu, alla iii pasin anthrōpois Ib" hypelambane I I n keʼ. ton min dē Pirsōn Basili: phasin, ipiidii pote kata tēs Hellados lupinus, pan mei genos anthrōpōn it( autous ilaunōn, panti di zaō; thymǭ kai phronēmati, hou ’tautę̄ monon ipairisthai iai ametron einai tais apeilats; allʼ ōs an mallon autous kataplēxeie, phoberon isyton poiein, kai tais kata tōn stoicheiōn kainotomiais, Gē tis ēkoueto xenē, kai Thalassa tou neou dēmiourgou, kai stratos ēpeiron pleōn, kai pezeuōn pelagos, nēsoi te harpazomenai, kai thalassa mastizomenē, kai hosa tēs implēktou saphōs ēn stratias kai stratēgias, kataplēxis min tois agennesterois, gelōs ei tois andrikōterois kai sterrhotarois to phronēma. O de toioutou min oudenos adeito kathʼ hēmōn etrateuōno ho di hēn ikeinōn cheiron kai blaberōteron, touto poiōn kai legōn ēkoueto. "eam heis houorsnon ta stoma hautou. blasphēmian lalōn heis to hypsos, kai hē glōssa autou diēlthen epi tēs gēs. Kalōs gar auton ho theios Dabid pro hēmōn istēliteuse, ton houranon heis gēn klinanta, kai meta tēs ktiseōs arithmounta physin tēn hyperkosmion, hēn oudi chōrein hē ktisis dynatai, kXn methʼ hēmōn ti ge.. nētii logǭ philanthrōpias, hinʼ hēmas ilkysę̄ pros heautēn chamai keimenous.

One thing, then, he devised, and very salutary. Collecting himself as far as possible and joining himself to the Spirit, and setting in motion all human reasonings, and unrolling the whole depth of the Scriptures, he wrote in defence of piety, and by opposing struggles and battles he repelled most of the boldness of the heretics: those who came to close quarters, with the hand-to-hand weapons of the tongue; those at a distance, by striking with arrows of ink, no less honoured than the writings on the tablets; legislating not for one nation, the Jews, and that a small one, about foods and drinks and temporary sacrifices and purifications of the flesh, but for every race and part of the world, about the word of truth, from which comes salvation. Second (for action without word and word without action are equally imperfect), he added to the word the help of action: visiting some, sending envoys to others, summoning others, admonishing, refuting, rebuking, threatening, reproaching, fighting in defence of peoples, cities and individuals, devising every form of salvation, healing on every side; another Bezalel, master builder of the divine tabernacle, using every material and art for the work, and weaving all together into the abundance and harmony of one beauty. [44] Why should I tell the rest? Behold, the emperor who fought against Christ came upon us, the tyrant of the faith, with more impiety and a hotter battle array, as against a stronger opponent, after the manner of that unclean and evil spirit which, having been released from the man and wandered about, returns to the same man with more spirits to dwell there, as we have heard in the Gospels. He became its imitator, both to repair his former defeat and to add something to his earlier struggles. For it was terrible and wretched, he thought, that one who ruled many nations and had been counted worthy of great glory, who had subdued all around him by the power of … and conquered everything he met, should be seen to be defeated by one man and one city, and incur laughter not only from those who led him, the champions of impiety, but, as he supposed, from all men. [45] They say that the king of the Persians, when once he marched against Greece, driving every race of men against them, was not only lifted up in every kind of anger and pride and boundless in his threats, but, to terrify them more, made himself fearsome by innovations against the elements. A strange land was heard of, and a sea of the new creator, an army sailing on land and walking on sea, islands seized, the sea whipped, and all the things that clearly belonged to a mad army and generalship: a terror to the more cowardly, a laughing-stock to the more manly and firm of mind. He, however, needed nothing of this kind in campaigning against us; but what was worse and more harmful than those things, this he was heard to do and say: “He set his mouth against heaven, speaking blasphemy on high, and his tongue went through the earth.” For the divine David rightly branded him before us, as one who bent heaven down to earth and numbered with the creation the nature above the world, which the creation cannot even contain, even if it became something with us by reason of its love for man, to draw us to itself who lay on the ground.

43.46PG 36:556b–557a

Καὶ δὲ λαμπρὰ μὲν αὖτώ τὰ πρῶτα νεανιεύματα, λαμπρότερα δὲ τὰ τελευταῖα καθʼ ἡμῶν ἀγωνίσματα Τίνα δὴ λέγω τὰ πρῶτα; Ἐξ·opim, φυγαὶ, δημεύσεις, ἐπιβουλαὶ φαιεραί τε καὶ ἀφανεῖς· τὸ πείθειν, οὗ καιρὸς ἦνʼ τὸ βιάζεσθαι, τοῦ πείθειν οὐκ ὂνεος. Oi μὲν ἔξωθούμενοι τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν, ὅσοι τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λόγου καὶ τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶςʼ οἱ δὲ εἶσαγόμενοι, ὁσοι τῆς βασιλικῆς ἀπωλείας ἐτύγχανον, οἱ τὰ χειρόγραφα τῆς ἀσεβείας ἀπαιτοῦντες, οὶ γράφοντες τὰ τούτων ἔτι χαλεπώτερα. Πρεσβυτέρων ιμπρησμοὶ θαλαττρι· στρατηγοὶ δοσσεβετς, οὗ Περσῶν κρατοσντες, οὗ Σκύθας χειρούμενοι, οὐκ ἄλλο τι βαρβαρικὸν ἔθνος ἂνακαθαίρο »τες · ἀλλʼ Ἐκκλησίαις ἱπιστρατεύοντες, καὶ θυσιαστῆρίων κατορχούμενοι, καὶ τὰς ἀναιμάκτους ὼσίας ἀνθρώπων καὶ θυσιῶν αἴμοσι χραίνοντες, καὶ παρθένων αἰδῶ καθυβρίζοντες, ’Ἵνα τί γένηται; ’ἶνʼ ἆξωσθῇ μὲν Ἰακὼβ ὁ πατριάρχης, ἆνειταχθῇ δὲ Ἠσαῦ, δ μιμεσημὲνος καί πρὸ γενέσεως. Ταῦτα τῶν πρώτων αὒτοῡ νεανιευμάτων τὰ διηγήματα, ἄ καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν κινεῖ τοῖς πολλοῖς δάκρυον είς μνήμην ἰόντα καὶ ἀκουόμε να.

Kai de lampra men autō ta prōta neanieumata, lamprotera de ta teleutaia kathʼ hēmōn agōnismata Tina dē legō ta prōta? Ex;opim, phygai, dēmeuseis, epiboulai phaierai te kai aphaneis; to peithein, hou kairos ēnʼ to biazesthai, tou peithein ouk oneos. Oi men exōthoumenoi tōn Ekklēsiōn, hosoi tou orthou logou kai tou kathʼ hēmasʼ hoi de eisagomenoi, hosoi tēs basilikēs apōleias etynchanon, hoi ta cheirographa tēs asebeias apaitountes, oi graphontes ta toutōn eti chalepōtera. Presbyterōn imprēsmoi thalattri; stratēgoi dossebets, hou Persōn kratosntes, hou Skythas cheiroumenoi, ouk allo ti barbarikon ethnos anakathairo »tes ; allʼ Ekklēsiais hipistrateuontes, kai thysiastēriōn katorchoumenoi, kai tas anaimaktous ōsias anthrōpōn kai thysiōn aimosi chrainontes, kai parthenōn aidō kathybrizontes, ’Hina ti genētai? ’inʼ axōsthę̄ men Iakōb ho patriarchēs, aneitachthę̄ de Ēsau, d mimesēmenos kai pro geneseōs. Tauta tōn prōtōn autou neanieumatōn ta diēgēmata, a kai mechri tou nyn kinei tois pollois dakryon eis mnēmēn ionta kai akouome na.

Splendid were his first bold deeds, more splendid his last struggles against us. What do I call the first? Exiles, banishments, confiscations, plots open and hidden; persuasion when there was time for it, force when persuasion was impossible. Those of the right doctrine, and of our side, were driven out of the churches; those were brought in who belonged to the emperor's ruinous party, who demanded signatures of impiety and wrote things still worse than these. Presbyters were burnt at sea; impious generals, not conquering Persians, nor subduing Scythians, nor clearing out any other barbarian nation, but campaigning against churches, dancing on altars, defiling the bloodless sacrifices with the blood of men and victims, and outraging the modesty of virgins. To what end? That Jacob the patriarch might be driven out, and Esau, hated even before his birth, brought in instead. These are the stories of his first bold deeds, which even now move many to tears as they are remembered and heard.

43.47PG 36:557a–560b

Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντα διεξελθὼν, ὲπὶξ τὴν ἃσειστον καὶ ἀνεπηρέαστον τήνδε τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν μητέρα, ὡς δουλωσόμενος, ὥρμησε, καὶ τὶν λειπόμενον ὶτι μόνον ζωτικὸν σπινθῆρα τῆς ἀληθείας· τότε πρῶτον ᾔσθετο κακῶς βουλευσάμενος. Ὠς γὰρ βέλος ἰσχυροτέρῳ προσπεσὸν, ἀπεκρούσθη, καὶ ὡς καλῶς ῥαγεὶς, ὑπεχώρησε, Τοιούτῳ τῷ προστάτῃ τῆς Ἐκκλητίας ἐνέτυχε, ιιρἶ τοσούτῳ προβόλῳ περιρῤαγεὶς διελύθη, Τὰ μὲν οὖν ἅλλα λεγόντων τε καὶ ἱστορούντωι τῶν τότε πεπειραμένων, ἔστιν ἀκούεινʼ ἱστορεῖ δὲ οὐδεὶς, ὅστις οὒ τῶν ἁπάντων, Ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτοι θαυμάζουσιν, ὅσοι τοός τότε ἀγῶνας γνωρίζουσι, τὰς προσὸυλὰς, τὰς ὑποσχέσεις, τὰς ἀπειλὰς, τοὺς ὲκ τοῦ δικαστικοῦ τάγματος προσ·πειεπομένους dimi}, καὶ πειθειν ὶπιχειροῦντας, τοὺς lx τοῦ στρατιωτικοῦ, τοὺς ἑκ τῆς γυναικωνίτιδος, τοὺς ἰν γυναιξῖν ἄνδρας, καὶ ἰν ἀνδράσι γυναῖκας, τοὺς τοῦτο μόνον ἀνδρικοὺς τὴν ἀσέβειαν· οἵ τὸ φυσικῶς ἀσελγαίνειν οὒκ ἶχοντες, ᾧ δύνανται μόνον, τῇ γλώσσῃ πορνεύουσιʼ τὸν ἀρχιμάγειpou Ναβυυζαρδὰν, τὰς ἐκ τῆς τέχνης μαχαίρας ἕπαπειλοῦντα, καὶ τῳ οὶκείῳ πυρὶ πεμπόμενον. ’Ὀ δὲ μάλιστά μοι τῶν δκείνου θαυμάσιον, καὶ οὐδὲ βου λομένῳ παρελθεῖν δυνατὸν, τοῦτο δώσω τῷ λόγῳ συνελὼν ὅσον ἐνδέχεται. Τίς οὒκ οἶδε τὸν τηνικαῦτα ὕπαρχον, πολλῷ μὶν τῷ οἰκείῳ θράσει καθʼ ἡμῶν μάλιστα χρώμενον ιέπειδη καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνων ἦν τῷ βαπτίσματι τελεσθείς ἢ συντελεσθεῖς, πλείω δὲ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ὑπηρετοῦντα τῷ ἔπιτάττοντι, καὶ διὰ τοῦ πάντα χαρίζεσθαι, τὸ κράτςς ἰαυτῷ συντηροῦντα καὶ φυλάττοντα χρονιώτερον; Τούτῳ βρίμοντι κατὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίαῆ καὶλεόντειοι μὲν τδ εἶδος προβεβλημένῳ, λεόντειον (ββ) δὲ βρυχωμένῳ, καὶ ’μηδὲ προσιτὸν 7 τοῖς πλείοσιν, ὁ γεννάδας ἰκτῖνος εἰσάγεταιο μᾶλλον δὲ, εἴσεισιν, ὥσπερ εἷς ἑορτὴν, οὐκ εἱς κρίσιν καλούμενος. Πῶς ὰν ἀξίως διηγησά- -μην, ἢ τὴν τοῦ ὒπάργου θρασύτητα, ἢ τὴν τοῦ ἂν. δρὸς πρὸς αὗτδν μετὰ συνέσεως ἔνστασιν ; Τί σοι φησὶν. ὦ οὗτος, βούλεται, τοῦνομα προσιιέ τοσούτου κράτους τολμᾷν, ut μόνοντῶν ἄλλων ἆπιυθιιδιάζισθιι; Τοῦ χάριν, ὁ γεννάδας φησὶ, iui τίς ἡ ἀπόνοι; Οὔπω γὰρ ἔχω γινωσκιιν, ’Ότι μὴ τΞι βισιλέως θρηικιῦι-ις, ᾦἠσὶ,’τιῖνν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ὗποχλιθίντων καὶ ἡττημένων. οὗ γὰρ ταῦτα, ἔφη, βασιλεὺς δʼ iub; βούλεται· αὗδὶ κτίσμα τι προσκυνεῖν ἀνέχομαι, Θεοῦ τε κτίσμα τυγχάνων, καὶ θιὸς εἶναι χιιιλιυσμὶνος. Ἐμιτς δὲ τί σοι δοκοῦμινς ’Ἥ ὠδὶν, εφη, ταῦτα «ponti-novt“; Τ( διί; οὒ μὲγι σοι τὸ μιθʼ ἧμῶν τιτάχθιι, xxi κοινωνοὺς ἔχειν ἡμᾶς ς ’Ὕπαρχοι μὲν, φησὶν, ὑμεῖς, xxi τῶν ἔπιφινῶν, οὒκ ἀρνήσομαι* οὔπω δὲ Θεοῦ τιμιώτιροι. Καὶ τὸ κοινωνούς ἔχειν, μέγκ μὲν (πῶς γὰρ οδ ; πλάθει-α Θεοῦ καὶ ὑμεῖς), ἀλλʼ ὦσι( τινας ἄλλους τῶν ὑφʼ ἥμῖν τευ-(μένων, 0) γὰρ προσώποις τὸν Χριστιανισμὸι, ἀλλὰ utam χιραχτηρίζεθθιι.

Epei de panta diexelthōn, epix tēn haseiston kai anepēreaston tēnde tōn Ekklēsiōn mētera, hōs doulōsomenos, hōrmēse, kai tin leipomenon iti monon zōtikon spinthēra tēs alētheias; tote prōton ę̄stheto kakōs bouleusamenos. Ōs gar belos ischyroterǭ prospeson, apekrousthē, kai hōs kalōs rhageis, hypechōrēse, Toioutǭ tǭ prostatę̄ tēs Ekklētias enetyche, iiri tosoutǭ probolǭ perirrageis dielythē, Ta men oun halla legontōn te kai historountōi tōn tote pepeiramenōn, estin akoueinʼ historei de oudeis, hostis ou tōn hapantōn, Alla tosoutoi thaumazousin, hosoi toos tote agōnas gnōrizousi, tas prosoulas, tas hyposcheseis, tas apeilas, tous ek tou dikastikou tagmatos pros;peiepomenous dimi}, kai peithein ipicheirountas, tous lx tou stratiōtikou, tous hek tēs gynaikōnitidos, tous in gynaixin andras, kai in andrasi gynaikas, tous touto monon andrikous tēn asebeian; hoi to physikōs aselgainein ouk ichontes, hǭ dynantai monon, tę̄ glōssę̄ porneuousiʼ ton archimageipou Nabyyzardan, tas ek tēs technēs machairas hepapeilounta, kai tǭ oikeiǭ pyri pempomenon. ’O de malista moi tōn dkeinou thaumasion, kai oude bou lomenǭ parelthein dynaton, touto dōsō tǭ logǭ synelōn hoson endechetai. Tis ouk oide ton tēnikauta hyparchon, pollǭ min tǭ oikeiǭ thrasei kathʼ hēmōn malista chrōmenon iepeidē kai parʼ ekeinōn ēn tǭ baptismati telestheis ē syntelestheis, pleiō de tōn anankaiōn hypēretounta tǭ epitattonti, kai dia tou panta charizesthai, to kratss iautǭ syntērounta kai phylattonta chroniōteron? Toutǭ brimonti kata tēs Ekklēsiaē kaileonteioi men td eidos probeblēmenǭ, leonteion (bb) de brychōmenǭ, kai ’mēde prositon 7 tois pleiosin, ho gennadas iktinos eisagetaio mallon de, eiseisin, hōsper heis heortēn, ouk heis krisin kaloumenos. Pōs an axiōs diēgēsa- -mēn, ē tēn tou ypargou thrasytēta, ē tēn tou an. dros pros hautdn meta syneseōs enstasin ? Ti soi phēsin. ō houtos, bouletai, tounoma prosiie tosoutou kratous tolmąn, ut monontōn allōn apiythiidiazisthii? Tou charin, ho gennadas phēsi, iui tis hē aponoi? Oupō gar echō ginōskiin, ’Oti mē tXi bisileōs thrēikiui-is, ǭēsi,’tiinn allōn hapantōn hypochlithintōn kai hēttēmenōn. hou gar tauta, ephē, basileus dʼ iub? bouletai; haudi ktisma ti proskynein anechomai, Theou te ktisma tynchanōn, kai thios einai chiiiliysminos. Emits de ti soi dokoumins ’Hē ōdin, ephē, tauta «ponti-novt“? T( dii? ou megi soi to mithʼ hēmōn titachthii, xxi koinōnous echein hēmas s ’Hyparchoi men, phēsin, hymeis, xxi tōn epiphinōn, ouk arnēsomai* oupō de Theou timiōtiroi. Kai to koinōnous echein, menk men (pōs gar od ? plathei-a Theou kai hymeis), allʼ ōsi( tinas allous tōn hyphʼ hēmin teu-(menōn, 0) gar prosōpois ton Christianismoi, alla utam chirachtērizeththii.

But when, having gone through all, he rushed against this unshaken and unassailed mother of the churches to enslave her, and against the only living spark of the truth that remained, then for the first time he perceived that he had planned badly. For like a dart striking something stronger he was repelled, and like a rope that snaps he gave way. Such was the champion of the church whom he met; against so great a bulwark he dashed himself and was broken. The rest one can hear from those who experienced it at the time as they tell and recount it; and there is no one who does not recount it. All who know the struggles of that time marvel: the attacks, the promises, the threats, those sent from the judicial ranks to persuade him, those from the military, those from the women's quarters, men among women and women among men, manly only in their impiety, who, unable to be licentious by nature, do the only thing they can and commit fornication with their tongues; the chief cook Nebuzaradan, threatening with the knives of his trade, and sent back to his own fire. But what seems to me most wonderful of his deeds, and which I could not pass over even if I wished, I will give to my discourse as briefly as possible. [48] Who does not know the prefect of that time, who used his own great boldness against us especially (since he had been initiated, or rather finished off, by them in baptism), serving his master beyond what was required, and keeping his power secure and longer lasting by gratifying him in everything? When he was raging against the church, putting on the look of a lion and roaring like a lion, unapproachable to most, that noble man was brought in; or rather he entered, as though called to a feast, not to a trial. How could I worthily recount either the prefect's insolence or the man's wise resistance to him? “What do you mean, you,” he said, calling him by name, for he did not yet deign to call him bishop, “by daring to defy such power, and alone of all to be insolent?” “In what respect,” said the noble man, “and what is the madness? For I do not yet know.” “That you do not worship the emperor's religion,” he said, “when all others have bowed down and been defeated.” “Because,” he said, “my Emperor does not wish this; nor do I endure to worship any creature, being myself a creature of God and bidden to be god.” “And what do we seem to you?” “Nothing,” he said, “when you command such things.” “What then? Is it not a great thing for you to be ranked with us and to have us as partners?” “You are prefects,” he said, “and among the distinguished, I will not deny it; but not more honourable than God. And to have you as partners is great (how could it not be? you too are God's handiwork), but as much as any others of those under us; for Christianity is distinguished not by persons but by faith.”

43.48PG 36:560b

Τοτι δὴ κινηθέντα τὸν ὕπαρχον, ζέσαι τι πλέον τῷ ουμῷ,χιὶ τῖλς κχθιδρις ἔξινιστῆνιι, xxi ’βραχυτέροις πρὸς αὐτὸν χρήσισθιιλόγοις. Τί δαι; οὗ φοβῇ τὴν ἱξουσίαν, φησιν; Μὴ τε fingat; μὴ δὲ τί πιθω ; Μὴ τί ; Τῶν πολλῶν ἕν, ἄ τῆς ὶμῆς Sunucis; ἦστίν. ΤένιΔ uota; τνωριζίσοοι γὰρ ἡμῖν, Δὴμῑυπιν ὶξορίιν, finitivam, τον, Εἴ τι ἄλλο, φητὶν, ἁπιίλιι· τούτων γὰρ οὗὂὶν ἡμῶν ἅπτεται. Καὶ τὸν ιίπεῐν· Πῶς καὶ τινα τρόπον;Ὀτι ’τοι ἲφη, δημιύστι μὶν οὔχ Mc, ὁ μηδὲν 1έχων, πλὴν ci τούτων χρήσεις τῶν τρυχίνων μου pultm, ιιιί βιβλίων ὀλίγων, ιν οἷς ὁ πᾶς ἐμοὶ βίος. Ἐξορίιν δὶ οὐ γινώσκω, ὃ μηδενὶ τόπῳ περιγριπτος, καὶ μήτι ταύτην ἔχων ἐμὴν, ἣν οἰκῶ νῦν, ui πᾶσαν ιμὴν, τις ἢν ἄν ῥιφῶ μᾶλλον δὲ, τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶσαν, ὦ πάροιχος ὶγὼ καὶ πιρεπὶδτιμος. Αἱ βάσινοι δὶ, τι ἄν λάβοιεν, οὒκ ὄντος σώματος πλὴν οἱ τὴν πρώτην λέγοις πληγήν; ταυτῃ( γὰρ σὺ μόνης κύριος, ’0 δὲ θάνατος εὒιργίτης. Καὶ γὰρ Θᾶττον πέμψει με πρὸς Θιὲν, ᾧ ζῶ, καὶ πολιτιὺομαι, καὶ τῷ malim?, τέθνηκα, καὶ πρὸς ὄν ἅπτετομιι πόῤῥωθεν.

Toti dē kinēthenta ton hyparchon, zesai ti pleon tǭ oumǭ,chii tils kchthidris exinistēnii, xxi ’brachyterois pros auton chrēsisthiilogois. Ti dai? hou phobę̄ tēn hixousian, phēsin? Mē te fingat? mē de ti pithō ? Mē ti ? Tōn pollōn hen, a tēs imēs Sunucis? ēstin. TeniD uota? tnōrizisooi gar hēmin, Dēmiypin ixoriin, finitivam, ton, Ei ti allo, phētin, hapiilii; toutōn gar houoin hēmōn haptetai. Kai ton iipein; Pōs kai tina tropon?Oti ’toi iphē, dēmiysti min ouch Mc, ho mēden 1echōn, plēn ci toutōn chrēseis tōn trychinōn mou pultm, iiii bibliōn oligōn, in hois ho pas emoi bios. Exoriin di ou ginōskō, ho mēdeni topǭ perigriptos, kai mēti tautēn echōn emēn, hēn oikō nyn, ui pasan imēn, tis ēn an rhiphō mallon de, tou Theou pasan, ō paroichos igō kai pirepidtimos. Hai basinoi di, ti an laboien, ouk ontos sōmatos plēn hoi tēn prōtēn legois plēgēn? tautę̄( gar sy monēs kyrios, ’0 de thanatos euirgitēs. Kai gar Thatton pempsei me pros Thien, hǭ zō, kai politiyomai, kai tǭ malim?, tethnēka, kai pros on haptetomii porrhōthen.

Then the prefect, moved by this, boiled up still more in anger, rose from his seat, and spoke to him more harshly. “What?” he said. “Do you not fear my authority?” “Fear what? Suffer what?” “What? One of the many things in my power.” “Which? Let us know.” “Confiscation, exile, torture, death.” “If you have anything else,” he said, “threaten it; for none of these touches us.” And when the prefect asked, “How, and in what way?”, he said: “Because confiscation does not apply to one who has nothing, unless you want these worn-out rags of mine and a few books, in which my whole life consists. Exile I do not know, being confined by no place, and holding as my own neither this land where I now live nor any into which I may be thrown; or rather, all of it is God's, whose sojourner and stranger I am. Tortures: what would they take hold of, when there is no body to speak of? Unless you mean the first blow; for of this alone you are master. And death is a benefactor; for it will send me sooner to God, for whom I live and conduct my life, and for whom I am for the most part dead already, and to whom I have long been hastening.”

43.49PG 36:560b–561b

Τούτοις καταπλαγέντι τὸν ἷιῖιτιιρχον omn, φάναι, μέχρι τοῦ νυν οὕτως lito! διείλτιιται, xci μετὰ τοσαύτης τῆς παρῥησιας, τὸ ἰαιηώ προσθεὶς ὄνομα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ιπισιιόπῳ ἴσως, quiἢ πάντως ἂν τοῦτον διεισὶν, ὶνὲτυχις” λέχθη τὸν τρόπον, ὑπὲρ τοιούτων ἀγωνιζόμενος. Τᾶὶλλα μὲν γὰρ ἐπιεικεῖς ὅμεϊς, ὕπαρχε, καὶ παντὸς ἄλλου ταπεινότεροι, τοῦτο τῆς ἐντολῆς κελευούσης· καὶ μὴ ὅτι τοσούτῳ κράτει, ἀλλᾶ μηδὲ τῶν τυχόντων lvi τὴν ὀφρὺν αἴροντες. Οὗ δὲ Θεὸς τὸ κινδυνευόμενον καὶ προκείμενον, τᾶλλα περιφρονοῦντες, πρὸς αὑτὸν μόνον βλέπομεν, Πῦρ δὲ, καὶ ξίφος, καὶ θῆρες, καὶ ol τὰς σάρκας τέμνοντες ὄνυγες, τρυφὴ μᾶλλον ἡμῖν εἶσιν, ἢ καταπληξις, Πρὸς ταῦτα ὕβριζε, ἀπείλει, ποίει πᾶν ’ὃ troia: ἄν ᾗς3) βου· λομένῳ σοι, τῆς ἰξουσίας ἀπόλαυε. Ἀκουέτω ταῦτα καὶ βασιλεύς* ὡς ἡμᾶς γε οὐχ αἱρήσεις, οὖδὲ πείσεις, συνθέσθαι τῇ ἀσεβείᾳ, κᾶἱν ἀπειλῇς χαλεπώτερα.

Toutois kataplagenti ton hiiiitiirchon omn, phanai, mechri tou nyn houtōs lito! dieiltiitai, xci meta tosautēs tēs parrhēsias, to iaiēō prostheis onoma. Oude gar ipisiiopǭ isōs, quiē pantōs an touton dieisin, inetychis” lechthē ton tropon, hyper toioutōn agōnizomenos. Tailla men gar epieikeis homeïs, hyparche, kai pantos allou tapeinoteroi, touto tēs entolēs keleuousēs; kai mē hoti tosoutǭ kratei, alla mēde tōn tychontōn lvi tēn ophryn airontes. Hou de Theos to kindyneuomenon kai prokeimenon, talla periphronountes, pros hauton monon blepomen, Pyr de, kai xiphos, kai thēres, kai ol tas sarkas temnontes onyges, tryphē mallon hēmin eisin, ē kataplēxis, Pros tauta hybrize, apeilei, poiei pan ’ho troia: an hę̄s3) bou; lomenǭ soi, tēs ixousias apolaue. Akouetō tauta kai basileus* hōs hēmas ge ouch hairēseis, oude peiseis, synthesthai tę̄ asebeią, kain apeilę̄s chalepōtera.

Astonished at this, the prefect said: “No one until now has spoken like this to Modestus, and with such boldness,” adding his own name. “Perhaps,” he said, “you have never met a bishop; or he would surely have spoken to you in the same way, contending for such things. For in other things we are gentle, prefect, and humbler than anyone else, as the commandment bids, and we do not raise our brows, I do not say against such great power, but not even against ordinary people; but where God is at stake and set before us, we despise everything else and look to him alone. Fire and sword and wild beasts and the hooks that tear the flesh are a delight to us rather than a terror. In view of this, insult us, threaten us, do whatever you like, enjoy your authority. Let the emperor too hear this: you will not conquer us nor persuade us to join in the impiety, even if you threaten worse.”

43.51PG 36:561b

Ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα εἰπεῖν καὶ ἂκοῦσαι τὸν ὕπαρχον, καὶ τὴν ’ἔνστασιν ubam τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, οὕτως ἀκατάπληκτον καὶ ἀήττητον, τδν μὲν ἔξω πέμψαι καὶ μεταστήσασθαι, οὐκ ττι μετᾶ τῆς αὒτῆς ἀπειλῆς, ἀλλὰ τινος αἰδοῦς καὶ ὑποχωρήσεως. Λῦτδν δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ προσελθόντα, ὼς εἶχε τάχους, Ηττήμεθα, βασιλεῦ, εἰπεῖν, τοῦ τῆσδε προόεόλημὲνου τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Κρείττων ὂιπειλῖὀν ὁ ἀνὴρ, λόγων στεῤῥότερος πειθοῦς ἰσχυρότερος. ’Ἃλλον δεῖ τινα πειρᾷν τῶν άγενεστέρων τοῦτον δὲ, ἢ βιάξεσθκι φανερῶς, ἢ μὴ προσδοκᾷν εἴξειν ταῖς ἂπειλϊς, Ἐφʼ οἷς, ἑαυτοῦ καταγνόντα τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ τῶν ἐγκωμίων τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἡττηθέντα (θαυμάζειβ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ πολέμιος), μήτε βιάζεσθαι κελεῦσαι· καὶ ταυτὸν τῷ σιδήρῳ παθεῖν, ὅς μαλάσσεται μὲν τῷ πυρὶ, μένει δὲ ὅμως σίδηρος· καὶ τρέψαντα είς ἓαῦμα τὴν ἀπειλὴν, τὴν μέν κοινωνίαν (ὃ) οὒ δέξασθαι, τὴν μετάθεσιν αἰσχυνόμενον, ζητετν δὲ ἀπολογίανΙ ἣτις εὐπρεπεστάτη δηλώσει δὲ καὶ ταύτην ὁ λόγος.

Epeidē tauta eipein kai akousai ton hyparchon, kai tēn ’enstasin ubam tou andros, houtōs akataplēkton kai aēttēton, tdn men exō pempsai kai metastēsasthai, ouk tti meta tēs autēs apeilēs, alla tinos aidous kai hypochōrēseōs. Lytdn de tǭ basilei proselthonta, ōs eiche tachous, Ēttēmetha, basileu, eipein, tou tēsde prooeolēmenou tēs Ekklēsias. Kreittōn oipeilion ho anēr, logōn sterrhoteros peithous ischyroteros. ’Hallon dei tina peirąn tōn agenesterōn touton de, ē biaxesthki phanerōs, ē mē prosdokąn eixein tais apeilïs, Ephʼ hois, heautou katagnonta ton basilea, kai tōn enkōmiōn tou andros hēttēthenta (thaumazeib gar andros aretēn kai polemios), mēte biazesthai keleusai; kai tauton tǭ sidērǭ pathein, hos malassetai men tǭ pyri, menei de homōs sidēros; kai trepsanta eis heauma tēn apeilēn, tēn men koinōnian (ho) ou dexasthai, tēn metathesin aischynomenon, zētetn de apologianI hētis euprepestatē dēlōsei de kai tautēn ho logos.

When the prefect had said and heard these things, and had seen the man's resistance so undaunted and unconquerable, he sent him out and dismissed him, no longer with the same threats but with a certain respect and yielding. And going to the emperor as quickly as he could, he said: “We have been defeated, emperor, by the champion of this church. The man is stronger than threats, firmer than arguments, more powerful than persuasion. We must try someone of meaner spirit; this man we must either force openly or not expect to yield to threats.” At this the emperor, condemning himself and overcome by the praises of the man (for even an enemy admires a man's virtue), did not order force to be used; he had the same experience as iron, which is softened by fire but still remains iron; and turning his threats into admiration, he did not accept communion with him, being ashamed to change, but sought an excuse, the most seemly one; and my discourse will show this too.

43.52PG 36:561b

Εἰς γὰρ εδίερὸν εἰσελθὼν μετὰ πάσης τῆς περ αὐτὸν δορυφορίας (ἧν δὲ ὴμερα τῶν Ἐπιφανίων, καὶ ἀθροίσιμος [7]), καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μέρος γενόμενος, αὕτως ἀφοσιοῦται τὴν ἕνωσιν, ’Ἄξιον δὲ μηδὲ τοῦτο παραδραμεῖν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἔνδον ἰγένετο, καὶ τὴν ἆκοην προσδαλούσῃ τῇ ψαλμῳόίᾳ κατεόρονοο τήθη, τοῦ τε λαοῦ τὸ πέλαγος εἶδε, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν εὐκοσμίαν, ν ὅση τε περὶ τὸ βῆμα, καὶ ὅση πλησ σίον, ἀγγελικὴν μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρωπίνην· τὸν μὲν τοῦ λαοῦ προτεταγμένον ὄρθιον, οἷον τὸν Σαμουὴλ ὁ λόγος γράφει, ἀκλινῆ καὶτὸ σῶμα, καὶ τὴν ὄψιν. καὶ-τὴν διάνοιαν, ὥσπερ οὒῖενὸς καινοῦ γεγονότος,

Eis gar edieron eiselthōn meta pasēs tēs per auton doryphorias (hēn de ēmera tōn Epiphaniōn, kai athroisimos [7]), kai tou laou meros genomenos, hautōs aphosioutai tēn henōsin, ’Axion de mēde touto paradramein. Epeidē gar endon igeneto, kai tēn akoēn prosdalousę̄ tę̄ psalmǭoią kateoronoo tēthē, tou te laou to pelagos eide, kai pasan tēn eukosmian, n hosē te peri to bēma, kai hosē plēs sion, angelikēn mallon ē anthrōpinēn; ton men tou laou protetagmenon orthion, hoion ton Samouēl ho logos graphei, aklinē kaito sōma, kai tēn opsin. kai-tēn dianoian, hōsper ouienos kainou gegonotos,

For he entered the church with all his bodyguard (it was the feast of the Epiphany, and the assembly was crowded), and, taking his place among the people, so made a formal show of unity. And it is worth not passing this over. When he was inside and was struck by the psalmody that fell upon his ears, and saw the sea of people and all the good order, both about the sanctuary and near it, more angelic than human; and him who presided over the people standing upright, as Scripture describes Samuel, unbending in body and eyes and mind, as though nothing new had happened,

43.53PG 36:564a–564b

ιατηλωμίνον, ἵνʼ οὕτως simu, Θιῷ καὶ τῷ βήματι· τὼς δὶ πιρὶ αὐτὸν ὶστηκότας iv φόβῳ τινὶ καὶ σιβάσματι· ὶπιιόἠ ταῦτα sua, ni πρὸς ὠδὶν παράδειγμα ἠδύνατο Oct-ipe!» τὰ ὃρώμινα, ἔπιθέ τι ἀνθρώπινον, σκότου καί δίνης πληροῦται ’τὶ-ιν ὄψιν καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ὲκ τοῦ θάμβους. Κα τοῦτο ἧν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἄδηλον ἔτι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τα 8691 τῇ θείᾳ τραπέζῃ προσινιγκιτν ἔδει, ὧν αὖτωρτὸς ἦν, συνεπελάβετο δʼ obesis, ὥσπερ ἧν ἔθυε, ἄδηλον ὅν, εὶ προσήσιται, τηνικαῦτα τὸ πάθος γνωρίζεται. Περιτρέπιι γὰρ, καὶ sl μή τις τῶν in τοῦ 3}.ματος ὑποσχὼν τὴν χεῖρα, τὴν πιριτρηπὴν ἔστητε, κᾶν κατηνέχθη πτῶμα δακρύων ἂξιον. Εἶεν. ’Ἀ δὲ αὖτῷ διείλικται τῷ βασιλιῖ, καὶ μεθʼ ὃαης τῆς φιλοσοφῖας (ὲπιιδή γε αὖθις τρόπον τινὰ συνικκλησιάαας ἡμῖν, εἴσω τοῦ παραπεταεματος ίαυτδν inertas-.0, εἴς τι ὄψινῆλθι καῖλόγους, ποθῶν ὶκ πλιίονοε), τί χρὴ καὶ λέγιιιι, τί δʼ ἄλλο γε, ἢ Θιοῦ φωνὰς, ατ τοῖς περὶ τόν βασιλέα, καὶ ἡμῖν τοῖς συνιισιλθοῦαιν, ἦκοῦσθηααν, Αὕτη γίνεται τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως πιρὶ ἡμᾶς φιλανθρωπίας ἀρχὴ, καὶ κατάστααις πρώτη· τοῦτο τὸ λῆμμα τῆς τότε διοχλούτης iunctis: τὺ πλεῖστον, ὥσπερ τι ῥεῦμα, διέλυτεν,

iatēlōminon, hinʼ houtōs simu, Thiǭ kai tǭ bēmati; tōs di piri auton istēkotas iv phobǭ tini kai sibasmati; ipiioē tauta sua, ni pros ōdin paradeigma ēdynato Oct-ipe!» ta horōmina, epithe ti anthrōpinon, skotou kai dinēs plēroutai ’ti-in opsin kai tēn psychēn ek tou thambous. Ka touto hēn tois pollois adēlon eti. Epei de ta 8691 tę̄ theią trapezę̄ prosininkitn edei, hōn autōrtos ēn, synepelabeto dʼ obesis, hōsper hēn ethye, adēlon hon, ei prosēsitai, tēnikauta to pathos gnōrizetai. Peritrepii gar, kai sl mē tis tōn in tou 3}.matos hyposchōn tēn cheira, tēn piritrēpēn estēte, kan katēnechthē ptōma dakryōn axion. Eien. ’A de autǭ dieiliktai tǭ basilii, kai methʼ hoaēs tēs philosophias (epiidē ge authis tropon tina synikklēsiaaas hēmin, eisō tou parapetaematos iautdn inertas-.0, eis ti opsinēlthi kailogous, pothōn ik pliionoe), ti chrē kai legiiii, ti dʼ allo ge, ē Thiou phōnas, at tois peri ton basilea, kai hēmin tois syniisilthouain, ēkousthēaan, Hautē ginetai tēs tou basileōs piri hēmas philanthrōpias archē, kai katastaais prōtē; touto to lēmma tēs tote diochloutēs iunctis: ty pleiston, hōsper ti rheuma, dielyten,

fixed, if I may so speak, on God and the sanctuary, and those standing around him in fear and reverence; when he saw these things, and could find no example to compare with what he saw, he suffered something human: his eyes and his soul were filled with darkness and dizziness from amazement. And this was still unnoticed by most. But when he had to bring to the divine table the gifts which he himself had prepared, and no one took them, as was the custom, it being uncertain whether they would be accepted, then his feeling became known. For he staggered, and had not one of those at the sanctuary put out a hand and stopped his staggering, he would have fallen, a fall worthy of tears. So be it. [53] As for what Basil discoursed with the emperor himself, and with what philosophy (when the emperor again in a way joined in our assembly, and came within the curtain to see and speak with him, as he had long desired), what need is there to tell it, except that they were words of God, heard by those around the emperor and by us who had entered with them? This became the beginning and first foundation of the emperor's kindness towards us; this gain dispersed most of the injury that then oppressed us, like a stream.

43.54PG 36:564b–569c

ἿΕτιρον δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων οὔκ ἓλιττον. Ἐνίκων οἱ πονηροὶ, καὶ κυροῦται κατᾶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ὶξορία· καὶ οὸδὶν ἆπῆν τῶν εἰς τοξιτο φερόντων. Ἠ νὺξ παρῆν, ὁ δίφρος εὖτρεπὴς, ol μιτοῦντις ὲν κρότοις, ἐν ἔιὼμίᾳ τὸ ιῦαξὸἓς, περὶ τὸν πρόθυμον ὁδοιπόρον ἡμεῖς, tam ὅσα τῆς καλῆς ἀτιμίας πάντα πεπλήρωται. Τί οὖν ; Λύιι ταύτην Θιός, ’0 γὰρ πατάξας Αἰγύπτου τὰ πρωτότοκα, τραχονομένης κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραηλ, οὗτος καὶτὸν παῖδα τοῦ βασιλέως θραύιι νόσου πληγῇ· uo". τὸ τάχος ὅσον Ξ Ἐκεῖθεν τὸ γράμμα τῆς ὶξορίας, ἰντιῦθιν τὸ δόγμα τῆς ὰῤῥωστίας καὶ ἡ χεὶρ ἆπέχῑται τοῦ nempe-3 γοαφέωε, καὶ ὁ ἅγιος ἀνασώζεται, καὶ γίνεται πυρετοῦ δῶρον ἀνὴρ ulmei-hs. βασιλέα θρασὺν σωφρονίζοντος. ΤΞ τούτων ἐνδικώτερον, ἢ ταχυτιρον ς TE: δὲ τούτων ἒξῆς· "Eleva ὁ παῖς τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ πονηρῶς clla τοῦ σώματος-γ ωνέκαμνι δὲ ὃ πατὴρ, (καὶ τί γαρ ὁ πατήρ ζ) πανταχόθεν ξπιζητῶν ὶπικουρίαν τῷ παὌει, καὶ ἰατρῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους ὶκλεγόμενος, καὶ λιταῖς προσκείμενος, εἴπερ ἄλλοτὲ ποτε, καὶ κατὰ γῆς ὲρριμμένος, ΙΙοιεϊ γὰρ καὶ βασιλέας ταπεινοὺς πάθος· καὶ θαυμαστὸν οῦδὲν, ἐπεὶ καὶ Δαβὶδ πρότερον ταυῖδ ἰπὶ τῷ παιδὶ πεπονθὼς, ἀναγέγραπται. Ὠς δὲ οῦδὲν εὕρισκεν οῦδαμόθεν τοῦ κακοῦ φάρμακον, ἐπὶ τὴν πίστιν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς κατι· φεῦγεν καὶ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ μὲν οῦκ εἰσκαλεῖ, τὺ τῆς ὕβρεως ὑπόγυιον αἰσχυνόμενος, ἑτέροις δὲ τὴν ’πρεσβείαν ἐπιτρέπειν τῶν- οἰκειοτάτων ἑαυτῷ καὶ φιλτάτων, Καὶ ὅς παρῆν, οῦδὲν ἀναδὺς, οῦδὲ του καιροῦ κατεξαναστὰς. ὥσπερ ἄλλος τις, καὶ ὃμοῦ τῆ παρουσίᾳ ῥᾴων ἡ νόσος γίνεται, καὶ χρηποτέρων δ πατὴρ τῶν ἐλπίδων καὶ ιε μὴ τὴν ἅλμην τῷ ποτίμῳ ὕδατι συνεκέρασεν, ὁμου τε τοῦτον εἷσκαλὲσας, καὶ τοῖς ἑτεροδόξοις πιστεύσας, κῖν ὓγιίας τυχὼν ὁ παῖς ταὶς τοῦ πατρὸς γἐρσὶν ’ἀπεσῶθω Καὶ τοῦτο ὶπιστεύετο παρᾶ τῶν τηνικαῦτα παρόντων, καὶ κοινούντων τοῦ πάθους. NE’. re δί αὑτὸ καὶ τῷ ὑπάρχῳ μικρὸν ὕστερόν φασι συμβῆναι. Κάμπτει καὶ τοῦτον ταῖς τοῦ ἁγίου χερσι συμπεσοῦσά τις ἂῤῥωστία. Καὶ ὄντως πληγὴ τοῖς αῦ φρονοῦσι παίδευμα Ηγίνεται, καὶ κρείττων εὑημερίας πολλάκις κακοπάθεια, ”Εκαμνεν, ἐδάκρυεν. ἆδυσφόρει, προσέπεμπεν. ἠντιβόλει. Τὴν ἀπολογίαν ἔχεις, ἐβόα, δὸς σωτηρίαν. Καὶ μὲν τοι καί,τυγχάνει ταύτης, ὡς αὑτός τεΗ ὡμολόγει καὶ πολλοὺς ἔπειθε τῶν οὑκ εἰδότων( οὑ γὰρ ἐπαύετο τὰ ἰκείνου καὶ θαυμάζων καὶ διηγούμενος. ’.ἀρʼ οῦν τὰ μὲν πρὸς ἐκείνους αὑτῷ τοιαῦτα, καὶ εἱς τοῦθʼ ἧκον· τι τέλους. Τά τε πρὸς ἑτέρους ἑτέρως, ἢ περὶ μικρῶν, ἧ μικρὰ πεπολέμηται, ἣ μετρίως πεφιλοσόφηται, ἢ σιγῆς ἀξίως, ἢ οὑ λίαν ἑπαινετῶςς Οὑμενοῦψ ἀλλʼ ὁ κινήσας ποτὲ τῶ ἸσραὴλΑδερ τὸν ἀλιτήριον, οὗτος κινεῖ καὶ τούτῳ τὸν τῆς Ποντιxii: μοίρας ὕπαρχον· προφάσει μὲν, ὡς ὑπὲρ γυναίου τινὸς ἀγανακτοῦντα, τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς τῆς ἂσεβείας ὑπερμαχοῦντα, καὶ κατὰ τῆς εὑσεβείας ἱσταμενον. Ἐῶ τᾶλλα ὅσα καὶ οἶα κατὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἰξύβρισεν,ἴσον δὲ εἰπεῖν, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πρὸς ὄν, καὶ διʼ δν ὑ πόλεμος· ὅ δὲ μάλιστα καὶ τὸε ὑβριστὴν ᾔσχυνε, καὶ τὸν ἀγωνιστὴν ὕψωσεν, sim; τι μίγα καὶ ὑψηλὸν ἡ φιλοσοφία, καὶ τὸ κρατοῦντε τῶν ποκλῶν ταύτῃ φαίνεσθαι, τοῦτο δώσω τῷ λόγφ. ΝςημΓυναῖιιό τινα τῶν ιπιφανῶν ὶξ ἀνδρὸς οὗ , 3 --.-...- nr. οων unupzwv ις tam ου ’ρδ Ariona-3 τὸν βίον ἀπολιπόντος, ὁ τοῦ δικαστοῦ Γ νὼ..--.-. τ..ν- -ιιυηιιινηος, υ τω cum τύνεὸρος ὶειάζιτο, πρὸς γάμον ἔλγων iudiciuin, , κ.r,η,-..-’-.νʼ ιιμιιε γαμυν uier απαςιοδην, Η δί οὐκ ἔχουσα, ὅπως διαφύγῃ τὴν τυραννίδι, ιξ Ἴ ι n κ ι - ν ν ν ν ~— πη -ινυνη ww υιιγυτιδ την τυριννιοιι Ξουλὴν βουλεύεται, οὗ τολμηρὰν μᾶλλον ἢ θνητήν. Γ-,..,--.-., νυ ινιιμηραν μυλονη συνεπην- ἱερᾷ τραπέζῃ προσφεύγει, καὶ Θεὸν ποιεῖτε· ι, Γ,...-.--..ῃ......-γυην, ωε tum! ποιειτιι ῑροστάτην κατὰ τῆς ἰπηρείας. Τί οὖν ῖδα ,μην-ην η-ν-,ιιι,αιτιοι-ιιι ‘00]. ιι ουν ιη οιετν, ὦ πρὸς τῆς Τριᾶδος Φῦτῆς (ἶνʼ εἴπω τι καὶ ,,,.., _..Γ-ς..., ιγιινυω tum; ".v ιιπω τι και ιχανικῶς μεταξὺ τῶν indvat») Ξ μὴ ὃτι τὸν μίγεν vx ι κ · _ ι γηνν τ-- -..-..-ιηʼ ι μʼ. vos 10' μιτιιτ νααίλειον, καὶτῶν τοιούτων ἅπασι νομοθέτην, ἆλ- , νη- γ-,ν........η..ν-νυ διυν una“ νομωιτην, αι· ιιν δέ τινα τῶν πολὺ μετʼ ἆιιεϊνον, ἱερέα δὲ ὅμως ill. Ϊ κ — λ ’- , η......-.- Γ......μνη κίνει οι opus; ιύκ ἀντιποιεῖσθαι, κατέχειν, affinem, χεῖρα δρίγιιτ γ. _.....-.-.---., ηθδδιιινι squamam, χιιρει ορεγιιτ ito-3 φιλινθρωπίᾳ, καὶ νόμῳ τῷ τετιμηκότι 09ml- ,α,- γυυυνιιωηιγ, λιιι ννμψ ῐψ τιτιμηιοτι vum.- mflpta; οὖ πάντα δρᾶσαι καὶ πιθεῖν ωελῆοιιπρό- ν,ι η ς. -. ηρ, ν ἡ..-...-..Γυ-νιιι ηεαδ maer ωιλησιιπρο- τερον, ἢ τι βουλεύσασθαι κατʼ αὖτῆς ἀπάνθρωπον, I ἰ Π “ επ-...,,ν Γνσπσιινιδνλὶ και ςιυτης απαννρυπον, Lai καθδβρίσαι μὲν τὴν ἱερὰν τράπεζαν, Min; \ ι -α -· η.....-ητα... μς..,ειν ηραν τραπεςιν, Win! ῖὲ τὴν πίστιν μεθʼ ἧς ἱκέτευεν; οὗ, φησὶν ὃ ιιενὸς., furum; lii}: ιὴτξέῖέαἷ turgt: _,Ἴ mm-.."...... qna-wn pq Iuv- τας τῆς ἐμῆς δυναστείας, καὶιπροδότας _ ‘_-l,νη fl...“ ννγινιιινιῃ, ιιι πρινιυτ-ις {nivem Χριστιανοὺς τῶν οἰκείων νόμων. Ὀ Ι,___,..-την-ιν....un υιιιιιων νιηιων. υ ιὲν ὶζήτει τὴν ἱκέτιν· ὁ δʼ εἴχετο “cupitae. '0 --. ηπ....... tu." υ u ιιχετο ιιτιγρπος.0 ἷ ἰξεμαίνετο, καὶ τέλος πέμπει τινὰς τῶν ἃττʼ ἆξον.»ν -.,.ι....η.υ, Mn νιλυς πεμπιι τινας των ur ιζςου- είας, τὸν τοῦ ἁγίου κοιτωνίσκον ἐξερευνήσοντας, οὗ ..-η υ.- wu ιιίιυυ ιυιτωνισκον rupe-amoenae, αʼ] ιατὰ χρείαν μᾶλλον, ἢ ἀτιμίαν. Τί λέγεις ς οῗιαν ....- ηρ.-. μιηηυν, η αῖιμιιν. ιιΛεγεις ς οῗιαν κείνου τοῦ ἀπαθοῦς, ὅν περῖέπουαιν ἄγγελοι, ᾧ ηηνην..,νν..ιιαννυη υν μιν περιεπουαιν unum. ψ ιαὶ προσβλέπειν ὅχνουαι γυναῖκες ; Καὶ οὗ τοῦ- ......εν-νημαι υιινυυπι μοι γυναικες ; tua: οὐ τοῦ- to μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὺτὸν παρεῖναι ιιιὶ ἀπολογεῖσθαι η- τηαν,...ιι-ο...ιι ιιυιυν παρειναι χιι αποΛογιῐσνιι πλεύεν οὑδὲ ἡμέρως καὶ φιλανθρώπως, ἀλΛ ὥς ....-... vna mang ιιι φιλανθρωπως, αλλʼ ὡς να τῶν κατακρίτων, Καὶ ὁ μὶν παρῆν ὅ η,,.-...-....ινηωη ιλιι υ μιν χλιιι) παρην ο ΒΞ προῦκᾴβητο, γέμων θυμοῦ καὶ φρονήματος, ,- HV, "rum-vum, γιμων νυμον) κιιφρονημιτος, Ξῐστήκει δὲ, οἷον ὁ ipe: Ἰησοῦς, Πιλάτου κρίνον- ...-..,..-, μʼ νιυν υ ιμυς "Nam, υιΛατου κρινον- ξος. Οἱ γεριυνοὶ δὲ ἠμέλουν1 ἡ δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ ιιόχαιρι ..... ν....ιι-,νυνι ιιι ιηιιλυυν, η οι του σεου ὶστιλβοῠτο ἔτι, καὶ ἀνεβάλλετο· ui τὶ τόξον “mm”... ut μιν), και ανεοαΑΑετο· ut το τόξον ἱνετείνετο μὲν, κατείχετο δὲ, τῆ μετανοίᾳ καιρὸν υ III-Iuv uau μυδιιυιιι υθῑο ΝΖ. "Aegri δὴ πάλην ἕτέραν ἆγωνιστοῠ καὶ μ-...Ἴη- νη, "mur ιεςραν αγωνιστου ιιι ῖιώκτσ), Τὸ περιαυχένιον duo: σφενδονᾶσθιι προσηυυυυι. ιν ιιιρινιυλινιον ραχος σφενοονασυιι προσ- ἱταττεν· ἆ δὲ, Προσαποδύσομαί σοι, φησιν, ..-..-π ι va, ιψνυιιιιυυψαυμιι κιο) σοι, φησιν, Li βούλει, καὶτὸ χιτώνιον. Τύπτειν ἠπείλει τὸν -,ην-ενι, ιιι-- -ν LII-ww". aunuw ηπιιΛῑι τον ἱσαρκον· ὁ δὲ innixum. Ξέειν τοῖς ὄνυξιν* ὅ .-.τωρ ν ν. υιινυιηι. au" μιν) τοῖς owztv'é ii, ’Ἶατρεύειςν φησὶ, τὸ ἧπαρ, ὁρᾷς ὅπως με κ.- ,Ἶ.-.μνη-ς, γυνη, w ιιιιιρ, υρᾳς οπως με χ.- ιατρύχον τοῖς τοιούτοις θεραπεύων omniγμασιν, Ol μὶν οὖν ἦν τούτοις ἦσαν. ’Β δὲ πόλις, ὣς ᾔσθετο τοῦ κακοῦ, καὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ πάντωο κινδῦνοο (κίνδυνον γὰρ ἕκαστος ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην ὶνόμιζεν), ἱκμαίιξται πᾶσα καὶ ἀνάκτιται · καὶ ὡς καπνοῦ σμῆνος κινήσαντος, ἄλλος ὕπʼ ἄλλῳ διιγιίριται καὶ ἀνίσταται, γένος ἅπαν, καὶ ἡλικία πᾶσα, οἳ περὶ τὴν ὁπλοποιμτιιιὴν καὶ βασίλειον ἱστουργικὴν μάλιστα. Καὶ γάρ εἶσι περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα θερμότεροι, καὶ τὺ τολμᾷν ἰκ τῆς «appuσίας ἔχοντες. Καὶ πᾶν ἧν ὅπλονξιιάιιτῳ, τὸ παρὸν εκ τῆς τέχνης, εἴτι τι ἄλλο τῷ καιρῷ τύχοι σχεδιασθέν. Αἱ δᾷδες ἰν χερσὶν, οἱ λίθοι προβεβλημένοι. τὰ ῥόπαλα εὐτρεπῆ, δρόμος ἁπάντων εἷς, βοὴ μίει προθυμία κοινή, Θυμὺς, ὁ δεινὸς ὁπλίτης, ἢ στρατηγός. οὐδὲ γυναῖκας ἄοπλοι τηνικαῦτα, τοῦ καιροῦ θήγοντος · μιλίαι δʼ ἦσαν autat: αἱ κερκίδες · αἳ οὖδὶ γυναῖκες ἔμενον ἔτι, τῷ ζήλῳ ῥωσθεῖσαι, καὶ εἷς ανδρῶν θάρσος μιταλλαττόμιναι. Βραχὺς ὁ λόγος μερίζεσθαι τὴν εὗσὲβιισν ᾣοντο, εἷ τοῦτον διέλοιντο (αἱ οὗτος αὐτοῖς ιῦσιεέστερος ἦν, ὃς πρῶτος ἐπιβαλιτ χιτρα τῷ τολμητῇ τῶν τοιούτων, Τί οὖν ὸ σοβαρὸς ὶκιτνος καὶ θρασὺς δικαστής ; ’ἱκέτης ἧν, ἐλιιινδς, ἄθλιος τίνος οὐ ταπεινέτιροςξ ἕως intonsi; ὃ χωρὶς αἵματος μάρτυς, καὶ χωρὶς πληγῶν στεφανίτης, καὶ βίᾳ τὸν λαὸν κατασχὼν αἰδοῖ κρατηθέντα, τὸν ἱκέτην ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ὑβριστὴν διεσώσατο. Ταῦτα ὸ τῶν ἁγίων Θεὸς, ὁ ποιῶν πάντα καὶ μετασκευάζων ἰπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, ὃ τοῖς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτασσόμενος, ταπετνοις δὲ χάριν ἦπις μετρῶν. Τί δὲ οὒκ ἔμελλεν ὸτεμῶν θάλασσαν, καὶ ποταμὸν ἆνακόψας, καὶ στοιχεῖα τυραδνήσας, καὶ χιιρὼν inpiast τρόπαια στήσας, ἵνα διασώσῃ λαὸν φυγάδα, καὶ τοῦτον ἔξαιρήσισθαι τῶν κινδύνωνς

HiEtiron de tōn eirēmenōn ouk helitton. Enikōn hoi ponēroi, kai kyroutai kata tou andros ixoria; kai oodin apēn tōn eis toxito pherontōn. Ē nyx parēn, ho diphros eutrepēs, ol mitountis en krotois, en eiōmią to iyaxoes, peri ton prothymon hodoiporon hēmeis, tam hosa tēs kalēs atimias panta peplērōtai. Ti oun ? Luii tautēn Thios, ’0 gar pataxas Aigyptou ta prōtotoka, trachonomenēs kata tou Israēl, houtos kaiton paida tou basileōs thrauii nosou plēgę̄; uo". to tachos hoson X Ekeithen to gramma tēs ixorias, intiythin to dogma tēs arrhōstias kai hē cheir apechitai tou nempe-3 goapheōe, kai ho hagios anasōzetai, kai ginetai pyretou dōron anēr ulmei-hs. basilea thrasyn sōphronizontos. TX toutōn endikōteron, ē tachytiron s TE: de toutōn exēs; "Eleva ho pais tǭ basilei, kai ponērōs clla tou sōmatos-g ōnekamni de ho patēr, (kai ti gar ho patēr z) pantachothen xpizētōn ipikourian tǭ paOei, kai iatrōn tous aristous iklegomenos, kai litais proskeimenos, eiper allote pote, kai kata gēs errimmenos, IIoieï gar kai basileas tapeinous pathos; kai thaumaston ouden, epei kai Dabid proteron tauid ipi tǭ paidi peponthōs, anagegraptai. Ōs de ouden heurisken oudamothen tou kakou pharmakon, epi tēn pistin tou andros kati; pheugen kai diʼ heautou men ouk eiskalei, ty tēs hybreōs hypoguion aischynomenos, heterois de tēn ’presbeian epitrepein tōn- oikeiotatōn heautǭ kai philtatōn, Kai hos parēn, ouden anadys, oude tou kairou katexanastas. hōsper allos tis, kai homou tē parousią rhąōn hē nosos ginetai, kai chrēpoterōn d patēr tōn elpidōn kai ie mē tēn halmēn tǭ potimǭ hydati synekerasen, homou te touton heiskalesas, kai tois heterodoxois pisteusas, kin hygiias tychōn ho pais tais tou patros gersin ’apesōthō Kai touto ipisteueto para tōn tēnikauta parontōn, kai koinountōn tou pathous. NE’. re di hauto kai tǭ hyparchǭ mikron hysteron phasi symbēnai. Kamptei kai touton tais tou hagiou chersi sympesousa tis arrhōstia. Kai ontōs plēgē tois au phronousi paideuma Ēginetai, kai kreittōn heuēmerias pollakis kakopatheia, ”Ekamnen, edakryen. adysphorei, prosepempen. ēntibolei. Tēn apologian echeis, eboa, dos sōtērian. Kai men toi kai,tynchanei tautēs, hōs hautos teĒ hōmologei kai pollous epeithe tōn houk eidotōn( hou gar epaueto ta ikeinou kai thaumazōn kai diēgoumenos. ’.arʼ oun ta men pros ekeinous hautǭ toiauta, kai heis touthʼ hēkon; ti telous. Ta te pros heterous heterōs, ē peri mikrōn, hē mikra pepolemētai, hē metriōs pephilosophētai, ē sigēs axiōs, ē hou lian hepainetōss Houmenoups allʼ ho kinēsas pote tō IsraēlAder ton alitērion, houtos kinei kai toutǭ ton tēs Pontixii: moiras hyparchon; prophasei men, hōs hyper gynaiou tinos aganaktounta, to dʼ alēthes tēs asebeias hypermachounta, kai kata tēs heusebeias histamenon. Eō talla hosa kai oia kata tou andros ixybrisen,ison de eipein, kai kata tou Theou, pros on, kai diʼ dn hy polemos; ho de malista kai toe hybristēn ę̄schyne, kai ton agōnistēn hypsōsen, sim? ti miga kai hypsēlon hē philosophia, kai to kratounte tōn poklōn tautę̄ phainesthai, touto dōsō tǭ logph. NsēmGynaiiio tina tōn ipiphanōn ix andros hou , 3 --.-...- nr. oōn unupzwv is tam ou ’rd Ariona-3 ton bion apolipontos, ho tou dikastou G nō..--.-. t..n- -iiyēiiinēos, y tō cum tyneoros ieiazito, pros gamon elgōn iudiciuin, , k.r,ē,-..-’-.nʼ iimiie gamyn uier apasiodēn, Ē di ouk echousa, hopōs diaphygę̄ tēn tyrannidi, ix I i n k i - n n n n ~— pē -inynē ww uiigytid tēn tyrinnioii Xoulēn bouleuetai, hou tolmēran mallon ē thnētēn. G-,..,--.-., ny iniimēran mylonē synepēn- hierą trapezę̄ prospheugei, kai Theon poieite; i, G,...-.--..ę̄......-gyēn, ōe tum! poieitii irostatēn kata tēs ipēreias. Ti oun ida ,mēn-ēn ē-n-,iii,aitioi-iii ‘00]. ii oun iē oietn, ō pros tēs Triados Phytēs (inʼ eipō ti kai ,,,.., _..G-s..., igiinyō tum? ".v iipō ti kai ichanikōs metaxy tōn indvat») X mē hoti ton migen vx i k ; _ i gēnn t-- -..-..-iēʼ i mʼ. vos 10' mitiit naaileion, kaitōn toioutōn hapasi nomothetēn, al- , nē- g-,n........ē..n-ny diyn una“ nomōitēn, ai; iin de tina tōn poly metʼ aiieïnon, hierea de homōs ill. Ï k — l ’- , ē......-.- G......mnē kinei oi opus? iyk antipoieisthai, katechein, affinem, cheira drigiit g. _.....-.-.---., ēthddiiini squamam, chiirei oregiit ito-3 philinthrōpią, kai nomǭ tǭ tetimēkoti 09ml- ,a,- gyyyniiōēig, liii nnmps ips titimēioti vum.- mflpta? ou panta drasai kai pithein ōelēoiipro- n,i ē s. -. ēr, n hē..-...-..Gy-niii ēead maer ōilēsiipro- teron, ē ti bouleusasthai katʼ autēs apanthrōpon, I i P “ ep-...,,n Gnspsiinidnli kai siytēs apannrypon, Lai kathdbrisai men tēn hieran trapezan, Min? \ i -a -; ē.....-ēta... ms..,ein ēran trapesin, Win! ie tēn pistin methʼ hēs hiketeuen? hou, phēsin ho iienos., furum? lii}: iētxeieai turgt: _,I mm-.."...... qna-wn pq Iuv- tas tēs emēs dynasteias, kaiiprodotas _ ‘_-l,nē fl...“ nnginiiinię̄, iii priniyt-is {nivem Christianous tōn oikeiōn nomōn. O I,___,..-tēn-in....un uiiiiiōn niēiōn. y ien izētei tēn hiketin; ho dʼ eicheto “cupitae. '0 --. ēp....... tu." y u iicheto iitigrpos.0 hi ixemaineto, kai telos pempei tinas tōn hattʼ axon.»n -.,.i....ē.y, Mn nilys pempii tinas tōn ur izsou- eias, ton tou hagiou koitōniskon exereunēsontas, hou ..-ē y.- wu iiiiyy iuitōniskon rupe-amoenae, aʼ] iata chreian mallon, ē atimian. Ti legeis s oïian ....- ēr.-. miēēun, ē aiimiin. iiLegeis s oïian keinou tou apathous, hon periepouain angeloi, hǭ ēēnēn..,nn..iiannyē yn min periepouain unum. ps iai prosblepein hochnouai gynaikes ? Kai hou tou- ......en-nēmai uiinyypi moi gynaikes ? tua: ou tou- to monon, alla kai auton pareinai iiii apologeisthai ē- tēan,...ii-o...ii iiuiyn pareinai chii apoLogiisnii pleuen houde hēmerōs kai philanthrōpōs, alL hōs ....-... vna mang iii philanthrōpōs, allʼ hōs na tōn katakritōn, Kai ho min parēn ho ē,,.-...-....inēōē ilii y min chliii) parēn o BX proukąbēto, gemōn thymou kai phronēmatos, ,- HV, "rum-vum, gimōn nymon) kiiphronēmitos, Xistēkei de, hoion ho ipe: Iēsous, Pilatou krinon- ...-..,..-, mʼ niyn y imys "Nam, uiLatou krinon- xos. Hoi geriynoi de ēmeloun1 hē de tou Theou iiochairi ..... n....ii-,nyni iii iēiilyyn, ē oi tou seou istilbouto eti, kai aneballeto; ui ti toxon “mm”... ut min), kai aneoaAAeto; ut to toxon hineteineto men, kateicheto de, tē metanoią kairon y III-Iuv uau mydiiuiii ythio NZ. "Aegri dē palēn heteran agōnistou kai m-...Iē- nē, "mur iesran agōnistou iii iiōkts), To periauchenion duo: sphendonasthii prosēuyyui. in iiiriniylinion rachos sphenoonasuii pros- hitatten; a de, Prosapodysomai soi, phēsin, ..-..-p i va, ipsnuiiiiyypsaumii kio) soi, phēsin, Li boulei, kaito chitōnion. Typtein ēpeilei ton -,ēn-eni, iii-- -n LII-ww". aunuw ēpiiLii ton hisarkon; ho de innixum. Xeein tois onyxin* ho .-.tōr n n. uiinuiēi. au" min) tois owztv'e ii, ’Iatreueisn phēsi, to hēpar, horąs hopōs me k.- ,I.-.mnē-s, gynē, w iiiiir, yrąs opōs me ch.- iatrychon tois toioutois therapeuōn omnigmasin, Ol min oun ēn toutois ēsan. ’B de polis, hōs ę̄stheto tou kakou, kai tou koinou pantōo kindynoo (kindynon gar hekastos heautou tēn hybrin tautēn inomizen), hikmaiixtai pasa kai anaktitai ; kai hōs kapnou smēnos kinēsantos, allos hypʼ allǭ diigiiritai kai anistatai, genos hapan, kai hēlikia pasa, hoi peri tēn hoplopoimtiiiēn kai basileion histourgikēn malista. Kai gar eisi peri ta toiauta thermoteroi, kai ty tolmąn ik tēs «appusias echontes. Kai pan hēn hoplonxiiaiitǭ, to paron ek tēs technēs, eiti ti allo tǭ kairǭ tychoi schediasthen. Hai dądes in chersin, hoi lithoi probeblēmenoi. ta rhopala eutrepē, dromos hapantōn heis, boē miei prothymia koinē, Thymys, ho deinos hoplitēs, ē stratēgos. oude gynaikas aoploi tēnikauta, tou kairou thēgontos ; miliai dʼ ēsan autat: hai kerkides ; hai oudi gynaikes emenon eti, tǭ zēlǭ rhōstheisai, kai heis andrōn tharsos mitallattominai. Brachys ho logos merizesthai tēn heusebiisn hǭonto, hei touton dielointo (hai houtos autois iysieesteros ēn, hos prōtos epibalit chitra tǭ tolmētę̄ tōn toioutōn, Ti oun o sobaros ikitnos kai thrasys dikastēs ? ’hiketēs hēn, eliiinds, athlios tinos ou tapeinetirosx heōs intonsi? ho chōris haimatos martys, kai chōris plēgōn stephanitēs, kai bią ton laon kataschōn aidoi kratēthenta, ton hiketēn heautou kai hybristēn diesōsato. Tauta o tōn hagiōn Theos, ho poiōn panta kai metaskeuazōn ipi to beltion, ho tois hyperēphanois antitassomenos, tapetnois de charin ēpis metrōn. Ti de ouk emellen otemōn thalassan, kai potamon anakopsas, kai stoicheia tyradnēsas, kai chiirōn inpiast tropaia stēsas, hina diasōsę̄ laon phygada, kai touton exairēsisthai tōn kindynōns

Another thing, not less than those already told. The wicked prevailed, and exile was decreed against the man; and nothing was lacking of what leads to this. Night came, the carriage was ready, our enemies were applauding, the pious were in despair, we were around the eager traveller, and everything belonging to that noble dishonour was complete. What then? God undoes it. For he who struck the firstborn of Egypt, when it was harsh towards Israel, also struck down the emperor's son with disease. And how swiftly! There the writ of exile, here the decree of sickness; and the hand of the wicked writer is held back, the saint is saved, and the godly man becomes the gift of a fever, which chastened a bold emperor. What could be more just than this, or swifter? What followed was this. The emperor's child was sick and grievously afflicted in body; the father suffered with him (for what else is a father?), seeking help for the child on every side, choosing the best of physicians, devoting himself to prayers as never before, and throwing himself on the ground. For suffering makes even emperors humble; and no wonder, since David too is recorded as having suffered the same over his child. When he found no remedy for the evil anywhere, he took refuge in the faith of the man; and he did not summon him himself, ashamed of his recent insult, but entrusted the embassy to others of his closest and dearest friends. And Basil came, not shrinking back nor taking advantage of the occasion, as another would have done; and as soon as he was present the disease grew lighter, and the father had better hopes; and had he not mixed brine with fresh water, summoning Basil and at the same time trusting the heterodox, the child would have recovered and been saved into his father's hands. This was believed by those who were present at the time and shared the suffering. [55] They say that the same thing happened to the prefect a little later. An illness bent him too and threw him into the hands of the saint. And truly a blow becomes instruction to those who have sense, and misfortune is often better than prosperity. He was sick, he wept, he was distressed, he sent to him, he implored him: “You have your vindication,” he cried; “give me health.” And indeed he obtained it, as he himself confessed, and persuaded many who did not know; for he did not cease admiring and telling of what Basil had done. Such, then, were his dealings with these men, and so they ended. Were his dealings with others otherwise? Did he fight over small things, or fight little, or show only moderate philosophy, or such as deserves silence, or not much to be praised? By no means. But he who once stirred up Hadad, the wicked, against Israel stirred up against Basil too the governor of the region of Pontus, on the pretext of indignation over some woman, but in truth championing impiety and standing against piety. I pass over the other outrages he committed against the man, or, what is the same, against God, against whom and for whom the war was fought; but what most shamed the insulter and exalted the champion, if philosophy is something great and lofty, and to appear superior to the many in it, this I will give to my discourse. [56] The assessor of the judge was trying to force into a marriage she did not want a woman of distinguished family whose husband had not long departed this life. Having no means of escaping the tyranny, she devised a plan not so much bold as prudent: she fled to the holy table and made God her protector against the abuse. What ought one to have done, by the Trinity itself (if I may say something rhetorical in the midst of praises)? I do not say the great Basil, the lawgiver for all such matters, but anyone far below him, yet still a priest: should he not have claimed her, held her, cared for her, stretched out a hand to God's love for man and to the law that honours altars? Should he not have chosen to do and suffer anything rather than plan something inhuman against her, insulting both the holy table and the faith with which she supplicated? “No,” said the new judge, “but all must yield to my power, and Christians must betray their own laws.” He demanded the suppliant; the other held her fast. He raged, and at last sent some of his officers to search the saint's bedchamber, not from need but to insult him. What do you say? The chamber of that passionless man, whom angels attend, at whom women shrink even to look? And not only this; he ordered him to be present and defend himself, and that not gently or humanely, but as one of the condemned. And Basil came and stood, like my Jesus before Pilate, while the judge presided, full of anger and pride. And the thunders were held back; and God's sword still glittered and was delayed; and the bow was bent but restrained, giving time for repentance. [57] See another bout between champion and persecutor. He ordered his cloak to be torn off. “I will strip off my tunic for you too, if you wish,” he said. He threatened to beat one who had no flesh; Basil offered himself. To tear him with hooks; “By such tearing,” he said, “you will cure my liver, for you see how it wastes me away.” So they were engaged. But the city, when it learned of the evil and the danger common to all (for each considered this outrage a danger to himself), was all inflamed and set alight; and as a swarm stirred by smoke, they were roused one after another and rose up, every race and every age, especially those of the arms factory and the imperial weaving works; for they are hotter in such matters, and have boldness from their freedom of speech. Every man's weapon was what he had at hand from his trade, or anything else improvised for the moment. Torches in their hands, stones ready, clubs prepared; all running one way, one shout, one common eagerness; anger, a terrible hoplite and general! Not even the women were unarmed then, the occasion sharpening them: their shuttles were their spears, and they were no longer women, strengthened by zeal and changed to men's courage. In short, they thought they would share in piety if they tore him apart, and that he would be the more pious who first laid hands on the man who dared such things. What, then, of that haughty and bold judge? He was a suppliant, pitiable, wretched, lower than anyone, until there appeared the martyr without blood and the crowned victor without wounds, who, restraining by force the people, held back by their respect for him, saved the man who was his suppliant and his insulter. These things the God of the saints does, who makes all things and transforms them for the better, who resists the proud and gives grace to the humble. What would not he do, who divided the sea, cut off the river, mastered the elements and set up trophies by lifted hands to save a fugitive people, to rescue this man too from dangers?

43.55PG 36:569c–572c

ὀ ’μὲν δὴ κοσμικὸς πόλεμος ἐνταῦθα ἑτελιύτηπ, καὶ πέρας ιῖχιν ἐκ Θεοῦ διξιόν, καὶ τῆς ὶκιίνου πίστιως ἄξιονι ’Αρχεται δὲ ὁ πόλεμος ἱνθένδι ἤδη τῶν ἰπισκόπων, καὶ τῶν ἱκιίνοις συμμάχων οὗ πολὺ μὲν τὸ ἄδοξον, πλείων δὲ ἦ βλάβη τοῖς ἆρχημίνοις. Τίς γὰρ ἂν τοὺς ἄλλους παίσειε μετριάζειν, οὕτω τῶν προιστώτων διακειμένων ; Εἶχον μὲν γὰρ οὔδʼ ἐκ πλείονος ἐπιεικῶς πρὸς αὺτὸν, τριῶν ὄντων τῶν ὑπαιτίων. Οὔτε γὰρ τῷ τῆς πίστεως λόγῳ συνέβαινον, ὅτι μὴ πᾶσα ἀνάγκη τοῖς πλήθεσιβιαζόμινοι · οὔτε τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ χειροτονίᾳ μικροψυχίαν τιλέως καταλιλύισσιν “ καὶ τὸ παρὰ πολὺ τῆς δόξης κρατεῖσθαι, πάντων βαρύτατον ἧν αὐτοῖς, sl ιαὶ ὁμολογεῖν αἴσχιστον. Ἐγίνετο εὶ καὶ ἄλλη τις διαφορὰ, ἢ ταῦτα ἐκαινοποίησε. Τῆς γὰρ πατρίδος ἡμῶν είς δύο διαιρεθείσης ἡγεμονίας καὶ μητροπόλεις, καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ἐκ τῆς προτέρας τῇ »νέᾳ προσαγοῦσης, ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τὰ ἒκείνων ἰστασιᾶσθη. Ὀ μὲν γὰρ ἠξίου τοῖς δημοσίοις συνδιαιρετσθαι καὶ τὲι ἡμέτερα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μετεποιεῖτο τῶν νεωστὶ προσελθόντων, ὡς αὖτῷ διαφερόντων ἤδη uice-fw» κεχωρισμένων 6 δὲ τῆς παλαιᾶς εἴχετο συνηθείας, καὶ τῆς ἐκ τῶν Πατέρων ἄνωθεν διαιρέσεως. ἘΞ ὧν πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ, τὰ μὲν συνέῧαινειν ἤδη, τὰ δὲ ὠδίνετο, ’Υπεσπῶν σύνοδοι παρὰ τοῦ νέου μητροπολίτου, πρόσοδοι διηρπάζυντο πρεσῖύτεροι τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν, οἱ μὲν ἀνεπείθοντο, oi δὲ ὑπηλλαίττοντο. Ἐξ ων συνέβαινε, καὶ τὰ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν χεῖρον ἔχειν διισταμένων καὶ τεμνομένων. Καὶ γάρ πως τατς καινοτομίαις χαίρουσιν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ τὰ σφῶν ἡδέως napusdeνουσι “ καὶ ῥᾷον τι καταλῦσαι τῶν καθεστώτων, ἢ καταλνθὲν ἔπαναγαγεϊν. 1Ὀ δὲ πλεῖον αὐτὸν ὶξλ έμηνεν, αἱ Ταυρικαὶ πρόσοδοι καὶ παρόδιοι, αὒτῷ μὲν ὁρώμεναι, ἐκείνῳ δὲ προσγενόμεναι, nith ἅγιον Ὀρέστην ἐκκαρποῦσθαι, μέγα ὶτίθετο ’ ὡς καὶ τῶν ἡμιόνων λαβέσθαι ποτὲ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἰδίαν ὁδον assem“, εἴργων τοῦ πρόσω μετὰ λῃστρικοῦ συντάγματος, Καὶ ἡ σκῆψις, ὡς εὗπρεπήςέ τὰ γὰρ πνευματικὰ τέκνα, καὶ αἱ ψυχαὶ, καὶ 6 τῆς πίστεως λόγκ, καὶταῦτα τὰ τῆς ἀπληστίας int-41169,ματα, πρᾶγμα τῶν εὔπορίστων, καὶ τὸ μὴ χρῇναι δασμοφορετν κακοδόξοις πᾶς γὰρ ὁ λυπῶν, κακά·

o ’men dē kosmikos polemos entautha heteliytēp, kai peras iichin ek Theou dixion, kai tēs ikiinou pistiōs axioni ’Archetai de ho polemos hinthendi ēdē tōn ipiskopōn, kai tōn hikiinois symmachōn hou poly men to adoxon, pleiōn de ē blabē tois archēminois. Tis gar an tous allous paiseie metriazein, houtō tōn proistōtōn diakeimenōn ? Eichon men gar oudʼ ek pleionos epieikōs pros auton, triōn ontōn tōn hypaitiōn. Oute gar tǭ tēs pisteōs logǭ synebainon, hoti mē pasa anankē tois plēthesibiazominoi ; oute tēn epi tę̄ cheirotonią mikropsychian tileōs kataliluissin “ kai to para poly tēs doxēs krateisthai, pantōn barytaton hēn autois, sl iai homologein aischiston. Egineto ei kai allē tis diaphora, ē tauta ekainopoiēse. Tēs gar patridos hēmōn eis dyo diairetheisēs hēgemonias kai mētropoleis, kai polla tōn ek tēs proteras tę̄ »neą prosagousēs, enteuthen kai ta ekeinōn istasiasthē. O men gar ēxiou tois dēmosiois syndiairetsthai kai tei hēmetera, kai dia touto metepoieito tōn neōsti proselthontōn, hōs autǭ diapherontōn ēdē uice-fw» kechōrismenōn 6 de tēs palaias eicheto synētheias, kai tēs ek tōn Paterōn anōthen diaireseōs. EX hōn polla kai deina, ta men syneÿainein ēdē, ta de ōdineto, ’Ypespōn synodoi para tou neou mētropolitou, prosodoi diērpazynto presiyteroi tōn Ekklēsiōn, hoi men anepeithonto, oi de hypēllaittonto. Ex ōn synebaine, kai ta tōn Ekklēsiōn cheiron echein diistamenōn kai temnomenōn. Kai gar pōs tats kainotomiais chairousin anthrōpoi, kai ta sphōn hēdeōs napusdenousi “ kai rhąon ti katalysai tōn kathestōtōn, ē katalnthen epanagageïn. 1O de pleion auton ixl emēnen, hai Taurikai prosodoi kai parodioi, autǭ men horōmenai, ekeinǭ de prosgenomenai, nith hagion Orestēn ekkarpousthai, mega ititheto ’ hōs kai tōn hēmionōn labesthai pote tou andros idian hodon assem“, eirgōn tou prosō meta lę̄strikou syntagmatos, Kai hē skēpsis, hōs heuprepēse ta gar pneumatika tekna, kai hai psychai, kai 6 tēs pisteōs lonk, kaitauta ta tēs aplēstias int-41169,mata, pragma tōn euporistōn, kai to mē chrę̄nai dasmophoretn kakodoxois pas gar ho lypōn, kaka;

Here, then, the worldly war ended, and had a favourable outcome from God, worthy of his faith. But from this point began the war of the bishops and their allies, which brought not much discredit but greater harm to those under their rule. For who would persuade others to be moderate, when their leaders are so disposed? For they had long been ill-disposed towards him, for three reasons. They did not agree with him on the doctrine of faith, except when forced to by the people out of necessity; they had not wholly given up their small-mindedness about his election; and, the heaviest of all to them, though the most shameful to confess, they were far surpassed in reputation. Another difference also arose, which renewed these. When our country was divided into two provinces and metropoleis, and many parts of the former were attached to the new one, their affairs too fell into faction from this. For the one held that our ecclesiastical boundaries should be divided along with the civil ones, and so claimed the newly attached places as belonging to him and already separated from the other; while the other held to the old custom and the division handed down from our fathers. From this many terrible things followed, some already, others were in travail. Synods were drawn away by the new metropolitan, revenues seized; of the presbyters of the churches some were persuaded, others replaced. From this the affairs of the churches fared worse, being divided and cut. For men somehow delight in innovations and gladly turn affairs to their own advantage, and it is easier to overthrow something established than to restore what has been overthrown. What enraged him more were the revenues and the travellers' dues from the Taurus, which he could see but which came to the other; and he thought it a great thing to reap the fruits of Saint Orestes; so that once he even seized the man's mules on the road, blocking his way with a band of brigands. And the pretext was seemly: spiritual children, souls, the doctrine of faith, these cloaks of greed, easily found, and that one must not pay tribute to those of wrong opinions; for whoever annoys them is of wrong opinions.

43.56PG 36:572d–573d

06 μην 6 ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶτῆς ἀνῶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὄντως μητροπολίτης, ἢ συναπήχθη τοῖς πταίουσιν 6), ἢ παριδεῖν ταῦτα ἠνέσχετο, ἢ μικρὰν τοῦ κακοῧ λύσιν ἒπενόει, Ἀλλᾶ σκοπῶμεν, ὡς μεγάσ λην καὶ θαυμασίαν, (καὶ τί γάρ ς) ἢ τῆς huis” ψυχῆς ἀξίαν, Προσθήκην γαρ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ποιεῖ· ται τὴν στάσιν, καὶ τὴν συμφορὰν, ὡς κάλλιστα δια·τίθεται, πλείοσιν ἑπισκόποις τὴν πατρίδα καταπυκνῶσας. Ἐξ οὔ τί γίνεταις τρία τὰ διάλλισταιο ψυχᾷ.) κνωσας. τις ου τι γινιιυιι ν arma ν- run“..- η. ῐ,ἡ- ἰπιμὲλιια πλείων, ιιαὶ τὸ πόλιν ἐξέστην τὰ, iam? επιμεΑιια nunc", om ιν -;...-..,.,μʼ ἐ ἔχειν, καὶ τὸ λυθῆναι ταύτῃ τὸν πολεμον, Tune-qq τη εχειν, και το humu-au ιινυμ..υτ..συντ-ν, υ ν ὶπινοίας δέδοικα, μὴ καὶ αὒτὸς ἐγινόμην παρερ-ἷον επινοιας Quicum, μη ωι- au".,μην-Ἰ, mth "fl οὐκ οἷδʼ ὅ τι καὶ εἰπεῖν εὑτρεπὲς χρή, [iam Π ουκ (HD υ ἰι λιι ιιιδυ.ν.-.Γ-..-τ ι,γʼ nr ι, γὰρ τοῧ ἆνδρδς θαυμάζων, οὐμενοῦν ’πόσον εἷτξει _ _,,,, ε, ιη _ γαρ τοι) ςινυμυε, νικος-νιν-.. ῖηῖῗην η δυνατὸν, ἓν τοῦτο ἐπαινεῖν 0w. εχω (παὶ γαρ ὁμολο υυνξιιυν ιι νανν- νν-ηηννν ’Ὃ 1. Ι γή σω ’ἔό πάθος), οὒδέ ἄλλως τοῖς πολλοῖς ἁγνοοὲμι ι ι ν ι ι ι γησω ἰιδ διιόν-ιηʼ, νη- -ηυ--ν ---- η ’, 'I‘ νον, τὴν περὶ ἡμᾶς καινοτομίαν καὶ απιστιῖαν (a9, _,,,, η, Δ θον, την “aqua ιδμυι, η..π...νι..-.,ν η..- ‘ Ι ἧς οὗδὶ ὁ χρόνος τὴν λύπην, hilca-an.. Εκετρξν γά ης 0)ΟΕ ο χρυνυκ 'up ιιυιημ -γ-...ν---η..μγ γʼ ι μοι πᾶσα συνέπεσεν ἡ περὶ τὸν βῖον ἂνωιὶαλια κς μοι nam; uuvaowuev υ,..Ἵν- --, Γ.- υ, δ ἱ σύγχυσις, καὶτὸ φιλοσοφεῖν μτ, δυνηθηναι, ἢ μτ, νο συγλυυικ, non -ν τ...---το-κ δέ, _ _ ς _ _ λ μίξεσθαι, εἰ καὶ βραχὺς τοῦ δευτέροέδιλο-ςος πλη μιςεσυαι, ιγ. mu hu].-...η --ζʼ-..ρμὶγ τ _ ν εἴ τις ἐκεῖνο δέξαιτο, ἡμῶν του ανδρος υπεραπολο ει τις ιῆιιτυ γυνη-ν, qr..- --ν ι ‘_ κ 1. ' γουμένων, ὅτι μείζω φρονῶν, ἢ καέα τα ανθρω γουμινων, ur.» P955“. γμνηηἺ. Ἰ, η 1 πινα ‘80l, καὶ τῶν ἐνθένδε πριν αποειωναι genva:

06 mēn 6 hagios tou Theou, kaitēs anō Hierousalēm ontōs mētropolitēs, ē synapēchthē tois ptaiousin 6), ē paridein tauta ēnescheto, ē mikran tou kakoÿ lysin epenoei, Alla skopōmen, hōs megas lēn kai thaumasian, (kai ti gar s) ē tēs huis” psychēs axian, Prosthēkēn gar tēs Ekklēsias poiei; tai tēn stasin, kai tēn symphoran, hōs kallista dia;tithetai, pleiosin hepiskopois tēn patrida katapyknōsas. Ex ou ti ginetais tria ta diallistaio psychą.) knōsas. tis ou ti giniiuii n arma n- run“..- ē. i,hē- ipimeliia pleiōn, iiai to polin exestēn ta, iam? epimeAiia nunc", om in -?...-..,.,mʼ e echein, kai to lythēnai tautę̄ ton polemon, Tune-qq tē echein, kai to humu-au iinym..yt..synt-n, y n ipinoias dedoika, mē kai autos eginomēn parer-hion epinoias Quicum, mē ōi- au".,mēn-I, mth "fl ouk hoidʼ ho ti kai eipein heutrepes chrē, [iam P ouk (HD y ii lii iiidy.n.-.G-..-t i,gʼ nr i, gar toÿ andrds thaumazōn, oumenoun ’poson heitxei _ _,,,, e, iē _ gar toi) sinymye, nikos-nin-.. iēiïēn ē dynaton, hen touto epainein 0w. echō (pai gar homolo yynxiiyn ii nann- nn-ēēnnn ’Ho 1. I gē sō ’eo pathos), oude allōs tois pollois hagnooemi i i n i i i gēsō iid diion-iēʼ, nē- -ēu--n ---- ē ’, 'I‘ non, tēn peri hēmas kainotomian kai apistiian (a9, _,,,, ē, D thon, tēn “aqua idmui, ē..p...ni..-.,n ē..- ‘ I hēs houdi ho chronos tēn lypēn, hilca-an.. Eketrxn ga ēs 0)OE o chrynyk 'up iiuiēm -g-...n---ē..mg gʼ i moi pasa synepesen hē peri ton bion anōiialia ks moi nam? uuvaowuev y,..Hin- --, G.- y, d hi synchysis, kaito philosophein mt, dynēthēnai, ē mt, no syglyuik, non -n t...---to-k de, _ _ s _ _ l mixesthai, ei kai brachys tou deuteroedilo-sos plē misesyai, ig. mu hu].-...ē --zʼ-..rmig t _ n ei tis ekeino dexaito, hēmōn tou andros yperapolo ei tis iēiity gynē-n, qr..- --n i ‘_ k 1. ' goumenōn, hoti meizō phronōn, ē kaea ta anthrō gouminōn, ur.» P955“. gmnēēI. I, ē 1 pina ‘80l, kai tōn enthende prin apoeiōnai genva:

But the saint of God, the true metropolitan of the Jerusalem above, was neither carried away with those who erred, nor would he put up with overlooking these things, nor did he devise a small remedy for the evil. But let us see how great and admirable it was, or rather how worthy of his soul. He turned the faction into an increase of the church, and disposed of the misfortune most finely by filling the country more densely with bishops. What came of this? Three most excellent results: greater care for souls, each city having its own bishop, and the war being ended in this way. … I fear that I too became an accessory of this device. I do not know what fitting thing to say. For, admiring the man in all things, I cannot praise him in this one thing (for I will confess my feeling, which is not unknown to most people in any case): his innovation and faithlessness towards us, the pain of which not even time has dissolved. For from this came upon me all the unevenness and confusion of my life, and my being unable to practise philosophy or to be thought to do so, even if this is a small matter … unless one accepts this defence of the man which we offer: that, thinking thoughts greater than human, and having departed from things here before he died,

43.57PG 36:573d–580c

OUI, λιι »ων εσνν-ν-..Γν- _.---__,‘ Ἰ στὰς, πά ιτα ἱποιεῖτο τοῦ Πνεύματος ' και φιλίαν ναἱ υιαΙιιΑισιι...νυ-..ν ν-- -- --Ἰ-η,,, _. δεϊιζὸαι εἰδὼς, ἰντιῦθα μόνον ἠτίμαζεν, οὗ,Θεὸν ἴδε Daunus um, ειη---,..-,-- -.-γ τ, προτιμηθῆναι, καὶ πλεῖον ’ἐχειν τῶν λυομένωνʼ2 προτιμηυηναι, και “unt-sur με,Ι.L... -.η,νηΓ-,,, μ _ τὰ ὶλπιζόμενα, ῃ. ' θηβαϊον ἐλευθεροῖ. Εἶναι γὰρ, οὗ δοξαν, ἰῆτο-ιδιζιν ἄριστος. Οὑδὶ πίθον ὢιιιι καὶ μέσην τὴν ἀγορὰν, ὥστε πᾶσι πιριτρυτᾷν, καινὴν εὖπορίξν τὸ ἀπορεῖν ποιούμενος ἀφιλότιμος δὲ πίνης ἦν καὶ ἀνήροτος xxi πάντων ἐκβολὴν στέρξας, ὠν ποτε εἶχε, κούφως ( 1) διέπλει τὴν τοῦ βίου θάλασσαν. EA'. Θαυμαστὸν ἡ ὶγκράτειι, νειὶ ὁλιγέρκιια, καὶ τὸ μὴ κρατεῖσθαι τῶν ἡδονῶν, μηδʼ, ὡς ὑπὸ πικρᾶς καὶ ἀνελευθέρου δεσποίνης, τῆς γαστρὸς ἄγισθιι, Τίς οὕτω μᾶλλον ἄτροφος ἦν, οὗ πολὺ δὲ ιὶπετν, mi impun"; Τὰς μεν γὰρ) πλησμονὰς καὶ τοὺς ιόέ ρους τοῖς ἂλογωτέροις ἆπίρῥιψι, καὶ ὧν ἀνδραποδώὂης mi κάτω νενευκὼς δ βίος. Αὒτὸς δὲ οὖόὲν ᾔδιι μὲγκ τῶν μετὰ τὸν λαιμὸν ὁμοτίμων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἆνιγκιίοις διέζη μόνον, ’ἕως ἐξῆν, κιιῖ μόνην ᾖδιι τρυφὴι, τὸ μὴ τρυφῶν φιζνεσθαι, μηδὲ διὰ τοῦτο διῖσθιι πλειόνων · ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰ κρίναι βλέπειν iu“. τὰ πτηνά, οἷς ἄτεχνον τὸ κάλλος, καὶ σχὲδιος ἡ τροφὴ, κατὰ τὴν μεγάλην napi-Ivem» τοῦ tuo-5 Χριστοῦ, χιι σέρκι διʼ ἡμᾶς πτωχεύειντος, 'iv ἡμεῖς πλουτ.σθιὶιμῖν (νεότητι. Ἐντεῦθεν αὐτῷ τὸ ἓν χιτώνιον, καὶ τριβώνιον, καὶ ἡ χιμευνίι, καὶ ἡ ἀγρυπνία, ml ἡ ἀλουσῖι, τὰ ἐκείνου σεμνολογῆμιτα, καὶτὸ ἥδιστον δεῖπνον iul. ὄψον, ὃ ἄρτος χςιὶ οἱ ἅλες, ἡ καινὴ κιρυκεῖι, κιὶ ποτὸν νηφάλιὸν τε xxi. ἄφθονον, ὃ γεωργοῦσι πηγιὶ μηδὲν πονουμένοις, ἘΞ ὧν, ἢ μεθʼ ὧν νοτοκομῖιι xxi ἰατρεῖαι, τὸ κοινὸν ἡμῶν ἓμφιλοσόῳημα, ’Ἔδει γάρ με τῶν ἀνιαρῶν τὸ ἴσον ἔχειν, τοῖς ἄλλοις λειπόμενον. ΞΒʼ. Μέγα παρθενῖι, καὶ ἆζογξα, καὶ τὸ μετʼ ἆγγέλων τετάχθαι, καὶ τῆς μοναδικῆς φύσεως· intui; ιίὰρ εἰπεῖν Χριστοῦ, ὃς, καὶ γεννηθῆναι θελήσας διὰ τοὺς γεννητοὺς ἡμᾶς, ἑκ Παρθένου γεννᾶται, πιρθινίαν νομοθετῶν, ὡς ἒνθένεε μετάγουπαν, uκᾶσμον συντέμνουσιν, μᾶλλον '3‘;- XdUFOVI-IEO'OF’P 1:1.ριπέμπουσιν, τον ἐνεστῶτι (Α) τῷ μέλλοντι, τίς οὖν ἰκτίνου μᾶλλςν, ἥ παρθενίαν ὶτίμησεν, ἦ σαρκὶ ἐνομοθέτησεν, οὔ τῷ κχθ ἑαυτὸν ὑποδείγματι μόνον, ἀλλά καὶ οἷς ἐσπούδασε ; Τίνος οἱ παρθενῶνες, καὶ τὰ ’έγτραφα διατάγματα, οἷς πᾶσαν μὲν αἴσθησσιν έσωφρόνιζε, πᾶτ δὲ μέλος ἓρύθμιζε, καὶ ὅντως παρθενεύειν ἔπειθεν, εἵσω τὰ καλλη στρέφων ἀπὸ τῶι ἐρρωμένων ἐπὶ τα μή βλεπόμενα καὶ τὸ μὲν ἔξω.. θεν ἀπομαραίνων, καὶ τὴν ὓλην ὑποστῶν τῆς φλογὸς, τὸ δὲ ει υπτόν τῷ Θεῷ δεικνὺς, ὃς μόνος τῶν καθαρῶν ψυλῶν ἔστι νυμφίος, καὶ τὰς ἀγρύπνους ἑαυτῷ συνεισάγει ψυχὰς, ὶάν μετὰ λαμπρῶν τῶν λαμπάδων αὖτῴ, καὶ δαψιλοὺς τῆς τοῦ ἐλαίου τροφῆς ἀπαντήσωσινς Τοῦ τοίνυν ἒρημικοῦ βίον, καὶ ταῦ μιγᾶδος, μαχομένων πρὸς ἀλλήλῃς ὡς τὰ πολλὰ, καὶ διισταμένων, καὶ οὒδετέρου ιδ) πάντως ἥ τὸ καλὸν, ἦ τὸ φαῦλον ἀνεπίμικτον ἔχοντος· ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὲν, ἡσυχίου μὲν ὄντος μᾶλλον, καὶ καθεστηκότος, καί Θεῷ συνέγοντος, οὒκ ἀτύφου δὲ, διὰ τὸτῆς ἀρετῆς ἀβασάνιστον καὶ ἀσύγκριτον · τοῦ δὲ, πρακτικωτέρου μὲν μᾶλλον καὶ χρησιμωτέρον τὸ δὲ θορυβῶδες οὖ φεύγοντος, καὶ τούτους ἄριστα κατήλλαξεν ἀλλήλοις καὶ συνεκέρασεν ἀσκητήρια 19) καὶ μονα-στήρια δειμάμενος μὲν, οὗ πόρῤω δὲ τῶν κοινωνικῶν καὶ μιγάδων, οὐδὲ, ὥσπερ τειχίῳ τινὶ μέσῳ, ταῦτα διαλαβὼν καὶ ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων (Ill) χωρίσας, ἀλλά πλησίον συνάψας καὶ δι ιζεύξας ἵνα μήτε τὸ φιλόσοφον ἀκοινώνητον ᾗ, μήτε τὸ πρακτικὸν ἀφιΛόσοφοθ ὥσπερ δὲ γῆ καὶ θάλασσα, τὰ παρʼ ἑαυτῶν ἀλλήλοις ἀντιδιδόντες, εἷς μίαν δόξαν Θεοῦ συντρέχωσι, ΞΓʼ. Τί ἔτι ; Καλόν φιλανθρωπία, καὶ πτωχοτροφία, καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀσθενείας βοήθημα, Μικρὸν ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως πρόελθε, καὶ θέασαι τὴν καινὴν πόλιν, τὸ τῆς εὗσεβείας ταμεῖον, τὸ κοινὸν τῶν ἑχόντων θησαύρισμα, εἷς ὅ τὰ περιττὰ τοῦ πλούτου, ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα ταῖς ἐκείνου παραινέσεσιν ἀποτίθεται, σῆτας ἀποσειόμενα, καὶ κλέπτας οὒκ εὐφραίνοντα, καὶ φθόνου πάλην, καὶ καιροῦ φθορὰν ὸιαφεύγοντα ἰν νόσος φιλοσοφεῖται, καὶ συμφορά μσκαρίζεται, καὶ τὸ συμπαθὲς δοκιμάζεται. Τί μοι πρὸς τούτο τὸ ἔργον, ἑπτάπυλοι Θῆβαι, καὶ Αίγῖπτιιι, καὶ τείχη Βαβυλώνια, καὶ Μαυσόλου Καρικὸς τάφος, καὶ [luραμίδες, καὶ Κολοσσοῦ χαλκὸς ἄμετρος, ἢ ναῶν μεγέθη, καὶ κάλλη τῶν μηκέτι ὄντων, ἄλλα τε ὅσα θαυμάζουσιν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ἱστορίαις διδόασιν· ὦν οῦδὲν σοὺς ἱγείραντας, πλὴν δόξης ὀλίγης ὤνησεν; Ἐμοὶ δὲ θαυμασιώτατον, ἡ σύντομος τῆς σωτηρίας ὁδὸς, ἢ ῥᾴστη πρὸς οὒρανδν ἀνάβασις, Οὐκ ἔτι πρόκειται τοῖς ὀῳθαλμοτς ἡμῶν θέαμα δεινὸν καὶ ἐλεεινὸν, ἄνθρωποι νεκροὶ πρὸ θανλτου, καί τετελευτηκότες τοῖς πλείστοις τοῦ σώματος μέλεσιν, ἀπελαυνόμενοι πόλεων, οἰκιῶν, ἀγορῶν, ίιδᾶτων, αὐτῶν τῶν φιλτάτων, ὀνόμασι μᾶλλον, ἢ σώμασι γνωριζόμενόι οἱδὶ προτίθενται συνόδοις τε καὶ συλλόγοις κατὰ συζυγίαν τε καὶ συναυλίαν, μηκέτʼ ὲλιοῦμενοι διὰ τὴν νόσον, ἀλλὰ μισούμενοι σοφισταὶ μελῶν ὶλεεινῶυ, εἴ τισι καὶ φωνή λείπεται. Τί ἃν ἅπαντα μθ) ἔπτραγῳδοίην τὰ ἡμετέρα, οῦκ ἆοκοῦντος τοῦ λόγου τῷ nihl; Ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνος γε μάλιστα πάντων ἔπεισεν, ἆνθρῶπυςς ὄντας, ἀνθρώπων μὴ καταφρονεῖν, μηδʼ ἀτιμάζειν Χριστὸν τήν μίαν πάντων κεφαλὴν διὰ τῆς εἱς ἐκείνους ἀπανθρωπίας ἆλλ ἒν ταῖς ἀλλοτρίαις συμφοραῖς, τα δίκαια εὖ τίθεσθαι, καὶ δανείζειν (ΞΙ) Θεῷ τὲν ἔλεον, ἐλέου χρῇζοντας, Δια τοῦτο, οὐδὲ τοῖς χείλεσιν influe τιμᾷν τὴν νόσον, ὁ εὐγενής τε καὶ τῶν εὖ γεγονότων, καὶ τὴν δόξαν ὑπέρλαμπρος, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀδελφοὺς ἠσπὰζιτο, οὒκ ὅπερ ἄν τις ὑπολάβοι κενοδοξιῖη, (τίς τοσοῦτον ἀπεῖχε τοῦ πάθους ;) ἁλλὰ τὸ προσιέναι τοῖς σώμασιν ἰπὶ θεραπείᾳ διὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φιλοσοφίας ττπῶν, καὶ φθεγγομένη καὶ σιωπῶσα παραίνεσις. Καὶ οὗχ ἡ μὶν πόλις οὕτως, ἡ χώρα δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς, ἑτέρως · ἀλλὰ κοινὸν ἅπασιν ἀγῶνα προῦθηκε τοῖς τῷ λαῷ προεστῶσι, τὴν εἷς αὖτοὺς φιλανθρωπίαν, καὶ μεγαλοψδχὶαν. Καὶ ἄλλων μὶν οἱ ὀψοποιοὶ, καὶ αἱ λιπαραὶ τράπεζαι, καί τὰ μαγείρων μαγγανεύματα καὶ κομψεύματα, καὶ ol φιλόκαλοι δίφροι, καί τῆς ἐσθῆτος ὅση μαλακή τε καὶ περιῤῥέουσα Βασιλείου δὲ, οἱ νοσοῦντες, καὶ τὰ των τραυμάτων

OUI, lii »ōn esnn-n-..Gn- _.---__,‘ I stas, pa ita hipoieito tou Pneumatos ' kai philian nai uiaIiiAisii...ny-..n n-- -- --I-ē,,, _. deïizoai eidōs, intiytha monon ētimazen, hou,Theon ide Daunus um, eiē---,..-,-- -.-g t, protimēthēnai, kai pleion ’echein tōn lyomenōnʼ2 protimēuēnai, kai “unt-sur me,I.L... -.ē,nēG-,,, m _ ta ilpizomena, ę̄. ' thēbaïon eleutheroi. Einai gar, hou doxan, iēto-idizin aristos. Houdi pithon ōiiii kai mesēn tēn agoran, hōste pasi piritrytąn, kainēn euporixn to aporein poioumenos aphilotimos de pinēs ēn kai anērotos xxi pantōn ekbolēn sterxas, ōn pote eiche, kouphōs ( 1) dieplei tēn tou biou thalassan. EA'. Thaumaston hē inkrateii, neii holigerkiia, kai to mē krateisthai tōn hēdonōn, mēdʼ, hōs hypo pikras kai aneleutherou despoinēs, tēs gastros agisthii, Tis houtō mallon atrophos ēn, hou poly de iipetn, mi impun"? Tas men gar) plēsmonas kai tous ioe rous tois alogōterois apirrhipsi, kai hōn andrapodōoēs mi katō neneukōs d bios. Autos de ouoen ę̄dii menk tōn meta ton laimon homotimōn, alla tois aninkiiois diezē monon, ’heōs exēn, kiii monēn ę̄dii tryphēi, to mē tryphōn phiznesthai, mēde dia touto diisthii pleionōn ; alla pros ta krinai blepein iu“. ta ptēna, hois atechnon to kallos, kai schedios hē trophē, kata tēn megalēn napi-Ivem» tou tuo-5 Christou, chii serki diʼ hēmas ptōcheueintos, 'iv hēmeis plout.sthiiimin (neotēti. Enteuthen autǭ to hen chitōnion, kai tribōnion, kai hē chimeunii, kai hē agrypnia, ml hē alousii, ta ekeinou semnologēmita, kaito hēdiston deipnon iul. opson, ho artos chsii hoi hales, hē kainē kirykeii, kii poton nēphalion te xxi. aphthonon, ho geōrgousi pēgii mēden ponoumenois, EX hōn, ē methʼ hōn notokomiii xxi iatreiai, to koinon hēmōn hemphilosoǭēma, ’Edei gar me tōn aniarōn to ison echein, tois allois leipomenon. XBʼ. Mega parthenii, kai azonxa, kai to metʼ angelōn tetachthai, kai tēs monadikēs physeōs; intui? iiar eipein Christou, hos, kai gennēthēnai thelēsas dia tous gennētous hēmas, hek Parthenou gennatai, pirthinian nomothetōn, hōs enthenee metagoupan, ukasmon syntemnousin, mallon '3‘?- XdUFOVI-IEO'OF’P 1:1.ripempousin, ton enestōti (A) tǭ mellonti, tis oun iktinou mallsn, hē parthenian itimēsen, ē sarki enomothetēsen, ou tǭ kchth heauton hypodeigmati monon, alla kai hois espoudase ? Tinos hoi parthenōnes, kai ta ’egtrapha diatagmata, hois pasan men aisthēssin esōphronize, pat de melos herythmize, kai hontōs partheneuein epeithen, heisō ta kallē strephōn apo tōi errōmenōn epi ta mē blepomena kai to men exō.. then apomarainōn, kai tēn hylēn hypostōn tēs phlogos, to de ei ypton tǭ Theǭ deiknys, hos monos tōn katharōn psylōn esti nymphios, kai tas agrypnous heautǭ syneisagei psychas, ian meta lamprōn tōn lampadōn autǭ, kai dapsilous tēs tou elaiou trophēs apantēsōsins Tou toinyn erēmikou bion, kai tau migados, machomenōn pros allēlę̄s hōs ta polla, kai diistamenōn, kai oudeterou id) pantōs hē to kalon, ē to phaulon anepimikton echontos; alla tou men, hēsychiou men ontos mallon, kai kathestēkotos, kai Theǭ synegontos, ouk atyphou de, dia totēs aretēs abasaniston kai asynkriton ; tou de, praktikōterou men mallon kai chrēsimōteron to de thorybōdes ou pheugontos, kai toutous arista katēllaxen allēlois kai synekerasen askētēria 19) kai mona-stēria deimamenos men, hou porrō de tōn koinōnikōn kai migadōn, oude, hōsper teichiǭ tini mesǭ, tauta dialabōn kai apʼ allēlōn (Ill) chōrisas, alla plēsion synapsas kai di izeuxas hina mēte to philosophon akoinōnēton hę̄, mēte to praktikon aphiLosophoth hōsper de gē kai thalassa, ta parʼ heautōn allēlois antididontes, heis mian doxan Theou syntrechōsi, XGʼ. Ti eti ? Kalon philanthrōpia, kai ptōchotrophia, kai to tēs anthrōpinēs astheneias boēthēma, Mikron apo tēs poleōs proelthe, kai theasai tēn kainēn polin, to tēs heusebeias tameion, to koinon tōn hechontōn thēsaurisma, heis ho ta peritta tou ploutou, ēdē de kai ta anankaia tais ekeinou parainesesin apotithetai, sētas aposeiomena, kai kleptas ouk euphrainonta, kai phthonou palēn, kai kairou phthoran oiapheugonta in nosos philosopheitai, kai symphora mskarizetai, kai to sympathes dokimazetai. Ti moi pros touto to ergon, heptapyloi Thēbai, kai Aigiptiii, kai teichē Babylōnia, kai Mausolou Karikos taphos, kai [luramides, kai Kolossou chalkos ametros, ē naōn megethē, kai kallē tōn mēketi ontōn, alla te hosa thaumazousin anthrōpoi, kai historiais didoasin; ōn ouden sous higeirantas, plēn doxēs oligēs ōnēsen? Emoi de thaumasiōtaton, hē syntomos tēs sōtērias hodos, ē rhąstē pros ourandn anabasis, Ouk eti prokeitai tois oǭthalmots hēmōn theama deinon kai eleeinon, anthrōpoi nekroi pro thanltou, kai teteleutēkotes tois pleistois tou sōmatos melesin, apelaunomenoi poleōn, oikiōn, agorōn, iidatōn, autōn tōn philtatōn, onomasi mallon, ē sōmasi gnōrizomenoi hoidi protithentai synodois te kai syllogois kata syzygian te kai synaulian, mēketʼ elioumenoi dia tēn noson, alla misoumenoi sophistai melōn ileeinōy, ei tisi kai phōnē leipetai. Ti han hapanta mth) eptragǭdoiēn ta hēmetera, ouk aokountos tou logou tǭ nihl? Allʼ ekeinos ge malista pantōn epeisen, anthrōpyss ontas, anthrōpōn mē kataphronein, mēdʼ atimazein Christon tēn mian pantōn kephalēn dia tēs heis ekeinous apanthrōpias all en tais allotriais symphorais, ta dikaia eu tithesthai, kai daneizein (XI) Theǭ ten eleon, eleou chrę̄zontas, Dia touto, oude tois cheilesin influe timąn tēn noson, ho eugenēs te kai tōn eu gegonotōn, kai tēn doxan hyperlampros, allʼ hōs adelphous ēspazito, ouk hoper an tis hypolaboi kenodoxiiē, (tis tosouton apeiche tou pathous ?) halla to prosienai tois sōmasin ipi therapeią dia tēs heautou philosophias ttpōn, kai phthengomenē kai siōpōsa parainesis. Kai houch hē min polis houtōs, hē chōra de kai ta ektos, heterōs ; alla koinon hapasin agōna prouthēke tois tǭ laǭ proestōsi, tēn heis autous philanthrōpian, kai megalopsdchian. Kai allōn min hoi opsopoioi, kai hai liparai trapezai, kai ta mageirōn manganeumata kai kompseumata, kai ol philokaloi diphroi, kai tēs esthētos hosē malakē te kai perirrheousa Basileiou de, hoi nosountes, kai ta tōn traumatōn

he made everything the Spirit's; and, knowing how to revere friendship, he dishonoured it here alone, where God had to be preferred to it, and the things hoped for had to count for more than the things that pass away. [60] … sets the Theban free. For his aim was to be, not to seem, the best. Nor did he live in a tub in the middle of the marketplace, so as to revel in publicity and make his want a new kind of wealth; but he was poor and unkempt without ostentation, and, content to have thrown away all that he once had, he sailed lightly over the sea of life. [61] Admirable are self-control and frugality, not being mastered by pleasures nor led by the belly as by a harsh and servile mistress. Who was so much without food, or, it is not much to say, so nearly without flesh? Fullness and satiety he threw away to the more irrational, and to those whose life is servile and bent down to the ground. He thought nothing great of the things that become of equal value once past the throat, but lived on necessities only as long as he could, and knew only one luxury, not to appear to indulge in luxury, nor to need more on its account; but to look to the lilies and the birds, whose beauty is without art and whose food is improvised, according to the great exhortation of my Christ, who became poor in the flesh for us, that we might become rich in his Godhead. Hence his one tunic and his worn cloak, his sleeping on the ground, his vigils, his not bathing, these were his boasts; and his sweetest dinner and relish was bread and salt, a new delicacy, and a sober and abundant drink, which springs supply to those who do no labour. From these, or with these, came the care of the sick and the healings, our common philosophy; for I had to share equally in the hardships … [62] Great are virginity and celibacy, and being ranked with the angels and with the single nature; for I hesitate to say with Christ, who, wishing to be born for us who are born, is born of a virgin, legislating virginity, as leading away from here, cutting the world short, or rather sending the present on to the future. Who, then, honoured virginity more than he, or gave law to the flesh, not only by his own example but also by his efforts? Whose are the convents and the written rules, by which he chastened every sense, ordered every limb, and persuaded men truly to live as virgins, turning their beauty inward, from the visible to the unseen, withering the outward and withdrawing the fuel from the flame, and showing the hidden beauty to God, who alone is the Bridegroom of pure souls, and who brings in with him the wakeful souls, if they meet him with bright lamps and an abundant supply of oil? Since the solitary life and the communal life were often at war and at odds with each other, and neither had good or bad wholly unmixed, the one more quiet and settled and joined to God, but not free from pride, because its virtue was untested and without comparison, the other more practical and useful, but not escaping turbulence, he reconciled and blended these most excellently, building hermitages and monasteries not far from the communal and mixed life, nor dividing them by a wall between, but joining them closely while keeping them distinct, so that neither the contemplative might be unsociable nor the active without philosophy; but that, like land and sea exchanging their goods, they might concur in the one glory of God. [63] What more? Love for man is a fine thing, and feeding the poor, and helping human weakness. Go out a little from the city, and behold the new city, the storehouse of piety, the common treasury of the rich, in which the superfluities of wealth, and even necessities, are laid up at his exhortation, shaking off the moths, giving no joy to thieves, and escaping the wrestling of envy and the decay of time; where disease is borne with philosophy, misfortune is called blessed, and compassion is put to the test. What to me, compared with this work, are seven-gated Thebes and Egyptian Thebes, the walls of Babylon, the Carian tomb of Mausolus, the pyramids, the immeasurable bronze of the Colossus, the size and beauty of temples that no longer exist, and all the other things that men admire and record in their histories, none of which profited their builders except for a little glory? To me the most wonderful is the short road to salvation, the easiest ascent to heaven. There is no longer before our eyes that terrible and pitiable sight of men dead before death, dead in most of the members of their body, driven from cities, houses, marketplaces, water, and their very dearest, known by their names rather than their bodies; no longer are they set out before assemblies and gatherings in pairs and companies, no longer pitied for their disease but hated, composers of pitiable songs, if any have a voice left. Why should I tell in tragic style all our sufferings, when speech is not equal to the misery? But he above all persuaded those who are men not to despise men, nor dishonour Christ, the one head of all, by inhumanity towards them; but in the misfortunes of others to set their own affairs well, and to lend mercy to God, since they themselves need mercy. Therefore he did not disdain to honour the disease even with his lips, though noble, of noble birth and of most brilliant reputation, but greeted them as brothers, not, as one might suppose, from vainglory (who was further from that feeling?), but by his philosophy setting the example of approaching their bodies to care for them, an exhortation both speaking and silent. And it was not so in the city and otherwise in the country and beyond, but he set before all who preside over the people a common contest: love and generosity towards them. Others have their cooks, their rich tables, the tricks and refinements of chefs, their elegant carriages, their soft and flowing clothing; but Basil's are the sick, and the dressings of wounds …

43.58PG 36:580d–600a

καὶ εἱ Χριστοῦ μίμησις, οὗ λόγῳ μὶν, ῐργῳδὲ λέπραν καθαίροντος, EA'. Πρὸς ταῦτα, τί φήσουσιν ἡμτν el τὸν τῦφον ἐγκαλοῦντες ἐκείνῳ καὶ τήν ὀφρὺν, οι πικροὶ τῶν τηλικούτων κριταὶ. καὶ τῷ κανόνι τους οὗ κανόνας προσάγοντες, ’Ἔστι λεπροὺς μὲν ἀσπάζεσθαι, καὶ μέχρι τούτου συνταπεινοῦσθαι, τῶν δὲ ὑγιαινότο τιον κατοφρυᾶσθαι; Καὶ τήκειν μὲν τὰς σάρκας … *τὰ παλαιὰ, ὅσα τινες τοις θείοις λογίοις ὲνίδρωσαν · βοᾶται τὰ νέα, καὶ οὗτος ἄριστος ἡμῖν ὲν λόγοις, ὃς ἂν τὰ ἐκείνου μάλιστα τυγχάνῃ γινώσκων, καὶ διὰ γλώσσης φέρων, καὶ συνετίζων τὰς ἁκοάςʼ ἢρκεσε γάρ εἷς ἀντὶ πάντων τοῖς σπουδαιοτέροις εἰς παίδευσιν. EZ'. Ἐγὼ τοῦτο μόνον αὑτοῦ διηγήσομαιο Ὅταν τὴν Ἑξαήμερσν αὑτοῦ μεταχειρίζωμαι, καὶ διὰ γλώσσης φέρω, μετὰ τοῦ κτίστου γίνομαι, καὶ γινώσκω κτίσεως λόγους, κα) θαυμάζω τὸν κτίστην πλέον ἢ πρότερον, ὕψει μόνῃ διδασκάλῳ χρώμενος. Ὅταν τοῖς ἀπιρρητικοῖς ἐντύχω λόγοις, τὸ Σοδομιο στικὸν ὁρῶ πῦρ, ᾧ τεφροῦνται γλῶσσαι πονηραὶ καὶ παράνομοι, ἢ τὸν Χαλάνης πύργον, κακῶς μὲν οἰκοδομούμενον, καλῶς δὲ λυόμενον. ’Ὅταν τοῖς περὶ Πνεύματος, εὑρίσκω Θεὸν, ὃν ἔχω, καὶ παρρησιάζομαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἐπιβατεύων τῆς ἐκείνου θεολογίας καὶ θεωρίας. Ὅταν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐξηγήσεσιν, ἃς τοῖς μικρὰ βλέπουσιν ἀναπτύσσει, τρισσῶς ἐν ταῖς στερραῖς ἑαυτοῦ πλαῇ τῆς καρδίας ἀπογραψάμενος, πείθομαι μὴ μέχρι τοῦ γράμματος ἵστα·σθαι, μηδὲ βλέπειν τὰ ἄνω μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περαιτέρω διαβαίνειν, καὶ είς βάθος ἔτι χωρεῖν ὲκ βάθους, ἄβυσσον ἅβύσσῳ προσκαλούμενος, καὶ φωτὶ φῶς εὑρίσκων, μέχρις ἂν φθάσω πρὸς τὸ ἀκρότατον. Ὅταν ἀθλητῶν ἐγκωμίοις προσομιλήσω, περιφρονῶ τὸ σῶμα, καὶ σύνειμι τοῖς ἐπαινουμένοις, καὶ πρὸς ἄθλησιν διεγείρομαι. Ὅταν ἠθικοῖς-λόγοις xal. πρακτικοῖς, καθαίρομαι ψυχὴν κα) σῶμα, καὶ ναὸς Θεοῦ γίνομαι δεκτικὸς, κοιλ ὄργανον κρουόμενον Πνεύματι, καὶ θείας ὑμνῳδὸν δόξης τε καὶ δυνάμεως· τούτῳ μεθαρμόζομαι, καὶ ρυθμίζομαι, καὶ ἄλλος ἐξ ἄλλου γίνομαι, τὴν θείαν ἀλλοίωσιν άλλοιούμενος. EH'. Ἐπεὶ δὲ θεολογίας ἐμνήσθην, καὶ τῆς περὶ τοῦτο τοῦ ἀνδρὸς μάλιστα μεγαλοφωνίας, ἔτι κάκεῖνο προσθήσω τοῖς εἰρημένοις. Χρησιμὼτατον γὰρ τοῖς πολλοῖς, τοῦ μὴ βλάπτεσθαι, τὴν χείρω περὶ αὑτοῦ δόξαν ἔχοντας. Πρὸς δὲ τοὺς κακούργους ὁ λόγος, οἳ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν κακοῖς βοηθοῦσιν, ἐξ ῶν ἄλλοις ἐπηρεάζουσιν. Ἐκεῖνος γὰρ, ἕνεκα τοῦ ὀρθού λόγου καί τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἁγίαν Τριάδα συναφείας καὶ συνθεῖας, ἢ οὑκ οἷδʼ ὃ τι κυριώτερον χρὴ εἰπεῖν καὶ σαφέστερον, μὴ ὅτι θρόνων ἐκπεσεῖν, οἷς οὑδὲ … 59’. Ἐπεὶ ὅτι γε παντὸς μᾶλλον ᾔδει τὸ Πνεῦμα λ Θεὺν, δῆλον μὲν ἐξ ὧν καὶ δημοσίᾳ τοῦτο πολλάκις ἐκήρυξεν, ετ ποτε καιρὸς ἦν, καὶ ἰδίᾳ τοῖς ἐρωτῶσι προθύμως ἅνωμολόγησεο σαφέστερον δὲ πεποίηκεν ἒν τοῖς πρὸς ἐμὲ λόγοις, πρὸς ὃν οὐδὲν ἀπόρρητον ἦν αὐτῷ περὶ τούτων κοινολογουμένῳʼ μηδὲ ἁπλῶς τοῦτο ἀποφηνάμενος, ἀλλʼ ὃ μηδέπω πρότερον πολλά κις πεποίηκεν, ἐπαρασάμενος ἑαυτῷ τὸ φρικωδέστατον, αὑτοῦ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐκπεσεῖν. εί μὴ σέβοι τὸ Πνεῦμα μετὰ Πατρὸς καὶ Υίοῦ tG'l), ὡς ὁμοούσιον καὶ ὁμότιμον. Εἰ δέ μέ τις δέξαιτο κοινωνὸν ἐκείνου κάν τοῖς τοιούτοις, ἐξαγορεύσω τι καὶ τῶν τοῖς πολὶοῖς τέως ἀγνοουμένωνο ὅτι τοῦ καιροῦ στενοχωροῦντος ἡμᾶς, ἐαυτῷ μὲν τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐπέτρεψεν, ἡμῖν δὲ τὴν παρρησίαν, οὓς οὐδεὶς ἔμελλε κρίνειν, οῦδὲ ἀποβάλλειν τῆς πατρίδος, ἀφανείᾳ τετιμημένους, ὡς ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἰσχυρὸν εἶναι τὸ καθʼ ἡμᾶς Εὐαγγέλιον. Kal. ταῦτα διῆλθον, οὑχ ἴνα τῆς ἐκείνου δόξης ύπεραπολογήσωμαι (κρείττων γὰρ τῶν ἐγκαλούντων, εἴπερ τινες εἰσιν, ὁ ἀνὴρ), ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ τοῦτον ὅρον τῆς εὐσεβείας νομίζοντες, τὰς ὲν τοῖς γράμμασι μόνας τοῦ ἀνδρὸς εὑρισκομένας φωνὰς, ἀσθενεστέραν τὴν πίστιν ἔχωσι, καὶ ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ἑαυτῶν κακουργίας, τὴν ἐκείνου θεολογίαν, ἣν ὃ καιρὸς ἐποίει μετὰ τοῦ Πνεῦματοςʼ ἀλλὰ τὸν τῶν γεγραμμένων νοῦν δοκιμάζοντες, καὶ τὸν σκοπὸν ἀφʼ οῦ ταῦτα ἐγράφετο, μᾶλλον τῇ τε ἀληθείᾳ προσάγωνται, καὶ τοὺς ἀσεβοῦντας ὲπιστομίζωσιν. Ἔμοιγʼ οὖν εἴη, καὶ ὅστις ἐμοὶ φίλος, ἡ ἐκείνου θεολογία. Καὶ τοσοῦτον θαρρῶ τῇ περὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς καθαρότητι, ὥστε καί τοῦτο κοινοποιοῦμαι πρὸς ἅπασι ’ κάκείνῳ μὲν τὰ ἐμὰ, ἐμοὶ δὲ τὰ ἐκείνου λογίζοιτο παρά τε Θεῷ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῖς εὐγνωμονεστέροις. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοὺς εὐαγγελιστὰς φαίημεν ἂν ὑπεναντία ποιεῖν ἀλλήλοις, ὅτι οἱ μὲν τῷ σαρκικῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ πλέον ὲνησχολήθησαν, οἱ δὲ τῇ θεολογίᾳ προσέβησαν· καὶ οἱ μὲν ὲκ τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς, οἱ δὲ ἐκ τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἀρχήν· οὕτω τὶ κήρυγμα διελόμενοι πρὸς τὸ χρήσιμον οἶμαι τοῖς δεχομένοις, καὶ οὕτω παρὰ τοῦ ὲν αὐτοῖς τυπούμενοι Πνεύ ματος. λέχρις αἳματος, παρʼ ἐκείνοις τὰ ἡμέτερα κάντεῦθεν τὸν ἄνδρα γνωρίσωμεν. θεωρίσαντες, Ἀδὰμ. ἠξιώθη Θεοῦ χειρὸς, καὶ παραδείσουὴτρυφῆς, καὶ πρώτης νομοθεσίας ἀλλʼ, εἰ μή τι λέγω βλάσφηο μον αἰδοῖ τοῦ προπάτορος, τὴν ἐντολὴν 0347.339611ξεν ὁ δὲ, καὶ ἐδέξατο ταύτην, καὶ διεσώσατο, καὶ τῷ Ξύλῳ τῆς γνώσεως οὒκ ἐβλάβη, καὶ τὴνςρλογίνην ῥομφαίαν παρελθὼν, εὖ οῖδα, του παραδείσου τετύχηκεν, Ἐνὼς ἤλπισε πρῶτος ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸν Κύριον · ὁ δὲ, καὶ ἐπικέκληται, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐκήρυξεν, ὅ τοῦ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι πολὺ τιμιώτερον. Ἑνὼχ αετετέθη μικρᾶς εὖσεβείας (ἔτι γὰρ ἐν σκιαῖς ἦν ὴ πίστις) ἆθλον εὑράμενος την μετάθεσιδ, καὶ τοῦ ἑξῆς βίου τὸν γίνδυνον διαπέφευγε τοῦ δὲ, ὅλος 5 βίος μετάθεσις ἦν, τελείως ἐν βίῳ τελείῳ δοκιμασθέντος. Νῶε κιβὼτον ἐπιστεύθη, καὶ κόσμου δευεέρου σπέρματα ξύλῳ μικρῷ πιστευθέντα, καὶ καθʼ 53:1th σωζόμενα ὁ δὲ κατακλυσμὸν ἀσεβείας διἔφυγε, καὶ κιβωτὸν σωτηρίας τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πεποίηται πόλιν, κούφως τῶν αἱρετικῶο ὅπερπλέουσάν, ἐξ οὗ ιόσμον ὅλον ἀνεκαλέσατο. ΟΜ. Μέγας ’ὁ Ἀβρααμ, καὶ πατριάρχης, καὶ θύτης καινῆς θυσίας, τὸν ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ δεδωκότι προσαγαγὼν, ἱερεῖον ἕτοιμον, καὶ πρὸς τὴν σφαγὴν ἐπειγόμενον ἀλλʼ οὒδὲ τὸ ἐκείνου μικρὸν, ἑαυτὸν προσήγαγε τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ οὒδὲν ὡς ἰσότιμον ἀντεδόθη, (τί γὰρ καὶ ἦν ς) ὥστε καὶ τελειωθῆναι τὸ καλλιέ ρημα. Ἰσαὰκ ἐπηγγέλθη καὶ πρὸ γενέσεως · ὁ δὲ αὖ·τεπάγγελτος ἦν, καὶ την Ῥεβέκκαν, λέγω δὴ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, οὗ πόρρωθεν, ἀλλʼ ἐγγύθεν ἡγᾶγετο, οὐδὲ διὰ πρεσβείας οἰκετικῆς, ἀλλʼ ἐκ Θεοῦ δοθεῖσαν καὶ πιστευθετσαν · οὐδὲ κατεσοφίσθη περὶ τὴν τῶν τέκνων προτίμησιν, ἀλλʼ ἑκάστῳ τὰ πρὸς ἀξίαν ἀπαραλογίστως ἔνεμε μετὰ τῆς τοῦ Πνεύματος κρίσεως. Ἐπαινῶ τὴν Ἰακὼβ κλίματα, καὶ την στήλην, ἢν ἤλειψε τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν παι λην, ἥτις ποτὲ ἦν ' οἶμαι δὲ τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου μέτρου πρὸς τὸ Θεϊον ὕψος ἀντιπαρέκτασις, καὶ ἀντίθεσις, ὅθεν καὶ ἄγει τὰ σύμβολα τῆς ἡττωμένης γενέσεως. Ἐπαινῶ καὶ τὴν περὶ τὰ θρέμματα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς εὐμηχανίαν καὶ εὐημερίαν, καὶ τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξ αὐτοῦ πατριάρχας, καὶ τὸν τῶν εὐλογιῶν μερισμὸν σὺν οὒκ ἀγεννεῖ προφητείᾳ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀλλʼ ἐπαινῶ καὶ τούτου την οὒκ ὁραθετσαν μόνον, ἀλλά καὶ διαβαθετσαν κλίματα ταῖς κατὰ μέρος εἶς ἀρετὴν ἀια. βάσεσι, καὶ τὴν στήλην, ἢν οὒκ ἤλειψεν, ἀλλʼ ἤγειρε τῷ Θεῷ, τὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν στηλιτεύονσαν, καὶ τὴν πάλην, ἣν οὒκ ἐπάλαισε πρὸς Θεὸν, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ Θεοῦ, τὰ τῶν αἱρετικῶν καταβάλλουσαν, τήν τε ποιμαντικὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, ἐξ ἧς ἐπλούτησε, πλείω τῶν ἀσήμων προβάτων κτησάμενος τὰ ἐπίσημα, τήν τε καλὴν που λυτεκνίαν τῶν κατὰ Θεὸν γεννηθέντων, καὶ τὴν εὔλογίαν, ᾗ πολλοὺς ἔστήριξεν, OB’. Ἰωσὴφ ἐγένετο σιτοδότης, ἀλλʼ Αἰγύπτου μόνης, καὶ οὒ πολλάκις, καὶ σωματικῶς ὃ δὲ πάντων, καὶ ἀεὶ, καὶ πνευματικῶς, ὅπερ ὲμοὶ τῆς σιτοδοσίας ἐκείνης αἱδεσιμώτερον, Μετὰ Ἰὼβ τοῦ Λύσίτοῦ, καὶ πεπείραται, καὶ νενίκηκε, καὶ ἀνηγόρευται λαμπρῶς ἐπὶ τέλει τῶν ἄθλων, μηδενὶ τών τινασσόντων πολλῶν ὄντων κατασεισθεὶς, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ τῷ περιόντι τῶν πειραστὴν καταπαλαίσας, καὶ τῶν φʼλων τὴν ἀλογίαν ἓπιστομίσας, ἀγνοούντων τὸ τοὺ πάθους μυστήριον. Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν ὲν tot; ἱερεῦσιν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ μέγας Μωυσῆς μὲν Αῗγδπτον βασανίσας, λαὸν διασώσας ἐν σημείοις πολλοτς καὶ τέρασι, τῆς νεφέλης εἴσω χωρήσας, νομοθετήσας τὸν διπλοῦν νόμον, τόν τε τοῦ γράμματος ἔξωθεν, καὶ ὅσος ἔνδοθεν τὸν τοῦ Πνεύματος. Ἀαρὼν δὲ Μωυσέως ἀδελφὸς, και τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα, τοῦ λαοῦ προθυόμενος καὶ προσευχόμενος, μ)στης τῆς ἱερᾶς καὶ μεγάλης σκηνῆς, ἢν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, καὶ οὒκ ἄνθρωπος. Τούτων δὲ ἀμφοτέρων ζηλωτὴς ἐκεῖνος, βασανίζων μὲν, οὐ σωματικαῖς μάστιξι, πνευματικαῖς δὲ καὶ λογικαϊς, ἔθνος αἱρετικὸν καὶ Αίγύπτιον ἄγων δὲ λαὸν περιούσιον, ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, πλαξὶ δὲ νόμους ἐγγράφων, οὗ συντριβομέναις, ἀλλὰ σωζομὲναις, οὒκ ἔτι σκιοειδετς, ἀλλʼ ὅλον πνευματικούς ’ εἷς δὲ τὰ ’Ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων, οὐκ ἅπαξ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ, πολλάκις δὲ, καὶ καθʼ ἑκάστην, ὡς εἰπεῖν, εἶσιὼν τὴν ἡμέραν, ὅθεν τὴν ἁγίαν ἡμῖν άνακαλύπτει Τριάὸα, καὶ λαὸν καθαίρων, οὔ προσκαίροις ῥαντίσμασιν, ἀλλʼ ἀϊδίοις άγνίσμασι. Τί τὸ κάλλιστον Ἰησοῦς Στρατηγία, καὶ κληροδοσία, καὶ γῆς τῆς ἁγίας κατάσχεσις ὃ δὲ, οὒκ ἔξαρχος ; οὗ στρατηγὸς τῶν διὰ πίστεως σωζομένωνς οὗ κληροδότης τῶν διαφόρω-,ι παρὰ Θεῷ κλήρων καὶ μονῶν, ἃς διανέμει τοὶς ἀγομένοις; ὥστε κάκείνην δύνασθαι την φωνὴν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι Σχοινέα ὶπὲπεσόν μοι ἰν τοῖς κρατίστοις καὶ, ἓν ταῖς χερσί σου οἱ ιλῆροι μου κλῆροι τῶν χαμαὶ ίρχομίνων, καὶ ἀρταξαμένων πολλῷ τιμιώτεροι. οΓ. Καὶ, ’ίνα τοὺς κριτὰς παραδράμωμεν, ἢ τῶν ιριτῶν τοὺς εὖδοκιμοτάτους, Σαμουὴλ, ἓν τοῖς ιπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα αὑτοῦ, καὶ Θεῷ δοτὸς πρὸ γενέσεως, καὶ μετὰ τὴν γέννησιν εὒθὺς ἱεὣς, καὶ χρίων βασιλέας καὶ ἰερὲας διὰ τοῦ κέρατος. )ὗτος δὲ, οὐκ ἐκ βρέφους θεῷ καθιερωμένος ἀπὸ μήερας, καὶ μετὰ τῆς διπλοΐδος ἒπιδεδομένος τῷ Ξήματι, καὶ βλέπων τὰ ἂπουράνια, καὶ χριστὸς Ku- ›ίο› ἧν, καὶ χρίστης τῶν τελειουμένων εκ Πνεύιατος ς Δαβὶδ ἰν βασιλεῦσιν ἀοίδιμος, οὗ πολλαὶ μὶν στοροῦνται κατὰ τῶν ὲχθρῶν νίκαι καὶ τρόπαια, ἦ τραότης δὲ τὸ ἐπισημότατον, καὶ πρὸ τῆς βασιλείας ἡ τῆς κινύρας δύναμις, καὶ πονηροῦ πνεύματος κατεπᾴδουσα, Σολομὼν πλάτος καρδίας ᾐτήσατο παρὰ Θεοῦ, καὶ τετύχηκεν, hri πλεῖστον προελθὼν σοφίας καὶ θεωρίας, ὥστε γενέσθαι τῷν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἁπάντων εὐδοκιμώτατος. Ὀ δὲ, τοῦ μὲν τῷ πράῳ, τοῦ δὲ τῇ σοφίᾳ, κατὰ τὸν ἔμδν λόγον, οῦδὲ ἢ μιν.ρῴ λεί.. πεται ὥστε καὶ βασιλέων θράσος δαιμονούντων καταμαλάσσειν καὶ μὴ βασίλισσαν νότου μόνον, ἢ τὸν δεῖνα, κατᾶ κλέος τῆς αὐτοῦ σοφίας ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀπαντᾷν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς πέρασι τὴν ἰκείνοδ σοφίαν γνωρίζεσθαι. Καὶτᾶ ἑξῆς παρήσω τοῦ Σολομῶντος· πάσι δὲ δῆλα, κάν ἡμεῖς 0A.. Ἐπαινετς Ἠλίου τὴν πρὸς τοὺς τυράννους παῤῥησίαν, καὶ τὴν διὰ πυρὸς ἁρπαγήν, Ἐλισσαίου τε τὴν καλὴν κληρονομίαν, τὴν μελωτήν, τὸ Ἠλίου πνεῦμα συνηκολούθησενς Ἐπαίνει κάκείνου τὴν ἐν πυρὶ ζωὴν, τῷ πλήθει λέγω τῶν πειρασμῶν, καὶ τὴν διὰ πυρὸς σωτηρίαν, καίοντος μὲν, οὗ κατακαίοντος δί, τὸ περὶ τὴν βάτον θαῦμα, καίτὸ καλὸν ἐξ ὕψους δέρος, τὴν ἀσαρκίαν, Ἐὦ τᾶλλα, τοὺς δροσισθέντας ἒν πυρὶ νεανίας τὸν ἐν γαστρὶ inv/.102): εὐξάμενον προφήτην φυγάδα καὶ, ὡς ἀπὸ θαλάμου, τοῦ θηρὸς προελθόντα τὸν ἐν λάκκῳ δίκαιον, λεόντων θράσος πεδήσαντα ἢ τὴν τῶν ιπτὰ Μακκαβαίων ἄθλησιν, σὺν ἱερεῖ καὶ μητρὶ τελειωθέντων ἐν αἵματι, καὶ παντοίοις βασάνων εἴδεσιν. Ὠν ἐκεῖνος ζηλώσας τὴν καρτερίαν, καὶ την δόξαν ὴνὶγκατο, OE'. Ἐπὶ δὲ τὴν Νέαν μέτειμι Διαθήκτ,ν, κοὶ τοῖς ἐνταῦθα εὗδοκίμοις τὰ ἐκείνου παρεξετάςας, τιμήο σω τὸν μαθητὴν εκ τῶν διδασκάλων. πρόδρομος; Ἰωάννης, ὥς φωνὴ Λόγου, καὶ ὡς λύχνος ΦΙωτδς, οὗ ’καὶ προεσκὶρτησεν ἒν γαστρὶ, καὶ προέδραμεν είς ᾅδου, διδί τῆς Ἠρώδου μανίας παραπεμφθεὶς, ἵνα κηρύξῃ κάκεῖ τὸν ἐρχόμενον. Καί εἴ τῷ φαίνεται τολμηρός λόγος, ἐκεῖνο προεξεταζὲτωιω) τοῖς λεγομένοις, ὅτι-μὴ προτιθεὶς, μηδὲ εἷς ἴσον μετάγων. 1 Ο)’τὸν ἄνδρα τῷ ἰν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν ὑπὲρ ἃπαντας, ’ταύτην ποιοῦμαι τὴν παρεξὲτασιν ἀλλὰ ζηλωτὴν ἀποφαίνων, καί τι τοῦ χαρακτῆρος εκείνου έν ἑαυτῷ φέροντα. Οὐ γὰρ μικρὸν τοῖς σπουδαίοις, καὶ μικρᾶ (ίιὺ τῶν μεγίστωοί ἡ ’ μίμησις. 1II γὰρ οὒκ ἰναργὴς τῆς ἐκείνου φιλοσοφίας εἰκὼν ὁ fixi-dp; Καὶ οὗτὸς ἔρημον ᾤκησε- καὶ τούτῳ τρόχινον ἰσθημα ἐἶχον αἱ νύκτες, ἀγνοούμενον, οὒκ ὶπιδεικνύμενον καῖ-οὗτος τὴν ἴσην τροφὴν ἠγάπησε, Θεῷ κα- serto θαίρων ὶαυτὸν διὰ τῆς ἐγκρατείας καὶ οὗτος Χριστοῦ κῆῥυξ ἠξιώθη γενέσθαι, εί καὶ μὴ πρόδρομος καὶ ἱξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν, οὐχ ἦ περίχωρος πᾶσα μόνον, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ ἡ ὑπερόριος ο uti οὗτος μέσος τῶν δύο Διαθηκῶν, τὴν μὶν καταλύων τὸ γράμμα, τῆς δὲ δημοσιεύων τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ποιῶν πλήρωσιν τοῦ κρυπτομένου νόμου, τὴν τοῦ φαινομένου κατά- λυσιν. υσιν. ou; εἷς εὐδοξίιν- επενοήθη. Οῐον ὠχρότητα ,, τηρ-- μυ, -,.-....,-.,, νιν....ὓ νυ...- έγω, καὶ γενειάδα, καὶ βαδίσματος ἦθος, Ιιῑεεὶ τὸ ..,ν η-τ--ι ---ο- ι--ν-Ἶ--σνν -ινννι σθʼ-δ ’ν τερὶ λόγον μὴ πρόχειρον, σέννουν τε, ὡς τὰ πολλὰ, αἱ εἴσω συννενευκός ' ὃ τοῖς πολλοῖς μὴ καλόιέ 1,.- - --η..-μηνη.,...ιιι-,ς ηλωθὲν, μηδέ νοηθὲν, σκυβρωπότης Ρέγένετο, .... κ --,, τ---ν --η--ι, qua". Ετι δὲ εἶδος ἐσθῆτος, καὶ σκὶμιποδος σχῆμα, καὶ ----,-,,, η... -.νμηυννς..λημιη,ειμι ρόπος βρώσεως, ὦν οὐδὲν ἐκείνῳ διὰ σπουδῆς ἦν, η - ir’ ""9 ‘-' "'"' "‘""‘.' νʼ* "WVWW Ἰν, λλʼ ἁπλῶς ἔχον, καὶ συμπῖπτον ὡς ἔτυχε. Καὶ γ ν v _.’ νν-Ι ννΓυσ-ισυυνν1 VII‘ ‘UVI_‘. ιλιι ολλοὺς ἂν *ἴδοις Βασιλείους ἄχρι κτοῦ ὁρωμένου, τοὺς , ἡ.---, ---ω-.--ς...,νυ ν σινυν περς ν ταῖς σκιαῖς ἀνδριάντϊς ο πολὺγυῖὰρ sixth, -. ι-- --- -_.-_, ην..- υηπ, τι καὶ τὸ τῆς ἠχοέῑς ὑσζερόφωνον. ἘκείέηὛμὲν γὰρ, μ.. -, --ν "-— ν -υ-νο..ιη-ιη. νην μιν, καὶ τὰ τελευταῖαι* τῆς quivi?“ ἀλλʼ οὖν ἐναργέστεκρηω-- -.η τ-,.,,,....,. ν... ιναγῐῠυδι“ ιν ὑποκρίνεται οἱ δὲ πλεῖον ἀπέχουσι τοῦ ἁδρὸς, ι -- ν- συν-νυν -"'/_"" ’νυ “NF”: ὅσον πλησιάζειν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν, Ἐκεῖνο δέ οὐκ ἔτι , _. -.-νη -- η.. ν.. ικρὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέγιστον εἷς φιλοτιμίαν εἰκότως, ι, η..- Γ.-,.-.ν...η γυινιιμιιιν ειη-νεὼς, ι τυχεῖν ἐκείνῳ ποτὲ πληοιάσαντςις, ἢ θεραπεύσειν- Α. ί-ίτ -ν-ν- ’πʼ-ε-σ-νυτνοῒ, 'l νιισ-ιιιυδιν- ις, ἥ τι κατὰ παιδιὰν ἢ σπουδήν εἰρημένον ἦ πεsa'ypcvov, φέρειν ἀπομνημόνευμα ὲ24)ῐʼ·η“ἇʼ›σττερ οὖν .. ι ι ι ί-ητ-ντιπ-ν--τ- ι-τι “Mr νυ* εγὼ πολλάκις οἴδα καλλωπισάμενος ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ ι _ _---...."----_,.._--. -..υ η-...ι ἱρεργα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, τῶν πονουμένων ἑτέροις πολὺ ι | I I ', i— μιώτερα καὶ περιφανέστερα. ΟΗʼ, Ἐπεὶ δέ τὸν δρόμον τελέσαις, καὶ τήν πίστιν ΓΤ-. ---πη η.....,....ηπ ιρήσας, ἐπόθει τὴν ἀνάλυσινʼκαὶ ὁτῶν στε- ..,. - ι-ν, ηπ- - -..ν -.-- ὶνων ἐνειστήκει καιρὸς, κάκεῖνο μὲν οὔκ fimo," ο ι ηε,κ,.-τ, --ν-η-.-- Γ-. νση πνουν-σιν ‘ ς τὸ ὅρος ἀνάβηθι, καὶ τελεύτχ τελεύτα δὲ, \ 9 Ι Δ ι - ν Li ἀνάβαινε πρὸς ἡμᾶς ' θιυματουργεῖ τι κᾶνταῡθέ ,,|_-, -.Γ-..ν ---Γ-...νομιερι ει Ακνιιυυι ἓν προειρημένων οὐκ ἔλαττον. Νεκρὸς γὰρ ὢν ἤδη ι ι,ι γ vv" '~--""0 H'"IIV\ ων11 εεδὸν, καὶ ἄπνους, καὶ τὸ τοῦ βίου πλεῖστον κειταν 1 μ HV, η... --.-.ι Γηνν "natuva causa- λοιπὼς, εʼὂτονώτερος γίνεται περὶ τοὺς ἔξιτηρέους η κ... - »ν λόγων τοὶς τῖξς εὒπεείξς manus“ νρή- ,,η ο ---..-.η ιιι, suumn-aug υυναῑιιηυςδ ρη- ισι, καὶ χειροτονίαις τῶν γνησιωτὰτων αὐτοῦ θερι- 1 h_-r-.-.._.‘ υνυν Ιημνιυυιυιιων Ἁυιυυ lei- υτῶν, τὴν χεῖρα δίδωσι καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα ' ὥστε μὴ , --,.,κʼ-τ.. -.-μιν σε.....υ “nupta ωσ-τε μη μιωθῆναι τὸ βῆμα (ἓὸ) τοὺς ἐκείνου μαθητὰς, καὶ ι ν-...η-η. μω],νος suum; μιυητεις, Iul ς ἱερωσύνης συλλήπτορας. Τοῖς δὲ ἑξῆς ὀκνεῖ μὲν ,,,, την. --., ν- -..μ νη.-. μου οσελθεῖν ὁ λόγος, προσβήσεται δὲ ὅμως, εἰ , --η-η- ν..-Ιν,,..ρυυνιιυιειιι χιι) οε υμως, ιι ἰ ἄλλοις μᾶλλον ἡμῶν πρέπων ὂ λόγος. Οὔ γὰρ ἔχω ν ι -η-ννν σοι-συιυων ν ηυῐυιιμ U'J γαρ ιχω Κοσοφεῖν ἐν τῷ πάθει, καὶ εἰ σφόδρα φιλοσοσξεῖν ,ην -. ur “ww.” παι ιι υγυυγα φιΛυσοῨειν xcutiam, τῆς κοινῆς μεμνημένος ζημίας, καὶ τοῦ γ. μιν "mn r'r‘"|t"""‘ εασχόντος πάθους τὴν οἰκουμένην.

kai hei Christou mimēsis, hou logǭ min, irgǭde lepran kathairontos, EA'. Pros tauta, ti phēsousin hēmtn el ton typhon enkalountes ekeinǭ kai tēn ophryn, oi pikroi tōn tēlikoutōn kritai. kai tǭ kanoni tous hou kanonas prosagontes, ’Esti leprous men aspazesthai, kai mechri toutou syntapeinousthai, tōn de hygiainoto tion katophryasthai? Kai tēkein men tas sarkas … *ta palaia, hosa tines tois theiois logiois enidrōsan ; boatai ta nea, kai houtos aristos hēmin en logois, hos an ta ekeinou malista tynchanę̄ ginōskōn, kai dia glōssēs pherōn, kai synetizōn tas hakoasʼ ērkese gar heis anti pantōn tois spoudaioterois eis paideusin. EZ'. Egō touto monon hautou diēgēsomaio Hotan tēn Hexaēmersn hautou metacheirizōmai, kai dia glōssēs pherō, meta tou ktistou ginomai, kai ginōskō ktiseōs logous, ka) thaumazō ton ktistēn pleon ē proteron, hypsei monę̄ didaskalǭ chrōmenos. Hotan tois apirrētikois entychō logois, to Sodomio stikon horō pyr, hǭ tephrountai glōssai ponērai kai paranomoi, ē ton Chalanēs pyrgon, kakōs men oikodomoumenon, kalōs de lyomenon. ’Hotan tois peri Pneumatos, heuriskō Theon, hon echō, kai parrēsiazomai tēn alētheian, epibateuōn tēs ekeinou theologias kai theōrias. Hotan tais allais exēgēsesin, has tois mikra blepousin anaptyssei, trissōs en tais sterrais heautou plaę̄ tēs kardias apograpsamenos, peithomai mē mechri tou grammatos hista;sthai, mēde blepein ta anō monon, alla kai peraiterō diabainein, kai eis bathos eti chōrein ek bathous, abysson habyssǭ proskaloumenos, kai phōti phōs heuriskōn, mechris an phthasō pros to akrotaton. Hotan athlētōn enkōmiois prosomilēsō, periphronō to sōma, kai syneimi tois epainoumenois, kai pros athlēsin diegeiromai. Hotan ēthikois-logois xal. praktikois, kathairomai psychēn ka) sōma, kai naos Theou ginomai dektikos, koil organon krouomenon Pneumati, kai theias hymnǭdon doxēs te kai dynameōs; toutǭ metharmozomai, kai rythmizomai, kai allos ex allou ginomai, tēn theian alloiōsin alloioumenos. EH'. Epei de theologias emnēsthēn, kai tēs peri touto tou andros malista megalophōnias, eti kakeino prosthēsō tois eirēmenois. Chrēsimōtaton gar tois pollois, tou mē blaptesthai, tēn cheirō peri hautou doxan echontas. Pros de tous kakourgous ho logos, hoi tois heautōn kakois boēthousin, ex ōn allois epēreazousin. Ekeinos gar, heneka tou orthou logou kai tēs kata tēn hagian Triada synapheias kai syntheias, ē houk hoidʼ ho ti kyriōteron chrē eipein kai saphesteron, mē hoti thronōn ekpesein, hois houde … 59’. Epei hoti ge pantos mallon ę̄dei to Pneuma l Theun, dēlon men ex hōn kai dēmosią touto pollakis ekēryxen, et pote kairos ēn, kai idią tois erōtōsi prothymōs hanōmologēseo saphesteron de pepoiēken en tois pros eme logois, pros hon ouden aporrēton ēn autǭ peri toutōn koinologoumenǭʼ mēde haplōs touto apophēnamenos, allʼ ho mēdepō proteron polla kis pepoiēken, eparasamenos heautǭ to phrikōdestaton, hautou tou Pneumatos ekpesein. ei mē seboi to Pneuma meta Patros kai Uiou tG'l), hōs homoousion kai homotimon. Ei de me tis dexaito koinōnon ekeinou kan tois toioutois, exagoreusō ti kai tōn tois poliois teōs agnooumenōno hoti tou kairou stenochōrountos hēmas, eautǭ men tēn oikonomian epetrepsen, hēmin de tēn parrēsian, hous oudeis emelle krinein, oude apoballein tēs patridos, aphaneią tetimēmenous, hōs ex amphoterōn ischyron einai to kathʼ hēmas Euangelion. Kal. tauta diēlthon, houch ina tēs ekeinou doxēs yperapologēsōmai (kreittōn gar tōn enkalountōn, eiper tines eisin, ho anēr), allʼ hina mē touton horon tēs eusebeias nomizontes, tas en tois grammasi monas tou andros heuriskomenas phōnas, asthenesteran tēn pistin echōsi, kai apodeixin tēs heautōn kakourgias, tēn ekeinou theologian, hēn ho kairos epoiei meta tou Pneumatosʼ alla ton tōn gegrammenōn noun dokimazontes, kai ton skopon aphʼ ou tauta egrapheto, mallon tę̄ te alētheią prosagōntai, kai tous asebountas epistomizōsin. Emoigʼ oun eiē, kai hostis emoi philos, hē ekeinou theologia. Kai tosouton tharrō tę̄ peri to pragma tou andros katharotēti, hōste kai touto koinopoioumai pros hapasi ’ kakeinǭ men ta ema, emoi de ta ekeinou logizoito para te Theǭ kai tōn anthrōpōn tois eugnōmonesterois. Oude gar tous euangelistas phaiēmen an hypenantia poiein allēlois, hoti hoi men tǭ sarkikǭ tou Christou pleon enēscholēthēsan, hoi de tę̄ theologią prosebēsan; kai hoi men ek tōn kathʼ hēmas, hoi de ek tōn hyper hēmas epoiēsanto tēn archēn; houtō ti kērygma dielomenoi pros to chrēsimon oimai tois dechomenois, kai houtō para tou en autois typoumenoi Pneu matos. lechris haimatos, parʼ ekeinois ta hēmetera kanteuthen ton andra gnōrisōmen. theōrisantes, Adam. ēxiōthē Theou cheiros, kai paradeisouētryphēs, kai prōtēs nomothesias allʼ, ei mē ti legō blasphēo mon aidoi tou propatoros, tēn entolēn 0347.339611xen ho de, kai edexato tautēn, kai diesōsato, kai tǭ Xylǭ tēs gnōseōs ouk eblabē, kai tēnsrloginēn rhomphaian parelthōn, eu oida, tou paradeisou tetychēken, Enōs ēlpise prōtos epikaleisthai ton Kyrion ; ho de, kai epikeklētai, kai tois allois ekēryxen, ho tou epikaleisthai poly timiōteron. Henōch aetetethē mikras eusebeias (eti gar en skiais ēn ē pistis) athlon heuramenos tēn metathesid, kai tou hexēs biou ton gindynon diapepheuge tou de, holos 5 bios metathesis ēn, teleiōs en biǭ teleiǭ dokimasthentos. Nōe kibōton episteuthē, kai kosmou deueerou spermata xylǭ mikrǭ pisteuthenta, kai kathʼ 53:1th sōzomena ho de kataklysmon asebeias diephyge, kai kibōton sōtērias tēn heautou pepoiētai polin, kouphōs tōn hairetikōo hoperpleousan, ex hou iosmon holon anekalesato. OM. Megas ’ho Abraam, kai patriarchēs, kai thytēs kainēs thysias, ton ek tēs epangelias tǭ dedōkoti prosagagōn, hiereion hetoimon, kai pros tēn sphagēn epeigomenon allʼ oude to ekeinou mikron, heauton prosēgage tǭ Theǭ, kai ouden hōs isotimon antedothē, (ti gar kai ēn s) hōste kai teleiōthēnai to kallie rēma. Isaak epēngelthē kai pro geneseōs ; ho de au;tepangeltos ēn, kai tēn Rhebekkan, legō dē tēn Ekklēsian, hou porrōthen, allʼ engythen hēgageto, oude dia presbeias oiketikēs, allʼ ek Theou dotheisan kai pisteuthetsan ; oude katesophisthē peri tēn tōn teknōn protimēsin, allʼ hekastǭ ta pros axian aparalogistōs eneme meta tēs tou Pneumatos kriseōs. Epainō tēn Iakōb klimata, kai tēn stēlēn, ēn ēleipse tǭ Theǭ, kai tēn pros auton pai lēn, hētis pote ēn ' oimai de tou anthrōpeiou metrou pros to Theïon hypsos antiparektasis, kai antithesis, hothen kai agei ta symbola tēs hēttōmenēs geneseōs. Epainō kai tēn peri ta thremmata tou andros eumēchanian kai euēmerian, kai tous dōdeka ex autou patriarchas, kai ton tōn eulogiōn merismon syn ouk agennei prophēteią tou mellontos allʼ epainō kai toutou tēn ouk horathetsan monon, alla kai diabathetsan klimata tais kata meros eis aretēn aia. basesi, kai tēn stēlēn, ēn ouk ēleipsen, allʼ ēgeire tǭ Theǭ, ta tōn asebōn stēliteuonsan, kai tēn palēn, hēn ouk epalaise pros Theon, allʼ hyper Theou, ta tōn hairetikōn kataballousan, tēn te poimantikēn tou andros, ex hēs eploutēse, pleiō tōn asēmōn probatōn ktēsamenos ta episēma, tēn te kalēn pou lyteknian tōn kata Theon gennēthentōn, kai tēn eulogian, hę̄ pollous estērixen, OB’. Iōsēph egeneto sitodotēs, allʼ Aigyptou monēs, kai ou pollakis, kai sōmatikōs ho de pantōn, kai aei, kai pneumatikōs, hoper emoi tēs sitodosias ekeinēs haidesimōteron, Meta Iōb tou Lysitou, kai pepeiratai, kai nenikēke, kai anēgoreutai lamprōs epi telei tōn athlōn, mēdeni tōn tinassontōn pollōn ontōn kataseistheis, alla pollǭ tǭ perionti tōn peirastēn katapalaisas, kai tōn phʼlōn tēn alogian hepistomisas, agnoountōn to tou pathous mystērion. Mōysēs kai Aarōn en tot? hiereusin autou. Kai megas Mōysēs men Aïgdpton basanisas, laon diasōsas en sēmeiois pollots kai terasi, tēs nephelēs eisō chōrēsas, nomothetēsas ton diploun nomon, ton te tou grammatos exōthen, kai hosos endothen ton tou Pneumatos. Aarōn de Mōyseōs adelphos, kai to sōma, kai to pneuma, tou laou prothyomenos kai proseuchomenos, m)stēs tēs hieras kai megalēs skēnēs, ēn epēxen ho Kyrios, kai ouk anthrōpos. Toutōn de amphoterōn zēlōtēs ekeinos, basanizōn men, ou sōmatikais mastixi, pneumatikais de kai logikaïs, ethnos hairetikon kai Aigyption agōn de laon periousion, zēlōtēn kalōn ergōn, epi tēn gēn tēs epangelias, plaxi de nomous engraphōn, hou syntribomenais, alla sōzomenais, ouk eti skioeidets, allʼ holon pneumatikous ’ heis de ta ’Hagia tōn hagiōn, ouk hapax tou eniautou, pollakis de, kai kathʼ hekastēn, hōs eipein, eisiōn tēn hēmeran, hothen tēn hagian hēmin anakalyptei Triaoa, kai laon kathairōn, ou proskairois rhantismasin, allʼ aïdiois agnismasi. Ti to kalliston Iēsous Stratēgia, kai klērodosia, kai gēs tēs hagias kataschesis ho de, ouk exarchos ? hou stratēgos tōn dia pisteōs sōzomenōns hou klērodotēs tōn diaphorō-,i para Theǭ klērōn kai monōn, has dianemei tois agomenois? hōste kakeinēn dynasthai tēn phōnēn eipein, hoti Schoinea ipepeson moi in tois kratistois kai, hen tais chersi sou hoi ilēroi mou klēroi tōn chamai irchominōn, kai artaxamenōn pollǭ timiōteroi. oG. Kai, ’ina tous kritas paradramōmen, ē tōn iritōn tous eudokimotatous, Samouēl, hen tois ipikaloumenois to onoma hautou, kai Theǭ dotos pro geneseōs, kai meta tēn gennēsin euthys hieōs, kai chriōn basileas kai iereas dia tou keratos. )hytos de, ouk ek brephous theǭ kathierōmenos apo mēeras, kai meta tēs diploïdos epidedomenos tǭ Xēmati, kai blepōn ta apourania, kai christos Ku- ›io› hēn, kai christēs tōn teleioumenōn ek Pneuiatos s Dabid in basileusin aoidimos, hou pollai min storountai kata tōn echthrōn nikai kai tropaia, ē traotēs de to episēmotaton, kai pro tēs basileias hē tēs kinyras dynamis, kai ponērou pneumatos katepądousa, Solomōn platos kardias ę̄tēsato para Theou, kai tetychēken, hri pleiston proelthōn sophias kai theōrias, hōste genesthai tǭn kathʼ heauton hapantōn eudokimōtatos. O de, tou men tǭ praǭ, tou de tę̄ sophią, kata ton emdn logon, oude ē min.rǭ lei.. petai hōste kai basileōn thrasos daimonountōn katamalassein kai mē basilissan notou monon, ē ton deina, kata kleos tēs autou sophias ek tōn peratōn tēs gēs apantąn, alla kai pasi tois perasi tēn ikeinod sophian gnōrizesthai. Kaita hexēs parēsō tou Solomōntos; pasi de dēla, kan hēmeis 0A.. Epainets Ēliou tēn pros tous tyrannous parrhēsian, kai tēn dia pyros harpagēn, Elissaiou te tēn kalēn klēronomian, tēn melōtēn, to Ēliou pneuma synēkolouthēsens Epainei kakeinou tēn en pyri zōēn, tǭ plēthei legō tōn peirasmōn, kai tēn dia pyros sōtērian, kaiontos men, hou katakaiontos di, to peri tēn baton thauma, kaito kalon ex hypsous deros, tēn asarkian, Eō talla, tous drosisthentas en pyri neanias ton en gastri inv/.102): euxamenon prophētēn phygada kai, hōs apo thalamou, tou thēros proelthonta ton en lakkǭ dikaion, leontōn thrasos pedēsanta ē tēn tōn ipta Makkabaiōn athlēsin, syn hierei kai mētri teleiōthentōn en haimati, kai pantoiois basanōn eidesin. Ōn ekeinos zēlōsas tēn karterian, kai tēn doxan ēninkato, OE'. Epi de tēn Nean meteimi Diathēkt,n, koi tois entautha heudokimois ta ekeinou parexetasas, timēo sō ton mathētēn ek tōn didaskalōn. prodromos? Iōannēs, hōs phōnē Logou, kai hōs lychnos PhIōtds, hou ’kai proeskirtēsen en gastri, kai proedramen eis hądou, didi tēs Ērōdou manias parapemphtheis, hina kēryxę̄ kakei ton erchomenon. Kai ei tǭ phainetai tolmēros logos, ekeino proexetazetōiō) tois legomenois, hoti-mē protitheis, mēde heis ison metagōn. 1 O)’ton andra tǭ in gennētois gynaikōn hyper hapantas, ’tautēn poioumai tēn parexetasin alla zēlōtēn apophainōn, kai ti tou charaktēros ekeinou en heautǭ pheronta. Ou gar mikron tois spoudaiois, kai mikra (iiy tōn megistōoi hē ’ mimēsis. 1II gar ouk inargēs tēs ekeinou philosophias eikōn ho fixi-dp? Kai houtos erēmon ǭkēse- kai toutǭ trochinon isthēma eichon hai nyktes, agnooumenon, ouk ipideiknymenon kai-houtos tēn isēn trophēn ēgapēse, Theǭ ka- serto thairōn iauton dia tēs enkrateias kai houtos Christou kērhyx ēxiōthē genesthai, ei kai mē prodromos kai hixeporeueto pros auton, ouch ē perichōros pasa monon, allʼ ēdē kai hē hyperorios o uti houtos mesos tōn dyo Diathēkōn, tēn min katalyōn to gramma, tēs de dēmosieuōn to pneuma, kai poiōn plērōsin tou kryptomenou nomou, tēn tou phainomenou kata- lysin. ysin. ou? heis eudoxiin- epenoēthē. Oion ōchrotēta ,, tēr-- my, -,.-....,-.,, nin....hy ny...- egō, kai geneiada, kai badismatos ēthos, Iiieei to ..,n ē-t--i ---o- i--n-I--snn -innni sthʼ-d ’n teri logon mē procheiron, sennoun te, hōs ta polla, hai eisō synneneukos ' ho tois pollois mē kaloie 1,.- - --ē..-mēnē.,...iii-,s ēlōthen, mēde noēthen, skybrōpotēs Regeneto, .... k --,, t---n --ē--i, qua". Eti de eidos esthētos, kai skimipodos schēma, kai ----,-,,, ē... -.nmēunns..lēmiē,eimi ropos brōseōs, ōn ouden ekeinǭ dia spoudēs ēn, ē - ir’ ""9 ‘-' "'"' "‘""‘.' nʼ* "WVWW In, llʼ haplōs echon, kai sympipton hōs etyche. Kai g n v _.’ nn-I nnGys-isyynn1 VII‘ ‘UVI_‘. ilii ollous an *idois Basileious achri ktou horōmenou, tous , hē.---, ---ō-.--s...,ny n sinyn pers n tais skiais andriantïs o polyguiar sixth, -. i-- --- -_.-_, ēn..- yēp, ti kai to tēs ēchoeis hyszerophōnon. EkeieēUmen gar, m.. -, --n "-— n -y-no..iē-iē. nēn min, kai ta teleutaiai* tēs quivi?“ allʼ oun enargestekrēō-- -.ē t-,.,,,....,. n... inagiyydi“ in hypokrinetai hoi de pleion apechousi tou hadros, i -- n- syn-nyn -"'/_"" ’ny “NF”: hoson plēsiazein epithymousin, Ekeino de ouk eti , _. -.-nē -- ē.. n.. ikron, alla kai megiston heis philotimian eikotōs, i, ē..- G.-,.-.n...ē guiniimiiin eiē-neōs, i tychein ekeinǭ pote plēoiasantsis, ē therapeusein- A. i-it -n-n- ’pʼ-e-s-nytnoï, 'l niis-iiiydin- is, hē ti kata paidian ē spoudēn eirēmenon ē pesa'ypcvov, pherein apomnēmoneuma e24)iʼ;ē“haʼ›stter oun .. i i i i-ēt-ntip-n--t- i-ti “Mr ny* egō pollakis oida kallōpisamenos epei kai ta i _ _---...."----_,.._--. -..y ē-...i hirerga tou andros, tōn ponoumenōn heterois poly i | I I ', i— miōtera kai periphanestera. OĒʼ, Epei de ton dromon telesais, kai tēn pistin GT-. ---pē ē.....,....ēp irēsas, epothei tēn analysinʼkai hotōn ste- ..,. - i-n, ēp- - -..n -.-- inōn eneistēkei kairos, kakeino men ouk fimo," o i ēe,k,.-t, --n-ē-.-- G-. nsē pnoun-sin ‘ s to horos anabēthi, kai teleutch teleuta de, \ 9 I D i - n Li anabaine pros hēmas ' thiymatourgei ti kantauthe ,,|_-, -.G-..n ---G-...nomieri ei Akniiyui hen proeirēmenōn ouk elatton. Nekros gar ōn ēdē i i,i g vv" '~--""0 H'"IIV\ ōn11 eedon, kai apnous, kai to tou biou pleiston keitan 1 m HV, ē... --.-.i Gēnn "natuva causa- loipōs, eʼotonōteros ginetai peri tous exitēreous ē k... - »n logōn tois tixs eupeeixs manus“ nrē- ,,ē o ---..-.ē iii, suumn-aug yynaiiiēusd rē- isi, kai cheirotoniais tōn gnēsiōtatōn autou theri- 1 h_-r-.-.._.‘ ynyn Iēmniyuiuiiōn Hauiyy lei- ytōn, tēn cheira didōsi kai to Pneuma ' hōste mē , --,.,kʼ-t.. -.-min se.....y “nupta ōs-te mē miōthēnai to bēma (heo) tous ekeinou mathētas, kai i n-...ē-ē. mō],nos suum? miyēteis, Iul s hierōsynēs syllēptoras. Tois de hexēs oknei men ,,,, tēn. --., n- -..m nē.-. mou oselthein ho logos, prosbēsetai de homōs, ei , --ē-ē- n..-In,,..ryyniiuieiii chii) oe ymōs, ii i allois mallon hēmōn prepōn o logos. Ou gar echō n i -ē-nnn soi-suiyōn n ēuiuiim U'J gar ichō Kosophein en tǭ pathei, kai ei sphodra philososxein ,ēn -. ur “ww.” pai ii ygyyga phiLysoUein xcutiam, tēs koinēs memnēmenos zēmias, kai tou g. min "mn r'r‘"|t"""‘ easchontos pathous tēn oikoumenēn.

… and the imitation of Christ, who cleansed leprosy not by word but in deed. [64] Against this, what will they say to us, those who accuse him of pride and haughtiness, those bitter judges of such men, who apply to the rule people who are not rules? Is it possible to embrace lepers and humble oneself so far, and yet be haughty towards the healthy? To waste the flesh … [66] … the old works, all that some laboured over in the divine oracles, are silent; the new are on everyone's lips, and he is the best among us in letters who best knows his works, carries them on his tongue and makes them understood to his hearers; for he alone sufficed instead of all for the education of the more earnest. [67] I will say only this of him. When I take up his Hexaemeron and carry it on my tongue, I am with the Creator, I know the principles of creation, and I admire the Creator more than before, using sight alone as my teacher. When I meet his writings of refutation, I see the fire of Sodom, by which wicked and lawless tongues are reduced to ashes, or the tower of Chalane, wickedly built and rightly destroyed. When I read his works on the Spirit, I find the God whom I have, and I speak the truth boldly, mounting on his theology and contemplation. When I read his other expositions, which he unfolds for those of little sight, written threefold on the solid tablets of his heart, I am persuaded not to stop at the letter nor to look only at the things above, but to pass further and go on into depth from depth, calling deep to deep and finding light by light, until I reach the summit. When I occupy myself with his praises of the champions, I despise the body, I am with those who are praised, and I am roused to the contest. When I read his moral and practical discourses, I am cleansed in soul and body, and I become a temple fit to receive God, an instrument struck by the Spirit, a singer of the divine glory and power; by this I am retuned and set in order, and become another man instead of what I was, changed by the divine change. [68] Since I have mentioned theology, and the man's great voice in it especially, I will add this too to what has been said; for it is most useful to the many, so that they may not be harmed by holding a worse opinion of him. My words are directed against the malicious, who help their own evils by the very things with which they insult others. For he, for the sake of right doctrine and of the union and joint Godhead of the Holy Trinity, or whatever more proper and clearer word one should use, would have endured not only to be cast from thrones, which he did not even … [69] That he knew the Spirit to be God more than anyone is clear from the fact that he often proclaimed it publicly when there was occasion, and confessed it eagerly in private to those who asked; but he made it clearer in his words to me, with whom nothing was kept secret when he conversed about these matters. He did not simply declare it, but, what he had seldom done before, he invoked upon himself the most terrible of curses, to fall away from the Spirit himself, if he did not worship the Spirit with the Father and the Son as of the same essence and of equal honour. And if anyone will accept me as his partner in such things, I will disclose something not known to most until now: that when the times pressed hard on us, he took upon himself the reserve, and left to us the freedom of speech, since no one would bring us to trial or expel us from the country, protected as we were by our obscurity; so that from both our gospel might be made strong. And I have recounted these things, not to defend his reputation (for the man is above his accusers, if there are any), but so that people may not take the expressions found in his writings alone as the limit of piety and so have a weaker faith, using his theology, which the times shaped together with the Spirit, as proof of their own malice; but that, examining the sense of what was written and the purpose for which it was written, they may rather be brought to the truth and silence the impious. May his theology be mine, and that of all who are my friends! And so confident am I of the man's purity in this matter that I make this too common to all: may what is mine be reckoned his, and what is his mine, before God and before the fairer-minded among men. For we would not say that the evangelists contradict one another because some were occupied more with Christ's flesh, while others approached his theology, and some began from what is ours, others from what is above us; so they divided the preaching, I think, for the benefit of those who receive it, being so formed by the Spirit within them. [70] … even to the shedding of blood; let us set our own beside them, and from this let us know the man. Adam was counted worthy of God's hand, of the delight of paradise, and of the first legislation; but, if I may say it without blasphemy, out of respect for our forefather, he did not keep the commandment; whereas he both received it and kept it, was not harmed by the tree of knowledge, and, passing the flaming sword, has, I know well, attained paradise. Enos first hoped to call on the Lord; but he both called on him and proclaimed him to others, which is far more honourable than calling on him. Enoch was translated, finding translation as the prize of a small piety (for faith was still in shadows), and escaped the danger of the rest of his life; but his whole life was a translation, tested perfectly in a perfect life. Noah was entrusted with the ark, and with the seeds of a second world committed to a little wood and saved upon the waters; but he escaped a flood of impiety, and made his own city an ark of salvation, sailing lightly over the heretics, from which he called back the whole world. [71] Great was Abraham, patriarch and offerer of a new sacrifice, bringing to the giver the son of the promise, a victim ready and hastening to the slaughter; but neither was his offering small: he offered himself to God, and nothing was given in exchange as of equal value (for what could there be?), so that the fair sacrifice was completed. Isaac was promised even before his birth; but he promised himself, and took Rebecca, I mean the church, not from far but from near, not through a servant's embassy but given and entrusted by God; nor was he outwitted in the preference of his children, but gave each without deception his due, with the judgment of the Spirit. I praise Jacob's ladder, and the pillar he anointed to God, and his wrestling with him, whatever it was (I think a measuring of human littleness against the divine height, and an opposition between them, from which he bears the tokens of defeated nature). I praise too the man's skill and prosperity with his flocks, and the twelve patriarchs born of him, and the distribution of the blessings with a noble prophecy of the future; but I praise also this man's ladder, not only seen but climbed by gradual ascents in virtue; and the pillar which he did not anoint but raised up to God, setting up the deeds of the impious as a public disgrace; and the wrestling in which he wrestled not against God but for God, overthrowing the doctrines of the heretics; and his shepherding, by which he became rich, acquiring more marked sheep than unmarked; and his fine fruitfulness in children born according to God, and the blessing by which he strengthened many. [72] Joseph was a giver of grain, but to Egypt only, and not often, and bodily; but he gave to all, always, and spiritually, which to me is more venerable than that distribution of grain. With Job of Ausitis he was tried and conquered and was proclaimed brilliantly at the end of his contests, shaken by none of the many who shook him, but overthrowing the tempter by a great margin and silencing the folly of his friends, who did not know the mystery of the suffering. “Moses and Aaron among his priests.” Great was Moses, who plagued Egypt, saved a people with many signs and wonders, went within the cloud, and gave the twofold law, the outward law of the letter and the inward law of the Spirit; and Aaron, Moses' brother in body and in spirit, who offered sacrifice and prayer for the people, initiate of the holy and great tabernacle which the Lord pitched, and not man. He was a zealous imitator of both, plaguing, not with bodily but with spiritual and rational scourges, the heretical and Egyptian nation; leading a people of his own, zealous for good works, to the land of promise; writing laws on tablets that were not broken but kept, no longer shadowy but wholly spiritual; entering the Holy of Holies, not once a year but often, almost every day, from which he reveals to us the Holy Trinity; and cleansing the people not with temporary sprinklings but with eternal purifications. What is finest in Joshua? His generalship, his distribution of lots, his taking possession of the holy land. And was not he a leader? Not a general of those saved by faith? Not a distributor of the various lots and dwellings with God, which he divides to those he leads? So that he too can say, “The lines have fallen for me in the best places,” and, “My lots are in your hands,” lots far more precious than those of earth and of measurement. [73] And, to pass over the judges, or the most renowned of the judges, Samuel, among those who call upon his name, was given to God before his birth, consecrated immediately after his birth, and anointed kings and priests from the horn. But was not he consecrated to God from infancy, from his mother, and given to the sanctuary with his cloak, seeing heavenly things, both the Lord's anointed and the anointer of those perfected by the Spirit? David is celebrated among kings, whose many victories and trophies over his enemies are recorded, but whose gentleness is his most distinguished mark, and, before his reign, the power of his lyre, charming away the evil spirit. Solomon asked breadth of heart from God and obtained it, advancing so far in wisdom and contemplation as to become the most renowned of all in his time. But he, in my view, fell not even a little short of the one in gentleness and of the other in wisdom; so that he softened even the boldness of kings possessed by demons; and not only the queen of the south or some other came from the ends of the earth at the fame of his wisdom, but his wisdom became known to all the ends of the earth. The rest of Solomon I will pass over; it is plain to all, even if we keep silent. [74] You praise Elijah's boldness towards tyrants and his rapture through fire, and Elisha's fine inheritance, the sheepskin, which the spirit of Elijah accompanied. Praise also his life in fire, I mean the multitude of his temptations, and his salvation through fire, which burned but did not consume, the wonder of the bush; and the fine fleece from on high, his fleshlessness. I pass over the rest: the youths bedewed in the fire, the fugitive prophet who prayed in the belly and came out of the beast as from a bridal chamber, the righteous man in the den who bound the boldness of lions, or the contest of the seven Maccabees, perfected in blood with their priest and their mother by every kind of torment. Imitating their endurance, he also won their glory. [75] I pass to the New Testament, and, comparing his deeds with those of the renowned there, I will honour the disciple by his teachers. The forerunner John, as voice of the Word and lamp of the Light, before whom he leapt in the womb and whom he preceded into Hades, sent there by Herod's madness, that he might proclaim there too the one who was coming. And if my words seem bold to anyone, let him first consider this: that I make this comparison not putting the man before, nor making him equal to, him who is above all among those born of women, but showing him to be a zealous imitator of John, bearing in himself something of his character. For to imitate the greatest even in small things is no small thing for the earnest. Is not he a clear image of John's philosophy? He too lived in the desert; he too had a rough garment at night, unknown, not displayed; he too loved the same food, cleansing himself for God by self-control; he too was counted worthy to be a herald of Christ, if not his forerunner; and there went out to him not only all the surrounding country but even those beyond its borders; he too stood between the two Testaments, abolishing the letter of the one and publishing the spirit of the other, and making the abolition of the visible law the fulfilment of the hidden one … [77] … were devised for glory: such as his pallor, his beard, his manner of walking, his slowness of speech, his thoughtfulness, mostly turned inward; which in the many, not being well imitated or understood, became gloominess; and besides, the kind of his clothing, the shape of his bed, his way of eating, none of which he cultivated deliberately, but they were simple and as they happened to fall. And you would see many Basils as far as outward appearance goes, statues in the shadows; for it is much even to have the last sound of the echo; for the echo gives only the end of the voice, yet imitates it more clearly, while these are as far from the man as they desire to come near him. But this was no small thing, but rightly the greatest ground for pride: to have once been near him, or to have served him, or to carry away a memento of something said or done by him in jest or in earnest; as I know I have often prided myself, since even the side-works of the man are far more precious and conspicuous than the labours of others. [78] When he had finished his course and kept the faith, he longed for his departure; and the time of the crowns had come. He did not hear, “Go up into the mountain and die there,” but, “Die and come up to us.” Here too he works a wonder no less than those already told. Being already almost dead and breathless, and having lost most of his life, he became stronger in his last words, so as to go out with words of piety; and by ordaining the most genuine of his servants he gives them his hand and the Spirit, so that the sanctuary might not be deprived of his disciples and fellow workers in the priesthood. What follows my discourse shrinks from approaching, yet it will approach, even if the account would befit others rather than us. For I cannot be a philosopher in my grief, however much I wish to be, remembering the common loss and the suffering that has seized the whole world.

43.59PG 36:600a–604a

’Ἐκειτο μὲν ὁ ἀνὴρ τὰ τελευταῖα πνέων, καὶ _ κν.-νν ν νινυιΓ vv- υυιδθνυκια Ιδνῦωἶ, ΜΠ σὰ τῆς ἄνω χοροστασίαις ἐπιζητούμενος, πρὸς ἢν πη η-.. ΑʼἽππη-...ιη ῠιιιιιιιιυυμινυς, διμυς ην πλείονος ἔβλεπεν · ἐγχεῖτο δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν , η-- \_.,, --..-...ω-ν η ἡ πόλις, τὴν (milli-1v οὗ φέροντες, riui της κ ν, ---η-ν, μιν 5-wayth υυ γιγυνίιις, λιιι της ἠμίας, ὡς τυραννίδος, καταβοῶντες, καὶ τῇς ψυχῆς λαμβανόμενοι, ὡς καθεκτῆς καὶ βιασθῆναι δυναἒένης, χερσὶν, ’ἢ δεήσεσιν. Ἐποίιι γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ λαρὲᾷροᾷαέ τὸ πάθος καὶ προσθείναίτι τῆς ἑαυτῶν (ἓθ) ζωῆς Αὲκαστος ἐκείνω εἴπερ οἷόν τε ἦν, πρόθομος ἢν. Ὠς δὲ ἡττήθη-σαν (ἔδει γὰρ αὐτον ὶλεγχθῆναι ἄνθρωπον ὄντα), καὶ Εἷς χεῖράς σον (βο) παραθήσομαι τὸ πνεῦμὴ μου, τελευταῖον εἰπὼν, τοὶς απάνουσιν αὖτὸνᾶγγέλοις οὒκ ἀηδῶς ἀναπἔψυξεν- ἔστιν ἅ παρόντας μυσταγωγήσας, καὶ βελτίοος ποιήσας ταῖς ἔπιαιιήψεσιῖ Τότε δὴ θαῦμα έίνεται τῶν πώποτε γενομένων ὀνομαστό-. Προεκομίζετο μὶν ὃ ἅγιος, χερσὶνΔ ἁγίων bipedμενος· απουδῆ δʼ ἢν δκάστῳ, τῷ μὲν κρασπέδου1 λαβἐαθαι, τῷʼδὲ σκιᾶς) ’τῷ-δέ τοῦ Itpocpdpou' σκίμποδος, ’καὶ ψαῦσαι μόνον (τί γὰμ ἐκείνοο το) σώματος ίερώτερόν τε καί καθαρώτεροη) τῷ δὲ ιτῶν ὰγέντων ἐλθεῖν πλησίον, τῷ δὲ τῆς θέαςίᾶπολαῠσαι μόνης, ὥς τι κάκείνης πεμπούσης ὄφελος, fll'qpetz‘éyopc'tl, στοαὶ, διώροφοι, ταιώρῃοι, τῶν.. ἆιιετνον παραπεμπόντων( προηγοομένων, ἔπομένων, παρεπομένων) ἂλλήλοις ἐπεμβαινόντων μου ῥιάδες γένους παντὸς, καὶ ἡλικίας ἁπάσης, οὗ πρότερον γινωσκόμεναι. νΨαλμῳδίαι θρήνοις θπερνικώμεναι ικαὶ τό φιλόσοφον. τῷ πάθει καταλυόμενον. ἱᾹγὼν δὲ τοτς ἡμετέροις πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτὸς, ”Ελληνας, Ἰοθδαίους, ἐπήλοὲαςοιὲκείνοις πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὅστις πλέον ἀποκλαυσείμενος, πλείονοέ μετάσχῃ τῆς ὠφελείας. Πέρας τοῦ· λόνγου, καὶ είςήκίνδυνον τελεᾲυτᾷντὸ πάθος (ἕδη) συναπελθουαῶν αὐτῷ ψυχῶν οὒκ ὀλίγων, ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ὠθισμοῦ βίας καὶ συγκλονήσεωςʼ αί καὶ τοῦ τέλους ἐμειιιειρίεγθιιιοναιν ὡς ἐκείνῳ σονέκδημοι, καὶ θύματα ἐπιτάφια, τάχα ἄν τις εἴποι τῶν θερμοτὲρων. Μόλις δὲ τὸ σῶμα διαφυγὸν τοὺς ἀρπάζοντας, καὶ νικῆσαν τοὺς προπομπεύοντας, οὕτω τῷ τάφῳ τῶν πατέρων δίδοται, καὶ προστίθεται τοῖς ἳερεέσιν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς, τοῖς κήροξιν ἡΔ μεγάλη φωνὴ, καὶ τοὶς. ἒμοτς «fodis. ἕνηχος, ὁ μάρτοςπτοτς μάρτιίσι. Καὶ ’νῦνοῗ ὁ μέν ἐστιν ἐν- οὐρανοῖς, κάκεῖ ὲᾱὲ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ὣς οἶμαι, προοφέρων θυσίας, καῖ τοῦ. λαοῦ προσευχόμενος ’όῦδῖγᾶιρ ἀπολιπὼν huic, παντᾶπασιν ἇπολέλοιπενς Ἦμιθνιὶς δὶ Γέηγιίριοξ καὶ ἡμίτομος, τῆς μεγάλης ἆπεῤῥωγὼς συζυγίας, καί βίον um ὀδυνηρὸν, καὶ οὐκ εὔδρομον, οἷον εἰκὸς τὸν latim κεχωρισμένον, οὖσι οἴδα εἰς ὃ τελευτήσων μετᾶ τὴν habet) παιδαγωγίαν· ᾧ καὶ νῦν ἔτι νοοθετοῡμαι, καὶ σωφρονίζομαι διὰ νυκτερινῶν ὄψεων, εἴποτε τώ δέοντος ἔξω necuim. Καὶ οὖν. ίγὼ μὶν οῧθω θρήνους ἂναμίγνυμιτοϊς binive“, καὶ λογογραφῶ τὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς πολιτείαν, καὶ προοίοημι τῷ χρόνῳ κοινὸν ἀρετῆς πίνακα, ul πρόγραμμα σωτήριον πάσαις ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαιῆ ψοχαῐς ἀπάσαις· πρὸς ὅν βὶίποντες, ἀπευὼνοῡμιεν τὸν βίον, ὣς νόμον ἔμψυχον· ὑμῖν δὶ συμεωλεύσαιμʼ ἄν ἄλλο τι, τοῖς τὰ iusim τετελεσμένοις, ἡ πρὸς αὗτδν ἀεὶ βλέπειν, καὶ ὡς δρῶντος καὶ δρωμένῳ, τῷ Ilvatiματι καταρτίζεσθαι.

’Ekeito men ho anēr ta teleutaia pneōn, kai _ kn.-nn n ninuiG vv- yuidthnykia Idnyōi, MP sa tēs anō chorostasiais epizētoumenos, pros ēn pē ē-.. AʼHippē-...iē uiiiiiiiiyyminys, dimys ēn pleionos eblepen ; encheito de peri auton , ē-- \_.,, --..-...ō-n ē hē polis, tēn (milli-1v hou pherontes, riui tēs k n, ---ē-n, min 5-wayth yy gigyniiis, liii tēs ēmias, hōs tyrannidos, kataboōntes, kai tę̄s psychēs lambanomenoi, hōs kathektēs kai biasthēnai dynaeenēs, chersin, ’ē deēsesin. Epoiii gar autous kai lareąroąae to pathos kai prostheinaiti tēs heautōn (heth) zōēs Aekastos ekeinō eiper hoion te ēn, prothomos ēn. Ōs de hēttēthē-san (edei gar auton ilenchthēnai anthrōpon onta), kai Heis cheiras son (bo) parathēsomai to pneumē mou, teleutaion eipōn, tois apanousin autonangelois ouk aēdōs anapepsyxen- estin ha parontas mystagōgēsas, kai beltioos poiēsas tais epiaiiēpsesii Tote dē thauma einetai tōn pōpote genomenōn onomasto-. Proekomizeto min ho hagios, chersinD hagiōn bipedmenos; apoudē dʼ ēn dkastǭ, tǭ men kraspedou1 labeathai, tǭʼde skias) ’tǭ-de tou Itpocpdpou' skimpodos, ’kai psausai monon (ti gam ekeinoo to) sōmatos ierōteron te kai katharōteroē) tǭ de itōn agentōn elthein plēsion, tǭ de tēs theasiapolausai monēs, hōs ti kakeinēs pempousēs ophelos, fll'qpetz‘eyopc'tl, stoai, diōrophoi, taiōrę̄oi, tōn.. aiietnon parapempontōn( proēgoomenōn, epomenōn, parepomenōn) allēlois epembainontōn mou rhiades genous pantos, kai hēlikias hapasēs, hou proteron ginōskomenai. nPsalmǭdiai thrēnois thpernikōmenai ikai to philosophon. tǭ pathei katalyomenon. hiAgōn de tots hēmeterois pros tous ektos, ”Ellēnas, Iothdaious, epēloeasoiekeinois pros hēmas, hostis pleon apoklauseimenos, pleionoe metaschę̄ tēs ōpheleias. Peras tou; longou, kai eisēkindynon teleąutąnto pathos (hedē) synapelthouaōn autǭ psychōn ouk oligōn, ek tēs tou ōthismou bias kai synklonēseōsʼ ai kai tou telous emeiiieiriegthiiionain hōs ekeinǭ sonekdēmoi, kai thymata epitaphia, tacha an tis eipoi tōn thermoterōn. Molis de to sōma diaphygon tous arpazontas, kai nikēsan tous propompeuontas, houtō tǭ taphǭ tōn paterōn didotai, kai prostithetai tois hiereesin ho archiereus, tois kēroxin hēD megalē phōnē, kai tois. emots «fodis. henēchos, ho martosptots martiisi. Kai ’nynoï ho men estin en- ouranois, kakei eae hyper hēmōn, hōs oimai, proopherōn thysias, kai tou. laou proseuchomenos ’oudigair apolipōn huic, pantapasin hapoleloipens Ēmithniis di Geēgiiriox kai hēmitomos, tēs megalēs aperrhōgōs syzygias, kai bion um odynēron, kai ouk eudromon, hoion eikos ton latim kechōrismenon, ousi oida eis ho teleutēsōn meta tēn habet) paidagōgian; hǭ kai nyn eti noothetoumai, kai sōphronizomai dia nykterinōn opseōn, eipote tō deontos exō necuim. Kai oun. igō min oÿthō thrēnous anamignymitoïs binive“, kai logographō tēn tou andros politeian, kai prooioēmi tǭ chronǭ koinon aretēs pinaka, ul programma sōtērion pasais tais Ekklēsiaiē psochais apasais; pros hon biipontes, apeuōnoumien ton bion, hōs nomon empsychon; hymin di symeōleusaimʼ an allo ti, tois ta iusim tetelesmenois, hē pros hautdn aei blepein, kai hōs drōntos kai drōmenǭ, tǭ Ilvatimati katartizesthai.

He lay drawing his last breath, sought by the choir above, towards which he had long been gazing; and the city poured around him, unable to bear the loss, crying out against his departure as against tyranny, and laying hold of his soul as though it could be held fast and forced to stay by hands or prayers. For grief made them almost mad, and each would gladly have added something of his own life to his, if that had been possible. But when they were defeated (for he had to be shown to be a man), and having said at the last, “Into your hands I commit my spirit,” he gladly breathed his last into the hands of the angels who took him up, having first given instruction in the mysteries to those present and made them better by his last charges. Then took place a wonder, the most famous of all that have ever been. [80] The saint was carried out, lifted up by the hands of saints; and each was eager, one to take hold of the fringe, another of the shadow, another of the bier on which he was carried, only to touch it (for what was holier or purer than that body?), another to come near those who carried it, another to enjoy only the sight of him, as though that too brought some benefit. Marketplaces, porticoes, houses of two and three storeys were filled with people escorting him, going before, following, beside him, treading on one another, myriads of every race and every age, never known before. Psalmody was overcome by lamentations, and philosophy dissolved by grief. Our people contended with those outside, Greeks, Jews, strangers, and they with us, as to who should weep more and so share more in the benefit. To end the story: the grief ended even in danger, not a few souls departing with him from the violence of the crush and the jostling, who were even called blessed for their end, as his fellow travellers and, as one of the more ardent might say, sacrifices at his funeral. With difficulty the body escaped those who would seize it and outstripped those who escorted it, and so it was given to the tomb of his fathers; and the high priest was added to the priests, the great voice, still sounding in my ears, to the heralds, the martyr to the martyrs. And now he is in heaven, and there, I think, he offers sacrifices for us and prays for the people; for though he has left us, he has not left us altogether. But I, Gregory, half dead and cut in two, torn from our great union, leading a painful and not easy life, as is to be expected of one separated from him, do not know where I shall end, deprived of his guidance; by which even now I am admonished and corrected through visions of the night, whenever I stray from duty. And now I mingle laments with praises, and write the account of the man's life, and set it forth for all time as a common picture of virtue and a saving programme for all the churches and all souls, looking to which we may direct our life as by a living law. To you who have been initiated into his teaching I would give no other counsel than always to look to him, and, as though he saw you and you were seen by him, to be perfected by the Spirit.

43.60PG 36:604b–605d

Δεῦρο δὴ περιστάντες με πᾶς δ huius" χορὸς, ὅσοι τοῦ βήματος, χαὶ ὅσοι τῶν κάτω· ὅσοι τῶν ἡμετέρων, καὶ ὅσοι τῶν ἰξωθεν τὴν εὐφημίαν μοι συνεργάζεσθι, ἄλλος ἄλλο τι τῶν ἰκιίνου καλῶν διηγοδμενοι καὶ ζητοῦντις οἱ τῶν θρόνων, τὸν νομοθέτην oi τῆς πολιτείας, τὸν πολιστήνο οὶ τοῦ δήμου, τὴν ώταξίαν· οὶ περὶ λόγους, τδν παιδευτὴν αἱ παρθένοι, τὸν νυμφαγωγόψ αἱ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν, τὸν σωφρονιπήν· οἱ τῆς ἐρημίας, τὸν πτιρωτήν· oi τῆς ὶπιμιξίας, τὸν δικαστήν oi τῆς ἁπλότητος, τὸν ὁδηγόν· οὶ τῆς θεωρίας, τὸν Θιαλόγον· οἱ ὲν εὖθυμίᾳ, τδν χαλινόνο oi ἐν συμφοραῖς, τὴν παράκλησιν τὴν βακτηρίαν, ἡ πολιά· τὴν παιδαγωγιαν,ἡ νεότης· ἡ πενία, τὸν ποριστήνο ἣ εὒπορίας τὸν οἰκονόμον. Audiui μοι καὶ χῆραι τὸν προστάτην ἐπαινέσεσθαιο καὶ ὀρφανοὶ, τὸ, πατέρα· καὶ πτωχοὶ, τὸν φιλόπτωχον· χαὶ τὸν φιλόξενον, οἱ ξένοι· καὶ ἀδελφοὶ, τὸν φιλὰδελφονοἱ νοσοῦντες, τὸν ἰατρὸν, ἢν βούλει νὸσον καὶ ἰατρείαν. οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες, τὸν φύλακα τῆς ὑγείας· oi παντες, τὸν πὰν-τα πᾶσι γενόμενον, ’ἱνα ngam τοὺς πὰντας ἢ πλείονας, Ἠιιίίῗῗαῦτὰ σοι παρʼ ἡμῶν, ὦ Βασίλειε,τῆς ἡλίστης σοί ποτε γλώττης, καὶ ὂμοτίμου, καὶ ἥλικος Ei μὲν τῆς ἀξίας ιγγὸς, σὴ τοῦτο χὰρις· σοι γὰρ Θαῤῥῶν, τὸν περὶ σοῦ λόγον ἰνιστησὰμην. Εἰ δὲ πόῥρω καὶ παρὰ πολῦ τῆς ἑλπίδος, τί χρὴ παθεῖν. υκαι τήρει eum- ei.ξῷ σεῖο ποθεν imula": νους ; Πλὴν καὶ θεῷ φίλον τὸ κατὰ δύναμιν. Σὺ δὲ ἡμᾶς ιποπτεόοις ἄνωθεν, ὧ Otia καὶιερὰ κεφαλὴ, καί τὸν δεδομένων ἡμῖν παρᾶ θεοῦ“ σκόλοπα τῆς σαρκὸς, τὴν ἡμετέραν παιδαγωγίαν, ἢ στήσαις ταῖς σεαυτοῦ πρεσβείαις, ἢ πείσαις καρτερῶς φέρειν· καὶ τὸν πάντα βίον ἡμῖν διιξάγοις πρὸς τὶ λυσιτελέστατον. Ei δέ μετασταίημεν, δέξαιο κάκεῖθεν ἡμᾶς ταῖς σεαυτοῦ σκηναῖς, ὡς ἄν ἀλλήλοις οιιεἒ In ed, et in no_n_nn_|lis codd” ξετριιχιίὶμίνος. συζῶντας, καὶ συνεποπτιύοντις τὴν ἁγίαν καὶ μακε ρίαν Τρίάδα, καθαρώτερόν τι καὶ italu-Superi, ἶ νῦν μετρίως δεδὲγίιεθαέὰς ἰμφάσεις, ἒνταῦοά eratin μιν τῆς ἱφὲσεωςί καὶ ταύτην-λάβοιμεν, ὧν πεπολε μήκαμιν καὶ πεπὸλεμήμιθα, τὴν ἀντίδοσιν, Σ‹ μὲν οὖν οὗτος παρʼ ἡμῶν ὅ λόγὸξ· ἡμᾶς δὲ τίς tum victus μετᾶ σὶῗλῑὸν βίον ἀπολέίποντας ; εἰ κε τι παράσχωμεν ἐπαίνου τοῖς λόγοις ἄξιον( ἂν Χρι στῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾦ ἡ δόξα εἷς τοὺ αῐῶνας. ’Δμήν.

Deuro dē peristantes me pas d huius" choros, hosoi tou bēmatos, chai hosoi tōn katō; hosoi tōn hēmeterōn, kai hosoi tōn ixōthen tēn euphēmian moi synergazesthi, allos allo ti tōn ikiinou kalōn diēgodmenoi kai zētountis hoi tōn thronōn, ton nomothetēn oi tēs politeias, ton polistēno oi tou dēmou, tēn ōtaxian; oi peri logous, tdn paideutēn hai parthenoi, ton nymphagōgops hai hypo zygon, ton sōphronipēn; hoi tēs erēmias, ton ptirōtēn; oi tēs ipimixias, ton dikastēn oi tēs haplotētos, ton hodēgon; oi tēs theōrias, ton Thialogon; hoi en euthymią, tdn chalinono oi en symphorais, tēn paraklēsin tēn baktērian, hē polia; tēn paidagōgian,hē neotēs; hē penia, ton poristēno hē euporias ton oikonomon. Audiui moi kai chērai ton prostatēn epainesesthaio kai orphanoi, to, patera; kai ptōchoi, ton philoptōchon; chai ton philoxenon, hoi xenoi; kai adelphoi, ton philadelphonoi nosountes, ton iatron, ēn boulei noson kai iatreian. hoi hygiainontes, ton phylaka tēs hygeias; oi pantes, ton pan-ta pasi genomenon, ’hina ngam tous pantas ē pleionas, Ēiiiiïïauta soi parʼ hēmōn, ō Basileie,tēs hēlistēs soi pote glōttēs, kai omotimou, kai hēlikos Ei men tēs axias ingos, sē touto charis; soi gar Tharrhōn, ton peri sou logon inistēsamēn. Ei de porhrō kai para poly tēs helpidos, ti chrē pathein. ykai tērei eum- ei.xǭ seio pothen imula": nous ? Plēn kai theǭ philon to kata dynamin. Sy de hēmas ipopteoois anōthen, hō Otia kaiiera kephalē, kai ton dedomenōn hēmin para theou“ skolopa tēs sarkos, tēn hēmeteran paidagōgian, ē stēsais tais seautou presbeiais, ē peisais karterōs pherein; kai ton panta bion hēmin diixagois pros ti lysitelestaton. Ei de metastaiēmen, dexaio kakeithen hēmas tais seautou skēnais, hōs an allēlois oiiee In ed, et in no_n_nn_|lis codd” xetriichiiiminos. syzōntas, kai synepoptiyontis tēn hagian kai make rian Triada, katharōteron ti kai italu-Superi, i nyn metriōs dedegiiethaeas imphaseis, entauoa eratin min tēs hipheseōsi kai tautēn-laboimen, hōn pepole mēkamin kai pepolemēmitha, tēn antidosin, S‹ men oun houtos parʼ hēmōn ho logox; hēmas de tis tum victus meta siïlion bion apoleipontas ? ei ke ti paraschōmen epainou tois logois axion( an Chri stǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, ǭ hē doxa heis tou aiōnas. ’Dmēn.

Come, then, stand round me, all his choir, those of the sanctuary and those below, ours and those from outside, and join with me in the praise, each telling of one or another of his virtues and seeking him: those who sit on thrones, their lawgiver; those in public life, their statesman; the people, their good order; men of letters, their teacher; virgins, their bride-leader; the married, their teacher of self-control; hermits, the one who gave them wings; those in the communities, their judge; the simple, their guide; the contemplatives, their theologian; the cheerful, their bridle; those in misfortune, their consolation; grey hairs, their staff; youth, its discipline; poverty, its provider; wealth, its steward. Widows too, I think, will praise their protector; orphans, their father; the poor, their lover of the poor; strangers, their host; brothers, their brother-lover; the sick, their physician, whatever the disease and the cure; the healthy, the guardian of their health; and all, the one who became all things to all, that he might gain all, or most. [82] These things, Basil, are offered to you from us, from a tongue once most dear to you, equal in honour and in age. If they come near your worth, the grace is yours; for it was in reliance on you that I undertook this discourse about you. If they fall far short of hope, what else could one expect from one worn out by age and disease and longing for you? Yet what is offered according to one's strength is dear to God. May you look upon us from above, O divine and sacred head, and either stop by your intercessions the thorn in the flesh given us by God for our discipline, or persuade us to bear it bravely; and may you direct our whole life to what is most profitable. And if we depart, may you receive us there too into your tabernacles, so that, living together and contemplating together more purely and perfectly the holy and blessed Trinity, of which we have now received glimpses in measure, we may there reach the end of our desire, and receive this as the reward of the wars we have waged and suffered. Such, then, is this discourse from us to you; but who will praise us, when we leave this life after you, if we provide anything worthy of praise, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be the glory for ever. Amen.

Chapter 44

44.1PG 36:608a

Ἐγκαίνια τιμᾶσθαι, παλαιὸς νόμος, καὶ καλῶς ἔχων μᾶλλον δὲ, τὰ νέα τιμᾶσθαι διʼ Ἐγχεινίων· καὶ τοῦτο, οὔχ ἅπαξ, ἀλλᾶ καὶ πολλάκις, ἑκάστης τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ περιτροπῆς τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν ἑπαγοὺσης, ἵνα μὴ ὶξίτηλα τῷ χρόνῳ γένηται τὰ καλὰ, μηδὲ παραῤῥυξ. λήθης βυθοτς ἁμα-δρώμενα. Ἐγκαινίζονται μὲν πὸὸς Θεὸν νῆσοι, τῷ Ἠσαίᾳ ὣσπερ ἀνέγνωμεν, ἃττινας δὴ τὰς νήσους ταύτας ὓποληπτέον· οἶμαι δὲ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν Ἐκκλησίας ἄρτι καθισταμένας, καὶ τῆς ἁλμυρᾶς ἀπιστίας ἀνακυπτούσας, καὶ πῆξιν λαμβανούσας, τῷ Θεῷ βάσιμον, Ἐγκαινίζεται δὲ τεῖχος χαλκοῦν, παρʼ ἄλλῳ προφήτῃσ οἶμαι δὲ, ψυχὴ στερῤἁ, καί χρυσοειῖξις (δέ), κέιι usque;“ἰδʼσέδειαν.”““”ᾼδειν δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ ᾆσμα καινὸν γελευόμεθα, εἴτε οἱ εἷς Βαβυλῶνα καὶ τὴν πονηρὰν σύγχυσιν κατασυρέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἆμαρτίας, ἔπειτα πρὸς τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἀνασωθέντες (κακεῐ μὲν οὗ δυνάμενοι τὴν Θείαν ᾅδειν ᾠδὴν, ὡς ἐπὶ γῆς ἀλλοτρίας, ἐνταῦθα δὲ νέαν ᾠδὴν καὶ πολιτείαν ιστάμενοι) εἴτε οἱ μείναντες ἓν τῷ καλῷ, καὶ προκόπτοντεςʼ καὶ τὸ μὲν κατυῳθωκότες ἢδη, τὸ δὲ κατορθοῦντες, παρὰ τοῦ ἄγίου καὶ καινοποιοῦ Πνεύματος.

Enkainia timasthai, palaios nomos, kai kalōs echōn mallon de, ta nea timasthai diʼ Encheiniōn; kai touto, ouch hapax, alla kai pollakis, hekastēs tou eniautou peritropēs tēn autēn hēmeran hepagousēs, hina mē ixitēla tǭ chronǭ genētai ta kala, mēde pararrhyx. lēthēs bythots hama-drōmena. Enkainizontai men poos Theon nēsoi, tǭ Ēsaią hōsper anegnōmen, hattinas dē tas nēsous tautas hypolēpteon; oimai de tas apo tōn ethnōn Ekklēsias arti kathistamenas, kai tēs halmyras apistias anakyptousas, kai pēxin lambanousas, tǭ Theǭ basimon, Enkainizetai de teichos chalkoun, parʼ allǭ prophētę̄s oimai de, psychē sterra, kai chrysoeiixis (de), keii usque?“idʼsedeian.”““”Ądein de tǭ Kyriǭ ąsma kainon geleuometha, eite hoi heis Babylōna kai tēn ponēran synchysin katasyrentes hypo tēs amartias, epeita pros tēn Ierousalēm anasōthentes (kakei men hou dynamenoi tēn Theian hądein ǭdēn, hōs epi gēs allotrias, entautha de nean ǭdēn kai politeian istamenoi) eite hoi meinantes hen tǭ kalǭ, kai prokoptontesʼ kai to men katyǭthōkotes ēdē, to de katorthountes, para tou agiou kai kainopoiou Pneumatos.

To honour dedications is an ancient law, and a good one; or rather, to honour new things by dedications; and this not once but often, each revolution of the year bringing round the same day, so that good things may not fade with time, nor be swept away and carried off into the depths of forgetfulness. Islands are renewed to God, as we read in Isaiah, whatever these islands are to be understood to be; I think they are the churches from among the gentiles, newly established, rising out of the salt water of unbelief and gaining firmness, so as to be ground on which God may walk. A bronze wall is dedicated, in another prophet; I think it is a firm soul … in piety. We are bidden to sing to the Lord a new song, whether we who were dragged off by sin into Babylon and its evil confusion and then brought back safe to Jerusalem (there we could not sing the divine song, as in a foreign land, but here we establish a new song and a new way of life), or we who have remained in the good and are advancing, having achieved part already and achieving part now, through the holy and renewing Spirit.

44.2PG 36:608a–609b

Ἐγκαινίζεται δὲ ἡ σκηνῆ τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ λίαν πολυτελῶς, ἣν Θεὸς παρέδειξε, καὶ Βεσελεὴλ ἐτελείωσε, καὶ Μωσῆς ἱπήξατο. Ἐῄιαινίζεται δὲ ἡ βασιλεία Δαβὶδ, καὶ οὔχ ἅπαξ, ἀλλὰ χρωμένω τὸ πρότερον, ὰναγορεᾼυομένου τὸ δεύτερον. Ἐγένετο δὲ τὰ Ἐγχαίνια ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις, καὶ χειμὼν ἧν, ὸ τῆς ἀπιστίας, καὶ Ἰησοῦς παρῇν ὸ Θεὸς καὶ ναὸς, Θεὸς αἰώνιος, ναὸς πρόσφατος, ὸ αὐθημερον λυόμενός, καὶ τριήμερος ἀνιστάμενος, καὶ. μένων είς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ’ἶνʼ ἐγὼ σωθῶ, καὶ τοῦ παλαιοῦ πτώματος ἀνακληθῶ, καὶ γένωμαι καινὴ κτίσις, διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης φιλανθρωπίας ἁναπλαττόμενος Ἐπιζητεϊ δὲ ὁ θεῖος Δαβὶὸ καρδίαν καθαρὰν ἒν ἐαυτῷ κτιζομένην, καὶ πνεῦμα εὒθὲς τοτςγὲγκάτοις ὶγκαινιζόμενον · οὐχ ὡς οὒκ ἔχων, (τίς γὰρ, si μὴ Δαβὶδ ὁ τοσοῦτος ;) ἀλλ ὡς καινὸν γινώσκων τὸ νῦν ἀεὶ προστιθέμενον. Καὶ τί δεῖ μοι πλειόνων Ἐγκαινίων, ἒνὸν τὰ παρόντα γνωρίσαι, καὶ ἃ σήμερον πανηγυρίςομεν, τῆ ζωῇ μετὰ θάνατον πλησιάσαντες; Ἐγκαίνια, Ἐγκαίνια ἡ πανήγυρίς, ἀδελφοί, Λεγέσθω γὰρ πολλάκις ὑφʼ ἡδονῆς. Καὶ τίνα ταῦτα; Οἱ μὲν είδὸτης, διδάξατε οἱ δὲ ἀγνοοῦντες, τὴν ἀκοὴν ἰγκαινίζεσθε,

Enkainizetai de hē skēnē tou martyriou, kai lian polytelōs, hēn Theos paredeixe, kai Beseleēl eteleiōse, kai Mōsēs hipēxato. Eę̄iainizetai de hē basileia Dabid, kai ouch hapax, alla chrōmenō to proteron, anagoreĄuomenou to deuteron. Egeneto de ta Enchainia en Ierosolymois, kai cheimōn hēn, o tēs apistias, kai Iēsous parę̄n o Theos kai naos, Theos aiōnios, naos prosphatos, o authēmeron lyomenos, kai triēmeros anistamenos, kai. menōn eis tous aiōnas, ’inʼ egō sōthō, kai tou palaiou ptōmatos anaklēthō, kai genōmai kainē ktisis, dia tēs toiautēs philanthrōpias hanaplattomenos Epizēteï de ho theios Dabio kardian katharan en eautǭ ktizomenēn, kai pneuma euthes totsgenkatois inkainizomenon ; ouch hōs ouk echōn, (tis gar, si mē Dabid ho tosoutos ?) all hōs kainon ginōskōn to nyn aei prostithemenon. Kai ti dei moi pleionōn Enkainiōn, enon ta paronta gnōrisai, kai ha sēmeron panēgyrisomen, tē zōę̄ meta thanaton plēsiasantes? Enkainia, Enkainia hē panēgyris, adelphoi, Legesthō gar pollakis hyphʼ hēdonēs. Kai tina tauta? Hoi men eidotēs, didaxate hoi de agnoountes, tēn akoēn inkainizesthe,

The tabernacle of witness is dedicated, and very sumptuously, which God showed, Bezalel completed and Moses set up. The kingdom of David is renewed, and not once but twice: when he was first anointed and when he was proclaimed the second time. “It was the feast of the Dedication in Jerusalem, and it was winter,” the winter of unbelief; and Jesus was present, God and temple: God eternal, temple new, destroyed in a day and raised on the third, and remaining for ever, that I may be saved and called back from the ancient fall and become a new creation, refashioned by such great love for man. The divine David seeks a pure heart to be created within him, and a right spirit to be renewed in his inward parts; not as though he did not have them (for who had them, if not so great a man as David?), but knowing that what is ever being added is new. And what need have I of more dedications, when I can point to those now present, which we are celebrating today, having drawn near to life after death? A dedication, a dedication is our festival, brothers: let it be said often, for joy. And what is it? You who know, teach; you who do not know, renew your hearing.

44.3PG 36:609b–609d

Φῶς ἦν ἀπρόσιτον, καὶ ἁδιάδοχον, ὁ Θεὸς, οὔτε ἀρξάμενον, οὔτε παυσόμενον, οὔτε μετρούμενον, ἆειλαμπὲς, τριλαμπὲς, ὀλίγοις ὅσον ἐστὶ θεωρούμενον, οῖμαι δὲ, οὐδὲ ὀλίγοις. Καὶ φῶτα δεύτερα, τοῦ πρώτου Φωτὸς ἆπαυγάσματα, αἱ περὶ αὑτὸν δυνάμεις, καὶ τὰ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα. Τὸ δὲ παρʼ ἡμῖν τοῦτο φῶς, οὔχ ὕστερον ἤρξατο μόνον, ἀλλᾶ καὶ νυκτὶ τέμνεται, καὶ τέμνει νύκτα ἰσομοιρίᾳ, ὄψει πιστευθέν, καὶ ἀέρι χυθὲν, καὶ λαμβάνον ὃ δίδωσ σιν. Ὀρᾷν -ε γὰρ ὄψει παρέχει, καὶ πρῶτον ὁρᾶται παρὰ τῆς ὅψεως, καὶ τοῖς ὁρατοῖς περιρρέον, παῤῥησίαν χαρίζεται, Βουληοεὶς γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τόνδε τὸν κόσμον συστήσασθαι, τὸν ἒξ ὁρατῶν τε καὶ ἀοράτων συνεστηκότα, τὸν μέγαν καί θαυμαστὸν τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὒτοῦ κήρυκα, τοῖς μὲν ἀϊδίοις αὐτός ἐστι φῶς, κοὶ οὒκ ἄλλο · (τί γὰρ ἔδει φω.. τὸς δευτέρω τοῖς τὸ μέγιστον ἔχουσι ς) τοϊγ κάτω δὲ καὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς πρώτην ἐκλάμπει τὴν τοῦ φωτὸς τούτου δύναμιν. Καὶ γὰρ ἔπρεπε τῷ μεγάλῳ φωτὶ τῆς δημιουργίας ἐκ φωτὸς ἄρξασθαι, ᾧ λύει τὸ σκότος, καὶ τὴν ἐπέχουσαν τέως ἀκοσμίαν καὶ ἀταξίαν.

Phōs ēn aprositon, kai hadiadochon, ho Theos, oute arxamenon, oute pausomenon, oute metroumenon, aeilampes, trilampes, oligois hoson esti theōroumenon, oimai de, oude oligois. Kai phōta deutera, tou prōtou Phōtos apaugasmata, hai peri hauton dynameis, kai ta leitourgika pneumata. To de parʼ hēmin touto phōs, ouch hysteron ērxato monon, alla kai nykti temnetai, kai temnei nykta isomoirią, opsei pisteuthen, kai aeri chythen, kai lambanon ho didōs sin. Orąn -e gar opsei parechei, kai prōton horatai para tēs hopseōs, kai tois horatois perirreon, parrhēsian charizetai, Boulēoeis gar ho Theos tonde ton kosmon systēsasthai, ton ex horatōn te kai aoratōn synestēkota, ton megan kai thaumaston tēs megaleiotētos autou kēryka, tois men aïdiois autos esti phōs, koi ouk allo ; (ti gar edei phō.. tos deuterō tois to megiston echousi s) toïg katō de kai peri hēmas prōtēn eklampei tēn tou phōtos toutou dynamin. Kai gar eprepe tǭ megalǭ phōti tēs dēmiourgias ek phōtos arxasthai, hǭ lyei to skotos, kai tēn epechousan teōs akosmian kai ataxian.

God was light, unapproachable and without succession, neither beginning nor ending nor measured, ever-shining, thrice-shining, contemplated as he is by few, or rather, I think, not even by few. And there are second lights, reflections of the first Light: the powers around him and the ministering spirits. But this light of ours not only began later, but is cut by night and cuts the night in equal shares; it is entrusted to sight, poured into the air, and receives what it gives. For it grants the eye the power to see, and is first seen by the eye, and, flowing around visible things, makes them manifest. For when God willed to establish this world, composed of things visible and invisible, the great and wonderful herald of his majesty, for the eternal beings he himself is light and nothing else (for what need of a second light had those who have the greatest?); but for those below and around us he first makes the power of this light shine forth. For it was fitting that the great light of creation should begin from light, by which he dissolves the darkness and the formlessness and disorder that held until then.

44.4PG 36:609d–612b

Καὶ τοῦτο ουκ ὀργανικὸν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀναδείξας, οὐδὲ iam», ὡς δ δμὸς λόγοςʼ ἀ)λʼ ἀσώματονν καὶ ἀνήλιον ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἡλίῳ δὸθὲν, καταφωτίζειν πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις τὴν ὕλην προϋποστήσας, εἰδοποίησεν ὕστερον, ἑκάστῳ τάξιν, καὶ σχῆμα, καὶ μέγεθος περιθεὶς, ἵνα θαυμα- · τουργήσῃ τι μεῖζον, ἐνταῦθα τὸ εἶδος τῆς ὕλης προῠπεστησατο (die; ἡλίου τὸ φῶς) μετὰ δε τοῦτο τὴν ὕλην ἀπάγει, τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τῆς ἡμέρας δημιουργήσας τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον. Οὕτω τι πρῶτον ἂν ἡμέραις ἁριθλεῖται, καὶ δεύτερον, καὶ τρίτον, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἄχρι τῆς ἑβδόμης καὶ καταπαυσίμαυ τῶν ἕργων ἡμέρας, αῖς καταμερίζεται τὰ γινόμενα, λόγοις ἀρρήτοις τασσόμενα, καὶ οὐκ ἀθρόως ἀναδιδόμενα τῷ πάντα δυναδῷ Λόγῳ, καὶ ᾧ τὸ νοῆσαι μόνον, ἡ εἰπεῖν, ἔργον ἆστὶ παριστάμενον. Ei δὲ τελευταῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἀνεδείχθη, καὶ ταῦτα χειρὶ Θεοὸ καὶ εἰκόνι τετιμημένος, θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν. Εδει γὰρ, ὥσπερ βασιλεῖ, προϋποστὴναι τὰ βασίλεια, καὶ οὕτως εἰσαχθῆναι τὸν βασιλέα πᾶσιν ἤδη δορυφορούμενον. Ei μὲν οὖν ἐμείναμεν, ὅπερ ἦμεν, καὶ τὴν ἐντολὴν ἰφυλάξαμεν, ἐγενόμεθα ἂν ὅπερ oin:

Kai touto ouk organikon apʼ archēs anadeixas, oude iam», hōs d dmos logosʼ a)lʼ asōmatonn kai anēlion epeita de kai hēliǭ dothen, kataphōtizein pasan tēn oikoumenēn. Epeidē gar tois allois tēn hylēn proÿpostēsas, eidopoiēsen hysteron, hekastǭ taxin, kai schēma, kai megethos peritheis, hina thauma- ; tourgēsę̄ ti meizon, entautha to eidos tēs hylēs proupestēsato (die? hēliou to phōs) meta de touto tēn hylēn apagei, ton ophthalmon tēs hēmeras dēmiourgēsas touton ton hēlion. Houtō ti prōton an hēmerais harithleitai, kai deuteron, kai triton, kai ta hexēs, achri tēs hebdomēs kai katapausimau tōn hergōn hēmeras, ais katamerizetai ta ginomena, logois arrētois tassomena, kai ouk athroōs anadidomena tǭ panta dynadǭ Logǭ, kai hǭ to noēsai monon, hē eipein, ergon asti paristamenon. Ei de teleutaios ho anthrōpos anedeichthē, kai tauta cheiri Theoo kai eikoni tetimēmenos, thaumaston ouden. Edei gar, hōsper basilei, proÿpostēnai ta basileia, kai houtōs eisachthēnai ton basilea pasin ēdē doryphoroumenon. Ei men oun emeinamen, hoper ēmen, kai tēn entolēn iphylaxamen, egenometha an hoper oin:

And he first showed this light not bound to a body, nor as the sun, as our account has it, but bodiless and without a sun; and afterwards it was also given to the sun, to illumine the whole world. For while in other things he first established the matter and afterwards gave it form, setting order, shape and size for each, here, to work a greater wonder, he established the form before the matter (for light is the form of the sun), and afterwards brings in the matter, creating this sun as the eye of the day. So the first, second and third are numbered in days, and the rest, up to the seventh, the day of rest from works; and by these days the things made are divided, ordered by ineffable principles, and not brought forth all at once by the all-powerful Word, for whom merely to think or to speak is a deed accomplished. And if man was shown forth last, and that honoured by the hand and the image of God, it is no wonder; for the palace had to be prepared first, as for a king, and then the king brought in, escorted already by all things. If, then, we had remained what we were and kept the commandment, we would have become what we were not,

44.5PG 36:612b–613a

τῷ ξύλῳ τῆς ζωῆς προσελθόντες, μετὰ τὸ ξύλον τῆς γνώσεως. Καὶ τι γεγονότεςς Ἀπαθανατισθέντες, καὶ Θεῷ πλησιάσαντες. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῷ φθόνῳ του πονηροῦ θάνατος εἷς τὰν κόσμον εἱσῆλθε, καὶ ὑφεϊλε διὰ τῆς ἀπάτης τὸν ἄνθρωπον, διὰ τοῦτο τῷ ἡμετέρῳ πάθει πάσχει Θεὸς, γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος, καὶ πτωχεύει τῷ σὰρξ παγῆναι, ἵνʼ ἡμεῖς τῇ ἰκείνου πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσωμεν. Ἐντεῦθεν θάνατος, καὶ ταφὴ, καὶ ἀνάστασις. Ἐντευθεν ἡ καινὴ κτίσις, καὶ μεθέορτος ἑορτὴ, καὶ πάλιν εγὼ πανηγυριστὴς, ἐγκαινίζων τὴν ἰμαυτοῦ σωτηρίαν. Τί οὖν, φησίν ; Οὐχ ἡ πρώτη Κυριακὴ τὸ Ἐγκαίνιον ἧν, ἡ μετὰ τὴν ἱερὰν νύκτα καὶ δᾳδουχίαν, Ἀλλὰ τῇ σήμερον τοῦτο δίδως, ὦ φιλίορτε σὺ, καὶ πολλὰς ὶπινοῶν φαιδρότηταςς Ἐκείνη τὸ σωτήριον ἧν, αὕτη δὲ τὸ τῆς σωτηρίας γενε- Βλιον κᾶκείνη μάν εστι μεθόριον τῆς ταφῆς καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως, αὕτη δὲ καθαρῶς τῆς δευτέρας γε· νέσεως ἵνʼ, ὥσπερ ἡ πρώτη κτίσις τὴν ἀρχὴν Ξπὸ Κυριακὴς λαμβάνει (δῆλον δό ἀπὸ γὰρ ταύτης ἒόδόμη τὸ Σάββατον γίνεται, κατάπαυσις οὖσα τῶν ἔργων), οὕτω καὶ ἡ δευτέρα πάλιν ὲκ τῆς αὐτῆς ἄρα χηται, πρώτη οὖσα τῶν μετʼ αὐτὴν, καὶ όγόοὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πρὸ αὐτῆς, ὑψηλῆς ὑψηλοτέρα, καὶ θαυμασίας θαυμασιωτέρα, Πρὸς γὰρ τὴν ἄνω φέρει κατάστασιν ο ἡν καὶ ὃ θεῖος Σολομὼν αἰνίττεσθαί μοι δοκεῖ, διδόναι Lepid: τοῖς dmi:, τῷ βίῳ τόύτῳ, νομοθετῶνέ καί γε τοῖς ὀκτὼ, τῷ μέλλοντιο ἔκ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν εὒα πραγίας καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖθεν ἀποκαταστάσεως. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ μέγας Δαβὶδ τῇ αὒτῇ προσᾴδειν ἓοικε τοὺς περῖ τῆς ἀίδόης ψαλμοὺς, ὥσπερ καὶ τῇ τῶν Ἐγκαινέων ἡμέραν ταύτῃ ψαλμὸν ἕτερον, οἴκου τινὰ ἰγκαινισμὸν ὀνομάζων· ὅστις ἑσμὶν ἡμεῖς, οἳ Θεοῦ ναὸς εἴναί τε καὶ ἀκούειν ἠξιωμένοι καὶ γίνεσθαι,

tǭ xylǭ tēs zōēs proselthontes, meta to xylon tēs gnōseōs. Kai ti gegonotess Apathanatisthentes, kai Theǭ plēsiasantes. Epei de tǭ phthonǭ tou ponērou thanatos heis tan kosmon heisēlthe, kai hypheïle dia tēs apatēs ton anthrōpon, dia touto tǭ hēmeterǭ pathei paschei Theos, genomenos anthrōpos, kai ptōcheuei tǭ sarx pagēnai, hinʼ hēmeis tę̄ ikeinou ptōcheią ploutēsōmen. Enteuthen thanatos, kai taphē, kai anastasis. Enteuthen hē kainē ktisis, kai metheortos heortē, kai palin egō panēgyristēs, enkainizōn tēn imautou sōtērian. Ti oun, phēsin ? Ouch hē prōtē Kyriakē to Enkainion hēn, hē meta tēn hieran nykta kai dądouchian, Alla tę̄ sēmeron touto didōs, ō philiorte sy, kai pollas ipinoōn phaidrotētass Ekeinē to sōtērion hēn, hautē de to tēs sōtērias gene- Blion kakeinē man esti methorion tēs taphēs kai tēs anastaseōs, hautē de katharōs tēs deuteras ge; neseōs hinʼ, hōsper hē prōtē ktisis tēn archēn Xpo Kyriakēs lambanei (dēlon do apo gar tautēs eodomē to Sabbaton ginetai, katapausis ousa tōn ergōn), houtō kai hē deutera palin ek tēs autēs ara chētai, prōtē ousa tōn metʼ autēn, kai ogooas apo tōn pro autēs, hypsēlēs hypsēlotera, kai thaumasias thaumasiōtera, Pros gar tēn anō pherei katastasin o hēn kai ho theios Solomōn ainittesthai moi dokei, didonai Lepid: tois dmi:, tǭ biǭ toutǭ, nomothetōne kai ge tois oktō, tǭ mellontio ek tēs enteuthen eua pragias kai tēs ekeithen apokatastaseōs. Alla kai ho megas Dabid tę̄ autę̄ prosądein heoike tous peri tēs aidoēs psalmous, hōsper kai tę̄ tōn Enkaineōn hēmeran tautę̄ psalmon heteron, oikou tina inkainismon onomazōn; hostis hesmin hēmeis, hoi Theou naos einai te kai akouein ēxiōmenoi kai ginesthai,

approaching the tree of life after the tree of knowledge. And what would we have become? Made immortal, and drawn near to God. But since through the envy of the evil one death entered the world and overthrew man by deceit, for this reason God suffers our suffering, becoming man, and becomes poor by being fixed in the flesh, that we might become rich through his poverty. Hence death, burial and resurrection; hence the new creation, and the feast after the feast; and I am a celebrant again, renewing my own salvation. [5] “What then?” someone says. “Was not the first Sunday the dedication, the one after the holy night and the lighting of torches? But you give this title to today, you lover of feasts, devising many splendours.” That was the day of salvation; this is the birthday of salvation. That one is the boundary between burial and resurrection; this one belongs purely to the second birth; so that, as the first creation takes its beginning from a Sunday (this is clear, for from it the Sabbath becomes the seventh day, being rest from works), so the second creation also begins again from the same day, being the first of those after it and the eighth from those before it, loftier than the lofty and more wonderful than the wonderful. For it leads to the state above; which the divine Solomon seems to me to hint at, when he lays down that one should give a portion to seven, this life, and to eight, the life to come, from good action here and the restoration there. And the great David seems to sing to this day the psalms “for the eighth”, as to the present day of dedication another psalm, naming a dedication of a house; and that house is we ourselves, who have been counted worthy to be, to be called, and to become the temple of God.

44.6PG 36:613a–613c

’Ἔχετε τῶν Ἐγοιαινίων τὸν λόγον, Ἀλλʼ ἑγκαινίζεσθε, καὶτὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον ἇπορίῥψαντες, ἐν καινὸτ-τι ζωῆς πολιτεύεσθε, πᾶσι χαλινὸν ἰπιθέντες ἒξ ὧν ὁ θάνατος, πάντα τὰ μέλη ππιδαγωγήσαντες, πᾶσαν τὴν πονηρὰν τσῦ ξύλου βρῶσιν μισήσαντες,ἥ ιμέσαντες, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μόνον μεμνημένοι τῶν παλαιῶν, ἵνα φύγωμεν, Ὠραῖος ἦν εἷς ὅρασιν, καὶ καλὸς εἷς βρῶσιν, ὅ ἕμὲ θανατώσας χαρπό>’ φεύγωμεν τιες εὔχροίας, εἰς ἡμᾶς αὖτοὺς βλέπωμεν. Μή σε νικησάτω κάλλους ἐπιθυμία, μηδέ συναρπασθῇς σοῖς βλεφαροις, εὶ δυνατὸν, μέγρι καὶ παροράματος, τὴν Εὔαν ἕνθυμηθεὶς, τὸ γλυκὺ δέλεαρ, τὸ τιμώμενον φάρμακον. Πῶς γὰρ σώσει ῥαδίως ἠ ἀλλοτρία, ἄν ἀπ·ώλεσεν ἥ ἰδία ς Μὴ γλυκανθήτω σοι φέρʼ) ργξ, οὗ κατασύρεται πᾶν τὸ διδόμενυνʼ καὶ πρὶν ληφθῆναι, τιμώμενον, μετὰ τὸ λαβεῖν ὰτιμάζεται. Ἠ ὄσφρησις ἰθήλονέ σε, Φεῦγε τὰς comam. Τῇ ἀφῇ κατεμαλακίσθης ; Ἀπόταξαι ταῖς λειότησι, καὶ ταῖς ἁπαλότησιν. Ἦ into}, παρέπεισε ς Θές θύραν τοῖς ἀπατηλοῖς λόγοις καὶ mpts'p-{otc,"Av017e σὸν στόμα λόγῳ Θεοῦ, ἵνʼ ὶλκύσῃς Πνεῦμα. μὴ σπέσῃς θάνατον. ’Ὅταν τί σε δελὶαζῃ τῶν ἂπειρημὲνων, μνήσθητι ὅστις ἧς, καὶ ὅθεθ ἀπὸλωλας. Ἐὰν μικρόν τι τοῦ λόγου παρεκτραπῇς, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπανάγοι), πρὶν παντελῶς ἔξω πεσεῖν, καὶ κατενεχθῆναι πρὸς θάνατον, καὶ γενοῦ καινὸς ἀντὶ παλαιοῦ, καὶ ψυχῆς ἑόρταζε τὰ Ἐγκαίνια.

’Echete tōn Egoiainiōn ton logon, Allʼ henkainizesthe, kaiton palaion anthrōpon haporirhpsantes, en kainot-ti zōēs politeuesthe, pasi chalinon ipithentes ex hōn ho thanatos, panta ta melē ppidagōgēsantes, pasan tēn ponēran tsy xylou brōsin misēsantes,hē imesantes, kai dia touto monon memnēmenoi tōn palaiōn, hina phygōmen, Ōraios ēn heis horasin, kai kalos heis brōsin, ho heme thanatōsas charpo>’ pheugōmen ties euchroias, eis hēmas autous blepōmen. Mē se nikēsatō kallous epithymia, mēde synarpasthę̄s sois blepharois, ei dynaton, megri kai paroramatos, tēn Euan henthymētheis, to glyky delear, to timōmenon pharmakon. Pōs gar sōsei rhadiōs ē allotria, an ap;ōlesen hē idia s Mē glykanthētō soi pherʼ) rnx, hou katasyretai pan to didomenynʼ kai prin lēphthēnai, timōmenon, meta to labein atimazetai. Ē osphrēsis ithēlone se, Pheuge tas comam. Tę̄ aphę̄ katemalakisthēs ? Apotaxai tais leiotēsi, kai tais hapalotēsin. Ē into}, parepeise s Thes thyran tois apatēlois logois kai mpts'p-{otc,"Av017e son stoma logǭ Theou, hinʼ ilkysę̄s Pneuma. mē spesę̄s thanaton. ’Hotan ti se deliazę̄ tōn apeirēmenōn, mnēsthēti hostis hēs, kai hotheth apolōlas. Ean mikron ti tou logou parektrapę̄s, pros heauton epanagoi), prin pantelōs exō pesein, kai katenechthēnai pros thanaton, kai genou kainos anti palaiou, kai psychēs heortaze ta Enkainia.

You have the account of the dedications. But be renewed yourselves: casting off the old man, conduct yourselves in newness of life, putting a bridle on all the things from which death comes, disciplining every member, hating or vomiting up all the evil eating from the tree, and remembering the old things only so as to flee them. “It was beautiful to look at and good to eat,” the fruit that killed me. Let us flee a fine complexion; let us look at ourselves. Let not the desire for beauty conquer you, nor be caught by your eyelids, if possible not even so far as a glance, remembering Eve, the sweet bait, the honoured poison. For how will a strange woman easily save you, when your own destroyed you? Let not your throat become sweet to you, down which everything given is swept away; it is honoured before it is taken, and dishonoured after. Has smell made you effeminate? Flee perfumes. Have you grown soft through touch? Renounce smoothness and softness. Has hearing seduced you? Put a door on deceitful and flattering words. Open your mouth to the word of God, that you may draw in the Spirit, and not draw in death. Whenever something forbidden tempts you, remember who you were and whence you have perished. If you turn aside a little from reason, bring yourself back before you fall out altogether and are carried down to death; and become new instead of old, and keep the dedication of your soul.

44.7PG 36:613d–616a

Ὀ θυμὸς ἔστω σοι κατὰ μόνου τοῦ ὄφεως, διʼ δν ἐξέπεσε(. Τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν τετάσθω σοι πᾶν πρὸς Θεὸν, μὴ πρὸς ἄλλο τι τῶν ἰπιόούλων καὶ σφαλερῶν. Ὀ λογισμὸς πᾶσιν ιπιστατείτω, καὶ μὴ καθελκέσθω τὸ κρεῖττον ὑπὸ τοῦ χείρονος, Μὴ μισήσῃς σου τόν ἀδελφὸν, καὶ ταῦτα δωρεὰν, ὑπὶῦ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθονε, καὶ σὸς ἀδελφὸς ἒγένετο, Θεὸς ὥν καὶ Δεσπότης. Μῆ φθονήσῃς τῷ κατορθοῦντι, ὁ φθονηθεὶς, καὶ φθονεῖσθαι πεισθεὶς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κατενεχθιίς. Μὴ ἀτιμάσῃς δάκρυον, ὁ πολλῶν ἂξια δακρύων πεπονθὼς, εἶτα ἡλιη· μένος. Μὴ emam πένητα, ὁ πλουτήσας βιότητα· εί δ( οὖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ πλουτήσῃς κατὰ τοῦ πένητος. Καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ πολὶ παρὰ τῶν ἀκορέστων. Μὴ ἀτιμάσῃς ξένον, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἐξινίτευσεν,οὖ πάντες ἡμεῖς Ξέιοι καὶ πάροικοι, μὴ ἀποξενωθῇς τοῦ παραδείσου καθὼς τὸ πρότερον. Πετάδος τῷ δεομένῳ στέγης, σκέπης, τροφῆς, ὁ τούτοις ἕντρυφῶν, καὶ ὑπὲρ την χρείαν. Μὴ ἀγαπήσῃς τὸν πλοῦτον, ξι μὴ βοησθῇ πένησιν. "Apte, ὁ ἀφεθείς· ἐλέησον, ὁ ἠλεημένος· κτῆσαι τῷ φιλανθρώπῳ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, ἓως καιρόν πᾶς δ βίος ἐγκαινιζὶσθω σοι, πᾶσα ποσλιτείας ὁδός,

O thymos estō soi kata monou tou opheōs, diʼ dn exepese(. To epithymētikon tetasthō soi pan pros Theon, mē pros allo ti tōn ipiooulōn kai sphalerōn. O logismos pasin ipistateitō, kai mē kathelkesthō to kreitton hypo tou cheironos, Mē misēsę̄s sou ton adelphon, kai tauta dōrean, hypiy hou Christos apethone, kai sos adelphos egeneto, Theos hōn kai Despotēs. Mē phthonēsę̄s tǭ katorthounti, ho phthonētheis, kai phthoneisthai peistheis, kai dia touto katenechthiis. Mē atimasę̄s dakryon, ho pollōn axia dakryōn peponthōs, eita hēliē; menos. Mē emam penēta, ho ploutēsas biotēta; ei d( oun, alla mē ploutēsę̄s kata tou penētos. Kai touto gar poli para tōn akorestōn. Mē atimasę̄s xenon, hyper hou Christos exiniteusen,ou pantes hēmeis Xeioi kai paroikoi, mē apoxenōthę̄s tou paradeisou kathōs to proteron. Petados tǭ deomenǭ stegēs, skepēs, trophēs, ho toutois hentryphōn, kai hyper tēn chreian. Mē agapēsę̄s ton plouton, xi mē boēsthę̄ penēsin. "Apte, ho aphetheis; eleēson, ho ēleēmenos; ktēsai tǭ philanthrōpǭ to philanthrōpon, heōs kairon pas d bios enkainizisthō soi, pasa posliteias hodos,

Let your anger be against the serpent alone, through whom you fell. Let your desire be wholly stretched out towards God, not towards anything else that is treacherous and dangerous. Let reason preside over all, and let not the better be dragged down by the worse. Do not hate your brother, and that without cause, for whom Christ died and became your brother, though he is God and Master. Do not envy one who succeeds, you who were envied, and persuaded through envy, and cast down for that reason. Do not dishonour a tear, you who suffered things worthy of many tears and then found mercy. Do not turn away a poor man, you who have become rich in Godhead; or, if you must, at least do not grow rich at the poor man's expense; for this too is common among the insatiable. Do not dishonour a stranger, for whom Christ became a stranger, among whom we are all strangers and sojourners, lest you be estranged from paradise as before. Share with one who needs shelter, covering and food, you who luxuriate in these beyond your need. Do not love wealth, unless it helps the poor. Forgive, you who have been forgiven; have mercy, you who have received mercy; win love by love while there is time. Let your whole life be renewed, every way of your conduct.

44.8PG 36:616b–617a

Δί ὑπό ζυγὸν, δότε τι καὶ Θεῷ· προσείλη eo: γάρ, Αἰ παρθένοι, τὸ πᾶν Θεῷ· λέλυσθε γάρΑΙ-ὶλ γίνεσθε κλέπτριαι δούλης ἡδονῆς φυγοῦσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἐκ τοῦ συνοικεῖν, οὒκ ἀνδράσι μὲν, ἀνδράσι δʼ ὅμως. Οὔ δέχομαι κάμνειν ἀεὶ τοῖς τῆς ἡδονῆς ὐποο μνήμασι· μισῶ καὶ τὴν διʼ ἀέρος συνήθειαν, Οί δυνάσται, φοβεῖσθε τὸν δυνατώτερον· οἱ τῶν ὑψηλῶν θρόνων, τὸν ὑψηλότερον. Μὴ θαυμάσῃς μηδὲν ὃ μὴ παραμένει· μή παρίδῃς, 8 μένει· μηδὲ περισφίγΞῃς μηδὲν, ὃ διαρῤεϊ κρατούμενον· μὴ ζηλώσῃς τι τῶν οὒ φθονοδμὲνων ἀλλὰ μισουμένων· μὴ ἐπαερθῇς μέγα, ’ἱνα μὴ μείζον κατενεχθῇ· μὴ φρόνει τῶν κακῶν φαίνεσθαι κρείττων. λυποῦ δὲ, τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἡττώμενος μή γελασης πτῶμα τοῦ πέλας· διάβαινε δὲ ἀσφαλῶς, ὅση σοι δύναμις, ἀλλὰ καὶ δίδου χεῖρα χαμαὶ κειμένῳ. Μήτε ἀθυμῶν, ἆπελπίσῃς εὐημερίαν· μήτε πράττων καλῶς, ἀθυμίαν, Εἷς ἐνιαυτὸς τέσσαρας ὢρας φέρει, καὶ μία ῥοπὴ καιροῦ, πολλὰς πραγμάτων μεταβολὰς, Ἐπικυπτέτω σοι μέριμνα μὲν ἡδονὴν, λύπην δὲ ἡ κρείττων ἑλπίς, Οὕτως ἐγκαινίζεται ἄνθρωπος, οὕτως τιμᾶται ἡ τῶν Ἐγκαινίων ἡμέρα, τοιαύτῃ τρυσρῖιη τοιούτοις ἐδέσμασιν, Οὔκ ὀφθήσῃ, φησὶ, κενὸς ἐναντίον μου· ἀλλʼ εἴ τι καλὸν, μετὰ σεαυτοῦ φέρων, Νῦν δὲ ὄφθητι καινὸς τρόπον ἕτερος, ὅλως ἠλλοιωμένος. Τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν· ἰδοὺ γέγονε τὰ πάντα καινά. Τοῦτο τῇ ἑορτῇ καρποφόρησον τὴν καλὴν ἀλλοίωσιν ἆλλοιώθητι· καὶ μηδέ οὕτω μέγα φρονήσῃς, ἀλλὰ φθέγξαι τὸ τοῦ Δαβίδ· Αὕτη ἡ ἀλλοίωσις τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ Ὑψίστου, παρʼ οὗ πᾶν ἀνθρώποις τὸ κατορθούμενον, 0'3 βούλεταί σε ὁ λόγος ποτὶ ἐν ταυτῷ μένειν, ἀλλὰ ἱεικινητον εῖναι, εὐκίνητον, πάντως νεόκτιστον· ἄν ἆμαρτάνῃς, ἐπιστρέφοντα εί κατορθοῖς, latnt-.1 νοντα.

Di hypo zygon, dote ti kai Theǭ; proseilē eo: gar, Ai parthenoi, to pan Theǭ; lelysthe garAI-il ginesthe kleptriai doulēs hēdonēs phygousai tēn eleutherian, ek tou synoikein, ouk andrasi men, andrasi dʼ homōs. Ou dechomai kamnein aei tois tēs hēdonēs ypoo mnēmasi; misō kai tēn diʼ aeros synētheian, Oi dynastai, phobeisthe ton dynatōteron; hoi tōn hypsēlōn thronōn, ton hypsēloteron. Mē thaumasę̄s mēden ho mē paramenei; mē paridę̄s, 8 menei; mēde perisphinXę̄s mēden, ho diarreï kratoumenon; mē zēlōsę̄s ti tōn ou phthonodmenōn alla misoumenōn; mē epaerthę̄s mega, ’hina mē meizon katenechthę̄; mē phronei tōn kakōn phainesthai kreittōn. lypou de, tōn agathōn hēttōmenos mē gelasēs ptōma tou pelas; diabaine de asphalōs, hosē soi dynamis, alla kai didou cheira chamai keimenǭ. Mēte athymōn, apelpisę̄s euēmerian; mēte prattōn kalōs, athymian, Heis eniautos tessaras ōras pherei, kai mia rhopē kairou, pollas pragmatōn metabolas, Epikyptetō soi merimna men hēdonēn, lypēn de hē kreittōn helpis, Houtōs enkainizetai anthrōpos, houtōs timatai hē tōn Enkainiōn hēmera, toiautę̄ trysriiē toioutois edesmasin, Ouk ophthēsę̄, phēsi, kenos enantion mou; allʼ ei ti kalon, meta seautou pherōn, Nyn de ophthēti kainos tropon heteros, holōs ēlloiōmenos. Ta archaia parēlthen; idou gegone ta panta kaina. Touto tę̄ heortę̄ karpophorēson tēn kalēn alloiōsin alloiōthēti; kai mēde houtō mega phronēsę̄s, alla phthenxai to tou Dabid; Hautē hē alloiōsis tēs dexias tou Hypsistou, parʼ hou pan anthrōpois to katorthoumenon, 0'3 bouletai se ho logos poti en tautǭ menein, alla hieikinēton einai, eukinēton, pantōs neoktiston; an amartanę̄s, epistrephonta ei katorthois, latnt-.1 nonta.

You who are under the yoke, give something to God too, for you too have been taken up by him. You virgins, give everything to God, for you are free. Do not become stealers of a servile pleasure after fleeing freedom, by living with men who are not husbands, but men nonetheless. I do not accept that you should be constantly troubled by reminders of pleasure; I hate even the familiarity of the eyes. You who are powerful, fear the more powerful; you who sit on high thrones, the one who is higher. Admire nothing that does not remain; do not overlook what remains; do not clutch anything that slips away when held; do not envy things that are not envied but hated; do not be greatly lifted up, lest you be cast down further; do not pride yourself on appearing better than the wicked, but grieve at being surpassed by the good; do not laugh at your neighbour's fall, but walk safely, as far as you can, and also give a hand to one lying on the ground. Neither despair of prosperity when you are downcast, nor of humility when you are faring well. One year brings four seasons, and one turn of the times many changes of fortune. Let care overshadow your pleasure, and the better hope your grief. So man is renewed; so the day of the dedication is honoured, with such luxury and such food. “You shall not appear empty before me,” it says, but bringing something good with you. Now appear new in another way, wholly changed. “The old things have passed away; behold, all things have become new.” Bring this as your fruit to the feast: be changed with the good change; and do not be proud even so, but say the words of David: “This is the change of the right hand of the Most High,” from whom men have every success. The word does not want you ever to remain the same, but to be ever moving, easily moved, always newly created: turning back if you sin, pressing on if you do well.

44.9PG 36:617a–617b

Χθὶς πίστιν εἶχες τὴν τῶν διαιρῶν, σήμερον τὴν τοῦ Θτοῦ γνώρισον μέχρι τίνος ἔπʼ ἀμφοτέραις χωλανεῖς ταῖς ιγνύαις ς μέχρι τίνος οἰκονομήσει( ; Καὶ οἰκοδομῆσαί ποτε προθομήθητι χθὲς τὸ δοκεῖν τις έτίμας, σήμτρον τό εἶναι προτίμησοο ‘ Μέχρι ποῦ τὰ humu; καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειᾶ ποτε σπουδασθήτω σοι, Χβὲς ἦσθα θεατρικὸς, σήμερον φάνηθι θεωρητικός χθὲς λοίδορός, ἰταμὸς, σήμερον εὔφημος, ἥμερος · χθὲς κωμαστὴς, σήμερον σωφρονιστής. Σήμερον οἰνοπότης, αῦριον ὑδροπότης. Σήμερον κατασπαταλῶν ἰπὶ κλινῶν ἱλεφαντίνων, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα μύρά χριόμενος, αῦριον 1 iapaovne καὶ ἄγρυπνος avri ῃλοῖαστώ, σύννοῦς1 ἀντὶ καλλωπιστοῦ, δυσείμων ἀντὶ ταύρου καὶ ἀλαζόνος, ιῦτιλῆς τὸ φαινόμενον ἀντὶ χρυσορόφου, στενόχωρος κάτω νεύων, ἔιντὶ ὑψαύχενος. Ἐὰν οὕτω διανοῇ, καὶ οὕτω ποιῇς, ἔσται σοι ὁ οὐρανὸς καινὸς, καὶ ἡ γῆ καινὴ, τά τε ἄλλα καὶτὸν τούτων λόγον καταλαμβάνοντι.

Chthis pistin eiches tēn tōn diairōn, sēmeron tēn tou Thtou gnōrison mechri tinos epʼ amphoterais chōlaneis tais ignyais s mechri tinos oikonomēsei( ? Kai oikodomēsai pote prothomēthēti chthes to dokein tis etimas, sēmtron to einai protimēsoo ‘ Mechri pou ta humu? kai hē alētheia pote spoudasthētō soi, Chbes ēstha theatrikos, sēmeron phanēthi theōrētikos chthes loidoros, itamos, sēmeron euphēmos, hēmeros ; chthes kōmastēs, sēmeron sōphronistēs. Sēmeron oinopotēs, aurion hydropotēs. Sēmeron kataspatalōn ipi klinōn hilephantinōn, kai ta prōta myra chriomenos, aurion 1 iapaovne kai agrypnos avri ę̄loiastō, synnous1 anti kallōpistou, dyseimōn anti taurou kai alazonos, iytilēs to phainomenon anti chrysorophou, stenochōros katō neuōn, einti hypsauchenos. Ean houtō dianoę̄, kai houtō poię̄s, estai soi ho ouranos kainos, kai hē gē kainē, ta te alla kaiton toutōn logon katalambanonti.

Yesterday you had the faith of the demons; today learn that of God. How long will you limp on both your knees? How long will you temporize? Be eager at last to build up. Yesterday you honoured seeming; today prefer being. How long the shadows? Let truth too be pursued by you at last. Yesterday you were a man of the theatre; today show yourself a man of contemplation. Yesterday abusive and bold, today well-spoken and gentle; yesterday a reveller, today a corrector of others. Today a wine-drinker, tomorrow a water-drinker. Today luxuriating on ivory couches and anointed with the finest perfumes, tomorrow lying on the ground and keeping vigil instead of reclining softly; thoughtful instead of adorned; poorly clothed instead of a peacock and a boaster; plain in appearance instead of gold-roofed; humble and bowing down instead of proud-necked. If you think thus and act thus, you will have a new heaven and a new earth, grasping both these things and their meaning.

44.10PG 36:617c–620a

Ἀλλʼ ἀπίωμεν ἤδη, καὶ τῷ καιρῷ τὰ εἰκότα συν-1 εορτὰσοντες. Πάντα γὰρ εἷς καλὸν τῇ πανηγύρει covτρέχει καὶ συναγάλλεται ο ἴδε γὰρ οἷα τὰ ὁρώμενα. Ἠ βασίλισσα τῶν ὥρῶν τῇ βασιλίδι τῶν ἡμερῶν πομο πεύει, καὶ δωροφορεῖ παρʼ ἑαυτῆς πᾶν 'o' τι κάλλισ στον καὶ τερπνότατον. Νῦν οὐρανὸς διαυγέστερος ο νῦν ἥλιος ῦψηλότερος καὶ χρυσοειδέστερος νῦν σελόγος κύκλος φανότερος, καὶ ἀστέρων χορὸς κιθαρώτιρος. Νῦν αἰγιαλοῖς μὶν κύματα σπένδεται, ἡλίῳ δί νέφος, ἀέρι δὶ ἄνεμοι, γῆ δί φυτοῖς, φυτὰ δί ὄψεσι. Νῦν πηγαὶ διαυγέστερον νᾶουσι · νῦν δὲ ποταμοὶ δαψιλέσττρον, τῶν χειμερίων δεσμῶν λυθέντες, Καὶ λειμὼν nemo“, καὶ φυτὸν βρύει, καὶ κείρεται πόα, καὶ ἄρνες έπισκιρτῶσι χλοεραῖς ἠταῖς ἀρούραις. ’Ἄρτι μὶν ναῦς iet λιμένῳν ἀνάγεται σὺν κελεύσματι, καὶ τούτοις ὣς τὰ πολλᾶ φιλοθέοις, καὶ τῷ ἱστίῳ πτεροῦται καὶ περισκιρτᾷ δελφὶς, ἀναφυσῶν ὡς ἥδιστον καὶ ἀναπεμπόμενος, καὶ παραπέμπει πλωτῆρας σὺν εῦθυμίᾳ "Apri δὲ γεωρτις ἄροτρον πήγνυται, ἄνὼ filiarum καὶ τὸν καρποδότην ίέπικαλούμενος, καὶ ί ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἄγει βοῦν ἀρότην, καὶ ζτέμνει γλυκεῖαν αὔλακα, καὶ ταῖς ἆλπίσινεῦφραίνεται. ’Ἄρτι δὲ ποιμὴν καὶ βου· ιιόλοὲῗ ἁρμόζονται ώριγγὲς, καὶ νόμιον ὶμπνέουρνι ιέλος, καὶ φυτοῖς καὶ πέτραις ινιαριςουσιν. ’Ἄρτι δί ψτον φυτουργὸς θεραπεύει, Διιιαὶ litus-‘5: ilszopeT, stin ὑποβλέπειῂ πτόρθουςν suiιπεριιργᾶτ ξιται πτερὸν aeneo; Kal ’ἁλῷς We διορᾷ, καὶ Βίιτυον ἀναχαθαίρσι, καὶ πέτρας ὺπιρισθᾶζῐται,

Allʼ apiōmen ēdē, kai tǭ kairǭ ta eikota syn-1 eortasontes. Panta gar heis kalon tę̄ panēgyrei covtrechei kai synagalletai o ide gar hoia ta horōmena. Ē basilissa tōn hōrōn tę̄ basilidi tōn hēmerōn pomo peuei, kai dōrophorei parʼ heautēs pan 'o' ti kallis ston kai terpnotaton. Nyn ouranos diaugesteros o nyn hēlios ypsēloteros kai chrysoeidesteros nyn selogos kyklos phanoteros, kai asterōn choros kitharōtiros. Nyn aigialois min kymata spendetai, hēliǭ di nephos, aeri di anemoi, gē di phytois, phyta di opsesi. Nyn pēgai diaugesteron naousi ; nyn de potamoi dapsilesttron, tōn cheimeriōn desmōn lythentes, Kai leimōn nemo“, kai phyton bryei, kai keiretai poa, kai arnes episkirtōsi chloerais ētais arourais. ’Arti min naus iet limenǭn anagetai syn keleusmati, kai toutois hōs ta polla philotheois, kai tǭ histiǭ pteroutai kai periskirtą delphis, anaphysōn hōs hēdiston kai anapempomenos, kai parapempei plōtēras syn euthymią "Apri de geōrtis arotron pēgnytai, anō filiarum kai ton karpodotēn iepikaloumenos, kai i hypo zygon agei boun arotēn, kai ztemnei glykeian aulaka, kai tais alpisineuphrainetai. ’Arti de poimēn kai bou; iioloeï harmozontai ōringes, kai nomion impneourni ielos, kai phytois kai petrais iniarisousin. ’Arti di pston phytourgos therapeuei, Diiiai litus-‘5: ilszopeT, stin hypoblepeię̄ ptorthousn suiiperiirgat xitai pteron aeneo? Kal ’halǭs We diorą, kai Biityon anachathairsi, kai petras ypiristhazitai,

But let us go now and keep the feast fittingly with the season. For all things join in the festival for good and rejoice with it: see what we behold. The queen of the seasons escorts the queen of days and brings as gifts all that is most beautiful and pleasant. Now the sky is clearer; now the sun is higher and more golden; now the moon's circle is brighter and the choir of stars purer. Now the waves make peace with the shores, the clouds with the sun, the winds with the air, the earth with the plants, the plants with the eyes. Now springs flow more clearly, and rivers more abundantly, released from their winter bonds. The meadow is fragrant, the plant teems, the grass is cut, and lambs skip over the green fields. Now the ship is launched from the harbour with a shout, mostly a God-loving one, and is winged by its sail; and the dolphin leaps around, blowing most sweetly and rising up, and escorts the sailors cheerfully. Now the farmer fixes his plough, looking up and calling on the giver of fruits, puts the ploughing ox under the yoke, cuts the sweet furrow and rejoices in his hopes. Now shepherds and cowherds tune their pipes and breathe out a pastoral song, and spend the spring among plants and rocks. Now the gardener tends his plant … looks up at the branches … and the fisherman looks into the depths, cleans his net and sits on the rocks.

44.11PG 36:620a–620c

’Ἀρτι μὶν ἡ eratP-16c μέλισσα, τὸ ὶκλύσασα, χαὶγ τῶν σίμβλων fimo-sies, τὴν ἑαυτῆς σοφίαν ἐπιδείκνυται, καὶ λειμῶνας ται, xxi συλᾷ τὰ ἄνθη · καὶ ἡ μὶν φοκῖ τᾶ κηρία, τὰς ἔξαγώνους iul ἀντιθέτως σύριγγας EEmeνα, καὶ τὰς κυβείας ταῖς γωνίαις ιπαλλάττἮ, ἔργον ὁμοῦ κάλλους καὶ ἀσφαλείας · ἡ δί τὸ μέλι ταῖς ἀποθήχαις iunctim-ut, χαὶ τῷ ειν(ζοντι καρπὸν γλυκὺν καὶ ἀγήρατον, Ὠς ὄφελόν γι 7 καὶ ἡμεῖς 6 Χριστοῦ μιλισσὼν, τοιοῦτέ λαβόντες σοφίας καὶ φιλοπονίας ὑπόδειγμα ε ’Ἄρτι 9 ιιαλιὰν ὅρνιςγπήγνυται, καί 6 μὲν ἐπανέρχεται, δ ἂ ιίσοιχίζεται, ὁ δὲ περιίπταται, καὶ καταφανεῖ τὶ ἄλσος, xuii πιριλαλιτ τὸν ἄνθριιοίκον.Δ Πάντα σάν ὒμνιῐ καὶ δοξάζει φωναῖς ἀλαλήτοις ’ δαὶ ait γὰρ εὖχαριστιϊται διʼ ὶμοῦ Θεός καὶ οὕτως ὃ ἀκίνων ὕμνος, ἡμέτερος γίνεται, παρʼ ὧν δγὺ 10‘ δμνετν λαμβάνω. Νῦν μὶν πᾶν ζώων πὶ πᾶσαν αἴσθησιν ἐστιώμιοα, NV δὶ τείως καὶ ἀγέρωχος, τοῖς οἴκοις δυσχιραίνων, παῖ τὶ ἓρρζννήσας, κροαίνιι κατὰ πιδίον, καὶ map“: αʼζιται,.

’Arti min hē eratP-16c melissa, to iklysasa, chaig tōn simblōn fimo-sies, tēn heautēs sophian epideiknytai, kai leimōnas tai, xxi sylą ta anthē ; kai hē min phoki ta kēria, tas exagōnous iul antithetōs syringas EEmena, kai tas kybeias tais gōniais ipallattĒ, ergon homou kallous kai asphaleias ; hē di to meli tais apothēchais iunctim-ut, chai tǭ ein(zonti karpon glykyn kai agēraton, Ōs ophelon gi 7 kai hēmeis 6 Christou milissōn, toioute labontes sophias kai philoponias hypodeigma e ’Arti 9 iialian hornisgpēgnytai, kai 6 men epanerchetai, d a iisoichizetai, ho de periiptatai, kai kataphanei ti alsos, xuii pirilalit ton anthriioikon.D Panta san ymnii kai doxazei phōnais alalētois ’ dai ait gar eucharistiïtai diʼ imou Theos kai houtōs ho akinōn hymnos, hēmeteros ginetai, parʼ hōn dgy 10‘ dmnetn lambanō. Nyn min pan zōōn pi pasan aisthēsin estiōmioa, NV di teiōs kai agerōchos, tois oikois dyschirainōn, pai ti herrznnēsas, kroainii kata pidion, kai map“: aʼzitai,.

Now the industrious bee, having left the hives, displays its own wisdom, flies over the meadows and plunders the flowers; one forms the combs, joining the hexagonal cells opposite one another and alternating their angles, a work of beauty and security together; another stores the honey in the storehouses for the one who cultivates it, a sweet and ageless fruit. Would that we too, the swarm of Christ, might take such an example of wisdom and industry! Now the bird builds its nest; one returns, another settles in, another flies around, filling the grove with song and chattering around man. All things hymn God and glorify him with unspoken voices; for God is thanked through me for all of them, and so their hymn becomes ours, since from them I take the occasion to hymn. Now we feast every sense on every living thing; now the horse, proud and haughty, impatient of the stable, having broken his bond, gallops over the plain and exults.

44.12PG 36:620c–621c

Τί τᾶλλας Νῦν μάρτυρος αιοριάζοικισιηκὶ πομπεύουσι, χαὶ λαμπροῖς τοῖς βήμασι (τίθημλοῦσι λαὸν φιλόχριστον, καὶ τοὺς ἄθλους δημοσιεύωσι. Τούτων εἷς host xui 6 ἐμὸς nam: γὰρ, εἰ καὶ μὴ παρʼ luci, πιπτέτω dada} λέγω), Μάμας ὁνπιριβόῆτος, καὶ ποιμὴν,νίιαῖ μάρτυς · 6 πρότερον μὶν τὰς ὶλάιροικ ἀμέλγειν-κιτιπσιγομένας ἀλλήλων, ινα ξένῳ (se) γάλακι φυῇ δίκαιοςʼ νῦν Si ποιμαίνων λαὸν μητροπόλιόξ (η, καὶ τὸ ἔαρ ἆγκαινίζων σήμερον ταῖς πολλαῖς κελαι τῶν πανταχόθεν ἆπσιγομένων, διάφορόν τῆς κάλλεσι, καὶ ποιμέσιν ἄξιον, ν καὶ m ὶπινιιιίοις. "Est δὶ συντομώτιρσν sitm, Αοσμικὸν, ἔαρ πνευματικὸν, lup ψυχαῖς, ἶαρ σιν, ἔαρ ὁρώμενον, ἔαρ ἀόρατον οὗ κᾶκιῐθιν ματα “Scip.” ἂνταῦθα καλῶς ἆμιιφθέντις, ναὶ καινο πρὸς τὸν καινὸν βίον παραπιμιρθιίημεν, ἂν Χριοτῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ span, ᾧ πᾶσα δόξα τιμὴ, καὶ κράτος σὺν ἁγίῳ Evadunt, sic δόξαν Θεοί Πατρὸς. ’Δμήνʼ;

Ti tallas Nyn martyros aioriazoikisiēki pompeuousi, chai lamprois tois bēmasi (tithēmlousi laon philochriston, kai tous athlous dēmosieuōsi. Toutōn heis host xui 6 emos nam: gar, ei kai mē parʼ luci, piptetō dada} legō), Mamas honpiriboētos, kai poimēn,niiai martys ; 6 proteron min tas ilairoik amelgein-kitipsigomenas allēlōn, ina xenǭ (se) galaki phyę̄ dikaiosʼ nyn Si poimainōn laon mētropoliox (ē, kai to ear ankainizōn sēmeron tais pollais kelai tōn pantachothen apsigomenōn, diaphoron tēs kallesi, kai poimesin axion, n kai m ipiniiiiois. "Est di syntomōtirsn sitm, Aosmikon, ear pneumatikon, lup psychais, iar sin, ear horōmenon, ear aoraton hou kakiithin mata “Scip.” antautha kalōs amiiphthentis, nai kaino pros ton kainon bion parapimirthiiēmen, an Chriotǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ span, hǭ pasa doxa timē, kai kratos syn hagiǭ Evadunt, sic doxan Theoi Patros. ’Dmēnʼ?

Why speak of the rest? Now the martyrs are honoured with processions, and with their bright shrines they fill a Christ-loving people and make their contests public. Among them is also my own Mamas (for he is mine, even if not from my city; let no one envy me for saying so), the renowned Mamas, shepherd and martyr; who formerly milked the does that came to him of their own accord, so that the just man might be nourished on strange milk; and who now shepherds the people of a metropolis, and renews the spring today with the many crowds that come from everywhere, adorned with various beauties, and worthy of shepherds and of festivals. To say it more briefly: a worldly spring, a spiritual spring; a spring for souls, a spring for bodies; a visible spring, an invisible spring; of which may we partake there too, having been well changed here, and may we be sent on, made new, to the new life, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be all glory, honour and might, with the Holy Spirit, to the glory of God the Father. Amen.

Chapter 45

45.1PG 36:624d–624b

Ἐπὶ τῆς φυλακῆς μου στήσομαι, φησὶν ὁ Θαυμάσιος Ἀὅῦακούμ. Κάγὼ μετʼ αὐτοῦ σήμερον, τῆς δεδομένης μοι παρὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐξουσίας καὶ θεωρίας, καὶ ἀποσκοπεύσω καὶ γνώσομαι, τί ὀφθήσεται, καὶ τί λαληθήσεταί μοι. Καὶ ἔστην, καὶ ἀπεσκόπευσαο καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ὲπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ οὗτος ὑψηλὸς σφόδραʼ καὶ ἡ ὅρασις αὑτοῦ, ὠς ὅρασις ἁγγέλουʼ καὶ ή στολὴ αὑτοῦ, ὡς φέγγος ἀστραπῆς διερχομένης· καὶ ἐπῆρε τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ κατʼ ἀνατολὰς, καὶ ὲὸόησε φωνῇ μεγάλῃ. Φωνὴ αὑτοῦ, ὡς φωνὴ σάλπιγγοςʼ καὶ κύκλῳ αὑτοῦ. ὡς πλῆθος οὐρανίου στρατιᾶς, κα) εἷπε· Σήμερον σωτηρία τῷ κόσμῳ, ὅσος τε ὁρατὸς, καὶ ὅσος ἀόρατος. Χριστὸς ὲκ νεκρῶν, συνεγείρεσθε· Χριστὸς είς ἑαυτὸν, ὲπανέρχεσθε ο Χριστὸς ὲκ τάφων, ὲλευθερώθητε τῶν δεσμῶν τῆς ἁμαρτίας. Πύλαι ᾇδου ἀνοίγονται, καὶ Θάνατος καταλύεται, καὶ ὁ παλαιὸς Ἀδὰμ ἀποτίθεται, καὶ ὁ νέος ωμπληροῦται εἴ τις ὲν Χριστῷ καινὴ κτίσις, ἀνακαινίζεσθε. Ταῦτα ὁ μὲν ἔλεγεν· οἱ δὲ ἁνύμνουν, ὅπερ καὶ πρότερον, ἡνίκα ἡμῖν ἐπεφάνη Χριστὸς διὰ τῆς κάτω γεννήσεως, τὸ, Δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ει·ρήνη, ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκία. Μεθʼ ὧν καὶ αὐτὸς ὲν ὑμῖν ταῦτα φθέγγομαι· εἴη δὲ καὶ φωνὴν λαβεῖν τῆς ἀγγελικῆς ἀξίαν, καὶ πάντα περιηχοῧσαν τὰ πέρατα.

Epi tēs phylakēs mou stēsomai, phēsin ho Thaumasios Haouakoum. Kagō metʼ autou sēmeron, tēs dedomenēs moi para tou Pneumatos exousias kai theōrias, kai aposkopeusō kai gnōsomai, ti ophthēsetai, kai ti lalēthēsetai moi. Kai estēn, kai apeskopeusao kai idou anēr epibebēkōs epi tōn nephelōn, kai houtos hypsēlos sphodraʼ kai hē horasis hautou, ōs horasis hangelouʼ kai ē stolē hautou, hōs phengos astrapēs dierchomenēs; kai epēre tēn cheira autou katʼ anatolas, kai eooēse phōnę̄ megalę̄. Phōnē hautou, hōs phōnē salpingosʼ kai kyklǭ hautou. hōs plēthos ouraniou stratias, ka) heipe; Sēmeron sōtēria tǭ kosmǭ, hosos te horatos, kai hosos aoratos. Christos ek nekrōn, synegeiresthe; Christos eis heauton, epanerchesthe o Christos ek taphōn, eleutherōthēte tōn desmōn tēs hamartias. Pylai hądou anoigontai, kai Thanatos katalyetai, kai ho palaios Adam apotithetai, kai ho neos ōmplēroutai ei tis en Christǭ kainē ktisis, anakainizesthe. Tauta ho men elegen; hoi de hanymnoun, hoper kai proteron, hēnika hēmin epephanē Christos dia tēs katō gennēseōs, to, Doxa en hypsistois Theǭ, kai epi gēs ei;rēnē, en anthrōpois eudokia. Methʼ hōn kai autos en hymin tauta phthengomai; eiē de kai phōnēn labein tēs angelikēs axian, kai panta periēchoÿsan ta perata.

“I will stand upon my watch,” says the wonderful Habakkuk; and I with him today, with the authority and vision given me by the Spirit, will look out and learn what will be seen and what will be spoken to me. And I stood and looked out; and behold, a man riding upon the clouds, very lofty, and his appearance as the appearance of an angel, and his garment like the brightness of passing lightning; and he lifted his hand towards the east and cried with a loud voice, his voice like the voice of a trumpet, and round about him as it were a multitude of the heavenly host; and he said: “Today salvation has come to the world, both visible and invisible. Christ is risen from the dead: rise with him. Christ has returned to himself: return. Christ is freed from the tomb: be freed from the bonds of sin. The gates of Hades are opened, death is destroyed, the old Adam is put off, the new is made complete. If anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation: be renewed.” So he spoke; and the others sang, as they did before, when Christ appeared to us through his birth below, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will among men.” With them I too utter these words among you; and would that I might have a voice worthy of the angels, sounding through all the ends of the earth.

45.2PG 36:624b–625c

Πάσχα Κυρίου, Πάσχα, κα) πάλιν ὲρῶ Πάσχα, τιμῇ τῆς Τριάδος. Αὕτη ἑορτῶν ἡμῖν ἑορτὴ, καὶ πανήγυρις πανηγύρεων, τοσοῦτον ὑπεραίρουσα πάσας, οὐ τὰς ἀνθρωπικὰς μόνον καὶ χαμαὶ ἐρχομὲο νας, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶτὰς αὑτοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ τελουμένας, ὅσον ἀστέρας ἥλιος. Καλὴ μὲν καὶ ἡ χθὲς ἡμῖν λαμπροφορία xu). φωταγὼγία, ἣν ἰδία τε κα) δημοσίᾳ συνεστησάμεθα, πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων μικροῦ καὶ ἀξία πᾶσα, δαψιλεῖ τῷ πυρὶ τὴν νύκτα καταφωτίζοντες, καὶ τοῦ μεγάλου φωτὸς ἀντίτυπος, ὅσον τε οὐρανὸς ἄνωθεν φρυκτωρεί, κόσμον ὅλον αὐγάζων τοῖς παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ κάλλεσι, καὶ ὅσον ὑπερουράνιον, ἐν τε ἀγγέλοις τῇ πρώτῃ φωτεινῇ φύσει μετὰ τὴν πρώτην, τῷ ἐκεῖθεν πηγάξασθαι, ναὶ ὅσον ἂν τῇ Τριάδι, παρʼ ἧς φῶς ἅπαν συνέστηκεν, ἐξ ἀμερίστου- φωτὸς μεριζόμενοι καὶ τιμώμενον. Καλλίιυν δὲ ἡ σήμερον, Ὕκαὶ- περιερανεστὲρα. ’Ὅσίρ χθὶς μὲν πρόδρομον ἧν τοῦ με‹ γάλου φωτὸς ἀνισναμένου τὸ φῶς, οἷον εὐφροσύνη τ·ς προεόρτιος, Σήμερον ὀὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν-αὐτῆ ἑορτάζομεν, οὒκ ἔτι δλπιζομένην, ἀλλʼ ἤδη γεγενη· μένην, καὶ κόσμον ὅλον ιω.»τῇ συνάγουσαν. ’Ἅλλος μὲν οὖν ἄλλο τι τῷ καιρῷ καρποφορείτω, καὶ δωροφορείτω δῶρον ἑόρτιον, μικρὸν, ἢ μεʼῐζον1 τῶν πνευμυτικῶν τε xciv Θεῴ φίλων, ὅντως ἂν ἵκαστος ἔχῃ δυνάμεως. Τῆς γὰρ ἂξιας, μόλις ἂν καὶ ἄγγελοι τύχοιεν, οἱ πρῶτοι, καὶ νοεροὶ, καὶ καθαροὶ, aui} τῆς ἄνω δόξης ιπόπται καὶ μάρτυρες εἴπερ διαὶ τούτοις τὸ πᾶν ιερικτὸν τῆς ὑμνήσεως ὐμετς δί λόγον εἰσοίσομεν, ὧν ἔχομεν τὸ κάλλιστόν τε καὶ τιμιώτατον, ἄλλως-τε καῖʼ-Λόγον ὑμνοῦντες, ἐπʼ εὐεργεσιᾳ τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως, ’Ἂρξομαι δὲ ἒντεῦθεν. Οὒδὶ γὰρ ἀνέχομαι, τοὺς περὶ -τοῦ μεγάλου θύματος καὶ τῆς μεγίστης ἡμερῶν θύων λόγους, μὴ πρὸς Θεὸν ἀναδραμεῖν, κάκεῖθεν ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀρχήν. Καί μοι ααθήρασθε καὶ νοῦν, καὶ ἀκοὴν, καὶ διάνοιαν, ὅσοι τρυφᾶτε τὰ τοιαῦτα (ἐπειδὴ περὶ Θεοῦ καὶ θεῖος 6 λόγος), ’ἕνʼ ἀπέλθητε τρυφήσαντες ὅντως τὰ μῆ κινούμενα. ’Ἔσται δὲ 6 αὐτὸς πληρέστατός τι ἅμα καὶ συντομώτατος, ὡς μήτε τῷ ἰνδεετ λυπεῖν, μήτε ἀηδὴς εἶναι διὰ τὸν κόρον.

Pascha Kyriou, Pascha, ka) palin erō Pascha, timę̄ tēs Triados. Hautē heortōn hēmin heortē, kai panēgyris panēgyreōn, tosouton hyperairousa pasas, ou tas anthrōpikas monon kai chamai erchomeo nas, allʼ ēdē kaitas hautou Christou kai epʼ autǭ teloumenas, hoson asteras hēlios. Kalē men kai hē chthes hēmin lamprophoria xu). phōtagōgia, hēn idia te ka) dēmosią synestēsametha, pan genos anthrōpōn mikrou kai axia pasa, dapsilei tǭ pyri tēn nykta kataphōtizontes, kai tou megalou phōtos antitypos, hoson te ouranos anōthen phryktōrei, kosmon holon augazōn tois parʼ heautou kallesi, kai hoson hyperouranion, en te angelois tę̄ prōtę̄ phōteinę̄ physei meta tēn prōtēn, tǭ ekeithen pēgaxasthai, nai hoson an tę̄ Triadi, parʼ hēs phōs hapan synestēken, ex ameristou- phōtos merizomenoi kai timōmenon. Kalliiyn de hē sēmeron, Hykai- perieranestera. ’Hosir chthis men prodromon hēn tou me‹ galou phōtos anisnamenou to phōs, hoion euphrosynē t;s proeortios, Sēmeron oi tēn anastasin-autē heortazomen, ouk eti dlpizomenēn, allʼ ēdē gegenē; menēn, kai kosmon holon iō.»tę̄ synagousan. ’Hallos men oun allo ti tǭ kairǭ karpophoreitō, kai dōrophoreitō dōron heortion, mikron, ē meʼizon1 tōn pneumytikōn te xciv Theǭ philōn, hontōs an hikastos echę̄ dynameōs. Tēs gar axias, molis an kai angeloi tychoien, hoi prōtoi, kai noeroi, kai katharoi, aui} tēs anō doxēs ipoptai kai martyres eiper diai toutois to pan ierikton tēs hymnēseōs ymets di logon eisoisomen, hōn echomen to kalliston te kai timiōtaton, allōs-te kaiʼ-Logon hymnountes, epʼ euergesią tēs logikēs physeōs, ’Arxomai de enteuthen. Oudi gar anechomai, tous peri -tou megalou thymatos kai tēs megistēs hēmerōn thyōn logous, mē pros Theon anadramein, kakeithen poiēsasthai tēn archēn. Kai moi aathērasthe kai noun, kai akoēn, kai dianoian, hosoi tryphate ta toiauta (epeidē peri Theou kai theios 6 logos), ’henʼ apelthēte tryphēsantes hontōs ta mē kinoumena. ’Estai de 6 autos plērestatos ti hama kai syntomōtatos, hōs mēte tǭ indeet lypein, mēte aēdēs einai dia ton koron.

The Pascha of the Lord, the Pascha, and again I will say the Pascha, in honour of the Trinity. This is for us the feast of feasts and the festival of festivals, surpassing all others, not only human and earthly ones but even those of Christ himself and celebrated in his honour, as far as the sun surpasses the stars. Fine too was yesterday's splendid array and procession of lights, which we held both privately and publicly, almost every race of men and every rank, lighting up the night with abundant fire, an image of the great light: both of that with which the heaven above lights its beacons, illumining the whole world with its own beauties, and of that above the heavens, among the angels, the first luminous nature after the first, since it springs from it, and of that in the Trinity, from which all light comes, divided from the undivided light and honoured. But today's is finer and more illustrious. For yesterday's light was the forerunner of the great Light rising, a kind of joy before the feast; but today we celebrate the resurrection itself, no longer hoped for but already accomplished, and gathering the whole world to itself. Let each, then, bring some fruit to the season and offer a festal gift, small or great, of the spiritual things that are dear to God, according to his ability. For the gift that is worthy even the angels could hardly attain, the first, intelligent and pure beings, beholders and witnesses of the glory above, if even to them the whole of the hymn is attainable. We will bring a discourse, the finest and most precious thing we have, especially as we hymn the Word for his benefaction to rational nature. I will begin from here. For I cannot bear that words about the great sacrifice and the greatest of days should not run up to God and make their beginning from there. Purify for me your mind and hearing and thought, all you who delight in such things (since the discourse is about God, and divine), that you may go away having truly enjoyed what does not pass away. And it will be at once very full and very concise, so as neither to grieve you by its deficiency nor to be unpleasant through satiety.

45.3PG 36:625c–628b

Θεὸς ῆν μὲν ἀεὶ, καὶ ἱστι, καὶ ἴσταιο μᾶλλον δὲ, ἔστιν ἀεί. Τὸ γὰρ ἦν, καὶ ἔσται, τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς χρόνου τμήματα, καὶ τῆς ῥιυστῆς φύσεως · 6 δὲ ὢν ἀεὶ, καὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ὀνομάζει, τῷ Μωόσετ χρηματίζων ἐπὶ τοῦ ὅρους. ’Ὄλον γὰρ ἦν ἑαυτῷ συλλαβὼν ἕχει τὸ εἶναι, μήτε ἀρξάμενον, μήτε παυσόμενον, οἶόν τί πέλαγος οὐσίας ἄπειρον καὶ ἀόριστον, πᾶσαν ὑπερεκπίπτον ἔννοιαν, καὶ χρόνου, καὶ φύσεως ' νῶ μόνῳ σκιαγραφούμενος, καὶ τούτῳ λίαν ἀμυδρῶς καὶ μετρίως, οὒκ ἐκ τῶν κατʼ αὐτὸν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν, ἄλλης ἕξ ἄλλου φαντασίας συλλεγομένης, είς ἕν τι της ἀληθείας ἵνδαλμα, πρὶν κρατηθῆναι φεῦγον, καὶ πρὶν νοηθῆναι διαδιδράσκον τοσαῦτα περιλάμπον (μῶν τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν, καὶ ταῦτα κεκαθαρμένον, ea καὶ ὄψιν, ἀστραπῖς τάχος οὺχ ἱσταμένης ἐμοὶ ἰοκιτν, ἵνα τῷ ληπτῷ μὶν Ιλκῃ πρὸς ἑαυτό (τὸ γὰρ τελέως ἄληπτον, ἀνέλπιστον καὶ ἀνεπιχείρητον) · τῷ δὶ ἀλήπτῳ, θαυμάζηται θαυμαζόμινον δὲ, ποθῆται πλέον ποθοόμινον δὶ, καθαίρῃ καθαῖρον δὲ, haudet: ιργάζηται τοιούτοις δὲ γινομίνοις, ὼς οἰκείοις ἤδη προσομιλῇ (τολμᾷ τι νιανιιιὺν ὃ λόγος) Θιδς θοοῖς ἱνούμινός τι καὶ γνιυριζόμινος ita! τοσοῦτον ἴσως, ὅσον ἤδη γινώσκει τοὺς γινωσκομένους. ’Ἄπειρον οὖν τὸ θετον καὶ δυσθεώρητον καὶ τοῦτο πάντη καταληπτὸν αυτοῦ μονον, ἡ ἀπειρία κᾶν τις ιʼίηται τῷ ἁπλῆς ιῖναι Questus, ἢ ὅλον (η) ἄληιτον εἶναι, ἢ τιλέως ληπτόν, Τί γὰρ ὃν ἁπλῆς ιετι δύσεως, ἕπιζητήσωμιν. Οὔ γὰρ δη τοῦτο φύσις ιῦτῷ, ἁπλότης ιῖπιμ μηδὶ τοῖς θυνθίτοις, τὸ itm ιόνον συνθᾶτοις.

Theos ēn men aei, kai histi, kai istaio mallon de, estin aei. To gar ēn, kai estai, tou kathʼ hēmas chronou tmēmata, kai tēs rhiystēs physeōs ; 6 de ōn aei, kai touto autos heauton onomazei, tǭ Mōoset chrēmatizōn epi tou horous. ’Olon gar ēn heautǭ syllabōn hechei to einai, mēte arxamenon, mēte pausomenon, oion ti pelagos ousias apeiron kai aoriston, pasan hyperekpipton ennoian, kai chronou, kai physeōs ' nō monǭ skiagraphoumenos, kai toutǭ lian amydrōs kai metriōs, ouk ek tōn katʼ auton, allʼ ek tōn peri auton, allēs hex allou phantasias syllegomenēs, eis hen ti tēs alētheias hindalma, prin kratēthēnai pheugon, kai prin noēthēnai diadidraskon tosauta perilampon (mōn to hēgemonikon, kai tauta kekatharmenon, ea kai opsin, astrapis tachos ouch histamenēs emoi iokitn, hina tǭ lēptǭ min Ilkę̄ pros heauto (to gar teleōs alēpton, anelpiston kai anepicheirēton) ; tǭ di alēptǭ, thaumazētai thaumazominon de, pothētai pleon pothoominon di, kathairę̄ kathairon de, haudet: irgazētai toioutois de ginominois, ōs oikeiois ēdē prosomilę̄ (tolmą ti nianiiiyn ho logos) Thids thoois hinouminos ti kai gniyrizominos ita! tosouton isōs, hoson ēdē ginōskei tous ginōskomenous. ’Apeiron oun to theton kai dystheōrēton kai touto pantē katalēpton autou monon, hē apeiria kan tis iʼiētai tǭ haplēs iinai Questus, ē holon (ē) alēiton einai, ē tileōs lēpton, Ti gar hon haplēs ieti dyseōs, hepizētēsōmin. Ou gar dē touto physis iytǭ, haplotēs iipim mēdi tois thynthitois, to itm ionon synthatois.

God always was, and is, and will be; or rather, always is. For “was” and “will be” are segments of our time and of a nature that flows; but he is ever “He who is”, and this is the name he gives himself when giving his oracle to Moses on the mountain. For, gathering all being into himself, he possesses it, neither beginning nor ending, like a sea of essence, infinite and unbounded, surpassing every conception of time and nature; sketched in outline by the mind alone, and that very dimly and in measure, not from what he is in himself but from what is around him, one image being gathered from another into one likeness of the truth, which flees before it is held and escapes before it is conceived, shining upon our ruling faculty, even when it is purified, as swiftly as the flash of lightning that does not stay before the eyes; in order, I think, that by what can be grasped it may draw us to itself (for what is wholly beyond grasp is beyond hope and beyond attempt), and by what cannot be grasped it may be admired, and being admired may be longed for the more, and being longed for may purify, and purifying may make us godlike; and that, when we have become such, he may converse with us as with his own (my words dare something bold), God united with gods and known by them, perhaps as much as he already knows those who are known by him. The divine, then, is infinite and hard to contemplate, and this alone of him is wholly comprehensible: his infinity; even if someone should think that because he is of a simple nature he must be either wholly incomprehensible or perfectly comprehensible. For let us inquire what “of a simple nature” means. For simplicity is certainly not his nature, just as composition alone is not the nature of composite things.

45.4PG 36:628b–629a

Διχῆ δί (τοῦ ἀπείρου θεωρουμένου, κατά τι ἱρχὴν καὶ τέλος (τὸ γὰρ {strip ταῦτα, καὶ μὴ ἂν τούς ποις, ἄπειρον), ὅταν μὶν sl; τδν ἄνω βυθὸν ὁ νοῦς ὶποόλίψη, οὐκ Ιχων ὅποι στῇ καὶ ἀπσριίσηται ταῖς περὶ Θεοῦ φαντασίαις, τὰ ὄνταῦθα ἄπειρον καὶ ἀνάδι- Ξατον, ἄναρχον προσηγόριυσιν ὅταν δὶ sic τὸν τιάτω, καὶ τὰ ὶξῆς, ἀθὰνατον καὶ ἀνώλεθρον ὅταν se συνέλη τὸ πᾶν, αἰώνιον, Λίὼν γὰρ, aii-sa χρόνος, ὥτε χρόνου τι μέρος οὒδδ γὰρ μετρητόν ἀλλʼ ὅπερ ἡμῖν νόν χρόνος, ἡλίου φορᾷ μετρούμενος, τοῦτο τοῖς ἀϊδίοις αἷὼν, τὸ συμπαρικτιινόμενον τοῖς οὖσιν, οἶόν τι χρονικὸν κίνημα καὶ διάστημα. ταῦτά μοι περὶ team”: πεφιλοσοφήσθω τανῦν. Οὒδὶ γὰρ ὑπὲρ ταῦτα καιρὸς, ὅτι μὴ θεολογία τὸ προκείμινον ἡμῖν, ἀλλʼ οἰκονομία. Θεοῦ δὲ ὅταν ιῗπω, λέγω Πατρὸς, διαὶ risu, καὶ ἁγίου Πνιύματος οὖτα ὑπὲρ ταῦτα τῆς θεότητος χιομένης, ἵνα μὴ δῆμον θεῶν ιίσαγάγωμεν οὔτε ὶντὸς τούτων ὁριζομένης, ἵνα μὴ πινίαν θεότητος κατακριθῶμιν, ἢ διὰ τὴν μοναρχίαν ’ἰουδαΐζοντας, ἢ διὰ τὴν ἄφθονίαν Ἐλληνίζοντις. Τὸ γὰρ κακὸν ἂν ἁμγοτέροις ὅμοιον, κᾶν ἂν τοῖς ιναντίοις ιῦρίσιηται, Οὕτω μὶν οὖν τὰ ’Ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων, ἃ καίτοῐς σιραφίμ σύγχαταλύπτῑται, καί δοξάζιται τρισίν ἁτιασμοϊς, ιὶς μίαν συνιοῦσι κυριότητα καὶ θεότητα ὅπερ καὶ ἄλλῳ τινὶ τῶν πρὸ ἣμῶν πεφιλοσόφηται κάλλιστά τε καὶ ὑψηλοτατα.

Dichē di (tou apeirou theōroumenou, kata ti hirchēn kai telos (to gar {strip tauta, kai mē an tous pois, apeiron), hotan min sl? tdn anō bython ho nous ipoolipsē, ouk Ichōn hopoi stę̄ kai apsriisētai tais peri Theou phantasiais, ta ontautha apeiron kai anadi- Xaton, anarchon prosēgoriysin hotan di sic ton tiatō, kai ta ixēs, athanaton kai anōlethron hotan se synelē to pan, aiōnion, Liōn gar, aii-sa chronos, hōte chronou ti meros oudd gar metrēton allʼ hoper hēmin non chronos, hēliou phorą metroumenos, touto tois aïdiois haiōn, to sympariktiinomenon tois ousin, oion ti chronikon kinēma kai diastēma. tauta moi peri team”: pephilosophēsthō tanyn. Oudi gar hyper tauta kairos, hoti mē theologia to prokeiminon hēmin, allʼ oikonomia. Theou de hotan iïpō, legō Patros, diai risu, kai hagiou Pniymatos outa hyper tauta tēs theotētos chiomenēs, hina mē dēmon theōn iisagagōmen oute intos toutōn horizomenēs, hina mē pinian theotētos katakrithōmin, ē dia tēn monarchian ’ioudaïzontas, ē dia tēn aphthonian Ellēnizontis. To gar kakon an hamgoterois homoion, kan an tois inantiois iyrisiētai, Houtō min oun ta ’Hagia tōn hagiōn, ha kaitois siraphim synchatalyptitai, kai doxazitai trisin hatiasmoïs, iis mian syniousi kyriotēta kai theotēta hoper kai allǭ tini tōn pro hēmōn pephilosophētai kallista te kai hypsēlotata.

The infinite is considered in two ways, with respect to beginning and to end (for what is beyond these and not within them is infinite). When the mind looks into the depth above, having nowhere to stand and rest in its imaginings about God, it calls the infinite and unapproachable there “without beginning”; when it looks into what is below and what follows, “immortal” and “imperishable”; and when it gathers the whole together, “eternal”. For eternity is neither time nor any part of time, since it is not measurable; but what time is for us, measured by the course of the sun, that eternity is for everlasting beings: something extended together with the things that are, like a kind of temporal motion and interval. Let this be enough of my philosophy about God for now. There is no occasion for more, since our subject is not theology but the economy. When I say God, I mean Father, Son and Holy Spirit: the Godhead neither spreading beyond these, lest we bring in a mob of gods, nor confined within less than these, lest we be condemned for a poverty of Godhead, either Judaizing because of the monarchy or Hellenizing because of the abundance. For the evil is alike in both, though found in opposites. Such, then, is the Holy of Holies, which is veiled even by the seraphim and glorified with three “holies”, meeting in one lordship and Godhead; this has been expounded most beautifully and loftily by another before us.

45.5PG 36:629a–629c

Ἐπεὶ δὲ οῦκ ἤρκει τῇ ἀγαθότητι τοῦτο, τὸ κινεῖσθαι μόνον ἑαυτῆς θεωρίᾳ, ἀλλʼ ἔδει χεθῆναι τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ὁδεῦσαι, ὡς πλείονα εἶναι τὰ εὐεργετούμενα (τοῦτο γὰρ τῆς ἄκρας ἧν ἁγαθότητος) πρῶτον μὲν ἑννοετ τὰς ἀγγελικὰς δυνάμεις καὶ οὖρανίους καὶ τὸ ἐννόημα ἔργον ἦν, Λόγῳ συμπληρούμενον, καὶ Πνεῦματι τελειούμενον · καὶ οὕτως ῦπἀστησαν λαμπρότητες δεύτεραι, λειτουργοὶ τῆς πρώτης λαμπρότητος, εἴτε νοερά πνεύματα, εἴτε πῦρ, οἷον ἄυλον καὶ ἀσώματον, εἴτε τινά φύσιν ἄλλην ὅτι ἐγγυτάτω τῶν εἰρημένων, ταύτας ὑποληπτέον. Βούλομαι μὲν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἀκινήτους πρὸς τὸ κακὸ δ, καὶ μόνην ἑχούσας τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ κίνησιν, ἅτε περὶ Θεὸν οὔσας, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα lx Θεοῦ λαμπομένας (τὰ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα δευτέρας ἃλλάμψεως) πείθει δέ με, μὴ ἀκινήτους, ἀλλὰ δυσκινήτους, καὶ ὑπολαμβάνειν ταύτας καὶ λέγειν, ὁ διὰ τὴν λαμπρότητα Ἐωσφόρος, σκότος διὰ τὴν ἔπαρσιν καὶ γενόμενος καὶ λεγόμενος, αἵ τε ὑπʼ αὑτὸν ἀποστατικαὶ δυνάμεις, δημιουργοὶ τῆς κακίας τῇ τοῦ καλοῦ φυγῇ, καὶ ἡμῖν πρόξενοι.

Epei de ouk ērkei tę̄ agathotēti touto, to kineisthai monon heautēs theōrią, allʼ edei chethēnai to agathon kai hodeusai, hōs pleiona einai ta euergetoumena (touto gar tēs akras hēn hagathotētos) prōton men hennoet tas angelikas dynameis kai ouranious kai to ennoēma ergon ēn, Logǭ symplēroumenon, kai Pneumati teleioumenon ; kai houtōs ypastēsan lamprotētes deuterai, leitourgoi tēs prōtēs lamprotētos, eite noera pneumata, eite pyr, hoion aulon kai asōmaton, eite tina physin allēn hoti engytatō tōn eirēmenōn, tautas hypolēpteon. Boulomai men eipein, hoti akinētous pros to kako d, kai monēn hechousas tēn tou kalou kinēsin, hate peri Theon ousas, kai ta prōta lx Theou lampomenas (ta gar entautha deuteras hallampseōs) peithei de me, mē akinētous, alla dyskinētous, kai hypolambanein tautas kai legein, ho dia tēn lamprotēta Eōsphoros, skotos dia tēn eparsin kai genomenos kai legomenos, hai te hypʼ hauton apostatikai dynameis, dēmiourgoi tēs kakias tę̄ tou kalou phygę̄, kai hēmin proxenoi.

But since it was not enough for goodness to be moved only in the contemplation of itself, but the good had to be poured out and go forth, so that the objects of its benefaction might be more (for this belonged to the highest goodness), he first conceives the angelic and heavenly powers; and the conception was a deed, fulfilled by the Word and perfected by the Spirit. And so second splendours came to be, ministers of the first splendour: whether we should think of them as intelligent spirits, or as a kind of immaterial and bodiless fire, or as some other nature as near as possible to those named. I would like to say that they are immovable towards evil and have only the movement of the good, being around God and the first to be illumined from God (for things here have a second illumination); but I am persuaded to suppose and say that they are not immovable but hard to move, because of him who for his splendour was called Lucifer, but who through his pride both became and is called darkness, and the apostate powers under him, makers of evil by their flight from the good, and its promoters for us.

45.6PG 36:629c–629d

Οὕτω μὲν οῦν ὁ νοητὸς αὐτῷ καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ὑπέστη κόσμος. ὡς ἐμὲ γοῦν περὶ τούτων φιλοσοφῆσαι, μικρῷ λόγῳ τὰ μεγάλα σταθμώμενον, Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ πρῶτα καλῶς εἶχεν αὐτῷ, δεύτερον ἒννοεϊ κόσμον, ὑλικὸν καὶ ὁρώμενον καὶ οὗτός ἰστι, τό ἐξ οὒρανοῦ, καὶ γῆς, καὶ τῶν ἐν μέαῳ σύστημά τε καὶ σύγκριμα ἐπαινετὸν μὲν τῆς καθʼ ’ἑκαστον εὖquin, ἀξιεπαινετώτερον δὲ τῆς ἐξ ἁπάντων εὐαρμοστίας καὶ συμφωνίας, ἄλλου πρὸς ἄλλο τι καλῶς ἔχοντος, καὶ πάντων πρὸς ἅπαντα, εἰς ἑνὸς κόσμου συμπλήρωσιν ἵνα δείξῃ, μὴ μόνον οἰκείαν ἑαυτῷ φύσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντη ξένην ὑποστήσασθαι δυνατὸς ὤν, Οἰκεϊον μὲν γὰρ θεότητος, αἱ νοεραὶ φύσεις, καὶ νῷ μόνῳ ληπταί ξένον δὲ παντάπασιν, ὅσαι ὑπὸ τὴν αἴσθησιν καὶ τούτων αὐτῶν ἔτι ποῤῥωτιὶρω, Θ \ -ο ν I \, 1 ὅσαι παντελῶς ἄψυχοι καὶ ἀκίνητοι.

Houtō men oun ho noētos autǭ kai dia tauta hypestē kosmos. hōs eme goun peri toutōn philosophēsai, mikrǭ logǭ ta megala stathmōmenon, Epei de ta prōta kalōs eichen autǭ, deuteron ennoeï kosmon, hylikon kai horōmenon kai houtos isti, to ex ouranou, kai gēs, kai tōn en meaǭ systēma te kai synkrima epaineton men tēs kathʼ ’hekaston euquin, axiepainetōteron de tēs ex hapantōn euarmostias kai symphōnias, allou pros allo ti kalōs echontos, kai pantōn pros hapanta, eis henos kosmou symplērōsin hina deixę̄, mē monon oikeian heautǭ physin, alla kai pantē xenēn hypostēsasthai dynatos ōn, Oikeïon men gar theotētos, hai noerai physeis, kai nǭ monǭ lēptai xenon de pantapasin, hosai hypo tēn aisthēsin kai toutōn autōn eti porrhōtiirō, Th \ -o n I \, 1 hosai pantelōs apsychoi kai akinētoi.

So, then, the intelligible world came to be for him, and for these reasons, so far as I at least can philosophize about these things, weighing great things with a small word. And since his first works were good, he conceives a second world, material and visible: this is the system and compound of heaven and earth and what lies between, praiseworthy for the fine nature of each part, still more praiseworthy for the harmony and concord of the whole, each part fitting well with another and all with all, to complete one world; that he might show that he was able to give being not only to a nature akin to himself but also to one wholly alien. For the intelligent natures, grasped by mind alone, are akin to the Godhead; wholly alien are those that fall under sense, and, still further removed among these, those that are wholly soulless and motionless.

45.7PG 36:629d–632c

Νοῦς μὲΑ οὗν ἤδη καὶ αἴσθησις, οὕτως ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων διακριθέντα, τῶν ἰδίων ὅρων ἐντὸς sterilitatem, καὶ τό τοῦ δημιουργοῦ Λόγου μεγαλεῖον έν ιαυτοτς ῑφερον, σιγῶντες έπαινέται τῆς μιγαλουργίας, aui διαπρύσιοι κήρυκες, Οὔπω δὶ ἦν κ.ρίμα ιε ἀμφοτέρων, οὐδέ τις μίξις τῶν ὶναντίων, coφίας μείζονος γνώρισμα καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰς φύσει( πολυτελείας ούδὶ ὁ πᾶς πλοῦτος τῆς ἆγαθότητος γνώριμος. τοῦτο δὴ βουληθεὶς ὃ τεχνίτης ἔπιδείξασθαι Λόγος, (αἱ ζῶον ἓν δε ἀμφοτέρων, ἀοράτου τε λέγω καὶ ὁρατῆς φύσεως, δημιουργεῖ, τὸν ἄνθρωπον ο καὶ παρᾶ μὶν τῆς ὕλης λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα ἤδη προυποστάσης, παρʼ έαυτοὺ δέ πνοὴν Nisi: (ὃ νοερὸν ψυχὴν καὶ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ οἶδεν ὁ λόγος), οἷόν τινα κόσμον ἓτερον, ιν μικρῷ μέγαν, ἰπὶ τῆς γῆς ἵστησιν, ἄγγελον ἄλλον, προσκυνητὴν μικτὸν, ιπόπτην τῆς ὁρατῆς κτίσεως, μύστην τῆς νοουμένης, βασιλέα τῶν έπὶ γῆς, βασιλεόμενον ἄνωθεν, ἒπεγειον καὶ οὐράνιον, πρόσκαιρον καὶ ἀθάνατον, θρατδν καὶ νοούμενον, μέσον μεγέθους καὶ ταπεινότητος, τὸν αὑτὸν πνεῦμα καὶ σάρκα πνεῦμα διὰ τὴν χάριν, σάρκα διὰ τὴν ἷπαρσιν τὸ μὶν, ἵνα μένη, καὶ eam“ τὸν εὐεργέτην τὸ δὲ, ’ίνα πάσχῃ, καὶ πάσχων δπομιμνήσκηται, καὶ παιόεύηται τῷ μεγέθει φιλοτιμούμενος· ζῶον ένταῠθα oiκονομούμενον, καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ μεθιστάμενον, καὶ πέρας τοῦ μυστηρίου, τῇ πρὸς Θεὸν νεύσει θεούμενον, Εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ έμοὶ φέρει τὸ μέτριον ένταῡθα φέγγος τῆς ἀληθείας, λαμπρότητα Θεοῦ καὶ ίδετν καὶ παθεῖν ἀξίαν τοῦ καὶ συνδήσαντος, καὶ λύσοντος, καί αὖθις συνδήσοντος ὑψηλότερον.

Nous meA houn ēdē kai aisthēsis, houtōs apʼ allēlōn diakrithenta, tōn idiōn horōn entos sterilitatem, kai to tou dēmiourgou Logou megaleion en iautots ipheron, sigōntes epainetai tēs migalourgias, aui diaprysioi kērykes, Oupō di ēn k.rima ie amphoterōn, oude tis mixis tōn inantiōn, cophias meizonos gnōrisma kai tēs peri tas physei( polyteleias oudi ho pas ploutos tēs agathotētos gnōrimos. touto dē boulētheis ho technitēs epideixasthai Logos, (hai zōon hen de amphoterōn, aoratou te legō kai horatēs physeōs, dēmiourgei, ton anthrōpon o kai para min tēs hylēs labōn to sōma ēdē proupostasēs, parʼ eautou de pnoēn Nisi: (ho noeron psychēn kai eikona Theou oiden ho logos), hoion tina kosmon heteron, in mikrǭ megan, ipi tēs gēs histēsin, angelon allon, proskynētēn mikton, ipoptēn tēs horatēs ktiseōs, mystēn tēs nooumenēs, basilea tōn epi gēs, basileomenon anōthen, epegeion kai ouranion, proskairon kai athanaton, thratdn kai nooumenon, meson megethous kai tapeinotētos, ton hauton pneuma kai sarka pneuma dia tēn charin, sarka dia tēn hiparsin to min, hina menē, kai eam“ ton euergetēn to de, ’ina paschę̄, kai paschōn dpomimnēskētai, kai paioeuētai tǭ megethei philotimoumenos; zōon entautha oikonomoumenon, kai allachou methistamenon, kai peras tou mystēriou, tę̄ pros Theon neusei theoumenon, Eis touto gar emoi pherei to metrion entautha phengos tēs alētheias, lamprotēta Theou kai idetn kai pathein axian tou kai syndēsantos, kai lysontos, kai authis syndēsontos hypsēloteron.

Mind, then, and sense, thus distinguished from one another, stood within their own bounds and bore in themselves the magnificence of the Creator Word, silent praisers and loud heralds of his mighty work. But there was not yet a mixture of both, nor any blending of opposites, a token of greater wisdom and of lavishness about the natures; nor was the whole wealth of his goodness yet known. Wishing to display this, the Word, the artist, creates man, one living being out of both, I mean the invisible and the visible nature. Taking the body from the matter that already existed, and placing in it breath from himself, which the word knows as the intelligent soul and the image of God, he sets him on the earth as a kind of second world, great in little, another angel, a worshipper of mixed nature, fully initiated into the visible creation, partly initiated into the intelligible, king of all on earth but ruled from above, earthly and heavenly, temporary and immortal, visible and intelligible, midway between greatness and lowliness; the same being spirit and flesh: spirit because of grace, flesh because of the elevation; the one that he may remain and glorify his Benefactor, the other that he may suffer, and by suffering be reminded and disciplined when he is ambitious about his greatness; a living being cared for here and transferred elsewhere, and, as the end of the mystery, deified by his inclination towards God. For to this, I think, the moderate light of truth here leads me: to see and to experience the splendour of God, worthy of him who both bound us together and will loose us, and will bind us again in a loftier way.

45.8PG 36:632c–633b

Τοῦτον ἲθετο μὶν έν τῷ παραδείσῳ, ὅστις ποτὶ ἦν ὁ παράδεισος οὗτος, τῷ αὐτεξουσίῳ τιμήσας, ἵνʼ ᾗ τοῦ uolabat; τὸ ἀγαθὸν οὔχ ἧττον ἢ τοῦ παρασχόντος τὰ σπέρματα, φυτῶν ἀθανάτων γεωργόν, θείων έννοιῶν ἴσως, τῶν τε ἁπλουστέρων, καὶ τῶν τελεωτέρων, γυμνδο τῇ ἁπλότητι, καὶ ζωῇ τῇ ἀτέχνῳ, καὶ δίχα παντὸς έπικαλύμματος καὶ προβλήματος τοιοῦτον γὰρ ῑπρεπεν εἶναι τὸν ἀπʼ iapχῆς ’ καὶ δίδωσι νόμον, ὕλην τῷ αὸτεξουσίῳ. ’0 δῖ δόμος ἦν έντολὴ, ὧν τε μεταληπτέον αύτῷ ipa-risv, καὶ οὗ μὴ προσαπτέον. Τὸ δὶ ἦν, τδ ξύλον τῆς γνώσεως, οὔτε φυτευθὶν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κακῶς, οὕτε ἄπο αγορευθὲν φθονερῶς (μὴ πεμπέτωσαν έκετ τὰς γλώσσας οί θεομάχοι, μηδὶ τὸν ὄφιν μιμείσθωσαν) ο ἀλλὰ καλὸν μὶν εὐκαίρως μεταλαμβανόμενον (θεωρία γάρ ἧνῚτὸ φυτὸν, ὡς ’ἡ έμη θεωρία, ἧς ’μόνοις ἐπιβαίνειν ἀσφαλὲς, τοῖς τὴν ἴξιν τελεωτέροις). οὗ καλὸν ἃ τοῖς ἆπλόυστίροις ῐτι, καὶ τὴν,ἶφοσινη λιχνοτὲροιςο ὥσπερ οὗδὶ τροφὴ τελεία λυσιτελὴς τοῖς ἁπαλοῖς ἔτι, καὶ δεομὶνοις γάλακτος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ φθόνῳ διαβόλου, καὶ γυναικὸς ἰπηρείᾳ, ἦν τε επα- Θεν, ὡς ἁπαλωτέρα, καὶ ἦν προσήγαγεν, ὡς mea: νωτερα (φιῦ τῆς ὶμῆς ἃσθενείαςί ἰμῆ γὰρ τοῧ προπάτορος), τῆς μιν ξντολῆς ἱπελάθετο τῆς,δοθείσὴς, καῖ ἡττήθη τῆς μικρᾶς γεύσεως· ὁμοῦ, δὲ τοῦ τῆς- ζωῆς ξύλου, καὶ τοῦ παραδείσου, καὶ τοττι Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν ιιιιιοίεεν ἆξόριστος γίνεται, καί τοὺς δερματίνοικ ἀμφιέννυται χιτῶνας, ’ίσως τὴν παχυτέραν σάρκα, καὶ θνητὴν, καί ἀντίτυπον· καί τοῦτο πριῖι· τον γινώσκει τὴν ἰδίαν αἰσχύνην, καὶ ἀπὸ Θεοῦ κρύπτεται. Χερδαίνε μέν τι κᾶντσῦθα, τὸν θάνατονηκαὶ τὺ διακοπῆναι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ’ίνα μὴ ἂθάνατονῇ 16 κακόν. Καὶ γίνεται φιλανθρωπία, ἦ τιμωρία Οὕτω γᾶρ πείθομαι κολάζειν Θεόν. οθιιιοο.

Touton itheto min en tǭ paradeisǭ, hostis poti ēn ho paradeisos houtos, tǭ autexousiǭ timēsas, hinʼ hę̄ tou uolabat? to agathon ouch hētton ē tou paraschontos ta spermata, phytōn athanatōn geōrgon, theiōn ennoiōn isōs, tōn te haplousterōn, kai tōn teleōterōn, gymndo tę̄ haplotēti, kai zōę̄ tę̄ atechnǭ, kai dicha pantos epikalymmatos kai problēmatos toiouton gar iprepen einai ton apʼ iapchēs ’ kai didōsi nomon, hylēn tǭ aotexousiǭ. ’0 di domos ēn entolē, hōn te metalēpteon autǭ ipa-risv, kai hou mē prosapteon. To di ēn, td xylon tēs gnōseōs, oute phyteuthin apʼ archēs kakōs, houte apo agoreuthen phthonerōs (mē pempetōsan eket tas glōssas oi theomachoi, mēdi ton ophin mimeisthōsan) o alla kalon min eukairōs metalambanomenon (theōria gar hēnIto phyton, hōs ’hē emē theōria, hēs ’monois epibainein asphales, tois tēn ixin teleōterois). hou kalon ha tois aploustirois iti, kai tēn,iphosinē lichnoteroiso hōsper houdi trophē teleia lysitelēs tois hapalois eti, kai deominois galaktos. Epei de phthonǭ diabolou, kai gynaikos ipēreią, ēn te epa- Then, hōs hapalōtera, kai ēn prosēgagen, hōs mea: nōtera (phiy tēs imēs hastheneiasi imē gar toÿ propatoros), tēs min xntolēs hipelatheto tēs,dotheisēs, kai hēttēthē tēs mikras geuseōs; homou, de tou tēs- zōēs xylou, kai tou paradeisou, kai totti Theou dia tēn iiiiioieen axoristos ginetai, kai tous dermatinoik amphiennytai chitōnas, ’isōs tēn pachyteran sarka, kai thnētēn, kai antitypon; kai touto priii; ton ginōskei tēn idian aischynēn, kai apo Theou kryptetai. Cherdaine men ti kantsytha, ton thanatonēkai ty diakopēnai tēn hamartian, ’ina mē athanatonę̄ 16 kakon. Kai ginetai philanthrōpia, ē timōria Houtō gar peithomai kolazein Theon. othiiioo.

He placed him in paradise, whatever this paradise was, honouring him with free will, so that the good might belong to the one who chose it no less than to the one who provided its seeds: a cultivator of immortal plants, perhaps of divine thoughts, both the simpler and the more perfect; naked in his simplicity and artless life, without any covering or screen; for such it was fitting that he should be who was from the beginning. And he gives him a law, as material for his free will. The law was a commandment, which plants he might partake of and which he might not touch. This was the tree of knowledge, neither planted evilly from the beginning nor forbidden out of envy (let the enemies of God not wag their tongues in that direction, nor imitate the serpent), but good when partaken of at the right time; for the tree was, in my view, contemplation, which it is safe to undertake only for those of more perfect habit, but not good for those still simple and greedy in their desire, just as solid food is not profitable for those still tender and in need of milk. But when, through the envy of the devil and the injury done by the woman, which she suffered as the more tender and brought upon him as the more persuasive (alas for my weakness! for my forefather's weakness is mine), he forgot the commandment that had been given and was overcome by the little tasting, he became at once, through his wickedness, an exile from the tree of life, from paradise and from God; and he puts on the coats of skin, perhaps the coarser flesh, mortal and resistant; and now for the first time he knows his own shame and hides from God. Yet he gains something even here: death, and the cutting short of sin, so that evil might not be immortal; and the punishment becomes an act of love for man. For this, I am persuaded, is how God punishes.

45.9PG 36:633b–633d

Πολλοῖς δὶ παιδευθεὶς πρότερον ἀντι πολλῶν τῶν ἄμαρτημάτων, ὧν ἡ τῆς κακίας pila ἰβλάστησε, κατᾶ διαφόρως αἰτὶας καὶ χρόνους, λόγῳ, νόμῳ, προφήταις, εὒεργεσὶαις, ἀπειλαῖς, πληγαῖς, ὕδασιν, ιμπρησμοτς, πολόμοις, νίκαις, ἥτταις, σημεῖοις ιε ὠρανοῦ, σημειοις ἰξ ἀέρος, in γῆς, ix θαλάττῆς, ἀνδρῶν, πόλεων, ιονῶν, ἀνελπίστοις μεταβολαῖς, ὑφʼ ἶνιν ικτριβῆναι τὴν κακίαν 16 σποαδαζόμενον ἦν· ων τέλος, ἰσχυροτέρου δεῖται φαρμάκου lui δεινοτέροις τοτς ἀρρωστήμασιν, ἆλληλοφονίαις, μοιχείαις, ἐπιορκῖαις, ἇνδρομανίαις, τὸ πάντων ἔσχατον τῶν κακῶν καὶ πρῶτον, εἰδωλολατρὴις (ι), καί τῇ μεταοᾶσει τῆς προσκυνήσεως ἀπὸ τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἰπὶ τὰ κτῖσματα. ταῦτα, ἰπειδὴ μιὶζονος ιδεττο τοῦ βοηθήματος, μείζονος καὶ τυγχάνει. T6 δὲ ἦν, αὐτὸς 6 τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος. 6 προαιώνιος, 6 ἀόρατος, 6 ἂπερίληπτος, 6 ἇσῶματος, ἡίκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀρχὴ, 16 ικ τοῦ φωτὸς φῶς, ἦ πηγὴ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τῆς ἆθανασίας, 16 ικμαγιτον τοῦ ἀρχετύπου, ἡ μσλ κινουμένη σφραγὶς, ἦ ἀπαράλλακτος εἰκὼν, 6 τοῦ Πατρδς ὄρος καὶ λόγος, ἰπὶ τὴν ἰδίαν εἰκόνα χωρεῖ, καὶ σάρκα φορεῖ διὰ τὴν σάρκα, καί ψυχῇ νοερᾷ διὰ 1τὴνίμθὶιιν ψυχὴν μὶγνυται, τῷ ὁμοίῳ 16 ὅμοιον άνακαθαῑρων καὶ πάντα γὶνεται, πλὴν τῆς ἆμαρτὶας, ἄνθρωποςʼ κυηοεὶς μὶν ἐκ τῆς Παρθένου, καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σάρκα προκαθαρθεὶσης τῷ Πνεόματι (ἱδει γὰρ, καὶ τίννησιν τιμηθῆναι, καὶ παρθενὴν προτιμηθῆ.

Pollois di paideutheis proteron anti pollōn tōn amartēmatōn, hōn hē tēs kakias pila iblastēse, kata diaphorōs aitias kai chronous, logǭ, nomǭ, prophētais, euergesiais, apeilais, plēgais, hydasin, imprēsmots, polomois, nikais, hēttais, sēmeiois ie ōranou, sēmeiois ix aeros, in gēs, ix thalattēs, andrōn, poleōn, ionōn, anelpistois metabolais, hyphʼ inin iktribēnai tēn kakian 16 spoadazomenon ēn; ōn telos, ischyroterou deitai pharmakou lui deinoterois tots arrōstēmasin, allēlophoniais, moicheiais, epiorkiais, handromaniais, to pantōn eschaton tōn kakōn kai prōton, eidōlolatrēis (i), kai tę̄ metaoasei tēs proskynēseōs apo tou pepoiēkotos ipi ta ktismata. tauta, ipeidē miizonos idetto tou boēthēmatos, meizonos kai tynchanei. T6 de ēn, autos 6 tou Theou Logos. 6 proaiōnios, 6 aoratos, 6 aperilēptos, 6 hasōmatos, hēik tēs archēs archē, 16 ik tou phōtos phōs, ē pēgē tēs zōēs kai tēs athanasias, 16 ikmagiton tou archetypou, hē msl kinoumenē sphragis, ē aparallaktos eikōn, 6 tou Patrds oros kai logos, ipi tēn idian eikona chōrei, kai sarka phorei dia tēn sarka, kai psychę̄ noerą dia 1tēnimthiiin psychēn mignytai, tǭ homoiǭ 16 homoion anakathairōn kai panta ginetai, plēn tēs amartias, anthrōposʼ kyēoeis min ek tēs Parthenou, kai psychēn kai sarka prokathartheisēs tǭ Pneomati (hidei gar, kai tinnēsin timēthēnai, kai parthenēn protimēthē.

He was first disciplined in many ways, because of the many sins which the root of evil put forth for various causes and at various times: by word, by law, by prophets, by benefits, by threats, by plagues, by floods, by fires, by wars, by victories, by defeats, by signs from heaven, signs from the air, from the earth, from the sea, by unexpected changes in men, cities and nations, by which the aim was to wipe out evil. At last he needs a stronger remedy for more terrible diseases: mutual slaughter, adulteries, perjuries, lust for males, and that last and first of all evils, idolatry, and the transfer of worship from the Maker to the creatures. Since these needed a greater help, they also obtain a greater. This was the very Word of God, the pre-eternal, the invisible, the incomprehensible, the bodiless, the beginning from the beginning, the light from light, the source of life and immortality, the impress of the archetypal beauty, the unmoved seal, the unchanging image, the Father's definition and word: he comes to his own image, and bears flesh for the sake of flesh, and is mingled with an intelligent soul for the sake of my soul, cleansing like by like; and he becomes man in all things except sin. He was conceived of the Virgin, who had first been cleansed in soul and flesh by the Spirit (for birth had to be honoured, and virginity honoured more), …

45.10PG 36:633d–636a

προελθὼν δὲ Θεὸς μετὰ τῆς προσλήψεως, ἔν ἐκ δύο τῶν ἂναντίων, σαρκός καὶ, πνεύματος, ὧν τὸ μὶν δθόωσι, 16 δὲ ἰδεώθη. ωΩ τῆς καινῆς μὶειωςί ’Ω τῆς παραδοξου κράσεωςί Ὀ ὤν, γῖνεταιο καί 6 δα μέέης ψυχῆς νοερᾶς μισιτιυούσης Ostium ul σιρut; παχύτητι· καὶ ὸ πλουτίζων, nullon“ πτωχιύαι γὰρ τὴν ἰμὴν σάρκα, ἵνʼ lyr}; πλουτήσω τὴν ὠτσό θιότητα. Καὶ ὸ πλήρης, κανοῦται nave-Stat γὰρ τῆς εαυτοῦ δόξης ιπὶ μικρὸν, ἵνʼ ιγὼ τῆς διαίνου μιταλάβω πληρόσιως (Η), τίς ὁ πλοῦτος τῆς ἀγαθότητος ί τί τὸ περὶ ipsi τοῦτο μυστήριον ς κατέλαβον τῆς ιῖιιόνος, καὶ οὐκ ἰγῦλαξα· μεταλαμβάνοι si:

proelthōn de Theos meta tēs proslēpseōs, en ek dyo tōn anantiōn, sarkos kai, pneumatos, hōn to min dthoōsi, 16 de ideōthē. ōŌ tēs kainēs mieiōsi ’Ō tēs paradoxou kraseōsi O ōn, ginetaio kai 6 da meeēs psychēs noeras misitiyousēs Ostium ul sirut? pachytēti; kai o ploutizōn, nullon“ ptōchiyai gar tēn imēn sarka, hinʼ lyr}? ploutēsō tēn ōtso thiotēta. Kai o plērēs, kanoutai nave-Stat gar tēs eautou doxēs ipi mikron, hinʼ igō tēs diainou mitalabō plērosiōs (Ē), tis ho ploutos tēs agathotētos i ti to peri ipsi touto mystērion s katelabon tēs iiiionos, kai ouk igylaxa; metalambanoi si:

…and he came forth God with what he had assumed, one out of two opposites, flesh and Spirit, of which the one deified and the other was deified. O new mingling! O strange blending! He who is comes to be, … through the mediation of an intelligent soul standing between the Godhead and the coarseness of flesh. And he who makes rich becomes poor: for he becomes poor in my flesh, that I may become rich in his Godhead. And he who is full is emptied: for he is emptied of his own glory for a little while, that I may share in his fullness. What is this wealth of goodness? What is this mystery concerning me? I received the image and did not keep it; he receives…

45.11PG 36:636a–636b

patec, ἵνα καὶ τὴν alites: σώσῇ, καὶ τὴ σάριιι ἂθανατίση. Διυτίριν (η) κοινωνιῖ κοινωνίαν, πολὺ τῆς προτέρας παραδοξοτέραν· ὅσῳ seu μὶν τοῦ ιιριῑττονος μετέδωκε. νῦν δὲ μεταλαμβάνοι τοῦ χείρονος, Τοῦτο τοῦ προτᾶροω θιοιιδέστιρονθ τοῦτο τοῖς νοῦν Ιχουσιν δψηλδτιρον.

patec, hina kai tēn alites: sōsę̄, kai tē sariii athanatisē. Diytirin (ē) koinōnii koinōnian, poly tēs proteras paradoxoteran; hosǭ seu min tou iiriittonos metedōke. nyn de metalambanoi tou cheironos, Touto tou protaroō thioiidestironth touto tois noun Ichousin dpsēldtiron.

…my flesh, to save the image and to make the flesh immortal. He enters into a second communion, far stranger than the first, inasmuch as then he gave a share in the better, while now he takes a share in the worse. This is more godlike than the first; this is loftier for those who have understanding.

45.12PG 36:636b–637a

’Λλλᾶ τί τούτων ἡμῖν, τάχα ἄν ιῖποι τις οὖν λίαν autem». καὶ θιρμοτέρωνς Κὶντιι τὸν πῶλον περὶ τὴν νύσσαν· τὰ τῆς ἑορτῆς ἡμῖν φιλοσόφει, καὶ οἷς «summa: σήμιρον. ’τοῦτο δὴ ’ καὶ ποιήσω, καὶ si μικρὸν ἄνωθεν ἠρξάμην, οὕτω τοῦ λὸγου καὶ τοῦ πόθου βιασαμένων. οὔ χοῖρον at ’ἴσως τοῖς φιλομαθὶσι καὶ φιλοκάλοις περὶ τῆς ηγοριας αὗτῆς τοῦ Πάσχα βραχέα διαλαβοῖν. Γίνοιτο γὰρ ἄν οὒ φαῦλον τοῦτο ταῖς ἀκοαῖς ξπιισόδιον, τὸ Πάσχα τοῦτο, τὸ μέγα τι καὶ σιβάσμιον, οᾶσπα τοῖς Ἐβραῑοις προσαγορεύεται, κατὰ τὴν ἔκιενων φωνὴν· δηλοῖ δὶ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν ἶιάβασιν impr. κῶς μὶν, διὰ τὴν ἕξ Αῑγύπνου πρδς τὴν Χαναναίαν φυγὴν καὶ μετανάστασιν· πνιυμττικῶς ἃ, διὰ τὴν ιιι τῶν κάτω πρὸς τὰ ἄνει.) διαὶ τὴν γῆν τῆς ἰπαγγιλῑας πρόοδον καὶ ἀνάβασιν, ’Ὁπιρ δὶήπολλαο xeii τῆς Γραφῆς Δ,εωιιιεὲν,ὤρομιῃ.ἆπὸ. νῶν ἀσαφοφ στάρων μιταποίηθέντα τινὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων hri τὸ σαφέστερον. ἢ τῶν ὰγροιιιότίρων ιπὶ τὸ secluμονιστιρον, sake κάνταῦθα τιθεωρήκαμον, Τοῦ γὰρ σωτηρίου πάθους ὄνομα (Ι 9) τοῦτο ιῖναί τινες νομίσαντας, εἷτα ἰξελληνίζοντος τὴν φωνὴν, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ φτ πρὸς τὺ πῖ, καὶτοῦ ιιὰππα πρὸς τὸ χτ μιναποίησιν, Πάσχα τὴν ἡμέραν προσηγοριύιιασιν. Παραλαβοὗσα Si ἡ συνήθεια τὴν φωνὴν, ἰσχυροτίριν Πάσχα τοῖς Ἑβραίοις. ισγῆα τοῖς ἰ ιοραιοις. Ι 88g lgis ιιι-ποίησε, προστρεχούσης τῆς τῶν πολλῶν ἀκοῆς, ὡς ιδσιειστίρφ τῷ ῥήματι.

’Llla ti toutōn hēmin, tacha an iipoi tis oun lian autem». kai thirmoterōns Kintii ton pōlon peri tēn nyssan; ta tēs heortēs hēmin philosophei, kai hois «summa: sēmiron. ’touto dē ’ kai poiēsō, kai si mikron anōthen ērxamēn, houtō tou logou kai tou pothou biasamenōn. ou choiron at ’isōs tois philomathisi kai philokalois peri tēs ēgorias hautēs tou Pascha brachea dialaboin. Ginoito gar an ou phaulon touto tais akoais xpiisodion, to Pascha touto, to mega ti kai sibasmion, oaspa tois Ebraiois prosagoreuetai, kata tēn ekienōn phōnēn; dēloi di hē phōnē tēn iiabasin impr. kōs min, dia tēn hex Aigypnou prds tēn Chananaian phygēn kai metanastasin; pniymttikōs ha, dia tēn iii tōn katō pros ta anei.) diai tēn gēn tēs ipangilias proodon kai anabasin, ’Hopir diēpollao xeii tēs Graphēs D,eōiiieen,ōromię̄.apo. nōn asaphoph starōn mitapoiēthenta tina tōn onomatōn hri to saphesteron. ē tōn agroiiiotirōn ipi to seclumonistiron, sake kantautha titheōrēkamon, Tou gar sōtēriou pathous onoma (I 9) touto iinai tines nomisantas, heita ixellēnizontos tēn phōnēn, kata tēn tou pht pros ty pi, kaitou iiappa pros to cht minapoiēsin, Pascha tēn hēmeran prosēgoriuiiasin. Paralabousa Si hē synētheia tēn phōnēn, ischyrotirin Pascha tois Hebraiois. isgēa tois i ioraiois. I 88g lgis iii-poiēse, prostrechousēs tēs tōn pollōn akoēs, hōs idsieistirph tǭ rhēmati.

“But what has all this to do with us?” someone perhaps may say, one of the over-eager and too hot: “spur the colt round the turning-post; discourse to us on the things of the festival and on why we are gathered today.” This I will do, even though I began a little far back, forced by the argument and by longing. And it will perhaps not be amiss, for lovers of learning and of beauty, to treat briefly of the name of the Pascha itself; for this would be no unpleasant digression for the ears. This Pascha, great and venerable, is called Phaska by the Hebrews in their own language; and the word means “passing over”: historically, because of the flight and migration from Egypt to the land of Canaan; spiritually, because of the progress and ascent from things below to things above and to the land of promise. And what we have observed happening in many places of Scripture, that some names are changed from obscure to clearer, or from more rustic to more refined, we have observed here too. For some, thinking this to be the name of the saving passion, and turning the word into Greek by changing phi to pi and kappa to chi, called the day Pascha. And custom, taking up the word, made it stronger, the ears of the many running to it as to a more reverent word.

45.13PG 36:637a–640c

Πάντα μὶν οὖν τὸν νὸμον, σκιὰν εἶναιτῶν μελλόντων καὶ νοουμένων, ὁ οεῐος Ἀπόστολος πρὸ ἡμῶν ἄπεφήνατο. Καὶ ὁ χρηματίσας πρὸ τούτου τῶ Mentior! θεὸς, ἡνίκα περὶ τούτων mpetu.- ”Ορα γὰρ, φησι, ποιήσεις πάντα κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν δειχθέντα σοι iv τῷ ὄρει· σκιαγραφίαν τινὰ καὶ προχᾶραγμα τῶν ἀοράτων παραδεικνὺς τὰ δρώμενα. Καὶ ττείεομαι, μηδὲν είκῆ, μηδὲ ἂλογίστως, μηδὶ χαο μίρπῶς τούτων διατετάχθαι, μηδὶ ἀναξίως τῆς νοῦ Θεοῦ νομοθεσίας, καὶτῆς Μωυσέως ὑπουργίαςʼ εί καὶ χαλεπὸν ἑκάστῃ τῶν σκιῶν, εκάστην ἱφευρεῐν οεωρίαν εἰς λεπτὸν καταβαίνοντα, ὅσα τε περὶ τῆς σκηνῆς αὗτῆς, καὶ μέτρων, καὶῦλης, καὶ τῶν αίρόντων ταῦτα Δευῖτῶν τε καί λειτουργῶν, ὃσα τε περῖ Θυσιῶν, καὶ καθαασίων, καὶ ἀφαιρεμάτων νενομοθέτηται καὶ μόνοις εἶναι θεωρητὰ τοῖς κατὰ Mmoria τήν ἀρετὴν, ἢ ὅτι δγγυτάτω τῆς ἱκείνου παιδεύσεως. Ἐπεὶ καὶ έν αὖτῷ τῷ ὄρει Θεὸς ἀνθρώποις φαντάζεται, τὸ μέν τι καταβαίνων αὐτὸς τῆς οἰκείας περιωπῆς, τὸ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἆνάγων in τῆς κάτωθεν ταπεινώσεως, ’ἵνα χωρηοῇ μετρίως γοῦν θνητῇ φύσει, καὶ ὅσον ἀσφαλὲς, ὁ ἀχώρητος. Οὔ γὰρ οἷόν τε ἄλλως iv περινοίᾳ Θεοῦ γενέσθαι σώματος δλικοῦ καὶ δεσμίου νοῦ πάχος μὴ βοηθούμενον. Τότε τοίνυν, οὗ πάντες τῆς αὑτῆς ἀξιωθέντες φαίη νονναι τάξεώς τε καὶ στάσεως ἀλλʼ ὁ μὶν τῆς, ὁ δὲ τῆς, πρὸς μέτρον, οἶμαι, τῆς, έαυτοῦ καθάρσεως ἕκαστοςʼ oi δὲ καὶ παντάπασιν ἀπεληλαμένοι, καὶ μόνης ἀκούειν τῆς ἂνωθεν φωνῆς συγχωρούμενοι, ὅσοι Θηριώδεις τὸν τρόπον, καὶ θείων μυστηρίων ἡμᾶς ιιι-τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὸ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆςνιιαὶ διᾶ τῆς ἡδονῆς κλαπέντας μέχρις εἰδωλολατρίας, καὶ νῦν δέ· 01m ιιμέοων, Idas πάλιν Manium, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἆρχαῐον ιπαναχθῆνσι, διὸ σπλάγχνα “huc οωδ Πατρὶς ἡμῶν, ob: ἅνασχομίνου (uirtutium. τοσοῦτον Ιργον sic οίκιιας καιρὸς τδν ἄνθρωπον. nil: οὖν ἂνακλασθῆνιι, καὶ τί γινέσθαι ς Τὸ μὲν σφοδρὸν τῆς ίατριίας ὁποδοιιμασθῆναι, ὥς οὔτι παῖσον, καὶ «ponam. δυνάμενον, διὸ τὴν διτώ χρόνον φυσωσιν, ei; δι ἡμέραν διαὶ,ιλανορώπφ cf): οῳαπιιις omnia“. πρὸς ιπινάροωοιν. una: γᾶρ ἂν (an πτόρθον λοξὸν ινιγιιιν ἀθρόαν periure“ ui βίαν χειρός immane (θᾶττον μέν τʼ ἄν idiniναι, ἢ ὀρθωθῆναι). μήτι tm> οιρμδν ιιι δηρήλικι χαλινοῦ τυραννίδα, δίχα τινὸς κολακείας καὶ τιοππυσμάτων. Διᾶ τοῦτο δίδοται νόμος ἡμῖν αις βοή- 0am, οἷόν τι διαπίχισμα, μέσον θιοῦ καὶ εἰδώλων, τῶν μὶν ἀπάγων ἡμᾶς, πρὸς εὶ τὸν ἐπανάγων. id συγχωρεῖ τι μικρὸν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ’ἶσα τὸ μιτζον Συγχωροῐ τὰς ὼσίας τέως, ἶνʼ lyncas-r49“ οιόν· ἔπειτα, ἡνίκα καιρὸς, καταλύσῃ καὶ τὰς ουσίας, σοφῶς ὑπαλλάττων ἡμᾶς ταῖς κατὰ μικρὸν ὑφαιρᾶοισι, ul μιτὰγων ἰπὶ te Εὐαγγαιον ἤδη γεγυμνασμένους πρὸς “mihi”.

Panta min oun ton nomon, skian einaitōn mellontōn kai nooumenōn, ho oeios Apostolos pro hēmōn apephēnato. Kai ho chrēmatisas pro toutou tō Mentior! theos, hēnika peri toutōn mpetu.- ”Ora gar, phēsi, poiēseis panta kata ton typon ton deichthenta soi iv tǭ orei; skiagraphian tina kai procharagma tōn aoratōn paradeiknys ta drōmena. Kai tteieomai, mēden eikē, mēde alogistōs, mēdi chao mirpōs toutōn diatetachthai, mēdi anaxiōs tēs nou Theou nomothesias, kaitēs Mōyseōs hypourgiasʼ ei kai chalepon hekastę̄ tōn skiōn, ekastēn hipheurein oeōrian eis lepton katabainonta, hosa te peri tēs skēnēs hautēs, kai metrōn, kaiylēs, kai tōn airontōn tauta Deuitōn te kai leitourgōn, hosa te peri Thysiōn, kai kathaasiōn, kai aphairematōn nenomothetētai kai monois einai theōrēta tois kata Mmoria tēn aretēn, ē hoti dngytatō tēs hikeinou paideuseōs. Epei kai en autǭ tǭ orei Theos anthrōpois phantazetai, to men ti katabainōn autos tēs oikeias periōpēs, to de hēmas anagōn in tēs katōthen tapeinōseōs, ’hina chōrēoę̄ metriōs goun thnētę̄ physei, kai hoson asphales, ho achōrētos. Ou gar hoion te allōs iv perinoią Theou genesthai sōmatos dlikou kai desmiou nou pachos mē boēthoumenon. Tote toinyn, hou pantes tēs hautēs axiōthentes phaiē nonnai taxeōs te kai staseōs allʼ ho min tēs, ho de tēs, pros metron, oimai, tēs, eautou katharseōs hekastosʼ oi de kai pantapasin apelēlamenoi, kai monēs akouein tēs anōthen phōnēs synchōroumenoi, hosoi Thēriōdeis ton tropon, kai theiōn mystēriōn hēmas iii-tēs hamartias to apʼ archēsniiai dia tēs hēdonēs klapentas mechris eidōlolatrias, kai nyn de; 01m iimeoōn, Idas palin Manium, kai pros to archaion ipanachthēnsi, dio splanchna “huc oōd Patris hēmōn, ob: hanaschominou (uirtutium. tosouton Irgon sic oikiias kairos tdn anthrōpon. nil: oun anaklasthēnii, kai ti ginesthai s To men sphodron tēs iatriias hopodoiimasthēnai, hōs outi paison, kai «ponam. dynamenon, dio tēn ditō chronon physōsin, ei? di hēmeran diai,ilanorōpph cf): oǭapiiis omnia“. pros ipinaroōoin. una: gar an (an ptorthon loxon inigiiin athroan periure“ ui bian cheiros immane (thatton men tʼ an idininai, ē orthōthēnai). mēti tm> oirmdn iii dērēliki chalinou tyrannida, dicha tinos kolakeias kai tioppysmatōn. Dia touto didotai nomos hēmin ais boē- 0am, hoion ti diapichisma, meson thiou kai eidōlōn, tōn min apagōn hēmas, pros ei ton epanagōn. id synchōrei ti mikron apʼ archēs, ’isa to mitzon Synchōroi tas ōsias teōs, inʼ lyncas-r49“ oion; epeita, hēnika kairos, katalysę̄ kai tas ousias, sophōs hypallattōn hēmas tais kata mikron hyphairaoisi, ul mitagōn ipi te Euangaion ēdē gegymnasmenous pros “mihi”.

Now the divine apostle declared before us that the whole law is a shadow of things to come and of things perceived by the mind. And God, who before him gave oracles to Moses, said, when legislating about these things: “See, you shall make all things according to the pattern shown to you on the mountain”, showing the visible things as a sketch and outline beforehand of the invisible. And I am persuaded that none of these things was ordained in vain, nor irrationally, nor in a grovelling way, nor unworthily of God's legislation and of Moses' ministry, even if it is hard, going down into detail, to find for each of the shadows its own contemplation: all that has been legislated about the tabernacle itself, its measures and materials, and the Levites and ministers who carried them, and all about sacrifices and purifications and offerings; and that these can be contemplated only by those who are like Moses in virtue, or nearest to his training. For on the mountain itself God appears to human beings, partly coming down himself from his own lofty watch, partly leading us up from our lowliness below, that the uncontained may be contained, at least in measure, by mortal nature, as far as is safe. For otherwise it is impossible for the coarseness of a material body and a bound mind to come to the conception of God without help. Then, therefore, not all were judged worthy of the same rank and station, but one of this, another of that, each, I think, according to the measure of his own purification; and some were driven away altogether and permitted only to hear the voice from above, those who were bestial in character and unworthy of divine mysteries. [12] … us, who from the beginning were stolen away by sin and through pleasure as far as idolatry and unlawful bloodshed, … to be called back again and led back to our ancient state, through the tender mercies of our Father, who could not bear to lose so great a work of his own hand, man. How, then, were we to be called back, and what was to be done? The violent kind of cure was rejected, as not persuasive and even able to make the wound worse, because of our long-standing conceit; the gentle and kindly kind (was chosen) for correction. For a crooked sapling would not bear sudden force or the violence of a bending hand (it would sooner break than be straightened), nor would a spirited horse, past its youth, bear the tyranny of the bit without some coaxing and clicking of the tongue. For this reason the law is given us as a help, like a wall of separation between God and idols, leading us away from these and leading us back to him. And it concedes something small at the beginning, that it may gain the greater. It concedes sacrifices for a time, that it may establish God (among us); then, when the time comes, it abolishes the sacrifices too, wisely changing us by gradual withdrawals, and bringing us over to the Gospel already trained to obedience.

45.14PG 36:640c–644a

οὕτω μὶν οὖν καὶ διὰ ταῦτα, aldina 6 γριπτδς νόμος, συνάγων ἡμᾶς εἰς Χριστὸν, καὶ οὗτος τῶν θυσιῶν ὁ λόγος, ὥς ὸ lube λόγος. Ὠς ἄν Si τὸ τῆς σοφίας βάθος μὴ ἆγνοῆς, καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον τῶν ἄνιξιχνιάστων αὐτοῦ ιριμάτων, ὡδὶ suum παναλῶε intime ἆφῆκιν, οΰδδ humide, οξιᾶ mi ψιλοῦ προϊούσαις τοῦ αἵματος· ἀλλὰ τὸ μέγα ui ἆθοτον ιαμ-ιον, ἵνʼ οὓτως sine», ὅσον ἰπὶ τῇ ταύτῃ οὖσαι, ταῖς νομικαῐς θυσίαις ιγιατ-ίμίμικται, καὶ οὗ μικροῦ μέρους τῆς οίκωμιένης, οὺδὶ πρὸς δλίγον ἀλλὰ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ διαιωνίζον καθάρσια, Διὰ τοῦτο λαμεάνιται πρόβατον μὶν, διὸ τὴν ἀκακίαν, καὶ τδ ἔνδυμα τῆς ἀρχαίας γυμνώσιως. ,ιοιοῠτον γὰρ τὸ δπὶρ ήμῶν σφάγιον, ἔνδυμα ἀφθαρπίας, καὶ ὃν, καί καλούμενον. τέλιιον εδ, οὗ τὴν Musa μόνον, ἧς οὖδὶν τιλιᾶηιρον an καὶ διὰ τεὴν πρόσληψιν τὴν χρισθεῐσαν θεότητι,καὶ γενομένην ’ὅπερ τὸ χρῖσαν l, καὶ θαῤῥῶ λέγειν, δμόθεον. "Appii: δὲ, ὡς ὑπὲρ τουʼᾸδὰμ τέρασαγόμενον, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῦ στεῤῥοῦ τὸ στεῤῥότερον, τοῦ πρώτουπεσόντος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ ὃτι μάλιστα μηδίν θῆλυ, μηδὲ ἄνανδρον ἄν ἑαυπῷ φέρον ἀλλὰ δαὶ ὶιιραγὶν βίᾳ δεσμῶν παρθενικῶν τε καὶ μητρικῶν, κατᾶ πολλὴν ἔξουσίαν, καὶ τεχθὲν ἂραν in. τῆς προφὴτιδος, ὡς Ἦσαῐας εὐαγγελίζεται. ἐνιαύσιον δὲ, ὡς ἥλιον δικαιοσύνης, ἢ ἐκεῖθεν ἆρμώμενον, ἦ τῷ ὁρωμένῳ περίγραπτον, καὶ ulc ἑαυτὸν ἆπιστρέφοντα στέφανόν τε χρηστότητος εὖλογούμενον, nol. πανταχὸθεν 1ἴσον ἱαυτῷ καὶ ὅμοιονο οὗ μόνον δὶ,;ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ζωογονοῶ (ὀἹ) τόν τῶν ἁρετῶν κύκλον, ἠπίως ἒπιμιγνυμένων καὶ κιρναμένων ἀλλήλαις, νόμῳ φιλίας καὶ τάξεως. ’Ἃμωμοο Si και ἀκίὸδηλον, ὡς θεραπευτικὸν μώμων, καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ κακίας ἂλειττωμὰτων καὶ μολυσμάτων, Ei γὰρ καὶ τὰς ἄμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἀνέλαβε, καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐὸέστασεν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ αὐτός τι πέπονθε τῶν θεραπείας eam. Ἐπειράσοη μὲν γὰρ κατὰ πάντα, καθʼ ὁμοιότητα τὴν ἡμετέραν, χωρὶς ἁμαρο τίας δὲ. Ὀ γὰρ διώξας τὸ κφαῖνον ἂν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ῳῶς, εὖ κατέλαβεν, αὶ συνεργοῖς εἷς τοῦτο κεχρῆσθαι, τοῖς κατʼ iper)“ ,μογινάσι καὶ ὁμοτρόπους (δι). τοῦτο γάρ μοι δοκοῖ ιώλισθαι, τὸ κοινωνεῖν τοῖς ιγγωτα τοῦ θύματος, ei

houtō min oun kai dia tauta, aldina 6 griptds nomos, synagōn hēmas eis Christon, kai houtos tōn thysiōn ho logos, hōs o lube logos. Ōs an Si to tēs sophias bathos mē agnoēs, kai ton plouton tōn anixichniastōn autou irimatōn, hōdi suum panalōe intime aphēkin, oÿdd humide, oxia mi psilou proïousais tou haimatos; alla to mega ui athoton iam-ion, hinʼ houtōs sine», hoson ipi tę̄ tautę̄ ousai, tais nomikais thysiais igiat-imimiktai, kai hou mikrou merous tēs oikōmienēs, oudi pros dligon alla pantos tou kosmou kai diaiōnizon katharsia, Dia touto lameanitai probaton min, dio tēn akakian, kai td endyma tēs archaias gymnōsiōs. ,ioiouton gar to dpir ēmōn sphagion, endyma aphtharpias, kai hon, kai kaloumenon. teliion ed, hou tēn Musa monon, hēs oudin tiliaēiron an kai dia teēn proslēpsin tēn christheisan theotēti,kai genomenēn ’hoper to chrisan l, kai tharrhō legein, dmotheon. "Appii: de, hōs hyper touʼAdam terasagomenon, mallon de tou sterrhou to sterrhoteron, tou prōtoupesontos hypo tēn hamartian, kai hoti malista mēdin thēly, mēde anandron an heaupǭ pheron alla dai iiiragin bią desmōn parthenikōn te kai mētrikōn, kata pollēn exousian, kai techthen aran in. tēs prophētidos, hōs Ēsaias euangelizetai. eniausion de, hōs hēlion dikaiosynēs, ē ekeithen armōmenon, ē tǭ horōmenǭ perigrapton, kai ulc heauton apistrephonta stephanon te chrēstotētos eulogoumenon, nol. pantachothen 1ison hiautǭ kai homoiono hou monon di,?alla kai hōs zōogonoō (hoI) ton tōn haretōn kyklon, ēpiōs epimignymenōn kai kirnamenōn allēlais, nomǭ philias kai taxeōs. ’Hamōmoo Si kai akiodēlon, hōs therapeutikon mōmōn, kai tōn apo kakias aleittōmatōn kai molysmatōn, Ei gar kai tas amartias hēmōn anelabe, kai tas nosous eoestasen, allʼ ouk autos ti peponthe tōn therapeias eam. Epeirasoē men gar kata panta, kathʼ homoiotēta tēn hēmeteran, chōris hamaro tias de. O gar diōxas to kphainon an tę̄ skotią ǭōs, eu katelaben, ai synergois heis touto kechrēsthai, tois katʼ iper)“ ,moginasi kai homotropous (di). touto gar moi dokoi iōlisthai, to koinōnein tois ingōta tou thymatos, ei

So, then, and for these reasons, the written law came in, gathering us to Christ; and this is the reason for the sacrifices, as I reckon it. But that you may not be ignorant of the depth of wisdom and the riches of his unsearchable judgments, he did not leave even the sacrifices themselves wholly unconsecrated, nor imperfect, nor going no further than the mere blood; but the great and, so to speak, in its first nature unsacrificeable victim was mingled with the sacrifices of the law, a purification not for a small part of the world nor for a short time, but for the whole world and for ever. For this reason a lamb is taken, because of its innocence, and as the clothing of the ancient nakedness. For such is the victim offered for us, a garment of incorruption, both in fact and in name. Perfect, not only because of the Godhead, than which nothing is more perfect, but also because of what was assumed, anointed with the Godhead and become what anointed it, and, I dare to say, God together with it. Male, as offered for Adam, or rather as the strong for the strong, for the first, who fell under sin; and above all as having in himself nothing feminine, nothing unmanly, but bursting the bonds of the virginal and maternal womb with great power, and born a male of the prophetess, as Isaiah announces. A year old, as the sun of righteousness, either setting out from there, or circumscribed in what is seen, and returning to itself, and blessed as the crown of goodness, everywhere equal to and like itself; and not only this, but also as giving life to the circle of the virtues, gently mingled and blended with one another by the law of love and order. Without blemish and without guile, as healing blemishes and the defects and stains that come from wickedness. For even if he took up our sins and bore our diseases, he himself suffered nothing of what needs healing. For he was tempted in all things in our likeness, yet without sin. For he who persecuted the light that shines in darkness did not overtake it. … and to use as fellow-workers in this those of like mind and like character. For this, I think, is what is meant by sharing with those nearest to the victim …

45.15PG 36:644a–649a

Ἐντσωιν ἡ ιιρά et (se), ui τοῦ πρόπας ιίου τῆς κεχειιενης, τῆοδι unde ἀντίπαλος. καθʼ ἢν τὸ πρωτόγονον “ut αὐτος, καὶ τις φῶς ἅπαντα. uti τάξιν, ιιι ιτδος unum, ιιαὶ· κόσμον ἡ πρὶν ἱκοσμία λαμβάνῃ. Ἐντεῦθεν Αἴγυπτον φύγομεν. εὴν σκώρωπήν καὶ ὃιώχτριαν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ Οηὸ τὸν ἀόρατον τύραννον, καὶ τοὺς πικροῦς iam, πρὸς τὸν ἄνω μιτασχιυαζόμινοι κόψον · Id αἱ η· ,οὗ καὶ τῆς πλινθιίας ἱλιυθιρούμιθα, τῆς ‘l,ι ιχύρου καὶ compti: τοῦ σιρχίω enisis ονε-τύ- ·ιω‹, καὶ μηδʼ ὅσον ἂχυρώδιαι λογισμοῖς ιὰ τῶν πολλῶν κρατουμένης. Ἐντιῦθςν ὃ ἀμνὸς σοινῷrat, καὶ σφραγίζονται τῷ τιμίῳ αἵμασι πρᾶξις καὶ ,όγος show ἵξις ιιι ινὲργιια, αἱ τᾶν ἡμιτόμων θυρῶν παραστάτιδις, λέγω δὴ ὧν flii νοῦ ιιιημάτων τι καὶ δογμάτων, Misery-plων καὶ Antonivere ιιι θεωρίας, iter.“ μέτρον εστι ι καὶ καταλήψεων. Ἐντιῦθιν ἡ τελευταία καὶ βαι υτάτη τοῖς διώταις πληγὴ, ιιὶνωηδειδκος κισ ,αὶ Θρηνιῐ τὰ spondam: τῶν βιαίαν, λογισμᾶ Id τράξιων Αἴγυπτος (ὃ καὶ πάριθι as).me δε.. όμινον τῇ Γραφῇ καλῆται, ιιι νήπια ιδυὤνια τῇ πέτρᾳ προσκροτούμινα καὶ Mena), αἱ βοῆς πάντα μισ·τὰ καὶ κραυγῆς “Tutius ' ,αἱ ἡμῶν ἀποχωρήσαι τηνικαῦτα 6 διαίνων ὁλοριυτὴς, αἰδοῖ λαὶ φόβῳ τοῦ χρίσματος. ἐνῆν ζρσις τῆς ζύμης ὶπταήμιρος (οὗτοι τὺρ ιωκαύατος ἀριθμῶν, καὶ τῷ κόσμῳ τοὺτῳ σύστοιχος ἧς παλαιᾶς καὶ diditione κακίας (ὠτὰρ ςοιοῦ τι καὶ ζωτικῆς) ο ἵνα μηδὶν Alpium imu- «bustis φύραμα, sal λιιψανον οιριταῖιιῆς ιὰ Νη ιδαοχαλίας.. - Pi: ὃ λόγος ἡμῖν ἂν ἷχῃ, μηδʼ εὐδιάλυτον, ἀλλʼ ’ὅλος συνεστὼς ᾗ, καὶ «spem, καὶ τῷ καθαρτιιὶῷ πυρὶ δεδοκιμασμένος, καὶ παντὸς ὑλώδους ἱλεύθερος, καὶ ἀπίριττος, καὶ τοῖς καλοῖς ἄνθραξι βοηθώμεθκ, τὸ διανοητικδν ἡμῶν ἀνάπτουσι καὶ καθαίρουσι, παρὰ τοῦ πῦρ ἐλθόντος βαλεῖν ἰπὶ τῆς γῆς, τὸ τῶν μοχθηρῶν ἕξεων ἀναλωτικδν, καὶ τὴν ἄναψιν Ξπισπεύδονιιος. ’Ὅσον μὶν οὖν σαρκῶδες τοῦ λόγου καὶ τρόφιμον, μανὰ τῶν ἱντοσθίων καὶ τῶν κρυοίων τοῦ νοῦ βρωθήσεται καὶ ἀναλωθήσεται, καὶ εἰς πέψιν πνευματικὴν ἆναδοθήσεται, ἄχρι κεφαλῆς καὶ ποδῶν, τῶν τε πρώτων περὶ θεότητος θεωρημάτων, καὶ τῶν τελευταίων τῆς σαρκώσεως φροντισμάτων, Οὔκ ἰξοίσομεν δὲ cultv, οὒδὶ είς τὸ πρωὶ καταλείψομεν· δτι μηδὶ ἰκφορᾶ τοῖς Ιξω τὰ πολλὰ τῶν ἡμετέρων μυστηρίων, μηόὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν νύκτα ταύτην ἷστι τις κάθαρσις, καὶτὸ τῆς ἀναβολῆς οὒκ ἆπαινετὸν τοῖς τοῦ Λόγου μεταλαμβάνωσιν. ’Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὴν ὀργὴν μὴ διημερεύειν, ἀλλὰ προκαταλύειν ὀλίου καλὸν, καὶ τῷ Θεῷ φίλον, χρονικιῖκ τε καὶ ἆναγωγικῶς [ἃπιδεύεσθαι γὰρ ὀργιζομένοις ἡμῖν οὒκ ἀσφαλὲς τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἥλιον) · οὕτω τὴν τοιαύτην βρῶσιν μὴ διανυκτερεύειν, μηδέ ιις τὴν left: διατίθεσθαι. ’Ὅσον ει ὀστῶδες καὶ ἄβρωτον, καὶ ἧμιν δυσθεώρητον, οὖδὶ οοντριβήσεται, κακῶς διαιρούμενον καὶ νοούμενον (ἐῶ γὰρ λέγειν, ὅτι μηδὶ, κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν, τοῦ Ἰησοῦ [73] συνετρίεη, καί τοί γε τοῦ θανάτου τοῖς σταυρωταῖς lariσιτευόομένου, διὰ τὸ Σάββατον) · οὖδὶ ἂποῤῥιφήσσται καὶ περισυρήσεται ' ἵνα μὴ δοθῇ τὰ ἅγια τοῖς κυσὶ καὶ κακοῖς τοῦ Λόγου σπαράκταις, ὥσπερ οὖδὶ τοῖς χοῖροις τὸ λαμπρὸν τοῦ Λόγου καί μαργαρῶδις ἀλλὰ πυρῖ καταναλωθήσεται, τῷ καῖ τὰγσῧ) δλοκιυτώματα, τὰ πάντα ἑριυνῶντι καὶ εἰ· δότι ηνεύματι λετιτυνόμενα καὶ σωζόμενα, οὒκ δπολι λύμινα καθʼ ὑδάτων. οὖδὶ σπειρόμενα ὥσπερ ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ μόσχου παρὰ Insiluit-ig, ἡ σχεδιασθιτσα τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, εἷς ὀνειδισμὸν τῆς σκληρότητος. " ιιι, ’Ἄξιον δὶ μηδὶ τὸν τῆς βρώσεως τρόπον πα· ραδραμετν, ὅτι μηδὲ ὁ νόμος, ἄχρι καὶ τούτου, τὴι θεωρίαν φιλοφονῶν ιν τῷ γράμματι. ’Λναλώσομιν γὰρ τὸ Δοὔμα κιετιὶ σπουδὴν, καὶ ἄζυμα hri πιιρίδων συνέσθοντες, καὶ τὰςιόσφύας περιεζωσμάνοι, καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα περικείμενοι, καὶ πρεσβυτικῶζ βὲκτηρεύοντες. Κατὰ σπουδὴν μὶν, ἳνα μὴ πάθοιμεν ὅπερ ὁ Λὼτ hurch ἀπηγόρευτκι παρὰ τῆς ’ξοην μὴ ”ἶλῗ“’έʼε μὴ ςξτιμν.ὲτ.πέφ (ο) τῇ πιριχωρῳο sic τὸ ὅρος Win (Si), μλινιιπαρσληγοῶμιν τῷ Σοδομιτιιῷ καὶ ξένῳ πυρὶ, μηδʼ sic στήλην ἁλὸς Infinit, ιιι τῆς ἰπὶ τὸ χοῖρον ιςιοτροφῆς, ὅπερ influat μέλλησις. Ἐπὶ δὶ πιιφίδων, διὰ τὸ κυφὸν τοῦ ιιιτᾶ em βίου, καὶ πρόσαντες, τοῖς ἀρχομένοις μάλιστα, ui ἡδονῶν ὑψηλότερον. El γὰρ ιιιὶ χρηστὸς ὸ νέος ζυγὸς, ui τὸ φορτίον umet, ὥσπερ ἂιωύιις · ἀλλὰ διὸ τὴν ιλιι(δα τοῦτο ιιιί τὴν ἄντίδοσιν, πολλῷ τῆς hac“: uκοπαθείας οὖσαν διψιλιστέραν· hui ἄλλως τι, τίς οὒκ ἂν ιῖποι, πολὺ τῶν νομικῶν διατάξεων τὸ Εὔιτγὰρ νόμον τὰ τέλη τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων κωλύονsos, ἡμεῖς αἱ τὰς αἰτίας, ὡς arpis": σχιδδν, ἄγχειλούμιθι. 0-3 μοιχιύσικ, γησὶν ὁ νόμος σὺ Si, οὒδὶ immissione, ix πιριίργου οἰκ ui φιλοπόνου φλέγων τὸ πάθος Οὔ φονιύσιις, bubo: σὺ ὂὶ, ὡδὶ ἂντιξλήειις, ἀλλᾶ ul σιωτδν Menapii": τιῖι miunt. ὀσον scina ἰαίνων vim pa! οὒκ suntsaluta, ίιιτνκ σὺ δὲ, οὕδὶ Mai et.» ἀρχὴν, οὗ mest, ob μεῖζον, ὡς τοῦ δριω τὴν ιπιοριίαν τίκτοντος. οὗ συνάψεις οὶκίαν πρὸς οιuiae, ἑιιιϊνος, ui ἆτρὸν πρὸς iam, mmστεύων τοῦ πένητος ' σὺ δὲ, inebriet; ιιδὶβὰ italis»: κτηθέντα πρςούνσκ, ui γυμνωοήοῃ uois πένησιν, ἵνα animo; τὸν στιφρὸν αἴης, καὶ τὸ μὴ δρώμνα.,ν ν γ ωʼ. Ὀσγῢς Si, seu μὶν ἀλύτοις, ἄνετος ιη. καὶ ἅδιτος om γὰρ λόγον ilo-ost, τὸν ιφαηώνιι τῦν ἡδονῶν · ὤωλέτω, ὅτι κάκεῖνα ὅρον οῐδι τῆς ὐσυati; κινήσεως · σοὶ καὶ tiva ζώνῃ sui eu- . τδ imbutusinb καὶ χμμιτιπιιδν (ὥς ri Ma [88] νηοὶ Γραφὴ, τδ τοῦ “om,ισχρδν δι.σύρουθι), ἵνα adepti»: ισοιις τὸ ne.“ me τὸν μέλη τὸ διὰ τῖκ γῆς, ιιιῖ τὴν Ἰωάννου (simtu μίμψνκι ωδ δθημαθΰι υἱ τφθδβόμδνι ιδ μʼ ἓιᾶλου τῆς unum: ιιψωιος. οἴδα καὶ (unm mm, ἢν στρατιωτικὴν λέγω aui ἀνδρικὴν, ωʼ ἢν εὔζωνοι Σιιρίκ καὶ Indis-not τινας ὀνομάζονται suo" ἢν καὶ Ἰὼβ χρηματίζων φησιν 6 θεός In, tua ζῦσιι ὥσπιρ ἀνὴρ fit! ὄστρᾶν σου, καὶ ὅδε Napietv ἀνδρικήν · ἣν ul δ θεῖος Lamo πιριιζῶσοιι δύναμιν ἑκ Θιοῦ μιγιλινχιτ, sui τὸν Odit αὐτὸν εἷσάγιι ίνδεδομένον δύναμιν καὶ πιριιζωσμᾶνον, δη- Aeas, κατὰ τῶν ἆσιβὦν · sl μή τῷ φίλον, τὸ περιὸν τῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ οἷον ἀνεσταλμένον, οὕτω παραδηλοῡσθαι, καθὸ καὶ φῶς ἀναβάλλεται, ὡς ἱμάτιον. Τὸ γὰρ ἄσχετον αὐτοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶτοῦ φωτὸς τίς ὺποστήσιται ς Ζητῶ, τί κοινὸν ὀσφύϊ καὶ ἀληθιῑᾳ; τί δαὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ Παύλῳ νοιῖται τὸ φάσκειν Στῆτα οὖν περιιζωσμένοι τὴν ὀσφὺν ὑμῶν ἐν ἀληθιίιμ Μήποτε ὡς τοῦ θηωρητικοῦ τὸ ἔπιθυμητικὸν περι· σφίγγοντος, καὶ οὒκ ἰοντῶς ἄλλαχοῦ φέρισθαι, Οὔ γὰρ testu τὸ περί τι διακείμινον δρωτικῶς, πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας ἡδονὰς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν δύναμιν.

Entsōin hē iira et (se), ui tou propas iiou tēs kecheiienēs, tēodi unde antipalos. kathʼ ēn to prōtogonon “ut autos, kai tis phōs hapanta. uti taxin, iii itdos unum, iiai; kosmon hē prin hikosmia lambanę̄. Enteuthen Aigypton phygomen. eēn skōrōpēn kai hoiōchtrian hamartian, kai Oēo ton aoraton tyrannon, kai tous pikrous iam, pros ton anō mitaschiyazominoi kopson ; Id hai ē; ,hou kai tēs plinthiias hiliythiroumitha, tēs ‘l,i ichyrou kai compti: tou sirchiō enisis one-ty- ;iō‹, kai mēdʼ hoson achyrōdiai logismois ia tōn pollōn kratoumenēs. Entiythsn ho amnos soinǭrat, kai sphragizontai tǭ timiǭ haimasi praxis kai ,ogos show hixis iii inergiia, hai tan hēmitomōn thyrōn parastatidis, legō dē hōn flii nou iiiēmatōn ti kai dogmatōn, Misery-plōn kai Antonivere iii theōrias, iter.“ metron esti i kai katalēpseōn. Entiythin hē teleutaia kai bai ytatē tois diōtais plēgē, iiinōēdeidkos kis ,ai Thrēnii ta spondam: tōn biaian, logisma Id traxiōn Aigyptos (ho kai parithi as).me de.. ominon tę̄ Graphę̄ kalētai, iii nēpia idyōnia tę̄ petrą proskrotoumina kai Mena), hai boēs panta mis;ta kai kraugēs “Tutius ' ,hai hēmōn apochōrēsai tēnikauta 6 diainōn holoriytēs, aidoi lai phobǭ tou chrismatos. enēn zrsis tēs zymēs iptaēmiros (houtoi tyr iōkauatos arithmōn, kai tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ systoichos hēs palaias kai diditione kakias (ōtar soiou ti kai zōtikēs) o hina mēdin Alpium imu- «bustis phyrama, sal liipsanon oiritaiiiēs ia Nē idaochalias.. - Pi: ho logos hēmin an hichę̄, mēdʼ eudialyton, allʼ ’holos synestōs hę̄, kai «spem, kai tǭ kathartiiiǭ pyri dedokimasmenos, kai pantos hylōdous hileutheros, kai apirittos, kai tois kalois anthraxi boēthōmethk, to dianoētikdn hēmōn anaptousi kai kathairousi, para tou pyr elthontos balein ipi tēs gēs, to tōn mochthērōn hexeōn analōtikdn, kai tēn anapsin Xpispeudoniios. ’Hoson min oun sarkōdes tou logou kai trophimon, mana tōn hintosthiōn kai tōn kryoiōn tou nou brōthēsetai kai analōthēsetai, kai eis pepsin pneumatikēn anadothēsetai, achri kephalēs kai podōn, tōn te prōtōn peri theotētos theōrēmatōn, kai tōn teleutaiōn tēs sarkōseōs phrontismatōn, Ouk ixoisomen de cultv, oudi eis to prōi kataleipsomen; dti mēdi ikphora tois Ixō ta polla tōn hēmeterōn mystēriōn, mēoi hyper tēn nykta tautēn histi tis katharsis, kaito tēs anabolēs ouk apaineton tois tou Logou metalambanōsin. ’Hōsper gar tēn orgēn mē diēmereuein, alla prokatalyein oliou kalon, kai tǭ Theǭ philon, chronikiik te kai anagōgikōs [hapideuesthai gar orgizomenois hēmin ouk asphales ton tēs dikaiosynēs hēlion) ; houtō tēn toiautēn brōsin mē dianyktereuein, mēde iis tēn left: diatithesthai. ’Hoson ei ostōdes kai abrōton, kai hēmin dystheōrēton, oudi oontribēsetai, kakōs diairoumenon kai nooumenon (eō gar legein, hoti mēdi, kata tēn historian, tou Iēsou [73] synetrieē, kai toi ge tou thanatou tois staurōtais larisiteuoomenou, dia to Sabbaton) ; oudi aporrhiphēsstai kai perisyrēsetai ' hina mē dothę̄ ta hagia tois kysi kai kakois tou Logou sparaktais, hōsper oudi tois choirois to lampron tou Logou kai margarōdis alla pyri katanalōthēsetai, tǭ kai tagsÿ) dlokiytōmata, ta panta heriynōnti kai ei; doti ēneumati letitynomena kai sōzomena, ouk dpoli lymina kathʼ hydatōn. oudi speiromena hōsper hē kephalē tou moschou para Insiluit-ig, hē schediasthitsa tǭ Israēl, heis oneidismon tēs sklērotētos. " iii, ’Axion di mēdi ton tēs brōseōs tropon pa; radrametn, hoti mēde ho nomos, achri kai toutou, tēi theōrian philophonōn in tǭ grammati. ’Lnalōsomin gar to Douma kietii spoudēn, kai azyma hri piiridōn synesthontes, kai tasiosphyas periezōsmanoi, kai ta hypodēmata perikeimenoi, kai presbytikōz bektēreuontes. Kata spoudēn min, hina mē pathoimen hoper ho Lōt hurch apēgoreutki para tēs ’xoēn mē ”ilï“’eʼe mē sxtimn.et.peph (o) tę̄ pirichōrǭo sic to horos Win (Si), mliniiparslēgoōmin tǭ Sodomitiiǭ kai xenǭ pyri, mēdʼ sic stēlēn halos Infinit, iii tēs ipi to choiron isiotrophēs, hoper influat mellēsis. Epi di piiphidōn, dia to kyphon tou iiita em biou, kai prosantes, tois archomenois malista, ui hēdonōn hypsēloteron. El gar iiii chrēstos o neos zygos, ui to phortion umet, hōsper aiōuiis ; alla dio tēn ilii(da touto iiii tēn antidosin, pollǭ tēs hac“: ukopatheias ousan dipsilisteran; hui allōs ti, tis ouk an iipoi, poly tōn nomikōn diataxeōn to Euitgar nomon ta telē tōn hamartēmatōn kōlyonsos, hēmeis hai tas aitias, hōs arpis": schiddn, ancheiloumithi. 0-3 moichiysik, gēsin ho nomos sy Si, oudi immissione, ix piriirgou oik ui philoponou phlegōn to pathos Ou phoniysiis, bubo: sy oi, hōdi antixlēeiis, alla ul siōtdn Menapii": tiii miunt. oson scina iainōn vim pa! ouk suntsaluta, iiitnk sy de, houdi Mai et.» archēn, hou mest, ob meizon, hōs tou driō tēn ipioriian tiktontos. hou synapseis oikian pros oiuiae, heiiiïnos, ui atron pros iam, mmsteuōn tou penētos ' sy de, inebriet? iidiba italis»: ktēthenta prsounsk, ui gymnōoēoę̄ uois penēsin, hina animo? ton stiphron aiēs, kai to mē drōmna.,n n g ōʼ. Osgÿs Si, seu min alytois, anetos iē. kai haditos om gar logon ilo-ost, ton iphaēōnii tyn hēdonōn ; ōōletō, hoti kakeina horon oidi tēs ysyati? kinēseōs ; soi kai tiva zōnę̄ sui eu- . td imbutusinb kai chmmitipiidn (hōs ri Ma [88] nēoi Graphē, td tou “om,ischrdn di.syrouthi), hina adepti»: isoiis to ne.“ me ton melē to dia tik gēs, iiii tēn Iōannou (simtu mimpsnki ōd dthēmathÿi hui tphthdbomdni id mʼ heialou tēs unum: iipsōios. oida kai (unm mm, ēn stratiōtikēn legō aui andrikēn, ōʼ ēn euzōnoi Siirik kai Indis-not tinas onomazontai suo" ēn kai Iōb chrēmatizōn phēsin 6 theos In, tua zysii hōspir anēr fit! ostran sou, kai hode Napietv andrikēn ; hēn ul d theios Lamo piriizōsoii dynamin hek Thiou migilinchit, sui ton Odit auton heisagii indedomenon dynamin kai piriizōsmanon, dē- Aeas, kata tōn asibōn ; sl mē tǭ philon, to perion tēs dynameōs, kai hoion anestalmenon, houtō paradēlousthai, katho kai phōs anaballetai, hōs himation. To gar ascheton autou tēs dynameōs kaitou phōtos tis ypostēsitai s Zētō, ti koinon osphyï kai alēthiią? ti dai tǭ hagiǭ Paulǭ noiitai to phaskein Stēta oun periizōsmenoi tēn osphyn hymōn en alēthiiim Mēpote hōs tou thēōrētikou to epithymētikon peri; sphingontos, kai ouk iontōs allachou pheristhai, Ou gar testu to peri ti diakeiminon drōtikōs, pros tas allas hēdonas tēn autēn echein dynamin.

From this comes the sacred night, the adversary of this present confused life, in which the primeval darkness is dissolved, and all things come into light and order and form, and the former disorder receives order. From this we flee Egypt, the gloomy and persecuting sin, and Pharaoh the invisible tyrant, and his bitter taskmasters, being transferred to the world above; and we are set free from the clay and the brickmaking, from this … composition of the flesh, which in most people is scarcely restrained even by chaff-like reasonings. From this the lamb is slain, and action and word, that is, habit and activity, are sealed with the precious blood: these are the posts of our doors, I mean of the movements and opinions of the mind, rightly opened and shut by contemplation, since there is a limit even to thoughts. From this comes the last and heaviest plague on the persecutors, truly worthy of night; and Egypt mourns the first-born of her own reasonings and actions (which Scripture also calls the seed of the Chaldeans removed, and infants dashed against the rock and destroyed), and everything is full of shouting and crying; and then the destroyer withdraws from us, out of reverence and fear of the anointing. Then comes the removal of leaven for seven days (for this number is most mystical and corresponds to this world), the leaven of the old and sour wickedness, not of the nourishing and life-giving kind, so that nothing of Egyptian dough, no remnant of Pharisaic and godless teaching, may go with us. … that our word may have nothing watery or easily dissolved, but may be wholly firm and solid, and tested by the purifying fire, and free of everything material and superfluous; and let us be helped by the good coals that kindle and cleanse our understanding, from him who came to cast fire on the earth, the fire that consumes evil habits, and who hastens its kindling. Whatever, then, is fleshly and nourishing in the word will be eaten and consumed with the inward parts and hidden things of the mind, and given over to spiritual digestion, head and feet: the first contemplations about the Godhead and the last thoughts about the incarnation. We shall carry nothing outside, nor leave anything until morning; because most of our mysteries are not to be carried out to those outside, nor is there any purification after this night, and delay is not commendable for those who partake of the Word. For as it is good and dear to God not to let anger last through the day but to put it away before sunset, both literally and in the higher sense (for it is not safe for the sun of righteousness to go down on us in anger), so we must not keep such food overnight nor put it off to the next day. Whatever is bony and inedible and hard for us to understand will not be broken, by being badly divided and understood (I leave aside that, according to the history, not a bone of Jesus was broken, although death was hastened for the crucified because of the Sabbath); nor will it be thrown away and dragged about, that holy things may not be given to the dogs, the wicked tearers of the Word, as neither is the bright pearl of the Word given to the swine; but it will be consumed by fire, the fire by which the burnt offerings too are consumed, refined and preserved by the Spirit who searches and knows all things, not destroyed in water nor scattered, as was the head of the calf by Moses, the calf hastily made by Israel, to the reproach of their hardness. It is worth not passing over the manner of eating either, since the law does not, but carries contemplation even this far in the letter. We shall eat the lamb in haste, eating unleavened bread with bitter herbs, with our loins girded and our sandals on, and leaning on staffs like old men. In haste, that we may not suffer what Lot was forbidden by command, not to look round nor to stay in all the surrounding country but to escape to the mountain, that we may not be overtaken by the Sodomite and strange fire, nor be fixed as a pillar of salt for turning back to the worse, which is what delay brings about. With bitter herbs, because of the steep and uphill life according to God, especially for beginners, and higher than pleasures. For even if the new yoke is easy and the burden light, as you hear, this is because of the hope and the reward, far more abundant than the hardship; otherwise, who would not say that the Gospel is much harder and more laborious than the ordinances of the law? For while the law forbids the completion of sins, we are blamed for their causes, almost as for the deeds. “You shall not commit adultery”, says the law; but you, do not even desire, kindling the passion by curious and laborious looking. “You shall not murder”; but you, do not even strike back, but even offer yourself to the one who strikes. How much more philosophical is this! “You shall not swear falsely”; but you, do not swear at all, neither more nor less, since the oath begets perjury. “You shall not join house to house, nor field to field, oppressing the poor”; but you, even sell what was rightly acquired, and that eagerly, and be stripped for the poor, that you may lightly take up the cross and pass over to the things that are not seen. Let the loins of the irrational beasts be loose and ungirded, for they do not have the reason that masters pleasures (I need not say that even they know a limit of natural movement); but for you let there be restraint by the girdle around the desiring and neighing part (as the Scripture calls it, exposing the shamefulness of the thing), that you may eat the Pascha purely, having put to death your members that are on the earth, and imitating the girdle of John, the hermit and forerunner and great herald of the truth. I know also another girdle, the soldierly and manly one, from which some Syrians are called “well-girded” and some “single-girded”; of which God too speaks when he gives oracles to Job: “Gird your loins like a man, and give answer”; with which divine David also boasts of being girded with power from God, and he brings in God himself as clothed with power and girded, plainly against the ungodly; unless one prefers that the superabundance of his power, as it were held in check, is indicated in this way, just as he also puts on light as a garment. For who will withstand the unbounded greatness of his power and light? I ask, what have the loins in common with truth? What does holy Paul mean by saying, “Stand therefore, having girded your loins with truth”? Perhaps that contemplation binds the desiring part tightly and does not allow it to be carried elsewhere. For what is disposed lovingly towards one thing does not have the same strength for other pleasures.

45.16PG 36:649b–649d

Τὰ δὲ ὑποδήματα, ὁ μὶν τῆς ἁγίας γῆς καὶ θιοστιόοὗς ψαύειν μέλλων, ὕπολυέσθω, καθὰ καὶ Μωΰσῆς ὶκιῖνος ἰπὶ τοῦ ὄρους, ’ἵνα μηδὲν νεκρὸν (pia 9'9. μηδὲ μέσον θιοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων. Ὠς δὲ καῖʼ εἴ τις μαθητὴς ἰπὶ τδ Εὒαγγέλιον πέμπεται, φιλοσόφως καὶ ἄπιρίττως · ὃν δεῖ πρὸς τῷ ἀχάλκῳ, καὶ ἆρᾶεδῳ, καὶ μονοχίτωνι, ἔτι καὶχυμνοποιδιτν, ἵνα φανῶσιν οὶ πόδας ὡραῖοι τῷν ιῦαγγιλι· ζομένὼν εἰρήνην, καὶ ἄλλο πᾶν ἀγαθόν. Ὀ δὲ φιύγων Αἴγυπτόν τι καὶ τὰ Αἱγύπτιο, ὑποδιδᾶσθω, τῆς τι ἄλλης ἀσφαλείας ἕνεκα καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς σκορπίους καὶ τοὺς ὄφεις, οὒς καὶ πολλοὺς Αἴγυπτος τρέφει, ὥστε μὴ βλάπτεσθαι παρὰ τῶν τηρούντων τὴν πτέρναν, οὒς πατεῖν ἰκιλιύσθημιν. Περὶ δί τῆς βακτηριας οὕτως ἔχω, καὶ τοῦ περὶ ταύτην αἰνίγματος. Τὴν μὶν ὑπιριιστικῆν οἶδα, τὴν δί ποιμαντικήν τι καὶ διδασκαλικὴν, καὶ τὰ λογικὰ πρόβατα ἰπιστρέφουσιν. Ἀλλὰ σοὶ νῦν την δπιριίδουσαν δ νόμος διακιλεύτται, μήπου τὸν λογισμὸν όκλάσῃς, αἷμα Θεοῦ, καὶ πάθος ἀκούων, καὶ θάνατον, μήπου πιριινιχθῇς ἆθὶως, ὣς Θεοῦ συνήγορος ἀλλʼ ἀντπαισχύντως καὶ ἀνενεοιᾶστως, γάγσ τὸ σῶμα, nis τὸ αἷμα, si τῆς ζωῆς ἐπιθυμητικῶς ἔχεις, μήτε τοῖς περὶ σαρκὸς ἀπιστῶν λόγοις, μήτε τοῖς περὶ τὸ πάθος βλαπτόμενος. Ἐρηριισμένος ἵστατο, πάγιος, βεβηκὼς, Ξν μηδινῖ σαλευόμινος ὑπὸ τῶν ἀντικειμένων, μῆδὶ πιθανότητος λόγοις παρασυρόμινος. -Ἐπὶ τὸ θψος σεαυτοῦ στῆθι, ἰν ταῖς *αὐλαῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ στῆσον τοὺς πόδας, ἰπὶ τῆς)πέτρας τρεισον, ἵνα μῆ σαλιῦηταε σου τὰ κατὰ θιὸν διαβήματα.

Ta de hypodēmata, ho min tēs hagias gēs kai thiostioous psauein mellōn, hypolyesthō, katha kai Mōÿsēs ikiinos ipi tou orous, ’hina mēden nekron (pia 9'9. mēde meson thiou kai anthrōpōn. Ōs de kaiʼ ei tis mathētēs ipi td Euangelion pempetai, philosophōs kai apirittōs ; hon dei pros tǭ achalkǭ, kai araedǭ, kai monochitōni, eti kaichymnopoiditn, hina phanōsin oi podas hōraioi tǭn iyangili; zomenōn eirēnēn, kai allo pan agathon. O de phiygōn Aigypton ti kai ta Haigyptio, hypodidasthō, tēs ti allēs asphaleias heneka kai tēs pros tous skorpious kai tous opheis, ous kai pollous Aigyptos trephei, hōste mē blaptesthai para tōn tērountōn tēn pternan, ous patein ikiliysthēmin. Peri di tēs baktērias houtōs echō, kai tou peri tautēn ainigmatos. Tēn min hypiriistikēn oida, tēn di poimantikēn ti kai didaskalikēn, kai ta logika probata ipistrephousin. Alla soi nyn tēn dpiriidousan d nomos diakileuttai, mēpou ton logismon oklasę̄s, haima Theou, kai pathos akouōn, kai thanaton, mēpou piriinichthę̄s athiōs, hōs Theou synēgoros allʼ antpaischyntōs kai aneneoiastōs, gags to sōma, nis to haima, si tēs zōēs epithymētikōs echeis, mēte tois peri sarkos apistōn logois, mēte tois peri to pathos blaptomenos. Erēriismenos histato, pagios, bebēkōs, Xn mēdini saleuominos hypo tōn antikeimenōn, mēdi pithanotētos logois parasyrominos. -Epi to thpsos seautou stēthi, in tais *aulais Ierousalēm stēson tous podas, ipi tēs)petras treison, hina mē saliyētae sou ta kata thion diabēmata.

As for the sandals, let him who is about to touch the holy ground, trodden by God, take them off, as Moses did on the mountain, that he may bring nothing dead, nothing between God and men. So too if a disciple is sent to preach the Gospel, let him go philosophically and without superfluity; besides being without bronze and staff and having one tunic, he must also go barefoot, that the feet of those who bring good news of peace and every other good may appear beautiful. But let him who is fleeing Egypt and the things of Egypt be shod, for safety in general and especially against the scorpions and snakes that Egypt breeds in great numbers, so as not to be harmed by those that watch the heel, which we have been commanded to tread on. About the staff and its riddle, this is what I think. I know one staff for leaning on, and another that is pastoral and for teaching, which turns back the rational sheep. But the law now orders you to take the one that supports, so that you may not falter in your reasoning when you hear of the blood of God, and his passion and death; so that you may not be carried away into godlessness while acting as God's advocate; but without shame and without doubt eat the body, drink the blood, if you desire life, neither disbelieving the words about the flesh nor offended by those about the passion. Stand supported, firm, set fast, shaken in nothing by the adversaries, nor carried away by persuasive words. Stand on your own height; set your feet in the courts of Jerusalem; lean on the rock, that your steps according to God may not be moved.

45.20PG 36:649d–652d

τι φῄς ς Οὕτω ταῦτα ἱδοξιν, Αἴγυπτον δειλθεῖν, τὴν σιδηρᾶν κάμινον, καταλιπεῖν σι τὴν instes πολδθιΐαν, καὶ δπδ Μωυσέως ἀχθῆναι, καὶτῆς ἑκείνου (ι) νομοθεσίας καὶ στρατηγίαςς Εἶσηγοῦμαι τι καὶ τῶν οὒκ ἱμῶν, μᾶλλον δί καὶ λίαν ἱμῶν, ἂν πνευματικῶς θεωρῇς. Χρῆσαι παρʼ Αἰγυπτίων σκεύη χρυσά καὶ ἀργυρᾶ· μετὰ τούτων εδευσον εκ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἰφοδιάσθητι, μᾶλλον δὲ τῶν σῶν χρεωστεῐταί σοι μισθὸς τῆς δοδλείας καὶ τῆς πλινθείαςο σόφισαί τι καὶ σὺ περὶ τὴν ἀπαίτησιν καλῶς ἄποστέρησον, "Enni, τεταλαιπώρηκας ὂνταῦθα, τῷ πηλῷ μαχόμενος, τῷ μογθηρῷ τούτῳ καὶ ῥυπαρῷ σώματι, καὶ πόλεις οἰκοδομῶν ἀλλοτρίας καὶ σφαλερὰς, ὧν ἀπολεῖται τὸ μνημόσυνον μετʼ ἤχου. Τί δαίς προῖκα ἓξέρχη καὶ ἆμισθίς Τί δαίς καταλείψεις Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ ταῖς ἆντικειμίναις δυνάμεσιν, ἃ κακῶς ίχτήσαντο, καὶ χεῖρον ταπανήσουσιν ς Οὐχ ἰστιν ίνιείνων ° ἐσύλησαν, ἥρπασαν τοῦ εἰπόντος Ἐμόν ἐστι τὸ ἀργύριον, καὶ ἐμόν εστι τὸ χρυσίον, καὶ δώσω αὐτὸ ᾧ βούλομαι. Χθὶς ἦν ὶκείνων · συνιχωρεϊτο γάρ, Σήμερον σοὶ προσάγει καὶ δίδωσιν ΒΔεσπότης, καλῶς χρησομένῳ καὶ σωτηρίως, Κτηο τώμεθα ίημτν αὐτοῖς φίλους ἔκ τοῦ μαμμωνᾶ τῆς ἆδιιίας, ’ίνʼ ὅταν ἆιιλίπωμεν, ἃντιλάόωμεν ἕν καιρῷ ΚΜ. El μέν τις ετ Ῥαχὴλ, ἢ Λεία, ψυχὴ πατριαρ- (ικὴ καὶ μεγάλη, καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα κλέψον, ἅπερ ἂν ιῦρης, τοῦ σοῦ πατρὸς, οὐχ ἵνα φυλάξῃς, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ιφανίσῃς εἷ δὲ Ἰσραηλίτης σοφὸς, πρὸς τὴν γῆν ιῆς ἐπαγγελίας μετίνεγκε καὶ περί τούτων ὁ διώιτης ιὶλγησάτω, καὶ γνώτωῖ κατασοφισθεὶς, ὅτι μάεζητ ἰτυράννει καὶ κατεδουλοῦτο τοὺς κρείττονας. ζξν οὕτω, ποιῇς, καὶ οὕτως ἱξὲλθης Αἴγυπτον, εὖ ιῖδα, στύλὼ πυρὸς καὶ νεφέλης δδηγηθήσῃ νυκτὸς ιαὶ ἡμέρας, ἕρημος ἦμερωθήσεται, θάλασσά σοι ςμηθήσεται, Φαραὼ βαπτιεθήσεται, ἄρτος δμβρήσει, πέτραι πηγάσιι, Ἀμαλὴκ καταπολεμηθήσεται οὔχ ἱπλοις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολεμίαις χερσὶ δικαίων, ὒχην ὁμοῦ τυπούσαις, καὶ σταυροῦ τρόπαιον τὸ ιήττητον ποταμὸς ἂνακοπήσεται, ἥλιος στήσεται, ἐλήνη σχεθήσεται, τείχη κατενεχθήσεται, καὶ δὶγα .ηχανημάτων, σφηκίαι προδραμοῶται, δδοποιοῦσαι ᾦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους ἀνείργουσαι (ι). ἄλλα τε ὅσα ἰπὶ τούτοις καὶ σὺν τούτοις ἱστόρηται, να μὴ μακρὸν ἀποτείνω λόγον, παρᾶ Θεοῦ σοι δοθήιται, Τοιαύτην ἑορτὴν ἑορτάζεις σήμερον τοιοῦον ἕστιᾷ τὸ ιτὲι σοὶ toi?) γεννηθέντος γενέθλιον, αἶ τοῦ παθόντος 6) ἰπιτάφιον τοιοῦτόν σοι τὸ τοῦ άσχα μυστήριον, Ταῦτα ὁ νόμος ὑπέγραψε ταῦτα ριστὸς ἐτελείωσεν, ὁ τοῦ γράμματος καταλυτὴς, τελειωτὴς to; fludga‘ragbe ὅτε ἕπαδο, τὸ πάσχειν δάσκων, οἷς ἂδοξάσθ-η, τὸ συνδοξασθῆναι χαρίζεται.

ti phę̄s s Houtō tauta hidoxin, Aigypton deilthein, tēn sidēran kaminon, katalipein si tēn instes poldthiïan, kai dpd Mōyseōs achthēnai, kaitēs hekeinou (i) nomothesias kai stratēgiass Eisēgoumai ti kai tōn ouk himōn, mallon di kai lian himōn, an pneumatikōs theōrę̄s. Chrēsai parʼ Aigyptiōn skeuē chrysa kai argyra; meta toutōn edeuson ek tōn allotriōn iphodiasthēti, mallon de tōn sōn chreōsteitai soi misthos tēs dodleias kai tēs plintheiaso sophisai ti kai sy peri tēn apaitēsin kalōs aposterēson, "Enni, tetalaipōrēkas ontautha, tǭ pēlǭ machomenos, tǭ mogthērǭ toutǭ kai rhyparǭ sōmati, kai poleis oikodomōn allotrias kai sphaleras, hōn apoleitai to mnēmosynon metʼ ēchou. Ti dais proika hexerchē kai amisthis Ti dais kataleipseis Aigyptiois kai tais antikeiminais dynamesin, ha kakōs ichtēsanto, kai cheiron tapanēsousin s Ouch istin inieinōn ° esylēsan, hērpasan tou eipontos Emon esti to argyrion, kai emon esti to chrysion, kai dōsō auto hǭ boulomai. Chthis ēn ikeinōn ; synichōreïto gar, Sēmeron soi prosagei kai didōsin BDespotēs, kalōs chrēsomenǭ kai sōtēriōs, Ktēo tōmetha iēmtn autois philous ek tou mammōna tēs adiiias, ’inʼ hotan aiilipōmen, hantilaoōmen hen kairǭ KM. El men tis et Rhachēl, ē Leia, psychē patriar- (ikē kai megalē, kai ta eidōla klepson, haper an iyrēs, tou sou patros, ouch hina phylaxę̄s, allʼ hinʼ iphanisę̄s hei de Israēlitēs sophos, pros tēn gēn iēs epangelias metinenke kai peri toutōn ho diōitēs iilgēsatō, kai gnōtōi katasophistheis, hoti maezēt ityrannei kai katedoulouto tous kreittonas. zxn houtō, poię̄s, kai houtōs hixelthēs Aigypton, eu iida, stylō pyros kai nephelēs ddēgēthēsę̄ nyktos iai hēmeras, herēmos ēmerōthēsetai, thalassa soi smēthēsetai, Pharaō baptiethēsetai, artos dmbrēsei, petrai pēgasii, Amalēk katapolemēthēsetai ouch hiplois monon, alla kai polemiais chersi dikaiōn, ychēn homou typousais, kai staurou tropaion to iēttēton potamos anakopēsetai, hēlios stēsetai, elēnē schethēsetai, teichē katenechthēsetai, kai diga .ēchanēmatōn, sphēkiai prodramoōtai, ddopoiousai ǭ Israēl, kai tous allophylous aneirgousai (i). alla te hosa ipi toutois kai syn toutois historētai, na mē makron apoteinō logon, para Theou soi dothēitai, Toiautēn heortēn heortazeis sēmeron toiouon hestią to itei soi toi?) gennēthentos genethlion, ai tou pathontos 6) ipitaphion toiouton soi to tou ascha mystērion, Tauta ho nomos hypegrapse tauta ristos eteleiōsen, ho tou grammatos katalytēs, teleiōtēs to? fludga‘ragbe hote hepado, to paschein daskōn, hois adoxasth-ē, to syndoxasthēnai charizetai.

What do you say? Thus it has seemed good, that you should leave Egypt, the iron furnace, and leave behind the idolatry there, and be led by Moses and by his legislation and generalship. I propose something that is not mine, or rather very much mine, if you contemplate it spiritually. Borrow from the Egyptians vessels of gold and silver; travel with these; provision yourself from what belongs to others, or rather from what is yours. The wage of your slavery and your brickmaking is owed to you; be clever yourself in demanding it back; rob honestly. You have suffered hardship there, fighting with the clay, this troublesome and filthy body, and building cities for others, cities without security, whose memory will perish with a noise. What then? Will you go out for nothing and without wages? Why will you leave to the Egyptians and the hostile powers what they acquired wickedly and will spend still worse? It is not theirs: they plundered it, they snatched it from him who said, “Mine is the silver and mine is the gold, and I will give it to whom I will.” Yesterday it was theirs, for it was permitted; today the Master brings it and gives it to you, to use well and for salvation. Let us make friends for ourselves from the mammon of unrighteousness, that when we fail they may receive us in the time of judgment. [21] If you are a Rachel or a Leah, a patriarchal and great soul, steal the idols of your father too, whatever you find, not to keep them but to destroy them; if you are a wise Israelite, carry them over to the land of promise; and let the persecutor grieve over them, and learn, outwitted, that he tyrannized in vain and enslaved those better than himself. If you do this, and so go out of Egypt, I know well that you will be guided by the pillar of fire and cloud by night and by day; the desert will be tamed, the sea will be cut for you, Pharaoh will be drowned, bread will rain down, rocks will gush with water, Amalek will be defeated not by arms only but also by the hands of the righteous, forming at once a prayer and the unconquerable trophy of the cross; the river will be cut off, the sun will stand still, the moon will be held back, walls will be thrown down even without siege engines, hornets will run ahead, making a way for Israel and keeping off the foreigners; and all the other things that are recorded after these and with these will be given you by God, so that I need not stretch out a long discourse. Such is the feast you are keeping today; such is the birthday you celebrate of him who was born for you, and the burial of him who suffered; such for you is the mystery of the Pascha. These things the law sketched; these things Christ fulfilled, the abolisher of the letter, the perfecter of the Spirit, who by what he suffered teaches suffering, and by what he was glorified grants us to be glorified with him.

45.22PG 36:653a–657b

’Ἔστι τοίνυν ἱξετάσαι πρᾶγμα καὶ δόγμα, τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς παρορώμενον, ἱμοὶ δὲ, καὶ λίο ἆξεταζόμενον. Τίνι γὰρ υὸ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αἷμα, κέ περὶ τίνος ὶχίθη, τὸ μέγα καὶ περιβόητον τοῦ Θεοὶ καὶ ἀρχιερέως, καὶ Θύματος, Κατειχόμεθα pi γὰρ ὖπδ τοῦ πονηρου, πεπραμένοι ὑπὸ τὴν ἆμαρ τίαν, καὶ ἀντιλαβόντες τῆς κακίας τὴν ἡδονήν. Eii τὸ λύτρον οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς, ἢ τοῦ κατέχοντος γίνε ται, ζητῶ τίνι τοῦτο εἰσηνέχθη, καὶ διʼ ἥντινα τοὶ αἰτίαν ς Εἰ μὶν τῷ πονηρῷ, φεῦ τῆς ὕβρεως ’ εἰ μ παρᾶ τοῦ Θεοῦ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τον Θεὸν αὐτὸν λι] τρον ὁ λῃστὴς λαμβάνει, καὶ μισθὸν οὕτως ὑπερ φυῆ τῆς ἰαυτοῦ τυραννίδος, διʼ ὃν καὶ “uti QaiSceOat δίκαιον ἧν εὶ δὲ τῷ Πατρὶ, πρῶτον μὶ πῶςς Οῦχ ὑπʼ ἐκείνου γὰρ ἒκρατούμεθα. Δεύτερι δί, τίς δμλόγος, Μονογενοῦς αἷμα τέρπειν Πατέρο ὃς οσῖιδὶ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ ἐδέξατο παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς προς φερόμενον, ἀλλʼ ἀντηλλάξατο. τὴν θυσίαν,ίκριὸν ἆντι 8-06c'106 λογικοῦ θύματος ; ’,Η δῆλον, δτι* λαμβάνι μὲν ὃ Πατὴρ, οὒκ αἱτὴσας, οῦδὲ δεηθςὶς, ἀλλ διὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν, καὶ τὸ χρῆναι ἆγιασθῆνσ τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ’t’v' αὐτὸ ἡμᾶς ἆξᾶληται, τοῦ τυράννου βίᾳ κρατήσας, καιὶ πρὸ ἑαυτὸν ἐπαναγάθῃ διὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ μεσιτεύσαν τος, καὶ είς τιμὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦτο οἶκονομήσαν τος, ᾧ τὰ πάντα παραχωρῶν φαίνεται. Τὰ μὲν Χριστοῦ τοιαῦτα, καὶί τὰ πλείω σιγῇ σεβἑσθω. ἰ δὲ χαλκοῦς ὄφις κρεμᾶται μὲν κατὰ τῶν δα κνὸντων ὄφεων, οὐχ ὡς τύπος δὲ 1.06 ὑπὲρ ἧμῶ παθόντος, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀντίτυπος ο καὶ σώζει τοὺς εί αὒτὸν ὁρῶντας, οὐχ ὅτι ζῇ πιστευόμενος, ἀλλʼ ὅτ νενέκρωται, καὶ συννεκροτ τὰς ὑπʼ αὐτὸν δυνά μεις, καταλυθεὶς, ὥσπερ ἦν ἄξιος. Καὶ τίς ὁ πρέ πων αὒτῷ παρʼ ὴμῶτ ἐπιτάφιος; Ποῦ σου, βἀ νατε, τὸ κέντρονς Ποῦ σου, ᾃδη, τὸ νῖκος ; ΛΤ. σταυρῷ βέβλησαι, τῷ ζωοποιῷ τεθανάτωσαιξ ’Ἄ πνους, νεκρὸς, ἀκίνητος, ἇνενέργητος, καὶ ι τὸ σχῆμα σώζεις ὄφεως, ἰν ὕψει στηλιτευόμε KP: Μεταληψόμεθα (ΞΟ) δὲ τοῦ Πάσχα, νῦν μὲν. πικιῖκ ἰτι, καὶ εί τοῦ παλαιοῦ γυμνότερον,(τδ ρ νομικὸν Πάσχα, τολμῶ καὶ λέγω, τύπου τύπος ἂμυδρότερος) μικρὸν δέ ὕστερον, τελεώτερον ἱ καθαρώτερον, ἡνίκα ἂν αὐτὸ πίνη καινόν μεθʼ ιῶν 6 Λόγος ἰν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ nam, ἀποκαπτων καὶ διδάσκων, ἃ νῦν μετρίως παρέδειξε. ιινὸν γάρ εστιν ἀεὶ τὸ νῦν γνωριζόμενον, Τίς 6i πόσις καὶ ἡ ἀπόλαυσις, ἡμῶν μὶν τὸ μαθεῖν, bniυ δὲ τὸ διδάξαι, καὶ κοινώσασθαι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθητς τὸν λόγον. Τροοὴ γάρ εστιν ἡ δίδαξις, καὶ -τοῦ ἐφοντοςΑἍλλὰ δεῦρο, καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῦ νόμου μίτᾳλέῗ ομεν εὖσγγελικῶς, ἄλλα μὴ γραπτῶς τελείως, ἀλλὰ ὴᾶτελῶς ' ἇῖδίως, ἀλλὰ μὴ προσκαίρως, Ποιησώ· ιθα κεφαλὴν, μὴ τὴν κάτω Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ἀλλὰ τήν νω μητρόπολιν μὴ τήν ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων νῦν πανυμάνην, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὑπʼ ἀγγέλων δοξαζομᾶνην. θύυμεν, μὴ μόσχους νέους, μηδὶ ἀμνοὺς ιίρατα ἱκἱροντας καὶ ὁπλὰς, παρʼ οἷς πολὺ τὸ νεκρὸν καί ναίσθητον ἀλλὰ θύσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ θυσίαν αἰνέιως, επὶ τὸ ἅνω θυσιαστήριον, μετὰ τῆς ἄνω χοιστασίας, Διάσχωμεν τὸ πρῶτον καταπέτασμα, τῷ ιυιερῳ προσέλθωμεν, εἷς τὰΑγια τῶν ἁγίων πα ακύψωμεν. Εἴπω τὸ μεῖζον, ἡμᾶς αὖτοὺς θύσωμεν ᾦ θεῷ μᾶλλον δὲ, θύωμεν καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν αἱ πᾶσαν κίνησιν, ιιάντα ὑπὲρ τοῦ Λόγου δεχώμει, πάθεσι τὸ πάθος μιμώμεθα, αἳματι τὸ αἷμα σε·- .νύνωμεν, ἰπὶ τὸν σταυρὸν ἀνίωμεν πρόθυμοι. Γλυεῖς οί ἧλοι, καὶ εί λίαν ὄδυνηροί. T6 γὰρ (Ἦ) μιτᾶ ,ριστοῦ πάσχειν, καὶ ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ μετʼ ἄλλων σῃς. Μή, μου ἅπτου, πύρρω- στῆθι, σεβάσθητι τὸν Λόγον, ἀλλὰ μὴ lumbi; Οἵδε γὰρ οἷς ὁιρθῇ πρῶτον. Ἐγκαίνισον τὴν ἀνάστασιν · τῇ Εὕα βοήθησον, τῇ πρώτῃ πεσούσῃ, τῇ πρώτῃ Τριστὸν ἀσπάσασθαι, καὶ γνωρίσαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς, Γενοῦ Πέτρος, ἢ Ἰωάννης ἰπὶ τὸν τάφον ζπείχθητι, ἀντιτρὲχων, συντρέχων, τὴν καλὴν ἅμιλλαν ἁμιλλώμενος. Κᾶν προληφθῇς τῷ τάχει, τῇ σπουδῇ νίο κησον μὴ παρακύψας εἷς τὸ μνημεῖον, ἀλλʼ ’ἔνδον γενόμενος. Κᾶν ὡς Θωμᾶς ἂπολειφθῇς, τῶν μαθητῶν συνηγμένων, οἶς Χριστὸς ιμφανίζεται, ὅταν ἴδῃς, μὴ ἀπιστήσῃς · κᾶν ἀπιστήσῃς, τοῖς λέγουσι πίστευσον ei δὲ μηδέ τούτοις, τοῖς τύποις τῶν ἥλων πιστώθητι. "Av εἷς ᾅδου κατίῃ, συγκάτελθε. Γνὶνθι καὶ τὰ ὶκετσε τοῦ Χριστοῦ μυστήρια, τίς ἦ οἰκονομία τῆς διπλῆς καταβάσεως, τίς 6 λόγος · ἁπλῶς σώζει πάντας ὶπιφανεὶς, ἢ iuer τοὺς πιστεύοντας.

’Esti toinyn hixetasai pragma kai dogma, tois men pollois parorōmenon, himoi de, kai lio axetazomenon. Tini gar yo hyper hēmōn haima, ke peri tinos ichithē, to mega kai periboēton tou Theoi kai archiereōs, kai Thymatos, Kateichometha pi gar ypd tou ponērou, pepramenoi hypo tēn amar tian, kai antilabontes tēs kakias tēn hēdonēn. Eii to lytron ouk allou tinos, ē tou katechontos gine tai, zētō tini touto eisēnechthē, kai diʼ hēntina toi aitian s Ei min tǭ ponērǭ, pheu tēs hybreōs ’ ei m para tou Theou monon, alla kai ton Theon auton li] tron ho lę̄stēs lambanei, kai misthon houtōs hyper phyē tēs iautou tyrannidos, diʼ hon kai “uti QaiSceOat dikaion hēn ei de tǭ Patri, prōton mi pōss Ouch hypʼ ekeinou gar ekratoumetha. Deuteri di, tis dmlogos, Monogenous haima terpein Patero hos osiidi ton Isaak edexato para tou patros pros pheromenon, allʼ antēllaxato. tēn thysian,ikrion anti 8-06c'106 logikou thymatos ? ’,Ē dēlon, dti* lambani men ho Patēr, ouk haitēsas, oude deēthsis, all dia tēn oikonomian, kai to chrēnai agiasthēns tǭ anthrōpinǭ tou Theou ton anthrōpon ’t’v' auto hēmas axalētai, tou tyrannou bią kratēsas, kaii pro heauton epanagathę̄ dia tou Huiou mesiteusan tos, kai eis timēn tou Patros touto oikonomēsan tos, hǭ ta panta parachōrōn phainetai. Ta men Christou toiauta, kaii ta pleiō sigę̄ sebesthō. i de chalkous ophis krematai men kata tōn da knontōn opheōn, ouch hōs typos de 1.06 hyper hēmō pathontos, allʼ hōs antitypos o kai sōzei tous ei auton horōntas, ouch hoti zę̄ pisteuomenos, allʼ hot nenekrōtai, kai synnekrot tas hypʼ auton dyna meis, katalytheis, hōsper ēn axios. Kai tis ho pre pōn autǭ parʼ ēmōt epitaphios? Pou sou, ba nate, to kentrons Pou sou, hądē, to nikos ? LT. staurǭ beblēsai, tǭ zōopoiǭ tethanatōsaix ’A pnous, nekros, akinētos, hanenergētos, kai i to schēma sōzeis opheōs, in hypsei stēliteuome KP: Metalēpsometha (XO) de tou Pascha, nyn men. pikiik iti, kai ei tou palaiou gymnoteron,(td r nomikon Pascha, tolmō kai legō, typou typos amydroteros) mikron de hysteron, teleōteron hi katharōteron, hēnika an auto pinē kainon methʼ iōn 6 Logos in tę̄ basileią tou nam, apokaptōn kai didaskōn, ha nyn metriōs paredeixe. iinon gar estin aei to nyn gnōrizomenon, Tis 6i posis kai hē apolausis, hēmōn min to mathein, bniy de to didaxai, kai koinōsasthai tois heautou mathēts ton logon. Trooē gar estin hē didaxis, kai -tou ephontosAAlla deuro, kai hēmeis tou nomou mitąleï omen eusngelikōs, alla mē graptōs teleiōs, alla ēatelōs ' haidiōs, alla mē proskairōs, Poiēsō; itha kephalēn, mē tēn katō Ierousalēm, alla tēn nō mētropolin mē tēn hypo stratopedōn nyn panymanēn, alla tēn hypʼ angelōn doxazomanēn. thyymen, mē moschous neous, mēdi amnous iirata hikirontas kai hoplas, parʼ hois poly to nekron kai naisthēton alla thysōmen tǭ Theǭ thysian aineiōs, epi to hanō thysiastērion, meta tēs anō choistasias, Diaschōmen to prōton katapetasma, tǭ iuierǭ proselthōmen, heis taAgia tōn hagiōn pa akypsōmen. Eipō to meizon, hēmas autous thysōmen ǭ theǭ mallon de, thyōmen kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran hai pasan kinēsin, iianta hyper tou Logou dechōmei, pathesi to pathos mimōmetha, haimati to haima se;- .nynōmen, ipi ton stauron aniōmen prothymoi. Glyeis oi hēloi, kai ei lian odynēroi. T6 gar (Ē) mita ,ristou paschein, kai hyper Christou, tou metʼ allōn sę̄s. Mē, mou haptou, pyrrō- stēthi, sebasthēti ton Logon, alla mē lumbi? Hoide gar hois hoirthę̄ prōton. Enkainison tēn anastasin ; tę̄ Heua boēthēson, tę̄ prōtę̄ pesousę̄, tę̄ prōtę̄ Triston aspasasthai, kai gnōrisai tois mathētais, Genou Petros, ē Iōannēs ipi ton taphon zpeichthēti, antitrechōn, syntrechōn, tēn kalēn hamillan hamillōmenos. Kan prolēphthę̄s tǭ tachei, tę̄ spoudę̄ nio kēson mē parakypsas heis to mnēmeion, allʼ ’endon genomenos. Kan hōs Thōmas apoleiphthę̄s, tōn mathētōn synēgmenōn, ois Christos imphanizetai, hotan idę̄s, mē apistēsę̄s ; kan apistēsę̄s, tois legousi pisteuson ei de mēde toutois, tois typois tōn hēlōn pistōthēti. "Av heis hądou katię̄, synkatelthe. Gninthi kai ta iketse tou Christou mystēria, tis ē oikonomia tēs diplēs katabaseōs, tis 6 logos ; haplōs sōzei pantas ipiphaneis, ē iuer tous pisteuontas.

We must, then, examine a matter and a doctrine overlooked by most, but by me very much inquired into. To whom was the blood shed for us offered, and for what was it shed, the great and famous blood of God, who is both high priest and victim? For we were held by the evil one, sold under sin, having received pleasure in exchange for wickedness. And if the ransom belongs to none other than the one who holds us, I ask to whom this was paid, and for what cause. If to the evil one, alas for the outrage! if the robber receives a ransom not only from God but God himself as the ransom, and so extravagant a payment for his tyranny, for whose sake it would have been just for him to spare us. If to the Father, first, how? For it was not by him that we were held. Second, by what reasoning does the blood of the Only-begotten delight the Father, who did not even accept Isaac when he was offered by his father, but exchanged the sacrifice, giving a ram instead of the rational victim? Or is it clear that the Father receives it, not because he asked for it or needed it, but because of the economy, and because man had to be sanctified by the humanity of God, so that he himself might deliver us, overpowering the tyrant by force, and lead us back to himself through the mediation of the Son, who also arranged this for the honour of the Father, to whom he is seen to yield in all things? So much for Christ; let the greater part be honoured with silence. The bronze serpent is hung up against the biting serpents, not as a type of him who suffered for us, but as a counter-type; and it saves those who look at it, not because it is believed to live, but because it has been put to death, and puts to death with it the powers that are under it, destroyed as it deserved. And what epitaph from us befits it? “Where, O death, is your sting? Where, O Hades, is your victory?” You have been struck down by the cross; you have been put to death by the life-giver; breathless, dead, motionless, inactive, even if you keep the form of a serpent, set up on high on a pole. [23] We shall partake of the Pascha, now still in type, though more openly than in the old (for the Pascha of the law, I dare to say, was a dimmer type of a type); but a little later more perfectly and purely, when the Word drinks it new with us in the kingdom of the Father, revealing and teaching what he has now shown in measure. For what is now being made known is always new. What that drink and that enjoyment are, it is ours to learn, and his to teach and to share the word with his disciples. For teaching is food, even for the one who feeds. But come, let us too partake of the law in a Gospel way, not literally; perfectly, not imperfectly; eternally, not temporarily. Let us make our head not the Jerusalem below but the mother city above; not the one now trodden down by armies, but the one glorified by angels. Let us sacrifice not young calves, nor lambs that put forth horns and hoofs, in which there is much that is dead and without feeling; but let us offer to God a sacrifice of praise on the altar above, with the choir above. Let us draw aside the first veil, approach the second, and look into the Holy of Holies. Shall I say the greater thing? Let us sacrifice ourselves to God; or rather, let us sacrifice every day and in every movement. Let us accept everything for the sake of the Word; let us imitate the passion by sufferings, honour the blood by blood, go up eagerly onto the cross. Sweet are the nails, even if very painful. For to suffer with Christ and for Christ is better than ease with others. [24] … “Do not touch me”: stand far off; reverence the Word, but do not be grieved, for he knows to whom he will appear first. Inaugurate the resurrection; help Eve, who first fell, who first greeted Christ and made him known to the disciples. Become Peter or John; hurry to the tomb, running against and running with, competing in the noble contest. Even if you are outstripped in speed, win by zeal, not stooping to look into the tomb but going inside. And if, like Thomas, you are left out when the disciples are gathered, to whom Christ appears, do not disbelieve when you see; and if you disbelieve, believe those who tell you; and if not even them, be convinced by the marks of the nails. If he goes down to Hades, go down with him. Learn the mysteries of Christ there too, what is the economy of the twofold descent, what its reason: does he simply save all by appearing, or there too only those who believe?

45.25PG 36:657b

Κᾶν εἱς οὖρανοὺς ἀνίῃ, συνάνελθε γενοῦ μετὰ τῶν παραπεμπόντων ἀγγέλων, ἢ τῶν δεχομένων. Ἀρθῆναι ταῖς πύλαις διακέλευσαι, ὑψηλοτέραις γενέσθαι,ίν ἔκ τοῦ παθεῖν ὑψηλότερον δέξωνται. Ἀπόκριναι τοῖς ἀποροῦσι διὰ τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Πάθους σύμβολα, οἷς μὴ κατελθὼν συνανὲρχεται, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πυνθανομένοις Τίς ἑστιν οὗτος 6 βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξηςς ὅτι Κύριος κραταιὸς καὶ δυνατὸς ἂν πᾶσί τε οτς ἀεὶ πεποίηκε, καὶ ποιεῖ, καὶτῷ νῦν πολέμῳ καὶ τροπαίῳ περὶτῆς ἀνθρωπότητος καὶ δὸς τῷ δίπλῳ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως διπλῆν τὴν απόκρισιν, Κᾶν θυμάζωσι, λέγοντες, κατὰ τὴν ’Πσιῖου δραματοτργίαν Τίς οὗτος 6 παραγενόμενος ἐξ Ἐδὼμ, καὶ τῶν γηίνων; ἢ, Πῶς ἐρυθρὰ τὰ ἱμάτια τοῦ ἀναίμου καὶ ἀσωμάτου, ὡς ληνοβάτου, καὶ πλήρη ληνὸν πατήσαντοςς προβαλοῦ τί) ὡραῖον τῆς στολῆς τοῦ πεπονθότος σώματος, τῷ Πάθει καλλωπισθίντος, καὶ τῇ Θεότητι λαμπρυνθέντος, ἧς οὒδὶν δρατιμιώτερον, οὐδὲ ὢραιότερον.

Kan heis ouranous anię̄, synanelthe genou meta tōn parapempontōn angelōn, ē tōn dechomenōn. Arthēnai tais pylais diakeleusai, hypsēloterais genesthai,in ek tou pathein hypsēloteron dexōntai. Apokrinai tois aporousi dia to sōma, kai ta tou Pathous symbola, hois mē katelthōn synanerchetai, kai dia touto pynthanomenois Tis hestin houtos 6 basileus tēs doxēss hoti Kyrios krataios kai dynatos an pasi te ots aei pepoiēke, kai poiei, kaitǭ nyn polemǭ kai tropaiǭ peritēs anthrōpotētos kai dos tǭ diplǭ tēs erōtēseōs diplēn tēn apokrisin, Kan thymazōsi, legontes, kata tēn ’Psiiou dramatotrgian Tis houtos 6 paragenomenos ex Edōm, kai tōn gēinōn? ē, Pōs erythra ta himatia tou anaimou kai asōmatou, hōs lēnobatou, kai plērē lēnon patēsantoss probalou ti) hōraion tēs stolēs tou peponthotos sōmatos, tǭ Pathei kallōpisthintos, kai tę̄ Theotēti lamprynthentos, hēs oudin dratimiōteron, oude ōraioteron.

And if he goes up to heaven, go up with him; be with the angels who escort him, or with those who receive him. Bid the gates be lifted up, be made higher, that they may receive him, made higher by his suffering. Answer those who are perplexed because of the body and the tokens of the passion, which he did not have when he came down and with which he now goes up, and who therefore ask, “Who is this King of glory?”: that it is the Lord, strong and mighty, both in all that he has always done and does, and in the present war and victory on behalf of humanity; and give to the double question a double answer. And if they wonder, saying, as in Isaiah's dramatic scene, “Who is this who comes from Edom”, and from earthly things? or “How are the garments red of him who is bloodless and bodiless, as of one who treads the wine-press and has trodden a full press?”, put forward the beauty of the robe of the body that suffered, adorned by the passion and made bright by the Godhead, than which nothing is more lovely or more beautiful.

45.26PG 36:657b–660b

Πρὸς ταῦτα τί φασιν ἡμῖν οἱ συκοφανται, οι πικροὶ τῆς Θεότητος λογισταὶ, οἱ κατήγοροι tibi ὶπαινουμὲνων, οἱ σκοτεινοὶ περὶ τὸ φῶς, οἱ περὶ τὴν σοφίαν άπαίδευτοι, ὑπὲρ ὧν Χριστὸς ’δωρεὰν ιιὶειτέθεινε τὰ ἆχάριστα κτίσματα, τὰ τοῦ πονηροῦ πλάσματας Τοῦτο ἄγκαλετς Θεῷ τὴν εὖεργεσίανς διὰ τοῦτο μικρὸς, ὅτι διὰ ei ταπεινός ς ὅτι ἰπὶ τὸ πλανώμενον ἦλθεν ὅ Ποιμὴν 6 καλὸς, 6 τιθεὶς τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων, ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρη καὶ τοὺς βουνοὺς, ἂρʼ ὧν …

Pros tauta ti phasin hēmin hoi sykophantai, oi pikroi tēs Theotētos logistai, hoi katēgoroi tibi ipainoumenōn, hoi skoteinoi peri to phōs, hoi peri tēn sophian apaideutoi, hyper hōn Christos ’dōrean iiieitetheine ta acharista ktismata, ta tou ponērou plasmatas Touto ankalets Theǭ tēn euergesians dia touto mikros, hoti dia ei tapeinos s hoti ipi to planōmenon ēlthen ho Poimēn 6 kalos, 6 titheis tēn psychēn hyper tōn probatōn, epi ta horē kai tous bounous, arʼ hōn …

To this what do they say to us, the slanderers, the bitter calculators of the Godhead, the accusers of things worthy of praise, those who are dark about the light and uneducated about wisdom, for whom Christ died in vain, the ungrateful creatures, the formations of the evil one? Do you charge God with this benefaction? Is he small for this, because for your sake he is humble? Because the Good Shepherd, who lays down his life for the sheep, came to the one that wandered, upon the mountains and hills on which …

45.27PG 36:660b–661b

… μᾶλλον δὲ, τίσιν ἀφῇ, τοῖς συναιροῦσι κακῶς, ἥ τοῖς τέμνουσι ; Καὶ γὰρ κάκείνους διαιρεῖν ἔδει, καὶ τούτους συνάπτειν· τοὺς μὲν τῷ ἀριθμῷ, τοὺς δὲ τῇ Θεότητι. Προσκόπτεις τῇ σαρκί; τοῦτο καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι. ’Ἠ καὶ Σαμαρείτην ἀποκαλεῖς (καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς σιωπήσομαι); ἀπιστεῖς τῇ Θεότητι ; τοῦτο οὐδὲ οἱ δαίμονες. Ὦ καὶ δαιμόνων ἀπιστότερε σὺ, καὶ Ἰουδαίων ἀγνωμονέστερει Ἐκεῖνοι τὴν τοῦ Υἱοῦ προσηγορίαν ὀμοτιμίας φωνὴν ἐνόμισαν· οὗτοι τὸν ἐλαύνοντα Θεὸν ᾔδεσαν· ἐπείθοντο γὰρ ἐξ ὧν ἔπασχον. Σὺ δὲ, οὐδὲ τὴν ἰσότητα δέχῃ, οὐδὲ ὁμολογεῖς τὴν Θεότητα. Κ ρεῖττον ἦν σοι περιτετμῆσθαι καὶ δαιμονᾷν, ἵνʼ είπω τι καὶ γελοίως, ἢ ὲν ἀκροβυστίᾳ καὶ ὑγιείᾳ διακεῖσθαι πονηρῶς καὶ ἀθέως. Ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν πρὸς ἐκείνους πόλεμος ἢ καταλυέσοω, ὀψὲ γοῦν σωφρονήσαντας ειπερ ιθέλοιεν,ἢ ἀναβεβλήσθω, μὴ βουλομένων, ἀλλʼ ἐχόντων ὡς ἔχουσιν. Πάντως δὲ οὐδὲν δείσομεν,ὑπὲρ τῆς Τριάδος, μετὰ τῆς Τριάδος ἀγωνιζόμενοι.

… mallon de, tisin aphę̄, tois synairousi kakōs, hē tois temnousi ? Kai gar kakeinous diairein edei, kai toutous synaptein; tous men tǭ arithmǭ, tous de tę̄ Theotēti. Proskopteis tę̄ sarki? touto kai Ioudaioi. ’Ē kai Samareitēn apokaleis (kai to hexēs siōpēsomai)? apisteis tę̄ Theotēti ? touto oude hoi daimones. Ō kai daimonōn apistotere sy, kai Ioudaiōn agnōmonesterei Ekeinoi tēn tou Huiou prosēgorian omotimias phōnēn enomisan; houtoi ton elaunonta Theon ę̄desan; epeithonto gar ex hōn epaschon. Sy de, oude tēn isotēta dechę̄, oude homologeis tēn Theotēta. K reitton ēn soi peritetmēsthai kai daimonąn, hinʼ eipō ti kai geloiōs, ē en akrobystią kai hygieią diakeisthai ponērōs kai atheōs. Allʼ ho men pros ekeinous polemos ē katalyesoō, opse goun sōphronēsantas eiper itheloien,ē anabeblēsthō, mē boulomenōn, allʼ echontōn hōs echousin. Pantōs de ouden deisomen,hyper tēs Triados, meta tēs Triados agōnizomenoi.

… or rather, which will he forgive: those who wrongly contract him, or those who cut him apart? For the former ought to have divided, and the latter to have joined; the one in number, the other in Godhead. Do you stumble at his flesh? So did the Jews. Or do you call him a Samaritan (and the rest I will pass over in silence)? Do you disbelieve his Godhead? Not even the demons did this, O you more unbelieving than demons and more senseless than Jews! The Jews took the title “Son” as an expression of equal honour; the demons knew that he who drove them out was God, for they were convinced by what they suffered. But you neither accept the equality nor confess the Godhead. It would have been better for you to be circumcised and possessed by a demon, if I may say something even laughable, than to be uncircumcised and healthy but in a wicked and godless state. But as for the war against them, let it either be ended, if they would at last come to their senses, or be put off, if they do not wish it but stay as they are. In any case we shall fear nothing, contending for the Trinity with the Trinity.

45.28PG 36:661c–664a

Νῦν δὲ ἀναγκαῖον ἡμῖν οὕτω κεφαλαιῶσαι τον λόγον· Γεγόναμεν, ἵνʼ εὖ πάθωμεν· εὖ πεπόνθαμεν, ὲπειδὴ γεγόναμεν. Τὸν παράδεισον ἐπιστεύθημεν, ἵνα τρυφήσωμεν. Ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν, ἵνʼ εὐδοκιμήσωμεν ταύτην φυλάξαντες· οὐκ ἀγνοοῦντος τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ ἐσόμενον, ἀλλὰ νομοθετοῦντος τὸ αὐτεξούσιον. Ἦπατήθημεν, ἐπειδῆ ἐφθονήθημεν· ἐκπεπτώκαμεν, ἐπειδὴ παρέβημεν· ὲνηστεύσαμεν, ἐπειδὴ μὴ ὲνηστεύσαμεν, τοῦ ξύλου τῆς γνώσεως ὗποκρατηθὲντες. Ἀρχαία γὰρ ἦν ἡ ἐντολὴ, καὶ ἡμῖν ὁμόχρονος ψυχῆς τις οὖσα παιδαγωγία, καὶ τρυφῆς σωφρόνισμα· ἦν ἐπετάχθημεν εἰκότως, ἵνʼ ὃ μὴ φυλάξαντες ἀποβεόλήκαμεν, φυλάξαντες ἀπολάβωμεν. Ἐδεήθημεν Θεοῦ σαρκουμένου καὶ νεκρουμένου, ἵνα ζήσωμεν· συνενεκρώθημεν, ἵνα καθαρῶμεν· συνανιστημεν, ἐπειδὴ συνενεκρώθημεν· συνεδοξάσθημεν, ἐπειδὴ ’συνανέστη μεν. τῷ τάφῳ σημεῖα ί), τὰ μετά τὸν τάφον, a τίς ἂν ἀξίως ὕμνήσειενς Οὐδὲν δὲ οἷον τὸ θαῦμα τῆς ἐμῆς σωτηρίας· ῥανίδες αἵματος ὀλίγαι κόσμον ὅλον ἀναπλάττουσαι, καὶγίνονται καθάπερ ὀπὸς γάλακτι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, είς ἓν ἡμᾶς συνδέουσαι καὶ συνάγουσαι.

Nyn de anankaion hēmin houtō kephalaiōsai ton logon; Gegonamen, hinʼ eu pathōmen; eu peponthamen, epeidē gegonamen. Ton paradeison episteuthēmen, hina tryphēsōmen. Entolēn elabomen, hinʼ eudokimēsōmen tautēn phylaxantes; ouk agnoountos tou Theou to esomenon, alla nomothetountos to autexousion. Ēpatēthēmen, epeidē ephthonēthēmen; ekpeptōkamen, epeidē parebēmen; enēsteusamen, epeidē mē enēsteusamen, tou xylou tēs gnōseōs hypokratēthentes. Archaia gar ēn hē entolē, kai hēmin homochronos psychēs tis ousa paidagōgia, kai tryphēs sōphronisma; ēn epetachthēmen eikotōs, hinʼ ho mē phylaxantes apobeolēkamen, phylaxantes apolabōmen. Edeēthēmen Theou sarkoumenou kai nekroumenou, hina zēsōmen; synenekrōthēmen, hina katharōmen; synanistēmen, epeidē synenekrōthēmen; synedoxasthēmen, epeidē ’synanestē men. tǭ taphǭ sēmeia i), ta meta ton taphon, a tis an axiōs hymnēseiens Ouden de hoion to thauma tēs emēs sōtērias; rhanides haimatos oligai kosmon holon anaplattousai, kaiginontai kathaper opos galakti pasin anthrōpois, eis hen hēmas syndeousai kai synagousai.

Now we must sum up the discourse in this way. We came into being that we might be well treated; we were well treated once we had come into being. We were entrusted with paradise that we might live in delight. We received a commandment that we might win approval by keeping it, God not being ignorant of what would happen, but laying down the law of free will. We were deceived because we were envied; we fell because we transgressed; we fasted because we did not fast, overpowered by the tree of knowledge. For the commandment was ancient, of the same age as we, a kind of schooling of the soul and a restraint on luxury, to which we were rightly subjected, that what we lost by not keeping it we might recover by keeping it. We needed God made flesh and put to death, that we might live; we were put to death with him, that we might be cleansed; we rose with him, because we were put to death with him; we were glorified with him, because we rose with him. [29] … the signs at the tomb and after the tomb, which who could worthily celebrate in song? But nothing is like the wonder of my salvation: a few drops of blood re-forming the whole world, and becoming to all people what rennet is to milk, binding us and drawing us together into one.

45.30PG 36:664b–664d

Ἀλλʼ, ὧ Πάσχα, τὸ μέγα καὶ ἱερὸν, καὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου καθάρσιονί ὡς γὰρ ἐμψύχῳ σοι διαλέξομαι. Ὦ Λόγε Θεοῦ, καὶ φῶς, καὶ ζωὴ, καὶ σοφία, καὶ δύναμιςι χαίρω γὰρ πᾶσί σου τοῖς ὀνόμασιν. Ὦ νοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου γέννημα, καὶ ὅρμημα, καὶ ὲκσφρέιγισμαῑ ὧ Λόγε νοούμενε, καὶ ἄνθρωπε θεωρούμενε, ὂς πάντα φέρεις ἀναδησάμενος τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως σου ! νῦν μὲν ἔχοις τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, οὐκ ἀπαρχὴν, ἀλλά συμπλήρωσιν ἴσως τῆς ἡμετέρας καρποφορίσς, χαριστήριον τὸν αὑτὸν καὶ ἱκέσιον μηδὲν κακοπαθεῖν ἡμᾶς ἔξω τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ ἱερῶν. οἷς συνεζήσαμεν· καὶ στήσαις τῷ σώματι τὴν καθʼ ἡμῶν τυραννίδα (ὁρᾷς ὅσην, Κύριε, καὶ ὡς κάμπτουσαν), ἦ τὴν σὴν ψῆφον. εί παρά σοῦ καθαιροίμεθα. Ei δὲ καταλύσαιμεν ἀξίως τοῦ πόθου, καὶ δεχθείημεν ταῖς οὐρανίαις σκηναῖς, τάχα σοι καὶ αὐτόθι θύσομεν δεκτά ἐπὶ τὸ ἅγιόν σου θυσιαστήριον, ὦ Πάτερ, καὶ Λόγε, καὶ Πνεῦμα τὸ amv- ὅτι σο). πρέπει πᾶσα δόξα, τιμὴ, καὶ κράτος, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Allʼ, hō Pascha, to mega kai hieron, kai pantos tou kosmou katharsioni hōs gar empsychǭ soi dialexomai. Ō Loge Theou, kai phōs, kai zōē, kai sophia, kai dynamisi chairō gar pasi sou tois onomasin. Ō nou tou megalou gennēma, kai hormēma, kai eksphreigismai hō Loge nooumene, kai anthrōpe theōroumene, os panta phereis anadēsamenos tǭ rhēmati tēs dynameōs sou ! nyn men echois ton logon touton, ouk aparchēn, alla symplērōsin isōs tēs hēmeteras karpophoriss, charistērion ton hauton kai hikesion mēden kakopathein hēmas exō tōn anankaiōn kai hierōn. hois synezēsamen; kai stēsais tǭ sōmati tēn kathʼ hēmōn tyrannida (horąs hosēn, Kyrie, kai hōs kamptousan), ē tēn sēn psēphon. ei para sou kathairoimetha. Ei de katalysaimen axiōs tou pothou, kai dechtheiēmen tais ouraniais skēnais, tacha soi kai autothi thysomen dekta epi to hagion sou thysiastērion, ō Pater, kai Loge, kai Pneuma to amv- hoti so). prepei pasa doxa, timē, kai kratos, eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

But O Pascha, great and holy, purification of the whole world! For I will speak to you as to one alive. O Word of God, and light, and life, and wisdom, and power! For I rejoice in all your names. O offspring and outflow and seal of the great Mind! O Word conceived and Man beheld, who bear all things, binding them by the word of your power! May you now have this discourse, not as firstfruits but perhaps as the completion of our offering, a thanksgiving and at the same time a supplication, that we may suffer no ill beyond the necessary and sacred things among which we have lived. And may you stay the tyranny of the body over us (you see, Lord, how great it is and how it bends us down), or your own sentence, if we are to be brought down by you. And if we depart worthily of our longing and are received into the heavenly tents, perhaps there too we shall offer you acceptable sacrifices on your holy altar, O Father, and Word, and Holy Spirit; for to you belongs all glory, honour, and might, to the ages of ages. Amen.